ANNOTATIONS 
 
 THE  PENTATEUCH 
 
 ®r  tfit  iFtbe  15ooft6  o(  Mosti; 
 
 THE  PSALMS  OF  DAVID; 
 
 SONG    OF    SOLOMON. 
 
 BY    HENKY    AINSWORTH. 
 
 WITH  A  MEMOIR  OF  THE  AUTHOR. 
 
 VOL.  II. 
 
 BLACKIE  &  SON, 
 
 QUEEN  STREET,  GLASGOW ;  SOUTH  COLLEGE  STREET,  EDINBURGH ; 
 
 AND  WARWICK   SQUARE,  LONDON. 
 
 MDCCCXLVI. 
 
GLASGOW: 
 
 I.ACKIB  AND  CO..  PRINTERS, 
 
BOOK  OF  NUMBERS 
 
 CHAP.  XI. 
 
 1.  The  people  complaining,  God  punisheth  them  with  fire,  which  at 
 Moses'  prayer  is  quenched.  4.  They  lust  for  flesh,  and  loath  manna. 
 10.  Moses,  grieved  at  their  murmuring,  complaincth  to  God  of  his  charge. 
 16.  God  dimdeth  his  burden  unto  seventy  elders  which  hear  it  with  him, 
 18,  and  promiseth  to  give  the  people  flesh.  24.  The  severity  elders  have 
 the  spirit  of  prophecy.  31.  God  by  a  wind  hringeth  quails  into  the 
 camp,  which  the  people  gathering  and  eating,  do  die  of  a  plague  at  Ki- 
 broth-Juittaavah.     35.  The  camp  removeth  to  Hazeroth. 
 
 'And  the  people  was  when  they  were  complamers,  evil  m  the 
 ears  of  Jehovah  :  and  Jehovah  heard,  and  his  anger  was  kindled  ; 
 and  a  fire  of  Jehovah  burnt  among  them  and  consumed  them  in  the 
 
 Ver.  1. — And  the  people,]  Hitherto  in 
 this  book,  God's  grace  to  his  people  hath  been 
 manifested  in  the  ordering,  directing,  and  go- 
 verning of  them  in  the  wilderness,  towards 
 theirpromised  inheritance:  nowfolloweth their 
 unthankfulness  and  unwortliy  carriage  among 
 so  great  blessings,  by  their  many  murmurings 
 and  rebellions ;  whereby  both  the  disobe- 
 dient nature  of  man,  and  the  impossibility  of 
 the  law  to  bring  men  unto  God,  is  declared. 
 When  they  were  complainers,]  Or,  as 
 complainers;  that  is,  even  complainers,  very 
 murmtirers  j  grudging,  and  showing  them- 
 selves discontented  with  their  estate;  and 
 (as  is  likely)  for  their  so  long  travel  in  the 
 wilderness,  '  three  days  journey  '  before  they 
 came  to  a  resting  place,  Num.  x.  33,  and 
 thus  Sol.  Jarchi  here  expoundeth  it.  So 
 whereas  they  should  have  rejoiced  in  the 
 Lord  now  among  them,  they  showed  them- 
 selves as  mourners,  sorrowful,  and  (as  the  Gr. 
 translateth)  murmuring.  Of  such  'murmur- 
 ers  '  and  '  complainers,'  the  apostle  also  speak- 
 eth,  Jude  ver.  16.     Evil,]  This  seemeth  to 
 
 V'OL.   II, 
 
 have  reference  to  the  first,  the  people  was  evil, 
 that  is,  wicked,  and  so  displeasing  the  Lord: 
 the  Gr.  referreth  it  to  the  latter,  the  people 
 murmured  evil  things  before  the  Lord.  A 
 fire  of  JEHOVAH,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr.  ex- 
 poundeth \i,from  the  Lord,  and  the  Chald. 
 from  before  the  Lord :  though  it  may  also 
 mean  a  great  and  vehement  fire.  Their  re- 
 bellions before  the  law  was  given  at  mount 
 Sinai,  God  punished  not,  Exod.  xiv.  11 — 15; 
 XV.  24,  26 ;  xvi.  2—4,  9,  20,  27,  28;  xvii.  2 
 — 5,  save  only  when  they  made  the  molten 
 calf  at  the  mount,  Exod.  xxxii.  27,  28,  35. 
 But  their  sins  committed  after,  he  punisheth 
 severely,  as  here  and  after  is  to  be  seen :  for, 
 '  the  law  worketh  wrath,'  Rom.  iv.  15.  And 
 '  all  these  things  happened  unto  them  for  en- 
 samples  to  us,'  1  Cor.  X.  5 — 11.  Consumed,] 
 Or,  devoured,  Heb.  did  eat.  The  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth,  '  devoured  a  part  of  the  camp.  In 
 that  the  fire  consumed  '  in  the  utmost  part/ 
 it  is  probable  that  there  the  sin  began  among 
 them  that  were  faint  and  weary  with  travel ; 
 as  Deut.  xxv.  18. 
 
NUMBERS. 
 
 utmost  part  of  the  camp.  *  And  tlie  people  criea  out  unto  Moses, 
 and  Moses  prayed  unto  Jehovah,  and  the  fire  sunk  down.  ^  And 
 he  called  the  name  of  tliat  place  Taberah,  because  the  fire  of  Je- 
 hovah burnt  among  them.  "*  And  the  mixed  multitude  tliat  was 
 among  them  lusted  with  lust,  and  the  sons  of  Israel  also  returned 
 and  wept ;  and  said,  Wlio  shall  give  us  flesh  to  eat  ?  *  We  remem- 
 ber tlie  fish  wliich  we  did  cat  in  Egypt  for  nought :  tlie  cucumbers, 
 and  the  melons,  and  tlie  leeks,  and  the  onions,  and  tlie  garlick. 
 *  But  now  our  soul  is  dried  away,  there  is  nothing  at  all,  only  our 
 
 Ver.  2. — Sunk  down,]  Tiiat  is,  went  out,  they  had  '  for  nought,'  without  price,  getting 
 
 or,    was    quenched;    in    Gr.    ceased.      Thiir  them  out  of  the  rivers  freely ;  or, /or  wow^/i^, 
 
 seeliing  to  the   Lord  in  their  afllictions,  and  that  is,  for  very  little,  very  cheap;  as  nothing 
 
 his  mercies  towards  tliem,  are  mentioned  in  is  used  for  very  little,  Acts  xxvii.  33  ;  John 
 
 Psal.  Ixxviii.  34—38. 
 
 Ver.  3.  — He  called,]  That  is,  Moses 
 called:  or,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  the  name 
 of  that  place  was  called :  see  the  notes  on 
 Gen.  xvi.  14.  Taberaii,]  That  is,  6ur?i. 
 ing  :  which  name  was  given  to  imprint  a 
 memorial  of  their  sin  and  of  God's  judg- 
 ments in  their  hearts,  as  Moses  after  meti- 
 tioneth  them,  in  Dent.  ix.  7,  22,  24. 
 
 Ver.  4. — The  mixed  multitude,]  Or, 
 the  gathered  mtiltitude;  so  called  in  Hel).  of 
 gathering ;  in  Gr.  and  Chald.  of  mixture: 
 and  in  the  Chald.  said  to  be  Jonathans,  they 
 aie  called,  the  strangers  that  were  gathered 
 amo7ig  them.  Tliese  were  that  '  mixed  peo- 
 ple '  that  came  up  with  Israel  out  of  Egypt, 
 mentioned  in  Exod.  xii.  38.  Lusted  with 
 i,ust,]  That  is,  lusted  greatly  and  greedily. 
 Returned  and  wept,]  That  is,  againircpt, 
 the  Gr.  saith,  they  sat  and  wept.  The  Is- 
 raelites that  a  little  before  complained,  were 
 punished,  and  repented ;  now  again,  by  the 
 example  of  the  strangers  among  them,  return 
 to  their  sinful  course.  Chazkuni  here  saith, 
 "  After  that  (the  sons  of  IsraeJ)  had  mur- 
 mured  already  themselves  alone,  (ver.  1,) 
 thc^  turned  and  murmured  with  the  mixed 
 multitude,  and  wept  for  desire  of  flesh."  So 
 this  was  another  mutiny,  diO'ering  from  that 
 forespuken  of;  though  in  time  and  place  near 
 together.  Who  shall  give,]  A  wish, 
 meaning,  O  that  some  would  give  us  Jlcsh: 
 and  a  tentation,  as  not  believing  that  God 
 could  do  it.  This  their  lusting  is  rehearsed, 
 iu  Psal.  cvi.  14;  Ixxviii.  18—20,  '  tliey 
 tempted  God  in  their  heart,  asking  meat  for 
 their  soul  (or  lust:)  and  they  spake  against 
 God,  they  said,  Can  God  furnish  a  table  in 
 the  wilderness?  Behold  he  smote  the  rock, 
 and  the  waters  gvished  out,  and  streams  ovi^r- 
 flowed:  can  he  give  bread  also?  or  can  he 
 prepare  flesh  for  his  people? 
 
 Ver.  5. — We  remember,]  They  stirred 
 aud  inflamed  their  lust  with  remembrance  of 
 their  former  Egyptian  diet.  FoR  nought,] 
 This  may  be  referred   to  the  '  fish  '  which 
 
 xviii.  20,  no7ie  for  very  few,  Jer.  viii.  6;  1 
 Cor.  ii.  8.  It  may  also  have  reference  to 
 the  former,  we  rememher  for  nought,  that  is, 
 in  vain:  so  the  Heb.  chinnam,  and  Gr.  do- 
 rcan,  sometimes  signifieth  a  thing  done  or 
 spoken  iu  vain  and  without  eflect,  as  Prov. 
 i.  17;  Ezek.  vi.  10;  Gal.  ii.  21.  Garlic,] 
 These  gross  meats  used  to  be  eaten  by  the 
 poorer  sort  in  Egyjit,  and  by  the  Israelites 
 when  they  were  slaves  there,  they  now  re- 
 member, (forgetting  their  slavery;)  and  pre- 
 fer before  the  mainia  which  God  gave  tliem 
 from  heaven,  which  was  both  pleasant  and 
 wholesome.  Of  the  things  liere  spoken  of, 
 and  other  the  like,  the  Ilebs.  themselves  say: 
 "  Some  meats  are  exceeding  evil,  and  it  is 
 not  meet  that  a  man  should  ever  cat  of  them, 
 as  great  fishes  that  are  salted  and  old,  &c. 
 and  some  meats  are  evil,  but  not  so  bad; 
 therefore  it  is  not  meet  for  a  man  to  eat  of 
 them,  save  a  little  and  very  seldom;  and  he 
 may  not  use  to  make  them  his  meat,  or  to 
 eat  them  with  liis  meat  continually,  as  great 
 fishes,  cheese,  &c.  and  leeks,  and  onions,  and 
 garlic,  &c.  these  meats  are  naught,  which  a 
 man  should  eat  of  but  a  very  little,  and  in 
 winter  days:  but  in  summer  not  at  all," 
 Maim,  in  Misn.  torn.  i.  in  Degnoth,  chap. 
 iv.  sect.  9. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Our  soul  is  pried,]  The  soul 
 is  often  put  for  the  body,  or  whole  man,  and 
 for  the  appetite  or  desire  of  meat,  drink,  and 
 other  things:  so  here  they  complain  that  they 
 had  no  nourishment  by  the  '  wheat  of  heaven' 
 (as  manna  is  called,  Psal.  Ixxviii.  24,)  nei- 
 ther was  their  appetite  satisfied:  and  here- 
 upon it  is  said,  they  asked  '  meat  for  their 
 souls,'  Psal.  Ixxviii.  18,  to  satisfy  their  fleshly 
 lust.  Our  eyes  are,]  Or,  our  eyes  behold 
 only  the  inuntia;  that  is,  we  see  no  other 
 food;  neither  can  we  expect  for  any  other, 
 but  depend  upon  manna  only.  For  '  the 
 eyes  uuto'  any,  signify  hope  and  expectation, 
 as  Psal.  xxv.  J  5;  cxli.  8.  Manua  was  unto 
 them  both  a  corporal  food,  and  a  spiritual, 
 figuring  Christ  himself,  with  his  word  and 
 
CHAP.   XI.  3 
 
 eyes  are  unto  the  manna.  '  And  the  manna  was  as  coriander  seed, 
 and  tlie  colour  of  it  as  the  colour  of  bdellium.  "  The  people  went 
 about  and  gathered  it,  and  ground  it  in  mills  ;  or  beat  it  in  a  mor- 
 tar ;  and  baked  it  in  pans,  and  made  cakes  of  it ;  and  the  taste  of 
 it  was,  as  the  taste  of  the  best  moisture  of  oil,  ^  And  when  the 
 dew  fell  down  upon  the  camp  in  the  night,  the  manna  fell  down 
 upon  it.  "  And  Moses  lieard  the  people  weeping  throughout  their 
 families  ;  everi/  man  in  the  door  of  his  tent ;  and  tlie  anger  of  Je- 
 hovah was  kindled  greatly,  and  in  the  eyes  of  Moses  it  was  evil. 
 
 "  And  Moses  said  unto  Jehovah,  Wherefore  hast  thou  done  evil 
 to  tliy  servant  ?  and  wherefore  have  I  not  found  grace  in  thine 
 eyes,  that  thou  layest   the  burden  of  all  this  people  upon  me? 
 
 grace,  John  vi.  31—33;  1  Cor.  x.  3.  So 
 the  loathiDg  of  manna,  and  longing  for  the 
 meats  of  Egypt,  figured  the  rejecting  of 
 Cln-ist  and  his  graces,  for  to  have  nourish- 
 ment and  life  ijy  the  works  and  righteousness 
 of  men,  Gal.  iii.  3,  10;  iv.  9.  Such  men's 
 'eyes'  cannot  see  the  'manna  which  is  hid,' 
 Rev.  ji.  17. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Manna,]  In  Heb.  man:  the 
 reason  of  this  name,  see  in  the  notes  on 
 Exod.  xvi.  14.  Cliazkuni  on  that  place 
 saith,  "  Man,  in  the  Egyptian  tongue,  is  as 
 mah,  (that  is,  what)  in  the  Heb. :  and  they 
 asked  one  of  another,  man,  that  is,  what  is 
 this?"  Coriander,]  Of  it,  see  Exod.  xvi. 
 31.  These  are  the  words  of  Moses,  con- 
 demning the  people's  ingratitude,  by  the  de- 
 scription of  manna,  which  they  disdained. 
 The  colour,]  Hel).  the  eye,  that  is,  the  col- 
 our,  or  appearance,  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald. 
 explain  it:  so  eye  is  used  for  colour,  8rc.  in 
 Lev.  xiii.  55;  Ezek.  i.  16;  viii.  2 ;  x.  9. 
 Bdelltom,]  In  Heb.  bdolach,  in  Gr.  (and  hy 
 Sol.  Jarchi's  exposition)  crystal:  which  is 
 white  and  transparent:  so  manna  is  said  to 
 be  '  white,'  Exod.  xvi.  31.  Of  bdellium,  see 
 Gen.  ii.  12. 
 
 Ver.  8 Went  about,]  Or,  went  to  and 
 
 fro,  to  search,  find,  espy,  as  in  Jer.  v.  1  ; 
 Amos  viii.  12  ;  Dan.  xii.  4,  therefore  this 
 word  is  applied  sometimes  to  the  eye,  as  in 
 2  Chron.  xvi.  9.  It  figured  the  labour  and 
 diligence  that  men  should  use  to  get  '  the 
 meat  which  endureth  unto  eternal  life,'  John 
 vi.  27.  Ground  it,]  The  grinding  and 
 beating  of  it,  &c.  figured  also  the  afllictions 
 of  Christ,  whereby  he  was  prepared  to  be  for 
 us  tlie  bread  of  life,  John  vi.  48—5!  ;  Hel). 
 ii.  9,  10;  1  Pet.  iii.  18.  But  though  the 
 manna  was  thus  hard  as  wheat  to  be  ground, 
 yet  it  used  to  melt  as  it  lay  on  the  earth, 
 with  the  heat  of  the  sun,  that  they  gathered 
 it  only  in  the  morning,  Exod.  xvi.  21. 
 Baked,]  Or,  boiled,  cooked;  the  word  is 
 sometimes  used  for  bakin",  as  in  2  Sam.  xiii. 
 
 8,  though  usually  it  signifieth  to  boil.  The 
 BEST  moisture  OF  OIL,]  Fresh  oil,  which 
 hath  no  lank  favour.  The  Heb.  leshad,  is 
 the  best  oily  moisture  in  man's  body,  Ps. 
 xxxii,  4,  so  here  it  is  the  best  sweet  mois- 
 ture of  oil,  which  is  the  uppermost  part.  It 
 had  also  the  taste  of  '  wafers  with  honey,' 
 Exod.  xvi.  31.  And  here  the  Gr.  translatetb 
 it  'wafers  of  oil,'  and  the  Chald.  paste,  (or 
 cakes)  with  oil.'  So  it  was  both  pleasant  and 
 wholesome  food,  and  the  taste  of  '  oil '  and 
 'honey'  figured  the  sweetness  of  grace, 
 which  we  by  faith  perceive  in  Clirist  the  true 
 manna,  Ps.  cxix.  103;  Song  v.  10  ;  1  Pet. 
 ii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Fell  down  upon  it,]  And 
 upon  the  manna  fell  dew  again,  which  when 
 it  was  drawn  up  by  the  sun,  then  the  man- 
 na appeared,  Exod.  xvi.  13,  14,  so  the  man- 
 iia  lay  as  it  were  hidden  between  two  dews. 
 But  after  was  manifested,  and  given  them  of 
 God  freely  every  day,  a  wheat  which  they 
 sowed  not,  nor  laboured  for,  but  had  for  the 
 taking  up,  a  meat  which  they  knew  not, 
 neither  had  their  fathers  known  it:  whereby 
 they  were  taught,  that  man  liveth  not  by 
 bread  only,  but  by  every  word  that  proceed- 
 elh  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  Lord,  Deut. 
 viii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Throughout,]  Or,  by  their  fa- 
 milies; so  the  sin  was  generally  spread  among 
 the  people.  In  the  door,]  That  is,  openly; 
 and  sinned  not  in  secret  only,  but  as  it  were 
 proclaimed  their  iniquity,  and  stirred  up 
 themselves,  and  one  another,  to  follow  their 
 lusts. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Done  evil  to  thy  servant,] 
 That  is,  afflicted  me:  for  «;// when  it  cometh 
 from  God,  meaneth  trouble  and  affliction 
 wherewith  he  chastiseth  his  servants,  and 
 exerciseth  their  faith  and  patience;  as  Jer. 
 xviii.  8 ;  Is.  xlv.  7;  Amos  iii.  6.  That  thou 
 layest,]  Heb. /or  to  lay,  or  to  put:  so  it 
 hath  reference  to  the  foimer  part  of  the 
 speech.     See  the  notes  on  Gen,  vi.  19.   The 
 
NUMBERS. 
 
 '-  Have  I  conceived  all  this  people  ?  have  I  begotten  them,  that 
 thou  shouldest  say  unto  me.  Bear  them  in  thy  bosom,  as  a  nursing 
 father  beareth  the  suckmg  child,  imto  the  land  which  thou  swarest 
 unto  their  fathers  ?  ^^  Whence  should  I  have  flesh  to  give  unto 
 all  this  people  ?  for  they  weep  unto  me,  saying.  Give  us  flesh  that 
 we  may  eat.  '*  I  am  not  able  myself  alone  to  bear  all  this  people, 
 for  it  is  too  heavy  for  me.     '^  x'\nd  if  thou  do  thus  unto  me,  kill 
 
 therefore  fear  him  ;  he  lespecteth  uot  any 
 that  are  wise  of  heart.'  And  so  it  is  not 
 lawful  for  him  to  govern  them  with  contemp- 
 tuous carriage  ;  although  they  be  the  (com- 
 mon)  people  of  the  land:  neither  may  he 
 tread  upon  the  heads  of  the  holy  people,  al- 
 though they  be  unlearned  and  base,  they  are 
 the  sons  of  Abraham,  Isaac  and  Jacob,  and 
 the  armies  of  the  Lord  that  brought  them  out 
 of  the  land  of  Egypt  by  great  might,  and  by 
 strong  hand  ;  but  he  must  bear  the  toil  of  the 
 congregation,  and  their  burden ;  as  Moses 
 our  master,  of  whom  it  is  said,  '  As  a  nursing 
 father  beareth  the  sucking  child,'"  &c.  Maim, 
 in  Misn.  torn.  4,  in  Sanhedrin,  chap.  xxv. 
 sect.  1,  2.  That  which  Moses  speaketh  of  a 
 '  nursing  father,'  the  Chald.  that  goeth  in  the 
 name  of  Jonathan,  and  Targum  Jerusalemy, 
 calleth  pedagoga,  which  word  Paul  useth, 
 when  he  saith,  'the  law  was  our  pedagogue 
 (or  schoolmaster)  unto  Christ,'  Gal.  iii.  24, 
 whose  graces  were  figured  by  that  '  land  ' 
 whither  Moses  now  was  to  lead  them ;  as  is 
 showed  in  the  annot.  on  Gen.  xii.  5. 
 
 Ver,  13. — Flesh  to  give,]  By  these 
 complaints  Moses  showeth  his  insufficiency 
 to  govern  this  people,  and  to  supply  their 
 wants:  neither  indeed  could  he  bring  them 
 into  the  promised  land,  but  died  ere  they 
 came  thither,  Deut.  xxxiv.  whereby  the  im- 
 possibility  of  the  law  was  signified,  that  it 
 could  not  bring  men  unto  God,  or  satisfy,  or 
 restrain  the  lusts  that  reign  in  our  members, 
 though  the  law  itself  '  is  holy,'  Rom.  vii.  5 
 — 12.  'But  what  the  law  could  not  do,  in 
 that  it  was  weak  through  the  flesh,  God  (hath 
 done)  sending  his  own  Son,'  Rom.  viii.  3, 
 who  giveth  us  not  flesh  to  satisfy  our  carnal 
 lusts,  but  his  own  flesh  to  be  the  food  of  our 
 souls,  which  he  hath  given  '  for  the  lile  of 
 the  world,'  and  which  whoso  eateth,  '  hath 
 eternal  life,'  John  vi.  51,  54. 
 
 Ver.  15. — If  thou  do  thus,]  To  leave 
 the  whole  burden  upon  me  still.  Here  the 
 word  thou,  spoken  to  God,  is  of  the  feminine 
 gender,  contrary  to  common  rule  of  speech, 
 ut,  for  attah:  which  some  think  doth  intimate 
 Moses'  trouble  of  mind,  as  if  he  could  not 
 perfectly  utter  his  words:  and  the  like  is  in 
 Deut.  v.  27,  where  the  people,  teirified  with 
 the  majesty  of  God  when  he  gave  his  law, 
 said  unto  Moses,  '  Speak  thou  (at)   unto  us,' 
 
 BURDEN,]  The  weighty  care  and  charge:  so 
 in  Deut.  i.  12.  The  Gr.  here  translateth  it 
 anger;  but  after  in  ver.  17,  violence,  or  a*- 
 sault.  This  showeth  the  great  charge  that 
 lieth  upon  governors:  so  Paul  meationeth 
 '  the  care  of  all  the  churches,'  which  came 
 upon  him  daily,  2  Cor.  xi.  28. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Have  i  conceived,]  So  also 
 the  Gr.  translateth  it;  but  the  Chald.  saith, 
 "  Am  I  the  father  of  all  this  people  ?  are 
 they  my  sons?"  Begotten  them,]  Heb. 
 begotten  it;  or,  brought  it  forth ;  speaking  of 
 the  people,  as  of  one  man,  begotten,  as  by  a 
 father;  or  brought  forth,  as  by  a  mother.  So 
 the  apostle  applieth  both  similes  to  himself, 
 saying  to  the  Corinthians,  'Ye  have  not 
 many  fathers ;  for  in  Christ  Jesus  I  have  be- 
 gotten you  through  the  gospel,'  1  Cor.  iv. 
 15,  and  to  the  Gal.  '  My  children  of  whom 
 I  travel  in  birth  again,  until  Christ  be  formed 
 in  you,'  Gal.  iv.  19.  In  this  complaint  of 
 Moses,  the  weakness  of  the  law  is  signified, 
 which  begetteth  no  children  to  God,  Rom. 
 vii.  4,  5,  &c.;  viii.  3,  but  by  the  word  of 
 truth,  the  gospel,  and  by  belief  in  Christ,  we 
 are  born  of  God,  Jam,  i.  18;  1  Pet.  i.  23 
 — 25;  1  John  v.  1.  In  thy  bosom,]  That 
 is,  lovingly,  tenderly,  carefully:  which  Moses 
 the  lawgiver  could  not  do  as  is  done  by  Christ, 
 of  whom  it  is  said,  '  He  shall  feed  his  flock 
 like  a  shepherd,  he  shall  gather  his  lambs 
 with  his  arm,  and  bear  them  in  his  bosom, 
 he  shall  gently  lead  those  that  are  with 
 young,'  Is.  xl.  11.  A  ncjrsing  father,] 
 This  showeth  the  love,  mildness,  gentleness 
 which  should  be  in  governors  ;  and  so  it  is 
 said  unto  the  church,  '  Kings  shall  be  thy 
 nursing  fathers,'  &c.  Is.  xlix.  23.  And  the 
 apostle  saith,  '  We  were  gentle  among  you, 
 even  as  a  nurse  cherisheth  her  children:  we 
 exhorted,  and  comforted,  and  charged  every 
 one  of  you,  as  a  father  doth  his  childion,'  I 
 Thes.  ii.  7,  11.  Accordingly  the  Hebs. 
 have  this  rule  for  all  governors  of  the  church, 
 "  It  is  unlawful  for  a  man  to  gov  rn  with 
 stateliness  over  the  congregation,  ia\A  with 
 liaughtiness  of  spirit,  but  with  meekness  and 
 fear.  And  every  pastor  that  bringeth  more 
 terror  upon  the  congregation  than  is  lor  the 
 name  of  God,  he  shall  be  punished,  and  shall 
 not  see  himself  to  have  a  learned  wise  son: 
 as  it  is  said,  (in  Job  xxxvii.  24,)  '  Men  do 
 
CHAP.    XL 
 
 me  I  pray  thee,  kill  me,  if  I  have  found  grace  in  thine  eyes,  and 
 let  me  not  see  mine  evil. 
 
 ^^  And  Jehovah  said  unto  Moses,  Gather  unto  me   seventy  men 
 
 Sol.  Jarchi  here  saith,  "  The  strength  of 
 Moses  became  feeble  as  a  womaD,  when  the 
 holy  blessed  (God)  showed  him  the  punish- 
 ments that  he  would  bring  upon  them  (the 
 people)  for  this  he  said  before  him,  '  If  thus, 
 kill  me  first.'  "  Kill  me,]  Or,  killing  me: 
 that  is,  kill  me  quite,  and  vut  of  hand  ;  the 
 word  is  doubled,  for  more  vehemency  and 
 speed.  See  mine  evil,]  That  is,  my  misery 
 and  affliction.  By  'seeing  evil,'  is  meant 
 the  feeling  or  suffering  of  misery  ;  as  to  '  see 
 death,'  is  to  die,  Luke  ii.  26 ;  Ps.  Ixxxix. 
 49,  and  as  on  the  contrary,  '  to  see  the  salva- 
 tion of  God,'  meaneth  the  fruition  or  enjoy- 
 ing thereof,  Ps.  1.  23  j  xci.  16.  Com- 
 pare with  this,  Elijah's  speech,  1  Kings  xix. 
 4. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Gather  unto  me,]  In  Chald. 
 gather  before  me;  and  Thargum  Jonathan  ex- 
 plaineth  it,  gather  in  my  name  seventy  worthy 
 men.  This  is  answerable  to  the  number  of 
 the  seventy  souls  of  the  house  of  Israel, 
 which  went  down  into  Egypt,  Gen.  xlvi.  27  ; 
 Exod.  i.  5;  Deut.  x.  22,  and  to  the  seventy 
 elders  which  went  up  unto  the  Lord  at  mount 
 Sinai,  Exod.  xxiv.  1,  9.  From  hence  the 
 Hebs.  in  their  commonwealth,  continued 
 their  chiefest  senate  in  Jerusalem  of  seventy- 
 one  elders,  as  here  there  were  seventy,  and 
 Moses  the  prince.  So  they  record  in  Tal- 
 mud Bab.  in  Sanhedrin,  chap.  i.  and  Maim, 
 in  Sanhedrin,  chap.  i.  sect.  3—5,  explaineth 
 it  thus  ;  "  there  was  in  Israel,  first  a  great 
 court  (or  judgment  hall)  in  the  sanctuary  ; 
 and  that  was  called  the  great  Synedrion,  and 
 their  number  was  seventy-one,  as  it  is  writ- 
 ten, 'Gather  to  me  seventy  men,' &c.  and 
 Moses  was  chief  over  them,  as  it  is  said, 
 '  And  let  them  stand  there  with  thee,'  Num. 
 xi.  16,  lo  here  are  seventy-one.  The  great- 
 est in  wisdum  among  them  all,  they  set  him 
 for  head  over  them,  and  he  was  called  Nasi 
 (the  prince)  in  every  place,  and  he  stood  in- 
 stead of  Moses  our  master.  And  they  placed 
 the  greatest  among  the  seventy,  next  unto 
 the  head,  and  he  sat  on  his  right  hand,  and 
 was  called  Abbethdin  (the  father  o^  the 
 judgment  hall.)  And  the  residue  of  the 
 seventy  sat  before  him,  according  to  their 
 years  and  according  to  their  dignity:  whoso- 
 ever was  in  wisdom  greater  than  his  fellow, 
 WHS  nearer  unto  the  prince  on  his  left  hand. 
 And  they  sat  as  in  the  form  of  an  half  circle 
 round,  so  that  the  prince,  with  the  father  of 
 the  court,  might  see  them  all.  Moreover 
 they  set  two  judgment  halls,  each  of  twenty- 
 three  judges,  the  one  at  the  door  of  the  court 
 (of  the  sanctuary,)  the  other  at  the  door  of 
 
 the  temple.  And  in  eveiy  city  of  Israel 
 wherein  were  120,  (fathers  of  families)  or 
 more,  they  set  a  lesser  Synedrion,  which  sat 
 in  the  gate  of  the  city,  as  it  is  written,  '  And 
 establish  judgment  in  the  gate,'  (Amos  v. 
 15.)  And  their  number  was  twenty-three 
 judges,  and  the  wisest  among  them  was  head 
 of  them ;  and  the  residue  sat  in  a  round-like 
 half  a  circle,  that  he  which  was  head  might 
 see  them  all.  If  it  were  a  city  wliich  had 
 not  120  men  in  it,  they  set  therein  three 
 judges,  for  there  is  no  judgment  hall  of  les3 
 than  three,  that  there  might  be  more  or 
 fewer,  if  there  happened  to  be  among  them 
 dissension  in  judgment.  But  every  city 
 which  had  not  in  it  two  wise  men,  the  one 
 fit  to  teach  the  whole  law,  and  the  other 
 skilful  to  hear,  and  skilful  to  demand  and 
 make  answer ;  they  set  no  synedrion  therein, 
 although  it  had  in  it  two  thousand  Israelites," 
 &c.  The  officers,]  In  Gr.  the  scribes; 
 and  Thargum  Jonathan  addeth,  "  in  Egypt:" 
 as  if  these  were  such  as  are  mentioned  in 
 Exod.  v.  14,  and  of  them  Sol.  Jarclii  also 
 understandeth  it.  What  these  '  officers  '  were 
 after  in  the  commonwealth  of  Israel,  is  noted 
 on  Deut.  xvi.  IS.  Here  it  seemeth  to  be 
 meant  of  such  elders  and  officers  as  were 
 well  known  and  had  approved  themselves  for 
 wisdom  and  good  carriage,  for  which  they 
 might  with  comfort  be  preferred  to  this  higji 
 senate:  'for  they  that  have  ministered  well, 
 (as  the  apostle  saith,)  purchase  to  themselves 
 a  good  degree,'  1  Tim.  iii,  13.  Afterwards 
 in  Israel  about  the  choice  of  these  chief  ma- 
 gistrates, it  is  thus  recorded;  "  Our  wise 
 men  have  said,  that  from  the  great  synedrion 
 they  sent  into  all  the  land  of  Israel,  and 
 made  diligent  inquiry;  whomsoever  they 
 found  to  be  wise,  and  afraid  to  sin,  and 
 meek,  &c.  they  made  him  a  judge  in  his 
 city.  And  from  thence  they  preferred  him 
 to  the  gate  of  the  mountain  of  the  house  (of 
 the  Lord:)  and  from  thence  they  promoted 
 him  to  the  gate  of  the  court  (of  the  sanc- 
 tuary,) and  from  thence  they  advanced  him 
 to  the  great  judgment-hall,"  Maim,  in  San- 
 hedrin, chap.  ii.  sect.  8.  Stand  there,] 
 Oi-,  present  themselves  there  with  thee.  They 
 were  to  stand  before  the  tabernacle,  to  present 
 themselves  unto  God,  and  to  receive  authority 
 from  him ;  and  with  Moses,  who  was  to  be 
 chief  over  them.  The  Hebs.  from  the  word 
 with,  gather  a  likeness  unto  Moses,  saying, 
 "  They  constitute  none  in  the  synedrion  but 
 priests,  Levites  and  Israelites  whcse  gene- 
 alogy is  known,  &c.  as  it  is  said  (in  Num. 
 xi.  16,)  '  with  theej'  whicli  aro  like  tl«->e  in 
 
N  U  M  B  E  R  S. 
 
 of  the  elders  of  Israel,  whom  thou  knowest,  that  tliey  are  tlic 
 elders  of  the  people  and  the  officers  of  them,  and  take  them  unto 
 the  tent  of  the  congregation,  tliat  they  may  stand  there  witii 
 thee. 
 
 *'  And  I  will  come  down  and  will  speak  with  thee  there,  and  I 
 will  take  of  the  spirit  which  is  upon  thee,  and  will  put  it  upon 
 tliem,  and  they  shall  bear  with  thee  the  burden  of  the  people,  and 
 thou  shalt  not  bear  it  thyself  alone.  ''^  And  say  thou  unto  tlie  people, 
 sanctify  yourselves  against  to-morrow,  and  ye  shall  eat  liesii ;  for 
 ye  have  wept  in  the  ears  of  Jehovah,  saying,  Wlio  shall  give  us 
 flesh  to  eat  ?  for  it  was  well  with  us  in  Egypt;  therefore  Jehovah 
 will  give  you  flesh,  and  ye  shall  eat.  *^  Ye  shall  not  eat  one  day, 
 nor  two  days,  nor  five  days,  nor  ten  days,  nor  twenty  days.  ^"  Un- 
 til a  month  of  days,  until  it  come  out  at  your  nostrils,  and  it  be 
 unto  you  loathsome,  because  that  you  have  despised  Jehovah  who 
 is  among  you,  and  have  wept  before  him,  saying.  Wherefore  now 
 came  we  forth  out  of  Egypt  ?  ^'  And  Moses  said.  The  people 
 amongst  whom  I  am,  are  six  hundred  tliousand  footmen ;  and  thou 
 hast  said,  I  will  give  them  flesh,  and  they  shall  eat  it  a  month  of 
 days.     ^^  Shall  the  flocks  and  the  herds  be  slain  for  them  to  suffice 
 
 t-isdoin,  religion,  and  genealogy,"  Maim,  in      transgresseth,"   Sif     Maim,    in    Sanhediin, 
 
 Sanhedrin,  chap.  ii.  sect.  1. 
 
 VeR.  17.— I  WILL    COME    DOWN,]    To  wit, 
 
 in  sign  or  apparition;  as  tlie  Cliald.  translat- 
 eth,  /  will  reveal  myself;  and  Tliargum 
 Jonathan  addeth,  "  I  will  rev^-al  myself  in 
 the  glory  of  my  majesty  ;"  this  was  in  the 
 cloud,  ver.  25.  I  will  take,]  Or,  will  se- 
 parate ;  iu  Chald.  will  increase  of  the  spirit 
 that  is  on  thee;  meaning,  the  gifts  of  the 
 Spirit,  as  '  prophecy,'  ver.  25,  and  other 
 meet  for  their  charge:  for  '  thi  re  are  diversi- 
 ties of  gifts,  but  the  same  Spirit,'  L  Cor.  xii. 
 4.  So  'spirits'  are  named  for  'spiritual 
 gifts,'  1  Cor.  xiv.  12,  32,  and  the  '  Holy 
 Spirit,'  for  the  gifts  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  John 
 vii.  39  ;  Acts  xix.  2,G.  Thus  the  'spirit  of 
 Elijah  rested  on  Elisha,'  2  Kings  ii.  15, 
 when  he  had  the  same  gifts  and  power  of 
 prophecy,  miracles,  &c.  Neither  was  Moses' 
 spirit  hereby  diminished  ;  for  as  Sol.  Jarchi 
 saith,  "  Moses  in  that  hour  was  like  unto  the 
 lamp  that  was  left  (burning)  on  the  candle- 
 stick, (in  the  sanctuary)  from  which  all  the 
 other  lamps  were  lighted,  yet  the  light  there- 
 of was  not  lessened  any  whit."  God  showed 
 hereby,  that  none  without  gifts  of  his  Spirit, 
 are  fit  for  office  and  government,  Exod.  xviii. 
 21;  Deut.  i.  13  ;  Acts  vi.  3.  The  Hebs. 
 have  this  rule,  "  Any  synedrion,  king,  or 
 governor,  that  shall  set  up  a  judge  for  Israel, 
 that  is  not  fit,  and  is  not  wise  in  the  wisdom 
 ot  Ihe  law,  and  meet  to  be  a  judge;  although 
 he  be  wholly  amiable,  and  have  in  him  other 
 good  things,   yet   he   that   settcth   him    up. 
 
 chap,  iii.  sect.  S. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Sanctify,]  In  Chald.  prepare 
 yourselves:  so  to  '  sanctify  war,'  is  to  prepare 
 therefore,  Jer.  vi.  4  ;  Ii.  28.  It  meaneth  an 
 holy  preparation  to  receive  the  gifts  that  they 
 desired.  Sol.  Jarchi  expoundeth  it,  "  Prepare 
 yourselves  for  vengeance  ;  and  so  he  saith 
 (in  Jer.  xii.  3,)  Sanctify  (that  is,  prepare) 
 them  for  the  day  of  slaughter:"  the  twentieth 
 verse  showeth  that  this  may  be  implied. 
 Wept  in  the  ears,]  In  ver.  20,  '  wept  be- 
 fore' the  Lord;  and  so  the  Chald.  turneth  it 
 here.  It  meaneth,  that  the  Lord  had  seen 
 and  heard  their  complaint:  for  weeping  is 
 often  joined  with  lifting  up  the  voice,  or  cry- 
 ing out;  as  Gen.  xxvii.  39;  Judg.  ii.  4; 
 xxi.  2;   1  Sam.  xi.  4;  xxiv.  16;  xxx.  4. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Until  a  month  of  days,]  To 
 wit,  ye  shall  eat,  as  the  Gr.  expresseth. 
 Meaning  a  *  whole  month  ;'  as  a  '  year  of 
 days '  is  an  whole  year,  2  Sam.  xiv.  2S.  So 
 in  Gen.  xxix.  14.  Loathsome,]  Heb.  to 
 loathsomeness  or  alienation;  which  the  Gr. 
 translateth  to  choler;  the  Chald.  to  offence, 
 that  is,  offensive.  Have  despised,]  Or, 
 contemptuously  refused,  set  at  noiight;  which 
 the  Gr.  translateth,  disobeyed  the  Lord;  the 
 Chald.  rejected  the  word  of  the  Lord.  Who 
 IS,]  The  Chald.  saith,  whose  majesty  (or  di- 
 vine presence)  remaineth  among  you, 
 
 Veu.  22. — To  SUFFICE  them,]  So  the 
 Gr.  and  Chald.  expound  the  Heb.  nuitsa, 
 which  usually  sigiiifieth  to  find  ;  b\it  here  is 
 used  for  obtaining  that  which  is  sufficient:  so 
 
CHAP.    XI. 
 
 tliem  ?  or  shall  all  the  fislics  of  tlie  sea  be  gathered  together  for 
 them  to  suffice  them. 
 
 ^^  And  Jehovah  said  unto  Moses,  Is  Jehovah's  hand  waxed  sliort  ? 
 tliou  shalt  see  now,  whether  my  word  shall  come  to  pass  unto  thee, 
 or  not.  ^*  And  Moses  went  out,  and  spake  unto  the  people  the 
 v.'ords  of  Jehovah ;  and  he  gatliered  the  seventy  men  of  the  elders 
 of  the  people,  and  made  them  stand  round  about  the  tent.  ^^  And 
 Jehovah  came  down  in  a  cloud,  and  spake  unto  liim,  and  took  of 
 tlie  spirit  that  ivas  upon  him;  and  gave  it  unto  the  seventy  men 
 the  elders  ;  and  it  was  when  the  spirit  rested  upon  tlicm,  they  pro- 
 phesied, and  did  not  add.  ^^  And  there  remained  two  of  the  men 
 in  the  camp ;  the  name  of  the  one  was  Eldad ;  and  the  name  of 
 tlie  second,  Medad  ;  and  the  spirit  rested  upon  them ;  and  they 
 were  of  them  that  were  written,  but  went  not  out  unto  the  tent, 
 and  they  prophesied  in  the  camp. 
 
 people;  see  Exod.  vii.  I  ;  Gen  xx.  7.  And 
 thus  Paul  saith,  '  He  that  prophesieth,  speak- 
 eth  unto  men  to  edification,  and  exhortation, 
 and^  comfort,'  1  Cor.  xiv.  3.  Sometimes  it 
 was  a  singing  of  praise  unto  God ;  as  they 
 that  prophesied  '  with  harps,  with  psalteries 
 and  with  cymbals  ;  to  confess  and  to  praise 
 the  Lord,'  1  Chron.  xxv.  1,  3.  Did  not 
 ADD,]  That  is,  prophesied  no  more  but  that 
 day,  as  God  spake  the  ten  commandments, 
 and  '  added  not,'  that  is,  spake  no  more,  or 
 after  such  a  manner  to  the  people,  Deut.  lii. 
 2.  Thus  the  Gr.  here  translateth,  and  they 
 added  no  more:  and  Sol.  Jarchi  saith,  "  they 
 did  not  add,  i.  e.  they  prophesied  not  save 
 that  day  only  ;  so  it  is  expounded  in  Siphre." 
 Howbeit  the  Chald.  translateth  it,  ceased  not; 
 in  a  contrary  signification,  which  sometimes 
 is  in  the  Heb.  words.  But  seeing  the  Chald. 
 so  expoundeth  that  also  in  Deut.  v.  22,  tliat 
 the  Lord  '  ceased  not,'  which  seemeth  to 
 mean  a  continuance  till  all  those  ten  words 
 were  finished  ;  we  may  likewise  understand 
 him  here  to  mean  a  continuance  for  that  day; 
 (as  Saul  in  Naioth  '  prophesied  all  that  day 
 and  all  that  night,'  1  Sam.  xix.  24,)  and  not 
 a  continuance  always  ;  for  this  seemeth  to  be 
 a  temporary  gift  and  miracle  for  confirmation 
 of  their  office  ;  as  iu  1  Sam.  x.  6,  11. 
 
 Ver.  26.W— Medad,]  In  Gr.  Modad.  The 
 SPIRIT,]  In  Chald,  the  spirit  of  prophecy. 
 That  were  written,]  By  Moses  in  a 
 book  ;  or  in  papers  (as  the  Hebs.  think)  and 
 so  were  appointed  among  the  rest  to  come  to 
 the  tabernacle,  ver.  16,  24.  But  went  not 
 OUT,]  For  what  cause,  the  scripture  sheweth 
 not:  but  by  comparing  this  their  fact  with 
 others,  it  is  probable,  that  as  Saul  when  he 
 should  have  been  made  king,  withdrew  and 
 hid  '  himself  among  the  stufl,'  1  Sam.  x.  22, 
 so  these  two,  unwilling  to  take  the  charge 
 upon  them,   withdrew  their    shoulders,   and 
 
 in  Jo=;h.  xvii.  16  ;  Judg.  xxi.  14.  Here 
 Moses  showeth  that  tha  thing  promised  was 
 impossible  in  man's  judgment  ;  both  in  re- 
 spect of  the  multitude  of  men,  and  length  of 
 time:  and  therefore  he  mentioneth  beasts 
 and  fishes  which  also  are  flesh,  1  Cor.  xv. 
 39,  but  speaketh  not  of  fowls,  as  thinking 
 least  of  all  that  they  should  be  filled  with 
 them:  yet  God  sufficed  them  with  such,  ver. 
 31.  So  Philip  said  unto  Christ,  'Two  hun- 
 dred pennyworth  of  bread  is  not  sufficient  for 
 (this  multitude)  that  every  one  may  have  a 
 little,'  John  vi.  7,  9. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Hand  waxed  short,]  That 
 is,  power  abated;  the  Gr.  expoundeth  it, 
 Hhall  nut  the  Lord's  hand  be  sufficient  ?  the 
 Chald.  thus,  Shall  the  tvord  of  the  Lord  be 
 hindered?  Hand  is  often  used  for  'power,' 
 as  being  the  instrument  wherewith  power  is 
 shewed,  Deut.  xxxii.  36 ;  Josh.  iv.  24  ;  viii. 
 20,  '  shortness  '  signifieth  lessening;  and  is 
 applied  sometimes  to  the  Lord's  Spirit,  as  in 
 Mic.  ii.  7,  '  is  the  Spirit  of  Jehovah  short- 
 teued?'  Sometimes  to  his  hand,  as  here, 
 and  in  Is.  lix.  1,  'Behold  Jehovah's  hand  is 
 not  shortened,  that  it  cannot  save:'  and  in  Is. 
 1.  2,  '  Is  my  hand  shortened  at  all,  that  it 
 cannot  redeem  ?  or  have  I  no  power  to  deli- 
 ver?' where  the  latter  sentence  explaineth  the 
 former. 
 
 Ver.  25. — They  prophesied,]  This  was 
 a  gift  and  eflect  of  God's  Spirit  upon  them: 
 and  is  elsewhere  so  explained  :  as,  '  upon  the 
 handmaids  in  those  days,  I  will  pour  out  my 
 Spirit,'  Joel  ii.  29,  that  is,  '  I  will  pour  out 
 of  my  Spirit,  and  they  shall  prophecy,'  Acts 
 ii.  IS.  So  iu  Acts  xix.  2,  6.  And  when 
 Saul  was  anointed  to  be  king,  '  the  Spirit  of 
 God  came  upon  him,  and  he  prophesied,'  1 
 Sam.  X.  6,  10.  Prophesying  was  not  only  a 
 foretelling  of  things  to  come,  but  sometimes 
 a  declaring  of   the    word  of  God    unto  the 
 
NUMBERS. 
 
 ^'  xVnd  there  ran  a  yonug  man,  and  told  Moses,  and  said,  Eldad 
 and  Medad  do  prophesy  in  the  camp.  '*  And  Joshua  the  son  of 
 Nun,  the  minister  of  Moses,  one  of  his  choice  young  men,  answered 
 and  said,  My  lord  Moses,  forbid  thou  tlicm.  ''  And  Moses  said 
 unto  him,  Enviest  tliou  for  me  ?  but  O  who  shall  give  that  all  the 
 people  of  Jehovah  were  prophets;  that  Jehovah  would  give  his 
 Spirit  upon  them.  '"  And  Moses  gatliered  himself  into  tlie  camp; 
 he,  and  the  elders  of  Israel.  ^*  And  there  went  forth  a  wind  from 
 Jehovah,  and  brought  quails  from  tlie  sea,  and  let  them  fall  by  tlie 
 camp,  as  it  were  a  day's  journey  on  this  side,  and  as  it  were  a  day's 
 
 came  not  to  the  tabernacle:  yet  the  Lord  by 
 his  Spirit  found  them  out:  for  whither  shall 
 men  go  from  his  spirit  ?  or  whither  shall 
 they  flee  from  his  presence  ?  Ps.  cxxxix.  7. 
 The  Hebs.  have  here  their  uncertain  conjec- 
 tures :  Sol.  Jarchi  saith,  "  They  were  all 
 written  expressly  by  their  names,  and  should 
 have  been  taken  by  lots.  For  the  count  was 
 made  for  the  twelve  tribes,  out  of  every  tribe 
 six,  except  two  tribes,  of  which  were  but 
 five.  Moses  took  seventy-two  papers  (or 
 scrolls)  and  on  seventy  of  them  he  wrote  an 
 elder,  and  on  two,  a  part :  and  he  chose  six 
 out  of  every  tribe,  so  there  were  seventy  and 
 two.  Then  he  said  unto  them,  Take  up  your 
 papers  out  of  the  basket.  Whoso  took  up 
 with  his  hand  (a  paper  on  which  was  written) 
 an  elder,  he  was  sanctified  (to  that  office:) 
 but  he  in  whose  hand  came  up  a  part,  unto 
 him  he  said,  the  Lord  will  not  have  thee." 
 
 Ver.  28. — Of  his  choice  youiVJ  wen,] 
 In  Gr.  his  chosen  one  :  the  Chald.  saith,  o/ 
 his  young  men.  The  original  word  signifieth 
 also  youth:  whereupon  some  translate  it.  the 
 minister  of  Moses  from  his  youth:  but  this 
 seemetli  not  fit,  for  Moses's  shepherd's  life  in 
 Midian,  from  which  he  came  but  a  little 
 before  this,  argueth  the  contrary.  Forbid 
 THOU  THEM,]  Tliis  he  spake  of  envious  zeal 
 for  his  master  Moses'  sake,  (as  the  ver.  fol- 
 lowing showeth ;)  that  he  would  not  have 
 the  use  of  the  gift  of  prophecy  common;  or, 
 because  they  obeyed  not  Moses  to  come  out 
 as  he  commanded.  So  the  disciples  forbade 
 one  that  cast  out  devils  in  Christ's  name, 
 because  he  followed  not  with  them,  Luke  ix. 
 49,  50,  Mark  ix.  38.  Thargum  Jonathan 
 explaineth  it,  '  my  lord  Moses,  request  mercy 
 from  before  the  Lord,  and  forbid  them  the 
 spirit  of  prophecy.' 
 
 Ver.  29. — Enviest  thou,]  Or,  hast  thou 
 envious  zeal  or  jealousy  for  my  sake  ?  which 
 is  a  prohibition,  have  it  not:  as  'think  ye  that 
 I  am  come  to  give  peace  on  earth?"  Luke  xii. 
 51  ;  that  is,  '  think  it  not,'  Matt.  x.  34, 
 But  O  who  shall  give,]  Or,  and  O  who, 
 &c.;  this  is  an  earnest  wish,  as  would  God, 
 or  the  lilje:  the  word  and,  setteth  forth  the 
 
 earnestness  of  his  passion,  as  Acts  xxiii.  3  ; 
 Ps.  ii.  6.  His  spirit,]  That  is,  the  gifts  of 
 his  spirit ;  as  the  Chald.  saith,  '  his  spirit  of 
 prophesy.'  So  Paul  wisheth  that  all  the  church 
 could  prophesy,  and  saith,  '  follow  after  love, 
 and  zealously  desire  spiritual  gifts ,  but  ra- 
 ther that  ye  may  prophesy,  1  Cor.  xiv.  1. 
 
 Ver.  so. — Gathered,]  That  is,  got  him- 
 self, or  as  the  Gr.  saith,  departed.  The 
 elders,]  Who  were  authorised  of  God  to  be 
 of  the  high  counsel  or  synedrion  with  Moses 
 and  his  assistants:  and  thus  they  differed 
 from  those  inferior  magistrates  which  had 
 been  appointed  before  by  Jethro's  advice, 
 Exod.  xviii.  21,  25.  And  as  then  all  hard 
 causes  were  brought  unto  Moses,  Exod.  xviii. 
 26  ;  so  after  this,  such  causes  were  brought 
 to  the  high  court  or  synedrion  first  ordained 
 here.  This  is  showed  by  the  Heb.  canons 
 in  Talmud  Bab.  Sanhedrin,  chap.  1  ;  and 
 Maim,  in  Sanhedrin,  chap.  v.  thus  :  "  they 
 set  up  no  king  but  by  the  mouth  of  the  senate 
 of  seventy-one  (elders:)  neither  make  they 
 any  lesser  synedrion  for  every  tribe  and  for 
 every  city,  but  by  the  senate  of  seventy-one. 
 Neither  judge  they  a  whole  tribe  revolted,  (to 
 idolatry,)  nor  a  false  prophet,  nor  the  high 
 priest  in  judgment  of  life  and  death,  but  by 
 the  great  synediion.  But  money  matters 
 are  judged  by  the  court  of  three  judges. 
 Likewise,  they  make  (or  judge)  no  elder  re- 
 bellious, (Deut.  xvii.)  nor  any  city  drawn  to 
 idolatry,  (Deut.  xiii.;)  neither  cause  they 
 the  suspected  woman  to  drink  the  bitter 
 water,  (Num.  v.)  hut  in  the  great  synedrion. 
 Neither  do  they  add  unto  (or  enlarge)  the 
 city  or  the  court-yard,  neither  go  they  forth 
 to  permitted  wai,"  &c.  [whereof  see  the 
 notes  on  Deut.  xx.  I,]  but  by  the  great  syne- 
 drion ;  as  it  is  said,  (in  Exod.  xviii.  22,) 
 '  e\ery  great  matter  they  shall  bring  unto 
 thee.' 
 
 Ver.  31. — A  wind,]  God  '  made  an  ea^t 
 wind  to  pass  forth  in  heaven  ;  and  brought  on 
 a  south  wind  by  his  strength,'  Ps,  Ixxviii. 
 26.  Brought  quails,]  Such  fowls  as  he 
 had  fed  them  with  before,  in  Exod.  xvi.  13  ; 
 them  now  God  again  brought  swiftly,  and  as 
 
CHAP.  XI.  y 
 
 journey  on  that  side,  round  about  the  camp :  and  as  it  were  two 
 cubits  above  the  face  of  the  earth.  ^^  And  the  people  stood  up  all 
 tliat  day,  and  all  the  night,  and  all  the  next  day,  and  they  gathered 
 the  quails  ;  he  that  gathered  least,  gathered  ten  homers  :  and  spread- 
 ing they  spread  them  for  themselves  round  about  the  camp.  ^^  The 
 flesli  was  yet  between  their  teeth ;  it  was  not  yet  cut  off,  when  the 
 anger  of  Jehovah  was  kindled  against  the  people,  and  Jehovah 
 smote  the  people  with  a  very  great  plague.  "  And  he  called  the 
 name  of  that  place  Kibroth-hattaavah,  because  there  they  buried 
 the  people  that  lusted.  ^'  From  Kibroth-hattaavah,  tlie  people 
 journeyed  unto  Hazeroth :  and  tliey  were  in  Hazeroth. 
 
 with  violence  ;  which  the  Chald.  translateth 
 made  to  fly.  Let  them  fall,]  Or,  spread 
 them  abroad  ^  so  this  word  is  Englished  in 
 1  Sam.  XXX.  16.  Two  cubits,]  Sol.  Jarchi 
 saith,  "  they  flew  so  high  as  against  a  man's 
 heart,  that  he  was  not  toiled  in  getting  them, 
 either  by  reaching  high  or  by  stooping  low. 
 
 Ver.  32 — Ten  homers,]  Or,  ten  heaps, 
 as  the  Chald.  translateth:  for  the  Heb.  homer 
 sometimes  signifieth  an  heap,  as  in  Exod. 
 viii.  3  ;  sometimes  a  kind  of  measure  con- 
 taining ten  ephahs  or  bushels,  Ezek.  xlv.  11  ; 
 the  which  measure  is  called  also  a  cor,  Ezek. 
 xlv.  14 ;  and  so  Thargum  Jerusalem  inter- 
 preteth  it  here.  Thus  also  the  Gr.  translat- 
 eth it  ten  cors  ;  (for  of  the  Heb.  cor,  tlie  Gr. 
 coros,  in  Luke  xvi.  7 ;  and  Lat.  cortis  are 
 derived.)  And  Chazkuni  here  explaineth  it, 
 "  ten  homers  ;  there  are  in  an  homer  thirty 
 seahs  (or  pecks,)  so  ten  homers  contain  three 
 hundred  seahs:  lo  he  that  gathered  least,  had 
 every  day  ten  seahs."  Of  the  seah  or  peck, 
 see  the  notes  on  Gen.  xviii.  6.  This  abun- 
 dance of  fowls  was  miraculous,  whereupon  it 
 is  said,  '  God  rained  flesh  upon  them  as 
 dust  ;  and  feathered  fowls  as  the  sand  of  the 
 sea,'  Ps.  Ixxviii.  27.  And  with  these  they 
 filled  their  greedy  lust ;  ('  feeding  themselves 
 without  fear,'  as  Jude  ver.  12;)  though  the 
 Lord  had  threatened  to  punish  them,  ver.  20. 
 
 Ver.  33. — Not  yet  cot  off,]  To  wit, 
 from  their  mouth,  that  is,  not  taken  fiom 
 them,  which  the  Gr.  translateth  before  it 
 (that  is,  the  flesh)  failed.  Thus  the  phrase 
 is  opened  in  Joel  i.  5,  '  the  new  wine  is  cut 
 ofl'  from  your  mouth  ;'  that  is,  taken  away 
 from  you.  Or,  by  cutting  may  be  meant 
 chewing.  The  psalmist  alleging  this,  saith, 
 *  they  ■were  not  estranged  from  their  desire  ; 
 Voi>.  II. 
 
 the  meat  was  yet  in  their  mouth  when  the 
 anger  of  God  came  up  against  them,'  &c.  Ps. 
 Ixxviii.  30,  31.  And  here  Chazkuni  observ- 
 eth  how  they  were  plagued  of  God,  "  after 
 that  he  had  sufficed  all  of  them  with  flesh  ; 
 that  men  should  not  say  he  had  not  plagued 
 them,  but  because  he  was  not  able  to  suffice 
 them  all  with  flesh.  A  very  great  flagoe,] 
 Or,  vehement  great  smiiing  :  Abr.  Ezra  writ- 
 eth,  that  '  it  was  the  pestilence;  God  gave 
 them  their  request  when  tliey  lusted  for  flesh; 
 but  sent  leanness  into  their  soul,'  Ps.  cvi.  14, 
 15.  '  The  anger  of  God  came  up  against  them, 
 and  slew  of  the  fat  of  them  ;  and  smote  down 
 the  choice  young  men  of  Israel,'  Ps.  Ixxviii. 
 31. 
 
 Ver.  34. — He  called,]  meaning,  Moses 
 called,  and  by  the  name  of  the  place,  left  a 
 memorial  of  their  sin  and  punishment,  for  a 
 warning  to  them  after,  Deut.  ix.  22  ;  and  to 
 us,  '  that  we  should  not  lust  after  evil  things 
 as  they  lusted,'  1  Cor.  x.  6.  Or,  as  the  Gr. 
 translateth  it,  '  the  name  of  the  place  was 
 called;'  see  ver.  3.  Kibroth-hattaavah,] 
 That  is,  as  the  Gr.  expoundeth  it,  graves  (or 
 monuments)  of  lust.  Where  lust  may  be 
 used  for  the  men  that  lusted :  as  circumcision, 
 in  Rom.  ii.  26,  is  for  men  circumcised  ; 
 pride,  for  the  proud  man,  Jer.  1.  31,  32  ;  Ps. 
 xxxvi.  12;  and  many  the  like.  See  the 
 notes  on  Gen.  xlv.  7. 
 
 Ver.  35. — Were  in  Hazeroth,]  Or, 
 Chatseroth,  in  Gr.  Aseiroih  ;  here  they  were 
 that  is,  abode  or  continued,  (as  Daniel  was, 
 that  is,  continued,  Dan.  i.  21 ;  and  they  were, 
 that  is,  continued  there,  Pv.uth  i.  2.)  The 
 cause  of  which  abode,  was  a  new  trouble  which 
 Moses'  sister  and  brother  raised  against  him, 
 Num.  xii. 
 
10 
 
 N  U  M  B  E  R  S. 
 
 CHAP.  XII. 
 
 1.  Mary  and  Aaron  speak  against  Moses  about  his  wife  and  office. 
 4.  The  Lord  caUeth  them  all  before  him,  justijieth  Moses,  magnijieth  his 
 office,  rebuketh  the  murmurers,  and  departeth  in  anger.  10.  Mary  is 
 made  a  leper,  Aaron  confesseth  sin,  Moses  prayeth  God  to  heal  her. 
 
 1 4.  The  Lord  commandeth  her  to  be  shut  out  of  the  camp  seven  days. 
 
 1 5.  The  people's  journey  is  stayed  till  she  mas  brought  in  again  ;  then 
 they  go  on  into  Pharan. 
 
 ^  And  Mary  and  Aaron  spake  against  Moses,  because  of  tlie 
 Ethiopian  woman  whom  he  had  taken  :  for  he  had  taken  an  Ethio- 
 pian woman.  ^  And  they  said,  Hath  Jehovah  spoken  only  indeed 
 by  Moses  ?  liath  he   not  spoken  also  by  us  ?  And  Jehovah  heard 
 
 Ver.  1. — Mary,]  In  Heb.  Mirjam;  in 
 Gr.  Miriam  ;  she  was  a  piophetess,  sister  of 
 Moses  and  Aaron,  Excel,  xv.  20;  and  she 
 it  was  that  began  the  quarrel,  as  in  tlie  ori- 
 ginal it  appeareth,  '  Mary  she  spake  ;'  there- 
 fore she,  not  Aaron,  was  plagued  with  le- 
 prosy, V.  10.  As  Satan  prevailed  first  with 
 Eve,  then  liy  her  with  Adam,  Gen.  i.  3;  so 
 here  first  with  Mary,  and  then  by  her,  with 
 Aaron  the  high  priest.  And  as  the  former 
 sin  of  lust  for  flesh  began  among  the  baser 
 sort.  Num.  xi.  4;  so  this  sin  of  ambition  and 
 vain  glory  began  among  the  chiefest  of  the 
 church:  for  these  three,  Moses,  Aaron,  and 
 Mary,  were  the  chief  guides  whom  God  sent 
 before  his  people,  Micah  vL  4.  Because,] 
 Or,  itpon  occasion,  for  the  sake.  Ethio- 
 pian,] Heb.  Cushite  ;  which  the  Gr.  traiis- 
 latetli  Ethiopian.  This  seemeth  to  be  no 
 other  than  Zipporah  the  Midianitess,  whom 
 Moses  had  married,  Exod.  ii.  16^  21;  and 
 because  the  Midianites  dwelt  in  Cush  his 
 land,  they  were  called  Ciishites  (or  Ethio- 
 pians;) and  it  may  be  also  because  they  were 
 tawny  coloured  like  them.  For  otherwise 
 Cush  was  tlie  son  of  Cham,  Gen.  x.  6; 
 whereas  Midian  was  the  son  of  Abraham,  the 
 son  of  Shem,  Gen.  xxv.  1,  2.  The  Chald. 
 instead  of  Cushith,  saitli  Fair,  which  may  be 
 spoken  by  the  contrary.  Josephus,  Philo, 
 and  some  others  take  this  wife  not  to  be 
 Zipporah,  but  another  Ethiopian.  Taken,] 
 To  wit,  to  tvife,  that  is,  married  ;  so  in  1 
 Chron.  ii.  19,  21  ;  2  Chrou.  xi.  20;  Neh. 
 vi.  18;  X.  30.  By  this  it  seemeth,  the  mar- 
 rying of  that  woman  (who  was  not  of  the 
 stock  of  Israel,  and  who  hindered  him  from 
 circumcising  his  son,  Exod.  iv.  24 — 26,)  was 
 the  occasion  of  their  murmuring.  Howbeit, 
 the  Heb.  doctors  make  his  not  companying 
 
 with  liis  wife,  to  be  the  occasion:  for  that  he 
 being  a  prophet,  daily  conversant  with  the 
 Lord,  and  frequenting  his  tabernacle,  ab- 
 stained from  her  lest  he  should  have  legal 
 pollution,  which  would  have  kept  him  from 
 the  sanctuary,  Lev.  xv.  IG — 31.  Compare 
 also  Exod.  xix.  15.  Thus  the  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  "  for  he  had  put  away  (or  ab- 
 stained from)  the  fair  wife  which  he  had 
 taken."  And  Sol.  Jarchi  thus,  "  for  he  had 
 taken  a  Cushite  woman,  and  had  now  put  her 
 away." 
 
 Ver.  2. — By  Moses,]  Or  in  Moses  ;  as 
 speaking  of  inward  revelation  by  the  Spirit: 
 the  Thargum  called  Jonathan's,  paraphraseth 
 thus  ;  "  hath  the  Lord  spoken  only  indeed 
 with  Moses,  who  is  separated  fiom  copulation 
 of  the  bed,"  meaning  with  his  wife.  Also  by 
 us.]  Or,  in  us  :  as  David  said  '  the  Spirit  of 
 Jehovah  spake  in  me,'  2  Sam.  xxiii.  2. 
 Here  Sol.  Jarchi  addeth  for  explanation, 
 "  hath  he  not  spoken  also  by  us,  and  yet  we 
 have  not  separated  ourselves  from  the  way  of 
 tlieearth;"meaning,from  mutual  society,s»ich 
 as  is  between  man  and  wife  ;  a  phrase  taken 
 from  Gen.  xix.  31.  But  it  may  be  under- 
 stood, as  before  is  noted,  that  they  would  not 
 have  Moses  esteemed  the  only  prophet,  who 
 had  so  stained  himself  by  marriage  with  a 
 strange  woman.  Their  drift  was  by  disgrac- 
 ing  Moses  for  his  infirmity,  to  grace  and  ad- 
 vance themselves;  against  which  it  is  said, 
 '  let  us  not  be  desirous  of  vain-gloiy,  provok- 
 ing one  another,  envying  one  another,'  Gal. 
 V.  26.  Heard  it,]  That  is,  took  notice  of 
 this  their  speech,  to  reprove  and  punish  it. 
 So  of  Reuben's  sin,  it  is  said,  '  Israel  heard 
 it,'  Gen.  xxxv.  22.  Or,  God  is  said  to  hear 
 it,  as  a  witness  of  that  wliich  it  may  be  they 
 murmured  in  secret:  as  in  Ps.  lix.  S,  '  swords 
 
CHAP.    XI 
 
 11 
 
 it.     ^  Now  tlie  man  Moses  was  very  meek,  above  all  the  men  wliich 
 were  upon  the  face  of  the  eartli. 
 
 *  And  Jehovah  said  suddenly  unto  Moses,  ^nd  unto  Aaron,  and 
 unto  Mary,  Come  out  ye  three  unto  the  tent  of  tlie  congregation, 
 and  they  three  went  out.  ^  And  Jehovah  came  down  in  tlie  pillar 
 of  the  cloud,  and  stood  in  the  door  of  the  tent,  and  called  Aaron 
 and  Mary  :  and  they  two  came  fortli.  ^  And  he  said.  Hear  now  my 
 words :  if  there  shall  be  a  prophet  among  you,  I  Jehovali  will  make 
 myself  known  unto  him  in  a  vision,  I  will  speak  unto  liim  in  a 
 dream.     '  My  servant  Moses  is  not  so,  lie  is  faithful  in  all  mine 
 
 are  in  their  lips,  for  who  (say  they)  doth 
 hear  ?  and  in  Ps.  Iv.  20,  *  God  will  hear 
 and  afflict  them.'     See  also  Ps.  xciv.  7,  8,  9. 
 
 Vkb.  3. — Meek,]  The  original  word  hath 
 affinity  with  affliction  and  lowliness,  for  by 
 affliction,  this  virtue  is  furthered.  Lam.  iii. 
 27 — 30  ;  and  is  seated  in  the  heart  and  spi- 
 rit, as  the  apostle  mentioneth  '  a  meek  and 
 quiet  spirit,'  1  Pet.  iii.  4.  As  Moses,  so 
 Christ  is  set  forth  for  an  example  of  meek- 
 ness. Matt.  xxi.  5;  xi.  29.  It  is  a  virtue 
 which  kuepeth  a  mean  in  anger,  and  avenging 
 of  ourselves  when  we  are  otfeiided,  wronged, 
 and  contemned.  Above  all  the  men,]  Or, 
 more  than  any  man.  This  commendation 
 the  Spirit  of  God  giveth  of  Moses,  though  by 
 Moses'  own  pen  (as  the  apostle  also  writeth 
 in  his  own  behalf,  2  Cor.  xi.  5,  6,  10,  22, 
 &c. ;  xii.  11,  12;)  although  Moses  is  noted 
 to  have  been  very  angry  sundry  times,  Exod. 
 xi.  8;  xvi.  20;  xxxii.  19;  Lev.  x.  16; 
 Num.  xvi.  15;  xxxi.  14;  xx.  10,  11;  com- 
 pared with  Ps.  cvi.  32,  33. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Said  suddenly,]  So  showing 
 the  greatness  of  his  displeasure  against  them, 
 which  suffered  no  delay,  Ps.  Ixiv.  7;  Prov. 
 vi.  15  ;  Is.  XXX.  1 3  ;  and  preventing  any 
 that  might  think  Moses  complained  to  God 
 and  sought  revenge.  Thus  God  who  will  be 
 a  swiit  witness  against  evil  doers,  Alal.  iii. 
 5  ;  suddenly  rose  to  plead  the  cause  of  his 
 meekest  servant.  Compare  Ps.  1.  19,  20, 
 21.  Ye  three,]  Both  parties  are  judicially 
 summoned  to  appear  before  the  Lord  in  the 
 tent  of  his  habitation ;  as  he  riseth  up  to 
 judgment,  '  to  save  all  the  meek  of  the  earth,' 
 Ps.  Ixxvi.  9.      So  in  Num.  xvi.  16. 
 
 Ver.  5.— Came  down,]  In  Chald.  reveal- 
 ed himself:  see  Gen.  xi.  5.  Of  the  cloud,] 
 As  the  throne  of  his  glory,  out  of  which  he 
 used  to  appear  and  speak  unto  them,  Ps.  xcix. 
 7  ;  Num.  xvi.  42.  Unto  these  appearances 
 those  visions  of  John  hath  reference.  Rev.  x. 
 1,  2,  3;  xiv.  14,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  6. — A  prophet  among  you,]  Or, 
 of  you  ;  Heb.  yoicr  prophet  :  which  the 
 Chald.  expoundelh,  "  if  there  shall  be  pro- 
 phets to  (or  among)  you."     What   this  word 
 
 prophet  meaneth,  see  in  the  notes  on  Gen. 
 XX.  7;  Exod.  vii.  1.  I  Jehovah,]  So  the 
 Chald.  also  explaineth  it:  or  it  may  be  inter- 
 preted, of  Jehovah  ;  that  is,  a  prophet  of  the 
 Lord  :  so  the  G  r.  translateth,  a  prophet  of  you 
 to  the  Lord.  In  a  vision,]  Or,  by  a  vision 
 or  sight ;  that  is,  as  the  Chald.  saith,  in  vi- 
 sions ;  so  God  appeared  to  Abi  aham  the 
 prophet  in  a  vision.  Gen.  xx.  7  ;  xv.  1  ;  and 
 to  Jacob,  Gen.  xlvi.  2  ;  to  Ezekiel,  Ezek.  i. 
 1  ;  to  Daniel,  Dan.  viii.  2;  and  others,  Job 
 iv.  13  ;  2  Cor.  xii.  1  ;  Acts  ii.  17  ;  where- 
 upon a  prophesy  is  called  a  vision.  Is.  i.  I ; 
 Obad.  i.  1  ;  Nahum  i.  1.  In  a  dream,] 
 Chald.  in  dreams  :  another  way  by  which 
 God  revealed  his  word  to  the  prophets.  Gen. 
 xxxi.  11  ;  Deut.  xiii.  1  ;  1  Kings  iii.  5; 
 Jer.  xxiii.  25,  28,  32.  Dreams  are  in  the 
 night,  and  then  as  it  were  in  darkness  God 
 spake  with  the  other  prophets  ;  but  as  R. 
 Menachem  here  noteth,  "  it  was  not  so  with 
 Moses,  for  God  spake  not  with  him  but  by 
 day."  Moreover,  dreams  and  visions  do  soon 
 vanish  and  fly  away.  Job  xx.  8. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Not  so,]  Is  not  such  a  prophet 
 that  I  should  speak  to  him  by  dreams  and 
 visions.  Faithful  in  all  mine  house,] 
 That  is,  in  all  my  church  ;  for  the  house  of 
 God  is  expounded  '  the  church  of  the  living 
 God,'  1  Tim.  iii.  15 ;  and  so  the  Chald.  here 
 translateth  it  "  in  all  my  people  ;"  and  Jona- 
 than, "  in  all  the  house  of  Isiael  my  people;" 
 and  Chazkuni  explaineth  it  thus,  "  all  the 
 men  of  my  house  hold  him  for  faithful." 
 This  is  further  opened  by  the  apostle,  saying, 
 '  consider  the  apostle  and  high  priest  of  our 
 profession,  Christ  Jesus,  who  was  faithful  to 
 him  that  made  him,  as  also  Moses  was  in  all 
 his  house,  &c.  And  Moses  verily  was  faith- 
 ful in  all  his  house,  as  a  servant,  for  a  testi- 
 mony of  those  things  which  were  to  be  spoken 
 after,  but  Christ  as  the  Son  over  his  own 
 house ;  whose  house  we  are,  if  we  hold 
 fast  the  confidence  and  the  rejoicing  of  the 
 hope  firm  unto  the  end,'  Heb.  iii.  1 — 6. 
 Touching  Moses'  faithfulness,  and  the  confi- 
 dence that  Israel  reposed  in  him,  see  the 
 notes  on  Exod.  xix.  9. 
 
12 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 liouse.     ^  Moutli  to  moutli  will  I  speak  with  him,  and  in  vision,  and 
 not  in  dark  speeches  ;  and  the  similitude  of  Jehovah  shall  he  be- 
 
 Ver.  8. — Mouth  to  mouth,]  That  is, 
 familiarly,  plainly,  in  mine  own  presence, 
 without  any  interposed  mean  ;  as  the  Chald. 
 translateth,  speech  tvith  speech.  So  when 
 Joseph  spake  without  an  interpreter,  he  said, 
 '  it  is  my  mouth  that  speaketh  unto  you,' 
 Gen.  xlv.  12;  and  the  apostle  opposeth  it  to 
 speech  by  writing ;  as,  'I  would  not  write 
 with  paper  and  ink,  but  I  trust  to  come  unto 
 you  and  speak  mouth  to  mouth,  that  our  joy 
 may  be  full,'  2  John  ver.  xii ;  and  3  John 
 xiv.  A  like  phrase  is  in  Exod.  xxxiii.  11, 
 '  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses  face  to  face,  as  a 
 man  speaketh  unto  his  friend:'  and  in  this 
 manner  of  communication,  Moses  excelled 
 all  the  other  prophets,  Deut.  xxxiv.  10. 
 The  Heb.  doctors  have  explained  this  matter 
 thus;  "  it  is  one  of  the  foundations  of  the 
 law,  to  know  that  God  maketh  the  sons  of 
 men  to  prophesy ;  and  prophesy  resteth  not 
 but  on  a  wise  man,  great  in  wisdom,  mighty 
 in  his  virtuous  qualities,  that  his  affections  (or 
 natural  corruption)  prevail  not  over  him  in 
 any  thing  in  the  world,  but  he  prevaileth  by 
 his  knowledge  over  his  affections  continually, 
 &c.  On  such  a  man  the  Holy  Spirit  dwel- 
 leth,  and  when  the  Spirit  resteth  upon  him, 
 his  soul  is  associated  to  the  degree  of  angels 
 which  are  called  men,  and  he  is  turned  to 
 another  man,  and  perceiveth  in  his  own 
 knowledge  that  he  is  not  so  as  he  was,  but 
 that  he  is  advanced  above  the  degree  of 
 other  wise  men,  as  it  is  said  of  Saul, 
 '  and  thou  shalt  prophesy  with  them,  shalt 
 be  turned  to  another  man,'  (1  Sam.  x. 
 6.)  The  prophets  were  of  divers  degrees  : 
 as  in  wisdom  one  wise  man  is  greater  than 
 another,  so  in  prophesy,  one  prophet  was 
 greater  than  another.  And  all  of  them  saw 
 not  the  vision  of  prophesy  but  by  dreamj  by 
 vision  of  the  night,  or  iu  the  day  time,  after 
 that  a  deep  sleep  was  fallen  upon  them,  Num. 
 xii.  6  ;  and  all  of  them  when  they  prophesied, 
 their  joints  trembled,  and  strength  of  body 
 failed,  and  their  thoughts  were  troubled,  and 
 the  mind  was  left  changed  to  understand  that 
 which  was  seen ;  as  it  is  said  of  Abraham, 
 '  and,  lo,  a  terror,  a  great  darkness  fell  upon 
 him,'  (Gen.  xv. ;)  and  as  is  said  of  Daniel, 
 '  and  my  vigour  was  turned  in  me  unto  cor- 
 ruption, and  I  retained  no  strength,'  (Dan. 
 X.  8.)  The. things  that  were  made  known  to 
 a  prophet  by  vision  prophetically,  were  made 
 known  to  him  by  way  of  parable,  and  forth- 
 with the  interpretation  of  the  parable  was 
 written  in  his  heart,  and  he  knew  what  it 
 was.  As  the  ladder  that  Jacob  our  father 
 did  see,  and  the  angels  ascending  and  des- 
 cending on  it,    (Gen.    xxviii.  12  :)  and  the 
 
 living  creatures  which  Ezekiel  saw,  (Ezek.  i.) 
 and  the  seething  pot  and  almond  rod  which 
 Jeremiah  saw,  (Jer.  i.;)and  the  epliah  which 
 Zechariah  saw,  (Zech.  v.)  and  so  the  other 
 prophets,  of  whom  some  spake  the  parable  and 
 the  interpretation  thereof,  some  the  interpre- 
 tation only ;  and  sometime  they  uttered  the 
 parable  only  without  the  interpretation,  as 
 part  of  Ezekiel's  and  Zechariah's  words:  and 
 they  all  prophesied  by  parables  and  after  the 
 way  of  dark  speeches.  None  of  the  prophets 
 prophesied  at  all  times  when  they  would  ;  but 
 prepared  their  understanding,  and  sat  joyful, 
 and  with  cheerful  heart,  and  with  contem- 
 plation. For  prophesy  cometh  not  upon  men, 
 either  when  they  are  sorrowful,  or  when  they 
 are  slothful,  but  w  hen  they  are  joyful :  there- 
 fore the  sons  of  the  prophets  had  before  them 
 psalteries,  and  timbrels,  and  pipes,  and  harps, 
 (1  Sam.  X.  5  ;)  and  they  sought  for  prophesy; 
 and  this  is  that  which  is  written,  '  and  they 
 prophesying,'  (1  Sam.  x.  5  ;)  as  if  he  should 
 say,  walking  in  the  way  of  prophesy,  until 
 they  do  prophesy.  Those  which  forget  to 
 prophesy,  are  called  sons  of  the  prophets :  and 
 although  they  prepared  their  wits  (or  under- 
 standing,) it  might  be  the  Holy  Spirit  would 
 come  down  upon  them,  and  it  might  be  not. 
 All  these  things  that  we  have  spoken  of,  were 
 the  way  of  prophesy  for  all  the  former  and 
 latter  prophets,  except  Moses  our  master,  the 
 master  of  all  the  prophets.  And  what  differ- 
 ence was  there  between  the  prophesy  of 
 Moses,  and  of  all  the  other  prophets  ?  All 
 the  prophets  prophesied  by  dreams  or  by  vi. 
 sion:  but  Moses  prophesied  when  he  was 
 waking  and  standing  ;  as  it  is  written,  '  and 
 when  Moses  was  gone  into  the  tent  of  the 
 congregation,  to  speak  with  him,  then  he 
 heard  the  voice  of  one  speaking  unto  hiin,' 
 (Num.  vii.  89.)  All  the  prophets  prophesit'l 
 by  the  hands  of  an  angel,  therefore  they  did 
 see  that  which  they  saw  in  parables  and  dark 
 speeches:  Moses  prophesied  not  by  the  hands 
 of  an  angel,  as  it  is  said,  '  mouth  to  mouth, 
 I  will  speak  with  him,'  (Num.  xii.  8  ;)  it  is 
 also  said,  '  the  Lord  spake  unto  Moses  face 
 to  face,'  (Exod.  xxxiii.  11  ;)  and  again  it  is 
 said,  '  and  the  similitude  of  the  Lord  shall 
 he  behold,  (Num.  xii.  8  ;)  as  if  he  should  say, 
 there  is  no  parable  there,  but  he  seeth  the 
 thing  concerning  his  Creator,  without  dark 
 speech,  without  parable.  He  it  is  of  whom 
 the  law  testilieth,  '  apparently,  and  not  in 
 dark  speeches,"  (Num.  xii.  8  ;)  for  he  pro- 
 phesied not  by  dark  speech,  but  apparently, 
 for  he  saw  the  thing  concerning  his  Creator. 
 All  the  prophets  were  afraid,  and  troubled, 
 and   fainted,   but  Moses  was  not  so  ;  for  the 
 
CHAP.   xir. 
 
 13 
 
 hold  :  and  wherefore  were  ye  not  afraid  to  speak  against  my  ser- 
 vant, against  Moses  ?  ^  And  the  anger  of  Jehovah  was  kindled 
 against  them,  and  he  went  away.     "  And  the  cloud  departed  from 
 
 Scripture  saith,  '  as  a  man  speaketh  unto  his 
 friend,'  (Exod.  xxxiii.  11;)  as  if  he  should 
 say.  As  a  man  is  not  troubled  to  hear  the 
 words  of  his  friend,  so  there  was  strength  in 
 the  mind  of  Moses  to  understand  the  words 
 of  prophesy,  and  he  stood  on  his  place  safe 
 and  well.  None  of  the  prophets  prophesied 
 at  all  times  when  they  would:  but  Moses 
 was  otherwise,  for  at  any  time  when  he 
 would,  the  Holy  Spirit  clothed  him,  and  pro- 
 phesy came  upon  him ;  and  he  needed  not  to 
 prepare  his  mind  and  make  himself  ready 
 for  it,  for  he  was  prepared  and  ready,  and 
 stood  as  the  angels  of  ministry,  therefore  he 
 prophesied  at  all  times,  as  it  is  said,  '  stand 
 still,  and  I  will  hear  what  the  Lord  will  com- 
 mand concerning  you,'  (Num.  ix.  8.)  And 
 this  God  caused  him  to  trust  upon,  as  it  is 
 said,  '  but  as  for  thee,  stand  thou  here  with 
 me,  &c.  (Deut.  v.  31 :)  whereby  thou  mayest 
 learn  that  all  the  prophets,  when  prophesy 
 was  taken  up  from  them,  retui-ned  to  their 
 tents,  which  was  for  things  necessary  to  the 
 body  of  them  all,  as  the  rest  of  the  people ; 
 therefore  they  were  not  separated  from  their 
 wives:  but  Moses  our  master  returned  not  to 
 his  first  tent,  therefore  he  was  separated  from 
 his  wife  for  ever ;  and  his  mind  was  fast 
 bound  unto  God  the  rock  everlasting,  and 
 his  glory  was  never  taken  up  from  upon  him, 
 but  the  skin  of  his  face  shined,  and  he  was 
 sanctified  as  the  angels."  Maim,  in  Misn. 
 torn.  i. ;  in  Jesude  haturah,  chap.  vii.  sect. 
 1 — 6,  Now  as  the  apostle  compareth  Christ 
 with  Moses,  and  preferreth  him  before  Moses, 
 Heb.  iii.  ;  so  in  this  gift  of  prophesy  he  did 
 excel  him:  for  '  the  Lord  gave  him  the 
 tongue  of  the  learned,  that  he  knew  how  to 
 speak  a  word  in  season,'  Is.  1.  4 ;  and  this  he 
 learned  not  by  dreams  or  visions,  nor  by 
 a'.igels,  nor  by  speech  communicated  mouth 
 to  mouth  ;  but  by  clean  seeing  of  God,  (which 
 no  man  ever  did  at  any  time  ;)  and  being 
 '  in  the  bosom  of  the  Father,'  John  i.  18; 
 and  having  the  Spirit,  not  by  measure,  he 
 testified  what  he  had  seen  and  heard  with  his 
 Father,  John  iii.  32,  34;  viii.  38  ;  and  in 
 him  all  fulness  dwell,  even  '  the  fulness  of 
 the  Godhead  bodily,'  Col.  i.  19;  ii.  9. 
 Will  I  speak,]  That  is,  I  asuallp  speak  : 
 the  time  to  come  is  used  to  signify  a  continu- 
 ed action.  In  vision,]  Or,  by  sight^  or  a^- 
 pearance,  that  is  apparently  :  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth,  in  an  appearance  or  sight :  which 
 word  is  opposed  (in  2  Cor.  v.  7  ;)  to  faith, 
 which  is  of  things  not  seen,  Heb.  xi.  1;  and 
 here  the  Lord  opposeth  it  to  dark  speeches, 
 80  it  meancth  an  apparent  or  clear  revelation. 
 
 Aben  Ezra  explaineth  it  thus,  ''  I  will  show 
 him  the  thing  as  it  is,  as  the  form  of  the 
 tabernacle,  (Exod.  xxv.  40,)  and  not  in  a 
 dark  speech,  (or  riddle),  like  (that  in  Ezek. 
 xvii.  2;)  a  great  eagle  with  great  wings,  &c. 
 Dark  speeches,]  Or,  hidden  speeches,  rid- 
 dles :  a  dark  speech  is  called  in  Heb.  Chidah, 
 of  sharpness,  because  it  requireth  sharpness 
 of  wit,  both  to  propound  and  expound  the 
 same,  as  we  have  an  example  in  Samson's 
 riddle,  Judg,  xiv.  13,  14,  &c. ;  and  it  is  of 
 the  nature  of  a  parable,  as  in  Ezek.  xvii.  2, 
 3,  '  Son  of  man  put  forth  a  riddle,  and  speak 
 a  parable  to  the  house  of  Israel ;  a  great 
 eagle  with  great  wings,  long  winged,  full  of 
 feathers  which  had  divers  colours,  came  unto 
 Lebanon,*  &c.  And  all  close  and  hidden 
 doctrine  is  called  a  riddle,  Ps.  xlix.  5.  And 
 the  Holy  Spirit  translateth  it  in  Gr.  sometime 
 Ainigma,  a  riddle,  1  Cor.  xiii.  12;  (as  the 
 common  Gr.  version  here  hath,)  sometime 
 'hidden  things,' Matt.  xiii.  35;  from  Ps. 
 Ixxviii.  2;  and  so  the  Chald.  of  Jonathan 
 expoundeth  it  here.  The  apostle  showeth 
 the  meaning  of  this  word,  when  he  said, 
 '  now  we  see  through  a  glass  in  a  riddle,  (that 
 is,  darkly,)  but  then  (we  shall  see)  face  to 
 face,'  1  Cor.  xiii.  12.  The  similitude,] 
 Or,  the  likeness,  image,  which  the  Gr.  inter- 
 preteth  the  glory  of  the  Lord.  Sol  Jarchi 
 saith,  "  this  was  the  sight  of  (God's)  back- 
 parts,"  mentioned  in  Exod.  xxxiii.  23.  And 
 this  prerogative  Moses  had  above  all  Israel, 
 which  saw  no  similitude  of  God,  Deut.  iv. 
 12,  15;  and  above  all  prophets,  who  saw 
 no  vision  of  God  so  clear  as  he  did.  For 
 even  Moses  himself  could  not  see  the  face  of 
 God,  Exod.  xxxiii.  20.  '  No  man  hath  seen 
 God  at  any  time,'  John  i.  IS  ;  neither  can 
 see,'  1  Tim.  vi.  16.  Against  my  servant, 
 .^gainst  Moses,]  A  manner  of  speech  both 
 earnest  and  elegant,  like  that  in  Gen.  xxi. 
 10,  '  with  my  son,  with  Isaac;'  and  that  in 
 2  Sam.  vii.  23,  '  like  my  people,  like  Israel.' 
 Sol.  Jarchi  noteth,  "  he  saith  not  against 
 my  servant  Moses  ;  but  against  my  servant, 
 against  Moses  ;  against  my  servant  though 
 he  were  not  Moses  ;  against  Moses,  for  though 
 he  were  not  my  servant,  it  were  meet  ye 
 should  fear  before  him,  how  much  more  see- 
 ing he  is  my  servant  ?  According  to  this 
 the  apostle  speaketh  in  2  Pet.  ii.  10,  '  they 
 are  not  afraid  to  speak  evil  of  dignities.' 
 
 Ver.  9. — He  went  away,]  Withdrew 
 the  sign  of  his  glorious  presence,  not  vouch- 
 safing to  hear  their  answer;  which  was  a 
 token  of  his  gi'eat  displeasure. 
 
 Ver.  10. — The  cloud   pepartep,]  The 
 
14 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 off  the  tent;  and,  behold,  Mary  became  leprous  as  snow:  and 
 Aaron  looked  upon  Mary,  and,  behold,  she  was  leprous.  "  And 
 Aaron  said  unto  Moses,  Alas  !  my  Lord,  I  beseech  thee,  lay  not  the 
 sin  upon  us,  wherein  we  liave  done  foolishly,  and  wlierein  we  have 
 sinned.  ^^  I  beseech  thee,  let  her  not  be  as  one  dead,  of  whom  when 
 he  Cometh  out  of  hismotlier's  womb,  half  liis  flesh  is  even  consumed. 
 ■^  And  Moses  cried  unto  Jehovah,  saying,  O  God,  I  beseech  thee. 
 Ileal  her  now. 
 
 ^*  And  Jehovah  said  unto  Moses,  And  if  her  father  had  spitting 
 spitted  in  her  face,  should  she  not  be  ashamed  seven  days  ?  let  her 
 be  shut  seven  days  out  from  the  camp  ;  and  after  let  her  be  ga- 
 
 Ver.  12. — As  ONE  DEAD,]  By  continu. 
 ance  of  the  leprosy  upon  her,  whereby  she 
 should  be  shut  out  of  tlie  communion  of  the 
 church,  Num.  v.  2 ;  should  defile  all  that 
 touched  her  as  do  the  dead  ;  and  in  the  end 
 be  consumed,  and  die  utterly  with  that  fret- 
 ting plague,  as  the  words  following  show. 
 The  Chald.  expoundeth  this  veise  thus  ;  "let 
 her  not  now  be  separated  iVom  among  us,  for 
 she  is  our  sister:  pray  now  for  this  dead  flesh 
 that  is  in  her,  that  it  may  be  healed."  Is 
 EVEN  CONSUMED,]  Or,  is  even  eaten,  to  wit, 
 with  the  disease:  and  by  coming  out  of  his 
 mother's  womb,  the  Gr.  understaudeth  and 
 translateth,  an  tintimely  birth  and  coming 
 out,  &c.  for  as  of  such  a  dead  birth  the  flesh 
 is  half  consumed,  so  is  the  flesh  of  a  leper. 
 
 Ver.  13 Cried  out,]  That  is,  as  the 
 
 Chald.  translateth,  prayed,  but  earnestly,  and 
 as  grieved  for  her  affliction  ;  so  the  word 
 usually  signifieth.  O  God,]  Hebr.  jEI, 
 which  is  one  of  God's  names,  signifying  his 
 might,  and  including  his  mercy;  as  is  noted 
 on  Gen.  xiv.  18.  So  in  Thargum  Jonathan, 
 it  is  here  explained,  "  And  Moses  prayed, 
 and  besought  mercy  before  the  Lord,  saying, 
 I  beseech  for  mercy  of  the  merciful  God,  I 
 beseech  God  that  hath  power  of  the  spirits  of 
 all  flesh,  heal  her  I  beseech  thee," 
 
 Ver.  14. — Had  spitting  spitted,]  That 
 is,  had  but  spitted,  to  wit,  in  anger.  The 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it,  had  rehiihed.  Spitting 
 on  the  face,  is  a  sign  of  anger,  shame,  and 
 contempt,  Job  xxx.  10  ;  Is.  1.  6  ;  which,  if 
 it  had  been  from  her  earthly  father,  should 
 have  made  her  ashamed  and  sorrowful  seven 
 days:  how  much  more  now  that  it  is  from 
 her  Father  which  is  in  heaven  ?  Seven 
 DAYS,]  So  long  every  leper  was  to  be  shut 
 up  by  the  law,  for  ^\%xy  trial ;  and  also  at  his 
 cleansing  ;  see  Lev.  xiii.  4,  5,  21,  26  ;  xiv. 
 viii.  So  long  was  he  unclean  that  touched  a 
 dead  man.  Num.  xix.  11.  Gathered,] 
 That  is,  received  in,  or  as  the  Gr.  translat- 
 eth,  enter  in.  So  gathering  is  used  for  re- 
 ceiving or  taking  in,  after  that  one  is  neglect- 
 ed or  forsaken,  Juilg.  xix.  15;   Josh.  xx.   4; 
 
 cloud  of  the  g'ory  of  the  divine  presence  of  the 
 Lord,  saith  Thargum  Jonathan.  Leprous  as 
 snow,]  That  is,  leprous  white  as  snow  ;  and 
 this  was  the  sorest  leprosy,  and  most  incur- 
 able, see  Exod.  iv.  &;  2  Kings  v.  27;  and 
 they  that  had  this  disease,  were  put  out  of 
 the  Lord's  camp  as  unclean,  Lev.  xiii.  ;  and 
 therefoie  God  departed  now  away,  for  (as 
 Chazkuni  here  saith,)  "  It  is  not  the  way  of 
 the  earth,  that  holiness  should  stay  in  an  un- 
 clean place."  This  punishment  was  very 
 memorable,  both  for  the  suddenness  and  sore- 
 ness of  it ;  wherefore  it  is  after  said,  '  re- 
 member what  Jehovah  thy  God  did  unto 
 Mary  bj'  the  way,  after  that  ye  were  come 
 forth  out  of  Egypt,'  Deut.  xxiv.  9.  And  if 
 God  did  thus  unto  so  great  a  woman  for 
 Moses'  sake,  what  will  he  do  to  such  as  rebel 
 against  Christ,  who  is  '  counted  worthy  of 
 more  glory  than  Moses,'  Heb.  iii.  3.  '  For 
 if  they  escaped  not,  who  refused  him  that 
 spake  on  earth ;  much  more  shall  not  we  es- 
 cape if  we  turn  away  from  him  that  speaketh 
 from  heaven,'  Heb.  xii.  25.  For  Christ  is 
 not  the  servant,  but  the  Son,  even  '  the 
 Lord  from  heaven,    1  Cor.  xv.  47. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Alas,  my  lord,]  Or,  Ok,  my 
 lord,  Heb.  ttnto  me,  to  wit,  have  respect ,'  the 
 Chald.  explaineth  it,  we  pray  thee,  my  lord: 
 see  this  phrase  in  Gen.  xliii.  20.  Aaron  as 
 unworthy  of  access  himself  unto  God  now 
 departed,  maketh  request  unto  Moses,  hon- 
 oureth  him  (though  Aaron  himself  was  both 
 the  elder  brother  and  the  high  priest,)  with 
 the  title  of  his  lord,confesseth  theirsin  against 
 him,  craveth  pardon  ;  and  by  Moses'  media- 
 tion, to  have  their  sister  cured.  Sin,]  That 
 is,  the  punishment  of  sin,  (as  Lev.  xxii.  9  ; 
 Num.  xviii.  32  ;)  which  he  desireth  that  by 
 Moses'  intercession,  it  might  not  be  laid  upon 
 them  of  God.  Wherein  we  have  done 
 FOOLISHLY,]  Or, because  ive  are  become  fool- 
 ish :  the  Gr.  translateth,  because  ve  have 
 done  ignorantly  in  that  we  have  sinned  :  in 
 which  sense  it  is  a  lessening  of  their  sin,  as 
 done  through  unadvisedness  and  oversight, 
 not  maliciously 
 
CHAP.  XIII. 
 
 15 
 
 tliered  in.  "  And  Mary  was  shut  out  from  tlie  camp  seven  days; 
 and  the  people  journeyed  not  till  Mary  was  gathered  in  again. 
 '*  And  afterward  the  people  journeyed  from  Hazeroth,  and  en- 
 camped m  the  wilderness  of  Pharan. 
 
 Ps.  xxvii.    10.       Here    Thargum    Jonathan       was  a  special  honour  unto  Mary  above  other 
 
 atldeth  this  paraphrase,  "  And  I  will  cause  to 
 stay,  for  thy  sake,  the  cloud  of  my  gloiy,  and 
 the  tabernacle,  and  the  ark,  and  all  Israel, 
 until  the  time  that  she  is  healed,  and  after- 
 ward she  shall  be  gathered  in." 
 
 Ver.  J 5. — Mary  was  shut,]  In  Gr. 
 was  separated:  this  was  an  example  of  jus- 
 tice against  sinners,  without  respect  of  per- 
 sons: therefore  they  are  after  desired  to  re- 
 member this,  Deut.  xxiv.  9.  And  even 
 kings  when  they  were  lepers,  were  separated, 
 and  dwelt  apart,  2  Chron.  xxvi.  20,  21. 
 The  people  journeyed  not,]  But  stayed 
 mourning  for  her,  till  she  was  cured  ;  which 
 
 lepers,  for  whom  there  was  no  such  stay. 
 Num.  V.  2,  4.  Because  this  Mary  was  one 
 of  those  whom  God  sent  before  his  people, 
 Mic.  vi.  4;  Exod.  xv.  20.  Sol.  Jarchi 
 saith,  "  The  Loid  imparted  this  honour  unto 
 her,  because  she  once  stayed  for  Moses  when 
 he  was  cast  into  the  river,  as  it  is  written, 
 And  his  sister  stood  afar  oHi"  &c.  Exod.  ii.  4. 
 Ver.  16. — Wilderness  of  pharan,]  Or, 
 of  Paran;  which  had  been  '  Ishmael's'  habi- 
 tation, Gen.  xxi.  21,  and  the  place  where 
 they  pitched  in  this  wilderness  was  called 
 '  Rithmah,'  Num.  xxxiii.  18,  and  '  Cadesh- 
 baruea,'  Num.  xiii.  3,  26  ;  Deut.  i.  19,  &c. 
 
 CHAP.  XIII. 
 
 1.  The  Lord  enjoinetli  Moses  to  send  one  man  of  every  tribe,  to  search 
 the  land  of  Canaan.  4.  Their  names  and  tribes.  17.  Their  instruc- 
 tions. 21.  Their  acts  and  return  after  forty  days.  26.  Their  relation 
 of  the  goodness  of  the  land,  and  strength  of  the  inhabitants.  30.  Caleb 
 eneourageth  the  people,  but  the  others  discourage  them,  and  bring  up  an 
 evil  report  upon  the  land. 
 
 233 
 '  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses,  saying,     ^  Send  thou  men, 
 that  they  may  search  the  land  of  Canaan,  wliich  I  give  to   the 
 sons  of  Israel:  one  man,  one  man  for  a  tribe  of  his  fathers,  shall 
 
 33  3    Here   beginiieth   the    thirty-seventh 
 section  of  the  law:  see  Gen.  vi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Jehovah  spake,]  By  Moses' re- 
 
 lationafter^it  appeareth,  thatwhenGodhad  led 
 his  people  from  mount  Horeb  toCadesh  Barnea, 
 through  the  great  and  fearful  wilderness,  and 
 they  were  come  to  the  mountain  of  the  Amo- 
 rites;  then  Moses  said,  'See,  the  Lord  thy 
 God  hath  given  the  land  before  thee ;  go  up, 
 possess  it.  And  all  the  people  came  near 
 unto  Moses,  and  said.  We  will  send  men 
 before  us,  and  they  shall  search  out  the  land 
 fur  us,  and  bring  us  word  again,  by  what  way 
 we  shall  go  up,  &c.  That  word  liked  Moses 
 well;  and  he  took  of  them  twelve  men,  and 
 sent  them  to  spy  out  the  land,'  Deut.  i.  19 
 — 24.  So  where  here  it  is  said,  '  Jehovah 
 spake,'  &c.  it  is  not  meant,  that  this  motion 
 came  first  from  the  Lord;  but  the  people 
 first  spake  of  it  to  Moses,  he  consulted  with 
 the  Lord  about  it;  and  the  Lerd  approved. 
 
 or  at  least,  permitted  the  thing  which  they 
 desired, 
 
 Ver.  2. — Send  thou,]  Or,  send  for  thee: 
 which  Sol.  Jarchi  expoundeth  to  this  sense; 
 "  I  command  thee  not ;  if  thou  pleasest, 
 send:  forasmuch  as  Israel  came  and  said,  we 
 will  send  men,"  &c.  Deut.  i.  22.  That 
 they  may  search,]  Oi',  and  let  them  search, 
 or  espy,  by  searching  round  about:  and  the 
 word  implieth  the  action  of  the  heart  and 
 mind,  not  of  the  eyes  only,  Eccl.  i.  13  ;  vii. 
 25.  Thus  God  let  them  go  search  or  espy 
 the  land,  which  he  himself  before  '  had  espied 
 for  them,'  Ezek.  xx.  6,  and  went  before  them 
 in  the  way,  to  search  them  out  a  place  to 
 pitch  their  tents  in,  in  fire  by  night,  and  in 
 a  cloud  by  day,  Deut.  i.  33.  Of  Canaan,] 
 That  is,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  of  the  Ca- 
 naanites:  named  as  the  chief,  for  it  was  the 
 land  of  seven  mighty  nations,'  Deut.  vii.  1.  I 
 GiVE.l  Or,  am  giving:  so  he  speaketh  as  of  a 
 
IG 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 ye  send  every  one  a  ruler  among  them.  ^  And  Moses  sent  liiem 
 irom  the  wilderness  of  PJiaran,  at  the  mouth  of  Jehovah :  all  those 
 men  were  heads  of  the  sons  of  Israel.  *  And  tliese  were  their 
 names:  Of  the  tribe  of  Reuben,  Shammua  tlie  son  of  Zaccur. 
 *  Of  the  tribe  of  Simeon,  Shaphat  the  son  of  Hori.  ®  Of  the  tribe 
 of  Judali,  Caleb  tlie  son  of  Jeplmnneh.  '  Of  the  tribe  of  Issachar, 
 Jigal  the  son  of  Joseph.  ®0f  tlie  tribe  of  Ephraim,  Hosliea  the 
 son  of  Nun.  ^  Of  the  tribe  of  Benjamin,  Palti  the  son  of  Raphu. 
 '"  Of  the  tribe  of  Zabulon,  Gaddiel  the  son  of  Sodi.  "  Of  the 
 tribe  of  Joseph,  of  the  tribe  of  Manasses,  Gaddi  the  son  of  Susi. 
 ^^  Of  the  tribe  of  Dan,  Ammiel  the  son  of  Gemalli.  ^^  Of  the  tribe 
 of  Aser,  Setlmr  the  son  of  Michael.  "  Of  the  tribe  of  Naphtali, 
 Nalibi  the  son  of  Vophsi.  '^  Of  the  tribe  of  Gad,  Gevel  the  son 
 of  Machi.     '®  Tliese  are  the  names  of  the  men  which  Moses  sent 
 
 here;  and  sometime  Joseph  is  named  for 
 Ephraim,  Ezek.  xxxvii.  16,  19;  Rev.  \ii. 
 8.  Here  he  is  named  as  father  of  Manas- 
 seh,  who  was  liis  first-born,  Josh.  xvii.  1, 
 although  the  Heb.  give  another  reason; 
 namely,  "  Because  both  of  them  uttered  an 
 ill  report ;  Joseph,  of  liis  brethren,  (Gen. 
 xxxvii.  2,)  and  the  prince  of  Manasseh,  of 
 the  land:  which  Hoshea  of  Ephraim  did  not,"  • 
 Chazkuni  on  Num.  xiii. 
 
 Ver.  13.— Sethur.]  In  Gr.  Sadour. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Nahbi,]  Or  Nachbi;  in  Gr. 
 Naabi  son  of  Sabi. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Gevel,]  In  Gr.  Goudiel. 
 
 Ver.  16.— These  are  the  names,]  Chaz- 
 kuni here  observeth,  "  He  sent  no  spy  of  the 
 tribe  of  Levi,  because  he  had  no  portion  in 
 the  land."  Nun,]  Called  also,  Non,  1 
 Chron.  vii.  27,  in  Gr.  Nave.  Joshua,]  Or, 
 Jehoshua,  called  sometime  '  Jeshuah,'  Neh. 
 viii.  17,  in  Gr.  Jesus;  and  so  the  New  Tes- 
 tament writeth  him.  Acts  vii.  45,  Heb.  iv. 
 8,  that  signifieth  a  'Saviour,'  Mat.  i.  21. 
 And  this  name  Moses  gave  him  by  the 
 Spirit  of  God  ;  either  as  foreseeing  that  he 
 should  be  his  successor,  and  save  the  people 
 from  their  enemies  the  Canaanites  ;  or,  (as 
 Sol.  Jarchi  here  notetli)  praying  for  him,  that 
 the  Lord  would  save  him  from  the  counsel  of 
 the  (wicked)  spies.  But  Chazkuni  expound- 
 eth  it,  "  Moses  had  called  Hoshea  the  son  of 
 Nun,  Joshua,  not  that  he  now  first  called  him 
 Joshua,  but  before  when  he  vvas  made  his 
 minister,  and  found  grace  in  his  eyes."  We 
 find  him  called  '  Joshua,'  before  they  came 
 to  mount  Sinai,  Exod.  xvii.  9,  and  after  this, 
 when  Moses  is  ready  to  die,  he  is  called 
 '  Hoshea,'  in  Deut.  xxxii.  44.  Where  Chaz- 
 kuni saith  thus  ;  "  At  the  first  when  he  was 
 taken  to  be  Moses'  minister,  Moses  called 
 him  Joshua;  for  so  is  the  manner  of  kings, 
 to  change  the  name  of  their  ministers,  Gen. 
 xli.  45 ;  Dan.   i.    7.      But  now  when  he  ia 
 
 thing  present,  for  more  assurance.  One 
 MAN,  ONE  man,]  An  Hebrew  phrase,  mean- 
 ing, of  every  tribe  one  man,  excepting  the 
 tribe  of  Levi,  for  of  them  none  was  sent; 
 because  they  were  to  have  no  inheritance  in 
 the  land,  Deut.  xviii.  1.  A  ruler,]  Or,  a 
 prince ;  not  of  the  baser  sort,  because  the 
 business  was  weighty:  whereupon  their  re- 
 bellion following  was  of  the  more  note. 
 
 Ver.  3. — At  the  mouth,]  Oi-,  accord- 
 ing to  the  mouth,  that  is,  the  word  of  the 
 Lord,  as  the  Chald.  translateth ;  and  the  Gr. 
 by  the  voice  of  the  Lord:  and  this  Sol.  Jar- 
 chi expoundeth,  ''  by  his  permission."  So 
 in  the  commentary  called  Phesikta,  fol.  47, 
 it  is  said,  "  The  election  of  the  spies  was 
 according  to  the  mouth  of  the  Lord;  not 
 that  God  commanded  them  to  send  them. 
 If  thou  sayest,  why  did  he  not  forbid  them 
 to  send?  To  accomplish  tlieir  desire,  and  to 
 render  them  their  recompense,  and  to  give 
 unto  Joshua  and  Caleb  a  good  reward." 
 Heads,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr.  saith,  chief- 
 rulers  ;  and  Chazkuni  expoundetii  them, 
 "  captains  over  thousands:"  as  in  Exod.  xviii. 
 25. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Sh.\mmua,]  In  Gr.  Samiel  son 
 of  Zacchour 
 
 Veb.  5. — Shai'Hat,]  In  Gr.  Saphat  son 
 of  Souri, 
 
 Ver.  6.— Caleb,]  In  Gr.  Chaleb  son  of 
 Jephonne.  See  1  Chron.  iv.  15.  His 
 name  signifielh  hearty :  and  he  brought 
 Moses  woid  again,  as  it  was  in  his  heart. 
 Josh.  xiv.  7. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Jigal,]  In  Gr.  Jgad. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Hoshea,]  In  Gr.  Auses  son  of 
 Nave. 
 
 Ver.  9.— Palti,]  Or,  as  in  Gr.  Phalti. 
 
 Ver,  10.— Gaddiel,]  In  Gr.  Goudiel  son 
 of  Saudi. 
 
 Ver.  11 — Of  Joseph,]  He  was  father  of 
 Ephraim  in  ver.  8,  as  well  as  of  Manasseh 
 
CHAP.  XII  T. 
 
 17 
 
 to  spy  out  the  land  :  and  Moses  called  Hosliea  the  son  of  Nun, 
 Josliua.  "  And  Moses  sent  them  to  search  tlie  land  of  Canaan, 
 and  said  unto  them,  Go  up  this  way  southward,  and  go  up  into 
 the  mountain.  '^  And  see  the  land  what  it  is,  and  the  people  that 
 dwelleth  thereon,  whether  they  be  strong  or  weak,  whether  they  he 
 few  or  many.  '^  And  what  the  land  is  that  they  dwell  in,  whether 
 it  be  good  or  bad,  and  what  the  cities  be  that  they  dwell  in :  whe- 
 ther in  tents  or  in  strong-holds  ^^  i^nd  wliat  the  land  is,  wliether 
 it  he  fat  or  lean,  whether  there  be  wood  therein  or  not :  and  be  ye 
 of  good  courage,  and  take  of  the  fruit  of  tlie  land ;  (Now  the 
 days  were  the  days  of  the  first  ripe  grapes.)     ^'  And  they  went  up 
 
 made  king  himself,  his  first  name  is  restored: 
 nevertheless,  through  all  the  scripture  he  is 
 called  Joshua,  because  he  was  accustomed 
 tliereto  already."  By  this  reason,  the  change 
 of  his  name  should  seem  to  diminish  from  his 
 dignity  ;  whereas  it  was  changed  for  his  hon- 
 our ;  as  were  the  names  of  Abram,  Sarai, 
 Jacob,  and  others,  Gen.  xvii.  5,  15;  xxxii. 
 2S;  Neh.  ix.  7;  Is.  Ixii.  2;  Mark  iii.  16, 
 17. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Southward,]  Or,  by  the  south; 
 as  in  ver.  22,  meaning,  "  the  south  part  of 
 the  land  of  Canaan,"  as  Chazkuni  explaineth 
 it.  For  that  was  nearest  unto  them,  and  the 
 worst  part  of  the  land,  because  it  was  wilder, 
 ness,  and  waterless,  as  the  original  word 
 Neyeb  signifieth  dry  ground:  and  Caleb's 
 daughter  said  to  her  father,  '  Thou  hast  given 
 me  a  south  (that  is,  a  dry)  land,  give  me  also 
 spiings  of  water,'  Judg.  i,  15,  and,  'rivers 
 in  the  south,'  Ps.  cxxvi.  4,  meaneth,  refresh- 
 ing after  bondage  and  affliction.  The  Gr. 
 here  translateth,  go  up  by  this  iviiderness: 
 and  so  in  that  part  was  a  wilderness,  Josh. 
 XV.  1 — 3.  And  Sol.  Jarchi  saith,  "Go  up 
 this  way  by  the  south;  that  was  the  worst 
 part  of  the  land  of  Israel :  for  so  is  the  manner 
 of  merchants ;  they  show  the  worst  things 
 first,  and  afterward  they  show  the  best." 
 The  mountain,]  Which  was  inhabited  by 
 Amak'kiteSjCanaanites,  and  Amorites,  Num. 
 siv.  40,  45;  Deut.  i,  44.  Of  this,  Chazku- 
 ni giveth  a  reason  thus;  "And  when  ye 
 shall  know  how  to  subdue  the  mountain,  the 
 valley  will  be  easy  to  subdue." 
 
 Ver.  is. — The  land  what  it  is,]  This 
 is  again  repeated  in  ver.  19,  and  the  third 
 time  in  ver.  20,  which  may  thus  be  distin- 
 guished: by  'the  land'  here,  is  meant,  'the 
 people'  of  the  land,  as  after  Moses  explain- 
 eth it;  by  'the  land,'  in  ver.  19,  is  meant, 
 the  air  of  the  country,  and  the  cities,  villages, 
 tents,  which  were  by  the  hand  of  man  set 
 therenn  ;  and  by  '  the  land,'  in  ver.  20,  is 
 meant  the  soil  or  ground  itself,  and  fruits 
 that  grew  thereon.  And  the  people,]  And 
 is  liere  i'or  explanation,  that  is,  or,  1  mean  the 
 Vol.  II.  ( 
 
 people:  see  the  notes  on  Gen.  xiii.  15.  So 
 ia  Ps.  Ixvi.  4,  '  Let  all  the  earth  bow  down 
 to  thee,'  that  is,  all  peoples  of  the  earth: 
 likewise  in  Ps.  xcvi.  1,  and  ex.  1,  and  often  in 
 the  scriptures.  So,  '  house  '  for  household, 
 or  people  in  it,  Gen.  xlv.  11,  18.  '  Cities  ' 
 for  citizens,  Josh.  xvii.  12.  Whether 
 THEV,]  Hub.  whether  it  be  strong,  &c.  speak- 
 ing of  the  people,  as  one  in  multitude. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Good  or  bad,]  This  seemeth 
 to  respect  the  wholesomeness  of  the  country, 
 for  air,  waters,  &c.  as  in  2  Kings  ii.  J 9, 
 '  the  situation  of  this  country  is  good,  but  the 
 water  is  bad,  and  the  land  causeth  to  mis- 
 carry.' To  this  Chazkuni  referreth  it,  saying, 
 "or  bad,  if  it  cause  the  inhabitants  thereof  to 
 miscarry,  or  to  be  barren,"  as  2  Kings  ii. 
 19,  and  hereupon  they  answered,  'It  is  a 
 land  that  eateth  up  the  inhabitants  thereof,' 
 Num.  xiii.  32.  In  tents,]  Or,  in  camps, 
 troops'  the  Chald.  calleth  them,  villages  (or 
 unwalled  towns,)  the  Gr.  changeth  the  order 
 saying,  in  ivalled  or  in  unwalled  towtis. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Fat  or  lean,]  This  respect- 
 eth  the  soil  itself,  which  if  it  be  '  fat,'  is  fer- 
 tile ;  if  '  lean,'  barren.  The  Chald.  chang- 
 eth the  metaphor,  saying,  "whether  it  be 
 rich  or  poor."  So  in  Neh.  ix.  25,  35, 
 '  They  took  strong  cities,  and  a  fat  land  ;'  and 
 in  Ezek.  xxxiv.  14,  '  fat  pasture.'  Wood,] 
 Or,  trees,  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  interpret  it, 
 and  Thargum  Jonathan,  trees  of  food ;  that 
 is,  of  fruit  to  be  eaten.  Be  ye  of  good 
 courage,]  Or,  strengthen,  encourage  your- 
 selves. The  first  ripe  grapes,]  Or,  the 
 first  fruits  of  grapes.  And  then,  as  Chaz- 
 kuni observeth,  "  They  had  need  to  have 
 courage,  because  the  keepers  (of  the  vine- 
 yards) watched  them  there. 
 
 Ver.  21.— Of  zin,]  Or,  of  Tsin  :  there 
 was  a  wilderness  into  which  they  came  be- 
 fore, called  '  Sin/  so  named  of  an  Egyptian 
 city  Sin  near  it,  Exod,  xvi.  1  ;  Ezek.  xxx. 
 16,  16.  This  desert  of  *  Zin,'  seemeth  to 
 be  so  named,  as  being  a  thorny  wilderness; 
 for  ZAnnim  (in  the  form  plural)  signifieth 
 'thorns,'  Job    v.   5.      And    as    the    former 
 
18 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 and  searched  the  land,  from  tlie  wilderness  of  Zin,  unto  Rehoh,  to 
 the  entrance  of  Hamath,  ^'  And  they  went  up  by  the  south,  and 
 he  came  unto  Cliebron :  and  there  were  Ahiman,  Sheshai  and  Tal- 
 mai,  the  childi-en  of  Anak  :  now  Hebron  was  built  seven  years, 
 before  Zoan  in  Egypt.  ^  And  they  came  unto  the  bourne  of  Esh- 
 col,  and  cut  down  from  tlience  a  branch,  and  one  cluster  of  grapes ; 
 
 '  Sin'  bordered  upon  'Egypt,'  so  '  Zin  '  bor-  "  Who  is  my  brother?"  and  that  he  was  so 
 dered  on  the  land  of  'Canaan,'  Num.  xxxiv.  called,  because  "none  in  the  world  was  bro- 
 3,  4;  Josh.   XV.   3.      Rehob,]    Or,  Reckob,       ther    to    him    (that    is,    like    unto    him)    in 
 
 called  in  Gr.  Roob,  (as  '  Rechabham  or  Re- 
 hoboam,'  1  Kings  xii.  1,  is  written  in  Gr.  by 
 the  Holy  Spirit,  'Ruboam,'  Malt.  i.  7.) 
 This  '  Rehob '  was  a  city  in  the  west  part  of 
 the  land  of  Canaan,  near  unto  Sidon,  which 
 fell  by  lot  to  the  tribe  of  Aser,  Josh.  xix.  2S ; 
 
 Judg.     i.    31.       To    THE    ENTRANCE,]    Or,    to 
 
 the  entering  in  of  Hamath :  so  in  Num. 
 xxxiv.  8;  Josh.  xiii.  5;  Judg.  iii.  3;  Amos 
 vi.  14,  and  so  the  Chald.  here  translateth  it, 
 Hamath  or  Chamath,  called  also  '  Hemath 
 the  great,'  Amos  vi.  2,  was  a  city  on  the 
 north  part  of  Canaan,  and  on  the  east  side, 
 (as  '  Rehob'  was  on  the  west)  Num.  xxxiv. 
 8  ;  Josh.  xiii.  5.  By  this  description  of 
 their  voyage,  they  went  from  south  to  north, 
 and  from  west  to  east,  so  viewing  the  whole 
 land.  This  '  Hamath'  is  in  Thargum  Jona- 
 than called  '  Antiochia,'  (and  so  Hamath 
 was  after  named  of  king'  Antiochus:)  and  it 
 was  situated  under  mount  Lebanon,  by  the 
 river  Jabok. 
 
 Ver.  22. — By  the  south,]  Or,  south- 
 ward; Gr.  ly  the  wilderness:  see  ver.  17. 
 And  he  came  to  chebron,]  Or,  unto  He- 
 Iron;  a  place  in  the  south  parts  of  Canaan, 
 w  here  Abraham,  Isaac,  and  Jacob,  with  their 
 wives,  had  been  buried,  Gen.  xxiii.  2,  19; 
 xlix.  31,  see  the  notes  on  Gen.  xiii.  IS.  By 
 '  he  came,'  Sol.  Jarchi  and  others,  under- 
 stand "  Caleb  only;"  as  if  the  twelve  spies 
 went  not  in  one  company,  but  one  or  two  of 
 them  together:  and  Caleb's  coming  thither  is 
 specially  mentioned  in  Josh.  xiv.  9,  '  the 
 land  whereon  thy  feet  have  trodden,  shall  be 
 thine  inheritance;'  and  in  ver.  12,  'now 
 therefore  give  me  this  mountain,  whereof  the 
 Loid  spake  in  that  day;'  and  in  ver.  14, 
 Chebron  '  therefore  became  the  inheritance 
 of  Caleb.  Others  understand  'he  came,' 
 that  is,  ''they  came;"  as  Chazkuni  saith, 
 "  It  is  the  manner  of  the  scripture,  to  speak 
 of  many  spies  and  liers  in  wait,  in  the  singu- 
 lar number;  as  (in  Josh.  viii.  19,)  The  lier 
 in  ambufh  rose  quickly  out  of  his  place.'' 
 TheGr.  translateth,  "  they  came;"  the  Chald. 
 hath  in  some  copies  "  Atha,  he  came;"  in 
 other  some  "  Atho,  they  came."  Ahi.man,] 
 Or,  as  the  Gr.  writeth  h\m,  Achiman:  he 
 was  one  on  the  heathen  giants  dwelling  in 
 Chebron:    the    Hebs.    interpret    his    name. 
 
 strength:"  yet  Caleb  slew  him  and  his  two 
 brethren;  Josh.  xv.  14;  Judg.  i.  10.  She- 
 shai,] In  Gr.  Sesei.  Talmai,]  In  Gr. 
 Thclamei.  Children  of  Anak,]  In  Gr. 
 generations  of  Enak:  in  Chald.  sons  of  the 
 giant  (or,  of  the  mighty  man.)  Anak  was 
 the  son  of  Arba,  whereupon  Chebron  was  in 
 former  times  called  Kirjah  Arba,  that  is, 
 'the  city  of  Arba,'  Josh.  xv.  13;  Gen.  xxiii. 
 2.  Before  Zoan,]  Or,  Tsoati,  called  in 
 Gr.  and  Chald.  Tancs:  (as  of  Tsor  or  Zor,  is 
 Tyrus  in  Gr.)  This  declai'eth  not  only  the 
 antiquity  of  Chebron,  but  by  consequence  the 
 goodness  of  the  land.  For  the  Anakims 
 which  reigned  over  all,  seated  themselves  in 
 the  best  places.  Sol.  Jarchi  saith;  "It  may 
 be  that  Cham  builded  Chebron  for  his  younger 
 son  Canaan,  before  he  builded  Zoan  for  Miz- 
 raim  his  elder  son,  &c.  Of  all  countries, 
 none  excelled  Egypt;  as  it  is  written,  'Like 
 the  garden  of  the  Lord,  like  the  land  of 
 Egypt,' (Gen.  xiii.  10.)  And  Zoan  was  the 
 most  excellent  in  the  land  of  Egypt,  for 
 there  the  kings  dwelt,  as  it  is  written,  '  For 
 his  princes  were  at  Zoan,'  (Is.  xxx  4,)  but 
 Chebron  was  seven  times  belter  than  it." 
 
 Ver.  23. — Bourne,]  Or,  valley,  brook. 
 The  Hel).  nachal  signifieth  both  '  a  valley,' 
 Gen.  xxvi.  17,  19,  and  'a  river'  or  'brook' 
 running  in  a  valley:  our  English  word 
 '  bourne,'  answereth  to  them  both.  '  Eshcol' 
 signifieth  a  'cluster;'  and  of  the  Israelites 
 cutting  of  the  cluster,  this  place  had  the 
 name,  for  a  memorial,  ver.  24.  The  Gr. 
 translateth  it,  the  valley  of  the  cluster:  this 
 place  is  reported  to  have  been  in  the  tribe  oi 
 Dan,  within  a  little  of  the  valley  '  Sorek  ' 
 mentioned  in  Judg.  xvi.  4.  A  branch,] 
 To  wit,  of  a  vine,  "  and  one  cluster  of  grapes 
 upon  it,''  as  the  Gr.  version  saith;  and  so 
 Jarchi  explaineth  it,  "  a  branch  of  a  vine, 
 and  a  cluster  of  grapes  hanging  upon  it."  On 
 a  staff,]  Or,  071  a  bar;  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 on  bars  (or  levers)  and  omitteth  the  words 
 following,  'by  two:'  which  seemeth  to  favour 
 the  exposition  that  Chazkuni  giveth  heie, 
 "  they  bar  it  on  a  bar  of  the  branch,  with 
 two  other  bars."  But  the  more  simple  and 
 plain  meaning  is  set  down  in  Thargum  Jona- 
 than, thus,  "  on  a  bar,  on  the  shoulders  oi 
 two  of  them." 
 
CHAP.    XIII. 
 
 19 
 
 and  they  bare  it  on  a  staff,  by  two  :  and  (they  broiujht)  of  the 
 pomegranates,  and  of  the  figs.  ^^  TJiat  place  was  called  the  bourne 
 of  Eshcol,  because  of  the  cluster  whicli  the  sons  of  Israel  cut 
 down  from  thence.  ^^  And  they  returned  from  searching  the  land 
 at  the  end  of  forty  days.  ^^  And  they  went  and  came  to  Moses 
 and  to  Aaron,  and  to  all  the  congregation  of  the  sons  of  Israel, 
 unto  the  wilderness  of  Pharan,  to  Kadesh  :  and  brought  back  word 
 unto  them  and  unto  all  the  congregation ;  and  sliewed  them  the 
 iVuit  of  the  land.  ^'  And  they  told  him,  and  said,  We  came  unto 
 tlie  land  whither  thou  sentest  us :  and  surely  it  fioweth  with  milk 
 and  honey,  and  this  is  the  fruit  of  it.  ^^  Nevertheless,  the  people 
 is  strong  that  dwelleth  in  the  land  ;  and  tlie  cities  fenced  very 
 great :  and  moreover,  we  saw  the  children  of  Anak  there.  ^^  Ama- 
 lek  dwelleth  in  the  land  of  the  south :  and  the  Chetliite,  and  the 
 Jebusite,  and  tlie  Amorite  dwelleth  in  the  mountain ;  and  the  Ca- 
 
 Fenced,]  With  strong  holds,  high  walls  and 
 munition  ;    the    Gr.    expresseth    it    by    two 
 
 Ver.  25. — At  the  end  of  forty  days,] 
 In  Gr.  after  forty  days.  In  Thargnm  Jona- 
 than there  is  added,  "  in  the  month  of  Ab 
 (which  we  call  July)  at  the  end  of  forty 
 days."  And  Chazkuni  explaineth  it  further, 
 that  they  began  on  the  twenty-ninth  "of  Sl- 
 van  (which  we  name  May)  and  ended  on  the 
 eighth  of  Ab  (or  July.")  So  many  days,  our 
 Lord  Christ  after  his  resurrection,  viewed  his 
 disciples,  'being  seen  of  them  forty  days,' 
 Acts  i.  3.  And  according  to  this  number  of 
 days,  the  Israelites  had  years  allotted  them  to 
 wander  and  perish  in  the  wilderness,  because 
 they  believed  not  God,  but  refused  to  go  into 
 the  good  land  proffered  them.  Num.  xiv.  33, 
 34.  Of  the  mystery  in  this  number  forty, 
 see  more  in  the  notes  on  Deut.  xxv.  3. 
 
 Ver.  26.— To  Kadesh,]  Called  also'Ka- 
 desh-barnea,'  Deut.  i.  19.  There  was  a  city 
 of  the  Edomites  called  '  Kadesh,'  Num.  xx. 
 16,  whereupon  the  wilderness  by  it  was  called 
 also  '  Kadesh,'  Ps.  xxix.  8,  and  the  same 
 was  called  '  the  wilderness  of  Zin,'  Num. 
 xxxiii.  36.  Chazkuni  here  saith,  "The 
 wilderness  of  Pharan,  and  the  wilderness  of 
 Zin,  and  Hazeroth,  and  Kadesh-barnea,  and 
 Ilithmah,  (Num.  xxxiii.  IS,)  were  one  near 
 to  another."  This  Kadesh  in  Gr.  Kades. 
 The  Ciiald.  nameth  Rekam. 
 
 Ver.  27.— They  told  him,]  To  wit, 
 Moses,  in  the  hearing  of  all  the  congrega. 
 tion.  And  honey,]  That  is,  with  all  good 
 things:  see  the  notes  on  Exod.  iii.  8. 
 Thus  they  acknowledged  the  truth  of  God's 
 promises ;  they  said,  'It  is  a  good  land 
 which  the  Lord  our  God  doth  give  unto  us,' 
 Deut.  i.  25. 
 
 Ver.  28 — Nevertheless,]  Or,  but  that. 
 This  latter  part  of  the  speech,  was  from  the 
 ten  spies  (not  from  Caleb  or  Joshua)  who 
 here  take  occasion  to  terrify  the  people  from 
 going    to   possess    the    land,    Deut.    i.   28. 
 
 words, fenced,  walled:  in  Deut.  i.  28,  and 
 ix.  1,  it  is  said,  'fenced  up  to  heaven:'  and 
 in  Deut.  iii.  5,  '  fenced  with  high  walls, 
 gates  and  bars.'  ChildreiX  of  Anak,]  In 
 Gr.  the  generation  of  Enak,  in  Chald.  sons 
 of  the  giant :  so  in  Deut.  i.  28,  the  Gr. 
 translateth  them,  sons  of  the  giants;  see  be- 
 fore on  ver.  20.  Of  these  there  went  a  pro- 
 verb, '  Who  can  stand  before  the  sons  of 
 Anak?'  Deut.  ix.  2.  And  of  the  Gr.  bor- 
 rowed  the  word  Aiiakes,  to  signify  kings: 
 and  by  interpretation  Anak  signifieth  '  a 
 chain,'  Pi-ov.  i.  9,  which  is  an  ornament  for 
 kings  and  great  personages,  and  of  old,  upon 
 their  beasts'  necks  also,  Judg.  viii.  26.  And 
 many  such  men  were  chained  with  'pride,' 
 as  Ps.  Ixxiii.  6. 
 
 Ver,  29. — Amalek,]  That  is,  the  Ama- 
 lehites,  the  posterity  of  Amalek  the  son  of 
 Esau;  of  whom  see  Exod.  xvii.  8,  &c.  "Be- 
 cause they  had  been  smitten  by  Amalek, 
 (Deut.  xxv.  17,  18,)  the  spies  do  now  make 
 mention  of  him,  to  make  them  afraid,"  saith 
 Jarchi  on  Num.  xiii.  This  Amalek  (who 
 was  the  'first  of  the  nations,'  Num.  xxiv. 
 20,  and  an  enemy  to  Israel)  would  hinder,  as 
 they  thought,  their  entrance  on  the  south 
 side.  In  the  mountain,]  That  is,  the  moun- 
 tains, or,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  the  moun- 
 tain?/ part,  for  these  nations  here  reckoned, 
 were  the  most  mighty;  and  the  Chethites 
 possessed  mount  Thabor,  the  Jebusites  Jeru- 
 salem and  mountains  about  it,  the  Amorites 
 mount  Heres,  &c.  Judg.  xxi.  34 — 36,  and 
 these  Amorites  were  high  as  cedars,  and 
 strong  as  oaks,  Amos  ii.  9,  so  the  land 
 seemed  in  their  eyes  impossible  to  be  con- 
 quered. The  coast,]  Or,  side,  Heb.  the 
 hand  of  Jordan ;  which  was  towards  the  east, 
 as  the  sea  was  to  the  west. 
 
NUMBERS. 
 
 naanite  dwelleth  by  the  sea,  and  by  the  coast  of  Jordan.  ^^  And 
 Caleb  stilled  the  people  before  Moses,  and  said,  Going  up,  let  us 
 go  up  and  possess  it,  for  we  are  well  able  to  overcome  it.  ^'  But  the 
 men  tliat  went  up  with  him,  said,  We  be  not  able  to  go  up  against 
 tlie  people  ;  for  they  are  stronger  than  we.  ^^  And  they  brought  up 
 an  evil  report  of  tlie  land  which  they  liad  searched,  unto  the  sons 
 of  Israel,  saying.  The  land  through  wliicli  we  have  gone  to  search 
 it,  is  a  land  that  eateth  up  the  inhabitants  thereof;  and  all  the 
 people  that  we  saw  within  it  are  men  of  stature.  ^^  And  there  we 
 saw  the  giants,  the  sons  of  Anak,  which  come  of  the  giants  :  and 
 we  were  in  our  own  eyes  as  grasshoppers,  and  so  we  were  in  their 
 eyes. 
 
 Ver.  30 — Caleb,]  And  Joshua  nith  him 
 afterward.  Num.  xiv.  6,  7  ;  though  now  at 
 first  it  may  be  Joshua  purposely  held  his 
 peace  in  prudence,  because  he  was  Moses' 
 minister,  and  let  Caleb  speak.  Stilled 
 THE  people  before  Moses,]  Or  made  the 
 people  to  keep  silence  before  (or  unto)  Moses: 
 that  is,  the  people  beginning  to  murmur  and 
 speak  unto  Moses  and  against  him,  Caleb 
 stilled  them.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it, 
 "  he  made  the  people  to  attend  (that  is,  to 
 hearken)  unto  Moses  ;"  and  Jonathan  in  his 
 Thargum  saith,  "  he  stilled  the  people,  and 
 caused  them  to  attend  unto  Moses."  And  it 
 appeareth  by  Deut.  i.  29,  30 ;  that  Moses 
 himself  spake  to  encourage  the  people  ;  but 
 they  would  not  obey.  And  said,]  That  is, 
 Caleb  said,  as  the  31st  ver.  manifesteth  ;  and 
 the  Gr.  addeth,  he  said  unto  him.  We  are 
 WELL  able  to  overcome  vt,^Oi; prevailing 
 we  shall  prevail  over  it  meaning  the  land  ; 
 which  the  Gr.  explaineth,  over  them,  the  peo- 
 ple. And  this  was  a  speech  of  faith,  believ- 
 ing in  the  power  and  promise  of  God,  lor 
 Caleb  now  spake  as  it  was  in  his  heart.  Josh, 
 xiv.  7. 
 
 Ver.  31.' — But  the  men,]  Heb.  and  the 
 men;  meaning  ten  of  the  twelve,  all  the 
 other  spies  except  Joshua,  Num.  xiv.  6. 
 
 Ver.  32. — An  evil  report,]  aninfamy 
 or  defamation  :  of  which  Solomon  saith,  '  he 
 that  uttereth  it  is  a  fool,'  Prov.  x.  18.  And 
 for  this  their  sin,  these  men  '  died  by  a 
 plague  before  the  Lord,'  Num.  xiv.  37.  This 
 infamy,  the  Chald.  calleth  an  evil  name  ;  the 
 Gr.  here,  a  dread  of  the  land  ;  but  in  Num. 
 xiv.  36,  the  Gr.  expoundeth  it,  evil  tvords. 
 And  whereas  the  Heb.  Dibbah,  signifieth  hut 
 a  speech  or  report,  though  commonly  of  faults 
 which  may  be  done  without  sin  ;  the  word 
 evil  is  added  by  Moses,  in  Num.  xiv.  37;  to 
 show  that  this  their  defamation  was  very  sin- 
 
 ful. Eateth  up,]  consumeth ;  in  Chald. 
 killeth  the  inhabitants  ;  which  may  be  under- 
 stood of  their  civil  wars,  whereby  they  de- 
 voured one  another.  For  the  Amorites  had 
 conquered  the  Moabites,  Num.  xxi.  28,  29; 
 the  Caphtorims  (or  Philistines)  had  destroyed 
 the  Avims,  Deut.  ii.  23.  This  phrase  was 
 afterwards  used  against  the  land,  when  the 
 heathens  had  destroyed  the  Israelites  in  it, 
 '  thou  (land)  eatest  up  men,  and  hast  bereav- 
 ed thy  nations,  Ezek.  xxxvi.  13.  Of  sta- 
 tures,] Or,  of  dimensions  of  measures  ;  that 
 is,  of  great  stature,  tall,  and  great ;  as  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  exceeding  tall  men.  And  as 
 the  prophet  openeth  it,  '  high  as  cedars, 
 strong  as  oaks,  Amos  ii.  9.  An  example  of 
 such  a  man  of  stature,  we  have  in  2  Sam. 
 xxi.  20,  '  that  had  on  every  hand  six  fingers, 
 and  on  every  foot  six  toes,'  &c.  ;  and  ano- 
 ther of  an  Egyptian  five  cubits  high,  with  a 
 spear  in  his  hand  '  like  a  weaver's  beam,'  1 
 Chron.  xi.  23.  So  in  Jer.  xxii.  14,  a  house 
 of  measures,  (or  of  statures,)  is  for  a  large 
 high  house. 
 
 Ver.  33. — Giants,]  Heb.  Nephilim,  such 
 as  were  before  Noah's  flood;  see  Gen.  vi.  4, 
 with  the  annot.  As  grasshoppers,]  Or,  as 
 locusts ;  that  is,  low,  weak,  base  in  compa- 
 rison with  them.  So  it  is  said  of  God,  '  he 
 sitteth  upon  the  circle  of  the  earth,  and  the 
 inhabitants  thereof  are  as  grasshoppers,'  Is.  xl. 
 22.  In  their  eyes,]  That  is,  they  so  es- 
 teemed us.  And  by  reason  hereof,  it  may 
 be  the  spies  passed  through  their  land  more 
 safely,  while  these  mighty  men  despised  and 
 neglected  them,  as  the  Philistine  disdained 
 to  meddle  with  little  David,  1  Sam.  xvii.  24. 
 The  Heb.  doctors  to  show  this,  feign  this  ex- 
 planation, "  we  heard  them  say  one  to  ano- 
 ther. There  are  pismires  in  the  vineyards, 
 like  unto  men."  Chazkuni  on  Num.  xiii. 
 33. 
 
CHAP.    XIV. 
 
 21 
 
 CHAP.    XIV. 
 
 1 .  The  Israelites  meep  and  murmur  at  the  news  that  the  spies  hrought 
 out  of  Canaan  ;  and  speak  of  returning  into  Egypt.  6.  Joshua  and 
 Caleb  labour  to  still  and  encourage  them,  hut  the  Israelites  mould  have 
 stoned  them.  W.God  threateneth  to  destroy  the  people.  13.  Moses 
 cntreateth  for  them,  and  obtaineth  pardon.  23.  The  murmurers  are 
 deprived  of  entering  into  the  land,  and  condemned  to  wander  forty  years 
 in  the  wilderness  and  die  there.  36.  The  spies  who  raised  the  evil  re- 
 port, die  by  a  plague.  39.  The  people  hearing  the  sentence  of  God 
 against  them,  mourn,  and  offer  themselves  to  go  up  ;  hut  Moses  forbid- 
 deth  them.  44.  Yet  they  presume  to  go  up,  and  are  smitten  by  their 
 enemies. 
 
 '  And  all  the  congregation  lifted  up,  and  gave  their  voice,  and 
 tlie  people  wept  that  night.  ^  And  all  the  sons  of  Israel  murmured 
 against  Moses  and  against  Aaron  :  and  all  the  congregation  said 
 unto  them.  Oh  that  we  had  died  in  the  land  of  Egypt !  or,  in  this 
 wilderness,  oh  that  we  might  die!  And  wherefore  doth  Jehovah 
 bring  us  into  this  land,  to  fall  by  the  sword  ?  our  wives  and  our 
 little  ones  shall  be  for  a  prey  -,  were  it  not  better  for  us  to  return 
 into  Egypt  ?     *  And  they  said  every  man  unto   his  brother,  let  us 
 
 Ver.  1. — Lifted  up,]  To  wit,  their  voice, 
 as  after  foUoweth,  and  as  is  expressed  in  Gen. 
 xxi.  16,  '  she  lifted  up  her  voice  and  wept.' 
 Or,  all  the  congregation  took  up,  that  is,  re- 
 ceived, to  wit,  the  evil  report  which  the  spies 
 gave  of  the  land,  Num.  xiii.  32.  So  the 
 phrase  is  used,  in  Exod.  xxiii.  1,  '  thou  shalt 
 not  take  up  a  vain  report.'  This  latter,  the 
 Gr.  version  favoureth.  Gave  their  voice,] 
 That  is,  cried  out.  This  manner  of  speech 
 is  used  to  signify  any  loud  voice,  noise,  or 
 cry  of  any  creature,  or  of  God  himself;  as 
 in  Ps.  xviii.  14,  '  the  Most  High  gave  his 
 voice;'  in  Jer.  ii.  15,  '  the  lions  gave  their 
 voice  ;'  in  Ps.  civ.  12,  '  the  fowls  give  the 
 voice  ;'  in  Ps.  Ixxvii.  18,  '  the  skies  gave  a 
 voice  ;'  in  Hab.  iii.  10,  '  the  deep  gave  his 
 voice  ;'  and  in  2  Chron.  xxiv.  9,  men  are 
 said  to  give  a  voice,  when  they  made  a  pro- 
 clamation through  Judah  and  Jerusalem.  So 
 this  people  here  openly  rebelled,  and  uttered 
 their  evil  hearts  without  fear  or  shame. 
 That  night,]  Heb.  in  or  through  that  night, 
 which  the  Gr.  expjaineth,  that  whole  night. 
 
 Ver.  2. — And  against  Aaron,]  Which 
 were  the  Lord's  ministeis,  therefore  their 
 murmuring  was  not  against  them  only,  but 
 against  the  Lord,  as  Moses  told  them,  in 
 Exod.  xvi.  2,  8  ;  and  as  after  appeareth  in 
 ver,  3.  Oh,  that  we  might  die,]  Or, 
 (would    God)   that   we   were  dead:  they   are 
 
 words  of  unbelief  and  despair,  and  of  great 
 unthankfulness :  compare  Exod.  xvi.  3;  Ps. 
 cvi.  24,  25.  The  Gr.  translateth,  if  we  were 
 dead:  which  is  a  form  of  wishing,  both  in 
 the  Gr.  and  Heb.  tongues,  as  in  1  Chron.  iv. 
 10,  'if  thou  wilt  bless  me,'  that  is,  '  oh, 
 that  thou  wouldest  bless  me  ;'  so  in  Luke  xii. 
 
 49,  '  if  it  were  (for,  oh,  that  it  were)  already 
 kindled  ;'  and  so  the  Syriac  version  there 
 explaineth  it. 
 
 Ver.  3. — To  fall,]  i.  e.  that  we  should 
 full,  that  is,  die  by  the  sword.  Here  they 
 murmur  against  God  himself  through  unbe- 
 lief; as  David  saith,  *  they  contemptuously 
 refused  the  land  of  desire,  (the  pleasant  land,) 
 they  believed  not  his  word,  but  murmured  in 
 their  tents  ;  they  heard  not  the  voice  of  Je- 
 hovah,' Ps.  cvi,  24,  25.  Were  it  not  bet- 
 ter,] Or,  were  it  not  good?  The  Gr. 
 changeth  the  phrase  thus,  '  now,  therefore, 
 it   is  better  for  us  to  turn  back  into  Egypt.' 
 
 50,  '  are  they  not  written,'  2  Kings  xx.  20; 
 is  explained  thus,  '  behold  they  are  written,' 
 2  Chron.  xxxii.  32. 
 
 Ver.  4.— Let  us  make  a  Captain,] 
 Heb.  let  us  give  a  head  :  whereby  give  is 
 meant  make  or  appoint,  as  the  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  it ;  and  by  head  they  mean  a  cap- 
 tain or  chief  governor  ;  as  in  Num.  xxv.  4  ; 
 1  Chron.  iv.  42  ;  xii.  20;  and  as  the  Gr. 
 here  explaineth  it.     Thargum  Jonathan  pa- 
 
22 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 make  a  captain,  and  let  us  return  into  Egypt.  *  And  Moses  and 
 Aaron  fell  on  their  faces  before  all  the  assembly  of  the  congrega- 
 tion of  the  sons  of  Israel.  "^  And  Joshua  the  son  of  Nun,  and  Caleb 
 the  son  of  Jephunneh,  which  icere  of  them  that  searched  the  land, 
 rent  their  clothes.  '  And  they  said  unto  all  the  congregation  of 
 the  sons  of  Israel,  saying,  Tlie  land  which  we  passed  through  to 
 search  it,  is  an  exceeding  good  land,  ^  If  Jeliovah  delight  in  us, 
 then  he  will  bring  us  into  this  land,  and  will  give  it  unto  us,  a 
 land  which  floweth  with  milk  and  honey.  "  Only  rebel  not  ye  against 
 Jehovah,  and  you  fear  not  the  people  of  the  land,  for  they  are 
 bread  for  us  :  their  shadow  is  departed  from  them,  and  Jehovah  is 
 with  us,  fear  them  not.  '"  But  all  the  congregation  said,  to  stone 
 them  with  stones  :  and  the  glory  of  Jeliovah  appeared  in  the  tent 
 of  the  congregation  before  all  the  sons  of  Israel.     "  And  Jehovah 
 
 apostates  (or  revolters)  from  the  Lord:  the 
 
 raphraseth  thus,  "  let  us  appoint  a  king  over 
 us  for  head."  Of  this  their  sin,  the  Scrip- 
 ture saith,  '  they  dealt  proudly,  and  harden- 
 ed their  necks,  and  hearkened  not  to  God's 
 commandments  ;  and  refused  to  hear,  and 
 were  not  mindful  of  the  wonders  that  he 
 had  done  among  them:  but  hardened  their 
 necks,  and  in  their  rebellion  appointed  a 
 captain  (or  made  a  head)  to  return  to  their 
 bondage,'  Neh.  ix.  16,  17.  So  their  evil 
 words  and  purpose  is  counted  unto  them  as 
 the  deed  done.  Sol.  Jarclii  openeth  their 
 words  thus,  '  let  us  appoint  a  king  over  us  ; 
 and  he  saith,  the  Rabbins  have  expounded 
 this,  as  meaning  idolatry.  The  same  is  also 
 noted  by  R.  Menachem,  who  further  liken- 
 eth  this  sin  to  theirs  that  builded  the  tower 
 of  Babel,  Gen.  xi.  So  their  sin  was 
 against  God,  who  is  '  exalted  as  head  above 
 all,'  1  Chron.  xxix.  11. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Fell  on  their  faces,]  As 
 much  afl'ected  with  the  murmuring  of  the 
 people,  and  they  fell  down,  either  to  pray 
 unto  God  for  them,  as  in  Num.  xix.  22 ;  or 
 to  entreat  them  not  to  proceed  in  their  re- 
 bellion as  it  followeth,  '  before  all  the  assem- 
 bly.' And  elsewhere  it  appeareth,  that 
 Moses  spake  to  encourage  the  people,  saying, 
 *  dread  not,  neither  be  afraid  of  them  :  Jeho- 
 vah your  God,  who  goeth  before  you,  he  shall 
 fight  for  you,'  &c.  Deut.  i.  29,  SO. 
 
 Ver,  6. — That  searched  the  land,] 
 As  appeareth  in  Num.  xiii.  7,  9,  17.  Rent 
 their  clothes,]  In  sign  of  sorrow,  for  the 
 people's  r-ebellion  and  blasphemy;  for  they 
 said,  '  the  Lord  had  brought  them  out  of 
 Egypt,  because  he  hated  them,'  &c. ;  neither 
 did  they  believe  the  Lord  their  God,  for  all 
 that  Moses  spake  unto  them,  Deut.  i.  27 — 
 32.  Of  rending  garments  in  sorrow,  see 
 Gen.  xxxvii.  29;  Lev.  x.  G,  in  the  annot. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Only,]  Or,  but  rebel  not  ye; 
 which  the  Gr.  interpreteth,  but  be   not  ye 
 
 Chald.  but  rebel  not  ye  against  the  ivord  of 
 the  Lord.  Are  bread  for  us,]  Or,  shall 
 be  our  bread,  our  food,  that  is,  we  shall  de- 
 vour and  consume  them.  The  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  '  they  are  delivered  into  our 
 liand.'  So  Balaam  prophesied  of  Israel,  '  he 
 shall  eat  up  the  nations  his  enemies,'  Num. 
 xxiv.  S.  And  in  Ps.  Ixxix.  7,  '  he  hath 
 eaten  up  Jacob,'  that  is,  consumed:  and  in 
 Ps.  xiv.  4,  '  they  eat  my  people  as  they  eat 
 bread.'  Also  in  Deut.  vii.  16,  '  thou  shalt 
 eat  (that  is,  consume)  all  the  people.  Their 
 SHADOW,]  That  is,  God  their  defence,  covert, 
 protection  ;  which  the  Chald.  cxpoundeth, 
 their  strength  ;  so  in  Is.  xxx.  2,  '  the  strength 
 of  Pharaoh,  and  the  shadow  of  Egypt,'  do  ex- 
 plain one  another  ;  and  shadow  is  used  often 
 for  defence:  as,  '  the  shadow  of  the  Al- 
 mighty,' Ps.  xci.  1  ;  and  '  Jehovah  thy 
 shadow,'  Ps.  cxxi.  5  ;  and  God  saith,  '  I 
 have  covered  thee  in  the  shadow  of  mine 
 hand,*  Is.  li.  16  ;  xlix.  2,  Jehovah  is  with 
 us,]  The  Chald.  explaineth  it,  the  tvord  of 
 the  Jjord  is  for  our  help. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Said  to  stone  them,]  That 
 is,  spake  one  to  another,  that  they  should 
 stone  Joshua  and  Caleb.  An  example  of 
 notorious  obstinacy  and  outrage  ;  and  at  ano- 
 ther time,  they  had  almost  done  the  like  unto 
 Moses,  Exod.  xvii.  4.  So  after  this  Jeru- 
 salem stoned  the  prophets,  which  spake  the 
 things  pertaining  to  her  peace,  Matt,  xxiii. 
 37.  Appeared  in  the  tent,]  The  Gr, 
 explaineth  it,  appeared  in  the  cloud  over  the 
 tent  of  the  testimony.  This  is  confirmed  by 
 the  like  appearance  in  Num.  xvi.  42  ;  and 
 Sol.  Jarchi  here  saith,  "  the  cloud  descended 
 there.  It  was  an  extraordinary  appearance, 
 to  restrain  the  people's  fury,  and  to  help  his 
 faithful  witnesses. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Provoke  me,]  Or,  despite, 
 Maspheine,  contemptuously  provoke  me.     So 
 
CHAP.  XIV. 
 
 23 
 
 said  unto  Moses,  How  long  will  this  people  provoke  me  ?  and  Iiow 
 long  will  they  not  believe  in  me,  for  all  the  signs  which  1  liave  done 
 amongst  them  ?  '^  I  will  smite  them  with  the  pestilence,  and  dis- 
 inherit them,  and  will  make  of  thee  a  nation  greater  and  mightier 
 tlian  they.  '^  And  Moses  said  unto  Jehovah,  Then  the  Egyptians 
 shall  liear  it ;  for  thou  brouglitest  up  this  people  in  thy  might,  from 
 among  them.  '*  And  they  will  say  to  the  inhabitants  of  this  land, 
 for  they  liave  heard  that  thou  Jehovah  art  among  tliis  people,  that 
 thou  Jehovah  art  seen  eye  to  eye,  and  that  thy  cloud  standeth  over 
 them,  and  in  a  pillar  of  cloud  thou  goest  before  them  by  day,  and 
 in  a  pillar  of  fire  by  night.  '^  Now  if  thou  shalt  kill  this  people 
 as  one  man,  then  the  nations  will  say,  which  have  heard  the  fame 
 of  thee,  saying,  '"  Because  Jehovah  was  not  able  to  bring  tliis 
 people  into  the  land  which  he  sware  unto  them ;  therefore  he  hath 
 slain  tlieni  in  the  wilderness.  ^^  And  now,  I  beseech  tliee,  let  tlie 
 power  of  the  Lord  be  great,  according  as  thou  hast  spoken,  saying, 
 '^  Jehovah  is  long-suffering,  and  much  in  mercy,  forgiving  iniquity 
 
 the  apostle  expoundeth  this  word  blaspheme, 
 ill  Rom.  ii.  24;  from  Is.  lii.  5;  and  it  im- 
 plieth  also  a  coutempt  or  despising,  Prov.  i. 
 30  ;  XV.  5 ;  Is.  V.  24.  Not  believe  in 
 BiE,]  In  Gr.  not  believe  me  ;  which  the  Chald. 
 explaiiietli,  not  believe  in  my  tvord.  This 
 unbelief  is  noted  as  a  chief  cause  of  their  re- 
 bellion, and  so  of  their  destruction  after  in  the 
 wilderness,  Deut.  i.  32  ;  Heb.  iii.  IS,  19. 
 For  all  the  signs,]  Though  many  signs 
 and  wonders  had  been  showed,  yet  tliey  be- 
 lieved not:  so  of  their  posterity  it  is  said, 
 '  though  Jesus  had  doiie  so  many  signs  be- 
 fore them,  yet  they  believed  not  in  him,' 
 John  xii.  37.  Among  them,]  Heb.  in  the 
 midst  thereof,  to  wit,  of  the  people. 
 
 Ver.  12.— Smite  them,]  Heb.  smite 
 him,  that  is,  the  people,  spoken  of  as  one 
 man:  see  ver.  15.  Pestilence,]  In  Gr.  and 
 Chald.  death  :  see  the  notes  on  Exod.  v.  3. 
 Disinherit  them,]  Deprive  them  of  the 
 land  promised  unto  their  fathers:  the  Gr. 
 and  Chald.  translate,  destroy  them,.  Make 
 OF  thee,]  Heb.  make  them  to  a  nation  :  the 
 like  speech  God  used,  when  they  had  made 
 the  golden  calf,  Exod.  xxxii.  10.  The  Gr. 
 here  addeth,  '  I  will  make  thee  and  thy  fa- 
 ther's house,'  &c. 
 
 Ver.  14. — They  will  say,]  That  which 
 after  followeth  in  ver.  16.  To  the  inhabi- 
 tants,] Or,  ivith  the  inhabitants,  meaning  the 
 Canaanites;  so  both  the  one  and  the  other 
 people  will  take  occasion  to  blaspheme.  The 
 Heb.  word  which  usually  signifieth  unto, 
 is  sometimes  used  for  with;  as  in  1  Sam. 
 xxiii.  23  ;  Ezra  ii.  63.  Thou  Jehovah 
 ART,]  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  that  thy 
 divine  presence  (or  majesty)  abideth  among 
 Ms  peojile.     Art  seen,]  Or,  hast  been  seeii 
 
 eye  to  eye  ,•  that  is,  visibly,  apparently,  plain- 
 ly, according  to  the  like  phrase  in  Num.  xii. 
 8,  '  mouth  to  mouth;'  and  in  Exod.  xxxiii. 
 11  ;  and  Deut.  v.  4,  '  face  to  face.'  The 
 Chald.  here  explaineth  it  thus,  that  with  their 
 eyes  they  have  seen  the  majesty  of  thy  glory; 
 and  by  Thargnm  Jonathan,  this  is  refei  red  to 
 the  giving  of  the  law  upon  mount  Sinai. 
 Standeth  over  them,]  As  protecting  them 
 from  evil;  wliich  in  Thaigum  Jonathan  is 
 explained,  "  that  they  should  not  be  liurt 
 with  heat  or  with  rain."  Compare  Exod. 
 xiii.  21,  22  :  Num.  ix.  17,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  15. — As  one  man,]  Tiiat  is,  all  of 
 them  together  and  suddenly.  The  fame  of 
 thee,]  The  hearsay  or  report  of  thee ;  which 
 the  Gr.  translateth,  thy  name;  the  Chald. 
 the  fame  of  thy  might. 
 
 Ver.    16 Was   not    able,]    Elsewhere 
 
 Moses  showeth  that  he  had  respect  unto  two 
 things  by  which  God's  name  and  glory  might 
 be  impeached  among  the  Gentiles;  because 
 he  could  not,  or  because  he  would  not,  but 
 hated  his  people,  Deut.  ix.  2S  ;  Exod.  xxxii. 
 12.  And  this  is  the  first  argument  of  Moses' 
 supplication,  that  God's  name  might  not  be 
 blasphemed  among  the  heathens. 
 
 Ver.  17. — The  power  of  the  Lord,] 
 Or,  the  might,  as  in  ver.  13;  that  is,  as  the 
 Gr.  explaineth  it,  the  power  of  thee,  0  Lord. 
 Lord  is  here  in  Heb.  Adonai,  which  the 
 Chald.  expresseth  by  the  letters  for  Jehovah, 
 and  it  signifietli  my  stays  or  sustainers  :  see 
 the  notes  on  Gen.  xv.  2.  Be  great,  ]  That 
 is,  be  showed  to  be  great ;  the  Gr.  translat- 
 eth it,  be  exalted. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Long-suffering,]  Heb.  long 
 of  anger ;  that  is,  long  ere  he  be  angry. 
 Here  Moses  mentioneth  that  name  of  God, 
 
24 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 and  trespass :  and  clearing  will  not  clear  (the  guilty ;)  visiting  the 
 iniquity  of  the  fathers  upon  the  sons  unto  the  third  and  unto  the 
 fourth  generatioJi.  "  Pardon,  I  beseech  thee,  the  iniquity  of  this 
 people,  according  unto  tlie  greatness  of  tliy  mercy,  and  as  thou 
 hast  forgiven  this  people  from  Egypt,  even  until  now.  ^''  And  Je- 
 hovah said,  I  have  pardoned,  according  to  thy  word.  ^^  But  as- 
 suredly, as  I  live,  all  the  earth  shall  be  filled  with  the  glory  of 
 Jehovah,  ^^  For  all  the  men  which  have  seen  my  glory,  and  my 
 signs  which  I  did  in  Egypt,  and  in  the  wilderness,  and  liave  tempted 
 me  these  ten  times,  and  have  not  hearkened  to  my  voice ;  ^^  If  they 
 
 which  was  proclaimed  at  mount  Sinai,  when 
 the  people  had  formerly  sinned  in  making  the 
 golden  calf,  Exod.  xxxiv.  5 — 7.  In  mercy,] 
 The  Gr.  addeth,  and  true;  from  Exod. 
 xxxiv.  6.  Forgiving,]  Or,  as  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth,  taking  away.  Inkjuities,]  In  Gr. 
 iniquities,  and  unrir/hteousnesses,  and  sins  ,• 
 the  Chald.  also  addeth  the  word  sins,  as  was 
 in  Exod.  xxxiv.  7.  This  is  the  second  rea- 
 son of  Moses'  request  from  the  nature  and 
 covenant  of  God.  The  guilty,]  This  word 
 is  supplied  also  in  the  Gr.  version.  Tlie 
 Chald.  paraphraseth,  '  being  merciful  unto 
 them  that  turn  to  his  law,  but  not  clearing 
 them  that  turn  not.'  Visiting,]  That  is, 
 puni.shing  ;  in  Gr.  recompensing  ;  see  Exod. 
 XX.  5.  Upon  the  sons,]  Or  children ;  in 
 Chald.  upon  the  rebellious  sons.  The 
 third,]  In  Chald.  unto  the  third  generation 
 and  unto  the  fourth  generation.  Thus  Moses 
 requested  an  absolute  pardon  for  all ;  but 
 that  God  would  in  wrath  remember  mercy, 
 though  in  justice  he  punished  the  chief 
 transgressors. 
 
 Ver.  19.. — Even  until  now,]  Or,  hither- 
 to ;  as  for  example,  when  they  sinned  in  mak- 
 ing the  calf,  Exod.  xxxii.  (besides  other  times,) 
 at  which  time  God  destroyed  them  not  as  they 
 deserved,  but  some  of  them  only  perished. 
 
 Ver.  20. — I  have  pardoned,]  Or,  /  do 
 pardon,  as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  in  the  time 
 present.  Howbeit,  Chazkuni  understandeth 
 it  of  the  time  past,  that  God  should  say,  he 
 had  pardoned  them  once  when  they  made  the 
 calf;  but  now  he  would  not  pardon  them,  but 
 execute  vengeance.  The  former  sense  seemeth 
 best  with  the  limitation  following,  'according 
 to  thy  word,'  viz.  that  he  would  not  destroy 
 them  all  '  as  one  man,'  at  once  with  the  pes- 
 tilence, having  respect  to  the  glory  of  his 
 name.  For  which  CBUse  he  spared  them  at 
 other  times  also,  both  before  and  after,  as  he 
 showeth  by  the  prophets,  Ezek.  x.  8,  9,  13, 
 14,  2-1,  22,  &c.  ;  Ps.  cvi.  7,  8.  And  here- 
 upon the  people  after  confessed,  '  Thou  art  a 
 God  of  pardons,  gracious,  and  merciful,  long- 
 suffering,  and  of  great  kindness,  and  forsakest 
 them  not,'  Neh.  ix.  17. 
 
 Ver.  21. — As  I  live,]  ^\<ih.  and  assured- 
 ly I  live,  and  all  the  earth  shall  be  Jilled  : 
 which  is  a  form  of  oath,  often  used  of  the 
 Lord,  Ezek.  xviii.  3;  xx.  33  ;  v.  11, 
 \Vhereupon  it  is  said,  '  and  thou  shalt  swear 
 Jehovah  liveth,' &c.  Jer.  iv.  2;  and  where 
 he  saith  in  the  prophet,  '  1  have  swoni  by 
 myself,'  Is.  xlv.  23  ;  the  apostle  expressetii 
 it  with  these  words,  '  I  live,  saith  the  Lord,' 
 Rom.  xiv.  11.  And  the  sign  of  an  oath  was 
 the  lifting  up  of  the  hand  ;  so  both  of  them 
 are  joined  in  Deut.  xxxii.  40,  '  I  lift  up  my 
 hands  to  heaven,  and  say,  I  live  for  ever  : 
 Wherefore  the  oath  which  God  here  sware,  is 
 signified  by  the  lifting  up  of  his  hand,  in  Ps. 
 cvi.  26  ;  Ezek.  xx.  15.  Filled  with  the 
 glory,]  That  is,  all  peoples  of  the  earth 
 shall  see  and  acknowledge  the  powerful  and 
 just  administration  of  the  Lord,  unto  his  glo- 
 ry and  honour.  Compare  Is.  vi,  3 ;  and  Ps. 
 Ixxii.  19,  where  Christ's  kingdom  is  prophe- 
 sied of,  with  whose  glory  all  the  earth  is  full. 
 
 Ver.  22.- — My  glory,]  Under  this,  all 
 God's  glorious  works  are  comprehended;  as 
 powers  are  used  for  powerful  works.  Matt, 
 vii.  22  ;  xi.  20  ;  1  Cor.  xii.  10  ;  2  Cor.  xii. 
 12.  Signs,]  That  is,  miracles,  miraculous 
 and  significant  works.  Ten  times,]  Hereby 
 may  be  meant  no  certain  number,  but  many 
 times,  as  in  Gen.  xxxi.  7;  Job  xix.  3;  so 
 ten  is  for  many,  in  Lev.  xxvi.  26.  It  may 
 also  be  taken  properly,  for  now  they  had  sin- 
 ned ten  times  ;  first,  at  the  Red  sea,  Exod. 
 xiv.  11,  12;  then  in  Marah,  Exod.  xv.  23, 
 24;  again  in  the  wilderness  of  Sin,  Exod. 
 xvi.  2  ;  then  twice  about  manna,  Exod.  xvi, 
 20,  27,  28  ;  after  that  at  Rephidim,  Exod. 
 xvii.  1 — 3  ;  then  by  the  calf  at  Horeb,  Exod. 
 xxxii,;  at  Taberah,  Num.  xi.  I  ;  and  again 
 at  Kibroth-hattaavah,  Num.  xi.  4 ;  and  now 
 the  tenth  time  by  their  rebellion  in  Pharan. 
 
 Ver.  23. — If  they  shall  see,]  That  is, 
 as  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  surely  they  translate 
 not  see.  This  also  is  an  oath,  whereby  God 
 sweareth  they  shall  not  see,  that  is,  not  go 
 in  to  enjoy  the  land,  as  is  explained  by  David, 
 in  Ps.  xcv.  11,  'I  swear  in  my  anger,  if 
 they  shall   enter  into  my  rest;'  which  the 
 
CHAP.    XI  v. 
 
 sliall  see  the  land  which  I  sware  unto  their  fathers,  neither  sliall 
 any  of  them  that  provoked  me  see  it,  "  But  my  servant  Caleb, 
 because  there  was  another  spirit  in  him,  and  he  followed  me  fully  ; 
 even  him  will  I  bring  into  the  land,  wherehito  he  went ;  and  his 
 seed  shall  possess  it.  ^'  (Now  the  Amalekite  and  the  Canaanite 
 dwelt  in  the  valley  :)  to-morrow,  tm-n  ye,  and  journey  you  into 
 the  wilderness,  by  the  way  of  the  Red  sea. 
 
 apostle  openeth  tlius,  '  he  sware  that  thny 
 should  not  enter  into  his  rest,'  Heb.  iii.  18. 
 So  '  if  a  sign  be  given,'  Mark  viii.  12;  is  more 
 plainly  expounded,  '  a  sign  shall  not  be 
 given,'  Matt.  xvi.  4.  Which  I  sware 
 UNTO,]  That  is,  '  which  I  sware  to  give  unto 
 your  lathers,'  Deut.  i.  35;  this  was  the  land 
 of  Canaan,  Gen.  xii.  5,  7;  called  '  the  holy 
 land,'  Zech.  ii.  12  ;  '  the  land  of  Jehovah,' 
 Hos.  ix.  3  ;  the  land  of  Emmanuel,'  that  is, 
 of  Christ,  Is.  viii.  S  ;  for  it  was  a  sign  of  the 
 heavenly  inheritance  to  be  obtained  by  Christ, 
 Heb,  xi.  9,  10 ;  therefore  the  keeping  of 
 them  out  of  this  land,  figured  also  the  ex- 
 cluding of  them,  and  of  all  unbelievers  out  of 
 the  kingdom  of  heaven,  Heb.  iii.  12 — 19; 
 iv.  1—11. 
 
 Ver.  24.— Spirit  in  him,]  Or,  tvith  him  ; 
 That  is,  he  was  guided  by  another  spirit  than 
 the  ten  spies.  The  same  is  to  be  understood 
 of  Joshua,  as  appeareth  by  Num.  xxxii,  12, 
 though  not  here  mentioned.  This  other 
 spirit  was  the  spirit  of  faith,  which  the  law 
 cannot  give.  Gal.  iii.  2  ;  the  spirit  of  adop- 
 tion of  sons,  not  of  bondage  to  fear  again, 
 Rom.  viii.  14,  15;  by  the  guidance  of  this 
 spirit  Caleb  constantly  followed  the  Lord, 
 and  obtained  the  promised  inheritance.  He 
 FOLLOWED  JIE  FULLY,]  Heb.  he  followed 
 after  me  :  so  in  Deut.  i.  36  ;  Josh.  xiv.  8 ; 
 ix.  14.  By  this  manner  of  speech,  is  meant 
 a  full  and  constant  following  and  obedience 
 unto  the  end  ;  the  contrary  whereof  was  in 
 Solomon,  of  whom  it  is  said,  '  he  followed 
 not  after  the  Lord,  as  did  David  his  father, 
 1  Kings  xi.  6  ;  and  in  this  people  of  Israel 
 now  generally,  of  whom  God  saith,  '  they 
 followed  not  after  me,'  Num.  xxxii.  11.  The 
 Gr.  translateth  it,  he  followed  me  ;  the  Chald 
 he  fulfilled  (or  accomplished)  after  my  fear 
 Chazkuni  expoundeth  it,  "  he  hath  aecom 
 plished  the  word  after  me  ;"  and  compareth 
 it  with  that  phrase  in  1  Kings  i.  14,  '  I  will 
 come  in  after  thee,  and  fulfil  (that  is,  con. 
 firm)  thy  words.  His  seed.]  In  Chald.  his 
 sons.  Shall  possess  it,]  Shall  inherit  it  : 
 thus  both  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  do  interpret  it; 
 or  shall  cause  to  inherit  it,  that  is,  leave  it 
 to  their  posterity  for  an  inheritance  ;  as  it  is 
 written,  '  it  shall  be  thine  inheritance,  and 
 thy  children's  for  ever,'  Josh.  xiv.  9.  The 
 word  is  also  used  in  a  contrary  meaning,  to 
 
 Vol.  II.  D 
 
 disinherit,  as  before  in  ver.  2  ;  and  so  it  may 
 be  translated,  shall  disinherit  it,  that  is,  dis- 
 inherit and  drive  out  the  inhabitants  of  it, 
 and  seize  upon  it,  as  in  Josh.  viii.  7,  '  ye 
 shall  disinherit  (or  seize  upon)  the  city  ;'  and 
 thus  it  agreeth  with  Caleb's  speech,  '  if  so 
 be  the  Lord  will  be  with  me,  then  I  will  dis- 
 inherit them  (or  drive  them  out)  as  the  Lord 
 said,'  Josh.  xiv.  12.  In  this  latter  sense, 
 Sol.  Jarchi  here  expoundeth  it,  "  drive  it 
 out,  that  is,  they  shall  drive  out  the  Anakims 
 and  people  that  are  therein."  This  promise 
 Moses  related  unto  Caleb,  and  in  the  name  of 
 the  Lord,  he  sware  unto  him  for  the  per- 
 formance of  it,  Josh.  xiv.  9. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Now,]  Heb.  And.  Dwelt,] 
 Or,  dwelleth,  Heb.  sitteth  iti  the  valley:  after 
 in  ver.  45  ;  they  are  said  to  dwell  (or  sit)  in 
 the  mountain;  and  sitting  as  it  is  often  put 
 for  dwelling,  so  sometimes  for  lying  in  wait, 
 as  in  Josh.  viii.  9 ;  which  may  be  meant 
 here.  Chazkuni  expoundeth  this  place  thus  ; 
 that  "  as  the  spies  were  afraid  of  Amalek 
 (Num.  xiii.  29,)  so  with  them  the  holy  bles- 
 sed (God)  made  them  afraid."  And  where- 
 as it  is  here  said,  in  the  valley  ;  and  in  ver. 
 45,  in  that  mountain  ;  lie  accordeth  them 
 thus,  that  "  the  most  of  them  sat  in  the 
 valley,  and  some  few  of  them  in  the  moun- 
 tain, and  those  fe\v  warred  against  them,  and 
 therefore  it  is  written,  '  which  sat  in  that 
 mountain,'  to  imply  that  there  were  of  them 
 which  sat  in  another  place;  or  it  may  be 
 they  dwelt  in  the  valley,  and  when  they 
 heard  that  the  sons  of  Israel  came  against 
 them,  they  went  up  into  the  mountain  and 
 lay  in  wait  for  them  there:  and  we  find  that 
 sitting  sometimes  meaneth  lying  in  wait,  as 
 it  is  written  (in  Ps.  x.  8,)  '  he  sitteth  in  the 
 waiting  place  of  the  villages.'  "  To-mor- 
 row  turn  ye,]  Tlie  people  were  now  in 
 Kadesh,  from  whence  they  sent  the  spies. 
 Num.  xiii.  26;  Deut.  i.  19;  and  after  this 
 their  rebellion,  and  the  slaughter  following, 
 they  '  abode  in  Kadesh  many  days,  and  then 
 turned  and  journeyed  into  the  wilderness  by 
 the  way  of  the  Red  sea,'  Deut.  i.  46;  ii.  1. 
 Chazkuni  here  saith,  "  to-morrow  meaneth 
 after  this  time  ;  for  lo,  they  abode  in  Kadesh 
 many  days  before  they  began  to  compass  about 
 mountSeir:  and  itis  like  thatphrase(Exod.xii. 
 34,)  when  thy  son  shall  ask  thee  to-morrow." 
 
26 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 ^^  And  Jeliovali  spake  unto  Moses  and  unto  Aaron,  saying, 
 *'  How  long  fshafl  I pardo7i)  this  evil  congregation  wliicli  murmur 
 against  me  ?  I  liave  heard  the  murmurings  of  the  sons  of  Israel, 
 which  they  murmur  against  me.  ^^  Say  unto  them.  As  I  live,  as- 
 suredly saith  Jeliovah,  if  I  do  not  so  unto  you,  as  ye  have  spoken 
 in  mine  ears.  ^^  Your  carcasses  shall  fall  in  this  wilderness,  and 
 all  that  were  mustered  of  you,  according  to  your  whole  number, 
 from  twenty  years  old  and  upward,  which  liavc  murmured  against 
 me.  ^°  If  you  shall  come  into  the  land  concerning  which  I  lifted 
 up  my  hand  to  make  you  dwell  therein,  save  Caleb  the  son  of 
 Jephunneli,  and  Joshua  tlie  son  of  Nun.  ^'  And  your  little  ones, 
 which  ye  said  should  be  for  a  prey,  even  them  will  I  bring  in,  and 
 they  shall  know  the  land  which  ye  liave  despised.  ^'  But  as ^r  you, 
 your  carcasses  sliall  fall  in  this  wilderness.  ^^  And  your  children 
 shall  feed  in  the  wilderness  forty  years,  and  shall  bear  your  wliore- 
 
 JouRNEY  YOU,]  Or,  joumey  for  you,  whic^h 
 some  understand  to  mean,  for  your  good,  see 
 Gi;n.  xii.  1.  The  wav  of  the  Red  sea,] 
 That  is,  the  way  toivards  the  Red  sea:  see 
 the  notes  on  Exod.  xiii.  17.  In  this  Red 
 sea  the  people  had  been  baptized,  1  Cor.  x. 
 1,  2;  Exod.  xiv.  Baptism  was  unto  repent- 
 ance, and  with  conlession  of  sins,  and  unto 
 the  death  of  Christ,  Mat.  iii.  6,  1 1  ;  Rom. 
 vi.  3;  so  this  sending  them  back  into  the 
 wilderness  towards  the  Red  sea,  was  to  hum- 
 ble them  by  repentance,  that  through  faith 
 in  Clii  ist  they  might  have  entrance  into  the 
 kingdom  of  heaven  ;  otherwise  they  should 
 perish  for  ever,  as  their  carcasses  perished  in 
 this  wilderness. 
 
 Ver.  a? How   LONG,]  To  wit,  shall  I 
 
 pardon,  (as  in  ver.  19,  20,)  or  shall  J  bear 
 with.  An  imperfect  speech,  such  as  men 
 use  in  passion  of  mind,  when  through  grief 
 they  utter  not  all  their  words,  as  may  be  seen 
 in  Moses,  Exod.  xxxii.  32;  Ps.  xc.  13;  in 
 David,  Fs.  vi.  4 ;  and  sundry  the  like. 
 Which  murmur,]  Or  which  cause  (the  peo- 
 ple) to  murmur,  as  in  ver.  36.  Thus  Sol. 
 Jarchi  expoundeth  it,  referring  the  congre- 
 gation forementioned  to  the  ten  spies  ;  but 
 the  Gr.  and  Chald.  translate,  ivhich  murmur; 
 so  in  the  sentence  following. 
 
 Ver.  2S. — I  live,]  It  is  an  oath, as  in  ver. 
 21  ;  whereby  the  Lord  sweareth  in  his  anger, 
 that  they  should  not  enter  into  his  rest,  Ps. 
 xcv.  11  ;  Heb.  iii.  18  ;  Num.  xxxii.  10,  11. 
 Assuredly  saith,]  Or,  the  faithful  saying  ; 
 see  Gen.  xxH.  l(j.  If  I  do  not,]  That  is, 
 as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  surely  I  ivill  do  : 
 see  belore  on  ver.  23.  Spoken  in  mine 
 ears,]  In  Chald.  spoken  before  me  :  this 
 hath  reference  to  their  words  in  ver.  2,  where 
 they  wished   they  might  die  in  the  wilder- 
 
 Ver.  29. — Your  carcasses,]  The  Gr- 
 calleth  them  Cola,  that  is,  members,  which 
 word  the  apdstle  also  useth  in  Heb.  iii.  17, 
 for  carcasses  or  dead  bodies.  So  in  Lev.  xxvi. 
 30.  Fall,]  That  is,  die,  being  destroyed  of 
 the  destroyer,  1  Cor.  x.  10.  Mustered,] 
 Numbered  as  able  men  for  the  war,  Num.  i. 
 This  sentence  was  executed  upon  them,  as  is 
 after  showed  in  Num.  xxvi.  04,  65. 
 
 Ver.  30.  — I  lifted  up  my  hand,]  That 
 is,  sivare,  as  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  / 
 sware  by  my  word :  see  Deut.  32,  40 ;  and 
 the  notes  before  on  ver.  21 ;  and  Gen.  xiv. 
 22. 
 
 Ver.  31. — Your  little  ones,]  Your 
 children  under  twenty  years  of  age  :  see  ver. 
 3.  Shall  know,]  In  Gr.  shall  inherit, 
 rightly  explaining  the  sense:  for  to  know  the 
 land  is  to  enjoy  the  same.  And  so  Moses 
 relating  this  promise,  saith,  '  they  shall  pos- 
 sess the  land,'  Deut.  i.  39. 
 
 Ver.  32. — But  as  for  you,  your  car- 
 casses] Heb.  and  your  carcasses,  you:  where 
 the  latter  you  is  for  explanation,  to  exempt 
 their  children,  you  or  yours  only. 
 
 Ver.  33. > — Shall  feed,]  Or,  shall  be 
 feeding;  so  likewise  the  Gr.  translateth  it: 
 by  feed,  meaning  wander  as  sheep  for  pas- 
 ture in  the  wilderness:  the  Chald.  of  Onkelos 
 expoundeth  it,  "  tarry  or  abide  ;"  but  Jona- 
 than saith,  "wander;"  and  Chazkuni  ex- 
 plaineth it,  "  feed  as  sheep  sometimes  here 
 and  sometimes  there,  so  your  sous  shall  remove 
 hither  and  thither  till  their  carcasses  be  con- 
 sumed." Thus  may  we  understand  that  in 
 the  prophet,  *  the  Lord  will  feed  them  as  a 
 lamb  in  a  large  place,'  Rosea  iv.  16;  that  is, 
 will  let  them  wander  to  destruction.  So  in 
 other  languages,  wander  is  used  for  feeding, 
 as  in  Virgil,  Bucol.  eclog.  2,  mille  meas  Sicu- 
 lis  errant  in  montibus  agnce.    Forty  ye.4RS,J 
 
CHAP.    XIV. 
 
 27 
 
 doms,  until  your  carcasses  be  consumed  in  the  wilderness.  "  After 
 the  number  of  the  days  in  which  ye  searched  the  land,  forty  days, 
 a  day  for  a  year,  a  day  for  a  year  ye  shall  bear  your  iniquities, 
 forty  years  ;  and  ye  shall  know  my  breach  (of  promise.)  ^'  I  Je- 
 hovah liave  spoken,  if  I  do  not  this  unto  all  this  evil  congregation, 
 tliat  are  gathered  together  against  me  ;  in  this  wilderness  they 
 shall  be  consumed,  and  there  tliey  shall  die.  ''  And  the  men  wliich 
 Moses  had  sent  to  search  the  land,  and  which  returned,  and  made 
 all  the  congregation  to  murmur  against  him,  by  bringing  up  an 
 evil  report  upon  the  land  ;  ^'  Even  the  men  died  that  did  bring  up 
 
 Implying  the  time  past  also,  from  their  com- 
 ing out  of  Egypt:  for  one  whole  year,  and 
 part  of  the  second  were  now  past  already, 
 when  God  gave  this  sentence  against  them, 
 Num.  X.  11.  Bear  your  whoredoms,] 
 That  is,  bear  the  punishment  of  your  sins ; 
 as  theChald.  for  whoredoms  translateth  sins; 
 tliough  this  name  whoredom  is  commonly 
 used  for  idolatry,  Jer.  iii.  9  ;  Ezek.  xvi. 
 15—17,  &c.  See  Exod.  xxxiv.  15,  16; 
 Lev.  xvii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  34. — After,]  Or,  according  to  the 
 number ;  in  the  Heb.  in  is  used  for  as,  or 
 according  to,  as  the  Gr.  translatetli  it:  see 
 the  notes  on  Lev.  xxv.  15.  A  day  for  a 
 YEAR,  A  DAY  FOR  A  YEAR,]  That  is,  each  day 
 for  a  year,  or  a  year  for  every  day  :  so  in 
 Ezek.  iv.  6,  where  the  prophet  in  a  figure, 
 bare  the  iniquity  of  Israel  so  many  days  as 
 they  had  sinned  years.  Hereupon  in  pro- 
 phecies, days  are  put  for  years,  Dan.  ix.  24, 
 &c. ;  Rev.  xi.  3.  Ye  shall  kxow  my 
 BREACH,]  To  wit,  of  promise;  or  simply,  my 
 breaking  off:  that  is,  ye  shall  know  and  have 
 experience  by  the  punishment  which  you 
 shall  suffer,  how  great  your  sin  is  in  breaking 
 promise  and  disannuling  your  word  and  cove- 
 nant with  me,  and  in  breaking  off  from  me. 
 Thus  my  breach  may  be  understood,  breach, 
 or  breaking  with  me,  or  from  me,  as,  '  he 
 that  eateth  my  bread,'  Ps.  xli.  10,  is  ex- 
 pounded, '  he  that  eateth  bread  with  me,' 
 John  xiii.  IS.  Or  my  breach,  that  is,  when 
 I  brake  promise  with  you,  or  break  off  from 
 you,  ye  shall  know  how  great  evil  is  upon 
 you.  For  when  men  forsake  God,  he  also 
 forsaketh  them,  and  breaketh  his  covenant 
 with  them,  that  is,  perfoi-meth  not  his  pro., 
 mise,  which  is  conditional  if  men  continue 
 in  Ids  faith,  Deut.  xxxi.  16,  17 ;  Zech.  xi. 
 10;  Jude  v.  5;  Rom.  xi.  22.  The  Gr. 
 translateth,  "  ye  shall  know  the  wrath  (or  in- 
 dignation) of  mine  anger:"  the  Chald.  "  ye 
 shall  know  that  ye  have  murmured  against 
 me."  Sol.  Jarchi  expoundeth  it,  "  my 
 breach  in  that  ye  have  broken  (that  is,  turn- 
 ed away)  your  heart  from  (following)  after 
 me.     This  word  is  after  used  bv  Moses,  in 
 
 Num.xxxii.  23,  'wherefore  break  ye  the  heart 
 (that  is,  discourage  ye)  the  sons  of  Israel  from 
 going,'  &c. ;  and  in  Num.  xxx.  5,  '  if  her 
 father  break  (that  is,  disallow)  her,  disannul 
 her  promise.' 
 
 Ver.  35.— Have  spoken,]  The  Chald. 
 explaineth  it,  have  decreed  by  my  word.  If 
 I  DO  NOT,]  That  is,  surely  I  will  do,  as  the 
 Gr.  expoundeth  it:  it  is  an  oath,  as  before  in 
 ver.  23.  This  sentence  decreed,  seized  upon 
 them,  that  all  this  generation  died  in  the 
 wilderness,  Num.  xxvi.  C4,  65;  and  upon 
 this  occasion,  Moses  made  the  xc.  Psalm, 
 wherein  hebewaileth  the  shortness  and  misery 
 of  man's  life,  being  finished  now  in  70  or  80 
 years  ;  and  entreateth  God  for  mercy.  And 
 of  this  and  other  the  like  puiiishments,  the 
 apostle  saith,  '  they  happened  unto  them  for 
 ensamples  ;  and  they  are  written  for  our  ad- 
 monition, upon  whom  the  ends  of  the  world 
 are  come,'  1  Cor.  x.  11  ;  *  so  we  see  that 
 they  could  not  enter  in  (to  the  rest  of  God) 
 because  of  unbelief:  let  us  study  therefore  to 
 enter  into  that  rest,  lest  any  man  fall  after 
 the  same  example  of  unbelief,'  Heb.  iii.  19  ; 
 iv.  11. 
 
 Ver.  36. — The  men,]  The  ten  spies. 
 Made  tO  murmur,]  And  murmured  them- 
 selves ;  as  the  Heb.  signifieth  both  their  own 
 act  and  that  which  they  caused  in  others.  So 
 the  Gr.  translateth  it,  "  murmured  against 
 it,  unto  (or  before)  the  congregation.  A- 
 gainst  him,]  Against  Moses,  as  in  ver.  2, 
 or,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  against  it ;  for  they 
 murmured  also  against  the  land.  Num.  xiii. 
 32  ;  xiv.  3.  Evil  report,]  Or,  defamation ; 
 in  Gr.  evil  words;  in  Chald.  an  evil  name. 
 The  word  evil  is  expressed  in  the  next  ver. 
 see  the  notes  on  Num.  xiii.  32. 
 
 Ver.  27. — The  plague  before  Jeho- 
 vah,] That  is,  by  an  extraordinary  plague 
 from  the  hand  of  God  ;  either  the  pestilence 
 before  threatened,  ver.  12  ;  or  some  other 
 death.  And  before  Jehovah  may  mean  sud- 
 den death  there  by  the  sanctuary,  where  '  the 
 glory  of  Jehovah  appeared,'  ver.  10  ;  as  it  is 
 said  of  Uzzah,  '  there  he  died  before  God,' 
 1    Chron.   xiii.  10  ;  which  another  prophet 
 
28 
 
 NUMBERS, 
 
 the  evil  report  of  the  land,  by  the  plague,  before  Jeliovah.  '^  But 
 Joshua  the  son  of  Nun,  and  Caleb  the  son  of  Jephunneh,  lived,  of 
 those  men  that  went  to  search  the  land.  ^^  And  Moses  spake  these 
 words  unto  all  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  the  people  mourned  greatly. 
 *"  And  they  rose  up  early  in  the  moniing,  and  went  up  into  the 
 top  of  the  mountain,  saying,  Lo,  we  be  here,  and  will  go  up  unto 
 the  place  which  Jehovah  hath  said,  for  we  have  sinned.  ^'  And 
 Moses  said,  Wherefore  now  do  you  transgress  the  mouth  of  Jeho- 
 vah? but  it  shall  not  prosper.  *^  Go  not  up,  for  Jehovali  is  not 
 among  you,  that  ye  be  not  smitten  before  youi*  enemies.  ^'  For 
 the  Amalekite  and  the  Canaanite  is  there  before  you,  and  ye  shall 
 fall  by  the  sword,  for  because  ye  are  turned  from  after  Jehovah, 
 and  Jehovah  will  not  be  with  you.  "  But  they  loftily  presumed  to 
 go  up  to  the  top  of  the  mountain :  but  the  ark  of  the  covenant  of 
 
 explaineth,  '  there  he  died  by  the  ark  of 
 God,'  2  Sam.  vi.  7.  The  Heb.  (as  Sol.  Jar- 
 clii  and  Thargum  Jonathan  on  this  place)  re- 
 port these  men's  death  to  have  been  by  an 
 inflammation  of  their  tongues,  and  worms 
 issuing  out  of  them,  as  a  just  recompense,  be- 
 cause witli  their  tongues  they  had  sinned. 
 
 Ver.  3S.  —  Lived,]  That  is,  remained 
 alive,  safe,  and  in  health.  So  the  Judge  of 
 all  the  earth  did  jud^'ment,  and  would  not 
 slay  the  righteous  with  the  wicked  ;  as  Gen. 
 xviii.  25.  And  they  survived  not  only  the 
 other  spies,  but  all  the  rebellious  Israelites, 
 and  went  in  and  possessed  the  land  of  pro- 
 mise, Josh.  xix.  10  ;  xix.  49.  This  showeth 
 the  small  number  of  God's  elect,  though  many 
 be  called  to  the  profession  of  the  faith.  The 
 Heb.  doctors,  speaking  of  Jer.  iii.  14,  where 
 it  is  written,  "  I  will  take  you  one  of  a  city, 
 and  two  of  a  family,  and  I  will  bring  you  to 
 Zion,  do  say,  as  of  six  hundred  thousand  Is- 
 raelites, only  two  entered  into  the  land  of 
 promise,  to  wit,  Joshua  and  Caleb;  so  shall 
 it  also  be  in  the  days  of  Christ."  Talmud, 
 in  Sanhedrin.  chap.  xi. ;  wherein  they  bear 
 witness  against  themselves,  that  they  fulfilled 
 the  measure  of  their  fathers  in  rebelling 
 against  Christ,  and  despising  the  gospel  of 
 their  salvation. 
 
 Ver.  40. — And  went  up,]  That  is,  gird- 
 ed their  weapons  of  war  about  them,  and 
 pressed  forward  of  themselves  to  go  up,  as 
 Moses  explaineth  it,  in  Deut.  i.  41.  For 
 things  which  men  endeavour  and  are  ready 
 to  do,  are  said  to  be  done  by  them,  as  Reuben 
 delivered  Joseph  out  of  his  brethren's  hand, 
 when  he  endeavoured,  by  exhorting  and  per- 
 suading them,  '  that  he  might  deliver  him, 
 (ien.  xxxvii.  21,  22.  See  also  the  annot.  on 
 I'.xod.  viii.  IS.  Will  go  up,]  And  fight, 
 Deut.  i.  41.  We  have  sinned,]  Against 
 Jehovah,  Deut.  i.  41.  Thus  they  showed  a 
 kind  of  repentance  and  sorrow  for  their  sin, 
 
 which  was  not  sincere,  nor  a  godly  sorrow, 
 for  they  turned  from  one  evil  to  another,  and 
 overthrew  themselves. 
 
 Ver.  4J. — Moses  said,]  Being  first  com- 
 manded of  the  Lord  so  to  say,  Deut.  i.  42. 
 The  mouth,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 "  the  word  of  the  Lord:"  and  the  Chald. 
 addeth,  "  against  the  decree  of  the  word  of 
 the  Lord."  But  it,]  Or, /or  it,  that  is,  the 
 thing  which  ye  do  shall  not  prosper,  that  is, 
 not  have  good  success:  in  Gr.  "  it  shall  not 
 be  prosperous  unto  you."  R.  Menachem  re- 
 ferieth  this  word  it,  to  Shechinah,  the  divine 
 majesty  which  would  not  prosper  them  ;  and 
 compareth  herewith  a  like  phrase  in  Ezek.  i. 
 13,  'it  went  up  and  down  among  the  living 
 creatures.' 
 
 Ver.  42. — Jehovah  is  not  among  you,] 
 Thus,  God  bade  him  say,  '  for  I  am  not 
 among  you,'  Deut.  i.  42.  The  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  "  for  Shechinah  (the  majesty  or 
 presence)  of  the  Lord  is  not  among  you." 
 Not  smitten,]  In  Chald.  not  broken;  in 
 Gr.  and  ye  shall  fall  before  your  enetnics. 
 
 Ver.  43. — From  after  Jehovah,]  In 
 Chald.  "from  after  the  service  of  tht  Lord;" 
 which  the  Gr.  translateth,  "  disobeying  (or 
 not  believing)  the  Lord."  Chazkuni  ex- 
 plaineth it  thus,  "  Because  the  spies  made 
 you  afraid  of  the  Canaanite  and  Amalekite 
 that  abide  there,  ye  are  turned  from  after  the 
 Lord,  and  are  afraid  to  go  into  the  land,  and 
 you  trust  not  in  him,  therefore  he  will  not 
 be  with  you  if  you  transgress  his  mouth,  to 
 go  to  fight  till  after  40  years.  Jehovah 
 will  not  be  with  you,]  This  the  Chald. 
 expoundeth,  "  the  word  of  the  Lord  will  not 
 be  for  your  help." 
 
 Ver.  44. — They  loftily  presumed,] 
 Or,  took  upon  them  by  violence  with  a  lofty 
 presumptuous  mind:  in  the  Chald.  "  they 
 dealt  wickedly  or  turbulently."  The  origi- 
 nal word  Aphal,  (from  which  Ophel  a  tower 
 
CHAP.    XV 
 
 29 
 
 Jehovah  and  Moses,  departed  not  from  within  tlie  camp.  ^*  And 
 the  Amalekite  came  down,  and  the  Canaanite,  which  dwelt  in  that 
 mountain  ;  and  smote  them,  and  discomfited  them  even  unto  Hor- 
 mah. 
 
 or  fort  is  derived,  2  Cliron.  xxxiii.  14,)  sig- 
 iiifisth  '  lifting  up,'  as  in  Abak.  ii.  4,  which 
 the  apostle  showeth,  to  mean  a '  drawing  back' 
 from  God  by  unbelief,  Heb.  x.  3S,  39.  So 
 here  in  this  their  presumptuous  enterprise, 
 their  souls  were  lifted  up  in  them,  but  with- 
 drawn from  God.  And  Moses  explaineth 
 this  by  two  other  words,  '  ye  pressed  forward,' 
 Deut.  i.  41,  and  '  ye  were  presumptuous,' 
 Deut.  i.  43.  The  Heb.  commentary  Tan- 
 chuma,  compareth  it  with  another  like  word 
 which  signifieth  darkness,  and  explaineth  it, 
 *'  they  went  dark  (or  obscure)  for  that  they 
 went  without  leave  from  God:"  and  Thargum 
 Jonathan,  thus;  "they  set  forward  in  tlie 
 dark,  before  day  dawning:"  to  which  the  Lat. 
 version  agreeth,  translating  it  "  darkened." 
 Departed  not,]  In  Gr.  moved  not.  The 
 ark  removed  not,  but  at  the  removal  of  the 
 cloud.  Num.  ix.  15,  &c.,  which  God  not 
 taking  up,  showed  thereby  his  dislike  of  their 
 action,  Moses  obeying  the  Lord,  would  not 
 accompany  the  presumptuous  sinners:  so  they 
 went  without  the  Lord,  and  without  the  signs 
 of  his  grace,  or  company  of  his  ministers. 
 
 Vek.  45. — The  canaanite,]  That  is,  the 
 Amorite,  Deut.  v.  44,  which  was  of  the  pos- 
 terity of  Canaan,  Gen.  x.  15,  16.  Which 
 dwelt,]  Or,  which  sat,  lay  in  wait.  Dis- 
 comfited THEM,]  Pursued  them  as  bees  do, 
 and  destroyed  them,  Deut.  i.  44.  Because 
 '  they  rebelled  against  God,  and  vexed  his 
 Holy  Spirit,   therefore  he  was  turned  to  be 
 
 their  enemy,  he  fought  against  them,'  Is. 
 Ixiii.  10.  Unto  Hormah,]  In  Gr.  Hcrma, 
 the  name  of  a  place,  so  called  of  the  event, 
 signifying  utter  destruction,  or  anathema:  so 
 after  in  Num.  xxi.  3.  After  this  discomfi- 
 ture, the  Israelites  '  returned  and  wept  before 
 the  Lord:'  but  he  would  not  hear  their  voice, 
 nor  give  ear  unto  them;  so  they  abode  in 
 Kadesh  many  days,  Deut.  i.  45,  46.  These 
 things  which  '  happened  unto  them  for  types,' 
 1  Cor.  X.  11,  do  show  the  nature  of  man,  of 
 his  free  will,  and  works  without  faith,  that 
 they  procure  nothing  but  wrath  from  God, 
 and  destruction  unto  men.  And  as  Israel 
 carried  themselves  under  Moses,  so  did  they 
 under  Christ:  for  the  Lord  Jesus  himself, 
 and  John  the  Baptist  (as  Joshua  and  Caleb) 
 faithfully  testified  the  truth  of  God's  promise, 
 and  persuaded  the  people  to  enter  into  the 
 kingdom  of  God,  Matt.  iii.  1 — 3  ;  iv.  17. 
 But  the  priests,  scribes,  and  pharisees  (like 
 the  unfaithful  spies)  discouraged  the  people, 
 and  would  neither  go  themselves  into  the 
 kingdom  of  heaven,  nor  suffer  them  that 
 were  entering,  to  go  in.  Matt,  xxiii.  13,  but 
 pretended  worldly  fears,  John  xi.  48.  Yet 
 after  they  would  seem  to  enter  by  force, 
 '  going  about  to  establish  their  own  righteous- 
 ness,' but  not  submitting  themselves  '  unto 
 the  righteousness  of  God,'  Rom.  x.  3,  so  they 
 pleased  not  God,  but  filled  up  their  sins  al- 
 way,  and  wrath  came  upon  them  to  the  utter- 
 most, 1  Thes.  ii.  15,  16. 
 
 CHAP.  XV 
 
 1.  The  Lord  teacheth  Israel  how  they  should  sacrifice  unto  him  in 
 the  land  of  Canaan,  and  what  measure  of  meat-offerings  and  drink- 
 offerings  should  he  for  every  sacrifice.  13.  The  stranger  is  under 
 the  same  law.  17.  The  law  of  the  first  of  the  dough  for  an 
 heave-offering.  22.  The  sacrifice  for  sin  of  ignorance,  done  hy  Israelite 
 or  stranger.  30.  The  -punishment  of  sin  done  with  an  high  hand.  32. 
 A  man  that  was  found  gathering  sticks  on  the  Sabbath,  is  by  the  com- 
 mandment of  God  stoned  to  death.  37.  The  law  of  fringes  on  the  bor- 
 ders of  their  garments,  and  use  that  the  people  should  make  of  them. 
 
 '  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses,  saying,  ^  Speak  unto  the 
 sons  of  Israel,  and  say  unto  them  :  When  ye  be  come  into  the 
 
 Ver.  1. — Spake  unto  Moses,]  After  the 
 judgment  upon  the  disobedient  Israelites,  who 
 
 should  perish  in  the  wilderness,  God  now  re- 
 peateth  and  enlargeth  the  law  of  sacrificing, 
 
30 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 land  of  your  habitations  which  I  give  unto  you.  ^  And  ye  will 
 make  a  five-offering  unto  Jehovah,  a  burnt-offering  or  a  sacrifice, 
 to  separate  a  vow,  or  a  voluntary  offering ;  or  in  your  solemn 
 feasts,  to  make  a  savour  of  rest,  unto  Jehovah,  of  the  herd,  or  of 
 the  flock.     *  Then  he  that  offereth  his  oblation  unto  Jehovah,  shall 
 
 they  be  the  oblation  of  the  congregation,  or 
 of  a  private  person,  or  the  lamb  of  a  woman 
 after  child-birth  (Lev.  xii.  6,)  and  those  that 
 the  high  priest  offereth,  forasmuch  as  tliey 
 are  burnt-offerings,  they  are  charged  to  have 
 meat  and  drink-offerings.  But  the  (burnt 
 offerings  of)  fowls,  and  the  trespass  and  sin- 
 offerings,  they  bring  no  meat  or  drink-of- 
 ferings with  them,  save  witli  the  sin-offering 
 of  the  leper,  and  his  trespass-offering,  whose 
 meat-offerings  are  expressed  in  the  law," 
 (Lev.  xiv.  10,)  Maim,  in  Magn.  hakor- 
 banoth,  chap.  ii.  sect.  2.  To  separate,] 
 Or,  in  separating  a  vow:  whereof  see  the  notes 
 on  Lev.  xxvii.  2.  Voluntary  offering,] 
 What  these  are,  and  how  they  differ  one 
 from  another,  is  noted  on  Lev.  vii.  16, 
 After  in  ver.  8,  it  is  called  '  peace-offerings.'' 
 And  from  hence  the  Hebs.  gather,  that  sin 
 and  trespass-offerings  were  not  required  to 
 have  meat  and  drink-oU'erings  with  them; 
 for,  "sin  and  trespass-offerings,  and  first- 
 fruits,  and  tithes,  and  the  passover,  for  as 
 much  as  they  come  not  by  vow  or  voluntary 
 oflering,  they  are  not  charged  with  the  meat 
 and  drink-offerings,"  Maim,  in  Magnas.  ha- 
 Aorio72o<A,  chap.  ii.  sect.  3.  Solemn  feasts,] 
 Whereof  see  Lev.  xxiii.  So  the  peace-of- 
 ferings of  the  chagigah  (or  passover  men- 
 tioned in  Deut.  xvi.  1,  2,  &c.)  and  the 
 burnt-offerings,  were  to  have  meat  and  drink- 
 offerings  with  them:  Maim.  ibid.  chap.  ii. 
 sect.  3.  Savour  of  rest,]  That  is,  of 
 sweet  smell,  as  the  Gr.  translateth  it;  which 
 the  Chald.  expoundeth,  to  be  accepted  with 
 favour:  see  the  notes  on  Gen.  viii.  21;  Lev. 
 i.  9.  Or  of  the  flock,]  To  except  the 
 burnt-offering  of  fowls,  as  before  is  noted. 
 
 Ver.  4. —  His  oblation,]  In  Gr.  his  gift; 
 so  the  Heb.  korban  is  interpreted,  a  gift,  in 
 Mark  vii.  11.  Shall  bring  near,]  Or, 
 shall  offer:  so  after.  Meat-uFFEring,]  Iu 
 Heb.  minchah:  of  it,  and  the  signification 
 tliereof,  see  the  notes  on  Lev.  ii.  A  tenth 
 PART,]  To  wit,  of  an  ephah,  as  is  expressed 
 in  Num.  xxviii.  5,  and  as  the  Gr.  version 
 here  addetli:  of  the  'ephah'  or  bushel,  see 
 Exod.  xvi.  36.  Hence  the  Heb.  gather,  as 
 Chazkuni  here  noteth  from  R.  Nathan,  "that 
 whosoever  would  voluntarily  offer  a  meat-of- 
 fering, might  not  bring  less  than  a  tenth  deal. 
 An  hin,]  a  measure  in  the  sanctuary  for 
 liquid  things.  "The  hin  is  twelve  logs," 
 saith  Maim,  in  Magnas.  hakorbanoth,  chap. 
 ii.  sect.  7.     The  log  was  as  much  as  six 
 
 which  their  children  should  observe  in  the 
 land  of  Canaan:  whereby  their  reconciliation 
 unto  him,  and  his  grace  towards  them  in 
 Christ,  was  figured:  thus  after  the  curse  of 
 the  law  for  sin,  is  annexed  the  grace  of  the 
 gospel  through  faith.  In  like  manner  after 
 the  destruction  of  twenty-four  thousand  for 
 the  sin  of  Baal-pehor,  in  Num.  xxv.  the  Lord 
 causeth  the  people  to  be  mustered.  Num. 
 xxvi.  and  appointeth  the  land  to  be  given 
 them  for  inheritance,  and  repeateth  again  the 
 law  of  saciificing  at  the  solemn  feasts,  in 
 Num.  xxviii.  and  xxix.  that  upon  the  exam- 
 ple of  wrath  on  the  sinful  parents,  he  might 
 show  his  remembrance  of  mercy  in  Christ, 
 unto  the  repentant  believing  children. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Land  of  your  habitations,] 
 Wherein  you  shall  dwell:  not  in  the  wilder- 
 ness, but  in  the  land  of  promise,  (which 
 figured  the  state  of  grace  in  Christ)  did  God 
 require  the  sacrifices  of  his  people,  and  pro- 
 miseth  to  accept  them.  So  after  by  the  pro- 
 phet Ezekiel,  he  saith,  '  I  will  bring  you  into 
 the  wilderness  of  the  people,  and  there  will 
 I  plead  with  you  face  to  face.  Like  as  I 
 pleaded  with  your  fathers  in  the  wilderness 
 of  the  land  of  Egypt,  so  will  I  plead  with 
 you,  saith  the  Lord  God.  And  I  will  cause 
 you  to  pass  under  the  rod,  &c.  and  I  will 
 purge  out  from  among  you  the  rebels,  and 
 them  that  transgress  against  me,  &c.  For 
 in  the  mountain  of  mine  holiness,  in  the 
 mountain  of  the  height  of  Israel,  saith  the 
 Lord  God,  there  shall  all  the  house  of  Israel, 
 all  of  them  in  the  land,  serve  mel  there  will 
 I  accept  them,  and  there  will  I  require  your 
 offerings,  and  the  first  fruits  of  your  oblations, 
 with  all  your  holy  things;  with  a  savour  of 
 rest  will  I  accept  you,'  &c.  Ezek.  xx.  35 — 
 38,  40,  4L 
 
 Ver.  3. — A  fire-offering,]  In  Chald. 
 an  oblation  before  the  Lord.  Burnt-offer- 
 ing,] The  law  whereof  was  given  in  Lev.  i. 
 A  sacrifice,]  To  wit,  of  peace-offerings, 
 as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it:  the  law  concern- 
 ing them,  see  in  Lev.  iii.  And  the  word 
 'sacrifice'  being  put  absolutely,  is  often  used 
 for  '  peace-ofl'erings ;'  as  in  Exod.  xviii.  12; 
 Lev.  xvii.  5,8;  xxiii.  37;  Deut.  xii.  27. 
 So  it  is  meant  here  ;  for  the  meat  and  drink- 
 offerings  following,  were  not  added  to  the  sin 
 or  trespass-oflerings.  The  Heb.  canons  say, 
 "They  are  not  charged  with  meat  and 
 drink-offerings,  save  for  the  burnt-ofleriug  of 
 beasts,  and  for  peace-olleiings  only  ;  whether 
 
CHAP.    XV. 
 
 51 
 
 bring  near  a  meat-offering  of  a  tenth  part  of  fine  flour,  mingled 
 witli  the  fourth  part  of  an  hin  of  oil.  *  And  the  fourth  part  of  an 
 hin  of  wine  for  a  drink-offering,  shalt  thou  make  ready  for  the 
 burnt- offering,  or  for  the  sacrifice,  for  one  lamb.  ^Or  for  a  ram 
 thou  shalt  make  a  meat-offering  of  two  tenth  parts  of  fine  flour, 
 mingled  with  the  third  part  of  an  hin  of  oil.  '  And  for  a  drink- 
 offering,  the  third  joar^  of  an  hin  of  wine  shalt  thou  offer ^br  a  sa- 
 vour of  rest  unto  Jehovah.  ^  And  wlien  thou  shalt  make  a  young- 
 ling of  the  herd,  a  burnt-offering  or  a  sacrifice,  to  separate  a  vow 
 or  peace-offerings  unto  Jehovah  ;  ^  Then  shall  he  bring  near  with 
 tlie  youngling  of  the  lierd,  a  meat-offering  of  three  tenth  parts  of 
 fine  flour,  mingled  with  half  an  hin  of  oil.  "  And  thou  shalt  offer 
 for  a  drink-offering,  half  an  hin  of  wine  for  a  fire-offering  of  a 
 savour  of  rest  unto  Jehovah.  ^'  Thus  shall  it  be  done  for  one 
 bullock,  or  for  one  ram,  or  for  a  lamb  of  the  sheep,  or  of  the 
 goats.     '^  According  to  tlie  number  that  ye  shall  make  ready,  so 
 
 eggs,  as  is  noted  on  Lev.  xiv.  10;  Exod. 
 XXX.  24.  So  the  'hin'  contained  as  much  as 
 seventy-two  eggs:  the  fourth  part  of  an  hin, 
 as  much  as  eighteen  eggs.  Oil,]  To  wit, 
 oil  olive,  as  in  Thargum   Jonathan   is    ex- 
 
 Ver.  5. — Wine,]  Expounded  in  Thargum 
 Jonathan,  red  wine  of  the  grapes.  So  in 
 those  that  follow.  It  is  called  'shecar,'  or, 
 '  strong  wine,'  in  Num.  xxviii.  7.  A  drink- 
 offering,]  Or,  an  effusion,  a  poured  out 
 offering,  because  it  was  "  poured  out  upon  the 
 altar,  but  not  upon  the  fire,"  as  Maim, 
 showeth,  in  Magn.  hakorbanoth,  chap.  ii. 
 sect.  1.  Or  for  the  sacrifice,]  To  wit, 
 of  peace-offerings,  as  the  Chald.  expoundeth 
 it;  and  by  this  word  or,  he  showeth  that  he 
 is  to  bring  "  for  the  one  by  itself,  and  for  the 
 other  by  itself;"  saith  Chazkuni  on  Num.  xv. 
 For  one,]  That  \s,  for  every  one  severally, 
 as  in  ver.  12. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Or  for  a  ram,]  The  Gr.  inter- 
 preteth  it,  ayid  for  a  ram.  A  ram  was  of 
 the  second  year,  or  upward:  the  lamb  of  the 
 first  year.  Two  tenth  parts,]  Two  omers, 
 which  was  double  the  measure  for  a  lamb, 
 ver.  4,  and  this  the  Hebs.  understand  for  the 
 ram  only,  not  for  the  ewe,  or  goat;  as  they 
 write,  "The  quantity  of  the  meat  and  drink- 
 offerings,  for  an  he-lamb,  or  she-lamb,  is  a 
 tenth  of  flour,  and  the  fourth  part  of  an  hin 
 of  wine.  Likewise  for  a  goat,  whether  it  be 
 little  or  great,  male  or  female;  also  for  an 
 ewe,  though  she  be  great.  But  for  a  ram, 
 two  tenth  deals  of  flour,  &c.  and  the  third 
 part  of  an  hin  of  wine,"  Maim,  in  Magnas. 
 hakorbanoth,  chap.  ii.  sect.  4. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Of  rest,]  In  Gr.  of  stveet 
 smell,  or  good  odour:  as  in  ver.  3. 
 
 Ver.  8.— When  thou  shalt  make,]  In 
 
 Gr,  if  ye  shall  make,  that  is,  shall  sacrifice. 
 YocNGLiNG,]  Heb.  a  son  of  the  herd:  mean- 
 ing a  bullock:  as  in  Exod.  xxix.  1.  And 
 here  is  no  difference  between  young  or  old, 
 as  was  before  between  lamb  and  ram ;  but  one 
 quantity  is  for  the  calf,  and  for  the  bull. 
 "  The  bullock  or  the  calf,  be  it  male  or 
 female,  hath  for  the  meat-offering  three  tenth 
 deals  of  flour,"  &c.  Maim.  ibid.  chap.  ii. 
 sect.  4. 
 
 Ver.  9, — He  bring,]  Or,  he  offer:  here 
 the  person  is  changed;  before  he  said,  'when 
 thou,'  ver.  8,  now  he  saith,  'then  shall  he;' 
 the  Gr.  keepeth  the  person  as  before,  then 
 shall  ye  offer.  Three  tenth  parts,]  Three 
 omers ;  that  is,  three  times  so  much  as  for  a 
 lamb,  ver.  4. 
 
 Ver.  10. — A  fire-offering,]  In  Chald. 
 an  oblation.  This  is  meant,  as  Sol.  Jarchi 
 saith,  "but.  of  the  meat-offering  and  of  the 
 oil:  for  the  wine  was  no  fire-offering,  because 
 it  was  not  put  upon  the  fire." 
 
 Ver.  11. — Or  of  the  goats,]  Be  it  kid, 
 or  goat-buck,  male  or  female,  old  or  young; 
 for  the  law  putteth  no  difference,  as  is  ob- 
 served;  and  so  noted  by  Chazkuni  here.  As 
 for  the  manner  of  offering  these  meat-offer- 
 ings, the  Heb.  canons  say,  that  they  wei'e  not 
 charged  to  bring  '  frankincense' with  them 
 (as  they  were  with  the  meat-offerings  that 
 were  brought  alone.  Lev.  ii.  ],)  but  they 
 were  charged  to  have  'salt,'  (according  to 
 the  law  in  Lev.  ii.  13,)  "and  this  meat  of- 
 fering was  all  of  it  burnt  upon  the  altar  in 
 the  courtyard,  (whereas  of  all  the  other  meat- 
 offering, an  handful  only  was  burnt,  and  the 
 residue  eaten  by  the  priests.  Lev.  ii.  2,  3,)  and 
 the  wine  was  poured  upon  the  altar,"  Maim. 
 in  Magnas.  hakorbanoth,  chap.  ii.  sect.  1. 
 
 Ver.  12. — So  shall  ve  make  ready,] 
 
32 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 shall  ye  make  ready  for  (every)  one,  according  to  their  number. 
 '^  Every  home-born  of  the  country  shall  thus  do  these  things,  to 
 offer  a  five-offering  of  a  savour  of  rest  unto  Jehovah. 
 
 "  And  if  a  stranger  sojourn  with  you,  or  vfho-soever  be  among 
 you  in  your  generations,  and  will  make  a  fire-offering  of  a  savonr 
 of  rest  unto  Jehovah ;  as  ye  do,  so  he  shall  do.  ^*  Ye  of  the 
 church,  one  statute  shall  be  for  you,  and  for  the  .stranger  that  so- 
 journeth:  a  statute /or  ever  in  your  generations;  as  ye  are,  so 
 shall  the  stranger  be  before  Jehovah.  ''*  One  law,  and  one  manner 
 shall  be  for  you,  and  for  the  stranger  that  sojourneth  with  you. 
 
 "  And  Jehovah  spake   unto  Moses,  saying,    '^  Speak    unto  tlie 
 
 Or,  thus  shall  ye  do:  the  Hebs.  say,  "  These 
 meat  and  drink-offerings,  whether  they  be  for 
 bumt-ofTerings  or  peace-offerings,  must  be  ac- 
 cording to  this  measure  for  every  one;  (Num. 
 XV.  12,)  they  may  not  add  more  to  these  mea- 
 sures, nor  diminish  ought  from  them :  and  if 
 they  do  diminish,  or  add  more,  the  whole  is 
 made  unlawful.  Except  it  be  the  lamb  of 
 burnt-offering  which  they  bring  ou  the  day 
 that  they  wave  the  omer  of  first-frnits  (Lev. 
 xxiii.  12,  13,)  fof  the  meat-offering  thereof 
 is  two  tenth  deals  of  fine  flour,  mingled  with 
 the  third  part  of  an  hin  of  oil:  but  though 
 the  flour  thereof  be  doubled,  yet  Is  not  the  wine 
 doubled,  but  the  wine  for  the  drink-offering, 
 is  the  fourth  part  of  an  hin.  When  they 
 measure  the  meat  or  drink-offering,  either  of 
 a  particular  person,  or  of  the  congregation, 
 they  mete  it  not  by  a  measure  of  three  tenth 
 deals  for  a  bullock,  or  of  two  for  a  ram ;  but 
 they  measure  all  in  one  tenth  deal,  which  is 
 in  the  sanctuary,  and  likewise  the  oil,  &c. 
 The  flour  with  the  oil  of  the  meat-ofl'erings, 
 hinder  not  the  wine ;  neither  doth  the  wine 
 hinder  them:  neither  do  the  meat  or  drink- 
 offerings  hinder  the  sacrifice.  But  a  man 
 may  bring  his  oblation  to-day,  and  his  meat 
 and  drink-offerings  ten  days  after;  provided 
 that  he  have  not  sanctified  them  in  a  minis- 
 tering vessel.  For  if  he  have  put  them  into 
 a  ministering  vessel  (of  the  sanctuary)  if  they 
 abide  all  night,  they  become  thereby  unlaw- 
 ful. They  may  bring  no  meat  or  drink-of- 
 ferings, save  of  the  common  things ;  they 
 may  not  bring  them  of  the  heave  oflering, 
 nor  of  the  second  tithe,  nor  of  the  first-fruits, 
 but  of  common  things  only,"  Maim,  in 
 Magnas.  hakorbanoih,  chap.  ii.  sect.  5,  8, 
 12,  13.  The  b<n-nt  and  peace-oflerings, 
 served  (as  other  sacrifices)  '  to  make  atone- 
 ment for  the  house  of  Israel,'  Ezek.  xlv.  17 ; 
 Lev.  i.  4,  and  figured  Christ's  oblation  of 
 himself,  to  reconcile  us  unto  God  his  Father, 
 and  to  be  our  peace,  Heb.  ix.  14  ;  x.  8,  10; 
 Eph.  ii.  14 — 16.  The  meat-ofl'ering  (besides 
 the  signification  that  it  had  of  Christ,  Eph. 
 V.  2,)  figured  in  special  manner  the  faith  and 
 
 sanctification  of  his  people,  and  of  their  ser- 
 vice  of  God,  Is.  Ixvi.  20;  Rom.  xv.  16;  I's. 
 cxli.  2;  Mai.  i.  10,  11.  So  the  Lord  by 
 this  addition  of  the  meat-offering  to  the  other 
 sacrifices  in  Canaan,  taught  his  people  sanc- 
 tity in  the  faith  and  profession  of  the  gospel, 
 both  touching  their  persons  and  actions:  and 
 the  drink-oflerings,  of  wine  poured  out  upon, 
 and  sanctified  by  the  altar,  were  not  only  a 
 type  of  Christ's  blood  shed  '  for  remission  of 
 sins,'  Matt.  xxvi.  28,  29,  but  of  our  fellow- 
 ship with  him  in  his  afliictions,  even  to  be 
 'poured  out  upon  the  sacrifice  and  service' 
 of  Christian's  faith,  Phil.  ii.  17 ;  2  Tim.  iv. 
 6.     See  the  annot.  on  Lev.  ii. 
 
 Ver.  13. — HoME.BORN,]  The  natural  Is- 
 raelite. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Stranger,]  In  Gr.  proselyte: 
 the  Gentile  converted  to  the  Jewish  religion. 
 In  your  generations,]  Or,  throughout, 
 that  is,  in  all  ages  successively:  so  in  ver. 
 15. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Ye  of  the  chorch,]  Or,  0 
 church,  or  congregation :  or,  concerning  the 
 church;  which  in  Thargum  Jonathan  is  ex- 
 pounded, "  the  whole  church."  Before  Je- 
 hovah,] In  the  exercises  of  religion  before 
 the  Lord:  for  in  civil  things  there  was  not 
 one  law  for  both  Israelites  and  strangers. 
 
 Ver.  16.. — One  manner,]  That  is,  otie 
 manner  of  practice  and  obedience,  and  tme 
 punishment  for  transgression:  Heb.  one  judg- 
 ment.     So  in  ver.  24. 
 
 Ver.  17. — And  jehovah  spake,]  A  se- 
 cond ordinance  by  the  Lord's  authority,  is 
 here  imposed  upon  them  that  should  come 
 into  the  land  of  Canaan  ;  that  they  should 
 give  him  a  caUe  of  the  first  of  their  dough: 
 which  law  is  nowhere  mentioned  by  Moses, 
 save  in  this  place.  And  as  the  former  law 
 for  sacrificing  taught  them  holiness  by  faith 
 in  Christ,  who  should  be  sacrificed  for  his 
 church  ;  so  this  commandment  of  first-fruits, 
 taught  them  to  show  forth  the  fruits  of  faith, 
 by  good  works,  which  God  appointed  his 
 ])eople  to  walk  in. 
 
 Ver,    is. — When    ye   come    into    tub 
 
CHAP.  XV. 
 
 33 
 
 sons  of  Israel,  and  say  unto  them,  When  ye  come  into  tlie 
 land  whither  I  bring  you ;  '^  Then  it  shall  be,  when  ye  eat  of  the 
 bread  of  the  land,  ye  shall  heave  an  heave- offering  unto  Jehovah. 
 '"'  Of  the  first  of  your  dough,  a  cake  shall  ye  heave  for  an  heave- 
 
 LAND,]  As  a  promise  is  here  included,  tliat 
 God  would  bring  them  into  tliat  good  land: 
 so  a  duty  of  thankfulness  is  commanded,  that 
 they  might  remember  and  acknowledge  his 
 mercy,  and  have  his  blessing  continued  upon 
 them.  The  Hebs.  do  observe,  that  "this  com- 
 ing differetli  from  all  the  comings  mentioned 
 in  the  law;  for,  in  them  all  it  is  said.  When 
 thou  art  (or  shalt)  come;  when  ye  are  come, 
 meaning,  after  the  possession  thereof,  and 
 dwelling  therein;  but  here  it  is  said,  when  ye 
 come,  meaning,  afier  they  were  entered  into 
 it,  and  did  eat  of  the  bread  thereof,  they  were 
 bound  to  give  the  cake,"  saith  Sol  Jarchi  on 
 Num.  XV.  Now  this  they  did,  before  the 
 land  was  parted  for  iuheritance,  as  appeareth 
 in  Josh.  v.  Jl,  12,  where  '  they  did  eat  of 
 the  old  corn  of  the  land;'  and  then  'the 
 manna  ceased.'  And  as  an  omer  of  manna 
 was  r.  served  before  the  Lord,  for  the  genera- 
 tions of  Israel,  that  they  might  see  and 
 thankfully  remember  '  the  bread  '  which  God 
 gave  them  to  eat  '  in  the  wilderness,'  Exod. 
 xvi.  32,  33,  so  a  cake  of  the  bread  which  he 
 should  give  them  in  Canaan,  was  to  be  given 
 unto  him,  that  they  might  acknowledge  him 
 to  be  the  preserver  and  nourisher  of  them  in 
 the  land  ;  for  it  is  he  '  that  giveth  bread  unto 
 all  flesh,  because  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever,' 
 Ps.  exxxvi.  25.  Whither  i  bring  von,1 
 Or,  am  bringing  you  thither.  Hence  the 
 Hebs.  say,  "  They  were  not  bound  by  the  law 
 to  give  the  cake  save  in  the  land  of  Israel 
 only,  and  when  all  Israel  were  there,  &c. 
 Fruits  without  the  land,  that  are  brought  into 
 the  land,  owe  the  cake:  but  the  fruits  of  the 
 land,  that  are  carried  out  of  the  land,  are 
 discharged  ;  as  it  is  said,  '  whither  I  bring 
 you :'  there  are  you  bound,  both  concerning 
 the  fruits  of  the  land,  and  the  fruits  without 
 the  land.  But  by  the  doctrine  of  the  scribes, 
 they  were  to  separate  a  cake  also  out  of  the 
 .and,  that  the  law  of  the  cake  might  not  be 
 forgotten  out  of  Israel,"  Maim,  in  Biccurim 
 (or  treatise  of  first-fruits,)  chap.   v.   sect.  5 
 
 —7. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Of  the  bread,]  That  is,  of 
 the  bread-corn,  as  in  Is.  xxviii.  28.     '  Bread 
 
 that  is,  corn)  is  bruised  ;  and  out  of  the 
 earth  cometh  bread,'  Job  xxviii.  5;  Ps.  civ. 
 
 14.  The  Chald.  of  Jonathan  here  para- 
 phraseth  thus ;  "  Of  the  bread  of  the  revenue 
 of  the  land:  and  not  of  rice,  and  millet,  and 
 
 lesser   seeds."      So   by   the    Heb.    canons; 
 
 "  Nothing  oweth  the  cake,  but  the  five  kinds 
 
 of  grain  only ;   which  are,  wheat,  and  barley, 
 Vol.  II. 
 
 and  rye,  and  fox- ear  barley,  and  oats:  for 
 nothing  is  called  bread,  save  that  which  is 
 made  of  these.  But  he  tiiat  maketh  meat 
 of  rice,  millet,  or  other  like  pulse  (or  seeds) 
 they  owe  no  cake  at  all,"  Maim,  in  Biccurim 
 chap.  v.  sect.  2,  and  Talmud  Bab.  in  Chal- 
 lah.  chap.  i.  Ye  shall  heave,]  That  is, 
 shall  offer  up;  or,  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald. 
 translate,  shall  separate;  for  it  was  separated 
 by  the  owner,  and  oflered  to  the  Lord ;  and 
 so  was  one  of  the  •  heave-ofl'erings '  which 
 God  gave  unto  his  priests.  Num.  xviii.  19. 
 Wherefore  it  was  holy,  and  "  whosoever  se- 
 parated a  cake,  he  first  blessed  God  who 
 sanctified  them  by  his  commandments,  and 
 commanded  them  to  separate  a  cake,"  Maim. 
 \n  Biccurim,,  c\\&\i.  v.  sect.  11.  "  An  hea- 
 then that  separated  a  cake,  though  in  the 
 land  of  Israel,  it  was  no  cake,"  Ibid.  chap, 
 vi.  sect.  10.  Unto  jbhcvah,]  In  Chald. 
 before  the  Lord.  Not  that  it  was  brought 
 into  the  sanctuary,  or  offered  on  the  altar,  but 
 given  to  the  Lord's  minister:  as  it  is  written, 
 '  Ye  shall  also  give  unto  the  priest,  the 
 first  of  your  dough,'  Ezek.  xliv.  30.  By  the 
 Heb.  canons,  "  The  first-fruits,  and  the 
 heave-oflijrings,  and  the  cake,  and  the  prin- 
 cipal, and  the  fifth  part,  [spoken  of  in  Num. 
 V.  7,  8,]  and  the  gifts  of  the  beast  [that  is 
 killed,  Deut.  xviii.  3,]  these  are  the  priests' 
 goods:  with  them  he  may  buy  servants,  and 
 lands,  and  unclean  beasts,  and  pay  his  debts, 
 or  wives'  dowry,  and  buy  books,"  Maim,  in 
 Biccurim,  chap.  iv.  sect.  14. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Of  the  first,]  Or,  the  first- 
 fruits:  with  the  first-fruits  of  all  things, 
 God  was  to  be  honoured,  Prov.  iii.  9,  that 
 thereby  all  the  rest  of  their  food  might  he 
 sanctified  unto  them:  'For  if  the  first-fruit 
 be  holy,  the  lump  (or  dough)  is  also  holy,' 
 Rom.  xi.  16,  and  a  promise  of  'plenty'  is 
 added  to  them  that  thus  do,  Prov.  iii.  10,  as 
 of  this  particular  it  is  said,  '  ye  shall  also 
 give  unto  the  priest  the  first  of  your  dough, 
 that  he  may  cause  the  blessing  to  rest  in 
 thine  house,'  Ezek.  xliv.  30.  Of  your 
 dough,]  Of  your  paste,  or  lump.  They 
 gave  of  their  corn,  first-fruits  and  tithes,  and 
 other  gifts,  to  the  priests,  Levites,  and  poor, 
 when  they  first  reaped  and  threshed  it,  Exod. 
 xxiii.  19;  Num.  xviii.  12,  26;  Lev.  xxiii. 
 22.  After  them,  when  they  made  bread  of 
 it,  they  separated  also  this  cake.  And  as 
 the  Levites  separated  an  heave-oHi^ring,  out 
 of  their  tithe.  Num.  xviii.  26,  so  the  poor 
 that  gleaned,  separated  of  their  doui;h;  as  the 
 
34 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 offering,  as  the  he^ye-offering  of  the  tlireshing  floor,  so  shall  yo 
 heave  it.  ^'  Of  the  first  of  your  dough,  ye  shall  give  unto  Jeho- 
 vah an  hea,ve -offering  in  your  generations. 
 
 Hebs.  write,  "  That  which  is  gleaned,  and 
 which  is  forgotten  (Deut.  xxiv.  19.)  and  the 
 corner,  Lev.  xix.  9,  &c.  though  they  be  free 
 from  the  trumah  (or  heave-oflering)  yet  they 
 owe  the  cake.  Likewise  the  first  tithes," 
 &c.  Maim,  in  Biccurim,  chap.  vi.  sect.  3. 
 And  though  other  seeds  or  pulse,  owe  not  the 
 cake,  as  is  before  noted,  yet  they  say,  "  He 
 that  mixeth  the  meal  of  wheat,  and  the  meal 
 of  rice,  and  maketh  dough  of  them,  if  it 
 have  the  taste  of  the  wheat,  it  oweth  the 
 cake;  and  if  not,  it  is  discharged.  Though 
 it  be  but  the  leaven  of  wheat  among  dough  of 
 rice,  if  it  have  any  taste  of  the  wheat,  it 
 oweth  the  cake.  Dough  that  is  kneaded 
 with  wine,  or  oil,  or  honey,  &c.  if  they  bake 
 it  in  an  oven,  or  on  the  hearth,  or  pan,  or  in 
 a  frying  pan,  &c.  oweth  the  cake.  But  he 
 that  maketh  dough  to  dry  it  in  the  sun  only, 
 or  to  boil  it  in  a  cauldron,  it  is  discharged  of 
 tlie  cake,  &c.  Also  parched  corn,  that  is 
 kneaded  with  water,  or  honey,  and  eaten 
 without  baking,  is  discharged;  for  nothing 
 oweth  the  cake,  but  dough,  the  end  whereof 
 is  to  be  bread  baken  for  man's  meat,"  Ibid, 
 sect.  11,  12.  And  for  the  quantity  of  dough, 
 out  of  which  a  cake  is  to  he  given,  they  say, 
 "  An  omer  full  of  meal,  whether  it  be  of  one 
 of  the  five  sorts  of  grain,  or  of  all  of  them 
 mixed  together,  the  dough  thereof  oweth  a 
 cake.  And  it  is  unlawful  for  a  man  to  make 
 his  dough  of  a  lesser  quantity,  that  it  may  be 
 free  from  paying  the  cake,"  Ibid.  sect.  15, 
 16.  Wiiat  the  omer  is,  see  Exod.  xvi.  36. 
 And  fiom  that  measure  of  manna  which  God 
 gave  ewry  one  for  a  day,  did  they  gather 
 their  quantity,  that  an  omer  of  meal  should 
 pay  a  cake  to  the  Lord,  as  Sol.  Jarehi  on  this 
 place  showbth.  A  cake,]  Or,  loaf,  made  of 
 the  dough  aforesaid.  "He  that  separateth 
 meal  for  his  cake,  it  is  no  cake:  but  the  resi- 
 due of  the  dough  oweth  a  cake.  When  they 
 put  water  to  it,  and  the  meal  is  mixed  with 
 the  water,  they  separate  a  cake  of  the  first 
 thing  which  is  kneaded,  as  it  is  written.  The 
 first  of  your  dough.  That  dough  which 
 oweth  a  cake  by  the  law,  he  that  eateth 
 thereof  is  to  be  beaten,"  Maim,  in  Biccu- 
 rim, chap.  viii.  sect.  1,  2,  6.  Of  the 
 THRESHING-FLOOR,]  That  IS,  of  the  corn  in 
 the  thresliing- flour;  as  it  is  your  duty  reli- 
 giously to  separate  first-fruits  of  your  corn  in 
 the  floor;  so  of  the  dough  in  your  houses. 
 Thus  the  '  floor'  is  used  for  the  '  corn*  there- 
 in, in  Deut.  xvi.  13.  Sol.  Jarehi  under- 
 standeth  it  thus;  "  as  the  heave-oflering  of 
 the  flooi-,  of  which  there  is  no  stinted  mea- 
 
 sure (by  the  law;)  and  not  as  the  heave-ofler- 
 ing of  the  tithes,  whereof  there  is  a  stinted 
 measure:"  so  for  the  quantity,  it  should  be 
 voluntary,  so  much  as  men  would  give. 
 Howbeit,  their  wise  men  (they  say)  set  a 
 measure;  viz.  "that  they  should  separate 
 the  four  and  twentieth  part  of  the  dough, 
 that  it  might  be  a  gift  meet  to  be  given. 
 But  the  baker,  that  maketh  bread  to  sell  in 
 the  street,  separateth  the  eight  and  fortieth 
 part:  for  because  his  dough  is  much,  there  is 
 in  this  quantity  sufficient  for  a  gift,"  Maim, 
 in  Biccurim,  chap.  v.  sect.  2.  So  the  Chald. 
 of  Jonathan  expoundeth  this  verse,  "The 
 first-fruits  of  your  dough,  a  cake,  one  of 
 twenty-four,  (that  is,  the  four  and  twentieth 
 part)  shall  ye  separate  as  a  separated  ofTering 
 for  the  priest,"  &c. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Ye  shall  give,]  The  repeat- 
 ing of  the  commandment,  showeth  it  to  be 
 of  importance;  and  though  the  priest  had  it, 
 yet  was  it  given  '  to  the  Lord,'  whose  bles- 
 sing therefore  was  promised  to  the  observers 
 of  this  law,  Ezek.  xliv.  30.  And  as  all 
 things  given  unto  God,  were  to  be  holy,  pure, 
 and  clean ;  so  of  this  the  Hebs.  write,  "  A  man 
 may  not  make  his  dough  in  uncleaimess  at 
 all;  but  is  to  be  admonished,  and  must  be 
 careful  that  he  be  clean,  both  he  and  his  ves- 
 sels, that  he  may  separate  a  pure  cake," 
 Maim,  in  Biccurim,  chap.  ix.  sect.  11.  (n 
 your,]  Or,  throughout  your  generations,  in 
 all  ages:  wherefore  this  ordinance  was  kept 
 by  Israel,  after  they  were  returned  out  of 
 Babylon,  Neh.  x.  37.  And  besides  that  all 
 their  bread  was  sanctified  unto  them  by  these 
 first-fruits,  and  God  was  honoured,  by  whose 
 word  man  liveth,  and  not  by  bread  only,  Deut. 
 viii.  3,  it  seemeth  to  have  a  further  significa- 
 tion of  the  chosen  people  of  God,  as  Paul  ap- 
 plieth  this  phrase  of  the  first-fruits,  and  of 
 the  lump  of  dough,  unto  the  state  of  Israel, 
 Rom.  xi.  16,  as  the  prophet  speaking  of  the 
 first-fruits  also  saith,  '  Israel  was  holiness 
 to  the  Lord,  the  first-fruits  of  his  increase; 
 all  that  eat  him  shall  be  guilty,'  &c.  Jer.  ii 
 3.  And  thus  the  Jews  of  old  understood 
 this  "  commandment  of  the  cake,  that  it  sig- 
 nified in  mystery  the  congregation  of  Israel, 
 called  the  first-fruits  of  the  world ;  which 
 when  it  is  put  into  the  oven  that  burneth 
 with  the  fire  of  the  holy  blessed  God,  it  is 
 necessary  to  separate  therefrom  a  cake,  that 
 it  be  not  partaker  of  severe  judgment;  and 
 therefrom  is  a  blessing  reserved  in  the 
 world,"  (Ezek.  xliv.  SO,)  R.  Meuachem  on 
 Num.  XV. 
 
CHAP.  XV. 
 
 35 
 
 ^  And  when  ye  shall  have  sinned  ignorantly,  and  have  not  done 
 all  these  commandments  which  Jehovah  hath  spoken  unto  Moses : 
 ^  Even  all  that  Jeliovah  hath  commanded  you  by  the  hand  of 
 Moses,  from  the  day  that  Jehovah  commanded  Moses,  and  lience- 
 forward,  througliout    your    generations:     ^*  Then    it  shall  be,  if 
 
 Ver.  22. — When  ye  shall  have  sinned 
 IGNORANTLY,]  Or,  if  ye  have  erred,  tliat  is, 
 done  unadvisedly  of  ignorance,  error,  or 
 oversight;  whereto  is  opposed  sinning  'with 
 an  high  hand,'  ver.  30.  See  the  annot.  on 
 Lev.  iv.  2.  As  in  the  two  former  laws,  the 
 Lord  repeated  and  enlarged  the  doctrines  of 
 faith,  and  of  good  works:  so  here  he  doth 
 the  like  concerning  the  forgiveness  of  sins, 
 which  his  people  through  infirmity  do  fall 
 into;  that  all  the  chief  points  of  Christian 
 religion  are  here  renewed  unto  them.  Have 
 NOT  DONE  ALL,]  The  words  of  this  law  dif- 
 fer from  the  former  in  Lev.  iv.  2,  13,  which 
 spake  of  doing  that  '  which  should  not  be 
 done ;'  whereas  this  speaketh  of  not  doing  all 
 which  should  be  done.  There  also,  the  sa- 
 crifice, which  the  congregation  should  bring, 
 was  '  a  bullock  for  a  sin-ofi'ering,'  Lev.  iv. 
 14,  here  (in  ver.  24,)  they  are  willed  to  bring 
 '  a  bullock  for  a  burnt-offering  ;  and  a  goat- 
 buck,  for  a  sin-ofTering.'  Whether  is  this 
 difl'ereiice,  in  respect  of  the  commandments, 
 forbidding  evil  works,  and  requiring  good,  as 
 the  woids  seem  to  import?  Or,  as  the  Hebs. 
 expound  it,  doth  this  here  respect  the  sin  of 
 idolatiy  only?  Or,  as  others  understand  it, 
 is  that  for  all  the  tribes  generally,  and  this 
 for  the  several  tribes,  cities  and  towns  as  they 
 were  severed  in  the  land  of  Canaan?  Or, 
 is  this  (in  mystery)  an  increase  of  the  sacri- 
 fice in  Canaan ;  as  in  prophesy  of  the  days 
 of  the  gospel,  the  meat  and  drink-offerings 
 (which  Christians  should  spiritually  offer  with 
 their  sacrifices)  are  of  greater  quantity,  than 
 those  which  were  ofltred  under  Moses,  Ezek. 
 xlvi.  5,  11,  compared  with  Num.  xv.  4 — 7; 
 xxviii.  20,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  23.— Even  all,]  This  showeth  the 
 large  extent  of  this  law,  and  the  weight 
 thereof,  by  repeating  things  so  expressly. 
 The  Hebs.  which  understand  this  of  idolatry 
 only,  say,  "that  that  one  commandment  is 
 as  all  the  commandments,  &c.  and  that  this 
 showeth,  that  whosoever  professeth  idolatry, 
 is  as  if  he  denied  all  the  law  wholly,  and  all 
 that  the  prophets  have  prophesied  ;  as  it  is 
 written,  And  hence  forward:"  Sol.  Jarchi  on 
 Num.  XV.,  and  Maim.  torn.  i.  treat,  oi  Idola- 
 try, chap.  ii.  sect.  4. 
 
 Ver.  24. — By  ignorance,]  In  Gr.  un- 
 willingly:  see  Lev.  iv.  2.  From  the  eyes,] 
 Understand,  hidden  from  the  eyes,  as  is  ex- 
 pressed in  Lev.  iv.  13.  This  the  Heb.  doc- 
 tors understand  of  things  eiioneously  taiijhi 
 
 by  the  governors,  and  practised  by  the  peo- 
 ple, concerning  idolatry ;  as  is  showed  in  the 
 annot.  on  Lev.  iv.  13,  and  so  Sol.  Jarchi  ex- 
 poundeth  this  place.  Shall  make  ready,] 
 That  is,  shall  offer  for  a  sacrifice,  Lev.  iv. 
 14.  And  this  the  Hebs.  understand  not  of 
 one  sacrifice  for  the  twelve  tribes,  but  for 
 every  tribe  so  much.  "  If  the  error  be  in 
 idolatry,  that  they  (the  governois)  have 
 erred,  and  taught  it ;  they  bring  a  bullock  for 
 a  burnt-offering,  and  a  goat-buck  for  a  sin- 
 oflering,  for  every  tiibe,  and  this  oblation  is 
 that  which  is  spoken  of  in  Num.  xv.,"  saith 
 Maim,  in  Shegogoth,  chap.  xii.  sect.  1,  and 
 Talmud  in  Horajoth,  chap.  ii.  See  the 
 notes  on  Lev.  iv.  1 4.  This  exposition  for 
 the  number,  may  seem  probable,  because  the 
 people  returned  from  captivity,  offered  'for 
 all  Israel,'  in  burnt-ofl'erings  '  twelve  bullocks, 
 and  twelve  goat-bucks  for  a  sin-offering,'  ac- 
 cording to  the  number  of  the  tribes,  Ezra 
 viii.  35.  Youngling,]  Heb.  son  of  the 
 herd:  a  bullock  was  always  of  the  second 
 year  or  upward:  so,  the  goat-buck  following. 
 Burnt-offering,]  Which  signified  atone- 
 ment and  sanctification  by  the  death  of 
 Christ,  as  is  showed  on  Lev.  i.  Of  rest,] 
 That  is,  of  sweet  smell,  as  the  Gr.  translat- 
 eth:  the  Chald.  saith,  "to  be  accepted  with 
 favour  before  the  Lord."  To  the  manner,] 
 Or,  right,  ordinance:  Heb.  to  the  judgment: 
 meaning,  the  measure  prescribed  of  God,  in 
 ver.  9,  10.  For  a  sin-offering,]  In  Gr. 
 for  sin.  This  word  in  Heb.  is  written  with 
 want  of  a  letter,  which  elsewhere  usually  is 
 expressed:  whereupon  Sol.  Jarchi  iioteth, 
 "that  it  is  not  as  other  sin-offerings;  for  all 
 sin-offerings  that  are  by  the  law  brought  with 
 the  burnt-oflering,  the  sin-oflering  is  before 
 the  burnt-oflering,  as  it  is  said,  (in  Lev.  v. 
 10.)  And  the  second  he  shall  make  a  burnt- 
 offering,  but  this  burnt-offering  is  before  the 
 sin-offering."  The  manner  of  offering  this 
 sin-oflering  was  like  the  bullock,  in  Lev.  iv, 
 it  was  killed  in  the  court-yard,  the  blood  was 
 carried  into  the  sanctuary,  and  sprinkled 
 seven  times  before  the  Lord ;  the  fat  was 
 burned  on  the  altar  in  the  court-yard ;  and 
 the  body  of  the  beast  was  carried  forth,  and 
 burnt  without  the  camp:  so  figuring  Christ, 
 who  should  be  slain  for  the  sins  of  his  people, 
 and  by  his  own  blood  enter  into  heaven ;  his 
 body  being  crucified  without  the  gate  of  Je- 
 rusalem, Heb.  ix.  11,  12,  24;  xiii.  11,  12. 
 "If  the   ereat   assize   (of  magistrates)  igno. 
 
36 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 ought  be  done  by  ignorance,  from  the  eyes  of  the  congregation, 
 that  all  the  congregation  shall  make  ready  one  bullock,  a  young- 
 ling of  the  herd,  for  a  burnt-offering,  for  a  savour  of  rest  unto 
 Jehovah;  and  his  meat-offering,  and  his  drink-offering,  according 
 to  the  manner:  and  one  goat-buck  of  the  goats,  for  a  sXw-offering. 
 ^  And  the  priest  shall  make  atonement  for  all  the  congregation  of 
 the  sons  of  Israel,  and  it  shall  be  mercifully  forgiven  them :  for  it 
 is  an  ignorance,  and  they  have  brought  their  oblation,  a  fire-q/^er- 
 ing  unto  Jehovah,  and  their  sin-offering  before  Jehovah,  for  their 
 ignorance.  ^®  And  it  shall  be  mercifully  forgiven,  all  tlie  congre- 
 gation of  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  the  stranger  that  sojoumeth 
 among  them,  because  all  the  people  was  in  ignorance. 
 
 ^'  And  if  one  soul  sin  tlu'ough  ignorance,  then  it  shall  bring  near 
 a  she -goat  of  her  first  year  for  a  sin-offering.  ^^  And  the  priest 
 shall  make  atonement  for  the  soul  that  sinneth  ignorantly,  when  it 
 hath  sinned  by  ignorance,  before  Jehovah,  to  make  atonement  for 
 him,  and  it  shall  be  mercifully  forgiven  him.  ^®  For  the  home- 
 born  amongst  tlio^sons  of  Israel,  and  for  the  stranger  that  sojourn- 
 eth  among  tiieni,  one  law  sliall  be  to  you  for  him  that  doth  tlnough 
 ignorance.     ^°  But  the  soul  that  shall  do  with  an  high  hand,  whe- 
 
 rantly  sin   in   teaching  idolatry,   the  whole      sons  in  the  Godhead,  to  whom  sacrifices  for 
 
 congregation  bringeth  twelve  bullocks  for 
 bunit-oflerings,  and  twelve  goats  for  sin-ofier- 
 ings,  and  they  are  burned,  because  their 
 blood  is  carried  into  the  sanctuary,  &c. 
 Though  but  one  tribe  only  commit  (the  sin) 
 if  it  be  the  most  part  of  the  church;  then 
 all  the  congregation  bring,  for  idolatry,  twelve 
 bullocks,  and  twelve  goats,"  Maim,  in  She- 
 gagoth,  chap.  xii.  sect.  I. 
 
 Ver.  26. — For  all  the  congregation,] 
 Or,  for  every  congregation;  whereby  may  be 
 implied  the  several  tribes,  cities,  towns,  and 
 synagogues.  So  in  ver.  26.  An  ignorance,] 
 Or,  an  error,  in  Gr.  an  tcnwiliing  sin,  so  in 
 ver.  26.  Brought  their  oblation,]  In 
 Gi'.  have  brought  the  gift  thereof,  A  fire- 
 offering,]  In  Chald.  an  oblation  before  the 
 Lord:  and  this  is  meant  of  "  the  bullock  the 
 burnt-ofleriiig,"  as  Sol.  Jarchi  noteth.  Their 
 sin-offering,]  "This  is  the  goat,"  saith 
 Sul.  Jarchi.  Before  jehovah,]  R.  Mena- 
 chem  from  former  authors  speaketh  of  these 
 phrases  here  used,  "unto  the  Lord,  and  be- 
 fore the  Lord,  that  it  is  meant  of  him  and 
 his  judgment-hall;"  whereby  it  appeareth 
 that  the  mystery  of  the  Trinity  in  the  God- 
 head, was  of  old  believed  by  the  Jews, 
 though  now  they  oppugn  it.  For  there  was 
 no  court  or  judgment-hall  in  Israel,  less  than 
 of  three  judges:  and  being  by  them  here  and 
 in  other  places  applied  unto  God,  and  in  case 
 of  sacrifice  and  expiation  of  sin,  which  they 
 did  hold  peculiar  unto  God  alone;  it  showeth 
 that  they  once  acknowledged  a  Trinity  of  per- 
 
 the  sins  of  men  were  offered. 
 
 Ver.  26. — And  the  stranger,]  The  be- 
 lieving Gentile,  as  the  Gr.  translaleth,  and 
 the  proselyte  that  cometh  unto  you.  Thus 
 the  Lord  showed  himself  to  be  '  the  God  of 
 the  Gentiles  also,'  Rom.  iii.  29. 
 
 Ver.  27.  — Of  one  soul,]  Or,  any  soul; 
 that  is,  any  person:  the  Chald.  expoundet.i 
 it,  one  man.  So  in  Lev.  iv.  27.  Through 
 ignorance,]  In  Gr.  unwillingly.  This  also 
 by  the  Hebs.  (as  Sol.  Jarchi  here)  is  ex- 
 pounded of  the  sin  of  idolatry.  Of  her 
 first  year,]  Heb.  daughter  of  her  year,  in 
 Gr.  a  yearling:  see  the  notes  on  Exod.  xii. 
 6 ;  Lev.  iv.  32;  he  might  also  bring  an  ewe- 
 lamb  for  his  sin ;  which  may  likewise  be 
 understood  here.  But  Sol.  Jarchi  saith, 
 "  For  other  transgressions,  a  particular  man 
 bringeth  an  ewe-lamb,  or  a  she-goat:  but  for 
 this  (of  idolatry)  a  she-goat  is  appointed. 
 
 Ver.  29. — One  law  shall  be  to  you,] 
 That  is,  ye  shall  have  one  latv:  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth,  one  law  shall  be  among  them  (or  for 
 them.)  That  doth,]  Or,  that  committeth, 
 to  wit,  the  sin,  through  ignorance:  in  Gr. 
 whosoever  doth  untvillingly.  Thus  the  law 
 promiseth  grace  in  Christ,  in  that  it  appointed 
 sacrifices  and  priests  that  can  have  '  compas- 
 sion on  the  ignorant,  and  on  them  that  err,' 
 Heb.  v.  2.  In  this  faith,  David  piayeth 
 unto  God,  '  Ignorances  (or,  unadvised  eriors) 
 who  doth  understand?  cleanse  thou  me  from 
 secret  sins,'  Ps.  xix.  IS. 
 
 Ver.    30.— The    soul,]    In    Chald.    th 
 
CHAP.  XV. 
 
 37 
 
 thei  he  be  home-born,  or  a  stranger,  the  same  reproacheth  Jehovah ; 
 and  tliat  sonl  shall  be  cut  off  from  among  his  people.  ^'  Because 
 he  liath  despised  tlie  word  of  Jehovah,  and  hatli  broken  his  com- 
 mandment, that  soul  shall  utterly  be  cut  off,  liis  iniquity  shall  be 
 upon  him. 
 
 ^^  And  the  sons  of  Israel  were  in  the  wilderness :  and  they  found 
 
 With  AN  HIGH  HAND,]  That  is,  5o/rf/y,       ye    frustrate    the    commandment    of   God.' 
 
 man, 
 
 proudly  and  presumptuously,  as  the  G 
 lateth,  with  the  hand  of  pride;  and  Tharpum 
 Jonathan,  with  pride,  {or  presumption  )  This 
 phrase,  when  it  is  spoken  of  good  worLs,  rncan- 
 eth  boldness,  courage  and  magnanimity,  in 
 heart  and  carriage;  as,  Israel  went  out  of 
 Egypt  '  with  an  high  hand,'  Num.  xxxiii.  3; 
 Exod.  xiv.  8,  but  liere  of  evil,  it  meaneth 
 pride  and  presumption  showing  itself  openly 
 and  boldly;  which  Onkelos  in  Chaid.  ex- 
 poundeth,  "  with  an  uncovered  head,"  as 
 being  not  ashamed  of  the  deed  (for  when 
 meti  were  ashamed,  they  used  to  '  cover  their 
 heads,' Jer.  xiv.  4.)  Of  like  sort,  is  'the 
 high  arm,'  in  Job  xxxviii-.  15,  where  the  Gr. 
 also  expoundeth  it,  the  arm  of  the  proud:) 
 and  '  the  high  (or  lolty)  eyes,'  Ps.  xviii.  28; 
 cxxxi.  1.  Reproacheth,]  Or,  Wai'joAeTW^iA; 
 which  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  translate,  provoketh 
 to  anger.  It  meaneth  a  reproaching  with 
 words,  as  2  Kings  xix.  6,  22,  and  is  applied 
 here  unto  deeds,  as  also  in  Ezek.  xx.  27, 
 'yet  in  this  your  fathers  have  reproached  (or 
 blasphemed)  me,  in  that  they  have  trespassed 
 a  trespass  against  me.'  So  a  presumptuous 
 sinner  is  counted  as  a  blasphemer  of  God, 
 and  hath  no  sacrifice  for  his  sin,  but  is  to  be 
 cut  off;  And  this  word  Christ  hath  respect 
 unto,  in  Luke  xii.  10,  'unto  him  that  blas- 
 phemeth  against  the  Holy  Spirit,  it  shall  not 
 be  forgiven.'  That  soul,]  In  Chald.  that 
 man.  Cut  off,]  In  Gr.  and  Chald.  des- 
 troyed: which  phrase  the  apostle  useth  in 
 Acts  iii.  23,  '  shall  be  destroyed  from  among 
 the  people.'  That  word  meaneth  destruction 
 by  the  hand  of  God,  as  in  1  Cor.  x.  10; 
 Heb.  xi.  28.  So  the  Heb.  doctors  under- 
 stand the  cutting  oft;  mentioned  in  the  law 
 of  Moses :  which  sometimes  is  so  explained, 
 as  in  Lev.  xvii.  10.  God  saith,  '  I  will  cut 
 him  off  from  among  his  people.'  But  if 
 there  were  witnesses  of  the  fact,  the  magis- 
 trates punished  them,  either  by  death,  or 
 beating:  see  the  notes  on  Deut.  xxv.  2. 
 
 Ver.  31. — Despised  the  word,]  Or, 
 contemned,  set  it  at  nought,  as  vile;  dis- 
 honoured it.  Hereupon  is  that  proverb, '  He 
 that  despiseth  the  word,  shall  be  destroyed ; 
 but  he  that  feareth  the  commandment,  shall 
 be  rewarded,'  Prov.  xiii.  13.  Broken,]  Or, 
 disannulled,  frustrated;  made  void:  it  is  op 
 posed  unto  establishing  or  confirming.  This 
 xvord  Christ  useth  in  Mark  vii.  9,  '  Full  well 
 
 Usually  it  is  applied  to  the  breaking  of  the 
 'covenant'  of  God,  as  in  Gen.  xvii.  14; 
 Lev.  XV.  44,  and  often  in  the  prophets;  some- 
 times ol'  the  law  and  commandments,  Ps. 
 cxix.  126;  Ezra  ix.  14;  Heb.  x.  28.  Shall 
 UTTERLY  BE  COT  OFF,]  Or,  shall  be  cut  off 
 with  cutting  off:  the  doubling  of  the  woid, 
 is  for  more  certainty,  and  speed ;  and  as  the 
 Heb.  doctors  gather  from  it,  "  in  this  world, 
 and  in  the  world  to  come:"  see  the  annot.  on 
 Gen.  xvii.  14.  So  R.  Menachem  here 
 saith,  "  Although  we  find  apostates  (from 
 God)  to  live  more  than  fifty  years,  and  that 
 they  are  not  cut  off  from  the  life  of  this 
 world  ;  yet  know  that  their  deserts  hang  upon 
 them  in  this  world,  and  vengeance  shall  be 
 taken  on  them  abundantly  in  the  world  to 
 come."  His  iniquity,]  Or,  the  iniquity  of 
 it,  (of  the  soul,  that  is,  of  the  person)  shall 
 be  upon  it;  or,  in  it;  or,  with  it.  By  ini- 
 quity,  understanding  punishment  for  iniquity, 
 as  in  Gen.  xix.  15,  and  as  sin,  is  for  the 
 punishment  of  sin,  Lev.  xxii.  9.  Or,  we 
 may  take  iniquity  properly ;  as  Sol.  Jarchi 
 expoundeth  it,  "  when  iniquity  is  in  him, 
 that  he  repenteth  not."  R.  Menachem  here 
 allegeth  an  exposition  ef  the  ancients,  "  that 
 soul  shall  be  cut  ofl,  and  the  iniquity  thereof 
 with  it:  as  if  he  should  say,  the  iniquity 
 shall  cleave  unto  it  after  it  is  cut  off,  to  be 
 punished  for  ever;  according  to  that  (in  Is. 
 Ixvi.  24.)  Their  worm  shall  not  die ;  which 
 Jonathan  (the  Chald.  paraphrast)  expoundeth. 
 Their  soul  shall  not  die.  And  our  doctors 
 have  said.  It  shall  be  cut  off  in  this  world,  it 
 shall  be  cut  off'  from  the  world  to  come."  So 
 the  Chald.  on  Moses,  which  goeth  under  the 
 name  of  Jonathan  paraphraseth,  "  that  man 
 shall  be  destroyed  in  the  world  that  is  to 
 come,  and  shall  give  account  of  his  sin  at  the 
 great  day  of  judgment." 
 
 Ver.  32. — Were  in  the  wilderness,] 
 "  For  so  (saith  Chazkuni)  it  was  decreed  con- 
 cerning them,  that  they  should  not  come  into 
 the  land  (of  Canaan.)  In  the  former  com- 
 mandments of  the  drink-offerings,  and  cake, 
 it  was  written.  When  ye  be  come  into  the 
 land,  &c.  to  teach,  that  they  were  not  to 
 practise  them  save  in  the  land:  but  the  Sab- 
 bath was  to  be  kept  both  within  the  land  and 
 without,  though  it  were  in  the  wilderness ; 
 and  therefore  it  is  written  concerning  it.  In 
 the  wilderness. 
 
NUMBERS. 
 
 a  man  gathering  sticks  on  the  Sabbath  day.  ^^  And  they  that 
 found  him  gathering  sticks,  brought  him  near  unto  Moses,  and 
 unto  Aaron,  and  unto  all  the  congregation.  ^*  And  they  put  liim 
 in  ward,  because  it  was  not  declared  what  should  be  done  to  him. 
 
 ^^  And  Jehovah  said  unto  Moses,  The  man  shall  be  made  to  die 
 the  death :  all  tlie  congregation  shall  stone  him  with  stones  without 
 the  camp.  ^^  And  all  the  congregation  brought  him  forth  without 
 the  camp,  and  stoned  him  with  stones,  and  he  died,  as  Jehovah 
 commanded  Moses. 
 
 ^^  And  Jehovah  said  unto  Moses,  saying,  ^^  Speak  unto  the  sons 
 
 the  judgment-hall,  as  Sol.  Jarchi  noteth.  So 
 they  dealt  with  Stephen,  casting  him  out  of 
 the  city,  and  stoning  him,  Acts  vii.  58,  like- 
 wise  with  Naboth,  1  Kings  xxi.  13,  also  with 
 the  blasphemer,  Lev.  xxiv.  15,  which  was  a 
 circumstance  that  aggravated  the  punishment, 
 being  a  kind  of  '  reproach,'  as  the  apostle 
 noteth,  Heb.  xiii.  11 — 13.  And  this  se- 
 verity showeth  of  what  weight  the  command, 
 ment  touching  the  Sabbath  is,  the  profana- 
 tion whereof  God  would  have  thus  to  be 
 avenged.  And  it  further  signified  the  eter- 
 nal death  of  such  as  do  not  keep  the  Sabbath 
 of  Christ,  entering  into  the  rest  of  God  by 
 faith,  and  ceasing  from  their  own  works,  as 
 God  did  from  his,  Heb.  iv.  1—4,  10,  11. 
 
 Ver.  37. — And  jehovah  said,]  After 
 the  violating  of  the  Sabbath,  and  punishment 
 for  it,  God  giveth  a  law,  and  ordaineth  a  sign 
 of  remembrance,  to  further  the  sanctification 
 of  his  people,  that  they  might  think  upon  hia 
 commandments,  and  do  them. 
 
 Ver.  38. — Sons  of  Israel,]  This  law  for 
 fringes  concerned  Israel  only,  not  other  na- 
 tions; and  as  the  Hebs.  say,  "men  only 
 were  bound  to  wear  them,  not  women. 
 Women  and  servants,  and  little  children,  are 
 not  bound  by  the  law  to  wear  the  fringe. 
 But  by  the  words  of  the  scribes,  every  child 
 that  knoweth  to  clothe  himself,  is  bound  to 
 wear  the  fringe,  to  the  end  he  may  be  trained 
 up  in  the  commandments.  And  women  and 
 servants  that  will  wear  them,  may  so  do,  but 
 they  bless  not  [God,  as  men  do  when  they 
 put  them  on:]  and  so  all  other  command- 
 ments which  women  are  not  bound  unto,  if 
 they  will  do  them,  they  do  them  without 
 blessing  first,"  Maim.  torn.  i.  in  Zizith,  (or 
 treat,  of  Fringes)  chap.  iii.  sect.  9.  That 
 THEY  WAKE,]  They  themselves,  and  not  hea- 
 thens for  ihem:  "  a  fringe  which  is  made  by 
 an  heathen,  is  unlawful;  as  it  is  written, 
 Speak  to  the  sons  of  Israel,  that  they  make 
 unto  them,''  Maim,  in  Zizith,  chap.  i.  sect. 
 12.  A  FRINGE,]  That  is,  fringes,  as  in  Deut. 
 xxii.  12.  Moses  speak eth  of  many:  and  so 
 the  Gr.  and  Chald.  translate  it  here.  A 
 fringe  is  in  Heb.  called  Tsitsith  (or  Zizith) 
 
 Ver.  34. — In  ward,]  That  is,  in  prison. 
 So  they  dealt  with  the  blasphemer,  in  Lev. 
 xxiv.  12.  It  was  not  declared,]  In  Gr. 
 they  had  not  judged,  or  determined.  Where- 
 fore was  it  thus?  seeing  the  law  had  twice 
 said,  that  the  breaker  of  the  Sabbath  should 
 die,  Exod.  xxxi.  4;  xxxv.  2.  Sol.  Jarchi 
 saith,  "  it  was  not  declared  what  manner  of 
 death  he  should  die:  but  they  knew  that  he 
 that  profaned  the  Sabbath  was  to  die."  And 
 the  Chald.  called  Jonathan's  paraphraseth 
 thus ;  "  This  judgment  was  one  of  the  four 
 judgments  that  came  before  Moses  the  pro- 
 phet, which  he  judged  according  to  the  word  of 
 the  holy  (God.)  Some  of  them  were  judgments 
 of  lesser  moment,  and  some  of  them  judgments 
 of  life  and  death.  In  the  judgments  of  les- 
 ser moment  (of  pecuniary  matters)  Moses 
 was  ready,  but  in  judgments  of  life  and 
 death  he  made  delays.  Aud  both  in  the  one 
 and  in  the  other,  Moses  said,  I  have  not 
 heard,  [viz.  what  God  would  have  done.] 
 For  to  teach  the  heads  (or  chief)  of  the  Syne- 
 drions  (or  assizes)  that  should  rise  up  after 
 him,  that  they  should  be  ready  to  dispatch  in- 
 ferior causes  (or  money  matters)  but  not  hasty 
 in  matters  of  life  and  death.  And  that  they 
 should  not  be  ashamed  to  inquire,  in  causes 
 that  are  too  hard  for  them;  seeing  Moses 
 who  was  the  master  of  Israel,  had  need  to 
 say,  F  have  not  heard.  Therefore  he  impri- 
 soned him  ;  because  as  yet  it  was  not  de- 
 clared, what  sentence  should  pass  upon  him." 
 The  four  judgments  which  he  speaketh  of, 
 were  about  the  unclean  that  would  keep  the 
 passover.  Num.  ix.  7,  8,  and  the  daughters 
 of  Zeiophehad  that  claimed  possession  in  the 
 land,  Num.  xxvii.  4, 5,  (these  were  the  causes 
 of  less  importance;)  about  the  blasphemer. 
 Lev.  xxiv.,  and  the  Sabbath-breaker  here: 
 both  which  he  kept  in  ward,  till  he  had  an 
 answer  from  the  Lord. 
 
 Ver.  35.— StoiNe  him,]  This  was  es- 
 teemed the  heaviest  of  all  the  four  kinds  of 
 death  that  malefactors  suflered  in  Israel:  see 
 the  notes  on  Exod.  xxi.  12.  Without  the 
 CAMP,]  Hereupon  they  used  to  carry  such  out 
 of  the  cities,  and  execute  them  far  off  from 
 
CHAP.  XV. 
 
 39 
 
 of  Israel,  and  say  unto  them ;  that  they  make  unto  them  a  fiinge 
 on  the  skirts  of  their  clothes,  throughout  their  generations;  and 
 that  they  put  upon   the   fringe   of  the  skirt,  a  ribband  of  blue. 
 
 which  iu  Ezek.  viii.  3,  is  used  for  a  '  lock  of 
 hair'  of  the  head;  and  is  here  applied  to  a 
 fringe,  the  threads  whereof  hang  down  as 
 locks  of  hair.  And  the  Heb.  doctors  call  it 
 also  Gnanaph,  that  is,  a  branch,  because  it 
 bangeth  as  branches  or  twigs  of  a  tree.  "The 
 branch  which  they  make  upon  the  skirt  of  a 
 garment,  is  called  Tsitsith,  because  it  is  like 
 to  (Tsitsith)  a  lock  of  the  head,  Ezek.  viii. 
 3.  And  this  branch  is  called  white,  because 
 we  are  not  commanded  to  dye  (or  colour)  it. 
 And  for  the  threads  of  this  branch,  there  is 
 no  set  number  byjhe  law.  And  they  take  a 
 thread  of  wool,  which  is  died  like  the  colour 
 of  the  firmament,  and  tie  it  upon  the  branch 
 (or  fringe;)  and  this  thread  is  called  blue," 
 Maim,  in  Zizith,  chap.  i.  sect.  1,  2.  The 
 fringe  is  called  in  Gr.  craspeda,  and  this 
 word  is  used  by  the  Holy  Spirit  in  Matt. 
 xxiii.  5,  and  of  it,  the  Chald.  also  calleth  it 
 cruspedin.  The  word  gedilim,  used  for 
 fringes,  in  Deut.  xxii.  12,  were  the  thrums 
 of  the  cloth  which  was  woven:  and  Tsitsith 
 the  fringe  here  spoken  of,  were  threads  tied 
 unto  those  thrums  with  knots.  On  the 
 SKIRTS,]  Heb.  on  the  wings.  This  is  ex- 
 pounded in  Deut.  xxii.  12,  'on  the  four 
 skirts'  (or  wings.)  The  skirt  end,  or  border 
 of  a  garment,  is  usually  called  a  wing,  as  in 
 Ruth  iii.  9;  1  Sam.  xv.  27;  xxiv.  5,  1 1 ; 
 Deut.  xxii.  30;  Zach.  viii.  23;  Ezek.  v.  3; 
 Hag.  ii.  12,  so  the  foui-  ends  or  corners  of 
 the  earth,  are  called  the  '  four  wings  '  thereof. 
 Job  xxxvii.  3;  xxxviii.  13;  Is.  xi.  12; 
 Ezek.  vii.  2.  "  The  garment  which  a  man 
 is  bound  to  make  the  fringe  on  by  the  law,  is 
 a  garment  which  hath  four  skirts,  or  more 
 than  four:  and  it  is  a  garment  of  woollen  or 
 of  linen  only.  But  a  garment  of  other 
 stuff,  as  of  silk,  or  cotton,  or  camels'  hair,  or 
 the  like,  are  not  bound  to  have  the  fringe, 
 save  by  the  words  of  our  wise  men,  that  men 
 may  be  admonished  to  keep  the  precept  of 
 the  fringe.  For  all  clothes  spoken  of  in  the 
 law  absolutely,  are  not,  save  of  woollen  and 
 linen  only.  When  he  maketh  a  fringe  on  a 
 garment  that  has  five  or  six  skirts,  he  maketh 
 it  but  on  four  of  the  skirts,  as  it  is  said.  Upon 
 the  four  skirts,  Deut.  xxii.  12.  A  garment 
 that  is  borrowed,  is  not  bound  to  have  the 
 fringe  for  thirty  days;  after  and  thencefor- 
 vrard  it  is  bound.  A  garment  of  wool,  they 
 make  the  white  thereof  of  threads  of  wool: 
 and  a  garment  of  flax  (or  linen)  they  make 
 the  white  thereof  of  threads  of  flax;  and  so 
 of  every  garment  after  the  kind  thereof,  &c. 
 Every  man  that  is  bound  to  do  this  command- 
 ment, if  he  put  upon  him  a  garment  which 
 
 is  meet  to  have  the  fringe,  must  put  on  the 
 fringe,  and  then  put  the  garment  on;  and  if 
 he  put  it  on  without  the  fringe,  he  breaketh 
 the  commandment.  But  clothes  meet  to 
 have  the  fringe  so  long  as  a  man  puts  them 
 not  on,  but  foldeth  and  layeth  them  up,  they 
 are  not  bound  to  have  the  fringe:  for  it  is  not 
 a  duty  in  respect  of  the  garment,  but  in  res- 
 pect of  the  man  which  hath  the  garment," 
 Maim,  in  Zizith,  chap.  iii.  sect.  1 — 5,  10. 
 Upon  the  fringe,]  Or,  with  the  fringe. 
 A  RIBBAND,]  Or,  a  thread,  as  the  word  is 
 Englished  in  Judg.  xvi.  9,  or,  a  lace,  as  ia 
 Exod.  xxxix.  31,  it  hath  the  name  of  twist- 
 ing or  wreathing.  The  Gr.  and  Chald. 
 translate  it,  a  thread :  and  so  it  is  explained 
 by  the  He b.  doctors  ;  who  also  say,  "  whe- 
 ther they  were  threads  of  white,  or  threads  of 
 blue,  if  he  would  make  them  of  twisted 
 threads,  he  might  so  do  ;  and  though  the 
 thread  were  twisted  of  eight  threads,  and  a 
 ribband  made  of  them,  it  was  counted  but 
 one  thread.  The  threads  of  the  fringe,  whe- 
 ther white  or  blue,  must  be  spun  for  the 
 fringe  by  name,"  Maim,  in  Zizith,  chap.  i. 
 sect.  11.  Of  blue,]  Or,  of  sky-colour. 
 The  Hebs.  say,  "the  blue  spoken  of  in  the 
 law  in  every  place,  is  wool  dyed,  and  like  the 
 clear  firmament.  And  the  blue  for  the 
 fringe  must  be  dyed  in  a  known  dye  that  will 
 continue  in  the  fair  colour  and  not  change: 
 and  whatsoever  is  not  so  dyed,  is  unlawful 
 for  the  fringe,  though  it  be  like  the  colour  of 
 the  firmament.  The  dye  for  this  blue  was 
 made  (they  say)  with  the  blood  of  the  Chala- 
 zon,  which  is  a  fish  of  blue  colour,  and  the 
 blood  of  it  is  black  as  ink,  and  it  is  found  in 
 the  salt  sea.  And  with  that  blood  they  mix 
 Vermillion,  &c.  Also  it  must  be  dyed  for  the 
 fringe  by  name,"  Maim,  in  Zizith,  chap.  ii. 
 sect.  1 — 3,  and  Talmud  iu  Menachoth,  chap, 
 iv.  As  for  the  fringe  (which  they  usually 
 call  the  white,  because  it  was  not  commanded 
 to  be  dyed,  it  might  be  of  any  colour,  as  the 
 garment  itself,  except  blue,  whereof  they 
 write  thus ;  "  The  garment  which  is  all  red, 
 or  green,  or  of  other  dyed  colours,  they  make 
 the  white  threads  (or  fringe)  thereof,  like  the 
 dyed  colour  thereof;  green,  if  it  be  green  ; 
 or  red,  if  it  be  red.  If  it  be  all  blue,  then 
 they  make  the  white  (the  fringe)  thereof 
 of  other  colours,  any  save  black,  for  that  will 
 turn  and  appear  bluish:  and  they  tie  upon  all, 
 one  thread  of  blue,  like  as  they  do  in  other 
 fringes  which  are  not  dyed,"  Maim.  ibid, 
 chap.  ii.  sect.  8.  By  reason  of  this  differ- 
 ent colour,  they  also  say,  "  There  are  found 
 in   this  commandment  (of  the    fringe)    two 
 
40 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 ^'  And  it  shall  be  unto  you  for  a  fringe  j  that  ye  may  see  it,  and 
 remember  all  the  commandments  of  Jehovah,  and  do  them ;  and 
 that  ye  seek  not  after  your  own  heart,  and  after  your  own  eyes,  after 
 
 commandments;  that  a  man  make  on  the 
 skirt,  a  branch  issuing  out  of  it;  and  that  he 
 tie  upon  the  branch  a  thread  of  blue,  (Num. 
 XV.  38.)  And  the  blue  hindereth  not  the 
 white  ;  neither  doth  the  white  hinder  the 
 blue.  As  if  a  man  have  no  blue,  he  maketh 
 the  white  alone,  &c.  Though  one  hindereth 
 not  another,  yet  are  they  not  two  command- 
 ments, but  one.  Our  former  wise  men  have 
 said  (from  these  words,)  And  it  shall  be  unto 
 you  for  a  fringe,  Num.  xv.  39,  this  teacheth 
 that  both  of  iliem  are  one  commandment. 
 And  the  four  fiinges  (on  the  four  skirts)  do 
 hinder  one  anotlier  [so  that  one  may  be  with- 
 out anotlierj  for  tliey  four  are  one  command- 
 ment (Deut.  xxii.  12.)  And  he  that  weareth 
 a  garment  wliereiu  is  the  white  (fringe)  or 
 the  blue  (ribband)  or  both  of  them  together, 
 he  keepetli  one  commanding  precept,"  Maim, 
 ju  Zizith,  chap.  i.  sect.  3 — 5. 
 
 Ver.  39.  — For  a  fringe,]  By  the  insti- 
 tution of  God  it  was  made  unto  them  a  fringe, 
 and  so  a  religious  sign  to  help  their  memo- 
 ries, and  to  further  their  sanctification:  where- 
 fore they  used  to  sanctify  this,  as  all  other  like 
 divine  ordinances,  by  prayer;  and  when  they 
 put  on  this  garment,  they  "  blessed  the  Lord 
 their  God,  the  King  of  the  world,  which 
 sanctified  them  by  his  commandments,  and 
 commanded  them  to  array  themselves  with 
 fringes.  And  whensoever  they  clothed  them- 
 selves herewith  in  the  day-time,  they  blessed 
 for  them  before  they  put  them  on.  But  they 
 blessed  not  for  the  fringes  at  the  time  of  tlie 
 making  of  them,  because  the  end  of  the  com- 
 mandment is,  that  they  should  be  arrayed 
 herewith,"  Maim,  in  Zizith,  chap.  iii.  sect. 
 8.  That  ye  may  see  it,]  Or,  and  ye  shall 
 see  (or  look  upon)  it;  on  yourselves,  and  on 
 one  another.  Wherefore  the  Hebs.  say,  "  A 
 blind  man  was  bomid  to  wear  the  fringe:  for 
 though  he  saw  it  not,  others  did  see  it," 
 Maim,  in  Zizith,  chap.  iii.  sect.  7.  By 
 many  means  of  sundry  sorts,  God  warned  his 
 people  of  old,  to  walk  religiously  and  holily 
 before  him;  and  it  is  observed  by  some  of 
 themselves,  "  that  the  holy  blessed  God  left 
 nothing  in  the  world,  wheieiu  he  gave  not 
 some  commandment  to  Israel:  if  they  went 
 out  to  plow,  (he  said)  '  Thou  shalt  not  plow 
 with  an  ox  and  an  ass  together,'  Deut.  xii. 
 10;  if  to  sow, '  Thou  shalt  not  sow  with  divers 
 kinds,'  Lev.  xix.  19;  if  to  reap,  'Thou  shalt 
 not  wholly  reap  the  corner  of  thy  field,'  &;c. 
 Lev.  xix.  9;  if  to  knead  their  dough,  'Of  the 
 first  of  your  dough,  ye  shall  offer  a  cake,' 
 Num.  XV.  20 ;  if  they  killed  (a  beast,)  '  They 
 shall  give  unto  the  priest,  the  shoulder  and 
 
 the  two  cheek?,'  &c.  Deut.  xviii.  3 ;  if  they 
 found  a  bird's  nest,  '  Thou  shalt  send  away  the 
 dam,'  Deut.  xxii.  6,  7;  if  they  caught  wild 
 beast  or  fowl,  '  He  shall  pour  out  the  blood 
 thereof,  and  cover  it  with  dust,'  Lev.  xvii. 
 13;  if  they  planted,  '  Ye  shall  count  as  uncir- 
 cumcised  the  uncircumcision  thereof,'  &c. 
 Lev.  xix.  23  ;  if  they  had  a  man-child  born, 
 '  The  fore-skin  of  his  flesh  shall  be  circum- 
 cised,' Lev.  xii.  2;  if  they  buried  the  dead, 
 '  Ye  shall  not  cut  yourselves,'  &c.  Deut.  xiv. 
 1  ;  if  they  shaved  themselves,  '  Ye  shall  not 
 round  a  corner  of  your  head,'  &c.  Lev.  xix. 
 27;  if  they  bnilded  an  house,  'Thou  shalt 
 make  a  battlement,'  &c.  Deut.  xxii.  8 ;  '  And 
 thou  shalt  write  them  upon  the  posts,'  &c. 
 Deut.  vi.  9 ;  if  they  clothed  themselves,  '  Ye 
 shall  make  ye  a  fringe,'  "  &c.  Chazkuni  on 
 Num.  xv.  And  remember  all,]  This  was 
 the  spiritual  use  of  this  ordinance,  that  it 
 might  lead  them  unto  a  continual  remem- 
 brance and  practice  of  all  the  law;  without 
 which  the  tmtward  rite  was  vain.  The 
 many  threads  of  the  fringes  on  the  four 
 skirts  of  their  garment,  signified  the  many 
 commandments  of  God  which  they  should 
 put  upon  them,  to  be  as  it  were  clothed  with 
 them,  and  to  walk  in  them:  the  heaven-col- 
 oured riband,  taught  them  an  heavenly  afl'ec 
 tion  to  all  the  law,  and  an  holy  conversation; 
 and  led  them  spiritually  to  put  on  the  '  wed- 
 ding garment,'  Matt.  xxii.  11;  'the  Lord 
 Jesus  Christ,'  Rom.  xiii.  14;  'the  whole 
 armour  of  God,'  Eph.  vi.  11;  'and  the  new 
 man,  which  after  God  is  created  in  righteous- 
 ness and  holiness  of  truth,'  Eph.  iv.  24 ; 
 that  their  conversation  might  be  '  in  heaven,' 
 Phil.  iii.  20.  From  these  words,  the  Heb. 
 doctors  say,  "  A  man  should  always  be  care- 
 ful to  array  himself  with  such  a  garment  as 
 was  bound  to  have  the  fringe,  that  he  might 
 keep  this  commandment:  and  in  the  time  of 
 prayer,  he  is  to  be  warned  hereof  more  espe- 
 cially. It  is  a  great  shame  for  wise  men, 
 that  they  should  pray,  and  not  be  arrayed 
 herewith.  A  man  must  for  ever  be  warned 
 of  this  commandment  of  the  fringe,  for  the 
 scripture  maketh  it  of  great  weight,  and  all 
 the  commandments,  every  one  depend  upon 
 it,"  Maim,  in  Zizith,  chap.  iii.  sect.  11,  12. 
 But  they  abused  this,  as  other  divine  ordi- 
 nances, to  superstition  and  hypocrisy;  and 
 were  reproved  by  our  Saviour  for  making 
 their  '  phylacteries '  broad,  and  enlarging 
 '  the  borders  (or  fringes)  of  their  garments,' 
 Matt,  xxiii.  5.  And  this  their  vanity  (neg- 
 lecting the  spiritual  end)  appeareth  in  their 
 writings ;  for  unto  the  thrums  or  threads  of 
 
CHAP.    XV. 
 
 41 
 
 which  you  go  a  whoring.  *"  That  ye  may  remember  and  do  all  my 
 commandments,  and  be  holy  unto  your  God.  "  I  am  Jehovah  your 
 God,  which  brought  you  forth  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt,  to  be  unto 
 you  a  God  j  I  am  Jehovah  your  God. 
 
 the  garment,  "  which  were  three  inches, 
 they  fastened  threads  doubled  in  the  midst, 
 whose  length  (they  say)  might  not  be  less 
 than  four  inches,  but  more  than  so  they 
 might  be,  though  a  cubit,  or  two  cubits," 
 Maim,  in  Zizith,  chap.  i.  sect.  6.  And  for 
 the  virtue  hereof,  they  say,  "Whoso  dili. 
 gently  keepeth  this  law  of  fringes,  is  made 
 worthy,  and  shall  see  the  face  of  the  majesty 
 of  God  :"  (Baal  hatturim  on  Num.  xv.)  "  and 
 when  a  man  is  clothed  with  the  fringe,  and 
 goeth  out  therewith  to  the  door  of  his  habita- 
 tion, he  is  safe,  and  God  rejoiceth,  and  the 
 destroying  angel  departeth  from  thence,  and 
 the  man  shall  be  delivered  from  all  hurt,  and 
 from  all  destruction,"  &c.  (R.  Menachem  on 
 Num.  XV.)  Thus  easy  it  is  for  men  to  abuse 
 holy  things,  and  to  pervert  the  right  use  and 
 end  of  them  by  their  own  inventions.  See 
 the  annot.  on  Exod.  xiii.  9.  And  although 
 they  put  so  great  religion  in  these  fringes, 
 yet  as  they  have  lost  the  spirit  and  life  of 
 this  commandment,  so  God  hath  deprived 
 them  of  the  outward  rite,  that  they  have  not 
 at  this  day,  (by  their  own  confession)  the 
 blue  or  heaven-coloured  riband  ;  "  The  blue 
 {teceleth)  is  not  found  in  our  hands  at  this 
 day,  because  we  know  not  to  make  the  dye  (or 
 colour)  of  it:  for  every  blue  in  wool  is  not 
 called  teceleth.  But  the  teceleth  (or  blue 
 spoken  of  in  the  law,)  it  is  known  that  it  is 
 impossible  to  make  it  at  this  day;  and  there- 
 fore we  make  the  white  only,"  saith  Rambam 
 (or  Maim.)  in  his  exposition  on  Talmud  Bab. 
 in  Menachoth,  chap.  iv.  And  that  ye  seek 
 NOT,]  Or,  and  ye  shall  not  seek,  (or  search, 
 as  Num.  xiv.  30,)  which  word  Solomon  ap. 
 plieth  to  his  heart,  'searching  out'  things  by 
 wisdom,  Eccl.  i.  13;  vii.  25.  The  Gr. 
 here  translateth  it,  turn  aside;  the  Chald. 
 err,  (or  go  astray.)  Your  heart,]  In 
 Chald.  the  imagination  of  your  heart.  Here 
 God  ealleth  men  from  their  own  wisdom  and 
 inventions  to  his  law  only ;  for  'every  ima- 
 gination of  the  thoughts  of  man's  heart,  is 
 only  evil  e.ve,ry  day,'  Gen.  vi.  5.  And  'he 
 that  trusteth  in  his  own  heart,  is  a  fool,' 
 Prov.  xxviii.  26.  Your  eyes,]  In  Chald. 
 the  sight  of  your  eyes.  So  the  Holy  Spirit 
 saith,  '  Walk  in  the  ways  of  thine  heart,  and 
 in  the  sight  of  thine  eyes;  but  know  thou, 
 that  for  all  these  things  God  will  bring  thee 
 into  judgment,'  Eccl.  xi.  9.  And  the  apos- 
 tle mentioneth  '  the  lust  of  the  eyes,  as  that 
 Vol.  II. 
 
 which  is  not  of  the  Father,  but  of  the  world,' 
 1  John  ii.  16.  The  Hebs.  say,  "The  heart 
 and  the  eyes  are  the  spies  of  the  body,  and 
 brokers  to  bring  it  into  transgression  ;  the  eye 
 seeth,  and  the  heart  lusteth,  and  the  body  acteth 
 the  transgression,"  Sol.  Jarchi  on  Num.  xv. 
 The  Loid  condemning  the  heart,  which  is 
 the  most  noble  of  all  the  inward  parts,  and 
 the  eyes  which  are  the  most  excellent  of  all 
 the  outward,  teacheth  that  the  whole  man  is 
 corrupted  throughout,  and  to  he  reformed  by 
 the  law  and  Spirit  of  God.  For,  '  except  a 
 man  be  born  of  water  and  of  the  Spirit,  he 
 cainiot  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  God,'  John 
 iii.  5.  You  GO  a  whoring,]  In  Chald.  ycu 
 err  (or  go  astray.)  To  go  a  whoring  after 
 other  gods,  is  a  usual  phrase  for  idolatry, 
 Exod.  xxxiv.  15;  Deut.  xxxi.  16;  1  Chron. 
 V.  25;  Judg.  ii.  17,  the  same  is  implied 
 here,  as  God  saith,  'I  am  broken  with  their 
 whorish  heart,  which  hath  departed  from  me; 
 and  with  their  eyes,  which  go  a  whoring 
 after  their  idols,'  Ezek.  vi.  9,  but  it  meaneth 
 also  all  other  sins  which  men's  unclean  hearts 
 and  impure  eyes  carry  them  unto,  with  con- 
 sent and  delight:  see  Lev.  xx.  5,  6  ;  Ps. 
 cvi.  39;  Jam.  iv.  4.  The  Hehs.  say,  "If 
 any  man  be  drawn  after  the  thoughts  of  his 
 heart,  he  will  be  found  a  waster  of  the  world, 
 because  of  the  slenderness  (or  shortness)  of 
 his  understanding.  As,  sometimes  he  will 
 search  after  idolatry,  and  sometimes  will 
 think  peculiarly  of  the  Creator,  whether  there 
 be  any  or  none :  what  is  above,  and  what  beneath; 
 what  was  before,  and  what  slrall  be  after. 
 And  sometimes  of  prophesy,  whether  it  be 
 truth  or  no;  and  sometimes  of  the  law, 
 whethei-  it  be  from  heaven  or  no.  And  he 
 knoweth  not  what  to  jvidge  of  them,  till  he 
 know  the  truth  concerning  his  Creator,  but 
 will  be  found  a  revolter  unto  heresies.  Con- 
 cerning this  thing  is  that  warning  in  the  law, 
 where  it  is  said.  And  ye  shall  not  seek  after 
 your  heart,  and  after  your  eyes,  after  svhich  ye 
 go  a  whoring,  Num.  xv.  39,  as  if  he  should 
 say.  There  shall  not  any  one  of  you  be  drawn 
 after  his  own  slender  understanding  (or 
 knowledge,)  as  to  imagine  that  his  cogitation 
 can  attain  to  the  truth:  so  have  our  wise  men 
 said,  After  your  heart ;  this  (meaneth)  here- 
 sies ;  and  after  your  eyes,  this  is  whoredom. 
 And  this  is  an  occasion  for  a  man  to  deprive 
 himself  of  the  world  (or  life)  that  is  to  come," 
 Maim,  treat,  of  Idolatry   chap.  ii.  sect.  3. 
 
42 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 CHAP.    XVI. 
 
 1  Korah,  Dathan,  Ahiram,and  On,  with  250  princes,  rise  up  against 
 Moses  and  Aaron,  about  the  priesthood  and  government  of  the  church. 
 5.  Moses  refcrreth  the  trial  of  the  cause  unto  God,  and  reproveth  Ko- 
 rah's  ambition.  12.  He  sendethfor  Dathan  and  Abiram,  mho  reproach 
 him,  and  mill  not  come  up.  15.  He  prayeth  against  them,  l6,  and  ga- 
 thereth  Korah  and  his  company  mith  their  censers,  before  the  taber- 
 nacle. 20.  The  Lord  threateneth  to  consume  the  rebels,  and  commandeth 
 the  people  to  separate  from  them.  31.  The  earth  smalloiveth  tip  Dathan, 
 Abiram,  and  all  Korah' s  men,  and  a  fire  from  the  Lord  devoureth  the  250 
 that  burned  incense.  36.  The  censers  are  reserved  to  cover  the  altar, 
 for  a  sign  unto  Israel.  41.  All  the  congregation  murmur  against 
 Moses  and  Aaron,  as  they  that  had  killed  the  Lord's  people.  44.  The 
 Lord  Tiilleth  1 4700  of  them  mith  a  plague.  46.  Aaron  by  incense  stayed 
 the  plague. 
 
 '  And  Korah  the  son  of  Izhar,  the  son  of  Kohath,  the  son  of 
 Levi,  he  took  men  ;  and  Dathan  and  Abiram  the  sons  of  Eliab,  and 
 On  the  son  of  Peleth,  sons  of  Reuben.     ^  And  they  rose  up  before 
 
 D  3  3  Here  beginnetli  the  thirty-eighth 
 lecture  of  the  law,  which  the  Hebs.  call 
 Korah,  because  his  rebellion  is  the  principal 
 thing  here  treated  of:  see  Gen.  vi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  i. — Korah]  Or  Korach  ;  in  Gr.  Kore, 
 Jude  ver.  11.  Izhar]  In  Gr.  Isaar.  Ko- 
 hath] In  Gr.  Kaath.  He  took]  To  wit, 
 men  with  :  so  Koiah  is  noted  as  the  princi- 
 pal in  the  rebellion,  which  the  apostle  there- 
 fore called  'tlie  gain-sayiug  of  Kore,'  Jude 
 ver.  11,  and  in  Num.  xxvii.  3,  only 
 Korah's  company  is  mentioned,  where 
 speech  is  of  this  mutiny.  The  Gr.  translat- 
 elli,  he  spake,  to  signify  that  he  took  others 
 by  persuading  them  to  his  faction.  The 
 Chald.  understands  it  of  taking,  that  is,  with- 
 drawing of  himself,  saying,  "  And  Korah 
 separated  himself."  Thus  Sol.  Jarchi  also 
 expoundeth  it,  "  he  took  himself  a  side  to  be 
 a  part  from  the  congregation."  And  Da- 
 than AND  Abiram,]  this  may  be  understood, 
 that  they  also  took  men  and  separated  them- 
 selves: or  rather,  that  Kore  took  these  men 
 unto  him,  and  so  to  read  it,  "  he  took  Dathan 
 and  Abiram,"  or,  "  he  took  both  Dathan  and 
 Abiram-,"  for  the  word  and  in  Heb.  may 
 sometime  be  omitted  in  our  English  speech, 
 as  is  showed  on  Gen.  viii,  6.  or  be  inter- 
 preted both,  as  explaining  the  former  words: 
 see  the  annot.  on  Gen.  xxxvi.  24.  And 
 thus  Chazkuni  expoundeth  it,  "  And  Korah 
 took:  it  meaneth  the  taking  of  men,  and 
 whom  took  he  ?     Dathan  and  Abiram,  &c. 
 
 And  before  Dathan,  is  redundant  here,  as 
 often  elsewhere."  Abiram,]  In  Gr.  Abeiron. 
 Eliab,]  In  Gr.  Eliam,  he  was  son  to  Phallu 
 the  son  of  Reuben,  Num.  xxvi.  7,  8,  9  ;  Gen. 
 xlvi.  9.  On,]  In  Gr.  Aun,  and  Atman. 
 Peleth,]  In  Gr.  Phaleth.  Sons  of  Reu- 
 ben,] Dathan,  Abiram,  and  On,  were  all 
 sons,  that  is,  of  the  posterity  of  Reuben,  who 
 was  the  first-born  of  Israel,  but  lost  his  hon- 
 our by  his  sin,  1  Chron.  v.  1,  which  his  sons 
 by  vnilawful  means  seek  to  recover.  And 
 these  Reubenites  camped  next  unto  Korah 
 and  the  Kohathites,  on  the  south  side  of  the 
 tabernacle,  (as  is  showed  in  Num.  ii.)  and  so 
 being  neighbours  in  situation,  associated 
 themselves  in  evil,  which  Sol.  Jarchi  observ. 
 iug,  saith  thereupon,  "  Wo  be  to  the  wicked, 
 and  wo  unto  his  neighbour."  Korah  being  a 
 Levite  of  the  Kohathites,  which  was  the 
 chief  family  of  the  Levites,  as  is  noted  on 
 Num.  iii.  28,  he  took  oflence,  as  Jarchi  on 
 this  place  saith,  "  and  envied  at  the  prefer- 
 ment of  Elizaphan  the  son  of  Uzziel,  whom 
 Moses  had  made  prince  over  the  sons  of  Ko- 
 hath," Num  iii.  30,  when  he  was  of  the 
 youngest  brother  Uzziel,  and  Korah  himself 
 was  of  Izhar,  elder  than  he:  see  Num.  iii. 
 27,  30.  But  by  the  sequel  here  it  appear- 
 eth,  that  he  lift  up  himself  not  only  against 
 Elizaphan,  but  against  Moses  and  Aaron, 
 and  sought  '  the  priesthood  also.'  ver.  10. 
 
 Ver.   2.   And   men],   that  is,  Korah  and 
 men,  as  appeareth  by  ver.  5,    16,  17,  where 
 
CHAP.    XV^I. 
 
 43 
 
 Moses,  and  men  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  two  hundred  and  fifty, 
 princes  of  the  congregation,  the  called  of  the  assembly,  men  of 
 name.  And  they  gathered  themselves  together,  against  Moses 
 and  against  Aaron,  and  said  unto  them.  Ye  take  too  much  upon 
 you;  for  all  the  congregation,  all  of  them  are  holy,  and  Jeliovah 
 is  among  them ;  and  wherefore  lift  ye  up  yourselves  above  the 
 church  of  Jeliovah  ?  *  And  Moses  heard  it,  and  fell  upon  his  face. 
 *  And  lie  spake  unto  Korah,  and  unto  all  his  congregation,  saying, 
 
 these  are  called  Korah's  congregation.  The 
 CALLED  OF  THE  ASSEMBLY,]  Senators  called 
 to  the  assembly,  (and  as  the  Gr.  translateth 
 it,  council,)  of  the  governors:  in  ch.  i.  16, 
 such  are  named,  '  the  called  of  the  congrega- 
 tion,' and  in  ch.  xxvi.  9,  Dathan  and 
 Abiram  are  named  '  the  called  of  the  congre- 
 gation, who  strove  against  Moses,'  &c.  So 
 these  were  statesmen,  famous  and  re- 
 nowned, whereby  the  conspiracy  was  the 
 stronger.  Men  of  name,]  That  is,  of 
 renown  ;  this  title  is  given  to  the  giants 
 before  the  flood.  Gen.  vi.  4.  Whereupon 
 Baal  batturim  here  noteth,  '"Men  of  name 
 for  wisdom  and  wealth  ;  and  they  condemned 
 themselves:  as  did  the  generation  of  the 
 flood,  w  hich  were  of  old,  men  of  name. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Ye  take  too  much  upon  you,] 
 Or,  let  it  suffice  you,  as  this  phrase  is  translated 
 in  Dent.  iii.  26.  Heb.  7nuch  to  you,  or, 
 enough  for  you,  which  Sol.  Jarchi  expound- 
 eth  thiH,  "  ye  have  taken  to  yourselves  great- 
 ness, much  more  than  enough."  So  after  in 
 ver.  7.  Holy,]  and  therefore  may  approach 
 unto  God  and  offer  their  sacrifices.  This 
 they  meant,  as  Moses'  answer  sheweth  in 
 ver.  5,  10.  So  the  presumption  of  their 
 own  holiness,  brought  them  to  ambition  and 
 affectation  of  the  priesthood,  an  honour  which 
 no  man  should  take  to  himself  '  but  he  that 
 is  called  of  God,  as  was  Aaron,'  Heb.  v.  4. 
 Jehovah  is,]  In  Chald.  the  divine  presence 
 (or  majesty)  of  the  Lord  dwelleth  among 
 ihem, 
 
 Ver.  4. — Fall  on  his  face,]  As  afTected 
 with  their  words,  humbling  himself,  and, 
 (in  likelihood)  praying  unto  God,  as  in 
 ver.  22.  Chazkuni  saith,  "  He  was  abashed, 
 and  cast  down  his  face  on  the  ground  unto 
 prayer :  and  there  it  was  said  unto  him  (of 
 God)  what  he  should  say  unto  Korah."  Like 
 gesture  he  used  at  their  former  murmuring. 
 Num.  xiv.  5,  and  after  in  Num.  xx.  6. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Even  in  the  morning,]  Or,  the 
 morni)ig  (shall  come)  and  Jehovah  will  make 
 hnovn,  &c.  Judgment  is  deferred  till  the 
 morrow  morning,  so  they  had  that  time  to 
 consider  of  their  fact:  and  the  morning  is 
 usually  the  time  of  judgment,  both  by  men, 
 as,  '  In  the  mornings  I  will  suppress  all  the 
 wicked  of  the    land,'   Ps.    ci.    8.       '  Judge 
 
 judgment  in  the  morning,'  Jer.  xxi.  12,  and 
 by  God  himself;  as,  'Morning  by  morning 
 doth  he  bring  his  judgment  to  light,'  Zeph. 
 iii.  5,  and,  'my  rebuke  is  in  the  monn'ngs,' 
 Ps.  Ixxiii.  14.  So  in  the  morning  judgment 
 came  upon  Sodom,  Gen.  xix.  23,  24 ;  and 
 the  plagues  of  Egypt,  Exod.  vii.  15  ;  viii.  20  ; 
 IX.  13;  X.  13;  and  the  pestilence  on  Israel, 
 2  Sam.  xxiv.  15;  and  so  shall  evil  come  upon 
 sinners,  and  they  shall  •  not  know  the  morn- 
 ing thereof,'  Ps.  xlvii,  11.  Boker,  the  morn- 
 ing, is  derived  of  Baker,  he  inquired,  or 
 looked  out ;  whereupon  the  Gr.  interpreters 
 reading  without  vowels,  translated  it,  "The 
 Lord  hath  looked  out  and  known  those  that 
 are  his:"  but  the  Chald.  saith,  "in  the 
 morning,  them  the  Lord  will  make  known, 
 &c.  Make  known  him,]  Or,  make  known 
 those  that  are  his,  so  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 "knoweth,  (or  hath  known)  those  that  are 
 his:"  which  very  words  Paul  (from  this  his- 
 tory) applieth  to  God's  knowledge,  care  and 
 love  of  his  elect  whom  he  sanctifieth,  and 
 keepeth  from  falling  away,  as  did  certain 
 heretics  in  those  days,  2  Tim.  ii.  17 — 
 20.  This,  therefore,  is  a  speech  of  faith, 
 whereby  Moses  testifieth  his  confidence  in 
 God,  who  had  separated  Aaron  unto  the 
 priesthood,  and  himself  unto  the  government 
 in  Israel;  and  would  maintain  their  cause 
 and  calling  against  all  opposers.  And  be- 
 cause these  two  offices  figured  the  grace 
 given  by  Christ  unto  his  elect,  whom  he 
 hath  '  made  kings  and  priests,  even  a  kingly 
 priesthood,  and  an  holy  nation,'  Rev.  i.  6  ; 
 V.  10  ;  1  Pet.  ii.  9;  therefore  the  apostle 
 (in  2  Tim.  ii.)  fitly  citeth  these  words  for 
 the  comfort  of  the  saints,  and  faithful  minis- 
 ters of  Christ,  against  revolters:  even  as  an- 
 other apostle  applieth  also  against  such,  '  the 
 way  of  Cain,  the  error  of  Balaam,  and  the 
 contradiction  (or  rebellion)  of  Kore  ;'  wherein 
 they  perish,'  Jude,  ver.  11.  The  Chald. 
 translateth  it,  "  and  will  make  known  him 
 that  is  fit  for  him."  And  who  is  holy,] 
 or,  and  the  holy  one,  that  is,  him  whom  he 
 hath  sanctified  and  separated  unto  the  priest's 
 office.  So  David  (speaking  of  this  rebellion) 
 calleth  '  Aaron  the  holy  one  (or  saint)  of  Je- 
 hovah,* Ps.  cvi.  16  ;  and  he  wore  on  the 
 golden   plate   this   engraving,  '  Holiness  to 
 
44 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 Even  in  the  morning  Jehovah  will  make  known  him  that  is  Jiis, 
 and  who  is  holy,  and  whom  he  will  cause  to  come  near  unto  him  : 
 even  him  whom  lie  hath  chosen,  he  will  cause  to  come  near  unto 
 him.  *  This  do  ye  -.  take  unto  you  censers,  Korah  and  all  his  con- 
 gregation. '  And  put  ye  fire  in  them,  and  put  incense  on  them 
 before  Jehovah  to-morrow,  and  it  shall  be,  that  the  man  whom 
 Jehovah  doth  choose,  he  shall  be  holy :  ye  take  too  much  upon  you, 
 ye  sons  of  Levi.  ®  And  Moses  said  unto  Korah,  Hear,  I  pray  you, 
 ye  sons  of  Levi.     ^  Is  it  a  small  thing  for  you,  that  the  God  of 
 
 Jehovah,'  Exod.  xxviii.  36  ;  for  he  figured 
 our  high  priest,  Christ,  who  was  '  holy,  harm- 
 less, undefiled,  separate  from  sinners,  and 
 made  higher  than  the  heavens,'  Heb.  vii. 
 26 ;  and  who  '  glorified  not  himself  to  be 
 made  an  high  priest,'  but  had  the  honour 
 given  him  of  his  father,  Heb.  v.  5,  6  ;  and 
 Korah's  rebellion  against  Aaron  was  a  type 
 of  men's  rebellion  against  Christ,  as  the 
 apostles  have  taught  us.  The  Gr.  translat- 
 eth  (as  before)  plurally,  saying,  "and  the 
 holy  ones  he  hath  brought  near  unto  himself. 
 Cause  to  come  near,]  Or,  briiii/  near, 
 to  wit,  to  minister  unto  him,  as  the  Chald. 
 interpreteth  it.  And  this  honour  of  priest- 
 hood, given  row  unto  all  saints,  who  are  '  to 
 offer  up  spiritual  sacrifices,  acceptable  to 
 God  by  Jesus  Christ,  1  Pet.  ii.  5,  is 
 commended  by  David,  when  he  saith, 
 '  Blessed  is  he  whom  thou  choosest,  and 
 causest  to  come  near  unto  thee,  that  he 
 may  dwell  in  thy  courts,'  Ps.  Ixv.  5  ;  which 
 bringing  near,  (or,  access)  we  all  have 
 through  Christ  «  by  one  spirit  unto  the  Fa- 
 ther, with  confidence  by  the  faith  of  him,' 
 Eph.  ii.  18;  iii.  12.  This  latter  part  of 
 the  verse,  is  by  the  Gr.  interpreted  thus; 
 "And  those  whom  he  hath  not  chosen  to 
 himself,  he  hath  not  brought  near  unto  him- 
 self." 
 
 Veb.  6. — Censers,]  Or,  _fire  vessels,  as 
 the  Gr.  translateth  W.,  fire-pans,  whereof  see 
 Exod.  xxvii.  3  ;  called  sometimes  incense- 
 vessels,  (because  incense  was  burnt  in  them) 
 2  Chron.  xxvi.  19;  Ezek.  viii.  II;  which 
 name  the  apostle  foUoweth  in  the  Gr;  Heb. 
 ix.  4. 
 
 Veb.    7 Put  ye  fire,]   Heb.    give  ye 
 
 fire  and  put  incense.  DOTH  CHOOSE,]  Or, 
 shall  choose,  that  is,  declare  by  manifest 
 signs  that  he  chooseth  and  liketh.  He  shall 
 BE  HOLY,]  That  is,  shall  be  declared  to  be 
 holy,  and  so  to  be  a  priest  unto  God.  Be- 
 cause the  burning  of  incense  in  the  censer, 
 was  the  means  of  atonement  and  expiation 
 before  God,  as  after  is  showed  by  Aaron's 
 fact,  in  ver.  46 — 4S ;  and  was  the  pecu- 
 liar work  of  the  priest.  Lev.  xvi.  12,  13  ; 
 2  Chron.  xxvi.  IS  ;  wherein  they  that  trans- 
 
 gressed were  in  danger  of  death,  as  the  ex- 
 ample of  Nadab  and  Abihu  showeth,  Lev.  x. 
 and  it  figured  in  special  manner  the  prayers 
 and  mediation  of  Christ  for  his  church,  Ps. 
 cxli.  2;  Rev.  viii.  3;  1  John  ii.  1;  there- 
 fore the  trial  of  the  priesthood  is  put  upon 
 this  work,  i-ather  than  on  any  other  sacrifice; 
 and  the  holiness  whereof  Korah  boasted,  ver. 
 3,  should  either  be  appioved  or  reproved  of 
 God.  For  no  man  hath  right  to  the  honour 
 of  priesthood,  unless  it  be  given  him  of  God, 
 Heb.  V.  4,  5  ;  nor  can  without  divine  au- 
 thority, that  is,  without  the  commandment 
 and  promise  of  God,  please  him,  or  appease 
 his  wiath  towards  himself  or  others.  There- 
 fore, it  is  a  great  prerogative  and  comfort 
 unto  all  saints,  that  they  are  by  Christ  made 
 priests  unto  God,  and  through  him  may 
 boldly  offer  up  their  prayers  and  praises  unto 
 the  Father,  Rev.  i.  6 ;  1  Pet.  ii.  5;  Heb. 
 xiii.  15  ,  I  John,  v  14 — 16.  Ye  take  too 
 MUCH  UPON  YOU,]  Or,  let  it  sufSce  you,  that 
 you  have  thus  far  provoked  the  Lord,  and 
 now  leave  oR'.  Thus  Moses  returned  the 
 blame  upon  themselves,  which  they  had  un- 
 justly laid  upon  him,  in  ver.  3.  So  Ejias 
 doth  upon  Ahab,  1  Kings  xviii.  17,  IS. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Is  it  a  small  thing,]  Or 
 seemeth  it  too  little  for  you  :  meaning,  on  the 
 contrary,  that  it  was  a  great  thing,  and  that 
 they  should  therewith  have  been  contented ; 
 for  the  tribe  of  Levi  were  in  the  place  of  all  the 
 first-born  of  Israel,  Num.  iii.  41.  So  here 
 he  reproveth  their  unthankfulness  to  God. 
 Separated  you  from  the  congregation,] 
 As  Israel  was  separated  from  all  other  peo- 
 ple, to  be  the  Lord's  peculiar  people.  Lev. 
 XX.  26  ;  1  Kings  viii.  53  ;  so  were  the  Le- 
 vites  separated  from  the  sons  of  Israel,  to  be 
 the  Lord's,  Num.  viii.  14,  And  hereupon 
 the  scripture  speaketh  of  the  Levites,  as  dis- 
 tinct from  the  Israelites,  1  Chron.  ix.  2  ;  Ps. 
 cxxxv.  19,  20.  bo  the  ministers  of  Christ 
 are  said  to  be  '  separated  unto  the  gospel  of 
 Got,'  Rom.  i.  1;  Gal.  i.  15;  Acts  xiii.  2.  The 
 service  of  the  tabernacle,]  The  works 
 belonging  to  the  service  of  God  therein  being 
 assistants  to  the  priests  ;  see  Num.  viii.  11,  15, 
 16;   xviii.  21,  23.      To  stand  before  the 
 
CHAP.     XVI. 
 
 45 
 
 Israel  hath  separated  you,  from  the  congregation  of  Israel,  to 
 bring  you  near  unto  him,  to  serve  the  service  of  the  tabernacle  of 
 Jehovah,  and  to  stand  before  the  congregation  to  minister  unto 
 them  ?  "  And  he  hath  brought  thee  near,  and  all  thy  brethren  the 
 sons  of  Levi  with  thee ;  and  seek  ye  the  priesthood  also  ?  '^  For 
 which  cause,  thou  and  all  thy  congregation  are  gathered  together 
 against  Jehovah :  and  Aaron  what  is  he,  that  ye  murmur  against 
 him  ?  '^  And  Moses  sent  to  call  Dathan  and  Abiram,  the  sons  of 
 Eliab :  and  they  said.  We  will  not  come  up.  '^  Is  it  a  small  thing 
 that  thou  hast  brought  us  up  out  of  the  land  that  floweth  with 
 milk  and  honey,  to  kill  us  in  the  wilderness :  that  tliou  makest 
 
 CONGREGATION,]  Standing  is  a  sign  of  service, 
 and  used  for  it ;  as  tlie  scripture  in  one  place 
 saith,  which  '  stood  before  the  king,'  Jer.  lii. 
 12;  and  in  another,  '  a  servant  of  the  Iving,' 
 2  Kings.  XXV.  8.  Whereupon  the  standing 
 of  the  Levites  is  used  for  their  service,  in 
 Neh.  xii.  44;  and  as  they  were  to  stand 
 before  the  Lord,  to  minister  unto  him,  Deut. 
 X.  8  ;  so  here  it  is  said,  '  to  stand  before  the 
 congregation,  to  minister  unto  them  ;'  thus 
 they  were  servants  of  God,  and  of  his  church  ; 
 as  Josiah  said  unto  them,  '  Serve  now  tlie 
 Lord  your  God,  and  his  people  Israel,  2 
 Chron.  xxKv.  3;  Ezek.  xliv.  11. 
 
 Ver.  10. — The  priesthood,]  Tn  Chald. 
 The  high-priesthood ;  in  Gr.  to  do  the  priests' 
 office.  That  was  in  degree  above  the  Levites, 
 who  were  to  minister  unto  the  priests,  but  not 
 to  come  nigh  the  altar,  as  did  the  priests,  Num. 
 xviii.  2,  3.  '  For  the  Levites  were  appointed 
 unto  all  manner  of  service  of  the  tabernacle 
 of  the  house  of  God:  but  Aaron  and  his  sons 
 ofl'ered  on  the  altar  of  burnt-offering,  and  on 
 tlie  altar  of  incense,  (and  were)  for  all  tlie 
 work  of  the  most  holy  place,  and  to  make 
 atonement  for  Israel,'  1  Chron.  vi,  4S,  49. 
 '  And  Aaron  was  separated  [to  wit,  from  tlie 
 other  Levites]  that  he  should  sanctify  the 
 most  holy  things,  he  and  his  sons  for  ever, 
 to  burn  (incense)  before  the  Lord,  to  minis- 
 ter unto  him,  and  to  bless  in  his  name  foi- 
 ever,'  1  Chron.  xxiii.  13.  To  usurp,  affect, 
 or  seek  this  office  of  priesthood,  without  the 
 calling  of  God,  was  a  great  sin  against  divine 
 order  and  authority,  severely  punished  here 
 in  Korah  and  his  company,  in  king  Uzziah, 
 2  Chron.  xxvi.  19 — 21 ;  and  others. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Against  Jehovah,]  because 
 it  was  against  his  ordinance  and  minister,  it 
 is  said  to  be  against  the  Lord  himself.  So 
 when  the  people  refused  Samuel's  govern- 
 ment, God  said,  '  They  have  not  rejected 
 thee,  but  they  have  rejected  me,  that  I 
 should  not  reign  over  them,'  1  Sam.  viii.  7. 
 and  Christ  said  to  his  ministers,  '  He  that 
 heareth  you,  hearelh  me  ;  and  he  that  des- 
 piseth  you,  despiseth  me ;   and  he   tliat  des- 
 
 piseth  me,  despiseth  him  that  sent  me.  He 
 that  receiveth  whomsoever  I  send,  receiveth 
 me ;  and  he  that  receiveth  me,  receiveth  him 
 that  sent  me,'  Luke  x.  16;  John  xiii.  20. 
 '  Aaron,  what  is  he  ?'  to  wit,  other  than  the 
 minister  of  God.  So  the  apostle  saith, 
 '  Who  is  Paul?  and  who  is  Apollo?  but  min- 
 isters by  whom  ye  believed,  1  Cor.  iii.  5. 
 And  thus  had  Moses  said  in  their  former 
 murmurings,  '  What  are  we  that  ye  murmur 
 against  us  ?  your  murmurings  are  not  against 
 us,  but  against  Jehovah,  Exod.  xvi.  7,  8, 
 
 Ver.  12. — We  will  not  come  up,]  An 
 obstinate  answer,  and  refusal  of  the  means  of\ 
 their  conviction  by  Moses  debating  the  mat- 
 ter with  them;  so  might  they  have  been  per- 
 suaded to  desist  from  their  evil  course,  and 
 have  found  mercy.  By  coming  up,  is  meant 
 unto  tlie  public  place  of  judgment,  whither 
 (in  the  Scripture  phrase)  men  are  said  to  go 
 up,  as  in  Deut.  xxv.  7;  Ruth,  iv.  1.  And 
 in  Ezra  x.  7,  8;  whosoever  would  not  go  to 
 Jerusalem  at  the  time  appointed  by  the 
 princes  and  the  elders,  '  all  his  substance 
 should  be  forfeited,  and  himself  separated 
 from  the  church  of  those  that  had  been  in 
 captivity.'  Of  Dathan  and  Abiram,  Sol. 
 Jarchi  here  observeth,  that  "Their  own 
 mouth  caused  them  to  offend  (or  signified 
 their  fall  :)  they  were  not  but  to  go  down," 
 to  wit,  alive  into  hell,  ver.  33. 
 
 Ver.  13 Out  of  the  land,]  Of  Egypt, 
 
 as  is  added  in  Thargum  Jonathan :  which 
 having  been  the  place  of  their  bondage  and 
 misery,  an  iron  furnace  unto  them,  Deut. 
 iv.  20,  they  here  call  it  a  land  '  flowing  with 
 milk  and  honey:'  so  despising  their  redemp- 
 tion and  God  their  Redeemer,  who  laid  their 
 bringing  from  thence,  for  a  ground  of  their 
 obedience  unto  him,  Exod.  xix.  4,  5  ;  xx.  2. 
 Even  making,]  Or  also  making  thyself  a 
 prince^  tliat  is,  without  God,  of  thine  own 
 presumption  advancing  thyself  only,  wholly, 
 and  continually.  The  doubling  of  the  word, 
 is  to  aggravate  their  crimination.  This 
 latter  branch  the  Gr.  translateth,  "  Thou  art 
 a  prince."  as  if  it  were  spoken  in  dtrisiou. 
 
46 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 thyself  a  prince  over  us,  even  making  thyself  a  prince  ?  "  More- 
 over, thou  hast  not  brought  us  into  a  land  that  flowetli  with  milk 
 and  lioney,  and  given  unto  us  an  inheritance  of  field  and  vineyard: 
 wilt  tliou  dig  out  the  eyes  of  these  men?  we  will  not  come  up. 
 '*  And  Moses  was  very  wroth :  and  he  said  unto  Jeliovah,  Respect 
 not  tliou  their  offering  ;  I  have  not  taken  one  ass  from  them  nei- 
 ther liave  I  hurt  one  of  tliem.  '"  And  Moses  said  unto  Korah, 
 thou  and  all  thy  congregation,  be  ye  before  Jehovah ;  thou  and 
 they,  and  Aaron,  to  morrow.  "  And  take  ye  every  man  his  cen- 
 ser, and  put  incense  on  them ;  and  bring  ye  near  before  Jehovah, 
 every  man  liis  censer,  two  hundred  and  fifty  censers :  and  thou  and 
 Aaron,  each  man  his  censer.  ^'^  And  they  took  every  man  liis  cen- 
 ser, and  put  fire  on  them,  and  put  incense  on  them  -.  and  they  stood 
 at  the  door  of  the  tent  of  the  congregation,  and  Moses  and  Aaron. 
 "  And  Korah  gathered  against  them,  all  the  congregation,  unto 
 
 Ver.  14. — Not  brought  us,]  According 
 to  promise,  Exod.  iii.  8;  xxxiii.  3;  Lev. 
 XX.  2-1.  Of  field,]  that  is,  as  the  Chald. 
 explaineth  it,  "  of  fields  and  vineyards  :"  one 
 named  generally  for  many,  as  is  noted  on 
 Gen.  iii.  2.  Dig  out  the  eyes,]  that  is, 
 make  them  blind,  as  the  Chald.  expoundeth 
 it :  so  in  Judg.  xvi.  21 ;  1  Sam.  xi.  2.  Of 
 THESE  MEN,]  Or,  as  the  Gr.  translateth  it, 
 of  those  men ;  wliich  may  be  meant,  of  the 
 whole  congregation,  as  if  they  were  so  blind 
 that  they  could  not  espy  his  fraud  ;  or  it  may 
 have  special  reference  to  Korah  and  his  com- 
 pany. And  tlms  Clvazkuni  here  explaineth 
 it,  "  thou  hopest  to  dig  out  Uie  eyes  of  Korah, 
 and  of  all  his  congregation  ;  as  though  Uiey 
 had  no  eyes  to  see  and  understand  this  of- 
 fence, tliat  thou  hast  brought  us  up  from  the 
 good  land  of  Egypt,  and  hast  not  performed 
 unto  us  that  which  thou  promisedst,  to  bring 
 us  into  a  land  that  floweth  with  milk  and 
 honey ;  but  hast  said,  in  this  wilderness  they 
 shall  be  consumed,  and  there  they  shall  die," 
 (Num.  xiv.  35.)  Moreover,  thou  hast  per- 
 verted judgment  against  us,  and  therefore 
 we  will  not  come  up  unto  thee,  for  we  be- 
 lieve thee  not,  concerning  the  trial  of  this 
 matter. 
 
 Ver.  15 — Vert  wroth,]  Or,  very  much 
 grieved  j  see  the  notes  on  Gen.  iv.  5.  Re- 
 spect not,  J  Or,  look  not,  turn  not  the  face 
 unto;  which  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  "Ac- 
 cept not  with  favour  their  oblation."  Their 
 offering,]  Or,  their  meat-offering,  their 
 Minchah  ;  whereof  see  the  annot.  on  Lev. 
 ii.  and  on  Gen.  iv.  3.  This  Sol.  Jarchi  ex- 
 pounded, "  their  incense  which  they  shall 
 offer  before  thee  to-morrow:"  so  it  hath  refer- 
 ence to  Korah  and  his  company,  ver.  7,  17. 
 But  others  (as  he  saith)  explain  it  thus  ;  "I 
 know  that  they  have  a  part  in  the  daily  sacri- 
 fices of  the  congregation,  let  not  their  part  be 
 
 accepted  before  thee."  And  thus  some  under- 
 stand this  imprecation  to  be  against  Dathan 
 and  Abiram  only,  as  Chazkuiii  saith,  "  The 
 reason  why  Moses  cursed  Dathan  and  Abi- 
 ram, was  because  when  Moses  sent  to  call 
 them,  they  said,  We  will  not  come  up.  It 
 was  not  their  intent  to  convert  ;  for  though 
 the  Lord  should  have  said,  I  have  chosen  , 
 Aaron,  yet  they  would  have  mutinied  against 
 the  priesthood.  But  Korah  and  the  250 
 men  which  took  upon  them  to  take  every 
 man  his  censer,  because  Uiey  were  in  hope 
 that  the  Lord  had  not  sent  him  concerning 
 his  brother  Aaron,  but  that  he  had  done 
 it  of  his  own  mind,  he  would  not  curse. 
 One  ass,]  That  is,  not  the  vilest  beast,  the 
 Gr.  translati3th  it,  the  desire  of  any  of  them, 
 that  is,  any  desirable  thing.  They  mistook 
 and  read  Chamud  for  Chamur,  because  the 
 Heb.  letters  i  D  and  a  B  be  one  like  ano- 
 ther, as  is  also  noted  on  Gen.  iv.  18.  But  Jo- 
 sippus  noteth  it  to  be  one  of  the  thirteen  places 
 which  the  seventy-two  interpreters  changed 
 purposely,  lest  Ptolemy  the  king  (at  whose  ' 
 request  they  turned  the  law  into  Gr.)  should 
 say,  "  He  took  no  ass,  but  some  other  gift 
 he  did  take." 
 
 Ver.  16. — Thou  and  all  thy  congre- 
 gation,] The  Gr.  expoundeth  it.  Sanctify 
 thy  congregation,  and  be  ye  ready  before  the 
 Lord,  &c.  Because  their  rebellion  was 
 against  God,  ver.  11  ;  therefore  Moses  com- 
 mitteth  the  deciding  of  the  controversy  unto 
 God. 
 
 Ver.  18. — At  the  door,]  In  the  court- 
 yard of  the  sanctuary.  And  moses  and 
 AARON,]  Thargum  Jonathan  explaineth  it, 
 "  they  on  the  one  side,  and  Moses  and 
 Aaron  on  the  other  side." 
 
 Ver.  19. — Assembled  against  them 
 ALL,]  not  only  the  250  foremeutioned,  but  the 
 general  multitude,  too  ready  to  incline  to  his 
 
CHAR    XVI. 
 
 47 
 
 the  door  of  the  tent  of  the  congregation,  and  the  glory  of  Jehovali 
 appeared  unto  all  the  congregation, 
 
 ^•^  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses,  and  unto  Aaron,  saying, 
 ^'  Separate  yourselves  from  among  this  congregation,  and  I  will 
 consume  them,  as  in  a  moment.  "  And  tliey  fell  upon  tlieir  faces, 
 and  said,  O  God,  the  God  of  the  spirits  of  all  flesh,  shall  one  man 
 sin,  and  wilt  thou  be  fervently  wroth  with  all  the  congregation  ? 
 
 ^^  And  Jeliovah  spake  unto  Moses,  saying.  Speak  unto  the  con- 
 gregation, saying,  ^^  Get  you  up  from  about  the  tabernacle  of 
 Korah,  Dathan,  and  Abiram.  '^  And  Moses  rose  up  and  went  unto 
 Dathan  and  Abiram :  and  the  elders  of  Israel  went  after  him. 
 ^®  And  he  spake  unto  the  congregation,  saying,  Depart,  I  pray  you, 
 from  the  tents  of  these  wicked  men,  aiid  touch  not  any  thing  tliat 
 is  theirs,  lest  ye  be  consumed  in  all  their  sins.  ^'  And  they  went 
 up  from  the  tabernacle  of  Korah,  Dathan,  and  Abiram,  on  every 
 side  ;  and  Dathan  and  Abiram  came  out  and  stood  in  the  door  of 
 their  tents,  and  their  wives,  and  their  sons,  and  their  little  ones. 
 
 faction.  See  ver.  41.  Glory  of  jehovah,] 
 In  the  cloud  over  the  sanctuary,  as  it  did  at 
 other  times  in  the  like  cases,  ver.  42 ;  Num. 
 xii.  6;  xiv.  10. 
 
 Ver.  21. — As  in  a  moment,]  Or,  even 
 in  a  moment ;  suddenly,  and  as  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth,  at  once.  So  in  ver.  45 ;  and  thus 
 God  had  before  threatened,  after  they  had 
 made  the  calf,  Exod.  xxxiii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  22. —  God  of  the  spirits  of  ai,l 
 FLESH,]  By  all  flesh,  is  meant,  all  mankind; 
 as  in  Gen,  vi.  13;  Is.  xl.  5,  6;  Ezek.  xx. 
 48  ;  xxi.  4,  5 ;  Joel  ii.  28  ;  and  so  it  is  ex- 
 plained in  Job  xii.  10.,  *  the  spirit  of  all 
 flesh  of  man.'  And  the  Lord  is  called  God 
 of  the  spirit  of  men,  both  as  he  is  creator  of 
 them,  who  'formeth  the  spirit  of  man  within 
 him,'  Zach.  xii.  1  ;  called  therefore,  'the 
 Father  of  spirits,'  Heb.  xii.  9  ;  and  as  the 
 preservation,  ordering,  and  government  of 
 them  is  in  his  hand,  both  in  life  and  death  ; 
 '  lu  whose  hand  is  the  soul  of  all  living,  and 
 the  spirit  of  all  flesh  of  man,'  Job  xii.  10. 
 Therefore  Moses  useth  the  like  phrase,  when 
 he  prayeth  that  a  governor  might  be  substi- 
 tuted in  his  stead.  Num.  xxvii.  IG.  Thar- 
 gum  Jonathan  explaineth  it,  "God  that  put- 
 test  the  spirit  of  the  soul  in  the  bodies  of  all 
 the  sons  of  men:  "  and  Thargum  Jerusalemy 
 thus:  "  God  which  rulest  over  the  souls  of 
 all  flesh  ;"  Chazkuni  saith,  "  which  knowest 
 the  spirit  of  every  one  of  them."  The  Gr. 
 translateth,  God  of  the  fathers,  and  of  all 
 flesh;  understanding  (as  it  seemeth)  by 
 spirits,  such  as  the  apostle  calleth  'the  spirits 
 of  just  men  made  perfect,'  Heb.  xii.  23;  the 
 spirits  of  the  fathers  which  were  returned 
 tj  God  who  gave  them;  as  Eccl.  xii.  7. 
 Shall  one  man  sinJ  In  Gr.  if  one  man 
 
 hath  sinned:  as  if  they  should  say,  All  have 
 not  sinned,  why  wilt  thou  be  wroth  with  all? 
 Upon  this  intercession,  the  Lord  spareth  the 
 people,  that  would  depart  from  the  rebels, 
 ver.  24. 
 
 Ver. — 24.  The  tabernacle,]  This 
 seemeth  to  be  put  for  tabernacles,  or  divell- 
 ings;  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  the  congregatiuji; 
 so  in  ver.  27,  where  the  Gr.  also  keepeth  the 
 word  tabernacle,  which  in  ver.  26,  is  called 
 tents. 
 
 Ver.— 25.  The  elders,]  The  Gr.  addeth, 
 all  the  elders.  Went  after  him,]  In  Gr. 
 tfent  with  him,  that  is,  accompanied  him. 
 
 Ver. — 2ti.  These  wicked  men,]  In  Gr. 
 these  hard  men  :  the  original  word  properly 
 signifieth  o-estlcss,  turbulent,  and  such  as  for 
 their  sins  are  worthy  to  be  '  condemned:'  see 
 the  notes  on  Ps,  i.  1.  Touch  not  any- 
 thing,] Because  as  they  themselves,  so  all 
 things  of  theirs,  were  unclean  and  execra- 
 ble, and  therefore  to  perish  with  them,  ver. 
 32. 
 
 Ver.  27.— Came  out  and  stood,]  Heb. 
 came  out  standing;  which  the  Gr.  explaineth, 
 came  out  and  stood:  and  these  two  phrases 
 are  one;  as  where  it  is  said  that  Jesus 
 '  blessed,  and  breaking  gave '  to  the  disciples. 
 Matt.  xiv.  19;  the  other  evangelists  explain 
 it,  he  '  blessed,  and  brake,  and  gave,'  Luke 
 ix.  16;  Mark  vi.  41,  so,  '  Saying  unto  them,' 
 Matt.  xxi.  2,  is,  'And  saith  unto  them,'  Mark 
 xi.  2.  This  their  'standing  up,'  argueth 
 their  boldness,  in  so  bad  a  cause:  for  'stand- 
 ing up'  is  a  gesture  denoting  courage.  Job 
 xx°xiii.  5;  xii.  10;  1  Sam.  xvii.  8,  16. 
 Thus  '  Pride  went  before  destruction,  and  an 
 haughty  spirit  before  a  fall;'  as  Prov.  xvi. 
 18. 
 
48 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 ^^  And  Moses  said,  Hereby  ye  shall  know  that  Jehovali  hath  sent 
 me  to  do  all  these  works :  for  (/  do  thein)  not  of  mine  own  heart. 
 *^^  If  these  men  die,  as  all  men  die,  and  they  be  visited  after  the  vi- 
 sitation of  all  men,  Jehovah  hath  not  sent  me.  ^^  But  if  Jeliovah 
 create  a  new  tiling,  and  tlie  earth  open  her  mouth,  and  swallow  up 
 them,  and  all  that  appertain  unto  them,  and  they  go  down  alive 
 unto  hell  j  then  ye  shall  know,  that  these  men  have  provoked  Je- 
 hovah. ^'  And  it  was  as  he  had  made  an  end  of  speaking  all  these 
 words,  that  the  ground  clave  asunder  wliich  was  under  them. 
 ^'^And  the  earth  opened  her  mouth,  and  swallowed  up  them  and  their 
 liouses,  and  all  the  men  that  appertained  unto  Korah,  and  all  their 
 substance.  ^^  And  they,  and  all  that  appertained  unto  them,  went 
 down  alive  into  hell :  and  the  earth  closed  upon  them,  and  they 
 perished  from  among  tlie  church.  ^^And  all  Israel  that  were  romid 
 about  them,  fled  at  the  voice  of  them  -.  for  they  said,  Lest  the  earth 
 
 Veb.  28. — All  these  works,]  Both  the 
 former,  in  appointing  Aaron  to  tlie  priest- 
 liood,  and  tlie  Levites  instead  of  the  first- 
 born; and  these  latter,  in  appointing  Korah 
 and  his  company  to  bring  their  censers  with 
 incense,  &c.  Of  mine  own  heart,]  which 
 the  Chald  explaineth,  of  mint  own  will;  the 
 Gr.,  of  mi/self.  For  things  devised  of  one's 
 own  heart,  are  noted  for  evil,  1  Kings  xii.  33; 
 Ezek.  xiii.  17. 
 
 Ver.  29. — As  ALL  men  die,]  their  oidi- 
 iiary  natural  death;  which  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 after  the  death  of  all  men. 
 
 Ver.  30. — Create  a  new  thing,]  Heb. 
 create  a  creature,  that  is,  do  a  new  and  won- 
 derful work,  to  kill  them  with  such  a  death 
 as  never  man  died  before  them.  Of  this 
 word  create,  see  the  notes  on  Gen.  i.  1.  It  is 
 applied  here  to  a  strange  and  extraordinary 
 work  of  judgment,  as  in  Isa.  xlv.  7.  God  is 
 said  to  'create  evil;'  and  in  Exod.  xxxiv. 
 10,  to  create  marvels;  and  in  Isa.  xlviii,  6, 
 7, '  new  and  hidden  things'  God  would  create. 
 And  as  evil,  so  good  things  which  are  new 
 and  strange,  are  said  to  be  created  of  God. 
 Isa.  Ixv.  IS.  Alive,]  Living,  hale  and 
 sound;  not  consumed  with  sickness,  as  ordi- 
 narily men  are  before  death  and  burial.  Un- 
 to HELL,]  Into  the  grave,  or  state  of  death: 
 see  the  notes  on  Gen.  xxxvii.  35.  To  this 
 judgment  the  prophet  hath  reference,  praying 
 against  his  enemies,  '  Let  them  godown  alive 
 to  hell,  Ps.  Iv.  16. 
 
 Ver.  32. — Swallowed  np  them,]  To  wit, 
 Dathan  and  Abiram,  as  in  Ps.  cvi.  17. 
 '  The  earth  opened  and  swallowed  up  Dathan, 
 and  covered  over  the  congregation  of  Abiram.' 
 So  David  prayed  against  his  enemies,  '  swal- 
 low them  up  O  Lord,'  Ps.  Iv.  10.  Their 
 HOUSES,]  That  is,  households ;  as  the  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it,  the  men  of  their  houses.     Ap- 
 
 pertained UNTO  Korah,]  The  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth, and  all  the  men  that  were  icith  Korah, 
 and  the  Chald.  the  men  that  pertaiyied  to 
 Korah,  but  the  sons  of  Korah  are  to  be  ex- 
 cepted, for  they,  either  not  partaking  with,  or 
 forsaking  their  father's  sins,  died  not:  see 
 Num.  xxvi.  11.  And  whereas  mention  was 
 made  of  On,  the  son  of  Reuben,  in  ver.  1,, 
 but  not  here  nor  anywhere  of  his  death, 
 neither  in  ver.  12,  of  liis  calling,  or  refusal, 
 to  come  up;  it  is  to  be  thought,  that  either 
 he  repented  upon  Moses'  reproof,  and  so  was 
 spared  from  destruction;  or  if  not  so,  he  is 
 implied  among  the  rest,  though  not  named  in 
 particular.  Their  saBSTANCE,]  Or,  their 
 goods;  which  the  Gr.  translateth, i!Aeir  cattle; 
 and  so  the  original  word  implieth,  as  in  1 
 Chron.  xxvii.  31;  2  Chron.  xxxi.  3;  xxxv. 
 7;  see  the  notes  on  Gen.  xii.  5.  And  not 
 tlieir  cattle  only,  but  all  their  other  goods, 
 even  '  their  tents,' were  swallowed  unto  the 
 earth,  Deut.  xi.  6.  Here  we  may  behold 
 the  truth  of  that  proverb ;  '  Riches  profit  not 
 in  the  day  of  wrath:  but  justice  delivereth 
 from  death,  Prov.  xi.  4. 
 
 Ver.  33.— Closed  upon  them,]  Or, 
 covered  over  them, :  so  there  was  no  hope  left 
 for  their  recovery.  Against  such  judgment 
 David  prayeth,  '  Let  not  the  gulf  swallow 
 me,  neither  let  the  pit  shut  her  mouth  upon 
 me,'  Psa.  Ixix.  16. 
 
 Ver.  34. — At  the  voice  oe  them,]  At 
 their  cry  or  noise,  which  they  made  when 
 they  perished.  So  in  Jer.  xlix.  21.  'At 
 the  voice  (or  noise)  of  their  fall,  the  earth  is 
 moved,'  &c.  and,  '  I  made  the  nations  to 
 shake,  at  the  noise  of  his  fall,'  Ezek.  xxxi. 
 16.  Lest  the  earth  swallow  us,]  An 
 imperfect  speech,  through  fear:  such  as  is 
 often  used  in  dangers ;  as  in  Ps.  xxxviii.  17; 
 Rom.  xi.   21.     Thus  the  present  judgment 
 
CHAP.    XVI. 
 
 49 
 
 swallow  up  thus.     ^*  And  a  fire  came  forth  from  Jehovah,  and  de- 
 voured the  two  hundred  and  fifty  men  that  offered  incense. 
 
 ^«  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses,  saymg,  ^l  Speak  unto  Ele- 
 azar  the  sous  of  Aaron  the  priest,  that  he  take  up  the  censers  out 
 of  the  burning ;  and  scatter  thou  the  fire  yonder,  for  they  are  hal- 
 lowed. ^^  The  censers  of  these  sinners  against  their  own  souls,  and 
 let  them  make  them  broad  plates,  for  a  covering  of  the  altar ;  for 
 they  offered  tliem  before  Jehovah,  and  they  are  hallowed,  and  they 
 shall  be  for  a  sign  unto  the  sons  of  Israel.  *^  And  Eleazar  the 
 priest  took  the  brazen  censers,  whicli  they  that  were  burnt  had  of- 
 fered, and  they  were  made  broad  plates,  for  a  covering  of  the  altar. 
 '"  A  memorial  unto  the  sons  of  Israel,  that  not  any  stranger,  which 
 is  not  of  the  seed  of  Aaron,  come  near  to  offer  incense  before  Je- 
 hovah ;  that  he  be  not  as  Korah,  and  as  his  congregation,  as  Jehovah 
 spake  by  the  hand  of  Moses  unto  him. 
 
 terrified  them  ;  and,  '  When  the  scorner  is  pu- 
 nished, the  simple  is  made  wise,' Pro  v.  xxi.  11. 
 Ver.35. — Devoured,]  0\;dideattke  250 
 men,  they  sinned  in  burning  incense,  which 
 belonged  to  the  priests  only;  and  with  burn- 
 ing they  were  punished,  like  the  judgment  on 
 Aaron's  sons,  that  transgressed  also  therein, 
 Lev.  X.  1,  2.  Of  this  David  singeth,  'A 
 fire  burned  in  their  congregation,  a  flame 
 burnt  up  the  wicked,'  Ps.  cvi.  18. 
 
 Veb.  37. — Unto  ELEAZAR,]Chazkuni  here 
 observeth,  that  God  "would  not  have  Aaron 
 to  be  defiled  (by  going  among  the  dead,)  be- 
 cause he  was  one  of  them  that  offered,"  ver. 
 17.  Oct  of  the  burning,]  That  is,  as  the 
 Gr.  well  explaineth  it,  from  among  those  that 
 are  burnt.  So  in  Num.  xxi.  1,  'captivity,' 
 is  for  a  company  of  captives  ;  and  in  2  Kings 
 xxiv.  14,  'poverty'  for  a  company  of  poor  peo- 
 ple; and  many  the  like.  The  FIRE,]  which 
 is  in  the  censers,  ver.  7.  The  Gr.  saith,  the 
 strange  fire;  as  Lev.  x.  1.  Yonder,  Li  Gr. 
 there;  which  Sol.  Jarchi  expoundeth,  "on  the 
 earth  out  of  the  censers:"  others,  out  of  the 
 court  of  the  sanctuary.  By  casting  away  the 
 fire,  the  Lord  signifieth  the  rejecting  of  their 
 service  as  piofaue.  So  in  Rev.  viii.  5,  '  the 
 angel  took  the  censer,  and  filled  it  with  fire  of 
 the  altar,  and  cast  it  into  the  earth ;  and 
 there  were  voices,  and  thunderings,'  &c. 
 U'iiich  being  compared  with  ver.  3,  4,  seem- 
 eth  to  teach  likewise  a  rejecting  of  the  ser- 
 vice of  antichristians,  which  abuse  and  de- 
 spise Christ's  mediation;  and  therefore  it  is 
 turned  unto  them  to  judgment. 
 
 Ver. 38. — Sixners  against  their  souls,] 
 Sinners  are  here  and  often  used  for  notorious 
 wicked  persons;  as,  '  destroy  the  sinners,  the 
 Amalekites,  ISam.  xv.  18,  and,  '  the  men  of 
 Sodom  were  evil  and  sinners,'  Gen.  xiii.  IS. 
 And  they  sinned  'against  their  souls,'  in  caus- 
 VoL.  IL  G 
 
 ing  their  own  death  and  destruction:  for  the 
 '  soul'  is  often  used  for  the  life,  as  in  Gen.xix. 
 17 ;  xxxvii.  21.  So  he  that '  provoketh  a  king 
 to  anger,  sinneth  against  his  own  soul,'  Prov. 
 XX.  2.  Broad  plates,]  Hel).  out  spread- 
 ings  of  plates,  that  is,  plates  beaten  out  and 
 spread  broad,  to  cover  the  brazen  altar  with 
 them.  And  thev  are  hallowed,]  Or, 
 sanctified :  and  so  (as  Sol.  Jarchi  explaineth 
 it)  "unlawful  for  common  use,  because  they 
 had  made  them  for  vessels  of  ministry."  Or, 
 they  were  now  sanctified  of  God  (before  whom 
 they  sinfully  offered  them,)  to  be  an  holy  sign 
 unto  the  people.  For  a  sign,]  and  '  a  me- 
 morial to  the  sons  of  Israel,'  ver.  40,  to 
 make  them  remember  the  transgression  ol 
 these  sinners,  and  to  warn  them  that  none 
 hereafter  do  the  like.  So  Aaron's  rod  was 
 kept  for  a  sign,  Num.  xvii.  10;  and  God 
 threateneth  by  destroying  the  wicked,  to  make 
 him  '  a  sign,  and  a  proverb,'  Ezek.  xiv.  8. 
 '  Now  all  these  things  happened  unto  them 
 for  ensamples:  and  they  are  written  for  our 
 admonition,  upon  whom  the  ends  of  the  world 
 are  come,'  1  Cor.  x.  11. 
 
 Ver.  40. — Not  any  stranger,]  Or,  no 
 man  which  is  o  stranger.  Seed  of  aaron,] 
 that  is,  sons,  or  posterity  of  Aaron:  so  all 
 Israelites  or  Levites  (save  Aaron's  sons  only,) 
 are  counted  strangers  in  this  case  of  priest- 
 hood. That  he  be  not,]  Heb.  and  he  be 
 not  as  KoTjh,  like  him  in  rebellion,  and  in 
 punishment.  Therefore  Moses  afterward 
 rehearseth  this  history;  to  keep  the  people 
 in  obedience,  Deut.  xi,  6 — 8.  &c.  Unto 
 him,]  Or,  or  of  him,  having  reference  to 
 Moses'  speech  in  ver.  29,  30,  that  the  truth 
 of  the  judgment  denounced  might  be  mani- 
 fest. So  the  apostle  pronounceth  wo  unto 
 such,  and  saith  they  '  perish  in  the  gain-say- 
 ing of  Korah,  Jude,  ver.  11. 
 
50 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 "  And  on  the  morrow,  all  the  congregation  of  tlie  sons  of  Israel 
 murmured  against  Moses,  and  against  Aaron,  saying.  You  liave 
 killed  the  people  of  Jehovah.  ^^  And  it  was  when  the  congrega- 
 tion was  gathered  against  Moses,  and  against  Aaron,  that  they 
 looked  towards  the  tent  of  the  congregation  ;  and  behold  the  cloud 
 covered  it,  and  the  glory  of  Jehovah  appeared.  *^  And  Moses  and 
 Aaron  came  before  the  tent  of  the  congregation. 
 
 **  And  Jeliovah  spake  unto  Moses,  saying,  "^  Get  you  up  from 
 among  this  congregation ;  and  I  will  consume  them  as  in  a  moment : 
 and  they  fell  upon  their  faces.  ^^  And  Moses  said  unto  Aaron, 
 Take  tlie  censer,  and  put  fire  thereon  from  off  the  altar,  and  put  on 
 incense,  and  go  quickly  unto  the  congregation,  and  make  atone- 
 ment for  them  -.  for  fervent  wrath  is  gone  out  from  before  Jehovah, 
 tlie  plague  is  begun,  ''^  And  Aaron  took  as  Moses  had  spoken,  and 
 ran  into  the  midst  of  the  church,  and  behold  the  plague  was  begun 
 among  the  people :  and  lie  put  on  incense,  and  made  atonement  for 
 the  people.     ^^  And  he  stood  between  the  dead  and  the  living,  and 
 
 Ver.  41.' — Yon  HAVE  killed,]  Or,  as  tlie 
 Chald.  ex|ilaiiieth  it,  "  you  have  caused  the 
 death."  Though  they  had  prayed  for  the  peo- 
 ple, ver.  22,  and  the  strangeness  of  the  pun- 
 ishments showed  unto  all  that  they  were  of 
 God,  and  the  judgments  were  still  even  be- 
 fore the  eyes  of  the  congregation;  yet  do 
 they  thus  break  out  into  a  new  rebellion. 
 
 Ver.  42. — The  glory  of  jehovah,]  It 
 appeared  to  help  his  servants,  and  to  repress 
 and  punish  the  rebellious ;  now  as  in  former 
 times,  Num.  xii.  5;  xiv.  10;   xvi.  19. 
 
 Ver.  45 — Get  you  up,]  That  is,  depart, 
 or,  separate  yourselves;  as  he  said  before,  iu 
 ver.  21.  As  in  a  moment,]  In  Gr.  at  once: 
 See  the  notes  on  ver.  21.  Fell  on  their 
 FACE5,]To  pray,  as  Thargum  Jonathan  addeth, 
 and  as  they  did  before,  in  ver.  22.  So  did 
 David  and  the  elders  of  Israel,  in  1  Chron. 
 xxii,  16. 
 
 Ver.  46. — From  off  the  altar,]  Of 
 this,  Chazkuni  sailh,  "he  warned  liim  here- 
 of, that  he  might  not  err  through  haste,  and 
 offer  strange  fire,  as  Nadab  and  Abihu,  (Lev. 
 X.)  and  these  other  had  done."  Incense,] 
 "  Incense  that  caused  death,  when  it  was  not 
 in  the  hand  of  the  priest,  giveth  life  when  it 
 is  in  the  priest's  hand,"  saith  Chazkuni  on  this 
 place.  Hereby  the  mediation  of  Christ  for 
 sinners  was  figured ;  who  is  represented  by 
 the  angel  standing  at  the  altar,  having  a  golden 
 censer,  and  much  incense  given  unto  him,  to 
 offer  it  with  the  prayers  of  all  saints,  Rev. 
 viii.  3.  Go  quickly,]  Or,  make  to  go  with 
 speed;  that  is,  as  the  Chald.  and  Gr.  trans- 
 lated, "carry  quickly,  or  in  haste."  The 
 PLAGUE,]  In  Chald.  "death  ;"  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth,  "he  hath  begun  to  break  (that  is,  de- 
 stroy) the  people. 
 
 Ver.  47. — He  put  on  incense,]  To  make 
 atonement,  and  to  appease  God's  wrath;  as  it 
 is  said  of  the  priests,  '  they  shiill  put  incense 
 in  thy  nostril  (or,  in  thine  anger)  &c.  and 
 favourably  accept  thou  (O  Lord)  the  work  of 
 his  hands;'  Deut.  xxxiii.  10,  11.  Herein  ' 
 he  figured  Christ  our  mediator,  '  who  made 
 intercession  for  the  transgressors.  Is.  liii.  12, 
 Luke  xxiii.  34.  So  the  Hebs.  (as  R.  Men- 
 achem  on  Num.  xvi.)  apply  that  prophesy  of 
 Isaiah  touching  Christ,  unto  this  work  of 
 Aai'on,  saying,  '  the  meaning  of  this,  and  he 
 stood  between  the  living  and  the  dead,  is  like 
 that  (in  Is.  liii.  12,)  'he  hath  poured  out  his 
 soul  unto  death,'  &c. 
 
 Ver.  48. — Between  the  dead  and  the 
 LIVING,]  So  interposing,  and  as  it  were  ex- 
 posing himself  to  the  wrath  of  God  for  the 
 people  ;  that  by  the  atonement  which  he  now 
 made,  the  plague  might  be  stayed  from  the 
 living  which  yet  remained.  '  For  to  him 
 that  is  joined  to  all  the  living,  there  is  hope, 
 &c.  but  the  dead  know  not  any  thing,  &c. 
 neither  have  they  any  more  a  portion  for  ever, 
 in  any  thing  that  is  done  under  the  sun,  &c. 
 There  is  no  work,  nor  device,  nor  knowledge, 
 nor  wisdom,  in  the  grave  whither,  ihou  goest,' 
 Eccl.  ix.  4 — 6,  10.  'The  dead  praise  not 
 the  Lord,  neither  any  that  go  down  into  si- 
 lence,' Ps.  cxv.  17.  'They  that  go  down 
 into  the  pit,  cannot  hope  for  the  truth  (of 
 God)'  Is.  xxxviii.  18,  '  for  alter  death,  com- 
 eth  the  judgment,'  Heb.  ix,  27.  And  so  by 
 the  Heb.  doctors  it  is  said,  "  There  is  no 
 atonement  for  the  dead."  Maimoiiy  in 
 Misn.  torn.  3  in  Pesulei  hamukdashin,  chap. 
 XV.  sect.  9.  And  the  Chald.  paraphrast  on 
 Eccl.  i.  15,  hath  this  saying;  "  A  man  whose 
 ways  are  rebellious  in  this  world,  and  he  dieth 
 
CHAP.    XVII. 
 
 51 
 
 tlie  plague  was  stayed.  ^^  And  they  that  died  in  the  plagne,  were 
 fourteen  thousand  and  seven  hundred,  beside  them  that  died  about 
 the  matter  of  Korah.  ^^  And  Aaron  returned  unto  Moses,  unto  the 
 door  of  the  tent  of  the  congregation,  and  the  plague  was  stayed. 
 
 in  them,  and  turneth  not  by  repentance,  he 
 hath  no  power  to  reform  himself  after  his 
 death:  and  a  man  that  faileth  of  the  law  and 
 precepts  while  he  liveth,  he  hath  no  means, 
 after  his  death,  to  be  reckoned  with  the  just 
 men  in  the  garden  of  Eden,  (or  paradise  of 
 God.")  And  on  Eccl.  vi.  6,  the  Chald.  para- 
 phraseth  thus;  "yea,  though  the  days  of  the 
 life  of  a  man  be  two  thousand  years,  if  he 
 have  not  exercised  himself  in  the  law,  and 
 hath  not  done  judgment  and  justice;  by  the 
 oath  of  the  word  of  the  Lord  which  (shall  be) 
 in  the  day  of  his  death,  his  soul  goeth  down 
 to  Gehenna  (or  hell  torments,)  unto  one  place, 
 whither  all  sinners  do  go."  So  there  was  no 
 estimation,  nor  price  of  the  dead,  for  any 
 vow,  in  Israel,  as  is  noted  on  Lev.  xxvii.  8. 
 The  plague  was  stayed,]  This  showeth 
 how  greatly  the  prayers  and  actions  of  his 
 servants  do  prevail  with  God,  when  they  are 
 faithful,  fervent,  and  according  to  his  will. 
 Jam.  v.  16;  1  John  v.  14,  and  fore-showeth 
 the  power  and  efficacy  of  Christ's  mediation; 
 for  God  heareth  him  always,' John  xi.  42,  'and 
 he  is  the  atonement  for  our  sins,  1  John  ii. 
 '  and  for  his  sake,  God  before  whom  the  pes- 
 tilence goeth,  in  wrath  remembereth  mercy,* 
 Hab.  iii.  5,  2.  '  And  as  the  blood  of  the 
 pasch^il  lamb  (figuring  the  blood  of  Christ,' 
 1  Cor.  v.  7,)  stayed  the  angel  which  destroy- 
 ed the  Egyptians,  from  touching  the  Israel- 
 
 ites, Exod.  xii.  23;  Heb.  xi.  28,  so  the  smoke 
 of  Aaron's  incense  (figuring  the  mediation  of 
 Christ,  Ps.  cxli.  2  ;  Rev.  viii.  4,)  stayed  the 
 plague  here  from  the  Israelites  which  sur- 
 vived ;  that  as  it  is  written  of  the  pestilence 
 in  David's  time,  '  the  Lord  repented  him  of 
 the  evil,  and  said  to  the  angel  that  destroyed 
 the  people,  It  is  enough,  staynow  thine  hand,' 
 2  Sam.  xxiv.  16,  so  in  this  case.  Some 
 footsteps  of  the  understanding  of  this  mystery 
 may  be  seen  in  the  Heb.,  though  super- 
 stitiously  depraved:  as  when  they  say,  that 
 •  all  hurtful  and  destroying  (spirits)  flep  away 
 at  the  odour  of  the  incense  of  sweet  spices. 
 Thargum  on  Song  iv.  6. 
 
 Ver.  49. — About  the  matter,]  Or,  as 
 the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  "  for  the  cause  of 
 Korah,"  which  the  Chald.calleth"  the  division 
 of  Korah." 
 
 Ver.  50. — Unto  the  door  of  the  tent,] 
 Into  the  court-yard  of  the  sanctuary,  where 
 Moses  remained  :  both  to  signify  unto  Moses 
 the  effect  and  fruit  of  his  action,  through  the 
 mercifulness  of  God;  and  to  give  thanks  unto 
 the  Lord,  who  had  so  graciously  accepted  the 
 work  of  his  hands.  As  David  '  oftered 
 burnt-offerings  and  peace-offerings ;  after  that 
 the  Lord  was  intreated  for  the  land,  and  the 
 plague  was  stayed  from  Israel,  2  Sam.  xxiv. 
 25  ;  1  Chron.  xxi.  26,  27. 
 
 CHAP.  XVII. 
 
 1 .  Twelve  rods  of  the  tribes  of  Israel  being  laid  in  tlie  tabernacle,  on 
 the  morrom  Aaron^s  rod  only  among  them  all,  fiourisheth  and  heareth 
 almonds.  10.  It  is  left  in  the  tabernacle  for  a  monument  against  tJie 
 rebels.     12.  The  people  show  Moses  their  fear  of  death, 
 
 '  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses,  saying,  ^  Speak  unto  the 
 sons  of  Israel,  and  take  of  them  a  rod  for  every  father's  house. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Speak  unto,]  When  God  saw 
 the  continual  murmurings  of  the  people,  how 
 they  ceased  not,  he  commandeth  this  that 
 foUoweth  to  be  done,  that  so  by  miracle  the 
 priesthood  of  Aaron  might  be  confirmed,  and 
 a  full  end  put  to  all  strife  thereabout ;  as  ver. 
 
 10.       A  ROD  FOR    EVERY    FATHER'S  HOUSE,] 
 
 Heb.  "  a  rod  a  rod,  for  (or  according  to)  the 
 house  of  a  father ;"  which  the  Gr.  explaineth 
 thus  ;   "  take  of  them  a  rod,  a  rod  of  all  their 
 
 princes,  according  to  their  fathers'  houses." 
 A  rod  (or  stafT)  was  such  as  men  use  to  carry 
 in  their  hands,  Gen.  xxxviii.  18;  Exod.  iv. 
 2  ;  the  same  word  (called  in  Heb.  Matteh) 
 is  often  used  for  a  tribe,  as  in  Num.  i.  4, 
 16,  21,  &c.  ;  either  because  of  this  writing 
 of  their  names  upon  rods,  or  because  the 
 twelve  tribes  grew  out  of  the  stock  of  Israel, 
 as  rods  or  branches  out  of  a  tree.  The 
 princes  also  carried  staves  in  their  hands,  as 
 
52 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 of  all  their  princes,  according  to  the  house  of  their  fathers,  twelve 
 rods :  every  man's  name  tliou  shalt  wa-ite  upon  his  rod,  ^  And 
 Aaron's  name  thou  shalt  write  upon  the  rod  of  Levi ;  for  one  rod 
 shall  he  for  the  head  of  the  house  of  their  fathers.  *  And  thou  shalt 
 lay  them  up  in  tlie  tent  of  the  congregation,  before  the  testimony, 
 where  I  will  meet  with  you.  *  And  it  shall  be,  that  the  man  whom 
 I  shall  choose,  his  rod  shall  bud ;  and  I  will  make  to  cease  from 
 me  the  murmurings  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  wherewith  they  murmur 
 against  you.  ^  And  Moses  spake  unto  the  sons  of  Israel ;  and  all 
 their  princes  gave  unto  him,  a  rod  for  one  prince,  a  rod  for  one 
 prince,  according  to  the  house  of  their  fathers,  twelve  rods  ;  and  the 
 rod  of  Aaron  was  among  their  rods.  '  And  Moses  laid  up  tlie  rods 
 before  Jehovah,  in  the  tent  of  the  testimony.  ®  And  it  was  on  tlie 
 morrow  that  Moses  went  in  to  the  tent  of  the  testimony  j  and  be- 
 
 Ver.  8. — Blossoms,]  Or  flowers.    Yield- 
 
 appeareth  by  Num.  xxi.  18.  And  with  this 
 may  be  compared  that  in  Ezek.  xxxvii.  16, 
 17,  &c.  where  the  prophet  wrote  the  names 
 of  tribes  upon  sticks,  which  were  joined  to- 
 gether as  one  in  his  hand,  to  signify  the  unit- 
 ing of  the  divided  tribes.  The  house,] 
 That  is,  as  the  Gr.  expoundeth  it,  '*  the 
 houses:"  see  the  notes  on  Num.  i.  2. 
 
 Ver.  S.— For  one  rod  shall  be,]  The 
 Gr.  explaineth  it  thus,  "for  it  is  one  rod: 
 according  to  the  tribe  of  their  fathers'  house 
 shall  they  give."  The  tribe  of  Levi,  though 
 they  were  distinguished  into  priests  and  Le- 
 vites,  yet  as  all  came  by  one  father  Levi,  so 
 one  rod  was  for  them  all.  Sol.  Jarchi  here 
 expoundeth  it,  "  although  I  have  divided 
 them  into  two  families,  the  family  of  the 
 priests  and  the  family  of  the  Levites  ;  not- 
 withstanding it  is  one  tribe."  Of  this  their 
 division,  see  Num.  iii.  ;   xviii.  1 — 7. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Lay  them  up,]  Or,  leave  them, 
 or  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  "  put  them." 
 Tent  of  the  congregation,]  Or,  tent  of 
 meeting.  The  testimony,]  That  is,  the 
 ark  wherein  the  tables  of  the  law  (called  the 
 testimony)  were  kept.  See  the  notes  on 
 Exod.  XXV.  16.  Where  I  will  meet,]  That 
 is,  where  I  use  to  meet  with  you,  according  to 
 the  promise  in  Exod.  xxv.  22;  xxx.  36.  And 
 this  is  the  reason  why  the  tabernacle  was  caU- 
 ed  "  the  tent  of  meeting  or  of  congregation." 
 
 Ver.  5. — I  shall  choose,]  That  is,  shall 
 like  of,  and  approve  to  administer  the  priest- 
 hood ;  as  in  Thargum  Jonathan  this  is  added, 
 "  to  minister  before  me."  Rod  shall  bud,] 
 Or  shall  flourish  :  see  ver.  8.  Will  make 
 TO  cease  from  me,]  In  Gr.  will  take  away 
 from  thee.  This  word  is  spoken  of  the  ceas- 
 ing or  assuaging  of  waters,  Gen.  viii.  1  ;  and 
 of  wrath,  Est.  ii.  1  ;  and  is  here  applied  to 
 the  murmurings  of  the  people,  which  were 
 like  raging  waters,  foaming  out  their  own 
 sliume. 
 
 ED,]  Or,  ripened,  (as  the  word  is  Englished,  ir 
 Is.  xviii.  5,)  that  is,  brought  forth  ripe  almonds. 
 Almonds,]  In  Gr.  and  in  Thargum  Jonathan, 
 nuts.  An  almond,  in  Heb.  Shaked,  is  named 
 Shakad,  which  signifieth  with  care,  haste, 
 and  watchfulness,  to  look  unto  and  perform  a 
 thing.  And  because  the  almond  tree  blos- 
 someth  and  beareth  fruit  sooner  than  other 
 trees,  therefore  hath  it  this  name.  And  So- 
 lomon for  the  same  cause,  likeneth  the  white 
 hairs  which  soon  grow  upon  us  in  age,  to  the 
 '  flourishing  of  the  almond  tree,*  Eccl.  xli. 
 5.  By  this  miracle,  God  did  confirm  the 
 priesthood  unto  Aaron,  as  by  the  vision  ot 
 the  vine-branches  budding,  blossoming,  and 
 bringing  forth  ripe  grapes,  &c  ,  he  signified 
 the  confirmation  of  office  unto  Pharaoh's  but- 
 ler. Gen.  xl.  10 — 13.  He  signified  further 
 by  the  buds,  the  continuance  and  propagation 
 of  the  priesthood  to  his  posterity  ;  who  should 
 sprout  and  grow  out  of  him,  by  the  blessing 
 of  God,  who  maketh  '  the  dry  tree  to  bud 
 (or  flourish,)  Ezek.  xvii.  24;  as  also  it  is 
 prophesied  of  the  church,  '  he  shall  causo 
 them  that  come  of  Jacob  to  take  root;  Israel 
 shall  blossom  and  bud,  and  fill  the  face  of  the 
 world  with  fruit,'  Is.  xxvii.  6.  And  the  ori- 
 ginal word  for  buds,  is  also  used  for  young- 
 lings or  youth,  as  in  Job  xxx.  12.  The 
 blossoming  (or  flourishing)  of  this  rod,  figured 
 also  the  comfortable  and  glorious  eflect  of  the 
 administration  of  the  priest's  office:  as  Christ 
 is  said  to  '  look  forth  at  the  window,  flourish- 
 ing through  the  lattice,'  Song  ii.  9;  that  we 
 all  with  open  face  may  behold  as  in  a  glass 
 '  the  glory  of  the  Lord,'  2  Cor.  iii.  1«  ;  and 
 this,  to  the  shame  of  his  enemies,  Ps.  cxxxii. 
 18.  The  almonds  figured  the  fruits  of  his 
 administration,  which  hastily  sliould  show 
 forth  themselves,  to  the  comfort  of  the  saints, 
 and  punishment  of  all  that  should  resist  him ; 
 as  unto  Jeremiah,  (one  of  Aaron's  sons,)  God 
 
CHAP.    XVII. 
 
 53 
 
 hold,  the  rod  of  Aaron  for  the  house  of  Levi  had  budded,  and 
 brought  forth  buds,  and  bloomed  blossoms,  and  yielded  almonds. 
 *  And  Moses  brought  out  all  the  rods  from  before  Jehovah,  unto 
 all  the  sons  of  Israel :  and  they  saw,  and  took  every  man  liis  rod. 
 
 ^^  And  Jehovah  said  unto  Moses,  Bring  Aaron's  rod  again  before 
 the  testimony,  to  be  kept  for  a  sign  against  the  sojis  of  rebellion  ; 
 and  thou  slialt  quite  take  away  their  murmurings  from  me,  that 
 they  die  not.  '^  And  Moses  did  as  Jehovah  commanded  him  :  so 
 did  he.  '""  x\nd  the  sons  of  Israel  said  unto  Moses,  saying.  Behold, 
 we  give  up  the  ghost,  we  perish,  we  all  of  us  perisli.     ^*  Every  one 
 
 showed  in  a  vision  the  rod  of  an  almond  tree, 
 (which  hath  the  name  of  hastening.)  and 
 opened  the  same  unto  him  thus,  '  thou  hast 
 well  seen;  for  I  will  hasten  my  word  to  perform 
 it,'  Jer.  i.  11,  12.  Therefore  as  soon  as 
 Uzziah  the  king  rose  up  to  usurp  the  priest's 
 office,  '  the  leprosy  even  rose  up  in  his  fore- 
 head,' 2  Chrou.  xxvi.  18,  19. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Bring  again,]  Or,  return 
 Aaron's  rod.  Before  the  testimony,]  In 
 Gr.  the  testimonies;  meaning  the  tables  of  the 
 covenant  in  the  ark  ;  as  is  noted  on  ver.  4j 
 before  which  it  was  laid  up,  and  not  in  it; 
 *  for  nothing  was  in  the  ark  save  the  two 
 tables  of  stone,'  1  Kings  viij.  9.  The  Hebs. 
 record  how  in  Solomon's  temple,  "  there 
 (vas  a  stone  in  the  most  holy  place,  in  the  west 
 part  thereof,  on  which  they  set  the  ark:  and 
 before  it  was  the  golden  pot  of  manna  and  the 
 rod  of  Aaron."  Maim,  torn.  iii.  in  Beth 
 habchirah,  chap.  iv.  sect.  1.  To  be  kept, 
 Heb.  ybr  a  keeping  (or  reservation.)  As  the 
 manna  was  kept  in  the  golden  pot  within  the 
 most  holy  place  of  the  sanctuary,  for  a  reser- 
 vation and  monument  to  the  Israelites,  that 
 the  generations  after  might  see  the  bread 
 which  God  had  given  their  fathers  to  eat  in 
 the  wilderness,  Exod.  xvi.  32 — 34  ;  so  this 
 rod  was  kept  in  the  same  place  for  a  reserva- 
 tion and  for  a  sign,  that  all  generations  might 
 know  the  confirmation  of  their  priesthood  in 
 Aaron's  line.  Both  did  lead  them  unto 
 Christ ;  the  manna  figuring  the  flesh  of  Christ, 
 the  true  bread  from  heaven,  wherewith  the 
 faithful  should  be  nourished  unto  life  eternal, 
 John  vi.  31 — 33,61;  and  the  rod,  the  priest- 
 hood of  Christ,  whereby  they  should  be  recon- 
 ciled unto  God,  Heb.  ix.  11,  12.  Therefore 
 the  apostle  mentioneth  this  budding  rod,  with 
 the  pot  of  manna  among  the  most  memorable 
 things  that  were  kept  in  the  holy  of  holies, 
 Heb.  ix.  3,  4.  The  sons  of  rebellion,] 
 Which  theGr.  translateth,  "  the  disobedient 
 sons  ;"  meaning  the  Israelites,  called  sous  (or 
 children  of  rebellion,)  because  they  were  so 
 much  addicted  thereunto,  as  if  rebellion  itself 
 had  been  their  mother:  so  that  Moses  testi- 
 
 fied, '  Ye  have  been  rebellious  against  the 
 Lord,  from  the  day  that  I  knew  you,'  Deut. 
 ix.  24.  This  phrase  is  common  in  the  Scrip- 
 tures, a.s,  '  a  son  of  injurious  evil  (or  of  wick- 
 edness,') Ps.  viii.  23  ;  for  an  injurious  or 
 wicked  person:  '  and  sons  of  affliction,'  Prov. 
 xxxi.  5;  for  afflicted  persons:  so,  'sons  of 
 Belial,'  Deut.  xiii.  13  ;  1  Sam.  ii.  12 ; 
 '  sons  of  disobedience,'  Eph.  ii.  2  ;  v.  6  ; 
 '  sons  of  the  light  and  of  the  day,'  1  Thes. 
 V.  5  ;  *  children  of  wisdom,'  Matt.  xi.  19; 
 '  children  of  obedience,'  1  Pet.  i.  14;  and 
 sundry  the  like.  Thou  shalt  quite  take 
 AWAY,]  Or,  shalt  consume,  shalt  wholly  end 
 their  murmurings:  the  Gr.  translateth  it, 
 "  and  let  their  murmurings  cease  from  me, 
 and  they  shall  not  die." 
 
 Ver.  12. — We  give  up  the  ghost,]  Or, 
 have  given  up  the  ghost,  that  is,  died :  or,  as 
 the  Gr.  translateth,  "  are  consumed."  This 
 may  be  taken  as  an  unjust  complaint  of  theirs, 
 for  the  punishments  that  they  had  felt  and 
 should  still  feel  for  their  sins.  Or  rather,  as 
 a  serious  complaint  of  their  own  misery,  be- 
 ing under  sin,  and  so  by  the  law  under  punish- 
 ment  and  wrath:  like  that  which  the  apostle 
 saith,  '  I  was  alive  without  the  law  once ; 
 but  when  the  commandment  came,  sin  re- 
 vived, and  I  died  ;  and  the  commandment 
 which  (was  ordained)  unto  life,  I  found  (to  be) 
 unto  death,'  Rom.  vii.  9,  10.  The  Chald. 
 parapliraseth  upon  tliese  words,  thus,  "  Be- 
 hold the  sword  hath  killed  some  of  us,  and 
 behold  the  earth  hath  swallowed  some  of  us, 
 and  behold  some  of  us  are  dead  with  the  pes- 
 tilence." And  Thargum  Jonathan  thus, 
 "  Behold  some  of  us  are  consumed  with 
 flaming  fire,  and  some  of  us  are  swallowed 
 up  into  the  eailh  and  perished  ;  behold  we 
 think  that  as  they,  so  we  all  shall  perish." 
 
 Ver.  13. — That  cometh  near,]  In  Gr. 
 that  tousheth  the  tabernacle.  Shall  we  be 
 consumed  in  giving  up  the  ghost  ?]  That 
 is,  shall  we  die  every  one  ?  This  seemeth  to 
 be  a  deprecation,  whereby  acknowledging 
 their  sins  to  be  worthy  of  death,  they  pray  for 
 mercy :  for  so  questions  are  often  used  in  ear- 
 
NUMBERS. 
 
 that  cometh  near,  that  cometh  near  unto  the  tabernacle  of  Jehovah, 
 shall  die  :  shall  we  be  consumed  m  giving  up  the  ghost? 
 
 nest  deprecations,  as,  '  wilt  thou  be  angry 
 with  us  for  ever?'  &c.  Ps.  Isxxv.  6  ;  '  wilt 
 tJiou  utterly  reject  us  ?'  Lam.  v.  22  ;  '  wilt 
 
 thou  hold  thy  peace,  and  afflict  us  very  sore  ? 
 Is.  Ixiv.  12  ;  and  many  the  lilie. 
 
 CHAP.  XVIII. 
 
 1.  The  different  charges  of  the  priests,  and  of  the  Levites  adjoined 
 iinto  them.  9.  The  priests'  portion  of  the  people's  offerings,  and  hal. 
 lowed  things,  and  the  use  of  them.  21.  The  Levites'  portion  is  the  tithes 
 of  the  Israelites,  but  no  inheritance  in  the  land.  26.  The  Levites  must 
 give  unto  the  priests  the  tenth  of  their  tithes,  as  the  Lord's  heave-offer- 
 ing :  and  the  rest  themselves  should  enjoy  for  a  reward  of  their  service. 
 
 '  And  Jehovah  said  unto  Aaron,  Thou,  and  thy  sons,  and  thy 
 father's  house  with  thee,  shall  bear  the  iniquity  of  the  sanctuary : 
 and  thou,  and  thy  sons  with  thee,  shall  bear  the  iniquity  of  your 
 priesthood.  ^  And  thy  brethren  also,  the  tribe  of  Levi,  tlie  tribe  of 
 thy  father,  bring   thou  near  with  thee,  that  they  may  be  joined 
 
 Ver.  1. — Said  unto  Aaron,]  Because  of 
 the  people's  fear  and  complaint,  in  the  end 
 of  the  former  chapter,  God  here  taketh  order 
 for  the  watch  of  the  sanctuary,  that  the  care 
 thereof  should  lie  upon  the  priests,  that  the 
 people  might  not  transgress  and  perish.  So 
 the  remedy  for  terrors  of  conscience  wrought 
 hy  the  law,  is  faith  in  Christ,  whose  priest- 
 hood was  fore-shadowed  in  Aaron's,  and  which 
 should  '  deliver  them  who  through  fear  of 
 deatli,  were  all  their  life-time  subject  to  bond- 
 age,' Heb.  ii.  15.  Thy  father's  house,] 
 The  house  or  posterity  of  Levi,  who  was  father 
 to  all  the  priests  and  Levites.  The  iniooity 
 OF  THE  SANCTUARY,]  That  is,  shall  bear  the 
 punishment  for  all  the  iniquity  that  is  done 
 in  the  sanctuary  ;  at  your  hands  will  I  re- 
 quire it.  Thus  Jarchi  expoundeth  it,  "  upon 
 you  I  will  bring  the  punishment  of  the  stran- 
 gers that  shall  sin  concerning  the  sanctified 
 things  that  are  delivered  unto  you."  And  as 
 ihe  sanctuary  comprehended  both  the  taber- 
 nacle and  the  court-yard,  with  all  things  in 
 them  :  so  this  is  generally  spoken  concerning 
 the  priests  and  Levites  (which  were  of 
 Aaron's  fatlier's  house,)  who  were  all  toward 
 the  sanctuary,  though  in  distinct  places,  as 
 jhall  after  be  showed.  Iniquity  of  your 
 /RiESTHOOD,]  That  is,  the  punishment  for 
 1.11  iniquity  done  about  your  priest's  office. 
 And  this  is  special  concerning  the  priests, 
 whose  care  and  charge  was  over  the  Levites 
 also,  which  might  not  come  near  some  things 
 belonging  to  the  priesthood.  R.  Menachem 
 here    saith,    that  "  by  this  admonition  was 
 
 signified  how  the  priests  should  not  intermed- 
 dle with  the  service  of  the  Levites,  nor  the  ' 
 Levites    with    the    service    of    the   priests. 
 Whereof,  see  more  on  ver.  3. 
 
 Ver.  2.— The  tribe,]  The  Heb.  here 
 hath  two  words,  Matteh  (the  tribe)  of  Levi, 
 and  Shebet  (the  tribe)  of  thy  father:  of  which 
 the  former  signifieth  a  stafi ;  the  latter,  a 
 rod :  both  of  them  applied  to  a  tribe  or  kin- 
 dred, which  did  spring  and  grow  out  of  Levi, 
 as  rods,  staves,  or  branches  from  the  stock  of 
 a  tree.  Of  this  name  tribe,  see  what  is  not- 
 ed on  Gen.  xlix.  16.  That  they  may  be 
 JOINED,]  Or,  and  let  them  be  joined  ;  as  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  "  and  let  them  be  added 
 unto  thee."  Here  is  an  allusion  to  Levi's 
 name,  which  signifieth  joined.  The  Father 
 Levi  had  the  name,  because  at  his  birth  his 
 mother  said,  '  now  my  husband  will  be  join- 
 ed unto  me,'  Gen.  xxix.  34  ;  his  children 
 (called  of  him,  Levites,)  are  according  to  the 
 notation  of  their  name,  made  adjoints  to  the 
 priests.  And  this  word  is  after  used  and 
 applied  to  such  as  adjoined  themselves  to  the 
 Lord,  and  to  his  people,  Is.  Ivi.  3,  6 ;  Jer. 
 1.  5  ;  Esth.  ix.  27  ;  so  in  the  New  Testa- 
 ment, Acts  v.  14;  xi.  24;  ii,  41,  47. 
 Minister  unto  thee,]  So  in  Num.  iii.  6  ; 
 the  Levites  are  appointed  to  minister  unto 
 Aaron:  elsewhere  they  are  said  to  minister 
 unto  the  congregation.  Num.  xvi.  9  ;  and 
 \into  the  Lord,  Deut.  x.  8;  1  Sam.  iii.  1  ; 
 2  Chron.  xxix.  11  ;  and  '  in  the  name  of 
 the  Lord,'  Deut.  xviii.  6,  7  ;  and  are  called 
 the  ministers  of  his  house,  Ezek.  xlv.  5.    Be- 
 
CHAP.    XVIII. 
 
 55 
 
 unto  thee,  and  minister  unto  thee  -.  but  thou,  and  thy  sons  with  thee, 
 (shall  minister)  before  the  tent  of  the  testimony.  ^  And  tliey  shall 
 keep  thy  charge,  and  tlie  charge  of  all  the  tent :  but  they  shall  not 
 come  nigli  unto  the  vessels  of  holiness,,  and  unto  the  altar,  that  tliey 
 die  not,  both  they  and  you.  *  And  they  shall  be  joined  unto  thee,  and 
 shall  keep  the  charge  of  the  tent  of  the  congregation,  for  all  the  service 
 of  the  tent ;  and  a  stranger  shall  not  come  nigh  unto  you.     *  And  ye 
 
 FORE  THE  TENT,]  Herein  is  the  difference 
 between  the  priests  and  Levites'  office,  tliat 
 the  priests  served  at  the  altar,  and  in  the  holy 
 place  ;  the  Levites  served  the  outer  services, 
 lielped  to  kill,  slay,  take  the  blood,  &c.,  and 
 gave  it  to  the  priests,  who  sprinkled  the  blood 
 received  I'rom  their  hands,  2  Cinon.  xxx.  16; 
 xxix.  34  ;  1  Chron.  xxiii.  2S — 32.  Of  the 
 TESTIMONY,]  That  is,  of  the  law,  written  on 
 the  two  tables  kept  in  an  ark  within  the  tent 
 or  tabernacle  ;  and  thereof  it  had  this  name, 
 as  is  noted  on  Exod.  xxv.  16. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Shall  keep  thy  charge,]  Or, 
 rbi-erve  thy  observation,  thy  custody,  or  thy 
 ward;  at  thy  appointment  doing  their  ser- 
 vice: see  Num.  iii.  7.  The  vessels  of 
 HOLINESS,]  In  Gr.  the  holy  vessels  :  to  come 
 nigh  unto  them,  to  serve  with  them  at  the 
 altar,  or  iu  the  holy  place  the  Levites  might 
 not:  which  the  Heb.  canons  explain  thus, 
 "  all  the  Levites  are  forbidden  the  service  at 
 the  altar,  as  it  is  said  (^in  Num.  xviii.  3.) 
 But  they  shall  not  come  nigh  unto  the  ves- 
 sels, &c.  They  shall  not  come  nigh  to  the 
 service;  but  to  touch  them  it  was  lawful." 
 Maim.  torn.  iii.  in  Cle  hamikdash,  chap.  iii. 
 sect.  9.  So  in  Num.  iii.  8,  the  Levites 
 were  appointed  to  keep  all  the  vessels  of  the 
 tabernacle.  Both  they  and  you,]  They 
 for  doing  so,  you  for  suflering  it.  But  from 
 these  words  the  Hebs.  say,  "  as  the  Levites 
 are  forbidden  to  do  the  service  of  the  priests, 
 so  the  priests  are  forbidden  to  do  the  ser- 
 vice of  the  Levites,  as  it  is  written,  both  they 
 and  you."  Maim,  in  Cle  hamikdash,  chap, 
 iii.  sect.  x. 
 
 Ver.  4. — The  charge,]  Or,  the  custody  ; 
 in  Gr.  the  custodies,  or  the  wards,  watches  : 
 for  so  the  word  is  used  for  keeping  watch  by 
 night  also,  as  in  Ps.  xc.  4.  See  the  notes 
 on  Exod.  xiv.  24.  A  stranger,]  Any  of 
 Israel  that  is  not  a  Levite,  is  counted  a  stran- 
 ger in  this  business:  and  in  the  priests'  af- 
 fairs, the  Levites  themselves  were  counted 
 strangers,  ver.  7.  See  the  notes  on  Num. 
 iii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Keep  the  charge  of  the  holy 
 PLACE,]  Heb.  observe  the  observation  of  the 
 holiness;  which  the  Gr.  translateth,  "  of  the 
 holies:"  by  this  name  the  apostle  calleth  the 
 first  tabernacle,  wherein  was  the  candlestick, 
 tablij,   and   show-bread  ;  as  the  inmost  part 
 
 of  the  tabernacle  is  called  holy  of  holies,  that 
 is,  the  holiest  of  all,  Heb.  ix.  2,  3.  To  ket-p 
 the  charge,  or  observe  the  observation,  is  to 
 have  continual  care  day  and  night,  that  all 
 things  be  kept  pure  and  uncorrupted,  and 
 administered  according  to  the  will  of  God: 
 as  they  that  kept  the  charge  (or  ward)  of  the 
 house  of  Saul,  were  such  as  endeavoured  to 
 keep  and  maintain  the  kingdom  in  Saul's 
 family,  1  Chron.  xii.  29.  This  duty  of  the 
 priests  and  Levites  in  the  tabernacle,  con- 
 tinued also  in  the  temple,  where  some  were 
 porters,  '  keepers  of  the  gates,  and  lodged 
 round  about  the  house  of  God;  some  had 
 cliarge  of  tlie  ministering  vessels,  that  they 
 should  bring  them  in  and  out  by  tale  ;  some 
 of  the  fine  flour,  and  the  wine,  and  the  oil, 
 and  the  frankincense,  and  of  the  spices,  and 
 of  the  show-bread  ;  some  were  singers  em- 
 ployed in  that  work  night  and  day,'  &c.  1 
 Chron.  ix.  19,  23—33.  Of  their  manner  of 
 keeping  the  temple,  the  Hebs.  have  thus  re- 
 corded: "  the  keeping  of  the  sanctuary  is  a 
 thing  commanded,  yea  though  they  be  no  fear 
 of  enemies  or  of  thieves  ;  for  the  keeping 
 thereof  is  but  for  the  honour  thereof.  And 
 this  keeping  is  commanded  to  be  all  the 
 night:  and  the  keepers  are  the  priests  and 
 the  Levites,  as  it  is  said,  '  and  thou  and  thy 
 sons  with  thee  (shall  be)  before  the  tent  of 
 the  testimony,'  (Num.  xviii.  2 ;)  as  if  he 
 should  say,  you  shall  be  the  keepers  (or  watch- 
 men) thereof.  Moreover,  it  is  said  of  the 
 Levites,  '  and  they  shall  keep  the  charge  of 
 the  tent,'  (Num.  xviii.  4.)  It  is  also  said, 
 '  and  they  tliat  encamp  before  tlie  tabernacle, 
 foremost  before  the  tent  of  the  congregation 
 eastward,  (shall  be)  Moses  and  Aaron,  and 
 his  sons,  keeping  the  charge  of  the  holy  place,' 
 (Num.  iii.  38.)  And  if  they  leave  off  the 
 keeping  of  it,  they  transgress  against  a  prohi- 
 bition. The  commandment  of  keeping  it,  is, 
 that  the  priests  be  the  keepers  in  the  inner 
 (places),  and  the  Levites  in  the  outer.  And 
 twenty-four  companies  kept  it  every  night 
 continually  in  twenty-four  places  ;  the  priests 
 in  three  places,  and  the  Levites  in  one  and 
 twenty  places,  &c.  The  priests  that  ward, 
 ed,  slept  not  in  their  priestly  garments,  but 
 folded  them  up  and  laid  them  at  their  head--, 
 and  put  on  their  own  garments,  and  slept  on 
 the  ground,  as  is  the  manner  of  all  that  ward 
 
50 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 shall  keep  the  charge  of  the  holy  place,  and  the  charge  of  tlie  altar, 
 tliat  there  be  no  fervent  wrath  any  more  upon  the  sons  of  Israel. 
 •^  And  I,  behold  I  have  taken  your  brethren  the  Levites  from 
 among  the  sons  of  Israel :  to  you  they  are  given  as  a  gift  for  Jeho- 
 vah, to  serve  the  service  of  the  tent  of  the  congregation.  '  And 
 thou,  and  thy  sons  with  thee,  shall  keep  your  priest's  office  for 
 every  thing  of  the  altar,  and  within  the  vail,  and  ye  shall  serve : 
 I  have  given  your  priest's  office  as  a  service  of  gift  j  and  the  stran- 
 ger that  cometh  nigli  shall  be  put  to  death. 
 
 ^  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Aaron,  And  I,  benold  I  have  given 
 unto  thee  the  charge  of  mine  lieave- offerings  of  all  the  holy  things 
 
 kings'  courts,  that  they  sleep  not  on  beds. 
 Anc!  they  set  one  provost  over  all  the  wards 
 (or  custodies)  of  the  keepers,  and  he  was 
 called  the  man  of  the  mountain  of  the  house 
 (of  God.)  And  he  went  round  about  unco 
 every  ward,  all  the  night  with  torches  burn- 
 ing before  him  ;  and  every  warder  that  did 
 not  stand  and  say,  Thou  man  of  the  mountain 
 of  the  house,  peace  be  unto  thee,  it  was  known 
 that  he  was  asleep,  and  he  did  beat  him  with 
 his  stati".  And  he  had  authority  to  burn  his 
 garment,  so  that  (sometimes)  they  said  in 
 Jerusalem,  What  noise  is  in  the  court  ?  It 
 is  the  cry  of  a  Levite  that  is  beaten,  and  his 
 garments  burnt,  because  he  slept  at  his  watch. 
 In  the  morning,  the  provost  of  the  sanctuary 
 came  and  knocked  at  the  gate  for  the  priests 
 that  were  in  the  place  of  burning,  (the  holy 
 things,)  and  they  opened  unto  him.  He  took 
 a  key  and  opened  the  little  gate,  that  was  be- 
 tween the  place  of  burning  and  the  courtyard, 
 and  went  from  the  burning  place  into  the 
 courtyaid,  and  the  priests  went  in  after  him. 
 And  two  torches  of  fire  were  in  their  hand, 
 and  they  divided  themselves  into  two  com- 
 panies; one  company  went  eastward,  and  ano- 
 ther westward  ;  and  they  searched  and  went 
 through  all  the  court-yard,  till  both  compa- 
 nies came  to  the  place  where  they  made  the 
 priests'  meat-offering,  (spoken  of  in  Lev.  vi. 
 20,  21.)  When  both  sides  came  thither, 
 they  said,  Peace,  all  is  peace,  and  they  set 
 those  that  made  the  meat- offering  to  make 
 the  same.  After  this  order  did  they  every 
 night,  save  the  nights  of  the  Sabbath:  for 
 tlieu  they  had  not  fire  (torches)  in  their 
 hand,  but  searched  with  the  lamps  that  were 
 lighted  there  on  the  evening  of  the  Sabbath." 
 Maim,  ill  torn.  iii.  in  Beth  habchirah,  chap. 
 
 8.      No    FERVENT    WRATH    ANY    MORE,]    For 
 
 transgressing,  as  in  former  time,  when  fer- 
 vent wrath  went  out  from  the  Lord,  Num. 
 xvi.  46.     See  also  Num.  viii.  19. 
 
 Ver.  6. — I  HAVE  TAKEN,]  Instead  of  all 
 the  first-born  of  Israel,  who  otherwise  should 
 have  ministered  unto  me:  see  Num.  iii.  12: 
 
 and  the  annot.  there.  A  gift  for  Jeho- 
 vah,] Or,  unto  Jehovah,  as  the  Gr.  saith,  "to 
 the  Lord;"  the  Chald.  "  before  the  Lord." 
 See  Num.  iii.  9,  12  ;  viii.  13,  16,  19  ;  where 
 they  were  offered  unto  the  Lord,  and  given 
 unto  him,  and  by  him  given  unto  Aaron. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Within  the  vail,]  Not  only 
 the  second  vail,  (as  it  is  called  in  Heb.  ix. 
 3,)  but  the  first  vail,  within  which  '  the 
 priests  went  always,  accomplishing  the  ser- 
 vices,' Heb.  ix.  6  ;  '  as  to  burn  incense,' 
 Luke  i.  9  ;  '  to  trim  the  lamps,'  Exod.  xxvii. 
 20,  21  ;  'to  set  on  the  show-bread  every 
 Sabbath,'  Lev.  xxiv.  8,  9,  and  the  like.  I 
 HAVE  given,]  Heb.  /  will  give  ;  which  form 
 of  speech,  noteth  a  continuance  of  the  gift. 
 A  SERVICE  OF  GIFT,]  A  Service  freely  given 
 you  ;  which  Sol.  Jarchi  and  Chazkuni  explain 
 thus,  "  1  have  given  it  unto  you  by  gift,  that 
 none  should  say,  ye  are  come  into  it  of  your- 
 selves. The  stranger,]  Any  Israelite,  Le- 
 vite, or  whosoever  is  not  of  Aaron's  seed: 
 see  the  notes  on  Num.  iii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  8. — I  have  given,]  After  the  office 
 of  the  priests  and  Levites  prescribed,  God 
 here  provideth  for  their  maintenance  and 
 livelihood,  which  they  should  have  from  the 
 people  for  their  service.  The  equity  whereof 
 remaineth  perpetual,  as  the  apostle  observeth, 
 saying,  '  Do  ye  not  know  that  they  which 
 minister  about  holy  things,  eat  of  the  things 
 of  the  temple  ?  and  they  which  wait  at  the 
 altar,  are  partakers  of  the  altar  ?  Even  so 
 hath  the  Lord  ordained,  that  they  which 
 preach  the  gospel,  should  live  of  the  gospel,' 
 1  Cor.  ix.  13,  14.  The  charge,]  Heb. 
 "  the  keeping  (or  observation)  of  mine  heave- 
 offerings;"  which  the  Gr.  translateth,  "  the 
 keeping  of  my  first-fruits ;"  in  Chald.  "  the 
 keeping  of  my  separated  things."  They  are 
 said  to  be  a  charge  or  keeping,  because  they 
 were  carefully  to  be  taken,  and  used  holiiy,  as 
 gifts  from  the  Lord.  Sol.  Jarchi  explaineth  it, 
 "  which  thou  must  keep  in  cleanness  (or  pu- 
 rity.) Therefore  they  are  called  holy  things, 
 and  were  to  be  eaten  (some  of  them)  in  tha 
 
CHAP.    XVIII. 
 
 57 
 
 of  the  sons  of  Israel ;  unto  thee  have  I  given  them,  for  the  anoint- 
 ing, and  to  thy  sons,  by  a  statute  for  ever.  '  This  shall  be  thine 
 of  the  holy  of  holies,  (reserved)  from  the  fire :  every  oblation  of 
 theirs,  of  every  meat-offering  of  tlieirs,  and  of  every  ^in-offering  of 
 theirs,  and  of  every  trespass- o/?erm^  of  theirs,  which  they  sliall 
 render  unto  me,  it  shall  be  holy  of  holies  for  thee,  and  for  thy  sons. 
 '"  In  the  holy  of  liolies  shalt  thou  cat  it :   every  male  shall  eat  it ; 
 
 holy  place,  and  by  clean  persons  only  ;  as  in 
 ver.  9 — 11,  &c.  And  in  the  Heb,  canons  it 
 is  said,  "  It  is  unlawful  to  defile  the  heave- 
 olTering  (or  first-lVuits)  of  the  land  of  Israel, 
 like  as  other  holy  tilings,  or  to  bring  it  into 
 the  estate  of  uncleanness  ;  but  it  is  to  be 
 eaten  being  clean,  and  to  be  burnt  if  it  be 
 unclean."  Maim.  torn.  iii.  in  Trumoth, 
 chap.  xii.  sect.  1.  Of  all  the  holy 
 THINGS,]  Or,  "  with  all  the  holy  things,"  as 
 Chazkuni  here  explaineth  it:  see  the  notes 
 on  Num.  v.  9.  The  Gr.  translateth,  "  of  all 
 things  sanctified  unto  me  by  the  sons  of  Israel." 
 For  the  anointing,]  That  is,  for  the  oflice 
 sake  whereunto  thou  art  anointed:  that  as 
 thou  art  consecrated  with  the  holy  oil,  to  at- 
 tend upon  mine  holy  things,  Lev.  xxi.  10 — 
 12  ;  so  thou  shalt  have  mine  holy  things  to 
 keep  and  live  upon.  Thus  anointing  is  also 
 used  in  Lev.  vii.  35,  '  This  is  the  anointing 
 of  Aaron,  and  the  anointing  of  his  sons.'  For 
 this  cause  the  nation  of  the  Jews  was  cursed 
 with  a  curse,  as  having  robbed  God,  because 
 they  kept  back  their  tithes  and  ofl'erings, 
 which  ihey  should  have  brought  into  the 
 store-house,  that  there  might  have  been  meat 
 in  the  house  of  God  for  his  ministers,  Mai. 
 iii.  8—10. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Of  the  holy  of  holies,]  Heb. 
 of  the  holiness  of  holinesses,  that  is,  of  the 
 most  holy  things,  which  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 "  of  the  hallowed  (or  sanctified)  holy  things. 
 Some  oblations  in  the  sanctuary  are  called 
 holy,  (and  by  the  Heb.  doctors,  light  holy 
 things,)  some  holy  of  holies,  that  is,  most  holy 
 things  ;  of  which  difference,  see  the  annot.  on 
 Lev.  vi.  17.  With  these  he  here  beginneth, 
 which  the  priests  only  were  to  eat,  and  that 
 within  the  sanctuary,  ver.  10;  then  he  pro- 
 ceedeth  to  the  light  holy  things  which  the 
 priests  and  their  families  were  to  eat  within 
 the  camp,  (and  in  ages  following,  within  the 
 walls  of  Jerusalem:)  last  of  all,  he  speaketh 
 of  other  gifts  which  were  common,  and  might 
 \e  eaten  by  any,  and  in  any  place,  ver.  14, 
 &c.  From  the  fire,]  In  Chald.  left  (or 
 remaining)  from  the  fire,  meaning  the  fire  of 
 the  altar,  where  some  part  of  the  most  holy 
 things  were  burned  to  the  Lord.  Every 
 OBLATION,]  This  may  be  understood  as  the 
 general  ;  and  the  meat-offering,  sin-offering, 
 &c.,  as   the   particulars  thereof:  or,  if  it  be 
 
 Vol.  II. 
 
 meant  of  things  diflerent,  it  may  be  referred 
 to  those  oblations  appointed  for  the  congrega- 
 tion, in  Lev.  xxiii.  17 — 20.  Thus  Jarchi 
 here  explaineth  it,  "  the  peace-offerings  of 
 the  congregation."  And  there  were  no 
 peace-offerings  of  the  congregation,  but  only 
 those  mentioned  in  Lev.  xxiii.;  as  is  noted  on 
 Lev.  iv.  14  ;  xxiii.  19.  But  Chazkuni  un- 
 derstandeth  it  of  the  two  loaves,  in  Lev.  xxiii. 
 17  ;  and  of  the  shew-bread,  saying,  "  what 
 o!)lation  is  this  ?  We  find  afterward  the  sin- 
 otlisring,  (to  be  expressed)  and  after  that  the 
 trespass-offering,  which  were  holy  of  holies. 
 If,  (we  understand  it)  of  the  burnt-offering, 
 that  was  not  eaten  :  if  of  the  peace-offerings, 
 they  were  not  holy  of  holies.  Behold  he 
 speaketh  not  but  of  the  two  loaves,  (Lev. 
 xxiii.)  and  of  the  shew-bread."  Now  both 
 these  were  most  holy,  and  for  the  priests  only 
 to  eat,  as  is  showed  on  Lev.  xxiii.  20  ;  xxiv. 
 9.  Meat-offering,]  The  remainder  where- 
 of was  most  holy  for  the  priests  only  to  eat 
 in  the  holy  place,  by  the  law  in  Lev.  vi.  16, 
 17.  Sin-offering,]  Which  the  priests  were 
 to  eat  also  in  the  holy  place,  as  in  Lev.  vi. 
 26.  Trespass-offering,]  Which  likewise 
 was  most  holy,  and  for  the  priests  only  to 
 eat,  as  the  law  showeth  in  Lev.  vii.  1 — 6. 
 Which  they  shall  render,]  Or  *Aa// re- 
 turn  (shall  restore)  unto  me.  This  may  be 
 referred  to  the  sacrifice  forementioned :  and 
 by  reason  of  this  word  render  (or  restore)  and 
 for  that  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  "whatsoever 
 things  they  shall  render  to  me  ;"  it  may  in 
 special  be  understood  of  that  ram  of  atone- 
 ments which  was  given  for  a  trespass-oflering 
 when  a  man  restored  unto  the  Lord  the  thing 
 which  he  had  robbed  ;  according  to  the  law 
 in  Num.  v.  8  ;  compared  with  Lev.  vi.  2  — 
 6.  And  unto  that  particular  does  Jarchi 
 and  Chazkuni  here  refer  it.  Now  that  ram 
 was  most  holy,  because  it  was  a  trespass- 
 oflering  :  but  the  thing  itself  which  was  stolei; 
 and  restored  to  the  priest,  was  of  the  com- 
 mon things,  as  after  shall  be  showed. 
 
 Ver.  10. — In  the  holy  of  holies,]  Ob- 
 serve  how  the  court  of  the  sanctuary  is  here 
 called  the  holy  of  holies,  or  most  holy  place, 
 in  respect  of  the  camp  of  Israel  and  city  of 
 Jerusalem,  which  were  holy  places  for  the 
 light  holy  things,  as  the  passover,  peace-offer- 
 ings, ajid  tlie  like,  to  be  eaten  in  ;  as  also  in 
 
58 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 holy  shall  it  be  unto  thee,  "  And  this  shall  he  thine,  the  lieave- 
 offering  of  their  gift,  with  all  the  wave -offerings  of  the  sons  of  Is- 
 rael, unto  thee  have  I  given  them,  and  to  tliy  sons  and  to  tliy 
 daughters  with  thee,  by  a  statute  for  ever :  every  clean  person  in 
 thine  liouse  shall  eat  it.     '-  All  tlie  fat  of  the  new  oil,  and  all  the 
 
 out  the  sanctuary.  The  heave,  offering 
 OF  THEIR  GIFT,]  That  is,  which  the  Israeliteii 
 give  to  tlie  priest  out  of  their  heave-ofi'erings. 
 such  were  (as  Jarchi  also  here  explainethj 
 "  the  heave-oflering  of  the  sacrifice  of  confes- 
 sion, and  of  the  peace-ofFering,  and  of  the 
 Nazaj'ite's  ram:"  whereof  see  Lev.  vii.  11, 
 12,  14,  32,  34  ;  and  Num.  vi.  17—20.  In 
 Deut.  xii.  6,  17,  there  is  mentioned  *  the 
 heave-ofTering  of  your  hand,'  which  is  meant 
 of  the  first-fruits  spoken  of  in  Deut.  xxvi. 
 See  the  annot.  on  those  places.  The  wave- 
 offerings,]  As  the  breast  of  the  peace-ofi'er- 
 ings.  Lev.  vii.  30,  31,  34  ;  for  that  was 
 waved  as  the  shoulder  was  heaved.  Thy 
 daughters,]  Understand,  whiles  they  re- 
 mained in  their  father's  house  :  but  being 
 married  to  strangers  they  might  not  eat  of 
 the  holy  things:  see  Lev.  xxii.  12,  13. 
 Every  clean  person,]  Though  the  priest's 
 slave,  bought  into,  or  born  in  his  house ;  but 
 no  stranger  nor  hired  servant.  Lev.  xxii.  10,' 
 1 1  ;  neither  might  any  unclean  person  eat  of 
 it,  Lev.  vii.  20,  21. 
 
 Ver.  12. — All  the  fat,]  That  is,  as 
 the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  all  the  best  ;  which 
 the  Gr.  translateth,  all  the  _first -fruits.  The 
 fat  is  often  used  for  that  whicli  is  good,  and 
 best  of  things,  not  of  beasts  only,  but  of 
 wheat,  as  Deut.  xxxii.  14  ;  Ps.  Ixxxi.  17  ; 
 cxlvii.  14  ;  and  here,  of  oil  and  wine;  and 
 so  of  the  land  in  general,  as  Gen.  xxvii.  28; 
 xlv.  18.  And  as  after  God  saith  to  the  Le- 
 vites,  in  ver.  30,  '  when  ye  have  heaved  the 
 fat  thereof:'  so  this  concerned  all  the  people 
 that  they  should  do  the  like.  "  They  heave 
 not  up  any  but  the  fairest,"  saith  Maim,  in 
 Trumoth,  chap.  v.  sect.  1.  See  the  annot. 
 on  Gen.  iv.  4.  The  new  oil,]  \n  Gr.  the 
 oil :  so  after,  of  the  wine.  The  law  con- 
 cerning these,  is  repeated  in  Deut.  xviii.  4, 
 thus,  '  the  first-fruits  of  thy  corn,  of  thy  new 
 wine,  and  of  thy  new  oil,  &c.,  shall  thou  give 
 uuto  him,'  that  is,  unto  the  priest.  Under 
 these  thiee,  all  other  of  like  sort  are  compre- 
 hended; which  the  Hebs.  explain  thus;  "all 
 man's  meat  that  is  kept,  which  groweth  out 
 of  the  earth,  is  bound  (to  pay)  the  heave-ofler- 
 ing (or  first-fruits.)  And  it  is  a  command- 
 ment to  separate  out  of  it  the  first-fruits  for 
 the  priest,  Deut.  xviii.  4.  As  corn,  wine, 
 oil,  are  man's  meat,  and  grow  out  of  the 
 earth,  and  have  owners,  as  it  is  written,  thy 
 corn:  so  whatsoever  is  of  like  sort,  is  bound 
 (to  pay)  the  heave-offering,  and  likewise  the 
 
 comparison  with  the  great  court  for  the  peo- 
 ple which  was  without  the  priest's  court,  2 
 Chron.  iv.  9  ;  Ezek.  xlii.  14.  For  that 
 which  is  commonly  called  the  holy  of  holies, 
 or  most  holy  place,  (which  was  in  the  taber- 
 nacle after  the  second  vail,)  was  not  a  place 
 to  eat  in,  or  for  any  to  come  into,  save  for 
 the  high  priest  once  in  the  year  to  make 
 atonement.  Lev.  xvi. ;  Heb.  ix.  3,  7.  Nei- 
 ther might  they  eat  in  the  tabernacle,  but  in 
 the  court;  and  that  is  here  meant,  as  the 
 law  showtth,  '  in  the  holy  place,  in  the  court 
 of  the  tent  of  the  congregation  they  shall  eat 
 it,'  Lev.  vi.  16.  And  in  the  court  of  the 
 temple  there  were  chambers  for  such  uses, 
 Neh.  xiii.  5,  9;  whereupon  in  Ezek.  xlii. 
 13,  he  speaketh  of  '  holy  chambers,  where 
 the  priests  that  approach  unto  the  Lord  shall 
 eat  the  most  holy  things;  there  shall  they  lay 
 the  most  holy  things,  and  the  meat-ofTeriiig, 
 and  the  sin-ofleiing,  and  the  trespass-ofi'ering, 
 for  the  place  is  holy.'  And  whereas  Ezekiel 
 there  prophesieth  of  the  third  temple,  the 
 temple  of  the  gospel  which  Clirist  should 
 build,  at  which  time  the  legal  priesthood  of 
 Aaron  should  have  an  end,  Heb.  vii.;  these 
 ordinances  did  signify  (besides  the  ministers' 
 maintenance  forespoken  of,  1  Cor.  ix.  13, 
 14,)  that  they  which  should  by  Christ  be  made 
 priests  unto  God  his  Father,  Rev.  i.  6,  (as  all 
 true  Christians  aie,  1  Pet.  ii.  5,  9,)  should 
 be  made  partakers  of  Christ  (who  is  both  our 
 meat-oHering,  our  sin  and  trespass-oflering  ;) 
 and  feeding  on  his  flesh  by  faith,  should  be 
 nourished  unto  life  eternal,  John  vi.  35,  60, 
 31  ;  compared  with  Heb.  xiii.  10 — 15. 
 Every  male,]  And  not  the  female  :  for  the 
 priest's  wives  and  daughters  might  not  eat  of 
 the  most  holy  things,  as  they  did  eat  of  the 
 holy  and  common  things,  ver.  11,  13,  19; 
 Lev.  vi.  18,  29  ;  vii.  6.  But  now  for  our 
 partaking  of  Christ,  '  there  is  neither  male 
 nor  female,  for  we  are  all  one  in  Chiist  Jesus,' 
 Gal.  iii.  28.  Holy,]  Heb.  holiness  :  in  Gr. 
 holy  things  shall  they  be  tmto  thee  :  meaning 
 that  only  the  priests,  and  they  in  their  holi- 
 ness and  cleanness  should  eat  thereof.  The 
 blemished  priests  might  eat,  but  the  unclean 
 might  not,  Lev.  xxi.  21,  22;  xxii.  3 — 6. 
 The  flesh  itself  also  must  be  holy,  for  if  any 
 unclean  thing  touched  it,  it  was  burnt  and 
 might  not  be  eaten,  Lev.  vii.  19. 
 
 Ver.  11 — And  this,]  Here  he  passeth 
 on  to  the  light  holy  things,  which  might  be 
 eaten  by  the   priests,  male  and  female,  with- 
 
CHAP.    XVIII. 
 
 59 
 
 fat  of  tlic  new  wine,  and  of  the  corn  ;  tlie  fiv^t  fruits  of  tlicm  wliich 
 tliey  shall  give  unto  Jeliovali,  them  have  I  given  unto  tliee.     '^  The 
 
 hat 
 
 tithes.''  Maim,  in  Trumoth,  chap.  ii.  sect. 
 1.  See  after  on  ver.  21,  for  the  tithes.  As 
 fur  the  first-fruits  which  the  owners  brought 
 into  the  sanctuary,  Deut.  xxvi.  the  Hebs.  say, 
 they  were  hut  of  seven  things  only,  as  is 
 noted  on  Exod.  xxii.  29.  Observe,  therefore, 
 a  dilierence  between  the  first-fruits  left  for 
 the  priests,  and  the  first-fruits  brought  before 
 the  Lord,  and  there  given  to  the  priest:  for 
 tliese  were  two  gifts,  as  after  shall  be  showed. 
 The  first-fruits,]  Called  in  Heb.  Reshith, 
 that  is,  the  first  or  the  beginning:  after  in 
 ver.  13,  he  speaketli  of  first-lruits,  called  in 
 Heb.  Biccurim;  of  them  he  saith,  "which 
 they  shall  bring  unto  Jehovah,"  to  wit,  into 
 the  sanctuary,  according  to  the  law,  in  Deut. 
 xxvi.  2,  3,  &c.  ;  of  these  he  saith,  "  which 
 they  shall  give  unto  Jehovah  ;"  for  they  were 
 not  bouud  to  bring  them  out  of  their  place, 
 but  the  priests  came  where  they  were,  and 
 took  them.  These,  (for  distinction's  sake)  the 
 Hebs.  call  "  the  great  heave-offering  ;"  the 
 other  they  call  "  the  first-fruits."  So  in  this 
 place,  Sol.  Jarchi  saith,  "  the  first-fruits  of 
 them,  this  is  the  great  heave-offering.''  And 
 of  these,  the  Heb.  canons  say,  "  the  Israel- 
 ites are  not  bound  to  take  pains  about  the 
 heave-offering,  and  to  bring  it  from  the  corn- 
 floor to  the  city,  or  from  the  wilderness  to 
 the  inhabited  land  ;  but  the  priests  go  out  to 
 the  corn-floors,  and  the  Israelites  give  them 
 their  portion  there.  And  if  (the  priests)  come 
 not,  then  he  separateth  it,  and  leaveth  it  in 
 the  corn-floor.  And  if  there  be  wild  beasts 
 or  cattle  that  will  devour  it  there,  and  there 
 be  none  to  keep  it  from  them,  our  wise-men 
 have  ordained  that  they  should  then  bring  it 
 to  the  city,  and  be  paid  of  the  priest  for  the 
 bringing  of  it.  For  if  he  separate  it,  and 
 leave  it  for  the  beasts,  he  profaneth  the  name 
 (of  God.)"  Maim,  in  Trumoth,  chap.  xii. 
 sect.  17.  For  the  practice  of  these  ordi- 
 nances, see  Neh.  x.  35 — 39 ;  how  the  peo- 
 ple brought  their  first-fruits  and  tithes  to  the 
 house  of  God.  Which  they  shall  give,] 
 The  law  saith  not  how  much  they  should  give, 
 but  leaveth  it  to  the  people's  liberality.  How- 
 beit,  in  Ezek.  xlv.  13,  it  is  written,  '  this 
 is  the  heave-oflering  which  ye  shall  heave  up; 
 the  eixth  part  of  an  ephah  of  an  homer  of 
 wheat,'  &c;  that  was  the  sixtieth  part,  for 
 an  homer  contained  ten  ephahs,  Ezek.  xlv. 
 11  ;  whereupon  the  wise  men  of  Israel  or- 
 dained that  none  should  give  for  his  first-fruits, 
 less  than  the  sixtieth  part.  "  The  great 
 heave-offering  hath  do  set  measure  by  the  law, 
 for  it  is  said  (in  Deut.  xviii.  4.)  The  first 
 (fruits)  of  thy  corn,  &c.  But  a  man  may 
 not  separate,  save  according  to  the  measure 
 
 which  our  wise  men  have  set,  &c.  And  i 
 measure  is  that  ?  A  good  eye,  [that  is,  a 
 liberal  per.-^on,]  one  of  forty  ;  and  a  mean 
 (eye,)  one  of  fifty;  an  evil  [eye,  that  is,  a 
 niggard,]  one  of  sixty.  And  lie  may  not  give 
 less  than  one  of  sixty."  Maim,  in  Trumoth, 
 chap.  iii.  sect.  1,  2.  The  like  measure  they 
 set  for  the  other  first-fruits  brought  into  the 
 sanctuary.  Maim,  in  Biccurim  (or  first- 
 fruits,)  chap.  ii.  sect  17.  See  the  notes  on 
 Exod.  xxii.  29.  According  hereunto  is  that 
 saying  of  Ben.  Syrach,  '  give  the  Lord  his 
 honour  with  a  good  eye,  and  diminish  not 
 the  first-fruits  of  thine  hands,  Eccl.  xxxv.  8. 
 Unto  Jehovah,]  Tliey  were  given  unto 
 the  Lord,  in  that  they  were  given  by  his 
 appointment  to  his  priests,  for  their  anointing 
 (ver.  8,)  and  service  in  his  sanctuary;  there, 
 fore  they  were  holy.  For  this  cause  the 
 priests  were  not  to  receive  them  after  any 
 base  or  servile  manner,  but  as  gifts  due  to  the 
 Lord,  and  to  them  from  him  ;  and  as  the  Heb. 
 canons  show,  the  Israelites  "  were  to  give 
 them  their  portion  with  honour.  And  it  was 
 unlawful  (for  the  priests  or  Levites)  to  snatch 
 away  the  heave-offerings  or  the  tithes:  yea, 
 if  they  did  ask  their  portion  with  their  mouth, 
 it  was  unlawful  ;  but  they  were  to  receive 
 them  with  honour.  For  at  the  Lord's  table 
 they  did  eat,  and  at  his  table  they  did  drink; 
 these  gifts  were  the  Lord's,  and  he  did  vouch- 
 safe them  unto  them ;  as  it  is  written,  '  I 
 have  given  unto  thee  the  charge  of  mine 
 heave-offerings,'  (Num.  xviii.  8.)"  Maim, 
 in  Trumoth,  chap.  xii.  sect.  18,  &c.  Given 
 UNTO  thee,]  Namely,  for  the  priest  to  eat, 
 drink,  and  anoint  himself  with  tliem,  accord- 
 ing to  the  ordinary  use  of  the  creatures. 
 "  The  (great)  heave-ofi'ering  is  given  for 
 meat,  and  for  drink,  and  for  anointing:  for 
 anointing  is  as  drinking,  as  it  is  said,  '  and 
 let  it  enter  as  water  into  his  inward  part,  and 
 as  oil  into  his  bones,'  (Ps.  cix.  18.)  And 
 drinking  is  comprehended  under  eating;  that 
 he  is  to  eat  that  which  is  wont  to  be  eaten, 
 and  drink  that  which  is  wont  to  be  drunk, 
 and  anoint  with  that  which  they  use  to  anoint 
 with,  not  with  wine  or  vinegar.  But  they 
 anoint  with  oil  that  is  clean,  and  burn  (in 
 lamps)  that  which  is  unclean."  Maim,  in 
 Trumoth,  chap.  xi.  sect.  1.  Who  they  were 
 that  might  eat,  and  who  might  not  eat  of 
 these  heave-offerings,  is  showed  in  Lev.  xxii. 
 3,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  13.— The  first-fruits,]  These 
 were  another  gift  which  the  people  brought 
 into  the  sanctuary,  made  confession  over  them 
 unto  the  Lord,  and  then  gave  them  to  his 
 priest:    whereof    see    Deut.     xxvi.    2,    &c. 
 
60 
 
 NUMBERS 
 
 first-fruits  of  all  which  shall  be  in  their  land,  which  they  shall  bring 
 unto  Jehovah,  shall  be  thine  :  every  clean  person  in  thine  house 
 shall  eat  it.  '*  Every  devoted  thing  in  Israel  shall  be  thine. 
 '*  Every  thing  that  openeth  the  womb,  of  all  flesh  which  they  shall 
 bring  near  unto  Jehovah,  of  man  or  of  beast,  shall  be  thine  :  but 
 redeeming  thou  shalt  redeem  the  first-born  of  man  ;  and  the  first- 
 ling of  the  unclean  beast  shalt  thou  redeem.  '^  And  those  that  are 
 to  be  redeemed  of  him,  from  a  month  old,  shalt  thou  redeem,  by  thy 
 estimation ;  for  the  silver  of  five  shekels,  by  the  shekel  of  the  sanc- 
 
 These  were  paid  before  all  other  duties,  be- 
 fore the  great  heave-offering  forementioned,  or 
 the  tithes  after  spoken  of  in  ver.  21.  The 
 Hebs.  say,  "  when  men  separate  the  heave- 
 offering,  and  the  tillie,  they  are  to  separate 
 them  in  order:  as,  he  separateth  the  first- 
 fruits  [spoken  of  in  Deut.  xxvi.]  first  of  all ; 
 and  after  them,  the  great  heave-offering ;  and 
 after  that,  the  first  tithe,  [which  was  given 
 to  the  Levites,  ver.  21 ;]  and  after  that,  the 
 second  tithe,  or  tithe  of  the  poor,  [whereof, 
 see  Deut.  xiv.  22,  23,  2S,  29.]"  Maim, 
 in  Trumoth,  chap.  iii.  sect.  23.  Shall  eat 
 IT,]  In  Gr.  shall  eat  them.  Of  the  clean  per- 
 son in  the  priest's  house,  see  ver.  11.  The 
 eating  of  these  first-fruits  was  to  be  only  in 
 Jerusalem,  the  holy  city:  "and  whosoever 
 eateth  of  that  gift  wherein  holiness  is,  blesseth 
 (God)  who  sanctified  them  with  the  sanctifi- 
 cation  of  Aaron,  and  commanded  them  to  eat 
 so  or  so."  Maim,  in  Biccurim,  chap.  i. 
 sect.  2. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Devoted  thing,]  In  Heb. 
 Chcrem  :  of  this  the  Hebs.  say,  some  things 
 were  devoted  absolutely  ;  and  such  are  spoken 
 of  here,  and  given  to  the  priests:  some  things 
 were  devoted  in  special  unto  God  or  to  his 
 sanctuary,  and  they,  or  the  price  of  them, 
 went  to  the  sanctuary.  See  the  annot.  on 
 Lev.  chap,  xxvii.  ver.  2S,  &c.  Shall  be 
 THINE,]  The  use  of  these  is  not  restrained  to 
 the  sanctuary,  or  holy  city,  or  to  the  priests 
 alone;  but  (by  the  Hebs.)  "  these  were  the 
 priest's  due  in  every  place,  and  were  common 
 things."  Maim,  in  ijiccurim,  chap.  i.  sect.  7. 
 
 Ver.  15. — That  opeketh  the  womb,] 
 Heb.  every  opening  of  the  womb  :  which  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  eveiy  thing  that  openeth  every 
 womb  (or  7natrice.)  Heieby  the  first-born 
 only  is  meant,  as  the  law  showeth  in  Exod. 
 xiii.  2  ;  and  such  as  were  males,  Deut.  xv. 
 19  ;  Exod.  xxxiv.  19.  Redeeming  thou 
 SHALT  REDEEM,]  Tliat  IS,  thou  shalt  surely, 
 or  in  any  case  ledeem:  the  father  was  to  give, 
 the  priest  to  take  the  redemption  money.  It 
 figured  the  redemption  of  God's  people,  call- 
 ed '  the  church  of  the  first-born,  which  are 
 written  in  heaven,'  Heb.  xii.  23  ;  '  wlio  are 
 not  redeemed  with  corruptible  tilings,  as  sil- 
 
 ver and  gold,  &c.,  but  with  the  precious 
 blood  of  Christ,'  1  Pet.  i.  18,  19.  So  being 
 '  bought  from  among  men,  they  are  the  first- 
 fruits  unto  God,  and  to  the  Lamb,'  Rev.  xiv. 
 4.  Of  the  UNCLEAN  BEAST,]  This  is  trans- 
 lated in  Gr.  of  ■unclean  beasts,  as  implying 
 all  sorts,  elsewhere  the  law  mentioneth  the 
 ass,  it  may  be  for  an  instance,  Exod.  xiii. 
 13;  xxxiv.  20.  But  the  Hebs.  say,  "  the 
 unclean  beast  spoken  of  here,  is  the  ass  only." 
 Maim,  in  Biccurim,  chap.  xii.  sect.  3.  Thou 
 SHALT  REDEEM,]  The  ass  was  to  be  redeemed 
 with  a  lamb,  or  else  the  owner  was  to  break 
 the  neck  of  the  ass:  see  the  notes  on  Exod. 
 xiii.  13  ;  xxxiv.  20.  The  Hebs,  say,  "  these 
 two  commandments  (of  redeeming  it  with  a 
 lamb,  or  of  breaking  the  neck  of  it)  were  of 
 force  in  every  place,  and  at  every  time;  and 
 the  commandment  of  redeeming  it,  was  be- 
 fore the  commandment  of  breaking  the  neck 
 of  it.  The  lamb  wherewith  it  was  redeemed 
 was  given  to  the  priest.  Num.  xviii.  15.  The 
 fiist-born  ass  was  unlawful  to  be  used  (or 
 made  profit  of)  till  it  were  ledeemed.  And 
 if  he  sold  it  before  it  were  redeemed,  the 
 price  of  it  was  unlawful,  &c.  Priests  and 
 Levites  are  freed  from  redeeming  the  first- 
 born ass;  for  it  is  said  (in  Num.  xviii.  15.) 
 The  first-born  of  man,  and  the  first-born  of 
 the  unclean  beast,  thou  shalt  redeem.  Who- 
 soever was  charged  to  redeem  the  first-born 
 of  man,  was  likewise  for  the  unclean  beast: 
 and  he  that  was  free  fiom  the  one,  was  free 
 from  the  other.  Maim,  in  Biccurim,  chap, 
 xii.  See  other  things  noted  hereabout,  on 
 Exod.  xxxiv.  20. 
 
 Ver.  16.' — Redeemed  of  him,]  Or  of 
 them,  meaning  the  men  fore-spoken  of:  the 
 Gr.  tianslateth,  "the  redemption  of  him:" 
 and  Thargum  Jonathan  addeth  for  explana- 
 tion, "of  the  son  of  man."  From  a  month 
 OLD,]  Heb.  from  the  son  of  a  tnonth.  See 
 the  annot.  on  Lev.  xxvii.  6.  The  silver  of 
 FIVE  shekels,]  that  is,  five  shekels  of  silver. 
 This  sum  was  before  given  for  every  fiist- 
 born.  Num.  iii.  45,  46.  Twenty  Gerahs.J 
 The  gerah  weighed  16  barley  corns,  the 
 shekel  of  the  sanctuary  (or  holy  shekel) 
 weighed  320  barley-corns,  as  is  before  noted 
 
CllAP.  XVIII. 
 
 61 
 
 tuary,  which  is  twenty  gerahs.  ''  But  the  firstling  of  a  cow,  or  the 
 firstling  of  a  sheep,  or  the  firstlmg  of  a  goat  thou  shalt  not  redeem, 
 they  are  holy :  their  blood  thou  shalt  sprinkle  upon  the  altar,  and 
 their  fat  thou  shalt  burn,^r  a  Rre-qffering,  for  a  savour  of  rest  unto 
 Jehovah.  ^^  And  the  flesh  of  them  shall  be  thme :  as  the  wave 
 breast,  and  as  the  right  shoulder,  shall  it  be  thine.     "  All  the  heave - 
 
 on  Lev.  xxvii.  25.  The  Hebs.  hold,  that  this 
 redemption  of  the  son,  might  be  "  either  with 
 money,  or  money's  worth,  so  as  it  were  of 
 movable  goods,  but  not  with  lands,  nor  with 
 servants,  nor  with  bills  (or  writings;)  and  if 
 he  redeemed  his  son  with  them,  he  was  not 
 redeemed."  Maimony  in  Biccurim,  chap, 
 xi.  sect.  6.  Now  because  the  tribe  of  Levi 
 was  taken  instead  of  all  the  first-born  of 
 Israel,  Num.  iii. therefore  they  and  theirseed 
 were  free  from  this  redemption:  and  so  the 
 Heb.  canons  say,  "  Priests  and  Levites  are 
 freed  from  the  redemption  of  their  sons,  and 
 further,  an  Israelite  that  cometh  of  a  woman 
 of  Levi  is  free;  for  the  case  dependeth  not 
 on  the  father,  but  on  the  mother;  as  it  is  said, 
 that  which  openeth  the  womb,  &c.  Maim, 
 ibidem,  chap.  xi.  sect.  9. 
 
 Ver.  17. — The  firstling,]  Or,  the  first- 
 horn:  in  Gr.,  the  firstling  of  coivs ,  &c.  under- 
 stand, being  a  male  firstling,  as  Exud.xxxiv. 
 
 19,  otherwise  it  was  not  sanctified,  or  given 
 to  the  p»iest,"  A  firstling  which  is  both  male 
 and  female,  hath  no  holiness  in  it  at  all ;  but 
 is  as  a  female,  whereto  the  priest  hath  no 
 right."  Maimony  in  Becoroth,  chap.  ii. 
 sect.  5.  Shalt  not  redeem,]  Thou  mayest 
 not  give  the  worth  of  it,  or  any  other  for  it  ; 
 but  the  beast  itself  is  to  be  given:  neither 
 may  the  owner  use,  or  make  profit  of  it,  or  of 
 the  wool,  or  any  thing  thereon,  Deut.  xv.  19. 
 They  are  holy,]  And  therefore  must  be 
 hallowed  (or  sanctified)  to  the  Lord,  Exod. 
 xiii.  2.  The  Hebs.  say,  a  man  "  is  command- 
 ed to  sanctify  the  firstborn  of  his  clean  beast, 
 and  to  say,  Behold  this  is  holy.  All  are  bound 
 (to  sanctify)  the  firstling  of  a  clean  beast; 
 both  Priests,  Levites,  and  Israelites:  although 
 the  firstling  is  the  priest's.  If  he  have  a 
 firstling  born,  he  is  to  ofl'er  the  blood  and  fat 
 (on  the  altar)  and  to  eat  the  rest  of  the  flesh, 
 according  to  the  law  of  the  firstlings."  Maim, 
 in  Bechoroth,  chap.  i.  sect.  4,  7.  A  savour 
 OF  REST,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  of 
 sweet  smell ;  which  the  Chald.  explaineth, 
 "that  it  may  be  accepted  with  favour  before 
 the  Lord."  But  if  it  were  blemished,  it 
 might  not  be  oH'ered   by  the   law.  Lev.  xxii. 
 
 20,  21,  &c.  What  did  they  then  with  their 
 blemished  firstlings?  The  law  showeth  in 
 Deut.  XV.  and  the  Hebs.  explain  it,  "  The 
 firstling  of  the  clean  beast  is  slain  in  the 
 court-yard  (of  the  sanctuary)   as  other  liglit 
 
 holy  things:  they  sprinkle  the  blood,  and 
 burn  the  fat,  and  the  residue  of  the  flesh  is 
 eaten  by  the  priests.  If  the  firstling  have  a 
 blemish,  whether  it  be  born  with  his  blemish, 
 or  a  blemish  fall  on  it  after  it  is  perfect,  yet 
 it  is  the  priest's.  If  he  will,  he  may  eat  it 
 in  any  place,  or  he  may  sell  it,  or  feed  others 
 with  it,  whom  he  will,  though  it  be  an 
 heathen  :  for  it  is  a  common  thing  ;  as  it  is 
 written  (in  Deut.  xv.  21,  22.)  And  if  there 
 be  any  blemish  therein,  &c.  thou  shalt  eat  it 
 within  thy  gates ;  the  unclean  and  the  clean 
 shall  eat  it  alike,  as  the  roebuck,  and  as  the 
 hart:  and  lo  that  is  the  priest's  goods." 
 Maim,  in  Bechoroth,  chap.  i.  sect.  2,  3. 
 
 Ver.  18. — As  the  wave  breast,]  The 
 parts  of  the  peace-ofTerings  given  to  the 
 priests,  Lev.  iii.  34.  See  also  before,  on 
 ver.  11. 
 
 Ver.  19. — All  the  heave-offerings,] 
 The  Gr.  and  Chald.  expound  it,  every  sepa- 
 rated thing.  This  conclusion  includeth  all 
 other  holy  gifts,  expressed  iu  other  places  of 
 the  law,  though  not  enumerated  here.  And 
 this  showeth  God's  bounty  to  his  priests,  in 
 allowing  them  so  large  means  of  livelihood, 
 for  their  service  of  him;  'that  they  might 
 be  encouraged  in  the  law  of  the  Lord;'  as  is 
 said  in  2  Chron.  xxxi.  4.  There  was  none 
 of  them  that  did  '  shut  the  doors  of  God's 
 sanctuary,  or  kindle  fire  on  his  altar  for 
 nought,'  Mai.  i.  10.  And  when  the  people 
 neglected  their  duty,  in  not  giving  such 
 things  as  were  appointed,  then  was  the  house  of 
 God  forsaken:  and  the  godly  governors  looked 
 to  the  redress  hereof,  Neh.  xiii.  10,  U,  12, 
 &c.  The  Heb.  doctors  write  of  twenty-four 
 several  gifts,  which  God  bestowed  on  the 
 priests,  with  the  order  and  use  of  them  all. 
 "  Four  and  twenty  gifts  were  given  to  the 
 priests,  and  they  are  all  expressed  in  the  law: 
 and  concerning  them  all,  was  the  covenant 
 made  with  Aaron,  and  whosoever  eateth  of 
 any  gift  wherein  holiness  is,  blesseth  (God) 
 who  sanctified  him  with  the  holiness  of  Aarun, 
 and  commanded  him  to  eat  so  and  so.  Eight 
 of  these  gifts,  the  priests  did  eat  no  where  but 
 in  the  sanctuary,  within  the  wall  of  the  court- 
 yard. And  five  gifts  they  did  not  eat  but 
 in  Jerusalem,  within  the  walls  of  the  city. 
 And  five  gifts  were  not  due  unto  them  by  the 
 law,  but  in  the  land  of  Israel  only.  And  five 
 gifts  were  due   unto  them,  both  within  the 
 
G2 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 offerings  of  the  holy  things,  which  the  sons  of  Israel  shall  offer 
 unto  Jehovah,  1  have  given  to  tliee,  and  to  thy  sons,  and  to  thy 
 daughters  with  thee,  by  a  statute^or  ever  :  it  is  a  covenant  of  salt 
 Jbr  ever  before  Jeliovah,  to  thee  and  to  thy  seed  with  thee.  ^"  And 
 Jehovah  said  unto  Aaron  j  thou  slialt  have  no  inheritance  in  tlieir 
 land,  neither  shalt  thou  have  a  part  among  them  ;  I  am  thy  part, 
 
 '  2.  The  redemption  of  the  first-born  son. 
 (Num.  xviii.  15.) 
 
 '  3.  The  firstling  of  the  ass,  (Exod.  iv. 
 20j  Num.  xviii.) 
 
 '  4.  The  restitution  of  that  which  is  taken 
 by  rapine  from  a  stranger,  (Num.  v.  8.) 
 
 '  5.  The  devoted  things,  (Num.  xviii. 
 14.)' 
 
 These  five  are  common  thmgs,  in  all  re- 
 spects. 
 
 The  gift  due  unto  them  Imm  the  sanctu- 
 ary, was: 
 
 '  1.  The  skins  of  the  burnt-offering,  (Lev. 
 vii.  8.)  And  the  same  law  was  for  the  skins 
 of  the  other  most  holy  things:  they  all  were 
 the  firiests. 
 
 '  The  gifts  which  the  females  had  part  in, 
 as  well  as  the  male  (priests)  were  five.  1. 
 The  lieave- offering  (or  first-fruits.)  2.  The 
 heave-offering    of  the    tithe.      S.   The  cake. 
 
 4.  The  gifts  of  the  beast,   (Deut.  xviii.  3.) 
 
 5.  And  the  first  of  the  fleece."  Maimony 
 in  Biccurim,  chap.  i.  sect.  1,  &c.  'A  cove- 
 nant OF  SALT,]  That  is,  a  stable,  firm  and 
 incorruptible  covenant.  So  the  kingdom 
 over  Israel  was  given  to  David  and  to  his 
 sons,  by  a  covenant  of  salt,  2  Chron.  xiii.  5. 
 and  there  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  "an  ever- 
 lasting covenant. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Thou  shalt  have,]  This  con- 
 cerneth  not  so  much  Aaron  himself,  (who 
 died  before  he  came  into  the  land.  Num.  xx. 
 28.)  as  his  posterity;  and  not  them  only,  but 
 all  the  Levites ;  as  after  Moses  showeth  in 
 Deut.  xviii.  1.  'The  priests  the  Levites, 
 all  the  tribe  of  Levi,  shall  have  no  part  nor  in- 
 heritance with  Israel.'  Inheritance  IN  THEIR 
 land,]  Which  was  divided  by  lot  to  the 
 other  tribes,  according  as  God  numbered 
 them,  when  the  tribe  of  Levi  was  numbered 
 apart,  Num.  xxvi.  53,  55,  57,  62.  Not- 
 withstanding, they  had  cities  to  dwell  in,  and 
 suburbs  given  from  the  other  tribes,  Num. 
 XXXV.  and  in  Ezek.  xlviii.  10,  &c.  an  holy 
 oblation,  out  of  the  spiritual  land,  is  given  to 
 the  priests  and  Levites.  A  part,]  Or,  a 
 portion,  a  share  among  them.  This  word, 
 though  often  it  be  spoken  of  a  part  or  portion 
 of  land,  as  in  Jos.  xv.  13;  xix.  9  ;  xviii.  5, 
 &c.  yet  also  it  is  meant  of  a  part  in  the  spoils 
 or  prey,  as  in  Num.  xxxi.  36;  1  Sam.  xxx. 
 24.  And  so  it  seemeth  to  be  intended  here, 
 of  the  spoils   gotten  by  war  of  the  Canaan- 
 
 land,  and  without  the  land.  And  one  gift 
 was  due  unto  them  from  the  sanctuary.  The 
 eight  gifts  which  they  did  not  eat  but  within 
 the  sanctuary,  were  these : 
 
 '  1.  The  flesh  of  tlie  sin-offering,  whether 
 fowl  or  beast  (Lev.  vi.  25,  26.) 
 
 '  2.  The  flesh  of  the  trespass-ofiering, 
 (Lev.  vii.  1,  6.) 
 
 '  3.  The  peace-offerings  of  the  congrega- 
 tion, (Lev.  xxiii.  19,  20.) 
 
 '  4.  The  remainder  of  the  Omer  (or  Sheaf, 
 Lev.  xxiii.  10,  &c.) 
 
 '  5.  The  remnants  of  the  meat-ofTerings  of 
 the  Israelites,  (Lev.  vi.  16.) 
 
 '  6.   The  two  loaves,  (Lev.  xxiii.  17.) 
 
 '  7.    The  shew-bread,  (Lev.  xxiv.  9.) 
 
 '  8.  The  leper's  log  of  oil,  (Lev.  xiv.  10, 
 &c.) 
 
 '  These  were  not  eaten  but  in  the  sanctu- 
 ary.' 
 
 The  five  which  they  might  not  eat  but  in 
 Jerusalem,  [and  before  that,  within  the  (;amp 
 of  Israel,  to  which  Jerusalem  afterwards  was 
 answerable,  as  is  noted  on  Num.  ii.  28.] 
 were  these: 
 
 '  1.  The  breast  and  shoulder  of  the  peace, 
 offerings,  (Lev.  v.  31,  34.) 
 
 '2.  The  heave-ofiering  of  the  sacrifice  of 
 confession,  (Lev.  v.  7,  12,  14. 
 
 '  3.  The  heave-ofiering  of  the  Nazarite's 
 Ram,  (Num.  vi.  17,  20.) 
 
 '4.  The  firstling  of  the  clean  beast, 
 (Num.  xviii.  15;   Deut.  xv.  19,  20.) 
 
 '  6.  The  first-fruits,  (Num.  xviii.  13.) 
 These  were  not  eaten  but  in  Jerusalem." 
 
 The  five  things  due  from  the  land  of  Israel 
 only  were: 
 
 '  1.  The  heave  offering  (or  first-fruits, 
 (Num.  xviii.  12.) 
 
 '  2.  The  heave-ofTering  of  the  tithe,  (Num. 
 xviii.  28.) 
 
 '  3.  The  cake,  (Num.  xv.  20.)  *  And  these 
 three  were  holy. 
 
 '  4,  The  first-fruits  of  the  fleece,  (Deut. 
 xviii.  4.) 
 
 '  5.  The  field  of  possession,  (Num.  xxxv.) 
 and  both  of  these  were  common.  These 
 were  not  due  unto  them  by  the  law,  save  in 
 the  land  of  Israel.' 
 
 The  five  things  due  to  the  priests  in  every 
 place,  were: 
 
 •  1.  The  gifts  (of  the  beasts  slain,  Deut. 
 xviii.  3.) 
 
CHAP.  XVIII. 
 
 63 
 
 and  thine  inheritance,  among  the  sons  of  Israel.  ^'  And  to  the 
 sons  of  Levi,  behold  I  have  given  all  tlie  tenth  in  Israel,  for  an 
 inheritance  for  their  service  which  they  serve,  the  service  of 
 the  tent  of  the  congregation.  ^^  And  the  sons  of  Israel  shall  not 
 come  nigh  henceforth,  nnto  the  tent  of  the  congregation,  to  beai 
 
 ites,  which  were  of  great  worth,  as  appear- 
 eth  hy  Deut.  ii.  35 ;  iii.  7;  vi.  11,  so  that 
 Joshua  said  to  some  of  the  people,  '  Return 
 with  much  riches  unto  your  tents,  and  uith 
 \ery  much  cattle,  and  with  silver,  and  with 
 gold,  and  with  brass,  and  with  iron,  and  with 
 very  much  raiment,'  &c.  Jos.  xxii.  8,  yet 
 Levi  might  have  none,  because  the  Lord  had 
 given  him  his  portion  in  the  holy  things;  and 
 he  was  to  war  another  warfare  in  the  Lord's 
 sanctuary,  Num.  iv.  23,  and  according  to 
 the  apostle's  doctrine,  '  No  man  that  warreth, 
 entangleth  himself  with  the  affairs  of  this 
 life  ;  that  he  may  please  him  who  hath  chosen 
 him  to  he  a  soldier,'  2  Tim.  ii.  4.  Of  this 
 matter  the  Hebs.  say;  "  All  the  tribe  of  Levi 
 are  warned  that  they  have  no  inheritance  in 
 the  land  of  Canaan ;  likewise  they  are  warned 
 that  they  take  no  part  of  the  spoil,  at  the  time 
 when  they  conquer  the  cities,  Deut.  xviii.  1. 
 *  And  a  son  of  Levi,  that  taketh  a  part  of  the 
 spoil,  is  to  be  beaten:  and  if  he  have  received 
 an  inheritance  in  the  land,  they  are  to  take 
 it  away  from  him.  It  seemeth  unto  me,  that 
 these  things  are  not  spoken  but  of  the  land, 
 ivhich  was  promised  by  covenant  to  Abraham, 
 Isaac,  and  Jacob,  &c.  But  all  other  lands, 
 which  any  of  the  kings  of  Israel  should  sub- 
 due, the  priests  and  Levites  were  for  tho  e 
 lands,  and  the  spoils  of  them,  like  all  other 
 Israelites.  And  why  had  Levi  no  right  of 
 inheritance  in  the  land  of  Israel,  and  spoils 
 thereof,  with  his  brethren?  Because  he  was 
 separated  to  serve  the  Lord,  and  to  minister 
 unto  him,  and  to  teach  his  right  ways,  and 
 his  just  judgments  unto  many,'  as  Deut. 
 xxxiii.  10.  Therefore  were  they  separated 
 from  the  ways  of  the  woild ;  they  wage  not 
 war,  like  other  Israelites,  neither  have  they 
 inheritance,  &c.  but  they  are  the  Lord's 
 power,  as  it  is  written,  '  Bless  Lord  his 
 power,'  Deut.  xxxiii.  11,  and  the  blessed 
 (God)  himself  is  their  reward,  as  he  saith,  I 
 am  thy  part  and  thine  inheritance."  Maim. 
 torn.  iii.  treat,  of  the  Release  and  Jubilee, 
 chap.  xiii.  sect.  10,  11,  12.  So  in  Ezek. 
 xliv.  28.  God  saith  of  the  priests,  '  Ye  shall 
 give  them  no  possession  in  Israel,  I  am  their 
 possession.'  I  am  thy  part,]  Both  by  the 
 gifts  fore-appointed,  (as  is  said  in  Deut.  xviii. 
 1,  '  The  fire  offerings  of  Jehovah,  and  his 
 inheritance,  shall  they  eat;')  and  by  other 
 blessings,  wherewith  he  would  abundantly 
 recompence  their  worldly  want,  administering 
 unto  them  his  heavenly  graces.     Hereupon 
 
 the  godly  testified  their  faith,  and  hope  in 
 God,  by  these  and  such  like  speeches  ;  '  God 
 is  my  part  for  ever,'  Ps.  Ixxiii.  26.  •  Thow 
 art  my  part,  in  the  land  of  the  living,'  Ps. 
 cxlii.  6.  '  Jehovah  is  my  part,  saith  my  soul ; 
 therefore  will  I  hope  in  him,'  Lam.  iii.  24. 
 '  I  rejoice  at  thy  word,  as  one  that  findetb 
 great  spoil,'  Ps.  cxix.  IC2. 
 
 Ver.  21. — And  to  the  sons  of  levi,] 
 Now  followeth  the  law  concerning  the  Le- 
 vites, who  were  joined  to  the  priests  in  ser- 
 vice, and  so  in  provision  for  their  mainten- 
 ance. And  this  word  and,  Chazkuni  here 
 noteth  as  an  addition  to  that  which  went  be- 
 fore, saying  "  that  the  covenant  of  salt  for 
 ever,  was  to  the  Levites  also.  All  the 
 TENTH,]  Or,  all  the  tithe.  Tliis  is  the  fir>t 
 tithe  which  the  Israelites  payed  to  the  Le- 
 vites ;  after  which  they  separated  a  second 
 tithe,  which  they  themselves  did  eat  before 
 the  Lord,  the  first  year  and  the  second,  and 
 every  third  year  gave  it  to  the  Levites  and 
 poor:  whereof  see  Deut.  xiv.  22,  23,  &c. 
 Touching  this,  the  Heb.  say,  that  the  Israel- 
 ites, "  After  they  liad  separated  the  great 
 heave-offering  (or  first-fruits  spoken  of  in 
 Num.  xviii.  12,)  they  separated  one  of  ten 
 out  of  that  which  remained,  and  this  is  called 
 the  first  tithe  ;  and  it  is  that  which  is  spoken 
 of  izi  Num.  xviii.  24,  and  this  tithe  was  for 
 the  males  and  females  of  the  Levites.  They 
 pay  no  tithe  but  of  the  choice  (or  best)  as  it 
 is  said  (in  Num.  xviii.  30.)  When  ye  have 
 heaved  the  fat  thereof,  &c.  as  the  tithe  which 
 the  Levites  separate,  is  to  be  of  the  fat 
 thereof;  so  the  tithe  which  the  Israelites  sepa- 
 rate from  the  floor  or  winepress,  is  to  be  of  the 
 fat.  They  pay  not  the  tithe  but  by  mea- 
 sure, or  by  weight,  or  by  number.  He  that 
 separateth  this  tithe  blesseth  (God)  first,  as 
 they  use  to  bless  for  other  commandments:  so 
 he  blesseth  for  the  second  tithe,  and  for  the 
 poor  man's  tithe,  and  for  the  tithe  of  the  tithe, 
 lie  blesseth  for  every  one  severally.'  Maim, 
 tom.  iii.  treat,  of  tithes,  chap.  i.  sect.  i.  13, 
 14.  16. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Not  come  nigh  any  more,] 
 To  serve  in  the  tabernacle,  as  they  did  in  the 
 rebellion  of  Korah,  Num.  xvi.  To  bear 
 sin,]  That  is,  lest  they  suffer  the  punishment 
 for  their  sin.  So  in  ver.  23,  '  bear  their  ini- 
 quity, as  in  ver.  1.  To  die,]  Or,  and  die; 
 see  the  notes  on  Gen.  ii.  3,  this  showeth  the 
 punishment  to  be  death:  the  Gr.  translateth 
 it,  deadly  (or  death  procurin/f)  sin. 
 
64 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 sill,  to  die.  -^  But  the  Levito,  he  shall  serve  the  service  of  the  tent 
 of  tlie  congregation  ;  and  they  shall  bear  their  iniquity  :  it  shall  be 
 a  statute /or  ever  throughout  your  generations,  that  among  thesojis 
 of  Israel  they  sliall  not  inherit  any  inlieritance.  ^*  But  the  titlie  of 
 the  sons  of  Israel,  which  they  shall  offer  up  unto  Jehovah,  for  an 
 iieave-offering,  I  have  given  to  the  Levites  for  an  inheritance  : 
 tiierefore  I  have  said  unto  them,  among  the  sons  of  Israel  they 
 shall  not  inherit  any  inheritance.  ^^  And  Jeliovah  spake  unto 
 Moses,  saying ;  ^^  And  unto  the  Levites  thou  shalt  speak,  and  say 
 unto  them  ;  when  ye  take  of*  the  sons  of  Israel  the  titlie,  whicli  T 
 liave  given  unto  you  from  them,  for  your  inheritance,  then  ye  shall 
 offer  up  thereof,  the  lieave-offering  of  Jehovah,  the  tithe  of  the 
 tithe.  •^^  And  your  lieave-offering  shall  be  counted  unto  you  as  the 
 corn  of  the  threshing  floor,  and  as  the  fulness  of  the  wine-press. 
 ^^  Tlius  you  also  shall  offer  tlie  heave-offering  of  Jehovah,  of  all 
 your  tithe  wliich  ye  receive  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  ye  shall  give 
 
 Ver.  23.—  Bear  their  iniquity,]  That 
 is,  bear  the  punishment  of  their  own  ini- 
 quity, if  they  transgress;  and  of  the  people's, 
 if  they  sufier  them  to  transgress.  Thus  Sol. 
 Jarchi  expoundeth  it;  "They  (the  Levites) 
 shall  hear  the  iniquity  of  the  Israelites;  for 
 it  is  their  duty  to  warn  strangers  from  coming 
 near  unto  them." 
 
 Ver.  24.— Heave  up,]  In  Gr.  and  Chald., 
 separate  unto  the  Lord:  so  in  ver.  26.  This 
 showeth  the  tithes  to  be  an  oblation  to  the 
 Lord,  and  a  sign  of  the  Israelites'  homage, 
 subjection  and  thankfulness  unto  him  for  his 
 blessings.  And  upon  this  ground,  the  apostle 
 proveth  Melchisedec  to  be  a  greater  priest 
 than  Abraham,  or  Aaron;  because  Abraham 
 (and  all  the  Levites  and  priests  in  his  loins) 
 paid  tithes  to  Melchisedec,  Gen.  xiv.  Heb. 
 vii.  'Now  consider  how  great  this  man 
 was,  unto  whom  even  the  patriarch  Abraham 
 gave  the  tenth  of  the  spoils,  Heb.  vii.  4. 
 
 Ver.  26. — The  tithe  of  the  tithe,] 
 Or,  a  tenth  part  of  the  tenth. 
 
 Ver.  27. — As  the  fulness,]  Or,  as  the 
 plenty,  that  is,  the  plentiful  increase;  or,  the 
 full,  that  is,  ripe  liquor:  the  Gr.  translateth 
 it,  as  the  separated  thing.  Sol.  Jarchi  saith, 
 "Fulness  meaneththe  ripe  fruit  which  isfuU." 
 See  thenotes  onExod.  xxii.  29,  where  this  word 
 is  also  used  for  full-ripe  fruit.  From  hence  the 
 Hebs.  gather,  that  seeing  the  Levites'  first 
 tithes  (out  of  which  they  paid  the  priest's 
 tithes)  were  as  the  corn  of  the  floor,  and  li- 
 quor of  the  press;  therefore  they  were  as 
 common  things.  "The  first  tithe  is  lawful 
 to  be  eaten  by  Israelites,  and  lawful  to  be 
 eaten  in  uncleanness,  for  there  is  in  it  no 
 holinessat  all:  and  wheresoeverholiness,  or  re- 
 demption of  the  tithe  is  spoken  of,  [as  in  Lev. 
 
 xxvii.]  it  is  not  meant  bnt  of  the  second 
 tithe.  And  they  count  the  first  tithes  as 
 common  things,  because  it  is  said,  'And  your 
 heave-ofTering  shall  be  reckoned  unto  you  as 
 the  corn  of  the  floor,  &c.  as  the  floor  and 
 wine-press  are  common  for  evejy  thing,  so 
 the  first  tithe  (out  of  which  the  heave -offer- 
 ing is  taken)  is  common  foi*  every  thing." 
 Maim,  treat,  of  tithes,  chap.  i.  sect.  2.  This 
 is  to  be  understood,  after  the  Levites  had  se- 
 parated the  tenth  of  the  tithe,  then  the  rest 
 should  be  common,  like  the  corn  of  the  floor, 
 as  is  explained  in  ver.  30. 
 
 Ver.  28. — Thus  you  also,]  Or,  so  you 
 also  ;  you  Levites  as  well  as  other  Israelites, 
 though  you  have  no  inheritance  in  the  land, 
 yet  shall  you  honour  the  Lord  with  an  heave- 
 ofleriiig  out  of  your  first  tithe:  and  it  shall 
 be  reckoned  or  imputed  into  you,  as  if  you 
 had  lands  and  possessions,  and  ofl'ercd  tithes 
 out  of  them.  To  Aaron,]  And  so  to  his 
 posterity  the  priests,  as  was  observed  in  the 
 ages  following,  as  it  is  written,  '  And  the 
 priest  the  son  of  Aaron,  shall  be  with  the 
 Levites,  when  the  Levites  take  tithes;  and 
 the  Levites  shall  bring  up  the  tithe  of  the 
 tithe,  unto  the  house  of  God,  to  the  chambers 
 in  the  treasure  house,'  Neh.  x.  38.  Thus 
 also  are  we  to  understand  the  apostle,  when 
 he  saith  that  the  priests,  'the  sons  of 
 Levi  who  receive  the  office  of  priesthood, 
 have  a  commandment  to  take  tithes  of  the 
 people  according  to  the  law,'  &c.,  Heb.  vii. 
 5,  that  the  Levites  took  them  of  the  people 
 immediately,  and  the  priests  mediately,  in 
 taking  the  tithe  of  the  tithe  from  the  Levites, 
 as  this  place  showeth,  compared  with  Neh.  x. 
 37,  38. 
 
CHAP,  xviir. 
 
 05 
 
 tJicreof  the  lieavc- offering  of  Jeliovali,  to  Aaron  the  priest.  ^^  Ont 
 of  all  your  gifts  ye  shall  offer  every  lieave- offering  of  Jehovah,  of 
 all  the  fat  thereof,  the  hallowed  part  thereof  out  of  it.  ^"  And 
 thou  shalt  say  unto  them,  Wlien  ye  have  heaved  the  fat  thereof 
 from  it,  then  it  shall  be  counted  mito  the  Levites,  as  the  revenue  of 
 the  threshing  floor,  and  as  the  revenue  of  the  wine-press.  ^'  And 
 ye  shall  eat  it  in  every  place ;  you,  and  your  house  :  for  it  is  a  re- 
 ward unto  you  for  your  service  in  the  tent  of  the  congregation. 
 ^-  And  ye  shall  not  bear  sin  for  it,  when  ye  have  heaved  the  fat 
 thereof  from  it :  and  ye  shall  not  profane  the  holy  things  of  the 
 sons  of  Israel,  that  ye  die  not. 
 
 Ver.  29. — Out  of  all  your  gifts,] 
 This  is  more  general,  and  seemeth  to  imply, 
 besides  the  tenth  of  their  tithe,  the  tenth  also 
 of  other  things,  as  of  their  own  ground,  the 
 suburbs  and  fields  which  were  given  to  the 
 Levites,  Num.  xxxv.  4.  So  Chazkuni  here 
 saith,  "  Out  of  all  your  gifts,  ye  shall  heave 
 up:  to  teach  that  even  of  the  fruit  that  grew 
 in  the  fields  of  the  suburbs  of  the  Levites' 
 cities,  they  were  bound  to  give  unto  the 
 priests,"  &c.  And  it  is  proportionable,  that 
 as  God  was  to  be  honoui'ed  with  the  tithes  of 
 other  men's  lands,  so  of  the  Levites,  that  they 
 also  hereby  might  signify  their  homage  and 
 thankfulness  to  God.  Yea  the  Hebs.  bring 
 the  priests  themselves  also  under  this  duty, 
 saying;  "  Levites  and  priests  do  separate  the 
 first  tithe,  for  to  separate  out  of  it  the  heave- 
 ofl'ering  of  the  tithe.  And  so  the  priests  do 
 separate  the  other  heave-offerings  and  the 
 tithe  for  themselves,  that  the  priest  may  re- 
 ceive of  all.  Lest  they  should  eat  their  fruits 
 uiitithed,  the  scripture  saith,  '  Thus  you  also 
 shall  heave  up,'  (Num.  xviii.  28,)  which  we 
 have  heard  expounded  thus ;  you,  these  are 
 the  Levites;  also  you,  this  implieth  the 
 priests."  Maim,  treat,  of  tithes,  chap.  i. 
 sect.  3.  The  fat,]  That  is,  as  the  Chald. 
 expoundeth,  the  best,  or  fairest:  in  Gr.,  the 
 frst-fruiis:  see  before  on  ver.  12,  21.  So 
 Chazkuni  here  saith,  "  Of  all  the  best  and  of 
 all  the  fairest  thereof,  ye  shall  separate  out  of 
 it  the  hallowed  part  thereof,  that  it  may  be  an 
 heave-ofl'ering. 
 
 Ver.  30. — The  revenue,]  In  Gr.  the 
 fruit  of  the  threshing-floor.  This  word 
 revenue,  as  the  Hebs.  distinguish  it,  "  is  corn 
 after  it  is  eared;  and  after  it  is  threshed  and 
 fanned,  it  is  called  (dagan)  corn."  Maim, 
 tom.  1.  in  Beracoth,  chap.  iii.  sect.  1. 
 
 Ver.  31. — In  every  place,]  Sol.  Jarchi 
 explaineth  it,  though  it  be  in  the  place  of 
 burial;  and  that  was  an  unclean  place. 
 The  first  tithes  therefore  which  were  paid  to 
 
 Vol.  IL 
 
 the  Levites,  might  be  eaten  by  them  as  com- 
 mon things,  in  every  place :  but  the  second 
 tithe  (which  the  owners  separated  after  the 
 first,  and  did  eat  themselves)  might  not  be 
 eaten  every  where,  but  before  the  Lord  only, 
 that  is,  within  the  city  of  Jerusalem,  after  the 
 temple  was  buHt  therein.  See  Deut.  xiv. 
 22,  23,  &c.  YoDR  HOUSE,]  That  is,  your 
 household;  as  the  Chald.  translateth  it,  the 
 men  of  your  house.  A  reward,]  Or 
 wages;  and  so  your  due  for  your  service:  so 
 the  apostle  speaking  of  the  honour  due  to  the 
 ministers  of  Christ,  saith,  'The  labourer  is 
 worthy  of  his  reward,'  1  "Tim.  v.  17,  18,  and 
 Christ  himself,  sending  his  disciples  to  preach, 
 said  unto  them,  *  And  in  the  same  house  re- 
 main,  eating  and  drinking  such  things  as 
 they  give:  for  the  labourer  is  worthy  of  his 
 reward.  Go  not  from  house  to  house,'  Luke 
 X.  7. 
 
 Ver.  32. — Bear  sin  for  it,]  That  is, 
 bear  the  punishment  of  sin  for  the  tithe: 
 which  the  Levites  should  do,  if  they  heaved 
 (or  separated)  not  a  tenth  part  of  the  best  of 
 that  tithe  from  it,  as  is  before  commanded. 
 Profane  the  holy  thing,]  Heb.  the  holi. 
 ness.  This  is  a  general  warning  both  to 
 priests  and  Levites,  that  the  holy  things  of  the 
 people  be  not  profaned  by  them,  nor  suffered 
 to  be  profaned  by  others.  And  holy  things 
 might  be  profaned,  if  either  they  were  eaten 
 out  of  the  time  limited  by  God,  as  in  Lev. 
 xix.  7,  8,  or  if  the  priests  were  unclean 
 when  they  did  eat  them,  as  Lev.  xxii.  2,  3, 
 9,  or  if  others  did  them,  to  whom  they  did 
 not  pertain,  as  Lev.  xxii.  10,  15,  16,  or  if 
 other  the  like  unlawful  actions  were  done  or 
 suffered .  The  ministers  of  God  therefore 
 had  this  charge  upon  them,  by  all  means  to 
 sanctify  the  Lord,  his  tabernacle  and  holy 
 things;  that  so  they  might  procure  the  wel- 
 fare and  salvation  both  of  themselves  and 
 others:  as  1  Tim.  iv.  16. 
 
66 
 
 NUMBER  S. 
 
 CHAP.  XIX. 
 
 1.  The  Lord  commandetli  a  red  heifer  io  he  slain  hy  the  priest,  sortie 
 of  her  blood  to  be  sprinkled,  the  residue,  rvith  her  body,  to  be  burned,  to- 
 gether with  cedar  wood,  hyssop,  and  scarlet ;  and  the  ashes  of  all  these 
 to  be  gathered  up  and  kept  for  the  congregation,  to  make  therewith  a 
 water  of  separation  and  purification  from  sin.  11.  The  lam  for  the  use 
 of  it,  in  purif  cation  of  the  unclean  by  tJie  dead. 
 
 335 
 
 ^  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses  and  unto  Aaron,  saying,  ^  This 
 IS  the  ordinance  of  the  law  v/hich  Jehovah  hath  commanded,  saying, 
 Speak  unto  the  sons  of  Israel,  that  they  take  unto  thee  a  red  heifer, 
 perfect,    wherein   is  no  blemish,   upon    which  never   came   yoke. 
 
 BBS  Here  is  the  thirty-ninth  section  of 
 the  law,  after  the  Hebrews'  account:  see  Gen. 
 vi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  2. — The  ordinance,]  Or,  the  sta- 
 tute, constitution,  the  prescript  ordinance  ;  in 
 Gr.  the  distinction  of  the  latv.  As  in  the 
 former  chapter,  God  gave  order  for  his  mini- 
 sters, the  tribe  of  Levi,  by  whom  the  service 
 in  his  tabernacle  should  be  performed,  and  his 
 people  should  come  near  unto  him,  to  offer 
 all  their  sacrifices:  so  here  he  giveth  a  law 
 for  a]l  men  generally,  how  they  should  be 
 purified  from  their  uncleanness,  whensoever 
 they  were  to  come  into  his  sanctuary  with 
 their  sacrifices,  and  for  the  service  of  his  holy 
 Majesty;  that  their  hearts  might  be  confirm- 
 ed in  his  grace,  against  their  own  infirmities. 
 Take  u.nto  thee,]  That  is,  take  and  bring 
 unto  thee:  see  the  like  phrase  in  Gen.  xv. 
 9;  Exod.  XXV.  2;  Lev.  xxiv.  2.  This 
 heifer  was  taken  of  the  people,  to  show  the 
 interest  that  they  all  had  in  it  ;  and  by  faith 
 in  that  which  it  figured  Chiist.  A  red 
 HEIFER,]  Thargum  Jonathan  addeth,  "  a 
 three  yearling:"  so  in  the  Heb.  canons  they 
 say,  "  It  is  commanded  that  the  red  heifer 
 be  of  the  third  year,  or  of  the  fourth  year,  and 
 jt  may  be  older."  Maim,  in  Pharah  adum- 
 mah,  (or  treat,  of  the  Red  heifer,)  chap.  i. 
 sect.  I.  Perfect,]  In  Gr.  without  blemish. 
 As  all  sacrifices  wei-e  to  be  unblemished. 
 Lev.  xxii.  so  this ;  but  the  perfection  here 
 spoken  of,  the  Hebs.  refer  to  the  colour  also, 
 that  it  be  "  perfect  in  redness,  because  if  it 
 have  but  two  hairs  black,  it  is  unlawful," 
 saitl)  Sol.  Jarchi.  The  same  is  affirmed  also 
 by  Maim.  "  if  it  have  two  hairs  white  or 
 black,  &c.  it  is  to  be  refused."  Maim,  in 
 Pharah,  chap.  i.  sect.  2.  No  blemish,]  "If 
 it   hath   had  a  weu  (or  wart)  and   it   be  cut 
 
 off,  though  red  hairs  be  grown  in  the  place, 
 yet  is  it  disallowable.  All  blemishes  that 
 disable  the  holy  thing,  disable  this  heifer.  If 
 it  have  been  cut  out  of  the  mother's  body,  or 
 been  the  price  of  a  dog,  or  hire  of  an  whore, 
 (Deut.  xxiii.  18,)  or  been  torn,  or  been 
 abused  by  mankind,  (Lev.  xx.  15,)  it  is  un- 
 lawful. For  whatsoever  maketh  holy  things 
 unlawful  for  the  altar,  maketh  the  heifer  un- 
 lawful."  Maim,  in  Pharah,  chap.  i.  sect. 
 6,  7.  Yoke,]  That  is,  which  hath  not  been 
 used  of  men  for  any  work:  and  this  is  pecu- 
 liar to  this  heifer,  for  other  sacrifices  were 
 not  disabled  by  the  yoke  or  any  work,  save 
 the  heifer  for  expiation  of  murder,  Deut.  xxi. 
 3.  "  This  heifer  excelleth  other  holy  things, 
 for  work  done  by  it  disableth  it.  As  the 
 yoke  spoken  of  concerning  the  heifer,  (Deut. 
 xxi.)  maketh  all  other  works  like  the  yoke: 
 so  in  this  heifer,  &c.  But  the  yoke  disableth 
 her,  whether  it  be  in  the  time  of  working  or 
 not:  whereas  other  works  disable  her  not, 
 save  in  the  time  of  working.  As,  if  one 
 bind  a  yoke  upon  her,  although  she  hath  not 
 ploughed  with  it,  she  is  unlawful:  but  if  one 
 took  her  in  to  tread  out  corn,  (as  Deut.  xxv. 
 4,)  she  is  not  made  disallowable,  until  he 
 tread  out  corn  with  her;  and  so  in  all  like 
 cases."  Maim,  in  Pharah,  chap.  i.  sect.  7. 
 As  other  sacrifices  of  beasts  prefigured  Christ, 
 so  this  in  special  figured  him  ;  red,  in  his 
 human  nature  and  participation  of  our  afflic- 
 tions, Is.  Ixiii.  1,  2;  Heb.  ii.  14,  17,  18; 
 perfect  and  without  blemish  of  sin,  both  in 
 his  nature  and  actions,  Luke  i.  25;  1  Pet.  i. 
 19  ;  ii.  22  ;  without  yoke,  as  being  free  from 
 the  bondage  of  sin  and  corruption,  and  from 
 servitude  to  the  ordinance  of  men  in  religion, 
 and  as  doing  voluntarily  the  things  that  per- 
 tained to  our  redemption,  Lam.  i.  14  ;  John 
 
CHAP.  XIX. 
 
 67 
 
 3  And  ye  sliall  give  her  unto  Eleazar  the  priest,  and  he  shall  bring 
 her. forth  without  the  camp,  and  one  shall  slay  her  before  his  face. 
 *  And  Eleazar  the  priest  sliall  take  of  her  blood  witli  liis  finger, 
 and  shall  sprinkle  of  her  blood  directly  before  the  tent  of  the  con- 
 gregation seven  times.  ^  And  one  shall  burn  the  lieifer  in  his  eyes; 
 her  skin,  and  her  flesh,  and  her  blood,  with  her  dung,  shall  he  burn. 
 
 viii.  .33—36;  1  Tim.  vi.  1;  1  Cor.  vii.  23 
 John  X.  17,  18. 
 
 Ver.  3. —  Unto  Eleazar,]  He  was 
 Aaron's  son,  and  by  doing  this  work  he  was 
 unclean,  ver.  7 ;  wherefore  Aaron  himself, 
 who  was  high  priest,  did  it  not.  Hence  the 
 Hebs.  say,  that  "  an  ordinary  priest  was  fit 
 for  to  burn  the  heifer:  for  it  is  said,  give  her 
 unto  Eleazar  the  priest,  and  yet  Aaron  him- 
 self was  living.  And  by  word  of  mouth  we 
 have  been  taught,  that  this  was  done  by 
 Eleazar;  and  all  other  heifers  (were  dont) 
 either  by  the  high  priest  or  by  a  common 
 priest.  And  he  that  did  it,  was  arrayed 
 with  the  four  ornaments  of  a  common  priest, 
 whether  he  were  the  high  priest  or  an  ordi- 
 naiy  priest  that  did  it."  Maim,  in  Pharah, 
 chap.  i.  sect.  11,  12.  It  figured,  that  the 
 work  iif  our  redemption  and  purification  from 
 sin,  should  be  the  work  of  Christ's  priestly 
 office,  Heb.  ix.  9,  13,  14.  He  in  perform- 
 ing the  truth  of  this  type,  was  both  priest 
 and  sacrifice.  He  shall  bring,]  The  Gr. 
 translateth,  "  they  shall  bring  ;"  and  so  after, 
 they  shall  slay  ;  as  if,  not  Eleazar  himself, 
 but  some  other  at  his  appointment  did  it. 
 And  the  words  following,  '  he  shall  slay  her 
 before  his  face,'  seem  to  imply  so  much,  that 
 some  other  man  did  slay  her  before  Eleazar's 
 face.  And  it  is  frequent  in  Scripture  to 
 make  one  the  doer  of  a  thing  which  he  com- 
 mandeth  to  be  done ,  as  Pilate  gave  the 
 body  of  Christ  to  Joseph,  Mark  xv.  45  ;  that 
 is,  commanded  it  to  be  given,  Matt,  xxvii. 
 58.  See  the  annot.  on  Exod.  vii.  17;  Gen. 
 xxxix.  22;  xlviii.  22.  Without  the  camp,] 
 Which  figured  Christ's  suffering  without  the 
 gates  of  Jerusalem,  Heb.  xiii.  11,  12.  So 
 in  ages  following,  they  burned  this  heifer 
 without  Jerusalem,  as  in  the  Heb.  records  it 
 is  said,  "  they  burnt  not  the  heifer,  but  with- 
 out the  mountain  of  the  house  (of  God)  as  it 
 is  written,  and  he  shall  bring  her  forth  with- 
 out the  camp,  (Num.  xix.  3,)  and  they  use 
 to  burn  it  on  mount  Olivet."  Maim,  in 
 Pharah,  chap.  iii.  sect.  1.  Without  the 
 camp,  malefactors  were  to  be  put  to  death. 
 Lev.  xxiv.  10  ,-  Num.  xv.  36.  One  shall 
 SLAY  her,]  "  A  stranger  (or  other  man)  did 
 slay  her,  and  Eleazar  beheld  it,"  saith  Sol. 
 Jarchi  on  this  place.  So  in  ver.  5,  '  he  shall 
 burn  the  heifer  in  his  eyes,'  that  is,  another 
 man  shall  burn  her  in  Eleazar's  sight:  which 
 
 is  confirmed  by  ver.  7,  8,  where  first  the 
 priest  (Eleazar)  is  commanded  to  wash  his 
 clothes,  and  after,  he  that  burned  her  was  to 
 wash  his  clothes  ;  so  that  these  were  divers 
 men.  Hence  also  the  Hebs.  say,  "  they 
 may  not  slay  two  red  heifers  at  once,  for  it 
 is  written,  and  he  shall  slay  her."  Maim,  in 
 Pharah,  chap.  iv.  sect.  i. 
 
 Ver.  4. — With  his  finger,]  Figuring 
 the  finger,  that  is,  the  Spirit  of  our  priest 
 Christ  Jesus,  whereby  he  hath  sprinkled  the 
 way  for  us  into  heaven,  and  our  hearts  from 
 an  evil  conscience,  that  we  may  have  access 
 thither  by  his  blood,  Heb.  ix.  22—24  ;  x. 
 19,  20,  22.  For  as  '  the  finger  of  God,' 
 Luke  xi.  20 ;  is  interpreted  '  the  Spirit  of 
 God,'  Matt.  xii.  28 ;  so  the  finger  of  the  priest 
 here,  signified  the  Spirit  of  our  high  priest 
 Christ,  by  the  power  whereof  our  way  is  pre- 
 pared into  the  kingdom  of  God,  through  the 
 applying  and  sprinkling  of  his  own  blood, 
 Heb.  xii,  24;  X.  19;  1  Pet.  i.  2;  I  Cor. 
 vi.  11.  The  Hebs.  gather  from  this  precept, 
 that  it  was  "  unlawful  to  receive  the  blood 
 in  a  vessel,  because  it  is  said,  the  priest  shall 
 take  of  her  blood  with  his  finger.  Maim,  in 
 Pharah,  chap.  iv.  sect.  4.  Directly  be- 
 fore the  tent,]  That  is,  towards  the  fore- 
 part or  door  of  the  tabernacle.  The  priest 
 stood  without  the  camp  where  the  heifer  was 
 slain,  and  there  sprinkled  towards  the  sanc- 
 tuary seven  times,  (which  is  a  full  and  com- 
 plete number,  as  is  noted  on  Lev.  iv.  6  ;) 
 and  that  place  being  a  figure  of  heaven,  Heb. 
 ix.  24  ;  this  sprinkling  thitherward  figured 
 out  how  liberty  should  be  procured  for  God's 
 people,  '  to  enter  into  the  holiest  by  the 
 blood  of  Jesus,  by  the  new  and  living  way 
 which  he  hath  consecrated  for  us,'  Heb.  x. 
 19,  29.  By  the  Heb.  canons,  "  if  he  sprin- 
 kled (the  blood)  and  not  towards  the  sanc- 
 tuary, it  was  unlawful.  Likewise,  if  he  did 
 slay  or  burn  her,  and  not  over  against  the 
 sanctuary,  it  was  unlawful."  Maim,  in 
 Pharah,  chap.  iv.  sect.  5. 
 
 Ver.  5. — One  shall  burn,]  That  is, 
 some  shall  burn  in  Eleazar's  sight ;  or  Elea- 
 zar shall  cause  it  to  be  bumt  before  his  eyes. 
 For  another  man  burned  it,  as  appeareth  by 
 ver.  S  ;  wherefore  Thargum  Jonathan  ex- 
 plaineth,  "  another  priest  shall  burn."  The 
 burning  of  the  heifer  without  the  camp,  figur- 
 ed '  how  Jesus,   that  he  might  sanctify  the 
 
6S 
 
 NUMBER  S. 
 
 *  And  the  priest  shall  take  cedar  wood,  and  hyssop,  and  scarlet, 
 and  shall  cast  them  into  the  midst  of  the  burning  of  the  lieifer. 
 '  And  the  priest  shall  wash  his  clothes,  and  he  shall  bathe  his  flesh 
 in  water,  and  afterward  he  shall  come  into  the  camp,  and  the  priest 
 
 people  with  his  own  blood,  should  sufler  with- 
 out the  gate  (of  Jerusalem,')  Heb.  xiii.  11, 
 12. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Cedar  wood,]  This,  with  the 
 hyssop  and  scarlet  following,  were  used  in 
 the  cleansing  of  lepers  that  were  healed,  Lev. 
 xiv.  4.  See  the  annot.  on  that  place.  The 
 cedar  is  one  of  the  greatest  and  tallest  trees, 
 (opposed  to  the  hyssop  as  the  lowest,  1  Kings 
 iv.  33  ;)  it  is  durable  wood  and  rotteth  not, 
 being  choice  (or  excellent,)  Song  v.  15  ;  fi- 
 guring the  perpetual  efficacy  of  the  death  of 
 Christ,  who,  '  by  one  oflering  hath  perfected 
 for  ever  them  that  are  sanctified,'  Heb.  x. 
 14.  Eyzop,]  Or,  hyssop,  whereof  see  Exod. 
 xii.  22.  As  here  it  was  burned  with  the 
 heifer,  so  after  in  ver.  18,  a  sprinkle  was 
 made  with  it,  figuring  the  virtue  and  fragrance 
 of  Christ's  death,  to  purge  our  sins,  and  to 
 sprinkle'our  hearts  '  from  an  evil  conscience,' 
 Heb.  i.  3 ;  X.  22.  Scarlet,]  Or,  twice 
 dyed  scarlet,  called  in  Heb.  Sheni  tholagnath; 
 whereof  see  Exod.  xxv.  4.  This  bloody  co- 
 lour sometimes  signifieth  sins.  Is.  i.  18  ; 
 and  it  is  the  death  and  blood  of  Christ  that 
 cleanseth  us  from  all  sin,  Rom.  vi.  10  ;  1 
 -Tohn  i.  7;  the  preaching  hereof  maketh  the 
 lips  '  like  a  thread  of  scarlet,'  Song  iv.  3. 
 Into  the  midst  of  the  borning,]  The 
 lyianner  of  burning  this  heifer  in  the  ages  fol- 
 lowing, is  described  by  the  Hebs.  thus:  "  they 
 made  a  bank  (or  causey)  from  the  mountain 
 of  tlie  house  of  God  (in  Jerusalem)  unto 
 mount  Olivet;  [the  mountain  which  our 
 Lord  Jesus  used  to  frequent,  Luke  xxi.  37; 
 Jolui  xviii.  2  ;  whither  he  went  the  jiight 
 that  he  was  betrayed  to  death,  Luke  xxii. 
 39,  40,  &c.  ;  and  it  was  '  over  against  the 
 tumple,'  Mark  xiii.  3  ;  and  from  thence,  after 
 his  resurrection,  he  ascended  up  into  heaven. 
 Acts  i.  9 — 12  ;]  and  the  heifer,  and  he  that 
 burned  her,  and  all  that  assisted  him  in  the 
 burning  of  her,  went  out  of  the  mount  of  the 
 temple,  unto  mount  Olivet  upon  that  bank. 
 The  elders  of  Israel  went  before  them  on 
 their  feet  to  mount  Olivet,  and  there  was  a 
 phice  to  baptize  (or  wash)  in:  and  the  priest 
 and  they  that  assisted  him  to  burn  the  heifer, 
 went  on  the  bank  and  came  to  mount  Olivet, 
 &c.  and  the  elders  imposed  their  hands  upon 
 the  priest,  and  said  unto  him.  Wash  once. 
 lie  went  down  and  washed,  and  came  up  and 
 wiped  himself.  And  there  was  wood  laid  in 
 a  row,  wood  of  cedar,  and  oak,  and  fir-tree, 
 and  fig-tiee,  which  they  took  and  made  a 
 jiile   of  like   a   lower,   &r.,  and  the  fore-part 
 
 was  towards  the  west  [that   was  towards  the  i 
 
 temple.]     Then   they  bound  the  heifer,  and  ! 
 
 laid  her  upon  the  pile  of  wood,  with  her  head  J 
 
 to   the   south,  and  her  face  to  the  west ;  and  1 
 
 the  priest  stood  on  the  east-side,  with  his  face  j 
 
 to  the  west.  He  killed  her  with  his  right 
 hand,  and  took  the  blood  in  his  left  hand,  and 
 sprinkled  with  the  finger  of  his  right  hand,  | 
 
 of  the  blood  that  was  in  the  palm  of  his  left 
 hand,  seven  times  toward  the  most  holy  place 
 (of  tlie   temple.)     At    every    sprinkling,   he  ' 
 
 dipped  his  finger  in  the  blood,  and  the  resi- 
 due of  the  blood  which  was  on  his  finger,  was        .  i 
 unlawful  to  sprinkle  with  ;  therefore,  at  every  ] 
 
 sprinkling  he  wiped  his  finger  on  the  body  of 
 the  heifer.      When  he   had  made  an  end  of         i 
 sprinkling,  he  wiped  his  hands  on  the  heifer's 
 body,  and  came  down  from  the  pile,  and  kin.  i 
 
 died  the  fire  with  small  sticks,  which  he  put  | 
 
 under  the  sticks  of  the  pile,  and  the  fire  be- 
 gan to  burn,  and  the  priest  stood  afar  oil' and 
 observed  it,  till  the  fire  burned  upon  her  and 
 her  belly  cleft  asunder.  And  afterward  he 
 took  cedar  wood  and  hyssop,  not  less  than  an 
 handbreadth,   and  wool  dyed  in  scarlet,  five  I 
 
 shekels  weight,  &c.  And  he  bound  the  hys- 
 sop with  the  cedar,  with  the  tongue  [or  long 
 piece]  of  scarlet,  and  cast  them  into  her  belly, 
 (Num.  xix.    6.)     And   he  cast  them  not  in  j 
 
 before    the    fire    was  kindled  upon  the  bulk  ] 
 
 of  her  body,  nor   after  that  she  was  burnt  to  ' 
 
 ashes;  and  if  he  did,  it  was  unlawful ;  for  it 
 is  said,  into  the  midst  of  the  burning,  not  he- 
 fore  the  fire  is  kindled  on  her  body,  nor  after 
 she  is  turned  to  ashes."     Maim,  in  Pharah  , 
 
 adwnimah,  chap.  iii.  sect.  1,2.  j 
 
 Ver.  7. — Wash    his    clothes,]    Which 
 was  a  sign  of  purification  from  uncleanuess,  ! 
 
 as  is   noted   on  Lev.   xi.   25 ;   xv.   6.      The  i 
 
 same  was  concerning  him  that  burned  the 
 heifer,  ver.  8  ;  and  the  clean  man  that  ga-  | 
 
 thered  np  her  ashes,  ver.  9,  10.  Hereby  the 
 imperfection  of  the  legal  priesthood  was 
 showed,  in  that  the  priests  which  prepared 
 the  means  of  sanctification  for  the  church,  | 
 
 were    themselves  polluted    in  the   preparing 
 and  doing  of  them,   as  may  be  gathered  by         \ 
 proportion  from  Heb.   vii.  27,  28  ;  x.  1 — 3.  ' 
 
 The   sin  also  of  the   priests  and  others  that 
 procured  the  death  of  Christ  (though  it  was         ■ 
 the  life  of   the  world),  seemeth  hereby  to  be 
 signified.  Matt.  xxvi.   C5,  C6,  &c.  ;   Acts  ij.         , 
 22,   23,  38  I  iii.    14,   15,  17—19.     Albeit, 
 by  the  tradition  of  the  Hebs.  they  were  very         j 
 careful  al)out  the  clearuiess   of  their   priests 
 when  they  did  this  wotk:  for  the  priests  ihaj 
 
CHAP.    XIX. 
 
 shall  be  unclean  until  the  evening.  ^  And  he  tliat  burnetii  lier 
 shall  wash  his  clothes  in  water,  and  bathe  his  flesh  in  water,  and 
 shall  be  unclean  until  the  evening.  ^  And  a  man  that  is  clean  shall 
 gather  up  the  ashes  of  the  heifer,  and  lay  them  up  without  the 
 
 burned  this  heifer,  "  they  separated  him 
 (from  his  house)  to  a  chamber  prepared  in  the 
 court  (of  the  temple)  which  was  called  the 
 stone  chamber,  because  all  the  vessels  tliereof 
 were  of  stone,  which  do  receive  no  unclean- 
 iiess,  and  he  ministered  in  a  vessel  of  stone, 
 all  the  seven  days  tliat  he  was  separated,  and 
 his  brethren  the  priests  might  not  touch  him 
 for  the  more  care  of  his  cleanness.  Seven 
 days  before  the  burning  of  the  heifer,  they 
 separated  the  priest  that  burned  her  from  his 
 house,  as  they  separated  the  high  priest  for 
 liis  service  on  atonement  day,  (whereof  see 
 the  notes  on  Lev.  xvi.  33.)  Also  they  sepa- 
 rated him  from  his  wife,  lest  he  should  have 
 her  disease,  and  so  he  bj  unclean  seven  days, 
 (as  Lev.  xv.  24.)  Every  one  of  those  seven 
 days  of  his  separation,  they  sprinkled  him  with 
 the  water  of  purification  (lest  he  should  be  un- 
 clean by  the  dead,  and  not  know  it,)  and  with 
 the  ashes  of  the  heifer  that  had  been  burned 
 already  (before.)"  Maim,  in  Pharah,  chap, 
 ii.  Notwithstanding  all  this  care,  "  Whoso- 
 I'ver  busy  themselves  about  this  heifer,  from 
 the  beginning  to  the  end,  do  make  their  gar- 
 ments unclean,  and  are  bound  to  wash  them- 
 selves, and  are  unclean  till  the  evening.  And 
 wheresoever  the  law  speaketh  of  washing  of 
 clothes  for  uncleanness,  it  is  to  teach  us,  that 
 not  the  clothes  only  upon  him  are  unclean, 
 but  every  cloth  or  vessel  which  this  unclean 
 person  shall  touch,  while  his  uncleanness  is 
 on  him,  is  made  unclean.  And  not  this  hei- 
 *'er  only,  but  all  sin-offerings  that  are  burnt, 
 (without  the  camp,)  whether  bullocks  or 
 goats ;  he  that  burneth  them,  defileth  his 
 clothes  the  time  of  the  burning  of  them  till 
 they  be  turned  to  ashes,"  (Lev.  xvi.  28.) 
 Maim.  ibid.  chap.  v. 
 
 VeR.    9.  —  A  M.'iN  THAT    IS   CLEAN,]  This 
 
 man  is  said  in  Thargum  Jonathan,  to  be  "a 
 priest."  The  ashes,]  It  is  reported,  that 
 "  after  they  had  finished  the  burning  of  her, 
 they  beat  her  with  staves,  her,  and  all  the 
 wood  of  the  pile  wherewith  she  was  burned, 
 and  sifted  all  with  sieves:  and  whatsoever 
 was  black,  which  possibly  they  could  pound 
 and  make  it  ashes,  either  of  her  flesh  or  of  the 
 wood,  they  pounded  it  till  it  was  made  ashes; 
 and  that  which  had  no  ashes  in  it,  they  left 
 the  same ;  and  every  one  of  her  I)ones  that 
 remained  luiburnt  they  pounded."  Maim, 
 in  Pharah^  chap.  iii.  sect.  3.  As  the  buiii- 
 ing  of  the  heifer  signified  the  suflerings  of 
 Christ,  Heb.  xiii.  11,  12  ;  so  the  ashes  were 
 the  monument  of  his  most  base  and  utmost 
 
 afflictions ;  for  ashes  were  used  as  greatest 
 signs  of  sorrow  and  misery,  2  Sam.  xiii.  19; 
 Job  XXX.  19  ;  xiii.  6  ;  Jer.  vi.  26  ;  and  to 
 be  brought  to  ashes  upon  the  earth,  is  noted 
 for  tlie  extremity  of  God's  fiery  judgments, 
 Ezek.  xxviii.  18.  But  the  memorial  of 
 Christ's  most  ignominious  death,  is  to  be  kept 
 as  a  most  glorious  monument  of  our  life,  justi- 
 fication and  sanctification  through  faith  in  his 
 name,  I  Cor.  xi.24,  26;  Gal.  vi.  14;  Phil.  iii. 
 8 — 10.  Without  the  camp,]  To  signify 
 that  they  which  would  have  part  in  the  death 
 of  Christ,  '  must  go  forth  unto  him,  without 
 tlie  camp,  bearing  his  reproach,'  Heb.  xiii. 
 13.  In  a  clean  place,]  Figuring  a  clean 
 heart  and  pure  conscience,  in  which  only 
 the  monuments  of  Clirist's  death  are  reserved 
 by  faith.  Acts  xv.  9  ;  Heb.  x.  22  ;  Eph.  iii. 
 17.  The  Hebs.  say,  *'  they  gatliered  not 
 any  of  her  ashes  to  lay  up  in  the  court  (of  the 
 sanctuary:)  but  they  divided  all  the  ashes 
 into  three  parts.  One  put  they  put  in  (the 
 place  called)  the  Cheil,  [the  fort  or  frontier,] 
 and  another  part  in  mount  Olivet,  and  the 
 third  was  parted  to  all  the  wards  (or  custo- 
 dies of  the  Levites  )  That  which  was  parted 
 to  all  the  wards,  the  priests  sanctified  there- 
 with ;  and  that  which  was  put  in  mount  Oli- 
 vet, the  Israelites  sprinkled  with  it :  and 
 that  which  was  put  in  the  Cheil,  was  reserved 
 and  laid  up,  as  it  is  written,  '  and  it  shall 
 be  for  the  congregation  for  a  reservation,  to 
 teach  that  they  laid  up  some  of  it.'  And 
 thus  they  laid  up  some  of  every  heifer  which 
 they  burned,  in  the  Cheil.  And  they  did 
 (burn)  nine  red  heifers,  after  they  were  com- 
 manded this  precept,  till  the  desolation  of  the 
 second  temple.  The  first  was  done  by  Moses 
 our  master,  the  second  by  Ezra,  and  seven 
 after  Ezra,  till  the  temple  was  destroyed. 
 And  the  tenth  shall  be  done  by  the  King 
 Christ,  who  shall  be  revealed  with  speed. 
 Amen,  so  be  the  good  will  of  God."  RIaim. 
 in  Pharah,  chap.  iii.  sect.  4.  This  last 
 speech  of  the  Jew,  showed  their  zeal  with- 
 out knowledge  ;  for  "  we  know  that  the  Son 
 of  God  is  come,  and  hath  given  us  an  under- 
 standing, that  we  may  know  him  that  is  true, 
 and  we  are  in  him  that  is  true,  even  in  his 
 Son  Jesus  Christ,'  1  John  v.  20  ;  and  by 
 him  was  this  legal  type  (as  all  other)  accom- 
 plished ;  as  it  is  written,  "  If  the  ashes  of 
 an  heifer  sprinkling  the  unclean  sanctifieth  to 
 the  purifying  of  the  flesh,  how  much  more 
 shall  the  blood  of  Christ,  who  through  the 
 eternal  Soirit  oflered  himself  witho'it  spot  to 
 
fO 
 
 jN  U  M  B  E  R  S. 
 
 camp  in  a  clean  place  j  and  it  shall  be  for  a  reservation  for  the  con- 
 gregation of  the  sons  of  Israel,  for  a  water  of  separation,  it  is  a 
 purification  for  sin,  '"  And  he  that  gathereth  the  ashes  of  the  heifer 
 shall  wash  his  clothes,  and  shall  be  unclean  until  the  evening  -.  and 
 it  shall  be  unto  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  unto  the  stranger  that  so- 
 journeth  among  them,  for  a  statute  far  ever.  "  He  that  toucheth 
 the  dead  of  any  soul  of  man,  he  shall  be  even  unclean  seven  days. 
 
 God,  purge  your  conscience  from  dead  works 
 to  serve  the  living  God?'  Heb.  ix.  13,  14. 
 Wherefore  Christ  the  King  liath  been  reveal, 
 cd,  and  they  have  done  unto  iiim  whatsoever 
 they  would:  but  even  unto  this  day,  when 
 Moses  is  read,  a  vail  is  laid  upon  their  heart, 
 so  that  they  cannot  stedfastly  look  to  the  end 
 of  that  which  is  abolished ;  '  nevertheless, 
 when  it  shall  turn  to  the  Lord,  the  vail  shall 
 be  taken  away,'  2  Cor.  iii.  15,  16.  Then 
 shall  they  look  upon  him  '  whom  they  have 
 pierced,  and  they  shall  mourn  for  him,  as 
 one  mourneth  for  his  only  son,  and  shall  be 
 in  bitterness  for  him,'  &c.  Zach.  xii.  10. 
 And  this  day,  God  cause  to  come  with  speed, 
 Amen.  For  a  reservation,]  Or,  for  an 
 asservation,  a  keeping,  that  is,  to  be  reserved 
 or  kept.  See  the  like  phrase  in  Exod.  xvi. 
 32—34  ;  Num.  xvii.  10,  Sol.  Jarchi  here 
 saith,  "  tliat  which  was  in  the  Cheil  (or  fort) 
 was  put  there  for  a  reservation,"  according 
 to  that  fore-noted  out  of  Maimony.  But  this 
 may  be  understood  of  all  the  ashes,  (and  not 
 of  a  third  part  only,)  which  was  kept  for  the 
 use  of  Israel,  as  after  followeth.  For  the 
 CONGREGATION,]  Hence  the  Hebs.  say,  that 
 "  all  Israelites  were  fit  to  keep  it.  There- 
 fore, any  of  the  common  people  which  bring- 
 eth  a  vessel  out  of  his  house,  though  an  earthen 
 vessel,  and  saith,  this  vessel  is  clean  for  the 
 sin  (water,)  lo,  it  is  clean,  they  sanctify  in 
 it,  and  sprinkle  out  of  it ;  though  that  vessel 
 is  unclean  for  the  sanctuary,  and  for  the  heave- 
 offering.  And  so  any  of  the  common  people 
 that  shall  say,  I  am  clean  for  the  sin-water, 
 or  that  hath  the  sin -water  by  him,  and  saith 
 it  is  clean,  he  is  to  be  trusted :  for  there  is 
 no  man  of  Israel  too  vile  for  it."  Maim,  in 
 Pharah,  chap.  xiii.  sect.  12.  Water  of 
 separation,]  That  is,  water  to  be  sprinkled 
 for  separation,  to  be  sprinkled  on  such  as  are 
 separated  and  removed  because  of  unclean- 
 ness,  from  other  people.  This  appeareth  by 
 ver.  13,  where  it  is  said,  '  because  the  water 
 of  separation  was  not  sprinkled  upon  him.' 
 The  Heb.  Niddah,  which  properly  signifieth 
 a  separation  or  removal  for  uncleanness,  is 
 sometimes  figuratively  used  for  uncleanness 
 itself,  which  is  to  be  done  away;  as  in  2 
 Chron.  xxix,  5 ;  Ezra  ix.  11.  Whereupon 
 the  water  which  cleanseth  it,  is  called  "  the 
 water  of   separation;"    which    the  Gr.   and 
 
 Chald.  version  call  "  water  of  sprinkling,  be 
 cause  it  vras  sprinkled  on  the  unclean  to  pu- 
 rify him,  ver.  18,  19.  According  to  which 
 phrase,  Christ's  blood  is  called  '  the  blood  of 
 sprinkling,'  Heb.  xii.  24  ;  because  it  purifi- 
 eth  the  conscience,  and  was  figured  by  this 
 sprinkling  water,  Heb.  ix.  13,  14.  A  pu- 
 rification for  sin,]  Heb.  a  sin  :  which 
 word  as  it  is  often  used  for  a  sin-offering,  or 
 sacrifice  that  expiateth  sin,  as  in  Lev.  iv.  3, 
 &c. ;  so  here  it  is  the  name  of  that  water 
 which  purified  sin,  as  after  is  manifested  in 
 ver.  12,  &c.  Wherefore  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 "  it  is  a  sanctification  or  purification."  And 
 these  two  names  here  given  to  this  water, 
 the  prophet  useth  when  he  foretelleth  the  grace 
 of  Christ,  '  in  that  day  there  shall  be  a  foun- 
 tain opened  to  the  house  of  David,  and  to  the 
 inhabitants  of  Jerusalem,  for  sin  and  for  sepa-  ■ 
 ration/  Zach.  xiii.  1,  that  is,  for  a  purifica- 
 tion for  sin,  and  for  a  water  of  separation  for 
 uncleanness,  which  the  Gr.  there  interpreteth, 
 "  for  a  removal  away,  and  for  a  sprinkling." 
 
 Ver. 10 Shall  wash,]  As  when  any  of 
 
 the  blood  of  the  sin-offering  was  sprinkled  on 
 a  garment,  it  was  to  be  washed,  Lev.  vi. 
 27  ;  so  here,  he  that  gathered  up  ashes  was 
 to  wash  his  clothes,  for  it  could  not  be  but 
 some  of  the  ashes  would  light  upon  them. 
 See  the  notes  on  ver.  7.  The  stranger 
 that  sojourneth,]  In  Gr.  the  proselytes 
 that  are  adjoined. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Of  any  soul  of  man,]  That 
 is,  of  any  dead  man,  or  any  corpse  of  man : 
 the  soul  is  here  used  for  the  dead  body,  as  is 
 noted  on  Lev.  xix.  26;  and  Num.  vi.  6  ; 
 and  this  is  an  explanation  of  the  former  dead, 
 that  it  is  meant  of  man  only:  for  he  that 
 touched  a  dead  beast  was  not  unclean 
 seven  days,  but  one  day  only,  Lev.  xi.  24, 
 27,  39  ;  neither  was  he  to  be  sprinkled  with 
 these  ashes.  Sol.  Jarchi  here  saith,  it  is 
 spoken  "  to  except  the  soul  of  a  beast,  for  the 
 uncleanness  thereby  needeth  no  sprinkling," 
 Unclean  seven  days,]  During  which  time 
 of  his  uncleanness  he  might  not  come  into  the 
 sanctuary,  nor  touch  any  holy  thing.  Lev.  vii. 
 19,  21  ;  nor  be  in  the  Lord's  camp.  Num. 
 vi.  2  ;  (unto  which  the  city  Jerusalem  was 
 answerable  in  the  ages  following,  called  there- 
 fore the  '  holy  city,'  Neh.  xi.  1,  18;  Matt, 
 iv  5  )     And  hereby  was  figured  such  as  were 
 
CHAP.    XIX. 
 
 71 
 
 "  He  shall  purify  lumself  with  it  in  the  third  day,  and  in  the 
 seventh  day  he  shall  be  clean ;  and  if  he  purify  not  liimself  in  the 
 third  day,  and  in  the  seventh  day,  he  shall  not  be  clean.  "  Who- 
 soever touched  the  dead,  the  soul  of  a  man  that  is  dead,  and  puri- 
 
 dead  in  trespasses  and  sins,  Eph.  ii.  I  ;  and 
 such  as  have  their  consciences  defiled  by  dead 
 works,  Heb.  ix.  13,  14  ;  which  may  not  en- 
 ter during  their  uncleanness,  into  the  city  of 
 God,  Rev.  xxi.  27.  Of  this  legal  pollution, 
 the  Hebs.  have  these  sayings ;  "  a  dead  per- 
 son defileth  by  touching,  and  by  bearing,  and 
 by  the  tent,  with  seven  days'  uncleanness. 
 The  uncleanness  by  touching,  and  by  the 
 tent,  are  expressed  in  the  law,  Num.  xix.  11, 
 14.  Uncleanness  by  bearing,  is  by  tradition 
 [gathered  by  consequence.]  For  if  a  dead 
 beast  which  maketh  one  unclean  but  till  even- 
 ing, and  defileth  not  by  the  tent,  doth  defile  by 
 bearing,  as  is  written  by  Lev.  xi.  25 ;  how 
 much  more  doth  a  dead  man.  And  as  a  dead 
 beast,  which,  in  touching  defileth  till  even- 
 ing, defileth  also  till  evening  by  bearing,;  so 
 a  dead  man  which  by  touching  defileth  seven 
 days,  defileth  also  seven  days  by  bearing. 
 Uncleanness  by  touching,  spoken  of  in  every 
 place,  whether  of  a  dead  man  or  other  unclean 
 things,  is,  when  a  man  with  his  flesh  toucheth 
 the  unclean  thing  itself,  whether  it  be  with  his 
 hand,  or  with  his  foot,  or  with  any  other  part  of 
 his  flesh,  &c.  Uncleanness  by  beari  n  g,  spoken 
 of  in  any  place,  either  of  a  dead  man,  or  of 
 other  unclean  things,  is  when  a  man,  beareth 
 the  unclean  thing,  although  he  touch  it  not, 
 although  a  stone  be  betwixt  him  and  it.  For- 
 asmuch as  he  beareth  it,  he  is  unclean  ;  whe- 
 ther he  bear  it  on  his  head,  or  on  his  hand, 
 or  with  any  other  part  of  his  body:  Yea, 
 though  the  unclean  thing  hang  by  a  thread, 
 or  by  a  hair,  if  he  hang  the  thread  on  his 
 hand,  and  lilt  up  the  unclean  thing  by  it,  lo, 
 he  beareth  it,  and  is  unclean.  Nothing  is 
 defiled  by  beating,  save  man  only:  not  ves- 
 sels. As,  if  a  man  hold  in  his  hand  ten  ves- 
 sels, one  above  another,  and  a  dead  carcase, 
 or  any  the  like  thing  be  in  the  uppermost 
 vessel,  the  man  is  unclean  by  bearing  the 
 carcase,  and  the  vessels  upon  his  hand  are 
 all  clean,  save  the  uppermost  vessel  which 
 the  unclean  thing  toucheth  ;  and  so  in  all 
 like  cases,  &c.  There  is  no  kind  of  living 
 thing  which  is  defiled  while  it  is  alive,  or  that 
 doth  defile  while  it  is  alive,  save  man  only, 
 and  he  that  is  of  Israel,  &c.  A  dead  man 
 defileth  not  till  his  soul  be  departed  from 
 him,  as  it  is  written,  '  the  soul  of  a  man 
 that  is  dead,'  Num.  xix.  13.  A  dead  un- 
 timely birth,  &c.  defileth  by  touching,  by 
 bearing,  and  by  tent,  as  a  great  man  which  is 
 dead  ;  as  it  is  written,  '  he  that  toucheth 
 the  dead  of  any  soul  of  man,'  Num.  xix.  11. 
 
 Likewise  so  much  as  an  olive  of  a  dead  man's 
 flesh,  cither  moist  or  dry  as  a  potsherd,  defil- 
 eth as  doth  a  whole  dead  man.  A  limb  cut 
 off  from  a  living  man,  is  as  an  whole  dead 
 man,  and  defileth  by  touching,  by  bearing, 
 and  by  tent,  though  it  be  but  a  little  limb  of 
 a  child  of  a  day  old,  &c.  A  limb  separated 
 from  a  dead  man  defileth  also  by  touching,  by 
 bearing,  and  by  tent,  as  doth  the  dead  man," 
 &c.  Maim.  torn.  iii.  in  Tumath  meth, 
 chap.  i.  and  ii.  These  and  other  the  like 
 legal  pollutions,  teach  God's  people  how  care- 
 ful they  should  be,  that  they  defile  not  them- 
 selves with  sin,  or  communion  with  dead 
 sinful  works,  as  the  apostle  saith,  '  touch  not 
 the  unclean  thing,'  2  Cor.  vi.  17  ;  'be  not 
 partaker  of  other  men's  sins,  keep  thyself 
 pure,'  1  Tim.  v.  22. 
 
 Ver.  12. — He  shall  purify  himself,] 
 By  sprinkling  the  foresaid  water;  as  the 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it,  he  shall  sprinkle;  the 
 Gr.  he  shall  be  purified.  The  original  word 
 signifieth  to  purify  from  sin  ;  which  showeth 
 that  this  outward  uncleanness  figured  the 
 pollution  of  the  soul  by  sin,  and  the  purifica- 
 tion here  commanded,  signified  'repentance 
 from  dead  works,  and  faith  towards  God, 
 which  purifieth  the  heart,'  Heb.  vi.  1  ;  Acts 
 XV.  9.  With  it,]  With  the  water  fore- 
 spoken  of,  ver.  9,  and  the  ashes,  as  Thargum 
 Jonathan  here  expresseth:  the  manner  where- 
 of followeth.  He  shall  be  clean,]  That 
 is,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  and  he  shall  be 
 dean.  And  in  the  seventh,]  Chazliuui 
 here  observeth,  "  Lest  any  should  think,  it' 
 he  forget  and  be  not  sprinkled  in  the  third 
 day,  he  maybe  sprinkled  twice  on  the  seventLi 
 day,  and  it  will  serve  the  turn  as  if  he  were 
 sprinkled  on  the  third  day,  and  on  the  seventh; 
 therefore  the  scripture  saith,  If  he  purify  not 
 himself  in  the  third  day,  and  in  the  seventh, 
 &c.  for  it  is  necessary  that  there  be  three 
 days  between  sprinkling  and  sprinkling. 
 
 Ver.  13.— The  soul,]  That  is,  the 
 corpse,  as  before  is  showed.  That  is  dead,] 
 In  Gr.  if  he  be  dead.  From  these  words  the 
 Hebs.  gather,  "  that  the  dead  defile  not,  till 
 his  soul  be  departed,"  Maim,  in  Tumath 
 meth,  chap.  i.  sect.  15.  For  death  is  the 
 departing  of  the  soul  from  the  body,  Geu. 
 XXXV.  18;  Ps.  cxlvi.  4.  He  defileth  the 
 tabernacle,]  If  he  come  in  that  estate  into 
 the  court  of  the  taben\acle:  yea  though  he 
 have  waslied  himself,  "  yet  if  he  have  not 
 been  sprinkled  the  third  day  and  the  seventh 
 day,  he  defileth  it,"  as  Jarchi   here   noteth, 
 
NUMBERS. 
 
 fietli  not  himself,  he  dcfileth  tJie  tabernacle  of  Jehovah,  and  that 
 soul  sliall  be  ent  off  from  Israel :  because  the  water  of  separation 
 was  not  sprinkled  upon  him,  he  shall  be  unclean  ;  his  uncleanness 
 is  yet  upon  him.  ^^  This  is  the  law:  When  a  man  dieth  in  a  tent, 
 all  that  come  into  tlie  tent,  and  all  that  is  in  the  tent,  shall  be  un- 
 clean seven  days.  '^  And  every  open  vessel,  which  hath  no  cover- 
 ing bound  upon  it,  it  is  unclean.     '^  And  whosoever  toucheth  in  the 
 
 are  not  made  unclean  by  tliem,"  Maim,  in 
 Tumath  meth,  chap.  i.  sect.  10 — 13.  Un- 
 clean SEVEN  DAYS,]  This  is  the  ordinary 
 time  for  the  uncleanness  of  men  or  of  ves- 
 sels that  are  defiled  by  the  dead  ;  but  those 
 which  touch  such  a  defiled  man,  are  unclean 
 but  until  evening,  ver.  22 
 
 Ver.  15. — Every  open  vessel,]  The 
 Chald.  translateth  it,  every  open  earthen  ves- 
 sel (or  vessel  of  potter's  day:)  and  so  the 
 Heb.  doctors  expound  this  law,  as  Jarchi 
 saith,  "  The  scripture  speaketh  of  an  earthen 
 vessel  which  receiveth  no  uncleanness  in  the 
 outside  of  it,  but  in  the  inside,"  &c.  So 
 Maim,  in  Ttimath  meth,  chap.  xxi.  Of 
 vessels  and  their  uncleanness,  see  the  annot. 
 on  Lev.  xi.  32,  33.  No  covering  bound 
 UPON  IT,]  In  Gr.  not  bound  with  a  bond  upon 
 it:  by  covering,  some  understand  a  cloth  upon 
 it.  The  vessel  was  so  to  be  stopped,  that  the 
 air  of  the  tent  might  not  go  into  it:  then 
 both  it  and  all  things  in  it  were  clean,  other- 
 wise they  were  unclean.  From  hence  the 
 Hebs.  gather  also  by  inference,  that  if  ano- 
 ther tent  were  within  the  tent  of  the  dead, 
 the  things  in  it  were  clean,  because  they 
 were  hid  or  covered  ;  and  likewise,  if  the  un. 
 clean  thing  were  swallowed  up  by  a  living 
 creature.  But  nothing  put  up  in  vessels 
 free  from  uncleanness,  except  the  vessel  had 
 a  covering  bound  upon  it.  Neither  was  any 
 thing  clean  by  being  buried  in  the  gi-ound 
 under  the  tent  or  house:  but  if  an  house  were 
 unclean,  and  vessels  hidden  in  the  floor 
 thereof,  though  an  hundred  cubits  under- 
 neath, they  were  unclean,  Maim,  in  Tumath 
 meth,  chap.  xx. 
 
 Ver.  16. — In  the  face  of  the  field,] 
 That  is,  in  the  open  field  where  no  tent  is, 
 there  pollution  is  by  touching  only.  Slain 
 WITH  THE  sword,]  Or  With  any  instrument ; 
 the  sword  is  named  for  an  instance.  There- 
 fore in  Num.  xxxi,  19,  the  law  saith  more 
 generally,  '  whosoever  hath  killed  any  per- 
 son, and  whosoever  hath  touched  any  slain,' 
 &c.  Thargum  Jonathan  here  addeth,  "one 
 that  is  slain  with  the  sword,  or  the  sword 
 wherewith  he  was  slain."  So  in  the  Heb. 
 canons  it  is  said,  "  the  sword  is  as  the  dead 
 person,  to  wit,  for  defiling  him  that  toucheth 
 it,"  Maim,  in  Tmnath  meth,  chap.  v.  sect. 
 3.    The  word  sometimes  is  used  for  wounded, 
 
 and  Moses  after  showeth.  That  soul  shall 
 BE  CUT  OFF,]  In  Chald.  that  man  shall  be 
 destroyed.  This  is  meant  if  he  come  in  pre- 
 sumptuously ;  but  if  he  do  it  ignorantly,  he 
 is  to  bring  a  sacrifice,  Lev.  v.  3 — 6.  So  the 
 Hebs.  explain  this  law,  Maim,  in  Biath 
 hamikdash,  chap.  iii.  sect.  xii.  See  the 
 notes  on  Num.  vi.  The  water  of  separa- 
 tion,] In  Gr.  and  Chald.  the  water  of  sprink- 
 ling. This  signified,  that  when  any  have 
 sinned  he  cannot  be  cleansed  from  it  before 
 God,  by  any  of  his  own  works,  nor  satisfy  by 
 his  own  sufierings,  but  only  by  having  his 
 conscience  sprinkled  with  the  blood  of  Christ 
 by  his  Spirit;  for  that  is  it  which  '  cleauseth 
 us  from  all  sin,'  1  John  i.  7;  Heb.  ix.  13, 
 14. 
 
 Ver.  \A. — In  a  tent,]  And  in  like  man- 
 ner, in  a  honse,  as  the  Gr.  here  translateth  it ; 
 for  a  tent  is  named,  because  the  people  then 
 dwelt  in  tents  in  the  wilderness.  But  for 
 uncleanness  the  Hebs.  say,  "  that  only  a  tent 
 was  unclean,  and  to  be  sprinkled,"  as  is  after 
 noted  on  ver.  18.  And  all  that  is  in  the 
 TENT,]  The  pollution  by  the  dead  is  in  this 
 re=pect  above  all  other  pollutions  as  the  Hebs. 
 say,  "  The  uncleanness  of  the  tent  is  not  like 
 other  uncleannesses,  but  by  the  dead  only. 
 And  whether  there  come  into  the  tent  of  the 
 dead  man  or  vessel,  or  the  dead  be  brought  into 
 the  tent  where  men  or  vessels  are,  or  that 
 the  dead  be  with  men  or  vessels  under  the 
 same  tent,  they  are  unclean.  Whether  he 
 come  wholly  into  the  tent  of  the  dead,  or 
 come  but  some  part  of  him,  he  is  unclean  by 
 the  tent.  Though  he  do  but  put  in  his  hand, 
 or  the  tops  of  his  fingers,  &c.  he  is  all  un- 
 clean, &c.  Whether  the  dead  person  be  an 
 Israelite  or  an  heathen,  he  defileth  by  being 
 touched  or  carried,  but  an  heathen  defileth 
 not  by  tent.  This  is  by  tradition,  for  lo  he 
 saith  of  the  war  of  Midian,  whosoever  hath 
 touched  any  slain,  Num.  xxxi.  19,  and  he 
 mentioneth  not  there  the  tent.  Likewise  an 
 heathen  is  not  made  unclean  by  the  dead, 
 but  an  heathen  that  toucheth  the  dead,  or 
 beareth  him,  or  conieth  into  the  tent  where 
 the  dead  is,  lo  he  is  not  as  if  he  had  not 
 touched  him.  And  why?  because  he  is  as  a 
 beast  that  toucheth  the  dead,  &c.  And  this 
 is  not  for  the  dead  only,  but  for  all  other  un- 
 cleannesses  every  one,   heathens  and   beasts 
 
CHAP.  XIX. 
 
 73 
 
 face  of  tlie  field,  one  that  is  slain  witli  the  sword,  or  a  dead  bodi/, 
 or  a  bone  of  a  man,  or  a  grave,  he  shall  be  unclean  seven  days. 
 "  And  they  shall  take  for  the  unclean  person,  of  the  dust  of  the 
 burnt  heifer  of  purification  for  sin  ;  and  he  shall  put  thereto  living 
 
 though  not  dead,  as  in  Ps.  Ixix.  27;  cix.  22. 
 Hereupon  the  Hebs.  say,  "  A  limb  cut  oil" 
 from  a  living  man,  it  is  as  an  whole  dead 
 man,  and  maketh  unclean  by  touching,  by 
 bearing,  and  by  tent,  though  it  be  but  a 
 small  limb  of  a  child  of  a  day  old.  For 
 there  is  no  stinted  measure  of  limbs,  as  it  is 
 wiitten.  Whosoever  toucheth  in  the  face  of 
 the  field  one  that  is  slain  with  the  sword, 
 and  it  is  a  known  thing,  that  it  is  all  one, 
 whether  he  be  slain  with  the  sword,  or  with 
 a  stone,  or  with  other  things.  This  teacheth 
 that  he  is  unclean,  wliich  toucheth  a  limb 
 that  the  sword  hath  cut  off;  provided  that  it 
 be  a  whole  limb  as  it  is  created  of  flesh, 
 sinews  and  bones,"  Maim,  in  Tumath  ineth, 
 chap.  ii.  sect.  3.  Or  a  dead  body,]  Though 
 not  siaiii  by  violence,  but  dying  alone.  A 
 BONE  OF  A  MAN,]  By  reason  of  this  unclean- 
 ness  by  dead  men's  bones,  the  prophet  saith, 
 '  When  any  seeth  a  man's  bone,  he  shall  set 
 up  a  sign  by  it,  till  the  buriers  have  buried 
 it,'  &c.  Ezek.  xxxix.  15.  The  Hebs.  w)ite, 
 "  that  the  blood  also  of  a  dead  man  defileth  as 
 doth  the  dead  man:  but  the  blood  of  a  living 
 man  (they  say)  is  clean,  so  long  as  he  is 
 alive,"  Maim,  in  Tumath  meth,  chap.  ii.  A 
 GRAVE,]  Or,  a  sepulchre,  to  wit,  wherein  any 
 dead  have  been  buried.  "  A  grave,  all  the 
 wliile  that  uncleanness  is  within  it,  defileth 
 by  touching  and  by  tent,  as  doth  the  dead 
 person,  by  the  sentence  of  the  law,  Num. 
 xix.  16.  And  whether  one  touch  the  top  of 
 a  grave,  or  touch  the  sides  of  it  (he  is  un- 
 clean.) A  field  wherein  a  grave  is  ploughed 
 up,  and  the  bones  of  the  dead  are  consumed 
 into  dust,  the  dust  defileth  by  touching  and 
 by  bearing,"  Maim,  in  Tumath  meth,  chap. 
 ii.  sect.  16,  16.  Thus  the  pollution  by  man- 
 kind being  dead,  is  above  all  other  legal  pol- 
 lutions whatsoever:  which  lively  showeth  the 
 fruit  and  effect  of  sin,  which  caused  death, 
 Rom.  vi.  23,  and  the  horror  of  death,  hold- 
 ing men  in  subjection,  until  by  the  voice  of 
 Christ  they  be  raised  and  brought  out  of 
 their  graves,  John  v.  28,  29.  The  Hebs. 
 say,  "The  cause  of  the  uncleanness  of  the 
 dead,  is  by  means  of  the  angel  of  death  [the 
 devil]  that  brought  poison  into  man,"  R. 
 Menachem  on  Num.  xix.  Hereby  also  was 
 figured  the  estate  of  such  as  are  dead  in  sin, 
 even  dead  while  they  are  alive,  Col.  ii.  13; 
 1  Tim.  v.  C,  whose  throat  is  *  an  open  grave,' 
 Ps.  v.  10,  so  that  their  corrupt  words  and 
 sinful  works  do  infect  others,  2  Tim.  ii.  17, 
 IS;  1  Cor.  v.  6. 
 Vol.   II. 
 
 Ver.  17. — And  they  shall  take,]  That 
 is,  some  shall  take,  some  clean  man,  as  ver. 
 18.  For  the  unclean,]  To  cleanse  him. 
 Of  the  dust,]  That  is,  of  the  ashes,  as  the 
 Gr.  explaineth  it.  Of  the  burnt  heifer 
 OF  purification  for  sin,]  W&h.ofthc  burn- 
 ing of  sin,  that  is,  of  the  sin-oirering  (the 
 heifer)  that  is  burned,  ver.  9.  He  shall 
 put,]  That  is,  some  clean  man  shall  put. 
 Living  water,]  That  is,  as  the  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  spring  (or  welling)  tiiater,  which 
 for  the  continual  motion  is  called  living  water, 
 as  is  noted  on  Lev.  xiv.  5;  Gen.  xxvi.  19. 
 In  a  vessel,]  Touching  the  manner  of  per- 
 forming this  rite,  the  Hebs.  have  many  ob- 
 servations. "  The  water  on  which  the  hei- 
 fer's ashes  are  put,  is  not  filled  but  in  a  ves- 
 sel, and  out  of  fountains  that  spring,  or  of 
 rivers  derived  from  them:  and  the  putting  of 
 the  ashes  upon  the  water  that  is  filled  is 
 called  sanctifying.  And  the  water  on  which 
 the  ashes  are  put,  is  called  the  water  of  pu- 
 rification from  sin,  and  sanctified  water,  and 
 the  scripture  calleth  it  water  of  separation, 
 (Num.  xix.  9.)  It  is  lawful  for  any  to  fill 
 the  water,  save  for  the  deaf,  and  the  fool,  and 
 the  child;  and  lawful  for  any  to  sanctify,  save 
 for  the  deaf,  the  fool,  and  the  child :  and  they 
 sanctify  not  but  in  a  vessel,  neither  do  they 
 sprinkle,  but  out  of  a  vessel ;  and  the  filling 
 and  sanctifying  may  be  done  by  night,  but 
 they  do  not  sprinkle,  nor  wash,  but  by  day ; 
 and  all  the  day  long  they  may  sprinkle  or 
 wash.  In  any  vessel  they  may  fill,  and 
 sprinkle,  and  sanctify,  though  vessels  of 
 stone,  of  earth,  &c.  He  that  turneth  a 
 spring  into  his  wine-press,  or  into  a  cistern, 
 and  then  filleth  a  vessel  out  of  that  press  or 
 cistern,  it  is  unlawful:  for  it  is  necessary  to 
 take  the  water  out  of  the  spring  into  a  ves- 
 sel at  the  first.  The  main  sea,  as  the  ga- 
 thering together  of  water,  is  not  as  a  spring: 
 therefore  they  fill  not  out  of  it  to  sanctify, 
 &c.  When  they  sanctify  the  water  with  the 
 ashes,  he  putteth  the  water  which  is  filled  by 
 the  name  of  sin-water,  into  a  vessel,  and 
 putteth  the  ashes  upon  the  face  of  the  water, 
 and  mixeth  all  together;  and  if  he  put  in 
 the  ashes  fiist,  and  afterward  the  water,  it  is 
 unlawful.  And  whereas  it  is  said  in  the  law. 
 And  he  shall  put  thereto  living  water,  (Num. 
 xix.  17,)  it  is  meant  to  mix  the  ashes  with 
 the  water.  He  that  sanctifieth,  must  do  it 
 purposely,  and  put  the  ashes  with  his  hand 
 oi\  the  water;  as  it  is  said,  And  they  shall 
 take  for  the  unclean  person  ;  so  that  he  must 
 
74 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 water  in  a  vessel.  '^  And  a  clean  man  sliall  take  hyssop,  and  dip 
 it  in  the  water,  and  shall  sprinkle  it  npon  tlie  tent,  and  upon  all 
 the  vessels,  and  npon  the  souls  whicli  were  there,  and  upon  him 
 that  touched  a  bone,  or  one  slain,  or  one  dead,  or  a  grave.     ^^  And 
 
 have  an  intent  to  sanctify,  and  to  fill,  and  to 
 sprinkle,  &c.  He  tliat  dolivereth  sanctified 
 water,  or  water  filled  for  sanctification,  to 
 HTi  imclean  person  to  keep  it,  it  is  become 
 unlawful.  He  that  is  hired  is  unlawful  to 
 sanctify  or  to  sprinkle,  but  not  unlawful  to 
 fill  the  water,  &c.  he  may  receive  wages  for 
 filling,  or  for  carrying  the  water;  but  he 
 must  sanctify  for  nothing,  and  he  that  sprink- 
 leth  must  sprinkle  for  nothing,"  Maim,  in 
 Pharah  adurnmak,  chap.  vi.  sect.  1,  &c.  ; 
 chap.  ix.  sect.  1,  &c. ;  and  chap.  vii.  sect.  2. 
 Vek.  18. — A  CLEAN  MAN,]  Either  he  that 
 took  the  ashes  and  put  them  on  the  water,  or 
 any  other:  see  the  notes  on  ver.  9.  "  He 
 that  filleth  the  water  for  sanctification,  it  is  not 
 necessary  that  it  be  he  himself  that  saucti- 
 fieth,  and  that  sprinkleth  ;  but  one  may  sanc- 
 tify, and  another  may  sprinkle,"  Maim,  in 
 Pharah,  chap.  xix.  Hyssop,]  That  herb 
 which  was  used  in  cleansing  of  the  leper, 
 whereof  see  Lev.  xiv.  4.  "  A  clean  man 
 taketh  three  stalks  of  hyssop,  and  bindeth 
 them  in  a  bunch,  &c.  and  dippeth  the  tops  of 
 the  branches  in  the  water  of  separation  wliich 
 is  in  a  vessel,  and  purposely  sprinkleth  on 
 the  man,  or  on  the  vessels,"  &c.  Maim,  in 
 Pharah,  chap.  xi.  sect.  1.  Dip  it  in  the 
 WATER,]  "  He  that  sprinkleth,  needelh  not 
 to  dip  for  every  sprinkling,  but  dippeth  the 
 hyssop,  and  sprinkleth  one  time  after  another, 
 till  the  water  be  ended.  And  he  may 
 sprinkle  with  one  sprinkling  on  many  men, 
 or  on  many  vessels  at  once,  though  they  be 
 an  hundred:  whatsoever  the  water  toucheth, 
 it  is  clean  every  whit,  if  so  be  he  that  sprink- 
 leth  do  intend  to  sprinkle  upon  it,"  Maim, 
 ill  Pharah,  chap.  x.  sect.  8.  Upon  the 
 TENT,]  In  Gr.  ujjoH  the  house.  The  tent 
 was  unclean  by  the  dead,  though  it  touched 
 it  not,  as  this  law  showeth.  "  Tlie  tent  it- 
 Belf,  whereinto  the  uncleanness  came,  though 
 the  uncleanness  touched  it  not,  yet  is  it  un- 
 clean with  seven  days'  uncleanness  by  the 
 law,  and  is  as  cloths  that  touch  the  dead 
 corpse;  for  it  is  said.  And  he  shall  sprinkle 
 upon  the  tent,"  Maim,  in  Tumath  meth, 
 chap.  V.  sect.  12.  All  the  vessels,]  No- 
 thing but  this  water  could  purify  the  vessels; 
 though  they  were  melted  in  the  fire,  yet  they 
 were  in  part  unclean,  as  it  is  said,  '  Every 
 thing  that  may  abide  tlie  fire,  ye  shall  make 
 it  go  through  the  fire,  and  it  shall  be  clean: 
 nevertheless  it  shall  be  purified  with  the 
 water  of  separation,'  Num.  xxxi.  32.  The 
 SOULS,]  The  living  persons,  or  men,  as  Thar- 
 
 gum  Jonathan  explaineth  it.  And  this  is 
 spoken  largely  Avithout  limitation,  though 
 tliey  had  other  uncleanness  upon  them,  than 
 by  the  dead.  And  so  the  Hebs.  explain  it 
 largely,  saying,  "  All  that  are  unclean  do  re- 
 ceive the  sprinkling;  as  men  or  women  that 
 have  running  issues,  women  separated  for 
 their  disease,  and  women  in  child-bed,  which 
 are  defiled  by  the  dead,  they  sprinkle  upon 
 them  in  the  third  day,  and  in  the  seventh, 
 and  lo  they  are  cleansed  from  the  uncleanness 
 by  the  dead,  although  they  are  unclean  still 
 with  other  uncleanness,  for  it  is  said  (in  Num. 
 xix.  19,)  'And  a  clean  person  shall  sprinkle 
 upon  the  unclean,'  &c.  whereby  thou  must 
 learn,  that  the  sprinkling  is  available  for  him, 
 though  he  be  unclean.  And  so  an  uncir- 
 cumcised  person  receiveth  the  sprinkling;  as 
 an  uncircumcised  person  that  is  unclean  by 
 the  dead,  and  one  sprinkle  upon  him  in  the 
 third  day  and  in  the  seventh,  lo  he  is  clean 
 from  uncleanness  by  the  dead;  and  when  he 
 is  circumcised,  he  washeth  (or  baptizeth)  and 
 eateth  of  the  holy  things  at  evening,"  Maim, 
 in  Pharah,  chap.  xi.  sect.  3.  And  for  the 
 eflect  of  this  sprinkling,  they  say,  "A  man 
 defiled  by  the  dead,  and  one  hath  sprinkled 
 on  him,  when  any  of  the  water  of  separation 
 hath  touched  any  place  of  the  skin  of  his 
 flesh  who  was  unclean,  the  sprinkling  is 
 available  for  him,  though  it  fall  but  upon  the 
 top  of  his  finger,  or  of  his  lip,  &c.  And  so 
 for  an  unclean  vessel  sprinkled,  when  any 
 whit  of  the  water  toucheth  the  body  of  the 
 vessel,  the  sprinkling  is  available  for  it," 
 Maim.  ibid.  chap.  xii.  sect.  1.  A  bone,] 
 That  is,  a  mart's  hone,  as  the  Gr.  translat- 
 eth,  and  as  was  expressed  in  ver.  16. 
 
 Ver.  19. — In  the  third  day,]  To  wit, 
 after  his  uncleanness  being  certainly  known. 
 "  Whoso  is  unclean  by  the  dead,  and  tarricth 
 many  days  without  sprinkling,  when  he  com- 
 eth  to  be  sprinkled,  he  countelh  before  him 
 three  days,  and  they  sprinkle  on  him  in  the 
 third  day,  and  in  the  seventh,"  &c.  Maim. 
 in  Pharah,  chap.  xi.  sect.  2.  And  in  the 
 SEVENTH,]  Which  is  the  day  of  the  accom- 
 plishment of  his  purification:  the  third  day 
 was  mystical,  having  reference  to  the  resur- 
 rection of  Christ,  which  was  on  the  thi id  day 
 after  his  death,  1  Cor.  xv.  4,  whereof  see  th? 
 annot.  on  Gen.  xxii.  4.  The  seventh  ds; 
 was  also  mystical,  as  being  the  number  o: 
 perfection  of  the  Sabbath,  and  of  accompli«ii 
 ing  a  work,  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  ii.  2;  Exod. 
 xii.  15 ;  Lev.  iv.  6   and  so  it  figured  our  full 
 
CHx\P.    XIX. 
 
 75 
 
 a  clean  person  shall  sprinkle  upon  the  unclean,  in  the  third  day, 
 and  in  the  seventli  day;  and  lie  shall  purify  himself  in  the  seventh 
 day,  and  shall  wash  his  clothes,  and  bathe  (his  flesh)  in  water,  and 
 shall  be  clean  at  evening,  ^"  And  the  man  that  shall  be  unclean, 
 and  shall  not  purify  liimself,  that  soul  shall  even  be  cut  off  from 
 among  the  church,  because  lie  hath  defiled  the  sanctuary  of  Jeho- 
 vah ;  the  water  of  separation  hath  not  been  sprinkled  upon  him, 
 lie  is  unclean.     ^'  x\nd  it  shall  be  unto  them  for  a  statute j^r  ever; 
 
 we  perfect  holiness  in  the  fear  of  God,'  2 
 Cor.  vii.  I.  Of  these  mysteries  the  Heb. 
 doctors,  though  estranged  from  the  true  life 
 and  ligiit  of  Christ,  retained  some  knowledge; 
 for  they  say,  "  When  the  living  water  is 
 mixed  with  the  ashes,  it  purifieth  the  unclean, 
 whereas  before  that,  wliile  the  ashes  were 
 alone,  they  defiled  all  tiiat  were  employed 
 about  them.  And  behold,  the  living  water 
 signified  the  water  that  is  on  high,  which 
 taketh  away  uncleanness  from  the  ashes,  &c. 
 And  lo  when  it  is  sprinkled  on  the  unclean, 
 the  uncleanness  fleeth  from  him,  &c.  and  a 
 clean  spirit  resteth  upon  him,  and  purifieth 
 him,"  R.  Menachem  on  Num.  xix. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Unclean,]  By  any  of  the 
 things  aforesaid,  about  the  dead.  Not  purl- 
 FV  HIMSELF,]  Or,  not  be  purified,  to  wit,  bi/ 
 having  the  water  spriiikled  upon  him,  as  the 
 Cliald.  explaineth  it;  and  the  latter  part  of 
 this  verse  manifesteth.  That  soul,]  In 
 Chald.  that  man.  Cut  off,]  In  Gr.  and 
 Chald.  destroyed.  Defiled  the  sanctuary,] 
 By  coming  into  it  before  he  hath  been  puri- 
 fied. For  such  were  shut  out  of  the  host, 
 Num.  V.  2,  how  much  more  out  of  the  sanc- 
 tuary? Therefore  porters  were  set  there  at 
 the  gates,  '  that  none  which  was  unclean  in 
 any  thing  should  enter  in,'  2  Chron.  xxiii. 
 19.  '  An  unclean  person  that  cometh  into 
 the  sanctuary  presumptuously,  his  punish- 
 ment is  cutting  ofli'  Num.  xix.  20;  'if  igno- 
 rantly,  then  he  is  to  bring  the  sacrifice  ap- 
 pointed,' Lev.  vii..  Maim,  in  Biath  hamik- 
 dash,  chap.  iii.  sect.  12.  See  the  annot.  on 
 Lev.  V.  2,  3. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Wash  his  clothes,]  As  being 
 unclean,  and  so  to  continue  until  evening; 
 likewise  he  that  toucheth  the  water  of  sepa- 
 ration shall  wash  his  clothes,  and  be  unclean 
 until  evening.  This  interpretation  Chazkuni 
 here  giveth  of  it,  that  in  the  former  branch 
 uncleanness  is  implied  until  evening;  and  in 
 the  latter  branch,  the  washing  of  his  clothes 
 also  is  implied,  though  not  expressed.  This 
 is  one  of  the  mysteries  of  this  law,  that  a 
 clean  man  (as  he  is  called  in  ver.  18,  19,) 
 was  made  unclean,  by  sprinlding  or  touching 
 the  holy  water,  which  sanctified  those  that 
 Mere  unclean,  and  so  it  had  contrary  effects 
 to  purify  the  unclean,  and  to  pollute  the  clean ; 
 
 cleansing,  and  ceasing  from  our  sinful  and 
 dead  works,  after  that  we  are  sprinkled  with 
 the  blood  of  Jesus,  and  water  of  his  Spirit, 
 Heb.  iv.  9,  10;  ix.  13,  14.  Wash  his 
 clothes,]  Which  was  a  common  rite,  for  all 
 that  were  defiled  with  other  uncleannesses; 
 whereof  see  Lev.  xi.  25;  xiv.  8,  9;  i.  55. 
 Bathe  his  flesh,]  In  Gr.  tvash  his  body: 
 the  word  flesh  is  expressed  before  in  ver.  7, 
 and  it  is  meant  of  his  whole  body,  or  '  all  his 
 flesh,'  as  Lev.  xv.  16.  Clean  at  evening,] 
 After  the  sun  is  set,  at  what  time  a  new  day 
 beginneth;  and  so  in  mystery,  a  new  life  to 
 begin.  This  cleansing  of  the  defiled  by  the 
 dead,  figured  Christ's  work  of  grace  upon 
 dead  and  sinful  men;  of  him  it  is  prophesied, 
 '  He  shall  sprinkle  many  nations,'  Is.  Hi.  15, 
 and  of  him  doth  the  apostle  open  this  figure, 
 saying,  '  If  the  blood  of  bulls  and  goats,  and 
 the  ashes  of  an  heifer,  sprinkling  the  unclean, 
 sanctitkth  to  the  purifying  of  the  flesh ;  how 
 much  more  shall  the  blood  of  Christ,  who 
 through  the  eternal  Spirit  offered  himself 
 without  blemish  unto  God,  purge  your  con- 
 science from  dead  works  to  serve  the  living 
 God?'  Heb.  ix.  13,  14.  The  sprinkling  of 
 the  ashes  of  the  heifer,  figured  the  applying 
 unto  us  of  Christ's  death,  whereunto  '  he  was 
 delivered  for  our  ofTences,  and  was  raised 
 again  for  our  justification,'  Rom.  iv.  25. 
 The  living  water  wherewith  the  ashes  were 
 mixed,  figured  the  Spirit  of  God,  which  they 
 that  believe  in  Christ  do  receive,  John  vii. 
 38,  39,  of  which  he  gave  this  promise, 
 '  Then  will  1  sprinkle  clean  water  upon  you, 
 and  ye  shall  be  clean,'  Ezek.  xxxvi.  25. 
 These  being  applied  unto  our  consciences  by 
 faith  (as  with  hyssop)  which  purifieth  the 
 heart.  Acts  xv.  9,  and  by  the  preaching 
 thereof.  Gal.  iii.  2,  do  baptize  us  into  Christ's 
 death,  that  like  as  he  was  raised  up  from  the 
 dead,  unto  the  glory  of  the  Father ;  even  so 
 we  also  should  walk  '  in  newness  of  life,' 
 Rom.  vi.  3,  4.  And  so  we  draw  near  unto 
 God,  '  with  a  true  heart,  in  full  assurance  of 
 faith,  having  our  hearts  sprinkled  from  an 
 evil  conscience,  and  our  bodies  washed  with 
 pure  water,  and  our  robes  washed,  and  made 
 white  in  the  blood  of  the  Lamb,'  Heb.  x. 
 22;  Rev.  vii.  14,  and  cleansing  ourselves 
 '  from  all  filthiness  of  tho  fl"»i>  -"ri  anirit. 
 
76 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 and  lie  that  sprinkleth  the  water  of  separation,  shall  wash  his 
 clothes ;  and  he  that  toucheth  the  water  of  separation,  shall  be  mi- 
 clean  untU  the  evening.  ^^  And  whatsoever  the  unclean  person 
 toucheth,  shall  be  unclean ;  and  the  soul  that  toucheth,  sliall  be 
 unclean  until  the  evening. 
 
 as  the  sun  melteth  wax,  and  hardeneth  clay. 
 Hereby  the  Holy  Spirit  seemeth  to  signify 
 the  imperfection  and  insufficiency  of  these 
 legal  rites,  which  in  their  greatest  virtue  did 
 but  sanctify  'to  the  purifying  of  the  flesh,' 
 as  the  apostle  saith,  Heb.  ix.  13,  and  yet 
 even  then  also,  left  the  purifier  himself  in 
 micleanness,  which  he  had  not  before.  That 
 by  consideration  of  these  efTects,  the  people 
 might  be  led  unto  Christ  and  his  Spirit,  who 
 is  able  to  '  purge  the  conscience  from  dead 
 works,  and  to  save  them  to  the  uttermost  that 
 come  unto  God  by  him,'  Heb.  ix.  14;  vii. 
 25.  The  Hebs.  understand  this  of  such 
 as  sprinkled  or  touched  the  water,  when  there 
 was  no  need  as  when  no  unclean  person  or 
 vessel  was  to  be  sprinkled  with  it,  Maim,  in 
 Pkarah,  chap.  xv. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Whatsoever,]  Or,  whomso- 
 ever; Heb.  all,  implying  men,  vessels,  &c. 
 The  unclean,]  To  wit,  by  the  dead,  of 
 whom  was  spoken  before.  Shall  be  un- 
 clean,] To  wit,  until  evening,  as  the  end  of 
 the  verse  showeth :  and  this  is  an  inferior  de- 
 gree of  uncleanness;  for  the  man  or  vessel 
 polluted  by  the  dead,  was  unclean  seven 
 days,  ver.  11,  14,  but  that  which  such  an 
 unclean  man  or  vessel  touched,  was  unclean 
 till  the  end  of  that  day.  So  in  the  Heb. 
 canons,    "A  man   which  is  defiled  by  the 
 
 dead,  and  the  vessels  which  that  man  touch- 
 eth, are  unclean  seven  days,  as  it  is  said, 
 '  And  ye  shall  wash  your  clothes  in  the 
 seventh  day,  and  ye  shall  be  clean,'  (Num. 
 xxxi.  24.)  But  a  man  that  shall  touch  a 
 man  which  is  defiled  by  the  dead,  whether 
 he  touch  him  after  that  he  is  separated  from 
 the  things  that  defiled  him,  or  touch  him 
 while  he  toucheth  the  dead,  lo  this  second 
 man  is  unclean  till  the  evening,  as  it  is  said, 
 (in  Num.  xix.  22,)  'And  the  soul  that  touch- 
 eth, shall  be  unclean  until  the  evening," 
 Maim,  in  Tumath  mcth,  chap.  v.  sect.  2. 
 The  soul,]  In  Chald.  the  man.  That 
 toucheth,]  To  wit,  him  that  is  defiled,  as 
 before  is  noted  ;  or,  it,  the  thing  which  is 
 defiled  by  the  touch  of  an  unclean  man. 
 Thus  pollution  passed  from  one  thing  to  ano- 
 ther, and  from  that  other  to  a  third;  whereby 
 God  figured  the  congregation  of  sin,  spread- 
 ing abroad,  and  infecting  where  it  goeth; 
 leaving  uncleanness  till  the  end  of  that  day, 
 and  beginning  of  a  new:  then  washing  our- 
 selves by  repentance  and  faith  in  the  blood  of 
 Christ,  we  are  clean.  '  For  we  are  buried 
 with  him  by  baptism  into  death,  that  like  as 
 Christ  was  raised  up  from  the  dead,  by  the 
 glory  of  the  Father,  even  so  we  also  should 
 walk  in  newness  of  life,'  Rom.  vi.  4. 
 
 CHAP.    XX. 
 
 1.  The  children  of  Israel  came  to  Zin,  where  Mary  dieth.  2.  They 
 murmur  for  want  of  water.  7.  The  Lord  desireth  Moses  to  speak  to 
 the  rock,  and  it  should  give  forth  water.  11.  Moses  smiteth  the  rock, 
 and  water  cometh  out.  12.  The  Lord  is  angry  with  Moses  and  Aaron 
 for  their  unbelief.  14.  Moses  at  Kadesh  desireth  passage  through 
 Edom,  which  is  denied  him.  22.  At  mount  Hor,  Aaron  resigneth  his 
 place  to  Eleazar  his  son,  and  dieth. 
 
 ^  And  the  sons  of  Israel,   even  the  whole  congregation,  came 
 into  the  wilderness  of  Zin,  in  the  first  month ;  and  tlie  people  abode 
 
 Ver.  1. — The  whole  congregation,]  To 
 wit,  of  the  next  generation  of  the  Israelites, 
 when  their  fathers  (according  to  the  judgment 
 threatened  in  Num.  xiv.  29,  &c.)  were  for 
 the  most  part  now  dead  in  the  wilderness,  as 
 appeareth  by  Deut.   ii.   14,   15.     Zin,]   Or 
 
 Tsin:  whereof  see  the  notes  on  Num.  xiii. 
 21.  Between  Hazeroth,  mentioned  in 
 Num.  xii.  16;  and  this  place  in  Zin,  where 
 now  they  camped,  there  where  eighteen 
 other  stations  or  resting  places,  whither  the 
 Israelites  had  come,  Num.   xxxiii.  18 — 36. 
 
CHAP.    XX. 
 
 77 
 
 ill  Kadesh,  and  Mary  died  tliere,  and  was  buried  there.  "  And 
 there  was  no  water  for  the  congregation ;  azid  they  gathered  them- 
 selves together  agamst  Moses  and  against  Aaron.     ^  And  tlie  peo- 
 
 The  first  month,]  To  wit,  of  the  fortieth 
 year,  after  they  were  come  up  out  of  Egypt, 
 as  appeareth  by  Num.  xxxiii.  38 ;  compared 
 with  the  28th  ver.  of  this  chap.,  and  Deut.  ii. 
 1 — 7.  So  this  was  the  last  year  of  Israel's 
 travel  in  the  wilderness :  and  from  the  send- 
 ing of  the  spies,  Num.  xiii.  unto  this  time, 
 was  about  thirty-eight  years,  Deut.  i.  22, 
 23;  ii.  14.  In  all  whicli  space,  we  see  how 
 few  things  are  recorded  concerning  Israel  ; 
 and  the  things  that  are  mentioned,  are  partly 
 their  murmurings  and  rebellions,  by  which 
 they  provoked  God,  and  for  which  they  were 
 punished :  partly  the  means  of  grace,  recon- 
 ciliation and  sanctification,  taught  them  of 
 the  Lord,  to  be  obtained  by  Jesus  Christ, 
 figured  by  the  sacrifices  and  ordinances 
 which  Moses  showed  them,  that  it  might 
 appear,  that  '  where  sia  abounded,  grace  did 
 much  more  abound,'  Rom.  v.  20.  Abode 
 IN  K.\DESH,]  About  four  months  they  stayed 
 here;  then  removing  to  mount  Hor,  there 
 Aaron  died,  the  first  day  of  the  fifth  month. 
 Num.  xxxiii.  38.  This  Kadesh  (which  the 
 Chald.  named  Rekam,)  was  either  another 
 wilderness,  or  another  place  in  the  wilder- 
 ness, than  that  from  which  the  spies  were 
 sent.  Num.  xiii.  26;  called  '  Kadesh  baniea,' 
 Deut.  i.  19.  Chazkuni  here  saith,  "  This 
 is  not  the  Kadesh  whereof  it  is  said,  '  and  ye 
 abode  in  Kadesh  many  days,'  (Deut.  i.  46  ;) 
 for  that  Kadesh  is  El-Pharan,  Gen.  xiv.  6; 
 and  is  called  Kadesh-barnea,  and  from  thence 
 the  spies  were  sent ;  but  this  Kadesh  in 
 Num.  XX.  is  in  the  wilderness  of  Zin,  in  the 
 border  of  the  land  of  Edom."  After  the  re- 
 belUon  of  the  spies,  God  sent  the  people  back 
 again  through  the  wilderness  towards  the  red 
 sea,  Num.  xiv.  25 ;  (where  they  might  renew 
 the  memorial  of  their  baptism,  1  Cor.  x.  2;) 
 and  from  Eziongaber  (which  is  a  port  '  on  the 
 shore  of  the  red  sea,'  1  Kings  ix.  26;)  they 
 removed  next  to  this  Kadesh,  Num.  xxxiii, 
 36.  So  Jephthah  saith,  Israel  '  walked 
 through  the  wilderness  unto  the  Red  sea,  and 
 came  to  Kadesh,  Judg.  xi.  16.  Mary,] 
 Heb.  Mirjam ;  in  Gr.  Mariam  :  she  was 
 sister  to  Moses  and  Aaron,  and  a  prophetess, 
 by  whom  God  guided  the  Israelites  in  their 
 travels,  as  it  is  written,  '  I  sent  before  thee, 
 Moses,  Aaron,  and  Mary,  Mic.  vi.  4.  Of 
 her,  see  Exod.  xv.  20;  Num.  xii.  In  this 
 fortieth  year  of  Israel's  travel,  God  took  from 
 them  by  death,  Mary  their  prophetess,  in  the 
 first  month;  Aaron  their  priest,  in  the  fifth 
 month,  Num.  xxxiii.  38  ;  and  Moses  their 
 king  in  tlie  end  of  the  year,  Deut.  i.  3;  and 
 xxxiv.  6.      When  these    three  ministers  of 
 
 the  law  were  deceased,  Jesus  the  son  of  Nun 
 (a  figure  of  Jesus  the  son  of  God)  bringetli 
 them  into  the  promised  land,  Jos.  i.  1,  2. 
 &c. ;  so  after  the  abrogating  of  the  law,  our 
 Lord  Jesus  Christ  bringeth  us  into  the  king- 
 dom of  God,  Mark  i.  15  ;  Rom.  vii.  4,  5,  6. 
 Dan.  ix.  24. 
 
 Vee.  2. — There  w.\s  no  water,]  In 
 the  first  year,  when  they  were  come  out  of 
 Egypt  to  Rephidim  in  the  wilderness,  they 
 wanted  water,  Exod.  xvii ;  and  in  this  last, 
 the  fortieth  year,  they  wanted  water  again: 
 here  God  tried  the  children,  as  he  had  done  ■ 
 the  fathers,  and  they  also  rebelled  against  him. 
 And  many  things  were  like  in  both  places. 
 That  Rephidim  was  the  tenth  encamping 
 place  or  station  from  Egypt:  this  in  Kadesh 
 was  the  tenth  encamping  place  before  they 
 entered  Canaan,  as  by  their  rehearsal  of  tlieir 
 journeys  in  Num.  xxxiii.  is  to  be  seen. 
 There  the  people  iu  their  thirst,  instead  of 
 praying  unto  God,  contended  with  Moses, 
 and  murmured  for  that  he  had  brought  them 
 out  of  Egypt,  Exod.  xvii.  2,  3  ;  here  they 
 do  the  same,  ver.  3,  4.  There  Moses  cried 
 unto  the  Lord  for  the  outrage  of  the  people, 
 Exod.  xvii.  4;  here  Moses  and  Aaron  fall 
 down  before  the  Lord,  ver.  6.  There  God 
 promised  and  gave  them  water  out  of  the 
 rock,  Exod.  xvii.  6  ;  here  he  doth  likewise 
 ver.  8.  There  God  willed  Moses  to  take  Iris 
 rod :  here  also  he  commandeth  him,  '  Take 
 the  rod.'  There  the  Lord  promised  to  stand 
 before  Moses,  Exod.  xvii.  6 ;  here  his  glory 
 appeareth  unto  him  and  Aaron,  ver.  6. 
 There  Moses  by  commandment  smiting  the 
 rock  with  his  rod,  waters  came  out  of  it : 
 here  he  smiting  the  rock  without  command- 
 ment, waters  came  out.  There  the  place 
 was  named  Meribah  or  Contention,  Exod. 
 xvii.  7  ;  here  the  place  is  named  Meribah, 
 ver.  13.  That  was  the  people's  sixth  rebel- 
 lion, after  they  were  come  out  of  Egypt,  as 
 is  noted  on  Num.  xiv.  22  ;  this  was  their 
 sixth  rebellion  after  they  were  come  from 
 mount  Sinai,  (if  we  except  the  private  mur- 
 muring of  Mary  and  Aaron  against  Moses, 
 Num.  xii.)  For  the  first  was  at  Taberah, 
 Num.  xi.  1,  3;  the  next  at  Kibroth  hatta- 
 avah,  Num.  xi.  24;  then  in  the  wilderness 
 of  Pharan,  Num.  xiv.  1,  2;  after  that  fol- 
 lowed the  rebellion  of  Korali  and  his  company. 
 Num.  xvi.  and  after  it,  of  all  the  congrega- 
 tion, for  the  death  of  those  rebels.  Num.  xvi. 
 41 ;  now  the  sixth  is  in  Kadesh. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Contended,]  Chode  with  bitter 
 and  reproachful  words,  which  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth,    reviled;    see    Exod.    xvii.    2.     And 
 
78 
 
 NUMBER  S. 
 
 pie  contended  with  Moses ;  and  they  said,  saying,  And  oh  that  v/e 
 had  given  up  the  ghost,  when  our  brethren  gave  up  the  ghost  be- 
 fore Jehovali.  ^  And  why  have  ye  brought  the  churcli  of  Jehovah 
 into  this  wilderness  to  die  there,  we  and  our  cattle  ?  ^  And  wliy 
 have  ye  made  us  to  come  up  out  of  Egypt  to  bring  us  in,  unto  this 
 evil  place  ?  it  is  no  place  of  seed,  or  of  figs,  or  vines,  or  of  pome- 
 granates, neither  is  there  any  water  to  drink.  ^  And  Moses  and 
 Aaron  went  from  tiie  presence  of  the  church  unto  the  door  of  the 
 tent  of  the  congregation,  and  they  fell  upon  their  faces,  and  the 
 glory  of  Jehovah  appeared  unto  them.  And  Jehovah  spake  imto 
 Moses,  saying,     ®  Take  the  rod,  and  gather  together  the  congre- 
 
 OH,]  Or,  ^nd  tvould  God.  The  word,  And, 
 slioweth  the  passion  of  mind,  out  of  which 
 they  spake  abruptly:  see  the  notes  ou  Gen. 
 xxvii.  2S;  Num.  xi.  29.  We  had  given 
 UP  THE  GHOST,]  In  Chald.  we  had  died:  in 
 Gr.  we  had  perished  in  the  perdition  of  our 
 brethren,  before  the  Lord:  whereby  they 
 seem  specially  to  mean  the  pestilence  (the 
 last  plague  wherewith  their  brethren  died, 
 Num.  xvi.  49;)  which  pestilence  above  other 
 judgments,  cometh  most  immediately  from 
 the  hand  of  God,  as  David  acknowledgeth, 
 2  Sam.  xxiv,  14,  15.  And  this  evil  they 
 wished,  as  being  easierthan  to  perish  with  hun- 
 ger or  thirst:  as  the  prophet  also  complaineth, 
 '  They  that  be  slain  with  the  sword,  are  bet- 
 ter than  they  that  be  slain  with  hunger  :  for 
 these  pine  away,  stricken  through  for  the 
 fruits  of  the  field,  Lam.  iv.  9.  VV^herefore 
 they  here  use  the  word  giving  up  (or  breath' 
 itig  out)  the  ghost  ;  which  seemeth  to  mean 
 a  more  easy  kind  of  death,  than  that  which 
 is  by  force  of  sword,  or  by  hunger,  or  thirst, 
 or  other  like  violent  means.  So  the  Heb. 
 explain,  giving  7/p  the  ghost,  to  be  a  death 
 without  pain  or  long  sickness. 
 
 Veb.  4. — To  DIE  THERE,]  Understand, 
 that  we  should  die  there  with  thirst;  the  Gr. 
 translateth,  to  hill  us  and  our  children, 
 which  words  they  spake  in  Exod.  xvii.  3. 
 
 Veb.  6. — Of  seed,]  To  sow  seed  in,  or  to 
 plant  fig-trees,  vines,  &c.,  for  the  wilderness 
 was  a  '  land  of  deserts  and  of  pits,  a  land  of 
 drought  and  of  the  shadow  of  death,  a  laud  that 
 no  man  passed  through,  and  where  no  man 
 dwelt,'  Jer.  ii.  C.  Otherwise  had  there 
 oeun  commodiousness  of  place,  the  Israelites 
 might  have  sown  and  reaped,  planted  and 
 gathered  .fruits  in  those  thirty-eight  years, 
 which  they  abode  therein,  Deut.  ii.  14. 
 
 Ver.  6. — From  the  presence,  Or,  from 
 the  face,  for  fear  of  them,  and  because  of  their 
 outrage;  so  in  Rev.  xii.  14;  Ps.  iii.  1.  Fell 
 ON  their  faces,]  In  prayer  unto  God,  whose 
 glory  resided  in  that  sanctuary:  so  in  Exod. 
 xvii.  4;  '  Moses  cried  unto  the  Lord.  See 
 Num.     xvi.    4.    45.       Appeared,]    In    the 
 
 cloud,  as  Num.  xii.  5 ;  a  sign  that  he  heard 
 their  prayer,  and  would  save  them:  see  Num. 
 xiv.  10;  xvi.  19,  42. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Take  the  rod,]  In  Gr.  Take 
 thy  rod:  so  God  spake  before,  in  Exod.  xvii. 
 5 ;  but  here,  some  gather  from  ver.  9.  that  it 
 was  the  rod  of  Aaron  which  had  budded,  and 
 was  laid  up  '  before  the  testimony,'  Num. 
 xvii.  10;  Chazkuni  saith,  "  This  was  Aaron's 
 rod,  for  lo,  it  is  here  written  (in  ver.  9.) 
 And  Moses  took  the  rod  from  before  the 
 Lord,  and  this  was  the  rod  of  Aaron,  as  it  is  . 
 written  (in  Num.  xvii.  10.)  Bring  Aaron's 
 rod  again  before  the  testimony,  to  be  kept  for 
 a  sign  against  the  sons  of  rebellion:  and  for- 
 asmuch as  Aaron's  rod  was  a  sign  against 
 the  sons  of  rebellion,  hereupon  Moses  said 
 (in  ver  10.)  Hear  now  ye  rebels."  How- 
 beit  Moses  lod  (wliich  is  also  called  the  '  rod 
 of  God,'  Exod.  iv.  20;  xvii.  9.)  might  be 
 kept  also  in  the  sanctuary:  and  after  in  ver. 
 11.  it  is  said,  Moses  smote  the  rock  'with 
 his  rod.'  Speak  ye  unto  the  rock,]  He 
 saith  not,  smite  the  rock:  yet  in  ver.  II. 
 Moses  '  smote  the  rock  ;  and  in  ver.  10.  he 
 spake  to  the  people ;  but  it  is  not  said  tlmt 
 he  spake  to  the  rock,  as  here  he  was  com. 
 manded.  Some  others  think,  that  God's  in- 
 tention in  bidding  him.  Take  the  rod,  was  to 
 smite  the  rock  with  it;  and  that  he  sinned, 
 not  in  smiting  it,  but  in  unbelief,  for  which 
 he  is  blamed  in  ver.  12.  It  shall  give 
 forth  his  water,]  Or,  the  waters  of  it; 
 this  promise  of  God,  was  that  whereon  the 
 faith  of  Moses  and  Aaron  should  liave  rested. 
 Thou  shalt  bring  forth,]  God  was  he 
 that  brought  forth,  and  gave  water  to  tlie 
 people,  as  is  often  mentioned  to  his  glory; 
 '  He  clave  the  rock  in  the  wilderness,  and 
 gave  drink  as  out  of  the  great  deeps,  and 
 brought  forth  streams  out  of  the  rock,'  &c. 
 Ps.  Ixxviii.  15,  16.  So  in  Ps.  cv.  41  ;  cxiv. 
 8;  Deut.  viii.  15.  Neh.  ix.  15,  20.  But 
 that  work  is  here  ascribed  to  Moses  minis- 
 terially, for  that  the  waters  should  come  out 
 at  his  speaking.  So  in  other  works  of  grace, 
 the  ministers  of  the  word  are  called  saviours, 
 
CHAP.  XX. 
 
 79 
 
 gation,  thou  and  Aaron  thy  brotlier,  and  speak  ye  unto  the  rock 
 before  their  eyes,  and  it  shall  give  forth  his  water  -.  and  thou  shalt 
 give  fortli  to  tliem  water  out  of  the  rock ;  and  tliou  shalt  give  the 
 congregation  and  their  cattle  drink.  ^  And  Moses  took  the  rod 
 from  before  Jehovah,  as  he  commanded  him.  "  And  Moses  and 
 Aaron  gathered  together  the  church  before  the  rock,  and  he  said 
 unto  them,  Hear  now,  ye  rebels,  shall  we  bring  forth  water  for  you 
 out  of  tliis  rock  ?  "  And  Moses  lifted  ap  his  hand,  and  he  smote 
 the  rock  with  his  rod  twice ;  and  much  water  came  out,  and  tlie 
 congregation  drank,  and  their  cattle. 
 
 *^  And  Jehovah  said  unto  Moses  and  unto  Aaron,  Because  ye 
 
 Obad.  ver.  21  ;  for  in  the  faithful  perfoim- 
 aiice  of  their  office,  they  both  save  them- 
 selves, and  those  that  hear  them,  1  Tim.  iv. 
 16. 
 
 Ver.  9. — From  before  jehovah,]  Tliat 
 is,  out  of  the  tabernacle  ;  for  so  the  phrase 
 importeth,  as  hi  Num.  xvii.  7  ;  Exod.  xvi. 
 13,  34. 
 
 Ver.  10.' — Hear  now  ye  rebels,]  As 
 here  he  speaketh  to  the  people,  who  was 
 bidden  speak  'to  the  rock,'  ver.  8;  so  the 
 manner  of  his  speech  showeth  great  passion 
 of  mind,  more  than  at  other  times:  and  the 
 scripture  noteth,  that  now  the  people  had 
 '  bitterly  provoked  his  spirit,  so  that  he  spake 
 unadvisedly  (uttering  his  anger)  with  his 
 lips/  Ps.  cvi.  33.  Shall  we  bring  forth 
 WATER,]  A  speech  of  doubting  and  unbelief, 
 both  in  Moses  and  Aaron,  as  in  ver.  12. 
 God  blameth  them  because  they  believed  not 
 in  him.  So  before,  when  Moses  said,  '  shall 
 the  flocks  and  the  herds  be  slain  for  them,' 
 &c.,  he  was  blamed  with  this  answer,  '  Is 
 the  Lord's  hand  waxed  short  ?  Num.  xi.  22, 
 23.  Moses  was  sore  moved  against  this 
 latter  generation  of  Israelites,  who  had  seen 
 so  many  miracles,  and  their  fathers  perished 
 for  rebellion,  and  yet  they  were  not  bettered : 
 he  might  fear,  lest  for  their  sinning  like  their 
 fathers,  the  Lord  would  leave  them,  as  he 
 after  speaketh  in  Num.  xxxii.  14,  15. 
 
 Ver.  1 1. — Lifted  up  his  hand,]  An- 
 other sign  of  indignation,  being  joined  with 
 smiting.  Twice,]  the  doubling  of  the  stroke 
 showed  also  the  heat  of  his  anger.  Sol.  Jarchl 
 (on  this  place)  conjectureth,  that  he  smote  it 
 twice,  "  because  at  first  it  brought  forth  but 
 drops,  (of  water)  because  God  had  not  bidden 
 him  smite  it,  but  speak  unto  it."  Much 
 water,]  Or,  man^  iraters.  *  He  clave  the 
 rocks  in  the  wilderness,  and  gave  drink,  as 
 out  of  the  great  deep«,  Ps.  Ixxviii.  15.  The 
 unbelief  of  man  maketh  not  the  faith  of  God 
 without  eflect,  Rom.  iii.  3.  Moses  and 
 Aaron  believed  not  God,  to  sanctify  him, 
 ver.  12;  yet  he  faithfully  kept  his  promise, 
 and  sanctified  himself,  ver.   13.     The  con. 
 
 gregation  drank,]  Thus  the  Lord  knew  his 
 people  '  in  the  wilderness^  in  the  land  of 
 droughts,'  Hos.  xiii.  5.  '  And  they  thirsted 
 not,  when  he  led  them  through  the  deserts ; 
 he  caused  the  waters  to  flow  out  of  the  rocks 
 for  them  :  he  clave  the  rocks  also,  and  the 
 waters  gushed  out,  Isa.  xlviii.  21.  The 
 water  out  of  the  rock,  besides  the  refreshing 
 which  it  gave  unto  their  bodies,  was  also  a 
 'spiritual  drink,  from  that  spiritual  rock 
 Christ,'  1  Cor.  x.  4  ;  who  being  smitten  for 
 our  transgressions,  Isa.  liii ;  with  the  rod  of 
 the  law,  which  worketh  wiath,  Rom.  iv.  15; 
 from  him  proceeds  the  living  water,  where- 
 with the  Israel  of  God  may  quench  their 
 thirst  for  ever,  John  iv.  10,  14.  For  who. 
 so  '  believeth  in  him,  out  of  his  belly  shall 
 flow  rivers  of  living  water,'  even  the  waters 
 of  the  Holy  Spirit,  John  vii.  38,  39.  To 
 these  waters,  '  every  one  that  thirsteth  '  is 
 called  to  come  freely,  Isa.  Iv.  1;  Rev.  xxii. 
 17.  Their  cattle,]  That  water,  which 
 was  both  a  natural  and  spiritual  refreshing 
 to  the  people,  is  given  also  to  the  beasts  for 
 their  natural  thirst,  because  the  signs  and 
 seals  of  God's  grace  are  such  in  respect  of  the 
 use  of  them,  to  those  unto  whom  they  are 
 sanctified  of  God  for  that  purpose.  So  the 
 waters  of  Jordan  were  sanctified  for  baptism, 
 unto  repentance,  and  believing  sinners.  Mat. 
 iii.  6  ;  which  out  of  that  use  were  common 
 waters.  Aud  now,  not  only  the  Israelites' 
 cattle,  but  the  wild  beasts  also  of  the  ivilder- 
 ness,  had  benefit  by  this  mercy  of  God  to  his 
 people:  whereunto  the  Lord  hath  reference, 
 when  he  saith  by  his  prophet,  '  The  beasts 
 of  the  field  shall  honour  me,  the  dragons  and 
 the  owls,  because  I  give  waters  in  the  wil- 
 derness, rivers  in  the  desert,  to  give  drink 
 to  my  people,  my  chosen,'  Isa.  xliii.  20. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Ye  believed  not  in  me,] 
 The  Chald.  expoundeth,  ye  believed  not  in 
 my  word.  Thus  unbelief  was  here  the  chief 
 sin,  and  cause  of  other  sins,  as  before  in  the 
 people,  Num.  xiv;  so  here  in  Moses  and 
 Aaron,  who  were  both  partners  in  the  trans- 
 gression.    And  this  their  sin  is  called  a  re- 
 
80 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 believed  not  in  me,  to  sanctify  me,  in  tlie  eyes  of  the  sons  of  Is- 
 rael, therefore  ye  shall  not  bring  this  cluirch  into  the  land  which  I 
 liave  given  them.  "  This  is  the  water  of  Meribah,  because  tlie 
 sons  of  Israel  contended  with  Jeliovah :  and  he  was  sanctified  in 
 them. 
 
 "  And  Moses  sent  messengers  from  Kadesh,  unto  the  king  of 
 
 venly  kingdom,  Rom.  iv.  24,  25;  v.  1,  2. 
 &c.      Gal.  ii.  16;  iii.  43,  14.  &c. 
 
 Veb.  13.— Of  meribah,]  That  is,  oi  cuti- 
 tention  or  strife  ;  which  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 of  contradiction ;  so  called  for  a  memorial  of 
 their  sin,  and  for  a  warning  to  ages  follow- 
 ing, not  to  do  the  like;  whereupon  it  is  said 
 by  David,  '  Ilaiden  not  your  heart,  as  in 
 Merihah,'  Ps.  xcv.  8.  The  same  name  was 
 given  to  the  former  place  in  Rephidim,  Ex. 
 xvii.  7.  To  distinguish  between  them,  the 
 scripture  calleth  this,  '  Meribah  of  Kadesh, 
 in  the  wilderness  of  Zin,'  Deut.  xxxii.  61. 
 Contended  with  jehovah,]  In  that  they 
 contended  with  Moses,  ver.  3.  it  is  accounted 
 as  contention  against  the  Lord  himself,  as 
 he  told  them  before,  in  Exod.  xvi.  8.  The 
 Gr.  translateth  it,  reviled  before  the  Lord. 
 He  was  sanctified,]  Or,  he  sanctified  him- 
 self in  them.  Though  Moses  and  Aaron 
 sanctified  him  not  by  faith  and  obedience, 
 yet  was  he  sanctified  among  the  people,  by 
 the  work  of  his  grace,  in  giving  waters  for 
 their  thirst.  Or,  he  was  sanctified  in  them, 
 that  is,  in  Moses  and  Aaron,  as  Thargum 
 Jonathan  explaineth  it:  for  by  punishing  their 
 rebellion,  he  sanctified  himself  in  them ;  as 
 it  is  written,  "  That  the  heathen  may  know 
 me,  when  I  shall  be  sanctified  in  thee,  O 
 God,  before  their  eyes  ;"  where  it  is  under- 
 stood of  punishment ;  as  it  followeth,  <  And 
 I  will  plead  against  him  with  pestilence,  and 
 with  blood,  &c.  thus  will  I  magnify  myself, 
 and  sanctify  myself,  and  I  will  be  known  in 
 the  eyes  of  many  nations,'  Ezek.  xxxviii.  16; 
 xxii.  23.  See  also  the  annot.  on  Lev.  x.  3. 
 And  thus  Sol.  Jarchi  expoundeth  it,  "  in 
 them,  for  Moses  and  Aaron  died  because  of 
 them ;  for  when  the  holy  blessed  God  doth 
 judgment,  &c.,  he  sanctifieth  himself  before 
 his  creatures  ;  and  so  it  is  said,  '  Fearful  art 
 tiiou,  O  God,  out  of  thy  sanctuaries,"  '  Ps. 
 Ixviii.  36. 
 
 Ver.  14.— Edom,]  The  Edomites,  the 
 posterity  of  Esau,  who  was  surnamed  Edom, 
 Gen.  XXV.  30  ;  xxxvi.  1.  This  message 
 which  Moses  sent  unto  Edom,  and  all  things 
 about  it  following,  were  done  by  the  direc- 
 tion and  word  of  God,  as  appeareth  by  Deut. 
 ii.  1,  2,  4,  &c.  Thv  brother,  Israel,] 
 So  the  whole  nation  is  called,  because  Jacob, 
 whose  name  was  called  Israel,  Gen.  xxxii. 
 28,  was  natural  brother  to  Esau:  and  this 
 title  of  brotherhood  continued  long  after,  as 
 
 bellion  against  the  mouth  of  the  Lord,  Num. 
 xxvii.  14  ;  and  a  transgression,  Deut.  xxxii. 
 51  ;  which  word,  as  R.  Menachem  here 
 noteth,  im^Weih,  falsehood,  as  in  Lev.  vi.  2; 
 it  is  joined  with  false  denial:  and  the  apostle 
 saith,  '  He  that  believeth  not  God  hath  made 
 him  a  liar,'  1  John  v.  10.  To  sanctifv 
 ME,]  Inwardly  in  the  heart  by  faith,  out- 
 wardly by  obedience,  to  do  that  which  I  com- 
 manded ;  and  by  both  to  ascribe  unto  me  the 
 glory  of  my  truth  and  power.  So  when  it  is 
 said,  '  Sanctify  the  Lord  of  hosts,'  Isa.  viii. 
 13  ;  the  apostle  expoundeth  it,  'Sanctify  the 
 Lord  God  in  your  hearts,'  1  Pet.  iii.  15.  In 
 the  eyes,]  The  Gr.  translateth  it,  before 
 the  sons  of  Israel.  This  seemeth  to  be  the 
 reason  of  God's  severity  at  this  time  against 
 Moses  and  Aaron,  more  than  before,  when 
 Moses  bewrayed  also  his  unbelief,-  in  Num. 
 xi.  21 — 23;  because  he  now  publicly  dis- 
 honoured God  before  all  the  people,  (which 
 did  aggravate  the  sin)  whereas  the  former 
 time  he  did  it  not  in  their  eyes,  but  in  pri- 
 vate before  the  Lord.  Therefore,]  Chaz- 
 kuni  observeth,  that  this  word  implieth  an 
 oath.  Neither  iudeed  could  Moses'  repent- 
 ance or  prayer  get  this  sentence  to  be  re- 
 versed: for  when  the  Loid  hath  sworn,  he 
 will  not  repent,  Ps.  ex.  4.  Ye  shall  not 
 BRING,]  This  chastisement  was  grievous  unto 
 Moses,  so  that  he  besought  the  Lord  that  he 
 might  go  over,  and  see  the  good  land  ;  but 
 the  Lord  was  wroth  with  him  for  the  peo- 
 ple's sakes,  and  would  not  hear  him,  Deut. 
 iii.  23 — 16.  And  as  God  here  spake,  so  it 
 came  to  pass  ;  for  Aaron  died  in  mount  Hor, 
 Num.  XX.  24 — 28;  and  Moses  on  mount 
 Nebo,  after  he  had  seen  the  land  with  his 
 eyes,  but  might  not  go  over  thither,  Deut. 
 xxxiv.  The  Psalmist  saith,  'Thou  wast 
 tinto  them  a  God  that  forgiveth,  and  taking 
 vengeance  on  their  practices,'  Ps.  xcix.  8. 
 Moses  the  minister  of  the  law,  though  he 
 guided  Israel  through  the  wilderness,  to  the 
 borders  of  the  promised  land,  yet  could  not 
 bring  the-  people  there-into,  but  Jesus  (  or 
 Joshua)  his  successor,  gave  them  the  posses- 
 sion of  it;  to  signify,  that  the  law  (which 
 '  worketh  wrath,'  Rom.  iv.  15.)  and  tlie 
 works  thereof  (by  '  which  no  flesh  shall  be 
 justified.  Gal.  ii.  16.)  cannot  bring  us  into 
 the  kingdom  of  God,  but  Jesus  Christ  (who 
 liath  loved  us,  and  given  himself  for  us)  giv- 
 uth  us  by  faith  thi;  inheritauce  of  the  hea- 
 
CHAP.    XX. 
 
 81 
 
 Edom :  thus  saith  thy  brother  Israel ;  thou  knowest  all  the  travel 
 that  hath  found  us.  "  And  our  fathers  went  down  into  Egypt, 
 and  we  have  dwelt  in  Egypt  many  days,  and  the  Egyptians  did 
 evil  to  us,  and  to  our  fathers.  "*  And  we  cried  out  unto  Jeliovah, 
 and  he  heard  our  voice,  and  sent  an  angel,  and  hath  brought  us  forth 
 out  of  Egypt;  and  behold,  we  are  in  Kadesh,  a  city  in  the  utter- 
 most of  tliy  border.  '^  Let  us  pass,  I  pray  thee,  through  thy 
 country;  we  will  not  pass  through  tlie  fields,  or  through  the  vine- 
 yards, neither  will  we  drink  of  the  water  of  the  well :  we  will  go 
 by  the  king's  way,  we  will  not  turn  aside,  to  the  right  hand  or  to 
 the  left,  until  we  have  passed  thy  border.  '^  And  Edom  said  unto 
 him.  Thou  shalt  not  pass  through  me,  lest  I  come  out  against  thee 
 with  the  sword,  '^  And  the  sons  of  Israel  said  unto  him,  We  will 
 go  up  by  the  high-way ;  and  if  we  drink  of  thy  water,  I  and  my 
 cattle,  then  I  will  give  the  price  of  it ;  only  without  doing  any  thing 
 else,  I  will  pass  through  on  my  feet.     ^°  And  he  said.  Thou  shalt 
 
 in  Obad.  ver.  10,  12.  Also  the  law  saith, 
 '  Thou  shalt  not  abhor  an  Edomite,  for  he  is 
 thy  brother,'  Deut.  xxiii.  7.  Travel  that 
 HATH  FOUND  US,]  The  ivearisome  mokstation 
 that  hath  befallen  us.  See  the  like  phrase 
 in  Exod.  xviii.  8  ;  Neh.  ix.  32. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Into  egypt,]  The  history 
 hereof  is  in  Gen.  xlvi.  Dwelt,]  Heb. 
 sitten,  that  is,  continued ;  in  Gr.  sojourned. 
 Many  days,]  see  Exod.  xii.  40.  Did 
 E%'iL,]  AfHicted  with  rigorous  bondage,  and 
 other  cruelty,  see  Exod.  i,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  16. — We  cried  out,]  As  is  recorded 
 in  Exod.  ii.  23.  An  Angel,]  This  was 
 Christ:  see  Exod.  iii.  2  ;  xiv.  19  ;  xxiii.  20, 
 with  the  annot.  Some  of  the  Hebs.  under- 
 stand it  of  Moses,  because  the  prophets  are 
 called  Angels  or  Messengers,  as  in  Judg.  ii. 
 1  ;  2  Chron.  xxxvi.  15,16;  Hag.  i.  13.  In 
 KADESH,  A  CITY,]  Oi',  by  Kadesh,  to  wit,  in 
 the  wilderness  lying  near,  and  having  the 
 name  of  Kadesh  the  city.  Num.  xxxiii.  36. 
 The  Chald.  here  and  usually  nameth  it 
 Rekam. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Through  thy  country,]  Be- 
 cause it  was  the  nearest  way:  therefore  when 
 Edom  revised  to  let  them  go  through,  they 
 •  turned  and  passed  by  the  way  of  the  wilder- 
 ness of  Moab,'  Deut.  ii.  8  ;  Judg.  xi.  17,  18. 
 The  vineyards,]  To  rob,  or  make  spoil  of 
 any  man's  goods.  Water  of  the  well,] 
 That  is,  of  the  wells,  or,  of  any  ivell :  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  of  thy  ivcll:  meaning  either 
 that  they  would  not  drink  without  paying  for 
 it,  as  in  ver.  19  ;  or,  that  they  would  drink 
 of  the  rivers  which  were  common,  not  of 
 wells  which  were  private,  and  digged  of  men 
 for  their  own  use.  The  kino's  way,]  That 
 is,  tfie  high  way,  which  is  common  for  all  to 
 Vol.  II. 
 
 pass  by,  ver.  19.  So  again  in  Num.  xxi. 
 22. 
 
 Ver.    18 Not     pass    through    me,] 
 
 That  is,  through  my  country,  ver.  17,  as 
 the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  through  my  border. 
 See  the  like  phrase  in  Deut.  ii.  30;  Rom. 
 XV.  28.  Lest  i  come,]  it  is  a  threatening 
 which  the  Gr.  explaineth,  otherwise  I  will 
 come :  see  the  annot.  on  Gen.  iii.  3.  With 
 the  sword,]  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it, 
 ivith  them  that  kill  ivitk  the  sivord  ;  the  Gr. 
 in  war.  It  had  been  the  duty  of  Edom,  to 
 have  met  their  brother  Israel  '  with  bread  and 
 with  water  in  the  way,'  as  God  speaketh  of  the 
 Moabites,  Deut.  xxiii.  4  ;  but  by  this  un. 
 kindness  the  Lord  would  have  his  people  to 
 see,  how  all  worldly  friends  and  kindred  after 
 the  flesh  will  fail  them,  yea,  and  oppose  them, 
 that  their  hope  and  strength  may  be  in  him 
 alone,  Mat.  x.  21,  22. 
 
 Ver.  19. — The  high  way,]  Or  causey; 
 that  which  before  was  called  '  the  king's  way, 
 ver.  17 ;  the  Gr.  here  translateth  it,  the 
 mountain.  The  price,]  Heb.  the  sale; 
 which  both  Gr.  and  Chald.  translate,  the 
 price.  This  was  so  commanded  of  God, 
 '  Ye  shall  buy  meat  of  them  for  money,  that 
 ye  may  eat:  and  ye  shall  also  buy  water  of 
 them  for  money,  that  ye  may  drink.  For 
 Jehovah  thy  God  hath  blessed  thee  in  all  the 
 work  of  thine  hand,'  Deut.  ii.  6,  7.  With- 
 out doing  any  thing  else,]  Heb.  without  a 
 word,  that  is,  without  any  thing  ;  which  the 
 Chald.  explaineth,  any  evil  thing,  {or  word.) 
 
 Ver.  20. — With  much  people,]  Heb. 
 with  an  heavy  people  ;  which  the  Chald.  ex^ 
 poundeth,  a  great  army.  The  scripture  con- 
 firmeth  this,  as  that  which  in  1  Kings  iii.  9. 
 is  written  '  an  heavy  (or  weighty)  people,  is 
 
82 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 not  pass  tlirougli :  and  Edom  came  out  against  him  with  much 
 people,  and  witli  a  stronor  hand,  ^^  And  Edom  refused  to  give 
 Israel,  to  pass  through  his  border ;  and  Israel  turned  aside  from 
 him. 
 
 ^^  And  they  journeyed  from  Kadesli,  and  the  sons  of  Israel,  even 
 the  whole  congregation,  came  unto  mount  Hor.  ^  And  Jehovah 
 said  unto  Moses  and  Aaron,  in  mount  Hor,  by  the  border  of  the 
 land  of  Edom,  saying.  ^*  Aaron  shall  be  gatliered  unto  his  people, 
 for  he  shall  not  enter  into  the  land  wliicli  I  have  given  inito  tlie 
 sons  of  Israel,  because  ye  rebelled  against  my  mouth  at  the  water 
 of  Meribah. 
 
 '^^  Take  Aaron  and  Eleazar  his  son,  and  bring  them  up  unto 
 mount  Hor.     *^  And  strip  Aaron  of  his  garments,  and  put  tliem 
 
 in  2  Cliron.  i.  40,  expounded  'a  great  peo- 
 ple.' This  coming  out  was  to  resist  Israel  by 
 torce  and  strong  hand,  for  Edom  was  afraid 
 of  them,  Deut.  ii.  4,  and  trusted  not  their 
 words. 
 
 Ver.  21. — ToGivE,]That  is,  to  suffer,  or  to 
 ffive  Israel  \e&veto  pass,  as  the  Chald.expound- 
 eth  it.  Notwithstanding,  as  they  went  along 
 their  coast,  the  Edomites  sufl'ered  them  to  buy 
 Tictuals  of  them,  as  appeareth  by  Deut.  ii. 
 28,  29.  Turned  aside,]  And  went  along 
 through  the  wilderness,  and  compassed  the 
 land  of  Edom,  Jiidg.  xi.  18.  '  For  the 
 \ord  had  rharged  them  that  they  should  not 
 lieddle  with  the  sons  of  Esau,  or  their  pos- 
 >;ssion,'  Deut.  ii.  4,  5.  So  Thargum  Jona- 
 )ian  here  paraphraseth,  "they  were  com- 
 manded by  the  woid  of  (the  God  of)  heaven, 
 that  they  should  not  wage  war  with  them,  be- 
 rause  the  time  was  not  yet  come,  when  he 
 would  execute  vengeance  on  Edom  by  their 
 hands."  Thus  Israel  suffered  patiently  the 
 unkindness  of  Edom,  and  obeyed  the  Lord 
 herein,  though  the  way  which  they  after  went 
 through  the  wilderness,  was  very  grievous 
 unto  them,  and  their  souls  were  discouraged 
 because  ol  the  same,  Num.  xxi,  4,  5. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Mount  hor,]  A  mount  in  the 
 edge  of  the  land  of  Edom,  and  the  next  rest.- 
 ing  place  which  they  came  unto  from  Kadesh, 
 Num.  xxxiii.  37.  The  name  itself  signifieth 
 a  mount,  for  Har  in  Heb.  is  a  mountain;  and 
 Sol.  Jarchi  heie  explaineth  it,  "  a  mountain 
 upon  a  mountain:''  Thargum  Jonathan  nameth 
 it,  "  mount  Omanos." 
 
 Ver.  24. — Gathered  unto  his  people,] 
 That  is,  die,  and  be  buried,  and  his  soul  be 
 among  '  the  spirits  of  just  men  made  perfect,' 
 as  Heb.  xii.  23.  Gatliering  signifieth  here 
 taking  away  by  death,  as  in  ver.  26,  and  in 
 sa.  Ivii.  1,  '  merciful  men  are  gathered,  that 
 i--,  taken  away:'  and  that  which  is  gathered, 
 i-i  the  spirit  of  man,  as  in  Ps.  civ.  20,  thou 
 gatherest  their  spirit,  they  give  up  the  ghost, 
 
 and  return  unto  their  dust.  The  people 
 mean  the  fathers  deceased,  as  is  spoken  of 
 David  in  Acts  xiii.  36,  and  in  Judg.  ii.  20, 
 all  that  generation  were  gathered  unto  their 
 fathers.  So  his  people  here,  are  Aaron's 
 godly  foiefathers :  as  David  desireth  the 
 contrary,  '  Gather  not  my  soul  with  siimers,' 
 Ps.  xxvi.  9.  See  the  annot.  on  Gen.  xxv.  8. 
 Rebelled  against  biy  mouth,]  That  is, 
 against  my  word,  as  the  Chald.  expoundeth 
 it:  the  Gr.  saith,  ye  provoked  me.  See  be- 
 fore on  ver.  V?.. 
 
 Ver.  26 — Strip  aaron,]  Or,  disarray 
 Aaron  of  liis  garments,  meaning  of  his  priestly 
 robes,  the  garments  of  holiness,  which  Moses 
 had  made  him  'for  honour;  and  for  beautiful 
 glory,'  Exod.  xxviii.  2,  and  which  at  his  con- 
 secration to  the  piiesthood  Moses  had  put 
 upon  him,  Lev.  viii.  7 — 9.  So  Thargum 
 Jonathan  expoundeth  it,"  strip  Aaron  of  the 
 honourable  garments  of  the  priesthood."  The 
 taking  off  of  these  garments,  and  putting 
 them  upon  Eleazar,  signified  the  taking  away 
 of  his  office  and  dignity,  and  giving  the  same 
 to  another:  as  by  a  like  similitude  God  said 
 unto  Shebna  the  treasurer,  '  I  will  drive  thee 
 from  thy  station,  and  from  thy  state  shall  he 
 pull  thee  down.  And  it  shall  be  in  that  day, 
 that  I  will  call  my  servant  Eliakim,  the  son 
 of  Hilkiah,  and  I  will  clothe  him  with  thy 
 robe,  and  strengthen  him  with  thy  girdle,  and 
 I  will  commit  thy  government  unto  his  hand, 
 and  he  shall  be  a  father  to  the  inhabitants  of 
 Jerusalem,'  &c.  Is.  xxii.  15,  19 — 21.  As 
 by  Aaron's  offering  for  his  own  sins  first,  and 
 then  for  the  sins  of  the  people,  Lev.  xvi.  6, 
 11,  15,  the  Holy  Spirit  showed  the  inability  of 
 the  legal  priesthood  (in  comparison  with 
 Christ's)  to  reconcile  men  unto  God,  Heb. 
 vii.  26. —  28,  so  by  this  disarraying  and 
 death  of  Aaron,  he  signified  the  disantilling 
 of  that  priesthood,  '  for  the  weakness  and  un- 
 profitableness thereof,'  Heb.  vii.  11 — 18. 
 When   therefore  the  same   hands   of  Moses, 
 
CHAP.  XX. 
 
 83 
 
 upon  Eleazar  his  son,  and  Aaron  shall  be  gathered  and  shall  die 
 there.  "  And  Moses  did  as  Jehovah  commanded,  and  they  went 
 up  into  mount  Hor,  in  the  eyes  of  all  the  congregation. 
 
 ^^  And  Moses  stripped  Aaron  of  his  garments,  and  put  them  upon 
 
 which  had  put  on  the  garments,  did  pull 
 them  off,  and  now  at  this  time  for  the  sin 
 which  the  high  priest  had  committed,  ver. 
 12,  Deut.  xxxii.  50,  51,  they  and  all  the 
 people  were  taught  to  expect  a  better  priest- 
 liood  of  the  Son  of  God,  '  who  is  perfected  for 
 evermore,'  Heb.  vii.  2S.  Eleazar  his 
 SON,]  This  was  a  comfort  to  all,  especially  to 
 Aaron  the  father,  that  the  priestly  function 
 ended  not  with  the  death  of  the  priest,  but 
 was  derived  to  his  posterity,  and  so  continued 
 through  all  ages,  till  Christ  came,  who  is  '  a 
 priest  for  ever,  after  the  order  of  Melchise- 
 dek  the  true  Eleazar,  that  i--,  the  help  of 
 God  ;  who  is  made,  not  after  the  law  of  a  car- 
 nal commandment,  but  after  the  power  of  an 
 endless  life,'  Heb.  vii.  11,  16.  Wherefore 
 to  signify  the  continuance  of  his  grace  and 
 love  to  the  church,  God  promised  that  '  the 
 priests  the  Levites  should  not  want  a  man 
 before  him,  to  offer  burnt-offerings  and  to 
 kindle  meat-uffeiings,  and  to  do  sacrifice  con- 
 tinually,' Jer.  xxxiii.  18.  So  Aaron  did  be- 
 hold in  the  clothing  of  his  son,  a  type  of  his 
 own,  and  of  all  Israel's  salvation,  that  his 
 death  might  not  be  bitter  unto  him,  but  he 
 might  depart  in  peace,  because  his  eyes  did 
 see  (though  as  afar  off)  the  salvation  of  God, 
 as  Luiie  ii.  29,  30.  Shall  be  gathered,] 
 Unto  his  peoples,  ver.  24.  And  shall  die,] 
 He  tliit  before  in  the  work  of  his  priesthood, 
 '  made  atonement  for  the  people,  and  stood 
 between  the  dead  and  the  living,  and  the 
 plague  was  stayed,'  Num.  xvi.  47,  48,  now 
 dietli  himself,  for  his  own  sin:  an  evident 
 demonstration  of  the  insufficiency  of  the 
 Levitical  priesthood.  Whereupon  the  apostle 
 teaclieth,  that  '  they  were  many  priests,  be- 
 cause they  were  not  suffered  to  continue  by 
 reason  of  death.  But  Christ,  because  he 
 continueth  ever,  hath  a  priesthood  which 
 passeth  not  from  one  to  another:  wherefore 
 he  is  able  also  to  save  them  to  the  uttermost, 
 that  come  unto  God  by  him,  seeing  he  ever 
 liveth  to  make  intercession  for  them,'  Heb. 
 vii.  23—25. 
 
 Vek.  28. — Moses  stripped  aaron,]  The 
 actions  of  Moses  signified  the  effects  of  his 
 ministry  and  law,  2  Cor.  iii.  13.  Whereas 
 thereore  he  unvested  Aaron,  by  reason  of 
 sin  and  death  which  was  to  ensue,  it  showed 
 that  no  priest  who  was  a  sinner,  and  under 
 the  power  of  death,  could  satisfy  the  justice 
 of  the  law,  and  avoid  the  wrath  of  God:  so 
 the  legal  priesthood  now  might  say,  '  He 
 hath   stript  me  of  my  glory,  and  taken  the 
 
 crown  from  my  head,'  Job  xix.  9.  Again  in 
 putting  the  priestly  garments  upon  Eleazar 
 (who  was  before  tiis,  '  the  prince  of  the 
 princes  of  the  Levites,'  Num.  iii.  32,)  he 
 signified,  that  '  the  law  had  a  shadow  of  good 
 things  to  come,  Heb.  x.  I,  and  therefore  the 
 blessings  figured  thereby,  should  not  be  frus- 
 trated, but  continue  under  hope  by  succes- 
 sion, till  He  should  com.;  nnto  whom  the  right 
 of  the  high  priesthood  belonged,  even  'the 
 branch  that  should  build  the  temple  of  the 
 Lord,  and  should  bear  the  glory,  andsitand  rule 
 upon  his  throne,  and  shoind  be  a  priest  upon  his 
 throne,  and  the  counsel  of  peace  be  between 
 them  both,'  Zach.  vi.  12,  13;  J^r.  xxxiii. 
 18.  Thus  the  law  was  a  '  schoolmaster  unto 
 Christ,'  Gal.  iii.  24.  It  may  also  be  observ- 
 ed, how  among  the  Gentiles,  their  prophets 
 and  prophetesses,  who  did  wear  some  orna- 
 ments and  ensigns  of  their  dignity,  used 
 solemnly  to  put  them  oil  before  their  death, 
 as  resigning  them  up  unto  God,  and  judging 
 it  an  unmeet  thing  to  die  in  them,  as  appear- 
 eth  by  the  example  of  Cassandra,  in  the 
 Greek  poet  .^schylus,  and  of  Amphiareua 
 the  prophet,  in  Statins  Papinius,  Thebaid.  7. 
 Top  of  the  mountain,]  Things  that  were 
 very  memorable  and  significative,  are  often 
 noted  in  scripture  to  be  done  on  mountains, 
 as  being  conspicuous,  remarkable,  and  imply, 
 ing  high  and  heavenly  mysteries.  So  the 
 ark  of  Noah  rested  on  mount  Ararat,  Gen. 
 viii.  4.  Abraham  sacrificed  his  son  on 
 mount  Moriah,  Gen.  xxii.  2,  &c. ;  as  the 
 Son  of  God  was  sacrificed  on  Calvary,  Luke 
 xxiii.  33.  The  law  of  Moses  was  given 
 upon  mount  Sinai,  Exod.  xix.;  the  law  of 
 Christ  came  from  mount  Zion,  Mie.  iv.  1,  2; 
 and  on  a  mountain  he  preached  the  gospel, 
 and  expounded  the  law.  Matt.  v.  1,  &c. 
 Ezekiel  in  a  vision  was  showed  the  city  called 
 '  Tlie  Lord  is  there,  upon  a  very  high  moun- 
 tain,' Ezek.  xlii.  &c.;  xlviii.  3!).  John  was 
 also  showed  the  same  city  upon  a  great  high 
 mountain,  Rev.  xxi.  10,  &c.  Moses  him- 
 self on  the  mountain  of  Nebo,  viewed  all  the 
 promised  land,  and  died  there,  Deut.  xxxiv. 
 1 — 5,  and  was  with  Christ  when  he  was 
 transfigured,  and  spake  of  his  death,  upon  an 
 high  mountain,  Malt.  xvii.  1—3;  Luke  ix. 
 30,  31,  and  now  he  was  with  Aaron  at  his 
 death,  and  translation  of  the  priesthood  from 
 him  unto  Eleazar,  where  he  also  beheld  the 
 Levitical  priesthood  afar  off,  and  so  the  trans- 
 lation of  it,  and  of  the  law  thereof,  unto 
 Christ,  whose  day  he  desired,  Heb.  xi.  12. 
 
84 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 Eleazar  his  son  ;  and  Aaron  died  tliere  in  tlie  top  of  the  mountain  : 
 and  Moses  and  Eleazar  came  down  from  the  mountain.  ''^And  all 
 the  congregation  saw  that  Aaron  had  given  up  the  ghost :  and 
 they  wept  for  Aaron  thirty  days,  even  all  the  house  of  Israel. 
 
 Ver.  29. — Saw  that  aakon  had  given 
 ap  THE  GHOST,]  seeing  is  here  iov perceiving 
 by  knowledge  and  understanding,  as  by  the 
 relation  of  Moses  and  Eleazar,  as  also  that 
 Aaron  came  not  down  with  them.  '  So 
 Jacob  saw  that  there  was  corn  in  Egypt, 
 when  he  heard  thereof,'  Gen.  xlii.  1 ;  Acts 
 vii.  12.  The  people  '  saw  the  voices,'  Exod. 
 XX.  18,  and  sundry  the  like.  Here  also  they 
 might  see  the  hand  of  God,  chastising  their 
 sin  upon  Aaron,  who  died  not  only  for  his 
 own  transgression,  but  for  their  sakes,'  as 
 Moses  after  speaketh  of  himself,  '  The  Lord 
 was  wroth  with  me  for  your  sakes,'  Deut.  iii. 
 26,  yet  in  beholding  his  priesthood  continued 
 in  liis  son,  they  might  also  behold  God's 
 mercy  towards  them  in  Christ,  who  should 
 perfectly  reconcile  them  unto  God,  when  the 
 priesthood  of  the  law,  which  now  began  to 
 die  away,  should  utterly  be  abolished.    They 
 
 WEPT,]  That  is,  thei/  mourned.  For  public 
 persons,  the  whole  congregation  mourned,  as 
 here  for  Aaron,  so  for  the  death  of  his  sons, 
 Lev.  X.  6,  and  for  the  death  of  Moses,  Deut, 
 xxxiv.  8.  Thirty  days,]  See  the  aniiot.  on 
 Gen.  1.  10.  Mourning  for  the  dead  is  hon- 
 ourable, and  here  the  people  mourn  for  Aaron 
 thirty  days,  whom  they  had  dishonoured  by 
 rebelling  against  him  forty  years.  So  long 
 also  they  wept  for  Moses,  Deut.  xxxiv.  S, 
 and  it  is  the  lot  of  many  of  the  servants  of 
 God,  to  have  more  honour  after  their  death, 
 than  in  their  life.  As  Mary  the  sister,  the 
 prophetess  of  Israel,  died  in  the  first  month, 
 ver.  1,  so  Aaron  the  high  priest  died  '  in  the 
 first  day  of  the  fifth  month,  in  the  fortieth 
 year  after  their  coming  out  of  Egypt,  when 
 he  was  123  years  old,'  Num.  xxxiii.  38,  39. 
 His  burial  also  (though  here  omitted)  is 
 spoken  of  in  Deut.  x.  6. 
 
 CHAP.  XXI. 
 
 1.  The  Canaanites  fight  with  Israel,  and  take  some  of  them  captive 
 hut  Israel  hy  a  vow,  obtain  help  of  God,  and  destroy  them  and  their 
 cities.  4.  The  people  murmuring  because  of  their  wants  in  the  rvay, 
 are  plagued  imth  fiery  serpents.  7.  Tliey  repenting,  are  healed  by  a 
 brazen  serpent.  10.  Sundry  journeys  of  the  Israelites.  16.  Their 
 song  at  Beer,  for  mater,  which  God  gave  them.  21.  They  requesting 
 passage  through  the  Amorites'  country  are  denied  it.  24.  Israel  van- 
 quisheth  them,  and  Sihon  their  king,  and  possesseth  their  cities.  27. 
 Proverbs  or  prophecies  of  Sihon' s  overthrow.  33.  Og,  king  of  Bashan, 
 fighteth  against  Israel^  and  is  also  vanquished,  and  Israel 
 his  land. 
 
 And   the  Canaanite  the  king   of  Arad,  which  dwelt  in    the 
 south,  lieard  tliat  Israel  came  the  way  of  the  spies :  and  lie  fouglit 
 
 Ver.  1.— King  of  arad,]  Arad  seemeth 
 to  be  the  name  of  the  city  where  the  king 
 reigned,  as  in  Jos.  xii.  14,  and  so  the  Chald. 
 here  explain  it.     In  the  south,]  The  south 
 
 part  in  the  land  of  Canaan,  Num.  xxxiii.  40 
 The  way  of  the  spies,]  Or,  the  ivay  of 
 ^tharim,  as  the  Gr.  version  retaineth  the 
 Heb.  name,  as  proper;  and  it  might  be  a  way 
 so  caMed,  and  well  known  in  that  time.  But 
 the  Chald.  translateth  it,  the  tvay  of  the 
 spies}  meaning  that  they  came  towards 
 Canaan,  after  they  had  been  turned  back  to- 
 
 wards the  Red  sea,  Num.  xiv.  25,  and  had 
 been  at  Ezion-gaber,  Num.  xxxiii.  35,  they 
 returned  towards  Canaan  again,  along  by 
 Edom's  coast,  to  come  unto  the  land  which 
 the  spies  had  searched,  Num.  xiii.  A  cap- 
 tivity,] That  is,  some  captives,  or  prisoners. 
 So  captivity  is  used  for  captives,  or  people 
 taken  in  war.  Num.  xxxi.  12;  Judg.  v.  12; 
 2  Chrou.  xxviii.  5,  and  often:  as  'poverty,' 
 for  a  company  of  poor  people,  2  Kings  xxiv. 
 10;  and  'spoil,'  for  spoiled  people,  Amos  v. 
 9  ;  '  thanksgivings,'  for  a  company  of  tharks- 
 
CHAP.  XXI. 
 
 80 
 
 against  Israel,  and  took  captive  of  them,  a  captivity  :  '  And  Is- 
 rael vowed  a  vow  unto  Jehovah,  and  said.  If  giving  thou  wilt 
 give  this  people  into  my  hand,  then  I  will  utterly  destroy  tlieir 
 cities.  ^  And  Jehovah  hearkened  to  the  voice  of  Israel,  and  gave 
 up  the  Canaanite,  and  they  utterly  destroyed  them  and  their 
 cities  :  and  he  called  the  name  of  the  place  Hormah. 
 
 *  And  they  journeyed  from  mount  Hor,  by  the   way  of  the  red 
 
 givers,  Neh.  xii.  31 ;  and  many  the  like. 
 Tlie  Canaanites  having  heard  of  the  over- 
 throw which  was  given  Israel,  thirty -eight 
 years  before,  Num.  xiv.  45;  and  of  the  hand 
 of  God  against  them  so  long  in  the  wilder- 
 ness, were  hardened  and  emboldened  to  en- 
 counter them  now  when  they  heard  again  of 
 their  coming ;  and  Satan  endeavoured  hereby 
 to  discourage  Israel,  that  as  their  fathers 
 through  unbelief  being  afraid,  entered  not 
 into  the  promised  land,  Deut.  i.  27,  32,  35; 
 so  the  children  also  might  be  deprived. 
 And  God,  for  a  chastisement  of  their  sins,  and 
 for  the  trial  of  their  faith,  suffereth  the  enemy 
 at  first  to  prevail,  that  his  people  might  know 
 that  they  should  not  conquer  the  land  by  their 
 own  strength  or  for  their  own  worthiness, 
 Ps.  xliv.  3,  4 ;  Deut.  ix.  4. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Vowed  a  vow,]  calling  upon 
 God  for  help,  and  religiously  promising  to 
 devote  unto  him  their  enemies  and  all  their 
 substance.  See  the  annot.  on  Gen.  xxviii. 
 20.  If  giving  thou  wilt  give,]  That  is, 
 if  thou  wilt  indeed  give;  and  it  implieth  a 
 prayer,  which  often  is  uttered  after  this  man- 
 ner: as,  '  Jabez  called  on  the  God  of  Israel, 
 saying.  If  blessing  thou  wilt  bless  me,*  &c. 
 1  ChroQ.  iv.  10.  Utterly  destroy,]  Or, 
 devote  ;  in  Gr.  anathematize  ;  things  devoted 
 after  this  manner,  the  persons  were  to  die, 
 their  goods  confiscate  to  the  Lord,  Lev.  xxvii. 
 28,  29.  So  when  Jericho  was  devoted,  the 
 people  and  beasts  were  killed,  the  city  burnt, 
 the  goods  carried  into  the  Lord's  treasury, 
 Jos.  vi.  17,  19,  21,  24. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Hearkened  to  the  voice,] 
 That  is,  as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  received 
 the  prayer  of  Israel.  Gave  up  the  Can- 
 aanite,] To  wit,  into  their  hand,  as  the  Gr. 
 here  repeateth  from  ver.  2.  They  utterly 
 destroyed]  Heb.  he  utterly  destroyed  or  de- 
 voted, speaking  of  Israel,  as  of  one  body. 
 But  how  could  they,  being  so  far  ofi"  in  the 
 wilderness,  destroy  their  cities,  lying  within 
 Canaan,  Num.  xxxiii.  40  ;  into  which  they 
 came  not,  till  after  Moses'  death?  It  seem- 
 eth  the  accomplishment  of  this  vow  was  per- 
 formed long  after,  when  they  were  come  into 
 the  land.  For  the  king  of  Arad  is  reckoned 
 for  one  of  those  that  Joshua  conquered,  Jos. 
 xii.  14.  See  also  Judg.  i.  IC,  17.  They 
 now    conquered    the  Canaanite's  army   that 
 
 came  out  against  them,  and  devoted  the 
 spoils  which  they  took ;  and  when  their  cities 
 came  into  their  possession,  they  utterly  de- 
 stroyed and  devoted  them,  and  so  paid  their 
 vow,  which  now  they  promised.  He 
 CALLED,]  Or,  they  called,  meaning  Israel, 
 unless  it  be  applied  in  special  to  Moses. 
 The  Gr.  translateth,  they  called.  Hor- 
 mah,] Or  Chormah  ;  in  Gr.  Anathema,  that 
 is,  devotement,  or  utter  destruction.  By  this 
 name  they  both  set  up  a  memorial  of  God's 
 mercy,  who  gave  their  enemies  into  their 
 hand  ;  and  of  their  duty,  to  keep  the  vow 
 which  they  had  promised. 
 
 Ver.  4. — To  compass  the  land,]  Be- 
 cause Edom  had  denied  them  passage  through 
 it,  Num.  XX.  18,  21,  by  reason  whereof  their 
 travel  was  increased.  Soul  of  the  people 
 WAS  shortened,]  Or,  ivas  straitened,  that 
 is,  tvas  grieved,  or  discouraged.  This  word, 
 when  it  is  applied  to  the  hand,  signifieth  in- 
 ability, as  in  Num.  xi.  23  ;  Isa.  xxxvii.  27; 
 2  Kings  xix.  SG  ,  unto  the  soul  (as  in  this 
 place)  it  meaneth  grief,  vexation,  or  discom- 
 fort;  so  in  Judg.  xvi.  16.  Samson's  soul 
 was  shortened,  i^that  is,  vexed)  unto  death  ; 
 and  in  Judg.  x.  16,  the  Lord's  soul  was 
 shortened,  (that  is,  grieved)  for  the  misery  of 
 Israel:  and  sometimes  it  is  with  a  kind  of 
 lothing,  as  in  Zach.  xi.  8  ;  '  my  soul  was 
 shortened  for  them,'  that  is,  lotked  them. 
 A  like  phrase  is  of  the  shortness  of  the  spi- 
 rit, which  also  signifieth  anguish,  trouble 
 and  vexation,  as  in  Exod.  vi.  6  ;  Job  xxi. 
 4  ;  and  want  of  power,  as  in  Mic.  ii.  7.  The 
 Gr.  here  translateth,  the  people  wire  feeble- 
 minded, or  of  small  soul,  or  courage.  Be- 
 cause of  the  way,]  Or,  in  the  way:  but 
 m  often  noteth  the  cause  of  a  thing  ;  as,  the 
 Lord's  '  soul  was  grieved  in  (that  is,  for,  or 
 because  of)  the  misery  of  Israel,'  Judg.  x. 
 16,  or  according  to  the  like  phrase  in  Zach. 
 xi.  8  ;  their  soul  lothed  the  way,  both  for 
 the  longsomeness  of  it,  and  for  the  many 
 wants  and  troubles  that  they  found  therein, 
 as  in  ver.  5.  So  the  Gr.  interpreteth  it,/or 
 the  way  :  and  Sol.  Jarchi  in  like  manner, 
 saying,  "  Because  it  was  heard  unto  them, 
 they  said,  we  were  now  near  to  enter  into 
 the  land,  and  we  turned  backward;  so  our  fa- 
 thers turned,  and  lingered  thirty-nine  years 
 unto  this  day ;  therefore  their  soul  was  short- 
 
NUMBERS. 
 
 sea,  to  compass  the  land  of  Edom ;  and  the  soul  of  the  people 
 was  shortened,  because  of  the  way.  ^  And  tlie  people  spake 
 against  God,  and  against  Moses,  Wherefore  have  ye  brought  us 
 up  out  of  Kgypt,  to  die  in  the  wilderness?  for  there  is  no  bread, 
 neither  is  there  water,  and  our  soul  lotheth  this  light  bread. 
 ®  And  Jehovah  sent  among  the  people  fiery  serpents,  and  they  bit 
 
 ened  for  the  afflictions  of  the  way."  This  way 
 into  the  land  of  promise,  figured  the  way  into 
 the  kingdom  of  God,  through  the  wilderness 
 of  this  world,  '  the  wilderness  of  peoples,'  as 
 in  Ezek.  xx.  35  ;  into  which  kingdom  we 
 cannot  enter,  but  'through  much  tribulation,' 
 Acts  xiv.  22  ;  '  because  the  gate  is  strait, 
 and  the  way  is  narrow  that  leadeth  unto  life,' 
 Mat.  vii.  14;  and  we  are  to  go  'through 
 fire  and  through  water,'  Ps.  Ixvi.  12.  The 
 discouragement  of  this  people,  showeth  hu- 
 man frailty  and  infirmity,  through  want 
 of  faith  and  patience:  for  as  they  erred  in 
 heart,  and  knew  not  the  Lord's  ways,  Ps. 
 xcv.  10,  so  many,  '  when  tribulation  or  per- 
 secution ariseth  because  of  the  word,  by  and 
 by  they  are  ofTended,'  Mat.  xiii.  21. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Spake  against  god,]  The 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it,  murmured  before  the 
 Lord,  and  contended  with  Moses,  and  so  in 
 ver.  7.  This  was  their  wonted  carriage,  in 
 their  tentations:  see  Exod.  xiv.  II  ;  xv.  24  ; 
 xvi.  2,  3  ;  xvii.  2,  3  ;  Num.  xi.  1,  4,  6  ; 
 xvi.  13,  14;  XX.  3—3.  By  God  here  is 
 meant  Christ,  the  Angel  of  God's  face  or 
 presence,  in  whom  his  name  was,  Exod.  xxiii. 
 20,  21  ;  Isa.  Ixiii.  9  ;  as  the  apostle  openeth 
 this  place,  saying,  •  Neither  let  us  tempt 
 Clirist,  as  some  of  them  also  tempted,  and 
 were  destroyed  of  serpents,'  1  Cor.  x.  9. 
 This  light  bread,]  Meaning  manna;  as 
 the  Ciiald.  explaineth  it,  this  manna  the 
 light  meat  :  in  Gr.  this  vain  (or  empty)  bread. 
 So  they  call  it,  either  because  it  was  light  of 
 digestion,  that  they  felt  it  not  in  their  hot 
 stomachs  ;  or  in  contempt,  counting  it  base 
 and  vile,  in  comparison  with  other  meats: 
 See  Num.  xi.  5,  6,  8.  This  manna  being 
 rained  upon  them  from  heaven,  Ps.  Ixxviii. 
 23,  24,  was  both  corporal  and  spiritual  food 
 unto  them,  a  figure  of  the  hidden  manna, 
 which  Christ  feedeth  his  people  with,  unto 
 life  eternal.  Rev.  ii.  17;  Job  vi.  48 — 51. 
 So  the  contempt  thereof,  was  the  contempt 
 of  Christ  and  his  grace:  and  into  this  sin  do 
 all  they  fall,  that  lothe  and  leave  Christ  and 
 his  gospel,  for  the  momentary  pleasures  of 
 this  life  ;  '  the  enemies  of  the  cross  of  Christ, 
 whose  end  is  destruction,  whose  God  is  their 
 belly,  and  whose  glory  is  in  their  shame,  wiio 
 mind  earthly  things,'  Phil.  iii.  18,  19. 
 
 Ver.  6— Fiery  serpents,]  Or,  bttrninj 
 serpents,  as  the  Chald.  translateth:  the  Gr. 
 in  tliis  place  calleth  them  deadly  (or  kiUing) 
 
 serpents.  In  the  Heb.  they  are  named  sera- 
 phim, that  is,  burners,  because  when  they 
 bite  a  man,  he  bunieth  with  extreme  heat 
 and  thirst,  it  may  be  also  in  respect  of  their 
 colour,  for  some  serpents  are  of  a  fiery  colour; 
 Nicander  in  Theriacis.  Of  the  Heb.  saraph, 
 the  Gr.  by  changing  the  order  of  letters, 
 have  borrowed  the  name  prester,  which  is  a 
 kind  of  venomous  serpent,  called  also  dipsas, 
 and  causon;  of  which  it  is  reported,  that  who 
 is  stung  therewith,  he  hath  such  a  vehement 
 thirst,  "  that  he  cannot  be  satisfied,  but  is 
 tormented  with  it  continually,  and  though  he 
 drink  never  so  largely,  yet  is  he  presently  as 
 thirsty  as  before.  And  again,  that  the  bit- 
 ings  of  these  serpents  were  left  of  the  most 
 ancient  (physicians)  as  altogether  incurable," 
 Dioscorid.  lib.  vi.  cap.  38,  40.  They  are 
 said  to  be  like  unto  vipers,  but  their  bit- 
 ing more  hurtful ;  for  the  heart  of  a  man  is 
 inflamed  with  their  biting,  and  his  lips  are 
 parched  and  dry  with  thirst,  as  Nicander 
 writeth  of  them.  Sol.  Jarchi  saith,  "  they 
 are  called  seraphim  (burners)  because  they 
 burned  men  with  the  venom  of  their  teeth." 
 The  prophet  Isaiah  mentioneth  '  the  flying 
 fiery  serpent,'  in  Is.  xiv.  29;  xxx.  6,  where- 
 by it  seemeth  to  be  a  kind  of  serpent  with 
 wings.  With  these  and  other  serpents,  the 
 wilderness  through  which  they  went,  did 
 abound,  as  Moses  showeth  in  Deut.  viii.  15, 
 but  God,  who  guided  them  through  it,  kept 
 them  from  hurting  his  people,  till  now  for 
 their  sin,  he  gave  them  power  to  bite  and 
 kill  them:  as  he  saith  elsewhere,  'I  will 
 command  the  serpent,  and  he  shall  bite 
 them,'  Amos  iii.  9.  Here  also  there  was  a  re- 
 tnembrance  of  the  first  sin  that  came  into 
 mankind  by  the  serpent,  and  the  death  that 
 followed  thereupon.  Gen.  iii. ;  for  as  the 
 venom  of  the  serpents  killeth  the  body,  so 
 the  venom  of  satan,  which  is  sin,  killeth  both 
 body  and  soul:  and  as  the  serpent  biting  any 
 one  part,  the  venom  and  contagion  spreadeth 
 over  all  the  body,  and  killeth  the  whole  man, 
 so  the  poison  of  sin,  which  entered  by  one 
 man,  hath  infected  and  killed  all  the  lump  of 
 mankind,  Rom.  v.  15 — 18.  Died,]  The 
 judgments  of  God  are  both  inevitable  and  in- 
 curable of  man,  Jer.  viii.  17;  Amos  v.  19 — 
 23;  ix.  1—3;  Deut.  xxviii.  27.  And  as 
 no  salve  or  medicine  could  heal  the  bodies  of 
 those  that  were  bitten :  so  can  no  work  of 
 man  cure  the  biting  of  that  old  serpent  or 
 
CHAP.  XXI. 
 
 87 
 
 tlie  people,  and  much  people  of  Israel  died.  '  And  the  people  came 
 to  Moses,  and  said.  We  have  sinned:  for  we  have  spoken  against 
 Jehovah,  and  against  thee  ;  Pray  unto  Jehovah,  that  he  take  away 
 the  serpents  from  us  ;  and  Moses  prayed  for  the  people.     *  And 
 
 stitig  of  sin,  but  the  venom  thereof  rageth 
 and  reigneth,  tormenting  the  conscience  unto 
 death,  Rom.  v.  12,  14.21;  iii.  20. 
 
 Ver.  7. — We  have  sinxed,]  The  afflic- 
 tions which  God  layeth  upon  his  people,  are  a 
 meaa  (through  his  grace)  to  bring  them  to  the 
 sight  and  acknowledgment  of  their  sins,  and 
 seeking  unto  him,  as  it  is  said,  '  When  he 
 slew  them,  then  they  sought  him:  and  they 
 returned,  and  inquired  early  after  God,'  Ps. 
 Ixxviii.  34.  Yea,  the  wicked  are  often  forced 
 hereby,  to  confess  and  seek  help  of  God,  as 
 did  Pharaoh,  Exod.  ix.  27,  2S.  That  he 
 TAKE  AWAY,]  Or,  and  let  him  take  away  the 
 serpents;  in  Heb.  the  serpent,  put  for  the 
 multitude  of  them;  as  in  Exod.  viii.  6,  the 
 frog,  is  ior  frugs,  and  in  Exod.  viii.  17,  the 
 louse,  for  lice,  and  many  the  like.  They  de- 
 sire the  removing  of  the  punishment,  after 
 repentance  and  confession  of  sin;  without 
 which,  plagues  are  not  only  continued,  b\it 
 increased,  Lev.  xxvi.  21,  23,  24,  28.  Hovv- 
 beit  God  did  not  presently  take  away  the  ser- 
 pents, but  gave  a  remedy  for  such  as  were 
 bitten,  ver.  8,  9.  Moses  prayed,]  As  at 
 other  times,  so  still  he  showeth  himself  an 
 example  of  meekness,  unmiadfulness  of  in- 
 juries,  and  readiness  to  forgive  the  wrongs 
 done  unto  him.  Thus  Samuel  also  did  in 
 like  case,  and  said,  '  Far  be  it  that  I  should 
 sin  against  the  Lord,  in  ceasing  to  pray  for 
 you;  but  I  will  teach  you  the  good  and  the 
 right  way,'  1  Sam.  xii.  19,  23 
 
 Ver.  8. — Make  thee  a  fiery  serpent,] 
 Or,  a  burning  serpent,  Heb.  saraph,  which 
 the  Gr.  translateth,  a  serpent:  hereby  is 
 meant,  *  a  serpent  of  brass,'  ver.  9,  a  simili- 
 tude of  one  of  those  fiery  serpents,  a  figure 
 of  Christ,  as  himself  hath  opened  it,  saying, 
 '  As  Moses  lifted  up  the  serpent  in  the  wildei- 
 ness,  even  so  must  the  Son  of  man  be  lifted 
 up,'  John  iii.  14.  For  as  this  had  the  simi- 
 litude of  a  serpent,  but  had  no  venom ;  so 
 Christ  had  the  similitude  of  a  sinful  man, 
 'yet  without  sin,'  Heb.  iv.  15.  Upon  a 
 POLE,]  Or, /or  a  sign;  the  original  nes  signi- 
 fieth  an  ensign  or  banner  lifted  up  on  high, 
 and  is  here  by  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  translated 
 a  sign,  meaning  a  pole  or  perch,  which  is 
 usually  set  up  for  a  sign  or  signification  of 
 something.  And  hereupon  our  Saviour  useth 
 the  word  of  *  lifting  up,'  or  '  setting  on  high,' 
 in  John  iii.  14,  meaning  of  his  cross,  npon 
 which  he  was  lifted  up  at  his  death,  or  of  the 
 preaching  of  him  crucified:  as  elsewhere  he 
 likewise  saith,  '  When  ye  have  lifted  up  the 
 
 Son  of  man,'  John  viii.  28;  and  again,  when 
 he  signified  '  what  death  he  should  die,'  he 
 said,  'And  I,  if  I  be  lifted  up  from  the 
 earth,  will  draw  all  men  unto  me,'  John  xii, 
 32.  So  the  setting  of  this  serpent  on  a  pole 
 or  sign,  was  a  figure  unto  them  of  Christ  to 
 be  crucified,  and  preached  unto  the  world  for 
 salvation.  When  he  looketh  upon  it, 
 shall  live,]  Or,  then  he  shall  see  (or  look 
 upon)  it,  and  he  shall  live;  so  implying  both 
 a  commandment  and  a  promise.  And  this 
 was  the  reason  of  the  putting  it  upon  a  pole, 
 that  the  people  which  were  far  ofT  might  pre- 
 sently see  it,  every  man  from  his  place.  As 
 the  serpent  lifted  up,  was  a  figure  of  Christ; 
 so  the  looking  upon  it  signified  faith  in 
 Christ,  as  it  is  wTitten,  '  At  that  day  shall  a 
 man  look  to  his  Maker,  and  his  eyes  shall 
 have  respect  to  the  holy  One  of  Israel,'  Is. 
 xvii.  7.  And  thus  our  Lord  himself  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  '  As  Moses  lifted  up  the  serpent 
 in  the  wilderness,  even  so  must  the  Son  of 
 man  be  lifted  up;  that  whosoever  believeth 
 in  him  should  not  perish,  but  have  eternal 
 life,' John  iii.  14,  15.  Likewise  among  the 
 Hebs.  Thargum  Jonathan  explaineth  it  thus, 
 "  He  shall  look  upon  it  and  live,  if  his  heart 
 be  attent  unto  the  name  of  the  word  of  the 
 Lord."  And  Sol.  Jarchi  saith,  "when  they 
 submitted  their  heart  unto  their  Father  which 
 is  in  heaven,  they  were  healed,  otherwise 
 they  perished."  Shall  live,]  That  is, 
 shall  be  healed,  and  have  his  life  and  health 
 continued;  as  in  Is.  xxxviii.  21,  'he  shall 
 live,'  that  is,  shall  recover,  or  be  cured. 
 And  by  this  recovery  and  continuance  of  na- 
 tural life,  was  figured  life  eternal  to  all  that 
 believed  in  Christ,  John  iii.  15,  who  is  'the 
 root  of  Jesse,  standing  up  for  an  ensign  of  the 
 people,  whereunto  the  nations  should  seek,' 
 Is.  xi.  10.  And  the  work  of  grace  was 
 hereby  lively  signified.  As  they  that  were 
 bitten  with  these  serpents,  if  they  looked 
 upon  their  sores,  and  not  to  the  sign  erected 
 of  God,  they  died:  so  they  that  are  bitten 
 with  sin,  if  they  fix  their  eyes  thereon, 
 though  with  repentance,  and  look  not  unto 
 Christ,  do  despair  and  die,  Matt,  xxvii.  3 — 
 5.  As  they,  if  they  sought  to  surgeons  or 
 physicians,  or  used  salves  or  medicines  of 
 their  own  or  others,  perished:  so  whosoever 
 seeketh  to  any  but  Christ,  or  endeavoureth  by 
 his  own  works  or  sufferings  to  have  life  with 
 God,  dieth  in  his  sins,  John  viii.  24;  Gal. 
 V.  4.  As  the  brazen  serpent  was  an  unlikely 
 thing  in  human  reason,  to  heal  such  deadly 
 
S8 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 Jehovah  said  unto  Moses,  Make  thee  a  fiery  serpent,  and  put  it 
 upon  a  pole  ;  and  it  shall  be,  that  every  one  that  is  bitten,  when 
 he  looketli  upon  it,  shall  live. 
 
 ^  And  Moses  made  a  serpent  of  brass,  and  put  it  upon  a  pole  •, 
 and  it  was,  that  if  a  serpent  had  bitten  a  man,  when  he  beheld  the 
 serpent  of  brass,  he  lived. 
 
 "  And  the  sons  of  Israel  journeyed,  and  encamped  in  Oboth. 
 "  And  they  journeyed  from  (Jbotli,  and  encamped  in  Ije  Abarim, 
 in  the  wilderness  which  is  before   Moab,  toward  the  sun-rising. 
 
 wounds:  so  'Christ  crucified,  is  unto  the 
 Jews  a  stumbling-block,  and  unto  the  Greeks 
 foolishness;  but  unto  them  which  are  called, 
 both  Jews  and  Greeks,  Christ  is  the  power  of 
 God,  and  the  wisdom  of  God,'  ]  Cor.  i.  23, 
 24. 
 
 VeR.  9. A   SERPENT  OF    BRASS,]  Which 
 
 metal,  besides    that  it  is   of  a  fiery  colour, 
 Ezek.  i.  7;  Rev.  i.  15,  and  so  might  resem- 
 ble  the   colour   of    the    serpents;    it   is   also 
 strong  and  durable,  and  in  that  respect  might 
 figure   out  the  strength  of  Christ,  who  was 
 enabled  by  the  power  of  the  Godhead  to  en- 
 dine  and  overcome  all  his  tribulations,  other- 
 wise  than   any   man  could:  whereupon   Job 
 saith   in   his   sorrows,   '  Is   my   strength  the 
 strength  of  stones?  or  is  my  flesh  of  brass?' 
 Job  vi.    12.      But   unto  the  prophet   Christ 
 showed   himself   '  a   man,   whose  appearance 
 was  like  the  appearance  of  brass,'  tzek.  xl. 
 3.     Upon  a  pole,")  Or,  for  a  sign,  as  in  ver. 
 8.     This  was  the  work  of  Moses;  whereupon 
 it  is  said,  •  As  Moses  lilted  up  the  serpent  in 
 the  wilderness,'  John  iii.  14,  and  it  signified 
 how  'Moses'  law  was  our  schoolmaster  unto 
 Christ,  that  we  might  be  justified  by  faith,' 
 Gal.  iii.  24,  by  his  writings,  Christ  is  lifted 
 up  as  an  ensij;n  unto  all  peoples,  for  he  wrote 
 of  Christ,  John  v.  46,  and  by  the  rigour  of 
 his   law,   which  urgeth   satisfaction   for  sin, 
 and    curseth    all    transgressors,    Christ    was 
 lifted  u|)  upon  the  cross,  '  God  sending  his 
 own  Son  in  the  likem  ss  of  sinful  flesh,'  who 
 by  his  sacrifice  'for  sin,  condemned  sin  in 
 tlie  flesh.'  Gal.  iii.    10—13;    Rom.  viii.   3. 
 If  a  serpent,]  Or,  as  the  Gr.   translateth, 
 when  a  serpent  hit  a  man}  so  that  the  serpents 
 were  not  taken  away  from  the  people,  as  tliey 
 desired,  in   ver.  7,  but  continued   still  as  a 
 chastisement,    to    nurture    the    disobedient 
 people:  only  God  provideth  a  remedy  to  heal 
 the  repentant  and  believing  sinners.    Where- 
 fore   also  the    brazen    serpent   was    not    left 
 standing   in    that  place,    but  they  carried   it 
 along  through  tiie  wilderness,  even  into  the 
 land   of  Canaan,   where  it  continued   many 
 years,  2  Kings  xviii.  4.     Such  is  the  work  of 
 grace  towards  us  in  tliis  life,  for  neitlier  are 
 our  sins  utterly  taken  from  us  in  this  life,  but 
 
 we  have  forgiveness  of  them  by  the  blood  of 
 Christ,  1  John  i.  7 — 10;  Jam.  iii.  2:  neither 
 are  our  tentations  and  afflictions  wholly  re- 
 moved, though  we  beseech  the  Lord  there- 
 fore ;  but  we  receive  grace  from  him,  which 
 is  suflicient  for  us,  and  his  '  strengtli  is  made 
 perfect  in  weakness,'  2  Cor.  xii.  7 — 9. 
 When  he  beheld,]  Or,  and  if  he  beheld 
 (or  looked  unto)  the  serpent  of  brass,  then  he 
 lived:  where  Thargum  Jonathan  addeth  again, 
 "  and  directed  his  heart  to  the  name  of  the 
 word  of  the  Lord,  then  he  lived."  And  the 
 author  of  the  Book  of  Wisdom,  speaking  of  , 
 this  serpent,  (which  he  calleth  'a  sign  of  sal- 
 vation') saith,  'He  that  turned  himself  to- 
 wards it,  was  not  saved  by  the  thing  that  he 
 saw,  but  by  thee  [O  God]  that  art  tiie 
 Saviour  of  all,'  Wisdom  xvi.  6,  7.  This 
 showeth  the  truth  of  God's  promises  and 
 signs,  that  they  give  life  to  them  that  obey 
 and  believe  in  Christ:  and  when  God  pro- 
 miseth  to  pour  out  the  Spirit  of  grace  upon 
 his  people,  it  is  with  these  words,  '  They 
 shall  look  upon  me  whom  they  have  pierced,' 
 Zed),  xii.  lo.  Thus  'the  just  shall  live  by 
 his  faith,'  Hab.  ii.  4,  and  he  that  heareth  the 
 word  of  Christ,  and  believeth  on  him  that 
 sent  him,  '  hath  everlasting  life,  and  shall  not 
 come  into  condemnation,  but  is  passed  from 
 death  unto  life,'  John  v.  24.  '  For  the 
 wages  of  sin  is  death ;  but  the  gift  of  God  is 
 eternal  life,  through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord,' 
 Rom.  vi.  23. 
 
 Ver.  10 — Oboth,]  Of  these  places  and 
 journeys,  see  Num.  xxxiii.,  where  they  are 
 reckoned  in  order ;  for  here  some  are  named, 
 and  others  omitted. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Before  Moab,]  Before  the 
 Moaliites'  country.  The  posterity  of  Moab 
 and  Ammon  the  sons  of  Lot,  Gen.  xix.  36 
 — 38,  had  vanquished  the  giants  (called 
 Emims  and  Zamzummims)  which  before 
 dwelt  in  those  parts,  and  succeeded  them, 
 and  dwelt  in  their  stead,  Deut.  ii.  10,  11, 
 20,  21.  Through  the  wilderness,  along  by 
 their  coasts  did  Israel  pass,  but  were  forbid- 
 den to  war  with  them,  or  with  the  Edomites. 
 Deut.  ii.  5,  9,  19. 
 
CHAP.   XX 
 
 80 
 
 '^  From  thence  they  journeyed,  and  camped  in  tlie  valley  of  Zared. 
 '^  From  thence  they  journeyed,  and  camped  on  tlie  other  side  of 
 Arnon,  which  is  in  the  wilderness,  which  cometh  out  of  the  border 
 of  the  Amorite ;  for  Arnon  is  the  border  of  Moab,  between  Moab 
 and  the  Amorite. 
 
 "  Wherefore  it  is  said  in  the  book  of  the  wars  of  Jehovah,  Va- 
 heb  in  a  whirlwind,  and  the  brooks  of  Arnon.  '^  And  the  stream 
 of  the  brooks  which  declineth  to  the  situation  of  Ar,  and  leanetli 
 upon  the  border  of  Moab.     "^  And  from  thence  to  Beer,  that  is,  the 
 
 Ver.  12. — The  valley  of  zared,]  Or,       usually  signifieth  whirlwind  or  storm)  to  lie 
 
 the  bourn  of  Zared,  or  Zered:  which  word 
 bourn  (as  also  the  Heb.  nachal)  is  both  a  val- 
 ley, and  a  river  running  through  a  valley: 
 and  so  this  Zared  was  a  river  or  brook  also, 
 over  which  Israel  passed:  see  Deut.  ii.  13. 
 
 Ver.  14 It  is  said,]   Heb.   it  shall  be 
 
 said.  The  time  to  come,  noteth  a  continued 
 or  common  saying;  so  he  speaketh  as  of  a 
 known  speech.  The  book,]  Or,  the  narra- 
 tion, (the  rehearsal)  of  the  wars  of  Jehovah: 
 what  book  this  was,  is  uncertain;  whether 
 some  writing  of  Israel,  not  now  extant;  or, 
 some  writing  of  the  Amorites,  which  con- 
 tained songs  and  triumphs  of  their  king  Si- 
 hon's  victories ;  out  of  which  Moses  may 
 cite  this  testimony,  as  Paul  sometimes  doth 
 out  of  heathen  poets,  Acts  xvii.  28;  Tit.  i. 
 12.  Vaheb,]  This  is  thought  by  some  to  be 
 the  name  of  the  king  of  Moab,  whom  Sihon 
 vanquished,  ver.  26,  by  others,  to  be  the 
 name  of  a  place  or  city.  The  Gr.  interpreters 
 here  mistaking  a  Z  T  for  a  V  1  (which  in 
 Heb.  are  one  like  another)  read  it  Zoob,  and 
 give  this  sense,  "  Therefore  it  is  said  in  the 
 book,  The  war  of  the  Lord  hath  set  on  fire 
 (or  burned)  Zoob,  and  the  brooks  of  Arnon." 
 The  Chald.  paraphrast  (whom  others  also 
 follow)  taketh  it  for  no  proper  name,  but  ex- 
 poundeth  it  thus:  "  The  wars  that  the  Lord 
 did  at  the  Red  sea,  and  the  mighty  works  at 
 the  brooks  of  Arnon."  In  a  whirlwind,] 
 Or,  luith  a  tempest}  understand,  the  Lord  (by 
 the  war  of  Sihon  against  Moab)  hath  con- 
 sumed Faheb  in  a  whirlivind,  or  ivith  a  tem- 
 pest. So  wars  are  often  set  forth  by  the  simili- 
 tude of  fire,  tempest,  whirlwinds,  and  the 
 like;  as,  '  I  will  kindle  a  fire  in  the  wall  of 
 Rahab,  and  it  shall  devour  the  palaces  there- 
 of, with  shouting  in  the  day  of  battle,  with  a 
 tempest  in  the  day  of  the  whirlwind,'  Amos 
 i.  14,  and,  Thou  shalt  be  visited  of  the  Lord 
 of  hosts  with  thunder,  &c.  with  whirlwind 
 and  tempest,  and  the  flame  of  devouring  fire,' 
 Is.  xxix.  6,  and  again,  '  The  Lord  will  come 
 with  fire,  and  with  chariots  like  a  whirlwind,' 
 Is.  Ixvi.  15.  So  in  Nah.  i.  3;  Is.  v.  28; 
 Jer.  iv.  13.  And  thus  the  Gr.  explaineth 
 it,  "The  war  of  the  Lord  hath  set  Zoob  on 
 fire."  Some  take  the  Heb.  supkah  (which 
 Vol.  II. 
 
 here  the  name  of  a  place,  the  same  that  is 
 called  suph  in  Deut.  i.  1,  which  also  is  the 
 name  of  the  Red  sea,  as  is  noted  on  Exod.  x. 
 9,  so  the  Chald.  interpreteth  it,  the  Red  sea. 
 And  the  brooks,]  Or,  the  bourns  of  Arnon, 
 to  wit,  the  Lord  hath  consumed,  or  (as  in 
 ver.  2S,)  the  flame  hath  consumed  the  bourns 
 of  Arnon.  It  may  also  be  expounded,  "  The 
 Lord  warred  with  Vaheb  in  a  whirlwind,  and 
 with  the  brooks  of  Arnon."  Moses  intend- 
 eth  by  this  testimony,  to  show  how  the  Is- 
 raelites had  right  to  this  country:  for  it  being 
 sometimes  Moab's  land,  with  whom  Israel 
 might  not  meddle,  Deut.  ii.  9,  the  Lord  had 
 before  Israel's  coming,  stirred  up  the  spirit 
 of  Sihon  king  of  the  Amorites,  to  fight 
 against  the  king  of  Moab,  and  to  take  this 
 part  of  his  country  from  him,  as  is  after 
 mentioned,  Num.  xxi.  28,  29.  Then  Israel 
 coming,  and  being  commanded  of  God  to  war 
 against  the  Amorites,  Deut.  ii.  24,  took  it 
 again  out  of  Sihon 's  hand,  and  so  became  law- 
 ful possessor  of  this  land  by  conquest.  This 
 right  Jephthah  defended  for  Israel,  when 
 after  many  years  the  Ammonites  (brethren 
 to  Moab)  required  these  lands  to  be  restored 
 again;  see  the  story  in  Judg.  xi.  12,  13 — 
 27.  For  the  Moabites  and  Ammonites  were 
 neighbours;  and  Chazkuni  noteth  on  Num. 
 xxi.  23,  that,  "  As  Sihon  had  taken  the  land 
 of  Moab  on  the  south  side,  from  Jordan  unto 
 the  river  Arnon;  so  he  had  taken  on  the 
 north-side,  the  land  of  the  sons  of  Ammon 
 unto  Jabbok:  and  for  this  cause  it  was  un 
 lawful  for  Israel  (to  possess  it:)  and  this  is 
 that  which  our  doctors  have  said,  Moab  and 
 Ammon  were  purified  by  Sihon." 
 
 Ver.  15. — And  the  stream,]  Or,  the 
 shedding  the  effusion  of  the  brooks.  This 
 ver.  seemeth  to  be  a  continuance  of  the  former 
 testimony  out  of  the  book  of  the  wars  of  Jehovah, 
 to  show  the  limits  and  bounds  of  this  country 
 which  Sihon  had  won,  and  how  it  was  distin- 
 guished from  Moab's  land.  Ar,]  A  city  of 
 Moab,  ver.  28,  called  inGr.  Er.  Leaneth 
 upon  the  border,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr.  ex- 
 plaineth it,  lieth  by,  or  is  adjoined  to  the  bor- 
 ders of  Moab. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Froim  the.xce  to  beer,]  Or, 
 
 M 
 
90 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 well  whereof  Jehovah  said  unto  Moses,  Gather  together  the  people, 
 and  I  will  give  them  water. 
 
 "  Then  sang  Israel  this  song.  Spring  up,  O  well ;  answer  ye  unto 
 it.     ^^  The  well,  the  princes  digged  it,  the  nobles  of  the  people 
 
 to  the  well ;  for  so  Beer  signifieth;  and  the 
 Gr.  traiislateth  it,  from  thence  the  well  (or 
 pe7.)  Some  unrlerstand  here,  from  thence 
 they  journeyed  to  Beer:  the  Chald.  paraphrast 
 expoundeth  it,  "  from  thence  was  given  unto 
 them  the  well."  Of  this  Beer  there  is  no 
 mention  among  the  journeys  of  the  people  in 
 Num.  xxxiii.  I  avill  give  them  water,] 
 The  Gr.  addeth,  water  to  drink.  The  Lord 
 who  before  had  suffered  the  people  to  thiist, 
 and  gave  them  water  when  they  muimured 
 against  him,  Exod.  xvii.  ;  Num.  xx.  ;  doth 
 now  of  his  grace  give  them  a  well  of  water, 
 when  they  murmured  not,  to  leach  them  to 
 depend  upon  him  hy  faith,  for  '  they  that 
 seek  the  Lord  shall  not  want  any  good  thing,' 
 Ps.  xxxiv.  10.  Wherefore  the  people  were 
 to  be  assembled,  that  ail  might  behold  the 
 goodness  of  God,  and  sing  his  praise.  And 
 this  water  of  the  well  had  also  a  like  spiri- 
 tual signification,  as  the  waters  of  the  rock ; 
 far  as  '  the  rock  was  Christ,'  1  Cor.  x.  4; 
 so  the  well  figured  him,  who  is  '  the  fountain 
 of  the  gaidens,  the  well  of  living  waters.' 
 Song  iv.  15  ;  and  the  waters  signified  '  the 
 Spirit,  which  they  that  believe  on  him  shall 
 receive,' John  vii.  38,  39;  Is.  xliv.  3;  of 
 which  water,  '  whosoever  drinketh,  shall 
 never  thirst,  but  the  water  that  Christ  shall 
 give  him,  shall  be  in  him  a  well  of  water 
 springing  up  into  everlasting  life,'  John  iv. 
 14.  This  grace  he  promised  of  old  to  his 
 people,  saying,  '  the  poor  and  needy  seek 
 water,  and  there  is  none  ;  their  tongue  fail- 
 eth  for  thirst:  I  Jehovah  will  hear  them,  I 
 the  God  of  Israel  will  not  forsake  them.  1 
 will  open  rivers  in  high  places,  and  fountains 
 in  the  midst  of  the  valleys  ;  I  will  make  the 
 wilderness  a  pool  of  water,  and  the  dry  land 
 springs  of  water,  &c.  That  they  may  see, 
 and  know,  and  consider,  and  understand  to- 
 gether, that  the  hand  of  Jehovah  hath  done 
 this,  and  the  Holy  One  of  Israel  hath  created 
 it,'  Is.  xli.  17,  18,  20.  And  again,  '  a 
 fountain  shall  come  forth  of  the  house  of  the 
 Lord,  aaid  shall  water  the  valley  of  Shittim,' 
 Joel  iii.  IS. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Then  sang  Israel,]  Singing 
 here  was  in  them  a  sign  of  mirth  and  joy,  as 
 iu  Jam.  v.  13 ;  aud  of  belief  in  God,  and 
 thankfulness,  as  in  Ps.  cvi.  12  ;  and  typified 
 the  spiritual  joy  which  the  faithful  have  in 
 Christ:  concerning  which  it  is  prophesied, 
 '  with  joy  shall  ye  draw  water  out  of  the 
 wells  of  salvation.  And  in  that  day  shall  ye 
 say,  Praise  Jehovah,  call  upon  his  name,  de- 
 
 clare his  doings  among  the  people,'  &c.  Is. 
 xij.  3,  4.  Spring  up,]  Or,  ascerid  0  well. 
 Answer  ye  to  it,]  I'hat  is,  sing  (or  shout) 
 ye  to  it,  or  sing  ye  of  it.  The  word  answer, 
 here  meaneth  to  sing  one  after  another,  as 
 when  they  sung  at  the  Red  sea,  Mary  an- 
 swered them,  that  is,  sung  after  the  men, 
 Exod.  XV.  21  ;  and  in  1  Sam.  xviii.  7,  'the 
 women  answered  one  another,'  as  they  played 
 on  instruments  and  sung  the  victory.  So  in 
 Ps.  cxlvii.  7,  '  answer  ye  (that  is,  sing  ye) 
 to  Jehovah  with  confession.'  And  the  order 
 of  the  words  may  be  thus,  '  answer  (or  sing 
 ye  unto  it,)  spring  up,  O  well.'  A  like  phrase 
 is  in  Is.  xxvii.  2,  '  a  vineyard  of  red  wine, 
 answer  ye  unto  her;  or,  answer  (that  is,  sing) 
 ye  unto  her,  a  vineyard  of  red  wine.'  For 
 the  Scripture  itself  often  changeth  the  order 
 of  words  and  sentences;  as,  '  I  will  put  my 
 laws  into  their  mind,  and  write  them  on  their 
 heart,'  Heb.  viii.  10;  or,  'put  them  into 
 their  heart,  and  write  them  on  their  mind,' 
 Heb.  X.  16.  So  in  Is.  vi.  1,  compared  with 
 Rom.  X.  20  ;  and  Deut.  v.  IC,  with  Eph. 
 vi.  2;  Matt.  xxi.  13,  with  Mark  xii.  8; 
 and  many  the  like.  See  the  notes  on  Gen. 
 V.  6.  By  this  song  they  celebrate  the  mira- 
 cle and  memory  of  the  well  which  God  gave 
 them:  and  if  they  sung  it  at  first  when  they 
 assembled  to  dig  it,  it  showed  also  their  faith 
 iu  the  promise  of  God,  who  had  said,  he  would 
 give  them  water ;  and  so  they  speali  unto  the 
 well  (as  Moses  was  ordered  to  speak  to  the 
 rock,  Num.  xx.  8 ;)  that  it  should  ascend  or 
 spring  up,  according  to  the  word  of  the  Lord. 
 Thus  Thargum  Jonathan  explaineth  it,  "  as- 
 cend O  well,  ascend  O  well,  did  they  sing 
 unto  it,  and  it  ascended."  Or  if  they  sang 
 it  alter,  it  is  a  memorial  and  celebration  of 
 God's  goodness  and  faithfulness,  as  he  had 
 spoken  unto  them  ;  ascend  O  well,  that  is, 
 come  up  into  our  heart  or  memory  ;  answer 
 (or  sing)  ye  of  it,  that  it  may  never  be  for- 
 gotten. And  ascending  or  coming  up,  is 
 often  used  in  this  sense,  as  in  Jer.  iii.  16, 
 '  neither  shall  it  ascend  (or  come  up)  on 
 the  heart,  neither  shall  they  remember  it;' 
 and  in  Jer.  li.  60,  '  remember  the  Lord 
 afar  ofl',  and  let  Jerusalem  ascend  upon  your 
 heart,'  that  is,  come  into  your  mind. 
 
 Ver.  18.  —  The  well,  the  princes  dig- 
 ged IT,]  Or,  O  well,  which  the  princes  dig- 
 ged, which  the  nobles  of  the  people  delved : 
 where  digged  aud  delved  are  two  woids  of 
 the  same  meaning,  as  in  the  Heb.  Caphar 
 and  Carah.     The  princes  and  nobles  of  Israel 
 
CHAP.  XXI. 
 
 91 
 
 delved  it,  with  the  lawgiver,  with  their  staves.  And  from  the  wil- 
 derness (they  journeyed)  to  Mattanah  ;  '^  And  from  Mattanah  to 
 Nahaliel ;  and  from  Nahaliel  to  Bamoth ;  ^^  And  from  Bamotli  to 
 the  valley  which  is  in  the  field  of  Moab,  the  head  of  Pisgah,  and  it 
 looketh  toward  Jeshimon. 
 
 digging  this  well,  and  the  memory  thereof, 
 thus  celebrated  by  the  song  of  Israel,  settetli 
 forth  the  glory  of  this  gracious  gift  of  God 
 unto  his  people,  and  figured  the  labours  and 
 industry  of  the  governors  of  the  church,  to 
 bring  forth  the  waters  of  the  Spirit,  by  the 
 preaching  of  the  word,  and  opening  of  the 
 scriptures,  2  Chron.  xvii.  7 — 9  ;  Gal.  iii.  2; 
 1  Tim.  V.  17,  18;  Heb.  xiii.  7,  17;  1  Pet. 
 i.  10 — 12.  So  in  ages  following,  this  well 
 was  renowned,  being  called  Beer  Elim,  that 
 is,  '  the  well  of  the  mighty  ones.  Is.  xv.  8. 
 With  the  lawgiver,]  Or,  by  the  lawgiver, 
 that  is,  together  with  hira,  and  by  his  direc- 
 tion, as  in  ver.  16,  understanding  by  the  law- 
 giver, Moses,  as  in  Deut.  xxxiii.  21  :  or 
 God  himself,  as  in  Is.  xxxiii.  22,  '  the  Lord 
 is  our  lawgiver,'  and  the  lawgiver  in  Israel 
 was  a  figure  of  Christ,  Gen.  xlix.  10;  James 
 iv.  12.  The  Chald.  taketh  one  here  to  be 
 used  for  many,  and  translateth  it  the  scribes, 
 8.9  Ezra  the  priest  is  called  '  a  scribe  of  the 
 words  of  the  commandment  of  the  Lord,  and 
 of  his  statutes  to  Israel,'  Ezra  vii.  11.  With 
 THEIR  STAVES,]  A  staff  or  rod  in  the  hand  of 
 governors,  was  a  sign  of  their  power  and  au- 
 thority from  God;  wherefore  the  scripture 
 useth  these  words  for  such  signification.  Num. 
 xvii.  2,  3,  &c.  ;  Ps.  xxiii.  4 ;  ex.  2  ;  Jer. 
 xlviii.  17  ;  1  Cor.  iv.  21.  So  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth this  here,  When  they  ruled  over  them. 
 The  Hebs.  have  feigned  many  things  of  this 
 well,  of  the  springing  and  running  of  it  from 
 place  to  place,  and  of  the  mysteries  of  it  con- 
 cerning Israel:  but  our  Saviour  is  the  best 
 expositor,  who  hath  taught  us  to  apply  the 
 brazen  serpent  fore-spoken  of,  to  himself  and 
 his  dying  for  the  people,  John  iii.  14;  and 
 this  well  of  water  (which  was  the  next  token 
 of  gi-ace  to  Israel  in  the  wilderness)  to  the 
 waters  of  the  Spirit,  which  is  a  well  springing 
 up  to  eternal  life,  in  such  as  believe  in  him, 
 John  iv.  10—14  ;  vii.  37—39.  Also  the  Hebs. 
 themselves  do  thus  far  testify  in  Midrash  Ko- 
 heleth,  on  Eccl.  i.  9;  'as  the  first  Redeemer 
 (Moses)  brought  down  manna,'  Exod.  xvi.; 
 '  so  the  last  Redeemer  (Christ)  shall  do,' 
 Ps.  Ixxii.  16.  '  And  as  the  first  Redeemer 
 caused  a  well  to  spring  up:  so  the  last  Re- 
 deemer shall  cause  waters  to  spring  up  ;  as  it 
 is  said.  And  a  fountain  shall  come  forth  of  the 
 house  of  the  Lord,  and  shall  water  the  valley 
 of  Shittim,*  Joel  iii.  18.  To  Mattanah,] 
 Which  is    by  interpretation    a  gift,  and    is 
 
 likely  to  be  the  name  of  a  place,  (as  the  Gr. 
 vei-sion  also  confirmeth)  though  neither  it, 
 nor  those  that  here  follow,  are  rehearsed  by 
 these  names  in  Num.  xxxiii.  where  all  their 
 journeys  are  told  :  neither  is  it  here  expressed 
 by  Moses  that  they  journeyed  to  these  places; 
 but  such  words  may  well  be  understood. 
 Chazkuni  (on  this  scripture)  saith,  ♦'  this  is 
 added  to  that  before  (in  ver.  13.)  They 
 camped  on  the  other  side  of  Arnon,  which  is 
 in  the  wilderness,  &c.,  and  from  that  other 
 side  which  is  in  the  wilderness,  which  (in 
 Num.  xxxiii.  46,)  is  Almon  Diblathaim, 
 they  came  to  Mattanah,  called  in  Num. 
 xxxiii.  47,  the  mounts  of  Abarim  before 
 Nebo,  the  name  of  a  place  on  the  north  side 
 of  the  river  Arnon,  in  the  beginning  of  the 
 land  of  Sihon ;  and  it  is  called  Mattanah  (a 
 gift)  because  there  began  the  gift  of  the  land 
 unto  Israel,"  (Deut.  ii.  24,  31.)  But  after- 
 ward he  showeth  another  interpretation,  that 
 "  from  the  wilderness,  a  place  of  drought, 
 water  was  given  them  for  a  gift:"  and  so  the 
 Chald.  interpreteth  it,  "  fiom  the  wilderness 
 it  was  given  unto  thee:"  and  Thargum  Jo- 
 nathan, "  from  the  wilderness  it  was  given 
 them  for  a  gift." 
 
 Ver.  19. — To  Nahaliel,]  By  interpre- 
 tation,  the  valley  (or  bourn)  of  God  :  the  Gr. 
 calleth  it  Naadiel.  Chazkuni  saith,  "  this  is 
 that  which  in  Num.  xxxiii.  48,  is  called  the 
 plains  of  Moab."  To  Bamoth,]  By  inter- 
 pretation high  places  :  that  is,  called  Beth 
 Jesimoth  (saith  Chazkuni^  in  Num.  xxxiii. 
 49. 
 
 Ver.  20. — In  the  field,]  That  is,  in  the 
 country  of  Moab.  This  valley,  as  Chazkuni 
 saith,  is  called  in  Num.  xxxiii.  49,  -'Vhel 
 Shittim  in  the  plains  of  Moab.  The  head 
 OF  pisgah,]  By  head  may  be  understood  the 
 top  of  the  mount  Pisgah,  or  the  beginni[ig 
 of  the  same  :  the  Gr.  translateth  it  fro/n  the 
 top.  Chazkuni  expoundeth  it  thus,  "  that 
 Samah  (or  high  place)  which  is  in  the  field 
 of  Moab,  is  the  head  of  Pisgah  (or  of  the  hill) 
 that  looketh  toward  Jeshimon,  which  is  a 
 great  wilderness."  And  it  looketh,]  That 
 is,  the  hill  Pisgah  looketh  ;  and  so  the  Gr. 
 version  referreth  it  thereto.  And  Sol.  Jarchi 
 saith,  "  that  Pisgah  looketh  toward  the  place 
 named  Jeshimon,  which  signifieth  a  wilder- 
 ness because  it  is  desolate.  Jeshimon,]  In 
 Gr.  the  wilderness,  and  so  the  word  is  used 
 for  a   wilderness,   in  Deut.   xxxiii.  10  ;  Ps, 
 
92 
 
 NUMBER  S. 
 
 *'  And  Israel  sent  messengers  unto  Sihon  king  of  the  Amorites, 
 saying,  ^^  Let  me  pass  tlirough  thy  land  :  we  will  not  turn  aside 
 into  field  or  into  vineyard ;  we  will  not  drink  of  the  waters  of  the 
 well ;  we  will  go  in  the  king's  way  until  we  be  past  thy  border. 
 "  x\nd  Sihon  would  not  grant  Israel  to  pass  through  his  border  .- 
 but  Silion  gathered  together  all  his  people,  and  went  out  against 
 Israel  into  the  wilderness  :  and  he  came  to  Jahaz,  and  fought  against 
 Israel.  ^*  And  Israel  smote  him  witli  the  edge  of  the  sword,  and 
 possessed  his  land,  from  Arnon  unto  Jabbok,  even  unto  the  sons  of 
 Ammon  :  for  tlie  border  of  the  sons  of  Ammon  was  strong.     ^'  And 
 
 Ixviii.  8;  Ixxviii.  40,  and  elsewhere.  All 
 these  places  are  bytheChald.  paraphrast  referr- 
 ed to  the  well  aforesaid,  thus;  "  and  from  (the 
 place)  where  it  was  given  unto  them,  it  des- 
 cended with  them  to  the  valleys,  and  from 
 the  valleys  it  ascended  with  them  to  the  high 
 places,  and  from  the  high  places  to  the  valley 
 that  is  in  the  field  of  Moab,"  &c.  So  Thar- 
 guni  Jonathan  to  the  like,  and  others. 
 
 Ver.  21.— Israel  sent  messengers,] 
 In  Gr.  Moses  sent  messengers  :  which  seem- 
 eth  to  be  taken  from  Deut.  ii.  26;  where 
 Moses  saith,  '  I  sent  messengers.'  For  it  is 
 very  frequent,  when  things  aje  done  by  a  multi- 
 tude where  one  is  chief,  that  the  action  is  as- 
 cribed either  to  the  multitude,  or  to  him  that 
 is  cliief,  indifTerently;  as,  '  they  made  peace 
 with  David,  and  served  him.,*  1  Chron.  xix. 
 19;  or,  '  they  made  peace  with  Israel,  and 
 served  them,'  as  another  prophet  recordeth 
 it,  2  Sam.  x.  19.  So  '  Jehoiada,  he  brought 
 forth  the  king's  son,  and  he  put  the  crown 
 upon  him,' 2  Kings  xi.  12;  or,  '  they  brought 
 fortii  the  king's  son,  and  they  put  upon  him 
 the  cjown,'  2  Chron.  xxiii.  11  ;  and  '  they 
 offered  burnt  oflerings,'  1  Chron.  xvi.  1  ;  or, 
 '  David  offered  burnt-offerings,'  2  Sam.  vi. 
 17  ;  and  many  the  like.  The  occasion  of 
 this  message  now  sent  by  Israel,  was  the 
 commandment  of  God,  who  willed  them  to 
 go  war  against  Sihon,  and  to  possess  his  land, 
 Deut.  ii.  24,  25.  Sihon,]  Or  Sichon ;  in 
 Gr.  Seon,  king  of  the  Amorites  ;  his  chief 
 city  was  Heshbon,  Deut.  ii.  26.  Saying,] 
 The  Gr.  version  addeth  (from  Deut.  ii.  26,) 
 '  with  peaceable  words,  saying. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Let  me  pass,]  In  Gr.  let  us 
 pass  :  which  phrases  are  often  used  indifl'er- 
 eiitly,  when  tliey  are  spoken  of  a  multitude: 
 and  so  the  scripture  setteth  it  down  both 
 ways,  '  let  me  pass,'  as  here,  and  in  Deut. 
 ii.  27;  and,  '  let  us  pass,'  Judges  xi.  19. 
 Through  thy  land,]  That  so  I  may  come 
 into  the  land  of  •  Canaan,  uiito  my  place,' 
 Judg.  xi.  19;  Deut.  ii.  29.  We  will  not 
 TORN,]  In  Deut.  ii.  27,  '  I  will  not  turn,' 
 speaking  of  the  multitude  jis  of  dut  man.  Into 
 FIELD,  OR  INTO  VINEYARD,]  Tu  the  right  hand 
 
 or  to  the  left,  Deut.  ii.  27.  See  Num.  xx.  17. 
 Of  the  WELL,]  In  Gr.  of  thy  well,  mean- 
 ing of  any  of  his  wells  for  nought;  but  they 
 would  buy  their  water  of  him  for  money, 
 Deut.  ii.  28.  The  king's  way,]  The  high 
 way  common  for  all,  which  in  Deut.  Ii.  27, 
 is  set  down  thus,  '  by  the  way,  by  the  way.' 
 Sue  also  Num.  xx.  17. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Would  not  grant,]  Heb. 
 granted  (or gave)  Tiot  I  that  is,  would  not  give 
 or  suffer:  as  where  it  is  said,  '  David  re- 
 moved not  the  ark,'  1  Chron.  xiii.  13;  ano- 
 ther prophet  openeth  it  thus,  '  David  would 
 uot  remove  the  ark,'  2  Sam.  vi.  10.  And  so 
 Moses  explains  this  in  Deut.  ii.  30,  '  But 
 Sihon  king  of  Heshbon,  would  not  let  us  pass 
 through  him.'  The  cause  why  he  would  not, 
 was  fear  and  distrust,  as  it  is  written,  '  but 
 Sihon  trusted  not  Israel  to  pass  through  his 
 coast,"  Judg.  xi.  20;  but  chiefly  it  was  of 
 the  Lord,  who  purposed  to  destroy  the  Amo- 
 rites, as  Moses  saith,  '  for  Jehovah  thy  God 
 hardened  his  spirit,  and  made  his  heart 
 strong,  that  he  might  give  him  into  thine 
 hand,' Deut.  ii.  30.  Jahaz,]  Or,  JaAafo; 
 in  Gr.  Jasia  ;  in  Lat.  Jasa  }  the  name  of  a 
 city  mentioned  also  in  Deut.  ii.  32;  Judges 
 xi.  20;  Is.  XV.  4  ;  Jer.  iv.   21,  34. 
 
 Ver.  24.. — Israel  smote  him,]  For,  '  Je- 
 hovah the  God  of  Israel,  delivered  Sihon  and 
 all  his  people  into  Israel's  hand,'  Judg.  xi. 
 21;  Deut.  ii.  23.  Therefore  the  glory  of 
 this  victory  is  ascribed  unto  God,  in  Ps. 
 cxxxv.  10,  11  ;  exxxvi.  17 — 19.  And  in 
 Amos  ii.  9,  God  saith,  '  I  destroyed  the 
 Amorite  before  them,  whose  height  was  like 
 the  height  of  the  cedars,  and  he  was  strong 
 as  the  oaks  ;  yet  I  destroyed  his  fruit  from 
 above,  and  his  roots  from  beneath.'  Was 
 strong,]  By  reason  that  it  was  fenced  with 
 Jabbok,  which  was  a  river,  and  by  mountains 
 and  cities  on  them,  Deut.  ii.  37  ;  therefore 
 the  Ammonites  held  their  territories  beyond 
 Jabbok,  so  that  Sihon  took  them  not  from 
 them:  and  as  for  Israel,  they  might  not  war 
 against  the  Ammonites,  Deut.  ii.  19. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Took  all  these  cities,]  Ut- 
 terly destroying  men,  women,  and  children. 
 
CHAP.    XXI. 
 
 93 
 
 Israel  took  all  these  cities,  and  Israel  dwelt  in  all  the  cities  of  the 
 Amorite,  in  Heslibon,  and  in  all  the  daugliters  thereof.  '^^  lor 
 Heslibon  was  the  city  of  Sihon  the  khig  of  the  Amorites,  and  iie 
 had  fought  against  the  former  king  of  Moab,  and  taken  all  his 
 land  out  of  liis  hand,  even  unto  Arnon.  ^'  Wherefore  tliey  tliat 
 speak  in  proverbs,  say,  Come  into  Heshbon,  let  tlie  city  of  Sihon 
 be  built  and  prepared. 
 
 ^  For  a  fire  is  gone  out  from  Heshbon,  a  flame  from  the  city  of 
 Sihon ;    it    hath    consumed  Ar  of   Moab,  the  lords    of   the  high 
 
 of  every  city,  but  the  cattle  and  spoil  of  the 
 cities  they  took  also,  Deut.  ii.  34,  35.  The 
 DAUGHTERS,]  That  IS,  as  the  Chald.  explain- 
 eth  it,  the  toivns  er  villages  thereof :  for  the 
 chief  cities  are  counted  as  mothers,  the  vil- 
 lages  about  them  as  daughters,  throughout 
 the  scriptures,  Ezek.  xvi.  44 — 46,  48,  53. 
 Therefore,  as  here  it  is  said,  Heshbon  and 
 her  daughters:  so  elsewhere  we  read,  Hesh- 
 bon and  all  her  cities,  Josh.  xiii.  17.  And 
 that  which  is  called  '  a  city  and  a  mother  in 
 Israel,'  2  Sam.  xx.  19  ;  is  in  tlie  Gr.  inter- 
 preted, '  a  city  and  a  mother  city  (metropo- 
 lis) in  Israel.  These  daughters  Moses  call- 
 eth  '  unwalled  cities,'  Deut.  iii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  27. — That  speak  in  proverbs,] 
 Or,  thcit  speak  parables ;  in  Gr.  JEnigma- 
 tists,  they  that  sp!ij.k  riddles  :  such  in  Isiael 
 were  the  prophets,  they  used  to  speak  by  pa- 
 rables, as  Ezek.  xvii.  2  ;  xx.  49.  But  it  is 
 also  used  for  proverbs  and  bye-  words,  to  the 
 reproach  of  persons  that  are  brought  down 
 from  high  estate  to  misery ;  as  Deut.  xxviii. 
 37;  2  Chron.  vii.  20  ;  Jer.  xxiv.  9;  Hab. 
 ii.  6  ;  and  so  it  is  meant  iu  this  place.  The 
 Hebs.  Tanchuma,  and  Sol.  Jarchi,  expound 
 these  that  spake  in  proverbs,  to  be  Balaam 
 and  Beor  his  father,  (as  we  read  that  Ba.aam 
 took  up  his  parable  against  Amalek  and  others, 
 when  he  prophesied  their  destruction.  Num. 
 xxiv.  20 — 23.)  Jarchi  saith,  that  "  Sihon 
 was  not  able  to  subdue  them,  and  he  weot 
 and  hired  Balaam  to  curse  them  ;  and  here- 
 upon Balak  said  unto  him,  (in  Num.  xxii.  6,) 
 I  know  that  he  whom  thou  blessest  is  bless- 
 ed," &c.  But  this  is  an  uncertainty,  and  it 
 may  be  also  understood  of  the  Israelites, 
 that  they  used  these  parables  in  rehearsing 
 the  works  and  wars  of  the  Lord.  Come  into 
 Heshbon,]  Or,  into  Chesbon  ;  in  Gr.  Ese- 
 bon.  Chazkuni  expoundeth  it,  "  come  to 
 dwell  in  Heshbon,  for  now  it  shall  be  esta- 
 blished, after  that  Sihon  hath  the  dominion 
 of  it:  for  so  long  as  it  was  in  the  hand  of 
 the  king  of  Moab,  they  were  afraid  to  dwell 
 within  it,  because  the  king  was  weak."  Let 
 the  city  of  Sihon,]  In  Gr.  thus,  that  the 
 city  of  Seon  may  be  fuilt  :  by  which  it  appear- 
 «lh,  that  this  proverb  was  first  taken  up  alter 
 
 Sihon  had  won  Heshbon  out  of  Moab's  hand. 
 Prepared,]  Or,  firmly  established ;  mean- 
 ing more  than  in  former  times  it  had  been  ; 
 or,  as  Jarchi  saith,  "  prepared  in  Sihon's 
 name  for  to  be  his  city." 
 
 Ver.  28. — A  Fire,]  By  fire  and  fame 
 wars  that  consume  are  usually  meant,  as  ir 
 Is.  xlvii.  14  ;  Dan.  xi.  33  ;  Amos  i.  7,  I(»^ 
 12,  14;  ii.  2,  5;  Obad.  i.  IS;  Ps.  Ixxviii. 
 63.  So  this  is  spoken  of  Sihon's  wars  against 
 the  Moabites.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it. 
 "  a  strong  eastwnd  like  fire,  and  warriors 
 like  a  flame  :"  and  the  Jerusalemy  Thargnm 
 thus,  "  a  people  strong  and  burning  like  firs, 
 and  warriors  like  a  flame  of  fire."  From 
 THE  city  of  Sihon,]  From  the  city  which 
 now  is  Sihon's,  as  Chazkuni  explaineth  it. 
 These  parables  are  aftei'  by  Jeremiah  apjilied 
 against  the  Moabites,  '  they  that  fled,  stood 
 under  the  shadow  of  Heshbon,  because  of  l.e 
 force  (of  the  enemy):  but  a  fire  is  gone  out 
 of  Hesbon,  and  a  flame  from  the  midst  of 
 Silio.<,  [that  is,  of  the  city  of  Sihon]  and  hath 
 consumed  the  corner  of  Moab,'  &c.,  Jer. 
 xlviii.  45.  Consumed  Ar,]  Or,  eaten  ni> 
 (dev  iredj  Ar  of  Moab.  The  Chald.  explain- 
 eth  it,  "  hath  killed  the  people  of  Lechajaih 
 of  Moab."  And  this  stemeth  to  be  riglit, 
 that  the  people  was  destroyed,  and  not  tht 
 city  or  country.  For  Ar  (which  the  Chald, 
 calleth  Lechajath)  remained  still  the  posses- 
 sion of  the  Moabites,  Deut.  ii.  9,  IS,  29  ; 
 Is.  XV.  1.  Instead  of  this,  Jeremiah  saith, 
 '  the  corner  of  Moab,'  Jer.  xlviii.  45.  "  Ar 
 is  the  name  of  that  country  in  the  Hebrew  ; 
 and  in  Syriac  it  is  called  Lewijath,"  saith 
 Sol.  Jarchi  on  Num.  21.  The  Lords,]  Or, 
 the  masters  patrons  of  the  high  places  of  Ar- 
 non. These  the  Chald.  expoundeth  Chema. 
 rims  (or  priests)  which  served  in  the  God's 
 house  {or  temple)  of  the  high  place  of  Arnon : 
 the  Gr.  translateth  it,  the  pillars  of  Arnon. 
 The  prophet  calleth  them,  '  the  crown  of  the 
 head,  (that  is,  the  chief  or  principal)  of  the 
 sons  of  tumult,'  Jer.  xlviii.  45.  High 
 Places,]  \Vhere  they  used  to  serve  their 
 God ;  as  appeareth  also  by  the  prophet,  say- 
 ing,  '  I  will  cause  to  cease  in  Moab,  saith 
 Jehovali,  him  that  oflin  th  in  the  high  place, 
 
94 
 
 NUMBER  S. 
 
 places  of  Anion.  ^^  Wo  to  thee,  Moab,  tliou  art  perished,  O  peo- 
 ple of  Chemosh  -.  he  hath  given  his  sons  that  escaped,  and  his 
 daughters  into  captivity,  unto  Sihon  the  king  of  the  Amorites. 
 ^"  And  their  lamp  is  perished  from  Heshbon,  even  unto  Dibon  ;  and 
 we  have  laid  them  waste  even  unto  Nophali,  which  reacheth  unto 
 Medeba.     ^'  And  Israel  dwelt  in  the  land  of  the  Amorite.     ^-  And 
 
 and  him  that  burneth  incense  to  his  God,' 
 Jer.  xlviii.  35.  So  Thargum  Jerusalemy 
 expoundeth  this  place  of  Moses  thus;  '•  kill- 
 ed the  priests  that  sacrificed  before  their  idols 
 in  Arnoii." 
 
 Ver.  29. — Wo  TO  THEE,  Moab,]  In 
 Chald.  wo  to  you,  Moabites.  It  is  a  continu- 
 ance  of  the  parable  taken  up  against  them. 
 People  of  Chemosh,]  In  Gr.  of  Chamos  ; 
 which  the  Chald.  explaineth,  joeojo/e  that  serve 
 Chemosh.  So  in  Jer.  xlviii.  46,  "  Wo  to 
 tkee,  Moab,  the  people  of  Chemosh  is  perish- 
 ed.' Tiiis  '  Chemosh  was  the  god  of  the 
 Moabites,'  1  Kings  i.  33;  and  it  seemeth 
 also  of  the  Ammonites,  Judg.  xi.  24  ;  for 
 their  service  of  which  idol,  they  are  called 
 the  people  of  Chemosh,  as  the  Israelites  are 
 usually  called  the  people  of  Jehovah.  He 
 HATH  GIVEN,]  That  is,  Chemosh  hath  given, 
 or  suffered  his  sons  that  escaped  the  sword 
 to  be  taken  captives.  Thus  Moab's  idolatry 
 is  here  upbraided  as  the  cause  of  their  ruin  : 
 and  so  Jeremiah  after  saith  of  them,  '  Moab 
 shall  be  ashamed  of  Chemosh,  as  the  house 
 of  Israel  was  ashamed  of  Bethel  their  confi- 
 dence,' Jer.  xlviii.  13.  And  again,  '  Che- 
 mosh shall  go  forth  into  captivity,  with  his 
 priests  and  his  princes  together,'  Jer.  xlviii. 
 7.  Likewise,  another  prophet  saith,  *  when 
 it  is  seen  that  Moab  is  weary  on  his  high 
 place,  he  shall  come  to  his  sanctuary  to  pray, 
 but  he  shall  not  prevail,'  Is.  xvi.  12.  And 
 though  Chemosh  was  an  idol,  and  so  nothing 
 in  the  world,  as  the  apostle  saith,  1  Cor,  viii. 
 4  ;  and  therefore  could  not  do  evil,  neither 
 was  it  in  him  to  do  good,  Jer.  x.  5 ;  yet  thus 
 it  is  spoken  of  him,  he  hath  given  according 
 to  the  speech  and  opinion  of  the  idolaters  ;  as 
 Jephthah  also  said  to  the  king  of  Ammon, 
 '  wilt  not  thou  possess  that  which  Chemosh 
 thy  god  giveth  thee  to  possess  ?'  Judg.  xi.  24. 
 But  indeed  the  God  of  Israel  was  he  that 
 brought  this  judgment  upon  the  Moabites  for 
 their  idolatry,  Jer.  xlviii.  12,  13. 
 
 Ver.  30.. — Their  lamp  is  perished,] 
 their  light  is  lost,  that  is,  as  the  Gr.  translat- 
 eth  it,  their  seed  is  perished ;  by  seed,  mean- 
 ing such  as  should  inherit  the  kingdom;  and 
 so  the  Chald.  paraphrast  explaineth  it,  "  the 
 kingdom  is  ceased  from  Heshbon:"  and  Thar- 
 gum Jerusalemy  giveth  the  same  exposition, 
 "  the  kingdom  is  ceased  from  Heshbon,  and 
 ruler  from  Uibon."     The  like  metaphor  is 
 
 also  used  ;  as,  '  and  unto  his  son  will  I  give 
 one  tribe,  that  David  my  servant  may  have 
 a  lamp  alway  before  me  in  Jerusalem,'  that  is, 
 a  seed  or  son  to  reign  in  Jerusalem,  1  Kings 
 xi.  36.  So  in  1  Kings  xv.  4,  '  for  David's 
 sake  did  the  Lord  his  God  give  him  a  lamp 
 in  Jerusalem,  to  set  up  his  sons  after  him ;' 
 where  the  lamp  is  expounded  "  his  son." 
 Thus  the  Hebs.  here  also  expound  it,  "  their 
 lamp  is  perished,"  that  is, saith  Jarchi,  "their 
 kingdom  is  perished."  And  Chazkuni  thus, 
 "  the  city  Heshbon  hath  lost  her  heir,  from 
 over  all  the  land  unto  Dibon,  so  that  no  heir 
 of  Moab  shall  inherit  it  any  more:"  a  lamp 
 meaneth  an  heir,  as  in  1  Kings  xi.  36.  To 
 this  sense  the  old  Lat.  saith,  "  their  yoke  is 
 perished  from  Heshbon:"  for  a  yoke  signifieth 
 dominion,  as  in  Jer.  xxvii.  8,  11  ;  xxviii.  2, 
 14.  "  A  lamp  signifieth  a  kingdom,  and  a 
 yoke,  and  dominion,"  saith  Sol.  Jarchi.  It 
 may  also  be  translated,  "  and  we  have  shot 
 at  them:"  so  it  agreeth  with  that  which  fol- 
 loweth,  '  and  we  have  laid  them  waste ;'  and 
 they  are  the  words  of  Sihon  and  his  favour- 
 ites, triumphing  for  their  conquest  over 
 Moab.  Dibon,]  One  of  the  high  places  and 
 cities  in  Moab's  country,  Is.  xv.  2  ;  Jer. 
 xlviii.  18,  22.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it, 
 "  the  dominion  is  departed  from  Dibon. 
 Which  reacheth  unto  Medeba,]  The 
 Chald.  saith,  which  is  adjoined  7into  Medeba, 
 that  was  another  city  in  Moab's  land,  Is.  xii. 
 2.  The  word  which,  (in  Heb.  asher,)  is 
 noted  extraordinarily  in  the  Heb.  with  pricks 
 over  it,  for  some  hidden  meaning.  Baal- 
 hatturim  saith  of  it  thus;  "  R  (in  asher)  is 
 pricked,  and  there  remaineth  (that  letter  be- 
 ing taken  away)  ash,  (that  is,  fire,)  because 
 it  was  burnt  with  fire,  and  the  R  of  it  is  taken 
 away."  The  Gr.  favoureth  this,  for  it  trans- 
 lateth,   "  yet  they  kindled  fire  upon  Moab." 
 
 Ver.  31.' — The  land  of  the  Amorite,] 
 In  Gr.  all  the  cities  of  the  Amorites.  This 
 country,  which  before  had  been  the  Moabites, 
 was  conquered  by  the  Amorites,  and  so  be- 
 came their  land,  and  was  taken  from  them 
 by  Israel,  and  inhabited,  as  is  after  showed  in 
 Num.  xxxii.  33,  34,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  32, — Jazer,]  A  city  also  that  had 
 been  sometime  the  Moabites',  Jer.  xlviii,  32; 
 but  now  the  Amorites' ;  the  land  about  it  was 
 goodly  pasture  ground,  and  it  was  after  given 
 to  the  tribe  of  Gad,  Nam,  xxxii.  1,  3,  34 
 
CHAP.    XXII. 
 
 95 
 
 Moses  sent  to  spy  out  Jazer,  and  they  took  tlie  daughters  thereof, 
 and  drove  out  tJie  Amorite  that  was  there.  ^^  And  they  turned  and 
 went  up  the  way  of  Bashan  ;  and  Og  the  king  of  Bashan  went  out 
 agamst  them,  he,  and  all  his  people,  to  the  battle  at  Edrei.  ^^  And 
 Jehovah  said  unto  Moses,  Fear  him  not,  for  into  thy  hand  have  I 
 given  hira,  and  all  liis  people,  and  his  land;  and  thou  slialt  do  unto 
 him  as  thou  didst  unto  Sihon  king  of  the  Amorites,  which  dwelt  in 
 Heshbon.  ^^  And  they  smote  him,  and  liis  sons,  and  all  his  people, 
 until  there  was  none  left  him  remaining,  and  they  possessed  his 
 land. 
 
 35.  Daughters,]  That  is,  the  towns  or 
 villages,  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  explain  it:  see 
 ver.  25. 
 
 Ver.  33 — The  way  of  Bashan,]  That 
 is,  as  the  Gr.  traiislateth,  the  way  which  lead- 
 eth  unto  Bashan.  Tliis  Bashan  (which  the 
 Chald.  calleth  Matnan)  was  a  goodly  soil, 
 the  pastures  nourished  strong  and  fat  cattle, 
 whereto  the  Scripture  hath  often  reference, 
 as  in  Deut.  xxxii.  14  ;  Amos  iv.  1  ;  Mic. 
 vii.  14;  Jer.  1.  19.  Og,]  Another  king  of 
 the  Amorites,  a  giant  of  great  stature:  see 
 Deut.  iii.  ;  where  this  history  is  repeated  and 
 enlarged. 
 
 Ver.  35. — They  possessed,]  Or,  they  in- 
 herited his  land.  These  countries  God  gave 
 unto  Israel,  as  the  first-fruits  of  their  inheri- 
 tance, after  their  wearisome  travels  and  trou- 
 bles in  the  wilderness  ;  by  which  they  were 
 to  be  encouraged  against  the  residue  of  their 
 enemies  beyond  the  river,  as  Moses  afterward 
 saith,  '  thine  eyes  have   seen  all  that  Jeho- 
 
 vah your  God  hath  done  unto  these  two  kings  ' 
 so  will  Jehovah  do  unto  all  the  kingdoms 
 whither  thou  passest:  ye  shall  not  fear  them, 
 for  Jehovah  your  God  he  will  fight  for  you. 
 And  Jehovah  will  do  unto  them  as  he  did  to 
 Sihon  and  to  Og,  kings  of  the  Amorites,  and 
 the  land  of  them  whom  he  destroyed,'  Deut. 
 iii.  21,22:  xxxi.  4.  For  which  also  they 
 were  to  be  thankful  unto  God,  and  sing  his 
 praises,  as  David  after  teacheth  them,  say- 
 ing, '  confess  ye  to  Jehovah,  for  he  is  good, 
 for  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever.  To  him 
 which  smote  great  kings,  for  his  mercy  en- 
 dureth for  ever.  And  slew  famous  kings,  for 
 his  mercy  endureth  for  ever.  Sihon  king  of 
 the  Amorites,  for  his  mercy  endureth  for 
 ever.  And  Og  the  king  of  Bashan,  for  his 
 mercy  endureth  for  ever.  And  gave  their 
 land  for  an  heritage,  for  his  mercy  endureth 
 for  ever.  Even  an  heritage  unto  Israel  his 
 servant,  for  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever,  Ps. 
 cxxxvi.  1,  17—22. 
 
 CHAP.    XXII. 
 
 1 .  Balah  king  of  Moab,  sendeth  for  Balaam  a  prophet,  to  curse  Is- 
 rael. 8.  Balaam  consulting  with  the  Lord,  is  forbidden  to  go.  15. 
 Baldk  sendeth  the  second  time,  and  Balaam  asking  again  of  the  Lord, 
 is  permitted  to  go.  22.  An  angel  mould  have  slain  him,  if  his  ass  Juid 
 not  turned  aside,  which  dumb  beast  speaking  with  man's  voice,  forbade 
 the  prophefs  foolishness.  31.  Balaam^ s  eyes  being  opened,  seeth  the 
 angel,  confesseth  his  sin,  and  offereth  to  turn  back,  but  is  suffered  to  go 
 forward.  36.  Balak  goeth  forth  to  meet  Balaam,  and  entertaineth  him 
 royally. 
 
 ^  And  the  sons  of  Israel  set  forward  and  encamped  in  the 
 plains  of  Moab,  on  this  side  Jordan,  by  Jericho. 
 
 Set    forward,]    Removed    their    camp  been  Moab's,  afterward  the  Amorites',  and 
 
 'from    the    mountains    of    Abarim,     Num.  now    Israel's    by    conquest.     These    plains 
 
 xxxiii.   48.     The   plains  of    moab,]    Or,  reached  unto  the  river  Jordan,  in  that  part 
 
 champagne   country,    which   sometime    had  which  was  near  to,  or  over  against  Jericho, 
 
96 
 
 NUMBERS 
 
 333 
 
 *  And  Balak  the  son  of  Zippor,  saw  all  that  Israel  had  done  to 
 the  Amorites.  ^  And  Moab  was  sore  afraid  of  the  people,  because 
 they  were  many,  and  Moab  was  irked  because  of  the  sons  of 
 Israel.     *  And  Moab  said  unto  the  elders  of  Midian,  Now  will  this 
 
 (the  first  city  which  they  conquered  in 
 Canaan,  Joshua  vi.)  and  therefore  it  is  called 
 '  Jordan  of  Jericho  : '  and  here  they  remained 
 till  Moses  died,  encamping  in  these  plains 
 '  from  Bethjesimoth  unto  Abelshittim,' 
 Num.  xxxiii.  49.  Here  many  notable 
 things  occurred,  even  all  that  are  recorded 
 from  this  place  to  the  end  of  Deut.,  and  in 
 the  beoiniiing  of  Joshua;  their  deliverance 
 from  Balaam's  curse,  their  mustering  for  the 
 inheritance  of  Canaan,  their  victory  over  the 
 Midianites,  the  addition  of  sundry  divine 
 ordinances,  especially  the  repeating  and  ex- 
 plaining of  the  whole  law,  and  renewing  of 
 the  covenant  between  God  and  them,  by 
 Moses  in  Deut.,  and  the  like:  whereupon 
 God  saith  unto  their  posterity,  '  0  my  peo- 
 ple, remember  now  what  Balak  king  of 
 Moab  consulted,  and  what  Balaam  the  son 
 of  Bfor  answered  him,  from  Shittim  unto 
 Gilgal,  [that  is,  the  many  good  things  which 
 fell  out  between  Shittim  where  now  they 
 were,  and  Gilgal  where  Joshua  circumcised 
 them,  Joshua  v.]  that  ye  may  know  the 
 righteousness  of  the  Lord,'  Mic.  vi.  5. 
 
 t'  tJ  D  Here  beginneth  the  fortieth  lec- 
 ture of  the  law,  as  it  was  divided  to  be  read 
 in  the  Jewish  synagogues:  see  Gen.  vi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Balak  the  son  of  zippor,] 
 in  Gr.  the  son  of  Sepphor.  This  Balak  was 
 now  king  of  Moab,  ver.  4,  a  man  of  note,  both 
 for  policy  and  power,  Mic.  vi.  5;  Judg.  xi.  25; 
 '  he  saw  all  that  Israel  had  done,  but  with  an 
 evil  eye,  and  looked  not  upon  it  to  receive 
 instruction,  as  do  the  wise,'  Prov.  xxiv.  32. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Afraid  of  the  people,]  Or, 
 becmise  of  the  people.  Thus  the  prophecy 
 was  fulfilled,  '  The  mighty  men  of  Moab 
 trembling,  shall  take  hold  upon  them,'  Exod. 
 XV.  15.  Moab  was  irked,]  That  is, 
 grieved,  distressed  in  themselves,  pricked  in 
 their  hearts  with  a  lothing  of  this  people. 
 The  same  is  spoken  of  the  Egyptians.  '  they 
 were  irked  because  of  the  sons  of  Israel, 
 Exod.  i.  12.  There  was  no  cause  for  the 
 Moabites  thus  to  fret:  for  Israel  passed  by 
 them  in  peace,  and  touched  not  their  border, 
 being  forbidden  of  God,  Deut.  ii.  9.  They 
 had  also  by  the  slaughter  of  the  Amorites, 
 freed  them  from  evil  neighbours,  which  had 
 before  taken  away  a  part  of  their  land,  and 
 were  likely  in  time  to  have  taken  more, 
 Num.  xxi.  26.  And  they  were  allied  unto 
 Israel,  for  Moab  was  the  posterity  of  Lot, 
 
 unto  whom  Abraham  the  father  of  Israel  was 
 uncle,  and  whom  Abraham  had  rescued  out 
 of  captivity.  Gen.  xix.  36,  37  ;  xiv.  12,  16. 
 But  being  now  degenerate  from  the  faith  of 
 their  father  Lot,  and  fallen  to  idolatry.  Num. 
 xxi.  29  ;  they  feared  (as  do  the  wicked)'where 
 no  lear  was,'  Ps.  lili.  5;  and  do  lothe  the  peo- 
 ple of  the  God  of  Abraham  and  Lot  their  father. 
 Ver.  4. — Elders  of  midian,]  In  Gr. 
 the  senate  of  Madiam.  These  elders  were 
 senators,  such  as  governed  the  state,  called 
 afterwards  '  princes,'  ver.  7,  8  ;  and  the 
 Midianites  were  by  nature  the  children  of 
 Abraham,  Gen.  xxv.  1,  2;  and  so  brethren 
 unto  Israel  ;  but  now  conspired  against  them  ; 
 being  also  fallen  from  Abraham's  faith  to 
 idolatry  with  Baal-Pehor,  Num.  xxv.  17,  18. 
 They  were  neighbours  to  the  Moabites,  and 
 as  it  seemeth  had  been  confederates  with 
 them  in  former  wars;  as  when  Hadad  king 
 of  Edom  smote  Midian  in  the  field  of  Moab, 
 1  Chron.  i.  46.  These  were  not  the  people 
 against  whom  Israel  should  war ;  neither  had 
 they  occasion  to  be  offended  at  the  Amorites' 
 overthrow,  who  held  them  in  subjection :  for 
 the  five  kings  of  Midian  that  combined  with 
 Moab,  and  perished  for  the  same.  Num. 
 xxxi.  8,  are  called  'the  dukes  of  Sihon,' 
 Jos.  xiii.  21.  They  had  cause  therefore,  to 
 have  been  thankful  unto  Israel,  who  freed 
 them  from  Sihou's  tyrannical  yoke,  and  to 
 have  rejoiced  with  the  joy,  and  for  the  pro- 
 sperity of  their  brethren.  This  company,] 
 Or,  the  church ;  in  Gr.  this  synagogue  or 
 congregation.  Lick  up,]  That  is,  devour,  or 
 consume,  as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it.  So 
 fire  that  consumeth,  is  said  to  lick  up  in  I 
 Kings  xviii.  38;  but  here  the  similitude  is 
 taken  from  oxen  that  lick  up  the  grass  as 
 they  feed.  And  not  unfitly  doth  Moab 
 hereby,  as  it  were,  prophesy  of  their  own 
 destruction:  for  the  strength  and  beauty  of 
 Israel  may  well  be  likened  hereto,  as  Joseph's 
 was  by  IVIoses  to  his  first-bo)-n  bullock,  Deut. 
 xxxiii.  17  ;  and  the  wicked  are  as  grass,  and 
 shall  soon  be  cut  down,  and  wither  as  the 
 green  herbs,  Ps.  xlvii.  2.  And  though  at 
 this  time  Israel  might  not  meddle  with 
 Moab,  (for  they  had  other  enemies  to  prey 
 upon,  and  the  ox  loweth  not  when  he  hath 
 fodder,  Job  vi.  5;)  yet  Balaam  their  prophet 
 foretold  of  a  star  and  sceptre  that  should  rise 
 out  of  Israel,  '  and  smite  the  corners  of  Moab,' 
 Num.  xxiv.  17;  which  was  fulfilled  in  part 
 
CHAP.    XXII. 
 
 97 
 
 company  lick  up  all  that  are  round  about  us,  as  the  ox  lickeih  up 
 tlie  green  grass  of  the  field  :  and  Balak  the  son  of  Zipper,  was 
 king  of  Moab  at  that  time.  '  And  he  sent  messengers  unto  Ba- 
 laam the  son  of  Beor,  to  Pethor,  wliich  is  by  tlie  river  of  the  land 
 of  the  sons  of  his  people,  to   call  him,  saying,  Behold  a  people  is 
 
 by  David,  who  smote  Moab,  and  they 
 became  his  servants,  1  Chron.  xviii,  2.  And 
 God  further  prophesieth  their  destruction 
 afterward,  '  I  have  broken  Moab  like  a  vessel 
 wherein  is  no  pleasure,  saith  the  Lord.'  Jer. 
 xlviii.  38. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Balaam,]  So  written  after  the 
 Gr.  and  the  New  Tes.  Rev.  ii.  14 ;  in  Heb. 
 Bilghnam.  He  was  a  diviner,  or  sooth- 
 sayer, as  is  said  in  Jos.  xiii.  22.  Balaam 
 '  also  the  son  of  Beor,  the  diviner,  did  the  sons 
 of  Israel  slay  with  the  sword :'  where  the 
 name  diviner,  (or  soothsayer)  is  to  be  under- 
 stood of  the  son  Balaam,  not  of  the  father 
 Beor,  as  the  like  phrase  in  Isa.  xxxvii.  2, 
 showeth,  where  it  is  said.  Unto  Esaias  the 
 son  of  Amos  the  prophet:  which  another 
 scripture  explaineth  thus.  Unto  Esaias  the 
 the  prophet,  the  son  of  Amos,  2  Kings  xix. 
 2.  And  that  Balaam  was  indeed  such  a 
 kind  of  man,  is  after  showed  by  Moses,  in 
 Num.  xxiv.  1.  The  apostle  calleth  him  a 
 prophet,  2  Pet.  ii.  16 ;  and  false  prophets  are 
 called  diviners,  Jer.  xxvii.  9;  and  their  pro- 
 phesying divination,  Ezek.  xiii.  6,  7,  23. 
 What  a  diviner  was,  is  showed  on  Deut. 
 xviii.  Son  of  beor,]  So  the  Gr.  here 
 writeth  that  which  in  Heb.  is  Beghnor :  but 
 the  apostle  Peter  writing  fromBabylon,  1  Pet. 
 V.  13,  calleth  him  the  son  of  Bosor,  2  Pet. 
 ii.  15.  For  in  the  Babylonian  or  Chald. 
 language,  the  Heb.  letter  >>  Ghnajn,  is  often 
 pronounced  like  S,  whereupon  the  Gr.  inter- 
 preters sometime  put  S  instead  thereof;  as 
 Gnammiud,  Num.  i.  10 ;  is  in  Gr.  Semioud, 
 and  in  Jer.  xlvi.  17.  Saon  heghnebir,  the 
 interpreters  (taking  it  for  a  proper  name)  ex- 
 press it  in  Gr.  thus,  Sao  neesbeie :  so  '  Je- 
 hojadangh,'  in  Jer.  xxix.  26,  is  in  Gr. 
 jodese ;  '  Hcsheangh,'  in  Num.  xiii.  S,  is 
 Auses  ;  and  '  Jeshuangh,'  Ezra  ii.  2,  \s  Jesus, 
 and  many  the  like.  Pethor,]  In  Gr.  Pha- 
 thourra ;  it  was  a  city  in  Mesopotamia,  or 
 Aram,  Num.  xxiii.  7  ;  Deut.  xxiii.  4  ;  the 
 country  where  Abraham  first  dwelt,  Acts  vii. 
 2;  Gen.  xxiv.  4,  10;  and  there  he  served 
 strange  gods,  Jos.  xxiv.  2.  In  this  country  all 
 the  patriarchs  (except  Benjamin)  the  heads  of 
 the  tribes  of  Israel  were  born  and  brought  up, 
 Gen.  XXXV.  26;  till  Jacob  their  father  fled 
 the  land,  after  he  had  there  served  for  a  wife, 
 and  for  a  wife  had  kept  sheep,  Hos.  xii  12; 
 Gen.  xxxi.  21.  Jacob's  posterity  hereupon 
 professed  their  father  to  be  an  Aramite,  or 
 Syrian,  Deut.  xxvi.  5;  and  from  Aram  is 
 Vol.  II.  N 
 
 Balaam  now  sent  for  to  curse  them.  And  as 
 it  was  in  the  east  country,  Num.  xxiii.  7; 
 so  the  eastern  land  was  infamous  for  divina- 
 tion and  such  like  arts:  see  Isa.  ii.  6,  By 
 THE  RIVER,]  To  wit,  Euphrates,  called  the 
 river  by  excellency,  because  it  was  the  great- 
 est, Gen.  XV.  18;  so  in  Jos.  xxiv.  2,  15; 
 2  Sam.  X.  16;  1  Kings  iv.  24;  1  Chron. 
 xix.  16.  And  thus  the  Chald.  here  explain- 
 eth it,  to  Pethor  of  Arum,  ivfiich  is  by  Eu- 
 phrates. They  cover,]  Heb.  it  covereth, 
 speaking  of  the  people  as  of  one.  The  scrip- 
 ture useth  the  singular  or  plural  number  in- 
 diflerentiy,  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  xxii.  19. 
 The  eye,]  That  is,  the  face,  or  sight,  (as 
 the  Gr.  translateth)  of  the  land  (or  earth.) 
 See  the  like  phrase  in  Exod.  x.  5,  15. 
 Abide,]  Sit,  or  dwell  over  against  me. 
 These  words  implied  reasons  to  persuade 
 Balaam  to  come;  for  their  coming  out  of 
 Egypt,  intimateth  that  they,  being  strangers, 
 had  no  right  to  invade  the  land  ;  their  cover- 
 ing the  face  of  the  land,  showed  their  num- 
 ber to  be  great ;  and  they  having  subdued  the 
 Amorites,  and  filled  their  land,  could  not 
 easily  be  resisted  ;  their  abiding  over  against 
 Moab,  was  a  sign  (as  they  thought)  that  Is- 
 rael would  next  invade  their  country.  But 
 in  all  this  the  truth  of  Israel's  case  and  car- 
 riage  was  concealed,  for  there  is  no  mention 
 how  God  had  of  old  promised  them  the  land 
 of  Canaan,  Gen.  xv.  18;  or,  how  the  Can- 
 aanites'  wickedness  was  grown  so  great,  that 
 their  land  should  spue  them  out.  Lev.  xviii. 
 24,  25  ;  neither  speaketh  he  of  their  wrong- 
 ful oppression  and  bondage  in  Egypt,  and 
 miraculous  deliverance  from  thence,  Exod. 
 i.  &c.,  nor  how  Israel  being  come,  had  not 
 harmed  either  Edom  or  Moab,  but  passed  by 
 them  in  peace,  Deut.  ii.  4,  8,  9,  13  ;  and 
 warred  only  with  the  cursed  Canaanites  de- 
 voted unto  destruction.  Though  Moab 
 could  not  but  know  these  things  as  well  as 
 Edom,  Num.  xx.  14,  15,  &c.  yet  would  he 
 mention  none  of  them;  neither  was  he  con- 
 tent that  his  brother  Israel  should  do  to  the 
 Canaanites,  as  Moab  himself,  and  Edom,  and 
 Amnion  had  done  before  to  the  Emims, 
 Horims,  and  Zamzummims,  whom  they  had 
 cast  out  of  their  inheritances,  and  dwelt  in 
 their  steads,  Deut.  ii.  9,  10,  12,  20,  21. 
 For  this  conspiracy  with  Balaam,  and  hia 
 endeavour  to  destroy  God's  people,  it  is  said, 
 '  Balak  arose  and  warred  against  Israel,' 
 Jos.  xxiv.  9. 
 
98 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 come  out  of  Egypt,  behold  tliey  cover  the  eye  of  tlie  land,  and 
 they  abide  over  against  me.     ®  Now  tlierefore  come  I  pray  thee. 
 
 VeR.   6. Now  THEREFORE  COME,]  Heb. 
 
 And  noiv  come.  His  purpose  being  by  a 
 curse  upon  tliem,  to  bereave  them  of  God's 
 favour  and  protection,  he  would  have  him  to 
 come,  that  by  nearness  of  his  person,  and  by 
 beholding  them,  his  speech  might  have  more 
 vehemeiiry  of  spirit,  and  better  eflect,  as  he 
 supposed.  So  Elisha  the  prophet  turned 
 back  and  looked  on  the  children  whom  he 
 cursed  in  the  name  of  the  Lord,  2  Kings  ii. 
 24.  And  on  the  contrary,  when  Isaac  would 
 bless  his  son,  he  called  him  near  and  kissed 
 him,  and  smelling  the  savour  of  his  garments, 
 he  uttered  a  more  powerful  blessing,  Gen. 
 xxvii,  26,  27;  and  so  did  Jacob  to  Joseph's 
 children,  Gen.  xlviii.  9,  10,  &c.  And  for 
 this  cause  Balak  led  Balaam  (when  he  was 
 come)  unto  high  mountains,  from  whence  he 
 might  view  them  whom  he  was  to  curse, 
 Num.  xxii.  41;  xxiii.  9,  14,  2S.  Curse 
 ME  THIS,]  Or,  curse  for  me  this  people. 
 The  curse  was  first  laid  upon  the  creatures 
 by  God  himself  for  sin.  Gen.  iii.  ;  and  heavy 
 eflects  followed  thereof :  the  earth  cursed, 
 brought  forth  thorns  and  briers  instead  of 
 wholesome  fruits,  Gen.  iii.  17,  18  ;  and 
 cursed  again  for  Cain's  wickedness,  it  yielded 
 no  more  the  strength  thereof.  Gen.  iv.  12  ; 
 the  fig-tree  cursed  by  Christ,  suddenly  with- 
 ered, Mark  xi.  21.  And  when  the  curse  is 
 duly  pronounced  by  prophets,  and  men  of 
 God,  it  wanted  not  efiect;  as  the  curse  bring- 
 ing water  of  jealousy,  which  should  cause  the 
 belly  of  the  polluted  to  swell,  and  her  thigh 
 to  rot.  Num.  v.  21,  22,  27;  and  the  children 
 <'ursed  by  Elisha,  were  rent  in  pieces  of 
 bears,  2  Kings  ii.  24.  Wherefore  the  plot 
 which  Balak  laid,  was  most  dangerous  and 
 wicked,  and  the  most  likely  course  to  obtain 
 bis  desire.  For  those  whom  God  blesseth, 
 their  enemies  flee,  and  fall  before  them, 
 Deut.  xxviii.  7;  but  they  whom  he  curseth, 
 are  exposed  to  all  misery,  and  made  a  prey 
 unto  their  enemies,  Deut.  xxviii.  25,  33. 
 And  if  now  the  king  could  have  obtained 
 from  God  a  curse  upon  Israel,  he  might  soon 
 have  vanquished  them,  'for  they  that  are 
 cursed  of  him  shall  be  cut  ofT,'  Ps.  xxxvii. 
 22.  How  curses  were  pronounced  by  the* 
 prophets  of  God,  may  be  seen  in  Gen.  ix.' 
 25;  Ps.  cix.  6,  20;  Jos.  vi.  26;  Jer.  xvii. 
 5,  6.  Thev  are  MIGHTIER,]  Heb.  it  is 
 mightier  than  I;  meaning  both  in  number 
 and  strength,  and  so  too  mighty  for  him  to 
 encounter  with.  This  was  udoq  Israel  a 
 fruit  of  God's  blessing,  who  had  promised 
 that  Abraham  should  be  a  mighty  nation, 
 Gen,  xviii.  18;  and  performed  it,  whiles  in 
 the  land  of  their  affliction,  '  he  made  them 
 
 migliter  than  their  enemies,'  Ps.  cv.  24. 
 astheir  enemy  himself  acknowledged,  Exod  i. 
 9.  And  Balak  here  confessing  himself  unable 
 to  match  them  in  might,  seeketh  therefore 
 to  weaken  them  first  by  magical  execrations. 
 Peradventijre,]  Or,  if  so  he;  or,  as  the 
 Gv.iraxislaiet'h'it, if  perhaps;  which  phrase 
 Peter  useth  in  Acts  viii.  22;  '  if  perhaps  the 
 thought  of  tliine  heart  may  be  forgiven  thee.' 
 It  is  a  word  that  implieth  difficulty  in  a  thing 
 but  with  good  hope  to  be  attained.  See  the 
 Notes  on  Exod.  xxxii.  30.  I  shall  be  able 
 TO  smite  them,]  Or,  /  sltall  prevail,  and 
 vie  shall  smite  them,  and  I  shall  drive  them, 
 &c.  The  Gr.  translateth,  /  sltall  be  able  to 
 smite  of  them,  and  cast  them  out.  In  ver. 
 11,  it  is  repeated  thus, '  I  shall  be  able  to 
 fight  against  them,  (or,  overcome  them  in 
 battle  ;■')  and  so  the  Chald.  explainetli  it  here, 
 /  shall  be  able  to  fight  against  them.  Wars 
 were  wont  to  be  taken  in  hand  holily ;  and 
 the  Lord  useth  this  phrase,  '  Sanctify  war 
 against  her,'  Jer.  vi.  4;  he  commandetli 
 that  the  camp  of  his  people  should  be  holy, 
 and  no  uncleanness  in  it,  Deut.  xxiii.  9,  10, 
 14;  he  appointed  priests  with  holy  instru- 
 ments, and  silver  trumpets,  to  sound  an 
 alanii,  Num.  x.  9;  xxxi.  6;  and  they  were 
 to  fight '  the  battles  of  the  Lord,'  1  Sam.  xxv. 
 28 ;  and  he  was  with  them  as  their  captain, 
 as  it  is  said, '  And  behold,  God  is  with  us 
 for  our  captain,  and  his  priests  with  sounding 
 trumpets,  to  carry  alarm  against  you :  O  chil- 
 dren of  Israel,  fight  ye  not  against  Jehovah 
 the  God  of  your  fathers,  for  ye  shall  not 
 prosper,'  2  Chron.  xiii.  12.  Hereupon  his 
 people  were  wont  to  ask  counsel  of  him  and 
 to  have  his  direction  in  their  wars,  Judg.  i. 
 1;  XX.  18,  27,  28;  1  Chron.  xiv.  10,  14, 
 15,  16.  And  after  victories  they  used  to 
 praise  tlie  Lord  with  songs,  Judg.  v;  Ps. 
 xviii;  and  to  honour  him  with  the  spoils 
 of  their  enemies,  consecrated  to  his  house 
 and  service,  Num.  xxxi.  50;  1  Chron.  xxvi. 
 26,  27.  And  this  the  nations  of  the  world 
 after  a  sort  practised,  save  that  instead  of 
 seeking  to  the  Lord  according  to  his  word, 
 they  sought  by  divination  and  unlawful  arts, 
 as  Balak  now  did  by  Balaam  the  soothsayer; 
 Nebuchadnezzar  by  divination  consulting 
 with  teraphims,  and  looking  in  the  liver 
 and  entrails  of  beasts,  Ezek.  xxi.  21 .  Agam- 
 emnon by  sacrifice  to  Jupiter  and  praying  to 
 him  for  victory  over  the  Trojans,  Homer, 
 Iliad  ii.  and  other  the  like.  Moreover,  as 
 Balak  sought  to  turn  the  favour  of  God  from 
 Israel,  and  to  bring  his  curse  upon  them  by 
 Balaam's  means:  so  other  nations  are  said 
 to  use,  before  they  warred  against  any  peo- 
 
CHAP.  XXII. 
 
 99 
 
 curse  me  this  people,  for  they  are  mightier  than  I,  peradventure  I 
 shall  be  able  to  smite  them,  and  shall  drive  them  out  of  the  land: 
 for  I  know  that  he  whom  thou  blessest  is  blessed,  and  he  whom 
 thou  cursest  is  cursed.  '  And  the  elders  of  Moab,  and  the  elders 
 of  Midian  went,  and  divinations  in  their  hand,  and  they  came 
 unto  Balaam,  and  spake  unto  him  the  words  of  Balak.  ^  And  he  said 
 
 in  their  armies  (as  the  Philistines  did  their 
 gods,  which  David  burnt  with  fire,  1  Chron. 
 xiv.  12.)  they  foolishly  imitated  God's  peo- 
 ple, who  sometimes  carried  the  ark  of  his 
 covenant  (the  token  of  his  presence,)  before 
 them  in  their  battles,  1  Sam.  iv.  3,  4,  8; 
 Num.  xiv.  44.  He  whom  thou  blessest,] 
 Or,  wh(m\  thou  shall  bless  ;  the  Gr.  traiislat- 
 eth  it  plurally,  they  whom  thou  blessest,  are 
 blessed;  and  they  whom  thou  cursest,  are 
 cursed.  By  this  it  appeareth  of  how  great 
 reputation  Balaam  vvas  among  men,  as  Simon 
 Magus  in  Samaria  was  esteemed  '  The  great 
 power  of  God,'  Acts  viii.  10.  But  the  Lord 
 doth  curse  the  blessings,  and  bless  the  cur- 
 ses of  his  own  priests  and  people,  when  they 
 do  them  amiss,  Mai.  ii.  2;  Ps.  cix.  28; 
 how  much  more  when  they  are  done  by 
 soothsayers  and  profane.  '  The  curse 
 causeless  shall  not  come,'  Prov.  xxvi.  2; 
 and  if  Balaam  had  cursed  Israel  without 
 the  Lord,  it  had  no  more  prevailed  than 
 Goliah's  words,  who  before  he  fought,  cursed 
 David  by  his  gods,  1  Sam.  xvii.  43. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Divinations,]  That  is,  the 
 wages  or  reward  of  divinations  was  in  their 
 hand  ;  '  the  wages  of  unrighteousness,'  as 
 the  apostle  calleth  it,  2  Pet.  ii.  15  ;  being  for 
 a  wicked  art,  and  to  an  unrighteous  end ;  so 
 Thargum  Jonathan  expoundeth  it,  "  the 
 fruits  of  divination  sealed  in  their  hand." 
 And  thus,  '  Besorah,'  i.  e.  good  tidings,  is 
 used  for  the  reward  of  good  tidings,  in  2  Sam 
 iv.  10.  In  Israel,  when  the  heads  judged 
 for  reward,  the  priests  taught  for;.hire,  and 
 the  prophets  divined  for  money;' the  Lord 
 threateneth  that  for  their  sake  Zion  should 
 be  ploughed  as  a  field,  and  Jerusalem  become 
 heaps,  Micah  iii.  11,  12.  Balaamites  see 
 their  reward  in  this  world  in  the  hands  of 
 men,  and  that  they  follow ;  but  the  people  of 
 God  walk  by  faith,  not  by  sight ;  and  their 
 reward  is  in  heaven  hid  with  God,  not  in  the 
 hands  of  man,  2  Cor.  v.  7  ;  Matt.  v.  11,  12. 
 
 Ver.  8. — I  will  bring  you  word  again,] 
 Or,  /  will  return  you  word  ;  which  the  Gr. 
 explaineth,  /  tvill  answer  you  the  things  which 
 the  Lord  shall  speak  until  me.  He  would 
 have  them  lodge  there  that  night,  because  he 
 would  ask  counsel  of  God,  who  used  to 
 speak  to  the  prophets  by  dreams  and  visions 
 of  the  night.  Num.  xii.  6;  Job  iv.  13;  xxxiii. 
 14,  15;  Jer.  xxiii.  25,28.  He  consulteth 
 with  Jehovah  the  true  God,  whose  prophet 
 
 pie,  to  endeavour  by  prayers,  sacrifices  and 
 enchantments,  to  turn  the  favour  of  God  from 
 them.  Before  the  heathen  Romans  besieged 
 any  city,  their  priests  called  out  the  god, 
 under  whose  tutelage  the  city  was,  and  pro- 
 mised him  more  ample  honour  or  place 
 among  them,  Plin.  Nat.  Hist.  1.  28.  c.  2. 
 The  same  is  also  testified  by  others ;  and  the 
 manner  of  doing  it  is  recorded  to  be  first 
 with  a  supplication  to  the  gods,  and  that  god 
 specially  which  had  taken  upon  him  the  de- 
 fence of  the  city,  that  he  would  forsake  the 
 people,  city,  places,  temples,  and  holy  things; 
 and  having  stricken  a  fear  and  forgetfulness 
 in  that  people  and  city,  would  come  into 
 Rome  to  accept  of  them,  their  places,  tem- 
 ples, holy  things,  and  city,  and  to  be  provost 
 unto  them,  their  people  and  soldiers,  vowing 
 if  so  he  would  do,  to  honour  him  with  tem- 
 ples and  games.  When  thus  they  did,  they 
 offered  also  sacrifices,  and  looked  for  divina- 
 tion in  the  entrails  of  beasts.  And  having 
 thus  called  out  the  gods,  the  dictator  or  em- 
 peror devoted  (or  cursed)  the  enemy's  city 
 and  army,  that  they  might  be  filled  with 
 flight,  fear,  terror;  and  that  whosoever  of 
 them  carried  arms  against  their  legions  or 
 army,  might  both  they,  their  countries, 
 fields,  cities,  &c.,  be  deprived  of  light  from 
 above,  and  reputed  for  devoted  and  conse- 
 crated, as  any  the  greatest  enemies  whoso- 
 ever, &c.  Macrob.  Saturnal.  lib.  3.  cap.  9. 
 Hereupon  their  poets,  when  countries  were 
 conquered,  ascribed  it  to  the  departure  of 
 their  gods  from  them ;  as  in  Virgil,  iEiieid 
 2. 
 
 " Excessere  omnes,  aditis,  arisque  reliitis, 
 Dii  quibus  imperium  hoc  steterat," 
 
 In  which  heathenish  opinions  and  practises, 
 there  may  some  footsteps  be  seen  of  the  an- 
 cient  true  religion:  for  when  God  would  de- 
 liver up  Jerusalem  into  the  hands  of  the 
 Chaldeans,  he  first  by  a  sign  to  his  prophets, 
 signified  his  departure  from,  and  forsaking  of 
 his  temple  that  stood  herein,  Ezek.  x.  1,  4, 
 18,  19;  xi.  22,  23.  When  Caleb  and  Jo- 
 shua would  encourage  the  people  to  war 
 against  the  Canaanites,  they  used  this  argu- 
 ment, '  They  are  but  bread  for  us,  their 
 shadow  (meaning  God  their  defence)  is  de- 
 parted from  them,  and  Jehovah  is  with  us, 
 fear  them  not.  Num.  xiv.  9.  So  when  the 
 heathens  carried  images  and  idols  with  them 
 
100 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 unto  them,  Lodge  here  this  night,  and  I  will  bring  you  word  again, 
 as  Jehovah  shall  speak  unto  me  :  and  the  princes  of  Moab  abode 
 with  Balaam.  ^  And  God  came  unto  Balaam,  and  said,  What  men 
 are  these  with  thee  ?  '"  And  Balaam  said  unto  God,  Balak  tlie 
 son  of  Zippor,  king  of  Moab  hath  sent  unto  me.  "  Behold,  a  peo- 
 ple is  come  out  from  Egypt,  and  covereth  the  eye  of  the  land: 
 now  come,  curse  me  them,  peradventure  I  shall  be  able  to  fight 
 against  them,  and  shall  drive  them  out.  '^  And  God  said  unto 
 Balaam,  Thou  shalt  not  go  with  them,  thou  shalt  not  curse  tlie 
 people,  for  they  are  blessed.  '^  And  Balaam  rose  up  in  the  morn- 
 ing, and  said  unto  the  princes  of  Balak,  Go  you  into  your  land,  for 
 
 he  would  seem  to  be,  and  calleth  him  his 
 God,  ver.  18;  and  because  the  business  con- 
 cerned the  people  of  Jehovah,  of  him  he  was 
 to  inquire.  But  his  promise  to  bring  them 
 word  what  Jehovah  said,  he  performed  not 
 faithfully,  as  appeareth  by  comparing  ver.  13, 
 with  ver.  12.  The  princes  of  Moab,]  And 
 also  of  Midian,  which  are  here  to  be  under- 
 stood from  ver,  7  ;  where  they  were  called 
 elders. 
 
 Ver.  9. — God  came,]  To  wit,  by  night, 
 as  in  ver.  20;  which  the  Chald.  expoundeth, 
 word  came  from  before  the  Lord.  So  '  God 
 i-ame  to  Abimelech  in  a  dream  by  night,' 
 Gen.  XX.  3 ;  and  '  God  came  to  Laban  the 
 Syrian  in  a  dream  by  night,'  Gen.  xxxi.  24. 
 Sometimes  for  his  people's  sake,  and  some- 
 times for  their  own,  God  revealed  his  coun- 
 sels of  old  unto  men  that  were  wicked,  Gen. 
 xli.  25;  Dan.  ii.  45;  iv,  21,  22.  So  still 
 he  giveth  gifts  of  knowledge  and  understand- 
 ing in  his  word,  to  men  that  are  none  of  his, 
 Matt.  vii.  22,  23  ;  xxiv.  24  ;  2  Tim.  iii. 
 8.  The  eye,]  The  face,  as  ver.  5.  Curse 
 me  them,]  The  word  curse  here,  is  another 
 word  in  the  original,  than  that  before  used  in 
 ver.  6  ;  but  of  the  same  signification,  as  ap- 
 peareth also  after  in  Num.  xxiii.  7,  8.  It 
 meaneth  a  piercing  or  striking  through  with 
 evil  speeches,  and  so  is  used  for  cursing  or 
 blaspheming:  see  the  notes  on  Lev.  xxiv.  11. 
 Be  able  to  fight,]  Or,  prevail  in  fighting 
 (or  warring)  agaiyist  them,  as  the  word  is  used 
 for  prevailing,  in  Is.  vii.  1 ;  see  before  on 
 ver.  6.  Here  Balaam  having  to  deaj  with 
 God  that  knoweth  all  things,  would  not  cor- 
 rupt their  speech,  but  fully  related  the  mes- 
 sage sent  unto  him:  but  in  his  answer  to  the 
 princes  he  dealeth  otherwise,  ver.  13. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Not  curse,]  As  the  message 
 had  two  branches,  to  go,  and  to  curse  ;  so 
 God  answereth  unto,  and  forbiddeth  both, 
 adding  a  reason,  because  they  were  blessed. 
 And  as  he  forbade  him  to  go  to  any  other 
 place,  so  he  forbade  him  to  curse  them  in 
 any  place,  or  where  now  he  was.     So  that 
 
 Balaam  here  might  know  the  whole  will  of 
 God  about  this  business,  and  needed  not  to 
 inquire  what  the  Lord  would  speak  unto  him 
 more,  as  he  did  in  ver.  19.  And  though 
 Israel  had  often  provoked  the  Lord  by  their 
 sins  in  the  wilderness,  yet  would  he  not  suf- 
 fer the  wicked  to  curse  them,  but  made  them 
 heirs  of  that  blessedness,  which  belongeth  to 
 those  '  whose  iniquities  are  forgiven,  and 
 whose  sins  are  covered,'  Rom.  iv.  6,  7.  Are 
 BLESSED,]  And  therefore  may  not  be  cursed 
 of  any  ;  '  for  the  gifts  and  calling  of  God  are 
 without  repentance,'  Rom.  xi.  29.  And 
 when  Jacob  the  father  of  this  people  had  got 
 the  blessing  of  Isaac  unawares,  Esau  could 
 not  get  him  to  reverse  it,  but  Isaac  said,  '  I 
 have  blessed  him,  yea,  and  he  shall  be  bless- 
 ed,' Gen.  xxvii.  33  ;  neither  could  Balaam, 
 with  all  his  altars  and  sacrifices,  procure  God 
 to  change,  but  was  himself  forced  also  to  bless 
 them  three  times.  Num.  xxiv.  10.  Where- 
 fore they  are  after  put  in  mind  of  this  mercy, 
 '  the  Lord  thy  God  would  not  hearken  unto 
 Balaam,  but  the  Lord  thy  God  turned  the 
 curse  into  a  blessing  unto  thee,  because  the 
 Lord  thy  God  loved  thee,'  Dent,  xxiii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Jehovah  refuseth  to  give 
 ME,]  The  Chald.  explaineth  it,  it  pleaseth  not 
 the  Lord  to  suffer  me  ;  and  in  Gr.  God  per- 
 mitteth  me  not.  Here  Balaam  telleth  them 
 but  the  first  part  of  God's  speech,  concealing 
 the  other,  and  the  reason  which  God  gave, 
 wherein  the  weight  of  the  answer  lay.  If  he 
 had  faithfully  showed  them  the  whole  counsel 
 of  God,  it  might  have  stayed  this  evil  enter, 
 prise,  and  cut  ofl'  all  occasion  of  further  send- 
 ing. But  as  a  man  loth  to  displease,  and 
 loving  the  proffered  gain,  he  useth  a  faint  and 
 favourable  speech,  as  if  he  should  have  said, 
 I  could  be  content  and  glad  to  gratify  the  king 
 herein,  but  God  will  not  suffer  me  at  this 
 time  to  go  ;  the  fault  is  not  mine,  therefore 
 1  pray  thee  have  me  excused.  The  contrary 
 duty  is  showed  in  Jer.  xxiii.  28.  '  The  pro- 
 phet that  hath  the  dream,  let  him  tell  the 
 dream ;  and  he  that  hath  my  word,  let  him 
 
CHAP.    XXII. 
 
 101 
 
 Jehovah  refuseth  to  give  me  leave  to  go  with  you.  "  And  the 
 princes  of  Moab  rose  up  and  came  unto  Balak,  and  said,  Balaam 
 refuseth  to  come  with  us.  '^  And  Balak  yet  again  sent  princes 
 more  and  more  honourable  tlian  they.  '^  And  they  came  to  Balaam, 
 and  said  to  him.  Thus  saith  Balak,  tlie  son  of  Zippor,  Be  not  tliou 
 letted,  I  pray  thee,  from  coming  unto  me.  "  For  honouring  I  will 
 honour  thee  very  greatly  :  and  wliatsoever  thou  shalt  say  unto  me, 
 I  will  do  :  come,  therefore,  I  pray  thee,  curse  me  this  people. 
 '®  And  Balaam  answered,  and  said  unto  the  servants  of  Balak, 
 If  Balak   would  give  me  his  house  full  of  silver  and  gold,  I  can- 
 
 speak  my  wood  faithfully,'  &c.  ;  and  in  the 
 apostles'  practice,  who  saith,  '  I  have  not 
 shunned  to  declare  unto  you  all  the  counsel  of 
 God,'  Acts  XX.  27. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Balaam  refuseth  to  come,  J 
 In  Gr.  Balaam  will  not  come.  Observe 
 Satan's  practice  against  God's  word,  seeking 
 to  lessen  the  same,  and  that  by  degrees  from 
 hand  to  hand,  till  either  he  bring  it  to  no- 
 thing, or,  at  least  pervert  it  to  a  wrong  pur- 
 pose. Balaam  told  the  princes  less  than  God 
 tpake  to  him ;  and  they  relate  to  Balak  less 
 than  Balaam  told  them ;  that  when  the  an- 
 swer came  to  the  king,  it  was  not  now  the 
 word  of  God,  but  of  man:  it  was  only  Balaam 
 refuseth  to  come ;  as  if  God  had  not  forbidden 
 or  hindered  this  action,  but  only  there  wanted 
 a  will  in  the  prophet;  there  being  no  word 
 brought  either  of  the  Lord's  will  touching  his 
 people,  or  of  their  blessed  state,  as  was  sig- 
 nified in  ver.  12.  Hereupon  grew  occasion 
 for  this  mischief  to  be  further  followed  ;  and 
 Balaam  was  the  second  time  solicited  with 
 stronger  temptations  than  before,  ver.  15,  16, 
 &c. 
 
 Ver. '15. — More  and  more  honour- 
 able,] Or,  greater  and  more  honourable.  Of 
 theHebs.  Sol.  Jarchi  gathereth  from  Balaam's 
 words,  '  to  go  with  you,'  ver.  13,  that  he 
 being  haughty  and  of  a  proud  spirit,  insinuat- 
 ed thereby,  as  if  with  them  he  might  not  go,  but 
 with  other  greater  than  they  might:  but  this  is 
 uncertain.  The  Holy  Spirit  showeth  rather, 
 how  Balaam's  word  (as  it  was  related)  was 
 so  far  from  causing  the  king  to  leave  off  his 
 wicked  purpose,  that  it  was  as  a  whetstone  to 
 sharpen  it;  and  caused  him  to  attempt  it 
 afresh,  with  stronger  assaults  both  in  persons 
 and  proffers. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Be  not  letted,]  Or,  be  not 
 forbidden  or  -withholden  ;  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 I  pray  thee  delay  not  (or  slack  not)  to  come 
 unto  me  :  which  phrase  is  used  in  Acts  ix. 
 38,  where  the  disciples  send  to  '  Peter,  de- 
 siring him  that  he  would  not  delay  to  come 
 to  them.'  It  meaneth  here,  that  Balaam 
 neither   of  his  own   will,  nor  by  any  other 
 
 means  would  be  stayed  or  hindered  from  com- 
 ing. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Honouring  I  will  honour 
 thee,]  That  is,  I  will  surely  and  highly  hon- 
 our thee,  which  the  Gr.  explaineth,  /  will 
 honourably  honour  thee.  This  offer,  as  it 
 agreed  with  the  majesty  of  the  king,  so  with 
 the  ambition  and  covetousness  of  the  prophet: 
 and  Satan  so  carried  the  matter  between  them, 
 as  made  most  for  his  advantage.  By  this 
 bait  he  allured  the  woman  to  eat  of  the  for- 
 bidden fruit,  promising  unto  her  opening  of 
 eyes,  and  likeness  unio  God,  Gen.  iii. ;  and 
 by  it  he  hoped  to  have  taken  Christ  himself, 
 when  he  promised  to  give  him  '  all  the  king- 
 doms of  the  world,  and  the  glory  of  them,' 
 Matt.  iv.  8,  9  ;  and  now  with  it  he  prevaileth 
 over  Balaam,  and  still  doth  over  prophets  of 
 Balaam's  spirit.  I  will  do,]  In  Gr.  /  will 
 do  unto  thee.  The  kings  of  the  earth,  if 
 they  may  have  their  desires  fulfilled,  will 
 honour  tlieir  prophets,  and  do  all  that  they 
 say.  Thus  the  prophets  of  Baal  were  fed  at 
 Jezebel's  table,  when  the  prophets  of  the 
 Lord  were  fed  in  eaves  *  with  bread  and 
 water,'  1  Kings  xviii.  13,  19  ;  and  the  wit- 
 nesses of  Christ  prophesy  in  sackcloth,  Rev. 
 xi.  3. 
 
 Ver.  18. — I  cannot  go  beyond,]  Or,  / 
 may  not  transgress.  The  word  signifieth 
 sometimes  inability,  whereby  a  man  cannot ; 
 somes  unlawfulness,  whereby  one  may  not, 
 and  consequently  will  not  do  a  thing ;  as  in 
 Gen.  xxxiv.  14;  xliii.  32;  xliv.  26.  Ba- 
 laam's speech  here,  seemeth  to  imply  all  ; 
 for  as  he  might  not  lawfully,  being  forbidden 
 of  God  ;  so  neither  could  he,  being  restrained 
 of  God,  who  would  not  sutler  him  to  curse 
 Israel.  But  for  Balaam's  will,  it  was  cor- 
 rupt,  being  in  love  with  '  the  wages  of  un- 
 righteousness,' 1  Pet.  ii.  15;  therefore  he 
 sought  of  God  that  he  might  have  done  it,  Num. 
 xxiii.  1,  14  ;  but  the  Lord  would  not  hear 
 him,  Deut.  xxiii.  5.  The  mouth,]  That  is, 
 as  the  Gr.  openeth  it,  the  word  i  in  Chald. 
 the  decree  of  the  word  of  the  Lord.  Jeho- 
 vah  MY   God,]   By  this  it  appearelh,  that 
 
im 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 not  go  beyond  tlie  nioutli  of  Jeliovah  my  God,  to  do  less  or  more. 
 '^  And  now,  I  pray  you,  tarry  you  also  here  this  night,  that  I  may 
 know  what  Jeliovah  will  speak  unto  me  more.  ^^  And  God  came 
 unto  Balaam  6^/  night,  and  said  unto  him.  If  the  men  be  come  to 
 call  thee,  rise  up,  go  with  them  :  but  yet  the  word  which  I  shall 
 speak  unto  thee,  that  shalt  thou  do.  ^'  And  Balaam  rose  up 
 in  the  morning,  and  saddled  his   ass,  and  went  with  the  princes  of 
 
 Balaam  the  Syrian  (and  so  the  people  to 
 "horn  he  was  a  prophet,)  did  know  and  wor- 
 sliip  the  true  God,  though  corruptly,  and  it 
 may  be  other  gods  also  with  him.  And  that 
 other  peoples,  as  the  Temanites,  Shuliites, 
 Naamathites,  and  Buzites,  kept  the  know- 
 ledge and  service  of  the  true  God,  is  manifest 
 by  Job's  history,  Job  ii.  11  ;  xxxii.  2;  xlii. 
 7 — 9.  Also  the  name  of  God,  Jehovali,  was 
 both  known  and  pronounced  by  Balaam,  and 
 other  people,  together  with  the  Hebrews,  who 
 now  many  ages  since  have  abstained  from 
 pronouncing  of  it,  as  is  noted  on  Num.  vi. 
 24.  Less  or  more,]  Or,  little  or  great  : 
 understand  little  thing  or  c/reat,  (as  the  phrase 
 is  more  fully  expressed  in  1  Sam.  xx.  2  ; 
 xxii.  15;  xxv.  36;)  meaning  any  thing  at 
 all ;  to  which  the  Gr.  addeth,  of  mine  oiun 
 mind.  In  Balaam  liere  is  a  picture  of  cove- 
 tous hypocrites,  which  pretend  they  would 
 not  do  against  the  word  of  God  for  an  house 
 full  of  gold,  when  they  will  do  it  for  an  hand- 
 ful: as  this  prophet  laboured  with  all  his 
 might  to  do  the  thing  which  God  had  for- 
 bidden him. 
 
 Ver.  19.— That  I  may  know,]  Or,  a7id 
 Iwillknoiv,  (that  is,  inquire,)  what  Jehovah 
 will  add  to  speak  with  me,  that  is,  will  speak 
 more  unto  me.  Here  he  beginneth  to  disco- 
 ver himself  and  his  love  to  Balak's  wages,  in 
 that  he  rested  not  in  God's  will,  plainly  re- 
 vealed to  him  before:  and  that  he  tempteth 
 God  by  this  second  consultation,  as  if  he  were 
 changeable  like  himself,  and  would  respect 
 the  person  of  the  king  or  prophet,  to  speak 
 otherwise  than  he  had  done.  For  where  he 
 pretended  to  know  more,  he  intended  and  de- 
 sired to  hear  otherwise,  and  contrary  to  that 
 which  he  knew  to  be  the  mind  of  God.  But 
 God's  people  should  rest  in  that  which  they 
 know  to  be  his  word  and  will :  and  if  any 
 teach  otherwise,  let  him  be  accursed,  Gal. 
 i.  8,  9. 
 
 Ver.  20 — If  the  men  be  come,]  That 
 K,  forasmuch  as,  or  seeing  the  men  are  come. 
 So  the  word  if,  meaneth  also  in  Song  i.  8. 
 Go  WITH  THEM,]  God's  permitting  of  Balaam 
 to  go  with  these  second  ambassadors,  when 
 he  had  forbidden  him  to  go  with  the  first, 
 was  in  wrath  against  the  prophet,  who  stood 
 not  in  the  Lord's  first  counsel;  and  therefore 
 he  was  in  danger  to  have  died  by  the  sword 
 
 of  the  angel,  ver.  33  ;  and  was  indeed  slain 
 by  the  sword  of  Israel,  Josh.  xiii.  22.  In  the 
 meantime,  both  he  and  the  king  had  hope 
 that  they  might  effect  their  evil  purpose,  see- 
 ing that  God  himself  seemed  to  change  his 
 mind:  so  being  hardened,  they  went  on  with 
 altars  and  sacrifices,  to  procure  leave  from 
 God  to  curse  his  people,  Num.  xxiii.  1.  For 
 when  men  will  not  hearken  to  the  voice  of 
 the  Lord,  he  wilhdraweth  his  grace,  and  giv- 
 eth  them  up  to  the  perverse  intentions  of 
 their  own  heart,  and  suffers  them  to  walk 
 *  in  their  own  counsels,'  Ps.  Ixxxi.  12,  13. 
 But  YET,]  Or,  but  surely  the  word,  &c.  By 
 this  restraint,  God  signifieth  the  continuance 
 of  his  good  will  towards  Israel,  though  in 
 such  words,  as  Balaam  might  still  conceive 
 hope  to  obtain  his  desire:  for  the  first  answer 
 was  plain,  '  thou  shalt  not  curse  the  people  ' 
 ver.  12  ;  in  which  he  not  resting,  hath  now 
 a  darker  oracle,  '  thou  shalt  do  the  woid  that 
 I  shall  speak  unto  thee,'  when  he  knew  not 
 what  God  would  speak.  Thus,  when  the 
 will  of  God  is  known  and  not  regarded,  he 
 taketh  from  men  the  certainty  of  their  know- 
 ledge, and  causeth  his  word  to  be  dark  and 
 doubtful  unto  them,  so  that  '  they  stumble  at 
 it,'  I  Pet.  ii.  8  ;  the  sun  goeth  down  over 
 the  prophets,  and  the  day  is  dark  over  them, 
 Mic.  iii.  C.  Balaam  thought  he  should  have 
 heard  more  from  God,  but  heareth  less,  and 
 loseth  that  which  he  had  learned  before. 
 That  shalt  thou  do,]  This  both  taught 
 Balaam  his  duty,  that  he  ought  to  do  it  wil- 
 lingly, and  closely  signified  that  that  he  should 
 do,  though  against  his  will.  For,  '  the  Lord 
 bringeth  to  nought  the  counsel  of  the  heathen, 
 he  maketh  of  none  effect  the  devices  of  the 
 people  :  but  the  counsel  of  the  Lord  standeth 
 for  ever,'  Ps.  xxxiii.  10,  11.  And  he  re- 
 straineth  the  wicked  of  their  will,  putting  his 
 hook  in  their  nose,  and  his  bridle  in  their 
 lips.  Is.  xxxvii.  29  ;  even  Satan  himself  is 
 limited,  (as  in  Job's  case,  Job  i.  12  ;  ii.  6;) 
 and  cannot  hurt  the  very  swine,  without 
 leave  from  the  Lord,  Matt.  viii.  31,  32. 
 
 Ver.  21.' — In  the  morning,]  As  Abra- 
 ham being  spoken  to  of  God  to  sacrifice  his 
 son,  '  rose  early  in  the  morning  and  saddled 
 his  ass,  and  took  two  of  his  young  men  with 
 him,'  &c..  Gen.  xxii.  3;  showing  his  readi- 
 ness to  obey  the  will  of  the  Lord,  though  with 
 
CHAP.    XXII. 
 
 103 
 
 Moab.  ^  And  God's  anger  was  kindled  because  he  went,  and  the 
 angel  of  Jehovah  set  himself  in  the  way  for  an  adversary  against 
 him  :  and  he  was  riding  upon  his  ass,  and  two  of  his  young  men 
 were  with  him.  ^^  And  tlie  ass  saw  the  angel  of  Jehovah  standing 
 in  the  way,  and  his  sword  drawn  in  his  hand,  and  the  ass  turned 
 aside  out  of  the  way  and  went  into  the  field:  and  Balaam  smote  the 
 
 the  loss  of  his  only  son  whom  he  loved:  so 
 Balaam  here  '  riseth  early  ia  the  morning, 
 saddleth  his  ass,  and  taketh  two  of  his  young 
 men  with  him,'  ver.  22  ;  showing  his  greedi- 
 ness to  get  preferment,  and  the  wages  of  ini- 
 quity which  he  loved,  though  with  the  loss 
 of  the  favour  of  God.  and  (in  the  end)  of  his 
 own  life,  God's  children  ruo  not  so  fast  in 
 •  the  way  of  his  commandments,'  when  he 
 enlargeth  their  heart,  Ps.  cxix.  32 ;  but  the 
 children  of  Satan  run  as  fast  '  to  evil,  and 
 make  haste  to  shed  innocent  blood,'  Is.  lix. 
 7.  '  They  turn  and  prepare  themselves 
 without  iniquity  in  God's  people,'  Ps.  lix.  4, 
 5:  'So  are  the  ways  of  every  one  that  is 
 greedy  of  gain,  which  taketh  away  the  life  of 
 the  owners  thereof,'  Prov.  i.  16,  19. 
 
 Ver.  22. — God's  angee  was  kindled,] 
 In  Gr.  God  ivas  angry  in  wrath.  The  judg- 
 ments of  God  are  •  a  great  depth,'  Ps.  xxxvi. 
 7 ;  he  is  often  ofiended,  and  that  justly,  when 
 men  do  that  which  he  saith  do,  because  they 
 do  it  not  with  that  mind,  and  to  that  end 
 which  he  requireth,  Is.  x.  6,  7;  and  his  word 
 or  leave,  is  in  displeasure  against  sinners 
 that  have  no  love  to  the  truth.  The  young 
 prophets  of  Jericho  would  have  leave  to  send 
 fifty  men  to  seek  Elijah's  body,  but  Elisha 
 forbade  them  :  after  by  their  importunacy  he 
 said.  Send.  They  sent,  and  sought,  but 
 found  him  not:  then  Elisha  gave  them  this 
 reproof,  '  did  not  I  say  unto  you,  Go  not,  2 
 Kings  ii.  16 — IS.  As  they  ought  to  have 
 rested  in  the  prophet's  first  word,  so  should 
 Balaam  have  done  here  in  the  first  answer  of 
 God  ;  and  for  not  doing  it  wrath  from  the 
 Lord  was  upon  him.  The  angel  of  Jeho- 
 vah,] This  angel  speaketh  as  the  Lord  him- 
 self, '  only  the  word  that  I  shall  speak  unto 
 thee,  that  shalt  thou  speak,'  ver.  35.  Where- 
 fore this  seemeth  to  be  Christ,  '  the  angel 
 which  redeemed  Jacob  from  all  evil,'  Gen. 
 xlviii.  16;  and  now  cometh  to  redeem  Jacob's 
 children  from  the  curse  intended  against  them, 
 the  angel  that  was  sent  before  Israel,  to  keep 
 them  in  their  way,  in  whom  Jehovah's  name 
 was,  Exod.  xxiii.  20,  21  ;  even  Michael  the 
 great  prince,  which  standeth  for  his  people, 
 Dan.  X.  21;  xii.  1.  An  adversary,]  In 
 Heb.  Satan,  which  name  when  it  is  used  for 
 an  adversary  to  God's  people,  usually  mean- 
 eth  the  devil.  Job  i.  6;  Matt.  iv.  10;  Rev. 
 xii.  9  :  XX.  2 ;  but  here   being  spoken  of  an 
 
 adversary  to  the  wicked,  and  defender  of  the 
 church,  is  applied  to  an  holy  angel,  or  to  the 
 prince  of  angels  and  men.  And  here  the 
 love  of  God  unto  Israel  appeareth,  that  when 
 he  giveth  a  wicked  man  leave  to  go  out 
 against  them,  forthwith  he  sendeth  his  angel 
 to  resist  him,  and  to  stand  for  the  help  of 
 his  chosen;  as  '  all  the  angels  are  minister- 
 ing spirits,  sent  forth  to  minister  for  them 
 who  shall  be  heirs  of  salvation,'  Heb.  i.  14. 
 Two  OF  HIS  YOUNG  MEN,]  That  is,  of  his  ser- 
 vants: see  the  notes  on  Exod.  xxxiii.  11.  So 
 Abraham  went  with  two  of  his  young  men.' 
 Gen.  xxii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  23. — The  ass  saw  the  angel,]  It 
 pleaseth  God  to  confoimd  the  wisdom  of  the 
 wise  and  arrogant,  by  base  and  contemptible 
 means,  '  for  the  foolishness  of  God  is  wiser 
 than  (the  wisdom  of)  men,'  1  Cor.  i.  25. 
 Balaam  was  a  great  prophet,  accustomed  to 
 visions  and  revelations,  yet  saw  not  with 
 his  eyes,  neither  knew  with  all  his  skill  (ver. 
 34,)  that  the  angel  stood  against  him,  whom 
 his  ass,  a  rude  and  silly  beast,  did  see  and 
 avoid  to  the  safety  of  his  master:  and  he  thnt 
 could  advertise  others  of  things  that  should 
 befal  them.  Num.  xxiv.  14,  could  not  adver- 
 tise himself  of  the  danger  of  death  which  was 
 before  him.  So  God  '  destroyeth  the  wisdom 
 of  the  wise,  and  bringeth  to  nought  the  un- 
 derstanding of  the  prudent,'  1  Cor.  i.  19. 
 Wheu  visions  appeared,  the  prophets  were 
 wont  to  see  them,  and  otliers  in  their  com- 
 pany saw  them  not,  as  in  Dan.  x.  7;  Acts 
 ix.  7  ;  here  the  prophet  seeth  nothing,  but 
 the  beast  under  him  hath  the  eyes  opened  to 
 see  the  appearance.  His  sword  drawn,] 
 A  sign  of  wrath  and  vengeance;  so  David 
 saw  the  angel  that  plagued  Israel  with  '  a 
 drawn  sword  in  his  hand,'  1  Chron.  xxi.  16; 
 and  Joshua  the  like  in  that  angel's  hand,  who, 
 as  captain  of  the  Lord's  host,  was  to  destroy 
 the  Canaanites,  Josh.  v.  13,  14.  Balaam 
 went  with  a  purpose  to  curse  Israel,  and  after 
 to  have  them  killed  with  the  sword  :  his  curses 
 would  have  been  '  like  the  piercings  of  a 
 sword,'  Prov.  xii.  18  ;  he  had  whetted  his 
 '  tongue  as  a  sword,  and  bent  his  arrow,  even 
 a  bitter  word,'  Ps.  Ixiv.  4;  the  Lord  to  re- 
 ward him  according  to  his  works,  sendeth  out 
 a  sword  against  him.  The  ass  turned 
 aside,]  The  beasts,  and  fowls,  and  other  bru- 
 tish creatures,  are  often  taken  to  teach  and 
 
lOi 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 ass  to  turn  her  into  the  way.  ^*  And  the  angel  of  Jehovah  stood 
 in  a  path  of  the  vineyards,  a  wall  being  on  this  side,  and  a  wall  on 
 that  side.  ^^  And  the  ass  saw  the  angel  of  .Jeliovah,  and  she 
 thrust  herself  unto  the  wall,  and  thrust  Balaam's  foot  against 
 tlie  wall :  and  he  smote  lier  again.  ^^  And  the  angel  of  Jeho- 
 vah Avent  further  and  stood  in  a  narrow  place,  where  was  no 
 way  to  turn  aside,  to  the  right  hand  or  to  the  left.  ^'  And  tlie 
 ass  saw  the  angel  of  Jehovah,  and  slie  fell  down  under  Balaam ;  and 
 Balaam's  anger  was  kindled,  and  he  smote  the  ass  with  a  staff. 
 ^^  And  Jehovah  opened  tlie  mouth  of  the  ass,  and  she  said  unto 
 Balaam,  What  have  I  done  unto  thee,  that  thou  hast  smitten  me 
 
 convince  men,  Job  xii.  7,  8  ;  Is.  i.  3  ;  Jer. 
 viii.  7  ;  and  Balaam's  folly  was  reproved  here 
 by  the  action  of  this  dumb  beast,  as  after  it 
 was  by  words,  Num.  xxii.  28,  30  ;  2  Pet. 
 ii.  IC.  Balaam's  way  was  perverse  before 
 the  Lord,  ver.  32;  he  had  forsaken  the  right 
 way,  and  went  astray,  2  Pet.  ii.  15  ;  the  ass 
 turning  aside  out  of  the  way,  might  have 
 taught  him  to  have  desisted  from  his  evil 
 course.  The  ass  avoideth  the  danger  and 
 evil  before  his  eyes  ;  the  master  being  blind- 
 ed with  ambition  and  covetousness,  seeth  it 
 not,  but  would  go  on  to  destruction,  ver.  33. 
 SiMOTE  THE  ASS,]  The  Gr.  here  addeth,  with 
 his  rod  (or  staff,)  which  is  taken  from  ver. 
 27.  As  he  that  judgeth  another,  condemneth 
 himself  doing  the  same  things,  Rom.  ii.  1  ; 
 so  the  prophet  in  smiting  his  beast,  showed 
 himself  to  be  worthy  of  more  stripes,  doing 
 much  worse  than  it.  '  A  whip  for  the  horse, 
 a  bridle  for  the  ass,  and  a  rod  for  the  fool's 
 back,'  Prov.  xxvi.  3. 
 
 Ver.  24. — And  a  wall,]  In  Chald.  ayid 
 another  wall.  The  angel  needed  not  have 
 chosen  such  places  ;  but  these  things  happen- 
 ed unto  Balaam  for  ensamples,  and  are  writ- 
 ten ior  oiH'  admoniMon;  for  when  men  goon 
 in  a  way  not  good,  if  they  escape  one  peril, 
 they  fall  into  auother  greater,  and  at  last  into 
 inevitable  danger;  as  the  prophet  signifieth 
 by  '  fear,  and  pit,  and  suare  ;  he  that  fleeth 
 from  the  fear  shall  fall  into  the  pit ;  and  he 
 that  getteth  up  out  of  the  pit  shall  be  taken 
 in  the  snare,'  Jer.  xlviii.  43,  44. 
 
 Ver.  25. — And  thrust  Balaam's  foot,] 
 Or  pressed,  crushed  his  foot.  This  word  is 
 used  in  2  Kings  vi.  32,  where  the  king's 
 messenger,  who  was  sent  to  take  away  Eli- 
 sha's  head,  was  •  pressed  (or  crushed)  in  the 
 door.'  God  by  this  second  sign  came  nearer 
 unto  Balaam,  who  went  on  in  his  perverse 
 way,  and  withal  discovereth  the  vanity  of  his 
 art,  who,  being  a  diviner,  could  not  presage 
 the  evil  that  should  befal  him,  though  such 
 things  as  these  happened  in  his  way,  which, 
 in  tlie  opinion  of  vain  men,  are  signs  of  ill 
 luck:  and  therefore  by  the  grounds  of  his 
 own  craft,  should   have  turned  him  back,   or 
 
 made  him  to  suspect  at  least,  tliat  this  jour- 
 ney should  be  unfortunate:  see  1  Sam.  vi.  2, 
 3,  9.  But  God  '  taketh  the  wise  in  their 
 own  craftiness,  and  the  counsel  of  the  fio- 
 ward  is  carried  headlong:  they  meet  with 
 darkness  in  the  day  time,  and  grope  in  the 
 noon  day,  as  in  the  night.  But  he  saveth 
 the  poor  from  the  sword,  from  their  mouth, 
 and  from  the  hand  of  the  mighty,'  Job  v.  13 
 — 15.  The  children  of  God  have  the  angels 
 to  keep  them  in  all  their  ways,  and  to  bear 
 them  up,  lest  they  dash  their  foot  against  a 
 stone,  Ps.  xci.  11,  12.  But  Balaam  tempt- 
 ing the  Lord,  hath  his  angel  to  withstand 
 him,  whereby  his  foot  is  crushed  against  the 
 wall;  yet  maketh  he  no  good  use  thereof. 
 
 Ver.  26. — No  way  to  torn  aside,]  In 
 this  carriage  of  the  angel,  the  Lord  would 
 have  us  see  the  proceeding  of  his  judgments 
 against  siimers  ;  first  more  mildly,  shaking 
 his  rod  at  them,  but  letting  tlrem  go  untouch- 
 ed ;  then  coming  nearer,  he  toucheth  them 
 with  an  easy  correction,  as  it  were  wringing 
 their  foot  against  a  wall ;  but  bringing  them 
 at  last  to  such  a  strait,  as  they  can  no  way 
 escape  his  hand,  but  must  fall  before  him. 
 
 Ver.  27. — Balaam's  anger  was  kin- 
 dled,] 'The  wrath  of  man  worketh  not 
 the  righteousness  of  God,'  James  i.  20;  '  but 
 a  furious  man  aboundeth  in  transgression,' 
 Prov.  xxix.  22.  Balaam  learned  no  good 
 by  this  strange  carriage  of  his  beast,  but  is 
 more  enraged  and  smiteth  it,  not  knowing 
 that  by  means  of  it  his  own  life  was  saved, 
 ver.  33.  This  foolishness  cf  the  prophet  the 
 dumb  beast  reproveth,  ver.  28,  &c.  and  in 
 him  God  would  let  us  see  the  nature  of 
 wicked  men,  which  make  no  good  use  of  his 
 works,  neither  see  his  providence  in  the 
 creatures,  the  service  whereof  he  lendeth 
 unto  them. 
 
 Ver.  28.— Opened  the  mouth  of  thk 
 ass,]  That  '  the  dumb  ass  spake  with  man's 
 voice,'  2  Pet.  ii.  16,  by  which  miracle  the 
 prophet  had  not  only  a  rebuke,  but  a  cause  of 
 fear  and  astonishment,  yet  hardened  he  him- 
 self against  it  also,  and  pleaded  for  to  main- 
 tain his  folly,  ver.  29,  so  no  works,  signs  or 
 
CHAR  XXII. 
 
 105 
 
 these  three  times  ?  "  And  Balaam  said  unto  the  ass,  Because  tliou 
 hast  mocked  me ;  I  would  there  were  a  sword  m  mine  hand,  for 
 now  I  would  kill  thee.  ^"  And  the  ass  said  unto  Balaam,  Am  not 
 I  thine  ass  which  tliou  hast  ridden  upon  ever  since  I  was  tliine  unto 
 this  day,  was  I  ever  wont  to  do  so  unto  thee  ?  ^'  And  he  said,  Nay. 
 And  Jehovah  uncovered  the  eyes  of  Balaam,  and  he  saw  the 
 angel  of  Jehovah  standing  in  the  way,  and  his  sword  drawn  in  his 
 hand,  and  he  bended  down  the  head,  and  bowed  himself  down  on 
 his  face,  ^^  And  the  angel  of  Jehovali  said  unto  him,  Wherefore 
 hast  thou  smitten  thine  ass  these  three  times  ?     Behold,  I  came  out 
 
 miracles,  are  able  to  change  the  hardness  of 
 man's  heart,  but  grace  from  God  only,  John 
 xii.  37,  38.  And  here  we  may  observe  how 
 the  devil,  to  draw  into  sin,  chose  the  serpent 
 for  his  instrument,  the  most  subtile  beast  of 
 the  field,  Gen.  iii.  1,  but  God  to  rebuke  and 
 convince  the  wicked,  usetb  the  ass,  the  most 
 silly  of  all  beasts:  showing  as  in  a  figure, 
 how  Satan's  continual  practice  is  to  corrupt 
 men's  minds  from  the  simplicity  that  is  in 
 Christ,  '  by  deceitful  workers,  by  the  sleight 
 of  men,  and  cunning  craftiness,  whereby 
 they  lie  in  wait  to  deceive,'  2  Cor.  xi.  3, 13; 
 Eph.  iv.  14,  while  Chiist  sendeth  men  to 
 preach  the  gospel,  '  not  with  wisdom  of 
 words,'  but  with  the  plain  demonstration  of 
 the  truth,  and  chooseth  '  the  foolish  things  of 
 the  world  to  confound  the  wise,  the  weak 
 things  of  the  world  to  confound  the  mighty, 
 and  base  things  of  the  world,  and  things  des- 
 pised, yea  and  things  which  are  not,  to  bring 
 to  nought  things  that  are,'  1  Cor.  i.  17,  27, 
 28.  '  For  the  children  of  this  world  are  in 
 their  generation  wiser  than  the  children  of 
 light,'  Luke  xvi.  8. 
 
 VeR.     29.— I    WOULD    KILL    THEE,]    The 
 
 prophet  is  neither  dismayed  with  the  speak- 
 ing of  his  dumb  beast,  nor  abated  from  his 
 wrath,  but  increaseth  in  evil,  who  before  he 
 knew  or  inquired  of  the  cause,  would  pre- 
 sently kill  the  ass  that  saved  his  life.  '  A 
 righteous  man  re^ardeth  the  life  of  his  beast, 
 but  the  bowels  of  the  wicked  are  cruel,' 
 Prov.  xii.  10.  If  Balaam  looked  for  such 
 good  service  of  the  brute  beast,  and  would 
 not  be  mocked  or  abused  thereby,  he  being  a 
 reasonable  creature,  and  wiser  than  many, 
 should  much  less  have  mocked  with  God, 
 and  resisted  his  counsel:  but  by  his  own 
 words  against  his  ass,  he  condemneth  him- 
 self, being  guilty  of  death  for  his  sin  against 
 God,  as  the  angel  showeth  in  ver.  32,  33. 
 
 Ver.  30. — Ever  since  I  was  thine,] 
 Or,  since  thou  hast  had  me :  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth  it.  from  thy  youth:  the  Chald.  since 
 thou  hast  been:  and  the  Heb.  phrase  some- 
 time so  meaneth,  as  in  Gen.  xlviii.  15, 
 '  since  I  was;'  where  tlie  Gr.  also  expoundeth 
 Vol.  1 1. 
 
 it, /row  my  youth.  Was  I  ever  wont.] 
 Oi-,  have  I  accustoming  been  accustomed? 
 By  this  demand,  the  beast  conviuceth  the 
 prophet's  foolishness,  who  should  have  ga- 
 thered that  some  extraordinary  cause  moved 
 it  thus  to  do,  seeing  it  had  never  done  so  be- 
 fore: and  teacheth  us,  that  when  the  crea- 
 tures depart  from  their  kind  and  customed 
 obedience  unto  us,  we  should  look  for  the 
 cause  thereof  in  ourselves:  for  our  sins  against 
 God  occasion  the  creatures  to  rebel  against 
 us,  Lev.  xxvj.  20—22. 
 
 Ver.  31. — Uncovered  the  eyes,]  Open- 
 ed them  to  see  the  angel  as  the  ass  did  before 
 him,  ver.  23,  signifying,  that  as  men  cannot 
 see  the  marvellous  things  of  his  law,  unless 
 he  uncover  their  eyes,  Ps.  cxix.  18,  so  nei- 
 ther can  they  behold  the  deaths  and  dangers 
 that  are  to  come  on  them  for  the  transgres- 
 sion of  his  law,  unless  he  reveal  them,  Is. 
 xlvii.  11.  'The  way  of  the  wicked  is  as 
 darkness,  they  know  not  at  what  they  stum- 
 ble,' Prov.  iv.  19.  Bowed  himself  down 
 ON  HIS  FACE,]  Or,  to  his  face;  as  the  Gr. 
 translateth,  he  bowed  down  to  his  face,  that 
 is,  worshipped  the  face  or  person  of  the  angel. 
 Ver.  32. — Wherefore  hast  thou  smit- 
 ten, &c.]  The  angel  rebuketh  the  misusage 
 of  his  beast,  which  ought  not  to  be  smitten 
 without  cause ;  how  much  less  then  might  ho 
 smite  innocent  men  with  the  curse  of  his 
 tongue?  And  God,  who  •  saveth  man  and 
 beast,'  Ps.  xxxvi.  7,  and  commanded  that 
 the  beasts  also  should  rest  from  their  toil  on 
 the  Sabbath  day,  Deut.  v.  14,  and  defendeth 
 their  innocency  against  their  cruel  masters, 
 will  much  more  defend  the  cause  of  his  people 
 against  their  wrongful  oppressors,  Exod.  xxii. 
 23.  Thy  way  is  perverse,]  Or,  the  way 
 which  thou  goest  is  perverse,  that  is,  thy 
 purpose  and  intent  in  going  this  journey,  is 
 contrary  to  my  will  which  I  first  revealed 
 unto  thee,  ver.  12.  The  Chald.  paraphras- 
 eth  thus,  "  because  it  is  manifest  before  me, 
 that  thou  wouldest  go  in  a  way  against  me." 
 The  apostle  openeth  and  applieth  it  against 
 the  Balaamites  of  his  time,  in  these  words; 
 '  an  heart  they  have  exercised  with  roveloui 
 
106 
 
 NUMBER  S. 
 
 to  be  ail  adversary,  because  thy  way  is  perverse  before  me.  ^^  And 
 the  ass  saw  me,  and  turned  aside  before  me  these  three  times:  un- 
 less she  had  turned  aside  from  me,  surely  now  also  I  had  slain  thee 
 and  saved  her  alive.  ^'  And  Balaam  said  unto  the  angel  of  Jeho- 
 vah, I  have  sinned,  for  I  knew  not  that  thou  stoodst  against  me  in 
 the  way :  and  now  if  it  be  evil  in  tliine  eyes,  I  will  get  me  back 
 again.  ^^  And  tlie  angel  of  Jehovah  said  unto  Balaam,  Go  with 
 the  men,  but  only  the  word  that  I  shall  speak  unto  tliee,  that  shalt 
 tJiou  speak  :  and  Balaam  went  with  the  princes  of  Balak.  ^®  And 
 Balak  lieard  that  Balaam  was  come,  and  he  went  out  to  meet  him, 
 unto  a  city  of  Moab  which  is  by  the  border  of  Anion,  which  is  in 
 the  utmost  of  the  border.  ^'  And  Balak  said  unto  Balaam,  Did 
 not  I  sending  send  unto  thee  to  call  thee  ?  Wherefore  camest  thou 
 
 practices,  children  of  the  curse,  which  have 
 forsaken  the  right  way,  and  are  gone  astray, 
 following  the  way  of  Balaam  (the  son)  of 
 Bosor,  who  loved  the  wages  of  unrighteous- 
 ness,' 2  Pet.  ii.  14,  15.  The  apostle  Jude 
 (in  ver.  11,)  calleth  it  'the  error  of  Balaam.' 
 
 Ver.  33. — Turned  aside  before  me,] 
 Or,  at  nit/ face  or  presence:  so  after,  turned 
 aside  from  tne,  or,  from  my  face  or  pre- 
 sence. 1  HAD  SLAIN  thee,]  Or,  killed theei 
 ill  tlie  angel's  former  words  the  justice  of  his 
 judgment  is  implied;  for  if  Balaam  did 
 smite  his  ass,  for  turning  aside  out  of  the 
 way,  ver.  23,  and  would  have  killed  her  for 
 falling  down  under  him,  though  thereby  his 
 life  was  saved,  ver.  29,  how  much  more  de- 
 served he  himself  to  be  smitten  and  killed, 
 for  departing  out  of  the  Lord's  way,  and  fol- 
 lowing his  own  crooked  ways,  with  a  purpose 
 to  destroy  the  lives  of  his  people  Israel. 
 Therefore  a  wo  is  pronounced  on  those  that 
 run  greedily  after  Balaam's  error  for  reward, 
 Jude  ver.  11.  Saved  her  alive,]  As  we 
 have  an  example  in  the  prophet,  who  being 
 disobedient  unto  the  mouth  of  the  Lord,  'a 
 lion  met  him  by  the  way  and  slew  him,  but 
 the  ass  whereon  he  rode  was  not  torn,'  1 
 Kings  xiii.  23,  24,  26,  28. 
 
 Ver.  34 — I  have  sinned,]  Thisseemeth 
 to  be  acknowledged,  for  his  smiting  of  the 
 ass,  and  his  reason  following  so  showeth:  but 
 the  sin  that  lay  hid  in  his  heart,  his  wicked 
 purpose  and  covetousness,  he  dissembleth, 
 and  prosecuteth  still  unto  the  end.  If  it  be 
 EVIL  IN  thine  eyes,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr. 
 translateth,  if  it  please  thee  not;  meaning, 
 that  he  should  go  on  his  journey.  He  could 
 not  be  ignorant,  that  his  evil  intent  to  curse 
 God's  people  for  his  own  promotion,  was 
 most  evil  in  the  Lord's  eyes,  and  the  cause 
 why  the  angel  came  out  against  him;  but 
 concealing  that,  he  speaketh  of  his  outward 
 actions,  and  faintly  offereth  to  turn  back, 
 with  an  'if  it  were  evil.'     His  love  to  the 
 
 wages  of  unrighteousness  caused  him  thus  to 
 speak,  together  with  the  leave  which  God 
 had  given  him,  in  ver.  20,  fain  he  would  go, 
 but  if  necessity  constrain  him  he  will  turn 
 back. 
 
 Ver.  35. — Go  with  the  men,]  When 
 neither  the  first  words  of  God  who  foibade  him, 
 ver.  12,  nor  the  signs  and  dangers  which  met 
 him  by  the  way,  could  turn  his  heart,  or  de- 
 liver him  from  his  error,  the  Lord  again  bid- 
 deth  him  go  on,  so  giving  him  up  to  his  own 
 lusts;  which  he  followed  to  his  destruction. 
 See  the  notes  on  ver.  20.  So  Jarchi  ex- 
 plaineth  these  words,  "  Go  with  the  men,  for 
 thy  portion  is  with  them,  and  thine  end  to 
 perish  out  of  the  world." 
 
 Ver.  36. — He  went  out  to  meet  him,  | 
 For  to  welcome  him,  and  entertain  him  with 
 honour;  as  Moses  to  like  end,  went  out  to 
 meet  his  father-in-law,  Exod.  xviii.  7,  and 
 Joseph  went  out  to  meet  Israel  his  father, 
 Gen.  xlvi.  29,  and  the  kings  of  Sodom  and 
 of  Salem,  to  meet  Abraham,  Gen.  xiv.  17, 
 IS;  Heb.  vii.  1.  It  showeth  how  greatly 
 Balaam  was  respected  of  the  king,  as  false 
 prophets  have  always  been  of  wicked  rulers, 
 because  they  serve  their  lusts.  It  had  been 
 Moab's  duty  to  have  met  their  brother  Israel 
 with  bread  and  water  in  the  way  when  they 
 came  out  of  Egypt:  but  lo  the  king  of  Moab 
 goeth  out  (even  to  the  utmost  border  of  his 
 land)  to  meet  this  soothsayer,  whom  he  had 
 hired  to  curse  Israel;  therefore  God  com- 
 mandetli  his  people  not  to  seek  their  peace  or 
 good  lor  ever,  Deut.  xxiii.  3 — 6.  Arnon,] 
 The  border  between  Moab  and  the  Amorites, 
 Num.  xxi.  13,  26. 
 
 Ver.  37. — Did  not  I  sending  send,] 
 That  is,  earnestly  send  unto  thee.  Am  I 
 not  able  indeed,]  a  vain  boast,  and  such 
 as  had  no  eflect;  for  he  was  not  able  indeed 
 to  honour  Balaam  in  the  end,  but  sent  him 
 away  in  wrath,  and  with  disgrace,  confessing 
 that  the  Lord  had  kept  him  back  from  hon- 
 
CHAP.  XXII. 
 
 107 
 
 not  unto  me  ?  Am  I  not  able  indeed  to  honour  thee  ?  '^  And  Ba- 
 laam said  unto  Balak,  Lo  I  am  come  unto  thee ;  now  am  I  able  at 
 all  to  speak  any  thing  ?  the  word  that  God  shall  put  in  my  mouth, 
 that  shall  I  speak.  ^^  And  Balaam  went  with  Balak,  and  they 
 came  unto  Kirjath-huzoth.  *"  And  Balak  slew  oxen  and  sheep,  and 
 sent  to  Balaam,  and  the  princes  that  were  with  him.  ^'  And  it  was 
 in  the  morning  that  Balak  took  Balaam,  and  brought  him  up  into 
 tlie  high  places  of  Baal,  that  he  might  see  from  thence  the  utmost 
 part  of  the  people. 
 
 our,  Num.  xxiv.  10,  11.  But  &s  satau  him- 
 self proudly  offereth  the  kingdoms  and  glory 
 of  the  world  to  those  that  will  worship  him. 
 Matt.  iv.  8,  9,  so  wicked  princes  do  offer 
 promotion  to  false  prophets  and  flatterers, 
 which  oftentimes  God  suflereth  them  not  to 
 perform:  and  they  turn  the  edge  of  their 
 sword  against  the  Israel  of  God,  which  they 
 are  often  forced  to  put  up  empty  into  the 
 sheath,  the  Lord  turning  their  intended  curse 
 into  a  blessing. 
 
 Ver.  38. — Am  I  able  at  all,]  The 
 word  is  doubled  for  more  vehemency,  can- 
 ning can  I  speak;  that  is,  surely  I  cannot  in 
 any  wise.  He  speaketh  to  excuse  himself, 
 signifying  his  willingness  to  gratify  the  king, 
 as  appeared  by  his  coming  to  him,  but  show- 
 ing withal  his  inability  to  do  ought  against 
 God  or  his  people.  For  the  Lord  their  re- 
 deemer, he  '  frustrateth  the  tokens  of  the 
 liars,  and  maketh  diviners  mad;  he  turneth 
 wise  men  backward,  and  maketh  their  know- 
 ledge foolish,  Is.  xliv.  25. 
 
 Ver.  39. — Kirjath-huzoth,]  Which  is 
 by  interpretation,  the  city  of  the  outmost 
 parts,  or  the  city  of  streets.  It  is  the  name 
 of  a  city,  of  the  situation  in  the  utmost  part 
 of  the  land  ;  as  the  Chald.  interpreteth  it, 
 the  city  of  his  borders;  and  the  old  Lat.  ver- 
 sion calleth  it,  "  the  city  which  was  in  the 
 utmost  borders  of  his  kingdom:"  which  some 
 think  to  be  Ar,  forementioned  in  Num.  xxi. 
 28,  called  '  the  corner  of  Moab,'  in  Jer. 
 xlviii.  45-  Sol.  Jarchi  in  his  annot.  on  this 
 place  expoundeth  it,  •'  a  city  full  of  streets, 
 men,  and  children  in  the  outer  parts  of  it." 
 
 Ver.  40. — Balak  slew  oxen,]  Either  for 
 sacrifice,  (as  the  word  is  often  used  for  sacri- 
 ficing) or  for  a  feast  to  welcome  Balaam,  or 
 for  both;  as  the  Moabites  used  such  idolatrous 
 feasts  whereof  the  people  did  eat.  Num.  xxv. 
 1,  2.  Thus  Balak  rejoiced  at  the  coming  of 
 his  friend,  and  received  him  with  all  royal 
 solemnity.  Wherein  as  we  see  the  enter- 
 tainment that  this  wicked  prophet  had,  that 
 his  honour  and  good  cheer  might  make  him 
 to  foiget  the  perils  which  he  had  passed,  and 
 might  again  fall  into  by  the  hand  of  God:  so 
 may  we  observe  the  contraiy  dealing  of  the 
 
 Lord,  and  of  this  king.  The  angel  of  the 
 Ltird  came  out  as  an  adversary  to  withstand 
 him;  the  king  as  a  friend  to  welcome  him. 
 The  king  blameth  him  for  coming  no  sooner; 
 the  angel  for  going  so  soon.  The  angel  met 
 him  with  a  sword,  to  signify  that  that  should 
 be  his  end  if  he  went  on  in  his  wickedness: 
 the  king  receiveth  him  with  a  banquet,  and 
 all  honourable  entertainment,  that  by  it,  and 
 hope  of  more  gain  and  preferment,  he  might 
 be  encouraged  to  go  on  with  his  wicked  en- 
 terprise. Between  these  two,  Balaam  choos- 
 eth  the  worse  part  for  the  honour  of  this 
 world,  though  even  that  also  was  taken  away 
 from  him.  •  As  the  partridge  sitteth  on 
 eggs,  and  hatcheth  them  not:  so  he  that 
 getteth  riches  and  not  by  right,  shall  leave 
 them  in  the  midst  of  his  days,  and  at  his 
 end  shall  be  a  fool,'  Jer.  xvii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  41. — In  the  morning,]  That  is,  the 
 next  day  early  after  the  feast.  Thus  Balak 
 delayeth  no  time  to  accomplish  his  evil  pur- 
 pose, beginning  the  day  with  mischief.  David 
 was  diligent  in  the  mornings  to  destroy  all  the 
 wicked  of  the  land,  Ps.  ci.  S.  Balak  risetb 
 early  to  destroy  the  people  of  God,  and  is  of 
 them  whose  '  feet  run  to  evil,  and  they  make 
 haste  to  shed  blood,'  Prov.  i.  16.  The  high 
 PLACES  OF  Baal,]  In  Gr.  the  pillar  of 
 Baal;  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  the  high 
 place  of  his  fear,  meaning  of  his  god  or  idol 
 whom  he  feared,  (as  God  is  called  'the  fear,' 
 in  Ps.  Ixxvi.  12,)  and  Thargum  Jonathan 
 nameth  it  "the  fear  (or  id.il)  of  Peor;" 
 whereof  see  Num.  xxv,  3.  Baal  (by  inter- 
 pretation, a  lord,  master  or  patron)  is  a 
 name  given  to  the  idols  of  many  nations, 
 which  they  used  to  worship  on  high  places, 
 hills  or  mountains,  Deut.  xii.  2.  And  here 
 do  Balak  and  Balaam  build  altars  and  offer 
 sacrifices.  Num.  xxiii.  1,  that  they  might 
 curse  Israel;  for  as  God  sendeth  his  people 
 help  from  his  sanctuary,  and  supporteth  them 
 out  of  Zion,  Ps.  XX.  2,  and  cometh  unto 
 them  to  bless  them,  in  all  places  where  lie 
 putteth  the  memorial  of  his  name,  Exod.  xx. 
 24,  so  the  idolators  thought  of  their  high 
 places,  that  they  were  the  fittest  to  obtain 
 their  requests  in,  from  the    hand  of  God, 
 
108 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 though  it  were  to  curse  his  people.  That 
 HE  MIGHT  SEE,]  Or,  and  he  saw,  meaning 
 Balaam:  the  Gr.  translatefh,  and  he  (to  wit, 
 Balak)  showed  him  a  part  of  the  people,  to 
 
 wit,  of  Israel :  whom  he  would  have  him  to 
 behold,  that  his  curse  might  be  the  more 
 powerful  and  effectual.    See  Num.  xxiii.  13. 
 
 CHAP.  XXIII. 
 
 1 ,  Balaam  and  Balak  offer  sacrifices.  4.  God  meeteth  Balaam,  and 
 putteth  in  his  mouth  a  blessing,  which  offendeth  Balak.  1 3.  They  come 
 to  another  place  to  curse  the  people  of  the  Lord,  and  there  again  they 
 offer  sacrifices.  16.  God  meeteth  Balaam,  and  putteth  in  his  mouth  a 
 more  ample  hlessiiig.  26.  Balak  being  more  offended,  bringeth  Balaam 
 to  a  third  place,  where  also  they  sacrifice. 
 
 *  And  Balaam  said  unto  Balak,  Build  me  here  seven  altars,  and 
 prepare  me  here  seven  bullocks,  and  seven  rams.     *  And  Balak  did 
 
 Ver.  1. — Build  me  here,]  Or,  build  for 
 me  in  this  place  seven  altars.  Balaam  here 
 bewiayelh  his  impiety,  when  instead  of  dis- 
 suading the  king  from  his  evil  enterprise,  by 
 the  word  of  God,  who  had  forbidden  him  to 
 curse  Israel,  Num.  xxii.  12,  he  attempteth 
 together  with  him,  to  effect  his  wicked  pur- 
 pose; and  that  (which  is  worst  of  all)  under 
 the  colour  of  religious  actions,  building  altars, 
 and  ofl'ering  sacrifices  to  God,  hereby  to  in- 
 treat  and  obtain  leave  of  him  to  curse  his 
 people.  For  it  was  the  manner  in  those  days 
 to  seek  the  Lord,  and  obtain  his  favour  by  sa- 
 crifice, Gen.  xlvi.  1,  2,  &c.;  1  Sam.  xiii.  9, 
 12 ;  Hos.  v.  6.  Thus  Balaam  had  soon  for- 
 gotten the  oracle  of  God,  the  sword  of  the 
 angel,  and  dangers  that  he  so  hardly  escaped 
 by  the  way,  and  greedily  runneth  after  the 
 error  of  his  evil  heart,  fulfilling  the  saying  of 
 the  prophet,  '  Let  favour  be  shewed  to  the 
 wicked,  yet  will  he  not  learn  righteousness,' 
 Is.  xxvi.  10.  Prepare  me,]  Or,  prepare 
 for  me.  As  Balak  said,  'Curse  me  Jacob, 
 and  defy  Israel:'  so  Balaam  saith,  '  Build  me 
 altars,  and  prepare  me  sacrifices;'  his  intent 
 being  not  to  honour  God,  but  to  curse  his 
 people.  Thus  religion  is  made  a  cloak  of 
 wickedness.  '  The  sacrifice  of  the  wicked  is 
 abomination:  how  much  more  when  he  bring- 
 eth it  with  a  wicked  mind,'  Prov.  xxi.  27. 
 God  desireth  '  mercy  and  not  sacrifice,'  Hos. 
 vi.  6.  But  Balaam  was  of  their  religion 
 which  •  think  that  gain  is  godliness,'  1  Tim. 
 vi.  5,  and  for  the  wages  of  iniquity,  abuseth 
 the  ordinances  of  the  blessed  God,  unto  curs- 
 ing and  cruelty.  Seven  bullocks,]  As 
 bullocks  and  rams  were  sacrifices  which  God 
 himself  required  in  the  law,  Lev.  i.,  and 
 which  the  patriarchs  had  learned  from  God 
 vf  old   a 
 
 so  seven  was  a  number 
 
 sanctified  of  God  for  many  mysteries,  (as  is 
 noted  on  Lev.  iv.  6,)  and  particularly  in  sa- 
 crifices, as  he  said  to  Job's  friends,  '  Take 
 unto  you  now  seven  bullocks  and  seven  rams, 
 and  gc  to  my  servant  Job,  and  offer  up  for 
 yourselves  a  burnt-ofTeriiig,'  Job  xlii.  8.  So 
 at  the  bringing  up  of  the  ark,  David  and  the 
 elders  of  Israel  '  offered  seven  bullocks  and 
 seven  rams,'  1  Chron.  xv.  26,  and  Ezekias 
 with  the  rulers  *  brought  seven  bullocks,  and 
 seven  rams,  and  seven  lambs,  and  seven  he- 
 goats  for  a  sin-offering  for  the  kingdom,'  &c. 
 2  Chron.  xxix.  21.  Wherefore  the  Aramites, 
 Moabites,  and  other  nations,  having  learned 
 from  their  ancestors  the  manner  of  sacrificing 
 unto  God,  retained  it  till  Moses'  time,  and 
 long  after,  though  corrupted  with  their  own 
 superstitions,  and  abused  to  much  impiety. 
 Hereupon  Balaam  sacrificeth  to  the  Lord  in 
 this  sort,  to  purchase  favour  of  him,  and 
 vainly  boasteth  unto  God  himself  of  his  good 
 work,  ver.  4.  And  according  to  this  number, 
 it  is  seven  times  said  of  Balaam,  that  '  he 
 took  up  his  parable,'  Num.  xxiii.  7, 18;  xxiv. 
 3,  15,  20,  21,  23. 
 
 Ver,  2 — Balak  did,]  Though  Chemosh 
 was  Balak's  god.  Num.  xxi.  29,  yet  now  by 
 Balaam's  counsel  he  sacrificeth  to  Jehovah, 
 the  God  of  Israel,  ver.  3,  17,  as  unstable  men 
 in  hope  to  obtain  their  purposes  are  easily 
 drawn  to  communicate  with  all  religions  true 
 or  false,  and  to  make  a  sinful  mixture  of  them, 
 2  Kings  xvii.  28,  29—33;  Ezra  iv.  1,  2; 
 Acts  xvii.  23.  On  an  altar,]  That  is,  as 
 the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  on  every  altar.  The 
 altar  being  an  holy  ordinance,  which  sancti- 
 fieth  the  offering,  Matt,  xxiii.  19,  and  a 
 figure  of  Christ,  Heb.  xiii.  10  :  Job  xvii.  19, 
 they,  for  the  more  sanctification,  offer  their 
 gifts  on  several  altars.      Wherein  they  add 
 
CHAP.    XXI  If. 
 
 109 
 
 as  Balaam  liad  spoken,  and  Balak  and  Balaam  offered  a  bullock 
 and  a  ram  on  an  altar.  ^  And  Balaam  said  unto  Balak ;  Stand 
 by  thy  burnt- offering,  and  I  will  go,  perad venture  Jeliovali  will 
 come  to  meet  me,  and  what  word  soever  he  showeth  me,  I  will 
 tell  thee :  and  he  went  to  an  high  place.  *  And  God  met  Balaam, 
 and  he  said  unto  him,  I  have  prepared  seven  altars,  and  I  have 
 offered  a  bullock  and  a  ram  on  an  altar.  ^  And  Jehovah  put  a 
 word  in  Balaam's  mouth,  and  said.  Return  unto  Balak,  and  thus 
 thou  shalt  speak.  ^  And  he  returned  unto  him,  and  lo  he  stood  by 
 his  burnt  offering ;  he,  and  all  the  princes  of  Moab.  ^  And  he  took 
 up  his  parable,  and  said,  Balak  the  king  of  Moab  hath  brought 
 
 superstition  to  the  religion  received  from  the 
 fathers:  for  holy  men  used  one  altar  in  a 
 place,  though  many  sacrifices,  Gen.  viii.  20; 
 xii.  7;  xiii.  4,  18;  xxvi.  25;  xxxiii.  20; 
 XXXV.  3;  Exod.  xvii.  15;  xxiv.  4,  but 
 idolaters  accustomed  themselves  to  many 
 altars,  2  Kings  xviii.  22  ;  Jer.  xi.  13  ;  Hos. 
 X.  1  ;  xii.  11;  Amos  iii.  14;  Isa.  xvii.  8, 
 such  many  altars  were  multiplied  to  sin,  Hos. 
 viii.  11. 
 
 Veb.  3. — Stand,]  Or,  present  thyself,  to 
 wit,  unto  God,  here  by  ihy  burnt-offering, 
 and  go  not  with  me,  as  they  were  wont  to 
 stand  by  their  sacrifices  whilst  they  burned, 
 and  present  themselves  tliere  unto  the  Lord, 
 who  first  had  respect  unto  the  offerer,  and 
 then  unto  the  gift,  Gen.  iv.  4,  5.  So  Balak 
 and  his  princes  were  to  stay  there,  if  perhaps 
 God   would  respect  their  persons.     Perad - 
 
 VENTURE  JEHOVAH  WILL    COME,]  Or,  as    the 
 
 Gr.  translateth,  if  perhaps  the  Lord  will 
 appear.  Balaam  went  now  to  meet  with 
 enchantments,  or  signs  of  good  luck.  Num. 
 xxiv.  1,  which  after  the  manner  of  false  pro- 
 phets he  coloureth  with  the  name  of  the 
 Lord.  What  word,]  Or,  what  thing  soever. 
 To  AN  HIGH  PLACE,]  To  o  cUft  of  the  rock: 
 or  solitary,  to  a  solitary  place ;  and  thus  the 
 Chald.  expounds  it,  he  went  alone.  He  went 
 as  soothsayers  were  wont,  to  an  high  and 
 solitary  place,  to  make  his  prayers,  and  to 
 observe  signs  if  any  should  appear. 
 
 Ver.  4 — God  met  Balaam,]  In  Gr.  God 
 appeared  to  Balaam;  in  Chald.  the  word 
 from  before  the  Lord  met  (or  came  unto) 
 Balaam :  and  so  again  in  ver.  16.  Though 
 he  sought  the  Lord  both  by  an  unlawful 
 means  of  enchantment.  Num.  xxiv.  1  ;  Deut. 
 xviii.  10,  and  to  a  wicked  end  that  he  might 
 curse  Israel,  Deut.  xxiii.  4,  5,  yet  the  Lord 
 meeteth  with  him,  and  putteth  his  word  in 
 his  mouth,  for  the  good  of  his  people.  So 
 when  Nebuchadnezzar  used  divinations,  and 
 consulted  with  idols,  being  unresolved  whether 
 he  should  first  war  against  the  Jews  or  the 
 Ammonites,  the  Lord  so  disposed  of  it,  that 
 
 he  first  fell  upon  tlie  Jews,  and  signified  the 
 same  to  his  prophet,  Ezek.  xxi.  19 — 23. 
 He  said,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it, 
 Balaam  said.  I  HAVE  PREPARED,]  Or,  / 
 have  ordered.  He  vainly  glorieth  of  his  re- 
 ligious works  ])efore  God,  supposing  that  he 
 would  be  pleased  with  his  many  altars  and 
 sacrifices  wherewith  he  honoured  him,  and 
 withal  implying  his  request  that  he  might 
 have  leave  to  cui-se  Israel:  but  the  Lord 
 •would  not  hear  Balaam,'  Deut.  xxiii.  5, 
 for  he  hath  not  so  great  delight  in  burnt- 
 offerings  and  sacrifices,  as  in  obedience  to  his 
 voice,  1  Sam.  xv.  22.  '  To  do  justice  and 
 judgment  is  more  acceptable  to  the  Lord, 
 than  sacrifice,'  Prov.  xxi.  3. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Pot  a  word  in  Balaam's 
 MOUTH,]  The  Lord  giveth  no  _nswer  to 
 Balaam's  boasting  speech,  nor  showeth  any 
 regard  of  his  altars  and  sacrifices,  which 
 were  an  abomination  unto  him,  Prov.  xv.  8, 
 but  sendeth  him  back  with  a  blessing  upon 
 his  people,  contrary  to  his  own  and  the  king's 
 desire  and  expectation.  '  The  preparations  of 
 the  heart  in  man,  and  the  answer  of  the 
 tongue,  is  from  the  Lord,'  Prov.  xvi.  1. 
 
 Ver.  7. — He  took  up  his  parable,] 
 "  The  parable  of  his  prophecy,"  saith  Thar- 
 gum  Jonathan.  By  taking  up,  is  meant  a 
 pronouncing  with  an  high  voice ;  so  God 
 would  have  them  all  take  knowledge  of  his 
 word  against  them,  and  for  his  people.  By 
 a  parable  or  proverb,  is  meant  a  grave  speech, 
 which  groweth  into  common  use  among  men. 
 And  it  is  used  both  in  the  good  part,  for  ex- 
 cellent matter  of  doctrine  and  comfort,  as 
 Job  xxxvii.  1  ;  xxix.  1;  Prov.  i.  1,  and  in  the 
 evil  part,  for  proverbs  of  reproach  and  repre- 
 hension, as  in  Deut.  xxviii.  37;  Isa.  xiv.  4. 
 Parables  also  are  opposed  to  plain  and  fami- 
 liar speeches  easy  to  be  understood,  Ezek. 
 XX.  49  ;  Job  xvi.  25,  so  now  God  speaketh  by 
 Balaam  to  the  wicked  Moabites,  but  in 
 parables ; '  that  seeing  they  might  not  see ;  and 
 hearing  they  might notunderstand,'as in  Luke 
 viii.   10.     Brought   me  from  aram,]  To 
 
no 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 nie  from  Aram  from  the  mountains  of  the  east,  {saying,^  Come 
 curse  me  Jacob,  and  come  defy  Israel.  ^  How  shall  I  cui'se  whom 
 God  hath  not  cursed,  and  how  shall  I  defy  whom  Jehovah  hath 
 not  defied  ?  ^  For  from  the  top  of  the  rocks  I  see  him,  and  from 
 the  hUls  I  behold  liim  ;  lo  the  people  shall  dwell  alone,  and  shall 
 not  be  reckoned  among  the  nations.     '"  Who  can  count  the  dust 
 
 wit,  from  Aram  rather  Aj im,  or  Mesopo- 
 tamia, as  Moses  showeth  in  Deut.  xxiii.  4, 
 and  so  the  Gr.  here  translateth,  sent  for  me 
 out  of  Mesopotamia,  and  Thargum  Jonathan 
 explaineth  it, "  Aram  which  is  by  Euphrates." 
 See  the  notes  on  Gen.  xxiv.  10  ;  Num.  xxii. 
 
 5.  Of  the  east,]  Situate  eastward  from 
 Moab's  and  Israel's  land,  that  country  was 
 infamous  for  sorcery  and  divination,  Isa.  ii. 
 
 6.  DEpy.J  Or,  detest  with  angry  threats, 
 and  hateful  indignation,  as  the  word  signi- 
 fieth  in  Dan.  xi.  30.  The  Gr.  translateth 
 it,  Accurse. 
 
 Ver.  8 — Whom  god  hath  not  cursed,] 
 Thus  the  Gr.  also  readeth,  adding  the  word 
 whom,  such  wants  the  scripture  sometimes 
 Eupplieth ;  as  this  house  is  high,  1  Kings  ix. 
 8,  for  this  house  which  is  high,  2  Chron.  vii. 
 21.  Otherwise  it  maybe  translated,  Howskall 
 I  curse  ?  God  hath  not  cursed.  Thargum 
 Jonathan  explaineth  it,  "  How  shall  I  curse, 
 when  the  word  of  the  Lord  blessed  them  ?" 
 Here  God  by  Balaam's  own  mouth  reproveth 
 the  error  of  the  king,  who  had  sent  so  far 
 twice  to  fetch  him,  that  of  himself  was  able 
 to  do  nothing  in  this  business ;  and  taxeth 
 the  vanity  of  this  art  of  magic  or  divination, 
 which  is  not  able  either  to  help  or  hurt  any 
 without  leave  from  God.  So  the  Babylonian 
 is  convinced  by  the  prophet,  saying,  '  Stand 
 now  with  thine  enchantments,  and  with  the 
 multitude  of  thy  sorceries,  wherein  thou  hast 
 laboured  from  thy  youth,  if  so  be  thou  shall  be 
 able  to  profit,  if  so  be  thou  mayest  prevail. 
 Thou  art  wearied  in  the  multitude  of  thy 
 counsels,  let  now  the  astrologers,  the  star- 
 gazers,  the  monthly  prognosticators,  stand 
 up,  and  save  thee  from  these  things  that  shall 
 come  upon  thee.  Behold,  they  shall  be  as 
 stubble,  the  fire  shall  burn  them,'  &c,  Isa. 
 xlvii.  12—14. 
 
 Ver.  9. — For  from  the  top,]  Or,  when 
 from  the  top,  (Heb.  the  head)  of  the  rocks,  I 
 see  him,  meaning  the  people,  spoken  of  as 
 one  body.  I  behold  him,]  In  Gr.  /  con- 
 sider him,  s^eakmg  again  of  the  people:  as 
 Thargum  Jonathan  explaineth  it,  "  I  con- 
 sider this  people."  Balak  brought  him  to  the 
 mountains,  that  seeing  the  people  from  thence, 
 he  might  the  more  easily  curse  them:  but 
 the  sight  of  them  did  so  amaze  him,  as  he 
 blessed  them.  Thus,  all  occasions  and  cir- 
 cumstances  which  the  wicked  chose  for  their 
 
 advantage,  God  turneth  against  Uiem,  and 
 for  the  accomplishment  of  his  own  will. 
 Shall  dwell  alone,]  Separated  from  other 
 people.  And  this  further  signifieth,  how 
 they  should  be  sufBciently  provided  for  of 
 God ;  having  neither  need  nor  fear  of  other 
 people ;  for  so  dwelling  alone,  implieth  a 
 security  from  evil;  as  in  Jer.  xlix.  i^l. 
 And  thus  Moses  blessing  them  said,  '  Israel 
 shall  dwell  in  confident  safety  alone,'  Dent, 
 xxxiii.  28.  Shall  not  be  reckoned,]  Or, 
 shall  not  reckon  themselves  :  this  respecteth 
 their  faith  in  God  and  service  of  him,  where- 
 by they  were  his  peculiar,  and  separated  from 
 other  people,  asExod.xix.  6;  Lev.  xx.  24,26; 
 Ezra  ix.  2.  So  Christ  hath  chosen  his 
 church  out  of  the  world,  John  xv.  19;  1  Pet. 
 ii.  9,  and  this  grace  the  faithful  apply  unto 
 themselves,  as  it  is  said,  '  We  know  that  we 
 are  of  God,  and  the  whole  world  lieth  in 
 wickedness,'  1  John  v.  19. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Who  can  count,]  That  is, 
 none  can  count,  they  are  so  many,  Heb. 
 ffho  counteth  ;  which  the  Chald.  expoundeth, 
 who  am  (or,  is  able  to)  count.  And  thus  the 
 scriptm-e  sometime  explaineth  itself;  as,  '  Not 
 that  which  goeth  into  the  mouth,  defileth  a 
 man,'  Matt.  xv.  11,  that  is,  '  can  defile  him,' 
 Mark  vii.  15.  See  the  annot.  on  Gen.  xiii. 
 6.  So  after  in  ver.  20.  The  dust  of 
 JACOB,]  That  is,  the  children  of  Jacob  ;  as 
 the  Gr.  translateth  it,  the  seed  of  Jacob. 
 Here  Balaam's  mouth  confirmeth  the  promise 
 which  God  made  of  old  unto  Jacob,  saying, 
 '  Thy  seed  shall  be  as  the  dust  of  the  earth,' 
 Gen.  xxviii.  14,  and  the  like  was  before 
 unto  Abraham,  '  I  will  multiply  thy  seed  as 
 the  stars  of  heaven,  and  as  the  sand  which  is 
 upon  the  sea-shore,'  Gen.  ii.  17.  And  thus 
 the  Chald.  here  expoundeth  it,  "  Who  can 
 count  the  little  ones  of  the  house  of  Jacob,  of 
 whom  it  was  said,  they  shall  be  multiplied  as 
 the  dust  of  the  earth."  Of  the  fourth 
 PART,]  Or,  of  a  quarter,  as  the  Chald.  ex- 
 plaineth it,  of  one  of  the  four  camps  of 
 Israel :  for  they  camped  about  the  tabernacle 
 in  four  quarters.  Num.  ii.  Whereas,  the 
 promise  of  the  blessing  to  Abraham  consisted 
 of  two  branches  ;  1.  That  God  would  give 
 the  land  of  Canaan  to  him  and  to  his  seed 
 for  ever  :  2.  And  that  he  would  make  \\U 
 seed  as  the  dust  of  the  earth.  Gen.  xiii.  15^ 
 16,  under  which,  spiritual  graces  in  Christ 
 
CHAP.  XX  I II, 
 
 111 
 
 of  Jacob,  and  the  number  of  tlie  fourth  part  of  Israel  ?  Let  my 
 soul  die  the  death  of  the  righteous  men^  and  let  my  last  end  be  like  his. 
 
 "  And  Balak  said  unto  Balaam,  What  hast  thou  done  unto  me? 
 I  took  thee  to  curse  mine  enemies ;  and  behold,  blessing  thou  hast 
 blessed  thejn.  '^  And  he  answered,  and  said,  Must  I  not  take  heed 
 to  speak  that  wliich  Jeliovah  liath  put  in  my  mouth  ? 
 
 '^  And  Balak  said  unto  him.  Come,  I  pray  thee  with  me  unto 
 
 were  also  comprehended:  the  Lord  causeth 
 Balaam  here  to  ratify  them,  both  for  their 
 dwelling  alone  iu  the  land,  and  for  their  in- 
 numerable   increase.      And   whereas    Balak 
 envied  their  multitude,  and  would  therefore 
 have  them  cursed  that  they  might  be  dimin- 
 ished, Num.  xxii.  3,  5,  6.    Balaam  is  here 
 forced  to  niter  a  blessing  for  their  further  in- 
 crease.    Thus  God  resisteth  him  in  all  his 
 counsels  and  enterprises.    Let  my  soul  die,] 
 That  is,  Let  me  die  :  an  Heb.  phrase,  where- 
 by the  soul  is  put  for  the  person,  I,  thou,  or 
 he:  and  death  is  the  departure   of  the  soul 
 from  the  body,  Gen.  xxxv.  18.      '  Then  dust 
 returneth  unto  the  earth  as  it  was,  and  the 
 soul  returns  to  God  who  gave  it,'  Eccl.  xii.  7. 
 So  Samson  said,  '  Let  my  soul  die  with  the 
 Philistines,'  Judg.  xvi.  30.     The  death  of 
 THE  RIGHTEOUS  MEN,]  The  Gr.  translateth, 
 with  the  souls  of  the  just  men;   meaning  the 
 righteous  of  Israel,  as  the  Chald.  explaineth 
 it,  the  death  of  the  just  men  thereof,  that  is, 
 of  that  people.     Balaam,  who  lived  the  life 
 of  the  wicked,  desireth  (as  many  do)  to  die 
 the  death  of  the  righteous  :  but  as  he  lived, 
 so  he  died  among  the  enemies  of  God,  by  the 
 sword  of  Israel,  Num.  xxxi.  8.     Howbeit,  he 
 prenounceth    here   a  greater   blessing    upon 
 Israel,  as  they  that  were  happy  not  only  in  life, 
 but  in  death,     For,  'righteousness  which  is 
 by  faith  in  Christ,'  Phil.  iii.  9  ;  '  delivereth 
 from  death:  but  when  a  wicked  man  dieth, 
 his  expectation  perisheth,'  Prov.    xi.  4,  7. 
 Here  also  Balaam  testifieth  of  the  soul's  im- 
 mortality ;  and  different  case  of  good  and  bad: 
 for  otherwise  what  were  the  death  of  the  righ- 
 teous better  than  of  the  wicked  ?     Let  my 
 LAST  end,]  Or,  let  my  posterity.     The  ori- 
 ginal word  sometimes  signifieth  the  end,  op- 
 posed to  the  beginning,  as  in  Dent.  xi.  12  : 
 Prov.    xix.    20,    and    so    the    Chald.    trans- 
 lateth it  here,  let  my  end  be  like  theirs  :  some- 
 times it  is,  the  posterity,  or  children  which 
 come  after,  as  in   Dan.  xi.  4  ;  Amos  v.  2; 
 Psal.  cix.  13,  and  in  this  sense  the  Gr.  in- 
 terpreters understood  it  here,  saying,  and  let 
 my  seed  be  like  their  seed :  thus  Balaam  pro- 
 phesieth  a  blessing  also  to  the  seed  of  every 
 righteous  Israelite  according  to  the  promise 
 made  unto  Abraham  and  his  seed  after  him, 
 Gen.   xvii.  7.     And  farther,  this  word  end 
 is   often   used   for    reward,    which   is  after 
 
 labours,  Prov.  xxiii.  15  ;  xxiv.  20;  1  Pet.  i. 
 19,  which  also  may  be  implied  here,  of  a 
 blessed  reward  which  the  righteous  have  after 
 this  life  in  heaven.  Matt.  v.  12.  But  Ba- 
 laam being  a  minister  of  satan,  though  trans- 
 formed as  a  minister  of  righteousness,  his 
 end  was  according  to  his  works,  as  the  apostle 
 telleth  us  of  all  such,  2  Cor.  xi.  15. 
 
 VeR.   11. 1   TOOK  THEE   TO    CURSE    MINE 
 
 ENEMIES,]  Balak  who  had  before  build  ed 
 altars  and  offered  sacrifices,  as  to  serve  the 
 Lord  with  great  devotion,  being  now  croBsid 
 in  his  purpose,  manifesteth  his  hypocrisy, 
 pride,  malice,  and  notorious  profanation  of 
 religious  exercises ;  in  that  he  regarded  not, 
 nor  rested  in  the  answer  of  God  by  Balaam, 
 but  opposed  his  own  will,  as  that  which  the 
 prophet  should  have  fulfilled ;  unjustly  call- 
 eth  the  Israelites  his  enemies,  who  passed 
 by  him  in  peace ;  repineth  against  their  bless- 
 ing, and  blameth  the  prophet  for  pronounc- 
 ing it. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Must  i  not  take  heed  to 
 SPEAK.]  Or,  Shall  I  not  observe  to  speak. 
 Thougn  Balaam's  will  was  bent  to  curse  Is- 
 rael for  Balak's  wages,  yet  could  he  not,  be- 
 cause God  restrained  him:  wherefore  he  bare 
 his  blame  at  the  king's  hand.  And  now  to 
 excuse  himself,  he  signifieth  not  only  the  ne- 
 cessity laid  upon  him  by  the  Lord,  but  a  pre- 
 tended care  and  observance  in  himself  to 
 speak  his  word  only:  thus  the  hypocrites 
 mocked  one  with  another;  and  he  that  sitteth 
 in  the  heavens,  laughed;  the  Lord  had  them 
 both  in  derision,  Ps.  ii.  4. 
 
 Ver.  13. — See  but  the  utmost  part 
 OF  them.]  Or,  but  apart  of  him,  and  shall 
 not  see  him  all :  speaking  of  Israel,  as  one 
 body.  The  king  gathered  from  Balaam's 
 words,  in  ver.  9,  that  by  seeing  the  whole 
 multitude,  he  was  dismayed  ;  (so  looking  to 
 the  secondary  cause,  not  to  God  the  princi- 
 pal :)  wherefore  though  he  failed  of  his  pur- 
 pose at  the  first  he  secondeth  it  in  another 
 place,  with  hope  to  prevail ;  as  the  Syrians 
 being  foiled  by  Israel  in  the  mountains, 
 would  '  fight  against  them  in  the  plain,  hop- 
 ing there  to  be  stronger  than  they,'  1  Kings 
 XX.  20 — 23.  And  when  he  could  not  have 
 the  whole  people  cursed,  he  briogeth  Balaam 
 to  see  a  part  of  them:  as  when  the  dragon 
 could  not  hurt  the  woman  (the  church)  that 
 
112 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 another  place,  that  thou  mayest  see  tliem  from  thence  ;  thou  shalt 
 see  but  the  utmost  part  of  them,  and  shalt  not  see  them  all,  and 
 curse  me  them  from  thence. 
 
 "  And  he  took  him  to  tlie  field  of  Zophim,  to  the  top  of  Pisgah, 
 and  lie  built  seven  altars,  and  offered  a  bullock  and  a  ram  on  an 
 altar,  '^  And  he  said  unto  Balak,  Stand  here  by  thy  burnt-offer- 
 ing, and  I  will  meet  yonder.  '^  And  Jehovah  met  Balaam,  and  put 
 a  word  in  his  mouth,  and  said.  Return  unto  Balak,  and  thus  thou 
 shalt  speak.  ''  And  lie  came  unto  him,  and  lo,  he  stood  by  his 
 burnt-offering,  and  the  princes  of  Moab  with  him,  and  Balak  said 
 unto  liim,  What  hath  Jehovah  spoken  ?  ^^  And  he  took  up  his 
 parable,  and  said.  Rise  up  Balak,  and  hear,  hearken  unto  me,  thou 
 son  of  Zippor.  ''  Gfod  is  not  a  man  that  he  should  lie,  or  the  son 
 of  Adam  that  he  should  repent :  hath  he  said,  and  shall  lie  not  do  ? 
 and  hath  he  spoken,  and  shall  he  not  confirm  it  ?  ^  Behold  I  have 
 received  to  bless,  and  he  hath  blessed,  and  I  can  not  reverse  it. 
 
 escaped  his  persecution  with  her  eagles' 
 wings;  he  being  wroth,  '  went  to  make  war 
 with  the  remnant  of  her  seed,'  Rev.  xii.  13 — 
 17  ;  and  as  Amalek,  '  who  smote  the  hind- 
 most of  Israel,  even  all  that  were  feeble  be- 
 hind them,'  Deut.  xxv.  17,  18. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Field  of  zophim,]  That  is, 
 by  interpretation,  of  the  spies,  (or  scmit-watch- 
 es:)  and  the  Gr.  interpreteth  it,  the  scout- 
 watch  of  the  field ;  it  seemeth  to  be  a  place 
 where  they  kept  the  watch  of  the  country 
 against  enemies;  as  Sol.  Jarchi  here  saith, 
 '  It  was  an  high  place,  where  the  spy  stood 
 to  watch  whether  any  forces  came  against  the 
 city.  Of  Pisgah,]  Or  (f  the  kill,  which  the 
 Chald.  expoundeth  of  the  high  place.  Such 
 hills  and  high  places  idolaters  used  to  sacri- 
 fice  upon,  Deut.  xii.  2.  And  Balak  thought 
 them  lucky  to  achieve  his  purposes,  but  all 
 in  vain  ;  as  it  is  written,  '  truly  in  vain  is 
 salvation  hoped  for  from  the  hills,  and  from 
 the  multitude  of  mountains:  truly  ia  Jeho- 
 vah our  God  is  the  salvation  of  Israel,'  Jer. 
 iii.  23.  Seven  altars,]  So  prosecuting 
 their  wickedness  still,  under  colour  of  religion : 
 see  the  notes  on  ver.  1,  2. 
 
 Ver.  15. — I  will  meet  yonder,]  To 
 wit,  with  Jehovah;  and  so  the  Greek  ex- 
 plaineth  it,  /  will  go  to  enquire  of  God.  See 
 before  in  ver.  3,  4,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  18.— Rise  up  Balak,]  To  hear  the 
 word  of  God  with  reverence  ;  for  at  it  even 
 kings  were  wont  to  rise  up,  when  it  was 
 spoken:  as  afterward  Eglon  king  of  Moab 
 also  did,  in  Judg.  iii.  20.  Hearken  unto 
 ME,]  That  is,  as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it, 
 unto  my  word. 
 
 Ver.  19.— God  is  not  a  man,  &c.,]  The 
 Chald.  paraphraseth  thus,   "  the  word  of  God 
 
 is  not  like  the  speeches  of  the  sons  of  man  ; 
 for  the  sons  of  man  do  say  and  lie."  By  ly- 
 ing, is  failing  in  the  performance  of  that 
 which  is  spoken,  as  in  Hab.  ii.  3  ;  Ps.  Ixxxix. 
 35,  36  ;  2  Kings  iv.  16.  That  he  should 
 REPENT,]  The  like  testimony  Samuel  beareth 
 of  God  before  king  Saul,  '  the  strength  of 
 of  Israel  will  not  lie  nor  repent ;  for  he  is  not 
 a  man  that  he  should  repent,'  1  Sam.  xv. 
 25.  Though  the  scripture  speaketh  some- 
 time of  God,  that  he  repenteth,  as  in  Amos 
 vii.  3,  6  ;  Jer.  xviii.  8  ;  yet  that  is  spoken 
 of  him,  according  to  our  capacity,  because  his 
 work  is  changed,  when  he  himself  contiiiueth 
 unchangeable,  for  with  him  is  '  no  variable- 
 ness, neither  shadow  of  turning,'  James  i. 
 17.  See  the  notes  on  Gen.  vi.  6.  In  this 
 speech  of  Balaam  there  is  a  reproof  of  Balak's 
 error,  who  thought  by  his  endeavours  to  turn 
 God's  affection  from  Israel,  and  therefore 
 rested  not  iu  the  word  before  revealed,  but 
 struggled  against  it  still,  as  if  God  were  false 
 or  variable.  Shall  he  not  confirm  it  ?3 
 Meaning,  he  will  doubtless  confirm  and  sta- 
 blish  it ;  as  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  he 
 confirmeth  all  his  words,"  TheGr.  translateth 
 "  shall  he  speak,  and  shall  he  not  continue  ?" 
 that  is,  constantly  perform  it  ?  So  to  con- 
 firm a  thing,  is  by  the  Holy  Spirit  expound, 
 ed,  •  to  continue  to  do  it,'  Gal.  iii.  10  ;  from 
 Deut.  xxvii.  26. 
 
 Ver,  20. — I  have  received  to  bless,] 
 Understand,  received  a  commandment  to  bless. 
 See  the  annot.  on  Gen.  xxiv.  33.  And  I 
 CANNOT  reverse  IT,]  Or,  shall  not  turn  it 
 away  ;  which  the  Chald.  explaineth,  '  and  I 
 shall  not  turn  my  blessing  from  them.'  The 
 Gr,  translateth,  '  I  shall  bless,  and  shall  not 
 reverse."     Here   Balaam  preacheth  the  sta- 
 
CHAP.    XXIII. 
 
 113 
 
 ^'  He  hatli  not  beheld  iniquity  in  Jacob,  neither  hath  he  seen  per- 
 verseness  in  Israel;  Jehovah  his  God  is  with  him,  and  the  shout  of 
 a  king  is  among  them.     ^^  God  brought  them  forth  out  of  Egypt ; 
 
 bleness  of  God's  love  unto  his  people ;  and 
 how  all  powers  and  potentates,  all  magical 
 enchantments  and  divinations,  and  what  things 
 else  soever,  are  not  able  to  separate  God's 
 people  from  his  love  and  blessing  in  Christ. 
 
 Ver.  21.— He  hath  not  beheld,]  Or, 
 he  (that  is,  God)  beholdeth  not  iniqtciti/. 
 Here  Balaam  blesseth  Israel  the  second  time, 
 pronouncing  first  their  justification  in  the 
 sight  of  God,  even  that  blessedness  which 
 they  have,  '  whose  iniquities  are  forgiven, 
 and  wliose  sins  are  covered,'  Rom.  iv.  7. 
 For  not  to  behold,  or  see  iniquity  in  sinful 
 men,  is  (as  David  speaketh)  to  hide  his  face 
 from  their  sins,  and  to  blot  out  all  their  ini- 
 quities, Ps.  li.  II,  the  contrary  whereof  is, 
 when  God  setteth  men's  iniquities  before 
 him,  and  to  the  light  of  his  face,  Ps.  xc.  8; 
 cix.  14,  15.  And  this  is  opened  by  the  pro- 
 phet, when  the  Lord  saith,  '  The  iniquity  of 
 Isi'ael  shall  be  sought  for,  and  there  shall  be 
 lione ;  and  the  sins  of  Judah,  and  they  shall 
 iot  be  found:  for  I  will  pardon  them  whom  I 
 reserve,  Jer.  1.  20  Iniquity,]  This  word, 
 in  Heb.  aven,  is  of  large  signification,  applied 
 to  all  kind  of  sin,  which  causeth  pain,  sor- 
 row, and  misery;  and  in  particular  to  idola- 
 try, 1  Sam.  XV.  22,  and  Aven  is  an  idol,  in 
 Is.  Ixvi.  3,  and  to  this  the  Chald.  here  re- 
 ferreth  it,  saying,  "no  servers  uf  idols  in  the 
 house  of  Jacob ;"  so  doth  Thargum  Jonathan 
 likewise;  and  the  old  Lat.  version  saitli; 
 "  There  is  no  idol  in  Jacob,"  meaning  among 
 the  Israelites,  the  posterity  of  Jacob.  But 
 the  word  being  more  general,  implieth  this 
 and  all  other  iniquity,  original  or  actual,  all 
 which  God  in  mercy  pardoned  to  his  people, 
 that  it  was  no  more  seen  of  him,  to  be  im- 
 puted unto  them.  And  as  iniquity  is  often 
 used  for  the  punishment  of  the  same,  so  is 
 this  word  Aven  in  Ps.  xc.  10;  Hab.  i.  3,  in 
 which  meaning  the  Gr.  interpreters  translate 
 it  here,  there  shall  be  no  painftdness  (or 
 misery)  in  Jacob.  Perverseness,]  Or,  mo- 
 lestation: a  word  which  signifieth  both  sin 
 and  affliction  for  sin,  Ps.  xciv.  20;  xxv.  IS; 
 Ixxiii.  5.  The  Chald.  takelh  it  in  the  first 
 sense,  for  them  that  do  falsehood ;  and  this 
 is  most  fit:  but  the  Gr.  translateth  it  pain. 
 His  God  is  with  him,]  This  the  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth,  "  the  word  of  the  Lord  their  God 
 is  for  their  help."  Hereby  is  signified  the 
 cause  and  author  of  their  former  blessedness, 
 to  be  God  himself  in  the  midst  of  them;  as 
 Moses  said, '  Let  the  Lord  now  go  amongst  us ; 
 for  it  is  a  stiff-necked  people ;  and  pardon  thou 
 our  im'quity  and  our  sin,'  &c.  Exod.  xxxiv.  9. 
 
 •Vol.  II. 
 
 And  his  presence  with  them  was  a  sign  of 
 their  estate  in  grace,  otherwise  they  could 
 have  had  no  communion  with  him,  1  John 
 i.  6,  7,  as  himself  said,  whilst  they  were  in 
 their  sins,  '  I  will  not  go  up  in  the  midst  of 
 thee,  for  thou  art  a  stiff-necked  people,  lest  I 
 consume  thee  in  the  way,'  Exod.  xxxiii.  3, 
 and  by  his  being  with  them,  they  were  se- 
 cured both  from  Balaam's  curse,  and  from  all 
 fear  of  evil,  Ps.  xxiii.  4;  xci.  15.  The 
 SHOUT  OF  A  king,]  Or,  the  alarm  {the 
 somiding  shout)  of  a  king,  that  is,  of  God. 
 He  hath  reference  to  the  silver  trumpets 
 which  Israel  used  in  their  wars,  by  the  ordi- 
 nance of  God,  who  also  promised,  that  they 
 should  be  remembered  before  the  Lord  their 
 God,  and  saved  from  their  enemies.  Num.  x. 
 9.  Whereupon  Abijah  said,  '  Behold,  God 
 is  with  us  for  a  captain,  and  his  priests  with 
 sounding  trumpets  to  cry  alarm  against  you: 
 O  sons  of  Israel,  fight  ye  not  against  the  Lord 
 the  God  of  your  fathers,  for  ye  shall  not  pros- 
 per,' 2  Cliron.  xiii.  12.  So  by  the  shout  or 
 alarm  of  this  king  among  his  people,  they 
 now  were  saved  fiom  the  evils  that  Balak 
 and  Balaam  conspired  against  them.  Here- 
 with also  may  be  compared  the  sounding  of 
 trumpets,  and  shout  at  the  seige  of  Jericho, 
 Josh.  vi.  16,  20,  and  in  the  battle  of  Gideon, 
 Judg.  vii.  20.  And  thus  Jesus  Christ,  the 
 king  and  defender  of  the  church,  causeth  con- 
 tinual joy  and  triumph  in  the  hearts  of  his 
 people,  justifying,  sanctifying,  and  preserving 
 them  in  peace  with  God,  who  always  causeth 
 them  to  triumph  in  Christ,  2  Cor.  ii.  14, 
 and  giveth  them  salvation  from  the  hands  of 
 their  enemies.  Wherein  they  rejoice  and 
 say,  *  Who  shall  lay  any  thing  to  the  charge 
 of  God's  elect?  It  is  God  that  justifieth: 
 who  is  he  that  condemneth.?'  Rom.  viii.  33, 
 34.  Among  them,]  Heb.  in  hi)n,  tliat  is, 
 in  Jacob:  which  phrase  may  also  signify  the 
 faith  that  his  people  have  in  God  their  king. 
 The  Chald.  expo\indeth  it,  the  presence  (or 
 habitation)  of  their  king  is  among  them. 
 
 Vee.  22. — God  brought  them,]  Or, 
 God  the  bringer  of  them.  This  answereth 
 Balak's  complaint,  there  i^  «a  people  come 
 out  of  Egypt,'  Num.  xxii.  5.  Balaam  tell- 
 eth  him,  they  came  not  of  themselves,  (as  he 
 imputed  unto  them  for  evil,)  but  they  were 
 brought  up  of  God.  So  again  in  Num.  xxiv. 
 8.  He  hath,]  Or,  to  him  is.  It  may  be 
 understood  first  of  God,  and  then  of  Israel, 
 unto  whom  God  giveth  strength,  Ps.  Ixviii. 
 36.  The  strengths  of  an  unicorn,]  Or, 
 as  the  Gr.   translateth  it,  the  glory  of  an 
 
lU 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 he  liatli  as  the  strengtlis  of  an  unicorn.  "  Surely  there  is  no  en  ' 
 chantment  against  Jacob,  nor  divination  against  Israel ;  according 
 to  this  time,  it  shall  be  said  of  Jacob,  and  of  Israel,  What  hath  God 
 wrought  ?     '^*  Behold,  the  people  shall  rise  up  as  a   courageous 
 
 unicorn.  The  unicorn  is  a  beast  commended 
 in  the  scripture  for  the  excellency  of  his 
 horn :  whereupon  the  prophet  saith,  '  My 
 horn  shall  be  exalted  as  the  unicorn's,'  Ps. 
 xcii.  11,  and  for  his  strength;  as  it  is  said, 
 '  Wilt  thou  trust  him,  because  his  strength  is 
 great?'  Job  xxxix.  11.  Therefore  the  prowess 
 of  a  people  against  their  enemies  is  set  forth 
 by  this  similitude  ;  as  Moses  saiili  of  Joseph 
 '  His  horns,  the  horns  of  an  unicorn,  with 
 them  he  shall  push  the  peoples  together,' 
 Deut.  xxxiii.  17.  And  m  this  sense  Ba- 
 laam speaketh  here  of  Israel,  as  in  his  third 
 blessing  he  explaineth  it,  '  He  hath  as  the 
 strengths  of  an  unicorn,  he  shall  eat  up  the 
 nations  his  enemies,  and  shall  break  their 
 bones,'  &c.  Num.  xxiv.  8.  And  Christ 
 being  delivered  from  the  power  of  his  ene- 
 mies, saith,  '  Thou  hast  answered  me  fjom 
 the  horns  of  unicorns,'  Ps.  xxii.  21.  And 
 God  himself  showeth  the  nature  of  this  beast 
 to  be  such,  as  he  will  not  be  tamed,  or  made 
 serviceable  to  man,  nor  bide  by  the  crib,  nor 
 plough,  or  harrow,  or  biing  home  the  seed  into 
 the  barn.  Job  xxxix.  9,  10,  12.  The  ori- 
 ginal word  of  strengths  here  used,  (which  the 
 Gr.  translateth  glory,  the  Chald.  strength;') 
 is  properly  such  lustiness,  courage  and  prow- 
 ess, as  whereby  one  endureth  labour  without 
 weariness  or  fainting.  Hereby  then  is  sig- 
 nified, that  as  God  himself  is  Almighty,  so 
 of  his  grace  he  communicateth  to  his  people 
 such  strength,  as  whereby  they  shall  van- 
 quish their  enemies,  but  shall  be  vanquished 
 of  none,  for  being  strong  in  faith,  and  the 
 word  of  God  abiding  in  them,  they  overcome 
 the  world,  and  the  wicked  one  (satan,)  1  John 
 V.  A;  ii.  14,  sin  shall  not  have  dominion  over 
 them,  Rom.  vi.  14,  neither  are  they  '  the 
 servants  of  men,'  1  Cor.  vii.  23,  they  renew 
 their  strength,  they  run  and  are  not  weary, 
 they  walk  and  faint  not,  Is.  xl.  31. 
 
 Ver.  23. — SaRELY  THERE  IS,]  Or,  as  the 
 Gr.  and  Chald.  interpret  it,  ybr  there  is'  so 
 making  this  that  foUowt-th  a  reason  of  the 
 former  comparison.  And  whereas  human 
 writers  leport  a  S]3ecial  virtue  to  be  in  the 
 unicorn's  horn  against  poison,  some  apply 
 that  to  the  poison  of  enchantment  and  divina- 
 tion next  spoken  of,  which  could  not  prevail 
 against  Israel,  because  of  the  virtue  of  God's 
 giace  given  to  his  people.  No  enchant- 
 ment,] Or,  no  observing  of  fortunes;  a  sin- 
 ful art,  when  by  observing  the  events  of 
 things,  they  gathered  signs  of  good  or  evil 
 luck  to  themselves  or  others:  see  the  annot. 
 
 on  Lev.  xix.  20  ;  Deut.  xviii.  10.  Against 
 Jacob,]  Or,  in  Jacob:  but  in  is  ofien  used 
 fur  against,  as  in  Num.  xii.  1.  In  this  sense 
 he  teacheth  that  no  devilish  arts  could  hurt 
 God's  people,  for  the  gates  of  hell  shall  not 
 prevail  against  the  church  of  Christ,  Matt. 
 xvi.  18.  Although  therefore  Balak  had  led 
 him  from  place  to  place,  to  try  if  one  were 
 more  lucky  for  him  than  another,  that  Israel 
 miglit  be  cursed  ;  and  Balaam  had  now  twice 
 gone  to  meet  with  enchantments,  that  he 
 might  have  cursed  them,  Num.  xxiv.  1,  yet 
 all  was  in  vain,  for  God  would  not  sufTer  it. 
 But  the  Chald.  giveth  the  latter  sense,  as  if 
 no  such  enchantments  v.ere  pleasing  unto,  or 
 in  use  among  this  people,  being  forbidden 
 them  of  God,  Lev.  xix.  Deut.  xviii.  Di- 
 vinations,] That  is,  presaging  or  foretel- 
 ling of  things  to  come:  see  the  notes  on 
 Deut.  xviii.  10.  According  to  this  time,] 
 Or,  even  at  this  time  it  shall  be  said:  that 
 is,  not  hereafter  only,  but  even  now,  it  shall 
 be  said  by  me,  who  am  to  prophesy  of  this 
 people,  what  great  things  God  hath  wrought 
 and  will  work  for  them.  It  may  also  be  re- 
 ferred unto  time  to  come,  as  Chazkuni  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  "  The  next  year,  after  they  are 
 gone  over  Jordan,  about  this  time,  it  shall  i)e 
 said  concerning  Jacob  and  Israel,  how  many 
 (great)  works  the  holy  blessed  (God)  hath 
 wrought  for  them."  See  the  like  phrase  in 
 the  annot.  on  Gen,  xviii.  10;xxv.  31.  What 
 hath  God  wrought!]  That  is,  hoio  won- 
 derful things  God  hath  wrought  for  them. 
 The  Gr.  translatetli  it,  what  God  shall  per- 
 form. He  teacheth  that  all  the  valiant  acts 
 of  Israel  should  not  be  done  by  themselves, 
 but  by  God  for  them,  as  it  is  showed  in  Ps. 
 xliv.  1,  2,  &c.  Wherefore  it  is  written, 
 '  Lord,  thou  wilt  ordain  peace  for  us:  for  thou 
 also  hast  wrought  all  our  works  in  us,'  Is. 
 xxvi.  12.  And  so  the  apostle  saith,  '  It  is 
 God  which  worketh  in  you  both  to  will,  and 
 to  do,  of  his  good  pleasure,'  Phil.  ii.  13; 
 and,  '  he  which  hath  begun  a  good  work  in 
 you,  will  perform  it,  until  the  day  of  Jesus 
 Christ,'  Phil.  i.  6. 
 
 Veb.  24. — As  A  COURAGEOUS  lion,]  Of 
 these  names  of  lions,  see  the  annot.  on  Gen. 
 xlix.  9.  Of  the  lion's  nature,  Solomon 
 saitli,  '  it  is  strongest  among  beasts,  and 
 tmneth  not  away  for  any,'  Prov.  xxx.  30. 
 Here,  the  blessing  which  was  specially  given 
 to  the  tribe  of  Judah,  Gen.  xlix.,  is  applied 
 to  all  Israel,  which  were  in  Christ,  ♦  the 
 Lion  of  the  tribe  of  Judah,'  Rev.  v.  5:  for, 
 
CHAP.    XXIII. 
 
 115 
 
 lion,  and  lift  up  himself  as  a  renting  lion :  he  shall  not  lie 
 down  until  he  eat  the  prey,  and  drink  the  blood  of  the  slain. 
 ^'■'  And  Balak  said  unto  Balaam,  Neither  cursing  carse  him,  nor 
 blessing'  bless  him.  ^^  And  Balaam  answered  and  said  unto  Balak ; 
 Spake  I  not  unto  thee,  saying.  All  that  Jehovali  speaketh  that  I 
 must  do  ?  ^'  And  Balak  said  unto  Balaam,  Come  I  pray  thee,  I 
 will  take  thee  unto  another  place ;  peradventure  it  will  be  riglit  in 
 the  eyes  of  God  that  thou  slialt  curse  me  tlicm  from  thence. 
 ^  And  Balak  took  Balaam  unto  the  top  of  Peor  that  looketh  toward 
 Jeshimon.  ^^  And  Balaam  said  unto  Balak,  Build  me  here  seven 
 altars,  and  prepare  me  here  seven  bullocks  and  seven  rams.     ^"  And 
 
 long-suflfering,  hy  kindness,  by  the  Holy 
 Spirit,  by  love  luifeigned,  by  the  word  of 
 truth,  by  the  power  of  God,  by  the  armour  of 
 righteousness  on  the  right  hand,  and  on  the 
 left,'  &e.  2  Cor.  vi.  4—7.  For  even  Christ 
 himself,  when  he  was  called  '  the  Lion  of  the 
 tribe  of  Judah,'  appeared  like  '  a  lamb  as  it 
 had  been  slain,'  Rev.  v.  5,  6 ;  and  his  people 
 for  his  sake  '  are  killed  all  the  day  long,'  are 
 counted  'as  sheep  for  the  slaughter;'  and  yet 
 in  all  these  things,  '  are  more  than  conqueiors, 
 through  him  that  loved  them,'  Rom.  viii.  36, 
 37. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Neither  cursing  curse  him,] 
 In  Gr.  neither  curse  me  Mm  with  curses, 
 neither  blessing  bless  him:  that  is,  neither 
 curse  Israel  at  all,  nor  bless  him  at  all.  Here 
 Balak's  indignation  against  Balaam,  and  sin 
 against  God,  is  increased:  rejecting  his  own 
 prophet,  resisting  the  word  of  the  Lord  now 
 the  second  time:  and  when  he  could  do  no 
 evil  to  Israel,  he  would  hinder  them  from 
 good. 
 
 Ver.  27.— Per.^dventure  it  will  be 
 RIGHT  in  the  eyes  OF  GoD,]  That  is,  it 
 will  please  God,  as  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it; 
 and  so  the  Gr.  saith,  if  it  may  please  God. 
 This  is  Balak's  third  and  last  attempt  against 
 the  church  of  Christ  in  another  place;  as 
 satan  tempted  Christ  himself  thrice  in  three 
 several  places,  which  not  succeeding,  he  then 
 left  him,  Matt.  iv.  1 — 11.  And  whereas 
 before,  the  king  supposed  that  Balaam's  see- 
 ing of  the  whole  multitude,  was  the  let  why 
 he  did  not  curse  them ;  he  now  perceiveth 
 God  to  be  the  cause,  and  therefore  by  sacri- 
 fices in  a  place  idolatrous,  he  seekelh  to  ob- 
 tain his  favour. 
 
 Ver.  28. — The  top  of  peor,]  The  name 
 of  a  mountain,  called  in  Gr.  Phogor;  and 
 in  Chald.  the  top  of  the  high  place  of  Peor, 
 where  the  Moabites  used  to  sacrifice  unto 
 their  idol,  called  Baal-peor,  Num.  xxv.  2,  3, 
 18;  and  there  they  had  a  temple  called  Beth- 
 peor,  or  '  the  house  of  Peor,'  Deut.  iii.  29 
 and  near  it  was  a  city  called  Betk-peor 
 which   the   Israelites    had    taken    from   king 
 
 '  just  men  are  bold  as  a  lion,'  Prov.  xxviii. 
 1.  Lift  up  himself,]  A  sign  of  stoutness, 
 courage,  and  majesty.  By  this,  and  the 
 former  rising  up,  is  meant  the  valiant  onset 
 which  they  should  make  upon  their  enemies 
 the  Canaanites,  whereof  the  book  of  Joshua 
 is  a  testimony:  and  under  them  were  figured 
 the  spiritual  enemies  of  the  salvation  of 
 Israel;  satan,  sin,  the  world,  &c.  which  the 
 church  of  Christ  should  resist  and  overcome 
 by  faith,  1  Pet.  v.  9;  ii.  11;  1  John  v.  4. 
 Until  he  eat  the  prey,]  That  is,  as  the 
 Chald.  and  Thargum  Jonathan  expound  it, 
 "  until  he  have  killed  his  enemies."  Signi- 
 fying hereby  Israel's  constant  fighting  of  the 
 Lord's  battles  not  lying  down,  or  giving 
 themselves  rest,  till  they  have  gotten  a  full 
 victory.  This  was  in  part  fulfilled  in  the 
 conquest  of  Canaan,  at  the  end  whereof  the 
 two  tribes  and  an  half  returned  with  much 
 riches,  cattle,  silver,  gold,  &c.  to  divide  the 
 spoil  of  their  enemies,  with  their  brethren. 
 Josh.  xxii.  3,  4,  8.  And  when  David  hav- 
 ing fought  the  battles  of  the  Loid,  sang  unto 
 his  praise,  'I  have  pursued  mine  enemies, 
 and  destroyed  them,  and  turned  not  again, 
 until  I  had  consumed  them,'  2  Sam.  xxii. 
 33.  But  chiefly  it  is  performed  by  the  grace 
 of  God  in  Christ,  against  the  enemies  of  our 
 souls;  whereof  it  is  thus  prophesied,  '  And 
 the  remnant  of  Jacob  shall  be  among  the  na- 
 tions, in  the  midst  of  many  peoples,  as  a 
 renting  lion  among  the  beasts  of  the  forest, 
 as  a  young  lion  among  the  flocks  of  sheep; 
 who  if  he  go  through,  both  treadeth  down, 
 and  teareth  in  pieces,  and  none  can  deliver. 
 Thine  hand  shall  be  lifted  up  upon  thine  ad- 
 versaries, and  all  thine  enemies  shall  be  cut 
 ofT,'  Rlic.  v.  8,  9.  And  this  spiritual  war- 
 fare is  not  like  the  battles  of  the  world,  '  with 
 confused  noise,  and  garments  rolled  in  blood,' 
 Is.  ix.  5,  but  with  the  '  sword  of  the  Spirit, 
 which  is  the  word  of  God,'  Eph.  vi.  17,  'in 
 much  patience,  and  afflictions,  in  necessities, 
 in  distresses,  in  stripes,  in  imprisonments,  in 
 tossings  to  and  fro,  in  labours,  in  watchings, 
 in  fastings,  by  pureness,  by  knowledge,   by 
 
116 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 Balak  did  as  Balaam  had  said,  and  lie  offered  a  bullock  and  a  ram 
 on  an  altar. 
 
 Sihoii,  and  it  was  after  given  for  a  possession 
 to  the  Reulienites,  Josh,  xiii.  15,  20.  In 
 this  idolatrous  mountain,  the  king  hoping  to 
 be  heard  of  God,  maketh   snpplication  with 
 
 new  altars  and  sacrifices;  so  continuing  the 
 abuse  of  his  religion,  bent  against  the  will  ol 
 God,  and  to  the  destruction  of  his  people. 
 
 CHAP.  XXIV. 
 
 1.  Balaam  leaving  enchantments,  prophesklh  hy  the  Spirit  of  God 
 the  happiness  of  Israel.  10.  Balak  in  anger  dismisseth  him  ;  14.  hut 
 he  fore  his  departure  he  prophesieth  of  the  star  of  Jacoh,  and  the  des- 
 truction of  some  nations. 
 
 '  And  Balaam  saw  that  it  was  good  in  the  eyes  of  Jehovah  to 
 bless  Israel ;  and  lie  went  not  as  at  other  times,  to  meet  with  en- 
 chantments, but  he  set  his  face  toward  the  wilderness.  ^  And  Ba- 
 laam lifted  up  his  eyes,  and  he  saw  Israel  abiding  in  tents,  accord- 
 ing to  their  tribes,  and  the  Spirit  of  God  was  upon  him.     ^  And  lie 
 
 Ver.  I. — He  went  not  as  at  other 
 TIMES,]  Or,  not  at  this  time,  as  the  t/mel>e- 
 fore,  (which  the  Gr.  Iranslateth,  according 
 to  his  cxistom,)  to  meet  toitfi  enchant me7its. 
 This  slioweth,  that  all  his  former  altars,  and 
 sacrifices,  and  consultations  with  the  Lord, 
 were  by  that  wicked  art  of  encliantment,  or 
 observing  of  fortunes,  such  as  the  prophets 
 and  diviners  of  the  nations  used,  Deut.  xviii. 
 10,  14.  Which  thing  he  now  left,  as  seeing 
 it  not  available  for  his  purpose;  but  that  his 
 evil  heart  was  not  changed,  appeareth  by  his 
 going  with  the  king  to  mount  Peor,  to  see  if 
 from  thence  he  might  curse  Israel,  by  his 
 commanding  of  altars  and  sacrifices  as  before, 
 Num.  xxiii.  27 — 30,  and  by  his  pestilent 
 counsel  which  he  gave  the  king  after  this,  for 
 the  destruction  of  God's  people.  Num.  xxxi. 
 16;  llev.  ii.  14.  Set  his  face  toward 
 THE  WILDERNESS,]  Where  Israel  lay  encamp- 
 ing, that  he  might  as  it  were  prevent  God, 
 and  suddenly  utter  a  curse  against  his  people. 
 The  Chald.  paraphraseth,  "he  set  his  face 
 towards  the  calf  that  Israel  had  made  in  the 
 wilderness,"  (Exod.  xxxii.)  as  if,  looking 
 upon  their  sins,  he  thought  for  them  he  might 
 have  cursed  Israel:  and  so  in  Thargum  Je- 
 vusalemy  it  is  explained,  "  He  set  his  face 
 toward  the  wilderness,  and  remembered  con- 
 cerning them  the  work  of  the  calf,  and  would 
 have  cursed  Israel." 
 
 Ver.  2. — Abiding  in  tents,]  Or,  dwel- 
 ling; which  the  Gr.  translateth,  camping,  or 
 having  tlieir  army,  or  leaguer.  The  ord&r 
 wherein  God  hail  placed  the  armies  of  Israel 
 
 about  his  sanctuary.  Num.  ii.  they  always 
 kept,  when  they  pitched  in  the  ivilderness: 
 the  sight  whereof  astonished  the  enemy,  so 
 that  he  could  not  curse  them  as  he  desiixd, 
 but  blessed  them  the  third  time.  The  Spirit 
 OF  God  was  upon  him,]  That  is,  as  the 
 Chald.  explaineth  it,  the  spirit  of  prophecy 
 frmn  before  the  Lord  rested  upon  liiin :  and 
 as  Sol.  Jarchi  here  noteth,  "  it  came  into  his 
 heart  that  he  should  not  curse  them."  The 
 like  phrase  was  before  in  Num.  xi.  26, 
 'the  Spirit  rested  upon  them,  and  they  pro- 
 phesied:' and  again  in  ver.  29,  'would  God 
 that  all  the  Lord's  people  were  prophets,  and 
 that  the  Lord  would  put  his  Spirit  upon 
 them.'  This  was  God's  powerful  work, 
 chaiigiirg  Balaam's  heart  when  he  intended 
 evil ;  as  when  Saul  and  his  messengers  went 
 with  an  evil  purpose  to  have  taken  David  in 
 Naioth,  'the  Spirit  of  God  was  upon  them, 
 and  they  also  prophesied,'  1  Sam.  xix.  19 — 
 23.  And  when  wicked  men,  being  thus 
 overruled,  uttered  divine  oracles,  as  now  Ba- 
 laam did,  they  spake  not  of  themselves,  as  it 
 is  said  of  the  holy  prophets,  '  For  prophecy 
 came  not  at  any  time  by  the  will  of  man ; 
 but  holy  men  of  God  spake,  being  moved  (or 
 carried)  by  the  Holy  Spirit,'  2  Pet.  i.  21. 
 
 Ver.  3. — He  took  up  his  parable,] 
 That  is,  prophesied;  see  Num.  xxiii.  7.  As- 
 suredly saith,]  Or,  affirmeth,  averreth:  a 
 word  appropriate  to  the  oracle  of  God,  which 
 is  'a  faithful  saying,'  1  Tim.  i.  15.  See  the 
 annot.  on  Gen.  xxii.  16.  Here  Balaam  be- 
 ginncth  his  third  blessing  with  a  solemn  pre- 
 
CHAP.  XX. 
 
 117 
 
 took  np  liis  parable  and  said,  Balaam  the  son  of  Beor  assuredly 
 saith,  and  the  man  whose  eye  is  open,  assuredly  saith.  *  He  as- 
 suredly saith,  which  heard  the  oracles  of  God,  which  saw  the  vision 
 of  the  Almighty,  falling  and  having  his  eyes  uncovered.  ^  How 
 goodly  are  thy  tents,  O  Jacob,  thy  tabernacles,  O  Israel  !     ^  As  the 
 
 face,  avonching  the  truth  and  constancy  of  it 
 from  God;  against  \vhose  will  the  more  he 
 struggleth,  the  stronger  he  is  resisted.  The 
 MAN  WHOSE  EYE  IS  OPEN,]  Which  the  Chald. 
 expoundeth,  the  man  that  is  far-sighted,  that 
 seeth  ivell;  the  Gr.  translateth,  the  true 
 man:  lie  seemeth  herehy  to  signify  that  he 
 was  a  prophet,  who  in  old  time  was  called  a 
 seer,  I  Sam.  ix.  9.  Shethum  the  original 
 word,  used  only  here,  and  in  ver.  15,  is  of 
 contrary  signification  to  sethum,  that  is, 
 closed,  or  shut  up:  howbeit  some  take  it  to 
 be  of  the  same  meaning,  which  may  then  be 
 explained  thus,  "  The  man  who  had  his  eye 
 sliut,  but  now  open."  And  eye  is  put  for 
 eyes,  understanding  the  eyes  of  liis  mind 
 opened  by  the  spirit  of  prophecy:  tliough 
 some  of  the  Hibs.  (as  Jarchi  here  observeth) 
 have  from  hence  conjectured,  that  Balaam 
 was  blind  of  one  eye. 
 
 Ver.  4. — The  oracles  of  God,]  Or,  the 
 sayings  of  God,  as  the  Chald  saith,  the  word 
 from  before  God:  but  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 strong  oracles,  because  God  (in  Heb.  El)  is 
 so  named  of  being  strong  or  mighty.  Vi- 
 sion OF  THE  Almighty,]  Or,  of  the  All- 
 sufficient,  that  is,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  of 
 God.  Falling,]  Understand,  into  a  trance, 
 or  deep  sleep,  or  falling  on  my  face  to  the 
 ground :  for  even  the  holy  men  of  God,  when 
 they  saw  divine  visions,  used  to  fall  down  on 
 their  faces,  and  into  deep  sleeps,  as  dead  men. 
 So  '  a  deep  sleep  (or  trance)  fell  upon  Abra- 
 ham,' Gen.  XV.  12,  and  Daniel  ^vas  afraid, 
 and  fell  on  his  face,  and  '  was  in  a  deep  sleep' 
 ou  his  face  toward  the  ground,  Dan.  viii.  17, 
 18;  and  John  '  fell  at  his  feet  as  dead,'  Rev. 
 i.  17;  and  Ezekiel  fell  on  his  face,  Ezek. 
 i.  2S;  iii.  23;  xliii.  3;  xliv.  4.  Likewise 
 when  the  spirit  of  prophecy  came  upon  men, 
 they  are  said  to  fall,  or  lie  down,  as  did  Saul, 
 1  Sam.  xix.  24.  And  in  this  place  of  Ba- 
 laam, the  Chald.  translateth  it,  lying  down; 
 the  Gr.  in  a  sleep;  so  after,  in  ver.  16. 
 Eyes  uncovered,]  Or,  unvailed,  to  wit,  to 
 see  the  vision,  as  the  Chald.  saith,  "  and  it 
 was  revealed  unto  him." 
 
 Ver.  5. — How  goodly,]  Or,  how  good! 
 which  word  implieth  profit,  pleasure,  beauty, 
 joy,  delight,  &c.  See  the  notes  on  Gen.  i. 
 4.  Thy  tents,]  In  Gr.  thy  houses,  or 
 dwellings;  but  tents  are  a  movable  habita- 
 tion, fitting  the  people  of  God  in  this  world, 
 Heb.  xi.  9,  and  a  warlike  life,  Jer.  vi.  3. 
 Afterward  the  Church  is  called  '  the  tents  of 
 
 Jacob,'  Mai.  ii.  12,  and  '  the  tents  of  Judah, 
 Zech.  xii.  7.  And  Jacob  their  father  is 
 noted  to  have  dwelled  in  tents,  Gen.  xxv. 
 27.  Moreover,  when  this  people  were  seated 
 in  Canaan,  their  dwelling-places  were  called 
 their  tents,  2  Chron.  x.  16;  vii.  10.  So 
 this  is  meant  of  the  state  of  the  church,  not 
 only  then  present,  but  throughout  all  ages. 
 Thy  tabernacles,]  Or,  thy  habitacles, 
 dwelling-places;  which  have  their  name  of 
 vicinity,  or  nearness  altogether.  This  there- 
 fore noteth  the  communion  of  the  church 
 with  Christ,  and  one  with  another;  and  is  by 
 Thargum  Jonathan  expounded,  "  the  taber- 
 nacle of  the  congregation  which  is  set  among 
 you,  and  your  tabernacles  which  are  round 
 about  it,  O  house  of  Israel."  O  Israel,] 
 That  is,  0  Israelites.  Tlie  church  is  named 
 after  their  father  Jacob  and  Israel;  Jacob  is 
 their  name  in  respect  of  their  own  infirmi- 
 ties, (whereupon  it  is  said,  '  Fear  not,  thou 
 worm  Jacob,'  Is.  xli.  14,  and,  'by  whom 
 shall  Jacob  arise?  for  he  is  small,'  Amos  vii. 
 2,  5,)  but  Israel  is  the  name  of  their  power 
 and  prevailing  with  God  and  men.  See  tlie 
 ainiot.  on  Gen.  xxxii.  28. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Spread  forth,]  Or  stretched 
 out,  implying  both  length  and  breadth,  and 
 large  extent  of  Israel's  habitations;  compared 
 therefore  to  valleys  or  bourns,  which  are  long, 
 large,  pleasant  to  behold,  and  watered  with 
 rivers,  whereby  they  are  fiuitful,  as  Song  vi. 
 II.  As  gardens,]  Which  are  enclosed,  set 
 with  pleasant  and  wholesome  plants,  and  i)y 
 rivers  are  made  always  fresh,  green,  and 
 fruitful.  Wherefore  the  Scriptures  likeneth 
 the  church  to  a  garden  full  of  pleasant  fruits. 
 Song  iv.  12 — 16;  Is.  Ixi.  11.  By  the 
 RIVER,]  In  Gr.  by  rivers ;  whereby  the  gar- 
 dens  are  made  green  and  fruitful,  without 
 which  they  wither.  Therefore,  when  God 
 threateneth  judgment  to  Israel,  he  saith,  yo 
 shall  be  '  as  a  garden  that  hath  no  water,'  Is. 
 ].  30  ;  and  promising  mercy,  he  saith,  '  thou 
 shalt  be  like  a  watered  garden,'  Is.  Iviii.  11. 
 Hereby  was  signified  that  '  river  of  God  full 
 of  water,'  Ps.  Ixv,  9  ;  'the  river,  the  streams 
 whereof  make  glad  the  city  of  God,'  Ps.  xlvi. 
 4  ;  even  the  word  and  Spirit  of  the  Lord, 
 which  refresheth  and  comforteth  his  people, 
 as  it  is  written,  '  their  soul  shall  be  as  a 
 watered  garden,  and  they  shall  not  sorrow  any 
 more  at  all,'  Jer.  xxxi.  12.  Lign-aloes- 
 TREES,]  Or,  as  some  think,  Saniall-trecs,  in 
 Heb.    Akalim,  which   hath  affinity  with  tbo 
 
lis 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 valleys  are  they  spread  forth  as  gardens  by  the  river  side:  as  lign- 
 aloes -trees,  which  Jehovah  hath  planted,  as  cedar  trees  beside  the 
 waters.  ^  He  shall  pour  waters  out  of  his  buckets,  and  his  seed 
 shall  be  in  many  waters,  and  his  king  shall  be  higher  than  Agag, 
 and  his  kingdom  shall  be  exalted.  ^  God  brought  him  forth  out  of 
 Egypt ;  he  hatli  as  the  strength  of  an  unicorn :  he  shall  eat  up  the 
 nations  his  disti'essers,  and  shall  break  their  bones,  and  pierce  them 
 
 name  of  ^loes  derived  of  it.  The  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth  it  Tents  ;  but  the  Chald.  Spices.  Tlie 
 Ligii-aloes  is  a  tree  growing  in  Arabia  and 
 India,  which  giveth  a  sweet  odour,  and  is 
 like  the  thyine-wood  mentioned  in  Rev.  xviii. 
 12  ;  and  is  here  used  to  signify  the  good 
 fame  of  the  church,  and  report  of  her  graces 
 which  is  as  a  sweet  smell.  Jehovah  hath 
 PLANTED,]  This  significth  the  excellency  of 
 this  tree  above  others,  and  the  growth  in  the 
 natural  place  where  it  best  prospereth:  so  the 
 cedars  are  said  to  be  planted  by  him,  in  Ps. 
 civ.  16  ;  and  he  is  the  planter  of  his  church. 
 Jer.  ii.  21.  Cedars  by  the  waters,]  The 
 cedar  is  one  of  the  goodliest  trees,  for  tall- 
 iitss,  bigness,  strength,  and  durance  ;  with 
 the  timber  of  it  the  temple  was  built,  1  Kings 
 vi.  9,  10,  &c. ;  and  hy  the  wateis  it  best 
 flourisheth,  and  signifieth  the  glory  of  the 
 kingdom  of  Israel ;  as  it  is  written  of  the 
 kingdom  of  Assyria,  '  behold  the  Assyrian 
 was  a  cedar  in  Lebanon,  with  fair  branches, 
 and  with  a  shadowing  shroud,  and  of  an  high 
 stature,  &c.  The  waters  made  him  great, 
 the  deep  set  him  up  on  high,  with  her  rivers 
 running  round  about  his  plants,'  &c.  Ezck. 
 xxxi.  3,  4.     See  also  Ps.  i.  3. 
 
 Ver.  7. — He  shall  pour  waters,]  Or, 
 tvater  shall  flow  out  of  his  buckets  :  speaking 
 of  Israel.  This  parable  is  translated  by  the 
 Gr.  interpreters  thus;  "there  shall  come 
 forth  a  man  out  of  his  seed,  and  shall  have 
 dominion  over  many  nations,  and  his  king- 
 dom shall  be  higher  than  Gog,  and  his  king- 
 dom shall  be  increased."  And  by  the  Chald. 
 paraphrast  thus  ;  "  there  shall  grow  up  a 
 king,  which  shall  be  anointed  of  his  sons, 
 and  shall  have  dominion  over  many  people  ; 
 and  his  king  shall  be  mightier  than  Agag, 
 and  his  kingdom  shall  be  exalted."  And 
 Thargum  Jonathan  expoundelh  it  to  the  like 
 eflect;  and  the  exposition  accordeth  with 
 other  scriptures  which  speak  of  the  propaga- 
 tion of  children,  by  the  similitude  of  waters, 
 fountains,  cisterns,  and  the  like;  as  "hear 
 ye  this,  O  house  of  Jacob,  &c.  which  are 
 come  forth  out  of  the  waters  of  Judah,'  Is. 
 xlviii.  1  ;  '  and  ye  of  the  fountain  of  Israel,' 
 Ps.  Ixviii.  27.  And  Solomon  speaking  of 
 wife  and  children  in  the  lawful  state  of  mar- 
 riage, saith,  '  drink  waters  out  of  thine  own 
 cistern,  and  running  waters  out  of  thine  o-wn 
 
 well.  Let  thy  fountains  be  dispersed  abroad, 
 and  rivers  of  waters  in  the  streets  ;  let  them 
 be  only  thine  own,'  &c.  Prov.  v.  15 — 18. 
 And  again,  speaking  of  the  harlot,  he  saitli, 
 '  stolen  waters  are  sweet,'  Prov.  ix.  17. 
 Thus  Balaam  prophesieth  here  of  Israel's 
 great  increase,  and  of  the  glory  of  their  king, 
 dom  in  David  and  Solomon,  but  chiefly  in 
 Christ.  Otherwise^  by  waters  may  be  un- 
 derstood the  word  and  Spirit  of  God,  as 
 John  iii.  6;  iv.  10;  vii.  38,  39;  which 
 should  plentifully  be  poured  out  in  the  church, 
 that  they  might  '  with  joy  draw  water  out 
 of  the  well  of  salvation,  as  Is.  xii.  3.  Ills 
 SEED  IN  MANY  WATERS,]  This  Seed  may  be 
 understood  as  before,  of  children;  and  ^any 
 waters,  of  many  people,  as  in  Rev.  xvii.  15; 
 Is.  Ivii.  19;  Ps.  cxliv.  7.  Or  seed  may 
 mean  corn,  sown  in  wateiy,  moist,  and  fruit- 
 ful places,  to  bring  forth  much  increase  ;  as, 
 '  blessed  are  ye  that  sow  beside  all  waters,  that 
 send  forth  thither  the  feet  of  the  ox  and  the  ass. 
 Is.  xxxii.  20.  Higher  than  Agag,]  Tlie 
 king  of  the  Amalekiles,  whom  Saul  the  king 
 of  Israel  subdued,  1  Sam.  xv.  8 ;  and  it 
 seemeth  this  was  a  common  name  to  all  the 
 kings  of  Amalek,  as  Pharaoh  was  to  all  the 
 kings  of  Egypt.  Spiritually  the  king  of  Is- 
 rael is  Christ,  John  i.  49  ;  xii.  13,  15;  who 
 is  '  higher  than  the  kings  of  the  earth,  Ps. 
 Ixxxix.  28  ;  amongst  whom  Agag  sometime 
 excelled.  His  kingdom,]  The  kingdom  of 
 Israel,  exalted  by  David  and  Solomon,  but 
 above  all  by  Christ,  whose  church  and  king- 
 dom is  above  all  kingdoms,  in  grace,  glory, 
 and  incorruption.  Is.  ii.  2:  Dan.  ii.  44; 
 Rev.  xi.  15. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Of  an  unicorn,]  This  simili- 
 tude is  here  repeated  and  enlarged  from  the 
 former  blessing,  in  Num.  xxiii.  22.  Eat 
 UP,]  i.  6.  consume  the  nations,  as  the  seven 
 nations  in  Canaan,  Dent.  vii.  1  ;  and  all 
 other  subdued  by  faith,  as  it  is  said,  '  the 
 nation  and  kingdom  that  will  not  serve  thee, 
 shall  perish  ;  yea,  those  nations  shall  be  utter- 
 ly wasted,'  Is.  Ix.  12.  See  also  Num.  xiv. 
 9.  Break  their  bones,]  In  Gr.  iinmarroio 
 (or  cat  out  the  marrow  of)  their  fat  l/uncs.  It 
 signifieth  an  utter  weakening  of  them,  that 
 tliey  should  never  recover  their  strength. 
 Pierce  them,]  In  Gr.  shoot  through  the 
 cncmi/  with  his  arrows,     Anows  are  often 
 
CHAP,  XXIV. 
 
 119 
 
 through  with  his  arrows.  He  couched,  he  lay  down  as  a  renting 
 lion,  and  as  a  courageous  lion,  who  shall  stir  him  up  ?  Blessed  be 
 every  one  of  them  that  bless  thee  ;  and  cursed  he  every  one  of  them 
 that  curse  thee. 
 
 '"  And  Balak's  anger  was  kindled  against  Balaam,  and  he  smote 
 his  liands  together ;  and  Balak  said  unto  Balaam,  I  called  thee  to 
 curse  mine  enemies  ;  and,  behold,  blessing  thou  hast  blessed  them 
 these  three  times.  "  And  now  flee  thou  unto  tliy  place  :  I  said, 
 honouring,  I  will  honour  thee  ;  but  lo,  Jehovali  hath  kept  thee 
 back  from  honour.  ^^  And  Balaam  said  unto  Balak,  Spake  I  not 
 also  to  thy  messengers  wliich  thou  sentest  unto  me,  saying,  '^  If 
 Balak  would  give  me  his  house  full  of  silver  and  gold,  I  cannot  go 
 beyond  the  mouth  of  Jehovah,  to  do  good  or  evil  out  of  mine  own 
 heart :  what  Jehovah  shall  speak,  that  will  I  speak.     "  And  now, 
 
 nifintlnned  amoiifj  other  instruments  of  war, 
 Jar.  1.  9,  14;  liril  ;  Zech.  ix.  14.  These 
 pierce  inwardly,  and  are  figuratively  applied 
 to  piercing  words,  Ps.  Ixiv.  4  ;  and  spiritually 
 to  the  words  of  Clirist,  whose  '  arrows  are 
 sharp  in  the  heart  of  the  king's  enemies.' 
 Ps.  xlv.  6. 
 
 Ver.  9. — He  couched,]  Here  Balaam 
 applieth  unto  Israel  that  blessing  which  Jacob 
 gave  iHito  his  son  Judah,  the  father  of  our 
 Lord  Christ,  the  lion  of  that  tribe,  Gen.  xlix. 
 9  ;  and  it  signifieth  tlie  victory  of  the  church 
 over  their  enemies:  see  also  Num.  xxiii.  24. 
 Who  shall  stir  hkm  up.]  Who  dare  provoke 
 him  ?  meaning,  none.  So  the  victory  gotten 
 shall  quietly  he  held  ;  and  the  peace  of  the 
 church  after  her  warfare,  is  here  foretold,  but 
 accomplished  in  Christ.  Blessed  be  every 
 ONE  OF  them,]  The  conclusion  of  this  bles- 
 sing, is  the  same  wherewith  Isaac  ended  the 
 blessing  upon  Jacob  the  father  of  this  people. 
 Gen.  xxvii.  29;  and  like  that  which  God 
 gave  unto  Abraham,  Gen.  xii.  3.  Thus 
 God  continneth  his  grace  to  the  faithful  and 
 their  seed  for  ever  ;  and  here,  by  Balaam's 
 own  mouth,  curseth  all  this  wicked  plot  and 
 practice  of  the  king  and  prophet,  who  had 
 endeavoured  with  their  utmost  craft  to  curse 
 the  people  whom  God  had  blessed,  and  Ba- 
 laam is  condemned  of  himself. 
 
 Ver.  10. — He  smote  his  hands,]  Or, 
 clapped  the  palms  of  his  hands;  a  sign  of 
 indignation  and  grief  in  the  king,  with  a 
 contempt  of  the  prophet;  as  elsewhere  it  is 
 said,  '  men  shall  clap  their  hands  at  him, 
 and  shall  hiss  him  out  of  his  place,'  Job 
 xxvii.  23 ;  and,  '  all  that  pass  by  the  way 
 clapped  their  hands  at  thee,  tliey  hissed  and 
 wag  their  liead,'  &c.  Lam.  ii.  15. 
 
 Ver.  11.— Flee  thou,]  Or,  flee  for  thy- 
 self, that  is,  get  thee  gone  speedily,  so  flee- 
 ing is  used  for  speedy  departing,  in  Is.  xlviii. 
 
 20  ;  Zech.  ii.  6  ;  Job  ix.  25;  xiv.  2  ;  Amos 
 vii.  12.  Here  Balak  being  out  of  hope  to 
 efl'ect  his  purpose,  leadeth  not  Balaam  to 
 another  place  as  he  had  done  before,  bnt 
 turneth  him  off  with  ignominy.  Unto  thy 
 place,]  Thy  country  Mesopotamia,  as  the 
 place  of  the  Canaanites,  &c.  in  Exod.  iii.  8, 
 is  their  country,  and  in  Exod.  xxiii.  20  ;  the 
 place,  is  in  Gr.  the  land.  Or,  unto  the  city 
 Pethor,  as,  '  unto  »he  place  of  Sichem,'  Gen. 
 xii.  G  ;  is  the  city  of  Sichem:  see  Amos  iv. 
 6.  Kept  thee  back,]  In  Gr.  deprived  thee 
 of  honour.  Here  Balaam,  who  ambitiously 
 sought  after  iionour  and  riches,  is  sent  away 
 with  shame,  and  misseth  of  the  wages  of  un- 
 righteousness which  he  loved:  for,  '  the 
 wicked  worketh  a  deceitful  work  ;  but  to  him 
 that  soweth  righteousness,  shall  be  a  sure  re- 
 ward,' Prov.  xi.  18. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Go  beyond  the  mouth,]  la 
 Gr.  transgress  the  word  :  see  Num.  xxii.  18. 
 Out  of  mine  own  heart,]  In  Gr.  of  my- 
 self. 
 
 Ver.  14. — I  will  counsel  thee  what 
 THIS  PEOPLE  SHALL  DO,]  This  seemeth  to  be 
 an  imperfect  speech,  which  the  Chald.  paia- 
 phrast  well  explaineth  thus  ;  "  I  will  counsel 
 thee  what  thou  shalt  do,  and  I  will  show  thee 
 what  this  people  shall  do."  For  the  scrip- 
 tures have  many  like  brief  speeches,  as  is 
 noted  on  Exod.  iv.  5;  xiii.  8;  and  Moses 
 after  showeth,  that  Balaam  gave  Balak  wick- 
 ed counsel  against  Israel,  to  draw  them  into 
 idolatry  and  fornication,  Num.  xxxi.  16  ; 
 and  our  Saviour  calleth  it  the  doctrine  of 
 Balaam,  who  taught  Balak  '  to  cast  a  stum- 
 bling-block before  the  children  of  Israel,  to 
 eat  things  sacrificed  unto  idols,  and  to  com- 
 mit fornication,'  Rev.  ii.  14  ;  the  history 
 whereof  followeth  in  Num.  xxv.  And  thus 
 the  Hebs.  also  expound  this  place:  Chazkuni 
 in  these  words,   "  I  will  counsel  thee;  Moses 
 
120 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 behold  I  go  unto  my  people  :  come,  I  will  counsel  thee  what  this 
 people  shall  do  to  thy  people  in  the  latter  days. 
 
 '^  And  he  took  up  his  parable,  and  said,  Balaam  the  son  of  Beor 
 assuredly  saith,  and  the  man  ivhose  eye  is  open  assuredly  saith. 
 '^  He  assuredly  saith,  which  heard  the  oracles  of  God,  and  knew  the 
 knowledge  of  the  most  High,  ichich  saw  the  vision  of  the  Almighty, 
 falling,  and  having  his  eyes  uncovered.     ^'  I  shall  see  him,  but  not 
 
 our  teacher  concealeth  the  counsel,  because 
 Balaam  said  it  to  Balak  in  secret:"  but  in 
 Num.  xxxi.  16,  '  it  is  revealed.'  To  like 
 eflect  writeth  Sol.  Jarchi,  saying,  "  This 
 scripture  is  brief,  I  will  counsel  thee  to  cause 
 them  to  stumble  (or  fall)  and  I  will  tell 
 thee  what  evil  they  shall  do  to  Moab  in  the 
 latter  days;"  and  Thargum  Jonathan  openeth 
 it  by  Num.  xxv.  1,  2,  &c.  In  the  latter 
 DAYS,]  That  is,  the  days  after  following:  see 
 the  like  in  Gen  xlix.  1.  For  the  time  pre- 
 sent, Israel  minht  not  meddle  wilh  the  people 
 of  Moab,  cut.  ii.  9  ;  but  after  in  David's 
 days,  '  he  smote  Moab  and  measured  them 
 with  a  line,  casting  them  down  to  the  ground : 
 even  with  two  lines  measured  he  to  put  to 
 death,  and  with  one  full  line  to  keep  alive  ;' 
 and  so  the  Moabites  became  David's  ser- 
 vants' 2  Sam.  viii.  2.  Again  in  Jer.  xlviii. 
 there  is  a  large  prophecy  of  Moab's  destruc- 
 tion with  a  promise  of  the  returning  of  their 
 captivity  in  the  latter  days. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Took  dp  his  parable,]  That 
 is,  prophesied,  l)ut  darkly  and  in  parables: 
 see  ver.  3.  Whose  eye  is  open,]  In  Gr. 
 the  true  man  :  see  the  notes  on  ver.  3. 
 
 Ver.  16. — The  knowledge  of  the  most 
 HIGH,]  In  Chald.  knowledge  from  before  the 
 Most  High,  that  is,  made  known  to  him  of 
 God.  This  sentence  is  here  added  more  than 
 in  ver.  4.  Baal-hatturim  here  nolcth,  that 
 "  he  saith  this,  because  he  would  reveal  the 
 days  of  Christ."  Falling,]  Into  a  trance; 
 the  Gr.  translateth  it,  in  a  sleep :  see  this 
 opened  on  ver.  4. 
 
 Ver.  17. — I  shall  see  him,]  Or,  shall 
 see  it;  meaning  the  person  or  tbing  that  now 
 he  is  to  speak  of;  namely,  David,  and  his 
 kingdom,  the  accomplishment  whereof  should 
 be  in  Christ  and  his  church.  Sol.  Jarchi  ex- 
 plaineth  it  thus;  "  I  see  the  praise  of  Jacob, 
 and  their  greatness:  but  it  is  not  now,  but 
 after  a  time."  Chazkuni  here  saith,  "  He 
 prophesieth  of  David."  But  not  nigh,] 
 'That  is,  as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  his  com- 
 ing is  not  nigh.  Tliis  may  be  understood  of 
 Clirist,  for  of  him  he  after  prophesieth ;  whom 
 Balaam  saith,  he  shall  behold,  (for  'every  eye 
 shall  see  him,  and  they  also  which  pierced 
 him,'  Rev.  i  17,)  but  he  had  not  Job's  faith, 
 to  behold  him  his  '  Redeemer,'  Job  xix.  26, 
 27.     Shall  proceed  a  star,]  Or,  a  star 
 
 hath  proceeded,  speaking  after  the  manner  of 
 prophecy  of  a  thing  to  come,  as  already  done. 
 The  Gr.  translateth,  a  star  shall  arise: 
 which  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  "  A  king  shall 
 arise  out  of  the  house  of  Jacob."  This  is  to 
 be  understood  in  part  of  David,  and  chiefly 
 of  Christ  our  Lord,  who  thus  testifieth  of 
 himself,  '  I  am  the  root  and  the  ofl-spring  of 
 David,  the  bright  and  morning  star.'  Thus 
 also  the  Hebs.  understood  it  of  old ;  for  the 
 false  Christ  that  arose  unto  the  Jews  in  the 
 days  of  Trajan  the  emperor,  was  called  (in 
 allusion  to  this  prophecy)  Bar  Choc.hab,  that 
 is,  the  son  of  the  star:  but  being  after  slain 
 in  battle,  the  Jews  seeing  themselves  de- 
 ceived, called  him  Bar  Coziha,  that  is,  the 
 son  of  falsehood.  Of  him  tlieie  is  mention 
 in  Thalmud  Bab.  in  Sanhedrin,  cap.  Che- 
 lek:  and  Maim,  in  treat,  of  Kings,  chap.  ii. 
 sect.  3,  saith  of  R.  Akiba,  "  who  was  the 
 armour-bearer  of  Ben  Coziba  the  king,  that 
 he  said  of  him,  he  was  the  king  Christ.  And 
 he  and  all  the  wise  men  of  his  age  thought 
 he  was  the  king  Christ,  until  he  was  killed 
 for  iniquity:  when  he  was  killed,  they  knew 
 he  was  not."  A  sceptre,]  Or,  a  rod,  a 
 staff,  a  sign  of  kingdom  and  government: 
 see  the  notes  on  Gen.  xlix.  10.  The  Gr. 
 translateth  it,  a  man  shall  rise  out  of  Israel; 
 the  Chald.  sailh,  "  Messias  (or  Christ)  shall 
 be  anointed  of  the  house  of  Israel."  As 
 David  and  other  kings  had  scej)tres,  so  Christ 
 is  said  to  have  rod  or  sceptre,  as,  '  The  scep- 
 tre of  thy  kingdom  is  a  sceptre  of  righteous- 
 ness,' Ps.  xlv.  7;  Heb.  i.  8;  and,  'Thou 
 shalt  rule  them  with  a  rod  (or  sceptre)  of 
 iron,'  Ps.  ii.  9.  The  corners,]  Or,  the 
 sides,  (the  quarters)  of  Moab;  meaning  a 
 conquest  of  the  whole  country,  in  every 
 quarter  and  corner  of  it.  The  Gr.  interpre- 
 ters understood  it  figuratively,  the  dukes  of 
 Moab;  likewise  the  Chald.  paraphrast,  say- 
 ing, "he  shall  kill  the  piinces  of  JVIoab." 
 This  was  literally  fulfilled  by  David,  who 
 '  smote  Moab,  and  cast  them  down  to  the 
 ground,'  &c.  2  Sam.  viii.  2,  spiritually  by 
 Christ,  destroying  idolaters  and  antichris- 
 tians  in  religion  like  Moabites.  Shall  un- 
 wall,]  Shall  cast  down  the  walls,  that  is, 
 conquer  and  subdue,  which  the  Gr.  expound- 
 eth, shall  captive  (or  make  a  prey;)  the 
 Chald.  shall  rule  or  have  dominion.     The 
 
CHAP.  XXIV. 
 
 121 
 
 now  J  I  sliall  beliold  him,  but  not  nigh.  There  shall  proceed  a  star 
 out  of  Jacob,  and  a  sceptre  shall  rise  out  of  Israel ;  and  shall  smite 
 tlu-ough  the  corners  of  Moab,  and  shall  unwall  all  the  sons  of  Setii. 
 '^  And  Edom  shall  be  a  possession,  and  Seir  shall  be  a  possession 
 for  his  enemies,  and  Israel  shall  do  valiantly.  '^  And  he  shall  have 
 dominion  out  of  Jacob,  and  shall  destroy  him  that  remaineth,  out 
 
 SONS  OF  Seth,]  Who  was  the  son  of  Adam,  Ver.  18. — Edom,]  The  Edomites  the  pos- 
 set in  Abel's  room,  whom  Cain  killed,  Gen.  terity  of  E=;au ;  these  became  a  possession  to 
 iv.  25,  and  all  Cain's  race  being  drowned  in  David,  1  Chron.  xviii.  13,  after  that  unto 
 the  flood,  only  Seth's  posterity  in  Noah   re-  Christ;  as  it  is  written,  'Who  is  this  that 
 
 maiued:  so  that  all  the  world  now  are  the 
 sons  of  Seth,  as  of  Adam:  wherefore  the 
 Chald.  explaineth  it,  "he  shall  have  do- 
 minion over  all  the  sons  of  men."  So  it  is 
 a  prophrcy  of  Christ,  whom  all  kings  should 
 worship,  all  nations  should  serve,  Ps.  Ixxii. 
 11,  and  the  ends  of  the  earth  should  be  his 
 possession,  Ps.  ii.  8;  'That  at  the  name  of 
 Jesus  every  knee  should  bow,'  Phil.  ii.  10. 
 And  this  conquest  is  gotten  by  the  preaching 
 of  the  gospel,  as  it  is  written,  '  The  weapons 
 of  our  warfare  are  not  carnal,  but  mighty 
 through  God,  to  the  pulling  down  of  strong 
 holds,  casting  down  imaginations,  and  every 
 high  thing  that  exalteth  itself  against  the 
 knowledge  of  God,  and  bringing  into  captivi- 
 ty every  thought  to  the  obedience  of  Clirist, 
 and  having  in  a  readiness  to  revenge  all  dis- 
 obedience,' 2  Cor.  X.  4 — 6.  Some  take  Seth 
 here  to  be  meant  not  of  a  man's  name,  but  to 
 signify  the  hinder  part.,  and  to  mean  the 
 people  then  behind  Balaam,  as  the  Ammon- 
 ites, Rlidiain'tes,  and  the  like:  but  besides 
 the  Chald.  foi  e-mentioned,  the  Gr.  also  trans- 
 lateth  it,  all  the  sons  of  Seth:  and  the  Hebs. 
 do  most  so  expound  it ;  as  Sol.  Jarchi  saith, 
 "all  the  sons  of  Seth,  i.  e.  all  peoples,  which 
 do  all  come  of  Seth  the  son  of  Adam  the 
 tirst."  Maim,  in  Misn.  torn.  iv.  treat,  of 
 kings,  chap.  xi.  sect.  1,  explaineth  Balaam's 
 prophecy  thus  ;  "  I  shall  see  him,  but  not 
 now:  this  is  David:  I  shall  behold  him,  but 
 not  nigh;  this  is  the  king  Christ.  There 
 sliall  proceed  a  star  out  of  Jacob;  this  is 
 David :  and  a  sceptre  shall  rise  out  of  Israel ; 
 this  is  the  king  Christ:  and  shall  smite 
 through  the  corners  of  Moab  ;  this  is  David, 
 as  it  is  written  (in  2  Sam.  viii.  2,)  '  And  he 
 smote  Moab,'  &c.  And  he  shall  unwall  all 
 the  sons  of  Seth;  this  is  the  king  Christ,  of 
 whom  it  is  written  (in  Ps.  Ixxii.  8,)  '  He 
 shall  have  dominion  from  sea  to  sea.'  And 
 lidom  shall  be  a  possession  to  David,  as  it  is 
 said,  '  And  all  they  of  Edom  became  David's 
 servants,'  2  Sam.  viii.  14.  And  Seir  shall 
 be  a  possession  ;  this  is  unto  the  king  Christ: 
 as  it  is  said,  '  And  saviours  shall  come  up  on 
 mount  Sion,  to  judge  the  mount  of  Esau,  and 
 the  kingdom  shall  be  the  Lord's,'  Obad.  ver. 
 21. 
 
 Vol.  ii.  * 
 
 Cometh  from  Edom?'  &c.  Is.  Ixiii.  1 — 6. 
 Seir,]  The  mountain  where  Esau  dwelt. 
 Gen.  xxxvi.  7,  S,  wherefore  the  Gr.  instead 
 of  Seir,  nameth  Esau.  Shall  do  valiant- 
 ly,] Or,  do  valiantli/,  valiant  acts:  which 
 phrase  is  sometimes  understood  of  wars  and 
 victories,  as  in  1  Sam.  xiv.  48,  sometimes  of 
 getting  wealth  and  riches,  as  in  Ezek.  xxviii. 
 4.  Both  may  be  here  meant,  and  the  Chald. 
 expouudeth  it  of  the  latter.  And  as  this 
 was  answerable  to  the  name  of  Israel,  which 
 signified  his  power  and  prevailing  '  with  God 
 and  with  men,'  Gen.  xxxii.  20,  so  David, 
 after  he  had  vanquished  the  Edomites,  cele- 
 brated the  truth  of  this  promise,  saying, 
 '  Tlu-ough  God  we  shall  do  valiantly,  and 
 he  will  tread  down  our  enemies,'  Ps.  Ix. 
 14. 
 
 Ver.  19. — And  he  shall  have  do- 
 minion,] He,  that  is,  one  of  the  house  of 
 Jacob,  as  the  Chald.  expresseth  it.  So  Thar- 
 gum  Jonathan  saith,  "  And  a  ruler  shall  rise 
 up  out  of  the  house  of  Jacob."  And  it  may 
 bo  understood  of  David  first,  then  and  chiefly 
 of  Christ,  Sol.  Jarchi  openeth  it  thus,  "And 
 yet  there  shall  be  another  ruler  out  of  Jacol), 
 and  he  shall  destroy  him  that  remaineth  out 
 of  the  city.  Of  the  king  Christ  he  speaketh 
 thus,  of  whom  it  is  said,  (in  Ps.  Ixxii.)  '  he 
 shall  have  dominion  from  sea  to  sea."  Oft 
 OF  THE  CITY,]  That  is,  of  every  city,  to  wit, 
 of  the  Edomites,  as  ver.  18,  or  more  gene- 
 rally, of  all  cities;  as  the  Chald.  expoimdeth 
 it,  the  city  of  the  peojile.  Chazkuni  refer- 
 leth  it  to  Joab,  David's  captain,  of  whom  it 
 is  said,  '  Six  months  did  Joab  remain  there 
 with  all  Israel,  until  he  had  cut  olF  every 
 male  in  Edom,'  1  Kings  xi.  15,  IG.  But  it 
 liath  reference  also  to  further  victories,  as  is 
 said,  '  The  house  of  Jacob  shall  be  a  fire,  and 
 the  house  of  Joseph  a  flame,  and  the  house  of 
 Esau  for  stubble,  and  they  shall  kindle  in 
 them,  and  devour  them,  and  there  shall  not 
 be  any  remaining  oi  the  house  of  Esau,  for 
 the  Lord  hath  spoken  it,'  Obad.  v.  18.  The 
 Thargum  calUd  Jonathan's,  nameth  it  Con- 
 stantinople: by  which  it  is  evident,  that  tlie 
 authiir  ol  that  work  was  not  Jonathan  ben 
 Uzziel,  who  paraphrased  on  the  prophets,  and 
 was  of  the  apostles'  age,  but  some  later  Jew, 
 
12: 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 of  the  city.  ^^  And  he  looked  on  Amalek  ;  and  he  took  np  his 
 parable,  and  said,  Amalek  was  the  first  of  the  nations ;  but  liis  lat- 
 ter end  shall  be,  that  he  perish  for  ever. 
 
 -'  And  he  looked  on  the  Kenite,  and  took  up  his  parable,  and 
 said,  Strong  is  thy  dwelling-place,  and  thou  puttest  thy  nest  in  a 
 rock. 
 
 ^^  Nevertheless,  Kain  shall  be  wasted,  until  iVshur  shall  carry 
 thee  away  captive. 
 
 ^^  And  he  took  up  liis  parable,  and  said,  Alas,  who  shall  live 
 wlien  God  doth  this. 
 
 ^^  And  sliips  (shall  come)  from  the  coasts  of  Kitim,  and  shall  af- 
 
 who  put  forth  his  work  in  that  Jonathan's 
 name. 
 
 Ver.  20. — He  looked  on  Amalek,]  On 
 the  country  or  people  of  the  Amalekites,  tlie 
 posterity  of  Esau,  Gen.  xxxvi.  12.  As  the 
 sight  of  Israel  oixasioned  Balaam  to  bless 
 them,  ver.  2,  &c.  so  tlie  beholding  of  the 
 wicked  occasioned  the  utterance  of  their 
 judgment  and  curse.  The  first,]  Or,  the 
 beginuhig  of  the  natmis;  meaning  either 
 the  chiefest  of  tliem,  or,  as  the  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  "  the  Srst  of  them  that  warred 
 against  Israel ;"  for  which  God  threatened 
 their  ruin  before,  in  Exod.  xvii.  as  now  he 
 foretelleth  it  again  by  Balaam,  as  Israel  was 
 the  Lord's  '  first-fruits,' Jer.  ii.  3,  and  there- 
 fore by  liim  preserved:  so  Amalek  being  the 
 first-fruits  of  the  wicked  nations,  is  devoted 
 to  destruction,  fulfilled  in  part  by  Saul,  1 
 Sam.  XV.  and  after  in  Mordecai's  time,  Es. 
 vii.,  but  spiritually  accomplished  by  Christ. 
 Thus  Jericho  the  first-fruits  of  the  Canaan 
 cities,  was  also  devoted  and  destroyed,  Josh. 
 vi.  His  latter  end,]  0\;  his  posterity;  as 
 the  Gr.  translateth,  his  seed:  see  Ps.  xxxvii. 
 38.  That  he  perish  for  ever,]  Or,  unto 
 perdition;  which  the  Gr.  translateth,  shall 
 perish;  the  Chald.  shall  perish  for  ever:  so 
 in  ver.  24. 
 
 Ver.  21. — The  Kenite,]  That  is,  the 
 Kenites,  or  Kemcans;  these  the  Chald.  call- 
 eth  Salmeans;  so  that  he  took  them  for 
 those  Kenites  mentioned  in  Gen.  xv.  19. 
 But  Thargum  Jonathan  expoundeth  it  of 
 '  Jethro,  tliat  became  a  proselyte,'  Exod. 
 xviii.  And  so  in  Jiidg.  i.  Ifi,  it  is  said, 
 '  tlie  children  of  the  Kenite,  Moses'  father- 
 in-law,  went  up,'  &c.  And  these  are  men- 
 tioned here  next  Amalek,  because  they  dwelt 
 with  them;  as  is  written,  'And  Saul  said 
 unto  the  Kenites;  Go,  depart,  get  you  do"u 
 from  among  the  Amalekites,'  &c.  1  Sam.  xv. 
 6.  Thou  puttest  thy  nest,]  Heb.  to  put 
 thy  nest,  of  which  phrase  see  the  annot.  on 
 Gen.  vi.  19.  And  here  the  Heb.  Ken, 
 which  is  a  nest,  liath  allusion  to  the  Kenites' 
 
 name:  by  nest,  meaning  an  habitation,  as  in 
 Jub  xxix.  18,  a  similitude  taken  from  eaglc^, 
 which  build  their  nests  on  high  rocks;  see 
 Obad.  ver.  4;  Hab.  ii.  9,  So  hereby  was 
 signified  the  secure  dwellings  of  the  Kenites 
 by  Israel,  without  disturbance,  till  the  As- 
 syrian wasted  all. 
 
 Ver.  22.— Kain,]  That  is,  the  Kenite, 
 who  came,  as  it  seemeth,  of  a  man  named 
 Kain,  and  so  is  by  the  Chald.  expounded  as 
 before,  the  Sabsiaan.  Some  think  it  to  be 
 the  name  of  a  place  where  they  dwelt. 
 Wasted,]  Or,  eaten  up,  to  wit,  by  enemies. 
 Until  Ashdr,]  Or,  whiles  Assur;  the  As- 
 syrians, and  Babylonians,  who  carried  away 
 captive  the  ten  tribes  of  Israel,  2  Kings 
 xvii.  6,  and  the  Jews  into  Babylon,  2  Kings 
 XXV.,  and  so  the  Kenites  with  them,  as  ap- 
 peareth  by  this  prophesy;  and  after  the  re- 
 turn of  the  people  out  of  Babylon,  there  is 
 mention  of  these  Kenites  also,  in  1  Chron. 
 ii.  55. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Alas,  who  shall  live,]  The 
 Chald.  explaineth  it,  tro  to  the  sin7iers  that 
 shall  live,  8iC..  He  signifieth  hereby  extra- 
 ordinary and  grievous  calamities.  Doth 
 THIS,]  Heb.  putteth,  or  disposeth  this,  to 
 wit,  this  that  followeth.  Thargum  Jonathan 
 explaineth  it,  "  When  the  word  of  the  Lord 
 shall  be  revealed,  to  give  a  good  reward  unto 
 tlie  just,  and  to  take  vengeance  on  the 
 wicked,"  &c. 
 
 Ver.  24. — From  the  coast  of  Kitim,] 
 Heb.  from  the  hand  of  Kitim,  which  the 
 Chald.  expoundeth, /row;  the  Romans;  the 
 old  Latin  version, _/ro?«  Italy;  the  Gr.  keep- 
 cth  the  Heb.  phrase,  fro7n  the  hand  of  the 
 Kitaans.  Kitim  (or  Chittim)  was  one  of 
 tlie  sons  of  Javan,  the  son  of  Japliet,  the  son 
 of  Noah,  Gen.  x.  4.  His  posterity  seated  in 
 Cilicia,  Macedonia,  Cypru?,  and  Italy  also, 
 as  Josephus  observeth  in  Antiq.  lib.  iv.  cap. 
 22.  Wherefore  Kitim  is  taken  sometime 
 for  the  one,  and  sometimes  for  the  other. 
 Here  it  may  imply  both  the  troubles  that  be- 
 fel  the  Assyrians  and  Jews,  by  the  Greeks 
 
CHAP.  XXV. 
 
 123 
 
 flict   Asliiir,  and   shall   afflict  Hcber,  and  lie  also  shall  perish  for 
 ever. 
 
 ^'  xliid  Balaam  rose  up,  and  went  and  returned  to  his  place ;  and 
 Balak  also  went  to  his  way. 
 
 and  Selucidae  in  the  troublous  days  of  Aiitio- 
 chus,  according  to  that  in  Dan.  xi.  30.  '  For 
 tlie  ships  of  Kitim  shall  come  against  him:' 
 and  after  calamities  that  befel  the  Hebrews, 
 hum  the  Romans.  Shall  afflict  Assur,] 
 Tliey,  the  ships,  that  is,  the  armies  of  Kitim 
 shall  afflict  tiie  Assyrians,  which  come  of 
 Assur,  tlie  son  of  Shem,  the  son  of  Noah, 
 Gun.  X.  22.  Heber,]  Ov,  Eber,  that  is, 
 Hfilers  children,  as  the  Gr.  translateth  it, 
 the  Hebrews,  of  Heber:  see  Gen.  x.  22,  24. 
 All  Israel  were  his  posterity,  afflicted  by 
 Greeks  and  Romans.  Christ  was  the  chief- 
 est  d  Eber,  Luke  iii.  23,  35,  he  was  killed 
 by  Pilate  the  Roman  deputy.  Since  that 
 time,  Rome  by  Antichrist  there  reigning, 
 hath  afflicted  Christ  in  his  members.  He 
 ALSO,]  That  is,  Kitim  shall  perish  for  ever ; 
 vr,  shall  go  unto  perdition.  Thus  Balaam, 
 as  he  began  with  the  blessing  of  Israel,  end- 
 eth  with  the  destruction  of  their  enemies: 
 God  by  his  mouth  confirming  the  promises 
 made   unto   Abraham,   and    to  his  seed  for 
 
 ever;  the  accomplishment  of  all  which,  is  in 
 Christ. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Returned  to  his  place,] 
 That  is,  went  away  with  a  purpose  to  return 
 home,  but  was  stayed  by  the  Midiaiiites,  and 
 among  them  was  kilKd  by  the  sword  of  Is- 
 rael, Num.  xxxi.  iS.  But  this  is  here  so  sig- 
 nified, to  show  how  God  disappointed  theii' 
 plots  and  piactices,  that  Balaam  returned  as 
 he  came,  and  could  not  curse  Israel,  bnt  de- 
 nounced woes  against  their  enemies.  Things 
 which  men  purpose  and  endeavour  to  do,  are 
 said  to  be  done  by  them,  though  perhaps  not 
 eflec^ted;  as  is  noted  on  Exod.  viii.  18 :  Num. 
 xiv.  40.  It  might  also  be,  that  Balaam  in- 
 deed returned  to  his  place,  and  afterward 
 came  again  to  the  Midianites.  So  Chazkuni 
 (on  Num.  xxxi)  saith,  "After  th;it  he  had 
 returned  to  his  place,  to  Mesopotamia,  he 
 came  again  to  Midian,  to  receive  money  of 
 the  elders  of  Midian,  when  he  heard  say  of 
 the  plague  which  had  been  in  Israel  by  his 
 counsel." 
 
 CHAP.  XXV. 
 
 1.  Israel  at  Shitthn  commit  whoredom  with  the  dauc/hters  of  Moah, 
 and  idolatry  with  Baal-Peor.  4.  The  idolaters  are  commanded  to  be 
 slain.  6.  Phinehas  killeth  Zimri  and  Cozbi.  10.  God  tlierefore  giveth 
 him  an  everlasting  priesthood.  16.  The  Midianites  are  to  be  vexed  for 
 their  wiles  against  Israel. 
 
 '  And  Israel  abode  in  Sliittim,  and  the  people  began  to  commit 
 whoredom  with  the  daugliters  of  Moab.     ^  And  they  called  the  peo 
 
 Ver.  1. — Abode  in  shittim,]  A  place  in 
 the  wilderness,  in  the  plains  of  Moab.  near 
 Jordan,  called  Abel-Shittim,  in  Num.  xxxiii. 
 48,  49.  In  this  place  Israel  did  sit,  or  abide, 
 until  after  Moses'  death ;  and  from  thence 
 Joshua  removed  them  to  Jordan,  where  they 
 passed  over  to  Gilgal,  Josh.  ii.  1;  iii.  1. 
 Wherefore  God  after  willed  the  people  to  re- 
 member the  things  that  befel  unto  them,  from 
 Shittim  to  Gilgal,  that  they  might  '  know  the 
 righteousness  of  the  Lord,'  Mic.  vi.  5.  And 
 the  history  now  following  showeth,  how  when 
 Balak,  the  princes  of  Moab  and  Midian,  and 
 Balaam  their  prophet,  had  plotted  and  prac- 
 tised with  all  their  art  and  might,   to  with- 
 
 draw God's  favour  and  blessing  from  his  peo- 
 ple, but  prevailed  nothing;  the  prophet  gave 
 Balak  and  the  Midianites  counsel  to  put  a 
 stumbling-block  before  the  Israelites,  to  see 
 if  they  could  withdraw  the  people  from  the 
 love,  fear,  and  obedience  of  the  Lord  their 
 God,  that  Israel  sinning,  might  fall  and 
 bring  themselves  into  the  curse,  (which  Ba- 
 laam could  not  biing  upon  them)  and  so 
 perish.  By  this  wicked  counsel  they  pre- 
 vailed against  many,  to  the  death  of  twenty- 
 four  thousand  Israelites:  but  the  state  and 
 body  of  the  church  was  by  God's  grace  still 
 preserved,  the  wicked  being  taken  away  by 
 his  judgment.     The  PEorLE,]  Some  of  the 
 
124 
 
 NUMB  E  R  S. 
 
 pie  unto  the  sacrifices  of  their  gods :   and  the  people  did  eat,  and 
 bowed  themselves  down  to  their  gods,     ^  x\nd  Israel  was  joined  to 
 
 people  of  Israel;  for  they  that  fell  to  this 
 wickedness,  did  all  peiish;  but  they  that 
 cleaved  to  the  Lord,  remained  alive,  Dent. 
 
 iv.    3,  4.       To    COMMIT    WHOREDOM,]    Or,  to 
 
 commit  fornication]  which  the  Chald.  ex- 
 ponndetli,  to  err  (or  go  astray)  after  the 
 daughters  of  Moah;  understanding  also,  the 
 daughters  of  Midian,  as  appeareth  by  ver.  6, 
 17,  IS.  This  evil  they  fell  into,  by  tlie 
 wicked  counsel  and  doctrine  of  Balaam,  who 
 taught  Balak  'to  cast  a  stuinbling-block 
 before  the  sons  of  Israel,  to  eat  things 
 sacrificed  to  idols,  and  to  commit  fornica- 
 tion,' Rev.  ii.  14.  So  Moses  likewise  saith, 
 *  Behold  these  (women)  caused  the  sons  of 
 Israel,  through  the  word  of  Balaam,  to  com- 
 mit trespass  against  Jehovah  in  the  matter  of 
 Poor,'  Num.  xxxi.  16.  Tiiat  hyjx)crite  who 
 had  so  often  blessed  Israel,  and  pronounced 
 those  accursed  which  cursed  them,  who  had 
 heard  and  uttered  the  oracles  of  God,  had  his 
 eyes  opened,  had  escaped  the  sword  of  the 
 angel,  &e.  to  the  end  that  he  should  not  speak 
 or  do  any  thing  but  what  the  Lord  commanded : 
 yet  after  all  this,  he  was  the  author  of  this 
 mischief;  that  it  might  appear  how  '  evil  meu 
 and  seducers  wax  worse  and  worse,  deceiv- 
 ing, and  being  deceived,'  2  Tim.  iii.  13,  and 
 that  meu  might  beware  of  false  prophets, 
 which  come  in  sheep's  clothing,  but  inwardly 
 are  ravening  wolves,  Matt.  vii.  15. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Thev  called,]  Tiiat  is,  the 
 daughters  of  Moah  called,  oi-  invited.  Thus 
 tile  intended  war,  of  Moab  against  Israel,  was 
 turned  to  a  pretended  peace,  and  feigned 
 amity,  alluring  people  by  fleshly  baits,  to  de- 
 file the  bodies  and  souls  with  whoredom  and 
 idolatry.  By  the  women  of  Moab,  and  of 
 other  strange  peoples,  Solomon  the  wise  was 
 also  drawn  into  sin,  1  Kings  xi.  1,  4.  S.\- 
 CRiFicEs  OF  THEIR  GODS,]  Or,  of  their  god', 
 in  Gr.  and  Chald.  of  their  idols:  meaning  of 
 Baal-Peor:  whereof  David  speaketh  thus, 
 '  They  were  joined  unto  Baal-Peor,  and  ate 
 the  sacrifices  of  the  dead,'  Ps.  cvi.  28.  By 
 the  dead,  meain'ng  idols,  unto  which  the 
 scriptures  do  oppose  '  the  living  and  true 
 God,'  1  Thes.  i.  9;  Jer.  x.  9,  10.  DiD 
 EAT,]  And  so  communicated  with  their  ido- 
 latry; for  they  who  eat  of  the  sacrifices,  are 
 partakers  of  the  altar,  1  Cor.  x.  18.  Tliis 
 sin  God  in  special  manner  had  forewarned 
 them  of,  in  Exod.  xxxiv.  14,  15.  Bou'ed 
 TO  their  GODS,]  In  Gr.  and  Chald.  to  their 
 idols.  This  people  whom  God  had  guided 
 through  the  wilderness  forty  years,  who  had 
 seen  God's  works,  and  felt  his  punishments 
 fur  their  own  and  their  fathers'  sins,  were  de- 
 livered from  many  enemies  round  about,  and 
 
 now  abiding  in  Shittim,  were  ready  to  enter 
 into  the  promised  land,  are  here  prevented 
 and  oveithrowu  through  their  own  corrup- 
 tion, 
 
 Ver.  3. — Was  joined,]  Or,  was  coupled, 
 was  yoked:  unto  which  word  the  apostle 
 seemeth  to  have  respect,  when  he  saitli,  '  Be 
 ye  not  unequally  yoked  together  with  unbe- 
 lievers,' 2  Cor.  vi.  14.  To  Baal-Peor,] 
 Which  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  to  them  that 
 served  Baal-Peor,  that  was  the  idol  of  the 
 Moabites  and  Midiai.ites,  called  in  Gr.  Bel- 
 phegor.  Baal  is  by  interpietation  a  lord  or 
 patron:  by  which  name  it  is  probalile  that 
 the  heathens  called  the  sun,  or  some  star,  as 
 is  noted  on  Lev.  xviii.  21.  Peor  or  Phegor, 
 was  the  name  of  a  mountain,  Num.  xxiii. 
 28,  and  of  the  idol  there  worshipped.  Num. 
 xxv.  17:  Josh.  xxii.  17.  And  because  Baal 
 was  a  common  name  to  many  idols,  and 
 much  reverenced  of  the  people,  through  cor- 
 ruption the  Israelites  called  also  the  Lord, 
 Baal :  but  he  blameth  them  for  it,  saying, 
 '  Thou  shalt  call  me  no  more  Baali,'  Hos.  ii. 
 16,  and  in  detestation  of  the  name,  the  pro- 
 phets put  Bosheth,  that  is,  shame,  instead  of 
 Baal,  that  is,  Lord:  as  it  is  written,  'They 
 went  to  Baal-Peor,  and  separated  themselves 
 unto  that  shame,'  Hos.  ix.  10,  and  the  Gr. 
 interpreters  in  1  Kings  xviii.  25,  translate 
 Baal,  Shame:  yea  and  the  Heh.  piophets 
 sometimes  put  one  for  another,  as  Jerub-Baal 
 (who  was  Gideon)  Judg.  viii.  35;  ix.  1,  is 
 called  Jerub-Besheth,  2  Sam.  xi.  21;  Esh. 
 Baal,  1  Chron.  viii.  33;  is  called  Ish-Bo- 
 sheth,  2  Sam.  ii.  10;  and  Merib-Baal,  1 
 Chron.  viii.  34 ;  is  Mephi-Bosheth,  2  Sam. 
 ii.  10.  Hereupon  it  is  said,  '  Ye  set  up 
 altars  to  that  shame,  even  altars  to  burn  in- 
 cense unto  Baal,'  Jer.  xi.  13.  Peor  hath  the 
 signification  of  opening  the  mouth,  and  was 
 the  name  of  this  idol,  as  some  think,  of  filthi- 
 iiess  and  fornication  committed  together  with 
 idolatry,  (as  this  history  showeth)  and  to  be 
 that  which  in  other  language  was  called  Pria- 
 pus.  But  as  Nebo  the  god  of  Babylon  hath 
 his  name  of  prophesying,  so  Peor  might  like- 
 wise be  so  called  of  opening  the  mouth  in 
 speech  and  prophecy;  as  the  scripture  men- 
 tioueth  '  the  prophets  of  Baal,'  1  Kings 
 xviii.  22,  and  of  the  prophets  that  prophesied 
 by  Baal,  Jer.  ii.  8;  xxiii.  13.  The  anger 
 OF  Jehovah,]  'They  provoked  him  to  in- 
 dignation by  their  actions,  and  the  plague 
 brake  in  upon  them,'  Ps.  cvi.  29.  Thus  Ba- 
 laam by  his  counsel  brought  them  into  sin, 
 and  so  under  wrath  and  curse  through  their 
 own  default;  which  he  could  not  obtain  of 
 God  otherwise  against  them  by  any  means. 
 
CHAP.  XXV. 
 
 125 
 
 Baal-Peor,  and  the  anger  of  Jeliovali  was  kindled  against  Israel. 
 *  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses,  Take  all  the  heads  of  the  people, 
 and  hang  them  up  before  Jehovah,  against  the  sun,  tliat  tlie  fierce 
 anger  of  Jehovah  may  be  turned  away  from  Israel.  ^  And  Moses 
 said  unto  the  judges  of  Israel,  Slay  ye  every  man  his  men  that  were 
 joined  unto  Baal-Peor.  '^  And  behold,  a  man  of  the  sons  of  Israel 
 came,  and  brought  near  unto  his  brethren  a  Midianitess,  in  the  eyes 
 of  Moses,  and  in  tlie  eyes  of  all  the  congregation  of  the  sons  of 
 Israel :  and  they  were  weeping  at  the  door  of  tlie  tent  of  the  con- 
 gregation. '  And  PJiinehas  the  son  of  Eleazar,  the  son  of  Aaron 
 tlie  priest,  saw  it ;  and  he  rose  up  from  amongst  the  congregation, 
 and  took  a  javelin  in  his  hand.  *  And  lie  went  in  after  the  man  of 
 Israel,  into  the  tent,  and  thrust  both  of  them  througli,  tJie  man  of 
 Israel,  and  the  woman,  through  her  belly ;  and  tlie  plague  was 
 stayed  from  the  sons  of  Israel.  ^  And  tliose  that  died  in  tlie  plague, 
 were  four  and  twenty  thousand. 
 
 Ver.  4.— Thk  heads,]  That  is,  as  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  the  captains  of  the  people, 
 such  as  were  chief  in  tiie  transgression. 
 Hang  them  dp,]  The  Gr.  translateth  it, 
 ?na/ce  them  a  public  example:  the  Chald. 
 judge  and  kill  him  that  is  ivorthy  to  be 
 killed:  but  Thargiim  Jonathan  expouiideth 
 it,  "crucify  them."  The  law  after  saith, 
 '  he  that  is  hanged  is  the  curse  of  God,  that 
 is,  accursed  of  God,'  Deut.  xxi.  23,  so  the 
 sinners  brought  the  curse  upon  themselves. 
 Before  Jehovah,]  Or,  for,  or  unto  Jeho- 
 vah; to  his  honour,  in  doing  vengeance  on  his 
 enemies.  Both  these  phrases  are  used  as  one, 
 in  2  Sam.  xxi.,  '  we  will  hang  them  up  unto 
 Jehovah,'  ver.  6,  '  and  they  hanged  them  be- 
 fore Jehovah,'  ver.  9.  That  the  fierce 
 ANGER,]  Or,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  and  the 
 fierce  anger  (or  heat  of  the  anger)  of  the 
 Lord  shall  be  turned  away.  Signifying 
 that  the  rooting  out  of  sinners  turneth  away 
 Go.l's  anger  from  a  people:  for,  '  to  do  justice 
 and  judgment,  is  more  acceptable  to  the  Lord 
 than  sacrifice,'  Prov.  xxi.  3. 
 
 Ver.  5. — His  men,]  The  men  under  his 
 government,  as  they  were  distributed  in 
 Exod.  xviii.  25.  Although  the  Midianites 
 were  the  beginners  of  this  mischief,  yet  God 
 first  punisheth  and  purgeth  his  church,  and 
 after  he  giveth  order  to  destroy  the  Midian- 
 ites,  ver.  17;  Num.  xxxi.  2,  for  'judgment 
 must  begin  at  the  house  of  God,'  1  Pet.  iv. 
 17;  Ezek.  ix.  6.  Compare  herewith  the 
 judgment  inflicted  for  the  golden  calf,  Exod, 
 xxxii.  27,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  6 Brought   near,]    This   word 
 
 sjgnifieth  a  bringing  to  commit  fornication, 
 as  in  Gen.  xx.  4,  '  Ahimelech  had  not  come 
 near  unto  her:'  see  the  notes  on  Lev.   xviii. 
 
 6.  They  were  weeping,]  These  circum- 
 stances show  the  sin  to  be  done  with  au  high 
 hand,  in  contempt  of  Moses,  of  the  congre- 
 gation, of  God  liimself  and  his  judgments 
 (for  which  the  people  now  wept:)  and  so  of 
 all  religion ;  and  with  a  purpose  to  stir  up 
 the  people  unto  open  rebellion. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Into  the  tent,]  The  original 
 word  used  here  for  a  tent,  is  not  the  ordinary 
 name,  but  such  as  signifieth  a  cave  or  hollow 
 place ;  and  is  thought  to  mean  such  a  tent  as 
 was  made  for  fornication:  and  so  it  more 
 showeth  the  height  of  his  impiety,  that  erected 
 such  a  place  of  wickedness.  Her  belly,] 
 In  Chald.  her  botvcls;  in  Gr.  her  womb  (or 
 matrice.)  The  plagoe  was  stayed,]  Or, 
 was  restrained :  this  plague,  which  the  Chald. 
 calleth  death,  seemeth  to  a  be  pestilence 
 which  God  sent  among  the  people,  as  the  like 
 speech  elsewhere  showeth,  Nimi.  xvi.  50.  1 
 Chron.  xxi.  22,  as  also  in  that  David  saith, 
 'the  plague  brake  in  upMi  them,'  Ps.  cvi. 
 29.  Howbeit  the  word  is  sometime  used  for 
 slaughter  by  the  sword,  as  in  1  Sam.  iv. 
 17. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Twenty-four  thousand,]  All 
 the  men  that  had  followed  Baal-Peor,  the  Lord 
 destroyed  them  from  among  his  people,  Deut. 
 iv.  3.  The  apostle  speaki.ng  hereof,  saith, 
 '  Neither  let  us  commit  fornication,  as  some 
 of  them  committed,  and  fell  in  one  day  three 
 and  twenty  thousand,'  1  Cor.  x.  8.  It 
 seemeth  that  one  thousand  were  slain  by  the 
 judges,  ver.  5,  and  twenty-three  thousand  by 
 the  hand  of  God,  of  which  latter  number  the 
 apostle  speaketh:  or,  one  thousand  of  the 
 chief  were  hanged,  and  the  rest  slain  by  the 
 sword. 
 
126 
 
 N  [J  M  B  E  R  S. 
 
 S  S  3 
 
 '"  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses,  saying,  "  Phinehas  the  soi\ 
 of  Eleazar,  the  son  of  Aaron  the  priest,  hatli  turned  my  wrath 
 away  from  the  sons  of  Israel,  while  he  was  zealous  with  my  zeal 
 among  them,  tliat  I  consumed  not  tlie  sons  of  Israel  in  my  zeal. 
 ''  Therefore  say,  Behold  I  give  unto  him  my  covenant  of  peace. 
 '^  i\nd  there  shall  be  to  him,  and  to  his  seed  after  him,  the  covenant 
 of  an  everlasting  priesthood,  because  he  was  zealous  for  his  God, 
 
 S  S  5  Here  the  Hebs.  begin  the  forty-first 
 section  or  lecture  of  the  law,  which  they  call 
 Phinehas. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Hath  turned  away,]  InGr. 
 hath  caused  my  wrath  to  cease.  The  fact 
 of  Phinehas,  who  was  but  a  priest's  son,  no 
 ordinary  magistrate,  and  who  proceeded  not 
 with  the  malefactoi'S  judicially,  but  carried 
 with  zeal  of  God,  thrust  them  through  sud- 
 denly, might  seem  blame-wortliy  in  the  eyes 
 of  men,  and  might  procure  him  much  ill-will 
 considering  the  persons  whom  he  killed,  the 
 man  being  a  prince  in  Israel,  and  the  woman 
 a  prince's  daughter  of  Midian:  therefore 
 God  here  justifieth  and  rewardeth  his  work 
 done  by  the  motion  of  his  Spirit.  He  was 
 ZEALOUS  WITH  MY  ZEAL,]  Or,  he  tvas  jeal- 
 mis  ivith  my  jealousy;  for  God's  cause,  not 
 his  own.  The  apostle  hath  a  like  speech,  '  I 
 am  jealous  over  you  with  jealousy  of  God, 
 that  is,  with  godly  jealousy.'  Zeal  or  jeal- 
 ousy, (Ijoth  which  are  signified  by  one  word 
 in  the  Heb.)  meaneth  both  a  fervent  indigna- 
 tion against  the  sinners,  and  a  fervent  love 
 unto  the  Lord,  showed  in  his  former, act,  as 
 Thargum  Jonathan  addeth  for  explanation, 
 "and  he  killed  the  guilty  among  them." 
 In  my  ZEAL,]  Or,  in  my  jealousy;  it  is  the 
 word  before  used,  and  applied  here  to  God,  as 
 in  Exod.  xx.  5,  and  often. 
 
 Ver.  12 — 1  give,]  In  Chald.  /.  decree. 
 Of  peace,]  Understand,  my  covenant,  (tlie 
 covenant  of)  peace:  so  God  saith  of  Levi, 
 •  my  covenant  was  with  him,  (the  covenant 
 of)  life  and  peace ;  and  I  gave  them  unto 
 him,  for  the  fear  wherewith  he  feared  me,' 
 &c.  Mai.  ii.  3.  So  in  this  place  Thargum 
 Jonathan  paraphraseth,  "Behold  I  decree 
 unto  him  my  covenant  of  peace,  and  I  will 
 make  him  the  messenger  of  my  covenant, 
 and  he  shall  live  for  ever,  to  preach  the  gos- 
 pel of  redemption  in  the  end  of  days."  By 
 which  words  Phinehas  in  his  covenant  was  a 
 figure  of  Christ,  who  is  called  '  the  messenger 
 of  the  covenant,'  Mai.  iii.  1,  and  hath  an 
 everlasting  priesthood,  '  after  the  power  of  an 
 endless  life,'  Heb.  vii,  10,  17,  and  hath  both 
 
 wrought  and  preached  redemption   in  these 
 latter  days,  Heb.  i.  1—3. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Of  an  everlasting  prjest- 
 HOOD,]  Meaning  until  Christ's  coming,  to 
 whom  the  priesthood  of  Aaron  was  to  give 
 place,  Heb.  vii.  1),  &c.  Phinehas  himself 
 lived  to  a  great  old  age,  as  appeareth  by  Judg. 
 XX.  28,  his  sons  successively  were  high  priests 
 till  tlie  captivity  of  Babylon,  1  Chron.  vi.  4, 
 15,  and  at  the  return  out  of  captivity,  Ezra 
 the  great  priest  and  scrihe  was  of  his  line, 
 Ezia  vii.  1,  5.  And  God  by  his  prophet 
 promiseth,  that  '  David  shall  never  want  a 
 man  to  sit  upon  the  throne  of  the  house  of 
 Israel:  neither  shall  the  priests  the  Levites 
 want  a  man  befoie  me,  to  ofler  burnt-ofler- 
 ings,  and  to  kindle  meat-oflerings,  and  to 
 do  sacrifice  continually,'  Jer.  xxxiii.  17, 
 IS,  21,  22.  Both  which  are  accom- 
 plished in  Christ,  Luke  i.  32,  33;  Heb. 
 iii.  1;  V.  1 — 5;  viii.  1 — 3,  &c.  Zealous 
 FOR  HIS  God,]  Oy,  jealous  for  his  Goof,  that 
 is,  for  the  dishonour  done  unto  his  God  ;  as 
 God  himself  is  said  to  be  jealous  for  Jerusa- 
 lem, when  he  was  sore  displeased  with  the 
 heathens  that  afflicted  it,  Zach.  i.  14,  15. 
 '  It  is  good  to  be  zealously  ati'ected  always  in 
 a  good  thing,'  Gal.  iv.  18,  that  God  showeth 
 liere  in  rewarding  Phinehas'  zeal,  who  'stood 
 up  and  executed  judgment,  and  the  plague 
 was  stayed :  and  it  was  counted  to  him  for 
 justice,  to  generation  and  generation  for  ever,' 
 Ps.  cvi.  30,  31.  The  Hebs.  in  ages  follow- 
 ing mentioned  his  glory  ;  as  Ben  Sirach 
 saith,  '  Because  he  had  zeal  in  the  fear  of  the 
 Lord,  and  stood  up  with  good  courage  of 
 heart,  when  the  people  were  tiu'ned  back, 
 and  made  atonement  for  Israel;  therefore 
 was  there  a  covenant  of  peace  made  with 
 him,  that  he  should  be  the  chief  of  the  sanc- 
 tuary, and  of  his  people;  and  that  he  and  his 
 posterity  should  have  the  dignity  of  the  priest- 
 iiood  for  ever,'  Eccl.  xlv.  23,  24.  The 
 scripture  noteth  the  contrary  of  Eli  (who 
 came  of  Ithamar  the  brother  of  Eleazar)  for 
 when  his  own  sons  committed  whoredom 
 with  tlie  women  of  Israel,  that  assembled  at 
 the  door  of  the  tabernacle  of  the  congrega- 
 
CHAP.  XXV 
 
 127 
 
 and  made  atonement  for  the  sons  of  Israel.  "  And  the  name  of  tlie 
 man  of  Israel,  that  ivas  smitten,  that  was  smitten  with  the  Midiani- 
 tess,  was  Zimri,  the  son  of  Salu,  a  prince  of  a  fatltcr's  house,  of 
 the  Simeonites.  '^  And  the  name  of  the  woman,  the  Midianitess 
 that  was  smitten,  ivas  Cozbi  the  daughter  of  Zur,  he  was  an  head 
 of  nations,  of  a  father's  house  of  Midian. 
 
 tion,  and  made  themselves  vile,  '  he  res- 
 trained them  not,'  but  honoured  his  sous 
 above  the  Lord:  therefore  God  threatened  to 
 cut  off  his  arm,  and  the  arm  of  his  father's 
 house,  that  there  should  not  be  an  old  man  in 
 his  house  for  ever.  And  he  '  sware  unto  the 
 house  of  Eli,  that  the  iniquity  of  Eli's  house 
 should  not  be  purged  with  sacrifice,  nor  oii'cr- 
 ing  for  ever,'  I  Sam.  ii.  22,  29,  31;  iii.  13, 
 14.  Made  atoneiMent,]  Or,  made  recori- 
 ciliation,  pacified  God's  wrath  through  faith: 
 this  word  used  for  atonement  by  sacrifice,  is 
 here  applied  to  the  executing  of  judgment 
 upon  tlie  malefactors ;  whereupon  God  stayed 
 the  plague  which  had  begun  upon  the  con- 
 gregation. As  oftentimes  for  the  sin  of 
 some,  God  is  wroth  with  the  whole  congre- 
 gation, Josh.  vii.  ],  12;  xxii.  17,  IS,  so 
 here  for  the  just  fact  of  Phinehas  his  wrath 
 was  turned  away,  ver.  11,  and  atonement  is 
 made.  So  the  proverb  was  fulfilled,  '  The 
 king's  wrath  is  as  messengers  of  death  ;  but 
 a  wise  man  will  pacify  it,'  Prov.  xvi.  14. 
 Thus  David  also  made  atonement  by  doing 
 justice  on  Saul's  house,  2  Sam.  xxi.  3,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Smitten,]  That  is,  killed,  as 
 the  Chald.  explaineth  it:  so  in  ver.  15,  and 
 17.  ZiMRr,]  In  Gr.  Zamhri  son  of  Salo; 
 the  notation  of  this  name  agreeth  with  his 
 end;  for  Zimri  signifieth  cutting  off",  as  su- 
 perfluous boughs  are  pruned,  or  rut  oil'  from 
 the  vine  :  Salo  signifieth  treading  binder 
 foot;  so  as  a  fruitless  branch  he  was  cut  oil" 
 from  the  vine  of  Israel,  and  trodden  down  of 
 God  and  men;  as  it  is  written,  '  Thou  hast 
 trodden  down  all  them  that  go  astray  from 
 thy  statutes;  for  their  deceit  is  falsehood,' 
 Ps.  cxix.  118.  Among  the  Simeonites,] 
 In  Chald.  of  the  tribe  of  Siineon.  And 
 being  a  prince,  and  bringing  that  harlot  '  un- 
 to his  brethren,'  ver.  6,  it  is  likely  that  many 
 of  that  tribe  took  part  with  him,  and  perished 
 in  the  plague  aforesaid.  For  whereas  that  tribe 
 at  the  former  mustei-,  had  fifty-nine  thou- 
 sand and  three  hundred  men  of  war  among 
 them,  Num.  i.  22,  23,  they  were  diminished 
 now  after  this  plague  thirty-seven  thousand 
 and  one  hundred,  that  there  remained  at 
 the  next  muster,  but  twenty-two  thousand 
 and  two  hundred  men,  Num.  xxvi.  I,  14. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Cozbi,]  In  Gr.  Chasbi  daugh- 
 ter of  Sour.  Cozbi  signifieth  lying  or  false- 
 hood, Zur  is  a  rock.    An  head  of  nations,] 
 
 That  is,  a  governor  of  people;  for  he  was  a 
 prince  of  Midian,  ver.  17,  and  afterward  he 
 is  said  to  be  one  of  the  five  kings  of  Midian, 
 Num.  xxxi.  8.  And  as  Balaam  with  his 
 wicked  counsel  and  doctrine,  is  named  as  a 
 figure  of  antichristiau  seducers,  corrupting 
 the  Christian  church  with  fornication  and 
 idolatry,  Rev.  ii.  14,  so  in  this  prince  of  Mi- 
 dian, and  the  harlot  his  daughter,  we  may 
 behold  the  type  of  antichrist,  who  by  the 
 spirit  and  doctrine  of  Balaam  hath  drawn 
 the  church  unto  fornication  and  idolatry  with 
 false  gods  and  heresies.  His  false  prophets, 
 like  the  daughters  of  Moab,  allure  men  unto 
 those  abominations:  for  as  the  wisdom  of  God 
 (in  Christ)  sendeth  forth  her  maidens  to  in- 
 vite the  simple  to  come  and  eat  of  her  bread, 
 and  drink  of  the  wine  that  she  hath  mingled, 
 Prov.  ix.  1 — 5,  so  '  the  foolish  woman,'  (or 
 whore  of  Babylon,  Rev.  xvii.  1,  5,)  hath 
 also  her  toll-guests,  'the  spirits  of  devils, 
 working  miracles,  which  go  forth  unto  the 
 kings  of  the  earth,'  &c.  Rev.  xvi.  13,  14, 
 and  she  calleth  '  passengers,  who  go  right  on 
 their  ways  to  partake  of  her  stolen  waters 
 which  are  sweet,  and  bread  in  secret,  which 
 is  pleasant,  and  many  do  follow  her  pernicious 
 ways,  yea,  many  strong  men  have  been  slain 
 by 'her,''  Prov.  ix.  13-18;  vii.  26;  2  Pet. 
 ii.  1,  2.  The  kings  also  of  the  earth  have 
 committed  fornication  with  her,  Rev.  xviii. 
 3,  and  brought  her  by  their  laws  unto  the 
 brethren  and  subjects.  And  as  the  harlot's 
 name  was  Cozbi,  that  is,  a  lie  or  falsehood, 
 the  daugliter  of  Zur,  that  is,  a  rock,  a  prince 
 of  Midian  of  Abraham's  degenerate  children, 
 Gen.  XXV.  1,  2;  so  is  the  church  of  anti- 
 christ, false  and  deceitful,  yet  the  pretended 
 daughter  of  the  Rock,  which  Christ  hath  pro- 
 mised to  build  his  church  upon.  Matt.  xvi. 
 IS,  though  being  departed  from  the  true 
 faith  of  Christ,  as  the  Midianites  were  from 
 the  faith  of  their  father  Abiaham.  For  those 
 antichristiau  idolatries,  God  sendeth  forth  his 
 plagues.  Rev.  xvi.  But  when  with  the  sword 
 of  the  Spirit,  (which  is  the  word  of  God,  Epii. 
 vi.  17,)  those  abominations  are  cut  off,  and 
 the  arithors  of  them  thrust  through,  as  in 
 Zach.  xiii.  2,  3,  the  wrath  of  God  which  now 
 is  kindled  against  the  sinners,  shall  be  turned 
 away.  Of  a  father's  house,]  Sol.  Jai'chi 
 here  noteth  from  Gen.  xxv.  4,  thai  "  Midian 
 had  five  father's  houses,  Ephah,  and  Eplier, 
 
128 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 '^  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses,  saying,  '"  Vex  thoii  the  Mi- 
 dianites,  and  smite  ye  tliem.  '®  For  they  vex  you  with  their  wiles, 
 wherewith  tliey  Jiave  beguiled  you  in  the  matter  of  Peor,  and  in 
 the  matter  of  Cozbi,  the  daughter  of  a  prince  of  Midian  their  sis- 
 ter, wliicli  was  smitten  in  the  day  of  the  plague,  for  Peor's  sake. 
 
 and   Hanoch,   and   Ahida,  and   Eldaah:   and 
 tliis  man  was  king  of  one  of  them." 
 
 Ver.  17.' — Vex  the  Midianites,]  Or, 
 distress,  that  is,  war  against  the  Midianites; 
 as  the  Gr.  translateth,  use  enmity  against 
 them  :  fleh.  to  vex,  or  to  distress,  of  which 
 phrase  see  the  notes  on  Exod.  xiii.  3,  God 
 who  had  first  punished  his  own  people  for 
 their  sins,  doth  now  decree  vengeance  against 
 tlieir  enemies,  which  was  done  by  Moses  be- 
 fore his  deatli,  Num.  xxxi.  2.  For  as  God 
 saith  to  the  nations,  '  Lo  I  begin  to  bring 
 evil  on  the  city,  upon  which  my  name  is 
 called  ;  and  should  ye  be  utterly  unpunished? 
 ye  shall  not  be  unpunished,'  Jer.  xxv.  29. 
 He  speakcth  this  against  the  Midianites,  ra- 
 ther than  against  the  Moabites  (whom  he  had 
 forbidden  Israel  to  vex  or  distress,  Deut.  ii. 
 9.)  because  they  were  chief  in  the  mischief. 
 For  though  Balaam  gave  the  coimsel  to  the 
 king  of  Moab,  Rev.  ii.  14,  and  the  Moabit- 
 ish  women  were  prostitutes  also  unto  whore- 
 dom, Num.  xxv.  1,  yet  Balak  at  first  did  not 
 much  regard  that  counsel,  but  turned  Balaam 
 away  with  shame.  Num.  xxiv.  11,  25;  but 
 the  Midianites  retained  him,  and  amongst 
 them  he  was  slain,  Num.  xxxi.  8.  And 
 Cozbi   a  king's  daughter   of  Midiau   was   a 
 
 principal  instrument  of  evil  tnito  Isiael,  as 
 God  showeth  in  ver.  18,  therefore  the  Mi- 
 dianites were  first  in  the  punishment.  Smite 
 YE  THEM,]  That  is,  as  the  Chald.  expound- 
 eth  it,  kill  ye  them. 
 
 Ver.  18. — For  they  vex  you,]  Or,  dis- 
 tress you,  not  with  war,  but  with  wiles  and 
 deceits.  So  God  saith  of  Babylon,  <  Reward 
 her  even  as  she  hath  rewarded  you,'  Rev. 
 xviii.  6.  The  reward  of  unrighteous  works, 
 is  righteous  judgment.  Their  wiles,]  Or, 
 their  guiles,  deceits,  crafts.  Beguiled 
 YOU,]  Or,  dealt  wilily  and  craftily  with 
 you:  as  the  Egyptians  when  they  thought  to 
 deal  wisely  for  the  suppressing  of  Israel, 
 Exod.  i.  10,  are  said  to  'deal  craftily,'  Ps. 
 cv.  25,  and  Joseph's  brethren,  when  they 
 craftily  conspired  his  death,  Gen.  xxxvii.  IS. 
 By  this  it  appeareth,  that  the  amity  of  the 
 Midianites  was  but  feigned,  and  that  they 
 plotted  the  destruction  of  Israel.  Matter,] 
 Heb.  word  of  Peor;  the  idolatry  with  Baal- 
 Peor,  which  Israel  was  drawn  unto,  ver.  2, 
 .".  So  '  the  matter  (or  word)  of  Cozbi,'  is 
 meant  the  fornication  w  ith  her,  ver.  6.  Fon 
 Peor's  sake,]  Heb.  for  the  tvord  of  Peor, 
 that  is,  which  plague  came  on  Israel  for 
 Peor's  sake  or  cause. 
 
 CHAP.    XXVI. 
 
 1.  The  sum  of  all  the  men  of  Israel,  from  twenty  years  old  and  tip- 
 ward,  is  taken  in  the  plains  of  Moab.  5.  The  families  and  mimbers  of 
 Reuben.  \2.  Simeon.  15.  Gad.  \9.  Judah.  23.  Issachar.  26.  Za- 
 bulon.  29.  Manasseh.  35.  Ephraim.  38.  Be7ijamin.  42.  Dan.  44. 
 Aser.  48.  Naphtali.  51.  The  sum  of  them  all.  52.  The  law  of  divid- 
 ing among  them  the  inheritance  of  the  land.  57.  The  families  and  num- 
 ber of  the  Levites.  62.  The  cause  why  they  were  not  numbered  among 
 the  Israelites.  G3.  None  were  left  of  them  which  were  numbered  at 
 Sina,  but  Caleb  and  Joshua. 
 
 'And   it   was   after   the  plague  that  Jehovah  said  unto  Moses, 
 
 Ver.  1. — After  the  plague,]  After  the 
 death  of  the  twenty-four  thousand  that  perish- 
 ed for  the  sin  of  Peor,  (Num.  xxv.  9  ;)  tlie 
 Lord  commandeth  the  people  to  be  number- 
 ed,   which    should    have    inheritance    in  his 
 
 land;  to  signify  his  love  and  care  of  tiiose 
 that  cleaved  unto  him,  Deut.  iv.  3,  4.  The 
 Hebs.  explain  it  by  "  the  similitude  of  a 
 shepherd,  who,  when  wolves  have  gotten 
 among  his  flock,  and  worried  some  of  them, 
 
CHAP.  XXVI. 
 
 120 
 
 and  unto  Eleazar,  the  son  of  Aaron  the  priest,  saying,  ^  Take  ye 
 the  sum  of  all  the  congregation  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  from  twenty 
 years  old  and  upward,  according  to  the  house  of  their  fathers,  every 
 one  that  goeth  forth  with  the  army  in  Israel.  ^  And  Moses  and 
 Eleazar  the  priest  spake  witli  them  in  tlie  plains  of  Moab,  by  Jor- 
 dan near  Jericho,  saying,  *  From  twenty  years  old  and  upward, 
 as  Jehovah  commanded  Moses,  and  the  sons  of  Israel  whicli  went 
 forth  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt. 
 
 ^  Reuben  the  first-born  of  Israel ;  the  sons  of  Reuben,  o/' Enoch, 
 tlie  family  of  the  Enochites  ;  of  Phallu,  the  family  of  the  Phallu- 
 ites.  *  Of  Hezron,  the  family  of  the  Hezronites  ;  of  Carmi,  the 
 family  of  the  Carmites.  ^  Tliese  are  the  families  of  the  Reuben - 
 ites,  and  they  that  were  mustered  of  them  were  three  and  forty 
 thousand,  and  seven  Imndred  and  thirty.  ^  And  the  sons  of  Phallu, 
 Eliab.  ®  And  the  sons  of  Eliab,  Nemuel,  and  Dathan  and  Abiram: 
 tliis  is  that  Dathan  and  Abiram,  the  called  of  the  congregation, 
 who  strove  against  Moses  and  against  Aaron,  in  the  congregation 
 of  Korah,  when  they  strove  against  Jehovah.     '"  And  the  earth 
 
 he  counteth  them,  to  know  the  number  of 
 those  that  are  left."  Again,  "  as  when  they 
 came  out  of  Egypt,  and  were  delivered  to 
 Moses,  they  were  delivered  him  by  tale, 
 (Exod.  xxxviii.  26,)  so  now  when  Moses 
 was  ready  to  die,  and  to  deliver  his  flock 
 again,  he  delivered  them  by  tale."  Sul.  Jar- 
 chi  on  Num.  xxvi.  Eleazar,]  Who  now 
 was  high  priest  after  the  death  of  Aaron  his 
 father,  who  had  before  numbered  them  with 
 Moses,  Num.  i.  3.  And  this  Eleazar  was 
 he,  who  after  with  Joshua  divided  the  land 
 of  Canaan  to  this  people,  Josh.  xiv.  ],  &c. 
 
 Ver.    2 The    sum,]   Heb.    the   head; 
 
 which  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  the  count  or 
 sum:  see  Exod.  xxx.  12.  This  was  the 
 third  time  that  Israel  was  numbered  for  to 
 fight  the  Lord's  battle  against  the  Canaan- 
 ites,  and  to  receive  their  land  for  an  inheri- 
 tance. See  the  annot.  on  Num.  i.  2.  Twen- 
 ty YEARS  OLD,  J  Heb.  son  of  tiventy  years. 
 See  Num.  i.  3.  House,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr. 
 explaineth  it,  houses  of  their  fathers.  Jarchi 
 saith,  "  they  were  reckoned  by  the  tribe  of  the 
 father,  and  not  after  the  mother:"  so  in  Num. 
 i.  2.  Goeth  forth  with  the  army,]  Able 
 to  go  out  to  war  the  warfare  of  the  Lord: 
 see  the  notes  on  Num.  i.  3. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Spake  with  them,]  In  Chald. 
 spake,  and  said  to  number  them  :  but  Thar- 
 gum  Jonathan  addetli,  "  spake  with  the 
 princes,  and  said  to  number  them."  So  it 
 accordeth  with  Num.  i.  4.  Plains.]  Or, 
 campaign  country  of  Moab  :  see  Num.  xxii. 
 1. 
 
 Ver.  4. — From  twenty  years  old,] 
 Heb._/ro7»  a  son  of  twenty  years  :  as  ver. 
 
 Vol.  II.  R 
 
 2,  and  here  is  to  be  understood,  the  people 
 are  to  be  numbered  or  the  like. 
 
 Ver.  5.. — The  first-born,]  Reuben  for 
 this  cause  is  here  first  numbered,  as  also  in 
 Num.  i,  5,  20,  though  he  lost  his  dignity 
 by  his  sin,  I  Chron.  v.  1 ;  and  was  put  down 
 to  the  second  quarter,  as  they  encamped 
 about  the  sanctuary,  and  marched  towards 
 Canaan,  Num.  ii.  10 — 16.  Enoch,]  In 
 Heb.  Chanoch :  see  Gen.  v.  18  ;  xlvi.  9. 
 Of  the  Enochites,]  Heb.  of  the  Enochite,  (or 
 Chanochite,)  the  singular  number  for  the  plu- 
 ral: so  after  throughout  this  chapter.  See 
 the  annot.  on  Gen.  x.  6.  And  here  Reuben 
 hath  four  families  according  to  Gen.  xlvi. 
 9  ;   1  Chron.  v.  3. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Mustered,]  Or  numbered; 
 Heb.  visited.  See  the  notes  on  Num.  i.  3. 
 FouRTY-THREE  THOUSAND,  &c. — At  the  for- 
 mer muster  they  were  '  forty-six  thousand 
 and  five  hundred,'  Num.  i.  21 ;  so  they  in- 
 creased not,  but  decreased  while  tliey  tra- 
 velled in  the  wilderness. 
 
 Ver.  9. — The  called,]  That  is,  re- 
 nowned,  famous  :  see  Num.  i.  16;  xvi.  1, 
 2,  &c.  Strove,]  In  Gr.  made  insurrection; 
 in  Chald.  gathered  themselves  together.  This 
 mutiny  stirred  by  the  chief  of  the  tribe, seem- 
 eth  to  be  one  cause  of  their  decrease  by  the 
 hand  of  Gcd  against  them. 
 
 Ver.  10. — And  Korah,]  That  is,  men 
 and  goods  that  pertained  unto  Korah,  as  Num. 
 xvl.  32.  The  congregation  died,]  In  Gr. 
 his  congregation,  meaning  KoraVs,  as  Num. 
 xvi.  40.  Two  hundred  and  fifty  men,] 
 That  oflered  incense,  Num.  xvi.  35.  For  a 
 SIGN,]  Or  for  an  ensign,  a  banner  ;   the  Gr. 
 
130 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 opened  lier  mouth  and  swallowed  up  them,  and  Korah,  when  the 
 congregation  died  j  wJien  tlie  fire  devoured  two  hundred  and  fifty 
 men,  and  they  were  for  a  sign.     "  But  the  sons  of  Korah  died  not. 
 
 '^  The  sons  of  Simeon,  according  to  tlieir  families ;  of  Nemuel, 
 the  family  of  the  Nemuelites ;  of  Jamin,  the  family  of  the  Jamin- 
 ites  ;  of  Jachin,  the  family  of  the  Jachinites.  ^^  Of  Zerali,  the  fa- 
 mily of  the  Zerahitesj  of  Saul,  the  family  of  the  Saulites.  "  These 
 are  the  families  of  the  Simeonites ;  two  and  twenty  thousand  and 
 two  hundred. 
 
 "  The  sons  of  Gad,  according  to  their  families  ;  of  Zeplion,  the 
 family  of  tlie  Zephonites ;  of  Haggi,  tlie  family  of  the  Haggites ; 
 of  Shuni,  the  family  of  tlie  Shunites.  ^°  Of  Ozni,  the  family  of 
 the  Oznites ;  of  Eri,  the  family  of  the  Erites.  ''  Of  Arod,  the 
 family  of  tlie  Arodites  ;  of  Areli,  tlie  family  of  the  Arelites. 
 '^  These  are  the  families  of  the  sons  of  Gad,  according  to  those  that 
 were  mustered  of  them,  forty  thousand  and  five  hundred.  "  The 
 sons  of  Judali  were  Er  and  Onan :  and  Er  and  Onan  died  in  the 
 land  of  Canaan.     ^^  And  the  sons  of  Judah,  accordittg  to  their  fami- 
 
 and  Chald.  translate  it,  a  sign :  whereby 
 God  signified  his  anger  to  be  displayed  against 
 all  that  should  rebel  in  like  manner.  In 
 Num.  xvi.  40,  it  is  called,  '  a  memorial  un- 
 to the  sons  of  Israel,  that  no  stranger,  &c., 
 come  near  to  offer  incense  before  Jehovah  ; 
 that  he  be  not  as  Korah,'  &c.  Of  such  thiugs 
 the  apostle  saith,  '  they  were  our  examples,' 
 1  Cor.  X.  6. 
 
 Ver.  11.— Died  not,]  To  wit,  either  by 
 that  fire,  or  by  the  swallowing  up  of  the  earth, 
 Num.  xvi.  32,  35.  It  seemeth  they  con- 
 sented not  to  their  father's  rebellion,  or  at 
 least  repented  at  the  warning  given  by  Moses, 
 Num.  xvi.  5,  &c.  The  sods  of  Korah,  were 
 Assir,  and  Elkanah,  and  Abjasaph,  Exod.  vi. 
 24  ;  these  and  their  posterity  lived,  and  kept 
 their  office  in  Israel ;  for  their  genealogy  is 
 reckoned  in  1  Chron.  vi.  22 — 3S  ;  and  they 
 were  appointed  by  David  to  be  singers  '  in 
 the  house  of  the  Lord,'  1  Chron.  vi.  31,  32; 
 and  of  them  came  Samuel  the  prophet,  1 
 Chron.  vi.  33,  34,  compared  with  1  Sam.  i. 
 20  J  and  Heman,  who,  with  his  offspring 
 were  singers,  1  Chron.  vi.  33  ;  xxv.  4' — 6. 
 And  many  psalms  have  in  their  titles,  '  to 
 the  sons  of  Korah,'  as  Ps.  xlii.  ;  xliv. ;  xv.  ; 
 xlvi. ;  xlvii. ;  xlviii.  ;  xlix.  ;  Ixxxiv. ;  Ixxxv. 
 Ixxxvii.  ;  Ixxxviii. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Nemuel,]  Called  also  Jemuel, 
 in  Gen.  xlvi.  10;  and  Exod.  vi.  15  ;  in  Gr. 
 here,  Namovel.  So  in  1  Chron.  iv.  24. 
 Jachin,]  In  Gr.  Achein :  he  is  called  Jarib, 
 in  1  Chron.  iv.  24. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Zerah,]  In  Gr.  Zara;  so  in 
 
 1  Chron.  iv.  24  ;  elsewhere  called  Zophar, 
 Gen.  xlvi.  10;  Exod.  vi.  15.  Saul,]  'the 
 son  of  a  Canaanitess,'  Gen.  xlvi.  10. 
 
 Ver.  14. — These  are  the  families,] 
 To  wit,  which  remained:  for  there  was  one 
 family  more  of  Obad,  Gen.  xlvi.  10;  Exod. 
 vi.  15  ;  but  that  was  extinct  in  the  wilder- 
 ness, and  therefore  omitted  here  and  in  1 
 Chron.  iv.  24.  Twenty-two  thousand 
 AND  TWO  HUNDRED,]  Their  number  was 
 greatly  diminished  ;  for  at  the  former  muster 
 they  were  fifty-nine  thousand  and  three  hun- 
 dred. Num.  i.  23.  Among  other  sins  that 
 forementioned  in  Num.  xxv.  14,  seemeth  to 
 be  a  special  cause  hereof.  And  Moses  bless- 
 ing all  the  other  tribes  before  his  death,  mak- 
 eth  no  express  mention  of  Simeon's,  in  Deut. 
 xxxiii. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Gad,]  Though  he  was  not  the 
 next  born  to  Simeon,  nor  of  that  mother,  yet 
 is  he  mustered  in  the  third  place,  because  he 
 was  joined  with  Reuben  and  Simeon  in  the 
 south  quarter,  as  they  encamped  about  the 
 sanctuary.  Num.  ii.  10,  14.  Zephon,]  In 
 Gr.  Saphon,  he  was  called  also  Zaphion,  in 
 Gen.  xlvi.  16, 
 
 Ver.  16. — Ozni,]  In  Gr.  Azenj. :  in  Gen. 
 xlvi.  16,  he  is  named  Ezbon. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Arod,]  In  Gr.  Aroadi,  and  in 
 Gen.  xlvii.  16,  Arodi. 
 
 Ver.  18. — And  five  hundred,]  So  this 
 tribe  had  fewer  now  by  five  thousand  one 
 hundred  and  fifty  men,  than  at  the  former 
 muster.  Num.  ii.  15. 
 
 Ver.   19.' — And   Onan   died,]    Both    of 
 
CHAP.  XXVI. 
 
 131 
 
 lies,  were,  of  Slielah,  the  family  of  the  Shelanites ;  of  Pharez,  the 
 family  of  tlie  Pharzitcs ;  of  Zarah,  the  family  of  the  Zarhites. 
 ^'  And  the  sons  of  Pharez  were  of  Hezron,  the  family  of  the  Hez- 
 ronites ;  of  Hamul,  tlie  family  of  the  Hamulites.  ^^  These  are 
 the  families  of  Judah,  according  to  those  that  were  mustered  of  them, 
 seventy  and  six  thousand,  and  five  hundred, 
 
 ^  The  sons  of  Issachar,  according  to  their  families  ;  of  Thola, 
 the  family  of  tlie  Tholaites ;  of  Phuva,  the  family  of  the  Phun- 
 ites.  ^*  Of  Jaslmb,  the  family  of  the  Jaslmbites  ;  of  Simron,  the  fa- 
 mily of  the  Simronitcs.  ^*  These  are  the  families  of  Issachar,  accord- 
 ing to  those  that  were  mustered  of  them,  sixty  and  four  tliousand, 
 and  three  hundred. 
 
 ^*  The  sons  of  Zabulon,  according  to  their  families,  of  Sered,  the 
 family  of  the  Sardites  ;  of  Elon,  the  family  of  the  Elonites  ;  of 
 Jahleel,  the  family  of  the  Jahleelites.  '"  These  are  the  families  of 
 the  Zabulonites,  according  to  tJiose  that  were  mustered  of  them, 
 sixty  thousand,  and  five  hundred. 
 
 ^^  The  sons  of  Joseph,  according  to  the  families,  icere  Manasses 
 and  Ephraim.  ^^  Tlie  sons  of  Manasses  ;  of  Machir,  the  family  of 
 the  Machirites ;  and  Machir  begat  Gilead  ;  of  Gilead,  the  family 
 
 them  died  without  issue,  God  did  cut  them 
 oO' for  their  wickedness  in  their  youth,  Gen. 
 xxxviii.  7,  10. 
 
 Ver.  20.  — Selah,]  In  Gr.  Scion. 
 
 Ver.  21.— Of  Phaeez,]  The  sons  of  Ju- 
 dah  were  five  in  all,  Gen.  xxxviii.;  so  noted 
 by  the  Holy  Spirit  in  1  Chron.  ii.  4  ;  they 
 were  all  to  liave  been  heads  of  families,  but 
 two  dying  childless,  here  are  taken  two  of 
 his  son's  sons  (Hezron  and  Hamul)  in  their 
 stead  ;  and  these  were  of  Pharez,  (the  second 
 brother  of  the  twins,  Gen.  xxxviii.  28,  29  ,) 
 of  wliom  our  Lord  Christ  came  according  to 
 the  tlesli,  Matt.  i.  So  Judah  hath  five  fa- 
 milies continued,  according  to  the  number  of 
 his  five  sons. 
 
 Ver.  22. — And  six  thousand,]  At  the 
 first  muster  he  had  but  seventy-four  tiiousand 
 and  six  hundred,  Num.  ii.  4;  now  he  is 
 increased  nineteen  hundred  more:  and  as  he, 
 so  all  the  tribes  under  his  standard  were  in- 
 creased also  ;  whereas  in  Reuben's  they  were 
 all  diminished.  For  Judah  prevailed  above  his 
 brethren,  for  the  honour  of  Christ,  who  was 
 to  come  of  his  stock:  see  1  Chron.  v.  2;  Gen. 
 xlix.  S— 10;   Heb.  vii.  14. 
 
 Veb.  23. — Issachar,]  He  is  numbered 
 next  Judah,  for  he  was  next  him  under 
 his  star.dard.  Num.  ii.  5  ;  next  him  grav- 
 ed on  the  high  priest's  breast-plate,  Exod. 
 xxviii.  ;  born  next  of  the  same  mother 
 Leah,  Gen.  xxx.  17,  18.  Of  him  and  his 
 four  families  here  reckoned :  see  the  notes 
 on  Gen,   xlvi.  13.     Phovah,]   Called    also 
 
 Phua  in  1  Chron.  vii.  1 ;  and  so  here  in  Gr. 
 Phova. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Jashub,]  He  is  called  Job  in 
 Gen.  xlvi.  13. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Sixty-four  thousand,]  He 
 had  before  but  fifty-funr  thousand  and  four 
 hundred,  Num.  ii.  6  ;  so  that  his  tribe  is  in- 
 creased nine  thousand  and  nine  hundred  men 
 of  war. 
 
 Ver.  26. — Zabulon,]  Or,  Zeoulim,  he 
 was  next  brother  to  Issachar,  Gen.  xxx.  19, 
 20;  next  him  on  Aaron's  breast-plate,  Exod. 
 xxviii.  ;  and  next  him  in  marching  and 
 camping  about  the  tabernacle,  Num.  ii.  His 
 three  families  continue  here,  as  they  were  in 
 Gen.  xlvi.  14. 
 
 Ver.  27. — Sixty  thousand,  &c.,]  Who 
 were  before  fifty-seven  thousand  and  four  hun- 
 dred. Num.  ii.  8 ;  so  they  are  increased, 
 three  thousand  and  one  hundred  men. 
 
 Ver.  28. — Joseph,]  Of  him  came  two 
 tribes,  for  he  had  the  first  birth-right,  a 
 double  portion,  1  Chron.  v.  2  ;  Gen.  xlviii. 
 1,5. 
 
 Ver.  29. — Manasses,]  He,  though  the 
 elder  brother,  was  put  down  to  the  second 
 place  by  Jacob's  prophesy.  Gen.  xlviii.  14, 
 19,  20 ;  and  by  God's  disposition  of  the  tribes, 
 Num.  ii.  18,  20;  yet  here  he  is  mustered  be- 
 fore Ephraim  the  standard-bearer;  as  his 
 army  was  increased  in  the  wilderness,  when 
 Ephraim's  was  diminished,  which  after  doth 
 appear.  Machir,]  He  was  the  son  of  Ma- 
 nasses, by  '  his  concubine   an  Aramitess,'   1 
 
132 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 of  the  Gileadites.  ^^  These  are  the  sons  of  Gilead;  o/'Jeezer,  the 
 family  of  the  Jeezerites;  of  Helek,  the  family  of  the  Helekites. 
 ^'  And  of  Asriel,  the  family  of  the  Asrielites ;  and  of  Shechem, 
 the  family  of  the  Shechemites.  ^^  And  of  Shemida,  the  family  of 
 the  Shemidaitesj  and  of  Hepher,  the  family  of  the  Hepherites. 
 ^^  And  Zelophehad  the  son  of  Hepher  had  no  sons,  but  daugliters  : 
 and  tlie  names  of  tlie  daughters  of  Zelophehad,  were  Machlah  and 
 Noah,  Hoglah,  Milcah,  and  Tirzah.  "  These  are  the  families  of 
 Manasses,  and  those  that  were  mustered  of  them,  two  and  fifty  thou- 
 sand, and  seven  Imndred. 
 
 ^^  These  are  the  sons  of  Ephraim,  according  to  their  families  ;  of 
 Shuthelah,  tlie  family  of  the  Shuthalhites  ;  of  Becher,  the  family 
 of  the  Baclirites  ;  of  Tahan,  fhe  family  of  the  Tahanites.  ^^  And 
 these  are  tlie  sons  of  Shuthelali ;  of  Eran,  the  family  of  the  Eran- 
 ites.  ^'  These  are  the  families  of  the  sons  of  Ephraim,  according 
 to  those  that  were  mustered  of  tliem,  two  and  thirty  thousand,  and 
 five  hundred ;  these  are  the  sons  of  Joseph,  according  to  their  fa- 
 milies. 
 
 ^^  The  sons  of  Benjamin  according  to  their  families  ;  of  Bela,  the 
 family  of  the  Belaites  ;  of  Ashbel,  the  family  of  the  Ashbelites  ;  of 
 Aliiram,  the  family  of  the  Ahiramites.  ^^  Of  Shephupham,  the  family 
 of  the  Shuphamites;  of  Hupham,  the  family  of  the  Huphamites. 
 
 Chron.  vii.  11.  Gilead,]  In  Gr.  Galaad. 
 There  was  also  a  place  called  Gilead,  which 
 the  sons  of  this  Machir  conquered,  and  had  it 
 for  their  possession,  Num.  xxxii.  39,  40; 
 Josh.  xvii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  30. — Jeezer,]  In  Gr.Achiezer  :  in 
 Josh.  xvii.  2,  Ahiezer.  Here  not  only  the 
 son's  sons,  (as  was  noted  before  of  Judah, 
 ver.  21,)  but  the  son's  son's  sons  are  made 
 heads  of  families  in  the  tribe  of  Manasses: 
 the  like  whereof  is  not  in  any  other  tribe. 
 This  honour  hath  Joseph  above  his  biethreii ; 
 who  also  while  he  lived,  '  saw  unto  Ephraim 
 sons  of  the  third  jjeneration:  also  the  sons  of 
 Machir,  son  of  Manasses,  M'ere  borne  upon 
 Joseph's  knees,'  Gen.  1.  23.  And  Manasses 
 here  hath  eight  families,  when  no  other  tribe 
 hath  so  many. 
 
 Ver.  33. — Zelophehad,]  Or,  Zelophehad, 
 in  Gr.  Salpaad.  The  names,]  Heb.  the 
 name.  Machlab,]  In  Gr.  there  names  are 
 written,  Maala,  Nova,  ^igla,  Melcha,  and 
 Thersa  :  Of  these  daughters,  see  Num.  xxvii. 
 1,  &c.  ;  Num.  xxxvi.  11 ;  Josh.  xvii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  34. — Fifty-two  thousand,  &r.] 
 He  had  before  but  thirty-two  thousand  and 
 two  hundred,  Num.  ii.  21  ;  so  that  now  he 
 was  increased  twenty  thousand  and  five  hun- 
 dred men  of  war  :  none  of  all  the  other  tribes 
 had  half  so  much  increase.  Thus  Jacob's 
 prophecy  is  fulfilled,  '  Joseph  shall  be  the  son 
 of  a  fruitful  vine,'  Cvu.  xlix.  22. 
 
 Ver.  35. — Shuthelah,]  In  Gr.  Southala. 
 Becher,]  This  some  think  to  be  he  which  is 
 called  Bered,  in  1  Chron.  vii.  20,  Tahan,] 
 Or  Tachan  ;  in  Gr.  Tanach,  by  transposition 
 of  letters 
 
 Ver.  36.— Eran,]  In  1  Chron.  vii.  26  ; 
 called  Edan  (or  Laadan  :)  so  the  Gr.  here 
 writeth  him  Eden,  for  the  likeness  of  the 
 Heb.  letters,  whereof  see  the  annot.  on  Gen. 
 iv.  18  ;  and  Num.  ii,  14.  Of  this  Eran  (or 
 EdanJ)  came  Joshua  the  son  of  Nun,  1  Chron. 
 vii,  26,  27.  And  here  Ephraim's  son's  son 
 is  head  of  a  family,  as  was  before  in  Judah 's 
 tribe,  ver.  21. 
 
 Ver.  37. — Thirty-two  thousand,  &c.,] 
 He  had  before  forty  tlwusand,  Num.  ii.  19  ; 
 so  eight  thousand  of  this  tribe  are  now  dimi- 
 nished. 
 
 Ver.  38.— Bela,]  In  Gr.  Bale  :  he  was 
 Benjamin's  first-born,  1  Chron.  viii.  1.  Ash- 
 bel,] Called  Jediael,  1  Chron.  vii.  6;  Ben- 
 jamin's second  son,  1  Chron.  viii.  1,  The 
 Gr.  here  writeth  him  ^suher,  or  as  some 
 copies  have  it,  Asuhel.  Ahiram,]  Or,Achi- 
 ram,  in  Gr.  Aeheiran  :  elsewhere  he  is  nam- 
 ed .33chi,  Gen.  xlvi.  22  ;  and  Achrab  the 
 third  son  of  Benjamin,  1  Chron.  viii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  39.— Shephupham,]  In  Gr.  Sophan, 
 in  I  Chron.  vii.  12,  he  is  called  Shuppim,  in 
 Gen.  xlvi.  22,  Muppiw,.  Hupham,]  Other- 
 wise, Huppiin,  Gen.  xlvi.  22 ;  1  Chron.  vii. 
 12. 
 
CHAP.  XXVI. 
 
 133 
 
 *"  And  the  sons  of  Bela  were  Ard  and  Naaman,  the  family  of  the 
 Ardites  ;  of  Naaman,  the  family  of  the  Naamites.  "  These  are 
 the  sons  of  Benjamin,  according  to  tlieir  families,  and  those  that 
 were  mustered  of  them,  five  and  forty  thousand,  and  six  hundred. 
 
 ^^  TJiese  are  the  sons  of  Dan,  according  to  their  families  ;  of 
 Shuham,  the  family  of  the  Shuhamites :  these  are  the  families  of 
 Dan,  according  to  tlieir  families.  *^  AW  the  families  of  the  Shu- 
 liamites,  according  to  those  that  were  mustered  of  them,  sixty  and 
 four  thousand  and  four  hundred. 
 
 "  The  sons  of  Aser,  according  to  their  families ;  of  Jimnah,  the 
 family  of  the  Jinmaites ;  of  Jisvi,  the  family  of  the  Jisvites  ;  of 
 Beriah,  the  family  of  the  Beriites.  "'  Of  the  sons  of  Beriah  ;  of 
 Cheber,  the  family  of  the  Chebrites ;  of  Malchiel,  the  family  of 
 the  Malcliiclites.  ^^  And.  tlie  name  of  the  daughter  of  Aser  was 
 Serah.  ^'  Tliese  are  the  families  of  the  sons  of  Aser,  according  to 
 those  that  were  mustered  of  them,  tluree  and  fifty  thousand  and  four 
 hundred. 
 
 /  The  sons  of  Naphtali,  according  to  their  families  ;  of  Jachzeel, 
 tlie  family  of  the  Jachzeelites  ;  of  Gmii,  the  family  of  the  Gunites. 
 ^^  Of  Jezer,  the  family  of  the  Jezrites  j  of  Silem,  the  family  of  the 
 Silemites.  *°  These  are  the  families  of  Naphtali,  according  to  their 
 families,  and  they  that  ivere  mustered  of  them,  five  and  forty  thou- 
 sand, and  four  hundred. 
 
 Ver.  40. — Ard,]  In  Gr.  Ader  :  so  in  1 
 Chron.  viii.  3,  tiie  Heb.  wiiteth  him  Adav. 
 The  family,]  Understand  (as  the  Gr.  also 
 supplietli)  of  Ard,  the  family  of  the  Ardites. 
 Here  Benjamin  hath  but  seven  families,  who, 
 in  Gen.  xlvi.  21,  had  ten. 
 
 Ver.  41. — Fortv-five  thousand,  &c.,] 
 He  had  before  but  thirty-five  thousand  and 
 four  hundred,  Num.  ii.  23;  now  his  number 
 is  increased  ten  thousand  and  two  hundred ; 
 that  though  his  families  were  diminished, 
 yet  he  had  the  greatest  increase  of  men  of 
 war  amongst  all  the  tribes,  save  Manasseh 
 and  Aser. 
 
 Ver.  42. — Shuham,]  Or,  Shucham,,  call- 
 ed by  transplacing  of  letters,  Hushim  (or 
 Chushim,)  in  Gen.  xlvi.  23;  in  Gr.  Same. 
 
 Ver.  43. — Sixty-fodr  thousand,  &c.,] 
 Of  one  family  of  Dan  there  sprang  so  many 
 thousand  me[i,  that  none  of  all  the  tribes 
 save  Judah  have  the  like  multitude:  and  he 
 is  increased  seventeen  hundred  men  more 
 than  at  the  former  numbering.  Num.  ii.  26, 
 
 Ver.  44. — Jimnah,]  In  Gr.  Jainein. 
 Jisvi,]  In  Gr.  Jesovi.  Between  these  there 
 was  another  called  Jisvah,  Gen.  xlvi.  iT; 
 whose  family  here  omitted,  seemeth  to  be 
 perished. 
 
 Ver.  45. — Cheber,]  Or,  Hcber  ;  in  Gr. 
 Chober :    of  his  posterity,  see  1  Chron.  vii. 
 
 32.  Here  Asers  son's  sons  are  also  heads  of 
 families,  as  were  before  in  Judah  and  Eph- 
 raim,  ver.  21  and  36. 
 
 Ver.  46.' — Serah,]  Or  Serach  ;  in  Gr. 
 Sara:  mentioned  also  in  Gen.  xlvi.  17;  1 
 Chron.  vii.  30. 
 
 Ver.  47. — Fifty-three  thousand,  &c.,] 
 When  before  he  had  but  forty-five  thousand 
 and  five  hundred,  Num.  ii.  28 ;  that  his  in- 
 crease in  the  wilderness  was  eleven  thousand 
 and  nine  hundred  men  of  war:  none  but 
 Manasseh  was  before  him. 
 
 Ver.  48.— Naphtali,]  In  Gr.  Nephtha- 
 leim.  .Jachzeel,]  In  Gr.  Asiel.  The  four 
 families  of  Naphtali  continue,  as  in  Gen.  xlvi, 
 24. 
 
 Ver.  50. — Forty-five  thousand,  &c.,] 
 Whereas  before  he  had  been  fifty-three  thou- 
 sand and  four  hundred.  Num.  ii.  30;  so  that 
 eight  thousand  fewer  are  at  the  last  than  at 
 the  first. 
 
 Ver.  51. — And  a  thousand,  &c.,]  The 
 number  of  all  at  the  former  count  was  six 
 hundred  thousand,  and  three  thousand  and 
 five  hundred  and  fifty,  Num.  ii.  32 ;  so  that 
 now  in  the  whole  sum  the  host  of  Israel  is 
 decreased  in  the  thirty-eight  years'  travel, 
 eighteen  hundred  and  twenty  men,  exempt- 
 ing the  Levites  which  were  numbered  apart. 
 Wherein  God's  work  for  them  all  in  general, 
 
134 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 "  These  were  tJie  mustered  of  the  sons  of  Israel :  six  hundred 
 thousand,  and  a  thousand  seven  hundred  and  tliirty. 
 
 and  for  the  tiibes  and  families  in  particular 
 is  to  be  regarded,  Wiieii  tliey  were  under 
 bondage  and  affliction  in  Egypt,  they  multi- 
 plied like  fish,  and  filled  the  land,  Exod.  i. 
 (for  outward  persecution  increaseth  the  church, 
 and  lesseneth  it  not:)  but  when  they  were 
 eome  out  from  that  iron  furnace,  and  car- 
 risd  of  God  as  on  eagles'  wings,  through  the 
 wilderness  in  safety,  they  po  provoked  him 
 by  their  murmuring^;,  rebellions,  and  idola- 
 tries, that  'he  consumed  their  days  in  vanity, 
 and  their  years  in  hasty  terror,'  Ps.  Ixxviii. 
 17 — 33.  And  though  amongst  other  bles- 
 sings, God  gave  them  Ins  laws  to  direct  them, 
 Exod.  XX.  &c.,  and  his  '  good  Spiiit  to  in- 
 struct them,'  Neh.  ix.  20;  and  led  them  like 
 a  flock,  '  by  ilie  hand  of  Moses  and  Aaron,' 
 Ps,  Ixxvii.  21  ;  yet  learned  they  not  obe- 
 dience, but  mount  Sinai  gendered  to  bon- 
 dage. Gal.  iv.  24 ;  and  the  law  wrought 
 wrath,  Rom.  iv.  15  ;  and  Moses  their  law- 
 giver could  not  bring  them  into  the  promised 
 land,  but  left  that  unto  his  successor,  Joshua 
 the  son  of  Nun,  who  figured  Jesus  the  Son 
 of  God,  by  whom  cometh  grace  and  truth, 
 and  the  inheritance  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven, 
 Deut.  xxxi.  2, 7, 1 4  ;  John  i.  17 ;  Rom.  vi.  23. 
 
 The  special  hand  of  God  touching  the 
 tribes,  and  the  mothers  that  bare  them,  and 
 the  families  and  persons  that  proceeded  of 
 them,  may  thus  be  viewed 
 
 Seven  of  the  twelve  tribes  did  increase  in 
 multitude  as  they  travelled,  besides  the  tribe 
 of  Levi,  which  also  was  a  thousand  at  the 
 last  numbering  more  than  at  the  first,  ver,  62. 
 
 1.  Judah  increased,  1900.  2.  Issachar, 
 9900.  3,  Zabulon,  3100.  4.  Manasseh, 
 20,500.  5.  Benjamin,  10,200.  6.  Dan, 
 1700.     7.  Aser,  11,900. 
 
 The  sum  of  all  increased,  was  nine  and 
 fifty  thousand  and  two  hundred,  besides  the 
 thousand  Levites.  Notwithstanding  the  de- 
 crease of  the  five  tribes  was  more:  for,  1. 
 Reuben  decreased,  2770.  2.  Simeon, 
 37,100.  3.  Gad,  5150.  4.  Ephraim,  8009. 
 5.  Naphtali,  8C00. 
 
 So  the  sum  of  all  that  were  diminished, 
 was  one  and  sixty  thousand  and  twenty  men. 
 
 Observe  also  the  work  of  God  in  respect 
 of  Jacob's  wives,  the  four  mothers  of  the 
 tribes,  Leah,  Rachel,  Zilpah,  and  Bilhah, 
 whom  the  Holy  Spirit  mentioneth  in  Gen. 
 xlvi.  15,  IS,  19,  25. 
 
 1.  Leah  was  multiplied  in  Judah  1900  ; 
 in  Issachar,  9900;  in  Zabulon,  3100. 
 
 So  the  fruit  of  Leah's  body  increased  in  the 
 wilderness  fouiteen  thousand  and  nine  hun- 
 dred, besides  the  thousand  of  Levi. 
 
 2.  Rachel  was  multiplied  in  Manasseh, 
 20,500  ;  in  Benjamin,  10,200. 
 
 So  Rachel's  increase  was  thirty  thousand 
 and  seven  liundred 
 
 3.  Zilphah,  Leah's  handmaid,  increased  in 
 her  son  Aser,  eleven  thousand  and  nine  hun- 
 dred. 
 
 4.  Bilhah,  Rachel's  handmaid,  was  mul- 
 tiplied in  her  son  Dan,  seventeen  hundred. 
 Thus  God  imparted  liis  blessing  amongst 
 them  all,  but  chiefly  to  Rachel  whom  Jacob 
 loved,  for  her  increase  was  more  than  of  all 
 the  other  three. 
 
 They  were  likewise  all  of  them  partakers 
 of  his  chastisements  in  their  posterity:   for 
 
 1.  Leah  was  diminished  in  Reuben,  two 
 thousand  seven  hundred  and  seventy  ;  in  Si- 
 meon, thirty-seven  thousand  one  hundred;  so 
 she  lost  of  her  increase  in  the  wilderness, 
 nine  and  thirty  thousand  eight  hundred  and 
 seventy  men. 
 
 2.  Rachel  was  diminished  in  Ephraim, 
 eight  thousand. 
 
 3.  Zilphah  lost  in  Gad  her  son,  five  thou- 
 sand one  hundred  and  fifty. 
 
 4.  Bilhah  lost  in  Naphtali,  eight  thousand 
 men. 
 
 So  tlie  far  greatest  loss  was  Leah's,  who 
 now  might  weep  for  her  children,  because 
 they  w  ere  not ;  as  long  after  befel  unto  Ra- 
 chel, Mat.  ii.  IS. 
 
 Again,  as  the  twelve  tribes  camped  in  four 
 quarters  about  the  tabernacle,  Num.  ii;  so 
 the  hand  of  God  for  the  increase  and  dimin- 
 ishing of  their  camps  may  be  seen  thus: 
 
 In  the  first  and  chiefest  quarter  eastward, 
 were  Judah,  Issachar,  and  Zabulon,  all  in- 
 creased. Judah  was  the  father  and  figure  of 
 Christ,  under  whose  standard,  all  that  camp 
 and  march  are  blessed. 
 
 In  the  second  quarter  southward,  were 
 Reuben,  Simeon,  and  Gad,  who  were  all  di- 
 minished ;  as  Reuben  for  his  sin  lost  his  hon- 
 our and  birthright,  1  Chron.  v.  1 ;  so  his 
 sons  rebelled.  Num.  xvi. ;  and  Simeon  sin- 
 ned with  an  high  hand.  Num.  xxv. 
 
 In  the  third  quarter  westward,  were  Eph- 
 raim, Manasseh,  and  Benjamin  ;  of  whom 
 the  first  was  diminished,  the  other  two  in- 
 creased. 
 
 In  the  fourth  quarter  northward,  were  Dan, 
 Aser,  and  Naphtali;  of  whom  the  two  for- 
 mer were  multiplied,  the  third  and  last  dimi- 
 nished. 
 
 Concerning  the  families  of  the  tribes  (ex- 
 cepting  Levi,)  they  are  57  in  all.  For  here 
 are  families, 
 
 1.  Of  Manasseh,  8.     2,  Of  Benjamin,  7. 
 
CHAP.  XXVI. 
 
 135 
 
 '^  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses,  saying,  '^  Unto  these  the 
 land  shall  be  divided  for  an  inheritance,  according  to  the  number  of 
 names.  "  To  the  many  tliou  shalt  give  them  the  more  inheritance, 
 and  to  the  few  thou  shalt  give  them  the  less  inheritance :  to  every 
 man  according  to  those  that  were  mustered  of  him,  shall  his  inheri- 
 tance be  given.     "  Notwithstanding,  the  land  shall  be  divided  by 
 
 3.  Of  Gad,  7.  4.  Of  Simeon,  5.  5.  Of 
 Judah,  5.     6.   Of  Aser,  5.     7.   Of  Reuben, 
 
 4.  8.  Of  Issachar,  4.  9.  Of  Ephraim,  4. 
 10.  Of  Naphtali,  4.  11.  Of  Zabulon,  3.  12. 
 Of  Dan,  1. 
 
 The  sum  of  all  the  families  is  fifty-seven: 
 to  whom  if  we  add  the  twelve  tribes,  and  Ja- 
 cob himself  the  father  of  them  all,  the  whole 
 number  is  seventy,  which  was  the  number  of 
 the  souls  of  Jacob's  house  that  went  into 
 Egypt,  Gen.  xlvi.  27.  But  comparing  these 
 now,  with  the  heads  of  families  named  in 
 Gen.  xlvi.  we  shall  see  five  families  rooted 
 out  ;  one  of  Simeon,  Leah's  son ;  one  of  Aser, 
 the  son  of  Leah's  handmaid  ;  and  three  of 
 Benjamin,  Rachel's  son  ;  whose  ten  families 
 are  decayed  unto  seven.  \n  these  numbers, 
 increase  and  decrease  of  the  tribes  and  fami- 
 lies of  Israel,  we  may  behold  that  which  Job 
 saith  of  God's  works;  '  Who  knoweth  not  in 
 all  these,  that  the  hand  of  the  Lord  hath 
 wrought  this  ?  in  whose  hand  is  the  soul  of 
 every  living  thing,  and  the  breath  of  all  flesh 
 of  man.  Behold  he  hreaketh  down,  and  it 
 cannot  be  built  again:  he  shutteth  up  a  man 
 and  there  can  be  no  opening.  He  increaseth 
 the  nations,  and  destroyeth  them  :  he  enlarg- 
 eth  the  nations,  and  straiteneth  them,'  Job 
 xii.  9,  10,  14,  23. 
 
 Ver.  53.  —  Unto  these  the  land  shall 
 BE  DIVIDED,]  So  the  natural  sons  of  Israel 
 only  had  inheritance ;  but  under  the  gospel  it 
 is  prophesied,  that  the  strangers  also  should 
 have  inheritance  among  the  tribes,  Ezek. 
 xlvii.  22,  23.  By  this  also  it  appeareth, 
 that  the  tribes  diminished  had  a  double  pun- 
 ishment, loss  of  men,  and  a  lesser  inheritance 
 in  the  holy  land :  both  which  are  opposed  to 
 the  covenant  and  promise  made  to  their  fa- 
 thers, which  stood  on  these  two  branches, 
 multitude  of  children,  and  inheritance  of  the 
 land,  Gen.  xii.  2,7;  xiii.  15,  16;  xv.  5, 
 8,  18;  xvii.  2,  6,  8  ;  xxii.  17  ;  xxvi.  3,  4; 
 xxviii.  13,  14  ;  xxxv.  II,  12.  Sol.  Jarchi 
 here  saith,  "  to  these  and  not  to  them  that 
 are  less  than  twenty  years  old,  although  they 
 came  to  full  twenty  before  the  division  of  the 
 land.  For  lo,  the  land  was  seven  years  in 
 conquering,  &c. ;  yet  none  had  portion  in 
 the  land  but  these  six  hundred  thousand,  and 
 one  thousand:  and  if  one  of  them  had  six 
 sons,  they  received  but  their  father's  portion 
 only."     But  Chazkuiii  referreth  it  to  the  fa- 
 
 milies, saying,  "  to  these,  the  fifty-seven 
 families  reckoned  here,  shall  the  land  be  di- 
 vided for  inheritance  by  the  number  of  names, 
 fifty-seven  portions  according  to  the  fifty- 
 seven  heads  of  families."  So  it  is  written 
 in  Num.  xxxiii.  54,  '  ye  shall  divide  the 
 land  by  lot,  for  an  inheritance  among  your 
 families.'  This  figured,  that  only  such  shall 
 have  their  part  in  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  as 
 are  chosen  and  called  of  God,  and  have  their 
 names  written  in  the  Lamb's  book  of  life, 
 Rom.  viii.  28—30;  1  Pet.  i.  2—5;  Rev. 
 xxi.  27. 
 
 Ver.  64 — To  the  many,]  To  the  tribe 
 and  family  which  hath  many  persons  in  it, 
 "  thou  shalt  give  them  the  more  (Heb.  thou 
 shalt  multiply  his)  inheritance."  So  the  por- 
 tions were  not  all  equal  in  quantity,  but  pro- 
 portioned to  the  multitude  of  men  in  the 
 tribes  and  families.  "  To  the  tribes  which 
 had  the  greater  multitudes,  they  gave  the 
 gi'eater  portion,  though  the  portions  were  not 
 equal:  for  lo,  every  tribe  had  his  portion  ac- 
 cording to  his  multitude,"  saith  Sol.  Jarchi 
 on  Num.  xxvi.  Hereupon  the  sons  of  Joseph 
 complained  of  their  small  portion  in  respect 
 of  their  great  multitude.  Josh.  xvii.  14. 
 
 Ver.  65. — By  lot,]  Although  Eleazar 
 the  high  priest,  Joshua  the  governor,  and 
 twelve  princes  of  the  tribes,  (appointed  ot 
 God,  Num.  xxxiv.  17,  18,  &c  ueie  to  di- 
 vide the  land  ;  yet  to  cut  off  contention,  and 
 to  show  the  providence  and  disposition  of 
 God,  according  to  the  purpose  of  his  will,  he 
 commandeth  lots  to  be  cast;  for,  '  the  lot 
 causeth  contention  to  cease,  and  parteth  be- 
 tween tlie  mighty,'  Prov.  xviii.  18 ;  and 
 '  the  lot  is  cast  into  the  lap,  but  the  whole 
 disposing  thereof  is  of  the  Lord,'  Prov.  xvi. 
 33.  And  the  Heb.  doctors  say,  "  the  por- 
 tions were  not  made  but  by  lot,  and  the  lot 
 •was  by  the  mouth  of  the  Holy  Spirit."  Sol. 
 Jarchi  on  Num.  xxvi.  Tiie  manner  of  doing 
 it  was  thus;  first,  the  land  was  by  men  di- 
 vided into  parts,  according  to  the  number  of 
 the  tribes;  as  Joshua  sent  men  to  divide  the 
 land  which  remained  into  seven  parts,  and  to 
 describe  it  according  to  the  inheritance  of 
 them,  and  so  to  bring  the  description  unto 
 him,  that  he  miglit  cast  lots  for  them  before 
 the  Lord.  And  they  described  it  by  cities, 
 into  seven  parts,  in  a  book,  and  brought  it  to 
 Joshua,  who  cast  lots  for  them   in  Shiloh  be- 
 
13G 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 lot,  according  to  tlie  names  of  the  tribes,  of  tlieir  fatliers  they  shall 
 inherit.  ^^  According  to  the  lot  shall  the  inheritance  tliereof  be 
 divided  between  many  and  few, 
 
 "  And  these  are  they  that  were  mustered  of  the  Levites,  accord- 
 ing to  their  families  ;  of  Gershon,  the  family  of  the  Gershonites ; 
 of  Kohatli,  the  family  of  the  Kohathites  ;  of  Merari,  the  family  of 
 the  Merarites.  ^^  Tliese  are  the  families  of  the  Levites,  the  family 
 of  the  Libnites,  the  family  of  the  Hebronites,  the  family  of  the 
 Mahlites,  tlie  family  of  the  Musliites,  the  family  of  the  Korachites  : 
 and  Koliath  begat  Amram.  ''^  And  the  name  of  Amram's  wife  was 
 Jochebed,  the  daughter  of  Levi,  whom  she  bare  to  Levi  in  Egypt : 
 and  she  bare  unto  Amram,  Aaron,  and  Moses,  and  Mary  their 
 
 fore  the  Lord ;  and  so  every  tribe  received  as 
 their  lot  came  up,  'according  to  their  families, 
 Josh,  xviii.  4 — 11,  &c.  Moreover,  in  the 
 Heb.  records  it  is  said,  that  "  it  was  not  di- 
 vided but  by  Urim  and  Thummin,  [which 
 was  the  oracle  of  God  in  the  breast-plate  of 
 the  high  priest,  Exod.  xxviii.;  Num.  xxvii. 
 21  ;]  as  it  is  said,  (in  Num.  xxvi.  56,)  ac- 
 cording to  (or  at  the  mouth  of)  the  lot.  When 
 Eleazar  was  clothed  with  Urim  and  Tlium- 
 mim,  and  Joshua,  and  all  Israel  stood  before 
 him,  there  was  a  kalphi,  [a  vessel  vvhereinto 
 the  lots  were  put,  whereof  see  the  annot.  on 
 Lev.  xvi.  8,]  of  the  tribes'  names,  and  a 
 kalphi  of  the  names  of  the  limits  (or  bounds 
 of  the  country)  set  before  him  ;  and  he  being 
 directed  by  the  Holy  Spirit,  said,  Naphtali 
 Cometh  up,  tlie  limit  Genesareth  cometh  up: 
 he  took  out  of  the  kalphi  of  the  tribes,  and 
 Naphtali  came  up  in  his  hand;  out  of  the 
 kalphi  of  the  limits,  and  the  limit  Genesareth 
 came  up  in  his  hand.  And  so  for  every 
 tribe."  Talmud  Bab.  in  Baba  bathra,  chap, 
 viii.  in  Gtmaia,  and  Sol.  Jarchi  in  Num. 
 xxvi.  But  observe  that  the  land  within 
 Jordan  was  divided  only  to  nine  tribes  and 
 an  half,  because  two  tribes  and  an  half  had 
 their  portion  on  the  outside  of  Jordan,  Num. 
 xxxiv.  13 — 15.  By  reason  of  this  dividing 
 the  land  by  lot,  the  scripture  calleth  inheri- 
 tances by  the  name  of  lots,  as,  '  come  up 
 with  me  into  my  lot,'  Judg.  i.  3.  And  not 
 lands  only,  but  whatsoever  befalleth  unto  men 
 from  the  hand  of  God,  is  called  a  lot;  as, 
 '  this  is  the  portion  of  them  that  spoil  us,  and 
 the  lot  of  them  that  rob  us,' Is.  xvii.  14; 
 and  '  thoii  hast  neither  part  nor  lot  in  this 
 matter,'  Acts  viii.  21  ;  and^  '  that  they  may 
 receive  forgiveness  of  sins,  and  a  lot  (that  is, 
 inheritance)  among  them  which  are  sanctified 
 by  faith,'  &c.  Acts  xxvi.  18;  and,  '  the 
 part  of  the  lot  (that  is,  of  the  inheritance  J  of 
 the  saints  in  light,'  Col.  i.  12.  So  that  in 
 the  Gi-  used  by  the  apostles,  Cleros,  a  lot, 
 and  Clerotiomia,  a  division  by  lot,  is  the  com- 
 
 mon name  of  an  inheritance,  1  Pet.  v.  3 ; 
 Eph.  i.  14,  18. 
 
 Ver.  56 — According  to  the  lot,]  Heb. 
 at  (or  upo7i)  the  mouth  of  the  lot :  as  the  lot 
 whereon  the  name  of  the  tribe,  (or  of  the  inhe- 
 ritance is  written)  shall  speak.  This  lot  be- 
 ing of  the  Lord,  figured  the  diversities  of  gifts 
 in  the  Church,  which  the  Spirit  of  God  di- 
 videth  '  to  every  man  severally  as  he  will,' 
 1  Cor.  xii.  4 — 11  ;  as  also  the  dispensation 
 of  his  graces  concerning  our  heavenly  inheri- 
 tance, wliich  the  election  only  obtaineth, 
 '  that  the  purpose  of  God  according  to  elec- 
 tion might  stand,  not  of  works,  but  of  him 
 that  calleth,'  Rom.  xi.  7  ;  ix.  11. 
 
 Ver.  57.  —  Of  the  Levites,]  Who  though 
 they  had  no  inheritance  in  the  land,  ver. 
 62,  yet  were  they  to  have  forty-eight  cities 
 and  their  suburbs  for  their  habitation,  Num. 
 35 ;  which  also  fell  unto  them  by  lot,  Josh. 
 xxi.  4,  &n. 
 
 Ver.  68. — Korachites,]  Or,  Korhites,  of 
 Korah  tlie  son  of  Izhar,  the  sous  of  Kohath, 
 the  son  of  Levi,  Num.  xvi.  1 ;  Korah  himself 
 died  in  the  rebellion,  but  his  sons  died  not, 
 Num.  xxvi.  1 1 ;  therefore  they  are  reckoned 
 here  for  a  family  in  the  fourth  generation 
 from  Levi,  which  is  one  degree  further  than 
 the  other  families.  And  whereas  in  Exod. 
 vi.  16,  &c.  there  are  reckoned  of  Gershon 
 two  sons,  Liboi  and  Shemei  ;  here  the  family 
 of  the  Libnites  is  mustered,  but  Shemei  leit 
 out.  There  Kohath  hath  four  sons,  Amram, 
 and  Ishar,  and  Hebron,  and  Uzziel ;  here 
 Uzziel  is  omitted  ;  neither  is  Ishar  named, 
 but  in  his  sons  the  Korhites. 
 
 Ver.  59. — She  kare  to  Levi,]  By  she 
 understand  Levi's  wife,  or  Jochebed's  mother; 
 Sol.  Jarchi  expoundeth  it,  "  his  wife  bare 
 her  in  Egypt."  She  bare  to  Amram,} 
 That  is,  Jochebed  Amram's  wife,  (who 
 was  also  his  aunt,)  bare  to  Amram,  Exod 
 vi.  20.  Mary,]  Heb.  Mirjam :  she  was 
 a  prophetess ;  see  Exod.  xv.  20 ;  Num. 
 xii.  1. 
 
CHAP.    XXVII.  137 
 
 sister,  ^"  And  unto  Aaron  was  born  Nadab  and  Abilm,  Eleazar 
 and  Ithamar.  "  And  Nadab  and  Abilm  died,  when  they  offered 
 strange  fire  before  Jehovah.  "^^  And  those  that  were  mustered  of 
 them,  were  tlnce  and  twenty  thousand,  all  males,  from  a  month 
 old  and  upward,  for  they  were  not  mustered  among  the  sons  of 
 Israel,  because  there  was  no  inheritance  given  to  them  among  the 
 sons  of  Israel. 
 
 ^^  These  are  they  that  were  mustered  by  Moses  and  Eleazar  the 
 priest,  who  mustered  the  sons  of  Israel  in  the  plains  of  Moab  by 
 Jordan,  near  Jericho.  "  And  among  these,  there  was  not  a  man 
 of  tliose  that  were  mustered  by  Moses  and  Aaron  the  priest,  who 
 mustered  the  sons  of  Israel  in  the  wilderness  of  Sinai,  ^^  For  Je- 
 hovah had  said  of  them,  Dying  they  shall  die  in  the  wilderness ; 
 and  there  was  not  left  a  man  of  them,  save  Caleb  the  son  of  Je- 
 phunneh,  and  Joshua  the  son  of  Nun, 
 
 Ver.   60. — Unto    Aaron    was    born,]  of  God's  judgment  is  here  showed.      And 
 
 Here  Moses'  children,  Gershon  and  Eliezer,  Joshua,]   In  Gr.   Jesus  the  son  of  Nun  : 
 
 are  again  omitted;  see  the  notes  on  Num.  iii.  these  two  survived,   because   they  faithfully 
 
 38.  followed  the  Lord,  Num.  xiv.  24,  38.     See 
 
 Ver.  61. — And  Abihu   died,]  And  they  the  annot.  there.     In  that  all  the  rest  were 
 
 had  no  sous,  Num.  iii.  4.     See  the  history  dead  save  these  two,  it  showeth  that  all  the 
 
 in  Lev.  X.  COO    thousand    men    now    mustered,    which 
 
 Ver.  62. — Twenty-three  thousand,]  should  conquer  Canaan,  were  a  valiant  com- 
 Who,  at  the  former  numbering  were  but  paiiy,  between  20  and  CO  years  of  age,  (none 
 twenty-two  thousand,  Num.  iii.  39.  So  being  above  60  but  Caleb  and  Joshua,)  and 
 they  increased  in  the  wilderness  a  thousand  as  they  were  in  body,  so  in  mind,  being  train- 
 males,  ed    up   these  38  years   in  the  study  of  the 
 
 Ver.  65. — Dying  they  shall  die,]  i.  e.  law  and  ordinances  of  God,  and  beholding 
 they  shall  surely  die:  this  was  threatened  for  his  works,  having  Moses  and  Aaron  for  their 
 their  rebellion,  and  refusing  to  go  into  the  leaders,  and  God's  good  Spirit  for  their  in- 
 promised  land.  Num.  xiv. ;  and  the  fulfilling  structor,  Neh.  ix,  20. 
 
 CHAP.  XXVII. 
 
 1.  The  daughters  of  ZcJophehad  sue  for  an  inheritance.  5.  Moses 
 hr'mgeth  their  cause  before  the  Lord,  who  granteth  their  request.  8. 
 The  law  of  inheritances,  when  a  man  dieth  without  a  son.  1 2.  Moses 
 is  hidden  to  go  up  and  see  the  land,  and  is  told  of  his  death  for  his  tres- 
 pass. 15.  He  requesteth  of  the  Lord  that  a  man  may  be  set  governor 
 in  this  place.  18.  The  Lord  appointeth  Joshua  to  succeed  him.  22. 
 And  Moses  by  imposition  of  hands,  ordaineth  him  to  his  office. 
 
 '  Then  came  the  daughters  of  Zelophehad  the  son  of  Heplier, 
 the  son  of  Gilead,  the  son  of  Machir,  the  son  of  Manasses,  of  the 
 
 Ver.  1. — Then  came,]  Heb.  and  they  paad  son  of  Opher,  son  of  Galaad,&c.  See 
 came  near  (or  approached,)  to  wit,  unto  Num.  xxvi.  33.  Of  the  families,]  Or, 
 Moses,  &c.  V.  2.  Thargum  Jonathan  saith,  ivith  (among)  the  families  of  Matiasseh  ;  as 
 "  they  came  to  the  place  of  judgment.  Ze-  coming  before  when  all  the  other  families 
 LOPHEHAD,]  Or,   Zelophehad;    in   Gr.   Sal-      came  to  be  mustered,  chap,  xxvi.;  but  the  Gr. 
 
 VoL.U.  S 
 
138 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 families  of  Manasses  the  son  of  Joseph  :  and  tliese  are  tlie  names 
 of  Ills  daughters,  Machlah,  Noali,  and  Hoglah,  and  Milcah,  and 
 Tirzah.  ^  And  they  stood  before  Moses,  and  before  Eleazar  the. 
 priest,  and  before  the  princes  and  all  the  congregation,  at  tlie  door 
 of  tlie  tent  of  the  congregation,  saying,  ^  Our  father  died  in  the 
 wilderness,  and  he  was  not  among  the  congregation  of  tliem  that 
 gatliered  themselves  together  against  Jeliovah,  in  the  congregation 
 of  Korah  -.  but  in  liis  sin  he  died,  and  he  had  no  sons.  *  Why 
 should  the  name  of  our  father  be  done  away  from  among  his  family 
 because  he  hath  no  son  ?     Give  unto  us  a  possession  among  the 
 
 translatcth  of  the  family  of  Manasses.  Of 
 Joseph,]  What  needeth  he  to  be  named  here  ? 
 Sol.  Jarchi  auswereth,  "  because  Joseph 
 loved  the  land,  as  it  is  said,  (in  Gen.  1.  25,) 
 and  ye  shall  cany  up  my  bones  from  hence: 
 and  his  daughters  loved  the  land,  as  it  is 
 said,  (in  Num.  xxvii,  4,)  give  unto  us  a 
 possession,"  &c.  Machlah,]  Or,  Mahlah, 
 Nognah,  Choglah,  &c.;  in  Gr.  Maala,  Nova, 
 Aigla,  &c. :  the  Scripture  nameth  them  four 
 times,  here,  and  in  chap,  xxvii.  33;  xxxvi. 
 11  ;  and  Josh.  xvii.  3.  The  order  of  their 
 names  is  altered  in  Num.  xxxvi.  11,  Mach- 
 lah, Tirzah,  and  Hoglah,  &c. ;  whereupon 
 Jarchi  here  saith,  "  they  were  all  of  like 
 esteem  one  as  another,  therefore  the  order  of 
 them  is  changed." 
 
 Ver.  3. — Of  Kokah,]  Who  was  a  rebel, 
 Num.  xvi.  Zelophehad  was  not  among  other 
 rebels,  whereby  he  and  his  posterity  might  be 
 deprived  of  his  inheritance.  In  his  sin,]  In 
 (or  for)  his  own  sin,  as  other  men  died  in  the 
 wilderness:  and  he  had  not  been  a  mean  to 
 draw  other  men  into  sin,  as  did  Korah,  and 
 other  rebellious  persons. 
 
 Ver.    4. — Why   should    the  name  of 
 
 OUR  FATHER  BE    DONE    AWAY  ?]    Or,   he    dl- 
 
 •minished;  that  is,  let  not  his  name  be  done 
 away  ;  as  the  Gr.  translateth  kt  not  our  fa- 
 ther's  name  be  blotted  out :  see  the  notes  on 
 Exod.  xxxii.  11.  It  was  esteemed  as  a  curse 
 to  have  their  father's  name  abolished  ;  as  it 
 is  written,  '  in  the  generation  following  let 
 his  name  be  blotted  out,'  Ps.  cix.  13.  Give 
 UNTO  us  a  possession,]  These  daughters,  as 
 they  honoured  their  father  deceased,  in  seek- 
 ing to  have  his  name  continued,  so  they 
 showed  faith  in  God,  believing  that  the  land 
 should  be  given  them  for  inheritance,  which 
 the  men  of  Israel  before  believed  not,  and 
 therefore  could  not  come  into  it,  but  it 
 was  promised  to  their  children,  Num.  xiv. 
 And  though  these  were  women,  no  warriors, 
 not  mustered  among  the  army,  Num.  xxvi.  ; 
 yet  believed  they  the  promise  to  belong  unto 
 them  ;  as  the  inheritance  was  given  to  Abra- 
 ham by  promise,  not  by  the  law^  Gal.  iii.  18. 
 
 Wherefore,  in  claiming  right  in  the  holy  land, 
 they  figuratively  claimed  inheritance  in  the 
 kingdom  of  heaven,  which  shall  be  given  to 
 them  that  work  not,  but  believe  in  him 
 '  which  justifieth  the  ungodly,'  Rom.  iv.  5, 
 6,  &c.  So  these  five  virgins  may  be  consi- 
 dered as  the  five  wise  virgins,  '  which  took 
 oil  in  their  vessels  with  their  lamps,'  that 
 they  might  be  ready  to  go  in  with  the  bride- 
 groom to  the  marriage,  Matt.  xxv.  1 — 10  ; 
 and  they  are  our  examples,  that  we  should 
 seek  comfort  and  assurance  (in  the  wilderness 
 of  this  world,  where  we  are  weak  and  or- 
 phans) of  our  inheritance  with  those  that  are 
 sanctified  by  faith  in  Christ:  and  to  claim 
 this  portion  in  the  land  of  the  living,  without 
 respecting  either  our  works  or  weakness,  by 
 virtue  of  the  covenant  of  grace  confirmed  by 
 Christ,  in  whom  there  is  neither  Jew  nor 
 Gentile,  bond  nor  free,  male  nor  female  ;  but 
 all  are  one:  and  whosoever  are  '  Christ's,  are 
 Abraham's  seed,  and  heirs  according  to  the 
 promise,'  Gal.  iii.  28,  29.  Their  names 
 also  seem  not  to  be  without  mystery:  for 
 Zelophehad  by  interpretation  signifieth  '  the 
 shadow  of  fear,  or  of  dread:'  his  first  daugh- 
 ter Machlah,  '  infirmity  ;'  the  second,  Nogh- 
 nah,  'wandering  ;'  the  third,  Choglah,  '  turn- 
 ing about  for  joy,  or  dancing  ;'  the  fourth 
 Milcah,  '  a  queen  ;'  the  filth,  Tirzah,  '  well- 
 pleasing,  or  acceptable.'  By  these  names 
 we  may  observe  the  degrees  of  our  reviving 
 by  grace  in  Christ:  for  we  all  are  born  as  of 
 the  shadow  of  fear,  being  brought  forth  in  sjn, 
 and  for  fear  of  death  were  all  our  life  time 
 subject  to  bondage,  Ileb.  ii.  15.  This  be- 
 getteth  '  infirmity,  cr  sickness,'  grief  of  heart 
 for  our  estate ;  after  which,  *  wandering 
 abroad  for  help  and  comfort,  we  find  it  in 
 Christ,  by  whom  our  sorrow  is  turned  into 
 joy.  He  commuuicateth  to  us  of  his  royalty, 
 making  us  kings  and  priests  unto  God  his 
 Father,  Rev.  i.  6  ;  and  shall  be  presented 
 unto  him  glorious,  and  without  blemish,  Eph. 
 V.  27.  So  the  church  is  '  beautiful  as  Tir- 
 zah,' Song  vi.  3. 
 
CHAP.    XXVII. 
 
 139 
 
 brethren  of  our  father.     *  And  Moses  brouglit  their  cause  before 
 Jehovah. 
 
 ^  And  Jehovah  said  unto  Moses,  saying,  '  The  daugliters  of 
 Zelopliehad  speak  right ;  giving  tliou  shalt  give  them  a  possession 
 of  an  inheritance  among  the  brethren  of  their  father :  and  thou 
 slialt  cause  the  inheritance  of  their  father  to  pass  unto  them. 
 ^  And  thou  shalt  speak  unto  the  sons  of  Israel,  saying.  If  a  man' 
 die^,  and  he  liave  no  son,  tlien  ye  shall  cause  his  inheritance  to 
 pass  unto  his  daughter.  ^  And  if  lie  have  no  daughter,  then  ye 
 shall  give  his  inlieritance  unto  his  brethren.  "  And  if  he  have  no 
 brethren,  then  ye  shall  give  his  inheritance  unto  the  brethren  ot 
 his  father.     "  And  if  his  father  have  no  brethren,  then  ye  shall 
 
 "Ver.  5. — Brought  their  cause,]  Or, 
 brought  near  their  judgment,  that  is,  their 
 cause  to  be  judged  of,  as  m  difficult  cases  he 
 used  to  do.  Four  principally  are  observed, 
 of  which  this  was  one:  see  the  amiot.  ou 
 Num.  XV.  34. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Speak  right,]  Speak  that  which 
 is  just  and  meet  to  be  done:  so  God  approv- 
 eth  their  desire  and  request  of  faitli,  and 
 showeth  himself  to  be  '  the  Father  of  the  fa- 
 therless,' Ps.  Ixviii.  5.  And  of  them  Sol. 
 Jarchi  here  observeth,  "  that  their  eyes  saw 
 that  which  Moses'  eyes  saw  not."  Giving 
 Tiiou  SHALT  Gi\-E  THEM,]  That  is,  thou  shalt 
 surely  give  them  without  fail.  This  com- 
 mandmeut  was  fulfilled  in  Josh.  xvii.  4. 
 Here  the  word  them,  (as  Chazkuni  also  not- 
 eth,)  is  of  the  male  or  masculine  gender, 
 though  he  speaketh  of  females:  which  may 
 be  either  in  respect  of  their  faith  and  con- 
 science,  such  as  might  beseem  men  ;  or  of 
 God's  gift  (especially  of  his  grace  in  Christ 
 hereby  figured)  which  he  giveth  without 
 difiereiK'e  of  '  male  and  female,'  Gal.  iii. 
 28.  The  Hebs.  (in  Talmud.  Bab.  in  Baba 
 bathra,  chap,  viii.)  have  recorded,  that  "tlie 
 daughters  of  Zelophehad  had  three  portions 
 for  inheritance,  their  father's  portion,  because 
 he  was  one  of  them  that  came  out  of  Egypt ; 
 and  his  portion  with  his  brethren  in  the  goods 
 of  Hepher  (his  father)  and  because  he  was 
 the  first-born,  he  had  two  portions."  Which 
 Rambam  in  his  annot.  on  that  place,  explain, 
 eth  thus,  "  all  that  came  out  of  Egypt  were 
 to  have  part  in  the  land  ;  and  if  the  father 
 and  his  son  both  came  out,  each  of  them  had 
 a  portion  alike.  And  Zelophehad  and  Hepher 
 were  both  of  them  that  came  out  of  Egypt: 
 so  Zelophehad  was  to  have  had  his  part,  and 
 to  have  had  by  inheritance  of  Hepher,  two 
 parts,  because  he  was  the  first-born,"  &c. 
 
 Ver.  8. — If  a  man,]  Or,  any  man  when 
 he  dicth  and  have  no  son.  Here  God  passeth 
 from  the  special  case  of  these  virgins,  and 
 giveth  a  general  law  for  inheritances,  that 
 
 they  should  pass  to  the  female,  if  the  father 
 died  without  male  issue:  but  otherwise  the 
 daughters  had  no  part  in  the  inheritance  with 
 the  sous. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Unto  his  kinsman,]  Or,  un- 
 to his  near  kin;  of  which  words,  see  the 
 notes  on  Lev.  xviii.  G.  From  this  word, 
 and  that  which  followeth,  '  next  to  him,'  Sol. 
 Jarchi  noteth  he  should  be  "of  his  family; 
 and  none  is  called  a  family  but  on  the  father's 
 side."  Touching  the  right  of  inheritances, 
 the  Heb.  canons  lay  it  down  thus;  "  Whoso 
 dieth,  his  children  do  inherit  that  which  is 
 his,  and  they  are  before  all  other.  And  the 
 males  are  before  the  females.  But  the  female 
 never  inheriteth  with  the  male.  If  he  have 
 no  children,  his  father  shall  be  his  heir;  or 
 if  it  be  a  mother,  she  is  heir  to  her  children  ; 
 and  this  thing  is  by  tradition.  And  whoso- 
 ever is  first  by  inheritance,  is  of  them  that 
 first  come  out  of  the  thigh  (that  is,  are  be- 
 gotten first.)  Therefore  whoso  dieth,  be  it 
 man  or  woman,  if  they  leave  a  son,  he  in- 
 heriteth all;  if  his  son  be  not  found  alive, 
 they  look  next  to  the  seed  of  that  son.  If 
 any  of  his  seed  be  found,  whether  males  or 
 females,  though  it  be  the  son's  daughter's 
 daughter's  daughter  to  the  end  of  the  world, 
 she  inheriteth  all.  If  he  have  no  male  issue, 
 they  turn  to  the  daughter.  If  he  have  a 
 daughter,  she  inheriteth  all.  If  his  daugh- 
 ter be  not  found  in  the  world,  they  look  unto 
 the  daughter's  seed,  which  if  any  be  found, 
 whether  males  or  females  to  the  world's  end, 
 it  inheriteth  all.  If  the  daughters  have  no 
 seed,  the  inheritance  returneth  to  his  father. 
 If  his  father  be  not  living,  they  look  next  to 
 the  seed  of  the  father,  which  are  the  brethren 
 of  him  that  is  dead.  If  he  have  a  brother 
 found,  or  brother's  seed,  he  inherits  all:  if 
 not,  they  turn  to  the  sisters;  if  he  have  a 
 sister  or  sister's  seed,  it  inherits  all.  And  if 
 there  be  neither  brother's  seed  nor  sister's 
 seed,  forasmuch  as  the  father  hath  no  seed, 
 the    inheritance    leturneth    to    the    father's 
 
140 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 give  his  inheritance  unto  his  kinsmen  that  is  next  to  liim  of  his 
 family,  and  he  shall  inherit  it,  and  it  shall  be  unto  the  sons  of  Is- 
 rael for  a  statute  of  judgment,  as  Jehovah  commanded  Moses. 
 
 father.  If  the  grandfather  be  not  living,  they 
 look  to  the  grandfather's  seed,  which  are  the 
 brethren  of  his  father  that  is  deceased:  and 
 there  the  males  are  before  the  females,  and 
 the  seed  of  the  males  before  the  females,  as 
 was  the  right  of  the  seed  of  the  dead  him- 
 self. If  none  of  his  father's  brethren,  nor  of 
 their  seed  be  found,  the  inheritance  return- 
 eth  to  the  great  grandfather:  and  after  this 
 manner  it  proceedeth  upwards.  Thus  the 
 son  is  before  the  daughter,  and  all  the  issue 
 of  the  son  before  the  daughter,  and  the  daugh- 
 ter is  before  her  grandfather,  and  all  her  issue 
 are  before  her  grandfather.  And  the  father 
 of  the  deceased  is  before  the  bretln-en  of  the 
 deceased,  and  the  brother  before  the  sister, 
 and  all  the  brother's  issue  before  the  sister: 
 and  the  sister  before  her  grandfather,  and  all 
 the  sister's  issue  before  her  grandfather.  The 
 grandfather  is  before  the  brethren  of  the  fa- 
 ther of  him  that  is  deceased,  and  his  father's 
 brethren  are  before  his  father's  sisters,  and 
 all  that  come  out  of  the  thigh  of  his  father's 
 brother,  are  before  his  father's  sisters,  and  his 
 father's  sisters  are  before  the  father's  grand, 
 fathei-  of  him  that  is  deceased;  and  so  all 
 that  come  out  of  the  thigh  of  his  father's  sis- 
 ter are  before  his  father's  grandfather:  and 
 after  this  manner  it  proceedeth  and  ascendeth 
 until  the  beginning  of  the  geneiations.  There- 
 fore there  is  no  man  of  Israel  that  is  without 
 heirs.  Whoso  dieth  and  leaveth  a  son,  and  a 
 son's  daughter,  though  it  be  a  son's  daugh- 
 ter's daughter's  daughter,  to  the  end  of  many 
 generations,  she  is  foremost  and  heir  of  all, 
 and  the  (first  man's)  daughter  hath  nothing. 
 And  the  same  law  is  for  the  brother's  daugh- 
 ter with  the  sister,  and  for  the  daughter  of 
 his  father's  brother's  son,  with  his  father's 
 sister,  and  so  all  in  like  sort.  Whoso  hath 
 two  sons,  and  they  both  die  while  he  liveth, 
 and  the  one  son  leave  three  sons,  and  the 
 other  son  leave  one  daughter,  afterward  when 
 the  old  man  dieth,  the  three  sons  of  his  son 
 shall  inherit  the  half  of  his  heritage,  and  the 
 daughter  of  his  (other)  son  shall  inherit  the 
 (other)  half;  for  each  of  them  was  to  inherit 
 a  portion  of  his  father:  and  after  this  manner 
 do  the  sons  of  brethren  divide,  and  the  sons 
 of  the  father's  brother,  mito  the  beginning  of 
 the  generations.  The  family  of  the  mother 
 is  not  called  a  family,  neither  is  their  inheri- 
 tance but  to  the  family  of  the  father:  there- 
 fore brethren  by  the  mother  are  not  heirs  one 
 of  another,  but  brethren  by  the  father  are 
 heirs  one  of  another;  and  this,  whether  it  be 
 his  brother  by  his  father  only,  or  his  brother 
 
 by  his  father  and  his  mother.  All  that  are 
 near  (in  blood)  by  transgression  do  inherit,  as 
 they  which  are  lawfully  begotten;  as  if  one 
 have  a  bastard  son,  or  a  bastard  brother,  lo 
 they  are  as  other  sons  and  as  other  brethren 
 for  inheritance.  But  the  sons  of  a  bond- 
 woman, or  of  a  strange  woman,  is  not  counted 
 a  son  for  any  matter,  neither  is  he  an  heir  at 
 all,"  Maim.  torn.  4,  in  Nachaloth  (or  treat, 
 of  Inheritances)  chap.  i.  sect.  1 — 7.  As 
 the  sons  had  their  father's  inheritance  divided 
 among  them,  (the  first-born  having  a  double 
 portion.  Dent.  xxi.  17,)  so  for  relief  of  the 
 widow,  and  of  the  daughters,  the  Hebs.  had 
 these  laws.  "  A  widow  is  to  be  sustained  by 
 the  goods  of  the  heirs  all  the  time  of  her 
 widowhood,  until  she  receive  her  dowry;  and 
 after  she  hath  received  hei"  dowry  in  the  judg- 
 ment-hall, she  hath  not  that  sustenance.  As 
 they  sustain  her  (with  food)  after  her  hus- 
 band's death  with  his  goods;  so  they  give  her 
 raiment,  and  household-stulf,  and  dwelling; 
 or  she  remaineth  in  the  dwelling  which  she 
 had  while  her  husband  lived.  If  the  widow 
 die,  her  husband's  heirs  are  bound  to  buiy 
 her.  Our  wise  men  have  commanded  that  a 
 man  should  give  a  little  of  his  goods  to  his 
 daughter,  &c.  If  a  father  die  and  leave  a 
 daughter,  they  measure  his  purpose  how  much 
 was  in  his  heart  to  give  unto  her  for  her  live- 
 lihood, and  they  give  it  her:  and  his  acquain. 
 tance  are  they  that  measure  his  purpose.  If 
 they  know  it  not,  the  magistrates  rate  it,  and 
 give  her  a  tenth  part  of  his  goods  for  her 
 livelihood.  If  he  leave  many  daughters, 
 every  one  of  them  when  she  cometh  to  be 
 married,  hath  a  tenth  of  his  goods.  And  she 
 which  is  after  her,  hath  a  tenth  part  of  that 
 which  remaineth  of  the  first:  and  she  which 
 is  after  he)-,  hath  a  tenth  of  that  which  is  left 
 of  the  second.  And  if  they  come  all  to  be 
 married  at  once,  the  first  receiveth  a  tenth 
 part,  and  the  second  a  tenth  part  of  that 
 which  remaineth  of  the  first,  and  the  third  a 
 tenth  part  of  that  which  remaineth  of  the 
 second;  and  so  (the  rest)  though  they  be  ten, 
 &c.  and  the  residue  of  the  goods  are  the  bre- 
 thren's. If  the  brethren  have  sold  or  mort- 
 gaged their  father's  lands,  the  daughter  tak- 
 eth  her  livelihood  from  the  purchasers,  even 
 as  a  creditor  taketh  his  debt  of  the  purchasers. 
 Whoso  commandeth  at  his  death,  that  they 
 should  give  his  daughters  no  livelihood  of  his 
 goods,  they  do  hearken  unto  him  ;  for  this  is 
 not  of  the  nature  of  a  dowry,"  Maim.  torn. 
 2,  treat,  of  wives,  chap,  xviii.  sect.  1,  &c.j 
 and  chap.  xx.  sect.  I,  &c. 
 
CHAP.  XXVII. 
 
 141 
 
 ''  And  Jehovah  said  unto  Moses,  Go  thou  up  into  this  mountain 
 of  i\.barim,  and  see  the  land  which  I  have  given  to  the  sons  of  Is- 
 rael. '^  And  thou  shalt  see  it,  and  thou  also  shalt  be  gathered  unto 
 tliy  people,  as  Aaron  thy  brother  was  gatliered.  '*  For  ye  rebelled 
 against  my  mouth  in  the  wilderness  of  Zin,  in  the  strife  of  the 
 congregation,  to  sanctify  me  at  the  water  before  their  eyes ;  that 
 is  the  water  of  Meribah  of  Kadesh,  in  tlie  wilderness  of  Zin. 
 
 '^  And  Moses  spake  unto  Jehovah,  saying,  '®  Let  Jehovah  the 
 God  of  the  spirits  of  all  llesh,  set  a  man  over  the  congregation  : 
 '''  Which  may  go  out  before  them,  and   which  may  go  in  before 
 
 of  Kadesh,  and  the  Chald.  i/ie  strife  of  Re- 
 fcam.  By  this  name  Kadesh  it  is  distin- 
 guished from  the  other  Meribah  spoken  of  in 
 Exod.  xvii.  7.     So  in  Deut.  xxxii.  51. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Of  the  spirits  of  all  flesh,"] 
 The  Gr.  translateth,  of  the  spirits,  and  of 
 all  flesh:  so  before  in  Num.  xvi.  22.  It 
 meaiieth  that  God  is  both  the  Creator  of  all 
 men's  souls  or  spirits,  Eccl.  xii.  7;  Zach. 
 xii.  1,  and  he  that  giveth  them  spiritual  gifts 
 of  wisdom,  knowledge,  grace,  &c.  as  spirits 
 are  used  for  'spiritual  gifts,'  1  Cor.  xiv.  12. 
 Set,]  Or,  visit,  that  is,  provide  and  consti- 
 tute for  bishop  or  overseer ;  who  therefore  is 
 called  in  ver.  17,  a  shepherd,  or  pastor. 
 Though  for  the  people's  sake  the  Lord  was 
 angry  with  Moses,  and  would  not  let  him  go 
 into  the  good  laud.  Dent.  iv.  21,  yet  such 
 was  Moses'  love  unto  tliem,  and  care  for  their 
 welfare,  that  he  procureth  what  in  him  lieth, 
 their  good  after  his  decease,  by  having  a 
 faithful  governor  set  over  them  of  God,  which 
 is  a  blessing  unto  a  land  or  people,  Eccl.  x. 
 17. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Go  out  before  them,]  By 
 this  phrase  of  going  out,  and  coming  in,  and 
 that  which  followeth,  leading  out  and  bring- 
 ing in,  is  signified  the  administration  of  the 
 oflicer,  and  government  of  his  people,  both 
 in  time  of  peace  and  of  war:  wherefore  when 
 Moses  was  old,  and  the  time  of  his  admini- 
 stration expired,  he  said,  '  I  can  no  more  go 
 out  and  come  in,'  Deut.  xxxi.  2.  So  the 
 priests'  administration  in  the  Lord's  house,  is 
 called  a  going  in  thereto,  1  Chron.  xxiv.  19. 
 The  similitude  is  taken  from  a  shepherd, 
 whose  duty  is  to  go  before  the  sheep,  and  to 
 lead  them  out,  that  by  his  guidance  they  may 
 go  in  aud  out,  and  find  pasture,  as  is  spoken 
 of  our  great  Shepherd,  the  Lord  Jesus,  whom 
 this  Jesus  the  successor  of  Moses  prefigured, 
 John  X.  3,  4,  9.  Which  have  no  shep- 
 herd,] Or,  710  pastor:  which  estate  is  mi. 
 serable,  as  is  noted  of  our  Saviour,  that 
 '  when  he  saw  the  multitudes,  he  was  moved 
 with  compassion  on  them,  because  they  fainted 
 and  were  scattered  abroad,  as  sheep  having 
 no  shepherd,'  Matt.  ix.  36. 
 
 Ver.  12. — This  mountain  of  Abarim,] 
 There  were  many  '  mountains  of  Abarim,' 
 Num.  xxxiii.  47,  by  this  mountain  therefore 
 is  meant  one  special,  which  was  called  Nebo, 
 '  which  was  in  the  land  of  Moab,  over  against 
 Jericho,'  Deut.  xxxii.  49.  And  they  were 
 called  Abarim,  of  the  fords  or  passages  which 
 were  by  them  over  Jordan  into  the  land  ot 
 Canaan.  Wherefore  the  Gr.  version  saith, 
 "  Go  thou  up  into  the  mountain  which  is  on 
 this  side  (Jordan)  of  mount  Naban  (or  this 
 mount  Nabau:)  and  Mos.  Gerundens  ex- 
 plaineth  it  thus:  "  The  mountain  of  Abarim 
 is  mount  Nebo,  as  is  expounded  in  Deut. 
 xxxii.,  and  is  so  called,  because  it  is  by  the 
 fords  of  Jordan,  where  they  pass  over  into 
 the  land  of  Canaan."  See  the  land,]  The 
 land  of  Canaan,  saith  the  Gr. :  and  so  Closes 
 expresseth  it  in  Deut.  xxxii.  49.  Though 
 this  were  some  comfort  unto  Moses,  to  see  the 
 land  afar  ofl",  and  salute  the  same  (as  the  faith- 
 ful fathers  are  said  to  do  the  promises  which 
 they  received  not,  Heb.  xi.  13,)  yet  his  desire 
 and  earnest  suit  unto  the  Lord  was,  that  he 
 might  have  gone  over  and  seen  it:  but  he 
 would  not  grant  it  him,  because  he  had  sinned, 
 and  God  had  denounced  his  death  before, 
 Deut.  iii.  23—26;  Num.  xx.  12.  See  the 
 annot.  on  Deut.  xxxiv.,  where  his  viewing 
 of  the  land  is  described. 
 
 Vee.  13. — Be  gathered  unto  thy  peo- 
 ple,] In  Gr.  be  added  unto  thy  people: 
 meaning,  that  he  should  die  there,  and  be 
 buried,  Deut.  xxxii.  50;  xxxiv.  5,  6,  and  his 
 soul  should  be  gathered  unto  his  godly  fore- 
 fathers: see  Num.  xx.  24. 
 
 Ver.  14. — For  ye  rebelled,]  Or,  for- 
 asmuch as  ye  rebelled  against  7ny  month, 
 that  is,  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  expound  it, 
 against  my  ivord:  so  in  Num.  xx.  24.  To 
 SANCTIFY  me,]  That  is,  which  word  and  com- 
 mandment of  mine  was,  that  ye  by  faith 
 should  sanctify  me,  but  ye  sanctified  me  not. 
 Wherefore  the  G  r.  here  translateth,  ye  sanc- 
 tified me  not:  and  so  it  is  explained  in  Deut. 
 xxxii.  51,  'because  ye  sanctified  me  not.' 
 Meribah  of  Kadesh,]  Or,  strife  of  Kadesh; 
 as  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  of  the  contradiction 
 
142 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 them,  and  wliicli  may  lead  them  out,  and  which  may  bring  them 
 in  :  that  the  congregation  of  Jehovah  be  not  as  sheep  which  have 
 no  shepherd.  '^  And  Jehovali  said  unto  Moses,  Take  unto  thee 
 Joshua  the  son  of  Nun,  a  man  in  whom  is  the  spirit,  and  lay  thine 
 liand  upon  him.  '^  And  cause  him  to  stand  before  Eleazar  the 
 priest,  and  before  all  the  congregation,  and  charge  thou  him  before 
 their  eyes.  ^"  And  tliou  shalt  give  of  thine  honour  upon  him,  tliat 
 all  the  congregation  of  the  sons  of  Israel  may  hear,  ^*  And  he 
 shall  stand  before  Eleazar  the  priest,  and  he  shall  ask  (counsel J  for 
 
 Ver.  18 Joshua  the  son  of  Nun,]  In 
 
 Gr.  Jesus  ike  so)i  of  Nun :  so  in  the  New 
 Testament  he  is  called  Jesus,  Acts  vii.  45; 
 Heb.  iv.  S.  The  Spirit,]  To  wit,  the  Spi- 
 rit of  God;  meaning  the  gifts  and  graces  of 
 the  Spirit,  as  wisdom,  Deut.  xxxiv.  9,  and 
 the  hke.  The  Ciiald.  expoundeth  it,  i/ie 
 spirit  of  propheci/;  and  TJiargum  Jonathaa 
 saith,  "  the  spirit  of  piophecy  from  before  the 
 Lord  remaineth  upon  liim:"  which  accordeth 
 with  Num.  xi.  24.  But  whether  in  prophecy 
 or  other  graces,  he  was  but  a  shadow  of  Jesus 
 the  Son  of  God,  to  whom  he  '  gave  not  the 
 Spirit  by  measuie,'  John  iii.  34.  Lay  thine 
 HAND,]  Or,  impose  thine  hand,  that  is,  thine 
 hands,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  and  as  Moses 
 after  slioweth  in  ver.  23,  which  was  a  sign  of 
 his  calling  and  ordination  to  his  office,  as  in 
 Num.  viii.  10,  with  whicli  also  it  seemeth  he 
 received  a  greater  measure  of  the  Spirit;  as 
 it  is  said,  'And  Joshua  the  son  of  Nun  was 
 full  of  the  spirit  of  wisdom;  for  Moses  had 
 laid  his  hands  upon  him,'  Deut.  xxxiv.  9. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Charge  thou  him,]  Or,  com- 
 mand him;  give  him  a  charge  for  the  faith- 
 ful executing  of  his  office;  such  as  we  read 
 of  in  Deut.  xxxi.  7,  8.  Besides  that  which 
 was  now  done  by  Moses,  God  himself  did 
 after  give  him  a  charge  in  the  tabernacle, 
 Dent.  xxxi.  14,  15. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Give  of  thine  honour,]  Or, 
 give  (that  is,  put)  of  thy  glory,  or  of  thy 
 inajesty:  whereby  the  gifts  fitting  the  gov- 
 ernment of  Israel  seem  to  be  meant,  as  wis- 
 dom, according  to  Deut.  xxxiv.  9,  or  some 
 other  exterior  sign  of  his  calling  liom  God, 
 whereby  the  people  might  be  obedient  to  him. 
 As  it  is  said  of  Solomon,  when  he  sat  on  the 
 throne  of  the  Lord,  and  all  Israel  obeyed  him, 
 that  '  the  Lord  magnified  Solomon  exceed- 
 ingly before  tlie  eyes  of  all  Israel,  and  gave 
 upon  him  the  honour  of  the  kingdom,  (or 
 royal  majesty)  such  as  had  not  been  on  any 
 king  before  him  in  Israel,'  1  Chron.  xxix. 
 23,  25.  And  the  contrary  is  spoken  of  An- 
 tiochus,  that  vile  person,  '  they  shall  not  give 
 upon  him  the  honour  of  the  kingdom ;  but  he 
 shall  come  in  peaceably,  and  obtain  the  king- 
 dom by  flatteries,'  Dan.  xi.  21.     The  Chald. 
 
 tianslateth,  thou  shalt  give  of  thy  bright- 
 ness (in  Gr.  thy  glory)  upon  him :  as  refer- 
 ring it  to  the  shining  of  Moses'  face  spoken 
 of  in  Exod.  xxxiv.  30,  35,  and  so  other  Hebs. 
 expound  it,  as  Sol.  Jarchi  here  saith,  "  This 
 is  the  shining  of  the  skin  of  his  face;"  and 
 R.  Menachem  from  the  judgment  of  former 
 doctors  saith  thus,  "  of  thine  honour,  and  not 
 all  thine  honour:  hereupon  they  say,  The 
 face  of  Moses  was  like  the  face  of  the  sun ; 
 the  face  of  Joshua  like  the  face  of  the  moon." 
 Though  Joshua  had  not  all  the  honour  of 
 Moses,  for  '  there  arose  not  a  prophet  since  in 
 Israel  like  unto  Moses,'  Deut.  xxxiv.  10, 
 yet  Jesus  Christ  '  was  counted  worthy  of 
 more  glory  than  Moses,'  Heb.  iii.  3.  May 
 HEAR,]  That  is,  hear  him,  as  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth, and  so  obey  his  authority.  Thus  it 
 is  opened  in  Deut.  xxxiv.  9,  '  Moses  had 
 laid  his  hands  upon  him,  and  the  sons  of 
 Israel  hearkened  unto  him,'  that  is,  obeyed 
 him:  which  is  further  manifested  by  their 
 words  unto  him,  in  Josh.  i.  16 — 18.  Herein 
 Jesus  the  son  of  Nun  was  a  figure  of  Jesus 
 the  Son  of  God,  of  whom  it  is  written,  '  We 
 were  eye-witnesses  of  his  majesty,  for  he  re- 
 ceived from  God  the  Father  honour  and 
 glory,  when  there  came  such  a  voice  to  him 
 from  the  excellent  glory,  This  is  my  be- 
 loved Son,  in  whom  I  am  well  pleased,  hear 
 ye  him,'  2  Pet.  i.  16,  17;  Matt.  xvii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  21. — And  he  shall  ask  for  him,] 
 That  is,  Eleazar  shall  ask  counsel  of  God  for 
 Joshua  in  all  doubtful  cases,  in  all  their 
 wars,  &c.  Or,  and  he  shall  ask  of  him, 
 that  is,  Joshua  shall  ask  of  Eleazar:  this  the 
 Gr.  favoureth,  translating,  and  they  shall 
 ask  of  him  the  judgment  of  Urim  (or  of 
 manifestations.)  By  the  judgment  of 
 Urisi,]  By  the  breast-plate  of  judgment, 
 wherein  were  Urim  and  Thummim;  whereof 
 see  the  annot.  on  Exod.  xxviii.  30.  Thus 
 Saul  inquired  of  the  Lord  by  Urim,  but  he 
 answered  him  not,  1  Sam.  xxviii.  6.  At 
 HIS  MOUTH,]  In  Chald.  at  his  word;  by  his 
 understanding  God's  mouth,  or  Eleazar's 
 mouth,  speaking  from  the  Lord :  so  in  Thar- 
 gum  Jonathan  it  is  expounded,  "At  the 
 woid  of  Eleazar  the  pjiest  they  shall  go  out." 
 
CHAP.    XXVIII. 
 
 143 
 
 him,  by  the  judgment  of  Urim,  before  Jehovah  :  at  liis  mouth 
 shall  they  go  out,  and  at  his  mouth  shall  they  come  hi ;  he,  and  all 
 the  sons  of  Israel  with  him,  and  all  the  congregation,  ^^  And 
 Moses  did  as  Jehovah  commanded  him :  and  he  took  Joshua  and 
 caused  him  to  stand  before  Eleazar  the  priest,  and  before  all  the 
 congregation.  "^  And  he  laid  his  hands  upon  him,  and  charged 
 him,  as  Jehovah  spake  by  the  hand  of  Moses. 
 
 But  therein  is  implied  the  Lord's  word,  by 
 which  the  priest  was  to  give  answer:  for 
 it  is  a  rule  among  the  Heb.  doctors,  "  Every 
 priest  that  speaketh  not  by  the  Holy  Spirit, 
 and  the  divine  Majesty  residing  on  him,  they 
 ask  not  (counsel)  by  him,"  Talmud.  Bab.  in 
 loma,  cap.  vii.  in  Geniara.  For  in  such 
 consultations,  though  they  inquired  by  the 
 priest,  yet  the  answer  came  from  the  Lord  ; 
 as  there  is  an  example  in  David,  1  Sam. 
 xxiii.  9 — 12.  Shall  they  go  o0t,]  Out  to 
 war,  and  in  again  from  the  same;  and  so  in 
 all  weighty  aflairs  which  were  extraordinary. 
 Wherefore  it  was  an  over-sight  in  Joshua  and 
 Israel  that  they  made  peace  with  the  Gibeon- 
 
 ites,  and  '  asked  not  (counsel  at)  the  mouth 
 of  the  Lord,'  Josh.  ix.  14,  15.  He,]  That 
 is,  Joshua  himself,  and  all  the  people. 
 Whereas  the  high  priest  with  Urim  and 
 Thummim,  lights  and  perfections,  was  a 
 figure  of  Christ,  (as  is  shoned  on  Exod. 
 xxviii.  30,)  the  Lord  by  this  ordinance  signi- 
 fied, that  all  governors  and  peojle  should  have 
 their  administrations  directed  by  the  mouth 
 of  Christ:  'For  God  who  commanded  the 
 light  to  shine  out  of  darkness,  hath  shined  in 
 our  hearts,  to  give  the  light  of  the  knowledge 
 of  the  glory  of  God,  in  the  face  of  Jesus 
 Christ,'  2  Cor.  iv.  6 
 
 CHAP.    XXVIII 
 
 1.  The  Lord's  oblations  are  commanded  to  he  offered  in  the  time  ap- 
 pointed. 3.  The  continual  hurnt-offerings  every  day,  tvith  their  meat 
 and  drink-offerings.  9.  The  offerings  in  the  Sahhath ;  ll.m  the  hegin- 
 nings  of  the  months  ;  16.  at  the  passover ;  26.  and  in  the  day  of  first- 
 fruits,  or  Pentecost. 
 
 ^  And  Jeliovali  spake  unto  Moses,  saying,  ^  Command  the  sons 
 of  Israel,  and   say  unto   them :  Mine   oblation,  my  bread  for  my 
 
 Ver.  2. — Command  the  sons  of  Israel,] 
 After  that  God  had  numbered  the  people,  and 
 appointed  them  their  inheritance,  he  now  re- 
 peateth  and  explaineth  former  laws  concern- 
 ing his  service  which  they  should  do  unto 
 him  in  that  their  inheritance,  daily,  weekly, 
 monthly,  and  at  their  solemn  feasts  as  they 
 fell  every  year:  for  he  therefore  would  give 
 uuto  them  '  the  lands  of  the  heathens,'  and 
 they  should  inherit  '  the  labour  of  the  people, 
 that  they  might  observe  his  statutes,  and  keep 
 his  laws,'  Ps.  cv.  44,  45.  And  because  they 
 had  omitted  tlie  solemnizing  of  these  feasts 
 now  thirty-eight  years,  (from  the  keeping  of 
 the  passover  in  the  wilderness  in  the  second 
 year.  Num.  ix.,  until  the  circumcision  and 
 passover  at  Gilgal,  Josh,  v.)  by  reason  of 
 their  travels,  wherein  the  sanctuaiy,  altar, 
 and  holy  things  were  folden  up  and  removed 
 
 from  place  to  place,  and  the  generation  which 
 had  been  before  mustered  was  dead.  Num. 
 xxvi.  64,  65,  therefore  lest  the  ordinances 
 formerly  given  should  be  forgotten  or  neg- 
 lected, and  the  people  continue  to  do  as  now 
 they  did,  '  every  man  whatsoever  was  right 
 in  his  own  eyes,'  Deut.  xii.  8,  the  Lord 
 causeth  the  law  of  sacrificing  to  be  again 
 commanded.  Which  sacrifices  being  all 
 figures  of  Christ,  and  our  service  of  God  by 
 him,  (as  hath  been  showed  in  the  book  of 
 Leviticus,)  teach  us  to  serve  the  Lord  under 
 the  gospel  of  his  Son  in  spirit  and  truth:  for 
 thereof  were  these  legal  feasts  a  figure,  Is. 
 Ixvi.  23;  Zach.  xiv.  16—19;  1  Cor.  v.  7, 
 8;  Col.  ii.  16,  17;  Heb.  xiii.  15.  Mine 
 OBLATION,]  That  is,  mine  oblations;  In  Gr. 
 my  gifts:  Heb.  my  korban,  which  is  an  of- 
 fering or  gift  by  which  men  drew  nigh  unto 
 
144 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 ^re-offerings,  the  savour  of  my  rest,  ye  shall  observe  to  offer  unto 
 me  in  his  appointed  time.  ^  And  thou  shalt  say  unto  them,  Tliis 
 is  tlie  ^ve-offering  whicli  ye  sliall  offer  unto  Jehovah ;  Two  he- 
 lambs  of  the  first  year,  perfect,  day  by  day, ^r  a  continual  burnt- 
 offering,  *  The  one  lamb  thou  shalt  make  ready  in  the  morning, 
 and  the  other  lamb  thou  slialt  make  ready  between  the  two  even- 
 
 God,  through  faith  in  Clirist.  See  the  notes 
 on  Lev.  i.  2.  My  bread  for  my  fire-of- 
 ferings,] The  Chalii.  expoundeth  it,  the 
 bread  ordained  for  my  oblations.  Under 
 the  name  of  bread  all  food  is  implied,  and 
 the  flesh  itself,  or  fat  of  the  sacrifices,  as  is 
 noted  on  Lev.  iii.  11.  The  savour  of  my 
 REST,]  The  savour  or  odour  of  sacrifices 
 which  may  quiet  or  pacify  my  spirit  and 
 anger,  and  make  you  and  your  service  pleas- 
 mg  and  acceptable  to  me.  The  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth  it, /or  a  savour  of  sweet  smell;  the 
 Chald.  to  be  accepted  with  favour.  See 
 Lev.  i.  9.  In  his  appointed  time,]  Every 
 one  in  the  time  appointed  therefore  of  God: 
 the  Gr.  saith,  in  my  feasts;  foi-  the  same 
 vvord  which  signifieth  an  appointed  time,  is 
 also  used  for  a  solemn  feast  appointed  of  God, 
 Lev.  xxiii.  2.  Hereby  God  limiteth  every 
 sacrifice  to  his  proper  day  and  time ;  which 
 if  it  were  let  slip,  that  oblation  might  not  be 
 offered  in  another  day  or  time.  This  is  fur- 
 ther manifested  in  ver.  10,  where  he  saith, 
 '  The  burnt-ofTering  of  the  Sabbath  in  his 
 Sabbath;'  which  the  Hebs.  expound  thus, 
 "and  not  the  burnt-offering  of  one  Sabbath, 
 in  another  Sabbath,"  Maim.  tom.  3,  in  Ta- 
 midin,  chap.  i.  sect.  7.  And  it  is  a  common 
 proverb  among  them,  "  Gnabar  zeman,  gna- 
 bar  korban;  If  the  time  be  past,  the  oblation 
 is  past:"  and  it  is  prophesied  of  Antiochus 
 the  wicked,  that  he  should  '  think  to  change 
 the  times  and  the  laws,'  Dan.  vii.  25.  And 
 Jeroboam  king  of  Israel,  who  kept  the  feast 
 of  the  seventh  month,  in  the  eighth  month, 
 is  taxed  for  it  in  the  sciipture,  which  calleth 
 it  'the  month  which  he  had  devised  of  his 
 own  heart,'  1  Kings  xii.  32,  33. 
 
 Ver.  3. — The  fire-offering,]  The  sa- 
 crifices to  be  burned  with  fire  unto  the  Lord; 
 which  fire  signified  both  the  work  of  God's 
 Spirit,  and  the  fiery  trials  and  afflictions 
 through  which  Christ  and  his  children  should 
 be  consecrated  unto  God,  Matt.  iii.  11 ;  Heb. 
 ix.  14;  1  Pet.  iv.  12 — 14.  Of  the  first 
 year,]  Heb.  son  of  the  year:  so  after  often 
 in  this  and  the  next  chapter:  of  which  phrase 
 see  the  annot.  on  Exod.  xii.  5.  Perfect,] 
 That  is,  perfect  lambs,  withont  blemish  or 
 corruption;  what  this  meant  is  showed  on 
 Lev.  i.  3;  xxii.  23.  Day  by  day,]  Or,/o)' 
 a  day,  that  is,  daily.  A  coNTiNaAL  bornt- 
 OFFERINg,]  Heb.    a  brirjit- offering  of  con- 
 
 titiuation,  which  should  be  oflered  without 
 intermission.  See  the  notes  on  Exod.  xxix. 
 42;  Lev.  i. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Make  ready,]  Or,  do,  that  is, 
 kill,  sprinkle  the  blood,  cut  in  pieces,  burn 
 on  the  altar,  and  all  otlier  rites  pertaining  to 
 sacrificing,  showed  in  Lev.  i.  Between 
 the  two  evenings,]  That  is,  in  the  after- 
 noon :  of  which  phrase,  see  the  annot.  on 
 Exod.  xii.  6.  God  setteth  no  hours  for  the 
 morning  or  evening  sacrifices,  because  they 
 might  occasionally  be  changed.  By  the 
 Heb.  canons,  the  ordinary  time  of  killing  the 
 morning  sacrifice,  was  before  "  sun-rising, 
 after  that  the  face  of  all  the  east  was  light- 
 ened," that  is,  between  day-breaking  and 
 sun-rising.  The  time  of  killing  the  evening 
 sacrifice,  though  it  might  be  all  the  after-  ' 
 noon,  yet  they  used  not  to  kill  it  till  '  half  an 
 hour  after  two  of  the  clock:'  and  this  they  did 
 by  reason  of  the  sacrifices  of  particular  per- 
 sons,  or  of  the  congregation,  "  because  it  vvas 
 unlawful  to  offer  any  oblation  at  all,  before 
 the  continual  burnt-offering  of  the  morning: 
 neither  killed  they  any  oblation  after  the  con- 
 tinual evening  sacrifice,  save  the  oblation  of 
 the  passover  only:  for  it  was  impossible  for 
 all  Israel  to  offer  their  passovers  in  two  hours: 
 so  they  killed  not  the  passover,  but  after  the 
 daily  evening  sacrifice,"  Maim,  in  Ta7nidin, 
 chap.  i.  sect.  3,  4.  By  this  daily  sacrifice 
 morning  and  evening,  was  signified  the  re- 
 conciliation of  the  church  unto  God  by  faith  , 
 in  Christ;  notwithstanding  their  continual 
 infirmities  which  they  fell  into  night  and 
 day,  (as  one  end  of  the  burnt-offering  was  to 
 make  atonement  for  sins,  Job  i.  5,)  and  that 
 being  reconciled,  they  should  both  show  their 
 thankfulness  for  it  unto  God,  and  expect  from 
 him  a  blessing  upon  them,  their  labours,  and 
 their  rest.  Wherefore  at  such  times,  special 
 favours  were  showed  of  God  unto  his  people ; 
 as,  *  in  the  morning,  when  the  meat-offering 
 was  offered,'  the  country  was  miraculously 
 filled  with  water,  for  Israel,  when  they  were 
 in  distress,  2  Kings  iii.  9,  10,  20.  And 
 'about  the  time  of  the  evening  oblation,' 
 God  answered  unto  Daniel's  prayers,  by 
 sending  the  angel  Gabriel  unto  him,  who 
 foretold  him  when  Christ  should  come  for 
 the  salvation  of  his  people,  Dan.  ix,  20 — 22, 
 &c.     See  also  the  notes  on  Exod.  xxix.  39. 
 
 Veb.  5. — A  tenth  part,]  That  is,  an 
 
CHAP.  XXVIII. 
 
 145 
 
 ings.  *  And  a  tenth  part  of  an  cpliali  of  flue  flour  for  a  meat-of- 
 fering, mingled  with  the  fourth  part  of  an  hin  of  beaten  oil. 
 
 •^  The  continual  burnt-offering  which  was  made  in  mount  Sinai 
 for  a  savom-  of  rest,  a  fire-qffering  unto  Jehovah.  '  And  the  drink- 
 offering  thereof  s/iall  be  the  fourth  part  of  an  hin  for  the  lamb  ;  in 
 the  holy  place  shalt  thou  cause  to  be  poured  out  a  drink-offering  of 
 strong  ici7ie  unto  Jehovah.  *  And  the  other  lamb  thou  shalt  make 
 ready  between  the  two  evenings:  as  the  meat-offering  of  the  morn- 
 ing, and  as  the  drink-offering  thereof,  thou  shalt  makerea</^/;  a 
 fire-offering ,  a  savour  of  rest  unto  Jehovah, 
 
 °  And  in  the  Sabbatli  day,  two  he -lambs  of  the  first  year  perfect, 
 
 omer;  for  that  was  the  tenth  deal  of  an  ephah       was  the  lamb,  and  to  dili'ered  from  the  meat- 
 
 vhereof  an  'handful  only 
 
 or  bushel,  as  is  showed  in  Exod.  xvi.  36. 
 Fine  flour,]  Meaning,  wheaten  flour,  as 
 Excd.  xxix.  2.  So  Chazkuni  here  saith, 
 "  as  the  flour  spoken  of  in  the  consecration 
 (of  the  priests)  was  of  wheat ;  so  all  the  flour 
 spoken  of  in  the  law  is  of  wheat."  The 
 FOURTH  PART, 3  That  was  somewhat  less  than 
 a  quart  of  oil;  for  an  hin  contained  twelve 
 logs,  and  a  log  held  as  much  as  six  eggs:  see 
 the  annot.  on  Exod.  xxx.  24;  Lev.  xiv.  10. 
 When  God  showed  unto  Ezekiel  the  spiritual 
 temple  which  Christ  should  build,  and  the 
 service  therein,  (declared  after  the  similitude 
 of  the  legal  service  of  Moses)  he  saith,  that 
 eveiy  lamb  should  have  for  the  meat-otl'eritig 
 '  the  sixth  part  of  an  ephah,  and  the  third 
 part  of  an  liin  of  oil,'  Ezek.  xlvi.  13,  14, 
 where  the  quantity  is  increased  moi-e  than 
 was  oflered  under  Moses  :  to  teach,  that  as 
 God's  grace  and  blessing  aboundeth  towards 
 us  in  Ciirist,  so  should  our  thankfulness  again 
 towards  him,  abound  more  than  under  the 
 law,  by  a  more  cheerful  obedience  unto  him, 
 and  more  ample  fruits  of  the  Spirit,  figured 
 by  the  flour  and  oil.  Beaten  oil,]  Oil  sig- 
 nified grace;  beating  of  it  signified  afflic- 
 tions, whereby  the  grace  of  God  is  more  per- 
 fected in  us,  2  Cor.  i.  21;  xii.  9,  10.  "  The 
 oil  was  beaten  in  a  mortar:  and  they  strained  it 
 out  with  bands,  and  pressed  it  not  out  in  an  (oil) 
 press,  to  the  end  there  might  be  found  no 
 dregs  in  it,"  saith  Chazkuni  on  Num.  xxviii. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Which  was  made,]  That  is, 
 u'/itc/i  (oi-  such  is)  icas  offered;  as  in  Thar- 
 gum  Jonathan  it  is  expounded,  "  such  as  was 
 oirered  at  the  mount  of  Sinai."  Or,  by  made, 
 understand  ordained  of  God,  having  reference 
 to  the  ordinance  in  Exod.  xxix.  38 — 42. 
 Thus  God  calleth  them  throughout  their  ge- 
 nerations, unto  his  first  institution,  which 
 they  were  to  keep,  till  he  himself  made  a 
 change  of  the  law.  And  here  observe,  that 
 the  lamb,  the  flour,  and  the  oil,  are  all  of 
 them  together  called  a  burnt-oll'ering,  as  also 
 in  Ezek.  xlvi.  15,  because  the  meat-oflering 
 with  the  oil  was  all  burned  ou  the  altar,  as 
 
 Vol.  II. 
 
 oflering  in  Lev.  ii.. 
 was  burned. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Drink-  offering,]  So  named  of 
 pouring  out  upon  the  altar,  as  is  noted  on 
 Num.  XV.  5.  In  the  holy  place,]  The 
 court  of  the  sanctuary;  Heb.  in  the  holiness. 
 Strong  wine.]  In  Heb.  shecar,  which  nanie 
 the  Gr.  retaineth,  calling  it  sikcra,  and  so  in 
 Uie  evangelist's  writing,  Luke  i.  15.  It  is 
 generally  used  for  all  strong  drink,  which 
 causeth  mirth,  fulness,  and  (if  it  be  taken  ex- 
 cessively) drunkenness :  see  the  notes  on 
 Gen.  xliii.  24.  The  Chald.  here  translateth 
 it,  old  wine,  and  that  is  better  than  new, 
 Luke  v.  39.  Thus  God  required  the  best 
 liquor,  wine;  and  the  best  sort  of  wine  to  be 
 given  with  his  sacrifice:  which  was  a  figure, 
 not  only  of  the  blood  of  Christ,  (the  memorial 
 whereof  he  hath  still  left  unto  his  church  in 
 wine,  Matt.  xxvi.  27—29,)  but  of  the  blood 
 also  of  his  servants,  poursd  out  in  martyrdom, 
 'upon  the  sacrifice  and  service  of  the  faith,' 
 (as  in  the  holy  place,)  Phil.  ii.  17.  See  the 
 annot.  on  Num.  xv.  12. 
 
 Ver.  9 The  Sabbath  pay,]  Heb.  the 
 
 day  of  Sabbath,  that  is,  of  rest,  which  tlie 
 Gr.  expresseth  in  the  form  plural,  the  day  of 
 Sabbaths,  and  so  in  the  New  Testament,  Luke 
 iv.  16;  Acts  xiii.  14;  xvi.  13.  Two  he- 
 lambs,]  Understand,  as  the  Gr.  version  add- 
 elh,  ye  shall  bring  two  he-laynbs:  these 
 were  over  and  beside  the  daily  sacrifices 
 fore-mentioned,  ver.  10.  The  Sabbath  was 
 a  remembrance  of  the  creation  of  the  world, 
 Exod.  XX.  11;  of  Israel's  coming  out  of 
 Egypt,  Deut.  v.  15;  a  sign  of  their  sanctifi- 
 cation  by  the  Lord,  Ezek.  xx.  12,  and  a 
 figure  of  grace  and  rest,  which  should  come 
 by  faith  in  Christ,  Heb.  iv.  As  therefore 
 this  day  was  a  sign  of  more  than  ordinary 
 favours  from  the  Lord,  so  he  required  greater 
 testimonies  of  their  thankfulness  and  sancti- 
 fication.  And  Ezekiel  prophesying  of  the 
 church's  service  under  the  gospel,  under  the 
 figure  of  these  legal  ordinances,  he  saith, 
 '  And  the  burnt-ofleriog  that  the  priuce  shall 
 T 
 
14G 
 
 N  u  M  B  p::  r  s. 
 
 and  two  tenth  parts  of  fine  ^om  fur  a  meat-offering,  mingled  witli 
 oil,  and  the  drink-offering  tliereof, 
 
 '"  The  burnt-offering  of  the  Sabbath,  in  his  Sabbath,  beside  the 
 continual  burnt- offering,  and  his  drink-offering. 
 
 '^  And  in  the  beginnings  of  your  months  ye  shall  offer  a  burnt- 
 offering  unto  Jehovah  :  Two  bullocks,  younglings  of  the  lierd,  and 
 one  ram ;  seven  lie -lambs  of  the  first  year,  perfect,  '^  And  three 
 tenth  jiarts  of  fine  flour  for  a  meat-offering,  mingled  with  oil,  for 
 one  bullock  :  and  two  tenth  parts  of  flour  for  a  meat-offering, 
 mingled  with  oil  for  one  ram.     '^  And  a  several  tenth  part  of  fine 
 
 offer  unto  the  Lord,  in  the  Sabbath  day,  shall 
 be  six  lambs  perfect,  and  a  ram  peifect:  and 
 the  meat^oflering  shall  be  an  ephah  for  a 
 ram  ;  and  the  mtat-ofiering  for  the  lambs 
 shall  be  the  gift  of  his  hand,  and  an  hin  of 
 oil  to  an  ephah,'  Ezek.  xlvi.  4,  5,  signifying 
 that  the  service  of  God  now  in  spirit  and 
 truth  should  exceed  the  legal  services  of  old. 
 
 Ver.  10.— In  his  Sabbath,]  The  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it,  that  shall  be  done  in  the  Sab- 
 bath; it  meaneth,  that  on  the  Sabbath  it  should 
 be  oti'ered,  and  not  deferred  till  another  day  or 
 week,  as  is  before  noted,  ver.  2.  The  like  is 
 for  the  month  in  vei-.  14. 
 
 Vee.  11.— The  beginnings  of  your 
 MONTHS,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr.  translateth  it, 
 the  new  moons;  for  in  Israel  they  began  the 
 month  with  the  new  moon;  and  it  was  pro- 
 claimed by  the  synedrion,  or  magistrates,  as 
 Maimony  showeth  in  Kiddttsh  bachodesh, 
 chap.  i.  These  new  moons  were  days 
 sanctified  to  the  service  of  God,  by  special 
 sacrifices  appointed,  as  after  foUoweth ;  then 
 did  they  blow  with  the  silver  trumpets  in  the 
 sanctuary,  Num.  x.  10,  and  for  burnt-ofier- 
 ings  on  the  Sabbaths,  new-moons,  and  solemn 
 feasts,  was  Solomon's  temple  dedicated,  2 
 Chron.  ii.  4.  Then  also  did  they  throughout 
 the  coasts  of  Israel  repair  unto  the  prophets, 
 or  other  ministers  of  God,  for  to  hear  his 
 word,  as  appeareth  by  2  Kings  iv.  23, 
 '  Wherefore  wilt  thou  go  to  him  (to  the  man 
 of  God)  to-day?  it  is  neither  new-moon,  nor 
 Sabbath.'  Then  also  tliey  kept  religious 
 feasts,  1  Sam.  xx.  5,  6;  neither  was  it  law- 
 ful to  buy  or  sell,  or  do  other  like  worldly 
 works,  Amos  viii.  5,  but  they  were  to  medi- 
 tate of  their  light,  sanctification,  graces,  and 
 comforts  to  come  by  Christ,  whereof  these 
 and  other  holy  days  were  a  shadow,  Col.  ii. 
 16,  17.  And  in  Clnist  we  spiritually  keep 
 this  feast  (as  the  apostle  speaketh  of  the  pass- 
 over,  1  Cor.  v.  7,  8,)  for  so  it  is  prophesied, 
 '  From  one  new-moon  to  anotlier,  and  from 
 one  Sabbath  to  another,  shall  all  flesh  come 
 to  worship  before  me,  saith  the  Lord,'  Is. 
 Ixvi.  23.  Not  that  we  are  now  bound  to 
 *  observe  days,  and  months,  and  times,  and 
 
 years,'  Gal.  iv.  10,  but  are  taught  by  those 
 figurative  speeches  in  the  prophets,  to  '  wor- 
 ship the  Father  in  spirit  and  in  truth,'  John 
 iv.  21,  23,  who  will  accept  of  our  service 
 performed  in  Christ,  in  every  place,  as  he 
 did  at  Jerusalem,  Mai.  i.  11,  and  at  all 
 times,  as  he  did  at  the  solemn  feasts  of  Israel. 
 The  renewing  of  the  moon,  (which  borroweth 
 her  light  of  tlie  sun)  might  figure  the  renew- 
 ing of  the  church  (said  to  be  '  fair  as  tlie 
 moon,'  Song  vi.  10,)  by  Christ  'the  Sun  of 
 righteousness,'  Mai.  iv.  2,  while  her  light 
 and  joy  is  by  him  increased  and  continued; 
 as  it  is  written,  '  Tliy  sun  shall  no  more  go 
 down,  neither  shall  thy  moon  withdraw  it- 
 self: for  the  Lord  shall  be  thine  everlasting 
 light,  and  the  days  of  thy  mourning  shall  be 
 ended,'  Is.  Ix.  20.  And  Ezekiel  (prophesy- 
 ing of  the  days  of  Cln-ist)  saith  of  the  'gate 
 of  the  inner  court  of  the  sanctuary,  that 
 looketh  toward  the  east,  which  should  be  shut 
 the  six  working  days,  that  in  the  Sabbath, 
 and  in  the  day  of  the  new-moon,  it  should  be 
 opened,'  Ezek.  xlvi.  1.  The  Hebs.  say, 
 "As  the  beginning  of  the  months  are  sanc- 
 tified and  renewed  in  this  world,  so  shall 
 Israel  be  sanctified  and  renewed  in  time  to 
 come,"  Pirke  Eliezer,  per  51.  Two  bul- 
 locks,] The  service  at  tlie  new-moon  «as 
 much  more  than  in  the  Sabbath,  for  that  was 
 but  two  lambs,  ver.  9,  but  this  at  the  new- 
 moon,  is  'two  bullocks,  one  ram,  and  seven 
 lambs,'  all  burnt-ofierings,  and  'one  goat- 
 buck,  for  a  sin-oflering,'  ver.  11,  15.  These 
 sacrifices  were  ofl'ered,  beside  the  daily  burnt- 
 ofl'ering,  and  after  the  same:  but  Ezekiel 
 foretelleth  a  lessening  of  this  service,  speak- 
 ing but  of  one  bullock,  six  lambs,  and  a  ram, 
 which  the  prince  should  ofier,  Ezek.  xlvi.  6. 
 Ver.  12. — Three  tenth  parts,]  Of  an 
 ephah  or  bushel,  as  ver.  5,  that  is,  three 
 omers.  The  like  quantity  was  prescribed  in 
 Num.  XV.  9,  and  so  two  omers  for  a  ram. 
 Num.  XV.  6.  But  in  Ezek.  xlvi.  7,  the 
 meat-oflerings  is  increased;  '  an  ephah  for  a 
 bullock,  and  an  ephah  for  a  ram;  and  for  the 
 lambs,  according  as  his  hand  shall  attain 
 unto.'     See  before  on  ver.  9. 
 
CHAP.  XXV  III. 
 
 147 
 
 flour,  for  a  meat  offering  mingled  witli  oil,  for  one  lamb :  for  a 
 burnt-offering,  a  savour  of  rest,  a  five-offering  unto  Jehovah. 
 
 "  And  their  drink-offerings,  lialf  an  hin  of  wine  shall  be  for  a 
 bullock,  and  the  third  part  of  an  liin  for  a  ram,  and  the  fourth 
 part  of  an  liin  for  a  lamb  :  This  is  the  burnt- offering  of  the  month, 
 in  the  month,  throughout  the  months  of  the  year.  '^  And  one 
 goat-buck  of  the  goats  for  a  sin-offering  unto  Jehovah  :  it  sJiall  be 
 made  ready  beside  the  continual  burnt-offering,  and  liis  drink-of- 
 fering. 
 
 "  And  in  tlie  first  month,  in  the  fourteenth  day  of  the  month, 
 shall  be  tlie  passover  unto  Jehovah.  '^  And  in  the  fifteenth  day  of 
 this  month  shall  be  the  feast :  seven  days  shall  unleavened  cakes  be 
 eaten.  '^  In  the  first  day  shall  be  a  convocation  of  holiness ;  ye 
 shall  not  do  any  servile  work.  '^  But  ye  shall  offer  a  Rre-offering 
 for  a  burnt-offering  unto  Jehovah;  tvv'o  bullocks,  younglings  of  the 
 herd,  and  one  ram,  and  seven  he-lambs  of  the  first  year,  perfect 
 shall  they  be  unto  you. 
 
 ^"  x^nd  their  meat-offering,  fine  flour  mingled  with  oil ;  three 
 tenth  parts  shall  ye  make  readj/  for  a  bullock,  and  two  tenth  parts 
 for  a  ram.  ^'  A  several  tenth  part  shalt  thou  make  readg  for  one 
 lamb,  tlirougliout  tlie  seven  lambs.  ^^  And  one  goat-buck  for  a 
 sin-offering,  to  make  atonement  for  you. 
 
 ""^^  Beside  the  burnt-offering  of  the  morning,  which  is  for  a  con- 
 
 Ver.  13.  — a  several  tenth  part,] 
 Heb.  a  tenth  part  a  tenth  part,  that  is,  for 
 every  one  a  tenth  part;  or,  (as  Moses  ex- 
 plaiueth  it  in  Num.  xxix.  4,)  'one  tenth  part 
 for  one  lamb.'  So  after  in  ver.  21,  29,  and 
 chap.  xxix.  10,  15.  With  oil,]  With  the 
 fourth  part  of  an  hin  of  beaten  oil,  as  was  de- 
 clared in  ver.  5.  But  when  there  was  an  ephah 
 of  flour  for  a  meat-ofleiing,  there  was  'an 
 hin  of  oil  to  an  ephah,'  Ezek.  xlvi.  5,  7,  11. 
 
 Ver.  15. — For  a  sin-offerixg,]  In  Gr. 
 for  sin;  this  was  to  make  atonement  for 
 them,  ver.  22,  tiie  law  for  sin-ofli;rings  was 
 given  in  Lev.  iv.  And  whereas  some  sin- 
 oiieriiigs  were  eaten  by  the  priests,  and  others 
 (whose  blood  was  carried  into  the  holy  place) 
 were  not  eaten,  but  burnt  without  the  camp, 
 Lev.  vi.  26,  30,  of  this  the  Hebs.  say,  "  The 
 odering  (or  doing)  of  the  sin-oflei-ings  at  the  be- 
 ginnings of  the  months,  and  at  tlie  solemn  feasts, 
 is  like  the  ofl'ering  of  the  sin-ollering  that  is 
 eaten,"  Maim,  in  Tamklin,  chap.  vii.  sect.  2. 
 
 Ver.  16. — The  first  month,]  Called  of 
 the  Hebs.  Abib,  and  ]\Usa?i;  it  answerelh  in 
 part  to  that  which  we  call  March:  see  the 
 riotes  on  Exod.  xii.  2;  Lev.  xxiii.  5. 
 
 Vr,R.  17. — The  feast,]  Of  unleavened 
 takes,  as  is  expressed  in  Lev.  xxiii.  6.  The 
 passover  was  a  figure  of  '  Christ  our  Pass- 
 over,' to  be  sacrificed  for  us:  the  unleavened 
 cakes  signified   'sincerity   and   truth,'   witli 
 
 which  we  should  'keep  the  feast,'  I  Cor.  v. 
 7,  8.     See  the  annot.  on  Exod.  xii.  15. 
 
 Ver.  is. — Any  .servile  work,]  Heb. 
 ant/  work  of  service:  it  meaneth  any  work 
 save  about  tiiat  which  men  should  eat ;  that 
 only  was  to  be  done  of  them,  Exod.  xii.  16. 
 See  the  notes  there,  and  on  Lev.  xxiii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Two  bullocks,  &c.,]  The 
 same  sacrifices,  and  so  many  as  were  offered 
 at  the  new-moons,  ver.  11.  Tlie  meat  and 
 drink-offerings  also  were  the  same,  ver.  12, 
 13,  20,  21.  But  Ezekiel  prophesieth  of  a 
 change,  how  at  the  passover  on  the  fourteenth 
 day,  the  prince  should  prepare  '  for  himself, 
 and  for  all  the  people  of  the  land,  a  bullock 
 for  a  sin-offering.  And  the  seven  days  of  the 
 feast  (of  unleavened  cakes)  he  should  prepare 
 a  burnt-offering  to  the  Lord,  seven  bullocks, 
 and  seven  rams  perfect,  daily  the  seven  days; 
 and  for  a  sin-olTering,  a  goat-buck  of  the 
 goats  daily.'  The  meat-offerings  also  should 
 be  increased ;  '  an  ephah  for  a  bullock,  and  an 
 ephah  for  a  ram,  and  an  hin  of  oil  for  an 
 ephah,'  Ezek.  xlv.  22—24. 
 
 Ver.  22. — A  sin-offering,]  Of  it  the 
 Hebs.  say,  "  it  was  eaten  in  the  second  day  of 
 the  passover,  which  was  the  sixteenth  day  of 
 (the  first  month)  Nisan,"  Maim,  in  Tamidin, 
 chap.  vii.  sect.  3.     See  before  on  ver.  15. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Beside  the  burnt-offering,] 
 The  daily  sacrifice  appointed  in  ver.  3,  unto 
 
148  NUMBERS. 
 
 tiiiual  burnt- offering,  ye  shall  make  ready  these.  ^^  After  tliis 
 manner  ye  shall  make  ready  for  every  day,  seven  days,  the  bread  of 
 tlie  f^re-offering  of  a  savour  of  rest  unto  Jehovah :  it  shall  be  made 
 ready,  beside  the  continual  burnt- offering,  and  his  drink-offering. 
 ^'  And  in  tlie  seventh  day  ye  shall  have  a  convocation  of  holiness, 
 ye  shall  not  do  any  servile  work. 
 
 ^^  And  in  the  day  of  the  first-fruits,  when  ye  offer  a  new  meat- 
 offering unto  Jehovah  after  your  weeks,  ye  shall  have  a  convoca- 
 tion of  holiness,  ye  shall  not  do  any  servile  work. 
 
 "  And  ye  shall  offer  a  burnt-offering  for  a  savour  of  rest  unto 
 Jehovah;  two  bullocks,  younglings  of  the  herd,  one  ram,  seven 
 he -lambs  of  the  first  year.  ^^  And  their  meat-offering,  fine  flour 
 mingled  with  oil ;  three  tenth  parts  for  one  bullock,  two  tenth  parts 
 for  one  ram.  ^^  And  several  tenth  part  for  one  lamb  throughout 
 tlie  seven  lambs. 
 
 ^°  One  goat-buck  of  the  goats,  to  make  atonement  for  you. 
 ^'  Ye  shall  make  them  ready,  beside  the  continual  burnt-offering, 
 and  his  meat-offering ;  perfect  shall  they  be  unto  you,  and  tlieir 
 drink-offerings. 
 
 which  these  sacrifices    fore-mentioned  were  Heb.  which  usually  signifleth  in  your  weeks, 
 
 added.     And  beside  all  these,  there  was  the  is  here  to  be  interpreted  after:  see  the  an- 
 
 lamb,  for  a  burnt-oflering,  which  was  sacri-  not.  on  Exod.  ii.  23. 
 
 ficed  with  the  wave  sheaf  or  omer,  as  was  Veb.   27. — Two  bullocks,]  These    and 
 
 commanded  in  Lev.  xxiii.  10—13.  the  rest  following  are  here  added  to  the  feast, 
 
 Ver.  25. — The  seventh  day,]  ^yhich  over  and  beside  those  «  seven  lambs,  one  biil- 
 was  the  last  day  of  the  feast  of  unleavened  lock,  and  two  rams,'  which  were  offered  with 
 cakes;  and  in  tliis  day  it  is  said,  there  should  the  first-fruits,  Lev.  xxiii.  18,  as  is  showed 
 be  '  a  feast  to  Jehovah,'  Exod.  xiii.  6,  called  in  the  annot.  there;  and  'beside  the  con- 
 here  '  a  convocation  of  hdliness,'  or  holy  as-  tinual  burnt-offering,'  or  daily  sacrifice,  as 
 semhly.      So  in  Exod.  xii.  IG;  Lev.  xxiii.  8.  after  followeth  in  ver.  31. 
 
 Ver.  26.— Day  of  the  first-fruits,]  Ver.  31. — And  their  drink-offerings,] 
 
 Called  Pentecost,   Acts  ii.   1,    '  the  feast  of  This  seemeth  to  be  referred  not  only  to  the 
 
 harvest,'  Exod.  xxiii.  16,  'the  feast  of  weeks,  former,  ye  shall  make  them  ready,  but  also 
 
 of  the    first-fruits    of   wheat  harvest,'   Exod.  to  the  latter,   they  shall  be  perfect:  that  as 
 
 xxxiv.  22.    A  NEW  meat-offering,]  Called  the  beasts,  flour  and  oil,  were  to  be  perfect, 
 
 so   in   respect   of  the   former   ofiered   at  the  unblemished,  sound  and  sweet ;  so  the  wine 
 
 passover:  the  law  for  this  was  given  in  Lev.  for  drink-offerings  should  likewise  be  perfect, 
 
 xxiii.  16.      After   your  weeks,]  After  the  (as  he  called  it  strong  wine,  in  ver.  7,)  not 
 
 seven  weeks,  or  Why  days,  which  the  Israel-  dead,   sour,    mixed   with    dregs    or  lees,    or 
 
 ites  were  commanded  to  number  unto  them  otiierwise    corrupted.       See    the    annot.    oji 
 
 from  the  passover,  Lev.   xxiii.  15,  16.     The  Gen.  iv.  4. 
 
 CHAP.  XXIX. 
 
 1 .  The  offerings  at  the  feast  of  trumpets  on  the  first  day  of  the 
 seventh  month  ;  7.  at  the  day  of  affecting  their  souls,  rvMch  was  the 
 tenth  day  of  the  seventh  month  ;  12.  and  on  the  eight  days  of  the  feast 
 of  tabernacles,  which  hegan  on  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  seventh  month. 
 
 'And  in  tlie  seventh  month,  in  the  first  day  of  the  monti),  ye 
 
CHAP.  XXIX. 
 
 149 
 
 shall  have  a  convocation  of  holiness ;  ye  shall  not  do  any  servile 
 work:  a  day  of  blowing  of  trumpets  shall  it  be  unto  you.  ^And 
 ye  shall  make  j-eady  a  burnt- offering  for  a  savour  of  rest  unto  .Je- 
 hovali,  one  bullock,  a  youngling  of  the  herd,  one  ram,  seven  lie- 
 lambs,  of  the  first  year,  perfect.  ^  And  their  meat-offering  shall  be 
 of  fine  flour  mingled  with  oil;  three  ienih parts  for  a  bullock,  two 
 tenth  parts  for  a  ram.  *  And  one  tenth  part  for  one  lamb,  through- 
 out the  seven  lambs.  ^  And  one  goat-buck  of  the  goats  for  a  sin- 
 offering,  to  make  atonement  for  you. 
 
 •^Beside  the  burnt- offering  of  the  month,  and  his  meat-offering, 
 and  the  continual  burnt- offering,  and  his  meat-offering,  and  tlieir 
 drink- offerings  according  to  their  manner,  for  a  savour  of  rest ;  a 
 fire -offering  unto  Jehovah. 
 
 ^  And  in  the  tentli  day  of  this  seventh  month  ye  shall  have  a 
 convocation  of  holiness,  and  ye  shall  afflict  your  souls  ;  ye  shall 
 not  do  any  v/ork.  *  And  ye  shall  offer  a  burnt-offering  unto  JeJio- 
 V  ah  for  a  savour  of  rest;  one  bullock,  a  youngling  of  the  herd, 
 one  ram,  seven  he-lambs  of  the  first  year,  perfect  shall  they  be 
 unto  you.  "  And  their  meat-offering  shall  be  of  fine  flour,  mingled 
 with  oil ;  three  tenth  parts  for  a  buliock,  two  tenth  parts  for  one 
 
 Ver.  I.. — The  SEVENTH  month,]  Called 
 in  1  Kings  viii.  2,  'the  month  Ethanim,'  of 
 the  Hebs.  commonly  Tisri;  of  us  Septem- 
 ber. This  month  was  'the  going  out  of  the 
 year,'  Exod.  xxiii.  16,  and  '  the  revolution  of 
 the  year,'  Exod.  xxxiv.  22,  for  then  the  old 
 year  went  out,  and  the  new  began,  as  touch- 
 ing the  jubilees,  Lev.  xxv.  9,  10,  and  other 
 civil  afl'airs:  but  by  reason  of  Israel's  coming 
 out  of  Egypt  in  Abib,  or  March,  that  month 
 was  made  mito  them  *  the  first  of  the  months 
 of  the  year,'  Exod.  xii.  2.  So  the  ecclesias- 
 tical feasts  were  reckoned  after  this  order; 
 and  that  which  had  been  the  first  month,  is 
 here  and  usually  called  the  seventh.  The 
 FIRST  DAY,]  Heb.  the  one  day;  of  which 
 phrase  see  Gen.  i.  5.  Blowing  of  trum- 
 pets,] Of  this  rite,  see  Lev.  xxiii.  24,  and 
 the  annot.  there. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Savour  of  rest,]  Which  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  of  sweet  smell;  the  Chald. 
 to  be  accepted  with  favour  before  the  Lord. 
 See  Gen.  viii.  21.  One  bullock,]  At 
 every  new-moon  they  were  to  ofler  '  two  bul- 
 locks, one  ram,  and  seven  lambs,'  Num. 
 xxviii.  11;  the  same  were  to  be  offered  at 
 this  new-moon,  aiid  this  one  bullock,  one 
 ram,  and  sevin  lambs,  &c.  here  mentioned, 
 were  added  over  and  '  beside  the  burnt-ofler- 
 ing  of  the  month,'  as  is  after  expressed  in 
 ver.  6.  So  this  day  they  sacrificed  three 
 bullocks,  two  rams,  and  fourteen  lambs  for 
 burntofierings,  and  two  goats  for  sin,  besides 
 the  two  lambs  for  tiie  daily  oblation.     For  as 
 
 the  solemnity  was  greater,  by  reason  of  the 
 blowing  of  the  trumpet',  (which  figured  the 
 preaching  of  repentance  and  belief  in  Christ, 
 Is.  Iviii.  1 ;  Mark  i.  1 — 4,)  so  their  service/ 
 and  thankfulness  unto  God  was  to  be  testified 
 by  the  more  sacrifices.  And  if  this  new- 
 moon  fell  to  be  on  the  Sabbath,  then  besides 
 all  the  former  oblations,  they  offered  also  the 
 t"  0  lambs,  which  were  added  for  the  Sabbath, 
 Num.  xxviii.  9,  10.  The  order  of  offering 
 is  said  to  l)e  thus;  "After  the  daily  morning 
 sacrifice  was  oflered,  the  addition  of  the  Sab- 
 bath was  first,  and  after  that,  the  addition  of 
 the  new-moon;  and  after  it,  the  addition  of 
 this  good  day  (or  feast,)"  Maim,  in  Tamidin, 
 chap.  ix.  sect.  2. 
 
 Ver.  G.— Their  manner,]  Heb.  their 
 judgment,  that  is,  the  law  and  ordinance  pre- 
 scribed of  God.  So  in  ver.  IS,  21,  24,  &c. 
 Under  this  word  manner  or  judgment,  the 
 Hebs.  understand  the  order  a\so  here  set  down : 
 for  whereas  sometimes  the  sin-oflering  was  of- 
 fered first,  before  the  burnt-offering,  Lev.  v. 
 7,  8,  10,  "  in  the  oblations  of  the  feast  (they 
 say^  it  was  not  so,  but  they  offered  according 
 to  the  order  that  is  written,  as  it  is  said, 
 '  According  to  their  manner.'  As,  first  the 
 bullocks,  and  after  them  the  rams,  and  after 
 them  the  lambs,  and  after  them  the  goat- 
 burks,  although  the  goat-bucks  were  sin-of- 
 ferings, and  all  those  before  them  were  burnt- 
 ofierings," Maim,  in  Tamidin,  chap.  ix. 
 sect.  7. 
 
 Ver.  7. — The  tenth  day,]  Which  was 
 
150 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 ram.  ^"  A  several  tenth  part  for  one  lamb,  throughout  the  seven 
 lambs.  ''  One  goat-buck  of  the  goats,  for  a  sin-offering,  beside  the 
 sin-offering  of  atonements,  and  tlie  continual  burnt- offering,  and 
 the  meat-offering  of  it,  and  their  drink-offerings. 
 
 '^  And  in  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  seventh  month  ye  shall  have  a 
 convocation  of  holiness;  ye  shall  not  do  any  servile  work,  and  ye 
 shall  festivally  keep  a  feast  unto  Jehovah  seven  days.  '^  And  ye 
 shall  offer  a  burnt- offering,  a  fixe-offering  for  a  savour  of  rest  unto 
 Jehovah;  thirteen  bullocks,  younglings  of  the  herd,  two  rams, 
 fourteen  he-lambs  of  the  first  year,  tliey  shall  be  perfect.  '*  And 
 their  meat-offering  shall  be  of  fine  flour,  mingled  with  oil ;  three 
 tenth  parts  for  one  bullock,  throughout  the  thirteen  bullocks  ;  two 
 tentli  parts  for  each  ram,  of  the  two  rams.  '^  And  a  several  tenth 
 part  for  one  lamb,  tluoughout  the  fourteen  lambs. 
 
 "^  And  one  goat-buck  of  the  goats  for  a  sin-offering,  beside  the 
 continual  burnt-offering,  his  meat-offering,  and  his  drink-offering. 
 
 '  the  day  of  atonements,'  Lev.  xxiii.  27, 
 called  '  the  fast,'  Acts  xxvii.  9.  'i'he  man- 
 ner of  atonement,  and  the  servii'e  on  that 
 day,  is  described  at  large  in  Lev.  xvi.  Af- 
 flict YOUR  sotJLS,]  With  fasting  and  absti- 
 nence: see  the  annot.  on  Lev.  xvi.  29. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Beside  the  sin-offering  of 
 ATONEMENTS,]  That  goat-buck,  whose  blood 
 was  carried  into  the  holy  place,  and  the  body 
 burned  without  the  camp.  Lev.  xvi.  9,  29,  be- 
 sides it,  this  sacrifice  here  commanded  was  to 
 be  offered,  and  besides  the  daily  burut-ofiering. 
 "  On  atonement  day,  they  offer  an  addition 
 according  to  the  addition  of  the  beginm'ng  of 
 the  year,  [which  was  the  first  day  of  the 
 seventh  month,  foie-mentioned  in  ver.  1,  2,] 
 a  bullock  and  a  ram,  and  this  ram  is  called 
 the  people's  ram ;  and  seven  lambs,  all  of 
 them  for  burnt-offerings,  and  a  goat-buck  for 
 a  sin-offering,  and  that  was  eaten  at  evening. 
 Moreover  the  congregation  offered  a  goat- 
 buck  for  a  sin-offering  which  was  burnt,  the 
 fellow  whereof  was  sent  away  for  a  scape- 
 goat," (Lev.  xvi.  9,  10,)  Maim,  in  Tami- 
 din,  chap.  x.  sect.  12.  This  atonement  was 
 a  lively  figure  of  our  reconciliation  unto  God, 
 by  the  death  of  Christ,  (as  is  showed  on  Lev. 
 xvi.)  the  afflicting  of  their  souls  figured  re- 
 pentance and  humiliation  for  sins,  with  our 
 fellowship  in  the  afllictions  of  Christ,  Rom. 
 vi.  3,  4,  6;  1  Pet.  ii.  21.  The  sacrifices 
 added  here,  signified  the  faith  that  God's 
 people  should  have  in  Christ  sacrificed,  and 
 thankfulness  unto  God  therefore,  1  John  ii. 
 1,  2;  Heb.  x.  10,  19,  &c. ;  Rom.  xii. 
 1,  2. 
 
 Ver.  12. — The  fifteenth  day,]  When 
 the  feast  of  booths,  or  of  tabernacles  did  be- 
 gin, which  lasted  seven  days.  Lev.  xxiii.  34 
 
 — 36,  &c.,  the  signification  of  which  feast  is 
 showed  in  the  aruiot.  on  that  place. 
 
 Ver  13. — Thirteen  bullocks,]  Whereas 
 at  the  other  feasts  foie-mentioned,  they  of- 
 fered but  two  bullocks,  one  ram,  and  seven 
 lambs  in  a  day;  at  this,  they  were  to  olTer 
 thirteen  bullocks,  two  rams,  and  fourteen 
 lambs;  both  because  the  solemnity  was 
 greater,  and  at  this  time  they  had  gathered 
 in  their  corn  and  wine,  and  had  seen  the 
 blessing  of  God  in  all  their  increase,  and  in 
 all  the  works  of  their  hands,  Deut.  xvi.  13, 
 15;  therefore  the  Lord  required  more  sacri- 
 fices in  sign  of  thankfulness.  But  Ezekiel 
 prophesying  of  the  days  of  Christ  (under 
 whom  we  keep  this  feast  in  spirit  and  truth, 
 Zech.  xiv.  16 — 19,)  appointeth  like  sacrifices 
 as  were  to  be  ofl'ered  at  the  passover;  as  that 
 the  prince  should  prepare  seven  bullocks  and 
 seven  rams  daily  for  a  burnt-oflering,  &c. 
 Ezek.  xlv.  23,  25. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Twelve  bullocks,]  In  every 
 of  the  seven  days  of  this  feast,  one  bullock  is 
 abated,  as  on  the  second  day  twelve,  on  the 
 third  day  eleven,  ver.  20,  on  the  fomth  day 
 ten,  ver.  23,  and  so  furward,  till  on  the 
 seventh  day  they  were  to  ofi'er  seven  bullocks, 
 ver.  32,  (all  which,  in  seven  days  amounted 
 to  seventy  bullocks)  but  the  rams  and  lambs 
 were  every  day  alike.  By  this  diminishing 
 of  one  bullock  every  day,  the  Holy  Spirit 
 might  teach  their  duty  to  grow  in  grace,  and 
 increase  in  sanctification:  that  their  sins  de- 
 creasing, the  number  of  their  sacrifices 
 (whereby  atonement  was  made  for  their  sins) 
 should  also  decrease  daily.  Or  it  might  sig- 
 nify a  diminishing  and  wearing  away  of  the 
 legal  offerings,  to  lead  them  unto  the  spiritual 
 and  reasonable  service,  by   presenting  their 
 
CHAP.  XXIX.  151 
 
 "  And  in  the  second  day,  twelve  bullocks,  younglings  of  the 
 lierd,  two  rams,  fourteen  he-lambs  of  the  first  year,  perfect. 
 
 '*  And  their  meat-offering  and  their  di-ink-ofterings,  for  the  bul- 
 locks, for  the  rams,  and  for  the  lambs,  by  the  number  of  tliem  ac- 
 cording to  the  manner.  ^^  And  one  goat-buck  of  the  goats  for  a 
 &m-offering,  beside  the  continual  burnt- offering,  and  the  meat-offer- 
 ing tJiereof,  and  their  drink-offerings. 
 
 ^"  And  in  the  third  day,  eleven  bullocks,  two  rams,  fourteen  he- 
 iambs  of  tlie  first  year,  perfect.  ■^'  And  their  meat-offering  and 
 their  drink-offerings,  for  the  bullocks,  for  the  rams,  and  for  the 
 lambs  by  the  number  of  them,  according  to  the  manner.  ^^  And 
 one  goat-buck yo;-  a  sin-offering,  beside  the  continual  burnt-offer- 
 ing, and  his  meat-offering,  and  his  drink-offering. 
 
 ^^  And  in  the  fourth  day,  ten  bvillocks,  two  rams,  fourteen  he- 
 lambs  of  the  first  year,  perfect.  ^*  Their  meat-offering,  and  their 
 drink-offerings,  for  the  bullocks,  for  the  rains,  and  for  the  lambs, 
 by  the  number  of  them,  according  to  the  manner.  ^^  And  one 
 goat-buck  of  the  goats  for  a  sin-offering,  beside  the  continual 
 burnt-offering,  his  meat-offering,  and  his  drink-offering. 
 
 ^^  And  in  the  fifth  day,  nine  bullocks,  two  rams,  fourteen  he- 
 lambs  of  tlie  first  year,  perfect.  ^'  And  their  meat-offering,  and 
 their  drink-offerings,  for  the  bullocks,  foi  the  rams,  and  for  the 
 lambs,  by  the  number  of  them,  according  to  the  manner.  ^  And 
 one  goat-buck  for  a  sin-offering,  beside  the  continual  burnt-offer- 
 ing, and  his  meat-offering,  and  his  drink-offering. 
 
 ^'  And  in  tlie  sixth  day,  eight  bullocks,  two  rams,  fourteen  he- 
 lambs  of  the  first  year,  perfect.  ^°  And  their  meat-offering,  and 
 their  drink-offerings,  for  tlie  bullocks,  for  tlie  rams,  and  for  the 
 lambs,  by  the  number  of  them,  according  to  the  manner.  ^'  And 
 one  goat-buck  ^or  a  sin-offeri7ig,  beside  tlie  contiiuud  burnt  offer- 
 ing ;  his  meat-offering,  and  his  drink-offering. 
 
 ^^  And  in  the  seventh  day,  seven  bullocks,  two  rams,  fourteen 
 he-lambs  of  the  first  year,  perfect.  ^^  And  their  meat-offering, 
 and  their  drink-offerings,  for  the  bullocks,  for  the  rams,  and  for 
 the  lambs,  by  the  number  of  them,  according  to  the  manner. 
 
 ^*  And  one  goat-buck  for  a  sin-offering,  beside  the  continual 
 burnt-offering,  his  meat-offering,  and  his  drink-offering. 
 
 ^^  In  the  eighth  day  ye  shall  have  a  solemn  assembly;  ye  shall 
 not  do  any  servile  work, 
 
 own  bodies  a  living  sacrifice,  holy,  acceptable  selves;   whether  they  were  the  oblations  of 
 
 unto  God,  Rom.  xii.  1.  the  congregation,  or  the  oMations  of  a  parti- 
 
 Veb.  18. — And   for   the   lambs,]  The  cular  person  "  Maim,  in  Tamidin,  chap.  x. 
 
 Hebs.  say,  "that  the  meat  and  drink-offerings  sect.  15. 
 
 of  these  several  sacrifices,  were  never  to  be  Veb.  35. — In  the  eighth  d.iy,]  Chazku- 
 
 mixed  together,  but  the  meat  and  drink-of-  ni   here   observeth,  "  that  it  is  not  said  (as 
 
 ferings  of  the  bullocks  were  by  themselves,  was  of  the  former  days)  And  in  the  eighth 
 
 and  the  meat  and  drink-uflerings  of  the  rams  day;  to  teach  that   it  was  a  good  day  (or 
 
 by  themselves,  and   of  the  Iambs   by  them-  ftast)    by   itself."     A    solemn    assembly,] 
 
152 
 
 x\  U  M  ]^  E  R  S. 
 
 '^  And  ye  sliall  offer  a  burnt-ofFering,  a  ^re -offering  for  a  savour 
 of  rest  unto  Jehovah;  one  bullock,  one  ram,  seven  he-lambs  of 
 the  first  year,  perfect.  ^'  Their  meat-offering,  and  their  drink- 
 offerings,  for  the  bullock,  for  the  ram,  and  for  the  lambs,  by  the 
 number  of  them,  according  to  the  manner. 
 
 ^**  And  one  goat-buck  for  a  sin-offering ,  beside  the  continual 
 burnt-offering,  and  his  meat-offering,  and  liis  drink-offering. 
 
 ^^  Tliese  things  ye  shall  do  unto  Jehovah  in  your  solemn  feasts, 
 beside  your  vows,  and  your  voluntary  offerings,  for  your  burnt- 
 offerings,  and  for  your  meat-offerings,  and  for  your  drink- offerings, 
 and  for  your  peace-offerings.  ^"  And  Moses  spake  unto  the  sons 
 of  Israel,  according  to  all  that  Jehovah  commanded  Moses. 
 
 Or,  general  assembly:  see  the  notes  on  Lev. 
 xxiii.  36. 
 
 Ver.  36. — One  bullock,]  Though  this 
 was  the  last,  and  '  the  great  day  of  tlie  feast,* 
 John  vii.  37,  yet  were  the  sarriflces  fewer 
 than  on  any  other  day;  as  if  God  would  call 
 them  fiom  the  multitude  of  outward  ohlations 
 to  his  spiritual  worship,  as  is  noted  on  ver. 
 17.  And  our  Saviour  on  that  day  called  the 
 people  from  their  many  carnal  observations, 
 (some  whereof  are  noted  on  Lev.  xxiii.  40,) 
 unto  himself,  to  drink  the  waters  of  his 
 Spirit,  John  vii.  38,  39. 
 
 Ver.  39. — Beside  your  vows,  &c.]  Of 
 the  difference  between  vows  and  voluntary- 
 ofierings,  see  the  annut.  on  Lev.  vii.  16. 
 The  sacrifices  fore-mentioned,  the  congrega- 
 tion of  Israel  was  bound  to  offer,  every  thing 
 in  his  day:  but  all  men  as  they  had  either 
 vo«ed,  oi-  voluntary  would,  brouglit  their  sa- 
 crifices at  the  feasts,  (especially  peace-offer- 
 ings, which  the   owners  did  eat  before  the 
 
 Lord)  that  according  to  the  blessing  of  God 
 upon  them,  they,  their  children  and  their 
 servants,  the  Levites,  the  stranger,  the  fa- 
 therless and  the  widow  with  them,  might  eat 
 and  drink,  and  rejoice  before  the  Loid,  Deut. 
 xvi.  10,  11,  14,  15.  The  truth  and  mean- 
 ing of  all  which  solemnities  are  now  fulfilled 
 unto  us  by  Christ,  who  by  one  offering  of 
 himsL'lf,  hath  reconciled  us  unto  God,  and 
 wrought  our  eternal  redemption,  and  hath 
 given  us  of  his  Spirit,  whereby  we  know 
 that  he  abideth  in  us,  and  hath  placed  in  ns 
 the  kingdom  of  God,  which  consisteth  in 
 righteousnes?,  and  peace,  and  joy  in  the  Holy 
 Spirit:  '  that  by  him  we  should  ofler  the  sa- 
 crifice of  praise  to  God  continually,  that  is, 
 the  fruit  of  our  lips,  confessing  to  his  name, 
 and  should  not  forget  to  do  good,  and  to  com- 
 municate, for  with  such  sacrifices  God  is  well 
 pleased,'  Col.  ii.  16,  17;  Heb.  ix.  12,  26, 
 28:  1  John  iii.  24;  Rom.  xiv.  17;  Heb. 
 xiii.  15,  16. 
 
 CHAP.  XXX. 
 
 1 .  The  Lord  commandeth  that  men's  vows  or  oaths  he  not  profaned, 
 hut  kept.  3.  A  maid  in  her  father's  house,  the  father  hath  power  to  es~ 
 tahllsh  her  vow,  or  to  disannul  it.  6.  Likewise  a  married  woman  is  in 
 her  hushand's  power,  he  may  confirm  or  disannul  her  vow,  in  the  day 
 that  he  heareth  it.  9-  But  the  vows  of  a  widow,  or  divorced  woman, 
 are  to  stand.  10.  Aii  explanation  of  the  case  between  man  and  wife, 
 concerning  vows  or  oaths. 
 
 '  And  Moses  spake  unto  the  lieads  of  the  tribes,  concerning  tlie 
 sons   of  Israel,  saying,  This  is  the    thing  which  Jehovah   com- 
 
 2  5  5  Here  beginneth  the  forty-second  lec- 
 ture of  the  law:  see  Gen.  vi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  1 — The  heads,]  That  is,   as  tlie 
 Gr.   translateth,  the  rulers  (or  princes)  e/ 
 
CHAP.    XXX. 
 
 153 
 
 nianded.  ^  A  man,  when  he  shall  vow  a  vow  unto  Jehovah,  or 
 swear  an  oath  to  bind  a  bond  upon  his  soul,  he  shall  not  profane 
 his  word,  he  shall  do  according  to  all  tliat  proceedetli  out  of  liis 
 mouth.  ^  And  a  woman,  when  slie  shall  vow  a  vow  unto  Jehovah, 
 and  bind  a  bond  in  her  father's  liouse  in  her  youth  :  *  And  lier  fa- 
 ther hear  hei-  vow  and  her  bond,  whicli  she  hath  bound  upon  her 
 soul,  and  her  fatlier  shall  hold  his  peace  at  licr ;  then  all  her 
 vows  shall  stand,  and  every  bond  which  she  hath  bound  upon  her 
 soul  shall  stand.     ^  And  if  her  father  disannul  her  in  the  day  tJiat 
 
 the  tribes.  In  the  two  former  chapters  were 
 laws  for  necessary  duties  commanded:  here 
 followeth  the  law  for  voluntary  things,  which 
 people  having  by  vow  or  oath  taken  upon 
 them,  were  bound  to  perform.  Concerning 
 THE  SONS,]  Or,  to  the  sons  of  Israel ;  or  as 
 the  Gr.  joineth  it  with  the  former,  the  princes 
 of  the  tribes  of  the  sons  of  Israel.  It  was 
 spoken  by  Moses  to  the  princes,  that  by  them 
 it  might  be  orderly  communicated  unto  the 
 people;  as  in  Exod.  xii.  3,  21  ;  iv.  29  ;  also 
 that  the  governors  should  look  unto  the  people 
 for  the  performance  of  their  religious  pro- 
 mises.    The  thing,]  Heb.  the  word. 
 
 Ver.  2. — A  vow,  J  A  religious  promise  to 
 the  Lord.  Of  a  vow,  and  how  it  differed 
 from  a  voluntary  gift,  see  the  annot.  on  Lev. 
 xxvii.  2  ;  vii.  16  ;  and  of  an  oath,  see  the 
 notes  on  Lev.  v.  1,  4.  And  that  alms  pro- 
 mised for  the  poor,  is  comprehended  also 
 under  the  name  of  vows,  is  showed  on  Deut. 
 xxiii.  21.  A  BOND  upon  his  soul,]  That 
 is,  to  bind  his  soid  (or  himself)  with  a  bond. 
 Hereupon  is  that  manner  of  speech,  '  Thy 
 vows  are  upon  me,  O  God,'  Ps.  Ivi.  12. 
 Not  profane  his  word,]  Not  violate  or 
 break  his  promise,  but  shall  have  an  holy  care 
 to  keep  it.  A  like  phrase  is  of  '  profaning  a 
 covenant,'  in  Ps.  Iv.  20  ;  Ixxxix.  34.  And 
 as  vows  might  not  be  broken,  so  neither 
 might  they  be  delayed,  Deut.  xxiii.  21. 
 All  that  proceedeth  out  of  his  mouth,] 
 That  is,  every  word  of  his,  as  the  phrase  is 
 opened  in  Luke  iv.  4,  from  Deut.  viii.  3. 
 This  is  to  be  understood  of  good  and  lawful 
 vows,  and  such  as  are  in  a  man's  power  to 
 perform:  for  impossible  vows  are  to  be  re- 
 pented of,  and  wicked  vows  or  oaths  are  not 
 to  be  kept,  but  broken,  Acts  xxiii.  21,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  3. — And  bind  a  bond,]  To  wit, 
 '  upon  her  soul,'  as  in  ver.  4,  that  is,  bound 
 herself  tvith  a  bond.  And  may  here  be 
 used  for  or  (as  it  is  often,  and  as  the  Gr.  here 
 translateth,  or  determine  a  determination) 
 to  imply  either  a  vow  to  sanctify  any  thing 
 to  the  Lord,  or  a  bond  to  restrain  herself 
 from  something,  as  by  afllicting  her  soul,  or 
 abstinence,  as  in  ver.  13.  In  her  father's 
 house,]  She  abiding  there,  and  being  under 
 
 Vol.  ir. 
 
 his  power.  The  Hebs.  (as  Sol.  Jarchi  on 
 this  place)  by  house,  do  understand  power, 
 saying,  "  under  the  power  of  her  father, 
 though  she  be  not  in  his  house.''  In  her 
 youth,]  Youth  diflereth  from  childhood,  for 
 in  her  youth  she  understandeth  what  a  vow  is, 
 whereof  in  childhood  she  is  ignorant.  The 
 Heb.  canons  have  limited  the  time  both  for 
 men  and  women,  thus :  "  A  young  man  that 
 is  a  son  of  twelve  years  and  one  day,  and  a 
 young  woman  that  is  a  daughter  of  eleven 
 years  and  one  day,  which  do  swear  or  vow, 
 either  vows  of  binding  (or  restraint,)  or 
 vows  of  sanctifying  (any  thing  to  the  Lord,) 
 they  do  examine  them,  and  ask  questions  of 
 them.  If  they  know  to  whose  name  they 
 have  vowed,  &c.  then  their  vows  are  stab- 
 lished  :  but  if  they  know  not,  then  is  there 
 nothing  in  their  vows  or  words.  And  this 
 examination  is  necessary  all  that  year,  which 
 is  the  twelfth  year  for  a  young  maid,  and  the 
 thirteenth  year  for  a  young  man.  Before 
 this  time,  although  they  say,  we  know  to 
 whose  name  we  have  vowed,  their  vows  are 
 no  vows.  But  after  this  time,  when  the  son 
 is  a  son  of  thirteen  years  and  one  day ;  and 
 the  daughter  is  a  daughter  of  twelve  years 
 and  one  day ;  although  they  say,  we  know 
 not  to  whose  name  we  have  vowed  ;  their 
 words  are  established,  and  their  vows  are 
 vows,  &c.  And  this  is  the  time  of  vows 
 spoken  of  in  every  place :  for  as  much  as  they 
 are  come  to  the  years  of  great  (or  aged)  per- 
 sons, their  vows  are  stablished,"  Maim,  torn, 
 3,  treat,  of  voivs,  chap.  xi.  sect.  1,  3,  4. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Hold  his  peace  at  her,]  Or, 
 keep  silence  at  it:  though  he  do  not  by 
 words  approve,  yet  by  silence  he  seemeth  to 
 consent,  therefore  her  vow  standeth  firm. 
 Shall  stand,]  That  is,  shall  be  stable, 
 firm  and  sure;  as  the  field  which  Abraham 
 bought,  was  said  to  stand,  when  by  sale  it  was 
 sure,  Gen.  xxiii.  17,  20.  So  one's  counsel  or 
 word  is  said  to  stand,  when  it  abideth  fii  m, 
 Prov.  xix.  21;  Is.  xiv.  24;  xl.  8;  Jer.  xliv. 
 29. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Disallow  her,]  Or,  disalloto 
 (mdlify)  it,  to  wit,  her  vow:  so  after.  The 
 D.w    th.it  he  heareth,]  Whether  it  be  iu 
 
loi 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 lie  heareth,  not  any  of  her  vows  or  of  Iier  bonds  which  she  liath 
 bound  upon  lier  soul  shall  stand  :  and  Jehovah  will  mercifully  for- 
 give her,  because  her  father  disallowed  her.  ^  And  if  having  she 
 have  an  husband,  and  her  vows  be  upon  lier,  or  the  utterance  of 
 lier  lips,  wliich  she  hath  bound  upon  her  soul ;  '  And  her  husband 
 liear,  and  hold  his  peace  at  her  in  the  day  that  he  heareth:  then 
 lier  vows  shall  stand,  and  her  bonds  wliich  she  hath  bound  upon 
 her  soul  shall  stand.  ®  But  if  in  the  day  that  her  husband  heareth 
 he  disallow  her,  then  he  shall  make  void  her  vow  which  is  upon 
 her,  and  the  utterance  of  her  lips  which  she  hath  bound  upon  her 
 soul ;  and  Jehovah  will  mercifully  forgive  her.  ^  But  the  vow  of 
 a  widow,  and  of  her  that  is  put  away,  whatsoever  she  hath  bound 
 upon  her  soul  shall  stand  upon  her.  "  And  if  she  vowed  in  her 
 husband's  house,  or  bound  a  bond  upon  her  soul  with  an  oath: 
 "  And  her  husband  heard,  and  held  his  peace  at  her,  and  disallowed 
 her  not;  then  all  her  vows  shall  stand,  and  every  bond  which  she 
 
 the  day  that  she  vowed,  or  many  days  after 
 that  her  father  heareth  of  it.  "If  she  vow 
 and  wait  many  days,  and  afterwards  her  father 
 or  her  husband  hear  of  it,  then  he  may  break 
 it  in  the  day  that  he  heareth,  &c.  as  it  is 
 said,  '  lu  the  day  that  he  heareth,  and  not  in 
 the  day  tliat  she  voweth  only,'  "  Maim,  in 
 voivs,  chap.  xii.  sect.  16.  Will  mercifully 
 FORGIVE  IIER,]  In  Gr.  will  purge  (or  cleanse) 
 her :  her  sin  in  vowing,  (wlien  she  was  not 
 in  her  own  power,  but  in  her  father's)  shall 
 be  forgiven:  but  she  may  not  perform  her 
 vow,  which  by  her  father's  authority  is  dis- 
 annulled. So  for  her  husband  in  like  sort, 
 ver.  12. 
 
 Ver.  6. — If  having  she  have  a  hus- 
 band,] Heb.  if  being  she  be  to  a  man;  that 
 is,  if  she  be  at  all  married.  Or  the  ut- 
 terance OF  HER  LIPS,]  Or,  pronunciation, 
 that  which  she  hath  pronounced,  or  distinctly 
 uttered,  to  wit,  by  oath,  as  appeareth  by  the 
 word  or,  which  distinguisheth  it  from  her 
 VOWS:  and  by  that  which  followeth,  'which 
 she  hath  bound  upon  her  sou!,'  that  is,  by 
 oath,  as  in  ver.  2,  10.  So  the  pronouncing 
 with  the  lips,  is  joined  with  swearing,  in 
 Lev.  V.  4,  and  Chazkuni  here  saith,  "the 
 pronunciation  is  not  (meant)  but  of  an  oath." 
 
 Ver.  8. — He  disallow  her,]  Or,  dis- 
 allow it,  that  is,  signify  his  disallowance  of 
 her  vow  or  oath.  The  Hebs.  say,  "  A  man 
 maketh  void,  or  establisheth  the  words  of  his 
 wife,  or  of  his  daughter  in  any  language,  al- 
 though she  know  it  not  ;  for  it  is  not  of  ne- 
 cessity ihat  the  woman  should  hear  the  mak- 
 ing void,  or  the  establishment,  &c.  He  that 
 maketh  void  the  words  of  his  daughter,  or  of 
 his  wife,  it  is  necessary  that  he  utter  it  with 
 his  lips;  and  if  he  make  it  void  in  his  heart 
 
 (only)  he  doth  not  make  it  void:"  Maim,  in 
 voivs,  chap.  xiii.  sect.  1,  7. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Put  away,]  To  wit, /row  her 
 husband,  as  is  expressed  in  Lev.  xxi.  7, 
 that  is,  divorced.  Shall  stand,]  She  is  to 
 peiform  her  vow;  and  this  (as  the  Hebs. 
 think)  though  she  be  afterward  married.  As, 
 "  A  woman  which  hath  no  husband,  and 
 which  is  not  under  her  father's  power,  if  she 
 say,  Lo  (such)  flesh  be  unlawful  to  me  after 
 thirty  days,  and  she  be  married  within  thirty 
 days;  although  at  the  time  when  the  vow  be- 
 ginneth,  she  be  under  the  power  of  a  husband, 
 he  cannot  make  it  void ;  because  at  the  time 
 of  the  vow  (making)  she  was  not  under  his 
 power.  And  of  this  it  is  said  (in  Num. 
 XXX.  9,)  '  But  the  vow  of  a  widow,  and  of 
 her  that  is  put  away,'  "  &c.  Maim,  in  vows, 
 chap.  xiii.  sect.  16. 
 
 Ver.  10.' — In  her  husband's  house,] 
 After  that  she  is  married,  and  in  her  hus- 
 band's power.  But  what  if  she  were  be- 
 trothed only,  and  remained  yet  in  her  father's 
 house?  Of  this  case  the  Hebs.  say,  "A 
 maid  that  is  betrothed,  none  can  make  her 
 vow  void,  but  her  father  and  her  husband 
 jointly  together.  And  if  the  one  of  them 
 alone  do  make  it  void,  it  is  not  made  void. 
 If  her  espoused  husband  die,  she  returneth 
 into  the  power  of  her  father:  and  whatsoever 
 she  voweth,  her  father  may  make  it  void,  as 
 before  her  espousals.  If  her  father  die  after 
 that  she  is  betrothed,  and  she  make  a  vow 
 after  his  death,  her  husband  cannot  make  it 
 void ;  for  an  husband  maketh  not  the  vows  of 
 his  wife  void,  until  she  be  come  into  the 
 wedding  chamber,  (or  married,)"  Maim,  in 
 vows,  chap.  xi.  sect.  9,  10 
 
 Ver.  11. — Shall  stand,]  She  is  to  keep 
 
CHAP.    XXX. 
 
 155 
 
 hath  bound  upon  lier  soul  sliall  stand.  '-  But  if  her  husband  hath 
 utterly  made  them  void  in  the  day  that  lie  heard,  wliatsoever  pro- 
 ceeded out  of  her  lips  concerning  her  vows,  or  concerning  the  bond 
 of  her  soul,  shall  not  stand ;  lier  husband  liath  made  them  void, 
 and  Jehovah  will  mercifully  forgive  her.  '^  Every  vow,  and  every 
 oath  of  bond  to  afflict  the  soul,  her  husband  may  establish  it,  and 
 her  husband  may  make  it  void. 
 
 "  But  if  lier  husband  altogether  hold  his  peace  at  her  from  day 
 to  day,  then  he  establisheth  all  her  vows,  or  all  her  bonds,  which 
 are  upon  her :  he  establisheth  them,  because  he  held  his  peace  at 
 her  in  the  day  that  he  heard  them.  '*  But  if  he  shall  utterly  make 
 them  void,  after  that  he  hath  heard  them,  then  he  shall  bear  her 
 iniquity.  ^'^  These  are  the  statutes,  which  Jehovah  commanded 
 Moses,  between  a  man  and  his  wife,  between  a  father  and  his 
 daughter,  in  her  youth,  in  her  father's  house. 
 
 her  vow,  though  after  her  husband's  death. 
 "A  young  woman,  whom  her  father  hath 
 given  ill  marriage,  if  she  become  a  widow, 
 or  be  divorced  after  marriage,  io  she  is  as  an 
 orphan  while  her  father  livetli,  and  her  father 
 cannot  make  her  vows  of  none  effect,  al- 
 though she  be  yet  but  a  young  woman," 
 Maim.  ibid.  sect.  25. 
 
 Ver.  12 Hath  utterly  made  XHEiM 
 
 VOID,]  Or,  hath  any  ways  made  them  void; 
 Heb.  making  void  hath  made  them  void: 
 so  in  ver.  15. 
 
 Veb.  13. — Oath  of  bond,]  That  is,  bind- 
 ing oath,  or,  bo7id  confirmed  with  an  oath. 
 To  afflict  the  soul,]  By  abstinence,  fast- 
 ing, &c.  See  the  notes  on  Lev.  xvi.  29. 
 This  seemeth  to  be  added  for  amplification, 
 rather  than  limitation  or  restraint:  howbeit, 
 the  Hebg.  from  hence  gather,  that  although 
 the  father  may  disannul  all  his  daughtei-'s 
 vows,  of  wliat  sort  soever,  yet  the  husband 
 hath  not  power  to  disannul  the  vows  of  his 
 wife,  unless  they  be  of  this  sort,  to  wit,  vows 
 or  bonds  to  afflict  the  soul,  &c.  Sol.  Jarchi 
 
 on  Num.  xxx.,  and  Maim,  in  vows,  chap, 
 xii.  sect.  1.  May  establish  it,]  Or,  may 
 make  it  stand,  shall  confirm  it.  Some 
 understand  these  words  to  be  a  command- 
 ment, and  translate  thus,  let  her  husband 
 establish  it,  or  let  her  husband  make  it  void, 
 to  wit,  out  of  hand,  and  let  him  not  defer  it 
 till  afterward. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Altogether  hold  his  peace,] 
 Heb.  holding  his  peace  shall  hold  his  peace, 
 (ur  keep  silence )  From  day  to  day,]  And 
 do  not  disannul  it  the  same  day  that  he  hear- 
 eth  it. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Shall  utterly  make  them 
 VOID,]  Or,  shall  any  tcays  make  them  of 
 none  effect:  see  this  phrase  in  ver.  12. 
 Shall  bear  her  iniquity,]  That  is,  shall 
 bear  the  punishment  of  her  iniquity;  God 
 will  require  her  sin  at  his  hand.  "  P'lom 
 hence  we  learn  (saith  Sol.  Jarchi)  tliat  he 
 which  is  a  cause  of  scandal  (or  ollence)  unto 
 his  neighbour,  shall  come  in  his  stead  unto  al' 
 punishments." 
 
 CHAP.    XXXI. 
 
 I .  The  Israelites  are  commanded  io  take  vengeance  on  the  Midianites. 
 5.  Twelve  thousand  of  the  tribes  of  Israel,  with  Phinehas  the  priest, 
 are  sent  to  war.  7.  They  slay  all  the  males,  and  tlie  five  kings  of  Mi- 
 dian,  and  Balaam  the  son  of  Beor.  9.  They  take  the  women  and  chil- 
 dren captives,  and  the  spoil  of  their  goods  and  cattle,  and  hum  their 
 cities.  13.  Moses  is  wroth  with  the  officers  for  saving  the  women  alive. 
 19.  How  the  soldiers  with  their  captives  and  spoil  are  to  be  purified.  25. 
 The  proportion  whereby  the  prey  is  to  be  divided.     28.  The  tribute  levied 
 
156 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 unto  the  Lord  of  the  divided  prey,  and  given  to  the  priests  and  Levites. 
 48.  The  captains  of  Israel  numbering  their  soldiers,  7mss  not  a  man, 
 and,  therefore,  give  a  voluntary  oblation  unto  the  treasury  of  the  Lord. 
 
 '  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses,  saying,  -  Avenge  the  ven- 
 geance of  the  sons  of  Israel  upon  the  Midianites :  afterward  shalt 
 thoa  be  gathered  unto  thy  people.  ^  And  Moses  spake  unto  the 
 people,  saying.  Arm  ye  some  men  of  yourselves  unto  the  war,  and 
 let  them  be  against  Midian,  to  render  the  vengeance  of  Jehovah 
 upon  Midian.  *  A  thousand  of  a  tribe,  a  thousand  of  a  tribe,  of 
 all  the  tribes  of  Israel,  shall  ye  send  to  the  war,  *  So  there  were 
 delivered  of  the  thousands  of  Israel,  a  tliousand  of  a  tribe,  twelve 
 tliousand  armed ^r  war.  ^  And  Moses  sent  them,  a  thousand  of  a 
 tribe,  to  the  war  :  them  and  Phinehas  the  son  of  Eleazar  the  priest 
 
 Ver.  1. — Avenge  the  vengeance,]  Or, 
 revenge  the  revengement  of  the  sons  of  Israel, 
 that  is,  take  vengeance  for  the  Israelites' 
 wrong  and  injury  upon  the  Midianites,  wlio 
 vexed  Israel  with  their  wiles,  and  beguiled 
 them  in  the  matter  of  Peer,  Num.  xxv.  17, 
 18.  The  Lord,  to  whom  vengeance  and 
 recompence  belongeth,  Dout.  xxxii.  35  ;  (and 
 would  not  therefore  have  men  avenge  them- 
 selves, Rom.  xii.  19  ;)  commandeth  this 
 vengeance  for  his  people's  sake,  many  of 
 whom  he  had  formerly  slain  for  sinning  with 
 the  Midianites,  Num.  xxv.  9  ;  and  now 
 turneth  his  hand  against  their  enemies,  be- 
 cause he  is  '  the  avenger  of  all  such,'  1  Thess. 
 iv.  6.  Therefore  he  calleth  it  here,  '  the 
 vengeance  of  the  sons  of  Israel ;'  but  Moses 
 calleth  it  '  the  vengeance  of  Jehovah,'  ver. 
 3.  And  the  commandment  is  given  to  Mo- 
 ses the  magistrate,  the  minister  of  God,  a 
 revenger  to  execute  wrath  upon  evil  doers, 
 Rom.  xiii.  4.  Midianites,]  In  Gr,  Ma- 
 dianites,  the  posterity  of  Midian  the  son  of 
 Abraham,  by  his  wife  Keturah,  Gen.  xxv. 
 1,  2.  Why  these  were  now  punished  rather 
 than  the  Moabites  (their  partners  in  sin,)  is 
 touched  on  Num.  xxv.  17.  G.^thered 
 UNTO  THY  people,]  That  is,  die  and  be  buri- 
 ed :  see  the  annot.  on  Num.  xx.  24 ;  and 
 Gen.  xxv.  8. 
 
 Ver.  3. — To  render,]  Or,  to  give  the 
 vengeance  of  Jehovah,  which  phrase  the  apos- 
 tle useth  in  2  Thess.  i.  8,  '  giving  (or  ren- 
 dering) vengeance  on  them  that  know  not 
 God.'  That  which  in  ver.  2,  was  called 
 '  the  vengeance  of  the  sons  of  Israel,'  is  here 
 named,  '  the  vengeance  of  the  Lord,'  as  be- 
 ing executed  by  his  word,  and  for  the  injiny 
 done  unto  him  ;  for  he  that  toucheth  his  peo- 
 ple, toucheth  the  apple  of  his  eye,  Zech.  ii. 
 8.  The  Chald.  here  expoundeth  it,  '  the 
 vengeance  of  the  people  of  the  Lord.' 
 
 Ver.  4. — A  thousand  of  a  tribe,  a 
 THOUSAND,]  That  is,  of  every  tribe  a  thou- 
 sand, in  all  twelve  thousand,  ver,  5  ;  which 
 was  but  a  small  company  in  respect  both  of 
 the  six  hundred  thousands  of  Israel,  Num. 
 xxvi.  51  ;  and  of  the  nation  of  the  Midian- 
 ites, governed  by  five  kings,  ver.  8.  But 
 '  there  is  no  restraint  to  the  Lord,  to  save  by 
 many,  or  by  few,'  1  Sam.  xiv.  6.  And  this 
 small  number  was  chosen,  that  the  victory 
 might  be  acknowledged  the  Lord's  ;  as  after 
 this,  he  said  unto  Gideon,  '  the  people  that 
 are  with  thee  are  too  many  for  me  to  give 
 the  Midianites  into  their  hands,  lest  Israel 
 vaunt  themselves  against  me,  saying,  Mine 
 own  hand  hath  saved  me,'  Jiidg.   vii.  2, 
 
 Ver.  5. — There  were  delivered,]  In 
 Chald.  there  were  chosen  in  Gr.  tkei/  7mm- 
 bcred. 
 
 Ver.  6 Phinehas,]  The  zealous  priest, 
 
 who  had  formerly  slain  Cozbi  the  prince's 
 daughter  of  Midian,  Num.  xxv.  7 — 15. 
 Holy  instruments,]  Heb.  iyistnimefits  (or 
 vessels)  of  holiness :  herel)y  the  ark  and 
 things  belonging  thereto  may  be  meant,  as 
 appeareth  by  Num.  xiv.  44.  Or,  because 
 the  ark  was  but  one,  and  he  speaketh  here  of 
 more  instruments,  the  trumpets  may  be  un- 
 derstood: and  so  to  read  it,  the  holy  instru- 
 ments, that  is,  the  trumpets,  &c.  for  a7id  is 
 sometimes  used  by  way  of  explication  for  that 
 is,  or  to  tuit,  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  xiii.  15. 
 But  to  understand  hereby  the  Urim  and 
 Thummim,  or  golden  plate  (as  some  do)  is 
 improbable,  because  they  were  not  in  the 
 hand  of  Phinehas,  but  of  Eleazar,  who  was 
 the  high  priest.  Num.  xxvii.  21  ;  xx.  26. 
 Trumpets  of  alarm,]  To  blow  an  alarm, 
 that  they  might  be  remembered  before  the 
 Lord  their  God,  and  saved  from  their  ene- 
 mies, according  to  the  law  and  promise  in 
 Num.  x.  9;  and  practised  in  ages  following, 
 
CHAP.   XXXI. 
 
 157 
 
 to  the  war;  and  the  holy  instruments  and  the  trumpets  of  alarm  in  liia 
 hand.  '  And  tliey  warred  against  Midian,  as  Jehovah  commanded 
 Moses,  and  they  killed  every  male.  "  And  they  killed  the  kings 
 of  Midian,  beside  those  that  were  slain  of  tliem ;  Evi,  and  Rekem, 
 and  Zur,  and  Hur,  and  Reba,  five  kings  of  Midian  -.  Balaam  also  the 
 son  of  Beor  they  killed  with  tlie  sword.  ^  And  the  sons  of  Israel 
 took  the  women  of  Midian  captives,  and  their  little  ones,  and  took 
 the  prey  of  all  their  cattle,  and  all  their  flocks,  and  all  their  goods. 
 '"  And  tliey  burnt  all  their  cities  in  their  habitations,  and  all  their 
 castles  with  fire.  "  And  tliey  took  all  the  spoil,  and  all  the  booty 
 of  men  and  of  beasts.  ''  And  tliey  brought  the  captivity,  and  the 
 booty,  and  the  spoil,  mito  Moses,  and  unto  Eleazar  the  priest,  and 
 unto  tlie  congregation  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  unto  the  camp,  unto 
 the  plains  of  Moab,  which  are  by  Jordan,  near  Jericho. 
 
 "  And  Moses  and  Eleazar  tlie  priest,  and  all  the  princes  of  the 
 congregation  went  forth  to  meet  them  without  the  camp.  "  And 
 Moses  was  wroth  with  the  officers  of  the  host,  tlie  captains  of  thou- 
 
 2  Chron.  xiii.  12,  14,  15.  Thus  had  they 
 both  God's  commandment,  and  the  signs  of 
 his  presence  and  aid,  to  sanctify  their  expe- 
 dition. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Beside  those,]  Or,  with  those 
 that  were  slain;  for  the  W^h.  gnal,  often  signi- 
 fieth  with^  as  in  Exod.  xxxv.  22;  Lev.  xiv  31 ; 
 Deut.  xxii.  6;  and  elsewhere.  Five  kings,] 
 Called  elsewhere  jirinces  and  dukes  of  Sihon, 
 Josh.  xiii.  21.  But  Sihon  the  Amorite  be- 
 ing slain  before  (Num.  xxi.  23,  24  ;)  these 
 dukes  of  his  now  reigned  as  kings,  and  fought 
 against  Israel,  and  were  overcome  by  faith 
 which  subdueth  kingdoms,  Heb.  xi.  33.  The 
 antichristian  Amorite  (the  beast)  hath  twice 
 five,  that  is,  ten  kings,  as  horns  on  his  head, 
 which  make  wai-  with  the  Lamb  (Christ)  and 
 the  Lamb  overcometh  them,  Rev.  xvii.  12, 
 14  ;  xix.  19 — 21.  Balaam  also,]  They 
 killed  among  (or  with)  those  that  were  slain 
 of  them,  as  is  expressed  in  Num.  xiii.  22  ; 
 which  also  is  added  in  the  Gr.  version  here. 
 So  that  either  lie  stayed  with  the  Midianites, 
 when  he  departed  from  Balak,  or  returned 
 from  his  place  unto  them,  as  is  noted  on 
 Num.  xxiv.  25.  And  he  died  not  the  death 
 of  the  righteous,  (as  he  seemed  to  desire. 
 Num.  xxiii.  10,)  but  his  iniquity  was  upon 
 his  bones,  though  he  was  the  terror  of  the 
 mighty  in  the  land  of  the  living;  yet  was  he 
 broken  in  the  midst  of  the  uncircumcised, 
 and  lay  with  them  that  were  slain  with  the 
 sword,  as  the  prophet  speaketh  of  others,  in 
 Ezek.  xxxii.  27,  28. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Castles,]  Or,  goodly  luild- 
 ings,  or  villages  :  see  this  word  in  Gen.  xxv. 
 16.  The  Chald.  here  expoundeth  it,  their 
 houses  of  worship  or  adoration,  their  temples. 
 
 Ver.  12. — The  captivity,]  That  is,  the 
 captives,  women  and  children:  see  Num. 
 xxi.  1.  So  after  in  ver.  19.  The  booty,] 
 Or,  the  thing  taken  ;  which  being  here  dis- 
 tinguished from  the  captives,  meaneth  the 
 beasts  and  cattle,  as  appeareth  by  ver.  32, 
 and  26.  The  sroiL,]  A  general  word  for 
 things  taken  in  war,  Josh.  xxii.  8  ;  imply, 
 ing  sometimes  beasts  and  cattle  also,  as  in 
 2  Chron.  XV.  11  ;  and  all  other  things,  as 
 garments,  gold,  silver,  &c.  ver.  20,  22; 
 Josh.  vii.  21  ;  2  Chron.  xxviii.  15;  victuals, 
 1  Sam.  xiv.  30;  and  the  like.  These  all 
 they  brought  unto  the  governors  and  congre- 
 gation, to  be  disposed  of  according  to  the  will 
 of  God,  whose  the  victory  was. 
 
 Ver.  13. — To  meet  them,]  As  Melchi- 
 sedek  king  and  priest  went  forth  to  meet 
 Abram  returning  from  the  slaughter  of  the 
 kings,  Gen.  xiv  ;  so  Moses  the  king,  Elea- 
 zar the  priest,  and  the  princes  go  forth  here 
 to  meet  Abraham's  children  returning  from 
 the  slaughter  of  the  kings  of  Midian.  Where- 
 in the  work  of  Christ  (our  king  and  priest) 
 was  figured:  who  after  our  spiritual  warfare 
 with  the  enemies  of  our  salvation,  meeteth  us 
 with  his  gracious  Spirit,  to  sanctify  and  bless 
 us,  Heb.  vii.  Also  they  went  out  to  meet 
 them,  to  provide  for  the  cleansing  of  the  sol- 
 diers, which  were  polluted  by  the  dead,  and 
 might  not  therefore  come  into  the  camp  be- 
 fore they  were  purified,  Num.  v.  2,  3  ;  xix. 
 11—13. 
 
 Ver.  14. — The  Officers,]  Or,  the  bishops 
 of  the  host,  as  both  the  Heb.  and  Greek 
 words  signify:  these  were  the  captains,  as 
 after  is  explained.  Moses,  who  was  the 
 meekest  man  on  earth  in  his  own  matters. 
 
NUMBERS. 
 
 sands,  and  the  captains  of  hundreds,  whicli  came  from  the  battle 
 of  the  war.  '^  And  Moses  said  unto  them,  Have  ye  saved  alive 
 all  the  females  ?  "^  Behold,  these  were  to  the  sons  of  Israel  through 
 the  word  of  Balaam,  (a  cause)  to  commit  trespass  against  Jehovah 
 in  the  matter  of  Peor :  and  there  was  a  plague  among  the  congre- 
 gation of  Jehovah.  '^  Now,  therefore,  kill  every  male  among  the 
 little  ones,  and  kill  every  woman  that  hatli  known  man,  by  lying 
 with  a  male.  '^  But  all  tlie  little  ones  among  the  women,  that  have 
 not  known  the  lying  ivitli  a  male,  keep  alive  for  yourselves.  '"  And 
 you,  encamp  ye  witliout  tlie  camp,  seven  days,  wliosoever  hath 
 killed  aw?/ soul,  and  whosoever  hath  touched  aw2/ slain,  purify  your- 
 selves and  your  captivity,  in  the  tliird  day,  and  in  the  seventh  day. 
 ^^  And  purify  every  garment,  and  every  instrument  of  skin,  and 
 every  work  of  goat's  (hair,)  and  every  instrument  of  wood. 
 
 ^^  And  Eleazar  the  priest  said  unto  the  men  of  tlie  army  whicli 
 went  to  the  war.  This  is  the  ordinance  of  the  law,  which  Jehovah 
 
 is  yet  observed  to  have  been  often  angry  for 
 the  Loi-d's  cause,  as  is  noted  on  Num.  xii. 
 3.  And  he  was  wroth  with  the  officers,  be- 
 cause upoa  them  lay  the  charge  to  direct  and 
 govern  the  people  in  the  ways  of  God.  Com- 
 pare Acts  XX.  28  ;  1  Pet.  v.  2,  3  ;  Rev.  ii. 
 1 — 5,  &c.  The  battle  of  the  war,]  The 
 battle  ray  (or  host)  of  the  war  :  the  first  word 
 signifieth  warfare,  at  it  is  orderly  set  in  array ; 
 the  second  meaiieth  tiie  war,  fight,  or  com- 
 bat with  the  enemy 
 
 Ver.  16. — The  word  of  Balaam,]  The 
 doctrine  of  Balaam,  as  Rev.  ii.  14  ;  or,  (as 
 the  Chald.  expoundeth  it)  the  counsel  of  Ba- 
 laam ;  having  reference  to  that  counsel  inti- 
 mated, Num.  xxiv.  14.  A  cause  to  com- 
 mit,] Or,  an  occasion  to  commit  (Heb.  to 
 <)ive)  a  trespass  by  fornication  and  idolatry, 
 Num.  xxv.  1_3.  The  Gr.  translateth  to 
 revolt  and  to  despise  the  word  of  the  Lord. 
 The  matter,]  Heb.  the  uwrd ;  in  Gr.  be- 
 cause of  Phogor:  see  Num.  xxv.  3,  18. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Known  man  by  lving  with 
 A  male,]  The  latter  explaiiieth  the  former, 
 which  sometime  is  used  alone  in  the  same 
 meaning,  as  in  Gen.  iv.  1 ;  Luke  i.  34.  Af- 
 ter it  is  said,  known  the  lying  tvith  a  mule  : 
 the  like  phrases  are  in  Judg.  xxi.  II,  12. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Seven  days,]  For  so  long  did 
 the  pollution  by  the  dead  continue,  Num.  xix. 
 11.  Any  SOUL,]  That  is,  awyper*o?i.  Pu- 
 rify,] With  the  water  of  separation,  ver. 
 23  ;  the  law  whereof  was  given  in  Num.  xix. 
 Your  captivity,]  That  is,  your  captives,  or 
 prisoners,  as  in  ver.  12.  The  Jews  hold, 
 that  the  heathens  are  not  polluted  by  the 
 dead,  or  with  other  like  legal  uncleanness,  as 
 is  noted  on  Num.  xix.  14.  But  in  this  case, 
 when  heathens  are  captived  by  Israelites, 
 and   so  become  their  lawful  possession,  they 
 
 are  unclean,  and  to  be  purified  by  proportion 
 from  the  law  in  Gen.  xvii.  12,  13.  Where- 
 upon Jarchi  here  saith,  "  yourselves  and 
 your  captivity,  not  that  heathens  do  receive 
 uncleanness,  and  need  to  be  sprinkled  ;  but 
 as  you  the  children  of  the  covenant,  so  your 
 captives  also  which  come  into  the  covenant, 
 and  are  unclean,  have  need  to  be  sprinkled." 
 And  in  the  seventh  day,]  According  to 
 the  law  in  Num.  xix.  19  ;  the  signification 
 whereof  is  showed  there. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Every  garment,]  Or,  every 
 cloth  :  the  word  implieth  not  only  garments 
 for  man's  body,  but  clothes  for  other  use  ;  as 
 in  Num.  iv.  C — 8.  Instruments,]  Or  ves- 
 sel of  his  ;  whatsoever  is  made  of  the  skin  of 
 any  beast :  so  after,  every  instrument  (or  ves- 
 sel) of  wood.  Work  of  goat's  hair,]  That 
 is,  thing  made  of  goaf  s  hair  :  the  word  hair 
 may  here  be  understood,  as  in  Exod.  xxv. 
 4 ;  some  add,  of  goat's  skins,  it  may  also 
 mean  any  other  part,  as  Sol.  Jarchi  here 
 saith,  it  implieth  any  instrument  "  of  the 
 horns,  and  of  the  hoofs,  and  of  the  bones." 
 
 Ver.  21. — Which  went,]  That  is,  zvhick 
 had  gone  ;  Ileb.  ivhich  came:  wherefore  it 
 may  also  be  Englished,  which  came  from  the 
 battle  :  so  the  Gr.  here  translateth  it;  and  so 
 the  Heb.  word  which  usually  signifieth  to,  is 
 by  the  Holy  Spirit  in  Gr.  translated /ro??i  or 
 out  of,  as  in  Rom.  xi.  26;  from  Is.  lix.  20. 
 See  the  like  noted  on  Gen.  xxxvi.  6.  The 
 ORDINANCE,]  Or,  the  statute  of  the  lavi ; 
 which  the  Gr.  calleth  Dicaioma,  that  is,  the 
 just  ordinance  or  righteous  statute  of  the  law. 
 The  same  word  Paul  useth  in  Rom.  ii.  26, 
 '  if  the  uncircumcision  (that  is,  the  uncir- 
 cumcised  Gentile)  keep  the  ordinances  (or 
 righteous  statutes)  of  the  law  ;'  and  in  Rom. 
 viii.  4,  <  that  the  ordinance  (the  righteous  sta- 
 
CHAP.   XXXI. 
 
 159 
 
 commanded  Moses.  ^^  Only  the  gold,  and  the  silver,  the  brass,  the 
 iron,  the  tin,  and  the  lead  ;  ^^  Every  thing  that  goetli  through  tlie 
 fire,  ye  shall  make  it  pass  through  the  fire,  and  it  shall  be  clean  ; 
 nevertheless,  it  shall  be  purified  with  tlie  water  of  separation  :  and 
 every  thing  that  goeth  not  through  the  fire,  ye  shall  make  pass 
 through  tlie  water.  ^^  And  ye  shall  wash  your  clothes  in  the 
 seventh  day,  and  ye  shall  be  clean  ;  and  afterward  ye  shall  come 
 into  the  camp. 
 
 ^  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses,  saying,  ^^  Take  tliou  the  sum 
 of  the  booty  of  the  captivity,  of  man,  and  of  beast ;  thou,  and 
 Eleazar  the  priest,  and  the  lieads  of  the  fathers  of  the  congregation. 
 ^^  And  divide  the  booty  into  two  parts,  between  them  that  took 
 upon  them  the  war,  who  went  out  to  battle,  and  between  all  the 
 congregation.     ^^  And  levy  a  tribute  unto  Jehovah,  of  the  men  of 
 
 tute)  of  the  law  might  be  fulfilled  in  us.' 
 So  in  Heb.  ix.  1,  '  ordinances  of  divine  ser- 
 vice.' Here  Eleazar  the  priest  declareth  to 
 the  people  the  law  which  God  had  command- 
 ed Moses ;  as  it  was  generally  the  duty  of 
 priests  and  Levites  to  teach  Jacob  God's 
 judgments,  and  Israel  his  law,  Deut.  xxxiii. 
 8,  10;  Hag.  ii.  11,  12;  Mai.  ii.  7.  More- 
 over the  hoifer,  with  whose  ashes  the  purify- 
 ing water  was  prepared,  was  expressly  given 
 to  Eleazar,  Num.  xix.  3,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  23. — That  goeth  through  the 
 FIRE,]  That  is,  will,  or  Tiiay  abide  the  fire, 
 and  not  be  consumed  therewith.  Or,  that 
 Cometh  in  the  fire.  And  it  shall  be,]  Or, 
 that  it  may  be  clean.  Water  of  separa- 
 tion,] In  Gr.  water  of  purification  :  the  wa- 
 ter mentioned  in  Num.  xix.  9 ;  which  was 
 to  be  sprinkled  upon  the  vessels  with  hyssop, 
 Num.  xix.  18  ;  after  they  had  passed  through 
 the  fire.  Goeth  not  through  the  fire,] 
 That  will  not  abide  the  fire,  or  cometh  nut  in 
 the  fire.  This  latter,  some  of  the  Heb.  ex. 
 positors  (as  Jarchi  and  Thargum  Jonathan) 
 do  follow,  and  understand  by  things  that  come 
 in  the  fire,  such  vessels  and  instruments  as 
 are  used  at  the  fire,  kettles,  spits,  and  the 
 like:  and  by  things  that  come  not  in  the  fire, 
 they  understand  cups,  platters,  and  suchlike. 
 But  the  former  seemeth  best.  Through 
 THB  water,]  To  be  washed  therewith,  and 
 not  sprinkled  only  with  that  water  of  separa- 
 tion, Num.  xix.  By  this  passing  through 
 fire  and  water,  the  vessels  had  a  legal  purifi- 
 cation from  their  ceremonial  uncleanness  ;  to 
 signify  that  the  creatures  are  sanctified  unto 
 our  use  '  by  the  word  of  God  and  prayer.'  1 
 Tim.  iv.  4,  5.  And  sometime  by  vessels 
 the  Scripture  signifieth  men;  and  by  their 
 passing  through  fire  and  water,  their  cleans- 
 ing from  corruption  by  afflictions,  and  through 
 the  grace  and  Spirit  of  Christ:  as,  «  I  will 
 
 gather  you  into  the  midst  of  Jerusalem,  as 
 they  gatlier  silver,  and  brass,  and  iron,  and 
 lead,  and  tin,  into  the  midst  of  the  furnace, 
 to  blow  the  fire  upon  it,  to  melt  it,  so  will  I 
 gather  you  in  mine  anger,'  &c.  Ezek.  xxii. 
 19 — 22.  'And,  in  a  great  house  there  are 
 not  only  vessels  of  gold  and  silver,  but  also  of 
 wood  and  of  earth  ;  and  some  to  honour,  and 
 some  to  dishonour.  If  a  man  therefore  purge 
 himselt  from  these,  he  shall  be  a  vessel  unto 
 honour,  sanctified,  and  meet  for  the  master's 
 use,' &c.  2  Tim.  ii.  20,  21.  Again,  'thou 
 hast  tried  us  as  silver  is  tried,  &c.  we  went 
 through  fire,  and  through  water,'  Ps.  Ixvi. 
 10,  12.     See  also  Zech.  xiii.  9  ;   Mai.  iii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  26,— The  sum,]  Heb.  the  head,  that 
 is,  the  sum  or  count,  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald. 
 expound  it:  see  Num.  i.  2.  So  after  in  ver. 
 49. 
 
 Ver.  27, — Into  two  parts]  Or,  into 
 halfs:  Heb.  dit'ide  (or  half  the  booty.  The 
 war  and  victory  being  the  Lord's,  he  ilivideth 
 the  prey  at  his  pleasure,  half  to  the  twelve 
 thousand  soldiers,  and  half  to  the  congrega- 
 tion who  went  not  out  to  war.  So  David 
 made  it  an  ordinance  in  Israel,  '  as  his  part 
 is  that  goeth  down  to  the  battle,  so  shall  his 
 part  be  that  tarrieth  by  the  stufl':  tliey  shall 
 part  alike,'  1  Sam.  xxx.  24,  25.  And  to 
 the  warriors  of  the  two  tribes  and  the  half 
 that  fought  against  the  Canaanites,  Joshua 
 said,  '  divide  the  spoil  of  your  enemies  with 
 your  brethren,'  Josh.  xxii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  28. — And  i.^vy,'\Oi;  and  heave  up, 
 ■which  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  translate,  and  se- 
 parate a  tribute  to  the  Lord  :  by  this  homage 
 and  tribute,  they  were  to  acknowledge  the 
 victory  to  be  of  God,  and  to  show  their  thank- 
 fulness for  his  salvation.  So  David  dedicat- 
 ed unto  the  Lord,  silver  and  gold,  of  all  na- 
 tions which  he  had  subdued,  2  Sam.  viii.  11, 
 12.     And  Esaias  prophesieth,  '  in  that  time 
 
160 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 war  which  went  out  to  battle,  one  soul  of  five  hundred ;  of  the 
 men,  and  of  the  beeves,  and  of  the  asses,  and  of  the  sheep,  ^s  Qf 
 their  half  shall  ye  take  it,  and  thou  shalt  give  it  unto  Eleazar  tlie 
 priest,  for  an  heave-offering  of  Jehov^ah.  ^^  And  of  the  sons  of 
 Israel's  half,  thou  shalt  take  one  portion  of  fifty,  of  tlie  men,  of  the 
 beeves,  of  the  asses,  and  of  the  sheep,  of  all  beasts  :  and  thou  shalt 
 give  them  unto  the  Levites,  which  keep  the  charge  of  the  taberna- 
 cle of  Jehovah.  ^'  And  Moses  and  Eleazar  the  priest  did,  as  Jeho- 
 vah commanded  Moses.  ^^  And  the  booty,  tlie  residue  of  the  prey, 
 which  the  people  of  the  army  had  made  prey  of,  was  six  hundred 
 thousand,  and  seventy  thousand,  and  five  thousand  sheep.  ^^  And 
 seventy  and  two  thousand  beeves.  "  And  sixty  and  one  thousand 
 asses.  ^^  And  souls  of  mankind,  of  the  women  which  had  not 
 known  the  lying  with  male,  all  the  souls  were  two  and  tliirty  thou- 
 sand. ^®  And  the  half,  ivhich  ivas  the  portion  of  them  that  went 
 out  to  war,  was,  tlie  number  of  sheep,  three  hundred  thousand,  and 
 thirty  thousand,  and  seven  thousand,  and  five  hundred.  ^'  And 
 Jehovah's  tribute  of  the  sheep  was  six  hundred  seventy  and  five. 
 ^^  And  the  beeves  were  six  and  thirty  thousand ;  and  Jehovah's  tri- 
 bute of  them   was  seventy  and  two.     ^^  And  the  asses  were  thirty' 
 
 shall  a  present  be  brought  unto  the  Lord  of 
 hosts,  of  a  people  scattered  and  peeled,'  &c. 
 Is.  xviii.  7.  One  soul  of  five  hundred,] 
 By  sotd  is  here  meant  person  of  mankind, 
 and  living  body  of  beasts,  as  after  is  explain- 
 ed. And  as  the  twelve  thousand  soldieis 
 had  much  more  of  the  spoil,  considering  their 
 small  number,  than  the  other  many  thousands 
 of  the  congregation  ;  so  their  tribute  to  the 
 Lord  was  much  less  by  proportion,  they  giv- 
 ing but  the  five  hundredth  part,  when  the 
 congregation  gave  the  fiftietli,  ver.  30.  God 
 requireth  less  of  them,  as  their  labour,  ser- 
 vice, and  jeopardy  of  their  lives,  had  been 
 greater  than  their  brethren's. 
 
 Ver.  29. — Unto  Eleazar,]  The  Lord, 
 who  was  the  inheritance  of  the  priests  and 
 Levites,  Deut.  xviii.  1,  2  ;  and  had  given 
 them  the  ordinary  heave -oflerings  which  the 
 Israelites  ofTered  unto  him,  Num.  xviii.  19; 
 givcth  them  also  this  extraordinaiy  tribute 
 which  was  levied  for  him.  So  Abram  gave 
 to  Melchisedek  the  priest,  the  tithe  of  the 
 spoil  which  he  had  gotten  in  war.  Gen.  xiv. 
 20.  And  as  the  Levites  had  the  tribes  in 
 Israel,  and  the  priests  had  but  a  tt-nth  of 
 those  tithes,  Num.  xviii.  21,  24,  26,  28,  so 
 is  there  here  a  like  proportion  allotted,  while 
 the  Levites  had  the  fiftieth  part,  ver.  ."50  ; 
 and  the  priests  but  the  five  hundredth. 
 
 Ver.  30. — One  portion  of  fiftv,]  Or, 
 one  taken  (or  detained)  of  fifty  :  so  in  ver. 
 47.  Of  the  sheep,]  Or,  of  the  flock -leasts, 
 that  is,  of  slieep  and  of  goats,  for  both  these 
 
 are  implied  under  the  name  flock;  as  in  Lev. 
 i.  10.  Of  all  beasts]  That  is,  ofallman- 
 ner  of  beasts  :  but  this  seemeth  to  be  meant 
 of  the  beasts  fore-named  only,  and  not  of 
 camels,  or  other  unclean  beasts;  because  in 
 the  particular  sums  after  rehearsed,  ver.  32 — 
 39,  there  are  no  unclean  but  asses  only  spoken 
 of.  Chazkuni  here  saith,  "  if  thou  ask  why 
 God  commanded  not  to  take  a  tribute  of  the 
 camels,  seeing  there  were  many  camels  there, 
 as  it  is  written  in  the  war  of  Gideon,  (against 
 the  Midianites,)  their  camels  were  without 
 number,  Judg.  vi.  5;  vii.  12;  the  answer 
 is,  the  scripture  mentioneth  those  only  where- 
 of they  took  the  tribute  ;  '  and  they  took  no 
 tribute  of  unclean  beasts,  save  of  asses,  be- 
 cause they  are  sanctified  by  the  firstling  of  the 
 ass,"'Exod.  xiii.  13;  xxxiv.  19,20.  Which 
 KEEP  the  charge,]  Or,  observe  the  observa- 
 tion, keep  watch  and  do  the  service:  see  the 
 notes  on  Num.  xviii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  32. — The  residue  of  the  prey,] 
 The  cattle  (whose  numbers  follow)  are  call- 
 ed the  residue  or  remainder ,  either  because 
 some  had  been  slain  for  the  soldiers  to  eat, 
 or  in  respect  of  the  gold  and  silver  and  other 
 such  spoils,  whereof  there  was  no  tribute 
 levied. 
 
 Ver.  33. — Seventy  and  two  thousand,] 
 That  is,  seventy  thousand  and  tivo  thousand, 
 as  was  explained  in  the  former  verse.  So 
 after. 
 
 Ver.  35.— Souls  of  mankind,]  Heb, 
 soul  of  Adam,  meaning  by  soul,  the  persons, 
 
CHAP.    XXXI. 
 
 161 
 
 tlioiisand  and  five  hundred  ;  and  Jeliovah's  tribute  of  them  ivas 
 sixty  and  one.  ^°  And  the  souls  of  mankind  we?'e  sixteen  thousand  ; 
 and  Jeliovah's  tribute  of  them  was  two  and  thirty  souls.  ^'  And 
 Moses  gave  the  tribute,  the  heave -offering  of  Jeliovah,  unto  Elea- 
 zar  the  priest,  as  Jehovah  commanded  Moses.  ^^  And  of  the  sons 
 of  Israel's  half,  which  Moses  divided  from  the  men  tliat  warred. 
 '^  (Now  tlie  congregation's  half  was,  of  the  sheep,  three  hundred 
 thousand,  and  tliirty  tliousand,  seven  thousand,  and  five  Irandred. 
 ■*^  And  beeves,  six  and  thirty  thousand.  ■**  And  asses,  thirty  thou- 
 sand and  five  hundred.  *^  And  souls  of  mankind,  sixteen  thousand.) 
 '  And  Moses  took  of  the  sons  of  Israel's  half,  one  portion  of  fifty, 
 of  man  and  of  beast,  and  gave  them  unto  the  Levites  wliich  kept 
 the  charge  of  the  tabernacle  of  Jehovah,  iis,  Jeliovah  commanded 
 Moses.  "^  And  the  officers  which  were  over  the  thousands  of  the 
 host,  the  captains  of  thousands,  and  captains  of  hundreds,  came  near 
 unto  Moses.  "  And  they  said  unto  Moses,  Thy  servants  have 
 taken  the  sum  of  the  men  of  war  wliich  were  in  our  hand,  and  there 
 lacketh  not  a  man  of  us,  *°  Therefore  we  have  brought  an  obla- 
 tion for  Jehovah,  what  crerz/  man  hatli  found  q/  jewels  of  gold, 
 chains,  and  bracelets,  rings,  ear-rings,  and  tablets,  to  make  atone- 
 
 and  by  Adam  or  mankind,  the  women,  as 
 after  is  explained.  For  as  at  the  first,  both 
 man  and  woman  were  called  Adam,  Gen.  v. 
 2,  EO  the  same  name  is  often  used  for  both 
 sexes,  as  here  and  in  ver.  40,  46,  47. 
 
 VeR.     40. Two     AND    THIRTY,]     So    the 
 
 M'hole  number  of  beasts  and  girls  (which  were 
 the  Lord's  tribute  out  of  the  soldier's  half) 
 was  eight  hundred  and  forty,  which  were 
 given  to  Eleazar  the  priest,  ver.  41. 
 
 Ver.  47. — One  portion  of  fifty,]  Or, 
 one  taken  of  fifty,  as  in  ver.  30.  The  par- 
 ticular sums  (as  may  he  gathered  by  the  for- 
 mer computation)  were  six  thousand  seven 
 hundi-ed  and  fifty  sheep,  seven  hundred  and 
 twenty  oxen,  six  hundred  and  ten  asses,  three 
 hundred  and  twenty  souls  of  young  women : 
 the  whole  sum  of  them  altogether,  was  eight 
 thousand  and  four  hundred,  which  were  taken 
 out  of  the  congregation's  half,  and  given  to 
 the  Levites.  So  the  whole  prize  brought 
 home  from  the  Midiauites,  and  kept  for  the 
 use  of  Israel,  was  of  beasts  and  women-kind, 
 eight  hundred  thousand,  and  forty  thousand: 
 out  of  which  the  Lord  took  for  his  priests 
 and  Levites,  nine  thousand  two  hundred  and 
 forty.  Thus  he  enriched  his  people  with  the 
 spoils  of  their  enemies  ;  and  they  in  homage 
 and  thankfulness  to  the  Lord,  gave  him  one 
 of  five  hundred  out  of  the  one  half,  and  one 
 of  fifty  out  of  the  other  half  ;  as  Abiam  gave 
 one  of  ten  to  Melchisedek  the  priest  of  God, 
 of  all  the  spoils  that  he  had  taken  from  his 
 enemies.  Gen.  xiv.  20. 
 
 Vol.  II.  X 
 
 Ver.  48. — The  officers,]  Or  bishops,  as 
 in  ver.  14. 
 
 Ver.  49. — In  our  hand,]  That  is,  in  our 
 power,  under  our  leading  and  charge:  which 
 the  Gr.  and  Chald.  translate  with  tis.  There 
 lacketh  not,]  Heb.  there  is  not  numbered 
 or  vmstered,  to  wit,  as  wanting  or  missing: 
 for  in  such  musters  the  number  is  observed, 
 of  those  that  are  absent,  as  of  those  present. 
 This  was  a  rare  and  wonderful  mercy,  that 
 twelve  thousand  men  of  Israel  should  van- 
 quish so  great  a  nation  of  Midian  without 
 loss  of  any  man's  life,  whereas  commonly 
 '  the  swoid  devoureth  one  as  well  as  another,' 
 2  Sam.  xi.  25.  But  hereby  appeareth,  that 
 '  precious  ia  the  eyes  of  the  Lord  is  the 
 death  of  his  saints,'  Ps.  cvi.  15;  and  a  much 
 like  speech  was  uttered  by  our  Saviour ;  '  of 
 them  which  thou  gavest  me,  have  I  lost  none', 
 Job  xviii.  9.  Moreover,  by  this  victory, 
 God  encouraged  his  people  to  fight  the  resi 
 due  of  his  battles  against  the  Canaanites 
 
 Ver.  50. — An  oblation  for  Jehovah,] 
 Or,  as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  the  oblation 
 of  the  Lord  :  in  Gr.  a  gift  to  the  Lord.  This 
 was  a  voluntary  gift,  whereas  the  former  levy 
 was  commanded,  ver.  25,  &c.  Hath 
 found,]  That  is,  hath  gotten  in  this  war. 
 Jewels,]  Or  instruments,  vessels.  Atone- 
 ment FOR  OUR  SOULS,]  That  is,  for  our  lives 
 which  God  hath  spared;  and  that  there  be 
 no  plague  amongst  us,  as  Exod.  xxx.  12. 
 Herein  also  they  might  have  respect  uuto 
 their  sin  in  sparing  the    women    alive,  for 
 
102 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 ment  for  our  souls  before  Jeliovah.  "  And  Moses  and  Eleazar  the 
 prie.st  took  the  gold  of  them,  every  wrought  jewel.  *'''  And  all  the 
 gold  of  the  heave-offering  that  they  offered  up  to  Jehovah,  was 
 sixteen  thousand,  seven  liundred  and  fifty  shekels,  of  the  captains 
 of  thousands,  and  of  the  captains  of  hundreds.  *^  The  men  of  the 
 army  had  taken  spoil,  every  man  for  liimself.  ^^  And  Moses  and 
 Eleazar  the  priest  took  the  gold  of  the  captains  of  thousands,  and 
 of  hundreds,  and  brought  it  into  the  tent  of  the  congregation,  for 
 a  memorial  for  the  sons  of  Israel,  before  Jehovah. 
 
 which  Moses  reproved  them,  ver.  1  ,  17. 
 Tl\us  though  they  found  all  alive,  yet  were 
 tliey  not  proud,  neither  boasted  ot  their  va- 
 lour, hut  gave  the  glory  unto  God,  and  in 
 themselves  they  were  humbled  in  conscience 
 of  tlii-ir  unwortliiness. 
 
 VEa.  51 — EvEav  wrought  jewel,]  Hob. 
 Jewel  {or  instrument)  of  work  ;  that  is,  cun- 
 ningly wrought.  So  as  the  matter  was  the 
 best  of  gold,  the  form  also  was  the  best. 
 Cliazkuui  here  saith,  "  the  scripture  showeth 
 that  they  brought  no  broken  instrument." 
 
 Ver.  52. — Shekels,]  What  the  shekel 
 weighed,  see  on  Gen.  xx.  16.  Of  the 
 CAPTAINS,]  Or,  from  the  captains;  that  is, 
 Mo=;es  took  the  gold  of  them,  as  in  ver.  51, 
 and  51. 
 
 Veb.  54. — The  tent,]  The  Lord's  ta- 
 bernacle, where  it  was  a  memorial  for  them: 
 as  the  like  is  spoken  of  the  half  shekels 
 which  the  Israelites  gave  when  they  were 
 numbered,  to  make  atonement  for  their  souls, 
 Exod.  XXX.  15.  1(5. 
 
 CHAP.  XXXII. 
 
 1 .  The  Reuhenites  and  Gadites  sue  for  their  inheritance  on  that  side 
 Jordan.  6.  Moses  reproveth  them.  1 6.  They  offer  him  conditions  to  his 
 content.  28.  Moses  commandeth  Eleazar  and  Joshua  to  give  them  that 
 inheritance  when  they  had  performed  the  conditions.  31.  TJie  Gadites  and 
 Reubejiites promise  again  to  perform  them.  33.  Moses  assigneth  them  the 
 land.  34=  They  build  fenced  cities  for  their  wives  and  children,  and 
 folds  for  their  cattle.  39.  The  so?is  of  Manasses  conquer  the  Amorites 
 m  Gilead,  and  have  it  and  the  villages  thereof  given  them  hy  Moses  for 
 a  possession. 
 
 ^  Now  the  sons  of  Reuben,  and  the  sons  of  Gad,  had  a  very 
 great  multitude  of  cattle  :  and  they  saw  the  land  of  Jazer,  and  the 
 land  of  Gilead  ;  and  behold,  the  place  was  a  placej^r  cattle.  ^  And 
 the  sons  of  Gad,  and  the  sons  of  Reuben  came,  and  said  unto 
 Moses,  and  unto  Eleazar  the  priest,  and  unto  the  princes  of  the 
 
 Ver.  1.. — Reuben,]  He  was  Israel's  first- 
 born of  his  wife  Leah,  Gen.  xxix.  32,  and 
 Gad  was  the  first  son  of  Zilpah,  Leah's  hand- 
 maid, Gen.  XXX.  10,  11.  To  these  are 
 added  some  of  the  sons  of  Manasses,  (ver. 
 39,  &c.)  who  was  the  son  of  Joseph,  the  eld- 
 est son  of  Israel  by  his  wife  Rachel,  Gen. 
 XXX.  22,  24.  Jazer,]  A  city  taken  a  while 
 before  from  the  Amorites,  Num.  xxi.  32. 
 Gilead,]  In  Gr.  Galaaci,  a  mountain  also  of 
 the   Amorites   «hich  had  many   cities;  half 
 
 that  mount  was  given  to  the  sons  of  Gad,  the 
 other  half  to  the  sons  of  Manasses,  ver.  40; 
 Deut.  iii.  12,  13;  Josh.  xiii.  24,  25,  31. 
 A  PLACE  FOR  cattle,]  That  is,  meet  to  feed 
 and  nourish  cattle.  Therefore  God  promis- 
 ing to  feed  his  people  Israel,  significth  the 
 goodness  of  their  pasture,  hy  the  similitude 
 of  Bashan  and  Gilead,  Mic.  vii.  14;  Jer.  1. 
 19. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Sons  of  Gad,]  They  are  named 
 before  the  sons  of  Reuben,  both  here  and  in 
 
CHAP.    XXXII. 
 
 163 
 
 congregation,  saying,  ^  Ataroth,  and  Dibon,  and  Jazcr,  and  Nim- 
 rali,  and  Heslibon,  and  Elealeh,  and  Sliebam,  and  Nebo,  and  Boon  ; 
 *  The  land  which  Jehovah  smote  before  the  congregation  of  Israel, 
 is  a  lander  cattle,  and  thy  servants  have  cattle.  ^  And  they  said, 
 If  we  have  found  grace  in  thine  eyes,  let  this  land  be  given  unto 
 thy  servants  for  a  possession,  bring  us  not  over  Jordan, 
 
 ^  And  Moses  said  unto  tlie  sons  of  Gad,  and  to  the  sons  of  Reu- 
 ben, Shall  your  brethren  go  to  war,  and  sliall  you  sit  liere  ?  '  i\nd 
 wlierefore  break  ye  the  heart  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  from  going 
 over  into  the  land  wliich  Jehovah  liath  given  them  ?  ^  Thus  did 
 your  fathers,  when  I  sent  them  from  Kadesh-barnea  to  see  the 
 land.  "  For  tliey  went  up  into  the  land  of  Eshcol  and  saw  the 
 land,  and  brake  the  heart  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  that  they  should 
 not  go  into  the  land  which  Jehovali  had  given  them.  ^^  And  Jeho- 
 vah's anger  was  kindled  in  that  day,  and  he  sware,  saying,  "  If 
 tlie  men  that  came  up  out  of  Egypt,  from  twenty  years  old  and 
 upward,  sliall  sec  the  land  which    I   sware   unto  Abraham,  unto 
 
 ver.  6,  25,  29,  31,  33,  so  it  seemeth  they 
 were  first  in  this  counsel  and  foremost  in  the 
 suit. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Ataroth,  and  Dibon,  Sec] 
 These  were  places  in  the  country  of  Sihon 
 and  Og  on  the  outside  of  Jordan :  there  was 
 also  an  Ataroth  within  the  land  of  Canaan, 
 whereof  see  Josh.  xvi.  2,  5,  7.  Of  Dibon, 
 see  Num.  xxi.  30;  Josh.  xiii.  9,  17.  Nim- 
 RAH,]  Called  also  Beth-Nimrah,  in  ver.  36, 
 and  Nimrim,  Is.  xv.  6,  in  Gr.  Namra. 
 This  place  «as  given  to  the  sons  of  Gad, 
 Josh.  xiii.  27.  Heshbon,]  The  city  of  king 
 Sihon,  Num.  xxi.  26,  given  to  the  Reuben- 
 ites,  Josh.  xiii.  15,  17.  Sheham,]  Or,  Se- 
 bum, called  also  Sibmah,  in  ver.  38;  Josh. 
 xiii.  19,  in  Gr.  Sebama:  it  was  a  place  of 
 vines,  Is.  xvi.  8,  9;  Jcr.  xlviii.  32.  Beon,] 
 Called  in  ver.  38,  Baalmeon;  and  in  Jer. 
 xlviii.  23,  Beth-mbon ;  and  in  Josh.  xiii. 
 17,  Bethbaal-meon.  The  Gr.  here  corrupt- 
 eth  it  Bailian. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Jehovah  smote,]  That  is, 
 smote  or  killed  the  inhabitants  thereof,  de- 
 livering them  before  his  people,  so  that  they 
 smote  them,  Deut.  ii.  33,  but  the  victory  is 
 ascribed  unto  the  Lord.  FoR  cattle,]  In 
 Gr.  that  nourishcth  cattle:  see  ver.  1. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Bring  us  not  over,]  Or,  lead 
 us  not,  cause  us  not  to  pass  over  Jordan,  to 
 wit,  for  to  have  possession  there.  This  their 
 request  (whereat  Moses  was  oftended)  might 
 seem  at  this  first  propounding  of  it,  very 
 eviJ.  For,  it  might  argue  in  them  a  covet- 
 ous mind  for  their  own  benefit,  which  also 
 might  turn  to  the  injury  of  their  other  bre- 
 thren. They  prevented  the  time  before  all 
 lliu  land  was  conquered.     They  seemed   to 
 
 contrary  the  word  of  God,  who  commanded 
 the  land  to  be  divided  by  lot.  Num.  xxvi.  55, 
 which  they  now  would  prevent.  It  might 
 imply  a  distrust  in  them,  of  subduing  and 
 inheriting  the  land  of  Canaan.  It  might  be 
 a  discouragement  of  their  brethren.  It  ar- 
 gued wa[it  of  love,  or  a  neglect  of  duty  in  as- 
 sistance. It  might  be  an  evil  precedent  to 
 others,  who  when  some  part  of  the  land 
 should  be  conquered,  might  likewise  crave  the 
 same  for  their  inheritance;  and  so  great 
 trouble  and  confusion  might  ensue. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Shall  your  brethren,]  The 
 other  tribes.  In  this  reproof,  Moses  teacheth 
 brotherly  duty,  to  love  their  neighbours  as 
 themselves;  not  to  look  '  every  man  on  his 
 own  things,  but  every  man  also  on  the  things 
 of  others,'  Phil.  ii.  4,  and  that  they  ought  to 
 lay  down  their  lives  for  the  brethren,  1  John 
 iii.  16. 
 
 Ver.  7.- Break  ye  the  heart,]  That 
 is,  discourage  ye,  or  make  ye  it  to  turn;  as 
 the  Gr.  itwsUielU,  pervert  ye  the  minds.  A 
 liki!  phrase  is  of  'melting  the  heart,'  for  dis- 
 couraging, in  Deut.  i.  28. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Thus  did  your  fathers,]  The 
 Gr.  expresseth  this  by  a  question,  did  twi 
 your  fathers  thusf  So  where  the  prophet 
 saith,  '  All  these  my  hand  hath  made,'  Is. 
 Ixvi.  ],  the  Holy  Spirit  turneth  it  in  Gr. 
 '  Hath  not  my  hand  made  all  these?'  Acts 
 vii.  49. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Valley,]  Or,  bourne  of  Esh- 
 col, that  is,  as  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  valley 
 of  the  cluster  of  grapes:  see  Num.  xiii.  23, 
 24. 
 
 Ver.  11.  —  If  the  men,]  That  is,  surely 
 the  men,  $fc,  shall  not  see  :  this  is  an  oath : 
 
1G4 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 Isaac,  and  unto  Jacob,  because  tliey  have  not  followed  me  fully. 
 '"  Save  Caleb  the  son  of  Jephunneh,  the  Kenizite,  and  Joshua  tlie 
 son  of  Nun,  for  because  they  have  followed  Jehovah  fully.  '^  And 
 Jehovah's  anger  was  kindled  against  Israel ;  and  he  made  them 
 wander  in  the  wilderness  forty  years,  until  all  the  generation  was 
 consumed  that  had  done  evil  in  the  eyes  of  Jehovah.  '*  And  be- 
 hold, ye  are  risen  up  in  your  fathers'  stead,  an  increase  of  sinful 
 men,  to  augment  yet  tlie  burning  anger  of  Jehovah  against  Israel. 
 "  For  if  ye  turn  away  from  after  him,  tlien  will  he  yet  again 
 leave  them  in  the  wilderness,  and  ye  shall  destroy  all  this  people. 
 
 "  And  they  came  near  unto  him,  and  said.  We  will  build  sheep- 
 folds  here,  for  our  cattle,  and  cities  for  our  little  ones.  "  But  we 
 ourselves  will  go  ready  armed  before  the  sons  of  Israel,  until  that 
 we  have  brought  them  unto  their  place ;  and  our  little  ones  shall 
 dwell  in  the  fenced  cities,  because  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  land. 
 ^^  We  will  not  return  unto  our  houses,  until  the  sons  of  Israel  have 
 
 see  the  notes  on  Num.  xiv.  23.  Twenty 
 YEARS    OLD,]    Heb.    S071   of  twenty  years. 
 
 Followed  me  folly,]  U idb.  fu/Jilled  after 
 me,  which  the  Chald.  expounded,  ftilfiUed 
 after  my  fear;  the  Gr.  followed  after  me  : 
 see  Num.  xiv.  24.  A  like  phrase  is  in  1 
 Sam.  xiii.  7,  where  the  people  trembled  after 
 Saul,  that  is,  followed  him  trembling. 
 
 Ver.  12. — The  Kenizite,]  Of  the  pos- 
 terity of  Kenaz,  of  the  tribe  of  Judah,  I 
 Chron.  iv.  13,  15. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Wander,]  This  is  an  explana- 
 tion of  that  phrase,  '  shall  feed  in  the  wilder- 
 ness;' whereof  see  Num.  xiv.  33.  The 
 generation,]  That  is,  the  men  of  the  ge- 
 neration, a^,  '  this  geueiation,'  Matt.  xii. 
 42,  is  expounded,  'the  men  of  this  genera- 
 tion,' Luke  xi.  31.  And  the  consuming  of 
 the  Israelites  in  the  wilderness,  is  before  ob- 
 served in  Num.  xxvi.  G4,  65. 
 
 Ver.  14. — An  increase  of  sinful  men,] 
 Oi-,  a  crew  (a  multitude)  of  men  sinners: 
 that  is,  bred  and  biought  up  of  men  most 
 sinful,  which  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  disciples 
 of  sinful  men.  By  sinners,  is  meant  men 
 given  unto  sin:  see  the  notes  on  Gen.  xiii. 
 13;  Num.  xvi.  38.  The  burning  anger,] 
 Heb.  the  burning  of  the  anger  (oi-  of  the 
 nostrilj  of  Jehovah  toward  (or  against)  Is- 
 rael. In  this  sharp  rebuke,  Moses  upbraid- 
 eth  them  with  their  fathers'  sin  also,  as  he 
 doth  likewise  in  Deut.  i.  26,  27,  &c. ;  ix.  7— 
 24,  and  signifieth  that  the  renewing  of  their 
 sins,  augmenteth  wrath  upon  the  childien,  (as 
 Christ  also  teacheth  in  Matt,  xxiii.  31—36.) 
 and  upon  the  whole  congregation,  as  after  in 
 ver.  15;  Josh.  xxii.  17,  18. 
 
 Ver.  15. — From  after  him,]  That  is, 
 ft oni  following,  from  obeying  him;  which 
 
 the  Chald.  expoundeth, /ro/«  after  his  fear. 
 So  Christ  calling  James  and  Jolin,  they 
 '  went  after  him,'  Mark  i.  20,  that  is,  they 
 'followed  him,'    Matt.    iv.    22.     Then   he 
 
 WILL    YET    AGAIN    LEAVE    THEM,]    Heb.   and 
 
 he  will  add  again,  to  leave  him;  that  is, 
 God  will  again  leave  Israel,  who  are  spoken 
 of  as  one  man  ;  therefore  the  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth it,  he  luill  yet  again  detain  them, 
 or  make  them  to  tarry.  But  the  Gr.  seem- 
 eth  to  understand  it  of  their  leaving  of  God, 
 saying,  "  For  ye  will  turn  away  from  him, 
 to  add  again  to  leave  him  in  the  wilderness." 
 Destroy  all  this  people,]  Or,  corrupt 
 them,  that  is,  occasion  them  to  sin  and  so  to 
 be  destroyed;  for,  corrupting  is  used  both  for 
 sinning,  and  for  destroying  because  of  sin,  as 
 is  noted  on  Gen.  vi.  13.  The  Gr.  translat- 
 eth,  ye  shall  do  wickedly  against  this  whole 
 congregation. 
 
 Ver.  17 — Will  go  ready  armed,]  Heb. 
 will  be  armed,  making  haste,  before  the 
 sons  of  Israel:  which  the  Gr.  explaineth, 
 we  being  armed  tvill  go  in  the  foreward  be- 
 fore the  sons  of  Israel.  Signifying  both 
 their  ready  mind  to  jeopard  their  lives  in  the 
 battle,  and  that  by  leaving  their  wives,  child- 
 ren, and  cattle  behind  them,  they  should 
 be  freed  from  that  cumbrance  which  others 
 had. 
 
 Ver.  18. — We  will  not  return,]  Here 
 they  promise  a  continuance  with  their  bre- 
 thren in  all  their  wars  and  troubles  unto  the 
 end:  which  also  they  performed,  as  Joshua 
 said  unto  them,  '  Ye  have  not  left  your 
 brethren  these  many  days,  unto  this  day, 
 &c.  And  now  the  Lord  your  God  hath  giver, 
 rest  unto  your  brethren,'  &c.  Josh,  xxii 
 o,  4. 
 
CHAP.  XXXII. 
 
 165 
 
 inherited  every  man  his  inheritance.  "  For  we  will  not  inherit 
 with  them  on  yonder  side  Jordan  and  forward,  because  our  inheri- 
 tance is  come  unto  us  on  this  side  Jordan  eastward, 
 
 ,  ^"  And  Moses  said  unto  them.  If  ye  will  do  this  thing,  if  ye  will 
 go  armed  before  Jehovah  to  war  ;  ^'  And  will  go  all  of  you  armed 
 over  Jordan  before  Jehovah,  until  he  have  driven  out  his  enemies 
 from  before  him.  ^^  When  the  land  is  subdued  before  Jehovah, 
 then  afterward  ye  shall  return,  and  ye  shall  be  guiltless  before  Je- 
 hovah, and  before  Israel;  and  this  land  shall  be  yours  for  a  posses- 
 sion before  Jehovah.  ^  But  if  ye  will  not  do  so;  behold  you 
 have  sinned  against  Jehovali :  and  know  ye  your  sin  which  wOl 
 find  you  out.  "*  Build  ye  cities  for  your  little  ones,  and  folds  for 
 your  sheep,  and  do  tliat  which  hath  proceeded  out  of  your  mouth. 
 ^  And  the  sons  of  Gad,  and  the  sons  of  R  euben  said  imto  Moses, 
 saying,  Thy  servants  will  do  as  my  lord  commandeth.  ^^  Our 
 little  ones,  our  wives,  our  flocks  and  all  our  cattle  shall  be  there 
 
 Ver.  19.— AVe  will  not  inheuit  with 
 THEM,]  By  taking  upon  them  these  condi- 
 tions, they  free  themselves  of  those  evils 
 which  might  justly  seem  at  first  to  be  im- 
 puted unto  them.  For  they  showed  both 
 faith  in  God,  and  love  to  their  brethren,  so 
 to  go  in  the  foi-e -front  of  the  battle,  with 
 their  lives  in  their  hands  against  so  many 
 and  mighty  enemies,  leaving  their  weak 
 families  behind  them,  unto  the  Lord's  protec- 
 tion. And  that  tliey  would  thus  do  freely, 
 without  any  further  benefit  to  themselves, 
 resting  contented  witii  their  portion  now  al- 
 lotted them.  Wherefore  Muses  changing  his 
 mind,  yielded  to  their  request,  upon  the  per- 
 formance of  these  conditions,  ver.  20,  &c. 
 
 Veb.  20. — This  thing,]  Heb.  ^A/«  word: 
 in  Gr.  according  to  this  rvord.  Before 
 Jehovah,]  The  Chald.  explaineth  it  here 
 and  in  ver.  21,  and  Josh.  iv.  13,  '  before  the 
 people  of  the  Lord.'  So,  'the  help  of  the 
 Loid,'  in  Judg.  v.  23,  is  in  Cliald.  the  help 
 uf  the  people  of  the  Lord.  See  the  notes  on 
 Num.  xxxi.  3. 
 
 Ver.  21. — All  of  you  armed,]  Or, 
 every  armed  man  of  yoii.  Thus  things  are 
 carried  between  Moses  and  them,  as  if  the 
 land  should  be  conquered  by  force  of  arms: 
 but  it  was  lest  they  should  tempt  God,  by 
 neglect  of  the  means;  and  that  under  this 
 warfare  the  good  fight  of  faith  might  be  fought 
 of  Israel.  For  though  they  were  all  bound 
 by  their  promise  to  aid  their  brethren,  yet 
 Joshua  took  not  all,  but  a  competent  number 
 of  them,  namely,  '  about  forty  thousand,' 
 Josh.  iv.  12,  13,  which  were  much  fewer 
 than  all  the  men  of  war  in  the  two  tribes  of 
 Reuben  and  Gad,  and  the  half  tribe  of  Ma- 
 nassas, as  appeareth   by  the   last  muster  in 
 
 Num.  xxvi.  2,  7,  18,  31.  It  seemeth  the 
 residue  were  left  behind,  to  keep  their  coun- 
 try and  families:  or,  God  would  not  have  all 
 go  to  war,  that  the  victory  might  appear  to 
 be  his,  as  the  church  after  acknowledgeth  to 
 his  praise,  in  Ps.  xliv,  2 — 4,  &c.,  aud  lest 
 Israel  should  vaunt  themselves  against  him, 
 saying,  '  Mine  own  hand  hath  saved  me:'  as 
 in  Judg.  vii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Before  Jehovah,]  In  Chald. 
 before  the  people  of  the  Lord,  as  in  ver.  20. 
 So  again  iu  ver.  27,  29,  32.  Guiltless 
 before  Jehovah,]  Or,  from  Jehovah,  and 
 from  Israel,  that  is,  innocent  and  free  from 
 being  punished  by  the  Lord  and  his  people. 
 So  in  2  Sam.  iii.  28.  A  possession  before 
 Jehovah,]  Hereby  is  signified  the  Lord's  ap- 
 probation, and  so  their  just  possession  of  the 
 country,  as  being  given  them  not  by  Moses 
 only,  (as  in  ver.  33,)  but  by  the  Lord, 
 as  he  after  saith,  'Jehovah  your  God  hath 
 given  you  this  land  to  possess  it/  Deut.  iii. 
 18. 
 
 Ver.  23 — Sinned  against  Jehovah.] 
 Or,  unto  Jehovah;  which  the  Gr.  and  Chald. 
 translate,  before  the  Lord.  Your  sin,] 
 Hereby  may  be  meant  both  the  guiltiness 
 and  the  punishment:  see  the  notes  on  Lev. 
 xxii.  9.  Which  will  find  you,]  Or,  that 
 it  %uill  find  you  out,  that  is,  will  come  upon 
 you;  being  referred  to  the  punishment:  see 
 Gen.  xliv.  34.  The  Gr.  translateth,  and  ye 
 shall  know  your  sin,  when  evils  shall  over- 
 take (or  come  upon)  you.  So  the  people  ac- 
 knowledge in  their  alllictions,  '  Our  sins  tes- 
 tify against  us;  for  our  transgressions  are  with 
 us,  and  our  iniquities  we  know  them,'  Is. 
 lix.  12. 
 
 Ver.  25 — Said,]  Heb  he  said,  signifying 
 
166  NUMBERS. 
 
 in  the  cities  of  Gilead.  '"  But  tliy  servants  will  pass  over  every 
 one  armed ^r  war  before  Jehovah  to  battle,  as  my  lord  speaketh, 
 
 ^^  So  concerning  them,  Moses  commanded  Eleazar  the  priest, 
 and  Joshua  the  son  of  Nun;  and  the  heads  of  the  fathers  of  the 
 tribes  of  the  sons  of  Israel.  ^'  And  Moses  said  unto  them.  If  the 
 sons  of  Gad,  and  tlie  sons  of  Reuben,  will  pass  with  you  over  Jor- 
 dan, every  man  armed  to  battle  before  Jehovah  ;  and  tlie  land  shall 
 be  subdued  before  you :  tlien  ye  shall  give  unto  them  the  land  of 
 Gilead  for  a  possession.  ^^  But  if  they  will  not  pass  over  with  you 
 armed,  then  tlicy  shall  have  possessions  among  you  in  tlie  land  of 
 Canaan. 
 
 ^'  And  the  sons  of  Gad,  and  the  sons  of  Reuben,  answered,  say- 
 ing, As  Jehovah  hath  spoken  unto  thy  servants,  so  will  we  do. 
 ^^  We  will  pass  over  armed  before  Jehovah  into  the  land  of  Canaan; 
 and  the  possession  of  our  inheritance  on  this  side  Jordan,  shall  he 
 ours.  ^^  And  Moses  gave  unto  them,  unto  the  sons  of  Gad,  and 
 unto  the  sons  of  Reuben,  and  unto  half  the  tribe  of  Manasses  tlie 
 son  of  Josepii,  tlie  kingdom  of  Sihon  king  of  the  Amorites,  and 
 the  kingdom  of  Og  king  of  Bashan,  the  land  with  the  cities  thereof 
 in  the  coasts,  the  cities  of  the  land  round  about. 
 
 ^*  And  the  sons  of  Gad  built  Dibon,  and  Ataroth,  and  Aroer. 
 ^'  And  Atroth,  Shophan,  and  Jazer,  and  Jogbehah.  ^"^  And  Beth- 
 Nimrah,  and  Beth-Haran,  fenced  cities,  and  folds  for  sheep. 
 ^''  And  tlic  sons  of  Reuben  built  Heshbon,  and  Elealeli,  and  Kirja- 
 tliaim.  ^^  And  Nebo,  and  Baal-Meon,  (the  names  being  clianged) 
 and  Sibniah :  and  they  called  by  names,  the  names  of  the  cities 
 
 their  joint  consent  to  speak  as  one  man  in  1*2.      With    the   cities   thereof    in    the 
 
 this  repetition  of  their  promise.  coasts,]  Or,  as  the  Gr.  translatttb,  and  the 
 
 Ver.  29. — Then  ye  shall  give,]  Moses  cities  with  the  coasts  thereof.  The  Heh. 
 giveth  them  not  the  inheritance,  but  upon  preposition  lamed,  is  often  in  Gr.  translated 
 condition,  if  they  with  their  brethren  should  and,  witli  good  sense,  as  in  Gen.  i.  C;  ii.  3; 
 subdue  the  land:  which  nas  not  done  under  Exod.  xvii.  19;  Lev.  viii.  12;  xvi.  21 
 his  ministry,  but  under  Eleazar  and  Joshua,  Num.  ix.  15  ;  xxxiii.  2. 
 tiie  types  of  Christ.  A  figure  that  the  law  Ver.  34.— Built  Dibon,]  That  is,  re- 
 should  make  nothing  perfect,  but  the  bringing  paired  and  fortified  these  cities,  which  hid 
 in  of  a  better  hope,  Heh.  vii.  19.  been  partly  ruined  before  in  the  conquest,  or 
 
 Ver.  32. — Shall  be  ours,]  Or,  that  it  fallen  into  decay.     So  in  ver.  37. 
 7nay  be  ours:  Heb.  with  2is,  that  is,  remain  Ver.  38. — The  names  being  changed,] 
 
 with  us  as  our  own.     So  in  Ps.  xii.  5,  ' our  Or,  being  turned  in  name:  whicii  seemeth 
 
 lips  are  w:th  u;,'  that  is,  are  ours.  to  be  in  respect  of  tlie  former  idolatry  where- 
 
 Ver.  33. — Half  the  tribe  of  Manas-  to  by  name  they  were  dedicated:  for  Nebo 
 
 ses,]  There  is  no  mention  of  these  before,  and   Baal  were  the  names  of  false  gods,  Is. 
 
 among  them  that  sued  for  inheritance:   but  xlvi.  I;  Judg.  vi.  31,  which  the  Lord  would 
 
 because  the   sons   of  Manasses  showed  their  not  have  to  be  mentioned,  Exod.   xxiii.  13. 
 
 faith  and  valour  in  conquering  Gilead,  ver.  And  thus  the  Hehs.  (as  Sol.  Jarchi  here)  ex- 
 
 o9,  therefore  the  Lord  by  Moses  giveth  them  plain    it,    saying,    "  They    were    idolatrous 
 
 a  possession   there.      And  of  Machir  the  son  names,  and   the  Amorites  had   called   their 
 
 of  Manasses,  it  is  said,  'Because   he  was  a  cities  by  the  names  of  their   idols;  but   the 
 
 man   of  war,   therefore   he   had   Gilead    and  sons  of  Reuben  turned  their  nannes  to  other 
 
 Bashan,'  Josh.  xvii.  1 .     This  half  tribe  had  names."     They  called   by  names,]  That 
 
 also  tlieir  inheritance  given  them  upon  like  is,  by  other  names  for  the  cause  fore-men- 
 
 londition  as  the  former  two  tribes,  Josh.  iv.  tioncd:  the  Gr.   translateth,  they  named  by 
 
CHAP.  X  X  X  1 1  r. 
 
 167 
 
 wliich  they  builded.  ^'  And  the  sons  of  Machir,  tJie  son  of  Ma- 
 nasses,  went  to  Gilead  and  took  it,  and  dispossessed  the  Amoritc 
 wliich  was  in  it.  ^"  And  Moses  gave  Gilead  unto  Machir  the  son 
 of  Mauasses,  and  he  dwelt  tlierein.  "'  And  Jair  the  son  of  Ma- 
 nasses,  went  and  took  the  villages,  and  called  them  the  villages  oi 
 Jair.  *'  And  Nobah  went  and  took  Kenatli,  and  the  daughters 
 thereof,  and  he  called  it  Nobah,  after  his  own  name. 
 
 their  names :  so  it  accordeth  with  ver.  42, 
 where  Nobah  having  taken  Kenath,  called  it 
 Nobah  by  his  own  name. 
 
 Ver.  40.  — Gave  Gilead,]  To  wit,  half 
 of  mount  Gilead,  for  the  other  half  was  given 
 to  the  sons  of  Reuben  and  Gad,  Deut.  iii. 
 12,  13.  Unto  Machir,]  Seeing  Machir 
 was  the  first-born  of  Manasses,  Josh.  xvii.  1, 
 and  Machir's  sons  were  borne  upon  Joseph's 
 knees.  Gen.  1.  23,  it  is  not  likely  that  Ma- 
 chir himself  was  now  alive,  but  that  his  pos- 
 terity are  called  here  by  their  father's  name; 
 and  this  is  usual  throughout  the  scriptures,  to 
 give  the  father's  name  unto  the  children. 
 
 Ver.  41. — Jair  the  son  of  Manasses,] 
 Jair  was  the  son  of  Hezron  the  son  of  Judah 
 by  the  father's  side,  and  the  son  of  Machir 
 the  son  of  Manasses  by  his  mother,  1  Cliron. 
 ii.  21,  22,  and  taking  these  villages  with  the 
 other  Manassites,  he  is  here  reckoned  of  that 
 tribe.  So  elsewhere  some  of  the  priests  are 
 called  the  sons  of  Barzillai,  'which  took  a 
 wife  of  the  daughters  of  Barzillai  the  Gilead. 
 its,  and  was  called  after  their  name,'  Ezra  ii. 
 61.  The  villages  of  Jair,]  In  Heb.  Ha- 
 voth  Jair.     There  was  also  one  Jair  son  of 
 
 Segub,  who  had  '  three  and  twenty  cities  in 
 the  land  of  Gilead,'  1  Cbron.  ii.  22,  and  ano- 
 ther Jair  of  the  tribe  of  Manasses,  who  was 
 judge  of  Israel  twenty  years:  he  had  tiiirty 
 sons,  and  they  had  thirty  cities  in  the  land  of 
 Gilead,  which  were  also  called  Havoth-Jair, 
 Judg.  X.  3,  4. 
 
 Ver.  42. — The  daughters,]  That  is, 
 the  towns  or  villages,  as  is  noted  on  Num. 
 xxi.  25.  So  again  in  1  Chron.  ii.  23. 
 These  two  tribes  and  an  half,  as  they  were 
 the  first  of  all  Israel  that  had  their  inheri- 
 tance assigned  them,  so  were  they  of  the  first 
 that  for  their  sins  were  carried  captives  out 
 of  their  land,  2  Kings  xv.  29.  For  '  they 
 transgressed  against  the  God  of  their  fathers, 
 and  went  a  whoring  after  the  gods  of  the 
 people  of  the  land,  whom  God  destroyed  be- 
 fore them.  And  the  God  of  Israel  stirred  up 
 the  spirit  of  Pnl  king  of  Assyria,  and  the 
 spirit  of  Tilgath-pilneser  king  of  Assyria: 
 and  he  carried  them  away,  even  the  Reu- 
 benites,  and  the  Gadites,  and  the  half  tribe 
 of  Manasses,  and  brought  them  unto  Halah, 
 and  Habor,  and  Hara,  and  to  the  river  Gozan, 
 unto  this  day,'  1  Chron.  v.  25,  2G. 
 
 CHAP.  XXX  1 1 1. 
 
 1 .  Trvo  and  forty  journeys  of  the  Israelites  ihrougli  the  milderness, 
 from  Egypt  to  Jordan.  50.  A  commandment  to  destroy  the  Canaanites 
 and  their  monuments  of  idolatry.     54.  The  land  must  he  divided  by  lot. 
 
 S£33 
 
 *  These  are  the  journeys  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  which  went  forth 
 out  of  the  land  of  Egypt  by  their  armies,  by  the  hand  of  Moses  and 
 
 ass  Here  beginneth  the  forty-third  lec- 
 ture of  the  law,  called  the  journeys:  see  Gen. 
 vi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  1. — The  journeys,]  Or,  the  re- 
 nwvings,  to  wit  from  place  to  place,  which 
 was  a  sign  of  their  unsettled  estate,  as  not 
 being  yet  come  unto   their  rest,  Deut.  xii. 
 
 9.  Figuring  the  unstayedness  of  the  church 
 under  Moses'  law,  otherwise  than  under  the 
 gospel  of  Christ,  where  '  we  which  have  be- 
 lieved do  enter  into  rest,'  Htb.  iv.  3.  Of 
 which  unmovable  state  it  is  prophesied, 
 '  look  upon  Zion,  the  city  of  our  solemnities, 
 thine  eyes  shall  see  Jerusalem  a  quiet  habita- 
 tion, a  tabernacle    that   shall  Dot   be  taken 
 
168 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 Aaron.  '^  And  Moses  wrote  tlieir  goings  out,  according  to  tlieir 
 journeys  at  the  mouth  of  Jehovali :  and  these  are  their  journeys  ac- 
 cording to  their  goings  out.  ^  And  they  journeyed  from  Rameses, 
 in  tlie  first  month,  in  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  first  month,  on  the 
 morrow  after  tlie  passover,  tlie  sons  of  Israel  went  out  with  an 
 high  hand,  in  tlie  eyes  of  all  the  Egyptians.  And  the  Egyptians 
 buried  those  which  Jehovah  had  smitten  among  tlicm,  every  first- 
 born :  upon  their  gods  also  Jehovah  executed  judgments.  And 
 the  sons  of  Israel  journeyed  from  Rameses,  and  encamped  in  Suc- 
 coth.  «  And  they  journeyed  from  Succoth,  and  encamped  in 
 Etham,  wliich  is  in  the  edge  of  the  wilderness.  ^  And  they  jour- 
 neyed from  Etliam,  and  turned  again  unto  Pi-haliiroth,  which  is 
 before  Baal-zephon,  and  they  encamped  before  Migdol.  «  And 
 they  journeyed  from  before  Hiroth,  and  passed  through  the  midst 
 of  the  sea  into  the  wilderness,  and  went  three  days  journey  in  the 
 
 down,  not  one  of  the  stakes  thereof  shall  ever 
 be  removed,  neither  shall  any  of  the  cords 
 thereof  be  broken,'  Is.  xxxiii.  20.  The  com- 
 plement hereof  is  showed  by  the  apostle,  say- 
 ing, that  this  word,  '  yet  once  more,'  signifi. 
 eth  the  removing  of  those  things  that  are 
 sliaken,  as  of  things  that  are  made  ;  that  those 
 things  which  cannot  be  shaken  may  remain: 
 and  that  we  receive  a  kingdom  which  can- 
 not be  moved,'  Heb.  xii.  27,  28.  And  as 
 here  Moses  reckoneth  forty  two  journeys  from 
 Egypt  to  the  river  Jordan,  over  which  Joshua 
 led  them  into  Canaan:  so  the  apostle  fin 
 Matt,  i.)  reckoneth  two  and  forty  generations 
 from  Abraham  unto  Christ,  by  whom  we 
 have  entrance  into  the  kingdom  of  God. 
 With  their  armies,]  Or,  by  their  armies, 
 being  about  six  hundred  thousand  men,  be- 
 side little  ones,  and  much  mixed  people  with 
 them,  Exod.  xii.  37,  38.  They  are  called 
 also  the  Lord's  armies,  Exod.  vii.  4  ;  xii. 
 41.  By  the  hand,]  Under  the  guidance 
 or  conduct.  This  Asaph  mentioneth  to  the 
 praise  of  God  ;  '  thou  didst  lead  thy  people 
 like  a  flock,  by  the  hand  of  Moses  and 
 Aaron,'  Ps.  Ixxvii.  21. 
 
 VeR.  2. ACCORDIXG  TO  THEIR  JOURNEVS,] 
 
 Or,  with  their  journeys  (or  removings)  as  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  and  their  journeys  (  or  sta- 
 tions.) The  mouth,]  That  is,  the  ivord  or 
 commandment  of  Jehovah.  This  may  be 
 understood  either  of  his  commandment  to 
 write  these  journeys  here,  or  of  their  journey- 
 ings  ;  as  it  is  said,  '  at  the  mouth  of  Jeho- 
 vah the  sons  of  Israel  journeyed,  and  at  the 
 mouth  of  Jehovah  they  encamped,'  Num.  ix. 
 18,  20. 
 
 Ver.  3. — From  Rameses,]  A  city  in 
 the  land  of  Egypt,  Gen.  xlvii.  11.  See  also 
 Exod.  xii.  37.     The  first  month,]  Called 
 
 Abib,  and  Nisan,  Exod.  xiii.  4;  Neh.  ii. 
 1,  answering  to  that  which  we  call  March. 
 Why  it  was  the  first  month,  is  showed  on 
 Exod.  xii.  2.  The  passover,]  Whereof 
 see  Exod.  xii.  M'ith  an  high  hand,]  In. 
 Chald.  joith  an  uncovered  head :  meaning, 
 openly,  boldly,  powerfully:  see  Exod.  xiv.  8. 
 Ver.  4. — Had  smitten,]  That  is,  as  the 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it,  had  killed ;  and  the 
 Gr.  all  the  dead  ivhich  the  Lord  had  smitten  : 
 see  Exod.  xii.  29.  Their  god^,]  In  Chald. 
 their  idols.  Some  understand  it  of  the  beasts 
 which  the  Egyptians  worshipped.  Judg- 
 ments,] In  Gi'.  did  (or  executed)  vengeance  : 
 see  Exod.  xii.  12;  xviii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Scccoth.]  By  interpretation. 
 Booths  :  see  Exod.  xii.  37. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Etham  which  is  in  the  edge,] 
 In  Gr.  Boiithan,  u'hich  is  a  part  of  the  wit- 
 ness :  see  Exod.  xiii.  20. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Pi-hahiroth,]  Or,  as  the  Gr. 
 and  Chald.  translate,  the  mouth  of  Hiroth  : 
 for  in  the  next  verse,  the  place  is  only  called 
 Hiroth,  which  seem  to  be  mountains,  be- 
 tween which  was  a  narrow  passage,  called 
 figuratively  a  mouth.  It  was  by  the  Red 
 sea,  and  there  the  Egyptians  overtook  the 
 Israelites,  Exod.  xiv.   2,  9. 
 
 Ver.  8.— The  sea,]  The  Red  sea,  the 
 waters  whereof  God  divided,  and  led  his  peo- 
 ple through  it;  but  the  Egyptians  following 
 them  were  drowned,  Exod.  xiv.  21 — 23, 
 &c.  Three  days'  journey,]  Heb.  three 
 days'  way.  Etham,]  Called,  the  wilderness 
 of  Shur,  Exod.  xv.  22.  Marah,]  That  is, 
 bitterness,  as  the  Gr.  here  interpreteth  it: 
 so  called  of  the  bitter  waters  which  the  peo- 
 ple could  not  drink,  therefore  they  murmur- 
 ed: but  God  sweetened  the  waters  with  a 
 tree,  Exod.  xv.  23,  &c. 
 
CHAP.  XXXIII. 
 
 1G9 
 
 wilderness  of  Ethani,  and  encamped  in  Marah.  ^  And  tliey  jom-- 
 neyed  from  Marah,  and  came  unto  Elim  -.  and  in  Elim  were  twelve 
 fountains  of  water,  and  seventy  palm  trees,  and  they  encamped 
 there.  '°  And  they  journeyed  from  Elim,  and  encamped  by  the 
 Red  sea.  ''  And  they  journeyed  from  the  Red  sea,  and  encamped 
 in  the  wilderness  of  Sin.  '^  And  they  journeyed  from  the  wilder- 
 ness of  Sin,  and  encamped  in  Dophkah.  ''  And  they  journeyed 
 from  Dophkah,  and  encamped  in  Alush.  '*  And  they  journeyed 
 from  Alush,  and  encamped  in  Rephidim  ;  and  there  was  no  water 
 there  for  the  people  to  drink.  '*  And  they  journeyed  from  Re- 
 phidim, and  encamped  in  the  wilderness  of  Sinai.  '^  And  tliey 
 journeyed  from  the  wildei'ness  of  Sinai,  and  encamped  in  Kibroth 
 hattaavah.  "  And  they  journeyed  from  Kibroth  hattaavah,  and 
 encamped  in  Hazeroth.  '*  And  they  journeyed  from  Hazeroth, 
 and  encamped  in  Rithmah.     '^  And  they   journeyed    from  Rith- 
 
 Ver.  9. — Palm-treks,]  Or,  date-trees  : 
 see  Exod.  xv.  27.  There,]  There  by  the 
 waters,  Exod.  xv.  27.  So  Gcd  relVeshed  his 
 people  with  waters,  in  fche  dry  and  barren 
 wilderness. 
 
 Ver.  10. — By  TH2  Red  SfcA,]  Of  thin 
 resting  place,  there  hath  bean  no  iri8Dt job  fci> 
 fore. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Of  Sin,]  a  ^viideniuss  wiiicu 
 adjoined  unto  Sin,  a  city  of  Egypt  so  called, 
 Ezek.  xiii.  15,  16.  Hitiier  they  came,  just 
 a  month  after  their  departure  from  Rameses, 
 ver.  3,  namely,  in  the  fifteenth  day  of  the 
 second  month:  in  this  wilderness  they  mur- 
 mured for  want  of  food,  and  God  gave  them 
 quails,  and  rained  manna  from  heaven,  Exod. 
 xvi.  1,  2,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Dophkah,]  In  Gr.  Raphakah: 
 putting  R  for  D  through  likeness  of  the  let- 
 ters in  Hehrew:  see  the  notes  on  Gen.  iv. 
 18.  Of  this  place  there  is  no  mention  in 
 Exod. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Alvsh,'\  In  Gr.  Ailous:  nei- 
 ther is  this  station  named  before,  but  Moses 
 intimated  them,  when  he  said,  the  Israelites 
 journeyed  from  the  wilderness  of  '  Sin,  after 
 their  journeys,'  Exod.  xvii.  1 
 
 Ver.  14.— Rephidim,]  In  Gr.  Rephidein. 
 No  WATER,]  Therefore  the  people  contended 
 with  Moses,  and  almost  stoned  him:  God 
 gave  them  water  out  of  the  rock  in  Iloreb  ; 
 and  the  place  was  called  Massah  and  Meri- 
 bah,  that  is,  tentation  and  contention.  Here 
 alio  at  Rephidim,  the  Amalekites  fought 
 against  Israel  and  were  overcome,  Exod.  xvii. 
 
 Ver.  15 — Wilderness  of  Sinai,]  The 
 wilderness  of  vwu7it  Sinai,  Acts  vii.  30. 
 Thither  they  came  in  the  beginning  of  the 
 third  month,  Exod,  xix.  1.  There  God 
 gave  them  liis  laws,  statutes,  and  judgments. 
 Vol.  n. 
 
 Exod.  XX.  and  xxi.  &c.  There  they  sinned 
 and  made  the  golden  calf,  Exod.  xxii.  After- 
 ward they  made  the  tabernacle,  Exod.  xxxvi. 
 &c.  Out  of  it  God  speaking,  taught  them 
 how  they  should  serve  him  with  sacrifices, 
 &c.  Lev.  i.  &e.  He  numhered  and  ordered 
 the  twelve  tribes,  both  for  their  encamping 
 about  the  tabernacle,  and  for  their  journey- 
 ings  with  it  towards  Canaan,  Num.  i.  &c. 
 And  in  this  place  they  abode,  till  the  twen- 
 tieth day  of  the  second  month  of  the  second 
 year  after  their  coming  out  of  Egypt,  Num. 
 X.  11,  12. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Kibroth  hataavah,]  That 
 is,  the  graves  of  lust,  where  the  people  lust- 
 ing for  flesh,  died  while  the  flesh  was  between 
 their  teeth,  and  were  buried  there,  Num.  xi. 
 4—34. 
 
 Ver.    17 Hazeroth,]    In    this    place, 
 
 Mary  with  Aaron  murmuied  against  Moses, 
 and  she  was  smitten  with  leprosy,  Num.  xii. 
 
 Ver.  18.  —  Ritiiimah,]  A  place  in  the  wil- 
 derness of  Pharan,  Num.  xiii.  1.  It  hath 
 the  name  of  Juniper,  which  eilher  grew  theie, 
 or  (as  some  of  the  Hebs.  think)  because  the 
 evil  tongues  of  the  spies  which  were  sent 
 from  thence  to  view  the  land,  (Num.  xiii. 
 3,)  and  brought  up  an  evil  report  thereof, 
 were  like  the  coals  of  juniper,  (as  in  Ps. 
 cxx.  3,  4,)  and  kindled  a  rebellion  among  the 
 people.  Num.  xiv. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Rimmon  ParezJ  InGr.Rhem- 
 ban  Phares  :  by  interpretation,  the  pome- 
 granate (or  the  lifting  up)  of  the  brcich. 
 This  place  is  not  named  before:  Chazkuni 
 thinketh  they  came  hither  after  God  iiad 
 bidden  them  turn  back  into  the  wilderness 
 by  the  way  of  the  Red  sea,  Num.  xiv.  25. 
 So  it  might  have  the  name  of  the  breach  or 
 slaughter  which  the  Amalekites  and  Canaan- 
 
170 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 mall,  and  encamped  in  Rimmon  Parez.  ^°  And  tliey  jomneyed 
 from  Rimmon  Parez,  and  encamped  in  Libnah.  ^^  xVnd  they  jour- 
 neyed from  Libnah,  and  encamped  in  Rissali.  ^'^  And  they  jonr- 
 neyed  from  Rissali,  and  encamped  in  Kehelathah.  '^'  And  they 
 journeyed  from  Kehelathah,  and  encamped  in  mount  Shapher. 
 "''*  And  they  journeyed  from  mount  Shapher,  and  encamped  in 
 Haradah.  ^^  And  they  journeyed  from  Haradah,  and  encamped  in 
 Makheloth.  ^'^  And  they  journeyed  from  Makheloth,  and  en- 
 camped in  Tahath.  ^'  And  they  journeyed  from  Tahath,  and 
 encamped  in  Tarah.  ^*  And  they  journeyed  from  Tarah,  and 
 encamped  in  Mitlikah.  '^^  And  they  journeyed  from  Mithkah, 
 and  encamped  in  Hashmonah.  ^°  And  they  journeyed  from 
 Hashmonah,  and  encamped  in  Moseroth.  ^'  And  they  journeyed 
 from  Moseroth,  and  encamped  in  Benejaakan.  ^^  And  they  jour- 
 neyed from  Benejaakan,  and  encamped  in  Horhagidgad.  ^^  And 
 they  journeyed  from  Horhagidgad,  and  encamped  in  Jotbathah. 
 ^*  And  they  journeyed  from  Jotbathah,  and  encamped  in  Ebronah. 
 ^^  And  they  journeyed  from  Ebronah,  and  encamped  in  Ezioii- 
 gaber,  ^^  And  they  journeyed  from  Ezion-gaber,  and  encamped 
 in  the  wilderness  of  Zin,  which  is  Kadesh.     ^'  And  they  journeyed 
 
 ites  made  among  the  Israelites  for  their  pre- 
 sumption, Num.  xiv.  44,  45  ;  as  Perez  Uzza, 
 in  1  Chron.  xiii.  11;  and  Baal  Perazim,  in 
 1  Chron.  xiv.  11  ;  were  places  so  named  of 
 the  death  of  Uzza,  and  slaughter  of  the  Phi- 
 listines. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Libnah,]  In  Gr.  Lembona  : 
 some  think  it  to  be  that  which  is  called  La- 
 ban,  in  Deut.  i.  1. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Rissah,]  In  Gr.  Ressan  :  it  is 
 not  elsewhere  mentioned. 
 
 Ver.  22.— Kehelath.vh,]  In  Gr.  3Iake- 
 lath  :  signifieth  asicmbliiyg. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Modnt  Shapher,]  In  Htb. 
 Har  Shapher;  by  interpretation, /azV  mount: 
 in  Gr.  Arsaphath 
 
 Ver.  24. — Haradah,]  Or,  Charadah  : 
 in  Gr.  Charadath  :  it  signifieth  trembliitg. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Makheloth,]  In  Gr.  Make- 
 doth  :  it  is  interpreted  assemblies  or  congre- 
 gations, and  is  thought  of  some  to  be  so  call- 
 ed of  the  mutinous  assemblies  of  Korah,  Da- 
 than,  and  Abiram,  Num.  xvi. 
 
 Ver.  26.— Tahath,]  In  Gr.  Kataath  : 
 signifying  underneath  or  below. 
 
 Ver.  27 Tarah,]  Or  Therach  ;  in  Gr. 
 
 Tharath. 
 
 Ver.  2S. — Mithkah,]  In  Gr.  Matkeka  ; 
 by  interpretation,  stveet. 
 
 Ver.   29. — Hashmonah,]   In   Gr.   Ascl- 
 
 7)1071  a. 
 
 Ver.  30.— Moseroth,]  In  Gr.  Masur- 
 outh;  in  Eng.  Bonds,  [n  Deut.  x.  6,  it 
 is  called  singularly  Moserah. 
 
 Ver.  31. — Bene  Jaakan,]  That  is,  the 
 sons  of  Jaakan,  called  in  Deut.  x.  6,  Bee- 
 roth  Bene  Jaakan,  that  is,  the  well  of  the 
 sons  of  Jaakan :  though  some  think  that 
 was  another  place.  Of  one  Jaakan  we  read 
 in  1  Chron.  i.  42. 
 
 Ver.  32. — Horhagidgad,]  That  is,  the 
 hole  of  Gidgad,  called  also  Gudgod,  in  Deut. 
 X.  7. 
 
 Ver.  33. — Jotbathah,]  In  Gr.  Eteba- 
 tha  :  it  was  a  land  of  rivers  of  waters,  nam- 
 ed also  Jotbath,  Deut.  x.  7. 
 
 Ver.  34. — Ebronah,]  Or,  Gnabronah, 
 not  elsewhere  meniioiied. 
 
 Ver.  35. — Ezion-gaber,]  In  Gr.  Gcth. 
 sion-gaber,  mentioned  again  in  Deut.  ii. 
 8.  It  was  by  the  Red  sea,  where  was  a 
 place  for  shipping  in  Edum's  land,  1  Kings 
 ix.  20;  xxii.  48.  Thus  Israel  had  been 
 brought  back  again  towards  the  Red  sea,  as 
 was  commanded  in  Num.  xiv.  25;  Deut. 
 ii.  I. 
 
 Ver.  36. — Zin  which  is  Kadesh,]  Or, 
 that  is,  Kades,  which  the  Chald.  calleth 
 Rekam.  Hither  they  came  in  the  first 
 month  of  their  fortieth  year  of  their  travel: 
 and  here  Mary  the  prophetess,  the  sister  of 
 Moses  and  Aaron,  died.  Here  again  the 
 people  murmured  for  water,  which  was  given 
 them  out  of  a  rock.  And  at  this  Kadesh, 
 they  sent  unto  Edom  for  leave  to  pass  through 
 his  country,  but  were  denied  it,  Num.  xx. 
 See  the  annot.  there. 
 
 Ver.  37. — In  the  edge,]  By  ihe  border 
 
CHAP.  XXXI 11. 
 
 171 
 
 from  Kadesli,  and  encamped  in  mount  Hor,  in  the. edge  of  the  land 
 of  Edom.  ^*  And  Aaron  the  priest  went  np  into  mount  Hor  at  the 
 mouth  of  Jeliovah,  and  died  there,  in  the  fortieth  year  after  the 
 sons  of  Israel  wei'e  come  out  from  the  land  of  Egypt,  in  the  fifth 
 month,  in  the  first  day  of  the  month.  '^'^  And  Aaron  was  an  hun- 
 dred and  twenty  and  tliree  years  old  when  he  died  in  mount  Hor. 
 '°  And  the  Canaanite,  the  king  of  Arad,  which  dwelt  in  tlie  south, 
 in  tlie  land  of  Canaan,  heard  of  the  coming  of  the  sons  of  Israel. 
 "  And  they  journeyed  from  mount  Hor,  and  encamped  in  Zalmo- 
 nah.  *^  And  they  journeyed  from  Zalmonali,  and  encamped  in 
 Pmion.  ^^  And  they  journeyed  from  Punon,  and  encamped  in 
 Oboth.  ^*  And  they  journeyed  from  Oboth,  and  encamped  in  Ije- 
 Abarim,  in  the  border  of  Moab.  ^^  And  they  journeyed  from  Ijim, 
 and  encamped  in  Dibon  Gad.  *"  And  they  journeyed  from  Dibon 
 Gad,  and  encamped  in  Almon  Diblathaim.  "  And  they  journeyed 
 from  Almon  Diblathaim,  and  encamped  in  the  mountains  of  Aba- 
 rim  before  Nebo.  ^  And  they  jom-neyed  from  the  mountains  of 
 Abarim,  and  encamped  in  the  plains  of  Moab,  by  Jordan,  near 
 Jericho.  *^  And  they  encamped  by  Jordan,  from  Beth-jesimoth, 
 even  unto  Abel  Shittim  in  tlie  plains  of  Moab. 
 
 of  the  land,  Num.  xx.  23  ;  the  Gr.  translat- 
 eth,  near  the  land  of  Edom, 
 
 Ver.  SS.->At  the  mooth,]  That  is,  as 
 the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  at  the  word  f  inGr. 
 hy  the  coinmandment  of  the  Lord.  Died 
 THERE,]  Being  stript  of  his  priestly  garments 
 which  were  put  upon  Eleazar  his  son :  and 
 he  died  there  on  mount  Hor  for  his  sin  com- 
 mitted at  the  water  of  Meribah  in  Kadesh, 
 Num.  XX.  24,  26,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  40. — King  of  Arad,]  Of  whom  see 
 Num.  xxi.  1.  Heard  of  the  coming,] 
 And  fought  against  Israel,  and  took  some  of 
 them  captives  ;  but  Israel  by  help  from  God 
 vanquished  him,  Num.  xxi.  I — 3. 
 
 Ver.  41. — From  mount  Hor,]  By  the 
 way  of  the  Red  sea  to  compass  the  land 
 of  Edom,  Num.  xxi.  4.  Zalmonah,]  In 
 Gr.  Selviona  ;  which  seemeth  to  be  so  nam- 
 ed of  Zelem  an  image,  and  to  be  meant  of 
 that  place  where  the  brazen  serpent  was  set 
 up,  to  heal  those  that  were  stung  of  fiery  ser- 
 pents, because  they  had  murmured  against 
 God,  Num.  xxi.  5,  G,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  42. — Punon,]  Or  Phunon  ;  in  Gr. 
 Phinon  ;  hereof  there  is  no  mention  else- 
 where. 
 
 Ver.  43. — Oboth,]  Mentioned  iu  Num. 
 xxi.  10. 
 
 Ver.  44. — Ije-Abarim,]  That  is,  the 
 heaps  of  Abarim;  which  Abarim  were  moun- 
 tains, ver.  47.  In  the  ver.  following  this 
 place  is  called  only  IJim,  that  is,  heaps. 
 
 Ver.  45. — Dibon  Gad,]  In  Gr.  Baibon 
 
 Gad,  that  is,  Dibon  of  the  Gadites:  Dihon 
 was  the  name  of  an  high  place  and  city, 
 whereof  see  Num.  xxi.  30.  This  Dibon 
 was  repaired  and  possessed  by  the  sons  of 
 Gad,  Num.  xxxii.  34;  and  it  is  so  named  to 
 distinguish  it  from  another  Dibon  which  was 
 given  to  Reuben,  Josh.  xiii.  15,  17. 
 
 Ver.  46. — Almon,]  Or  Gnalmon;  in  Gr. 
 Gclmon  diblathaim ;  of  which  Diblathaim, 
 see  Jer.  xlviii.  22. 
 
 Ver.  47. — Before  Nebo,]  The  name  of 
 a  mountain,  where  afterward  Moses  died, 
 Deut.  xxxii.  49,  50;  xxxiv.  1,  5. 
 
 Ver.  4S. — Jordan  near  Jericho,]  That 
 part  of  the  river  Jordan  which  is  over  against 
 Jericho,  called  therefore  in  Heb.  Jarden  of 
 Jericho. 
 
 Ver.  49. — Beth  Jesimoth,]  Which  place 
 was  allotted  to  the  Reubenites,  Josh.  xiii. 
 15,  20;  mentioned  also  in  Ezek.  xxv.  9. 
 Abel  Shittim,]  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it, 
 the  plain  of  Shittim  ;  it  seemeth  to  have  the 
 name  of  the  Shittim  trees  that  grew  there  ; 
 as  Abel  Geramin  is  the  plain  of  the  vine- 
 yard, Judg.  xi.  33.  The  travels  of  Israel 
 through  that  great  and  terrible  wilderness, 
 wherein  was  '  fiery  serpents,  and  scorpions, 
 and  drought,  where  there  was  no  water,' 
 Deut.  viii.  15  ;  '  which  was  a  land  of  deserts 
 and  of  pits,  a  land  of  drought,  and  of  the 
 shadow  of  death,  a  land  that  no  man  passed 
 througl),  and  where  no  man  dwelt,'  Jer.  ii. 
 6 ;  signified  the  many  troubles  and  afflictions 
 through  which  we  must  enter  into  the  king- 
 
172 
 
 NUMBER  S. 
 
 ^  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses  in  the  plams  of  Moab^  by 
 Jordan,  near  Jericho,  saying,  ^'  Speak  unto  the  sons  of  Israel,  and 
 say  unto  them.  When  ye  are  passed  over  Jordan  into  the  land  of 
 
 dom  of  God,  Acts  xiv.  22.  The  helps, 
 comforts,  aud  deliverances  which  God  gave 
 unto  his  people  in  their  distresses,  are  exam- 
 ples of  his  love  and  mercy  towards  his,  who 
 comforteth  them  in  all  their  tribulation,  that 
 as  the  suiierings  of  Christ  abound  in  them, 
 so  their  consolation  also  aboundeth  in  Christ, 
 2  Cor.  i.  45.  The  punishments  which  God 
 inflicted  upon  the  disobedient  who  perished 
 in  the  wilderness  for  their  sins,  '  happened 
 unto  them  for  ensamples,  and  they  are  writ- 
 ten for  our  admonition,  upon  whom  the  ends 
 of  the  world  aie  come,'  1  Cor.  x.  1 — 11;  Heb. 
 iii.  17 — 19;  iv.  1,  2.  By  the  names  of 
 their  encamping  places,  and  histories  adjoin- 
 ed, it  appeareth  how  Israel  came  sometimes 
 into  straits  and  troublesome  ways,  as  at  Pi- 
 hahiroth,  Exod.  xiv.  2,  3,  10,  &c.  ;  and  at 
 Zalmonah,  Num.  xxi.  4,  &c.  ;  sometimes 
 into  large  and  ample  room,  as  at  the  plains  of 
 Moab:  sometimes  to  places  of  hunger  and 
 thirst,  as  at  Rephidim  and  Kadesh,  Exod. 
 xvi.  and  xvii.;  Num.  xx.  ;  sometimes  to 
 places  of  refreshing,  as  at  Elim  and  Bt'er, 
 Exod.  XV.  27;  Num.  xxi.  16;  sometimes 
 where  they  had  wars,  as  at  Rephidim,  Ka- 
 desh, Edrehi,  Exod.  xvii.  8  ;  Num.  xxi.  1, 
 3'6;  sometimes  where  they  had  rest,  as  at 
 mount  Sinai.  Sometimes  they  went  right 
 forward,  as  from  Sinai  toKadesh-barnea:  some- 
 times they  tuined  iiackward,  as  from  Kadesh- 
 barnea  to  the  Red  sea.  Sometimes  they 
 came  to  mountains,  as  Sinai,  Shepher,  Ilor, 
 Gidgad:  sometimes  to  valleys,  as  Tahath, 
 &c.  ;  sometimes  to  places  of  bitterness,  as 
 Marah;  sometimes  of  sweetness,  as  JNIith- 
 kah.  The  sins  which  they  committed  in  the 
 wilderness,  were  many  and  great;  as  open 
 idolatry  by  the  calf  at  Horeb,  Exod.  xxxii.  ; 
 and  with  Baal-peor,  Num.  xxv.;  unbelief  at 
 Kadesh,  Num.  xiv.  ;  and  afterwards  pre- 
 sumptuous boldness  in  the  same  place  ;  mur- 
 murings  against  God  sundry  times,  with 
 tempting  of  Christ  (as  the  apostle  speaketh, 
 1  Cor.  X.)  Contention  and  lebellion  against 
 their  governors  often:  lusting  for  flesh  to  fill 
 their  appetite,  and  loathing  manna  the  hea- 
 venly food :  whoredom  with  the  daughters  of 
 Moab,  and  sundry  the  like:  that  this  com- 
 plaint is  after  made  of  them,  '  how  oft  did 
 they  provoke  him  in  the  wilderness,  and 
 grieve  him  in  the  desert  !'  Ps.  Ixxviii.  40. 
 All  sorts  of  persons  sinned  against  God,  the 
 multitude  of  people  very  often  ;  the  mix- 
 ed multitude  of  strangers  among  them,  Num. 
 xi.     The  princes,  as  the  ten  spies,  Dathan, 
 
 Abiram,  &c.  Tlie  Levites,  as  Korah  and 
 his  company.  Mary  the  prophetess.  Num. 
 xii.  Aaron  the  priest  with  her,  beside  his 
 sin  at  Horeb,  Exod.  xxxii.  ;  and  at  the  water 
 of  Meribah,  Num.  xx.  Moses  also  himself 
 at  the  same  place,  for  which  he  could  not 
 come  into  the  land  of  Canaan.  The  punish- 
 ments laid  on  them  by  the  Lord  for  their 
 disobedience  were  many.  They  died  by  the 
 sword  of  the  enem}',  as  of  the  Amalekites, 
 Exod.  xvii.  ;  and  of  the  Canaanites,  Num. 
 xiv.  45;  and  some  by  the  sword  of  their  bre- 
 thren, Exod.  xxxii.  Some  were  burnt  with 
 fire.  Num.  xi.  and  xvi. ;  some  died  with  sur- 
 feit, Num.  xi. ;  some  were  swallowed  up 
 alive  into  the  earth,  Num.  xvi.  ;  some  werti 
 killed  with  serpents.  Num.  xxi. ;  many  died 
 of  the  pestilence,  Num.  xvi.  46;  v.  25  ;  and 
 generally  all  that  generation  which  were  first 
 mustered  after  their  coming  out  of  Egypt, 
 perished.  Num.  xxvi.  64,  65.  God  '  con- 
 sumed their  days  in  vanity,  and  their  years 
 in  terror,  Ps.  Ixxviii.  33.  Nevertheless,  for 
 his  name's  sake,  he  magnified  his  mercies 
 unto  them  and  their  posterity.  He  had  divid- 
 ed the  sea,  and  led  them  through  on  dry  land, 
 drowning  their  enemies,  Exod.  xiv.  He  led 
 them  with  a  cloud  by  day,  and  a  pillar  of 
 fire  by  night  continually.  He  gave  them 
 manna  from  heaven  daily.  He  clave  the 
 rocks,  and  gave  them  water  for  their  thirst. 
 He  fed  them  with  qiiails  when  they  longed 
 for  flesh.  He  sweetened  the  bitter  waters. 
 He  saved  them  from  the  sword  of  their  ene- 
 mies. He  delivered  them  from  the  fiery 
 serpents  and  scorpions.  Their  raiment  wax- 
 ed not  old  upon  them,  neither  did  their  foot 
 swell  these  forty  years,  Deut.  viii.  4.  He 
 delivered  them  from  the  curse  of  Balaam, 
 and  turned  it  into  a  blessing,  because  he 
 loved  them,  Num.  xxii.  ;  Deut.  xxiii.  5. 
 He  came  down  from  mount  Sinai,  and  spake 
 with  them  from  heaven,  and  gave  them  'right 
 judgments,  and  true  laws,  good  statutes,  and 
 commandments,  and  gave  also  his  good  Spi- 
 rit to  instruct  them,'  Neh.  ix.  13,  20.  In 
 the  times  of  his  wrath  he  remembered  mercy; 
 his  eye  spared  them  from  destroying  them, 
 neither  did  he  make  an  end  of  them  in  the 
 wilderness,  Ezek.  xx.  17,  22.  He  gave 
 them  kingdoms  and  nations,  and  they  pos- 
 sessed the  lands  of  their  enemies  ;  and  he 
 multiplied  their  children  as  the  stars  of  hea- 
 ven, aud  brought  them  into  the  land  pro- 
 mised unto  their  fathers,  Neh.  ix.  22,  23. 
 Now.  '  whatsoever  things  were  written  afure- 
 
CHAP.    XXXIII. 
 
 173 
 
 Oanaan ;  *^  Tlien  ye  shall  drive  out  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  land 
 from  before  you,  and  destroy  all  their  pictures,  and  all  their  molten 
 images  ye  shall  destroy,  and  quite  pluck  down  all  their  high  places. 
 "  And  ye  shall  dispossess  the  land  and  dwell  therein  -.  for  unto  you 
 have  I  given  the  land  to  possess  it.  "  And  ye  shall  divide  tlie  land 
 by  lot  for  an  inlieritance  among  your  families :  to  the  many  ye 
 sliall  give  them  the  more  inheritance ;  and  to  the  few,  thou  shalt 
 give  them  the  less  inlieritance  ;  wlieresoever  the  lot  shall  come 
 forth  for  him,  liis  sliall  it  be,  accordijig  to  the  tribes  of  your  fathers 
 ye  shall  inherit.  "  But  if  ye  will  not  drive  out  the  inhabitants  of 
 the  land  from  before  you,  then  it  shall  be  that  those  which  ye  let 
 remain  of  them,  shall  be  pricks  in  your  eyes,  and  thorns  in  your 
 sides,  and  shall  vex  you  in  the  land  wherein  ye  dwell.  ^^  And  it 
 shall  be,  that  I  will  do  unto  you  as  I  thought  to  do  unto  them. 
 
 time  were  written  for  our  learning,  that  we 
 through  patience  and  comfort  of  the  scriptures 
 might  have  hope,'  Rom.  xv.  4. 
 
 Ver.  52. — Ye  shall  drive  out,]  Or, 
 ye  shall  dispossess,  as  in  ver.  53  ;  in  Gr.  ye 
 shall  destroy.  So  Moses  explaineth  this  law 
 to  be  meant  of  their  destruction,  in  Deut. 
 vii.  1,  2.  And  they  might  not  be  suflered 
 to  dwell  in  tlie  land,  Exod.  xxiii.  33.  Their 
 FICTDRES,]  Or,  their  imagery  works  ',  which 
 the  Chald.  expoundeth,  the  house  {or  place) 
 of  their  worship  :  see  the  anuot.  on  Lev. 
 xxvi.  1.  Their  biolten  image,]  Heb,  the 
 images  of  their  meltings,  that  is,  which  they 
 have  molten;  under  which  name,  graveji 
 images  and  all  other  idols  are  implied,  as  is 
 showed  on  Exod.  xx.  4.  This  law  is  also 
 repeated  in  Deut.  vii.  5  ;  and  Deut.  xii. 
 Quite  pluck  down,]  Or,  destroy,  abolish, 
 letting  nothing  remain  ;  in  Gr.  tahe  away 
 their  pillars  :  see  Lev.  xxvi.  .30. 
 
 Ver.  53. — Dispossess  the  land,]  Or, 
 disinherit,  drive  out  (as  in  ver.  52,)  the  land; 
 that  is,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  destroy  the  iii- 
 hahitants  of  the  land  :  and  so  Moses  explain- 
 eth it  in  ver.  55.  A  like  phrase  is  in  Josh. 
 xvii.  17,  '  they  could  not  dispossess  (or  drive 
 out)  the  cities,'  meaning,  the  inhabitants  of 
 those  cities  ;  so  house  is  for  the  household, 
 or  men  of  the  house.  Gen.  xlv.  11,  IS.  It 
 may  also  be  translated,  ye  shall  inherit  the 
 land;  and  so  it  agreeth  with  tlie  words  fol- 
 lowing. 
 
 Ver.  54. — By  lot,]  As  was  commanded 
 
 before  in  Num.  xxvi.  55.      Ye  shall  give 
 
 THEM    THE    MORE    INHERITANCE,]     Heb.    ye 
 
 shall  multiply  his  inheritance  :  see  this  phrase 
 in  Num.  xxvi.  54.  For  him,]  That  is,  for 
 any  one,  or  for  every  one. 
 
 Ver.  55. — Shall  be  pricks,]  Or,  shall 
 be  for  pricks  in  your  eyes,  and  fur  thorns  in 
 your  sides :  which  Joshua  repeating,  saith, 
 '  scourges  in  your  sides,  and  thorns  in  your 
 eyes,'  Josh,  xxiii.  13.  And  the  prophet 
 speaking  of  the  enemies  of  God's  people, 
 calleth  them  •  a  pricking  briar  unto  the  house 
 ot  Israel,  and  a  grieving  thorn,'  Ezek.  xxviii. 
 24.  By  these  similitudes  the  hurt  and  mis- 
 chief is  signified,  which  such  wicked  people 
 would  do  unto  the  church  in  soul  and  body, 
 being  a  mean  to  draw  them  into  sin,  and  to 
 afflict  them,  as  it  is  written,  '  they  destroy- 
 ed not  the  nations,  concerning  whom  the 
 Lord  commanded  them  ;  but  were  mingled 
 among  the  heathen,  and  learned  their  works, 
 and  served  their  idols  which  were  a  snare 
 unto  them,  Ps.  cvi.  34 — 36.  And  the  trou- 
 bles which  they  brought  upon  Israel,  are  set 
 forth  in  the  book  of  Judges,  in  the  history  of 
 Jabin,  Sisera,  and  others.  So  tlie  Chald. 
 expoundeth  these  pricks  and  tiiorns  thus, 
 "  they  shall  be  companies  taking  up  arms 
 against  you,  and  troops  causing  you  to  fall." 
 Shall  vex  you  in  the  land,]  And  Joshua 
 addeth,  '  until  ye  perish  from  off  this  good 
 land,  which  Jehovah  your  God  hath  given 
 you,'  Josh,  xxiii   13. 
 
174 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 CHAP.  XXXIV. 
 
 1 .  The  Lord  hy  Moses  declareth  unto  Israel  the  borders  of  the  land 
 of  Canaan  which  they  should  inherit.  1 6.  The  names  of  the  princes 
 that  should  divide  the  land. 
 
 '  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses,  sayhig,  '  Command  the  sons 
 of  Israel,  and  say  unto  them ;  When  ye  come  into  tlie  land  of  Ca- 
 naan, that  is  the  land  that  shall  fall  unto  you  for  an  inheritance, 
 tlie  land  of  Canaan  with  the  borders  thereof.  ^  And  your  south 
 quarter  shall  be  from  the  wilderness  of  Zin,  by  the  sides  of  Edom : 
 and  your  south  border  sliall  be  the  outmost  coast  of  the  salt  sea 
 eastward.     *  And  your  border  shall  turn  about  from  the  south  to 
 
 Ver.  2. — Command  the  sons  of  Israel,] 
 After  the  commandment  to  destroy  the  Ca- 
 naanites,  and  to  root  out  the  monuments  of 
 their  idolatry,  the  Lord  now  giveth  laws  for 
 Israel's  quiet  inheritance  of  the  promised 
 land:  which  first  he  limiteth  out  unto  them, 
 then  showeth  who  should  possess  it,  and  ap- 
 pointeth  twelve  men  by  name  to  divide  the 
 possession.  And  this  is  by  command  from 
 God,  to  signify  the  weight  of  the  precept  and 
 care  which  Israel  should  have  to  observe  it. 
 Shall  fall  unto  you,]  To  wit,  by  lot,  or 
 byline:  as,  'he  made  Ham  fall  by  line  of 
 inheritance,'  Ps.  Ixxviii.  55,  and,  'The  lines 
 are  fallen  unto  me  in  pleasant  places,'  Ps.  xvi. 
 6,  and,  '  there  fell  ten  lines,  (that  is,  ten 
 portions)  to  Manasses,'  Josh.  xvii.  5.  With 
 THE  borders,]  Or,  according  to  the  borders 
 or  coasts,  bounds,  limits,  or  confines.  God 
 who  '  set  all  the  borders  of  the  earth,'  Ps. 
 Ixxiv.  17,  and  limited  the  bounds  of  all  men's 
 habitations.  Acts  xvii.  16,  doth  here  in  spe- 
 cial and  exact  manner  determine  the  limits 
 of  the  holy  land,  called  '  the  bolder  of  his 
 holiness  (or  sanctuary,)'  Ps.  Ixxviii.  54,  to 
 ihe  end  that  his  people  might  behold  his 
 bounty  and  providence  in  giving  them  so 
 large  and  good  a  land:  wherefore  he  after  ex- 
 postulateth  with  Israel,  whether  the  border  of 
 the  neighbouring  kingdoms  were  greater  than 
 their  border,  Amos  vi.  2.  Also  that  his 
 people  might  not  be  defrauded  of  their  right 
 by  other  nations  which  sometimes  fought  with 
 Israel  here-about,  Judg.  xi.  13,  &c.,  as  the 
 Ammonites  '  ripped  up  the  women  with  child 
 of  Gilead,  that  they  might  enlarge  their  bor- 
 der,' Amos  i.  13.  Likewise,  that  Israel 
 might  rest  contented  with  their  limits  al- 
 lotted them  of  God,  both  generally  and  parti- 
 cularly, and  'not  remove  the  ancient  bound,' 
 Prov.  xxiii.  10  j  xxii.  28  ;  Deut.  ii.  5,  9, 
 li?.     And  these  limits  of  Canaan  figured  the 
 
 state  and  condition  of  the  church  of  Christ, 
 (who  rejoiceth  that  the  lines  are  fallen  unto 
 him  in  pleasant  places,  and  that  he  hath  a 
 goodly  heritage,  Ps.  xvi.  6,)  which  therefore 
 is  showed  to  the  prophet  in  a  vision,  like  the 
 land  of  Canaan,  inherited  by  the  tribes  of  Is- 
 rael, and  the  borders  appointed  of  their  habi- 
 tations, Ezek.  xlvii.  13 — 15,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Sooth  quarter,]  Or,  south 
 corner,  which  the  Chald.  calleth  the  south- 
 wind:  as  in  Matt.  xxiv.  31,  the  four  winds 
 aie  put  for  the  four  quarters  of  the  woiid. 
 The  limits  here  are  set  towards  all  the  four 
 quarters,  south,  west,  north,  and  east:  the 
 order  of  proceeding  is  thus  ;  for  the  south- 
 side  he  begiimeth  at  the  east  corner,  and 
 goeth  along  to  the  west ;  the  west-side  be- 
 ginneth  at  tlie  south  end,  and  extendeth  to 
 the  north;  the  northern  quarter  is  likewise 
 from  the  west  to  the  east  ;  and  the  eastern 
 side  from  the  north  to  the  south.  But  in 
 Ezek.  xlvii.  15,  &c.,  he  beginneth  with  the 
 north,  which  here  is  begun  at  the  south,  and 
 endeth  at  the  west,  as  here  at  the  east. 
 Wilderness  of  Zin,]  Whereof  see  Num. 
 xxxiii.  36.  This  was  the  uttermost  part  of 
 the  south  coast,  and  fell  by  lot  unto  the  tribe 
 of  Judah,  Josh.  XV.  1.  The  sides  of  Edo J!,] 
 Heb.  the  hands  of  Edom,  that  is,  'the  bor- 
 der of  Edom,'  as  is  explained  in  Josh.  xv.  1. 
 The  salt  sea,]  Or,  'sea  of  salt,'  so  in  ver. 
 12.  This  was  the  lake  of  Sodom,  called  ?lso 
 the  Dead  Sea,  for  that  it  had  no  fish  or  living 
 thing  in  it;  whereof  see  Gen.  xiv.  3.  From 
 the  end  of  that  sea,  from  the  tongue  (or  bay) 
 thereof  that  looked  southward,  was  their 
 south  border,  Josh.  xv.  2.  This  sea  is  in 
 human  writers  called  Asphaltites,  Plin.  1.  5, 
 cap.  16. 
 
 Ver.  4 — Shall  turn  about,]  That  is, 
 fetch  a  compass;  as  the  Gr.  tianslateth  it, 
 shall  compass,  for  which  in  Josh.  xv.  3,  it 
 
CHAP.  XXXIV. 
 
 175 
 
 the  ascent  of  Akrabbim,  and  pass  on  to  Zin ;  and  the  gohigs  out 
 thereof  sliall  be  from  the  south  to  Kadesh-barnea,  and  it  shall  go 
 out  to  Hazar-Addar,  and  pass  on  to  Azmon,  *  And  the  border 
 shall  turn  about  from  Azmon  unto  tlie  river  of  Egypt,  and  the 
 goings  out  of  it  shall  be  at  tlie  sea.  "  And  the  sea  border,  you 
 shall  even  have  the  great  sea  and  tlie  border  thereof:  tliis  shall  be 
 your  sea  border.  '  And  this  sliall  be  your  north  border :  from  tlie 
 great  sea  you  shall  point  out  for  you  mount  Hor.  ®  From  mount 
 Hor  ye  shall  point  out  unto  the  entrance  of  Hamatli :  and  the 
 goings  out  of  the  border  shall  be  to  Zedad.  ^  And  the  border 
 shall  go  ont  to  Ziphron,  and  tlie  goings  out  of  it  shall  be  at  Hazar- 
 Enan :  this  shall  be  your  north  border.  ^°  And  ye  shall  point  out 
 for  you  for  the  east  border  from  Hazar-Enan,  to  Shepham.  "  And 
 the  border  shall  go  down  from  Shepham  to  Riblah  on  the  east  side 
 
 is  said,  'it  went  out.'  From  the  s  uth,] 
 Or,  on  the  south  side  •  so  after.  The  ascent 
 OF  Akrabbim,]  Or,  '  Maaleh-akrabbim,' as 
 in  Josh.  XV.  3,  \vliich  is  by  interpretation, 
 the  ascent  (or  going  up)  of  scorpions:  which 
 place  some  think  was  so  named  of  tiie  scor- 
 pions which  were  in  the  wilderness,  Deut. 
 viii.  15.  The  goings  out  thereof,]  For 
 this,  in  Josh.  xv.  3,  is  said,  '  it  ascended  tip.' 
 It  shall  go  out  to  Hazar-addar.]  By 
 going  out  is  meant  a  '  passing  along,'  as  is  ex- 
 pounded in  Josh.  XV.  3,  where  Hazar-addar 
 are  two  places,  Ilezron  and  Addar;  for  it  is 
 said,  it  '  passed  along  to  Hezron,  and  went  up 
 to  Addar.'  To  Azmon,]  In  Josh.  xv.  3,  4, 
 there  is  added,  that  it  '  turned  about  (or 
 fetched  a  compass)  to  Karkaa,  and  passed  on 
 to  Azmon.'  Tliis  Azmon  is  in  Thargum 
 Jonathan  called  Kesam;  in  Gr.  ylselmona. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Unto  the  river  of  Egypt,] 
 It  went  out  unto  '  the  river  of  Egypt,'  Josli. 
 XV.  4,  the  river  called  Sihor,  Josh.  xiii.  3,  in 
 Thargum  Jonathan,  Nilos.  Goings  out  of 
 it,]  Namely,  '  of  the  coast  (or  border,')  Josh. 
 XV.  4.  At  the  sea,]  To  wit,  the  great  sea, 
 as  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  wheieof  Moses 
 speaketh  in  the  ver.  following:  the  Chald. 
 calleth  it,  the  IVest  sea. 
 
 Ver.  6. — The  sea  border,]  That  is,  as 
 the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  the  west  border:  so 
 called  because  the  Great  sea  lay  westward 
 from  the  land  of  Canaan:  see  Gen.  xii.  8. 
 Yoo  shall  even  have,]  Or,  shall  be  to 
 you:  which  two  phrases  expound  one  another, 
 as  is  noted  on  Gen.  xii.  16.  So  after  in  ver. 
 7,  12.  The  Great  sea,J  So  called  in  res- 
 pect of  the  lesser  inland  seas,  as  the  Salt  sea, 
 ver.  3,  and  the  sea  of  Chinnereth,  ver.  11. 
 This  Great  sea  is  commonly  called  the  Medi- 
 terranean sea.  And  the  border  thereof,] 
 So  the  Chald.  here  translateth  it,  supplying 
 the  word  thereof:  and  so  it  is  Englished  in 
 
 Josh.  XV.  12,  47.  The  Gr.  interpreteth  it, 
 the  Great  sea  shall  bound  (or  shall  limit.) 
 
 Ver.  7.  —  Vo0  shall  point  out,]  Or, 
 shall  mark  out,  shall  design;  in  Gr.  ye 
 shall  measure  out:  so  in  ver.  8, 10.  Mount 
 Hor,]  This  is  not  that  mount  Hor  where 
 Aaron  died,  which  was  southward  iu  the 
 edge  of  Edom's  land,  Num.  xxxiii.  37,  38, 
 but  another  mountain  on  the  north  side  of 
 Canaan,  which  in  Josh.  xiii.  5,  is  called 
 mount  Hermon,  and  near  the  entering  into 
 Hamath,  as  mount  Hor  is  here.  And  Her- 
 mon had  many  names,  as  JNIoses  showeth  in 
 Deut.  iii.  9;  iv.  48. 
 
 Ver.  8. — The  entrance  of  Hamatii,] 
 Or,  the  entering  into  Chamath:  this  Ha- 
 math (in  Gr.  Emath)  is  in  Amos  vi.  2, 
 called  '  Heinath  the  great.'  See  the  annot. 
 on  Num.  xiii.  21.  Hamath  is  also  men- 
 tioned among  the  northein  borders  of  the 
 land,  in  Ezek.  xlvii.  16,  17.  Zedad,]  In 
 Gr.  Sedada:  so  in  Ezek.  xlvii.  15. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Hazar-enan,]  In  Ezek.  xlvii. 
 17,  Hazar-enon;  in  Gr.  ylrsenain.  This 
 was  the  north-east  part  of  the  land. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Shepham,]  Called  in  1  Sam. 
 XXX.  2S,  Siphmoth:  in  Gr.  Sepphama:  by 
 Thargum  Junaihan,  and  some  others,  it  is 
 called  j4pamiah. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Riblah,]  A  city  in  the  land  of 
 Hamath,  where  God  executed  his  judgments 
 on  the  kings  of  Judah,  for  their  sins,  by  the 
 kings  of  Egypt  and  of  Babylon,  2  Kings 
 xxiii.  33;  xxv.  6,  20,  21 ;  Jer.  xxxix.  5,  6. 
 East  of  Ain,]  Ain  by  interpretation  is  an 
 eie,  or  a  fountain,  and  so  is  translated  here 
 in  Gr.  fountains:  and  by  the  old  Lat.  inter- 
 preter, the  fountain  Daphnis.  The  side,] 
 Or,  the  shoulder,  that  is,  the  shore  of  the 
 sea  The  Sea  of  Chinnereth,]  Called  in 
 Gr.  Chenereth;  in  Chald.  Ginnosar;  and  in 
 the  New  Testament,  <  the  lake  of  Gennesa- 
 
176 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 of  Ain  :  and  the  border  shall  go  down,  and  shall  reacli  nnto  tlie 
 side  of  the  sea  of  Chnmereth  eastward,  '^  And  the  border  shall  go 
 down  to  Jordan,  and  the  gomgs  out  of  it  shall  be  at  the  salt  sea: 
 this  shall  be  your  land  with  the  borders  tliereof  round  about. 
 '^  And  Moses  commanded  tlie  sons  of  Israel,  saying.  This  is  the 
 land,  which  ye  shall  inherit  by  lot,  which  Jehovah  commanded  to 
 give  unto  the  nine  tribes,  and  to  the  half  tribe.  '*  For  the  tribe 
 of  the  sons  of  the  Reubenites,  according  to  tlie  house  of  their  fa- 
 thers ;  and  the  tribe  of  the  sons  of  the  Gaddites,  according  to  the 
 liouse  of  their  fathers,  have  received;  and  half  the  tribe  of  Ma- 
 nasses  have  received  their  inheritance.  '^  The  two  tribes,  and  the 
 half  tribe,  have  received  their  inheritance  on  this  side  Jordan  near 
 Jericho,  eastward  toward  the  sun  rising. 
 
 '"  And   Jehovah   spake    unto    Moses,  saying,  "  These  are  the 
 
 ret,'  Luke  v.  1 ;  and  in  1  Mac.  xi.  67,  there 
 is  mentioned  '  the  water  of  Genuesar.'  And 
 the  country  adjoining  was  called  '  the  land  of 
 Gennesaret/  Matt.  xiv.  34;  Mark  vi.  53. 
 This  sea  is  also  named  '  the  sea  of  Galilee,' 
 and  'the  sea  of  Tiberias,'  John  vi.  1,  and  a 
 lake  and  sea  are  the  same;  as,  they  )-an  'into 
 the  lake,'  Luke  viii.  S-*^,  that  is,  '  into  the 
 sea,'  Matt.  viii.  32.  Of  the  sea  Chimner- 
 eth  there  is  mention  also  in  Josh.  xii.  3;  xiii. 
 27,  and  of  a  city  so  named,  Josh.  xix.  35, 
 and  of  the  countiy,  Josh.  xi.  2;  1  Kings  xv. 
 20.  It  is  thouj^ht  to  be  called  in  Chald. 
 Ginnosar,  and  Genesar,  of  princely  gardens 
 which  were  in  those  parts.  This  sea  had 
 store  of  fishes,  and  from  hence  our  Lord  took 
 his  four  first  apostles,  fishers  of  Galilee,  and 
 made  them  '  fishers  of  men,'  by  the  preach- 
 ing of  his  gospel,  Matt.  iv.  18 — 21.  On 
 this  sea  Christ  walked,  and  allayed  the  waves 
 thereof,  Mark  vi.  45,  48,  51,  53;  John  vi. 
 16 — 21,  and  here  he  appeared  to  his  disci- 
 ples after  his  resurrection,  at  what  time  they 
 took  at  one  draught  an  lunidred  fifty  and 
 three  great  fishes,  John  xxi.  1 — 11. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Jordan,]  In  Heb.  Jarden;  in 
 Gr.  and  in  the  New  Testament,  Jordanes. 
 It  was  the  goodliest  river  of  all  Canaan, 
 famous  throughout  the  scriptures.  The 
 waters  of  this  river  God  did  cut  oil",  and 
 made  them  stand  upon  an  heap,  (at  that 
 time  when  Jordan  overflowed  all  his  banks) 
 until  his  people  Israel  passed  over  it  on  dry 
 ground  into  the  land  of  Canaan,  Josh.  iii.  13 
 — 17.  Elijah  and  Elisha  the  prophets  di- 
 vided also  the  waters  thereof,  and  went  over 
 on  dry  ground,  2  Kings  ii.  8,  14.  Naaman 
 the  Syrian  washing  seven  times  in  it,  by  the 
 word  of  the  prophet,  was  cleansed  of  his  le- 
 prosy, 2  Kings  v.  10,  14.  In  this  river  our 
 Lord  Jesus  himself,  and  the  nation  of  the 
 Jews,  were  baptized,    Mark   i.  5,  9.     Salt 
 
 SEA,]  Or,  sea  of  salt:  see  ver.  3.  The 
 river  Jordan  ran  all  along  by  the  latid  of  Ca- 
 naan on  the  east  side,  from  the  north  end  of 
 the  country  to  the  south,  beginning  at  the 
 foot  of  mount  Lebanon,  (wheie  it  is  said  to 
 spring  out  of  two  fountains,  tlie  one  called 
 Jor,  and  the  other  Dan,)  and  passed  on  to ' 
 the  lake  of  Merom,  (by  the  waters  whereof 
 Joshua  vanquished  the  Canaanites,  Josh.  xi. 
 4,  5,  7,  8,)  and  from  thence  it  ran  and  emp- 
 tied itself  into  the  sea  of  Chinnereth  fore- 
 mentioned:  and  from  that  sea  it  passed  along, 
 till  it  ended  at  the  Salt  sea,  here  spoken  of, 
 where  also  the  limits  of  the  land  began,  in 
 ver.  3.  The  promised  land  being  thus  en- 
 closed and  guarded  with  the  main  sea  west- 
 ward, the  inland  seas  and  the  river  Jordan 
 east-ward,  and  at  each  end  north  and  south 
 with  mountains,  fore-showed  God's  provi- 
 dence towards  his  people  fur  their  safe  de- 
 fence on  every  side.  And  so  it  is  written, 
 '  As  the  mountains  are  round  about  Jerusa- 
 lem, so  the  Lord  is  round  about  his  people, 
 from  henceforth  even  for  ever,'  Ps.  cxxv.  2. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Sons  of  the  Reubenites,] 
 Heb.  of  the  Reubenite,  and  after,  of  tlie 
 Gadite;  which  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  translate, 
 sons  of  Reieben,  and  of  Gad.  Of  these  two 
 tribes  receiving  their  inheritance,  see  Num. 
 xxxii. 
 
 Vek.  17. — Shall  divide  the  land  by 
 inheritance  unto  you,]  Or,  shall  inherit 
 the  land  for  you,  that  is,  shall  take  posses- 
 sion of  the  land  for  you,  and  in  your  names, 
 and  after  divide  it  mito  you,  as  in  ver.  29. 
 See  ver.  18.  Eleazar  the  priest,  and 
 Joshua,]  In  Gr.  Jesus.  These  were  the 
 two  chief  princes,  and  both  of  them  figures 
 of  Christ,  who  divideth  to  his  people  the  in- 
 heritance of  the  kingdom  of  heaven :  the  one 
 figuring  him  in  his  priesthood,  the  other  in 
 liis  kingdom:    'for  if  Jesus  Cthat  is  Joshua) 
 
CHAP.  XXXIV 
 
 177 
 
 names  of  the  men  which  sliall  divide  tlic  land  by  inheritance  unto 
 you :  Eleazar  tlie  priest,  and  Joshua  tlie  son  of  Nun.  ^*  And  ye 
 shall  take  one  prince,  one  prince  of  a  tribe  to  divide  the  land  by 
 inheritance.  ''  And  tlicse  are  the  names  of  the  men  :  Of  the  tribe 
 of  Judali,  Caleb  the  son  of  Jepliunneh,  -"  And  of  the  tribe  of  the 
 sons  of  Simeon,  Samuel  the  son  of  Ammihud.  ^'  Of  the  tribe  of 
 Benjamin,  Elidad  the  son  of  Chislon.  ^^  And  the  prince  of  the 
 tribe  of  the  sons  of  Dan,  Bukki  the  son  of  Jogli.  '^^  Of  tlie  sons 
 of  Joseph,  the  prince  of  the  tribe  of  the  sons  of  Manasses,  Han- 
 niel  the  son  of  Ephod.  ^*  And  the  prince  of  the  tribe  of  the  sons 
 of  Ephraim,  Kemuel  the  son  of  Shiphtan.  '^*  And  the  prince  of 
 the  tribe  of  the  sons  of  Zabulon,  Elizaphan  the  son  of  Parnacli. 
 ^®  And  the  prince  of  tlie  tribe  of  the  sons  of  Issacliar,  Paltiel  the 
 son  of  Azzan.  *^  And  the  prince  of  the  tribe  of  the  sons  of  Aser, 
 Aliihud  the  son  of  Shelomi.     ''*  And  the  prince  of  the  tribe  of  tlie 
 
 had  given  them  rest,  then  would  he  not  after- 
 ward have  spoken  of  another  day,'  Heb.  iv. 
 8.  The  priest  had  an  hand  in  parting  the 
 inheritance,  to  signify  that  it  was  an  holy 
 work,  and  a  shadow  of  heavenly  things. 
 Also,  that  if  difficulty  did  arise,  he  might 
 ask  counsel  for  Joshua,  '  after  the  judgment 
 of  Urim  before  Jehovah,'  Num.  xxvii.  21. 
 And  likewise  for  that  the  priests  and  Levites, 
 though  tliey  had  no  inheritance  as  the  other 
 tribes,  yet  iiad  they  cities  and  suburbs  from 
 among  their  brethren,  Num.  xxxv.,  which 
 also  the  Levites  claimed  of  Eleazar  the  priest, 
 and  of  Joshua,  and  the  other  princes,  and  had 
 the  cities  and  suburbs  given  them  by  lot  be- 
 fore the  Lord,  Josh.  xxi.  Thus  also  the 
 truth  of  God's  promise  to  Abraham  was  mani- 
 fested ;  for  he  had  said,  that  in  the  fourth 
 generation  they  should  return  from  their  af- 
 fliction and  servitude  into  the  land  of  Canaan, 
 Gen.  XV.  14 — 16.  And  so  it  came  to  pass, 
 for  Kohath  the  son  of  Levi  was  one  of  them 
 that  went  with  Jacob  into  Egypt,  Gen.  xlvi. 
 11,  26;  of  Kohath  proceeded  Amram,  of 
 him  Aaron,  and  of  him  Eleazar,  1  Chron. 
 vi.  1—3. 
 
 Ver.  18.  —  One  prince,  one  prince  of  a 
 TRIBE,]  That  is,  of  every  tribe  one  prince. 
 See  the  like  phrase  in  Num.  xiii.  2;  xvii.  6; 
 Josh.  jii.  12;  iv.  2,  4.  To  divipe  the 
 LAND  By  inheritance,]  Or,  to  inherit  the 
 land,  as  the  Heb.  properly  and  usually  signi- 
 fieth;  this  latter  some  of  the  Hebs.,  as  Jar- 
 chi  and  Kimchi,  do  retain,  expounding  it  of 
 the  princes,  who  instead  of  the  people,  and  as 
 their  tutors  and  governors,  first  took  the  pos- 
 session in  the  name  of  their  tribes,  and  after 
 distributed  it  unto  them  by  their  families. 
 But  the  Chald.  here,  and  again  in  Josh.  xix. 
 49,  (where  the  like  phrase  is  also  used)  both 
 Vol.  II. 
 
 the  Chald.  and  Gr.  do  there  translate  it, 
 cause  to  inherit,  or  divide  by  inheritance; 
 and  so  Moses  explaineth  it  in  ver.  29. 
 
 Ver,  19.  —  Caleb,]  He  was  one  of  the 
 spies  sent  to  view  tlie  land:  of  whom  see 
 Num.  xiii.  7,  31 ;  xiv.  24  ;  Josh.  xiv.  6, 
 &c. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Samuel,]  Or,  Shemuel :  the 
 notation  of  which  name,  see  in  1  Sam.  i.  20. 
 The  Gr.  calleth  him  Salamiel,  by  a  mistak- 
 ing from  Num.  i.  6.  Ammihud,]  In  Gr. 
 Semioud:  so  in  Num.  i.  10. 
 
 Ver.  21.— Elidad,]  In  Gr.  Eldas  the 
 son  of  Chaslon. 
 
 Ver.  22. — ^Bukki,]  In  Gr.  Bokkor  son  of 
 Jekli. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Hanniel,]  In  Gr.  Aiiiel  son 
 of  Souphid. 
 
 Ver.  24. — ^Kemuel,]  In  Gr.  Kamouel 
 son  of  Saphtan. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Parnach,]  Or,  Pharnach;  in 
 Gr.  Charnach. 
 
 Ver.  26.— Paltiel,]  Or,  Phaltiel ;  in 
 Gr.  Phantiel  son  of  Oza. 
 
 Ver.  27.— Ahihod,]  Or,  Jchihud;  in 
 Gr.  Achiod  son  of  Seletni. 
 
 Ver.  28. — Pedahel,]  In  Gr.  Phadiel. 
 Observe  here  the  order  of  the  tribes,  as  they 
 were  named  with  their  princes;  1.  Judah, 
 2.  Simeon,  3.  Benjamin,  4.  Dan,  5.  Manas- 
 ses, 6.  Ephraim,  7.  Zebulon,  8.  Issachar,  9. 
 Aser,  10.  Naphtali.  This  order  agreeth  not 
 with  that  in  Num.  i.,  nor  with  that  in  Num. 
 vii.,  nor  in  Num.  xxvi.,  nor  any  before  set 
 down;  but  is  thus  disposed  by  God's  wisdom 
 and  piovidence  before  hand,  as  they  did  after 
 inherit  the  land.  Judah  is  first,  having  the 
 first  lot,  and  he  dwelt  in  the  south  part  of  the 
 land,  Josh.  xv.  1,  &c.  Simeon  is  next  him, 
 because  his  inheritance  '  was  within  the  in- 
 
178 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 sons  of  Naphtali,  Pedahel  the  son  of  Ammilmd.  ^^  These  are  they 
 w]iom  Jehovah  commanded  to  divide  the  inheritance  unto  the  sons 
 of  Israel,  in  the  land  of  Canaan. 
 
 heritance  of  the  sons  of  Judah,'  Josh.  xix.  1. 
 The  next  was  Benjamin,  who  had  his  lot  by 
 Judah,  '  between  the  sous  of  Judah  and  the 
 sons  of  Joseph,'  Josh,  xviii,  11.  The  fourth 
 was  Dan,  for  his  lot  fell  by  Benjamin's  west- 
 ward, in  the  Philistines'  country,  as  is  to  be 
 seen  by  his  cities,  in  Josh.  xix.  40,  41,  &c. 
 Then  Manasses,  and  by  him  Ephraim  his 
 brother,  whose  inheritances  were  behind  Ben- 
 jamin's, as  before  is  noted,  Josh.  xvi.  xvii. 
 Next  them  dwelt  Zabulon  and  Issachar.  of 
 whose  lots  see  Josh.  xix.  10,  17.  Last  of 
 all  dwelt  Aser  and  Naphtali  in  the  north 
 parts  of  Canaan,  of  whose  lots  see  Josh.  xix. 
 24,  32,  &c.  And  as  when  they  encamped 
 about  God's  tabernacle,  they  were  ordered 
 according  to  their  brotherhoods,  as  is  noted 
 on  Num.  ii.,  so  in  the  dividing  and  inherit- 
 ing of  the  land  we  may  see  the  like.  For 
 Judah  and  Simeon,  both  sons  of  Leah,  dwelt 
 abreast  one  by  another.  Benjamin  of  Rachel, 
 and  Dan  of  Rachel's  maid,  dwelt  next  abreast, 
 Manasses  and  Ephraim,  both  sons  of  Joseph, 
 
 by  his  mother  Rachel,  had  the  next  place 
 one  by  another.  Zabulon  and  Issachar,  who 
 dwelt  next  together,  were  both  sons  of  Leah. 
 So  the  last  pair  were  Aser  of  Leah's  maid, 
 and  Naphtali  of  Rachel's  maid.  Thus  God, 
 in  nominating  the  princes  that  should  divide 
 the  land,  fore-signified  the  manner  of  their 
 possession,  and  that  they  should  be  seated  to 
 dwell  as  brethren  together  in  unity,  for  the 
 mutual  help  and  comfort  one  of  another,  as 
 is  noted  of  the  first  two,  Judah  and  Simeon, 
 who  joined  together  in  war  against  the  Ca. 
 naanites,  Judg.  i.  I — 3. 
 
 VeR.   29. To    DIVIDE    THE    INHERITANCE 
 
 UNTO,]  Or,  to  give  the  sons  of  Israel  inheri- 
 tance. According  to  this  commandment,  so 
 ■was  it  fulfilled  by  '  Eleazar  the  priest,  and 
 Joshua  the  son  of  Nun,  and  the  heads  of  the 
 fathers  of  the  tribes  of  the  sons  of  Israel,' 
 who  divided  the  inheritance  unto  the  people 
 '  by  lot,  in  Shiloh,  before  the  Lord,  at  the 
 door  of  the  tabernacle  of  the  congregation,' 
 Josh.  xix.  51. 
 
 CHAP.    XXXV. 
 
 1  •  The  Lord  commandeth  Israel  to  give  eight  and  forty  cities  for  the 
 Levites,  with  their  suburbs  and  measure  thereof.  6.  Six  of  them  are  to 
 be  cities  of  refuge.  9.  The  laws  of  murder,  when  the  man-slayer  might 
 have  the  benefit  of  the  cities  of  refuge,  and  when  he  must  be  'put  to  death. 
 31.  No  ransom  might  he  taken  for  the  murderer  that  was  worthy  of 
 death. 
 
 *  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses,  in  the  plains  of  Moab  by  Jor- 
 dan, near  Jericho,  saying,  ^  Command  the  sons  of  Israel  that  they 
 give  unto  the  Levites  of  the  inheritance  of  their  possession,  cities 
 to  dwell  in  ;  and  suburbs  to  tlie  cities  round  about  them,  shall  ye 
 give  unto  the  Levites. 
 
 Ver.  2. — That  they  give,]  Or,  and  let 
 them  give  unto  the  Levites.  The  Lord  hav- 
 ing given  order  in  chap,  xxxiv.  for  dividing 
 the  land  unto  Israel,  commandeth  here  a  por- 
 tion to  be  given  out  of  all  their  possessions 
 unto  him,  which  he  bestoweth  on  his  mini- 
 sters the  Levites,  for  a  part  of  their  liveli- 
 hood. The  equity  of  which  law,  both  for 
 honouring  the  Lord  with  our  substance,  Prov. 
 iii.  9;  and  for  maintaining  his  ministers, 
 Gal.  V).  6,  is  perpetual.     Therefore,  speak- 
 
 ing of  the  church  under  the  gospel,  according 
 to  these  legal  figures,  he  saith,  '  when  ye 
 shall  divide  by  lot  the  land  for  inheritance, 
 ye  shall  ofl'er  an  oblation  unto  the  Lord,  an 
 holy  portion  of  the  land,'  &c.  The  holy  por- 
 tion of  the  land  shall  be  for  the  priests,  the 
 ministers  of  the  sanctuary,  which  shall  come 
 near  to  minister  unto  the  Lord,  &c.,  Ezek. 
 xlv.  1,  4,  5;  xlviii.  9,  10,13.  Suburbs  to 
 the  cities,]  Or,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  the 
 suburbs  of  the  cities  :  which  suburbs  are  call- 
 
CHAP.    XXXV. 
 
 179 
 
 ^  And  the  cities  shall  be  for  them  to  dwell  in,  and  tlie  suburbs  of 
 them  shall  be  for  tlieir  cattle,  and  for  their  goods,  and  for  all  tlieir 
 beasts.  *  And  the  suburbs  of  the  cities  which  ye  shall  give  unto 
 the  Levites,  shall  be  from  the  wall  of  the  city  and  outward,  a  thou- 
 sand cubits  round  about.  ^  And  ye  shall  measure  from  without  the 
 city  on  the  east-side  two  thousand  cubits,  and  on  the  south-side 
 two  thousand  cubits,  and  on  the  sea-side  two  tliousand  cubits,  and 
 on  the  north-side  two  thousand  cubits,  and  the  city  shall  be  in  tlie 
 midst ;  this  sliall  be  to  them  the  suburbs  of  the  cities.  And  the 
 cities  which  ye  shall  give  imto  the  Levites,  shall  be  the  six  cities  of 
 
 ed  in  Heb.  Migrash,  that  is,  a  place  cast  out      east  wind:  see  the  Notes  on  Num.  xxxiv.  3. 
 
 lying  without  the  walls  of  the  city 
 Chald.  Revach,  that  is,  a  space ;  in  Gr. 
 Proasteia,  as  lying  before  the  city ;  and  in 
 ver.  3,  Aphorismata,  as  he\ng  separated  from 
 the  city ;  and  in  ver  5,  homura,  conjines  or 
 limits. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Their  goods,]  Or,  their  suit- 
 stance,  their  gathered  goods  :  see  the  notes  on 
 Gen.  xii.  5  ;  it  is  a  general  word,  and  some- 
 times implieth  cattle  also,  as  2  Chron.  xxxi. 
 3;  xxxii.  29  ;  xxxv.  7.  Beasts,]  In  Heb. 
 Chajah,  whicli  is  a  general  name  for  living 
 things ;  but  here  translated  in  Gr.  four- 
 footed  beasts.  And  from  hence  the  Hcbs. 
 gather,  "  that  they  gave  the  Levites  a  place 
 of  burial  to  every  city  without  those  bounds 
 (or  suburbs:)  for  they  buried  not  their  dead 
 in  the  suburbs  of  their  cities,  because  it  is 
 said,  'and  for  all  their  living  things;'  they 
 gave  it  for  the  living  and  not  for  burial." 
 Maim,  treat,  of  Release  and  Jubilee,  chap, 
 xiii,  sect.  3.  That  they  used  in  Israel  to 
 bury  their  dead  without  the  cities,  appeareth 
 by  Luke  vii.  11,  12. 
 
 Ver.  4.. — A  thousand  cubits,]  The  Gr. 
 saith,  tii'o  thousand  cubits,  as  it  is  in  the  ver. 
 following,  where  the  Lord  speaketh  of  two 
 thousand  cubits:  so  the  thousand  cubits  here 
 mentioned,  some  think  to  be  meant  of  holy 
 measure  double  so  much  as  the  common  mea- 
 sure, and  that  the  latter  do  expound  the  for- 
 mer. The  Hebs.  explain  it  thus,  "  the  su- 
 burbs of  the  cities  are  expressed  in  the  law 
 to  be  three  thousand  cubits  on  every  side, 
 from  the  wall  of  the  city  and  outward,  Num. 
 xxxv.  4,  5.  The  first  thousand  are  the  sub- 
 urbs, and  the  two  thousand  which  they 
 measured  without  the  suburbs,  were  for  fields 
 and  vineyards."  Maim,  treat,  of  the  Release 
 and  Jubilee,  chap.  xiii.  sect.  2. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Without  the  city,]  By  the 
 city,  the  Hebs.  understand  here  the  city  with 
 the  suburbs,  that  is,  the  thousand  cubits  fore- 
 mentioned,  which  were  for  their  cattle,  and 
 these  two  thousands  more  for  fields  and  vine- 
 yards, as  is  before  noted. 
 
 East  side,]  Or,  east  quarter }  in  Chsld. 
 
 Sea  side,]  That  is,  the  west  side,  as  the 
 Chald.  saith,  the  ivest  wind.  Moses  useth  to 
 call  the  west  the  sea,  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  xii. 
 8.     So  in  Num.  xxxiv.  6. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Of  refuge,]  That  city  is  call- 
 ed in  Heb.  Miklat,  of  gathering,  because  the 
 man-slayer  was  there  gathered  and  detained; 
 in  Gr.  Phugadeuterio7i,  a  place  oi  flight  and 
 exile;  in  Chald.  Shezabuth,  of  deliverance 
 and  preservation.  The  six  cities  appointed 
 for  refuge,  were  these:  Bezer,  of  the  Reuben- 
 ites'  country,  Ramoth  in  Gilead  of  the  Gad- 
 ites,  and  Golan  in  Basan  of  the  Manassites, 
 these  three  Moses  separated,  Dent.  iv.  41, 
 43;  the  other  three  appointed  by  Joshua, 
 were  Kedesh  in  Galilee  in  mount  Naphtali, 
 Shechem  in  mount  Ephraim,  and  Kirjah- 
 arba  (which  is  Hebron)  in  the  mount  of 
 Judah,  Josh.  xx.  7;  the  use  of  these  is  after 
 showed.  FoRTT-TWO  cities,]  These  with  the 
 like  cities  of  refuge,  are  declared  in  Josh,  xxi.; 
 how  they  were  given  out  of  every  tribe.  Of 
 the  Kohathites,  the  priests  the  sons  of  Aaron 
 had  thirteen  cities.  Josh.  xxi.  19;  the  resi- 
 due of  the  Kohathites,  had  ten  cities.  Josh, 
 xxi.  2(3.  The  Gershonites  had  tliirteen 
 cities.  Josh.  xxi.  33.  The  Merarites  had 
 twelve  cities.  Josh.  xxi.  40.  So  'all  the 
 cities  of  the  Levites,  within  the  possession  of 
 the  sons  of  Israel,  were  forty  and  eight  cities 
 with  their  suburbs,'  Josh.  xxi.  41.  Thus 
 Jacob's  prophecy  of  Levi  was  fulfilled,  that 
 he  should  be  scattered  in  Israel,  Gen.  xlix. 
 5,  7.  But  because  of  the  Levites'  zeal  for 
 the  Lord,  the  curse  was  turned  into  a  bless- 
 ing (as  is  noted  on  Exod.  xxxii.  29,)  and 
 they  were  teachers  of  the  law  unto  the  tribes 
 of  Israel.  Deut.  xxxiii.  8,  10.  Wherefore 
 God  gave  them  cities  out  of  every  tribe  how- 
 beit,  whatsoever  remained  of  these  cities,  be- 
 sides the  habitations  of  the  Levites,  and  the 
 suburbs  forementioned,  as  the  fields  of  the 
 cities  and  their  villages,  continued  under  the 
 dominion,  and  in  the  possession  of  the  tribes, 
 to  whom  they  had  been  distributed  before,  as 
 the  example  of  Hebron  given  unto  Caleb 
 showeth.  Josh.  siv.  13,  14;  xxi.  11,  12. 
 
180 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 refuge,  which  ye  shall  give,  for  the  maw-slayer  to  flee  thither ;  and 
 above  them  ye  shall  give  forty  and  two  cities.  ^  All  the  cities 
 which  ye  shall  give  unto  the  Levites,  shall  be  forty  and  eight  cities, 
 them  and  tlieir  suburbs.  ^  And  the  cities  which  ye  shall  give  for 
 the  possession  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  from  them  that  have  many,  ye 
 shall  give  many,  and  from  them  that  have  few,  ye  sliall  give  few ; 
 every  man  according  to  his  inheritance  whicli  they  inherit,  he  shall 
 give  of  liis  cities  unto  the  Levites. 
 
 ^  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses  saying, 
 
 "  Speak  unto  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  say  unto  them.  When  ye 
 be  come  over  Jordan  into  the  land  of  Canaan,  ''  Tlicn  ye  shall 
 appoint  for  you  cities,  cities  of  refuge  shall  they  be  for  you,  that 
 the  man  slayer  may  flee  thither,  which  smiteth  a  soul  by  error. 
 ''  And  the  cities  shall  be  unto  you  for  refuge  from  the  avenger, 
 that  the  »2aw-slayer  die  not  until  he  stand  before  the  congregation 
 for  judgment.  "  And  the  cities  whicli  ye  shall  give,  the  six  cities 
 of  refuge  shall  be  for  you.  "  Three  cities  ye  shall  give  on  this  side 
 Jordan,  and  three  cities  shall  ye  give  in  the  land  of  Canaan,  cities 
 of  refuge  shall  they  be.     ^^  For  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  for  tlie  stran- 
 
 Ver.  8. — Ye  shall  give  many,]  Or,  yc 
 shall  multiply  to  give:  so  the  tribes  that  had 
 many  cities,  and  more  large  inheritances, 
 gave  the  more  cities.  For  out  of  the  tribes 
 of  the  sons  of  Judah  and  of  Simeon,  were 
 given  nine  cities,  out  of  Benjamin  four,  out 
 of  Ephraim  four,  out  of  Dan  four,  out  of  the 
 half  tribe  of  Manasses  two,  out  of  the  other 
 half  tribe  of  Manasses  two,  out  of  Issachar 
 four,  out  of  Aser  four,  out  of  Naphtali  three, 
 out  of  Zabulon  four,  out  of  Reuben  four,  out 
 of  Gad  four.  Josh.  xxi.  9,  16,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Shall  appoint,]  Or  prepare, 
 as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  in  Gr.  ye  shall 
 distinguish  (or  distinctly  separate:)  elsewhere 
 it  is  called  separating,  Deut.  iv.  41;  and 
 sanctifying.  Josh.  xx.  7.  By  error,]  Or, 
 ignorantly,  unadvisedly,  unawares  :  the  Gr. 
 translateth,  univillingly ;  this  is  opened  in 
 ver.  22,  23;  and  Deut.  xix.  5;  in  Josh. 
 XX.  3  ;  it  is  declared  by  two  words,  by  error, 
 (or  unawares),  and  without  knowledge,  (or 
 unwittingly.) 
 
 Ver.  12. — The  avenger,]  To  wit,  of 
 the  blood,  as  is  expressed  in  ver.  19,  and  the 
 Chald.  and  Gr.  here  add  the  same.  Goel 
 here  Englished  an  avenger,  elsewhere  signi- 
 fieth  a  redeemer,  but  properly  one  of  the 
 same  blood  and  kindred,  as  Ruth  ii.  20;  in. 
 9,  12;  who,  if  things  were  sold,  was  to  re- 
 deem them,  as  Lev.  xxv.  25;  if  blood  were 
 shed  was  to  avenge  it,  as  in  this  case.  And 
 so  the  Gr.  here  and  usually  calleth  him  Jg- 
 chisteuon,  tliat  is,  one  7iear  of  kin.  Of  this 
 kinsman  the  avenger,  it  is   said  in  ver.   19, 
 
 that  he  should  put  the  murderer  to  death  ; 
 see  the  notes  there.  Before  the  congre- 
 gation,] When  a  man  had  done  a  murder, 
 he  fled  to  some  city  of  refuge,  the  way  being 
 always  prepared,  that  he  might  flee  thither 
 without  hindrance,  as  is  noted  on  Deut.  xix. 
 3.  Coming  thither,  at  the  entering  of  the 
 gate,  he  showed  his  cause  to  the  elders  of  the 
 city  of  refuge,  who  took  him  in  till  he  was 
 sent  after,  and  fetched  home  to  the  city  where 
 he  had  done  the  murder,  and  there  he  stood 
 before  the  congregation,  Josh.  xx.  4,  6;  who, 
 if  they  found  him  worthy  of  death,  they  deli- 
 vered him  to  the  avenger  to  kill  him  ;  if  not, 
 they  returned  him  to  his  city  of  refuge,  where 
 he  lived  in  a  kind  of  exile  and  imprisonment, 
 until  the  death  of  the  high  priest,  as  after 
 followeth.  See  Deut.  xix.  12.  Before  the 
 cities  of  refuge  were  appointed,  the  altar  was 
 a  place  of  refuge,  as  is  probable  by  Exod. 
 xxi.  13,  14.  And  from  that  place  the  Hebs. 
 gather,  that  "  the  altar  was  a  place  of  re- 
 fuge." Maim,  treat,  of  Murder,  chap.  v. 
 sect.  12. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Three  cities,]  Which  were 
 Bezer,  Ramoth,  and  Golan,  Deut.  iv.  -ll, 
 43.  And  three  cities,]  Kedesh,S/iechcm, 
 and  Hebron,  Josh.  xx.  7.  And  if  the  Lord 
 enlarged  their  coast,  and  gave  them  all  the 
 land,  they  were  to  add  three  cities  more, 
 Deut.  -six.  8,  9. 
 
 Ver.  15. — The  stranger,]  In  Gr.  the 
 proselyte,  meaning  him  that  was  not  an  Is- 
 raelite  by  nature,  but  by  religion.  The  so- 
 .iourner,]  That  dwelt  a  stranger  in  the  land 
 
CHAP.  XXX v. 
 
 181, 
 
 ger,  and  for  the  sojourner  among  them,  sliall  these  six  cities  be  for 
 a  refuge ;  tliat  every  one  that  smiteth  a  soul  by  error  may  flee 
 thither.  "^  And  if  lie  smite  him  with  an  instrument  of  iron,  and  he 
 die,  he  is  a  man-slay ev ;  tlie  man-slayer  shall  be  surely  put  to  death. 
 "  And  if  he  smite  him  with  a  stone  of  the  hand,  wherewith  he  may 
 die,  and  he  die,  lie  is  a  man-slayer,  the  wan-slayer  shall  be  surely  put 
 to  death.  ^^  Or,  if  he  smite  him  with  an  instrument  of  wood  of  the 
 hand,  wherewith  he  may  die,  and  he  die,  he  is  a  man-slayer ;  the 
 man-slayer  shall  be  surely  put  to  death.  '^  The  avenger  of  the  blood, 
 iie  shall  put  to  death  the  ma7i-slayer  ;  when  he  meeteth  him,  he 
 shall  put  him  to  death.  -"  And  if  he  thrust  him  of  hatred,  or  have 
 cast  upon  him  by  lying  of  wait,  and  he  die.  ^'  Or  in  enmity  smite 
 him  with  his  hand,  and  he  die,  the  smiter  shall  be  surely  put  to 
 death,  he  is  a  man-slayer  -.  the  avenger  of  the  blood  shall  put  to 
 
 smote,  and  of  him  that  was  killed,  and  the 
 place  of  the  blow,"  &c.  Maim,  treat,  of 
 Murder,  chap.  iii.  sect.  1,  &c. 
 
 of  Israel,  and  yet  not  of  their  church  and  re- 
 ligion, Deut.  xiv.  21.  These  all  had  bene- 
 fit by  the  cities  of  refuge  ;  but  if  an  heathen 
 by  error  killed  an  heathen,  the  cities  of  re- 
 fuge received  him  not,  saith  Maim,  treat, 
 of  Murder,  chap.  v.  sect.  4.  Sjiiteth  a 
 SOUL,]  That  is,  kilkth  any  person  ;  so  ver. 
 II. 
 
 Ver.  16. — If  he  smite  him,]  To  wit, 
 purposely  and  presumptuously,  as  the  pun- 
 ishment after  showeth.  Surely  put  to 
 DEATH,]  Or,  put  to  die  the  death  ;  Heb.  dy- 
 ing he  shall  be  put  to  death;  so  in  ver.  17, 
 IS,  21. 
 
 Ver.  17. — A  stone  of  the  hand,]  That 
 is,  throivn  with  the  hand ;  the  Gr.  translat- 
 eth  it,  a  stone  out  of  the  hand  ;  the  Chald. 
 a  stone  that  is  taken  in  the  hand.  He  may 
 DIE,]  The  Chald.  more  fully  explaineth  it, 
 which  is  enough  for  him  to  die  therewith  ;  so 
 ill  ver.  IS. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Wood  of  the  hand,]  Gr,  otit 
 of  the  hand  j  Chald.  wood  taken  in  the  hand, 
 which  is  sufficient  for  him  to  die  thereby  ;  as 
 in  ver.  17.  These  cautions  are  here  added 
 to  discern  of  murders  ;  the  Hebs.  explain 
 them  thus:  "  he  that  smiteth  his  fellow  pre- 
 sumptuously with  a  stone,  or  with  wood,  that 
 he  die,  they  measure  the  thing  wherewith  he 
 smote  him,  and  the  place  whereon  he  smote 
 him,  to  see  if  that  thing  were  enough  to  kill 
 him  upon  such  a  member  (of  his  body)  or 
 not,  as  it  is  wiitten,  '  with  a  stone  of  the 
 hand,'  &c.,  so  that  it  be  enough  to  kill  him. 
 They  measure  also  the  might  of  him  that 
 smote,  &c.  For  iron  instruments  the  law 
 gives  no  measure,  Num.  xxxv.  16.  He  is 
 to  die  that  killed  him,  though  it  were  wiih  a 
 needle  ;  and  whatsoever  is  sharp  like  a  nee- 
 dle, as  bodkin,  knife,  or  the  like.  He  that 
 smiteth  his  fellow  without  any  instrument, 
 and  killeth  him,  as  with  his  hand,  or  his  foot, 
 &c.,   thoy  measure  the  strength  of  him  that 
 
 Ver.  19. — He  shall  put  to  death,] 
 Or,  he  may  put  him  to  death,  to  wit,  after 
 he  is  adjudged  to  death  by  the  magistrate, 
 ver.  12.  "  If  the  avenger  of  blood  will  not, 
 or  if  he  be  not  able  to  kill  him,  or  if  he  have 
 no  avenger  of  blood,  then  the  judges  shall  kill 
 the  murderer  with  the  sword."  Maim,  treat, 
 of  Murder,  cliap.  i.  sect.  1.  When  he 
 meeteth  him,]  Though  it  be  within  the 
 cities  of  refuge,  saith  Jarchi.  But  this  is  to 
 be  understood,  after  lawful  judgment  by  the 
 magistrate ;  for  the  elders  of  his  city  were  to 
 send  and  fetch  him  from  the  city  of  refuge, 
 '  and  deliver  him  into  the  hand  of  the  aven- 
 ger of  blood,'  Deut.  xix.  12.  Wherefore  the 
 Chald.,  instead  of  meeting  him,  saith, 
 '  when  he  shall  be  condemned  unto  him  by 
 judgment.'     So  in  ver.  21. 
 
 Ver.  20.— Of  hatred,]  Which  is  inve- 
 terate anger,  and  inward  grudge,  difl'ering 
 from  enmity  or  open  hostility,  spoken  of  in 
 ver.  22.  '  He  that  hateth,  dissembleth  with 
 his  lips,  and  layeth  up  deceit  within  him,' 
 Prov.  xxvi.  24.  The  Hebs.  say,  "  he  that 
 hateth,  if  he  kill  by  error  (or  unadvisedly)  he 
 is  not  kept  in  the  city  of  refuge,  as  it  is  said, 
 and  he  was  not  his  enemy,  (Num.  xxxv.  23,) 
 &c.  And  who  is  he  that  hateth  ?  he  that 
 for  enmity's  sake  speaketh  not  unto  him  for 
 three  days  (space.)"  Maim,  treat,  of  Mur- 
 der, chap.  vi.  sect.  10.  Cast  upon  him,] 
 To  wit,  any  iristrumcnt,  as  is  expressed  in 
 ver.  22  ;  and  so  the  Gr.  explaineth  it  here. 
 By  laying  of  v^'ait,]  With  intent  and  pur- 
 pose of  evil,  when  occasion  is  ofTered:  so 
 Saul  laid  wait  (or  hunted)  for  David's  soul, 
 1  Sam.  xxiv.  11  ;  the  Jews  for  Christ,  Luke 
 xi.  54;  and  for  Paul's  life.  Acts  xxiii.  21. 
 
 Ver.    21. — Enmity,]    Or,    hostility,    ill 
 will,  open  and  professed. 
 
182 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 death  the  man-slayer  when  he  meeteth  him.  ^^  But  if  he  thrust 
 him  suddenly,  without  enmity,  or  have  cast  upon  liim  any  instru- 
 ment witliout  laying  of  wait.  ^^  Or  witli  any  stone,  wherewith  he 
 may  die,  without  seeing  him  ;  and  he  hath  caused  it  to  fall  upon 
 liim,  and  he  die,  and  he  was  not  his  enemy,  nor  a  seeker  of  his 
 evil.  ^*  Then  tlie  congregation  shall  judge  between  the  smiter  and 
 the  avenger  of  the  blood,  according  to  these  judgments.  ^*  And 
 the  congregation  sliall  deliver  the  man-slay ev  out  of  the  hand  of 
 tlie  avenger  of  the  blood,  and  the  congregation  shall  restore  him 
 unto  tlie  city  of  his  refuge,  whither  he  was  fled  ;  and  he  shall  abide 
 in  it  until  the  death  of  the  great  priest,  which  was  anointed  with 
 the  oil  of  holiness.  ^^  And  if  the  man-slayer  going  shall  go  forth  out 
 of  tlie  border  of  the  city  of  his  refuge,  whither  he  was  fled,  "  And 
 tlie  avenger  of  the  blood  find  him  without  the  border  of  the  city  of 
 liis  refuge,  and  the  avenger  of  the  blood  shall  slay  the  ma^-slayer, 
 no  blood  shall  be  unto  him.  ^^  Because  he  should  have  abiden  in 
 the  city  of  his  refuge,  until  the  death  of  the  great  priest ;  and  after 
 the  death  of  the  great  priest,  the  wan-slayer  shall  return  into  the 
 land  of  his  possession.  '*  And  these  things  shall  be  unto  you  for  a 
 statute   of  judgment,  throughout   your  generations,   in    all    your 
 
 Ver.  22. — Suddenly,]  Or,  unawares, 
 and  as  it  were  by  chance. 
 
 Ver.  23. — With  any  stone,]  That  is, 
 have  smitten  him  with  any  stone,  as  in  ver. 
 17.  Wherewith  he  may  die,]  In  Chald. 
 which  is  sufficient  that  he  may  die  therewith  : 
 see  the  notes  on  ver.  IS. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Of  the  great  priest,]  A  fi- 
 gure of  Clnist,  called  the  '  great  priest  over 
 tlie  house  of  God,'  Heb.  x.  21  ;  and  the 
 '  great  high  priest  that  is  passed  into  the 
 heavens,'  Heb.  iv.  14;  'who  is  the  Media- 
 tor of  the  New  Testament,  that  by  means  of 
 death,  for  the  redemption  of  the  transgres- 
 sions under  the  first  testament,  they  which 
 are  called  might  receive  the  promise  of  the 
 eternal  inheritance,'  Heb.  ix.  15.  As  the 
 high  priests,  wliile  they  lived  by  their  service 
 and  sacrificing  made  atonement  for  the  sins 
 of  the  people,  especially  one  day  in  the  year. 
 Lev.  xvi.;  wherein  they  fignred  the  work  of 
 Christ  for  us:  so  at  the  high  priest's  death, 
 by  releasing  such  as  were  exiled  for  unwitting 
 murdei-,  there  was  a  shadow  of  redemption  in 
 Israel. 
 
 Ver.  26. — Going  shall  go  forth,]  That 
 is,  shall  at  any  time,  upon  any  occasion,  go 
 forth.  So  he  was  not  only  exiled  from  hif 
 own  city,  but  confined  as  a  prisoner  within 
 the  limits  of  the  city  of  refuge.  The  Hebs. 
 say,  "  he  might  never  go  out  of  the  city  of 
 his  refuge,  no  not  though  it  were  for  a  thing 
 commanded,    [as   to  worship  at    the  solemn 
 
 feasts,  or  the  like,]  or  for  to  bear  witness, 
 whether  it  were  in  money  matters,  or  to  tes- 
 tify in  case  of  life  and  death,"  &c.  Maim. 
 treat,  of  Murder,  chap.  vii.  sect.  8. 
 
 Ver.  27. — Without  the  border,]  So 
 not  the  city  only,  but  the  borders  and  limits 
 of  the  territories  thereof  were  his  refuge. 
 "  Every  city  of  refuge,  the  borders  thereof 
 are  a  refuge  as  well  as  it,  &c.  and  if  (the 
 avenger  of  blood)  kill  him  there,  he  is  to  be 
 killed  for  him.  Notwithstanding  though  the 
 border  be  a  refuge,  yet  the  man-slayer  may 
 not  dwell  in  it  ;  for  it  is  said  (in  ver.  25,) 
 '  and  he  shall  abide  in  it ;'  in  it,  (the  city,) 
 and  not  iu  the  border  of  it."  JNIaim.  ibid, 
 chap.  viii.  sect.  11.  No  blood  shall  be 
 unto  him,]  That  is,  the  avenger  shall  have 
 no  blood  imputed  to  him;  or,  as  the  Gr. 
 translateth  it,  he  shall  not  be  guilty,  to  wit, 
 of  blood-shed. 
 
 Ver.  2S. — Into  the  land  of  his  posses- 
 sion,] Into  his  own  city  or  village,  that  part 
 of  the  land  which  he  possessed.  It  is  holden 
 by  the  Hebs.  that  although  by  the  high  priest's 
 death  "  atonement  was  made  for  him,  yet 
 he  never  returned  to  the  princely  state  (or 
 dignity)  that  he  had  (in  the  city,)  but  was 
 debased  from  his  greatness  all  his  days,  be- 
 cause that  great  scandal  came  by  his  hand." 
 Maim.  ibid.  chap.  vii.  sect.  14.  Moreover 
 they  say,  "  a  man-slayer  upon  whom  sentence 
 is  past  that  he  shall  be  exiled,  if  he  die  before 
 he  go  into  exile,  they   carry  his  bones  thi- 
 
CHAP.    XXXV 
 
 183 
 
 dwellings.  ^"  Every  one  tliat  smiteth  a  soul  by  the  mouth  of  wit- 
 nesses, tile  nian-slayex  sliall  be  slain ;  but  one  witness  shall  not 
 answer  against  a  soul  to  die.  ^'  And  ye  shall  take  no  ransom  for 
 the  soul  of  the  wzaw-slayer,  which  is  guilty  of  death,  but  he  shall  be 
 surely  put  to  death.  ^^  Neither  shall  ye  take  ransom  for  him  that 
 is  fled  unto  the  city  of  his  refuge,  to  return  to  dwell  in  the  land, 
 until  the  death  of  the  priest.  ^^  And  ye  shall  not  pollute  the  land 
 wherein  ye  are,  for  blood,  it  polluteth  the  land  ;  and  for  the  land, 
 there  sliall  be  no  expiation  for  the  blood  tliat  is  shed  therein, 
 but  by  the  blood  of  him  that  shed  it.  ^*  And  thou  shalt  not  defile 
 the  land  which  ye  inhabit  in,  witliui  which  I  do  dwell,  for  I  Jeho- 
 vah dwell  among  the  sons  of  Israel. 
 
 ther.  And  a  man-slayer  that  dieth  in  the 
 city  of  his  refuge,  they  bury  him  there;  and 
 when  the  high  priest  dieth,  they  carry  the 
 man-flayer's  bones  from  thence  unto  the  se- 
 pulchres of  his  fathers.      Ibid.  sect.  3. 
 
 Ver.  30. — Every  one  that  smiteth  a 
 SOUL,]  That  is,  who  killeth  a  person,  to  wit, 
 him  that  is  a  murderer.  By  the  mouth,] 
 That  is,  by  the  testimony  of  three  witnesses, 
 whicli  after  is  explained  '  of  two  witnesses 
 or  three  witnesses,  Deut.  xvii.  6;  xix.  15. 
 See  the  annot.  there.  Not  answer,]  That 
 is,  not  testify,  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  trans- 
 late it,  meaning,  to  have  the  sentence  of 
 death  confirmed  against  him:  see  Deut.  xix. 
 15.  To  DIE,]  That  is,  to  cause  him  to  die, 
 or,  that  he  should  die:  see  the  notes  on  Gen. 
 vi.  19. 
 
 Ver.  31. — The  soul  of  the  man-slay- 
 er,] That  is,  the  life  of  the  murderer,  to  re- 
 deem him  from  death.  "  Tlie  judges  are 
 warned  that  they  take  no  ransom  of  the  mur- 
 derer, and  though  he  could  give  all  the 
 wealth  that  is  in  the  world,  and  though  the 
 avenger  of  blood  should  be  williug  to  free 
 him ;  for  the  soul  of  him  that  is  killed,  is  not 
 the  possession  of  the  avenger  of  blood,  but  the 
 possession  of  the  holy  blessed  (God.)  Maim, 
 treat,  of  Murder,  chap.  i.  sect.  4.  Guilty 
 OF  DEATH,]  Heb.  which  is  wicked,  to  die, 
 that  is,  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  explain  it, 
 guilty,  or  condemned  to  die.  According  to 
 this  phrase,  David  saith,  '  when  he  shall 
 be  judged,  let  him  go  forth  wicked,  (that  is, 
 condemned,)  Ps.  cix.  7. 
 
 Ver.  32. — For  him  that  is  fled,]  Heb. 
 to  flee  ;  whJcL  is  explained  by  Jarchi  and 
 others,    "  for  him  that   is   fled."      In  the 
 
 LAND,]  fn  the  land  of  his  possession,  as  in 
 ver.  28. 
 
 Ver.  33. — Polluteth,]  Or,  impiously 
 staineth,  foully  deformcth  the  laiid.  This 
 word  which  Moses  here  useth  of  murder,  and 
 the  prophets  after  apply  unto  spiritual  whore- 
 dom or  idolatry,  Jer.  iii.  2,  9  ;  and  idola- 
 trous blood-shed,  Ps.  cvi.  38  ;  showeth  the 
 heinousness  of  this  sin,  that  defileth  not  only 
 him  that  doth  it,  but  the  whole  land  if  it  be 
 not  avenged.  Hereupon  the  Hebs.  say,  "thou 
 hast  not  any  thing  concerning  which  the  law 
 giveth  such  a  charge,  as  for  shedding  of  blood, 
 as  it  is  said  (ia  Num.  xxxv.  33,)  '  and  ye 
 shall  not  pollute  the  land,'  "  &c.  Maim, 
 treat,  of  Murder,  chap.  i.  sect.  4.  The 
 blood  of  him  that  shed  it,]  If  it  were 
 wilful  murder;  or  by  the  death  of  the  high 
 priest,  if  it  were  unwilling  manslaughter. 
 Hereupon  it  is  said,  '  a  man  that  doth  vio- 
 lence to  the  blood  of  any  person,  shall  fly  to 
 the  pit,  let  no  man  stay  him,'  Prov.  xxviii. 
 17. 
 
 Ver.  34. — I  do  dwell,]  The  land  of 
 '  Israel  was  the  Lord's  land,' Hosea  ix.  3; 
 and  by  his  dwelling  there  among  his  people, 
 was  sanctified,  and  called  '  the  holy  land.' 
 Zech.  ii.  12  ;  and  though  he  dwelt  most 
 specially  in  his  sanctuary  there,  which  after- 
 ward was  in  Jerusalem,  Ps.  Ixxiv.  2  ,  cxxxv. 
 21;  yet  the  whole  land  was  sanctified  by  his 
 habitation  therein,  which  was  a  reason  why 
 the  people  might  not  pollute  it,  either  with 
 blood,  or  with  any  other  wickedness,  for  holi- 
 ness becometh  his  house  for  ever,  Ps.  xciii. 
 5.  And  for  this  cause  the  unclean  were  to 
 be  put  out  of  the  camp  of  Israel,  in  the  midst 
 whereof  God  did  dwell,'  Num.  v.  3. 
 
184  NUMBERS. 
 
 CHAP.  XXXVI. 
 
 1 ,  The  inconvenience  of  the  inheritance  of  daughters  is  remedied  hy 
 marrying  in  their  own  tribes,  lest  the  inheritance  should  he  removed 
 from  the  tribe.  10.  The  daughters  of  Zelophehad  obey  the  Lord's  com- 
 mandment, and  marry  their  uncles'  sons. 
 
 ^  And  the  heads  of  the  fathers  of  the  family  of  the  sons  of  Gi 
 lead,  the  son  of  Machir,  the  son  of  Manasses,  of  the  families  of 
 tlie  sons  of  Joseph,  came  near,  and  spake  before  Moses  and  before 
 the  princes,  the  heads  of  the  fathers  of  tlie  sons  of  Israel.  ^  And 
 tliey  said,  Jehovah  commanded  my  lord  to  give  tlie  land  for  an  in- 
 heritance, by  lot,  to  the  sons  of  Israel :  and  my  lord  was  com- 
 manded by  Jehovah  to  give  the  inheritance  of  Zelophehad  our 
 brother  unto  his  daughters.  ^  And  if  they  become  wives  to  any  of 
 tlie  sons  of  the  tribes  of  tlie  sons  of  Israel,  tlien  shall  their  inheri- 
 tance be  taken  away  from  the  inheritance  of  our  fathers,  and  shall 
 be  put  to  the  inheritance  of  the  tribe  unto  whom  they  shall  be  j 
 so  it  sliall  be  taken  away  from  the  lot  of  our  inheritance.  *  And 
 when  the  jubilee  of  the  sons  of  Israel  shall  be,  then  shall  their  in- 
 lieritance  be  put  unto  the  inheritance  of  the  tribe,  anto  whom  they 
 shall  be  :  so  their  inheritance  shall  be  taken  away  from  the  inheri- 
 tance of  the  tribe  of  our  fathers. 
 
 '  And  Moses  commanded  the  sons  of  Israel  according  to  the 
 mouth  of  Jehovah,  saying,  The  tribe  of  the  sons  of  Joseph  speak 
 right.  ®  This  is  the  thing  which  Jehovah  doth  command  concern- 
 ing the  daughters  of  Zelophehad,  saying.  Let  them  become  wives 
 to  whom  it  is  good  in  their  eyes,  only  to  the  family  of  the  tribe  of 
 
 Ver.  1. — The  HEADS,]  In  Gr.  the  princes,  Ver.  3. — -Of  the  tribes,]  Of  any  of  the 
 that  is,  the  chief  fathers,  God  having  de-  other  tiibes,  beside  their  own.  Be  takeh 
 signed  the  limits  of  the  holy  land  which  Is-  aavay,]  Or,  be  diminished,  contrary  to  add- 
 rael  should  inheiit,  in  Num.  xxxiv.  and  ap-  ing  or  putting  to,  after  mentioned:  so  the  in- 
 pointed  his  own  portion  out  of  the  same,  to  heritances  of  this,  and  of  other  tribes  by  h"ke 
 be  given  unto  the  priests  and  Levites,  Num.  accidents  might  in  time  be  changed,  dis- 
 XXXV.,  doth  now  conclude  his  laws  with  an  turbed,  and  come  to  confusion,  contrary  to 
 ordinance  for  the  settled  continuing  of  the  the  order  before  set  of  God. 
 inheritances  unto  the  tribes,  as  they  should  be  Ver.  4. — The  juhilee  shall  be,]  Which 
 at  first  allotted  unto  them.  The  occasion  of  was  every  fiftieth  year,  in  which  the  inlieri- 
 this  ordinance  is  a  complaint  made  by  some  tances  that  were  alienated  to  others,  were  by 
 of  the  Manassites,  concerning  Zelopheliad's  the  law  given  in  Lev.  xxv.  to  return  unto  the 
 daughters,  if  they  should  be  married  to  men  first  owners;  which  ordinance  also  should  by 
 of  other'  tribes.  Gilead,]  In  Gr.  Galaad,  such  marriages  be  disannulled, 
 of  whom  see  Num.  xxvii.  1.  Ver.  5. — The  mouth,]  That  is,  the  word 
 
 Ver.  2. — My  lord,]  Meaning  Moses,  for  of  the  Lord,  as  the  Chald.  tran'slateth  ;  in 
 
 to  him  was  the  commandment  given,  Num.  Gr.  bi/  the  commandment  of  the  Lord.     So 
 
 xxvi.    52,   53,  &o. ;  xxvii.   6,  7.      And   by  the   answer  which  Moses  gave,  was  not  of 
 
 this  title  they  give  honour  unto  Moses,  and  himself,  but  by  advice  from  God:  see  Num. 
 
 show  their  obedience ;  as  the  scripture  noteth  xxvii.  5. 
 
 by  the  like  title  given  unto  others,  1  Pet.  iii.  Ver.  C. — Good  in  their  eyes,]  That  is, 
 
 fi;  Matt.  xxii.  44,  45.     Zelophehad,]   In  pleaseth  them.     Daughters   are   not   to   be 
 
 Gr.  Salpaad:  see  Num.  xxvii.  1,  &c.  forced  to  marry  with  such  as  they  like  not: 
 
CHAP.  XXXV  I. 
 
 185 
 
 their  father  shall  they  become  wives.  '  i\nd  tlie  inheritance  of  the 
 sons  of  Israel  shall  not  remove  from  tribe  to  tribe ;  for  every  man 
 of  the  sons  of  Israel  shall  cleave  to  the  inheritance  of  the  tribe  of 
 liis  fatliers.  ^  And  every  daugliter  that  posscsseth  an  inheritance 
 of  the  tribes  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  shall  be  wife  inito  one  of  the 
 family  of  the  tribe  of  her  father,  that  the  sons  of  Israel  may  pos- 
 sess, evei'y  man  the  inheritance  of  his  fathers.  ^  And  tlie  inJieri- 
 (ance  shall  not  remove  from  one  tribe  to  anotlier  tribe,  but  evei-y 
 man  of  the  tribes  of  the  sons  of  Israel  shall  cleave  to  his  inheri- 
 tance. 
 
 '°  Even  as  Jehovah  commanded  Moses,  so  did  the  daughters  of 
 Zelophehad.  "  For  Machlah,  Tirzah,  and  Hoglah,  and  Milcah, 
 and  Noah,  the  daughters  of  Zelophehad,  were  wives  unto  their 
 ancles'  sons.  '^  (  To  men)  of  the  families  of  the  sons  of  Manasses, 
 the  son  of  Josepli,  they  became  wives  ;  and  their  inheritance  was 
 unto  the  tribe  of  the  family  of  their  father. 
 
 '^  TJiese  are  tlie  commandments  and  the  judgments  which  Jeho- 
 vah commanded,  by  the  liand  of  Moses,  unto  the  sons  of  Israel,  in 
 the  plains  of  Moab,  by  Jordan,  near  Jericho. 
 
 see  Gen.  xxiv.  57,  58.  To  the  family,] 
 To  some  of  the  family,  or  in  the  family  ; 
 see  ver.  12. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Shall  cleave  to  the  inheri- 
 tance,] Keeping  himself  thereto,  and  (for 
 the  better  perfoiinance  hereof)  marrying 
 within  his  tribe.  For  this  word  cleave,  is 
 often  used  in  rase  of  marriage,  Gen.  ii.  24; 
 Dan.  ii.  43.  Thus  God  providelh  that  the 
 order  which  he  should  set  for  the  inheritances 
 in  his  land,  to  be  divided  by  lot,  might  con- 
 tinue throughout  all  generations  ;  by  which 
 means  strife  also  might  be  cut  off,  and  peace 
 preserved  among  his  people. 
 
 Ver.  8. — That  possesseth  an  inheri- 
 tance,] Oi-,  that  is  heir  of  a  possession;  by 
 reason  that  her  father  had  no  ton  to  inhe- 
 rit, as  in  this  case  of  Zelophehad.  So  here 
 is  no  restraint  of  other  women,  save  such  as 
 had  inheritance.  The  priests  also  and  Le- 
 vites,  (which  might  have  no  inheritance  with 
 Israel,  Deut.  xviii.  1,)  had  liberty  to  marry 
 with  the  women  of  any  tribe;  as  Jehoiada 
 the  priest  had  to  wife  the  king's  daughter  of 
 Judah,  2  Chron.  xxii.  1],  another  'took  a 
 wife  of  the  daughters  of  Barzillai  the  Gilead- 
 ite,'  Ezra  ii.  CI,  and  the  like.  By  reason  of 
 such  marriages  there  might  be  kindred  be- 
 
 VoL.  II.  2 
 
 tween  Elizabeth  the  mother  of  John  the  Bap- 
 tist, who  was  of  the  daughters  of  Aaron,  and 
 Mary  the  Virgin,  the  mother  of  our  Lord 
 Christ,  who  was  of  the  lineage  of  David,  of 
 the  tribe  of  Judah,  Luke  i.  5,  36;  iii.  23— 
 31. 
 
 Ver.  11. —  OR  Machlah,]  Heb.  and 
 Machlah,  &c.  Of  these  daughters,  see  Num. 
 xxvii.  1.  Their  uncles'  sons,]  The  sons 
 of  their  fathers'  brethren.  Compare  Lev. 
 xviii.  12 — 14. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Was  unto  the  tribe,]  That 
 is,  remained  unto  (or  in)  the  tribe.  So  '  Da- 
 niel was  (that  is,  continued)  even  unto  the 
 first  year  of  king  Cyrus/  Dan.  i.  21 ;  and 
 '  they  were  (that  is,  continued)  there,  Ruth  i. 
 2,  and  sundry  the  like.  By  this  example  and 
 observation  of  the  law  for  inheritances  in  the 
 holy  land,  the  people  of  God  are  taught  to 
 hold  fast  their  inheritance  in  his  promises, 
 and  right  in  Christ,  which  they  enjoy  by 
 faith;  that  as  the  Father  hath  made  them 
 meet  '  to  be  partakers  of  the  inheritance  of 
 the  saints  in  light,'  Col.  i.  12  ;  so  they  may 
 keep  the  faith  and  grace  which  they  have 
 obtained  unto  the  end,  1  Kings  xxi.  3 ;  Ezek. 
 xlvi.  18;  Jude  ver.  3;  Heb.  vi.  12. 
 
BOOK  OF  DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 CHAP.    I. 
 
 1.  Moses"  speech  in  the  end  of  the  fortieth  year,  hriejly  rehearsing  the 
 story.  6.  Of  God's  promise  and  offer  to  give  Israel  the  land  of  Canaan. 
 9.  Of  officers  given  them.  19-  Of  spies  sent  to  search  the  land.  34.  Of 
 God's  anger  for  Israel's  incredulity,  41.  and  disobedience. 
 
 '  These  be  tlie  words  which  Moses  spake  unto  all  Israel  on  this 
 side  Jordan,  in  the  wilderness,  in  the  plain,  over  against  the  Red 
 sea,  between  Pliaran,  and  Tophel,  and  Laban,  and  Hazeroth,  and 
 
 DEUTERONOMy,]  A  Gr.  word,  by  interpreta- 
 tion, the  repetition,  (or  second  declaration)  of 
 the  latv.  This  name  is  borrowed  from  Deut. 
 xvii.  18,  where  Misneh  hatorah,  the  copy  of 
 the  law,  is  in  Gr.  translated  Beuteronomion, 
 whioh  title  is  given  to  the  whole  book,  as  that 
 ■which  containeth  a  repetition  and  explana- 
 tion of  the  laws  before  given,  as  ver.  5.  The 
 Hebs.  call  this  book  by  the  first  words  there- 
 of, "  Eileh  Hadbarim,  these  be  the  words." 
 And  here  beginneth  the  forty-fourth  section, 
 or  lecture  of  the  law:  see  the  notes  on  Gen. 
 vi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  1. — On  this  side,]  Or,  on  the  out- 
 tide;  that  is,  beyond  Jordan,  as  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth.  The  word  sigoifieth  both  sides,  and 
 by  circumstance  of  place  is  to  be  understood. 
 To  those  out  of  the  land  of  Canaan,  it  was 
 on  this  side ;  to  the  Israelites  in  Canaan,  it 
 was  beyond,  or  the  outside  of  Jordan,  where 
 Moses  spake  these  things:  for  Moses  might 
 not  enter  into  the  land.  Here  Thargum 
 Jerusalemy  (whom  Onkelos  the  Chald.  para- 
 phrast  also  followeth)  cxplaineth  it  thus: 
 ''  these  be  the  words  which  Moses  spake  un- 
 to all  Israel  ;  he  rebuked  them,  for  that  they 
 had  sinned  on  this  side  Jordan,"  &c.  Hereupon 
 the  Rabbins  call  this  book,  Sephor  Thoche- 
 ehoth,  that  is,  the  book  of  rebukes.  Jordan,] 
 Heb.  Jarden  :  a  river  springing  out  of  mount 
 Lebanon,  in  the  north  end  of  Canaan,  run- 
 ning along  the  country.  Of  it,  and  the  mys- 
 tery thereof,  see  Num.  xxxiv.  12  ;  Josh.  iii. 
 The  plain,]  To  wit,  of  Moab's  land,  as 
 ver.  5;  see  Num.   xxii.    1.      There  Moses 
 
 spake  these  things  and  died,  Deut.  xxxiv.  5. 
 Tlie  Chald.  saith  Moses  rebuked  them,  "  be- 
 cause they  had  provoked  God  in  the  plain." 
 The  Red  sea,]  So  both  Gr.  and  Chald.  do 
 translate  it,  adding  the  word  sea :  others 
 keep  the  Heb.  name  Suph,  which  signifieth 
 faffs,  such  as  grow  by  the  sea  and  rivers' 
 sides,  Exod.  ii.  3;  and  so  expound  it  not  of 
 the  sea  Suph,  called  the  Red  sea)  but  of  a 
 flaggy  place  by  the  sides  of  Jordan  towai'ds 
 the  wilderness  of  Arabia.  So  in  Num.  xxi. 
 14.  Pharan,]  Or,  Paran,  a  wilderness 
 southward  from  the  place  where  Moses  now 
 was,  through  which  Israel  had  passed,  Num. 
 xiii.  1  ;  in  it  was  a  mountain  so  named, 
 Deut.  xxxiii.  2.  The  Chald.  here  addeth, 
 "  in  Pharan  where  they  murmured  against 
 the  manna."  Tophel,]  This  is  thought  to  be 
 a  town,  called  afterwards  Pella,  which  was 
 northward  from  whei-e  Moses  now  spake. 
 Laban,]  In  Gr.  Lobon  ;  of  others  Lybias ; 
 a  city  lying  from  them  northwest.  Haze- 
 roth,] By  interpretation,  court-yards,  and 
 so  the  Gr.  expounds  it:  a  place  lying  east- 
 ward. Of  Hazeroth,  we  read  also  in  Num. 
 xi.  35;  xiii.  1.  Unto  it  the  Chald.  here 
 referreth  it,  saying,  "  In  Hazeroth  where 
 they  provoked  God  for  flesh."  Dizahaij.] 
 A  region  wherein  was  the  city  Mezihab,  as 
 some  suppose.  Zahab  signifies  gold  ;  and  so 
 the  Gr.  here  translateth,  by  the  gold-mines. 
 The  Chald.  refers  it  to  the  golden  calf  which 
 they  made.  All  these  are  limits  of  the  place 
 where  Moses  gave  this  Deuteronomy,  which 
 was  without  the  holy  land,  and  river  Jordan 
 
CHAP.  I. 
 
 187 
 
 Dizdhab.  ^  Eleven  Any s'  journey  from  Horeb,  by  the  way  of  mount 
 Seir  unto  Kadesli-Barnea.  ^  x\nd  it  was  in  the  fortieth  year,  in 
 the  eleventli  month,  in  the  first  day  of  the  month,  Moses  spake 
 unto  the  sons  of  Israel,  according  unto  all  tliat  Jehovah  com- 
 manded him,  unto  them.  After  lie  had  smitten  Sihon  king  of  tlie 
 Amorites,  which  dwelt  in  Heshbon,  and  Og  king  of  Bashan,  which 
 dwelt  in  Ashtaroth,  in  Edrei.  ^  On  this  side  Jordan,  in  tlie  land 
 of  Moab,  began  Moses  to  declare  this  law,  saying,  '  Jehovah  our 
 God  spake  unto  us  in  Horeb,  saying,  Ye  have  dwelt  long  enough 
 in  this  mountain.     '  Turn  you  and  take  your  journey,  and  go  to 
 
 (wherein  baptism  was  administered,  Matt, 
 iii.)  environed  with  places,  which  in  name 
 and  situation,  signified  affliction:  and  teach 
 us  the  u>e  of  this  law,  which  is  to  afflict  the 
 soul  by  showing  it  sin,  and  to  prepare  us  for 
 Christ,  who  by  faith  bringelh  us  to  his  rest 
 ill  the  heavenly  Canaan,  Heb.  iv.  I — 3,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Elevex  days'  journey,]  So 
 the  Chald.  expounds  it,  adding  also  the  word 
 journey.  Some  of  the  Hebs.  think,  that  in 
 eleven  days,  all  things  iu  this  book  of  Deu- 
 teronomy were  by  Moses  rehearsed.  Neither 
 could  it  be  any  long  time,  seeing  Moses  be- 
 gan '  the  first  day  of  the  eleventli  month,' 
 ver.  3;  and  having  ended  all  things  in  this 
 book,  died,  and  was  mourned  for  thirty  days, 
 Deut.  xxxiv.  8.  Then  Joshua  sendeth  spies 
 to  view  the  land.  Josh,  ii;  leadeth  the  people 
 through  Jordan,  Josh,  iii  ;  circumciseth 
 them,  and  after  keepeth  the  '  passover  the 
 fourteenth  day  of  the  first  month,'  Josh.  v. 
 Horeb,]  Called  also  Sinai,  the  mount  where 
 the  law  was  given  ;  see  Exod.  iii.  1.  Mount 
 Seir,]  The  mountainous  country  of  Seir, 
 wherein  the  Edomites  dwelt.  Gen.  xxxvi.  8, 
 9.  Kadesh-barnea,]  The  southern  border 
 of  the  land  of  Canaan,  Num.  xxxiv.  4. 
 Though  the  way  was  so  short,  yet  Israel  for 
 their  sins  wandered  forty  years  in  the  wilder- 
 ness, as  God  had  threatened,  Num.  xiv.  33, 
 34,  in  which  time  all  the  fathers  died. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Fortieth  year,]  Of  Israel's 
 coming  out  of  Egypt.  In  the  first  month  of 
 this  year,  Mary,  Moses'  sister  died,  Num. 
 XX.  1,  *  in  the  first  day  of  the  fifth  month 
 thereof,  Aaron  his  brother  died,'  Num.  xxxiii. 
 38  ;  and  now  at  the  end  of  the  year,  Moses 
 himself  dieth,  when  he  had  repeated  the  law, 
 and  renewed  the  covenant  between  God  and 
 his  people  Israel. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Sihon,]  The  story  hereof  see 
 in  Num.  xxi;  and  after  in  Deut.  ii.  26,  &c. 
 The  slaughter  of  Sihon  and  Og  was  an  en- 
 couragement to  Israel,  for  their  after  wars, 
 and  an  argument  to  move  them  unto  thank- 
 ful obedience  to  the  law  now  repeated.  In 
 Ashtaroth,  in  Edrei,]  He  dwelt  in  Asta- 
 
 roth,  and  was  smitten  in  Edrei,  where  the 
 battle  was  fought,  Num.  xxi.  33 ;  or  as  the 
 Gr.  translattth  it,  he  dwelt  in  Astaroth  and 
 in  Edrei,  for  they  were  both  cities  in  Og's 
 land.  Josh.  xiii.  31  ;  and  Og  is  said  to  have 
 reigned  in  Astaroth  and  Edrei,  Josh.  xiii. 
 12.  In  Gen.  xiv.  5;  it  is  called  Astaroth 
 Karnaim. 
 
 Ver.  5.- — Began,]  Or,  willingly  took  up- 
 on him  :  for  the  word  implieth  willingness 
 and  contentedness:  see  Gen.  xviii.  27.  So 
 all  ministers  should  feed  theii"  flocks  'wil- 
 lingly, and  of  a  ready  mind,'  1  Pet.  v.  2. 
 And  Moses  began  to  declare,  that  is,  he  de- 
 clared as  Jiisns  began  to  say  unto  his  disci- 
 ples, Luke  xii.  1  ;  that  is,  he  said  unto  them, 
 Matt.  xvi.  C  ;  and  his  disciples  began  to  pluck 
 the  ears  of  corn.  Matt.  xii.  1  ;  that  is,  they 
 plucked,  Luke  vi.  1  'Jo  declare,]  Or,  to 
 7)iake  plaiyi,  clearly  mcmif est,  to  the  under- 
 standing of  the  people,  as  in  Hab.  ii.  2,  a 
 thing  is  said  to  be  '  made  plain,'  in  writing, 
 '  that  he  may  run  that  rcadeth  it.' 
 
 Ver.  6.— Dwelt,]  Or  sitte7i  (that  is, 
 continued)  much.  They  came  to  that  mount, 
 in  the  third  month  after  their  departure  out 
 of  Egypt,  Exod.  xix.  1,  2;  and  removed 
 from  the  mount,  '  the  twentieth  of  the  second 
 month  in  the  second  year,'  Num.  x.  11,  12; 
 so  they  remained  there  almost  a  whole  year, 
 where  they  received  the  law,  or  Old  Testa- 
 ment, and  had  made  a  tabernacle  for  God  to 
 dwell  among  them:  from  thence  God  called 
 them  by  word  and  sign,  the  cloud  removing. 
 Num.  X.  11,  13,  33;  to  journey  towards 
 Canaan  the  land  promised  to  Abraham,  the 
 figure  of  their  heavenly  inheritance  by  faith 
 in  Christ.  The  law  is  uot  for  men  to  con- 
 tinue under,  but  for  a  time,  till  they  be  fitted 
 and  brought  unto  Christ:  see  Gal.  iii.  16, 
 17,  IS;  iv.  1—5;  Heb.  iii.  IS,  19;  iv. 
 6—11. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Amorite,]  Put  for  Amorites, 
 as  the  Gr.  translateth,  whose  neighbours  were 
 the  Canaanites,  Pherizites,  and  other  nations 
 promised  to  be  their  possession,  Exod.  xxiii. 
 23,  28,  31.     Side,]  Or,  seaport,  which  was 
 
188 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 the  mount  of  the  Amorite,  and  unto  all  his  neighbours,  in  the 
 plain,  in  the  mountain,  and  in  tJie  vale,  and  in  the  south,  and  by 
 the  sea  side  -.  to  the  land  of  the  Canaanite,  and  Lebanon,  unto  the 
 gi-eat  river,  the  river  Euphrates.  ®  Behold,  I  have  given  the  land 
 before  you,  go  in  and  possess  the  land  which  Jehovah  sware  unto 
 your  fathers,  to  Abraham,  to  Isaac,  and  to  Jacob,  to  give  unto 
 them,  and  to  their  seed  after  them.  ^  And  I  spake  unto  you  at  that 
 time,  saying,  I  am  not  able  myself  alone  to  bear  you.  '"  Jehovah 
 your  God  hath  multiplied  you  :  and  behold  you  are  this  day,  as  the 
 stars  of  the  heavens  for  multitude.  ^'  Jehovah,  God  of  your  fathers, 
 add  unto  you  a  thousand  times  so  many  as  you  are,  and  bless  you 
 as  he  hath  spoken  unto  you.  ^-  How  shall  I  bear  myself  alone, 
 your  cumbrance,  and  your  burden,  and  your  strife  ?  '^  Give  ye 
 for  you  wise  men  and  understanding,  and  known  among  your 
 tribes,  and  I  will  appoint  them  for  to  be  your  heads.  '*  And  ye 
 answered  me  and  said.  The  word  which  thou  hast  spoken  is  good 
 to  do.  '^  And  I  took  the  heads  of  your  tribes,  wise  men  and  known, 
 and  gave  them  to  be  heads  over  you  ;  .rulers  of  thousands,  and  rulers 
 
 their  western  border,  Num.  xxxiv.  6.  Le- 
 banon,] Which  was  a  mount  on  the  north 
 part  of  tlie  land.  Euphrates,]  In  Heb. 
 Phrath,  whi(!h  was  their  eastern  bound,  in 
 the  utmost  extent  without  Jordan.  And  so 
 far  Solomon  reigned,  1  Kings  iv.  21.  Of 
 this  Euphrates,   see  the  notes  on  Gen.  ii.  14. 
 
 Ver.  8. — 1  HAVE  GIVEN,]  Or,  /  give  : 
 which  implietli  both  Israel's  right  unto  the 
 land,  Lev.  xxv.  23;  Judg.  xi.  23,  24;  and 
 their  assured  victory  over  the  inhabitants, 
 Exod.  xxiii.  27— 31.  Both  these  proceed- 
 ing fiom  tlie  gracious  gilt  of  God:  as  eternal 
 life,  (sliadowed  by  this  land,)  is  also  '  the  gift 
 of  God  through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord,'  Rom. 
 vi.  23.  Seed,]  That  is,  childrefi  or  posteri- 
 ty :   see  the  notes  on  Gen.  xiii.  )5. 
 
 Ver.  9. — I  said,]  Moses  was  constrained 
 unto  this  motion,  not  only  by  the  conscience 
 of  his  own  inability,  (here  mentioned)  but  by 
 the  counsel  of  Jethro,  and  commandment  of 
 the  Lord,  Exod.  xviii.  14,  18,  19,  21,  23. 
 Thus  the  people  were  fuinished  with  all 
 helps,  for  their  orderly  and  peaceable  travels. 
 
 Ver.  10.— As  the  stars,]  So  the  promise 
 was  fulfilled  which  Abraham  believed,  Gen. 
 XV.  5,  C.  They  were  six  hundred  thousand 
 men,  besides  women  and  children,  Exod.  xii. 
 37  ;  Num.  i. ;  see  also  Deut.  x.  22. 
 
 Ver.  11.— Add,]  That  is,  increase  :  Mo- 
 ses  envied  not  their  multitude,  but  wished 
 them  still  more,  as  David  also  did,  Ps.  cxv. 
 14.  And  the  increase  of  the  church  is  a 
 special  blessing,  fulfilled  in  Christ,  as  Is. 
 xlix.  20,  21;   liv.  1_3. 
 
 Veu.  12.— Your  cumbrance,]  Or,  weari^ 
 
 some  molestation,  trouble,  as  Is.  i.  14;  this 
 showeth  the  magistrate's  office  to  be  weighty 
 and  laborious.  And  by  your  cumbrance, 
 understand,  the  cumbrance  that  cometh  unto 
 me  by  you.  For  when  a  people  is  increased, 
 the  care  and  trouble  of  their  governors  is  in- 
 creased also,  1  Kings  iii.  8,  9  ;  2  Cor.  xi. 
 2S. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Give  ye,]  Of  your  own  looking 
 out  and  choice.  So  ministers  were  selected, 
 and  presented  by  the  people.  Acts  i.  15,  23; 
 vi.  3,  5,  6.  In  Exod.  xviii.  25,  it  is  said, 
 '  Moses  chose  men  of  ability,'  &c.  Here 
 the  people  gave  them,  and  after  in  ver.  15. 
 Again,  Moses  gave,  that  is,  made  them 
 heads:  for  when  things  are  done  by  many, 
 under  the  government  of  one  principal,  they 
 are  said  to  be  done  by  them,  or  by  him.  See 
 the  annot.  on  Num.  xxi.  21.  Understand- 
 ing,] Or,  prudent  ;  the  Gr.  translateth,  skil- 
 ful, or  endued  with  knotvledc/e  ;  which  word 
 the  apostle  useth,  James  iii.  13.  Known,] 
 Or,  expert,  as  the  word  signifieth  in  Isa.  liii. 
 3.  This  latter  the  Gr.  favoureth  here,  and 
 in  ver.  15.  Compare  Exod.  xviii.  21,  where 
 the  qualities  of  rulers  are  set  down.  Heads,] 
 That  is,  captains,  governors,  or  leaders,  as 
 the  Gr.  here  translateth;  and  in  ver.  J  5,  and 
 chap.  V.  ver.  23,  and  often  elsewhere. 
 
 Ver.  15. — And  gave  them,]  That  is,  set 
 them,  made  them,  or  constituted  them,  as  the 
 Gr.  and  Chald.  versions  explain  it.  So  he 
 hath  given  thee  over  them  for  king,  2  Chron. 
 ix.  8 ;  is  expounded,  '  he  hath  set  (or  con- 
 stituted) thee  king,'  1  Kings  x.  9.  Offi- 
 cers,] In  Hob.  Shotrim  :  they  were  such  as 
 
CHAP.  I. 
 
 189 
 
 of  hundreds,  and  rulers  of  fifties,  and  rulers  of  tens,  and  officers 
 among  your  tribes.  "^  And  I  commanded  your  judges  at  that  time, 
 saying.  Hear  between  your  brethren,  and  judge  justice  between  a 
 man  and  liis  brotlier,  and  his  stranger,  "  Ye  shall  not  respect 
 persons  in  judgment ;  you  shall  hear  alike  tlie  small  and  the  great  j 
 you  shall  not  be  afraid  of  the  face  of  man,  for  the  judgment  tliat 
 is  God's :  and  the  cause  which  shall  be  too  hard  for  you,  bring  it  unto 
 me,  and  I  will  hear  it. 
 
 ^^  And  I  commanded  you  at  that  time,  all  the  things  whicli  ye 
 should  do, 
 
 ^^  And  we  journeyed  from  Horeb,  and  went  through  all  that  great 
 and  fearful  wilderness  which  you  have  seen,  by  the  way  of  the 
 mountain  of  the  Amorites,  as  Jehovah  our  God  commanded  us ; 
 and  we  came  unto  Kadesh-Barnea.  ^°  And  I  said  unto  you.  Ye 
 are  come  unto  the  mountain  of  the  Amorites,  which  Jehovah  our 
 
 executed  the  magistrates'  laws,  as  the  Hebs. 
 think:  see  the  notes  on  Deut.  xvi.  18.  A- 
 MONG,]  Or,  to  your  tribes.  The  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth  it,  to  your  judges  :  which  seemeth  to 
 he  a  mistaking,  Shophte  for  Shibte  :  although 
 even  in  the  Heb.  text  we  may  see  one  of 
 these  put  for  another,  as  judges  in  1  Chron. 
 xvii.  6,  which  in  2  Sam.  vii.  7,  is  tribes. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Hear  between  your  bre- 
 thren,] To  wit,  the  causes  and  controver- 
 sies between  them  ;  Heb.  to  hear,  which 
 phrase  is  often  used  in  commandments,  as  is 
 noted  on  Exod.  xiii.  3;  and  it  may  be  a 
 defective  speech;  for  hearing,  hear  ye,  that 
 is,  hear  diligently.  Judge  justice,]  That 
 is,  just  and  righteous  judgment:  which  is 
 opposed  unto  judging  '  according  to  the  ap- 
 pearance,' John  vii.  24.  His  stranger,] 
 That  is,  the  stranger  that  is  with  him,  or 
 contendeth  with  him:  as,  he  that  '  eateth 
 my  bread,'  Ps.  xli.  10  ;  that  is,  which  '  eat- 
 eth bread  with  me,'  John  xiii.  18. 
 
 Ver.  17 — Respect  persons,]  Or,  ac 
 knowledge  faces,  either  by  'honouring  the 
 person  of  the  mighty,  or  by  countenancing 
 a  poor  man  in  his  cause,'  Lev.  xix.  13;  Exod. 
 xxiii.  3.  Solomon  noteth  this  as  one  of  the 
 things  belonging  to  the  wise,  that  it  is  '  not 
 good  to  acknowledge  faces  (or  respect  persons) 
 in  judgment,'  Prov.  xxiv.  23.  Alike  the 
 small,  &c.]  That  is,  the  small  as  well  as  the 
 great,  and  the  great  as  well  as  the  snuill  : 
 Heb.  like  small  like  great.  It  implieth  both 
 persons  and  causes.  Of  man,]  Or,  o/"  any 
 man.  That  is  God's,]  Or,  of  God,  and 
 belonging  to  him  :  appointed  by  his  law. 
 So  in  2  Chron.  xix.  6,  '  ye  judge  not  for 
 man,  but  for  the  Lord.'  And  a  like  phrase 
 is  in  another  case,  '  the  battle  is  not  yours, 
 but  God'?,'  2  Chron.  xx.  15.      The  cadse,] 
 
 Or,  the  word,  the  matter.  See  Exod.  xviii. 
 22. 
 
 Ver.  18. — All  the  things,]  Heb.  all 
 the  words.  Thus  Moses  faithfully  taught  the 
 judges  and  people  all  their  duties,  and  they 
 had  a  perfect  law.  So  Christ  ('  who  was 
 faithful  to  him  that  appointed  him,  as  Moses 
 was,'  Heb.  iii.  2,)  made  known  to  his  disci- 
 ples all  things  that  he  had  heard  of  his  Fa- 
 ther, John  XV.  15;  which  they  should  teach 
 also  his  people  to  observe,  Matt,  xxviii.  20. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Journeyed,]  Or,  departed. 
 Here  Moses  showeth  the  obedience  which 
 they  began  to  show  unto  God,  in  leaving  the 
 mount  of  God,  the  place  which  might  seem 
 sanctified,  and  where  men  might  have  said, 
 '  Lord,  it  is  good  for  us  to  be  heie:'  as  Matt, 
 xvii.  4.  Great,]  For  it  bordered  upon 
 many  countries.  Median,  Edom,  Moab,  &c., 
 and  feaiful  for  the  many  troubles  ana  teiTors 
 in  it.  Num.  xi.  1,  &c.,  it  was  '  a  land  of 
 deserts  and  of  pits,  a  land  of  drought  and  of 
 the  shadow  of  death,  a  land  that  no  man 
 passed  through,  and  where  no  man  dwelt,' 
 Jer.  ii.  6  ;  '  wherein  were  fiery  serpents  and 
 scorpions,'  Deut.  viii.  15.  It  was  '  the  wil- 
 derness of  Pharan,'  Num.  x.  12  ;  xiii.  1  ; 
 where  Ishmael  dwelt,  when  his  mother  Agar 
 and  he  had  lost  themselves  in  wandering, 
 after  that  they  were  cast  out  of  Abraham's 
 house,  Geu.  xxi.  21.  It  figured  the  estate 
 and  dominion  of  the  law,  through  which 
 God's  people  pass  with  many  wants,  sins, 
 terrors,  and  stings  of  conscience,  &c.  Com- 
 pare Ps.  Ixiii.  2  ;  xxxii.  4;  evii.  4,  5;  and 
 the  healing  of  all  these  spiritual  defects  by 
 the  gospel,  Isa.  xl.  3,  4  ;  Mark  xvi.  18. 
 Of  the  mount,]  That  is,  '  which  leadeth 
 to  the  mount  of  the  Amorites;  a  people  high 
 as  cedars,  strong  as  oaks,  Amos  ii.  9,   10. 
 
190 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 God  giveth  nnto  its.  ^'  Behold,  Jehovah  thy  God  hath  given  the 
 land  before  thee,  go  up,  possess  it,  as  Jeliovah  the  God  of  thy  fa- 
 thers hath  spoken  unto  tliee  ;  fear  not,  neither  be  discouraged. 
 
 ^^  And  ye  came  near  unto  me,  all  of  you,  and  said.  We  will 
 send  men  Ijefore  us,  and  they  shall  search  out  for  us  the  land,  and 
 shall  bring  us  vrord  again,  by  what  way  we  shall  go  up,  and  into 
 what  cities  we  shall  come. 
 
 ^^  And  the  word  was  good  in  mine  eyes,  and  I  took  of  you  twelve 
 men,  one  man  of  a  tribe.  ^*  And  tliey  turned  and  went  up  into  the 
 mountain,  and  came  unto  the  valley  of  Eshcol :  and  tliey  searched 
 it  out.  ^*  And  they  took  in  their  hand  of  tlie  fruit  of  the  land,  and 
 brought  it  down  unto  us,  and  brouglit  us  word  again  and  said,  It  is 
 a  good  land  which  Jehovah  our  God  giveth  us.  ^^  But  ye  would 
 not  go  up,  but  rebelled  against  tlie  mouth  of  Jeliovah  your  God, 
 ^^  And  murmured  in  your  tents,  and  said.  In  the  hatred  of  Jehovah 
 towards  us,  lie  hatli  brouglit  us  forth  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt,  to 
 give  us  into  the  hand  of  the  Amorite  to  destroy  us.  ^^  Vv^liither  go 
 we  up  ?  Our  brethren  liave  caused  our  heart  to  melt,  saying. 
 The  people  is  greater  and  taller  than  we;  tlie  cities  are  great  and 
 walled  up  to  lieaven  :  and  moreover  we  have  seen  the  sons  of  the 
 Anakims  there. 
 
 '^'^  And  I  said  unto  you,  Be  not  terrified,  neither  be  afraid  of 
 tliem.     ^^  Jehovah  your  God  that  goeth  before  you,  lie  Mdll  fight 
 
 Kadesh-barnea,]  Called  sometime  Kadesh 
 only  ;  it  was  '  in  the  wilderness  of  Pliaran,' 
 Num.  xiii.  26. 
 
 Veb.  21 . — Discouraged,]  Or,  cast  down, 
 broken;  which  word,  when  it  is  applied  to 
 tlie  mind,  signifieth  discouragement  through 
 fear.  Here  Moses  showeth  them  the  right 
 that  they  had  in  the  promises  of  God  ;  the 
 ahility  which  they  had  in  him  to  obtain  them; 
 and  his  commandment  to  take  their  inheri- 
 tance set  liefoi-e  them. 
 
 Ver.  2o. — Was  good,]  That  is,  pleased, 
 liked  me  well:  because  it  was  approved,  or  at 
 least  permitted  of  the  Lord,  Num.  xiii.  2,  3. 
 For  prudent  policy  (so  it  be  not  mixed  with 
 unbelief)  doth  well  beseem  us,  in  the  execu- 
 tion of  God's  commandments.  So  Joshua 
 sendeth  spies  and  useth  other  stratagems. 
 Josh.  ii.  &c.  One  man  of  a  tribe,]  Or, 
 for  a  tribe,  of  every  tribe  one:  see  Num. 
 xiii.  2,  4,  &c.  where  their  names  are  set 
 down,  and  the  charge  given  them. 
 
 Ver.  24.— Eshcol,]  That  is,  the  cluster 
 of  grapes,  whereof  the  place  had  the  name. 
 Num.  xiii.  25. 
 
 Ver.  25. —The  fruit,]  As  grapes,  pome- 
 granates, figs.  Num.  xiii.  23.  A  good 
 land,]  Flowing  with  milk  and  honey,  Num. 
 xiii.  27. 
 
 Veb.  26.  — Rebelled,  J  In  Gr.  disobeyed; 
 properly  it  signifieth  turned  or  ihanged,  as 
 in  Ezek.  v.  6  ;  which  figuratively  is  used  for 
 rebellion  or  disobedience,  whereby  God's 
 word  is  as  it  were  changed  and  disannulled. 
 The  mouth,]  That  is,  the  u-ord,  as  the  Gr. 
 translateth.  So  Exod.  xvii.  1  ;  Gen.  xxiv. 
 57 ;  and  after  here  in  ver.  43.  Of  their  re- 
 bellion, see  Num.  xiv.  2,  3,  &c. 
 
 Veb.  27. — In  the  hatred,]  Or,/or  the 
 hatred  of  Jehovah  (wherewith  he  hateth)  us: 
 that  is,  for  that  the  Lord  hateth  us  ;  as  is 
 in  the  Gr.  version.  See  the  like  phrase  in 
 Gen.  xix.  IC;  xxix.  20;  Hos.  iii.  ].  This 
 evil  saying,  Moses  would  not  have  to  come 
 out  of  the  mouth  of  their  enemies,  Deut.  ix. 
 28;  and  it  showeth  the  height  of  their 
 sin,  which  imputed  that  to  hatred,  wherein 
 God  manifested  his  love,  Deut.  iv.  37 ;  vii. 
 8. 
 
 Ver.  28. — To  welt,]  That  is,  discour- 
 aged,  or  (as  the  Chald.  translateth  it)  broken. 
 The  Gr.  saith,  have  turned  away  oxir  heart, 
 David  ampHfieth  this  similitude,  in  Ps.  xxii. 
 15,  '  my  heart  is  as  wax,  it  is  molten,'  &c. 
 So  Josh.  ii.  11  ;  vii.  5;  xiv.  8;  Isa.  xix. 
 1.  These  brethren  were  ten  of  the  twelve 
 spies,  sent  to  view  the  land.  Num.  xiii.  23, 
 &c.     Anakims,]  In  Gr.  and  Chald.  Giants: 
 
CHAP.    I. 
 
 191 
 
 for  you,  according  to  all  that  he  did  for  you  in  Egypt,  before  your 
 eyes;  ^'  And  in  the  wilderness,  which  thou  hast  seen,  how  that 
 Jehovah  thy  God  bare  thee,  as  a  man  doth  bear  his  son,  in  all  the 
 way  that  ye  went,  until  ye  came  unto  this  place.  ^^  Yet  in  this 
 thing  you  did  not  believe  in  Jehovah  your  God. 
 
 ^^  Who  went  before  you  in  the  way,  to  search  you  out  a  place 
 to  pitch  your  tents  in :  in  fire  by  night,  to  show  you  by  what  way 
 ye  should  go ;  and  in  a  cloud  by  day.  ^*  And  Jehovah  heard  the 
 voice  of  your  words,  and  was  wroth,  and  sware,  saying,  ^'^  If  there 
 shall  a  man  see,  of  these  men,  of  this  evil  generation,  tlie  good 
 land  wliich  I  sware  to  give  unto  your  fathers,  ^^  Except  Caleb,  the 
 son  of  Jephunneli,  he  shall  see  it,  and  to  him  will  I  give  the  land 
 that  he  hath  trodden  upon,  and  to  his  sons,  because  he  hath  fully 
 followed  Jehovah.  "  Also  Jehovah  was  angry  with  me  for  your 
 sakes,  saying.  Thou  also  shalt  not  go  in  thither.  ^^  Joshua  tlie  son  of 
 Nun,  wliich  standeth  before  tliee,  lie  shall  go  in  thither  ;  strengthen 
 thou  him,  for  he  shall  cause  Israel  to  inherit  it.  ^^  And  your  little 
 ones,  which  you  said  should  be  for  a  prey,  and  your  sons  which 
 know  not  this  day  good  and  evil,  they  shall  go  in  thither,  and  unto 
 them  will  I  give  it,  and  they  shall  possess  it. 
 
 see  Num.  xiii.  28,  33  ;  where  it  is  singular 
 
 Ver.  30.— He,]  The  Chald.  paraphras- 
 eth^  Ids  word  will Jight  for  you. 
 
 Ver.  31. — Bare  thee,]  This  word  meau- 
 eth  not  bearing  of  the  body  only,  but  bearing 
 of  their  infirmities,  and  suffering  the  evils 
 and  troubles  in  the  education  of  them,  as  a 
 father  doth  in  his  children:  which  the  Gr. 
 explaiueth  by  etrophophorese,  a  word  that 
 Paul  useth  in  Acts  xiii.  IS;  where  the  Sy- 
 riac  expoundeth  it,  nourished,  or,  as  some 
 copies  have  it,  etropophorese,  he  suffered 
 their  manners 
 
 Ver.  32 — Yet  in  this  thing,]  Or,  for 
 this  word  :  notwithstanding  this  exhortation 
 and  encouragement,  you  believed  not.  In 
 Jehovah,]  Chald.  in  the  ivord  of  the  Lord. 
 This  unbelief  Paul  noteth  to  be  the  cause 
 why  they  entered  not  into  the  Lord's  rest, 
 Heb.  iii.  1,  2,  18,  19 
 
 Ver.  33. — Who  went,]  Namely,  by  his 
 ark,  fire,  and  cloud,  the  signs  of  his  presence. 
 Num.  X.  33,  34,  or,  who  goelh,  to  wit,  still 
 before  you. 
 
 Ver.  35. — If  there  shall,]  That  is, 
 surely  there  shall  not  :  as  Paul  openeth  the 
 phrase,  Heb.  iii.  11,  18.  Though  Moses 
 entreated  for  the  people,  Num.  xiv.  1 3 — 19 ; 
 and  the  Lord  pardoned  them,  that  tiiey  were 
 not  then  destroyed,  Num.  xiv.  20 ;  yet  he 
 sware  (and  so  it  was  irrevocable,  and  with- 
 out repentance,  Ps.  ex.  4  ;)  that  they  should 
 not   come    into  the  promised  land:    see  the 
 
 notes  on  Num.  xiv.  See,]  That  is,  come 
 into  and  enjoy:  as  to  see  good,  is  to  enjoy 
 the  same,  Ps.  cvi.  5. 
 
 Ver.  36. — Caleb,]  One  of  the  twelve 
 spies  who  was  faithful:  see  Num.  xiii.  6, 
 30  ;  xiv.  6,  &c.  Folly  followed,]  Heb. 
 /uljilkd  after  Jehovah  ;  which  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth,  fulloived  the  things  pertaining  to  the 
 Lord.  This  he  did,  being  guided  by  another 
 spirit,  Num.  xiv.  24. 
 
 Ver.  37. — With  me,]  With  Aaron  also; 
 for  they  both  were  in  one  transgression  and 
 punishment,  Num.  xx.  10,  12,  24.  For 
 YOUR  SAKES,]  For  the  people  '  provoked  his 
 Spirit,'  whereupon  he  uttered  his  sin  '  with 
 his  lips,'  Ps.  cvi.  32,  33  ;  his  sin  proceeded 
 also  from  unbelief:  see  Num.  xx.  12.  Thus 
 God  showed  severity  towards  all,  after  many 
 provocations:  and  by  it  the  people  were  taught, 
 that  not  Moses'  law,  but  Jesus'  gospel,  should 
 bring  them  into  their  heavenly  rest. 
 
 Ver.  SS. — Joshua,]  Or,  Jehoshuah  ;  in 
 Gr.  Jesus  ;  he  was  another  of  the  spies:  see 
 Num.  xiii.  8,  IG;  xiv.  6,  38.  Standeth,] 
 That  is,  ministereth,  or,  is  thy  servant,  as 
 the  phrase  meaneth,  Gen.  xviii.  8  ;  and  so 
 he  is  named  '  Moses'  minister,'  Josh.  i.  1. 
 Strengthen,]  By  word  and  sign,  which  was 
 imposition  of  hands,  whereby  Moses  put  off" 
 his  honour  upon  Jesus,  and  he  was  filled  with 
 the  Spirit,  Num.  xxvii.  18,  20,  23;  Deut. 
 xxxiv.  9. 
 
 Ver.  39. — For  a  prey,]  To  be  spoiled 
 and    devoured  of  the  enemy:    of  this  their 
 
192 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ^^  But  as  for  you,  turn  ye,  and  take  your  journey  into  tlie  wil- 
 derness, by  the  way  of  tlie  Red  sea.  "  And  ye  answered  and  said 
 unto  me,  We  have  sinned  against  Jehovah  :  we  will  go  up  and  fight, 
 according  to  all  tliat  Jehovali  our  God  hath  commanded  us  :  and 
 ye  girded  on  every  man  Jiis  weapons  of  war,  and  pressed  forward  to 
 go  up  into  the  mountain.  ^^  And  Jehovah  said  unto  me.  Say  unto 
 them.  Go  not  up,  neither  fight,  for  I  am  not  among  you,  that  ye 
 be  not  smitten  before  your  enemies.  ^^And  I  spake  unto  you,  and 
 you  heard  not,  but  rebelled  against  the  mouth  of  Jehovah,  and  you 
 were  presumptuous,  and  went  up  into  tlie  mountain.  "  And  the 
 Amorite  that  dwelletli  in  that  mountain,  came  out  against  you,  and 
 they  pursued  you  as  bees  do,  and  destroyed  you  in  Seir,  even  unto 
 Hormah.  ^*  And  ye  returned  and  wept  before  Jehovah  :  but  Jelio- 
 vah  heard  not  your  voice,  neither  gave  ear  unto  you.  ^^  And  ye 
 abode  in  Kadesh  many  days,  according  to  the  days  that  ye  abode 
 there. 
 
 speech,  see  Num.  xiv.  3.  They  shall  go 
 IN,]  After  forty  years'  wandering  in  the  wil- 
 derness, and  bearing  their  fathers'  whoredoms: 
 see  Num.  xiv.  31,  33.  So  God  showeth 
 grace  to  weaklings  and  babes  in  Christ,  1 
 Cor.  i.  28  ;   Matt.  xi.  25. 
 
 Ver.  40.— Way  of,]  That  is,  which  lead- 
 eth  towards  the  Red  sea,  where  Israel  had 
 been  baptized,  Exod.  xiv.;  and  whither  they 
 were  now  led  again  to  learn  repentance  and 
 a  new  life.     See  Num.  xiv.  25. 
 
 Ver.  41. — Sinned,]  The  people  mourned 
 greatly,  when  they  heard  that  evil  tidings 
 from  the  Lord  ;  confessed  their  sin,  and  of- 
 fered amendment,  Num.  xiv.  39,  40;  but 
 their  repentance  was  not  according  to  God  ; 
 (for  presently  they  rushed  into  another  extre- 
 mity ;)  neither  could  they  reverse  the  decree 
 passed  against  them.  His  weapons  of  war,] 
 Or  the  iveopons  of  his  war,  whicli  is  an  Heb. 
 phrase  very  common,  translated  in  Gr.  his 
 weapons  of  war :  so  iti  Dan.  ix.  24,  '  city 
 of  thy  holiness,  that  is,  thy  holy  city,  and  the 
 house  of  my  prayer ;  and  many  the  like. 
 Pressed  forward,]  Assayed  of  your  oivn 
 accord,  or  thronged  ;  as  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 gathered  together  ;  the  Chald.;ye  ie^'crw.  The 
 Heb.  word  is  used  here  only:  in  Num.  xiv. 
 44,  theie  is  said,  '  they  loftily  presumed,' 
 or  lifted  up  themselves ;  answerable  to  their 
 presumption  here  following. 
 
 Ver.  42.— I  am  not,]  The  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  my  majesty  (or  presence)  dwel- 
 leth  not  among  you:  see  Num.  xiv.  42. 
 Smitten,]  In  Gr.  broken  or  crushed.  The 
 Lord  threatened  their  fall  by  the  sword  of  the 
 Amalekites  and  Canaanites,  Num.  xiv.  43. 
 
 Ver.  43. — Were  presumptuous,]  Or, 
 were  proud,  arrogant :  compare  Num.  xiv. 
 44.  The  people  having  by  their  evil  heart 
 and  unfaithful,  departed  from  the  living  God,  ' 
 would  return  to  him  by  the  works  of  their 
 own  hands  ;  which  was  a  presumptuous  sin, 
 and  showed  their  repentance  not  to  be  sin- 
 cere, but  that  the  flesh  repined  and  struggled 
 against  the  chastisements  of  God,  not  willing 
 to  bear  the  punishment  of  their  iniquity.  See 
 the  notes  on  Num.  xiv. 
 
 Ver.  44. — Amorite,]  With  the  Araale 
 kites;  see  Num.  xiv.  45.  Bees  do,]  Or, 
 lees  use  to  do  :  which,  when  they  aie  anger- 
 ed, get  them  together,  and  fly  on  the  faces  of 
 their  provokers;  see  Ps.  cxviii.  12.  Our 
 sins  are  enemies,  like  bees,  many  compact  in 
 the  hive  of  the  heart:  being  troubled  and  pro- 
 voked, they  become  more  eager  and  fierce, 
 sting  and  pursue  us.  They  cannot  be  sub- 
 dued but  by  faith  in  Christ,  (as  they  that 
 were  stung  of  serpents  were  healed  by  him. 
 Num.  xxi.)  for,  by  the  works  of  the  law,  no 
 sin  can  be  expelled,  Rom.  vii.  7,  S,  &c. 
 HoRJiAH,]  The  Gr.  saith,  from  Seir  unto 
 Hernia  :  see  Num.  xiv.  45. 
 
 Ver.  45. — Returned,]  The  Gr.  saith, 
 pe  sat  dotcn  and  wept.  Heard  not,]  Chald. 
 accepted  not  your  prayer.  This  figured, 
 how  '  Israel  following  the  law  of  justice, 
 could  not  attain  unto  it,  because  they  sought 
 it  not  by  faith,  but  as  it  were  by  the  works 
 of  the  law,'  Rom.  ix.  31,  32. 
 
 Ver.  46. — Kadesh,]  A  large  wilderness, 
 where  Israel  abode  long,  as  appeareth  by 
 Num.  xiii.  27;  xx.  1,  14,  21;  Judg.  xi. 
 17  ;   Deut.  ii.  14. 
 
CHAP.   II. 
 
 193 
 
 CHAP.  II. 
 
 1.  The  story  is  continued,  that  the  Israelites  were  not  suffered  to 
 meddle  with  the  Edomites;  9-  nor  with  the  Moabites;  1 9-  nor  with  the 
 Ammonites;  24.  hut  with  S'lhon  tlie  Amorite;  who  refusing  'peace,  and 
 opposing  himself,  33.  was  subdued  by  them. 
 
 ^  AND  we  turned  and  took  our  journey  into  the  wilderness,  bj 
 the  way  of  the  Red  Sea,  as  Jehovah  had  spoken  unto  me :  and  we 
 compassed  mount  Seir  many  days.  ^  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  me, 
 saying,  ^  Ye  have  compassed  this  mountain  long  enough  :  turn  you 
 northward.  "*  And  command  thou  the  people,  saying.  Ye  are  to 
 pass  through  the  coast  of  your  bretliren,  the  sons  of  Esau,  which 
 dwell  in  Seir  -.  and  they  shall  be  afraid  of  you ;  and  take  ye  great 
 heed  unto  yourselves.  ^  Meddle  not  with  them,  for  I  will  not  give 
 you  of  their  land,  even  to  the  treading  of  the  sole  of  the  foot,  be- 
 
 Ver.  1. — Had  spoken,]  As  is  before  men- 
 tioned, Deut.  i.  40,  which  then  the  people 
 were  unwilling  to  do,  but  would  needs  go 
 fight,  till  they  had  learned  by  their  discom- 
 fiture what  it  was  to  disobey,  and  v.^re  en- 
 forced to  yield  unto  the  word  of  Gnd.  Mount 
 Seir,]  The  mountainous  country  of  Seir, 
 which  was  Edom's  land,  Gen.  xxxvi.  8,  9, 
 20 ;  but  they  went  in  the  wilderness  and 
 were  sore  cumbered  in  the  way:  see  Num. 
 XX).  4. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Long  enough,]  A  like  speech 
 God  used  before,  Deut.  i.  6,  so  here  is  men- 
 tioned a  second  calling  of  Israel,  fiom  the 
 deserts  of  Seir,  to  go  northward  again  towards 
 Canaan,  after  they  had  wandered  almost 
 thirty-eight  years  in  Kadesh  wilderness, 
 about  mount  Seir,  ver.  14,  by  which  travel, 
 God  taught  them  to  mortify  their  unruly  af- 
 fections, and  by  the  death  of  so  many  thou- 
 sands there,  led  them  to  seek  life  (by  lepen- 
 tance  and  faith)  in  the  heavenly  Canaan,  see- 
 ing they  co\ild  not  come  into  the  earthly.  In 
 the  meanwhile,  the  Amorites,  Canaaiiites, 
 &c.,  (unto  whom  God  gave  this  long  time  of 
 repentance)  were  hardened  in  their  sins,  and 
 took  occasion  to  insult  over  God's  people,  be- 
 holding their  afflictions:  but  the  posterity  of 
 Israel  were  humbled  and  prepared  for  to  re- 
 ceive the  land  promised.  Northward,] 
 Towards  Canaan;  not  the  way  they  went  be- 
 fore by  Kadesh-barnea,  but  between  the  coasts 
 of  Edoni  on  the  one  hand,  and  of  Moab  and 
 Ammon  on  the  other  ;  so  to  enter  into  Ca- 
 naan, through  Sihon  the  Amorite's  land. 
 Thus  God's  word  was  their  director,  unto  all 
 places,  and  all  actions  :  in  which  respect 
 these  histories  of  holy  scripture  excel  all  hu- 
 man histories  in  the  world. 
 
 Vol.  ir.  2 
 
 Ver.  4.— Afraid,]  As  was  prophesied  of 
 them,  and  others,  in  Exod.  xv.  15,  &c.  yet 
 Edom  was  a  mighty  people,  settled  in  their 
 mountain,  and  fortified.  See  also  Num.  xxii.  3. 
 Great,]  Or,  vehement  heed;  meaning,  that 
 they  oflered  Edom  no  wrong,  neither  suffered 
 themselves  to  be  overcome  by  them :  '  Walk 
 wisely  towards  them  that  are  without,'  Col. 
 iv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Meddle  not,]  Or,  contendnot 
 with  them,  to  wit,  in  battle,  as  is  explained 
 in  ver.  9,  and  so  the  Gr.  here  saith,  make 
 not  war  with  them.  As  all  wars  should  be 
 made  '  by  wise  counsels,'  Prov.  xxiv.  6,  so 
 chiefly  by  the  mouth  of  God,  who  teacheth 
 man's  hand  to  war,  Ps.  cxliv.  1,  who  hath 
 willed  us,  '  If  it  be  possible,  as  much  as  lieth 
 in  you,  be  at  peace  with  all  men,'  Rom.  xii. 
 18.  In  special  it  was  commanded,  '  Thou 
 shalt  not  abhor  an  Edomite;  for  he  is  thy 
 brother,'  Deut.  xxiii.  7.  To  the  tread- 
 ing, &c.]  That  is,  not  a  foot  breadth;  the 
 Gr,  translateth  it,  not  the  step  (or  breadth) 
 of  a  foot:  which  phrase  Luke  useth,  in  Acts 
 vii.  6,  concerning  Abraham  in  Canaan. 
 Though  the  Edomites  were  wicked,  yet  God 
 continued  their  state  for  a  time;  during 
 which  no  man  might  lawfully  disturb  them. 
 By  this  God  teacheth  also  the  difference 
 between  Esau's  portion  and  Jacob's :  see 
 Rom.  ix.  11,  12,  &c.;  Col.  i.  12.  See  the 
 notes  on  Gen.  xxxvi,  43.  A  possession,] 
 Or,  an  inheritance  to  Esuu;  that  is,  (as  the 
 Gr.  translateth)  to  the  sons  of  Esau-  'The 
 most  High  divided  to  the  nations  tlieir  inheri- 
 tance,' Deut.  xxxii.  8,  and  Esau  had  their  por- 
 tion and  state  long  before  Israel,  Gen.  xxxvi. 
 8,  31,  43;  Josh.  xxiv.  4,  with  such  worldly 
 baits  God's  people  should  not  be  allured. 
 B 
 
194 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 cause  I  have  given  mount  Seir^r  a  possession  unto  Esau.  *  Ye 
 shall  buy  meat  of  tliem  for  money,  that  ye  may  eat :  and  ye  shall 
 also  buy  water  of  them  for  money,  that  ye  may  drink.  '  For  Je- 
 hovah tliy  God  hath  blessed  thee  in  every  work  of  thy  hand ;  lie 
 knoweth  thy  walking  through  this  great  wilderness :  tliese  forty 
 years  Jehovah  thy  God  hath  been  with  tliee,  tliou  hast  not  lacked 
 any  tiling.  ^  And  we  passed  by  from  our  brethren  the  sons  of  Esau, 
 that  dwelt  in  Seir,  through  the  way  of  the  plain,  from  Elath,  and 
 from  Ezion-Gaber :  and  we  turned  and  passed  by,  by  the  way  of 
 the  wilderness  of  Moab.  ^  And  Jehovah  said  unto  me,  Distress  not 
 Moab,  neither  meddle  thou  with  them  in  battle  -.  for  I  will  not  give 
 thee  of  his  land,  for  a  possession;  because  I  have  given  Ar  unto 
 the  sons  of  Lot  for  a  possession.  '"  The  Emins  before  time  dwelt 
 therein,  a  people  great  and  many,  and  tall  as  the  Anakims.  "  Tliey 
 also  were  accounted  giants,  as  the  Anakims :  and  tlie  Moabites  call 
 them  Emims.  '^  And  in  Seir  tlie  Horims  dwelt,  before  time,  and 
 the  sons  of  Esau  possessed  tliem,  and  destroyed  them  from  before 
 them,  and  dwelt  in  their  stead,  as  Israel  did,  unto  the  land  of  his 
 
 Ver.  6. — Buy,]  Heb.  break:  which  both 
 Gr.  and  Chald.  translate,  buy:  see  Gen.  xli. 
 5fi,  in  the  aniiot.  In  the  stiangeis'  land  no- 
 thing was  to  be  had  freely,  but  with  money, 
 figuring  the  estate  of  those  under  the  law ;  in 
 Canaan  they  had  all  things  freely;  signifying 
 the  free  grace  in  Christ,  Deut.  xi.  9,  10, 
 &c.;  Is.  Iv.  1 ;  Rev.  xxi.  6.  Money,]  Heb. 
 silver.  Buy,]  Heb.  dig;  which  the  Chald. 
 translateth,  bni/;  the  Gr.  receive  by  vieasure. 
 It  may  be  meant  of  buying  wells  digged  out 
 of  Edom's  ground;  for  so  they  were  wont; 
 see  Gen.  xxvi.  18,  &c. ;  Num.  xxi.  IS,  or, 
 after  the  Arabic  manner,  which  useth  this 
 ■word  for  buying. 
 
 Ver.  7. — He  knoweth,]  This  is  meant 
 of  careful  regarding  their  estate,  wants,  &c., 
 wherefore  the  Chald.  paraphraseth,  "  He 
 hath  sufficiently  given  thee  things  necessary 
 when  thou  walkest."  Jehovah,]  In  Chald. 
 the  word  of  the  Lord. 
 
 Ver.  8.  — We  passed  by,]  Though  the 
 Edomites  showed  great  unkindness,  that 
 would  not  suffer  Israel  to  pass  through  their 
 country  quietly,  Num.  xx.  14,  18,  &c.,  yet 
 upon  warning  and  charge  given  from  God,  his 
 people  turned  away  from  fight,  and  contented 
 themselves  in  their  tentations,  with  the  pro- 
 mises of  God.  See  Num.  xx.  21 ;  Judg.  xi. 
 17.  Afterward  this  favour  of  Israel,  and  the 
 ill  reward  of  Edom,  Moab,  and  Ammon,  is 
 remembered  in  the  prayer  of  king  Jehosa- 
 phat,  2  Chron.  xx.  10—12.  Ezion-gaber,] 
 These  were  port  towns,  by  '  the  brink  of  the 
 Red  Sea,  in  the  land  of  Edom,'  1  Kines  ix. 
 26. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Moab,]  That  is  the  Moabites, 
 as  the  next  words  manifest.  So  the  Gr. 
 deal  not  at  enmity  with  the  Moabites.  They 
 were  the  posterity  of  Lot,  Gen.  xix.  37, 
 which  dealt  unkindly  with  Israel,  as  Edom 
 had  done,  Judg.  xi.  17,  and  were  (for  their 
 neglect  of  duty)  not  to  enter  into  the  congre- 
 gation of  the  Lord,  Deut.  xxiii.  3,  4.  They 
 were  also  become  idolaters.  Num.  xxv.  1,2; 
 xxi.  29,  yet  God  suffered  not  Israel  to  hurt 
 them,  for  the  reasons  before  alleged.  Med- 
 dle,] Or,  contend,  as  before  in  ver.  5.  Ar,] 
 A  chief  mountain,  and  city  thereon.  Num. 
 xxi.  15,  28,  put  here  for  the  whole  country. 
 The  Gr.  for  Ar,  here  hath  Aroer.,  whereof 
 see  ver.  36,  so  in  ver.  18,  29. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Emins,]  In  Gr.  Ommeins,  by 
 interpretation,  terrible  ones,  and  so  the  Chald. 
 translateth:  see  Gen.  xiv.  5.  Anakims,] 
 In  the  Chald.  Giants:  see  Num.  xiii.  29. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Giants.]  In  Heb.  Rephaim, 
 which  the  Gr.  keepeth  as  a  proper  name 
 Raphaein,  of  <'ne  Kapha,  who  was  a  giant: 
 whereupon  it  is  a  name  for  all  giants  :  see 
 tlie  notes  on  Gen.  xiv.  5,  so  after  in  Deut. 
 iii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Horims,]  Or,  Chorites;  in 
 Gr.  Chorrcrans:  see  Gen.  xiv.  6;  xxxvi. 
 20.  Possessed,]  Or,  disinherited,  and  so 
 succeeded  in  their  inheritance :  the  Gr. 
 translateth,  destroyed  them.  As  Israel 
 did,]  To  wit,  afterward,  in  the  days  of  Jo- 
 shua :  thus  it  is  spoken  by  way  of  prophesy  ; 
 or,  it  may  have  reference  to  that  part  of  Is- 
 rael's inheritance  which  they  had  now  con- 
 quered  on  the  outside  of  Jordan.      By  this 
 
CHAP.    II.  195 
 
 possession,  which  Jeliovah  gave  unto  them.  '^  Now  rise  up,  and 
 pass  you  ovei-  the  brook  Zered :  and  we  passed  over  the  broolc  Ze- 
 red.  "  And  the  days,  in  which  we  came  from  Kadesh-Barnea,  un- 
 til we  passed  over  the  brook  Zered,  were  thirty  and  eight  years, 
 until  all  the  generation  of  the  men  of  war  were  wasted  out  from 
 among  the  camp,  as  Jehovah  sware  unto  them.  '*  And  indeed,  the 
 liand  of  Jehovah  was  against  them,  to  destroy  them  from  among 
 the  camp,  until  they  were  consumed.  '^  And  it  was,  when  aU  the 
 men  of  war  were  consumed,  and  dead,  from  among  the  people ; 
 "  Then  Jehovali  spake  unto  me,  saying,  ^^  Thou  art  to  pass  over 
 this  day,  through  Ar,  the  coast  of  Moab.  '*  And  thou  shalt  come 
 nigh,  over  against  the  sons  of  Ammon ;  distress  them  not,  neither 
 meddle  with  them :  for  I  will  not  give  thee  of  the  land  of  the  sons 
 of  Ammou  miy  possession,  because  I  have  given  it  for  a  possession 
 to  the  sons  of  Lot.  ^^  That  also  was  accounted  a  land  of  giants  -. 
 giants  dwelt  therein  before  time;  and  tlie  Ammonites  call  them 
 Zamzummims.  ^'  A  people  great,  and  many,  and  tall,  as  the  Ana- 
 kims :  and  Jehovah  destroyed  them  from  before  them ;  and  they 
 possessed  them,  and  dwelt  in  tlieir  stead.  ^^  As  he  did  to  the  sons 
 of  Esau,  which  dwelt  in  Seir,  when  he  destroyed  tlie  Horims  from 
 before  them ;  and  they  possessed  tliem,  and  have  dwelt  in  their 
 stead  unto  this  day.  ^^  And  the  Avims,  which  dwelt  in  Hazerim, 
 even  to  Gaza :  the  Caphtorims,  which  came  forth  out  of  Caphtor, 
 destroyed  them,  and  dwelt  in  their  stead.     ^^  Rise  ye  up,  take  your 
 
 and  the  like,  in  ver.  22,  23,  God  would  teach  monites,  the  posterity  of  Ben-ammi   the  son 
 
 Israel  not  to  insult  upon  tlieir  outward  con-  of  Lot,  Gen.  xix.  ?>S,  so  in  ver.  37. 
 
 quests  (such  as  he  had  given  to  other  nations  Ver.    20. — Giants,]    Or   Rephaims,    as 
 
 before  them)   but    to    seek  for  an   heavenly  ver.  11,     Zamzummims,]  That  is,  jBre«w?«jo- 
 
 country.     This  he  remembered  to  them  by  tuous  wicked  ones;  in  Gr.  Zommein.   These 
 
 the  prophet,  Amos  ix.  7,  '  Are  ye  not  as  the  are  thought  to  be  those  that  were  of  old  called 
 
 sons  of  Ethiopians  unto  me,  O  sons  of  Israel?'  Zuzims,  Gen.   xiv.    5.     The  Chald.  calleth 
 
 &c.  them  Chitshbanin. 
 
 Veb.  13. — Brook,]  Or  bourne:  a  valley  Ver.  22. — Horims,]  Or,  Horites;  Heb. 
 
 and    river    running    tiierein.       So   the    Gr.  the  Chorite;  ia  Gr.  the  Chorraan:  see  Gen. 
 
 saith,  the  valley  Zareth.     Of  it  see  Num.  xiv.  6. 
 
 xxi.  12.  Ver.   23.— Avims,]    Or,  Avites;  in   Gr. 
 
 Ver.   14. — From    Kadesh-barnea,]  To  Evites;  these  were  the  ancient  inhabitants  of 
 
 wit,  fiom  the  time  that  they  came  to  Kadesh-  the  Philistians'  country,  Josh.  xiii.  3.   Caph- 
 
 baniea  (where  they  abode  in  the  wilderness  of  thorims,]  The  Philistines:  see  Gen.  x.  14. 
 
 Kadesh  many  days,  Dent.   i.   46,)  and  after  Though  Israel  fought  the  battles  of  the  Lord, 
 
 till  they  passed  over  Z:ired.     Sware,]   Or,  and  had  their  limits  and  territories  in  special 
 
 had  sworn:  see  Num.  xiv.  21 — 23.  manner  appointed  by  his  word,  Num.  xxxiv., 
 
 Ver.  15. — The  hand,]   The  Chald.  ex-  yet  other  nations  also  had  by  his  secret  provi- 
 
 pounds  \t,  a  plague  from  be/ore  the   Lord.  dence,  their  times  appointed,  '  and  the  bounds 
 
 This  is  after  mentiuntd,  how  God  '  consumed  of  their  habitation,'  Acts  xvii.  26.      '  He  in- 
 
 thcir  days  in  vanity,  and  their  years  in  hasty  creaseth  the   nations,   and  destroyeth  them , 
 
 terror,'  Ps.  Ixxviii.  33,  and  upon  occasion  of  he    enlargeth    the    nations,    and    straiteneth 
 
 this  mortality,  Moses  made  the  ninetieth  Ps.  them,'  Job  xii.  23.      Wherefore  he  saith  by 
 
 To  destroy,]  With  trouble  and  tumult:  for  the  prophet,  '  Have  not  I   brought  up  Israel 
 
 the  word  elsewhere  signifieth,   '  to  trouble,'  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt?  and  the  Philistines 
 
 Exod.  xiv.  24,  so  in  Deut.  vii.  23.  from  Caphtor,  and  the  Syrians  from   Kir?' 
 
 Ver.  19.— Sons  of  Ammon,]  The  Am-  Amos  ix.  7. 
 
196 
 
 DEUTERONOMY 
 
 journey,  and  pass  over  the  brook  Anion  -.  see,  I  have  given  into 
 thy  liand,  Sihon  king  of  Heslibon,  the  Amorite,  and  his  land  j  be- 
 gin, possess  it,  and  meddle  with  him  in  battle.  ^'  This  day  will  I 
 begin  to  give  the  dread  of  thee,  and  the  fear  of  thee  upon  the  peo- 
 ple under  all  the  heavens,  wlio  shall  hear  report  of  thee,  and  shall 
 tremble  and  be  in  anguish  because  of  thee.  ^"  And  I  sent  messen- 
 gers out  of  the  wilderness  of  Kedemoth,  unto  Sihon,  king  of  Hesli- 
 bon, with  words  of  peace,  saying,  ^''  Let  me  pass  through  thy  land ; 
 by  the  v/ay,  by  the  way  will  I  go ;  I  will  not  turn  aside,  to  the 
 right  hand  or  to  the  left.  ^*  Thou  shalt  sell  me  meat  for  money, 
 that  I  may  eat ;  and  give  me  water  for  money,  that  I  may  drink : 
 only,  I  will  pass  tlirough  on  my  feet.  ^^  As  did  unto  me  the  sons 
 of  Esau  that  dwell  in  Seir,  and  the  Moabites  that  dwell  in  Ar :  un- 
 til I  shall  pass  over  Jordan,  into  the  land  which  Jehovah  our  God 
 giveth  us.  ^"  But  Silion  king  of  Heshbon  would  not  let  us  pass 
 through  him  ;  for  Jehovah  thy  God  hardened  his  spirit,  and  made 
 his  heart  obstinate,  that  he  might  give  him  into  tliy  Jiand,  as  at  this 
 day. 
 
 ^'  And  Jehovah  said  unto  me.  Behold,  I  have  begun  to  give  be- 
 fore thee,  Sihon  and  his  land ;  begin,  possess  it,  that  thou  mayest 
 possess  his  land.     ^^  And  Sihon  came  out  against  us,  he  and  all  his 
 
 Ver.  24. — Brook.J  Or,  as  the  Gr.  tians- 
 lateth,  the  valley  Arnon,  as  ver.  13;  Num. 
 xxi.  13.  Sihon,]  In  Gr.  Seon  king  of  Ese- 
 bon.  He  had  aforetime  taken  this  country 
 from  the  Moabites,  Num.  xxi.  26,  which  now 
 God  taketh  again  from  him,  and  giveth  to  the 
 Israelites,  who  else  might  not  have  taken  any 
 of  Moab's  possession,  ver.  9.  Meddle,] 
 Or  contend.  Here  after  long  travels  in  the 
 wilderness,  God  calleth  his  people  unto  wars 
 (which  their  fathers  before  were  afraid  of,) 
 and  gave  them  his  word  to  embolden  them, 
 as  his  truth  was  their  shield  and  buckler. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Report,]  Or  fame;  Heb. 
 hearing,  which  the  Gr.  translateth  name. 
 See  this  promise  fulfdled  among  the  Canaan- 
 ites,  Josh.  ii.  9 — 11.  Be  in  anguish,]  Have 
 pains  as  a  woman  in  travail,  A  similitude 
 often  used  to  show  the  terrors  of  conscience 
 in  the  wicked,  Ps.  xlviii.  7,  and  the  mighty 
 power  of  God,  who  '  taketh  away  the  heart  of 
 the  chief  of  the  people  of  the  earth,'  .Job  xii. 
 24. 
 
 Ver.  26. — Kedemoth,]  There  was  a  city 
 of  that  name  in  Sihon's  country,  which  after 
 was  given  to  the  tribe  of  Reuben,  Josh.  xiii. 
 18,  and  by  them  given  to  the  Levites,  Josh. 
 xxi.  37,  near  which  there  was  a  wilderness 
 where  Israel  now  lay,  when  they  sent  this 
 ambassage.  Of  peace,]  According  to  the 
 law  after  given,  Deut.  xx.  10,  which  being 
 refused,  the  war  was  now  just  before  God  and 
 men. 
 
 Ver.  27. — By  the  way,  by  the  way,] 
 That  is,  only  by  the  way,  and  not  turning 
 aside  'into  fields,  or  into  vineyards:'  see 
 Num.  xxi.  21,  22,  where  it  is  called,  'the 
 kirig's  way.'  So  in  Deut.  xvi.  20,  'justice, 
 justice,'  that  is,  only  justice,  and  all  manner 
 of  justice. 
 
 Ver.  2S. — Sell,]  Heb.  break,  as  in  ver. 
 6. 
 
 Ver.  29. — Of  Esac,]  The  Edomites,  who 
 though  at  first  they  denied  Israel  passage 
 through  their  land,  Num.  xx.  18,  &c.,  yet 
 as  they  passed  along  their  coast,  they  sufiered 
 them  to  buy  necessaries.  Until,  &c.]  It 
 appeareth  by  this,  that  if  Sihon  had  sufiered 
 them  to  pass  thiuugh  his  land,  they  would 
 not  at  this  time  have  taken  his  country,  but 
 first  have  conquered  the  Canaanites  beyond 
 Jordan:  but  upon  Sihon's  denial  they  now  set 
 upon  him.  For  God  doth  not  impart  all  his 
 counsel  at  once  to  the  wicked;  but  they  re- 
 fusing to  yield  unto  any  thing,  do  hasten 
 their  own  destruction.  Compare  Exod.  iii. 
 18.  So  the  gospel,  the  word  of  peace,  is  of- 
 fered unto  all ;  which  they  that  refuse,  hasten 
 their  own  judgment. 
 
 Ver.  30. — Through  him,]  That  is, 
 through  his  country:  see  Num.  xx.  18. 
 Hardened,]  As  is  spoken  of  Pharaoh  also, 
 and  others;  see  Exod.  iv.  21,  in  the  annot. 
 The  like  is  said  of  the  Canaanites  beyond  the 
 river.  Josh.  xi.  20. 
 
 Ver.  32. — To  battle,]  Or,   unto  war; 
 
CHAP.  II. 
 
 197 
 
 people  to  battle,  at  Jahaz.  ^^  And  Jehovali  our  God  delivered  him 
 before  us :  and  we  smote  bim,  and  his  sons,  and  all  his  people, 
 ^*  And  we  took  all  liis  cities,  at  that  time ;  and  utterly  destroyed 
 of  every  city  the  men,  and  the  women,  and  the  little  ones ;  we  left 
 none  to  remain.  ^^  Only  the  cattle  we  took  for  a  prey  unto  our- 
 selves, and  the  spoil  of  the  cities  wliich  we  took. 
 
 ^^  From  Ai'oer,  wliicli  is  by  the  brink  of  the  brook  Arnon,  and 
 the  city  wliich  is  by  the  brook,  even  unto  Gilead,  there  was  not  a 
 city  that  exalted  itself  above  us  ;  Jehovah  our  God  delivered  all 
 before  us.  ^''  Only  mito  the  land  of  the  sons  of  Amnion,  thou  ap- 
 proachedst  not,  nor  unto  any  place  of  the  brook  Jabbok,  or  the 
 cities  of  the  mountain,  or  whatsoever  Jehovah  our  God  commanded 
 us. 
 
 refusing  peace,  as  they  of  whom  David  saith, 
 '  When  I  speak  (for  peace)  tliey  are  for  war/ 
 Ps.  cxx.  7.  Jahaz,]  In  Gr.  Jassa:  see 
 Num.  xxi.  23. 
 
 Ver.  33 — Smote  him,]  <  With  the  edge 
 of  the  sword,'  Num.  xxi,  24.  His  sons,] 
 Or,  his  son:  the  Heb.  hath  both  readings,  the 
 one  in  the  consonant  letters,  the  other  iu  the 
 vowels:  so  in  Deut.  xxxiii.  9.  The  Gr. 
 and  Chald.  translate,  his  sons:  it  may  intend 
 all  and  every  of  his  sons,  or  all  the  sons  he 
 had,  which  were  but  one.  So  Manasses 
 '  caused  his  sons  to  pass  through  the  fire,'  2 
 Chron.  xxxiii.  6,  which  another  prophet 
 writeth,  '  his  son,'  2  Kings  xxi.  6.  See  the 
 notes  on  Gen.  xlvi.  23. 
 
 Veb.  34. — Of  every  city,]  Or,  ice  des- 
 troyed evert/  city,  (consisting)  of  men  and 
 women,  and  little  ones:  or,  city  full  of  men, 
 and  women,  &c.  This  was  according  to  the 
 law,  Deut.  XX.  14 — 16,  and  here  is  fulfilled 
 upon  the  wicked,  the  judgment  which  is 
 written,  '  His  roots  shall  be  dried  up  beneath, 
 and  above  shall  his  branch  be  cut  off:  his  re- 
 membrance shall  perish  from  the  earth,'  Job 
 xviii.  16,  17. 
 
 Vek.  36. — By  the  brook,]  Or,  in  the 
 bourne  (or  valley)  as  the  Gr.  translateth  it. 
 This  city  "as  Ar,  Num.  xxi.  15.  Gilead,] 
 The  mount  Galaad,  as  the  Gr.  saith.  Of  it 
 see  Gen.  xxxi.  21,  &c.  Exalted  itself,] 
 That  is,  was  too  strong  for  us ;  or,  as  the 
 Gr.  expounds  it,  escaped  us.  Before  us,] 
 As  the  Gr.  saith,  info  our  hands.  Here 
 the  whole  victory  is  ascribed  unto  God, 
 '  which  removeth  the  mountains,  and  they 
 know  not;  which  overturneth  them  in  his 
 
 anger;  which  shaketh  the  earth  out  of  her 
 place  and  the  pillars  thereof  tremble,  Job  ix. 
 5,  6. 
 
 Ver.  37. — Thou  approachedst  not,]  In 
 Gr.  tve  came  not,  meaning,  to  war  against 
 the  Ammonites,  or  invade  their  possessions. 
 Any  place,]  Or,  all  the  place;  Heb.  all  the 
 land;  in  Gr.  all  (places)  pertaining  to  the 
 brook  Jabbok ;  to  wit,  on  the  outside  there- 
 of; for  Sihon  ruled  from  Aroer,  &c.,  'unto 
 the  river  Jabbok,  which  was  the  border  of  the 
 sons  of  Ammon,'  Josh.  xii.  2,  and  all  that 
 the  Israelites  possessed:  but  the  land  of  the 
 Ammonites,  which  also  reached  unto  Jabbok, 
 Num.  xxi.  24,  they  took  not:  so  that  Jeph- 
 thah  answered  truly,  '  Israel  took  not  away 
 the  land  of  Moah,  nor  the  land  of  the  sons  of 
 Ammon,'  Judg.  xi.  15.  Of  the  moon- 
 tain,]  Possessed  also  by  the  Ammonites, 
 whose  border  was  strong.  Num.  xxi.  24. 
 Commanded  us,]  Or,  charged  us,  namely, 
 to  abstain  from,  that  is,  forbade  us  to  meddle 
 with.  The  word  command  is  used  also  in 
 things  forbidden:  see  Deut.  iv.  23.  Now 
 though  the  Moabites  and  Ammonites  were 
 thus  spared  by  Israel,  yet  they  ill  rewarded 
 them  afterward,  when  they  warred  against 
 God's  people,  to  cast  them  out  of  their  pos- 
 session, Judg.  xi.  4,  5,  &c. ;  2  Chron.  xx,  1, 
 10,  11,  and  '  ript  up  the  women  with  child  of 
 Gilead,  that  they  might  enlarge  their  border,' 
 Amos  i.  13,  and  dwelt  in  the  cities  of  Gad, 
 Jer.  xlix.  1.  For  which  the  Lord  God  of 
 Israel  plagued  them,  as  also  for  their  un- 
 kindness  already  past,  a  law  is  enacted  against 
 them,  in  Deut.  xxiii.  3 — 6. 
 
198  DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 CHAP.    III. 
 
 1.  The  story  of  the  conquest  of  Og  king  of  Bashan.  11.  TJie  size  of 
 his  bed.  1 2.  The  distribution  of  those  lands  to  the  two  tribes  and  half. 
 18,  Tf^ho  were  to  go  over  armed  before  their  brethren  till  they  also  had 
 rest.  2\.  Moses  encourageth  Joshua.  13.  Prayeth  that  himself  might 
 go  into  the  land.  26.  Which  God  mould  not  permit,  but  suffereih  him 
 to  see  it  afar  off. 
 
 ^  And  we  turned  and  went  up  the  way  of  Bashan :  and  Og  the 
 king  of  Bashan  came  out  against  us,  he  and  all  his  people,  to  the 
 battle  at  Edrei.  ^  And  Jehovah  said  imto  me,  Fear  him  not,  for 
 into  thy  hand  have  T  given  him,  and  all  his  people,  and  his  land : 
 and  thou  shalt  do  unto  him,  as  thou  didst  unto  Sihon  king  of  the 
 Amorites,  which  dwelt  in  Heshbon,  ^  And  Jehovah  our  God  gave 
 into  our  hand  Og  also  tlie  king  of  Baslian,  and  all  liis  people :  and 
 we  smote  him  until  there  was  none  left  him  remaining.  *  And  we 
 took  all  his  cities  at  that  time  ;  tliere  was  not  a  city  which  we  took 
 not  from  them  :  tlireescore  cities,  all  the  region  of  Argob,  the 
 kingdom  of  Og  in  Bashan.  ^  All  these  cities  tcere  fenced  with 
 high  walls,  gates,  and  bars  :  besides  unwalled  cities  very  many. 
 *  And  we  utterly  destroyed  tliem,  as  we  did  unto  Sihon  king  of 
 Heshbon ;  utterly  destroying  of  every  city,  the  men,  the  women, 
 and  the  little  ones.  ^  But  all  the  cattle  and  the  spoil  of  the  cities, 
 we  took  for  a  prey  to  ourselves.  ^  And  we  took  at  that  time,  out 
 of  the  hand  of  the  two  kings  of  the  Amorites,  the  land  which  is  on 
 this  side  Jordan,  from  the  brook  of  Anion,  unto  mount  Hermoji. 
 ^  The  Sidonians  call  Hermon,  Shirjon  ;  and   the  Amorites  call  it 
 
 Ver.  1. — Way  of   Bashan,]  In   Gr.  the  Argob,]  A  province  or  shire  in  Bashan  fore- 
 
 way  that  (leadeth)  unto  Bashan;  which  Ba-  mentioned,  1  Kings  iv.  13. 
 shan  the  Chald.  uameth  Matnan  ;  so  in  Num.  Ver.  5. — Unu'allbd,]    Or,   villages  ;  in 
 
 xxi.    33.      Edrei,]   In  Gr.   Adraein.      Of  Heb.    Perazi ;    which    the    Gr.    mistaking, 
 
 this  battle,  see  Num.  xxi.  33,  &c.  turned  cities  of  the  Pherexites ;  but  it  mean- 
 
 Ver.  3, — His    people,]    In  Num.    xxi.  eth  unwalled  towns,  (as  Esth.  ix.  19;  Zach. 
 
 35,  his  sons  also  are  mentioned.     None  re-  ii.  4  ;)  so  named  of  their  dwelling  scattered. 
 WAiNiNG,]  The   Gr.  translateth  it,  no  seed:  Ver.    6.' — Destroying    of    every  city 
 
 meaning  none  left  alive,  of  wli'im,  as  of  a  the  men,]  Ov ,  destroying  every  city  of  vien, 
 
 seed,  others  might  spring.     So  when  the  pro-  &c.  as  in  Deut  ii.  34.     Thus  God  destroyed 
 
 phet  speaketh  of  a  remnant,  Is.  i.  9;  the  apos-  the  Amorite  before  them  ;  though  his  height 
 
 tie  in  Gr.  calleth  it  a  seed,  Rom.  ix.  29.  was  like  the  cedars,  and  his   strength  as  the 
 
 Ver.    4. — Threescore    cities,]    Which  oaks,  yet  destroyed  he  '  his  fruit  from  above, 
 
 showeth  the  laige  dominion  of  this  giant  Og,  and  his  root  from  beneath,  Amos  ii.  9. 
 who    '  reigned   in    mount    Hermon,  and  in  Ver.  8. — The  land,]  The  killing  of  the 
 
 Salcah,  and  in  all  Bashan,  unto  the  border  of  Amorites,    and  taking  of  their  land,   was  a 
 
 the  Geshurites,  and  the  Rlaachathites,'  &c.,  testimony   of  God's  goodness  and  love  unto 
 
 Josh.  xii.  4,  5.     Region,]   In  Heb.  a  line  his  people,  Ps.  cxxxvi.  17,  22;  an   encour- 
 
 or  cord,  such   as  lands  aie  meted  by,  Amos  agement  of  them  to  fight  against  the  residue 
 
 vii.  17;  Mic.  ii.  5;  used    figuratively  for  a  of  the  heathen,  Deut.  iii.  21,  22;  and  a  dis- 
 
 couutry  or  region  (as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  also  comagement  to  the  heathen  themselves,  Josli. 
 
 translate    it)    which    is    measured     by    line.  ii.  10,  11. 
 
CHAP.    III. 
 
 199 
 
 Shenir.  '"  All  the  cities  of  the  plain,  and  all  Gilead,  and  all  Ba- 
 shan,  unto  Salcah  and  Edrei,  cities  of  the  kingdom  of  Og  in  Bashan. 
 "  For  only  Og  king  of  Baslian  remained  of  the  remnant  of  giants; 
 behold  his  bedstead  was  a  bedstead  of  iron  ;  is  it  not  in  Rabbah  of 
 the  sons  of  Ammon  ?  nine  cubits  was  the  length  thereof,  and  four 
 cubits  the  breadth  tliereof,  after  the  cubit  of  a  man.  '-  And  this 
 land  which  we  possessed  at  that  time,  from  x\roer  which  is  by  the 
 river  Arnon,  and  half  mount  Gilead,  and  tlie  cities  thereof,  gave 
 I  to  tlie  Reubenites,  and  to  the  Gadites.  '^  And  the  rest  of  Gilead, 
 and  all  Bashan,  tlie  kingdom  of  Og,  gave  I  to  tlie  half  tribe  of  Ma- 
 nasses :  all  the  region  of  Argob,  with  all  Bashan,  that  which  is 
 called  the  land  of  giants.  "  Jair  the  son  of  Manasses,  took  all  the 
 country  of  Argob,  mito  the  coast  of  Geshuri,  and  Maachatlii,  and 
 called  them  after  Iiis  own  name,  Bashan  Havoth  Jair,  unto  this 
 day.  '^  And  to  Macliir  I  gave  Gilead.  '®  And  to  the  Reubenites, 
 and  to  the  Gadites,  I  gave  from  Gilead,  even  unto  the  river  Arnon, 
 half  the  valley  and  tlie  border:  and  unto  the  river  Jabbok,  the  border 
 of  the  sons  of  Ammon.  "  And  the  plain,  and  Jordan,  and  the  coast 
 thereof,  from  Chinnereth,  and  unto  the  sea  of  the  plain,  the  sea  of  salt, 
 under  Aslidotli  Pisgah,  eastward.  '®  And  I  commanded  you  at  that 
 time,  saying,  Jehovah  your  God  hath  given  you  this  land  to  pos- 
 
 Vek.  9. — SiDONiANS,]  The  dwellers  in 
 Sidon  the  great  city:  the  Gr.  calleth  the 
 Phoenicians.  Shirjon,  In  Gr.  Sanior. 
 This  mount  had  five  names,  '  Hermon, 
 Shirjon,  Shenir,  and  Sion,'  Deut.  iv.  4S  ; 
 and  *  Hor,'  Num.  xxxiv.  7;  for  that  divers 
 people  called  it  by  divers  names,  and  because 
 of  divers  parts  of  this  mountain:  ^Therefore 
 in  Song  iv.  8,  Shenir  and  Hermon  are  set 
 down  as  distinct:  Shirjon,  in  Ps.  xxix.  6, 
 is  by  the  Chald.  paraphrast  there  expounded, 
 the  mount  that  hringeth  forth  fridts  :  and 
 Shenir  (in  Gr.  Saner)  is  by  the  Chald.  here 
 expounded,  tlie  Snow-mount :  for  it  was  so 
 high  that  snow  used  to  lie  on  the  top  of  it. 
 Amorites,]  Heb.  the  Amorite  they  call  it  : 
 which  showeth  the  singular  number  to  be  put 
 for  the  whole  nation. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Giants,]  In  Heb.  Rephaim  ; 
 which  name  the  Gr.  retaineth  Rephaein,  as 
 before  in  Deut.  ii.  11.  This  Og  seemeth  to 
 be  of  the  remnant  of  those  Rephaims,  whom 
 Chedorlaomer  and  tlie  kings  smote  in  Ash- 
 teroth,  Gen.  xiv.  5;  for  Og  reigned  in  Ash- 
 teroth,  Josh.  xiii.  12.  Is  it  not  in  Rabbah? 
 That  is,  it  is  in  Rabbah  :  the  question  mak- 
 eth  it  an  earnest  affirmation,  as  the  Gr.  also 
 trauslateth  it.  Rabbah  was  the  chief  city  of 
 the  Ammonites,  their  royal  city,  2  Sam.  xii. 
 26.  The  Gr.  here  translateth  it,  the  chief. 
 Of  a  man,]  Which  ordinarily  is  a  foot  and 
 a  half;  but  the  Chald.  here  translate  it,  the 
 cubits  of  the  king. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Reubenites,]  Heb.  the  Reu- 
 benite,  which  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  the 
 tribe  of  Reuben,  so  ver.  16.  Of  this  giit, 
 see  Num.  xxxii.  1,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Of  Manasses,]  For  conquer- 
 ing the  Amorites  there,  Num.  xxxii.  39, 
 40.  Argob,]  This  the  Chald.  calleth  Tra- 
 cona.  Bashan,]  In  Chald.  Matnan.  Gi- 
 ants,] In  Heb.  Rephaim  which  the  Chald. 
 expoundeth,  mighties. 
 
 Ver.  14.  —  Bashan  Havoth  Jair,]  The 
 Chald.  saith,  Matnan  the  towns  of  Jair  :  see 
 Num.  xxxii.  41. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Gilead,]  InGr.  Galaad;  that 
 is,  the  rest  of  Galaad,  as  ver.  13 
 
 Ver.  17. — Chinneroth,]  Or,  Kinnercth, 
 as  the  Gr,  writeth  it;  which  the  Chald.  call- 
 eth  Ginnosar  i  in  the  New  Testament,  Gen- 
 nesaret,  Matt.  xiv.  34:  see  the  notes  on 
 Num.  xxxiv.  II.  Sea  of  salt,]  Or,  salt 
 sea  :  see  Gen.  xiv.  3.  Ashdoth  Pisgah,] 
 In  Gr.  Asedoth  Phasga,  by  interpretation, 
 the  streams  (or  sheddings-out,  that  is,  the 
 springs)  of  Pisgah,  (or  of  the  hill,)  and  so 
 the  Chald.  translateth  it,  the  shedding  (or 
 pouring-out)  of  the  ivaters  of  Ramatha. 
 Pisgah  is  a  hill,  mentioned  after  in  ver.  27; 
 and  Ashdoth  Pisgah  was  afterward  the  name 
 of  a  city  there  adjoining  in  Reuben's  land, 
 Josh.  xiii.  20.     So  Joshua  xii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Yon,]  He  speaketh  to  the 
 Reubenites,  and  the  rest  on  this  side  Jor- 
 dan: see  Num.  xxxii.  20,  &c.      Sons  of 
 
200 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 sess  it ;  ye  shall  pass  over  armed  before  your  brethren  the  sons  of 
 Israel,  all  sons  of  power.  ''  But  your  wives,  and  your  little  ones, 
 and  your  cattle,  (I  know  that  you  have  much  cattle,)  shall  abide 
 in  your  cities  which  I  have  given  you.  ^^  Until  Jehovah  shall  have 
 given  rest  to  your  brethren,  as  unto  you ;  and  they  also  possess  the 
 land  which  Jehovah  your  God  givef  h  tliem  on  that  side  Jordan : 
 and  then  ye  shall  return,  every  man  unto  his  possession,  which  I 
 have  given  unto  you.  ^'  And  I  commanded  Joshua  at  that  time, 
 saying,  Thine  eyes  have  seen  all  that  Jehovah  your  God  hath  done 
 unto  these  two  kings  ;  so  will  Jehovah  do  unto  all  the  kingdoms 
 whitlier  thou  passest.  ^^  Ye  shall  not  fear  them,  for  Jehovah  your 
 God,  he  fighteth  for  you. 
 
 D  D  D 
 
 ^  And  I  besought  Jehovah  for  grace  at  that  time,  saying,  ^*  O  Lord 
 Jehovah,  thou  hast  begun  to  show  thy  servant  thy  greatness,  and 
 thy  mighty  hand;  for  what  God  {is  there)  in  the  heavens,  or  in 
 the  earth,  that  can  do  according  to  thy  works,  and  according  to 
 thy  powerful  acts  ?  ^^  Let  me  pass  over,  I  pray  thee,  and  see  the 
 good  land  that  is  beyond  Jordan,  tliis  good  mountain  and  Lebanon. 
 ^^  But  Jehovah  was  exceeding  wroth  with  me,  for  your  sakes,  and 
 would  not  hear  me :  and  Jeliovah  said  unto  me,  Let  it  suffice  thee. 
 
 POWER,]  Or,  sons  of  valour  ;  that  is,  able 
 and  valiant  men,  as  in  2  Sam.  xiii.  2S,  '  be 
 ye  sons  of  valour,  that  is,  be  valiant  men :  so 
 in  2  Kings  ii.  16  ;  1  Chron.  v.  18.  The 
 Gr.  here  expounds  it,  every  prudent  7nan  ; 
 the  Chald.  all  armed  men  of  the  army. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Joshua,]  In  Gr.  Jesus;  see 
 Num.  xxvii.  18,  &c.  So  will  Jehovah 
 DO,]  The  examples  of  God's  former  mercies 
 serve  for  the  encouragement  and  strengthen- 
 ing of  the  faith  of  his  people,  in  the  like,  or 
 greater  trials  that  may  follow:  such  use  also 
 David  made,  1  Sam.  xvii.  36,  37  ;  and  Paul, 
 2  Tim.  iv.  17,  18. 
 
 Ver.  22. — He  fighteth,]  Or,  he  it  is 
 that  fighteth,  or  (as  the  Gr.  translateth)  will 
 fight.  The  Chald.  for  he,  saith,  his  word. 
 As  Moses  here  encouraged  Joshua  the  son  of 
 Nun,  to  fight  the  Lord's  battles  in  Canaan  ; 
 so  Moses  and  Elias,  talking  with  Jesus  the 
 Son  of  God,  told  him  '  of  his  departing,  which 
 he  should  accomplish  at  Jerusalem,'  Luke 
 ix.  30,  31  ;  at  what  time  this  figure  was 
 fulfilled. 
 
 t3  0  D  Here  beginneth  the  forty-fifth  lecture 
 of  the  law:  see  Gen.  vi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  23. — I  besought  Jehovah  for 
 GRACE,]  Or,  I  supplicated  for  grace  unto 
 Jehovah.  Here  Moses  repeating  his  ear- 
 I'.est  prayer  to  go  into  the  land,  and  God's 
 
 denial  of  his  request,  showeth  how  greatly 
 the  people's  sin,  and  his  own,  displeased  the 
 Lord,  Num.  xx. 
 
 Ver.  24  — Lord  Jehovah,]  Or,  Lord 
 God ;  the  Gr.  hath,  Lord,  Lord :  see  Gen. 
 XV.  2.  For  what  God  ?]  Meaning,  there 
 is  none.  The  Chald.  turneth  it  thus,  "  that 
 thou  art  God,  whose  glorious  habitation  is  in 
 the  heavens  above,  and  thou  rulest  in  the 
 earth  beneath,  and  there  is  none  that  can  do 
 according  to  thy  works."  Powerful  acts,] 
 Heb.  powers  :  whereby  powerful  and  mighty 
 works  are  often  meant:  as  Ps.  cvi.  2;  cxlv. 
 4;   Matt.  vii.  22;  1  Cor.  xii.  22  ;  Gal.  iii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Mountain,]  That  is,  moun- 
 tain country:  see  Exod.  xv.  17.  Lebanon.] 
 In  Gi-.  Antilihanon  ;  in  Chald.  the  house  of 
 the  sanctuary,  because  the  temple  was  built 
 of  the  cedars  that  grew  on  mount  Lebanon, 
 1  Kings  v.  6,  14.  So  the  temple  is  called 
 Lebanon  in  Zach.  xi.  1.  But  that  seemeth 
 not  to  be  meant  here  ;  but  rather  the  mount 
 Lebanon  in  the  north  part  of  the  land,  which 
 was  both  an  high  and  fragrant  mountain,  with 
 sweet  and  goodly  trees  growing  thereon  : 
 whereto  the  Scripture  hath  reference  in  Song 
 iv.  11.  This  great  desire  Moses  had.  be- 
 cause of  the  promises  which  God  had  made 
 to  Israel,  to  be  accomplished  in  that  land,  tlie 
 figure  of  our  heavenly  heritage. 
 
 Ver.   26. — For  vour  sakes,^  For  they 
 
CHAP.  IV. 
 
 201 
 
 speak  no  more  unto  me  of  this  matter.  ^'  Go  thou  up  to  tlie  top 
 of  Pisgah,  and  lift  up  thine  eyes,  seaward,  and  northward,  and 
 southward,  and  eastward,  and  see  it  witli  thine  eyes:  for  thou  shalt 
 not  pass  over  this  Jordan.  ^^  But  command  thou  Joshua,  and  en- 
 courage him,  and  strengthen  him  -.  for  he  shall  pass  over  before  this 
 people  ;  and  he  shall  cause  them  to  inherit  the  land  which  tliou 
 shalt  see.     ^^  x\nd  we  abode  in  the  valley  over  against  Beth-peor. 
 
 rebelling,  grieved  Moses,  and  caused  him  to 
 sin;  for  whicli,  this  wrath  came  upon  him, 
 Num.  XX.  3—12;  Ps.  cvi.  32,  33.  And 
 the  Lord  sware  that  Moses  therefore  should 
 not  come  into  Canaan,  Dent.  iv.  21,  which 
 oath  Moses,  though  he  repented  and  intreated 
 for  grace,  could  not  get  reversed:  for  when 
 the  Lord  sweareth,  he  repenteth  not  after- 
 ward, Ps.  ex.  4.  Would  not  hear  aie,] 
 Heb.  heard  me  not,  or  hearkened  not  unto 
 me:  whereby  God's  will  is  signified;  (as 
 David  removed  not  the  ark,  1  Chron.  xiii. 
 13,  that  is,  would  not  remove  the  ark,  2 
 Sam.  vi.  10,)  for,  '  If  we  ask  any  thing  ac- 
 cording to  his  will  he  heareth  us,'  1  John  v. 
 14. 
 
 Veb.  27.— Pisgah,]  The  Gr.  here  trans- 
 lateth,  of  the  hewen  hill,  because  it  seemeth 
 they  usfd  to  hew  stones  out  of  it,  as  they  did 
 out  of  other  mounts,  2  Chron.   ii.  18.     The 
 
 Chald.  of  the  height  calleth  it  Ramatha: 
 see  Deut.  xxxiv.  1.  Seaward,]  That  is, 
 westivard,  as  the  Chald.  expresseth.  As  the 
 fathers  saw  the  promises  '  afar  off"  and  be- 
 lieved,' Heb.  xi.  13,  so  Moses  afar  ofl'view- 
 eth  the  promised  laiid,  and  is  comforted:  see 
 Deut.  xxxiv.  1 — 4. 
 
 Ver.  28. — Joshua,]  Or,  Jesus ;  as  ver. 
 21.  As  Jesus,  not  Moses,  bringeth  Israel 
 into  the  promised  land.  So  the  gospel  of 
 Jesus,  not  the  law  of  Moses,  bringt-th  us  into 
 the  kingdom  of  heaven,  John  i.  17;  Gal.  ii. 
 16;  iii.  12,  13,  24.  So  it  is  said  of  the  ta- 
 bernacle, that  it  was  '  brought  in  with  Jesus, 
 into  the  possession  of  the  Gentiles,'  Acts 
 vii,  45. 
 
 Ver.  29. — Beth-peor,]  In  Gr.  the  house 
 of  Phogor,  an  idol  temple  on  the  mount 
 Peer,  where  Baal-peor  was  worshipped:  see 
 Num.  xxiii.  28;  xxv.  3;  Deut.  iv.  3. 
 
 CHAP.    IV. 
 
 1 .  An  exhortation  to  obedience  unto  the  law,  6.  hecause  of  the  wisdom 
 and  righteousness,  9-  and  its  miraculous  giving  forth.  1 5.  Against 
 images,  and  worshipping  of  creatures,  25.  which  provoke  God's  anger, 
 and  cause  men's  destruction,  29.  unless  they  repent,  and  so  find  mercy 
 with  the  Lord.  32.  No  people  like  Israel,  who  heard  God  speak,  and 
 saw  his  wonders,  37.  and  were  his  beloved  and  chosen.  41.  Moses  ap- 
 pointeth  three  cities  of  refuge  on  the  outside  of  Jc/rdan. 
 
 '  And  now  Israel,  hearken  thou  unto  the  statutes,  and  unto  tlie 
 judgments  which  I  teach  you  for  to  do  ;  that  ye  may  live,  and  go 
 in,  and  possess  the  land,  which  Jehovah  the  God  of  youi-  fathers 
 
 Ver.  1. — Statutes,]  Or  ordinances, 
 which  taught  the  service  of  God,  (Eleb.  ix. 
 1,)  as  the  next  word  judgments,  are  for  du- 
 ties towards  men,  and  punishments  of  trans- 
 gressors. These  are  often  joined  together: 
 see  Deut.  v.  1 ;  vi.  I ;  xii.  1  ;  Mai.  iv.  7. 
 And  that  statutes  mean  the  legal  services, 
 appeaieth  by  the  continual  use  of  this  word, 
 as  in  Exod.  xii.  24,  43;  xxvii.  21 ;  xxix.  9; 
 XXX.  21.     Teach,]  Or,  «»«  feachitig :  this 
 
 Vol.  II.  2 
 
 showeth  the  work  of  the  law,  still  urging  the 
 conscience.  To  do,]  For,  'not  the  hearers 
 of  the  law  are  just  before  God,  but  the  doers 
 of  the  law  shall  be  justified,'  Rom.  ii.  13. 
 May  live,]  Moses  *  describeth  the  justice 
 which  is  of  tlie  law,  that  the  man  which  doth 
 those  things  shall  live  by  them,'  Rom.  x.  5. 
 Possess,]  Oi-,  inherit  the  land;  which  was  a 
 figure  of  our  heavenly  inheritance,  (Gen.  xii. 
 5,)  proposed    to  them   that  do  the  law,  but 
 
202 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 givetli  yon.  "  Ye  shall  not  add  unto  the  word  wliich  I  command 
 you,  neither  shall  ye  diminish  from  it,  for  to  keep  the  command- 
 ments of  Jehovah  your  God,  which  I  command  you.  ^  Your  eyes 
 have  seen  that  wliich  Jehovah  did,  because  of  Baal-peor:  for  every 
 man  which  went  after  Baal  peor,  Jehovah  thy  God  hath  destroyed 
 him  from  tlic  midst  of  thee.  *  But  ye  that  did  cleave  unto  Jeho- 
 vali  your  God,  are  alive  all  of  you,  this  day.  ^  Beliold,  I  have 
 taught  you  statutes,  and  judgments,  as  Jehovah  my  God  com- 
 manded me,  for  to  do  so,  vfithin  the  land,  whither  ye  are  going,  to 
 possess  it.  ®  And  ye  shall  keep  and  do  them:  for  this  is  your  wis- 
 dom, and  your  understanding,  in  the  eyes  of  the  people,  whicli 
 shall  hear  all  tliese  statutes,  and  say.  Surely,  this  great  nation  is  a 
 wise  and  understanding  people.  '  For  v^^hat  nation  is  there  so  great, 
 wliich  hath  God  nigh  unto  the  same,  as  Jehovah  our  God  is,  in  all 
 that  we  call  upon  him  for.  ^  And  what  nation  is  there  so  great, 
 which  hath  just  statutes,  and  judgments,  as  all  this  law  which  I 
 set  before  you  this  day  ?  ^  Only  take  heed  to  thyself,  and  keep  thy 
 soul  diligently,  lest  thou  forget  the  things  which  thine  eyes  have 
 seen,  and  lest  they  depart  from  thine  heart,  all  the  days  of  tliy 
 life  :  but  thou  shalt  make   them   knovm  to  thy  sons,  and  to  thy 
 
 Ver.  6 Wisdom.]  Hereupon  the  oracles 
 
 of  God  are  often  commended,  as  'making 
 wise  the  simple,'  Ps.  xix.  8,  making  us  wiser 
 than  our  enemies,  and  to  have  '  more  under- 
 standing than  all  our  teachers,  Ps.  cxix.  93, 
 99,  and  'able  to  make  us  wise  unto  salva- 
 tion, through  the  faith  which  is  in  Christ 
 Jesus,'  2  Tini.  iii.  15.  On  the  contrary  it 
 is  said,  '  They  have  rejected  the  woid  of  the 
 Lord,  and  what  wisdom  is  in  them?'  Jer. 
 viii.  9.  Surely,]  Or  on/i/.  The  Gr.  turn- 
 eth  it,  behold. 
 
 Ver.  7.  —  What  nation  is  there  so 
 GREAT?]  Or,  what  other  great  nation  it 
 there  f  meaning,  there  is  not  any.  So  in 
 ver.  8.  God  nigh,]  Or,  Gods  nigh.  The 
 Heb.  words  are  both  of  the  plural  number, 
 yet  meaning  one  God  in  the  plurality  of  per- 
 sons; as  the  like  is  in  Deut.  v.  26;  Josh. 
 xxiv.  19.    The  Gr.  and  Cha'.d.  here  translate 
 
 given  to  them  that  are  of  the  faith  of  Christ, 
 John  i.  17;  Pvom.  iv.  13—16;   vi.  23. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Not  add,]  Hereby  all  doctrines 
 of  men  are  condemned.  Matt.  xv.  9,  and  the 
 all-sufBciency  and  authority  of  God's  woid, 
 stablished  for  ever,  Gal.  iii.  15;  2  Tim.  iii. 
 16,  17.  '  Add  thou  not  unto  his  words,  lest 
 he  reprove  thee,  and  thou  be  found  a  liar,' 
 Prov.  XXX.  6.  Diminished,]  For, '  every  word 
 of  God  is  pure,'  Prov.  xxx.  5,  and  '  profita- 
 ble for  doctrine,  for  reproof,  for  correction, 
 for  instruction  in  righteousness,'  2  Tim.  iii. 
 16.  '  Till  heaven  and  earth  pass,  one  jot,  or 
 one  tittle  shall  in  no  wise  pass  from  the  law/ 
 Matt.  V.  18.  Fob  to  keep,]  That  is,  that 
 you  may  keep;  understanding  the  persons 
 fore-mentioned :  so  iu  ver.  5,  see  the  notes  on 
 Gen.  vi.  19. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Baal-peor,]  In  Gr.  Beel-phe- 
 gor,  the  idol  of  the  Moabites,  unto  which 
 many  of  Israel  declined,  by  the  counsel  of 
 Balaam:  see  Num.  xxv.  I — 18;  xxxi.  16; 
 Ps.  cvi.  28.  Tlie  Chaid.  translateth,  against 
 them  that  served  Baal-peor.  Destroyed,] 
 Or  abolished:  by  sending  a  plague,  to  the 
 death  of  twenty-four  thousand,  Num.  xxv.  9. 
 This  judgment  was  remembered  after,  in 
 Josh.  xxii.  17,  '  Have  we  too  little  for  the 
 wickedness  of  Peor?'  &c. 
 
 Ver.  4.— Unto  Jehovah,]  The  Chald. 
 saith,  unto  the  fear  (or  religion)  of  the  Lord. 
 Thus  they  that  keep  themselves  pure  in  ge- 
 neral defections,  are  saved  from  the  common 
 destruction,  Ezek.  ix.  4,  6;  2  Tim.  ii.  19; 
 Rev.  XX.  4. 
 
 it  singularly,  God.  And  he  is  said  to  be 
 nigh  us,  especially  when  he  heareth,  and 
 granteth  our  requests,  Ps.  cxlv.  IS.  So  the 
 Chald.  here  paraphraseth,  "  nigh  unto  the 
 same,  to  receive  the  prayer  thereof,  in  the 
 time  of  the  tribulation  thereof."  We  like- 
 wise are  said  to  draw  nigh  unto  God,  when 
 we  call  upon  him  in  faith,  Ps.  Ixxiii.  28; 
 Heb.  vii.  19;  Is.  Iviii.  2,  and  both  are  con- 
 joined in  Jam.  iv.  8. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Thy  soul,]  That  is,  thyself: 
 the  soul  is  often  put  for  the  whole  man.  So 
 where  one  evangelist  saith,  'lose  his  soul,' 
 Matt.  xvi.  26,  another  saith,  'lose  himself,' 
 Luke  ix.  25.     Diligently,]  Or,  vehemetit- 
 
CHAP.    IV. 
 
 203 
 
 sons'  sons.  '"  Tlie  day  that  tliou  stoodst  before  Jehovali  thy  God 
 in  Horeb,  when  Jehovah  said  unto  me,  Gatlier  together  the  people 
 unto  me,  and  I  will  make  them  hear  my  words,  that  they  may 
 learn  to  fear  me,  all  the  days  tliat  they  live  upon  the  earth, 
 and  that  they  may  teach  their  sons.  ^'  And  ye  came  near,  and 
 stood  under  the  mountain  -.  and  the  mountain  burned  with  fire,  unto 
 the  heart  of  the  heavens;  with  darkness,  cloud,  and  thick  dark- 
 ness. ^^  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  you  out  of  the  midst  of  the  fire : 
 you  heard  a  voice  of  words,  but  saw  no  similitude,  save  a  voice. 
 "  And  he  declared  unto  you  liis  covenant,  which  he  commanded 
 you  to  do ;  the  ten  words :  and  he  wrote  them  upon  two  tables  of 
 stone.  '*  And  Jehovah  commanded  me  at  that  time,  to  teach  you 
 statutes  and  judgments,  that  ye  may  do  them  in  tlie  land  whither 
 ye  are  going  over  to  possess  it.  ^'  And  take  ye  heed  diligently 
 unto  your  souls ;  for  ye  saw  not  any  similitude,  in  the  day  that 
 Jeliovah  spake  unto  you  in  Horeb,  out  of  tlie  midst  of  tlie  fire. 
 '^  Lest  ye  corrupt  yourselves,  and  make  unto  you  a  graven  thing,  the 
 similitude  of  any  figure  :  the  likeness  of  male  or  female.  ''  The 
 likeness  of  any  beast  that  is  on  the  earth :  the  likeness  of  any  winged 
 fowl  that  fiieth  in  the  heavens.  '^  The  likeness  of  any  thing  that 
 creepeth  on  the  ground  :  the  likeness  of  any  fish  that  is  in  the  waters 
 beneath  the  earth.     "  And  lest  thou  lift  up  thine  eyes  to  the  Iiea- 
 
 ly;  so  ver.  15,  and  often.  The  word  implieth 
 strength  as  well  as  diligence.  See  Deut.  vi. 
 5.  Things,]  Heb.  ivords,  which  the  Gr. 
 also  and  Chald.  here  keepeth.  Lest,]  Or, 
 that  they  depart  not:  in  Gr.  let  them  not 
 depart  from  thy  heart.  Compare  Prov.  iii. 
 1,  3;  iv.  21. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Horeb,]  Or  Choreb,  called 
 also  Sinai:  see  Exod.  xix.  Paul  calleth  it, 
 '  the  mount  that  might  be  touched,'  Heb.  xii. 
 IS. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Heart,]  That  is,  the  midst : 
 as  '  the  heart  of  the  sea  '  is  the  midst  thereof, 
 Exod.  XV.  8.  So  here,  the  heart  of  heavm 
 is  the  midst  of  the  air.  Thick  darkness,] 
 Or,  tempestuous  darkness,  gloomy  tempest, 
 as  the  Gr.  version,  and  the  Holy  Spirit  in 
 Heb.  xii.  18,  implieth.  See  Exod.  xx.  2!. 
 Unto  this  terrible  mount  where  the  law  was 
 given,  Paul  opposeth  mount  Zion,  or  the  state 
 of  grace  by  the  gospel,  Heb.  xii.  IS — 22. 
 It  noteth  the  hidden  glory  of  God's  kingly 
 administration  in  his  church,  Ps.  xcvii.  1,  2. 
 
 Ver.  \2. — Voice  of  words,]  This  also 
 Paul  mentionetli,  Heb.  xii.  J9.  In  the  next 
 verse  Moses  calleth  them  ten  tvords,  tliat  U, 
 ten  commandments,  whereof  see  the  notes  on 
 Exod.  xxxiv.  2S.  No  similitude,]  To  wit, 
 of  God:  so  after,  save  a  voice,  that  is,  the 
 voice  of  God,  as  in  ver.  .33.  Hereupon  it  is 
 said,  'To  whom  then  will  ye  liken  God,  or 
 
 what  likeness  will  ye  compare  unto  him?'  Is. 
 xl.  18. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Of  stone,]  Signifying  the 
 perpetuity  of  these  words,  and  also  the  stoni- 
 ness  of  men's  hearts,  as  is  noted  on  Exod. 
 xxxi.  18. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Statutes,]  For  the  worship  of 
 God,  as  judgments  were  for  the  repressing 
 and  punishing  of  vice,  Exod.  xxi.  1.  These 
 were  spokeu  to  Moses  only,  and  by  him  writ- 
 ten to  Israel:  but  the  ten  words  were  spoken 
 to  all  the  people,  and  written  by  the  finger 
 of  God. 
 
 Ver.  19. — The  sun,]  It  was  a  common 
 corruption,  not  only  amongst  the  heathtns, 
 but  in  Israel,  to  worship  the  sun,  and  stars, 
 and  host  of  heaven,  2  Kin^s  xxi.  3;  xvii. 
 16;  Amos  v.  25,  26,  of  which  sin  Job  clear- 
 eth  himself,  Job  xxxi.  20,  27.  Driven 
 away,]  Or  thrust,  to  wit,  '  out  of  the  waj,' 
 as  is  atur  expressed  in  Deut.  xiii.  5,  which 
 is  meant  by  the  seduction  of  others,  or  of 
 their  own  liearts.  Therefore  the  Gr.  and 
 Chald.  here  well  translate  it,  he  deceived,  or 
 made  to  err  and  go  astray;  which  the  Heb. 
 word  implieth,  being  after  used  for  the  stray- 
 ing of  cattle,  Deut.  xxii.  1.  Imparted,] 
 Oi-  divided^  distributed  as  a  portion.  It 
 noteth  God's  bounty  in  giving  all  people  the 
 use  of  those  creatures,  (as  on  the  contrary, 
 false  gods  are  said  to  divide  or  impart  nothing 
 
204 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 vens,  and  seest  the  sun,  and  tlie  moon,  and  the  stars,  all  the  host 
 of  the  Jieavens ;  and  be  driven  away,  and  bow  down  thyself  unto 
 tliem,  and  serve  them :  them  which  Jeliovali  thy  God  hath  im- 
 parted to  all  people  under  all  the  heavens.  '^"  But  Jehovah  hath 
 taken  you,  and  brought  you  forth  out  of  the  furnace  of  iron,  out 
 of  Egypt,  to  be  unto  liim  a  people  of  inheritance,  as  at  this  day. 
 ^'  And  Jeiiovali  was  angry  with  me,  for  your  sakes  ;  and  sware. 
 that  I  should  not  go  over  Jordan,  and  tliat  I  should  not  go  in  into  tlie 
 good  land,  which  Jehovah  thy  God  givetli  tliee,yor  an  inheritance. 
 ^"  For  I  must  die  in  this  land  ;  I  must  not  go  over  Jordan  -.  but  ye 
 shall  go  over  and  possess  that  good  land.  '^  Take  heed  unto  your- 
 selves,  lest  ye  forget  the  covenant  of  Jehovah  your  God,  whicli  he 
 struck  with  you,  and  make  to  you  a  graven  thing,  the  likeness  of 
 any  thing,  which  Jehovah  tliy  God  hath  charged  tliee.  ^*  For  Je 
 hovah  thy  God,  he  is  a  consuming  fire,  a  jealous  God. 
 
 ^^  When  thou  shalt  beget  children,  and  children's  children,  and 
 ye  shall  have  waxen  old  in  the  land,  and  shall  corrupt  yourselves, 
 cind  make  a  graven  thing,  the  likeness  of  any  thing ;  and  shall  do 
 evil  in  the  eyes  of  Jehovah  thy  God,  to  provoke  him  to  anger. 
 ^^  I  call  tJie  lieavens  and  the  earth  to  witness  against  you,  this  day, 
 that  perishing  ye  shall  perish  soon,  from  off  the  land,  wliereunto 
 you  pass  over  Jordan  to  possess  it ;  ye  shall  not  prolong  your  days 
 upon  it,  but  shall  utterly  be  destroyed.     ^'  And  Jehovali  will  scat- 
 
 unto  them,  Deut.  xxix.   26,)   and  the  base      manded  thee,  that  is,  commanded  thee  7io( 
 
 mind  of  men,  to  worship  such  things  as  are 
 given  for  servants  unto  aJl  men. 
 
 Ver.  20. — FuRXACE  OF  IRON,]  That  is, 
 furnace  wherein  iron  was  melted:  so  Egypt 
 is  called,  for  the  cruel  oppression  of  Israel: 
 likewise  in  1  Kings  viii.  61;  Jer.  xi.  4. 
 People  of  inheritance,]  That  is,  whom 
 God  shall  inherit  and  take  foi-  his  possession: 
 the  Gr.  translateth,  and  inheritance.  As 
 THIS  DAY,]  Understand,  as  ye  are,  or,  as  ye 
 see  this  day. 
 
 Veb.  21. — Your  sakes,]  Or,  your  words: 
 as  the  Gr.  translateth,  the  things  spoken  by 
 you:  meaning  their  murmuring  word^,  Num. 
 XX.  3 — 5,  whereby  Moses  being  grieved, 
 obeyed  not  the  commandment  of  God,  Num. 
 XX.  12;  Ps.  cvi.  32,  33.  This  he  spake  of 
 before,  Deut.  iii.  20,  and  now  again  repeat- 
 eth,  to  show  God's  severity  against  all  trans- 
 gressors. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Stroke,]  Or  cut,  that  is,  co- 
 venanted or  made.  Moses  doth  often  speak  of 
 the  covenant  first  made  between  God  and 
 them,  as  that  which  was  to  be  the  ground  of 
 all  religion,  to  them  ajid  their  seed  after 
 them:  and  whatsoever  men  added,  altered, 
 or  diminished  from  it,  was  to  be  reputed  evil. 
 So  Paul  reforming  abuses  in  the  churches, 
 calleth  them  to  the  first  institution,  1  Cor. 
 xi.    23,    24.      Charged    thee,]   Or   com- 
 
 to  do,  or,  forbidden  thee:  so  in  Deut.  ii.  37, 
 for  God's  precepts  in  the  decalogue,  are  fur 
 the  most  part  iorebudes,  or  prohibitions;  yet 
 usually  called  commandments.  The  whole 
 phrase  is  expressed  in  Gen.  iii.  11,  'which 
 I  commanded  thee  not  to  eat  of  it,'  that  is, 
 which  I  forebade  thee  to  eat  of. 
 
 Ver.  24 Fire]  To  consume  all  his  ene- 
 mies; and  thine,  if  thou  obey  him,  as  Deut. 
 ix.  3,  and  thee  thyself,  if  thou  disobey  iiim, 
 as  Zeph.  i.  18;  Heb.  xii.  29.  See  also 
 Exod.  xxiv.  17.  The  Chald.  addeth,  "his 
 word  is  a  consuming  fire:"  which  is  also  true, 
 Jer.  xxiii.  29;  Deut.  xxxiii.  2.  Jealous,] 
 The  former  word  signified  God's  power,  this 
 his  will:  having  a  jealous  afltction,  whereby 
 he  will  not  spaie;  as  Frov.  vi.  34,  35.  See 
 Exod.  XX.  5. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Waxen  old,]  That  is,  con- 
 tinued long,  as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  and 
 become  ancient  itihabitants .  God's  blessings 
 were  by  Israel  abused  to  sin,  as  is  here  fore- 
 told, and  again  in  Deut.  xxxii.  15. 
 
 Ver.  26. — Perishing  ye  shall  perish,] 
 That  is,  surely  and  speedily  perish:  in  Gr. 
 perish  with  perdition :  so  in  Deut.  xxx.  18, 
 19,  where  again  he  calleth  '  lieaven  and  earth 
 to  witness.' 
 
 Ver.  27. — Few  men,]  Heb.  men  of  num- 
 ber, that  is,  soon  numbered  for  your  lewntss; 
 
CHAP.    IV. 
 
 205 
 
 ter  you  among  tlie  people  ;  and  ye  sliall  be  left  few  men  in  num- 
 ber, among  tlie  heathens,  whither  Jehovah  shall  lead  you.  ^^  And 
 there  ye  shall  serve  gods,  the  work  of  men's  hands,  wood  and 
 stone,  wliich  neither  see,  nor  hear,  nor  eat,  nor  smell.  '^^  But  if 
 from  thence  ye  shall  seek  Jehovah  thy  God,  then  thou  shalt  find 
 him  :  if  tliou  slialt  seek  him  with  all  tliy  heart,  and  witli  all  thy 
 soul.  ^"  When  tribulation  shall  be  on  tliee,  and  all  these  tilings 
 shall  find  thee,  in  the  latter  days,  and  thou  shalt  turn  to  Jehovali 
 thy  God,  and  hearken  unto  his  voice.  ^'  For  Jehovah  thy  God  is 
 a  merciful  God  ;  he  will  not  leave  thee,  neither  destroy  thee  :  nei- 
 ther will  he  forget  the  covenant  of  thy  fathers  Avhich  he  sware 
 unto  them.  ^'^  For  ask  now  of  the  days  forepast,  which  were  be- 
 fore thee,  since  the  day  that  God  created  man  upon  the  earth ;  and 
 (ask)  from  the  utmost  part  of  the  heavens,  and  unto  the  (other) 
 utmost  part  of  the  heavens,  whether  there  hath  been  (any  such 
 thing)  as  this  great  thing  is;  or  hath  been  heard  like  it.  ^^  Hatli  a 
 people  heard  the  voice  of  God  speaking  out  of  the  midst  of  the 
 fire,  as  thou  hast  lieard,  and  lived  ?     ^^  Or,  hath  God  assayed  to 
 
 as  the  Gr.  translateth,  few  in  number;  and 
 ill  Job  xvi.  22,  'years  of  number,'  are  a  few 
 years:  see  Gen.  xxxiv.  .30.  This  is  con- 
 trary to  that  promise  in  Gen.  xv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  2S. — Serve  GODS,]  Being  given  over 
 to  your  own  lusts,  as  it  is  written,  'God 
 turned,  and  gave  them  up  to  worship  the  host 
 of  heaven,'  Acts  vii.  42.  This  same  God 
 threatened  afterward,  in  Jer.  xvi.  13.  But 
 the  Chald.  here  turiieth  it,  "  ye  shall  serve 
 peoples  that  serve  idols,  the  work  of  men's 
 hands."  Nor  smell,]  The  vanity  of  idols 
 is  after  this  sort  described  in  Ps.  cxv.  4 — 7; 
 Jer.  X.  3—9. 
 
 Ver.  29. — Seek  Jehovah,]  The  Chald. 
 translateth,  seek  the  fear  of  the  Lord;  mean- 
 ing his  true  service.  Here  Moses  annexuth 
 promises,  to  comfort  repenting  sinners:  as 
 also  in  Deut.  xxx.  1 — 3,  &c.  All  thy 
 HEART,]  See  an  example  of  this  in  2  Chron. 
 XV.  13. 
 
 Ver.  30. — Find  thee,]  That  is,  come 
 upon,  or  befall  thee,  as  the  Chald.  explain- 
 eth  it. 
 
 Ver.  31. — Thy  fathers,]  Abraham, 
 Isaac,  and  Jacob.     See  Lev.  xxvi.  42,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  32. — Of  the  heavens,]  That  is, 
 from  one  utmost  part  of  the  world  unto  the 
 ether.  By  the  heavens  are  meaut  the  parts 
 ot  the  woild  under  the  heavens:  and  the 
 Holy  Spirit  openeth  this  phrase;  for  in  Matt, 
 xxiv.  31,  it  is  written,  'from  the  utmost 
 parts  of  the  heavens,  unto  the  utmost  parts  of 
 them:'  for  which  in  Murk  xiii.  27,  is  said, 
 '  from  the  utmost  part  of  the  earth,  unto  the 
 utmost  part  of  the  heavens.'  By  which  it  is 
 evident,  that  the  heavens  in  this  speech,  is 
 
 put  for  the  earth  under  the  heavens ;  for  hea- 
 vens comprehendeth  the  air  also,  wherein 
 we  breathe,  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  i.  8.  Great 
 thing,]  Heb.  great  toord.  Moses  hereby 
 would  teach,  that  God's  words  and  works  unto 
 his  church  are  more  great  and  marvellous 
 than  all  his  actions  to  other  people  whatso- 
 ever: and  therefore  ought  the  moi-e  seriously 
 to  be  considered. 
 
 Ver.  33.- Voice  of  God,]  The  Chald. 
 saith,  the  voice  of  the  word  of  the  Lord:  the 
 Gr.  of  the  living  God.  And  lived,]  At  the 
 appearance  of  God,  men  were  wont  to  fear 
 they  should  die,  Judg.  xiii.  22,  and  vi.  22. 
 So  at  the  giving  of  the  law,  all  Israel  desired 
 that  they  might  hear  the  voice  of  God  no 
 more,  lest  they  died,  Exod.  xx.  19;  Deut. 
 xviii.  16,  which  manifested  the  power  of  the 
 law,  and  the  weakness  of  men,  Heb.  xii.  19. 
 So  no  man  can  see  the  face  of  Gud  and  live, 
 Exod.  xxxiii.  20,  when  God  giveth  his  voice, 
 the  earth  melteth,  Ps.  xlvi.  7. 
 
 Ver.  34. — Hath  God,]  Or,  hath  any 
 God;  speaking  of  the  true  God,  and  his  works 
 unto  Israel,  above  all  other  people:  or  of  the 
 reputed  gods  of  the  Gentiles,  none  of  which 
 ever  did  such  a  thing.  Assayed,]  Or, 
 tempted.  This  is  spoken  not  of  God  trying 
 his  own  strength,  but  proving  the  obedience 
 of  his  people,  and  trying  the  strength  of  his 
 adversaries.  The  Chald.  translateth,  or  the 
 tentations,  (or  sigtis)  which  the  Lord  hath 
 made  to  reveal  himself  SfC.  Tentations,] 
 i\1o-;es  here  reckoneth  seven  things  about  Is- 
 rael's deliverance;  Tentations,  wlierel)y  God, 
 propounding  his  will,  tried  their  obedience: 
 (as  when  God  tempted  Abraham,  Gen.  xxii. 
 
206 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 come  to  take  him  a  nation,  from  the  midst  of  a  nation,  by  tenta- 
 tions,  by  signs,  and  by  wonders,  and  by  war,  and  by  a  strong  hand, 
 and  by  a  stretclied  out  arm,  and  by  great  terrors,  according  to  all 
 tliat  Jehovah  your  God  did  for  you  in  Egypt,  before  your  eyes. 
 ^^  Tliou  liast  been  made  see  to  know,  that  Jehovah  he  is  God : 
 tliere  is  none  else  besides  him.  ^^  Out  of  the  lieavens  he  made  tliee 
 to  hear  his  voice,  to  instruct  thee ;  and  upon  the  earth  he  made 
 thee  to  see  his  great  fire ;  and  thou  heardest  his  words  out  of  the 
 midst  of  the  fire.  ^^  And  because  he  loved  thy  fathers,  therefore  he 
 chose  liis  seed  after  liim ;  and  he  brought  thee  out,  in  his  sight,  with 
 his  great  power,  out  of  Egypt.  ^^  To  drive  out  nations  greater  and 
 mightier  tlian  thou,  from  before  thee ;  to  brhig  thee  in,  to  give 
 thee  their  land  for  an  inheritance,  as  it  is  tliis  day.  ^^  iVnd  thou 
 shalt  know  this  day,  and  cause  it  to  return  into  tliy  heart ;  that  Je- 
 hovah, he  is  God,  in  the  heavens  above,  and  on  the  earth  beneath: 
 there  is  none  else.     ^^  And   thou  shalt   keep   liis   statutes  and  his 
 
 1.)  Signs,  which  many  times  are  of  ordi- 
 nary works,  and  natural,  as  Exod.  iii.  12. 
 JVonders,  which  are  of  extraordinary,  and 
 supernatural  works,  as  Exod.  iv.  21  ;  vii.  9. 
 fVar,  upon  the  refusal  and  resistance  of  the 
 enemy,  Exod.  viii.  1,  2.  Strong  hand,  not 
 by  cunning  policies  and  stratagems,  as  men 
 often  use  in  wars;  but  by  force,  compelling 
 the  enemy  to  yield,  Exod.  vi.  1.  Stretched- 
 out  arm,  by  openly  manifesting  his  power,  and 
 plagues  coiilinually  upon  the  resisters,  Is.  ix. 
 12,  17;  Exod.  vi.  6,  and  great  terrors, 
 which  wounded  the  hearts  of  the  very  ene- 
 mies, Exod.  ix.  20,  27,  2S:  x.  7;  xii.  30. 
 Terrors,]  Or  fears,  the  Gi-.  and  Chald. 
 translate,  visions,  or  sights,  which  are  often- 
 times fearfvil ;  but  the  Hel).  for  fears  and  vi- 
 sions, aie  one  much  like  another,  which 
 might  cause  the  mistaking.  So  in  Deut. 
 xxvi.  8. 
 
 Ver.  35.— To  know,]  Tliat  is,  that  thou 
 mightest  know,  and  acknoiuledge.  The 
 end  of  all  God's  works  was  the  manifesting 
 of  his  glory,  to  the  information  and  salvation 
 of  his  people.  This  Moses  often  urgeth  in 
 this  book. 
 
 Ver.  3G. — To  instruct,]  Or,  to  nurture, 
 chastise:  by  restraining  from  vice.  So 
 Go:i's  chastening,  and  teaching  out  of  his 
 law,  are  joined  together,  in  Ps.  xciv.  12. 
 Though  chastening  be  often  with  works  (as 
 Lev.  xxvi.  18,  28;  Deut.  viii.  5,)  yet  is  it 
 also  with  words;  as  here,  (where  the  Chald. 
 translateth  M  teach ^  una  Prov.  ix.  7;  xxxi. 
 1 :  Ezek.  xxiii.  48;  Job  iv.  3.  The  fire,] 
 Before,  he  said,  '  out  of  heaven,'  and  now, 
 'out  of  the  midst  of  the  fire:'  "  for  though 
 the  voice  came  out  of  heaven,  Isiael  perceived 
 it  not,  but  only  out  of  the  fire,"  saith  K. 
 Menachem  on  E)eut.  iv. 
 
 Ver.  37. — Therefore  he  chose,]  Or, 
 a7ul  chose,  (that  is,  loved)  his  seed  after 
 him,  therefore  he  brought  thee  out.  God's 
 love,  and  election  out  of  love,  is  the  cause  of 
 man's  redemption  and  salvation.  His  seed,] 
 That  is,  the  seed  of  thy  fathers,  every  one 
 particularly;  as  the  promise  was  made  lo 
 Abraham,  then  to  Isaac,  and  after  that  to  Ja- 
 cob severally.  The  Gr.  and  Chald.  translate 
 it  plurally,  their  seed  (or  sons)  after  them. 
 In  his  sight,]  Or,  with  his  face  (or  pre- 
 sence.) The  Gr.  saith,  he  brought  thee  out 
 himself;  the  Chald.  he  brought  thee  out  by 
 his  iDord.  Thus  the  face  or  presence  of 
 God,  may  imply  Christ,  tlie  WonI,  the  Angel 
 of  God's  face.  Is.  Ixiii.  9.  He  it  was  that 
 brought  Israel  out,  as  1  Cor.  x.  1,9,  and  the 
 sign  of  his  presence  was  in  the  pillar  of  the 
 cloud  and  fire,  Exod.  xiii.  21 ;  xiv.  19,  20. 
 
 Ver.  38. — To  drive  odt,]  To  wit,  out  of 
 possession,  (as  the  original  word  implieth) 
 or,  to  disinherit;  tlie  Gr.  saith,  to  destroy, 
 (or,  root  out.)  As  it  is,]  The  Gr.  addeth, 
 as  thou  hast  this  day.  Meaning  of  the 
 land  of  Silion  and  Og,  which  they  had  now 
 in  possession,  a  sign  of  further  victory,  Deut. 
 iii.  21. 
 
 Ver.  39. — And  thou  shalt  know,]  Or, 
 know  (and  acknowledge)  therefore:  see  ver. 
 35.  The  knowledge  of,  and  obedience  unto 
 God,  is  continually  urged,  upon  the  remem- 
 brance of  his  former  mercies.  So  1  Chron. 
 xxviii.  9.  Cause  it  to  return,]  Or,  bring 
 again,  reduce,  that  is,  call  to  mind,  and 
 consider,  that  not  only  for  the  piesent,  but  al- 
 ways after,  God's  true  fear  might  continue  in 
 them.  So  in  Deut.  xxx.  1,  where  this 
 phrase  is  used:   see  the  annot. 
 
 Ver.  40. — All  days,]  This  may  be  re- 
 ferred both  to  the  latter,  the  possessing  of  the 
 
CHAP.  V.  207 
 
 commandments,  which  I  command  thee  this  day,  tliat  it  may  be 
 well  with  thee,  and  with  thy  sons  after  thee ;  and  that  thon  mayest 
 prolong  thy  days  upon  tlie  land,  which  Jehovah  thy  God  givctli 
 thee,  all  days. 
 
 "  Then  Moses  separated  three  cities  on  this  side  Jordan,  towards 
 the  sun-rising.  ^^  For  the  man-slayei-  to  flee  thither,  which  should 
 kill  his  neiglibour  unwittingly,  and  he  hated  him  not  in  times  past : 
 and  that  ho  might  fly  unto  one  of  these  cities  and  live,  ^^  Bezer  in 
 tlie  wilderness,  in  the  plain  country  of  the  Reubenites :  and  Ra- 
 moth  in  Gilead,  of  the  Gadites :  and  Golan  in  Basan,  of  the  Ma- 
 nassites.  "  And  this  is  the  law,  whicli  Moses  set  before  the  sons 
 of  Israel.  *^  Tliese  are  the  testimonies,  and  the  statutes,  and  the 
 judgments,  which  Moses  spake  unto  the  sons  of  Israel,  after  they 
 came  forth  out  of  Egypt.  *^  On  this  side  Jordan,  in  the  valley 
 over  against  Beth-peor,  in  the  land  of  Sihon,  king  of  the  Amorites, 
 who  dwelt  in  Heshbon  :  whom  Moses  and  the  sons  of  Israel  smote, 
 after  they  were  come  forth  out  of  Egypt.  "  And  they  possessed 
 Iiis  land,  and  the  land  of  Og,  king  of  Bashan,  two  kings  of  the 
 Amorites,  which  were  on  this  side  Jordan,  toward  the  sun-rising. 
 ^^  From  Aroer,  which  is  by  the  bank  of  tlie  river  Arnon,  and  unto 
 mount  Zion,  that  is  Hermon.  *^  And  all  the  plain  o^  this  side  Jor- 
 dan, eastward,  and  unto  the  sea,  of  the  plain,  under  Ashdoth-Pis- 
 gah. 
 
 land,    and   to    the    former,   the   welfare    and  used  for  affer,  as  is  noted  on  Exod.   ii.  23, 
 
 length   of   life.       In    Matt,    xxviii.    20,   all  so  again  in  ver.  46 
 
 dai/s,  is  explained,    'unto   the    end   of    the  Ver.  46. — Beth-p^ok,']  In  Gr.  i/ie  house 
 
 world.'  of  P/iogor,  an  idol  temple:  see  Deut.  iii.  29. 
 
 Ver.    42. — Unwittingly,]    Or,  without  Amorites,]  Heb.  Amorite:  in  Gr.  Amor- 
 
 knoiuledge  thereof ,  unawares.     See  tlie  law  reans.     Smote,]  That  is,  yt/Z/er/,  as  is  noted 
 
 for  this,  in  Num.  xxxv.  9,  10,  &c.,  and  after  on  Gen.  xiv.  17.     This  victory  is  here  again 
 
 ill  Deut.  xix.   2.     In  times  past,]  Or,  in  touched,  the  more  to  stir  up  the  hearts  of  the 
 
 former  days;  V{vh.  from  yesterday,  and  the  people  to  obey  God's  law,  wlio  had  begun  to 
 
 third  day.     See  Gen.  xxxi.  2.  show  them  his  power  and  goodness. 
 
 Ver.    43. — Bezor,]   In  Gr.    Bosor:  see  Ver.  48.— Bank,]  Heb.  lip.     Zion,]  In 
 
 Josh.  XX.  8;  xxi,   36;  1  Chron.  vi.  78,  80.  Gr.  Seon.     This   is  not  that  which  usually 
 
 Golan,]  In  Gr.  Gaiilon,  the  scripture  calleth  mount  Zion,  in  Jerusa- 
 
 Ver.  44, — This  is,]   He   meaneth,   that  lein ;  but  otherwise  written,  and  called  Her- 
 
 which  hereafter  followeth;  so  this  belongeth  mon:  see  Deut.  iii.  9. 
 
 to  the  next  chapter,  where  the  repetition  of  Ver.  49. — Sea  of  the  plain,]  The  sea 
 
 the  laws  begiu.  of  salt,  Deut.  iii.  17,  the  lake  of  Sodom,  or 
 
 Ver.  45. — After   they  came  forth,]  Dead  sea,  As,\iT)OT:H-visGAu,'\Or, thesprings 
 
 Ileb.  in  their  coming  forth:  but  in  is  often  of  Pisgah;  see  the  notes  on  Deut.  iii.  17. 
 
 CHAP.  V. 
 
 1 .  Moses  rehearseth  the  covenant  that  God  made  with  Israel  at  Horeh, 
 6.  The  ten.  commandments;  22.  the  manner  of  the  speaking  and  writing 
 of  them.  24.  The  people  being  afraid,  did  rpquest  Moses  to  receive  the 
 law  from  God,  and  to  speak  it  unto  them.   28.  The  Lord  approved  their 
 
208 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 motion,  30.  and  sent  them  into  their  tents;  31.  hut  tvUIed  Moses  to  stay, 
 and  hear  the  law,  which  he  was  to  teach  Israel  to  observe  and  do,  for 
 their  good. 
 
 '  And  Moses  called  unto  all  Israel,  and  said  unto  them.  Hear 
 O  Israel,  the  statutes  and  tlie  judgments  wliich  I  speak  in  your 
 ears,  this  day :  and  ye  shall  learn  them,  and  keep,  to  do  them. 
 ^  Jehovah  our  God  struck  a  covenant  with  us  in  Horeh.  ^  Not 
 with  our  fathers  struck  Jehovah  this  covenant,  but  with  us  ;  even 
 us,  who  are  all  of  us  here  alive  this  day.  *  Jehovah  spake  unto 
 you,  face  to  face,  in  tlie  mount,  out  of  the  midst  of  the  fire.  *  I 
 standing  between  Jehovah  and  you,  at  that  time,  to  shew  unto  you 
 the  word  of  Jehovah  ;  for  ye  were  afraid,  by  reason  of  the  fire,  and 
 went  not  up  into  the  mount,  saying, 
 
 ^  I,  Jehovah  thy  God,  which  have  brouglit  thee  out  from  the 
 land  of  Egypt,  from  tlie  house  of  servants.  '  Thou  shalt  not  have 
 any  other  God's  before  my  face. 
 
 *  Thou  shalt  not  make  unto  thee  a  graven  thing,  any  likeness,  of 
 things  which  are  in  tlie  heavens  above,  or  which  are  in  the  earth 
 beneath,  or  which  are  in  the  waters  beneath  the  earth.  ^  Thou 
 shalt  not  bow  down  thyself  to  them,  neither  serve  them  :  for  I, 
 Jehovah  thy  God,  am  a  jealous  God,  visiting  the  iniquity  of  the 
 fathers  upon  the  sons,  and  upon  the  third  and  upon  the  fourth  ge- 
 
 Ver.  1. — In  your  ears,]  That  is,  in 
 your  hearing,  and  to  your  understanding: 
 the  Chald.  translateth  it,  before  you.  Here 
 Moses  purposing  to  repeat  the  ten  comniand- 
 ments,  prepareth  the  ears  and  hearts  of  the 
 people  unto  obedience.  To  do,]  Or,  and  do: 
 see  the  notes  on  Gen.  ii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Struck,]  Heb.  cut  a  covetiant, 
 the  reason  of  which  phrase  is  showed  on  Gen. 
 XV.  18.  In  Horeb,]  Or,  as  Choreb,  called 
 also  Sinai:  see  Exod.  xix.  20;  xxiv.  8. 
 God,  though  he  might  absolutely  command, 
 yet  vouchsafed  to  enter  into  covenant  with 
 his  people,  that  by  inutnal  stipulation  and 
 promises,  he  might  have  not  constrained,  but 
 free  and  voluntary  obedience  performed  by 
 them,  to  his  glory,  and  their  further  good. 
 
 Ver.  3. — FATiiERS,]  Which  are  dead: 
 hereby  all  the  patriarchs  unto  Adam  may  be 
 meant,  who  had  the  promise  of  the  covenant 
 ofClu-;st;  but  the  covenant  of  the  law  came 
 after,  as  the  apostle  observeth,  Gal.  iii.  17. 
 Or  it  may  mean,  "  our  fathers  only,"  as  Jar- 
 chi  here  expoundeth  it,  such  as  died  in  the 
 wilderness,  after  the  law  was  given.  See 
 also  Deut.  xi.  2.  Even  us,]  Or,  we  are 
 they,  which  are  here  this  day :  the  Gr. 
 translateth,  and  you  are  here  all  alive  this 
 day.  So  the  covenant  was  yet  fresh  in  me- 
 mory.    Also  they  had  a  greater  benefit  than 
 
 their  fathers:  for  though  the  law  could  not 
 give  them  life,  yet  was  it  a  'schoolmaster 
 unto  Christ,'  Gal.  iii.  21,  24. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Face  to  face,]  That  is,  openly, 
 clearly,  plainly;  as  Exod.  xxxiii.  11;  Gen. 
 xxxii.  30;  Deut.  xxxiv.  10;  1  Cor.  xiii.  12, 
 opposed  to  the  dark  visions,  by  which  God 
 before  time  revealed  his  will. 
 
 Ver.  5. — I  standing,]  Or,  stood,  as  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  and  I  stood  bettveen  the 
 Lord,  which  the  Chald.  calleth,  the  fFord 
 of  the  Lord.  Thus  the  law  was  given  '  in 
 the  hand  of  a  mediator,'  Gal.  iii.  19,  for  God 
 and  the  people  were  not  one,  by  reason  of 
 their  sins:  therefore  they  were  afraid. 
 
 Ver.  (i. — Servants,]  In  Gr.  and  Chald. 
 sei'vitude.  God  ledeemed  Israel,  not  only 
 from  outward  slavery,  but  from  the  idolatry 
 of  Egypt,  Ezek.  xx.  5 — 9,  and  from  their 
 gods,'  2  Sam.  vii.  23,  therefore  he  com- 
 manded them  to  have  no  other  gods  before 
 his  face.  See  the  annot.  upon  Exod.  xx., 
 where  these  commandments  are  more  largely 
 opened. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Any  other  gods,]  Or,  ano- 
 ther god:  see  the  notes  on  Deut.  iv.  7. 
 
 Ver.  8.  — Graven  thing,]  The  Chald. 
 translateth  it,  image.  Any,]  The  Gr.  saith, 
 nor  the  likeness  of  any  thing.  The  word 
 or,  is  in  Exod.  xx.  4. 
 
CHAP.    V 
 
 209 
 
 neration,  of  tliem  that  hate  me.  "  And  doing  mercy  unto  thou- 
 sands of  them  that  love  me,  and  of  them  that  keep  his  command- 
 ments. 
 
 "  Tliou  shalt  not  take  up  the  name  of  Jehovah  thy  God  in  vain; 
 for  Jeliovah  will  not  hold  him  guiltless  that  shall  take  up  Iiis  name 
 in  vain. 
 
 '^  Keep  tliou  the  Sabbath  day,  to  sanctify  it,  as  Jehovah  tliy  God 
 hath  commanded  thee.  ^^  Six  days  shalt  thou  labour,  and  shalt  do 
 all  thy  work.  "  But  the  seventh  day  is  a  Sabbath  to  Jehovah  thy 
 God  :  in  it  thou  slialt  not  do  any  work ;  tliou,  or  thy  son,  or  tliy 
 daughter,  or  tliy  man-servant,  or  thy  woman-servant,  or  thine  ox, 
 or  thine  ass,  or  any  of  thy  cattle,  or  thy  stranger  which  is  within 
 thy  gates,  that  thy  man-servant  and  thy  woman-servant  may  rest 
 as  well  as  thou.  '*  And  thou  shalt  remember  tliat  tliou  wast  a  servant 
 in  the  land  of  Egypt ;  and  Jehovah  thy  God  brought  thee  out 
 tlience  by  a  strong  hand,  and  by  a  stretched  out  arm :  therefore 
 Jehovah  thy  God  hath  commanded  thee  to  do  the  Sabbath  day. 
 
 "  Honour  thy  father  and  thy  mother,  as  Jehovah  thy  God  hath 
 commanded  thee,  that  thy  days  may  be  prolonged,  and  that  it  may 
 be  well  with  thee,  upon  the  land  which  Jehovah  thy  God  giveth 
 thee. 
 
 "  Thou  shalt  not  kill. 
 
 '^  Neither  shalt  thou  commit  adultery. 
 
 "  Neither  shalt  thou  steal. 
 
 Ver.  10 His  commandments,]  Or,  his 
 
 commandment;  meaning  all  and  every  one 
 of  thetn,  or,  the  whole  law  in  general:  see 
 the  notes  on  ver.  31.  The  like  is  in  Deut. 
 viii.  2;  xxvii.  10.  The  Gr.  and  Chald. 
 translate,  my  comma7idme7its ,  and  so  Moses 
 wrote  in  Exod.  xx.  C,  but  here  lie  changeth 
 the  person,  as  Daniel  also  iu  his  prayer  saith, 
 '  O  Lord,  &c.  keeping  covenant  and  mercy 
 to  them  that  love  him,  and  to  them  that  keep 
 his  commandments.'  Dan.  ix.  4.  We  may 
 also  observe  such  changes  in  the  other  pro- 
 phets; as,  'to  make  him  a  name,' 2  Sam. 
 vii.  23,  for  which,  in  1  Chrou.  xvii.  21,  is 
 written,  'to  make  thee  a  name:'  so  in  2 
 Sam.  xiv.  22. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Keep,]  Or,  observe;  for  this, 
 in  Exod.  xx.  8,  he  said,  remember.  As  Je- 
 hovah, &c.,]  This  sentence  is  added,  more 
 than  in  Exod.  xx.  8.  So  again  in  the  fifth 
 commandment,  ver.  16.  And  these  two 
 charges  only  are  affirmative,  all  the  other  are 
 prohibitions. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Ox,  &p.,]  These  particulars 
 are  also  here  added,  for  explanation.  As 
 WELL  AS  THOU,]  Or,  even  as  thou.  This 
 reason  was  not  expressed  in  Exod.  xx.  10. 
 And  it  slioweth  that  the  Sabbath  was  com- 
 manded   in    part    for    the    ease   of  servauts. 
 
 Vol.  II.  2 
 
 which  were  of  the  heathens  that  were  round 
 about  them.  Lev.  xxv.  44. 
 
 Ver.  16. — To  po,]  That  is,  tn  celebrate: 
 the  Gr.  translateth,  to  keep  the  Sabbath  day, 
 and  to  sanctify  it.  In  Exod.  xx.  11,  the 
 creation  of  the  world  is  there  rendered  as  a 
 reason,  which  is  liere  omitted;  and  the  com- 
 ing out  of  Egypt  (which  seemeth  to  be  on  the 
 Sabbath  day,)  is  here  made  a  reason  of  ob- 
 serving this  day.  For  it  was  a  figure  of  de- 
 liverance out  of  spiritual  bondage  by  Christ, 
 (as  is  showed  upon  Exodus)  and  so  fit  to  be 
 meditated  oq  upon  the  Sabbath. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Be  well  avith  thee.]  Or, 
 good  may  be  done  unto  thee.  This  branch 
 of  the  promise  is  more  than  was  expressed  in 
 Exod.  XX.  12,  and  this  addition  the  apostle 
 also  citeth  in  Eph  vi.  3,  but  putteth  it  there 
 in  the  first  place,  changing  the  order  of  the 
 words,  which  the  scripture  often  doth,  as 
 may  be  seen  in  2  Kings  xi.  8,  compared  with 
 2  Ciiron.  xxiii.  7;  Joel  ii.  28,  with  Acts  ii. 
 17;  1  Kings  xix.  10,  with  Rom.  xi.  3;  Is 
 Ixv.  1,  with  Rom.  X.  20;  Matt.  xxi.  13, 
 with  Mark  xii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  is. — Neither   shalt  thou,]  Or, 
 
 and  thou  shalt  not:  and  so  in  the  precepts 
 
 following;  all  which  are  joined  to  the  former, 
 
 with  this   copulative,   and,   (otherwise  than 
 
 D 
 
210 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ^^  Neither  slialt  thou  answer  a  false  witness  against  thy  neigh- 
 bour. 
 
 ^'  Neither  shalt  thou  covet  thy  neiglibour's  wife,  neither  shalt 
 thou  desire  thy  neighbom-'s  house  ;  his  field,  or  liis  man-servant,  or 
 his  woman-servant,  his  ox,  or  his  ass,  or  any  thing  which  is  thy 
 neighbour's. 
 
 ^^  These  words  Jehovah  spake  mito  all  your  assembly  in  the 
 mount,  out  of  the  midst  of  the  fire,  of  the  cloud,  and  of  the  thick 
 darkness,  with  a  great  voice,  and  he  added  no  more :  and  lie  wrote 
 them  on  two  tables  of  stones,  and  gave  them  unto  me.  ^^  And  it 
 was,  when  ye  heard  the  voice,  out  of  the  midst  of  the  darkness, 
 and  tlie  mountain  burning  with  fire,  tliat  ye  came  near  unto  me. 
 
 was  in  Exod.  xx.,)  to  teach  the  conjoining  of 
 all  these  commandments,  as  into  one  body  of 
 the  law:  whinh  must  be  likewise  in  our  obe- 
 dience. Because,  '  Whosoever  shall  keep 
 the  whole  law,  and  yet  ofl'end  in  one  point, 
 he  is  guilty  of  all.  For  he  that  said,  Do  not 
 commit  adultery ;  said  also,  Do  not  kill,'  &c. 
 Jam.  ii.  10,  11. 
 
 Ver.  20.— False,]  Or,  rash,  vaiti.  The 
 same  word  shew,  used  before  in  ver.  11,  but 
 for  it  in  Exod.  xx.  Moses  useth  the  word 
 sheker,  false:  and  so  the  Chald.  hath  in  this 
 place. 
 
 Ver.  21.^Wife,]  In  Exod.  xx.  17,  our 
 neighbour's  house  is  put  in  the  first  place, 
 and  his  wife  in  the  second,  otherwise  than 
 here.  So  they  that  would  divide  this  com- 
 mandment  i[ito  two,  cannot  show  which  is 
 the  ninth,  and  which  is  the  tenth,  seeing 
 Moses  hath  purposely  changed  the  order. 
 Desire,]  Here  again  Moses  useth  another 
 word,  tithavveh,  whereas  in  Exod.  xx.  17,  he 
 keepeth  one  word  in  all  the  particulars,  tach- 
 mod,  covet:  which  are  two  words  in  sound, 
 but  one  in  signification  ;  (though  it  may  be 
 with  some  difference  of  degree)  whereof 
 there  be  sundry  other  examples  in  scripture  ; 
 as  Hinneh,  Behold,  1  Chron.  xxvii.  1,  for 
 which  another  prophet  saitli,  Rech,  See,  2 
 Sam.  vii.  2;  chajath,  a  troop,  in  2  Sam. 
 xxiii.  13 ;  or  machanah,  an  host,  in  1 
 Chron.  xi.  15;  'he  relwuBA,'  jashab,  2 
 Sam.  vi.  20,  or,  'he  turned  &ga.m'  jissob,  1 
 Chron.  xvi.  43 ;  Jaghnal,  he  offered  tip,  2 
 Sam.  vi.  17,  or,  Jakrib,  he  offered,  1  Cliron. 
 xvi.  1,  and  many  the  like:  "so  that  from  two 
 words  of  like  sense  here  cannot  be  gathered 
 two  sundry  commandments.  The  like  was 
 in  the  ninth  commandment  before,  in  ver. 
 20.  And  if  this  desire  be  another  command- 
 ment, there  were  but  nine  given  in  Exod. 
 XX.  Or  if  there  were  ten,  as  is  avouched  in 
 Exod.  xxxiv.  28,  then  here  must  be  eleven, 
 contrary  to  Deut.  x.  4.  But  degrees  of  the 
 same  sm,   make  not  here  several  precepts. 
 
 The  Hebs.  make  this  desire  to  be  less  than 
 coveting,  and  say,  "  Desire  bringeth  a  man 
 to  coveting,  and  coveting  bringeth  him  to  un- 
 just taking  away ;  for  if  the  owners  be  not 
 willing  to  sell,  though  he  would  give  them  a 
 great  price,  and  he  is  urgent  upon  them, 
 then  he  falleth  to  taking  by  violence,  as  it  is 
 said  (in  Mic.  ii.  2,)  '  And  they  covet  fields, 
 and  take  them  by  violence,'"  Maim.  torn.  4, 
 treat,  ol  Rapine,  &c.  chap.  i.  sect.  10,  11. 
 His  field,]  The  Gr.  saith,  nor  his  field : 
 this  al-;o  is  added  more  than  in  Exod.  xx.  17. 
 And  usually,  when  any  thing  is  repeated, 
 either  by  the  prophets  or  evangelists,  it  is 
 with  variety  of  words  and  phrases ;  of  which, 
 being  compaied,  there  is  very  great  use,  for 
 the  understanding  of  the  scriptures. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Added  no  more,]  Meaning, 
 no  more  commandments  of  this  sort,  (^for 
 they  were  but  '  ten  woi'ds,'  Deut.  iv.  13,)  or 
 no  more  unto  the  people ;  the  rest  were 
 spoken  to  Moses,  Exod.  xxi.  1,  &c.  The 
 Chald.  translateth,  ceased  not;  see  the  notes 
 on  Num.  xi.  25.  Of  stones,]  Both  to  have 
 them  perpetual  to  his  church.  Job  xix.  23, 
 24,  and  in  mystery,  to  show  the  stony  nature 
 of  men's  hearts;  see  the  annot.  on  Exod. 
 xxxi.  IS.  Unto  me,]  That  Moses  might 
 carry  them  to  the  people,  and  see  them  duly 
 executed.  So  the  magistrate  is  the  keeper  of 
 both  the  tables  of  the  law  ;  for  Moses  was 
 'king  in  Jeshurun,'  Deut.  xxxiii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  23. — And  the  mount,]  Llnder- 
 stand,  'and  saw  the  mount,'  as  Deut.  xi.  16; 
 Exod.  XX.  18.  The  things  which  the  people 
 heard  and  saw,  were  terrible  unto  them,  be- 
 cause they  were  sinners;  but  a  mean  to  hum- 
 ble them,  and  drive  them  unto  Christ,  Heb. 
 xii.  18—24  ;  Gal.  iii.  19—24.  Elders,] 
 In  Gr.  senates;  or  eldership.  The  people 
 all,  and  even  the  greatest  and  best,  fled  from 
 before  the  Lord,  and  came  to  Moses  for  to  be 
 a  mediator.  See  Exod.  xx.  18,  19,  ia  the 
 annot. 
 
CHAP.  V. 
 
 211 
 
 all  the  lieads  of  your  tribes,  and  your  elders.  ^^  And  ye  said.  Be- 
 hold, Jehovah  our  God  hath  shewed  us  his  glory  and  In's  greatness 
 and  we  have  heard  liis  voice  out  of  tlie  midst  of  the  fire :  tliis  day 
 we  liave  seen,  that  God  doth  speak  with  man,  and  lie  liveth. 
 '^  And  now  why  should  we  die  ?  for  tliis  great  fire  will  consume 
 us :  if  we  add  to  hear  the  voice  of  Jehovah  our  God  any  more 
 then  we  shall  die.  ''  For  who  is  there  of  all  flesli,  that  liatli  heard 
 the  voice  of  the  livuig  God,  speaking  out  of  the  midst  of  the  fire 
 as  we  have,  and  lived  ?     '^  Go  near  thou,  and  hear  all  tliat  Jehoval'i 
 
 Ver.  24 — His  voice,]  The  Chald.  saitli, 
 the  voice  of  his  JVord.     So  in  ver.  25. 
 
 Ver.  25.— Why  should  we  die?]  The 
 Gr.  tiaiislatetli,  let  us  not  die:  so  it  is  a  de- 
 precation. Tliis  sieocli  implietli  the  sen- 
 tence of  death  also,  which  their  own  hearts 
 I'rononnced  agair.st  them  for  their  sins:  for 
 such  a  question  is  likewise  an  affirmation;  as, 
 '  \y\\Y  doth  he  speak  blasphemies?'  Mark  ii. 
 7,  U  expounded,  'this  man  blasphemeth,' 
 Matt.  ix.  3.  And  this  showeth  the  effect  of 
 the  1  nv  in  our  consciences  ;  it  causeth  '  the 
 spirit  of  bondage  to  fear,'  Rom.  viii.  15,  and 
 when  the  voice  of  God  in  his  law  is  heard 
 and  understood  of  men,  it  torrifieth  and  kill- 
 eth;  before  that  they  think  they  are  'alive 
 without  the  law,'  Rom.  vii.  9,  10.  Fire,] 
 Which  signified  the  force  of  the  fiery  law, 
 Deut.  xxxiii.  2,  that  it  is  in  man's  '  heart, 
 as  a  burning  fire  shut  up  in  his  bones,'  as 
 Jer.  XX.  9,  both  manifesting  sins,  and  tor- 
 menting the  conscience,  wherein  it  diflijreth 
 from  the  gospel,  Heb.  xii.  18.  Then,]  Or, 
 stirely;  Heb.  and  we  shall  die.  Thus  there 
 was  not  '  a  law  given  which  could  give  life,' 
 Gal.  iii.  21,  but  « the  letter  killeth,'  2  Cor. 
 iii.  C,  and  'the  law  is  not  of  faith,'  Gal.  iii. 
 12,  the  hearing  of  it,  and  escaping  death, 
 caused  them  not  to  believe:  but  'the  just 
 shall  live  by  faith,'  through  the  gospel  of 
 Christ,'  Rom.  i.  16,  17,  unto  whom  the  law 
 was  a  '  schoolmaster,'  Gal.  iii.  24. 
 
 Ver.  2G.— All  flesh,]  Or,  who  is  any 
 flesh,  that  is,  any  frail  man:  for,  'all  flesh  is 
 grass,'  Is.  xl.  6.  The  Gr.  translateth,  for 
 what  flesh?  Which  word  flesh  is  often 
 used  for  unregenerate  man,  as  is  noted  on 
 Gen.  vi.  3,  and  to  such  especially,  the  law  is 
 the  terrors  of  death:  though  all  human  na- 
 ture being  in  sin,  is  here  condemned.  So  in 
 Ps.  cxliii.  2.  The  living  God,]  The  Heb. 
 words  are  both  plural,  implying  the  mystery 
 of  the  Trinity,  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  i.  1,  and 
 he  is  called  '  the  living  God,'  (as  here,  so  iu 
 Josh.  iii.  10;  1  Sam.  xvii.  26;  Is.  xxxvii. 
 4 :  Ps.  xlii.  3  ;  Hos.  i.  10,  and  in  sundry 
 other  places)  to  oppose  him  unto  all  false  gods, 
 which  are  called  'the  dead,'  Ps.  cvi.  2s) 
 whereupon   it  is  said,  '  Ye  turned  to  God, 
 
 from  idols,  to  serve  the  living  and  true  God,' 
 1  Thes.  i.  9.  Also  to  show  that  God  is 
 powerful  in  operation,  being  not  only  living 
 in  himself,  (so  that  he  '  only  hath  immor- 
 tality,' 1  Tim.  vi.  16,)  but  the  giver  of  life 
 unto  all;  'For  in  him  we  live,  and  move, 
 and  have  our  being,'  Acts  xvii.  28,  and  he  is 
 '  the  f.iuntain  of  living  waters,'  Jer.  xvii.  13, 
 who  continually  and  abundantly  lefresheth  his 
 people.  It  signifielh  also  his  eternity,  as  he 
 '  that  liveth  for  ever  and  ever,'  Rev.  x.  6,  of 
 whom  it  is  said,  '  For  he  is  the  living  God, 
 and  continuing  fur  ever,'  Dan.  vi.  26. 
 Wherefore  that  speech  of  Job,  '  My  Re^ 
 deemer  liveth,'  Job  xix.  25,  is  translated  in 
 the  Gr.  the  Eternal  is  he  that  shall  unloose 
 me.  And  lived,]  Men  till  they  be  re- 
 deemed by  Christ,  are  '  through  fear  of  death, 
 all  their  life  time  subject  to  bondage,'  Heb. 
 ii.  15.  Though  God  came  not  now  to  judge 
 them,  neither  so  much  as  upbraided  them 
 with  their  sins  past,  yet  could  they  not  hear 
 his  voice,  but  (as  the  apostle  noteth)  they 
 that  heard  it,  '  intreated  that  the  word  should 
 not  be  spoken  to  them  any  more,  for  they 
 could  not  endure  that  which  was  commanded,' 
 Heb.  xii.  19,  20. 
 
 Ver.  27. — Go  near  THotr,]  The  people 
 being  terrified,  seek  for  a  mediator;  and  that 
 is  the  end  and  use  of  the  law,  to  drive  men 
 unto  Christ,  Wherefore  their  affection  now 
 pleased  God,  ver,  28,  29,  and  he  gave  them 
 Moses  to  help  them  for  the  present,  and  fur- 
 thei-  promised  them  a  prophet  like  unto  him, 
 which  was  Christ,  Deut.  viii.  15—18;  Acts 
 iii.  22,  26.  Thou  shalt  speak  unto  us,] 
 The  office  of  a  mediator,  as  he  is  a  prophet, 
 (Deut.  xviii.  15,)  is  here  described;  which 
 is,  to  go  near  unto  God,  and  having  received 
 the  word  from  him,  to  speak  it  unto  the  peo- 
 ple. This  was  fulfilled  in  Christ,  John  i. 
 18;  iii.  13;  viii.  28.  Here  in  the  Heb.  do 
 thou  speak,  the  words  are  in  the  feminine 
 gender,  as  if  they  had  spoken  to  a  woman; 
 which  is  thought  to  be  a  note  of  the  people's 
 troubled  mind:  see  the  like  in  Num.  xi.  15. 
 And  do,]  The  like  they  promised  before  God 
 spake  these  words,  Exod.  xix.  8,  not  know- 
 ing the  impossibility  of  the  law;  but  how  far 
 
212  DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 our  God  shall  say,  and  do  tliou  speak  unto  us  all  that  Jehovah  our 
 God  shall  speak  unto  thee,  and  we  will  liear,  and  do  it.  ^^  And 
 Jehovah  heard  the  voice  of  your  words  when  ye  spake  unto  me  -. 
 and  Jeliovah  said  unto  me,  I  have  heard  the  voice  of  the  words 
 of  this  people,  which  they  have  spoken  unto  thee ;  they  liave  well 
 said,  all  that  they  have  spoken.  ^'  Who  will  give  that  their  heart 
 may  be  such  in  them,  to  fear  me,  and  to  keep  all  my  command- 
 ments, all  days,  tJiat  it  may  be  well  with  them,  and  with  their  sons 
 for  ever. 
 
 ^^  God  said  to  them,  Get  you  again  into  your  tents.  ^'  But  thou, 
 stand  thou  here  with  me,  and  I  will  speak  unto  thee  all  the  com- 
 mandment, and  the  statutes,  and  the  judgments,  wliich  thou  shalt 
 teach  tliem,  that  they  aiay  do  them  in  the  land  which  I  give  to 
 them  to  possess  it.  ^^  And  ye  shall  observe  to  do,  as  Jehovah  your 
 God  liath  commanded  you :  ye  shall  not  turn  aside,  to  the  right 
 hand  or  to  the  left.  ^^  You  shall  walk  in  all  the  way  which  Jeho- 
 vali  your  God  hath  commanded  you,  that  ye  may  live,  and  (that 
 it  may  be)  well  with  you,  and  ye  may  prolong  your  days,  in  the 
 land  which  ye  shall  possess. 
 
 they  were  from  performing  this,  the  golden  by  this    his    covenant,  drawing   them    unt 
 
 calf  which  they  made  ere  forty  days  were  ex-  Christ. 
 
 pired,   is   a  witness;  for  which   sin    Moses  Vek.    31. — All    the   commandment, 
 
 brake  the  tables  of  the  covenant,  Exod.  xxxii.;  That  is,  the  laiv  in  general,  or  coinmand- 
 
 Deut.   ix.   9,    &c.,  yet  their  good  affuctioa  ments,  as  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  the  singular 
 
 pleaseth  the  Lord.  being  often  put  for  the  plural ;  or,  every  com^ 
 
 Ver.   2S. — Well  said,]  The  Gr.  trans-  mandment.     So  in  Deut.  vi.  1  ;  viii.  1,  also 
 
 lateth,  they  have  spoken  all  things  rightly  in  1  Pet.  ii.  21  ;  iii.  2, 
 (or  tvell.)  Ver.  32. — Observe  to  do,]  Or,  and  do 
 
 Ver.    29. — Who  will  give,]  An   Heb.  as  this  phrase  often  signifieth:  see  the  notes 
 
 yihvtiSti,  msimnig,  0  that  seme  would  give,  ov,  on  Gen,    ii.   3.     Right  hand  or  to   the 
 
 O  that  there  ivere;  and  so  the  Chald.  ex-  left,]  This  signifieth  an  exact  care  to  walk 
 
 plaineth  it.     The  like  is  in  Job  vi.  S  ;  Ps.  in  God's  law,  as  in  the  high  way,  from  which 
 
 xiv.  7  ;  Iv,   7,   and    elsewhere.     To   fear,  men  may  not  turn  aside,  as  in  Deut.  ii.  27, 
 
 &c.,]    The    things   that    God    approveth   in  Therefore  all  aberration  from  the  right  way, 
 
 men,  are    feai-,  humility,  distrust  in   them-  is  noted  by  the  turning  to  the  right  hand  or 
 
 selves,  and  a  confidence  in  him,  with  love  to  the  left.  Is.  xxx.  21.     So  after  in  Deut. 
 
 unto  his  law.     Hereunto  God  called  them,  xvii.  11,  20;  xxviii,  14;  Prov.  iv.  27. 
 
 CHAP.  VI. 
 
 1.  Moses  setting  himself  to  explain  God's  com77ia?idments,  exhorteth 
 Israel  unto  obedience.  4.  He  heginneth  with  the  first  and  great  com- 
 mandment, the  love  of  the  Lord,  6.  and  of  his  lam  in  their  Mart,  7. 
 and  of  teaching  it  to  their  children,  8.  and  professing  it  by  outward 
 signs.  10.  He  marneth  them  that  they  for salce  not  God  hy  prosperity, 
 1 6.  nor  hy  adversity;  1 7.  but  to  keep  his  law,  for  their  good,  20.  and  to 
 endeavour  the  continuance  and  propagation  of  his  religion  among  their 
 posterity. 
 
CHAP.  VI. 
 
 213 
 
 '  And  this  is  the  commandment,  the  statutes  and  tlie  judgments, 
 which  Jehovah  your  God  commanded  to  teach  you,  to  do  in  the 
 land,  -whither  ye  pass  over  to  possess  it.  ^  That  thou  may  est  fear 
 Jehovah  tliy  God,  to  keep  all  his  statutes  and  his  commandments, 
 wliicli  I  command  thee ;  thou,  and  thy  son,  and  thy  son's  son,  all 
 the  days  of  thy  life  ;  and  that  thy  days  may  be  prolonged.  ^  Hear 
 therefore,  O  Israel,  and  observe  to  do,  tliat  it  may  be  well  witli 
 thee,  and  that  ye  may  multiply  mightily,  as  Jehovah  the  God  of 
 thy  fathers  hath  spoken  unto  thee,  in  the  land  that  floweth  with 
 milk  and  honey. 
 
 *  Hear,  O  Israel :  Jehovah  our  God,  Jehovah  is  one.     ^  And  thou 
 
 Ver.  1.  —  CoJiMANDiMENT,]  Put  generally 
 for  coinmandments,  as  the  Gr.  traiislateth  it: 
 see  Deut.  v.  31.  Here  Moses  entereth  upon 
 the  explanation  of  the  first  commandment  of 
 the  ten  before  rehearsed,  in  chap.  v.  To 
 no,]  That  ye  may  do  them,  to  wit,  con- 
 tinually. For  practice  and  obedience  is  that 
 which  the  law  requireth  for  blessedness,  Jam, 
 i.  22,  25.  And  that  which  one  prophet 
 calleth  doing  the  words  of  the  covenant,  2 
 Chron.  xxxiv.  31,  another  calleth  stablis/mig 
 for  confirming,)  2  Kings  xxiii.  3,  and  con- 
 fi,rmmg  is  expounded  by  the  Holy  Spirit, 
 continuing.  Gal.  iii.  10,  from  Deut.  xxvii. 
 26.  Pass  over,]  To  wit,  the  river  Jordan, 
 that  so  they  might  come  into  Canaan.  This 
 was  by  the  conduct  of  Joshua,  Josh.  i.  1,  2, 
 &c.,  and  it  figured  the  estate  of  the  church 
 under  Christ,  by  whom  these  commandments 
 are  fulfilled  in  ns  that  believe,  Ezek.  xx.  40 — 
 44  ;  Rom.  viii.  1 — 3,  &c.  In  the  mean 
 time,  the  possession  of  Canaan  and  good 
 things  therein,  was  a  gracious  inducement  of 
 that  people  unto  voluntary  obedience  and 
 keeping  of  God's  law:  which  notwithstanding 
 they  performed  not,  Ps.  cv.  44,  55;  Neh. 
 ix.  24-26,  35. 
 
 Ver.  2.  — Fear,  J  This  is  '  the  beginning  of 
 wisdom,'  Ps.  cxi.  10,  and  by  it  we  'depart 
 from  evil,'  Prov.  xvi.  6,  and  it  comprehend- 
 eth  generally  God's  worship  and  true  reli- 
 gion, Is.  xxix.  ]3;  Malt.  xv.  8,  9,  therefore 
 it  is  mentioned  in  the  first  place.  Pro- 
 longed,] Under  which  eternal  life  is  also 
 implied  ;  for  God's  commandments  when  they 
 are  kept,  do  add  unto  men,  '  length  of  days, 
 and  years  of  life,  and  peace,'  Prov.  iii.  2;  1 
 Pet.  iii.  10,  11,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  3. — And  honey,]  Signifying  hea- 
 venly graces,  as  is  observed  on  Exod.  iii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Hear,]  The  last  letter  of  this 
 fii'st  word  hear,  and  of  the  last  word  one,  are 
 extraordinarily  great  in  the  Heb.  and  so 
 noted  in  the  margin,  to  cause  heed  and  at- 
 tention. And  here  beginneth  'the  first  and 
 great  commandment,'  as  our  Saviour  calleth 
 
 it,  Mark  xii.  29,  .SO;  Matt.  xxii.  38.  And 
 this  place  of  scripture,  unto  the  end  of  the 
 ninth  verse,  was  one  of  the  four  paragraphs 
 which  the  Jews  were  wont  to  write  upon 
 their  phylacteries,  as  is  noted  on  Exod.  xiii. 
 9,  and  fastened  to  their  door-posts,  and  read 
 in  their  houses  twice  a  day:  as  the  Hebs. 
 say,  "  Twice  every  day  do  men  read  the  lec- 
 ture, '  Hear  O  Israel,'  &c.  at  evening  and  at 
 morning,  as  it  is  written  (in  Deut.  vi.  7,) 
 '  when  thou  liest  down,  and  when  thou  risest 
 up;'  at  the  time  when  men  are  wont  to  lie 
 down,  which  is  at  night ;  and  at  the  time 
 when  men  are  wont  to  rise  up,  which  is  at 
 day.  And  what  is  it  that  he  readeth?  Three 
 sections;  to  wit,  '  Hear,  O  Israel,'  &c.  (Deut. 
 vi.  4.)  '  And  it  shall  be  if  you  shall  hearken,' 
 &c.  (Deut.  xi.  13.)  '  And  Moses  said  unto 
 the  people,'  &c.  (Exod.  xiv.  3.)  And  they 
 read  first  the  section,  Hear,  O  Israel,  because 
 in  it  there  is  the  property  of  God,  and  the 
 love  of  him,  and  the  doctrine  of  him,  which 
 is  the  great  foundation,  whereupon  all  do  de- 
 pend," Maim,  in  Misneh,  lib.  ii.  in  Keriath 
 Shemangh,  chap.  i.  sect.  1,  2.  Is  one,]  So 
 in  Mark  xii.  29,  '  the  Lord  our  God,  the 
 Lord  is  one:'  where  the  word  is,  (which  the 
 Heb.  wanteth)  is  supplied  in  the  Gr.  and  ex- 
 plained by  a  learned  scribe;  saying,  'Well, 
 Master,  thou  hast  said  the  truth,  for  there  is 
 one  God,  and  there  is  none  other  but  he,' 
 Mark  xii.  32.  So  Paul  saith, '  There  is  none 
 other  God  but  one,'  1  Cor.  viii.  4.  Here  it 
 is  probable,  that  Moses  closely  taught  the 
 unity  of  the  Godhead,  and  trinity  of  persons; 
 Jehovah,  the  Father  ;  our  God,  the  Son ;  and 
 Jehovah,  the  Holy  Spirit:  thus  many  do 
 understand  these  word?.  But  the  apostle 
 clearly  openeth  the  mystery,  saying,  'There 
 are  three  that  bear  record  in  heaven ;  the 
 Father,  the  Word,  and  the  Holy  Spirit;  and 
 these  three  one,'  1  John  v.  7.  And  here  is 
 the  ground  of  faith. 
 
 Ver.  5.— Love,]  '  The  end  of  the  com- 
 mandment is  love,  out  of  a  pure  heart,  and  of 
 a  good  conscience,  and  of  faith  unfeigned  '  1 
 
2U 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 slialt  love  Jehovah  thy  God,  witli  all  thy  heart,  and  with  all  thy 
 soul,  and  with  all  thy  might.  ^  And  these  words  whidi  I  command 
 thee  this  day,  shall  be  in  thy  heart.  '  And  thou  shalt  whet  them 
 on  thy  children,  and  shalt  speak  of  them  wlien  thou  sittest  in  thine 
 liouse,  and  when  thou  walkest  by  the  way,  and  v/hen  thou  liest 
 down,  and  when  thou  risest  up.  ^  And  thou  shalt  bmd  them  for  a 
 sign  upon  thy  hand,  and  they  shall  be  for  phylacteries  between 
 thine  eyes.     ®  And   thou  shalt  write   them   upon  the  door-post  of 
 
 Tim.  i.  5.  See  the  notes  on  Exod.  xx.  6. 
 Jehovah  thy  God,]  These  imply  the  causes 
 of  our  love  of  the  Lord;  the  one,  for  his  own 
 nature  and  being,  Jehovah ;  the  other,  for 
 the  covenant  of  his  grace,  whereby  he  is  our 
 God.  These  two  are  often  joined  together 
 by  Moses  and  all  the  prophets.  Heart,] 
 Unto  the  heart  the  scripture  attributeth  wis- 
 dom and  understanding,  1  Kings  iii.  9,  11, 
 12;  Prov.  ii.  2,  10,  and  belief  in  God,  dif- 
 fering from  confession  with  the  mouth,  Rom. 
 X.  10,  and  it  is  opposed  unto  hypocrisy. 
 Matt.  XV.  8.  Soul,]  The  seat  of  the  will 
 and  affections,  Deut.  xxi.  14;  xxiv.  15;  xii. 
 20,  21.  Might,]  In  IKJi.  jueod.  which 
 sigiiifieth  might  or  vehemency,  all  that  we 
 can.  The  Chald.  translatelh  it  riches;  the 
 Gr.  power  (dunamis:)  but  the  Holy  Spirit 
 useth  a  more  significant  Gr.  word  (ischits) 
 inight,  or  ability,  Mark  xii.  32,  where  also 
 another  word  is  added  for  explanation,  dia- 
 noia,  which  is  the  efficacy  both  of  the  mind 
 and  will,  and  the  scribe  useth  a  fit  word, 
 sunesis,  understanding,  Mark  xii.  33.  By 
 which  variety  of  words,  God  would  teach  us 
 to  love  him  unfeignedly,  with  all  whatsoever 
 is  in  us,  and  in  our  power;  for  we  ought  to 
 honour  him  with  our  substance  also,  Prov. 
 iii.  9.  This  praise  is  of  king  Josias  above 
 all  kings,  that  he  turned  to  the  Lord, '  with 
 all  his  heart,  and  with  all  his  soul,  and  with 
 all  his  might,  according  to  all  the  law  of 
 Moses,'  2  Kings  xxiii.  25.  Moreover  from 
 this  word,  *  with  all  thy  might,'  the  Hebs. 
 teach,  "  that  a  man  is  bound  to  bless  (God) 
 with  cheerfulness  of  soul,  for  evil  (or  afflic- 
 tion) even  as  he  blesseth  for  good  (or  pros- 
 perity) with  gladness,"  Maim,  in  Berachoth, 
 chap.  X.  sect.  .3.  And  hereof  we  have  a 
 good  example  in  Job,  Job  i.  21. 
 
 Ver.  G. — These  words,]  The  oracles  of 
 God  are  also  to  be  loved,  as  the  outward 
 means  whereby  we  are  brought  to  the  love 
 and  obedience  of  God,  Ps.  cxix.  97,  98.  In 
 THY  heart,]  As  the  fleshly  tables  wherein 
 God's  law  is  to  be  written,  Prov.  iii.  3;  vii. 
 3;  2  Cor.  iii.  3.  The  Gr.  addeth,  "  in  thy 
 heart,  and  in  thy  soul." 
 
 Ver.  7.— Whet  them,]  That  is,  often, 
 earnestly,   and  diligently  teach  them,  that 
 
 they  may  pierce  the  hearts  of  thy  children, 
 to  understand  and  aflect  them.  So  the  Gr. 
 and  Chald.  explain  it,  to  forc-instrtict  and 
 teach.  Thy  children,]  Or,  thy  sons: 
 under  this  name  the  Hebs.  understand,  not 
 the  natural  sons  only,  but  scholars  also,  or 
 disciples;  "Because  disciples  are  called 
 sons,  as  it  is  written,  (in  2  Kings  ii.  3,) 
 'and  the  sons  of  the  prophets  came  forth,'" 
 &c.  Maim,  in  Thalmud  Torah,  chap.  i. 
 sect.  2.  Children  are  to  be  trained  up  (or 
 catechized)  in  the  way  thiy  should  go,  and 
 brought  up  in  the  nurture  and  admonition  of 
 tlie  Lord,  Prov.  xxii.  6;  Ejih.  vi,  4. 
 
 Ver,  8. — Phylacteries,]  Or  frontlets: 
 ornaments  fastened  unto  the  head;  the  Gr. 
 therefore  calleth  them  unmovahle.  Of 
 these,  see  the  notes  on  Exod.  xiii.  9,  16. 
 By  these  outward  rites,  God  would  teach 
 them  to  apply  all  their  study,  and  all  their 
 practice  unto  the  keeping  of  his  law. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Door  posts,]  By  this  sign  to 
 profess  unto  all  their  love  unto  the  law,  and 
 to  have  it  always  in  remembrance.  So  the 
 blood  of  the  paschal  lamb  was  stricken  on 
 their  door  posts,  Exod.  xii.  7.  Of  this  rite 
 the  Jews  are  to  this  day  very  careful,  and 
 even  superstitious.  The  manner  of  observ- 
 ing it,  they  have  recorded  thus.  They  wrote 
 two  several  places  of  the  law;  namely; 
 'Hear  O  Israel,'  &c.  Deut.  vi,  4—9.  'And 
 it  shall  be  if  you  shall  hearken,'  &c.  Deut. 
 xi.  13 — 21,  upon  one  piece  of  parchment, 
 which  they  rolled  up,  beginning  at  the  bottom, 
 and  so  to  the  top;  that  when  any  should  open 
 to  read  it,  he  might  read  from  the  beginning 
 to  the  end.  After  it  was  rolled  up,  they  put 
 it  within  a  pipe  of  reed,  or  of  wood,  or  of 
 any  other  matter,  and  fastened  it  to  the  door 
 post  with  a  nail;  but  blessed  God  before  they 
 so  fastened  it,  who  had  commanded  them  that 
 thing.  If  it  were  hung  up  on  a  stick,  it 
 was  unlawful,  for  that  was  no  fastening:  or  if 
 it  were  laid  behind  the  door,  it  was  as  good 
 as  nothing.  The  writing  was  fastened  a 
 good  height  upon  the  door  post  within,  and  it 
 must  be  on  the  right  hand,  as  a  man  went 
 into  the  house:  if  it  were  on  the  left  hand,  it 
 was  unlawful.  Tiiese  things  Maim,  shovveth 
 at  large,  in  Misn.  treat.  Tephilin,  (or  of  pliy 
 
CHAP.  VI. 
 
 215 
 
 tliine  house,  and  on  thy  gates.  "  And  it  shall  be,  when  Jehovah 
 thy  God  shall  have  brought  thee  into  the  land  which  he  sware  unto 
 tiiy  fathers,  to  Abraham,  to  Isaac,  and  to  Jacob,  to  give  unto  thee, 
 cities  great  and  good,  which  thou  buildedst  not ;  ''  And  houses  full 
 of  all  good  things,  which  thou  filledst  not ;  and  wells  digged,  which 
 thou  diggedst  not;  vineyards  and  olive-trees,  which  tliou  plantedst 
 not;  and  thou  shalt  have  eaten  and  be  full :  '^  Take  heed  to  thy- 
 self, lest  thou  forget  Jehovah,  which  brought  thee  forth  out  of  the 
 land  of  Egypt,  out  of  the  house  of  servants.     ^^  Thou  shalt  fear 
 
 20,  21;  xliv.  21;  Judg.  iii.  7;  Jer.  iii.  21  ; 
 xviii.  15.  And  this  we  are  prone  unto  in 
 prosperity:  tlierefore  the  prophet  prayeth, 
 'Give  me  not  riches,  lest  I  be  full,  and  deny 
 thee,  and  say,  Who  is  the  Lord  ?'  Prov.  xxx. 
 8,  9.  This  doctrine  Moses  repeateth  in 
 Deut.  viii.  10,  11.  Servants,]  The  Gr. 
 and  Chald.  translate,  servitude  {pv  bondage) 
 Of  ihis  the  Jews  made  yearly  mention,  when 
 they  brought  their  first-fruits  unto  God,  Deut. 
 xxvi.  5,  6,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Fear,]  This  is  for  the  inward 
 worship  of  God,  as  the  two  next  are  for  his 
 outward  service,  and  profession  of  the  same. 
 Fear  is  expounded  worship,  JNIatt.  xv.  9  ; 
 from  Is.  xxix.  1.3,  and  so  Ciirist  speaketh, 
 having  reference  to  this  scripture,  Rlatt.  iv. 
 10.  See  after  on  Deut.  x.  12.  Serve 
 HIM,]  The  Gr.  addtth,  serve  him  only:  and 
 so  Christ  aliegeth  it  against  satan,  Matt.  iv. 
 10.  The  like  is  to  be  understood  of  the 
 other  two  things  here  mentioned.  Under 
 service,  prayer  is  comprehended,  which  Chi  i-t 
 hath  taught  us,  that  it  must  be  to  our  Father 
 which  is  in  heaven,  Luke  xi.  2.  So  of  the 
 Hebs.  it  is  said,  "  We  are  commanded  to 
 pray  every  day,  as  it  is  written,  '  And  ye 
 shall  serve  the  Lord  your  God,'  Exod.  xxiii. 
 25.  We  have  been  taught,  that  this  service 
 is  prayer,  as  it  is  written,  '  And  to  serve 
 him  with  all  your  heart:'  our  wise  men  have 
 said,  What  service  is  tliis  with  the  heart  ?  It 
 is  prayer.  And  there  is  no  number  of  prayers 
 by  the  law,  neither  is  there  any  set  form  of 
 this  prayer  by  the  law,  nor  any  appointed 
 time  for  prayer  by  the  law.  And  therefore 
 women  and  servants  are  bound  to  pray,  be- 
 cause it  is  a  commandment,  the  time  whereof 
 is  not  determined.  But  the  duty  of  this 
 commandment  is  thus,  That  a  man  make 
 supplication  and  prayer  every  day,  and  show 
 forth  the  praise  of  the  holy  blessed  (God)  and 
 afteiward  ask  such  things  as  aie  needful  for 
 him,  by  request,  and  by  supplication;  and 
 afterward  give  praise  and  thanks  unto  tiie 
 Lord  for  his  goodness,  which  he  abundantly 
 ministereth  unto  him,  every  one  according  to 
 his  might.  If  he  be  accustomed  unto  it,  let 
 him  use  such  supplication  and  prayer:  and  if 
 
 lacteries,)  &c.  chap.  v.  vi.  adding  this  in 
 the  end;  "A  man  must  be  warned  of  the 
 post  writings,  because  it  is  every  one's  duty 
 continually.  And  every  time  that  he  goeth 
 in,  and  goeth  out,  he  meeteth  with  the  name 
 of  the  holy  blessed  God,  and  shall  remember 
 the  love  of  him,  and  awake  out  of  his  sleep, 
 and  his  eriors  among  the  vanities  of  the  time; 
 and  know  that  there  is  nothing  which  abideth 
 for  ever,  and  for  ever  and  ever,  but  the  know- 
 ledge of  (God)  the  everlasting  Rock;  and 
 forthwith  he  returneth  to  his  knowledge,  and 
 walketh  in  the  straight  and  even  ways.  Our 
 ancient  wise  men  have  said,  Whosoever  hath 
 his  phylacteries  on  his  head  and  on  his  ar.m, 
 and  fringes  on  his  garment,  and  post-writing 
 on  his  door,  he  is  fortified  that  he  shall  not 
 sin:  for  behold,  he  hath  many  remembran- 
 cers, and  they  are  the  angels  which  deliver 
 him  from  sinning;  as  it  is  written,  'The 
 angel  of  the  Lord  encampeth  round  about 
 them  that  fear  him,  and  delivereth  them,'" 
 Ps.  xxxiv.  8.  Thus  have  they  magnified 
 their  outward  observances;  and  were  taxed 
 by  our  Saviour,  for  making  their  phylacteries 
 broad,  and  the  fringes  of  their  garments 
 large,  Matt,  xxiii.  5.  See  the  annot.  on 
 Exod.  xiii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  10. — To  give  unto  thee,]  Under- 
 stand, he  sware  that  he  would  give  unto 
 thee:  so  in  ver.  19. 
 
 Ver.  11.— Digged,]  Or  hewed,  to  wit, 
 out  of  the  rock.  Under  these  particulars,  all 
 other  good  things  are  implied:  for  which 
 men  ought  to  serve  the  Lord  with  joyfulness, 
 and  with  a  good  heart,  Deut.  xxviii.  47; 
 Prov.  iii.  9,  10.  And  by  earthly  riches,  the 
 spiritual  graces  of  God  in  Christ,  are  also 
 understood,  as  1  Cor.  i.  4,  5,  7  ;  Eph.  i.  18; 
 ii.  5 — 7.  Full,]  Or,  satisfied:  which  also 
 is  a  blessing  of  God,  Lev.  xxvi.  5.  But  by 
 men's  corruption  may  easily  be  abused  unto 
 lasciviousness,  Deut.  xxxii.  13 — 15. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Forget  Jehovah,]  The  Chald. 
 saith,  forget  the  fear  of  the  Lord,  that  is, 
 his  true  religion.  The  Gi.  addeth,  "lest 
 thy  heart  be  deceived,  and  thou  forget  the 
 Lord."  When  men  do  corrupt  their  reli- 
 gion, they  are  said   to  forget  God,   Pj.  cvi. 
 
216 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 Jehovah  tliy  God,  and  serve  liim,  and  shalt  swear  by  Jiis  name. 
 "  Ye  shall  not  go  after  other  gods,  of  the  gods  of  the  peoples, 
 which  are  round  about  you.  ^'  For  Jehovah  tliy  God  is  a  jealous 
 God,  in  the  midst  of  thee ;  lest  the  anger  of  Jehovah  thy  God  be 
 kindled  against  thee,  and  he  destroy  thee  from  off  the  face  of  the 
 eartli, 
 
 '^  Ye  shall  not  tempt  Jehovah  your  God,  as  ye  tempted  him  in 
 Massah.  '^  Keeping  ye  shall  keep  the  commandments  of  Jehovah 
 your  God,  and  his  testimonies,  and  his  statutes,  whicli  he  hath 
 commanded  thee.  ^^  And  tliou  shalt  do  that  which  is  right  and 
 good  in  the  eyes  of  Jehovah,  tliat  it  may  be  well  witli  thee,  and 
 thou  mayest  go  in,  and  possess  the  good  land  which  Jehovah  sware 
 unto  thy  fathers.  '^  To  drive  out  all  thy  enemies  from  thy  face,  as 
 Jehovah  hath  spoken. 
 
 ^^  WJien  thy  son  shall  ask  thee  to-morrow,  saying,  Wliat  are  the 
 testimonies,  and  the  statutes,  and  the  judgments,  which  Jehovah 
 our  God  hatli  commanded  you  ?     ^'  Then  tliou  shalt  say  unto  thy 
 
 he  be  of  uncircumcised  lips,  let  him  speak 
 according  as  he  is  able,  at  any  time  when  he 
 will ;  aud  so  they  make  prayers  every  one  ac- 
 cording to  his  ability,"  Maim,  in  Mis?i. 
 treat,  of  Prayer,  chap.  i.  sect.  1 — 3.  Swear] 
 Before  this  the  Gr.  addeth,  and  shalt  cleave 
 unto  him:  which  words  are  used  by  Moses 
 in  Deut.  x.  20,  aud  from  thence  here  taken. 
 Swearing  is  used  for  all  other  profession  of 
 God's  name  and  truth:  as  when  the  prophet 
 saitli,  '  Every  tongue  shall  swear,'  Is.  xlv. 
 23,  the  apostle  expounds  it,  '  Every  tongue 
 shall  confess  unto  God,'  Rom.  xiv.  11. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Other  gods,]  Which  the 
 Chald.  interpreteth,  idols  of  the  people.  By 
 going,  or  walking  after  such,  is  meant, 
 worshipping  oi-  serving  them,  as  afterward  is 
 showed,  Deut.  viii.  19;  xiii.  2,  4. 
 
 Ver.   15 In  the  midst,]   The  Chald. 
 
 ex|)ounds  it,  his  majesty  dwelleth  iii  the 
 midst  of  thee.  God's  presence,  and  diligent 
 looking  to  the  ways  of  his  people,  is  hereby 
 meant,  Is.  xii.  6;  Rev.  ii.  1,  2.  Of  jea- 
 lousy, see  Exod.  xx.  6,  by  it  was  signified, 
 that  God  would  not  forgive  their  transgres- 
 sions, Josh.  xxiv.  19. 
 
 Ver.  16. — In  Massah,]  Or,  in  the  tenia- 
 lion  (as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  explain  it;)  where 
 in  their  distress  and  want,  '  they  tempted  the 
 Lord,  saying,  [s  the  Lord  amongst  us  or  no?' 
 Exod.  xvii.  1 — 7.  As  prosperity,  so  adver- 
 sity often  occasioaeth  men  to  sin;  therefore 
 the  prophet  prayeth  against  both  extremities, 
 I'rov.  XXX.  8,  9. 
 
 Veh.  18.— Right,]  In  Gr.  pleasing, 
 which  the  word  also  signifies,  as  is  noted  ou 
 Exod.  XV.  26.  Aud  so  our  Saviour  did  '  al- 
 ways those  things  that  pleased  his  Father,' 
 
 John  viii.  29.  By  things  right  and  good, 
 are  meant  the  things  commanded  of  God,  and 
 the  doing  of  them  with  a  sincere  heart.  To 
 perform  this,  the  apostle  saith,  '  Be  ye  trans- 
 formed by  the  renewing  of  your  mind,  that 
 ye  may  prove  what  is  that  good,  that  well- 
 pleasing  and  perfect  will  of  God.'  Rom.  xii. 
 2. 
 
 Ver.  19. — To  drive  out,]  That  is,  he 
 sware  unto  thy  fathers,  that  he  would  drive 
 out,  fyc.  But  because  the  people  obeyed  not 
 the  voice  of  God,  he  would  not  drive  out  all 
 from  before  them,  Judg.  ii.  1 — 3,  12,  14; 
 iii.  1—4. 
 
 Ver.  20. — To-morrow,]  That  is,  here- 
 after in  time  to  come.  See  Exod.  xiii.  14. 
 Here  followeth  a  brief  catechism,  containing 
 the  grounds  of  religion.  What  are,]  That 
 is,  what  mean,  or  signify.  The  word  are, 
 is  supplied  also  in  the  Gr.  (as  before  in  ver. 
 4,)  and  by  it  the  meaning  of  God's  precepts 
 is  intended,  as  the  answer  following  showeth. 
 Here  God  provideth  for  the  continuance  and 
 propagation  of  his  true  religion  in  Israel,  in 
 respect  of  the  whole  law,  moral,  ceremonial, 
 and  judicial.  Commanded  you,]  The  law 
 was  commauded  the  fathers,  that  they  should 
 make  them  known  to  their  children,  that  tiie 
 generation  after,  even  children  that  should  be 
 born,  might  know,  might  rise  up,  and  tell 
 their  children,  Ps.  Ixxviii.  5,  6. 
 
 Ver.  21.— To  Pharaoh,]  The  history 
 hereof  is  in  Exod.  i.  ii.,  &c.,  the  mystery 
 was,  our  servitude  unto  sin  and  satan,  from 
 which  God  hath  redeemed  us,  as  Rom.  vi. 
 17,  IS;  Ileb.  ii.  14,  15.  The  memorial 
 whereof  is  always  to  be  continued  amongst  us 
 and    our   posterity,   to   the    praise    of  God's 
 
CHAP.    VI  I. 
 
 217 
 
 son.  We  were  servants  to  Pharaoh  in  Egypt,  and  Jehovah  brouglit 
 lis  forth  out  of  Egypt  with  a  strong  hand.  ^'^  And  Jehovah  showed 
 signs  and  wonders,  great  and  evil,  upon  Egypt,  upon  Pliaraoh, 
 and  upon  all  his  house,  before  our  eyes.  '""  And  lie  brought  us 
 out  from  thence,  that  he  might  bring  us  in,  to  give  unto  us  the  land 
 which  he  sware  unto  oui-  fathers.  ^*  And  Jehovah  commanded  us 
 to  do  all  these  statutes,  to  fear  Jehovah  our  God,  for  good  unto 
 us  all  days,  to  preserve  us  alive,  as  (it  is)  this  day.  "^  And  justice 
 shall  it  be  unto  us,  when  we  observe  to  do  all  this  commandment, 
 before  Jehovah  our  God,  as  he  hath  commanded  us. 
 
 grace,  Deut.  xxvi.  5 — 9.  Strong  hand,] 
 That  is,  by  force  and  constraint,  through 
 great  judgments:  see  Exod.  vi.   1  ;  iii.  19. 
 
 Ver.  22 Evil,]  That  is,  hurtful,  grie- 
 vous, noisome,  to  the  enemy,  as  were  all  the 
 plagues  of  Egypt,  Exod.  vii.  and  viii.  &c. 
 So  in  Rev.  xvi.  12,  '  a  noisome  and  evil 
 sore.'  House,]  That  is,  household,  as  the 
 Chald.  translateth  it,  me«  of  his  house.  OoR 
 EYES,]  That  is,  07i,r  sight.  This  is  one  of 
 God's  promises  to  such  as  trust  in  him  ; 
 '  with  thine  eyes  shalt  thou  behold,  and  shalt 
 see  the  reward  of  the  wicked,'  as  in  Ps.  xci. 
 8. 
 
 Ver.  24. — For  good,]  Or,  as  the  Gr.  ex- 
 plaiiietli,  that  it  may  be  well  with  us.  The 
 end  of  our  redemption  from  misery  is,  that 
 we  may  serve  God,  and  keep  his  law,  for  his 
 glory  in  our  good  and  salvation,  Rom.  vi. 
 17,  18,  22.  To  PRESERVE,  Meaning,  that 
 he  may  preserve  us  alive  :  the  Gr.  translat- 
 
 eth, that  we  may  live.  Here  life  is  promised 
 to  the  doers  of  the  law ;  as  also  in  Luke  x. 
 28  ;  but  this  is  a  legal  promise,  impossible 
 for  us  to  fulfil,  Rom.  viii.  3;  and  is  '  not  of 
 faitli,  (as  the  apostle  teacheth)  by  which  the 
 just  shall  live,'  Gal.  iii.  11,  12. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Justice,]  Or  righteousness; 
 the  Gr.  translateth,  mercy  shall  be  to  us ; 
 so  the  woid  justice  sometimes  signifieth,  Ps. 
 cxii.  9.  But  here  it  meanelh  justice  or 
 righteousness,  whereby  men  if  they  could  do 
 the  law,  might  be  justified  before  God  ;  and 
 diriereth  from  the  justification  of  faith  which 
 we  have  obtained  in  Christ,  as  Paul  saith, 
 '  Moses  desrribeth  the  justification  which  is 
 of  the  law,  that  the  man  which  doeth  these 
 things  shall  live  by  them.  But  the  justifica- 
 tion which  is  by  faith,  speaketh,'  &c.,  Rom. 
 X.  5,  6.  Thus  the  law  was  '  a  schoolmaster 
 unto  Christ,  that  we  might  be  justified  by 
 faith,'  Gal.  iii.  24. 
 
 CHAP.  VI  I. 
 
 1.  A  commandment  to  root  out  the  seven  nations  in  Canaan,  4.  lest 
 they  corrupted  Israel.  5.  To  abolish  their  idolatry.  6.  The  holi- 
 ness and  election  of  Israel,  rclience  it  proceedeth,  9-  and  what  use 
 they  should  make  thereof.  12.  The  hlessiiigs  promised  upon  the  heep- 
 ing  of  the  law.  16.  The  comynandment  repeated  to  abolish  idolaters 
 and  their  religion.  \1.  A  confirmation  of  the  faith  of  Israel  against 
 the  multitude  of  their  enemies,  22.  whom  God promiseth  to  destroy,  hut 
 not  all  at  once.     25.  The  abomination  of  their  idolatry. 
 
 ^  When  Jeliovah  thy  God  shall  have  brought  tliee  in,  into  the 
 land  whither  thou  goest  in  to  possess  it,  and  hath  cast  out  many 
 nations  from  thy  face  ;  tlie  Chethite,  and  the  Girgasite,  and  the 
 
 Ver.  1. — Chethite.]  That  is,  as  the  Israel  might  be  drawn  from  the  love  and  obe- 
 Chald.  explains  them,  Chethites,  Girgasites,  dience  of  God,  even  by  communion  with 
 &c.  See  the  notes  on  Gen.  x.  16.  Here  idolaters,  and  their  abominations,  which  there- 
 Moses    showeth  another   tentation    whereby      fore  they  ought  carefully  to  avoid.     Seven 
 
 Vol.  U.  2  E 
 
218 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 Amorite,  and  the  Canaanite,  and  the  Perizzite,  and  the  Hivite,  and 
 tlie  Jebusite  ;  seven  nations,  greater  and  mightier  than  thou.  ^  And 
 Jehovah  thy  God  shall  have  delivered  them  before  thee,  and  thou 
 shalt  smite  them,  utterly  destroying  thou  shalt  utterly  destroy 
 them :  thou  shalt  not  strike  any  covenant  with  them,  nor  show 
 them  grace.  ^  Neither  shalt  thou  make  marriages  with  them  :  thy 
 daughter  thou  shalt  not  give  unto  his  son,  and  liis  daughter  thou 
 shalt  not  take  unto  thy  son.  ^  For  he  will  turn  away  thy  son  from 
 after  me,  that  they  may  serve  other  gods :  and  the  anger  of  Jeho- 
 vah will  be  kindled  against  you,  and  will  destroy  thee  suddenly. 
 ^  But  thus  shall  ye  do  unto  them,  ye  shall  destroy  their  altars,  and 
 break  down  their  pillars,  and  cut  down  their  groves,  and  their 
 graven  images  ye  shall  burn  with  fire.  For  thou  art  an  holy  peo- 
 ple unto  Jehovah  thy  God  :  Jehovah  thy  God  hath  chosen  thee 
 to  be  unto  him  a  peculiar  people,  above  all  people  that  are  upon 
 the  face  of  the  earth.     ^  Not  for  your  multitude  above  all  people, 
 
 NATIONS,]  That  number  Paul  also  mention- 
 eth  in  Acts  xiii.  19.  In  rehearsing  them, 
 the  Scripture  sometimes  reckoneth  more  or 
 fewer,  Gen.  xv.  19;  Exod.  xxiii.  23.  Seven 
 is  a  full  and  perfect  number:  see  Gen.  ii.  2; 
 and  signifieth  the  many  enemies  of  the 
 church,  whom  God  will  s\ibdue,  though  they 
 be  mightier  than  we,  for  his  '  strength  is 
 made  perfect  in  weakness,'  2  Cor.  xii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Before  thee,]  That  is,  as  the 
 Gr.  explaineth  it  here,  and  in  ver.  23,  '  into 
 tliine  hands.'  So  in  Deut.  xxiii.  14.  Ut- 
 terly DESTROY,]  As  accursed  or  anathema- 
 tized :  see  the  notes  on  Exod.  xxii.  20. 
 Compare  with  this  law,  Exod.  xxxiv.  II, 
 12,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Make  marriages,]  Or,  join  in 
 affinity,  by  way  of  marriage:  and  this  con- 
 ceriied  not  the  seven  nations  only,  but  all 
 heathens,  Ezra  ix.  1,  2.  The  Heb.  say,  "an 
 Israelite  that  lieth  with  an  heathen  woman  of 
 any  other  nation,  by  way  of  marriage,  or  an 
 Israelitess  that  so  lieth  with  an  heathen  man, 
 they  are  to  be  beaten  by  the  law,  Deut.  vii. 
 3 ;  whether  it  be  of  the  seven  nations,  or  of 
 any  other  people,  it  is  within  this  prohibition. 
 And  so  it  is  expounded  by  Ezra,"  &c.  Maim, 
 in  Issurei  biah,  chap.  xii.  sect.  1. 
 
 Ver  4.' — From  after  me,]  That  Is,  from 
 followintf  me  and  my  law.  The  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth  from  me  :  the  Chald.  from  after  my 
 fear.  Other  gods,]  The  Chald.  explains  it, 
 the  idols  of  the  people.  This  was  fulfilled 
 even  in  Solomon  the  wise,  who  clave  in  love 
 unto  strange  women,  and  '  they  turned  away 
 his  heart  after  other  gods ;  and  his  heart  was 
 not  perfect  with  the  Lord  his  God,'  1  Kings 
 xi.  2,  4.  Will  be  kindled,]  So  it  was 
 against  Solomon  for  this  sin,  '  the  Lord  was 
 angry  with  him,  because  his  heart  was  turned 
 
 from  the  Lord,  the  God  of  Israel,'  1  Kings 
 xi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Pillars,]  Or  statues,  or  stand- 
 ing images :  see  Exod.  xxiii.  24;  and  Lev. 
 xxvi.  1.  This  law  was  executed  by  the 
 good  kings  of  Judah,  2  Kings  xviii.  4;  xxiii. 
 6 — 14.  Groves,]  Or,  trees  planted  for  re- 
 ligious use,  whoreof  see  the  notes  on  Exod. 
 xxxiv.  13  ;  here  they  are  commanded  to  be 
 cut  down,  in  Deut.  xii.  3  ;  to  be  burnt  with 
 fire.  The  Hebs.  say,  "  a  tree  which  is 
 planted  at  the  first  to  be  served  (or  worship- 
 ped) is  unlawful  for  any  use,  and  that  is, 
 Asherah  (the  grove)  spoken  of  in  the  law." 
 If  it  were  not  planted  for  religious  use  at 
 the  first,  but  that  afterward  some  man  had 
 "  worshipped  it,  though  all  the  body  (or 
 stock)  be  not  unlawful  ;  all  the  boughs,  and 
 the  leaves,  and  the  branches,  and  the  fruits 
 that  it  bringeth  forth  all  the  while  that  it  is 
 worshipped,  they  are  unlawful  for  any  use. 
 A  tree  under  which  they  liave  set  up  an  idol, 
 all  the  while  that  it  is  under  it,  (the  tree)  is 
 unlawful  for  any  use:  if  (the  idol)  be  taken 
 from  under  it,  then  it  is  lawful,  because  it 
 was  not  the  tree  itself,  which  was  worshipped." 
 Maim,  in  treat,  of  Idolatry,  chap.  viii.  sect. 
 3,  4.  Graven  images,]  To  wit,  of  their 
 gods,  as  is  expressed  in  ver.  25. 
 
 Ver.  6.— Peculiar,]  The  Chald.  trans- 
 lateth  it,  beloved ;  properly  it  is  a  peculiar 
 treasure  or  jeivtl,  which  is  dear  unto  any  : 
 see  Exod.  xix.  5.  This  grace  proceeding 
 from  the  election  of  God,  he  hath  fulfilled  in 
 Christ,  '  who  gave  himself  for  us,  that  he 
 might  redeem  us  from  all  iniquity,  and  pu- 
 rify unto  himself  a  peculiar  people,  zealous  of 
 good  works,'  Tit.  ii.  14  ;  Eph.  i.  4,  5. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Set  his  love,]  Or,  affected  you, 
 as  Gen.  xxxiv.  8.     So  the  Chald.  iranslateth, 
 
CHAP.  VII. 
 
 219 
 
 did  Jehovah  set  his  love  upon  you,  and  choose  you  ;  for  ye  were  tlie 
 fewest  of  all  people.  ®  But  because  Jehovah  loved  you,  and  because 
 he  would  keep  the  oath  which  he  had  sworn  unto  your  fathers, 
 hath  Jehovah  brought  you  out  with  a  strong  hand,  and  liath  re< 
 deemed  thee  out  of  the  liouse  of  servants,  out  of  the  hand  of  Pha- 
 raoh king  of  Egypt.  ^  Know,  tlierefore,  that  Jehovah  tliy  God, 
 he  is  God,  the  faithful  God,  that  keepeth  covenant  and  mercy  to 
 them  that  love  him,  and  that  keep  his  commandments,  to  the  thou- 
 sand generation.  "  And  repayeth  tliem  that  hate  liim  unto  his 
 face,  to  destroy  him  :  he  will  not  delay  to  him  that  hateth  him, 
 unto  Iiis  face  he  will  repay  him.  "  Therefore  thou  sJialt  keep  the 
 commandments,  and  the  statutes,  and  the  judgments  which  I  com- 
 mand tliee  this  day,  to  do  them. 
 
 '^  And  it  shall  be,  because  ye  shall  hearken  to  these  judgments, 
 and  sliall  keep  and  do  tiiem,  that  Jehovah  thy  God  will  keep  unto 
 
 takeyi  pleasure  ;  the  Gr.  elected  you.  Tlie 
 number  of  God's  elect  are  few,  Matt.  xxii. 
 14  ;  and  their  election  is  of  his  giace,  not  of 
 their  worthiness,  Rom.  ix.  11,  16;  xi.  5,  6. 
 
 Ver.  8. — The  oath.- — God's  irrevocal)le 
 promise,  (proceeding  from  grace)  of  which 
 there  is  often  mention,  and  the  memory 
 whereof  caused  him  to  turn  away  his  wrath, 
 when  he  would  have  destroyed  them,  Exod. 
 xxxii.  12 — 14.  '  God  willing  more  abun- 
 dantly to  show  unto  the  heirs  of  promise,  the 
 immutability  of  his  counsel,  confirmed  it  by 
 an  oath:  that  by  iwo  immutable  things,  in 
 which  it  was  impossible  for  God  to  lie,  we 
 might  have  a  strong  consolation,'  Heb.  vi. 
 17,  18.  Servants,]  In  Gr.  and  Chald. 
 servitude  or  bondage.  A  figure  of  our  deli- 
 verance from  the  servitude  of  sin  and  of 
 men,  John  viii.  34,  36;  Rom.  vi.  14,  16 — 
 20  ;  1  Cor.  vii.  23. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Know  therefore,]  Heb.  and 
 thou  shalt  know:  so  in  ver.  11.  See  the 
 notes  on  Gen.  xxxi.  44.  That  love  him,] 
 See  the  notes  on  Exod.  xx.  6.  Unto  this 
 promise,  Daniel  hath  respect  in  his  prayer, 
 Dan.  ix.   4  ;  and  Neh.  i.  5. 
 
 Ver.  10. — His  face,]  That  is,  the  face  of 
 every  one  of  them.  So  after,  to  destroy  him, 
 that  is,  every  one  of  them  :  therefore  the  Gr. 
 trauslateth  plurally,  them.  The  Chald.  saith, 
 in  their  life  (time)  he  will  repay  them. 
 Chazkuni  likewise  and  others  expound  it,  '  in 
 his  lifetime."  And  so  it  is  said,  '  behold, 
 the  righteous  shall  be  recompensed  in  the 
 earth  ;  much  more  the  wicked  and  the  sin- 
 ner,'Prov.  xi.  31.  A  like  phrase  there  is 
 of    recompensing    the    wicked     '  into    their 
 
 bosom,'  Is.  Ixv.  6.  Not  delay,]  That  is, 
 not  fail :  see  the  notes  on  Exod.  xxii.  29. 
 Will  repay  him,]  Or,  recompence,  reward 
 him.  to  wit,  with  vengeance  or  punishment, 
 as  these  are  joined  together  in  Dent,  xxxii. 
 35,  41  ;  and  it  is  caWei  payment  or  reivard, 
 because  it  shall  be  according  to  man's  work, 
 Job  xxxiv.  11  J  Ps.  Ixii.  13. 
 
 BBS  Here  beginneth  the  xlvi.  section  of 
 the  law:  whereof  see  Gen.  vi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  12.— Because,]  The  Gr.  translat- 
 eth  it,  when  :  it  implieth  a  reward  of  their 
 obedience,  which  God  of  his  grace  did  give: 
 as  in  Gen.  xxii.  18.  And  the  original  word 
 sometimes  is  used  for  a  reward,  as  Ps.  xix. 
 12  ;  sometimes  it  signifieth  for,  or  because 
 of,  Ps,  v.  23.  These,]  The  Gr.  addeth  all 
 these  ,•  which  is  intended  as  the  like  phrase 
 in  Deut.  xxvii.  26;  is  opened  by  the  apostle. 
 Gal.  iii.  10.  And  under  the  name  judg- 
 ments, the  commandments  and  statutes  are 
 also  contained.  Keep  unto  thee,]  Under- 
 stand again,  keep  and  do  (that  is,  perform) 
 unto  thee.  Here  by  promises  of  communi- 
 cating good  things,  and  turning  away  evil, 
 he  exciteth  them  unto  obedience:  for  '  godli- 
 ness is  profitable  unto  all  things,  having  pro- 
 mise of  the  life  that  now  is,  and  of  that  which 
 is  to  come,'  1  Tim.  iv.  8.  S«'are  unto 
 THY  fathers,]  The  oath  and  promise  unto 
 the  fathers,  pertaineth  unto  the  faithful  chil- 
 dren, which  are  all  implied  in  the  covenant, 
 Ps.  cv.  8— 11;  Luke  i.  55,72—74;  Acts 
 iii.  25,  26 ;  Gal.  iii.  29.  So  punishment 
 remaineth  for  the  wicked,  from  the  parents 
 to  the  children,  for  God  recompenseth  '  the 
 
220 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 thee  the  covenant,  and  the  mercy  which  he  sware  unto  thy  fa- 
 thers. "  And  he  will  love  thee,  and  will  bless  thee,  and  multiply 
 thee  :  and  he  will  bless  the  fruit  of  thy  womb,  and  the  fruit  of  thy 
 land,  tliy  corn,  and  thy  new  wine,  and  thy  new  oil,  the  increase  of 
 tliy  kine,  and  the  flocks  of  thy  sheep,  upon  the  land  which  he 
 sware  unto  tliy  fathers  to  give  unto  thee,  '*  Blessed  shalt  thou 
 be  above  all  people :  tliere  shall  not  be  a  barren  male,  or  a  barren 
 female  among  thee,  or  among  thy  cattle.  '^  And  Jehovah  will  take 
 away  from  thee  all  sickness,  and  all  the  evil  diseases  of  Egypt 
 which  thou  knov,'est,  he  will  not  put  upon  thee,  but  will  lay  them 
 upon  all  that  hate  tliee.  '^  And  thou  shalt  eat  up  all  the  people 
 which  Jehovah  thy  God  giveth  unto  thee  ;  thine  eye  shall  not  spare 
 them,  neither  slialt  thou  serve  their  gods,  for  that  will  be  a  snare 
 unto  tliee.  "  If  tliou  shalt  say  in  thine  heart.  These  nations  are 
 more  tlian  I,  how  shall  I  be  able  to  dispossess  them  ?  "  Thou  shalt 
 not  be  afraid  of  them  :  remembering,  thou  shalt  remember  that 
 wliicli  Jehovah  thy  God  did  unto  Pharaoh,  and  unto  all  Egypt. 
 "  The  great  tentations  which  thine  eye  saw,  a)id  the  signs,  and  tlie 
 wonders,  and  the  strong  hand,  and  the  stretched  out  arm  with 
 wliich  Jehovah  thy  God  brought  tliee  out :  so  will  Jehovah  thy 
 God  do  unto  all  people,  of  v/hose  faces  thou  art  afraid.     ^"  And  also 
 
 iniquity  of  the  fathers,  into  the  bosom  of  the 
 children  after  them,'  Jar.  xxxii.  18. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Love  thee,]  That  is,  continue 
 to  love  thee  :  for  the  love  of  God  to  his  peo- 
 ple, Mas  the  cause  why  he  chose  and  called 
 thtm,  ver,  7,  8  ;  '  not  that  we  loved  God, 
 but  that  lie  loved  lis,'  1  John  iv.  10;  and 
 from  the  feeling  of  this  in  our  hearts,  proceed- 
 eth  our  love  towards  God;  and  out  of  love, 
 obedience  ;  and  so  Gud  contiiiueth  his  love, 
 which  is  the  fountain  of  all  blessings.  So 
 Christ  saith,  '  he  that  hath  my  command- 
 ments, and  keepeth  Ihem,  is  he  that  loveth 
 me:  and  he  that  loveth  me,  shall  be  loved 
 of  my  Father,  and  I  will  love  him,  and  will 
 show  myself  imto  him,'  John  xiv.  21.  Fruit 
 OF  THY  WOMB,]  In  Chald.  the  child  of  thy 
 bowels  :  so  in  Deut.  xxviii.  4.  '  the  just  man 
 walking  in  his  integiity,  his  children  are 
 blessed  after  him,'  Prov.  xx.  7.  Increase,] 
 Or  young,  as  Exod.  xiii.  12  ;  the  Gr.  and 
 Chald.  here  translate,  herds  of  thy  kine. 
 
 Ver.  J  4. — Barren  male,]  Tlie  Gr.  trans. 
 lateth,  tmthout  seed  (or  generation.)  Com- 
 pare tJiis  with  Exod.  xxiii,  26.  Hereupon 
 Imrrenness  was  a  reproach,  Luke  i.  25 ;  and 
 fruitfulness  counted  a  blessing,  Ps.  cxxviii. 
 1,  3. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Evil  diseases,]  That  \s,  pain, 
 fid,  malignant,  and  incurable  diseases,  as 
 Deut.  xxviii.  27.  Compare  Exod.  xv.  26  ; 
 xxiii.  25.  Lay,]  Heb.  give  :  that  is,  lay  or 
 impose,  a>  the  Or.  translatoth. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Eat  np,]  That  is,  as  the 
 Chald.  translateth  it,  consume  ,'  but  the  word 
 eat,  hath  respect  unto  that  in  Num.  xiv,  9, 
 '  they  are  bread  for  us.'  See  also  Ps.  xiv. 
 4.  This  is  not  only  a  promise  of  victory,  but 
 a  precept  also,  to  abolisli  those  cursed  nations, 
 as  the  words  following  manifest,  and  ver.  1 
 — 3.  Spare,]  To  wit,  from  vengeance,  not 
 take  pity  on  them.  This  afl'ectioii  is  often 
 given  to  the  eye,  (as  in  other  cases,  Matt. 
 XX.  15.)  See  Gen.  xiv.  20;  Deut.  xiii.  8; 
 Ezek.  v.  11.  Snare,]  A  cause  of  thy  ruin: 
 the  Chald.  saith,  a  scandal  or  stumllijig- 
 blovk  :  so  after  in  ver.  25.  See  Exod.  xxiii. 
 33 ;  and  the  performance  hereof  mentioned 
 in  Ps.  cvi.  30,  '  they  served  their  idols, 
 which  were  a  snare  unto  them.' 
 
 Ver.  17. — Dispossess  them,]  Or  as  the 
 Cliald.  translateth,  cast  them  out ;  in  Gr.  de- 
 stroy them.  These  words  of  God,  tend  to 
 the  strengthening  of  faith,  against  the  fears 
 and  infirmities  of  the  saints,  and  power  of 
 their  enemies.  Compare  Num.  xiii.  S2 — 
 34. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Egypt,]  Or,  the  Egyptians. 
 as  both  Gr.  and  Chald.  do  translate.  This 
 example  is  often  mentioned  fur  the  comfort 
 faith,  Deut.  iv.  34,  &c, ;  xxix.  2,  3; 
 for  it  was  a  manifestation  both  of  the  power 
 of  God,  and  of  his  good  will  towards  his  peo- 
 pie. 
 
 Ver.  19.' — Tentations, j  Or,  trials,  as- 
 says .    see  Duut.  iv.  34 ;  xxix.  3. 
 
CHAP.    VII. 
 
 221 
 
 Jehovah  thy  God  will  send  the  hornet  among  them,  until  they  pe- 
 rish that  are  left,  and  that  hide  themselves  from  thy  face.  ^'  Thou 
 shalt  not  be  affrighted  at  tlieu'  faces :  for  .Jehovah  thy  God  is  in 
 the  midst  of  thee,  a  great  God,  and  a  fearful.  ''  And  Jehovah  thy 
 God  will  pluck  out  these  nations  from  thy  face,  by  little  and  little  : 
 thou  shalt  not  be  able  to  consume  them  suddenly,  lest  the  wild 
 beasts  of  the  field  multiply  upon  thee.  ^^  But  Jehovah  thy  God 
 will  deliver  them  before  thy  face,  and  will  destroy  tlieni  with  a 
 great  destruction,  until  they  be  wasted  out.  ^^  And  he  will  deliver 
 their  kings  into  thine  liand,  and  thou  shalt  destroy  their  name  from 
 under  tlie  heavens  :  there  shall  not  a  man  stand  before  thy  face, 
 until  thou  have  wasted  them  out.     *^  The  graven  images  of  their 
 
 Ver.  20. — The  hornet,]  Or,  hornets, 
 as  the  Gr.  traiislateth.  As  God  by  frogs, 
 lice,  and  other  creatures,  plagued  the  Egyp- 
 tians, Exod.  viii.;  so  did  he  the  Canaaiiites 
 wth  hornets,  Josh.  xxiv.  12,-  showing  his 
 power  in  confounding  mighty  enemies  by 
 small  and  weak  means,  1  Cor.  i.  27,  28. 
 Hereby  also  the  pricks  and  terrors  of  con- 
 science sent  upon  the  wicked,  may  fitly  be 
 signl.*ied.  So  in  Exod.  xxiii.  28.  From 
 THY  FACE,]  The  Gr.  translate th,/ro»i  thee  : 
 so  it  is  referred  to  the  latter  word  hide,  ra- 
 ther than  to  the  forme r/ierwA. 
 
 Ver.  21.— FearfdLjJ  Or  terrible;  in 
 Gr.  strong,  that  is,  able  to  save  thee,  terrible 
 to  thine  enemies,  (as  1  Sam.  iv.  7,  8,)  and 
 unto  thee  tearful  and  to  be  reverenced,  Ps. 
 Ixxxix.  7. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Bv  little,]  This  was  accom- 
 plished, when  some  could  not  at  the  first  be 
 driven  out,  Josh.  xv.  C3;  Judg.  iii.  ]. 
 Suddenly,]  Or,  hastily,  quickly,  that  is,  at 
 once,  but  by  degrees.  Yet  in  Deut.  ix.  3, 
 he  promiseth  that  they  should  destroy  them 
 suddenly,  to  wit,  in  respect  of  their  enemies, 
 upon  whom  sudden  destiuction  came  ere 
 they  were  aware:  but  in  respect  of  Israel,  it 
 was  not  so  soon  as  they  looked  for  and  desir- 
 ed. For  God  foresaw  their  infirmities,  and 
 how  they  would  sin  against  him,  if  they  were 
 not  exercised  with  troubles:  yea,  and  for 
 their  sins  it  is  observed,  that  he  would  not 
 drive  out  the  nations,  that  through  them  he 
 might  prove  Israel,  whether  they  would  keep 
 the  way  of  the  Lord,  &c.  '  Therefore  the 
 Lord  left  those  nations,  without  driving  them 
 out  hastily;  neither  delivered  he  them  into 
 the  hand  of  Joshua,'  Judg.  ii.  21—23. 
 Beasts,]  Heb.  beast.  Here  the  Gr.  addeth, 
 lest  the  land  be  wilderness,  and  the  zvild 
 beasts  of  the  field  multiply  :  God  could  also 
 have  destroyed  the  wild  beasts  from  before 
 them  (as  he  promiseth  in  Lev.  xxvi.  6 ; 
 Ezek.  xxxiv.  26,)  but  if  Israel  had  suddenly 
 destroyed  the  people,  pride,  or  security,  or 
 
 other  vices  would  have  crept  upon  them, 
 which  God  in  justice  must  also  have  punish- 
 ed: see  Judg.  iii.  1 — 4. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Destroy,]  Or  ver,  with  stir 
 and  tumult:  see  Deut.  ii.  15;  xxviii.  20; 
 Exod.  xiv.  24.  It  implieth  troubles  and 
 vexations,  which  should  cause  their  destruc- 
 tion. So  the  promise  of  God  should  certain- 
 ly be  peiformed,  though  not  so  speedily  as 
 men  desired,  that  their  faith  and  patience 
 might  be  tried. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Their  kings,]  As  was  fulfilled 
 in  Josh.  X.  24;  xii.  7,  9 — 24;  where  one 
 and  thirty  kings  are  reckoned,  whom  Israel 
 conquered.  From  under  heaven,]  out  of 
 this  world:  the  Gr.  translateth,  out  of  that 
 place.  This  hath  long  since  been  accom- 
 plished ;  that  now  there  is  no  memory  either 
 of  those  kings,  or  of  any  of  those  people  on 
 the  earth. 
 
 Ver.  25.— The  graven  images  of  their 
 gods,]  In  Chald.  the  images  of  their  idols  ; 
 under  the  name  graven,  all  other  sorts  are 
 implied,  as  images  molten,  or  painted,  or  the 
 like,  Is.  XXX.  22.  And  by  saying  of  their 
 gods,  he  excepteth  other  images  for  civil  use, 
 as  the  image  of  Csesar  upon  his  coin  was 
 lawful.  Matt.  xxii.  20,  21.  The  Hebs.  say 
 "  figures  (or  images)  which  idolatrous  hea- 
 thens make  for  beauty  (or  civil  ornament)  are 
 lawful  to  be  used:  but  figures  which  they 
 make  for  idolatry,  are  unlawful."  Maim, 
 treat,  of  Idolatry,  chap.  vii.  sect.  C.  Burn,] 
 So  David  burnt  the  Philistines'  gods,  1 
 Chron.  xiv.  12.  See  Deut.  xii.  3.  Silver 
 and  gold,]  These  are  named  for  an  instance, 
 but  all  other  idolatrous  instruments  are  im- 
 plied, '  covering,  ornament,'  &c.  Is.  xxx. 
 22.  Nor  take  it,]  Heb.  and  take  it,  that 
 is,  and  not  take  it :  the  former  priihibition  is 
 here  again  to  be  understood,  as  in  the  ver. 
 following,  and  often  in  the  scriptures.  Lest 
 THOU  be  snared.]  That  thou  be  not  snared  ; 
 this  word  lest,  often  implieth  certain  danger, 
 as  is  noted  on  Gen.  iii.  3  ;  and  by  snared,  is 
 
222 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 gods  shall  ye  burn  with  fire ;  thou  shalt  not  desire  the  silver  and 
 gold  that  is  on  tJiem,  nor  take  it  unto  tliee,  lest  thou  be  snared 
 therein ;  for  it  is  an  abomination  to  Jehovali  tliy  God.  ^^  And  tliou 
 shalt  not  bring  an  abomination  unto  tliine  house,  lest  tliou  be  a 
 cursed  thing  like  it:  detesting  thou  shalt  detest  it;  and  abhorring 
 thou  shalt  abhor  it,  for  it  is  a  cursed  thing. 
 
 meant  falling  into  sin,  and  so  into  destruc- 
 tion, as  before  in  ver.  16.  An  abomina- 
 tion TO  Jehovah,]  Heb.  the  abomination  of 
 Jehovah,  that  is,  a  thing  which  the  Lord 
 much  abhorreth.  And  this  is  another  reason 
 of  the  prohibition. 
 
 Ver.  26.— Into  thine  house,]  For  any 
 use  or  profit  to  thyself;  and  so  from  these 
 words  the  Hebs.  gather,  "  that  the  idol,  and 
 things  that  serve  it,  and  that  which  is  oflered 
 thereto,  and  whatsoever  is  made  for  it,  is  un- 
 lawful for  any  use,"  Maim,  treat,  of  Idolatry, 
 chap.  vii.  sect.  2.  Lest  thocj  be,]  Heb. 
 and  thou  be  a  cursed  thing  :  meaning,  and 
 that  thou  be  not,  or,  lest  thou  be:  see  the 
 notes  on  Num.  iv.  15,  or,  'for  so  thou  shalt 
 be  a  cursed  thing  like  it.'  It  is  a  cursed 
 thing,]  In  Heb.  Cherem ;  in  Gr.  anathema; 
 which  nieaneth  a  thing  sejiarated  from  men's 
 use,  and  devoted  either  to  destruction,  as  the 
 idol  and  instruments  thereof  here  mentioned; 
 or,  at  tlie  Lord's  appointment  to  be  carried 
 into  his  treasury,  as  were  the  gods  of  Jericho, 
 Josh.  vi.  17,  19,  24.  This  law  against  idols 
 and  images,  which  are  'the  work  of  men's 
 hands,'  Ps.  cxv.  4,  extendeth  not  to  the 
 creatures  of  God's  making,  though  by  men 
 
 abused  to  idolatry,  as  the  Hebs.  also  expound 
 it,  saying,  "  Whatsoever  hath  not  been  taken 
 by  man's  hand,  and  which  man  hath  not 
 made,  though  it  hath  been  worshipped,  yet  is 
 it  lawful  to  have  use  of  it.  Therefore  the 
 heathens  that  served  (or  worshipped)  the 
 mountains,  and  the  hills,  and  the  trees  that 
 were  planted  at  first  for  fruit,  and  fountains  of 
 water,  that  are  common,  and  beasts;  lo  these 
 are  lawful  to  be  made  use  of,  and  it  is  lawful 
 to  eat  of  those  fruits  which  were  worshipped 
 in  the  place  where  they  grew,  and  of  these 
 beasts,  &c.  A  beast  is  not  unlawful,  so  long 
 as  a  man  hath  not  done  with  it  any  work  per- 
 taining to  idolatry ;  but  if  he  have  done  any 
 (such  work  therewith)  it  is  unlawful  every 
 whit:  as  if  he  kill  it  to  the  service  of  an  idol, 
 or  exchange  it,  &c.  provided  that  it  be  his 
 own  beast  [and  not  another  man's:]  for  if  he 
 kill  his  neighbour's  beast  to  an  idol,  or  ex- 
 change it,  it  is  not  made  unlawful:  for  no 
 man  can  make  a  thing  unlawful  which  is  not 
 his  own.  If  one  worship  any  ground  in  the 
 world,  it  is  not  made  unlawful:  if  he  dig 
 pits  or  caves  therein,  to  the  name  of  an  idol, 
 they  are  unlawful,"  &c.  Maim,  tjeat.  of 
 Idolatry,  chap,  viii.  sect.  1. 
 
 CHAP.  VIII. 
 
 1 .  An  exhortation  to  keep  and  do  the  law  for  their  own  good,  2.  he- 
 cause  of  God's  former  mercies  in  the  wilderness,  7.  and  future  blessings 
 in  Canaan.  10.  A  warning  lest  fullness  occasion  them  to  forget  God, 
 and  his  former  benefits  :  1 7.  and  lest  they  presume  of  tlieir  own  strength, 
 19.  A  protestation  against  them,  that  they  shall  perish,  if  they  forget 
 and  forsake  tlieir  God. 
 
 '  All  the  commandment  which  I  command  thee  this  day,  ye 
 shall  observe  to  do,  that  ye  may  live  and  multiply,  and  go  in,  and 
 
 Ver.  1. — Commandment,]  That  is,  as 
 the  Gr.  translateth,  commandments.  See 
 Deut.  V.  31 ;  vi.  I.  Observe  to  do,]  Or, 
 keep  and  do,  as  the  phrase  sometimes  signi- 
 fieth.  See  the  notes  on  Gen.  ii.  3.  Yk 
 MAY  love,]  That  is,  continue  long  in  a 
 prosperous  life;  for  as  sorrows,  plagues,  mi- 
 
 series are  called  deaths,  Exod.  x.  17;  2  Cor. 
 xi.  23,  so  a  quiet  and  blessed  estate  is  called 
 life;  as,  'years  of  life,'  Prov.  iii.  2,  mean 
 many  good  years:  and  in  Ps.  xxx.  6,  life  is 
 opposed  unto  a  mmnetit.  Possess,]  Or,  in- 
 herit the  lajid  :  under  which  eternal  life  was 
 figured,  as  is  noted  on  Gen   xii.  5. 
 
CHAP.  VIII. 
 
 223 
 
 possess  the  land  which  Jehovah  sware  unto  your  fathers.  ^  And 
 thou  shalt  remember  all  the  w|iy  which  Jehovah  thy  God  led  thee 
 these  forty  years  in  the  wilderness,  for  to  humble  thee,  to  tempt 
 thee,  to  know  what  was  in  thine  heart,  whether  thou  wouldst  keep 
 his  commandments,  or  no.  ^  And  he  humbled  thee,  and  suffered 
 thee  to  Ininger,  and  fed  thee  with  manna,  which  thou  knewest  not, 
 neither  did  thy  fathers  know :  that  lie  might  make  tliee  know,  tliat 
 man  liveth  not  by  bread  only,  but  by  every  f  word  J  that  proceed- 
 eth  out  of  the  mouth  of  Jehovah  doth  man  live.  *  Tliy  raiment 
 waxed  not  old  upon  thee,  and  thy  foot  swelled  not  these  forty  years. 
 *  And  thou  shalt  know  with  thine  heart,  that  as  a  man  chasteneth 
 his  son,  Jehovah  thy  God  chasteneth  tliee.  ®  And  thou  shalt  keep 
 the  commandments  of  Jehovah  thy  God,  to  walk  in  his  ways,  and 
 
 Ver.  2. — All  the  way,]  That  is,  all  the 
 accidents  that  befell  thee  in  the  way,  which 
 were  afflictions,  wants,  dangers  on  the  one 
 hand  ;  and  comforts,  blessings,  and  deliver- 
 ances on  the  other:  by  which,  as  by  two 
 walls,  he  kept  Israel  from  going  astray. 
 Therefore  this  leading  through  the  wilder- 
 ness is  often  mentioned  by  the  prophets;  as 
 Amos  ii.  10;  Ps.  cxxxvi.  16;  Ixxviii.  52, 
 53 ;  Jer.  ii.  2,  6.  To  humble,]  Or,  to  qf- 
 flict;  as  the  Gr.  translatuth,  that  he  tnight 
 afflict  thee,  and  tempt  thee.  So  ver.  3. 
 Tempt,]  Or,  prove,  to  wit,  their  faith  and 
 obedience:  see  the  notes  on  Gen.  xxii.  1. 
 To  KNOW,]  That  is,  to  have  experiment  in 
 practice  of  that  which  was  in  them.  The 
 like  is  said  of  king  Ezechias,  whom  God  left, 
 to  tempt  him,  '  that  he  might  know  all  that 
 was  in  his  heart,'  2  Chron.  xxxii.  31.  But 
 in  respect  of  himself,  God  needeth  not  that 
 any  should  testify  of  man  ;  for  he  knoweth 
 what  is  in  man,  and  what  himself  will  do, 
 John  ii.  25;  vi.  6.  A  faithful  heart  loveth, 
 serveth,  and  believeth  in  God,  as  well  in  ad-. 
 versity,  as  prosperity,  Matt.  iv.  4,  but  an  un- 
 faithful murmureth  in  afflictions,  Ps.  Ixxviii. 
 40,  41. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Humbled,]  Or,  afflicted,  as 
 ver.  2.  So  God  afflicteth  the  strength  of  his 
 people  in  the  way,  Ps.  cii.  24.  He  snllered 
 them  to  hunger,  before  he  gave  them  manna: 
 so  God's  people  hunger  and  thirst  after  righ- 
 teousness, and  then  he  filleth  them.  Matt.  v. 
 6;  Luke  i.  53.  Manna,]  Heb.  tnan:  of 
 this  meat,  see  the  annot.  on  Exod.  xvi.  14, 
 15,  &c.  It  was  a  figure  of  Christ,  John  vi. 
 Bread  only,]  That  is,  ordinary  food,  such 
 as  men  live  by ;  whereof  bread  is  the  princi- 
 pal. This  sentence  Christ  alleged  against 
 satan,  when  he  tempted  him  to  unlawful 
 means  for  satisfying  his  hunger,  Matt.  iv.  4. 
 Word  that  proceedeth,]  So  the  Gr.  al-o 
 translateth,  adding  this  word,  as  the  apostle 
 also  doth,  in  Matt.  iv.  4.     But  another  evan- 
 
 gelist saith  only,  '  every  word  of  God,'  Luke 
 iv.  4.  The  word  of  God  is  the  ground  of 
 faith,  Rom.  x.  17,  which  they  that  have  abid- 
 ing in  them,  shall  surely  be  fed  in  time  of 
 hunger,  both  soul  and  body,  Ps.  xxxvii.  3, 
 &c. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Not  old,]  That  is,  was  not 
 worn  out  with  age,  as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it: 
 so  in  Deut.  xxix.  5;  Neh.  ix.  21.  This 
 was  the  second  means  of  sustentation  of  life, 
 which  God  also  miraculously  supplied  unto 
 them,  that  they  might  learn,  not  to  seek  as 
 the  Gentiles ;  or  take  thought,  what  they 
 should  eat,  or  driuk,  or  wherewith  they 
 should  be  clothed,  Matt.  vi.  31,  32.  Swelled 
 not,]  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  thy  shoes 
 were  not  bare  (or  broken:)  and  so  the  Gr.  in 
 Neh.  ix.  21,  where  this  is  again  mentioned: 
 and  Moses  himself  in  Deut.  xxix.  5.  In 
 the  sense  it  agreeth  with  the  former.  But  it 
 seemeth  here  to  mean  the  feet  properly,  which 
 swelled  not,  neither  were  surbated,  though 
 they  travelled  so  long  through  that  dry  and 
 thorny  wilderness:  and  so  it  meaneth  health 
 of  body,  which  God  also  gave  them,  as  the 
 third  blessing  necessary  for  this  present  life. 
 Forty  years,]  The  time  of  their  travel  in 
 the  wilderness:  which  \mmher  forty,  is  often 
 used  for  to  denote  the  time  of  affliction  and 
 humiliatiou.     See  the  notes  on  Gen.  vii.  4. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Know  with  thine  heart,] 
 That  is,  know  and  acknowledge  heartily, 
 upon  thine  own  feeling  and  experience.  So 
 Joshua  said  unto  them,  '  Ye  know  in  all  your 
 heart,  and  in  all  your  soul,'  Josh,  xxiii.  14. 
 Chasteneth,]  Or  nurtureth,  restraineth 
 from  the  pleasures  of  the  tlesh.  So  other 
 scriptures  speak  of  God's  chastisements,  like 
 a  father,  Prov.  iii.  11,  12;  Heb.  xii.  5—10, 
 and,  •  Blessed  is  the  man  whom  thou  chast- 
 enest,  O  Jah,'  Ps.  xciv.  12. 
 
 Ver.  6. — His  ways,]  Which  he  hath 
 commanded  to  walk  in,  that  is,  his  law, 
 Exod.  xviii.  20;  Ps.  xxv.  4.     The  Chald. 
 
224 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 to  fear  him.  ^  For  Jehovah  tliy  God  bringeth  thee  into  a  good 
 land,  a  land  of  brooks  of  waters,  of  fountains,  and  of  depths,  that 
 issue  out  in  the  valley,  and  in  the  mountain.  ®  A  land  of  wheat, 
 and  of  barley,  and  of  vines  and  fig-trees,  and  pomegranates :  a  land 
 of  oil-olive  and  honey.  ^  A  land  wherein  thou  shalt  eat  bread 
 without  scarceness,  thou  shalt  not  lack  any  thing  in  it :  a  land 
 whose  stones  are  iron,  and  out  of  v/hose  mountains  thou  mayest 
 hew  brass.  "  And  thou  shalt  eat  and  be  full,  and  thou  shalt  bless 
 Jehovah   thy  God,  for  the   good  land  which  he  hath  given  thee. 
 
 expoundeth  it,  the  ways  that  are  right  be- 
 fore him.  These  are  tipposed  to  men's  own 
 ways,  Is.  Ixvi.  3;  Iv.  8,  9.  They  compre- 
 hend iaith,  and  other  duties  of  the  first  table, 
 1  Kings  xi.  33,  38;  Acts  xviii.  25,  26;  xxii. 
 4,  and  virtues  of  the  second  table  also,  2 
 Pet.  ii.  15.  See  the  notes  on  Gen.  vi.  12. 
 To  FEAR  HiJi,J  This  is  the  means  to  keep 
 men  in  God's  ways,  and  is  therefore  set  be- 
 fore, in  2  Chron.  i.  31 ;  Ps.  cxxviii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  7.— Good  land,]  A  fat  and  fertile 
 soil:  see  Num.  xiii.  19,  20.  Brooks,]  Or 
 rivers:  the  Chald.  explaineth  \i,  flowing  with 
 brooks.  Of  fountains,]  Or  of  springs:  the 
 Ciiald.  saith.  tvelling-out  fountains  and 
 depths :  tlie  Gr.  and  fountains  of  depths. 
 By  deeps  are  meant  store  of  waters,  as  Gen. 
 i.  2;  vii.  11.  These  brooks  and  springs 
 figured  the  plentiful  graces  of  God's  Spirit, 
 wherewith  his  church  is  watered,  Joel  iii. 
 18;  Ezek.  xlvii.  1,  &c.;  Rev.  xxii.  1;  Ps. 
 Ixv.  10;  xlvi.  5.  Valley,]  Put  for  valleys, 
 and  mountains,  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  trans- 
 late. One  is  often  used  for  mariy :  see  the 
 notes  on  Gen.  iii.  2.  God  '  sendeth  the 
 springs  into  tlie  valleys,  they  run  among  the 
 mountains,  they  give  drink  to  every  beast  of 
 the  field,  the  wild  asses  quench  their  thirst,' 
 Ps.  civ.  10,  11. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Pomegranates,]  It  signifieth 
 both  the  fruit,  Num.  xiii.  24,  and  the  tree 
 that  bears  them,  Song  vii.  12;  Hag.  ii.  20. 
 OiL-OLiVE,]  Heb.  olive-tree  of  oil,  that  is, 
 as  the  Chald.  expounds  it,  olives  that  make 
 oil.  With  the  fatness  of  the  olive,  tliey 
 honoured  God  and  man,  Judg.  ix.  9.  These 
 earthly  fruits  figured  also  the  heavenly  graces 
 which  the  faithful  (watered  with  God's  word 
 and  Spirit)  are  filled  and  comforted  with,  Ps. 
 Ixxxi.  17;  cxlvii.  14;  Song  viii.  2.  The 
 trees  that  bear  these  fruits,  figure  out  gracious 
 men,  from  whose  doctrine  and  conversation, 
 heavenly  comforts  do  flow  in  the  church, 
 Judg.  ix.  8—13;  Song  iv.  13;  vi.  10; 
 IIos.  X.  1  ;    xiv.  7,  8  ;   Ps.  i.  3  ;    Iii.  10. 
 
 Ver,  9. — Eat  bread,]  So  having  fruition 
 of  God's  blessings  therein,  which  sometimes 
 men  have  not,  though  the  land  be  fruitful,  as 
 Deut.    xxviii.   30,    33,    39,    40.     And  for 
 
 their  sins  it  came  to  pass,  that  they  did  '  eat 
 bread  by  weight,  and  with  care,'  Ezek.  iv. 
 16.  Brass,]  These  latter  are  for  munition, 
 and  other  uses,  as  the  former  were  for  food : 
 so  all  good  things  are  implied.  See  also 
 Deut.  xxxiii.  25.  The  mountains  as  God's 
 store-houses  were  not  only  fruitful  on  the  up- 
 most face  of  them,  with  corn  and  grass,  and 
 trees  of  sundry  sorts;  but  within  their  bowels 
 (as  it  were)  bred  minerals  and  metals  o! 
 great  use  for  man.  '  Iron  is  taken  out  of  the 
 dust,  aud  brass  is  molten  out  of  the  stone,' 
 Job  xxviii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  10. — 'B^TViA,^  Or,  satisfied;  which 
 is  a  blessing  that  God  giveth  to  the  righteous, 
 Prov.  xiii.  25  ;  Ps.  cxlvii.  14,  the  contrary, 
 to  the  wicked,  Mic.  vi.  14;  Hag.  i.  6. 
 Shalt  bless  Jehovah,]  That  is,  shalt  give 
 him  thanks;  as  where  it  is  said,  that  'Jesus 
 took  bread,  and  blessed,'  Mark  xiv.  22,  ano- 
 ther evangelist  saith,  '  he  took  bread  and 
 gave  thanks,'  Luke  xxii.  19.  And  as  our 
 Saviour  teacheth  us  to  bless  before  we  eat. 
 Matt.  xiv.  19,  20,  so  this  law  chargeth  us  to 
 bless  after  we  have  eaten :  and  for  meat  and 
 drink,  so  for  other  good  things  which  we  re- 
 ceive of  God;  as  David  saith,  'Bless  the 
 Lord,  O  my  soul,  and  forget  not  all  his  bene- 
 fits,' Ps.  ciii.  2,  and  the  apostle  commandeth, 
 'In  cyery  thing  give  thanks,  for  this  is  the 
 will  of  God  in  Christ  Jesus  concerning  you,' 
 1  Thess.  V.  18.  The  Hebs.  (from  this  law 
 of  Moses)  teach,  that  although  it  be  here 
 said,  "thou  shalt  eat  and  be  full;  and  thou 
 shalt  bless,"  &c.  yet  if  a  man  eat  but  a  mor- 
 sel (so  much  as  an  olive)  he  is  to  bless  after 
 it.  And  he  is  bound  to  bless  for  all  meat 
 first,  and  afterward  to  use  it:  likewise  if  he 
 be  to  smell  unto  any  sweet  thing,  he  is  to 
 bless,  and  after  to  have  the  fruition  of  it:  as 
 also  to  bless  after  whatsoever  he  eateth  or 
 drinketh,  though  he  drink  but  one  little 
 draught,  or  eat  but  a  morsel.  And  as  they 
 were  to  bless  for  the  use  of  the  creatures,  so 
 for  every  thing  commanded  in  the  law,  they 
 were  first  to  bless,  and  then  to  do  the  same. 
 Women  and  servants  were  bo\md  to  bless 
 their  meat,  and  little  children  also,  that  they 
 might  be  trained  up  in  the  commandments. 
 
CHAP.  VIII. 
 
 225 
 
 "  Tixke  liced  to  tJiyself,  lest  thoii  forget  Jehovah  thy  God,  in  not 
 kcepmg  his  commandments,  and  his  judgments,  and  his  statutes, 
 wliich  I  command  thee  this  day.  '^  Lest  thou  eat,  and  be  full,  and 
 buildest  good  liouses,  and  dvvellest  in  them.  '^  And  thy  herds,  and 
 thy  flocks  multiply ;  and  silver  and  gold  be  multiplied  to  thee ;  and 
 all  tliat  thou  hast  be  multiplied.  "  xAnd  thine  heart  be  lifted  up, 
 and  tliou  forget  Jehovah  tliy  God,  which  brought  thee  forth  out  of 
 the  land  of  Egypt,  out  of  the  house  of  servants.  '*  Who  led  thee 
 through  tliat  great  and  fearful  wilderness,  wherein  were  fiery  ser- 
 pents, and  scorpions,  and  drought,  wliere  there  was  no  water :  who 
 brought  forth  unto  tliec  waters  out  of  tlie  rock  of  flint.  "  Who 
 fed  thee  with  manna  in  the  wilderness,  which  thy  fathers  knew  not, 
 for  to  humble  thee,  and  for  to  tempt  thee,  to  do  thee  good  at  thy 
 latter  end.  '^  And  thou  say  in  tliy  heart,  My  power,  and  the  might 
 of  my  hand  hath  gotten  me  this  wealth.     '^  But  thou  shalt  remem- 
 
 Unclean  persons,  wliatsoevor  uncleaiiticss  they 
 had,  might  bless  iiotwitlistaiitiing,  Maim. 
 torn.  i.  ill  treat,  of  Blessings,  cliap.  i.  sect. 
 1,  &c'.  and  chap.  v.  sect.  1. 
 
 Ver.  11.  —  Lest  thou  forget  Jehovah,] 
 Or,  that  thou  forget  not  Jehovah;  whicli  tiie 
 Cliald.  expuiindctli,  that  thou  forget  not  the 
 fear  of  the  Lord.  God  is  forgotten,  when 
 his  commandments  are  neglected,  Ps.  cvi. 
 19,  21;  Jer.  ii.  32,  and  he  is  remembered, 
 when  his  precepts  are  remembered  and  done, 
 Ps.  ciii.  18.  Moses'  next  words  show  tiiis 
 to  be  the  meaning  here.  So  God  is  for- 
 gotten, when  his  works  towards  us  are  for- 
 gotten, as  appeareth  after,  in  ver.  14,  15, 
 &c. 
 
 Ver.  12— Good,]  That  \s,  goodly, fair, 
 pleasant,  commodious:  see  the  notes  on 
 Gen.  i.  4. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Lifted  op,]  The  Chald.  ex- 
 pounds it  strengthened  (or  hardened:)  mean- 
 i»!g  with  pride,  as  is  said  of  Nebuchadnezzar, 
 Dan.  V.  20,  and  so  lifting  up  of  the  heart  mean- 
 eth,  as  Deut.  xvii.  20;  Jer.  xlviii.  29;  Dan. 
 xi.  12,  which  is  the  way  for  men  to  forget  God, 
 as  is  written,  '  They  were  filled,  and  their 
 heart  was  lifted  up,  therefore  they  have  for- 
 gotten me,'  Hos.  xiii.  6.  Servants,]  In 
 Gr.  and  Chald.  servitude  (or  bondage.) 
 
 Ver.  15. — Led  Tii^^,'\Or,madethee go, 
 to  wit,  safely,  that  thou  shouldst  not  stumble, 
 as  Is.  Ixiii.  13.  This  grace  David  remem- 
 bereth,  in  Ps.  cxxxvi.  16,  '  Which  led  his 
 people  through  the  wilderness,'  &c.  This 
 was  by  a  pillar  of  cloud  by  day,  and  by  a  pil- 
 lar of  fire  by  night,  Exod.  xiii.  21.  Fear- 
 ful,] For  it  was  'a  land  of  deserts  and  of 
 pits,  a  land  of  drought,  and  of  the  shadow  of 
 death,  a  land  that  no  man  passed  through, 
 and  where  no  man  dwelt,'  Jer.  ii.  6.  Fierv 
 .serpents,]    Or,   serpent,  burni7ig   serpent 
 
 Vol.  II.  2 
 
 and  scorpion;  tlie  Gr.  translateth,  where  was 
 the  biting  serpent  and  scorpion:  the  Chald. 
 saith,  "  a  place  of  burning  serpents  and  scor- 
 pions." See  Num.  xxi.  6,  &c.  Scorpions,] 
 Heb.  scorpion,  one  for  many,  as  is  noted  on 
 Gen.  iii.  2.  Scorpions  are  venomous  crea- 
 tures, which  hurt  and  sting  with  their  tails: 
 wicked  men  are  likened  unto  such,  Ezek.  ii. 
 6;  Rev.  ix.  3,  5,  10,  as  also  unto  serpents. 
 Matt,  xxiii.  33.  Drought,]  Or  thirst: 
 meaning  'a  land  of  thirst,'  as  is  expressed  in 
 Is.  XXXV.  7,  and  so  the  Chald.  here  translat- 
 eth, a />/ace  o/ rfr^;ie*s.  Rock  of  flint,] 
 That  is,  hard  and  dry  rock,  from  whence 
 God  gave  them  water  twice,  Exod.  xvii.  and 
 Num.  XX.  Of  this  mercy  David  sung,  that 
 God  '  turneth  the  rock  to  a  lake  of  waters, 
 the  flint  to  a  fountain  of  waters,'  Ps.  cxiv. 
 8.  After  Moses  speaketh  figuratively,  of 
 '  oil  out  of  the  flinty  rock,'  Deut.  xxxii.  13. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Manna,]  Whereof  see  before, 
 ver.  3,  and  Exod.  xvi.  Thy  latter  end,] 
 For  though  '  no  chastening  for  the  present 
 seemeth  to  be  joyous  but  grievous,  yet  after- 
 ward it  yieldeth  the  peaceable  fruit  of  righte- 
 ousness, unto  them  which  arc  exercised 
 thereby,'  Heb.  xii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  17 And  thou  say,]  Understand 
 
 from  ver.  12,  'lest  thou  say,'  that  is,  as  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  and  say  not.  Gotten,] 
 Heb.  made,  that  is,  as  the  Chald.  expoundeth 
 it,  gotten:  so  in  ver.  18.  Wealth,]  Or 
 power,  meaning  wealth  or  goods;  as  the 
 Chald.  hath  it. 
 
 Ver.  is. — That  it  is  he,]  Or,  for  it  is 
 he.  Riches  and  wealth  in  the  land  of  Ca- 
 naan, (figuring  spiritual  riches  in  Christ,) 
 were  the  special  gift  of  God;  for  '  the  blessing 
 of  the  Lord,  it  maketh  rich,'  Prov.  x.  22, 
 but  Israel  forgot  this,  as  God  saith,  «  For  she 
 did  not  know  that  i  gave  her  corn,  and 
 F 
 
226 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ber  Jchovali  thy  God,  that  it  it  he  that  givetli  tliee  power  to  get 
 wealth,  tliat  he  may  establish  his  covenant,  wliich  he  sware  unto 
 tliy  fathers,  as  it  is  this  day.  '^  And  it  shall  be,  if  forgetting  thou 
 shalt  forget  Jeliovah  thy  God,  and  shalt  walk  after  other  gods,  and 
 serve  them,  and  bow  thyself  down  unto  them,  I  testify  against 
 you  this  day,  that  perisliing  ye  shall  perish.  ■"*  As  the  nations 
 which  Jehovah  causeth  to  perish  from  your  faces,  so  shall  ye  perish, 
 because  ye  would  not  hear  the  voice  of  Jehovah  your  God. 
 
 wine,  and  oil,  and  multiplied  her  silver  and 
 gold,'  Hos.  ii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Other  gods,]  "  The  idols  of 
 the  people,"  saith  the  Chald.  paraphrast. 
 These  words  show  what  the  forgetting  of 
 God  nieaneth:  so  Ps.  cvi.  19,21.  I  testi- 
 fy,] The  Gr.  addeth,  /  take  heaven  and 
 earth  to  witness  against  you.  So  Moses 
 himself  elsewhere  speaketh  in  Deut.  xxx.  19. 
 Perishing  ye  shall  perish,]  That  is,  ye 
 
 shall  assuredly  and  speedily  perish,  notwith- 
 standing your  wealth  and  prosperity ;  as  it  is 
 said,  '  neither  their  silver  nor  their  gold 
 shall  be  able  to  deliver  them  in  the  day  of  the 
 Lord's  wrath  ;  but  the  whole  shall  be  devour- 
 ed by  the  fire  of  his  jealousy,'  Zeph.  i.  18. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Not  hear,]  That  is,  not  obey 
 the  voice,  which  the  Chald.  explaineth,  7iot 
 receive  the  word  of  the  Lord. 
 
 CHAP.    IX. 
 
 1.  Moses  teacheth  Israel  (now  ready  to  enter  into  Canaan)  that  God 
 would  go  before  them,  and  destroy  their  enemies  ;  4.  not  for  their  right- 
 eousness, but  for  the  heathen's  wickedness,  and  for  his  own  oath  to  Abra- 
 ham. 6.  Because  Israel  was  a  stiff-necked  people,  that  had  often  re- 
 belled against  God  in  the  wilderness  ;  as,  8.  at  Horeb,  where  they  made 
 a  molten  calf,  while  Moses  mas  on  the  mount  to  receive  the  tables  of  the 
 covenant:  \?,.  for  which  God  woidd  have  destroyed  them,  but  that 
 Moses  entreated  for  them,  and  abolished  their  idolatry.  22.  How  Israel 
 sinned  at  Taberah,  Massah,  Kibroth-hattaavah,  23.  and  at  Kadeshbar- 
 nea,  where  they  refused  to  take  possession  of  the  land.  25.  Moses' 
 fasting  and  prayer  for  the  people. 
 
 ^  Hear,  O  Israel,  thou  art  passing  over  Jordan  this  day,  to  go 
 in  to  possess  nations,  greater  and  mightier  than  thou,  cities  great 
 and  fenced  up  to  the  heavens.  '^  A  people  great  and  tall,  the  sons 
 of  the  Anakims,  whom  thou  hast  known,  and  thou  hast  heard  : 
 who  can  stand  before  the  sons  of  Anak  ?     ^  And  thou  shalt  know 
 
 Ver.  1. — Jordan,]  Heb.  Jarden:  a  river 
 through  which  Isiael  was  to  pass  into  the 
 land,  Deat.  i.  1.  See  Num.  xxiv.  12. 
 This  day,]  That  is,  at  this  time,  very  short- 
 ly. Day  is  often  used  fur  time,  as  2  Cor. 
 vi.  2.  An  hour  is  likewise  so  used  for  time; 
 as,  '  the  last  hour,'  1  John  ii.  18.  So,  '  in 
 that  hour,'  Luke  x.  21,  &c.;  '  at  that  time,' 
 Matt.  xi.  25.  Possess,]  Or,  inherit ;  which 
 when  it  is  spoken  of  nations,  signifieth  domi- 
 nion over  them.  Lev.  xxv.  45,  46.     Here  it 
 
 may  be  meant  also  of  the  lands  or  countries 
 of  those  nations,  as  they  are  said  to  '  possess 
 Gad,  which  dwelt  in  his  cities,'  Jer.  xlix.  1. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Anakims,]  Whom  the  Chald. 
 calleth  giants.  They  were  named  of  one 
 Anak,  (of  whom  see  Num.  xiii.  23;)  and  so 
 the  Gr.  here  saith,  sotis  of  Enak.  Hast 
 heard,]  To  wit,  iiwn  say.  A  common  re- 
 port of  others,  and  of  the  Israelites  them- 
 selves, Num.  xiii.  29,  34. 
 
 Ver.   3. — He    that    passeth,]   Against 
 
CHAP.    IX. 
 
 227 
 
 this  day,  that  Jeliovah  thy  God  is  he  tliat  passeth  over  before  thee, 
 a  consuming  fire ;  he  will  destroy  them,  and  he  will  bring  them 
 down  before  thy  face,  and  thou  shalt  drive  them  out  and  destroy 
 tliem  suddenly,  as  Jehovah  hatli  spoke  unto  thee.  *  Say  not  in 
 thine  heart,  when  Jehovah  thy  God  hath  cast  tliem  out  from  before 
 tJiy  face,  saying.  For  my  justice  Jehovah. hath  brouglit  me  in  to 
 possess  this  land  :  but  for  the  wickedness  of  these  nations  Jelio- 
 vah doth  drive  them  out  from  thy  face.  °  Not  for  thy  justice,  or 
 for  the  righteousness  of  thine  heart,  dost  thou  go  in  to  possess  tJieir 
 land  ;  but  for  the  wickedness  of  these  nations  Jehovah  thy  God 
 doth  drive  them  out  from  thy  face,  and  for  to  stablish  tlie  word 
 which  Jehovah  sware  unto  thy  fathers,  to  Abraham,  to  Isaac,  and 
 to  Jacob. 
 
 ^  And  thou  shalt  know,  that  not  for  thy  justice  doth  Jehovah 
 tliy  God  give  thee  this  good  land,  to  possess  it ;  for  thou  art  a  stiff- 
 necked  people. 
 
 ^  Remember,  forget  not,  how  thou  provokedst  to  wrath  Jehovah 
 thy  God  in  the  wilderness,  from  the  day  that  tJiou  didst  depart 
 out  of  the  land  of  Egypt,  until  ye  came  unto  this  place,  ye  have 
 
 fear  and  distrust  (such  as  had  affected  them 
 befuie,  Num.  xlv.  I — 3,  &c.)  he  opposeth 
 the  presence  and  power  of  God,  which  is  the 
 main  argument  to  strengthen  faith,  Num. 
 xiv.  9;  Ps.  Ivi.  4,  5;  Ix.  13,  14.  Con- 
 suming,] Hel).  eating  :  so  Deut.  iv.  24. 
 The  Cliald.  translatetli,  his  word  is  a  con- 
 suming fire.  Suddenly,]  Or,  quickly,  has- 
 tily :  see  the  notes  on  Deut.  vii.  22. 
 
 \'er.  4. — For  my  justice,]  The  Heb. 
 r»,  is  by  the  Gr.  also  here  translated/or,  and 
 it  often  noteth  the  cause  of  a  thing,  as  Hos. 
 xii.  13,  '  in  (that  is,  for)  a  wife.'  So  in  Ps. 
 xi.  2;  Deut.  xxiv.  16.  Here  he  opposeth 
 the  second  evil,  pride  of  heart,  against  which 
 he  dealeth  in  all  the  rest  of  this  chapter. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Righteousness,]  Or  upright- 
 ness, straitness,  equity  :  the  Gr.  translateth 
 it  liere,  piety  ;  the  Chald.  truth.  By  nam- 
 ing justice,  he  excUideth  all  merit  of  works, 
 Deut.  vi.  25  ;  and  by  righteousness  of  heart, 
 all  inward  aflections  and  purposes,  which  men 
 might  plead,  notwithstanding  that  they  fail 
 in  action.  Yet  these  two  are  the  chief  things 
 which  God  respecteth  in  men,  Ps.  xv.  1,  2; 
 1  Chron.  xxix.  17.  For  the  wickedness,] 
 Two  causes  are  here  showed  of  this  work  of 
 God  ;  justice  against  the  wicked  inhabitants, 
 which  should  perish  for  their  sins  :  and  mercy 
 towards  Israel,  whom  he  would  do  good  unto 
 of  grace.  Thus  also  he  dealeth  concerning 
 the  heavenly  inheritance  ;  the  wicked  are 
 shut  out,  for  their  evil  works,  Jude  ver.  14, 
 15.  But  the  saints  are  '  saved  by  grace 
 thiough  faith,  not  of  works,  lest  any  man 
 sliould  boast,'  Eph.  ii.  8,  9.     The  word,] 
 
 The  Gr.  translateth,  stablish  the  covenant  (or 
 testament  :)  hereby  he  calletli  them  wholly  to 
 God's  word  and  promise,  as  Paul  doth  us  in 
 Gal.  iii.  18  ;  Rom.  xv.  8,  showing,  that 
 '  Jesus  Christ  was  a  minister  of  the  circum- 
 cision for  the  truth  of  God,  to  confirm  the 
 Father's  promises,  and  that  the  Gentiles  might 
 glorify  God  for  mercy.' 
 
 Ver.  6. — This  good  land,]  A  figure  of 
 heavenly  blessings,  as  is  showed  on  Gen. 
 xii.  5.  Stiff-necked,]  Or,  of  a  hard  neck, 
 that  is,  stubborn  and  rebellious  :  see  tlie  notes 
 on  Exod.  xxxii.  9;  to  which  place  Moses 
 hath  reference;  and  from  God's  testimony 
 there,  and  their  sins  then  and  at  other  times, 
 convinceth  them  as  being  altogether  unwor- 
 thy: that  (as  another  prophet  saith)  they 
 might  remember  their  ways,  and  all  their 
 doings  wherein  they  had  been  defiled  ;  and 
 might  lothe  themselves  in  their  own  eyes, 
 for  all  their  evils  that  they  had  committed  ; 
 and  might  know  that  he  was  Jehovah,  when 
 he  had  wrought  witli  them  for  his  name's  sake, 
 not  according  to  their  wicked  ways,  nor  ac- 
 cording to  their  corrupt  doings,  Ezek.  xx. 
 43,  44  ;  xxxvi.  31,  32. 
 
 Veb,  7. — Remember,  forget  not,]  An 
 eainest  and  ellectual  manner  of  speaking,  to 
 move  unto  careful  remembrance:  see  the 
 notes  on  Deut.  xxxiii.  6.  Against,]  Heb. 
 u'ith  Jehovah  ;  which  the  Chald.  translateth, 
 be/ore  the  Lord  ;  the  Gr.  ye  have  rebelliously 
 performed  things  pertaining  to  the  Lord. 
 This  general  charge  he  proveth  by  many 
 particular  instances  following. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Horeb,]  Or  Chorcb,  the  moun- 
 
22. « 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 been  rebellious  against  Jehovah.  ^  And  in  Horeb  ye  provoked  Je- 
 hovah to  wrath  J  and  Jehovah  was  angry  with  you,  to  have  de- 
 stroyed you.  ^  When  I  was  gone  up  into  the  mount,  to  receive 
 the  tables  of  stone,  the  tables  of  the  covenant,  which  Jehovah 
 struck  with  you  :  and  I  abode  in  the  mount  forty  days  and  forty 
 nights  ;  I  did  neither  eat  bread  nor  drink  water.  '"  And  Jehovah 
 gave  unto  me  the  two  tables  of  stone,  written  with  the  finger  of 
 God :  and  on  them,  according  to  all  the  words  which  Jehovah 
 spake  with  you  in  the  mount,  out  of  the  midst  of  fire,  in  the  day  of 
 tlie  assembly.  "  And  it  was  at  the  end  of  forty  days,  and  forty 
 nights,  Jehovah  gave  unto  me  the  two  tables  of  stone,  the  tables  of 
 the  covenant.  '^  And  Jehovah  said  unto  me.  Arise,  go  down  quick- 
 ly from  lience,  for  tliy  people  which  thou  hast  brought  forth  out 
 of  Egypt,  have  corrupted  themselves,  they  have  quickly  turned 
 aside  out  of  the  way  which  I  commanded  them,  they  have  made 
 tliem  a  molten  calf.  '^  And  Jehovah  said  unto  me,  saying,  I 
 have  seen  this  people,  and  behold,  it  is  a  stifF-nccked  people.  *^  Let 
 me  alone,  that  I  may  destroy  them,  and  blot  out  their  name  from 
 under  the  heavens  :  and  I  will  make  of  thee  a  nation  mightier  and 
 greater  than  they.  ^^  And  I  turned  me,  and  came  down  from  the 
 mount,  and  tlie  mount  burned  with  fire,  and  the  two  tables  of  the 
 covenant  were  in  my  two  liands.  '®  And  I  saw,  and  behold  ye  had 
 sinned  against  Jehovah  your  God,  ye  had  made  you  a  molten  calf, 
 ye  had  turned  aside  quickly  out  of  the  way  which  Jehovah  liad 
 commanded  you.     "  And  I  took  the  two  tables  and  cast   them  out 
 
 tain  where  the  law  was  giveu:  tlieir  rebel- 
 lion there,  is  described  id  Exod.  xxxii.  De- 
 stroyed YOU,]  For  there  God  said  to  Moses, 
 '  let  me  alone,  &c.,  and  I  will  consume 
 them,'  Exod.  xxxii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  9. — To  THE  MOUNT,]  Called  up  thi- 
 ther of  God  to  receive  the  tables  of  the  cove- 
 nant, and  other  ordinances,  Exod.  xxiv.  12 
 — 18.  The  time,  place,  occasion,  end,  and 
 all  circumstances,  greatly  aggravated  the  peo- 
 ple's sin. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Of  stone,]  The  signification 
 whereof  is  noted  on  Exod.  xxxi.  18.  Fin- 
 ger,] Signifying  the  Spirit:  as  '  I  with  the 
 finger  of  God  cast  out  devils,'  Luke  xi.  20  ; 
 that  is,  '  with  the  Spirit  of  God,'  Matt.  xii. 
 28.  So  it  figured  the  work  of  God  in  our 
 hearts,  writing  tliere  his  law,  as,  '  ye  are 
 manifestly  declared  to  be  the  epistle  of  Christ, 
 ministered  by  us,  written  not  with  ink,  but 
 with  the  Spirit  of  the  living  God;  not  in  ta- 
 bles of  stone,  but  in  fleshly  tables  of  the  heart,' 
 2  Cor.  iii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Corrupted,]  This  word  mean- 
 eth  the  corniptiun  of  God's  service  and  re- 
 ligion: see  the  notes  on  Exod.  xxxii.  7;  and 
 Gen.   vi.  11—13.      Molten    calf,]    The 
 
 word  calf  is  expressed  in  ver.  16.  This 
 molten  calf  they  worshipped ;  and  Moses 
 said,  '  Oh,  this  people  have  sinned  a  great 
 sin,  and  have  made  them  gods  of  gold,'  Exod. 
 xxxii.  8,  31. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Saying,]  Here  the  Gr.  ver- 
 sion addeth,  /  have  spoken  unto  thee  once 
 and  twice,  saying,  I  have  seen,  &c.  I 
 HAVE  SEEN,]  By  the  Lord's  seeing  and  hear- 
 ing of  sinners,  is  often  meant  a  due  regard  of 
 their  sins,  to  punish  them  in  his  anger,  Deut. 
 xxxii.  19  ;  Ps.  Ixxviii.  21;  xc.  8.  But 
 when  he  pardoneth  sinners,  he  is  said  to  hide 
 his  face  from  their  sins,  and  not  to  see  them, 
 Ps.  li.  11  ;  Num.  xxiii.  21. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Let  me  alone,]  Which  the 
 Chald.  expounds,  leave  off  thy  prayer  before 
 me.     So  in  Exod.  xxxii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Burned,]  Heb.  burning  ;  the 
 terror  of  which  sight  only,  might  have  kept 
 them  from  this  sin,  in  that  the  signs  of  God's 
 presence  were  not  yet  departed  from  their 
 eyes.  See  Exod.  xix.  18;  xx.  IS.  Two 
 HANDS,]  Both  hands  full  with  blessings  of  the 
 Lord  for  them,  if  their  unworthiness  had  not 
 turned  them  away. 
 
 Xer.    17 I    took,]   The  original  word 
 
CHAP.    IX. 
 
 229 
 
 of  my  two  hands,  and  brake  them  before  your  eyes.  '^  And  I  fell 
 down  before  Jehovah,  as  at  the  first,  forty  days  and  forty  niglits,  I 
 did  neither  eat  bread,  nor  drink  v/ater,  because  of  all  your  sin  wliich 
 ye  had  sinned,  in  doing  evil  in  tlie  eyes  of  Jehovah,  to  provoke 
 iiini  to  anger.  "  For  I  was  afraid  because  of  the  anger  and  hot 
 displeasure  wherewith  Jehovah  was  wrotli  against  you,  to  destroy 
 you  :  but  Jehovah  hearkened  unto  me  at  that  time  also.  ^  And 
 Jehovah  was  very  angry  with  Aaron,  to  have  destroyed  him  -.  and 
 I  prayed  for  i\.aron  also,  in  the  same  time.  ^'  And  your  sin,  the 
 calf  wliich  ye  had  made,  I  took  and  burned  it  with  fire,  and  stamped 
 it,  grinding  it  well,  until  it  was  made  small  as  dust,  and  I  cast  the 
 dust  thereof  into  the  brook  tliat  descended  out  of  the  mount.  ^^  And 
 at  Taberah,  and  at  Massah,  and  at  Kibroth-hattaavah,  ye  provoked 
 Jehovah  to  wrath.  '^^  And  when  Jehovah  sent  you  from  Kadesh- 
 barnea,  saying.  Go  up,  and  possess  the  land  which  I  have  given 
 unto  you,  then  ye  rebelled  against  the  mouth  of  Jehovah  your  God, 
 
 signifieth  a  purposed  taking  hold,  and  handling 
 of  a  thing ;  as  they  that  go  to  war,  are  said  to 
 take  (or  handle  the  shield,  Jer.  xlvi.  9;  and 
 they  that  expound  the  law,  {.re  said  to  '  han- 
 dle it,'  Jer.  ii.  8.  So  Moses  did  this  advis- 
 edly, guided  by  God's  Spirit;  signifying  that 
 the  covenant  between  God  and  them  was 
 now  disannulled  and  broken,  and  that  the 
 law  pertained  not  to  them,  except  to  their 
 condemnation,  for  breaking  the  same.  See 
 Exod.  xxxii.  19. 
 
 Ver.  18. — I  FELL  DOWN,]  The  Gr.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  /  prayed  before  the  Lord  the 
 second  time,  as  at  the  first.  Here  Moses  re- 
 peateth,  how  jjy  his  humble  intercession  they 
 escaped  destruction,  and  were  reconciled 
 again  unto  God.  See  the  history  at  large,  in 
 Exod.  xxxii.  31,  &c.  Forty  days,]  The 
 number  of  days  and  of  years,  sundry  times 
 mentioned  in  the  scripture  for  humiliation 
 or  judgment.  See  the  notes  on  Gen.  vii.  4. 
 Sin,]  The  Gr.  translateth,  sins  ;  respecting 
 the  manifold  evil  in  this  and  their  other  trans- 
 gressions. 
 
 Ver.  19. — For  I  was,]  The  Gr.  applying 
 this  to  the  time  present  also,  saith,  and  I  aw, 
 afraid :  for  the  Lord,  though  he  pardoned 
 it  then,  reserved  vengeance  till  another  op- 
 portunity, Exod.  xxxii.  34.  Hearkened 
 UNTO  ME,]  That  is,  as  the  Chald.  explaineth 
 it,  accepted  my  prayer. 
 
 Ver.  20. — With  Aaron,]  Who  made  the 
 calf  for  them,  and  would  have  excused  him- 
 self, but  was  guilty  of  death:  see  Exod.  xxxii. 
 21—24. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Your  sin,]  The  calf  is  so  call- 
 ed, as  being  the  thing  wherein  they  sinned. 
 So  idols  are  called  a  sin,  in  Is.  xxxi.  7.  The 
 HiiooK,]  That  came  out  of  the  rock  Horeb, 
 
 which  rock  in  figure  was  Christ,  1  Cor.  x. 
 4  ;  of  which  they  drank,  to  signify  the  abo- 
 lishing of  their  sin  by  Christ,  upon  their  re- 
 pentance and  faith:  see  the  notes  on  Exod. 
 xxxii.  20 
 
 Ver.  22. — At  Taberah,]  Or,  in  Tabe- 
 rah: that  is,  (as  both  Gr.  and  Cliald.  do  in- 
 terpret it)  the  burning :  a  place  so  called, 
 because  the  people  complaining  there,  the 
 fire  of  the  Lord  was  kindled,  and  consumed 
 some  of  them.  See  the  history  in  Num.  xi. 
 1 — 3.  Massah,]  In  English,  the  tentation; 
 and  so  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  translate  it.  A 
 place  at  Rephidim  in  the  wilderness,  before 
 they  came  to  Horeb,  ten  stations  from  Egypt, 
 in  the  first  year  of  their  travel,  where  want- 
 ing water,  they  tempted  God,  saying,  •  is 
 the  Lord  amongst  us  or  no  ?'  and  there  he 
 gave  them  water  out  of  the  rock,  Exod.  xvii. 
 See  the  annot.  there,  and  Ps.  xcv.  8,  9  ; 
 Heb.  iii.  8,  &c.  ;  Deut.  vi.  16.  Kibroth- 
 hattaavah,]  In  English,  the  graves  of  lust; 
 so  translated  also  by  the  Gr.  Here  (a  little 
 from  Taberah  forementioned)  they  lothed 
 manna,  and  lusted  for  flesh:  God  gave  them 
 quails,  but  they  died  of  a  plague,  while  the 
 flesh  was  yet  between  their  teeth  ;  and  being 
 buried  there,  occasioned  this  name  of  the 
 place  for  a  perpetual  memorial.  See  Num. 
 xi.  4 — 34  ;  and  the  annot.  there.  Also  Ps. 
 Ixxviii.  12—31  ;  cvi.  14,  15. 
 
 Ver.  23 — Kadesh-barnea,]  Where,  be- 
 ing come  through  the  wilderness  of  Pharan, 
 to  the  border  of  the  land  of  Canaan,  they 
 were  commanded  of  God  to  go  to  take  pos- 
 session. Then  they  sent  spies  who  discou- 
 raged the  people:  so  through  want  of  faith 
 they  durst  not  enter,  and  were  for  it  con- 
 demned to  forty  years  wandering  in  the  wil- 
 
230 
 
 DEUTERONOMY 
 
 and  ye  believed  him  not,  neither  hearkened  unto  his  voice.  '*  You 
 liave  been  rebellious  against  Jehovah,  from  the  day  tliat  I  knew 
 you.  ^^  And  I  fell  down  before  Jehovah  forty  days  and  forty  nights, 
 as  I  fell  down,  because  Jehovah  had  said  for  to  destroy  you. 
 "  And  I  prayed  unto  Jehovah,  and  said,  O  Lord  Jehovah,  destroy 
 not  thy  people,  and  thine  inheritance,  which  thou  liast  redeemed 
 througli  thy  greatness,  which  thou  hast  brought  forth  out  of  Egypt 
 with  a  strong  hand.  ^'  Remember  thy  servants,  Abraham,  Isaac, 
 and  Jacob :  look  not  unto  the  hardness  of  this  people,  nor  to  their 
 wickedness,  nor  to  their  sm.  ^^  Lest  the  land  from  whence  tliou 
 hast  brought  iis  out,  do  say,  Because  Jehovah  was  not  able  to  bring 
 them  into  the  land  which  lie  spake  unto  them ;  and  because  he 
 hated  them,  he  hath  brought  them  out  to  slay  them  in  the  wilderness. 
 ^^  Yet  they  are  thy  people,  and  thine  inheritance,  which  thou 
 broughtest  out  by  thy  great  power,  and  by  thy  stretched-out  arm. 
 
 derness,  and  there  ended  their  days.  See 
 Num.  xiii.and  xiv.  Against  the  mouth,] 
 That  is,  against  the  word  or  commandment  : 
 in  Gr.  ye  disobeyed  the  ivord. 
 
 Ver.  24, — That  I  knew  you,]  The  Gr. 
 expounds  it, /rom  ike  day  that  he  was  knotrn 
 unto  you.  So  he  concludeth  with  a  general 
 charge  of  rebellion  upon  them,  showing  here- 
 by the  impossibility  of  the  law,  and  ministry 
 thereof,  to  bring  men  unto  God;  for  it  caus- 
 eth  sin  and  wrath  to  abound  ;  as  Rom.  iv. 
 15;  viii.  3  ;  Gal.  iii.  19,  22.  For  besides 
 these  particulars,  they  sinned  many  other 
 times  in  the  wilderness,  as  is  noted  on  Num. 
 xiv.  22  ;  and  in  Ps.  Ixxviii.  and  cvi. 
 
 Ver.  25. — 1  fell  down,]  In  Gr.  / 
 prayed.  He  returneth  to  speak  of  their  re- 
 conciliation to  God,  which  was  by  the  prayer 
 of  Moses,  as  a  mediator,  and  figure  of  Christ: 
 by  >vhom  (and  not  by  our  own  deserts)  we 
 have  entrance  into  the  kingdom  of  God,  Gal. 
 iii.  22,  24;  Rom.  iii.  20—22;  v.  1,  2,  &c. 
 As  I  FELL  DOWN,]  To  wit,  at  the  first,  as 
 ver.  18,  or,  tvhich  I  fell  down,  that  is,  which 
 I  said  before  that  I  fell  down.  But  the  Heb. 
 asher,  which,  is  sometimes  used  for  as, 
 as  in  Jer.  xlviii.  8.  Said  for  to  destroy,] 
 That  is,  said  that  he  would  destroy  you. 
 See  the  like  phrases  so  expounded  in  Isa. 
 xlix.  6,  with  Acts  xiv.  37;  1    Chron.  xvii. 
 
 4,  with  2  Sam.  vii.  5;  Mat.  xx.  19,  with 
 Mark  X.  33,  34. 
 
 Ver.  26. — Lord  Jehovah,]  In  Gr., 
 Lord,  Lord:  in  Cliald.,  Lord  God.  See 
 the  annot.  on  Gen.  xv.  2.  Thy  people,] 
 This  respecteth  their  adoption  in  Christ, 
 and  justification,  1  Pet.  ii.  9,  10.  Inheri- 
 tance,] This  implieth  their  sanctification, 
 unto  the  obedience  and  service  of  God  by 
 the  Spirit:  see  Exod.  xxxiv.  9.  Through 
 thy  greatness,]  \\\  G\- .,  through  thy  great 
 strength,  as  ver.  29,  it  implieth  also  his 
 gi'eat  goodness,  and  therefore  is  often  spoken 
 of  his  gracious  works  for  his  people,  1  Chron. 
 xvii.  19;  Luke  i.  49. 
 
 Ver.  27. — Thy  servants,]  He  meaneth 
 God's  oath  unto  them,  to  multiply  their  seed, 
 and  to  give  the  land  for  an  eternal  inheri- 
 tance, as  is  expressed  in  this  prayer  before, 
 Exod.  xxxii.  13.  So  the  Gr.  addeth  here, 
 unto  ivhom  thou  swearest  by  thyself.  Hard- 
 ness,] The  natural  corruption,  whereby  the 
 heart  is  hardened,  that  it  cannot  repent  and 
 believe  tlie  word  of  God ;  (from  which,  the 
 two  evils  following  do  flow)  Rom.  ii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  28. — The  land,]  That  is,  as  the 
 Gr.  and  Chald.  both  explain,  the  inhabitants 
 of  the  land.  This  reason  is  also  alleged  in 
 Exod.  xxxii.  12;  Num.  xiv.  16. 
 
 CHAP.    X. 
 
 1.  A  rehearsal  of  God's  mercies,  in  reneroing  the  two  tables  of  the 
 coveriant.  6.  In  leading  the  people  forward  towards  Canaan,  and  con- 
 tinuing the  priesthood  after  Aaron's  death.  8.  In  separating  the  tribe 
 of  Levi  unto  the  ministry.     10.  In  hearJcening  unto  Moses'  suit  for 
 
CHAP.    X. 
 
 231 
 
 i  he  people.  12.  An  exhortation  unto  obedience.  \A.  Because  of  God's 
 glory.  15.  Love  unto  Israel.  17.  Justice  toivards  all.  21.  His  fear- 
 ful worTcs.     22.  And  multiplication  of  liis  people. 
 
 '  At  that  time  Jehovah  said  unto  me,  Hew  thee  two  tables  of 
 stone  like  the  first,  and  come  up  unto  me,  into  the  mount,  and 
 thou  slialt  make  make  thee  an  ark  of  wood.  ^  And  I  will  write  on 
 the  tables  the  words  which  were  on  the  first  tables,  which  thou 
 brakest,  and  thou  shalt  put  tliem  in  the  ark.  ^  x\nd  I  made  an  ark 
 of  shittim  wood,  and  hewed  two  tables  of  stone  like  the  first,  and 
 went  up  into  the  mount,  and  the  two  tables  in  my  hand,  *  And  lie 
 wrote  on  tlie  tables,  accordmg  to  the  first  writing,  the  ten  words 
 which  Jehovah  had  spoken  unto  you  in  the  mount  out  of  the  midst 
 of  the  fire,  in  the  day  of  the  assembly  :  and  Jehovah  gave  them 
 unto  me.  '  And  I  turned  myself,  and  came  down  from  the  mount, 
 and  I  put  the  tables  in  the  ark  which  I  had  made,  and  there  they 
 
 Ver.  1. — At  that  time,]  Moses  re- 
 hearsing the  meicies  of  God  unto  Israel,  (for 
 which  they  should  love  and  obey  him,)  show- 
 eth  how  upon  his  request,  God  presently 
 showed  the  tokens  of  his  grace,  by  renewing 
 the  covenant;  tlie  history  whereof  is  in  Exod. 
 xxxiv.  Hew  thee,]  Herein  they  diflered 
 from  the  fiist  tables,  which  were  '  the  work 
 of  God,'  Exod.  xxxii.  16.  These  being  of 
 Moses'  hewing,  showed  the  work  of  Moses'  law 
 upon  the  heart  of  man,  which  is  to  hew  and 
 polish  it,  but  not  to  change  it  from  stone  to 
 flesh,  for  that  is  the  work  of  Chi-ist:  see  the 
 notes  on  Exod.  xxxi.  18;  xxxiv.  1.  Come 
 UP,]  Moses  only,  and  no  man  with  him,  was 
 commanded  to  go  up  to  tlie  top  of  the  mount; 
 and  it  was  to  be  in  the  morning,  the  time  of 
 mercy:  see  Exod.  xiv.  2,  3.  Of  the  mount 
 Sinai,  and  how  it  dilleied  from  mount  Zion, 
 see  the  annot.  on  Exod.  xix.,  xx.  An  ark,] 
 Of  this  there  was  no  mention  in  Exod.  xxxiv. 
 but  in  Exod.  xxv.  there  the  ark  and  mercy- 
 seat  that  covered  it,  is  commanded:  which 
 was  a  figure  of  Christ.  That  seemeth  to  be 
 the  ark  here  spoken  of;  for  any  other  tempo- 
 rary ark  we  read  not  of. 
 
 Ver.  2 — On  the  first,]  God's  law  was 
 the  same,  and  unchanged;  though  the  tables 
 (figuring  men's  hearts)  are  changeable. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Shittim  mood,]  Which  was  a 
 a  kind  of  cedar,  uncorruptible,  as  the  Gr. 
 translateth  it:  see  the  notes  on  Exod.  xxv.  5. 
 In  my  h-and.]  Tlie  Gr.  saith,  in  my  two 
 hands,  as  was  in  Deut.  ix.  15.  Tlie 
 tables  which  God  made  and  gave  before,  were 
 written  on;  these  which  Moses  made  were 
 hewed,  but  empty,  till  God  wrote  upon  them: 
 so  the  law  is  written  in  men's  hearts,  and  they 
 '  do  by  nature  the  things  of  the  law,'  Rom. 
 ii.  14,  15,  but  corrupting  themselves  in  th« 
 
 things  that  they  know,  their  hearts  are  hewed 
 only  by  Moses'  ministry;  and,  however,  they 
 boast  of  the  law,  yet  through  the  breaking  the 
 law  they  dishonour  God,  Rom.  ii.  23;  till 
 that  be  fulfilled  which  God  hath  promised, 
 'I  will  put  my  laws  into  their  mind,  and 
 write  them  in  their  hearts,'  Heb.  viii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  4. — The  ten  words,]  That  is,  ten 
 Commandments,  or  Decalogue:  these  were 
 written  by  God  himself,  but  other  laws  then 
 rehearsed,  were  written  by  Moses,  Exod. 
 xxxiv.  27,  28.  For  there  the  Lord  came 
 down  in  a  cloud,  proclaimed  his  name,  re- 
 newed the  covenant,  and  repeated  the  princi- 
 pal laws,  Exod.  xxxiv.  5,  &c.  D.\y  of  the 
 assembly,]  Or,  of  the  church,  that  is,  when 
 the  church  or  people  were  assembled  to  hear 
 the  law,  or  'to  meet  with  God,'  as  Exod.  xix. 
 17;  Deut.  v.  22.  So  in  Deut.  xviii.  16. 
 And  in  Acts  vii.  38,  it  is  said,  This  (Moses) 
 '  is  he  that  was  in  the  church  (or  assembly) 
 in  the  wilderness  with  the  angel,  which  spake 
 to  him  in  the  mount  Sinai,  and  with  our  fa- 
 thers, who  received  the  lively  oracles  to  give 
 unto  us.' 
 
 Ver.  5.^ — In  the  ark,]  So  the  covenant 
 remained  in  the  midst  of  Israel,  and  the 
 tables  were  not  broken  as  at  the  first:  how- 
 beit  Moses'  face  shined  at  his  second  coming 
 down,  which  terrified  the  people,  and  caused 
 him  to  vail  his  face ;  another  sign  of  the 
 weakness  of  his  legal  minjjtiy:  see  the  notes 
 on  Exod.  xxxiv.  29.  There  they  be,]  For 
 an  evidence  of  God's  grace,  and  testimony 
 of  his  covenant  renewed  with  Israel.  Where- 
 fore those  tables  were  called  the  testimony ; 
 and  the  ark  wherein  they  were  put,  the  'ark 
 of  the  testimony:'  see  Exod.  xxv.  10,  16, 
 22. 
 
232 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 be,  as  Jehovah  commanded  me.  And  the  sons  of  Israel  journeyed 
 from  Beeroth  of  the  sons  of  Jaakan  from  Moserah  -.  tliere  Aaron 
 died,  and  was  buried  there;  and  Eleazar  liis  son  administered  the 
 priest's  office  in  liis  stead.  '  From  thence  they  journeyed  to  Gudgo- 
 dali,  and  from  Gudgodah  to  Jotbatli,  a  land  of  rivers  of  waters. 
 ^  At  that  time  Jehovah  separated  the  tribe  of  Levi,  to  bear  the  ark 
 of  the  covenant  of  Jehovah,  to  stand  before  Jehovah   to  minister 
 
 Ver.  6. — JouRNEVED,]  The  ark  of  God's 
 
 covenant  going  before  them,  to  search  out  a 
 
 resting-place  for  them,  Num.  x.  33.     So  this 
 
 was  another  testimony  of  their  reconciliation 
 
 with  God,  and  of  liis  graces  to  be  communi- 
 cated unto  them  in  Christ.     Beeroth,]  By 
 
 interpretation,  wells  or  pits:  which  word   is 
 
 not  mentioned  in  Num.  xxxiii.  31,  but  un- 
 derstood there.      Neither  was  it   a  place  by 
 
 mount  Sinai,  from  whence  they  first  journey- 
 ed. Num.  X.   33,  but  many  stations  from  it, 
 
 as  appeareth  by  Num.  xxxiii.  16 — 31.    Moses 
 
 therefore  keepeth  not  here  the  order  of  their 
 
 travels,   but  signifieth    how    they    had    gone 
 
 many  journeys  forward,  the  Lord  conducting 
 
 them.    Some  of  the  Hebs.  (as  Aben  Ezra)  do 
 
 think  this  was  another  place  tliaii  that  of  the 
 
 sons  of  Jaakan,  mentioned   in  Num.   xxxiii. 
 
 and    that  hereby    is  meant   Kadesh.       Sons 
 
 OF  J.\AKAN,]  Who  was  one  of  the  pos- 
 terity of  Seir,  whom  the  Edomites  drove  out 
 
 of  their  land,  1    Chron.   i.  38—42.     Moses 
 
 before   named   him   Akan,   Gen.  xxxvi.  27. 
 
 From  the  pits  or  welJs  of  those  infidels,  God 
 
 removed  them  towards  the   land   of  Canaan, 
 
 the   promised   holy  land,    where  by  faith  in 
 
 Christ,  they  might  '  witli  joy  draw  waters  out 
 
 of  the    fountains    of  salvation,'  Isa.    xii.  3. 
 
 Moserah,]    Called    before    (in    the    plural 
 
 number)  Moseroth,  Num.  xxxiii.  30,  and  it 
 
 was    their    station   before  they   came   to  the 
 
 wells    of   the   sons   of    Jaakan,   though  here 
 
 Moses  nameth  it  after,     Wherefore  we  are 
 
 here  to  understand  again,  from  Moserah,  or, 
 
 and  Moserah.     The  Gr.  calieth  it  Misadai, 
 
 changing  R.   into  D.  which   is  usual,  as  is 
 
 noted  on  Gen.  iv.  18.     But   Aben    Ezra   (as 
 
 before)  thinketh  this  Moserah  was  the  name 
 
 of  the  wilderness  of  mount  Hor,  where  Aaron 
 
 died,  and  not  the  Moseroth  spoken  of  in 
 Num.  xxxiii.  There  Aaron  died,]  Not  at 
 Moserah,  (unless  it  were  the  wilderness  of 
 Hor,  as  Aben  Ezia  supposeth)  nor  at  Bee- 
 roth, but  many  journeys  from  it,  at  'mount 
 Hor.'  Num.  xxxiii.  37,  38.  We  are  there- 
 fore to  understand  tliese  words  thus,  there 
 (or  thither)  where  Aaron  died,  or  supplying 
 the  former  word,  from  thence  where  Aaron 
 died.  Buried  there,]  Out  of  the  land  of 
 Canaan,  whereinto  he  might  not  enter,  be. 
 cause  of  his  sin:  see  the  aunot.  on  Num.  xx, 
 24,  &c.     In  his  stead,]  As  the  death  of 
 
 Moses  and  Aaron,  with  their  sister  Mary,  the 
 king,  priest  and  prophetess  of  Israel)  was  a 
 testification  of  the  weakness  and  impossibility 
 of  the  legal  kingdom  and  priesthood  to  bring 
 them  into  the  kingdom  of  God:  so  the  con- 
 tinuance of  the  priesthood  in  Aaron's  poster- 
 ity, was  another  sign  of  God's  grace  towards 
 Israel,  for  reconciliation  of  them  to  himself, 
 and  blessing  them,  till  Christ  (who  liath  a 
 priesthood  that  passeth  not  from  him  to  an- 
 other) should  come,  who  is  able  perfectly  to 
 save  them  that  come  unto  God  by  him,  Heb. 
 vii.  II,  12,  23—23. 
 
 Ver.  7.  From  thence,]  Namely,  from 
 '  Beei-oth  of  the  sons  of  Jaakan,'  Num. 
 xxxiii.  32.  GuDGODAH,]  In  the  Chald., 
 Gudgod;  in  Gr.,  Gadgad:  before  Moses 
 named  it  Hor-hagidgad,  that  is,  the  Hole  of 
 Gidgad:  see  Num.  xxxiii.  32,  33.  Jot- 
 bath,]  In  Greek,  Jetabatha,  as  in  Num. 
 xxxiii.  33. 
 
 Ver.  8. — At  that  time,]  Not  when  they 
 came  to  Jotbath,  but  long  before,  whiles  they 
 were  at  mount  Sinai,  God  separated  the  tribe 
 of  Levi:  see  Num.  iii.  1,  C,  &c.  So  the 
 time  (when  God  was  provoked  to  wrath) 
 comrnendeth  the  riches  of  his  grace.  Sepa- 
 rated,] From  all  other  business  to  serve  the 
 Lord  and  his  people,  Exod.  xxviii.  1,  Num. 
 iii.  45;  xvi.  9.  Tribe  of  Levi,]  Of  which 
 tribe  Aaron  and  all  the  priests  were;  so  he 
 speaketh  here  of  the  whole.  To  bear,] 
 Hereupon  David  said,  '  It  is  not  for  any  lo 
 bear  the  ark  of  God,  but  for  the  Levites,'  &c. 
 1  Chron.  xv.  2.  See  also  Num.  iv.  15.  To 
 stand,]  This  posture  the  priests  and  Le- 
 vite  used  in  all  their  ministration,  standing, 
 not  sitting;  and  it  was  a  sign  of  service,  as 
 he  that  'stood  before  the  king,'  Jer.  Iii.  12, 
 is  in  another  scripture  called  the  '  servant  of 
 the  king,'  2  Kings  xxv.  8.  So  after,  in  Deut. 
 xvii.  12;  xviii.  5,  7;  Judg.  xx.  28.  In  like 
 manner,  the  prophets  are  said  to  stand  before 
 the  Lord,  1  Kings  xvii.  1;  xviii.  15;  2  Kings 
 iii.  14;  v.  16.  Likewise  also  the  angels,  as 
 Luke  i.  19,  'I  am  Gabriel  that  stand  before 
 God:'  so  in  2  Chron.  xviii.  18.  And  as  the 
 Levites  stood  before  the  Lord,  so  they  are 
 said  also  to  stand  before  the  people,  and  '  to 
 sei-ve  them,'  Num.  xvi.  9 ;  2  Chron.  xxxv.  3; 
 Ezek.  xliv.  11.  To  bless,]  Of  this  duty, 
 see  the  annot.  on  Num.  vi.  23.     Thus  God 
 
CHAP.  X. 
 
 233 
 
 unto  him,  and  to  bless  in  Ids  name  unto  this  day.  Therefore 
 Levi  hatli  no  part  or  inheritance  with  his  brethren  :  Jehovah,  he  is 
 his  inheritance,  as  Jehovah  thy  God  spake  unto  him.  '"  And  I 
 stood  in  the  mount,  according  to  the  former  days,  forty  days,  and 
 forty  niglits :  and  Jehovah  hearkened  unto  me,  at  that  time  also ; 
 Jehovali  would  not  destroy  thee.  "  And  Jehovah  said  unto  me. 
 Arise,  go  in  journey  before  the  people,  that  they  may  go  in,  and 
 possess  the  land,  wiiicli  I  sware  unto  their  fathers  to  give  imto 
 them. 
 
 ''^  And  now  Israel,  what  doth  Jehovah  thy  God  ask  of  thee,  but 
 to  fear  Jehovah  thy  God,  to  walk  m  all  his  ways,  and  to  love  him, 
 and  to  serve  Jehovah  thy  God  with  all  thy  heart,  and  with  all  thy 
 soul.  ^^  To  keep  the  commandments  of  Jehovah  and  his  statutes 
 which  I  command  thee  this  day,  for  good  unto  thee.     "  Behold, 
 
 provided  for  the  comfort  of  their  souls,  while 
 his  ministry  was  settled  among  them,  by 
 which  they  might  daily  have  access  unto  his 
 throne  of  grace. 
 
 Ver.  9. — No  PART,!  To  wit,  no  part  in 
 the  spoils  taken  by  war,  no  inheritance  in  the 
 land  of  Canaan,  which  was  divided  among 
 the  other  tribes  only:  see  Num.  xviii.  20; 
 xxvi.  53,  57;  xxxv.  2;  Deut.  xviii.  1.  He 
 IS,]  For  of  the  first- I'ruits,  tithes,  vows,  ob- 
 lations of  the  Lord,  the  priests  and  Levites 
 had  their  livelihood:  see  the  annot.  on  Num. 
 xviii.  8,  9—20,  21,  &c.  Therefore  the 
 Chald.  paraphrast  here  translateth,  "  the  gifts 
 that  the  Lord  hath  given  him,  they  are  his 
 inheritance."  Of  which  see  more  in  Deut. 
 xii.  19;  xiv.  27;  xviii.  1,  2. 
 
 Ver.  10 — And  I  stood,]  Or,  whe?t  J 
 had  stood,  that  is,  both  stayed,  (or  abiden,) 
 and  in  prayer  waited  upon  the  Lord  for 
 mercy.  Standing,  often  signifieth  prayer,  as 
 is  noted  on  Gen.  xviii.  22,  and  the  woids  fol- 
 lowing here  manifest  the  same.  Hearken- 
 ed,] The  Chald.  expounds  it,  accepted  my 
 •prayer.  Destroy,]  Heb.  corrupt;  which 
 when  it  is  spoken  of  God,  usually  meaneth 
 destruction:  see  Gen.  vi.  13. 
 
 Ver.  11.— That  they  may,]  Or,  and 
 they  shall,  which  the  Gr.  translateth,  "  and 
 let  them  "  go  in.  These  phrases  are  in  one 
 sense,  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  xii.  12;  xxvii.  4. 
 This  commandment  and  promise  was  a  tes- 
 timony that  God  now  was  reconciled  unto 
 tliiin,  by  the  intercession  of  Mdses. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Ask  of  thee,]  Tliis  word, 
 often  used  when  men  ask,  that  is,  request  or 
 desire  a.  thing  of  God,  1  Sam.  i.  17,  20,  27; 
 Jam.  i.  5,  6,  is  here  used  for  God's  asking 
 obedience  of  men,  as  if  he  desired  and  re- 
 quested the  same;  and  as  in  Micah  vi.  8,  he 
 is  said  to  seek  or  require  the  like  thing.  This 
 grace  Paul  showeth  more  effectually,  saying. 
 Vol.  U.  2 
 
 '  as  though  God  did  beseech  you  by  us,  we 
 pray  you  in  Christ's  stead,  be  ye  reconciled  to 
 God,'  2  Cor.  V.  20.  To  fear,]  See  the 
 notes  on  Deut.  vi.  13.  This  '  fear  is  the 
 beginning  of  wisdom,'  Prov.  i.  7,  by  which 
 men  '  depart  from  evil,'  Prov.  xvi.  6.  Unto 
 which,  and  other  holy  duties,  Moses  calleth 
 this  people,  as  being  the  end  and  use  of  the 
 former  rehearsal  of  their  sins,  and  of  God's 
 mercies  towards  them.  So  by  other  pro- 
 phets, he  calleth  men  to  obedience  and  hum- 
 ble walking  before  him,  rather  than  to  sacri- 
 fice: see  1  Sam.  xv.  22;  Jer.  vii.  22,  23; 
 Micah  vi.  C,  7,  8.  His  ways,]  That  is, 
 to  follow  him  in  his  faith  and  religion,  and 
 all  his  commandments ;  for  these  are  the  ways 
 of  God,  Ps.  XXV.  4.  5 ;  Acts  xviii.  25,  26. 
 The  Chald.  translateth,  the  ways  which  are 
 right  before  him  :  see  the  notes  on  Gen. 
 xviii.  19;  vi.  12.  To  love,]  The  sum  and 
 end  of  the  law,  1  Tim.  i.  5.  See  the  notes 
 on  Exod.  XX.  6.  Serve,]  In  outward  obedi- 
 ence also;  that  we  love,  'not  in  word, 
 neither  in  tongue,  but  in  deed  and  truth,' 
 1  John  iii.  18.  What  serving  implieth,  see 
 noted  on  Exo.  xx.  5;   Deut.  vi.  lo. 
 
 Ver.  13. — For  good,]  Or,  as  the  Gr. 
 and  Chald.  interpret,  that  it  may  he  well 
 with  thee :  so  Deut.  v.  33.  Li  serving  the 
 Lord,  the  glory  redouudeth  unto  him,  tlie 
 benefit  to  ourselves:  for,  them  that  honour 
 him,  he  will  honom-,  1  Sam.  ii.  30,  and 
 '  godliness  hath  the  promise  of  the  life  that 
 now  is,  and  of  that  which  is  to  come,  1  Tim. 
 iv.  8. 
 
 Vee.  14. — Unto  Jehovah,]  Or,  of  Je- 
 hovah •  his  they  are,  and  of  him  made,  pre- 
 served, and  loved  generally  as  his  creatures, 
 for  he  saveth  'man  and  beast.'  Ps.  xxxvi. 
 7,  and  '  is  kind  unto  the  unthankful,  and  to 
 the  evil,'  Luke  vi.  35.  So  it  is  acknowledged 
 in  Neh.  ix.  C.  '  Thou,  eveu  thou,  art  Lord 
 G 
 
234 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 unto  Jehovah  thy  God  belong  tlie  heavens,  and  the  lieavens  of  Iiea- 
 vens,  the  earth,  and  all  that  therein  is.  '^  Only  in  thy  fatliers  Je- 
 hovah had  a  deliglit,  to  love  them,  and  he  chose  their  seed  after 
 them,  even  you,  above  all  peoples,  as  it  is  this  day.  '®  Circumcise 
 therefore  tlie  superfluous  fore-skin  of  your  lieart,  and  make  not 
 your  neck  stiff  any  more.  *'  For  Jehovah  your  God,  lie  is  God 
 of  gods,  and  Lord  of  lords,  the  great  God,  the  mighty,  and  the 
 fearful,  which  will  not  regard  persons,  nor  take  reward.  '^  He 
 doth  the  judgment  of  the  fatherless  and  widow,  and  loveth  the 
 stranger ;  in  giving  unto  him  bread  and  raiment.  ^^  Love  ye  there- 
 fore the  stranger  j  for  ye  were  strangers  in  the  land  of  Egypt. 
 
 alone,  thou  hast  made  the  heavens,  the 
 heavens  of  heavens,  with  all  their  host,  the 
 earth,  and  all  things  that  are  therein  ;  the 
 seas,  and  all  that  is  therein  ;  and  thou  pre- 
 servestthem  all,  and  the  host  of  heaven  wor- 
 shippeth  thee.'  The  heavens  of  heavens,] 
 That  is,  the  highest  heavens,  as  the  apostle 
 mentioneth  'the  third  heaven,'  2  Cor.  xii.  2. 
 Hereby  the  angels  also  are  implied  ;  so  in 
 Targum  Jonathan  it  is  explained,  "the 
 heavens  of  heavens,  and  companies  of 
 angels  which  are  in  them,  to  minister  before 
 him." 
 
 Ver.  15. — Had  a  delight,]  Which  the 
 Gr.  translateth, /ore-cAose  to  love  them:  and 
 this  is  his  special  grace  to  his  church  in 
 Christ,  Eph.  i.  3,  4,  5,  &c.  Their  seed,] 
 their  children,  as  the  Chald.  explains  it ;  for 
 Gud's  grace  is  continued  unto  the  posterity  of 
 the  faithful,  even  'to  thousands  of  them  tliat 
 love  him,'  &c.  Exod.  xx.  6. 
 
 Ver.  J  6. — The  superflucius  fore-skin,] 
 This  the  Gr.  traiislateth,  hardness  of  heart: 
 the  Ch&W.,  foolishness  {or  gross ness)  of  the 
 heart:  see  the  annot.  on  Gen.  xvii.  II.- 
 Hereby  is  taught  repentance  and  mortifica- 
 tion of  the  inward  man,  by  'circumcision  of 
 the  heart,  in  the  Spirit,'  Rom.  ii.  29,  in 
 'putting  off  the  body  of  the  sins  of  the  flesh,' 
 Col.  ii.  11.  For  '  we  are  the  circumcision 
 that  worship  God  in  the  Spirit,'  Phil.  iii.  3. 
 Hereupon  God  promiseth  to  circumcise  their 
 hearts,  Deut.  xxx.  6.  and  blameth  them  that 
 were  '  uncircumcised  in  heart,'  Jer.  ix.  26  ; 
 Acts  vii.  51.  Make  not  your  neck  stiff,] 
 Or,  harden  not,  {stiffen  not)  your  neck  :  see 
 Deut.  ix.  6.  This  is  against  their  outward 
 disobedience,  as  the  former  was  ag^in-t  their 
 inward  ;  and  teacheth  submission  unto  the 
 yoke  of  God's  law,  contrary  to  their  former 
 stubbornness. 
 
 Ver.  17 — God  of  gods,]  That  is,  the 
 chiefest  God,  in  respect  of  all  that  are  called 
 gods,  whether  in  heaven  or  in  earth,  as 
 there  be  gods  many,  and  lords  many,' 
 I  Cor.  viii.  5,  6.     The  idols  of  the  heathens, 
 
 the  angels  in  heaven,  and  magistrates  on 
 earth,  are  called  'gods,'  Deut.  vii.  25;  Ps. 
 viii.  6,  with  Heb.  ii.  7 — 9;  Ps.  Ixxxii. 
 Regard  persons,]  Or  respect  (or  accept) 
 faces  ;  which  the  Gr.  translateth,  not  have 
 in  admiration  the  person  (or  face)  of  any ; 
 which  phrase  the  apostle  useth,  Jude  ver.  16. 
 Of  God,  sundry  other  scriptures  testify,  that 
 he  respecteth  no  persons,  as  Acts  x.  34; 
 Rom.  ii.  II;  2  Chron.  xix.  7;  Job  xxxiv. 
 19;  1  Pet.  i.  17;  Gal.  ii.  6;  Eph.  vi.  9; 
 Col.  iii.  25.  Nor  take  reward,]  That  is, 
 will  not  pervert  judgment,  by  condemning 
 the  innocent,  or  justifying  the  wicked,  for 
 gifts  or  rewards,  as  unrighteous  judges  do, 
 1  Sam.  viii.  3;  Ps.  xv.  5:  Isa.  v.  23. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Doth  the  judgment,]  That 
 is,  cxecuteth  the  rightful  sentence,  for  de- 
 livering, or  avenging  them;  as  it  is  said, 
 'the  Lord  hath  judged  '  (that  is,  'delivered) 
 him  from  the  hand  of  his  enemies,'  2  Sam. 
 xviii.  19.  And  he  doth  'judgments  to  all 
 oppressed,' Ps.  ciii.  6.  But  'the  fatherless 
 and  widow  '  are  here  by  name  expressed,  be- 
 cause such  are  commonly  and  easily  wronged 
 in  the  world,  Job  xxii.  9;  xxiv.  3,  9;  Ps. 
 xciv.  6  ;  Ez.  xxii.  7,  therefore  God  is  said 
 to  be  the  judge,  that  is,  the  patron,  defender 
 and  reliever  of  such,  Ps.  Ixviii.  6;  x.  )4; 
 cxlvi.  7,  9,  and  commandeth  men  to  be  the 
 like,  Isa.  i.  17;  Ps.  Ixxxii.  3.  Bread,] 
 That  is,  as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  food: 
 for  bread,  which  is  the  staff  and  stay  of  man's 
 life  is  often  used  for  all  meat,  as  is  noted  on 
 Gen.  iii.  19.  And  as  God  feedeth  strangers, 
 so  he  commandeth  his  people  to  do  the  like, 
 Deut.  xiv.  29  ;  xvi.  11,  14  ;  xxiv,  19—21; 
 xxvi.  11,  12. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Love  ye  therefore,]  Or, 
 And  love  ye  the  stranger,  to  wit,  as  Gou 
 loveth  him,  that  is,  manifest  your  love  by  re- 
 lieving him:  see  Jam.  ii.  15,  16.  Ye  were 
 strangers,]  This  remembrance  of  their  for- 
 mer misery  is  often  used,  to  move  them  unto 
 compassion  towards  others.  See  Exod.  xxii. 
 21;  Lev.  xix.  33,  34. 
 
CHAP.  xr. 
 
 235 
 
 ■^^  TJiou  slialt  fear  Jeliovah  thy  God,  liim  thou  shalt  serve,  and  to 
 Iiim  shalt  thou  cleave,  and  by  his  name  shalt  thou  swear.  ^'  He  is 
 thy  praise,  and  he  is  thy  God,  which  liath  done  for  thee  these  great 
 and  fearful  things  which  thine  eyes  have  seen.  ^^  With  seventy 
 souls  did  thy  fathers  go  down  into  Egypt,  and  now  Jehovah  thy  God 
 hath  made  thee  as  the  stars  of  the  heavens  for  multitude. 
 
 Ver.    20 Cleave,]  This  word  is  first 
 
 used  to  express  tlie  union  that  is  between 
 man  and  wife,  Gen.  ii.  24,  applied  here  to 
 signify  our  union  with  the  Lord  in  Christ,  as 
 Paul  showeth  it  by  the  same  similitude  of 
 marriage,  Eph.  v.  25 — 32.  But  this  is 
 spiritual,  as  he  saith,  '  He  that  cleaveth  to 
 the  Lord,  is  one  spirit,'  1  Cor.  vi.  17.  It  is 
 to  be  done  with  purpose  of  heart.  Acts  xi. 
 2.3,  and  with  soul,  Ps.  Ixiii.  9,  with  a  con- 
 tinued resolution,  as  Ruth  i.  14 — 16.  So 
 in  other  cases  cleaving  signifieth  such  an 
 union  as  will  not  be  parted.  Job  xli.  17; 
 Dan.  ii.  43.  Compare  also  Deut.  iv.  4; 
 xi.  22  ;  xiii.  4  ;  xxx.  20.  Swear,]  Hereby 
 confession  is  implied,  as  is  before  noted  on 
 Deuf.  vi.  13. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Thy  praise,]  In  Gr.  (hi/  glo- 
 rying, that  is,  whom  thou  oughtcst  to  praise 
 continually,  and  in  whom  thou  art  to  glory. 
 So  Jeremiah  said,  '  thou  art  my  praise,'  Jer. 
 xvii,  14;  and  David,  '  O  God  of  my  praise,' 
 Ps.  cix,  1  ;  and  '  the  praises  of  Israel,'  Ps. 
 xxii.  4.     Fearful  things,]  In  Gr.  glorious 
 
 things ;  which  imply  both  the  good  things 
 done  unto  Israel,  and  the  evil  unto  their  ene- 
 mies, as  appeareth  by  Ps.  cvi.  22 ;  2  Sam. 
 vii.  23;  Is.  Ixiv.  8. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Seventv  souls,]  That  is, 
 seventy  persons  :  some  Gr.  copies  have  se- 
 venty-five souls  ;  other  some,  and  (as  Hier- 
 ome  witnesseth)  the  Seventy-two  interpreters 
 translate  here  seventy;  though  elsewhere 
 they  have  seventy-five  ;  which  the  Holy  Spi- 
 rit followeth  in  Acts  vii.  14.  See  the  annot. 
 on  Gen.  xlvi.  27,  20.  Made  thee,]  Heb. 
 put  thee  as  the  stars,  that  is,  made  thee  in- 
 numerable ;  which  was  a  singular  blessing 
 remembered  before  in  Deut.  i.  10  ;  and  after 
 in  Neh.  ix.  23  ;  and  a  fulfilling  of  the  pro- 
 mise made  unto  Abraham,  Gen.  xxii.  17; 
 and  again  unto  Isaac,  Gen.  xx.  4.  Accord- 
 ing to  this  similitude,  the  Israelites  are  called 
 '  the  host  of  heaven,  and  stars,'  Dan.  viii. 
 10,  24  ;  and  in  other  visions,  the  state  of  the 
 church  is  called  heaven,  Rev,  iv.  2;  xi.  19; 
 xii.  1,  7  ;  and  the  chief  members  of  the  same 
 stars,  Rev.  vi.  13  ;  viii.  10;  xii.  I,  4. 
 
 CHAP.  XI. 
 
 1 .  An  exhortation  to  love  and  obedience^  2.  by  their  otvn  experience 
 of  God's  great  works  done  in  Egypt,  and  iii  the  milder ness,  %.  by  pro- 
 mise of  God's  great  blessings  in  the  land  of  Canaan,  16.  and  by  threat- 
 enings.  18.  God's  words  ?nust  be  laid  up  in  the  heart,  and  for  a  sign 
 outwardly,  19.  taught  unto  the  children,  20.  and  written  on  the  door- 
 posts. 22.  Upon  keeping  of  the  law,  the  casting  out  of  the  heathens, 
 and  possessing  their  land,  is  promised.  26.  The  blessing  and  the  curse 
 is  set  before  thetn  :  29.  and  must  after  be  pronounced  on  Gerizhn  and 
 Ebal,  mounts  within  the  land. 
 
 '  And  thou  shalt  love  Jehovah  thy  God,  and  keep  his  charge, 
 and  his  statutes,  and  his  judgments,  and  his  commandments   all 
 
 A^er.  1. — And  thou  shalt  love,]  Or, 
 love  thou  therefore.  Moses  returneth  toex- 
 hoi  t  Israel  unto  the  love  oi  God,  and  to  show 
 the  same  by  their  continual  obedience.  His 
 charge,]  Or,  his  custody,  his  observatio7i : 
 
 which  word  is  often  used  for  a  watch,  as  in 
 Exod.  xiv.  24.  The  Gr.  translateth  it, 
 charges  or  custodies  ;  meaning,  ordinances 
 to  be  kept  heedfully  :  so  in  Gen.  xxvi.  5  ; 
 Lev.  viii.  35  ;  xviii.  30. 
 
236 
 
 DEUTERONOMY, 
 
 days.  ^  And  know  ye  this  day  :  for  (I  speak)  not  with  your  chil- 
 dren which  have  not  known,  and  which  liave  not  seen  the  chas- 
 tisement of  Jeliovali  your  God,  his  greatness,  his  strong  hand,  and 
 his  stretched-out  arm.  ^  And  his  signs,  and  liis  deeds  which  he  did 
 in  the  midst  of  Egypt,  unto  Pliaraoh  the  king  of  Egypt,  and  unto 
 all  his  land. 
 
 *  And  what  he  did  unto  the  army  of  Egypt,  unto  their  horses, 
 and  to  their  chariots ;  how  he  made  the  waters  of  the  Red  sea  to 
 flow  over  their  faces  as  they  pursued  after  yon ;  and  Jehovah  hath 
 destroyed  them  unto  this  day.  ^  And  what  he  did  unto  you  in  the 
 wilderness,  until  ye  came  unto  this  place.  ^  And  what  he  did  to 
 Dathan,  and  to  Abiram,  the  sons  of  Eliab,  the  son  of  Reuben, 
 how  tlie  earth  opened  her  mouth,  and  swallowed  up  them  and  their 
 houses,  and  their  tents,  and  all  the  substance  that  was  at  their  feet 
 in  the  midst  of  all  Israel, 
 
 '  But  your  eyes  have  seen  all  the  great  work  of  Jehovah,  which 
 lie  hath  done.  ®  TJierefore  sliall  ye  keep  all  tlie  commandments 
 which  I  command  thee  this  day,  that  ye  may  be  strong,  and  go  in. 
 
 Ver.  2. — For  (I  speak)  not  with  yoor 
 CHILDREN,]  Or,  that  (it  is)  not  your  chil- 
 dren (or  sons,)  namely,  which  have  seen 
 God's  greatness,  &o.  '  but  your  eyes  (are 
 they)  that  have  seen,'  &c.  ver.  7.  He  com- 
 mendeth  God's  special  favour  to  their  own 
 persons,  more  than  to  their  fathers^  or  to  their 
 cliildren,  in  showing  them  his  great  works, 
 for  which  they  should  the  more  love  and 
 obey  him.  This  he  after  confirmeth  by 
 many  arguments.  The  chastisements,] 
 Or,  nurture:  which  the  Chald.  translaleth, 
 doctrine  or  itistructioti.  It  implieth  nurture 
 both  by  words  and  works,  as  Deut.  iv.  36  ; 
 viii.  5;  Lev.  xxvi.  18;  Prov.  i.  2;  iv.  1. 
 Stretched  out,]  The  Gr.  and  Chald.  trans- 
 late, high  arm.  See  the  notes  on  Deut.  iv. 
 34. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Deeds.]  Or,  acts,  in  Gr.  ivon- 
 ders.  Of  these,  see  the  history  in  Exod.  vii. 
 &c.  And  here  is  the  first  argument,  from 
 God's  mighty  works  in  Egypt. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Arm,]  Or,  power,  forces.  So 
 the  Gr.  translateth,  the  power  of  the  Egyp- 
 tians. See  Exod.  XV.  4.  To  their  horses.] 
 fleb.  to  his  horses,  and  to  his  chariots; 
 speaking  of  them  as  of  one  man,  or  having 
 respect  to  Pharaoh  their  king.  To  flow,] 
 Or,  to  swim ;  and  over  their  faces,  is  like 
 that  in  Lam.  xi.  54,  '  waters  flowed  over 
 mine  head.'  He  meaneth  they  were  drown- 
 ed, '  the  sea  covered  them,  they  sank  as  lead 
 in  the  mighty  waters,'  Exod.  xv.  10.  De- 
 stroyed,] Or,  made  them  perish  :  so  that 
 '  there  remained  not  so  much  as  one  of  them,' 
 Exod.  xiv.  28.  This  was  an  extraordinary 
 favour  of  God,  who  oftentimes  suffereth  the 
 
 oppressors  to  have  the  strong  hand,  while  the 
 oppressed  have  the  tears  and  no  comforter, 
 Eccl.  iv.  1.  So  this  is  the  second  argument 
 from  God's  power  showed  at  the  Red  sea. 
 
 Ver.  5 — What  he  did,]  Or,  the  things 
 which  he  did,  in  his  continual  guiding  tliem 
 tlirough  that  terrible  wilderness,  where  they 
 bewrayed  their  many  infirmities,  and  had  ex- 
 perience both  of  his  chastisements,  and  of 
 ills  mercies:  the  third  argument  and  motive 
 unto  obedience. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Dathan,]  Of  whose  history, 
 see  Num.  xvi.  This  is  the  fourth  argument 
 of  God's  greatness,  to  persuade  Israel  unto 
 his  love:  for  that  he  had  repressed  the  fac- 
 tious and  mutinous  rebels  among  themselves, 
 which  would  have  subverted  the  order  and 
 ordinance  of  God  concerning  the  priesthood, 
 the  means  of  the  atonement  and  reconcilia 
 tion  between  God  and  his  people.  Their 
 houses,]  That  is,  households  ;  as  the  Chald. 
 expounds  it,  the  men  of  their  houses :  see 
 Num.  xvi.  32.  At  their  feet,]  That  is, 
 m  their  possessioti ;  the  Gr.  and  Chald. 
 translate,  that  was  with  them. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Have  seen,]  Or,  are  they  that 
 see.  Therefore  this  people,  above  all  other, 
 were  bound  to  love  the  Lord.  Work,]  Or 
 deed,  that  is,  tvorks,  as  the  Gr.  translateth. 
 So  in  the  ver.  following,  commandment,  for 
 commandments. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Be  strong,]  In  body  and  spirit, 
 to  fight  against  the  enemy:  as  in  Josh.  i.  6; 
 1  John  ii.  14.  Or,  be  strong,  that  is,  liveli/ 
 and  healthful,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  that 
 ye  may  live  :  and  *  they  that  be  strong,' 
 Matt.  ix.  12;  are  by  another  evangelist  said 
 
CHAP.    XI. 
 
 237 
 
 and  possess  the  land,  whitlier  ye  are  going  over  to  possess  it. 
 ^  And  that  ye  may  prolong  your  days  upon  the  land,  which  Jeho- 
 vah sware  unto  your  fathers  to  give  unto  them,  and  to  their  seed, 
 a  land  flowing  with  milk  and  honey.  '"  For  the  land  whither  tliou 
 goest  in  to  possess  it,  is  not  as  the  land  of  Egypt,  from  whence  ye 
 came  out,  where  thou  sowedst  thy  seed,  and  wateredst  it  with  thy 
 foot  as  a  garden  of  lierbs.  ^^  But  the  land  whitlier  ye  are  going 
 over  to  possess  it,  is  a  land  of  mountains  and  of  valleys ;  it  drink- 
 eth  waters  of  the  rain  of  heavens.  '"'  A  land  wliich  Jehovah  thy 
 God  careth  for ;  the  eyes  of  Jehovah  thy  God  are  continually  upon 
 it,  from  the  beginning  of  the  year,  even  to  the  end  of  the  year. 
 
 '^  And  it  shall  be,  if  hearkening  ye  shall  hearken  unto  my 
 commandments,  wliich  I  command  you  this  day,  to  love  Jehovah 
 your  God,  and  to  serve  him  with  all  your    heart    and    with    all 
 
 ren  and  fruitless.  The  rain,]  This,  as  it  is 
 most  kind,  and  causeth  the  earth  to  be  fruit- 
 ful in  nature;  so  it  figured  heavenly  graces, 
 the  doctrine  of  God's  word  and  Spirit,  where- 
 with the  souls  of  men  are  made  fruitful  in 
 good  works,  Is.  xlv.  8  ;  Mic.  v.  7.  See  the 
 notes  on  Gen.  xxvii.  28  ;  Deut.  xxxii.  2. 
 The  want  of  rain  is  on  the  contrary  a  sign  of 
 curse,  Zech.  xiv.  17,  18  ;  Rev.  xi.  6. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Careth  for,]  Heb.  seeketh, 
 that  is,  carefully  seeth  unto  it,  and  as  the 
 Gr.  translatelh,  visitetk.  According  to  this 
 phrase,  Zion  is  called  '  a  city  sought,  (that 
 is,  cared  for,  or  regarded)  and  not  forsaken,' 
 Is.  Ixii.  12.  And  of  God's  gracious  provi- 
 dence  towards  the  land  of  Israel,  David 
 singeth  how  tlie  Lord  visited  the  land,  and 
 plenteously  moistened  it,  very  much  enriched 
 it,  softened  it  with  showers,  blessed  the  bud 
 of  it,  crowned  the  year  of  his  goodness,  and 
 his  paths  [the  clouds]  dropped  fatness,  Ps. 
 Ixv.  10 — 12.  The  eyes,]  This  also  signified 
 God's  care  and  providence  for  good,  as  in  the 
 like  speeches,  Jer.  xi.  4 ;  Ezra  v.  5  ;  Ps. 
 xxxiv.  16.  Though  God's  providence  be  to- 
 wards all  people,  and  '  he  giveth  to  all,  life 
 and  breath,  and  all  things,'  Acts  xvii.  25; 
 doing  good,  giving  '  us  rain  from  heaven, 
 and  fruitful  seasons,' Acts  xiv.  17;  causing 
 it  '  to  rain  on  the  earth  where  no  man  is  ; 
 on  the  wilderness,  wherein  there  is  no  man,' 
 Job  xxxviii.  26  ;  yet  other  people  have  not 
 the  word  and  promise  of  God,  whereon  to 
 depend,  as  Israel  had:  whereby  they  might 
 live,  '  not  by  bread  only,  but  by  every  word 
 that  proceedeth  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  Lord,' 
 Deut.  viii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  13. — If  hearkening  ye  shall 
 HEAREN,]  That  is,  if  ye  shall  diligently 
 hearken  and  obey.  This  passage  of  scripture 
 following,  the  Jews  read  daily  in  their  fami- 
 lies, as  is  noted  on  Deut.  vi.  4. 
 
 to  '  be  in  health,  opposed  to  '  the  sick,' 
 Luke  V.  31.  Possess,]  Or,  inherit  the 
 land  ;  a  fig\n-e  of  the  kingdom  of  God's  grace 
 and  glory,  which  the  righteous  shall  possess 
 by  inheritance,  Is.  Ix.  21  ;  Ixv.  9. 
 
 Ver.  9. — And  honey,]  Which  signified 
 the  great  fertility  of  that  land,  and  figured 
 out  spiritual  graces  and  comforts,  as  is  noted 
 on  Exod.  iii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Thou  sowedst,]  And  so  all 
 the  inhabitants,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  theif 
 sow.  In  Egypt  (from  whence  Israel  came) 
 they  had  no  rain,  but  by  the  overflowing  of 
 the  river  Nile,  the  land  was  watered  ;  and  by 
 the  labour  of  the  husbandman,  becks  were 
 derived  to  moisten  the  ground.  And  that 
 there  they  had  no  rain,  is  testified  both  by 
 the  prophets,  Zech.  xiv.  18  ;  and  by  human 
 histories,  Pomp.  Mela.  lib.  i.  ;  Herodotus  in 
 Euterpe.  '  Nee  pluvio  suppljcat  herba  lovi,' 
 Tibul.  lib.  i.  Eleg.  8.  With  thy  foot,] 
 That  is,  with  thy  diligent  labour,  signified 
 sometime  by  the  hand,  Ps.  cxxviii.  2  ;  some- 
 time by  the  foot,  as  Gen.  xxx.  30.  This 
 condition  of  the  land  of  Egypt  (the  house  of 
 bondage)  figured  the  estate  of  men,  naturally 
 corrupted,  which  they  labour  to  relieve  by 
 their  owu  works,  and  with  the  muddy  waters 
 which  are  from  beneath,  proceeding  from 
 earthly  wisdom  and  carnal  understanding,  1 
 Cor.  i.  20,  21  ;  ii.  4,  5  ;  Ezek.  xxxiv.  19  ; 
 Jer.  ii.  13. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Mountains,  &c.,]  Hereby  is 
 meant  the  commodious,  healthful,  and  plea- 
 sant situation  of  the  land,  far  exceeding 
 Egypt.  Wherefore  sometime  the  whole  land 
 is  signified  under  the  name  of  a  mountain, 
 Exod.  XV.  17.  And  because  it  was  hills 
 and  valleys,  it  could  not  be  watered  with  the 
 overflowing  of  any  river,  (as  Egypt  which 
 was  a  plain)  but  must  otherwise  be  moistened 
 with  the  rain  of  heaven,  or  else  remain  bar- 
 
238 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 your  soul ;  "  That  I  will  give  the  rain  of  your  land  in  his  time 
 the  first  rain,  and  the  latter  rain  ;  and  thou  shalt  gather  in  tliy 
 corn,  and  thy  new  wine,  and  thy  new  oil.  ''  And  I  will  give 
 grass  in  thy  field,  for  thy  cattle,  and  thou  mayest  eat  and  be  full. 
 
 ^^  Take  heed  to  yourselves,  lest  your  heart  be  deceived,  and  ye 
 turn  aside  and  serve  otlier  gods,  and  bow  down  yourselves  to 
 them.  "  And  the  anger  of  Jehovah  be  kindled  against  you,  and  he 
 slmt  up  the  heavens,  that  tliere  be  no  rain,  and  the  land  yield  not 
 lier  increase,  and  ye  perish  quickly  from  off  the  good  land,  whicli 
 Jehovah  givcth  you. 
 
 ^^  And  ye  shall  put  these  my  words  in  your  heart,  and  in  your  soul, 
 and  shall  bind  them  for  a  sign  upon  your  hand,  and  they  shall  be 
 for  phylacteries  between  your  eyes.  "  And  ye  shall  teach  them 
 your  children,  speaking  of  them  wlien  thou  sittest  in  thine  liouse, 
 and  when  thou  walkest  in  the  way,  and  when  thou  liest  down,  and 
 
 Ver.  14. — The  first  rain,  &c.,]  Or, 
 the  early  rain.  Twice  in  a  year  there  fell 
 store  of  rain  in  Israel ;  in  the  beginning  of 
 the  year,  about  September  or  October,  and 
 half  a  year  after,  which  was  in  Abib  (or 
 March)  which  ecclesiastically  began  the  year 
 unto  Israel,  as  is  noted  on  Exod.  xii.  2 ; 
 whereupon  it  is  called  '  the  latter  rain  in 
 the  fast  month,'  Joel  ii.  23.  The  first  rain 
 fell  after  the  sowing  of  their  corn,  that  it 
 might  take  root  in  the  earth:  the  latter  rain 
 was  a  little  before  the  harvest,  that  the  ear 
 might  be  full.  Of  these  the  scriptures  sun- 
 dry times  speak  ;  but  so  as  they  depended 
 upon  God,  to  whom  Israel  should  obey,  and 
 of  whom  they  should  '  ask  rain  in  the  time 
 of  the  latter  rain,'  Zech.  x.  1  ;  and  then  he 
 would  come  unto  them  (with  his  blessings) 
 '  as  the  rain,  as  the  latter  and  former  rain 
 unto  the  earth,'  Hos.  vi.  3.  So  for  the  fruits, 
 the  husbandman  waited  and  had  long  patience, 
 until  he  received  the  '  early  rain,  and  the 
 latter  rain,'  James  v.  7.  Which  rain,  as  it 
 figured  heavenly  blessings  in  Christ,  Deut. 
 xxxii.  2;  Ps.  Ixxii.  6;  so  they  led  Israel  to 
 the  fear  of  God  ;  but  when  they  revolted 
 from  him,  they  '  said  not  in  their  heart,  Let 
 us  now  fear  the  Lord  our  God,  that  giveth 
 rain,  both  the  former  and  the  latter  rain,  in 
 his  season^'  Jer.  v.  24.  If  these  rains  were 
 seasonable  and  moderate,  the  land  was  fruit- 
 ful; (as  Moses  in  the  next  words  showeth:) 
 if  they  failed,  then  the  diought  as  '  fire  de- 
 voured the  pastures ;'  if  they  fell  immoderate- 
 ly, '  the  grains  rotted  under  their  clods,' 
 Joel  i.  17,  19.  New  oil,]  These  three  were 
 for  the  use  of  man,  and  the  grass  after  men- 
 tioned for  beasts,  as  David  also  showeth  in 
 Ps.  civ.  13 — 15.  By  these  earthly  promises 
 God  drew  his  people  to  obedience:  but  David 
 
 had  more  gladness  in  his  heart,  in  the  light 
 of  the  Lord's  countenance,  than  when  corn 
 and  wine  increased,  Ps.  iv.  6,  7. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Deceived,]  Or,  enticed  and 
 drawn  away  by  riches,  pleasures,  or  false  per- 
 suasions: of  which  Job  saith,  '  If  my  heart 
 hath  been  secretly  enticed'  (or  deceived,) 
 Job  xxxi.  27.  Other  gods,]  That  is,  idols, 
 falsely  reputed  gods:  so  the  Chald.  translat- 
 eth,  idols  (or  errors)  of  the  people. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Shut  up  the  heavens,]  This 
 phrase  is  used,  both  for  restraining  the  natu- 
 ral rain  for  men's  sins,  1  Kings  viii.  35;  and 
 the  spiiitual  rain  of  God's  word  and  blessings, 
 Rev.  xi.  6.  Perish  quickly,]  Or,  speedily, 
 suddenly.  The  wicked  heathens  God  sulier- 
 ed  with  much  patience,  and  would  not  have 
 them  destroyed  suddenly,  Deut.  vii.  22;  but 
 his  own  people  are  threatened  for  their  sins 
 to  perish  suddenly:  '  for  judgment  must  be- 
 gin at  the  house  of  God,'  1  Pet.  iv.  17  ;  and 
 he  warneth  his  church  to  repent,  &c.,  or  else 
 he  will  come  unto  her,  quickly.  Rev.  ii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  is. — Phylacteries,]  Oy  frontlets, 
 written  in  parchments,  and  tied  to  the  fore- 
 head, as  the  former  were  to  the  hand  or  arm: 
 of  these,  see  the  annot.  on  Exod.  xiii.  9,  16  ; 
 and  Deut.  vi.  4,  8. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Teach  them  your  chil- 
 dren,] Cause  your  children  (Heb.  your 
 S07is)  to  learn  them ;  this  explaineth  the  for- 
 mer precept,  '  thou  shalt  whet  them  on  thy 
 children,'  Deut.  vi.  7.  Abraham  (the  father 
 of  the  faithful)  is  commended  for  this,  that 
 he  would  '  command  his  children,  and  his 
 household  after  him,  to  keep  the  way  of  the 
 Lord,'  Gen.  xviii.  19;  and  Solomon's  pa- 
 rents  taught  him  the  law,  Prov.  iv.  3,  4; 
 xxxi.  1,  2,  &c.  When  thou  walkest, 
 &c.,]  Answerable  to  these,  are  those  sayings 
 
CHAP.  XI. 
 
 239 
 
 wlien  Ihoii  risest  up.  *"  And  tliou  shalt  write  them  upon  the  door- 
 posts of  thine  house,  and  on  tliy  gates.  ^'  That  your  days  may  be 
 multipHed,  and  the  days  of  your  children,  in  the  land  which  Jelio- 
 vah  sware  unto  your  fathers  to  give  unto  them,  as  the  days  of  the 
 heavens  upon  the  eartli.  '^^  For  if  keeping,  ye  shall  keep  all  this 
 commandment  wliich  I  command  you,  to  do  it,  to  love  Jehovah 
 your  God,  to  walk  in  all  his  ways,  and  to  cleave  unto  him;  ^  Then 
 will  Jehovah  drive  out  all  tliese  nations  from  before  your  faces, 
 and  ye  sliall  possess  nations  greater  and  mightier  than  yourselves. 
 ^^  Every  place  wliereon  the  sole  of  your  foot  shall  tread,  shall  be 
 yours,  from  the  wilderness  and  Lebanon ;  from  the  river,  tlie  river 
 Euphrates,  and  unto  the  uttermost  sea  shall  your  coast  be.  "  There 
 shall  not  a  man  stand  before  you  :  Jehovah  your  God  will  give  the 
 dread  of  you,  and  the  fear  of  you,  upon  the  face  of  all  the  land, 
 which  ye  shall  tread  upon,  as  lie  hath  spoken  unto  you. 
 
 ^^  Behold,  I  set  before  you  this  day  a  blessing  and  a  curse.     "  A 
 
 of  Solomon,  '  When  thou  goest,  it  shall  lead 
 thee  ;  when  thou  sleepest,  it  shall  keep  thee ; 
 and  when  thou  awakest,  it  shall  talk  with 
 thee:  for  the  commandment  is  a  lamp,  and 
 the  law  is  a  light,'  Pro  v.  vi.  22,  2.3. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Door-posts,]  Of  this  rite,  see 
 the  notes  on  Deut.  vi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Days  may  be  multiplied,] 
 Long  life  is  a  blessing,  often  promised  to 
 Ihem  that  keep  God's  law.  '  Hear,  O  my 
 son,  and  receive  my  sayings,  and  the  years 
 of  thy  life  shall  be  many,'  Prov.  iv.  10. 
 Days  of  the  heavens,]  That  is,  while 
 the  world  endureth  ;  for  so  long,  by  the  de- 
 cree of  God  (in  Gen.  viii.  22;)  shall  the 
 days  of  heaven  be  ;  and  so  long  shall  the 
 heavens  be  over  the  earth.  And  under  this, 
 eternal  life  was  also  figured.  A  like  pro- 
 mise was  for  the  kingdom  of  David,  or  of 
 Christ,  that  '  his  throne  should  be  as  the 
 days  of  the  heavens,'  Ps.  Ixxxix.  30. 
 
 Ver.  22. — This  commandment,]  The 
 Or.  explaineth  it,  these  commandments : 
 see  the  notes  on  Deut.  v.  31.  To  cleave,] 
 That  is,  to  continue  fast  united  unto  him  and 
 his  law,  as  is  noted  on  Deut.  x.  20. 
 
 Ver.  23.— Drive  out,]  According  to 
 his  former  promise,  in  Exod.  xxiii.  23,  27 
 — 31.  But  because  Israel  kept  not  God's 
 commandment,  this  promise  was  not  fully 
 performed,  Judg.  ii.  1 — 3. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Shall  tread,]  The  like  pro- 
 mise  is  made  after  Moses'  death  to  Israel 
 under  Joshua  their  captain.  Josh.  i.  3;  who 
 was  a  figure  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  by 
 whom  this  promise  was  fulfilled.     The  wil- 
 
 derness,] Of  Paran,  which  was  the  southern 
 border  of  the  land  of  Canaan.  And  Leba- 
 non,] A  mountain  which  was  the  northern 
 i)ouiid.  By  and  Lebanon,  we  may  under- 
 stand ayid  unto  Lebanon,  as  the  next  words 
 manifest.  Euphrates,]  In  Heb.  Pherath, 
 this  is  called  The  River  for  excellency  sake, 
 meaning  the  great  liver,  as  Deut.  i.  7  ;  Gen. 
 XV.  IS;  and  so  the  Gr.  translateth  it  here. 
 It  was  the  eastern  border  of  their  territories. 
 Uttermost  sea,]  Or,  after  sea,  which  the 
 Gr.  and  Chald.  calleth  the  xvestern  sea, 
 meaning  the  main  oi-  great  sea  toward  the 
 going  down  of  the  sun,  as  is  explained  in 
 Josh.  i.  4;  which  sea  is  said  to  be  after  or 
 behind  them,  because  it  was  to  the  west,  and 
 so  their  western  bound.  For  the  east  is 
 counted  the  fore-part  of  the  woild,  the  west 
 behind,  the  south  on  the  right  hand,  Ps. 
 Ixxxix.  13;  and  the  north  on  the  left:  all 
 which  four  parts  are  called  by  these  names  in 
 Job  xxiii.  S,  9.  See  this  promise  fulfilled 
 in  2  Chron.  ix.   26. 
 
 Ver.  25.— Stand,]  Or,  set  himself,  that 
 is,  resist  or  withstand  you,  as  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth. So  in  Josh.  i.  5.  Fear,]  Iu  Gr. 
 trembling ;  this  was  fulfilled  before,  Deut. 
 ii.  25;  Ps.  cv.  38;  and  after  Josh.  ii.  II; 
 X.  10. 
 
 5  E  B  Here  beginneth  the  forty-seventh 
 section  or  lecture  of  the  law:  see  Gen.  vi. 
 9. 
 
 Ver.  26.— I  set,]  Heb.  /  give :  this 
 was,  that  they  might  take  their  choice  of 
 either  of  these  ;  for  so  the  phrase  elsewhere 
 
240 
 
 DEUTERONOMY, 
 
 blessing,  if  ye  shall  hearken  unto  the  commandments  of  Jehovah 
 your  God,  which  1  command  you  this  day.  '^  And  a  curse,  if  ye 
 will  not  hearken  unto  the  commandments  of  Jehovah  your  God, 
 but  turn  aside  out  of  the  way  which  I  command  you  this  day,  to  go 
 after  other  gods,  which  ye  have  not  known, 
 
 ^^  And  it  shall  be,  when  Jehovah  thy  God  hath  brought  thee 
 in  unto  the  land  whither  thou  goest,  to  possess  it,  that  thou  slialt 
 put  the  blessing  upon  mount  Gerizim,  and  the  curse  upon  mount 
 Ebal.  ^°  Are  tliey  not  on  tlie  other  side  Jordan,  by  the  way  of  the 
 going  down  of  the  sun,  in  the  land  of  the  Canaanite,  wliich  dwell- 
 eth  in  tlie  plain  over  against  Gilgal,  beside  the  oaks  of  Moreh  ? 
 "  For  ye  are  passing  over  Jordan,  to  go  in  to  possess  the  land 
 which  Jehovah  your  God  giveth  unto  you,  and  ye  shall  possess  it, 
 and  dwell  in  it,  ^^  And  ye  shall  observe  to  do  all  the  statutes,  and 
 the  judgments,  wliich  I  set  before  your  faces  this  day. 
 
 meaneth,  Deut.  xxx.  19  ;  and  so  to  mani- 
 fest, that  if  the  curse  or  evil  came  upon  them, 
 they  caused  it  themselves. 
 
 Ver.  27. — If  ye  shall  hearken,]  Or, 
 that  ye  may  hearken :  but  the  Heb.  Asher, 
 that,  is  sometimes  used  for  if,  as  the  Gr. 
 here  traiislateth  it,  and  in  Lev.  iv.  22.  So 
 Asher  iu  1  Kings  viii.  31,  is  im,  that  is,  if, 
 in  2  Chron.  vi.  22. 
 
 Ver.  28. — After  other  gods,]  In  Gr. 
 to  serve  other  gods,  following  other  religions, 
 or  divine  services,  which  the  Chald.  calleth 
 the  idols  of  the  people.  Sol.  Jarchi  observ- 
 eth  from  this  place,  that  "  whosoever  com- 
 mitteth  idolatry,  he'  tumeth  aside  from  all 
 the  way  which  was  commanded  to  Israel  : 
 hereupon  they  say,  he  that  professeth  idolatry, 
 is  as  if  he  denied  the  whole  law. 
 
 Ver.  29. — Put  the  blessing,]  Heb.  ^/re 
 the  blessing,  tliat  is,  cause  it  to  be  pronounc- 
 ed upon  mount  Gerizim,  The  manner  is 
 showed  in  Deut.  xivii. ;  where  the  law  is 
 repeated  and  enlarged.  A  thing  is  said  to 
 be  given  sometimes,  when  it  is  spoken  or 
 pronounced  with  the  mouth,  as  in  Job  xxxvi. 
 3;  Deut.  xiii.  1,  2.  Upon  mount  geri- 
 zim,] Or,  towards  mount  Gerizim,  (which 
 the  Gr.  calleth  Gerizein  ;)  so  after,  toivards 
 mount  Ebal,  (called  in  Gr.  Gaibal.)  For 
 the  people  stood  '  half  of  them  over  against 
 mount  Gerizim,  and  half  of  them  over  against 
 mount  Ebal,'  as  is  recorded  in  Josh.  viii.  33. 
 And  the  Heb,  gnat  sometimes  signifieth  to- 
 wards a  place,  as  iu  Exod.  ix.  32,  '  towards 
 heaven.' 
 
 Ver.   30,— Are  they  not,]  That  is,  lo 
 
 they  are,  speaking  as  of  a  thing  well  known. 
 See  the  notes  on  Gen.  iv.  7.  By  the  way, 
 Or,  after  (behind)  the  rvay  of  the  going 
 down  of  the  sun,  that  is,  the  way  towards 
 the  west,  or  sun-setting.  Gilgal,]  The  place 
 where  Israel  was  circumcised  afterward  in 
 Joshua's  time.  Josh.  v.  9.  Oaks  of  Mo- 
 reh,] Or,  plains  of  Moreh,  as  the  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it  ;  which  was  a  place  by  Se- 
 chem,  where  God  first  appeared  to  Abraham 
 after  he  came  into  the  land  of  Canaan,  and 
 there  Abraham  built  an  altar  to  the  Lord, 
 Gen.  xi).  6,  7.  And  that  mount  Gerizim, 
 was  by  Sechem,  (in  that  part  of  the  country 
 which  after  was  called  Samaria,)  appeareth 
 in  Judg.  ix.  6,  7.  And  the  Hebs.  say,  in 
 Talmud  Bab.  in  Sotah,  chap.  vii.  that  Geri- 
 zim  and  Ebal  were  in  Samaria.  There  on 
 mount  Gerizim  was  the  Samaritans'  temple, 
 2  Mac.  vi.  2;  where  they  worshipped  they 
 knew  not  what,  John  iv.  20,  22.  See  also 
 Josephus.  Ar.tiq.  1.  xi.  c.  8.  It  seemeth 
 they  took  occasion  of  that  superstition  from 
 this  law,  thinking  Gerizim  to  be  a  holy 
 place,  because  the  blessings  were  pronounced 
 on  it;  and  they  called  themselves,  those  '  that 
 belong  to  the  blessed  mount.'  And  there 
 have  been  of  them  in  that  place  of  late  years, 
 as  Benjamin  in  his  Itinerario  relateth,  how 
 he  saw  the  city  in  a  valley,  between  the 
 mountains  Gerizim  and  Ebal,  wherein  the 
 Samaritans  dwelled,  and  did  sacrifice  there 
 on  mount  Gerizim,  alleoing  that  which  is 
 written  in  the  law,  '  and  thou  shall  put  the 
 blessing  upon  mount  Gerizim. 
 
CHAP.    XI  I. 
 
 241 
 
 CHAP.  XII. 
 
 1,  Places  and  monuments  of  idolatry  are  to  be  destroyed.  4.  They 
 may  not  do  so  unto  the  Lord,  hut  must  seek  and  keep  the  place  of  his 
 service,  which  lie  himself  should  choose.  5,  11,  14.  Thither  all  their 
 sacrifices  a7id  holy  things  must  be  brought.  12,  18.  There  they  and 
 their  families,  and  the  Levites  must  eat,  and  rejoice.  15,  21.  For  civil 
 use  they  might  kill  and  eat  within  their  gates.  16,  23.  Blood  is  forbid- 
 den to  be  eaten.  29.  The  manner  of  service  which  the  Canaanites  used, 
 may  not  be  inquired  after,  nor  the  like  things  done  unto  the  Lord,  but 
 his  commandments  only. 
 
 '  These  are  the  statutes  and  the  judgments  which  ye  shall  ob- 
 serve to  do,  in  the  land  which  Jehovah  the  God  of  thy  fathers 
 giveth  unto  thee,  to  possess  it  all  the  days  that  ye  live  upon  the 
 earth.  ^  Destroying  ye  shall  destroy  all  the  places  wherein  the 
 nations  wliich  ye  shall  possess,  served  their  gods,  upon  the  high 
 mountains,  and  upon  the  hills,  and  under  every  green  tree. 
 
 ^  And  ye  shall  break  down  their  altars,  and  break  their  pillars, 
 and  burn  their  groves  with  fire;  and  ye  shall  hew  down  the  graven 
 images  of  their  gods,  and  ye  shall  destroy  the  names  of  them  out 
 
 Ver.  1, — Statutes,]  Here  Moses  en- 
 tereth  into  the  explication  of  the  second  com- 
 mandment, concerning  the  manner  of  God's 
 worship,  when  Israel  should  come  into 
 Canaan;  and  proposeth  in  the  xii.  xiii.  xiv. 
 XV.  and  xvi.  chapters,  statutes  for  the  service 
 of  God;  and  afterwards,  'judgments'  for  the 
 repressing  of  evils. 
 
 Ver.  2 — Destroying,]  That  is,  ye  shall 
 speedily  and  utterly  destroy:  as  the  Gr. 
 translateth,  destroy  with  destruction.  In 
 the  Heb.  canons  it  is  said,  "  We  are  com- 
 manded to  destroy  the  idol,  and  the  minister- 
 ing vessels  thereof,  and  whatsoever  is  made 
 for  the  same,'  Deut.  xii.  2.  'And  in  the 
 land  of  Israel  we  are  commanded  to  perse- 
 cute it.  But  every  place  which  we  shall 
 subdue,  we  are  to  destroy  every  idol  that  is 
 therein,  as  it  is  written  '  (in  Deut.  xii.  3,) 
 •  and  ye  shall  destroy  the  names  of  them  out 
 of  that  place.'  Maim,  in  Misneh,  treatise 
 of  idolatry,  chap.  vii.  sect.  1.  Places,]  As 
 houses,  high  places,  temples,  and  the  like. 
 Hereupon  '  the  house  of  Baal,'  2  Kings  x. 
 27,  the  '  high  places '  which  Solomon  and 
 Jeroboam  had  built  for  idolatry,  2  Kings 
 xxiii.  13,  15,  were  destroyed.  But  if  an 
 house  were  built  for  use,  and  idols  afterwards 
 set  up  in  it,  the  Heb.  say,  "  When  he  had 
 brought  in  the  idol  into  the  house,  so  long  as 
 it  was  there,  the  house  was  unlawful  for  any 
 use;  when  it  was  taken  out,  the  house  was 
 
 Vol.  II.  2 
 
 lawful.  Maim,  treat,  of  idolatry,  chap.  viii. 
 sect.  4.  Shall  possess,]  That  is,  shall 
 subdue  and  have  dominion  over  them,  as  the 
 word  often  signifieth:  see  Lev.  xxv.  45,  46; 
 Jer.  xlix.  2;  Ps.  Ixxxii.  8.  Gods,]  That  is, 
 as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  idols  ;  there  are 
 '  gods  (so  called)  many;  but  unto  us  there  is 
 but  one  God,'  I  Cor.  viii.  5,  6.  Moun- 
 tains,] In  such  high  places,  all  nations  for 
 the  most  part  used  to  serve  their  gods;  into 
 which  corruption  Israel  sometimes  fell,  2 
 Kings  xvii.  10,  11 ;  Jer.  iii.  6;  Ez.  xx.  28, 
 29;  Hos.  iv.  13. 
 
 Ver.  3.  Pillars,]  Or  statutes,  standing 
 images:  of  these  see  Ex.  xxiii.  24;  Lm. 
 xxvi.  1.  Groves,]  Which  were  wont  to  be 
 as  temples  unto  the  heathen,  as  is  noted  on 
 Ex.  xxxiv.  13.  See  also  the  annot.  on  Deut. 
 vii.  5.  Gods,]  In  Chald.,  images  of  their 
 idols.  Names,]  whether  in  speech  (for  the 
 name  of  other  gods  might  not  be  heard  out  of 
 their  mouths,  Ex.  xxiii.  13,)  or  imprinted  in 
 books,  graven  on  pillars,  imposed  on  places,  or 
 any  other  the  like.  So  the  Reubenites  changed 
 the  names  of  cities  that  carried  idol  names, 
 Num.  xxxii.  38.  As  the  beginning  of  true 
 religion  is  '  repentance  from  dead  works,' 
 Heb.  vi.  1,  so  in  the  constituting  of  God's 
 true  service,  Moses  beginneth  with  the 
 abolishing  of  all  idolatrous  monuments; 
 'What  agreement  hath  the  temple  of  God  with 
 idols?'  2  Cor.  vi.  16. 
 H 
 
242 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 of  that  place.  *  Ye  shall  not  do  so  unto  Jehovah  your  God.  *  But 
 unto  the  place  which  Jehovah  your  God  sliall  choose  out  of  all  your 
 tribes,  to  put  his  name  there,  even  unto  his  habitation  shall  ye  seek, 
 and  thitlier  shalt  thou  come.  «  And  tliither  ye  shall  bring  your 
 burnt-offerings,  and  your  sacrifices,  and  your  tithes,  and  the  heavy 
 offering  of  your  hand,  and  your  vows,  and  your  voluntary  offer- 
 ings, and  the  firstlings  of  your  herd,  and  of  your  flock.  '  And 
 tliere  ye  shall  eat  before  Jehovah  your  God,  and  ye  shall  rejoice  in 
 all  that  ye  put  your  liand  unto,  you  and  your  houses,  wlierem  Je- 
 
 Ver.  4. — Not  do  so,]  in  any  of  the  for- 
 mer particulars,  or  such  like:  as  not  to  de- 
 stroy or  do  evil  to  God's  sanctuary  or  syna- 
 gogues, Ps.  Ixxiv.  3,  7,  8,  nor  to  break  down 
 his  altars,  1  Kings  xix.  10,  nor  to  deface  any 
 holy  writings,  or  monuments  of  his  name, 
 Jer.  xxxvi."  23.  The  Hebs.  say,  "  Whoso- 
 ever destroyeth  any  name  of  the  holy  pme 
 names,  whereby  the  blessed  God  is  called,  is 
 by  the  law  to  be  beaten ;  for  lo  of  idols  he 
 saith,  And  thou  shalt  destroy  the  names  of 
 them,  &c.  Thou  shalt  not  do  so  to  the  Lord 
 thy  God.  He  that  takes  away  but  one  stone 
 (by  way  of  destroying)  from  the  altar,  or  from 
 the  temple,  or  from  any  other  part  of  the  court, 
 is  to  be  beaten.  Likewise  he  that  burneth  any 
 of  the  wood  of  the  sanctuary,  &c.  All  the 
 holy  scriptures  and  the  expositions  of  them, 
 it  is  unlawful  to  burn  any  of  them,  or  destroy 
 them  with  hand,  except  they  he  such  as  are 
 written  by  heretics,  &c.  But  holy  scriptures, 
 when  they  are  old,  are  to  be  laid  up."  Maim, 
 in  Jesudei  hatorah,  chap.  vi.  sect.  I,  7,  S. 
 
 VeR.     5. To     PUT     HIS     NAME     THERE,] 
 
 That  is,  to  have  it  consecrated  unto  him,  and 
 his  divine  service.  Such  was  the  tabernacle 
 of  Moses,  the  temple  of  Solomon,  the  city 
 Jerusalem,  after  God  had  chosen  it ;  for  of 
 them  God  said,  '  My  name  shall  be  there,' 
 
 1  Kings  viii.  29,  and  his  '  name  was  called' 
 upon   them,  D.in.    ix.  IS,    and  '  put'  there, 
 
 2  Kings  xxi.  4,  9;  1  Kings  xiv.  21.  The 
 Chald.  here  expoundeth  it,  to  cause  his 
 Majesty  (or  divine  presence)  to  dtvell  there. 
 Now  Christ  hath  abolished  the  earthly  Jeru- 
 salem, and  requireth  worship  '  in  spirit  and 
 truth'  everywhere,  John  iv.  21,  23.  Shall 
 YE  SEEK,]  For  answers  and  oracles,  which 
 from  the  mercy-seat,  and  by  Urim  and 
 Thummim,  were  given  to  the  people.  Num. 
 vij.  89;  Exod.  xxv.  22;  Num.  xxvii.  21. 
 All  other  places  were  forbidden ;  as,  '  Seek 
 not  Bethel,  nor  enter  into  Gilgal,'  &c.  Amos 
 V.  5.  Shalt  thod  come,]  At  all  times, 
 when  thou  wilt  ofl'er  sacrifice.  Lev.  xvii.  8, 
 9,  but  three  times  in  the  year  by  express  com- 
 mandment, Exod.  xxiii.  14 — 17.  And  the 
 Lord  promised  to  come  unto  them,  and  bless 
 them,  Exod.  xx.  24. 
 
 Ver.  6.' — Sacrifices,]  Of  all  sorts,  as 
 sin-offerings,  peare-oflerings,  and  whatsoever 
 pertained  to  the  altar.  Sacrifices  have  their 
 name  of  slaughter,  which  were  slain,  offered, 
 and  eaten  before  the  Lord :  the  Chald.  here 
 expoundeth  it,  the  slaughter,  {or  sacrifice)  of 
 your  holy  things.  Tithes,]  The  tenth  of 
 the  herd  and  of  the  flock,  whom  both  priests 
 and  people  were  to  bring  and  slay  before  the 
 Lord,  and  eat  them  in  Jerusalem:  whereof 
 see  Lev.  xxvii.  32,  and  the  tithes  of  com, 
 &c.  whereof  see  ver.  17,  and  Deut.  xiv.  22, 
 23.  Heave-offering  of  your  hand,]  The 
 Gr.  translateth,  the  first  fruits,  and  in  ver. 
 11,  the  first-fruits  of  your  hands  :  these  are 
 the  first-fruits  spoken  of  in  Deut.  xxvi.  ?, 
 &c.  which  with  their  hands  they  brought  into 
 the  sanctuary.     See  the  annot.  there.    Vows, 
 
 AND  YOUR   VOLUNTARY  OFFERINGS,]    Such    as 
 
 for  God's  blessings  they  willingly  gave  unto 
 him.  The  difference  of  these  voluntary  ob- 
 lations from  vows,  is  showed  on  Lev.  vii.  16. 
 Firstlings,]  Which  were  given  to  the 
 priests,  for  them  to  eat,  after  the  blood  was 
 sprinkled,  and  the  fat  burned  on  the  altar: 
 see  Num.  xviii.  15,  17. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Ye  shall  eat,]  To  wit,  such 
 things  as  were  lawful  for  the  people  to  eat: 
 for  all  the  things  fore  mentioned,  they  might 
 not  eat.  Some  were  for  the  priests  to  eat 
 before  the  Lord;  some  for  the  people.  Re- 
 joice,] God  is  to  be  served  with  gladness, 
 Ps  c.  1,  2,  and  the  holy  things  of  God  might 
 not  be  eaten  with  mourning,  Deut.  xxvi.  14; 
 Hos.  ix.  4.  Ye  put  your  hand,]  Htb. 
 the  putting  to  (or  sending  forth)  of  your 
 hand.  This,  though  it  may  be  applied  to 
 that  which  they  might  take  and  eat,  of  the 
 lioly  things,  as  in  Gen.  iii.  22,  yet  it  seem- 
 eth  to  be  more  general,  for  all  things  that 
 they  should  do.  and  all  blessings  that  they 
 should  receive,  as  by  comparing  this  phrase 
 in  Deut.  xv.  10;  xxiii.  20;  xxviii.  8,  20, 
 may  appear.  So  after  in  ver.  18.  Houses,] 
 That  is,  households,  children  and  such  like  ; 
 as  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  7nen  of  your 
 houses;  and  so  Moses  explainetli  it  in  ver. 
 12. 
 
CHAP.    XII. 
 
 243 
 
 hovah  thy  God  hath  blessed  thee.  '  Ye  sliall  not  do  after  all  things 
 which  we  do  here  this  day,  every  man  all  that  is  right  in  liis  own 
 eyes.  ^  For  ye  are  not  come  as  yet  unto  the  rest,  and  unto  the  in- 
 heritance which  Jehovah  thy  God  givethuiito  thee.  ""But  ye  shall 
 pass  over  Jordan,  and  dwell  in  the  land  which  Jeliovali  your  God 
 giveth  you  to  inherit,  and  he  will  give  you  rest  from  all  your  ene- 
 mies round  about,  and  ye  sliall  dwell  in  confident  safety.  ^'  And 
 there  shall  be  a  place  which  Jehovah  your  God  shall  choose,  to 
 cause  his  name  to  dwell  there  ;  thither  shall  ye  bring  all  tliat  I 
 command  you,  your  burnt-offerings,  and  your  sacrifices,  your 
 tithes,  and  the  heave-offering  of  your  hand,  and  all  the  choice  of 
 your  vows  which  ye  shall  vow  unto  Jehovali,  ^^  And  ye  shall  re- 
 joice before  Jehovah  your  God  ;  you,  and  your  sons,  and  your 
 daughters,  and  your  men-servants,  and  your  women-servants,  and 
 the  Levite  that  is  within  your  gates,  forasmuch  as  lie  hath  no  part 
 nor  inheritance  witli  you.  "  Take  heed  to  thyself,  lest  tliou  offer 
 thy  burnt- offerings  in  every  place  which  thou  shalt  see.  "  But  in 
 the  place  which  Jehovah  shall  choose,  in  one  of  thy  tribes,  tiiere 
 thou  shalt  offer  thy  burnt- offerings,  and  there  thou  shalt  do  all  th 
 r  command  thee. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Which  we  do,]  The  Gr.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  which  ye  do.  Israel  committed 
 idolatry  in  the  wilderness,  Acts  vii.  42,  43. 
 Hwvbeit  this  Fpeech  of  Moses  seemeth  rather 
 to  mean  the  true  service  of  God,  which  was 
 not  as  yet  perfected,  neither  could  be  in  their 
 travels ;  as  it  was  after  in  Canaan.  Right 
 IN  HIS  OWN  EYES,]  That  is,  which  liketh  or 
 pleaseth  him:  so  the  phrase  meaneth,  in  2 
 Sam.  xix.  9;  1  Chron.  xiii.  4,  and  is  often 
 spoken  of  the  corruption  of  men,  as  Judg. 
 xvii.  6;  xxi.  25;  unto  which  Moses  opposeth 
 that  which  is  right  in  the  Lord's  eyes.  ver. 
 25,  28  ;  chap.  xiii.  18.  '  There  is  a  way 
 which  is  right  before  a  man,  and  the  end 
 thereof  are  the  ways  of  death,'  Prov.  xiv.  12. 
 
 Ver.  9 — The  rest,]  In  Chald.,  the 
 house  (or  place)  of  rest :  meaning  the  land 
 of  Canaan,  and  in  special  Jerusalem  there, 
 1  Chron.  xxiii.  25,  where  after  their  travels 
 and  wars,  the  Lord  gave  rest  unto  his  people, 
 as  ver.  10,  and  1  Kings  viii.  56.  But  Da- 
 vid being  there,  speaketh  of  another  rest, 
 which  remaineth  for  the  people  of  God,  Ps. 
 xcv.  11,  into  which  rest,  we  that  believe  do 
 enter,  and  cease  from  our  own  works,  Heb. 
 iv.  3,  S— 10. 
 
 VeS.    10. In    CONFIDENT    SAFETY,]     Or, 
 
 in  security  ;  it  meaneth  without  fear,  Judg. 
 viii.  II;  xviii.  7,  and  without  danger  of 
 evil,  Ps.  Ixxviii.  53.  See  the  like  promise 
 In  Lev.  XXV.  18,  19.  This  promise  is  ful- 
 filled in  Christ,  by  whom   we  are   delivered 
 
 out  of  the  hand  of  our  enemies,  that  we 
 might  serve  God  without  fear,  Luke  i.  74. 
 
 Ver.  11. — And  therk  shall  be,]  Or, 
 And  it  shall  be  that  the  place,  &c.  See 
 ver.  5.  The  choice,]  That  is,  the  best,  or 
 fairest,  as  the  Chald.  translateth. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Yodr  gates,]  The  Chald.  ex- 
 plaineth  it,  your  cities:  so  the  Heb.  text 
 sometime  explaineth  it  self  as  is  noted  on 
 Exod.  XX.  10.  No  part,]  of  the  spoils  or 
 inheritance  in  the  division  of  the  land,  but 
 the  Lord  is  his  part  and  inheritance.  See 
 Deut.  X.  9;  Num.  xviii.  8 — 21. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Lest  thou  offer,]  That  is, 
 that  thou  offer  not.  This  precept  is  often 
 and  carefully  urged,  because  the  people  were 
 prone  to  fall  into  the  transgression  of  it,  as 
 the  histories  of  scripture  manifest,  1  Kings 
 xii.  28,  29,  30;  2  Kings  xvii.  9,  11.  And 
 it  taught  men  the  unity  of  the  faith  of  Christ, 
 and  the  band  of  love  and  peace,  to  be  kept  in 
 the  heavenly  Jerusalem,  whither  all  people 
 should  resort.  Rev.  xxi.  24  —  26. 
 
 Ver.  14. — That  I  command  thee,] 
 The  Gr.  addeth,  this  day.  So  not  the  place 
 only,  but  all  other  things  in  God's  service, 
 were  to  be  according  to  the  word  of  God,  be- 
 cause '  the  natural  man '  (not  regenerate  by 
 God's  word  and  Spirit,)  'receiveth  not  the 
 things  of  the  spirit  of  God,  neither  can  he 
 know  them,'  1  Cor.  ii.  14,  and  in  the  things 
 which  he  knoweth  he  corrupteth  himself, 
 Rom.  i.  21,  and  God  would  have  obedienco 
 
244 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 '^  Notwithstanding,  in  all  the  desire  of  thy  soul,  thou  maystslay 
 and  eat  flesh,  according  to  the  blessing  of  Jehovah  thy  God,  which 
 he  liath  given  to  thee  in  all  thy  gates :  the  unclean  and  the  clean 
 may  eat  thereof,  as  of  the  roe-buck,  and  as  of  the  hart,  '^  Only 
 the  blood  ye  shall  not  eat,  ye  shall  pour  it  upon  the  earth  as  water, 
 "  Thou  mayst  not  eat  within  thy  gates,  the  tithe  of  thy  corn,  or  of 
 thy  new  wine,  or  of  thme  oil,  or  the  firstlings  of  thy  herd,  or  of 
 thy  flock,  or  any  of  thy  vows  which  thou  shalt  vow,  or  thy  vol- 
 untary offerings,  or  heave-offering  of  thine  hand. 
 
 '^  But  thou  shalt  eat  it  before  Jehovah  tliy  God,  in  tlie  place 
 which  Jehovah  thy  God  shall  choose;  thou,  and  thy  son,  and  thy 
 daughter,  and  thy  man-servant,  and  thy  woman-servant,  and  tlie 
 Levite  that  is  within  thy  gates ;  and  thou  shalt  rejoice  before  Je- 
 liovah  thy  God,  in  all  that  thou  puttest  thine  hand  unto.     "  Take 
 
 to  his  word,  rather   than   sacrifice,  1   Sam. 
 XV.  22. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Notwithstanding,]  Ov  07ily, 
 as  the  word  signifieth  in  ver.  16,  26.  It  is 
 a  liberty  granted  for  civil  things,  but  with  a 
 limitation.  In  all  the  desire  of  thy 
 SOUL,]  The  Gr.  translatetli,  in  all  thy  desire, 
 the  soul  being  put  for  the  whole  person.  It 
 meaneth,  '  whatsoever  thou,  or  thy  soul  de- 
 sireth.  Mayst  slay,]  This  word  is  the 
 same  that  is  used  for  sacrificing,  (which  also 
 was  with  slaughter  of  the  creature)  but  ap- 
 plied here,  and  often,  to  the  slaying  for  ordi- 
 nary food.  Of  this  the  Heb.  say,  "It  is 
 lawful  to  slay  (for  common  food)  in  any  place 
 without  the  court  (of  the  sanctuary;)  for  they 
 slay  in  the  court  none  but  the  holy  things  of 
 the  altar  only.  But  it  is  unlawful  to  slay 
 common  things  in  the  court,  either  cattle, 
 beast,  or  bird.  And  so  it  is  said  (in  Deut,  xii. 
 21.)  'If  the  place  be  far  from  thee,  which 
 the  Lord  thy  God  shall  choose,  &c.  then  thou 
 shalt  slay,  &c.  and  eat  within  thy  gates.' 
 Here  thou  art  taughf,  that  they  slay  not  flesh 
 for  one's  desire,  but  without  the  place  which 
 the  Lord  hath  chosen.  And  that  which  is 
 slain  without  the  place,  is  lawful  to  be  eaten 
 within  all  gates.  But  he  that  slayeth  com- 
 mon things  in  the  court,  that  flesh  is  pure, 
 and  unlawful  to  be  used ;  but  they  bury  it," 
 &c.  Maim.  torn.  2,  in  Shechitah,  chap.  ii. 
 sect.  1,  2;  To  the  blessing,]  That  is, 
 the  liberality,  or  bounteous  gift:  so  restrain- 
 ing all  profuse  riot,  and  keeping  men  within 
 the  limits  of  their  ability.  Thy  gates,]  In 
 the  Chald.  thy  cities:  and  so  the  Gr.  in 
 every  city.  May  eat,]  Or  shall  eat.  God 
 would  have  no  difference  of  persons,  nor  of 
 places,  nor  of  clean  beasts,  (as  after  foUow- 
 eth)  lest  there  should  grow  any  respect  of 
 holiness  in  such  civil  things,  which  might 
 turn  to  superstition. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Only,]  As  the  Gr.  saith. 
 But  the  blood,  to  wit,  of  beasts,  and  of 
 fowls,  Lev.  vii.  26,  this  was  absolutely  for- 
 bidden even  in  civil  diet ;  the  reason  hereof 
 is  noted  on  Lev.  xvii.  PonR  it,]  Or  shed 
 it  on  the  earth,  and  cover  it  with  dust.  Lev. 
 xvii.  13.     See  the  annot.  there. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Thou  mayest  not,]  That  is, 
 it  is  not  permitted  or  lawful  for  thee,  as  the 
 Chald.  explaineth  it.  Gates,]  In  the  Gr. 
 and  Chald.,  cities;  so  in  ver.  18 — 21.  The 
 second  tithe  which  the  owners  did  eat,  was 
 holy,  and  might  not  be  eaten  but  in  the  place 
 where  God's  sanctuary  was:  see  the  notes  on 
 Deut.  xiv.  22,  23.  Heave-offering,]  In 
 Gr.,  first  fruits  ;  in  Chald.,  the  separation, 
 that  is,  the  separated  thing:  see  ver.  6. 
 Maim,  in  Blccurim  (or  treat,  of  first-fruits,) 
 chap.  iii.  sect.  3,  saith,  "  The  heave-offering 
 of  thine  hand  is  the  first-fruits;  and,  the 
 priest  that  eateth  of  the  first-fruits  out  of 
 Jerusalem,  after  that  they  are  brought  with- 
 in the  walls,  is  by  the  law  to  be  beaten;  for 
 it  is  said.  Thou  mayest  not  eat  within  thy 
 gates,"  &c.     See  more  on  Deut.  xxvi.  2,  4. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Lest  thou  forsake,]  That 
 is,  that  thou  forsake  not,  or  neglect  not, 
 either  by  erecting  a  new  ministry,  as  did 
 Jeroboam,  2  Chron.  xiii.  9,  or  by  withhold- 
 ing thy  offerings,  the  means  of  their  liveli- 
 hood, which  is  in  special  here  intended.  So 
 in  Neh,  x.  39,  we  '  will  not  forsake  the  house 
 of  our  God ;  where  mention  is  made  of 
 bringing  up  their  offerings.  The  same  sin 
 is  called  the  spoiling  of  God,  Mai.  iii.  8. 
 See  also  Deut.  xiv.  27.  Upon  thy  land,] 
 The  land  of  Canaan,  out  of  which  in  spe- 
 cial, tithes,  first-fruits,  and  the  like  were 
 to  be  paid.  The  Gr.  translateth,  all  the 
 time  that  thou  shalt  live  upon  the  land  (or 
 cnrth.) 
 
CHAP.    XI  I.  245 
 
 lieed  to  thyself,  lest  thou  forsake  the  Levite,  all  thy  days,  upon  thy 
 land, 
 
 ^^  WJien  Jehovah  thy  God  shall  enlarge  thy  border,  as  he  hath 
 spoken  unto  thee,  and  thou  shalt  say,  I  will  eat  flesli,  because  thy 
 soul  desireth  to  eat  flesh ;  in  all  the  desire  of  thy  soul  tliou  may  est 
 eat  flesh.  "  If  the  place  which  Jehovah  thy  God  shall  choose,  to 
 put  his  name  there,  be  far  from  thee,  then  thou  shalt  slay  of  thy 
 herd,  and  of  thy  flock,  which  Jehovah  hatli  given  unto  thee,  as  I 
 have  commanded  thee :  and  thou  shalt  eat  within  thy  gates  in  all 
 the  desire  of  thy  soul,  ^^  But,  as  the  roe -buck  and  the  hart  is 
 eaten,  so  thou  shalt  eat  it  -.  the  unclean  and  the  clean  shall  eat  it 
 alike.  ^^  Only  be  sure  not  to  eat  the  blood,  for  the  blood  is  the 
 soul,  and  thou  shalt  not  eat  the  soul  with  the  flesh.  ^*  Thou  slialt 
 not  eat  it :  thou  shalt  pour  it  on  the  earth  as  water.  ^^  Thou  shalt 
 not  eat  it,  that  it  may  be  well  with  thee ;  and  with  thy  sons  after 
 thee,  wlien  thou  shalt  do  that  which  is  right  in  the  eyes  of  Jehovah. 
 ^^  Only  thy  holy  things  whicli  thou  shalt  have,  and  thy  vows,  thou 
 shalt  take  up,  and  go  unto  the  place  which  Jehovah  shall  choose. 
 ^'  And  thou  shalt  make  thy  burnt-offerings,  the  flesh  and  the  blood, 
 upon  tlie  altar  of  Jehovah  thy  God ;  and  the  blood  of  thy  sacrifices 
 shall  be  poured  out  upon  the  altar  of  Jehovah  thy  God,  and  thou 
 shalt  eat  the  flesh.  ^*  Observe  and  hear  all  these  words  which  I 
 command  thee,  that  it  may  be  well  with  thee,  and  with  thy  sons 
 after  thee  for  ever,  wlien  thou  shalt  do  that  which  is  good  and  right 
 in  the  eyes  of  Jehovah  thy  God. 
 
 ^^  WJien  Jehovah  thy  God  shall  cut  off  the  nations  from  before 
 tliee,  whitlier  thou  goest  to  possess  them,  and  thou  possessest  them 
 and  dwellest  in  their  land.     ^^  Take  heed  to  thyself  lest  thou  be 
 
 Veb.   20. — Because  thy  soul,]  Or,  as  ric-ES,]  To  wit,  peace-off'ei'i?igs,  (or  the  ^esh 
 
 the  Gr.  translatethj  if  thy  soul  desireth.  of  them  was  eaten  by  the  owners,  Lev.  vii. 
 
 Ver.  22. — As  THE  ROE-BUCK,]  That  is,  15.     Upon   the   altar,]    The   Gr.    trans- 
 
 as  common  and   profane  meats,  without  any  lateth  it,  at  the  base  (or  foot)  of  the  altar. 
 
 respect  of  holiness.     So  after,  in  Deut.  xv.  Ver.  28. — In  the  eyes,]  Tliat  is,  as  the 
 
 22,  23.  Gr,  and  Chald.  expound  it,  before  the  Lord. 
 
 Ver.  23.— Only  BE  sure,]  Or,  Ses/ro«^;  Ver.    29. — To    possess    them,]  Or,  to 
 
 the   Gr.  translateth.  Take  heed  strongly :  it  disinherit  them;  as  the  Chald.  saith  to  cast 
 
 meaneth  a  full  and  firm  purpose  of  heart,  them  out :  the    Gr.    translateth,  to  inherit 
 
 not  to  eat  it  at  any  time.     Of  this  law,  see  their  land.     God  having  given  direction  for 
 
 the    notes   on  Lev.  xvii.   10,  &c.     Is    the  the    place    of    his   worship,    now  proceedeth 
 
 SOUL,]   Figuratively  spoken,  because,  the  soul  with  the  things  and  manner  of  service  which 
 
 (or  life)  is  in  the  blood,  as  is  expressed.  Lev.  they  should  perform  unto  him. 
 
 xvii.    11.     Not   eat   the  soul,]  Because  Ver.   30.— Lest    thou    be    ensnared,] 
 
 God  gave  them  that  upon  the  altar,  to  make  That  is,  deceived  in  thy  mind,  and  so  fall 
 
 an  atonement  for  their  souls.  Lev.  xvii.   11.  into   sin  and  destruction,  by  following  their 
 
 12.  religion.     The  Gr.  translateth,  that  thou  seek 
 
 Ver.     26. — Holy    thlngs,]    Ueh.  holi-  not  to  follow  them.  ^ee'E.y.oA.w.m.'S,'^.  A%t\\e 
 
 ness  :  the  Chald.  applieth  it  to  their  tithes.  nations  were  to  be  destroyed,  so  their  idola- 
 
 Veb.  27. The  flesh  and  the  blood,]  trous  service  was  to  be  abolished,  that  none 
 
 Both  of  them   were   wholly    brought  to  the  of  their  customs  should  be  retained  in  Israel, 
 
 altar,  Lev.  i.     The  Gr.  translateth,  the  flesh  How  did,]  Heb.  How  ivill,  that  is,  how  use 
 
 thou   shalt   offer   upon   the  altar.     Sacri-  they   to    serve.     Hereupon    the   Heb.    say, 
 
246 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ensnared  after  them,  after  tliat  they  be  destroyed  from  before 
 thee,  and  lest  thou  mqivh-e  after  their  gods,  saying,  How  did  these 
 nations  serve  their  gods  ?  even  so  will  I  do  likewise.  ^'  Tliou  shalt 
 not  do  so  unto  Jehovah  thy  God ;  for  every  abomination  to  Jeho- 
 vali  whicli  he  liateth,  have  they  done  unto  their  gods ;  for  even 
 their  sons  and  their  daughters  they  have  burnt  in  the  fire  to  their 
 gods.  ^^  Every  word  which  I  command  you,  that  shall  ye  observe 
 to  do  :  thou  shalt  not  add  unto  it,  neither  shalt  thou  diminish  from 
 it. 
 
 "  thou  mayest  not  inquire  (or  ask)  concerning 
 the  way  of  the  service  of  an  idol  how  it  is, 
 although  thou  serve  it  not ;  for  this  thing 
 occasioneth  to  turn  after  it,  and  to  do  as  they 
 do."  Maim,  treat,  of  Idolatry,  chap.  ii.  sect. 
 2.  Will  I  do,]  Not  unto  idols,  but  to  the 
 Lord,  as  the  next  ver.  manifesteth.  So  not 
 only  the  worship  of  false  gods,  but  false  or 
 idolatrous  worship  of  the  true  God,  is  here 
 forbidden;  and  all  imitation  of  idolaters  is 
 condemned.      So  in  Lev.  xviii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  31. — Every  abomination,]  The 
 Chald.  expoundeth,  every  thing  that  is 
 abominable  before  the  Lord :  in  Gr.  the 
 abominations  tvhich  the  Lord  hateth.  To 
 THEIR  GODS,]  The  Chald.  expounds  it,  to 
 their  idols.  This  one  particular  of  burning 
 their  children,  is  named,  (all  other  being  im- 
 
 plied,) because  herein  they  showed  most  zeal 
 and  love  ;  as  Abraham  for  sacrificing  his  son 
 at  God's  commandment,  is  highly  commend- 
 ed. Gen.  xxii.  12;  and  Israel  when  they 
 would  show  themselves  most  studious  to  please 
 the  Lord,  inquired  about  giving  '  the  fruit 
 of  their  body  for  the  sin  of  their  soul,'  Mic. 
 vi.  7;  and  sometimes  practised  this  abomi- 
 nation, Ps.  cvi.37,  38  ;  Ezek.  xxiii.  37,  39. 
 But  God  here  eondemneth  the  most  fervent 
 devotion  of  idolaters. 
 
 Ver,  32. — E\ery  word,]  Or  thing ;  in 
 Chald.  every  commandment.  Hereby  God 
 appointeth  his  own  word  and  law,  to  be  the 
 only  rule  of  his  service,  without  imitating  the 
 customs  of  others,  or  devising  any  thing  of 
 their  own.  So  in  Lev.  xviii.  4  ;  Deut.  iv. 
 1,2. 
 
 CHAP.  XIII. 
 
 1 .  The  prophet  that  enticeth  to  idolatry,  though  he  give  signs  which 
 come  to  pass,  must  not  he  hearkened  unto,  hut  put  to  death.  6.  The 
 brother,  child,  wife,  or  friend,  that  enticeth  to  idolatry,  must  not  he 
 hearTiencd  unto,  spared  or  concealed,  hut  stoned  to  death.  12.  The  city 
 that  revolteth  to  serve  other  gods,  after  due  iiiquiry,  must  he  smitten 
 with  the  sword,  men  and  heasts  titterly  destroyed,  the  spoils  hurned, 
 the  city  ruined  for  ever,  and  none  of  that  execrable  thing  reserved. 
 
 ^  If  there  arise  in  the  midst  of  thee  a  prophet,  or  a  dreamer  of 
 
 Ver.  1. — If  there  arise,]  Or,  when 
 there  shall  stand  up  ;  by  which  word  is  sig- 
 nified the  open  and  bold  carriage  of  deceiv- 
 ers. Moses  having  from  the  first  command- 
 ment taught  the  doctrine  of  one  only  God 
 whom  we  should  in  faith,  love,  and  obedi- 
 ence have  to  be  ours,  and  give  ourselves  to 
 him  ;  and  from  the  second  commandment, 
 taught  the  right  way  of  serving  this  God, 
 according  to  his  own  word,  doth  now  from 
 the  third  commandment,  teach  to  beware  of 
 the  abuse  of  God's  name  and   word  unto  va- 
 
 nity, heresy,  or  idolatry ;  and  so  generally 
 warneth  Israel  to  take  heed  lest  they  trans- 
 gressed the  first  and  second  commandments 
 by  the  breach  of  the  third.  In  the  widst 
 of  thee,]  Speaking  to  Israel,  amongst  whom 
 many  false  prophets  did  arise,  2  Pet.  ii.  1. 
 Unto  which  danger  all  churches  are  subject, 
 as  it  is  said,  '  moreover  of  your  ownselves 
 shall  men  arise,  speaking  perverse  things. 
 Acts  XX.  30.  A  prophet,]  A  public  se- 
 ducer, touching  whom  he  giveth  warning 
 first,  as  afterwards  of  the  private,  in  ver.  o. 
 
CHAP.    XII  r. 
 
 247 
 
 dreams,  and  lie  give  unto  thee  a  sign  or  a  wonder  ;  '  And  the  sign 
 cometli,  or  the  wonder  which  he  spake  unto  thee,  saying,  Let  us 
 go  after  other  gods  which  tliou  liast  not  known  and  serve  them  : 
 ^  Tliou  shalt  not  hearken  unto  tlie  words  of  tliat  prophet,  or  unto 
 that  dreamer  of  a  dream ;  for  Jehovah  your  God  tempteth  you,  to 
 know  wlietlier  you  be  tlie  lovers  of  Jehovah  your  God,  with  all 
 your  lieart,  and  with  all  your  soul.  ■•  After  Jehovah  your  God 
 shall  ye  walk,  and  him  ye  shall  fear,  and  liis  commandments  shall 
 ye  keep,  and  his  voice  ye  shall  obey,  and  him  you  shall  serve,  and 
 unto  him  shall  ye  cleave. 
 
 ^  And  that  prophet,  or  that  dreamer  of  a  dream,  shall  be  put  to 
 death,  because  he  hath  spoken  revolt  against  Jehovah  your  God, 
 which  brouglit  you  forth  out  of  tlie  land  of  Egypt,  and  redeemed 
 tliee  out  of  the  Iiouse  of  servants,  to  thrust  thee  out  of  the  way, 
 which  Jehovah  thy  God  commanded  thee  to  walk  therein  :  and 
 thou  shalt  put  away  the  evil  from  the  midst  of  thee. 
 
 &c.  What  a  prophet  signifieth  is  noted  on 
 Gen.  XX.  7  ;  and  Exod.  vii.  1.  Dreams,] 
 This  was  one  of  the  ways  by  which  prophecy 
 came  of  old  unto  men,  Num.  xii.  C;  Jer. 
 xxiii.  25,  28.  By  a  prophet  he  seemeth  to 
 denote  the  principal  sort,  such  as  saw  visions; 
 by  a  dreamer,  the  inferior  sort,  that  saw 
 things  more  obscurely.  He  give,]  Either 
 by  word  and  promise,  or  by  action  and  ges- 
 ture, as  1  Kings  xiii.  3  ;  xxii.  1 1  ;  Matt. 
 xii.  39,  40.  Wonder,]  Any  miraculous  or 
 supernatural  thing,  as  Jaimes  and  Jambres 
 in  appearance  turned  water  into  blood,  Exod. 
 vii.  22. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Or  the  wonder,]  Heb.  and 
 the  wonder :  these  are  said  to  come,  when 
 they  are  eflected  or  fulfilled:  so  Jer.  xxviii. 
 9  ;  Deut.  xviii,  22.  Saying,]  Tiiat  is,  ajid 
 he  say  :  as  saying,  in  1  Chron.  xiii.  12,  is  ex- 
 pounded, and  said  in  2  Sam.  vi.  9;  so  in  2 
 Kings  xxii.  9,  compared  "ith  2  Chron.  xxxiv. 
 16.  After  other  gods  ]  The  Gr.  explaineth 
 it,  and  serve  other  gods  ;  which  the  Chald. 
 calleth,  idols  of  the  people.  Thus  the  reli- 
 ■!i  on  given  of  God  by  the  hand  of  Moses,  was 
 established  against  all  opposition  that  alter 
 might  arise,  upon  what  pretence  soever  : 
 And  so  the  faith  taught  by  Christ  and  his 
 apostles  was  confirmed  against  the  future 
 signs,  and  lying  wonders  of  antichrist,  2 
 Thess.  ii.  9,  10.  The  Hebs.  say,  "  if  there 
 stand  up  a  prophet,  and  he  doth  great  signs 
 and  wonders,  and  seeketh  to  deny  (or  make 
 false)  the  prophecy  of  Moses,  we  may  not 
 hearken  unto  him,  but  we  know  certainly, 
 that  those  signs  are  by  enchantment  and 
 sorcery.  For  the  prophecy  of  Moses  was  not 
 by  signs,  &c.,  but  with  our  eyes  we  saw,  and 
 with  our  ears  we  heard  as  he  did  hear,  &c. 
 Therefore  the  law  saith,  if  the  sign  or  won- 
 
 der come  to  pass,  thou  shalt  not  hearken  to 
 the  words  of  that  prophet,  (Deut.  xiii.)  for  lo 
 he  comi  tl)  unto  thee  with  sign  and  wonder, 
 to  make  that  false  which  thou  hast  seen  with 
 thine  eyes.  And  forasmuch  as  we  believe 
 not  ill  a  wonder,  but  because  of  the  command- 
 ment which  Moses  commanded  us  ;  how 
 should  we  receive  this  sign,  which  cometh  to 
 make  the  prophecy  of  Moses  false,  which  we 
 saw  and  heard  ?"  Maim.  tom.  in  Jesude 
 hatorah,  chap.  viii.  sect.  3,  See  also  the 
 annot.  on  Exod.  xix.  9. 
 
 Ver.  3. — That  dreamer,]  Or.  the 
 dreamer  of  that  dream;  and  so  the  Gr. 
 traiislateth  it.  God  tempteth,]  Or  prov- 
 eth  :  see  the  notes  on  Gen.  xxii.  1.  But 
 there  God  himself  immediately  tempted  Abra- 
 ham ;  here  mediately,  and  that  by  evil  means 
 which  he  of  his  grace  and  wisdom  ordereth 
 and  disposeth  for  good  to  his  people:  as  also 
 the  apostle  saith,  '  there  must  be  also  here- 
 sies among  you,  that  they  which  are  approv- 
 ed may  be  made  manifest  among  you,'  1 
 Cor.  xi.  19. 
 
 Ver.  4. — After  Jehovah,]  The  Chald. 
 saith,  after  the  fear  of  the  Lord  your  God. 
 Here  the  Lord  and  his  commandments  are 
 opposed  to  all  other:  so  that  after  Jehovah, 
 meaneth  after  him  only;  as  our  Saviour  ex- 
 poundeth  a  like  speech.  Matt.  iv.  10;  from 
 Deut.  vi 
 
 Ver.  5 Spoken  revolt,]  Or,  apostacy, 
 
 that  is,  spoken  ivords  to  cause  thee  to  revolt^ 
 or  turn  away ;  as  the  Gr.  traiislateth,  to 
 tna/ce  thee  to  err  from  the  Lord.  Tin's 
 judgment  of  the  false  prophet  (as  all  other 
 weighty  matters)  none  but  the  high  council 
 of  seventy  one  elders  might  judge  of,  as  the 
 Hebs.  say,  Talmud  Bab.  in  Sanhedrin,  chap. 
 i. ;  and  Maim,  in  Sanhedrin,  chap.  v.     See 
 
248 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ^  If  thy  brother,  the  son  of  thy  mother,  or  tliy  son,  or  thy  daugli- 
 ter,  or  the  wife  of  thy  bosom,  or  thy  friend,  which  is  as  thine  ow7i 
 soul,  entice  thee  in  secret,  saying,  Let  us  go  and  serve  other  gods, 
 which  thou  hast  not  known,  thou  nor  thy  fatliers.  '  Of  the  gods 
 of  the  people  which  arc  round  about  you,  nigh  unto  thee,  or  far 
 off  from  tliee,  from  the  one  end  of  the  earth,  even  unto  the  other 
 end  of  the  earth.  **  Tliou  shalt  not  consent  unto  him,  nor  hearken 
 unto  him,  neither  shall  thine  eye  spare  him  ;  neither  shalt  thou  pity, 
 neither  shalt  thou  conceal  him.  ^  But  killing  thou  shalt  kill  him  ; 
 thine  liaud  shall  be  first  upon  him,  to  put  him  to  death  ;  and  after- 
 
 the  annot.  on  Num.  xi.  30.  The  evil,] 
 Both  person  and  work  ;  as  the  Chald.  trans- 
 lateth,  the  evil  doer  :  the  Gr.  the  evil  thing  : 
 but  in  Deut.  xvii.  7,  the  Gr.  translateth,  the 
 evil  one ;  which  Paul  approveth,  using  the 
 same  words,  in  1  Cor.  v.  13. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Thy  brother,]  By  nature,  or 
 in  the  same  faith  and  church:  but  the  Gr. 
 addeth,  thj/  brother  on  thi/ father's  side,  or  on 
 ih?/  mother's.  Son  of  thv  mother,]  Such 
 are  dearest  brethren,  as  the  example  of  Jo- 
 seph  and  Benjamin  showetii,  Gen.  xliii.  34  ; 
 xlv.  12,  14.  Daughter,]  Love  and  aflec- 
 tion  descendeth  from  parents  to  children  as 
 it  were  by  inheritance  ;  and  the  daughter  for 
 infirmity  of  sex,  is  most  spared  and  pitied  ; 
 but  may  not  so  be  in  this  case.  Of  thy  bo- 
 som,] The  Gr.  saith,  which  is  in  thy  bosom. 
 As  thine  own  soul,]  Most  dearly  loved, 
 put  therefore  in  the  last  place,  for  '  a  friend 
 sticketh  closer  than  a  brother,'  Prov.  xviii. 
 24.  And  as  man  and  wife  are  '  one  flesh,' 
 Malt.  xix.  6,  so  friends  here  are  as  one 
 so\il.  Entice,]  With  motions,  reasons,  ex- 
 hortations ;  the  Gr.  translateth  exhort ;  the 
 Chald.  counsel.  The  Hebs.  write ;  "  he 
 that  eiiticeth  any  one  of  Israel  whether  man 
 or  woman,  he  is  to  be  stoned  ;  although  nei. 
 ther  the  enticer  nor  the  enticed  hath  wor- 
 shipped the  idol,  yet  he  dieth  for  teaching  to 
 worship  it.  Whether  the  enticer  be  private 
 man,  prophet,  be  the  enticed  one  singular 
 person,  man  or  woman,  or  a  few  persons,  they 
 are  to  die  by  stoning.  He  that  enticeth  the 
 multitude  of  a  city,  he  is  a  thruster  away,  and 
 is  not  called  an  enticer."  Maim,  treat,  of 
 Idolatry,  chap.  v.  sect.  1,  2.  See  after  in 
 ver.  ]  3.  .  Other  gods,]  In  Chald.  idols  of 
 the  people  :  so  in  ver.  7. 
 
 Ver.  7 — Unto  the  other  end,]  That 
 is,  all  the  world  over.  Hereby  God  con- 
 denineth  all  the  feigned  religions  throughout 
 the  earth,  as  being  gone  astray  from  him: 
 and  having  made  himself  and  his  word  known 
 unto  Israel,  would  have  them  therein  to 
 rest  thiiir  faith,  without  declining  .to  novel- 
 ties.    '  We  know  that  we  are  of  God,  and  the 
 
 whole   world   lieth  in  wickedness,'  1  John  v. 
 19. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Not  consent,]  Or,  not  affect, 
 have  any  liking  or  will  unto  him.  From 
 which  word  the  Hebs.  gather,  that  "  it  is 
 unlawful  for  the  enticed  to  love  the  enticer." 
 Maim,  treat,  of  Idolatry,  chap.  v.  sect.  4. 
 If  he  were  drawn  away  by  him,  so  that  he 
 said,  "  go  we  and  let  us  serve  them,  al- 
 though they  had  not  as  yet  served,  both  of 
 them  were  to  be  stoned,  the  enticer  and  the 
 enticed."  Ibid.  sect.  5.  Eye  spare,]  To 
 wit,  from  vengeance.  See  this  phrase  in 
 Gen.  xlv.  20;  Deut.  vii.  16.  Pity,]  Or 
 use  gentleness  and  indulgence,  as  Gen.  xix. 
 16.  Conceal  him,]  But  bewray,  and  use 
 all  means  to  bring  him  to  liis  punishment. 
 Therefore  the  Hebs.  think,  that  the  enticed  per- 
 son was  to  take  witnesses,  to  see  if  he  would 
 entice  before  them:  if  he  would  not,  then  (they 
 say.)  "  it  is  commanded  to  lay  privy  wait 
 for  him,  and  they  lay  wait  for  none  that  are 
 guilty  of  death  by  the  law,  but  for  this  man. 
 And  thus  they  do  it:  the  enticed  bringeth 
 two  men,  and  sets  them  in  a  dark  place,  so 
 that  they  may  see  the  enticer,  and  hear  his 
 words,  but  he  may  not  see  them.  Then  he 
 saith  to  the  enticer.  Say  what  is  it  that  you 
 said,  &c.  When  he  hath  [spoken,  the  en- 
 ticed answereth,  How  shall  we  leave  our  God 
 which  is  in  heaven,  and  go  and  serve  stocks 
 and  stones  ?  If  he  convert  hereby,  or  hold 
 his  peace,  he  is  free:  but  if  he  say  unto  him, 
 thus  are  we  bound  to  do,  and  thus  it  beseem- 
 eth  us,  then  ihey  that  stood  there  aloof, 
 bring  him  to  the  judgment-hall,  and  they 
 stone  him."  Maim,  treat,  of  Idolatry,  chap. 
 V.  sect.  3. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Shalt  kill  him,]  By  showing 
 the  thing  to  the  magistrate,  who  hath  power 
 to  kill  him:  therefore  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 "  showing  thou  shalt  show  concerning  him." 
 Thine  hand,]  This  is  spoken  to  the  accuser, 
 or  first  witness,  who  must  cast  the  first  stone 
 at  him,  Deut.  xvii.  7.  Of  the  manner  of 
 stoning  used  in  Israel,  see  the  notes  on  Lev. 
 xxiv.  23. 
 
CHAP.   XIIL 
 
 219 
 
 wards  the  hand  of  all  the  people.  '"  And  thou  sshalt  stone  liim 
 with  stones,  and  he  shall  die,  because  he  hath  sought  to  thrust  thee 
 away  from  Jehovah  thy  God,  wliich  brought  thee  forth  out  of  the 
 land  of  Egypt,  out  of  the  house  of  servants.  ''  And  all  Israel  shall 
 hear  and  fear,  and  shall  do  no  more  as  this  evil  thing  in  the  midst 
 of  thee. 
 
 ^■-  If  thou  shalt  hear  (say)  in  one  of  thy  cities,  which  Jehovah 
 thy  God  giveth  to  thee,  to  dwell  there,  saying,  '^  Certain  men,  the 
 sons  of  Belial,  are  gone  out  from  tlie  midst  of  thee,  and  have  thrust 
 away  the  inhabitants  of  their   city,   saying,  Let  us  go  and  serve 
 
 VeR,   10. To  THRnST  THEE  AWAY    FROM 
 
 Jehovah,]  In  Chald.  to  make  thee  to  err 
 from  the  fear  of  the  Lord,  that  is,  to  go 
 astray  from  liis  true  worship  aid  service,  as 
 feaj-  in  Is.  xxix.  13,  is  expounded  worship  in 
 Matt.  XV.  9.  Of  servants,]  In  Gr.  and 
 Chald.  of  servitude  or  bondage. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Shall  do  no  more,]  Heb. 
 shall  not  add  to  do  as  this  evil  word,  that  is, 
 any  such  evil  thing  as  this  is.  For  punish- 
 ment of  transgressors  is  a  mean  to  restrain 
 others  from  wickedness,  and  to  make  them 
 wise,  Prov.  xxi.  11.  On  the  contrary,  '  be- 
 cause sentence  against  an  evil  work  is  not 
 executed  speedily,  therefore  the  heart  of  the 
 sons  of  men  is  fully  set  in  them  to  do  evil,' 
 Eccl.  viii.  11.  See  the  like  in  Deut.  xvii. 
 13.  The  Heb.  gather  from  the  words,  "ail 
 Israel  shall  hear,"  &c.,  that  a  crier  was  to 
 proclaim  before  him  unto  all  the  cause  of  his 
 death  ;  and  they  note  four  sorts  of  evil 
 doers,  before  whom  such  proclamation  was 
 made,  "  the  rebellious  elder,  (Deut.  xvii. 
 13;)  the  presumptuous  false  witness,  (Deut. 
 xix.  19,  20  ;)  the  enticer  to  idolatry,  (here 
 spoken  of;)  and  the  stubborn  rebellious  son," 
 (Deut.  xxi.  IS,  21.)  Maim.  torn.  4,  treat, 
 of  rebels,  chap.  iii.  sect.  8. 
 
 Ver.  12. — If  thou  shalt  hear  say  in 
 ONE,]  Or,  tvhen  thou  shalt  hear  of  one,  that  is, 
 of  any  one  of  thy  cities.  This  is  one  of  the 
 most  severe  laws,  wherein  God  showeth  his 
 jealousy  and  indignation  against  idolaters,  to 
 the  utter  rooting  out,  not  only  of  their  per- 
 sons, but  of  their  posterity,  goods  and  city  it- 
 self for  ever.  Of  thy  cities,]  Of  the  cities 
 of  Israel,  which  were  God's  people,  against 
 whom  only  this  law  is  given,  if  they  should 
 be  drawn  to  idolatry,  and  not  against  those 
 that  were  without.  So  of  spiritual  judgment 
 it  is  said,  '  do  not  ye  judge  them  that  are 
 within  ?  But  them  that  are  without  God 
 judgeth,'  1  Cor.  v.  12,  13. 
 
 Ver.  13.— Sons  of  Belial,]  That  is, 
 wicked  or  mischievous  persons,  which  the 
 Ciiald.  interpreteth,  sons  of  wickedness.  Be- 
 lial (in  Heb.  Belijiagnal)  is   by  interpreta- 
 
 VoL.  II.  ■  2  1 
 
 tion,  without  profit,  or  vdthout  yoke,  that  is, 
 lawless,  rebellious,  and    wicked  ;     and    this 
 name  is  given  unto   satan  or  antichrist,  op- 
 posed unto  Christ,  in  2  Cor.  vi.   15  ;  and  to 
 be  sons  of  Belial,  is  to  be  addicted  or  given 
 over   unto   wickedness,  as  in  1  Sam.  ii.   12  ; 
 Judg.  xix.   22  ;    1  Kings  xxi.  10.      The  like 
 is  of  a  '  daughter  of  Belial,'  1  Sam.  i.  16;  and 
 '  man    of  Belial,'    1    Sam.    xxv.   25  ;     and 
 sometimes  the  wicked   are  simply  called  Be- 
 lial, as  in  2  Sam.  xxiii.  6;  Nah.  i.  15  ;  and 
 as  it  is  here  applied   to  persons,  so  is  it  also 
 to  wicked   things,  words,  or   thoughts,  as  in 
 Deut.    XV.    9.     OoT    FROM  the  midst  of 
 THEE,]    Or,  from  among  you,   speaking  to 
 Israel,  from  whom  such  wicked  persons  might 
 in  all  ages  go  forth,  as  they  did  also  from  the 
 Christian  churches,  as  it  is  said,   '  they  went 
 out  from  us,  but  they  were  not  of  us,'  1  John 
 ii.  19.  And  this  their  going  out,  argueth  like- 
 wise their  stubborn  and  presumptuous  carriage 
 in  their  evil,  which  they  did  not  in  secret,  but 
 as  proclaiming  war  against  the  Lord.     Have 
 THRUST  away,]  Or,  have  driven,  have  with- 
 drawn, to  wit,  out  of  the   way,  as  was  ex- 
 pressed in  ver.  6  ;   the  Chald.  expoundeth  it, 
 have  caused  to   err   (or  go  astray  :)  and  it 
 noteth  the  force  and  efficacy  of  such  seducers; 
 as  Jeroboam  is  said   to  have  driven  Israel 
 from  following  the  Lord,  2  Kings  xvii.  21. 
 See  before  on  Deut.  iv.  19.     The  inhabi- 
 tants,] This  is  spoken  generally  and  indefi- 
 nitely: if  all  the  inhabitants  were  seduced, 
 there  is  no  doubt  but  the  judgment  following 
 was  to  be  executed :  the  Hebs.  also  think,   if 
 the  greater  part  of  the  city  were  drawn  away, 
 they  all  that  were  seduced,  were  to  die,  and 
 the  city  to  be  destroyed  :  but  if  the  lesser  part 
 only  were  withdrawn,  then  they  were  killed, 
 but  the  city  itself  was  to  be  let  stand,  as  is  fur- 
 ther showed  in  the  annot.  following.     Other 
 GODS,]   In  Chald.   the  idols  of  the  people  :  so 
 here  were  two  evils,  the  forsaking  of  the  true 
 God,  whom  they  had  known,  and  the  follow- 
 ing of  other  gods  whom  they  had  not  known. 
 Of  these  the  Lord  saith  by  his  prophet,   •  be 
 astonished,  O  ye  heavens  at  this,  and  be  hor- 
 
250 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 other  gods  which  ye  have  not  known :  "  Then  shalt  tliou  enquire, 
 and  slialt  search,  and  shalt  ask  diligently  ;  and  behold  (if  it  he) 
 truth,  the  word  certain,  this  abomination  is  done  in  tlie  midst  of 
 thee.  '^  Smiting  thou  shalt  smite  the  inhabitants  of  that  city  with 
 the  edge  of  the  sword,  utterly  destroying  it,  and  all  that  is  therein, 
 and  the  cattle  tJiereof,  with  the  edge  of  tJie  sword.  "^  And  all  the 
 spoil  of  it  thou  shalt  gatJier  into  the  midst  of  the  street  tliereof,  and 
 shalt  burn  with  fire  the  city  and  all  tlie  spoil  thereof,  every  whit, 
 to  Jehovah  thy  God  :  and  it  shall  be  an  heap  for  ever,  it  shall  not 
 be  built  again. 
 
 ribly  afrairl,  be  very  desolate,  saith  the  Lord  ; 
 for  my  people  liave  committed  two  evils,  they 
 have  forsaken  me  the  fountain  of  living  wa- 
 ters;  they  liave  hewed  them  out  cisterns, 
 broken  cisterns,  that  can  hold  no  water,'  Jer. 
 ii.  12,  13. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Then  shalt  thou  knquire,] 
 He  speakeUi  to  Israel,  and  therein  chiefly  to 
 the  rulers,  whom  it  most  concerned  to  try 
 out  this  case:  and  by  these  three,  enquire, 
 search,  ask,  and  that  well  or  diligently,  he 
 toaclieth  what  care  should  be  had  for  finding 
 out  the  truth  ;  that  this  severe  judgment 
 came  not,  upon  any  without  their  due  demerit. 
 The  Hcl)s.  say,  "  they  judge  not  a  city 
 thrust  away,  but  in  the  judgment  hall  of  se- 
 venty-one (magistrates:)  it  is  said  (in  Deut. 
 xvii.  5,)  thou  shalt  bring  forth  that  man  or 
 that  woman  unto  thy  gate^^,  and  shalt  stone 
 them,  &c.  Particular  persons  are  killed  by 
 the  judges  that  are  in  every  city;  but  the 
 multitude  are  not  killed  save  by  the  great 
 synedrion.  The  great  court  do  send,  and 
 inquire,  and  search,  till  they  know  evidently 
 that  all  the  city,  or  the  most  of  it,  is  tlirust 
 away,  and  turned  to  idolatry.  Afterward 
 they  send  two  learned  men,  to  admonish  and 
 to  conven  them.  If  they  convert  and  show 
 repentance,  it  is  well ;  but  if  they  persist  in 
 their  folly,  the  synedrion  do  command  all 
 Israel  to  go  up  against  them  to  war  :  and  they 
 do  besiege  them,  and  wage  war  against  them, 
 until  the  city  be  broken  up.  When  it  is 
 broken  up,  forthwith  they  set  for  them  many 
 courts  of  judgment,  and  do  judge  them: 
 whosoever  hath  two  witnesses  come  against 
 him,  that  he  served  an  idol,  after  they  have 
 dispatched  him,  they  put  him  ajiart.  If  all 
 the  idolaters  be  found  the  lesser  number,  they 
 stone  them  to  death,  and  the  rest  of  the  city 
 is  delivered.  If  they  be  found  the  greater 
 number,  they  carry  them  up  to  the  high  court, 
 and  give  sentence  there  against  them." 
 Maim,  treat,  of  Idolatry,  chap.  iv.  sect.  3,  6. 
 Ver.  15. — Smite  the  inhabitants,]  The 
 Gr.  saith,  kill  all  the  inhabitants  with  the 
 slaughter  of  the  sword  :  which  is  to  be  under- 
 
 stood, if  they  be  all  found  guilty:  as  they 
 say,  "  they  kill  with  the  sword  all  that  have 
 served  (the  idol;)  and  smite  every  soul,  men, 
 women,  and  children,  if  all  (the  city)  be 
 thrust  away.  If  the  idolaters  be  found  the 
 greater  number,  they  smite  all  the  little  ones, 
 and  women  of  the  idolaters  with  the  edge  of 
 the  swoid.  And  whether  the  whole,  or  the 
 most  part,  be  thrust  away,  they  stone  to  death 
 those  that  did  thrust  them  away."  Maim, 
 ibid.  sect.  6.  Utterly  destroying,]  With 
 a  curse  or  execration:  after  the  Gr.  version, 
 anathematizing.  Of  such  the  Hebs.  say, 
 "  the  men  of  the  city  drawn  away  (to  idola- 
 try) have  no  part  in  the  world  to  come,  (that 
 is,  in  life  eternal.")  Talmud.  Babyl.  in 
 Sanhedrin,  cap.  Chekk.  The  cattle,] 
 And  of  "  the  cattle  that  is  killed,  it  is  for- 
 bidden to  make  any  profit  (or  use  of  them,) 
 even  of  the  ox  that  is  stoned."  Maim,  in 
 Idolatry,  chap.  iv.  sect.  13. 
 
 V^ER.  16. — All  the  spoil  of  it,]  This 
 the  Hebs.  understand  largely,  whether  they 
 be  the  goods  of  the  idolaters,  or  of  the  other 
 that  fell  not  unto  idolatry:  for  so  they  write, 
 "  the  goods  of  the  just  men  that  are  within 
 it,  if  they  be  the  rest  of  the  inhabitants  of 
 that  city,  which  are  not  drawn  away  with  the 
 multitude,  they  are  burnt  with  the  general 
 spoil :  forasmuch  as  they  dwell  therein  their 
 goods  perish.  A  company  of  passengers 
 from  place  to  place,  if  they  pass  through  a 
 city  so  drawn  away,  and  be  drawn  away  with 
 it;  if  they  have  continued  in  it  thirty  days, 
 they  are  killed  with  the  sword,  and  their 
 goods  perish  ;  if  not,  they  are  stoned  to  death, 
 and  their  goods  are  to  their  heirs.  The 
 goods  of  the  men  of  another  city  reserved 
 therein,  are  not  burned,  but  returned  to  the 
 owners,  for  it  is  said,  the  spoil  of  it,  and  not 
 the  spoil  of  their  neighbours.  The  goods  of 
 the  wicked  men  of  that  city,  which  are  re- 
 served in  aiiother  city,  if  they  be  gathered 
 together  with  it,  are  burnt  in  the  general:  if 
 not,  they  perish  not,  but  are  given  to  their 
 heirs,  the  holy  things  within  it,  such  as  are 
 sanctified  for  the  altar,  do  die ;  for  the  sacri- 
 
CHAP.    XIV. 
 
 251 
 
 "  And  there  shall  not  cleave  to  thy  hand  ought  of  the  cursed 
 thing,  that  Jehovah  may  turn  from  the  burning  of  his  anger,  and 
 may  give  unto  thee  tender  mercies,  and  may  have  tender  mercy  on 
 thee,  and  multiply  thee,  as  he  liath  sworn  unto  thy  fathers,  *^  When 
 thou  shalt  obey  the  voice  of  Jehovah  thy  God,  to  keep  all  his 
 commandments,  ^^hich  I  command  thee  this  day,  to  do  t\\?Lt which  is 
 right  in  the  eyes  of  Jehovah  thy  God. 
 
 fice  of  the  wicked  is  an  abomination.  Things 
 sanctified  to  the  maintenance  of  the  temple, 
 are  redeemed,  and  afterward  burnt:  for  it  is 
 said,  The  spoil  of  it,  not  the  spoil  of  heaven. 
 The  first-born,  and  the  tithe  that  are  per- 
 fect, are  as  the  holy  things  of  the  altar,  and 
 die:  such  as  are  blemished,  are  as  the  com- 
 mon cattle,  and  are  killed,  &c.  The  second 
 tithes,  and  the  money  of  the  second  tithes, 
 and  the  holy  scriptures  that  are  within  (the 
 city)  aie  laid  up  in  store."  Maim,  in  Idola- 
 try chap.  iv.  sect.  7,  9,  10,  15.  Every 
 WHIT,]  The  Heb.  Calil  here  used,  is  some- 
 time an  tvhole  lurnt-offering,  Lev.  xxvi. 
 32;  Deut.  xxxiii.  10.  Hereupon  the  Heb. 
 say,  "Whoso  executeth  judgment  upon  the 
 city  drawn  away  (to  idols)  lo  he  oflereth  the 
 burnt-offering  Calil ;  as  it  is  written,  'Every 
 whit'  (Calil  to  the  Lord  thy  God:  neither 
 that  only,  but  turneth  away  burning  anger 
 from  Israel,  (Deut.  xiii.  17,)  and  bringeth  a 
 blessing  and  mercies  upon  them.  Maim,  in 
 Idolatiy,  chap.  iv.  sect.  16.     An  heap,]  The 
 
 Gr.  translateth,  unmhabifed ;  the  Chald.,  a 
 desolate  heap.  The  Heb.  say,  "  Whosoever 
 buildeth  it,  is  to  be  beaten:  but  it  is  lawful 
 to  turn  it  into  gardens  or  orchards ;  for  it  is 
 said,  It  shall  jiot  be  built  again ;  not  built 
 for  a  city,  as  it  was  before.  Maim,  ibid., 
 sect.  8.    ■ 
 
 Ver.  17. — Not  cleave  to  thy  hand,] 
 That  is,  thou  shalt  not  make  any  profit  or  use 
 to  thyself  of  any  of  the  goods  of  the  city. 
 Compare  the  example  of  Jericho,  Josh.  vi. 
 17,  &c.  and  see  the  annot.  on  Deut.  vii.  26. 
 From  the  burning,]  The  Chald.  expound- 
 eth  it,  from  the  strength,  the  Gr.,  from  the 
 icrath  of  his  anger,  which  oftentimes  is 
 kindled,  not  only  against  the  sinners  them- 
 selves, but  all  Israel  for  their  sakes,  as  Josh, 
 vii.  1,  11,  12;   xxii.  17,  18,  20. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Obey,]  Or  hearken  to  the 
 voice;  in  Chald.,  shall  receive  the  word  of 
 the  Lord.  That  which  is  right  in  the 
 eyes,]  Which  the  Gr.  expoundetli,  That 
 which  is  good  and  pleasing  before  the  Lord. 
 
 CHAP.    XIV. 
 
 1.  God's  children  are  not  to  disfigure  themselves  in  mourning  for  the 
 dead.  3.  Nor  eat  any  abominable  thing.  4.  What  may,  and  what  may 
 not  he  eaten,  of  beasts ;  9-  Of  fishes.  11.  Of  fowls.  19.  Creeping 
 things  may  not  he  eaten.  2\.  Nor  that  which  dieth  of  itself.  22.  Tithes 
 to  be  eaten  before  the  Lord.  24.  Or  (if  the  way  be  too  long )  to  be 
 turned  into  money,  and  it  to  he  bestowed  on  things  which  they  should  eat 
 and  drink  with  joy  before  the  Lord.  27.  The  Levite  may  not  he  for- 
 saken. 28.  The  third  year's  tithe;  for  the  Levite,  stranger,  fatherless, 
 and  widow. 
 
 ^  Ye  are  the  sons  of  Jehovah  your  God  :  ye  shall  not  cut  your- 
 
 Ver.  1. — The  sons  of  Jehovah,]  Or, 
 sons  to  Jehovah:  the  Chald.  translateth,  so7is 
 before  the  Lord.  Under  the  name  sons,  he 
 implieth  daughters  also,  as  is  expressed  in 
 Deut.  xxxii.  19;  2  Cor.  vi.  IS.  Moses  here 
 entereth  into  precepts  concerning  the  com- 
 muDion    of    tiie    saints   among   tliemselves, 
 
 which  should  be  holy  ;  who,  as  they  must 
 abstain  from  false  gods,  so  from  communion 
 in  the  rites  and  ordinances  of  religion,  with 
 the  children  of  such.  Christ  is  the  Son  of 
 God  in  nature,  '  the  Son  of  his  love,'  Col.  i. 
 13.  We  in  Christ  are  tho  sons  of  God  by 
 adoption,  Rom.  viii.  15,  '  by  faith  in  Christ,' 
 
252 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 selves,  nor  put  baldness  between  your  eyes,  for  the  dead  •  *  For 
 thou  art  an  holy  people  to  Jehovah  thy  God  ;  and  Jehovah  hatli 
 chosen  thee  to  be  unto  him  a  people  of  peculiar  treasure,  above  all 
 peoples  which  are  upon  the  face  of  the  earth. 
 
 ^  Thou  slialt  not  eat  any  abomination.     ^  These  are  the   beasts 
 which  ye   shall  eat;  tlie   ox,  the  lamb  of  sheep,  and   the   kid  of 
 ^  The  hart,  and  the  roe-buck,  and  the  fallow-deer,  and  the 
 
 Gal.  iii.  26.  '  So  many  as  are  led  by  the 
 Spirit  of  God,'  Rom.  viii.  14,  and  are  made 
 partakers  of  his  love,  as  it  is  written  '  Be- 
 hold what  manner  of  love  the  Father  hath 
 bestowed  upon  us,  that  we  sljpuld  be  called 
 the  children  of  God,'  1  John  iii.  1.  Not 
 cnT  YOURSELVES,]  As  was  the  manner  of 
 the  heathens,  especially  in  their  sorrow,  1 
 Kings  xviii.  28;  Jer.  xli.  5,  and  in  particu- 
 lar, when  their  friends  died,  Jer.  xvi.  6, 
 which  thing  is  chiefly  intended  here.  The 
 Chald.  translateth,  ye  shall  not  make  a 
 tumult.  Because  they  are  the  children  of 
 God,  therefore  they  must  walk  in  his  fear, 
 1  Pet.  i.  17,  and  purify  themselves,  '  even 
 as  he  is  pure,'  1  John  iii.  3,  and  bear  all 
 accidents  and  afflictions  that  come  upon  them, 
 patiently;  and  forsake  all  heathenish  cus- 
 toms, and  not  hurt  their  own  bodies,  which 
 are  the  temples  '  of  the  Holy  Spirit,'  1  Cor. 
 vi.l9.  See  the  notes  on  Lev.  xix.  28.  The 
 Heb.  say,  that  "Gedidah,  the  cutting  here 
 spoken  of,  and  Seritah,  the  incision,  in  Lev. 
 xix.  28,  are  one  thing:  and  he  that  cutteth 
 himself  for  the  dead,  whether  it  be  an  in- 
 cision with  his  hand,  or  an  incision  with  an 
 instrument,  he  is  to  be  beaten."  Maim, 
 treat,  of  idolatry,  chap.  xii.  sect.  13.  Pot 
 BALDNESS,]  That  is,  make  yourselves  bald, 
 by  shaving  or  plucking  off  the  hair:  which 
 they  also  used  in  mourning  for  the  dead,  Ezek. 
 vii.  18;  xxvii.  31;  Jer.  xvi.  6;  xlviii.  37. 
 See  also  Lev.  xxi.  5;  xix.  27.  Between 
 YOUR  EYES,]  That  is,  on  the  fore  part  of 
 youi-  head:  as  the  Phylacteries  which  were 
 to  be  between  their  eyes,  were  worn  on  their 
 heads,  as  is  noted  on  Exod.  xiii.  9,  16.  And 
 in  Lev.  xxi.  5,  it  is  written,  '  They  shall  not 
 make  baldness  upon  their  head.  For  the 
 DEAD,]  This  is  an  explanation  of  that  which 
 elsewhere  he  saith  '  for  a  soul,'  Lev.  xix.  28; 
 xxi.  1.  The  Heb.  here  say,  "If  your 
 father  die,  ye  shall  not  cut  yourselves,  nor 
 make  you  bald,  nor  sorrow  more  than  is 
 iTieet;  for  you  are  not  fatherless,  because  you 
 have  a  Father  who  is  great,  living,  and  per- 
 manent, even  the  holy  blessed  God.  But  an 
 infidel,  when  his  father  dieth,  hath  no  father 
 that  can  help  him  in  time  of  need;  for  his 
 father  which  is  left  him  is  of  wood,  and  his 
 mother  of  stone ;  as  it  is  written,  saying  to  a 
 
 stock,  Thou  art  my  father;  and  to  a  stone. 
 Thou  hast  brought  me  forth,  (Jer.  ii.  27,) 
 therefore  they  weep  and  cut  themselves  and 
 make  them  bald.  And  further,  because  thou 
 art  an  holy  people,  therefore  thou  mayest  not 
 deform  thyself  (or  make  thee  ill-favoured.'') 
 Chazkuni  on  Deut.  xiv.  Yea,  even  the  wise 
 among  the  heathens  themselves,  blamed  this 
 folly  in  men,  that  mangled  their  bodies  for 
 the  dead,  calling  them,  "  Varia  et  detesta- 
 biliagenera  lugendi,pedores,muliebres  lacera- 
 tiones  genarum,  pectoris,  foemorum,  capitis 
 percussiones.      Cic.  Tusc.  quaest.  lib.  3. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Of  peculiar  treasure,]  In 
 Gr.,  a  peculiar  people;  iu  Chald.,  a  be- 
 loved people :  see  the  annot.  on  Exod.  xix. 
 6. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Any  abomination,]  This  Sol. 
 Jarchi,  and  the  Thargum  called  Jonathan, 
 well  explain,  "any  thing  that  I  have  made 
 abominable  to  you  (or  put  far  from  you.") 
 '  For  every  creature  of  God  is  good,'  1  Tim. 
 iv.  4,  and  there  is  '  nothing  common  (or  un- 
 clean) of  itself,'  Rom.  xiv.  14,  but  by  the  or- 
 dinance of  God,  certain  creatures,  meats  and 
 drinks  were  made  unclean  unto  the  Jews, 
 yet  not  for  ever,  but  '  imposed  upon  them 
 until  the  time  of  reformation,'  Heb.  ix.  10. 
 And  this  law  taught  them  holiness,  iu  ab- 
 staining from  the  impure  communion  with 
 the  wicked.  Acts  x.  13,  17,  20,  28.  See 
 the  annot.  on  Lev.  xi.  The  Hebs.  saw  this 
 mystery;  for  Baal  Hatturim  on  this  place 
 noteth,  "  Next  unto  these  words,  For  thou  art 
 an  holy  people,  &c.  he  saith.  Thou  shalt  not 
 eat  any  abomination;  meain"ng,  that  they 
 should  not  be  commixed  with  infidels,  for  in- 
 fidels are  like  unto  beasts. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Kid  of  goats,]  Or  the  lamb  of 
 goats :  the  Heb.  Seh,  is  either  a  young 
 sheep,  or  a  young  goat,  as  Exod.  xii.  4,  5, 
 and  by  naming  the  lamb  he  meaneth  all  the 
 breed  of  these  beasts,  young  or  old ;  as  the 
 son  of  man,  is  used  for  any  man  generally, 
 old  or  young,  Ps.  cxliv.  3 ;  Job  xxv.  6. 
 
 Ver.  5.— Hart,]  In  Heb.,  ^jal,  a  wild 
 beast  well  known,  whose  female  is  called  an 
 hind,  Gen.  xlix.  21,  light  of  foot,  2  Sam. 
 xxii.  34,  bringing  forth  her  young  with  great 
 sorrow.  Job  xxxix.  1 — 3.  Such  were  meat 
 at   Solomon's  table,  1   Kings  iv.  23.      Roe- 
 
CHAP.  XIV. 
 
 253 
 
 wild-goat,  and  pygarg,  and  the  wild-ox,  and  the  chamois ;  ^  x\nd 
 every  beast  that  parteth  the  hoof,  and  cleaveth  asunder  the  cleft  of 
 two  hoofs,  that  cheweth  the  end  among  the  beasts,  tliat  ye  shall 
 eat.  ^  But  this  ye  shall  not  eat,  of  them  that  cliew  the  cud,  or  of 
 them  that  part  the  cloven  hoof;  the  camel,  and  the  hare,  and  the 
 conie,  because  they  chew  the  cud,  but  they  part  not  the  hoof,  they 
 shall  be  unclean  unto  you.  *  And  the  swine,  because  lie  parteth 
 the  hoof,  and  cheweth  not  the  cud,  he  shall  be  unclean  unto  you :  of 
 their  flesh  ye  shall  not  eat,  and  their  carcass  ye  shall  not  touch. 
 ^  These  ye  sliall  eat  of,  all  tliat  are  in  the  waters,  all  tliat  hath 
 
 BUCK,]  Hebr.  Tscbi,  of  the  pleasantness  or 
 beauty  of  this  beast;  in  Chald.,  Tab/a;  in 
 Gr.  Dorcas:  (whereupon  the  "oman  named 
 in  Syriac,  Talitha,  Acts  ix.  36,  is  by  inter- 
 pretation, Dorcas;  in  English  a  roe:)  this 
 beast  is  very  swift,  2  Sam.  ii.  18;  I  Chron. 
 xii.  8;  Song  viii.  14,  eaten  also  at  Solomon's 
 table,  1  Kings  iv.  23.  F.ali.ow-deer,]  Or 
 tvild-ox,  bugle,  or  huffel:  in  Heb.  jach- 
 mur,  (a  word  not  found,  but  here  and  in  1 
 Kings  iv.  23.)  the  Gr.  translateth  it  bou- 
 balos,  that  is,  the  bnff,  biiffel,  or  wild  ox, 
 which  somewhat  resembleth  our  common  ox, 
 but  is  of  another  kind,  larger,  black,  and 
 more  fierce.  The  Chald.  and  Arabic  retain 
 the  Heb.  name  Jachmura,  which  some  Hebs. 
 say,  is  a  beast  like  unto  a  great  goat.  Some 
 late  expositors  make  it  a  beast  like  an  ass; 
 as  an  ass  in  Heb.  is  called  Chatnor. 
 Wjld-goat,]  In  Heb.  Acco,  a  word  not 
 found  but  in  this  one  place:  of  it  some  think 
 the  Lat.  Alee  (by  putting  in  the  letter  I)  is 
 derived,  which  we  call  the  elk;  a  beast 
 somewhat  like  a  fallow-deer.  The  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth it  Tragelaphos,  that  is,  a  goat-hart, 
 which  is  in  part  like  a  goat  and  a  hart:  such 
 are  found  in  Arabia.  The  best  Heb.  expo- 
 sitors say,  it  is  the  "  wild-goat  or  rock-goat," 
 so  named  of  climbing  the  rocks.  It  is  a 
 beast  of  another  kind  than  the  common  goat ; 
 for  be  it  wild  or  tame,  the  beast  is  the  same. 
 PvGARG,]  So  the  Gr.  and  old  Lat.  version 
 translate  the  Heb.  Dishon,  here  only  used: 
 which  the  Chald.  calleth  Rema,  of  highness. 
 The  pygarg  is  a  wild  beast  like  a  fallow- 
 deer,  or  roe-buck.  Wii.d-ox,]  Or,  xvild- 
 bull:  so  both  Onkelos  and  Jonathan,  the 
 Chald.  paraphrast,  do  translate  the  Heb.  Teo, 
 used  only  here,  and  in  Is.  li.  20,  where  it  is 
 called  To.  The  Gr.  translateth  it  Oryx, 
 which  is  a  beast  like  a  goat.  The  Arabic 
 iiameth  it  Tajetal.  Chamois,]  This  name 
 is  borrowed  of  the  French,  as  being  a  beast 
 like  a  wild  goat.  The  Heb.  name  is  Zetner, 
 the  Arabic  Zirapha  ;  both  have  the  signifi- 
 cation of  cutting.  The  Gr.  translateth  it 
 Cumelopardalis,  which  is  a  word  compounded 
 of   the   camel  and   the    pantheress.      The 
 
 Chald.  calleth  it  Ditsa,  which  is  a  kind  of 
 roe.  These  seven  sorts  of  beasts,  and  three 
 of  cattle,  are  all  to  be  understood  of  several 
 kinds,  (as  the  scripture  giveth  them  every  one 
 a  several  name)  and  are  not  to  be  distin- 
 guished by  their  wildness,  or  tameness,  but  by 
 their  different  nature;  for  as  the  Heb.  say, 
 "the  wild  ox,  and  the  (ox)  fatted  in  the  stall, 
 these  are  of  the  kind  of  the  ox."  Maim, 
 treat,  of  forbidden  meats,  chap.  i.  sect.  S. 
 And  the  scripture  confirmeth  this,  as  when 
 he  saith  of  David,  '  He  sacrificed  oxen  and 
 fatlings,'  2  Sam.  vi.  13,  that  is,  oxen  fed  in 
 the  pastures,  and  fatted  in  the  stall.  More- 
 over they  say,  that  there  are  no  other  cattle 
 or  beasts  in  the  world,  lawful  to  be  eaten, 
 save  these  ten  kinds,  rehearsed  in  the  law ; 
 they  and  the  kinds  of  them,  as  is  noted  on 
 Lev.  xiv.  3.  And  further,  they  have  this 
 saying,  '  Though  all  these  (ten  kinds)  are  law- 
 ful to  be  eaten;  yet  we  must  put  a  difference 
 between  the  clean  cattle,  and  the  clean  beasts. 
 For  the  beasts,  their  fat  is  lawful  (to  be  eaten) 
 and  their  blood  must  be  covered:  [Lev.  xvii. 
 13,]  but  clean  cattle  their  fat  is  unlawful  to 
 be  eaten,  [Lev.  vii.  23,]  and  there  is  no 
 charge  to  cover  their  blood.'  Maim,  treat,  of 
 "forbidden  meats,"  chap.  i.  sect.  9. 
 
 Ver.  G. — That  cheweth,]  Understand, 
 a7id  that  cheweth,  (as  the  Gr.  addeth  the 
 word  and)  for  it  must  do  both,  else  it  was 
 not  clean.  And  here,  because  the  former 
 beasts  may  be  unknown  by  their  names,  (as  is 
 to  be  seen  by  the  variety  of  interpretations,) 
 God  giveth  two  general  signs  to  know  a  clean 
 beast  by,  the  '  parting  of  the  hoof  in  twain, 
 and  the  chewing  of  the  cud:'  of  which,  see 
 the  aimot.  on  Lev.  xi.  3. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Camel,]  Of  this  and  the  rest 
 that  follow,  see  the  notes  on  Lev.  xi.  4 — 7, 
 and  of  the  exception,  how  in  cases  of  neces- 
 sity unclean  meats  might  be  eaten,  it  is  there 
 spoken.  They  chew,]  Or,  ^vtry  of  them 
 cheweth, 
 
 Ver.  9. — In  the  waters,]  Whether  in 
 the  seas,  or  ?w  the  rivers,  Lev.  xi.  9.  Fin 
 and  scale,]  In  Gr.  and  Chald.,  Jins  and 
 scales:  see  the  annot.  on  Lev.  xi.  9,  &c. 
 
254 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 fin  and  scale  shall  ye  eat.  '"  And  all  that  hatJi  not  fin  and  scale, 
 ye  shall  not  eat,  it  shall  be  unclean  unto  you.  "  Every  clean  bird 
 ye  sliall  eat.  ''  But  these  «/•«  they  of  whicli  ye  shall  not  eat:  the 
 eagle,  and  ossifrage,  and  tlie  osprey :  '^  And  the  vulture,  and  the 
 kite,  and  the  glede,  after  her  kind ;  "  And  every  raven  after  his 
 kind:  '*  And  the  owl,  and  the  night-hawk,  and  the  sea-gull,  and 
 the  hawk  after  his  kind:  '^  And  the  great  owl,  and  the  little  owl, 
 and  the  red-shank :  "  And  the  pelican,  and  tlie  gier-eagle,  and  the 
 cormorant :  '^  And  the  stork,  and  the  heron  after  her  kind, 
 and  the  lapwing,  and  the  bat :  "*  And  every  creeping  thing  that 
 flietli,  it  shall  be  unclean  unto  you :  tliey  shall  not  be  eaten. 
 '^°  Every  clean  fowl  ye  shall  eat.  Ye  shall  not  eat  of  any  carcass  ; 
 tlioii  shalt  give  it  unto  tlie  stranger  that  is  in  tliy  gates,  that  lie 
 may  eat  it ;  or  thou  tnayest  sell  it  unto  an  alien ;  for  thou  art  an 
 lioly  people  unto  Jehovah  thy  God.  *'  Thou  shalt  not  seethe  a  kid 
 in  his  mother's  milk. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Unclean,]  And  so  an  abomi- 
 nation, as  is  said  in  Lev.  xi.  10,  11,  that 
 their  flesh  might  not  be  eaten,  nor  their  car- 
 casses touched,  as  before  in  ver.  8. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Eagle,]  Of  this,  and  the  rest 
 that  follow,  see  the  annot.  on  Lev.  xi.  13,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  J3. — Vulture,]  Called  liere  in 
 Heb.,  Raa/i,  of  seeing;  in  Lev.  xi.  14, 
 Daah  of  flying.  Chazkuni  here  saith, 
 "  Raah  and  Daah  are  one,  and  it  is  called 
 Raah,  because  it  seeth  much."  Jonathan  in 
 his  Thai'gum  calleth  it,  "the  white  Dajetha," 
 according  to  the  name  in  Lev.  xi.  and  On- 
 kelos  nameth  it  Bath  canphu,  that  is, 
 daughter  of  wing.  Glede,]  A  kind  of 
 kite  or  puttock,  in  Heb.  Dajah  :  tins  is  not 
 mentioned  in  Lev.  xi.  (see  the  annot.  there 
 on  ver,  14,)  The  Gr.  calleth  it  Iciinos,  tiiat 
 is,  a  glede,  or  /cite. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Owl,]  Or  yoxmg  owl,  or 
 young  ostrich  :  see  the  notes  on  Lev.  xi. 
 16,  for  this  and  the  rest  that  follow. 
 
 Ver.  19. — That  flieth,]  Or,  of  the 
 fl^'f'ff/owl :  in  Gr.,  all  the  creeping  things 
 of  foii'ls  ;  which  Jonathan,  Solomon  Jarchi, 
 and  others,  expound  of,  flies,  bees,  hornets, 
 and  all  such  like :  see  Lev.  xi.  20. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Clean  fowls,]  Or,  clean  fly- 
 ing things  J  implying  the  kinds  of  locusts, 
 which  were  lawful  to  be  eaten,  Lev.  xi.  21, 
 22. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Any  carcass,]  The  flesh  of  a 
 clean  beast  or  fowl,  that  either  dietli  alone,  or 
 is  not  orderly  slain:  see  the  annot.  on  Lev. 
 xvii.  15.  The  stranger,]  Not  the  pro- 
 selyte, or  stranger  joined  to  the  church,  for 
 such  were  bound  to  keep  the  whole  law,  and 
 this  in  special.  Lev.  xvii.  15,  but  as  both 
 the  Chald.  paraphrases  expound  it,  the  7/ncir- 
 
 cumcised  stranger  that  is  in  thy  cities  ;  and 
 the  Gr. ,  the  sojourner  that  is  in  thy  cities. 
 Of  three  sorts  of  strangers,  see  the  notes  on 
 Exod.  xii.  43,  45,  48.  Tliis  stranger  here 
 spoken  of,  the  Hebs.  call  Gertoshal,  that  is, 
 the  stranger  inhabitant  (or  sojourner: 
 in  Gr.  Paroikos :)  and  they  describe  him 
 thus;  "Geitoshab  is  an  heathen,  who  takes 
 upon  him  that  he  will  serve  no  idol,  with  the 
 residue  of  the  commandments  which  were 
 commanded  to  the  sons  of  Noah,  [whereof 
 see  the  notes  on  Gen.  ix.  4,]  but  he  is  not 
 circumcised  nor  baptized.  Such  an  one 
 they  (the  Israelites)  do  receive,  and  he  is  of 
 the  saints  of  the  nations  of  the  world.  And 
 why  is  he  called  Toshah  (an  inhabitant  ?)  be- 
 cause it  is  lawful  for  us  to  let  him  inhabit 
 amongst  us  in  the  land  of  Israel."  Maim, 
 torn.  2,  in  Issurei  Biah,  chap.  xiv.  sect.  7. 
 Of  such,  they  held  that  they  might  be  'n 
 the  state  of  salvation,  as  they  confess  else- 
 where. "  The  saints  of  the  nations  of  the 
 world,  they  have  a  portion  in  the  world 
 that  is  to  come  (in  life  eternal)."  Maim. 
 treat,  of  repentance,  chap.  iii.  sect.  5.  Sell 
 IT  UNTO  AN  alien,]  Or,  sell  thou  it  to  a 
 foreigner;  in  Cliald.,  to  a  son  of  the  people ; 
 an  heathen  that  dwelt  not  in  the  land  of 
 Israel.  An  holy  people,]  And  therefore 
 are  to  show  forth  holiness  in  obeying  all  the 
 commandments  of  the  Lord,  though  imposed 
 but  for  a  time,  and  as  shadows  of  bttter  things. 
 For  '  meats,  and  drinks,  and  divers  wash 
 ings,  and  carnal  ordinances,  were  imposed  on 
 the  Jews,  until  the  time  of  reformation,' 
 Heb.  ix.  10.  But  now  it  is  said,  '  Let  no 
 man  judge  you  in  meat  or  in  drink,  &c. 
 which  are  a  shadow  of  things  to  come,  but 
 the  body  is  of  Christ'  Col.  ii.  16,  17.     Not 
 
CHAP.  XIV. 
 
 255 
 
 ^  Tithing  thou  shalt  tithe  all  the  revenue  of  thy  seed,  that  the 
 field  bringeth  forth,  year  %  year.  ^^  And  thou  shalt  eat  before 
 Jehovah  tliy  God,  in  the  place  which  lie  shall  choose,  to  cause  his 
 
 SEETHE  A  KID,]  Tliis  law  is  twice  given  be- 
 fore, in  Exod.  xxiii.  19;  xxxiv.  26,  see  the 
 annot.  there.  Under  the  name  of  a  kid,  the 
 Heb.  understand  a  lamb  also,  and  calf, 
 or  other  beast:  and  by  seething,  they  im]ilv 
 also  eating,  or  making  any  profit  or  use  of 
 flesh  so  boiled.  The  Chald.  translateth,  thou 
 shalt  not  eat  flesh  with  milk.  ^ 
 
 Ver.  22. — Tithing  THOU  shalt  tithe,] 
 That  is,  shalt  in  any  wise,  carefully,  faith- 
 fully separate  the  tithe;  meaning  the  second 
 tithe  which  themselves  were  to  eat,  ver.  23, 
 for  there  was  a  first  tithe  which  was  given 
 '  to  the  Levites,'  out  of  which  the  Levites 
 paid  a  tenth  part  again  to  the  priests,  Num. 
 xviii.  24—28 ;  Neh.  x.  37,  38.  Then  of 
 that  which  remained,  the  owner  separated  a 
 second  tithe,  which  themselves  did  eat  before 
 the  Lord,  the  first  and  second  year:  in  the 
 third  year  it  was  given  to  the  Levites,  and 
 to  the  poor,  Deut.  xiv.  28,  29.  In  the 
 fourth  and  fifth  years  it  was  eaten  again  by 
 the  owners,  and  in  the  sixth  year  was  given 
 to  the  poor.  The  seventh  year  was  a  rest 
 and  Sabbath  to  the  land,  then  all  things  were 
 common,  Exod.  xxiii.  10,  11.  And  this 
 course  they  were  constantly  to  follow  in 
 Israel.  Hereof  it  is  written  by  the  Heb, 
 thus;  "After  that  they  have  separated  the 
 first  tithe,  every  year  they  separate  a  second 
 tithe;  Deut.  xiv.  22,  and  in  the  third  year, 
 and  in  the  sixth  they  separate  the  tithe  of  the 
 poor,  instead  of  the  second  tithe.  In  the 
 first  (day)  of  Tisri  (or  September,)  is  the  be- 
 ginning of  the  year  for  the  tithe  of  corn,  and 
 of  pulse,  and  of  herbs:  and  wheresoever  the 
 beginning  of  the  year  is  mentioned,  it  is  the 
 first  of  Tisii.  Aud  the  fifteenth  of  Shebat 
 [that  is,  the  eleventh  month  which  we  call 
 January,]  is  the  beginning  of  the  year  for 
 the  tithes  of  trees,  (fruit.)"  Maim.  torn,  in 
 Maaser  sheni  (or  treat,  of  the  second  tithe,) 
 chap.  i.  sect.  I,  2.  See  also  the  annot.  on 
 Lev.  xxvii.  30,  &c.  All  the  revenue,] 
 Or,  all  the  income,  that  is,  fruits  or  increase 
 which  are  gathered  and  brought  in  for  food, 
 the  reason  of  the  name  appeareth  in  2  Sam. 
 ix.  10,  thou  shalt  'till  the  land  for  him,  and 
 thou  shalt  bring  in  (the  fruit-)  that  thy  mas- 
 ter's son  may  have  food  to  eat.'  The  Heb. 
 say,  "  All  man's  meat  that  is  kept,  which 
 groweth  out  of  the  ground,  owcth  an  heave- 
 olfering:  and  it  is  commanded  to  separate  out 
 of  it,  the  first-fruits  for  the  priests,  &c-.  and 
 likewise  the  tithes."  Maim,  in  Trumoth, 
 chap.  ii.  sect.  1.  And  whereas  the  scripture 
 sometimes  spcaketh  of  '  revenue  sometime  of 
 
 corn,'  (as  after  in  ver.  23,)  sometime  of  a 
 morsel  of  bread,  (as  in  Judg.  xix.  5,)  they 
 say,  the  grain,  "  when  it  is  eared,  is  called 
 (Tebuali)  revenue,  everywheie ;  and  after 
 that  it  is  threshed  and  fanned,  it  is  called 
 (Dagan)  corn ;  and  when  it  is  ground, 
 kneaded,  and  baked,  it  is  called  (Path)  a  mor- 
 sel, or  bread."  Maim,  in  Beracolh,  chap, 
 iii.  sect.  1.  That  the  field  bringeth 
 forth,]  Or,  that  cometh  out  of  the  field ;  in 
 Gr.,  the  generation  or  increase  of  thy  field. 
 Year  by  year,]  So  the  Gr.  also  interprelelh 
 the  Heb.  phrase,  year  year,  which  is  else- 
 where written,  year  by  year,  Neh.  x.  35, 
 and  Jonathan  in  his  Thargum  explaineth  it, 
 *'  every  year  and  year:  whereto  he  addeth, 
 and  not  the  fruits  of  (one)  year,  with  the 
 fruits  of  another  year:"  meaning,  that  they 
 must  separate  their  tithes  yearly,  and  not  put 
 two  years'  tithe  into  one. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Shalt  eat,]  In  Gr.,  shall 
 eat  it:  speaking  of  the  tithe  which  the 
 owners  should  eat:  and  so  Jonathan  in  his 
 Thargum  saith,  "  Ye  shall  eat  the  second 
 tithe  before  the  Lord."  Before  Jehovah,] 
 The  tithes  which  were  given  to  the  priests 
 they  might  eat  '  in  every  place,'  Num.  xviii. 
 31,  this  second  tithe  was  holy,  and  might 
 not  be  eaten,  but  where  God's  sanctuary  was; 
 as  within  Jerusalem  when  the  temple  was 
 there  built.  "  The  second  tithe  is  eaten  by 
 the  owneif,  within  the  walls  of  Jerusalem, 
 (Deut.  xiv.  23,)  "Whosoever  eateth  so  much 
 as  an  olive  of  the  second  tithe,  or  driuketh  of 
 it  the  fourth  part  (of  a  log)  of  wine,  without 
 the  wall  of  Jerusalem,  is  to  beaten,  as  it  is 
 written  (in  Deut.  xii.  17,)  thou  mayest  not 
 eat  within  thy  gates,  the  tithe  of  thy  corn,  or 
 of  thy  wine,  or  of  thine  oil,  &c.  and  he  is  to 
 be  beaten  for  every  one  in  particular:  there- 
 fore if  he  eat  of  them  all  three  without  the 
 wall,  he  is  beaten  three  times."  Maim,  in 
 Maaser  sheni,  chap.  ii.  sect.  1,  5.  This  is 
 meant  (they  say)  if  he  eat  thereof  without 
 the  walls  of  Jerusalem,  after  it  is  once 
 brought  in  thither;  "But  if  he  eat  of  it, 
 before  it  cometh  within  the  wall  of  Jerusa- 
 lem, he  is  chastised  with  stripes,"  ibid.  sect. 
 6.  Of  beating,  see  Deut.  xxv.  2,  3,  and  of 
 the  holy  manner  of  eating  it,  see  Deut.  xxvi. 
 14.  His  name,]  In  Chald.,  his  divine 
 presence,  (Shecinah,)  whereby  God's  presence 
 with  his  church  in  Chiist,  and  by  his  Spirit, 
 is  meant:  see  the  notes  on  Exod.  xxxiv.  9. 
 Firstlings,]  These  were  given  to  the  priests, 
 Num.  xviii.  15;  Neh.  x.  36,  who  had 
 many  other  gifts,  of  which,  some  might  not 
 
256 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 name  to  dwell  tliere,  the  tithe  of  thy  corn,  of  thy  new  wine,  and  of 
 thy  new  oil,  and  the  firstlings  of  thy  herd,  and  of  thy  flock,  that 
 tlion  mayest  learn  to  fear  Jehovah  thy  God,  all  days.  ^^  And  if 
 tlie  way  be  too  much  for  thee,  that  tliou  art  not  able  to  carry  it, 
 because  the  place  is  far  from  thee,  which  Jehovali  tliy  God  sliall 
 choose  to  set  his  name  there,  when  Jehovah  thy  God  liath  blessed 
 thee  ;  ^^  Then  shalt  thou  turn  it  into  money,  and  bind  up  the  money 
 in  thine  hand,  and  shalt  go  unto  the  place  which  Jehovah  thy  God 
 shall  choose.     ^''  And  thou  shalt  give  the  money,  for  all  that  thy 
 
 be  eaten  but  in  the  rourt  of  the  sanctuary; 
 some  (of  which  number  these  firstlings  were,) 
 might  not  be  eaten  but  in  the  holy  city:  and 
 some  miglit  be  eaten  everywhere.  See  the 
 annot.  on  Num.  xviii.  To  Fear,]  This  is 
 the  end  of  this  ordinance,  that  the  people 
 might  be  inured  with  the  fear,  religion,  and 
 service  of  God:  (lor /ear  is  sometime  used 
 generally  for  God's  worship.  Is.  xxix.  13. 
 with  JNIalt.  XV.  8,  9.)  And  this  fear  they 
 learned  both  by  the  action  itself,  eating  the 
 tithe  of  all  their  fruits,  with  joy  and  thank- 
 fulness to  him  that  so  blessed  their  land  and 
 labours,  the  tenth  whereof  they  consecrated 
 unto  him:  and  by  beholding  the  other  holy 
 things,  and  religious  actions,  performed  by  all 
 Israel  at  their  solemn  feasts.  In  this  latter 
 sense  Chazkuni  here  expoundeth  it  thus ; 
 "  That  when  thou  goest  up  to  the  feast,  to 
 eat  thy  second  tithe,  and  shalt  see  the  priests 
 in  their  service,  and  the  Levites  in  their 
 singing,  and  the  Is-aelites  in  their  standing, 
 and  the  Synedrion  (or  magistrates)  sitting 
 and  judging  the  judgments  of  Israel,  and  the 
 doctors  teaching;  (for  from  thence  doctrine 
 went  forth  unto  all  Israel,)  thou  mayest  learn 
 to  fear  the  Lord  thy  God. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Too  MUCH  FOR  THEE,]  That 
 is,  as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  he  far  away 
 from  thee.  To  carry  it,]  In  Gr.,  to 
 carry  them,  meaning  the  tithes  fore-men- 
 tioned. Hath  blessed  thee,]  That  is, 
 hath  given  thee  so  great  an  inciease,  that  the 
 tenth  of  them  is  more  than  tliou  canst  carry 
 to  the  place  of  God's  sanctuary. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Turn  it,]  Or  sell  it  for 
 money :  Heb.,  give  it  for  silver  ;  which  the 
 Gr.  trauslateth,  sell  them  for  silver.  Of 
 this  the  Heb.  have  these  ordinances;  "He 
 that  will  redeem  the  fruits  of  the  second 
 tithe,  redeenieth  them  by  their  price  (or 
 worth)  and  saith,  Lo  this  money  is  instead  of 
 these  fruits,  &c.  and  he  carrieth  the  money 
 up  to  Jerusalem.  He  that  redeemeth  his 
 second  tithe,  blesseth  God  for  the  redemption 
 theieof.  When  they  redeem  it,  it  is  not  by 
 the  name  of  tithe,  but  by  the  name  of  com- 
 mon (or  profane)  things:  and  they  say,  'How 
 much  are  these  common  fruits  woith;  though 
 
 all  d6  know  that  they  are  tithes.'  They  re- 
 deem not  the  tithe  fruits,  but  with  silver;  and 
 they  redeem  them  not  with  silver  uncoined, 
 but  with  silver  stamped,  which  hath  some 
 figure  or  writing  upon  it:  and  if  he  redeem 
 it  with  a  wedge  of  silver,  or  the  like,  he  doth 
 nothing.  He  may  not  redeem  it  with  money 
 which  is  not  current  at  that  time,  and  in  that 
 place.  Neither  may  he  redeem  it  with  money 
 which  is  not  in  his  own  power;  as  it  is  writ- 
 ten, '  Thou  shalt  bind  up  the  money  in  thine 
 hand.'  He  that  redeemeth  his  second  tithe 
 before  he  have  separated  it;  as  if  he  say, 
 '  The  second  lithe  of  these  fruits  be  redeemed 
 with  this  money;  he  saith  not  anything, 
 seeing  he  hath  not  set  out  the  tithe.'  But  if 
 he  have  set  them  out,  and  then  say,  the  second 
 tithe  which  is  in  the  north,  or  in  the  south, 
 be  common  (or  profane)  for  this  money;  lo 
 then  it  is  redeemed.  When  they  redeem 
 the  second  tithe,  it  must  be  with  the  worth 
 thereof,  and  not  by  guess,  but  exactly,  by  the 
 measure,  or  by  the  weight  thereof  and  so 
 they  give  the  price.  If  the  price  be  known, 
 he  may  redeem  it  by  the  mouth  of  one;  but 
 if  it  be  not  known,  as  if  the  wine  begin  to 
 be  sour,  or  the  fruits  to  be  rotten,  &c.  he  is 
 to  redeem  it  by  the  mouth  of  three  chapmen. 
 They  may  not  carry  the  tithe  fruit-;  from  ojie 
 place  to  another,  to  redeem  them  there." 
 Maim,  in  Maasar  shetii,  chap.  iv.  And 
 BIND  ui>,]  Tlie  Gr.  saith,  and  shalt  take  the 
 money  in  thine  hands. 
 
 Ver.  2G — Thy  soul  asketh  of  thee,] 
 In  Gr.,  thy  soul  desireth;  by  soul,  meaning 
 appetite  or  lust  after  meat  or  drink,  as  in  Ps. 
 Ixxviii.  28,  tliey  asked  '  meat  for  their  soul.' 
 They  might  not  bestow  the  money  on  other 
 things,  than  for  food  or  anointing,  as  the  Hebs. 
 declare  it  thus;  "  He  may  not  take  for  the 
 money  of  the  tithe,  ought  save  man's  meat, 
 which  groweth  out  of  the  earth,  or  which  is 
 nourished  by  that  which  groweth  out  of  the 
 earth;  as  the  particulars  expressed  iu  the  law, 
 oxen,  sheep,  wine,  or  strong  drink.  There- 
 fore they  may  not  buy  with  the  tithe  money 
 water  or  salt,  &c.  because  they  grow  not  out 
 of  the  ground.  Honey,  eggs,  and  milk,  are 
 as  oxen,  and  sheep;    for  though  tliey  grow 
 
CHAP.  XIV 
 
 257 
 
 soul  desireth,  for  oxen,  or  for  sheep,  or  for  wine,  or  for  strong 
 drink,  or  for  whatsoever  thy  soul  asketh  of  thee:  and  thou  sha^t 
 eat  there  before  Jehovah  tliy  God ;  and  thou  shalt  rejoice,  thou  and 
 thine  house.  "  And  the  Levite  which  is  witliin  thy  gates,  thou 
 shalt  not  forsake  him,  for  he  hath  no  part  nor  inlieritance  with 
 thee. 
 
 ^^  At  the  end  of  three  years  thou  slialt  bring  forth  all  the  tithe 
 of  thy  revenue  in  that  year,  and  shalt  lay  it  up  within  thy  gates. 
 '^^  x\nd  the  Levite,  because  he  liath  no  part  nor  inheritance  with 
 thee,  and  the  stranger   and   the  fatherless,  and  the   widow  which 
 
 not  out  of  the  earth,  yet  are  they  proceeded 
 of  them  which  are  nourished  from  the  earth. 
 Likewise,  they  buy  not  a  beast  with  the 
 tithe  money  out  of  Jerusalem."  Maim,  in 
 Maaser  sheni,  chap.  vii.  sect.  3,  4,  5,  16. 
 And  thine  house,]  In  Chald.,  the  men  of 
 thine  house;  meaning  such  as  were  clean, 
 the  unclean  might  not  by  the  law,  Deut. 
 xxvi,  14.  "  Whoso  eateth  of  the  second 
 tithe,  in  his  uncleanness,  is  to  be  beaten." 
 Maim,  in  Maaser  sheni  chap.  iii.  sect.  1. 
 
 Ver.  27.— Thy  gates,]  In  Gr.  and 
 ChvilA.,  thy  cities :  so  in  ver.  28.  Not  for- 
 s.AKE  HIM,]  That  is,  not  neglect  him,  but 
 minister  sufficient  for  him  also  to  eat,  drink 
 and  rejoice;  seeing  he  hath  no  land  of  his 
 own,  to  supply  this  unto  him:  see  Deut.  xii. 
 19.  And  this  here  seemeth  not  to  be  meant 
 only  of  the  first  tithe,  commanded  to  be 
 given  unto  the  Levites,  Num.  xviii.,  but  of 
 communicating  also  these  second  tithes  with 
 them,  to  rejoice  together,  as  may  be  gathered 
 by  the  law  following,  ver.  29. 
 
 Ver.  28. — At  the  end  of  three 
 YEARS,]  In  Gr.  Jfter  three  years:  but  it 
 is  meant  in  the  tliird  year,  to  wit,  of  the 
 seventh  or  Sabbath  year;  and  so  again  in  the 
 sixth  year,  for  every  third  year  is  meant. 
 Therefore  in  Deut.  xxvi.  12,  it  is  written, 
 '  In  the  third  year.'  All  the  tithe,]  The 
 Hebs.  \\Tite,  "  After  a  man  hath  reaped  the 
 seed  of  the  earth,  or  gathered  the  fruits  of 
 the  trees,  and  ended  the  work  thereof;  he 
 separateth  out  of  it  one  of  fifty;  and  this  is 
 called  '  The  great  heave-offering  (or  first- 
 fruits)  and  it  is  given  to  the  priest:'  and  of 
 this  is  spoken  in  Deut.  xviii.  4.  Afterward 
 he  separateth  out  of  the  remainder,  one  of 
 ten;  and  that  is  called  the  first  tithe;  and  he 
 giveth  it  to  the  Levites:  and  this  is  mention- 
 ed in  Num.  xviii.  24.  After  this  he  sepa- 
 rateth out  the  residue,  one  of  ten,  and  that 
 is  called  the  second  tithe:  and  it  is  for  the 
 owners,  and  they  eat  it  in  Jerusalem:  and 
 this  is  spoken  of  in  Lev.  xxvii.  30,  31,  and 
 Deut.  xiv.  22.  According  to  this  order  do 
 they  separate  in  the  first  year  of  the  seven,  and 
 
 Vol.  ir  2 
 
 in  the  second,  and  in  the  fourth,  and  in  the 
 fifth.  But  in  the  third,  and  in  the  sixth  of 
 the  seven,  after  they  have  separated  the  first 
 tithe,  he  separateth  out  of  the  remainder,  an- 
 other tithe,  and  giveth  it  to  the  poor,  and 
 that  is  called  the  tithe  of  the  poor.  And 
 these  two  years  there  is  no  second  tithe  but 
 the  tithe  of  the  poor,  and  that  is  spoken  of  in 
 Deut.  xiv.  28;  xxvi.  12.  The  year  of  re- 
 lease [which  is  the  seventh  year]  is  all  free ; 
 and  there  is  in  it  no  heave-offering,  nor  tithes 
 at  all,  either  first  or  second,  or  tithe  of  the 
 poor."  Maim.  tom.  3,  in  Mattanoth, 
 gnanijim, chap.  i.  sect.  2 — 5.  Thy  gates,] 
 In  Gr.  and  Chald.  thy  cities  :  implying  cities, 
 suburbs,  and  fields  about  them;  but  not  out 
 of  the  land  ;  as  the  Hebs.  say,  "They  may 
 not  carry  out  of  the  land,  for  it  is  said.  With- 
 in thy  gates;  and  (in  Deut,  xxvi.  12.)  That 
 they  may  eat  within  thy  gates."  Maim,  in 
 Mattanoth,  chap.  vi.  sect.  17. 
 
 Ver.  29.— The  Levite,]  He  was  to  have 
 all  the  first  tithe.  Num.  xviii.  24,  and  of 
 that  do  the  Heb.  understand  this,  and  not  of 
 the  second  tithe:  as  Sol.  Jarchi  here  saith, 
 "The  Levite  (shall  come)  and  take  the  first 
 tithe:  and  the  stranger  and  the  fatherless, 
 and  they  shall  take  the  second  tithe,  for  it  is 
 for  the  poor  of  this  year."  And  Chazkuni 
 saith,  "  In  the  third  year,  the  first  tithe  is 
 for  the  Levite,  and  the  second  tithe  is  to  be 
 divided  unto  the  poor."  See  the  notes  on 
 Num.  xviii.  Shall  eat  and  be  satis- 
 fied,] Or,  eat  a7id  have  their  Jill.  They 
 were  not  bound  to  eat  it  in  Jerusalem,  as  the 
 second  tithe  of  the  former  two  years;  but 
 might  eat  it  within  any  of  their  gates.  About 
 the  distribution  of  this  tithe,  they  had  these 
 orders:  "  The  owner  of  the  field,  when  poor 
 folk  pass  by  him,  and  he  have  there  the  tithe 
 of  the  poor,  he  giveth  to  every  poor  body  that 
 passeth  by  him,  so  much  of  that  tithe  as  may 
 satisfy  him,  accoiding  to  Deut.  xiv.  29.  How- 
 much  is  that?  If  it  be  of  wheat,  he  give?; 
 him  not  less  than  half  a  kab:  if  of  barley, 
 not  less  than  a  kab:  of  rye,  not  le?s  ihan  a 
 kab:   of  figs,  not  less  than    five   and  tu'enty 
 
258 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 are  witliin  thy  gai;es,  shall  come,  and  shall  eat  and  be  satisfied  j 
 tliat  Jehovah  thy  God  may  bless  thee,  in  all  the  work  of  thine 
 hand,  wliich  thou  slialt  do. 
 
 shekels'  weight:  of  wine,  not  less  than  half  a 
 log:  of  oil,  not  less  than  a  quarter  (of  a  log,) 
 &c.  And  if  he  give  him  of  any  other  fruits, 
 it  is  not  less  than  that  he  may  sell,  and  buy 
 with  the  price  thereof  two  meals'  meat.  If 
 there  be  many  poor,  and  he  have  not  enough 
 to  give  unto  ^\q\y  one  according  to  the  mea- 
 sure, then  he  setteth  (the  tithe)  before  them, 
 and  they  part  it  among  themselves.  With 
 the  second  tithe  they  may  not  pay  debts,  or 
 wages;  nor  redeem  captives  with  it,  nor  give 
 alms  thereof,"  &c.  Maim,  in  Mattanoth 
 gnan.  chap.  vi.  In  all  the  work.]  That 
 if,  ail  the  works,  as  the  Gr.  and  CLald.  ex- 
 
 plain it;  or,  in  every  work.  This  manner  of 
 speech,  '  that  he  may  bless,  thee,'  is  a  promise, 
 and  he  will  bless  thee,  (as  '  Judge  not,  that 
 ye  be  not  judged,'  Matt.  vii.  1,  meaneth, 
 '  and  ye  shall  not  be  judged,'  Luke  vi.  37,) 
 and  it  showeth  how  '  godliness  is  profitable 
 unto  all  things,  having  promise  of  the  life  that 
 now  is,  and  of  that  which  is  to  come,  1  Tim. 
 iv.  8.  Unto  such  duties  as  these,  aud  to 
 works  of  mercy,  there  are  often  annexed 
 promises  of  blessing  in  the  scriptures,  Prov. 
 iii.  9,  10.  Ezek.  xliv.  30;  Mai.  iii.  10,  11  ; 
 2  Cor.  ix.  6—10. 
 
 CHAP.    XV^ 
 
 1 .  The  seventh  year,  a  year  of  release  for  the  poor.  7.  Unto  the 
 poor,  men  must  lend  freely,  and  give;  the  seventh  year  must  he  no  let ' 
 thereof.  12.  An  Hebrew  servant  must  be  set  free  in  the  seventh  year, 
 and  liberally  rewarded.  16.  If  he  will  not  go  out  free,  his  ear  must  be 
 bored,  and  he  is  a  servant  for  ever.  19.  All  firstlings  males  of  the  cat- 
 tle, are  to  be  sanctified  unto  the  Lord,  and  eaten  before  him;  21.  Ex- 
 cept it  have  a  blemish,  then  is  it  to  be  eaten  by  any,  in  any  place  : 
 23.  But  not  the  blood. 
 
 '  At  the  end  of  seven  years  tliou  shalt  make  a  release.     ^  And 
 tills  is  the  manner  of  the  release  ;  that  every  creditor  that  lendeth 
 
 Ver.  1. — At  the  end  of  seven  years,] 
 Hereby  seemeth  properly  to  be  meant  accord- 
 ing to  the  old  Lat.  version.  In  the  seventh 
 year  ,•  as  in  Deut.  xiv  2S.  '  At  the  end  of 
 three  years,'  meaneth  'in  the  third  year;' 
 and  in  Jer.  xxxiv.  14,  it  is  said,  '  At  the 
 end  of  seven  years,  let  ye  go  eveiy  man  his 
 brother,'  &c.  that  is,  as  thereafter  followeth, 
 '  when  he  hath  served  thee  six  years;'  and 
 Moses  here  in  Deut.  xv.  12,  explaineth  it, 
 •in  the  seventh  year:'  and  the  Gr.  interpre- 
 ters translate  that  place  of  Jeremiah,  "At 
 the  end  of  seven  years,  thus,  when  six  years 
 are  fulfilled."  So  here,  '  the  end  of  seven 
 years,'  is  the  seventh  year,  which  is  the  end 
 or  last  of  the  seven:  and  as  servants  were  to 
 be  released  in  the  beginning  of  the  seventh 
 year,  when  they  had  fully  served  six;  so 
 Aben  Ezra  (upon  this  place)  expoundeth  this 
 remi.-sion  of  debts  to  be  at  the  "  beginning 
 of  the  year."  Nevertheles  some  of  the 
 Hib.    expositors   take  it   otherwise,  saying, 
 
 "  The  seventh  (year)  releaseth  not  debts  of 
 money,  but  at  the  end  thereof,  as  it  is  said 
 (in  Deut.  xv.  1.)  At  the  end  of  seven  years, 
 &c.  And  there  he  saith  (in  Deut.  xxxi. 
 10,)  At  the  end  of  seven  years,  in  the  so- 
 lemnity of  the  year  of  release,  in  the  feast 
 of  tabernacles.  What  is  (meant)  there?  after 
 (seven  years;)  so  the  forgiveness  of  money 
 is  after  seven  (years.)  Therefore  he  that 
 lendeth  to  his  neighbour  in  the  seventh  year 
 itself,  may  require  his  debt  all  the  year;  but 
 when  the  sun  is  set  in  the  night  of  New-year's 
 day,  at  the  going  out  of  the  seventh  year, 
 the  debt  is  lost."  Maim,  in  Misneh,  torn, 
 3.  treat,  of  the  *"  release  and  jubilee,"  chap 
 ix.  sect.  4.  This  seventh  year  is  that  spokeu 
 of  in  Exod.  xxiii.  11,  and  Lev.  xxv.  4, 
 which  was  a  Sabbath  and  rest  for  the  land, 
 that  it  might  not  be  tilled;  and  a  year  of 
 releasing  debts,  figuring  the  year  of  grace, 
 the  acceptable  year  of  the  Lord,  which  Christ 
 preached,  by  whom  we  have  obtained  of  Gud 
 
CHAP.    XV. 
 
 259 
 
 ought  unto  his  neighbour ;  do  release  it :  he  shall  not  exact  of  his 
 neighbour,  and  of  his  brother,  because  he  hath  proclaimed  a  re- 
 lease to  Jehovah.     ^  Of  a  foreigner  thou  mayest  exact  it :  but  that 
 
 release  of  our  debts,  that  is,  the  forgiveness  of 
 our  sins,  Luke  iv.  18,  19;  Matt.  vi.  12; 
 Luke  xi.  4,  and  are  taught  also  to  forgive,  if 
 we  have  ought  against  any ;  that  our  Fathei' 
 also  which  is  in  heaven,  may  forgive  us  our 
 trespasses,  Mark  xi.  25,  that  we  be  kind  one 
 to  another,  tender-hearted,  forgiving  one  an- 
 other, even  as  God  for  Christ's  sake  liath 
 forgiven  iis,  Eph.  iv.  32;  Col.  iii.  12,  13. 
 See  the  annot.  on  Lev.  xxv.  A  release,] 
 Or,  a  remission,  or  intermission,  called  in 
 Heh.  Shemittah,  in  Gr.  Aphesis,  that  is, 
 forgiveness,  or  remission :  the  word  which 
 the  New  Testament  useth  for  '  forgiveness  of 
 sins,  Mark  i.  4;  Matt.  xxvi.  28,  whereof 
 this  release  of  debts  was  a  shadow.  And  the 
 word  is  likewise  used  in  Exod.  xxiii.  11, 
 where  speech  is  of  the  land,  that  it  should  be 
 let  rest,  or  intermitted  from  tillage,  which 
 was  but  for  that  seventh  year  only:  wherefore 
 it  cannot  be  gathered  from  this  word,  that 
 the  remission  of  debts  here  commanded,  was 
 to  be  for  ever,  but  might  be  an  intermission 
 only  for  the  seventh  year,  wherein  was  neither 
 sowing,  nor  reaping,  nor  other  works  of  hus- 
 bandry, so  that  the  poor  had  not  such  means 
 to  pay  their  debts,  as  in  other  years.  How- 
 beit,  the  Heb.  for  the  most  part  hold  the  re- 
 mission to  be  perpetual,  and  therefore  have 
 their  limitations  for  some  debts  and  debtors, 
 as  after  shall  be  showed. 
 
 Ver.  2. — The  Manner,]  Heb.  iAe  worthy 
 which  the  Gr.  expoundeth,  the  ordinance 
 (or  commandment)  of  the  release.  Everv 
 CREDITOR,]  Heb.,  every  master  (or  owner) 
 of  the  lending  of  his  hand,  that  is,  of  the 
 thing  lent  with  his  hand:  which  seemeth  to 
 imply  money,  and  the  like,  and  that  which  is 
 a  man's  own,  whereof  he  hath  power,  as  to 
 lend,  so  to  remit.  It  may  also  be  interpret- 
 ed "  every  master  of  the  exaction  of  his  hand, 
 which  he  may  exact  of  his  neighbour,  do  re- 
 lease it;''  that  is,  every  creditor  that  hath 
 right  to  exact  (the  debt)  with  his  hand,  do 
 release  that  which  he  might  exact.  The  Gr. 
 expounds  it  thus;  "  Thou  shalt  forgive  every 
 proper  debt  (or  every  debt  of  thine  own) 
 which  thy  neighbour  oweth  thee."  Chaz- 
 kuni  here  observeth,  that  the  release  is  of 
 things  lent,  not  of  things  taken  by  robbery, 
 or  of  things  committed  of  trust  to  be  kept. 
 Not  exact,]  Or,  not  urgently  exact,  m  Gr., 
 not  ask,  (or  require:)  which  the  Hebs.  un- 
 derstand both  of  exacting  the  debt,  and  an 
 oath  concerning  it,  as  some  ca-ses  might  re- 
 quire. "  The  seventh  year  releaseth  an  oath, 
 as  it  is  said,  Thou  shalt  not  exact;  not  at  all ; 
 
 neither  to  pay,  nor  to  swear;  meaning,  an 
 oath  before  the  judges,  &c.  But  an  oath  of 
 them  that  have  a  thing  to  keep,  or  for  part- 
 nership, or  the  like;  wherein  if  he  confess, 
 he  must  pay;  in  such  case  he  sweareth,  after 
 the  (year  oQ  release."  Maim,  in  treat,  of 
 the  release,  chap.  ix.  sect.  6,  7.  And  of 
 HIS  Brother,]  That  is,  of  such  a  neighbour 
 as  is  his  brother  in  the  faith ;  to  except  the 
 stranger,  as  in  ver.  3.  So  and  is  often 
 used  for  explanation,  as  "  I  mean,  or  that  is 
 to  say:"  see  the  notes  on  Gen.  xiii.  15.  Be- 
 cause  HE   HATH   PROCLAIMED,]    Or,  "  when 
 
 he  (that  is,  God  by  the  magistrate)  hath  pro- 
 claimed, or  because  it  is  called  a  release." 
 Thargum  Jonathan  expoundeth  it  of  a  pro- 
 clamation by  the  magistrate?.  To  Jehovah,] 
 meaning,  to  his  honour,  and  by  his  command- 
 ment. The  Chald.  translateth,  before  the 
 Lord  :  the  Gr.  to  the  Lord  thy  God. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Of  a  foreigner,]  Whom  the 
 Chald.  calleth  "  a  son  of  the  people,"  mean- 
 ing an  heathen.  Exact,]  The  Gr.  addeth, 
 require  whatsoever  things  are  thine  ivith  him. 
 Thine  hand  shall  release,]  Which  the 
 Greek  explaineth  thus,  btU  to  thy  brother  thou 
 shalt  make  a  release  {or  forgiveness)  of  thy  debt. 
 In  this  the  Hebs.  (which  hold  the  release  to  be 
 for  ever)  have  their  limitations.  They  say,  the 
 seventh  year  releaseth  a  debt  though  it  be 
 lent  upon  a  bill  which  secureth  the  debt  by 
 goods;  but  if  he  took  assurance  by  land, 
 when  he  lent  it,  then  it  releaseth  not.  Also, 
 he  that  lends  to  his  neighbour,  and  setteth 
 him  an  appointed  time  of  ten  years,  he  re- 
 leaseth not  (in  the  seventh.)  He  that  lends 
 unto  his  neighbour,  and  conditioneth  with 
 him,  that  the  seventh  year  shall  not  release 
 him,  he  must  notwithstanding  release,  for  he 
 cannot  frustrate  the  right  of  the  seventh  year. 
 If  he  condition  with  him,  not  to  release  that 
 particular  debt  in  the  seventh  year,  the  con. 
 dition  standeth;  for  that  man  hath  bound 
 himself  in  his  goods,  whereas  the  law  hath 
 not  bound  him.  Mulcts  (or  forfeits)  for  en- 
 forcing, or  for  enticing  a  maid,  or  for  bring- 
 ing an  evil  name,  &c.  are  not  released.  He 
 that  lends  upon  a  pawn,  releaseth  not,  if  the 
 debt  be  equivalent  with  the  pawn:  but  if  it 
 be  more,  the  overplus  is  released.  If  the 
 judges  have  given  sentence  (at  law)  and 
 written,  "  Thou,  such  an  one,  art  bound  to 
 pay  this  man  thus  and  thus,  he  releaseth  not, 
 ibr  this  is  not  in  the  nature  of  a  thing  lent. 
 These  and  the  like  cautions  Maimony  show- 
 eth  in  his  said  treat,  of  the  release  and  jubilee," 
 chap.  ix.      Of  some  of  these  there  is  a  ques- 
 
260 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 which  is  thine,  with  thy  brother,  thine  hand  shall  release.  ^  Only, 
 that  there  be  not  in  thee  a  needy  man ;  for  Jeliovah  blessing  will 
 bless  thee  in  the  land  wliich  Jeliovah  thy  God  giveth  to  thee^r  an 
 inheritance,  to  possess  it.  ^  Only,  if  hearkening  thou  wilt  hearken 
 unto  the  voice  of  Jehovah  thy  God,  to  observe  to  do  all  his  com- 
 mandment which  I  command  thee  this  day.  ^  For  Jehovah  thy  God 
 blesseth  thee  as  he  hath  spoken  unto  thee,  and  thou  shalt  lend  unto 
 many  nations  ;  but  thou  shalt  not  borrow ;  and  thou  shalt  rule 
 over  many  nations,  and  they  shall  not  rule  over  thee. 
 
 ^  If  there  shall  be  in  thee  a  needy  man,  of  one  of  thy  brethren, 
 in  any  of  thy  gates,  in  thy  land  which  Jehovah  thy  God  giveth 
 unto  thee,  tliou  shalt  not  make  strong  thine  heart,  nor  shut  thine 
 liand  from  tliy  brother  the  needy  man.  ^  But  opening  thou  shalt 
 open  thine  hand  unto  him,  and  lending  thou  shalt  lend  him  enough 
 for  his  want,  that  which  is  wanting  unto  him.  '  Beware  of  thyself, 
 lest  there  be  a  thought  in  thine  heart  of  Belial,  saying,  The  seventli 
 
 tion  to  be  made  whether  they  be  agreeable 
 to  the  law  of  God  here  given,  especially  if  it 
 be  understood  but  of  an  intermission  of  the 
 debt  for  the  seventh  year  only. 
 
 Veb.  4. — Only  that  there  be  not,] 
 Or,  to  the  e7id  that  there  be  not :  it  showeth 
 the  reason  of  the  former  law  of  release,  that 
 there  might  not  be  through  exacting  of  debts, 
 any  man  brought  to  extreme  poverty.  In 
 thee,]  In  the  midst  of  thee,  O  Israel,  or, 
 among  you  :  so  again  in  ver.  7.  A  needy 
 MAN,]  This  word  noteth  a  depth  of  poverty, 
 and  hath  the  name  Ebjon,  of  wishing  or  de- 
 siring things  that  may  relieve  his  wants. 
 Blessing  will  bless  the,]  That  is,  will 
 surely  bless  thee  much;  so  that  thou  shalt 
 not  lose  by  it,  if  thou  perform  this  duty  to 
 thy  poor  brother.  The  Gr.  explaineth  it, 
 for  this  thing  the  Lord's  blessing  will  bless 
 thee. 
 
 Ver.  6.' — Blesseth  thee,]  Or,  hath 
 blessed  thee,  that  is,  will  surely  bless  thee ;  a 
 promise  spoken  of  as  already  done.  Thou 
 SHALT  lend,]  God  will  so  bless  thee,  that 
 thou  shalt  have  enough  to  lend,  and  shalt  not 
 need  to  borrow:  so  it  is  explained  in  Deut. 
 xxviii.  12.  Rule  over  many,]  As  other- 
 wise, so  particularly  by  lending  unto  them, 
 being  richer  than  they;  for,  '  The  rich  ruleth 
 over  the  poor,  and  the  borrower  is  servant  to 
 the  man  that  lendeth,'  Prov.  xxii.  7;  compare 
 alsoPs.  xswii.  2J,  26. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Any  of  thy  gates,]  Or,  one 
 of  thy  gates:  which  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  ex- 
 pound cities.  Not  make  strong,]  That  is 
 nut  hardeti  thine  heart ;  for  so  these  phrases 
 do  one  open  another;  as  in  Exod.  iv.  21;  vii. 
 .'i.  The  Gr.  expoundeth  it,  "  not  turn  away 
 tliine   heart  :"   the   apostle  calleth  it  a  '  .-hut- 
 
 ting up  of  the  bowels  '  (of  compassion)  from 
 him  tiiat  hath  need,  1  John  iii.  17.  Shut 
 thine  hand,]  That  is,  abstain  from  giving : 
 contrary  to  the  opening  of  the  hand,  in  ver. 8. 
 Ver.  8. — Open  thine  hand.]  That  is,  be 
 bountiful  and  give:  so  again  in  ver.  11.  Thus 
 it  is  said  of  God,  '  Thou  openest  thine  hand, 
 they  are  filled  with  good,'  Ps.  civ.  2S;  cxlv. 
 16.  Our  Saviour  saith,  '  Do  good,  and  lend, 
 hoping  for  nothing  again;  and  your  reward 
 shall  be  great,  and  ye  shall  be  the  children  of 
 the  Most  High;  for  he  is  kind  unto  the  un- 
 thankful, and  to  the  evil.  Be  ye  therefore 
 merciful,  as  your  Father  also  is  merciful,' 
 Luke  vi.  35,  36. 
 
 Ver.  9.— a  thought,]  Heb.  a  word; 
 used  generally  for  any  thi?ig  or  thought:  the 
 Gr.  saith,  a  hidden  tvord,  or  seciet  thing. 
 In  thy  heart,]  Or  with  thy  heart.  Of 
 Belial,]  That  is,  of  wickedness  ;  see  Deut. 
 xiii.  13.  This  is  to  be  referred  unto  the 
 former,  a  icord  (or)  thought  of  Belial:  as 
 they  are  joined  in  Ps.  ci.  3;  xli.  9,  that  is, 
 a  wicked  thing  (or)  thought  in  thy  heart  and 
 so  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  an  unlaxiful  thing. 
 Some  refer  it  to  the  latter,  the  heart;  as  if 
 he  should  say,  a  thought  in  thy  luicked  heart. 
 Thine  eye  be  evil,]  Hereby  is  meant  the 
 manifestation  of  a  covetous  aflection,  as  is 
 after  showed  by  the  efiect,  and  thuu  givest 
 not  unto  him  ;  and  proceedeth  frum  an  '  evil 
 heart,'  ver.  10,  for  the  eye  declareth  what  is 
 in  the  mind.  This  Solomon  tcacheth  by  the 
 contrary,  saying,  '  He  that  hath  a  good  eye, 
 shall  be  blessed,  for  he  giveth  of  his  bread  to 
 the  poor,'  Prov.  xxii.  9,  whereto  agreeth  that 
 speech  in  Eccl.  xxxv.  8.  '  Give  the  Lord 
 his  honour,  with  a  good  eye,  and  diminish 
 not  the  first-fruits  of  thine  hands.'     But  an 
 
CHAP.    XV. 
 
 261 
 
 yar  is  near  the  year  of  release  ;  and  thine  eye  be  evil  against  thy 
 brotlier  the  needy  man,  and  thou  givest  not  unto  him,  and  he  cry 
 against  thee  unto  Jehovah,  and  it  be  sin  unto  thee.  ^"  Giving  thou 
 shalt  give  unto  him,  and  thine  heart  shall  not  be  evil  when  thou 
 givest  unto  him,  because  that  for  this  thing  Jehovah  thy  God  will 
 bless  thee  in  all  thy  works,  and  in  all  that  thou  puttest  thine  hand 
 unto,  "  For  the  needy  shall  not  cease  out  of  the  land:  therefore  I 
 do  command  thee,  saying.  Opening  thou  shalt  open  thine  hand  to 
 Ihy  brotlier,  to  thy  poor  afflicted,  and  to  thy  needy  in  thy  land. 
 
 ^"  If  thy  brother  an  Hebrew,  or  an  Hebrewess,  be  sold  unto  thee, 
 and  serve  tliee  six  years,  then  in  the  seventh  year  thou  shalt  send 
 
 evil  eye  signifieth  envy  and  povetousness,  as, 
 •  Kat  thou  not  the  bread  of  him  that  hath  an 
 evii  eye,'  Prov.  xxiii.  6,  and,  'Is  thine  eye 
 evil,  because  I  am  good?'  Matt.  xx.  15,  and 
 Christ  saith,  that  an  evil  eye  proceedeth 
 '  from  within,  out  of  the  heart  of  men,'  Mark 
 vii.  21,  22.  It  be  sin  unto  thee,]  Or, 
 sin  in  thee,  that  is,  a  great  sin,  for  which 
 thou  shalt  be  condemned,  as  is  showed  in 
 Matt.  XXV.  41,  42,  45.  Thus  sin  is  used 
 sundry  times  for  a  most  sinful  and  damnable 
 action;  as,  'The  thought  of  foolishness,' 
 (that  is,  of  the  fool)  '  is  sin,'  Prov.  xxiv.  9, 
 and,  '  If  I  had  not  done  among  them  the 
 works  which  none  other  man  did,  they  had  not 
 had  sin,'  John  xv.  24,  see  also  James  iv.  17. 
 And  this  sin  is  the  greater,  and  the  sooner 
 punished,  when  the  poor,  for  want  of  release, 
 do  cry  unto  God, 
 
 Ver.  10. — Giving  thou  shalt  give,] 
 That  is,  '  In  anywise  give,  and  that  freely, 
 bountifully,'  &c.  So  in  ver.  11,  'opening 
 thou  shalt  open  '  thine  hand.  Thine  he.'VRT 
 SHALL  NOT  BE  EVIL,]  Or,  let  not  thine  heart 
 be  evil,  that  is,  grudge  not,  grieve  not,  nor 
 distrust  the  providence  of  God:  so  the  Gr. 
 translatetli,  thou  shalt  not  be  grieved  in  thy 
 heart.  This  is  spoken  of  the  heart,  because 
 a  pretence  of  lil)erality  is  sometimes  made 
 without  a  good  heart,  as  is  showed  in  Prov. 
 xxiii.  6,  7.  Hereupon  it  is  said,  '  Every 
 man  according  as  he  purposeth  in  his  heart,' 
 (so  let  him  give:)  'not  of  grief,  or  of  neces- 
 sity;  for  God  loveth  a  cheerful  giver,'  2  Cor. 
 ix,  7.  Will  bless  thee,]  And  conse- 
 quently will  enrich  thee;  for,  '  the  blessing  of 
 the  Lord  it  maketh  lich,'  Prov.  x.  22.  Other 
 blessings  also  are  implied,  for  he  saith,  '  If 
 thou  draw  out  thy  soul  to  the  hungry,  and 
 satisfy  the  afflicted  soul;  then  shall  thy  light 
 rise  in  obscurity,  and  thy  darkness  shall  be  as 
 the  noon  day,  and  the  Lord  will  guide  thee 
 continually,  and  satisfy  thy  soul  in  droughts, 
 and  make  fat  thy  bones ;  and  thou  shalt  be 
 like  a  watered  garden,  and  like  a  spring  of 
 water,  whose  waters  fail  not,  Is.  Iviii.  10,  II. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Not  cease  out  of  the 
 LAND,]  Or,  from  the  midst  of  (that  is,  from 
 within)  the  land.  Though  God  is  able  abun- 
 dantly to  supply  all  men's  wants,  yet  sufler- 
 eth  he  some  to  have  need,  as  for  other  causes, 
 so  to  make  trial  of  the  love  and  compassion 
 of  his  people  to  their  poor  brethren.  '  Ye 
 have  the  poor  with  you  always  ;  and  when- 
 soever ye  will,  ye  may  do  them  good,'  Mark 
 xiv.  7. 
 
 Ver.  12,— An  Hebrew,  or  an  Heb- 
 rewess,] That  is,  as  the  Chald.  expoundeth 
 it,  a  son  of  Israel,  or  a  daughter  of  Israel; 
 for  the  Israelites  were  called  Hebrews,  Exod. 
 ii.  6,  afterward  (when  the  other  tribes  were 
 fallen  from  God,  and  the  tribe  of  Judah  abode 
 in  the  truth,  Hos.  xi,  12,)  they  were  called 
 Jews,  Jer,  xxxiv.  9;  Ezra  v.  5.  vi.  7,  8, 
 &c,  Esth.  iv.  7;  ix.  1,  Sold  unto  thee,] 
 Of  the  selling  of  the  Hebs,,  see  the  law  fore- 
 given  in  Exod.  xxi.  2 — 11;  Lev.  xxv. 
 S9 — 55.  The  Heb.  expositors  understand 
 this  law  here  given,  for  him  that  was  sold  by 
 the  magistrate,  according  to  Exod.  xxii.  3, 
 and  not  for  such  as  sold  themselves.  Maim, 
 treat,  of  Servants,  chap.  iii.  sect.  12,  but  it 
 seemeth  by  the  words  of  Moses,  and  by  Jer. 
 xxxiv,,  to  extend  further.  In  the  seventh 
 YEAR,]  To  wit,  from  the  time  of  his  sale ; 
 for  this  is  not  the  seventh  year,  the  year  of 
 release  fore  spoken  of  in  ver.  1,  2,  9;  see  the 
 annot.  on  Exod.  xxi.  2.  Send  him  Oct  free,] 
 Or,  let  him,  go  out  a  free  man  :  This  was  not 
 an  intermission  of  service  for  the  seventh 
 year  only,  but  a  full  release  for  ever;  where- 
 fore God  blameth  the  Jews  in  Zedekiah's  days, 
 who  had  released  their  servants,  and  after- 
 ward caused  them  to  return,  and  brought 
 them  into  subjection  and  servitude  again, 
 Jer.  xxxiv.  14 — 16,  &c.  Neither  was  this 
 release  to  be  purchased  by  the  servants  of 
 their  friends,  but  was  for  nothing,  Exod.  xxi. 
 2.  This  sabbath,  or  seventh  year,  figured 
 the  acceptable  year,  the  time  of  grace  by 
 Christ,  who  releaseth  freely  by  his  gospel. 
 such  as  were  the  servants  of  sin  and  Satan, 
 
262 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 liim  out  free  from  thee.  '^  And  when  thou  sendest  him  out  free 
 from  thee,  thou  shalt  not  send  him  out  empty.  "  Furnishing  thou 
 shalt  furnisli  him  out  of  thy  flock,  and  out  of  thy  floor,  and  out 
 of  thy  wine-press ;  of  that  wherewith  Jehovah  thy  God  hath 
 blessed  tliee,  thou  shalt  give  unto  him,  '^  And  thou  shalt  remem- 
 ber that  thou  wast  a  servant  in  tlie  land  of  Egypt,  and  Jehovah  thy 
 God  redeemed  thee ;  therefore  I  do  command  tliee  this  thing  to  day. 
 '^  And  it  shall  be,  if  he  say  unto  thee,  I  will  not  go  out  from  thee, 
 because  he  loveth  thee  and  thine  house,  because  he  is  well  with  tliee  ; 
 "  Then  thou  shalt  take  an  awl,  and  shalt  thrust  it  in  his  ear,  and 
 in  tlie  door,  and  he  shall  be  unto  tliee  a  servant  for  ever ;  and  also 
 unto  thy  woman-servant  thou  shalt  do  likewise.  '*  It  shall  not  be 
 liard  in  tliine  eyes  when  thou  sendest  him  out  free  from  thee,  for 
 the  double  of  the  hire  of  an  hired  servant,  he  hath  served  thee  six 
 years :  and  Jehovah  thy  God  will  bless  tliee  in  all  that  thou  doest. 
 
 Is.  Ixi.  1,  2;  Luke  iv.  18,  19;  Rom.  vi. 
 12—14;  iii.  24;  Heb.  ii.  14,  15;  John  viii. 
 32— -36. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Furnishing  thou  shalt  fur- 
 nish HIM,]  That  is,  in  any  case  furnish  him, 
 and  that  liberally,  or  adorn  him  as  with  a 
 chain  ;  from  whence  the  similitude  is  here 
 taken:  that  as  crowns  and  chains  were  signs 
 of  honour  and  dignity,  Dan.  v.  29,  so  the 
 master  should  honourably  reward  his  brother 
 for  his  service,  and  not  turn  him  out  as  a 
 vagabond.  He  was  sold  for  extreme  poverty, 
 Exod.  xxii.  3;  Lev.  xxv.  39,  and  if  he 
 should  be  turned  away  empty,  he  might  either 
 be  forced  to  return  into  servitude,  (from 
 which  God  would  free  his  people,  because 
 they  were  his  servants.  Lev.  xxv.  42,  55,) 
 or  be  driven  to  steal,  Prov.  xxx.  9,  or  to  beg, 
 or  live  in  misery.  Thy  floor,]  Thy  com: 
 by  these  three,  flesh,  bread  and  wine  he  was 
 sufficiently  provided  for  his  present  liveli- 
 hood, and  that  of  the  best.  Thy  God  hath 
 BLESSED  THEE,]  So  implying  other  things 
 besides  those  fore-mentioned,  and  giving  a 
 reason  of  this  precept  from  the  blessing  of 
 God  upon  the  master,  which  also  often 
 cometh  by  means  of  the  servant's  diligent  and 
 faithful  service,  who  therefore  ought  not  to  be 
 sent  away  empty.  Gen.  xxx.  27,  30  ;  xxxi. 
 6,  38,  40,  42.  For  the  quantity,  the  law 
 appointeth  hot  how  much  the  master  should 
 give  his  servant  at  his  departure:  the  Hebs. 
 gather  from  Exod.  xxi.  32,  that  he  might 
 not  give  him  "  less  than  the  worth  of  thirty 
 shekels,  whether  it  were  of  one  kind  (of  the 
 things  furementioned)  or  of  many."  Maim, 
 treat,  .of  servants,  chap.  iii.  sect.  14. 
 
 Ver.  16 — Thine  house,]  That  is,  thine 
 hi.nseluiUl,  wife,  children,  servants;  as  the 
 Ciiald.  .'■iiith,  the  men  of  thine  house.     He  is 
 
 well,]  Is  well  used,  and  to  his  contentment. 
 What  the  Hebs.  gather  from  these  words,  is 
 noted  on  Lev.  xxv.  40. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Thou  shalt  take  an  awl,] 
 This  was  to  be  done  by  th  knowledge  of  the 
 magistrates  also,  Exod.  xxi.  6,  see  the  an- 
 not.  there.  In  his  ear,  and  in  the  door,] 
 So  fastening  his  ear  to  the  door,  as  the  Gr. 
 version  here  explaineth  it;  to  signify,  that 
 he  yielded  himself  as  a  perpetual  servant  in 
 his  master's  house.  A  servant  for  ever,] 
 That  is,  till  the  year  of  jubilee ;  or,  all  the 
 days  of  his  master's  life:  see  the  notes  on 
 Exod.  xxi.  6.  Thou  shalt  do  likewise,] 
 To  furnish  her  liberally  when  she  goeth  out 
 of  thy  service,  as  ver.  14,  and  (as  some  think) 
 to  bore  her  ear  for  a  perpetual  servant,  if  she 
 will  not  go  out  free  at  the  end  of  six  years. 
 But  the  Hebs.  understand  it  of  the  former 
 only,  and  hold  that  a  woman  was  not  to  be 
 bored  in  the  ear.  Maim,  in  Servants,  chap, 
 iii.  sect.  13.  Of  maid-servants,  see  the  law 
 in  Exod.  xxi.  7 — H. 
 
 Ver.  18.  — It  shall  not  be  hard,]  Or, 
 Let  it  be  not  hard,  that  is,  seem  hard  unto 
 thee,  and  grieve  thee,  that  thou  must  so  furnish 
 him  with  thy  goods  when  thou  lettest  him  go. 
 The  DOUBLE,]  \nChM.,tivo  for  one.  The 
 hire  of  an  hired  servant,]  That  is,  he 
 hath  been  double  the  worth  of  an  hired  ser- 
 vant to  thee,  that  he  hath  served  thee  six 
 years.  The  reason  of  this  speech  some  think 
 to  be,  because  of  the  hard  service  which  he 
 hath  done,  above  the  service  of  an  hireling, 
 as  in  Luke  xvii.  7—9.  But  by  the  law  Heb. 
 servants  might  not  be  used  like  slaves,  but 
 like  hired  servants.  Lev.  xxv.  39,  40. 
 Therefore  others  understand  it  in  respect  of 
 the  time,  that  an  hired  servant  might  not  be 
 hired  longer  than  three  years,  (as  in  Is.  xvi) 
 
CHAP.   XVL 
 
 263 
 
 '^  Every  firstling  whicli  shall  be  born  of  thy  herd  and  of  thy 
 flock,  the  male  thou  shalt  sanctify  unto  Jehovah  thy  God  :  thou  shalt 
 not  serve  with  the  firstling  of  thy  bullock,  nor  shear  the  firstling 
 of  thy  flock.  ^"  Thou  shalt  eat  it  before  Jehovah  thy  God,  year 
 by  year,  in  the  place  wliicli  Jehovah  shall  choose,  thou  and  thine 
 house.  '■*'  And  if  there  be  in  it  a  blemisli,  lame,  or  blind,  any  evil 
 blemish,  thou  shalt  not  sacrifice  it  unto  Jehovah  tliy  God.  ^^  TJiou 
 shalt  eat  it  withm  thy  gates,  the  unclean  and  the  clean  {person) 
 together,  as  the  roe  buck,  and  as  the  hart,  ^^  Only  the  blood 
 thereof  thou  shalt  not  eat,  thou  shalt  pour  it  upon  the  earth,  as 
 water. 
 
 14,  '  within  three  years,  as  the  years  of  an 
 hireling,'  &c.)  whereas  this  servant  had 
 served  six  years.  But  tliere  is  nc  \a.vf  given 
 of  God,  that  a  man  might  not  be  hired  for 
 longer  time  than  three  years ;  and  there  is 
 the  like  phrase  in  speech  of  one  year,  Is.  xxi. 
 10.  Others  think  it  to  be  in  respect  of  his 
 condition,  that  he  was  sold  for  a  servant,  and 
 so  bound  to  his  master,  and  could  not  be  free 
 when  he  would. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Of  thy  herd,]  Or  in  (ihatis, 
 among)  thy  herd,  and  in  thy  flock  ;  meaning 
 ot  beeves,  sheep,  and  goats.  After  the  laws 
 that  concern  the  poor  and  the  servants  of 
 Israel,  lie  now  repeateth  a  law  which  concern- 
 ed the  release  of  his  ministers  the  priests 
 that  served  the  Lord,  and  his  people  Israel. 
 Shall  sanctify,]  That  is,  shall  separate  as 
 holy  unto  the  Lord :  the  ground  of  this  law 
 was  because  God  smote  all  the  first-born  of 
 Egypt,  from  man  to  beast,  but  spared  the 
 Israelites;  therefore  he  commanded  them  (in 
 perpetual  memory  of  that  benefit)  to  sanctify 
 all  their  first-born  males  unto  him.  See 
 Exod.  xiii.  2,  U— 15.  Not  serve,]  That 
 is,  as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  7iot  to  do  any  work 
 therewith ;  as  to  plough,  tread  out  the  corn, 
 or  any  other  like.  Because  these  beasts 
 were  the  Lord's,  he  forbiddethmen  to  use  them 
 as  their  own,  for  any  work,  service,  or  profit 
 to  themselves.  So  the  Hebs.  hold  the  law  by 
 inference,  to  concern  all  other  holy  things, 
 as  well  as  the  firstlings ;  and  that  for  trans- 
 gressing this  charge,  men  were  to  be  beaten. 
 
 Maim.  tom.  3,    in  Megnilah,   chap.  1,  sect. 
 
 Ver.  20. — TnoiT  shalt  eat  it,]  This  is 
 not  meant  of  the  owner,  but  spoken  to  tlie 
 priest,  unto  whom  God  gave  all  the  firstlings 
 of  Israel,  Num.  i.  15,  17,  18.  See  the  aa< 
 not.  there.  Year  by  year,]  Every  firstling 
 in  his  year,  and  not  defer  the  eating  of  it  till 
 the  year  following.  Shall  choose,]  To  put 
 his  name,  and  place  his  sanctuary  there:  see 
 Deut.  xii.  5,  6.  Thine  house,]  Thy  family; 
 in  Chald.,  the  men  of  thy  house. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Lame  or  blind,]  Understand, 
 if  the  bea^^t  be  lame  or  blind,  or  any  other- 
 wise blemished.  The  firstlings  were  to  be 
 killed,  their  blood  and  fat  brought  to  the  altar, 
 their  flesh  eaten  by  the  priests,  as  is  noted  on 
 Num.  xviii.  17,  but  no  blemished  thing  might 
 come  to  the  altar,  by  the  law,  in  Lev.  xxii. 
 IS — 22,  therefore  not  the  firstlings  that  had 
 blemish  on  them. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Thou  shalt  eat  it,]  Speak- 
 ing to  the  priest,  to  whom  the  firstlings  were 
 given  for  their  livelihood:  see  Num.  xvili. 
 17.  Within  thy  gates,]  In  Gr.  and 
 Chald.,  within  thy  cities,  that  is,  in  any  of 
 their  common  habitations.  As  the  roe-buck,] 
 That  is,  as  ordinary  meat  wherein  is  no 
 holiness.    So  in  Deut.  xii.  22. 
 
 Ver.  23. — The  blood,]  Because  it  is 
 the  soul,  or  life,  and  was  for  atonement  of 
 their  souls  upon  the  altar,  therefore  no  blood 
 of  beast  or  fowl  might  be  eaten :  see  Deut. 
 xii.  23,  and  Lev.  xvii.  11,  12. 
 
 CHAP.  XVI. 
 
 \.A  repetition  of  the  law  touching  the  feast  of  the  passover,  and  of 
 unleavened  bread :  9-  Of  meeJcs  or  pentecost :  13.  Of  booths  or  taber- 
 nacles. 16.  Every  male  must  appear,  and  offer  according  to  the  gift  of 
 his  hand,  at  these  three  feasts.  18.  Of  ordaining  judges,  and  doing 
 justice.     21.  Groves  and  pillars  are  forbidden. 
 
264 
 
 D  E  U  T  E  R  O  X  O  M  Y. 
 
 '  Observe  tlie  month  of  Abib,  and  keep  the  passover  nnto  Je- 
 hovah thy  God  :  for  in  the  month  of  Abib,  Jehovah  thy  God 
 brought  thee  forth  out  of  Egypt  by  night.  ^  And  thou  shalt  sacri- 
 fice the  passover  unto  Jehovah  thy  God,  of  the  flock  and  the  herd, 
 in  the  place  which  Jehovah  shall  choose,  to  cause  his  name  to  dwell 
 there.  ^  Tliou  slialt  not  eat  with  it  awT/ leavened  bread ;  seven  days 
 shalt  thou  eat  with  it  unleavened  cakes,  the  bread  of  affliction :  for 
 thou  earnest  forth  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt  in  haste  ;  that  tliou 
 mayest  remember  tlie  day  of  thy  coming  forth  out  of  the  land  of 
 Egypt,  all  tlie  days  of  thy  life.  *  And  there  shall  not  be  seen  with 
 tliee,  any  old  leaven  in  all  thy  coast,  seven  days ;  neither  shall  any 
 
 Ver.  1. — Observe,]  Heb.  To  observe;  the 
 indefinite  put  for  the  imperative,  as  is  noted  on 
 Exod.  xiii.  3.  Abib,]  Which  we  cM  March: 
 the  Gr.expoundeth  it,  the  month  of  neiv  fruits. 
 See  the  notes  on  Exod.  xiii.  4.  And  keep 
 THE  Passover,]  Hebr.  and  thou  shalt  do  (or 
 make)  that  is,  celebrate  the  feast  of  the  pass- 
 over,  or  sacrifice  the  passover;  so  named, 
 because  God  passed  over  the  houses  of  the 
 Israelites,  when  he  slew  the  first-born  of 
 Egypt:  in  memorial  whereof,  this  feast  with 
 the  rites  thereof,  were  commanded;  see 
 Exod.  xii.,  and  the  annot.  there.  It  was  a 
 figure  of  Christ  our  passover,  and  of  our  re- 
 demption by  him,  whose  feast  we  are  taught 
 to  keep,  1  Cor.  v.  5,  8.  By  night,]  At 
 midin"ght  the  angel  of  God  slew  the  first-born 
 in  Egypt,  then  rose  they  up,  and  began  to 
 take  their  journey,  though  they  went  not  out 
 of  Egypt  till  the  day  following:  see  Exod. 
 xii.  29,  30,  41,  42. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Sacrifice,]  Or,  kill,  slay:  so 
 Christ  our  passover  is  sacrificed  for  us,  1 
 Cor.  V.  7,  by  the  preaching  of  Christ  cruci- 
 fied, and  showing  of  his  death,  we  now  keep 
 this  feast,  Gal.  iii.  1 ;  1  Cor.  xi.  36.  The 
 flock,]  Of  sheep,  or  goats  ;  see  Exod.  xii. 
 5.  The  herd,]  Of  bulls,  or  bullocks. 
 This  difl'ereth  from  the  passover  of  the  lamb, 
 which  was  precisely  commanded  to  be  a 
 young  sheep  or  goat  of  the  first  year,  one  for 
 a  company,  to  be  eaten  all  of  it,  the  same 
 night,  with  bitter  herbs,  &c.,  Exod.  xii.  But 
 this  was  an  addition  to  the  former,  and  was 
 of  sheep  or  bullocks,  so  many  as  men  would 
 voluntarily  bring  to  the  feast;  called  there- 
 fore by  the-  Jews  '  Chagigah,'  that  is,  the 
 feast-offering ;  as  the  other  was  called 
 Pascha.  An  example  hereof  we  have  in  2 
 Chron.  xxxv.  7,8,  &c.,  where  many  thou- 
 sands of  lambs,  kids,  and  bullocks  were  in 
 Josiah's  time  by  him  and  his  nobles  given  for 
 the  passover.  Of  this  the  Hebs.  say;  "When 
 they  ofTer  the  passover  in  the  first  (month) 
 they  ofl'cr  it  with  peace-oflerings  in  the  four- 
 teenth day,  of  the  herd,  or  of  the  flock,  great 
 
 or  small,  males  or  females,  with  any  sacrifices 
 of  peace:  and  this  is  called  the  Chagigah  (or 
 feast-ofliiring)  of  the  fourteenth  (day.)  And  of 
 this  it  is  said  (in  Dt\it,  xvi.  2,)  thou  shalt 
 sacrifice  the  passover  to  the  Lord  thy  God,  of 
 the  flock  and  the  herd."  Maim,  in  Korban 
 Pesach,  chap.  x.  sect.  12.  To  cause  his 
 name  to  dwell,]  Which  the  Gr.  expound- 
 eth.  his  name  to  be  called  upon  there.  The 
 Chald.  thus,  to  cause  his  Majesty  (or  divine 
 presence)  to  dwell  there.  So  in  ver.  6. 
 This  was  where  the  tabernacle  or  temple 
 should  be  placed;  which  in  time  was  at  Jeru- 
 salem, where  Solomon  builded  the  Lord  an 
 house,  1  Chrun.  xvii.  12,  that  is,  builded  an 
 house  for  his  name,  2  Sam.  xvii.  3.  See  also 
 Deut.  xii. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Leavened  bread,]  Which 
 signified  corruption  in  heart,  word,  or  deed ; 
 as  hypocrisy,  maliciousness,  false  doctrine,  or 
 any  other  wickedness,  or  wicked  persons:  see 
 Luke  xii.  1;  Matt.  xvi.  6,  12;  1  Cor.  v.  7, 
 8,  13,  and  the  annot.  on  Exod.  xii.  15. 
 Seven  days,]  After  the  Paschal  lamb.  Lev. 
 xxiii.  5 — 8,  see  the  notes  on  Exod.  xii.  15. 
 Bread  of  affliction,]  Or,  bread  of  po- 
 verty:  so  called,  because  it  was  a  memorial 
 of  their  affliction  in  Egypt,  and  of  their  hasty 
 coming  out  from  thence  before  their  bread 
 had  time  to  be  leavened,  Exod.  xii.  34,  39. 
 Hereupon  the  Israelites  used,  after  the  eat- 
 ing of  the  Paschal  lamb,  to  break  a  cake  of 
 unleavened  bread,  and  the  father  of  the  fa- 
 mily gave  every  man  a  piece,  and  said, 
 "  This  is  the  bread  of  aflliction  which  our  fathers 
 did  eat  in  the  land  of  Egypt,"  &c.  as  is  showed 
 at  large  in  the  notes  on  Exod.  xii.  8.  That 
 bread  Christ  consecrated  to  be  a  memorial  to 
 us  of  his  afflictions  and  death  for  our  sakes, 
 whereby  his  body  was  broken  for  us,  1  Cor. 
 xi.  24—26.  In  haste,]  This  word  im- 
 plieth  a  trembling,  and  an  hasty  flight  for 
 fear  of  danger,  Deut.  xx.  3  ;  2  Sam.  iv.  4; 
 2  Kings  vii.  15.  See  the  notes  on  Exod. 
 xii.  II. 
 
 Vkr.    4. — Seen    with   thee,]    Or,  seer^ 
 
CHAP.   X\  I. 
 
 265 
 
 thing  of  the  flesh  which  thou  shall  sacrifice  in  the  evening,  in  the 
 first  day,  remain  all  night,  until  the  morning.  '"  Tliou  mayest  not 
 sacrifice  the  passover  within  any  of  thy  gates,  which  Jehovah  thy 
 God  givetli  thee.  ®  But  at  the  place  whicli  Jehovah  thy  God  shall 
 choose,  to  cause  his  name  to  dwell,  tliere  thou  shalt  sacrifice  the 
 passover  in  the  evening,  about  the  going  down  of  the  sun,  at  the 
 season  that  thou  camest  fortli  out  of  Egypt.  '  And  thou  shalt  boil 
 and  eat  in  the  place  which  Jehovah  thy  God  shall  choose  ;  and  thou 
 slialt  turn  in  the  morning,  and  go  unto  thy  tents.  *  Six  days  thou 
 shalt  eat  unleavened  cakes,  and  in  tlie  seventh  day  shall  be  a  solemn 
 assembly  unto  Jehovali  thy  God ;  thou  shalt  not  do  any  work. 
 
 [appear)  unto  thee.  Leaven  might  not  be 
 eaten,  nor  so  much  as  left,  within  their  dwell- 
 ings, but  carefully  sought  out  and  put  away 
 before  the  feast  began.  The  manner  of  doing 
 it,  and  meaning  thereof,  is  showed  on  Exod. 
 xii.  15,  19.  Thy  coast,]  Or,  thy  borders; 
 the  Gr.  saith,  thy  coasts.  Leaven  might  no 
 way  be  reserved  for  any  use  till  after  the 
 passover,  but  was  purged  out  the  day  before, 
 and  abolished,  either  burnt,  or  otherwise 
 made  away,  as  is  noted  on  Exod.  xii.  15.  Of 
 THE  FLESH,]  The  Gr.  translateth  plurally, 
 of  the  fleshes  ;  to  imply  the  other  sacrifices  of 
 the  feast,  as  well  as  the  paschal  lamb;  where- 
 of whatsoever  was  left  till  morning,  was  to 
 be  burnt,  as  a  polluted  thing,  Exod.  xii.  10. 
 The  Hebs.  explain  this  law  thus:  "The 
 feast-oflering  (Cliagigah)  of  the  fourteenth 
 (day)  is  at  (men's)  liberty  (to  ofler)  but  not 
 bouod.  And  it  is  eaten  for  two  days  and  one 
 night,  like  all  the  sacrifices  of  peace-offerings, 
 (Lev.  vii.  15 — 17.)  And  it  is  unlawful  to 
 leave  of  the  flesh  of  the  Chagigah  of  the 
 fourteenth  day,  unto  the  third  day;  as  it  is 
 said  (in  Deut.  xvi.  4,)  neither  shall  (any- 
 thing) of  the  flesh,  which  thou  shalt  sacrifice 
 in  the  evening,  in  the  first  day,  remain  all 
 night  until  the  morning.  By  wojd  of  mouth 
 we  have  learned,  that  this  is  a  prohibition  for 
 leaving  the  flesh  of  the  Chagigah  of  the  four- 
 teenth day,  unto  the  sixteenth  day;  as  it  is 
 said,  unto  the  morning,  till  the  morning  of 
 the  second  day."  Maim,  in  Korban  Pesach, 
 chap.  x.  sect.  xiii.  Of  this  was  that  prac- 
 tise of  the  Jews,  in  John,  xviii.  28,  they  went 
 not  into  the  judgment-hall,  lest  they  should 
 be  defiled ;  but  that  they  might  eat  the  pass- 
 over,  meaning  the  Chagigah  (or  feast-offer- 
 ing) of  the  passover;  for  the  paschal  lamb 
 was  eaten  the  night  before,  Mark  xiv.  12. 
 &c. 
 
 Ver.  5 — Not  sacrifice,]  Or,  not  kill. 
 Thy  gates,]  That  is,  as  both  the  Gr.  and 
 Chald.  expound  it,  thy  cities.  This  was  a 
 perpetual  law  for  the  Pasch,  as  the  Hebs.  de- 
 clare, from  this  law,   thus;  "They  kill  not 
 
 Vol   II.  2  L 
 
 the  passover  but  in  the  court,  as  the  rest  of 
 the  holy  things:  yea,  in  the  time  when  the 
 high  places  were  permitted,  they  sacrificed 
 not  the  passover  in  a  private  high  place:  and 
 whoso  offereth  the  passover  in  a  private  high 
 place,  is  beaten.  For  it  is  said,  (in  Deut. 
 xvi.  5.)  Thou  mayest  not  sacrifice  the  pass- 
 over  in  any  of  thy  gates:  we  have  been 
 taught,  that  this  is  a  prohibition  to  kill  it  in  a 
 private  high  place,  although  it  be  in  the  time 
 when  high  places  are  permitted."  Maim,  in 
 Korban  Pesach,  chap.  i.  sect.  3. 
 
 Ver.  b". — About  the  going  down  of  the 
 SON,]  That  is,  in  the  afternoon,  before  sun- 
 setting  ;  for  at  sun-setting  the  day  ended.  For 
 the  time  of  killing,  see  the  notes  on  Exod. 
 xii.  6. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Shall  boil,]  Or,  seethe:  so  the 
 Heb.  word  properly  signifieth;  and  so  both 
 the  Gr.  and  Chald.  do  translate  it,  though 
 the  Gr.  addeth  another  word,  thott  shalt  boil, 
 and  roast,  and  eat.  Therefore  this  cannot 
 be  meant  of  the  paschal  lamb,  which  might 
 not  be  boiled,  but  roasted  only,  Exod.  xii.  8, 
 9,  but  is  spoken  of  the  Chagigah  (or  feast- 
 oflering)  forementioned,  which  might  be 
 boiled  if  they  would :  and  so  they  practised 
 in  Josiah's  passover ;  they  roasted  the  pass- 
 over  (that  is,  the  lamb)  withflre,  but  the  holy 
 offerings  they  boiled  in  pots  and  in  cauldrons. 
 Sic,  2  Chron.  xxxv.  13,  &c.  Unto  thy 
 tents,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  ex- 
 plain it,  into  thy  houses,  or  dwellings.  See 
 the  notes  on  Num.  xxiv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  8.— Solemn  assembly,]  Called  in 
 Heb.  Gnatsereth,  of  retaining  the  people,  or 
 of  restraining  them  from  work  :  in  Gr.  Exo- 
 dion,  the  outgoing  of  the  feast:  in  Chald.,  a» 
 assembly,  or  congregation.  See  Lev.  xxiii. 
 36.  Any  work,]  To  wit,  any  servile 
 work,  as  is  expressed  in  Lev.  xxiii.  8,  Num. 
 xxviii.  25,  but  work  about  dressing  meat  or 
 drink  might  be  done  on  the  feast  days,  but 
 not  on  the  sabbath:  see  the  notes  on  Lev. 
 xxiii.  3,  7. 
 
2(36 
 
 D  E  U  T  E  R  O  N  O  M  Y. 
 
 ^  Seven  weeks  shalt  thou  number  unto  thee,  fjom  begumiug  (to 
 put)  the  sickle  into  the  standing  corn,  thou  shalt  begin  to  number 
 tlie  seven  weeks.  "  And  thou  shalt  observe  the  feast  of  weeks 
 unto  Jehovali  thy  God,  with  a  tribute  of  a  voluntary  offering  of 
 thine  hand,  which  thou  shalt  give,  according  as  Jehovah  thy  God 
 liath  blessed  thee.  "  And  thou  shalt  rejoice  before  Jehovah  tliy 
 God ;  thou,  and  thy  son,  and  thy  daughter,  and  thy  man-servant, 
 and  thy  maid- servant,  and  the  Levite  which  is  within  thy  gates, 
 and  tlie  stranger,  and  the  fatherless,  and  the  widow,  which  are  in 
 the  midst  of  thee,  in  the  place  which  Jehovah  thy  God  shall  choose, 
 to  cause  liis  name  to  dwell  there.  '^  And  thou  shalt  remember  that 
 thou  wast  a  servant  in  Egypt,  and  thou  shalt  observe  and  do  these 
 statutes. 
 
 '^  Tiiou  shalt  observe  unto  thee  the  feast  of  booths,  seven  days, 
 wlien  thou  hast  gathered  in  of  thy  floor,  and  of  thy  wine-press. 
 '*  And  thou  slialt  rejoice  in  thy  feast ;  thou,  and  thy  son,  and  thy 
 daugliter,  and  tliy  man-servant,  and  thy  maid-servant,  and  the  Le- 
 vite, and  tlie  stranger,  and  the  fatherless,  and  the  widow,  which  are 
 
 Ver.     9 Seven    weeks,]    Or,     Seven 
 
 sevens,  to  wit,  of  days.  Tlie  Gr.  addeth, 
 Seveji  entire  veeks.  See  Lev.  xxiii.  15, 
 where  they  are  called  seven  sabbaths.  Into 
 THE  STANDING  CORN,]  Tliat  is,  from  the 
 sixteenth  day  of  Nisan  (or  Maicii)  at  which 
 time  the  magistrates  of  Israel  sent  messen- 
 gers to  reap  the  sheaf,  the  first-fruits  of  bar- 
 ley harvest,  to  wave  it  before  the  Lord:  from 
 which  day  precisely,  they  were  to  number 
 these  seven  weeks,  until  pentecost,  which 
 was  the  fiftieth  day,  as  is  showed  more  largely 
 in  the  annots.  on  Lev.  xxiii.  10,  15,  IC. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Shalt  observe,]  Heb.  do  or 
 make,  to  wit,  holy,  see  the  notes  on  Exod. 
 xxxiv.  22.  So  after  in  ver.  13.  Of  weeks,] 
 So  called,  because  it  was  seven  weeks  alter 
 the  bringing  of  the  sheaf  at  the  passover: 
 and  it  was  fifty  days,  whereupon  it  is  called  in 
 Gr.  pentecost,  Acts  ii.  1.     See  Lev.  xxiii. 
 
 15,  16.  A  TRIBUTE  OF  A  VOLUNTARY  OF- 
 FERING,] Or,  a  contribution  of  voluntari- 
 ness, that  is,  a  voluntary  contribution  of 
 thine  hand,  which  the  Gr.  tianslateth,  as  thine 
 hand  is  able.  The  Heb.  Missah  (which 
 i»  only  found  in  this  place)  is  a  contribution, 
 (as  3Ias  is  often  used  for  a  tribute  :)  or  it  is 
 a  sufficiency,  or  enough  :  as  in  Deut.  xv.  8, 
 enough  for  his  want,  is  by  the  Chald.  ex- 
 pounded Missah,  the  word  which  the  Chald. 
 useth  also  here.  Wherefore  this  contribution 
 here  spoken  of,  is  neither  the  sacrifice  ap- 
 pointed for  the  feast  day,  in  Num.  xxviii. 
 5^7 — 31,  nor  the  two  loaves  and  sacrifices 
 with  them, commanded  in  Lev.  xxiii.  17 — 20, 
 for  these  were  not  voluntary  oH'erings,  but 
 bounded  duties  which  might  not  be  omitted 
 
 But  over  and  beside  them,  God  here  appoint-  , 
 eth  men  to  bring  unto  him  voluntarily  what 
 they  could  and  would. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Shalt  rejoice,]  This  they 
 were  bound  to  do,  and  it  was  one  of  the  three 
 things  required  of  the  Israelites  at  eveiy 
 solemn  feast:  see  the  notes  on  Exod.  xxiii. 
 15,  and  after  here  on  ver.  14.  His  name,] 
 In  Chald.,  his  divine  presence,  or  Majesty. 
 
 Ver.  12. — And  thou  shalt,]  And,  may 
 here  imply  the  reason  therefore  thou  shalt  ob- 
 serve. For  they  came  out  of  Egypt  to  keep 
 a  feast  to  the  Lord  in  the  wilderness,  Exod.  v. 
 1,  3,  which  they  kept  at  mount  Sinai,  where 
 the  law  was  given  at  this  time  of  pentecost, 
 or  of  weeks,  Exod.  xix.  1,  11;  xxiv.  5 — 11. 
 In  memoiial  whereof  this  day  was  kept  holy 
 every  year.  And  when  they  were  come  into 
 Canaan,  they  brought  two  loaves  of  the  first- 
 fruits  of  their  wheat  harvest,  with  many 
 sacrifices  unto  them  adjoined.  Lev.  xxiii. 
 17 — 20,  which  increased  the  solemnity. 
 Last  of  all,  the  law  of  Christ,  was  given  by 
 the  Spirit  in  fiery  tongues,  to  his  apostles,  on 
 this  festival  day,  Acts  ii. 
 
 Ver.  13  — Booths,]  Or,  tabernacles 
 made  with  the  boughs  of  trees.  Lev.  xxiii. 
 34,  40.  See  the  annot.  there.  Of  thy 
 floor  and  of  thy  wine  press,]  That  is, 
 thy  fruits,  the  corn  which  is  threshed  in  the 
 floor,  and  the  wine  pressed  out  of  the  fat: 
 therefore  it  is  called  '  the  feast  of  in-gather- 
 ing, in  the  going  out  of  the  year;  when 
 thou  gatherest  in  thy  labours  out  of  the  field,* 
 Exod.  xxiii.  16. 
 
 Ver.  14.— Rejoice  in  thy  feast,]  This 
 is  meant  both  of  inward  joy  for  the   mercies 
 
CHAP.  XVI. 
 
 267 
 
 within  thy  gates.  '^  Seven  days  shalt  thou  keep  a  feast  unto  Je- 
 hovah thy  God,  in  the  place  which  Jehovali  shall  choose,  because 
 Jehovah  thy  God  shall  bless  thee,  in  all  thy  revenue,  and  in  all  the 
 work  of  thine  hands ;  and  thou  shalt  be  surely  joyful.  '®  Three 
 times  in  a  year  shall  evesy  male  of  thee  appear  before  Jehovah  thy 
 God,  in  the  place  v.hich  he  siiall  choose,  in  the  feast  of  unleavened 
 cakes,  and  in  the  feast  of  weeks,  and  in  tlie  feast  of  booths :  and 
 he  shall  not  appear  before  Jehovah  empty.  "  Every  man  ac- 
 cording to  the  gift  of  his  hand,  according  to  the  blessing  of  Je- 
 hovah thy  God,  which  he  hath  given  unto  thee. 
 
 Judges  and  ofificers shalt  thou  give  for  thee,  in  all  thy  gates, 
 
 <>1  Gud,  past,  present,  and  to  come  by  Christ; 
 and  of  outward  mauifestatioii  of  their  joy,  by 
 sacrifices  of  thanksgiving  unto  God,  and  holy 
 banqueting  with  the  poor,  and  ministers  of 
 the  Lord,  as  after  he  commandeth. 
 
 Vee.  15. — Keep  a  feast,]  By  offering  of 
 sacrifices,  in  thaukfuhiess  to  God  for  his 
 blessings  upon  them  and  their  land.  Sorely 
 JOYFUL,]  Or,  only  Joyful ;  with  spiritual 
 mirth  serving  the  Lord.  So  the  apostle 
 saith,  '  Rejoice  in  the  Lord  always;  again 
 I  say,  rejoice,'  Phil.  iv.  4. 
 
 A'er.  16. — Three  times,]  The  times 
 before  and  after  mentioned;  the  passover,  or 
 unleavened  cakes  ;  the  feast  of  weeks,  or 
 pentecost;  and  the  feast  of  booths,  or  taber- 
 nacles; see  Exod.  xxiii.  14 — 17;  xxxiv.  22, 
 23.  Of  the  special  sacrifices  of  these  feasts, 
 See  Lev.  xxiii.  and  Num.  xxviii;  xxix. 
 He  shall  not  appear,]  that  is,  no  man  of 
 Israel:  the  Gr.  saith  as  before,  thou  shalt  not 
 appear;  in  Exod.  xxxiii.  15,  it  was  said. 
 They  shall  not  appear  before  me,  empty.  Thus 
 here  are  three  things  required,  appearing, 
 keeping  a  feast,  ver.  15,  and  rejoicing,  ver. 
 14,  every  one  of  which  implied  a  sacrifice,  as 
 is  noted  on  Exod.  xxiii.  15. 
 
 Ver.  17. — According  to  the  gift  of 
 HIS  Hand,]  Tiiat  is,  Let  every  man  appear 
 with  a  gift  (or  oblation)  as  he  is  willing,  and 
 his  hand  can  give:  which  the  Gr.  explaineth, 
 "  Every  one  according  to  the  ability  of  your 
 hands." 
 
 D  b  0-  Here  beginneth  the  forty-eighth 
 section  of  the  law:  see  Gen.  vi.  9  ;  xxviii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Judges  and  Officers,]  In 
 C\\i\A.,  judges  and  avengers.  Tliese  were  to 
 judge  causes,  and  execute  the  judgments: 
 the  officers  are  called  in  Heb.  Shotrim,  in  Gr. 
 Grammateis,  and  Grammatoeisagogeis ,  that 
 is.  Scribes,  and  as  Hierom  calleth  them  in 
 Lat.  Masters.     Their  work  was  to  speak  and 
 
 proclaim  unto  the  people  what  they  ougiit  (o 
 do.  Dent.  xx.  5—9;  Josh.  i.  10,  11;  iii.  2, 
 3,  and  as  the  Hebs.  generally  hold,  to  see 
 good  orders  kept,  laws  executed,  malefactors 
 punished,  and  the  like.  Therefore  they  car- 
 ried rods  and  weapons,  to  execute  justice,  as 
 prators,  and  lictors  in  the  ancient  Roman 
 commonwealth;  and  as  sherifl'sand  constables 
 in  England.  There  were  both  judges  and 
 officers  of  all  tribes,  and  of  the  Levifes,  1 
 Chron.  xxiii.  4.  "The  officers  (Shotrim) 
 had  staves  and  whips ;  and  they  stood  before 
 the  judges,  and  went  about  in  the  streets, 
 and  into  shops,  for  to  look  to  right  weights 
 and  measures,  and  to  smite  all  that  did  wrong: 
 and  all  that  they  did,  was  by  the  mouth  (or 
 commandment)  of  the  judges.  And  in 
 whomsoever  they  saw  any  foul  matter,  they 
 brought  him  to  the  judgment-hall,  where  he 
 was  judged  accoiding  to  his  wickedness." 
 Maim,  in  Sanhedrin,  chap.  i.  sect.  1.  Shalt 
 thou  give,]  That  is,  shalt  make,  or  con- 
 stitute, as  the  Gr.  traiislateth.  The  manner 
 of  making  them,  is  showed  in  Deut.  i.  13, 
 15,  and  wliat  manner  of  persons  were  to  be 
 chosen,  is  declared  on  Exod.  xviii.  21.  Thy 
 gates,]  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  expound  it,  thy 
 cities.  But  according  to  the  size  of  ii\^Yy 
 city,  so  they  appointed  in  Israel  courts  of 
 judgment:  the  Heb.  reckon  three;  1.  The 
 great  court  in  the  sanctuary,  called  the  great 
 Synedrion,  where  they  set  seventy  (judges) 
 and  one,  as  in  Num.  xi.  16,  &c.  where 
 seventy  were  added  unto  Moses.  2.  The 
 court  of  three  and  twenty,  of  which  (they 
 say)  there  were  two  about  the  temple,  the 
 one  at  the  court  door  of  the  sanctuary,  and 
 the  other  at  the  door  of  the  mountain  of  the 
 temple.  And  in  every  city  of  Israel,  where- 
 in were  120  men,  or  more,  the  lesser  Syne- 
 drion (of  twenty-three,)  sat  in  the  gates  of 
 the  city.  3.  A  city  wherein  there  were  not 
 120  men,  they  set  therein   three  judges;  for 
 
268 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 which  Jeliovah  thy  God  givetli  unto  thee  tlirough  thy  tribes ;  and 
 they  shall  judge  the  people  z^jzYA  judgment  of  justice.  ^®  Tliouslialt 
 not  wrest  judgment,  thou  shalt  not  respect  persons,  neither  take  a 
 gift,  for  a  gift  will  blind  the  eyes  of  tlie  wise,  and  will  pervert  the 
 words  of  the  just.  ^^  Justice  justice  shfrit  thou  follow,  that  thou 
 mayest  live,  and  inherit  the  land  which  .Jeliovah  thy  God  giveth 
 unto  thee. 
 
 ^'  Thou  shalt  not  plant  thee  a  grove,  any  tree,  near  unto  the 
 altar  of  Jeliovah  thy  God,  wliich  thou  shalt  make  thee.  ^^  Neither 
 shalt  thou  set  up  a  pillar,  which  Jehovah  thy  God  hateth. 
 
 there  is  no  court  of  less  then  three,  as  Maim, 
 showeth  in  Sanhedrin,  chap.  i.  sect.  3,  4. 
 Giveth  unto  thee,]  So  within  their  own 
 land  Israel  had  this  charge,  bnt  not  without 
 the  same,  as  when  they  were  dispersed  into 
 other  nations.  "  We  are  not  bound  (say 
 they)  to  constitute  judgment-halls  (or  courts) 
 in  every  country,  and  in  every  city,  but  iti 
 the  land  of  Israel  only,  &c.  as  it  is  said  in  all 
 thy  gates,  which  the  Lord  thy  God  giveth 
 unto  thee."  Maim,  in  Sanhedrin-,  chap.  i. 
 sect.  2.  Judgment  OF  justice,]  That  is,  as 
 the  Gr.  translateth  it,  just  judgment ;  which 
 is,  when  there  is  an  equal  and  indiflerent 
 course  of  proceeding,  when  the  truth  of  the 
 cause  is  discerned,  and  when  judgment 
 passeth  according  to  tlie  law,  Ps.  Ixxxii  ; 
 Iviii.  2,  3.  So  Christ  saith,  <  Judge  not  ac- 
 cording to  the  appearance,  but  judge  just 
 judgment,'  John  vii.  24.  The  Hebs.  say, 
 that  the  justice  of  judgment  is,  an  equality 
 towards  both  parties,  in  every  matter:  that 
 they  let  not  the  one  speak  so  much  as  he 
 seeth  needful,  and  say  to  the  other.  Be  brief 
 in  your  speech:  and  that  they  show  not  a 
 friendly  countenance  to  the  one,  and  speak 
 gently  to  him ;  and  frown  upon  the  other,  and 
 speak  roughly  unto  him.  That  the  one  do 
 not  sit,  and  the  other  stand;  but  both  of  them 
 stand,  or  if  the  judges  please,  that  they  both 
 sit;  and  that  the  one  sit  not  on  high,  and  the 
 other  below;  but  one  besides  another  it  is 
 milawful  for  the  judge  to  hear  the  words  of 
 one  of  the  parties  before  his  fellow  be  come, 
 or  out  of  the  presence  of  his  fellow:  and  so 
 the  one  party  is  to  be  admonished  that  he  re 
 late  not  his  cause  to  the  judge,  before  his  fel 
 low  the  other  party  be  come,  &c.  Maim,  in 
 Sanhedrin,  chap.  xxi. 
 
 Ver.  U). — Noil  WKKST  judgment,]  ISot 
 decline  (or  pervert,  turn  aside)  judgment, 
 not  give  any  wrong  judgment  for  any  cause, 
 as  did  Samuel's  sons,  who  '  turned  aside  after 
 lucre,  and  took  bribes,  and  wrested  (or  per- 
 
 verted) judgment,'  1  Sam.  viii.  3.  See 
 Dent.  xxiv.  17.  Respect  persons,]  Or, 
 acktiotvledge  faces,  that  is,  be  partial,  re- 
 specting one  more  than  othei:  see  Lev.  xix. 
 15;  Deut.  i.  17;  Prov.  xxiv.  23.  Take  a 
 gift,]  Or,  a  bribe:  this  is  repeated  from 
 Exod.  xxiii.  8,  see  the  annot.  tliere. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Justice  justice,]  That  is,  all 
 manner  of  justice,  and  nothing  but  justice, 
 exactly,  carefully  and  continually  thou  shalt 
 follow:  the  Gr.  translateth,  .histly  that  which 
 is  just  shalt  thou  follow.  The  doubling  of 
 the  word,  is  for  more  vehemency :  see  Deut. 
 ii.  27,  and  when  a  word  is  trebled,  it  is  most 
 vehement,  as  in  Ezek.  xxi.  27;  Is.  vi,  3. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Not  plant  thee,]  Or,  tiot 
 plant  unto  thee,  or,  for  thyself:  see  the  like 
 phrase  in  Exod.  xx.  4.  A  grove,]  called  in 
 Heb.  Asherah,  oi  felicity,  or  happiness,  a 
 blessed  grove  :  such  the  heathens  used  for 
 the  service  of  their  gods,  as  is  noted  on  Exod. 
 xxxiv.  13,  but  the  Lord  would  not  have  such 
 near  his  altar,  in  his  service  :  notwithstand- 
 ing the  Israelites  corrupted  themselves  here- 
 with sundry  times,  as  Judges  iii.  7;  vi.  25; 
 1  Kings  xiv.  23;  xvi.  33;  2  Kings  x:;i.  3, 
 7,  and  there  were  prophets  of  the  groves,  I 
 Kings  xviii.  19.  For  this  sin  God  threatened 
 to  root  up  Israel  out  of  the  good  land,  which 
 he  gave  to  their  fathers,  1  Kings  xiv.  15. 
 The  Hebs.  say,  "  He  that  planteth  a  tree 
 near  unto  the  altar,  or  in  any  (part)  of  the 
 court-yard,  whether  it  be  a  barren  tree,  or  tree 
 that  beareth  food,  although  he  do  it  for  to 
 adorn  the  sanctuary,  and  beautify  it,  he  is  to 
 be  beaten,  Deut.  xvi.  21.  Because  this  was 
 the  manner  of  idolaters,  they  planted  trees 
 by  the  altar's  side,  that  the  people  might  as- 
 semble there.  Maim,  treat,  of  Idolatry, 
 chap.  vi.  sect.  9. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Set  thee  up  a  pii,i-ar,]  Or, 
 set  up  for  thyself  a  statute,  or  standing 
 image  :  whereof  see  the  aiinots.  on  Lev.  xxvi. 
 1. 
 
CHAP.  X  V  1 1. 
 
 269 
 
 CHAP.    XVII. 
 
 1.  The  things  sacrificed  to  the  Lord  must  he  unblemished.  2.  Idola- 
 ters are  to  he  stoned  to  death,  heing  convicted  by  witnesses.  8.  Hard 
 controversies  are  to  he  determined  hy  the  lam  which  the  priests  and 
 judges  showed,  which  were  in  the  place  that  the  Lord  should  choose. 
 12.  The  contemner  of  that  determination  must  die.  14.  The  election 
 and  duty  of  a  Icing. 
 
 '  Thou  shalt  not  sacrifice  unto  Jehovah  thy  God,  ox  or  lamb, 
 wherein  is  blemish  j  any  evil  thing  :  for  that  is  an  abomination  to 
 Jehovah  thy  God. 
 
 ^  If  there  be  found  in  the  midst  of  thee,  in  any  of  thy  gates, 
 which  Jehovah  thy  God  giveth  unto  tliee,  man  or  woman,  that 
 hath  done  evil  in  the  eyes  of  Jehovah  thy  God,  in  transgressing 
 his  covenant;  ^  And  hath  gone  and  served  other  gods,  and  bowed 
 liimself  down  unto  them,  either  to  the  sun,  or  to  the  moon,  or  to 
 any  of  the  host  of  the  heavens,  wliich  I  have  not  commanded  ; 
 
 Ver.  1. — Not  sacrifice,]  In  Gr.  not  of- 
 fer, which  is  more  general:  and  so  the  law 
 also  saith  in  Lev.  xxii.  20,  see  the  annot. 
 there.  Ox  or  Lamb,]  These  are  the  great- 
 est and  the  least  sacrifices,  under  which  two, 
 all  other  are  comprehended.  The  ox  is  not 
 to  be  understood  of  a  gelded  beast,  (which  we 
 usually  call  an  ox)  for  so  it  became  blem- 
 ished, and  unfit  for  sacrifice;  but  of  a  bull,  as 
 the  original  properly  siguifieth.  And  the  lamb 
 (in  Heb.  Sell)  implieth  the  kid  also,  as  Exod. 
 xii.  3,  5.  Blemish,]  In  Heb.  Mum;  of 
 which  the  Chald.  Muma,  and  Gr.  Momos, 
 are  derived.  Whereupon  Christ  is  called 
 the  Lamb  amomos,  (that  is,  without  blemish) 
 1  Pet.  i.  19.  It  meaneth  any  superfluity, 
 want,  or  deformity  in  any  part,  as  is  more 
 largely  showed  on  Lev.  xxii.  22 — 24.  And 
 it  is  applied  to  the  work  of  men's  hands.  Job 
 xxxi.  7.  Evil  thing,]  Heb.  evil  ivord ; 
 which  the  Chald.  explaineth,  a7iy  evil  what- 
 soever. For  though  there  were  no  visible 
 blemish,  yet  other  corruption  might  disable 
 it,  as  if  it  were  sick,  Mai.  i.  8,  or  the  hire 
 of  an  whore,  or  -price  of  a  dog,  Deut.  xxili. 
 
 18,  or  any  such  like.  See  the  notes  on  Lev. 
 xxii.  25.  An  abomination,]  And  so  far 
 off  from  being  accepted  at  man's  hand,  that 
 God  pronounceth  a  curse  on  those  that  sacri- 
 ficed unto  him  such  corrupt  things,  Mai.  i. 
 13,  14.  Hereby  God  rejecteth  all  sacrifices 
 save  of  his  son  Christ,  (who  is  the  '  Lamb 
 without  blemish,  and   without  spot,  1   Pet.  i. 
 
 19,  who  through  the  eternal  Spirit,  offered 
 himself  without  spot  unto  God,'  Heb.  ix. 
 14.)  and   the  sacrifices   which   by   him,   and 
 
 faith  in  his  name,  are  ofTered  to  God  con- 
 tinually, Heb.  xiii.  15;  xi.  4;  1  Pet.  ii.  5, 
 6. 
 
 Ver.  2. — If  there  be  found,]  Or,when 
 there  shall  be  found.  Any  of  thy  gates,] 
 Or,  one  of  thy  gates,  that  is,  thy  cities,  as 
 the  Gr.  and  Chald.  translate  it.  In  trans- 
 gressing. Or,  to  transgress  his  covenant. 
 Transgression  is  a  passing  over,  or  passing  by 
 the  way  which  men  should  walk  in:  where- 
 fore that  which  one  evangelist  expresseth 
 thus,  they  '  transgress  the  tradition  of  the 
 elders,'  Matt.  xv.  2,  another  expoundeth, 
 they  '  walk  not  according  to  the  tradition.' 
 Mark  vii,  5.  The  like  phrase  is  of  trans- 
 gressing the  commandments,  and  the  law, 
 Deut.  xxix.  13;  Deut.  ix.  IJ. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Other  gods,]  Which  the 
 Chald.  calleth  idols  of  the  peoples.  Either,] 
 Heb.  and  to  the  sun.  Besides  other  fictions 
 of  their  own,  the  nations  worshipped  these 
 creatures  also:  and  the  Israelites  fell  into  the 
 same  sin,  Ez.  viii.  l6;  2  Kings  xvii.  16; 
 xxi.  3.  Any  of  the  host,]  Or,  all  the 
 host,  that  is,  the  stars,  spheres,  constellations, 
 &c.  as  Is.  xxxiv.  4  ;  Rev.  vi.  13;  Jer.  viii. 
 2;  xxxiii.  22.  But  mider  this  name,  the 
 angels  also  may  be  implied,  Ps.  cxlviii.  2,  for 
 they  are  'heavenly  soldiers,'  Luke  ii.  13, 
 15,  and  forbidden  to  be  worshipped.  Col.  ii. 
 18.  God  only  is  to  be  served,  Matt.  iv.  10, 
 and  '  the  host  of  heaven  '  worshippeth  him, 
 Neh.  ix.  6.  Not  commanded,]  Religious 
 worship  and  service  may  not  be  performed  at 
 the  pleasure  or  precept  of  men.  Is.  xxix.  13; 
 Matt.  XV.  9,  but  as  is   commanded  of  God: 
 
270 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ^  And  it  be  told  thee,  and  thou  hast  heard  of  it,  and  hast  inquired 
 diligently ;  and  behold  it  be  a  truth,  and  the  thing  certain,  that  tliis 
 abomination  is  done  in  Israel :  *  Then  thou  shalt  bring  forth  tliat 
 man,  or  that  woman,  which  have  done  this  evil  thing  unto  tliy 
 gates,  the  man,  or  the  woman,  and  shalt  stone  them  with  stones, 
 and  they  shall  die.  ®  At  the  mouth  of  two  witnesses,  or  of  three 
 witnesses,  shall  he  that  is  to  die,  be  put  to  death ;  he  shall  not  be 
 put  to  death  at  the  mouth  of  one  witness.  '  The  hand  of  the 
 witnesses  shall  be  first  upon  liim,  to  put  him  to  death,  and  after- 
 ward the  hand  of  all  the  people  ;  and  thou  shalt  put  away  the  evil 
 from  the  midst  of  thee.  If  a  matter  be  too  hard  for  thee  in 
 judgment  between  blood  and  blood,  between  plea  and  plea,  and  be- 
 tween stroke  and  stroke,  matters  of  controversies  within  the  gates  ; 
 
 and  though  all  idolatries  in  the  world  are  not 
 expressly  and  by  name  forbidden,  yet  by  the 
 general  law  they  are  condemned,  Exod.  xx. 
 4,  5,  and  it  is  enough  that  God  hath  not 
 commanded  them:  see  Deut.  iv.  2;  xii. 
 32. 
 
 Ver.  4. — And  hast  inouired,]  Or,  theii 
 thou  shalt  inquire  diligently :  Heb.  inquire 
 well;  both  to  find  out  the  sin,  if  it  be  com- 
 mitted; and  not  to  punish  any  man  upon  un- 
 certain reports. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Unto  thy  gates,]  In  Gr., 
 unto  the  gates  :  but  the  Chald.  saith,  to  thy 
 city.  Of  this  the  Hebs.  write:  "they  stone 
 not  an  idolater,  but  at  the  gate  (of  the  city) 
 wherein  he  served  (the  idols:)  and  if  it  be  a 
 city,  where  the  most  are  heathens,  they  stone 
 him  at  the  door  of  the  judgment-hall.  That 
 (in  Deut.  xvii.  5.)  '  Unto  thy  gates,'  is 
 meant  the  gate  wherein  he  served  (the  idol) 
 and  not  that  wherein  sentence  (of  death)  was 
 decreed  against  him."  Maim,  m  Sanhedrin, 
 chap.  XV.  sect.  2.  Stone  them,]  This 
 judgment  of  the  particular  person  was  greater 
 than  that  of  a  whole  city  which  were 
 killed  with  the  sword,  Deut.  xiii.  15,  save 
 that  their  goods  were  consumed  also;  this 
 man's  goods  (as  the  Hebs.  say)  went  to  his 
 heirs.  Of  the  manner  of  stoning,  see  the 
 annot.  on  Lev.  xxiv.  23. 
 
 Ver.  6. — At  the  mouth,]  Which  the 
 Chald.  translateth,  the  word,  meaning  the 
 testimony  of  two  or  three.  But  from  hence 
 the  Heb.  gather,  they  must  receive  no  testi- 
 mony but  from  the  mouth  of  the  witnesses; 
 it  may  not  be  from  a  writing  of  their  hand. 
 Maim,  in  treat,  of  witnesses,  chap.  iii.  sect. 
 4.  See  the  notes  on  Deut.  xix.  15.  He 
 that  is  to  die,]  Or,  he  that  dieth  :  the 
 Chald.  expoundetb  it,  he  that  is  guilty  (or 
 deservetk)  to  be  killed.  Of  one,]  See  this 
 explained  in  Deut.  xix.  15. 
 
 Ver.  7. — And    thou   shalt  put  away 
 
 the  evil.]  Of  this  phrase  see  Deut.  xiii. 
 5,  the  Gr.  translateth,  and  put  ye  away  (or 
 take  away)  from  among  yourselves  that 
 wicked  (person:)  which  very  words  Paul 
 useth  in  1  Cor.  v.  13,  when  he  commandeth 
 a  wicked  man  to  be  cast  out  of  the  church. 
 
 Ver.  8. — A  matter,]  Heb.  a  word. 
 Too  HARD,]  Or,  marvellous,  as  being  hidden 
 from  thy  knowledge,  that  thou  (O  judge) 
 canst  not  know  or  determine  it.  The  Gr. 
 translateth,  he  itnpossible :  the  Chald.,  sepa- 
 rated from  thee.  It  is  spoken  of  things  that 
 are  hidden,  and  so  too  hard  and  impossible 
 for  one  either  to  know,  or  to  do.  See  Gen. 
 xviii.  14;  .ler.  xxxii.  17,  27;  Zach.  viii. 
 vi;  Deut.  XXX.  11.  Blood  and  blood,] 
 Heb.  blood  to  blood:  which  phrase  noteth  a 
 respect  of  one  thing  to  another,  when  they 
 are  compared.  By  blood  may  be  understood 
 murder,  of  which  the  judges  may  be  doubt- 
 ful and  unable  to  find  out  whether  it  were 
 wilful,  which  deserved  death;  or  unwilling, 
 for  which  exile  into  the  cities  of  refuge  was 
 appointed.  Num.  xxxv.  16,  23,  24,  &c. 
 Blood  and  blood,]  Is  by  some  referred  to 
 those  laws  mentioned  in  Lev.  xv.  19;  Deut. 
 xxii.  17.  Plea.]  Ov, Judgment  and  judg- 
 ment, cause  and  cause ,  its  in  1  Kings  iii.  16, 
 17 — 28.  Stroke  and  stroke,]  Or,  plague 
 and  plague  :  which  the  Chald.  translateth, 
 plague  of  leprosy,  and  plague  of  leprosy : 
 wherein  there  might  be  difficulties,  that  the 
 priests  could  not  easily  judge:  see  Lev.  xiii.  14. 
 But  by  plagues  or  stroke,  may  also  be  meant 
 strokes  and  wounds  that  one  man  gave  unto 
 another.  Matters,]  Or  words  of  strife, 
 that  is,  of  disagreement  among  the  judges, 
 that  they  could  not  accord  in  the  sentence  of 
 judgment,  because  of  some  doubts  and  diffi. 
 culties.  So  the  Chald.  translateth  it,  words 
 (or  matters)  of  division  of  judgment.  Joho- 
 saphat  explaineth  it  thus,  betiveen  blood,  and 
 between    law   and  commandnunt,    statutes 
 
CHAP.    XVII. 
 
 271 
 
 then  thou  slialt  arise  and  go  up  into  the  place  which  Jehovuh  thy 
 God  shall  choose.  '  And  thou  shalt  come  unto  the  priests  the  Le- 
 Vites,  and  unto  the  judge  that  shall  be  in  tliosedays;  and  thou  shalt 
 inquire,  and  they  shall  show  nnto  thee  the  word  of  judgment. 
 '"  And  thou  shalt  do  according  to  the  word  wliicli  they  shall  show 
 unto  thee  ;  they  of  that  place  wliich  Jehovah  shall  choose  -.  and 
 thou  shalt  observe  to  do  according-  to  all  tliat  they  inform  thee. 
 "  According  to  tlie  law,  wliich  they  shall  teach  thee,  and  accord- 
 
 their  eyes,  and  after  them  another  Synedrion 
 rose   up,  which  upon   reasons   seeming  good 
 
 and  judgjnents,  2  Chron.  xix.  10,  so  imply- 
 ing all  difli -uities  about  any  part  of  the  law 
 whatsoevei'.  Thv  gates,]  In  the  Gr.  and 
 Cliald.,  thi/  cities.  Then  thou,]  Heh. 
 and  thou  shalt  arise  ;  speaking  to  the  judge 
 or  judges,  which  found  the  causes  too  hard  for 
 them  in  judgment:  so  it  is  written  of  the 
 judges,  "the  liard  matter  they  brought  unto 
 Moses,  and  every  small  matter  they  judged 
 themselves,  Exod.  xviii.  26.  Shall  choose,] 
 To  put  his  name,  and  to  dwell  there,  see 
 Deut.  xii.  5.  This  place  afterward  was 
 Jerusalem,  as  it  is  said,  'Moreover,  in  Jeru- 
 salem, did  Jehosaphat  set  of  the  Levites,  and 
 of  the  priests,  and  of  the  chief  of  the  fa- 
 thers of  Israel,  for  the  judgment  of  the  Lord, 
 and  for  controversies,"  &c.,  2  Chron.  xix. 
 8 — 10.  And  there  were  set  'thrones  of 
 judgment,'  Ps.  cxxii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  9. — And  unto  the  judge,]  By  and 
 is  meant  or,  as  is  opened  in  ver.  12,  or  unto 
 the  judge:  by  the  Judge  is  understood  the 
 liigh  council  or  senate  of  judges,  which  were 
 of  the  chief  (or  heads)  of  the  fathers  of 
 Israel,  2  Chron.  xix.  8,  as  they  who  here  are 
 called  priests,  are  in  ver.  12,  called  the 
 priest :  and  in  1  Chron.  iv.  42,  many  cap- 
 tains are  in  the  Heb.  called  an  head.  And 
 as  among  the  priests  one  was  chief,  so  among 
 the  judges  one  was  prince  or  ruler,  2  Chron. 
 xix.  11.  The  Heb.  records  say,  When  any 
 doubt  arose  in  any  case,  to  any  one  of  Israel, 
 '•lie  asked  of  the  judgment-hall  (or  Syne- 
 drion) that  was  in  iiis  city;  if  they  knew, 
 they  told  it  him:  if  not,  tlien  he  that  in- 
 quired, together  with  the  Synedrion,  or  with 
 the  messengers  thereof,  went  up  to  Jerusa- 
 lem, and  inquired  of  the  Synedrion  that  was 
 in  the  mountain  of  the  temple ;  if  they  knew, 
 they  told  it  him ;  if  not,  then  they  all  came 
 to  the  Synedrion  that  was  at  the  door  of  the 
 court  yard  (of  the  temple:)  if  they  knew, 
 they  told  it  them;  and  if  not,  they  all  came 
 to  the  chamber  of  hewn  (stone)  to  the  great 
 Synedrion,  and  inquired,"  &c.  Maim.  torn. 
 4.  treat,  of  Rebels,  chap.  i.  sect.  4.  Of  the 
 three  Synedrions  in  Jerusalem,  see  the  an- 
 not.  on  Num.  xi.  16.  That  shall  be  in 
 THOSE  DAYS,]  From  hence  the  Heb.  gather, 
 that  if  the  high  Synedrion  had  judged  and 
 determined  of  a  matter,  as  seemed  right  in 
 
 unto  them,  disannulled  the  former  sentence  ; 
 then  it  was  disannulled,  and  judgment  passed 
 according  as  seemed  good  unto  these  latter: 
 "  Thou  art  not  bound  (say  they)  to  walk  save 
 after  the  Synedrion  (or  judges)  that  are  in 
 thy  generation  (the  time  wlierein  thou  livest;)" 
 Maim,  in  Rebels,  chap.  ii.  sect.  1.  The 
 WORD  OF  judgment,]  That  is,  the  matter  or 
 sentence  of  judgment:  which  was  to  be  ac- 
 cording to  the  law  of  God,  ver.  11,  as  it  is 
 said  of  the  priests,  "  And  in  controversy 
 they  shall  stand  in  judgment;  and  they  shall 
 judge  it  according  to  my  judgments,  Ezek. 
 xliv.  24.  Whereupon  it  was  also  said  unto  the 
 judges,  '  Ye  shall  warn  them  that  they  tres- 
 pass not  against  the  Lord,  and  so  wrath 
 come  upon  you,  and  upon  your  brethren,'  2 
 Chron.  xix.  10. 
 
 Ver.  10 — According  to  the  word,] 
 Or,  according  to  the  sentence  of  the  word : 
 Heb.  the  moutli  of  the  ivord:  so  in  ver.  11. 
 All  that  they  inform  thee,]  Or,  all  that 
 they  teach  thee,  to  wit,  agreeably  to  God's 
 law,  as  before  is  showed,  from  Ezek.  xliv.  24. 
 And  in  this  sense,  Christ  said  to  the  people 
 of  the  scribes  and  pharisees,  sitting  in  Moses' 
 seat;  'All  whatsoever  they  bid  you  observe, 
 that  observe  and  do,'  Matt,  xxiii.  2,  3,  which 
 he  meaneth  not  of  their  own  traditions,  but 
 of  their  doctrine  according  to  Moses;  for 
 when  they  taught,  '  for  doctrines  the  com- 
 mandments of  men,'  he  both  reproved  them 
 himself,  and  willed  his  disciples  to  let  them 
 alone,  as  '  blind  leaders  of  the  blind,'  Matt. 
 XV.  1.  2—14,  and  charged  them  to  '  beware 
 of  the  leaven  of  the  Pharisees  and  Sadducees, 
 that  is,  their  doctrine.  Matt.  xvi.  6,  12.  Here 
 therefore  the  Heb.  doctors  have  stumbled  at 
 the  law,  whiles  from  this  scripture  they  would 
 establish  not  only  the  wiitten  law  of  God,  but 
 the  law  by  word  of  mouth,  (or,  by  tradition) 
 the  foundation  whereof  they  make  the  high 
 Synedrion  w  hich  was  in  Jerusalem :  from 
 whose  judgment  they  held  it  not  lawful  to 
 decline.     Maim,  in  Rebels,  chap.  i. 
 
 Ver.  11 According  to  THELAM%]Or, 
 
 according  to  the  mouth  (that  is,  the  sentence, 
 doctrine  or  command7nenf)  of  the  Law. 
 Not    decline   from   the  word,]  Or,  not 
 
272 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ing  to  the  judgment  which  they  shall  say  unto  thee,  thou  shaltdo: 
 thou  shalt  not  decline  from  the  word  which  they  shall  sliow  unto 
 thee,  to  tlie  right  hand  or  to  the  left.  '^  And  the  man  that  will  be 
 presumptuous,  not  to  hearken  unto  the  priest  that  standeth  to  min- 
 ister there,  before  Jehovah  thy  God,  or  unto  the  judge,  even  that 
 man  sliall  die ;  and  thou  shalt  put  away  the  evil  from  Israel. 
 ^^  And  all  the  people  shall  hear  and  fear,  and  not  do  presumptuously 
 any  more. 
 
 "  When  thou  art  come  into  the  land  whicli  Jehovah  thy  God 
 giveth  unto  tliee,  and  shalt  possess  it,  and  dwell  therein,  and  shalt 
 say  I  will  set  over  me  a  king,  as  all  the  nations  that  are  round 
 about  me.  '^  Setting  thou  shalt  set  over  tJiee  a  king,  whom  Je- 
 hovah thy  God  shall  choose:  from  among  thy  brethren  shalt  thou 
 
 turn  aside  from.  The  commandment  to  do, 
 and  the  pioliibition  not  to  decline,  joined  to- 
 gether in  this  law,  do  show  the  weight  there- 
 of:  the  naming  of  the  laiv,  judgment,  and 
 word,  which  the  priests  and  judges  should 
 teach,  showeth  the  rule  of  right  judgment  to 
 be  given  of  God  in  his  law,  Josh.  i.  7;  jDeut. 
 V.  32,  33;  Ezek.  xliv.  24,  from  which  when 
 the  priests  departed,  the  Lord  made  them 
 *  contemptible  and  base  before  all  the  people,' 
 Mai.  ii.  7—9. 
 
 Ver.  12. — The  man  that  will  do  pre- 
 sumptuously,] Or,  iti  presumption, 
 proudly  ;  as  the  G  r.  translateth,  in  pride ; 
 the  Chald.,  in  wickedness.  It  is  opposed 
 unto  ignorance  and  error,  Exod.  xxi.  13,  14. 
 By  the  man  here  seemeth  to  be  meant  either 
 private  person,  or  inferior  judge,  that  proudly 
 disobeyed  the  sentence  of  the  highest  coun- 
 cil; but  the  Hebs.  refer  it  chiefly  to  the  re- 
 bellious elder,  or  judge:  and  whereas  they 
 brought  their  own  traditions  (or  law  by  word 
 of  mouth)  within  the  compass  of  the  law  to 
 be  taught,  (as  is  noted  on  ver.  10)  they  ex- 
 cept the  Sadducees  which  had  been  from  their 
 youth  trained  up  in  their  fathers'  opinions,  and 
 never  received  the  traditions  of  the  Phari- 
 sees ;  that  such  were  not  to  die  by  this  law, 
 for  not  obeying  the  doctrine  which  the  high 
 court  taught  by  tradition:  as  also  from  this 
 word,  will  do,  they  teach  that  the  rebellious 
 elder  was  not  guilty  of  death,  for  holding  in 
 judgment  contrary  to  the  decree  of  the  high 
 Synedrion,  or  for  teaching  others  so  to  hold, 
 unless  he  teach  them  to  do  the  thing,  or  do  it 
 himself.  Yet  though  he  were  free  from 
 death,  the  magistrates  might  beat  him,  or 
 otherwise  punish  him.'  Maim,  in  Rebels, 
 chap.  iii.  sect.  1.  &c.  The  Priest,]  That 
 is,  the  priests,  as  in  ver.  9,  for,  by  their 
 mouth  every  controversy,  and  every  stroke 
 was  to  be  tried.  Dent.  xxi.  5.  Standeth  to 
 MINISTER,]  So  in  Ezek.  xliv.  24,  in  contro- 
 
 versy they  shall  stand  in  judgment:  see  the 
 notes  on  Deut.  x.  8.  There  before  Je- 
 hovah,] Or,  there  unto  Jehovah,  as  in 
 Deut.  xxi.  5,  the  Gr.  translateth,  in  the 
 name  of  the  Lord.  Or  unto  the  Judge,] 
 That  is,  the  judges,  as  is  noted  on  ver.  9. 
 And  by  this  disjunctive  or,  the  judges  are 
 distinguished  from  the  priests  forementioned. 
 Shall  die,]  The  manner  of  his  death,  the 
 Heb.  say,  was  strangling ;  and  they  that  put 
 him  to  death  were  the  chief  judges.  "JtViien 
 witnesses  come  (and  testify)  that  he  hath  done 
 according  to  his  teaching,  or,  that  he  hath 
 taught  others  to  do  it,  they  determine  his 
 sentence  of  death,  in  the  judgment-hall  that 
 is  in  his  city,  and  take  him  and  carry  him  up 
 from  thence  to  Jerusalem.  And  they  put 
 him  not  to  death  in  the  judgment-hall,  that 
 is  in  his  city,  &c.  but  carry  him  up  to  the 
 high  Synedrion  in  Jerusalem,  and  keep  him 
 until  the  feast,  and  strangle  him  at  the  feast, 
 as  it  is  said,  '  and  all  the  people  shall  hear 
 and  fear,"  '  &c.  Maim,  in  Rebels,  chap.  iii. 
 sect.  8.  See  also  the  notes  on  Deut.xiii.  11. 
 The  evil,]  The  evil  doer,  as  the  Chald.  ex- 
 plaineth  it,  agreeably  also  to  the  Gr.,  see 
 Deut.  xiii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  14. — And  shalt  say,]  That  is,  if 
 thou  shalt  say,  I  will  set  over  me  a  king  : 
 Thus  God,  who  had  set  judges  over  his  peo- 
 ple, permitteth  them  also  to  have  a  king,  if 
 they  saw  it  so  meet,  and  would,  and  should 
 do  this  thing  after  an  holy  and  orderly  man- 
 ner. But  when  they  sought  it  amiss,  it  dis- 
 pleased the  Lord,  1  Sam.  viii.  5 — 7;  xii.  12, 
 17,  19.  Then  God  gave  them  a  king  in  his 
 anger,  and  took  him  away  in  his  wrath,  Hos. 
 xiii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  15.— Setting  thou  shalt  set,] 
 That  is,  thou  shalt  in  any  wise  set :  thus 
 bindeth  he  them  to  do  this  thing,  according 
 to  the  rules  here  given,  both  for  the  good  of 
 their  commonwealth  and  church,  and  for  a 
 
CHAP.  XVII. 
 
 273 
 
 set  over  thee  a  king ;  tlioii  mayest  not  set  over  thee  a  man  that  is  a 
 foreigner,  which  is  not  thy  brother.  '^  But  he  shall  not  multiply 
 horses  to  himself,  nor  cause  tlie  people  to  return  to  Egypt,  to  the 
 end  to  multiply  horses  ;  for  Jehovah  hath  said  unto  you,  ye  shall 
 not  add  to  return  this  way  any  more.  ^'  Neither  shall  he  multiply 
 wives  to  himself,  tliat  his  heart  turn  not  away ;  neither  shall  he 
 greatly  multiply  to  himself  silver  and  gold.  '^  And  it  shall  be 
 when  lie  sitteth  upon  the  throne  of  liis  kingdom,  tliat  he  shall  write 
 for  himself  tlie  copy  of  this  law  in  a  book,  out  of  that  which  is  before 
 
 figure  of  Cliii^t,  to  whom  the  kingdum  of 
 I'^rael  did  belong,  Is.  xxxii.  1;  Zach.  ix.  9. 
 Luke  i.  31 — 33.  Thy  God  shall  choose,] 
 Eithfci-  by  the  ministiy  of  his  prophets,  as  by 
 Samuel  he  anointed  Saul,  1  Sam.  x.  1,  and 
 David,  1  Sam.  xvi.  1,  by  Abijah,  he  chose 
 Jei'oboam,  1  Kings  xi.  29,  31,  35,  or  by 
 other  means  as  by  Urim  and  Thummim,  by 
 Lot,  or  the  like.  Thy  brethren,]  In  this 
 Christ  was  figured,  as  also  in  his  other  func- 
 tions of  prophecy  and  priesthood  ;  for  so  it  is 
 written,  '  Jehovah  thy  God  will  raise  up  unto 
 thee  a  prophet  from  the  midst  of  thee,  of 
 lliy  brethren,  Deut.  xviii.  15.  And,  in  all 
 things  it  behoved  him  to  be  made  like 
 unto  his  brethren,  that  he  might  be  a  mer- 
 ciful and  faithful  high  priest,'  &c.,  Heb.  ii. 
 17. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Not  multiply  horses,]  Not 
 get  him  many  horses,  lest  he  should  put  con- 
 fidence in  worldly  strength,  whereof  horses 
 were  the  principal  as  appeareth  by  Ps.  xx. 
 8;  Deut.  XX.  1;  Prov.  xxi.  31.  To  Egypt,] 
 In  which  land  were  many  horses,  which  they 
 accounted  the  strength  of  their  country,  2 
 Chron.  i.  16  ;  ix.  28,  whereupoo  it  is  said, 
 '  W^o  to  them  that  go  down  to  Egypt  for  help, 
 and  stay  on  horses,'  &c..  Is.  xxxi.  1.  Not 
 ADD  to  return.]  That  is,  not  again  return, 
 either  for  the  cause  aforesaid,  or  for  to  dwell 
 tliere,  because  of  their  great  idolatries,  and 
 other  sins,  whereby  God's  people  miglit  be 
 corrupted.  So  Jeremiah  from  the  Lord  dis- 
 suaded tlie  Jews  from  going  into  Egypt,  Jer. 
 xlii.  10,  14,  16,  17,  &c.  The  Hebs.  say, 
 "  It  is  lawful  to  dwell  in  all  in  the  world, 
 save  in  the  land  of  Egypt:  but  it  is  lawful  to 
 return  to  the  land  of  Egypt  for  merchandise, 
 &o."  Maim,  treat,  of  iCw^s,  chap.  5,  sect. 
 7,  8. 
 
 Ver.  17.— Multiply  wives,]  Take  many 
 wives  ;  the  Hebs.  and  some  Cliristians  un- 
 derstand this  prohibition  of  exceeding  many, 
 as  Solomon  had  seve}i  hundred,  1  Kings  xi. 
 3,  anil  not  that  more  wives  than  one  are  here 
 forbidden.  But  howsoever  God  bare  with  the 
 kings,  patriarchs,  and  other  men  that  had 
 more  wives  than  one,  and  that  this  custom 
 prevailed,  yet  from  the  beginning  it  was  not 
 Vol.  II.  2 
 
 so,  when  he  made  but  two  to  be  one  flesh. 
 Gen.  ii.  24;  Matt.  xix.  5;  Mrl.  ii.  14,  15, 
 That  his  heart  turn  not  away,]  Or. 
 neither  shall  his  heart  turn  away,  to  wit, 
 from  the  Lord,  unto  the  pleasures  of  life,  or 
 unto  other  gods,  by  means  of  many  wives:  as 
 of  Solomon  it  is  said,  '  His  wives  turned 
 away  his  heart  after  other  gods,  and  his  heart 
 was  not  perfect  with  the  Lord  his  God,  1 
 Kings  xi,  4.  Although  his  mother  taught 
 him  better,  saying,  'Give  not  thy  strength 
 unto  women,  nor  thy  ways  to  that  which  de- 
 stroyeth  kings,'  Prov.  xxxi.  I,  3.  Greatly 
 multiply,]  Or,  vehemently  (exceedingly) 
 vmltiply  silver  and  gold:  which  is  another 
 mean  whereby  the  heart  may  be  withdrawn 
 from  God  ;  for  when  men  be  rich  and  full, 
 they  are  in  danger  to  deny  and  say,  '  Who  is 
 the  Lord?'  Prov.  xxx,  S,  9,  and  they  cannot 
 serve  God  and  mammon.  Matt.  vi.  24,  the 
 care  of  this  world,  and  the  deceitfulness  of 
 riches  choke  the  word  of  God,  Matt,  xiii  22, 
 and  they  that  will  be  rich  fall  into  tempta- 
 tion, and  a  snare,  and  into  many  foolish  and 
 hurtful  lusts,  which  drown  men  in  destruc- 
 tion and  perdition,  1  Tim.  vi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  18. — When  he  sitteth  upon  the 
 throne,]  That  i=,  when  he  is  king:  see  the 
 notes  on  Exod.  xi.  5.  The  copy  of  this 
 Law,]  The  Gr.  translateth  it,  this  Deuter- 
 onomy. The  Hebs.  have  recorded  thus  ; 
 "  When  the  king  sitteth  upon  the  throne  of 
 his  kingdom,  he  is  to  write  him  the  book  of 
 the  law  for  himself,  over  and  beside  the  book 
 which  is  left  him  of  his  fathers,  &c.  If  his 
 fathers  have  left  him  none,  or,  if  that  be  lost, 
 he  is  to  write  him  two  books  of  the  law;  the 
 one  he  is  to  reserve  in  his  house,  for  so  he  is 
 commanded,  as  every  one  of  Israel ;  the  other 
 is  not  to  depart  from  before  him.  If  he  go 
 out  to  war,  it  (goelh)  with  him  ;  if  he  sit  in 
 judgment,  it  is  to  be  with  him,"  &c.  Maim. 
 treatise  of  Kings,  chap.  iii.  sect.  1,  Before 
 THE  Priests,]  The  original  book  of  the  law 
 was  kept  in  the  sanctuary,  as  appeareth  by 
 Deut.  xxxi.  26  ;  2  Kings  xxii.  8:  out  of  that 
 was  the  king's  copy  to  be  written,  that  it 
 might  be  perfect 
 
 M 
 
274  DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 the  priests,  tlie  Levites.  ''  And  it  shall  be  with  liini,  and  lie  shall 
 read  there  in  all  tlie  days  of  his  life,  that  he  may  learn  to  fear  Je- 
 hovah his  God,  to  keep  all  tlie  words  of  this  law,  and  these  statutes, 
 to  do  them.  ^°  That  his  heart  be  not  lifted  up  above  liis  brethren  ; 
 and  that  he  turn  not  aside  from  the  commandment,  to  the  right 
 hand  or  to  the  left,  to  the  end  that  he  may  prolong  his  days  in  his 
 kingdom,  he  and  his  sons  in  the  midst  of  Israel. 
 
 V'er.  19. — It  shall  he  with  him,]  In  all 
 places  whither  he  went,  he  carried  this  copy 
 of  the  law  with  him,  as  before  is  noted.  So 
 God  said  unto  Jo>;hua,  'This  book  of  the  law 
 shall  not  depart  out  of  thy  mouth,  but  thou 
 shall  meditate  therein  cay  and  night,'  &r. 
 Josh.  i.  8.  This  David  did,  as  appeareth  by 
 Ps.  cxix.  16,  24,  97—99,  &c.  Learn  to 
 FEAR,]  Under  this  name  fear,  not  only  the 
 inward  reverence,  but  the  outward  worship 
 and  service  of  God  is  also  implied,  even  all 
 true  religion:  as  that  which  is  written, 
 '  their  fear  toward  me  is  taught  by  the  precept 
 of  men,'  Is.  xxix.  13,  is  expounded  by  our 
 Saviour,  '  In  vain  they  worship  me,  teaching 
 for  doctrines  the  precepts  of  men,'  Matt.  xv. 
 9. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Not  lifted  up  above  his 
 BRETHREN,]  Because  the  honour  of  the  king 
 was  great,  and  all  were  to  obey  him  in  the 
 Lord,  Josh.  i.  16—18:  Eccl.  viii.  2—4; 
 Rom.  xiii.  1,  therefore  he  is  warned  to  shun 
 pride,  and  loftiness  of  heart;  whereupon 
 David  said,  '  Lord,  my  heart  is  not  haughty, 
 nor  mine  eyes  lofty,'  &c.  Ps.  cxxxi.  1,  2. 
 The  contrary  was  found  in  Nebuchadnezzar, 
 to  whom  '  the  most  liigh  God  gave  a  king- 
 dom, and  majesty,  and  glory,  and  honoui- : 
 but  vvhen  his  heart  was  lifted  up,  and  his 
 mind  hardened  in  pride,  he  was  deposed  from 
 his  kingly  throne,  and  they  took  his  glory 
 from  him,'  Dan.  v.  18,  20.    The  Hebs.  say. 
 
 "  As  the  scripture  giveth  great  honour  to  the 
 king,  and  every  one  is  hound  to  honour  him; 
 so  it  commandeth  him,  that  his  heart  be  hum- 
 ble within  him,  and  wounded,  as  it  is  said 
 (in  Ps.  cix.  2'L)  'My  heart  is  wounded 
 within  me.'  And  he  may  not  carry  himself 
 with  pride  of  heart  in  Israel,  more  than  is 
 meet,  Deut.  xvii.  20,  but  must  be  gracious 
 and  pitiful,  both  to  little  and  great;  and  go 
 out  and  come  in  for  their  pleasure  and  for 
 their  good,  and  have  regard  of  the  honour  of 
 the  smallest.  And  when  he  speaketh  unto  all 
 the  congregation  in  general  words,  he  should 
 speak  gently,  as  it  is  said  (by  David,  in  I 
 Chron.  xxviii.  2.)  'Hear  me,  my  brethren 
 and  my  people.'  It  is  also  said  (in  1  Kings 
 xii.  7.)  '  If  thou  wilt  be  a  servant  unto  this 
 people  this  day,'  &c.  And  he  must  always 
 use  exceeding  meekness:  we  have  had  none 
 greater  than  oin-  master  Moses,  yet  he  said, 
 'And  what  are  we?  your  murmurings  are  not 
 against  us,'  (Exod.  xvi.  8.)  And  he  bare 
 their  cumbrance,  and  their  burden,  and  their 
 murmurings,  and  their  indignation,  as  a 
 nursing  father  beareth  the  sucking  child, 
 (Num.  xi.  12.)  The  scripture  calleth  him 
 a  shepherd  to  feed  Jacob  his  servant:  and 
 the  manner  of  a  sheplierd  is  expressed 
 (in  Is.  xl.  11.)  'He  shall  feed  his  flock  like 
 a  shepherd,  he  shall  gather  the  lambs  with  his 
 arm,  and  carry  them  in  his  bosom,'"  &c. 
 Maim,  treat,  of  Kings,  chap.  2.  sect.  6. 
 
 CHAP.    XVIII. 
 
 1.  The  priests  and  Levites  have  no  inheritance,  hut  the  Lord.  3.  The 
 priests'  due  from  the  people.  6.  The  Levite's  portions.  9.  The  abomi- 
 nations (the  unlawful  arts)  of  the  nations  are  to  he  avoided.  15.  A 
 prophet  is  promised,  whom  Israel  must  hear.  20.  The  presumptuous 
 prophet  is  to  die. 
 
 '  The  priests,  the  Levites,  all  the  tribe  of  Levi,  shall  ba-. e  no 
 part  nor  inheritance  with  Israel  -.  tlie  fire  offerings  of  Jehovah,  and 
 
 Ver.    1. — No    part,]    Or,    no   portion,       which  would  have  been  a  great  portion,  ai 
 namely,  in  the  spoils  taken  from  the  enemies:       appeareth    by  Josh.  xxii.  8.      So  the    Hebs. 
 
CHAP.    XVIII. 
 
 '2:5 
 
 ills  inheritance,  sliall  tliey  eat.  ^  And  lie  shall  have  no  inheritance 
 among  his  brethren  :  Jehovah,  he  is  his  inheritance,  as  he  hath 
 spoken  unto  liini.  ^  And  this  shall  be  the  priests'  dne  from  the 
 people,  from  them  that  slay  a  slaughter  fqf  any  beasts  J  the  Le- 
 
 expound  it,  710 part  in  the  spoil,  nor  inheri- 
 tance in  the  lanl ;  Maim.  torn.  y.  treat,  of 
 the  Release  and  Jubilee,  chap.  xiii.  sect.  10. 
 See  the  notes  on  Num.  xviii.  20.  NoR  in- 
 heritance,] In  the  land  of  Canaan,  which 
 was  divided  among  tlie  other  tribes.  Num. 
 xxvi.  2 — 53,  57.  But  because  the  Levites 
 were  adjoined  to  the  priests  for  tlie  service  of 
 the  Lord  and  his  church.  Num.  xviii.  1,  2, 
 &c.  therefore  (iod  would  not  have  them 
 cumbertd  with  the  affairs  of  tiiis  life,  lest  by 
 tliem  they  should  be  hindered  from  doing 
 their  duty,  as  it  is  written,  '  No  man  that 
 warreth,  entangleth  himself  with  the  affairs 
 of  this  life,  that  he  may  please  him  who  hath 
 chosen  him  to  be  a  soldier,'  2  Tim.  iii.  4. 
 See  also  Deut,  x.  8,  9.  So  the  Hebs.  say, 
 *  Wherefore  was  not  Levi  counted  meet  to 
 have  inheritance  in  the  land  of  Israel,  or 
 spoils  with  his  brethren?'  Because  he  was 
 separated  to  serve  the  Loid,  and  to  inherit 
 him,  and  to  teach  his  straight  ways,  and  his 
 just  judgments  unto  many.  Deut.  xxxiii.  10. 
 Therefore  was  he  separated  from  the  ways  of 
 the  world:  they  wage  not  war  as  do  the  rest 
 of  Israel,  neither  do  they  inherit,  nor  earn  for 
 themselves  with  strength  of  their  bodies,  but 
 they  are  the  Lord's  power  (or  substance)  as  it 
 is  written  (in  Deut.  xxxiii.  IL)  '  Bless 
 Lord  his  power:'  and  the  blessed  (God)  him- 
 self earneth  for  them;  as  it  is  written  (in 
 Num.  xviii.  20.)'  I  am  thy  part  and  thine  in- 
 heritance.' "  Maim,  treat,  of  the  Release 
 and  Jubilee,  chap.  xiii.  sect.  12.  Fire-of- 
 ferings,] Which  were  to  be  offered  on  the 
 altar  by  tire,  as  the  meat-offering,  sin-offer- 
 ing, and  trespass  offering  of  every  man. 
 Num.  xviii.  9.  And  his  inheritance,] 
 That  is,  all  other  things  which  being  the 
 Lord's  right  by  his  law,  he  hath  given  to  the 
 priests  and  Levites.  Of  these,  see  the  notes 
 on  Num.  xviii.  where  four  and  twenty  gifts 
 were  bestowed  on  the  priests,  all  expressed  in 
 the  law.  The  Gr.  referreth  it  to  the  former, 
 saying,  "  the  burntoflerings  of  the  Lord  shall 
 be  their  inheritance." 
 
 Ver.  2. — And  he,]  that  is,  Levi,  put  for 
 all  the  Levites  and  priests  of  that  tribe:  so 
 in  Mai.  ii.  4,  5.  Spoken  unto  him,]  In 
 Num.  xviii.  20,  and  other  places.  Herein 
 God  promiseth  to  those  that  fear  him,  his 
 ministers,  1  Cor.  xix.  13,  14,  and  all  his 
 people,  to  be  their  inheritance,  that  i?,  to  re- 
 lieve them,  and  supply  all  their  wants  out  of 
 the  riches  of  his  grace,  2  Cor.  ix.  8.      Sn  the 
 
 Hebs.  here  say;  "  Not  tiie  tribe  of  Levi  only, 
 but  every  particular  man  of  all  that  comes 
 into  the  world,  whose  spirit  maketh  him  will- 
 ing, and  giveth  him  understanding  with 
 knowledge  to  separate  himself,  to  stand  be- 
 fore the  Lord,  to  minister  unto  him,  and  to 
 serve  him,  to  know  the  Lord,  and  walk 
 aright,  as  Gud  did  make  him;  and  that  he 
 break  from  off  his  neck  the  yoke  of  many  in- 
 ventions which  the  sons  of  Adam  have  sought 
 out,  (Keel.  vii.  29,)  behold  this  man  sancti- 
 fieth  himtelf  holy  of  holie?,  and  the  Lord  will 
 be  his  part  and  his  inheritance  for  ever,  and  for 
 ever  and  ever;  and  will  vouchsafe  unto  him  in 
 this  world  the  things  that  shall  be  sufficient 
 for  him,  even  as  he  did  vouchsafe  unto  the 
 priests  the  Levites.  Behold  David  saith(in 
 Ps.  xvi.  5.)  '  The  Lord  is  the  portion  of  my 
 part  and  of  my  cup,  thou  sustaiiiest  my  lot.'  " 
 Maim,  in  the  Release  and  Jubilee,  chap, 
 xiii.  sect.  13. 
 
 Ver.  3. — The  Priests'  due,]  Heb.  the 
 judgment  (or  right  J  of  the  priests:  which 
 the  Chald.  expoundeth  dne  unto  the  priests; 
 and  so  the  word  Judgment  is  elsewhere  used 
 for  dutff,  Ps.  Ixxxi.  5.  Slay  a  slaughter,] 
 That  is,  kill  any  beast  for  common  food.  The 
 original  word  generally  signifietii  no  more 
 than  to  kill  a  beast  (as  is  noted  on  Gen.  xxxi. 
 54,)  and  in  special,  to  kill  for  saci  ifice  unto 
 God.  But  the  large  meaning  is  here  to  be 
 chosen;  for  it  agreeth  not  with  the  formei- 
 laws  in  Lev.  touching  sacrifices,  that  the 
 priests  should  have  the  cheeks,  &c.  and  the 
 general  exposition  of  the  Hebs.  is,  that  this 
 is  meant  of  common  meats.  Ox  or  sheep,] 
 Implying  ^oa<5  also;  for  that  is  usually  com. 
 prehended  under  the  name  sheep  or  lamb. 
 That  he,]  Or,  atid  he,  that  is,  every  one  of 
 the  people  shall  give.  Give  unto  the 
 Priest.]  Hereupon  these  are  called  gifts. 
 Of  them  the  Hebs.  write;  "  It  is  command, 
 ed  to  give  of  every  clean  beast  that  is  killed, 
 unto  the  priest,  the  shoulder,  and  the  two 
 cheeks,  and  the  maw,  (Deut.  xviii.  3,)  and 
 these  in  every  place  are  called  gifts.  And 
 this  commandment  is  in  use  continually, 
 whether  when  there  is  a  temple  or  not;  and 
 in  every  place,  whether  within  the  land  (of 
 Israel)  or  without  it:  and  it  is  to  be  of  com- 
 mon (things)  not  of  things  sanctified.  If  it 
 be  d('ublful  whether  (the  beast)  be  a  firstling, 
 these  gifts  must  be  given  out  of  it :  if  it  be  n 
 firstling,  that  is  all  the  priest's,  (Num.  xviii. 
 15,3  and  if  it  be  not  a  firstling,  these  gifts 
 
276 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 whether  ox  or  sheep,  tliat  he  shall  give  unto  the  priest  the  slioulder 
 and  the  two  clieeks  and  the  maw.  ^  The  fivst-Jruits  of  thy  corn, 
 of  thy  new  wine,  and  of  thy  new  oil,  and  the  first  of  the  fleece  of 
 thy  sheep  slialt  thou  give  unto  him.  *  For  Jehovah  thy  God  hath 
 chosen  him  out  of  all  thy  tribes,  to  stand  to  mmister  in  tlie  name 
 of  Jehovah,  him  and  his  sons  all  days. 
 
 ^  And  if  a  Levite  shall  come  from  any  one  of  thy  gates,  out  of 
 all  Israel,  where  he  sojourned;  and  shall  come  with  all  the  desire 
 of  his  soul,  unto  the  place  which  Jehovah  shall  choose  ;  '  Then  he 
 shall  minister  in  the  name  of  Jehovah  his  God,  as  all  his  brethren 
 
 are  (out  of  it)  for  the  priest.  Gifts  are  due 
 of  none  but,  clean  beasts  only,  as  it  is  said, 
 '  Whether  ox  or  sheep,'  &c.  whether  it  be 
 killed  for  man's  meat,  or  for  to  feed  infidels, 
 or  dogs,  or  for  medicine,  these  gifts  are  due 
 of  it.  If  a  proselyte  have  a  beast  killed,  if 
 it  were  before  he  was  joined,  he  is  free;  if 
 after  he  were  joined,  he  is  bound  (to  give 
 these  gifts.)  In  a  place  where  no  priests  be, 
 they  may  prize  the  gifts  and  eat  them,  and 
 give  the  price  to  any  priest  that  they  will. 
 If  he  will  give  these  gifts  to  one  priest,  he 
 may;  or  if  he  will  divide  them,  he  may  not 
 give  half  the  maw  to  one,  or  half  the  shoulder, 
 but  the  shoulder  to  one,  and  the  maw  to  an- 
 other, and  the  cheeks  to  them  both,  [that  is, 
 to  each  of  them  one.]  If  a  priest  will  sell 
 his  gifts,  he  may,  or  give  them  to  an  infidel, 
 &c.  for  there  is  no  holiness  in  them  at  ail. 
 The  priest  may  not  violently  take  the  gifts, 
 nor  ask  them  with  his  mouth;  but  he  receives 
 them  when  they  are  given  him,  with  honour," 
 &c.  Maim,  in  Biccurim  for  first  fruits .) 
 chap.  ix.  sect.  1.  &c.  The  shoulder,] 
 (sailh  Maim.,  ibid.  sect.  18,)  "  and  they  may 
 not  pluck  ofr  the  wool,  or  slay  them,  but  give 
 them  with  their  skin,  and  witii  their  wool." 
 Ver.  4. — The  first-fruits,]  Of  these, 
 see  the  annots.  on  Exod.  xxii.  29 ;  Num. 
 xviii.  12.  These  were  called  by  the  Hebs., 
 the  "great  heave-ofFering;  and  it  was  to  be 
 given  (they  say)  to  the  priest,  whether  it  were 
 clean  or  unclean:  though  the  coin  or  oil  weie 
 all  unclean  before  it  was  separated,  the  owner 
 was  bound  to  separate  out  of  it  an  heave-of- 
 fering, and  give  it  to  the  priest.  If  it  were 
 clean,  the  priest  did  eat  it;  if  unclean,  they 
 used  it  for  burning,  &c.  And  whosoever 
 separated  the  great  heave-ofiering,  or  the 
 heave-oilVring  of  the  tithe,  he  blessed  (God) 
 before  h(;  separated  it,  after  the  manner  as  he 
 used  to  bless  for  doing  all  the  command- 
 ments." Maim,  in  Trumoth,  chap.  ii. 
 sei-t.  14,  16.  Other  things  hereabout  are 
 noted  on  Num.  xviii.  and  Lev.  xxii.  Of  the 
 flkece,]  Of  this  there  is  no  measure  set  by 
 the  law  J  but  by  the  Heb.  doctors,  they  might 
 
 not  give  less  than  one  of  sixty  (the  sixtieth 
 part,  as  of  other  first- fruits  is  noted  on  Exod. 
 xxii.  29.)  "  And  this  is  not  due  but  in  the 
 land  (of  Israel)  as  the  first-fruits  of  the  corn, 
 and  of  common  (beasts)  not  of  holy.  And 
 of  sheep  only,  male  and  female:  for  their 
 wool  is  meet  for  clothing.  He  that  sepa- 
 rateth  the  first  of  his  fleece,  and  it  be  lost,  is 
 indebted  for  it  afterward,  until  he  give  it  unto 
 the  priest.  He  that  saith,  all  my  fleece  be 
 first-fruits,  his  word  must  be  confirmed. 
 Whoso  hath  many  fleeces  of  first-fruits,  and 
 would  divide  them  among  the  priests,  he  may 
 not  give  less  to  every  one  than  the  weight 
 of  five  shekels  of  white  wool,  enough  for  a 
 little  coat."      Maim,  in  Bicctirim,  chap.  x. 
 
 Ver.  5.  —  To  stand  to  minister  in  the 
 NAME,  &c.]  The  Gr.  interpretetli  it,  to  stand 
 before  the  Lord  thy  God,  to  minister  and  to 
 bless  in  the  name  of  the  Lord.  This  show- 
 eth  a  reason  of  the  former  duly;  because  God 
 had  called  the  priests  from  worldly  affairs  to 
 serve  him,  and  to  minister,  and  sow  unto  his 
 people  spiritual  things,  therefore  they  should 
 reap  the  people's  cai  nal  things,  as  1  Cor.  ix. 
 11,  13.  By  standing  is  noted  their  maimer 
 of  service,  as  is  observed  on  Deut.  x.  8,  and 
 their  continuance  in  the  same,  as  Ps.  cxix. 
 91. 
 
 Ver.  6. — A  Levite,]  This  is  spoken 
 generally,  and  so  implieth  either  priest  or 
 ordinary  Levite,  who  served  by  their  courses, 
 but  might  at  other  times  come  up  and  serve 
 voluntarily,  and  have  their  portion  with  their 
 brethren.  Of  thy  gates,]  That  is,  as  the 
 Gr.  and  Chald.  do  translate,  of  thy  cities. 
 For  the  Levites  dwelt  dispersed  in  the  tribes 
 of  Israel,  Josh.  xxi.  He  sojourned,]  His 
 dwelling  in  the  cities  is  called  a  sojourning 
 as  a  stranger,  for  that  the  priests  had  '  no 
 inheritance  with  Israel,'  ver.  1.,  but  the 
 Israelites  gave  them  (of  their  inheritance) 
 cities  to  dwell  in,  and  the  suburbs  for  their 
 rattle.  Num.  xxxv.  2,  3.  Shall  choose,] 
 To  have  his  tabernacle,  or  temple  and  public 
 worship  there:  see  Deut.  xvi.  2:  xii.  5. 
 
 Ver.     7. — Shai 
 
 i.MSTER,]    Although 
 
CHAP.    Xv  III. 
 
 77 
 
 vites  that  stand  there  before  Jehovah  :  ^  They  shall  eat  portion  like 
 portion,  beside  his  sales,  by  his  fathers. 
 
 "  VVlien  thou  art  come  into  the  land  which  Jehovah  thy  God 
 giveth  unto  thee,  thou  shalt  not  learn  to  do  after  the  abominations 
 of  those  nations.  '"  TJiere  shall  not  be  found  in  thee  any  that 
 maketh  his  son  or  his  daughter  to  pass  through  the  fire  ;   a  diviner 
 
 the  priests  and  Levites  ministered  in  their 
 courses,  whereunto  they  were  distributed,  and 
 unto  which  they  were  hound,  1  Chron.  xxiv. 
 XXV,  yet  it"  any  would  at  other  times  volun- 
 tarily serve,  God  here  alloweth  it,  and  their 
 portion  for  their  labour.  But  the  Hebs.  ex. 
 plain  this  with  some  limitations,  saying ; 
 "Moses  our  master  divided  the  priests  into 
 eiglit  wards  (or  charges)  four  of  Eleazar,  and 
 four  of  Ilhamar.  And  so  they  were  till  Samuel 
 the  prophet:  and  in  Samuel's  days,  he  and 
 king  David  divided  them  into  four  and  twenty 
 wards,  and  over  every  ward  one  head  pro- 
 vost. And  they  went  up  to  Jerusalem,  for 
 the  service  of  the  ward,  eveiy  week,  &c. 
 And  it  is  commanded  that  at  the  solemn 
 feasts,  all  the  wards  be  equal,  and  whosoever 
 of  the  priests  cometh  up  at  the  feast  and  will 
 serve,  he  may  serve  and  have  a  portion  with 
 them;  and  they  may  not  say  to  him,  Go  thy 
 way  till  thy  ward  cometh,  as  it  is  written  (in 
 Deut.  xvii.  C.)  '  And  if  a  Levite  shall 
 come  from  one  of  thy  gates.'  Which  words 
 are  meant  of  the  offerings  at  the  feasts,  &c. 
 But  vows,  and  voluntary  offerings,  and  the 
 daily  sacrifice?,  none  ofltir  them  but  the  ward, 
 whose  time  is  appointed:  yea,  though  it  be 
 at  the  feast,  as  it  is  said  (in  Deut.  xviii.  8.) 
 '  They  shall  eat  portion  like  portion,  besides 
 his  sales  by  the  fathers.'  As  if  he  should 
 say,  they  shall  eat  portion  like  portion,  of  the 
 offerings  of  the  congregation,  but  have  no 
 like  portion  in  other  things,  which  the  fathers 
 have  already  apportioned  them,  and  appointed 
 every  ward  by  the  week,  &c.  And  tliey  ac- 
 count, that  he  speaketh  not  but  of  the  priests: 
 for  there  are  no  gifts  in  the  sanctuary  to  eat 
 of,  but  for  the  priests  only.  And  so  a  priest 
 which  hath  an  ollering,  may  come  into  the 
 sanctuary,  and  offer  it  any  day  when  he  will, 
 as  it  is  said  (Deut.  xviii.  6.  '  And  shall 
 come  with  all  the  desire  of  his  soul')  and 
 minister;  yea,  thou  it  be  a  siii-ofiiiring,  or  a 
 trespass-otiering,  he  ofl'ereth  it,  and  maketh 
 atonement  by  his  own  hands,  and  hath  the 
 skin  of  his  ofliiring,  and  eateth  (the  flesh.) 
 And  if  he  will  give  his  offering  to  any  priest 
 whom  he  will,  for  to  offer  it,  he  may  give  it; 
 and  then  the  skin  of  the  oblation,  and  the 
 seivice  thereof,  is  the  priest's  oidy,  to  whom 
 he  gave  it."  Maim,  treat,  of  the  Instru- 
 ments of  the  Sanctuary,  chap.  iv.  sect.  3 — 6. 
 
 That  stand,]  That  is,  as  the  Chald.  ex- 
 povnideth,  that  tnmister. 
 
 Ver.  S. — Portion  like  portion,]  That 
 is,  egmal  portions,  one  as  much  as  another, 
 'J'he  Gr.  translattth,  /le  shall  eat  the  portion 
 that  is  apportioned  (or  divided.)  Beside 
 HIS  SALES,]  That  is,  beside  the  price  of  the 
 things  sold.  By  this  law,  if  a  Levite  sold  a 
 house,  he  might  redeem  it  any  time,  Lev. 
 XXV.  32,  which  he  could  not  do,  if  he  spent 
 his  money  upon  his  own  maintenance,  and 
 had  no  portion  in  the  sanctuary.  By  his 
 FATHERS,]  Or,  according  to  the  fathers.  This 
 some  refer  to  the  sales  foiemtntioned,  wliicli 
 might  be  of  the  houses  that  he  had  from  his 
 fathers,  his  patrimony.  Others  refer  it  to 
 the  order  of  his  service  and  portion,  which 
 should  be  according  to  the  courses  and  wards 
 aforesaid,  without  confusion  or  disturbance  of 
 them:  for  according  to  the  fathers  and  chief 
 men  in  the  families,  were  the  courses  ap- 
 pointed, Num.  iii.  2,  17,  21;  1  Chroir. 
 xxiv.  4.  'Ihe  Gr.  translatuth,  beside  the 
 sale,  which  is  according  to  the  family.  But 
 the  Chald.  paraphraseth  thus.  Beside  the 
 ward  (or  observation)  which  shall  come  on 
 the  sabbath,  as  the  fathers  have  appointed; 
 that  is,  besiile  that  portion  which  is  due  unto 
 him  for  his  service  by  course  in  his  week,  as 
 the  fathers  appointed. 
 
 Ver.  10. — There  shall  not,]  Or,  Let 
 there  not  be  found.  To  pass  through  the 
 FIRE,]  So  to  burn  them,  or  at  least  to  conse- 
 crate them  by  this  sign  upon  idols,  and  in 
 special  unto  Molech,  to  whi(\h  abomination 
 this  service  was  performed  among  the 
 heathens,  Lev.  xviii.  21.  See  the  annot. 
 there.  The  Gr.  translateth,  any  that purgeth 
 his  soji  or  his  daaghter  in  fire.  Of  Achaz 
 king  of  Judah  it  is  said,  that  he  made  his 
 son  to  pass  through  the  fire,  2  Kings  xvi. 
 ;^,  which  Ezra  explainrth  thus,  he  burnt  his 
 sons  in  the  fire,  2  Chion.  xxviii.  3.  A 
 DIVINER,]  In  Heb.  Kosotn,  a  fore-seer,  or 
 presages,  a  fore- teller  of  things  to  come,  as 
 doth  a  prophet :  as  it  is  said,  '  the  prophets 
 divine  for  money,'  Mic.  iii.  1!,  and  Balaam, 
 a  prophet,  2  Pet  ii.  Iti,  is  called  a  diviner. 
 Josh.  xiii.  22,  and  though  it  be  sometime 
 spoken  it;  the  good  part,  as  in  Is.  iii.  2. 
 The  prophet  and  the  diviner  (or  sage) 
 and   the    ancient;     and    in   Prov.   xvi.    10, 
 
278 
 
 DEUTERONOMY 
 
 of  divinations,  an  observer  of  times,  or  an  observer  of  fortunes,  n\ 
 a  witch.     "  Or  one  that  cliarmeth  a  charm,  or  that   asketh  of  a 
 
 divination  is  m  the  lips  of  the  king:  yet 
 commonly  it  is  meant  of  evil  and  ln-athenish 
 prophets,  or  of  the  false  prophets  in  Israel, 
 Is.  xliv.  25;  Ez.  xiii.  6,  7,  9.  With  such 
 they  used  to  consult  in  weighty  cases,  as  'the 
 Philistines  called  for  the  priests  and  the  di- 
 viners,' I  Sam.  vi.  2,  and  the  '  king  of 
 Babylon  stood  at  the  parting  of  the  way,  at 
 the  liead  of  the  two  ways,  to  use  divination,' 
 &c.  Ez.  xxi.  21,  22.  It  was  done  by  unlawful 
 means,  as  Saul  said  to  the  witch,  "  divine 
 unto  me  by  the  familiar  spirit,'  1  Sam.  xxviii. 
 8,  and  it  was  a  thing  hateful  unto  God;  as  he 
 saith,  'Rebellion  is  as  the  sin  of  divination,' 
 1  Sam.  XV.  23.  This  art  (as  Cicero  show. 
 etli  in  first  book  of  divination)  is  called  in 
 Gr.,  Mantikee,  of  Fury  (as  Plato  expounds 
 it;)  in  Lat.  divinatio  d  divis,  of  the  gods,  as 
 TuUy  there  saith:  and  he  maketh  it  a  fore- 
 knowledge and  perceiving  of  things  to  come: 
 a  skill  much  magnified  in  all  nations.  The 
 Hebs.  also  take  a  diviner  to  lie  one  that  doth 
 things  whereby  he  may  foretel  things  to  come, 
 and  say,  "such  a  thing  shall  be,  or  shall  not  be; 
 or  say,  it  is  good  to  do  such  a  thing,"  &c.  The 
 manner  and  means  of  divining  they  note  to  be 
 divers;  some  doing  it  with  sand,  some  with 
 stones;  someby  lyingdownon  the  ground, some 
 with  iron,  some  with  a  staff  which  he  carrieth 
 in  his  hand,  and  leanethon,  &c.  whereto  they 
 apply  that  of  the  prophet,  '  My  people  ask 
 counsel  at  their  stocks,  and  their  staff  de- 
 clareth  unto  them,'  Hos.  iv.  12.  It  is  unlaw- 
 ful to  divine,  or  to  ask  (counsel)  of  a  di- 
 viner. He  that  asketh  of  a  diviner  is  chas- 
 tised with  stripes,  but  the  diviner  himself,  if 
 he  do  any  of  the  foresaid  acts  (of  divination) 
 or  the  like,  is  beaten."  Maim,  treat,  of 
 Idolatry,  chap.  xi.  sect.  6,  7.  Observer 
 OF  TIMES,]  Or,  Soothsayer;  an  observer  of 
 the  clouds,  and  of  the  planets ;  a  planetary, 
 or,  an  observer  of  the  flying  of  fowls  ;  an 
 augur.  The  diviners  forespoken  of  were 
 carried  much  by  inward  and  spiritual  mo- 
 tions; these  liy  outward  observations  in  the 
 creatures.  Tliey  were  of  esteem  among  the 
 Philistines,  and  other  heathens,  Is.  ii,  6,  and 
 the  sin  crept  into  Isjael,  2  Kings  xxi.  6, 
 though  God  forbade  it  here,  and  in  Lev.  xix. 
 26.  The  Hebs.  say,  they  were  such  as  did 
 set  times  for  the  doing  of  things,  saying, 
 "  Such  a  day  is  good,  and  such  a  day  is 
 naught:  such  a  day  is  fit  for  to  do  such  a 
 work;  such  a  year  or  month  is  evil  for  such 
 a  thing.  It  is  unlawful  to  observe  times, 
 though  one  do  no  work,  but  make  it  known  ; 
 they  are  lies  which  fools  imagine  to  be  true, 
 and  to  be  words  of  wise  men,"  &c.      Maim. 
 
 in  treat,  of  Idolatry,  chap,  xi.  sect.  8.  An 
 OBSERVER  OF  FORTUNES,]  One  that  curiously 
 searcheth,  observelh,  and  telleth  signs  of 
 good  or  evil  luck,  which  are  learned  by  ex- 
 perience; The  Heb.  Nachash  is  to  search 
 and  find  out  by  experience,  Gen.  xxx.  27; 
 xliv.  5;  whereupon  Menachesh  (the  word 
 here  used)  is  one  that  loo  curiously  observeth 
 and  abuseth  things  that  do  fall  out,  as  lucky, 
 or  unlucky  signs ;  as  did  the  augurs  and 
 soothsayers  among  the  heathen.  The  Hebs. 
 describe  it  thus  ;  "  as  if  one  should  say,  Be- 
 cause the  morsel  of  bread  is  fallen  out  of  my 
 mouth,  or  my  staff  out  of  mine  hand,  I  will 
 not  go  to  such  a  place  this  day;  for  if  I  go,  I 
 shall  not  speed  of  my  business,  because  a 
 fox  passed  by  on  my  right  hand,  I  will  not 
 go  out  of  my  house  this  day;  foi'  if  I  go, 
 some  deceitful  man  will  meet  with  me.  And 
 so  if  men  hear  the  chattering  of  a  bird,  and 
 say  it  shall  be  so,  or  not  so  ;  it  is  good  to  do 
 such  a  thing,  or  not  to  do  such  a  thing,  &c. 
 And  so  he  that  maketh  signs  for  himself,  if  it 
 fall  out  so  or  so,  I  will  do  such  athing;  if  it  fall 
 not  out,  I  will  not  do  it  ;  and  all  things  of  like 
 sort;  these  all  are  unlawful:  and  whosoever 
 doth  any  act,  because  of  any  of  these  things,  is  to 
 be  beaten."  Maim,  treat,  of  Idolatry,  chap. 
 xi.  sect.  4.  Tliis  sin  was  common  among  the 
 heathen,  practised  of  the  wisest.  Num.  xxiv. 
 I ;  1  Kings  xx.  33 ;  and  it  spread  into  Isi  ael, 
 2  Kings  xvii.  17;  2  Chron.  xxxiii.  6;  and  is 
 at  this  day  too  common  among  Christians, 
 though  God's  law  plainly  forbiddeth  it  here, 
 and  in  Lev.  xix.  26.  A  Witch,]  Or,  a 
 sorcerer,  a  magician;  in  Heb.,  Mecash- 
 sheph,  in  Gr.,  Pharmakos ;  of  this  kind 
 were  Jannes  and  Jambres,  the  sorcerers  of 
 Egypt:  see  the  notes  on  Exod.  vii.  11. 
 Such  were  esteemed  among  the  wise,  and 
 called  to  tell  and  interpret  dreams,  Dan.  ii. 
 2.  By  God's  law  a  witch  might  not  be  suf- 
 fered to  live,  Exod.  xxii.  18,  yet  did  this  evil 
 prevail  in  Israel,  2  Chron.  xxxiii.  6  ;  Jer. 
 xxvii.  9;  Mai.  iii.  5.  The  Hebs.  seem  to 
 hold  two  sorts  of  these  witches  or  sorcerers, 
 some  that  did  hurt,  others  that  did  hold  the 
 eyes,  that  is,  by  juggling  and  sleights  beguiled 
 men's  senses.  Mecashsheph  (the  witch)  "is 
 to  be  sttmed  to  death,  if  he  do  the  act  of 
 witchcraft:  but  he  that  holdeth  the  eyes,  and 
 seemeth  to  do  that  which  he  doth  not,  is  to  be 
 beaten."  Maim,  treat,  of  Idolatry,  chap, 
 xi.  sect.  15. 
 
 Ver.  11.— Charmeth  a  charm,]  Or, 
 inchanteth  an  inchanttnent,  or  conjuretk 
 conjuration.  The  Heb.  Choher  signifieth 
 conjiiining.    <'r    consociating,    the     Chald, 
 
CHAP.    XVIII. 
 
 279 
 
 familiar  spirit,  or  a  wizard,  or  that  seeketJi  unto  the  dead.  '~  For 
 every  one  tliat  doth  these  things,  is  an  abomination  unto  Jehovah  : 
 and  because  of  these  abominations,  Jehovah  thy  God  dotli  drive 
 them  out  from  before  thee. 
 
 '^  Thou  shalt  be  perfect  with  Jehovah  thy  God.     '*  For  these 
 nations  which  thou  shall  possess,  hearkened  unto  observers  of  times. 
 
 name  Ratim,  is  tif  murrmiring  or  mumbling: 
 the  Gr.  Epaidon,  of  chariimig  or  inchant- 
 ing.  This  charmer  is  said  to  be  he  '♦  that 
 speaketh  words  of  a  strange  language,  and 
 without  sense:  and  he  in  his  foolishness 
 thinketh  that  these  words  are  profitable. 
 That  if  one  say  so  or  so  unto  a  serpent,  or  a 
 scorpion,  it  cannot  hurt  a  man ;  and  he  that 
 saith  so  and  so  to  a  man,  he  cannot  be  hurt, 
 &c.  He  that  wliisperethovera  wound, orread- 
 eth  a  verse  out  of  the  bible:  likewise  he  thatread- 
 cth  overan  infant,  that  it  may  not  be  frightened; 
 or  that  layeth  the  book  of  the  law  (the  bible) 
 or  the  phylacteries  upon  a  child  that  it  may 
 sleep;  such  are  not  only  among  enchanters  or 
 charmer?,  but  of  tho-e  that  generally  deny 
 the  law  (of  God)  because  they  make  the 
 words  of  the  sciipture  medicine  fur  the  body, 
 whereas  they  are  not  but  medicine  for  the 
 soul,  as  it  is  written  (in  Prov.  iii.  22.)  '  They 
 shall  be  life  unto  thy  soul.'  "  Maim,  treat,  of 
 Idolatry,  chap.  xi.  sect.  10,  12.  Of  .\ 
 F.MiiLiAR  SPIRIT,]  Called  in  Heb.  Oh,  which 
 oignifieth  a  bottle.  Job.  xxxii.  19,  applied 
 here  and  often  to  magicians,  who  possessed 
 with  an  evil  spirit,  speak  with  hollow  voice 
 as  out  of  a  bottle,  and  (as  some  say)  with 
 swollen  bellies:  whereupon  the  Gr.  version 
 usually  calleth  them  Ecgastrimuthoi,  as 
 speaking  out  of  the  belly.  But  the  holy 
 Spirit  in  Arts  xvi.  16,  expoundeth  it  more 
 fully,  the  spirit  of  Pithon  (vy  of  divination:) 
 meaning  of  the  devil,  whose  answers  were 
 given  to  the  heathens  by  these  means:  the 
 chitf  whereof  was  called  Pythius  Apollo,  and 
 his  temple  Pythion,  and  his  feast  Pythia  kept 
 to  his  honour,  who  was  feigned  to  kill  the  ser- 
 pent Python.  The  manner  of  this  oracle 
 the  prophet  showeth  to  be  with  an  hollow  low 
 voice  ;  as,  '  Thy  speech  shall  be  low  out  of 
 the  dust,  and  thy  voice  shall  be  as  of  one  that 
 hath  a  familiar  spirit,'  Is.  xxix.  4.  The  Hebs. 
 explain  it  thus,  that  he  which  had  a  familiar 
 spirit,  "  stood  and  burned  incense,  and  held  a 
 rod  of  myrtle  tree  in  his  hand,  and  waved  it. 
 And  he  spake  certain  words  in  secret,  until 
 he  that  inquired  did  hear  one  speak  unto  him, 
 and  answer  him  touching  that  which  he  in- 
 quired, with  words  from  under  the  earth, 
 with  a  very  low  voice,  &c.  Likewise  one 
 took  a  dead  man's  skull,  and  burnt  incense 
 thereto,  and  enchanted  thereby,  till  he  heard 
 a  very  low  voice,  &c.      He  that   did  aoy  of 
 
 these  acts,  was  to  be  stoned  to  death." 
 Maim,  in  treat,  of  Idolatry,  chap.  vi.  sect.  1. 
 This  was  Saul's  sin,  that  he  sought  to  a 
 woman  which  had  'a  familiar  spirit,*  the 
 voice  whereof  he  heard,  1  Sam.  xxviii.  7 — 
 15,  for  which  transgression  the  Lord  killed 
 him,  1  Chi  on.  x.  13,  and  hath  threatened  to 
 cut  ofT  all  from  among  his  people,  that  do  in- 
 quire if  such,  Lev.  XX.  6.  Wizard,]  Or 
 cunning  man  ;  in  Heb.  lidgnoni,  so  named 
 of  his  knowledge,  nr  cunning  :  and  so  the 
 Gr.  version  in  other  places  calleth  him 
 Gtiostes,  of  knowledge,  a  prognosticator : 
 but  here  the  Gr.  is  Teratos/copos,  he  that 
 observeth  wonders.  The  Chald.  giveth  him 
 a  name  of  remembrance,  Zecuru.  He  is 
 usually  joined  with  the  former,  '  that  hath  a 
 familiar  spirit,'  as  in  Lev.  xix.  31  ;  xx.  6; 
 2  Chron.  xxxiii.  6;  1  Sam.  xxviii.  3,  and 
 by  the  law  they  were  both  of  them  to  die. 
 Lev.  XX.  27.  Such  were  among  the  Egyp- 
 tians, and  other  heathens.  Is.  xix.  3,  it  is 
 likely  therefore  that  their  practice  was  alike 
 abominable.  The  Hebs.  describe  him  thus, 
 that  "  he  put  in  his  mouth  a  bone  of  a  bird 
 called  Jadvangh,  and  burned  incense,  and  did 
 other  works,  until  he  fell  down  as  with  shame 
 (or  modesty)  and  spake  with  his  mouth,  things 
 that  were  to  come  to  pass."  Maim,  treat,  of 
 Idolatry,  chap.  vi.  sect.  2.  That  seeketh 
 UNTO  THE  DEAD,]  Or,  as  the  Chald.  and  Gr. 
 expound  it,  that  inquireth  of  the  dead:  such 
 we  call  of  the  Gr.  name,  a  Necromancer. 
 Of  him  they  say,  that  "  he  made  himself 
 hungry,  and  went  and  lodged  among  the 
 graves,  that  the  dead  might  come  unto  him 
 in  a  dream,  and  make  known  inito  him  that 
 which  he  asked  of  him.  And  others  there 
 were  that  clad  themselves  with  clothes  for 
 that  purpose,  and  spake  certain  words,  and 
 burned  incense  for  that  purpose,  and  slept  by 
 themselves,  that  such  a  dead  person  might 
 come  and  talk  with  them  in  a  dream." 
 Maim,  in  treat,  o^  Idolatry,  chap.  xi.  sect. 13. 
 Ver.  13. — Perfect  with  Jehovah,] 
 That  is,  in  faith  and  love  seek  unto  him  only; 
 and  as  he  doth,  so  abhor  thou  all  such  wicked 
 persons.  Perfection  (oi-  sincerity,  integrity) 
 respecteth  our  upright  conversation  in  body 
 and  mind,  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  vi.  9,  and  to 
 be  'perfect  with  the  Lord,'  is  expounded  in 
 Gr.,  before  the  Lord ;  and  the  Chald.  saith, 
 in  the  fear  of  the  Lord :  but  our  Saviour 
 
280 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 and  unto  diviners  :  but  as  for  thee,  Jehovah  thy  God  liath  not  suf- 
 fered tliee  so.  ''  Jehovah  thy  God  will  raise  tip  unto  thee  a  pro- 
 phet, from  the  midst  of  thee,  of  thy  bretliren,  like  unto  me :  unto 
 him  ye  shall  hearken. 
 
 '^  According  to  all  that  tiiou  askedst  of  Jeliovah  thy  God  in 
 Horeb,  in  the  day  of  the  assembly,  saying.  Let  me  not  hear  again 
 the  voice  of  Jehovah  my  God  ;  and  this  great  fire  let  me  not  see 
 any  more,  that  I  die  not. 
 
 '^  And  Jeliovali  said  unto  me.  They  have  well  spoken  that  wliicli 
 
 more  fully  openeth  it;  '  Be  ye  perfect,  even 
 as  your  Father  which  is  in  heaven  is  perfect, 
 Mati.  V.  48. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Not  suffered  thee,]  Heb. 
 not  given  thee :  but  hath  taught  thee  better 
 by  his  law  (which  the  other  nations  want, 
 Ps.  cxivil.  19,  20,)  and  will  more  fully  in- 
 form thee  by  the  propiiet,  whom  he  will  raise 
 up  unto  thee,  ver.  15.  So  in  Acts  xiv.  16. 
 God  'in  times  past  suflered  all  nations  to 
 walk  in  their  own  ways.' 
 
 Ver.  15 — A  Prophet,]  So  named  of 
 the  Gr.  prophets,  which  signifieth  a  fore- 
 teller ;  in  Helj.  Nabi,  of  uttering  and  inter- 
 preting the  oracles  of  God ;  as  Aaron  was 
 Moses'  prophet,  that  is,  interpreter,  Exod. 
 vii.  1,  and  of  seeing  visions  of  God,  such  a 
 man  was  called  '  a  seer,'  I  Sam.  ix.  9.  Unto 
 all  the  former  diviners,  wizards,  charmers, 
 &c.  raised  up  to  the  heathen  of  the  devil, 
 Moses  here  opposeth  one  prophet  to  be  raised 
 up  mito  Israel  of  God;  and  this  was  Christ 
 raised  up  unto  the  Jews,  as  Peter  applieth  it, 
 saying;  '  Moses  said  unto  the  fathers,  A  pro- 
 phet will  the  Lord  your  God  raise  up  unto 
 you,  &c.  ye  are  the  cliildren  of  the  prophets, 
 and  of  the  covenant,  &c.  Unto  you  first 
 God  having  raised  up  his  Son  Jesus,  sent 
 tiim  to  bless  you,  in  turning  away  every  one 
 of  you  from  his  iniquities.  Acts  iii.  22 — 26. 
 Of  thy  brethren,]  Clirist  was  to  be  a  man, 
 and  of  the  stock  of  the  Jews  by  promise,  be- 
 cause the  people  could  not  endure  to  hear  the 
 voice  of  God,  ver.  16,  and  as  in  lespect  of 
 his  prop'iecy,  so  of  the  priesthood ;  '  For 
 every  high  priest  is  taken  from  among  men,' 
 Heb.  V.  1,  and  of  his  kingdom,  as  in  Deut. 
 xvii.  15,  ■' from  among  thy  brethren  shalt 
 thou  set  a  king  over  thee."  Like  onto  me,] 
 It  is  said,  '  There  arose  not  a  prophet  in 
 Israel  like  unto  Moses,  whom  tlie  Lord  knew 
 face  to  face,  in  all  the  signs  and  wonders 
 which  the  Lord  sent  him  to  do,'  &c.  Deut. 
 xxxiv.  10 — 12.  This  therefore  cannot  be 
 understood  of  the  ordinary  prophet«,  which 
 were  raised  up  in  Israel,  but  of  Christ  only, 
 as  the  apostles  do  expound  it.  Acts  iii.  22 — 
 t^.     And   Christ  was  like   unto  Moses,   in 
 
 respect  of  his  office  of  mediation  between 
 God  and  his  people,  Deut.  v.  5  ;  1  Tim.  ii. 
 5,  but  greater  than  Moses,  as  being  '  the 
 mediatoi'  of  a  better  covenant  (or  Testament) 
 which  was  establislied  upon  better  promises,' 
 Heb.  viii.  6.  Like  him  in  excellency;  for 
 as  Moses  excelled  all  the  prophets,  in  speak- 
 ing with  God  mouth  to  mouth,  Num.  xii. 
 6 — 8,  so  Chiist  excelled  him  and  all  men,  in 
 that  being  '  in  the  bosom  of  the  Father,'  he 
 hath  come  down  from  heaven,  and  declared 
 God  unto  us,  John  i.  18;  iii.  13.  Like  him 
 in  faithfulness,  but  therein  also  excelling:  for 
 Moses  was  faithful  in  God's  house  '  as  a  ser- 
 vant, but  Christ  as  the  Son  over  his  own 
 house,'  Heb.  iii.  2,  5,  6.  And  like  him  in 
 signs  and  wonders,  wherein  he  also  excelled 
 Moses,  as  the  history  of  the  gospel  showeth: 
 for,  he  was  a  '  prophet  mighty  in  deed  and 
 word,  before  God  and  all  tlie  people,'  Luke 
 xxiv.  19,  'a  man  approved  of  God  among 
 them,  by  miracles,  wondeis,  and  signs,  which 
 God  did  by  him,  in  the  midst  of  them,'  Acts 
 ii.  22,  '  for  he  did  among  them  the  works 
 which  none  other  man  did,'  John  xv.  24. 
 Unto  him,]  That  is,  not  unto  the  diviners, 
 wizards,  or  any  such  like,  but  '  unto  him,'  and 
 him  only;  as,  'him  thou  slialt  serve,'  Deut. 
 vi.  13,  is  expounded,  'him  only,'  Matt.  iv. 
 10.  And  though  this  is  principally  meant 
 of  Christ's  person,  of  whom  God  said,  '  hear 
 him,'  Matt.  xvii.  5,  yet  it  implieth  also  his 
 ministers,  as  himself  said,  '  He  that  heareth 
 you  heareth  me,  Luke  x.  16. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Horeb,]  A  mountam  called 
 also  Sinai,  Exod.  xix.  where  the  law  was 
 given,  Deut.  v.  2.  Of  the  assembly,]  Or, 
 of  the  church,  when  all  Israel  were  assem- 
 bled to  hear  the  law,  Exod.  xix.  9,  10,  &c. 
 Not  hear  again,]  Heb.,  not  add  to  hear: 
 see  Exod.  xx.  1 9,  where  the  people  requested 
 Moses  .to  speak  with  them,  and  not  God. 
 Ok  Jehovah.]  The  Chald.  translateth  it,  of 
 the  word  of  the  Lord.  That  I  die  not,] 
 Or,  and  let  me  not  die  ;  as  the  Gr.  tianslat- 
 eth,  neither  let  us  die. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Have  well  spoken,]  Or, 
 have  done  well  in  speaking.     The  Gr,  saith. 
 
CHAP.    XVIII. 
 
 281 
 
 they  have  spoken.  '^  A  prophet  will  I  raise  up  unto  them,  from 
 among  their  brethren,  like  unto  thee :  and  I  will  give  my  words  in 
 ]us  moutli,  and  lie  shall  speak  unto  tliem  all  that  I  shall  command 
 him.  '*  And  it  shall  be,  that  the  man  wliicli  will  not  hearken  unto 
 my  words,  which  he  shall  speak  in  my  name,  I  will  require  it  of 
 
 rightly  (or  ^veH)  all  that  they  have  spoken. 
 Although  their  speech  firoceedeii  from  the 
 Spirit  of  bondage  and  fear,  niariifest(d  in 
 them  by  the  work  of  the  law  in  their  con- 
 sciences, Rom.  viii.  15,  and  they  desired  not 
 Christ,  but  Moses  to  speak  unto  tliem;  yet  as 
 '  tlie  law  was  a  schoolmaster  to  lead  them 
 mito  Christ,'  Gal.  iii.  24,  so  God  took  occa- 
 sion hereby  to  preach  and  promise  Christ 
 unto  them  ;  wlio  is  here  not  only  instead  of 
 all  diviners  and  soothsayers,  but  instead  of 
 JVIoses  himself,  who  was  the  minister  of  the 
 law,  which  *  worketh  wrath,'  Rom.  iv.  15, 
 and  was  'the  ministration  of  death,'  2  Cor. 
 iii.  7.  But  '  Christ  hath  redeemed  us  from 
 the  curse  thereof,'  Gal.  iii.  13,  and  is  here 
 promised  as  a  prophet  sent  to  bless  us,  Acts 
 iii.  26,  '  for  the  law  was  given  by  Moses,  but 
 grace  and  truth  came  bv  Jesus  Christ,'  John 
 i.  17. 
 
 Veb.  18. — A  Prophet,]  Meaning  Christ 
 himself,  the  interpreter  and  declarer  of  the 
 word  of  God,  as  ver.  15,  of  wliom  the  mul- 
 titude said,  '  Tliis  is  Jesus  the  prophet,' 
 Matt.  xxi.  11.  R.\iSE  ui',]  Tliis  also  the 
 people  confirmed,  saying,  '  A  great  prophet 
 is  risen  up  amongst  us,'  Luke  vii.  16.  Will 
 GIVE,]  That  is,  will  put  and  establish,  as  the 
 word  given,  1  Chron.  xvii.  22,  is  the  same 
 that  established,  2  Sam.  vii.  24.  The 
 Chald.  exponndeth  it,  I  will  give  my  words 
 of  prophecy.  Accordingly  Christ  said  to 
 his  Father,  '  I  have  given  unto  them  the 
 words  which  thou  gavest  me,'  John  xvii.  8. 
 Mis  mouth,]  To  signify  this,  Christ  ap- 
 peared with  '  a  sharp  two-edged  sword,  pro- 
 ceeding out  of  his  mouth,'  Rev.  i.  16,  which 
 figured  '  the  sword  of  the  Spirit,  the  word  of 
 God,'  Eph.  vi.  17,  for  God  hath  made  his 
 'mouth  like  a  sharp  sword,'  Is.  xlix.  2; 
 therewith  he  smote  his  enemies:  and  for  the 
 comforts  wherewith  he  refresheth  his  people, 
 his  lips  are  likened  to  '  lilies  dropping  sweet- 
 smelling  myrrh,'  Song  v.  l.S.  All  that  I 
 SHALL  COMMAND,]  This  Christ  did  in  his 
 osTu  person,  as  he  said,  '  I  speak  not  of  my- 
 self, but  the  Father  which  sent  me,  he  gave 
 me  a  commandment  what  I  should  say,  and 
 what  I  should  speak ;  and  I  know  tiiat  his 
 commandment  is  life  everlasting:  whatsoever 
 I  speak  therefore,  even  as  the  Father  said 
 unto  me,  so  I  speak,'  John  xii.  49,  50,  and, 
 '  All  things  that  I  have  heard  of  my  Father, 
 I  have  made  known  unto  you,'  John  xv.  15. 
 Vol.  II.  2  N 
 
 He  did  and  doth  it  also  by  his  ministers;  for 
 as  he  gave  his  apostles  the  words  which  the 
 Father  had  given  him,  John  xvii.  8,  so  the 
 things  wliich  they  spake  and  wiote,  were 
 *  the  commandments  of  the  Loid,'  i  Cor. 
 xiv.  37,  and  he  requireth  of  all,  that  '  If  any 
 man  speak,'  it  should  be  'as  the  oracles  of 
 God,'  1  Pet.  iv.  U. 
 
 Ver.  19.. — My  words,]  God  here  ac- 
 knowledgeth  the  words  to  be  his  own,  which 
 Clnist  sliould  speak;  as  himself  also  said, 
 '  My  doctrine  is  not  mine,  but  his  that  sent 
 me,'  John  vii.  16.  And  whereas  prophets 
 used  to  show  signs  and  wonders,  Deut.  xiii. 
 I,  2,  thougii  Christ  did  many  such.  Acts  ii. 
 22,  yet  are  they  not  here  mentioned,  because 
 the  '  word  and  gospel  of  Clirist  is  the  power 
 of  God  unto  salvation,'  Rom.  xvi.,  and  his 
 '  commandment  is  life  everlasting,'  John  xii. 
 50,  and  Christ's  name  is  called  'the  word  of 
 God,'  Rev.  xix.  13;  John  i.  I;  and  the  word 
 (rather  than  wonders)  was  that  which  the 
 ancient  Jews  expected  by  Christ,  as  their 
 later  wi  iters  do  witness,  saying,  '•  Let  it  not 
 come  up  into  thy  mind,  that  the  king  Christ 
 needeth  to  do  signs  and  wonders  ;  the  thing 
 is  not  so:  for  behold  Rabbi  Akibah  was  a 
 great  wise  man  of  the  wise  men  of  the  Talmud, 
 and  he  was  armour-bearer  to  Ben  Cuziha  the 
 king,  who  was  thought  to  be  the  king  Christ. 
 And  both  he  and  all  the  wise  men  of  his  age 
 supposed  that  he  had  been  Christ  t.is  King, 
 until  he  was  killed  for  his  iniquities:  when  he 
 was  killed,  they  knew  he  was  not  so.  And 
 the  wise  men  asked  not  of  him  any  sign  or 
 wonder."  Maim,  in  treat,  of  Kings,  chap. 
 xi.  sect.  iii.  Howbeit,  when  the  true  Christ 
 was  indeed  come,  that  '  wicked  and  adulterous 
 generation  sought  after  a  sign,'  Matt.  xvi.  14; 
 xii.  38,  39,  and  except  they  saw  signs  and 
 wonders,  they  would  not  believe,  John  iv. 
 48,  and  though  he  did  many  miracles  before 
 them,  yet  they  believed  not  in  him,  John  xii. 
 37.  He  came  in  his  Father's  name,  and 
 they  received  him  not;  another  (as  Ben 
 Coziba)  came  in  his  own  name,  and  him  they 
 received,  John  v.  43.  I  will  require  it,] 
 To  wit,  by  punishment,  for  so  requiring  ofteu 
 signifieth,  Gen.  ix.  5;  xlii.  22,  and  so  the 
 Gr.  here  translateth,  J  will  take  vengeance 
 on,  him  ;  and  the  apostle  expoundeth  it  thus, 
 '  eveiy  soul  which  will  not  hear  that  prophet, 
 shall  be  destroyed  from  among  the  people,' 
 Acts  iii.   23.     The  Chald.  translateth.  My 
 
282 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 him.  ^"  But  the  prophet  which  shall  presume  to  speak  a  word  in 
 my  name,  which  I  have  not  commanded  him  to  speak,  and  he  that 
 shall  speak  in  tlie  name  of  other  gods,  that  propliet  shall  even  die. 
 ^'  And  if  thou  shalt  say  in  thine  heart,  How  shall  we  know  the 
 word  wliich  Jehovah  liath  not  spoken.  ^^  That  which  a  prophet 
 shall  speak  in  the  name  of  Jehovah,  and  the  thing  be  not,  neither 
 
 word  shall  require  it  of  him.  And  tlie 
 Heb.  doctors  so  explain  tliese  words,  "  He 
 that  traiisgresseth  against  his  words,  is  guilty 
 ^f  death  by  the  liand  of  God;  as  it  is  writ- 
 ten (ill  Deut.  xviii,)  I  will  require  it  of 
 him,''  Maim,  in  Jesude  hatorah,  chap.  ix. 
 sect.  2.  This  was  fulfilled  upon  the  Jews, 
 who  would  not  hearken  to  the  words  of 
 Christ,  therefore  he  destioytd  the  city  and 
 the  sanctuary,  as  was  prophesied,  Dan.  ix. 
 26.  The  enemies  laid  it  even  with  the 
 ground,  and  tlie  children  thereof  within  it: 
 and  they  left  not  therein  one  stone  upon  an- 
 other, becaufe  she  knew  not  the  time  of  her 
 visitation,  Luke  xix.  44.  So  they  died  in 
 their  sins,  John  viii.  24,  and  wrath  came 
 upon  them,  to  the  uttermost,  1  Thes.  ii.  16. 
 Ver.  20 — Shall  prf.spme,]  The  Gr. 
 and  Chald.  expound  it,  shall  do  ungodly  and 
 wickedly.  Not  commanded,]  Ol  this  sin 
 the  false  prophets  in  Israel  were  commonly 
 guilty,  and  for  it  reproved;  as,  "They  have 
 seen  vanity,  and  lying  divination,  saying, 
 'The  Lord  saith;  and  the  Lord  hath  not 
 sent  them,'  Ez.  xiii.  6,  and,  I  have  not  sent 
 them,  saith  the  Lord,  yet  they  prophesy  a  lie 
 in  my  name,  Jer.  xxvii.  15.  And  of  this 
 the  Hebs.  say,  "  Tlie  false  proplat  is  to  be 
 strangled  to  death,  although  lie  piophesy  in 
 the  name  of  the  Lord,  and  neither  addeth  nor 
 diminisheth,  (Deut.  xviii.  20.)  Whether  he 
 prophesieth  that  which  lie  hath  not  heard  by 
 prophetical  vision,  or  whoso  hath  heard  the 
 words  of  his  fellow  prophet,  and  saith  that 
 this  word  was  said  unto  him,  and  he  pro- 
 phesieth thereby:  lo,  he  is  a  false  prophet, 
 and  is  to  be  strangled  to  death."  Maim, 
 treat,  of  Idolatry,  chap.  v.  sect.  7,  8.  Of 
 OTHER  GODS,]  As  they  that  prophesied  by 
 Baal,  Ji:r.  ii.  8;  xxiii.  13.  The  Hebs.  de- 
 clare it  thus ;  "  The  prophet  that  prophesieth 
 in  the  name  of  an  idol,  as  he  that  saith,  such 
 an  idol,  or  such  a  star  said  unto  me  that  we 
 are  commanded  to  do  this  or  that,  or  not  to 
 do  it,  though  it  be  to  pronounce  that  unclean 
 which  is  unclean,  or  that  clean  which  is  clean, 
 &c.  he  is  to  be  strangled  to  death,  &c.  And 
 it  is  unlawful  to  ask  of  him  a  sign  or  a  won- 
 der, and  if  he  do  any  of  himself,  they  may 
 not  le^ard  him ;  and  whoso  supjioseth  of  his 
 signs,  that  peradvcnlure  they  may  be  true, 
 traiisgresseth  this  prohibition,  (Deut.  xiii.  3.) 
 
 Thou  shalt  not  hearken  unto  the  words  of  that 
 prophet."  Maim,  treat,  of  Idolatry,  chap. 
 V.  sect.  6,  7.  Shall  even  die,]  That  is, 
 shall  he  put  to  death  by  the  magistrate,  and 
 his  judgment  is  to  be  strangled,  as  before  is 
 noted.  For  which  strangling,  they  afterward 
 (as  under  the  Romans)  used  crucifying.  And 
 the  Hebs.  say,  "  They  judged  not  either  a 
 (whole)  tribe,  or  a  false  prophet,  or  the  high 
 priest,  but  by  the  mouth  of  the  S}iifdrion  of 
 seventy-one  judges.  Tlialmud  Babyl.  in 
 Sanhedrin,  chap.  1.  This  high  Synedrion 
 was  after  in  Jerusalem ;  hereupon  our  Sa- 
 viour said,  '  It  cannot  be  that  a  prophet  perish 
 out  of  Jerusalem:  and,  O  Jerusalem,  Jeru- 
 salem, which  killest  the  piophets,'  &c.,  Luke 
 xiii.  33,  34. 
 
 Ver.  22. — That  which,]  In  Gr.,  what- 
 soever things  ;  meaning  of  predictions  fore- 
 telling things  to  come.  For  touching  mat- 
 ters of  faith,  and  of  the  worship  ot  God,  the 
 people  were  to  hold  unto  the  written  law; 
 against  which  if  any  prophet  did  teach,  and 
 give  a  sign  or  wonder  which  came  to  pass, 
 yet  they  were  not  to  believe  or  hearken  unto 
 him.  See  Deut.  xiii.  1—5.  The  thing,] 
 Or,  the  word  be  not.  But  Jonas  prophesied 
 the  destruction  ol  Nineveh  within  foity  days, 
 and  it  came  net  to  pa-s:  yet  the  Lord  had 
 spoken  that  word,  Jon.  i. ;  iii.  Here  then 
 conditions  are  implied;  as,  if  men  break  not 
 ofl'  their  sins  by  repentance,  the  evils  fore- 
 told shall  come  upon  them,  &c.  Ez.  xxxiii. 
 13  —  15;  Jer.  xxvi.  12,  13,  IS,  19.  E  pe- 
 cially  this  is  meant  concerning  prophecies  of 
 good  things,  which  if  they  come  not  to  pass, 
 the  piophet  is  found  false,  as  '  Jeremiah  said 
 to  Ananias,  '  The  piophets  that  liave  been 
 before  me,  and  before  thee  of  old,  prophe- 
 sied both  against  many  countries,  and  against 
 great  kingdoms,  of  war,  aud  of  evil,  and  of 
 pestilence.  The  prophet  which  prophesieth 
 of  peace,  when  the  word  of  the  prophet  shall 
 come  to  pass,  then  shall  the  prophet  be  known, 
 that  the  Lord  hath  truly  sent  him,  Jer.  xxviii. 
 8,  9.  Of  this  matter  the  Hebs.  say,  "Every 
 prophet  that  riseth  up  among  us,  and  saith 
 that  the  Lord  hath  sent  him,  it  is  not  neces- 
 sary that  he  do  a  sign  like  one  of  the  signs 
 of  Moses  our  master,  or  like  the  signs  of 
 Elias  and  Elisceus,  that  there  should  be  in 
 them  3  change  of  the   custom  of  the  world. 
 
CHAP.    XVIII. 
 
 283 
 
 cnnic  (to  pass)  that  is  tlie  word  which  Jehovah  hath  not  spoken, 
 the  prophet  hath  it  in  presumption,  thou  shalt  not  be  afraid  of 
 him. 
 
 But  his  sign  shall  be,  that  he  foretell  things 
 that  are  to  come  in  the  world,  and  so  cbnfirm 
 his  words,  Deut.  xviii.  21,  22.  Therefore 
 when  there  cometh  a  man  fit  for  prophecy, 
 with  the  ambassage  of  the  Lord,  and  he 
 cometh  not  to  add  unto,  or  to  diminish  from 
 (the  law)  but  to  serve  the  Lord  by  the  com- 
 mandment of  the  law,  they  must  not  say  to 
 him,  divide  the  sea  for  us,  or  raise  up  the 
 dead,  or  the  like,  and  afterward  we  will  be- 
 lieve in  thee:  but  they  must  say  unto  him, 
 If  thou  be  a  prophet,  foretell  us  of  things  that 
 are  to  come:  and  when  he  telleth,  we  must 
 wait  to  see  whether  the  things  come  to  pass 
 or  no;  and  if  there  fail  but  even  a  little 
 thing,  it  is  evident  that  he  is  a  false  prophet. 
 But  if  all  his  words  do  come  to  pass,  he  is  to 
 be  esteemed  of  us  faithful.  And  they  try  him 
 many  times;  if  his  words  be  all  of  them 
 found  faithful,  lo  this  is  a  true  prophet,  as  it 
 is  said  of  Samuel, '  And  all  Israel,  from  Dan 
 even  lo  Beersheba,  knew  that  Samuel  was 
 faithful  to  be  a  prophet  of  the  Lord,'  1  Sam. 
 iii.  20.  But  do  not  the  observers  of  times, 
 and  the  diviners,  foretell  things  that  do  come 
 to  pass?  What  difference  then  is  there  be- 
 tween the  prophet  and  them?  Diviners  and 
 such  like  persons,  some  of  their  words  are 
 confirmed,  and  some  aie  not ;  acrordiiig  to 
 that  which  is  written  (in  Is.  xlvii.  13),  Let 
 them  stand  up  now  and  save  thee,  which  view 
 the  heavens,  which  gaze  on  the  stars,  which 
 make  known  by  the  months,  of  the  things 
 which  shall  come  upon  thee:  [He  saithj  of 
 the  things;  and  not  all  the  things.  And  it 
 may  be,  that  nothing  at  all  of  that  which  they 
 speak  is  confiimed,  but  they  err  in  all;  as  it 
 is  written  (in  Is.  xliv.  25),  '  That  frustrateth 
 the  signs  of  the  liars,  and  maketh  diviners 
 fools.'  But  the  prophet,  all  his  words  are  con- 
 firmed ;  as  it  is  written  (in  2  Kings  x.  10), 
 There  shall  fall  unto  the  earth  nothing  of  the 
 word  of  the  Lord.  Also  he  saitii  (in  Jer. 
 xxiii.  28),  The  prophet  that  hath  a  dream, 
 let  him  tell  the  dream;  and  he  that  hath  my 
 word,  let  him  speak  my  word  faithfully:  what 
 is  the  chafl'  to  the  wheat,  saith  the  Lord? 
 As  if  he  should  say,  the  words  of  the  divi- 
 ners and  their  dreams,  are  as  chafl',  where- 
 with a  little  wheat  is  mixed:  but  the  word  of 
 the  Lord  is  as  wheat,  wherewith  there  is  no 
 chart'  at  all.  And  of  this  thing  the  scripture 
 assureth  us,  and  saith,  that  the  words  which 
 diviners  make  known  to  the  heathens,  they 
 do  lie ;  the  prophet  maketh  known  unto  you 
 the  words  of  truth,  that  you  have  no  need  of 
 soothsayers,  diviners,  and   such   like,   De.ut. 
 
 xviii.  10 — 15.  Lo!  thou  art  taught,  that  a 
 prophet  riseth  not  up  unto  us,  but  to  make 
 known  unto  us  things  which  shall  come  to 
 pass  in  the  world,  as  plenty  or  famine,  wars 
 or  peace,  and  such  like:  Yea  even  the  needs 
 of  a  particular  person  doth  he  make  known 
 unto  iiim,  as  Saul  when  he  had  lost  a  loss, 
 went  to  the  prophet  to  tell  him  where  it  was, 
 I  Sam.  ix.  Such  things  as  these  doth  the 
 prophet  tell;  but  maketh  no  other  law,  neither 
 addeth  to  the  commandment,  or  taketh  ought 
 from  it.  Threaten ings  of  vengeance,  which 
 a  prophet  denounceth,  as  when  he  saith,  Sucli 
 a  man  shall  die,  or  such  a  year  there  sliall  be 
 famine,  or  wars,  or  the  like;  if  his  words 
 stand  not,  we  may  not  for  this  deny  his  pro- 
 phecy, nor  say,  behold  he  spake,  and  it  came 
 not  to  pass;  for  the  holy  blessed  God  is  long- 
 suffering,  and  much  in  mercy,  and  repenteth 
 of  the  evil;  and  it  may  be,  that  thej  have 
 lepented,  and  he  sparetli  them  like  the  men 
 of  Nineveh;  or  that  he  deferreth  it  as  he  did 
 Ezekiah's  death,  2  Kings  xx.  But  if  he  pro- 
 mise them  good,  and  say  it  shall  be  thus  or 
 thus,  and  the  good  thing  come  not  which  he 
 hath  spoken,  it  is  certain  that  he  is  a  false  pro- 
 phet; for  every  good  thing  which  God  de- 
 creeth,  though  upon  condition,  he  changeth 
 not,  &c.  Lo!  thou  art  taught,  that  in  words 
 of  good  things  only,  is  a  prophet  tiled.  As 
 Jeremiah  said  in  his  answer  to  Ananias,  when 
 Jeremiah  prophesied  of  evil,  and  Ananias  of 
 good,  he  said  unto  Ananias,  '  If  my  words  stand 
 not,  it  shall  not  appear  by  this,  that  I  am  a 
 false  prophet;  but  if  thy  words  stand  not,  it 
 shall  be  know  n  that  thou  art  a  false  prophet  j 
 as  it  is  written.  The  prophet  which  sptaketh 
 peace,  when  the  word  of  the  prophet  shall 
 come  to  pass,  the  prophet  shall  be  known  that 
 the  Lord  hath  sent  him  in  ti  uth,'  Jer.  xxviii. 
 9.  A  prophet  unto  whom  another  prophet 
 beareth  witness  that  he  is  a  prophet,  lo!  he  is  a 
 prophet  out  of  doubt,  and  needeth  no  further 
 trial.  For  behold  Moses  bare  witness 
 unto  Joshua,  and  all  Israel  believed  in  him, 
 before  he  showed  any  sign.  And  so  through- 
 out (all)  generations,  the  prophet  whose  pro- 
 phesy is  known,  and  they  have  found  his 
 words  faithful,  time  after  time;  or  that  a 
 prophet  hath  testified  of  him,  and  he  hath 
 walked  in  the  ways  of  prophesy,  it  is  unlaw- 
 ful to  make  question  afterward,  and  to  sus- 
 pect his  prophecy,  lest  it  be  untrue.  It  is 
 unlawful  also  to  tempt  him  more  than  is  meet, 
 &c.,  for  it  is  written,  '  Ye  shall  not  tempt 
 the  Lord  your  God,  as  ye  tempted  him  in 
 Mhssah,     where     they    said.    Is    the    Lord 
 
284 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 amongst  us  or  not?'  (Deut.  vi.  16;  Exod. 
 xvii.  7).  But  after  it  is  known  that  he  is  a 
 prophet,  they  must  know  and  beh'eve  thnt  tlie 
 Lord  is  among  them,  and  not  suspect  or  make 
 further  question ;  as  it  is  written,  and  they 
 shall  know  that  there  hath  been  a  prophet 
 amongst  them,"  (Ez.  ii.  5).  Maim,  in 
 Jesitde  hatorah,  chap.  x.  By  this  testimony 
 of  the  Jews,  we  have  enougl\  to  answer  them 
 concerning  our  Ijord  Jesus,  that  he  was  a 
 true  prophet  sent  of  God,  though  they  did  put 
 him  to  death.  For,  '  as  he  came  not  to  de- 
 stroy the  law  or  the  prophets,  but  to  fulfil,' 
 Matt.  V.  17,  so  had  he  the  witness  of  Moses 
 and  of  all  the  prophets,  Acts  iii.  22,  24; 
 John  i.  45,  and  Moses  and  Elias  appeared 
 talking  with  him,  Matt.  xvii.  2,  3,  so  that  if 
 they  had  believed  Moses,  they  would  have 
 believed  him,  Jolm  v.  46.  And  John  Bap- 
 tist (whom  all  men  held  to  be  a  prophet, 
 Matt.  xxi.  26),  '  he  bare  witness  uuto  the 
 truth'  concerning  Christ,  John  i.  15;  v.  33. 
 He  was  also  '  approved  of  God  among  them 
 by  miracles,  wonders  and  signs,'  Acts.  ii.  22, 
 so  that  the  works  which  the  Father  gave  him 
 to  finish,  which  also  he  did,  they  bare  witness 
 of  him,  and  the  Father  himself  bare  witness 
 of  him,  John  v.  36,  37,  yet  they,  like  '  an 
 evil  and  adulterous  generation,'  (condemned 
 by  these  their  own  canons)  believed   not  in 
 
 h'm,  bu;  tempted  God,  and  sought  '  aftt-r  a 
 sign,  iVIatt.  xii.  oS,  39,  and  though  the  men 
 which  saw  his  miracles,  said,  '  This  is  of  a 
 truth  that  prophet  which  should  come  into  the 
 world,'  John  vi.  14,  yet  that  faithless  genera- 
 tion believed  not,  but  said,  '  What  sign 
 showest  thou,  that  we  may  see  and  believe 
 thee?  John  vi.  30.  But  though  he  had 
 done  so  many  miracles  before  them,  yet  they 
 believed  not,'  neither  could  they  beliuve,  be- 
 cause that  Esaias  said,  '  He  hatli  blinded  their 
 eyes,  and  hardened  their  heart,'  &c.,  Jolm 
 xii.  37,  39,  40.  In  prescription,]  That  is, 
 jiresumptuously :  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  in 
 ungodliness,  the  Chald.,  in  wickedness. 
 Not  be  .•ifraid,]  Either  for  his  threatening 
 words,  or  for  his  signs;  nor  afraid  to  put  hitn 
 to  death.  And  thus  the  Hebs.  explain  it, 
 saying;  "Whosoever  withdraweth  himself 
 from  killing  a  false  prophet,  because  of  his 
 dignity,  for  that  he  walketh  in  the  ways  of 
 prophesy,  behold  he  trausgressetli  against  this 
 proiiibition,  '  Thou  shalt  not  be  afraid  of  him.' 
 And  so  he  that  withdraweth  himself  horn 
 teaching  concerning  him  what  he  is  guilty  of, 
 or  that  dreadeth  and  feareth  for  his  words, 
 &c.  And  they  judge  not  a  false  prophet,  but 
 in  the  judgment-hall  of  seventy-one  (ma- 
 gistrates). Maim,  treat,  of  Idolatry,  chap. 
 v.  sect.  9. 
 
 CHAP.  XIX. 
 
 1 .  The  cities  of  refuge.  4.  The  privilege  of  them  for  the  man-slayer. 
 11.  The  wilful  murderer  must  die.  14.  The  land-mark  may  not  be 
 removed.  15.  Two  witnesses  at  the  least  must  stablish  every  matter. 
 \Q>.  A  false  witness  must  be  diligently  inquired  into,  and  done  unto  as 
 he  had  thought  to  do  unto  his  brotlier. 
 
 '  When  Jehovah  thy  God  hath  cut  off  the  nations,  wliose  land 
 Jehovah  tliy  God  giveth  unto  thee,  and  thou  possessest  tliem,  and 
 dwellest  in  their  cities,  and  in  their  houses  ;  ^  Thou  shalt  separate 
 three  cities  for  thee,  in  the  midst  of  thy  land,  which  Jehovah  thy 
 God  giveth  unto  thee,  to  possess  it.  ^  Thou  shalt  prepare  for  thee 
 the  way,  and  shalt  divide  into  three  parts  the   coast  of  tliy  land, 
 
 Ver.  2 — Thou  shalt  separate,]  In 
 J'ish.  XX.  7,  he  useth  the  word  sanctified ;  in 
 Num.  XXXV.  11,  'shall  appoint.'  Here 
 Moses  explaineth  the  sixth  commandment, 
 for  some  special  laws  concerning  it.  Three 
 CITIES,]  Besides  those  three  which  Moses 
 had  separated  without  the  river,  Deut.  iv.  41, 
 •i;{.  These  three  cities  were  Kedesh,  She- 
 chcm  and  Hebron,  Josh.  xx.  7      They  were 
 
 all  cities  of  the  Levites:  see  Num.  xxxv.  6. 
 In  the  midst,]  That  is,  within  thy  land: 
 as,  in  the  midst  of  the  city,  Jer.  Iii.  25,  is 
 the  same  that  within  the  city,  2  Kings  xxv. 
 19.  See  also  the  notes  on  Gen.  ii.  9.  This 
 is  spoken,  because  there  were  no  cities  of  le- 
 fuge,  but  in  the  land  which  Israel  possessed. 
 See  Num.  xxxv.  2. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Shalt  prepare,]  Of  this  it  is 
 
CHAP.    XIX. 
 
 28j 
 
 which  Jehovah  thy  God  shall  give  thee  to  inherit ;  and  it  shall  be, 
 that  every  man-slayer  may  flee  tliither.  *  And  this  is  the  case  the 
 man-slayeT  wliich  shall  flee  thither  and  live :  whoso  smiteth  his 
 neiglibour  unwittingly,  and  hated  him  not  in  time  past ;  ^  As  when 
 he  cometli  v,itli  his  neighbour  into  a  wood,  to  hew  trees,  and  his 
 hand  fetcheth  a  stroke  witli  an  ax  to  cut  down  a  tree,  and  the  iron 
 slippetli  from  the  wood,  and  findeth  his  neighbour,  and  lie  die;  he 
 shall  flee  unto  one  of  these  cities,  and  live.  **  Let  the  avenger  of 
 the  blood  pursue  after  the  w^aw-slayer  while  his  heart  is  hot,  and 
 overtake  him,  because  the  way  is  long,  and  smite  him  in  soul,  and 
 he  had  not  the  judgment  of  death,  because  he  hated  him  not  in  time 
 past,  ^  Therefore  I  command  thee,  saying.  Thou  shalt  separate 
 for  thee  three  cities.  ®  And  if  Jehovah  thy  God  enlarge  thy  coast, 
 as  he  hatli  sworn  unto  thy  fathers,  and  give  unto  thee  all  the  land 
 
 said,  "  The  senate  (or  magistrates  in  Israel) 
 were  bound  to  prepare  the  ways  to  the  cities 
 of  refuge,  to  make  them  fit  and  broad,  and  to 
 remove  out  of  them  all  stumbling-blocks  and 
 offences:  and  they  sufiered  not  any  hill  or  dale 
 to  be  ia  the  way,  nor  water's  stream,  but  they 
 made  a  bridge  over  it,  that  nothing  might 
 hinder  him  that  fled  thither.  And  the 
 breadth  of  the  way  to  the  cities  of  refuge,  was 
 no  less  than  thirty-two  cubits.  And  at  the 
 partitions  of  ways  they  set  up  in  writing, 
 '  Rtfuge.  Refuge:'  that  the  man-slayer  might 
 know  and  turn  thitherward.  On  the  15th 
 ul'  the  monlli  Adar  (or  February)  every  year 
 the  magistratt^s  sent  out  messengers  to  pre[)are 
 the  ways,"  &c  Maim,  treat,  of  Murder, 
 chap,  viii  sect.  5,  (i.  Divide  into  three,] 
 Because  the  land  was  much  more  long  thau 
 broad,  tiierefore  the  cities  of  refuge  were  in 
 liiree  places  equally  distant,  and  so  commo- 
 dious for  men  to  flee  unto. 
 
 Ver.  4 — The  case,]  Heb.,  the  word ;  in 
 Gr.,  the  ordinance  of  the  man-slayer  (or 
 murderer.)  And  live,]  Or,  that  ive  may 
 live.  Fiom  these  words  the  Heb.  doctors 
 leach,  that  a  "  scholar  exiled  to  the  cities  of 
 rtfiige,  his  master  also  goeth  with  him;  as  it 
 is  written,  "And  live:"  But  the  life  of 
 tliira  that  love  and  seek  after  wisdom,  is 
 without  the  doctrine  of  the  law,  counted  as 
 death.  And  so  the  master  that  is  exiled,  his 
 school  eoefh  with  him,"  &c.  Maim,  treat, 
 of  Murder,  chap.  vii.  sect.  1.  Smiteth,] 
 Meaniiig  to  death:  as  the  Chald.  translatetli, 
 kiileth.  So,  '  lie  smote,'  2  Kings  xiv.  5,  is 
 expuinided,  '  he  killed,'  in  2  Chron.  xxv.  3. 
 Unwittingly,]  Or,  ignorantly,  utiatvares; 
 Heb.  uithout  knoivledge ;  the  Gr.  saith, 
 mnvilliiigly.  H.\ted  him  not,]  For  he 
 that  was  his  enemy,  thou.;h  he  killed  him  un- 
 awares, might  not  have  the  benefit  of  the  city 
 of  refuge,  as  is    noted   on   Num.  xxxv.   2iO. 
 
 "  And  who  is  he  that  hateth?  He  that  for 
 enmity's  sake,  speaketh  not  unto  him  for 
 three  days.  Maim,  treat,  of  Murder, 
 diap.  vi.  sect.  10.  In  tijie  past,]  Heb. 
 and  Gr.  from  yesterday,  and  the  third  day: 
 so  in  ver.  6. 
 
 Ver.  5. — As  when  he  cometh,]  Or, 
 and  he  that  shall  come;  and  thus  the  Gr. 
 translateth  it.  A  wood,]  Or,  forest.  This 
 is  a  similitude  for  all  like  places  and  cases: 
 but  hence  the  Hebs.  gather,  ''Whoso  cometh 
 into  a  man's  yard  without  his  leave,  if  the 
 man  of  that  house  kill  him  by  error,  he  is 
 free  from  being  exiled  (into  the  cities  of  re- 
 fuge) for  it  is  said,  '  Into  a  wood.'  Wliat  is 
 that  wood?  A  place  which  the  slain  person 
 hath  liberty  to  come  into.  And  so  all  other 
 the  like,"  Maim,  treat,  of  Murder,  chap, 
 vi.  sect,  11.  The  wood.]  That  is,  the  helve, 
 of  the  axe.  Findeth,]  That  is,  hitteth,  or, 
 lighteth  upon.  And  live,]  Within  his  city 
 of  refuge,  where  he  must  abide  until  the  death 
 of  the  high  priest.  Num.  xxxv.  25.  See  the 
 annot.  there. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Avenger,]  Or,  near  kinsman, 
 who  is  by  duty  to  avenge:  see  the  notes  on 
 Num.  xxxv.  12,  His  heart  is  hot,]  In- 
 flamed with  anger,  grief,  and  desire  of  re- 
 venge; in  such  heat  of  the  mind,  the  aflec- 
 tions  of  men  are  overcarried  to  speak  or  do 
 that  which  is  not  meet.  So  in  Ps.  xxxix,  4. 
 '  Mine  heart  was  liot  within  me.  Because,] 
 Or,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  if  the  way  be 
 long:  ttuh.  much.  In  soul,]  Ui,  in ///b,  viz. 
 mortally,  deadly;  which  the  Gr,  translateth, 
 smite  his  soul:  and  for  smite,  the  Chald. 
 saith,  kill.  So  in  ver,  11.  Judgment,] 
 That  is,  guilt,  as  the  Chald.  explains  it,  tiiat 
 is,  he  was  nut  worthy  of  death:  Of  judgment, 
 tiiat  is,  sentence  of  death  by  the  magis- 
 trate, 
 
 Vkh.  ■^.  — All  the  land,]  From  the  river 
 
286 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 wliicli  he  liath  spoken  to  give  unto  tliy  fatners :  °  If  thou  shalt  keep 
 all  this  comraaudment,  to  do  it,  which  I  command  thee  this  day,  to 
 love  Jeliovaii  thy  God,  and  to  walk  in  his  ways  all  days  ;  tlien 
 thou  shalt  add  three  cities  more  for  thee,  beside  these  three. 
 "^  That  innocent  blood  be  not  shed  within  thy  land,  which  Jehovah 
 thy  God  giveth  unto  thee^r  an  inheritance,  and  so  blood  be  upon 
 thee.  "  But  if  a  man  be  a  liater  of  his  neighbour,  and  lie  in  wait 
 for  liim,  and  rise  up  against  him,  and  smite  him  m  soul  that  he  die, 
 and  fleeth  unto  one  of  these  cities  :  ^^  Then  the  elders  of  his  city 
 shall  send,  and  take  him  thence,  and  shall  give  him  into  the  hand 
 of  the  avenger  of  the  blood,  and  he  shall  die.  "  Thine  eye  shall 
 not  spare  him,  and  thou  shalt  put  away  innocent  blood  from  Israel, 
 and  it  shall  go  well  with  thee. 
 
 "  Thou  shalt  not  remove  thy  neighbour's  limit,  which  the  first 
 fathers  liave  limited,  in  thine  inheritance  which  thou  shalt  in- 
 herit, in  the  land  which  Jehovah  tliy  God  giveth  unto  thee  to 
 possess  it. 
 
 of   Egypt,    unto    the   great  liver,   the  river 
 Euphrates,  Gcii.  xv.  IS. 
 
 Veb.  9. — This  COMMANDMENT,]  In  Gr., 
 these  covtmandments.  This  condition  being 
 legal,  and  impossible  for  man  to  fulfil,  had  not 
 therefore  the  accomplishment  outwardly  for 
 the  enlarging  of  their  coast,  or  for  adding  of 
 three  cities  more,  for  ought  that  is  known 
 either  by  the  scriptures,  or  Jewish  records; 
 and  is  therefore  to  be  referred  unto  Christ, 
 spiritually.  The  Jews  themselves  refer  it 
 unto  Clirist's  days,  but  carnally,  as  after  fol- 
 loweth.  In  his  ways,]  The  Gr.  addeth,  in 
 all  his  ways  :  the  Chald.,  in  the  nays  that 
 are  right  before  him.  Add  three  cities,] 
 Of  this  the  Hebs.  say;  "In  the  days  of  the 
 King  Chiist,  they  shall  add  three  other  (cities) 
 unto  these  six,  Deut.  xix.  9.  And  whence 
 shall  they  add  them?  Of  the  cities  of  the 
 Kenizites,  and  the  Kenites,  and  the  Kadmon- 
 ites;  concerning  whom  a  covenant  was  made 
 with  Abraham  our  father,  (Gen.  xv.  18,  19,) 
 and  hitheito  they  have  not  been  subdued;  and 
 of  them  it  is  said  in  the  law,  'If  the  Lord 
 thy  God  enlarge  the  coast.'  "  Maim,  treat, 
 of  Murder,  cha.p.  viii.  sect.  4.  And  in  an- 
 other place  the  same  man  saith,  (in  treat,  of 
 Kings,  chap.  xi.  sect.  2.)  "Of  the  cities 
 of  refuge,  he  saith,  If  the  Lord  thy  God  shall 
 enlarge  thy  coast,  then  thou  shalt  add  three 
 cities  more,"  &c.  But  this  thing  hath  never 
 been  done;  and  the  lioly  blessed  (God)  hath 
 not  commanded  it  in  vain."  But  the  law  is 
 not  in  vain,  though  it  be  not  literally  ful- 
 filled in  the  precepts;  'For  what  the  law  could 
 not  do,  in  that  it  was  weak  through  the  flesh, 
 God  (hath  done)  sending  his  own  Son,'  &c. 
 Rom.  viii.  3,  by  him  we  have  strong  consol- 
 
 ation, *  who  have  fled  for  refuge,  to  lay  hold 
 upon  the  hope  set  before  us,'  Heh.  vi.  18. 
 
 Ver.  10. — That  innocent  blood  be 
 NOT,]  Or,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  j4nd  ifino- 
 cent  blood  shall  not  be  shed.  Meaning  the 
 blood  of  the  unwilling  maruslayer,  who  is  not 
 worthy  of  death,  ver.  6.  And  bloods  be,] 
 That  is,  the  guilt  of  bloodshed;  as  the  Chald. 
 expoundeth  il:,  the  guilt  of  the  judgment  of 
 murder.  '1  he  Gr.  translateth,  and  there 
 shall  not  be  in  thee  (a  man)  guilty  of  blood. 
 
 Ver.  11.  — Smite  him  in  soul,]  Gr. 
 smite  his  soul ;  that  is,  as  the  Chald.  saith, 
 kill  him  :  as  ver.  C. 
 
 Ver.    12 The    Elders,]    In   Gr.,   the 
 
 senate.  Thence,]  From  the  city  of  refuge, 
 yea  or  from  the  altar  of  the  Lord,  Exod.  xxi. 
 14,  for,  '  a  man  that  doth  violence  to  the 
 blood  of  any  person,  shall  flee  to  the  pit,  let 
 no  man  stay  him,'  Prov.  xxviii.  17.  See 
 more  in  the  annots.  on  Num.  xxxv. 
 
 Veb.  1;1 — Put  away  innocent  blood,] 
 That  is,  as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  him  that 
 shed  innocent  blood.  And  it  shall  go 
 WELL,]  Or,  that  it  may  go  luell  icith  thee: 
 01-,  and  good  shall  be  unto  thee. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Limit,)  Or  bound,  border, 
 land-mark:  whereby  every  man's  inheri- 
 tance in  the  land  was  limited.  A  sin  great 
 in  all  places,  Job  xxiv.  2,  but  greatest  in  the 
 land  of  Israel,  God's  holy  limit  (or  border.) 
 Ps.  Ixxviii.  54,  which  was  parted  by  lot  of  the 
 Loid,  Num.  xxvi.  53 — 56,  and  figured  the 
 spiritual  inheritance  which  the  saints  have  in 
 tlie  church,  all  the  limits  whereof  are  'of 
 pleasant  stones,'  Is.  liv.  12,  and  whereof  Ca- 
 naan was  a  type,  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  xii.  5. 
 Tlieiefore    among    the     curpes     pronounced 
 
CHAP.    XIX. 
 
 287 
 
 ''  One  witness  shall  not  rise  up  against  a  man  for  any  iniquity, 
 or  for  any  sin,  in  any  sin  that  he  sinneth :  at  the  mouth  of  two 
 witnesses,  or  at  the  mouth  of  three  witnesses,  shall  a  word  be 
 established. 
 
 '^  When  an  unrighteous  witness  shall  rise  up  against  a  man,  to 
 testify  revolt  against  him :  ^'  Then  botli  the  men,  between  whom 
 the  controversy  is,  shall  stand  before  Jehovah,  before  the  priests 
 and  the  judges  which  shall  be  in  those  days.  '^  And  the  judges 
 shall  make  diligent  inquisition  ;  and  behold,  if  the  witness  be  a  false 
 witness,  and  hath  testified  a  falsehood  against  his  brother  -.  '^  Then 
 sliall  ye  do  unto  him  as  lie  had  thought   to  have   done   unto  his 
 
 against  the  breakers  of  the  law,  this  is  the 
 third,  '  Cursed  be  he  that  removeth  his 
 neighbour's  land-mark,  (or  limit,)  and  all  the 
 people  shall  say,  Amen,'  Deut.  xxvii.  17. 
 The  first  fathers,]  Eleazar  the  priest, 
 Joshua  the  son  of  Nun,  and  the  heads  of  the 
 fathers  of  the  tribes  of  the  sons  of  Israel, 
 Josh.  xiv.  I.  The  word  fathers  I  supply 
 from  Prov.  xxii.  28,  where  it  is  said,  '  Re- 
 move not  the  ancient  limit  which  thy  fathers 
 have  set;'  and  so  the  Gr.  tianslateth  here, 
 the  limits  which  thy  fathers  have  set;  in 
 Chald.,  the  undents.  In  the  land,]  Of 
 '  Israel,  the  holy  laud,'  Zach.  ii.  12,  the 
 '  Lord's  Innd,'  Hos.  ix.  3,  where  this  sin  was 
 sacrilegious.  Tlie  Hebs.  say,  "  He  that  re- 
 moveth his  neighbour's  land-mark,  and  taketh 
 of  his  neighbour's  limit  into  his  own,  though 
 it  be  but  an  inch,  if  lie  do  it  by  force,  it  is 
 rapine ;  and  if  he  remove  it  in  secret,  it  is 
 theft.  And  if  in  the  land  of  Israel  he  re- 
 move the  mark,  he  transgresseth  against  two 
 prohibitions;  against  stealth  or  rapine,  and 
 against.  Thou  shalt  not  remove  the  limit." 
 Maim,  treat,  of  Theft,  chap.  vii.  sect.  11. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Not  rise  up,]  Or,  not  stand, 
 not  be  established,  (as  the  word  is  Englished 
 in  the  end  of  this  verse:)  and  so  the  Gr. 
 Iranslateth,  shall  not  abide,  or  continue.  The 
 Hebs.  say,  "They  determine  not  any  sen- 
 tence of  matters  by  the  mouth  of  one  wit- 
 ness, neither  money  matters,  nor  matters  of 
 life  and  death,  Deut.  xix.  15.  In  two  places 
 the  law  makeih  one  witness  faithful ;  for  the 
 suspected  wife,  that  she  shall  not  drink  of  the 
 bitter  waters,  (Num.  v,)  and  for  the  heifer, 
 that  it  shall  not  have  the  neck  cut  ofl",  (Deut. 
 xxi.)  Maim,  treat,  of  Witnesses,  chap.  v. 
 sect.  1,  2.  At  the  mouth,]  The  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it,  at  the  word.  From  hence  the 
 Jews  gather,  that  "  by  law  they  may  not  re- 
 ceive witness,  either  in  money  matters,  or  in 
 matters  of  life  and  death,  but  from  the  mouth 
 of  the  witnesses,  (Deut.  xix.  15,)  from  their 
 mouth,  and  not  fiom  a  writing  of  their  hand. 
 But  by  the  words  of  the  scribes  they  deter- 
 
 mine money  matters  by  witness,  that  is,  in  a 
 bill,  although  the  witnesses  be  not  alive," 
 &c.  Maim,  treat,  of  Witnesses,  chap.  iii. 
 sect.  4.  A  WORD,]  Or,  a  thing,  a  matter, 
 The  Gi-.  traiislateth,  every  word:  and  so  the 
 apostles  allege  this  place.  Matt,  xviii.  16;  2 
 Cor.  xiii.  1;  which  showeth,  that  this  (as 
 many  other  like  scriptures)  are  to  be  taken 
 in  the  largest  sense:  see  Deut.  xxvii.  26. 
 Be  established,]  Or,  be  confirmed,  stand 
 as  firm  and  true.  So  our  Saviour  saith  ;  '  It 
 is  written  in  your  law,  that  the  testimony  of 
 two  men  is  true,"  John  viii.  17. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Unrighteous,]  So  the  Gr. 
 translateth  the  Heb.  phiase,  ivitness  of  un- 
 righteousness (or,  of  violent  wrong,  of  in. 
 juriousness)  the  Chald.  translateth,  false 
 witness:  so  inExod.  xxiii.  1.  To  testify,] 
 Heb.  to  answer,  which  is  a  general  woid  for 
 all  speaking  or  testifying,  as  the  Ciiald.  ex- 
 poundeth it,  to  testify  :  so  in  ver.  18.  See 
 Exod.  XX.  16,  Revolt,]  Or  apostasy,  a 
 falling,  or  turning  away  from  the  Lord,  as 
 Deut.  xiii.  5.  The  Gr.  translateth  it,  im- 
 piety. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Both  the  men,]  Or,  the  ttvo 
 men,  that  is,  the  accuser  and  the  accused. 
 So  that  one  witness  may  cause  a  matter  to  be 
 inquired  into,  though  no  sentence  may  be 
 given  upon  the  testimony  of  one,  verse  15, 
 and  chap.  xvii.  ver.  G.  Before  Jehovah,] 
 Before  his  ark  or  sanctuary:  in  the  place 
 which  he  shall  choose:  see  Deut.  xvii.  8:  1 
 Kings  viii.  31.  Before  the  Priests,] 
 The  Gr.  version  addeth,  and  before  the  priests, 
 and  before  the  judges  :   see  Deut.  xvii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Make  diligent  inquisition,] 
 Or,  inquire  well :  which  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 acriboos,  that  is,  exactly,  e.vquisitely,  or  per- 
 fectly, as  Acts  xxiii.  20.  False,]  The  Gr. 
 translateth  this  as  before,  unrighteous,  or  un- 
 just. Testified,]  Heb.,  a^isivered,  as  in 
 ver.  16. 
 
 Ver.  19 — Thought.]  Or  presumed,  pre- 
 sumptuously devised  and  enterprised:  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  maliciously  thought.     Of  the 
 
288 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 brotlier ;  and  tJioii  slialt  put  away  the  evil  from  tlie  midst  of  thee. 
 ^"  And  the  residue  shall  hear  and  fear,  and  shall  not  add  to  do  any 
 more  such  an  evil  thing  as  this,  in  the  midst  of  thee.  ^'  And  thine 
 eye  shall  not  spare :  soul  for  soul,  eye  for  eye,  tooth  for  tooth, 
 hand  for  hand,  foot  for  foot. 
 
 original  word  Zamain,  'thought, 'the  Hebs.call 
 the  false  witness  Zomem, '  the  thinker,  or  pre- 
 sumer;'  and  say,  "  Whoso  witnesseth  falsely, 
 and  it  be  known  by  \vi*:nesses  that  he  hath 
 witnessed  falsely,  this  man  is  called  [gued 
 Zomem]  the  false  witness;  and  it  is  com- 
 manded to  do  unto  him  as  he  would  have  done 
 by  his  testimony  unto  his  neighbour.  If  they 
 have  testified  falsely  of  a  transgression  for  which 
 men  are  guilty  of  stoning  to  death,  they  are  all 
 to  be  stoned;  if  of  burning,  they  are  to  beburnt; 
 and  so  for  other  deaths.  And  if  they  testify 
 of  (crimes  worthy)  beating  every  one  of  them 
 is  to  be  beaten,  &c.  If  they  testify  of  things 
 for  which  money  is  to  be  paid,  they  pay  the 
 money  among  them,  according  to  the  number 
 of  witnesses,  every  one  shall  give  the  portion 
 that  concerneth  him,  &c.  This  is  meant  of 
 witnesses  that  are  found  false:  but  two  com- 
 panies that  contradict  one  another,  and  so 
 there  is  no  testimony,  they  do  not  punish  the 
 one  of  them,  because  it  is  not  known  which 
 company  speaketh  falsely.  And  what  is  the 
 difference  between  contradiction  and  false- 
 hood? Contradiction  is  in  the  testimony  it- 
 self, the  one  saying,  this  thing  was,  and  the 
 other  saying,  this  thing  was  not.  Falsehood 
 (or  forgery)  is  for  the  testifiers  themselves, 
 when  the  false  witnesses  cannot  know  whether 
 the  thing  was  done  or  nut.  As  witnesses 
 that  come  and  say,  We  saw  this  man  kill  a 
 person,  or  he  borrowed  a  pound  of  such  a 
 man,  such  a  day,  in  such  a  place ;  and  after 
 they  have  thus  witnessed,  and  are  searched 
 into,  there  come  two  other  and  say.  On  this 
 day,  and  in  this  place,  we  were  with  you  and 
 with  these  all  the  day,  and  there  never  was 
 such  a  thing;  this  man  killed  him  not,  or  this 
 man  borrowed  not  of  that  man;  lo  this  is 
 contradiction,  and  all  the  like.  But  if  they 
 say  unto  them,  as  for  us  we  know  not  whether 
 this  man  killed  that  man,  on  such  a  day  in 
 
 JerusuaJem,  as  you  say  or  no;  but  we  testify, 
 that  you  yourselves  were  with  us  on  the  same 
 day  in  Babylon;  lo  these  are  false  witnesses 
 (oi-  forgers)  and  must  be  killed,  or  make  satis- 
 faction, forasmuch  as  the  witnesses  which 
 make  them  forgers,  have  no  respect  at  all 
 unto  the  testimony  itself  whether  it  be  truth 
 or  falsehood.  And  if  tlie  first  witnesses  were 
 an  hundred  persons,  and  there  come  two  and 
 prove  them  forgers,  saying,  We  testify  that 
 you  hundred  all  of  you  were  with  us  in  such 
 a  day,  in  such  a  place ;  lo,  these  are  punished 
 by  the  mouth  of  those  two,  for  two  are  as  an 
 hundred,  and  an  hundred  as  two.  And  so  in 
 two  companies  of  witnesses  that  contradict 
 one  another,  they  go  not  after  the  greatest 
 number.  Maim,  treat,  of  JVitnesies,  chap, 
 xviii.  sect.  1 — 3.  As  for  witnesses  that  con- 
 tradict one  another,  such  as  are  after  found 
 faulty,  though  they  be  not  put  to  death  for 
 testifying  against  a  man's  life,  yet  are  they 
 chastised  at  the  judge's  discretion."  Maim, 
 ibid.,  sect.  6.  The  evil,]  That  is,  as  the 
 Chald.  saith,  the  evil  doer.  See  before  on 
 Deut.  xvii.  7;  xiii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  20. — The  residue,]  That  is,  all 
 other  shall  hear  and  fear.  Therefore  the 
 Hebs.  say,  proclamation  was  made  concern- 
 ing these  forgers  or  false  witnesses,  the  judges 
 "  wrote  and  sent  into  every  cily,  that  such 
 and  such  men  witnessed  so  and  so,  and  were 
 found  false,  and  we  killed  them,  or  they  were 
 beaten  before  us,  or  we  set  such  a  fine  (or 
 mulct)  upon  them."  Maim,  treat,  of  JVit- 
 nesses,  chap,  xviii.  sect.  17 
 
 Ver.  21. — Not  spare,]  Or,  not  pity: 
 of  this  the  Hebs.  hold,  that  all  hurts  may  be 
 bought  out  with  money,  except  life  for  life; 
 thereof  there  may  be  no  ransom,  Num. 
 XXXV.  31.  See  the  annots.  on  Exod.  xxi. 
 25.  Soul,]  Or  life  (to  wit,  shall  go)  for 
 life.     See  Lev.  xxiv.  17 — 20. 
 
 CHAP.    XX 
 
 1.  Israel  must  not  fear  the  forces  of  their  enemies.  2.  Tlie  priests* 
 exhortation  to  encourage  the  people  to  battle.  5.  The  officers'  proclama- 
 tion, mho  are  to  he  dismissed  from  the  mar.  10.  Horn  to  use  the  cities 
 that  accept  or  refuse  the  proclamation  of  peace.     1 6,    What  cities  must 
 
CHAP.    XX. 
 
 289 
 
 he  devoted  and  destroyed, 
 stroyed  in  the  siege. 
 
 19.   Trees  of  tnan's  meat  must  not  he  de- 
 
 '  When  thou  goest  out  to  battle  against  thine  enemies,  and  seest 
 Jiorses  and  chariots,  a  people  more  than  thou,  be  not  afraid  of  them, 
 for  Jehovah  thy  God  is  with  tliee,  which  brouglit  tiiee  up  out  of 
 tlie  land  of  Egypt.  ^  And  it  sliall  be  when  ye  are  come  fiigh  unto  the 
 battle,  tliat  the  priest  shall  approach,  and  speak  unto  the  people. 
 ^  And  he  shall  say  unto  them.  Hear,  O  Israel,  you  approach  this 
 day  unto  battle  against  your  enemies  :   Let  not  your  heart  be  soft. 
 
 Ver.  1. — When  thou  goest  out,]  This 
 i-i  meant  of  all  lawful  wars,  oflensive  or  de- 
 fensive, that  i=,  begun  by  Israel,  or  by  other 
 nations  against  Israel.  And  the  Hebs.  hold, 
 that  Israel  might  never  begin  first  to  war, 
 but  the  wars  commanded  of  God;  and  those 
 were  the  wars  with  the  seven  nations  in  Ca- 
 naan, (Deut.  ii.  24;  vii.  I,)  and  the  war 
 against  Amaiek,  (Deut.  xxv.  17,  19,)  and  to 
 help  Israel  out  of  the  hand  of  the  adversaiy 
 which  is  come  upon  them,  (as  Judg.  iii.  12 — 
 2S,  &c.)  Wars  permitted,  were  with  other 
 people  that  oppugned  Israel,  as  Judg.  xi.  4, 
 12—27;  2  Sam.  x.  2,  G,  7,  &c.  "For 
 wars  commanded,  it  is  not  necessary  to  have 
 leave  of  the  high  council  (or  synedrion  ;)  but 
 the  king  may  go  out  of  himself  at  any  time, 
 and  compel  the  people  to  go  out:  but  in  war 
 permitted,  he  leadeth  not  the  people  out,  but 
 at  the  mouth  of  the  senate  of  seventy-one 
 magistrates."  Maim,  in  Misneh,  torn.  4, 
 treat,  of  Kings,  chap.  v.  sect.  1,  2.  Cha- 
 riots.] Hel).  horse  and  chariot,  one  put  for 
 many:  so  the  Chald.  translateth  it  plurally  ; 
 see  the  notes  on  Gen.  iii.  2.  Be  not  afraid,] 
 Or,  thou  shalt  not  fear  for  them,  that  is,  not 
 be  dismayed  or  discouraged.  See  the  notes  on 
 Exod.  XX.  20.  Is  WITH  thee,]  Or,  will  be 
 with  ihce,  to  wit,  as  a  captain,  -i  Chron.  xiii. 
 12.  And  with  this  the  faithful  encouraged 
 themselves  in  their  battles  as  Hezekiah  said 
 '  there  be  more  with  us  than  with  (our  ad- 
 versary ;)  with  him  is  an  arm  of  flesh,  but  with 
 us  is  the  Lord  our  God,  to  help  us,  and  to  fight 
 our  battles,  2  Chron.  xxxii.  7,  H.  See  also 
 Ps.  cxviii.  6. 
 
 Ver.  2. — The  Priest,]  One  that  was 
 appointed  and  anointed  for  this  purpose. 
 "  Whether  it  be  in  war  commanded,  or  in 
 war  permitted,  they  appoint  a  priest  to  speak 
 unto  the  people  at  the  time  of  the  battle,  and 
 they  anoint  him  with  the  anointing  oil  [men- 
 tioned in  Exod.  xxx.  25,  &r,]  and  he  is  called 
 tlie  anointed  for  the  war.  When  they  are  set 
 in  array,  and  do  come  near  to  the  battle,  he 
 that  is  anointed  for  the  war  standeth  on  an 
 hish  place,  and  all  the  companies  before  him. 
 
 Vol.  II.  2  O 
 
 and  he  saith  unto  them  in  the  holy  tongue; 
 Hear,  O  Israel,  you  approach  this  day,  &c. 
 (Deut.  xxi.  3,4.)  And  another  priest  under 
 him  proclaimeth  it  to  all  the  people  with  a 
 loud  voice.  And  afterward,  the  anointed 
 priest  saith,  What  man  is  there  that  hath 
 built  a  new  house,  &c.  What  man  is  there 
 that  hath  planted  a  vineyard,  &c.  And  what 
 man  is  there  that  hath  betrothed  a  wife,  &c. 
 Thus  much  the  anointed  priest  speaketh,  and 
 the  officer  proclaimeth  it  to  all  the  people  with 
 a  loud  voice.  And  afterward  the  officer 
 speaketh  of  himself,  and  saith,  What  man  is 
 there  that  is  fearful,  &c,  (Deut.  xx.  8,)  and 
 another  officer  proclaimeth  it  unto  all  the 
 people.  And  after  that  all  which  are  to  re- 
 turn, be  returned  from  the  army,  they  order 
 the  aimy,  and  appoint  captains,  (Dent.  xx. 
 9.)  And  after  every  company  they  set  offi- 
 cers coura£;eous  and  strong,  with  halberts  of 
 iron  in  their  hands;  and  whoso  would  turn 
 back  from  the  nar,  they  have  power  in  their 
 hand  to  cut  otl'  his  leg,"  &c.  Maim,  treat, 
 of  Kings,  chap.  vii.  sect.  1 — 4.  Tlius  Israel 
 had  the  word  of  God,  and  his  ministers  to 
 encourage  them,  that  they  might  fight  the 
 battles  ot  the  Lord  in  faith;  they  had  also  the 
 holy  trumpets  blown  by  the  priests,  that  they 
 might  be  '  remembered  before  the  Lord,  and 
 saved  fron-:  their  enemies,'  Num.  x.  8,  9;  2 
 Chron.  xiii.  12.  And  to\jching  this  priest 
 anointed  for  the  war,  the  Hebs.  leach  it  is  a 
 peculiar  dignity  to  his  own  person  only,  not 
 to  his  posterity,  and  in  the  war,  not  in  the 
 sanctuary.  "  He  that  is  anointed  for  the 
 war,  In's  son  is  never  ordained  in  his  stead, 
 but  he  is  as  other  priests;  if  he  be  anointed 
 for  the  war,  he  is  anointed;  and  if  he  be  not 
 anointed,  he  is  not  anointed.  And  when  the 
 priest  anointed  for  the  war,  ministereth  in  the 
 sanctuary,  he  ministereth  in  four  garments,  as 
 tlie  other  priests."  Maim,  in  Cle  hamik- 
 dash,  chap.  iv.  sect.  21. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Soft,]  Tender,  that  is,  faint 
 and  fearful;  as  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  dis- 
 solved (or  faint,)  the  Chald.,  moved.  This 
 softness  or  faintness  of  heart,  God   threaten- 
 
2m) 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 fear  not,  and  hasten  not  away,  neither  be  ye  terrified  because  of 
 them,  *  For  Jehovah  your  God  is  he  that  goeth  with  you,  to  fight 
 for  you  with  your  enemies,  to  save  you.  *  And  tlie  officers  shall 
 speak  unto  tlie  people,  saying.  What  man  is  there  that  hath  built 
 a  new  house,  and  hatli  not  dedicated  it?  Let  him  go  and  return  to 
 his  liouse,  lest  he  die  in  the  battle,  and  anotlier  man  dedicate  it. 
 ''  And  what  man  /?  there  that  liath  planted  a  vineyard,  and  lialh  not 
 made  it  common?  Let  him  go,  and  return  unto  his  house,  lest  lie  die 
 in  the  battle,  and  another  man  make  it  common.  '  And  what  man  is 
 there  that  halh  betrotlied  a  wife,  and  hath  not  taken  her  ?  Let  him 
 go,  and  return  unto  his  house,  lest  he  die  in  the  battle,  and  another 
 
 eth  as  a  plague,  Lev.  xxvi,  36,  and  Job  ac- 
 knowledged it  so,  saying,  God  ♦  hath  softened 
 my  heart,'  Job  xxiv.  16,  ;,nd  the  Rehoboam 
 being  '  soft-hearted,'  could  not  withstand  his 
 enemies,  2  Chron.  xiii,  7.  Although  there- 
 fore a  soft  heart  in  respect  of  God  and  his 
 ■word,  is  commendable,  2  Kings  xxii.  19,  yet 
 in  respect  of  our  enemies,  it  is  here  forbid- 
 den ;  so  in  ver.  8;  Is.  vii.  4.  Hasten  not 
 AWAY,]  Through  fear  and  troubled  thoughts, 
 and  want  of  faith.  David  blameth  this  in- 
 firmity iuhimsell.  Ps.xxxi.22  ;  cxvi.  11.  Ter- 
 rified,] Or  broken,  distojiraged,  daunted 
 with  terror  :  the  Gr.  translateth,  decline  not 
 from  their  faces.     See   the  annots.  on  verse 
 
 Ver.  5. — The  OrncERS,]  In  Gr.  the 
 scribes  :  of  them  see  the  notes  on  Deut.  xvi. 
 IS,  and  before  on  ver.  2.  What  man  is 
 THERE,]  That  is,  if  any  man,  or  whosoever 
 hath:  as  in  Ps.  xxxiv.  13,  '  What  man  '  is 
 he  ?  is  expounded  by  the  ajiostle  He  that 
 will,'  1  Pet.  iii.  10.  Built  a  new  house,] 
 By  the  Hebs.  this  law  taketh  place,  'whetiier 
 he  hath  built  it,  or  received  it  (hy  purchase) 
 or  it  be  given  unto  him  for  a  gift,  or  it  fall 
 unto  him  by  inheritance.  But  whoso  build- 
 eth  an  house,  or  planteth  a  vineyard,  out  of 
 the  land  (of  Israel)  he  returnelh  not  home  for 
 them."  Maim,  in  tieat.  of  Kings,  chap.  vii. 
 sect,  5,  14.  Not  dedicated,]  Or  not  ini- 
 tiated, that  is,  begun  to  take  pos-ession  of,  and 
 to  use  it;  which  was  wont  to  be  done  with 
 solemnity,  feasting,  and  singing  praise  to 
 God,  as  the  title  of  the  xxx.  Psalm  showeth, 
 coni'ern'ing  David's  house.  Lest  he  die,] 
 Tliis  manner  of  speech  showeth  danger,  (as 
 is  noted  on  Gen.  iii.  3,)  and  teacheth  men  to 
 be  resolute,  and  to  go  with  their  lives  in  their 
 hands,  ready  to  expend  them  in  God's  quar- 
 rel, as  Judg.  ix.  17;  Acts  xx.  22 — 24;  xxi. 
 13.  •  For  the  sword  devouieth  one  as  well 
 as  another,'  2  Sam.  xi.  25;  Acts  xii.  2. 
 And  another  man,]  Three  reasons  there 
 seem  to  be  of  this,  and  the  rest  that  follow. 
 Because  the  thoughts  and  cares  of  theirhouscs. 
 
 lands,  wives,  &c.  might  easily  trouble  men, 
 and  hinder  them  from  fighting  the  Lord's 
 battles  with  courage,  as  the  like  things  hind- 
 ered those  that  were  called  to  the  great  sup- 
 per, Luke  xiv,  18,  !9,  and  'no  man  that 
 warreth,  entangleth  himself  with  the  affairs  of 
 this  life,  that  he  may  please  him  who  hath 
 chosen  him  to  be  a  soldier,  2  Tim.  ii.  4. 
 Again,  God  hereby  showeth  compassion  unto 
 the  weak,  whom  he  spareth  for  a  time,  from 
 hard  service,  till  tlicy  be  grown  strong,  and 
 fit  to  fight  the  good  fight  of  faith,  1  Tim. 
 vi.  12;  i.  IS;  Rom.  xiv.  1,  4.  Thiriliy,  as 
 his  mercies  towards  Israel  were  many  of  them 
 external,  and  concerned  their  comforts  in  this 
 life;  so  he  would  have  them  in  special  man- 
 ner to  enjoy  the  outwaid  blessings  bestowed 
 on  them. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Planted  a  vineyard,]  This 
 also  the  Hebs.  understand  not  of  a  vineyard 
 only,  but  by  pro])ortion  of  an  orchard,  olive- 
 yard,  or  the  like.  "  Whether  he  have 
 planted  a  vineyard,  or  planted  five  trees  for 
 meat,  of  any  kind,  or  transplanted  (that  is, 
 removed  ii  from  another  place)  or  grafted  it; 
 so  that  it  be  bound  to  that  law  of  uncircum- 
 cised  fruit,  (in  Lev.  xix.  23.)  or  that  he  hatli 
 purchased  it,  oi'  taketh  it  by  inheritance  or  by 
 free  gift:  (he  returneth  home.)  But  if  he 
 hath  planted  but  four  trees  for  food,  or  five 
 trees  (or  more)  that  are  barren,  or  hath  gotten 
 a  vineyard  by  rapine,  he  returneth  not  home 
 therefore.  And  so,  if  a  vineyard  belong  to 
 two  partners,  they  return  not  for  it."  Maim, 
 treat,  of  Kings,  chap.  vii.  sect.  6.  Not 
 made  it  common,]  Or,  not  profaned  it;  that 
 is,  not  used  the  fruit  thereof  for  common 
 food,  which  he  could  not  do  by  the  law,  till 
 the  fifth  year  from  the  planting  thereof,  Lev. 
 xix.  23 — 25,  The  Gr.  translateth,  hath  not 
 made  merry,  (or  rejoiced  with  the  fruit) 
 thereof. 
 
 Ver.  7 Betrothed  a  wife,]  "  Whether 
 
 maid,  or  widow;  or  if  his  brother's  wife  fall 
 to  him,  (according  to  tlie  law  in  Dcut.  xxv. 
 5,)  though  they  be  five  brethren,  and  one  of 
 
CHAP.    XX. 
 
 291 
 
 man  take  lier.  ®  And  the  officers  shall  speak  further  unto  the  peo- 
 ple, and  say,  What  man  is  there  that  is  fearful,  and  soft-hearted  ? 
 Let  him  go  and  return  unto  his  house,  that  his  brethren's  heart  melt 
 not,  as  his  heart,  ^  And  it  shall  be  when  the  officers  have  made  an 
 end  of  speaking  unto  the  people,  tliat  they  shall  constitute  captains 
 of  the  armies  for  an  head  of  the  people. 
 
 '"  When  thou  comest  nigh  unto  a  city,  to  fight  against  it,  tlien 
 tliou  shalt  proclaim  peace  unto  it.  ''  And  it  shall  be,  if  it  answer 
 thee  peace,  and  open  unto  thee,  then  it  shall  be,  that  all  the  people 
 
 them  die,  all  the  rest  do  return  home.  All 
 these  that  are  to  return  from  the  battle,  are  to 
 return  wlien  they  hear  the  words  of  the  priest, 
 and  to  provide  water  and  victuals  lor  their 
 brethren  which  are  in  the  army,  and  to  pre- 
 pare the  ways  for  them."  Maim,  treat,  of 
 Kings,  ciiap.  vii.  sect.  79. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Shall  speak  further,]  Heb. 
 shall  add  to  speak.  See  the  notes  on  ver.  2. 
 Soft,]  Or  tender,  that  is,  faint-hearted : 
 see  ver.  3.  When  Gideon  warred  against  the 
 Midiaiiites,  and  made  this  proclamation,  of 
 the  two  and  thirty  thousand  men  that  were 
 him,  there  returned  '  two  and  twenty  thou- 
 sand,  and  but  ten  thousand  remained,'  Judg. 
 vii.  3.  Melt  not,]  That  is,  faint  not,  or 
 he  discouraged;  in  Gr.,  be  not  made  fearful. 
 An  usual  phrase,  whereof  see  Deut.  i.  28. 
 By  this,  God  taught  liis  people  to  liave  faith 
 in  him,  and  every  man  to  encourage  himself, 
 and  one  another,  in  God's  assistance:  which 
 they  tliat  did,  prospered  ;  as  in  the  Reuben- 
 ites'  war  against  the  Hagarites,  1  Chron.  v. 
 20,  the  Jews'  war  against  the  Israelites,  2 
 Chron.  xii.  12 — 18,  Jehoshaphat's  war  against 
 the  Ammonites,  2  Chron.  xx.  and  many  the 
 like.  Of  this  point  the  Hebs.  say,  that  after 
 a  man  is  entered  into  the  war,  ■'  He  should 
 stay  himself  upon  him  that  is  the  Hope  of 
 Israel,  and  his  Saviour  in  time  of  distiess; 
 and  know  that  for  the  name  of  God  he  maketh 
 war;  and  should  put  his  life  in  his  hand,  and 
 not  be  afraid  or  adread,  nor  think  either  of  his 
 wife,  or  of  his  children,  but  wipe  the  remem- 
 brance of  them  out  of  his  heart,  and  turn  from 
 everything  unto  the  battle.  And  whosotver 
 begiinieth  to  think,  and  cast  doubts  in  the 
 battle  and  maketh  himself  afraid,  transgresseth 
 against  this  proliibition,  '  Let  not  your  heart 
 be  soft,'  &c.  And  not  only  so.  but  that  all 
 the  blood  of  Israel  hangeth  on  his  neck:  and 
 if  he  prevail  not,  and  make  not  war  with  all 
 his  heart  and  with  all  his  soul,  lo  he  is  as  he 
 that  shcddeth  the  blood  of  all;  as  it  is  writ- 
 ten, '  That  his  brethen's  heart  melt  not,  as  well 
 as  his  heart.'  And  behold  it  is  plainly  said, 
 (in  Jer.  xlviii.  10,)'Cursed  be  he  that  doth  the 
 work  of  the  Lord  deceitfully,  and  cursed  be 
 he  that  keepelh  back  his  sword  from   blood.' 
 
 But  whoso  fighteth  with  all  his  heait,  with- 
 out drtad,  and  his  intent  is  to  sant-lify  the 
 name  (of  God)  only,  trusteth  in  him  that  he 
 shall  find  no  hurt,  and  no  evil  shall  come 
 unto  him.  And  he  will  build  him  a  sure 
 house  in  hrael,  and  honour  him  and  his  chil- 
 dren for  ever,  and  count  him  worthy  of  life 
 in  the  world  that  is  to  come;  as  it  is  written, 
 (in  1  Sam.  xxv.  2S.)  '  For  the  Lord  will  cer- 
 tainly make  my  lord  a  sure  house,  because 
 my  lord  fighteth  the  battle  of  the  Lord,  and 
 evil  hath  not  been  found  in  thee  from  thy 
 days;  and  the  soul  of  my  lord  shall  be  bound 
 in  the  bundle  of  life,  with  the  Lord  thy  God.' '' 
 Maim,  treat,  of  Kings,  chap.  vii.  sect.  15. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Captain's.]  Or  princes,  rulers. 
 That  as  their  trust  should  first  he  in  God 
 alone,  sn,  secondly,  they  should  use  the  lawful 
 outward  means  for  safety  and  victory,  and  not 
 tempt  the  Lord.  For  an  head,]  Or,  in  the 
 forefront  of  the  people ,  Hfb.  in  the  head; 
 which  may  be  understood  both  these  ways,  as 
 here,  so  in  2  Chron.  xiii.  12;  xx.  27.  The 
 Gr.  translateth, /ore  leaders  of  the  people. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Shalt  proclaiji  peace  onto 
 IT,]  Heb.  shalt  call  unto  it  for  peace  ;  where- 
 by may  be  meant,  thou  ihalt  invite  (or  per- 
 suade) it  unto  peace.  The  Gi-.  translateth, 
 shalt  call  them  out  with  peace  ;  the  Chald., 
 shalt  proclaim  thereto  tvords  of  peace.  The 
 Hebs.  say,  "They  must  make  no  war  with 
 any  man  in  the  world,  until  they  proclaim 
 peace  unto  him,  whether  it  be  war  permit- 
 ted, or  war  commanded,  Deut.  xx.  10.  If 
 they  make  peace,  and  receive  upon  them  the 
 seven  commandments  which  were  given  to 
 the  sons  of  Noah,  [wheieof  see  the  notes  on 
 Gen.  ix.  4,]  they  must  kill  none  of  them, 
 but  they  shall  be  tributaries,  (Deut.  xx.  11.) 
 Maim,  treat,  ot  Kings,  chap.  vi.  sect.  1. 
 
 Ver.  11. — If  it  answer.]  That  is,  ac- 
 cept of  the  conditions  of  peace  by  thee  pro- 
 posed. The  Gr.  translateth,  .i4nd  if  they 
 answer  thee  peaceable  words.  Tributaries 
 UNTO  thee,]  Heb.  shall  be  unto  thee  to  tri. 
 hute ;  which  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  for  of- 
 ferers of  tributes,  that  is,  tributaries,  as  the 
 Gr.  also  explaineth  it.  And  tribute  is  not 
 only  of  men's  fioods,  but  of  their  persou>,   to 
 
292 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 that  is  found  therein,  shall  be  tributaries  unto  thee,  and  they  shall 
 serve  thee.  '"^  And  if  it  will  not  make  peace  with  thee,  but  will 
 make  war  witli  thee,  then  thou  shalt  lay  siege  against  it.  '^  And 
 Jeliovali  thy  God  shall  give  it  into  thine  hand,  and  thou  shalt  smite 
 every  male  thereof  with  the  edge  of  the  sword.  "Buttlie  women, 
 and  the  little  ones,  and  the  cattle,  and  all  that  is  in  the  city,  all  llic 
 spoil  tliercof,  thou  shalt  make  a  prey  unto  thyself;  and  thou  shalt 
 eat  the  spoil  of  thine  enemies,  wliicli  Jehovah  thy  God  hath  given 
 thee.  ''  Tlius  slialt  thou  do  unto  all  the  cities  whicli  are  very  far 
 off  from  thee,  Avhich  are  not  of  the  cities  of  tliese  nations.  '^  But 
 of  the  cities  of  these  peoples,  which  Jehovah  thy  Goddotli  give  thee 
 for  an  inlieritance,  thou  shalt  not  save  alive  any  breath.  '^  But 
 utterly  destroying  thou  shalt  utterly  destroy  them ;  the  Chethite, 
 
 be  paid  with  the  labour  of  their  bodies ;  as  the 
 Egyptians  set  over  Israel  task  (or  tribute) 
 niaslcrs,  to  afflict  them  with  their  burdens, 
 Exod.  i.  11.  And  Solomon  raised  a  tribute 
 (or  levy)  of  thirty  tliousand  men,'  1  Kings  v. 
 13.  Acrordingly  it  is  here  meant  of  both, 
 and  the  Hebs.  explain  it  thus;  "The  tribute 
 which  they  must  take  upon  them,  is  that  they 
 shall  be  ready  fur  the  king's  service,  with  tlieir 
 bodies,  and  wiili  their  goods:  as  to  build  the 
 walls,  to  fortify  the  munitions,  to  build  the 
 king's  palace,  and  the  like;  as  it  is  written, 
 (in  1  Kings  ix.  15,  &c,)  And  this  is  the  rea- 
 son of  the  tribute  [the  kvy]  which  king  So- 
 lomon raised,  for  to  build  the  hou;e  of  the 
 Lord,  and  his  own  house,  and  Millo,  and  the 
 wall  of  Jerusalem,  &c.  and  all  the  cities  of 
 store  that  Solomon  had,  &c.  And  the  king 
 may  condition  with  them,  to  take  h.ilf  their 
 goods,  or  their  lands,  and  leave  them  the 
 movables;  or  the  movables,  and  leave  them 
 the  lands,  as  he  shall  make  the  conditions." 
 Maim,  treat,  of  Kings,  chap.  vi.  sect.  1,  2. 
 Shall  serve,]  To  wit,  as  bond  servants; 
 which  it  was  not  lawful  to  put  any  Israelite 
 unto,  Lev.  XXV.  42,  44.  And  so  Solomon 
 laid  upon  the  heathen  '  a  tribute  of  bond  ser- 
 vice, l)ut  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  Solomon  made 
 no  servants  (or  bondmen)  but  they  were  men 
 of  war,  and  his  servants,  and  his  princes,' 
 &c.  I  Kings  ix.  21,  22.  The  Hebs.  say, 
 "  If  they  would  take  upon  them  the  tribute, 
 and  not  the  servitude;  or  the  servitude,  but 
 not  the  tribute;  they  may  not  hearken  unto 
 them,  until  they  take  upon  them  both.  And 
 the  servitude  which  they  must  take  upon 
 them,  is  to  be  conteniplible  and  very  base, 
 that  they  lift  not  up  the  head  in  Israel,  but 
 be  subc'ueil  under  their  hand,  and  be  not 
 reckoned  with  Israel,  for  any  matter  in  the 
 woild."      Maim,  in    Kings,   chap.    vi.  sect. 
 
 Ver.    12. — Not 
 
 ,]   Upon  tin 
 
 fu)  mer  conditions,  as  the  Gi-.  saith,  tf  ihey 
 will  not  obey  thee. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Shall  give  it.]  This  may  be 
 taken  as  a  promise,  or,  when  he  shall  give  it, 
 S(C.  iheyi  thou  shait  smite. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Eat  the  spoil,]  That  is,  en- 
 joy that  which  thou  hast  spoiled.  And  lliis 
 is  a  blessing  and  comfort  alter  victory,  which 
 God  gave  unto  Israel  upon  their  wars  in  Ca- 
 naan, Josh.  xxii.  8,  and  figured  the  fruit  of 
 the  labours  which  Christ  and  his  people  should 
 enjoy  from  their  enemies,  Is.  liii.  12,  Luke 
 xi.  22. 
 
 Ver.  16. — These  people,]  The  seven 
 nations  in  the  land  of  Canaan,  Dent.  vii.  1, 
 2,  unto  which  the  Hebs.  add  (from  Deut. 
 XXV.  19,)  the  Amalekites;  saying,  "The 
 seven  nations  and  Amalek,  wiiich  make  not 
 peace,  they  leave  not  of  them  any  so\il, 
 Deut.  XX.  16;  xxv.  19.  And  it  is  holden, 
 that  he  speaktlh  not  but  of  such  as  make  not 
 peace,  as  it  is  written  (in  Josh.  xi.  19,  20.) 
 There  was  not  a  city  that  made  peace  with 
 the  sons  of  Israel,  save  the  Hivites,  the  in- 
 habitants of  Gibeon;  all  (other)  they  took  in 
 battle)  for  it  was  of  the  Lord  to  harden  thtir 
 hearts,  that  they  should  come  against  Israel 
 in  battle  that  he  might  destroy  them  u  terly, 
 even  because  they  sent  unto  them  for  peace, 
 but  they  received  it  not.  Joshua  sent  three 
 ^yritings  before  he  came  into  the  land.  First 
 he  sent  unto  them  thus,  'He  that  will  flee, 
 let  him  flee.  Again,  he  sent.  Whoso  will 
 make  peace,  let  him  make  peace.  And  again 
 he  sent,  Whoso  will  make  war,  let  him  make 
 it.  If  it  be  so,  wherefore  did  the  Gibeoiiites 
 deal  by  craft?'  Josh.  ix.  Because  he  had 
 sent  unto  ihem  in  the  general,  and  they  re- 
 ceived it  not,  neither  knew  they  the  judgment 
 {<iY  manner)  of  Israel,  &c.  Maim,  treat,  of 
 Kings,  chap.  vi.  sect.  4,  5.  Any  breath,] 
 Or,  any  soul,  man,  woman,  or  child. 
 
 Ver.    17. — Utterly  destroy,]    Or,  dn 
 
CHAP.    XX. 
 
 203 
 
 and  tlie  Amorito,  and  the  Canaanite,  and  the  Perizzite,  the  Hivite, 
 and  the  Jebnsite,  as  Jehovah  thy  God  hatli  commanded  tliee.  '^  To 
 the  end  that  tliey  teach  not  you  to  do  after  all  their  abominations, 
 which  they  have  done  nnto  their  gods,  and  ye  sin  against  Jeliovah 
 your  God. 
 
 '^  When  thou  slialt  lay  siege  unto  a  city  many  days,  in  making 
 war  against  it,  to  take  it,  thou  shalt  not  destroy  the  trees  thereof, 
 by  forcing  an  ax  against  tliem ;  for  thou  mayest  eat  of  them,  and 
 tliou  shalt  not  cut  tliem  down  :  for  is  the  tree  of  the  field  a  man, 
 to  go  in  from  before  thee  into  the  bulwark  ?  ^"  Only  tlie  tree  whicli 
 thou  knowest,  that  it  is  not  a  tree  for  meat,  that  tliou  mayest  de- 
 stroy and  cut  down,  and  build  a  bulwark  against  the  city  that 
 maketh  war  with  thee,  until  it  be  subdued. 
 
 stray  as  cuned :  See  Num.  xxi.  2.  Hath 
 C0M3IANDED  THEE,]  111  Exod.  xxxiv.  11,  12; 
 Deiit.  vii.  1—3. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Not  destroy  the  trees,] 
 Wtih.  not  corrupt  [ov  mar)  a  tree:  mi;aniiig 
 any  tree  that  bare  man's  meat.  The  Gr. 
 translateth  trees ;  and  the  singular  is  oft 
 used  for  the  plura),  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  iii.  2. 
 And  under  the  name  of  trees,  all  other  tilings 
 also,  needful  for  man's  life,  seem  here  to  be 
 reserved  from  destruction.  The  Hebs.  ex- 
 plain it  thus;  "  Tliey  may  not  cut  down  the 
 trees  for  meat,  that  are  without  the  city;  nor 
 withhold  from  them  the  water  courses,  that 
 they  may  wither:  as  it  is  written,  •  Thou 
 slialt  not  corrupt  the  trees:'  and  whoso  cut- 
 teth  any  down,  is  to  be  beaten.  And  not  in 
 the  siege  only,  but  iii  any  place,  wiiosoever 
 eulteth  down  a  tree  that  is  for  meat,  by  way 
 of  corrupting,  is  to  be  beaten.  But  they 
 may  cut  them  down,  if  they  hurt  other  trees, 
 or  hurt  the  field,  &c.  the  law  forbiddeth  not, 
 but  by  way  of  corruption.  Every  tree  tliat  bears 
 not  fruit,  it  is  lawful  to  cut  it  down,  although 
 a  man  have  no  need  of  it:  and  likewise  a 
 fruit  ti'ee  that  doth  hurt,  or  yieldeth  but  a 
 little,  and  is  not  worth  the  labour  about  it,  it 
 is  lawful  to  cut  it  down.  And  what  quantity 
 may  that  be?  An  olive  tree,  if  it  yield  tiie 
 fourth  part  of  a  kab  of  olives,  [that  is,  a  log, 
 whereof  see  the  notes  on  Exod.  xxx.  24,] 
 they  may  not  cut  it  dovvn:  and  a  date  tree 
 which  yieldeth  a  kab  of  dates,  they  cut  not 
 down.  And  not  trees  only,  but  whoso 
 breaketh  vessels,  or  rendeth  garments,  or 
 pulleth  down  buildings,  or  stoppeth  wells,  or 
 destroyeth  meats,  by  way  of  corrupting,  trans- 
 
 gresseth  this  law, '  Thou  shalt  not  corrupt:' 
 yet  is  he  not  to  be  beaten  therefore,  but  by  tlie 
 doctrine  of  the  scribes  he  is  to  be  chastised." 
 Maim,  treat  of  Kings,  chap.  vi.  sect.  8,  9, 
 By  this  prohibition,  God  restraineth  the 
 waste  and  spoil  which  soldiers  usually  make 
 in  wars ;  and  teacheth  mercy  towards  liis 
 good  creatures,  and  that  which  serveth  for 
 man's  life:  therefore  Christ  would  have  no- 
 thing lost  of  the  broken  meats  thnt  are  left, 
 John  vi.  12.  And  as  in  figure  men  are 
 likened  to  trees,  so  such  only  as  bring  forth 
 no  '  good  fruit,'  are  cut  down,  Matt.  iii.  10. 
 See  also  Luke  xiii.  6,  7,  &c.  Rev.  ix.  4. 
 For  thou  mayest,]  Or,  as  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth, but  thou  shalt  eat  thereof.  For  is  the 
 tree,  &c.]  Or, /or  are  the  trees,  &c.  that  is, 
 the  trees  of  the  field  are  not  as  men,  either 
 to  come  out  against  thee,  or  to  flee  from  thee 
 into  the  bulwark.  Tliis  interpretation  agreeth 
 with  the  Gr.,  "  Is  the  tree  that  is  in  the 
 woud  a  man,  to  go  in  from  thy  face  into  the 
 bulwark?  The  Ciiald.  in  like  sense  ex- 
 |ilainetli  it  by  a  denial;  "  Fur  the  tree  of  the 
 field  is  not  as  a  man,  to  go,"  &c.  Other- 
 wise it  may  also  be  translated,  "  Though  tlie 
 trees  of  the  field  are  man's,"  that  is,  serve  for 
 man's  use.  yet  spare  such  as  bear  fruit.  Or, 
 according  to  that  which  went  before,  "  For 
 the  tree  of  the  field  is  man's,"  to  wit,  his  food, 
 or  life  of  man:"  as  in  2  Kings  xviii.  31,  '  eat 
 ye  every  man  his  own  vine,  that  is,  the  fruit 
 of  his  vine.'  Into  the  bulwark,]  Or,  in 
 the  siege. 
 
 Ver.  20. — SuBDUEn,]  Or,  come  down  : 
 which  the  Cliald.  translateth,  until  it  be  de- 
 livered. 
 
294 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 CHAP.    XXI. 
 
 1 .  The  exp'iation  of  murder  done  hy  an  unknown  person:  that  the 
 elders  of  the  next  city  should  kill  an  heifer,  and  wash  their  hands  over 
 it,  so  clearing  themsel'ces,  and  asking  mercy  of  God.  1 0.  The  usage  of 
 a  captive  taken  to  wife.  15.  The  first-born  is  not  to  he  disinherited  upon 
 private  affection.  18.  A  stubborn  rebellious  son,  is  by  his  parents  to  he 
 brought  forth  unto  judgment,  and  stoned  to  death.  22.  Tlie  malefactor 
 must  not  hang  all  night  on  a  tree. 
 
 '  If  one  be  found  slain  in  the  land  which  Jehovah  thy  God  givetJi 
 unto  thee  to  possess  it,  fallen  in  the  field  j  and  it  be  not  known  who 
 hath  smitten  him  :  '  Tlien  thy  elders  and  thy  judges  shall  come 
 fortJi,  and  tliey  shall  measure  unto  tlie  cities,  which  are  round 
 about  Imn  tliat  is  slain.  ^  And  it  shall  be,  that  tlie  city  which  is 
 next  unto  the  slain  man,  even  tlie  elders  of  tliat  city  shall  take  an 
 
 Ver.  1. — Slain,]  Or,  wounded,  mean- 
 ing to  death;  as  the  Chald.  translateth,  hill- 
 ed: and  this  law  uas  to  be  kept,  whether  one 
 or  many  were  found  slain.  Giveth,]  Or,  is 
 giving,  to  wit,  shojlly.  This  being  a  figura- 
 tive expiation,  done  by  priests  witlithe  death 
 of  an  heifer,  &c.  showing  this  law  to  be  pe- 
 culiar to  the  commonwealth  of  Israel:  and  so 
 the  Hebs.  say,  '<  The  law  for  the  beheaded 
 heifer,  is  not  to  be  used  but  in  the  land  of 
 Israel.  Maim,  in  Misneh,  torn.  4,  treat,  of 
 Murder,  chap.  x.  sect.  1.  Fallen,]  That, 
 is,  lying  dead  :   as,  there  fell,  1   Chron.  xxi. 
 
 14,  is   expounded,  there  died,   2  Sam.  xxiv. 
 
 15.  The  Gr.  translateth  it  fallen;  the 
 Chald.,  lying.  All  these  circumstances  the 
 Hebs.  hold  unto  strictly;  "It  is  said,  slain 
 (or  wounded)  not  hanged,  nor  broken;  for  such 
 an  one  is  not  called  Chalal,  (slain:)  in  the 
 land  (or  ground)  not  hid  in  an  heap:  fallen, 
 not  hanging  on  a  tree:  in  the  field,  not 
 swimming  on  the  water."  Maim,  treat,  of 
 Murder,  chap.  ix.  feet.  11.  Not  known,] 
 For,  if  it  be  known,  they  behead  no  heifer 
 for  him.  If  but  one  have  seen  the  murderer, 
 and  though  it  be  a  slave,  or  a  woman,  or  one 
 whose  testimony  is  not  allowable,  yet  there  is 
 no  beheading  of  the  heifer:  for  if  there  be 
 many  open  murderers,  the  killing  of  the 
 heifer  ceaseth.  If  one  witness  say,  I  saw  the 
 murderer;  and  another  witness  deny  it,  say- 
 ing, Thou  didst  not  see  him,  (and  these  wit- 
 nesses come  both  together)  then  they  behead 
 the  heifer.  Maim,  ibid.,  chap.  ix.  sect.  12, 
 13. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Thy  Elders,]  He  saith  not  the 
 Elders  of  that  city,  as  after  in  ver.  3,(  for  it  is 
 not  known  as  yet  to  what  city  it  belwigeth ;) 
 
 but  thy  elders  (O  Israel)  which  were  of  the 
 general  states  of  the  land.  The  Hebs.  say, 
 "  When  a  slain  man  is  found  fallen  on  the 
 earth,  &c.  they  leave  him  in  his  place,  and 
 five  elders  come  forth  from  the  high  council 
 that  is  in  Jerusalem,  and  they  measure  from 
 him  unto  the  cities  that  are  round  about  the 
 slain  man.  Maim,  ibid.,  chap.  ix.  sect.  1. 
 Thy  Judges,]  To  whom  ciiminal  causes  did 
 belong,  for  the  trial  of  them.  Unto  the 
 CITIES,]  He  saith  not,  unto  the  towns,  or  vil- 
 lages, but  cities  :  ami  by  the  Hebs.,  "  They 
 measured  not  to  any  city,  but  such  as  had  in 
 it  a  court  of  three  and  twenty  (magistrates.) 
 And  though  he  be  found  by  a  city's  side,  &c. 
 yet  they  measure.  And  when  they  have 
 measured,  and  the  city  next  him  is  known, 
 then  they  bury  the  slain  man  in  his  place,  and 
 the  elders  of  Jerusalem  return  to  their  place; 
 and  the  senate  of  that  city  bring  an  heifer, 
 &c.  When  they  measure,  they  do  it  ex- 
 actly. And  they  measure  from  the  nose  of 
 him  (that  is  slain.)  If  his  body  be  in  one 
 place,  and  his  head  in  another,  they  bring  the 
 body  to  the  head,  and  bury  it  in  the  place 
 thereof.  If  there  be  many  dead,  one  beside 
 another,  they  measure  from  the  nose  of  every 
 one  of  them.  And  if  one  city  be  nearest  to 
 them  all,  it  bringeth  one  heiftr  for  them  all. 
 Maim,  treat,  of  Murder,  chap.  ix.  sect.  4,  9, 
 10. 
 
 Ver.  3. — An  heifer,]  Which  was  by 
 the  death  thereof  to  make  expiation,  in  figure, 
 for  this  murder,  as  ordinary  sacrifices  did  for 
 men's  sins.  And  this  was  done  by  the  next 
 city,  because  of  presumption  of  the  fact, 
 when  other  proof  failed:  and  this  heifer  was 
 to  be  of  the  men's  of  that  city,  s-dith  Maim. 
 
CHAP.    XXL 
 
 2db 
 
 lieifer  of  the  Iierd,  which  hath  not  been  wrought  with,  which  liatli 
 not  drawn  in  the  yoke.  ^  And  the  elders  of  that  city  shall  bring 
 down  the  heifer  unto  a  rough  valley,  wliicli  shall  not  be  tilled,  nor 
 sown,  and  sliall  strike  off  the  heifer's  neck  there  in  the  valley. 
 ^  And  the  priests,  the  sons  of  Levi,  shall  come  near  ;  for  them  Je- 
 hovah tliy  God  hath  chosen  to  minister  unto  him,  and  to  bless  iu 
 the  name  of  Jehovah ;  and  by  their  mouth  shall  be  every  contro- 
 versy, and  every  stroke.  ®  And  all  tlie  elders  of  tliat  city  that  are 
 next  unto  the  slain  man,  shall  wash  their  liands  over  the  lieifer  that 
 is  beheaded  in  tlie  valley.  ^  And  they  shall  answer,  and  say,  Oar 
 hands  liave  not  shed  this  blood,  and   our  eyes   have   not  seen  it. 
 
 ibid.,  sect.  2,  and,  "an  heifer  of  the  second 
 yi'ar,  or  under;  but  if  it  were  a  day  older 
 than  two  years,  it  was  unlawful.  Maim, 
 ibid.,  cliap.  ix.  sect.  2,  and  chap.  x.  sect.  2. 
 In  the  yoke,]  The  same  caution  was  for  the 
 '  red  heifer,'  Num.  xix.  2,  see  the  annots. 
 there.  But  why  speaJieth  he  of  '  the  yoke, 
 after  he  had  said,  Not  wrought  with?  seeing 
 to  draw  with  the  yolie  is  comprehended  in 
 other  works?  The  Hebs.  answer ;  "Because 
 the  yoke  maketh  it  disallowable,  whether  it 
 be  in  tlie  hour  of  woik  or  not.  When  it  hath 
 drawn  in  tlie  yoke  l)ut  an  hand  breadth,  it  is 
 unlawf\il,  though  it  neither  plowed  therewith, 
 nor  did  any  other  work."  Maim,  ibid.,  chap, 
 xiii.  sect.  3. 
 
 Ver.  4. — A  ROUGH  VALLEY,]  Or,  a  strong 
 bourne:  the  Heb.  Nachal  is  both  a  valley. 
 Gen.  xxvi.  17,  19,  and  a  water  stream  )-un- 
 ning  in  a  valley,  Deut.  ii.  l.S,  36,  both  which 
 we  call  a  bourne.  Ethan  signifieth  strength,  or 
 strong  and  durable,  as  is  applied  sometimes  to 
 waters,  Exod.  xiv.  27;  Ps.  Ixxiv.  15.  And 
 Nachal  Ethan,  in  Amos  v.  24,  is  '  a  mighty 
 stream.'  So  here  we  may  understand  this  to 
 be  not  only  a  valley,  but  a  stream  also  in  it, 
 as  the  Chald.  version  confirmeth:  but  the  Gr. 
 translateth  if,  a  rough  valley.  M^im.  in 
 treat,  of  Murder,  chap.  ix.  sect.  2,  saith 
 "  they  bring  down  the  heifer  into  a  burn  that 
 floweth  strongly,  and  that  is  the  Ethan  spoken 
 of  in  the  law."  Shall  not  be  tilled,] 
 Either  at  the  time  when  the  heifer  is  killed, 
 or  after.  "  The  valley  wherein  the  heifer  is 
 beheaded,  is  unlawful  to  be  sown  or  tilled  for 
 ever,  (Deut.  xxi.  4,)  and  whoso  worketh  any 
 work  there,  in  the  body  of  the  ground,  as  to 
 plow,  or  dig,  or  sow,  or  plant,  or  any  the  like, 
 lie  is  to  be  beaten.  But  it  is  lawful  to  dress 
 fliX  there,  or  to  dig  up  stones,  or  any  thing 
 which  is  not  as  tillage  or  sowing,  &c.  Maim, 
 treat,  of  Murder,  chap.  x.  sect.  9.  Strike 
 OFF  THE  NECK,]  Or  behead,  (as  in  ver.  6,) 
 '■  with  an  axe  on  the  hinder  parts  thereof," 
 saith   Maim,   ibid.,  chap.  ix.  sect.  3.     The 
 
 Gj-.  translateth,  cut  the  sinews  of  the  heifer. 
 After  it  was  belieaiied,  and  expiation  made, 
 the  heifer  "  was  bui  ed  in  the  place  where  it 
 was  killed,  and  it  was  unlawful  to  have  any 
 profit  (or  use)  thereof."  Maim,  ibid.,  chap.  x. 
 sect.  6. 
 
 Ver.  5. — The  sons  of  Levi,]  In  Gr., 
 the  Levites.  What  they  were  to  d.i,  is  ex- 
 pressed by  Moses,  but  may  be  gathered  by 
 their  office  here  described,  to  minister,  &c. 
 and  by  ver.  8,  where  prayer  is  made  for 
 atonement.  And  so  the  Hebs.  explain  it, 
 that  the  elders  were  to  wash  their  hands,  and 
 say,  "  Our  hands  have  not  shed,  &c.  (ver. 
 7,)  and  the  priests  said.  Make  expiation  for 
 thy  people,"  &c.  ver.  8.  Maim,  treat,  of 
 Murder,  chap.  ix.  sect.  3.  To  minister,] 
 The  Gr.  saith,  to  stand  before  him.  See 
 Deut.  X.  8.  Their  MonTH,]  That  is,  as  the 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it,  their  word,  meaning 
 the  word  of  God  which  they  should  show, 
 Ezek.  xliv.  23,  24.  Shall  be,]  To  wit, 
 judged,  or  tried,  or  (as  this  case  seemeth  to 
 import)  expiated.  Stroke]  Ov  plague  ;  in 
 Chald.,  plagtie  of  leprosy  :  See  the  notes  on 
 Deut.  xvii.  8 
 
 Ver.  6. — All  the  Elders,]  Both  the 
 magistrates  then  bearing  office,  and  such 
 as  had  borne  it  before.  For  all  such  were 
 called  elders,  as  appeareth  by  Judg.  viii.  14 
 where  the  princes  and  elders  of  Siiccoth  were 
 threescore  and  seventeen  men.  So  in  this 
 case,  the  Hebs.  say,  "  The  judges  of  that  city, 
 with  all  the  elders,  although  they  be  an  hun- 
 dred, they  all  wasli  their  hands  there,  in  the 
 place  where  the  heifer's  neck  is  striken  ofi." 
 Maim,  treat,  of  Murder,  chap.  ix.  sect.  3. 
 Shall  wash,]  In  sign  that  they  were  inno- 
 cent of  that  blood-shed:  as  Ps.  xxvi.  6; 
 Matt   xxvii.  24. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Shall  ansueb,]  That  is,  shall 
 speak :  for  so  the  word  answer  is  often  used 
 for  the  beginning  of  a  speech.  Job  iii.  2. 
 Have  NOT  shed,]  Or,  hath  not  shed  j  for  the 
 Heb.  hath  a  double  reading,  implying  both 
 
2yG 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ■*  Make  expiation  for  thy  people  Israel,  whom  thou  hast  redeemed, 
 O  Jeliovah ;  and  lay  not  innocent  blood  in  the  midst  of  thy  people 
 Israel,  and  the  blood  shall  be  expiated  for  them.  ^  And  tliou  shalt 
 put  away  innocent  blood  from  tlie  midst  of  thee,  when  thou  shalt 
 do  that  which  is  right  in  the  eyes  of  Jehovah. 
 
 3£32 
 
 "  When  thou  goest  forth  to  battle  against  thine  enemies,  and 
 Jehovah  thy  God  hath  delivered  them  into  thuie  hands,  and  tliou 
 liast  taken  captive  a  captivity  of  them-.  "  And  thou  seest  in  the 
 captivity  a  woman  of  a  beautiful  form,  and  hast  a  desire  unto  her, 
 and  wouldst  take  her  unto  thee  to  wife  :  ^"  Then  thou  shalt  bring  her 
 
 singular  and  plural;  to  siguil'y  that  they  hail 
 nut  any  hand  in  this  murder.  Not  seen  it,] 
 To  "it,  shed  by  any  other:  for  else,  this  ex- 
 piation had  not  been  thus  made,  as  is  noted 
 on  ver.  1. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Make  expiation,]  Or  inake 
 atone7nent :  m  Gr.,  be  merciful.  Here  the 
 Cliald.  version  addeth,  "  Tlie  priests  shall 
 say,  make  expiation,"  &c.  and  so  the  Hel)s. 
 explain  it,  as  is  noted  on  ver.  5.  Hast  re- 
 deemed,] Tlie  Gr.  addeth.  out  of  the  land 
 of  Egypt.  Lay  not  innocent  blood,] 
 lleb.  give  not,  that  is,  as  the  Chald.  openeth 
 it,  give  not  the  guilt  of  innocent  blood ;  in 
 our  phrabe,  lay  it  not  to  their  charge.  The 
 Gr.  translateih  that  there  may  not  be  inno- 
 cent blood  in  thy  people.  To  give,  is  uilen 
 used  for  tu  suffer,  (as  is  noted  on  Gen.  xx. 
 6,)  in  which  sense  it  may  also  be  taken  here 
 suffer  not  innocent  blood,  to  «it,  to  be  un- 
 punished, but  bring  the  murderer  to  light. 
 Expiated  fok  them,]  Or,  mercifully  for- 
 given them:  but  the  murderer  (ii  afterward 
 he  were  taken)  was  not  hereby  forgiven, 
 which  the  Hebs.  gather  from  the  next  words, 
 saying;  "  Although  the  muiderer  be  found 
 after  the  beheading  of  the  heifer,  yet  he 
 is  to  be  killed;  for  it  is  written  (Deut. 
 xxi.  9,)  '  And  thou  shalt  put  away  iiniocent 
 blood.'  "  Maim,  treat,  of  Murder,  chap.  x. 
 sect.  8. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Innocent  blood,]  That  is,  the 
 guilt  thereof:  but  the  Chald.  addeth,  the 
 shedder  of  innocent  blood,  according  to  the 
 former  exposition.  Right  in  the  eyes,] 
 The  Gr.  translateth;  that  which  is  gold  and 
 pleasing  before  the  Lord. 
 
 BBS  Here  beginneth  the  nine  and  fortieth 
 section,  or  lecture  of  the  law  :  see  Gen.  vi. 
 9. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Delivered  them,]  Heb. 
 given    (or   delivered  him)   speaking    of  the 
 
 multitude  of  eutmies,  as  of  one  man;  so  after. 
 Captivity  of  them,]  Heb.  captivity  of  him. 
 that  is,  a  multitude  of  captives  or  prisotiers. 
 So  in  Num.  xxi.  1.  This  law  is  like  the  bill 
 of  divorce,  Deut.  xxiv.,  which  our  Saviour 
 telleth,  was  suflered  for  the  hardness  of  men's 
 hearts,  Matt.  xix.  8.  And  the  Hebs.  them- 
 selves, (though  much  addicted  to  strange 
 women,  and  plurality  of  wives)  understand 
 this  law  with  sundry  limitations,  and  to  be 
 partly  for  necessity,  when  men  in  the  wars 
 were  absent  from  their  wivts,  and  tempted 
 with  concupiscence. 
 
 Ver.  11. — In  the  captivity,]  That  is, 
 amongst  the  captives,  or  prisoners.  At  any 
 other  time,  the  Helis.  say,  this  was  not  law- 
 ful. Hast  a  desire,]  Or  affectest,  settest 
 thy  love,  as  Gen.  xxxiv.  8.  And  wouldest 
 take  her,]  Or,  and  takest  her,  to  wit,  by 
 piumise.  The  Hebs.  say,  or  soldiers  that 
 come  into  the  heathen's  coast,  that  they  may 
 in  their  hunger,  eat  swine's  flesh,  or  other  un- 
 clean meats,  when  they  can  get  no  otlier: 
 "  And  so  a  man  may  lie  with  an  heathen 
 woman,  if  his  concupiscence  urge  him  there- 
 to; but  he  may  not  lie  with  her  and  go  his 
 way,  but  must  bring  her  home  to  his  house ; 
 and  he  may  not  lie  with  her  the  second  time, 
 until  he  have  married  her.  Neither  is  it 
 lawful  for  him  to  take  this  beautiful  woman, 
 save  in  the  time  of  captivity,  as  it  is  written; 
 'And  thou  seest  in  the  captivity,'  &c. 
 Neither  is  it  lawful  to  lie  with  two  ;  for  it  is 
 said,  'Her:'  nor  lawful  to  take  two,  and  lie 
 with  the  one,  and  leave  the  othei'  for  his  bro- 
 ther." Maim.  torn.  4.  treat,  of  Kings  and 
 fFars,  chap.  viii.  sect.  1 — 3.  This  lying 
 with  her,  seemeth  to  be  implied  in  those 
 words,  'thou  hast  humbled  her,'  ver.  14, 
 which  phrase  is  not  used,  but  of  an  estate 
 out  of  mariiage,  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  xxxiv. 
 2. 
 
 Ver.  12.— Home  to  thy   house,]  Heb. 
 
CHAP.  XXI. 
 
 29: 
 
 home  to  thy  house,  and  slie  shall  shave  her  head,  and  do  her  nails. 
 '^  And  she  shall  put  oS  tlie  raiment  of  her  captivity  from  upon  her, 
 and  shall  remain  in  thine  house,  and  shall  weep  for  lier  father  and 
 her  mother  a  month  of  days ;  and  after  that  thou  shalt  go  in  unto 
 her,  and  be  her  husband,  and  she  shall  be  unto  thee  to  wife.    '*  And 
 
 i?ito  the  midst  of  thine  house,  that  is,  into  it, 
 as  tills  |jhrase  meanetii.  See  the  notes  ou  Gen. 
 ii.9.  She  SHALL  shave,]  The  Gr.  changeth 
 the  person,  saying,  thou  shalt  shave:  for  this 
 being  a  shame  and  dishonour  unto  her,  (1 
 Cor.  xi.  6,  15,)  it  is  not  likely  the  woman 
 would  willingly  do  it,  but  the  man  (in  whose 
 power  she  was)  must  see  it  done.  Do  her 
 NAILS,]  Or  make  them,  which  the  Chald. 
 expoundeth,  let  them  grow :  though  the 
 phrase  maybe  taken  otherwise,  'to  pare  or 
 cut  them'  (as  in  2  Sam.  xix.  24,)  and  so  the 
 Gr.  translateth  ;  yet  the  letting  of  them  grow, 
 seemeth  here  to  be  meant,  for  her  more  de- 
 formity, answerable  to  the  shaving  of  her  head. 
 The  Hebs.  open  it  thus;  "After  he  hath  lain 
 with  her  once,  while  she  is  in  her  paganism, 
 if  she  take  upon  her  to  come  under  the 
 wings  of  God's  Majesty,  she  is  baptized  for  a 
 proselyte  out  of  hand:  and  if  she  will  not, 
 she  must  remain  in  his  house  thirty  days 
 (Deut.  xxi.  13,)  and  she  is  to  let  her  nails 
 grow,  and  shave  her  head,  to  the  end  that 
 she  may  be  deformed  in  his  eyes;  and  she 
 must  be  with  him  in  his  house,  that  he  may 
 look  upon  her  and  lothe  her.  And  he  is  to 
 persuade  with  her,  that  she  may  receive  (the 
 faith:)  if  she  receive  it,  she  is  made  a  prose- 
 lyte, and  baptized  as  all  strangers.  And  she 
 must  tarry  three  months,  one  month  weeping 
 (tor  her  father)  and  two  months  after  it,  and 
 he  is  to  take  her  with  bill  of  dowry,  and  mar- 
 riage. And  if  he  have  no  delight  in  her,  he 
 is  to  send  her  away  whither  she  will,  and  if 
 he  sell  her,  he  transgresseth,  &c.  (Deut.  xxi. 
 14,)  If  she  will  not  become  a  proselyte,  they 
 persuade  with  her  twelve  months.  If  (yet) 
 she  will  not,  (but)  receiveth  the  seven  com- 
 mandments which  were  commanded  to  the  sons 
 of  Noah,  [whereof  see  the  annot.  on  Gen.  ix. 
 4,]  then  he  is  to  send  her  away  whither  she 
 will,  and  lo  she  is  as  all  other  strangers  that 
 dwell  (in  the  land,)  but  he  may  not  marry 
 her;  for  it  is  unlawful  to  marry  a  woman 
 which  is  not  a  proselyte.  If  she  be  with 
 child  by  his  first  lying  with  her,  then  the 
 child  is  a  stranger,  and  is  not  his  son  for  any 
 matter,  because  he  is  of  an  heathen  mother, 
 &c.  If  the  beautiful  woman  will  not  leave 
 her  idolatry  after  twelve  months,  they  are  to 
 kill  her:  and  so  the  city  that  would  makepeace, 
 they  may  make  no  covenant  with  them,  till 
 they  renounce  their  idolatry ;  and  destroy  all 
 the  places  thereof,  and  receive  the  other  com- 
 VoL.  II.  2 
 
 mandments  which  were  commanded  to  the 
 sons  of  Noah,  for  every  heathen  that  yieldeth 
 not  to  those  commandments,  are  to  be  killed, 
 if  they  be  under  our  hand,  saith  Maim,  in 
 treat.  oS  Kings,  cliap.  viii.  sect.  5 — 9. 
 
 Ver.  l.S. — Raiment,]  In  Gr.,  the  gar- 
 ments of  her  captivity,  to  wit,  those  where- 
 in she  was  taken,  and  shall  put  on  mourning 
 weeds:  which  was  another  sign  of  her  hu- 
 miliation, and  means  to  withdraw  the  man's 
 love  from  her,  if  she  continue  in  her  unbe- 
 lief. Remain,]  Or,  sit  in  thine  house, 
 where  thou  mayest  behold  and  observe  her 
 carriage.  A  month  of  davs,]  That  is, 
 thirty  days,  an  whole  month.  This  was  in 
 respei't  of  her  special  case  forementioncd. 
 And  whereas  tiie  Hebs.  speak  of  two  months 
 longer,  (as  is  noted  on  ver.  12,)  the  reason 
 thereof  they  elsewhere  show  to  be  in  regard 
 of  his  lying  with  her,  lest  she  should  be  with 
 child,  that  so  the  seed  of  Israel  might  be 
 known  from  the  heathens;  for  by  Exod.  xxi. 
 4,  it  appeareth,  that  a  heathen  bond  woman's 
 children  were  her  master's,  and  not  counted 
 the  Israelite's  who  begat  them:  and  by  Ezrax. 
 3,  44,  it  is  evident,  that  not  only  the  heathen 
 wives,  but  such  also  as  were  born  of  them, 
 were  put  away.  The  Hebs.  say,  "  Eveiy 
 woman  that  is  divorced,  or  is  a  widow,  she 
 may  may  not  marry  again,  till  she  have 
 tarried  ninety  days,  besides  the  day  of  her 
 divorce,  or  of  lier  husband's  death;  to  the 
 end  that  it  may  be  known  whether  she  be 
 with  child  or  no,  and  that  there  may  be  proof 
 whether  it  be  the  seed  of  her  first  husband, 
 or  of  her  second.  A  bond  \Yoman  that  is 
 made  free,  and  an  heatheri  woman  that  be- 
 cometh  a  proselyte,  they  must  tarry  ninety 
 days.  And  though  it  be  a  heathen  man,  and 
 liis  wife  that  become  proselyte,  they  separate 
 them  ninety  days,  to  distinguish  the  seed 
 which  is  begotten  in  holy  state,  from  the  seed 
 which  is  not  so  begotten.  And  so  the  beauti- 
 ful (captive)  although  there  is  a  law  given  her 
 of  thirty  days  for  the  fitting  of  herself,  she 
 must  tarry  ninety  days  for  the  fitting  of  her 
 child."  Maim,  in  treat  of  Divorces,  chap, 
 xi.  sect.  18.  21.  Go  in,]  To  wit,  into  the 
 (marriage)  chamber,  as  Judg.  xv.  1.  And 
 BE  HER  husband,]  Or  marry  her,  and  so 
 lie  with  her,  as  Deut.  xxiv.  1.  This  miglit 
 not  be  with  an  infidel,  Deut.  vii.  2.  See  the 
 annot.  there. 
 
 Ver.  14. — If  thou  have  no  delight  in 
 
298 
 
 dp:uteronomy 
 
 it  shall  be,  if  thou  have  no  delight  in  her,  then  thou  slialt  send  her 
 away  wliither  she  will ;  but  selling  thou  slialt  not  sell  her  for 
 money  -.  thou  shalt  not  make  a  gain  to  thyself  of  her,  because  thou 
 hast  luimbled  her. 
 
 "  If  a  man  have  two  wives,  one  beloved,  and  another  hated,  and 
 they  have  born  him  sons,  the  beloved  and  the  hated ;  and  if  the 
 first-born  son  be  hers  that  was  hated  :  "^  Then  it  shall  be  in  the  day 
 that  he  maketJi  liis  sons  to  inherit  that  whicii  he  hath,  he  may  not 
 make  the  son  of  tlie  beloved  first-born,  before  the  son  of  the  hated, 
 which  is  the  first-born.     "  But  the  first-born,  the  son  of  the  hated. 
 
 HER,]  This  seemeth  to  be  meant  before  mar- 
 riage, not  after:  for  that  God  allowed  no  such 
 sending  lier  auay  after  marriage;  but  if  after 
 lie  liad  uiice  lain  with  her  and  had  humbled 
 her  (as  after  he  speaketh;)  the  man's  affec- 
 tions were  withdrawn  from  her,  by  beholding 
 her  in  that  deformity  and  mournful  state 
 within  his  hou^e  ;  then  God  permitted  this 
 leaving  her,  but  with  the  cautions  following. 
 Whither  she  will,]  Heb.  to  her  soul,  that 
 is,  according  to  her  own  will  or  desire.  The 
 Gi-.  translateth,  thou  shalt  send  her  away 
 free.  Selling  thou  shalt  not  sell,  J 
 'i'liat  is,  not  at  all,  or  shalt  in  no  case  sell 
 her,  as  other  captives  might  be ;  and  this  re- 
 compence  she  had,  and  the  man  sustained 
 this  loss,  for  that  he  had  humbled  her; 
 whereby  God  showed  compassion  to  this 
 afflicted  woman,  and  his  dislike  of  the  man's 
 lying  with  her  before,  though  for  the  hardness 
 of  men's  hearts  he  sulTered  it  so  to  be ;  as 
 Matt.  xix.  8.  Make  again  to  thyself,] 
 Or,  serve  thyself,  mnke  her  thy  servant.  The 
 Heb  Hithgnammer,  is  found  only  here,  and 
 in  Deiif,  xxiv.  7,  where  the  Gr.  expresseth 
 it  by  Kuladtmafieo,  which  is  to  subdue,  or 
 bring  under  one's  poiver;  which  word  is 
 used  in  like  sense.  Ads  x.  38,  James  ii.  6, 
 for  such  as  were  oppressed  under  the  power 
 of  the  devil,  and  of  rich  men.  So  that  the 
 man,  as  he  might  not  sell  this  woman,  so 
 neither  make  a  servant  of  her  to  himself  or 
 others.  So  the  Hebs.  expound  it,  "  If  he  sell 
 her,  he  transgresseth  this  prohibition,  'Selling 
 thou  shalt  not  sell  her,'  &c.  And  so  if  he 
 subdue  her,  after  that  slie  is  lain  with,  to  be  a 
 bond  woman,  when  he  hath  use  of  her  ser- 
 vice, he  transgresseth  this  prohibition,  •  Thou 
 shalt  not  make  a  gain  to  thyself  by  her,  for 
 he  may  not  serve  himself  by  her.'  "  Maim, 
 treat,  of  Kings,  chap.  viii.  sect.  6.  Hum- 
 bled her,]  Or,  afflicted  her.  This  word 
 being  used  for  unlawful  copulations,  as  in 
 Gen.  xxxiv.  2;  Deut.  xxii.  24,  29;  Judg. 
 xix.  24;  2  Sam.  xiii.  12,  14;  Ezek.  xxii. 
 10,  11  ;  Lam.  v.  11,  showeth  also,  that  God 
 approved  not  of  his  fact:   and   that  this  send- 
 
 ing her  away,  was  not  to  be  after  marriage, 
 but  after  his  first  lying  with  her  only,  as  is 
 before  noted. 
 
 Ver.  15 — Two  WIVES,]  Which  though 
 it  was  contrary  to  God's  first  institution.  Gen. 
 ii.  22 — 24,  and  was  begun  by  Cain's  posterity, 
 Gen.  iv.  19,  yet  the  corruption  being  spread 
 over  all,  and  even  in  the  church,  God  for  a 
 time  suffered  this  until  the  time  of  reforma- 
 tion ;  but  approved  not  of  it,  as  appeareth  by 
 Mai.  ii.  15;  Matt.  xix.  4,  5.  And  here  . 
 provideth  by  his  law,  against  troubles  and 
 confusion  that  might  arise  in  families  by  such 
 polygamy.  And  another  hated,]  Heb. 
 and  one  hated;  but  this  word  mie  in  the  lat- 
 ter branch  of  the  sentence,  is  used  for  an 
 other ;  and  is  so  explained  by  the  Holy 
 Spirit:  as  when  it  is  said  in  Matt.  xxiv.  40, 
 '  the  one  shall  be  taken,  and  the  one  left,'  an- 
 other evangelist  expresseth  it  thus,  '  the  one 
 shall  be  taken,  and  the  other  left,'  Luke  xvii. 
 36.  And  by  '  hated,'  understand  'least loved' 
 than  the  other:  for  it  is  spoken  by  way  of 
 comparison,  as  in  Gen.  xxix.  31. 
 
 Ver.  16. — He  imaketh  his  sons  to  in. 
 HBRiT,]  Or,  diitideth  the  inheritance  to  his 
 sons:  irom  which  words  the  Hebs.  gather, 
 that  "  The  first-born  which  is  born  after  his 
 father's  death,  is  not  to  have  a  double  por- 
 tion." Maim,  treat,  of  Inheritances,  chap, 
 ii.  sect.  2.  He  .may  not,]  Or,  he  camiot; 
 he  shall  not  be  able;  that  is,  it  is  not  lawful 
 for  him.  Make  firstborn,]  That  is, give 
 the  first  birth-right,  which  was  a  double  por- 
 tion. As  Joseph  had  the  first  birth-right, 
 when  a  portion  was  given  him  above  his 
 brethren,  1  Chron.  v.  1,  2;  Gen.  xlviii.  5, 
 22.  Before  the  son,]  Which  the  Gr. 
 ti-anslateth,  despising  the  son. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Acknowledge,]  In  Chald., 
 separate,  to  wit,  by  his  words  and  actions. 
 A  double  portion,]  Heb.  the  mouth  (tha'; 
 is,  the  part)  of  two,  which  the  Cbald..trans- 
 lateth  tivo  parts,  as  the  like  phrase  signiri- 
 eth  in  Zach.  xiii.  8.  By  which  scripture  we 
 may  learn  what  this  double  portion  was,  thi" 
 if  a  man   had   two  sons,  his  goods  were  di- 
 
CHAP.    XXI. 
 
 299 
 
 shall  he  acknowledge,  by  giving  to  him  a  double  portion  of  all  that 
 is  found  Iiis ;  for  he  is  the  beginning  of  his  strength,  the  right  of 
 the  first  birth -right  is  his. 
 
 vided  into  three  parts,  whereof  the  eldest  had 
 two  parts,  and  the  youngest   the   third.     For 
 the  first-born  was  to  be  reckoned  as  two  sons; 
 as  Joseph  (who  had  the  first  birth-right,    1 
 Chron.  v.  2,)  was   two   tribes,  Ephraim  and 
 Manasseh.       The     Hebs.    explain    it    thus; 
 "  The  first-born  is  to  receive  a  double  portion 
 of  his  father's  goods,  Dent.  xxi.  17.   As,  if 
 he   leave  five  sons,  and   one   of  them  is  the 
 first-born,  he  is  to  have  a  third  of  his  goods, 
 and  every  of  the  other  four  receiveth  a  sixth 
 part.     If  he   leave  nine   sons,  the   first-born 
 hath  a  fifth  part,  and  every  of  the  other  eight 
 a  tenth  part.      And  so  according  to  tliis  par- 
 tition do  they  part  always."     JVIaim.  treat, 
 of  Inheritances,  chap.  ii.  sect.  1,     Accord- 
 ing to  this  phiase   Eliseus  desired   a   double 
 portion  of  Elias'  spirit,  2  Kings  ii.  9,  that  he 
 might  have  so  much  more  as  any  of  his  otiier 
 disciples.     Of  all  that  is  found  his,]  The 
 word  found  often  signifieth  things  present, 
 as  in  Gen.  xix.  15;  2  Chron.  v.  1 1  ;  xxxi. 
 1.     So  in  this  case   by  the  Hebs.  judgment, 
 "  Tlie  first-born  had  not  a  double  portion  of 
 the  goods  which  might  come  after  his  father's 
 death,  but  of  the  goods  which  were  assuredly 
 his   father's,    and    come    into  his    hands    (or 
 power)  as  it  is  written,  '  Of  all  that  is  found 
 his.'      As  one  of  the  heirs  of  his  father  that 
 dieth  after  the  death  of  his  father  the  first- 
 born and  the  single  (brother)  do  inherit  his 
 goods   alike.     And    so   if   his  father  hath  a 
 debt  owing  him,  or  hath  a  ship  at  sea,  they 
 are  heirs  of  it  alike."     Maim,  treat,  of  In- 
 heritances, chap.  iii.  sect.  1.     It  is  also  said, 
 'found  his  ;'  he  saith  not,  'found  hers;'  and 
 by  the  Hebs.  it  is   holden,  that   "  The   first- 
 born hath  not  a  double  portion  of  his  mother's 
 goods:  but  the  first-born  and  another  son  that 
 are  heirs  to  their  mother,  do  share  alike  whe- 
 ther he  be  the  first-born   for   inheritance,  or 
 the  first  that  openeth  the  womb.      The   first- 
 born foi'  inheritance  is  he  that   is  first-born 
 to  his  father,  as  it  is  written  (in  ver.    17.) 
 '  The   beginning  of  his  strength ;'  and  they 
 respect  not  the  mother,  though  she  have  born 
 many  sons,  if  he  be  his  father's  first-born,  he 
 hath  a  double  portion.      He  that  cometh  (into 
 the  world)  after  untimely  births  [that  were 
 before  him]  is  the  first-born  for  inheritance. 
 And  so  one  born  at  his  full  time,  if  he  be  born 
 dead,  he  that  cometh  after  him,  is   the  first- 
 born  for    inheritance.     If  a   man   have  sons 
 while  he  is  an  heathen,  and  after  becometh  a 
 proselyte,  he  hath  no  first-born  for  inheritance. 
 But  an  Israelite  that  hath  a  son  by  a  bond- 
 
 woman, or  by  an  heathen  woman,  for  as  much 
 as  lie  is  not  called   his   son,  he   that  cometh 
 after   him  of  an  Israelitess  is  the  first-born 
 for  inheritance,  and  hath  a  double  portion." 
 Maim.,   ib.,  chap.  ii.  sect.  8—12.     Of  his 
 STRENGTH,]  Or,  of  his  vulour.     So  Jacob 
 said    of    Reuben    his    eldest,   Gen.    xlix.   S. 
 The  Gr.  traiislateth,  of  his  children.     And 
 this  is  the  first  reason  of  the  law,  from  nature 
 itself.     The    right,]   Htb.  the  judgment ; 
 which    the    Gr.    explaineth    thus,    the   first 
 birth-rights  are  due  (or  belong)  unto  him. 
 And  this   may  be  understood   in  respect    of 
 the  judgment  or  law  of  the  Lord ;  which  is 
 added  unto  the  former  reason  from   nature, 
 and     maketh    the     first-born's     right    more 
 firm  unto  him.      Wherefore  as  Esau  before- 
 hand sold  his  birth-rigiit,  and   the   sale  was 
 confirmed,  Gen.  xxv.  33,  so  generally,  "The 
 first-born  that  selleth  the  portion  of  the  birth- 
 right before  it  be  parted,  his  sale  is  firm,  be- 
 cause the  portion  is  his  before  it  is  parted,"  saith 
 Maim,  treat,  of  Inheritance,  chap.  iii.  sect. 
 6.      And  by  reason  of  this  right  of  the  first- 
 born, his  children  after  him  do  inherit  also, 
 as  this   Heb.   canon   showeth,  "  Whoso  hath 
 two  sons,  a  first-born,  and  another,  and  they 
 die  both  of  them  while  he  liveth,  and  leave 
 children  behind  them,  the  first-born  leaveth  a 
 daughter,  and  the  single   (brother)  leaveth  a 
 son;  the  son  of  the  single  (brother)  shall  in- 
 herit of  the   old   man's   goods  a   thiid  part, 
 which    was    his    father's   portion;     and     the 
 daughter   of  the  first-born  shall    inherit  two 
 thirds,  which  was  her  father's  portion.      And 
 such  is  the  right  of  brethren's  children,  and 
 of  the  father's  brother's  children,  and  of  all 
 that  do  inherit:   if  the  father   of  one  of  the 
 heirs  were  a  first-born,  the  heir  receiveth  the 
 portion  of  his  first  birth-right  for  him.  Maim. 
 ib.,  chap.  ii.  sect.  7.     By  this  law  was  fore- 
 shadowed how  the  elect,  '  the  Israel  of  God,' 
 Gal.  vi.  16,  which  are  his  first-born,  Exod. 
 iv.  22,  and  'church  of  the  first-born  which 
 are   written   in  heaven,'  Heb.  xii.  23,  shall 
 have  a  double  portion,  and   inherit   the   good 
 things  of  God,  as  they  which  have  the   '  pro- 
 mise  of  the   life  which   now  is,  and  of  that 
 which  is  to  come,'  1  Tim.  iv.  8,  and  are  'the 
 heirs   of  God,  and  joint  heirs   with  Christ,' 
 Rom.  viii.    17,    and   being   'justified  by  his 
 grace,  are  made  heirs  according   to  the  hope 
 of  eternal  life,'  Tit.  iii.  7,  God  having  begot- 
 ten them  again,  '  to  an  inheritance  incorrup- 
 tible, and  undefiled,  and  that  fadeth  not  away 
 reserved  in  heaven  for  us,'  1  Pet.  i.  4. 
 
300 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 '^  If  a  man  have  a  son  stubborn  and  rebellious,  which  obeyetli 
 not  the  voice  of  his  father,  and  the  voice  of  his  mother,  and  they 
 have  chastened  liim,  and  lie  will  not  hearken  unto  them:  "^  Then 
 shall  his  father  and  his  mother  lay  hold  on  him,  and  bring  him  out 
 unto  the  elders  of  his  city,  and  unto  the  gate  of  his  place.     '"'  And 
 
 Ver.  is. — Stubborn,]  Or,  perverse,  re- 
 volting, refractory,  that  turiieth  away  from 
 God  and  his  lau  :  and  it  implieth  the  affec- 
 tion of  the  heart,  as  Jer.  v.  23  ;  and  the  car- 
 riage and  action  as  an  untamed  heifer,  Hos. 
 iv.  16;  Neh.  ix.  29.  And  so  the  apostle 
 translateth  it  into  Gr.  by  two  words,  '  disobe- 
 dient (or  unpersuaded)  and  gain-saying,' 
 Rom.  X,  21  ;  from  Is.  Ixv.  2.  So  here  the 
 Gr.  expoundeth  it,  disobedient.  Rebel- 
 lious,] The  Heb.  Moreh,  signifieth  one  that 
 changeth  or  turneth  to  the  worse,  both  in 
 heart  and  action,  and  in  particular  turneth 
 from  and  opposeth  the  word  of  God,  as  Deut. 
 i.  26,  43  ;  ix.  7,  23,  24.  The  Gr.  here 
 translateth  it  contentious.  The  instance  of 
 this  rebellion  is  showed  in  ver.  20.  Obey- 
 ETH  NOT,]  Or  hearkeneth  not;  the  Chald. 
 translateth,  receiveth  not  the  tuord,  Ch.\S- 
 TENED,]  Or  nurtureth  ;  which  implieth  both 
 %uords  and  acts,  as  by  rebukes,  stripes,  and 
 outward  punishment,  Lev.  xxvi.  23,  28;  and 
 sometimes  by  the  hand  of  the  magistrate, 
 Deut.  xxii.  IS  ;  in  which  sense  the  Hebs. 
 understand  this  here.  And  having  spoken 
 before  of  words,  this  therefore  is  meant  of 
 blows  also. 
 
 Ver.  19. — And  his  mother,]  Both  of 
 them ;  so  that  one  alone  was  not  enough  to 
 cause  him  to  be  put  to  death.  The  Heb. 
 doctors,  as  they  are  always  wary  iu  cases  that 
 concern  the  taking  away  of  any  man's  life,  so 
 in  this  above  others,  they  set  down  many  and 
 strange  limitations  ;  as,  first,  they  restrain  it 
 to  those  particular  sins  of  gluttony  and  drunk- 
 enness, ver.  20  ;  and  that  gluttony  to  be  eat- 
 ing of  flesh  only,  and  drunkenness  with  wine 
 only.  Al?o  that  the  son  is  not  to  be  put  to 
 death,  unless  he  have  stolen  something  from 
 his  father,  and  bought  therewith  flesh  and 
 wine  for  riot,  and  eaten  and  drunk  it  without 
 his  father's  leave,  in  a  company  that  are  all 
 vain  and  vile  persons.  That  a  son  only,  not 
 a  daughter,  is  to  be  put  to  death  by  this  law, 
 and  he  not  a  little  one,  or  a  child,  who  is  not 
 within  the  rule  or  compass  of  the  command- 
 ments ;  nnr  a  man  Ihat  is  grown  up,  and  is 
 in  his  own  powei'.  So  that  he  must  be  at 
 least  above  twelve  years  of  age.  And  if  he  be 
 married  three  months,  and  his  wife  be  known 
 to  be  with  child,  they  free  him  also  from  this 
 law,  because  it  is  said  a  son,  and  not  a  father. 
 Moreover,  that  the  father  and  mother  must 
 bring  this   rebellious  son  first  to  the  court  of 
 
 three  judges,  and  there  complain  of  his  dis- 
 obedience; bringing  with  them  two  witnesses 
 of  his  stealth  and  gluttony:  whereupon  he  is 
 there  beaten,  as  others  are  for  the  like  crime, 
 and  this  is  that  chastening  in  ver.  18.  If  he 
 fall  again  to  stealth  and  riot,  his  father  and 
 mother  bring  him  again  before  the  magis- 
 trates, with  the  witnesses,  and  he  is  con- 
 demned to  death.  But  if  before  sentence  is 
 passed  on  him,  his  father  and  mother  do  re- 
 lent in  pity  towards  him,  he  is  let  go.  If  he 
 flee  away  before  sentence  is  gone  out  against 
 him,  and  be  afterward  taken  when  he  is  in 
 man's  state,  (which  they  also  judge  by  the 
 hair  on  his  face)  he  is  not  put  to  death  ;  but 
 if  he  escape  after  sentence  of  condemnation, 
 he  is  stoned  to  death  whensoever  he  is  taken. 
 If  his  father  be  willing  to  bring  him  to  the 
 magistrate,  and  the  mother  not ;  or  the  mo- 
 ther willing,  and  the  father  not ;  he  is  not  to 
 be  judged  as  a  rebellious  son.  If  either  pa- 
 rent have  lost  their  hand,  or  I)e  lame,  or  be 
 dumb,  or  blind,  or  deaf,  the  son  passeth  not 
 under  this  condemnation,  for  it  is  said,  "  they 
 must  lay  hold  on  him,  and  bring  him,  and 
 must  say,  this  our  son,  &c.,  he  obeyeth  not 
 our  voice,"  &c.  These,  and  the  like  cau- 
 tions,  aie  noted  by  Maim,  in  treat,  of  Rebels, 
 chap.  vii. ;  and  in  the  Bab.  Thalmud.  in 
 Sanhedrin,  chap.  viii.  ;  but  they  have  not 
 all  of  them  sound  ground  from  the  scripture. 
 Howbeit  if  any  son  be  by  any  of  these  excep- 
 tions saved,  that  he  die  not  as  a  rebellious 
 son,  yet  is  he  under  all  other  punishments 
 which  the  magistrates  inflict  on  other  rioters 
 and  like  malefactors.  The  gate  OF  his 
 PLACE,]  That  is,  the  gate  of  the  place  where 
 he  dwelt,  at  which  gate  the  magistrates  used 
 to  sit,  Deut.  xxii.  15 ;  xxv.  7.  So  the  Chald. 
 here  translateth,  the  gate  of  the  judgment-hall 
 of  his  place. 
 
 Ver.  20. — A  glutton,]  Or  rioter,  de- 
 vourer  :  in  Heb.  Zolel,  which  hath  the  sig- 
 nification of  vileness,  Jer.  xv.  19.  The 
 Chald.  addetli,  a  glutton  for  riotous  cater) 
 of  flesh,  and  a  riotous  drinker  of  wine  ,•  which 
 words  seem  also  to  be  understood  in  the  Heb. 
 and  aie  so  expressed  in  Prov.  xxiii.  20,  '  Be 
 rot  amongst  riotous  drinkers  of  wine,  amongst 
 riotous  eaters  of  flesh:  for  the  riotous  drinker, 
 and  the  riotous  eater  (or  glutton)  shall  come 
 to  poverty.'  Where  in  the  latter  sentence, 
 the  words  fesh  and  wine  are  omitted,  as  here 
 they  are  in  Moses.      And  to  these  two,  fesh 
 
CHAP.    XXI. 
 
 301 
 
 they  slmll  say  unto  the  elders  of  liis  city.  This  our  son  is  stubborn 
 and  rebellious,  he  obeyeth  not  our  voice,  he  is  a  glutton  and  a 
 drunkard.  ^'  And  all  the  men  of  his  city  sliall  stone  liim  with 
 stones,  and  lie  shall  die  ;  and  tliou  shalt  put  away  the  evil  from  tlie 
 midst  of  tliee,  and  all  Israel  shall  hear  and  fear. 
 
 ^^  And  if  there  be  in  a  man  a  sin  worthy  of  deatli,  and  he  be  put 
 to  death,  and  thou  hang  him  on  a  tree:  '"  His  carcase  sliall  not 
 remain  all  night  upon  the  tree  ;  but  burying  thou  shalt  bury  liim 
 
 and  wine,  the  Hebs.  do  restrain  this  law,  as 
 before  is  noted:  but  oft  times  such  things  are 
 named  for  an  instance,  and  do  imply  all  other 
 of  like  sort. 
 
 Ver.  21. — And  he  shall  die,]  Or,  that 
 he  die.  The  sins  of  riot  and  drunkenness 
 were  tiot  by  Moses'  law  punishable  by  death: 
 this  therefore  was  in  respect  of  his  disobe- 
 dience to  his  parents,  which  greatly  aggravat- 
 ed his  sin,  and  for  which  he  was  to  die,  when 
 other  drunkards  escaped  with  lighter  punish- 
 ment. Hereupon  Solomon  uttered  his  para- 
 ble, '  he  that  keepeth  the  law,  is  a  wise  son  ; 
 but  he  that  is  a  companion  of  gluttons,  sham- 
 eth  his  father,'  Prov.  xxviii.  7.  All  Israel 
 SHALL  HEAR,]  The  like  is  spoken  of  some 
 other  notorious  malefactors,  as  Deut.  xiii.  II; 
 xvii.  13  ;  xix.  20.  So  in  this  case,  the  Hebs. 
 say,  "  the  rebellious  son  must  be  proclaimed, 
 and  they  publish  by  writings  unto  all  Israel, 
 in  such  a  court  we  stoned  such  an  one,  be- 
 cause he  was  a  stubborn  and  rebellious  son. 
 Maim,  treat,  of  Rebels,  chap.  vii.  sect.  13. 
 
 Ver.  22.— Worthy  of  death,]  Heb.  of 
 the  judgment  of  detth  ;  which  the  Chald. 
 well  expoundeth,  desert  of  judgment  to  be 
 killed.  And  thou  hang  him,]  The  Hebs. 
 understand  not  this  of  putting  him  to  death 
 by  hanging,  but  of  hanging  a  man  up  after 
 he  was  stoned  to  death,  which  was  done  with 
 more  detestation  of  some  heinous  malefactors. 
 Their  words  are,  "  we  are  commanded  to 
 hang  the  blasphemer  ai\d  the  idolater:  and  a 
 man  is  hanged,  but  not  a  woman.  After 
 they  are  stoned  to  death,  they  fasten  a  piece 
 of  timber  in  the  earth,  and  out  of  it  there 
 cometh  a  piece  of  wood  ;  then  they  tie  both 
 his  hands  one  to  another,  and  hang  them 
 near  unto  the  setting  of  the  sun,  and  let  him 
 down  out  of  hand,  and  if  he  abide  all  night, 
 it  is  a  transgression,  Deut.  xxi.  23.  And 
 we  are  commandtd  to  bury  all  that  are  killed 
 by  the  Judges,  the  same  day  that  they  are 
 killed.  They  may  not  be  hanged  on  a  tree 
 that  groweth  on  the  ground,  but  on  that  which 
 hath  been  plucked  up,  that  there  may  not 
 need  any  cutting  of  it  down:  for  the  tree  that 
 he  is  hanged  on  is  to  be  buried  with  him, 
 that  there  be  no  evil  memorial  of  him,  for 
 men  to  say,  This  is  the  tree  whereon  such  a 
 
 man  was  hanged.  And  so  the  stone  where- 
 with the  stoned  is  killed,  and  the  sword 
 wherewith  a  man  is  put  to  death,  and  the 
 napkin  wherewith  he  is  strangled,  they  all 
 are  buried."  Maim,  in  Sanhedrin,  chap.  xv. 
 sect.  6,  &c.  In  the  scripture  we  have  exam- 
 ples of  Rechab  and  Baanah,  who  for  murder, 
 ing  Ishbosheth,  were  by  David's  command- 
 ment slain,  their  hands  and  feet  cut  ofl",  and 
 they  hanged  up,  2  Sam.  iv.  12;  where  their 
 hanging  seemeth  to  be  after  their  death:  and 
 so  in  others,  as  Josh.  x.  26  ;  which  might 
 also  be  the  case  of  the  King  of  Ai,  Josh.  viii. 
 29  :  and  of  those  idolaters  in  Num.  xxv.  4. 
 And  the  scripture  showeth  a  double  punish- 
 ment for  some  heinous  sins,  as  in  Achan's  fa- 
 mily, who  were  burned  with  fire,  after  they 
 were  stoned,  Josh.  vii.  25.  Among  the  Ro- 
 mans afterward  they  hanged  or  fastened  them 
 to  the  tree  alive  ;  and  such  was  the  death  of 
 our  Lord  Christ,  '  who  bare  our  sins  in  his 
 own  body  on  the  tree,'  1  Pet.  ii.  24  ;  Luke 
 xxiii.  33—39. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Burying.]  In  Gr.  in  any  vise 
 bury  him.  This  was  also  fulfilled  in  our 
 Saviour's  body,  wliich  was  buried  the  same 
 day  that  he  was  hanged  on  the  tree,  John  xix. 
 31,  38,  42.  He  that  is  hanged,]  To  wit, 
 on  tree,  as  Gal.  iii.  13.  This  speech,  as 
 many  other  of  like  sort,  is  general ;  therefore 
 the  Gr.  translateth,  every  one  that  is  hanged 
 on  tree  ;  and  that  interpretation  the  apostle 
 allegeth  in  Gal.  iii.  13.  The  curse,]  That 
 is,  cursed,  as  the  apostle  expoundeth  it,  (ac- 
 cording  to  the  Gr.  version,)  Gal.  iii.  13. 
 And  here  in  the  utmost  rigour  and  severity 
 of  the  law  God  fore-signified  the  riches  of  his 
 grace  towards  sinners  in  Christ,  '  who  re- 
 deemed us  froip  the  curse  of  the  law,  being 
 made  a  curse  for  us,'  as  appeared  in  that  he 
 was  hanged  on  the  tree.  Gal.  iii.  13.  '  He 
 was  reckoned  among  the  transgressors,'  Luke 
 xxii.  37  ;  and  God  '  made  him  to  be  sin  for 
 us,  who  knew  no  sin,  that  we  might  be  made 
 the  righteousness  of  God  in  him,'  2  Cor.  v. 
 21.  The  Chald.  translateth,  "  for  because 
 he  sinned  before  the  Lord,  he  is  hanged." 
 And  thou  shalt  not  defile  the  land,] 
 Or,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  and  the  land  shall 
 not  be  defiled  :  which  might  be  by  the  monu. 
 
502 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 in  that  day,  for  he  that  is  hanged  is  the  curse  of  God ;  and  thou 
 shalt  not  defile  thy  land  which  Jehovah  thy  God  giveth  unto  tliee 
 for  an  inheritance. 
 
 ment  of  God's  curse  remaining  upon  it  visi- 
 bly. So  the  burial  was  to  abolish  the  curse 
 froir.  appearing  in  the  Lord's  land.  A  figure 
 of  the  fruit  and  effect  of  our  Saviour's  burial, 
 
 whereby  the  rigour  of  the  law  was  declared 
 to  he  satisfied,  and  all  our  sins  defaced,  and 
 removed  out  of  God's  sight,  that  they  shall 
 never  be  imputed  unto  us. 
 
 CHAP.  XXII. 
 
 1.  The  law  for  our  hrethren's  cattle  strayed,  or  things  lost.  5.  the 
 sex  is  to  be  distinguished  by  apparel.  6.  The  dam  bird  is  not  to  be  taken 
 rvith  her  young  ones.  8.  The  house  must  have  battlements.  9.  Confu- 
 sion is  to  be  avoided.  1 2.  Fringes  to  be  made  upon  the  vesture.  1 3. 
 The  punishment  of  him  that  slandereth  his  wife.  20,  22.  Of  adultery, 
 25.  of  rape,  1^.  fornication,  30.  incest. 
 
 *  Thou  shalt  not  see  thy  brother's  ox  or  liis  sheep  go  astray,  and 
 hide  thyself  from  them ;  restoring  thou  shalt  restore  them  unto  thy 
 brother.  ^  And  if  thy  brother  he  not  nigh  unto  thee,  or  thou  know- 
 est  him  not,  then  thou  slialt  gather  it  into  tliine  house,  and  it  shall 
 
 Ver.  1. — Thy  brother's  ox,]  Yea,  though 
 it  be  thine  enemy's,  Exod.  xxiii.  4.  Go 
 ASTRAY,]  Heb.  driven  aivay,  or  thrust  out  of 
 the  way,  by  any  means  of  themselves  or 
 others:  as  by  a  dog,  limited  from  the  flock  or 
 fold,  and  the  like.  The  Gr.  and  Chald. 
 translate,  erring  in  way,  and  going  astray. 
 See  the  notes  on  Deut.  iv.  19.  This  duty 
 required  towards  beasts,  is  much  more  to- 
 wards men  ;  as  God  applieth  the  similitude 
 in  Eze.  xxxiv.  4,  16.  And  as  we  all  '  were 
 like  sheep  going  astray,'  1  Pet  ii.  25;  so 
 are  we  daily  subject  to  stray  from  the  truth, 
 and  have  need  one  of  another's  help ;  where- 
 u)ion  it  is  said,  '  Brethren,  if  any  of  you  do 
 err  (or  go  astray)  from  the  truth,  and  one  con- 
 vert him,  let  him  know,  that  he  which  con- 
 verteth  the  sinner  from  the  error  of  his  way, 
 shall  save  a  soul  from  death,  and  shall  hide  a 
 multitude  of  sins,'  Jam.  v.  19,  20.  Hide 
 THYSELF,]  That  is,  withhold  thine  help:  the 
 Gr.  translateth  it,  tvink  at,  that  is,  neglect, 
 or  not  regard:  see  Lev.  xx.  4.  Restoring, 
 &c.,]  That  is,  thou  shalt  in  any  case  restore, 
 or  bring  again.  So  here  are  two  precepts;  a 
 prohibition  to  hide,  and  a  commandment  to 
 restore:  and  thus  the  Hebs.  observe  a  double 
 sin  in  tlicm  that  break  this  law,  and  some- 
 times a  treble.      "  He  that  seeth  a  lust  thing 
 
 of  any  Israelites,  and  hideth  himself  from  it, 
 and  letteth  it  alone,  transgresseth  this  prohi- 
 bition, '  thou  shalt  not  hide  thyself  from 
 them  ;'  and  breaketh  this  commandment, 
 '  thou  shalt  restore,'  &c.  If  he  take  the  lost 
 thing,  and  restore  it  not,  he  breaketh  the 
 commandment  '(thou  shalt  restore,)'  and 
 transgresseth  against  two  prohibitions,  against 
 '  thou  mayest  not  hide  thyself,'  (Deut.  xxii. 
 3;)  and  against  '  thou  shalt  not  rob,'  (Lev. 
 xix.  13.)  Although  the  owner  of  the  lost 
 thing  be  a  wicked  man,  &c.  we  are  com- 
 manded to  restore  his  lost  thing  to  him.  If 
 he  have  restored  it,  and  it  be  fled  away  again, 
 though  an  hundred  times,  he  is  bound  to  re- 
 store it  ;  for  it  is  written,  •  restoring  thou 
 shalt  restore  them.'  "  Maim,  in  Misneh, 
 tom.  iv.  treat,  of  Robbery  and  Loss,  chap, 
 xi.  sect.  1,  2,  14.  Unto  thy  brother,] 
 Either  to  his  own  hands,  or  to  the  place 
 where  it  was  and  should  be.  For,  "  if  he 
 see  a  beast  that  is  fled  out  of  the  fuld,  and  he 
 returneth  it  into  the  place  thereof,  lo  he  hath 
 kept  this  commandment,  and  there  is  no  need 
 to  make  it  known  unto  the  owner,"  saith 
 Maim.  ibid.  chap.  xi.  sect-  16. 
 
 Ver.  2. — G.'VTHER  it,]  That  is,  take  it  in, 
 Into  thine  house,]  Heb.  into  the  midst  of 
 thine   house  ;   whereby   is   meant  within  the 
 
CHAP.    XXII. 
 
 303 
 
 be  with  thee  until  thy  brotlier  seek  after  it,  and  thou  shalt  restore 
 it  unto  him.  ^  And  so  shalt  thou  do  witli  his  ass,  so  shalt  thou  do 
 with  his  raiment,  and  so  shalt  thou  do  with  every  loss  of  thy  bro- 
 ther, which  shall  be  lost  by  him,  and  thou  hast  found  it ;  thou 
 mayest  not  hide  thyself. 
 
 *  Thou  shalt  not  see  thy  brother's  ass  or  his  ox  fall  in  the  way, 
 and  hide  thyself  from  them  :  lifting  thou  shalt  lift  them  up  with 
 him. 
 
 same,  as  the  phrase  often  signifieth:  see  the 
 notes  on  Gen.  ii.  9.  But  this  teacheth  a 
 care  to  keep  it  safe.  Seek  after  it,  J  But 
 he  that  found  it,  is  also  to  use  means  that  the 
 owner  may  know  of  it ;  and  the  Hehs.  say, 
 "  He  is  bound  to  cry  it,  and  make  it  known, 
 saying.  Whoso  hath  lost  such  a  kind  of  tiling, 
 let  him  come  and  give  the  signs  of  it,  and 
 he  shall  have  it.  At  the  first,  whoso  hath 
 found  any  thing,  crieth  it  three  times.  After 
 the  last  time,  within  seven  days  he  crieth  it 
 the  fourth  time.  If  the  owner  come  not,  the 
 thing  found  is  to  be  left  with  him  that  found 
 it  ;  and  if  in  all  that  time  it  be  stolen  or  lost, 
 he  is  bound  to  make  satisfaction  ;  but  if  it  be 
 gone  by  violence,  he  is  free.  For  he  that 
 keepeth  a  lost  thing,  is  as  he  that  keeps  for 
 hire,  &c.  [whereof  see  the  annot.  on  Exod. 
 xxii.  10.]  And  he  must  have  care  that  the 
 thing  be  not  marred,  or  perish.  If  it  be  a 
 living  thing  which  he  must  give  food  unto  ; 
 if  it  be  a  working  (beast)  as  an  horse,  ass,  &c,, 
 he  may  put  them  to  labour  twelve  months 
 from  the  day  that  he  fount!  them,  or  let  them 
 out  for  hire,  and  take  their  hire,  and  give 
 them  food;  and  if  tiie  hire  be  more  worth 
 than  their  food,  the  overplus  is  the  owner's, 
 &c.  Afterwards  they  are  sold  by  the  magis- 
 trates." Maim,  treat,  oi  Robbery  and  Loss, 
 chap.  xiii.  sect.  I,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Every  loss,]  That  is,  ewry  fo*< 
 thing  :  and  by  like  proportion,  a  man  is  to 
 keep  his  neighbour's  goods  from  loss  or  pe- 
 rishing ;  as,  '<  he  that  seeth  the  water  to 
 overflow,  and  it  cometh  to  mar  his  neigh- 
 bour's house,  or  his  field,  he  is  bound  to  stop 
 the  same,"  &c.  Maim,  treat,  of  Robbery 
 and  Loss,  chap.  xi.  sect.  20.  Which  shall 
 BE  LOST,]  Hence  the  Hebs.  observe,  that  if 
 a  man  will  "  lose  his  goods  wittingly,  men 
 are  not  bound  unto  him.  As,  if  he  put  his 
 beast  into  a  stable  which  hath  no  door,  and 
 he  tieth  it  not,  and  so  it  goeth  away.  If  he 
 cast  his  purse  into  a  place  common  for  all, 
 and  goeth  his  way,  or  any  the  like,  lo  he  los- 
 eth  his  goods  wittingly.  And  though  it  be 
 not  lawful  for  him  tliat  seeth  this  thing,  to 
 take  it  for  himself,  he  is  not  bound  to  bring 
 it  again  (to  the  owner,)  for  it  is  said,  •  which 
 sha'l  be  lost,'  to  put  a  diflerence  from  him 
 
 that  loseth  wittingly."  Maim.  ibid.  chap, 
 xi.  sect.  11.  Thou  mayest  not,]  That  is, 
 it  is  not  lawful  to  hide  thyself,  or,  to  let  it 
 alone.  Here  they  put  some  exceptions,  as 
 they  say,  "  a  priest  that  seeth  a  lost  thing 
 in  a  place  of  burial,  must  not  defile  himself 
 to  return  it  again,  because  when  he  keepeth 
 one  commandment  of  restoring  the  lost  thing, 
 he  breaketh  another  commandment  which 
 saith,  '  they  shall  be  holy,'  (Lev.  xxi.  6  ; 
 and  transgresseth  a  prohibition,  '  he  shall 
 not  defile  himself,'  &c.,  (Lev.  xxi.  4;)  and  a 
 commandmeiit  doth  not  put  away  (or  cause  a 
 man  to  transgress)  a  prohibition  and  a  com- 
 mandment. On  the  contrary,  if  one  see  a 
 thing  lost,  and  his  father  say  unto  him.  Re- 
 store it  not,  he  must  restore  it,  and  not  obey 
 him:  for  if  he  obey  his  father,  he  is  found  at 
 the  time  when  he  keepeth  this  command- 
 ment, '  honour  thy  father,'  that  he  breaketh 
 this  commandment,  '  thou  shalt  restore  it  ;' 
 and  transgresseth  this  prohibition,  '  thou 
 mayest  not  hide  thyself.'  Maim.  ibid.  chap, 
 xi.  sect.  18,  19. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Thy  brother's  ass,]  In  Exod. 
 xxiii.  5  ;  he  saith,  '  thine  hater's  ass;'  that 
 men  should  not  think  these  laws  bind  us  to 
 do  good  unto  our  friends  only.  So  our  Sa- 
 viour saith,  '  love  your  enemies,  do  good  to 
 them  that  hate  you,'  Matt.  v.  44.  Fallen,] 
 that  is,  '  lying  under  his  burden,'  Exod. 
 xxiii.  5.  So  fallen,  was  used  before  for  ly- 
 ing, Deut.  xxi.  1.  Though  hire  it  may  be 
 taken  more  generally.  And  hide  thyself,] 
 That  is,  '  forbear  to  help  him  up,'  Exod. 
 xxiii.  5.  Lifting,  &c.,]  Or,  raising  thou 
 shalt  raise  them  up,  that  is,  help  to  do  it  in 
 any  case,  though  it  be  again  and  again.  This 
 the  Hebs.  understand  to  be  another  command- 
 ment from  that  in  Exod.  xxiii.  5  ;  which 
 they  open  thus  ;  "  whoso  meeteth  with  his 
 neighbour  in  the  way,  and  his  beast  lying 
 under  a  burden,  &c.,  lo  he  is  commanded 
 to  unloose  it  from  upon  him;  and  this  is 
 commanded  to  be  done  in  Exod.  xxiii.  5. 
 And  he  must  not  unloose  it,  and  leave  him 
 presently  and  go  his  way,  but  must  lift  it  up 
 with  him,  and  again  lay  the  burden  upon 
 him,  Deut.  xxii.  4  ;  this  is  another  com- 
 mandment.    And  if  he  leave  him  presently, 
 
304 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 *  A  man's  ornament  shall  not  be  upon  a  woman,  neither  shall  a 
 man  put  on  a  woman's  garment ;  for  every  one  that  doth  these 
 things  is  an  abomination  to  Jehovah  thy  God. 
 
 ^  If  a  bird's  nest  chance  to  be  before  thee  in  the  way,  in  any  tree, 
 or  on  the  ground,  young  ones  or  eggs,  and  the  dam  sitting  upon 
 the  young,  or  upon  the  eggs,  thou  shalt  not  take  the  dam  with  the 
 young.     ^  Sending   thou  shalt  send  away  the  dam,  and  the  young 
 
 and  do  not  unloose  it  off  him,  nor  load  him, 
 he  breaketh  a  commandment  which  ought  to 
 be  done,  and  transgresseth  in  that  which 
 ought  not  to  be  done  ;  as  it  is  said,  '  tSiou 
 shalt  not  see  thy  brother's  ass,  '&c.  If,  when 
 he  is  unloosed,  and  laden  again,  he  fall  again, 
 he  is  bound  to  help  him  up  another  time,  yea, 
 though  it  be  an  hundred  times  ;  for  it  is 
 written,  '  helping  thou  shalt  help  up,  lifting 
 thou  shalt  lift  up.'  Therefore  he  must  go  a 
 mile  back  with  him,  unless  the  owner  say, 
 I  have  no  need  of  thee."  Maim,  treat,  of 
 Murder,  chap.  iii.  sect.  1.  &c. 
 
 Ver.  5.  —  S.  man's  ornament,]  Or  in- 
 strument, apparel,  dress.  The  Heb.  Cli  is  a 
 general  word  for  all  instruments,  vessels,  or- 
 naments, whatsoever;  and  here  for  all  appa- 
 rel and  furniture  whatsoever  a  man  putteth 
 on  him,  in  time  of  peace  or  of  war:  and  so 
 the  Chald.  translateth  it  armour  or  weapons, 
 which  is  also  forbidden  a  wom.an  to  wear. 
 And  this  precept  coiicerneth  natural  ho- 
 nesty and  seemliiiess,  which  hath  perpetual 
 utility,  1  Cor.  xi.  4—6,  14.  And  it  is  to 
 prevent  many  evils  which  may  arise  if  men 
 and  women  should  l)e  clad  alike.  It  is  pro- 
 bKhle  also,  that  the  law  was  given  in  regard 
 of  the  abuse  among  other  nations,  and  parti- 
 cularly among  the  Egyptians,  (with  whom 
 Israel  had  lived:)  for  human  xvriters  testify 
 that  the  Egyptian  women  did  go  abroad  and 
 use  merchandise,  &c.,  and  the  men  did  weave 
 within  the  houses.  Herodot.  in  Euterpe.  The 
 Ht  bs.  explain  it  tluis,  "  a  woman  may  not 
 pu'.  on  a  man's  ornament,  as  to  put  a 
 mitre  or  an  helmet  on  her  head,  or  to  put 
 on  an  habergeon,  or  the  like,  or  to  poll 
 her  head  like  a  man.  Neither  may  a  man 
 put  on  a  woman's  ornament,  as  coloured  gar- 
 ments, or  golden  jewels,  in  the  place  where 
 men  use  not  to  w  ear  such  jewels,  but  women 
 only:  all,  according  to  the  custom  of  the 
 country  (wherein  they  live.)  A  man  that 
 putteth  on  a  woman's  attire,  and  a  woman 
 that  putteth  on  a  man's,  is  to  be  beaten  (by 
 the  magistrate.")  Maim,  treat,  oi  Idolatry, 
 chap.  xii.  sect.  10.  The  attire  of  the  body 
 S|)iritually  signilieth  the  ornaments  of  the 
 mind.  Vs.  cxxxii.  9,  16  j  Rev.  iii.  18  ;  so 
 men  shoiild  not  change  their  nature,  to  be- 
 come efieminate,  as  the  Egyptians  and  Ba- 
 
 bylonians are  thieatened  to  be  like  women, 
 Is.  xix.  16  ;  Jer.  1.  37  ;  li.  .39.  And  in 
 the  churches  women  are  to  be  silent,  and  not 
 speak  as  men,  1  Cor.  xiv.  34.  '  I  sulier 
 not  a  woman  to  teach,  nor  to  usurp  autho- 
 rity over  the  man,  but  to  be  in  silence,'  1 
 Tim.  ii.  12.  Abojiinatiox  to  Jehovah,] 
 Heb.  the  abomination  of  Jehovah,  that  is, 
 abhorred  of  him,  which  the  Chald.  expound- 
 eth,  an  abomination  before  the  Lord. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Chance  to  be,]  That  is,  if 
 unawares  thou  meetest  with  it,  or  lightest 
 upon  it.  So  the  Gr.  translateth,  "  if  thou 
 meetest  with  a  bird's  nest  before  thy  face." 
 Or  on  the  ground,]  Or  in  any  other  place, 
 as  on  the  water  or  the  like  ;  for  these  are 
 put  but  for  an  instance,  because  usually  birds 
 nestle  either  on  trees,  or  on  the  ground.  So 
 the  Hebs.  exptmnd  it,  '  he  that  findeth  a 
 nest  upon  the  waters,  or  on  the  back  of  any 
 living  creature,  is  bound  to  let  the  dam  go. 
 The  young  or  the  eggs  are  not  mentioned, 
 neither  the  tree  or  ground,  but  that  the  scrip- 
 ture speaketh  by  an  instance.  Maim.  torn, 
 ii,  in  Shechitah,  chap.  xiii.  sect.  17.  The 
 DAM,]  Heb,  the  mother:  so  after,  sons  for 
 young  ones ;  which  names  the  scripture 
 givetli  to  all  living  things  ;  and  the  Gr.  and 
 Chald.  keep  the  Heb.  phrase,  mother  and 
 children.  The  Hebs.  understand  this  pre- 
 cisely of  the  dam  or  female  only,  and  say,  "  a 
 male  that  is  found  sitting  upon  a  nest,  is  free 
 from  being  sent  away,  (that  is,  a  man  is  not 
 bound  to  let  it  go.)  Maim.  ibid.  sect.  10. 
 Thou  shalt  not  take,]  To  wit,  and  kill, 
 for  that  is  chiefly  here  intended.  "  He  that 
 taketh  the  dam  with  the  young,  and  killeth 
 her,  the  flesh  is  lawful  to  be  eaten,  but  he  is 
 to  be  beaten  for  killing  the  dam.  And  so  if 
 she  die  before  he  let  her  go,  he  is  to  be  beaten: 
 but  if  he  let  her  go  after  he  hath  taken  her, 
 he  is  free."  Maim,  in  Shechitah,  chap.  xiii. 
 sect.  1.  Compare  herewith  the  law  in  Lev. 
 xxii.  28,  '  whether  it  be  cow  or  ewe,  ye 
 shall  not  kill  it  and  her  young  both  in  one 
 day." 
 
 Ver.  7 Sending  thou  shai.t  send,] 
 
 That  is,  in  any  wise  se?id  away  (oi'  let  go) 
 the  dam.  This  showed  the  strictness  of  the 
 precept,  which  also  must  be  done  willingly, 
 upon  the  former  penalty.     For  every  prohibi- 
 
CHAP.    XXII. 
 
 305 
 
 thou  shalt  take  unto  thee,  that  it  may  be  well  with  thee,  and  thou 
 mayest  prolong  thy  days. 
 
 ^  WJien  tliou  buildest  a  new  house,  then  thou  shalt  make  a  bat- 
 tlement for  thy  roof,  that  thou  put  not  blood  in  thine  house,  if  any 
 falling  fall  from  it. 
 
 tjon,  after  which  cometh  a  precept  affirma- 
 tive, "  a  man  is  bound  to  peiform  the  pre- 
 cept concerning  it;  and  if  he  perform  it  not, 
 he  is  to  be  beaten.  If  one  come  and  snatch 
 the  dam  out  of  his  hand,  and  seud  her  away, 
 or  if  she  escape  away  from  under  his  hand 
 against  his  will,  he  is  to  be  beaten;  for  till 
 he  send  her  away  of  himself,  he  performeth 
 not  the  precept  concerning  her.  If  he  take 
 the  dam  and  clip  her  wings,  that  she  cannot 
 fly,  and  then  send  her  away,  he  is  to  be  chas- 
 tised with  stripes,  and  he  must  keep  her  by 
 him  till  her  wings  be  grown,  and  then  send 
 her  away.  And  if  she  die  before,  or  be  lost, 
 he  is  to  be  beaten,  for  he  hath  not  performed 
 the  commandment.  If  he  send  her  away 
 and  she  come  again,  he  must  send  her  away 
 again,  though  it  be  four  or  five  times ;  for  it 
 is  said,  '  sending  thou  shalt  send  her  away.' 
 If  one  say,  I  will  take  the  dam,  and  send 
 away  the  young,  he  is  bound  to  send  away 
 the  dam.  The  sending  away  of  the  dam  is 
 not  in  use,  save  for  clean  birds,"  &c.  Maim, 
 in  Shechitah, chap.  xiii.  sect.  2 — 4, 6, 8.  "It 
 is  unlawful  to  take  the  dam  with  the  young, 
 though  it  be  to  cleanse  a  leper  with  them, 
 which  is  a  thing  commanded,  (Lev.  xiv.  4;) 
 and  if  he  take  her  he  is  bound  to  send  her 
 away:  for  a  commandment  is  not  of  force  to 
 disannul  a  prohibition  and  a  commandment ; 
 but  a  commandment  and  a  prohibition  do  dis- 
 annul a  commandment."  Ibid.  sect.  xix. 
 God  by  this  law  teacheth  us  mercy  and  piety; 
 (as  it  is  noted  for  barbarous  cruelty,  when 
 the  mother  is  killed  with  the  children,  Hos. 
 X.  14;  Gen.  xxxii.  11;)  therefore  when  the 
 bird  is  hatching  her  eggs  or  cherishing  her 
 young,  she  may  not  be  killed.  And  as  the 
 Hebs.  say,  "  If  she  were  sitting  but  upon 
 one  young,  or  one  egg,  a  man  was  bound  to 
 send  her  awayi"  howbeit,  that  if  she  were 
 taken  from  the  nest  by  hunting,  it  was  lawful : 
 "  the  law  forbiddeth  not  save  to  hunt  (or 
 take)  her  when  she  cannot  fly  away  for  (af- 
 fection to)  her  young  which  she  hatcheth  ;  as 
 it  is  said,  '  and  the  dam  sitting  upon  the 
 young,'  "  &c.  Maim,  in  Shechitah,  chap, 
 xiii.  sect.  16,  7.  And  this  law  for  compas- 
 sion towards  birds,  teacheth  compassion  to- 
 wards mankind  much  more  ;  as  when  he 
 saith,  'thou  shalt  not  muzzle  the  ox,'  Deut. 
 xxv.  4  ;  the  apostle  showeth  it  to  be  written 
 '  for  our  sakes,'  1  Cor.  ix.  9,  10.  So  the 
 Hebs.  here  say,  "  this  is  to  lead  us  unto 
 mercy,  and  to  lake  out  of  our  hearts  cruelty 
 
 Vol.  II. 
 
 2Q 
 
 and  the  like  (afTections,)  not  that  the  intent 
 of  the  commandment  is  to  show  compassion 
 unto  birds,  &c.,  but  to  mankind."  R.  Mena- 
 chem  on  Deut.  xxv.  7,  fol.  210.  Prolong 
 THV  DAYS,]  The  like  blessing  is  promised 
 to  them  that  honour  father  and  mother, 
 Deut.  v.  16;  the  Hebs.  account  that  one  of 
 the  great  commandments  ;  and  this  of  the 
 bird  they  count  the  least  of  all  in  Moses' 
 law:  and  yet  such  a  promise  is  annexed  liere- 
 unto. 
 
 Ver.  8. — A  NEW  HOUSE,]  To  wit,  a  dwel- 
 ling-house; for  so  the  Hebs.  explain  it,  "  it 
 is  commanded  to  make  a  battlement  for  the 
 for  the  roof,  if  it  be  a  dwelling-house  ;  but  a 
 bain,  or  a  stable,  or  the  like,  a  man  is  not 
 bound  concerning  them."  Maim,  treat,  of 
 Murder,  chap.  xi.  sect.  1.  A  battlement,] 
 In  Gr.  a  crown  :  which  was  to  compass  the 
 roof  of  the  house  round  about,  to  keep  men 
 from  falling  off".  For  in  Israel  the  houses 
 had  flat  roofs,  on  which  men  walked,  2  Sam. 
 xi.  2;  and  from  thence  they  called  and  spake 
 to  the  people:  whereupon  Christ  speaketh  of 
 preaching  and  proclaiming  '  upon  the  house 
 tops,'  Matt.  X.  27;  Luke  xii.  3.  "  The 
 heighth  of  the  battlement  might  not  be  less 
 than  ten  hand-breadths,  [six  of  which  hand- 
 breadths  made  a  cubit,]  and  it  was  to  be 
 strong,  that  a  man  might  lean  thereon,  and 
 not  fall."  Maim,  treat,  of  Murder,  chap. 
 xi.  sect.  3.  That  thou  put  not,]  Or,  aiid 
 thou  shalt  not  put  bloods;  which  the  Gr. 
 translateth,  and  thou  shalt  not  make  man- 
 slaughter in  thy  house ;  and  the  Chald.  for 
 bloods  saith  gziilt  of  murder,  as  the  word  bloods 
 often  signifieth:  see  Gen.  iv.  10.  By  this 
 it  appeareth,  that  all  other  occasions  of  blood- 
 shed were  to  be  prevented  in  other  places  as 
 well  as  on  house-tops.  Which  the  Hebs. 
 declare  thus  ;  "  whether  it  be  the  house-top 
 or  any  other  thing,  wherein  there  is  danger 
 and  likelihood  that  a  man  may  fall  and  die ; 
 and  if  a  man  have  a  pit  or  well  in  his  yard, 
 have  water  in  it  or  not,  he  is  bound  to 
 make  a  fence  about  it  ten  hand-breadths  high, 
 or  to  make  a  cover  over  it,  that  no  man  lall 
 therein  and  die.  And  so  any  stumbling- 
 block  whereby  there  is  danger  of  life,  a  man 
 is  commanded  to  remove  the  same,  and  to 
 beware  thereof,  and  to  give  warning  of  the 
 thing  very  heedfully.  Otherwise,  if  he  re- 
 move them  not,  but  leave  stumbling-blocks 
 that  may  bring  into  danger,  he  breaketh  a 
 commandment,  and  transgresseth   this  pro- 
 
306 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ®  Thou  shalt  not  sow  thy  vineyard  ivith  divers  kmds,  lest  the 
 full-ripe  fruit,  tlie  seed  wliich  thou  hast  sown,  and  the  revenue  of 
 the  vineyard  be  defiled. 
 
 hibition,  of  '  putting  bloods.'  ''     Maim,  treat. 
 of  Murder,  chap.  xi.  sect.  4. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Thy  vineyard,]  Nor  any  other 
 fie'd,  Lev.  xix.  19.  Divers  kinds,]  Or 
 mixtures,  as  wheat  and  barley  together,  or 
 the  like.  See  the  annot.  on  Lev.  xix.  19. 
 The  Hebs.  divide  seeds  info  three  sorts. 
 "  The  first  of  them  is  called  Tebiiah,  (re- 
 venue,) and  it  comprehendeth  the  five  kinds 
 of  grain,  wlieat,  rye,  barley,  fox-ear-barley, 
 and  oats.  The  second  of  them  is  called  Ke- 
 tannith  (pulse)  and  it  comprehendeth  all  seeds 
 wliich  are  eaten  of  men,  besides  the  revenue 
 (aforesaid,)  as  beans,  pease,  lentiles,  millet, 
 rice,  &c.,  and  such  like.  The  third  of  them 
 are  called  garden  seeds  ;  and  they  are  all 
 other  seeds  which  are  not  meet  for  man's 
 meat,  but  the  fruit  of  the  seed  is  man's 
 meat:  as  the  seed  of  onions,  and  of  garlic, 
 and  of  rape,  and  such  like.  And  flax  seed 
 is  comprehended  under  the  general  of  garden 
 seeds.  And  all  the  seeds  when  they  are  grown 
 up,  and  all  the  while  the  seed  is  not  discerned, 
 are  called  herbs."  Maim.  torn.  iii.  in  Kila- 
 jim,  chap.  i.  sect.  8.  Now  of  this  law  con- 
 cerning vineyards  they  write  thus  ;  "  no- 
 thing is  forbidden  by  the  name  of  divers 
 kinds  in  the  vineyard,  but  the  kinds  of  the 
 revenue  (of  corn)  and  the  kinds  of  herbs 
 only:  other  kinds  of  seeds  are  lawful  to  be 
 sown  in  the  vineyard ;  and  I  need  not  say 
 other  trees.  It  is  unlawful  to  sow  herbs  or 
 corn  by  the  vine's  sides,  or  to  plant  a  vine  by 
 the  sides  of  herbs  or  com.  Whether  a  man 
 plant,  or  let  tliem  grow,  when  he  seeth  divers 
 kinds  spring  up  in  his  vineyard,  if  he  leave 
 them  so,  it  is  defiled."  Maim.  ibid.  chap. 
 V.  sect.  C — 8.  The  full-ripe  fruit,] 
 Heb.  the  fullness  (or  plenty,)  which  the  Gr. 
 ♦-.ranslateth  heie,  the  fruit :  elsewhere  the 
 first-fruits:  see  Exod.  xxii.  29;  and  Num. 
 xviii.  27.  By  the  Hebs.  "  a  vineyard  while 
 the  grapes-  were  unripe,  was  not  defiled: 
 and  um-ipe  grapes  were  lawful  for  use." 
 Maim,  in  Kilajim,  chaj).  v.  sect.  14.  The 
 SEED,]  The  Gr.  addeth,  and  the  seed  which 
 thou  shalt  sow  with  the  fruit  of  thy  vineyard. 
 Others  understand,  the  fruit  of  the  seed. 
 And  the  revenue,]  Or,  income,  increase. 
 The  scripture  usetli  this  word  for  iheincrease 
 of  corn  or  flour,  and  of  the  vine  or  winepress. 
 Num.  xi.  30.  So  it  may  be  taken  here,  for 
 either,  or  for  both  of  them;  for  both  were 
 defiled.  The  Hebs.  apply  this  word  to  the 
 five  kinds  of  grain  fore-noted,  and  unto  them 
 also  when  they  are  eared,  and  before  they  be 
 threshed  :  as  in  another  place  they  say,  "  the 
 
 five  kinds,  namely,  wheat,  barley,  rye,  fox- 
 ear-barley,  and  oats,  these  five  when  they  are 
 eared,  are  called  Tebuah  (revenue)  in  every 
 place;  after  that  they  be  threshed  and  win- 
 nowed, they  are  called  Dagan  (corn  or  grain); 
 and  when  they  are  ground,  and  their  meal 
 is  kneaded  and  baked,  they  are  called  Path 
 (bread.)"  Maim.  torn.  i.  treat,  of  Blessings, 
 chap.  iii.  sect.  1.  Be  defiled,]  Or,  be 
 sanctified,  as  the  Heb.  word  propeily  and 
 usually  signifieth  ;  and  so  the  Gr.  translat- 
 eth,  that  it  be  not  sanctified.  Whereby  some 
 understand  that  the  fruit  should  be  sejiarated 
 from  common  use,  and  made  holy  to  the 
 Lord,  and  be  eaten  by  the  priests.  But 
 words  ofttimes  have  contrary  significations, 
 as  Barac  to  bless,  is  used  for  cursing  or  blas- 
 pheming, 1  Kings  xxi.  10,  13.  Chesed  is 
 piety  and  impiety.  Lev.  xx.  17.  So  this 
 word  here  is  by  the  Chald.  paraphrast  trans- 
 lated defiled;  and  by  the  other  Hebs.  else- 
 where so  expounded,  "  the  divers  kinds  (or 
 mixtures)  of  the  vineyard,  as  any  of  the  sorts 
 of  corn,  or  sorts  of  herbs  that  are  sown  with 
 a  vine,  whether  an  Israelite  sow  them,  or  an 
 heathen,  &c.,  both  of  them  are  unlawful  to 
 be  eaten,  or  put  to  any  use  (or  profit)  as  it  is 
 written,  (in  Deut.  xxii.  9:)  '  lest  it  be  de- 
 filed,' &c.,  as  if  he  should  say,  lest  both  of 
 them  be  made  abominable  and  unlawful. 
 And  whoso  eateth  ouglit  of  the  mixtures  of  a 
 vineyard,  either  of  the  herbs  or  of  the  grapes, 
 is  to  be  beaten  by  the  law."  Maim.  torn.  ii. 
 treat,  of  Forbidden  Meats,  chap.  x.  sect.  6, 
 7.  The  same  author  in  torn.  iii.  treat.  Kila- 
 jim, chap.  V.  layeth  down  also  these  canons: 
 "  he  that  soweth  two  kinds  of  corn  or  two 
 kinds  of  herbs,  with  the  seed  of  the  vine3'ard, 
 he  is  to  be  beaten  ;  once  for  this,  '  thou  shalt 
 not  sow  thy  field  with  divers  kinds,'  (Lev. 
 xix.  19  ;)  and  again  hr  this,  '  thoii  shalt  not 
 sow  thy  vineyard  with  divers  kinds,*  (Deut. 
 xxii.  9.)  A  man  is  not  to  be  beaten  for 
 sowing  divers  kinds  in  the  vineyard,  until  he 
 sow  within  the  land  of  Israel,  &c.  But  our 
 doctors  have  forbidden  to  sow  divers  kinds 
 in  the  vineyard,  though  out  of  the  land, 
 because  the  divers  kinds  in  the  vineyard 
 are  weighty ;  for  if  they  be  sown  within  the 
 land  of  Israel,  they  are  unlawful  to  be  used: 
 and  seeing  they  are  unlawful  for  any  use 
 within  the  land,  they  are  unlawful  to  be 
 sown  without  the  land.  It  is  unlawful  to 
 sow  herbs  or  corn  by  a  vine's  side,  or  to 
 plant  a  vine-tree  by  herbs  or  by  corn ;  and  if 
 a  man  do  so,  though  he  is  not  to  be  beaten, 
 yet  both  of  them  are  defiled,  and  not  to  be 
 
CHAP.    XXII. 
 
 507 
 
 '^  Thou  slinlt  not  plov  with  an  ox  and  an  ass  togetlier. 
 shalt  not  wear  linsie-woolsie,  wool  and  flax  together. 
 
 Thou 
 
 put  to  any  use,  eitlier  the  herbs,  or  the  corn, 
 or  the  vine,  but  they  burn  them  both,  as  it 
 is  written,  '  lest  the  full-ripe  fruit,  &c., 
 be  defiled  :'  though  it  be  the  straw  of  the 
 corn,  or  the  wood  of  the  vine-tree,  they  are 
 unlawful  for  any  use,  but  they  burn  them  ; 
 neither  may  they  heat  an  oven,  or  a  cauldron, 
 or  boil  anything  with  them  when  they  burn 
 them."  These  and  sundry  like  observations 
 they  have  hereabouts,  not  altogether  without 
 probability:  and  herein  the  mixtures  of  the 
 vineyard  exceed  the  mixtures  of  the  field, 
 which  they  think  might  be  used  and  eaten, 
 though  it  "  as  sin  to  sow  them,  as  is  noted  on 
 Lev.  xix.  19.  This  law,  with  other  such 
 like,  was  typical,  and  pertained  to  the  rudi- 
 ments of  Moses'  law  :  whenby  it  seemeth 
 unto  me,  God  taught  them  the  simple 
 a)id  sincere  estate  of  his  church.  For  in 
 mystery,  '  the  vineyard  of  the  Lord  of  hosts 
 was  the  house  of  Israel,  and  the  men  of  Ju- 
 dah  the  plant  of  his  pleasures,'  Is.  v.  7  ;  and 
 he  planted  them  '  a  noble  vine,  wholly  a 
 right  (or  true)  seed  ;  though  they  turned  into 
 degenerate  branches  of  a  strange  vine  unto 
 him,'  Jer.  ii.  21.  Now  also  the  church  is  a 
 vineyard,  Christ  himself  the  vine,  and  we 
 the  blanches,  John  xv.  1,5;  and  this  vine- 
 yard God  would  not  have  sown  with  divers 
 kinds,  or  mixed  with  the  profane  and  unbe- 
 lievers, lest  all  be  defiled,  2  Cor.  vi.  14—18; 
 Matt.  iii.  7—10;   Rev.  xxi.  24—27. 
 
 Veu.  10-^With  an  ox  and  an  ass,] 
 Tlie  o.v  was  a  clean  beast,  the  ass  an  unclean: 
 the  Hebs.  understand  this  law  generally  ; 
 plowing  for  all  work  ;  and  the  ox  and  the 
 ass  for  all  clean  and  unclean  beasts  together. 
 "  Whosoever  doth  work  with  two  kinds  of 
 cattle  or  beasts  together,  and  the  one  of  them 
 is  of  a  clean  kind,  and  the  other  of  an  unclean, 
 lo  he  is  to  be  beaten  in  every  place,  Deut. 
 xxii.  10.  Whether  he  plow,  or  sow  or 
 draw  a  waggon  or  a  stone  with  them  toge- 
 ther, &c.,  he  is  to  be  beaten.  And  whether 
 it  be  ox  and  ass,  or  any  two  kinds,  whereof 
 one  is  unclean  and  the  other  clean,  either  of 
 cattle,  as  a  swine  and  a  sheep  ;  or  of  wild 
 beasts,  as  a  wild  ox  and  an  elephant;  or 
 beasts  with  cattle,  as  a  dog  with  a  goat,  or 
 the  like ;  for  any  of  these  he  is  by  the  law  to 
 be  beaten.  If  a  waggon  be  drawn  with 
 beasts  of  divers  kinds,  he  that  sitteth  on  the 
 waggon  is  to  be  beaten  :  and  if  one  sit  on  the 
 waggon,  and  another  guide  it,  they  are  both 
 beaten  ;  yea  though  they  be  an  hundred  that 
 guide  it,  they  are  all  beaten.  It  is  lawful  to 
 do  work  with  a  man  and  a  beast  together  : 
 for  the  law  saith,  '  with   an  ox  and  an  ass  ;' 
 
 it  saith  not,  with  a  nian  and  an  ass,  or  with 
 a  man  and  an  ox.  A  (clean)  beast  that  is 
 become  polluted  (or  unfit)  for  sacrifice,  though 
 it  be  but  one  body,  yet  the  scripture  maketh 
 it  as  two  bodies,  foi'  that  it  was  holy,  and  was 
 made  as  holy  and  as  profane  mixed  togethei-; 
 and  this  beast  is  found  as  a  clean  beast  with 
 an  unclean  beast  mixed  in  one  ;  as  it  is  said 
 (in  Lev.  xxvii.  11  ;)  '  if  it  be  an  unclean 
 beast,  of  which  they  do  not  ofltr  a  sacrifice 
 to  the  Lord;'  we  have  been  taught,  that  this 
 is  not  spoken  but  of  beasts  disabled  for  a  sa- 
 crifice. Therefore  he  that  plougheth  with 
 an  ox  disabled  for  sacrifice,  is  to  be  beaten  as 
 for  mixed  kinds;  but  this  prohibition  is  come 
 by  tradition."  Maim,  in  Killajim,  chap.  ix. 
 sect.  7 — 11.  This  law  was  also  typical  and 
 bindeth  not  us  now,  according  to  the  letter, 
 but  figured  out  the  ministers  in  the  church, 
 as  did  the  ox  that  treadeth  out  the  corn, 
 which  might  not  be  muzzled,  Deut.  xxv. 
 compared  with  1  Cor.  ix.  8,  9 — 11  ;  1  Tim. 
 V.  17;  iv.  18.  These  in  the  Lord's  plough, 
 (that  is,  in  the  ministry  of  his  word,  Luke 
 ix.  62;)  must  not  be  mixed  of  clean  and 
 unclean,  of  the  servants  of  Christ  and  of  an- 
 tichrist, 2  Cor.  vi.  14,  15. 
 
 Ver.  11.  —  LlNSlE-\voLSlE,J  In  Heb. 
 Shagnatncz,  expounded  in  Gr,  Kibdela, 
 which  signifieth  things  adulterate  or  impure- 
 lymixed.  Moses  explaineth  it  after,  saying, 
 wool  and  flax  together,  unto  which  only  the 
 Hebs,  restrain  it,  as  is  more  largely  noted  on 
 Lev.  xix,  19.  This  law  was  also  figurative: 
 the  garments  of  the  saicits  are  piincipally 
 Christ  himself,  as  it  is  written,  '  put  ye  on 
 the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,' Rom.  xiii.  14;  he 
 hath  given  unto  his  church,  '  that  she  should 
 be  arrayed  in  fine  linen,  clean  and  bright, 
 which  is  the  righteousness  of  the  saints,' 
 Rev.  xix.  8  ;  that  we  may  be  found  in  him, 
 not  having  our  own  justice  (or  righteousness) 
 which  is  of  the  law,  but  that  which  is 
 '  through  the  faith  of  Christ,  the  righteous- 
 ness of  God  by  faith/  Phil.  iii.  9.  There 
 are  also  other  virtues  and  graces  of  the  Spirit, 
 wherewith  the  faithful  are  adorned,  which 
 are  '  good  works,'  1  Tim.  ii.  9,  10;  1  Peter 
 iii.  ?>,  4  ;  but  in  the  case  of  our  justification 
 before  God,  these  may  not  be  mixed  toge- 
 ther, for  '  a  man  is  justified  by  faith,  without 
 the  deeds  of  the  law,'  Rom.  iii.  28;  Gal.  ii. 
 16.  And  as  by  the  letter  of  this  law,  in  the 
 Heb,  account,  "  one  thread  of  wool  in  a 
 linen  garment,  or  one  linen  thread  in  a 
 woollen  garment,  made  it  unlawful,"  (as  is 
 noted  on  Lev,  xix,  19;)  though  linen  or 
 woollen  garments  were  worn   severally:    so 
 
308 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 '^  Fringes  shalt  thou  make  unto  tliee,  upon  tlie  four  skirts  of  thy 
 vesture  which  thou  coverest  thee  withal. 
 
 '^  If  a  man  take  a  wife,  and  go  in  unto  her,  and  hate  her,  "And 
 lay  against  her  occasions  of  speech,  and  bring  forth  upon  her  an 
 
 justificatiou  by  faith  in  Christ,  and  by  our 
 own  good  works,  are  so  opposite,  as  that  they 
 cannot  agree  together  in  one  man  by  any 
 manner  of  mixture,  in  the  case  of  justifica- 
 tion before  God  ;  but,  '  if  it  be  by  grace, 
 then  is  it  no  more  of  works  ;  otherwise  grace 
 is  no  more  grace:  and  if  it  be  of  works,  then 
 is  it  no  more  grace,,  otherwise  work  is  no 
 more  work,'  Rom.  xi.  C ;  Gal.  iii.  10.  Wool 
 AND  FLAX,]  That  is,  woollen  arid  linen  to- 
 gether;  which  the  Gr.  transiateth,  in  the 
 same  •  the  Chald.  wool  and  flax  joined  (or 
 mixed)  together. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Fringes,]  In  Heb.  Gedilim, 
 which  elsewhere  is  translated  wreaths,  in  1 
 Kings  vii.  17  ;  and  the  tvreaths  spoken  of  in 
 Exod.  xxviii.  24  ;  and  the  ropes  (or  cords) 
 in  Judg.  xvi.  11,  12;  are  by  the  Chald. 
 translated  Gedilaii  :  and  the  Gr.  here  ex- 
 poundeth  it  Strepta,  that  is,  tvreaths  or  cords: 
 for  they  were  twisted  threads  or  thrumbs, 
 which  hung  upon  their  garments.  Moses 
 called  them  Tsitsith,  Num.  xv.  3S  ;  of  the 
 locks  of  hair  like  which  they  did  hang. 
 These  are  the  same,  though  called  here  by 
 another  name;  and  the  Chald.  tianslateth 
 both  Tsitsith  and  Gedilim,  by  the  word  Crus- 
 pedin,  which  is  borrowed  of  the  Gr,  Craspe- 
 da,  which  name  the  Holy  Spirit  giveth  to 
 these  fiinges,  in  Matt,  xxiii.  5 ;  where 
 Christ  blameth  the  Pharisees'  hypocrisy  for 
 making  their  phylacteries  broad,  and  (cras- 
 peda)  the  fringes  of  their  garments  large. 
 The  making  of  these  by  the  Jews,  is  showed 
 on  Num.  XV.  38,  &c.  Here  Moses  having 
 repeated  the  mysteiies  concerning  the  church, 
 in  ver.  9  ;  of  the  ministry,  in  ver.  10  ;  and 
 of  the  doctrine,  in  ver.  11  ;  addeth  to  them 
 this  law  of  the  fringes,  which  were  signs 
 annexed  to  the  word,  and  visible  tokens,  for 
 them  to  '  look  upon,  and  remember  all  the 
 commandments  of  the  Lord,  and  do  them, 
 and  be  holy  unto  their  God,'  Num.  xv.  39, 
 40.      See  more  in  the  annot.  on  that  place. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Take  a  wife,]  That  is,  marry 
 her:  for  the  taking  is  after  the  betrothing  or 
 espousals,  Matt.  i.  18,  20.  And  before  mar- 
 riage, the  betrothed  persons  might  not  come 
 together,  as  the  equity  of  this  law  following 
 showeth.  So  by  the  Hehs.  :  "  the  spouse  is 
 to  be  restrained  from  her  husband,  by  the 
 doctrine  of  the  scribes,  ail  the  while  she  is  in 
 her  father's  house:  and  he  that  lieth  with  his 
 spouse  in  his  father-in-law's  house,  is  to  be 
 chastised    with    stripes."      Maim,    treat,  of 
 
 of  fFives,  chap.  x.  sect.  1.  After  in  the 
 same  place  he  showeth  him  the  manner  of 
 marriage  among  them,  that  it  was  to  be  with 
 blessings  (or  thanksgivings)  unto  God,  in  an 
 assembly  of  ten  men  at  the  least,  and  \^ith  a 
 dowry  bill  which  the  scrivener  wrote,  and 
 the  bridegroom  paid  for,  whereby  he  endowed 
 his  spouse,  if  she  were  a  virgin,  with  two 
 hundred  dinars  [that  is,  fifty  shekels]  and  if 
 she  had  been  married  before,  with  an  hun- 
 dred dinars,  [that  is,  twenty-five  shekels,] 
 and  this  was  called  the  root  (or  principal)  of 
 the  dowry  :  the  dowry  might  not  be  Itss,  but 
 more  so  much  as  he  would,  though  it  were 
 to  a  talent  of  gold.  After  the  dowry  bill  was 
 confirmed  by  witnesses,  the  bridegroom  went 
 with  his  spouse  into  the  privy  chamber,  (or 
 closet,  such  as  is  mentioned  in  Joel  ii.  16;)  and 
 this  was  the  consummation  of  the  marriage. 
 And  whoso  married  a  virgin  was  to  rejoice 
 with  her  seven  days,  (as  Gen.  xxix.  27 ; 
 Judg.  xiv.  10,  12  ;)  and  with  a  widow  three 
 days,  not  doing  any  work  those  days,  but 
 eating,  drinking,  and  rejoicing.  Go  L\,] 
 Into  the  chamber,  Judg.  xv.  1  ;  and  by  con- 
 sequence, lie  with  her.  The  Gr.  transiateth, 
 dwell  (or  house)  together  with  her :  which 
 word  the  apostle  useth,  1  Peter  iii.  7.  Hate 
 HER,]  Which  ought  not  to  be  towards  any, 
 least  of  all  towards  his  wife,  whom  he  ought 
 to  love  as  his  own  body ;  '  for  no  man  ever 
 yet  hated  his  own  flesh/  Eph.  v.  28,  29. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Lay  against  her,]  Or,  put 
 upon  her.  Occasions  of  speech,]  Or,  of 
 words,  that  is,  of  evil  words:  or,  pretences  of 
 words,  that  is,  pretended  words  or  pretended 
 matters.  So  the  Greek  transiateth,  pretend- 
 ed words  ;  they  are  such  as  have  a  colour 
 and  show  of  truth,  to  excuse  and  hide  his 
 hatred:  as  long  prayers  were  a  pretence  for 
 the  covetousness  of  the  Pharisees,  Matt. 
 xxiii.  14.  But  pretence  and  truth  are  op- 
 posed in  Phil.  i.  18.  So  here,  and  ver.  20. 
 Bring  forth,]  Whether  before  the  parents 
 and  friends,  or  unto  the  magistrates,  acoising 
 her  before  them.  Some  think  this  latter  to 
 be  meant,  and  as  the  Hebs.  describe  it,  when 
 "  he  Cometh  unto  the  court  and  saith,  I  mar- 
 ried this  damsel,  and  I  found  her  not  to  have 
 virginity,  and  when  I  inquired  into  the  mat- 
 ter, it  was  made  known  to  me,  that  she  had 
 played  the  whore  under  me,  after  I  was  be- 
 trothed to  her,  and  these  are  my  witnesses 
 that  she  played  the  whore  before  them.  And 
 the  judges  shall  hear  the  words  of  the  "it 
 
CHAP.    XX  1 1. 
 
 309 
 
 evil  name,  and  say,  I  took  this  woman,  and  I  came  nigh  unto  her, 
 and  I  found  her  not  to  have  virginity  :  '*  Then  shall  the  father  of 
 the  damsel,  and  lier  mother,  take  and  bring  fortli  the  virginity  of 
 tlie  damsel  unto  the  elders  of  the  city,  in  the  gate.  ^^  And  tlie  fa- 
 tlier  of  the  damsel  shall  say  unto  tlie  elders,  I  gave  my  daughter 
 unto  this  man  to  wife,  and  he  hateth  her,  "  And  lo,  he  liatJi  laid 
 against  her  occasions  of  speech,  saying,  I  found  not  thy  daughter  to 
 have  virginity ;  and  this  is  my  daughter's  virginity  :  and  they  shall 
 spread  the  cloth  before  the  elders  of  tlie  city.  ^^  And  the  elders  of 
 that  city  shall  take  the  man,  and  shall  chastise  Jiim. 
 
 '^  And  they  shall  amerce  him  in  an  hundred  shekels  of  silver,  and 
 give  them  unto  the  father  of  the  damsel  because  he  hath  brought 
 
 iiesses,  and  examine  their  testimony:  if  the 
 thing  be  found  true,  she  is  to  be  stoned." 
 Maim.  torn.  ii.  in  Nagnarah  bethulah,  chap, 
 iii.  sect.  6.  But  \>y  this  order  of  the  text, 
 the  former  seemeth  as  probable.  To  have 
 VIRGINITY,]  Heb.  I  found  not  to  her  virgi- 
 nity. Tlie  Gr.  thus,  and  coming  unto  her, 
 I  found  not  her  virginity. 
 
 Ver.  15. — The  father,]  To  whom  the 
 injury  extended,  if  she  were  falsely  defamed, 
 or  if  she  had  played  the  whore,  ver.  21  ;  and 
 to  whom  the  defence  of  the  daughter  did  most 
 fitly  appertain.  Of  the  damsel,]  The  word 
 Nagnarah  (damsel)  is  properly  a  maid  mar- 
 riageable, which  of  the  Hebs.  is  reckoned 
 after  twelve  years  of  age:  before  that  age 
 she  is  called  a  little  one  or  child ;  and  after 
 also,  if  she  have  not  signs  that  she  is  mar- 
 riageable ;  [such  as  are  mentioned  in  Ezek. 
 xvi.  7.]  After  those  signs  she  is  called 
 Nagnarah  (a  damsel)  till  six  months  com- 
 plete, and  no  longer:  from  that  day  and  for- 
 ward, she  is  called  Bogereth.  Maim,  treat, 
 of  f Fives,  chap.  ii.  sect.  1,3.  "  Both  these, 
 Nagnarah,  (the  damsel,)  and  Bogereth,  are 
 subject  to  the  punishment  here  appointed,  if 
 they  be  not  found  virgins."  Maim,  in  Nagn. 
 betiiulah,  chap.  iii.  sect.  7.  The  virgini- 
 TV,]  That  is,  the  signs  of  her  virginity  in 
 the  cloth,  ver.  17  ;  and  witnesses  also,  (as 
 the  Hebs.  say,)  that  they  are  so.  The  el- 
 ders,] In  Gr.  the  senate  :  that  is,  the  ma- 
 gistrates. This  was  the  senate  of  twenty- 
 three  judges,  for  they  were  to  put  her  to 
 death  if  she  were  guilty,  ver.  21.  "  They 
 judge  not  this  judgment  but  in  the  court  of 
 three  and  twenty  ;  because  there  is  in  the 
 judgment  of  him  that  bringeth  forth  an  evil 
 name,  the  judgment  of  life  and  death ;  for  if 
 the  thing  be  found  as  he  saith,  then  she  is 
 killed.  But  he  that  forceth  a  maid,  Deut. 
 xxii.  28  ;  and  he  that  enticeth  her,  Exod. 
 xxii.  16  ;  they  judge  of  them  at  all  times  in 
 the  court   of  three."     Maim,  in  Nagnaiah 
 
 bethulah,  chap.  iii.  sect.  3.  The  gate,] 
 The  Chald.  addeth,  the  gate  of  the  judg- 
 ment-hall of  the  place. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Occasions,]  Or,  pretences; 
 in  Gr.  pretended  words  (or  matters,)  as  ver. 
 14.  And  this  is,]  That  is,  these  are  the 
 proofs  or  the  signs,  in  ver.  15  ;  Heb.  these 
 are  the  virginities.  The  cloth,]  Wherein 
 the  signs  were  to  be  seen. 
 
 Ver.  is. — The  »ian,]  The  husband  of 
 the  damsel  that  is  found  to  have  accused  his 
 wife  falsely.  Chastise  him,]  In  the  Chald. 
 beat  him  ;  which  was  the  next  punishment 
 unto  death.  The  Hebs.  say,  "  if  the  fa- 
 ther bring  witnesses,  which  do  disprove  the 
 witnesses  which  the  husband  brouglit,  and  it 
 be  found  that  they  have  witnessed  a  false- 
 hood, then  they  are  stoned  [to  death,  accord- 
 ing to  the  law,  in  Deut.  xix.  18,  19  ;]  and 
 he  [the  husband]  is  beaten,  and  amerced  ia 
 an  hundred  shekels.  And  of  this  it  is  said, 
 in  ver.  17  ;)  '  these  are  my  daughter's  vir- 
 ginities ;'  these  are  the  witnesses  that  dis- 
 prove her  husband's  witnesses.  If  lier  hus- 
 band again  bring  other  witnesses  which  do 
 disprove  her  father's  witnesses,  then  the  dam- 
 sel and  her  father's  witnesses  are  stoned," 
 ver.  20,  21.  Maim,  in  Nagnar.  bethulah, 
 chap.  iii.  sect.  6. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Amerce,]  Or,  mulct;  fine 
 him.  Hundred  shekels,]  The  word  she- 
 kels is  addeth  both  in  the  Gr.  and  Chald. 
 versions,  and  usually  is  to  be  understood 
 when  the  Heb.  nameth  silver  only:  see  the 
 notes  on  Gen.  xx.  16  ;  where  also  it  is  show- 
 ed what  a  shekel  was.  An  hundred  shekels 
 was  the  double  dowry  of  virgins:  see  after  in 
 ver.  29.  Unto  the  father,]  "  And  if 
 she  were  fatherless,  then  he  gave  them  unto 
 herself,"  saith  Maim,  in  Nagnaral  bethu- 
 lah, chap.  iii.  sect.  1.  A  virgin  of  Israel,] 
 in  Gr.  a  virgin,  ati  Israelitess.  Hereupon 
 the  Hebs.  say,  "  that  if  she  were  an  heathen 
 that   was  become   a  proselytess,   or  a  bond- 
 
310 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 forth  an  evil  name  upon  a  virgin  of  Israel,  and  she  shall  be  his  to 
 wife ;  he  may  not  send  her  away  all  his  days.  ^'^  But  if  this  word 
 be  truth,  and  virginity  be  not  found  for  the  damsel.  **  Then  they 
 sliall  bring  out  the  damsel  unto  the  door  of  her  father's  house,  and 
 the  men  of  her  city  shall  stone  lier  with  stones,  and  she  shall  die, 
 because  she  hath  done  folly  in  Israel,  to  commit  whoredom  in  her 
 fatlier's  house  :  and  thou  shalt  put  away  evil  from  the  midst  of 
 tiiee. 
 
 ■•^  If  a  man  be  found  lying  witji  a  woman  married  to  an  husband, 
 then  they  shall  die,  even  both  of  them  :  the  man  that  lieth  witli  the 
 woman,  and  tlie  woman  -.  and  thou  shalt  put  away  evil  from  Israel. 
 
 *^  If  there  be  a  damsel  a  virgin   betrothed  to  a  man,  and  a  man 
 
 woman  that  had  her  freedom,  &c.,  he  that 
 brought  forth  an  evil  name  upon  her,  was  fiee 
 both  from  the  mulct,  and  from  beating." 
 They  have  also  other  like  exceptions,  which 
 seem  not  approvable  ;  as,  that  if  she  were 
 "  a  girl  under  years,  or  an  ancient  maid,  that 
 had  past  the  flower  of  her  age ;  though  such 
 maids  for  playing  the  whore  after  tliey  were 
 betrothed,  were  to  die,  yet  the  man  "  that 
 brought  an  evil  name  upon  them,  was  free 
 from  tiie  mulct,  and  from  beating."  Maim, 
 in  Nagnarah,  chap.  iii.  sect.  2,  8.  He  may 
 NOT,]  Or,  he  cannot  send  her  atvay,  to  wit, 
 by  a  bill  of  divorce,  as  olher  men  were  per- 
 mitted to  put  away  their  wives,  Deut.  xxiv. 
 1.  "  It  is  commanded  by  the  law,  that  the 
 woman  upon  whom  he  hath  brought  an  evil 
 name,  should  abide  under  him  for  ever,  Deut. 
 xxii.  19;  and  if  he  put  her  away,  he  trans- 
 gresseth  against  a  prohibition,  '  he  may  not 
 put  her  away,'  and  he  is  to  be  compelled  to 
 take  her  again.  And  if  another  do  first  be- 
 troth himself  to  her,  or  if  she  die,  or  if  he  be 
 a  priest,  ulio  may  not  take  a  divorced  wo- 
 man, (Lev.  xxi.  7  ;)  then  he  is  to  be  beaten 
 for  putting  her  away,"  Maim,  in  Nag- 
 narah, chap.  iii.  sect.  4.  As  it  was  a  greater 
 sin  for  a  man  to  defame  his  wife,  than  ano- 
 ther person ;  so  the  punishment  is  greater  : 
 for  they  that  defamed  their  neighbours  were 
 but  beaten;  but  he  that  defamed  his  wife 
 was  beaten  and  arneiced,  and  never  sufl'ered 
 to  put  her  away,  which  was  permitted  to  other 
 men,  Deut.  xxiv.  1,  2. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Be  truth,]  So  proved  by 
 certain  evidence,  or  by  witnesses,  as  before 
 is  showed ;  and  agreeable  to  the  law,  in 
 Deut.  xvii.  4 — 6.  For  the  Hebs.  acknow- 
 ledge, that  those  tokens  might  sometimes  be 
 wanting  in  virgins,  and  yet  they  not  defiled; 
 and  therefore  the  judges  were  to  e.Namine, 
 whether  her  progenitors  wanted  their  flowers, 
 or  she  herself  had  not  had  some  great  sick- 
 ness,  or  other  like  accident,  whereby  those 
 
 signs  might  fail."     Maim,  treat,  of  fVives, 
 chap.  xi.  sect.  12. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Her  f.ather's  house.]  That 
 where  the  sin  was  done,  there  it  might  be 
 punished.  Folly,]  In  Chald.  ignominy; 
 which  was  not  only  evil  in  her,  but  a  reproach 
 to  her  father,  and  scandal  to  the  whole  church: 
 see  the  notes  on  Gen.  xxxiv.  7  ;  where  this 
 phrase  is  first  used.  Whoredom  in  her  ' 
 Father's  house,]  And  (as  the  Hebs.  think) 
 under  her  betrothed  husband:  for  otherwise 
 if  her  fault  had  been  done  before  she  was  be- 
 trothed, and  it  were  known,  she  was  not  to 
 die,  Exod.  xxii.  16,  17.  This  which  is 
 said  (in  Deut.  xxii.  20,)  •  if  this  word  be 
 truth,'  she  shall  be  killed,  (is)  when  she  hath 
 committed  whoredom  after  the  betrothing  be- 
 fore witnesses  :  but  before  the  betrothing-, 
 the  law  hath  already  said  of  her,  that  she  is 
 free  from  any  thing  ;  and  he  that  lay  with 
 her  is  bound  to  make  recompense  with  goods 
 only,  whether  he  had  enticed  her,  or  forced 
 her."  Maim,  in  Negu.  bethulah,  chap.  iii. 
 sect.  12.  If  this  punishment  were  for  her 
 whoredom  before  she  was  betrothed  ;  itshow- 
 eth  God's  severity  against  such  as  deceive 
 their  husbands  in  such  sort,  and  dishonoured 
 their  father's  house.  So  a  priest's  daughter 
 playing  the  whore,  is  said  to  '  profane  her 
 father,'  Lev.  xxi.  8. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Thev  shall  die,]  In  Gr.  t/s 
 shall  kill  them  both.  Tiie  manner  of  theii 
 death  was  either  by  stoning,  as  may  be  ga- 
 thered by  John  viii.  4,  5;  or,  as  the  Hebs. 
 say,  by  strangling  :  see  the  annot.  on  Lev. 
 XX.   10. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Betrothed,]  Or  espoused, 
 which  was,  by  mutual  promise,  in  the  pre. 
 sence  of  witnesses,  before  marriage,  Matt. 
 i.  18.  It  might  be  done  in  Israel  (as  the 
 Hebs.  write)  three  ways  ;  by  a  piece  of 
 money,  or  by  a  writing,  or  by  copulation.  By 
 a  piece  of  money,  though  it  were  but  a  far- 
 thing, or  the  worth  thereof;  and  the  man  said. 
 
CHAP.    XXII. 
 
 311 
 
 find  her  in  the  city,  and  lie  with  her :  '-"  Then  ye  sliall  bring  out 
 ])otli  of  them  unto  the  gate  of  that  city,  and  ye  shall  stone  them 
 with  stones,  and  tliey  shall  die ;  the  damsel  because  she  cried  not 
 out  in  the  city,  and  the  man  because  he  hath  humbled  his  neigh- 
 bour's wife  :   and  thou  shalt  put  away  evil  from  the  midst  of  thee. 
 
 "  And  if  in  the  field  a  man  do  find  a  betrothed  damsel,  and  the 
 man  take  strong  hold  on  her,  and  lie  with  her,  then  the  man  that 
 lay  with  her  shall  die,  he  only.  -^  But  unto  the  damsel  thou  shalt 
 not  do  any  thing  ;  there  is  in  the  damsel  no  sign  of  death  :  for  as 
 when  a  man  riseth  against  his  neighbour,  and  killeth  him  in  soul, 
 so  is  this  matter.  ^'  For  he  found  lier  in  the  field ;  the  betrothed 
 damsel  cried  out,  and  there  was  none  to  save  her. 
 
 '^^  If  a  man  find  a  damsel  a  virgin,  which  is  not  betrothed,  and 
 lay  hold  on  her,  and  lie  with  her,  and  they  be  found  :  '^^  Tlien  the 
 man  that  lieth  with  her  shall  give  unto  the  damsel's  father  fifty 
 shekels  of  silver,  and  she  shall  be  his  to  wife,  because  he  hath 
 humbled  her  ;  he  may  not  send  her  away  all  his  days. 
 
 be  thou  betrothed  unto  me,  or  mine  espoused 
 wife  by  this,  and  he  gave  it  her  before  wit- 
 nesses. By  bill,  and  then  he  wrote,  be  thou 
 betrothed  unto  me,  or  the  like,  and  he  gave 
 it  her  befure  witnesses  ;  and  it  must  be  writ, 
 ten  with  her  name  in  it,  and  with  her  know- 
 ledge a[id  consent,  else  it  was  no  betrothing. 
 By  copulation,  and  then  he  said,  lo  thou 
 shalt  be  betrothed  unto  me  by  this  copula- 
 tion, and  so  he  was  united  imto  her  before 
 two  witnesses;  and  after  copulation,  she  was 
 his  betrothed  wife.  If  he  lay  with  her  by 
 way  of  fornication,  and  not  by  the  name  of 
 betrothing ;  or  if  it  were  by  themselves  with- 
 out witnesses,  it  was  no  betrothing.  And  be 
 might  not  lie  with  her  the  second  time,  be- 
 fore they  were  married.  And  though  the 
 betrothing  might  be  any  of  these  three  ways, 
 yet  usually  it  was  by  a  piece  of  money ;  and 
 and  it  they  would,  they  might  do  it  by  writ- 
 ing: but  betrothing  by  copulation,  was  for- 
 bidden by  the  wise  men  of  Israel,  and  whoso 
 did  it,  was  chastised  with  rods  ;  howbeit, 
 the  betrothing  stood  in  force.  And  it  was 
 required,  that  they  should  bless  God,  before 
 the  contract  was  made  ;  as  is  showed  at  large 
 by  Maim,  treat,  of  fVives,  chap.  iii.  and  x. ; 
 and  Jos.  Karo  in  Shulehan  ariich,  treat,  of 
 Espousals,  chap.  1.  In  the  city,]  Or  toivn, 
 or  any  place  of  resort  of  people,  where  she 
 might  cry  out  and  be  rescued.  The  city  is 
 named  for  an  instance,  because  therein  are 
 store  of  people. 
 
 Ver.  24. — She  cried  not,]  As  is  pre- 
 sumeil,  because  she  was  in  the  city  :  and  so 
 consenting  to  the  sin,  she  is  guilty  of  death. 
 The  Hebs.  say,  "  whosoever  is  lain  within 
 the  city,  it  is  certainly  presumed  that  she  was 
 
 enticed,  because  she  cried  not  out  ;  unless 
 witnesses  do  testify  that  she  was  forced  ;  as 
 that  (the  man)  drew  a  sword  at  her,  and  said, 
 If  thou  cry,  I  will  kill  thee."  Maim,  in 
 Nagnarah  bethulah,  chap.  i.  sect.  2.  Hum- 
 bled,]  That  is,  defiled,  as  Gen.  xxxiv.  2. 
 Neighbour's  wife,]  So  she  is  called  after 
 her  betrothing,  as  here,  so  in  Gen.  xxix.  21 ; 
 Matt.  i.   20. 
 
 Ver.  25. — In  the  field,]  Or  any  soli- 
 tary place,  where  if  she  cry  she  cannot  be 
 heard  :  opposed  to  the  city,  in  ver.  23. 
 Take  strong  hold  on  her,]  Or,  as  the  Gr. 
 translateth,  force  her 
 
 Ver.  26. — THoa  shalt  not,]  In  Gr.  ye 
 shall  not,  speaking  to  Israel.  Any  thing,] 
 Heb.  a  word.  Sin  of  death,]  That  is, 
 sin  worthy  of  death.  Killeth  him  in 
 SOUL,]  'Ihat  is,  so  as  that  he  taktth  away  his 
 soul  or  life.  In  Gr.  killeth  his  soul.  This 
 matter,]  Hel).  this  word. 
 
 Ver.  27. — Cried  out,]  As  is  presumed 
 in  charity,  unless  the  contrary  be  proved  :  as 
 ver.  24.  "Whosoever  is  lain  with  in  the 
 field,  it  is  certainly  presumed  that  she  was 
 forced  ;  and  tliey  judge  her  with  the  judg- 
 ment of  a  woman  forced,  unless  witnesses  do 
 testify  that  she  lay  with  him  willingly." 
 Maim,  in  Nagnarah  bethulah,  chap.  i.  sect. 
 2.  None  to  save,]  Or  no  saviour,  that 
 is,  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  explaineth,  no 
 helper  or  deliverer. 
 
 Ver.  28. — Lay  hold  on  her,]  The  Gr. 
 translateth,  force  her.  Herein  this  diftereth 
 from  the  law  in  Exod.  xxii.  16,  17;  which 
 was  for  such  as  consented  being  enticed. 
 
 Ver.  29. — To  the  damsel's  father,] 
 Or,  to  herself  if  she  have  no  father.     Maim. 
 
31: 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 '■'°  A  man  shall  not  take  his  father's  wife,  nor  discover  his  fa- 
 ther's skirt. 
 
 in  Nagn.  bethulah,  chap.  i.  sect.  9.  She- 
 kels,] This  woid  is  added  in  the  Chald. 
 and  Gr.  as  before  in  ver.  19.  And  fifty 
 shekels,  as  the  Hehs.  write,  was  the  least 
 dowry  that  virgins  might  have,  and  is  called 
 iuExod.  xxii.  17,  '  the  dowry  of  virgins  ;  and 
 was  the  weight  of  filty  shekels  of  fine  silver." 
 Maim,  in  Nagnarah,  chap.  i.  sect.  1  :  and 
 every  shekel  weighed  three  hundred  and 
 twenty  grains  of  barley,  as  is  noted  on  Gen. 
 XX.  16;  and  these  fifty  shekels  were  the 
 mulct  for  lying  with  her  only;  and  he  that 
 forced  the  maid  was  bound  also  (as  the  Hebs. 
 show)  to  pay  for  her  shame,  and  for  her  pain, 
 and  for  her  blot:  and  he  that  enticed  a 
 maid,  (as  in  Exod.  xxii.  16;)  paid  but  three 
 things,  the  forfeit  of  fifty  shekels,  and  for  her 
 shame,  and  for  her  blot.  The  forfeit,  that 
 is  alike  for  all  ;  whether  a  man  lie  with  the 
 high  priest's  daughter,  or  with  a  stranger's 
 daughter,  or  bastards,  the  forfeit  (or  mulct)  is 
 fifty  shekels  ;  but  the  shame,  and  the  blot, 
 and  the  pain,  are  not  alike  for  all,  but  deter- 
 mined by  the  judges,  according  to  the  age 
 and  dignity  of  the  damsel.  The  enticer  pay- 
 eth  not  the  mulct,  unless  he  do  not  marry 
 her,  (Exod.  xxii.  17  ;)  he  payeth  only  for  the 
 shame  and  blot  ;  but  he  that  forceth  her, 
 payeth  all  four  out  of  hand.  Maim,  in 
 Nagn.  bethulah,  chap.  ii.  sect.  1,  &c.  See 
 also  the  annot.  on  Exod.  xxi.  19.  Hom- 
 BLED,]  Or,  afflicted,  that  is,  defiled  her.  And 
 hence  the  Hebs.  gather,  that  the  man  was  to 
 pay  also  for  her  pain,  or  smart,  as  is  before 
 
 noted.  Not  send  her  away,]  Not  give  her 
 a  bill  of  divorce,  as  other  men  might,  Deut. 
 xxi  v.  1.  See  before  on  ver.  19.  Here  the 
 Hebs.  say  ;  "  if  the  high  priest  force  a  maid, 
 or  entice  her,  he  may  not  marry  her,  be- 
 cause he  is  commanded  to  take  a  virgin, 
 (Lev.  xxi.  13  ;)  and  at  that  time  when  he 
 taketh  this  woman,  she  is  not  a  virgin:  and 
 if  he  do  take  her,  she  is  to  go  out  again  by 
 bill  (of  divorce.)  If  (another  man)  transgress, 
 and  send  her  away,  they  compel  him  to  take 
 her  again,  and  he  is  not  beaten  :  but  if  the 
 divorced  woman  die,  or  be  betrothed  to  ano- 
 ther, before  he  take  her  again  ;  or  if  it  were 
 a  priest,  that  might  not  take  a  divorced  wo- 
 man, (Lev.  xxi.  7  ;)  such  a  one  is  to  be  beat- 
 en, because  he  transgresseth  against  a  prohi- 
 bition, [he  may  not  send  her  away,]  and  he 
 cannot  fulfil  the  commandment  concerning 
 her,  '  she  shall  be  his  to  wife.'  "  Maim.  i.  in 
 Nag.  chap.  i.  sect.  6,  7. 
 
 Ver.  30. — Not  take,]  To  wife,  much, 
 less  abuse  by  whoredom  or  incest,  his  father's 
 wife:  and  by  this  one,  all  other  incestuous 
 marriages  and  copulations  are  forbidden ; 
 against  which  the  law  is  given  at  large  in 
 Lev.  xviii.  See  the  annot.  there.  His  fa- 
 ther's SKIRT,]  In  Gr.  his  father's  cover- 
 ing :  so  in  Deut.  xxvii.  20  ;  where  a  curse 
 is  upon  him  that  doth  this.  It  meaneth  the 
 skirt  or  covering  which  his  father  only  might 
 uncover,  and  not  he.  In  Lev.  xviii.  7,  it 
 is  called  his  *  father's  nakedness,'  in  like 
 sense. 
 
 CHAP.    XXIII. 
 
 1 .  JF'ho  may  or  may  not  enter  into  the  congregation.  9.  Uncleanness 
 to  he  avoided  in  the  host.  \ 5.  Of  the  fugitive  servant.  \7.  Against 
 jilthwess,  18.  abominable  sacrifices,  19.  and  usury.  20.  Of  Vows. 
 24.  What  liberty  a  man  had  in  his  neighbour's  vineyard,  or  field. 
 
 ^  He  that  is  wounded  in  the  stones,  or  hath  his  privy  member 
 cut  off,  shall  not  enter  into  the  church  of  Jehovali. 
 
 Ver.  1. — U'oDNnBD  in  the  stones,]  Or, 
 wounded  in  any  of  his  stones;  for  the  word 
 issiiigular,and  pioperlysigiiilietha  6/7</«rtg'  or 
 crushing,  applied  here  to  the  wounding  of  a 
 man  in  his  secret  parts,  which  might  be  done 
 either  wit.h  beating  and  bruising,  or  with  cut- 
 ting of  the  sinews,  or  whole  member,  or  part 
 thereof.     The  Gr.   translateth   it   Thladias, 
 
 which  signifieth  one  that  hath  his  stones 
 broken,  or  is  gelded.  This  law  the  Hebs. 
 understand  of  such  only  as  are  wounded  or 
 gelded  by  the  hand  of  man,  not  such  as  are 
 so  made  of  God.  "  If  the  stones  be  cut  off, 
 or  one  of  them,  or  if  one  of  them  be  wounded, 
 &c.  the  man  is  not  allowable  [to  enter  into 
 the  church  of  the  Lord,]  Or  if  the  sinews 
 
CHAP.   XX 1 1 1. 
 
 313 
 
 *  A  bastard  shall  not  enter  into  the  church  of  Jehovah ;  even  to 
 his  tenth  generation,  he  shall  not  enter  into  the  church  of  Je- 
 hovah. 
 
 of  the  stones,  or  any  of  them,  be  cut  or 
 rounded,  &o.  he  is  not  allowable.  Always 
 /)rovJded  that  it  be  not  by  the  hand  of  God, 
 but  be  cut  or  wounded  by  man,  or  by  dog,  or 
 by  tliorn,  or  such  like  things.  For,  if  he  be 
 born  with  his  privy  member  cut  off,  or 
 wounded  in  the  stones.or  be  born  without  stones, 
 or  through  fervent  sickness  these  members 
 decay,  or  the  like:  lo  he  is  allowable  to  enter 
 into  the  church,  for  all  these  are  by  the  hand 
 of  God.  It  is  unlawful  to  corrupt  (or  mar) 
 the  members  of  generation,  either  in  man,  or 
 in  beast,  or  in  wild  beast,  or  in  fowl,  either 
 unclean  or  clean.  And  whosoever  geldeth 
 (or  maketh  an  eunuch)  is  to  be  beaten  by  the 
 law,  yea  though  he  geldeth  after  another  hath 
 gelded  ;  as  if  one  cutteth  off  the  privy  mem- 
 ber, and  another  cometh  and  cutteth  off 
 the  stones,  or  pulletli  them  off,  and  another 
 Cometh  and  cutteth  the  sinews  of  the  stones, 
 &c.  they  are  all  beaten."  Maim.  torn.  2,  in 
 Issure  biah,  chap.  xvi.  sect.  6 — 10.  Privy 
 MEMBER,]  Either  the  yard,  or  stones,  or  any 
 one,  or  part  of  them:  for  the  Heb.  Shophcah 
 (which  hath  the  name  of  shedding  the  seed) 
 implieth  both:  though  by  the  Hebs.  it  is  ap- 
 plied to  the  yard  or  a  part  thereof.  And  so 
 among  the  Turks  at  this  day  they  make  their 
 eunuchs  by  cutting  off  the  privities:  and  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  him  that  is  cut,  or,  that  hath 
 (bis  privy  member)  cut  off.  Not  enter,] 
 Or,  not  come  in  into  the  church  (or  in  the 
 congregation.)  of  the  Lord.  That  is,  he  shall 
 not  be  admitted  into  the  commonwealth  of 
 Israel,  either  to  minister,  or  bear  office,  or  to 
 take  a  wife  of  them,  or  the  like.  As  it  is 
 said  of  the  priests,  •  to  come  in  (or  enter) 
 into  the  house  of  the  Lord,'  that  is,  to  min- 
 ister, 1  Chron.  xiv.  29,  and  to  'go  out  and 
 come  in'  befoi-e  the  people,  2  Chron.  i.  10,  is 
 expounded  to  judge  the  people.  1  Kings  iii.  9. 
 It  is  also  said  of  Solomon,  he  loved  many 
 strange  women  '  of  the  nations  concerning 
 which  the  Lord  had  said  unto  the  sons  of 
 Israel,  ye  shall  not  go  in  (or  enter)  to  them, 
 neither  shall  they  come  in  (or  enter)  unto  you,' 
 1  Kings  xi.  I,  2,  that  is,  as  the  Chald.  there 
 expoundeth,  not  be  mixed.  So  Joshua  charged 
 Israel,  that  they  should  not  go  in  (or  enter  ; 
 in  Chald.,  tnix  themselvts)  among  the  na- 
 tions. Josh,  xxiii.  7,  and  upon  the  reading  of 
 this  law  to  Israel  returned  from  captivity, 
 •  they  separated  from  them  all  the  mixed 
 multitude,'  Neh.  xiii.  1 — 3.  And  of  this 
 here  the  Hebs.  say,  "  He  that  is  wounded  in 
 the  stones,  or  hath  a  privy  member  cut  off,  if 
 he  marry  with  a  daughter  of  Israel,  and  lie 
 Vol.  II.  2 
 
 with  her,  he  is  to  be  beaten,  Deut.  xxiii.  1, 
 and  it  is  unlawful  for  them  to  marry  women 
 proselytes,  and  bond  men  that  are  made  free: 
 and  though  he  be  a  priest  that  is  wounded  in 
 the  stones,  he  may  take  such  a  woman,  be- 
 cause he  is  not  in  his  holiness,  [that  is,  may 
 not  do  the  priest's  office,  Lev.  xxi.  17,  21,] 
 but  he  that  is  so  wounded,  may  not  marry  her 
 that  is  a  bastard."  Maim,  in  Issure  hiah, 
 chap.  xvi.  sect.  1 ,  2.  This  is  to  be  under- 
 stood of  such,  as  though  they  were  wounded 
 in  some  part,  yet  were  able  enough  for  gene- 
 ration. Neither  can  this  be  meant  of  join- 
 ing to  the  faith  and  religion  of  Israel,  or 
 entering  into  the  church  in  that  respect:  for 
 that  was  lawful  for  all,  Exod.  xii.  48,  49 ; 
 Num.  XV.  14,  15.  Howbeit  some  such 
 strangers  as  were  joined  to  the  Lord,  yet 
 remained  after  a  sort  separated  from  his  peo- 
 ple, as  the  complaint  of  such,  and  the  Lord's 
 comfortable  answer  unto  them,  in  Is.  Ivi.  3, 
 6,  7,  showeth.  And  so  for  eunuchs  in  the 
 same  place,  ver.  3 — 5.  The  Hebs.  say, 
 "  Servants  which  are  baptized  by  the 
 name  of  servitude,  and  do  take  upon  them 
 the  commandments  which  servants  are  bound 
 unto,  they  go  out  from  the  generality  of 
 heathens,  but  come  not  into  the  generality  (or 
 common  state)  of  Israelites.  Therefore  a 
 bond  woman  is  unlawful  (to  be  married)  to 
 one  that  is  free-born,  whether  she  be  his  own 
 bond  woman,  or  his  neighbour's;  and  whoso 
 goeth  into  a  bond  woman,  is  to  be  scourged 
 by  the  doctrine  of  the  scribes.  Lo,  it  is  ex- 
 pressed in  the  law,  Exod.  xxi.  4,)  that  a 
 master  may  give  a  Canaanitess  bond  woman 
 to  his  Heb.  servant,  and  she  is  lawful  for  him." 
 Maim,  in  Issure  biah,  chap.  xii.  sect.  11. 
 See  after  ou  ver.  3 
 
 Ver.  2. — A  Bastard,]  In  Heb.  Mamzer, 
 which  meaneth  one  bom  of  a  stranger,  that 
 is  not  a  lawful  wife:  and  so  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth it  here,  Of  an  whore:  in  Zach.  ix.  6, 
 the  Gr.  hath  Allogenes,  an  Alien,  or  one  of 
 another  generation.  The  Hebs.  say,  "  The 
 bastard  (Mamzer)  spoken  of  in  the  law,  is  he 
 that  cometh  (or  is  born)  of  any  of  the  naked- 
 nesses (that  is,  the  incestuous  and  unlawful 
 copulations,  forbidden  in  Lev.  xviii.,)  except 
 of  her  that  is  separated  for  uncleanness, 
 (Lev.  xviii.  19,)  for  he  that  is  born  of  her  is 
 blotted,  but  is  not  a  bastard:  but  whoso  goeth 
 into  the  other  nakednesses  (or  unlawful  copu- 
 lations) whether  by  force,  or  willingly,  pre- 
 sumptuously or  ignorantly,  begetteth  a  bas- 
 tard. And ,  whether  they  be  males  or  females, 
 they  are  for  bidden  (to  enter  into  the  church) 
 R 
 
314 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ^  An  Ammonite  or  a  Moabite  shall  not  enter  into  the  church  of 
 Jehovah,  even  to  their  tenth  generation,  lie  shall  not  enter  into  the 
 church  of  Jehovah  for  ever.  *  Because  that  they  met  you  not 
 with  bread  and  with  water,  in  the  way  when  ye  came  forth  out  of 
 Egypt,  and  that  he  hired  against  thee  Balaam  tlie  son  of  Beor, 
 from  Pethor  of  Mesopotamia,  to  curse  thee.  ^  But  Jehovah  thy 
 God  would  not  hearken  unto  Balaam ;  and  Jehovah  tliy  God  turned 
 for  tliee  the  curse  into  a  blessing,  because  Jehovah  thy  God  loved 
 thee.  ®  Thou  shalt  not  seek  their  peace,  or  tlieir  good  all  thy  days 
 for  ever. 
 
 for  ever;  as  it  is  written,  'Even  to  the 
 tenth  generation,'  which  is  as  if  lie  should 
 say,  for  ever.  Whether  a  bastard  man  do 
 marry  an  Israelitess,  or  an  Israelite  marry  a 
 bastard  woman,  when  they  have  lain  to- 
 gether, they  are  beaten.  It  is  lawful  for  him 
 that  is  a  bastard  to  marry  her  that  is  a 
 stranger,  and  for  her  that  is  a  bastard  to  be 
 manied  to  him  that  is  a  stranger:  but  the 
 children  of  them  both  are  bastards,  for  that 
 which  is  born  goeth  after  the  blotted  person : 
 for  it  is  said,  '  Into  the  congregation  of  the 
 Lord  ;'  and  the  congregation  of  heathens  is 
 not  called  the  congregation  of  the  Lord.  A 
 stranger  that  marrieth  a  daughter  of  Israel,  or 
 an  Israelite  that  marrieth  her  that  is  a 
 stranger,  begetteth  an  Isiaelite  in  every  re- 
 spect, which  may  not  lawfully  marry  her  that 
 is  a  bastard.  Maim,  in  Issiire  biah,  chap. 
 XV.  sect.  1,  2,  7,  9.  To  his  tenth  gene- 
 ration,] Or,  to  the  tenth  generation,  he 
 himself  shall  not  enter  :  so  in  ver.  3,  where 
 the  tenth  generation ,  is  expounded, /or  ever; 
 because  ten  is  a  complete  number. 
 
 Ver.  3. — An  Ammonite.or  a  Moabite,] 
 For  their  special  unkindness  and  sin,  these 
 people  had  a  special  punishment  above  others, 
 that  these  men  might  never  be  admitted  into 
 full  communion  with  the  commonwealth  of 
 Israel,  as  other  nations  might:  hut  this  the 
 Hebs.  restrain  to  the  men  only,  not  to  the 
 women  ;  for  Ruth  the  Moabitess  was  married 
 unto  Boaz,  Ruth  iv.  Their  words  are;  "All 
 heathens  whosoever,  when  they  are  be- 
 come proselytes,  and  have  taken  upon  them 
 all  the  commandments  which  are  in  the  law; 
 likewise  servants  when  they  are  made  free, 
 lo  they  are  as  Israelites  in  all  respects,  Num. 
 XV.  15,  and  it  is  lawful  for  them  to  come  into 
 the  church  of  the  Lord,  out  of  hand.  And 
 the  proselyte  or  free  man  may  marry  a  daugh- 
 ter of  Israel ;  and  the  Israelite  may  marry 
 her  that  is  a  proselyte,  or  made  free  ;  except 
 of  four  people  only,  which  are  Ammon,  and 
 Miiab,  and  Edom,  and  Egypt;  for  these  peo- 
 ple, when  any  of  them  becometh  a  proselyte, 
 lie  is  an  Israelite  in  all   respects,  save  in  the 
 
 case  of  entering  into  the  congregation.  The 
 Ammonite  and  the  Moabite  are  forbidden  for 
 ever,  the  males,  but  not  the  females,  Deut. 
 xxiii.  3.  We  have  it  as  a  tradition  of  Moses 
 from  mount  Sinai,  that  the  Ammonite  is  the 
 male,  and  the  Moabite  is  the  male,  which  is 
 forbidden  for  ever  to  marry  a  daughter  of 
 Israel,  though  it  be  his  son's  son  to  the  world's 
 end.  But  an  Ammonitess  and  a  Moabitess 
 are  lawful  out  of  hand,  as  the  other  people. 
 Maim,  in  Issnre  biah,  chap.  xii.  sect.  17, 
 18.  But  if  the  women  of  Mo.b  and  Am-' 
 mon  were  not  converted  to  the  rtligion  of 
 God,  it  was  unlawful  to  marry  with  tliem,  as 
 with  any  other  peoples.  Neb.  xiii.  23—25; 
 Ezra  ix.  1,  2.  For  ever,]  TheGr.  addeth, 
 and  for  ever :  so  it  is  an  explanation  of  the 
 former,  that  the  tenth  generation  is  put  for 
 all  generations  for  evej-.  So  it  appeareth, 
 that  the  Moabites  and  the  Ammonites  might 
 never  be  one  body  with  the  commonwealth  of 
 Israel,  though  other  peoples  might,  as  Jether 
 an  Ishmaelite,  1  Chron.  ii.  17,  is  called  an 
 Israelite,  2  Sam.  xvii.  25. 
 
 Ver.  4. — They  met  von  not,]  This 
 sin  was  common  to  both  nations,  the  next  pe- 
 culiar to  Moab  only.  So  eternal  damnation 
 is  inflicted  upon  those  that  give  not  meat  and 
 drink  to  God's  people  in  their  hunger  and 
 thirst,  Matt.  xxv.  42—46.  The  contrary 
 example  is  in  Melchizedeck,  who  met  Abra- 
 ham with  bread  and  wine,  as  he  returned 
 from  the  slaughter  of  the  kings,  Gen. 
 xiv.  18,  &c.;  Heb.  vii.  1.  Be  hired.j 
 That  is,  the  Moabite  hired.  The  history 
 hereof  is  set  down  at  large  in  Num.  xxii.  &c. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Not  seek  their  peace,]  The' 
 like  is  spoken  of  the  Canaanites,  Ezraix.  11, 
 12.  This  is  not  meant  of  revenge  in  malice, 
 which  is  unlawful  Rom.  xii.  17,  19,  or  that 
 they  should  not  procure  the  salvation  of  their 
 souls,  1  Tim.  ii.  4,  but  respecteth  the  mat- 
 ter in  hand,  and  those  people  in  their  infi- 
 delity; touching  whom  the  Hebs.  hold  that 
 this  is  an  exception  from  the  former  law,  in 
 Deut.  XX.  10,  about  offering  peace  when  in 
 lawful  war  they  came  to  besiege  their  cities. 
 
CHAP.  XXIII. 
 
 315 
 
 '  Thou  shalt  not  abhor  an  Edomite,  because  he  is  thy  brother  ; 
 thou  shalt  not  ablior  an  Egyptian,  because  thou  wast  a  stranger  in 
 his  land.  *  The  sons  which  shall  be  born  unto  them  in  tlie  third 
 generation,  any  of  them  shall  enter  into  the  church  of  Jehovah. 
 
 Ammoii  and  Moal),  we  send  not  unto  them 
 (proclamation)  of  peace,  Deut.  xxiii.  6. 
 Our  wise  men  have  said,  forasmuch  as  it  is 
 written,  « Proclaim  peace  unto  it,'  Deut. 
 XX.  10,  if  any  should  think  the  like  for 
 Ammon  and  Moab,  he  saith,  Thou  shalt  not 
 seek  their  peace.  And  whereas  it  is  writ- 
 ten, '  He  shall  dwell  with  thee,  &c.  where 
 it  is  good  for  him,'  Deut.  xxiii.  16,  if  any 
 should  suppose  the  like  for  Ammon  and 
 Moab,  he  saith,  Thou  shalt  not  seek  their 
 peace,  '  Or  their  good.'  But  though  we  do 
 not  proclaim  peace  unto  them,  if  they  make 
 peace  of  themselves  first,  it  is  accepted. 
 Maim.  tom.  4.  treat,  of  Kings,  chap.  vi. 
 sect.  6. 
 
 Ver.  7. — An  Edomite,]  Or  Idumean, 
 as  the  Gr.  calleth  him;  and  as  in  Mark  iii. 
 8.  Edom's  land  is  called  Idumea:  the  Hel;. 
 here  writeth  it  Adamite,  as  also  in  Ps.  Iii.  2, 
 it  raeaneth  the  posterity  of  Edom,  or  Esau, 
 Israel's  brother,  Gen.  xxv.  25 — 30.  Thv 
 BROTHER,]  The  nearest  king  to  Israel  of  all 
 people  on  the  earth,  and  therefore  often  called 
 his  brother.  Num.  xx.  14;  Obad.  x.  12  j 
 Amos  i.  11,  for  which  alliance  in  nature, 
 though  they  were  enemies,  (Num.  xx.  18, 
 21,)  yet  God  would  have  his  people  to  retain 
 loving  and  iiEtural  affection  towards  them. 
 A  STR.-iNGER,]  Or  sojourner:  although  the 
 Egyptians  turned  to  hate  God's  people,  and 
 to  oppress  them,  Exod.  i.  &c.,  yet  for  the  for. 
 mer  good  which  Israel  had  received  in  their 
 land,  the  Lord  would  have  his  people  to  show 
 themselves  thankful;  that  Edom  and  Egypt 
 should  sooner  be  admitted  into  the  church  of 
 the  Lord,  than  Moab  or  Ammon;  though  not 
 so  soon  as  other  people,  which  had  not  wrong- 
 ed Israel. 
 
 Ver.  8. — The  third  generation,]  To 
 wit,  after  they  are  become  proselytes,  and 
 have  received  the  faith  and  religion  of  Israel, 
 as  is  before  showed.  Of  these  the  Hebs. 
 say;  "  An  Egyptian  Edomite,  whether  males 
 or  females,  the  first  generation,  and  the  se- 
 cond, are  unlawful  to  enter  into  Israel,  but  the 
 third  generation  may.  An  Egyptian  woman 
 that  is  with  child  when  she  becometh  a  pro- 
 selyte, her  son  is  the  second  (generation.) 
 Maim,  in  Issure  biah,  chap.  xii.  sect.  19, 
 20.  As  for  other  nations,  it  is  before  show- 
 ed, that  they  receiving  the  religion  of  Israel, 
 might  enter  into  the  congregation,  and  be 
 commixed  with  them ;  so  now  when  all  peo- 
 ple are  confounded,  and  it  is  not  known  who 
 
 are  truly  Moabites,  or  Ammonites,  or  Egyp- 
 tians, &c.  The  Hebs.  profess  that  they  can- 
 not observe  this  law;  and  thus  they  write; 
 "  Whoso  becometh  a  proselyte  of  the  seven 
 people  (of  the  Canaanites)  he  is  not  forbid- 
 den by  the  law  to  enter  into  the  congregation. 
 And  it  is  a  known  thing,  that  none  of  them  be- 
 came proselytes,  save  the  Gibeonites,  (Josh. ix.,) 
 and  Joshua  decreed  concerning  them,  that  it 
 should  be  unlawful  for  them  to  enter  into  the 
 congregation,  either  men  or  women.  But  he 
 forbade  them  not,  save  so  long  as  there  was  a 
 sanctuary,  (Josh.  ix.  23,)  And  they  were 
 called  Nethinims,  because  lie  gave  them  for  the 
 service  of  the  sanctuary.  Then  came  David 
 and  decreed  against  them  that  they  should 
 not  come  into  the  congregation  for  ever,  no 
 not  in  the  time  when  tliere  is  no  sanctuary. 
 And  so  it  is  expressed  in  Ezra,  'And  of  the 
 Nethinims,  whom  David  and  the  princes  had 
 given  for  the  service  of  the  Levites,'  (Ezra 
 viii.  20,)  lo,  thou  niayest  see  they  depended 
 not  on  the  sanctuary.  And  why  did  he  and 
 his  council  decree  this  against  them?  Be- 
 cause he  saw  the  hardness  and  cruelty  that 
 was  in  them,  at  the  time  when  they  required 
 that  seven  of  the  sons  of  Saul,  tiie  chosen  of 
 the  Lord,  should  be  hanged  and  killed,  and 
 they  had  no  compassion  on  them,  (2  Sam. 
 xxi.  6,  9,)  When  Sennacherib  king  of  Assyria 
 came  up,  (2  Kings  xviii.  13,  34,  35,)  he 
 confoinided  all  the  people,  and  mixed  them 
 one  with  another,  and  carried  them  captives 
 out  of  their  places.  So  these  Egyptians, 
 which  are  now  in  the  land  of  Egypt,  are  otlier 
 men:  and  so  the  Edomites  that  dwell  in  tlie 
 field  of  Edom.  And  forasmuch  as  these 
 four  nations  which  be  forbidden,  are  com- 
 mixed with  all  nations  of  the  world  which 
 are  lawful,  all  are  lawful.  So  that  whosoever 
 separateth  from  them,  and  becometh  a  pro- 
 selyte at  this  time  in  any  place,  be  he  an 
 Edomite,  or  an  Egyptian,  or  Ammonite,  or 
 Moabite,  or  Ethiopian,  or  of  any  other  peo- 
 ple, whether  they  be  men  or  women,  it  is 
 lawful  for  them  to  enter  into  the  church  out 
 of  hand."  Maim,  in  Issure  biah,  chap.  xii. 
 sect.  22—25.  Thus  the  partition  wall  be- 
 tween Jew  and  Gentile  is,  by  the  Hebs.  own 
 grant,  in  part  broken  do«i,,  but  indeed  wholly 
 unto  us  which  know  Christ;  who  were  in 
 times  past  '  Aliens  from  the  polity  (or  com- 
 monwealth) of  Israel,  and  strangers  from  the 
 covenants  of  promise,  &c.  but  we  are  now 
 made  nigh  by  the  blood  of  Christ,  for  he  is 
 
316 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 '  When  the  camp  goeth  forth  against  thine  enemies,  then  keep 
 thee  from  every  evil  thing.  '"  If  there  be  in  thee  a  man  that  is  not 
 clean,  by  reason  of  an  accident  in  the  night,  then  shall  he  go  forth 
 out  of  the  camp,  he  shall  not  come  in  witliin  the  camp.  ''  But  it 
 shall  be  at  the  looking  fortli  of  the  evening,  lie  shall  bathe  himself 
 in  water  :  and  when  the  sun  is  gone  down,  he  shall  come  in  within 
 tlie  camp. 
 
 '-  And  thou  shalt  liave  a  place  witliout  the  camp,  and  shalt  go 
 forth  thither  without.  '^  And  thou  shalt  have  a  paddle  upon  thy 
 weapon ;  and  it  shall  be  when  thou  sittest  down  without,  then  thou 
 slialt  dig  therewith,  and  shalt  turn  back  and  cover  tliat  wliich 
 Cometh  from  thee.  '*  For  Jehovah  thy  God  walketh  in  tlie  midst  of 
 thy  camp  to  deliver  thee,  and  to  give  iip  thine  enemies  before  thee, 
 therefore  tliy  camp  shall  be  holy,  that  he  see  not  in  thee  the  un- 
 cleanness  of  any  thing,  and  turn  away  from  after  thee. 
 
 our  peace,  who  hath  made  both  one,  and  dis- 
 solved the  middle  wall  of  partition  between 
 us,'  Eph.  ii.  12,  14. 
 
 Ver.  9. — The  camp,]  Or  the  host,  an 
 army  of  soldiers;  touching  whom  God  giveth 
 laws  for  their  purity:  that  as  the  whole  camp 
 of  Israel  was  to  be  purged  of  all  leprous  and 
 unclean  persons.  Num.  v.  2,  3,  so  every 
 camp  or  army  sent  forth  to  war  at  any  time, 
 should  also  have  care  of  holiness.  Keep 
 THEE,]  Or,  beware,  take  heed.  Evil 
 THING,]  Heb.  evil  word,  that  is,  all  unclean- 
 iiess,  either  moral,  (as  John  warned  the  sol- 
 diers, Luke  iii.  14,)  or  figurative,  as  some 
 specials  here  follow. 
 
 Ver.  10. — An  accident,]  To  wit,  of  un- 
 cleanness,  by  the  issue  of  his  seed,  and  so 
 the  Gr.  translateth  it,  an  issue ;  of  which, 
 and  the  pollution  by  the  same,  see  Lev.  xv. 
 with  the  annot.  Out  of  the  camp,]  Or, 
 unto  (a  place)  without  the  camp,  where  all 
 unclean  persons  were  to  remain,  Num.  v.  3. 
 
 Ver.  11. — At  the  looking  forth  of 
 the  EVENING,]  Which  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 towards  evening  ;  the  Cha'.d.,  at  the  time  of 
 the  evening :  See  this  phrase  in  Gen.  xxiv. 
 63;  Exod.  xiv.  27.  Bathe,]  In  Gr.,  wash 
 his  body,  as  all  such  unclean  persons  were  to 
 do.  Lev.  XV.  figuring  our  sanctification  from 
 uncleanness,  by  the  death  and  Spirit  of  Christ, 
 Heb.  X.  22.  Gone  down,]  Heb.  gone  in, 
 that  is,  when  the  day  of  his  uncleanness  is 
 at  an  end:  for  the  day  ended  at  sun-set- 
 ting. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Thou  shalt  have,]  Or,  there 
 shall  be  to  thee,  to  wit,  by  public  designation. 
 A  place,]  Hi'h.  a  hand,  that  is,  as  the  Gr. 
 hath  it,  a  place  ;  in  Chald.,  a  place  appoint- 
 ed {or  prepared.)  So  the  Hebs.  say,  "  It  is 
 unlaw  lul  to  turn  aside  within  the  camp,  or  in 
 the  open  field  in  any  place;  but  it  is  com- 
 
 manded to  appoint  there  a  way  peculiar  for 
 (men)  to  turn  aside  therein.  Maim,  treat, 
 of  Kings,  chap.  vi.  sect.  14. 
 
 Ver.  13 — A  paddle,]  An  instrument  of 
 iron  to  dig  an  hole  within  the  earth,  wherein  ■ 
 to  bury  their  excrements.  We  derive  the 
 name  from  the  Gr.  Pattalos  or  Passalos, 
 whereby  the  Heb.  Jathed  is  translated  here. 
 Upon  thv  weapon,]  Or  among  thine  ar- 
 mour: in  Gr.,  upon  thy  girdle.  That  which 
 COMETH  from  THEE,]  Thine  excrements,  in 
 Gr.  thy  shame  ^or  unseemliness).  These 
 by  the  law  are  coimted  unclean,  (as  almost  all 
 the  other  that  come  out  of  man;)  and  de- 
 filed other  things  which  they  were  used  about, 
 Ezek.  iv.  12 — 14,  and  figured  the  corruption 
 of  nature.  Is.  iv.  4;  Mark  vii.  15,  20 — 
 23. 
 
 Ver.  14.— Walketh,]  The  Chald.  add- 
 eth,  his  divine  presence  walketh.  Before 
 THEE,]  The  Gr.  explaineth  it,  into  thine 
 hands.  So  in  Deut.  ii.  36,  and  vii.  2,  23, 
 also  in  2  Chron  vi.  36.  The  uncleanness,] 
 Or  the  fiakedness,  the  discovery  of  anything 
 which  is  unclean:  the  Gr.  translateth  it 
 shame  ;  the  Chald.,  tra^isgression.  By  this, 
 God  taught  his  people  holiness  of  conversa- 
 tion, that  they  should  keep  themselves  from 
 their  iniquity,  as  David  did,  Ps.  xviii.  23. 
 From  after  thee,]  That  is,  from  following 
 or  accompanying  thee,  and  from  keeping 
 thee.  The  Gr.  translateth  it,  from  thee; 
 the  Chald.,  from  doing  good  unto  thee.  In 
 like  manner,  when  God  said,  '  I  will  be  with 
 thee,*  Gen.  xxxi.  3.  Jacob  understood  it, 
 '  I  will  do  thee  good,'  Gen.  xxxii.  9.  And 
 both  are  expressed  in  Jer.  xxxii.  40,  '  I  will 
 not  turn  from  after  them,  to  do  them  good.' 
 And  of  God's  leaving  his  people  in  their 
 wars,  and  the  evils  following,  there  is  com 
 plaint  in  Ps.  xliv.  10,  II,  &c. 
 
CHAP.    XXIII. 
 
 317 
 
 "  Tliou  shalt  not  deliver  up  a  servant  unto  his  master,  which  is 
 escaped  unto  thee  from  Jiis  master.  '®  He  shall  dwell  with  thee  in 
 the  midst  of  thee,  in  the  place  which  he  shall  choose,  in  one  of  thy 
 gates,  where  it  is  good  for  liim :  thou  shalt  not  vex  him. 
 
 '^  There  shall  not  be  a  whore  of  the  daughters  of  Israel,  neither 
 
 Ver.  15. — Not  deliver  up,]  Heb.  7iot 
 shut  up  for  close)  as  Deut.  xxxii.  30,  mean- 
 ing, shut  up  into  the  hand,  as  is  expressed 
 in  Ps.  xxxi.  9,  that  is,  delivered,  as  the  Gr. 
 and  Chald.  here  translate  it.  A  servant,] 
 The  Chald.  addeth,  a  servant  of  the  people, 
 that  is,  of  the  Gentiles,  who  for  the  religion 
 of  God  Cometh  from  his  master  to  the  church 
 of  Israel.  '  This  servant  that  fleeth  to  the 
 land  (of  Israel)  he  is  a  righteous  stranger, 
 [that  is,  a  proselyte  come  unto  the  faith  and 
 covenant  of  God,]  saith  Maim.  torn.  4,  treat, 
 of  Servants,  chap.  viii.  sect.  11.  Is 
 ESCAPED,]  Or  separated,  having  rid  free,  and 
 delivered  himself  from  the  bondage  of  sin. 
 The  Gr.  translateth,  is  added  (or  adjoined) 
 unto  thee.  By  this  law  God  showed  his 
 love  in  Christ,  towards  all  strangers  even 
 in  the  basest  estate,  that  come  unto  him  in 
 faith;  for  '  there  is  neither  bond  nor  free,  male 
 or  female,  but  all  are  one  in  Christ  Jesus,' 
 Gal.  iii.  28.  It  figured  the  grace  of  God  to 
 us  sinners,  who  '  were  the  servants  of  sin, 
 but  obeying  from  the  heart  the  form  of  doc- 
 trine whereto  we  were  delivered,  we  were 
 made  '  free  from  sin,  and  were  made  the  ser- 
 vants of  righteousness,  and  servants  to  God, 
 to  have  our  fruit  unto  holiness,  and  the  end 
 everlasting  life,'  Rom.  vi.  17,  18,  22.  Who 
 after  we  have  escaped  the  pollutions  of  the 
 world,  through  the  knowledge  of  Christ,  are 
 not  again  to  be  entangled  therein,  and  over- 
 come, 2  Pet.  ii.  20 ;  Gal.  iv.  7 — 10.  From 
 HIS  MASTER,]  Who,  that  he  might  sustain 
 no  damage  by  the  loss  of  his  servant,  the 
 Hebs.  say,  "  His  master  was  to  be  spoken 
 unto,  to  write  him  a  bill  of  manumission  (or 
 discharge  from  his  service,  and  he  again  was 
 to  write  him  a  bill  of  debt  for  his  price, )  un- 
 til he  was  able  to  pay,  and  then  he  paid  him. 
 Maim,  in  Servants,  chap.  viii.  sect.  10. 
 
 Ver.  16. — In  the  midst  of  thee,]  The 
 Gr.  translateth,  among  you  he  shall  dwell. 
 By  the  Hebs.  if  a  man  sold  his  servant  to 
 the  heathen,  he  was  to  be  compelled  to  re- 
 deem him  again,  and  to  let  him  go  out  free. 
 If  a  man  sold  his  servant  out  of  the  land,  he 
 was  to  be  set  free.  Maim,  treat,  of  Ser- 
 vants, chap.  viii.  sect.  1,6.  In  one  of  thy 
 GATES,]  That  is,  as  the  Chald.  translateth, 
 in  one  (or  any)  of  thy  cities:  which  figured 
 the  churches  of  Christ,  Ps.  xcix.  36,  where- 
 in they  that  are  escaped  from  the  servitude  of 
 sin,  should  remain,  Acts  ii.  47.  Good  for 
 him,]  Or,  good  unto  him,  that  is,  where  it 
 
 Uketh  him  best;  as  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 where  it  pleaseth  him,  and  where  may  be 
 most  for  his  benefit.  Not  vex  him,]  Or, 
 oppress  ;  iu  Gr.,  afflict  him.  This  law  was 
 for  all  strangers,  Exod.  xxii  21,  and  forbid- 
 detli  all  manner  of  vexation  in  word  or  work. 
 The  Hebs.  say,  "  the  scripture  addeth  this 
 admonition  concerning  him,  because  he  is  of 
 a  more  humble  spirit  than  (another)  stranger: 
 and  whoso  vexeth  this  stranger,  transgresseth 
 against  three  prohibitions;  '  Ye  shall  not  vex 
 any  man  his  neighbour,'  Lev.  xxvii.  17,  and, 
 '  A  stranger  thou  shalt  not  vex,'  Exod.  xxii. 
 21,  and,  'Thou  shalt  not  vex  him,'  Deut. 
 xxiii.  16,  he  transgresseth  also  against  this, 
 '  Neither  shalt  thou  oppress  him,'  Exod.  xxii. 
 21,  '  And  he  is  not  to  be  vexed,  no  not  with 
 words."  Maim,  treat,  of  Servants,  chap, 
 viii.  sect.  11. 
 
 Ver.  17. — A  whore,]  Or  common  whore, 
 fornicatress,  Sodomitess ;  one  that  married 
 not,  but  lived  in  whoredom.  She  is  called 
 in  Heb.  Kedesah,  which  ordinarily  signifieth 
 holiness,  but  is  used  here  for  the  contrary, 
 (as  before  in  Deut.  xxii.  9,)  or  it  was  some 
 filthy  religious  order  among  the  heathens; 
 whereof  see  the  notes  on  Gen.  xxxviii.  21. 
 The  Hebs.  describe  her  to  be  one  "that  pros- 
 tituted herself  unto  fi\try  man."  Maim,  iu 
 Issure  biah,  chap,  xviii.  sect.  2.  And  so  she 
 differed  from  the  tuhore  called  in  Heb.  Zonah 
 which  had  defiled  herself,  though  but  once: 
 see  the  notes  on  Lev.  xxi.  7.  How  belt,  the 
 difference  is  not  always  to  be  made;  and  the 
 next  verse  here  seemeth  to  show  it.  Maim, 
 in  tom.  2,  treat,  of  JVives,  chap.  i.  sect,  4, 
 writeth  thus;  "  Before  the  law  was  given,  a 
 man  met  with  a  woman  abroad ;  and  if  he 
 and  she  pleased,  he  gave  her  hire  and  lay 
 with  her,  at  the  parting  of  the  way,  and  he 
 went  his  way;  and  this  is  she  which  is  called 
 Kedesah  (a  common  whore.)  After  the  law 
 was  given,  such  common  whores  were  for- 
 bidden, Deut.  xxiii.  17.  Therefore  whoso- 
 ever lieth  with  a  woman  by  way  of  fornica- 
 tion, without  espousals,  he  is  beaten  by  the 
 law,  for  that  he  hath  lain  with  a  whore.  But 
 Onkelos  the  Chald.  paraphrast  expoundeth 
 this  law  otherwise  thus ;  "  There  shall  no 
 woman  of  the  daughters  of  Israel  be  (a  wife) 
 to  a  man  which  is  a  servant:  neither  shall 
 any  man  of  the  sons  of  Israel  take  a  woman 
 which  is  a  servant  (or  handmaid.)  But  that 
 seemeth  not  to  be  the  meaning  of  this  place. 
 Whoremonger,]  Or,  fornicator :  one  that 
 
318 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 shall  there  be  a  whoremonger  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  '*  Thou  shalt 
 not  bring  the  liire  of  an  whore,  or  the  price  of  a  dog,  into  the  house 
 of  Jehovali  thy  God,  for  any  vow;  for  even  both  of  them  are 
 abomination  to  Jehovah  thy  God. 
 
 '^  Thou  shalt  not  lend  upon  biting  usury  unto  thy  brother,  usury 
 
 so  defileth  his  body  without  marriage;  a  So- 
 domite. Notwitlistaiiding  this  law,  Israel 
 falling  from  God,  liad  together  with  their 
 idolatry,  '  houses  of  whoremongers,  (or  Sodo- 
 mites) that  were  in  (or  by)  the  house  of  the 
 Lord,'  till  king  Josiah  brake  them  down,'  2 
 Kings  xxiii.  7.  They  sacrificed  also  '  with 
 whores,'  Hos.  iv.  14,  so  that  both  carnal  and 
 spiritual  whoredom  (which  is  idolatry,  Jer. 
 ii.  20,)  are  here  forbidden. 
 
 Ver.  18. — The  hire,]  Or,  the  reward, 
 wages:  the  Heb.  word  Ethnan  is  usually  an 
 whore's  hire,  as  may  be  seen  in  Ezek.  xvi. 
 31,  33,  34;  Hos.  ii.  12;  ix.  1;  Mic.  i.  7. 
 An  whore,]  In  Fleb.  Zonah;  which  seem- 
 eth  to  be  the  same  with  Kedesah,  before 
 mentioned:  though  it  comprehendeth  gene- 
 rally all  such  as  are  forbidden  in  Lev.  xviii. 
 to  any  which,  or  for  which,  if  a  man  give 
 hire  or  reward,  to  lie  with  her,  it  might  not 
 be  brought  into  the  Lord's  house.  And  this, 
 as  the  Hebs.  explain,  whether  she  were  "  an 
 heathenish  whore,  or  a  bond  woman,  or  an 
 Israelitess.  He  that  saith  to  his  neighbour, 
 this  thing  thou  shalt  have  to  let  thy  bond 
 woman  lie  with  my  Heb.  servant,  lo  this  is  an 
 (whore's)  hire.  If  a  man  agree  with  an  whore 
 to  give  her  a  lamb,  (as  Gen,  xxxviii.  16,  17,) 
 and  he  doth  give  her  many,  though  he  give  a 
 thousand,  they  are  all  an  whore's  hire,  and 
 foi  biden  to  come  on  the  alcar.  If  he  lie  with 
 her,  and  give  her  it  not,  and  after  the  time  he 
 give  it  her,  though  it  be  after  many  years,  yet 
 it  is  an  whore's  hire.  Howbeit  they  restrain 
 this  (though  perhaps  too  much,)  to  such  things 
 only,  as  might  in  themselves  be  brought  to 
 the  altar,  as  clean  beasts,  and  fowls,  wine,  oil, 
 and  fine  flour,  &c.  If  he  give  her  money, 
 and  a  sacrifice  be  bought  with  it,  that  sacri- 
 fice (they  say)  was  lawful.  If  he  give  her 
 wheat,  and  after  it  be  made  flour;  olives, 
 and  after  oil  is  made  of  them ;  grapes  and 
 they  be  turned  into  wine;  these  are  lawful, 
 for  the  hire  is  now  altered."  Maim.  tom.  3, 
 in  Issure  mizbeach,  chap.  iv.  sect.  8,  10, 
 11 — 15.  This  law  taught  the  honoUr  and 
 sanctity  due  unto  God's  house  and  service, 
 when  things  which  were  thus  made  impure 
 and  vile,  might  not  be  brought  unto  him:  so 
 in  Is.  Ixi.  8,  he  saith,  •  I  hate  robbery  for 
 burnt-oilering.'  The  price  of  a  dog,]  In 
 Chald.,  the  exchange  of  (that  is,  the  thing 
 exchanged  for)  a  dog.  This  some  do  un- 
 derstand of  the  '  whoremonger  or  Sodomite 
 forementioied;  as   the  scripture  calleth  vile 
 
 persons  dogs,' Matt.  vii.  6;  Rev.  xxii.  15; 
 2  Pet.  ii.  22.  But  the  Hebs.  understand  it 
 literally;  for  as  the  dog  was  an  unclean  beast, 
 and  most  abominable  lor  sacrifice,  Is.  Ixvi.  3, 
 so  they  write,  if  "  a  man  said  to  his  neigh- 
 bour, I  will  give  thee  this  lamb  for  that  dog-, 
 or  if  he  exchange  a  dog  for  any  beasts  or 
 fowls,  they  were  all  unlawful  to  be  brought 
 unto  the  altar.  But  if  the  price  were  al- 
 tered, as  he  exchanged  a  dog  for  wheat,  and 
 turned  it  into  flour;  that  (flour)  was  law- 
 ful." Maim,  in  Issure  inisbeach,  chap.  iv. 
 sect.  16,  &c.  For  any  von,]  Whether 
 for  a  sacrifice  on  the  altar,  or  for  the  main- 
 tenance or  reparation  of  the  house,  coin-t- 
 yard,  or  anything  about  the  sanctuary;  the 
 thing  itself,  which  was  either  the  hire,  or  the 
 price  of  these  vile  things,  might  not  be 
 brought  thither.  Under  the  name  of  a  vow, 
 (which  men  voluntarily  took  upon  themselves, 
 ver.  21 — 23,)  other  sacrifices  which  God 
 commanded,  are  forbidden  to  be  brought  of 
 either  of  these,  that  is,  of  anything  which 
 was  filthy  or  vile.  Both  of  them,]  The  one 
 proceeding  from  the  breach  of  the  moral  law, 
 the  other  (taken  properly)  being  against  the 
 legal  ordinances  of  divine  service,  are  abomi- 
 nation to  the  Lord,  who  requireth  his  sanc- 
 tuary to  be  reverenced.  Lev.  xix.  30,  and  for- 
 biddeth  his  '  name  to  be  despised,  his  altar  or 
 table  to  be  thought  contemptible,'  Mai.  i. 
 6 — 8,  or  his  house  to  be  made  *  a  dea  of 
 thieves,'  Jer.  vii.  11;   Matt.  xxi.  13. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Not  lend  upon  biting 
 nscRY,]  Heb.  not  cause  to  bite;  which 
 meaneth,  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  both  inter- 
 pret it,  not  lend  upon  biting  usury  (or  in- 
 crease:) for  usury  is  biting  or  devouring  of 
 a  man's  substance ;  he  that  borroweth  on  usury 
 is  bitten  thereby;  and  he  that  so  lendeth, 
 causeth  to  bite,  or  maketh  his  neighbour  to 
 be  bitten  thereby.  It  may  also  imply,  thou 
 shalt  'not  borrow  upon  usury,'  for  that  also  is 
 unlawful,  Jer.  xv.  10,  and  he  that  so  borrow- 
 eth, causeth  himself  to  bitten,  and  thus  the 
 Hebs.  understand  it,  as  is  noted  on  Exod. 
 xxii.  25.  Usury,]  Heb.  biting  of  silver, 
 that  is,  usury  for  silver  (or  money)  which  is 
 lent.  So  after,  biting  of  meat,  that  is,  usury 
 for  meat,  which  is  lent.  Of  any  thing,] 
 Heb.  of  any  word:  which  though  it  be  often 
 used  for  anything,  as  the  Gr.  here  also  trans- 
 latelh  it,  yet  from  hence  the  Hebs.  gather, 
 usury  of  words  also  to  be  unlawful:  see  the 
 annot.  on   Exod.  xxii.    25.     That   is  lent 
 
CHAP.    XX  111. 
 
 319 
 
 of  money,  usury  of  meat,  usui-y  of  anything  that  is  lent  upon 
 usury.  ■'"'  Unto  a  stranger  thou  mayest  lend  upon  biting  usury ; 
 but  unto  thy  brother  thou  shalt  not  lend  upon  biting  usury,  that 
 Jehovah  thy  God  may  bless  thee  in  all  that  thou  settest  thine  hand 
 unto,  in  the  land  whither  thou  art  going  in  to  possess  it. 
 
 ^'  When  thou  shalt  vow  a  vow  unto  Jehovah  tliy  God,  thou  shalt 
 not  delay  to  pay  it ;  for  Jehovah  thy  God  requiring  will  require  it 
 of  thee,  and  it  would  be  sin  in  thee. 
 
 "  And  if  thou  slialt  forbear  to  vow,  it  shall  not  be  sin  in  thee. 
 
 UPON  USURY,]  Heb.  that  biieth  (or  mat/ bite) 
 Under  this  prohibition,  the  contrary  is  com- 
 manded, that  we  should  lend  unto  our  poor 
 brother  freely,  and  not  take  again  anytliing 
 more  than  was  lent,  Deut.  xv,  7 — 9;  Luke 
 vi.  34,  35;   Lev.  xxv.  35,  36. 
 
 Ver.  20. — A  STRANGER,]  Or  alie7i,  iu 
 the  Chald.,  a  son  of  the  people,  meaning  a 
 Gentile,  an  infidel:  for  to  the  strangers 
 which  were  brethren  in  the  faith,  they  might 
 not  lend  upon  usury,  Lev.  xxv.  35 — 37. 
 Mayest  lend,]  Or  shalt  lend  upon  usury; 
 Heb.  shalt  cause  to  bite,  to  wit,  if  thou  wilt; 
 so  it  may  be  taken  for  a  permission,  like  the 
 bill  of  divorce.  But  the  Hebs.  understand 
 this  to  be  a  commandment,  not  a  permission 
 only;  (Maim.  torn.  4,  treat,  of  the  Lender 
 and  Borroiver,  chap.  v.  sect.  \.)  As  if  God 
 vrould  by  this  cut  off  occasions  of  familiarity 
 with  infidels,  lest  Israel  by  much  dealing  with 
 them,  should  learn  their  ways.  Howbeit, 
 our  Saviour  (by  the  example  of  God  himself,) 
 teacheth  us  to  be  loving  and  bountiful  unto 
 all,  both  good  and  bad.  Matt.  v.  44—48; 
 Luke  vi.  35,  36.  Spiritually  this  showed  the 
 use  of  the  law,  which  as  an  hard  creditor 
 exacteth  more  of  men  than  it  giveth  unto 
 them;  and  is  to  be  laid,  not  upon  the  righ- 
 teous man,  (who  by  faith  is  freed  from  the 
 rigour  and  curse  of  the  same,)  but  on  the  law- 
 less, disobedient  and  sinners,  1  Tim.  i.  9, 
 Rom.  vii. 
 
 Ver.  21.— a  Vow,]  The  law  whereof, 
 see  in  Lev.  xxvii.  and  Num.  xxx.  And 
 whether  it  were  a  thing  promised  unto  God, 
 or  to  be  given  to  the  poor,  it  was  a  vow. 
 Not  delay,]  That  is,  not  fail,  either  alto- 
 gether,  or  by  deferring  the  time  of  payment: 
 see  the  notes  on  Exod.  xxii.  29.  Where- 
 fore if  a  man  have  absolutely  vowed  a  thing 
 to  the  Lord,  (seeing  no  man  hath  assurance 
 that  his  life  shall  continue,  James  i  v.  13,  14,) 
 he  must  with  all  speed  perform  it,  lest  death 
 prevent  him.  So  the  Hebs.  say;  "  He  that 
 saith,  I  will  not  depart  out  of  the  world  un- 
 til 1  be  a  Nazarite;  lo!  he  is  a  Nazarite  out 
 of  hand,  lest  he  die  by  and  by.  And  if  he 
 defer   his    Nazaritefihip,    he    transgressetb," 
 
 &c.  Maim.  torn.  3,  treat,  of  Nazarites, 
 chap.  i.  sect.  4.  The  time  and  place  of  pay- 
 ing vowed  sacrifices,  was  at  the  solemn  feasts, 
 and  in  the  sanctuary,  Deut.  xii.  5 — 7;  xvi. 
 16,  17.  Hereupon  the  Hebs.  say;  "  Whe- 
 ther they  be  vows  or  voluntary  gifts,  or  other 
 things  which  a  man  is  bound  to  bring,  as 
 valuations,  or  prices,  or  tithes,  or  gifts  for  the 
 poor,  it  is  commanded  by  the  law,  to  bring 
 them  all  at  the  feast  which  first  cometh,  &c. 
 If  there  fall  out  a  feast  and  he  bringeth  them 
 not,  he  frustrateth  a  commandment.  If  the 
 three  feasts  (of  the  year)  pass  over  him,  and 
 he  bring  not  his  oflerings  which  he  hath 
 vowed,  or  voluntarily  promised,  &c.  he  trans- 
 gressetb against  this  prohibition,  '  Thou  shalt 
 not  delay  to  pay  it.'  "  Maim,  treat,  of  qff'er- 
 ing  the  Sacrifices,  chap.  xiv.  sect.  13.  To 
 PAY  IT,]  This  payment  must  be  made  unto 
 God  of  the  best  things  (as  is  noted  on  Gen. 
 iv.  4,)  they  might  not  bring  any  corrupt  or 
 blemished  thing,  Mai.  i.  14;  Lev.  xxii,  21, 
 nor  anything  filthy  or  vile,  Deut.  xxiii.  18. 
 Neither  might  any  part  be  kept  back,  of  that 
 which  was  sanctified  by  vow  unto  the  Lord, 
 Acts  V.  1 — 4,  &c.  So  for  alms  to  the  poor, 
 the  Hebs.  have  these  rules;  "Alms  is  com- 
 prehended  in  the  general  of  vows:  therefore 
 he  that  saith,  Lo!  a  shilling  be  upon  me  for 
 alms,  or,  Tliis  shilling  be  an  alms,  he  is 
 bound  to  give  it  to  the  poor  out  of  hand;  and 
 if  he  delay,  he  transgressetb  against  this  pre- 
 cept, Thou  shalt  not  delay  to  pay  it.  For  Iu.' 
 it  is  in  his  power  to  give  it  out  of  hand,  and 
 there  are  poor  present.  If  there  be  no  poot 
 there,  he  is  to  separate  it,  and  lay  it  up  till 
 he  find  some  poor."  Maim,  treat,  oi  gifts  to 
 the  poor,  chap.  i.  sect.  1.  Requiring,  &c.  J 
 That  is,  will  surely  require  it,  and  punish 
 thee  if  thou  pay  it  not.  For  so  requiring 
 implieth.  Gen.  ix.  5;  xlii.22;  Deut.  xi.  19. 
 Sin,]  And  so  punishable.  For  God  '  hath  no 
 pleasure  in  fools ;  pay  therefore  that  which 
 thou  hast  vowed,'  Eccl.  v.  4. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Shalt  forbear,]  Or  cease, 
 refuse :  the  Gr.  translateth,  //  thou  wilt 
 not  vow.  So  before  they  promised,  it  was  in 
 their  own  power,  as  in  Ananias'  case,  Acts  v. 
 
320 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 *^  That  wliich  is  gone  out  of  thy  lips  thou  shalt  keep  and  do,  ac- 
 cording as  thou  hast  vowed  unto  Jehovah  thy  God,  a  voluntary  of- 
 fering which  thou  hast  spoken  witli  thy  mouth. 
 
 ^*  VVIien  tliou  comest  into  tliy  neighbour's  vineyard,  then  thou 
 mayest  eat  grapes  as  thy  soul  (desireth)  thy  fill,  but  into  the  ves- 
 sel thou  shalt  not  pat  any. 
 
 4.  Hovvbeit,  when  duty  biiideth  us  to  show 
 thankfulness  unto  God  for  his  mercies,  we  are 
 allowed  to  vow  and  to  pay,  Ps.  Ixxvi.  12. 
 The  Hebs.  say,  "  Although  sanctified  things, 
 and  things  devoted  and  valuations  be  com- 
 manded, and  it  is  meet  for  a  man  to  exercise 
 himself  in  these  things,  for  to  suppress  his 
 concupiscence,  and  that  he  be  not  niggardly, 
 but  may  fulfil  that  which  is  commanded  by 
 the  prophet,  '  Honour  the  Lord  with  thy  sub- 
 stance,' (Prov.  iii.  9,)  yet  notwithstanding,  if 
 he  do  never  sanctify  or  devote,  there  is  not 
 anything  in  it;  for  lo!  the  law  testifieth  and 
 saith;  But  if  thou  shalt  forbear  to  vow,  it 
 shall  not  be  sin  in  thee."  Maim,  treat,  of 
 valuations  and  devote  things,  chap.  viii. 
 sect.  12.  Not  be  sin,]  To  wit,  not  such 
 sin  as  a  man  is  guilty  ot,  if  he  vow  and  do 
 not  pay,  Eccl.  v.  5.  For  otherwise  a  man 
 may  sin  this  way  also,  in  negligence  and  un- 
 thankfulness,  Luke  xvii.  17,  18.  In  this 
 sense  Christ  said  to  the  Jews;  'If  ye  were 
 blind  ye  should  have  no  sin,'  John  ix.  41,  that 
 is,  no  such  sin  as  now  remaineth  on  you,  for 
 refusing  the  light.  So  in  John  xv.  22,  24  ; 
 James  iv.  17. 
 
 Ver.  23. — That  which  is  gone  out,] 
 That  is,  thy  word,  or  promise:  as,  'all  that 
 proceedeth  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  Lord,' 
 Deut.  viii.  3,  is  expounded,  'eveiy  word  of 
 God,'  Luke  iv.  4.  Keep  and  do,]  With 
 heart  and  hand.  But  this  is  meant  of  lawful 
 vows ;  for  such  as  are  idolatrous  and  wicked 
 are  not  to  be  kept,  but  repented  of,  and  bro- 
 ken, Jer.  xliv.  25—27;  Acts  xxii.  12,  21. 
 A  VOLUNTARY  OFFERING,]  All  VOWS  Were 
 voluntary  oflerings,  but  all  voluntary  offerings 
 were  not  vows:  see  the  difference  noted  on 
 Lev.  vii.  IG  ;  Deut.  xii.  6.  With  thy 
 MOUTH,]  Hereupon  Solomon  saith,  '  Suffer 
 not  thy  mouth  to  cause  thy  flesh  to  sin  ; 
 neither  say  thou  before  the  angel,  that  it  was 
 an  unadvised  error:  wherefore  should  God  be 
 angry  at  thy  voice,  and  destroy  the  work  of 
 thine  hands?'  Eccl.  v.  6.  If  a  man  had 
 spoken  it  with  his  heart  only  unto  God,  he 
 was  hound  to  pay  it,  as  the  Hebs.  teach:  See 
 the  notes  on  Lev.  vii.  16. 
 
 Ver.  24. — When  thou  comest,]  The 
 Chald.  transhteth,  when  thou  art  hired: 
 and  of  such  do  the  Hebs.  understand  this  law, 
 that  labourers  hired  to  work  in  a  vineyard, 
 are  to  eat  of  the  fruit  thereof.     Hereunto  the 
 
 apostle  seemeth  to  have  reference,  when  he 
 saith;  '  Who  planteth  a  vineyard,  and  eateth 
 not  of  the  fiuit  thereof:  or,  who  feedeth  a 
 flock,  and  eateth  not  of  the  milk  of  the  flock?' 
 1  Cor.  ix.  7.  Whei-eby  not  the  owners  only, 
 but  the  labourers  also  are  intended.  This 
 and  the  like  law  following,  seemeth  to  ex- 
 tend also  to  such  as  occasionally  travel  through 
 vineyards  or  fields,  who  may  for  their  re- 
 freshing in  time  of  need  gather  and  eat:  as 
 our  Lord's  disciples,  going  through  the  sown 
 fields,  plucked  tlie  ears  of  corn,  and  did  eat, 
 Matt.  xii.  1.  Vineyard,]  And  by  infer- 
 ence, his  olive-yard,  or  any  such  like.  The 
 Hebs.  say;  "Labourers  which  do  work  upon 
 anything  that  groweth  out  of  the  earth,  &c. 
 the  householder  is  commanded  to  let  them  eat  ■ 
 of  that  which  they  are  working  upon,  Deut. 
 xxiii.  23,  24,  which  law  we  have  been 
 taught,  that  it  is  not  written  of  anything  but 
 concerning  the  hired  (labourer.)  And  if  he 
 did  not  hire  him,  how  was  it  permitted  him 
 to  come  into  his  neighbour's  vineyard,  or 
 standing  corn,  without  his  knowledge?  But 
 thus  he  saith  :  When  thou  shalt  come,  by  the 
 owner's  leave,  to  labour,  thou  shalt  eat." 
 Maim.  torn.  4,  treat,  of  hired  things,  chap, 
 xii.- sect.  1.  Howbeit  they  restrain  this  law 
 to  such  things  only  as  grow  out  of  the  ground  ; 
 therefore  they  add,  ''  He  that  milketh,  or 
 churneth  butter,  or  maketh  cheese,  eateth  not 
 (thereof)  because  they  are  things  that  grow 
 not  on  the  ground:"  ibid.  sect.  4.  But  "he 
 that  reapeth  (the  corn)  and  he  that  thresheth, 
 and  he  that  fanneth  and  purgetli  it,  he  that  cut- 
 teth  down  the  grapes,  and  he  that  treadeth 
 them  (in  the  wine-press,)  or  doth  any  such 
 like  works,  they  may  eat  by  the  law,"  ibid, 
 sect.  viii.  Eat  grapes,]  And  so  if  he  la- 
 bour upon  the  lig-tree,  he  may  eat  figs;  and 
 all  the  like:  hut  he  may  not  eat  (they  say) 
 save  of  that  whereabouts  he  laboureth :  and  if 
 he  labour  both  iu  the  grapes  and  in  the  wine- 
 fat,  "  he  may  both  eat  of  the  grapes,  and 
 drink  of  the  must  (or  new  wine.)  If  he 
 work  on  the  fig-tree,  he  may  not  eat  of 
 grapes:  if  on  grapes,  he  may  not  eat  of  figs. 
 And  he  that  is  working  upon  one  vine-tree, 
 may  not  eat  (the  fruit)  of  another  vine. 
 Neither  may  he  eat  grapes  with  any  other 
 thing;  as  with  bread,  or  the  like.  But  if  he 
 have  agreed  with  the  householder,  for  the 
 quantity  that  he  shall  eat,  he  may  eat  with 
 
CHAP.    XX. 
 
 321 
 
 ^-  When  thou  comest  into  the  standing  corn  of  thy  neighbour, 
 then  thou  mayest  pluck  the  ears  with  thine  hand ;  but  thou  shalt 
 not  move  a  sickle  unto  tliy  neighbour's  standing  corn. 
 
 bread  or  with  salt,  or  with  anything  that  he 
 pleasetb."  Maim.  ibid.  sect.  10,  12.  As  thy 
 SOUL,]  To  wit,  desireth  ;  or,  accoraing  to 
 thy  soul,  that  is,  thine  appetite.  The  Gr. 
 joiiieth  it  with  the  word  following,  thus,  so 
 much  as  thy  soul,  (that  is,  thine  appetite) 
 7nay  be  filled  with.  So  in  Ps.  Ixxviii.  18, 
 they  asked  meat  '  for  their  soul,  that  is,  for 
 their  lust  or  appetite.'  From  this  the  Hebs. 
 gather,  that  only  he  himself,  not  any  other  of 
 his  family  may  eat.  "  The  labourer  that  shall 
 say,  Give  my  wife  and  children  that  which  I 
 should  eat;  or,  lo!  I  will  give  a  little  of  this 
 which  I  have  taken,  to  my  wife  or  my  child  for 
 to  eat,  they  hearken  not  unto  him :  for  the 
 law  doth  not  vouchsafe  it  to  any,  but  to  the 
 workman  himself.  Though  he  be  a  Nazarite 
 which  worketh  in  the  grape>:,  [who  may  not 
 by  the  law  eat  any  of  them.  Num.  vi.  3,]  if 
 he  say,  Give  it  my  wife  and  children,  they 
 hearken  not  unto  him.  A  workman  ^1^^'  1^- 
 boureth  himself,  and  his  wife,  and  his  chil- 
 dren, and  his  servants,  and  conditioneth  with 
 the  householder,  that  he  will  not  eat  of  any- 
 thing that  he  worketh  upon,  neither  he  nor 
 his;  then  they  may  not  eat,  to  wit,  the 
 greater  sort  of  them  ;  for  they  have  wittingly 
 remitted  (of  their  right.)  But  the  little  ones 
 he  cannot  make  agreement  that  they  shall  not 
 eat:  for  they  eat  not  of  that  which  is  their 
 father's,  or  of  that  which  is  their  master's,  but 
 of  that  which  is  God's."  Maim,  ibid.  sect. 
 13,  14.  Not  put.]  Heb.  not  give  any, 
 either  to  carry  home  for  himself  or  for  any  of 
 his. 
 
 Ver.  25. — With  thine  hand.]  To  wit. 
 
 fir  to  eat,  ver.  24,  as  did  Christ's  disciples, 
 Matt.  xii.  1,  upon  the  warrant  of  this  law,  as 
 is  probable  :  howbeit,  the  Hebs.  understand 
 it  of  the  labourers,  as  before.  And  tte 
 Chald.  version  here  also  saith,  "  When  thou 
 art  hired  into  thy  neighbour's  standing  corn, 
 then  thou  mayest  pluck,"  &c.  Which  though 
 the  meaning  be  good,  (for  even  the  beasts 
 were  by  God's  law  to  eat  of  that  whereon  they 
 laboured,  Deut.  xxv.  4,)  yet  the  extent 
 hereof  seemeth  to  reach  further,  even  to  all 
 such  as  came  in  occasionally,  and  had  a  de- 
 sire or  need  to  taste  of  the  fruits.  Not  move 
 A  SICKLE,]  Namely,  for  to  cut  down  for 
 thine  own  eating,  or  for  to  carry  away  with 
 thee,  as  ver.  24.  God,  whose  the- earth  is, 
 and  the  plenty  thereof,  Ps.  xxiv.  i,  and  whose 
 the  land  of  Canaan  was  in  special.  Lev.  xxv. 
 23,  who  reserved  the  first-fruits,  tithes,  cor- 
 ners, gleanings,  &c.  for  himself,  his  priests, 
 and  the  poor  of  his  people,  Num.  xviii; 
 Deut.  xxiv.  19 — 21,  would  have  the  fruits  in 
 some  sort  common  for  the  necessities  of  aU 
 men,  especially  to  those  that  laboured  in 
 them,  whether  men  or  beasts;  so  showing  his 
 bounty  to  all,  yet  reserving  the  right  and 
 property  of  the  owners,  which  no  man  might 
 infringe:  that  mercy  and  justice  might  meet 
 together,  and  not  one  man  put  his  sickle 
 into  another  man's  corn,  to  reap  that  which 
 another  hath  sown.  The  equity  of  this  law 
 reacheth  also  unto  spiritual  things,  and  to 
 God's  labourers  in  his  harvest,  2  Cor.  x. 
 14_16;  1  Cor.  ix.  7,  9,  10—14;  Rom. 
 XV.  20. 
 
 CHAP.  XXIV. 
 
 1.  Of  divorce.  5.  A  new  married  man  goeth  not  to  war.  6,  10.  Of 
 pledges.  1.  Of  man-stealers.  8.  Of  leprosy.  14.  The  hire  to  he  given 
 in  due  time.  16.  Of  justice.  19.  The  forgotten  sheaf  is  for  the  poor. 
 20.  And  the  gleanings  of  the  fruits  to  be  left  for  them. 
 
 '  When  a  man  hath  taken  a  wife,  and  been  her  husband,  and  it 
 sliall  be  that  she  find  not  grace  in  his  eyes,  because  he  hath  found 
 
 Ver.  1. — Been  HER  husband,]  That  is, 
 done  an  husband's  duty,  lain  with  her:  as  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  dwelt  together  with  her.  So 
 Deut.  xxi.  13.  For  his  marriage  is  signified 
 
 Vol.  11.  2 
 
 by  the  former  phrase,  taken  a  wife,  as  is 
 noted  on  Deut.  xxii.  13.  Grace]  Oryb- 
 vour  in  his  eyes  ;  in  Gr.,  grace  before  him, 
 that,    if  he    like    her  not.      Matter    of 
 
322 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 in  her  matter  of  nakedness :  and  he  shall  write  her   a  bill  of  di- 
 vorcement, and  give  it  in  her  hand,  and  send  her  away  out  of  his 
 
 NAKEDNESS,]  Or,  the  nakedness  of  anything, 
 that  is,  the  discovery  of  some  uiicleaii  tliiii": 
 or,  by  transplaeing  the  words,  anything  of 
 nakedness,  that  is,  of  shame  and  ignominy; 
 as  the  Gr.  translateth,  a  shameful  (or  im- 
 comely)  thing.  This  is  thought  of  some  not 
 to  be  meant  of  adultery,  for  which  she  was 
 to  die  if  it  were  proved,  Deut.  xxii.  22,  but 
 of  some  evil  thing  in  her  conditions  or  ac- 
 tions, which  displeased  her  husband.  So  the 
 phrase  was  used  in  Deut.  xxiii.  14,  for  that 
 which  was  uncleanly  and  unseemly.  And 
 HE  SHALL  WRITE,]  Understand  from  the  for- 
 mer sentence,  and  if  he  shall  ivrite:  for  this 
 is  nut  a  commandment,  but  a  permission,  as 
 our  Saviour  saith,  •  Moses  because  of  the 
 hardness  of  your  hearts,  sufiered  you  to  put 
 away  your  wives:  but  from  the  beginning  it 
 was  nut  so,'  Matt.  xix.  8.  So  after  in  ver. 
 3,  '  And  the  latter  man  shall  hate  her,  that 
 is,  if  he  shall  hate  her  ;'  for  all  is  supposition 
 and  permission,  until  ver.  4,  where  she  is 
 forbidden  to  her  first  husband.  But  the  Heb. 
 mistook  this  for  a  commandment,  Matt.  xix. 
 7,  and  so  do  to  this  day,  as  is  to  be  seen  in 
 their  writings,  wherein  good  and  bad  are 
 mixed  together  thus;  "  A  man  may  not  take 
 a  wife,  and  have  a  purpose  in  him  to  divorce 
 hei-,  &c.  She  may  not  remain  under  him, 
 and  minister  unto  him,  if  he  be  purposed  to 
 divorce  her.  A  man  may  not  jnit  away  his 
 first  wife,  except  he  hath  found  in  her  the 
 nakedness  of  something:  and  it  becomes  him 
 not  to  be  hasty  to  send  away  his  first  wife; 
 but  the  second,  if  he  hate  her,  let  him  send 
 her  away.  A  woman  that  is  of  evil  condi- 
 tions, and  is  not  modest,  as  are  the  honest 
 daughters  of  Israel,  it  is  commanded  to  put 
 her  away."  Maim.  torn.  2,  treat,  of  Di- 
 vorces, chap.  x.  sect.  21,  22.  But  the  Lord, 
 the  God  of  Israel  saith,  that  he  hateth  putting 
 away,  Mai.  ii.  iQ.  And,  '  What  God  hath 
 joined  together,  let  no  man  put  asunder, 
 Matt.  xix.  6.  Bill  of  divorcement,]  Or, 
 libel  {book)  of  cutting  off;  which  the  Gr. 
 version  (approved  by  the  evangelists,  Matt. 
 xix.  7,)  calleth,  'a  libel  of  divorcement,  or, 
 of  departing  away,'  because  by  it  the  woman 
 was  cut  off  from  her  husband,  and  departed 
 from  him  and  his  house.  Of  this  the  Hebs. 
 have  many  canons;  and  the  form  of  this  bill 
 is  in  the  Tkilmud  in  Gittin,  chap.  ix.  and 
 by  Maim,  in  treat,  of  Divorces,  chap.  iv. 
 sect.  12,  set  down  in  these  words: 
 
 "  In  such  a  day  of  the  week,  in  such  or  such 
 a  day  of  the  month  N.  in  such  or  such  a  year 
 from  the  creation  (of  the  world,)  or  from  the 
 supputation  (of  Alexander)  after  the  account 
 
 which  we  are  wont  to  count  by,  here  in  the 
 place  N.  I.  N.  the  son  of  N.  of  the  place  N. 
 (or  if  there  be  any  other  name  or  surname 
 which  I  have,  or  my  fathers  have  had,  or 
 (which)  my  place  hath,  or  my  father's  place 
 have  had)  have  voluntarily,  with  the  willing- 
 ness of  my  soul,  without  constraint,  both  dis- 
 missed, and  left,  and  put  a»ay  thee,  even 
 thee  N.  the  daughter  of  N.  of  the  city  N. 
 (or  if  thou  hast  any  other  name  or  surname, 
 thou,  or  thy  fathers,  or  thy  place,  or  thy  fa- 
 ther's place)  which  hast  been  my  wife  here- 
 tofore, but  now  I  dismiss  thee,  and  leave 
 thee,  and  put  thee  away,  that  thou  mayest  be 
 free,  and  have  power  over  thine  own  soul,  to 
 go  away,  to  be  married  to  any  man  whom 
 thou  wilt;  and  that  no  man  be  refused  of 
 thine  hand,  for  my  name,  from  this  day  and 
 for  ever.  And  thus  thou  art  lawful  for  any 
 man;  and  this  is  unto  thee  from  me  a  writ- 
 ing of  divorcement,  and  bill  of  dismission, 
 and  an  epistle  of  putting  (thee)  away,  accord-' 
 ing  to  the"law  of  Moses  and  Israel. 
 "  N.  son  of  N.  witness. 
 "  N.  son  of  N.  witness. 
 Give  it.]  Or,  deliver  it  into  her  hand,  and 
 this  also  before  witnesses.  The  Hebs.  ob- 
 serve  ten  things,  which  they  say  are  requi- 
 site by  the  law,  and  are  the  root  (or  founda. 
 tion)  of  the  divorce;  1.  "That  a  man  put 
 her  not  away,  but  of  his  own  will:  gathered 
 from  these  words.  If  she  find  not  grace  in  his 
 eyes ;  but  the  woman  may  be  put  away, 
 whether  she  be  willing  or  not.  2.  That  he 
 put  her  away  by  a  writing,  not  by  any  other 
 thing.  3.  That  the  m.alter  of  the  writing  be 
 to  divorce  her  and  put  her  away  out  of  his 
 po?session.  4.  That  the  matter  of  that  di- 
 vorcement be  between  him  and  her.  5.  That 
 it  be  written  by  her  name.  6.  That  there  be 
 no  action  wanting  after  the  writing  thereof, 
 save  the  delivery  of  it  unto  her.  7.  That  he 
 give  it  unto  her.  8.  That  he  give  it  her  be- 
 fore witnesses.  9.  That  he  give  it  her  by 
 the  law  of  divorces.  10.  And  that  it  be  the 
 husband,  or  his  deputy,  that  delivereth  it  unto 
 her."  Maim,  treat,  of  Divorces,  chap.  i. 
 sect.  1.  Unto  these  they  add  also  sundry 
 other  cautions,  as  "  Where  it  is  said  in  the 
 law,  '  And  he  shall  write  her  a  bill,'  &c. 
 Whether  he  write  it  with  his  own  hand,  or 
 speak  to  another  to  write  it  for  him;  and 
 whether  he  deliver  it  with  his  own  hand,  or 
 speak  to  another  to  deliver  it,  (it  is  all  one)  it 
 is  not  said,  '  He  shall  write,  but  to  signify, 
 that  she  may  not  be  put  away  but  by  a  writ- 
 ing; and,  '  He  shall  give  (to  signify)  that  she 
 may  not  take  it  of  herself.     But  it  is  neces- 
 
CHAP.  XXIV. 
 
 323 
 
 house  :  ^  And  she  depart  out  of  liis  house,  and  go  and  be  another 
 man's  -.  ^  And  the  latter  man  hate  her,  and  write  her  a  bill  of  di- 
 vorcement, and  give  it  in  her  hand,  and  send  her  away  out  of  his 
 house  ;  or  if  the  latter  man  die,  which  took  her  to  him  to  wife : 
 *  Her  fii'st  husband  which  sent  her  away,  may  not  return  to  take 
 her  to  be  unto  liim  to  wife,  after  that  she  is  caused  to  be  defiled. 
 
 sary,  that  the  liusband  speak  himself  unto  the 
 scrivener  to  write  it,  and  to  the  witnesses  to 
 subscribe  it.  Every  bill  that  is  not  written  by 
 the  name  of  the  man  that  divorceth,  and  by 
 the  name  ol  the  woman  divorced,  is  no  bill. 
 Whoso  writeth  (a  bill}  to  put  away  his  wife,  and 
 bethinketh  him,  and  doth  not  put  her  away,  but 
 UMtieth  himself  with  her  after  it  is  written, 
 he  may  not  put  her  away  l}y  that  bill  at 
 another  time  when  he  would  put  her  away. 
 Whereas  the  law  saith,  '  And  give  it  in  her 
 hand;'  the  scripture  meancth  no  more,  but 
 that  it  come  unto  her;  and  whether  it  be  in 
 her  hand,  or  in  her  bosom,  or  to  her  deputy 
 (or  attorney)  whose  hand  she  hath  made  as 
 her  hand,  it  is  all  one.  But  it  is  necessary 
 that  he  be  made  her  attorney  before  two  wit- 
 nesses, and  that  there  be  two  witnesses  to 
 testify,  that  the  bill  crame  to  the  hand  of  her 
 attorney.  The  husband  cannot  make  an  at- 
 torney to  receive  the  bill  for  his  wife,  but  he 
 may  make  one  to  carry  it  to  his  wife.  If  the 
 attorney  have  received  the  bill,  and  before  it 
 Cometh  to  the  woman's  hand,  the  husband 
 changeth  his  mind,  and  saith  unto  him,  the 
 bill  which  I  sent  by  thee,  be  of  none  effect; 
 or  if  he  say  before  unto  his  wife,  the  bill 
 which  I  have  sent  unto  thee,  be  of  none  ef- 
 fect ;  or  if  he  send  another  messenger  to  make 
 it  of  none  eflect;  or  if  he  say  unto  others,  the 
 bill  which  I  have  sent  to  my  wife  be  of  none 
 efTect,  lo!  it  is  of  none  effect,  though  it  come 
 (after)  to  his  wife's  hand.  But  if  (he  speak 
 it)  after  it  be  come  to  her  hand,  or  to  the 
 hand  of  her  attorney,  which  was  to  receive  it 
 for  her,  he  cannot  make  it  of  none  effect.  He 
 that  divorceth  upon  condition,  if  the  condition 
 be  confirmed  she  is  divorced ;  if  not,  she  is 
 not  divorced.  Asif  hesay,  Lo!  here  is  thy  bill, 
 upon  condition  that  thou  give  me  200  pence 
 within  these  thirty  days;  if  she  give  them 
 with  his  consent  within  thirty  days,  she  is 
 divorced;  if  after  thirty  days,  she  is  not  di- 
 vorced. If  she  give  tliem  to  him  by  force, 
 so  that  he  is  not  willing  to  receive  them,  the 
 bill  is  of  none  effect,  till  she  give  them  with 
 his  consent,"  &c.  Maim,  treat,  of  Divorces, 
 chap.  ii.  sect.  1,  5;  chap.  iii.  sect.  1.  6; 
 chap.  vi.  sect.  1,  3,  16;  chap.  viii.  sect.  1, 
 21. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Be  another  man's,]  Or,  beta 
 another  man :  either  by  full  marriage,  or  by 
 espousals  only;   for  a  betrothed  woman   is  a 
 
 man's  wife.  Dent.  xxii.  23,  24.  So  the  Hebs. 
 say;  "  He  that  putteth  away  his  wife,  and  she 
 is  betrothed  to  another,  although  she  be  not 
 married  to  him,  she  is  unlawful  for  the  first 
 (husband.)  And  if  the  first  ilo  return  and 
 marry  her,  he  is  to  be  beaten,  and  to  be  com- 
 pelled to  put  her  out,  Deut.  xxiv.  4."  Maim, 
 in  Divorces,  chap.  xi.  sect.  12.  She  might 
 also  become  another  man's  by  fornication, 
 though  she  married  not,  Jer.  iii.  1,  yet  the 
 phrase  often  implieth  the  state  of  marriage, 
 Rom.  vii.  3,  4,  unto  which  sense  the  Hebs. 
 restrain  it  here. 
 
 Vbr.  3. — And  the  latter,]  Under- 
 stand from  the  last  clause,  "  And  if  the  lat- 
 ter man  hate,  and  if  he  write  her  a  bill,"&c. 
 for  these  are  but  suppositions,  and  bare  per- 
 missions, not  commandments  which  God 
 would  have  done,  as  is  before  noted. 
 
 Ver.  4. — May  not  return,]  Or,  can- 
 not, it  is  not  lawful  for  him  to  take  her  again  : 
 and  this  is  the  law  which  God  commandeth, 
 whereby  he  showeth  a  dislike  of  the  former 
 divorcements;  as  after  he  plainly  confirmeth 
 by  the  prophet,  Mai.  ii.  16.  For,  '  Whoso- 
 ever shall  put  away  his  wife,  saving  for  the 
 cause  of  fornication,  causeth  her  to  commit 
 adultery,  [and  if  he  marry  another,  he  com- 
 mitteth  adultery,]  and  whosoever  shall  marry 
 her  that  is  divorced,  comniitteth  adultery,' 
 Matt.  V.  32;  xix.  9.  She  is  caused  to  be 
 defiled,]  Or,  is  caused  to  defile  herself.  The 
 Gr.  and  Chald.  translate,  she  is  defiled: 
 but  the  Heb.  word  Huttamaah  is  of  such  a 
 composition,  as  implieth  both  the  defiling  of 
 herself,  and  the  cause  thereof  by  her  hus- 
 band, who  put  away  first.  It  was  therefore 
 an  error  in  the  Jews,  to  take  this  for  a  com- 
 mandment of  God,  which  he  tolerated  only 
 for  the  hardness  of  their  hearts ;  and  showed 
 the  woman  to  be  defiled  by  her  second  mar- 
 riage, after  her  first  unjust  divorce.  Not 
 cause  the  land  to  sin,]  Or,  not  suffer  the 
 land  to  sin  :  which  may  be  understood,  that 
 by  their  example  others  should  not  be  occa- 
 sioned to  do  the  like ;  or,  that  by  the  ma- 
 gistrate's neglect  of  punishing  this  evil,  others 
 be  not  emboldened.  Or  rather,  that  the  land 
 be  not  in  sin,  that  is,  punishable  for  this  sin, 
 which  extendeth  not  only  to  the  persons  that 
 do  it,  but  to  all  the  people  that  suffer  it:  as 
 there  be  examples  of  the  like  in  other  cases, 
 as  Josh.  vii. ;  xxii.   17,  20.     Therefore  the 
 
324 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 for  that  is  abomination  before  Jehovah  ;  and  tliou  shalt  not  cause 
 the  land  to  sin,  which  Jehovah  thy  God  giveth  untothee^ran  in- 
 heritance. 
 
 *  WJien  a  man  hath  taken  a  new  wife,  he  shall  not  go  out  in  tlie 
 army,  neither  shall  anything  pass  upon  him  :  lie  shall  be  free  in 
 his  house  one  year,  and  rejoice  with  his  wife  which  he  hath  taken. 
 
 ^  fA  man)  shall  not  take  to  pledge  the  nether  mill-stone,  or  the 
 upper  mill-stone ;  for  he  taketli  to  pledge  the  soul. 
 
 prophet  alleging  this  law,  saith,that  'the  land 
 should  be  greatly  polluted,'  Jer.  iii.  1.  and  so 
 the  Gr.  version  here  instead  of  "sin  saith, 
 and  ye  shall  not  defile  the  land."  This  law 
 is  figuratively  applied  in  the  practice  of  it 
 unto  God  and  his  church,  unto  whom  he  was 
 an  husband,  Jer.  xxxi.  32,  and  unto  whom  in 
 time  he  '  did  give  a  bill  of  divorcement,  but 
 for  her  adultery,'  Jer.  iii.  8,  not  upon  dis- 
 pleasure, without  her  due  merit,  as  the  Is- 
 raelites often  did  to  their  wives,  (for  such  a 
 •  bill  of  divorce  they  could  not  show)  but  for 
 her  transgressions  she  was  put  away,'  Is.  1. 
 1.  And  though  by  this  law,  a  woman  put 
 away,  and  becoming  another  man's,  might 
 not  return  to  her  first  husband  again,  yet  God 
 (who  is  above  his  law)  oflereth  his  church, 
 after  her  many  adulteries,  to  return  again 
 unto  him  by  repentance  and  faith,  Jer.  iii.  1 ; 
 Hos.  ii.  2,  19;  iii.  1,  5.  The  apostle  also 
 applieth  this  allegory  to  the  church's  estate 
 under  the  law,  and  under  the  gospel  of  Christ, 
 Rom.  vii.  1 — 3,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  5 — In  the  army,]  Unto  the  war, 
 as  the  Gr.  translateth.  In  Deut.  xx.  a  law 
 was  given  for  such  as  were  betrothed  and  not 
 married,  had  planted  vineyards,  or  built 
 houses,  and  not  eaten  of,  or  dwelt  in  them  j 
 the  Hebs.  understand  those  two  also  in  this  law, 
 saying,  "  He  that  hath  builded  a  house,  and 
 dedicated  it,  and  he  that  married  his  be- 
 trothed wife,  or  his  brother's  wife,  (Deut. 
 XXV.  6,)  and  he  that  hath  made  his  vineyard 
 common,  these  go  not  out  to  war  till  the  year 
 be  ended."  Maim.  torn.  4,  treat,  of  Kings., 
 chap.  vii.  sect.  10.  Anything,]  Or,  ought 
 of  anything,  that  is,  of  any  charge  or  busi- 
 ness concerning  wars,  or  the  like.  There- 
 fore whereas  such  as  had  not  married  their 
 spouses,  nor  dedicated  their  houses,  nor  made 
 common  their  vineyards,  when  they  were  sent 
 back  from  the  army,  were  to  provide  victuals, 
 and  prepare  the  ways  for  the  army,  as  is 
 noted  on  Deut.  xx.  7,  they  were  all  this  first 
 year  free  from  these  and  other  the  like 
 charges,  as  the  Hebs.  say,  "  These  go  not  out 
 to  the  war  neither  are  they  charged  with 
 anything  in  the  world,  Deut.  xxiv.  5,  by 
 word  of  mouth  we  have  been  taught,  that  he 
 shall  be  free  a  year,  both  for  the  house  that  he 
 
 hath  dedicated,  and  for  the  wife  that  he  hath 
 married,  and  for  the  vineyard  whose  fruit  he 
 hath  begun  to  eat  of.  All  the  year  long  he 
 neither  provideth  victuals,  nor  prepareth  the 
 way,  nor  watcheth  on  the  walls,  nor  giveth  to 
 the  tributes  of  the  city,  neither  may  anything 
 in  the  world  pass  upon  him."  Maim,  treat, 
 of  Kings,  chap.  vii.  sect.  10,  11.  Pass 
 UPON  HIM,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it, 
 be  laid  upon  him.  Free,]  That  is,  ex- 
 empted from  all  public  labours  and  charges. 
 In  the  wars  that  king  Asa  made  with  'Baasha, 
 none  was  free,'  1  Kings  xv.  22,  where  may 
 be  understood,  none  save  such  as  God's  law  ' 
 did  exempt:  or,  not  they  neither,  because  of 
 the  great  necessity  of  help.  Rejoice  with 
 HIS  wife,]  By  this  law  God  showed  how 
 much  he  approved  of  holy  wedlock,  (as  by  the 
 former  he  showed  his  hatred  of  mijust  di- 
 vorces) when  to  encourage  the  newly  married, 
 against  the  cumbrances  which  that  estate 
 bringeth  with  it,  and  to  settle  their  love  each 
 to  other,  he  exempted  those  men  from  all 
 wars,  cares,  and  expenses,  that  they  might 
 the  more  comfortably  provide  for  their  owa 
 estate. 
 
 Ver.  (j. — (A  man)  shall  not  take,] 
 Heb.  He  shall  not  take  :  this  is  to  be  under- 
 stood of  any  man:  therefore  the  Gr.  and 
 Chald.  change  the  person,  to  make  the  sense 
 plainer.  Thou  shalt  not  fake,  speaking  to 
 e\ery  man,  as  after  Moses  also  speaketh  in 
 ver.  17.  Nether  millstone,]  Elsewhere 
 this  word  Rechajim  signifieth  both  millstones, 
 or  the  mill  in  general,  Exod.  xi.  5.  Here, 
 by  reason  the  upper  millstone  is  after  men- 
 tioned, the  nether  stone  is  specially  meant. 
 And  under  these  particulars,  all  other  of  like 
 necessary  use  for  man's  life  are  forbidden  to 
 be  taken  to  pledge.  The  Hebs.  say,  "  He 
 that  lendeth  to  his  neighbour,  &c.  may  not 
 take  to  pledge  vessels  (or  instruments)  where- 
 with they  make  ready  (meat)  for  the  life;  as 
 millstones,  or  the  wooden  mill,  or  pots  which 
 they  boil  meat  in,  or  butcher's  knives,  or  the 
 like  things,  Deut.  xxiv.  6,  and  if  he  take 
 such  to  pledge,  he  must  be  forced  to  restore; 
 and  if  the  pawn  be  lost,  or  burnt  before  he  do 
 restore  it,  he  is  to  be  beaten."  Maim.  torn. 
 4,  treat,  of  the  Lender  and  Borrower,  chap. 
 
CHAP.   XXIV 
 
 325 
 
 ■  If  a  mail  be  taken  stealing  a  soul  of  his  brethren,  of  the  sons 
 of  Israel,  and  maketh  gain  to  himself  by  him,  and  selleth  him  ; 
 then  that  thief  shall  die,  and  tliou  shalt  put  away  evil  from  the 
 midst  of  thee. 
 
 ^  Take  thou  heed  in  the  plague  of  leprosy,  to  observe  diligently 
 and  to  do  according  to  all  that  the  priests  the  Levites  shall  teach 
 you;  as  I  commanded  them  ye  shall  observe   to  do.     ^  Remember 
 
 iii.  sect.  2.  The  upper  millstone,]  Call- 
 ed Recheb  a  Charret,  because  of  the  running 
 thereof  upon  the  nether  stone.  From  hence 
 they  say,  "He  that  taketh  to  pledge  many 
 instruments  which  are  for  food,  &o.  is  guilty 
 for  every  instrument  (or  vessel)  by  itself, 
 though  they  be  two  instruments  wherewith 
 they  do  one  work,  [as  the  nether  millstone 
 and  the  upper]  he  is  guilty  for  them  by  the 
 name  of  two  instruments,  and  for  them  twain 
 he  is  to  be  twice  beaten."  Maim.  ibid, 
 chap.  iii.  sect.  3.  See  after  in  ver.  IJ,  12, 
 17.  The  sodl,]  That  is,  the  life  of  the 
 soul  (or  body)  meaning  the  instruments  of 
 his  livelihood:  and  as  Thargum  Jerusalemy  ex- 
 pounds \t,  the  necessities  of  the  soul  (or  life.) 
 The  Chald.  paraphraseth  thus,  "  For  by  them 
 is  made  (ready)  meat  for  every  soul."  Thus 
 the  millstones  are  named  but  for  an  instance, 
 forbidding  all  other  of  like  sort. 
 
 Ver.  7. — A  soul,]  That  is,  any  person, 
 man,  woman,  or  child.  Of  Israel,]  This 
 the  Hebs.  take  as  a  limitation  to  Israel,  and 
 the  pros-lytes  thereof:  and  for  stealing  infi- 
 dels, they  hold  he  was  but  to  make  restitution. 
 Maim.  torn.  4,  treat,  of  Theft,  chap.  ii.  sect. 
 I ;  chap,  ix,  sect.  6.  Maketh  gain,]  Or, 
 servefh  himself;  the  Gr.  translateth,  and 
 bringing  him  under  his  power,  selleth  him. 
 See  this  word  used  in  Deut.  xxi.  14.  And 
 selleth  him,]  The  Heb.  join  this  to  the 
 former,  without  which  they  think  the  thief 
 was  not  to  die.  "A  thief  is  not  guilty  of 
 death,  until  he  steal  an  Israelitej  and  get  him 
 into  his  power,  and  serveth  himself  of  him, 
 and  selleth  him  to  others,  Deut.  xxiv.  7.  If 
 he  steal  him,  and  serve  himself  with  him, 
 and  do  not  sell  him,  or  do  sell  him  before  he 
 hath  served  himself  by  him,  he  is  free  (from 
 death.)  Maim,  treat,  of  Theft,  chap.  ix. 
 sect.  2,  3.  Others  think  that  if  he  either 
 served  himself  with  him,  or  sold  him,  he  was 
 to  die:  and  this  may  well  be  the  meaning  of 
 the  law;  for  and  often  signifieth  or  as  is 
 noted  on  Gen.  xiii.  8;  xix.  121  Shall  die,] 
 As  the  Hebs.  say,  he  was  to  be  strangled  to 
 death?''     Maim.  ibid.  chap.  ix.  sect.  J. 
 
 Ver.  8 — Plague  of  Leprosy,]  Which 
 might  be  on  men's  bodies,  or  on  garments,  or 
 in  houses.  The  law  of  all  these  is  given  at 
 large,   in  Lev.    xiii.  and  xiv.  chaps.     All 
 
 that  the  Priests,]  The  Gr.  translateth,  all 
 the  law  that  the  priests  the  Levites  shall 
 show  unto  you.  This  is  a  warning  to  Israel, 
 that  if  any  man  had  the  leprosy,  or  a  sore  like 
 the  leprosy,  he  should  not  dissemble  or  hide 
 it,  or  pluck  of!',  or  cut  away  the  signs  thereof, 
 or  labour  by  medicines  to  cure  it,  or  do  any- 
 thing thereto,  but  as  the  priest  directed  him 
 according  to  the  law;  because  this  plague 
 was  usually  by  the  hand  of  God  for  men's  sins, 
 and  did  pollute  both  the  person  himself,  and 
 all  that  touched  him;  so  that  for  the  discern- 
 ing and  curing  of  this  plague,  they  should 
 seek  unto  God,  by  the  means  which  he  ap- 
 pointed. Therefore  from  this  law,  the  Hebs. 
 teach;  "  He  that  plucketh  otf  the  signs  of 
 uncleanness,  either  all  or  some  of  them,  or 
 feareth  the  living  (raw)  flesh,  all,  or  some  of 
 it,  or  cutteth  all  the  sore  out  of  his  flesh,  or 
 out  of  a  garment,  or  house,  either  before  he 
 come  to  the  priest,  or  while  he  is  shut  up, 
 or  after,  &c.  he  transgresseth  against  this 
 prohibition,  '  Take  thou  heed  in  the  plague  of 
 leprosy,'  &c.  (Deut.  xxv.  S)."  Maim.  torn. 
 3,  treat,  of  Leprosy,  chap.  x.  sect.  1.  See 
 the  annots.  on  Lev.  xiii.  As  I  command- 
 ed them,]  If  then  the  priest  spake  or  did 
 otherwise  than  God  prescribed,  it  was  not  to 
 stand.  "  A  priest  that  pronounceth  him  un- 
 clean that  is  clean,  or  him  clean  that  is  un- 
 clean, he  doth  nothing  at  all,  for  it  is  writ- 
 ten (in  Lev.  xiii.  ver.  14, 15)  he  is  unclean, 
 and  the  priest  shall  pronounce  him  un- 
 clean," &c.  Maim,  in  Leprosy,  chap.  ix. 
 sect.  3. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Unto  Mary,]  In  Heb.  Mir- 
 jam,  in  Gr.  Mariam  ;  she  was  the  sister  of 
 Moses  and  Aaron,  a  prophetess  in  Israel, 
 who  for  speaking  against  Moses,  was  smit- 
 ten of  God  with  leprosy,  Num.  xii.  whose 
 example  is  for  a  warning  to  all,  that  they 
 should  not  sin  as  she  did,  lest  God  plague 
 them  also:  and  that  the  justice  of  the  law 
 should  be  executed  upon  all  lepers,  without 
 respect  of  persons.  So  all  other  examples  in 
 scripture  are  examples  unto  us,  1  Cor.  x. 
 6 — 11,  and  so  Christ  saith,  'Remember  Lot's 
 wife,'  Luke  xvii.  32. 
 
 Ver.  10. — When  thou  lendest,]  Or, 
 ivhen  thou  shalt  exact  of  thy  neighbour  the 
 exaction    of  anything,   that  is,   any    debt- 
 
326 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 wliat  Jehovah  thy  God  did  unto  Maiy,  in  the  way,  after  ye  were 
 come  forth  out  of  Egypt. 
 
 *"  When  thou  lendest  thy  neighbour  the  loan  of  anything,  thou 
 shalt  not  go  in  into  his  liouse,  to  fetch  his  pawn.  "  Thou  shalt 
 stand  without,  and  the  man  to  whom  thou  dost  lend,  shall  bring 
 forth  inito  thee  the  pawn  without.  '^  And  if  he  be  a  poor  man, 
 thou  shalt  not  lie  down  with  his  pawn.  "  Restoring  thou  shalt  re- 
 store the  pawn  unto  him  when  the  sun  goeth  down,  that  lie  may  lie 
 down  in  his  raiment  and  bless  tliee,  and  unto  thee  it  shall  be  jus- 
 tice before  Jehovah  thy  God. 
 
 '*  Thou  shalt  not  fraudulently  oppress  an  hired  servant  that  is 
 poor  and  needy,  of  thy  brethren,  or  of  tliy  stranger  which  is  in 
 thy  land,  within  thy  gates.  '^  In  his  day  thou  shalt  give  his  hire, 
 and  the  sun  shall  not  go  down  upon  it,  for  he  is  poor,  and  unto  it 
 
 which  if  it  were  with  rigour,  or  of  a  poor 
 man  that  had  not  to  pay,  was  unlawful.  See 
 the  notes  on  Exod.  xxii.  25.  The  Gr. 
 translatbth,  If  there  be  a  debt  in  thy  neigh- 
 bour, (that  is,  if  he  be  indebted  to  thee)  what 
 debt  soever.  See  the  notes  on  Deut.  xv.  2. 
 Thou  shalt  not  go  in.]  This  is  spoken  to 
 the  creditor,  and  (as  the  Hebs.  say)  to  the 
 messenger  ot  the  magistrate  sent  to  take  a 
 pawn.  "  He  that  lendeth  to  his  neighbour 
 poor  or  rich,  may  not  take  a  pawn  of  him, 
 but  by  the  Synedrion,  [that  is,  liy  authority 
 of  the  magistrate:]  and  though  it  be  the  mes- 
 senger  of  the  Synedrion  that  cometh  for  a 
 pawn,  he  may  not  come  into  his  house  and 
 take  liis  pawn,  but  must  stand  without,  and 
 the  borrower  is  to  bring  out  a  pawn  unto  him, 
 Deut.  xxiv.  10.  If  it  be  so,  what  (differ- 
 ence) is  there  between  the  creditor,  and  the 
 messenger  of  the  Synedrion?  The  messen- 
 ger of  the  court,  he  may  take  the  pawn  out 
 of  the  hand  of  the  borrower  by  force,  and  give 
 it  the  lender;  but  the  creditor  may  not  take 
 the  pawn,  till  the  borrower  give  it  him  with 
 consent.  If  the  creditor  transgress,  and  go 
 into  the  borrower's  house  for  his  pawn,  or 
 snatcheth  a  pawn  out  of  his  hand  by  force,  he 
 is  not  to  be  beaten,  because  the  act  is  broken 
 off,  for  he  must  restore  the  pawn,  Deut,  xxiv. 
 13.  If  he  keep  not  this  commandment  to 
 restore  it,  as  if  the  pawn  be  lost  or  burnt,  he 
 is  to  be  beaten,  and  to  restore  the  price  of  the 
 pawn."  Maim.  torn.  4,  treat,  of  the  Lender 
 and  Borrower,  chap.  iii.  sect.  4. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Not  lie  down,]  To  sleep;  not 
 go  to  bed.  For  breach  of  this  law,  the  Lord 
 reproveth  Israel ;  '  They  lay  themselves  down 
 upon  clothes  laid  to  pledge,  by  every  altar,' 
 Amos  ii.  8.  But  hereby  nut  only  the  use  of 
 the  poor  man's  pawn,  but  the  keeping  of  it  is 
 forbidden ;  "  with  his  pawn,  that  is,  and  his 
 
 pawn  by  thee  "  (or  in  thy  custody.)  Maim, 
 in  Lender  and  Borrower,  chap.  iii.  sect.  5. 
 
 Ver.  13. — When  the  sun,]  Or,  as  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  about  the  going  down  of-  the 
 sun:  in  Exod.  xxii.  26,  it  is  said,  '  before 
 the  sn[i  goeth  down ;'  see  the  annot.  there, 
 where  is  showed,  that  every  pawn  is  to  be 
 restored  when  the  poor  man  hath  need  of  it, 
 by  night  or  by  day.  If  the  pawn  must  thus 
 be  restored  when  he  hath  need,  what  booteth 
 it  to  take  the  pawn?  The  Hebs.  answer, 
 tliat  by  this  means  "  the  debt  is  not  released 
 in  the  seventh  year,  (which  the  law  biddeth, 
 Deut.  XV.  1 — 3)  and  if  the  borrower  die, 
 his  movables  are  not  made  his  children's,  but 
 payment  is  made  by  the  pawn  after  his  death." 
 Maim.  ibid.  chap.  iii.  sect.  5.  Jdstice,]  In 
 Gr.,  alms,  a  work  of  mercy,  which  God  will 
 reward:  as  on  the  contrary  in  ver.  15,  he 
 saith,  '  it  be  in  thee  a  sin,'  that  is,  an  ini- 
 quity which  God  will  punish. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Not  fraudulently  oppress,] 
 Or,  not  defraud :  the  Gr.  translateth,  Thou 
 shalt  not  fraudulently  keep  Lack  the  hire  of 
 the  poor,  &c.  which  word  the  apostle  useth  in 
 like  case,  saying,  '  Behold  the  hire  of  the 
 labourers,  &c.  which  is  by  you  fraudulently 
 kept  back,  crieth,'  &c.  James  v.  4,  and 
 among  the  other  weighty  laws,  our  Saviour 
 nameth  this  for  one,  in  Mark  x.  19.  See 
 aJso  Lev.  xix,  13.  Thy  gates,]  That  is, 
 as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  translate,  thy  cities. 
 
 Ver.  15.— In  his  day,]  In  Gr.,  The 
 same  day.  Day,  is  used  for  all  time.  His 
 hire,]  Or,  his  wages,  whether  for  his  own 
 labour,  or  for  his  beasts,  or  other  things.  So 
 the  Hebs.  explain  it,  "  Whether  it  be  the  hire 
 of  man,  or  the  hire  of  beasts,  or  the  hire  of 
 instruments,  he  is  bound  to  give  it  in  his 
 time:  and  if  he  keep  it  after  the  time,  he 
 transgresseth  against  a  prohibition."     Maim. 
 
CHAP.    XXIV. 
 
 827 
 
 he  lifteth  up  his  soul,  that  he  cry  not  against  thee  unto  Jehovah, 
 and  it  be  in  thee  a  sin. 
 
 "=  The  father  shall  not  be  put  to  deatli  for  the  cliildren,  and  the 
 children  shall  not  be  put  to  death  for  the  fatliers  :  they  shall  be  put 
 to  death  every  man  in  his  oiun  sin.  ''  Thou  shalt  not  wrest  the 
 judgment  of  the  stranger,  nor  of  the  fatherless  :  thou  shalt  not  take 
 to  pledge  the  garment  of  the  widow.     '^  But  thou   shalt  remember 
 
 torn.  4,  treat,  of  Hiring,  chap.  xi.  sert.  1. 
 Not  go  down  upon  it, J  In  Lev.  xix.  13,  it 
 is  said,  '  it  siiall  i)ot  abide  all  night  with  thee;' 
 which  two  the  Hebs.  unfold  thus;  "What  is 
 the  time  (or  day)  of  him  that  is  hired?  He 
 that  is  hired  for  a  day,  (his  hire)  is  due  all 
 that  night;  and  of  him  it  is  said  (in  Lev. 
 xix.  13,)  it  shall  not  abide  all  night  with  thee 
 until  the  morning:  and  he  that  is  hired  for  a 
 night,  it  is  due  all  the  day;  and  of  him  it  is 
 said,  '  In  his  day  thou  shalt  give  his  hire,' 
 (Deut.  xxiv.  15).  And  he  that  is  hired  for 
 hours  of  the  day,  it  is  due  all  the  day;  if  for 
 hours  of  the  night,  it  is  due  all  the  night.  He 
 that  is  hired  for  a  week,  or  for  a  month,  or 
 for  a  year,  or  for  seven,  if  (the  term)  go  out 
 by  day,  it  is  due  all  that  day ;  if  it  go  out  by 
 night,  it  is  due  all  that  night.  Maim,  ib., 
 chap.  xi.  sect.  2.  Lifteth  op  his  soul,] 
 That  is,  ho])eth  for  and  desireth  it  for  the 
 maintenance  of  his  life.  So  the  Gr.  here 
 translateth,  he  hath  hope  ;  and  in  Jar.  xxii. 
 27;  xliv.  14,  the  lifting  up  of  the  soul  signi- 
 fieth  a  desire:  and  the  soul  is  often  put  for 
 li/e.  Hereupon  the  Hebs.  say;  "  Whosoever 
 wlthholdeth  the  hireling's  wages,  is  as  if  he 
 took  away  his  soul  (or  life)  from  him;  for  it  is 
 written.  Unto  it  he  lifteth  up  his  soul:  and  he 
 transgresseth  against  four  prohibitions,  and 
 one  commandment;  against.  Thou  shalt  not 
 fraudulently  oppress;  and  against,  Thou  shalt 
 not  rob;  and  against,  The  hiieling's  work  (or 
 wage)  shall  not  abide  all  night  with  thee;  and 
 against.  The  sun  shall  not  go  down  upon  it ; 
 and.  In  his  day  thou  shalt  give  his  hire." 
 Maim,  treat,  of  Hiring,  chap.  xi.  sect.  2.  A 
 SIN,]  That  is,  a  great  iniquity  which  God 
 will  punish:  for  though  he  cry  not,  yet  is  it  a 
 sin;  but  the  cry  of  the  poor  hasteth  God's 
 judgment;  as  on  the  contrary,  the  blessing  of 
 the  poor  procureth  a  good  reward  from  the 
 Lord,  ver.  13.  According  to  this  phrase  it 
 said,  '  The  wicked  thought  of  foolishness 
 (that  is,  of  the  fool)  is  sin,'  Prov.  xxiv.  9. 
 that  is,  damnable,  and  to  be  punished  of  God. 
 So  in  James  iv.  17;  John  xv.  22,  24;  ix. 
 41.  And  in  1  Kings  i.  21,  '  I  and  my  son 
 Solomon  shall  be  sinners,'  that  is,  punished 
 as  malefactors.  Accordingly  God  threateneth 
 to  '  come  near  to  them  in  judgment,  and  to 
 be  a  swift  witness  against  those  that  fraudu- 
 
 lently oppress  the  hireling  in  his  wages,'  Mai. 
 iii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  16. — For  the  children,]  Heh.for 
 the  sons.  This  law  concerneth  the  magis- 
 trate=,  who  should  net  kill  the  children  for  the 
 parents,  or  parents  for  the  children,  no  not  in 
 case  of  treason,  as  king  '  Amaziah  slew  his 
 servants  which  had  slain  the  king  his  father, 
 but  the  sons  of  them  that  slew  him,  he  put 
 not  to  death,  according  to  this  law  of  Moses,' 
 2  Kings  xiv.  5,  C  ;  2  Chron.  xxv.  4.  And 
 God  himself  professeth  so  to  deal,  saying, 
 'The  son  shall  not  bear  the  iniquity  (that  is, 
 the  punishment)  of  the  father,  neither  shall 
 the  father  bear  the  iniquity  of  the  son,  &c. 
 the  wickedness  of  the  wicked  shall  be  upon 
 him,'  Ezek.  xviii.  20.  The  Chald.  para- 
 phrast  here  translateth,  by  the  mouth  of  the 
 sons  ;  and  so  after,  hy  the  mouth  of  the  fa- 
 thers ;  meaning  that  they  should  not  die  by 
 their  testimony.  And  so  the  Hebs.  gather 
 from  this  law,  saying,  "  Near  kinsfolk  are 
 not  fit  to  be  witnesses  by  the  law,  as  it  is 
 written,  '  The  fathers  shall  not  be  put  to  death 
 for  the  sons,'  &c.  We  have  been  taught,  that 
 in  this  general  prohibition  is  comprised,  that 
 the  fathers  be  not  put  to  death  by  the  mouth 
 of  the  sons,  nor  the  sons  by  the  mouth  of  the 
 fathers:  and  the  same  right  is  for  other  near 
 of  kin."  Maim.  torn.  4,  treat,  d  Witnesses, 
 chap.  xiii.  sect.  I.  But  the  first  interpretation 
 is  most  proper  and  certain.  Not  be  put  to 
 death,]  Soitisalsoalleged  in  2  Kings  xiv.  6, 
 but  in  2  Chron.  xxv.  4,  it  is,  '  they  shall  not 
 die.'  The  one  openeth  the  other;  and  'to 
 die,'  is  often  used  for,  '  to  be  put  to  death,' 
 as  Num.  xxxv.  12,  30;  Deut.  xvii.  12; 
 xviii.  20:  xxii.  22,  25.  In  his  sin,]  And 
 for  his  sin  ;  for  so  the  Heb.  in  often  noteth 
 the  cause:   see  Deut.  ix.  4. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Not  wrest,]  Or,  not  pervert, 
 decline,  or  turn  aside.  This  is  forbidden  in 
 all  judgment  generally,  Exod.  xxiii.  2, 
 Deut.  xvi.  19,  specially  concerning  the  poor, 
 Exod.  xxiii.  6,  more  specially  here  concerning 
 '  the  stranger  and  fatherless:'  against  such  as 
 thus  wrest  judgment,  the  Lord  will  come 
 near  to  judgment,  and  be  a  swift  witness 
 against  them,  Mai.  iii.  5.  The  Hebs.  say, 
 "  Whosoever  wresteth  the  judgment  of  any 
 one  of  Israel,  transgresseth  against  one  pro- 
 
328 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 that  tliou  wast  a  servant  in  Egypt,  and  Jehovah  thy  God  redeemed 
 thee  thence,  tlierefore  I  command  thee  to  do  this  thing. 
 
 '*  When  thou  reapest  thine  harvest  in  thy  field,  and  hast  forgot 
 a  sheaf  in  the  field,  thou  shalt  not  return  to  take  it;  it  shall  be  for 
 the  stranger,  for  the  fatlierless,  and  for  the  widow,  that  Jehovah 
 
 hibition,  viz.  'Ye  shall  not  do  unrighteous- 
 ness in  judgment,'  Lev.  xix.  15.  And  if  it  be 
 
 of  a  stranger,  he  transgresseth  against  two  pro- 
 hibitions,  Deut.  xiv.  17,  and  if  it  be  of  the 
 fatherless,  he  transgresseth  against  three  pro- 
 hibitions, Deut.  xxiv.  17."  INIaim.  in  San- 
 hedrin,  chap.  xx.  sect.  12.  Nor  of  the 
 FATHERLESS.]  The  word  nor,  or  and,  is  sup- 
 plied also  by  the  Gr.  version,  and  so  is  often 
 to  be  understood,  as  two  three  eunuchs,  2 
 Kings  ix.  32,  for  two  or  three;  so  to-morrow, 
 the  third  day,  for,  or  the  third  day,  1  Sam. 
 XX.  12,  'Like  a  crane,  a  swallow,'  that  is, 
 'or  a  swallow,' Is.  xxxviii.  14,  and  sundry 
 the  like.  The  Holy  Spirit  sometimes  snppli- 
 etn  the  defect,  as  is  noted  on  Exod.  xxii.  30. 
 In  the  Gr.  here  is  added,  and  of  the  widow; 
 so  in  Deut.  xxvii.  19,  'Cursed  be  he  that 
 wresteth  the  judgment  of  the  stranger,  fa- 
 therless, and  widow;  and  all  the  people  shall 
 say.  Amen.'  Garment  of  the  widow,] 
 Or  any  other  thing  of  hers  that  she  hath  need 
 of;  the  garment  is  named  but  for  an  instance ; 
 as  in  Job  xxiv.  3,  there  is  mentioned  'the 
 widow's  ox."  The  Hebs.  have  this  general 
 canon;  "A  widow,  whether  she  be  poor  or 
 rich,  they  may  take  no  pawn  of  her,  neither 
 at  tlie  time  when  they  lend  unto  her,  nor  at 
 any  other  time,  neither  by  the  commandment 
 of  the  Synedrion,  Deut.  xxiv.  17,  and  if  any 
 take  her  pledge,  they  force  him  to  restore  it. 
 If  the  pawn  be  lost  or  burnt  before  he  restore 
 it,  he  is  to  be  beaten."  Maim,  treat,  of  the 
 Lender  and  Borrower,  chap.  iii.  sect.  1. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Ueapest  thine  harvest,] 
 This  is  an  addition  to  the  law  in  Lev.  xix. 
 3;  there,  a  corner  of  the  field,  and  the 
 gleanings,  were  commanded  to  be  left  for  the 
 poor;  and  here  the  forgotten  sheaf.  These 
 tliree  were  due  to  the  poor  out  of  every  corn 
 field  in  Israel.  And  the  Hebs.  say,  this  law 
 of  the  forgotten  sheaf  extended  also  to  the 
 vineyard,  and  other  fruit  trees,  where  what- 
 soever was  forgotten,  might  not  be  taken 
 again  by  the  owner;  see  the  annot.  on  Lev. 
 xix.  10.  Hast  forgot,]  This  the  Hebs. 
 understand  as  spoken  both  to  the  owner,  and 
 to  his  labourers;  that  it  is  not  a  "forgotten 
 sheaf"  till  all  have  forgotten  it.  But  so  as 
 that  they  all  be  in  the  field;  for  if  the  owner 
 be  in  the  city,  and  speaketh  of  the  sheaf  in  the 
 field,  which  he  thinketh  his  workmen  will 
 forget,  and  they  do  forget  it,  this  (notwith- 
 
 standing his  remembrance  of  it)  is  a  forgotten 
 sheaf.  Two  sheafs  asunder  one  from  another 
 are  (counted  as)  forgotten  ;  but  three,  (or  more) 
 are  not.  So  for  other  things;  as  two  vines, 
 or  other  trees,  standing  asunder  one  from  an- 
 other, are  as  forgotten,  but  not  more.  A  tree 
 that  is  forgotten  among  the  trees,  though  it 
 have  many  pecks  of  fruit  upon  it,  yet  is 
 counted  as  forgotten.  Finally,  among  many 
 other  like  cautions,  they  say;  "  What  is  for- 
 gotten among  the  sheaves?  All  that  he  cannot 
 stretch  out  his  hand  and  take  it;"  [that  is,  if 
 it  be  further  than  he  can  reach  from  the  place 
 where  he  standeth.J  Maim.  torn.  3,  in 
 Mattanoth  gnanijim,  chap.  v.  "  And  as  it  is 
 for  the  sheaves,  so  for  the  standing  corn;  if  a 
 man  forget  some  of  the  standing  corn,  and 
 reap  it  not,  it  is  for  the  poor."  Maim,  ibid., 
 chap.  1.  sect,  6.  For  thb  stranger,]  In 
 Gr.,  the  proselyte,  one  joined  to  the  church 
 of  Israel ;  to  such  these  gifts  peculiarly  be- 
 longed, and  to  other  poor;  see  the  annot.  on 
 Lev.  xix.  10.  And  as  forgetting  often  sig- 
 nifieth  a  neglect,  or  passing  over  of  a  thing, 
 so  iu  this  case;  and  a  man  might  purposely 
 pass  over  a  sheaf  and  leave  it  as  forgotten, 
 for  the  poor,  as  Boaz  did  for  the  stranger 
 Ruth,  saying  to  his  harvest-men,  '  Let  fall 
 some  of  the  sheaves  for  her;  and  let  it  lie 
 that  she  may  gather  it  up,'  Ruth  ii.  16.  Or, 
 if  a  man  did  it  not  purposely  but  unawares, 
 yet  was  he  to  consider  herein  the  providence 
 of  God,  which  caused  him  to  forget  or  pass 
 over  a  sheaf, i'or  the  poor's  sake;  for  as  the 
 ostrich  is  said  to  '  forget  her  eggs  which  she 
 leaveth  in  the  earth,  because  God  hath  de- 
 prived her  of  wisdom,'  &c.  Job  xxxix.  15, 
 17,  so  in  this  case  of  the  sheaf,  that  the  poor 
 also  might  have  occasion  to  mind  the  provi- 
 dence and  love  of  God  towards  them,  in  this 
 relief.  In  all  the  work,]  Or,  in  every 
 work  ;  the  Gr.  sailh,  in  all  the  works.  This 
 promise  of  blessing  is  to  encourage  them  in 
 well  doing,  for  which  they  should  not  lose 
 their  reward  ;  for  that  which  is  done  unto  the 
 poor  Christian,  is  done  unto  Christ  himself, 
 Matt.  XXV.  40,  and,  '  He  that  is  gracious  unto 
 the  poor,  lendeth  unto  the  Lord  ;  and  that 
 which  he  hath  given  will  he  pay  him  again,' 
 Prov.  xix.  17.  So  Boaz  for  his  kindness  unto 
 Ruth,  (whom  afterwards  he  took  to  wife)  had 
 a  son  of  her  (as  a  blessing  of  God)  Obed,  the 
 grandfather  of  David  the  king,  Ruth  iv. 
 
CHx\P.  XXV. 
 
 329 
 
 thy  God  may  bless  thee  in  all  the  work  of  thine  hands.  '"  When 
 thou  beatest  thine  olive  tree,  thou  shalt  not  go  over  the  boughs 
 after  tli^e  ;  it  shall  be  for  the  stranger,  for  the  fatherless,  and  for 
 the  widow.  ^'  When  thou  gatherest  the  grapes  of  thy  vineyard, 
 thou  shalt  not  gather  the  single  grapes  after  thee ;  it  shall  be  for 
 tJie  stranger,  for  the  fatlierless,  and  for  the  widow.  ^  And  thou 
 shalt  remember  that  thou  wast  a  servant  in  the  land  of  Egypt, 
 therefore  I  command  thee  to  do  this  thing. 
 
 Ver.  20.— Beatest,]  Tnat  is,  as  the  Gr. 
 translateth,  gatherest  the  olives.  The  same 
 is  to  be  understood  of  all  other  trees  of  fruit 
 which  they  gathered.  Not  go  over  the 
 BOUGHS. j  In  Gr. ,  thou  shalt  7iot  return  to 
 gather  the  ('olives^  after  thee  :  in  Chaid.,  thoti 
 shalt  not  take  away  after  thee.  It  is  the  same 
 law  for  trees,  which  was  before  for  corn,  that 
 what  was  forgotten  or  past  over  at  first,  should 
 not  after  be  gathered,  but  left  for  the  poor. 
 *'  As  that  which  is  forgotten  in  the  revenues 
 of  the  field,  and  the  like,  so  that  which  is  for- 
 gotten in  all  trees  (is  for  the  poor)  as  Deut. 
 xxiv.  20,  '  When  thou  beatest  thine  olive 
 tree,'  &c.  And  the  same  law  is  for  other 
 trees.     So  there  are  two  gifts  for  the  poor 
 
 from  the  trees,  that  which  is  forgotten  and 
 the  corner,  Lev.  xix."  Maim,  in  Mattanoth 
 gnanijim,  chap.  i.  sect.  6,  7. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Not  gather  the  single 
 GRAPES,]  Or,  not  glean,  and  properly  the 
 grapes  which  grow  not  in  clusters,  as  is  noted 
 on  Lev.  xix.  10,  which  law  is  here  repeated: 
 and  by  saying,  '  after  thee,'  he  seemeth  to 
 teach  the  same  for  the  vine,  which  he  taught 
 for  the  corn  and  other  trees,  that  all  forgottea 
 grapes  should  be  for  the  poor.  So  the  Hebs. 
 observe,  that  there  are  "  four  gifts  for  the  poor 
 in  the  vineyard  ;  the  grapes  that  are  broken  off, 
 and  the  single  grapes,  and  the  corner,  and 
 that  which  is  forgotten."  Maim,  in  Matta- 
 noth gnam.,  chap.  i.  sect.  7. 
 
 CHAP.  XXV. 
 
 1 .  God  commandeth  just  judgment  towards  all.  2.  To  heat  such  as 
 deserve  it,  hut  not  with  more  than  forty  stripes.  4.  Not  to  muzzle  the 
 ox  when  he  treadeth  out  the  corn.  5.  Of  raising  seed  unto  a  hrotJier 
 deceased  without  issue.  7.  What  was  to  he  done  unto  the  man  that 
 would  not  raise  up  seed  unto  his  brother.  11.  The  immodest  woman 
 must  have  her  hand  cut  off.  13.  Against  unjust  weights  and  measures. 
 17.  The  memorij  of  AmaleTc,  for  cruelty  to  Israel,  is  to  he  hlotted  out 
 from  under  heaven. 
 
 ^  If  there  be  a  controversy  between  men,  and  they  come  near 
 unto  judgment,  and  they  judge  them;  then  they  shall  justify  the 
 just,  and  condemn  for  wicked  the  wicked.     ^  And  it  shall  be,  if  the 
 
 Ver.  1 — A  controversy,]  A  plea,  or 
 strife  ;  in  Gr.  a  contradiction.  And  they,] 
 Or,  that  they  (the  judges)  may  judge  them. 
 And  this  law  concerneth  all  courts,  the  high- 
 est of  seventy-one  judges,  the  court  of  twen- 
 ty-three, and  the  court  of  three  ;  the  lowest 
 of  which  judged  inferior  causes  and  money 
 matters,  and  had  authority  to  beat  malefac- 
 tors, but  not  to  put  to  death.  Justify,] 
 That  is,  pronounce  Just,  and  so  absolve  or 
 acquit  in  judgment.  Condemn  for  wick- 
 Eo,]  Or,  pronounce  wicked, a^nd  so  condemn 
 in  judgment;  as  th6  Gr.  translateth  it,  con- 
 demn.    This  is  contrary  to  the  former,  and 
 
 Vol.  II.  2 
 
 so  the  apostle  opposeth  them,  saying,  '  It  is 
 God  that  justifieth,  who  is  he  that  condemn- 
 eth  ?'  Rom.  viii.  33,  34.  This  law  is  per- 
 petual, the  transgression  whereof  is  a  great 
 sin  ;  for,  '  he  that  justifieth  the  wicked,  and 
 he  that  condemneth  the  just,  even  they  both 
 are  an  abomination  to  the  Lord,'  Prov.  xvii. 
 15. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Worthy  to  be  beaten,]  Heb. 
 a  son  of  beating,  which  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 worthy  of  stripes ;  and  the  Chald.  a  son 
 guilty  of,  or  worthy  to  be  beaten.  So  '  the 
 son  (or  child)  of  hell,'  Matt,  xxiii.  15;  is  one 
 worthy  of  hell-fire  ;  the  '  son  of  death,'  in  1 
 
 r 
 
330 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 wicked  be  wortliy  to  be  beaten ;  that  the  judge  shall  cause  him  to  lie 
 down,  and  to  be  beaten  before  his  face,  according  to  his  wickedness, by 
 
 Sam.  XX.  31  ;  is  one  that  was  worthy  of 
 death,  and  therefore  should  be  killed:  and  in 
 the  goFpel,  '  if  tlie  son  of  peace  be  there,  (in 
 tlie  house,)  Luke  x.  6  ;  which  another  evan- 
 gelist explaineth  thus,  '  If  the  house  be 
 worthy,'  Matt.  x.  13.  Now  who  they  were  that 
 deserved  beating,  are  by  the  Hebs.  showed 
 thus,  "he  that  transgresseth  against  a  prohi- 
 bition, whereby  the  contrary  commandment 
 to  be  done,  is  broken  oil',  and  they  warned 
 him  of  it,  and  said  unto  him.  Do  not  this 
 thing,  for  if  thou  doest  it,  and  keepest  not 
 that  which  is  commanded  concerning  it,  thou 
 shalt  be  beaten,  and  he  transgresseth  and 
 keepeth  not  the  commandment,  lo,  he  is  to 
 be  beaten."  ^\s.\m,  \n  Sanhedrin,  chap.  xvi. 
 sect.  4.  More  particularly,  "  these  are  to 
 be  beaten,  whosoever  transgresseth  against  a 
 prohibition,  for  which  he  deserveth  to  be  cut 
 off,  but  is  not  to  be  put  to  death  by  the  Sy- 
 nedrion,  as  he  that  eateth  fat,  or  blood,  or 
 leaven  at  the  passover.  Likewise,  whoso- 
 ever transgresseth  against  a  prohibition  for 
 which  they  are  guilty  of  death  by  the  hand  of 
 God:  as  he  that  eateth  of  fruits,  before  the 
 first-fruits,  tithes,  &c.,  be  paid;  and  a  priest 
 that  is  unclean,  and  eateth  of  the  heave-of- 
 fering which  is  clean.  Likewise,  whoso 
 transgresseth  against  a  prohibition,  wherein 
 there  is  an  act  (or  work:)  as  he  that  boileth 
 a  kid  in  his  mother's  milk,  [which  the  Hebs. 
 understand  of  eating  flesh  with  milk  ;]  or 
 that  weareth  linsey  woolsey.  But  a  prohi- 
 bition wherein  is  no  act,  as  to  walk  as  a  tale- 
 bearer, to  revenge  or  bear  grudge,  or  receive 
 a  false  report,  &c.,  for  such  he  is  not  beaten, 
 [nor  for  any  other  wherein  there  is  an  act, 
 some  few  excepted.]  Every  prohibition,  for 
 which  they  are  to  be  put  to  death  by  the  ma- 
 gistrate, as  adultery,  working  on  the  sabbath, 
 &c.,  they  are  not  beaten  therefore.  So 
 every  prohibition,  for  which  they  are  to  make 
 satisfaction,  as  robbery,  theft,  &c.,  they  are 
 not  beaten  for  it.  And  every  prohibition, 
 whereby  the  (contrary)  commandment  is 
 broken  off,  as,  '  thou  shalt  not  take  the  dam 
 with  the  young,'  (Deut.  xxii.  6  ;)  '  thou 
 shalt  not  wholly  rid  the  corner  of  thy  field,' 
 (Lev.  xix.  9  ;)  &c.,  they  are  not  beaten  for 
 it,  unless  they  keep  not  the  commanded 
 thing  concerning  them,  [that  is,  unless  they 
 omit  the  letting  of  the  dam  go,  Deut.  xxii. 
 7  ;  and  the  leaving  of  the  corner  for  the  poor. 
 Lev.  xix.  10  ;]  And  for  a  prohibition  (im- 
 plied) in  the  generals,  they  are  not  beaten: 
 but  all  other  prohibitions  which  are  in  the 
 law,  they  are  to  be  beaten  for  doing  them. 
 What  is  that  prohibition  (comprised)  in  the 
 
 generals  ?  It  is  one  prohibition  which  gene- 
 rally corapriseth  many  things,  as,  ye  shall 
 not  eat  with  the  blood,  (Lev.  xix.  26.)  And 
 so  when  it  is  said,  do  not  such  a  thing,  and 
 such  a  thing,  forasmuch  as  there  is  not  a  par- 
 ticular  prohibition  set  before  every  one  of 
 them  he  is  not  to  be  beaten  for  every  one  of 
 them,  unless  they  be  divided  in  other  prohi- 
 bitions, or  said  by  word  of  mouth  that  they 
 are  divided.  As  where  it  is  said,  Eat  not  of 
 it  raw  or  sodden,  (Exod.  xii.  9;)  he  is  not 
 beaten  (for  eating  of  it  raw  and  sodden)  twice, 
 but  once.  Of  the  first-fruits  he  saith,  '  ye 
 shall  not  eat  bread,  and  parched  corn,  and 
 green  ears,'  (Lev.  xxiii.  14;)  a  man  for  eat- 
 ing these  three  is  to  be  beaten  thrice  ;  by 
 word  of  mouth  we  have  been  taught,  that 
 these  are  divided  (or  several.)  It  is  said  (in 
 Deut.  xviii.  10,)  let  there  not  be  found  in 
 thee  any  that  maketh  his  son  or  his  daughter 
 to  pass  through  the  fire  ;  a  diviner  of  divina- 
 tions, an  observer  of  times:  although  all  these 
 things  be  comprehended  generally  in  one 
 prohibition,  yet  are  they  divided  in  other 
 prohibition?,  as  (in  Lev.  xix.  26  ;)  ye  shall 
 not  observe  fortunes,  and  ye  shall  not  observe 
 times:  to  teach,  that  every  one  of  these  is  a 
 prohibition  by  itself  several;  and  so  all  other 
 of  like  sort."  Maim,  in  Sanhedrin,  chap, 
 xviii.  sect.  1 — 3.  Finally,  they  say,  "  all 
 prohibitions,  for  which  cutting  off  is  due, 
 but  not  death  by  the  magistrate,  for  which 
 men  are  to  be  beaten,  are  one  and  twenty. 
 All  for  which  death  is  due  by  the  hand  of 
 God,  which  are  prohibitions  wherein  an  act 
 is,  for  which  men  are  to  be  beaten,  are  eigh- 
 teen. All  prohibitions  in  the  law,  for  which 
 there  is  neither  cutting  ofl'  due,  nor  death 
 by  the  magistrate,  for  which  men  are  to  be 
 beaten,  are  an  hundred  sixty  and  eight.  So 
 there  are  found  in  all  which  are  to  be  beaten, 
 two  hundred  and  seven."  Maim.  ibid, 
 chap.  xix.  All  which  are  there  particularly 
 related,  b\it  would  be  too  long  here  to  repeat. 
 The  judge,]  That  is,  the  judges,  as  theGr. 
 translatelh:  for  one  judge  sat  not  alone  to 
 judge  controversies.  Neither  was  any  man 
 to  be  beaten  without  witnesses  of  his  crime. 
 "  No  man  is  to  be  beaten  but  by  witnesses 
 and  evidence,  and  they  are  to  examine  the 
 witnesses  by  inquiry  and  diligent  search,  even 
 as  they  do  in  judgments  of  life  and  death." 
 Maim,  in  Sanhedrin,  chap.  xvi.  sect.  4. 
 Cause  him  to  lie  down,]  Or,  to  be  laid 
 down,  and  bound  fast:  the  manner  is  said  to 
 be  thus  ;  "  both  his  hands  are  fast  bound  unto 
 a  post,  this  way  and  that  way,  and  the  mi- 
 nister of  the  congregation  [the  executioner^ 
 
CHAP.  XXV. 
 
 331 
 
 a  number.  *  Forty  (stripes)  he  may  smite  him  ;  he  shall  not  add 
 more,  lest  if  he  add  to  smite  him  above  these  with  many  stripes, 
 then  thy  brother  be  vile  in  thine  eyes. 
 
 taketh  hold  on  his  garments,  if  they  rend 
 they  rend,  or  if  they  seam-rend  they  seam- 
 rend,  until  he  make  bare  down  to  his  heart, 
 for  he  is  not  to  beat  him  upon  his  clothes. 
 And  he  that  is  beaten  neither  standeth  nor 
 sittelh,  but  boweth  down."  Maim,  in  San. 
 kedrin,  chap.  xvi.  sect.  8, 10.  To  be  beat- 
 en,] Or  smitten  j  in  Gr.  scourged.  The 
 Hebs.  say,  "  there  was  a  stone  laid  behind 
 him,  on  wiiichthe  minister  that  did  beat  him 
 stood,  who  had  in  his  hand  a  scourge  of  a 
 bull's  hide,  doubled  to  two,  and  two  to  four; 
 and  two  scourges  (or  thongs)  of  an  ass's  hide, 
 that  slided  up  and  down  in  it :  and  the 
 breadth  of  the  scourge  was  an  hand-breadth, 
 and  the  length  so  as  it  might  reach  to  the 
 fore-part  of  his  belly ;  and  the  handle  of  the 
 scourge  was  an  hand -breadth  long.  He  that 
 did  beat  him,  lifted  up  the  scourge  with  both 
 his  hands,  and  smote  him  with  one  hand, 
 with  all  his  might,"  &c.  Maim,  in  Sanhe- 
 drin,  chap.  xvi.  sect.  8.  Before  his  face,] 
 The  Gr.  translateth,  before  them,  meaning 
 the  judges,  who  were  to  see  him  beaten. 
 And  they  say,  that  "the  greatest  of  the 
 judges  read  all  the  while  that  he  was  in 
 beating,  (that  in  Deut.  xxviii.  58,  &c,)  '  If 
 thou  wilt  not  observe  to  do  all  the  words  of 
 this  law,  &c.,  then  the  Lord  will  make  thy 
 plagues  wonderful,  &c.  And  the  second  of 
 the  judges  counted,  (thenumberof  thestrokes) 
 and  the  third  said  unto  the  minister,  Smite: 
 all  the  while  that  he  smote,  he  did  smite  at 
 his  bidding."  Maim.  ibid.  chap.  xvi.  sect. 
 11.  According  TO  nis  wickedness,]  Or, 
 as  the  Chald.  interprettth  it,  according  to  the 
 sufficiency/  (the  proportion)  of  his  sin :  but 
 the  Gr.  saith,  accordinff  to  his  impiety.  So 
 that  the  judges  might  moderate  his  blows, 
 according  to  the  nature  of  his  trespass,  and 
 the  man's  ability  to  bear  the  stripes;  but  they 
 might  not  exceed  the  number  set  here  of 
 God.  "  They  may  not  add  more  than  forty, 
 though  he  be  as  strong  and  lusty  as  Samson: 
 but  they  may  abate  from  him  that  is  weak, 
 &c.  If  they  have  judged  him  to  have  forty 
 stripes,  and  after  that  they  have  begun  to  beat 
 him,  they  see  him  to  be  weak,  and  say,  He 
 cannot  bear  more  than  these  nine  or  twelve 
 stripes  which  he  hath  received,  then  he  is 
 free.  If  they  adjudged  him  to  receive 
 twelve,  and  after  that  he  is  beaten,  they  see 
 him  strong  and  able  to  bear  more,  he  is  ires 
 notwithstanding,  and  may  not  be  beaten  with 
 more  than  they  adjudged  him.  Whoso  de- 
 serveth  many  beatings,  for  many  transgres- 
 
 sions that  he  hath  done,  or  for  one  that  de- 
 servtth  many,  if  they  adjudge  him  one 
 measure  (or  judgment)  he  is  beaten  and  dis- 
 charged ;  if  not,  they  beat  him,  and  he  heal- 
 eth  himself,  and  then  they  beat  him  again. 
 Whoso  is  beaten  by  the  magistrates  for  a  sin 
 which  deserveth  cutting  off,  and  is  beaten  the 
 second  time  for  the  same  sin;  as  he  that 
 eateth  fat,  (Lev.  vii.  25,)  and  is  beaten  for  it, 
 and  eateth  fat  the  second  time,  and  is  beaten 
 for  it;  if  he  eat  it  the  third  time,  they  beat 
 him  not,  but  put  him  into  little-ease,  a  nar- 
 row place  as  high  as  himself,  wherein  he  can- 
 not lie  down;  and  they  give  him  the  bread 
 of  distress,  and  water  of  affliction,  till  his 
 bowels  be  shrunk,  and  he  be  sick:  and  after- 
 ward they  feed  him  with  barley  till  his  belly 
 burst."  Maim,  in  Sanhedrin,  chap.  xvii. 
 sect.  1,  2,  3,  and  chap,  xviii.  sect.  4.  By  a 
 number,]  That  is,  by  a  certain  number,  de- 
 termined by  the  judges. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Forty  stripes,]  This  number 
 forty  the  scripture  useth  sundry  times  in 
 cases  of  humiliation,  affliction,  and  punish- 
 ment: as  Moses  twice  humbled  himself  in 
 fasting  and  prayer  forty  days  and  forty  nights, 
 Deut.  ix.  9,  ]  8,  Elias  fasted  forty  days,  1 
 Kings  xix.  8,  and  our  Saviour,  Matt.  iv.  2. 
 Forty  years  Israel  was  afflicted  in  the  wilder- 
 ness for  their  sins.  Num.  xiv.  33,  34,  and 
 forty  years  Egypt  was  desolate  for  treacherous 
 dealing  with  Israel,  Ezek.  xxix.  11 — 13. 
 Forty  days  every  woman  was  in  purification 
 from  her  uncleanness,  for  a  man  child  that 
 she  bare,  and  twice  forty  days  for  a  woman- 
 child,  Lev.  xii.  4,  5.  Forty  days  and  forty 
 nights  it  rained  at  Noah's  flood.  Gen.  vii.  12. 
 Forty  days  did  Ezekiel  bear  the  iniquity  of 
 the  house  of  Judah,  Ezek.  iv.  6.  '  Jod;is 
 preached.  Yet  forty  days  and  Nineveh  shail 
 be  overthrown,'  Jon.  iii.  4.  Forty  years' 
 space  the  Canaanites  had  to  repent,  after  Is- 
 rael came  out  of  Egypt,  and  wandered  so 
 many  years  in  the  wilderness,  Num.  xiv.  33. 
 And  thrice  forty  years  the  old  world  had 
 Noah  preaching  unto  them  repentance.  Gen. 
 vi.  3.  It  was  fojty  days  ere  Christ  ascended 
 into  heaven,  after  his  resurrection.  Acts.  i. 
 3 — 9.  And  foity  years'  space  of  repentance 
 he  gave  unto  the  Jews,  from  the  time  that 
 they  killed  him,  before  he  destroyed  their  city 
 and  temple,  by  the  Romans.  By  the  Hebs. 
 this  law  is  expounded  thus,  "  How  many 
 stripes  do  they  beat  (an  ofli^nder)  with?  with 
 forty  lacking  one:  as  it  is  written,  (Deut. 
 XXV.  2,  3,)  by  number  forty,  that  is,  the  num. 
 
332 
 
 DEUTERONOMY 
 
 ^  Thou  shalt  not  muzzle  the  ox,  when  lie  treadeth  out  the  corn. 
 *  If  brethren  dwell  together,  and  one  of  them  die,  and  have  no 
 
 ber  which  is  next  to  forty.  Thalmud  Bab. 
 in  Maccoth,  cliap.  iii.  This  their  uuder- 
 staiidifjg  is  very  ancient,  for  so  they  practised 
 in  the  apostles'  days;  as  Paul  testifieth,  '  Of 
 the  Jews  five  times  received  1  forty  (stripes) 
 save  one,'  2  Cor.  xi.  24.  But  their  reason 
 which  they  give  is  not  solid:  as  when  tiiey 
 say,  "  If  it  had  been  written,  ♦  Forty  in  num- 
 ber,* I  would  say  it  were  full  forty:  but  be- 
 ing written,  in  number  forty,  it  meaneth  the 
 number  which  reckoneth  forty  next  after  it, 
 that  is,  thirty-nine.  By  this  exposition  they 
 confound  the  verses,  and  take  away  the  dis- 
 tinction. I  think  rather  this  custom  was 
 taken  up,  by  reason  of  the  manner  of 
 their  beating  fore  spoken  of,  which  was  with 
 a  scourge  that  had  three  cords,  so  that  every 
 stroke  was  counted  for  three  stripes,  and  then 
 they  could  not  give  even  forty,  but  either 
 thirty-nine,  or  forty-two,  whicli  was  above  the 
 number  set  of  God.  And  hereof  they  write 
 thus;  "  Wlien  they  judge  (or  condemn)  a 
 sinner  to  so  many  (stripes)  as  he  can  bear, 
 they  judge  not  but  by  strokes  that  are  fit  to 
 be  trebled,  [that  is,  to  give  three  stripes  at 
 one  stroke  by  reason  of  the  three  cords.]  If 
 they  judge  that  he  can  bear  twenty,  they  do 
 not  say  he  shall  be  beaten  with  one  and 
 twenty ;  to  the  end  that  they  may  treble  (the 
 stripes)  but  they  give  him  eighteen."  Maim. 
 in  Sanhedrin,  chap.  xvii.  sect.  2.  Thus  he 
 that  was  able  to  bear  twenty  stripes,  had  but 
 eighteen ;  the  executioner  smote  him  but  six 
 times,  for  if  he  had  smitten  him  the  seventh, 
 they  were  counted  one  and  twenty  stripes, 
 which  was  above  the  number  adjudged:  so  he 
 that  was  adjudged  to  forty  was  smitten  thirteen 
 times,  which  being  counted  one  for  three, 
 make  thirty.nine.  And  so  R.  Bechaias 
 writing  hereof,  saith;  "The  strokes  are 
 trebled  (that  is,  every  one  is  three)  and  three 
 times  thirteen  are  nine  and  thirty.  He  may 
 SMITE,  J  In  Gr.,  they  may  scourge,  (or  shall 
 scourge)  implying  all  the  judges  with  the 
 executioner:  so  after,  and  they  shall  not 
 add.  Not  add,]  Not  exceed  the  number 
 set  of  God.  The  Hebs.  say,  If  he  that  is 
 beaten,  "  die  under  the  hand  of  the  execu- 
 tioner, he  is  free;  but  if  he  add  one  stripe 
 more  to  the  measure,  and  he  die,  then  the 
 executioner  i;  banisheii  for  it.  If  he  die  not, 
 yet  he  traiisi;re3seth  against  this  prohibition: 
 and  so  for  all  other  that  smite  their  neigh- 
 bours. For  if  when  the  law  giveth  leave  to 
 smite,  the  Scripture  commandeth  not  to 
 ^mite  a  man  (more  than  the  appointed  mea- 
 sure for  his  wickedness,  much  more  any 
 vther  man.      Therefore    whoso   smiteth    his 
 
 Mbighbour,  thougii  he  smite  a  servant  with  a 
 stroke,  for  which  there  is  not  due  a  farthing 
 recompence,  he  is  to  be  beaten :  but  if  there 
 be  recompence  to  be  made  for  it  by  money, 
 no  man  payeth,  and  is  beaten  also."  Maim, 
 in  Sanhedrin,  chap.  xvi.  sect.  12.  With 
 MANY  STRIPES,]  Or,  with  any  more  stripes: 
 Heb.  with  much  smiting.  Thy  brother 
 BE  VILE,]  Oi ,  be  contemptible.  By  this  God 
 teacheth  to  hate  and  despise  the  sin,  not  the 
 sinner,  who  is  by  this  chastisement  to  be 
 amended:  as  the  power  which  the  Lord  hath 
 given,  is  '  to  edification,  and  not  to  destruc- 
 tion,' 2  Cor.  xiii.  10.  This  '  vileuess  or  ig- 
 nominy is  opposed  to  glory  or  honour,'  Is. 
 xvi.  14.  Tlie  Gr.  translateth  it,  Aschemon- 
 esi,  that  is,  be  ignaninious,  or  behave  him- 
 self unseemly :  which  word  Paul  useth  when 
 he  saith,  ''  Love  doth  not  behave  itself  un- 
 seemly,' or  is  not  ignominious,  or  contume- 
 lious, 1  Cor.  xiii.  5.  From  this  the  Hebs. 
 teach,  that  "whosoever  hath  sinned  and  is  ■ 
 beaten,  he  returneth  to  his  dignity,  because 
 it  is  said,  '  Then  thy  brother  be  vile  in  thine 
 eyes;  after  he  is  beaten,  lo  he  is  thyhrothe"-. 
 And  all  that  deserve  cutting  off,  when  thev 
 are  beaten,  are  free  from  cuttir.g  off.  The 
 high  priest  when  he  sinneth,  is  beaten  bv 
 three,  as  all  other  of  the  people,  and  return- 
 eth to  his  highness  (or  dignity:)  but  the  chief 
 of  the  session,  when  he  sinneth,  they  beat 
 him,  and  he  returneth  not  to  his  first  estate; 
 yea,  he  returneth  not  to  be  as  one  of  the  rest 
 of  the  Synedrion,  for  they  ascend  in  holiness, 
 and  descend  not."  Maim,  in  Sanhedrin, 
 chap.  xvii.  sect.  7 — 9. 
 
 Ver.  4. — The  ox,]  Or  the  ass,  or  any 
 other  beast:  the  ox  is  named  hut  for  an  in- 
 stance. And  if  the  beast  may  not  be  muz- 
 zled, that  is,  have  his  mouth  tied  up  (as  the 
 Ciiald.  translateth)  but  is  to  eat  that  wherein 
 he  worketh,  how  much  more  men.  Hereupon 
 the  apostle  saith,  '  Doth  -God  take  care  for 
 oxen?  or  saith  he  it  altogether  for  our  sakes? 
 For  our  sakes  no  doubt  this  is  written,  that 
 he  that  ploweth  should  plow  in  hope;  and  he 
 that  thresheth  in  hope,  should  be  partaker  of 
 his  hope,'  1  Cor.  ix.  9,  10.  See  also  the 
 notes  on  Deut.  xxii.  10.  When  he  tread- 
 eth,] Or,  in  his  treadi7ig  or  threshing; 
 which  the  Gr.  (followed  also  by  the  apostle) 
 translateth,  treading  or  threshing.  They 
 used  in  Israel  to  thresh  their  corn,  not  only 
 with  flails  as  we  do,  but  with  the  feet  of  beasts 
 they  trod  it  out,  Hos.  x.  11,  and  sometimes 
 with  cart-wheels,  as  Is.  xxviii.  27,  2S.  So 
 they  were  wont  in  other  nations,  as  the  Ro- 
 mans did  beat  out  their  corn  with  staves,  or 
 
CHAP.    XXV. 
 
 333 
 
 son,  the  wife  of  the  dead  shall  not  be  to  one  without,  to  a  man  that 
 is  a  stranger,  Iier  husband's  brother  sliall  go  in  unto  her,  and  take 
 her  to  him  to  wife,  and  do  the  duty  of  an  liusband's  brother  unto 
 
 tread  it  out  with  cattle.  Columel.  de  rust, 
 lib.  2,  cap.  21.  Spiritually  this  signified  the 
 labour  of  the  ministers  of  the  word,  preparing 
 the  bread  of  life  for  the  soul,  as  the  apostle 
 showeth,  saying,  '  Let  the  elders  that  rule 
 well,  be  counted  worthy  of  double  honour, 
 especially  they  who  labour  in  the  word  and 
 doctrine:  for  the  Scripture  saith, '  Thou  shall 
 not  muzzle  the  ox  that  treadeth  out  the  corn,' 
 1  Tim.  V.  17,  18,  and  to  this  the  proverb 
 agreeth,  '  Where  no  oxen  are,  the  crib  is 
 clean  (or  empty),'  Prov.  xiv.  4.  Touching 
 this  law,  the  Hebs.  write  thus ;  "  A  beast  is 
 to  eat  all  the  while  that  it  worketh  in  things 
 that  grow  out  of  the  ground,  whether  they  be 
 yet  upon  the  ground,  or  pulled  up :  he  is  also 
 to  eat  of  the  burdens  that  are  upon  his  back, 
 &c.  whosoever  restraineth  a  beast  from  eating, 
 in  the  time  of  his  working,  he  is  to  be  beaten, 
 Deut.  XXV.  4,  whether  it  be  an  ox,  or  other 
 kind  of  beast,  unclean  or  clean,  and  whether 
 he  tread  out  the  corn,  or  do  any  other  work 
 in  that  which  groweth  out  of  the  ground  ;  and 
 it  is  uot  said,  the  ox  when  he  treadeth,  but 
 for  an  instance.  And  whether  he  muzzle 
 him  at  the  time  of  his  work,  or  before  the 
 time,  and  then  doth  work  with  him;  yea, 
 though  he  muzzle  him  by  voice,  [that  is, 
 frayeth  him  by  his  voice  from  eating]  he  is  to 
 be  beaten.  If  he  hire  a  beast,  and  muzzle 
 him,  and  treadeth  out  corn  with  him,  he  is 
 both  beaten,  and  payeth  to  the  owner  thereof 
 four  kabs  for  a  bullock,  and  three  kabs  for  an 
 ass.  [A  kab  was  a  measure  that  held  as 
 much  as  twenty-four  eggs.]  If  an  Israelite 
 tread  out  corn  with  the  bullock  of  an  heathen, 
 (and  muzzle  it)  he  transgresseth  against  this 
 law,  'Thou  shalt  not  muzzle:'  but  if  an 
 heathen  tread  with  an  Israelite's  bullock,  he 
 transgresseth  not  :['for  what  things  soever  the 
 law  saith,  it  saith  to  them  that  are  under  the 
 law,  Rom.  iii.  19.]  If  he  muzzle  him  not,  but 
 put  a  prick  in  his  mouth,  that  he  cannot  eat, 
 or  cause  a  lion  to  lie  thereby  [to  fray  him 
 from  eating]  or  layeth  the  (bullock's)  calf 
 without  [to  keep  her  fiom  eating]  or  that  the 
 beast  is  athirst,  and  he  giveth  it  no  drink,  or 
 spread  a  skin  upon  the  corn  that  he  may  not 
 eat;  all  these  and  other  the  like  are  unlawful, 
 though  he  is  not  beaten  [for  doing  them,"]  &c. 
 Maim.  tom.  4,  treat,  of  Hired  things,  chap, 
 xiii.  sect.  1 — 3. 
 
 Ver.  5.— If  brethren  dwell  to- 
 gether,] This  law  is  first  to  be  understood  of 
 natural  and  next  brethren  (the  Hebs.  restrain 
 it  to  Israelites,  and  brethren  by  the  father's 
 
 side  only ;)  and  secondly,  if  there  be  no  bre- 
 thren, the  next  kinsman  (for  all  kinsmen  are 
 in  the  Sciipture  phrase  brethren)  is  to  do 
 the  duty  here  required,  as  the  example  of 
 Boaz  and  Ruth  showeth,  Ruth  iii.  iv.  And 
 their  dwelling  together  seemeth  to  denote 
 their  single  state  of  life,  whilst  they  abode 
 in  their  father's  house;  as  there  is  an  ex- 
 ample of  Er,  Onan,  and  Selah,  in  Judah's 
 family,  where  before  Moses'  time  this  law  was 
 practised,  Gen.  xxxviii.  7,  &c.  One  of 
 THEM  DIE,]  One  is  often  used  for  the  first, 
 as  in  Gen.  i.  5;  viii.  5.  So  some  understand 
 this  law  to  be  for  the  first-born  of  the  brethren 
 only:  others  take  it  generally  for  any  one  of 
 them ;  and  thus  the  Hebs.  take  it  in  the  lar- 
 gest sense.  "  It  is  commanded  by  the  law, 
 that  a  man  should  take  the  wife  of  his  bro- 
 ther by  the  father's  side,  whether  of  such  as 
 be  married  or  betrothed,  if  he  die  without 
 seed,  Deut.  xxv.  5.  Brethren  by  the  mo- 
 ther's side  (only)  are  not  counted  for  brethren, 
 in  the  case  of  inheritance,  or  of  taking  the 
 brother's  wife,  and  putting  ofi"  (the  shoe)  but 
 are  as  if  they  were  none:  for  there  is  no 
 brotherhood  but  by  the  father's  side.  Strangers 
 that  are  become  proselytes,  and  servants 
 which  have  their  freedom,  have  no  brother- 
 hood at  all,  but  are  as  strangers  one  to  an- 
 other," &c.  Maim.  tom.  2,  in  Jibbmn,  (or 
 treat,  of  taking  the  Brother's  wife,)  chap,  i, 
 sect.  1,  7,  8.  So  in  the  gospel  this  case  is 
 propounded  to  our  Saviour  in  general  terms, 
 Moses  said,  '  if  any  (man)  die,'  Matt.  xxii. 
 24,  or  '  if  any  (man's)  brother  die,'  Mark  xii. 
 19,  Luke  XX.  28,  that  it  seemeth  even  then, 
 this  was  not  thought  to  intend  the  first-born 
 only.  Have  no  son,]  Heb.,  no  son  to  him, 
 that  is,  no  child:  for  son,  the  Gr.  tianslateili 
 seed  which  comprehendeth  son  or  daughter: 
 so  in  the  gospel  it  is  translated,  '  having  no 
 children,'  Matt.  xxii.  24,  or,  'he  die  child- 
 less,' Luke  XX.  28,  and  in  Matt.  xxii.  25,  it 
 is  said,  '  having  no  seed.'  Tlius  the  Hebs. 
 expound  it,  "  That  which  is  said  in  the  law, 
 'And  have  no  son;'  whether  it  be  son  or 
 daughter,  or  seed  of  son,  or  seed  of  daughter, 
 &c.  if  he  have  seed  by  that  wife,  or  by  an- 
 other, he  freeth  his  wife  from  unloosing  the 
 shoe,  or  marrying  his  brother:  yea,  though 
 he  have  a  seed  which  is  a  bastard,  &c.  But 
 if  he  have  a  son  by  a  bond- woman,  or  by  an 
 alien,  he  freeth  not  his  wife:  for  the  seed  that 
 cometh  of  a  bond-woman,  are  servants,  Exod. 
 xxi.  4,  and  they  which  come  of  infidels  are 
 infidels,  aud  are  as  none;  for  of  the  heathen 
 
334 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 lier.  ®  And  it  sliall  be,  that  the  first-born  which  she  beareth,  shall 
 stand  up  in  the  name  of  his  brother,  which  is  dead,  that  his  name 
 be  not  blotted  out  of  Israel.  ^  And  if  the  man  like  not  to  take 
 his  brother's  wife,  then  let  his  brother's  wife  go  up  to  the  gate,  unto 
 the  elders  and  say.  My  husband's  brother  refuseth  to  raise  up  unto 
 his  brother  a  name  in  Israel ;  he  is  not  willing  to  do  the  duty  of  an 
 
 he  saith,  '  He  will  turn  away  thy  son  from 
 after  me,'  Deut.  vii.  4,  he  turneth  him  away 
 from  beingcounted  of  the  church.  And  though 
 his  son  by  the  bond-woman  be  made  free,  or 
 his  son  by  the  alien  be  become  a  proselyte,  yet 
 are  they  as  other  strangers,  and  freed  (ser- 
 vants) and  do  not  discharge  his  wife,  &c. 
 Whoso  dieth,  and  leaveth  his  wife  with  child, 
 if  she  have  an  untimely  birth  after  his  death, 
 she  is  to  mary  her  husband's  brother  :  but  if 
 she  bring  it  forth,  and  the  child  cometh  out 
 alive  into  the  air  of  the  world,  although  it 
 die  in  the  hour  that  it  is  born,  lo  his  mother 
 is  discharged  from  pulling  off'  the  shoe,  or 
 marrying  her  husband's  brother."  Maim,  in 
 Jibbum,  chap.  i.  sect.  3 — 5,  A  stranger,] 
 That  is,  of  another  family  in  Israel,  as  the 
 Gr.  translateth  it,  a  Jitan  not  near,  that  is, 
 not  near  of  kin.  The  Hebs.  say,  ''  If  she  be 
 married  to  another,  and  he  lie  with  her  before 
 she  be  married  to  herhusband's  brother,  or  have 
 pulled  off  his  shoe,  he  and  she  are  to  beaten, 
 and  she  is  to  go  out  by  (bill  of  divorce.)" 
 Maim,  in  Jibbum,  chap.  ii.  sect.  18.  Her 
 husband's  brother,]  Or  next  nearest  kins- 
 man, as  in  Ruth's  case,  Ruth  iii.  Here  they 
 say,  "  Whoso  dieth  and  leaveth  many  bre- 
 thren, it  is  commanded  that  the  eldest  marry 
 his  brother's  wife,  or  pull  off  his  shoe.  If  the 
 eldest  will  not,  they  turn  to  all  the  other  bre- 
 thren: if  they  will  not,  they  turn  again  to 
 the  eldest  and  say , Upon  thee  the  commandment 
 (lieth)  either  to  put  ofl'  (the  shoe^  or  to  marry 
 thy  brother's  wife:  and  they  cannot  compel 
 the  husband's  brother  to  marry  her,  but  they 
 may  compel  him  to  pull  ofl'  (the  shoe).  If 
 the  eldest  brotlier  he  gone  into  another  coun- 
 tiy,  his  younger  brother  may  not  say,  the 
 commandment  lieth  upon  my  elder  brother, 
 wait  for  him  till  he  come:  but  they  say  to 
 this,  that  he  may  now  marry,  or  pull  ofl"  (the 
 shoe)."  Maim,  in  Jibbum,  chap.  ii.  sect. 
 C — 9.  Go  IN  UNTO  HER,]  Into  the  chamber, 
 as  Judges  xv.  1,  that  is,  to  take  her  to  wife. 
 The  Hebs.  think  this  might  not  be  done  "  till 
 they  had  waited  ninety  days  "  after  her  hus- 
 band's death,  which  was  to  see  whether  she 
 was  with  child  or  nut:  and  such  was  the  cus- 
 tom for  all  other  women  that  were  widows  ; 
 they  married  not  till  after  three  months." 
 Maim,  in  Jibbum,  chap.  i.  sect.  19.  This 
 seemeth  necessary  in  this  case,  for  if  she 
 were  with  child,  and  brought  it  forth  alive,  it 
 
 was  not  lawful  for  her  brother-in-law  to  have 
 her.  Lev.  xviii.  16. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Stand  up  in  the  name  of  his 
 BROTHER,]  That  is,  be  counted  and  called 
 the  seed  of  the  dead  man,  not  of  the  living: 
 and  for  this  cause  Onan  sinned  in  not  per- 
 forming this  duty,  because  '  he  knew  that  the 
 seed  should  not  be  his,'  Gen.  xxxviii.  9. 
 Thus  Obed,  whom  Buaz  begat  of  Ruth,  is 
 said  to  be  the  '  son  of  Naomi,'  Ruth  iv.  17. 
 And  as  he  did  this  for  his  dead  brother,  so  by 
 the  Hebs.  "  Whoso  married  his  brother's 
 wife,  he  was  the  heir  of  all  his  brother's  goods." 
 Maim.  tom.  4,  treat,  of  Inheritances,  chap, 
 iii.  sect.  7.  His  name  be  not  blotted 
 OUT,]  Or,  not  wiped  out;  for  that  was  ao 
 heavy  judgment  in  Israel,  Deut.  ix.  14  ;  xxix. 
 20;  Ps.  cix.  13.  Therefore  to  comfort  the 
 godly  eunuchs,  the  Lord  promiseth  to  give 
 them  '  a  name  better  than  of  sons  and  of 
 daughters,'  Is.  Ivi.  5.  And  this  showeth  the 
 reason  of  this  law,  that  God  would  have  bre- 
 thren show  mercy  one  to  another,  both  •  to 
 the  living,  and  to  the  dead,'  as  Ruth  ii.  20, 
 that  widows  should  not  be  left  comfortless,  and 
 that  families  should  not  be  cut  off  from  their 
 inheritances  in  Canaan,  (which  were  figures 
 of  a  better  and  heavenly  heritage,  as  is  show- 
 ed on  Gen.  xii.  5,)  but  that '  the  name  of  the 
 dead  might  be  raised  up  upon  their  inheri- 
 tances,' Ruth  iv.  5,  10.  And  as  Christ 
 himself  came  according  to  the  flesh,  after 
 this  manner  of  kindness  showed  by  Boaz  to  his 
 grandfather;  so  unto  him,  and  his  church, 
 may  the  truth  of  this  shadow  and  legal  ordi- 
 jiance  be  applied.  For  the  church  of  Israel 
 was  his  wife,  Hosea  ii.  who  bare  him  no  chil- 
 dren by  the  law,  Rom.  vii.  10,  11.  But 
 the  apostles  (his  brethren,  John  xx.  17,)  by 
 the  immortal  seed  of  the  gospel,  begat  chil- 
 dren unto  him,  both  of  the  Jews  and  Gen- 
 tiles, I  Cor.  iv.  15;  Gal.  iv.  19;  1  Pet.  i. 
 23,  not  that  they  should  be  called  by  any  man's 
 name,  1  Cor.  i.  12,  13,  but  to  carry  the  name 
 of  Christ,  whose  name  shall  be  for  ever,  and  con- 
 tinued as  long  as  the  sun;  in  whom  all  nations 
 shall  bless  themselves:  and  blessed  be  the 
 name  of  his  glory  for  ever,  Ps.  Ixxii.  17,  19. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Like  not,]  Or  be  not  wil/ing, 
 have  710  delight  or  pleasure :  so  in  ver.  8. 
 Though  God  would  have  brethren  perform 
 the  foresaid  duty,  yet  if  their  aflectioiis  were 
 contrary,  he  forced  them  not  hereunto,   lest 
 
CHAP.    XXV 
 
 J35 
 
 luisbaiid's  brother  unto  me.  «  And  the  elders  of  liis  city  shall  call 
 him  and  speak  nnto  him  :  and  if  he  stand  and  say,  I  like  not 
 to  take  her,  °  Then  shall  his  brother's  wife  come  near  unto  him  in 
 the  eyes  of  the  elders,  and  she  shall  pull  off  his  shoe  from  off  his 
 foot,  and  shall  spit  in  his  face  :  and  she  shall  answer  and  say.  So 
 shall  it  be  done  unto  the  man  which  will  not  build  up  his  brother's 
 
 worse  evils  should  grow  in  families,  through 
 want  of  love,  which  is  the  bond  of  perfect- 
 iiess.  But  what  if  tiie  woman  herself  were 
 not  willing?  For  this  God  giveth  no  express 
 law:  but  by  the  Hebs.  opinion,  if  she  were 
 fit  to  marry  him,  and  would  not,  she  was 
 judged  '  as  a  woman  rebellious  against  her 
 hu-band,  and  was  put  away  without  a  dowry, 
 which  all  other  widows  had.  If  her  hus- 
 iiand's  brethren  were  many,  and  the  eldest  re- 
 quired her,  and  she  were  not  willing  thereto, 
 but  would  have  another  brother,  they  heark- 
 ened  not  unto  her,  for  the  commandment  is, 
 that  the  eldest  should  have  his  brother's  wife." 
 Maim,  in  Jibbum,  chap.  ii.  sect.  10.  To 
 THE  GATE,]  \\'here  the  judges  used  to  sit: 
 so  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  to  t/ie  gate  of  the 
 judgment-hall  (court J  before  the  elders :  see 
 Ruth  iv.  1,  2,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  8. — And  speak  onto  him,]  "The 
 brother's  wife  goeth  after  her  husband's  bro- 
 ther, in  the  place  where  he  is,  and  cometh  to 
 the  judges:  and  they  call  him,  and  give  him 
 counsel,  such  as  is  meet  for  him  and  her.  If 
 it  be  good  to  marry,  they  counsel  him  to 
 marry  her:  and  if  it  be  good  to  put  ofl'  the 
 shoe,  as  if  she  be  very  young,  and  he  an  old 
 man,  or  she  an  old  woman,  and  he  a  young 
 man,  they  counsel  him  to  put  ofl"  (the  shoe). 
 And  it  is  needful  that  the  judges  appoint  a 
 certain  place  to  sit  in,  and  afterward  she 
 uuUeth  off"  his  shoe  there  before  them,"  &c. 
 Maim,  in  Jibbum,  chap.  iv.  sect.  1,  2. 
 
 "Ver.  9. — Pull  off  his  shoe,]  It  is  said 
 Ruth  iv.  7,  that  "  this  was  the  manner  in  for- 
 mer time  in  Israel,  concerning  redeeming, 
 and  concerning  changing,  for  to  confirm  all 
 things;  a  man  pulled  off" his  shoe,  and  gave  it 
 to  his  neighbour,  and  this  was  a  testimony 
 in  Israel."  So  in  that  case  it  was  a  sign,  that 
 the  brother  gave  over  his  right  in  the  woman, 
 and  resigned  her  to  any  other.  Sometime  it 
 is  a  sign  of  ignominy.  Is.  xx.  2,  4,  that  also 
 is  implied  here,  as  the  words  following  mani- 
 fest. The  manner  of  performing  this  rite, 
 is  said  to  be  thus  ;  "  They  brought  him  a  shoe 
 of  leather,  which  had  an  heel,  &c.  and  he  put 
 it  on  his  right  foot,  and  tied  the  latchet 
 thereof  upon  his  foot,  and  stood  he  and  she  in 
 the  Synedrion  (or  court).  And  he  setting 
 his  foot  upon  the  ground,  and  she  sitting 
 down,  stretched  out  her  hand  in  the  court, 
 and  loosed  the  latchet  of  his  shoe,  and  pulled 
 
 the  shoe  off"  his  foot,  and  cast  it  on  the 
 ground.  After  this  she  stdod  up,  and  spitted 
 on  the  ground  before  his  face,  with  spittle 
 that  might  be  seen  of  the  judges,  and  it  was 
 necessary  that  the  judges  should  see  the 
 spittle  that  came  out  of  her  month.  And 
 afterwards  she  said,  '  Thus  shall  it  be  done  to 
 the  man  which  will  not  buildup  his  brother's 
 house  ;  and  his  name  shall  be  called  in  Israel, 
 the  liouse  of  him  that  hath  his  shoe  pulled 
 off';'  all  in  the  holy  tongue.  And  all  that 
 sat  there  answered  after  her,  •  He  that  hath 
 his  shoe  pulled  off",'  three  times."  Maim,  in 
 Jibbum,  chap.  iv.  sect.  6—8.  Spiritually 
 this  signified,  that  such  as  would  not  beget 
 children  unto  Christ,  it  should  be  declared  of 
 them,  that  their  feet  are  not  shod  *  with  the 
 preparation  (or  stability)  of  the  gospel  of 
 peace,'  mentioned  in  Eph.  vi.  15.  Spit  in 
 HIS  FACE,]  Or  in  his  sight,  as  this  phrase 
 is  interpreted,  Deut.  iv.  '67,  or  '  before  him,' 
 as  Deut.  xi.  25.  The  Hebs.  expound  it  of 
 spitting  on  the  ground  before  him,  as  is  be- 
 fore noted.  And  this  spitting  was  a  sign  of 
 shame  and  ignominy,  as  Num.  xii.  14;  Is. 
 60.  6.  Build  up  his  brother's  house,] 
 That  is,  beget  seed  for  his  brother:  as  Rachel 
 and  Leah  are  said  to  '  build  the  house  of  Is- 
 rael,' by  bearing  children,  Ruth  iv.  11.  See 
 the  annots.  on  Gen.  xvi.  2.  The  house  of 
 him,]  So  there  was  a  note  of  infamy  not 
 upon  himself  only,  but  his  house,  his  poster- 
 ity after  him:  whereby  God  showed  how 
 much  he  disliked  this  his  unkindness.  And 
 concerning  that  nearest  kinsman,  which  re- 
 fused to  marry  Ruth,  '  lest  he  should  mar  his 
 own  inheritance,'  Ruth  iv.  6,  we  may  observe 
 how  neither  he  nor  his  hath  any  name  or 
 memorial  in  the  book  of  God,  though  there 
 seemed  to  be  just  occasion  to  have  named  him, 
 Ruth  iv.  1,  &c.  whereas  Boaz  who  did  the 
 duty,  hath  not  only  his  genealogy  rehearsed, 
 Ruth  iv.  IS — 22,  but  is  in  the  roll  of  the 
 kindred  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  who  came 
 of  him  according  to  the  flesh,  Matt.  i.  1 — 5. 
 After  all  these  rites  were  performed,  th« 
 Hebs.  do  record,  that  the  judges  gave  unto 
 the  woman  a  bill  subscribed  with  their  names, 
 wherein  they  testified  to  all  men,  that  such  a 
 man  and  such  a  woman  had  on  such  a  day 
 and  year  appeared  before  them,  and  done  all 
 the  things  forementioned,  according  to  the 
 law  of  Moses  and  Israel:  which  bill  was  a 
 
380 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 house.  '"  And  his  name  shall  be  called  in  Israel,  The  house  of  him 
 that  hath  his  shoe  pulled  off. 
 
 "  Wlien  men  strive  together,  a  man  and  his  brother,  and  the  wife 
 of  the  one  draweth  near  for  to  deliver  her  Jiusband  out  of  the  hand 
 of  him  that  smiteth  liim,  and  putteth  forth  her  hand,  and  taketli 
 hold  by  his  secrets,  '^  Then  thou  shalt  cut  off  her  hand,  thine  eye 
 shall  not  spare. 
 
 ^^  Thou  shalt  not  have  in  thy  bag  a  stone  and  a  stone,  a  great  and 
 a  small.  "  Thou  shalt  not  have  in  thine  house  an  ephah  and  an 
 ephah,  a  great  and  a  small.  '*  A  perfect  stone  and  a  just  shalt 
 thou  have,  a  perfect  ephah  and  a  just  shalt  thou  have,  that  thy 
 days  may  be  lengthened  in  the  land  which  Jeliovah  thy  God  giveth 
 
 testimonial  of  her  full  discharge  from  this 
 man,  after  which  she  was  free  to  be  married 
 to  any  other."  Maim,  in  Jibbum,  chap.  iv. 
 sect.  29,  30. 
 
 Ver.  11.  — When  men  strive,]  Orjight, 
 as  it  were  flying  one  upon  another.  And 
 HIS  BROTHER,]  That  is,  his  neighbour  ;  bro- 
 ther is  taken  here  in  a  large  sense,  as  in 
 Exod.  ii.  11,  and  in  many  other  places.  To 
 deliver  her  husband,]  This  tliough  it  was 
 lawful  for  her  to  do,  and  a  fruit  of  her  love; 
 yet  God  furbiddeth  it  to  be  done  by  any  un- 
 lawful or  immodest  manner:  for  we  may  not 
 do  evil  that  good  may  come,  Rom.  iii.  8. 
 Putteth  forth  her  hand,]  This  notelh  a 
 purposed  act:  for  if  she  had  done  this  una- 
 wares, the  penalty  following  was  not  to  be 
 inflicted  upon  her.  So  the  Hebs.  conc'lude 
 in  tlie  general  for  all  men,  "  He  that  bringeth 
 shame  (on  his  neighbour)  is  not  guilty  (of 
 punishment)  for  tlie  sliame,  unless  he  do  it 
 purposely,  as  it  is  written,  '  And  she  putteth 
 forth  her  hand  :'  but  fi;e  that  doth  shame  to 
 his  neighbour  without  intent,  is  free."  Maim, 
 torn.  4,  in  Chobel,  (or  treat,  of  him  that  doth 
 hurt  and  damage,)  chap.  i.  sect.  iO.  By 
 HIS  SECRETS,]  Or  privities ;  which  in  the 
 Heb.  have  their  name  of  shame,  "  the  shame- 
 full  parts."  From  hence  the  Jews  have  a 
 general  law,  that  men  are  to  make  satisfac- 
 tion for  all  manner  of  shame  that  they  bring 
 upon  their  neighbour,  as  is  noted  on  Exod. 
 xxi.  19.  Their  saying  is,  "  He  that  hurteth 
 his  neighbour,  is  bound  to  make  him  satisfac- 
 tion for  five  things,  viz.  the  damage,  and  the 
 pain,  and  In's  healing,  and  his  resting,  and 
 the  shame;  and  these  five  things  are  recom- 
 pensed out  of  the  best  of  his  goods,  &c.  He 
 is  bound  to  pay  for  the  shame  by  itself,  Deut. 
 XXV.  11,  12,  under  which  law  is  generally 
 comprehended  he  that  bringeth  shame  (upon 
 his  neighbour)."     Maim,  in  Chobel,  chap.  i. 
 
 sect.  1, 
 Vbr. 
 
 12.— Cui 
 
 OFF  Hnn  HAND,]  The  in- 
 
 strument wherewith  she  sinned:  by  it  teach- 
 ing to  cut  oft'  and  abstain  from  such  actions. 
 And  this  severe  punishment  God  appointeth 
 for  her  immodest  carriage. 
 
 Ver.  13. — A  stone  and  a  stone,]  That 
 is,  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  translate,  a  weight 
 and  a  iveight ;  meaning  divers  weiglits, 
 wheiewith  to  deceive  in  buying  and  selling, 
 called  '  the  bag  of  deceitful  weights,'  Mic.  vi. 
 II.  In  Israel  they  used  to  have  their 
 weights  of  stone,  or  the  like:  see  the  annot. 
 on  Lev.  xix.  36.  So  '  an  heart  and  an 
 heart,'  meaneth  a  double  deceitful  heart,  1 
 Cliron.  xii.  33.  This  law  forbiddeth  not  only 
 all  unrighteousness  in  buying,  selling,  and 
 exchanging  ;  but  all  injustice  in  judgment. 
 Matt.  vii.  1,  2,  as  God,  blaming  the  judges, 
 saith,  '  You  weigh  the  violent  wrong  of  your 
 hands  in  the  earth,'  Ps.  Iviii.  3.  The  like 
 evil  is  to  be  avoided  in  handling  the  word  of 
 God,  that  it  be  not  '  deceitfully,'  2  Cor.  iv. 
 2.  So  for  measuring  the  ordinances  of  God 
 in  his  church,  by  the  reed  and  line  which  he 
 hath  given  therefore,  Ezek.  xl.  3,  6  ;  xliii. 
 10;  Rev.  xi.  1,  called  '  a  golden  reed,'  Rev. 
 xxi.  15. 
 
 Ver.  14. — In  thine  house,]  Though  a 
 man  do  not  weigh  or  measure  with  such,  yet 
 it  is  unlawful  "  to  have  a  light  weight,  or 
 scant  measure  in  his  house  or  shop,  (as  the 
 Flebs.  teach  from  this  place)  for  another  may 
 come,  who  knoweth  not  that  it  lacketh  weight, 
 and  may  weigh  with  it."  Maim,  treat,  of 
 Theft,  chap.  vii.  sect.  3.  Ephah,]  Or 
 bushel:  in  Gr.  and  Chald.,  a  measure  and 
 a  measure,  that  is,  a  double  measure.  Tlie 
 ephah  is  named  instead  of  all  other:  what  it 
 was,  see  on  Lev.  xix.  36,  and  Exod.  xvi. 
 36.  So  in  Prov.  xx.  10.  '  A  stone  and  a 
 stone,  an  ephah  and  an  ephah,  are  an  abomi- 
 nation to  Jehovah,  even  both  of  them.'  See 
 also  Prov.  xi.  1;  xx.  23. 
 
 Ver.  15 A  perfect  stone,]  In  Gr.,  A 
 
 true    weight:    so   after,    a   true   measure. 
 
CHAP.  XXV. 
 
 337 
 
 unto  thee.     '"  For  he  is  an  abomination  to  Jehovah  thy  God,  wlio- 
 socver  dotli  these  things,  whosoever  dotli  unrighteousness. 
 
 "  Remember  that  which  Amalek  did  unto  thee  by  the  way  when 
 ye  were  come  forth  out  of  Egypt.  '^  How  he  met  thee  by  the  way, 
 and  smote  tlie  hindmost  of  thee,  all  tliat  wei'e  feeble  behind  thee, 
 and  thou  luast  faint  and  weary ;  and  he  feared  not  God.  ^^  There- 
 fore it  sliall  be,  when  Jehovah  tliy  God  hath  given  rest  unto  thee, 
 from  all  thine  enemies  round  about,  in  the  land  whicli  Jehovah  thy 
 God  giveth  unto  thee  for  an  inheritance  to  possess  it,  thou  slialt 
 blot  out  the  remembrance  of  Amalek  from  under  the  heavens : 
 thou  shalt  not  forget  it. 
 
 Hence  Solomon  saith,  '  A  peifect  stone  is  the 
 Lord's  delight,'  Prov.  xi.  1.  And  a  just,] 
 lieb,  '  and  (a  stone  oO  justice  :  so  an  ephah 
 of  justice,  that  is,  most  just  and  exact :  con- 
 trary to  them  that  made  the  ephah  small,  and 
 the  shekel  great,'  Amos  viii.  5.  So  in  Ezek. 
 xlv.  10,  it  is  said,  '  Balances  of  justice,  and 
 an  ephah  of  justice,  and  a  bath  of  justice,  shall 
 ye  have.'  God  here  commandeth  justice  and 
 equity  in  all  things,  corporal  and  spiritual,  as 
 our  Saviour  teacheth  us,  saying,  '  Judge  not, 
 and  ye  shall  not  be  judged  :  condemn  not,  and 
 ye  shall  not  be  condemned:  forgive,  and  ye 
 shall  be  forgiven:  Give,  and  it  shall  be  given 
 unto  you,  good  measure,  pressed  down,  and 
 shaken  together,  and  running  over,'  &c. 
 Luke  vi.  37,  38.  And  Job  applying  this  to 
 his  state  of  life,  saith,  '  Let  him  weigh  me  in 
 balances  of  justice,  that  God  may  know  mine 
 integrity,'  Job  xxxi.  G.  And  every  man  is 
 willed  to  '  ponder  (or  weigh)  the  path  of  his 
 feet,'  Prov.  iv.  26,  that  is,  (as  the  apostle  ex- 
 poundeth  it)  to  'make  straight  paths  for  his  feet,' 
 Heb.  xii.  13.  May  be  lengthened,]  Or 
 prolonged;  or,  that  they  may  lengthen  thy 
 (lays;  of  which  phrase  see  Exod.  xx.  12.  As 
 '  a  just  weight  and  balance  are  the  Loid's,' 
 Prov.  xvi.  11,  and  'his  delight,'  Prov.  xi.  1, 
 so  he  rewardeth  with  blessing  and  long  life, 
 the  keeping  of  this  law,  than  which  there  is 
 none  more  necessary  in  liuman  society. 
 
 Ver.  16. — An  AKOiMiNATiON,]  That  is, 
 most  abominable ;  yea,  not  only  the  person 
 that  doth  these,  but  even  the  weights  and 
 measures  themselves  are  said  to  be  an  abomi- 
 nation, Piov.  xi.  1 ;  XX.  23,  and  the  rather 
 for  that  this  injury  is  done  under  a  show  of 
 justice,  and  done  especially  to  the  poorer  sort, 
 which  buy  by  retail,  whose  wrong  God  espe- 
 cially regardeth.  Unrighteousness,]  Or 
 injurious  evil:  which  general  word  is  here 
 added,  to  imply  all  other  wrongs  and  deceits, 
 which  abound  among  men,  whereby  they  op- 
 press and  defraud  one  another:  but '  the  Lord 
 is  the  avenger  of  all  such,'  1  Thess.  iv.  6, 
 and  he  '  hatii  sworn  by  the  excellency  of  Ja- 
 
 VoL,  II.  2 
 
 cob.  Surely  I  will  never  forget  any  of  their 
 works,'  Amos  viii.  5,  7. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Remember,]  Heb.  To  re- 
 member, of  which  phrase  see  the  notes  on 
 Exod.  xiii.  3.  Amalek,]  That  is,  the 
 j^malekites,  which  were  the  children  of 
 Esau,  Jacob's  brother:  of  whose  wickedness 
 see  Exod.  xvii.  8,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  18 — He  met  thee,]  By  way  of 
 enmity,  not  of  amity;  therefore  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth,  he  resisted  thee;  when  it  had  been 
 his  duty  to  have  met  them  with  bread  and 
 water,  for  their  refreshing,  Deut.  xxiii.  4. 
 \n  1  Sam.  xv.  2,  it  is  said,  'he  laid  (wail) 
 for  in  Israel  in  the  way.'  Smote  the  hind- 
 most,] Heb.,  cut  of}'  the  tail;  a  stratagem 
 of  war,  lawful  against  God's  enemies,  as 
 Josh.  X.  19,  but  wicked  against  Jiis  people. 
 The  Gr.  translateth,  Oit  off'  thy  hindmost 
 troop;  in  Chald.,  he  killed.  Feeble,]  In 
 Gr.,  wearied ;  in  Chald.,  lingering:  which 
 fact  was  cruelty  in  Amalek;  for  the  faint  and 
 feeble  ought  to  be  comforted  and  refreshed. 
 Matt.  xi.  28;  i  Thess.  v.  14;  and  such  were 
 gathered  in  the  lere-ward,  as  Israel  marched, 
 Num.  X.  25.  Though  this  might  be  a  just 
 correction  from  God,  for  such  as  fainted  in 
 their  travel,  wherein  they  should  have  been 
 encouraged.  See  the  notes  on  Exod.  xvii. 
 8.  Feared  not  God,]  The  Chald.  saith, 
 he  feared  not  the  glory  of  the  Lord:  for  In's 
 glory  conducted  them  in  a  pillar  of  cloud  and 
 fire,  Exod.  xiii.  21,  and  God  by  signs  and 
 wonders,  great  plagues  and  terrihleness,  had 
 brought  Israel  out  of  Egypt,  which  made  all 
 people  afraid,  Exod.  xv.  14,  &c.  yet  Amalek 
 feared  not.  As  'by  the  fear  of  the  Lord, 
 men  depart  from  evil,'  Prov.  xvi.  6,  so  the 
 want  of  his  fear  is  the  cause  why  men  rush 
 into  all  evil,  Ps.  xxxvi.  1,  2,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Given  rest  unto  thee  from 
 all,]  Under  which  is  implied,  a  subduing 
 of  all  the  enemies;  for  so  these  phrases  do 
 explain  one  another,  2  Sam.  vii.  11,  with  1 
 Chron.  xvii.  10.  And  here  God  deferreth 
 vengeance  till  after  many  years:  so  showing 
 
338 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 forbearance  towards  the  wicked,  which  should 
 lead  them  to  repentance,  Rom.  ii.  4,  and 
 compassion  towards  his  people,  whom  he 
 would  not  exercise  with  all  waters  at  once, 
 lest  they  should  be  discomfited.  See  Exod. 
 xiii.  17.  Blot  out,]  Or,  tuipe  out  the  re- 
 membrance, that  thire  should  jio  name  or 
 memorial  of  them  remain:  a  sign  of  great 
 wrath,  as  Deut.  ix.  14;  xxix.  20.  This 
 judgment  God  executed  by  Saul  the  first 
 king  of  Israel,  whom  he  sent  to  destroy  utter- 
 ly these  Amalekites,  '  both  man  and  woman, 
 infant  and  suckling,  ox  and  sheep,  camel  and 
 ass,'  1  Sam.  xv.  2,  3.  But  he  failed  in  the 
 performance  of  it:  therefore  God  stirred  up 
 theSimeonites(in  king  Hezekiah's  days)' and 
 they  smote  the  rest  of  the  Amalekites,  that 
 
 were  escaped,'  1  Chron.  iv.  42,  43,  yet  Ila- 
 man  of  A  gag  the  Amalekite  remained,  who 
 plotted  the  death  of  all  the  Je«s:  but  he  and 
 his  ten  sous  were  killed ;  and  Amalek's  me- 
 mory is  perished,  Hos.  iii.,  &c.  And  under 
 this,  the  like  judgment  on  antichrist  was 
 figured:  see  the  annot.  on  Exod.  xvii.  Shalt 
 NOT  FORGET,]  That  is,  Take  heed  thou  for- 
 get it  not:  by  forgetting  he  implieth  also  ne- 
 glect of  performing  this  judgment.  Tliere- 
 fore  Saul  who  performed  it  not  thoroughly, 
 but  spared  the  king,  and  the  best  of  the  cat- 
 tle, (though  for  sacrifice  unto  the  Lord)  was 
 rejected  of  God,  as  having  sinned  greatly,  1 
 Sam.  XV.  9,  21,  23,  and  for  it  he  was  slain, 
 I  Chron.  x.  13,  and,  an  Amalekite  had  an 
 hand  in  his  death,  2  Sam.  i.  S — 10. 
 
 CHAP.    XXVI. 
 
 1.  The  profession  of  Jmn  that  offer  eth  the  basket  of  first-fruits.  12. 
 The  confession  of  him  that  hath  given  his  third  year's  tithes.  1 6.  The 
 covenant  between  God  and  the  people. 
 
 333 
 
 '  And  it  shall  be  wlien  tliou  art  come  into  tlie  land  wliicli  Je- 
 hovah thy  God  givetli  unto  thee^r  an  inlieritance,  and  tliou  pos- 
 sessest  it,  and  dwellest  therein  ;  '^  That  tliou  slialt  take  of  tlie  first 
 
 BBS  Here  beginneth  the  fiftieth  lec- 
 ture of  the  law:  see  Gen.  vi.  9 
 
 Ver.  1. — When  thou  art  co.me,]  Or, 
 When  thou  shall  be  come.  Possessest  it,] 
 "  He  showeth  that  they  were  not  bound  to 
 (bring)  the  first-fruits,  till  the  land  were 
 subdued,  and  parted  among  them,"  saith  Sol. 
 Jarchi  on  this  place. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Of  the  first,]  Or,  of  the  he- 
 ginninrj  ;  which  the  Gr.  translateth,  of  the 
 first  fruit  of  the  fruits  of  thy  land  j  mean- 
 ing, of  those  which  were  first  ripe,  them  they 
 were  to  honour  God  with  in  the  first  place, 
 and  to  show  their  thankfulness  for  his  bless- 
 ings, that  so  they  might  be  sanctified,  and  in- 
 creased unto  them,  Piov.  iii.  9,  10.  These 
 first-fruits  were  to  be  separated  before  all 
 other,  as  is  noted  on  Num.  xviii.  13.  And 
 Sol.  Jarchi  scanneth  the  words  thus;  "  Of 
 the  first,  and  not  all  the  first:  for  all  fruits 
 were  not  bound  to  give  the  first-fruits,  but  the 
 seven  sorts  only,  for  which  the  land  of  Israel 
 is  commended  (in  Deut.  viii.  8,)  the  like  is 
 said  by  others  of  them;  "They  bring  no 
 first-fruits  save  of  the  seven  kinds  spoken  of 
 in  commendation  of  the  land,  (Deut.  viii.,) 
 
 and  they  are  wheat,  and  barley,  and  grapes, 
 and  figs,  and  pomegranates,  and  olives,  and 
 dates:  and  if  one  bring  any  besides  these 
 seven  sorts  they  are  not  sanctified.  They 
 bring  not  of  the  dates  that  grow  on  moun- 
 tains, nor  of  the  fruits  that  grow  in  valleys, 
 nor  of  olives  which  are  not  of  the  chiefest; 
 but  of  the  dates  that  grow  in  valleys,  and  of 
 the  fruits  that  grow  on  mountains,  because 
 they  are  of  the  choicest  (or  best.)  They  bring 
 no  first-fruits  of  liquors,  save  of  olives  and  of 
 grapes  only;  for  it  is  said,  '  Of  the  fruit  of 
 the  land,'  and  not  of  the  liquor;  and  if  one 
 bring  of  the  liquors,  they  leceive  them  not 
 of  him.  They  .hat  dwell  near  to  Jerusalem, 
 bring  figs  and  grapes  that  are  moist,  and  they 
 that  dwell  far  ofl' bring  them  dried."  Maim, 
 torn.  3,  in  Biccurim,  chap.  ii.  sect.  2 — 4. 
 The  first-fruits  have  no  measure  set  by  the 
 law,  but  by  the  words  of  our  wisemen,  he 
 must  separate  one  of  sixty.  And  he  that 
 will  make  all  his  field  first-fruits,  may  so  do. 
 If  he  have  separated  his  first-fruits,  and  re- 
 turneth,  and  addeth  more  unto  them,  that 
 which  he  addeth  is  as  the  first-fruits."  lb. 
 sect.  17,  18.  GiVETH,]  Or,  is  giving  unto 
 thee;  the  Gr.  addeth,   by  lot,  or  for  inhcri- 
 
CHAP.  XXVI. 
 
 339 
 
 of  all  the  fruit  of  the  earth,  which  thou  shalt  bring  of  thy  land, 
 which  Jehovah  thy  God  giveth  unto  thee,  and  shalt  put  it  in  a  bas- 
 ket, and  shalt  go  unto  a  place  which  Jehovah  thy  God  shall  choose 
 
 tance:  this  vvas  the  land  of  Canaan,  the  seat 
 of  God's  church,  and  figure  of  a  better  in- 
 heritance by  Christ:  the  first-fiUits  whereof 
 (which  are  the  graces,  cr  '  the  first-fruits  of 
 the  Spirit,'  Rom.  viii.  23,)  are  to  be  brought 
 unto  the  Lord,  that  they  may  be  accepted  in 
 Christ.  Yea,  we  ourselves,  whom  he  hath 
 begotten  '  with  the  word  of  truth,  that  we 
 should  be  a  kind  of  first-fruits  of  his  crea- 
 tures,' (James  i.  18,)  are  to  present  our 
 bodies  inito  him,  and  our  reasonable  service, 
 Rom.  xii.  1.  The  Hebs.  say,  "  If  one  bring 
 first-fruits  from  without  the  land,  they  are  no 
 first-fruits."  Maim,  in  Biccurim,  chap.  ii. 
 sect.  1.  In  A  basket,]  So  the  Gr.  and 
 Chald.  translate  the  word  Tene,  used  only 
 here,  and  in  Deut.  xxviii.  5,  17.  The 
 Hebs.  understand  it  generally  of  any  vessel, 
 and  hold  it  necessary  (from  this  place)  "that 
 the  first-fruits  be  brought  in  a  vessel ;  also 
 they  teach,  that  every  sort  of  fruit  should  be 
 brought  in  a  vessel  by  itself ;  but  if  he 
 brougnt  them  in  one  vessel,  it  would  serve. 
 And  they  might  not  bring  them  mixed  all  to- 
 gether, but  the  barley  underneath,  and  the 
 wheat  above  it,  and  the  olives  above  that, 
 and  the  dates  above  them,  and  the  pome- 
 granates above  them,  and  the  figs  uppermost 
 in  the  vessel.  And  there  should  be  some- 
 thing put  between  every  several  kind,  as 
 clothes,  or  rushes,  or  leaves,  or  the  like ;  and 
 they  laid  about  the  figs,  clusters  of  grapes 
 outward.  If  he  brought  them  in  a  vessel  of 
 metal,  the  priest  took  the  first-fruits,  and  re- 
 stored the  vessel  to  the  owner:  but  if  he 
 brought  them  in  a  vessel  of  osiers,  or  of 
 rushes,  or  the  like,  then  both  the  first-fruits 
 and  baskets  were  the  priest's."  Maim.  torn. 
 3,  in  Biccurim,  (or  treatise  of  First-fruits,) 
 chap.  iii.  sect.  7,  8.  And  shall  go,] 
 Namely,  at  the  feast  of  harvest,  or  pentecost, 
 which  was  seven  weeks  after  the  passover,  as 
 may  be  gathered  by  Exod.  xxxiv.  22,  and 
 Deut.  xvi.  9,  10,  then  the  people  went  up 
 together,  and  carried  off  their  first-fruits  with 
 them.  The  Hebs.  say,  "  They  brought  no 
 first-fruits  before  the  pentecost,  as  it  is  writ- 
 ten, '  And  the  feast  of  harvest  of  the  first- 
 fruits  of  thy  labours,'  (Exod.  xxiii.  IG,)  and  if 
 any  brought  them  (before,)  they  received 
 them  not  of  him,  hut  he  left  them  there  until 
 the  solemn  feast  came."  Maim,  in  Biccurim, 
 chap.  ii.  sect.  6.  His  name  to  dwell,] 
 The  Chald.  saith,  his  divine  presence  to 
 dwell ;  the  Gr.,  his  name  to  be  called  upon 
 there:  meaning  the  tabernacle  or  temple, 
 called   elsewhere,    'the    house    of  Jehovah, 
 
 Exod.  xxiii.  19.  This  in  ages  following  was 
 at  Shiloh  and  then  at  Jerusalem,  whither  the 
 people  used  to  repair  with  great  solemnity; 
 and  at  the  performance  of  this  service,  they 
 are  said  to  do  thus:  "  When  they  carried  up 
 the  first-fruits,  all  the  cities  that  were  in  a 
 station  (or  county)  gathered  together  to  the 
 (chief)  city  of  the  station,  to  the  end  they 
 might  not  go  up  alone;  for  it  is  said,  'In  the 
 multitude  of  people  is  the  king's  honour,' 
 (Prov.  xiv.  28.)  '  And  they  came  and  lodged 
 all  night  in  the  streets  of  the  city,  and  went 
 not  into  the  houses  for  fear  of  pollution.' 
 And  in  the  morning  the  governor  said.  Arise, 
 and  let  us  go  up  to  Zion  the  city  of  the  Lord 
 our  God.  And  before  them  went  a  bull 
 which  had  his  horns  covered  wiili  gold,  and 
 an  olive  garland  on  his  head,  to  signify  the 
 first-fruits  of  the  seven  kinds  (of  fruits.)  And 
 a  pipe  struck  up  before  them,  until  they  came 
 near  to  Jerusalem;  and  all  the  way  as  they 
 went,  they  sang,  I  rejoiced  in  them  that  said 
 unto  me,  '  We  will  go  into  the  house  of  the 
 Lord,'  &c.  (Ps.  cxxii.)  "  When  they  were 
 come  nigh  to  Jerusalem,  they  sent  messen- 
 gers before  them,  to  signify  it  to  the  men  of 
 Jerusalem,  &c.  Then  the  captains  and  go- 
 vernors went  out  of  Jerusalem  to  meet  them : 
 if  many  men  came,  there  went  out  many; 
 and  if  but  few,  few.  And  when  they  all  were 
 come  within  Jerusalem  gates,  they  began  to 
 sing,  '  Our  feet  have  been  standing  in  thy 
 gates,  O  Jerusalem,'  (Ps.  cxxii.)  All  the 
 chief  artificers  that  were  in  Jerusalem  stood 
 before  them,  and  saluted  them,  '  Welcome, 
 brethren,  the  men  of  such  a  place.'  And 
 they  went  in  the  midst  of  Jerusalem,  and  the 
 pipes  striking  up  before  them,  till  they  came 
 near  to  the  mount  of  the  house  (of  God:) 
 when  they  were  come  thither,  they  took  every 
 man  his  basket  on  his  shoulder,  and  said, 
 '  Hallelujah,  praise  God  in  his  sanctuary,' 
 &c.  (Ps.  cl.)  and  they  went  thus  and  sung  till 
 they  came  to  the  court-yard  ;  when  they  were 
 come  thither,  the  Levites  sang  (the  xxx.  Ps. 
 '  I  will  exalt  thee,  O  Lord,  for  thou  hast 
 drawn  up  me,'  "  &c.  Talmud  Bab.  in 
 Biccurim,  chap.  iii.  sect.  2 — 4,  and  Maim, 
 in  Biccurim,  chap.  iv.  sect.  16.  Unto  this, 
 and  other  like  manner  of  solemn  assembling, 
 the  prophet  hath  reference,  when  he  saith, 
 '  Ye  shall  have  a  song  as  in  the  night  when 
 an  holy  solemnity  is  kept;  and  gladness  of 
 heart,  as  when  one  goeth  with  a  pipe,  to  come 
 into  the  mountains  of  Jehovah,  to  the  rock 
 of  Israel,'  Is.  xxx.  29. 
 
340 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 to  cause  his  name  to  dwell  there,  ^  And  thou  shalt  come  unto  the 
 priest,  which  shall  be  in  those  days,  and  shalt  say  unto  him,  1  pro- 
 fess this  day  unto  Jehovah  thy  God,  that  I  am  come  into  the  land 
 whicli  Jehovah  sware  unto  our  fathers  for  to  give  unto  us.  *  And 
 the  priest  shall  take  the  basket  out  of  thine  hand,  and  shall  set  it 
 down  before  the  altar  of  Jehovah  tliy  God.     ^  And  thou  shalt  an- 
 
 Veb.  3. — Unto  the  Priest,]  God's  pub- 
 lic minister,  and  the  figure  of  Christ,  of 
 whom  it  is  written,  "By  him  let  us  ofler  the 
 sacrifice  of  praise  to  God  continually,  that  is, 
 the  fruit  of  the  lips,  confessing  to  his  name,' 
 Heb.  xiii.  15.  Which  shall  be,]  That  is, 
 which  shall  minister  in  his  course  in  tliose 
 days;  for  the  priests  ministered  by  turns: 
 see  1  Chron.  xxiv.  I  profess,]  Or,  /  de- 
 clare, I  shoiv  openly  before  the  Lord.  And 
 because  of  this  piesenting  themselves  and 
 their  first-fruits  to  him,  the  Hebs.  say,  "  That 
 when  they  brought  their  first-fruits,  they 
 brought  in  their  hand  turtle  doves  and  young 
 pigeons;  some  they  hang  upon  the  basinets, 
 and  they  were  for  burnt-ofl'erings  and  some  in 
 their  hand,  which  they  gave  unto  the  priests." 
 Maim,  in  Biccurim,  chap.  iii.  sect.  9. 
 
 Vek.  4. — Before  the  Altar,]  That 
 there  it  might  be  sanctified  by  Clirist,  figured 
 by  the  altar,  Matt,  xxiii.  19  ;  Heb.  xiii.  10, 
 &c.  and  so  made  acceptable  to  God. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Shalt  answer,]  That  is, 
 shalt  speak,  or  pronounce  :  These  words 
 were  to  be  spoken  by  every  man  that  brought 
 the  first-fi  uits,  except  he  were  not  a  man,  or 
 not  the  owner  of  the  land,  or  the  like:  for 
 such  exceptions  they  do  put,  "  He  that 
 brought  the  first-fruits,  might  if  he  would 
 give  them  to  his  servant,  or  to  his  neighbour, 
 all  the  way,  till  he  came  at  the  mount  of  the 
 house  (of  God.)  When  he  came  to  the  mount 
 of  the  house,  he  himself  was  to  take  the  bas- 
 ket on  his  own  shoulder,  yea,  though  he  were 
 tlie  king,  the  greatest  in  Israel:  and  when  he 
 came  at  the  court-yard  he  professed,  while 
 the  basket  was  upon  his  shoulder,  '  I  profess 
 this  day  unto  the  Lord  thy  God,'  &c.  Then 
 he  let  down  the  basket  from  his  shoulder,  and 
 the  priest  put  his  hand  under  it  and  waved 
 it,  and  he  said,  '  A  Syrian  ready  to  perisli 
 was  my  father,'  &c.  and  he  left  it  by  the  al- 
 tar's side,  at  the  south-west  horn  (of  the  al- 
 tar) on  the  south  side  of  the  horn,  and  bowed 
 himself  down,  and  went  out.  But  the  con- 
 fession is  not  alike  for  all:  some  are  bound  to 
 bring  first-fruits,  and  yet  make  no  confession 
 over  them;  as  the  woman,  and  he  that  is  of 
 neither  sex,  and  he  that  is  of  both  sexes,  male 
 and  female  ;  because  they  cannot  say,  '  Which 
 the  Lord  hath  given  unto  me.'  Likewise 
 tutors  (or  guardians)  and  servants  and  mes- 
 
 sengers ;  for  they  cannot  say,  'Which  the  Lord 
 hath  given  unto  me.'  The  pro?elyte  bringeth 
 and  professeth,  as  it  is  said  to  Abraham,  'A 
 father  of  a  multitude  of  nations  have  I  given 
 thee  to  be.'  (Gen.  xvii.  5.)  Behold  he  is  the 
 father  of  all  the  whole  world,  which  are 
 gathered  under  the  wings  of  the  divine  ma- 
 jesty. And  to  Abraham  was  the  oath  at  first, 
 that  his  sons  should  inherit  the  land.  Like- 
 wise the  priests  and  Levites  do  bring  (first- 
 fruits)  and  profess,  because  they  have  cities 
 and  suburbs.  He  that  separateth  his  first- 
 fruits,  and  seUeth  his  field,  bringeth  them, 
 but  professeth  not:  for  he  cannot  say,  'Which 
 the  Lord  hath  given  me,'  because  the  land  is 
 not  his.  And  he  that  bought  it,  is  not  bound 
 to  separate  other  first-fruits  of  that  sort,  be- 
 cause he  that  sold  it  hath  separated  them  al- 
 ready; and  if  he  do  separate  any,  he  may 
 bring  them,  but  not  make  profession;  but  of 
 another  sort  he  may  separate,  bring,  and  pro- 
 fess. He  that  separateth  first-fruits,  and  they 
 are  lost  before  they  come  at  the  mount  of  (God's) 
 house,  and  he  sepaiate  other  for  them,  he 
 bringeth  the  second,  but  professeth  not,  because 
 he  cannot  say,  '  The  first  of  the  fruit  of  the 
 land,'  (Deut.  xxvi.  10,)  for  they  are  not  the 
 fiist,  &c.  He  that  bringeth  first-fiuits  of 
 one  kind,  and  maketh  profession,  and  cometh 
 again  and  bringeth  first  fruits  of  another  kind, 
 he  maketh  no  profession  over  them ;  for  it  is 
 said,  'I  profess  this  day;'  one  time  in  the 
 year  doth  he  make  profession,  and  not  twice. 
 He  that  bringeth  first-fruits  after  the  feast, 
 until  the  dedication,  although  he  separated 
 them  before  the  feast,  bringeth  them,  but 
 maketh  no  profession,  because  it  is  said  (in 
 ver.  11.)  '  And  thou  shalt  rejoice  in  all  tlie 
 good;'  so  there  is  no  professing,  but  at  the 
 time  of  rejoicing,  from  the  (beginning  of  the) 
 feast  of  weeks,  until  the  end  of  the  feast." 
 Maim,  in  Biccurim,  chap.  iii.  sect.  12.  &c. 
 and  chap.  iv.  sect.  1,  &c.  In  that  which  is 
 said  of  t\\e  proselyte  (or  stranger.)  Maim. 
 dili'ereth  from  his  fellows;  for  in  Thalmud 
 Bab.  in  Biccurim,  chap.  i.  sect.  4,  it  is  said, 
 "  The  proselyte  bringeth,  but  professeth  not, 
 because  he  cannot  say,  'Which  thou  hast 
 sworn  to  our  fathers  to  give  unto  us;  but  if 
 bis  mother  were  an  Israelitess,  he  bringeth 
 and  professeth.'  But  the  former  well  agreeth 
 with  the  mystery  of  the  gospel;  for  as  it  is 
 
CHAP.    XXXII. 
 
 341 
 
 swer  and  say  before  Jehovah  thy  God,  A  Syrian  (^ready  to  perish) 
 tvas  my  father,  and  he  went  down  into  Egypt,  and  sojourned  tliere 
 with  a  fevA  men,  and  became  there  a  nation  great,  mighty,  and 
 many.  ^  And  the  Egyptians  evil  intreated  us,  and  afflicted  us,  and 
 laid  upon  us  hard  servitude.  '  And  we  cried  out  unto  Jehovah  tlie 
 God  of  our  fatliers,  and  Jehovah  heard  our  voice,  and  saw  our 
 affliction,  and  our  labour,  and  our  oppression.  '^  And  Jehovali 
 brought  us  forth  out  of  Egypt,  with  a  strong  hand,  and  with  an  out- 
 stretched arm,  and  with  great  terribleness,  and  with  signs  and  with 
 
 prophesied  in  Ezek.  xlvii.  22.  '  Ye  shall 
 divide  (the  land)  by  lot,  for  an  inheritance  to 
 you,  and  to  the  strangers  that  sojourn  among 
 you,  which  shall  beget  children  among  you, 
 and  they  shall  be  unto  you  as  bora  in  the 
 country,'  &c.  So  when  Christ  came,  Zac- 
 cheus  the  chief  publican  became  'the  son  of 
 Abraham,'  Luke  xix.  9,  and  in  Christ  'there 
 is  neither  Jew  nor  Greek,  but  all  are  one  in 
 him,  and  Abraham's  seed  and  heirs,  accord, 
 ing  to  the  promise,'  Gal.  iii.  28,  29.  And 
 in  him  is  this  service  in  the  mystery  of  it 
 fulfilled,  when  we  at  our  pentecost,  that  is, 
 when  we  receive  the  first-fruits  of  God's 
 Spirit.  (Acts  ii ;  Rom.  viii.  23,)  do  honour 
 him  with  our  persons,  our  substance,  and  with 
 the  first-fruits  of  all  our  increase,  Prov.  iii. 
 9,  offering  the  sacrifice  of  praise  unto  God 
 continually,  the  fruit  of  our  lips  confessing  to 
 his  name,  Heb.  xiii.  15.  For  as  the  first  of 
 all  fruits  were  holy,  so  the  church  is  holy  unto 
 the  Lord,  of  all  people  in  the  earth,  Rev.  xiv. 
 4;  James  i.  18,  as  it  is  written,  'Israel  is 
 holiness  unto  Jehovah,  the  first-fruits  of  his 
 revenue,'  Jer.  ii.  3.  And  as  these  first-fruits 
 were  brought  unto  the  sanctuary  in  a  basket, 
 so  the  good  Israelites  whom  God  would  ac- 
 cept for  his,  are  likened  to  '  a  basket  of  good 
 figs  set  before  the  temple  of  the  Lord,  even 
 like  the  figs  that  are  first  ripe,  and  them  God 
 promiseth  to  ac^knowledge,  and  to  set  his  eyes 
 upon  them  for  good,  and  that  they  shall  be  his 
 people,  and  he  will  be  their  God,'  &c.  Jer. 
 xxiv.  1,  2,  5 — 7.  A  Syrian  ready  to 
 PERISH,]  Heb.  An  Aramitc  perishing,  o\;  of 
 perdition;  that  is,  ready  to  perish  through 
 poverty,  affliction,  and  misery,  as  in  Prov. 
 xxxi.  6,  7.  '  Give  strong  drink  unto  him  that 
 is  ready  to  perish,'  &c.  Let  him  drink  and 
 forget  his  poverty,  and  remember  his  misery 
 no  more.'  An  Aramite  is  after  the  Gr.  call- 
 ed a  Syrian,  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  x.  22,  and 
 this  Syrian  here  spoken  of  was  Jacob,  who 
 dwelt  in  Syria  with  Laban  the  Syrian,  twenty 
 years  in  hard  service,  Gen.  xxviii.  5;  xxxi. 
 3S;  xl.  41,  42;  Hos.  xii.  12,  and  therefore 
 though  he  was  naturally  an  Hebrew,  yet  for 
 his  misery  is  called  a  Syrian ;  as  contrary- 
 
 wise  Jather,  who  by  nature  was  an  Ishmaelite, 
 1  Chron.  ii.  17,  is  for  his  faith  and  state  of 
 grace  called  an  Israelite,  2  Sam.  xvii.  25. 
 And  thus  God  said  to  the  Jews  that  dwelt  in 
 Canaan,  '  Thy  nativity  is  of  the  land  of 
 Canaan;  thy  father  was  an  Amorite,  and  thy 
 mother  a  Chethite,'  Ezek.  xvi.  3.  Others 
 understand  it  here  of  Laban,  translating,  'A 
 Syrian  was  destroying  my  father,  (or  working 
 his  perdition;')  and  to  this  the  Chald. 
 agreeth,  saying,  "  Laban  the  Syrian  sought  to 
 destroy,  (or  undo)  my  father,  and  the  vulgar 
 Lat.,  ^  Syrian  persecuted  my  father.  The 
 Gr.  dillerelh  from  both,  translating,  3Iy  fa- 
 ther left  Syria.  By  this  speech  they  were 
 taught  to  acknowledge  their  first  estate  and 
 original  to  have  been  most  miserable;  and  so 
 we  ought  all  to  confess,  Eph.  ii.  2,  3.  A 
 FEW  MEN,]  In  Chald.,  a  small  people  :  they 
 went  down  but  with  '  seventy  souls,'  Gen. 
 xlvi,  27. 
 
 Vbr.  6 Evil  intreated,]  Did  evil,  or 
 
 vexed :  and  this  is  a  commemoration  of  their 
 second  main  affliction,  whereof  see  Exod.  i, 
 &c.  and  it  was  a  figure  of  our  bondage  under 
 sin  and  satan,  which  we  being  delivered 
 from,  are  to  mention  with  thankfulness,  Rom. 
 vi.  17,  18  ;  Tit.  iii.  3.  Hard  servitude,] 
 In  Gr.,  hard  works  :  they  made  them  serve 
 '  with  rigour,  that  their  lives  were  bitter  unto 
 them,'  Exod.  i.  14,  God  would  not  have  us 
 forget  our  former  miseries,  though  we  be  come 
 out  of  them:  he  sundry  times  commandeth 
 this;  '  Thou  shalt  remember  that  thou  wast  a 
 servant  in  Egypt,'  Deut.  xvi.  12.  '  Remem- 
 ber that  ye  having  been  in  times  past 
 heathens,  &c.  were  without  Christ,  being 
 aliens  from  the  commonwealth  of  Israel,' 
 Eph.  ii.  11,  12. 
 
 Ver.  7. — We  cried  out,]  In  Chald., 
 we  prayed  :  see  Exod.  ii.  23 — 25.  Heard 
 OUR  voice,]  In  Chald.,  accepted  ottr  prayer. 
 Saw,]  In  Chald.,  it  was  revealed  (or  mani- 
 fest) before  him :  see  Exod.  iii.  7.  Our  la- 
 bour,] Or  our  molestation. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Out-stretched,]  In  Gr.  and 
 Chald.,  071  high  arm:  see  Exod.  vii.,  &c. 
 Terribleness]  Or  terror :  this  the  Gr.  and 
 
342 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 wonders.  ^  And  he  hath  brought  us  into  this  place,  and  hath  given 
 unto  us  this  land,  a  land  iiowing  with  milk  and  honey.  '"  And  noW; 
 behold,  I  have  brought  the  first-fruit  of  the  land,  wliich  thou,  Je- 
 liovah,  liast  given  unto  me ;  and  thou  shalt  set  it  down  before  Je- 
 hovah thy  God,  and  shalt  bow  down  thyself  before  Jehovah  tliy 
 God.  "  And  thou  shalt  rejoice  in  all  the  good  which  Jehovah  thy 
 God  hath  given  unto  thee,  and  unto  thine  house,  thou,  and  the  Le- 
 vite,  and  the  stranger  that  is  the  midst  of  thee. 
 
 '^  When  thou  hast  made  an  end  of  tithing  all  the  tithe  of  tliy 
 revenue,  in  the  third  year,  the  year  of  tithe,  and  hast  given  it  unto 
 the  Levite,  to  the  stranger,  to  the  fatlierless,  and  to  the  widow,  that 
 tJiey  may  eat  within  thy  gates,  and  be  filled.     ^^  Then  thou  shalt 
 
 Chald.  translate  visions,  and  so  in  Deut.  iv. 
 34. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Milk  and  honey,]  Under 
 whicli  two,  all  other  earthly  blessings  and 
 heavenly  also,  in  figure,  are  implied:  and 
 hereby  they  acknowledge  the  truth  of  God's 
 promises  made  unto  their  fathers;  whereof 
 see  the  notes  on  Exod.  iii.  8.  So  after  in 
 ver.  15. 
 
 Ver.  10.— The  fruit,]  In  Gr.,  the  first- 
 fruits  of  the  fruits.  As  we  ourselves 
 are  the  Lord's  first-fruits.  Rev.  xiv:  4,  and 
 have  received  the  first-fruits  of  his  'Spirit,' 
 Rom.  viii.  23,  so  we  tlieri  do  give  the  first- 
 fruits  unto  him,  when  in  Christ  (the  true 
 sanctuary)  we  acknowledge,  that  we  and  ours 
 are  his,  and  have  this  grace  not  of  ourselves, 
 or  for  our  own  merits,  but  of  his  goodness 
 and  liberality,  2  Cor.  iii.  3;  Eph.  ii.  8,  9, 
 10;  Tit.  iii.  3 — 6.  Set  it  down,]  Or 
 "  leave  it  for  the  priests,  which  did  after  eat 
 it.  The  first-fruits  were  given  to  the  men  of 
 the  charge  [the  priests  that  ministered]  and 
 they  divided  them  among  them,  as  the  [other] 
 holy  things  of  the  sanctuary."  Maim,  in 
 Biccurim,  chap.  iii.  sect.  1.  It  figured,  that 
 we  should  consecrate  ourselves  and  ours  for 
 ever  unto  the  Lord,  Rom.  xii.  1 ;  vi.  19,  22. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Shalt  rejoice,]  As  they  were 
 bound  to  do  at  all  other  feasts,  Deut.  xvi.  11, 
 15.  So  that  after  this  homage,  the  people 
 abode  in  the  holy  city  all  that  night  feasting, 
 and  the  next  day  they  might  depart,  and  not 
 before.  Hereupon  the  Hebs.  note  seven 
 things,  which  they  that  brought  first-fruits 
 were  bound  unto;  "  the  coming  to  the  place; 
 and  the  vessel  (or  basket;)  the  profession  to 
 l)c  made;  and  the  oblation,  (or  sacrifice;)  and 
 the  song,  and  the  waving  of  it  by  the  priest; 
 and  the  tarrying  all  night.  When  he  hath 
 brought  his  first-fruits  to  the  sanctuary,  and 
 made  profession,  and  ofiered  his  peace-offer- 
 ings, he  may  not  go  out  of  Jerusalem  that 
 day,  to  return   to  his  own  place,  but  must 
 
 tarry  there  all  night,  and  return  on  the  mor- 
 row  to  his  own  city;  as  it  is  written,  (in 
 Deut.  xvi.  7,)  and  thou  shalt  turn  in  the 
 morning,  and  go  unto  thy  tents.  All  the 
 turnings  which  thou  shalt  turn  out  of  the 
 sanctuary  after  thou  art  come  thither,  shall 
 not  be  but  in  the  morning."  Maim,  in  Bic-. 
 curim,  chap.  iii.  sect.  14.  In  all  the 
 GOOD,]  Or,  as  the  Gr.  translateth, /or  a/Jf^e 
 good  things :  the  chiefest  whereof  are  the 
 first-fruits  of  the  Spiiit,  wherewith  God 
 sanctifieth  his  people:  as  when  Christ  teach- 
 eth  that  '  Our  Father  which  is  in  heaven  will 
 give  good  things  to  them  that  ask  him,'  Matt. 
 vii.  1 1,  another  evangelist  expoundeth  it,  he 
 will  '  give  the  Holy  Spirit  to  them  that  ask 
 him,'  Luke  xi.  13.  For  this  Spirit  and 
 graces  of  God  which  we  have  received,  we 
 ought  to  rejoice  before  him  continually,  Ps. 
 c;  Luke  x.  20;  Phil.  iii.  1;  I  Pet.  i.  8;  1 
 Thess.  v.  16. 
 
 Ver.  12.— Of  thy  revenue,]  Which 
 the  Gr.  expoundeth,  of  the  fruits  of  thy 
 land.  See  the  notes  on  Deut.  xiv.  22.  The 
 year  of  tithe,]  That  is,  the  year  when  the 
 second  tithe  was  to  be  given  to  the  poor, 
 which  was  the  third  and  the  sixth  year  of 
 every  seven  years,  whereof  the  law  was  given 
 before  in  Deut.  xiv.  2S.  The  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth,  the  second  tithe  thou  shalt  give  to  the 
 Levite,  ike.  Of  this  the  Hebs.  say,  "  We 
 are  commanded  to  confess  before  the  Lord, 
 after  that  we  have  brought  forth  all  the  gifts 
 which  be  of  the  seed  of  the  land,  and  this  is 
 called  the  confession  of  the  tithe.  And  we 
 make  not  this  confession,  but  after  the  year 
 wheiein  we  have  separated  the  tithes  of  the 
 poor,  Deut.  xxvi.  12."  Maim.  torn.  3,  in 
 Maasar  sheni,  or  treat,  of  the  Second  Tithe,) 
 chap.  xi.  sect.  1,  2.  Within  thy  gates,] 
 That  is,  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  expound  it, 
 thi/  cities:  see  Deut.  xiv.  28,  29. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Then,]  Hebr.  And  thou  shalt 
 sag.     The  time  is  recorded  by  the  Hebs.,  to 
 
CHAP.    XXVI. 
 
 343 
 
 say  before  Jehovah  thy  God,  I  have  put  away  the  holy  thing  out 
 of  mine  house,  and  also  have  given  it  unto  the  Levite,  and  to  the 
 stranger,  to  the  fatherless,  and  to  the  widow,  according  to  all  thy 
 commandment,  which  thou  liast  commanded  me :   I  have  not  trans. 
 
 be  '•  at  the  Minchah  [the  oblation]  in  the 
 last  good  day  of  the  passover  of  the  fourth 
 (year)  and  of  the  seventh;  as  it  is  said, 
 'When  thou  hast  made  an  end  of  tithing:' 
 at  the  feast  wherein  all  the  tithes  are  ended. 
 And  the  passover  of  the  fourth  year  cometh 
 not,  but  all  the  fruits  of  the  third  (year)  are 
 tithed,  whuther  they  be  the  fruits  of  the  tree, 
 or  fruits  of  the  laad."  Maim,  in  Maaser 
 sheni,  chap.  xii.  sect.  3.  The  reason  hereof 
 was,  the  passover  was  kept  in  Abib  (or 
 March)  Dan.  xvi.  1,  and  "  the  first  of  Tisri 
 (that  is,  September)  was  the  beginning  of  the 
 year  for  the  tithe  of  corn  seeds,  and  herbs: 
 and  the  fifteenth  of  Shebet  (which  we  call 
 January)  was  the  beginning  of  the  year  for 
 the  tithes  of  the  fruits  of  trees,"  as  Maim, 
 showeth  in  Maaser  sheni,  chap.  xi.  sect.  2, 
 so  by  March  following,  the  tithes  of  the  third 
 year  (which  they  had  '  laid  up  within  their 
 gates,'  Deut.  xiv.  2S,)  might  all  be  bestow- 
 ed, and  the  passover  was  the  next  feast  that 
 ensued,  when  all  men  were  bound  to  appear 
 before  the  Lord,  Deut.  xvi.  16.  Say  be- 
 fore Jehovah,]  That  by  this  solemn  con. 
 fession,  they  might  testify  their  voluntary 
 obedience  to  his  laws  with  a  clear  conscience, 
 and  so  crave  and  expect  his  further  blessing. 
 The  Hebs.  say,  "  This  confession  might  be 
 uttered  in  any  language  that  a  man  spake ;  and 
 every  one  spake  for  himself;  and  if  many 
 would  confess  jointly  in  one,  they  might. 
 And  it  is  commanded  to  be  done  in  the  sanc- 
 tuary 'Before  the  Lord;'  and  if  they  con- 
 fessed in  any  place,  they  were  discharged." 
 Maim,  in  Maaser  sheni,  chap.  xi.  sect.  5,  G. 
 Put  away  the  holy  thing,]  In  Chald., 
 the  holy  thing  of  the  tithe  :  Heb.  the  holiness; 
 meaning,  things  of  holiness;  as  the  Gr. 
 translateth.  /  have  purged  the  holy  things  out 
 of  my  house  :  so  that  this  confession  respect- 
 ed not  the  tithe  of  the  poor  only,  but  all  other 
 holy  things,  which  they  were  bound  to  give 
 unto  God,  or  his  ministers,  or  the  poor.  And 
 '  putting  away,'  signifieth  the  removing  and 
 utter  taking  away,  so  that  nothing  remaineth. 
 So  the  Hebs.  say,  A  man  "  confesseth  not 
 until  there  be  not  any  of  the  gifts  remaining 
 with  him;  as  it  is  said,  I  have  put  away  the 
 (holy  thing  out  of  mine)  house:  '  And  in  the 
 evening  of  the  last  good  day  (of  the  passover) 
 was  the  putting  away,  and  on  the  morrow 
 was  the  confession.'  Thus  he  did:  if  there 
 remained  with  him  any  heave-oflering  of  the 
 tithe,  he  gave  it  to  the  priest:  if  any  of  the 
 
 first  tithe,  he  gave  it  to  the  Levites:  if  any 
 of  the  poor's  tithe,  he  gave  it  to  the  poor.  If 
 there  remained  with  him  any  of  the  fruits  of 
 the  second  tithe  of  confession,  or  of  that 
 which  was  of  the  fourth  year's  plantation  (Lev. 
 xix.  24,)  or  any  money  of  their  redemption, 
 lo  he  put  them  away,  and  cast  them  into  the 
 sea,  or  burnt  them.  If  any  first-fruits  re- 
 mained with  him,  he  put  them  away  in  every 
 place;  whereby  is  meant,  that  he  burned  and 
 put  away  that  which  remained  with  him  of 
 the  fruits  which  he  could  not  eat  all  of  them 
 before  the  good  day  came,  Stc.  He  cannot 
 confess  till  he  have  brought  out  all  the  gifts; 
 as  it  is  said,  '  I  have  put  away  the  holy  thing,' 
 that  is,  the  second  titlie,  and  the  fourth  year's 
 plantation,  called  'holy,'  Lev.  xix.  24, 
 '  Out  of  my  house,'  that  is,  the  cake  (Num. 
 XV.  20,)  which  is  the  priest's  gift  in  the  liouse, 
 '  I  have  given  it  to  the  Levite,'  this  is  the 
 first  tithe,  (Num.  xviii.  21.)  'And  also  I 
 have  given  it,'  which  implieth  generally,  that 
 the  other  gift  was  before,  namely,  the  great 
 heave-oflering  (of  first-fruits,)  and  the  heave- 
 oflering  of  the  tithe:  'To  the  stranger,  to 
 the  fatherless,  &c.  this  is  the  tithe  of  the  poor, 
 and  the  gleaning,  and  the  forgotten  (sheat) 
 and  the  corner,'  (Deut.  xxiv.  19;  Lev.  xix. 
 9,  10,)  although  the  gleaning,  the  forgotten, 
 and  the  corner,  do  not  hinder  the  making  of 
 confession.  And  he  must  separate  the  gifts 
 in  order,  and  afterward  make  confession,  as  it 
 is  written,  '  According  to  all  thy  command- 
 ment,' &c.  Lo,  if  the  second  tithe  were  given 
 before  the  first,  he  might  not  make  confession. 
 If  his  untithed  fruits  were  burnt,  he  might 
 not  make  confession,  because  he  hath  not  se- 
 parated the  gifts,  nor  given  them  to  whom 
 they  were  due.  He  that  had  nothing  but  the 
 second  tithe  only,  made  confession,  for  the 
 ground  of  the  confession  is  in  the  tithe.  And 
 so  if  he  had  nothing  but  first-fruits  only,  he 
 made  confession,  as  it  is  said,  '  I  have  put 
 away  the  holy  thing,'  "  &c.  Maim,  in  Maaser 
 sheni,  chap.  xi.  sect.  7,  &c.  Thy  comriand- 
 MENT,]  in  Gr.,  commandments:  and  the 
 word  according,  implieth  the  order  of  doing 
 all  things,  as  before  is  noted.  Not  trans- 
 gressed,] By  doing  any  things  amiss,  as 
 giving  bad  for  good;  and  as  the  Hebs.  ex- 
 pound it,  one  kind  for  another,  or  old  for 
 new,  or  neio  for  old,  or  the  like.  Of  trans- 
 gression, see  the  notes  on  Deut.  xvii.  2. 
 Forgotten,]  This  the  Hebs.  apply  to  for. 
 getting  to  bless  God  for  it,  and  to  mention  hi 
 
344 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 gressed  thy  commandments,  neither  have  I  forgotten.  '^  I  have  not 
 eaten  thereof  in  my  mourning,  neither  have  I  put  away  ought 
 thereof  for  the  unclean,  neither  have  I  given  ought  thereof  for  the 
 dead  :  I  have  hearkened  to  the  voice  of  Jeliovah  my  God ;  I  have 
 done  according  to  all  that  thou  hast  commanded  me.  '^  Look  down 
 from  the  habitation  of  tliine  holiness  from  the  heavens,  and  bless 
 thy  people  Israel,  and  the  land  which  thou  hast  given  unto  us,  as 
 thou  swarest  unto  our  fathers,  a  land  that  fioweth  with  milk  and 
 honey. 
 
 ^*  This  day  Jehovah  thy  God  hath  commanded  tliee  to  do  these 
 statutes  and  judgments,  and  thou  shalt  keep  and  do  them  with  all 
 
 name  upon  it.  Maim,  ibid.,  chap,  xi,  sect. 
 15.  But  it  is  more  general,  implying  the 
 neglect  of  any  precept,  concerning  the  things 
 here  spoken  of:  for  in  spiritual  duties  unto 
 God,  all  men  are  faulty,  Ps.  xix.  12;  Eccl. 
 vli.  20. 
 
 Ver.  14. — In  my  moorning,]  Or,  m  my 
 sorrow  :  By  this  it  appeareth,  that  this  law 
 and  confession  extended  further  than  to  the 
 third  year's  tithe,  which  was  all  given  to  the 
 poor,  Deut.  xxiv.  28,  29,  and  might  not  be 
 eaten  by  the  owner  of  the  land:  and  reached 
 to  the  first  and  second  year's  tithes,  which  the 
 owners  were  to  eat  before  the  Lord,  Deut. 
 xiv.  22,  23,  but  might  not  eat  of  it  in  their 
 mourning,  upon  painof  being  beaten  by  the  ma- 
 gistrate, as  Maim,  slioweth  in  Mauser  aheiii, 
 chap.  iii.  sect.  5,  where  he  further  saith  (in 
 sect.  6,  7.)  "  VVho  is  tliis  mourner?  He  that 
 bewaileth  any  of  his  kindred,  whom  he  is 
 bound  by  the  law  to  mourn  for.  And  in  the 
 day  of  death  he  is  bound  to  mourn  by  the 
 law,  (Lev.  X.  19.)  If  he  be  kept  unburied 
 many  days,  he  is  a  mourner  all  those  days  till 
 he  be  buried,  by  the  doctrine  of  the  scribes. 
 And  not  the  second  tithe  only,  but  all  the 
 holy  things,  every  one,  if  he  eat  of  them  in 
 moui'uing,  by  the  law  he  is  to  be  beaten ;  if 
 in  his  mourning,  by  the  scribes'  doctrine,  he  is 
 to  be  scourged."  Compare  herewith  the  saying 
 of  the  prophet,  '  Their  sacrifices  shall  be  unto 
 them  as  the  bread  of  mourners;  all  that  eat 
 thereof  shall  be  polluted,'  Hos.  ix.  4.  Put 
 AWAY,]  The  word  before  used  in  ver.  13, 
 but  otherwise  turned  here  in  the  Gr.  /  have 
 not  taken  fruit  thereof:  which  Gr.  word 
 is  used  in  .losh.  v.  12,  for  eating  fruit:  and 
 so  the  Hebs.  expound  this  heie  of  eating; 
 "  He  that  eateth  the  second  tithe  in  unclean- 
 iiess,  is  to  be  beaten;  for  it  is  said,  I  have 
 not  put  away  thereof  for  the  unclean:  whether 
 the  tithe  be  unclean,  and  the  eater  clean;  or 
 the  tithe  clean,  and  the  eater  unclean:  and 
 he  that  eateth  it  in  Jerusalem  before  it  be 
 redeemed.  The  uncircumcised  is  as  the  un- 
 clean; and  if  he  eat  that  second  tithe,  he  is 
 
 to  be  beaten  by  the  law,"  &c.  Maim,  in 
 Maasar  sheni,  chap.  iii.  sect.  1,  4.  For  the 
 UNCLEAN,]  So  the  Gr.  translateth  it;  mean- 
 ing for  any  unclean  person  to  eat  of  it;  or  for  any 
 unclean  use.  Heb.  in  unclean,  whereby  may 
 be  meant,  in  uncleanness.  For  the  dead,] 
 Or,  to  the  dead :  whereby  may  be  under- 
 stood, to  any  idol,  or  for  any  idolatrous  use ; 
 as  idolaters  are  said  to  eat  '  sacrifices  of  the 
 dead,'  Ps.  cvi.  28,  or  to  be  eaten  at  any  dead 
 man's  funeral,  whereby  the  holy  thing  miglit 
 be  polluted;  as  Hos.  ix.  4,  for  at  funerals 
 they  used  to  eat  and  drink,  Ezek.  xxiv.  17 
 Jer.  xvi.  7.  The  Hebs.  expound  it  thus; 
 "  that  he  hath  not  received  (or  bought)  there- 
 with coffin  or  shrouds  (for  the  burial  of  the 
 dead)  nor  given  thereof  to  other  mourners." 
 Maim,  in  Mauser  sheni,  chap.  xi.  sect.  15. 
 Further  they  say,  "  The  second  tithe  is  given 
 to  eat  and  to  di  ink,  Deut.  xiv.  23,  and  anoint- 
 ing is  as  drinking.  And  it  is  unlawful  for  a 
 man  to  bring  it  out  for  his  other  needs;  as  to 
 receive  therewith  vessels,  or  garments,  or 
 servants;  as  it  is  written,  '  I  have  not  given 
 thereof  for  the  dead  ;  as  if  he  should  say  I  have 
 not  brought  it  out  for  anything  which  keepeth 
 not  alive  the  body,"  &c.  ib.  chap.  iii.  sect. 
 10. 
 
 Ver.  15. — The  habitation  of  thy 
 HOLINESS,]  That  is,  thy  holy  habitation ; 
 as  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  thine  holy  house. 
 By  this  prayer  they  submitted  themselves 
 unto  the  trial  and  judgment  of  God,  for  their 
 upright  keeping  of  these  his  laws  (as  Ps. 
 xxvi.  1 — 3,)  and  having  clear  consciences, 
 they  had  boldness,  before  God,  to  crave  and 
 expect  his  blessing:  for  he  that  is,  '  a  doer  of 
 the  work  (of  God)  this  man  shall  be  blessed 
 in  his  deed,'  James  i.  25. 
 
 Ver.  16. — This  day,]  Moses  concluding 
 his  exposition  of  the  laws,  with  a  warning  of 
 obedience  teacheth  the  children  that  they  are 
 alike  interested  in  God's  covenant,  as  were 
 their  fathers;  and  so  their  posterity:  for  what 
 was  spoken  and  done  nnto  them,  concerneth 
 us  also,   Hos.   xii.   4;  Ps.  Ixvi.  C,  7.     Tnv 
 
CHAP.  XXV^ 
 
 345 
 
 tliine  heart,  and  with  all  thy  soul.  '^  Thou  liast  avouched  Jehovah 
 this  day  to  be  unto  thee  for  a  God,  and  to  walk  in  his  ways,  and  to 
 keep  his  statutes,  and  his  commandments,  and  his  judgments,  and 
 to  liearkcn  unto  liis  voice.  ^^  And  Jehovah  hath  avouched  thee 
 this  day,  to  be  unto  him  for  a  people  of  peculiar  treasure,  as  he  hath 
 spoken  unto  thee,  and  to  keep  all  his  commandments.  '^  And  to 
 give  thee  to  be  higli  above  all  nations  which  he  liatli  made  in  praise, 
 and  in  name,  and  in  beautiful  glory ;  and  that  thou  mayest  be  an 
 lioly  people  unto  Jehovah  thy  God,  as  he  hath  spoken. 
 
 God,]  The  first  argument  of  obedience,  from 
 the  person  of  God,  and  his  grace  towards 
 them,  who  hath  sovereign  authority  thereby 
 to  command. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Hast  avouched,]  Or,  hast 
 made  to  say,  that  is,  to  promise:  in  Gr.,  hast 
 chosen.  A  second  reason  of  obedience,  be- 
 cause of  the  mutual  covenant  between  God 
 and  his  people:  see  Exod.  xix.  3,  4,  8,  which 
 covenant  was  not  with  the  fathers  only,  (Deut. 
 V.  2,  3,)  but  being  now  renewed  with  their 
 children,  and  in  them  with  all  their  posterity, 
 served  both  to  confirm  their  faith,  and  to  in- 
 crease their  obedience  and  sanctification. 
 Unto  thee  for  a  God,]  Or,  as  the  Gr. 
 translatelh,  thi/  God  :  what  this  meaneth  is 
 showed  on  Exod.  xx.  2,  3.  His  ways,] 
 \Vhich  he  commandeth  to  walk  in;  and  they 
 imply  both  doctrines  of  faith,  and  precepts  of 
 manners,  (as  is  noted  on  Gen.  vi.  12;  xviii. 
 19,)  and  an  imitation  of  him,  as  beloved 
 children,  Eph.  v.  1,  2;  Matt.  v.  48. 
 Statutes,]  The  ordinances  of  worship  and 
 service  which  he  taught:  see  the  notes  on 
 Deut.  iv.  1.  Commandments,]  The  moral 
 law  given  in  Exod.  xx.  Judgments,]  The 
 judicial  laws,  whereof  see  Exod.  xxi.  1,  &c. 
 So  all  whatsoever  are  in  God's  law,  are  com- 
 prehended under  these  heads.  Hearken 
 unto,]  Or,  obei/  his  voice,  if  any  special 
 thing  be  commanded  unto  any,  as  when  God 
 sent  Saul  to  root  out  Amalek,  1  Sam.  xv.  1, 
 2,  19,  20,  22. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Hath  avouched  thee,]  Or, 
 made  thee  to  say,  that  is,  to  promise,  or  give 
 thy  word:  in  Gr.,  hath  chosen  thee.  Pecu- 
 liar treasure,]  In  the  Gr.  a  peculiar  peo- 
 ple ;  in  Chald.,  a  beloved  people :  see  the 
 notes  on  Exod.  xix.  5.  To  keep,]  That  is, 
 that  thou  shouldest  keep  ;  which  as  it  is  a  part 
 of  the  covenant  on  God's  behalf,  so  is  it  the 
 work  of  his  grace  in  all  his  people,  as  he  hath 
 said,  '  I  will  put  my  law  in  their  inward 
 parts,  and  write  it  in  their  hearts,'  Jer.  xxxi. 
 33. 
 
 Ver.  19.— Give  thee  to  be  high,]  Or 
 
 make  thee  (set  thee)  high  :  of  which  see  the 
 notes  on  Deut.  xxviii.  1.  And  this  is  the 
 third  argument  to  persuade  obedience,  in  re- 
 spect of  the  high  excellency  which  God's 
 people  begin  to  obtain  by  him  in  this  life, 
 and  shall  fully  possess  in  the  end.  See  Col. 
 iii.  1 — 4;  James  i.  9.  In  praise,]  Or  for 
 praise ;  to  be  praised  even  of  the  enemy,  for 
 my  mercies  upon  thee,  as  Zeph.  iii.  19,  20. 
 So  he  is  said  to  '  make  Jerusalem  (his 
 church)  a  praise  in  the  earth,'  Is.  Ixii.  7,  for 
 '  he  exalteth  the  horn  of  his  people,  the 
 praise  of  all  his  saints,'  Ps.  cxlviii.  14.  In 
 nabie,]  Or  for  name,  that  is,  fame  or  re- 
 nown ^  this  is  a  continuance  and  increase  of 
 the  former  praise,  called  therefore  '  an  ever- 
 lasting name  that  shall  not  be  cut  oflj'  Is. 
 Ivi.  5,  and  *a  name  that  shall  remain,'  Is. 
 Ixvi.  22.  And  it  was  by  a  settled  continu- 
 ance of  the  state  of  his  church ;  as  on  the 
 contrary  by  scattering  them,  he  is  said,  'to 
 blot  out  the  name  of  Israel  from  under 
 heaven,'  2  Kings  xiv.  27.  Beautiful 
 glory,]  Which  consisteth  in  outward  bless- 
 ings wherewith  God  adorneth  his  church,  aa 
 with  'garments  of  beautiful  glory,'  Is.  Iii.  1, 
 opposed  unto  '  ashes,'  Is.  Ixi.  3,  and  is  the 
 continuance  of  his  heavenly  ordinances  and 
 kingdom  among  them.  Is.  Ixi  v.  11;  Ezek. 
 xvi.  12.  And  all  these  three  degrees  of 
 grace  the  church  enjoyeth  by  being  united 
 unto  God;  as  it  is  written,  'As  the  girdle 
 cleaveth  to  the  loins  of  a  man,  so  have  I 
 caused  to  cleave  unto  me  the  whole  house  of 
 Israel,  and  the  whole  house  of  Judah,  saith 
 Jehovah:  that  they  might  be  unto  me  for  a 
 people,  and  for  a  name,  and  for  a  praise,  and 
 for  a  beautiful  glory,'  Jer.  xiii.  11.  See  also 
 Jer.  xxxiii.  9.  An  holy  people,]  This  is 
 the  chiefest  end  of  all  our  obedience,  the 
 glory  of  God,  and  our  own  salvation ;  which 
 is  accomplished  by  our  sanctification,  as 
 the  apostle  saith,  'Being  now  made  free 
 from  sin,  and  become  servants  to  God,  ye 
 have  your  fruit  unto  holiness,  and  the  end 
 everlasting  life,'  Rom.  vi.  22. 
 
 Vol.  TI. 
 
346 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 CHAP.   XXVII. 
 
 1 .  The  people  are  commanded  to  write  the  law  upon  the  stones,  when 
 they  are  came  into  the  land  of  Canaan.  5.  To  build  an  altar  of  whole 
 stones.  11.  The  tribes  divided  on  Gerizzim  and  Ebal.  14.  The  curses 
 pronounced  on  mount  Ebal. 
 
 '  And  Moses,  and  the  elders  of  Israel,  commanded  the  people, 
 saying :  Keep  all  the  commandments  which  I  command  you  this 
 day.  ^  And  it  shall  be  in  tlie  day  when  you  shall  have  passed  over 
 Jordan,  unto  the  land  which  Jehovah  thy  God  giveth  unto  thee, 
 that  tliou  shalt  set  thee  up  great  stones,  and  plaster  them  with 
 plaster. 
 
 ^  And  thou  shall  write  upon  them  all  the  words  of  this  law,  when 
 thou  art  passed  over,  that  thou  may  est  go  in  unto  tlie  land  wliich 
 Jehovah  thy  God  giveth  unto  thee,  a  land  that  floweth  with  milk 
 and  honey,  as  Jehovah  the  God  of  thy  fathers  hath  spoken.  *  And 
 it  shall  be  when  ye  are  passed  over  Jordan,  ye  shall  set  up  these 
 
 Ver.  1. — The  Elders  of  Israel,]  In 
 Gr,,  the  senate  of  the  sons  of  Israel :  com- 
 pare ver.  9.  Here  Moses  giveth  order  for 
 the  confirmatioa  of  all  the  laws  before  re- 
 peated, by  outward  signs  once  to  be  performed 
 by  Israel,  when  they  should  be  come  into 
 Canaan.  The  end  whereof  was  to  teach 
 them  salvation  by  Christ,  and  that  they 
 should  not  expect  it  by  the  works  of  the  law, 
 for  that  leaveth  them  under  the  curse,  ver. 
 26,  Gal.  iii.  10.  All  the  commandment,] 
 That  is,  cotmnandinents ,  as  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth  it;  or,  every  commandment.  See  ver. 
 10. 
 
 Ver.  2. — The  day,]  That  is,  the  time. 
 the  first  opportunity.  For  this  rite  was  ful- 
 filled not  the  first  day  that  Israel  went  into 
 Canaan,  but  after,  as  Josh.  viii.  30,  &c.  So 
 '  day  is  used  for  time,'  Luke  xix.  42.  Set 
 UP,]  Or,  erect,  to  wit,  stones  for  pillars,  as 
 in  Exod.  xxiv.  4,  to  signify  the  tribes  of 
 Israel;  who  being  brought  of  God  into  his 
 good  land,  were  by  this  extraordinary  rite  to 
 profess  their  homage  and  obedience  unto  him, 
 otherwise  to  undergo  the  curses  of  his  law. 
 Which  their  consciences  accusing  them  of, 
 they  might  be  led  unto  Christ,  for  redemp- 
 tion from  the  curse.  With  plaster,]  Or 
 with  lime,  whiting,  that  the  words  of  the  law 
 might  be  written  thereon;  a  memorial  of 
 God's  benefits  unto  them.  The  word  plaster 
 is  used  to  signify  hypocrisy,  as  Paul  called 
 Ananias  '  a  plastered  (or  whited)  wall,'  Acts 
 xxiil.  3,  and  the  pharisees  are  likened  to 
 '  whited  (or  plastered)  sepulchres,  which  ap- 
 
 pear beautiful  outward,'  &c.  Matt,  xxiii.  27. 
 And  that  seemeth  also  to  be  intended  here; 
 that  all  such  as  seek  life  by  the  works  of  the 
 law  (which  Israel  after  did,  Rom.  ix.  31,32,) 
 have  their  hearts  within  hard  and  stony, 
 (Ezek.  xxxvi.  26,)  though  outwardly  they 
 appear  of  another  nature  and  colour,  and  have 
 the  profession  of  the  law  upon  them,  where- 
 in they  glory,  Rom.  ii,  17,  23.  Therefore 
 afterward  blessings  and  cursings  are  mention- 
 ed, ver.  12,  13,  but  Moses  rehearseth  none 
 but  curses,  as  being  the  due  of  all  such  hypo- 
 crites. And  from  the  last  verse  of  this  chapter, 
 Paul  proveth,  that  '  as  many  that  are  of  the 
 works  of  the  law,  are  under  the  curse,'  Gal. 
 iii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  3. — All  the  words,]  Either  the 
 ten  commandments,  called  the  'ten  words,' 
 Exod.  xxxiv.  28,  which  are  the  sum  of  all 
 law:  or,  all  the  words  following  in  this  chap- 
 ter. See  the  notes  on  ver.  8.  That  thou 
 mayest  go  in,]  And  consequently  possess 
 and  enjoy  the  land,  which  figured  heaven: 
 for  the  law  promiseth  life  to  them  that  do  it, 
 Rom.  X.  5,  though  unto  man  it  is  impossible. 
 Or,  it  may  be  read,  '  for  that  thou  art  come 
 in:'  as  being  a  reason  of  this  service,  and  of 
 their  duty  to  keep  the  law.  And  so  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  fVhen  as  thou  art  come 
 in. 
 
 Ver.  4.— Ebal,]  Or,  Gebal ;  as  the  Gr. 
 writeth  it,  Gaibal:  and  here  the  other  mount 
 Gerizzim,  (ver.  12,)  is  also  understood;  but 
 because  the  curses  only,  are  after  expressed, 
 and  they  were  on  mount  Ebal,  therefore  it  is 
 
CHxVP.    XXXII. 
 
 347 
 
 stones  which  I  command  you  this  day  in  mount  Ebal,  and  thou  shalt 
 plaster  them  with  plaster.  *  And  thou  shalt  build  there  an  altar 
 unto  Jehovah  thy  God,  an  altar  of  stones,  thou  shalt  not  lift  up 
 any  iron  upon  them. 
 
 ^  Of  whole  stones  shalt  thou  build  the  altar  of  Jehovah  thy  God, 
 and  thou  shalt  offer  thereon  burnt- offerings  unto  Jehovah  thy  God. 
 '  And  thou  shalt  sacrifice  peace-offerings,  and  shalt  eat  there,  and 
 rejoice  before  Jehovah  thy  God.  *  And  thou  shalt  write  upon  the 
 stones  all  the  words  of  this  law  very  plainly.  ®  And  Moses,  and 
 the  priest  the  Levites  spake  unto  all  Israel,  saying,  Take  heed, 
 and  hear,  O  Israel,  this  day  thou  art  become  the  people  of  Jeho- 
 vah thy  God.  "  Therefore  thou  shalt  obey  the  voice  of  Jehovah 
 thy  God,  and  do  his  commandments  and  his  statutes,  which  I  com- 
 mand thee  this  day. 
 
 named.  Of  this  mount,  see  ver.  12,  13. 
 With  plaster,]  Or,  with  lime,  as  ver.  2. 
 
 Ver.  5.— An  Altar,]  To  signify  God, 
 the  other  party  in  the  covenant,  as  was  at 
 mount  Sinai,  Exod.  xxiv.  4,  and  to  teach  by 
 it,  and  the  sacrifices  offered  thereon,  that 
 there  could  be  no  salvation  but  by  Christ,  and 
 his  sacrifice  for  remission  of  sins.  Iron,] 
 That  is,  any  iron  tool,  to  hew  or  polish  them, 
 but  they  should  be  as  they  were  natural ;  to 
 signify  the  perfection  that  sliould  be  in 
 Christ's  human  nature,  whereby  he  was  ac- 
 ceptable to  God,  though  before  men  he  seem- 
 ed altogether  deformed,  Is.  Hi.  14;  liii.  2,  he 
 was  •'thestone  cutout  without  hands,'  Dan.  ii. 
 34,  35.  And  no  man  might  lift  up  an  iron 
 tool  upon  these  stones,  to  teach  that  man's 
 wisdom  is  foolishness  with  God:  see  the  notes 
 on  Exod.  XX.  25,  where  the  axe  of  man,  'pol- 
 luteth'  the  altar  of  God. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Of  whole  stones,]  And  not 
 of  hewn,  Exod.  xx.  25.  Of  such  '  whole 
 or  entire  stones  did  Joshua  build  it,'  Josh, 
 viii.  31.  Burnt-offerings,]  To  obtain 
 of  God  by  Christ  forgiveness  of  sins;  and 
 sanctification  of  life:  see  the  annot.  on 
 Lev.  i. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Peace-offerings,]  To  show 
 their  hope  of  peace  and  prosperity  by  Christ; 
 and  their  thankfulness  for  his  graces:  see  Lev. 
 iii.  Eat  there,]  Keeping  holy  banquet: 
 for  the  flesh  of  the  peace-oflerings  were  eaten 
 by  the  owners  and  priests,  Lev.  vii.  15,  &c. 
 This  taught  them  the  spiritual  joy  which 
 they  should  have  in  Christ,  for  his  deliver- 
 ance of  them  from  the  curse  of  the  law;  and 
 his  flesh  we  do  eat  unto  life  eternal,  Gal.  iii. 
 13:  John  vi.  51. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Very  plainly,]  Oy , plainly &r\A 
 well  (or  fairly)  Heb.  making  them  plain, 
 doing  them  luell.  Hereby  is  meant  a  large 
 arid  fair  writing,  easy  to  be  read  of  all,  as  in 
 
 Hab.  ii.  2.  That  all  sorts  of  people  might 
 have  the  knowledge  of  God's  law,  and  learn 
 to  do  the  same.  And  by  this  it  appeareth 
 that  '  all  the  words  commanded  to  be  written, 
 (or  the  copy  of  the  law,  which  Jesus  wrote. 
 Josh.  viii.  32,)  were  not  the  whole  book  of 
 Deuteronomy,  much  less  all  Moses'  books,  as 
 some  have  thought;  for  what  stones  would 
 suffice  for  such  a  work?  With  these  whited 
 stones,  on  whose  outside  the  law  was  written, 
 we  may  compare  that '  white  stone,'  (in  Rev. 
 ii.  17,)  which  Christ  giveth  to  all  his,  'and 
 in  the  stone  a  new  name  written,  which  no 
 man  knoweth  saving  he  that  receiveth  it:' 
 those  being  to  show  the  work  of  the  law  out- 
 wardly; this,  the  work  of  Christ's  grace  and 
 Spirit  inwardly.  Compare  also  2  Cor.  iii.  2, 
 3. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Take  heed  and  hear,]  Or, 
 Attend  {hearken)  and  hear,  as  the  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it;  but  the  Gr.  saith.  Be  silent 
 and  hear.  Art  become  the  people,]  Or, 
 art  made  for  a  people  to  Jehovah,  by  re- 
 newing of  the  covenant,  declared  so  to  be; 
 and  therefore  bound  to  obey  his  command- 
 ments: as  it  is  said,  '  For  all  people  will 
 walk,  every  one  in  the  name  of  his  God:  and 
 we  will  walk  in  the  name  of  Jehovah  our 
 God,  for  ever  and  ever,'  Mic.  iv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Therefore  thou  shalt,] 
 Heb.  And  thou  shalt  obey;  the  Chald.  saith, 
 shalt  receive  the  word  of  the  Lord.  By 
 obeying  (or  hearkening  unto,)  is  m^ant  the 
 due  observing  or  keeping  of  the  things  spoken: 
 as,  '  our  fathers  have  not  hearkened  unto  the 
 words  of  this  book,'  2  Kings  xxii.  13,  is  ex- 
 plained, '  our  fathers  have  not  kept,'  2  Chron. 
 xxxiv.  21.  Commandments,]  Or,  coin- 
 mandment,  meaning  every  one  in  particular, 
 and  all  in  general:  for  the  ofiending  '  in  one 
 point,  maketh  us  guilty  of  all,'  James  ii.  10. 
 See  the  like  in  Deut.  v.  10. 
 
348 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ^'  And  Moses  commanded  the  people  in  that  day,  saying  -.  '^  These 
 shall  stand  to  bless  the  people  npon  mount  Gerizzim,  when  ye  are 
 passed  over  Jordan :  Simeon,  and  Levi,  and  Judah,  and  Issacliar, 
 and  Joseph,  and  Benjamin.  ^^  And  these  shall  stand  for  the  curse  on 
 mount  Ebal  -.  Reuben,  Gad,  and  Aser,  and  Zabulon,  Dan  and  Na- 
 phtali.  "  And  the  Levites  shall  answer,  and  say  unto  all  the  men 
 of  Israel  with  an  higli  voice. 
 
 '^  Cursed  be  the  man  that  maketh  a  graven  or  a  molten  image,  an 
 
 Ver.  12.  — Gerizzim,]  Called  hi  Gr. 
 Garizein  ;  of  it,  and  the  other  mount,  Ebal, 
 Moses  said  before,  they  were  '  over  against 
 Gilgal.  beside  the  oaks  of  Moreh,'  Deut.  xi. 
 30.  And  Benjamin,]  These  six  here 
 named  were  the  worthiest  tribes,  all  born  of 
 Jacob's  wives  the  free  women,  and  none  of  the 
 handmaids'  children:  God  showing  hereby  the 
 strength  and  nobleness  of  the  blessings  (above 
 the  curses;)  and  that  they  belong  to  such  chil- 
 dren of  the  free  women,  as  Paul  teacheth  us 
 in  an  allegory,  Gal.  iv.  22—31.  Howbeit, 
 though  Moses  appointeth  these  to  bless,  yet 
 he  expresseth  not  the  blessings:  by  such  si- 
 lence leading  his  prudent  reader  to  look  for 
 them  by  another,  which  is  Christ,  John  vii. 
 17;  Acts  iii.  26.  For  silence  in  the  holy 
 story  often  implieth  great  mysteries,  as  the 
 apostle  (in  Heb.  vii.,)  teacheth  from  the  nar- 
 ration of  Melchizedek,  in  Gen.  xiv. 
 
 Ver.  13. — For  the  curse,]  That  is,  to 
 pronounce  it.  In  speaking  of  the  blessings, 
 he  nameth,  '  the  people,'  ver.  12,  but  now  for 
 the  curse,  he  mentioneth  not  '  the  people,' 
 but  implieth  them  only,  as  if  he  were  loth  to 
 name  them  for  such  misery.  Ebal,]  InGr., 
 Gaibal  :  this  is  reported  to  be  near  mount 
 Gerizzim, ^but  northward;  and  Gerizzim  to- 
 wards the  south,  (which  is  the  right  side  of 
 the  world,  Ps.  Ixxxix.  13,)  if  so  they  were, 
 it  foreshowed  the  blessings  which  should  be 
 pronounced  to  those  which  at  the  last  day 
 shall  stand  '  on  the  right  hand,'  and  the  curses 
 upon  those  '  on  the  left,'  Matt.  xxv.  33,  34, 
 41.  The  manner  of  performing  this  law  is 
 recorded  by  the  Hebs.  thus;  "  Six  tribes 
 went  up  towards  the  top  of  mount  Gerizzim, 
 and  six  tribes  went  up  towards  the  top  of 
 mount  Ebal;  and  the  priest  and  Levites  and 
 the  airk  stood  beneath  in  the  midst.  The 
 priests  were  round  about  the  ark,  and  the 
 Levites  about  the  priest,  and  all  Israel  on  this 
 side  and  on  that,  as  it  is  written.  And  all 
 Israel,  and  their  elders,  and  officers,  and 
 their  judges,  stood  on  this  side  the  aik,  and 
 on  that  side,  before  the  priests  the  Levites, 
 which  bare  the  ark  of  the  covenant  of  the 
 Lord;  as  well  the  stranger,  as  he  that  was 
 born  among  them;  half  of  them  over  against 
 
 mount    Gerizzim,    and    half   of   them    over     • 
 against  mount  Ebal,   (Josh.   viii.  33.)   They 
 turned  their  faces  towards  Gerizzim  and  pro- 
 nounced the  blessing,  '  Blessed  be  the  man     ] 
 that  maketh  no  graven  or  molten  (image  D     I 
 and  those  (on  the  one  side)  and  those  (on  the     ] 
 other)  answered,  Amen.'     They  turned  thei/     i 
 faces  towards  mount  Ebal,  and  pronounced     ' 
 the  curse,  '  Cursed  be  the  man  that  maketh  a 
 graven  or  a  molten  (image,)'  &c.  and  those 
 (on  the  ore  side)  and  those  (on   the  other) 
 answered.  Amen;  till  thty  had   finished  the     i 
 blessings    and  the  curses.       And  afterwa,rds     , 
 they   brought    stones    and    built  an    altar,"     ' 
 &c.     Thalmud.    Bab.    in   Sotak,    chap.  vii.    J 
 Reuben,]  He  was  the  eldest  of  all  Jacob's 
 sons   by  Leah  the   free-woman,   Gen.  xxix.     i 
 32,    yet   as  for  defiling  his   father's    bed  he    i 
 lost  his  dignity.  Gen.  xlix.  3,   4,  so  here  he 
 is  taken  from  his  brethren,  to  be  among  the 
 handmaids'  sons,  and  set  on  the  mount  for  the    i 
 curses,  one  of  which  was  this,  '  Cursed  be  he    | 
 that  lleth  with  his  father's  wife,'  &c.  ver.  20, 
 so  the   memory  of  his  sin   remained  to  his 
 posterity   in    special    manner.      Gad    and 
 Aser,]  The  sons    of  Zilpah,   Leah's  hand-     | 
 maid.  Gen.  xxx.    10 — 13.     Zabulon,]  The    j 
 sixth  and  youngest  of  all  Leah's  sons,  Gen.     ' 
 xxx.  20,  and  because  there  were   to  be  Six     I 
 tribes  on  tliis  mount,  two  must  be  taken  of    \ 
 the  free  women's  sons:  and  God  took  none  of    j 
 Rachel's,   but    the    eldest   and    youngest  of    ' 
 Leah's.      Dan    and    Naphtali,]    The  two    i 
 sons  of  '  Bilhah  Rachel's  handmaid,'   Gen. 
 xxx.  4 — S.  ! 
 
 Ver.   14. — The  Levites,]  That  is,  some    ' 
 of  the  priests  the  Levites,  Josh.  viii.  33;  their 
 office  was  to  teach  Jacob  God's  'judgments,     \ 
 and  Israel  his  law,'  Deut.  xxxiii.  10,  and  as    | 
 the    solemn    blessing    was    by    the    Levites    " 
 usually,  Deut.  x.  8,  so  here  the  curses  were     ' 
 by  them  pronounced  to  the  people.     Shall 
 answer,]  That    is,    speak,    or   pronounce. 
 Answering  is  often  used  for  the  beginning  of     \ 
 a  speech,  as  in  Job  iii.  2.     To  all  the  men,]     ' 
 Oi-,  to  every  man :  the  Gr.  saith,  to  all  Israel.     : 
 
 Ver.    15. — Cursed,]  It  was  commanded 
 that  the  '  blessing  should  be  put  upon  mount    ] 
 Gerizzim,'  Deut.  xi.  29,  and  so  in  the  ful-    ^ 
 
CHAP.    XXVII. 
 
 349 
 
 abomination  unto  Jehovah,  tiie  work  of  the  hand  of  the  crafts- 
 man, and  pntteth  it  in  a  secret  place  :  and  all  the  people  shall  an- 
 swer and  say,  Amen. 
 
 "^  Cursed  be  he  that  setteth  light  by  his  father,  or  his  mother : 
 and  all  the  people  shall  say.  Amen. 
 
 "  Cursed  be  he  that  removeth  his  neighbour's  limit:  and  all  the 
 people  shall  say.  Amen. 
 
 "  Cursed  be  he  tliat  maketh  the  blind  to  err  in  way :  and  all  the 
 people  shall  say,  Amen. 
 
 ^^  Cursed  be  he  that  wresteth  the  judgment  of  the  stranger,  fa- 
 therless, and  widow  -.  and  all  the  people  shall  say,  Amen. 
 
 '■^^  Cursed  be  lie  that  lieth  with  his  father's  wife,  because  he  un- 
 covereth  his  fatlier's  skirt  -.  and  all  the  people  shall  say.  Amen. 
 
 filling  of  this  precept,  Joshua  read  as  well 
 the  '  blessings  as  the  curses,'  Josh.  viii.  34. 
 But  the  chief  end  of  this  ordinance  was  to 
 teach,  that  so  many  as  are  of  the  works  of 
 the  law,  are  under  the  curse,  as  is  opened  in 
 Gal.  iii.  10.  The  manner  is  rehearsed  be- 
 fore out  of  the  Tlialmud,  and  the  like  is  in 
 the  Jerusalemy  Thargum  upon  this  place, 
 saying,  "  They  turned  their  faces  towards 
 mount  Gerizzim,  and  opened  their  mouth 
 with  blessing :  Blessed  be  the  man  that 
 maketh  not  any  image,  or  figure,  or  any  si- 
 militude which  is  hateful  and  abominable  be- 
 fore the  Lord,  the  work  of  the  hands  of  the 
 son  of  man,  and  putteth  it  not  in  a  secret 
 place.  They  turned  their  faces  towards 
 mount  Ebal,  and  said.  Cursed  be  the  man 
 which  maketh  an  image,  or  a  figure,  or  any 
 similitude,  which  is  hateful  and  abominable 
 before  the  Lord,  the  work  of  the  hands  of  the 
 son  of  man,  and  putteth  it  in  a  secret  place: 
 and  all  the  people,  these  (on  the  one  side) 
 and  these  (on  the  other  side)  answered  and 
 said,  Amen."  Cursing  is  both  in  words 
 and  deeds,  and  implieth  both  the  withhold- 
 ing of  all  good  things,  and  the  inflicting  of 
 all  evil,  especially  of  eternal  damnation  and 
 torment,  Matt.  xxv.  41.  See  the  annot.  on 
 Gen.  iii.  14;  iv.  11.  The  man,]  That  is, 
 every  one,  as  Paul  expoundeth  the  last  of 
 these  curses,  Gal.  iii.  10,  teaching  us  to  un- 
 derstand the  like  of  all.  Graven,]  The 
 Chald.,  and  Thargum  Jerusalemy,  interpret 
 it  Tselm,  an  image  :  under  graven  and  mol- 
 ten images,  all  other  like  human  inventions 
 are  implied,  as  is  noted  on  Exod.  xx.  4.  And 
 the  like  is  to  be  understood  for  the  transgres- 
 sion of  any  other  commandment  of  the  first 
 table.  An  abomination  to,]  Or,  the  abomi- 
 nation of  Jehovah,  that  is,  which  he  greatly 
 abhorrcth.  Hereupon  images  and  idols  are 
 often  called  '  abominations,'  2  Kings  xxiii. 
 13:  Is.  xliv.  19;  Ezek.  vii.  20.  The  grafts- 
 
 man,]  Or  artificer,  implying  all  devices  of 
 the  most  wise  and  prudent,  which  make  idols 
 'according  to  their  own  understanding,'  Hos. 
 xiii.  2.  For  artificers  were  employed  in  the 
 work  of  God's  sanctuary,  1  Chron.  xxix.  5, 
 but  when  they  leave  the  word  of  God,  and 
 follow  their  own  inventions,  their  work  is 
 cursed  and  condemned,  Jer.  x.  3,  9;  Is.  xl. 
 18,  20;  Hos.  viii.  6.  A  secret  place,]  So 
 that  not  open  idolatry  only,  but  the  most  se- 
 cret is  execrable,  though  it  be  even  in  '  the 
 heart:'  see  Ezek.  viii.  12:  Ps.  xliv.  20,  21, 
 Amen,]  Or,  So  be  it,  as  the  Gr.  translatetb 
 it.  A  confirmation  of  the  curse  with  theii 
 own  mouths,  desiring  that  it  might  be,  anc 
 believing  that  it  should  be:  see  Num.  v.  22- 
 The  Hebs.  say  of  blessing,  "  Whosoever  an- 
 swereth  Amen  after  him  that  blesseth,  he  is 
 as  he  that  blesseth."  Maim,  in  Misneh 
 treat,  of  Blessings,  chap.  i.  sect.  11.  The 
 same  is  to  be  thought  of  saying  Amen  after 
 all  these  curses. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Setteth  light  by,]  Or,  as 
 the  Gr.  hath,  dishonoureth  :  see  the  aiuiots. 
 on  Exod.  XX.  12. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Limit,]  Or,  lanA-mark,  bor- 
 der :  against  which  the  law  was  before  given, 
 in  Deut.  xix.  14. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Blind  to  err,j  Or,  to  go 
 astray.  They  that  see,  ought  to  be  '  eyes  to 
 the  blind,'  Job  xxix.  15,  and  are  forbidden  to 
 '  put  a  stumbling-block '  before  them,  Lev. 
 xix.  14,  much  more  to  seduce  them  from  the 
 right  way:  for  they  that  are  proud,  and  err 
 from  God's  commandments,  are  '  cursed,'  Ps. 
 cxix.  21,  how  much  more  if  they  cause  others 
 to  err?  '  He  that  causeth  the  righteous  to  go 
 astray  in  an  evil  way,  shall  fall  himself  into 
 his  own  pit,'  Prov.  xxviii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Wresteth,]  Or,  perverteth, 
 turneth  aside  :  See  the  law  concerning  this, 
 in  Deut.  xxiv.  17. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Father's  wife,]  Of  this,  aud 
 
350 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ^^  Cursed  he  he  that  lieth  with  any  beast  -.  and  all  the  people  sliall 
 say,  Amen. 
 
 ^^  Cursed  be  he  that  lieth  with  his  sister,  the  daughter  of  his  fa- 
 ther or  the  daughter  of  his  mother,  and  all  tlie  people  shall  say. 
 Amen. 
 
 ^^  Cursed  he  he  that  lieth  with  his  mother-in-law :  and  all  the 
 people  shall  say,  Amen. 
 
 ^*  Cursed  be  he  that  smiteth  his  neighbour  in  secret :  and  all  the 
 people  shall  say.  Amen. 
 
 ^^  Cursed  he  he  that  taketh  a  reward  to  smite  a  soul,  the  blood  of 
 an  innocent  -.  and  all  the  people  shall  say.  Amen. 
 
 '^^  Cursed  be  he  that  confirmeth  not  the  words  of  this  law  to  do 
 them :  and  all  the  people  shall  say.  Amen. 
 
 the  rest  that  follow,  see  Lev,  xviii.  Because 
 men  give  themselves  over  to  divers  noisome 
 lusts  of  the  flesh,  God  causeth  divers  curses 
 to  be  pronounced  against  this  sin,  the  more  to 
 deter  men  from  following  the  same  in  any 
 sort. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Smiteth,]  This  word  is  used 
 sometimes  for  slaying  or  killing,  as  Deut.  i. 
 4;  xiii.  15,  sometimes  for  wounding  only, 
 Zach.  xiii.  6,  or  chastising,  Deut.  xxviii.  27, 
 28,  sometimes  for  smiting  '  with  the  fist  of 
 wickedness,'  Is.  Iviii.  4,  or  '  with  the 
 tongue,'  Jer.  xviii.  18.  In  secret,]  The 
 Gr.  expoundeth  it,  by  guile. 
 
 Ver.  25. — A  reward,]  A  bribe,  or  gift: 
 as  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  gifts  :  and  this  is 
 the  magistrates'  sin,  Deut.  xvi.  19,  and  was 
 found  in  Israel,  as  Mic.  iii.  II.  'The  heads 
 thereof  judge  for  bribes.'  To  smite,]  In 
 Chald.,  to  kill  a  soul,  that  is,  a  person. 
 The  blood  of  an  innocent,]  Or,  as  the 
 Gr.  expoundeth  it,  of  innocent  blood  ;  which 
 is  an  eflect  of  bribery,  as  in  Ezek.  xxii.  12. 
 *In  thee  liave  they  taken  bribes,  to  shed 
 blood.' 
 
 Ver.  2G.—  Cursed  be  he,]  The  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth, Cursed  be  every  mem:  and  so  the 
 apostle  allegeth  it,  Gal.  iii.  10,  where  he 
 giveth  tills  doctrine,  '  So  many  as  are  of  the 
 works  of  the  law,  are  under  the  curse :  that 
 while  men  do  the  law  outwardly,  yet  are 
 they  cursed  by  the  law,  as  being  privily  trans- 
 gressors: for  '  the  law  is  spiritual,  but  men 
 are  cariial,  sold  under  sin,'  Rom.  vii.  9 — 14. 
 
 Confirmeth  not,]  Or,  stablisheth  not: 
 which  the  Gr.,  and  our  apostle  in  Gal.  iii. 
 10,  expound  '  continueth  not.'  For  'when 
 the  just  man  turneth  away  from  his  justices, 
 and  committeth  iniquity,  &c.  all  his  justice 
 that  he  hath  done  shall  not  be  mentioned ;  in 
 his  trespass  that  he  hath  trespassed,  and  in. 
 his  sin  that  he  hath  sinned,  in  them  shall  he 
 die,'  Ezek.  xviii.  24.  See  the  annot.  on 
 Lev.  xxvi.  15.  The  words,]  In  Gr.  all  the 
 words  :  see  the  like  in  Lev.  xxv.  18;  Exod. 
 XXV.  40;  Deut.  xix.  15.  And  so  the  apos- 
 tle citeth  this  place  in  Gal.  iii.  10,  'con- 
 tinueth not  in  all  things  written  in  the  book 
 of  the  law.'  To  do  them,]  This  is  an  ex- 
 position of  the  former  word  confirmeth,  and 
 sometime  the  one  is  put  for  the  other;  as,  'to 
 confirm  the  words  of  this  covenant,' 2  Kings 
 xxiii.  3,  for  which  another  prophet  saith,  '  to 
 do  the  words,'  2  Chron.  xxxiv.  31.  'For 
 not  the  hearers  of  the  law  are  just  before 
 God,  but  the  doers  of  the  law  shall  be  justi- 
 fied,' Rom.  ii.  13.  And  forasmuch  as 
 '  there  is  not  a  just  man  upon  earth,  that  doeth 
 good  and  sinneth  not,'  Eccl.  vii.  20,  '  there- 
 fore by  the  deeds  of  the  law  there  shall  no 
 flesh  be  justified  in  his  sight,'  Rom.  iii.  20, 
 that  the  apostle  rightly  gathereth,  '  as  many 
 as  are  of  the  works  of  the  law,  are  under  the 
 curse,'  Gal.  iii.  10.  Therefore  the  use  of 
 the  law  was  to  be  '  a  schoolmaster  unto  Christ, 
 who  hath  redeemed  us  from  the  curse  of  the 
 law,  being  made  a  curse  for  us,'  Gal.  iii.  24, 
 13. 
 
 CHAP.    XXVIII. 
 
 1.  If  upon  condition  of  observing  and  doing  all  God's  command- 
 ments, he  promiseth  many  blessings  earthly  and  heavenly.  15.  But  for 
 disobedience,  he  threateneth  manifold  curses,  plagues,  and  miseries. 
 
CHAP.  XXVIII. 
 
 351 
 
 '  And  it  shall  be,  if  hearkening  thou  shalt  hearken  unto  the 
 voice  of  Jehovali  thy  God,  to  observe  to  do  all  his  commandments, 
 which  I  command  thee  this  day,  that  Jehovah  thy  God  will  give 
 thee  to  be  liigh  above  all  the  nations  of  the  earth.  ^  And  all  these 
 blessings  shall  come  upon  thee,  and  overtake  thee,  if  thou  shalt 
 hearken  unto  the  voice  of  Jehovah  thy  God.  ^  Blessed  shalt  thou 
 he  in  the  city,  and  blessed  shalt  thou  be  in  the  field.  *  Blessed  shall 
 he  the  fruit  of  thy  womb,  and  the  fruit  of  thy  ground,  and  the  fruit 
 of  thy  cattle,  the  increase  of  thy  kine,  and  the  flocks  of  thy  sheep. 
 Blessed  shall  he  thy  basket  and  thy  dough-trough.  ^  Blessed  shalt 
 thou  be  when  thou  comest  in,  and  blessed  shalt  thou  be  when  thou 
 goest  out.  '  Jehovah  will  give  thine  enemies  that  rise  up  against 
 thee  to  be  smitten  before  thy  face;  they  shall  come  out  against  thee 
 
 Ver.  I. — Hearkening  thou  shalt 
 HEARKEN,]  That  is,  shalt  continually  and 
 diligently  hearken  to  (or  obey)  the  voice ; 
 which  the  Chald.  translateth,  shalt  receive  the 
 word  of  the  Lord.  As  in  the  former  chapter 
 the  law  was  confirmed  by  blessings  and  curses 
 pronounced  hy  the  people;  so  here  it  is  con- 
 firmed in  like  sort,  but  more  largely,  by  God 
 himself:  that  Israel  might  be  kept  in  due 
 obedience,  and  finding  in  themselves  the  im- 
 possibility of  doing  the  law,  they  might  have 
 recourse  unto  Christ  by  faith.  To  observe 
 TO  DO,]  In  Gr.,  tu  observe  (or  keep)  and  to 
 do.  Give  thee  to  be  high,]  That  is,  ^  set 
 and  establish  thee  high  :  as  giving,  1  Chron. 
 xvii.  22,  is  expounded,  '  stablishing,'  2  Sam. 
 vii.  24.  And  '  highness  meaneth  heavenly 
 dignity  given  of  God,  by  the  high  (or  heavenly 
 calling,  whereof  they  were  made  partakers, 
 Phil.  iii.  14;  Heb.  iii.  1,  whereby  they  were 
 to  seek  and  mind  '  the  things  that  are  above,' 
 Col.  iii.  I,  2,  and  have  their  '  conversation  in 
 heaven,'  Phil.  iii.  20.  For,  '  the  way  of  life 
 is  above  to  the  wise,  that  he  may  depart 
 from  hell  beneath,'  Prov.  xv.  24.  See  also 
 Deut.  xxvi.  19. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Overtake  thee,]  Or  take  hold 
 on  thee  :  The  Gr.  translateth,  Jind  thee.  It 
 meaneth  obtaining  of  all  blessings,  and  effec- 
 tual applying  of  them,  for  their  good  and 
 comfort.  The  like  is  said  of  their  curses,  in 
 ver.  15,  45,  and  generally  of  God's  'words 
 and  statutes,  of  which  the  prophet  telleth  the 
 Jews,  that  they  overtook  (or  took  hold)  of 
 their  fathers,  when  they  were  punished  for 
 transgressing  them,  Zech.  i.  6. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Blessed  thou,]  The  first  bless- 
 ing is  upon  the  person,  who  must  be  accept- 
 able to  God,  before  any  of  his  works  are  ac- 
 cepted, Gen.  iv.  4,  and  the  person  being 
 blessed,  all  things  prosper  about  him.  What 
 'blessing'  is,  see  the  annot.  on  Gen.  i.  22  ; 
 ii.  3  ;  xii.  2.  City,]  By  this,  and  the  Jield, 
 all  places,  and  all  estates  of  life  are  meant. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Fruit  of  thy  womb,]  Or,  of 
 thy  belly  :  the  Chald.  saith,  the  child  of  thy 
 bowels.  The  second  blessing  is  upon  a  man's 
 possessions,  of  all  sorts  for  increase,  which 
 was  at  the  first  by  God's  blessing  the  creatures. 
 Gen.  i.  22,  2S,  and  so  continueth,  as  it  is 
 written,  '  And  he  blesseth  them,  and  they 
 are  multiplied  greatly,'  Ps.  cvii.  39.  So  Ps. 
 cxxviii.  1,  3.  Thy  ground,]  Or  land,  the 
 fruits  whereof  were  also  figures  of  heavenly 
 blessings:  see  Lev.  xxvi.  4.  Increase,] 
 Or  young  :  in  Gr.,  herds  :  see  Deut.  vii.  13. 
 
 Ver.  5 Basket,]  Whereinto  fruits  are 
 
 put  when  they  are  gathered,  Deut.  xxvi.  2. 
 Dough-trough,]  Or  dough,  or  store  :  see 
 Exod.  viii.  3;  xii.  34.  These  two  are  named 
 instead  of  all  places  and  vessels,  wherein  the 
 fruits  and  commodities  which  God  sendeth, 
 are  kept  for  use  and  store.  Therefore  the 
 Gr.  for  basket,  translateth  barns,  (as  Luke 
 xii.  18,)  and  for  the  *  dough-trough,'  re- 
 mainders, or  store  that  is  left.  So  in  ver. 
 17.  And  this  is  the  third  degree  of  blessing 
 upon  the  commodities  which  men  reap  of 
 their  possessions. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Comest  in,]  By  coming  in, 
 and  going  out,  the  scripture  meaneth  all  em- 
 ployment and  administration  in  any  business, 
 or  office,  as  in  government  of  a  kingdom,  2 
 Chron.  i.  10,  of  the  church,  Acts  i.  21,  of  a 
 family.  Gen.  xxxix.  11;  Ps.  civ.  23,  and 
 generally  of  all  other  aflairs,  as  2  Sam.  iii. 
 25;  Acts  ix.  28.  So  this  fourth  blessing 
 concerneth  the  whole  administration  and  con- 
 versation of  the  saints. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Smitten,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr. 
 and  Chald.  expound  it,  crushed,  and  broken  ; 
 see  an  example  of  this  in  David's  enemies,  2 
 Sam.  xxii.  38—43.  And  the  fifth  blessing 
 concerneth  the  safety  of  God's  people,  and 
 their  victories  over  their  enemies,  of  whom 
 the  chief  is  satan  himself,  and  him  will  'the 
 God  of  peace  crush  under  the  feet  of  his  peo- 
 ple,' Rom.  xvi.  20.     Flee,]  A  sign  of  dis- 
 
352 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 one  way,  and  fly  before  tliee  seven  ways.  ^  Jeliovah  will  command 
 the  blessing  to  be  with  thee,  in  thy  store-houses,  and  in  all  thattliou 
 settest  thine  hand  nnto,  and  he  will  bless  thee  iji  the  land  which  Je- 
 hovah tliy  God  giveth  nnto  thee.  ^  Jehovah  will  stablish  thee  nnto 
 himself  1^ov  an  holy  people,  as  he  hath  sworn  nnto  thee,  if  thou  shalt 
 keep  the  commandments  of  Jehovah  thy  God,  and  walk  in  his  ways. 
 '"  And  all  people  of  the  earth  shall  see,  that  the  name  of  Jehovah  is 
 called  upon  thee,  and  they  shall  be  afraid  of  tliee.  ^'  And  Jehovah 
 will  make  thee  plenteous  in  good  things,  in  the  fruit  of  tliy  womb, 
 and  in  the  fruit  of  thy  cattle,  and  in  the  fruit  of  thy  ground,  in  the 
 land  which  Jeliovah  sware  unto  thy  fathers,  to  give  imto  tliee. 
 '^  Jehovah  will  open  unto  thee  his  good  treasure,  tlie  heavens,  to 
 give  thee  rain  of  tliy  land  in  Iiis  season,  and  to  bless  all  the  work  of 
 thine  hand :  and  thou  shalt  lend  nnto  many  nations  and  thou  shalt 
 not  borrow. 
 
 '^  And  Jeliovah  will  give  tliee  to  be  the  liead,  and  not  the  tail, 
 and  thou  shalt  be  above  only,  and  shalt  not  be  beneath,  if  thou 
 
 them  to  be  known  and  arkrowledged  of  all 
 
 comfitiire  and  destruction:  therefore  when  one 
 prophet  saith,  '  Wilt  thou  flee  before  thine 
 enemies?'  2  Sam.  xxiv.  IS,  another explain- 
 eth  it,  '  to  be  destroyed  before  thine  enemies,' 
 1  Chron.  xxi.  12.  Seven  ways,]  That  is, 
 ma?i?/  ways  :  so  signifying  a  full  conquest 
 over  them,  for  seven  is  a  complete  number, 
 often  used  for  manyf  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  ii. 
 2;  xxxiii.  3;  Lev.  iv.  6.  It  signifieth  also 
 their  dispersion,  every  man  his  way,  whereas 
 they  came  out  jointly  together,  all  '  one  way.' 
 
 Ver.  8. — Will  command,]  That  is,  will 
 powerfully  send,  and  eflectually  prociue  the 
 blessing.  Of  this  phrase,  see  Lev.  xxv.  21. 
 The  contrafy  hereunto  is,  he  •  will  send  upon 
 thee,'  ver.  20.  The  blessing,]  Whereun- 
 to  is  opposed  '  the  curse,  vexation,  and  re- 
 buke,' ver.  20.  Store-houses,]  Or  barns; 
 in  Chald.,  treasures:  so  in  Prov.  iii.  10. 
 That  thou  settest  thy  hand  unto,]  Heb. 
 the  setting  to  of  thy  hand :  whereof  see 
 Deut.  xii.  7.  Thus  "this  sixth  promise  im- 
 plieth  a  general  blessing  upon  all  that  the 
 godly  hath  or  doth. 
 
 Ver.  9.— Stablish  thee,]  Set  thee  up 
 firm  and  sure.  This  seventh  blessing  pro- 
 perly concerneth  spiritual  things  and  heaven- 
 ly, for  the  sanctification  of  the  church,  and 
 establishment  thereof  in  that  grace,  by  rea- 
 son of  the  covenant  and  oath  of  God,  where- 
 of he  never  repenteth,  Ps.  ex.  4.  '  For  the 
 gifts  and  calling  of  God  are  without  repen- 
 tance,' Rom.  xi.  29. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Is  called  upon  thee,]  That 
 is,  thou  art  called  by  his  yiumc  :  as  befoi-e 
 Moses  said,  '  Ye  are  the  sons  of  Jehovah 
 your  God,'  Deut.  xiv.  1.  Of  this  phrase, 
 see  the  annot.  on  Gen.  xlviii.  16.  Here  God 
 enlargeth    his  former   blessings,   in  causing 
 
 other  peoples.  Afraid  of  thee,]  As  was 
 fore-promised,  Deut.  xi.  25,  and  had  come 
 to  pass  unto  Israel,  Deut.  ii.  25,  and  unto 
 Abraham,  Is.  xli.  5,  and  other  particular 
 persons,  as  '  Saul  was  afraid  of  David,  be- 
 cause the  Lord  was  with  him,'  1  Sam.  xviii. 
 12,  15,  29. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Make  thee  plenteous,]  Or, 
 mahe  thee  to  excel;  in  Gr.,  multiply  thee. 
 In  GOOD,]  Or,/or^oo(^  things.  An  enlarge- 
 ment of  the  blessing  promised  in  ver.  4, 
 which  all  should  see  by  the  abundance  of 
 good  things  from  beneath. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Treasure,]  Or,  treasury, 
 store-house,  which  he  expoundeth  after  to  be 
 rain  from  heaven,  for  so  the  scripture  else- 
 where mentioneth,  '  treasures  of  the  snow, 
 and  treasures  of  the  hail,  and  of  the  wind,' 
 Job  xxxviii.  22;  Ps.  cxxxv.  7,  and  these 
 were  blessings  from  above,  which  caused  the  in- 
 crease of  those  good  things  promised  in  ver. 
 4,  5.  In  his  season,]  That  is,  in  due  sea- 
 son ;  meaning  the  first  and  latter  rain,  men- 
 tioned in  Deut.  xi.  14.  See  the  notes  on 
 Lev.  xxvi.  4.  Shalt  lend,]  That  is.  shalt 
 have  such  plenty,  as  that  thou  shalt  lend  unto 
 many  nations;  a  sign  both  of  wealth,  liberal- 
 ity, and  sovereignty;  for,  '  the  borrower  is 
 servant  to  the  man  that  lendeth,'  Prov.  xxii. 
 7,  therefore  the  Gr.  giveth  here  a  double  in- 
 terpretation ;  '  thou  shalt  lend  unto  many  na- 
 tions, and  thou  shalt  not  borrow:  and  shalt 
 rule  over  many  nations,  and  they  shall  not 
 rule  over  thee:'  which  words  are  borrowed 
 here  from  Deut.  xv.  6. 
 
 Ver.  13. — The  head,]  A  figure  or  par- 
 able, meaning  chief  in  authority  and  power, 
 (railed   before,  a  ruling  over  many  nations, 
 
CHAP.    XX  V^  1 1 1. 
 
 353 
 
 hearken  unto  the  commandments  of  Jehovah  thy  God,  which  I 
 command  thee  this  day,  to  observe  and  to  do.  '*  And  thon  shalt 
 not  go  aside  from  any  of  the  words  which  I  command  you  this  day, 
 to  the  right  hand,  or  to  the  left,  to  go  after  other  gods  to  serve 
 them. 
 
 *^  And  it  shall  be,  if  thou  wilt  not  hearken  unto  the  voice  of  Je- 
 hovah thy  God,  to  observe  to  do  all  his  commandments,  and  his 
 statutes  which  I  command  thee  this  day,  that  all  these  curses  shall 
 come  upon  thee,  and  overtake  tliee.  '^  Cursed  shalt  tliou  be  in  the 
 city,  and  cursed  shalt  thou  be  in  the  field.  "  Cursed  shall  be  thy 
 basket,  and  thy  dough-trough.  '^  Cursed  shall  be  the  fruit  of  thy 
 womb,  and  the  fruit  of  thy  ground,  the  increase  of  thy  kine,  and 
 the  flocks  of  thy  sheep.  "  Cursed  shalt  thou  be  when  thou  comest  in, 
 and  cursed  shalt  thou  be  when  thou  goest  out.  ^"  Jehovah  will  send 
 upon  thee  a  curse,  vexation,  and  rebuke,  in  all  that  thou  settest 
 thine  hand  unto,  which  thou  wouldest  do,  until  thou  be  destroyed, 
 and  until  thou  perish  quickly,  because  of  the  evil  of  thy  doings, 
 for  that  thou  hast  forsaken  me.  ^'  Jehovah  will  make  the  pesti- 
 lence cleave  unto  thee,  until  he  have  consumed  thee  from  off  the 
 
 Deut.  XV.  6,)  as  '  the  tail'  signifieth  inferior- 
 ity and  baseness,  wliich  the  Chald.  expound- 
 eth  thus,  'The  Lord  v,ill  give  thfie  to  be 
 strong  and  not  weak.'  Tliis  is  opened  in  Is. 
 ix.  14,  15.  '  The  Lord  will  cut  ofl"  from  Is- 
 rael, head  and  tail,  &c.  the  ancient  and  hon- 
 o\irable,  he  is  the  head;  and  the  prophet  that 
 teacheth  lies,  he  is  the  tail.'  Thus  by  head 
 here,  we  may  also  understand  spiritually,  the 
 honour  of  the  truth,  wherewith  the  church  of 
 God  should  be  adorned  and  exalted.  Above,] 
 In  honour  and  dignity,  not  earthly  only,  but 
 heavenly,  as  in  ver.  I.  So  Christ  said  to  the 
 Jews,  '  Ye  are  from  beneath,  I  am  from 
 above:  ye  are  of  this  world,  I  am  not  of  this 
 %yorld,'  John  viii.  23.  Likewise  of  his  dis- 
 ciples he  saith,  '  They  are  not  of  the  world, 
 even  as  I  am  not  of  the  world,'  John  xvii. 
 16.  If  thou  hearken,]  The  conditinn  of 
 the  former  promises,  the  first  l)ranch  where- 
 of is  obedience,  to  do  all  that  is  commanded. 
 
 Ver.  14. — And  thou  shalt  not,]  That 
 is,  Jf  thou  shalt  not ;  for  this  is  the  second 
 branch  of  the  condition,  restraining  all  dis- 
 obedience against  any  of  God's  words. 
 Other  GODS,]Which  the  Chald.  expoundeth, 
 Idols  of  the  people. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Not  hearken,]  In  Chald., 
 not  receive  the  word  of  Lord.  Here  fol- 
 loweth  a  large  commination  of  the  curses 
 that  shall  come  upon  the  transgressors  of  the 
 law:  compare  this  with  Lev.  xxvi.  14,  &c. 
 and  this  condition  is  opposite  to  the  former  in 
 ver.  1,  2. 
 
 Ver.  16 Cursed  thou,]  The  first  curse 
 
 is  upon  their  persons,  opposed  to  the  blessing 
 
 Vol.  II.  2 
 
 in  ver.  3.  What  the  curse  meaneth,  see 
 Deut.  xxvii.  15;  Gen.  iii.  14. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Dough-trohgh,]  Or  store  ; 
 in  Gr.,  thy  remainder.  This  second  curse 
 is  opposed  to  the  third  blessing  in  ver.  5. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Fruit  of  thv  womb,]  In 
 Chald.,  the  child  of  thy  hoivels.  This  third 
 curse  is  set  against  the  second  blessing  in 
 ver.  4. 
 
 Ver.  19.— Comest  in,  &c.,]  That  is,  in 
 all  thy  ways  and  administration.  The  fourth 
 curse,  opposed  to  the  fourth  blessing ;  in  ver. 
 6. 
 
 Ver.  20 — A  curse,]  So  God  threateneth 
 the  priests,  in  Mai.  ii.  2,  and  this  fifth  de- 
 nunciation is  against  the  sixth  promise  of 
 blessing,  in  ver.  8.  This  curse  the  Gr.  ex- 
 poundeth, lack,  vtx penury.  Vexation,]  Or, 
 trouble,  tumult,  and  destruction,  as  Deut.  vii. 
 23,  this  the  Gr.  iiiterpreteth, /ajniwe/  but 
 the  word  is  more  general,  implying  wars  also, 
 and  other  plagues  upon  the  body,  as  Zach. 
 xiv.  13;  1  Sam.  xiv.  20;  v.  9.  And  this 
 judgment  was  upon  Israel,  2  Chron.  xv,  5. 
 Rebuke,]  This  is  not  only  from  men,  but 
 from  God,  who  is  said  to  rebuke,  not  only  by 
 words,  but  by  deeds,  whereupon  men  'perish,' 
 Ps.  Ixxx.  17,  and  'his  rebuke  is  with  flames 
 of  fire,'  Is.  Ixvi.  15.  Hereupon  the  Gr. 
 here  translateth  it  consumption.  How  this 
 came  upon  Israel,  see  Is.  li.  20;  xxx.  17. 
 Forsaken  me,]  In  Chald.,  forsaken  my 
 fear. 
 
 Ver.  21. — The  pestilence,]  The  Gr. 
 and  Chald.  translate  it,  death  :  see  the  an- 
 not.  on  Exod.  v.  3,  and  Lev  xxvi.  25.  Tlie 
 Y 
 
354 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 land  wliitlier  thou  goest  to  possess  it.  ^^  Jeliovali  will  smite  tliee 
 witli  the  consumption,  and  with  the  burning  ague,  and  with  all  in- 
 flammation, and  with  an  extreme  burning,  and  with  the  sword,  and 
 with  blasting,  and  with  mildew,  and  they  shall  pursue  thee  until  tliou 
 perish.  ^^  And  tliy  lieavens  which  are  over  thine  head  shall  be 
 brass,  and  the  earth  wliich  is  under  thee  shall  he  iron. 
 
 ^*  Jehovah  will  give  thee  rain  of  thy  land  to  be  powder  and 
 dust ;  from  the  heavens  shall  it  come  down  upon  thee  until  thou  be 
 destroyed.  ^^  Jehovah  will  give  thee  to  be  smitten  before  thine  ene- 
 mies ;  thou  shalt  go  out  against  him  one  way,  and  flee  before  him 
 seven  ways,  and  tliou  shalt  be  for  a  removing  to  all  tlie  kingdoms 
 of  the  ear  til.  '^^  And  thy  carcass  shall  be  for  meat  to  all  the  fowls 
 of  the  heavens,  and  to  the  beasts  of  the  earth,  and  none  shall  fray 
 them  away.  ''"'  Jehovali  will  smite  thee  with  the  boil  of  Egypt,  and 
 with  tlie  emerods,  and  with  the  scab,  and  with  the  itch  whereof 
 thou  canst  not  be  healed.     ^^  Jehovah  will  smite  thee  witli  madness. 
 
 fulfilling  of  this  plague  is  mentioned  in  Amos 
 iv.  10. 
 
 Ver.  22. —  Consumption,]  Of  this,  and 
 the  ague  following,  st'e  Lev.  xxvi.  16.  The 
 SWORD,]  Or  drought :  but  the  Gr.  taketh  it 
 in  the  first  sense,  translating  it  slaughter  : 
 so  in  Lev.  xxvi.  25.  Blasting,]  Of  corn 
 and  fruits  with  a  dry  wind,  2  Kings  xix.  26, 
 for  the  original  word  signifieth  dryness ;  and 
 such  was  the  east-wind  that  blasted  in  those 
 parts,  Gen.  xli.  6.  Therefore  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth  it,  corruption  with  wind.  The  fulfill- 
 ing of  this  judgment  is  showed  in  Amos  iv. 
 9;  Hag.  ii.  17.  Mildew,]  Which  hath 
 the  name  in  Heb.  of  paleness  (as  Jer.  xxx. 
 6,)  and  so  is  here  translated  in  Gr.,  and  is  a 
 plague  upon  corn,  through  too  much  moist- 
 ness,  (as  blasting  is  with  dryness)  whereby 
 the  natural  greenness  is  gone  before  it  be  ripe, 
 and  the  colour  faded.  So  in  Amos  iv.  9; 
 Hag.  ii.  17;  2  Chron.  vi.  28. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Thy  heavens,]  In  Gr.  and 
 Chald.,  the  heaven:  see  the  annot.  on  Luv. 
 xxvi.  19.  It  meaneth  a  restraint  of  rain, 
 whereby  the  land  should  be  barren. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Powder,]  Or  small  dust.  In- 
 stead of  rain,  your  air  shall  be  filled  with 
 dust,  which  the  wind  and  other  things  raise 
 in  time  of  drought.  This  word  is  used 
 when  speaking  of  God's  judgments,  Is.  v. 
 24;  xxix.  5;  Ezek.  xxvi.  10;  Nah.  i.  3; 
 Luke  ix.  5,  and  with  dust  was  Egypt 
 plagued,  Exod.  ix.  9.  From  the  heavens,] 
 That  is,  from  the  air. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Smitten,]  In  Chald.,  broken: 
 this  is  opposite  to  the  fifth  blessing,  in  ver. 
 7.  Flee,]  And  consequently  fall  and 
 perish ;  as  to^ee  three  months  before  the  ene- 
 my, 2  Sam.  XXV.  13,  is  expounded,  '  to  be 
 destroyed  three  months,'  1   Chron.  xxi.   12. 
 
 For  a  removing,]  That  is,  removed,  shaken, 
 and  dispersed;  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  thou 
 shalt  be  in  dispersion.  This  word  Jeremiah 
 useth  when  the  time  of  their  dispersion  was 
 come  upon  them,  Jer.  xv.  4;  xxix.  IS ;  xxxiv. 
 17.     So  in  2  Chron.  xxix.  8. 
 
 Ver.  26. — Thy  carcass,]  That  is,  car- 
 casses ;  the  Gr.  expoundeth  it,  yoiir  dead 
 men :  he  meaneth  that  they  should  not  have 
 honest  burial;  but  being  slain  by  the  sword, 
 should  be  eaten  by  beasts.  These  words  of 
 Moses  Jeremiah  repeateth,  Jer.  vii.  33; 
 xvi.  4;  xxxiv.  20.  And  Asaph  lamenteth 
 the  pouring  out  of  this  plague,  Ps.  Lxxix.  1 
 —3. 
 
 Ver.  27. — Boil  of  Egypt,]  Or  Egyptian 
 ulcers,  whereof  see  Exod.  ix.  9 — II.  Eme- 
 rods,] Or  piles,  a  disease  wherewith  God 
 smote  the  Philistines  in  their  secret  hinder, 
 parts,  1  Sam.  v.  9;  Ps.  Ixxviii.  66.  For  this 
 disease  the  Heb.  hath  two  names,  the  one  in 
 the  line  G7iaph6lim,  the  other  in  the  margin 
 Techdrim ;  and  this  latter  is  used  in  the 
 line,  in  1  Sam.  vi.  11,  17.  Itch,]  So  the 
 Gr.  expoundeth  it:  the  Chald.  saith,  a  dry 
 scab.  Whereof,]  Or,  so  that  thou  canst 
 not  be  healed  :  and  this  is  the  counterpart  to 
 the  promise  made  upon  their  obedience,  in 
 Exod.  XV.  26. 
 
 Ver.  28.— Madness,]  Or,  fury ;  this  is 
 properly  in  the  mind,  but  manifested  by 
 foolish  gesture,  1  Sam.  xxi.  13,  14.  And 
 because  the  prophets  were  often  moved  with 
 ecstacies,  and  carried  themselves  strangely, 
 some  in  contempt  would  call  them  mad  men, 
 2  Kings  ix.  11 ;  Jer.  xxix.  t6.  Blindness,] 
 That  is  both  in  body  and  mind.  Is.  xlii.  19. 
 The  contrary  blessing  we  receive  by  Christ, 
 Is.  xlii.  7,  16.  Astonishment,]  Or, 
 nmnzcment,    wondering  :  this   is   threatened 
 
CHAP.  XX van. 
 
 355 
 
 and  witli  blindness,  and  with  astonishment  of  heart.  ^^  And  thou 
 shalt  be  groping  at  noon  day,  as  the  blind  gropeth  in  thick  dark- 
 ness, and  thou  shalt  not  prosper  in  thy  ways,  and  thou  slialt  be 
 only  fraudulently  oppressed  and  robbed  all  days,  and  none  shall  save 
 thee.  ^  Thou  shalt  betrothe  a  wife,  and  another  man  shall  lie  with 
 her  ;  thou  shalt  build  an  house,  and  thou  shalt  not  dwell  therein  ; 
 thou  shalt  plant  a  vineyard  and  shalt  not  make  it  common.  ^^  Thine 
 ox  shall  he  slain  before  thine  eyes,  and  thou  shalt  not  eat  thereof : 
 thine  ass  shall  be  violently  taken  away  from  before  thy  face,  and 
 shall  not  return  unto  thee  ;  thy  sheep  shall  be  given  unto  thine  ene- 
 mies, and  thou  shalt  have  none  to  save.  ^'  Thy  sons  and  thy 
 daughters  shall  be  given  to  another  people,  and  thine  eyes  shall  see, 
 and  shall  fail  with  longing  for  them  all  the  day,  and  there  shall  be 
 no  power  m  thine  liand. 
 
 ^^  The  fruit  of  thy  hand,  and  all  thy  labour  shall  a  people  eat  up 
 wliicli  thou  knowest  not :  and  thou  shalt  be  only  fraudulently  op- 
 pressed and  crushed  all  thy  days.  ^*  And  thou  shalt  be  mad  for 
 the  siglit  of  thine  eyes  which  tliou  shalt  see.  ^^  Jehovah  will  smite 
 thee  with  an  evil  boil  on  the  knees,  and  on  the  legs,  whereof  thou 
 canst  not  be  liealed,  from  the  sole  of  thy  foot,  even  unto  the  top  of 
 thine  head.  ^^  Jehovah  will  bring  thee,  and  thy  king  which  thou 
 shalt  set  over  thee,  unto  a  nation  which  thou  hast  not  known,  thou 
 
 even  to  the  prophets,  in  Jer.  iv.  9,  and  other 
 unbelievers,  Hal),  i.  5;  Acts  xiii.  41. 
 
 V^ER.  29. — Groping,]  Or,  feeling ;  meant 
 as  an  effect  of  blindness  of  soul,  as  Paul 
 speaketh  of  God's  works  to  the  heathen,  'that 
 they  should  seek  the  Lord,  if  haply  they 
 might  feel  (or  grope)  after  him,  and  find  him,' 
 Acts  xvii.  i?.  So  it  is  said  of  the  wicked, 
 in  Job  V.  14.  '  They  meet  with  darkness  in 
 the  day  time,  and  grope  in  the  noon  day  as 
 in  the  night:'  and  in  Job  xii.  25,  'They 
 grope  in  the  dark  without  light.'  Save 
 THEE,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr.  traiislateth  it^ 
 thou  shalt  have  no  helper.  So  in  2  Sam. 
 xxii.  42,  'they  looked,  but  there  was  none  to 
 save.' 
 
 Ver.  30. — Lie  with  her,]  Or,  defile, 
 ravish  her.  The  Heb.  Shai/al  signifying  the 
 act  of  generation,  as  here  aud  in  Is.  xiii.  16, 
 Zach.  xiv.  2,  expounded  in  the  Heb.  margin 
 to  be  read  Shacab,  which  is  to  lie  with. 
 Make  it  corimon,]  That  is,  gather  and  eat 
 the  grapes  thereof.  See  Deut.  xx.  6.  On 
 the  contrary,  when  God  promiseth  giace  he 
 saith,  '  the  planters  shall  plant  (vines)  aiid 
 shall  make  them  common,'  Jer.  xxxi.  5. 
 
 Ver.  31.— Not  retl'rn,]  That  is,  not  be 
 relumed,  or  restored,  as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it. 
 See  the  annots.  on  Gen.  ii.  20;  xvi.  14.  To 
 save,]  In  Gr.,  ?io  helper  :  as  ver.  29. 
 
 Ver.  32— Fail,]    Or,  be  consigned,    to 
 
 wit,  with  longing,  or  desire  :  so  it  is  else- 
 where spoken  of  the  eyes,  in  Ps.  cxix.  82,  of 
 the  soul,  Ps.  Ixxxiv.  3,  and  of  the  reins.  Job 
 xix.  27,  where  Job  speaketh  of  his  desire  to 
 see  God  at  the  resurrection.  No  power  in 
 THY  HAND,]  So  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it, 
 and  the  Gr.,  thy  hand  shall  not  be  strong  (or 
 able)  or  we  may  interpret  it,  nothing  shall  be 
 in  the  power  of  thine  hand.  The  contrary  is 
 in  Mic.  ii.  1;  Gen.  xxxi.  29. 
 
 Ver.  33. — Eat  up,]  Or,  devour:  this 
 judgment  came  upon  Israel  by  the  heathen, 
 Is.  i.  7;  Jer.  v.  17  ;  viii.  16. 
 
 Ver.  34. — For  the  sight,]  In  Gr.,/or 
 the  sight  (or  visions)  meaning  that  they 
 should  see  such  heavy  troubles,  as  should 
 make  them  mad  through  fear  and  sorrow, 
 being  without  faith,  comfort,  and  patience. 
 These  are  the  lively  and  powerful  effects  of 
 the  law  upon  the  conscience  of  sinners,  that 
 it  bereaveth  them  of  all  sense  of  God's  favpur: 
 for,  'the  law  is  n.ot  of  faith,'  Gal.  iii.  12. 
 
 Ver.  35. — Evil  boil,]  Sore,  or  malig 
 nant  ulcer :  such  a  plague  spiritual  God 
 sendeth  on  antichrist.  Rev.  xvi.  2.  And  in 
 body,  Job  was  afflicted  with  such  '  from  the 
 sole  of  his  foot  unto  the  top  of  his  head,'  for 
 the  trial  of  his  faith  and  patience,  Job  ii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  36. — Bring,]  Or  lead,  make  go, 
 into  captivity.  This  foietelltth  the  over- 
 throw of  their  state,  which  was  accomplished 
 
356 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 or  thy  fathers,  and  there  thou  shalt  serve  other  gods,  wood  and  stone. 
 ^^  And  thou  shalt  be  for  an  astonishment,  for  a  proverb,  and  for  a 
 by-word  among  all  people,  whither  Jehovah  shall  lead  tliee. 
 ^^  Much  seed  shalt  thou  carry  out  into  the  field,  and  little  shalt  thou 
 gather  in,  for  the  locust  shall  consume  it.  ^^  Thou  shalt  plant 
 vineyards  and  dress  them,  but  thou  shalt  not  drink  the  wine,  nor 
 gather  (the  grapes)  for  the  worm  shall  eat  it.  *"  Thou  shalt  have 
 oli\e-trees  in  all  thy  coast,  but  thou  shalt  not  anoint  thyself  with 
 the  oil,  for  thine  olive  shall  cast  (his  fruity  "  Thou  shalt  beget 
 sons  and  daughters,  but  they  shall  not  be  thine,  for  they  shall  go 
 into  captivity.  *^  All  tliy  trees,  and  the  fruit  of  thy  land,  shall  the 
 grasshopper  possess.  ^^  The  stranger  that  is  within  thee  shall  get 
 up  above  thee  on  high  high,  and  thou  shalt  come  down  below  be- 
 low. "  He  shall  lend  to  thee,  and  thou  shalt  not  lend  to  him ;  he 
 shall  be  the  head,  and  thou  shalt  be  the  tail.  "  KvA  all  tliese 
 curses  shall  come  upon  thee,  and  sliall  pursue  thee,  and  overtake 
 thee,  until  thou  be  destroyed,  because  tliou  hearkenedst  not  unto 
 the  voice  of  Jehovah  thy  God,  to  keep  his  commandments  and  his 
 statutes  which  he  hath  commanded  thee.  *^  And  they  shall  be  upon 
 thee  for  a  sign  and  for  a  wonder,  and  upon  thy  seed  for  ever. 
 "  Because  thou  servedst  not  Jehovali  thy  God  with  joyfulness,  and 
 with  goodness  of  heart  for  the  abundance  of  all  things.  ***  There- 
 fore thou  shalt  serve  thine  enemies,  wliom  Jehovah  will  send  against 
 thee,  in  hunger,  and  in  thirst,  and  in  nakedness,  and  in  want  of  all 
 things :  and  he  will  put  a  yoke  of  iron  upon  thy  neck,  until  he 
 have  destroyed  thee.     *^  Jehovah  will  bring  against  thee  a  nation 
 
 by  Assyria  and  Babylon,  2  Kings  xvii.  6; 
 XXV.  1,  &c.  Thy  king,]  la  Gr.  thy  prin- 
 ces:  both  were  fulfilled,  2  Kings  xxiv.  14, 
 15.  Other  gods,]  As  in  their  own  land 
 they  served  other  gods,  that  is,  idols  of  wood 
 and  of  stone,  Jer.  ii.  27,  so  God  threateneth 
 to  send  them  as  slaves  into  other  lands,  where 
 they  would  do  the  like,  though  by  his  pro- 
 phets he  warned  them  not  to  do  so,  Isa.  xiiv. 
 
 8,  9,  &c.  Jer.  x.  2 — 11.  So  for  making  an 
 idol  in  the  wilderness,  God  had  before  given 
 them  up  'to  worship  the  host  of  heaven,' 
 Acts  vii.  41,  42.  The  Chald.  here  transla- 
 te th,  thou  shalt  serve  people  that  serve  idols 
 of  wood  and  of  stone.     iSo  after  in  ver.  64. 
 
 Ver.  37. — A  BY-WORD,]  yi  sharp  or  cut- 
 ting taunt:  thus  God  tlneatened  again  im- 
 mediately before  it  came  to  pass,  Jer.  xxiv. 
 
 9,  and  before  that  in  Solomon's  days,  1  Kings 
 ix.  7,  and  it  came  upon  them,  as  Ps.  xliv. 
 14,  15,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  38.— The  Locust,]  That  is,  lo- 
 custs :  see  the  judgments  here  threatened, 
 fulfilled  in  Joel  i.  4;  Amos  iv.  9  ;  vii.  1,  2 '. 
 Hag.  i.  6,  11. 
 
 Ver.  42. — Grasshopper,]  Called  in  Heb. 
 Tesalatsal,  a  word  here  only  used;  the  Gr. 
 translateth  it  erisubee,  which  is  a  blasting 
 or  mildew,  that  spoileth  corn. 
 
 Ver.  44.— The  head,]  Or,  for  the  head, 
 that  is,  the  chief,  which  the  Chald.  expound- 
 eth  strong ;  as  the  tail  is  in  Chald.  the 
 tveak:  see  ver.  13. 
 
 Ver.  46.— For  a  sign,]  The  Gr.  and 
 Chald.  translate  plurally,  signs  and  wonders. 
 Thy  seed,]  Chald.,  thy  sons 
 
 Ver.  47. — Goodness  of  heart,]  The 
 Gr.  translateth  it,  a  good  heart  ;  the  Cliald., 
 t7-uth  of  heart :  it  meaneth  also  gladness,  as 
 in  Is.  Ixv.  14,  it  is  opposed  to  '  sorrow.'  Of 
 this  the  Jews  made  confession  when  they 
 were  returned  from  Babylon,  Neh.  ix.  35. 
 Of  all,]  Gr.,  of  all  things  ;  and  Thargum 
 Jonathan  addeth,  of  all  good:  aaid  so  in  ver. 
 4S,  want  of  all  good. 
 
 Ver.  48. —  Yoke  of  iron,]  That  is,  hard 
 servitude  under  heathen  rulers;  as  Jer.xxviii. 
 13,  14,  for  'servants  are  said  to  be  under  the 
 yoke,'  1  Tim.  vi.  1. 
 
 Ver.   49.— As  the  Eagle,]  That  flicth 
 
CHAP.  XXVIII.  357 
 
 from  far,  from  the  end  of  the  earth,  as  the  eagle  flieth  -.  a  nation 
 whose  tongue  thou  slialt  not  hear.  '°  A  nation  of  a  strong  face, 
 which  will  not  regard  the  face  of  the  old,  nor  show  grace  to  the 
 young.  "  And  he  shall  eat  the  fruit  of  thy  cattle,  and  the  fruit  of 
 thy  land,  until  thou  be  destroyed,  which  shall  not  leave  mito  thee, 
 corn,  new  wine,  or  new  oil,  the  increase  of  thy  kine,  or  flocks  of 
 thy  sheep,  until  he  have  destroyed  thee.  ^^  And  he  shall  besiege 
 thee  in  all  thy  gates,  until  thine  high  and  fenced  walls  come  down, 
 wherein  thou  trustedst,  throughout  all  thy  land,  and  he  shall  be- 
 siege thee  in  all  thy  gates  throughout  all  tliyland  which  Jehovah  thy 
 God  hath  given  unto  thee.  ^^  And  thou  slialt  eat  the  fruit  of  thy 
 womb,  the  flesh  of  thy  sons  and  of  thy  daughters  which  Jehovah 
 thy  God  hath  given  unto  thee,  in  the  siege  and  in  the  straitness 
 wlierewith  tliine  enemies  sliall  distress  thee.  ^*  The  man  that  is 
 tender  among  you  and  very  delicate,  his  eye  shall  be  evil  towards 
 his  brother,  and  towards  the  wife  of  his  bosom,  and  towards  the 
 remnant  of  his  sons  which  he  shall  leave.  "  So  that  he  will  not 
 give  to  any  one  of  them  of  the  flesh  of  his  sons,  whom  he  shall 
 eat,  because  he  hath  not  left  unto  him  anything  in  the  siege  and  in 
 the  straitness,  wherewith  thine  enemies  shall  distress  thee  in  all  thy 
 gates.  ^^  The  tender  woman  among  you  and  delicate,  which  would 
 not  adventure  the  sole  of  her  foot  to  set  it  on  the  ground  for  deli- 
 cateness  and  for  tenderness,  her  eye  shall  be  evil  towards  the  hus- 
 band of  her  bosom,  and  towards  her  son,  and  towards  her  daughter  -. 
 "  And  towards  her  after-birth  tliat  cometh  out  from  between 
 lier  feet,  and  towards  her  sons  which  she  shall  bear,  for  she  shall 
 eat  them  for  want  of  all  things,  in  secret,  in  the  siege  and  in  the 
 straitness,wherewith  thine  enemy  shall  distress  thee  in  thy  gates. 
 
 swiftly  and  violently,  therefore  the  Gr.  trans-  (that  is,  surely   I  will  not  give)  any   more 
 
 latetli,  like  the  violence  of  an  eagle.     This  thy   corn    to   be    meat    for    thine    enemies, 
 
 is  a  prophecy  of  the  Babylonians,  the  '  lion  and  the  sons  of  the  stranger  shall  not  drink 
 
 with  eagle's  wings,'  Dan.  vii.  4.     So  Nebu-  thy  wine,  for  which  thou  hast  laboured:  but 
 
 chadnezzar  is  likened  to  a  '  great  eagle  with  they  that  have  gathered  it,  shall  eat  it,  and 
 
 great  wings,'  &c.  Ezek.  xvij.  3,   12.     Not  praise  the  Lord,  and  they  that  have  brought 
 
 HEAR,]  That   is,   not  understand:  see  the  it  together,  shall  drink  it  in  the  courts  of  my 
 
 notes  on  Gen.  xi.  7.  holiness.  Is.  Ixii.  8,  9. 
 
 Ver.  50. — Of  a  strong  face,]  That  is,  Ver.    52. — Thy    gates,]    In   Gr,    and 
 
 bold,  fierce,  cruel,  and  (as  the  Gr.  translateth)  ChhXd.,  thy  cities  :  so  ver.  55.     See  this  ful- 
 
 impudent.     This  title  is  given  to  Antiochus  filled,  2  Kings  xvii. ;  xxv. 
 
 Epiphanes,   the    great  afflicter  of  the  Jews,  Ver.  53. — The  froit  of  thy  wombJ  In 
 
 Dan.  viii.  23.     Not  regard,]  Not  respect  Chald.,    the  children  of  thy  bowels.     The 
 
 or  honour  any  person.  like  threatening  is  in   Lev.   xxvi.  29;   Jer. 
 
 Ver.  51. — Fruit  of  thy  cattle,]  Thy  xix.  9,  fulfilled,  2  Kings  vi.  29;  Lam.  iv.  10. 
 
 young  beasts.     See  the  fulfilling  of  this  men-  Ver.  54 Eye  shall  be  evil,]  That  is, 
 
 tioned  before  the  captivity,  Is.  i.  7.     Corn,]  he  shall  grudge  and  envy  :  see  Deut.   xv.  9, 
 
 The  enemies  devouring  of  these  earthly  bless-  The  Gr.  translateth,  he  shall  bewitch  with  his 
 
 ings  in   Canaan,  the  holy  land,  figured  also  eye.  So  in  ver.  56.    Of  his  bosom,]  That  is, 
 
 that  Israel  should  for  their  sins   be  deprived  which  lieth  in  his  bosom,  as  Mic.  vii.  5. 
 
 of  God's  heavenly  blessings,  till  God  should  Ver,    57. — Her    after-birth,]  And  so 
 
 turn  them  again  to  himself  by  the  faith  of  the  her  little  one  therein;  as  the  Cnald.  expound- 
 
 gospel:  and   then  he  sweareth,    'If   I   give  eth  it,  the  least  of  her  children. 
 
358  DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 **  If  thou  wilt  not  observe  to  do  all  the  words  of  this  law,  that  are 
 written  in  tliis  book,  to  fear  this  glorious  and  fearful  name  Jeho- 
 vah tliy  God.  *^  And  Jehovah  will  make  marvellous  thy  plagues, 
 and  the  plagues  of  thy  seed;  plagues  great  and  permanent,  and 
 sicknesses  evil  and  permanent.  *"  And  he  will  bring  upon  thee 
 every  disease  of  Egypt,  wliich  thou  wast  afraid  because  of  them, 
 and  they  sliall  cleave  unto  thee. 
 
 "  Also  every  sickness,  and  every  plague,  which  is  not  written  in 
 the  book  of  this  law,  them  will  Jehovah  bring  upon  thee,  until  thou 
 be  destroyed.  *"  And  ye  shall  be  left  with  a  few  men,  whereas  ye 
 were  as  tlie  stars  of  the  heavens  for  multitude,  because  thou 
 hearkenedst  not  unto  the  voice  of  Jeliovah  thy  God.  ^^  And  it 
 shall  be,  as  Jehovah  rejoiced  over  you,  to  do  you  good,  and  to  mul- 
 tiply you,  so  Jehovah  will  rejoice  over  you  to  make  you  perish, 
 and  to  destroy  you,  and  ye  shall  be  plucked  from  off  the  land, 
 whither  thou  goest  in  to  possess  it.  "  And  Jeliovah  will  scatter 
 tliee  among  all  peoples,  from  the  end  of  the  earth,  and  unto  the  end 
 of  the  earth  j  and  there  thou  shalt  serve  other  gods,  wliicli  thou 
 hast  not  known,  thou  or  thy  fathers,  wood  and  stone.  ^^  And  in 
 tliose  nations  tliou  shalt  not  find  ease,  neither  shall  there  be  rest  for 
 the  sole  of  tliy  foot :  and  Jehovah  will  give  unto  tliee  there,  a 
 trembling  heart,  and  failing  of  eyes,  and  pining  of  soul. 
 
 ^^  And  thy  life  shall  be  lianging  in  doubt  before  thee,  and  tliou 
 shalt  dread  night  and  day,  and  shalt  not  have  assurance  of  thy  life. 
 "  In  the  morning  thou  shalt  say,  Wlio  will  give  the  evening ;  and 
 
 Ver.  58. — Fearful,]    In    Gy.,  marvel-  unto  the  end  of  them,' Matt.  xxiv.  31;  Mark 
 
 lous.  xiii.  27.     This  dispersion  of  the  Jews  is  visi- 
 
 Ver.  59. — Thy    plague,]  Or,   every  of  ble  even  to  this  day.     Serve  other  gods,] 
 
 thy  plagues:  as  the  form  of  the  Heh.  word  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  serve  people  that 
 
 implieth.     Thy  seed,]  Cha\A.  thy  children,  serve  idols  :  but  it  implieth  God's  judgment. 
 
 Permanent,] Or, _^n«,/«2</i/?</  andcontinu-  in  giving  them  over  to  other  sin :  see  the  notes 
 
 ing  long:  as  Thargum  Jonathan  explaineth,  on  ver.  36. 
 which  shall  dure  long  upon  your  bodies.  Ver.  65. — Not  find  ease,]  Or,  not  have 
 
 Ver.    CO. — Disease,]    Or   sickness;    in  quietness.     Unto   this    curse  of  the  law  for 
 
 Gi-.  sorrow.     Of  the  plagues  of  Egypt,  see  sin,  is  opposed  the  promise  of  grace  in  Christ, 
 
 Exod.  viii.  &c.  Jer.    xxxi.   2.     A    trembling   heart,]  la 
 
 Ver.  62. — With  a  few  men,]  Gr.,  m  a  Gr.  a  faint  (or  discouraged)  heart.  See 
 short  (or  small)  number  :  Chald.  a  people  of  Lev.  xxvi.  36  ;  Is.  i.  5.  Failing  of  eyes,] 
 number,  that  is,  soon  numbered.  See  this  In  Gr.,  failing  eyes,  that  shall  look  for  de- 
 fulfilled.  Is.  i.  9.  Hearkenedst  not,]  liverance,  but  not  see  it.  Pining  of  soul,] 
 Chald.,  receivedst  not  the  word.  In  Gi-.,  a  melting  soul,  that  is,  sorrowful  and 
 
 Ver.  63. — Will  rejoice,]  Although  the  fearful.  See  Lev.  xxvi.  16  ;  1  Sam.  ii.  33. 
 destruction    of  the  wicked   is   to  themselves  Ver.  66. — Hanging  in  doubt,]  That  is, 
 
 miserable,  yet   God's  judgments  upon  them  uncertain,  as    after   followetii.     So  the  Gr., 
 
 are  unto  him,  his  angels,  and  all  the  saints,  thy  life  shall  be  hanging  before  thine  eyes. 
 
 joyful.  Rev.  xviii.  20;  Ps.  Iviii.  11,  12;  Jer.  Not  have  assurance  of  thy  life.]  Or,  7iot 
 
 li.  48,  for,  'when  the   wicked  perish,  there  believe  in  thy  life;  in  Gr.,  not  believe  thy 
 
 is  shouting  joy,'  Prov.  xi.  10.  life  ;  that  is,  have  no  assurance  of  it,  but  al- 
 
 Ver.  64. — And  unto  the  end,  &c,]  That  ways  fear  death. 
 is,  from  one  end  of  the  earth  to  ajiother.  A  Ver.  67. — Who  will  give,]  That  is,  O 
 
 like  phrase  is,  'from  the  eud  of  the  heavens  that  it  were  evening:  see  Deut.  v.  29.     A 
 
CHAP.    XXIX. 
 
 359 
 
 in  the  evening  thou  shalt  say.  Who  will  give  the  morning  -.  for  the 
 dread  of  thme  heart  wlierewith  thou  shalt  dread,  and  for  the  sight 
 of  thine  eyes  wliich  thou  shalt  see. 
 
 ^  And  Jehovah  will  return  thee  to  Egypt  with  ships,  by  the  way 
 whereof  I  said  unto  tliee.  Thou  shalt  not  see  it  again  anj'  more  :  and 
 there  ye  shall  be  sold  to  your  enemies,  for  bond-men  and  for  bond- 
 women, and  none  shall  buy  yoic. 
 
 lively  description  of  misery,  wherein  every 
 hour  by  night  or  by  day  seemeth  long  and 
 tedious.     Compare  Job  vii.  3,  4. 
 
 Ver.  6s. — To  Egypt,]  The  house  of 
 bondage,  Exod.  xx.  2,  and  figure  of  spiritual 
 bondage    under   sin    and    satan:    in    which 
 
 estate  the  law  leaveth  all  men,  till  they  be 
 redeemed  by  grace  in  Christ.  So  another 
 prophet  saith,  '  They  shall  not  dwell  iu  Jeho- 
 vah's land;  but  Ephraim  shall  return  to 
 Egypt,  and  they  shall  eat  uncleau  things  in 
 Assyria,'  Hos.  ix.  3. 
 
 CHAP.    XXIX. 
 
 1.  Moseshegmsto  renem  the  covenant,  exhorteth  Israel  to  oljedience, 
 hy  the  memory  of  the  worlis  they  have  seen.  10.  All  stand  hefore  the 
 Lord,  to  enter  into  his  covenant.  18.  The  great  rvrath  on  him  that 
 flattereth  himself  in  his  wickedness.  29.  Secret  things  belong  unto 
 God. 
 
 '  These  are  the  words  of  the  covenant  which  Jehovah  command- 
 ed Moses  to  strike  witli  the  sons  of  Israel,  in  the  land  of  Moab, 
 beside  the  covenant  which  he  struck  with  them  in  Horeb. 
 
 ^  And  Moses  called  unto  all  Israel,  and  said  unto  them,  You  have 
 seen  all  that  Jehovah  did  before  your  eyes  in  the  land  of  Egypt,  unto 
 Pharaoh,  and  unto  all  his  servants,  and  unto  all  his  land.  ^  The 
 great  temptations  wliich  thine  eyes  have  seen,  the  signs,  and  those 
 great  wonders.  "  Yet  Jehovah  hath  not  given  unto  you  an  heart 
 to  know,  and  eyes  to  see,  and  ears  to  hear,  unto  this  day.  °  And 
 I  have  lead  you  forty  years  in  the  wilderness  ;  your  clothes  are  not 
 
 Ver.  1. — To  strike,]  Or  to  cut,  where- 
 of see  the  notes  on  Gen.  xv.  IS.  Here  the 
 covenant  is  renewed  between  God  and  the 
 people ;  and  it  is  the  same  in  effect  with  the 
 covenant  made  at  Horeb,  Exod.  xix.;  xxiv., 
 save  that  Christ,  who  is  the  end  of  the  legal 
 covenant,  is  here  more  clearly  revealed,  es- 
 pecially in  chap.  xxx.  ver.  11 — 14.  Of 
 Moab,]  The  country  on  the  outside  of  Jor- 
 dan, whereof  see  Deut.  i.  1,  5.  In  Horeb,] 
 Or  Choreb,  that  is,  mount  Sinai,  where  the 
 covenant  was  given,  Exod.  xx.  and  the  bless- 
 ings and  curses  for  confirmation  thereof,  Lev. 
 xxvi.  3—46. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Tentations,]  Or  trials, 
 whereby  God  tried  the  Israelites'  faith,  and 
 the  hardness  of  the  Egyptians  in  letting  Is- 
 
 rael go:  see  Deut.  iv.  34;  vii.  19.  From 
 God's  former  benefits,  whereof  they  had  ex- 
 perience, he  exhorteth  them  to  keep  the 
 covenant. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Not  given  unto  yotj,]  This 
 showeth  the  inability  of  man  to  understand 
 the  things  of  God,  without  the  gift  of  God. 
 And  long  after  this,  Paul  complaineth  of  the 
 Jews,  '  even  unto  this  day,  when  Moses  is 
 read,  the  vail  is  laid  over  their  hearts,'  2 
 Cor.  iii.  15,  and  Christ  saith,  that  '  to  them 
 it  was  not  given  to  understand  the  mysteries 
 of  the  kingdom  of  heaven,'  Matt.  xiii.  11 — 
 14. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Upon  you,]  Or /mm  upon  you; 
 that  is,  so  as  you  should  put  them  off  and  cast 
 them  from  you.     Compare  Deut.  viii.  4. 
 
360 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 waxen  old  upon  upon  you,  and  thy  shoe  is  not  waxen  old  upon  thy 
 foot.  ^  Ye  have  not  eaten  bread,  neither  have  you  drunk  wine  or 
 strong  drink,  that  ye  might  know  that  I  am  Jehovah  your  God. 
 '  And  ye  came  unto  tliis  place,  and  Sihon  king  of  Heshbon,  and 
 Og  king  of  Bashan  came  out  against  us  unto  battle,  and  we  smote 
 them.  And  we  took  their  land,  and  gave  it  for  an  inheritance  to 
 the  Reubenites,  and  to  the  Gadites,  and  to  half  the  tribe  of  the 
 Manassites.  ^  Therefore  ye  shall  keep  the  words  of  this  covenant, 
 and  do  them,  that  ye  may  wisely  do  all  that  ye  do. 
 
 533 
 
 '"  Ye  stand  this  day  all  of  you  before  Jehovah  your  God,  your 
 heads  of  your  tribes,  your  elders  and  your  officers,  all  the  men  of 
 Israel :  "  Your  little  ones,  your  wives,  and  thy  stranger  that  is 
 within  thy  camp,  from  the  hewer  of  thy  wood,  unto  the  drawer  of 
 tliy  water.  ''  That  thou  shouldest  pass  into  the  covenant  of  Jeho- 
 vah thy  God,  and  into  his  oath  which  Jehovah  thy  God  striketh 
 with  thee  this  day.  '^  That  he  may  stablish  thee  this  day  for  a  peo- 
 ple unto  himself,  and  that  he  may  be  unto  thee  a  God,  as  he  hath 
 spoken  unto  thee,  and  as  he  hath  sworn  unto  thy  fathers,  to  Abra- 
 liam,  to  Isaac,  and  to  Jacob. 
 
 "  And  not  with  you  yourse/fes  alone  do  I  strike  this  covenant 
 and  this  oath ;  '^  But  with  liim  that  is  standing  here  with  us  this 
 
 Ver.  6. — Bread,]  To  wit,  ordinary  bread 
 out  of  the  earth,  but  God  hath  nourished  you 
 with  manna,  the  bread  of  heaven,  Ps.  Ixxviii. 
 24,  25;  Deut.  viii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Sihon,]  In  Gr.,  Seon  king  of 
 Esebon.     Of  this  history,  see  Num.  xxi. 
 
 Ver.  8. — We  took,]  In  Chald.,  we  sub- 
 dued. To  THE  Reubenites,]  In  ChalH.,  to 
 the  tribe  of  Reuben,  &c.  See  the  perform- 
 ance hereof  in  Num.  xxxii. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Wisely  do,]  Or  pmdently 
 carry,  and  with  understanding,  and  conse- 
 quently prosper:  so  in  1  Kings  ii.  3  ;  Jcsh.  i. 
 7,  8. 
 
 S  S  e  Here  beginneth  the  one  and  fiftieth 
 section  of  the  law:  see  the  notes  on  Gen.  vi. 
 9 
 
 VeR.  10. — YooR  heads  of  your  tribes,] 
 That  is,  your  heads,  or  chief  men,  which  are 
 the  heads  of  your  tribes  :  the  Gr.  translateth 
 them  by  one  word  Archiphuloi,  that  is,  the 
 chief,  or  rulers  of  the  tribes. 
 
 Ver.  11 Thy  stranger,]   In  Gr.,  the 
 
 proselyte  ivhich  is  in  the  midst  of  your  camp. 
 Such  of  that  mixed  multitude  as  came  out  of 
 Egypt  with  Israel,  Exod.  xii.  38,  and  others 
 that  had  joined  themselves  to  the  church. 
 Hewer   of   thy   wood]    Such    as  hewed 
 
 wood,  and  drew  water,  were  the  basest  ser- 
 vants or  slaves  of  Israel,  (as  afterward  was 
 the  case  of  the  Gibeonites,  Josh.  ix.  21,  27,) 
 who  also  by  faith  were  admitted  into  the 
 church  and  covenant  of  Israel. 
 
 Ver.  12. — That  thou  shouldest  pass,] 
 He  speaketh  to  them  all,  as  to  one  man ;  and 
 to  pass  '  into  the  covenant,'  is  a  phrase  taken 
 from  the  manner  of  making  covenants,  when 
 they  passed  between  the  parts  of  the  sacri- 
 fices, Gen.  XV.  17;  Jer.  xxxiv.  18-20. 
 His  oath,]  Or,  his  execration;  in  Gr., 
 his  curses,  because  tluy  took  the  curses  of 
 the  law  upon  them,  if  they  kept  not  the 
 covenant.  This  is  called  '  the  oath  of  God,' 
 Eccl.  viii.  2.  So  this  people  returning  from 
 the  captivity  of  Babylon,  '  entered  into  a 
 curse,  and  into  an  oath,  to  walk  in  God's  law 
 which  was  given  by  the  hand  of  Moses,  Neh. 
 X.  29. 
 
 Ver.  13.— a  God,]  Or,  for  a  God:  this 
 is  the  substance  of  the  covenant,  even  such 
 as  is  made  with  us  in  Christ,  2  Cor.  vi.  16 ; 
 Hbb.  viii.  10;  Rev.  xxi.  3.  See  the  an- 
 not.  on  Gen.  xvii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  15.— Not  here,]  Meaning  their 
 posterity  throughout  all  generations,  to  whom 
 this  covenant  did  alike  belong.  So  in  Tliar- 
 gum  Jonathan  it  is  expounded,   "ami   with 
 
CHAP.    XXIX. 
 
 361 
 
 day  before  Jehovah  your  God,  and  with  him  that  is  not  here  with 
 us  this  day.  ^^  For  ye  know,  liow  we  have  dwelt  in  the  land  of 
 Egypt,  and  how  we  have  passed  in  the  midst  of  the  nations  which 
 ye  passed  by.  "  And  ye  have  seen  their  abominations,  and  their 
 filthy  idols,  wood  and  stone, silver  and  gold,  which  were  with  them. 
 "  Lest  there  should  be  among  you  man  or  woman,  or  family  or 
 tribe,  wliose  heart  turneth  away  this  day  from  Jehovah  our  God, 
 to  go  to  serve  the  gods  of  those  nations  j  lest  there  should  be  among 
 you  a  root  that  beareth  gall  and  wormwood,  "  And  it  be  when  he 
 heareth  tlie  words  of  this  oath,  that  he  bless  himself  in  his  heart, 
 saying,  I  shall  have  peace,  though  I  walk  in  the  imagination  of 
 mine  heart,  to  add  the  drunken  to  the  thirsty.  ^^  Jehovah  will  not 
 spare  him ;  but  then  tlie  anger  of  Jehovah  and  liis  jealousy  shall 
 
 every  geneiation  that  shall  rise  up  unto  the 
 world's  end,  &c.  But  this  is  to  be  under- 
 stood with  exception  of  the  new  covenant, 
 which  God  promised,  and  hath  now  established 
 unto  us  in  Christ,  Jer.  xxxi.  31 — 33;  Heb. 
 viii.  7—10. 
 
 VeR.    16 How  WE    HAVE    DWELT,]    Or, 
 
 thai  %vhicli  tve  have  dwelt,  which  Jonathan 
 expoundeth,  the  nicmher  of  years  that  we 
 have  dwelt.  This  their  peregii nation  in 
 Egypt,  and  deliverance  thence,  with  God's 
 gracious  conduct  of  them  through  the  wilder- 
 ness, are  named  as  motives  to  persuade  unto 
 obedience. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Filthy  idols,]  In  Heb.  Gil- 
 lulim  (whereof  see  Lev.  xxvi.  SO,)  in  Gr. 
 Idols. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Lest  there  should  be,]  Or, 
 as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  explain  it.  That  there 
 he  not.  Whose  heart,]  The  heart  is  to  be 
 kept  with  all  diligence,  because  out  of  it  are 
 the  issues  of  life,  Prov.  iv.  23.  According 
 therefore  to  this,  Paul  warneth  the  Israelites, 
 '  Take  heed,  brethren,  lest  there  be  in  any  of 
 you  an  evil  heart  of  unbelief,  in  departing 
 from  the  living  God,'  Heb.  iii.  12.  From 
 Jehovah,]  In  ChsAA,  from  the  fear  of  the 
 Lord.  The  gods,]  In  Chald.,  the  idols  of 
 the  people.  A  root,]  An  evil  heart  fore- 
 mentioned,  which  is  hidden  from  men,  as  the 
 root  is  hidden  in  the  earth,  but  the  fruits  after 
 do  appear.  The  Chald.  translateth  it,  a  man. 
 Beareth,]  Or  fructifieth,  beareth  fruit : 
 in  Gr.,  springeth  up;  which  word  Paul 
 usetli  in  Heb.  xii.  15.  Gall  and  worm- 
 wood,] The  Gr.  translateth,  with  gall  and 
 bitterness;  whereby  is  meant  sins,  (as  the 
 Chald.  explaiueth  it,  and)  as  it  vvas  said  to 
 Simion  Magus,  '  Thou  art  in  the  gall  of  bit- 
 terness, and  in  the  bond  of  iniquity,'  Acts 
 viii.  23.  The  apostle  alluding  to  this  place, 
 saith,  '  lest  any  root  of  bitterness  springing 
 up  trouble  you,'  Heb.  xii.  15,)  for  encholee. 
 
 Vol.  II.  2 
 
 with  gall,  saying,  enochlee,  trouble.)  Gall 
 (or  hemlock)  was  a  bitter  and  poisonous 
 weed,  growing  in  the  east  countries,  as  ap- 
 peareth  by  Hos.  x.  4,  and  wormwood  like- 
 wise :  which  are  applied  sometimes  to  sins, 
 as  here  and  in  Amos  vi.  12;  Deut.  xxxii. 
 32,  sometimes  to  bitter  punishment,  as  in 
 Jer.  ix.  25;  xsiii.  15;   Lam.  iii.  15,  19. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Of  this  oath,]  Or  as  the  Gr. 
 saith,  of  this  curse:  see  ver.  12.  I  shall 
 HAVE  PEACE,]  Or,  peace  shall  be  unto  me, 
 that  is,  safety  and  prosperity,  without  hurt  or 
 punishment.  Imagination,]  Or  contempla- 
 tion,  that  which  the  heart  hath  spied  out, 
 and  looketh  unto.  So  the  Chald.  translateth 
 it,  imagination,  (or  conceit)  but  the  Gr.  call- 
 eth  it  aberration.  This  sin  Jeremiah  often 
 imputeth  to  this  people,  Jer.  iii.  17 ;  vii. 
 24;  ix.  14;  xi.  S  ;  xvi.  12;  xviii.  12;  xxiii. 
 17.  To  ADD  THE  drunken,]  To  wit,  thr 
 drunken  soul  to  the  thirsty,  or,  the  moist  to 
 the  dry ;  meaning,  to  add  sin  unto  sin  in 
 abundance;  as  in  Is.  xxx.  1.  The  soul  that 
 desireth  is  said  to  thirst,  Ps.  Ixiii.  1,  and  as 
 the  godly  do  '  himger  and  thirst  after  righ- 
 teousness,' Matt.  v.  6,  so  do  the  wicked  after 
 unrighteousness  and  '  drink  it  up  like  water,' 
 Job  xxxiv.  7,  which  when  he  hath  glutted 
 himself  therewith,  he  may  be  said  to  have 
 added  drunkenness  to  his  thirst.  Some  un- 
 derstand it  also  of  punishment  for  sin,  which 
 the  Chald.  favoureth,  translating,  that  I  may 
 add  unto  him  the  sins  of  ignorance,  tinto 
 (the  sins  of)  'presumption.  The  Heb.  Sep- 
 hoth,  to  add,  is  sometimes  used  for  to  con- 
 sume or  destroy,  (as  in  Ps.  xl.  15,)  in  which 
 sense  the  Gr.  interpreters  took  it  here,  saying, 
 '  that  the  sinner  destroy  not  also  him  that  is 
 without  sin.' 
 
 Ver.  20. — Not  spare,]  Or,  not  forgive 
 him  in  mercy.  For,  '  if  we  walk  in  the 
 light,  as  (God)  is  in  the  light,  the  blood  of 
 Jesus  Clirist  his  Son  cleanseth  us   from  all 
 
362 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 smoke  against  that  man,  and  every  curse  that  is  written  in  this 
 book  shall  lie  upon  him,  and  Jehovah  will  blot  out  his  name  from 
 under  the  heavens.  ^'  And  Jehovah  will  separate  him  unto  evil, 
 out  of  all  the  tribes  of  Israel;  according  to  all  the  curses  of  the 
 covenant  tliat  is  written  in  this  book  of  the  law.  '^^  And  the  after 
 generation,  your  sons  that  shall  rise  up  after  you,  and  the  stranger 
 that  sliall  come  from  a  far  land,  shall  say,  when  they  shall  see  the 
 plagues  of  that  land,  and  the  sicknesses  thereof,  wherewith  Jeho- 
 vah hath  made  it  sick ;  ^^  That  all  the  land  thereof  is  brimstone 
 and  salt,  and  burning,  that  it  is  not  sown,  neither  springeth,  nor  any 
 grass  groweth  therein,  like  the  overthrow  of  Sodom  and  Gomorrah, 
 Admah,  and  Zebojim,  which  Jehovah  overthrew  in  his  anger  and 
 in  his  wrath. 
 
 ^*  Even  all  nations  shall  say,  Wherefore  hath  Jehovah  done  thus 
 unto  tliis  land  ;  what  meaneth  the  heat  of  this  great  anger?  ^^  Then 
 they  shall  say.  Because  they  have  forsaken  the  covenant  of  Jeho- 
 vah the  God  of  their  fathers,  which  he  struck  with  them  when  he 
 
 sin,'  1  John  i.  7.  But  God  will  not  be  mer- 
 ciful '  to  any  tiiat  unfaithfully  commit  ini- 
 quity,' Ps.  lix.  6.  Jealousy,]  Which  is 
 '  the  rage  of  a  man,  that  he  will  not  spare  in 
 the  day  of  vengeance,'  ProV.  vi.  34,  applied 
 here  unto  the  Lord,  as  in  Exod.  xx.  5. 
 Smoke,]  In  Gr.,  burn  :  a  sign  of  great  dis- 
 pleasure, as  in  Ps.  Ixxiv.  1.  Shall  lie 
 UPON  HIM,]  The  Gr.  and  Chald.  translate, 
 shall  cleave  unto  him.  See  this  word  in  Gen. 
 iv.  7. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Out  of  all  the  Tribes,]  In 
 Gr.,  from  all  the  sons  of  Israel,  that  is,  from 
 the  communion  of  the  church  (whereto  he 
 addeth  daily  such  as  shall  be  saved,  Acts  ii. 
 47,)  even  as  before  in  ver.  20,  the  man  was 
 separated  from  communion  with  God.  So  he 
 threateneth  against  the  false  prophets,  'They 
 shall  not  be  in  the  secret  of  my  people, 
 neither  shall  they  be  written  in  the  writing 
 of  the  house  of  Israel,  neither  shall  they 
 enter  into  the  land  of  Israel,'  Ezek.  xiii.  9. 
 And  this  is  a  separation  unto  evil,  or  for  his 
 hurt,  as  on  the  contrary  the  Levites  were  se- 
 parated for  their  good,  when  they  were  de- 
 signed '  to  stand  before  the  Lord,  to  minister 
 unto  him,'  Deut.  x.  8.  That  is  written,] 
 In  Chald.,  that  are  written  :  meaning  all  and 
 every  one. 
 
 Ver.  22.' — Made  it  sick,]  In  Gr.,  which 
 he  hath  sent  upon  it.  God  here  siguifieth 
 such  a  certainty  of  his  judgments,  as  all  peo- 
 ple (within  the  church  and  without)  should  be 
 witnesses  of  them. 
 
 Ver.  23.— And  salt,]  Which  maketh 
 the  land  barren,  as  saltness  is  used  for  barren- 
 ness, in  Ps.  cvii.  34.  So  Abimelech  <sowed 
 the  city  with  salt,'  which  he  made  utterly 
 
 desolate,  Judg.  ix.  45,  and  the  wicked  man 
 shall  dwell  '  in  a  salt  land  and  not  inhabited,' 
 Jer.  xvii.  6,  and  of  miiy  places,  which 
 should  not  be  healed,  it  is  said,  '  they  shall 
 be  given  to  salt,'  Ezek.  xlvii.  II.  Any 
 GRASS,]  Or  any  herb  :  in  Gr.,  any  green 
 thing;  which  phrase  is  used  in  Rev.  ix.  4. 
 This  signified  a  spiritual  barrenness  in  men's 
 hearts,  that  they  should  not  bring  forth  the 
 fruits  of  the  Spirit,  Heb.  vi.  7,  8.  Over- 
 throw OF  Sodom,]  Whereof  see  Gen.  xix. 
 24,  25,  with  the  annot.  Zebojim,]  By  the 
 letters,  Zebj'im,  but  read  Zeiojirn,  as  is  noted 
 on  Gen.  xiv.  1,  in  Gr.,  Seboeim.  These  two 
 cities  were  destroyed  with  Sodom  and  Go- 
 •niorrah,  and  so  another  prophet  saitli  unto 
 Israel,  '  How  shall  I  make  ihee  as  Admah? 
 shall  I  set  thee  as  Zebojim?'  Hos.  xi.  8.  In 
 HIS  anger,]  To  their  condemnation,  2  Pet. 
 ii.  0,  he  overthrew  them,  *  and  repented  not,' 
 Jer.  XX.  IG. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Shall  say,]  Every  '  man  to 
 his  neighbour,'  as  Jer.  xxii.  8,  that  is,  one  to 
 another. 
 
 Ver.  25.— Stroke,]  Heb.  cut,  that  is, 
 made  ivith  them  ;  which  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 covenanted  (or  despised)  with  their  fathers. 
 For  things  done  to  the  fathers  are  applied  to 
 the  children:  see  ver.  14,  15.  The  like 
 speech  is  in  I  Kings  ix.  8,  9, '  they  shall  say, 
 Why  hath  Jehovah  done  thus  unto  this  land, 
 and  to  this  house?  And  they  shall  answer: 
 Because  they  have  forsaken  Jehovah  their 
 God,  who  brought  forth  their  fathers  out  of 
 the  land  of  Egypt,'  &c.  which  another  pro- 
 phet recordeth  thus;  '  Because  they  have 
 forsaken  Jehovah  the  God  of  their  fathers, 
 who  brought  them  forth  out  of  the  land  of 
 
CHAP.    XXIX. 
 
 363 
 
 brought  them  forth  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt.  ^^  For  tliey  went 
 and  served  other  gods,  and  bowed  themselves  down  unto  them  ; 
 gods  whom  tliey  knew  not,  and  he  Iiad  not  imparted  unto  them. 
 ^^  And  tlie  anger  of  Jehovah  was  kmdled  against  this  land,  to  bring 
 upon  it  every  curse  that  is  written  in  this  book.  ^^  And  Jehovah 
 rooted  tliem  out  of  their  land,  in  anger,  and  in  wrath,  and  in  great 
 indignation,  and  cast  them  into  another  land,  as  it  is  this  day. 
 ^'  The  secret  things  belong  unto  Jehovah  our  God,  and  the  things 
 revealed  belong  unto  us,  and  to  our  sons  for  ever,  to  do  all  the  words 
 of  this  law. 
 
 Egypt,'  2  Chron.  vii.  22.     So  in  Jer.  xxii. 
 
 8,  9. 
 
 Ver.  26. — Other  gods,]  In  Chald.,  the 
 idols  of  the  people.  Gods  whom  they  knew 
 NOT,]  Or  gods  which  knctv  not  them.  And 
 HE  HAD  NOT  IMPARTED,]  That  IS,  and  he, 
 to  wit,  any  of  those  gnds,  had  not  imparted 
 or  bestowed  any  good  thing  tipo7i  them. 
 Thus  the  Chald.  paraphrast  expounds  it,  and 
 they  had  not  done  good  unto  them :  and  Jo- 
 nathan in  Tharg.  and  they  had  not  divided 
 unto  them.  Or  it  may  be  reft-rred  to  the 
 true  God,  that  he  had  not  imparted,  that  is, 
 taught  them  to  have  any  part  or  fellowship 
 ■with  those  gods,  or  their  services.  The  Gr. 
 translateth,  neither  had  he  distributed  unto 
 them.  And  whereas  it  is  said  of  the  sun, 
 moon,  and  stars,  that  '  God  hath  imparted 
 them  unto  all  nations,*  Deut.  iv.  19,  this 
 here  may  aggrave  their  idolatry,  that  not  only 
 worshipped  such,  but  even  the  fictions  also  of 
 the  heathens,  gods  which  they  never  saw, 
 knew,  or  had  any  manner  of  benefit  by  them; 
 whereby  their  sin  was  the  more  odious. 
 
 Ver.  27. — Every  curse,]  The  Gr.  para- 
 phraseth,  according  to  all  the  curses  of  the 
 covenant,  which  are  ivritten  in  the  book  of 
 this  law.  The  accomplishment  of  this  was 
 acknowledged  by  Daniel,  '  The  curse  is 
 poured  upon  us,  and  the  oath  that  is  written 
 in  the  law  of  Moses  the  servant  of  God,  be- 
 cause we  have  sinned  against  him,'  Dan.  ix. 
 11,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  28. — Rooted  them  out,]  Or,  plucked 
 them,  up  :  which  is  contrary  to  '  planting,' 
 Jer.  xxiv.  6;  xlii.  10;  xlv.  4.  Thus  the 
 law  of  Moses  leaveth  sinners  under  the  curse, 
 and  rooted  out  of  the  Lord's  land:  but  grace 
 in  Christ  towards  repenting  and  believing 
 sinners,  '  planteth  them  upon  the  land,  and 
 they  shall  no  more  be  plucked  up,'  Amos  ix. 
 15,  for  they  are  '  kept  by  the  power  of  God 
 through  faith  unto  salvation,'  1  Pet.  i.  5. 
 And  cast  them,]  Or,  sent  them:  in  the 
 Heb.,  the  word  cast,  hath  an  extraordinary 
 great  letter,  to  signify  the  greatness  of  this 
 punishment.      And   Baal   Hatturim    noteth 
 
 upon  it,  *  There  is  a  great  Lamed,  and  a 
 want  of  lod,  to  teach,  that  there  is  no  casting 
 away  like  that  of  the  ten  tribes.'  Whereof 
 see  2  Kings  xvii.  18,  23. 
 
 Ver.  29. — The  secret  things  belong,] 
 Or  hidden  things  are  to  i)e  left  unto  Jehovah. 
 This  is  to  be  understood  generally  of  all  se- 
 cret things  which  God  hath  not  revealed  in 
 his  word,  as,  '  the  times  or  seasons  which  the 
 Father  hath  put  in  his  own  power,'  Acts  i.  7, 
 '  the  day  and  hour'  of  judgment,  Matt.  xxiv. 
 36,  and  all  other  like  things.  Particularly  it 
 may  be  applied  to  God's  counsel  concerning 
 the  Israelites,  in  punishing,  and  casting  them 
 ofl"  for  their  sins,  and  afterward  calling  a 
 remnant  of  them:  which  the  apostle  treating 
 of  in  Rom.  xi.  saith;  'O  the  depth  of  the 
 riches  both  of  the  wisdom  and  knowledge  of 
 God!  how  unsearchable  are  his  judgments, 
 and  his  ways  past  finding  out!'  Rom.  xi.  33. 
 The  Heb,  Nistaroth  (here  used)  sometimes 
 meaneth  'secret  sins,'  as  Ps.  xix.  13.  Unto 
 which  some  of  the  Hebs.  refer  this  speech, 
 that  secret  sins  God  will  punish,  but  open 
 sins  are  for  men  to  punish.  Chazkuni  on 
 Deut.  xxix.  and  so  Jonathan  in  Thargum 
 explaineth  it,  '  Hidden  sins  are  manifest  be- 
 fore the  Lord  our  God,  and  he  will  take  ven- 
 geance on  them,'  &c.  And  the  things 
 revealed,]  Or,  but  open  (or  manifest) 
 things  belong  to  us,  and  to  our  sons  :  upon 
 which  last  words,  the  Heb.  text  hath  extraor- 
 dinary pricks,  to  stir  up  attention  to  the  mat- 
 ter here  spoken,  as  it  is  indeed  worthy  of  all 
 observation,  for  it  teacheth  the  continual  duty 
 of  God's  people  in  all  ages,  to  learn  his  law, 
 to  do  the  same,  and  to  have  care  that  true 
 religion  may  be  continued  among  their  pos- 
 terity. The  Hebs.  say,  "  Every  man  of  Is- 
 rael is  bound  to  learn  the  law,  be  he  poor  or 
 rich,  be  he  in  health  of  body,  or  under  chas- 
 tisements; be  he  young,  or  old  and  decrepit; 
 though  he  be  so  poor  that  he  lives  on  alms; 
 yea,  though  he  have  wife  and  children,  he  is 
 bound  to  set  himself  a  time  to  learn  the  law, 
 by  day  and  by  night,  as  it  is  said,  '  And  thou 
 shalt  meditate  therein  day  and  night.'     The 
 
364 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 great  wise  men  of  Israel,  some  of  them  were 
 hewers  of  wood,  and  some  drawers  of  water, 
 and  some  blind:  notwithstanding  they  em- 
 ployed themselves  in  learning  the  law,  day 
 and  night.  How  is  a  man  bound  to  learn 
 the  law?  Until  the  day  of  his  death,  as  it  is 
 
 said,  '  And  lest  they  depart  from  thine  heart, 
 all  the  days  of  thy  life/  (Deut.  iv.  9,)  and  all 
 the  while  that  he  employeth  not  himself  in 
 learning,  he  forgetteth."  Maim,  in  Thai- 
 mud  Torah,  chap.  i.  sect.  8 — 10. 
 
 CHAP.    XXX. 
 
 1.  Great  mercies  promised  to  repentant  sinners.  11.  The  command- 
 ment is  manifest,  and  word  near.  Life  and  death  are  set  before  them^ 
 with  an  exhortation  to  choose  life. 
 
 ^  And  it  sliall  be  when  all  these  things  are  come  upon  thee,  the 
 blessing  and  tlie  curse  whicli  I  have  set  before  thee,  and  tliou  shalt 
 cause  them  to  return  unto  thine  heart,  in  all  the  nations  wliitlier 
 Jehovah  thy  God  hath  driven  thee  -.  ^  And  thou  return  unto  Jeho- 
 vali  thy  God,  and  shalt  hearken  to  liis  voice,  according  to  all  tliat 
 I  command  thee  this  day,  thou  and  thy  sons,  with  all  thine  heart, 
 find  with  all  thy  soul.  ^  Then  Jehovah  thy  God  will  return  thy 
 captivity,  and  have  compassion  upon  tliee,  and  will  return  and  ga- 
 
 Ver.  1. — These  things,]  Heb.  these 
 words,  that  is,  things  before  spcken  of.  Here 
 follow  promises  of  grace  in  Christ  to  repent- 
 ing and  believing  sinners.  The  blessing,] 
 That  is,  as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  the  bless- 
 ings and  the  curses.  After  the  expeiiment 
 of  the  law,  and  weakness  thereof,  that  it  can- 
 not keep  men  in  the  state  of  blessedness,  nor 
 deliver  them  from  the  curse,  they  are  as  by  a 
 schoolmaster  brought  unto  Christ,  Gal.  iii. 
 24;  Rom.  viii.  3,  4.  Have  set,]  Heb. 
 have  given.  So  in  ver.  15,  19,  Cause 
 them  to  retorn,]  Or  reduce,  Iring  again 
 to  thine  heart,  that  is,  call  to  mind,  consider 
 seriously.  So  in  Deut.  iv.  39.  This  is  the 
 beginning  of  repentance  and  turning  to  the 
 Lord,  by  calling  to  mind  their  sins  and  God's 
 words  and  works ;  as  in  1  Kings  viii.  46,  47. 
 '  If  they  sin  against  thee,  &c.  and  thou  be 
 angry  with  them,  and  deliver  them  to  the 
 enemy,  &c.  If  they  shall  make  it  return  to 
 their  heart,  in  the  land  whether  they  were 
 cairied  captives,  and  return  and  make  suppli- 
 cation unto  thee,'  &c.  So  in  Is.  xlvi.  8. 
 'Show  yourselves  men,  make  it  return  to 
 heart,  O  ye  transgressors:'  and  in  Lam.  iii. 
 21.  'This  I  make  to  return  to  my  heart, 
 therefore  have  I  hope.'  A  like  phrase  is  of 
 the  prodigal  son,  in  Luke  xv.  17,  that  '  he 
 came  to  himself.' 
 
 Ver.   2.— Unto  Jehovah,]  The  Chald. 
 cxpoiiudeth  it,  unto  the  fear   of  the  Lord. 
 
 This  is  true  repentance,  both  to  leave  the 
 evil,  and  to  turn  unto  the  good,  from  which 
 they  departed.  So  in  Lam.  iii.  40.  'Let 
 us  search  and  try  our  ways,  and  turn  again  to 
 the  Lord.'  The  contrary  is  complained  of  in 
 Hos.  vii.  16,  '  they  return,  but  not  to  the 
 Most  High.'  And  here  faith  also  is  implied  ; 
 for  as  to  come  unto  Christ,  is  to  believe  in 
 him,  John  vi.  35,  so  to  turn  unto  the  Lord 
 with  all  the  heart,  is  to  believe  in  him;  for 
 with  the  heart  man  believeth  unto  righteous- 
 ness,' Rom.  X.  10,  and  '  by  faith  '  the  heart 
 is  purified,  Acts  xv.  9,  unto  which  obedience 
 and  good  works  are  added,  Jam.  ii.  14 — 26. 
 Ver.  3.— Will  return  thy  captivity,] 
 Will  bring  thee  again  out  of  bondage  under 
 thine  enemies,  which  figured  the  bondage 
 under  sin,  2  Pet.  ii.  19,  20.  Therefore  the 
 Gr.  translateth  it,will  heal  thy  sins,  that  is,  will 
 forgive  them;  as  healing,  in  Matt.  xiii.  15, 
 is  expounded,  '  forgiving  of  sins,  Mark  iv. 
 12.  This  is  a  promise  of  grace  to  be  per- 
 formed by  Christ,  who  preached  '  deliverance 
 to  the  captives,'  Luke  iv.  18,  and  it  is  the 
 joy  of  his  people,  Ps.  xiv.  7  ;  cxxvi.  1,  2, 
 and  a  figure  of  their  '  salvation,'  Is.  x.  22, 
 compared  with  Rom.  ix.  27.  'Him  hath 
 God  exalted  with  his  right  hand,  to  be  a 
 Prince  and  Saviour,  for  to  give  repentance  to 
 Israel,  and  forgiveness  of  sins,'  Acts  v.  31. 
 Have  compassion,]  Or,  show  tender  mercy; 
 this  is  the  cause  of  the  former  grace  and  de 
 
CHAP.  XXX. 
 
 365 
 
 ther  thee  from  all  tlie  peoples,  whither  JeJiovah  thy  God  hath 
 scattered  tliee.  *  If  any  of  thine  be  driven  out  unto  the  utmost 
 part  of  tlie  heavens,  from  thence  will  Jeliovah  thy  God  gather  thee, 
 and  from  thence  will  he  take  thee.  *  And  Jehovah  thy  God  will 
 bring  thee  into  the  land  whicli  thy  fathers  possessed,  and  thoushalt 
 possess  it ;  and  he  will  do  thee  good,  and  multiply  thee  above  thy 
 fathers.  ^  And  Jehovah  thy  God  will  circumcise  tliine  heart,  and 
 the  heart  of  tJiy  seed,  to  love  Jehovah  thy  God,  with  all  thine 
 
 liverance.  It  is  of 'Jehovah's  mercies,  that 
 we  are  not  consumed,  because  his  compassions 
 fail  not,'  Lam.  iii.  22.  So  the  father  of  the 
 prodigal  son,  seeing  him  afar  off,  'had  com- 
 passion,' Luke  XV.  20.  And  this  compas- 
 sion or  mercy  respecteth  man's  misery,  Matt. 
 ix.  3G;  xiv.  14.  And  gather  thee,]  So 
 after  the  captivity  of  Babylon,  God  promis- 
 eth,  '  He  tiiat  scattered  Israel,  will  gather 
 him,  and  keep  him  as  a  shepherd  doth  his 
 flock,'  Jcr.  xxxi.  10.  This  work  Christ 
 hath  spiritually  accomplished,  of  whom  it  is 
 said,  that  he  should  '  die,  not  for  the  nation 
 of  the  Jews  only,  but  that  also  he  should  ga- 
 ther together  in  one  the  children  of  God  that 
 were  scattered  abroad,'  John  xi.  51,  62. 
 Therefore  this  '  gathering'  is  often  celebrat- 
 ed, as  in  Ps.  cvii.  1 — 3  ;  cxlvii.  1,  2  ;  cvi. 
 47,  48. 
 
 Ver.  4. — If  any  of  thine  be  driven,] 
 Hbb.  If  thy  driven  out ;  speaking  of  every 
 particular  person,  and  of  all,  as  one  man. 
 The  Gr.  translateth,  If  thy  dispersion  be, 
 that  is,  thy  dispersed;  which  word  is  used  in 
 this  sense,  in  John  vii.  35;  1  Pet.  i.  1. 
 UtiMOST  part  of  the  heavens,]  That  is,  of 
 the  world,  which  scemeth  to  be  bounded  by 
 the  heavens.  The  Gr.  translateth  it,  from 
 the  end  (or  utmost  part)  of  heaven,  unto  the 
 end  of  heaven :  which  phrase  Clirist  useth, 
 of  gathering  together  his  elect  at  the  last  day. 
 Matt.  xxiv.  31.  See  the  Notes  on  Deut.  iv. 
 32.  This  promise  Nehemiah  looked  unto, 
 in  his  prayer  alleging  God's  words,  If  '  ye 
 tiansgress,  I  will  scatter  you  abroad  among 
 the  natfons:  But  if  ye  turn  unto  me  and  keep 
 my  commandments,  and  do  them,  though  any 
 of  thine  were  driven  out  unto  the  utmost  part 
 of  the  heavens,  yet  will  I  gather  them  from 
 thence,  and  bring  them  unto  the  place  that  I 
 have  chosen  to  set  my  name  there,'  Neh.  i. 
 8,  9.  Thy  God  gather  thee,]  The 
 Thargum  called  Jonathan's,  expoundeth  this 
 to  be  "  the  Word  of  tlie  Lord  ;  and  the  per- 
 formance to  be  by  the  hand  of  Elias,  and  by 
 the  hand  of  the  King  Christ."  Respecting 
 (as  it  seemeth)  the  promise  of  Elias,  Mai.  iv. 
 5,  C,  which  was  John  the  Baptist,  the  fore- 
 runner of  Christ,  Luke  i.  16,  17s 
 
 Ver.  5.— Shalt  possess,]  Or,  i/<'"^^ 
 
 kerit  it.  This  is  a  promise  of  restoring  them 
 unto  his  church,  figured  by  the  land  of  Ca- 
 naan, Ps.  Ixix.  36,  37  :  Ezek.  xxxvi.  8,  11, 
 12,  24,  28,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Will  circumcise  thine 
 heart,]  The  Gr,  translateth,  will  purge 
 (or  cleanse  round  about)  thine  heart :  and  * 
 both  the  Chald.  paraphrasts  expound  it,  will 
 take  away  the  foolishness  of  thine  heart,  an^ 
 the  foolishness  of  the  heart  of  thy  sons.  This 
 is  a  promise  of  spiritual  blessings  in  regene- 
 ration and  sanctification  by  Christ,  '  in  whom 
 we  are  circumcised  with  the  circumcision 
 made  without  hands,  in  putting  off  the  body 
 of  the  sius  of  the  flesh,  by  the  circumcision 
 of  Christ,  buried  with  him  in  baptism,'  &c. 
 Col.  ii.  11.  12.  And  of  this  it  is  said, '  Cir- 
 cumcision is  that  of  the  heart  iu  the  spirit, 
 not  in  the  letter,  whose  praise  is  not  of  men 
 but  of  God,'  Rom.  ii.  29.  See  the  ainiot.  on 
 Gen.  xvii.  The  Heb.  doctors  in  the  Mi- 
 drash,  or  commentary  on  Song  ii.  12.  from 
 these  words,  'The  time  of  pruning  (or  of 
 cutting  the  vines)  is  come,'  give  this  exposi- 
 tion :  For,  the  time  is  come  that  Israel  shall 
 be  redeemed,  the  time  is  come  that  the  su- 
 perfluous foreskin  shall  be  cut  off,  which  is 
 spoken  of  in  Deut.  xxx.  6,  and  the  Lord  thy 
 God  will  circumcise  thine  heart,'  &c.  where 
 they  apply  this  work  of  grace  unto  Clirist 
 whom  they  looked  for.  To  love  ]  This  is 
 the  effect  of  Christ's  circumcision,  that  it 
 taketh  from  us  evil,  and  giveth  good  :  '  Love 
 being  the  fulfilling  of  the  law,'  Rom.  xiii.  10, 
 and  implying  all  other  graces  ;  as  it  is  said, 
 '  I  will  give  them  one  heart,  and  one  way, 
 that  they  may  fear  me  all  days,'  &c.  Jer.  xxxii. 
 39.  'And  I  will  give  them  one  heart,  and 
 I  will  put  a  new  spirit  within  you  :  and  I  will 
 take  the  stony  heart  out  of  their  fle=h,  and 
 will  give  them  an  heart  of  flesh,  that  they 
 may  walk  in  my  statues,  and  keep  my  ordi- 
 nances, and  do  then),'  &c.  Ezek.  xi.  19,  20. 
 That  thou  mayest  live,]  So  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth the  Heb.  phrase, /or  thy  life,  meaning 
 the  life  of  God,  here  by  faith  and  holiness, 
 Rom.  vi.  11,  13,  and  hereafter  for  ever  in 
 heaven  :  as  'to  enter  into  life,'  Matt,  xviii. 
 P,  is  expounded,  '  to  enter  into  the  kingdom 
 of  GuJ,'  Mark  ix.  47. 
 
366 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 heart,  and  with  all  thy  soul,  that  thou  mayest  live.  '  And  Jehovah 
 thy  God  will  put  all  these  curses  upon  thine  enemies,  and  upon  thy 
 haters  which  persecuted  thee,  ®  And  thou  shalt  return  and  hearken 
 to  the  voice  of  Jehovah,  and  do  all  his  commandments  whicli  I 
 command  thee  this  day.  ^  And  Jehovah  thy  God  will  make  tliee 
 plenteous  in  every  work  of  thine  hand,  in  the  fruit  of  tliy  womb, 
 and  in  the  fruit  of  thy  cattle,  and  in  the  fruit  of  thy  land  for  good, 
 for  Jehovah  will  return  to  rejoice  over  thee  for  good,  as  he  rejoiced 
 over  thy  fathers.  "  If  thou  shalt  hearken  unto  the  voice  of  Jeho- 
 vah thy  God,  to  keep  his  commandments,  and  liis  statutes,  that 
 which  is  written  in  this  book  of  the  law,  if  thou  slialt  return  unto 
 Jeliovali  thy  God  with  all  thine  heart,  and  with  all  thy  soul.  "  For, 
 tJiis  commandment  which  I  command  thee  this  day,  it  is  not  Iiidden 
 from  tlice,  neither  is  it  far  off.  '-  It  is  not  in  the  heavens,  to  say, 
 who  shall  go  up  for  us  to  tlie  heavens,  and  take  it  for  us,  and 
 
 Vek.  7 — Will  pot,]  Heb.,  will  give. 
 Here  follow  earthly  blessings,  which  God  of 
 his  grace  will  add  unto  tlie  former  spiritual. 
 Of  which  one  is  the  curses  upon  their  ene- 
 mies, concerning  which  it  is  said,  '  Thou 
 wilt  render  unto  them  a  recompence,  O 
 Lord,  according  to  the  work  of  their  hands: 
 thou  wilt  give  them  sorrow  of  heart,  thy  curse 
 unto  them  ;  thou  wilt  persecute  in  anger,  and 
 destroy  them  from  under  the  heavens  of  the 
 Lord,'  Lam.  iii.  64 — 66. 
 
 Ver.  S. — Hearken  to,]  Or  obey  the 
 voice  ;  which  the  Chald.  interpreteth,  receive 
 the  JFord  of  the  Lord  :  so  in  ver.  10.  The 
 condition  of  obedience  is  set  before  the  tem- 
 poral blessings  ;  for  '  godliness  hath  the  pro- 
 mise of  the  life  that  now  is,  and  of  that  which 
 is  to  come,'  1  Tim.  iv.  8. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Make  thee  plenteous,]  Or, 
 make  thee  excellent,  unto  which  Thargum 
 Jonathan  addeth, /or  ^oo(/,  that  ye  may  pros- 
 per in  all  the  works  of  your  hands.  Re- 
 joice over  thee,]  This  Christ  taught  in 
 parables,  of  rejoicing  for  the  lost  sheep  that 
 was  found,  Luke  xv.  6,  7,  and  of  the  prodi- 
 gal son  he  saith;  '  It  was  meet  that  we  should 
 make  merry  and  ))e  glad;  for  this  thy  brother 
 was  dead,  and  is  alive  again;  and  was  lost, 
 and  is  found,'  Luke  xv.  32.  So  in  the  other 
 prophets,  '  I  will  rejoice  in  Jerusalem,  and 
 joy  in  my  people,'  Is.  Ixv.  19,  and,  '  I  will 
 rejoice  over  them  to  do  them  good,'  Jer. 
 xxxii.  41.     See  also  Deut.  xxviii.  63. 
 
 Ver.  10. — That  which  is  written,] 
 Meaning  all  and  everything  written;  so 
 teaching  us  exact  obedience.  Unto  Jeho- 
 vah,] In  Chald.,  unto  the  fear  of  the  Lord. 
 Ver.  11. — This  commandment,]  Which 
 after  in  ver.  14,  he  calklh  the  tvord;  and  the 
 apostle    expouiideth   it,    the  ivord  of  faith, 
 
 Rom.  x.  8.  So  this  speech  is  not  of  the  law 
 only,  neither  showeth  it  what  man  can  do  by 
 the  law,  much  less  by  nature;  but  is  the 
 speech  of  'the  righteousness  of  faith,'  Rom. 
 x.  6.  Though  Moses  teacheth  them  also, 
 not  to  blame  the  law  of  hardness  to  be  learned 
 seeing  God  had  now  caused  it  to  be  written  and 
 expounded  unto  them.  Not  hidden  from 
 thee,]  Oi',  not  too  marvellous  and  hard  for 
 thee  to  know,  and  so,  not  impossiLle^  through 
 faith  in  Christ,  as  is  the  law  without  faith,  in 
 that  it  is  '  weak  through  the  flesh,'  Rom.  viii. 
 3.  The  Chald.  translateth,  it  is  not  separat- 
 ed from  thee;  and  Thargum  Jonathan  thus  ex- 
 poundetb,  it  is  not  covered  (or  hid)  from  you. 
 The  Holy  Spirit  in  Gr.  translatelh  this  word 
 marvellous,  Matt.  xxi.  42,  from  Ps.  cxviii. 
 and  impossible,  Luke  i.  37.  See  the  annot. 
 on  Gen.  xviii.  14,  and  Deut.  xvii,  8.  By 
 Isaiah  also  God  saith;  'I  have  not  spoken 
 in  secret  in  a  dark  place  of  the  earth,'  Is. 
 xlv.  19. 
 
 Ver.  12.— To  say,]  That  is,  that  thou 
 shouldest  say  ;  so  in  ver.  13,  see  the  annots. 
 on  Gen.  vi.  19,  where  sundry  like  speeches 
 are  showed.  This  saying  is  meant  of  the 
 heart  also;  wherefore  the  apostle  citeth  it 
 thus;  *  Say  not  in  thine  heait,  Who  shall  go 
 up  into  heaven?'  Rom.  x.  C,  Who  shall 
 GO  UP  FOR  us,]  The  Jeiusalemy  Thargum 
 explaineth  it,  "  O  that  we  had  one  like  Mo- 
 ses the  prophet,  that  might  go  up  into  the 
 heavens,"  &c.  but  the  apostle  applieth  it  more 
 heavenly  to  Christ's  incarnation  ;  '  Who  shall 
 go  up  into  heaven,  that  is,  to  bring  Christ 
 down  from  above?'  Rom.  x.  6.  Unto  which 
 doubt  he  opposeth  the  confession  with  the 
 mouth,  that  Jesus  the  Loid,  ver.  9,  that  is, 
 that  '  God  was  manifested  in  the  flesh,'  1 
 Tim.  iii.  16,  for,  '  no  man  hath  ascended  up 
 
CHAP.   XXX. 
 
 367 
 
 cause  us  to  hear  it,  that  we  may  do  it  ?  '^  Neitlier  is  it  heyond  tlie 
 sea,  to  say.  Who  shall  go  over  to  beyond  sea  for  us,  and  take  it  for 
 us,  and  cause  us  to  liear  it,  that  we  may  do  it  ?  "  But  the  word 
 is  very  nigh  unto  thee,  in  thy  mouth,  and  in  thy  heart,  to  do  it. 
 '^  See,  I  have  set  before  thee  t/iis  day  life  and  good,  death  and  evil. 
 '®  In  that  I  command  thee  this  day  to  love  Jehovah  thy  God,  to 
 walk  in  his  ways,  and  to  keep  his  commandments,  and  his  statutes, 
 and  his  judgments,  that  thou  mayest  live  and  multiply,  and  Jeho- 
 vah thy  God  may  bless  thee  in  the  land  whither  thou  goest  in  to 
 
 to  heaven,  (of  whom  we  may  learn  the  true 
 understanding  of  the  law)  but  he  that  came 
 down  from  heaven,  even  the  Son  of  man 
 which  is  in  heaven,'  John  iii.  13.  And 
 CAUSE  DS  TO  HEAR  IT,]  That  is,  preac/i  it 
 unto  us.  That  we  may  do  it,]  Or,  a7id 
 we  should  do  it. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Beyond  the  sea,]  Tliargum 
 Jonathan  explaineth  \\,,  beyond  the  great  sea; 
 and  Thargum  Jerusalem/  addeth,  "Neither 
 is  the  law  beyond  the  great  sea,  that  thou 
 shouldest  say,  '  Oh  that  we  had  one  like  Jo- 
 nas the  prophet,  that  might  go  down  to  the 
 bottom  of  the  great  sea,  and  bring  it  to  us,' " 
 &c.  All  things  hidden  from  men,  which 
 they  cannot  attain,  are  either  in  heaven 
 above,  or  beyond  sea,  in  the  far  places  of  the 
 earth;  but  the  law  of  God  is  in  neither  of 
 these,  but  near  unto  every  one,  to  learn  and 
 to  do.  Who  shall  go  o\^er  to  beyond 
 sea,]  Paul  allegeth  this  place  thus,  '  Who 
 shall  go  down  into  the  deep,  that  is,  to  bring 
 up  Christ  from  the  dead  ?'  Rom.  x.  7,  unto 
 which  he  opposeth,  in  ver.  9,  belief  in  the 
 '  heart,  that  God  hath  raised  him  from  the 
 dead.  Now,  Jonas  the  prophet,  to  whose 
 example  the  Jerusalemy  Thargum  applieth 
 this,  was  a  figure  of  Christ,  as  himself  hath 
 said,  '  As  Jonas  was  three  days  and  three 
 nights  in  the  whale's  belly ;  so  shall  the  Son 
 of  man  be  three  days  and  three  nights  in  the 
 heart  of  the  earth,'  Matt.  xii.  40.  And  as 
 the  sea  in  Jonah's  case  is  called  '  the  deep,' 
 Ps.  civ.  6;  cvii.  24,  26;  Exod.  xv.  5,  so 
 David  (prophesying  of  Christ)  saith  that  God 
 had  brought  him  up  '  from  the  deeps  of  the 
 earth,'  Ps.  Ixxi.  20.  So  the  apostle  speaking 
 of  Christ's  rising  out  of  the  grave,  useth  the 
 word  '  abyss'  or  '  deep,'  which  is  spoken  both 
 of  earth  and  sea. 
 
 Ver.  14. — But  the  word,]  This  the 
 apostle  expoundeth  thus,  '  But  what  faith  (the 
 righteousness  which  is  of  faith  ?)  The  word 
 is  nigh  thee,  &c.  that  is,  the  word  of  faith 
 which  we  preach,'  Rom.  x.  8.  By  this  it 
 api)eareth  that  Moses  wrote  of  Christ,  John 
 V.  46,  and  that  he  was  closely  taught  in  the 
 law.     '  For  Christ  is  the  end  of  the  law,  for 
 
 righteousness  to  every  one  that  believeth,' 
 Rom.  X.  4.  And  the  Jews,  which  cleaving 
 to  the  law  refused  the  gospel,  or  word  of 
 faith,  'had  a  zeal  of  Gud,  but  not  according 
 to  knowledge,'  Rom.  x.  2.  In  thy  biouth,] 
 Or,  '  for  thy  mouth,  that  is,  for  thee  to  con- 
 fess with  thy  mouth  that  Jesus  is  the  Lord,' 
 as  Rom.  x.  9.  So  '  in'  is  used  for  '  for,'  in 
 Deut.  ix.  4;  xxiv.  16.  In  thine  heart,] 
 Or,  for  thine  heart :  that  thou  mayest  '  be- 
 lieve in  thine  heart  that  God  hath  raised  him 
 (Christ)  from  the  dead,  (and  so  mayest  be 
 saved,)'  Rom.  x.  9.  To  do  it,]  The  law, 
 which  is  fulfilled  by  believing  in  Christ ;  as 
 it  is  said,  'This  is  the  work  of  God,  that  ye 
 believe  in  him  whom  he  hath  sent,'  John  vi. 
 29,  upon  which  belief  true  obedience  follow- 
 eth,  Heb.  viii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  15. — I  have  set,]  Heb.  /  have 
 given,  that  is,  proposed  and  confirmed  by  my 
 doctrine.  So  ver.  19.  Life  and  good,] 
 life  as  the  end,  and  good  as  the  means  lead- 
 ing to  life:  or  life,  that  is,  God  himself,  of 
 whom  he  saith  in  ver.  20,  '  he  is  thy  life;' 
 and  good,  that  is,  felicity  following.  The 
 Gr.  changeth  the  order  thus,  life  and  death, 
 good  a?id  evil.  Thargum  Jerusalemy  ex- 
 plaineth it,  "  the  law  of  life,  which  is  a  good 
 law ;  and  the  law  of  death,  which  is  an  evil 
 law."  And  Thargum  Jonathan  thus  ;  'The 
 way  of  life,  for  which  a  good  reward  shall  be 
 recompenced  to  the  just  ;  and  the  way  of 
 death,  for  which  an  evil  reward  shall  be  re- 
 compenced to  the  wicked. 
 
 Ver.  16. — To  LOVE,]This  is  a  declaration 
 of  the  life  and  good  forementioned,  which 
 they,  whose  hearts  God  would  circumcise, 
 ver.  6,  should  come  unto  by  the  faith  that  is 
 in  Christ.  In  his  ways,]  The  Chald.  saith, 
 m  the  ways  that  are  right  before  him. 
 Keep  his  coMMANDftiENTs,]  Which  is  an  ef- 
 fect of  love ;  as,  '  If  ye  love  me,  keep  my 
 commandments,  John  xiv.  15,  and,  '  This  is 
 the  love  of  God,  that  we  keep  his  command- 
 ments,' 1  John  V.  3.  '  And  this  is  his  com- 
 mandment. That  we  should  believe  on  the 
 name  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ,  and  love  one 
 another,'  &c.  1  John  iii.  23. 
 
368 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 possess  it.  "  But  if  tliine  heart  turn  away,  and  tlioii  wilt  not  hear, 
 but  shalt  be  drawn  away,  and  bow  down  lliyself  to  other  gods,  and 
 serve  them ;  '^  I  denounce  unto  you  this  day,  that  perishing  ye  sliall 
 pcrish,ye  shall  not  prolong  ^/oz^r  days  upon  tlie  land,  which  thou  art 
 passing-  over  Jordan  to  go  in  thither  to  possess  it.  '"  I  take  tlie  heavens 
 and  the  earth  to  witness  against  you  this  day ;  life  and  death  I  have 
 set  before  thee,  the  blessing  and  the  curse,  therefore  choose 
 thou  life,  that  thou  mayest  live,  thou  and  thy  seed.  -"  To  love  Je- 
 hovah thy  God,  to  liearken  to  his  voice,  and  to  cleave  unto  him; 
 for  he  is  thy  life,  and  tlie  length  of  tliy  days,  to  dwell  upon  the 
 land  which  Jehovah  sware  unto  thy  fathers,  to  Abraham,  to  Isaac, 
 and  to  Jacob,  to  give  unto  them. 
 
 Ver.  17. — BoT  IF,]  Or,  And  if  thine  heart 
 turn,  &c.  This  is  the  'death  and  evil '  fore- 
 spoken  of:  see  Deut.  xxix.  IS.  Other 
 GODS,]  In  Chald.,  the  idols  of  the  people. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Perishing  ye  shall  perish,] 
 That  is,  assuredly  and  speedily  perish;  as 
 the  Gr.  saith,  perish  with  perdition.  So  in 
 Deut.  iv.  26. 
 
 Ver.  19. — I  call  the  heavens,  &c.] 
 This  obtestation  of  heavens  and  earth,  (used 
 also  before  in  Deut.  iv.  26,)  may  be  under- 
 stood of  God  and  the  angels  in  heaven,  (as 
 Paul  expresseth  them  in  1  Tim.  v.  21,)  or  of 
 the  other  creatures  also  in  heaven  and  in 
 earth ;  as  Joshua  said,  '  This  stone  shall  be  a 
 witness  unto  us,  for  it  hath  heard  all  the  woids 
 of  the  Lord,*&c.;  Josh.  xxiv.  27.  So  in 
 Deut.  xxxii.  1 ;  Is.  i.  2.  '  Give  ear,  O 
 heavens,  and  hear,  O  earth  :'  and  in  Ps.  1.  4. 
 '  He  will  call  to  the  heavens  from  above,  and 
 to  the  earth  to  judge  his  people;'  and  in  Job 
 XX.  27,  '  the  heavens  shall  reveal  his  iniquity, 
 and  the  earth  shall  rise  up  against  him.  I 
 HAVE  SET,]  Heb.  1  have  given,  that  is, 
 faithfully  proposed  by  doctrine,  and  discharg- 
 ed my  duty:  so  in  ver.  15.  The  '  life  and 
 blessing  '  which  he  set  before  them,  was  by 
 the  faith  of  Christ,  Gal.  ii.  16;  iii.  9,  the 
 death  and  curse  was  by  refusing  Christ,  and 
 seeking  to  justified  by  the  works  of  the  law; 
 
 for,  '  as  many  as  are  of  the  works  of  the  law, 
 are  under  the  curse,'  Gal.  iii.  10.  There- 
 fore CHOOSE,]  Heb.  and  choose  thou;  or, 
 and  thou  shalt  choose:  which  is  the  duty  of  all 
 God's  people,  to  be  performed  by  grace  in 
 Christ.  So  '  David  chose  the  way  of  the 
 truth,  the  precepts  of  God,'  Ps.  cxix.  30, 
 173.  Compare  also  Josh.  xxiv.  15,  22, 
 Thargum  Jonathan  explaineth  this  speech 
 thus,  "  and  choose  ye  the  way  of  life,  which 
 is  the  law,  that  ye  may  live  in  the  life  of  the 
 world  to  come,  you  an.i  your  sons."  This  is 
 true;  if  it  be  understood  not  of  'the  law  of 
 works,  but  of  the  law  of  faith,'  as  Rom.  iii. 
 27,  2S;  ix.  31—33. 
 
 Ver.  20. — To  hearken  to  his  voice,] 
 In  ChaM.,  to  receive  his  word.  Unto  him,] 
 Chald,,  imto  his  fear.  He  is  thv  life,] 
 That  is,  the  author  of  thy  life  and  salvation 
 through  Christ,  as  in  John  xvii.  3.  '  This 
 is  life  eternal,  to  know  thee  the  only  true 
 God,  and  Jesus  Christ  whom  thou  hast  sent:' 
 yea,  Christ  himself  is  '  the  resurrection  and 
 the  life,'  John  xi.  25;  xiv.  6.  And  in  1 
 John  V.  20.  '  We  know  that  the  Son  of  God 
 is  come,  and  hath  given  us  an  understanding 
 that  we  may  know  him  that  is  true:  and  we 
 are  in  him  that  is  true,  even  in  his  Son 
 Jesus  Christ;  this  is  the  true  God  and  eternal 
 life.' 
 
 CHAP.  XXXI. 
 
 1 .  Moses  being  ready  to  die,  encourageth  the  people  that  should  go 
 into  Canaan.  7.  He  encourageth  Joshua  that  should  he  their  governor. 
 9.  He  delivereth  the  law  unto  the  priests,  rchich  mas  to  be  read  iti 
 the  seventh  year  unto  the  people.  14.  Moses  and  Joshua  present  them- 
 selves before  the  Lord,  16.  who  foretelleth  the  people's  fallmg  from  limi, 
 and  his  anger  against  them  therefore.  1 9-  He  commandeth  a  song  to  be 
 written,  to  teslifij  against  the  people.     24.  Moses  delivereth  the  book  of 
 
CHAP.    XXXI. 
 
 369 
 
 the  lam  to  the  Levites,  to  he  kept  in  the  side  of  the  ark,  for  a  witness 
 against  them  and  their  rebellion.  28.  He  maketh  a  protestation  to  the 
 elders. 
 
 *  And  Moses  went  and  spake  these  words  unto  all  Israel.  ^  And 
 he  said  unto  them,  I  am  an  hundred  and  twenty  years  old  this  day, 
 I  can  no  more  go  out  and  come  in:  and  Jehovah  liath  said  unto 
 me,  thou  shalt  not  go  over  this  Jordan.  ^  Jehovah  thy  God  he 
 goetli  over  before  thee ;  he  will  destroy  these  nations  from  before 
 thee,  and  thou  slialt  possess  them  :  Joshua  he  shall  go  over  before 
 thee,  as  Jehovah  hath  said.  *  And  Jehovah  will  do  unto  them  as 
 lie  did  to  Sihon,  and  to  Og,  kings  of  the  Amorite,  and  unto  the  land 
 of  tliem  whom  he  destroyed.  *  And  Jehovah  will  give  them  before 
 you,  and  ye  shall  do  unto  them  according  to  every  commandment 
 which  I  have  commanded  you.  "^  Be  ye  strong  and  courageous, 
 fear  not,  neitlier  be  discouraged  because  of  them  :  for  Jehovah  thy 
 God,  he  it  is  that  goeth  with  thee,  he  will  not  fail  thee  nor  forsake 
 thee.  ^  And  Moses  called  unto  Josliua,  and  said  unto  him,  in  the 
 eyes  of  all  Israel,  Be  thou  strong  and  courageous,  for  thou  shalt  go 
 in  with  this  people  into  the  land  wliich  Jehovah  hath  sworn  unto 
 their  fathers  to  give  unto  them,  and  thou  shalt  cause  them  to  in- 
 
 S  B  B  Here  beginneth  the  two  and  fiftieth 
 section  or  lecture  of  the  law:  see  the  notes 
 on  Gen.  vi.  9.  And  here  Moses  setteth  the 
 state  of  Israel  in  order  before  his  death. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Old,]  Heb.,  so7i  of  an  hundred 
 and  twenty  years  ;  of  which  phrase  see  Gen. 
 V.  32.  So  long  while  Noah  preached  to  the 
 world,  building  the  ark,  Gen.  vi.  3,  14  ;  1 
 Pet.  iii.  19,  20.  Of  these  120  years,  Mo- 
 ses lived  forty  in  Pharaoh's  court  in  Egypt, 
 Acts  vii.  20,  23,  forty  in  the  land  of  Midian 
 Acts  vii.  29,  30;  Exod.  vii.  7,  and  forty 
 years  he  governed  Israel.  I  can  no  more 
 GO  OUT,]  That  is,  no  more  administer  in  my 
 office:  see  the  annot.  on  Num.  xxvii.  17. 
 This  inability  of  Moses  was  not  so  much  for 
 his  age,  (for  '  his  eye  was  not  dim,  nor  his 
 natural  moisture  fled,'  Deut.  xxxiv.  7,)  as  for 
 the  ordinance  of  God  next  mentioned.  And 
 Jehovah,]  Or,  for  Jehovah  hath  said ;  as 
 is  showed  in  Num.  xx.  12  ;  Deut.  iii.  25, 
 26.  ^nd  is  often  used  instead  of  for,  as  is 
 noted  on  Gen.  xii.  19.  Or  it  may  be  taken 
 as  another  reason,  why  Moses  might  no  longer 
 govern  them. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Joshua,]  In  Gr.,  .Tesus,  who 
 was  substitute  in  Moses'  place,  Num.  xxvii. 
 16 — 18,  &c.  A  figure  of  our  Lord  Jesus, 
 who  by  grace  and  tmth  brincfeth  us  into 
 God's  eternal  rest,  after  the  ending  of  Moses' 
 
 Vol.  II.  3 
 
 law,  John  i.  17;  Rom.  x.  4.  Thus  the 
 people  are  comforted  in  respect  of  their  sor- 
 row for  Moses'  death,  by  promise  of  the  Lord's 
 presence  among  them,  and  Joshua's  succeed- 
 ing government  under  him. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Of  the  Amorite,]  That  is,  of 
 the  Amorites,  as  the  Gr.  translateth:  by 
 whose  destruction  (before  mentioned  in  Num. 
 xxi.  23,  &c.;  Deut.  ii.  iii.)  Israel  is  en- 
 couraged against  their  other  enemies.  The 
 LAND,]  That  is,  the  people  of  the  land. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Commanded  you,]  Which  was, 
 to  root  them  out,  and  let  none  remain,  Deut. 
 XX.  16,  17. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Be  ye  strong,]  Or,  Be  con- 
 firmed, Hold  fast,  to  wit,  your  faith  in  God: 
 in  Gr.,  Quit  you  like  men  ;  which  word  Paul 
 useth  in  1  Cor.  xvi.  Ir?.  So  after,  in  ver.  7. 
 Courageous,]  Or,  be  hardy,  strong,  valiant 
 in  heart  and  carriage.  This  word  is  applied 
 to  the  heart  in  Ps.  xxvii.  14,  and  arms,  in 
 Prov.  xxxi.  17,  and  signifieth  an  increase  and 
 steadfastness,  Prov.  xxiv.  5 ;  Ruth  i.  18. 
 The  like  exhortation  is  often  used,  as  Josh, 
 x.  25;  1  Chron.  xxii.  13;  2  Chron.  xxxii. 
 7.  He  it  is,]  In  Chald.,  his  word  it  is. 
 So  in  ver.  8.  Fail  thee,]  Or,  let  thee  go, 
 leave  thee  to  thyself,  but  will  hold  thee  fast. 
 So  ver.  8;   Josh.  i.  5  ;  Heb.  13.  5. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Strong  and  courageous,]  Or, 
 confirmed  and  strong  as  ver.  6,  Joshua  be- 
 
370 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 herit  it.  *  And  Jehovah,  he  it  is  that  goeth  before  thee ;  he  will  be 
 with  thee,  he  will  not  fail  thee,  nor  forsake  thee  ;  fear  not,  neither 
 be  dismayed.  "  And  Moses  wrote  this  law,  and  gave  it  unto  the 
 priests,  the  sons  of  Levi,  which  bear  the  ark  of  the  covenant  of 
 Jehovah,  and  unto  all  the  elders  of  Israel.  '"  And  Moses  com- 
 manded them,  saying,  At  the  end  of  seven  years,  in  the  solemnity 
 of  the  year  of  release,  in  the  feast  of  booths,  "  When  all  Israel  is 
 come  to  appear  before  Jehovah  thy  God  in  tlie  place  which  he  shall 
 choose,  thou  shalt  read  this  law  before  all   Israel  in  their  ears. 
 
 ing  to  bear  the  charge  and  toil  of  the  people, 
 hath  the  same  exhortation  and  promise  in 
 particular,  that  was  before  unto  all  :  and  it 
 was  in  the  eyes  of  all,  lest  any  after  Moses' 
 death  should  deny  his  authority.  A  like 
 speech  'David  made  to  Solomon,'  1  Chron. 
 xxviii.  20. 
 
 Ver.  8. — He  will  be  with  thee,]  The 
 Chald.  paraohraseth,  his  word  will  be  thy 
 help. 
 
 Ver.  9— This  Law,]  In  Gr.,  all  the 
 words  of  this  law  in  a  book.  Which  bare 
 THE  ARK,]  They  had  the  chief  charge  to 
 look  to  the  ark  and  other  holy  things;  and 
 though  the  Levites  bare  it,  as  appeareth  by 
 Num.  iii.  31;  iv.  15;  x.  21,  yet  sometimes 
 the  priests  themselves  also  bare  it,  as  when 
 they  passed  over  Jordan,  Josh.  vi.  17,  when 
 they  compassed  Jericho,  Josh.  vi.  12.  So 
 after  in  ver.  25,  Moses  spake  to  '  the  Le- 
 vites.' The  Elders,]  The  magistrates:  as 
 the  priests  by  teaching,  so  the  elders  by  go- 
 verning are  to  look  that  the  law  of  the  Lord 
 be  observed,  Mai.  ii.  7;  Hos.  iv.  Q;  Mic.  iii. 
 ];  2  Chron.  xix.  6,  8—10. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Of  seven  years,]  That  is,  of 
 every  seventh  year,  ivhich  was  a  year  of  re- 
 lease, Deut.  XV.  1.  The  solemnity,]  Or, 
 the  set  time ;  as  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  trans- 
 late it,  the  time.  Release,]  Of  debts, 
 Deut.  XV.  1,  2,  &c.  that  being  freed  from 
 worldly  cares,  they  might  apply  their  minds 
 to  God's  law.  A  figure  of  the  year  of  grace, 
 and  remission  of  our  debts  by  Christ;  where- 
 upon we  should  give  ourselves  to  holiness, 
 Luke  iv.  18,  19,  21;  Rom.  vi.  11—13. 
 Booths,]  Or  tabernacles,  whereof  see  Lev. 
 xxiii. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Which  he  shall  choose,]  To 
 set  his  ark  and  tabernacle,  and  so  '  to  place 
 his  name  there,'  Deut.  xvi.  2.  Thou  shalt 
 READ,]  Speaking  to  Israel  generally,  and  it 
 was  performed  in  special  by  the  cliiefest  of 
 them,  either  the  high  priest,  as  Ezra  (the 
 chief  of  them  that  returned  from  Babylon) 
 read  it,  Neh.  viii.  1—3,  &c.  or  as  the  Hebs. 
 say,  the  king  himself  (when  they  had  a 
 king)  used  to  read.     For  this  '  commandment 
 
 was  to  Joshua,  and  therefore  the  king  read  it,' 
 saith  Chazkuni  upon  this  place.  Which  is  by 
 others  of  them  declared  thus,  '  The  king  was 
 he  that  read  in  their  ears,  and  they  read  in 
 the  women's  coint;  (which  was  the  outer 
 court-yard  of  the  temple.)  And  the  king 
 read  sitting,  and  if  he  read  standing,  it  was 
 the  more  commendable.  He  read  from  the 
 beginning  of  Deut.,  &c.  When  he  read, 
 they  blew  trumpets  through  all  Jerusalem, 
 for  to  assemble  the  people.  And  they  set  up 
 a  great  pulpit  of  wood,  [as  is  mentioned  also 
 in  Neh.  viii.  4,]  and  set  it  in  the  midst  of  the 
 court-yard,  and  the  king  went  up  and  sat 
 thereon,  that  they  might  hear  him  read;  and 
 all  Israel  that  went  up  to  the  feast,  gathered 
 round  about  him.  And  the  minister  of  the 
 synagogue  (such  as  we  read  of  in  Luke  iv. 
 17,  20,)  took  the  book  of  the  law,  and  gave 
 it  to  the  ruler  of  the  synagogue,  (such  as  is 
 mentioned  in  Luke  xiii.  14,)  and  the  ruler  of 
 the  synagogue  gave  it  to  the  sagan,  or  second 
 chief  priest,  called  in  Acts  v.  24,  the  captain 
 of  the  temple,)  and  the  sagan  gave  it  to  the 
 high  priest,  and  the  high  priest  to  the  king, 
 for  to  honour  him  before  the  multitude.  And 
 the  king  took  it  standing,  and  if  he  would  he 
 sat  down  and  opened  it,  and  seeing  it,  he 
 blessed  God,  (as  is  recorded  of  Ezra  in  Neh. 
 viii.  5,  6,  and  after  read  till  he  made  an  end. 
 "Then  he  folded  it  up,  and  blessed  (God)  again 
 after  it,  as  the  manner  was  to  bless  in  the 
 synagogues.  Both  the  reading  and  the  blessing 
 was  in  the  holy  tongue.  The  hearers  were 
 bound  to  prepare  their  hearts,  and  to  make 
 their  ears  attentive  to  hear  with  fear  and  re- 
 verence, and  with  joy  and  trembling,  as  in 
 the  day  when  (the  law)  was  given  on  (mount) 
 Sinai:  though  they  were  great  wise  men, 
 which  knew  the  whole  law  every  whit,  they 
 were  bound  to  hear  with  great  attentiveness, 
 &c.  for  the  king  is  the  messenger  (of  the 
 congregation)  to  cause  the  words  of  God  to 
 be  heard.  If  the  day  of  assembling  (the 
 people)  began  to  be  on  the  sabbath,  they  de- 
 ferred it  till  after  the  sabbath,  because  of  the 
 blowing  with  trumpets,  &c.  which  might  not 
 put    away    (the    keeping   of)    the   sabbath." 
 
COAP.    XXXI. 
 
 371 
 
 '*  Gather  together  the  people,  men,  and  women,  and  children,  and 
 thy  stranger  that  is  within  tliy  gates,  that  they  may  hear,  and  tliat 
 they  may  learn,  and  may  fear  Jehovah  your  God,  and  observe  to 
 do  all  the  words  of  tliis  law.  '^  And  that  their  sons  wliich  have 
 not  known  may  hear,  and  learn  to  fear  Jehovah  your  God  all  the 
 days  that  ye  shall  live  on  the  land,  whither  ye  are  going  over  Jor- 
 dan, to  possess  it. 
 
 "  And  Jeliovah  said  unto  Moses,  Beliold  thy  days  approach  to 
 die  ;  call  Joshua,  and  present  yourselves  in  the  tent  of  the  congre- 
 gation, that  I  may  give  him  a  charge.  And  Moses  and  Joshua 
 went  and  presented  themselves  in  the  tent  of  the  congregation. 
 "  And  Jehovah  appeared  in  tlie  tent,  in  a  pillar  of  a  cloud,  and  the 
 pillar  of  the  cloud  stood  over  the  door  of  the  tent.  '"  And  Jeho- 
 vah said  unto  Moses,  Behold,  tiiou  liest  down  witli  thy  fathers,  and 
 tliis  people  will  rise  up,  and  go  a  whoring  after  tlie  gods  of  the 
 strangers  of  the  land,  whitlier  they  are  going  in  to  be  amongst 
 them,  and  will  forsake  me,  and  break  my  covenant  which  I  have 
 stricken  witli  them.     '^  And  mine  anger  shall  be  kindled  against 
 
 Maim,  in  MisneJi,  torn.  3,  in  Chagigah,  chap, 
 iii.  sect.  3,  4,  &c.  In  their  ears,]  That 
 they  may  hear  and  understand  it,  as  the 
 Chald.  translateth,  and  cause  them  to  hear  it : 
 whicli  hearing  is  often  used  for  undejstaiuling, 
 as  is  noted  on  Gen.  xi.  7.  So  in  Neh.  viii. 
 8,  '  they  read  in  the  book,  ia  the  law  of  God 
 distinctly,  and  gave  the  sense,  and  caused 
 them  to  understand  the  reading.' 
 
 Ver.  12. — Women  and  children,] 
 Which  though  they  were  not  bound  to  come 
 up  at  the  yearly  feasts,  Exod.  xxiii.  17,  yet 
 to  this  reading  they  were  bound,  such  as 
 could  understand,  Neh.  viii.  3.  The  Ileb. 
 canons  say,  "  Whosoever  is  free  from  appear- 
 ing (before  the  Lord,  Exod.  xxiii.  17,)  is  free 
 from  the  commandment  of  "  gather  together," 
 Deut.  xxxi.  12,)  "  except  women  and  chil- 
 dren, and  the  uncircumcised;  but  the  unclean 
 is  free  from  this  commandment,  as  it  is  writ- 
 ten (in  ver.  11,)  when  all  Israel  is  come;  but 
 the  (unclean)  was  not  fit  to  come.  And  it  is 
 clear,  that  such  as  were  of  neither  sex,  or  of 
 both  sexes,  were  bound  to  come,  seeing  wo- 
 men were  bound."  Maim,  in  Chagigah, 
 chap.  iii.  sect.  2.  Thy  gates,]  In  Gr.  and 
 Chald.,  thy  cities. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Thy  days  approach,]  Or, are 
 nigh  at  hand:  and  so  the  term  of  his  life 
 fulfilled;  as  where  it  is  written,  'the  king- 
 dom of  heaven  approachcth,'  Matt.  iv.  17, 
 another  explaineth  it,  '  The  time  is  fulfilled, 
 and  the  kingdom  of  God  approacheth  (or,  is 
 at  hand,)'  Mark  i.  15.  To  die,]  Under- 
 stand,/or  thee  to  die  :  of  such  want  of  the 
 person,  (easy  to  be  understood   by  the  con- 
 
 text,) see  the  notes  on  Gen.  vi.  19;  xxiii.  8; 
 xlvii.  29.  The  Gr.  translateth.  Behold,  the 
 days  of  thy  death  approach.  And  I  will 
 GIVE,]  Oi',  that  I  viay  command  him,  or 
 charge  him :  which  being  done  in  the  taber- 
 nacle, and  by  God's  appearing  in  the  cloud, 
 ver.  15,  served  both  for  Joshua's  own  con- 
 firmation, and  to  assure  all  Israel  that  he  had 
 authority  from  God  over  them.  Compare 
 Num.  xxvii.  18,  19. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Jehovah  appeared,]  That  is, 
 a  glorious  sign  of  his  presence;  as  in  Thar- 
 gum  Jonathan  it  is  expounded,  "  the  glory  of 
 the  divine  majesty  of  the  Lord."  Pillar 
 OF  a  cloud,]  Out  of  which  he  was  wont  in 
 favour  to  speak:  see  Exod.  xxxiii.  9;  Ps. 
 xcix.  7. 
 
 Ver.  IC. — Liest  down,]  To  wit,  to 
 sleep,  that  is,  to  die  :  as  Job  xiv.  12;  Acts 
 vii.  60  ;  1  Thess.  iv.  13.  Thy  fathers,] 
 The  faithful  of  former  times,  signifying 
 the  immortality  of  the  soul,  as  is  noted  on 
 Gen.  XXV.  S.  Wherefore  Thargum  Jona- 
 than paraphraseth  on  this  place  thus  ;  "  thou 
 liest  down  in  the  dust  with  thy  fathers,  and 
 thy  soul  shall  be  treasured  up  in  the  treasury 
 of  eternal  life  with  thy  fathers."  Go  a 
 WHORING,]  Or  fornicate,  that  is,  commit  idol- 
 atry, as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it.  Gods  of 
 THE  strangers,]  In  Gr.,  the  strange  gods 
 of  the  land ;  in  Chald..  the  idols  of  the  peo. 
 pie  of  the  land.  They  are  going,]  Heb. 
 he  is  going  ;  speaking  of  the  people  as  of  a 
 man;  so  after  often  in  this  chap.  The  rea- 
 son hereof  is  noted  on  Gen.  xxii.  17. 
 
 Ver.    17. — Will   hide    my   face,]    In 
 
372  DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 them  in  that  day,  and  I  will  forsake  them,  and  will  hide  my  face 
 from  them,  and  they  shall  be  devoured,  and  many  evils  and  distresses 
 shall  find  them  ;  and  they  will  say  in  that  day.  Have  not  tliese  evils 
 found  us,  because  our  God  is  not  amongst  us?  '^  And  I  hiding  will 
 hide  my  face  in  tJiat  day  for  all  the  evils  which  they  shall  have  done, 
 in  that  they  are  turned  unto  other  gods.  "  And  now  write  ye  tliis 
 song  for  you,  and  teach  it  the  sons  of  Israel,  put  it  in  tlieir  mouths, 
 that  this  song  may  be  a  witness  for  me  against  the  sons  of  Israel. 
 ^"  For  I  will  bring  them  into  the  land  which  I  sware  unto  tlieir 
 fathers,  that  floweth  with  milk  and  honey,  and  tliey  shall  eat  and 
 be  filled,  and  be  fat,  and  they  will  turn  unto  other  gods,  and  serve 
 them,  and  despitefully  provoke  me,  and  break  my  covenant.  "'And 
 it  shall  be  wlien  many  evils  and  distresses  have  found  them,  that 
 this  song  shall  answer  before  them  for  a  witness,  for  it  shall  not  be 
 forgotten  out  of  the  mouth  of  tlieir  seed :  for  I  know  their  imagi- 
 nation which  they  do  this  day,  before  I  have  brought  them  in  unto 
 the  land  which  I  sware.  ^'^  And  Moses  wrote  this  song  in  that 
 day,  and  tauglit  it  the  sons  of  Israel.  ^  And  he  charged  Joshua 
 the  son  of  Nun,  and  said.  Be  strong  and  courageous,  for  thou  shalt 
 bring  in  the  sons  of  Israel  unto  the  land  which  I  sware  unto  them, 
 and  I  will  be  with  thee.  ^*  And  it  was  when  Moses  had  made  an 
 end  of  writing  the  words  of  this  law  in  a  book,  until  they  were 
 finished,  ^^  That  Moses  commanded  the  Levites  which  bear  the 
 ark  of  the  covenant  of  Jehovah,  saying :  ^^  Take  this  book  of  the 
 law,  and  put  it  in  the  side  of  the  ark  of  the  covenant  of  Jehovali 
 your  God,  that  it  may  be  there  for  a  witness  against  thee.  ^^  For 
 I  know  thy  rebellion,  and  thy  stiff  neck  -.  behold,  while  I  am  yet 
 alive  with  you  this  day,  ye  have  been  rebellious  against  Jehovah, 
 
 Chald.,  will  fake  away  my  divine  presence.  phesied  in  Deut.xxxii.15,  and  showed  to  have 
 
 So  in  ver.   18.     Devoured,]  Or,  eaten  up,  come  to  pass  in  Neh.  ix.  25,  2G. 
 
 to  wit,  of  their  enemies,  made  a  prey,  Heb.  Ver.  21 Answer  before  them,]  Tliat 
 
 to  ea<,  which  is  used  passively,   as  ^o  hear  \s,  testify  before  {anA  against)  them.     Their 
 
 Eccl.  iii.  2,  that  is,   '  to  be  born.'     See  the  imagin-^tion,]    The  thing    forged    in   their 
 
 Notes  on  Gen.  vi.  20;  xvi.  14.    Find  them,]  heart;    which    the     Gr.    translateth,    their 
 
 That  is,  befal,  or  come  upon  them  :  so  after,  maliciousness  (or  naughtiness.)     Thisimagi- 
 
 and  in  Ps.  cxix.  143;  Neh.  ix.  32.     Found  nation  is  before  the  thoughts  or  cogitations, 
 
 OS,]  Heb.  found  me,  because  my  God  is  not  as  appeareth  by  1  Chron.  xxviii.  9  ;  xxix. 
 
 in  the  midst  of  mc.  18.     See  Gen.  vi.  6. 
 
 Ver.     is.. — Other   gods,]     In    Chald.,  Ver.  23. — I  will  be  with  thee,]  In  Gr. 
 
 idols  of  the  people:  so  in  ver.  20.  he  will  be  with  thee;  as  being  the  words  of 
 
 Ver.  19. — This  song,]  In  Gr.,  the  words  Moses  (whom  the   Gr.  before  named)  con- 
 
 of  this  song ;  after  described  in  chap,  xxxii.  cerning   God.     The  Chald.   translateth,   my 
 
 containing  a  prophecy  of  their  falling  away,  word  shall  be  thy  help.     See  ver.  8. 
 and  of  God's  judgments  following.     It  was  Ver.  25. — The   levites,]  Especially  the 
 
 given  in  a  song,  that  it  might  the  more  easily  priests  the  sons  of  Levi,  as  in  ver.  9. 
 
 be  learned,  and   kept  in  memory,  with   de-  Veb.  26 In  the  side,]  Or,  iy  i^e  s/c/c* 
 
 light,    and     might     move     their    affections.  which    in    Thargum    Jonathan    is    expiess- 
 
 AGAifiBT,~\Or,  in,  that  is,  amongst  the  sons  of  ed,  "in  a  cofTer  by  the  right  side   of  the 
 
 Israel :  so  in  ver.  26.  ark." 
 
 Ver.  20.— And  be  fat,]  The  like  is  pro-  Ver.  27. — Stiff  neck,]  Or,  hard  neck. 
 
CHAP.   XXXII.  373 
 
 and  how  nuicli  more  after  my  death  ?  '^  Gather  together  unto  me 
 all  the  elders  of  your  tribes,  and  your  officers,  that  I  may  speak  in 
 tlieir  ears  these  words,  and  call  the  lieavens  and  the  earth  to  wit- 
 ness against  them.  ^^  For  I  know,  that  after  my  death,  corrupting 
 ye  will  corrupt  (yourselves^  and  will  turn  aside  from  the  way 
 wliich  I  have  commanded  you,  and  evil  will  befall  you  in  the  lat- 
 ter days,  because  ye  will  do  evil  in  the  eyes  of  Jehovah,  to  pro- 
 voke him  to  anger  through  the  work  of  your  liands.  ^^  And 
 Moses  spake  in  the  ears  of  all  the  church  of  Israel  the  words 
 of  this  song,  until  they  were  ended. 
 
 which  elsewhere  it  is  likened  to  '  an  iron  Gr.  they  are  named  by  one  word  Phularchai, 
 sinew,'  Is.  xlviii.  4.     See  Exod.  xxxii.  9.  that  is  rulers  {pv  princes)  of  your  tribes. 
 
 Ver.  28. — Elders  of  youR  Tribes,]  In 
 
 CHAP.    XXXII. 
 
 1 .  Hoses'  song,  which  setteth  forth  God's  mercies  unto  Israel,  their 
 sins,  and  his  chastisements  hy  sword,  famine,  pestilence  and  captivity. 
 36.  His  mercy  in  Christ  towards  them  in  the  end.  46.  Moses  exhorteth 
 them  to  set  their  hearts  upon  his  words.  48.  God  sendeih  him  up  to 
 mount  Nebo,  to  see  the  land  of  Canaan,  and  die. 
 
 *  Give  ear,  ye  heavens,  and  I  will  speak,  and  let  tlie  earth  liear 
 tlie  sayings  of  thy  moutli. 
 
 Give  ear,  O  heavens,  to  (hat  whicli  I  declare. 
 And  hear,  O  earth,  what  my  mouth's  sayings  are. 
 '■*  My  doctrine  shall  drop  as  the  rain,  my  speech  shall  distil  as  the 
 dew,  as  the  small  rain  upon  the  tender  herb,  and  as  the  showers 
 upon  the  grass. 
 
 Drop  down  as  doth  the  rain  sliall  my  doctrine 
 Distil  as  dew  so  shall  my  speech  divine : 
 
 S  5  3  Here  beginneth  the  three  and  fiftieth  them,  Josh.  xxiv.  27.     And  I   will,]  Or, 
 
 section  of  the  law:  See  Gen.  vi.  9.  that  which  I  shall  speak  :  as,  '  and  he  shall 
 
 prepare,'  Mai.   iii.  1,  is  expounded,    '  which 
 
 Ver.    1. — Give   ear,]    Or,    hearken  ye  shall  prepare,'  Mark  i.  2.     And  let  the 
 
 heavens.     Moses  beginneth  this  prophetical  earth  hear,]  Or,  hear,   O   earth ;  for  he 
 
 song,  calling  as  with  the  sound  of  a  trumpet,  changeth   the    person,    and    in    Is.  i.   2,  he 
 
 the  heavens  and  earth,  (and  all  the  creatures  changeth  the  order  also,  '  Hear  ye  heavens, 
 
 in  them,)  to  be  witnesses  of  his  word,  (as  in  and  give  ear  thou  earth  ;'  and  in  Jer.  xxii. 
 
 Deut.  xxx.  19;  xxxi.  28,)  the  more  to  af-  29.     'O  earth,  earth,  earth,  hear  the  word 
 
 feet  the  hearts  of  the  people.     So  Isaiah  be-  of  Jehovah.' 
 
 ginneth  his  prophesy  against  rebellious  Israel,  Ver.  2. — My  doctrine,]  Or,  My  received 
 Is.  i.  2.  For  though  men  die,  yet  heaven  learning:  the  doctrine  of  religion  is  so  call- 
 and  earth  endure,  Ps.  cxix.  89 — 91  ;  Eccl.  i.  ed,  because  it  is  received  from  God,  not  de- 
 4.  And  though  men  will  not  hear,  yet  vised  by  men  ;  as  in  1  Cor.  xi.  2.3.  '  I  re- 
 other  creatures  shall  hear  and  witness  against  ceived  of  the  Lord  that  which  also  I  delivered 
 
374 
 
 DEUTERONOMV 
 
 As  on  the  tender  lierb  tJie  small  rain  pours, 
 
 And  as  upon  tlie  grass  the  greater  showers : 
 •''  For  I  will  proclaim  the  name  of  Jeliovah ;  give   ye  greatness 
 unto  our  God. 
 
 For  I  Jehovah's  name  proclaim  abroad  ; 
 
 O  give  ye  greatness  unto  him  our  God. 
 *  The  rock,  perfect  is  his  work,  for  all  his  ways  are  judgment : 
 God  is  faithfulness,  and  without  iniquity  ;  just  and  rigliteous  is  lie. 
 
 Tlie  Rock,  most  perfect  is  his  action, 
 
 Because  his  ways  are  judgment  every  one  : 
 
 God  is  most  faithful,  and  iniquity 
 
 In  him  is  none,  but  just  and  right  is  he. 
 
 unto  you.'  So  our  Saviour  saith,  '  As  my 
 Father  hath  taught  me,  I  speak  these  things.' 
 John  viii.  28.  And  so  it  should  be  received 
 of  the  hearers,  as  '  the  word  of  God,'  not  of 
 men,  1  Thess.  ii.  13.  Shall  drop,]  Or, 
 let  ii  drop  ;  as  being  a  wish,  and  also  a  pro- 
 mise that  his  doctrine  should  be  profitable  and 
 ellectual,  as  the  raiji ;  which  as  it  '  waiteth 
 not  for  the  sons  of  men,'  Mic.  v.  7,  so  it 
 Cometh  down  'from  heaven;  and  returneth 
 not  thither,  but  watereth  the  earth,  and 
 maketh  it  bring  forth  and  bud:'  in  like  sort, 
 the  word  of  God  '  shall  not  return  unto  him 
 void,  but  it  shall  accomplish  that  which  he 
 pleaseth,  Is.  Iv.  10,  11.  The  Chald.  trans- 
 lateth,  My  doctrine  shall  be  siveet  as  the 
 rain :  the  Gr.,  let  it  be  expected  as  the  rain. 
 The  rain,]  Which  maketh  the  barren  earth 
 fruitful,  and  so  resembleth  the  word  of  God, 
 and  effect  thereof  in  the  hearts  of  men:  see 
 Is.  xlv.  8.  Contrary  to  I'alse  teachers,  which 
 are  '  clouds  without  water,*  Jude  v.  12.  For, 
 '  whoso  boasteth  himself  of  a  false  gift,  is 
 clouds  and  wind  without  rain,'  Prov.  xxv. 
 14.  Shall  distil,]  Or,  let  it  distil,  ovjiow 
 down:  as  the  Gr.  translatclh,  let  my  xvords 
 come  down  as  the  dew  ;  and  the  Chald.,  let 
 my  speech  be  received  ets  the  dew.  The 
 manner  of  delivering  God's  word  is  here,  and 
 often,  likened  to  '  a  dropping,'  Ezek.  xx.  46; 
 xxi.  2  ;  Matt.  ii.  6,  the  word  itself,  to  '  rain 
 or  dew,'  figures  of  heavenly  graces.  See 
 Gen.  xxvii.  28.  The  small  rain,]  Or 
 small  drops;  in  Heb.  Seghnirim,  so  named 
 of  hairs,  like  which  it  falleth.  Or  it  may 
 have  affinity  with  Saghnar,  a  storm,  and 
 mean  a  stormy  rain,  figuring  the  doctrine  of 
 the  law,  whicli  as  it  was  given  with  storm 
 and  tempest,  Heb.  xii.  18,  so  it  workethlike 
 eflect  in  the  conscience.  So  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth  it  a  shower,  or  showery  rain  :  the 
 Chald.,  as  the  rainy  winds  which  b/ow  upon 
 the  tender  herb.  The  showers,]  The 
 strong  or   greater   rain,    which   falleth  with 
 
 manifold  drops,  or  with  violence  as  arrows: 
 the  Chald.  translateth  them  drops  of  the  lat- 
 ter rain;  whereof  see  Dent.  xi.  14.  The 
 withholding  of  these  was  a  punishment,  as  in 
 Jer.  iii.  3,  'the  showers  have  been  withhold- 
 en,  and  there  hath  been  no  latter  rain  :'  the 
 giving  of  them  was  a  blessing,  Ps.  Ixv.  11; 
 Ixxii.  6;  Mic.  v.  7.  Grass,]  As  the  peo- 
 ple sometimes  are  likened  to  grass,  for  their 
 frail  and  momentary  state,  Is.  xl.  6,  7,  so  here 
 they  are  likened  to  grass  and  herbs,  which 
 grow  by  the  rain,  Job  xxxviii.  26,  27,  that 
 they  should  not  be  unfruitful  hearers,  like 
 stones  or  sandy  ground,  whereon  nothing 
 groweth. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Proclai  Ji,]  Or  publish,  preach: 
 but  the  Chald.  turneth  it,  pray  in  the  name 
 of  the  Lord.  Give  ve  greatness,]  Or 
 majesty,  that  is,  magnify  h\m:  so  in  Jude 
 25,  '  to  the  only  wise  God  our  Saviour  be 
 glory  and  majesty'  (or  greatness:)  and  in  1 
 Chron.  xxix.  11.  'Thine,  O  Jehovah,  is 
 the  greatness,  and  the  power,  and  the  glory,' 
 &c. 
 
 Ver.  4.— The  Rock,]  That  is,  astheGr. 
 translateth,  God:  so  in  ver.  18,30,  37;  1 
 Sam.  ii.  2;  2  Sam.  xxii.  2,  32.  God  is 
 called  '  the  Rock,'  because  of  his  might,  sta- 
 bility and  immutability;  and  to  his  church  he 
 is  a  firm  foundation,  Matt.  xvi.  18,  and  Christ 
 is  the  Rock,  1  Cor.  x.  4.  His  work,]  In 
 Gr.,  his  wor/cs  ;  so  *  work,'  in  Ps.  xcv.  9,  is 
 'works'  in  Heb.  iii.  9,  and  it  implieth  his 
 works  both  of  creation,  and  redemption  of  his 
 people,  and  all  other  wrought  in  them;  which 
 are  said  to  be  perfect,  or  unblemished,  be- 
 cause there  is  no  defect,  no  fault  in  any  of 
 them.  Therefore  in  it  the  righteous  do  re- 
 joice, Ps.  xcii.  5.  Hjs  ways,]  That  is,  his 
 administratio7i,  his  doi?igs.  Judgbient,] 
 That  is,  7nost  Judicious,  right  and  equal : 
 and  so  shall  they  find  that  walk  in  them,  Ps. 
 xxv.  8 — 10.  Faithfulness,]  Or  faith  : 
 understand,   a   (Jod  of  faith,    that  is,  most 
 
CHAP.    XXX 1 1. 
 
 375 
 
 *  They  have  corrupted  themselves,  their  spot  is  not  (the  spot  J  of 
 his  sons,  fthey  are)  a  crooked  and  perverse  generation. 
 
 They  on  themselves  have  brought  corruptions, 
 
 Tlieir  spot  is  not  of  (those  that  be)  his  sons 
 
 They  are  a  generation  which  is 
 
 Turn'd  to  perverseness,  and  to  crookedness. 
 ^  Do  ye  thus  requite  Jehovali,  O  people  foolish  and  unwise  ?  Is 
 not  he  thy  Father  that  hath  bought  thee  ?  hath  not  he  made  thee, 
 and  established  thee  ? 
 
 Do  ye  Jehovah  in  this  wise  reward, 
 
 O  foolish  folk,  and  wanting  wise  regard  ? 
 
 Thy  Father  that  hath  bought  thee,  is  not  he  ? 
 
 Hath  he  not  made  thee ;  and  establish'd  thee  ? 
 
 faithful  and  triie,  that  all  may  rely  safely 
 upon  him  and  his  word.  Without  ini- 
 quity,] Or,  there  is  no  iniquity,  {no  inju- 
 rious evil)  in  him,  as  the  Gr.  traiislateth. 
 So  in  Ps.  xcii.  16,  *  Jehovah  is  righteous,  my 
 Rock,  and  no  iniquity  is  in  him.'  Right,] 
 Or,  righteous  :  in  Gr.,  J/isf  and  holy  the 
 Lord  is.  As  his  faith  is  constant  to  those 
 that  follow  him,  so  is  his  justice  righteous  to 
 such  as  forsake  him. 
 
 Ver.  5. — They  have  corrupted  them- 
 selves,] Or,  It  hath  corrupted  itself; 
 speaking  of  the  people,  (as  is  expressed  in 
 Exod.  xxxii.  7,)  as  of  one  man,  and  prophe- 
 sying here  their  falling  away  from  God.  Or, 
 It  hath  corrupted  (itself)  before  him,  that  is, 
 before  or  against  God.  The  Gr.  translatetli, 
 they  have  sinned:  and  conuption  is  used 
 both  for  sin,  as  in  Gen.  vi.  11,  and  for  de- 
 struction following  sin,  as  Gen.  vi.  13,  it  be- 
 ing always  the  changing  of  the  state  of  a 
 thing  from  good  to  evil.  And  this  corrupt- 
 ing themselves,  was  chiefly  idolatry,  as  ver. 
 15 — 17,  &c.  Exod.  xxxii.  7,  and  implieth 
 also  their  destruction ;  and  it  is  ascribed  to 
 themselves,  that  it  might  not  be  imputed 
 unto  God;  so  in  Hos.  xiii.  9.  Hereupon 
 Isaiah  called  them  '  children  tliat  were  cor- 
 rupters,' Is.  i.  4,  and  this  their  action  is  op- 
 posed to  the  perfection  of  God's  work,  in  ver. 
 4.  Their  spot,]  Or,  their  blot,  their 
 blemish  ;  that  is,  their  vice,  or  evil,  (as  the 
 word  is  explained  in  Deut.  xvii.  1,)  and 
 thereupon  their  blame.  This  is  opposed  to 
 God's  faithfulness  in  ver.  4,  and  it  is  au  ef- 
 fect of  their  foresaid  corruption,  and  an  evi- 
 dent sign  thereof.  Not  of  his  sons,]  That 
 is,  not  such  a  spot  (or  blemish)  as  is  in  the 
 sons  of  God  through  their  infirmity,  whereto 
 all  are  subject;  but  such  as  is  in  a  crooked 
 and  perverse  generation,  that  will  not  be  re- 
 claimed from  their  vices.  And  this  is  a  de- 
 claration of  the  effect  of  the  law  in  Israel, 
 
 which  was  added  •  because  of  transgression?,' 
 Gal.  iii.  19,  and  when  it  came,  sin  revived; 
 and  the  passions  of  sins,  which  were  by  the 
 law,  did  efl'ectually  work  in  their  members,  to 
 bring  forth  fruit  unto  death,  as  Rom.  vii.  9, 
 5.  But  the  grace  of  God  through  the  gos- 
 pel, worketh  contrary  eflects  of  sanctification, 
 which  the  apostle  layeth  down  in  these  words 
 of  Moses  thus;  '  That  ye  may  be  blameless 
 and  sincere,  the  children  of  God,  unblemished 
 (or  spotless)  in  the  midst  of  a  crooked  and 
 perverse  generation,  among  whom  shine  ye 
 as  lights  in  the  world,  holding  fast  the  word 
 of  life,'  Phil.  ii.  15,  16.  The  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  "  They  have  corrupted  them- 
 selves, and  not  him ;  sons  thai  have  served 
 idols."  Crooked,]  Ovfroward;  it  is  con- 
 tiary  to  straight  or  even,  Is.  xlii.  16,  and  they 
 that  aie  thus  in  heart,  are  an  abomination  to 
 the  Lord,  Prov.  xi.  20.  This  title  Peter 
 gave  unto  the  Jews,  that  refused  the  gospel, 
 Acts  ii.  40,  and  herein  the  people  are  op- 
 posed to  God  'just  and  righteous,'  in  ver.  4. 
 as  they  that  perverted  all  equity,  Mic.  iii.  9, 
 and  had  made  them  crooked  paths,  Is.  lix.  S. 
 Perverse,]  That  turn  and  writhe  themselves 
 and  others,  as  wrestlers  use:  but  this  word  is 
 applied  to  such  as  are  perverse  in  mind  and 
 counsel,  Job  v.  13,  used  also  by  our  Saviour 
 in  Luke  ix.  41.  'O  faithless  and  perverse 
 generation.'  Hereby  Israel's  habit  in  evil  is 
 signified,  resisting  the  Holy  Spirit,  Acts  vii. 
 51,  so  that  their  corruption  and  spot  could 
 not  be  cured,  but  remained  upon  them  as 
 malignant  ulcers.  Compare  Is  i.  5,6  ;  Jer.  v.3. 
 Ver.  6. — Requite,]  Or  reward,  recom- 
 pence.  This  is  a  sharp  rebuke  of  the  ungrate- 
 ful people,  (set  down  therefore  question-wise,) 
 who  in  faith  and  obedience  should  have 
 showed  at  least  their  thankful  hearts,  as  did 
 he  which  said,  '  What  shall  I  render  unto 
 Jehovah  for  all  his  beneficial  rewards  unto 
 me?  I  will  take  up  the  cup  of  salvation,  and 
 
376 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 '  Remember  the  days  of  old,  consider  the  years  of  generation  and 
 generation :  ask  thy  father,  and  lie  will  show  thee ;  thy  elders, 
 and  they  will  tell  tliee. 
 
 Remember  thou  the  days  that  were  of  old. 
 
 Mind  ye  the  years  of  ages  manifold  : 
 
 Ask  thou  tliy  Father,  and  thee  sliow  will  he. 
 
 Thine  elders  (ask)  and  they  will  tell  it  thee. 
 ^  Wlien  the  most  high  divided  inheritance  to  tlie  nations,  when 
 lie  separated  the  sons  of  Adam,  he  set  the  bounds  of  tlie  people, 
 according  to  the  number  of  the  sons  of  Israel. 
 
 When  the  most  High  dealt  to  the  nations 
 
 Their  heritage,  and  severed  Adam's  sons 
 
 The  borders  of  the  peoples  set  he  tlien, 
 
 As  number  was  of  Israel's  children. 
 
 call  upon  the  name  of  Jehovah,'  Ps.  cxvi. 
 12,  13.  Foolish,]  Or  vile  ;  the  Heb.  Na- 
 bal,  is  such  a  fool  as  hath  his  understanding 
 and  judgment  faded  and  depraved,  whereup- 
 on he  becometh  vile  and  wicked,  saying  in 
 his  heart,  there  is  no  God,  Ps.  xiv.  1,  and 
 blaspheming  his  name,  Ps.  Ixxiv.  18.  This 
 fool,  or  vile  person,  is  opposed  to  the  noble 
 or  liberal.  Is.  xxxii.  5.  The  Chaid.  here 
 translateth,  people  ivhich  have  received  the 
 law,  atid  are  not  wise.  Father,]  By  re- 
 generation, as  1  Pet.  i.  3;  Deut.  xiv.  1. 
 BonuHT  THEE,]  Or,  thi/  purchaser,  thy 
 possessor,  owner ;  see  the  anuot.  on  Exod. 
 XV.  16.  And  this  aggravateth  their  sin,  who 
 denied  the  Lord  that  bought  them,  as  2  Pet. 
 ii.  1,  for  '  the  ox  knoweth  his  owner  (or  him 
 that  bought  him)  though  Israel  did  not 
 know,'  Is.  i.  3.  Made  thee,]  Not  only  in 
 the  first  creation,  as  Gen.  i.  26,  but  in 
 exaltation  to  dignity  after  redemption,  as  God 
 is  said  to  have  '  made  Moses  and  Aaron,*  1 
 Sam.  xii.  6,  who  advanced  them  to  that  hon- 
 our in  his  church.  Therefore  this  word  is 
 used  for  a  degree  of  grace  after  creation,  as 
 in  Is.  xliii.  7.  'I  have  created  him  for  my 
 glory,  I  have  formed  him,  yea  I  have  made 
 him.'  So  Christ  is  said  to  have  'made 
 twelve,'  when  he  ordained  them  to  the  office 
 of  apostleship,  Mark  iii.  14.  And  Paul 
 saith  of  Israel,  that  God  '  exalted  the  people, 
 when  they  dwelt  as  strangers  in  the  land  of 
 Egypt,'  Acts.  xiii.  17.  Established,] 
 Formed,  fitted,  and  ordered  firm  and  stable, 
 that  thou  mightest  abide  in  his  grace. 
 
 Ver.  7.— Of  old,]  Or,  of  the  world  and 
 ages  past,  all  which  will  testily  of  God's  grace 
 unto  his  people.  Thus  Moses  confirmeth 
 that  which  he  spake  of  God's  goodness  to- 
 wards them,  ill  ver.  6,  and  by  this  the  saints 
 confirmed  themselves  in  their  troubles  and 
 fears,  Ps.  Ixxvii.  6,  7;  cxix.  52;  cxliii.  5. 
 
 So  in  Is.  xlvi.  9.  *  Remember  the  former 
 things  of  old,  for  I  am  God,  and  there  is 
 none  else,'  &c.  Generation  and  genera- 
 tion,] That  is,  all  generations,  and  every 
 of  them:  so  in  Ps.  Ixxxix.  2,  'to  generation  , 
 and  generation;'  and  Esth.  iii.  4,  *  day  and 
 day,'  that  is,  every  day:  and  Ezra  x.  14, 
 '  city  and  city,'  that  is,  e\e\-y  city.  He  will 
 show,]  This  the  psalmist  confirmeth,  saying, 
 '  O  God,  with  our  ears  we  have  heard,  our 
 fathers  have  told  unto  us  the  work  thou 
 wroughtest  in  their  days,  in  days  of  old,'  &c. 
 Ps.  xliv.  1,  2,  &c.  So  in  Judg.  vi.  13. 
 '  Where  be  all  his  miracles,  which  our  fathers 
 told  us  of.^' 
 
 Ver.  8. — Divided  inheritance,]  That 
 is,  appointed  and  gave  lands  and  countries 
 for  the  nations  to  inherit;  as  '  mount  Seir  '  to 
 the  Edomites,  Deut.  ii.  5,  Ar  to  the  Moali- 
 ites,  Deut.  ii.  9,  and  so  to  the  others,  Amos  ix. 
 7.  For  God  '  hath  made  of  one  blood  all 
 mankind,  for  to  dwell  on  all  the  face  of  the 
 earth:  and  hath  determined  the  times  before 
 appointed,  and  the  bounds  of  their  habitations, 
 that  they  should  seek  the  Lord,  if  haply  they 
 might  feel  after  him,  and  find  him,'  Acts 
 xvii.  26,  27.  Separated,]  Into  distinct 
 families,  and  people,  with  several  languages; 
 whereof  see  Gen.  x.  xi.  Bounds,]  Or, 
 borders,  limits  of  the  people;  which  may 
 be  referred  specially  to  the  people  in  the 
 land  of  Canaan,  whose  bounds  God  propor- 
 tioned before-hand,  according  to  the  number 
 of  the  sons  of  Israel,  that  they  might  be  pos- 
 sessors of  it  after  the  Canaanites.  Though 
 generally  there  is  also  a  proportion  between 
 the  seventy  nations  reckoned  in  Gen.  x.  and 
 the  seventy  souls  of  Israel,  which  was  their 
 whole  number  when  they  went  down  into 
 Egypt,  Gen.  xlvi.  27;  Deut.  x.  22,  and  more 
 particularly  between  Canaan  with  his  eleven 
 sons,  Gen.  x.  15 — 18,  and  the  twelve  sons  of 
 
CHAP.   XXXII. 
 
 377 
 
 ^  For  Jehovah's  portion  is  his  people,  Jacob  is  the  line  of  his  in- 
 heritance. 
 
 For  his  folk  is  Jehovah's  portion, 
 
 Jacob  the  line  of  his  possession. 
 '"  He  found  him  in  a  land  of  wilderness,  and  in  an  empty  place^ 
 and  howling  of  the  desert ;  he  led  liim  about,  he  instructed  him,  lie 
 kept  him  as  the  apple  of  his  eye. 
 
 Him  in  a  land  of  wilderness  he  found. 
 
 In  empty  place,  a?id  howling  desert  ground  -. 
 
 About  he  led  him,  taught  him  prudency  ; 
 
 He  kept  him  as  the  apple  of  his  eye. 
 
 Israel,  which  became  patriarchs  to  the  church 
 of  God,  Exod.  i.  1—4  ;  Gen.  xlviii.  2S  ; 
 Acts  vii.  S.  The  sons  of  Israel,]  In  Gr., 
 the  a7igels  of  God:  so  the  Seventy  translated 
 this  place  purposely,  lest  the  heathens  should 
 here  take  oflence,  that  Israel  should  be  match- 
 ed with  the  seventy  nations,  that  is,  with  all 
 peoples  of  the  world.  And  the  Jews  supposed 
 there  were  seventy  angels,  rulers  of  the 
 seventy  nations;  and  therefore  they  say  'ac- 
 cording to  the  number  of  the  angels  of  God,' 
 whereby  they  mean  seventy.  Their  opinion 
 is  to  be  seen  in  R.  Menachem  on  Gen.  xlvi. 
 where  he  saith,  "  It  is  a  general  rule  that 
 there  is  one  (degree  of)  glory  above  another, 
 and  they  that  are  beneath,  are  a  secret  signi- 
 fication of  those  that  are  above,  and  the 
 seventy  seals,  (Gen.  xlvi.  27,)  signify  the 
 seventy  angels  that  are  round  about  the  thi-one 
 of  (Qod's)  glory,  which  are  set  over  the  na- 
 tions.'' But  we  are  warned  to  beware  how 
 we  intrude  ourselves  into  those  things  which 
 we  have  not  seen,  Col.  ii.  18. 
 
 Ver.  9.— Portion,]  Or  part,  which  he 
 hath  divided  unto  himself,  Exod.  xix.  5,  6, 
 and  for  whom  he  long  before  prepared  an 
 habitation.  And  as  he  hath  taken  his  people 
 for  his  portion,  so  they  again  take  him  for 
 theirs,  Ps.  cxlii.  6,  and  he  is  called  '  the  por- 
 tion of  Jacob,'  Jer.  x.  16;  li.  19.  This 
 word  Paul  applieth  to  our  heavenly  calling  in 
 Christ,  speaking  of  '  the  portion  of  the  in- 
 heritance of  the  saints  in  light,'  Col.  i.  12. 
 Jacob,]  That  is,  the  posterity  of  Jacob; 
 which  being  the  name  of  his  infirmity,  be- 
 fore he  was  called  Israel,  commendeth  God's 
 love  unto  his,  when  they  were  weak  and  un- 
 worthy. And  Jacob  is  the  generation  of 
 them  that  seek  God's  face,  Ps.  xxiv.  6.  The 
 LINE,]  Or,  the  cord  of  his  inheritance,  that 
 is,  his  heritage,  as  by  line  or  measure  befallen 
 or  allotted  to  him;  and  so  his  peculiar,  whom 
 none  othercan  challenge.  Compare  Ps.  xvi.6,7. 
 
 Ver.  10. — He  found  hi.m,]  That  is,  God 
 found  Jacob ;  meaning  Jacob's  posterity,  the 
 Israelites,  whom  God  found,  and  was  present 
 
 Vol.  II.  3 
 
 with  them  in  the  wilderness,  to  help  them  in 
 all  their  miseries.  Therefore  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth,  He  sufficed  him :  and  the  Chald.,  He 
 sufficed  their  necessities  ;  ks  finding  is  used 
 for  sufficing,  in  Num.  xi.  22.  God's  people 
 of  themselves  do  all  *  go  astray '  like  lost 
 sheep:  but  he  seeketh  and  findeth  them,  for 
 their  salvation.  Is.  liii.  6;  Ps.  xix.  176; 
 Luke  XV.  2,  4 — 7,  32.  Land  of  wilder- 
 ness,] a  wild  ov  desert  land,  where  no  in- 
 habitants were,  no  dwelling  city,  no  food  to 
 sustain  him,  Ps.  cvii.  45;  Jer.  ii.  6.  See 
 before  in  Deut.  viii.  15.  The  wilderness 
 figured  the  people  of  the  world,  Ezek.  xx. 
 35,  amongst  whom  God's  people  strayed,  till 
 he  found  them  out:  for  when  we  were  yet 
 '  sinners,  and  enemies,'  he  loved  us,  and  re- 
 conciled us  to  himself  by  the  death  of  his 
 Son,  Rom.  v.  8,  10.  Empty  place,]  In 
 Chald.,  a  dry  place ;  Heb.  ejnptiness  :  a 
 place  not  to  be  inhabited,  as  appeareth  by  the 
 opposition  in  Is.  xlv.  18.  So  all  men  natu- 
 rally are  empty,  till  they  be  filled  with  grace, 
 and  made  '  the  habitation  of  God  through  the 
 Spirit,'  Eph.  ii.  11,  12—22.  Howling  of 
 the  desert,]  Or,  yelling  of  Jeshimon  ;  the 
 wilderness  is  called  a  place  of  howling,  for 
 the  wild  beasts  that  dwell  there,  or  for  the 
 wants  that  men  find  therein:  and  Jeshimon, 
 which  signifieth  a  desert,  or  desolation, 
 may  be  taken  for  a  special  wilderness  so 
 named,  as  in  Num.  xxi.  20,  or  generally, 
 for  all  desolate  waste  places:  and  such  was 
 that  which  Israel  wandered  in,  Ps.  Ixxviii. 
 40.  The  Gr.  and  Chald.  translate  it,  a 
 waterless  place  ;  and  so  in  Is.  xliii.  20,  God 
 promiseth  to  '  give  waters  in  Jeshimon,  (or 
 in  the  wilderness.)'  It  figured  our  estate  in 
 sin,  without  God's  word  and  Spirit,  which 
 are  likened  unto  waters.  Is.  xliv.  3  ;  John 
 iii.  5;  vii.  38,  39.  He  led  him  about,] 
 To  wit,  in  the  wilderness  forty  years,  as 
 Deut.  viii.  2.  Or,  '  he  compassed  him  about,' 
 to  wit,  with  his  love  and  providence:  so  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  he  C07npassed  him,  and  the 
 Heb.  well  beareth  it.  Thus  David  saith  to 
 B 
 
378 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 "  As  an  eagle  stirreth  up  lier  nest,  fluttereth  over  her  young, 
 spreadetli  abroad  her  wings,  taketh  tliem,  beareth  them  on  her 
 wings. 
 
 Like  as  an  eagle  stirreth  up  her  nest 
 She  moveth  fluttering  over  her  youngest } 
 She  spreads  abroad  her  wings,  tliem  taketh  soft, 
 Upon  lier  wings  she  beareth  them  aloft : 
 Jehovah  alone  did  lead  him,  and  there  was  no  strange  god  with 
 
 him. 
 
 So  did  Jehovah  lead  liim  all  alone. 
 And  other  strange  god  with  him  was  there  none. 
 He  made  him  ride  on  the  liigh  places  of  the   eartli,  that  he 
 
 God,  *  thou  wilt  compass  me  about  with  songs 
 of  deliverance,'  Ps.  xxxii.  7,  and  in  Jer. 
 xxxi.  32,  '  compassing  is  used  for  going  about 
 to  win  one's  love  and  favour;  which  may  also 
 be  intended  here.  The  Chald.  translateth, 
 "  He  placed  them  round  about  his  divine 
 Majesty:"  which  may  have  reference  to  Is- 
 rael's encamping  round  about  God's  taber- 
 nacle. Num.  ii.  Instructed  him,]  Or, 
 made  them  to  understand,  to  wit,  by  his 
 law,  and  by  his  Spirit,  as  Neh.  ix.  13,  20. 
 So  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  he  learned  them 
 the  ivords  of  the  law.  Apple  of  his  eye,] 
 Or,  the  hlack  (the  sight)  of  his  eye;  that  is, 
 with  all  diligent  care  and  love  tendering 
 them.  Thus  David  prayeth,  '  Keep  me  as 
 the  apple  of  the  eye,'  Ps.  xvii.  8,  and  the 
 prophet  saith,  '  He  that  toucheth  you,  touch- 
 eth  the  apple  of  his  eye,'  Zach.  ii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  11.— An  Eagle,]  The  chiefest  of 
 all  birds,  which  similitude  God  therefore  ap- 
 plieth  to  himself  here,  and  in  Exod.  xix.  4. 
 Stirreth  up,]  Or,  maketh  up  her  7iest, 
 that  is,  her  young  ones:  which  the  eagle 
 rouseth  up  with  her  cry;  so  God  did  his 
 people  with  his  word  and  promises,  while 
 they  slept  in  their  sins  in  Egypt.  This  is 
 declared  in  Ezek.  xx.  5 — 7,  and  the  history 
 is  in  Exod.  iv.  29 — 31.  So  to  the  church  it 
 is  said,  '  Awake,  awake,  put  on  thy  strength, 
 O  Zion,'  &c.  Is.  lii.  1,  and  '  Awake  thou 
 that  sleepest,  and  stand  up  from  the  dead,  and 
 Christ,  shall  give  thee  light,'  Eph.  v.  14. 
 Fldttereth,]  Or  moveth  and  cherisheth. 
 This  is  the  word  used  in  Gen.  i.  2,  'the 
 Spirit  of  God  moved  (or  fluttered)  upon  the 
 face  of  the  waters.'  That  openeth  the 
 meaning  here  to  be  God's  motions  by  the 
 Spirit  in  the  heart  of  his  people.  Spread- 
 eth  abroad,]  As  preparing  herself  to  flight, 
 and  thereby  provoking  her  young  to  go  with 
 her.  This  God  performed  by  spreading  out 
 the  wings  of  his  power  against  Egypt  in 
 plaguing  them,  and  for  Israel   in  preserving 
 
 them  from  those  plagues;  so  making  way  for 
 his  people  to  pass  out  of  the  place  of  their 
 bondage.  Taketh  them,]  That  if  they  be 
 slack  or  negligent,  she  may  procure  them  to 
 come  away.  So  God  by  his  angels  took  hold 
 on  Lot's  hand,  and  led  him  out  of  Sodom, 
 Gen.  xix,  IC,  and  hasted  the  departure  of  Is- 
 rael out  of  Egypt,  Exod.  xii.  On  her 
 WINGS,]  In  gentleness,  and  for  their  safety: 
 not  in  her  talons  wherewith  she  beareth  her 
 prey.  And  the  eagle  soaring  high,  her  young 
 being  on  her  wings,  are  safe  from  all  danger. 
 Thus  God  led  Israel  safe  through  the  Red  sea, 
 Exod.  xiv,  and  into  the  wilderness  of  Sinai, 
 where  he  said  unto  them,  '  You  have  seen 
 what  I  did  to  the  Egyptians ;  and  I  have  borne 
 you  upon  eagle's  wings,  and  brought  you  unto 
 myself,'  Exod.  xix.  4.  So  Christ  giveth  '  to 
 the  woman  his  church,  two  wings  of  a  great 
 eagle,  that  she  might  flee  unto  the  wilder, 
 ness,  into  her  place  where  she  is  nourished,' 
 Rev.  xii.  14. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Alone  lead,]  Or,  lead  hiin 
 alone;  which  may  be  referred  to  Jehovah 
 their  only  leader,  and  so  the  Gr.  explains  it: 
 or,  to  the  people  led  alone,  as  in  Num.  xiii. 
 9,  and  Deut.  xxxiii.  28,  they  are  said  to 
 "dwell  alone;"  and  thus  the  Chald.  inter- 
 preteth  it.  Lead  him,]  That  is,  lead  Is- 
 rael, conducting  them  through  the  wilderness 
 in  safety,  as  Deut.  viii.  which  mercy  is  often 
 mentioned,  Ps.  Ixxviii.  14,  62,  53;  cxxxvi. 
 16;  Neh.  ix.  12.  '  The  angel  of  his  pres- 
 ence saved  them,'  Is.  Ixiii.  9.  With  him,] 
 With  Jehovah  ;  Or,  with  Israel;  as  the  Gr. 
 translateth,  with  them.  God  erected  his 
 tabernacle,  and  set  his  true  worship  in  Israel; 
 without  commixture  with  the  idolatry  of  the 
 nation.  And  unto  that  they  should  have  kept 
 themselves,  as  Ps.  Ixxxi.  8 — 10.  The 
 Chald,  paraphraseth,  "  there  shall  no  service 
 of  idols  be  established  before  him. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Made  him  ride,]  Made  Is- 
 rael   to   conquer  and   triumph:  so  riding  is 
 
CHAP.   XXXII. 
 
 379 
 
 miglit  eat  the  fruits  of  the  field,  and  he  made  him  to  suck  honey 
 
 out  of  the  rock,  and  oil  out  of  the  flinty  rock. 
 
 He  made  liim  ride  on  the  earth's  places  high, 
 Tliat  lie  might  eat  the  fields'  fertility  -. 
 He  made  liim  also  from  the  rock  to  suck 
 Honey,  and  oil  out  of  the  flinty  rock  : 
 "  Butter  of  kiiie,  and  milk  of  the  flock,  with  fat  of  lambs,  and 
 
 of  rams  of  the  breed  of  Baslian,  and  of  goat-bucks,  with  the  fat 
 
 of  tlie  kidneys  of  wheat,  and  the  blood  of  the  grape,  thou  didcst 
 
 drink  pure  wine. 
 
 Butter  of  kine,  milk  also  of  the  flock, 
 
 With  fat  of  lambs,  and  rams  of  Bashan  stock, 
 
 ^nd  goats,  with  fat  of  wheaty  kidneys  fine, 
 
 And  of  the  grape's  blood  thou  didst  drink  red  wine. 
 
 often  used  for  conquering  and  subduing:  as, 
 Ps.  xlv.  4;  Ixvi.  12;  Rev.  vi.  2;  xix.  11, 
 14.  High  places  of  the  earth,]  Or,  of 
 the  land,  to  wit,  Canaan,  which  they  con- 
 quered: and  by  tiie  high  places,  are  meant 
 the  mountains,  and  high  walled  cities  which 
 they  subdued,  Deut.  i.  28.  A  like  promise 
 is  made  in  Is.  Iviii.  14.  '  I  will  cause  thee 
 to  ride  on  the  high  places  of  the  earth:'  and 
 in  Deut.  xxxiii.  29,  '  then  shalt  tread  upon 
 their  high  places.'  The  Chald.  heie  transla- 
 tetli,  "  He  placed  tliem  on  the  strong  places 
 of  the  earth."  And  he  did  eat,]  Or,  that 
 he  might  eat :  the  Gr.  saith,  "he  fed  them 
 with  the  fruits  of  the  fields,"  Fruit,]  Or, 
 fruitfulness,  ail  tilings  that  grew  in  the 
 fields.  Honey  out  of  the  rock,]  That  is, 
 honey  of  bees  nestling  in  rocks:  ov  honey 
 fruits,  as  dates  and  the  like,  which  grow  on 
 palm  trees,  (as  oil  on  olive  trees,)  in  rocky 
 places:  that  whereas  jocks  and  stones  are 
 usually  barren,  God  made  such  places  fruit- 
 ful to  Israel ;  even  as  he  gave  them  water  out 
 of  the  rocks  in  the  wilderness,  Exod.  xvii. 
 6;  Num.  xx.  11,  whereto  this  here  also  may 
 have  reference,  and  mean  waters  sweet  as 
 honey  and  oil.  This  honey  and  oil  figured 
 the  heavenly  graces  which  God  bestoweth 
 upon  his  church  in  Christ,  (who  is  likened  to 
 a  '  Rock,'  1  Cor.  x.  4,)  and  which  he  would 
 continue,  if  men  would  hearken  unto  his  law, 
 Ps.  Ixxxi.  14,  17  ;  cxix.  103  ;  Song  iv.  11. 
 Ver.  14. — Butter  of  kine,]  Or,  of  the 
 herd,  that  is,  made  of  cows'  milk:  these 
 things  were  a  sign  of  the  fruitfulness  of  the 
 land,  as  is  observed  by  the  prophet.  Is.  vii. 
 21,  22.  And  as  soft  and  smooth  words  are 
 sometimes  likened  to  '  butter,  and  oil,'  Ps. 
 Iv.  22,  so  here  they  figured  the  soft  and  com- 
 fortable words  of  grace,  wherewith  God 
 satiateth  the  souls  of  his  people.     The  Chald. 
 
 paraphrasbth,  "  He  gave  them  the  spoils  of 
 their  kings  and  rulers,  with  the  tithes  of  their 
 great  and  strong  men,"  &c.  and  so  in  Amos 
 iv.  i.  Princes  of  Samaria  are  called  '  kine  of 
 Bashan.'  Of  the  flock,]  Of  sheep  and 
 goats.  Lev.  i.  10,  for  the  food  of  them  and  of 
 their  household,  as  Prov.  xxvii.  27.  Fat  of 
 LAMBS,]  That  is,  fatted  lambs,  rams,  &c. 
 Of  the  breed  of  Bashan,]  Heb.  sons  of 
 Bushati,  that  is,  bred  and  fed  on  mount 
 Bashan,  which  was  a  fertile  place,  and  good 
 to  nourish  cattle,  Num.  xxxii.  1,  3,  4,  33. 
 Fat  of  the  kidneys  of  wheat,]  That  is, 
 fine  fiour  of  the  kernels  of  wheat.  The 
 flour,  which  is  the  best  and  the  principal,  is 
 called  the /a<,  here  and  in  Ps.  Ixxxi.  17; 
 cxlvii.  17,  and  the  kernels  are  called  kid- 
 neys, because  when  they  are  full,  they  resem-. 
 hie  kidneys  in  shape.  Blood,]  That  is,  juice 
 of  the  grape,  which  is  red  coloured  like 
 blood.  Hereupon  Christ  killing  his  enemies, 
 and  having  his  clothes  sprinkled  with  blood, 
 is  described  like  one  treading  grapes  in  the 
 wine  fat,  Is.  Ixii.  2,  3;  liev.  xiv.  19,  20; 
 xix.  13.  And  this  sense  the  Chald.  keepeth 
 here,  translating  it,  "  the  blood  of  their 
 mighty  men  shed  like  water."  But  literally 
 it  is  meant  of  the  wine  that  was  plentiful  in 
 the  land  of  Canaan;  and  spiritually  of  the 
 heavenly  graces  wherewith  Christ  filleth  his 
 people.  Is.  Iv.  1.  Thou  didst  drink,]  He 
 turneth  his  speech  to  Israel:  the  Gr.  for  more 
 plainness  translateth  as  before,  they  drank. 
 Pure  wine,]  Or  red  wine,  as  in  Ps.  Ixxv. 
 8,  and  in  Is.  xxvii.  2,  '  In  that  day  sing  ye 
 unto  her,  a  vineyard  of  red  wine;'  and  such 
 was  the  best  wine  in  the  land:  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth it  only  xvine.  Thus  Moses,  by  'honey, 
 oil,  butter,  milk,  fat  flesh,  fine  bread,  and 
 wine,'  (seven  things  under  which  number  all 
 other  arc  comprehended)  signifieth  the  mani- 
 
380 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 *'  But  Jesliurun  waxed  fat,  and  kicked ;  thou  art  waxen  fat, 
 thou  art  grown  gross,  thou  art  covered  with  fatness :  then  he  for- 
 sook God  which  made  him,  and  lightly  esteemed  the  rock  of  his 
 salvation. 
 
 But  Jeshurun  did  wax  fat,  and  did  kick, 
 Thou  art  waxed  fat,  art  covered,  art  grown  tliick  ; 
 The  God  whicli  made  him,  then  did  he  forsake, 
 And  of  the  rock  which  sav'd  him,  light  did  make. 
 '^  Tliey  provoked  him  to  jealousy  with  strange  ^/oi/s,  with  abomi- 
 nations they  provoked  him  to  anger. 
 
 With  strange  gods  they  to  jealousy  him  mov'd ; 
 With  loathsome  idols  they  his  anger  prov'd. 
 
 fold  blessings  which  Israel  ejijoyed  in  their 
 land.  Which  was  a  figure  unto  them  of  the 
 most  fertile  kingdom  of  Christ,  and  the 
 heavenly  comforts  of  his  word  and  Spirit, 
 wherewith  he  sanctifieth  his  people.  And  of 
 these,  some  are  food  for  children  to  suck,  as 
 honey,  oil,  butter,  and  milk.  Is.  vii.  15,  16, 
 the  rest  are  stronger  meats  for  men:  so  the 
 faithful  have  in  their  infancy  easy  instruc- 
 tion, 'the  sincere  milk  of  the  word,'  to 
 grow  thereby;  and  in  their  ripe  age,  the 
 higher  mysteries  of  the  gospel,  as  1  Pet.  ii. 
 2;  1  Cor.  iii.  1,  2;  Heb.  v.  12—14. 
 
 Ver,  15. — Jeshurun,]  Or  Jesuriin, 
 that  is,  as  the  Chald.  explain  it,  Israel;  the 
 Gr.,  Beloved;  so  in  Deut.  xxxiii.  5,  26, 
 wheie  the  Cliald.  again  translates  it  "  Israel ;" 
 the  Gr.  "Beloved;"  and  in  Is.  xliv.  'thou 
 Jeshurun  whom  1  have  chosen;  the  Chald. 
 saith,  "  thou  Israel:"  the  Gr.,  "  thou  beloved 
 Israel."  It  hath  the  name  of  '  Josher, 
 Righteousness,'  as  being  a  righteous  people 
 by  calling,  having  laws  right  and  equal,  if 
 they  had  walked  in  them.  Or  it  may  be  de- 
 rived of  'Shor,'  which  is  to  look  or  see,  be- 
 cause this  people  saw  the  glory  of  God  at  the 
 giving  of  the  law.  The  same  word  Shor  is 
 also  a  bullock,  which  some  think  Moses  here 
 alludeth  unto,  as  i*'  Israel  were  waxed  like  a 
 fat  bullock  which  kicked.  But  the  other 
 places  where  this  word  is  used,  imply  no  such 
 thing.  W^AXED  F.\T,]  In  Chald.,  waxed 
 rich.  This  was  the  occasion  of  their  falling 
 from  God,  the  prosperity  and  blessings  which 
 they  had  in  Canaan,  as  is  also  showed  in  Neh. 
 ix.  25,  2G.  '  They  took  strong  cities,  and  a 
 fat  land,  and  possessed  houses  full  of  all  goods, 
 wells  digged,  vineyards,  and  oliveyards,  and 
 fruit  trees  in  abundance:  so  they  did  eat,  and 
 were  filled,  and  became  fat,  and  delighted 
 themselves  in  thy  great  goodness.  And  they 
 turned  disobedient,  and  rebelled  against  thee; 
 and  cast  thy  law  behind  their  backs,'  &c. 
 The  like   complaint  is   in  Jer.   v.    27,  28. 
 
 Though  this  may  imply  also  the  '  fatness  of 
 their  heart,'  whereof  see  Is.  vi.  10;  Matt, 
 xiii.  15.  Kicked,]  That  is,  behaved  them- 
 selves contemptuously,  and  waxed  wanton: 
 and  it  signifieth  their  contemptuous  abuse  of 
 God's  holy  ordinances,  as  he  complaineth  of 
 priests,  '  Wherefore  kick  ye  at  my  sacrifice, 
 and  at  mine  oflering,  which  I  have  command- 
 ed,' &c.  1  Sam.  ii.  29.  This  word  Paul 
 seemeth  to  respect,  when  he  speaketh  of  such 
 as  '  tread  under  foot  the  Son  of  God,'  Heb.  x. 
 29.  Thou  art  covered,]  Or,  thou  hast 
 covered  thyself,  thy  face,  or  thine  heart  with 
 fatness,  as  is  explained  in  Job  xv.  27,  thus  ; 
 '  he  covereth  his  face  with  his  fatness  ;  and 
 maketh  collops  of  fat  on  his  flanks.'  And  in 
 Ps.  xvii.  10.  '  They  are  inclosed  in  their 
 own  fat ;  with  their  mouth  they  speak  proud- 
 ly: and  in  Ps.  Ixxiii.  7.  'Their  eyes  stand 
 out  with  fatness.  He  forsook  God,]  In 
 Chald.,  he  forsook  the  service  of  God:  he 
 turneth  his  speech  away  from  the  people,  as 
 they  that  would  not  hear :  and  speaketh  to 
 heaven  and  earth  for  to  witness,  as  in  ver.  1. 
 And  this  is  the  first  part  of  their  sin,  to  for- 
 sake the  good  God.  Made  him,]  By  creat- 
 ing, and  advancing  him,  as  in  ver.  6. 
 Lightly  esteemed.] Or,  vilely  avdfool/shl?/ 
 despised ;  Heb.  "  jenalibel,  of  Nabal  foolish," 
 as  he  called  them  in  ver.  6.  The  Chald.  ex- 
 pounds it,  "  he  provoked  to  anger."  The 
 Rock,]  The  mighty  God  Christ;  as  ver.  4. 
 So  the  Gr.  translateth,  "he  departed  from  God 
 his  Saviour. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Provoked  him  to  jealousy,] 
 Or,  inade  him  jealous,  that  is,  exceeding 
 angry:  'for  jealousy  is  the  rage  of  a  man  ; 
 therefore  he  will  not  spare  in  the  day  of  ven- 
 geance,' Prov.  vi.  34.  Strange  gods,]  'I"he 
 Chald.  explaineth  it,  the  service  of  idols,  or 
 idolatry.  So  in  Ps.  Ixxviii.  58,  '  they  pro- 
 voked him  to  jealousy  with  their  graven 
 images.'  And  in  1  Kings  xiv.  22,  '2.S,  the 
 Jews  '  provoked  him  to  jealousy    with  their 
 
CHAP.    XXXII. 
 
 381 
 
 "  They  sacrificed  to  devils,  not  to  God  ;  to  gods  whom  they  knew 
 not,  to  new  gods  that  came  lately  up,  of  whom  yoiu"  fathers  were 
 not  afraid. 
 
 They  sacrificed  to  devils,  not  to  God  ; 
 To  gods  of  whom  themselves  no  knowledge  had  -. 
 Unto  new  gods,  which  np  but  lately  came. 
 Such  as  your  fatliers  feared  not  the  same. 
 '*  Of  tlie  Rock  tliat  begat  thee  thou  art  unmindful,  and  hast  for- 
 
 The  Rock  that  thee  begat  thou  mindest  not, 
 And  God  that  formed  thee  tliou  liast  forgot. 
 ^'  And  Jehovali  saw  it,  and  contemptuously  abhorred  thetn,  be- 
 cause of  the  provoking  of  liis  sons  and  of  his  daughters. 
 And  of  his  sons  and  daughters,  then  the  Lord 
 Did  see  the  provocation,  and  abhorred. 
 
 sins, 8:c.,  for  they  also  built  them  high  places, 
 and  images,'  &c.  And  this  is  the  second  part 
 of  their  sin,  to  turn  to  idols  and  devils.  Abo- 
 minations,] That  is,  abominable  idols,  or  false 
 gods,  and  other  sins,  as  Lev.  xviii.  26,  27; 
 Dent.  vii.  25;  2  Kings,  xxiii.  13. 
 
 Ver.  17. — To  DEVILS,]  That  waste  and 
 destroy  mankind,  as  their  name  Shedim  here 
 signifieth:  see  Lev.  xvii.  7,  and  these  are  in 
 this  respect  opposed  to  God,  '  who  maketh 
 and  saveth  his  people,'  ver.  15.  So  Jero- 
 boam's calves  are  called  'devils,'  2  Chron. 
 xi.  15,  '  and  all  the  Gentiles'  idols  are  devils,' 
 1  Cor.  X.  20,  and  '  Antichrists,'  Rev.  ix. 
 20.  '  And  unto  devils  the  Israelites  sacri- 
 ficed their  sons  and  their  daughters,  when 
 they  sacrificed  them  unto  the  idols  of  Canaan,' 
 Ps.  cvi.  37,  3S.  Wnojr  they  knew  not,] 
 Had  no  knowledge  or  experience  of  any  good 
 from  them ;  or,  gods  which  kneir  ?iot  them, 
 that  is,  had  done  them  no  good;  as  on  the 
 contrary  the  true  God  saith,  '  I  did  know 
 thee  in  the  wilderness,'  Hos.  xiii.  5,  where 
 the  Chald.  explaineth,  '  I  supplied  their  ne- 
 cessities. C.^ME  lately  I'l',]  Heb.  came 
 from  near,  that  is,  from  near  time:  which 
 when  it  is  spoken  of  a  thing  past,  meaneth 
 lately,  when  of  a  thing  to  come,  it  meaneth 
 shortly,  as  in  Ezek.  vii.  8.  Were  not 
 AFRAID,]  With  horror,  lest  they  should  be 
 hurt  by  him.  So  the  original  word  properly 
 signifieth,  and  therein  difiereth  from  that  fear 
 or  reverence  which  we  owe  to  the  true  God. 
 He  meaneth,  that  they  were  such  gods  as 
 could  do  neither  good  nor  evil,  as  is  said  in 
 Jer.  x.  5,  '  Be  not  afraid  of  them  for  they 
 cannot  do  evil,  neither  also  is  it  in  them  to 
 do  good.' 
 
 Ver.  18. — The  rock,]  That  is,  as  the 
 Gr.  saith,  the  God,  and  the  Chald.  the  strong 
 fear,  that  is,  the    stron"   God:    iec   ver.   4. 
 
 Begat  thee,]  '  With  the  word  of  truth,  that 
 thou  shouldest  be  a  kind  of  first-fruits  of  his 
 creatures,  as  Jam.  i.  18.  The  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  created  thee;  which  may  also  be 
 applied  to  '  creating  in  Christ  Jesus  unto 
 good  works,'  as  Eph.  ii.  10.  Unmindful,] 
 In  Gr.  hast  forsaken  :  this  and  the  word  fol- 
 lowing, hast  forgotten,  showeth  their  long 
 continuance  in  their  sin,  whereof  God  com- 
 plained by  the  prophet,  '  My  people  have  for- 
 gotten me  days  without  number,'  Jer.  ii.  32. 
 And  is  not  ouly  forgetfulness  in  mind,  but  in 
 aflection  and  action ;  as  when  they  made  a 
 calf  in  the  wilderness,  '  they  foigot  God  their 
 Saviour,'  Ps.  cvi.  19,  21.  So  God  when  he 
 will  punish  them,  threateneth,  '  I  will  utterly 
 forget  you,  and  forsake  you,'  Jer.  xxiii.  39. 
 Hereupon  he  saith,  '  Remember  these,  O  Ja- 
 cob and  Israel,  for  thou  art  my  servant;  I 
 have  formed  thee,  thou  art  my  servant,  O  Is- 
 rael, show  not  thyself  forgetful  of  me,'  Is. 
 xliv.  21.  That  formed  thee,]  Or,  that 
 brought  thee  forth  :  in  Gr.  that  nourished 
 thee  :  in  Chald.  that  made  thee.  God  is 
 here  likened  to  a  father  that  begat,  and  a 
 mother  that  bare  or  brought  forth ;  both  which 
 do  set  forth  his  love,  and  the  work  of  his 
 grace. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Saw,]  the  Chald.  saith,  it  ivas 
 revealed  before  the  Lord.  God  the  judge 
 first  taketh  notice  of  the  sin,  as  in  Gen. 
 xviii.  20,  21.  Contemi'tuously  abhor- 
 red,] Or,  lothed,  despised  as  lothesome : 
 which  the  Gr.  expresseth  by  two  words,  he 
 was  Jealous  {or  fervent^  and  he  was  pro- 
 voked:  the  Chald.  his  anger  was  strong. 
 This  word,  which  is  commonly  used  for  men's 
 contemptuous  provoking  or  despiting  of  God, 
 is  here  and  in  Lam.  ii.  6,  applied  to  God  his 
 despising  and  lothing  of  sin  and  sinners. 
 The  i'ko\oking  ]  Or,  the  angering,  the  in- 
 
382 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ^"  And  he  said,  I  will  hide  my  face  from  tliem,  I  will  sec  wJiat: 
 their  end  shall  be  ;  for  they  are  a  very  froward  generation,  sons  in 
 wJiom  is  no  faith. 
 
 And  I  will  hide  my  face  from  them,  said  he ; 
 
 I  will  behold  what  tlieir  last  end  shall  be : 
 
 For  a  most  froward  generation 
 
 TJiey  cliildren  are,  in  whom  faitli  there  is  none. 
 ^^  Tliey  have  provoked  me  to  jealousy  witli  that  which  is  not  god  ; 
 tJiey  have  provoked  me  to  anger  with  their  vanities  :  and  I  will  pro- 
 voke them  to  jealousy  with  those  which  are  not  a  people  ;    I  will 
 provoke  tliem  to  anger  with  a  foolish  nation. 
 
 They  have  me  ruito  jealousy  moved 
 
 With  that  which  is  not  God,  have  me  stirred 
 
 To  indignation  with  their  idols  vain : 
 
 I  tlicm  will  move  to  jealousy  again 
 
 Witli  those  which  are  no  folk  ;  to  indignation 
 
 I  will  provoke  them  with  a  foolish  nation. 
 
 dignation  or  grief,  caused  by  his  sons  aud 
 daughters,  that  is,  by  them  which  had  been 
 his  children  by  his  gracious  calling  of  them, 
 and  would  seem  so  to  be  still,  '  but  their  spot 
 was  not  such  as  his  children's,  ver.  5. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Will  hide  mv  face,]  The 
 Chald.  expounds  it,  will  take  aivay  my  di- 
 vine presence.  It  meaneth  also  the  with- 
 drawing of  his  favour;  therefore  his  children 
 often  prayed  against  this,  Ps.  xxvii.  9;  cii.  2, 
 3;  Exod.xxxiii. 15,16.  And  when  God  threa- 
 teneth  judgment  to  his  people,  he  saith,  '  I 
 will  show  them  the  back  and  not  the  face  in 
 the  day  of  tlieir  calamity,'  Jer.  xviii.  17. 
 And  here  their  punishment  is  answerable  to 
 their  siu:  as  they  first  withdrew  their  love 
 and  obedience  from  God,  so  he  withdrew  his 
 presence  and  grace  from  them  ;  that  though 
 they  sought  him,  they  should  not  find  him,' 
 Prov.  i.  28.  The  contrary  is  promised  to 
 the  faithful,  '  they  shall  see  his  face,'  Rev. 
 xxii.  4.  Will  see,]  And  let  others  see:  as 
 the  Gr.  saith,  /  will  shoiv  what  shall  be  to 
 them  at  the  last.  Now  the  last  end  of  sin- 
 ners, if  they  convert  not,  is  their  destruction. 
 Ps.  Ixxiii.  17,  IS;  Prov.  xiv.  12,  13; 
 xxiii.  32.  Very  froward,]  Heb.  a  gene- 
 ration of  frowardnesses,  or,  of  perversities, 
 that  is,  a  most  froward  and  perverse  people, 
 Tliis  word  Paul  useth  of  lieretics,  Tit.  iii.  11. 
 No  faith,]  No  firmness,  truth,  or  stability; 
 for  '  faith'  hath  the  name  of  steadfastness:  see 
 the  notes  on  Exod.  xvii.  12. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Not  god,]  Or,  no  god:  a  pro- 
 phecy of  the  rejection  of  the  Jews,  with  the 
 cause  thereof.  They  left  the  Lord  their  God 
 aud  took  another,  for  they  made  him  jealous 
 and  angiy :  the  Lord  also  will  leave  them  and 
 
 take  another  people,  so  they  shall  be  pro- 
 voked. Their  vanities,]  That  is,  as  the' 
 Gr.  translateth,  their  idols;  or  as  the  Cliald. 
 expounds  it,  their  service  of  idols.  So  idols 
 are  called  'vanities,'  Jer.  viii.  19;  xiv. 
 22;  2  Kings  xvii.  15,  'because  ihcy  are  no- 
 thing,' 1  Cor.  viii.  4.  Not  a  people,]  Or, 
 no  people,  that  is,  by  the  Gentiles  which  are 
 not  now  my  people,  whom  I  will  call  to  my 
 faith  and  obedience  by  the  gospel,  whereby 
 the  Jews  shall  have  occasion  of  jealousy  and 
 anger.  So  Paul  expoundeth  this  in  Rom.  x. 
 19,  &c.  And  in  1  Pet.  ii.  10,  '  Which  in 
 time  past  were  not  a  people,  but  are  now  the 
 people  of  God.'  And  in  Hos.  i.  10,  '  Li  the 
 place  where  it  was  said  unto  them.  Ye  are  not 
 my  people  ;  there  it  shall  be  said  unto  tliem. 
 Ye  are  the  sons  of  the  living  God.'  Thus 
 God  threateneth  to  take  his  kingdom  from  the 
 Jews,  and  give  it  to  the  Gentiles.  A  FOOL- 
 ISH NATION,]  and  therefore  vile  and  despised: 
 so  this  is  a  reward  of  their  '  foolish  despising' 
 of  the  Lord,  forementioned  ver.  15.  The  Jews 
 understand  these  things  of  the  Chaldeans, 
 which  carried  them  captive  and  so  grieved 
 them;  because  it  is  written,  *  Behold  the 
 land  of  the  Chaldeans,  this  was  not  a  people,' 
 &c.  Is.  xxiii.  13.  But  the  apostle's  exposi- 
 tion is  heavenly,  showing  the  rejection  of  the 
 Jews  for  refusing  Christ;  and  calling  of  the 
 Gentiles,  (esteemed  of  them  fools)  for  which 
 the  Jews  were  angry,  as  appeareth  by  Rom. 
 xi.  14;  1  Thes.  ii.  15,  16;  which  Gentiles 
 are  called  '  foolish,'  because  they  '  were  car- 
 ried away  after  dumb  idols,'  1  Cor.  xii.  2. 
 Whereupon  it  is  said,  '  They  are  altogether 
 brutish  and  foolish:  the  stock  is  a  doctrine  of 
 vanities,'  Jer.  x.  8.     '  They  became  vain  in 
 
CHAP.  XXXII. 
 
 383 
 
 '^^  For  a  fire  is  kindled  in   mine  anger,  and  shall  burn  unto  the 
 lowest  hell,  and  shall  consume  tlie  land,  and  her  increase,  and  set 
 on  fire  the  foundations  of  tlie  mountains. 
 For  in  mine  anger  kindled  is  a  fire. 
 And  to  the  lowest  hell  shall  burn  in  ire ; 
 And  shall  consume  land,  and  fruits  of  the  same. 
 And  the  foundations  of  the  mounts  inflame. 
 ^  I  will  heap  evils  upon  tliem,  I  will  spend  mine  arrows  upon 
 them. 
 
 Upon  them  I  will  heap  up  evil  sorrows, 
 Upon  them  I  will  spend  my  piercing  arrows. 
 ^*  They  shall  he  burnt  with  hunger,  and  devoured  with  the  burn- 
 ing coal,  and  with  a  bitter   stinging  plague,  and   I  will  send  upon 
 them  tlie  teeth  of  beasts,  with  the  poison  of  serpents  of  the  dust. 
 They  shall  be  burnt  with  liunger,  and  devoured 
 With  burning  coals,  and  bitter  plague  out- pour ed : 
 And  teetli  of  beasts  upon  them  I  will  bring, 
 Witli  poison  of  serpents  in  dust  creeping. 
 
 their  imaginations,  and  their  foolish  heart 
 was  darkened:  professing  themselves  to  be 
 wise,  they  became  fools,'  Rom.  i.  21,  22. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Kindled  in  mine  anger,)  Or, 
 hiirneth  from  mine  anger,  or,  through  my 
 nostril,  that  is,  by  the  breath  thereof.  By 
 fire  is  meant  God's  fiery  judgments,  which 
 by  tlie  enemy,  drouglit,  blasting,  and  other- 
 wise he  would  bring  upon  their  land,'  Amos 
 ii.  2,  5.  So  in  Ezek.  xxx.  8,  '  God  saith 
 he  will  set  a  fire  iu  Egypt,'  which  the  Chald. 
 there  expouiideth,  "  peoples  strong  as  fire  ;" 
 but  here  the  Chald  translateth,  "  For  an  east 
 wind  strong  as  fire  cometh  forth  from  before 
 me  in  anger."  As  before,  God  withdrew  his 
 good  things  from  them,  so  now  he  threaten- 
 eth  to  inflict  evils  upon  their  land,  and  upon 
 their  persons.  The  lowest  hell,]  Or,  the 
 hell  of  lowness,  that  is,  the  lowest  part  of  the 
 earth ;  for  so  Sheol,  or  Hell,  here  and  often 
 meanetb,  as  Num.  xvi.  30,  32,  33.  See  the 
 Annot.  on  Gen.  xxxvii.  35.  This  meaneth 
 a  most  vehement  fire,  which  should  burn 
 downward  even  to  the  midst  of  the  earth.  The 
 EARTH,]  Or,  the  land,  wherein  Israel  dwelt, 
 which  should  be  wasted  with  war,  drought, 
 &c.,  that  no  man  should  dwell,  no  fruits 
 should  grow  thereon:  for  God  '  tnrneth 
 springs  of  waters  into  dry  ground  ;  a  fruitful 
 land  into  saltness  (or  barrenness),  for  the 
 wickedness  of  them  that  dwell  therein,'  Ps. 
 cvii.  33,  34.  So  upon  the  famine  in  Israel 
 the  prophet  complaineth,  '  The  fire  hath  de- 
 voured the  pastures  of  the  wilderness,  and  the 
 flame  hath  burned  all  the  trees  of  the  field,' 
 Joel    i.    4 — 19.       Foundations    op    the 
 
 MOUNTS,]  that  is,  the  strongest  places  of  the 
 land,  Jerusalem  itself,  founded  on  the  holy 
 mountains,  was  destroyed  by  the  fire  of  God's 
 wrath,  Amos  ii.  5  ;  Lam.  ii.  1 — 3.  So  it  is 
 said,  '  The  Lord  hath  kindled  a  fire  in  Ziou, 
 and  it  hath  devoured  the  foundations  thereof,' 
 Lam.  iv.  11. 
 
 Veb.  23. — I  WILL  HEAP,]  Or,  will  add: 
 I  will  consume,  will  spend  evils  on  them  : 
 the  Gr.  saith,  J  will  gather  together  evils 
 against  them.  These  plagues  concern  the 
 people,  as  the  former  did  their  land.  Ar- 
 rows,] That  is,  plagues  that  shall  come  sud- 
 denly and  swiftly,  Zaeh.  ix.  14.  Arrows 
 mean  plagues  of  all  sorts,  as  the  Scriptures 
 mention  '  the  evil  arrows  of  famine,  Ezek.  v. 
 16,  of  pestilence,  Ps.  xci.  5..  and  other  sick- 
 nesses, Ps.  xxxviii.  2.  3;  Job  vi.  4.  of  wars, 
 Jer.  1.  14,  of  thunder,  lightning,  &c.  2  Sam. 
 xxii.  14,15.  And  among  the  Gentiles  this 
 phrase  was  used,  as  the  pestilence  is  called 
 "an  evil  arrow,"  by  Homer  in  Iliad  1. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Burnt,]  In  Gr.  conswned: 
 Moses  useth  a  word  not  elsewhere  found  in 
 Hebrew,  but  in  the  Chald.  it  signifieth  to 
 heat  or  burn  ;  and  so  it  may  intimate  their 
 destruction  by  the  Chaldeans,  at  what  time 
 they  were  so  burnt  with  famine,  that  their 
 visages  were  black  as  a  coal,  their  skin  clave 
 to  their  bones,  Lam.  iv.  8.  Others  translate 
 \i  filled  or  mested  ;  so  it  answereth  to  their 
 sin,  who  had  filled  themselves,  and  kicked, 
 ver.  15,  and  now  for  a  punishment  should  be 
 filled  with  hunger.  This  the  Chald.  favour- 
 eth,  translating  it,  "  blown  up  (or  swollen) 
 with  famine."     And   this   is  the  first  '  eviJ 
 
384 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ^^  Witnout,  the  sword  shall  bereave  :  and  from  tlie  chambers  ter- 
 ror :  both  the  young  man  and  the  virgin,  the  suckling  with  the 
 man  of  gray  hairs. 
 
 Witliout,  the  sword  it  shall  bereave  them  quite, 
 And  from  the  inmost  chambers  fearful  fright : 
 Both  the  choice  young  man,  and  the  virgin /air. 
 The  suckling,  with  the  man  of  hoary  hair. 
 ^^  I  said  I  would  scatter  them  into  corners,  I  would  make  tlie  re- 
 membrance of  them  to  cease  from  among  men, 
 I  said,  I  would  them  into  corners  drive, 
 I  would  men  of  their  memory  deprive. 
 ^'  Were  it  not  that  I  feared  the  wrath  of  the  enemy,  lest  their 
 adversaries  should  behave  themselves  strangely ;  lest  they  sliould 
 say.  Our  high  liand,  and  not  Jehovah,  hath  done  all  this. 
 Were  it  not  that  th'  wrath  of  the  enemy 
 I  feared,  lest  behave  themselves  strangely 
 Their  adversaries  should,  lest  they  should  say, 
 Our  high  hand  hath  done  all  this,  and  not  Jah. 
 
 arrow  of  famine,'  as  Ezek.  v.  16.  The 
 BURNING  COAL,]  Hereby  the  lightning  or 
 thunderbolt  seemeth  to  be  meant,  as  in  Ps. 
 Ixxviii.  48  or  the  burning  carbuncle,  a  fiery 
 ulcer  on  the  body,  as  in  Hab.  iii.  5,  this  word 
 is  joined  with  the  pestilence.  Properly  the 
 word  signifieth  '  fiery  coals,'  Song  viii.  C;  figu- 
 ratively it  is  applied  to  arrows  that  fly,  Ps. 
 Ixxvi.  4.  The  Gr.  and  Chald.  here  expound 
 it,  "devoured  with  fowls."  Bitter,]  in  Gr. 
 incurable.  Stinging  plague,]  in  Ileb. 
 Keteb,  which  is  the  name  of  a  deadly  sting- 
 ing disease,  joined  with  the  pestilence,  in  Ps. 
 xci.  6,  which  the  apostle  translateth  '  a  sting,' 
 in  1  Cor.  XV.  55,  from  Hos.  xiii.  14,  and  so 
 the  Gr.  there  expoundeth  it.  But  here  the 
 Gr.  calleth  the  disease  opisthotonos  ;  which 
 is  a  strange  and  vehement  disease  in  the  neck, 
 when  by  the  stifliiess  of  the  nerves  or  sinews, 
 the  neck  is  strained  backward  to  the  shoulders, 
 and  killetha  man  within  four  days,  as  Cornel. 
 Celsus  showeth  in  lib.  iv.  c.  8.  But  it  seem- 
 eth here  to  be  more  general,  for  the  pest  and 
 other  terrible  sicknesses,  whereby  God  soon 
 cutteth  off  the  life  of  man  with  bitterness. 
 The  Chald.  expoundeth  it  '  evil  spirits.' 
 The  teeth,]  Heb.  the  teeth  of  beasts,  wild 
 beasts  to  devour  men  and  cattle.  See  Lev. 
 xxvi.  22;  Ezek.  v.  17;  xiv.  21.  Ser- 
 pents,] Or,  creepitig  things,  worms  :  the 
 Chald.  translateth  it,  dragons  that  creep  in 
 the  dust.  The  wild  beasts  kill  by  force; 
 worms  and  serpents  by  secret  subtilty. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Without,]  Abroad  out  of  the 
 cities.  The  sword,]  of  the  enemy  by  wars. 
 Bereave,]  Or  rob,  to  wit,  all  sorts  and 
 sexes,  as  after  foUoweth.     Thus  God  threat- 
 
 ened his  four  sore  judgments  mentioned  in 
 Ezek.  xiv.  21,  Rev.  vi.  8,  '  The  sword,  and 
 the  famine,  and  the  evil  beasts,  and  the  pes- 
 tilence, to  cut  off  from  them  man  and  beast. 
 Terror,]  Inward  terror  of  conscience, 
 whereof  see  Job  xv.  20 — 24,  '  teiTors  of 
 death,'  as  Ps.  Iv.  5,  and  so  the  Chald.  trans- 
 lateth it,  "  dread  of  death,"  meaning  that 
 they  should  even  die  through  fear.  Both 
 THE  young  man,]  To  wit,  shall  be  bereaved: 
 so  all  sorts  shall  be  cut  olT  with  these  judg- 
 ments. 
 
 Ver,  26. — Scatter  them  into  cor- 
 ners,] Or,  drive  thein  from  corner  to  cor- 
 ner: in  Gr.  disperse  them;  in  Cl\M.  de- 
 stroy  them.  Here  Gud  showeth  the  mea- 
 sure of  their  punishments,  which  though  they 
 deserve  to  have  in  all  extremity,  yet  he  would 
 moderate  in  mercy. 
 
 Ver.  27. — Were  it  not,]  Or,  but  that  I 
 fear  the  wrath  (or  provocation)  of  the  ene- 
 my. God  speaketh  these  things  after  the 
 manner  of  men:  and  in  regard  of  his  glory 
 (that  the  enemy  should  not  blaspheme)  he 
 would  spare  Israel  from  utter  destruction.  So 
 God  pleadeth  also  with  them  in  Ezek.  xx. 
 13,  14,  21,  22,  44.  Behave  themselves 
 strangely,]  Or,  make  strange  of  the  mat- 
 ter, deny  and  dissemble  the  truth  of  the 
 things  which  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  "  mag- 
 nify themselves."  Compare  Ps.  cxl.  8.  Or, 
 it  may  mean  the  strange  and  inhuman  deal- 
 ing of  the  enemies  against  Israel. 
 
 Ver.  2S.~For  they,]  That  is,  the  Is. 
 raelites,  as  the  next  verse  showeth,  and  it  is 
 a  reason  of  the  destruction  which  God  thought 
 to  have  brought  upon  them,  ver.  26,  it  may 
 
CHAP.    XX  Xr  I.  385 
 
 **  For  they  are  a  nation  void  of  counsels,  and  there  is  no  under 
 standing  in  tliem. 
 
 For  they  a  people  whose  counsels  are  gone, 
 And  understanding  in  them  there  is  none. 
 ^^  O  that  they  were  wise,  that  they  imderstood   tliis,   that  tliey 
 v/^ould  consider  their  latter  end. 
 
 O  that  they  wise  were,  would  this  imderstand, 
 That  they  consider  would  their  latter  end. 
 ^"  How  should  one  cliase  a  thousand,  and  two  put  ten  thousand 
 to  flight,  except  their  Rock  had  sold  tliem,  and  Jehovah  had  shut 
 tliem  up. 
 
 How  should  one  make  a  thousand  flee  in  chase. 
 And  two  make  even  ten  thousand  fly  apace. 
 Except  their  strong  Rock  had  them  sold  away, 
 Jehovah  had  them  shut  up  to  decay. 
 ^'  For  their  Rock  is  not  as  our  Rock,  even  our  enemies  being 
 judges. 
 
 For  tlieir  Rock  is  not  like  our  Rock  mighty. 
 And  judge,  let  be  our  very  enemy. 
 ^^  For  their  vine  is  of  the  vine  of  Sodom,  and  of  the  blasted  fields 
 of  Gomorrah ;  their  grapes  are  grapes  of  gall,  they  have  most  bit- 
 ter clusters. 
 
 For  their  vine  of  the  vine  of  Sodom  is, 
 And  of  Gomorrah's  blasted  vine  branches : 
 Their  grapes  they  be  the  grapes  of  poisoned  gall. 
 The  clusters  that  they  liave  are  bitter  all. 
 
 also  be  applied  to  their  enemies.     Void  of  they  were  sold  even  for  nothing,  as  Ps.  xliv; 
 
 COUNSELS,]  Or,  as  the  Gr.  translateth,  which  Is.  Iv.   3,  and  this  was  for  their  iniquities, 
 
 have  lost  counsel,  in  that  they  have  forsaken  Ps.  1.  1.     Shut   theji   up,]  In  Gr.  deliver 
 
 God's  law,  which  should  be  their  counsellor,  them  ;  meaning  into  the  enemies'  hands,  as 
 
 Ps.  cxix.  24.  Ps.  xxxi.  9.      So  God   is  said    to  shut  up, 
 
 Ver.  29. — O  THAT  THEY  WERE,]  Or,  as  (that  is,  deliver)  his  people  to  the  sword,  Ps. 
 
 the  Chald.  translateth  it,  if  they  were  wise.  Ixxviii.  62.     See  this  phrase  in  Deut.  xxiii. 
 
 Compare  Ps.   cvii.   43;   Hos.  xiv.  9.     Un-  15. 
 
 DERSTAND,]  Which  is  the  effect  of  wisdom,  Ver.    31. — Their    rock,]  The    god    on 
 
 whereof  they  deprived  themselves.     Consi-  whom  the  heathens  rely :  so  the  Gr.  explain- 
 
 der  their  latter  end,]  Study  and  apply  eth  it,  "  For  our  God  is  not  like  their  gods." 
 
 their  minds  to   God's  works,   past,  present.  The  person  is  changed,  as  if  Moses,  or  the 
 
 aod  to  come:  this  want  of   wisdom  in  them,  people  spake  of  the  heathen  idols,  that  they 
 
 the  prophet  lamenteth,  •  She  remembered  not  could   never  have    given    their    worshippers 
 
 her  latter  end,  therefore  she  came  down  won-  power  over  Israel  if  God  their  Rock  had  not 
 
 derfuUy,'  Lam.  i.  9.  sold  them.     Judges,]  For  the  enemies  were 
 
 Ver.  30. — One  chase  a  thousand,]  See-  afraid  of  the  God  of  Israel,  because  of  his  for- 
 
 ing  God    promised   Israel   that    they  should  mer  judgments  on  the  Egyptians,  1  Sam.  iv. 
 
 chase  their  enemies,  and  a  hundred  of  them  8.    Balaam  confessed  the  power  of  God,  and 
 
 should  put  ten  thousand  to  flight,  Lev.  xxvi.  his  goodness  unto  Israel,  Num.  xxiii.  8,  12, 
 
 7,  8,  how  should,  on  the  contrary,  one   ene-  19,  20,  21,  &c.     The  Egyptians  would  have- 
 
 my  chase  a  thousand  of  them,  if  God  had  not  fled,  for  they  perceived  that  God  fought  for 
 
 sold  the  Israelites  for  their    sins?      Theik  Israel,  Exod.  xiv.  25. 
 
 KOCK,]  That  is,  God,  as  the  Gr.  translateth:  Ver.  32. — Their  vine,]  The  vine  of  Is- 
 
 see  Ver.   4.       Sold  them,]  In  Chald.  deli-  rael,  so  other  prophets  compare   Israel  with 
 
 veredthem,  meaning  to  the  enemies,  to  whom  Sodom  and  Gomorrah,  Is.  j.  10;  Ezek.  xvi. 
 
 Vol.  II.                                                      3  C 
 
386 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 of 
 
 ^^  Their  wine  is  the   poison   of  dragonr-,   and  the   cruel  venom 
 
 Their  wine  is  of  tlie  dragon's  poison  fell. 
 And  of  the  asps  whose  venom  is  cruel. 
 ^*  Is  not  this  laid  up  in  store  with  me,  and  sealed  up  in  my  trea- 
 
 suries 
 
 Is  not  this  same  laid  up  in  store  with  me, 
 Even  sealed  up  within  my  treasury  ? 
 
 45,  46,  56.  Although  therefore  these  things 
 may  be  applied  to  the  heathens,  yet  chiefly 
 they  respect  Israel  in  their  apostacy ;  for, 
 '  what  things  soever  the  law  saith,  it  saith  it 
 to  them  that  are  under  the  law,  that  every 
 month  may  be  stopped,  and  all  the  world  may 
 become  guilty  before  God,'  Rom.  iii.  19. 
 By  the  vine  here,  the  Chald.  understandeth 
 punishment,  translating,  "  Their  vengeance 
 is  like  the  vengeance  of  the  people  of  Sodom." 
 And  that  such  were  their  sin  and  punish- 
 ment, Jeremiah  complaineth  in  Lam.  iv.  6. 
 This  may  also  be  applied  to  the  apostacy  of 
 Antichrist.  Of  the  vine,]  Or,  above  the 
 vine  of  Sodom,  that  is,  worse  than  it.  God 
 had  planted  Israel  '  a  noble  vine,  wholly  a 
 right  seed,  luit  they  turned  it  into  the  dege- 
 nerate plant  of  a  strange  vine,'  Jer.  ii.  21. 
 So  God  planted  the  Christian  church  in 
 Christ '  the  true  vine,'  John  xv.  1,  but  they 
 degenerated,  and  worshipped  the  beast  Anti- 
 christ whose  city  '  is  spiritually  called  So- 
 dom,' Rev.  xi.  8.  Blasted  fields,]  Or, 
 blasted  vines  (or  vine  branches)  that  grow  in 
 Gomorrah's  fields.  So  the  Gr.  translateth  it 
 here  "  a  vine  branch."  And  the  Heb.  She- 
 demah,  which  is  sometimes  used  for  a  field, 
 or  vine,  Is.  xvi.  8,  is  in  Is.  xxxvii,  27, 
 '  blasted  corn;'  and  for  it  in  2  Kings  xix.  26. 
 is  written  Shedephah,  which  properly  sigiii- 
 fieth  '  blasted  corn,'  or  blasting,  Deut.  xxviii. 
 22,  which  sense  I  think  ought  to  be  retained 
 here,  as  the  Chald.  translateth  it,  "  their  smit- 
 ing or  beating,"  that  is,  when  Gomorrah  was 
 burnt  with  fire,  Gen.  xix.  and  the  fields  and 
 vines  in  them  blasted,  they  brought  forth  none 
 but  bitter  and  hurtful  grapes;  so  did  this  peo- 
 ple Israel,  and  so  do  Antichristians.  Their 
 GRAPES,]  The  grapes  of  them  and  him,  that 
 is,  of  them  all,  and  of  every  one,  for  so  much 
 the  Heb.  form  implieth;  by  grapes,  meaning 
 their  works,  as  Is.  liv.  Gall,]  that  is,  bit- 
 ter, venomous,  and  hurtful,  as  the  Chald.  ex- 
 plaineth  it  "  the  gall  of  serpents,"  see  Deut. 
 xxix.  18.  Most  bitter,]  Heb.  cbisters  of 
 bitternesses;  meaning  most  evil  and  noisome 
 doctrines  and  actions;  and  as  sometimes  it  is 
 used  for  bitter  afflictions.  Job  xiii.  26,  so 
 here  the  Chald.  applieth  it  to  the  reward  of 
 their   evil    works.      The  breasts  of   Christ's 
 
 church  (out  of  which  the  people  suck  the 
 wine  of  God's  graces  by  the  ministry  of  the 
 gospel)  are  likened  to  clusters  of  grapes. 
 Song  vii.  7.  So  here,  on  the  contrary, 
 is  signified  the  corruption  of  true  doctrine  by 
 false  prophets  and  ministers  of  Antichrist. 
 
 Ver.  33. — Their  wine,]  Wine  is  some- 
 times used  to  signify  the  fruits  and  graces 
 of  God's  Spirit,   Song   iv.   10  ;     v.  ]  ;    viii. 
 
 2.  Here  it  siguifieth  the  corrupt  doctrine 
 and  heresies  wherewith  the  Jews  poisoned 
 themselves  and  their  disciples:  and  the  wine 
 of  fornications,  that  is,  the  heresies  and  ido-' 
 latries  of  Antichrist,  wherewith  all  nations 
 have  been  made  drunken,  as  Rev.  xvii.  2. 
 Poison  of  dragons,]  In  Gr.  fury  (or  hot 
 wrath)  of  dragons,  that  is,  their  doctrines 
 and  actions  are  venomous  and  deadly  to  soul 
 and  body,  as  being  doctrines  of  devils,  and 
 the  poison  of  the  old  dragon  whom  Antichrist 
 adores,    1   Tim.  iv.  1  ;    Rev.   xiii.    4  ;    xii. 
 
 3,  4,  &c.  So  in  Is.  lix.  5.  '  They  hatch 
 cockatrice  eggs,  &c.,  he  that  eateth  of  their 
 eggs  dieth.'  Cruel,]  InGr.  incurable  fury 
 of  asps  ;  in  Chakl.  as  the  gall  of  asps,  the 
 cruel  serpents ;  which  are  venomous  serpents 
 that  will  not  be  charmed,  Ps.  Iviii.  6,  6,  and 
 so  it  noteth  their  incurable  maliciousness:  and 
 when  it  is  used  for  punishment,  it  noteth  also 
 the  grievousness  of  it,  as,  '  He  shall  suck  the 
 poison  of  asps,  the  viper's  tongue  shall  slay 
 him,'  Job  XX.  16. 
 
 Ver.  34. — This,]  In  Gr.  these  things  ; 
 that  is,  the  sins  of  Israel  forementioned  ;  as 
 the  Chald.  expounds  it,  all  their  luorks. 
 Laid  up  in  store,)  Which  the  Chald.  inter- 
 preteth,  manifest  before  me.  Their  evil 
 fruits,  the  grapes  of  Gomorrah,  and  of  gall, 
 God  laid  up  for  to  punish.  Sealed  up,]  Not 
 to  be  lost,  or  forgotten,  or  left  unpunished  ; 
 wherefore  the  Chald.  paraphraseth,  "  laid  up 
 against  the  day  of  judgment  in  my  treasuries.  " 
 According  to  this  phrase  Job  speaketh,  '  My 
 transgression  is  sealed  up  in  a  bag,  and  thou 
 sewest  up  my  iniquity,'  Job  xiv.  17,  speaking 
 of  his  sins  which  God  left  not  unpunished: 
 though  the  time  and  means  of  punishment  is 
 to  man  unknown,  as  a  sealed  book  cannot 
 be  read.  Is.  xxix.  11.  In  my  treasuries,] 
 Or,  among  my  treasures :  meaning  God's 
 
CHAP.  X  X  X  1 1. 
 
 387 
 
 ^''  To  me  belongeth  vengeance  and  recompcnce ;  in  the  time  their 
 
 foot   shall  slide  ;  for  the  day  of  their  calamity  is  near,  and  tlie 
 
 tilings  that  shall  come  upon  them  make  haste. 
 To  me  belongs  vengeance,  and  to  repay 
 In  time,  when  as  their  foot  shall  slide  away  : 
 For  day  of  their  calamity  is  nigh, 
 And  things  that  come  on  them  come  hastily. 
 3«  For  Jehovah  will  judge  his  people,  and  repent  himself  for  liis 
 
 servants,  wlien  he  shall  see  tliat  tlie  hand  is  gone   and  there  is  none 
 
 shut  up,  or  left. 
 
 For  Jah  will  to  his  people  do  judgment. 
 And  for  his  servants  will  himself  repent. 
 When  he  shall  see  that  their  stro?ig  liand  is  gone, 
 And  shut  up  or  remaining  the?-e  is  none 
 
 seciet  wisdom  and  knowledge,  when  and  how 
 to  punish  them  for  it.  So  tiie  apostle  speak- 
 eth  of  '  treasures  of  wisdom  and  knowledge,' 
 Col.  ii.  3,  and  in  Job  xxxviii.  22,  24,  the 
 treasures  (or  treasuries)  of  snow  and  of  hail 
 are  mentioned,  which  God  reserveth  against 
 the  time  of  trouble,  against  the  day  of  battle 
 and  war. 
 
 Ver.  35 To  ME  VENGEANCE,]  Or,  ven- 
 geance is  mine,  to  punish  Israel  for  their  re- 
 bellions, and  to  punish  their  enemies  for  abus- 
 ing them.  Therefore  tlie  apostle  maketh  this 
 a  general  doctrine,  and  teacheth  us  to  com- 
 mit our  injuries  unto  God  ;  '  Beloved,  avenge 
 not  yourselves,  but  rather  give  place  unto 
 wrath  ;  for  it  is  written,  vengeance  is  mine, 
 I  will  repay,  saith  the  Lord,'  Rom.  xii.  19. 
 And  by  this  he  would  deter  us  from  sin, 
 Heb.  X.  29,  30.  In  the  time,]  Or,  at  the 
 time,  to  wit,  which  I  have  appointed,  that  is, 
 in  due  time  ;  or,  as  the  Gr.  translateth  "  in 
 the  time  when  their  fqgt  shall  slide:"  mean- 
 ing, then  his  vengeance  should  be  seen. 
 Their  foot  shall  slide,]  Or,  shall  be  re- 
 moved; which  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  "  they 
 shall  be  carried  captive  out  of  their  land." 
 But  it  is  more  general,  and  signifieth  their 
 fall  into  manifold  afHictions,  against  which 
 David  prayeth  and  comforteth  himself  in  the 
 mercy  of  God,  Ps.  xvii.  5  ;  xxxviii.  16, 
 17;  cxxi.  3;  xciv  18.  Calamity,]  The 
 original  word  properly  signifieth  'a  fog,' 
 or  thick  cloud,  and  is  fitly  applied  to  the  time 
 of  affliction  and  dismal  day;  which  the  Gr. 
 translateth  "  day  of  perdition  ;"  and  the  apos- 
 tle calleth  the  day  of  judgment,  '  the  day  of 
 perdition  of  ungodly  men,'  2  Pet.  iii.  7. 
 That  shall  come  ui'on  them,]  Or.  that 
 are  ready  for  them  and /or  him,  that  is,  for 
 every  one  of  them.  Make  haste,]  Heb. 
 maketh  haste  :  a  word  singular  and  mascu- 
 line, joined  with  the  former  word  plural  and 
 
 feminine,  to  intimate  a  particular  hastening 
 of  every  judgment  in  sore  measure.  This 
 sentence  the  apostle  hath  reference  unto, 
 when  prophesying  of  false  teachers,  he  saith, 
 '  their  judgment  now  of  along  time  lingereth 
 not,  and  their  perdition  slumbereth  not,'  2 
 Pet.  ii.  1,  3. 
 
 Ver.  36. — Judge  his  people,]  That  is, 
 punish  the  evil  and  defend  the  good  against 
 the  oppressors.  So  against  such  as  forsake 
 Christ  Paul  allegeth  this  sentence,  'The 
 Lord  will  judge  his  people  ;'  and  addeth,  '  It 
 is  a  fearful  thing  to  fall  into  the  hands  of 
 the  living  God,' Heb.  x.  30,  31.  And  for 
 defenc.  the  Psalmist  saith,  '  Judge  me,  O 
 God,  and  plead  my  cause  against  an  unmer- 
 ciful nation,'  Ps.  xliii.  1.  Repent  him- 
 self,] Change  the  course  of  his  administra- 
 tion towards  his  people,  as  a  man  when  he 
 repenteth  changeth  his  way.  This  is  spo- 
 ken of  God  not  properly,  (for  he  cannot  re- 
 pent, 1  Sam.  XV.  29,)  but  after  the  manner 
 of  men,  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  vi.  6.  For  this 
 repentance  of  God  concerning  his  servants, 
 Moses  prayeth,  in  Ps.  xc.  13,  and  God  pro- 
 miseth,  if  a  nation  turn  from  their  evil, 
 he  will  repent  him  of  the  evil  that  he  thought 
 to  do  unto  them,  Jer.  xviii.  8,  and  performed 
 it  towards  the  Ninevites,  Jon.  iii.  10,  and 
 towards  the  Israelites,  Amos  vii.  2,  3,  6. 
 And  hereupon  men  are  exhorted  to  turn  unto 
 the  Lord,  '  For  he  is  gracious  and  merciful, 
 slow  to  anger,  and  of  great  kindness,  and  re- 
 penteth him  of  evil,'  Joel  ii.  13.  The 
 hand,]  Of  his  people,  that  is,  their  strength; 
 which  the  Gi'.  explaineth  thus  "  for  he  seeth 
 them  feeble."  So  hand  is  for  strength,  or 
 power;  as,  '  the  hand  (or  power)  of  the  sword,' 
 Job  V.20.  'the  hand  of  the  dog,'  Ps.  xxxii.21. 
 And  there  is  shut  up,]  Or,  nothing  is  shut 
 up  or  left ;  or,  "  and  come  to  nothing  (con- 
 sumed) is  he  that  is  shut  up,  and  that  is  left." 
 
388 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ^'  And  he  shall  say,  Where  are  tlieir  gods  j  the   Rock  in  whom 
 they  trusted  for  safety? 
 
 And  he  shall  say,  where  do  their  gods  abide, 
 
 The  rock  on  whom  for  safety  they  relied  ? 
 ^*  Which  did  eat  the  fat  of  their  sacrifices,  did  drink  the  wine  of 
 tlieir  drink  offerings  ?  let  them  rise  up  and  help  you,  let  him  be  an 
 hiding-place  for  you. 
 
 They  which  their  sacrifices  fat  devoured. 
 
 Which  drank  the  wine  on  their  oblations  poured  ? 
 
 Let  them  arise,  and  show  you  helpful  grace. 
 
 Let  him  be  unto  you  an  hiding-place. 
 ^^  See  now  that  I,  /  am  he,  and  there  is  no  God  with  me ;  I  do  kill 
 and  make  alive  ;  do  wound,  and  I  Jieal ;  and  there  is  none  that  de- 
 livereth  out  of  mine  hand. 
 
 Behold  ye  now,  that  I,  even  I  am  lie, 
 
 And  God  there  is  not  any  beside  me : 
 
 I  kill  and  quicken,  wound  and  whole  I  make, 
 
 And  out  of  mine  hand  none  away  can  take. 
 
 And  so  it  may  be  understood  both  of  persons 
 and  of  goods,  that  there  is  '  none  shut  up'  in 
 the  enemies'  hand,  as  captive,  or  prisoner, 
 none  '  left'  untaken  by  the  enemy:  or  'none 
 shut  up'  in  houses,  cities,  towers,  to  escape 
 the  enemy;  'none  left'  escaped  from  de- 
 struction. In  meaneth  an  utter  overthrow  in 
 their  state  and  kingdom;  as  the  overthrow  of 
 Jeroboam's  house  is  threatened  in  these  terms, 
 '  I  will  cut  oir  from  Jeroboam  him  that  piss- 
 etli  against  the  wall,  him  that  is  shut  up  and 
 left  in  Israel,'  1  Kings  xiv.  10.  The  like 
 is  threatened  to  Ahab,  1  Kings  xxi.  21. 
 And  this  compassion  here  promised,  was  in 
 some  sort  showed  to  Israel,  in  the  days  of  Je- 
 roboam, son  of  Joash,  as  it  is  written,  '  For 
 the  Lord  saw  the  aflliction  of  Israel,  that  it 
 was  very  bitter,  for  there  was  not  any  shut  up, 
 nor  any  left,  nor  any  helper  for  Israel,'  2 
 Kings  xiv.  26. 
 
 Ver.  37. — And  he  shall  say,]  That  is, 
 the  Lord  shall  say^  as  the  Gr.  version  ex- 
 plaineth  it.  God  here  upbraideth  the  idols 
 which  Israel  followed,  as  being  vain  and  una- 
 ble to  help  them  :  whereby  Israel  also  re- 
 ceiveth  a  sharp  rebuke,  and  check  of  con- 
 science for  leaving  the  Lord  to  follow  such. 
 It  may  also  be  referred  to  the  gods  of  the 
 heatlien?,  over  whom  God  thus  triumphed, 
 after  he  hath  redeemed  his  people.  But  Je- 
 remiah useth  the  like  speech  against  Israel, 
 '  Where  are  thy  gods  that  thou  hast  made 
 tliee  ?  Let  them  arise  if  they  can  help  thee 
 in  the  time  of  thy  trouble,'  &c.  Jer.  ii.  28. 
 
 Ver.  38.— Did  eat  the  fat,]  That  is, 
 to  whom  they  burned  the  fat  of  their  sacri- 
 fices; which  therefore  are  said  to  be  'eaten' 
 
 by  those  gods  ;  as  the  sacrifices  to  the  Lord 
 was  called  his  '  bread,'  Lev.  xxi.  6.  Let 
 HIM  BE,]  In  Gr.  let  them  be:  but  this  hath 
 referetice  to  '  the  Rock  '  (the  mighty  God) 
 forementioned,  ver.  37,  in  whom  they  hoped 
 for  safety.  So  God  said  to  Israel,  '  Go  and 
 cry  unto  the  gods  which  ye  have  chosen,  let 
 them  save  you  in  the  time  of  your  tribula- 
 tion,' Judg.  X.  14.  It  is  a  sharp  reproof, 
 with  an  upbraiding  of  their  folly. 
 
 Ver.  39. — See  now,]  In  Gr.  see  see. 
 God  having  manifested  the  vanity  of  false 
 gods,  provoketh  all  to  come  unto  him,  who 
 is  himself  alone  eternal,  poweiful,  and  gra- 
 cious. Jonathan  in  his  Thargum  paraphras- 
 eth  here  thus,  "  When  the  word  of  the  Lord 
 shall  be  revealed  for  to  redeem  his  people,  he 
 will  say  to  all  peoples,  See  now,"  &c.  1,  I  am 
 HE,]  In  Gr.  I  am:  it  is  the  more  vehement 
 by  doubling  the  word  I,  as  the  like  is  found  in 
 Is.  xliii.  25;  Hos.  v.  14.  It  meaneth  also,  'I 
 am  the  same,'  that  is,  eternal  and  u]ichange- 
 able:  so  in  Ps.  cii.  28,  '  Thou  art  he,'  which 
 the  apostle  expoundeth,  '  Thou  art  the  same,' 
 Heb.  i.  12.  Jonathan  aforesaid  openeth  it 
 thus,  "  I  he  that  am,  and  have  been,  and  I 
 he  that  shall  be."  This  accordeth  with 
 God's  describing  of  himself  in  Rev.  i.  4; 
 xvi.  5.  And  here  the  mystery  of  the 
 Trinity  is  implied,  as  in  Deut.  vi.  With 
 me,]  In  Gr.  besides  me ;  and  so  in  Isaiah 
 he  saith,  '  besides  me  there  is  no  God,'  Is. 
 xiv.  6.  I  DO  KILL,]  None  but  I  have  power 
 of  death  and  life.  So  Anna  in  her  song  saitli, 
 '  Jehovah  killeth  and  maketh  alive,  he  bring- 
 eth  down  to  the  grave,  and  bringeth  up,'  1 
 Sam.  ii.  6.     Hereby  Clirist  is  known  to  be 
 
CHAP.    XXXI  I. 
 
 389 
 
 *"  For  I  lift  up  my  hand  to  the  heavens,  and  say,  I  live  for  ever. 
 
 For  to  the  lieavens  my  hand  I  lift  on  high, 
 
 iVnd  say  I  live  unto  eternity. 
 ^'  If  I   whet  my  glittering  sword,  and  mine  hand  take  hold  on 
 judgment,  I  will  render  vengeance  to  my  adversaries,  and  will  re- 
 ward them  tliat  hate  me. 
 
 If  that  my  glittering  sword  I  sharp  do  make. 
 
 And  that  mine  hand  on  judgment  hold  doth  take, 
 
 Unto  my  foes  I  render  will  vengeance. 
 
 And  tliem  that  hate  me  I  will  recompence. 
 ^^  I  will  make  mine  arrows  drunk  with  blood,  and  my  sword  shall 
 devour  flesh,  with  the  blood  of  the  slain,  and  of  the  captives  from 
 the  beginning,  the  revenges  of  the  enemy. 
 
 Mine  arrows  I  will  drunken  make  with  blood. 
 
 My  sword  shall  also  flesh  devour  for  food. 
 
 With  blood  of  them  that  wounded  are,  and  thral 
 
 Even  from  the  first  beginning  principal. 
 
 Shall  be  revenges  on  the  enemy. 
 
 very  God,  '  For  as  the  Father  raiseth  up  the 
 dead,  and  maketh  them  alive  ;  even  so  the 
 Son  maketh  alive  whom  he  will,'  John  v.  21. 
 '  He  hath  the  keys  of  hell  and  of  death,'  Rev. 
 i.  18.  God's  killing  and  wounding  implieth  the 
 hatred  which  he  hath  injustice  against  sin  and 
 sinners  :  his  reviving  and  healing,  showeth 
 his  love  out  of  grace  to  his  creatures,  and 
 mercy  in  respect  of  their  misery.  I  heal,] 
 So  in  Job  V.  IS,  'He  maketh  sore, and  bind- 
 eth  up;  he  woundeth,  and  his  hands  do  heal.' 
 And  in  Hos.  vi.  1,  'He  hath  torn,  and  he 
 will  heal  us:  he  hath  smitten,  and  he  will 
 bind  us  up."  Jonathan  in  his  paraphrase  saith, 
 "  I  have  smitten  the  people  of  the  house  of 
 Israel,  and  I  will  heal  them  in  the  latter 
 days."  That  delivereth,]  Or,  can  deli- 
 ver :  so  in  Is.  xliii.  13,  '  Even  before  the 
 day  was  I  am  he,  and  there  is  none  that  de- 
 livereth out  of  mine  hand:  I  will  work,  and 
 who  shall  let  it  ?'  It  teachcth  us  the  omni- 
 potence which  belongeth  only  to  God. 
 
 Ver.  40. — For  I  lift,]  Or,  u-hen  I  lift 
 up  my  hand ;  which  is  a  sign  of  swearing, 
 as  in  Gen.  xiv.  22;  Exod.  vi.  8;  Num.  xiv. 
 30.  So  the  Gr  here  explaineth  it,  "  I  will 
 lift  up  mine  hands  unto  heaven,  and  swear 
 by  my  right  hand,  and  say,"  &c.  Though 
 the  lifting  up  or  stretching  forth  of  the  hand 
 is  also  for  a  sign  to  make  the  hearers  atten- 
 tive. Is.  xlix.  22;  Acts  xxvi.  I.  I  live,] 
 Understand,  as  I  live  :  these  are  the  words 
 of  an  oath,  as  iu  Jer.  iv.  2,  '  Thou  shalt 
 swear  Jehovah  livoth.'  And  because  God 
 can  swear  by  no  greater,  he  sweareth  by 
 himself,  Heb.  vi.  13.  So  the  angel  '  lifted 
 up  his  hand  to  heaven,  and  sweareth  by  him 
 
 that  liveth  for  ever  and  ever,'  Rev.  x.  5,  G. 
 And  as  an  oath  is  for  confirmation,  and  '  to 
 show  the  immutability  of  his  counsel,'  Heb. 
 vi.  16,  17,  so  God  here  confirmelh  the  former 
 threateniiigs  and  promises  by  an  oath  ;  which 
 Jonathan  in  his  Thargum  explaineth  thus, 
 "  As  I  live,  so  will  I  not  break  mine  oath  for 
 ever." 
 
 Ver.  41. — My  glittering  sword,]  Heb. 
 the  lightning  of  my  sword,  that  is,  the  bright 
 glittering  blade  of  my  sword;  which  the  Gr. 
 tianslateth,  "  If  I  whet  my  sword  like  light- 
 ning." So  in  Gen.  iii.  24,  '  the  flame  of  a 
 sword,'  that  is,  a  bright  flaming  sword;  and 
 in  Hab.  iii.  11,  'at  the  shining  of  the  light- 
 ning of  thy  spear,'  that  is,  '  of  thy  glittering 
 spear.'  This  similitude  showeth  God's  judg- 
 ments to  be  swift,  violent,  powerful,  terrible, 
 as  in  Zach.  ix.  14,  '  his  arrows  shall  go  forth 
 as  the  lightning.'  So  in  Ezek.  xxi.  10,  'his 
 sword  is  furbished  that  it  may  glitter.  On 
 JUDGMENT,]  That  is,  on  weapons  of  judg- 
 ment; '  the  arrows  '  aftermentioned.  ver.  42, 
 or  '  take  hold  of  it  (the  sword)  in  judgment.' 
 Here  judgment  seemeth  to  be  meant  of  ri- 
 gour and  severity,  opposed  unto  mercy,  Jam. 
 ii.  13;  Is.  xxxiv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  42. — Drunk  with  blood,]  This 
 signifieth  a  great  slaughter  of  the  enemies, 
 and  a  full  satisfying  of  God's  justice  upon 
 them.  Like  this  is  the  dipping,  or  embruing, 
 of  the  '  foot  in  the  blood  of  the  enemies,'  Ps. 
 Ixviii.  23,  '  shall  devour,  or  shall  eat  flesh,' 
 which  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  "shall  kill 
 among  the  people.''  So  the  Lord's  sword  is 
 said  to  'devour,'  in  Jer.  xii.  12.  With 
 the   blood,]    Or,   from   the  blood.     The 
 
390 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ^'  Shout  joyfully  ye  nations  with  his  people,  for  he  will  avenge 
 the  blood  of  his  servants,  and  will  render  vengeance  to  his  adver- 
 saries, and  will  make  atonement  for  his  land,  for  his  people. 
 
 Ye  Gentiles  with  his  folks  shout  joyfully. 
 
 Blood  of  his  servants  for  avenge  will  lie, 
 
 iVnd  render  vengeance  unto  them  that  be 
 
 His  adversaries,  and  atonement  make 
 
 Both  for  his  land,  and  for  liis  people's  sake. 
 ^*  And  Moses  came  and  spake  all  the  words  of  tliis  song  in  tlie 
 ears  of  the  people,  lie  and  Hoshea  the  son  of  Nun.  ^'  And  Moses 
 made  au  end  of  speaking  all  these  words  unto  all  Israel:  *^  And  he 
 said  unto  them.  Set  your  heart  unto  all  the  words  which  I  testify 
 among  you  this  day,  which  you  shall  command  your  sons,  to  ob- 
 serve to  do  all  the  words  of  this  law.     "  For  it  is  not  a  vain  word 
 
 SLAIN,]  Or,  the  wounded ;  speaking  singu- 
 larly of  one,  l)Ut  meaning  ever  one,  as  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  ivounded  ones.  The  cap- 
 TivES,]  Heb.  the  captivity;  wliieh  word  is 
 often  used  for  a  multitude  of  captives,  or  pri- 
 soners taken  in  war;  as  in  Num.  xxi.  1. 
 Deut.  xxi.  10;  Judg.  v.  12.  So  the  Chald. 
 translateth,  '  of  them  that  are  killed,  and  of 
 captives.  From  the  beginning,]  Or,  from 
 the  head :  which  word  is  sometimes  used  for 
 the  first  beginning,  Judg.  vii.  19,  but  com- 
 monly for  the  head,  chief,  and  principal;  and 
 so  the  Gr.  here  translateth  it,  "from  the 
 head ;"  whereby  the  heads,  captains,  and 
 chief  of  the  enemies  are  meant,  on  whom 
 God  would  take  vengeance.  Or,  '  from  the 
 beginning,'  that  is,  from  the  first  time  that 
 the  enemies  have  oppressed  God's  people, 
 God  will  leave  none  of  them  unpunished. 
 Revenges  of  the  exemy,]  That  is,revenges 
 shall  be  executed  upon  the  enemy,  for  all 
 their  wrongs  that  evertliey  did  to  Israel  from 
 the  beginning. 
 
 Ver.  43. — Shout  joyfully,]  Or  sing: 
 in  Gr.  rejoice.  Nations,].  Or,  Gentiles. 
 With  his  people,]  The  Gr.  addeth  this  word 
 with,  which  the  apostle  alloweth  in  Rom.  xv. 
 10.  So,  '  he  followeth  not  us,'  Mark  ix.  38, 
 is  explained,  '  he  followeth  not  with  us,'  Luke 
 ix.  49.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  '  Laud 
 ye  people,  the  judgment  of  his  people.'  It  is 
 an  exhortation  to  the  Gentiles,  to  sing  praises 
 unto  God,  for  his  mercy  to  them  and  to  the 
 Jews  ;  as  the  apostle  saith,  '  That  the  Gen- 
 tiles might  glorify  God  for  mercy  ;  as  it  is 
 written,  for  this  cause  I  will  confess  thee 
 among  the  Gentiles,  and  sing  unto  thy  name. 
 And  again  he  saith,  '  Rejoice  ye  Gentiles 
 with  his  people,'  Rom.  xv.  9,  10.  The 
 BLOOD  OF  HIS  SERVANTS,]  In  G r.  his  sons. 
 So  in  Rev.  xix.  I,  2,  much  people  in  heaven 
 say  Hallelujah,  and  glorify  God,  for  judging 
 the  great  whore,  and  avenging  '  the  blood  of 
 
 Ids  servants  at  her  hand  ;  meaning  the 
 blood  that  was  shed,  as  in  Ps.  Ixxix.  10. 
 Make  atonement,]  And  so  be  reconciled 
 unto;  in  Gr.  "  will  purge  the  land,  to  vvit, 
 from  the  sin  and  uncleanness  thereof;  as  the 
 high  priest  on  atonement  day  did  '  make 
 atonement  for  the  holy  place,  because  of  the 
 uncleanness  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  because 
 of  their  transgressions,  in  all  their  sins,'  Lev. 
 xvi.  IG.  So  it  is  a  prophecy  of  grace  in 
 Christ,  who  should  make  expiation  for  his 
 church  and  people  ;  for  him  God  foreor- 
 dained '  to  be  a  propitiation  through  faith  in 
 his  blood,'  Rom.  iii.  25.  For  his  people,] 
 The  Gr.  translatetli  it,  "  the  land  of  his  peo- 
 ple;" the  Chald.  better,  "for  his  land  and 
 for  his  people,"  speaking  according  to  the 
 types  of  old  ;  where  the  land  of  Canaan  was 
 the  inheritance,  the  people  of  Israel  the  heirs, 
 that  was  called,  '  the  Lord's  land,'  Hos.  ix. 
 3.  and  they  the  Lord's  people. 
 
 Ver.  44. — Moses  came,]  The  Gr.  addeth 
 "  unto  the  people ;"  and  Jonathan  in  his 
 Thargum  addeth,  '•  from  the  tabernacle  the 
 liouse  of  doctrine.  This  song,]  In  Gr.  this 
 law,  as  in  ver.  40.  So  Asaph  called  his  song 
 'a  law,'  Ps.  Ixxviii.  I.  Hoshea,]  In  Gr. 
 Jesus  ;  elsewhere  called  after  the  Heb.  Jo- 
 shua. See  Num.  xiii.  17  ;  Deut.  xxxi.  14, 
 19. 
 
 Ver.  46. — Set  your  heart,]  That  is, 
 your  hearts  ;  as, '  harden  not  your  heart,'  Ps. 
 xcv.  S,  is  interpreted,  *  your  hearts,'  Heb.  iii. 
 8,  in  Gr.  "attend  with  your  heart."  It 
 meaneth  a  diligent  consideration  and  appli- 
 cation, which  elsewhere  God  explaineth  thus, 
 '  Behold  with  thine  eyes,  and  hear  with  thine 
 ears,  and  set  thine  heart  upon  all  that  I  shall 
 sliow  thee,'  Ezek.  xl.  4;  xliv.  6. 
 
 Ver.  47. — A  vain  word,]  Or,  a  vain 
 thing;  that  in  doing  thereof  you  should  lose 
 your  labour;  but  in  keeping  it,  there  is  great 
 reward,  Ps.  xix.  12.     Your  life,]  So  Paul 
 
CHAP.  XXXII  r.  391 
 
 for  you,  because  it  is  your  life  ;  and  through  this  word  ye  shall 
 prolong  your  days  upon  the  land,  whither  ye  are  going  over  Jordan 
 to  possess  it. 
 
 *^  And  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses  in  that  self-same  day ;  saying, 
 "  Go  up  into  this  mountain  of  xA.barim,  mount  Nebo,  which  is 
 in  the  land  of  Moab,  that  is  over  against  Jericho,  and  see  the  land 
 of  Canaan  wliich  I  am  giving  to  the  sons  of  Israel  for  a  possession. 
 
 *°  And  die  in  the  mount  whither  thou  goest  up,  and  be  gathered 
 unto  thy  people,  as  Aaron  thy  brother  died  in  mount  Hor,  and  was 
 gathered  unto  his  people.  ^'  Because  ye  trespassed  against  me 
 among  the  sons  of  Israel,  at  the  waters  of  Meribali  of  Kadesli  in 
 the  wilderness  of  Zin,  because  ye  sanctified  me  not  in  the  midst  of 
 the  sons  of  Israel.  *^  Yet  thou  shalt  see  the  land  before  thee,  but 
 thither  thou  shalt  not  go  in  unto  the  land  which  I  am  giving  to  tlie 
 sons  of  Israel. 
 
 saith,  *  Moses   describeth    the   righteousness  bei/ed  my  word.     Of  this  trespass,  see  Num. 
 
 which  is  of  the  la'v,  that  the  man  which  doth  xx.  10,  11,    12.      Here   Moses  at  his  death 
 
 those  things  shall  live  hy  them,'  Rom.  x.  5,  maketh  a  coramemoratioii  of  his  sin,  for  a[i 
 
 6,  where  he  opposeth  it  to  the  righteousness  acknowledgment  of  God's  justice  against  him, 
 
 of  faith.      And  by  life  is  meant  eternal  life,  and  a  warning  to  all  people,  not  to  disobey  by  , 
 
 &c.     'Do  this  and  thou  shalt  live,'  Luke  x.  his  example.     Meribah,]  Or,  contention  of 
 
 25 — 28.  Cadesh ;  so  the  (Jr.  translateth  it,  contradic- 
 
 Ver.     48. — Tn    that    sei.f-same  day,]  tion. 
 Heb.  in  the  body  (or  strength)  of  this  day.  Ver.    52. — Before     thee,]     Or,    over 
 
 See  this  phrase  in  Gen.  vii.  13;  xvii.  23.  against   thee,    that   is,  afar  ofl',  for  so  this 
 
 Ver.  49. — Nebo,]  The  performance  of  this  phrase  often  signifieth,  as  is  noted   on   Num. 
 
 commandment,  see   in    Deut.  xxxiv.  1,  &c.  ii.  2.     So   that  may  be  said  here  of  Moses, 
 
 See  also  Num.  xxvii.  12.  which    Paul   speaketh   of   the    godly  fathers, 
 
 Ver.  50. — Unto  thy  people,]  Thy  godly  'These  all  died  in  faith,  not  having  received 
 
 forefathers;  in  Gr.    "thy  people."      See  the  the  promises,  but  having  seen  them  afar  ofi; 
 
 Annot.  on    Gen.   xxv.    8.     Mount    Hor,]  and   were  persuaded  of    them,    and    saluted 
 
 Whereof  see  Num.  xx.  23,  &c.  them,'  &c.  Heb.  xi.  13. 
 
 Ver.   61. — Trespassed,]    In    Gr.   diso- 
 
 CHAP.    XXXIII. 
 
 1 .  Moses  blessing  Israel  before  his  death,  sheweth  the  majesty  of  God, 
 and  his  love  to  the  people,  in  giving  them  his  law,  and  guiding  them 
 through  the  wilderness.  '6.  The  blessing  of  Iteuhen.  l.OfJudah.  8.  Of 
 Levi.  12.  Of  Benjami7i.  \d.  Of  Joseph.  IS.  Of  Zabulon  and  Issachar. 
 20.  Of  Gad.  22.  Of  Dan.  23.  Of  Naphtali.  24.  And  of  Aser.  26. 
 The  excellency  of  God  and  of  Israel  under  his  protection,  who  should 
 dwell  in  a  fruitful  land,  and  through  his  help  subdue  their  e?iemies. 
 
 S3£3 
 *  And  tliis  is  the  blessing  wherewith  Mosos  the  man  of  God 
 
 BBS   Here  beginneth  the  fifty-fourth  and  Ver.  1. — The  man  of  God,  J  Which  the 
 
 last  section,  or  lecture  of  the  law:    see  Gen.       Chald.    expoundeth,    "  the    prophet  of    the 
 yi.9.  Lord,"  So  Samuel  is  called  'a  man  of  God,' 1 
 
392 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 blessed  the  sons  of  Israel,  before  his  death,     ^  And  lie  said,  Jeliovah 
 came  from  Sinai,  and  rose  up  from  Seir  unto  them ;  he  shined  fortli 
 
 Sam.  ix.  6,  7,  and  in  ver.  9,  he  is  also  called 
 '  a  seer,'  and  this  is  added,  '  he  that  is  dovv 
 (called)  a  prophet,  was  before  time  called  a 
 seer.'  So  these  three  names  are  one:  though 
 a  man  of  God  is  so  named  in  respect  of  his 
 divine  calling  to  the  ministry  (wherefore  the 
 minister  of  the  New  Testament  is  also  called 
 'a  man  of  God,'  1  Tim.  vi.  11;  2  Tim.  iii. 
 17),  a  seer  is  in  respect  of  the  visions  which 
 they  saw.  Is.  i.  1,  aud  a  prophet,  for  uttering 
 the  things  seen  and  taught  of  God.  See  Gen. 
 XX.  7;  Exod.  vii,  1. 
 
 Ver.  2. — From  Sinai,]  Or,  as  the  Gr. 
 translateth  it,  "  into  Sinai :"  for  the  Heb.  miii 
 which  usually  signifieth  from,  is  sometimes 
 put  for  unto,  by  the  interpretation  of  the 
 Holy  Spirit  himself,  as,  '  from  Baal  of  Ju- 
 dah,'  2  Sam.  vi.  2,  is  by  another  prophet  ex- 
 plained,'to  Baalah,'  1  Chron.  xiii.  6.  So 
 'the  deliverer  shall  come  from  (or  out  of) 
 Zion,'  Rom.  xi.  26,  is  the  same  that  he 
 'shall  come  unto  Sion,'  Is.  lix.  20.  Mill 
 hashamajim,  'from  heaven,'  2  Chron.  vi. 
 21,  is  El  hasha7najim„  '  unlo  (or  m)  hea- 
 ven,' 1  Kings  viii.  30.  Thus  Mik/cedem  is, 
 'to  the  east,  or  eastward,'  Gen.  xiii.  11. 
 Mitstsaphon  is,  '  northward,'  1  Sam.  xiv,  5, 
 and  sundry  the  like.  '  Sinai  is  a  mountain 
 in  Arabia,'  Gal.  iv.  25,  where  God  gave  his 
 law,  Exod.  xix,  from  (or  out  of)  that  moini- 
 tain,God  came  unto  Israel,  and,  as  the  Chald. 
 intei-preteth,  "  was  revealed  "  there  unto 
 them ;  and  from  thence  came  with  his  peo- 
 ple to  conduct  them  towards  Canaan.  Or 
 came  unto  Sinai,  and  to  his  people  there. 
 And  this  is  the  first  chief  blessing  unto  Israel, 
 God's  law,  tabernacle,  statutes,  and  judg- 
 ments, given  them  at  Sinai  :  after  which  he 
 called  them  to  journey  towards  the  land  of 
 promise,  Deut.  ii.  6,  7.  Rose  up,]  As  the 
 sun  ariseth  ;  for  of  that  rising  the  Heb.  word 
 is  properly  used.  The  Chald.  translateth  it, 
 "  the  brightness  of  his  glory  from  Seir  ap- 
 peared unto  us."  So  Isaiah  prophesying  grace 
 to  the  church,  saith,  '  The  glory  of  Jehovah 
 is  risen  (as  the  sun)  upon  thee.'  And  of  the 
 heavenly  Jerusalem  which  Christ  hath  built 
 it  is  said,  '  The  city  hath  no  need  of  the  sun, 
 neither  of  the  moon  to  shine  on  it;  for  the 
 glory  of  God  doth  lighten  it,  and  the  Lamb  is 
 the  light  thereof,'  Rev.  xxi.  23.  From 
 Seir,]  the  mountain  of  the  Edomites,  Deut. 
 ii.  4,  5.  As  Israel  compassed  Edom's  land, 
 they  were  stnng  with  fiery  serpents  for  their 
 murmuring:  then  God  appointed  the  brazen 
 serpent  (a  figure  of  Christ)  to  be  set  up  to 
 heal  them.  Num.  xxi.  4 — 9.  And  here  was 
 a  second  degree  of  grace,  whereby  God  shined 
 
 unto  them,  as  he  doth  unto  us  by  his  gospel, 
 after  we  have  been  under  the  schoolmaster  of 
 his  law,  Rom.  vii.  4 — 25;  Gal.  iii.  23,  24, 
 26.  Unto  them,]  Or,  unto  hun,  meaning 
 Israel;  therefore  the  Cliald.  expoundeth  it, 
 iinto  us.  Shined  forth, Or,]  shined  bright 
 and  clear,  as  the  sun  shineth  iu  his  strength. 
 This  word  is  used  for  the  clear  manifestation 
 of  God's  power,  in  saving  his  people,  or  pu- 
 nishing their  enemies,  Ps.  Ixxxii;  xciv. 
 1  ;  1.2.  The  Gr.  here  translateth,  "  he 
 hasteneth  from  mount  Pharan  ;"  the  Chald., 
 "  he  was  revealed  in  his  might  upon  mount 
 Pharon."  Pharan,]  Or,  Parati,  the  name 
 of  a  mount,  and  of  the  wilderness  of  the  Ish* 
 maelites.  Gen.  xxi.  31,  through  which  Israel 
 travelled.  Num.  x.  12.  Near  it,  Moses  by 
 the  Spirit  of  God  explained  the  law  more 
 clearly,  and  repeated  this  book  of  Deutero- 
 nomy, Deut.  i.  1 ,  &c.  So  the  prophet  after 
 speaketh,  'the  Holy  One  (came)  from  mount 
 Pharan  Selah,  Hab.  iii.  3.  Some  of  the 
 Hebs.  understand  these  thingsotherwise  thus, 
 "  He  rose  up  from  Seir  unto  them,  that  is,  to 
 the  sons  of  Esau,  that  they  might  receive  the 
 law,  but  they  would  not.  From  thence  he 
 went  to  the  sons  of  Ishmael,  that  they  might 
 receive  it,  but  they  would  not.  And  then  he 
 came  unto  Israel,"  R.  Sol.  Jarchi  on  Deut. 
 xxxiii.  So  Jonathan  in  hisThargumon  this 
 place,  and  R.  Eliezer  in  Pirkei,  chap.  xli. 
 But  unto  us  it  showeth  the  third  degree  of 
 God's  grace  who,  after  we  are  come  unto 
 Christ  by  faith,  doth  sanctify  us  by  his  Spirit, 
 informing  us  in  his  truth  and  ways,  and  so 
 prepareth  us  to  enter  into  his  heavenly  rest, 
 as  by  Moses,  he  prepared  Israel  to  enter  into 
 the  land  of  Canaan,  Rom.  viii.  2, 3 — 1 1 ;  Gal. 
 iii.  2,  14;  iv.  6;  v.  16,  18.  Of  saints,] 
 Heb.  of  sanctity ;  meaning  spirits  of  sanc- 
 tity, which  Jonathan  in  his  Thargum  ex- 
 poundeth, "  holy  angels."  So  Stephen  saith, 
 that  Israel  '  received  the  law  by  the  disposi- 
 tion of  angels,'  Acts  vii.  53,  and  Paul  calleth 
 the  law,  '  the  word  spoken  by  angels,'  Heb. 
 ii.  2.  So  we  by  grace  in  Christ  are  come 
 '  to  ten  thousands  of  angels,'  Heb.  xii.  22. 
 which  are  all  ministering  spirits,  sent  forth 
 to  minister  for  them  who  shall  be  heirs  of  sal- 
 vation,'Heb.  i.  14.  Compare  Ps.  Ixviii.  18. 
 Or  by  saints  we  may  understand  the  Israel- 
 ites, as  in  ver.  3,  with  whom,  or  for  whom 
 God  came  from  Sinai.  From  his  right 
 HAND,]  To  wit,  went,  or,  ut  his  right  hand 
 was.  The  fire  of  the  law,]  Or,  of  the 
 ordinance  ;  Heb.  Esh  dath  (of  which  word 
 dath  the  Grs.  borrowed  their  word  Tatto,  to 
 "  order,  or  ordain  the  legal  fire,  or  the  fiery 
 
CHAP.  XXXI I  r. 
 
 393 
 
 from  mount  Pliaran,  and  he  came  witli  ten  thousands  of  saints : 
 from  his  riglit  hand  the  fire  of  the  law  for  them.  ^  Yea,  the  lover 
 of  the  people,  all  his  saints,  are  in  thine  hand,  and  they  sat  down 
 at  thy  feet,  every  one  shall  receive  thy  words.     *  Moses  commanded 
 
 law,")  and  it  is  so  called,  because  the  Lord 
 spake  those  words  '  out  of  the  midst  of  the 
 fire,'  Deut.  v.  22,  and  to  show  the  nature 
 and  eflect  of  the  law,  which  is  like  fire,  Jer. 
 xxiii.  29.  The  Gr.  translateth  it,  "  Angels, 
 angels  with  him:"  the  Chald.thus,  "  His  right 
 hand  wrote  out  of  the  midst  of  fire,  the  law  he 
 gave  unto  us."  Answerable  to  this  legal  fire 
 is  that  fire  of  the  law  of  the  Spirit,  which 
 was  given  with  '  cloven  tongues  like  fire, 
 Acts  ii.  3,  4.  The  Hebs.  say  by  tradition, 
 that  the  law  appeared,  "  written  with  black 
 fire  upon  white  fire,"  before  the  Lord.  II. 
 Moses  Gerundens,  and  Sol.  Jarchi,  on  Deut. 
 xxxiii,  which  seemeth  to  be  either  mystical 
 or  fabulous.  Unto  us  the  fire  of  the  law  is  the 
 Spirit  of  God,  whiles  we  being  baptized  with 
 •the  Holy  Spirit  and  with  fire,'  Mat.  iii.  11, 
 are  by  '  the  law  of  the  spirit  of  life  in  Christ 
 Jesus,  made  free  from  the  law  of  sin  and 
 death,*  Rom.  viii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Yea,  the  lover  of  the  peo- 
 ples,] That  is,  yea  (or  certainly)  he  loveth, 
 or  thou  (O  God)  lovest  the  people,  or  pro- 
 tectedst  them.  The  Heb.  Chobeb  signifieth 
 a  loving  embiacing,  or  hiding,  as  in  the  bo- 
 som ;  and  so  implieth  love  and  protection. 
 And  the  people  are  meant  of  the  tribes  of  Is- 
 rael, as  in  Judg.  V.  14,  '  after  thee  Benjamin 
 among  thy  people  ;*  and  in  Acts  iv.  27,  '  the 
 people  of  Israel.  The  Gr.  translateth,  "  And 
 he  spared  his  people  "  the  Chald.  "yea,  he 
 loved  them  for  tribes,"  that  is,  of  his  love 
 chose  and  disposed  them  to  be  tribes.  It  may 
 imply  also  the  strangers  converted  unto  God. 
 And  now  in  Christ  there  is  'neither  Jew  nor 
 Greek,  neither  bond  nor  free,  for  we  are  all 
 one  in  him,'  Gal.  iii.  28.  All  his  saints,] 
 That  is,  the  saints  of  Israel,  as  the  Chald. 
 expoundeth  "all  the  saints  of  the  house  of  Is- 
 rael," Or,  the  saints  of  God,  as  in  Ps.  xxxiv. 
 10,  '  Fear  Jehovah  ye  his  saints."  So  '  his 
 saints'  may  be  used  for  '  thy  saints,'  as  '  his 
 commandment,'  Dan.  xix.  4,  for  '  thy  com- 
 mandments.' See  the  notes  on  Deut.  v.  10. 
 In  thine  hand,]  In  thy  power  and  custody, 
 under  tliy  guidance,  care,  and  protection. 
 Hand  is  often  used  for  power:  so  the  Chald. 
 here  translateth,  "  with  power  he  brought 
 them  out  of  Egypt:"  and  in  the  hand,  is  un- 
 der the  guidance  and  direction,  Num.  iv.  28, 
 33,  so  the  Gr,  here  translateth,  "  and  all  the 
 sanctified  ones  are  under  thine  hand.  It  not- 
 eth  the  safety  of  God's  people,  as  Christ  saith 
 of  his  sheep,  '  none  shall  pluck  them  out  of 
 mine  hand,  my  Father  whidi  gave  them  me 
 
 Vol   II.  3 
 
 is  greater  than  all,  and  none  is  able  to  pluck 
 them  out  of  my  Father's  hand,'  John  x.  28, 
 29.  Sat  down,]  Or,  were  set  dotvn,  were 
 joined,  the  Heb.  word  T«ecwhere  used,  is  not 
 found  elsewhere;  but  after  the  Arabic  it  sig- 
 nifieth to  sit  down;  and  the  Gr.  word  Thakeo, 
 to  sit,  seemeth  to  be  borrowed  of  it.  And  it 
 hath  reference  here  to  the  Israelites  abiding 
 at  the  foot  of  mount  Sinai,  to  receive  the  law, 
 Exod.  xix,  and  to  the  manner  of  disciples 
 sitting  at  their  master's  feet,  to  be  taught; 
 as  Paul  saith,  he  was  '  brought  up  at  the 
 feet  of  Gamaliel,"  Acts  xxii.  3.  The  Gr. 
 translateth,  "and  they  are  under  thee:" 
 the  Chald.  "  and  they  were  led  under  thy 
 cloud ;"'  respecting  the  guidance  of  Israel 
 through  the  wilderness.  Num.  x.  11,  12. 
 Other  Hebs.  refer  it  to  the  people  coming  into 
 the  sanctuary,  to  learu  God's  commandments; 
 for  that  is  called  '  the  footstool  of  his  feet,"  Ps. 
 xcix.  5;  Ezek.  xliii.  7,  Chazkuni  on  Deut. 
 xxxiii.  Every  one  shall  receive,]  Or, 
 he  (speaking  of  the  people)  shall  receive : 
 which  the  Gr.  translateth,  he  received:  the 
 Chald.  they  received. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Moses  commanded  us,]  These 
 are  the  words  of  the  people,  therefore  Jona- 
 than in  his  Thargum  prefixeth,  "  the  sons  of 
 Israel  said,  Moses  commanded,"  &c.  The 
 law  was  first  and  properly  of  God;  but  being 
 given  by  Moses'  ministry,  it  is  called  '  the  law 
 of  the  Lord  by  the  hand  of  Moses,'  2  Chron. 
 xxxiv.  14,  and  thereupon  '  the  law  of  Moses,* 
 2  Kings  xiv.  6;  Luke  xxiv.  44;  John  vii.  23; 
 1  Cor.  ix.  9.  And  the  particular  things 
 commanded  of  God  in  the  law,  are  said  to  be 
 'commanded  by  Moses,'  Mark  i.  44;  x.  3. 
 The  Scripture  itself  openeth  this  phrase,  for 
 that  which  in  2  Kings  xxi.  8,  is  written, 
 '  Moses  commanded  them,"  is  in  2  Chron, 
 xxxiii.  8,  expounded,  '  by  the  hand  of  Mo- 
 ses.' Inheritance,]  Or,  possession,  tohuve 
 and  enjoy  it  to  them  and  their  posterity,  as  a 
 thing  of  worth  and  excellency.  Hereupon 
 David  saith,  '  Thy  testimonies  have  I  taken 
 as  in  heritage  for  ever,  for  they  are  the  joy  of 
 mine  heart,'  Ps.  cxix.  111.  Somen  are  said 
 to 'inherit  the  promises,',  Heb,  vi.  12 ;  'to 
 inherit  the  blessing,'  Heb.  xii.  17;  1  Pet.  iii. 
 9;  '  to  inherit  eternal  life  and  salvation,  Mat. 
 xix.  29;  Heb.  i.  14.  The  church,]  Or, 
 congregatioti ;  in  Gr.  "the  synagogue  of 
 Jacob,  that  is,  of  the  posterity  of  Jacob, 
 the  twelve  tribes  ;  as  Jonathan  in  his  Thar- 
 gum saith,  "  The  church  of  the  tribes  of 
 Jacob." 
 
394 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 us  a  law,  the  inheritance  of  the  church  of  Jacob.  '  And  he  was  in 
 Jeshurun  a  king,  when  the  heads  of  the  people  gathered  themselves 
 together,  the  tribes  of  Israel. 
 
 ^  Let  Reuben  live,  and  not  die,  and  Iiis  men  be  a  number. 
 
 ^And  this  (js  the  blessing')  of  Judah ;  and  he  said.  Hear,  Jehovah, 
 
 such  understanding  the  word  7iot  are  showed 
 ill  the  aiinot.  upon  Num.  iv.  15.  Otherwise 
 by  a  number  is  meant  a  great  number;  as  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  "  many  in  number."  On- 
 kelos  the  Chald.  paraphrast  expoundeth  it, 
 "  and  let  his  sons  receive  their  inheritance 
 by  their  number:"  and  Jonathan  paraphras- 
 eth,  ''Let  his  young  men  be  numbered  with 
 the  young  men  of  his  brethren  of  the  house  of 
 Israel." 
 
 Ver.  7. — The  blessing  of  Judah,]  The 
 word  blessing  is  to  be  understood  from  ver. 
 I.  And  Jonathan  in  his  Thargum  supplieth 
 it.  So  doth  the  Scripture  often,  as  in  1 
 Kings  xxii.  24,  '  which  way  went  the  spirit?' 
 the  word  way  is  supplied  from  2  Chron, 
 xviii.  23,  and  sundry  the  like,  as  is  noted  on 
 Gen.  iv.  20;  xxiv.  33.  Here  Judah  the 
 fourth  brother  is  in  the  second  place,  for  the 
 honour  of  the  kingdom,  which  was  to  be  ia 
 this  tribe,  Gen.  iv.  9,  and  he  marched  fore- 
 most of  all  the  tribes,  Num.  x.  14,  so  he  is  set 
 before  Levi  here,  (as  he  is  also  by  his  pre- 
 cious stone,  in  Rev.  xxi.  19.)  Simeon  his 
 name  is  quite  omitted  in  this  blessing,  for  by 
 his  sins  of  old  he  lost  his  honour,  and  was  to 
 be  scattered  in  Israel,  Gen.  xlix.  5,  7,  and 
 his  posterity  for  their  sin  in  the  wilderness, 
 were  greatly  diminished,  that  being  at  the 
 first  muster  fifty-nine  thousand  and  three 
 hundred  men,  Num.  i.  he  was  at  the  latter 
 muster  but  twenty-two  thousand  and  two 
 hundred,  Num.  xxvi.  14.  Neither  were 
 there  any  judges  of  his  tribe,  as  God  raised 
 up  of  sundry  others,  Judges  ii.  16,  &c.  Yet 
 forasmuch  as  Simeon's  inheritance  'was  in 
 the  midst  of  the  inheritance  of  the  sons  of 
 Judah,'  Jos.  xix.  1,  and  he  went  with  his 
 brother  Judah  to  fight  against  theCanaanites,* 
 Judges  i.  3,  it  is  thought  that  his  blessing  was 
 implied  in  Judah's  ;  and  so  Jonathan  in  his 
 Thargum  coupleth  Simeon  with  Judah  in  this 
 place.  Howbeit  the  Gr.  in  many  copies 
 join  Simeon  with  Reuben  in  the  former  bless- 
 ing, thus:  "Let  Reuben  live  and  not  die, 
 and  let  Simeon  be  many  in  number."  The 
 VOICE,]  When  he  prayeth,  as  the  Chald. 
 translateth,  "  Receive,  O  Lord,  the  prayer  of 
 Judah,  when  he  goeth  forth  to  war."^  This 
 blessing  is  to  be  compared  with  Jacob's,  who 
 likeneth  Judah  to  a  lion's  whelp  gone  up  from 
 the  prey,  &c.  Gen.  xlix.  9,  and  it  had  ac- 
 complishment in  David,  who  was  of  Judah, 
 and  a  fighter  of  the  Lord's  battles,  in  which 
 he  often  prayed,  as  his  psalms  testify.     Like- 
 
 Ver.  5 He  was,]  Moses  was  '  in  Je- 
 
 slnirun  a  king ;'  which  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 "a  prince."  So  the  Hebs.  (as  Chazkuni  on 
 this  place)  say  Moses  was  the  king  :  and 
 Maim,  in  Misn.  in  Beth  habchirah,  chap. 
 vi.  sect.  11,  "Moses  our  master  was  a 
 king."  So  princes  are  called  kings,  in  Ps. 
 cv.  30;  Jer.  xix.  3.  Or  it  may  be  under- 
 stood of  God  himself,  that  he  was  their  king, 
 as  1  Sam.  xii.  12.  jESHURDN,]in  the  Chald. 
 Israel.  See  Deut.  xxxii.  15.  The  heads,] 
 That  is,  the  chiefs,  the  governors,  together 
 with  the  people,  as  was  at  the  giving  of  the 
 law,  Exod.  xix.  7 — 17. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Let  Reuben  live,]  TheChald. 
 addeth  "  to  life  eternal."  This  blessing  may 
 respect  Reuben's  sin  with  his  father's  concu- 
 bine, for  which  he  lost  his  birth-right  of  his  fa- 
 ther, Gen.  XXXV. 22,  and  xlix.  4,  and  the  sin  of 
 the  princes  of  that  tribe,  which  rebelled  with 
 Korah,  Num.  xvi.  1,  &c.  But  mercy  is  here 
 promised  in  Christ,  that  he  should  live  be- 
 fore God  among  his  brethren.  So  he  went 
 armed  before  them  against  the  Canaanites, 
 Jos.  iv,  12.  And  not  die,]  The  Chald.  ex- 
 pounds it,  "  and  let  him  not  die  the  second 
 death ;"  by  which  name  the  Scripture  call- 
 eth  eternal  damnation.  Rev.  xx.  6,  14.  So 
 Jonathan  in  his  Thargum  paraphraseth,  "  Let 
 Reuben  live  in  this  world,  and  not  die  with 
 the  death  wherewith  the  wicked  shall  die  in 
 the  world  that  is  to  come."  It  is  very  usual 
 in  the  Scripture,  to  set  down  things  of  im- 
 portance and  earnestness,  by  affirmation  of 
 the  one  part  and  denial  of  the  other;  as  in  Is. 
 xxxviii.  1,  'Thou  shalt  die  and  not  live;' 
 Num.  iv.  14,  '  That  they  may  live  and  not 
 die;'  Ps.  cxviii.  17,  '  I  shall  not  die  but  live;' 
 Gen.  xliii.  8,  '  That  we  may  live  and  not 
 die;'  Jer.  xx.  14,  'Cursed  be  the  day,'  &c. 
 'Let  not  that  day  be  blessed;'  1  John  ii.  27, 
 '  It  is  true,  and  is  not  lying;'  1  John  ii.  4, 
 '  he  is  a  liar,  and  the  truth  is  not  in  him;' 
 John  i.  20,  '  he  confessed  and  denied  not;'  I 
 Sam.  i.  11,  'And  remember  me,  and  not 
 forget  thine  handmaid;'  Deut.  ix.  7,  '  Re- 
 member, forget  not;'  Deut  xxxii.  7,  '  O  peo- 
 ple foolish,  and  not  wise  ;'  and  many  the 
 like.  A  number,]  By  a  number  may  be 
 understood  few:  as  in  Deut.  iv.  27;  Gen. 
 xxxiv.  30,  men  of  number  is  a  few  men,  soon 
 numbered  ;  and  in  Is.  x.  19,  a  number  mean- 
 eth  few ;  and  then  the  former  denial,  not,  is 
 again  to  be  repeated  to  this  sense,  '  and  his 
 men  be  not  few  in  number.'       Examples  of 
 
CHAP.    XXXI II. 
 
 395 
 
 the  voice  of  Judah,  and  unto  his  people  bring  thou  hhn  :  his  hands 
 be  enough  for  him,  and  an  help  from  his  distressers  be  thou. 
 
 *  And  of  Levi  he  said,  Thy  Thummim  and  thy  Urim,  with  the 
 
 wise  in  Abijah  and  the  Jews  against  Israel, 
 2  Chron.  xiii.  14 — 18;  in  Asa,  warring 
 against  tiie  Ethiopians,  2  Chron.  xiv.  11  — 
 13;  in  Jehosaphat  fighting  against  the  Am- 
 monites, 2  Chron.  xx.  5 — 18;  in  Ezeliias 
 against  the  Assyrians,  2  Chron.  xxxii.  20 — 
 22,  and  others  ;  but  chiefly  in  Christ,  '  the 
 Lion  of  the  tribe  of  Judah,'  Rev.  v.  5,  him 
 God  did  hear  always,  John.  xi.  42.  Bring 
 THOU  HIM,]  The  Chald.  addeth,  "in peace;" 
 and  Thargum  Jonathan  addeth,  "  from  the 
 battle  in  peace."  This  had  accomplish- 
 ment, as  otherwise,  so  in  David's  return  to 
 his  people  and  kingdom,  2  Sam.  xix.  11  — 
 15,  and  Christ's  return  unto  Israel,  whereof 
 see  Rom.  xi.  26 — 31.  Be  enough  for 
 HIM,]  When  he  fighteth,  as  God  taught  Da- 
 vid's hands  to  war,  and  his  fingers  to  fight, 
 Ps.  cxliv.  1,  and  girded  him  with  strength  to 
 battle,  2  Sam.  xxii.  35,  40.  The  Gr.  trans- 
 slateth,  "judge  for  him  ;"  the  Chald.  "  exe- 
 cute vengeance  for  him  on  them  that  hate 
 him."  So  in  Gen.  xlix.  8,  '  Thine  hand 
 (Judah)  shall  be  on  the  neck  of  thine  enemies.' 
 Be  thou,]  '  For  by  his  own  strength  no  man 
 shall  prevail,'  1  Sam.  ii.  9.  Therefore  Da- 
 vid often  acknowledged  God  to  be  his  helper, 
 Ps.  xxviii.  7;  xl.  17;  liv.  4;  Ixiii.  7; 
 cxviii,  7,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  S. — Of  Levi,]  Or,  unto  Levi,  that 
 is,  the  tribe  or  posterity  of  Levi:  as  in  Thar- 
 gum Jonathan  it  is  said,  •'  And  Moses  the 
 prophet  blessed  the  tribe  of  Levi,  and  said." 
 Thy  Thummim  and  thy  Urim,]  By  inter- 
 pretation, thy  perfecfi07is  and  thy  lights  : 
 these  were  mysteries  put  into  the  high  priest's 
 breastplate;  whereof  see  the  annot.  on  Exod. 
 xxviii.  30,  so  they  signify  here  tlie  graces  and 
 office  of  the  priesthood,  which  was  commit- 
 ted to  Aaron  and  his  seed,  till  Christ  came, 
 who  had  the  priesthood  for  ever,  after  a  more 
 excellent  order,  Heb.  vi.  20.  And  the 
 speech  here  may  be  directed  unto  God,  who 
 gave  these  mysteries  to  the  priest:  and  so 
 the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  "  Thummim  and 
 Urim  thou  didst  put  upon  the  man  that  was 
 found  holy  before  thee:"  and  Sol.  Jarchi 
 saith,  "  He  speaketh  as  to  the  Majesty  of 
 God."  Or  it  may  be  spoken  to  the  tribe  of 
 Levi,  who  had  the  Urim  and  Thummim 
 among  them,  but  appropriate  to  one  man  only, 
 who  was  the  high  priest,  a  figure  of  Christ. 
 With  the  man,]  Understand,  be  with  the 
 man,  or,  to  the  man,  that  is,  they  belong  to 
 him,  with  him  they  are,  and  so  let  them  re- 
 main. Thy  gracious  saint,]  Thy  merci- 
 ful, pious,  or  holy  one  ;  or,  of  thy  holy  one. 
 
 Which  title  is  given  to  God  himself,  Jer.  iii. 
 12;  to  Christ,  Ps.  xvi.  10,  with  Acts  xiii. 
 35 — 37  ;  and  to  all  godly  men,  Ps.  cxlix.  5. 
 And  here  referring  it  to  Aaron,  or  to  Christ, 
 '  the  man  thy  holy  one,'  may  mean  one  thing, 
 '  thy  holy  man,'  as,  a  man,  a  prince,  in 
 Exod.  ii.  14;  or,  if  we  read  it,  'the  man  of 
 thine  holy  one,'  it  is  meant  the  man  of  God: 
 and  in  Ps.  cvi.  16,  Aaron  is  called  '  the 
 saint  of  the  Lord.'  Temptedst,]  Or,  triedst. 
 This  word  is  sometimes  spoken  of  God,  as  lie 
 tempted  Abraham,  Gen.  xxii.  i.  and  the  Is- 
 raelites in  the  wilderness,  Deut.  viii,  2,  15, 
 16.  Sometimes  of  men  who  are  said  to  have 
 tempted  God  and  Christ,  Exod.  xvii.  2; 
 1  Cor.  x.  9.  In  Massah,]  Or,  in  the  temp- 
 tation, a  place  so  called  because  there  Israel 
 tempted  God,  Exod.  xvii.  7;  or  with  temp- 
 tation, and  so  it  is  no  proper  name.  Con- 
 tendest,]  Or,  strivedst,  pleadesf,  this  also  is 
 sometimes  spoken  of  God,  whose  contending 
 with  men  is  the  blaming  and  punishing  of 
 them.  Is.  xlix.  25;  John  x.  2;  Jer.  ii.  9; 
 sometimes  of  men's  contending,  as  Israel  did 
 '  with  the  Lord  at  the  waters  of  Meribah,'  or 
 of  contention.  Num.  xx.  13.  By  reason 
 of  this  diverse  use  of  these  words,  the  under- 
 standing of  this  blessing  is  also  divers,  thus; 
 '  Thy  Thummim  and  thy  Urim  (O  God)  be 
 with  the  man  thy  gracious  saint,  (Aaron  and 
 his  seed,)  whom  thou  temptedst  with  temp- 
 tation; contendest  with  him  (for  his  sin)  at 
 the  waters  of  Meribah,'  Num.  xx.  12,  13. 
 Or,  '  Thy  Timmmim  and  thy  Urim  (O  Levi) 
 be  with  (Aaron  and  his  seed(  the  man  of  thy 
 gracious  (God)  who  thou  (with  the  other  Is- 
 raelites) temptedst  in  Massah,'  &c.  Exod. 
 xvii.  2;  Num.  xx.  Or  thus,  '  Thy  Thum- 
 mim and  thy  Urim  (O  Levi)  is  with  (or  be- 
 longs unto)  the  man  thy  gracious  saint  (Christ 
 Jesus)  whom  thou  temptedst  in  Massah,'  &c. 
 1  Cor.  x.  9.  In  this  last  sense,  the  weak- 
 ness of  the  Levitical  priesthood  is  implied, 
 which  kept  not  Urim  and  Thummim,  but 
 lost  them  at  the  captivity  of  Babylon,  Ezra  ii. 
 63,  and  it  is  not  known  that  they  ever 
 had  them  more,  until  by  Christ  (our  high 
 priest,  after  the  order  of  Melchisedek)  they 
 were  restored  by  the  light  and  truth  of 
 the  gospel.  The  Chald.  interpreteth  it  in 
 Aaron's  or  Levi's  praise:  "  Thummim  and 
 Urim  thou  didst  put  upon  the  man  (or  cloth- 
 edst  with  them  the  man)  that  was  found  holy 
 before  thee,  whom  thou  temptedst  with  temp- 
 tation, and  he  was  perfect;  thou  provedst  him 
 at  the  waters  of  contention,  and  he  was  found 
 faithful.     This  may  seem  not  well  to  accord 
 
396 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 man  tliy  gracious  saint,  whom  thou  temptedst  in  Massah,  contendedst 
 with  him  at  the  waters  of  Meribah.  ^  Who  said  of  his  father  and  of 
 his  mother,  I  respect  him  not,  and  his  brethren  lie  acknowledgeth 
 not,  and  his  sons  he  knoweth  not,  for  they  observe  thy  saying,  and 
 
 with  the  history  in  Num.  xx.,  touching  Aa- 
 ron's person:  yet  the  Hebs.  (as  Sol.  Jaichl 
 on  this  place)  say  of  the  Levites,  that  "  they 
 murmured  not  with  the  other  murmurers." 
 And  of  Levi  God  saith  by  his  prophet,  '  My 
 covenant  was  with  him,  life  and  peace,  and 
 I  gave  them  to  him  for  the  fear  wherewith  he 
 feared  me,'  &c.,  Mai.  ii.  5.  And  again, 
 '  They  kept  his  testimonies  and  the  ordin- 
 ances that  he  gave  them,'  Ps.  xcix.  7.  The 
 Gr.  translateth,  "  And  of  Levi  he  said,  Give 
 ye  Levi  his  manifest  ones  and  his  truth,  (that 
 is,  his  Urim  and  his  Thummim,)  to  the 
 holy  man  whom  tliey  tempted  in  temptation, 
 they  reviled  him  at  the  waters  of  contradic- 
 tion." This  interpretation  may  well  be  ap- 
 plied unto  Christ  also,  as  before  is  showed. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Who  saith,]  Or,  ivho  said. 
 Of  his,]  Or,  tmto  his  father,  &c.  1  re- 
 spect HIM  NOT,]  /  see  not,  or,  look  notxqwn 
 him.  The  Gr.  translateth,  "That  saith  to 
 his  father  and  to  his  mother,  I  have  not  seen 
 (or,  1  respect  not)  thee."  This  is  meant 
 either  of  the  priests'  continual  duty,  \^ho  by 
 the  law,  if  his  father,  mother,  brother,  or 
 child  did  die,  he  might  not  mourn  for  them, 
 but  carry  himself  as  if  he  did  not  respect, 
 know,  or  care  for  them;  as  is  said  of  the 
 high  priest,  that  was  anointed  and  clothed  with 
 the  ornaments,  and  had  Urim  and  Thummim 
 upon  his  heart ;  '  for  his  father,  or  for  his  mo- 
 ther he  shall  not  be  defiled,  neither  shall  he 
 go  out  of  the  sanctuary,'  &c.  Lev.  xxi.  11, 
 12.  Neither  might  Aaron  mourn  for  his 
 sons,  or  Eleazar  and  Ithaniar  for  their  breth- 
 ren Nadab  and  Abihu  that  were  slain,  nei- 
 ther might  they  go  out  from  the  door  of  the 
 tabernacle,  on  pain  of  death,  Lev.  x.  2 — 7. 
 For  God  would  have  them  more  to  regard 
 their  function  and  duty  in  his  service,  tlian 
 any  natural  affection  whatsoever.  And  herein 
 Christ  was  figured,  (unto  whom  this  blessing 
 chiefly  belongeth)  who,  when  he  was  told  that 
 his  mother  and  his  brethren  stood  without  to 
 speak  with  him,  he  answered,  '  Who  is  my 
 mother?  and  who  are  my  brethren?  &c., 
 whosoever  shall  do  the  will  of  my  Father 
 which  is  in  heaven,  the  same  is  my  brother 
 and  sister,  and  mother,'  Mat.  xii.  46 — 50. 
 This  may  al^o  have  reference  to  the  Levite's 
 fact,  who  being  commanded  of  Moses,  killed 
 every  man  his  brother,  friend,  neighbour,  and 
 son,  that  had  sinned  in  making  and  worship- 
 ping the  golden  calf,  and  so  filled  their  hand 
 (or  consecrated  themselves)  '  unto  the  Lord,' 
 that    he  might  give  upon   them  a  blessing. 
 
 Exod.  xxxii.  26 — 29.  Acknowledgeth 
 NOT,]  Or,  acknowledged  not :  the  first  re- 
 specteth  the  law.  Lev.  xxi.  the  other  their 
 fact,  Exod.  xxxii.  To  this  latter  the  Chald. 
 referreth  it,  translating  thus,  "  who  had  no 
 compassion  on  his  father,  or  on  his  mother, 
 when  they  were  guilty  of  judgment  ;  and 
 accepted  not  the  faces  (or  persons)  of  his  bro- 
 ther, or  of  his  son.  His  sons,]  Or,  his  son, 
 that  is,  any  of  his  sons,  or  children:  see  the 
 notes  on  Deut.  ii.  S3.  Knoweth  not,]  Or, 
 kneiv  not.  Here  knowledge  is  used  for 
 care  or  regard,  as  in  Job  ix.  21,  'knowing' 
 is  opposed  to  '  disposing  ;'  and  in  1  Thes.  v. 
 12,  '  know  them  which  labour  among  you,* 
 that  is,  regard  them:  and  in  Prov.  xii.  10,  '  a 
 righteous  man  knoweth  (that  is,  regardeth,  or 
 hath  care  of)  the  life  of  his  beast.  For  they 
 OBSERVE,]  That  is,  by  law  are  bound  to  ol> 
 serve,  Lev.  xxi.,  or  '  they  have  observed'  in 
 their  practice,  Exod.  xxxii.  The  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth it  singularly,  "  He  hath  observed  thine 
 oracles,  and  kept  thy  covenant." 
 
 Ver.  10.' — They  shall  teach,]  Or,  let 
 them  teach.  As  iu  ver.  8,  he  mentioned 
 their  gifts  and  calling,  in  ver.  9,  their  sanc- 
 tification;  so  here  he  teacheth  their  adminis- 
 tration in  the  word,  prayer,  and  other  mi- 
 nisterial duties.  For  it  is  said,  ♦  They  shall 
 teach  my  people  (the  difJerence)  between  the 
 holy  and  profane,  and  cause  them  to  discern 
 between  the  unclean  and  the  clean ;  and  in 
 controversy  they  shall  stand  in  judgment,  and 
 they  sJiall  judge  it  according  to  my  judg- 
 ments,' &c.  Ezek.  xliv.  23,  24.  Compare 
 also  Lev.  x.  11;  Deut.  xvii.  9 — 11;  xxi  v.  S; 
 and  the  commendation  which  God  giveth  of 
 Levi,  in  Mai.  ii.  6,  7,  *  The  law  of  truth  was 
 in  his  mouth,  and  iin'quity  was  not  found  in 
 his  lips:  he  walked  with  me  in  peace  and 
 equity,  and  did  turn  many  away  from  ini- 
 quity. For  the  priest's  lips  should  keep 
 knowledge,  and  they  should  seek  the  law  at 
 his  mouth,  for  he  is  the  angel  of  the  Lord  of 
 hosts.'  Unto  Jacob,]  By  Jacob  and  Israel 
 are  meant,  all  the  posterity  of  Jacob,  and  the 
 weak  with  the  strong:  for  the  church  in  re- 
 spect of  her  infirmity  is  called  Jacob,  Amos 
 vii.  2,  5,  8,  and  for  her  valour  by  faith  is  sur- 
 named  Israel:  see  annot.  on  Gen.  xxxii.  28. 
 Thus  Christ  commanded  Peter  to  feed  both 
 his  lambs  and  his  sheep,  John  xxi.  15,  16.  In- 
 cense,] The  sweet  perfume  which  the  priests 
 burnt  daily  upon  the  golden  altar;  a  figure  of 
 Chiist's  mediation  with  the  prayers  of  the 
 saints,    Rev.    viii.  3,  4.     Sec   the   notes  on 
 
CHAP.    XXXIII. 
 
 397 
 
 keep  tliy  covenant.  '°  They  shall  teacli  thy  judgments  unto  Jacob, 
 and  thy  law  unto  Israel :  they  shall  put  incense  m  tliy  nostril,  and 
 the  wliole  burnt-sacrifice  upon  thine  altar,  '^  Bless,  O  Jehovah,  his 
 power,  and  the  work  of  Iiis  hands  favourably  accept  thou :  smite 
 through  the  loins  of  them  that  rise  against  him,  and  of  them  that 
 liate  him,  that  they  rise  not  again. 
 
 ''^  Of  Benjamin  he  said,  Tlie  beloved  of  Jeliovah  shall  dwell  in 
 confident  safety  by  him  :  he  shall  cover  him  all  the  day,  and  be- 
 tween his  shoulders  he  shall  dwell. 
 
 Exod.  XXX.  This  was  the  peculiar  work  of 
 the  priests,  wherefore  it  is  written,  '  It  per- 
 taineth  not  unto  thee,  Uzziah,  to  burn  incense 
 unto  the  Lord,  but  to  the  priests,  the  sons  of 
 Aaron,  that  are  consecrated  to  burn  incense,' 
 2  Chion.  xxvi.  IS.  In  thy  nostrils,]  Or, 
 nose,  that  is,  before  thee,  or,  as  tlie  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth,  "in  thine  anger:"  for  the  Heb.  aph 
 signifieth  both  nose  and  anger:  and  both 
 agree  well  with  the  priest's  work;  for  when 
 God  in  anger  sent  a  plague  among  the  peo- 
 pie,  Aaron  put  incense  in  his  censor,  and 
 '  made  atonement  for  the  people,  so  the  plague 
 was  stayed,'  Num.  xvi.  46 — 48.  The 
 WHOLE  BURNT-OFFERING,]  Heb.  the  Cttlil ; 
 whereof  see  Lev.  vi.  22,  23,  the  Gr. 
 here  translateth  it  the  contbmal  (oblation). 
 Hereby  all  other  sacrifices  are  meant,  which 
 the  priests  oflered  on  the  Lord's  altar, 
 Lev.  i.,  ii.,  and  iii.,  wherein  the  work  of 
 Christ,  offering  himself  for  his  church,  was 
 figured. 
 
 Ver.  11. — His  power,]  So  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth his  strength.  By  power,  is  meant 
 sometimes  an  army  of  men,  as  Ezek.  xxxvii. 
 10,  so  here  the  first  prayer  is  for  a  blessing 
 upon  the  persons  which  administered,  that 
 they  might  be  increased  and  strengthened  in 
 number  and  in  knowledge.  Wherefore  the 
 company  of  Levites  is  called  an  host  or  army, 
 Num.  iv.  3.  In  this  sense  Maim,  (in  treat. 
 of  the  Release  mid  Jubilee,  chap.  xiii.  sect. 
 12,)  expoundeth  it,  saying,  "  The  Levites 
 are  separated  from  the  ways  of  the  world, 
 they  wage  not  war  like  the  other  Israelites, 
 neither  have  they  inheritance,  &c.,  but  they 
 are  the  power  (or  army)  of  God,  as  it  is  writ- 
 ten, Bless,  Lord,  his  power."  Sometime 
 by  power,  riches  and  substance  is  meant,  as 
 in  Deut.  viii.  18,  and  so  the  Chald.  expound- 
 eth it  here.  For  whereas  Levi  had  no  inhe- 
 ritance among  the  tribes,  but  had  the  Lord, 
 and  his  first-huits,  tithes,  and  offerings  for 
 their  inheritance  and  livelihood,  Num.  xviii. 
 20,  21,  &c.  Moses  prayeth  for  a  blessing  on 
 this  means  of  theirs.  Work  of  his  h.\nds,] 
 All  his  administration,  in  doctrine,  burning 
 incense,  sacrificing,  &c.  Compare  Exod. 
 xliii,   27.     That  rise  against   him,]   As 
 
 Korah,  Dathan,  and  Abiram,  that  rose  up 
 against  Moses  and  Aaron,  were  all  destroyed 
 with  their  assistants.  Num.  xvi. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Of  Benjamin,]  Or,  unto 
 Benjamin,  who  is  blessed  heie  before  the 
 other  tribes,  and  before  his  elder  brother  Jo- 
 seph, because  the  lot  of  his  inheritance  was 
 '  between  the  sons  of  Judah  and  the  sons  of 
 Joseph;'  and  Jerusalem  (where  the  Levites 
 after  administered  in  the  temple)  belonged  to 
 Benjamin,  Josh,  xviii.  11,  28.  And  in  the 
 heavenly  Jerusalem  (the  church  of  Christ) 
 •  the  first  foundation  is  a  jasper,  which  was 
 Benjamin's  stone,  Uev.  xxi.  19  ;  Exod.xxviii. 
 20.  And  when  the  other  tribes  fell  away 
 from  the  kingdom  of  Judah,  and  priesthood  of 
 Levi,  Benjamin  continued  with  them  in  the 
 truth,  2  Chron.  xi.  1,  3,  12, 13.  Beloved,] 
 meaning  the  tribe  of  Benjamin,  who  as  their 
 father  was  beloved  of  Jacob,  Gen.  xliv.  20, 
 22,  29,  30,  so  his  postei  ity  should  he  beloved 
 of  the  Lord.  Shall  dwell,]  Or  prayer- 
 wise,  let  him  dtvell.  In  confident  safety,] 
 That  is,  boldly,  securely,  safely.  By  him,] 
 By  the  Lord,  who  would  tender  this  little 
 tribe  as  Jacob  tendered  Benjamin,  whom  he 
 kept  at  home  with  him,  Gen.  xlii.  4.  So 
 Benjamin's  posterity  dwelt  in  Jerusalem,  and 
 the  coasts  thereabout,  by  the  temple  of  God. 
 He  shall  cover  him,]  Or  let  him,  mean- 
 ing God,  cover  him  :  so  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 "God  overshadoweth  him."  The  word 
 meaneth  a  covering  or  protection  from  evil, 
 as  in  Is.  iv.  6.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it, 
 "He  shall  be  a  shield  over  him."  All 
 the  day,]  Or,  every  day;  in  Gr.  all  days, 
 that  is,  continually  and  for  ever.  His 
 SHOULDERS,]  That  is,  Benjamin ;  and  by 
 shoulders  are  meant  the  coasts  of  his  land,  as 
 Num.  xxxiv.  11,  '  the  shoulder  of  the  sea  of 
 Chinnereth '  is  the  side  or  coast  thereof.  So 
 this  is  a  prophecy,  that  the  temple  (wherein 
 God  dwelt  amongst  his  people)  should  be 
 builded  in  Benjamin's  lot,  and  in  the  head 
 or  chief  city,  which  was  Jerusalem.  He 
 SHALL,]  That  is,  God  shall  dwell:  so  the 
 Chald.  translateth,  "And  in  his  land  the  di- 
 vine Majesty  shall  dwell."  And  when  God 
 had  chosen  mount  Zion  for  his  habitation,  he 
 
398 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 "  And  of  Joseph,  he  said.  Blessed  of  Jehovah  be  his  land  :  for 
 the  precious  things  of  the  lieavens,  for  the  dew,  and  for  the  deep 
 that  coucheth  beneath.  '*  And  for  the  precious  things,  the  revenues 
 of  the  sun  ;  and  for  the  precious  things  the  thrusting  fortli  of  the 
 moons  ;  '*  And  for  the  chief  things  of  the  ancient  mountains ;  and 
 for  the  precious  things  of  the  everlasting  hills.  '^  And  for  the  pre- 
 cious things  of  the  eartli,  and  tlie  plenty  thereof ;  and  the  favour- 
 able acceptation  of  him  that  dwelt  in  the  bramble-bush,  let  it  come 
 on  the  head  of  Joseph,  and  on  tlie  crown  of  the  head  of  the  sepa- 
 
 said,  '  This  is  my  rest  for  ever,  here  will  I 
 dwell,  Ps.  cxxxii.  14. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Of  Joseph,]  Or,  unto  Joseph. 
 He  is  next  blessed,  because  the  first  birth- 
 right was  derived  unto  him,  1  Chron.  v.  2. 
 And  his  posterity  were  many  and  great  in 
 Israel,  Josh.  xvii.  14 — IS.  His  land,] 
 Joseph's  inheritance  in  Canaan.  And  as  the 
 land  which  the  Lord  curseth,  yieldeth  not 
 fruit,  or  bringeth  forth  thorns  and  briars,  Gen. 
 iv.  11,  12;  iii.  17,  18,  so  the  land  which 
 he  blesseth,  biingeth  forth  much  and  good  in- 
 crease, Ps.  ixv.  10 — 14.  The  Hebs.  say, 
 "  There  was  not  of  all  the  inheritance  of  the 
 tribes,  a  land  so  full  of  all  good  things  as  Jo- 
 seph's was."  Sol.  Jarchi  onDeut.  xxxiii.  For 
 THE  PRECIOUS  THINGS,]  Or,  with  dainty 
 fruits.  Of  this  word,  see  the  annot.  on  Gen. 
 xxiv.  53.  Of  the  heavens,]  Which  God 
 by  the  influences  and  moisture  of  the  heaven 
 and  air  causeth  the  land  to  bring  forth.  And 
 these  were  figures  of  spiritual  blessings  in 
 heavenly  things  by  Christ,  whereby  the  bar- 
 ren nature  of  man  is  made  fruitful.  For 
 the  dew,]  Or,  by  the  dew,  and  rain  which 
 maketh  the  earth  to  fructify.  So  Isaac  bless- 
 ing Jacob,  said,  '  God  give  thee  of  the  dew 
 of  the  heavens.  Gen.  xxvii.  28.  On  the 
 contrary,  David  said  for  a  curse,  '  ye  moun- 
 tains of  Gilboa,  let  there  be  no  dew,  neither 
 let  there  be  rain  upon  you,'  2  Sam.  i.  21. 
 That  coucheth  beneath,]  Or,  that  lieth 
 under;  whence  waters  spring  out  of  the 
 earth:  so  the  Gr.  translateth,  "  of  the  deeps 
 of  the  fountains  beneath."  Likewise  the 
 Chald.,  "  for  the  welling  fountains  and  deeps 
 that  proceed  from  the  deep  places  of  the  earth 
 beneath."  See  Gen.  vii.  11;  Deut.  viii. 
 7.  This  is  another  mean  of  fruitfulness,  as 
 in  Ezek.  xxxi,  4.  '  The  waters  made  him 
 great,  the  deep  set  him  up  on  high,  with  her 
 rivers  running  about  his  plants."  And  with 
 this  blessing  Jacob  blessed  Joseph,  in  Gen. 
 xlix.  25,  but  Moses  here  enlargelh  it. 
 
 Ver.  14.— The  revenues,]  That  is,  the 
 fruits  which  by  the  warmth  of  the  sun  are 
 brought  forth.  It  is  said  by  the  Hebs..  that 
 Joseph's  '  land  lay  open  to  the  sun,  which 
 made  the  fruits  sweet.'     Sol.  Jarchi  on  Deut. 
 
 xxxiii.  The  thrusting  forth  of  the 
 MOON,]  That  is,  fruits  which  every  moon 
 thrusteth  forth,  or  causeth  to  grow  every 
 month:  for  all  fruits  grew  not  at  once;  "in 
 one  mouth  they  gathered  summer  fruits,  in 
 another  olives,  in  the  third  dates,"  saith 
 Chazkuni;  and  Sol.  Jarchi  addeth,  "There 
 are  some  fruits  which  the  moon  ripeneth,  as 
 cucumbers  and  gourds."  As  the  sun  by 
 waimth,  so  the  moon  by  moisture  maketh  the 
 earth  fruitful. 
 
 Ver.  15.' — Chief  things,]  Heb.  the. 
 head,  that  is,  principal  ;  the  Gr.  translateth 
 it,  "  tlie  top  of  the  mountains."  There 
 fruits  are  first  ripe.  Ancient  moonts,] 
 ileb.mou?itai7is  of  antiquity,  or,  of  priority, 
 which  were  from  the  beginning:  so  after  M/* 
 of  eternity,  that  is, everlasting  hills;  which 
 are  so  called,  because  they  are  unmovable  and 
 lasting,  have  been  fiom  the  beginning,  and 
 shall  continue  to  the  end  of  the  world;  or  be- 
 cause of  their  continual  fruitfulness.  So  in 
 Hab.  iii.  6.  Compare  this  with  Jacob's 
 blessing,  Gen.  xlix.  26.  Joseph's  heritage 
 in  Canaan  had  many  fertile  mountains  and 
 hills  often  mentioned,  as  '  Mount  Ephraim,' 
 Judg.  xvii.  1,  the  'mountains  of  Samaria,' 
 Amos  iii.  9;   iv.  1  ;  vi.  1. 
 
 Ver.  16 — The  plenty  thereof,]  All 
 creatures  that  fill  the  same,  Ps.  xxiv.  1.  The 
 favourable  acceptation,]  Or,  the  good, 
 will  favour.  The  Gr.  translateth,  "  and  the 
 things  acceptable  unto  him  that  appeared  in 
 the  bramble-bush:"  The  Chald.  tlnis,  "and 
 the  good  will  of  him  whose  dwelling  is  iu 
 heaven,  and  unto  Moses  he  appeared  in  the 
 bramble-bush."  Of  him  that  dwelt,]  Or 
 of  my  dxveller,  that  is,  of  my  God  that 
 dwelt  in  the  bramble,  that  is,  God  which  ap- 
 peared unto  Moses  there,  Exod.  iii.  2,  where 
 '  the  angel  Christ  appeared  unto  him  in  a 
 flame  of  fire  out  of  the  midst  of  a  bramble- 
 bush,  which  burned,  but  was  not  consumed :' 
 a  figure  of  Christ's  presence  with  his  people 
 in  afflictions,  that  they  perish  not  in  them. 
 Let  it,]  That  is  let  this  blessing  come,  or, 
 it  shall  come;  the  Gr.  saith,  "let  them 
 come;"'  the  Chald.,  "let  all  these  things 
 come  :"  and  the  original  word  cime,  impli- 
 
CHAP.  XXX  HI. 
 
 399 
 
 rated  among  his  brethren.  ''His  glory  (be  like)  the  firstling  of  his 
 bullock,  and  his  horns  the  horns  of  an  unicorn  :  with  them  he  shall 
 push  tlie  people  together,  to  the  ends  of  the  land  ;  and  tliey  are  tlie 
 ten  thousands  of  Ephraim,  and   they  are  the    thousands   of  Man- 
 
 "  And  of  Zabulon  he  said,  Rejoice  Zabulon  in  thy  going  out, 
 
 eth  an  abundant  and  speedy  coining.  Com- 
 pare Gen.  xlix.  Sfi,  from  whence  Moses  taketh 
 this  blessing.  The  crown  of  the  head,] 
 Whereby  is  meant  an  open,  apparent,  and 
 plentiful  pouring  out  of  these  blessings,  as  the 
 like  phrase  is  used  also  in  curses,  Ps.  vii.  17. 
 The  separated  amo.vg  his  brethren,]  Or, 
 the  Nazarite  of  his  brethren,  meaning  Jo- 
 seph, who  was  separated  and  exempted  to  be  a 
 choice  and  chief  man  among  his  brethren : 
 as  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  '  the  honoured  (or 
 glorified)  among  his  brethren:"  see  the  notes 
 on  Gen.  xlix.  26.  So  Chazkuni  here  ex- 
 plaineth  it,  "  Joseph  that  was  prince  of  all  his 
 brethren.'' 
 
 Ver.  17. — His  glory,]  Or,  He  hath  glory 
 (or  beauty,  comeliness)  like  his  first-born 
 bullock.  The  Chald.  expounds  it,  "  The 
 chief  of  his  sons,  his  glory,"  &c.  And 
 Chazkuni  applieth  it  to  .Joshua,  "  The  first 
 king  which  the  holy  blessed  (God)  chose  him 
 of  Joseph's  seed,  was  Joshua,  &c.  and  a  king 
 is  likened  to  a  bullock,  which  is  king  of 
 beasts.  Horns,]  Which  signify  '  strength, 
 and  glory,  and  kingdom,'  Ps.  Ixxv.  5,  1 1  ; 
 cxii.  9  ;  Ixxxix.  18,  25  ;  Luke  i.  69,  where- 
 upon '  horns  '  are  used  to  denote  kings,  Dan. 
 viii;  Rev.  xvii.  Of  an  Unicorn,]  That  is, 
 of  unicorns,  the  singular  put  for  the  plural : 
 it  is  a  beast  which  will  not  be  tamed,  Job 
 xxxix.  9 — 11.  See  the  notes  on  Num.  xxiii. 
 22.  Push,]  In  Chald.,  kill.  So  in  Ps. 
 xliv.  6.  Ends  of  the  land,]  Or,  of  the 
 earth,  to  wit,  the  land  of  Canaan,  for  Joshua 
 with  his  horns  and  armies  conquered  all  that 
 land.  And  they,]  The  horns  foremention- 
 ed.  So  Chazkuni  on  this  place  saith,  "  the 
 horns  are  the  ten  thousands  of  Ephraim,"  &c. 
 And  here  he  giveth  to  '  Ephraim  the  younger, 
 ten  thousands,  and  to  Manasseh  the  elder  but 
 thousands,  according  to  Jacob's  prophecy  that 
 Ephraim  should  be  greatest,'  Gen.  xlviii.l9, 
 and  so  was  his  increase  greater  than  his  bro- 
 ther's, in  Num.  i.  .S3,  35,  though  in  the  last 
 mustering  of  them,  and  now  when  Moses 
 blessed  them,  the  men  of  Manasseh  were 
 many  more  than  of  Ephraim,  Num.  xxvi. 
 34,  37.  See  the  notes  on  Gen.  xlviii. 
 19.  The  '  ten  thousands  of  Ephraim,  are 
 referred  to  Joshua  and  his  men  that  conquer- 
 ed Canaan;  the  thousands  of  Manasses,  to 
 Gideon  and  his  men,  (Judg.  vii.)  by  Sol. 
 Jarchi,  on  Deut.  xxxiii. 
 
 Ver.  is. — Of  Zabulon,]  Or,  to  Zabu- 
 lon; and  with  him  he  joineth  Issachar  his 
 brother,  (both  sons  of  Leah)  as  partner  of  his 
 blessing.  So  these  two  joined  in  one,  and 
 the  four  next  (the  sons  of  the  handmaids,) 
 are  set  and  blessed  together  next  after  Jo- 
 seph. And  it  is  a  tradition  of  the  Hebs., 
 that  these  five,  '  Zabulon,  Gad,  Dan,  Naph- 
 tali  and  Aser,  were  those  five  mentioned  in 
 Gen.  xlvii.  2,  when  Joseph  took  of  his  bre- 
 thren five  men,  and  presented  them  before 
 Pharaoh.'  Sol.  Jarchi  on  Deut.  xxxiii.  and 
 Thargum  Jonathan  on  Deut.  xlvii.  2.  Re- 
 joice Zabulon,]  That  is,  God  so  bless  thee, 
 as  thou  mayest  have  cause  to  rejoice  in  thy 
 prosperity.  Thy  going  out,]  To  trade  in 
 merchandise  by  shipping  for  Zabulon,  by 
 's  blessing,  was  to  '  dwell  at  the  haven 
 of  the  seas,'  &c.  Gen.  xlix.  13,  so  here  Mo- 
 ses blesseth  them  with  good  success  in  his 
 traffic,  or  '  going  out  to  wars,'  as  Gen.  xiv. 
 8;  2  Sam.  xi.  1,  and  so  the  Chald.  here  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  "  in  thy  going  out  to  war  against 
 thine  enemies."  And  in  Judg.  v.  18. 
 Zabulon  is  commended  for  jeoparding  '  their 
 lives  unto  the  death,  in  the  high  places  of  the 
 field.'  And  Issachar,]  To  wit,  rejoice 
 thou  also.  Issachar  was  elder  brother  to  Zabu- 
 lon, Gen.  XXX.  18,  20,  yet  Jacob  blessed 
 Zabulon  first.  Gen.  xlix.  13,  14,  and  so  doth 
 Moses  here;  and  God  in  parting  their  inheri- 
 tance preferreth  Zabulon,  giving  him  'the 
 third  lot,  and  Issachar  the  fourth,'  Josh.  xix. 
 10,  17.  In  thy  tents,]  That  is,  in  thy 
 dwelling  at  rest,  or  tarrying  at  home;  for  so 
 the  remaining  in  tents  is  opposed  unto  going 
 forth  to  wars,  or  traffic,  or  hunting  abroad. 
 Josh.  xxii.  4;  Judg.  vii.  8;  v.  24;  Gen. 
 XXV.  27.  And  'tent'  is  often  used  for  one's 
 home,  house  or  city,  as,  the  '  tents  of  Jacob,' 
 Mai.  ii.  12,  where  the  Chald.  translateth, 
 'the  cities  of  Jacob:'  so  these  tents  of  Issa- 
 char, mean  his  quiet  life  at  home,  differing 
 from  Zabulon's  going  abroad  to  trade.  Cliaz- 
 kuni  (on  this  place)  noteth,  that  Issachar's 
 "  land  was  good  to  sow,  and  he  sat  in  tents  to 
 keep  his  fields;  and  Moses  prayeth  that  he 
 might  prosper  and  rejoice  in  his  fields." 
 And  so  Jacob  said  unto  him,  (in  Gen.  xlix. 
 14,)  '  couching  between  two  bounds;  between 
 the  limits,  to  keep  his  fields.'  The  Chald. 
 translateth,  "  and  Issachar  in  thy  going  to 
 appoint  the  times  of  the  solemn  feasts  in  Is- 
 
400 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 and  Issachar  in  thy  tents.  "  They  shall  call  the  peoples  to  the 
 mountain,  there  they  shall  sacrifice  the  sacrifices  of  justice,  for 
 they  shall  suck  tlie  abundance-  of  the  seas,  and  treasures  hid  in  the 
 sand. 
 
 2°  And  of  Gad  he  said.  Blessed  he  he  that  enlargeth  Gad  ;  as  a 
 courageous  lion  he  dwelleth  and  teareth  the  arm  with  the  crown  of 
 the  head.  ''  And  he  provided  the  first  part  for  liim,  because  tliere 
 in  a  portion  of  the  lawgiver  ivas  he  protected ;  and  he  came  ivith 
 tlie  heads  of  the  people ;  lie  did  the  justice  of  Jehovah,  and  his 
 judgments  with  Israel. 
 
 raeh"  having  reference  to  that  which  is 
 written  in  I  Chron.  xii.  32,  '  of  the  sons  of 
 Issachar  that  had  understanding  for  the  times, 
 to  know  what  Israel  ought  to  do,'  &c.  which 
 some  of  the  Hebs.  understand  of  the  times 
 and  seasons  of  the  year,  new  moons,  and 
 feasts.  So  Sol.  Jarchi  here  expoundeth  it, 
 "  and  Issachar  prosper  in  thy  sitting  in  tents, 
 for  the  law,  sitting  and  making  intercalation 
 of  the  years,  and  appointing  the  new  moons;" 
 as  it  is  said  (in  1  Chron.  xii.  32,)  'And  of 
 the  sons  of  Issachar,  that  knew  understanding 
 for  the  times,  &c.  the  heads  of  them  were 
 two  hundred,  they  were  heads  of  the  counsel, 
 employed  hereabouts,'  &c. 
 
 Ver.  19. — They  shall  call,]  Or,  let 
 them  call,  and  so  show  their  thankiulness  to 
 God,  by  inviting  others  to  God's  house,  and 
 showing  them  a  good  example,  by  their  own 
 frequenting  the  Lord's  mountain.  The 
 MOUNTAIN,]  Mount  Zion,  where  Moses  by 
 the  Spirit  foresaw  God's  temple  should  be 
 builded.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth,  "  They 
 shall  gather  the  tribes  of  Israel  to  the  moun- 
 tain of  the  house  of  the  sanctuary.  Though 
 by  peoples  the  Gentiles  also  may  be  implied, 
 whom  they  having  occasion  to  trade  with, 
 should  provoke  to  true  religion,  as  in  Is.  ii. 
 2,  3.  '  All  nations  shall  flow  unto  it,  and 
 many  people  shall  go  and  say.  Come  ye,  and 
 let  us  go  up  to  the  mountain  of  the  house  of 
 the  Lord,'  &c.  Of  justice,]  That  is,  just, 
 rigliteous  and  acceptable  sacrifices,  offered  in 
 faith,  according  to  God's  law:  as  '  the  way  of 
 justice,',  is  a  just  and  righteous  way.  Matt. 
 xxi.  32.  So  David  exhorteth,  '  sacrifice  ye 
 the  sacrifices  of  justice,  and  trust  unto  Jeho- 
 vah,' Ps.  iv.  6.  The  abundance,]  In  Gr., 
 the  riches  of  the  sea;  which  the  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth, "  they  shall  eat  the  riches  of  the 
 peoples:"  taking  seas  figuratively  for  peoples, 
 as  is  often  in  the  prophets.  So  in  Is.  Ix.  5, 
 16.  'The  abundance  of  the  sea  shall  be 
 converted  imto  thee,  &c.  and  thou  shalt  also 
 suck  the  milk  of  the  Gentiles.'  Treasures 
 HID  IN  THE  SAND,]  Or,  hidden  treasures  of 
 
 the  sand.  The  Gr.  translateth,  "  the  mer- 
 chandise of  the  nations,  that  dwell  by  the  sea 
 coast." 
 
 Ver.  20. — Enlargeth  Gad,]  This  may 
 be  understood  of  Gad's  inheritance,  which  the 
 blessed  God  would  enlarge,  as  he  promised 
 Israel,  '  I  will  enlarge  thy  border,'  Exod. 
 xxxiv.  24.  Or  understood  of  hisper.-on,  and 
 then  his  'enlarging'  is  his  deliverance  out 
 of  distress,  as  in  Ps.  iv.  2,  'thou  hast  en- 
 larged me,  when  I  was  in  distress.'  So  it 
 hath  reference  to  Gad's  troubles,  prophesied 
 in  Gen.  xlix.  19,  see  the  annots.  there;  and 
 the  history  of  Gad's  enlargement  by  Jeph- 
 thah,  in  Judg.  xi.  A  courageous  lion,] 
 See  this  word  in  Gen.  xlix.  9.  There  were 
 of  the  Gadites  in  David's  time  mighty 
 warriors,  '  whose  faces  were  like  the  faces  of 
 lions,  and  were  as  swift  as  the  roes  upon  the 
 mountains,'  1  Chron.  xii.  8.  The  arm,] 
 This  noteth  strength,  as  the  '  the  crown  of 
 the  head,'  principality;  meaning  that  none 
 should  be  so  strong  or  excellent,  but  Gad 
 should  overcome  them.  The  Gr.  transla- 
 teth, he  shall  "  break  the  arm  and  the  ruler:" 
 the  Chald.,  "  he  shall  kill  rulers  with  kings." 
 This  may  have  reference  both  to  his  wars  in 
 subduing  the  Caiiaanites,  going  armed  before 
 his  brethren,  Josh.  i.  12 — 14,  and  to  that 
 famous  victory  which  he  got  over  the  Haga- 
 rims,  1  Chron.  v.  18 — 22,  as  also  to  the 
 courageous  acts  of  Jehu,  1  Kings  ix.  and  x.  chap. 
 Ver.  21. — He  provided  the  first 
 PART  FOR  HIM,]  Or,  as  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 he  saw  his  first-fruits :  or,  he  provided  in 
 the  beginning  (at  the  first)  for  himself. 
 Gad,  with  Reuben,  saw  the  land  of  Jazer 
 and  Gilead,  that  it  was  a  place  for  cattle; 
 'and  the  sons  of  Gad  and  of  Reuben'  asked 
 of  Moses  and  of  the  princes,  that  the  land 
 might  be  given  them  for  a  possession,  Num. 
 xxxii.  1 — 5.  It  may  also  be  understood  of 
 the  Lord,  that  he  provided  this  first  portion 
 for  Gad;  or,  that  Gad  himself 'saw,'  that  is, 
 enjoyed  (as  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  re- 
 ceived) his  first  part."     Sol.  Jarchi   openeth 
 
CHAP.    XXXIII. 
 
 401 
 
 ^^  And  of  Dan  he  said,  Dan  is  a  renting  lion's  wlielp,  he  shall  leap 
 from  Bashan. 
 
 ^^  And  of  Naphtali  he  said,  Naphtali  satisfied  with  favourable 
 acceptation,  and  fall  with  the  blessing  of  Jehovah,  possess  thou  the 
 sea  and  the  south. 
 
 ^*  And  of  Aser  lie  said,  Blessed  with  sons  be  Aser,  let  him  be 
 favourably  accepted  of  his  brethren,  and  dipping  his  foot  in  oil. 
 '^*  Iron  and  brass  thy  shoes,  and  as  thy  days  thy  strength. 
 
 it  thus,  "  He  saw  (or  provided)  to  receive  liis 
 portion  in  the  land  of  Sihon  and  Og,  which 
 was  the  first-fruits  (or  beginning)  of  subduing 
 the  land.''  In  a  portion  of  the  law- 
 giver,] The  portion  which  God  by  Moses 
 the  lawgiver  gave  unto  Gad,  Num.  xxxii. 
 33.  Protected,]  Or,  hidden,  covered, 
 sealed ;  there  in  the  fenced  cities  they  left 
 their  wives  and  children  under  God's  protec- 
 tion, whiles  they  went  to  war  before  their 
 brethren,  Num.  xxxii.  26,  34,  35,  &c.  Josh. 
 i.  14,  He  came,]  That  is,  Gad  came. 
 With  the  heads,]  That  is,  the  princes  and 
 captains  of  the  people  with  whom  Gad  went 
 to  war,  Josh.  i.  14,  and  so  it  is  a  prophesy  of 
 a  thing  to  come,  as  already  done.  Or,  '  he 
 came  to  the  heads,'  to  the  princes,  when  he 
 desired  to  have  that  land  given  him.  Num. 
 xxxii.  2.  But  the  former  seemeth  fittest ; 
 and  so  Sol.  Jarchi  explainethit,  "They  went 
 armed  before  them  when  they  conquered  the 
 land."  Justice,]  That  which  was  just  and 
 right  in  the  Lord's  eyes,  and  his  judgments 
 upon  the  Canaanites  in  destroying  them:  so 
 Joshua  commendelh  their  obedience.  Josh. 
 xxii.  1 — 3.  It  may  also  have  reference  to 
 other  judgments,  as  those  executed  by  Jehu, 
 2  Kings  ix.  x.  and  by  Elias  the  prophet 
 upon  Baal's  priests,  1  Kings  xviii. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Lion's  whelp,]  In  Chald., 
 strong  as  a  lion's  whelp.  In  Gen.  xlix.  17, 
 Jacob  likened  Dan  to  a  'serpent,'  for  his 
 subtle  and  secret  undermining  of  his  ene- 
 mies: Moses  here  likeneth  him  to  a  '.lion,' 
 which  signified  his  strength  and  prowess, 
 verified  when  this  tribe  fought  against  Le- 
 shem,  and  '  smote  it  with  the  edge  of  the 
 sword,'  Josh.  xix.  47;  Judg.  xviii.  27,  29. 
 He  shall  leap,]  Or,  that  leapeth;  refer- 
 ring it  to  the  lion  leaping  from  mount  Ba- 
 shan, where  lions  kept:  for  Bashan  was  not 
 Dan's  possession,  but  Manasseh's,  Deut.  iii. 
 13;  Num.  xxxii.  33;  Josh.  xiii.  7,  S,  11. 
 Chazkuni  here  saith,  "  because  Bashan  was  a 
 place  of  lions  and  wild  beasts,  he  likeneth 
 him  to  a  lion."  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it, 
 "his  land  shall  be  watered  with  the  rivers 
 that  run  from  Bashan." 
 
 Ver.  23.— Naphtali,]  In  Gr.,  Neptha- 
 leim.     He  was  Dan's  brother,  both  of  them 
 
 Vol.  II.  3 
 
 born  of  Bilhah  Rachel's  handmaid ;  but  Gad 
 and  Aser  were  of  Zilphah,  Leah's  maid. 
 Moses  keepeth  not  Jacob's  order,  (Gen.  xlix.) 
 in  blessing  the  tribes.  Satisfied  with  fa- 
 vourable acceptation,]  In  Gr.,  the  satiety 
 {or  ahmdance)  of  acceptable  things :  he 
 meaneth,  that  the  tribe  of  Napthali  should 
 have  in  their  land  many  good  and  acceptable 
 fruits,  through  God's  favour  and  blessing. 
 There  also  the  light  of  God's  favour  in 
 Christ  abundantly  appeared,  Matt.  iv.  13, 
 15,  16,  and  Capernaum  in  this  tribe  was 
 Christ's  city,  Markii.  1 ;  Matt.  ix.  1;  where- 
 in he  did  many  'migiity  works,'  Matt.  xi. 
 23.  The  blessing  of  Jehovah,]  Bless, 
 ings  given  of  him ;  and,  as  Chazkuni  ex- 
 poundeth it,  "  Whosoever  cometh  into  his 
 land,  and  seeth  the  first  ripe  fruits,  shall 
 bless  the  Lord  for  them."  But  the  Gr. 
 translateth,  "  let  him  be  filled  with  blessing 
 of  (or  from)  the  Lord.  The  sea,]  This  the 
 Chald.  interpreteth,  the  sea  of  Ginosar, 
 called  in  the  New  Testament  '  the  lake  of 
 Gennesaret,'  Luke  v.  1;  in  Heb.  "  Chinner- 
 eth,"  Num.  xxxiv.  11  ;  Deut.  iii.  17.  R. 
 Sol.  Jarchi  here  saith,  "  The  sea  of  Chinner- 
 eth  fell  to  his  portion." 
 
 Ver.  24. — With  sons,]  Or,  for  sons, 
 for  multitude  of  children  ;  the  Chald.  saith, 
 "with  the  blessing  of  sons:"  as  in  Aser's  tribe 
 there  were  now  fifty-three  thousand  and  four 
 hundred  men  of  war,  Num.  xxvi.  47.  Let 
 him  pe,]  In  Gr.,  he  shall  be  acceptable  to 
 his  brethren.  Dipping,]  In  Gr.,  he  shall 
 dip  his  foot  in  oil,  that  is,  shall  have  plenty 
 of  oil,  that  he  may  set  his  feet  therein:  ac- 
 cording to  Jacob's  blessing,  that  his  'bread 
 should  be  fat,'  Gen.  xlix.  20. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Thy  shoks,]  That  is,  the 
 ground  under  thee  shall  have  mines  of  iron 
 and  brass,  that  thy  feet  may  seem  to  be  shod 
 with  them.  This  also  maysignify  his  strength, 
 to  tread  down  his  enemies;  as  Christ's  feet 
 were  of  fine  brass.  Rev.  i.  15.  Tht 
 strength,]  Or,  thi/  old  age.  The  Heb. 
 Dobee  (here  only  used,)  is  in  Gr.  translated 
 strength:  and  so  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it, 
 "  as  the  days  of  thy  youth,  thy  strength." 
 The  Lat.  version,  and  others  expound  it  'old 
 age,'  so  named  of  weakness;  meaning  that 
 E 
 
402 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 ^^  There  is  none  like  God,  Jeshurun,  e^/to  rideth  upon  the  heavens 
 for  thj^  help,  and  in  his  excellency  on  tlie  skies.  ^''  Tlie  God  of  an- 
 tiquity is  thy  mansion,  and  underneath  are  the  arms  of  eternity, 
 and  he  will  thrust  out  the  enemy  from  before  thee,  and  will  say 
 destroy.  '^  And  Israel  shall  dwell  in  confident  safety  alone,  the 
 fountain  of  Jacob,  upon  a  land  of  corn  and  new  wine,  also  his 
 
 his  old  age  should  be  strong  and  lusty,  as  the 
 days  of  his  youth.  Others,  'fame'  or  're- 
 port;' that  as  his  days  were,  so  his  fame 
 should  be  as  long  as  he  lived.  Chazkuni 
 saith,  Daba  is  the  same  that  Daah,  weakness 
 or  debility,  (as  Cebes  is  the  same  that  Ceseb 
 a  lamb)  and  that  it  meaneth  the  "  days  of 
 old  age  in  which  a  man  is  weak;  as  if  he 
 should  say.  Even  in  the  time  of  their  old  age 
 they  shall  be  strong." 
 
 Ver.  26. — Jeshurun,]  That  is,  0  Israel: 
 see  Deut.  xxxii.  15.  The  Gr.  translateth, 
 "There  is  none  like  the  God  of  the  beloved 
 one:"  the  Chald.  saith;  "there  is  no  Godlike 
 the  God  of  Israel."  This  conclusion  concerneth 
 all  the  tribes  of  Israel  in  general,  celebrating 
 the  glory  and  goodness  of  God,  communicated 
 with  his  church ;  and  their  participation  of 
 his  graces,  to  their  perpetual  happiness. 
 RiDETH,]  Which  is  a  sign  of  honour,  and  of 
 his  speedy  coming  to  help  his  people:  so  in 
 Ps.  Ixviii.  34.  For  which  cause  he  is  said 
 also  to  '  ride  upon  the  cherub,'  2  Sam.  xxli. 
 11,  and  to  '  ride  upon  his  horses  and  chariots 
 of  salvation'  Hab.  iii.  8.  This  was  fulfilled 
 in  the  wars  against  the  Cauaanites,  Josh,  x, 
 10,  11,  13,  and  before,  against  the  Egyp- 
 tians, Exod.  ix.  23  ;  xiv.  24,  25.  And 
 Christ  still  '  rideth  in  heaven  upon  a  white 
 horse,'  to  conquer  the  enemies,  for  his 
 church's  sake.  Rev.  vi.  2;  xix.  11 — 16. 
 The  Chald.  translateth,  "  whose  habita- 
 tion (or,  divine  majesty)  is  in  the  heavens." 
 In  THy  HELP,]  Ov,  for  thy  help:  in  Gr., 
 thine  helper.  In  his  excellency,]  Oi-, 
 for  his  high  majesty,  7nagnijiceuce ;  in 
 Chald.,  "strength."  So  in  Ps.  Ixviii.  35. 
 God's  works  are  for  the  manifestation  of  his 
 excellent  glory,  in  the  health  and  salvation  of 
 his  people.  Skies,]  The  highest  heavens, 
 which  the  Gr.  calleth  "the  firmament;"  the 
 Chald.,  "  the  heavens  of  heavens." 
 
 Ver.  27.— The  God  of  antiquity,] 
 That  is,  the  ancient  (or  eternal)  God; 
 which  the  Chald.  interpreteth,  "  God  that 
 was  from  the  beginning."  Hereupon  David 
 entitleth  him  the  God  '  that  sitteth  from  an- 
 tiquity, (or  abideth  of  old,)'  Ps.  Iv.  20,  and 
 Asaph  saith,  '  God  is  my  king  from  antiquity,' 
 Ps.  Ixxiv.  12.  '  And  he  is  befoi-e  all  things, 
 and  by  him  all  things  consist,'  Col.  i.  17. 
 Is  thy  mansion,]  Or,  will  be  thy  habita- 
 tion :  or,  prayer-wise,  b.e  thy  7nansion,  that 
 
 is,  thy  -protection ;  as  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 will  protect  thee.  So  Moses  saith,  '  Lord, 
 thou  hast  been  our  mansion  ("r  habitation,) 
 in  every  generation  and  generation,'  Ps.  xc. 
 ].  Under  this  name  'mansion,' all  things 
 needful  are  implied,  both  for  life  and  salva- 
 tion in  this  world,  and  in  that  which  is  to 
 come,  John  xiv.  2.  Arms  of  eternity,] 
 That  is,  eternal  (or  everlasting)  arms :  or, 
 arms  of  the  world.  Israel  is  protected  un- 
 der God's  everlasting  arms  or  power;  God  is 
 their  defence  over  and  under:  '  his  left  hand 
 is  under  the  head  of  his  church,  and  his 
 right  hand  doth  embrace  her,'  Song  ii.  6. 
 The  Gr.  translateth,  "  under  the  strength  of 
 the  everlasting  arms:''  the  Chald.  expound- 
 eth  it,  "  and  by  his  woid  the  world  was 
 made."  Sol.  Jarchi  explaiueth  it  thus, 
 "  and  underneath  his  mansion  do  all  strong 
 armed  dwell.  The  arms  of  the  world  were 
 Sihon  and  Og,  and  the  kings  of  Canaan, 
 which  were  the  strength  and  power  of  the 
 world,  &c.  but  their  strength  was  weakened 
 before  him."  But  the  arms  of  eternity  are 
 rather  meant  here  of  the  arms  of  the  eternal 
 God,  who  is  mo?t  ancient  without  beginning; 
 and  eternal,  without  ending;  who  saith,  '  I 
 am  the  first,  and  I  am  the  last:  and  besides 
 me  there  is  no  God,' Is.  xliv,  6.  Destroy,] 
 Speaking  to  Israel,  whom  he  would  enable  to 
 destroy  their  enemies:  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 "  Perish,"  speaking  to  the  enemy.  So  God 
 by  Christ  not  only  preserveth  his  people  from 
 harm,  but  destroyeth  him  that  hath  the 
 power  of  death,  that  is,  the  devil,  Heb.  ii. 
 14,  and  with  him  all  other  enemies  perish. 
 
 Ver.  28. — Alone,]  Secure  from  ene- 
 mies, as  Jer.  xlix.  31,  or,  'alone,  and  shall 
 not  be  reckoned  among  the  nations,'  as  Num. 
 xxiii.  9.  This  dwelling  in  safety  had  accom- 
 plishment under  Christ,  of  whom  it  is  said, 
 '  In  his  days  Judah  shall  be  saved,  and  Israel 
 shall  dwell  safely,'  Jer.  xxiii.  6.  The 
 fountain,]  That  is,  the  people  which  flow 
 out  of  Jacob,  as  out  of  a  well  or  fountain :  so 
 that  fountain  is  here  used  for  a  river  or 
 stream  issuing  from  a  fountain,  as  in  Ps. 
 civ.  10,  and  waters  often  signify  peoples, 
 Rev.  xvii.  15.  Thus  David  called  them  of 
 '  the  fountain  of  Israel,'  Ps.  Ixviii.  27,  and 
 Isaiah  saith,  which  '  are  come  forth  out  of  the 
 waters  of  Judah,'  Is.  xlviii.  1.  The  Heb. 
 word  sometimes  signifieth  a  fountain,  some- 
 
CHAP.    XXXIV. 
 
 403 
 
 heavens  shall  drop  down  dew.  ^^  O  happy  art  thou  Israel!  who  is 
 like  thee,  O  people  ?  Saved  by  Jehovali  the  shield  of  thy  lielp,  and 
 whose  sword  is  thy  excellency,  and  thine  enemies  shall  falsely 
 deny  unto  thee,  and  tliou  shalt  tread  upon  their  high  places. 
 
 times  an  eye;  in  which  latter  sense  some  in- 
 terpret it  here,  'the  eye  of  Jacob'  shall  look 
 'unto  a  land  of  corn,  &c.  His  heavens,] 
 The  heaven  or  air  over  the  land  of  Israel, 
 shall  drop  down  dew,  whereby  it  shall  be 
 fruitful.  Thus  Moses  confirmeth  to  Jacob's 
 seed  the  blessing  which  Isaac  gave  unto  Ja- 
 cob, Gen.  xxvii.  2S.  Spiritually  *  heavens  ' 
 signify  the  ecclesiastical  estate,  Rev.  iv.  1, 
 '  dew  and  rain  '  signify  heavenly  doctrine,  as 
 Deut.  xxxii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  29. — Who  is  like  thee,]  Not  any 
 people.  So  David  said,  'What  one  nation 
 in  the  earth  is  like  thy  people,  like  Isiael,' 
 2  Sam.  vii.  23.  See  also  Deut.  iv.  7.  By 
 Jehovah,]  Or,  in  Jehovah,  that  is,  Christ; 
 called  '  Jehovah  our  righteousness,'  Jer. 
 xxiii.  6.  Shield  of  thy  help,]  That  is, 
 thine  helpful  shield,  which  aideth  thee  against 
 tJiiue  enemies;  the  Chald.  saith,  strong  for 
 thine  help  ;  the  Gr.,  thy  helper  will  shield 
 (or  protect)  thee.  Sword,  is  thy  excel- 
 lency,] In  Gr.,  thy  glory  (or  boasting:) 
 that  thou  mayest  truly  glory  in  his  sword, 
 not  in  thine  own:  as  the  church  doth  in  Ps. 
 xliv.  4,  7,  '  they  inheiited  not  the  land  by 
 their  own  sword:  and,  my  sword  shall  not 
 save  me.'  Christ  appeared  with  a  two-edged 
 sword  in  his  mouth,  [lev.  i.  16,  and  with  a 
 sword  in  his  hand,  as  '  prince  of  the  Lord's 
 host,'  Josh.  V.  13,  14,  and  the  'sword  of  the 
 Spirit  is  the  word  of  God,'  Eph.  vi.  17. 
 Shall  falsely  deny,]  Shall  dissemble  that 
 they  were  thine  enemies,  and  fain  to  be 
 fiiends  for  fear.  This  David  acknowledged, 
 '  the  sons  of  the  stranger  falsely  deny  unto 
 me,'   Ps.   xviii.   45.     The   Gr.   translateth, 
 
 "shall  lie  unto  thee."  Chazkuni  explaineth 
 it  thus,  "  They  that  are  enemies  to  thee  in 
 their  heart,  shall  falsely  deny  unto  thee 
 through  fear,  and  shall  show  themselves  thy 
 friends,  and  shall  be  obedient  to  do  thy  plea- 
 sure." Aud  Sol.  Jarchi  giveth  an  example, 
 "  as  the  Gibeonites  which  said,  from  a  very 
 far  country  thy  servants  are  come,"  &c. 
 Tread  on  their  high  places,]  Or,on  their 
 heights  :  in  Gr.,  "  thou  shalt  lide  upon  their 
 neck  :"  see  a  like  phrase  ii.  Ps.  Ixvi.  12.  The 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "thou  shalt  tread  on 
 the  joints  of  the  necks  of  their  kings:" 
 which  thing  was  fulfilled  in  Joshua's  time, 
 Josh.  X.  24,  25.  By  'heights'  or  'high 
 places,'  are  meant  all  the  high  and  fortified 
 places,  wherein  the  enemies  kept  for  their 
 safety;  as  mountains,  high  walled  cities,  &c. 
 David  when  he  was  safe  from  his  enemies, 
 rejoiceth  that  Gud  had  set  him  upon  his 
 '  high  places,'  2  Sam.  xxii.  34.  And  as  it 
 is  the  glory  of  God,  that  he  '  treadeth  upon 
 the  high  places  of  the  earth,*  Amos  iv.  13  ; 
 Mic.  i.  3,  and  '  upon  the  high  places  (or 
 heights)'  of  the  sea,  Job  ix.  8,  so  he  com- 
 municateth  this  glory  to  his  people,  that 
 should  vanquish  all  their  enemies;  as  was 
 also  said  in  Deut.  xxxii.  13,  'he  made  him 
 ride  on  the  high  places  of  the  earth.'  And 
 by  the  weapons  of  their  warfare,  which  are 
 mighty  through  God,  they  pull  down  strong 
 holds  and  cast  down  '  every  high  thing  that 
 exalteth  itself  against  the  knowledge  of  God,' 
 2  Cor.  X.  4,  5.  Death  shall  be  swallowed  up 
 in  victory,  1  Cor.  xv.  and  satan  himself 
 shall  be  trodden  underneath  their  feet,  Rom. 
 
 CHAP.    XXXIV. 
 
 1.  Moses  from  mount  Nebo  v'teweth  the  land.  5.  He  dieth  there,  and 
 is  buried  of  God.  7.  His  age  and  vigour  when  he  died.  8.  The  Israel- 
 ites mourn  for  him  thirty  days.  9.  Joshua  succeedeth  him.  10.  The 
 praise  of  Moses. 
 
 '  And  Moses  went  up  from  the  plains  of  Moab  unto  mount  Nebo, 
 to  the  top  of  Pisgah,  which  is  over  against  Jericho :   and  Jehovah 
 
 Ver.    1. — Moses    went    up,]    As    God 
 commanded  him,  Deut.  xxxii.  49.     Plains 
 
 OF  Moab,]  In  the   wildeniess   where  Israel 
 pitched,  and  where  Moses  had  explained  all 
 
404 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 caused  him  to  see  all  the  land  from  Gilead  unto  Dan.  -  And  all 
 Naphtali,  and  the  land  of  Ephraim,  and  Manasseh,  and  all  the 
 land  of  Judah,  unto  tlie  hindmost  sea.  ^  x\nd  the  South,  and  the 
 plain  of  the  valley  of  Jericho,  the  city  of  palm  trees,  unto  Zoar. 
 
 this  law  unto  them.  See  Num.  xxii.  1 ; 
 Deut.  i.  1,  5.  The  Gr.  retaineth  the  Ileb. 
 name,  Araboth  Moab.  Mount  Nebo,]  Or, 
 of  Nebo,  that  from  thence  he  might  view  the 
 holy  land,  as  'John  from  an  high  mountain 
 was  showed  the  holy  Jerusalem,'  Rev.  xxi. 
 ]0,  and  Ezekiel  likewise  btfore  him,  Ezek. 
 xl.  2.  Nebo  was  the  name  of  a  mountain, 
 and  of  a  city  by  it,  which  was  given  for  a 
 possession  to  the  Reubenites,  Num.  xxxii. 
 37,  .38 ;  1  Chron.  v.  3,  8.  Pisgah,]  In 
 Gr.,  P/iasga ;  in  Cliald.,  Ramatha ;  so 
 named  of  the  'highness'  of  it:  see  Deut. 
 iii.  27.  Jericho,]  In  Gr.  Jericho,  a  city 
 within  the  land  of  Canaan,  which  the  Israel- 
 ites first  conquered,  by  faith  causing  the  wall 
 to  fall  down,  Josh,  vi  ;  Heb.  xi.  30.  See 
 after  on  ver.  3.  Caused  him  to  see,]  As 
 in  ver.  4,  or,  showed  him,  as  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth.  From  Gilead,]  In  Gr.,  the  land 
 of  Gaalad.  But  Gilead  was  on  the  outside 
 of  Jordan,  and  given  to  Reuben,  Gad,  and 
 half  Manasseh,  Deut.  iii.  12,  13,  being 
 conquered  by  Moses  himself  ;  so  that  there 
 was  no  need  to  view  that,  but  from  that 
 country  forward  he  viewed  all  the  the  rest. 
 Therefore  the  Hebs.  expound  the  word  Eth, 
 by  Min,/rom;  saying,  "Fiom  Gilead  which 
 was  on  the  outside  of  Jordan,  towards  the 
 sun  rising,  wherein  Moses  was  standing; 
 unto  Dan,  which  is  the  border  of  the  land  of 
 Israel,  as  it  is  written,  from  Dan  even  to 
 Beersheba,"  (I  Sam.  iii.  20,)  Chazkuni  on 
 Deut.  xxxiv.  Others  refer  it  to  a  spiritual 
 vision  of  things  to  be  done  after  in  this  coun- 
 try; as  Jonathan  in  his  Thargum  paraphr.is- 
 eth,  "The  word  of  the  Lord  showed  him  all 
 the  mighties  of  the  land;  the  valiant  acts 
 v.'hich  should  be  done  by  Jephtha  of  Gilead, 
 and  the  victories  of  Samson  son  of  Manoah 
 of  the  tribe  of  Dan;"  likewise  Sol.  Jarchi 
 expoundeth  it,  "  He  showeth  him  the  sons  of 
 Dan  committing  idolatry,  as  it  is  written  (in 
 Judg.  xviii.  30,)  and  the  sons  of  Dan  set  up 
 the  graven  image:  and  he  showed  him  Sam- 
 son, that  should  come  out  of  him  for  a  Sa- 
 viour. By  Dan  here  we  are  to  understand 
 Leshem,  or  Laish,  a  city  in  the  i'ui  thest  part 
 of  the  land  northward,  called  also  Dan,  Josh, 
 six.  47;  Jiidg.  xviii.  27,  29. 
 
 Ver.  2. — All  Naphtali,]  In  Gr.,  all 
 the  land  of  Napthali,  which  lay  also  north- 
 ward in  Galilee,  Matt.  iv.  15.  Of  Ephraim 
 AND  Manasseh,]  Meaning  the  half  tribe  of 
 Manasseh    that   dwelt   within   Jordan ;    this 
 
 was  the  midst  of  the  land  in  Samaria:  see 
 Josh.  xvi. ;  xvii.  7—11.  Of  Judah,] 
 Which  was  the  southern  part  of  the  country, 
 Josh.  XV.  1,  &c.  for  tiie  land  was  far  more 
 in  length  than  breadth  and  by  naming  these 
 few  chief  countries,  he  implieth  all  the  rest 
 with  them.  These  also  in  Thargum  Joua- 
 than,  and  Sol.  Jarchi,  are  applied  to  "  the 
 captains  of  the  house  of  Naplitali,  that  were 
 joined  with  Barak,  and  the  kings  which 
 Joshua  the  son  of  Nun,  of  the  tribe  of  Eph- 
 raim, should  kill ;  and  the  valiant  acts  of 
 Gideon  son  of  Joshua,  of  the  tribe  of  Man- 
 asseh, and  all  the  kings  of  Israel,  and  king- 
 dom of  the  house  of  Judah,  that  should  rule 
 in  the  land,  until  the  sanctuary  should  be  de- 
 stroyed at  the  last.  The  hindmost,]  Or, 
 utmost  sea,  that  is,  the  main  sea,  which  wa^ 
 the  western  coast:  see  the  notes  on  Deut. 
 xi.  21. 
 
 Ver.  3. — The  south,]  In  Gv.the  wilder- 
 ness :  the  utmost  cities  of  the  tribe  of  the  sons 
 of  Judah, towards  thecoasts of  Edom,  described 
 in  Josh.  XV.  21,  &c.  SoinNum.  xxxiv.  3,'your 
 south  quarter  shall  be  from  the  wilderness  of 
 Zin,  along  by  the  coast  of  Edom,'  &c.  Thus 
 Moses  viewed  the  land  after  the  order  that 
 Abraham  did  at  the  first:  see  Gen.  xii.  6 — 
 9,  with  the  annot.  there.  God  here  showeth 
 Moses  all  the  kingdoms  and  glory  of  Ca- 
 naan, from  an  high  mountain,  for  his  comfort 
 and  strengthening  of  his  faith,  who  saw  the 
 promises  afar  ofl',  saluted  them  and  died,  as 
 did  his  godly  forefathers,  Heb.  xi.  9,  13J 
 On  the  contrary,  the  devil  taketh  Christ  up 
 into  an  exceeding  high  mountain,  and  show- 
 eth him  all  the  kingdoms  of  the  world,  and 
 the  glory  of  them,  to  draw  him  (if  he  had 
 been  able)  from  the  faith  and  service  of  God, 
 unto  the  worship  of  satan,  Matt.  iv.  8,  9. 
 The  plain  of  the  vallev  of  Jericho,] 
 In  Gr.,  regio7is  about  Jericho:  this  last  part 
 which  Moses  viewed,  was  the  first  which  the 
 Israelites  possessed.  Josh.  ii.  1;  iii.  16;  iv. 
 13,  19.  Sol.  Jarchi  here  saith,  God  showed 
 to  Moses,  "Solomon  casting  the  vessels  of 
 the  sanctuary,  as  it  is  said,  In  the  plains  of 
 Jordan  did  the  king  cast  them,"  2  Chron.  iv. 
 17.  City  of  palm-trees,]  So  Jericho  is 
 called  here,  and  in  2  Chron.  xxviii.  15; 
 Judg.  i.  16;  iii.  13,  and  of  them  and  other 
 fragrant  fruits  there  growing,  as  balsam  and 
 the  like;  the  city  had  the  name  Jericho,  by 
 interpretation,  'odoriferous,'  or  'fragrant.' 
 Unto    Zoar,]    In    Gr.,    Segor.     Thus  the 
 
CHAP.  XXXIV. 
 
 405 
 
 *  And  Jehovah  said  unto  him,  This  is  the  land  which  I  sware  unto 
 Abraham,  unto  Isaac,  and  unto  Jacob,  saying.  Unto  thy  seed  will 
 I  give  it :  I  have  caused  thee  to  see  it  vrith  tliine  eyes,  but  thou 
 shalt  not  go  over  tJiither.  ^  And  Moses  tlie  servant  of  Jehovah 
 died  there  in  tlie  land  of  Moab,  according  to  the  mouth  of  Jeho- 
 vah. <*  And  he  buried  him  in  a  valley  in  the  land  of  Moab,  over 
 against  Beth-peor,  and  no  man  knoweth  of  his  sepulchre  unto  this 
 
 Inst  part  which  Moses  viewed,  was  both 
 nearest  unto  him,  and  the  pleasantest  of  all 
 the  land  of  Canaan :  for  '  all  the  plain  of 
 Jordan  was  well  watered,  it  was  as  the  gar- 
 den of  the  Lord,'  Geu.  xiii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  4. — I  SWARE  ]  That  is,  I  promised 
 by  oath:  see  Gen.  xii.  7;  xxii.  16,  17;  Ps. 
 cv.  9 — 11.  Thy  seed,]  In  Vrv.  yonr  seed  : 
 in  Chald.,  thi/  sons.  Caused  thee  to  see,] 
 In  Gr.,  /  have  s/iouwd  it  to  thine  eyes. 
 This  view  was  by  the  marvellous  woik  and 
 grace  of  God  towards  his  servant;  that  in 
 one  place  and  time  he  should  behold  so  large 
 a  country;  and  in  it  (by  the  eye  of  his  spirit) 
 so  many  mysteries  as  in  that  '  holy  land,'  (so 
 called  in  Zach.  ii.  12,)  were  comprehended: 
 and  it  being  'the  land  of  Immanuel,'  (or 
 of  Christ)  Is.  viii.  8,  the  beholding  thereof 
 was  the  beholding  of  the  blessings  to  be  en- 
 joyed by  Christ  Jesus;  unto  whom  Moses  and 
 his  law  is  a  schoolmaster,  Gal.  iii.  24.  Not 
 GO  over,]  To  wit,  over  the  river  Jordan,  be- 
 cause Moses  had  not  believed  to  sanctify  the 
 Lord  in  the  eyes  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  Num. 
 XX.  12.  And  as  he  and  others  could  not 
 enter  into  the  good  land,  because  of  their 
 '  unbelief,'  Heb.  iii.  19,  so  all  that  are  of  the 
 works  of  the  law,  and  not  of  the  faith  of 
 Cln'ist,  though  they  may  behold  the  blessing 
 afar  ofi;  yet  shall  they  not  enter  in  to  enjoy 
 the  same,  Gal.  iii.  9—12  ;  Rom.  ix.  31, 
 32. 
 
 Ver.  5.— Servant,]  So  he  is  often  called, 
 even  of  God  himself,  Josh.  i.  2,  and  in  the 
 New  Testament,  as  Rev.  xv.  3.  '  The  song 
 of  Moses  the  servant  of  God.'  This  title 
 he  had  in  respect  of  his  office,  being  gover- 
 nor of  Israel:  as  David  also  had,  in  Ps. 
 xviii.  1;  xxxvi.  1.  See  Num.  xii.  Died 
 there,]  In  the  mountain.  Dent,  xxxii.  50, 
 as  Aaron  died  on  the  top  of  mount  Hor, 
 Num.  XX.  28.  In  that  the  death  of  Moses 
 immediately  followed  after  his  viewing  of  the 
 promised  land,  it  foreshowed  the  end  and 
 abrogation  of  Moses'  law,  when  men  are  come 
 to  the  gospel  of  Christ:  for,  '  after  that  faith 
 is  come,  we  are  no  longer  under  the  school- 
 master,' Gal.  iii.  25.  '  The  law  hath  do- 
 minion over  a  man  as  long  as  he  Jivetb,  for 
 the  woman  which  hath  an  husband  is  bound 
 by   the   law   to    her    husband    so   long  as  he 
 
 liveth;  but  if  the  husband  be  dead  she  is 
 loosed  from  the  law  of  the  husband:  so  we 
 also  aie  become  dead  to  the  law,  by  the  body 
 of  Christ,  that  we  should  be  to  another,  even 
 to  him  who  is  raised  from  the  dead,'  Rom. 
 vii.  1,  2,  4.  Therefore  upon  this  death  of 
 Moses,  God  speaketh  unto  Israel,  to  go  over 
 Jordan  into  the  land.  Josh.  i.  According 
 to  the  mouth,]  In  Gr.  and  Chald.,  by  the 
 word.  The  day  of  his  death,  by  the  Jews' 
 tradition,  was  the  seventh  of  Adar,  (which 
 we  call  February:)  so  Jonathan  in  his  Thar- 
 gum  on  this  place  saith;  "On  the  seventh 
 day  of  the  month  of  Adar,  Moses  the  mas- 
 ter of  Israel  was  born;  and  on  the  seventh 
 day  of  the  month  of  Adar  he  was  taken  out 
 of  the  world. 
 
 Ver.  6. — He  buried  him,]  That  is,  Je- 
 hovah buried  him,  or  Michael,  (that  is, 
 Christ,  who  is  Jehovah,  one  with  the  Father,) 
 Jude  ver.  9.  Signifying  that  none  but  Christ 
 should  abolish  the  law  and  ordinances  given 
 by  Moses,  Rom.  viii.  3;  Gal.  iii.  13,  14; 
 Col.  ii.  14,  16,  17;  Heb.  ix.  9,  10,  11,  &c. 
 X.  1 — 9.  And  this  was  a  special  honour 
 unto  Moses'  person,  whom  the  Lord  loved 
 when  he  was  dead,  and  buiied  his  corpse, 
 '  which  we  find  not  done  to  any  man  else  iu 
 the  world,)  which  he  will  also  raise  up  incor- 
 luptible  and  glorious,  at  the  day  of  his  ap- 
 pearing. In  a  valley,]  He  died  in  the 
 mountain,  Deut.  xxxii.  60,  but  was  buried 
 in  a  valley.  Over  against  Beth-Pehor,] 
 The  Gr.  saith,  near  to  the  house  of  Phogor; 
 of  which  place,  see  Deut.  iii,  28.  No  man 
 knoweth,]  God  weukl  not  have  Moses'  se- 
 pulchre to  be  known  (though  the  devil  contend- 
 ed with  him  hereabout,  Jude  ver.  9,)  because 
 there  should  be  no  occasion  of  superstition  or 
 idolatry  thereby,  as  is  thought  of  some. 
 Chazkuni  saith,  "  that  none  which  inquire  of 
 the  dead,"  (as  Deut.  xviii.  11,)  '  might  seek 
 unto  him.'  The  chief  cause  seemeth  to  be  a 
 mystery,  that  the  law  (whereof  Moses  was  the 
 minister)  being  once  dead  and  abrogated  by 
 Christ,  should  never  more  be  sought  after,  but 
 quite  abolished  out  of  the  conscience  of  sin- 
 ners,  that  the  grace  of  Christ  may  live  and 
 reign  alone.  See  Gal.  iv.  9 — 11;  y.  4. 
 Also  that  the  legal  rudiments  siiould  by  the 
 coming  of  the  gospel  be  taken  away  from  Is. 
 
406 
 
 DEUTERONOMY. 
 
 day.  '  And  Moses  was  an  hundred  and  twenty  years  old  when  he 
 died,  his  eye  was  not  dim,  nor  his  natui-al  moisture  fled.  ®  And  the 
 sons  of  Israel  wept  for  Moses  in  the  plains  of  Moab,  thirty  days  -. 
 and  the  days  of  weeping,  of  moui'ning  for  Moses,  were  ended. 
 '  And  Joshua  the  son  of  Nun  was  full  of  the  spirit  of  wisdom,  for 
 Moses  had  laid  his  hands  upon  him,  and  the  sons  of  Israel  heark- 
 ened unto  him,  and  did  as  Jeliovah  commanded  Moses.  "  And 
 there  arose  not  a  prophet  since  in  Israel  like  Moses,  whom  Jeho- 
 vah knew  face  to  face.  "  In  all  the  signs  and  wonders  which  Je- 
 hovah sent  him  to  do  in  the  land  of  Egypt,  to  Pharaoh,  and  to  all 
 liis  servants,  and  to  all  liis  land.  ^'  And  in  all  the  mighty  hand  and 
 in  all  great  terror  which  Moses  did  in  the  eyes  of  all  Israel. 
 
 raelj  never  to  be  found  or  enjoyed  by  them 
 any  more.  For  Christ  destroyed  both  their 
 city  and  sanctuary,  as  was  fui'etold  in  Dan. 
 ix.  and  they  have  been  '  many  days  without 
 a  king,  and  without  a  prince,  and  without  a 
 sacrifice,  and  without  an  image,  and  without 
 an  ephod,  and  without  teraphim;  and  so 
 shall  be  until  they  return  and  seek  the  Loid 
 their  God.  and  [the  sou  of]  David  their  king,' 
 Hos.  iii.  4,  5. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Years  old,]  Heb.  son  of  120 
 years:  so  the  year  of  his  death  fell  out  in  the 
 2553th  year  of  the  world:  and  his  years  ac- 
 cord with  Noah's  preaching  and  preparing  of 
 the  ark,  Gen.  vi.  3.  His  eye,]  In  Gr.,  his 
 eyes:  his  eye-siglit  failed  him  not,  asdid  Isaac's, 
 Gun.  xxvii.  1.  The  eye  is  also  used  for  the 
 outward  appearance  and  colour  of  a  thing,  as 
 Exod.  X.  6;  Num.  xi.  7 ;  so  it  may  be  meant 
 here  also;  '  his  visage  was  not  wrinkled.' 
 Chazkuni  here  expoundeth  it,  "  the  shining 
 of  his  face,"  mentioned  in  Exod.  xxxiv.  .30. 
 His  natdral  moisture,]  His  radical  hu- 
 mour, wherein  the  life  and  strength  of  tlie 
 body  consistelh,  which  when  it  is  spent  and 
 dried  up,  a  man  dieth.  The  Gr.  translateth, 
 "his  lips  were  not  corrupted:"  the  Chald. 
 saith,  "the  brightness  of  the  glory  of  his  face 
 was  not  changed:"  having  reference  to 
 Exod.  xxxiv.  30,  &c.  Fled,]  Tliat  is,  de- 
 parted from  him.  Thus  outwardly  and  in- 
 wardly Moses  retained  his  vigour,  beauty  and 
 natural  strength;  that  he  died  not  through 
 feebleness,  or  defect  of  nature,  as  most  men 
 did  at  his  age,  though  he  had  been  a  man  of 
 sorrows,  and  broken  with  many  cares  for  the 
 people.  And  hereby  the  continual  force  of 
 tlie  law  is  signified;  the  power  whereof  de- 
 cayeth  not  in  the  conscience  of  sinners  by 
 number  of  days,  or  multitude  of  works,  till 
 God  take  it  away,  and  abolish  it  by  grace  in 
 Christ.  '  The  law  hath  domiin'on  over  a  man 
 as  long  as  he  liveth:  while  we  are  in  the 
 flesh,  the  passions  of  sins  which  are  by  the 
 
 law,  do  work  in  our  members,  to  bring  forth 
 fruit  unto  death,'  Rom.  vii.  1,  5. 
 
 Ver.  8.^ — The  plains  of  Moab,]  In  Gr , 
 Jrahoth  Moab  by  Jordan,  over  against 
 Jericho;  as  ver.  1.  Thirty  days,]  So 
 long  they  mourned  also  for  Aaron:  see  Num. 
 XX.  2S. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Joshua,]  In  Gr.,  Jesus  the 
 son  of  Nave.  Of  wisdom,]  In  Gr.,  of  un- 
 derstanding the  spirit  of  wisdom,  meaneth 
 wisdom  ministered  by  the  Spirit  of  God, 
 wherein  he  was  a  figure  of  Jesus  Christ, 
 who  '  being  full  of  the  Holy  Spirit,'  entered 
 upon  the  work  of  his  ministration  here  on 
 earth,  Luke  iv.  1,  &c.  On  him  the  Spirit 
 of  the  Lord  rested,  '  the  spirit  of  wisdom 
 and  understanding,  the  spirit  of  counsel  and 
 might,  the  spirit  of  knowledge,  and  of  the 
 fear  of  the  Lord,'  Is.  xi.  2.  Laid,]  Or, 
 imposed  his  hands  upon  him:  of  this  see 
 Num.  xxvii.  18—23.  As  Moses  by  impo- 
 sition of  hands  authorized  Joshua  the  son  of 
 Nun,  and  bare  recoid  unto  him:  so  the  law 
 of  Moses  which  was  in  the  heart  and  bowels 
 of  Jesus  the  Son  of  God,  gave  authority  and 
 bare  record  unto  him,  Heb.  vii;  Actsxxvi. 
 22,  23,  and  Moses  himself  appeared  talkiug 
 with  Jesus,  and  speaking  'of  his  decease, 
 which  he  should  accomplish  at  Jerusalem,' 
 Luke  ix.  SO,  31.  Hearkened  unto  him,] 
 That  is,  obeyed  him :  as  after  also  they  pro- 
 mised, in  Josh.  i.  16—18.  See  the  notes  on 
 Num.  xxvii.  20. 
 
 Ver.  10— Knew  face  to  face,]  The 
 Chald.  saith,  luas  reiealed  unto  him  face  to 
 face.  So  in  Exod.  xxxiii.  11,  it  is  said, 
 '  Jehovah  spake  unto  Moses  face  to  face  as  a 
 man  speaketh  unto  his  friend:'  and  in  Num. 
 viii.  he  said,  '  with  him  will  I  speak  mouth 
 to  mouth.'     See  the  annot  there. 
 
 Ver.  12.— The  mighty  hand,]  That  is, 
 works  wrought  with  a  mighty  hand,  and 
 powerful  government,  and  administration; 
 according  to  that  which  is  said,    '  Humble 
 
CHAP.    XXXIV. 
 
 407 
 
 yourselves  therefore,  under  the  mighty  hand 
 of  God,'  &c.  1  Pet.  V.  e.  Great  terror,] 
 That  is,  works  done  with  great  terror;  which 
 the  Gr.  translateth,  great  marvels :  the 
 Chald.,  great  visions.  These  things  do 
 magnify  Moses'  office  and  administration, 
 that  the  laws  which  he  hath  written  and  con- 
 firmed by  such  signs  and  wonders  might  be 
 acknowledged  to  be  of  God;  wherefore  he 
 and  his  writings  are  worthily  celebrated 
 throughout  the  world,  confirmed  of  God 
 himself.  Num.  xii.  7,  S,  approved  and  ex- 
 pounded by  all  the  prophets  after  him,  by 
 Christ,  himself  and  his  apostles ;  so  that  they 
 which  hear  not  him,  '  will  not  be  persuaded 
 though  one  went  from  the  dead,'  Luke  xvi. 
 31.  But  unto  us  God  hath  raised  up  a  pro- 
 phet like  unto  Moses,  as  he  promised, 
 Deut.  xviii,  18;  Acts  iii.  21;  even  Jesus  the 
 
 son  of  the  Most  High,  'a  man  approved  ol 
 God  among  the  Israelites,  by  miracles,  won- 
 ders and  signs,  which  God  did  by  him  in  the 
 midst  of  them,'  Acts  ii.  22;  Heb.  ii.  4;  in 
 whom  '  God  was  reconciling  the  world  unto 
 himse!f,'  2  Cor.  v.  19;  whom  God  buried  not, 
 as  he  did  Moses,  but  raised  him  from  the 
 dead,  that  he  saw  no  corruption.  Of  him 
 Moses  wrote,  and  'to  him  give  all  the  prophets 
 witness,  that  through  his  name,  whosoever 
 believeth  in  him  shall  receive  remission  of 
 sins,'  Acts  X.  40,  43.  'And  by  him,  all  that 
 believe  are  justified  from  all  things,  from 
 which  we  could  not  be  justified  by  the  law 
 of  Moses,'  Acts  xiii.  19.  '  This  is  the  true 
 God  and  eternal  life,'  1  John  v.  20.  To  him 
 be  honour,  and  glory,  and  praise,  throughout 
 all  generations;  and  '  let  all  the  earth  be  filled 
 with  his  glory.  Amen,  and  Amen.' 
 
BOOK  OF  PSALMS,   OR  HYMNS. 
 
 PSALM    I. 
 
 1 .  The  happiness  of  the  godly,  whose  conversation  is  described,  and 
 their  prosperity  like  a  fruitful  tree.  4.  The  contrary  course  of  the 
 wicked,  for  which  they  and  their  way  do  perish. 
 
 '  O  BLESSED  is  the  man  that  doth  not  walk  in  the  counsel  of  tlie 
 wicked,  nor  stand  in  the  way  of  sinners,  nor  sit  in  the  seat  of  tlie 
 
 The  book  of  Psalms,]  So  our  Lord  him- 
 self entitleth  it,  Luke  XX.  42,  but  the  Hebs. 
 title,  Tehillim,  si^iifieth  hymns  or  praises. 
 According  to  the  Gr.,  it  is  called  the  Psal- 
 ter. 
 
 Veb.  1.— O  blessed,]  Or,  O  happy,  or 
 well/ares  the  man.  A  joyful  acclamation 
 for  the  man's  welfare  and  felicity,  as  going 
 right  forivaid,  and  so  having  good  success, 
 contiary  hereunto  is  woe,  or  alas,  Eccl.  x. 
 16,  17;  Luke  vi.  20,  24.  This  word  ashrei 
 in  the  Heb.,  is  always  applied  to  men,  and  so 
 differeth  from  another  word,  baruc,  blessed; 
 which  is  ascribed  both  to  God  and  men,  Ps. 
 cxv.  15,  18,  the  contrary  whereto  is  cursed. 
 Vs.  xxxvii.  22.  Doth  not  walk,]  Or, 
 hath  not  walked.  But  the  time  past  and 
 time  to  come,  are  in  the  Heb.  often  used  for 
 to  express  continued  actions.  Walking  signi- 
 fieth  one's  conversation,  both  touching  faith 
 and  works,  Ps.  cxix.  1 ;  Gen.  v.  24,  compared 
 with  Heb.  xi.  5,  6 ;  2  Pet.  ii.  10;  Jude  11. 
 To  '■  walk  in  the  counsel '  of  any,  is  either  to 
 do  as  they  advise  and  suggest,  as  did  Aha- 
 ziah,  2  Chron.  xxii.  3 — 5,  or  by  imitation  to 
 do  like  others  before,  as  did  Israel,  Mic.  vi. 
 16.  But  in  every  respect  the  '  counsel  of 
 the  wicked  should  be  far  from  us,'  Job  xxi. 
 16;  xxii.  18.  Wicked,]  That  is,  ungodly : 
 so  our  English  word  meaneth,  being  made  of 
 the  old  Danish  wgudelig :  or  we  may  call 
 them  according  to  the  original,  *  restless,  tur- 
 bulent, unjust,  ungracious.'  The  Heb. 
 rashangh,  signifieth  restlessness,  and  is  op- 
 posed to  quietness,  Job  xxxiv.  29.  Such 
 men    are  without    peace   in  themselves   and 
 
 seek  to  disturb  and  molest  others,  Prov.  iv. 
 16,  likened  therefore  to  the  raging  sea,  Is. 
 xlvii.  20,  21.  And  because  for  their  evil 
 deeds  they  are  often  brought  forth  to  judg- 
 ment and  condemned;  therefore  is  this  name 
 given  to  condemned  persons,  Ps.  cix.  7;  Job 
 xxvii.  7.  And  as  to  make  just  or  justify,  is 
 to  acquit  or  absolve  in  judgment,  Ps.  Ixxxii. 
 .3,  so  to  make  or  pronounce  wicked,  is  to  con- 
 demn, Ps.  xxxvii.  33;  xciv.  21:  Deut. 
 XXV.  1.  Vf  AY, '\Trac}!  ov  trode.  This  word 
 also  signifieth  any  religion,  doctrine,  man- 
 ners, actions,  administration,  or  course  of  life, 
 Ps.  V.  9;  XXV.  4;lxxxvi.  II;  Acts  xviii  25, 
 26;  xxii.  4;  2  Pet.  ii.  2,  15,21.  Sinners,] 
 Or,  misdoers,  erroneous,  enormous.  Though 
 there  is  no  man  just  on  earth,  that  doth  good, 
 and  sinneth  not,  Eccl.  vii.  22,  yet  such  are 
 usually  called  sinners,  as  be  given  to  vice, 
 and  have  the  course  of  their  life  evil.  Gen. 
 xiii.  13;  1  Sam.  xv.  18;  Ps.  xxvi.  9  ;  civ. 
 36 :  Matt.  xxvi.  45  ;  Luke  vii.  37;  John  ix. 
 16,  31.  In  this  respect  they  that  are  born  of 
 God,  are  said  '  not  to  sin,'  1  John  iii.  9;  and 
 Solomon  opposeth  the  sinner  to  the  good  man, 
 Eccl.  ix.  2.  See  the  note  on  Ps.  iv.  5.  Not 
 sit  in  the  seat,]  Or,  and  hath  not  sitten, 
 To  sit,  is  to  abide,  continue,  dwell,  Ps.  ii.  4; 
 ci.  6,  7;  cxxxii.  14,  or  to  company,  and  have 
 familiarity  with  any,  Ps.  xxvi.  4,  5.  And 
 the  original  moshab  here  Englished  seat,  is 
 diversely  used,  as,  for  a  seat  or  chair  to  sit  on, 
 1  Sam.  XX.  25;  Job  xxix.  7,  which  noteth 
 authority;  sometimes  an  habitation  or  dwell- 
 ing,  Ps.  cvii.  4,  7;  cxxxii.  13;  sometimes 
 an  assize,  session,  or  assembly,  Ps.  cvii.  32. 
 And  so  it  may  be  here  taken  foj-  the  'assem. 
 
PSALM    I. 
 
 409 
 
 scornful.  ^  But  hath  his  delight  in  the  law  of  Jeliovali,  and  in  his 
 law  doth  he  meditate  day  and  night.  ^  And  he  shall  be  as  a  tree 
 planted  by  brooks  of  waters,  which  shall  give  his  fruit  in  his  time, 
 and  his  leaf  shall  not  fade,  and  whatsoever  he  shall  do  shall  prosper. 
 ^  Not  so  tlie  wicked  j  but  as  the  chaff  whicli  the  wind  driveth 
 away.  ^  Therefore  the  wicked  shall  not  stand  up  in  judgment,  and 
 sinners  in  the  assembly  of  the  just.  *  For  Jehovali  knoweth  the 
 way  of  the  just,  and  the  way  of  the  wicked  shall  perish. 
 
 bly  of  the  scornfiil,'  and  tlieir  society  as  the 
 Chald.  version  explaiiieth  it.  The  scorn- 
 ful.] Proud  rhetorical  mockers,  losels.  The 
 word  importeth  pride,  as  the  Lord  scorneth 
 the  scorners,  Prov.  iii.  34;  that  is,  resisteth 
 the  proud,  Jam.  iv.  6;  1  Pet.  v.  5.  It  im- 
 plieth  also  eloquence,  often  used  in  mockery, 
 Job  xvi.  20.  The  Gr.  translateth  them  pes- 
 tilent, they  are  of  the  worst  sort  of  sinners, 
 which  admit  of  no  reproof:  therefore  it  is 
 said,  '  Rebuke  not  a  scorner,  lest  he  hate 
 thee,'  Prov.  ix.  7,  8. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Hath  his  delight,]  Or,  his 
 pleasure  is.  Law,]  Or,  doctrine.  See  the 
 notes  on  Ps.  xix.  8.  Jehovah,]  Or,  the 
 Lord,  as  the  Gr.  and  tlie  New  Testament 
 usually  expresseth  it.  The  opening  of  this 
 name,  see  on  Ps.  Ixxxiii.  19;  Gen.  ii.  4. 
 Doth  meditate,]  Or,  shall  meditate,  that 
 is,  usually  meditateth.  This  word  importeth 
 study  and  exercise  of  the  mind,  which  often 
 bursteth  out  into  voice.  It  is  used  for  mus- 
 ing in  the  mind  or  heart,  Prov,  xxiv.  2  ;  Is. 
 xxxiii.  IS;  for  muttering  with  the  mouth, 
 that  which  the  heart  mindeth,  Ps.  ii.  I  ; 
 xxxvii.  30;  Prov.  viii.  2;  Is.  lix.  3;  but 
 with  a  low  imperfect  voice,  Is.  viii.  19. 
 Day  and  night,]  Or,  hy  day  and  by  night, 
 that  is  continually. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Brooks,]  Or,  becks,  riverets  ; 
 in  Heb.  called  plagim,  that  is,  divisions  or 
 partitions,  being  little  streams  derived  either 
 from  a  great  river,  as  Ps.  xlvi.  5,  or  from  a 
 well  or  fountain,  as  Prov.  v.  16,  or  from  any 
 other  head,  Job  xxix.  6.  In  hot  countries 
 they  used  to  plant  gardens  near  well-springs 
 of  water,  from  which  the  husbandman  de- 
 riveth  many  little  becks  or  riverets,  to  run 
 on  the  roots  of  the  trees  set  in  a  row,  whereby 
 they  are  moistened  and  made  fruitful.  See 
 Ezek.  xxxi.  3,  4;  Eccl.ii.6.  According  to 
 this,  Christ  is  called  the  '  fountain  of  the  gar- 
 dens,' that  is,  of  the  churches,  Song  iv.  15. 
 Also  in  Jer.  xvii.  8,  the  godly  man  is  lik- 
 ened to  a  tree  planted  hy  water,  which  thrust- 
 eth  out  his  roots  by  the  river,  and  feeleth  not 
 'Then  the  heat  cometh,  and  careth  not  for 
 the  year  of  drought,  nor  ceaseth  from  making 
 (or  yielding)  fruit.  In  his  time,]  That  is, 
 in  due  time,  or  season:  so  Ps.  civ.  27:  cxlv. 
 
 15:  Lev.  xxvi.  4.  The  Chald.  translateth, 
 "  whose  fruit  is  ripe  in  his  time,"  What- 
 soever he  shall  do,]  Or,  all  that  it  shall 
 make,  or  yield,  meaning  the  tree,  the  resem- 
 blance of  the  man.  For  a  tree  is  said  to 
 make  fruit,  when  it  beareth  or  yieldeth  it, 
 Jer.  xvii.  8.  So  in  Matt.  iii.  8,  10,  where 
 men  are  trees,  and  their  works  fruits,  which 
 they  make,  or  yield.  Shall  prosper,]  Or, 
 thrive,  and  so  be  of  good  use.  And  this  is  in 
 a  tree,  when  the  fruit  is  for  meat,  and  the 
 leaf  for  medichie;  as  Ezek.  xlvii.  12.  '  The 
 just  man's  fruit,'  is  the  fruit  '  of  the  tree  of 
 life,'  Prov.  xi.  30.  So  the  Chald.,  in  the 
 Masorite's  bible,  called  this  tree  here  spoken 
 of  "  the  tree  of  life." 
 
 Ver.  4.. — Driveth  it  away,]  Or,  tosseth 
 away;  therefore  the  Chald.  for  '  wind,'  trans- 
 lateth whirl-wind,  or  tempest;  and  in  Job 
 xxi.  18,  it  is  said,  such  are  '  as  chafl",  that  the 
 tempest  stealeth  away."  Compare  also  Ps. 
 XXXV.  5;  Hos.  xiii.  3.  The  word  a7  is  added 
 for  vehemency  sake,  and  may  be  omitted  in 
 our  English,  as  it  is  sometimes  in  the  Heb., 
 2  Chron.  xxviii.  3,  compared  with  2  Kings 
 xvi.  3,  yet  such  manner  of  speeches  the  Gr. 
 also  in  theNew  Testament  used.  Rev.  vii.2,9. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Stand  up,]  Or,  rise  up,  coisist, 
 stand-sure,  opposed  to  bending,  or  falling 
 down,  Ps.  xviii.  39  ;  xx.  9.  '  God  is  he 
 that  riseth  up  to  judgment,'  Ps.  Ixxvi.  10, 
 and  men  do  stand  or  fall  therein,  when  they 
 are  justified  or  condemned.  See  Matt.  xii. 
 41;  Rev.  vi.  16.  So  the  Chald.,  in  the  Ma- 
 sorite's bible,  expoundeth  it,  they  "  shall  not 
 be  justified  in  the  great  day  of  judgment. 
 And  sinners,]  To  wit,  shall  not  stand  up. 
 The  formal  denial  not,  is  again  to  be  under- 
 stood as  in  Ps.  ix.  19. 
 
 Ver.  6.  — Knoweth,]  Or,  acknowledgeth. 
 This  word  also  importeth  regard  and  care  of; 
 as  the  just  man  knoweth;  that  is,  regardeth  his 
 beast's  life,  Prov.  xii.  10;  so  Job  ix.  21;  1 
 Thes.  v.  12.  Also  to  approve,  or  allow,  as  Ps. 
 X.  1,4;  Rom.  vii.  15;  1  John  iii.  2.  And  as 
 God's  knowledge  of  them  implieth  their  elec- 
 tion, 2  Tim.  ii.  19,  so  his  not  knowing  of  the 
 wicked,  implieth  their  rejection.  Matt.  xxv. 
 12;  vii.  23.  Shall  perish,]  Or,  be  done 
 airny,  decay,  be  lost.  To  this  way  of  tlie 
 F 
 
410 
 
 P  S  A  L  M  S. 
 
 wicked,  whicli  perisheth,  is  opposed  the  good 
 way,  which  is  everlasting;  wherein   David 
 
 desired    God    to    lead    him, 
 21. 
 
 Psal.    cxxxix 
 
 PSALM    II. 
 
 I .  David  prophesieth  of  the  rage  of  Jews  and  Gentiles  against  Christ. 
 4.  God's  wrath  against  them  for  it.  6.  Christ  is  established  King,  7. 
 declared  to  he  the  Son  of  God,  8.  heir  and  ruler  of  the  world.  10. 
 Kings  are  exhorted  to  submit  unto  him. 
 
 '  Why  do  the  heathen  tumultuously  rage,  and  the  people  medi- 
 tate vanity  ?  ^  The  kings  of  the  earth  set  tliemselves,  and  the 
 princes  do  plot  together  against  Jehovah,  and  against  his  Christ. 
 
 Veb.  1.— Why,]  Or,  for  what?  David 
 was  the  writer  of  this  psalm,  (as  the  Gr. 
 prefixeth  this  title,  "A  psalm  of  David:") 
 and  he  beginneth  with  marvelling  at  the  rage 
 and  folly  of  the  Jews  and  Gentiles,  io  perse- 
 cuting Christ  and  his  church,  Acts  iv.  25, 
 &c.  And  as  David  himself  was  a  figure  of 
 Christ  in  his  kingdom,  and  a  father  of  him 
 according  to  the  flesh:  so  suffered  he  the  like 
 opposition  at  the  hands  of  his  own  people, 
 and  of  the  nations  round  about  him,  2  Sam. 
 ii.  10;  iii.  1;  v.  17;  x.  6,  1,  &c.  Tomul- 
 T0OUSLY  RAGE,]  Or,  hurtk  together,  cotivene 
 with  rage  and  uproar  mutinously.  This 
 word  is  also  used  in  Daniel's  case,  Dan.  vi. 
 6,  li,  and  after  in  Ps.  Ixiv.  3.  The  Gr. 
 ephruaxan,  wherel)y  the  Holy  Spirit  trans- 
 lateth  it,  Acts  iv.  25,  denoteth  rage,  pride, 
 and  fierceness,  as  of  horses  that  neigh  and 
 rush  into  the  battle.  Peoples,]  Ornations: 
 under  these  names  are  comprehended  the 
 Jews  with  the  Gentiles,  Acts  iv.  27,  2S. 
 Meditate  vanity,]  Mutter  a  vain  or  emp- 
 ty thing,  which  shall  have  no  effect.  And 
 here  the  Heb.  changeth  the  time  (as  it  doth 
 very  often  otherwheie)  will  meditate,  noting 
 by  such  phrase  a  continuance  of  the  action, 
 as  they  that  did  still  or  usually  meditate  vain 
 things.  But  the  Holy  Spiiit  in  Acts  iv.  25, 
 keepeth  like  time  here  as  before:  whose  ex- 
 ample I  follow,  according  to  the  propriety  of 
 our  tongue.  So  after  in  this  psalm  and  many 
 others.  The  Heb.  text  itself  sometimes  doth 
 the  like,  as  Is.  xxxvii.  33,  compared  with  2 
 Kings  xix.  33.  See  the  notes  on  Ps.  xviii. 
 7. 
 
 Vkr.  2. — Set  themselves,]  Or  present 
 themselves,  will  stand  up,  noting  a  settled 
 purpose  in  the  heart,  with  a  standing  up  in 
 person  to  eflijct  the  same,  1  Chron.  xi.  14. 
 Pkinces,]  Rulers,  or  privy  counsellors, 
 subtle,  prudent,  and  employed  in  making  de- 
 
 crees, Prov.  viii.  15,  next  therefore  in  place 
 to  kings,  and  joined  with  them,  as  here,  so 
 in  Judg.  V.  3;  Hab.  i.  10;  Prov.  xxxi.  4. 
 Plot,]  Conspire,  or,  are  founded,  that  is, 
 have  their  foundation,  plot,  or  ground-work 
 laid,  as  Exod.  ix.  IS;  Is.  xliv.  28,  and  this 
 by  assembling  and  consulting,  and  is  there- 
 fore interpreted,  '  gathered  together,'  Acts  iv. 
 26.  So  the  Chald.  translateth  it,  "  consoci- 
 ate  (or  joined  together)  to  rebel  before  the 
 Lord,  and  to  fight  against  his  Anointed." 
 Christ,]  Or  Anointed,  in  Heb.,  Mashiach  or 
 Messias,  which  word,  though  it  be  general 
 for  the  ancient  kings,  and  priests,  and  pro- 
 phets that  were  anointed  with  oil,  Ps.  Ixxxix. 
 21;  cv.  15;  Is.  xlv.  I;  Num.  iii.  3;  1 
 Kings  xix.  16,)  yet  is  it  principally  the  name 
 of  the  Son  of  God,  our  Saviour,  Dan.  ix.  25; 
 26,  who  was  known  in  Israel  by  the  name 
 Messias,  John  i.  41;  iv.  25;  and  among 
 Greeks  by  the  name  Christ;  of  whom  we 
 that  believe  in  his  name,  are  also  called 
 Christians,  Acts  xi.  26,  because  we  have 
 an  'anointing  from  him  that  is  holy,'  1  John 
 ii.  20,  27,  himself  being  first  anointed  with 
 the  Spirit,  and  with  the  oil  of  gladness  above 
 his  fellows,  Luke  iv.  18;  Ps.  xlv.  8.  Of 
 him  is  this  Psalm  interpreted  by  his  apostles, 
 saying;  '  Of  a  truth.  Lord,  against  thy  holy 
 child  Jesus,  whom  thou  anointedst,  gathered 
 were  both  Herod  and  Pontius  Pilate,  with 
 the  nations  and  people  of  Israel,  to  do  what- 
 soever thy  hand  and  thy  counsel  had  forede- 
 termined  to  be  done,'  Acts  iv.  27,  28. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Their  bands,]  These  were 
 signs  of  subjection,  Jer.  xxvii.  2,  3,  6,  7. 
 And  thus  the  kings  and  nations  speak,  re- 
 fusing to  serve  Christ,  though  his  yoke  be 
 easy,  Matt.  xi.  29,  30;  Jer.  v.  5.  The 
 Heb.  phrase  mo,  importeth  their  bands  and 
 his  :  speaking  of  the  Father  and  the  Son 
 jointly,  and  of  the  Son  in   special :  but  '  he 
 
PSALM    II. 
 
 411 
 
 ^  Let  us  break  their  bands,  and  cast  their  cords  from  us.  *  He  that 
 sitteth  in  the  lieavens  laugheth,  the  Lord  mocketh  at  them.  ''  Then 
 will  he  speak  unto  them  in  his  anger,  and  in  his  wrath  he  will  sud- 
 denly trouble  them.     ®  And  I  have  anointed  my  king  upon  Zion, 
 
 that  hoiioureth  not  the  Son,  honoureth  not  the 
 Father  which  sent  him,'  John  v.  23.  So  in 
 the  verse  following,  '  tlie  Lord  mocketh  at 
 them  and  at  him;'  meaning  them  all  jointly, 
 and  each  severally.  The  like  manner  of 
 speech  see  in  Is.  liii.  8;  xliv.  15;  Lam.  iv. 
 10;  Ps.  V.  12;  xi.  7;  xlix.  14;  lix.  9; 
 Job  xxii.  19;  Exod.  xv.  15;  Deut.  xxxii. 
 23,  32.  35,  37.  Cords,]  Or  ropes,  thick 
 twisted  bands :  signs  also  of  subjection  and 
 restraint,  Job  xxxix.  15;  Ezek.  iv.  8,  and 
 sometimes  of  love,  Hos.  xi.  4. 
 
 Ver.  4. — The  Lord,]  In  Heb.  Adonai ; 
 which  in  this  form  is  the  peculiar  title  of 
 God;  having  the  form  plural,  and  vowels  of 
 Jehovah,  mystically  signifying  '  my  stays,' or 
 'my  sustainers,  my  pillars.'  And  where  in 
 one  place  Adonai  is  used,  another  speaking  of 
 the  same  thing  hath  sometimes  Jehovah. 
 See  Ps.  Ivii.  10,  with  Ps,  cviii.  4.  It  com- 
 eth  of  Mdex\,  a  base  or  pillar  which  sustain- 
 etii  anything.  The  Chald.  translateth  it, 
 "  the  Word  of  the  Lord,"  that  is,  the  title  of 
 Christ,  John  i.  1;  Rev.  xix.  13.  Our  Eng- 
 lish word  Lord  hath  much  like  force,  being 
 contracted  of  the  old  Saxon  Laford,  or  Hlaf- 
 ford,  which  cometh  of  Laef,  to  "  sustain,  re- 
 fresh, cherish."  Mocketh,]  Tnil  mock,  de- 
 ride. This  implieth  both  their  folly,  their 
 punishment  for  it,  and  how  God  will  leave 
 them  helpless  in  their  misery,  Ps.  lix.  9  ; 
 Prov.  xxvi.  23.  It  is  spoken  of  God,  after 
 the  manner  of  men,  that  he  '  laugheth, 
 mocketh,  is  angry,'  and  the  like,  not  that  he 
 liath  such  passions  as  men,  but  because  he 
 doth  such  things  as  men  use  to  do  when  they 
 are  moved  with  such  passions:  and  as  the 
 Hebrew  doctors  say,  "  The  law  speaketh 
 (of  God)  according  to  the  language  of  the 
 sons  of  Adam.  See  the  annots.  on  Gen.  vi. 
 C. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Anger,]  Ire,  outward  in  the 
 face,  gravie,  grimness  oy  fierceness  of  coun- 
 tenance. The  original  aph  signifieth  both 
 the  nose  by  which  one  breatheth,  Ps.  cxv.  6, 
 and  '  anger  which  appeareth  in  the  snuffing 
 or  breathing  of  the  nose;  as  Saul  is  said  to 
 breath  out  threatenings  and  slaughter,'  Acts 
 ix.  1.  The  circumstances  of  the  text  will 
 show  which  of  the  two  is  meant:  though 
 sometimes  it  is  doubtful,  as  Ps.  cxxxviii.  7. 
 Wrath,]  Fervent  ire,  inflamed  displeasure. 
 This  word  Charon,  noteth  '  burning  or  in- 
 flammation '  of  cholcr,  sometimes  of  grief. 
 Gen.  iv.  5;  Jer.  iv.  10;  sometimes  of  other 
 
 affections,  Neh.  iii.  20.  Suddenly  trouble,] 
 Or  vex.  appal,  fright,  make  them  to  start.  It 
 noteth  hastiness  of  fear  and  trouble:  opposed 
 to  firm  steadiness. 
 
 Ver.  6. — And  I,]  The  word  And  is  here 
 a  sign  of  indignation  stirred,  as  was  in  the 
 aposMe,  when  he  said,  '  And  sittest  thou  to 
 judge  me,'  &c.  Acts  xxiii.  3,  or  and  may 
 here  be  put  for  but,  as  in  Gen.  xlii.  10;  Is.  x. 
 20,  and  often  elsewhere.  Have  anointed,]  Or 
 poured  out,  that  is,  ordained,  authorised  :  by 
 pouring  out  the  oil  of  the  Spirit,  the  oil  of 
 gladness,  as  is  noted  on  ver.  2.  Of  this 
 word  Nasac,  that  signifieth  to  shed  or  pour 
 out,  Nasicke  is  used  for  a  governor,  or  one  in 
 authority,  Ps.  Ixxxiii.  12  ;  Josh.  xiii.  21  ; 
 Mic.  V.  5;  Dan.  xi.  8.  Accordingly,  the 
 wisdom  of  God  saith,  Prov.  viii.  23,  '  I  was 
 anointed  (or  authorised  from  everlasting.*) 
 In  David  Christ's  figure,  this  was  outwardly 
 performed,  when  he  was  anointed  king,  with 
 oil,  1  Sam.  xvi.  1,  13,  and  2  Sam.  ii.  4;  v. 
 3.  Upon  Zion,J  Or,  over  Tsijon,  the  name 
 of  an  high  mountain  in  Jerusalem,  en  top 
 whereof  was  a  strong  fort,  which  the  Jebu- 
 sites  kept  by  force  from  Israel,  till  David's 
 days,  Josh.  xv.  63 ;  2  Sam.  v.  G,  7;  but  he 
 took  it  from  them,  fortified  it,  and  called  it 
 David's  city,  1  Chron.  xi.  4,  5,  7.  Near 
 unto  this  was  mount  Morijah,  whereon  Solo- 
 mon built  the  temple,  2  Chron.  iii.  1.  Here- 
 upon Jerusalem  was  called  the  '  holy  city,' 
 Neh.  xi.  1;  Is.  Iii.  1;  xlviii.  2;  Matt.  iv. 
 5,  with  Luke  iv.  9,  and  Zion  is  named  the 
 Lord's  '  holy  mountain,'  Joel  iii.  17,  which 
 he  loved,  Ps.  Ixxviii.  68,  from  which  the  law 
 should  come  forth,  Is.  ii.  3,  and  where  he 
 would  dwell  for  ever,  Ps.  cxxxii.  13,  14. 
 Therefore  was  it  a  figure  of  Christ's  church, 
 Heb.  xii.  22;  Rev.  xiv.  1;  Is.  Ix.  14. 
 Mountain  of  my  holiness,]  Or  my  mount 
 of  holiness,  that  is,  my  holy  mount,  as  the 
 Gr.  turueth  it.  So  the  "  temple  of  God's 
 holiness,"  Ps.  Ixxix.  1,  and  '  people  of  his 
 holiness,'  Is.  Ixiii.  18.  And  in  speech  to 
 Daniel,  Jerusalem  is  called,  '  the  city  of  his 
 holiness,'  that  is,  'his  holy  city,'  by  him  so 
 esteemed  and  regarded,  Dan.  ix.  '24.  Such 
 Heb.  phrases,  because  they  are  more  forcible, 
 the  apostle  often  used  in  Gr.  to  inure  the 
 Gentiles  with  them:  as  Christ  is  called  the 
 Son  of  God's  love,  that  is,  his  beloved  Son, 
 Col.  i.  13,  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  of  glory, 
 that  is,  our  glorious  Lord,  James  ii.  1,  and 
 mary  the  like. 
 
412 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 the  mountain  of  my  holiness.  '  I  will  tell  the  decree ;  Jehovah 
 said  unto  me,  thou  art  my  son ;  I  this  day  begat  thee.  ^  Ask  of 
 me  and  I  will  give  tlie  heathen  for  thine  inheritance,  and  the  ends 
 of  the  eartli  for  thy  firm  possession.  "  Thou  shalt  roughly  rule 
 tliem  with  a  rod  of  iron,  as  the  vessel  of  a  potter  tliou  shalt  scat- 
 ter them  in  pieces.  "  And  now,  O  ye  kings,  be  prudent,  be  nur- 
 tured ye  judges  of  the  earth.     "  Serve  ye  Jehovah  with  fear,  and 
 
 Ver.  7. — I  WILL  TELL,]  Telling  is  often 
 used  lor  preaching,  declaring,  showing,  as 
 Ps.  xxii.  23,  with  Heb.  ii.  12;  Exod.  ix.  16, 
 with  Rom.  ix.  17.  So  hereby  Christ  iiotelh 
 his  prophetical  office.  The  decree,]  Here 
 the  Heb.  el  seemeth  to  be  used  for  eth:  as  el 
 haderech,  2  Chron.  vi.  27,  is  tiie  same  that 
 eth  haderech,  1  Kings  viii.  36,  we  may  also 
 read  it  thus,  'I  will  tell  of  the  decree;'  el 
 being  many  times  used  for  of,  as  Gen.  xx.  2; 
 Job  xliii.  27;  2  Kings  xix.  32;  Jer.  li.  60. 
 So  the  Gr.  pros  (answering  to  the  Heb.  el) 
 is  used  for  of,  or  concerning,  Heb.  i.  7;  iv. 
 13.  Decree,]  prescript,  law  or  statute: 
 the  Gr.  translateth  it,  "  the  ordinance  of  the 
 Lord;"  the  Chald.,  '•  the  covenant  of  God." 
 The  Heb.  Chock  usually  denoteth  the  rules, 
 decrees,  and  ordinances  about  God's  worship, 
 as  the  decree  of  the  passover,  Exod.  xii. 
 24,  43;  the  decree  of  dressing  the  lamps, 
 Exod.  xxvii.  21;  of  the  priest's  office  and 
 garments,  Exod.  xxix.  9 ;  of  their  washing, 
 Exod.  XXX.  21 ;  of  the  sacrifices,  Lev.  iii.  17; 
 vi.  IS,  22;  and  many  other  things  about 
 God's  service.  So  may  it  here  be  taken,  that 
 Christ  '  preacheth  the  decree  or  rule  '  of  his 
 calling  to  the  office  of  priesthood,  as  the  apos- 
 tle gathereth  from  this  place,  Heb.  v.  5,  or 
 of  serving  God,  fulfilled  of  us  by  faith  and 
 obedience  to  his  gospel,  when  these  legal  or- 
 dinances had  an  end,  John  iv.  21,  &c.  Thod 
 ART  MY  SON,]  Though  holy  men  be  called 
 the  sons  of  God,  Deut.  xiv.  1;  1  John  iii. 
 1,  and  likewise  angels.  Job  i.  6  ;  xxxviii.  7, 
 yet  is  this  title  natural  and  peculiar  to  our 
 Lord  Jesus,  the  only  begotten  of  the  Father  ; 
 whereupon  the  apostle  saith,  '  to  which  of  the 
 angels  said  he  this  at  any  time?'  Heb.  i.  5. 
 The  word  art  is  supplied  by  the  apostle,  in 
 Acts  xiii.  33;  the  like  is  sometimes  in  the 
 Heb.  text  itself;  as,  '  True  was  the  word,'  1 
 Kings  xviii.  6,  which  in  2  Chron.  ix.  5,  is, 
 '  True  the  word:'  so,  'Thou  leading  out,'  1 
 Chron.  xi.  2,  'Thou  wast  leading  out,'  2 
 Sam.  V.  2.  Also  in  the  Gr.  of  the  New 
 Testament,  *  Summer  near,'  Matt.  xxiv.  32; 
 *  Summer  is  near,'  Luke  xxi.  30.  I,  this 
 DAY,]  Or,  to  day  begat  thee.  The  word  this 
 is  often  omitted  in  the  Heb.;  as  Deut.  iv.  4, 
 8,  39;  V.  1,  3;  xxvi.  17,  18,  and  often  is 
 expressed,  as  Deut.  ii.  25,30;  iv.  20;  xxvi. 
 
 16  ;  xxvii.  9.  Of  this  point  thus  speaketh  j 
 the  apostle:  '  Touching  the  piomise  made  to  I 
 the  fathers,  God  hath  fulfilled  it  unto  us  their  | 
 children,  in  that  he  raised  up  Jesus,  as  it  is  ! 
 written  in  the  second  psalm,  'Thou  art  my  \ 
 son,  I  this  day  begat  thee,'  Acts  xiii.  32,  I 
 33.  See  also  Rom.  i.  4,  and  Heb.  v.  5, 
 where  Christ's  calling  to  be  our  high  priest, 
 is  from  hence  proved. 
 
 Ver.  8.— For  thine  inheritance,]  Or, 
 to    be    thine    inheritance.      This    noteth   the      ] 
 subjection  of  the  nations  to  the  Son  of  God;      | 
 as  the  like  manner  of  speech  importeth,   Is. 
 xiv.  2;  Zeph.  ii.   9;   Lev.  xxv.   46.     Here- 
 upon Christ  is  called  heir,  that  is,  '  Lord  'of      | 
 all,'  Heb.  i.  2.     See  Ps.  Ixxxii.  S;  Jer.xlix.      , 
 2.     For  thy  firm  possession,]  Or,  to  be      \ 
 thy  tenement,  to  have  and  to  hold.     It  Im- 
 plieth  Christ's  government  of  the  world;  and      \ 
 so  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  the  dominion 
 of  the  ends  of  the  earth  for  thy  possession." 
 The  word  for,  or  some  such  like,  is  here  to 
 be  understood,  and  sometimes  the   Heb.   ex- 
 presseth  it:  as  "  the  house,"  1  Kings  vii.  51, 
 instead  of,   'for  the  house,'  2  Chron.   v.   1, 
 '  servants,'   1    Chron.    xviii.    6,    instead    of 
 'for  servants;'  2  Sam.  viii.  6,  and  sundry  the 
 like. 
 
 Ver.    9. — Roughly   rule    them,]    Or, 
 bruise,  crush  them.      The  word  signifieth  to      i 
 entreat  evil,  or  rigorously :  and  this  is  meant  of 
 Christ's  enemies.     Potter.]  Or  former  of 
 the  clay:  this  signifieth  their  'utter  destruc-      ; 
 tion;'  for  a  potter's  vessel  broken  cannot  be       ; 
 made  whole  again,  Jer.  ix.  11;   Is.  xxx.   14.       \ 
 So    in    Dan.    ii.   44,    it  is    prophesied,  that       j 
 Christ's  kingdom  should  '  break  in  pieces  and 
 consume  all  those  kingdoms,  and  it  shall  stand      \ 
 for  ever.'  i 
 
 Ver.  10. — Be  prudent,]  Be  skilful,  or,      | 
 behave  yourselves  skilfully,  prudently,  wisely.      ' 
 Be   nurtured,]  Or,     restrained,    chastised, 
 disciplined:  and    so   the   Chald.   translateth, 
 "  receive  chastisement  ye   governors,"  (the 
 Gr.  saith,  "all  ye  judges")  of  the  earth.  , 
 
 Ver.  11.— Be  glad,]  This  word  signi-  ' 
 fieth  open  and  inanifest  joy,  exultation,  or 
 outward  glee.  '  Gladness  and  trembling  are  ; 
 here  joined  together,  as  fear  and  joy,'  Matt.  ' 
 xxviii.  8.  The  Gr.  showeth  in  whom  this  I 
 gladness  should   be,  saying,  "show  gladness 
 
PSALM    III. 
 
 413 
 
 be  glad  with  trembling.  '^  Kiss  ye  the  son  lest  he  be  angry,  and  ye 
 perisli  in  the  way,  when  his  anger  shall  burn  suddenly;  O  blessed 
 are  all  tJiat  hope  for  safety  in  him. 
 
 unto   him;"  the    Chald.   translateth,   "pray 
 with  trembling." 
 
 Ver.  12. — Kiss  the  son,]  Kissing  was 
 used  in  sign  of  love  and  of  obedience.  Gen. 
 xli.  40;  1  Sam.  X.  1;  it  was  used  also  in 
 religious  and  divine  worship,  1  Kings  xix. 
 IS;  Hos.  xiii.  2;  Job  xxxi.  27.  All  these 
 are  due  to  Christ:- but  Judas  'betrayed  the 
 Son  of  man  with  a  kiss,'  Luke  xxii.  48. 
 The  Gr.  translateth,  "  Receive  nurture  (or 
 instruction,")  and  the  Chald.,  "receive  doc- 
 trine;" both  are  implied  in  kissing  of  the 
 Son,  Prov.  xxiv.  26.  Perish  in  the  w.w.] 
 Or,  from,  the  way.  To  perish  or  be  lost  in 
 the  way,  importeth  sudden  destruction,  while 
 they  are  doing  their  actions:  to  perish  from 
 the  way,  is  to  wander  or  lose  the  right  way, 
 and    not   know    whither   to  go.      So  Deut. 
 
 xxxii.  28,  '  perishing  in  (or  from)  counsels, 
 is  to  be  void  of  counsel,'  not  knowing  what 
 to  deliberate.  The  Chald.  translateth  it, 
 "and  ye  lose  way;"  the  Gr.,  and  "and  ye 
 perish  from  the  just  way."  When  his  anger 
 SH.\LL,]  Ov  for  his  anger  trill  burn  j  or,  his 
 angry  countenance.  Suddenly,]  Or  very 
 soon,  or  a  ?'ery  little  :  this  manner  of  speech 
 sometimes  meaneth  a  '  short  time,  speedily,' 
 Ps.  Ixxxi.  15;  Is.  xxvi.  20;  2  Chron.  xii. 
 7,  sometimes  '  a  little  deal,'  as  Is.  i.  9.  The 
 Gr.  here  turneth  it,  "  soon  or  suddenly." 
 See  also  Ps,  viii.  6.  That  hope  for 
 SAFETY,]  Or,  <that  shroud,  that  rely  confi- 
 dently, that  betake  themselves  for  refuge  and 
 safety  unto  him.  For,  he  is  made  the  author 
 of  eternal  salvation  to  all  that  obey  him.' 
 Heb.  V.  9. 
 
 PSALM    IIL 
 
 1.  David  in  Absalom^ s  rebellion  complaineth  to  God  of  his  many  ene- 
 mies: 4.  Comforteth  himself  in  God's  protection:  6.  Tesiifieth  his  se- 
 curity therein.  8.  Prayeth  for  full  deliverance,  9-  and  a  blessing  upon 
 God's  people. 
 
 '  A  psalm  of  David  when  he  fled  from  the  face  of  Absalom  his 
 
 Ver.  I. — A  Psalm,]  Called  in  Hebrew 
 Mizmor,  which  hath  the  sigr\ification  of 
 pruning  or  cutting  off  superfluous  twigs,  and 
 is  applied  to  songs  made  of  short  sentences  or 
 verses  ;  where  many  superfluous  words  are 
 cut  away.  There  be  three  kinds  of  songs 
 mentioned  in  this  book;  1.  Mizmor,  in  Gr. 
 psalmos,  a  psalm  :  2.  Tehillah,  in  Gr.  hym- 
 nos  a  hymn  or  praise:  3.  and  Shir,  in  Greek 
 Ode,  a.so?ig  or  lay.  All  these  three  the  apos- 
 tle mentioneth  together,  where  he  willeth  us 
 to  speak  to  ourselves  with  '  psalms,  and 
 hymns,  and  spiritual  songs,'  Eph.  v.  19.  Of 
 David,]  Or  to  David :  and  so  after  in  this 
 book  usually.  But  the  Heb.  speech  useth 
 these  inditlerently;  as  '  Jasderoth,' 2  Kings 
 xi.  15,  and  '  hasderoth,'  2  Chron.  xxiii.  14, 
 '  lammaghnaloth  and  hammaghnaloth,'  Ps. 
 cxx.  1 ;  cxxi.  1.  So  the  sword  '  of  Jehovah,' 
 Jer.  xlvii.  6,  the  prophet  '  of  Jehovah,'  1 
 Kings  xxii.  7;  2  Kings  iii.  11,  and  many  the 
 
 like.  So  in  the  Gr.,  "  disciples  to  thee," 
 Mark  ii.  18,  and  'disciples  of  thee,'  Matt. 
 ix.  14,  are  one  and  the  same.  From  the 
 face,]  Or,  presence,  or  for  fear  of :  So  the 
 woman  fled  '  from  the  face  of  the  serpent.' 
 Rev.  xii.  14.  Of  David's  flight  it  is  thus 
 written ;  '  Then  David  said  to  all  his  ser- 
 vants that  were  with  him  in  Jerusalem, 
 Rise  up  and  let  us  flee,  for  we  shall  not  es- 
 cape else  from  the  face  of  Absalom;  make 
 speed  to  depart,  lest  he  come  suddenly  and 
 take  us,  and  bring  evil  upon  us,  and  smite  the 
 city  with  the  edge  of  the  sword.  So  the  king 
 departed,  and  all  his  household  after  him,'  2 
 Sam.  XV.  14,  16.  His  son,]  David  having 
 sinned  in  defiling  Bathsheba,  and  killing  her 
 husband  Uriah,  2  Sam.  xi.  was  threatened 
 therefore  of  God,  that  he  would  raise  up  evil 
 against  him,  out  of  his  own  house,  2  Sam. 
 xii.  11,  which  was  fulfilled  in  this  rebellion 
 of  Absalom. 
 
414 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 2  Jehovah,  how  many  are  my  distresses  ?  many  tliat  rise  up 
 against  me.  ^  Many,  saying  of  my  soul,  There  is  no  salvation  for 
 him  in  God,  Selah.  *  But  thou  Jehovah  art  a  shield  about  me,  my 
 glory,  and  the  lifter  up  of  my  head.  ^  /^fWi  my  voice  I  called  unto 
 Jehovah,  and  he  answered  me  from  the  mountain  of  his  holiness, 
 Selah.  ®  I  lay  down  and  slept,  I  waked  up,  for  Jehovah  sustained 
 me.  '  1  will  not  fear  for  ten  thousands  of  people,  which  round 
 about  do  set  against  me.  *  Rise  up,  Jehovah,  save  me,  O  my  God  ; 
 for  thou  hast  smitten  all  mine  enemies  on  the  cheek  bone :  thou 
 hast  broken  the  teeth  of  the  wicked.  ^  To  Jehovah  the  salvation : 
 upon  thy  people  thy  blessing,  Selah. 
 
 Ver.  2. — How  MANY  ARE,]  how  multi- 
 plied are.  For,  '  the  conspiracy  was  great, 
 and  the  people  multipled  still  with  Absalom,' 
 2  Sam.  XV.  12. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Many  saying,]  Or,  how  many 
 do  say?  Of  my  soul,]  That  is,  of  Trie,  of 
 my  life,  concerning  me  ;  or,  to  my  soul,  and 
 so  the  Gr.  translateth  it.  No  salvation,] 
 Or,  110  manner  salvation  ;  no  health,  help  or 
 deliverance  at  all.  The  Heb.  hath  a  letter 
 more  than  ordinary,  to  increase  the  significa- 
 tion. The  like  is  in  many  other  places,  as  Ps. 
 xliv.  27;  xcii.  16;  xciv.  17;  lxiii.8;  cxxv. 
 3;  Job  V.  16.  God,]  Iq  Heb.  Mlohim, 
 which  is  the  first  name  whereby  the  Creator 
 of  all  is  called  in  scripture,  Gen.  i.  1.  See 
 the  annot.  there.  And  it  is  in  the  plural 
 number,  to  signify  the  mystery  of  the  trinity 
 in  the  unity  of  the  Godhead ;  and  therefore 
 is  joined  commonly  with  other  words  of  the 
 singular  number,  and  sometime  of  the  plural, 
 indifl'erently;  as  'iElohim,  he  went,'  1 
 Chron.  xvii.  21,  and  '  jElohim,  they  went,' 
 2  Sam.  vii.  23.  See  Ps.  Iviii.  12.  It  is 
 sometimes  used  (though  more  seldom)  in  the 
 form  singular,'  '  ^Eloah,'  Ps.  xviii.  32,  &c. 
 And  it  maybe  derived  either  from  'El, 'which 
 signifieth  mighty;  and  so  by  increase  of  the  word, 
 the  signification  is  increased,  most  mighty,  or 
 the  Almighty:  or  from  'Alah,'  to  adjure;  be- 
 cause of  the  covenant  oath,  and  execration, 
 wherewith  we  are  bound  unto  God  ;  accord- 
 ing to  that  in  Deut.  xxix.  12,  14,  19  ;  Neh. 
 X.  29;  Eccl.  viii.  2.  This  honourable  name 
 is  also  given  to  '  angels/  Ps.  viii.  6,  and  to 
 magistrates,  Ps.  ixxxi.  1,6,  because  God  hath 
 communicated  with  them  his  word,  John  x. 
 24,  25.  Selah,]  This  Heb.  word  signifieth 
 elevation,  or  lifting  up,  whether  of  the  mind, 
 to  mark,  or  of  the  voice  to  strain  it,  or  of 
 both.  And  for  the  matter,  it  seemeth  to  im. 
 port  an  asseveration  of  a  thing  so  to  be,  and 
 an  admiration  thereat.  For  the  manner,  it  is 
 a  note  of  singing  high,  and  therefore  is  used 
 only  in  psalms,  and  songs,  and  always  at  the 
 
 end  of  verses,  excepting  some  few  places,  Ps. 
 Iv.  20;  Ivii.  4 ;  Hah.  iii.  3,  9,  where  it  is 
 set  in  the  midst.  The  Chald.  paraphrast,  and 
 some  other  Hebs.  have  turned  it,  "  For  ever, 
 our  doctors  of  blessed  memory  have  said,  that 
 e,-<i*iry  place  where  it  is  written,  Netsach,  Se- 
 lah, and  Ghned,  there  is  no  ceasing  (or  end) 
 of  that  thing,"  saith  R.  Menachem,  on  Lev. 
 xxv.  The  Gr.  version  makes  it  a  musical 
 notion,  Diapsalina. 
 
 Ver.  4. — A  shield  ABonx  me,]  Or,  for 
 me,  that  is,  a  protector,  a  defender.  So  Gen. 
 XV.  I;  Deut.  xxxiii.  29;  Ps.  Ixxxiv.  12. 
 Glory,]  Or,  honour,  which  in  the  Heb. 
 hath  the  signification  of  "  weightiness  or  gra- 
 vity;" which  the  apostle  seemeth  to  respect, 
 mentioning  the  'eternal  weight  of  glory,'  2 
 Cor.  iv.  17.  David  here  calleth  '  God  his 
 glory,'  who  had  advanced  him  to  kingly  dig- 
 nity ;  such  as  our  Saviour  calleth  '  glory,' 
 Matt.  vi.  29.  The  lifter  up,]  Or,  exalter 
 of  my  head,  that  is,  givest  me  victory, 
 honour  and  triumph.'  So  Ps.  xxvii.  6  ;  ex. 
 7. 
 
 Ver.  5 He  answered,]  Or,  heard:  but 
 
 to  answer  is  to  certify  by  some  means,  that  he 
 heareth;  as  by  help  or  deliverance  from  dan- 
 ger, Ps.  xxii.  22;  Is.  xli.  17,  (so  '  to  answer 
 by  fire,'  1  Kings  xviii.  24,)  therefore  it  im- 
 porteth  more  than  bare  '  hearing,' Is.  xxx. 
 16 ;  Iviii.  9.  The  Chald.  translateth,  "  he 
 received  my  prayer,  from  the  mountain  of 
 the  house  of  his  sanctuary  for  ever. 
 
 Ver.  6. — I  lay  down,  &c.]  This  speech 
 denoteth  '  safety  and  security  from  danger  and 
 dread  of  evil,'  Lev.  xxvi.  6;  Job  xi.  19; 
 Ps.  iv.  9;  Ezek.  xxxiv.  25;  Prov.  iii.  24. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Do  set,]  To  wit,  '  themselves 
 in  league,  or  in  battle  array  or  set  their  en- 
 gine.'    So  Is.  xxii.  7. 
 
 Vek.  8. — On  the  cheek-bone,]  A  sign 
 also  of  reproach,  as  Job  xvi.  10. 
 
 Ver.  9. — To  Jehovah  the  salvation,] 
 To  wit,  is,  or  belongeth ;  or,  of  Jehovah  is 
 salvation,    help,    or  deliverance.      So  Prov. 
 
PSALM    IV. 
 
 415 
 
 xxi.  31;  Jonah  ii.  19.  Also  Rev.  xxvii.  10; 
 NX.  1.  'The  salvation  to  our  God.'  Like 
 speeches  are,  *  Holiness  to  Jehovah,'  Exod. 
 xxviii.  36.  '  To  Jehovah  the  war,'  1  Sam. 
 xvii.  47.  'To  Jehovah  the  earth,'  Ps.  xxiv. 
 1,  and  many  the  like.  "  The  Chald.  saitli, 
 "  From  before  the  Lord  is  redemption:"  the 
 Gr.  "  Of  the  Lord."  Thy  blessing,]  This 
 word  when  it  is  spoken  of  God  towards  man, 
 (as  in  this  place)  signifieth  "a  plentiful  be- 
 stowing of  good  things,"  earthly  or  heavenly. 
 Gen.  xxiv.  35;  Deut.  xxviii.  2 — 4;  Eph.  i. 
 3;  Gal.  iii.  8.  When  it  is  spoken  of  men 
 towards  God,  it  betokeneth  '  praise  or  tlianks- 
 
 giving,'  by  word  or  deed,  Deut.  viii.  10;  Ps. 
 ciii.  1,  2;  Luke  i.  64;  ii.  28.  And  that 
 which  in  Matt.  xxvi.  26,  is  called  '  blessing,' 
 in  Luke  xxii.  19,  is  called  'thanksgiving,' 
 When  it  is  spoken  of  men  towards  men,  it 
 signifieth  sometimes  '  salutation,'  as  Gen. 
 xlvii.  7;  1  Sam.  xiii.  10;  sometimes  a  '  gift,' 
 or  'benevolence,'  as  1  Sam.  xxv.  27;  2  Cor. 
 ix.  5  ;  2  Kings  v.  15;  sometimes  a  '  pro- 
 nouncing (by  way  of  prayer  or  prophesy)  of 
 good  things  in  the  name  of  God,'  as  Gen. 
 xiv.  19,  20 ;  Num.  vi.  23,  24.  In  (his 
 sense,  'the  less  is  blessed  of  the  greater,' 
 Heb.  vii.  7. 
 
 PSALM   IV. 
 
 2.  David  pray  eth  to  God  for  audience  ;  3.  Reproveth  his  enemies  for 
 opposing  him  in  vain;  5.  Exhorteth  them  to  repent  and  trust  in  the 
 Lord.  7.  God's  favour  morejoyeth  the  heart  than  all  riches:  9.  therein 
 David  secureth  himself. 
 
 1  To  the  master  of  the  music  on  Neginoth,  a  psalm  of  David. 
 
 2  When  I  call,  answer  me,  O  God,  of  my  justice  ;  in  distress 
 thou  hast  made  room  for  me :  be  gracions  to  me,  and  hear  my 
 prayer.     ^  Sons  of  men,  how  long  shall  my  glory  he  to  ignominy ; 
 
 VeR.  1. To  THE  MASTER  OF  THE  MU- 
 SIC,] Or,  To  the  overseer,  to  him  that  excell- 
 cth  :  the  Chald.  translateth  it,  "  to  sing." 
 The  original  word  Menntseach  signifieth  one 
 that  '  urgeth  tile  continuance  of  anything 
 unto  the  end,  or  the  going  forward  with  a 
 work  till  it  be  concluded,'  2  Chron.  ii.  2,  IS  ; 
 xxxiv.  12,  13  ;  Ezra  iii.  8,  9,  and  such  as  in 
 2  Chron.  ii.  IS,  are  called  Menatschim, 
 masters,  are  in  1  Kings  v.  16,  called  Ro- 
 dim,  rulers.  And  in  music,  there  were  Le- 
 vitts appointed  for  several  duties,  and  some 
 lenatseach,  to  ply,  or  to  set  forward,  and  be 
 over  the  rest,  1  Chron.  xv.  21,  and  these 
 were  such  as  excelled  in  the  art  of  singing 
 and  playing  on  instruments,  to  whom  sundry 
 psalms  are  entitled,  that  by  their  care  and 
 direction  they  might  be  sung  excellently  unto 
 the  end.  There  were  in  Israel  some  Levites 
 singers  that  attended  thereunto,  and  had  no 
 other  charge,  1  Chron.  ix.  31.  On  Negin- 
 OTH,]  That  is,  stringed  instruments  of  viv- 
 sic,  played  on  with  the  hand.  See  the  note 
 on  Ps.  xxxiii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  2. — When  I  call,]  Or,  in  my 
 calling;  which  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  "In 
 the  time  of  my  prayer,  receive  thou  it  of  me." 
 God  of  my  justice,]  That  is,  my  just  God, 
 
 author  of  my  justice,  and  avenger  of  my 
 Just  cause.  In  distress,]  Or  in  straitness, 
 thou  hast  zeidened  or  enlarged  for  me. 
 Prayer,]  Appeal,  interpellation  or  interces- 
 sion, whereby  we  refer  the  cause  of  ourselves 
 or  others  to  the  judgment  of  God,  calling 
 upon  him,  appealing  to  him  for  right,  praying 
 against  condemnation,  or  the  like.  For  the 
 Heb.  word  Tephillah  rometh  of  Pillel  to 
 'judge  or  determine'  causes  for  which  ap- 
 peals are  made,  1  Sam.  ii.  25,  and  Pelilim, 
 are  'judges  or  arbiters,'  Exod.  xxi.  22, 
 whereupon  to  '  pray,'  is  in  Heb  ,  hithpallel, 
 as  it  were  "  to  appeal  or  present  himself  and 
 his  cause  unto  the  judge,  or  to  judge  one's 
 self." 
 
 Ver.  3. — Sons  of  men,]  Hereby  is 
 meant,  great  men,  the  Heb.  being  Ish  ;  which 
 is  the  name  of  '  man,  in  respect  of  hispower 
 and  dignity,'  as  appeareth  after  in  Ps.  xlix. 
 3.  Shall  my  glory  be  to  ignomlny,]  Or, 
 will  ye  turn  my  hononr  to  dtfamation,  slander 
 and  calumny-  God  had  promised  David  the 
 honour  of  the  kingdom,  which  Saul  with  his 
 nobles  sought  to  defame  and  calumniate,  and 
 so  turn  it  to  shame  and  reproach.  Will  ye 
 seek  a  lie  ?]  Or,  ye  seek  a  lie,  or  deceivable 
 falsehood ;  ye  seek  that  which  shall  not  come 
 
416 
 
 P  S  A  L  M  S. 
 
 will  ye  love  vanity  ?  will  ye  seek  a  lie,  Selali  ?  ^  But  know  ye 
 that  Jehovah  liath  marvellously  separated  a  gracious  saint  to  him : 
 Jehovah  will  hear  when  I  call  unto  him.  *  Be  stirred  and  sin  not, 
 say  in  your  heart  upon  your  bed  and  be  still,  Selah.  ^  Sacrifice  ye 
 the  sacrifices  of  justice,  and  trust  unto  Jehovah.  '  Many  do  say. 
 Who  will  cause  us  to  see  good  ?  lift  thou  up  over  us  the  light  of 
 
 to  pass.  The  Heb.  Cazab  (here  used)  is  such 
 a  lie  as  deceiveth  men's  expectation,  Job  xl. 
 28;  Ps.  Ixxxix.  36;  Is.  Iviii.  11  ;  2  Kings 
 iv.  16. 
 
 Ver.  4  — Marvellously  separated,] 
 Or  selected  in  ivondroiis  sort,  exempted  as 
 with  some  sign  of  excellency,  culled  out.  So 
 God  '  marvellously  severed '  the  Israelites 
 from  the  Egyptians,  Exod.  viii.  22;  ix.  4; 
 xi.  7.  See  also  Ps.  xvii.  7  ;  Exod.  xxxiii. 
 16.  A  GRACions  SAINT,]  Or  pious,  holy 
 mrrciful  one,  meaning  himself.  Tlie  Heb. 
 Chasid,  (which  the  New  Testament  in  Gr. 
 calleth  hosios,  that  is,  "  pious  or  holy,"  Acts 
 xiii.  35,)  signifieth  one  that  hath  obtained 
 '  mercy,  goodness,  piety,  grace  and  benignity 
 from  the  Lord,  and  is  again  (after  God's  ex- 
 ample) pious,  kind,  gracious,  and  merciful  to 
 others,'  Neh.  xiii.  14.  See  Ps.  cxxxvi.  1. 
 To  HIM,]  That  is,  his  gracious  saint,  as  the 
 Gr.  explaineth  it ;  or  referring  it  to  the  for- 
 mer, "  he  hath  separated  to  himself  a  gracious 
 man." 
 
 Ver.  5. — Bestirred,]  Or  Be  commoved, 
 which  may  be  understood.  Be  angry,  be 
 grieved,  or  tremble :  and  the  Chald.  addetb 
 "  for  him,"  meaning  God.  The  original  word 
 Ragaz  noteth  any  '  stirring  or  moving,'  Job 
 ix.  C;  as  to  be  '  moved  or  tremble  with  fear,' 
 Ps.  xviii.  8  ;  Dent.  ii.  25  ;  Is.  xiv.  9;  '  to 
 be  moved  with  grief,'  2  Sam.  xviii.  33;  to 
 '  be  stirred  with  anger,'  Prov.  xxix.  9 ,  2 
 Kings  xix.  27,  28;  Ezek.  xvi.  43.  This 
 latter  the  Gr.  here  foUoweth,  saying,  "  Be 
 angry,  and  sin  not,"  and  the  apostle  hath  the 
 same  words,  Eph.  iv.  26.  Sin  not,]  Or 
 misdo  not.  This  word  signifieth  to  miss  ol 
 the  way  or  mark:  as  in  Jiidg.  xx.  16,  men 
 could  sling  stones  at  an  hair's  breadth  and 
 '  not  sin,'  that  is,  'not  miss:'  and  Prov.  xix. 
 2,  he  that  is  hasty  with  his  foot '  sinneth,'  that 
 is,  'misseth  or  swerveth.'  In  religion  God's 
 law  is  our  way  and  mark,  from  which  when 
 we  swerve  we  sin.  Therefore  sin  is  defined 
 to  be  transgression  of  law,  or  unlawfulness, 
 1  John  iii.  4.  Say  in  your  heart,]  That 
 is,  mind  seriously  what  you  do,  and  what  the 
 end  will  be  ;  Consider  with  yourselves.  The 
 like  phrase  is  in  Ps.  xiv.  I;  xxxv.  25;  Matt. 
 xxiv.  48;  Rom.  x.  6;  Rev.  xviii.  7.  Be 
 STILL,]  Or  silent,  stay,  pause;  as  1  Sam. 
 xiv.  9;  Josh.   x.    12,    13.     By  this  word  is 
 
 often  meant  in  scripture  a  modest  quietness 
 of  the  mind,  the  troubled  affections  being  al- 
 layed. See  Ps.  cxxxi.  2;  xxxvii.  7;  Ixii.  2; 
 Lam.  iii.  26.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth  thus  ; 
 "Say  your  request  with  your  mouth,  and 
 your  petition  with  your  heart,  and  pray  upon 
 your  bed,  and  remember  the  day  of  death  for 
 ever." 
 
 Ver.  6 Sacrifice,]  The  word  signifieth 
 
 killing  or  slaughtering  ;  as  beasts  were  killed 
 for  offerings  to  God,  figuring  man's  mortifi- 
 cation, or  dying  to  sin,  Ps.  li.  19.  Sacrifi- 
 ces OF  JUSTICE,]  Such  Moses  speaketh  of, 
 Deut.  xxxiii.  19,  and  David  afterward,  Ps. 
 li.  21,  meaning  sacrifices  just  and  right, 
 and  in  faith,  according  to  the  intendment  of 
 God's  law:  contrary  to  those  which  the  pro- 
 phet reproveth,  Mai.  i.  14.  So  'sacrifices  of 
 triumph  or  joy,'  Ps.  xxvii.  6,  are  'joyful  sa- 
 crifices offered  with  gladness.'  And  the  way 
 of  justice.  Matt.  xxi.  32,  for'  a  just  or  right 
 way.'  The  Chald.  giveth  this  sense,  "Sub- 
 due your  lusts,  and  it  shall  be  counted  unto 
 you  as  a  sacrifice  of  justice.  Trust,]  Or  '  be 
 confident,  have  stedfast  hope,  secuie  and  firm 
 confidence;'  and  it  is  opposed  to  'feebleness  of 
 mind,  fear  and  doubt,'  Is.  xii.  2;  Prov. 
 xxviii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Many  do  say,]  Heb.  are  say- 
 ing :  wliich  may  be  turned,  do  say,  as  in 
 Matt.  xxii.  23,  '  hoi  legontes,  saying,'  is  in 
 Mark  xii.  18,  '  hoitines  legousi,  which  say.' 
 Who  WILL  CAUSE  us  to  see,]  That  is,  to 
 enjoy,  or  have  the  fruition  of  good,  Ps.  1. 
 23.  And  this  is  the  form  of  a  wish;  as  Da- 
 vid desired  and  said,  '  Wlio  will  give  me 
 drink  of  the  water,'  &c.  1  Chron.  xi.  17,  and 
 *  who  will  give  me  wings  as  a  dove,'  Ps.  Iv. 
 7,  and  many  the  like.  The  light  of  thy 
 FACE,]  That  is,  thy  lightsome  cheerful  face 
 or  looks,  meaning  God's  favour,  grace,  and 
 the  blessings  of  knowledge  comfort,  joy,  &c. 
 that  flow  therefrom.  This  is  in  Christ,  who 
 is  both  the  '  light  and  the  face  or  presence  of 
 God,'  Luke  ii.  32;  Exod.  xxxiii.  14;  and  the 
 '  angel  of  his  face,'  Is.  Ixiii.  9.  According 
 to  this  phrase  Solomon  saith,  '  In  the  light  of 
 the  king's  face  is  life,  and  his  favour  is  as  a 
 cloud  of  the  latter  rain,'  Prov.  xvi.  15. 
 See  also  Ps.  xliv.  4;  xxxi.  17,  21;  Ixvii.  2; 
 Job  xxix.  3. 
 
 Ver.   8 — Hast   given   joy,]    Or  shalt 
 
PSALM    V. 
 
 417 
 
 thy  face  Jehovah.  *  Tliou  hast  given  joy  in  my  heart,  more  than 
 of  the  time  when  their  corn  and  their  new  wine  were  multiplied. 
 ^  In  peace  together  will  I  lie  down  and  sleep,  for  thou  Jehovah 
 alone  wilt  seat  me  in  confidence. 
 
 give  or  put  joy :  so  giving  is  used  for  put- 
 /m^,  oftentimes,  Ps.  viii.  2  ;  xl.  4;  xxxiii.  7; 
 Ixix.  12;  Ixxxix.  20;  xxxix.  6;  cxix.  110. 
 More  than  of  the  time,]  Or  from  of  the 
 time.  An  Heb.  phrase,  where  the  sign  of 
 comparison  is  Avanting;  as  Gen.  xxxviii.  26; 
 Ps.  xix.  1 1  ;  cxxx.  6.  The  like  is  also  in 
 the  Gr.  tongue;  as  Luke  xv.  7;  xviii.  4.  And 
 of  joy  in  harvest,  when  com  is  increased :  see 
 Is.  ix.  3;  Joel  i.  11,  12. 
 
 V^ER.  9. — Together,]  That  is,  /  will  lie 
 down  and  sleep  both  together,  not  being 
 disquieted  with  fear  or  care:  see  Ps.  iii.  6, 
 or  '  together,  I  and  others  with  me:'  or,  'I 
 myself  wholly  and  alone.'  See  the  note  on 
 Ps.  xxxiii.  15.  Alone,]  The  Heb.  phrase 
 is,  in  lonedome,  or  in  solitariness,  and  may 
 
 be  referred  (by  the  distinction)  to  the  Lord, 
 who  alone  seateth  his  in  safety:  as  Dent. 
 xxxii.  12,  or  to  that  which  foUoweth,  'Thou 
 wilt  seat  me  alone  in  safety.'  Herein  look- 
 ing to  Moses'  blessing,  Dent,  xxxiii.  28, 
 where  Israel  dwelleth  'safely  alone:'  and  so 
 in  Num.  xxiii.  9  ;  Jer.  xlix.  41.  Thus  it  is 
 a  blessing  to  be  alone  from  enemies ;  other- 
 wise to  be  alone  from  friends,  is  a  note  of 
 affliction;  as  Ps.  cii.  8;  Lam.  i.  1.  Wilt 
 seat  me,]  That  is,  cause  me  to  sit,  dwell, 
 or  remain.  In  confidence,]  Or  trustful- 
 ness, with  hope:  that  is,  confidently  or 
 trustfully;  which  by  consequence  meaneth, 
 securely,  safely.  And  this  was  a  blessing 
 promised  in  the  law.  Lev.  xxvi,  5;  Deut. 
 xii.  10. 
 
 PSALM    V. 
 
 2.  David  prayeth  and  professeth  his  study  in  prayer.  5.  God  favour- 
 eth  not  the  ivicked.  8.  David  prof esseth  his  faith,  prayeth  God  to  guide 
 Mm:   W.  To  destroy  his  enemies,  and  to  preserve  the  godly. 
 
 *  To  the  master  of  the  music  on  Nechiloth ;  a  psalm  of  David. 
 
 ^  Hear  thou  my  words,  Jehovah,  understand  my  meditation.  ^At- 
 tend to  the  voice  of  my  cry,  my  king  and  my  God,  for  unto  thee 
 will  I  pray.  *  Jehovah,  at  morning  thou  shalt  hear  my  voice,  at 
 morning  will  I  orderly  address  unto  thee,  and  will  look  out.  *  For 
 thou  art  not  a  God  delighting  wickedness,  the   evil   shall   not  so- 
 
 Vek.  1. — Nechiloth,]  These  (by  the 
 name)  seem  to  be  wind  instruments,  as  flutes, 
 trumpets,  cornets,  &c.  as  '  Neginoth '  are 
 stringed  instruments,  Ps.  iv.  1.  For  Chalil 
 is  a  pipe,  Is.  v.  12. 
 
 Ver.  2 — My  meditation,]  In  Gr.,  my 
 cry. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Attend,]  Or,  Incline,  namely, 
 thine  ear,  as  is  expressed,  Ps.  x.  17;  Prov. 
 ii.  2;  but  often  the  word  ear  is  omitted,  as 
 here,  so  Ps.  Ixi.  2;  Ixvi.  19;  Ixxxvi.  6; 
 cxlii,  7,  &c.  Will  I  pray,]  Or  /  do  pray; 
 meaning  still  and  usually. 
 
 Ver.  4. — At  morning,]  Or,  in  the 
 morning:  which  hath  the  name  in  the  origi- 
 nal tongue,  of  '  inquiring,  looking  and  seek- 
 
 VoL.  II.  3  G 
 
 ing  early,'  and  is  therefore  used  for  e\eYy 
 fit  opportunity  or  fit  time,  both  to  pray  for, 
 and  to  receive  blessings,  Ps.  Ixxxviii.  14  ; 
 xcii.  3;  xc.  14;  xcliii.  8.  Here  also  the 
 word  at  or  in  is  to  be  supplied;  as  Beith,  '  a 
 house,'  2  Chron.  xxvi.  21,  for  Bebeith,  '  in 
 a  house,'  2  Kings  xv.  5,  and  many  the  like. 
 Orderly  address,]  Prepare,  or  settle  in 
 order;  meaning  either  his  person,  as  Job 
 xxxiii.  5,  or  his  '  speeches,' as  Job  xxxii.  14. 
 Look  out,]  Or  espy;  as  he  'that  keeps 
 watch  and  ward,  expecting  what  God  will 
 answer,'  as  is  explained  in  Hab.  ii.  1.  This 
 noteth  'diligence,  hope,  and  patience:'  So 
 Mic.  vii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  5. — A  God,]  Or,  a  mighty  one:  in 
 
418 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 joiirn  with  thee.  ^  Vain  glorious  fools  shall  not  set  themselves  be- 
 fore thine  eyes,  thou  liatest  all  that  work  painful  iniquity,  ^  TIjou 
 wilt  bring  to  perdition  them  that  speak  a  lie,  tlie  man  of  bloods, 
 and  of  deceit,  Jehovah  doth  abhor.  ^  But  I,  in  the  multitude  of 
 thy  mercy,  will  come  into  thy  house,  will  do  worship   toward  the 
 
 Heb.  ^el,  the  name  of  God,  denoting  his 
 'might  or  puissance:'  which  therefore  the 
 Gr.  sometimes  translateth  Jschuros,  'mighty,' 
 Ps.  vii.  12,  sometimes  'mighty  God,'  Is.  ix.  C, 
 but  most  commonly  God:  which  the  Holy 
 Spirit  alloweth,  Matt,  xxvii.  40;  i.  23. 
 Delighting  wickedness,]  Or,  that  takest 
 pleasure  in  wickedness.  By  '  wickeilness 
 and  evil,  may  here  be  meant  also  (by  figure 
 of  speech)  wicked  and  evil  persons.*  See 
 Ps.  xxxvi.  12.  Sojourn,]  Or,  be  a  guest 
 with  thee,  meaning  that  •  an  evil  man 
 should  have  no  entertainment  to  be  har- 
 boured as  a  guest,  much  less  to  have  any 
 abiding  or  settled  habitation  with  God.' 
 Here  the  word  with,  is  to  be  supplied  ;  as  in 
 the  like  Heb.  phrase,  Ps.  xciv.  20;  Gen. 
 XXX.  20.  So  in  Exod,  ix.  16,  '  that  I  might 
 show  thee  ;'  for,  'show  in  thee  ;'  as  the  apostle 
 citeth  it,  Rom.  ix.  17;  the  like  is  in  Ps.  xlii. 
 6. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Vain-glorious  fools,]  Or  jnad 
 boasting  fools:  called  Holelim  of  halal,  to 
 extol,  praise,  glorify :  whicli  when  it  is  of 
 one's  self,  and  immoderate,  is  '  dotage,  folly, 
 and  madness.'  Hence  is  the  word  used  for  mad, 
 or  raving  with  folly,  Eccl.  ii.  2,  12;  vii.  9; 
 X.  IH;  Is.  xliv.  25.  So  after  in  Ps.  Ixxv. 
 5;  cii.  9  ;  Ixxiii.  3.  The  Chald.  calleth  them 
 "  mockers."  That  work,]  So  the  Holy 
 Spirit  translateth  it,  Acts  xiii.  41,  from  Hab. 
 i.  v,  the  Heb.  word  signifying  a  willing 
 working  out,  perfecting  and  practising:  as 
 Ps.  vii.  14.  Painful  iniquity,]  Or,  sor- 
 rowftil  sin,  vain  unlawfulness.  The  origi- 
 nal word  Aven,  which  hath  the  signification 
 of  paiu  or  sorrow,  is  of  large  use,  denoting 
 all  sinful  and  unjust  aflections,  actions,  or  en- 
 deavours, which  cause  pain  or  sorrow,  or  be 
 painfully  done,  and  is  applied  in  specif  to 
 idolatry  joined  with  teraphim  or  images,  I 
 Sam.  XV.  22.  And  Bethel,  that  is,  God's 
 house,  is  called  of  the  prophets,  Beth-aven, 
 an  idol's  house,  or  place  of  iniquity,  Hos.  iv. 
 15;  X.  5;  because  Jeroboam  had  there  set  up 
 false  worship,  1  Kings  xii.  29.  And  in  Is. 
 Ixvi.  3,  he  that  blesseth  Aven,  or  an  idol, 
 is  turned  in  Gr.,  "a  blasphemer."  Thus 
 Poghtialei-aven  be  such  as  work,  piactise, 
 or  commit  idolatry,  superstition,  or  other  sin 
 and  iniquity,  whereof  comes  sorrow,  grief, 
 misery,  and  at  last  confusion,  however  such 
 evil  workers  do  polish  and  trim  their  evil 
 actions ;  for  they  shall  be  rejected  that  work 
 
 unlawfulness  {hoi  ergazomenoi  ten  anomian,) 
 Matt,   vii.  23,  or  '  are  workers   of  iniquity,'  j 
 
 {hoi  ergatai  tes  adikias,')  Luke  xiii.  27,  as         .] 
 this  Heb.  phrase  is  by  the  evangelists  inter-  j 
 
 preted.     The  phrase  is  taken  from  Job,  chap.  j 
 
 xxxi.  3;  xxxiv.  8,  22.     The  Chald.  transla-  , 
 
 teth,  "  them  that  do  falsehood." 
 
 Ver.  7. — Thou  wilt    bring   to  perdi.  i 
 
 tion,]  Or  wilt  do  quite  away,  wilt  fordo,  or  j 
 
 make  perish.  Man  of  bloods,]  That  is, 
 bloody  Juan,  or  murderer,  as  the  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  '*  tlie  man  that  sheddeth  iinio-  j 
 
 cent    blood."      When  blood   is    used  in  the  | 
 
 plural  number,  it  usually  noteth  murder  or  \ 
 
 manslaughter,  and   the  guilt  following  it:  as  ' 
 
 Gen.    iv.    11,    'the    voice    of   thy    brother's  1 
 
 blood    crieth;'   1   Chron.  xxii.  8,   'thou  hast  \ 
 
 shed  many  bloods:'   so  after  in   Ps.  ix.  13;  '        j 
 cvi.    38;    li.    16.     Sometimes   it  signifieth  j 
 
 natural   uncleanness,  as,  we  are  born  in  sin,  - 
 
 or  sin  deserving  death,   Ezek,  xvi.  6,  9.    '  I  ; 
 
 saw  thee  polluted  in  thine  own  blood,'  &c.  | 
 
 Hereto  we  may  compare  the  apostle's  speech,  j 
 
 John  i.  13,   '  which  are  born  not  of  bloods,*  j 
 
 &c.  A  'man  of  bloods,'  is  one  that  is  de- 
 filed therewith,  or  given  thereto,  2  Sam.  xvi. 
 7;  Ps.  xxvi.  9;  Iv.  24;  lix.  3;  cxxxix.    19.  i 
 
 See  the  like  phrase  opened,  Ps.  cxl.  12.  And 
 OF  DECEIT,]  That   is,  man  of  deceit,  (as  is  i 
 
 expressed,  Ps.  xliii.  1,)  meaning  the  'deceit-  j 
 
 ful  man,  faytor,  or  impostor:   so  noting  here-  i 
 
 by  the  secret  sinner,  as  by  the  former  speech 
 the  open  and  violent.  Deceit,  dole,  or  guile, 
 called  in   Heb.  Mirmah,  is   named  of  'Ra-  j 
 
 mah,'  to  heave,  or  cast,  or  shoot  with  bow. 
 And  as  '  warpen  bows'  do  cast  and  shoot 
 awry,  and  deceive  the  archer,  Ps.  Ixxviii.  57,  i 
 
 so  impostors   or  men  of  guile,  do  first  as  it  ; 
 
 were  lift  up  a  man  with  vain  hope,  that  being  { 
 
 disappointed   he    may  have  the   more  heavy  \ 
 
 overtlirow.       See    1    Chron.    xii.    17;    Gen.  \ 
 
 xxix.  25.  So  in  another  phrase,  to  '  lift  up 
 the  soul,'  signifieth,  to  'deceive  with  vain 
 hope'  Jer.  xxxvii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Mercy,]  Or  kindness,  benign- 
 ity: in  Chald.,  "goodness."  See  the  note 
 on  Ps.  cxxxvi.  1.  Thy  house,]  Or  edifice, 
 named  in  the  Heb.  of  building,  beith  :  in 
 Gr.,     of    dwelling,     oikos  :    in      Eng.,     of  \ 
 
 tuition   and   custody,   a    house :  of  the    Al-  ! 
 
 mein  huis,  which  is  of  hu,  to  defend.     By  ! 
 
 house  here  is  meant  God's  tabernacle,  called  ] 
 
 his  house,  1  Clnon.  ix.  23 ;  Mark  ii.  26,  for 
 the  temple    was  not  built  in  David's  days.  ; 
 
PSALM    V. 
 
 419 
 
 palace  of  thy  holiness,  in  the  fear  of  thee.  ^  Jehovah  lead  me  in 
 tJiy  justice,  because  of  my  enviers,  make  straight  thy  way  before 
 me.  "  For  in  liis  mouth  is  no  certainty  ;  their  inward  part  is  wo- 
 fid  evils  :  their  tliroat  is  an  open  grave,  their  tongue  they  make 
 smooth.  "  Condemn  thou  tliem  as  guilty,  O  God,  let  them  fall, 
 from  their  consultations  :  with  the  multitude  of  their  trespasses, 
 drive  thou  them  away,  for  they  are  turned  rebellious  against  thee. 
 '"  And  rejoice  shall  all  that  hope  for  safety  in  thee,  for  ever  shall 
 tliey  shout,  and  thou  slialt  cover  them  :  and  they  that  love  thy 
 
 Will  do  worship,]  Or  bow  down  myself, 
 in  sign  of  honour.  Towards  the  palace,] 
 For  tlie  worshippers  entered  not  into  the 
 sanctuary  itself,  but  into  the  court-yard,  and 
 at  the  door  oti'ered  their  gift?,  Ps.  cxvi.  19  ; 
 Lev.  i.  3  ;  Heb.  ix.  6.  A  '  palace  {Heical) 
 is  the  name  of  king's  houses,'  Ps.  xlv.  9,  16; 
 Prov.  XXX.  2S,  attributed  to  the  places  where 
 God's  majesty  was  said  to  dwell  as  the  '  ta- 
 bernacle,' 1  Sam.  i.  9;  iii.  3;  the  '  temple,'  1 
 Kings  vi.  17,  and  '  heaven  '  itself,  Ps.  xi.  4 ; 
 Mic.  i.  2. 
 
 Ver.  9. — In  thy  justice,]  That  is,  in 
 the  religion  and  conversation  set  forth  in 
 thy  law,  called  the  paths  of  justice,  Ps. 
 xxiii.  3,  or,  '  for  thy  justice  sake.'  En- 
 viers,] Or  spials,  observers  that  pry  for 
 evil.     So  Ps.  xxvii.  11 
 
 Ver.  10. — No  certaintv,]  No  certain 
 stable  thing,  no  firm  truth,  whicli  one  may 
 trust  uuto:  or  no  true  word.  His  mooth,] 
 That  is,  the  mouth  of  any  of  them ;  which 
 the  Chald.  explaineth  thus;  "  the  mouth  of 
 the  wicked  men."  Inward  part,]  Pro- 
 perly, that  which  is  nearest  unto  them: 
 this  the  Gr.  translateth  "  heart."  And  these 
 in  parts,  are  put  for  the  thoughts,  afTections, 
 purposes  in  them:  as  Ps.  xlix.  12.  Woful 
 EVILS,]  Havvoth  the  original  signifieth  woes, 
 sorrows,  heavy  annoyances^  mischiefs,  and 
 woftd  events:  so  named  of  hoi  or  hovah, 
 which  signifieth  woe,  Ezek.  vii.  26.  They 
 make  sm  :OTH,]  Or  make  flattering,  and 
 consequently  deceitful,  as  the  (ir.  transla- 
 te! h,  which  the  apostle  followeth,  Rom.  iii. 
 13. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Condemn  them  as  guilty,] 
 Asham,  is  a  guilt,  sin  or  trespass,  Lev.  v. 
 19,  whereof  the  "ord  here  used,  is  to  'make 
 guilty,'  or  'damn  of  trespass:'  and  so  the  Gr. 
 here  hath  it,  "  Judge  or  damn,"  and  the 
 Chald.,  "  make  guilty  (or  condemn.")  And 
 because  destruction  and  desolation  abideth 
 such  as  are  damned  for  crime,  therefore  is 
 tin's  word  used  also  for  desolating,  abolishing, 
 destroying,  Ezek.  vi.  6;  Joel  i.  18.  And  so 
 may  it  be  here  meant,  '  punish  or  make  them 
 desolate,  O  God.'     So  Ps.   xxxiv.    22,  23; 
 
 Ixix.  6.  With  the  multitude,]  Ot  for  the 
 multitude,  the  many.  Trespasses,]  Or 
 seditious  iniquities,  defections.,  done  purposely 
 and  di>liiyally,  and  are  therefore  heinous  and 
 criminal.  The  Gr.  often  translateth  it  "un- 
 lawfulness, or  transgression  of  law,"  which 
 the  apostle  following,  Rom.  iv.  7,  from  Ps. 
 xxxii.  1.  It  is  more  than  sin,  as  may  be 
 gathered  by  Gen.  xxxi.  36;  Exod.  xxxiv.  7; 
 Joh  xxxiv.  37,  '  he  adrieth  trespass  to  his  sin.* 
 Drive  them  away,]  Or  drive  him,  that  is, 
 each  of  them.  A  like  phrase  as  was  before, 
 Ps.  ii.  3.  So  after  in  ver.  12,  'upon  them 
 and  him.'  Turned  rebellious,]  Or /«<rMerf 
 bitter,  and  so  are  very  distasteful  unto  thee, 
 by  reason  of  their  disobedience  and  stubborn- 
 ness, and  consequently  '  do  provoke  to  bitter- 
 ness and  wrath,  do  exasperate.'  The  Heb. 
 word  Marah  hath  properly  the  signification 
 of  changing  and  of  bitterness  applied  to 
 apostasy,  rebellion  and  disobedience,  Deut.  i. 
 26;  xxi.  7,  20;  Josh.  i.  18.  Against 
 thee,]  Which  the  Chald.  expoundeth, 
 "  against  thy  word." 
 
 Ver.  12. — For  ever,]  Or  to  eternity. 
 Shout,]  Or  shrill  out,  sing  joyfully,  for  so 
 commonly  the  Heb.  Ranan  signifieth;  and  is 
 therefore  by  the  Holy  Spirit  interpreted,  '  to 
 be  meriy  or  joyful,'  Rom.  xv.  10,  from 
 Deut.  xxxii.  43,  and  Gal.  iv.  27,  from  Is. 
 liv.  1,  yet  sometimes  this  word  is  to  'shout 
 shrill,  or  cry  aloud  for  sorrow;'  as  Ps.  cxlii. 
 7.  A  'loud  shrill  noise  or  shouting*  was 
 used  in  thanksgivings  and  prayers.  Lev.  ix. 
 24;  1  Kings  viii.  28;  Ps.  xvii.  l;cxviii.  15; 
 cxxvi.  2;  xxxiii.  1.  And  thou  shalt 
 co^'ER,]  Or,  for  thou  wilt  cover,  protect, 
 or  cast  a  covering  over  them :  and  this  is 
 answerable  to  their  hope  or  seeking  covert  in 
 God  before  mentiontd,  and  signititth  a  safe 
 protection  from  all  hurt  or  evil;  as  Exod; 
 xxxiii.  22  ;  Ps.  cxI.  8.  Be  ulad,]  Or  leap 
 for  joy,  exult.  The  word  signifieth  outward 
 gladness  in  gesture  and  countenance.  So 
 also  doth  the  Gr.  answerable  hereto:  that 
 where  one  evangelist  writeth,  *  Rejoice  and 
 be  glad,"  Matt.  v.  12,  another  saith,  '  Re- 
 joice  and  leap,    Luke  vi.  23.     The  Chald. 
 
420 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 name,  shall  be  glad  in  thee.  "For  thou,  Jehovah,  wilt  bless  the  just 
 one  :  as  with  a  buckler,  with  favourable  acceptation  thou  wilt  crown 
 him  about. 
 
 here  again  translateth,  "  they  shall  be  glad  in 
 thy  word." 
 
 Ver.  13. — Buckler,]  A  picked  shield 
 called  tsinnah,  of  the  sharp  pickedness:  as 
 another  kind  of  scutcheon  is  called  magen, 
 Ps.  iii.  4,  of  fencing  or  protecting.  Fa- 
 vourable ACCEPTATION,]  Or  good  will,  gra- 
 cious liking  or  acceptance.  So  the  Heb. 
 ratson  meaueth,  derived  of  a  word  which  by 
 
 the  apostle  signifieth  to  accept,  Heb.  xii.  6, 
 from  Prov.  iii.  12,  and  to  be  well  pleased  or 
 delighted,  Mat.  xii.  IS,  from  Is.  xlii.  1.  So 
 the  year  of  acceptation  is  the  acceptable  year, 
 Luke  iv.  19,  from  Is.  Ixi.  2.  and  the  time  of 
 acceptance  is  the  acceptable  time,  2  Cor.  vi. 
 2,  from  Is.  xlix.  8.  It  is  also  interpreted 
 will  or  pleasure,  Heb  x.  7,  from  Ps.  xl.  9. 
 
 PSALM   VL 
 
 David's  complaint  in  his  sickness,  with  prayer  for  release, 
 faith  he  triumpheth  over  his  e?iemies. 
 
 9.  By 
 
 ^  To  the  master  of  the  music  on  Neginoth,  upon  the  eight ;  a 
 Psalm  of  David. 
 
 2  Jehovah,  rebuke  me  not  in  thine  anger,  neither  chastise  me  in 
 thy  wrathful  heat.  ^  Be  gracious  unto  me,  Jehovah,  for  I  am 
 weak  ;  heal  me,  Jehovah,  for  my  bones  are  troubled.  *  And  my 
 soul  is  troubled  vehemently :  and  thou,  Jehovah,  Iiow  long  ?  ^  Re- 
 turn, Jehovah,  release  my  soul :  save  me  for  tliy  mercy's  sake, 
 6  For  in  the  death  is  no  memory  of  thee :  in  hell  who  shall  confess 
 to  tliee  ?        I  faint  with  my  sighing,  I  make   my  bed   to  swim  in 
 
 Ver.  1 — Uton  the  eight,]  Or,  after  the 
 eight :  meaning  the  eighth  tune,  which  was 
 grave,  as  that  which  we  call  the  bass.  So 
 David  fetching  home  God's  ark,  appointed 
 some  Levites  with  harps  upon  the  eighth,  for 
 the  honour  and  service  of  God,  1  Chron.  xv. 
 21.  And  so  the  Chald.  here  translateth, 
 "  To  sing  with  playing  upon  the  harp  of 
 eight  strings." 
 
 Ver.  2. —  Wrathful  heat,]  Or,  choler. 
 This  word  noteth  the  inward  affection,  as  the 
 former  doth  the  outward  appearance.  David 
 prayeth  not  simply  against  correction,  (for, 
 '  as  many  as  God  loveth,  he  doth  rebuke  and 
 chastise,'  Rev.  iii.  19,)  but  would  have  his 
 nurture  with  moderation,  lest  it  broke  him  in 
 pieces  ;  as  Jeremiah  likewise  prayeth,  Jer. 
 X.  24.      So  alter  in  Ps.  xxxviii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Heal  me,]  recure  vie.  Though 
 this  may  have  reference  here  to  bodily  sick- 
 ness, Ps.  cvii.  18,  20,  yet  is  it  also  applied 
 to  soul  sickness,  and  curing  of  it;  as  Ps,  xii. 
 5,  '  heal  thou  my  soul,  for  I  have  sinned 
 against  thee." 
 
 Ver.  4.— How  long?]  Or,  till  when? 
 
 An  imperfect  speech,  through  trouble  of  mind, 
 which  may  thus  be  supplied:  ♦  How  long  wilt 
 thou  cease,  or  defer  to  help,  or  how  long  wilt 
 thou  afflict  me  ?'  So  Ps.  xc.  13.  The 
 Chald.  supplieth  the  want  thus,  "  Let  me 
 have  a  refreshing." 
 
 Ver.  5. —  Rele.\se,]  loosen,  or  deliver 
 my  soul  or  me,  meaning  from  death,  as  is 
 expressed,  Ps,  cxvi.  8. 
 
 Ver.  6. — For  in  the  death,]  This  doc- 
 trine king  Hezekiah  explaineth  thus,  '  For 
 hell  shall  not  confess  thee,  death  shall  not 
 praise  thee;  they  that  go  down  to  the  pit  shall 
 not  hope  for  thy  truth:  the  living,  the  living, 
 he  shall  confess  thee  as  I  do  this  day:  the  fa- 
 ther to  the  children  shall  make  known  thy 
 truth,'  Is.  xxxviii.  18,  19.  So  after  in  Ps. 
 cxv.  17,  18.  Hell,]  Or,  the  grave,  the 
 place  or  state  of  the  dead.  See  the  note  on 
 Ps.  xvi.  10.  Confess,]  Or,  give  thanks, 
 celebrate  with  praise  and  commendation. 
 This  same  word  is  also  used  for  confessing  of 
 sins,  Ps.  xxxii,  5. 
 
 Ver.  7. — I  faint,]  Or,  /  am  overawed 
 with  my  sighiyig.     The  like  speech    Baruch 
 
PSALM   VII. 
 
 421 
 
 every  night,  I  water  my  bedstead  with  my  tears.  ^  Mine  eye  is 
 gnawn  with  indignation  :  it  is  waxen  old  because  of  my  distressers. 
 *  Away  from  me  all  ye  that  work  painful  iniquity,  for  Jehovah 
 hath  heard  the  voice  of  my  weeping.  "  Jeliovah  hath  lieard  my 
 supplication  for  grace,  Jehovah  hath  accepted  my  prayer.  "  All 
 my  enemies  let  be  abasht  and  troubled  veliemently  ;  let  them  re- 
 turn, be  abasht  in  a  moment. 
 
 u=eth,  Jer.  xlv.  3.  The  original  wovAjaga- 
 ffhn  signifieth  awing,  toil,  turmoil,  and  sore 
 labour  of  body  or  mind,  and  consequently 
 fainting  through  weariness,  and  is  opposed  to 
 rest  or  quietness.  Lam.  v.  5.  Every 
 NIGHT,]  Or,  the  whole  night.  The  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it,  "  I  speak  in  my  sorrow  all  the 
 night  (or  every  night)  upon  my  bed."  I 
 w.'VTER,]  That  is,  bathe  or  dissolve  into  wa- 
 ter; or,  '  I  melt  in  my  bedstead.'  These  are 
 excessive  figurative  speeches,  to  express  the 
 greatness  of  his  sorrow.  In  the  Heb.  they 
 are  also  in  the  future  time,  as  "  I  shall  melt, 
 I  shall  make  swim,"  that  is,  I  usually  melt  and 
 bathe,  noting  the  continuance  of  his  affliction. 
 Ver.  8. — Mine  eye,]  This  may  be  taken 
 for  the  whole  face  or  visage,  as  in  Num.  xi. 
 7,  the  eye  is  used  for  the  colour  or  appear- 
 ance. Gi^AWN,']  In  Gr.  troubled.  The  Heb. 
 ghnashash,  is  to  gnaw  and  fret,  and   so  to 
 
 make  deformed  and  ugly,  and  to  consume. 
 Hereof  ^^wa*A,  is  a  moth-worm,  Ps.  xxxix, 
 12,  that  fretteth  garments.  A  like  speech  Job 
 useth,  '  mine  eye  is  dimmed  with  indigna- 
 tion, Job  xvii.  7,  but  gnawn  here,  is  a  word 
 more  vehement.  So  after  in  Ps.  xxxi.  10, 
 11.  With  indignation,] /or  grief,  that  I 
 take,  being  provoked  by  the  enemies. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Let  be  abasht,]  Or,  shall  be 
 abasht.  The  Heb.  bosh  signifieth  to  be  abasht, 
 wax  paleand  wan,  as  when  the  colour  fadeth  and 
 withereth;  and  noteth  both  'disappointment 
 of  one's  expectation,'  Job  vi.  20,  and  '  confu- 
 sion or  destruction,'  Jer.  xlviii.  J,  20,  op- 
 posed unto  joy,  Is.  Ixv.  13.  Let  them  re- 
 turn,] Or,  recoil;  a  sign  also  of  discomfiture 
 and  shame;  so  Ps.  Ivi.  10.  In  a  moment,] 
 Or,  in  a  minute,  that  is,  a  short  space,  or 
 suddenly. 
 
 PSALM    vn. 
 
 David  pray eth  against  the  malice  of  his  enemies,  professing  his  inno- 
 cence. \\.  By  faith  he  seeth  his  defence,  and  the  destruction  of  his 
 enemies 
 
 '  Shigajon  of  David,  which  he  sang  to  Jehovah,  upon  the  words 
 of  Cush,  son  of  Jemini. 
 
 ^  Jehovah  my  God,  in  thee  I  hope  for  safety  :  save  thou  me  from 
 
 Vek.  1. — Shigajon,]  An  artificial  song  of 
 David,  or  David's  delight.  The  word  pro- 
 perly signifieth  aberration,  or  ignoration;  and 
 is  here  in  Hab.  iii.  ].  only  used  in  the  title 
 of  songs,  which  seem  to  be  made  of  sundry 
 variable  and  wandering  verses,  which  being 
 composed  by  art  cause  the  more  delight. 
 The  Heb.  word  {shagab)  whereof  this  is  de- 
 rived, is  used  for  delight  or  wandering  in 
 pleasure,  Prov.  v.  19,  20.  According  to 
 which  we  may  name  this  song,  David's  de- 
 light or  solace.  Or,  in  the  other  significa- 
 tion,  David's  error,  as  setting  forth  the  sum 
 of  his  cares,  which  made  him  almost  to  go 
 astray.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  Da- 
 vid's interpretation  of  the  law."     Upon   the 
 
 WORDS,]  Or,  concerning  the  words,  or  mat- 
 ters, affairs.  Word,  is  both  in  Heb.  and  Gr. 
 often  used  for  a  thing  or  matter,  Exod.  xviii. 
 16;  Deut.  xvii.  1 ;  1  Kings  xiv.  13  ;  Luke  i. 
 65.  Of  Cush,]  This  may  be  meant  of  king 
 Saul  himself  who  was  of  Kish,  and  of  Jemini, 
 1  Sam.  ix.  1,  called  closely  Cush,  that  is,  an 
 Ethiopian,  or  blackamoor,  for  his  black  and 
 ill  conditions,  his  heart  not  being  changed,  as 
 'the  blackmoor  changeth  not  his  skin,' Jer. 
 xiii.  22.  Or  else  it  might  be  one  of  Saul's 
 retinue  whose  name  indeed  was  Cush,  but  we 
 find  no  mention  of  him  elsewhere.  The 
 Chald.  saith  plainly  thus,  •'  upon  the  des- 
 truction of  Saul  the  son  of  Kish,  wliich  was 
 of  the  tribe  of  Benjamin.'' 
 
422 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 all  tliat  persecute  me,  and  deliver  thou  me.  ^  Lest  he  tear  in  pieces 
 my  soul  like  a  lion  ;  breaking  where  there  is  none  delivering.  *  Je- 
 hovah my  God,  if  I  have  done  this,  if  there  be  injurious  evil  in 
 my  hands  -.  '  If  I  have  rewarded  evil  to  him  that  had  peace  with 
 me  :  (yea  I  have  released  my  distresser  without  cause  :)  *  Let  the 
 enemy  pursue  my  soul  and  take  it,  and  tread  down  my  life  on  the 
 eartli,  and  my  glory,  let  Jiim  make  it  dwell  in  the  dust.  Selah. 
 '  Rise  up  Jehovali  in  thy  anger,  be  thou  lifted  up,  for  the  rages  of 
 my  distressers,  and  wake  tliou  up  unto  me,  the  judgment  thou  hast 
 commanded.  *  And  the  congregation  of  people  shall  compass  thee 
 about,  and  for  it  return   thou  to  the  high  place.     ^  Jehovah  will 
 
 Ver.  3.— Lion,]  Called  here  in  Heb.  ar- 
 jeh,  that  is  a  renter  or  tearer;  and  elsewhere, 
 labi/,  that  is,  hearty  and  courageous,  Ps.  Ivii. 
 5,  and  kephir,  that  is,  lurking,  or  couchant, 
 Ps.  xci.  13,  the  reason  of  these  names  is 
 shewed,  Ps.  xvii.  12.  The  renting  lion  {^ar- 
 jeh)  as  greedy  to  tear;  and  the  lurking  lioa 
 (kephir)  as  biding  in  covert  places.  Other 
 names  are  also  given  to  this  kind,  as  shachal, 
 of  ramping,  or  fierce  nature,  Ps.  xci.  13;  and 
 lajish,  of  subduing  his  prey,  Prov.  xxx.  30. 
 Mv  SO0L,]  That  is,  me,  or  my  life.  Break- 
 ing,] This  may  be  referred  to  the  lion,  break- 
 ing asunder,  or  renting  his  prey:  the  word 
 also  is  used  '  for  breaking  of  yokes  of  afflic- 
 tion,' that  is  saving,  rescuing,  redeeming,  or 
 delivering;  as,  Ps.  cxxxvi.  24;  Lam.  v.  8. 
 The  Gr.  so  turnelh  it  here,  "  there  being 
 none  redeeming  nor  saving."  Thus  the  de- 
 nial none  set  after  in  the  Heb.  serveth  for 
 both  words,  (as  after  in  Ps.  ix.  19.)  And  it 
 is  the  property  of  this  tongue  sometimes  to 
 want,  sometimes  to  abound  with  words  ;  as  in 
 
 1  Kings  x.  31,  there  be  two  denials,  when  in 
 
 2  Chron.    ix.   20,  there    is   but  one,  in  the 
 same  narration. 
 
 Vee.  4. — Done  this,]  which  Cush  ac- 
 cuseth  me  of.  He  speaketh  of  some  common 
 slander.  Injdriods  evil  m  my  hands,] 
 Or,  in  my  palms,  that  is,  bad,  dishonest 
 dealings  iu  secret:  the  palm  or  hollow  of  the 
 hand,  being  a  place  where  filthiness  may  be 
 hidden:  the  hand  also  is  put  for  the  actions. 
 So  Jonah  iii.  8  ;  Ps.  cix.  27;  Ixxviii.  42. 
 
 Ver.  5 — That  had  peace  with  ne,] 
 My  friend  and  confederate.  Such  treachery 
 David  much  blameth  in  his  foes,  that  in  time 
 of  peace  made  war,  Ps.  xli.  10;  Iv.  13,  15,21. 
 Yea  I,]  Hth.And  I;  which  may  be  resolved: 
 '  Yea,  or  when  I  released  my  distresser:' 
 which  may  have  reference  to  his  sparing  of 
 Saul,  and  delivering  him  from  death,  1  Sam. 
 xxiv.  6,  7,  S,  11,  12;  xxvi.  9—11,  &c. 
 Without  cause,]  Or,  ivithout effect  &nA fruit 
 
 ER.  6.— My  life,]  In   Heb.  lives;  so 
 
 usually  called  for  the  many  faculties  and  ope- 
 rations that  are  in  life  ;  the  many  years,  de- 
 grees, estates  thereof.  The  apostles  in  Gr. 
 retain  the  singular  number,  life.  Acts  ii.  28 
 from  Ps.  xvi.  11;  1  Pet.  iii.  10  from  Ps. 
 xxxiv.  13.  My  glory,]  Or,  honour^ 
 meaning  either  his  honourable  estate,  renown 
 and  posterity,  as  Hos.  ix.  11;  Job  xix.  9,  or 
 his  soul,  as  Gen.  xlix.  6.  In  the  dust,] 
 That  is  in  base  estate  and  ignominy,  as  Ps. 
 cxiii.  7;  Job  xvi.  5  ;  or,  '  the  dust  of  death, 
 the  grave,'  as  Ps.  xxii.  16;   Is.  xxvi.  19. 
 
 Ver.  7. — In  the  rages,]  Or,  because  of 
 the  outrages,  surpassing  indifjnations,  so 
 called  of  the  passing  out  of  the  heat  and  cho- 
 ler.  Wake  up,]  Or,  raise  up,  to  wit,  thy- 
 self, and  come  unto  me  ;  for  judgment  thou 
 hast  commanded  or  appointed.  It  may  also 
 be  read,  "  raise  up  to  me  the  judgment  which 
 thcu  hast  commanded;"  so  the  Chald.,  para- 
 phrase here  supplieth  the  word  trhich,  saying 
 'hasten  unto  me,  (or  for  me)  the  judgment 
 which  thou  hast  commanded:'  the  Heb.  it- 
 self sometimes  doth  the  like,  as  1  Kings  ix. 
 8,  'this  house  is  high,' 2  Chron.  vii.  21, 
 '  this  house  which  is  high.' 
 
 Ver.  8. — For  it,]  For  the  same  co7igre- 
 gations  sake,  which  cometh  about  thee  ex- 
 pecting judgment.  To  the  high  place,] 
 Or,  to  the  height,  that  is,  the  throne  of  judg. 
 ment,  for  thrones  were  set  high,  1  Kings  xiii. 
 19.  This  word  height  is  also  used  for  hea- 
 ven, Ps.  xciii.  4 ;  and  there  God's  throne  is, 
 Ps.  xi.  4.  The  Chald.,  saith,  "return  to  the 
 house  of  thy  divine  habitation,"  or  majesty. 
 
 Ver.  9 — Jehovah,]  The  Chald.  trans, 
 lateth  it,"  The  word  of  the  Lnid  shall  judge," 
 &c.  Judge,]  Two  words  are  here  used  in 
 Heb.  forjudging,  1st  Ban,  and  2d,  Shaphat. 
 The  first  is  more  special  to  give  doom  or  sen- 
 tence in  controversies;  the  latter  more  gene- 
 ral, for  judging  or  doing  right  in  all  causes. 
 The  apostle  expresses  these  two  by  one  Gr. 
 word,  krino,  judge,  as  Heb.  x.  30,  from 
 Deut  xxxii.  36;  Rom.  iii  4,  from  Ps.  li.  6. 
 My  justice,]  The  justice  and  equity  of  my 
 
PSALM    VII. 
 
 423 
 
 judge  the  people :  judge  tliou  me  Jehovah  accordmg  to  my  justice, 
 and  according  to  my  perfection  in  me.  ^''  Oh  let  tlie  malice  of  the 
 wicked  be  at  an  end,  and  stablish  thou  tlie  just :  for  thou  triest  the 
 hearts  and  reins,  just  God.  '*  My  shield  is  in  God,  the  Saviour  of 
 the  upriglit  in  heart.  '''  God  is  a  just  judge,  and  God  angerly  threa- 
 teneth  every  day.  '^  If  he  turn  not,  lie  will  whet  his  sword :  he 
 hatli  bent  his  bow  and  made  it  ready.  "  And  for  him  he  hath  made 
 ready  the  instruments  of  death -.  his  arrows  he  worketh  for  the 
 liot  persecutors.  ''  Lo  he  shall  be  in  travail  of  painful  iniquity ;  for 
 he  hatli  conceived  molestation,  and  shall  bring  forth  a  lie.  '®  He 
 hath  digged  a  pit  and  delved  it,  and  is  fallen  into  the  corrupting 
 ditch  he  wrought.  "  His  molestation  shall  return  upon  liis  head, 
 and  upon  his  crown  shall  his  violent  wrong  descend.  *^  I  will  con- 
 fess Jehovah  according  to  his  justice,  and  will  sing  Psalms  to  the 
 name  of  Jehovah  most  high. 
 
 cause,  in  respect  of  my  persecutors.  So  Ps. 
 xviii.  21—25.  Elsewhere  he  appealeth  to 
 '  God's  justice,'  Ps.  xxxv.  24.  My  perfec- 
 tion,] Or,  integrity,  the  simplicity  of  my 
 ways,  and  simplicity  of  my  heart.  See  Ps. 
 xxvi.  1.  In  me,]  Or,  unto  vie,  to  wit,  re- 
 ward thou,  as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it. 
 
 Ver.  10. — For  thou  triest,]  Or,  he 
 trieth.  God,  who  is  possessor  of  the  reins, 
 Ps.  cxxxix.  13,  doth  also  try  them  as  metal 
 iu  the  fire.  The  heart  may  signify  the  cogi- 
 tations, and  the  reins  the  affections.  So  Ps. 
 xxvi.  2;  Jer.  xi.  20;  xx.  12;   Rev.  ii.  23. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Angrily  threatexeth,]  Or, 
 detesteth,  disdaitieih  in  wrath,  namely,  the 
 wicked,  and  menaceth  their  destruction.  So 
 the  Chald.  paraphraseth  it,  "  he  is  mightily 
 angry  against  the  wicked  every  day." 
 
 Ver.  13— If  he,]  That  is,  if  the  wicked 
 turn  not  as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  "  If  he 
 turn  not  unto  his  fear."  The  Gr.  translateth, 
 "  If  ye  turn  not." 
 
 Ver.  14. — He  worketh  for  the  hot 
 persecutors,]  Or,  poUsheth,  to  wit,  to  shoot 
 at  them  that  fervently  persecute,  namely,  the 
 just,  as  the  Chald.  addeth.  The  Heb.  delak, 
 which  signifieth  burning,  Ezek.  xxiv.  10,  is 
 applied  to  hot  persecution.  See  Ps.  x.  2; 
 Gen.  xxxi.  35:   Lam.  iv.  19. 
 
 Ver.  15 He  shall  be  in  travail,]  Or, 
 
 continually  travnileth,  that  is,  taketh  great 
 pains  to  accomplish  iniquity,  as  a  woman  with 
 child  to  be  delivered.  Molestation,]  Or, 
 moil,  misery.     The  Heb.  ghnamal  signifieth 
 
 toilsome  labour  and  molestation,  both  which 
 aman  endureth  himself,  Ps.  xxv.18 ;  Ixxiii.  5; 
 and  which  he  causeth  another  to  endure,  Ps. 
 xciv.  20;  Iv.  11.  And  thus  it  is  here  meant, 
 as  the  17th  verse  showeth.  Bring  forth  a 
 lie,]  Or,  falsehood,  meaning  either  ca- 
 lumny and  slander  of  others,  (which  in  ver. 
 17  seemeth  to  be  called  violent  wrong,)  or, 
 a  deceit  of  himself,  frustrating  his  own  ex- 
 pectation. This  similitude  of  the  conception, 
 travail,  and  birth  of  sin,  is  memorable,  men- 
 tioned also  in  Job  xv.  35;  Is.  lix.  4;  James 
 i.  15;  much  like  another  simile  of  ploughing, 
 sowing,  and  reaping  iin'quity.  Job  iv.  8. 
 
 Ver.  16 Is  fallen,]  To  wit,  unto  his 
 
 own  perdition,  as  Prov.  xxvi.  27;  Eccl.  x. 
 8  ;  or,  to  lurk  there  for  the  perdition  of  others. 
 See  Ps.  X.  10.  The  corrdfting  ditch  hb 
 WROUGHT,]  Or,  pit  of  corruption  which  he 
 made.  The  original  shacJiath  signifieth  cor- 
 ruption, Ps.  xvi.  10,  and  is  applied  to  any  pit 
 or  ditch  '  where  one  perisheth  and  corrupt- 
 eth,'  Ps.  Ivii.  7;  xciv.  13;  and  sometimes  the 
 word  pit  is  plainly  added,  as  in  Ps.  Iv.  24. 
 '  the  pit  of  corruption.' 
 
 Ver.  17.— His  crown,]  The  scalp  or 
 head's  top,  meaning  also  abundantly,  and  ap- 
 parently in  the  view  of  all.  See  Est.  ix.  25. 
 Violent  wrong,]  The  word  chamas  signi- 
 fieth injury  done  by  force  and  rapine,  viola- 
 tion of  riglit  and  justice. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Sing  psalms  to,]  Or,  praise 
 ZL'ith  psalms,  and  this  importeth  a  song  arti- 
 ficial and  skilfully  composed.     See  Ps.  iii.  1. 
 
424 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    VIIL 
 
 God's  glory  is  magnified  by  Ms  woi-Tcs.  6.  A  prophecy  of  Christ,  his 
 humiliation,  glory,  and  dominion. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music  upon  Gittith ;  a  Psahn  of  David. 
 
 ^  Jehovah  our  Lord  how  wondrous  excellent  is  thy  name  in  all 
 the  earth,  which  hast  given  thy  glorious  Majesty  above  the  hea- 
 vens. ^  Out  of  tlie  mouth  of  babes  and  sucklings  thou  hast 
 founded  strength,   because  of  thy  distressers,  to  make  cease  the 
 
 Ver.  1.— Gittith,]  Or,  the  ej'JttiVA,  which 
 title  is  also  given  to  the  81st  and  84th  Ps. 
 Cath  in  Heb.  is  a  wine  press,  Is.  Ixiii.  2.  It 
 is  also  the  name  of  a  city  of  the  Philistines, 
 
 1  Sam.  xvii.  4.  A  city  also  of  the  Leviies 
 was  called  Gath-rimmon,  Jos.  xxi.  25,  where- 
 upon Obed-Edom  the  son  of  Jeduthun,  a  Le- 
 vite  and  singer  ia  Israel,  was  called  a  Gittite, 
 
 2  Sam.  vi.  10.  So  by  Gittith  here  may  be 
 meant,  either  such  instruments  as  were  used 
 by  the  posterity  of  Obed-Edom  the  Gittite,  or 
 that  these  psalms  were  made  upon  occasion 
 of  transporting  God's  ark  from  the  house  of 
 that  Obed-Edom,  the  history  whereof  is  in 
 2  Sam.  vi.  6 — 12,  &c.,  or  that  these  psalms 
 were  to  be  sung  for  praise  of  God  at  the  vin- 
 tage, when  grapes  were  pressed.  And  ac 
 cording  to  this  the  Greek  translateth  it  "the 
 wine  presses."  Or  it  may  be  the  same  mu- 
 sical instrument;^  and  so  the  Chald.  para- 
 phrast  translateth  it,  "  To  sing  upon  the  harp 
 that  came  fiom  Gath." 
 
 Ver.  2. — Oor  Lord,]  Or,  our  sustainers: 
 Seethe  note  on  Ps.  ii.  4.  Wondrous  ex- 
 cellent,] Or,  wondrous  ample,  illustrious 
 and  magnificent.  The  original  word  signifi- 
 eth  ample,  or  large,  and  excellent  withal, 
 clear  and  resplendent  in  glory:  the  Gr.  turn- 
 eth  it  "wonderful:''  the  Chald.,  -'high  and 
 laudable."  So  in  ver.  10.  Name,]  This 
 word  is  often  used  for  renown,  or  glory,  Gen. 
 vi.  4;  Eccl.  vii.  3;  Phil.  ii.  9;  as  on  the 
 contrary,  vile  persons  are  called  '  men  with- 
 out name,'  Job  xxx.  8.  God's  name  is  also 
 used  for  his  kiiigdom  and  gospel,  Mat.  xix. 
 29,  compared  with  Luke  xviii.  29  ;  Mat.  x. 
 29.  And  this  psalm  treateth  of  the 
 spreading  of  Christ's  kingdom  and  gospel,  as 
 after  is  manifested.  Hast  given,]  That  is, 
 put,  or  set;  as  '  I  have  given,'  Is.  xlii.  1,  is 
 by  the  evangelist  in  Gr.  "  I  will  put,"  Mat. 
 xii.  18,  and  in  the  Heb.  text,  as,  "he  hath 
 given  theeover  them  for  king,'  2  Chron.  ix.  8, 
 lor  which  is  written  in  1  Kings  x.  9,  '  he  hath 
 set  (or  put).'  It  may  also  import  a  setting 
 sure  or  stablishing;  as,  '  thou  hast  given  thy 
 
 people,'  1  Chron.  xvii.  22,  that  is,  '  thou  hast 
 stablished  thy  people,  2  Sam.  vii.  24.  Here 
 also  is  a  grammatical  change  in  the  Heb.; 
 to  give,  for  thou  hast  given.  Glorioos  ma. 
 JESTY,]  Fenerable  or  praiseworthy  glory. 
 The  word  hodh  is  general  for  any  laudable 
 grace  or  virtue  for  which  one  is  celebrated, 
 reverenced,  and  commended.  Above,]  Or, 
 over,  or  upon  the  heavens.  This  phrase  js 
 used  of  God,  Num.  xxvii.  20,  where  he  will- 
 eth  Moses  to  '  give  of  his  glorious  majesty 
 upon  Joshua;'  and  may  have  use  in  the 
 mystical  applying  of  this  psalm  to  Christ's 
 kingdom,  as  Mat.  xxi.  26,  teaches  us:  hea- 
 vens being  also  often  used  in  scripture  for  the 
 church  of  Christ,  Is.  Ixv.  17;  Ixvi.  22:  Rev. 
 xxi.  1. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Hast  founded,]  That  \s,Jirmly 
 decreed,  appointed,  and  consequently  fitted, 
 and  perfected,  as  the  Gr.  katirtiso,  (which 
 the  apostle  useth)  signifieth,  Mat.  xxi.  16. 
 So  in  Esther  i.  8,  'the  king  had  founded,' 
 that  is,  decreed,  appointed.  See  also  before, 
 Ps.  ii.  2.  Strength,]  That  is,  strong 
 praise,  for  so  this  word  seemeth  often  to  be 
 used,  as  Ps.  xxix.  1 ;  xcvi.  7 ;  cxviii.  14; 
 therefore  the  Gr.  which  the  apostle  followeth, 
 Mat.  xxi.  16,  translateth  it  '  praise.'  This 
 woid,  strength,  or  firmness,  may  be  taken  for 
 '  kingdom  firmly  strengthened,'  as  in  this 
 place,  so  in  Ps.  ex.  2;  Ixxxvi.  16;  Ixxxix. 
 11.  To  makecease,]  That  \s, put  to  silence, 
 or  do  aivay,  aboliah,  and  destroy.  So  after  in 
 Ps.  cxix.  119;  Ixxxix.  45;  xlvi.  10.  Self- 
 avenger,]  Or,  him  that  avengeth  himself ; 
 the  proud  and  mighty  wliich  will  not  suffer 
 his  honour  or  gain  to  be  diminished. .  So 
 Ps.  xliv.  17.  This  was  fulfilled,  when  chil- 
 dren crying  hosanna  to  welcome  Christ,  the 
 chief  priests  and  scribes  disdained,  and 
 sought  to  destroy  him:  but  he  stopped  their 
 mouths  by  alleging  this  scripture.  Mat.  xxi. 
 15,  16;  Mark  xi.  18.  God's  people  are 
 taught,  though  they  suffer  wrong,  '  not  to 
 avenge  themselves,  but  to  give  place  unto 
 wrath,'  Rom.  xii.  19. 
 
PSALM    VIII. 
 
 425 
 
 enemy  and  self-avenger.  ^  WJien  I  behold  thy  heavens,  the  work 
 of  tliy  fingers,  tlie  moon  and  the  stars  wliich  thou  hast  stably  con- 
 stituted; ^  What  js sorry  man  that  thou  remeniberest  him,  and  the  son 
 of  Adam  that  thou  visitedst  him  ?  ^  For  thou  hast  made  him  lesser 
 a  little  than  the  gods,  and  crowned  him  glory  and  comely  honour. 
 '  Thou  gavest  him  dominion  over  the  works  of  thy  liands  ;  all  thou 
 didst  set  under  his  feet.  *  Sheep  and  oxen  all  of  them,  and  also 
 the  beasts  of  the  field.     ^  The  fowls  of  heaven,  and  tlie  fishes  of 
 
 Ver.  5.— What  is  sorry  man,]  To  wit, 
 thus  think  I  with  myself,  what  is  man,  &c. 
 Here  man  is  called  Enosh,  (the  name  of 
 Adam's  nephew,  Gen.  iv.  2C,)  which  signi- 
 fielh  doleful,  sorry,  sorrowful,  wretched,  and 
 sick  incurably.  And  this  name  is  given  un- 
 to all  men,  to  put  them  in  mind  of  their  mi- 
 sery and  mortality;  as  Ps.  ix.  21,  "  let  the 
 heathens  know  that  they  be  Enosh."  Son  of 
 Adam,]  Or,  of  earthly  man.  As  before  men 
 are  called  '  Enosli,'  for  their  doleful  estate  by 
 sin  ;  so  are  they  called  '  Adam,'  and  '  sons 
 of  Adam,'  that  is,  earthly,  to  put  them  in 
 mind  of  their  original  and  end,  which  were 
 made  of  Adamah,  the  earth,  even  of  the  dust, 
 and  to  dust  shall  again  return.  Gen.  ii.  7; 
 iii.  19.  Adam  was  the  name  both  of  man 
 and  woman,  Gen.  v.  2,  and  is  also  the  name 
 of  all  their  children,  Ps.  xxii.  7;  xxxvi.  7; 
 xxxix.  6,  and  in  many  other  places.  Seethe 
 note  on  Ps.  xlix.  3.  Visitest  him,]  That 
 i*:,  hast  care  of,  providestfor,  and  lookest  to 
 him.  The  original  word  thus  largely  signi- 
 fieth,  and  is  used  inditi'erently  for  '  visiting 
 with  favour,'  as  Ps.  Ixv,  10,  or  '  with  dis- 
 pleasure,' as  Ps.  lix.  6.  Here  it  is  meant 
 for  good  ;  for  God's  providence  is  singular 
 towards  man,  and  '  his  visitation  preserveth 
 our  spirits,'  Job  x.  12.  Compare  also  here- 
 with, Ps.  cxliv.  3  ;  Job  vii.  17,  18. 
 
 Ver.  6. — For  thou  madest  him  lesser,] 
 Or,  and  thou  madest  him  lack;  or  though 
 thou  madest  him  to  want  a  little  of  the  gods.  A 
 little,]  The  original  word  signifieth  either  'a 
 little  while,'  Ps.  xxxvii.  10,  or  '  a  little  deal," 
 Ps.  xxxvii.  16;  1  Sam.  xiv.  29.  The  Gr. 
 brachuti  (which  the  apostle  useth)  also  signi- 
 fieth both,  Acts  v.  34;  John  vi.  7;  howbeit, 
 by  his  applying  this  to  Christ,  he  seemeth  to 
 mean  a  little  or  short  time,  Heb.  ii.  7, 
 9.  Than  the  Gods,]  Or,  than  God;  but 
 by  gods  here  is  meant  the  angels,  as  the 
 apostle  expoundeth  it,  according  both  to  the 
 Gr.  version  and  Chald.  paraphrase.  And 
 those  heavenly  spirits  are  for  their  office 
 and  service  called  angels,  that  is,  messen- 
 gers ;  but  for  their  honourable  dignity  they 
 are  called  gods,  here  and  in  Ps.  xcvii.  7, 
 and  'the  sons  of  God,'  Job  i.  6;  xxxviii.  7. 
 The  princes  of  the  earth  are  named  gods,  Ps. 
 
 Vol.  II.  3 
 
 Ixxxii.  6,  how  much  more  may  the  angels  be 
 called  so,  that  are  '  thief  princes,'  Dan.  x. 
 13.  And  crownedst  him,]  This  may  be 
 understood  of  man  as  he  was  first  made  in 
 God's  image,  and  Lord  of  the  world.  Gen.  i. 
 26,  but  since  the  trai'.sgression,  it  is  peculiar 
 to  Christ  and  to  Christian  men  that  have 
 their  dignity  restored  by  Christ.  Unto  him 
 the  apostle  applieth  this  psalm,  thus:  '  We 
 see  Jesus  crowned  with  glory  and  honour, 
 which  was  a  little  made  lesser  than  the  angels, 
 through  the  suffering  of  death,  that  by  the 
 grace  of  God  he  might  taste  death  for  all,' 
 Heb.  ii.  9.  Glory  seemeth  to  respect  inward 
 virtues,  as  wisdom,  holiness,  &c.,  and  honour 
 for  his  outward  estate  in  ruling  over  the 
 creatures,  as  ver.  7 — 9.  Comely  honour,] 
 The  Heb.  hadar  denoteth  all  honourable 
 comeliness,  honest,  grave,  adorned  decency. 
 
 Ver.  7. — All,  thou  didst  set,]  In  the 
 first  creation,  God  gave  man  'rule  over  fishes, 
 fowls,  beasts,  and  all  that  moveth  upon  the 
 earth,'  Gen.  i.  26,  but  after,  for  his  sake  and 
 sin,  the  earth  was  cursed,  and  he  enjoyed  it 
 with  sorrow,  Gen.  iii.  17.  But  the  '  Son  of 
 man,'  who  is  'heir  of  all  things,'  Heb.  i.  2, 
 restoreth  our  loss,  and  will  cause  the  remnant 
 of  the  people,  even  '  whosoever  overcometb, 
 to  inherit  all  things,'  Zach.  viii.  12  ;  Rev. 
 xxi.  7;  though  unto  man  living  here  in  sor- 
 rows, '  we  yet  see  not  all  things  subdued,' 
 Hfb.  ii.  8. 
 
 Ver. 8. — Sheep  and  oxen,]  Oy  flocks  and 
 herds;  the  flocks  comprehending  both  sheep 
 and  goats.  Lev.  i.  10. 
 
 Ver.  9. — The  fowl,]  That  is, /oec/.?  or 
 birds  ;  one  is  used  for  many  or  all ,  so  the 
 Heb.  often  speaketh  of  other  things,  as  ship, 
 for  ships,  1  Kings  x.  22,  with  2  Chron.  ix. 
 21  ;  spear,  for  spears,  2  Kings  xi.  10,  with  2 
 Chron.  xxiii.  9.  So  Ps.  xx.  S  ;  xxxiv.  8. 
 Of  the  heavens,]  That  is,  of  theazV,  for  all 
 this  outspread  or  firmament  spread  over  the 
 face  of  the  earth,  God  called,  'heavens,'  Gen. 
 i.  17,  the  place  also  above  where  the  sun  and 
 stars  are,  he  called  '  heavens,' Gen.  i.  17,  and 
 the  highest  place  where  the  angels  dwell, 
 (and  God  himself  is  said  to  sit  in)  is  like- 
 wise called  'heaven,'  Mat.  v.  9;  and  xxiv. 
 36,  and  by  the  apostle  named  'the  third  hea- 
 H 
 
420 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 the  sea,  tliat  which  passeth  tlirough  the  paths  of  the  seas.     '^  Jeho- 
 vah our  Lord,  how  wondrous  excellent  is  thy  name  in  all  the  earth. 
 
 veil,'  2  Cor.  xii.  2.  So  other  scriptures 
 mention  '  tlie  birds  of  heaven,'  Mat.  xiii.  32, 
 •tlie  winds  of  heaven,'  Dan.  vii.  2;  'the 
 clouds  of  heaven,'  Dan.  vii.  13;  'tlie  dews 
 of  heaven,'  Dan.  iv.  \2,  &c.  The  Heb. 
 name  Shamajim,  hath   the  form  of  the  dual 
 
 number:  but  the  evangelists  express  it  indif- 
 ferently by  the  singular  and  plural ;  as  where 
 one  saith,  your  reward  is  great  '  in  the  iiea- 
 vens,'  Mat.  v,  12,  another  saith,  '  it  is  much 
 in  heaven,'  Luke  vi.  23. 
 
 PSALM    IX. 
 
 David  praise  th  God  for  executing  judgment.  12.  He  inciteth  others  to 
 praise  him.  14.  He  prayeth  that  he  may  have  cause  to  praise  him. 
 16.  The  judgments  tliat  shall  come  upon  the  rvicked. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music  upon  Muth-labben ;  a  Psalm  of  David. 
 
 I  WILL  confess  Jehovah  with  all  my  heart,  I  will  tell  all  thy  mar- 
 vellous ivorks.  ^  I  will  rejoice  and  shew  gladness  in  thee,  I  will 
 sing  Psalms  to  thy  name,  O  most  Higli.  *  When  mine  enemies 
 turned  backward,  tliey  stumbled  and  perished  from  thy  face.  *  For 
 thou  hast  done  my  judgment  and  my  doom,  liast  sitten  on  the 
 throne,  judge  of  justice.  ^  Thou  hast  rebuked  the  lieathen,  hast 
 brought  to  perdition  the  wicked  onej  tlieir  name  thou  hast  wiped  out 
 for  ever  and  aye.  '  The  desolations  of  the  enemy  are  wholly  ended 
 
 given  sentence,  and  executing  according  to 
 the  right  of  my  cause.  See  Ps.  vii.  9.  The 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it,  'my  vengeance.'  Sit- 
 ten ON  THE  THRONE,]  Or,  SCt    tlu'C  dotVtl    Oil 
 
 the  throne,  the  seat  of  judgment,  or  tribunal. 
 This  noteth  both  kingly  authority,  Ps.  cxxxii. 
 11,  12,  and  the  acting  or  executing  of  the 
 same,  2  Chron,  xviii.  IS;  Is.  vi.  1;  Dan. 
 vii.  9  ;   Rev.  xx.  11. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Hast  rebuked,]  With  rough 
 and  severe  words:  but  this,  when  God  doth 
 it,  commonly  importeth  confusion,  as  being 
 to  his  enemies,  and  therefore  joined  with  the 
 curse,  Ps.  cxix.  21;  Ixviii.  31;  Ixxvi.  7; 
 xviii.  16;  Zach.  iii.  2.  So  elsewhere  he 
 saith,  '  at  the  rebuke  of  thy  face  they  peiish,' 
 Ps.  Ixxx.  17.  Wiped  out,]  Or,  wiped  away, 
 as  with  the  hand.  And  this  wiping  out  the 
 name,  noteth  the  utter  abolishing  with  great 
 wrath,  Deut.  ix.  14  ;  xxix.  t:0  ;  Ps.  cix.  13. 
 For  ever  and  aye,]  Oi',  for  ever  and  yet. 
 or,  to  eternity  and  perpetuity.  The  Heb. 
 ghned,  yet,  is  addtd  to  eternity,  or  ever,  to 
 increase  the  durance  of  it,  and  to  note  all 
 eternities,  Ps.  x.  16;  and  xxi.  5;  civ.  5; 
 cxlv.  I,  2,  taken  from  Moses,   Exod.  xv.  18. 
 
 Ver.  7 The  desolations^]  Which  the 
 
 enemy  made  in  spoiling  our  land,  or  the  de- 
 solate places  which  the  enemy  builded    for 
 
 Ver.  1. — Upon  mdth  labben,]  This,  if 
 it  be  referred  to  the  music,  seemeth  to  be  a 
 kind  of  tune  like  that  we  call  the  counter- 
 tenor. Otherwise  it  may  be  read  '  For  the 
 death  of  Labben  ;  but  who  he  was  is  uncer- 
 tain; some  think  it  was  Goliah;  the  Chald. 
 saith,  "  For  the  death  of  the  son."  It  seem- 
 eth to  me,  as  the  former  Psalm  was  of  the 
 propagation  of  Christ's  kingdom,  so  this  is  of 
 the  destruction  of  Antichrist's. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Marvellous  works,]  Or, 
 wonderful  things,  miracles.  The  original 
 word  signifieth  highand  hidden, such  as  man's 
 power  cannot  perform,  nor  reason  reach  unto, 
 and  therefore  are  admired. 
 
 Ver.  3.— In  thee,]  The  Chald.  saith, 
 "in  thy  word." 
 
 Ver.  4. — When  my  enemies  turned,] 
 This  may  be  taken  for  a  sum  of  his  praise  for 
 deliverances  past,  or,  in  faith  for  like  to  come, 
 and  may  be  read,  '  when  my  foes  turn  back  they 
 shall  stumble  and  perish.'  From  thy  face,] 
 From  before  thee,  because  of  thy  presence, 
 that  is,  for  fear  of  thee,  and  shut  out  from  thy 
 face  or  presence.  So  after  Ps.  Ixviii.  2,  3, 
 9.  So  the  apostle  speaketh  of  the  wicked's 
 perdition,  '  from  the  face  of  the  Lord,'  2Thess. 
 i.  9. 
 
 Ver,  5.— Done  my  judgments,]  That  is. 
 
PSALM    IX. 
 
 427 
 
 to  perpetuity,  and  the  cities  tliou  hast  pulled  up,  perished  is  the  me- 
 morial of  them.  *  And  Jehovah  shall  sit  for  ever,  he  hath  pre- 
 pared ]iis  tlirone  for  judgment.  **  And  he  will  judge  the  world  with 
 justice,  will  judge  the  peoples  with  righteousness.  "  And  Jehovah 
 will  be  an  high  refuge  for  the  oppressed,  an  high  refuge  at  times  in 
 distress.  "  And  they  tliat  know  thy  name  will  trust  in  thee,  for  tliou 
 forsakest  not  them  that  seek  thee,  Jehovali.  '-  Sing  psalms  to  Je- 
 hovah that  dwelleth  in  Zion,  shew  forth  among  the  people  liis  do- 
 ings. ^"^  For  lie  that  seeketh  out  bloods  remembereth  them,  forget- 
 tetii  not  the  cry  of  the  meek  afflicted.  "  Be  gracious  to  me,  Jeho- 
 vah, see  mine   affliction   from  my  haters,  lifting  up  mc  from  the 
 
 himself,  as  in  Job  iii.  14,  great  men  are  said 
 to  'huiid  themselves  desolate  places.'  Of 
 THE  ENEMY,]  So  the  Gr.  turned  it.  \\q 
 may  also  read  it,  '  O  enemy,  the  desolations 
 are  quite  ended  (which  thou  madest ;)  or,  are 
 they  ended  ?'  To  ferpetuity/J  Or,  to  vic- 
 tory, that  is,  so  as  it  continueth  for  ever. 
 Ever  or  eternity  hath  the  name  ghnolam  in 
 Heb.,  of  being  hid,  and  so  unknown:  perpe- 
 tuity, netsach,  is  named  of  prevailing  and 
 getting  victory  by  perpetual  durance.  Here- 
 upon that  speech  of  the  prophet,  '  he  hath 
 swallowed  up  death  to  perpetuity,  or  victorious 
 aye,'  Is.  xxv.  S,is  translated  by  the  apostle, 
 '  Death  is  swallowed  up  to  victory,'  that  is, 
 for  ever,  as  the  same  word  in  Amos  viii.  7, 
 Lam.  V.  '20,  is  also  turned  in  Gr.  by  the 
 Seventy-two  interpreters.  Pulled  up,]  A 
 similitude  taken  from  trees,  applied  here  to  the 
 pulling  down  of  cities:  so  planting  and  pulling 
 up  of  a  people  are  set  one  against  another,  Jer. 
 xxiv.  6  ;  xlii.  10;  xlv.  4.  Of  them,]  Twice 
 repeated,  for  more  vehemency,  meaning,  all 
 and  every  of  them  ;  or,  with  themselves, 
 their  memory  is  gone.  The  Gr.  translateth, 
 "  their  memorial  is  perished  with  a  sound." 
 Ver.  9. — Will  judge,]  Or,  give  doovi 
 unto.  Two  several  words  forjudging  are  here 
 used,  as  before,  Ps.  vii.  0.  With  righte- 
 ousnesses,] That  is,  all  manner  of  righteous- 
 ness, and  equity,  or  most  righteously,  most 
 equally.  See  the  like  speech  alter,  Ps.  xcviii. 
 9;  xcvi.  13,  and  often  elsewhere. 
 
 Ver.  10. — An  high  refuge,]  In  Heb. 
 misgah,  which  is  an  exaltation,  that  is,  an 
 high  place,  tower,  or  fort,  to  resist  the  ene- 
 my, Jer.  xlviii.  1,  wherein  men  are  pro- 
 tected and  escape  their  foes'  invasion,  Deut. 
 ii.  36.  For  the  oppressed,]  Or.  to  the 
 beaten  down,  the  poor  is  so  called,  as  being 
 pounded  or  stamped  by  the  adversary.  So 
 Ps.  X.  IS;  Ixxiv.  21.  At  times,]  Or,  in 
 seasons,  that  is  seasonably,  at  all  times,  when 
 they  be  in  distress.      So  Ps.  x.  1. 
 
 Ver.  11.— -That  know,]  Or,  that  ac- 
 kfioicledge  thy  mrtye,  such  are  God's  people. 
 
 Is.  Hi.  6,  and  shall  by  him  be  delivered  and 
 advanced,  Ps.  xci.  14. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Dwelleth  in  Zion,]  Or,  sit- 
 tcth  in  Zion.  The  Chald.  saith,  "  haili 
 placed  his  divine  habitation  (or  majesty)  in 
 Zion."  Sitting  is  often  used  for  dwelling,  as 
 is  noted,  Ps.  i.  1.  The  word  iti  is  many 
 times  omitted  in  the  Heb.,  but  necessarily  to 
 be  understood,  as  the  text  itself  showeth,  as 
 beth,  house,  for  bebeth,  iu  the  house,  2  Kings 
 xiv.  14,  compared  with  2  Chron.  xxv.  24  ; 
 2  Chron.  xxvi.  21,  with  2  Kings  xv.  5  ;  2 
 Chron.  xxxiv.  30,  with  2  Kings  xxiii.  2. 
 His  doings,]  His  practices,  or  wonted  works. 
 The  original  word  signifieth  actions  done  na- 
 tuially,  or  purposely  and  studiously;  designs, 
 jests,  or  exercises,  enterprised  advisedly,  and 
 prosecuted  studiously,  of  natural  disposition 
 and  inclination,  as  Prov.  xx.  11;  1  Sam.  xxv. 
 3. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Seeketh  out,]  Or,  requireih 
 bloods,  that  is,  God,  who  followeth,  findeth 
 out,  punisheth,  and  avengeth  bloodshed  and 
 muider,  according  to  the  law,  Gen.  ix.  5,  6. 
 See  the  annot.  thtre.  The  Chald.  expound- 
 eth  it,  "  he  that  lequireth  the  blood  of  the 
 innocent,  remembereth  his  just  ones."  Meek 
 afflicted,]  The  original  here  hath  a  double 
 leading,  ^r^wawa/m,  that  is,  afllicted,  poor; 
 and  ghnanaiim,  meek,  modest,  lowly:  for  af- 
 fliction often  causeth  meekness.  Therefore 
 also  gnhani,  that  is,  afflicted,  is  translated 
 praus,  meek.  Mat.  xxi  5,  from  Zarh.  ix.  9. 
 Ver.  14. — From  my  haters,]  That  is, 
 which  Cometh  upon  me  from  them.  Lift- 
 ing up,]  Or,  O  lifter  up  {exalter)  of  me. 
 Gates  of  death,]  This  noteth  present  peril 
 and  fear  of  death,  as  being  now  near  at  the 
 very  door  or  gate  thereof,  Gen.  iv.  7  ;  Judg. 
 V.  8.  It  noteth  also  power,  strength,  and 
 jurisdiction,  which  death  hath  ;  (even  reign- 
 ing, as  the  apostle  saith,  Rom.  v.  14  ;)  be- 
 cause magistrates  sat,  and  judgments  were 
 executed  at  the  gates  of  cities,  Deut.  xxii.15; 
 Job  xxxi.  21;  Amos  v.  10,  15.  So  in  other 
 scriptures  the  gales  of  death  and  of  hell  de- 
 
428 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 gates  of  deatli.  '^  That  I  may  tell  all  thy  praises  in  the  gates  of 
 the  daughter  of  Zioii,  may  be  glad  in  thy  salvation.  "  The  hea- 
 tlien  are  sunk  down  in  the  corrupting  pit  that  tliey  made  :  in  the 
 net  that  they  hid,  cauglit  is  their  foot.  ''  Known  is  Jehovah,  judg- 
 ment he  hatli  done  :  in  the  works  of  his  hands  insnared  is  the 
 wicked  one  :  Meditation,  Selali.  '®  Tlie  wicked  shall  turn  into 
 hell,  all  the  lieathen  that  forget  God,  "^  For  not  to  perpetuity 
 forgotten  sliall  be  the  needy  one,  nor  tlic  expectation  of  the  poor 
 afflicted  ones  perish  for  aye.  ^°  Rise  up,  Jehovah,  let  nor  sorry  man 
 be  strong  ;  let  the  heathen  be  judged  before  thy  face.  ^'  Pat  thou, 
 Jeliovah,  a  fear  in  them,  let  tJie  heathen  know  that  they  be  sorry 
 men,  Selah. 
 
 note  their  peril,  strength,  and  horror,  Ps. 
 cvii.  18;  Is.  xxxviii.  10;  Mat.  xvi.  18; 
 Job  xxxviii.  17. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Gates  of  the  daughters  of 
 ZioN,]  These  are  opposed  to  the  former 
 '  gates  of  death,'  a'ld  mean  the  public  plares 
 where  God's  people  come  together  at  Zion 
 gates,  where  God  sat,  ver.  12,  and  which  he 
 loved  most,  Ps.  Ixxxvii.  2.  The  daughter 
 of  Zion  signifieth  the  church  or  congregation 
 there  gathered  ;  also  the  Chald.  paraphrase 
 here  showeth,  translating  it  "  the  congrega- 
 tion of  Zion,"  for  evciy  chief  city  was  counted 
 as  a  mother,  2  Sam.  xx.  19,  (whereupon  the 
 apostle  calleth  Jerusalem  'the  mother  of  us 
 all,'  Gal.  iv.  26,)  the  villages  that  were  near 
 and  pertained  to  such  cities,  are  called  daugh- 
 ters, Josh.  XV.  45;  2  Chron.  xiii.  19;  Ps. 
 xlviii.  12,  and  the  inhabitants  there  seated  or 
 assemblies  of  people  resorting  thither,  are 
 likewise  named  daughters,  as  being  bred, 
 born,  nourished  there,  and  subject  thereto. 
 Such  speeches  are  often  in  the  scriptures,  as, 
 'daughter  of  Jerusalem,'  Lam.  ii.  19; 
 '  daughter  of  Zion  ;'  Mat.  xxi.  5 ;  from  Zach. 
 ix.  9,  '  daughter  of  my  people;'  Jer.  iv.  11; 
 'daughter  of  Tirus;'  Ps.  xlv.  13,  'daughter 
 of  Babel,'  Ps.  cxxxvii.  8,  and  the  like. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Judgme.nt  he  hath  done,] 
 Or,  by  the  judgment  that  he  hath  executed. 
 His  hands.]  Or,  his  palms,  the  wicked's 
 own  hands,  called  the  palms  or  hollows,  for 
 the  secret  manner  of  working.  So  Ps.  vii.  4. 
 Meditation,  Selah,]  Meaning  that  this  is  a 
 prayer  of  deep  meditation,  worthy  to  be  well 
 minded,  and  spoken  or  sung  with  earnest 
 consideration  always.  Some  retain  the  Heb. 
 word,  hifjgujon  Selah,  for  that  it  may  import 
 a  kind  of  song  or  tune,  (as  the  Gr.  turneth 
 it,)  being  found  in  this  form  only  here  and 
 ill  Ps.  xcii.  4.  The  Chald.  interpreteth  it, 
 "  the  just  shall  joyfully  shout  for  ever." 
 
 Ver.  18. — Into  hell,]  Into  hell  itself; 
 fur  the  word  into  is  in  ellect  twice  put  in  the 
 Heb.  for  more  vehemency.  Forget  God,]  The 
 Chald.  addeth,  "  that  forget  the  fear  of  (iod.' 
 
 Ver.  19. — Needy  one,]  Two  names  are 
 here  given  to  the  poor,  cbjon,  needy  and  de- 
 sirous, which  importeth  want  of  things  need- 
 ful, to  be  supplied  by  liberality,  Ps.  cxxxii. 
 15  ;  cxii.  9;  ghnani,  poor,  afflicted,  which 
 need  help,  and  deliverance  from  vexation  as 
 before,  ver.  13,  yet  this  precise  difierence  is 
 not  always  observed  in  Scripture.  Perish 
 FOR  AYE,]  That  is,  shall  never  -perish.  Here 
 the  word  not  set  in  the  beginin'iig,  serveth  for 
 a  denial  of  all  that  followeth,  'shall  not  be 
 forsotten,  shall  not  perish,  or  be  lost;'  so  in 
 Job  XXX.  20,  25;  xxxi.  20.  And  the  Chald. 
 here  repeateth  the  word  not.,  for  more  plain- 
 ness. Contrary  to  this  is  the  wicked's  hope 
 and  expectation,  which  '  shall  perish,'  Prov. 
 x  28;  Job  viii.  13;  xi.  20.  Be  strong,] 
 Or,  strengthen,  confirm,  and  harden  himself, 
 and  so  prevail.  This  is  fitly  opposed  both  to 
 the  name  and  nature  of  man,  which  is  infirm, 
 sorrowful,  and  mortal. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Put  a  fear  in  them,]  The 
 original  morah  (used  In  this  place  only)  seem- 
 eth  to  be  put  for  mora,  which  is  fear  or  ter- 
 ror,  Ps.  Ixxvi.  12,  these  two  Heb.  letters 
 being  often  put  one  for  another,  as  Anion, 
 Jer.  lii.  15,  for  Hamon,  2  Kings,  xxv.  11  ; 
 Shinjia,  2  Kings  xxv.  29,  for  Shinnah,  Jer. 
 lii.  33.  Or,  according  to  the  letters,  it  may 
 come  of  horah,  to  teach,  and  signify  a  law  or 
 doctrine,  and  this  the  Gr.  favoureth,  translat- 
 ing, "  set  a  lawgiver  (or  teacher)  over  them." 
 SoRRY  MEN,]  In  Heb.  Enosh,  the  proper 
 name  of  Adam's  nephew,  Gen.  iv.  26,  signi. 
 fying  sorrowful;  and  is  after  commonly  given 
 to  every  man  for  his  doleful  state  and  morta- 
 lity, Ps.  viii.  5,  and  here  collectively  is  the 
 name  of  mankind. 
 
PSALM    X. 
 
 420 
 
 PSALM    X. 
 
 1 .  The  prophet  complaineth  to  God  of  the  outrage  of  the  wicked 
 against  God  himself  and  his  poor  people.  12.  He  prayethfor  remedy. 
 16.  He  professeth  Ms  confidence. 
 
 '  Wherefore  Jehovah  dost  tliou  stand  in  a,  place  far  off,  dost 
 tliou  hide  at  times  in  distress  ?  ^  In  the  haughtiness  of  the  wicked, 
 he  hotly  pursueth  the  poor  afflicted,  let  them  be  taken  in  the  crafty 
 purposes  that  they  have  thought.  ^  For  praise  dotli  the  wicked  for 
 the  desire  of  his  soul,  and  the  covetous  he  blesseth,  he  despiteth 
 Jehovah.     *  The  wicked,  such  is  the  loftiness  of  his  nose,  that  lie 
 
 This  psalm  is  in  the  Greek  version  a  con- 
 tinuance and  part  of  the  former  ninth. 
 Whereupon  the  count  of  the  psalms  following, 
 doth  in  the  Gr,  books,  and  such  as  follow 
 them,  difler  n-om  the  Heb.;  the  xith.  Ps. 
 being  reckoned  for  the  xth.,  thexiith.  for  the 
 xith.  and  so  forward.  Yet  to  make  up  the 
 numherof  150  psalms,  theydividethecxlviith. 
 into  two.  Likewise  the  cxivtli.  and  cxvth. 
 psalms  they  make  one,  and  the  cxvith.  they 
 part  in  two. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Wherefore  dost  thoo  stand,] 
 Or,  witt  thou  stand?  This  form  of  expostu- 
 lation implieth  an  earnest  piayer,  'Lord, 
 stand  not  far  off.'  For  questions  may  be  re- 
 solved into  plain  affirmations,  or  denials:  as 
 where  one  evangelist  saith,  '  why  diseasest 
 thou  the  Master,'  Mark  v.  35,  another  saith, 
 '  Disease  not  the  Master,'  Luke  viii.  49. 
 See  the  notes  on  Exod.  xxxii.  11.  Dost 
 THOU  HIDE,]  To  wit,  thine  eyes,  as  Is.  i.  15, 
 or,  'thine  ear,'  as  Lam.  iii.  56,  or  'thyself.* 
 Times  in  distress,]  That  is,  when  we  are 
 in  distress.  So  Ps.  ix.  10,  '  times,'  may 
 specially  note  '  troublous  times.'  See  Ps. 
 >:xxi.  16. 
 
 Ver.  2. — He  hotly  paasuETH,]  Or, 
 burn  doth  the  poor,  doth  broil,  in  affliction, 
 is  hotly  persecuted.  See  Ps.  vii.  14.  The 
 apostle  useth  like  speech  for  exceeding  grief, 
 2  Cur.  xi.  19.  '  Who  is  offended  and  I  burn 
 not.?'  Crafty  purposes,]  Or,  devices, 
 policies;  the  word  noting  sometime  good 
 purposes,  and  sometime  evil.  See  also  Ps. 
 xxvi.  10.  The  Gr.  translateth,  "  they  are 
 taken  in  the  counsels." 
 
 Ver.  3. — Praise  doth  the  \vicked,]  To 
 wit,  himself,  or  his  fortune,  for  that  he  hath 
 what  his  soul  desireth.  And  •  the  soul  of  the 
 wicked  desireth  evil,'  Prov.  xxi.  10.  The 
 COVETOUS,]  Or  gain-tltirsfy,  he  blesseth, 
 to  wit,  himself,  and  his  fortune.  The  cove- 
 tous hath  his  name  of  a  word  which  sometimes 
 
 signifieth  to  pierce  or  wound,  Joel  ii.  8.  And 
 fitly  is  the  '  gain-thirsty' so  called,  both  for  the 
 hurt  he  doth  to  others,  whose  life  oft  he  would 
 take  away,  Prov.  i.  19,  and  for  that  he 
 woundeth  himself  with  his  greedy  care  ;  the 
 Holy  Spirit  testifying  that  such  as  lust  after 
 gain,  '  do  pierce  themselves  through  with 
 many  sorrows,'  1  Tim.  vi.  10.  He  des- 
 piteth,] Or  contemptuously  provoketh 
 with  evil  words  or  carriage,  and  so  inceiiseth 
 or  stirreth  him  to  wrath.  So  ver.  13.  The 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it  thus,  "  he  that  blesseth 
 the  uinighteous  man,  abhorreth  the  word  of 
 the  Lord. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Such  is  the  loftiness  of  his 
 nose,]  Or,  according  to  the  height  of  his 
 countenance,  or,  of  his  anger.  The  nose 
 and  casting  up  of  it,  signifieth,  a  proud, 
 scornful,  and  sometimes  an  angry  counte- 
 nance; for  as  the  '  highness  of  the  heart,'  Ps. 
 cxxxi.  1,  find  'of  the  spirit,'  Prov.  xvi.  18, 
 nofeth  inward  pride:  so  the  'loftiness  of  the 
 eyes,'  Ps.  ci.  6,  and  here  'of  the  nose,'  noteth 
 outward  pride  and  disdainful  behaviour.  The 
 Heb.  hath  one  word,  for  the  nose,  and  for 
 anger,  (as  is  observed,  Ps.  ii.  5,)  the  Gr. 
 here  saith,  "  according  to  the  fierceness  of 
 his  anger,  meaning  that  whereby  he  persecu- 
 telh  the  poor."  The  Cliald.  translateth  it, 
 ''  in  the  pride  of  his  spirit."  He  seeketl- 
 not,]  'Nothing  regardeth  or  careth,  to  wit, 
 for  God,  or  his  will.  Or  it  may  be  trans- 
 lated, '  The  wicked  inquire  not  into  the  height 
 of  liis  anger,'  that  is,  into  God's  anger,  he 
 careth  not,  nor  feareth  his  wrath.  In  all 
 HIS  crafty  purposes,]  Or,  be  all  his  pre- 
 sumptuous cogitations ;  meaning  that  he 
 dolh  not  once  think  of  God,  while  he  so  pur- 
 poseth  against  the  poor ;  or  lie  presumeth  in 
 iieart,  and  fain  would  so  persuade  himself 
 that  there  is  no  God.  He  studieth  atheism, 
 as  Ps.  xiv.  1.  The  Chald.  expounds  it, 
 "  He  saith  in  his  heart,  that  all  his  cogita- 
 tions are  not  manifest  before  the  Lord." 
 
4:^0 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 seeketli  not :  there  is  no  God,  in  all  liis  crafty  purposes.  *  His  ways 
 do  well  succeed  iu  all  time,  thy  judgments  are  on  high  above  his 
 sight,  all  his  distresses  he  puffeth  at  them.  ''  He  saitli  in  his  heart, 
 I  sliall  not  be  removed,  for  that  /  shall  not  be  in  evil  to  generation 
 and  generation.  '  His  moutli  is  full  of  cursing,  and  of  deceits  and 
 fraud  ;  under  his  tongue  is  molestation  and  painful  iniquity.  ^  He 
 sitteth  in  the  waiting  place  of  the  villages,  in  the  secret  places  doth 
 he  murder  the  innocent,  liis  eyes  lurk  for  the  poor.  ®  He  lieth  in 
 wait  in  the  secret  place,  as  a  lion  in  his  den  he  lieth  in  wait  to 
 snatch  away  the  poor  afflicted,  he  snatcheth  away  the  poor  afflicted, 
 in  drawing  him  into  his  net.  '"  He  croucheth,  he  bowetli  down, 
 that  fall  may  into  liis  strong  paws  a  troop  of  poor.  "  He  saith  in 
 liis  heart,  God  liath  forgotten,  he  hideth  his  face,  he  will  not  see  to 
 
 Ver.  5.— His  ways,  &o.]  Or,  bring  forth 
 do  his  ways;  a  similituiie  from  bringing 
 forth  children  with  pain,  which  buingeflected, 
 causeth  joy,  Job  xvi.  21.  Therefore  here  ; 
 (as  in  Job  xx.  21,)  it  is  used  for  '  good  suc- 
 cess' and  (as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,) 
 "  prosperity."  Or  referring  it  to  the  poor 
 whom  he  persecnteth,  we  may  read  "his  ways 
 make  sorrowful,"  or  "are  grievous  ;"  the  Gr. 
 saith,  "are  polluted."  In  all  time,]  Or,  in 
 every  time,  tliat  is,  always,  continually.  So 
 Ps.  xxxiv.  2;  Ixii.  9;  cvi.  3;  so  the  apostle 
 in  Gr.  saith,  '  praying  in  all  time,'  that  is,  al- 
 ways, Eph.  vi.  18,  like  phrase  is,  '  in  all  day,' 
 that  is,  'daily,'  Ps.  cxlv.  2.  Above  his 
 SIGHT,]  Or  out  of  his  presence .  fro7n  before 
 him.  He  puffeth,]  That  is,  dejieth  and 
 scttetli  them  at  nought,  domineers  over  them 
 (as  the  Gr.  translateth  it)  as  if  he  could  over- 
 throw them  with  his  breath.  Or,  he  pufl- 
 eth,  bloweth,  and  consequently  setteth  them 
 on  fire,  and  consumeth  them:  as, scornful  men 
 pull',  (that  is,  inflame,  or  as  the  Gr.  saith, 
 "  burn)  the  city,"  Prov.  xxix.  8.  So  Ezek. 
 xxi.  31.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "he  is 
 angry  at  them." 
 
 Ver.  tj. — I  SHALL  not  be  in  evil:]  Or, 
 that  am  not  in  evil;  that  is,  I  who  am  not 
 now  in  evil,  shall  never  be;  meaning  by 
 'evil,' trouble  or  affliction;  as  the  Israelites 
 saw  themselves  in  evil,  Exod.  v.  19.  Or, 
 perhaps,  by  '  evil,"  he  meaneth  sin  and  mali- 
 ciousness, (as  when  Aaion  said,  '  the  people 
 were  in  evil,'  Exod.  xxxii.  22,)  and  then  he 
 boasteth  here  of  his  innocency,  for  which  he 
 promiseth  to  himself  a  settled  estate.  The 
 Chald.  giveth  this  sense  ;  "  I  will  not  be 
 moved  from  generation  to  generation,  from 
 doing  evil." 
 
 Ver.  7.— Of  cursing,]  Or,  of  execra- 
 tion or  adjuration.  The  Heb.  Alah  signi- 
 fieth  'an  oath  with  execration  or  cuising,' 
 Num.  V.  21,  for  'cursing*  was  added  to  an 
 
 oath,  for  to  confirm  it  the  more,  Neh.  x.  29; 
 Deut.  xxix.  12,  21,  therefore  one  and  the 
 same  thing  is  called  both  '  an  oath,'  and  a 
 'curse,' Gen.  xxiv.  8,  41.  This  here  the 
 apostle  calleth  in  Gr.  Ara.  '  Cursing,'  Rom. 
 iii.  14.  Deckits  and  fraud,]  Or,  impos- 
 tures and  inivard  guile,  that  is,  outward  de- 
 ceitful shows  and  promises,  and  privy  guile 
 lurking  in  the  heart. 
 
 Ver.  8. — In  the  waiting  place  of  thk 
 villages,]  Or,  the  ambush  of  the  court- 
 yards  ;  both  which  have  their  name  in  Heb. 
 of  the  grass  that  groweth  in  them,  as  it  were 
 '  grass-yards.'  And  because  such  places 
 commonly  are  rich  men's  possessions,  there- 
 fore it  seemeth)  the  Gr.  translateth,  "  in  the 
 waiting  place  with  the  rich." 
 
 Ver.  10. — He  croucheth,]  Or,  And  he 
 crusheth,  to  wit,  himself,  lest  he  should  be 
 espied.  See  this  spoken  of  the  'lion,'  Job 
 xxxix.  2.  That  fall  way  into  his  strong 
 PAWS  A  TROOP,]  Or,  and  he  fallethwithhis 
 strong  paws  on  the  troop  of  poor.  Strong 
 PAWS,]  Or,  Strong  members;  Here  wanteth 
 a  word  to  be  supplied,  as  oiten  in  this  and 
 other  tongues;  as,  '  a  full,*  for  'a  full  cup,'  Ps. 
 Ixxiii.  10,  'anew,'  for  'a  new  sword,'  2Sam. 
 xxi.  16,  '  cold,'  for 'cold  water,'  Matt.  x.  42. 
 This  want  sometimes  the  scripture  itself  sup- 
 plieth  in  repeating  histories;  as,  '  he  set  in 
 Aram,'  1  Chron.  xviii.  C,  for  'he  set  garri- 
 sons in  Aram,'  2  Sam.  viii.  6;  'the  first  of 
 the  feast,'  Matt.  xxvi.  17,  for  'the  first  day 
 of  the  feast,'  Mark  xiv.  12.  So  after,  Ps.  xxii. 
 13;  xxvii.  4.  Troop  of  poor,]  Or,  the 
 weak,  the  poor;  called  here  by  a  name  tliat 
 noteth  their  power,  wealth,  and  faculty,  to 
 be  dimmed  or  decayed,  or,  a  company  of 
 obscure  persons.  This  word  is  no  where 
 found,  but  thrice  in  this  Psalm;  in  the  eighth 
 verse  before,  in  this,  and  again  in  the  four- 
 teenth. 
 
 Ver.  11. — He  will  not  ske,]  Or,  not  at 
 
PSALM   X. 
 
 431 
 
 perpetuity.  '^  Rise  up  Jehovah,  O  God  lift  up  the  hand,  forget  not 
 the  meek  afflicted.  "  Wherefore  dotli  the  wicked  despite  God?  he 
 saith  in  his  heart.  Thou  wilt  not  inquire.  '*  Thou  seest,  for  thou 
 beholdest  molestation  and  indignation,  to  give  it  into  thy  hand, 
 unto  thee  the  poor  dotli  leave  it :  thou  art  the  helper  of  thefatlier- 
 less.  *^  Break  thou  tlie  arm  of  the  wicked  one,  and  of  tlie  evil 
 man  ;  seek  out  his  wickedness,  till  thou  findest  none.  '^  Jehovah 
 is  king  for  ever  and  aye  ;  perislied  are  the  heathen  out  of  his  land. 
 "  Jehovah  thou  hast  heard  the  desire  of  the  meek,  thou  preparest 
 firm  their  heart,  thou  makest  attentive  thine  ear.  '^  To  judge  the 
 fatherless  and  the  oppressed,  that  he  add  not  any  more  to  daunt 
 with  terror  sorry  man  out  of  the  earth. 
 
 all  respect.  The  like  profane  speeches  of 
 the  wicked  are  set  down,  Ps.  xciv.  7;  Ezek. 
 viii.  12;  ix.  9;  Is.  xxix.  15. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Lift  up  thy  hand,]  That  is, 
 skotv  openly  thy  power  for  help  of  tliy  peo- 
 ple, and  confusion  of  thy  foes.  '  Lifting  up 
 the  hand  is  applied  to  the  publishing  and 
 manifesting  of  the  gospel,'  Is.  xlix,  22;  some- 
 limes  for  '  sign  of  lielp,'  Ezek.  xx.  5;  some- 
 times for  'hurt,'  2  Sam.  xviii.  28;  and  some- 
 times for  sign  of  an  'oath,'  as  Ps.  cvi.  26; 
 Deut.  xxxii.  40.  In  this  iatter  sense  the 
 Chald.  paraphrast  taketh  it  here,  "  Confirm 
 the  oath  of  thy  hand." 
 
 Ver.  14. — To  give  it  into  thine  hand,] 
 That  is,  to  take  the  ^natter  into  thy  hand, 
 to  manage  it,  or,  to  give  ivith  thy  hand,  that 
 is,  liberally  to  recompence  the  evil  that  is 
 done.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth  thus,  "  It  is 
 manifest  before  thee,  that  thou  wilt  send  upon 
 the  wicked  sorrow  and  wrath,  thou  lookest  to 
 pay  a  good  reward  to  liie  just  with  thy 
 hand.''  Unto  thee,]  Or,  upon  thee  the 
 poor  leaveth,  to  wit,  his  cmise,  or  himself. 
 To  'leave,'  is  to  'commit  unto  one's  fidelity,' 
 Gen.  xxxix.  6;  Is.  x.  3;  Job  xxxix.  14. 
 And  so  the  Chald.  saith,  "  thy  poor  trust  in 
 thee."     See  also  2  Tim.  i    12. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Break  the  arm,]  The  arm 
 noteth  strength^  means,  poiver,  and  help, 
 Ezek.  XXX.  21,  25;  Is.  xxxiii.  2;  Dan.  xi. 
 6,  22,  also  *  violence,'  Job  xxxv.  9.  In  re- 
 spect of  all  these,  the  '  arms  of  the  wicked 
 men  shall  be  broken,'  Ps.  xxxvii.  17.  Till 
 THOD  findest  none,]  In  Jar.  1.  20,  the  sins 
 of  God's  people  being  sought  for,  are  '  not 
 found,'  because  of  his  mercy  in  pardoning 
 them:  but  here  of  the  wicked  they  are  not 
 '  found,'  because  of  his  judgment  in  con- 
 suming them,  as  he  saith  in  Ezek.  xxiii.  48, 
 '  thus  will  I  cause  wickedness  to  cease  out  of 
 the  land.' 
 
 Ver.  16. — Heathen  out  of  his  land,] 
 The  land  of  Canaan,  whose  people  the  Loid 
 
 drove  out,  Ps.  xliv.  3,  and  of  which  he  said, 
 '  the  land  is  mine,'  Lev.  xxv.  23.  It  may 
 al~o  be  understood  of  the  wicked  Israelites, 
 which  in  conditions  were  like  the  heathen, 
 and  born  of  them,  Ezek.  xvi.  3,  such  were 
 also  called  'heathen,'  Ps.  ii.  1,  as  appeareth 
 by  Acts  iv.  27. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Thou  preparest  firm,]  To 
 wit,  by  thy  Spirit,  which  helpeth  theinfirmi- 
 ties  of  men,  that  know  not  what  to  pray  for 
 as  they  ought,  Rom.  viii.  26.  Or  we  may 
 read  it  prayer-wise,  '  prepare  thou  their  heart, 
 apply,'  &c.  for  prayers  are  often  made  in 
 faith,  as  if  they  were  already  done;  as,  where 
 one  saith,  '  it  liath  pleased  thee  to  bless,'  1 
 Chron.  xvii.  27,  another  saith,  '  let  it  plrase 
 tiiee  to  bless,'  2  Sam.  vii.  29.  Thine  ear,] 
 The  Chald.  addeth,  "  to  their  prayers."  The 
 Gr.  thus,  "  to  the  preparation  of  their  heart 
 thine  ear  attendeth." 
 
 Ver.  18. — That  he  add  not,]  He  that 
 is,  the  wicked  man  spoken  of  before,  ver. 
 15,  unless  we  refer  it  to  that  which  followeth, 
 '  the  man  of  the  earth.'  To  daunt  with 
 terror,]  Or,  to  break  with  fear,  to  dismay 
 or  terrify.  The  word  is  inditleient,  applied 
 sometimes  to  God,  Ps.  Ixxxix.  8,  sometimes 
 to  wicked  men,  Ps.  xxxvii.  35.  The  apostle 
 following  the  Greek  version,  saith,  'be  not 
 troubled,  1  Pet.  iii.  14,  for,  '  be  net  daunted 
 with  fear,'  Is.  viii.  12,  but  more  fully  the 
 word  is  opened  by  Paul,  saying,  '  in  nothing 
 be  terrified  (or  daunted)  of  your  adversaries,' 
 Pliil.  i.  28,  '  pturomenoi.'  Sorry  man,  out 
 of  the  earth,]  Or,  sorry  men,  {Ainosh,) 
 as  Ps.  ix.  21.  This  may  be  referred  to  the 
 fatherless  and  oppressed,  whom  the  wicked 
 would  daunt  and  scare  out  of  the  earth,  or 
 land.  Or,  changing  the  order  of  the  words, 
 thus,  '  that  man  of  the  earth  (that  is,  earthly 
 man,)  do  no  more  terrify  the  meek.'  The 
 Chald.  explaineth  it  thus,  '  Let  the  sons  of 
 men  not  any  more  be  broken  (or  daunted) 
 from  before  the  wicked  of  the  earth. 
 
432 
 
 P  S  A  L  M  rf. 
 
 PSALM    XI. 
 
 David  he'ing  counselled  to  flee,  encourageth  Mmself  in  God  against 
 his  enemies.     4.  He  shorveth  the  providence  and  Justice  of  God. 
 
 ^  To  the  master  of  the  music,  a  psalm  of  David. 
 
 In  Jehovah  do  I  Iiope  for  safety  ;  how  say  ye  to  my  soul,  Flee 
 to  your  mountain  as  a  bird  ?  ^  For  lo  the  wicked  bend  the  bow, 
 they  prepare  their  arrow  upon  the  string  to  shoot  in  the  darkness 
 at  them  that  are  upright  in  licart.  ^  For  the  foundations  are  cast 
 down,  the  just  what  hath  he  done  ?  *  Jehovah  in  the  palace  of  his 
 holiness,  Jeliovah  in  the  heavens  liis  tlirone  ;  his  eyes  will  view, 
 his  eyelids  will  prove  the  sons  of  Adam.  *  Jehovah  will  prove  the 
 just  one,  and  the  wicked  one  ;  and  him  that  loveth  violent  wrong 
 his  soul  doth  hate.  ^  He  will  rain  upon  the  wicked,  snares,  fire 
 and  brimstone,  and  wind  of  burning  storms  shall  be  the  portion  of 
 
 Ver.  1. — A  Psalm  of  David  :]  This 
 word  psalm  wanting  in  the  Heh.,  is  supplied 
 in  the  Gr.  So  in  Ps.  xiv.  xxv.  xxvi.  xxvii. 
 and  many  others.  See  the  note  on  Ps.  x.  10. 
 Flee,]  Or  /lif.  In  the  Htb.  there  is  a 
 double  reading,  /lee  t/iou,  and  /lee  ye,  mean- 
 ing David  in  special,  and  his  retinue  with 
 him.  To  YOUR  mount,]  Or,  from  your 
 mount;  but  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  supplieth  the 
 word  "to."  In  mounts,  roclis  and  caves, 
 David  hid  himself  from  Saul's  persecution, 
 ]  Sam.  xxiii.  14;  xxiv.  3,  4.  As  a  bird,] 
 This  noteth  his  danger,  who  who  was  '  hunted 
 as  a  partridge  on  the  mountains,'  I  Sam.  xxvi. 
 20,  and  his  'fear,'  as  in  Is.  xvi.  2.  Here- 
 upon is  that  proverb,  '  As  a  bird  fleeing  from 
 her  nest,  so  is  a  man  fleeing  from  his  place,' 
 Prov.  xxvii.  S. 
 
 Ver.  3. — For  the  foundations,]  Or^Ae 
 things  set  up.  The  original  word  Shathofh 
 signifieth  things  orderly  set  and  disposed, 
 and  may  be  applied  to  many  things;  as  in 
 buildings,  to  the  foundation  :  in  hunting,  unto 
 nets  or  snares;  in  the  commonwealth,  unto 
 constitutions  or  positive  laws ;  in  w  ars,  unto 
 engines  or  leaguers,  as  Ps.  iii.  7,  in  the  mind 
 of  man,  unto  purposes,  plots,  deliberations; 
 in  religion,  unto  faith,  which  is  the  founda- 
 tion and  beginning  of  the  hypostasis,  or  the 
 hypostasis  (that  is,  the  subsistence  and  ex- 
 pectation) of  things  hoped  for,  Heh.  iii.  14; 
 xi.  1.  According  to  all,  or  most  of  these, 
 may  this  sentence  be  applied,  either  to  the 
 plots,  purposes,  snares,  set  for  David's  r\iin, 
 but  pulled  down  by  the  Lord  ;  or  to  Saul's 
 estate  and  kingdom  which  seemed  settled, 
 but  by  the  Lord  was  overthrown  ;  or  to  Da- 
 vid's estate  and   faith,    which    the   enemies 
 
 boasted  to  be  come  to  nought.  The  Gr.  ver- 
 sion of  the  Ixx.  translateth  thus,  "  for  the 
 things  that  thou  hast  perfected,  they  have  de- 
 stroyed." Are  cast  down,]  Or  shall  be 
 broken  down,  destroyed.  Tiie  Ciiald.  giveth 
 this  intei'pretation.  "  For  if  the  foundations 
 be  destroyed,  why  doth  the  just  do  inno- 
 cency?" 
 
 Ver.  4. — Palace  of  his  holiness,]  Or 
 his  holy  palace  or  temple,  which  here  may 
 be  taken  for  very  heaven,  as  also  in  Hah.  ii. 
 20,  for  the  holy  places  made  with  hands,  were 
 antitypes  (or  answerable  similitudes)  of  the 
 true  sanctuary,  Heb.  ix.  24. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Prove  the  just,]  Or  try  them  ; 
 by  the  persecution  of  the  wicked,  as  well  a.s 
 by  other  afflictions,  Ps.  Ixvi.  10 — 12.  His 
 soul,]  That  is,  God's  soul  doth  hate.  This 
 is  attributed  to  God  after  the  manner  of  men; 
 as  he  is  also  said  to  have  '  eyes,  hands,  ears,' 
 &c.  So  Lev.  xxvi.  11,  'my  soul  shall  not 
 lothe  you.' 
 
 Ver.  6. — Snares,]  Hereby  is  often  meant 
 in  scripture,  '  strange,  sudden,  and  inevitable 
 judgments,' Job  xxii.  10;  xviii.  9,  10;  Is. 
 viii.  14;  xxiv.  17,  IS.  The  Cliald.  ex- 
 pounds it,  "  He  will  send  down  the  rain  of 
 vengeance  on  the  wicked  that  breathe  fire," 
 &c.  Fire  and  brimstone,]  Such  was  the 
 wrath  that  fell  on  Sodom  and  the  cities  by  it. 
 Gen.  xix.  24,  and  was  threatened  unto  'Gog,* 
 Ezek.  xxxviii.  22,  and  figureth  the  vengeance 
 of  eternal  fire,  Jude  7;  Rev.  xx.  10. 
 Wind  of  burning  storms,]  Or,  of  blasting 
 tempests,  that  is,  a  horrible  blasting  tvhirl- 
 u'itid.  David  felt  such  from  his  persecutors, 
 Ps.  cxix.  53,  and  here  they  feel  such  from 
 God,  for  persecuting  liim.     Jeremiaii  appli- 
 
PSALM   XII. 
 
 433 
 
 their  cup.     '  For  just  Jehovah  he  lovcth  justice,  his  face  will  view 
 the  righteous. 
 
 persons.  His  face,]  Or  their  faces,  in  mys- 
 tery of  the  holy  trinity;  as  often  in  the  scrip- 
 ture. See  Ps.  cxlix.  2.  The  Heb.  here  may 
 be  Englished,  '  the  face  (the  aspects)  of  them, 
 or  of  him:'  See  the  note  on  Ps.  ii.  3.  Will 
 VIEW  THE  RIGHTEOUS,]  Vsualiy  vieweth  the 
 right.  And  this  noteth  the  manifesting  of 
 God's  care  and  favour  towards  the  righteous, 
 both  cause  and  person.  Tlie  Gr.  translateth, 
 "  His  face  seeth  righteousness:"  the  Chald. 
 thus,  "  The  just  shall  see  the  sight  of  his 
 face." 
 
 eth  this  word  to  the  '  burning  storm  of  hun- 
 ger,' Lam.  V.  10,  but  it  is  properly  '  a  hideous 
 burning  tempest,'  rushing  out  of  the  dark- 
 some cloud  ;  such  as  the  evangelist  calleth 
 dnemos  tuphonicos,  '  a  smouldry  burning 
 wind,'  named  in  Gr.  Euroclydon,  Acts  xxvii. 
 14.  The  portion  of  their  cup,]  That  is, 
 the  due  measure  of  their  punishment.  See 
 Ps.  Ixxv.  9;  xvi.  5. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Lov-ETH  jctstice,]  That  is,  all 
 manner  of  justice,  both  to  punish  the  evil, 
 and  preserve  the  good,  both  just  causes  and 
 
 PSALM  XIL 
 
 David  destitute  of  human  comfort,  craveth  help  of  God.  4.  He  con- 
 fortcth  himself  with  God's  judgments  on  the  wicked,  and  confidence  in 
 God!s  tried  promises. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music,  upon  the  eight,  a  psalm  of  David. 
 
 ^  Save,  O  Jehovah,  for  the  gracious  sauit  is  ended,  for  the  faith- 
 ful are  diminished  from  tlie  sons  of  Adam.  They  speak  false 
 vanity,  each  man  with  liis  next  friend,  with  lip  of  flatteries  ;  witli 
 a  heart  and  a  heart  they  speak.     *  Jehovah  cut  off  all  lips  of  flat- 
 
 Ver.  1. — Upon  the  eight,]  Which  the 
 Cliald.  expoundeth,  "  upon  the  eiglit-stringed 
 harp:"  See  Ps.  vi.  1. 
 
 Ver.  2.— Save]  Or  help.  This  word  is 
 largely  used,  for  all  manner  saving,  helping, 
 delivering,  preserving,  &c.  as  to  help  oi-  defend 
 from  injury,  Exod.  ii.  17;  2  Kings  vi.  26, 
 27;  to  deliver  from  all  adversities,  Ps.  xxxiv. 
 7,asfrom  sickness,  Matt.  ix.  21;  Mark  vi.  56; 
 from  drowning.  Matt  viii.  25;  from  ship- 
 wreck, Acts  xxvii.  31;  from  hands  of  ene- 
 mies, Ps.  xviii.  4  ;  Jude  v.;  from  sins.  Matt. 
 i.  21;  from  death,  Matt,  xxvii.  40;  from 
 wrath,  Rom.  v.  9,  and  infinite  the  like. 
 And  is  not  only  a  helping  in  trouble,  but  a 
 riddance  not  of  it,  as  one  evangelist  saitb, 
 Let  us  see  if  Elias  will  come  *  and  save  him.' 
 Matt,  xxvii.  49,  another  saith,  if  Elias  will 
 come  '  and  take  him  down,'  Mark  xv.  36. 
 The  faithfl'l  are  diminished,]  Or,  faiths, 
 fidelities  are  ceased.  The  original  word  is 
 used  both  for  '  true  and  faithful  persons,'  2 
 Sam.  XX.  19,  and  for  '  truths  or  fidelities,' 
 Is.  xxvi.  2.  The  Gr.  translateth,  "the 
 truths." 
 
 Ver.  3 False  vanity,]  Or  vain  false- 
 hood;  h\  Gr.,    "vain   things."     The  word 
 
 Vol.  II.  3 
 
 (shav)  noteth  '  vanity  '  both  of  words  and 
 deeds,  Exod.  xx.  7;  Je.r.  ii.  30,  and  often 
 that  which  is  also  '  false,'  Exod.  xxiii.  1,  as 
 that  which  Moses  in  Exod.  xx.  16,  calleth 
 witness  '  of  falsehood,'  {Sheker')  relating  it  he 
 calleth  '  false  vanity,'  {Shav,)  Deut.  v.  20. 
 With  his  next  friend.]  Or  his  neighbour, 
 his  friend  with  ivhom  he  is  associate. 
 Sometimes  this  word  is  used  for  a  special 
 'friend,'  2  Sam.  xiii.  3;  Ps.  xxxv.  14; 
 Prov.  xvii.  17;  but  often  generally  for  a 
 '  neighbour,  oi-  next,'  as  the  New  Testament 
 translateth  it  in  Gr.,  Matt.  xix.  19,  from 
 Lev.  xix.  IS.  And  who  is  our  '  neighbour,' 
 our  Lord  teacheth  iis,  Luke  x.  29 — 36. 
 With  lip  of  flattekies,]  That  is,  smooth 
 deceitful  speeches,  as  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 "deceitful  lips,"  a  'lip'  being  sometimes  put 
 for  a  speech  or  language,  Gen.  xi.  1.  Of 
 such  deceivers,  that  had  taught  their  tongues 
 to  speak  lies,  Jeremiah  also  complaiiieth, 
 chap.  ix.  ver.  4,  5.  A  heart  and  a 
 heart,]  That  is,  a  double  heart,  and  de- 
 ceitful. So  '  stone  and  stone,  ephah  and 
 ephah,'  Deut.  xxiii.  13,  14,  meaning 'double 
 and  deceitful  weights  and  measures.'  The 
 men  of  Zabulon  are  commended  for  that  they 
 I 
 
434 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 teries,  the  tongue  that  speaketh  great  things.  ^  Which  have  said. 
 With  our  tongue  we  will  prevail,  our  lips  are  witli  us,  who  is  Lord 
 over  us  ?  ^  For  the  wasteful  spoil  of  the  poor  afflicted,  for  the 
 groaning  of  the  needy  ones  -.  now  will  I  rise  up,  saith  Jehovah ;  I 
 will  set  in  salvation,  he  shall  have  breathing.  '  The  sayings  of  Je- 
 hovah are  pure  sayings :  as  silver  tried  in  a  subliming  furnace  of 
 earth,  fined  seven  times.  *  Thou  Jehovah  wilt  keep  them,  wilt 
 preserve  him  from  this  generation  for  ever.  '  The  wicked  walk 
 on  every  side,  when  vileness  is  exalted  of  the  sons  of  Adam. 
 
 were  not  thus  of  a  '  heart  and  a  heart,'  1 
 Chron.  xii.  33.  The  Gr.  translateth,  "with 
 a  heart  and  a  heart  he  speaketh  evil  things." 
 
 VeR.    5. — OUB    La's    ARE    WITH    US,]    Or, 
 
 are  ours,  that  i-,  ive  have  skill,  poicer,  and 
 liberty  to  speak ;  ivho  shall  control  us  ? 
 
 Ver.  e. — I  WILL  RISE  UP,]  The  Chald. 
 addeth,  will  rise  up  to  Judgment.  Set  in 
 SALVATION,]  That  is,  deliver  out  of  all 
 misery,  and  safely  settle  in  health  and 
 prosperous  estate.  He  shall  have 
 BREATHING,]  Or,  he,  (meaning  God)  tviil 
 give  breathing,  or  respiration  to  him,  that 
 is,  to  every  poor  man,  (as  after  in  verse  8,)  or, 
 "he  will  breatlie  out,"  that  is,  "  speak  plainly 
 to  him."  The  Gr.,  changing  the  person, 
 translaieth,  parrhesidsomai,  that  is,  "  I  will 
 speak  plainly  wilh  him."  So  it  noteth  the 
 bold  assured  comfort  which  God  by  promise 
 giveth  to  the  afflicted,  whose  faithful  word  is 
 therefore  commended  in  the  verse  following. 
 This  word  sometimes  is  used  for  plain  and 
 confident  breathing  out,  or  uttering  of  the 
 truth,  Hab.  ii.  3;  Piov.  xii.  17.  Or  we 
 may  understand  it  of  the  wicked,  thus,  "  I 
 will  set  in  salvation  him"  whom  "hepufieth 
 at,"  that  is,  whom  the  wicked  '' boldly  defieth," 
 (as  this  word  was  used  before,  Ps.  x.  5,)  or, 
 whom  '  he  hath  ensnared.'  The  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  "  I  will  appoint  salvation  for 
 my  people,  but  against  the  wicked  I  will  tes- 
 tify evil." 
 
 Ver.  7. — ^The  sayings,]  Or,  the  ivords, 
 promises.  Tried,]  Examined,  fined,  as  in 
 fire.  The  like  praise  of  God's  pure  word  is 
 in  Ps.  xviii.  31;  cxix.  140;  Prov.  xxx.  5. 
 A  SDBLiMiNG  F0RNACE  OF  EARTH,]  This  fur- 
 nace, called  Ghnalil,  a  sublimatory,  of  sub- 
 limiiig  or  causing  to  ascend  uptvard,  is  the 
 best  and  choicest  vessel  for  trying  and  sub- 
 liming of  metal,  called  therefore  in  Gr. 
 Dokimion,  "  a  trial."  And  the  apostle  hath 
 the  like  word  for  a  '  trial  '  of  faith,  better 
 than  gold,  I  Pet.  i.  7.     Seven  times,]  Or 
 
 sevenfold,  that  is,  many  times,  fully  and 
 sufficiently.  Seven  is  a  perfect  number  used 
 for  'many,'  1  Sam.  ii.  5;  Prov.  xxiv.  16; 
 xxvi.  25. 
 
 Ver.  S. — Preserve  him,]  That  is,  every 
 one  of  them:  so  before  in  the  end  of  the 
 sixth  verse,  and  often  in  the  scripture,  like 
 sudden  change  of  number  may  be  observed. 
 It  may  also  be  read  prayer-wise,  '  keep  them, 
 preserve  him.'  The  Gr.  changeth  person 
 also,  saying,  "  will  keep  us,  and  preserve  us." 
 From  this  generation,]  That  is,  from  the 
 men  of  this  generation;  as  when  Christ  said, 
 'Whereto  shall  I  liken  this  generation?' 
 Matt.  xi.  16,  he  meant,  'Whereto  shall  I 
 liken  the  men  of  this  generation?'  Luke  vii. 
 31.  The  like  may  be  seen  in  Matt.  xi.  IS?, 
 42,  compared  with  Luke  xi.  31.  The  origi- 
 nal word  Dor,  that  is,  '  generation,  race,' or 
 'age,'  hath  the  signification  of  durance,  or 
 durable  dwelling  and  abiding,  Ps.  Ixxxiv.  11, 
 and  so  noteth  the  whole  age  or  time  '  that  a 
 man  dureth  in  this  world,'  Eccl.  i.  4,  and  so 
 consequently  for  '  a  multitude  of  men  that  live 
 together  in  any  age,'  as  here,  and  Deut.  i. 
 35,  and  in  many  other  places. 
 
 Ver.  9.  — Vileness,]  Or,  vile  luxurious 
 ness,  riotize.  The  woi-d  Zulluth  here 
 used,  is  derived  from  Zolel,  tliatis,  a  '  rioter, 
 glutton,'  or  'luxurious  person,'  Deut.  xxi.  20; 
 Prov.  xxiii.  21,  and  consequently  one  'vile, 
 contemptible,  and  'nought  worth,' opposed  unto 
 'the  precious,'  Jer.  xv.  and  here  '  vileness'  or 
 '  riotize'  may  either  be  meant  the  vice  itself,  or 
 of  vicious  doctrine,  opposed  to  God's  precious 
 word,  before  spoken  of,  ver.  7,  or  a  vile  and 
 riotous  person,  may  so  be  called,  for  more 
 vehemencysake,  as  '  pride'for  the'  proud  man,' 
 Ps.  xxxvi.  12.  The  Gr.  translateth  thus ; 
 "  according  to  thine  highness,  thou  hast  much 
 increased  (or  made  abundant)  the  sons  of  men," 
 The  Chald.  thus;  "the  wicked  walk  round 
 about,  as  an  horseleech  that  sucketh  the  blood 
 of  the  sons  of  men." 
 
PSALMS   XIII.  XIV. 
 
 435 
 
 PSALM    XIII 
 
 David  complaineth  of  delay  in  help  , 
 glorieth  therein. 
 
 4.  prayeth,  for  mercy ^  G.  and 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  7nusic,  a  psalm  of  David. 
 
 ^  How  long,  Jeliovah,  wilt  thou  forget  me^r  ever  :  how  long  wilt 
 thoii  hide  thy  face  from  me  ?  ^  How  long  shall  I  set  counsels  in 
 my  soul,  sorrow  in  my  heart  by  day :  how  long  shall  my  enemy  be 
 exalted  above  me?  *  Behold,  answer  thou  me,  Jehovah  my  God; 
 lighten  thou  mine  eyes,  lest  I  sleep  the  death.  ^  Lest  my  enemy 
 say,  I  liave  prevailed  against  him  j  my  distressers  be  glad  when  I 
 am  moved.  ®  But  I,  in  tliy  mercy  do  I  trust,  my  heart  shall  be 
 glad  in  thy  salvation :  I  will  sing  to  Jehovah,  for  he  hath  bounte- 
 ously rewarded  unto  me. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Hide  thy  face,]  That  is,  rvith- 
 draw  thy  favoicrabte  cotmtenance  atid com- 
 fort; which  the  Chald.  expouiideth,  "  the 
 brightness  of  thy  face."  This  is  contrary  to 
 '  the  lifting  up  of  the  light  of  God's  face/ 
 Ps.  iv.  7,  and  importeth  'trouble  and  grief,' 
 and  is  caused  by  sin,  and  is  the  cause  of  many 
 adversities  and  discomforts,  Deut.  xxxi.  17, 
 18;  Is.  lix.  2;  Ezek.  xxxix.  23,  24,  29, 
 therefore  this  prophet  doth  often  complain 
 hereof,  and  pray  against  it,  Ps.  xxx.  8;  civ. 
 29;  Ixxxviii.  15;  Ixix.  18;  cii.  3;  cxliii. 
 7;  xxvii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Set  counsels,]  That  is,  con- 
 sult and  devise  with  myself  how  to  escape. 
 By  day,]  That  is,  daily  ;  in  Gr.,  "  day  and 
 night." 
 
 Ver.  4. — Lighten  my  eyes,]  That  is, 
 make  them  see  clear,  and  consequently, 
 'make  me  joyful;  for,  the  light  of  the  eyes 
 rejoiceth  the  heart,'  Prov.  xv.  SO.  Or, 
 '  keep  me  alive:'  which  sense  the  words  fol- 
 lowing seem  to  imply,  and  the  like  speeches 
 ill  Prov.  xxix.  13;  Eccl.  xi.  7,  8.  The 
 •  eyes  are  said  to  be  enlightened,'  when 
 penuiy,  sorrow,  sickness,  or  other  affliction 
 whereby  they  were  dulled,  is  done  away,  and 
 
 the  senses  by  some  means  refreshed,  1  Sam. 
 xiv.  27,  29  ;  Ezra  ix.  8,  also  when  ignor- 
 ance is  by  God's  word  and  Spirit  done  out  of 
 the  mind,  Ps.  xix.  9 ;  Eph.  i.  18.  See  also 
 Ps.  xxxviii.  II.  Lest  I  sleep,]  Or,  that 
 I  sleep  not  the  death,  meaning,  the  sleep 
 of  death,  that  is,  lest  I  die.  For  death  is 
 olten  called  sleep  in  the  scripture,  Ps.  Ixxvi. 
 G  ,  Job  iii.  13;  xiv.  12  ;  Acts  vii.  60;  xiii. 
 3(),  'the  sleep  of  eternity,'  Js-r.  li.  39.  The 
 Chald.  paraphraseth  thus,  "Enlighten  mine 
 eyes  in  thy  law,  lest  I  sin,  and  sleep  with 
 them  which  are  guilty  of  death. 
 
 Ver.  C. — Bht  I,]  Or,  And  I,  as  for  me- 
 Bounteodsly  rewarded,]  The  original 
 word  Gamal  signifieth  to  give  one  thbig  for 
 another;  as  prosperity,  after  one  hath  been 
 in  adversity,  &c.  And  though  it  be  some- 
 time used  for  'rewarding  '  evil  for  good,  Ps. 
 vii.  5,  or  evil  for  evil,  Ps.  exxxvii.  8,  yet 
 from  God  to  his  people,  it  commonly  signifi- 
 eth  '  a  bountiful  rewarding  of  good  things,' 
 instead  of  evil,  which  we  rather  do  deserve. 
 So  Ps.  cxvi.  7;  cxix.  17;  cxlii.  8;  ciii.  2, 
 10.  The  Gr.  translateth  "dealt  bounteous- 
 ly;" the  Chald.  "  rewarded  me  good." 
 
 PSALM    XIV. 
 
 1.  David  descriheth  the  corruption  of  all  natural  men;  4.  and  con- 
 vinceth  tliem  hy  tlie  light  of  their  consciences.  6.  He  showeth  their 
 enmity  against  God^s  people,  who  wish  for,  and  glory  in  his  salva- 
 
436 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 To  the  master  of  the  inusic,  a  psalm  of  David. 
 
 1  The  fool  saitli  in  his  heart,  There  is  no  God :  they  have  cor- 
 rupted, they  have  made  abominable  their  practice,  there  is  none  that 
 doth  good,  2  Jehovah  from  the  lieavens  looked  down  upon  the  sons 
 of  Adam,  to  see  if  there  were  any  that  understandetJi,  any  that 
 seeketh  God.  ^  All  is  departed,  together  they  are  become  unprofit- 
 able :  there  is  none  that  doth  good,  none  not  one.  *  Do  tliey  not 
 know,  all  that  work  painful  iniquity,  that  eat  my  people  as  tliey 
 eat  bread;  they  call  not  on  Jehovah?  ^  There  dread  they  a  dread, 
 because  God  is  m  the  just  generation. 
 
 *  The  counsel  of  the  poor  afflicted  ye  would  make  abashed,  be- 
 
 Ver.  1. — The  fool,]  Nabal  (which  hath 
 the  signification  of  fading,  dying,  falling 
 away,d.sAoih.  a  leaf  or  flower,  Is.  xl.  8;  I  Pet.  i. 
 24,)  isatitlegiven  to  the  '  foolish 'man,  as liav- 
 ing  lost  the  juice  and  sap  of  wisdom,  reason, 
 honesty,  godliness;  being  fallen  from  grace 
 ungrateful,  and  without  the  life  of  God;  as  a 
 dead  carcass,  (which  of  this  word  is  called 
 Nabalah,  Lev.  xi.  40,)  and  therefore  ig- 
 noble, and  of  vile  esteem;  opposed  to  the 
 noble  man,  Is.  xxxii.  5.  The  apostle  in  Gr. 
 turneth  it '  imprudent  or  without  understand- 
 ing,' Rom.  X.  19,  from  Deut.  xxxii.  21. 
 S.'iiTH  IN  HIS  HEART,]  That  is,  mindeth,  and 
 persnadeth  himself  in  secret.  So  Ps.  x.  4 ; 
 liii.  2.  No  God,]  The  Chald.  expoundeth 
 it,  "  no  power  (or  dominion)  of  God  in  the 
 earth."  They  have  corrupted,]  Marred 
 to  wit,  themselves ;  therefore  the  Gr.  saith, 
 "  they  are  corrupted  ;"  the  Chald.  saith, 
 "corrupted  their  works."  This  word  is 
 used  for  corruption  both  of  religion  and  man- 
 ners, by  idolatry  and  other  vices,  Exod.  xxxii. 
 7;  Deut.  xxxi.  29;  Gen.  vi.  12.  And  that 
 which  he  spake  before  as  of  one  man,  he  now 
 applieth  to  all  mankind.  Made  abomin- 
 AULE.]  Or  7)iade  loathsome  to  wit,  their 
 action  or  themselves;  as  the  Gr.  saith, "they 
 are  abominable,  or  become  loathsome."  So 
 in  1  Kings  xxi.  26.  The  Chald.  interpret- 
 eth,  "  they  abhor  good."  Practise,]  Mean- 
 ing their  evil  actions:  therefore  in  Ps.  liii. 
 2,  it  is  gnavel,  evil;  which  here  is  gjialilah 
 action. 
 
 Ver..  3.— All  is,]  Or,  the  all,  that  is, 
 the  whole  universal  nndtitude  is  de-parted; 
 all  in  general,  and  every  one  in  particular,  as 
 is  expressed,  Ps.  liii.  4.  Become  onprofit- 
 able.]  Or  fit  for  no  use ;  so  the  apostle 
 expresseth  it  in  Gr,:  the  word  here  used 
 being  rare,  and  taken  from  Job  xv.  16,  and 
 i»;tokeneth  a  thing  loathsome;  stinking,  and 
 so  unfit  for  use. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Do  they  not  know?]  Mean- 
 ing, doubtless  they  know,  and  cannot  plead 
 
 ignorance.  A  question  hath  often  the  force 
 of  an  earnest  asseveration.  Eat  my  peo- 
 ple,] That  is,  the  poor,  as  is  added  for  ex- 
 planation in  Exod.  xxii.  25,  for  God's  people 
 commonly  are  the  poorer  sort,  James  ii.  5, 
 6;  Luke  vi.  20,  and  such  are  eaten  or  de- 
 voured of  the  wicked,  Ps.  Ixxix,  7,  who 
 •  eat  their  flesh,  and  flay  off  their  skin,  and 
 chop  them  in  pieces  as  flesh  for  the  caldron,' 
 Mic.  iii.  3.  As  they  eat  bread,]  The 
 word  as  seemeth  here  to  be  understood  or, 
 without  it,  we  may  read,  '  they  eat  bread,' 
 that  is,  'are  secure,  and  without  remorse,'  do 
 give  themselves  to  eating  and  drinking.  So 
 '  eating  of  bread  is  used  for  banqueting,' 
 Exod.  xviii.  12. 
 
 Ver.  5. — There  dre.\d  they  a  dread,] 
 That  is,  they  are  sore  adread,  or  fear  a 
 great  fear,  as  Luke  ii.  9.  So,  'hath  sinned 
 a  sin,'  Lam.  i.  8,  that  is,  '  hath  grievously 
 sinned.'  And  by  '  there,'  he  meaneth  the 
 suddenness  of  it,  as  also  in  Ps.  xxxvi.  13,  or 
 '  there,'  that  is,  in  their  heart  and  conscience. 
 The  Gr.  translateth,  "  they  dreaded  with 
 fear,  where  no  fear  was:"  the  Chald.,  "  they 
 feared  with  a  false  fear,  with  which  it  was  not 
 meet  to  fear."  Because  God  is,]  This 
 may  be  taken  as  a  cause  of  their  foresaid 
 fear,  as  Saul  was  afraid  of  David,  1  Sam. 
 xviii.  14,  15,  or  it  is  an  opposition  to  their 
 dread,  '  but  God  is  in  the  just  generation,' 
 and  therefore  they  dread  not,  but  are  defend- 
 ed from  the  siege  of  their  enemies,  as  Ps. 
 liii.  6.  The  Chald.  saith,  "  because  the  word 
 of  the  Lord  is  in  the  generation  of  the  just." 
 
 Ver.  6. — Ye  would  make  abashed,] 
 That  is,  ye  reproach  it,  and  would  confound, 
 frustrate,  and  bring  it  to  nothing.  So 
 abashing  and  shame  is  often  used  for  frus- 
 tration of  one's  purpose  and  hope,  Ps.  vi.  11. 
 Because  Jehovah,]  Or,  but  Jehovah  is  his 
 shelter  and  hope,  therefore  he  shall  not  be 
 abashed,  Ps.  xxv.  3.  Contrariwise,  '  the 
 wicked  shall  be  abashed,  because  Gad  >efuseth 
 them,'  Ps.  liii.  G 
 
PSALM    XV. 
 
 437 
 
 cause  Jehovah  is  his  liope.  '  WIio  will  give  out  of  Zion  tlie  sal- 
 vation of  Israel  ?  when  Jehovah  returneth  the  captivity  of  liis 
 people,  Jacob  shall  be  glad,  Israel  shall  rejoice. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Who  will  give,]  Or,  0  that 
 some  would  give  I  it  is  a  form  of  wishing  often 
 used  in  tlie  scripture,  as  Ps.  Iv.  7;  Deut.  v. 
 59;  Job  vi.  8.  Oct  of  Zion,]  This  is 
 meant  of  Christ  the  salvation  of  God  to  Is- 
 rael, «ho  was  expected  out  of  Zion  ;  as  it  is 
 written,  '  the  Redeemer  shall  come  out  of 
 Zion,  and  shall  turn  away  impieties  from  Ja- 
 cob,' Rom.  xi.  26.  Returneth  the  cap- 
 tivity,] That  is,  bringvth  again  those  that 
 were  led  captives:  according  to  the  promise, 
 Deut.  XXX.  3,  and  this  was  performed  by 
 Christ,  Luke  iv.  18;  Eph.  iv.  8.  Captivity 
 or  leading  away,  is  here  used  for  the  people 
 led  away;  as  another  word  of  like  significa- 
 tion is  so  used,  Ezek.  xi.  24,  25.  So  Ps. 
 exxvi.  Jacoh,  Israel,]  That  is,  God's  peo- 
 ple, the  posterity  of  Jacob,  who  also  was 
 called  Israel.  (So  Aaron  was  put  for  his 
 posterity,  the  Aaronites,  1  Chron.  xii.  27 ; 
 xxvii.  17,  and  David,  for  his  children,  1 
 Chron.  iv.  31,)  Jacob  is  a  name  that  noteth 
 '  infirmity ;'  for  he  strove  for  the  first  birth- 
 
 right, but  obtained  not,  when  he  '  took  his 
 brother  by  the  heel  in  the  womb ;'  and  there- 
 upon was  called  Jacob,  Gen.  xxv.  22,  26. 
 But  Israel  is  a  name  of  power  and  princi- 
 pality; for  after  he  had  wrestled  with  the 
 angel,  behaved  himself  princely,  wept,  prayed 
 and  prevailed,  his  name  was  changed  from 
 Jacob  to  Israel,  as  a  prince  or  prevailer  with 
 God,  Gen.  xxxii.  24,  26,  28  ;  Hos.  xii.  3, 
 4.  Therefore  is  the  name  Israel  given  to  all 
 God's  people,  even  the  Gentiles  also,  that 
 have  Jacob's  faith,  Gal.  vi.  16,  as  long  before 
 Jether,  who  was  by  nature  an  Ishmaelite,  1 
 Chron.  vii.  17,  was  for  his  faith  and  religion 
 called  an  Israelite,  2  Sam.  xvii.  25.  It  may 
 also  be  observed,  how  in  this  word  Israel 
 are  contained  the  first  letters  of  the  names  of 
 Abraham  and  Sarah  his  wife,  of  Isaac  aud 
 Rebekah  his  wife,  of  Jacob  and  of  both  his 
 wives,  Leah  and  Rachel:  all  which  persons 
 (except  Rachel)  were  also  buried  together  in 
 ouB  cave,  Gen.  xlix.  29,  31. 
 
 PSALM  XV. 
 
 David  descriheth  a  citizen  of  Zion,  hy  his  godly  and  righteous  con- 
 versation. 
 
 ^  A  psalm  of  David ;  Jehovah,  who  shall  sojourn  in  thy  tent, 
 who  shall  dwell  in  the  mountain  of  thy  holiness  ?  ^  He  tliat 
 walketh  perfect,  and  worketh  justice,  and  speaketh  truth  in  his 
 
 Ver.  1. — In  thy  Tent,]  Or  pavilion, 
 called  in  Hebrew  Ohel.,  of  spreading  over.  God 
 caused  an  habitation  to  be  made  in  the  wilder- 
 ness, wherein  he  dwelt  among  men,  Exod.xxvi. 
 Ps.  Ixxviii.  60,  that  mansion,  made  of  ten 
 curtains,  he  called  Mishcan,  an  habitacle,  or 
 tabernacle,  Exod.  xxvi.  1 ;  Ps.  xxvi.  8,  over 
 which,  other  curtains  were  made  and  cast 
 for  a  covering,  called  Ohel,  '  a  tent  or  cover- 
 ing,' Exod.  xxvi.  7.  Hereupon  the  whole 
 place  is  called  sometime  Ohel,  a  '  tent,'  some- 
 times il//*;^ca«,  a  'tabernacle.'  To  this  tent  all 
 God's  people  were  to  come  for  his  public 
 worship,  Lev.  xvii.  4,5;  Dent.  xii.  5,6.  It 
 was  a  movable  place,  and  so  differed  from  an 
 '  huu^e  '  or  settled  habitation,  2  Sam.  vii.  1, 
 6;    I    Chron.  xvii.  5,  yet   for  the   use,  it  is 
 
 sometime  called  'a  house,'  as  is  noted  on 
 Ps.  V.  8.  Mountain.]  The  mount  Zion, 
 whereof  see  Ps.  ii.  6.  The  Chald.  call- 
 eth  it,  "  the  mount  of  the  house  of  thy  holi- 
 ness." 
 
 Ver.  2. — Walketh  perfect,]  That  is, 
 leadeth  his  life  perfect,  entire,  siinple,  sin- 
 cere, and  zinblemished.  It  noteth  the  in- 
 tegrity that  is  before  God,  in  heart  and  spirit; 
 according  to  the  covenant,  '  walk  before  me, 
 and  be  perfect,'  Gen.  xvii.  1,  and,  '  thou 
 shalt  be  perfect  with  Jehovah  thy  God,' 
 Deut.  xviii.  13;  Matt.  v.  48.  Therefore 
 this  perfectness  must  first  be  in  the  heart, 
 Ps.  cxix.  SO,  then  in  the  ways,  Ps.  xviii.  33; 
 c;-.ix.  1.  Worketh,]  Ov,  tffecteth  justice; 
 this  is  '  wrought  by  faith,'  Heb.  xi.  33;  and 
 
438 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 lieart.  '  Slandcretli  not  witli  liis  tongue,  dotli  not  evil  to  his  next 
 friend,  and  taketh  not  up  a  reproacli  against  liis  neiglibour.  '  In 
 whose  eyes  an  abject  is  coiitenuied,  but  he  honouietli  them  that 
 fear  Jeliovali :  sweareth  to  his  hurt,  and  changetli  not.  '  Giveth 
 not  liis  money  to  biting  usury,  and  taketh  not  a  bribe  against  the 
 imiocent :  he  that  doth  tliese  things  sliall  not  be  moved  for  ever. 
 
 such  a  man  is  acceptable  to  God,  Acts  x. 
 35. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Slaxdereth  not,]  Or  de- 
 fameth  not,  backbiteth  not.  This  Avord  /?«- 
 gal,  (from  whence  Regel,  a  foot,  is  deiived) 
 properly  iioteth  a  '  going  to  and  lio,'  'prying 
 and  spying,'  and  'cai  lying  tales  and  rumours,' 
 and  is  used  for  defaming,  or  '  calumniating 
 by  craft  and  guile,'  2  Sam.  xix.  27;  and  here 
 generally  for  all  busy,  crafty,  deceitful  or 
 malicious  abuse  of  the  tongue:  which  the 
 Gr.  C'xpresseth  by  "  using  fraud  "  "or  dole." 
 Taketh  not  up  a  reproach,]  Or  layeth 
 not  on,  or  beareth  not  a  reproach.  This 
 importeth  both  the  first  raising,  and  the  after 
 receiving  and  reporting  of  a  reproachful  tale, 
 Exod.  xxiii.  1;  Lev.  xix.  16.  The  like 
 phiase  is  used  sometime  for  bearing  or  suf- 
 fering reproach,  Ps.  Ixix.  H;  Ezek.  xxxvi.  15; 
 that  sense  is  not  amiss  here;  '  beareth  not 
 reproach  upon  his  neighbour,'  that  is,  sufler- 
 eth  not  his  neighbour  to  be  reproached;  as 
 elsewhere  he  sailh,  '  bear  not  sin  upon  thy 
 neighbour,'  or  'suffer  him  not  to  sin,'  Lev.  xix. 
 17. 
 
 Ver.  4 In  whose  eyes  an  apject,] 
 
 Or,  In  his  eyes  a  reprobate  is  contemned. 
 The  order  also  may  be  changed  thus,  'in 
 whose  eyes  the  contemptible'  (or  'vile  person,' 
 as  Dan.  xi.  21,)  is  rejected.  See  examples 
 of  such  carriage,  2  Kings  iii.  14;  Esth.  iii. 
 2;  Luke  xxiii.  9.  The  Gr.  translateth  it, 
 "  an  evil-doer  is  set  at  nought  before  him :" 
 the  Chald.  thus,  "  He  that  is  despised  in  his 
 
 own  eyes,  and  contemned."  S^^■EARETH  to 
 HIS  HURT,]  Or  to  his  evil,  his  hindcrance, 
 or  to  afflict  himself.  Which  may  be  under- 
 stood of  oaths  to  men,  turning  to  his  own 
 loss  and  damage,  which  yet  he  keepeth;  or  of 
 oaths  to  God,  vowing  to  afflict  himself,  by 
 abstinence.  The  Heb.  word  which  signifieth 
 evil,  is  olten  used  for  affliction;  as  in  Ruth 
 i.  21,  '  the  Almighty  hath  done  evil  unto  me,* 
 that  is,  hath  afflicted  me.  Otherwise  if  we 
 understand  it  of  doing  evil  to  another,  the 
 meaning  is,  '  sweareth  to  do  evil,  but  doth 
 not  recompense  it;'  that  is,  performeth  it  not: 
 for  the  word  change,  here  used,  sometimes 
 sigiiifieth  recompense,  as  Job  xv.  31;  com- 
 pare this  place  with  the  law  for  '  swearing  tp 
 do  evil,  or  good,'  Lev.  v.  4.  The  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth 'sweareth  to  his  neighbour:'  iorrangh, 
 '  evil,'  reading  reangh,  '  a  neighbour:'  this 
 sense  is  good.  And  rangh,  though  not  usual, 
 may  be  taken  for  a  neighbour  here,  and  in 
 Prov.  vi.  24. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Monev,]  Heb.  silver,  that  is, 
 money,  usually  made  of  silver.  To  biting 
 USURY,]  Or  with  biting,  that  is,  usury,  fitly 
 so  called,  because  it  biteth  and  consumeth  the 
 borrower  and  his  substance.  See  the  note.'' 
 on  Exod.  xxii.  25.  Be  moved,]  Or  shaken, 
 removed.  And  commonly  it  implieth  in  it 
 some  evil  to  the  thing  moved,  Ps.  xxxviii. 
 17;  xciv.  IS;  xiii.  5;  Ix.  4,  and  often  in  the 
 Psalms;  therefore  the  just  have  thisprivilegeof 
 God,  '  never  to  be  moved,'  Ps.  Iv.  23 :  Prov, 
 X.  30;  xii.  3. 
 
 PSALM    XVL 
 
 1 .  David  propJiesieth  of  ChrisVs  confidence  in  God,  and  love  to  the 
 saints  on  earth.  4.  The  sorrows  of  idolaters,  with  whom  he  hath  no 
 commiinion.  5.  He  is  content  with  his  lot  and  heritage.  7.  Blesseth 
 God  in  his  affiictions.  9.  Prof esseth  his  hope  of  resurrection  from  the 
 dead,  and  eternal  joys  at  the  right  hand  of  God. 
 
 '  MiCHTAM   of  David:  Preserve  me,  O  God,   for  I  hope    for 
 
 ,     Ver.  1.— MiCHTAM  of  David,]  X>awVr*      ing  gold, 'Ps.  xlv.  10,  of  that  this  mjc^tow  may 
 jewel,  or  notable  song.  Cethemis  'fine glister-      be  derived,  for  'a  golden  je\Yel:'  and  so  note 
 
PSALM    XVI. 
 
 439 
 
 safety  in  tliee.  -  Thou  hast  said  to  Jehovah,  tlioii  art  my  Lord ; 
 my  good  not  unto  tliee.  ^  To  the  sahits  which  are  in  the  earth, 
 and  tiie  excellent,  all  my  delight  in  them.  *  Their  sorrows  shall 
 be  multiplied  that  endow  another  :  I  will  not  pour  out  their  poured 
 out  oblations  of  blood,  neither  will  I  take  up  their  names  upon  my 
 lips.  ^  Jehovah  the  portion  of  my  part  and  of  my  cup,  thou  sus- 
 tainest  my  lot.  "  Tlie  lines  are  fallen  to  me  in  the  pleasant  places, 
 yea  the  heritage  is  fair  for  me. 
 
 the  excellency  of  this  Psalm.  The  like  title  is 
 before  the  Ivi.  Ivii.  Iviii.  lix.  and  Ix.  Psalms. 
 Preserve  me,  O  God,]  Christ  speaketh  this 
 Psalm  by  David  his  type,  as  we  are  taught 
 in  the  New  Testament,  Acts  ii.  25,31 ;  xiii. 
 35,  and  here  is  handled  his  mediatorship, 
 death,  resurrection,  and  ascension.  In  thee,] 
 Chald.  "in  thy  word." 
 
 Veb.  2.' — Thou  hast  said,]  He  speaketh 
 this  to  himself;  "  thou,  O  my  soul,  sayest," 
 so  the  Chald.  paraphrase  explaineth  it  ;  and 
 the  Gr.  to  make  it  plainer,  traiisiateth,  "  1 
 have  said."  Or  it  may  be  spoken  to  the 
 spouse  or  church  of  Christ.  Mr  good  not 
 UNTO  thee,]  Understand,  extendeth  not,  or 
 pertaineth  not  to  thee, or  is  not  for  thee;  which 
 the  Gr.  expoundeth  thus,  "  of  my  goods  thou 
 hast  no  need."  For,  if  man  be  just,  what  giv- 
 eth  he  to  God  ?  or  what  receiveth  he  at  his 
 hand  ?  Job  xxxv.  7.  The  Chald.  saith,  "  my 
 good  is  not  given  but  of  thee." 
 
 Ver.  3. — To  THE  saints,]  To  wit,  my 
 good  extendeth,  as  elsewhere  Christ  saith, 
 •for  their  sakes  sanctify  I  myself,  that  tliey 
 also  may  be  sanctified  through  the  truth,' 
 John  xvii.  19.  Are  in  the  earth,]  Such 
 is  the  meaning  of  the  Heb.  phrase,  "  in  earth 
 they;''  the  relative  being  put  for  the  verb, 
 which  sometime  the  Heb.  itself  explaineth  : 
 as,  '  he  not  the  king  of  Israel,'  1  Kings  xxii. 
 33  ;  for  '  it  was  not  the  king,'  2  Chron.  xviii. 
 32;  so  '  he  overseer,'  2  Kings  xxv.  19;  for 
 '  was  overseer,'  Jer.  lii.  25,  and  sundry  the 
 like.  Excellent,]  Or,  noble,  glorious,  won. 
 derful :  an  honourable  title  given  to  Chris- 
 tians. See  Ps.  viii.  2.  The  Chald.  addeth 
 "excellent  in  good  works."  All  jmy  de- 
 light iN  them,]  Or,  in  ivhom  all  my  plea- 
 sure is  ;  Heb.  chejMsibam,  that  is,  my  plea- 
 sure in  them  ;  so  in  is.  Ixii.  4,  the  church  is 
 c-iWad  chephtsi-bah,  that  is,  my  pleasure  in  her. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Their  sorrows  shall  be  mul- 
 tiplied,] This  is  meant  of  idolaters,  who 
 hastily  endow,  that  is,  ofler  sacrifice  to  ano- 
 ther God,  and  so  increase  their  griefs  ,  which 
 may  be  understood  of  afllictions,  or  of  griev- 
 ous idols:  for  the  Heb.  ghnatsabim,  sorrows, 
 is  often  used  for  idols,  as  in  Ps.  cxv.  4,  and 
 so  the  Chald.  paraphrast  taketh  it  here,  say- 
 ing, "the  wicked  they  multiply  their  idols, 
 and  after  they  hasten   to  offer  their  gifts." 
 
 I  will  bless  Jehovah,  which  hath 
 
 Accordingly  the  sense  may  be  this,  *  they 
 whose  grievous  idols  are  multiplied,  they  en- 
 dow another  god;  I  will  not  pour  out  their  obla- 
 tions,' that  is,  I  will  not  partake  with  them, 
 or  be  a  mediator  for  them.  Endow  ano- 
 ther,] Or,  hasten  to  another.  A  simili- 
 tude from  dowries  given  in  marriages,  mean, 
 ing  gifts  and  oblations  hastily  brought  for  di- 
 vine worship.  Poured  OUT  oblations,]  Or, 
 shed-offerings  ;  efiusions  properly,  put  by  fi- 
 gure of  speech  for  effused  or  poured  out  liquor, 
 commonly  called  drink-oHeriiigs,  which  were 
 wont  to  be  poured  out  upon  the  sacrifices,  and  by 
 God's  law  were  to  be  of  wine  or  skccar,  Num. 
 XV.  5,  7,  10;  xxviii.  7,  but  among  idolaters 
 were  of  blood.  The  Chald.  giveth  this  sense, 
 "  I  will  not  receive  with  favour  their  drink- 
 offerings,  nor  the  blood  of  tlieir  sacrifices. 
 Take  up  their  names,]  That  is,  not  men- 
 tion  or  speak  of  them,  according  to  the  law, 
 Exod.  xxiii.  13  ;  Josh,  xxiii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Of  my  part,]  Or,  of  wy  por- 
 tage, that  is,  of  the  inheritance  paited,  shared, 
 and  dealt  unto  me.  Su  the  Gr.  tunieth  it, 
 "  of  mine  inheritance."  The  word  is  gene- 
 rally used  for  lands,  cities,  goods,  spoils,  &c. 
 that  are  shared  out.  And  this  here  hath  re- 
 ference to  the  law  of  the  priests,  which  had 
 no  part  among  the  people,  for  that  '  the  Lord 
 was  their  part  and  inheritance,'  Num.  xviii. 
 20.  The  Lord  is  '  his  people's  part,'  Jer.  x. 
 16;  li.  19;  and  aeain,  his  people  are  called  his 
 part,  Deut.  xxxii.  9.  My  cup,]  That  is,  mea- 
 sure and  portion  of  joys  or  afflictions,  Ps. 
 xxiii.  5;  and  xi.  6.  My  lot,]  This  also  is 
 used  for  an  inheritance  obtained  by  lot,  Jos. 
 xviii.  11  ;  Judg.  i.  3.  The  apostle  calleth 
 Christ's  church  by  this  name,  1  Pet.  v.  3. 
 The  Gr.  translateth,  "  thou  art  he  that  re- 
 storest  mine  inheritance  to  me." 
 
 Ver.  6. — The  lines,]  Or  cords,  such  were 
 used  in  measuring  of  lands  or  heritages,  Ps. 
 cv.  11  ;  Ixxviii.  55  ;  2  Sam.  viii.  2;  and  fi- 
 guratively a  line  is  put  for  the  'portion 
 measured,'  Josh.  xvii.  5,  14.  Is  fair  ior 
 ME,]  Or,  which  is  fair  unto  me,  that  is, 
 which  pleaseth  me  well. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Counselled  me,]  Given  me 
 counsel  by  his  word  and  Spirit,  touching  my 
 sufferings,  and  the  glory  that  shall  follow,  1 
 Pet.   i.    11;  Luke  xxiv.    25,    26.     '  God  is 
 
440 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 counselled  me,  yea,  in  the  nights  my  reins  do  chastise  me,  *  I  have 
 proposed  Jehovah  before  me  continually,  for  he  is  at  my  right  hand, 
 I  shall  not  be  moved.  ^  Therefore  my  lieart  rejoiceth,  and  my 
 glory  is  glad  ;  also  my  flesh  shall  dwell  in  confidence.     ^°  For  thou 
 
 wonderful  in  counsel,  and  excellent  in  works, 
 Is.  xxviii.  29. 
 
 Ver.  8. — I  HAVE  PROPOSED,]  Or,  equally 
 set :  the  Gr.  (which  the  apostle  followetli) 
 saith,  '  1  beheld  before,'  Actsi.  25.  He  is 
 AT  MY  RIGHT  HAND,]  The  woid  is,  js  Sup- 
 plied, Acts  ii.  25.  For  '  God  to  be  at  the 
 right  hand,'  is  powerfully  to  assist  and  com- 
 fort :  as  on  the  contraiy,  for  Satan  to  be  there, 
 is  greatly  to  resist  and  anuoy,  Ps.  cix.  6;  Zach. 
 
 iii.  1.      I  SHALL  NOT   BE    MOVED,]  Or,   '  that 
 
 I  be  not  moved,'  Acts  ii.  25. 
 
 Ver.  9.  My  glory,]  This  by  the  apos- 
 tle is  applied  to  the  tongue.  Acts  ii.  26, 
 which  is  the  instrument  wherewith  we  glorify 
 God.  See  Ps.  xxx.  13  ;  Ivii.  9 ;  Gen.  xlix.  6. 
 Dwell  in  confidence,]  Or,  abide  with  hope, 
 that  is,  boldly,  safely  and  securely;  meaning 
 that  his  flesh  (his  body)  should  abide  (or  rest) 
 in  the  grave,  with  sure  hope  of  rising  again 
 from  the  death  at  the  third  day. 
 
 Ver.  10. — My  soul,]  The  Heb.  nepkesh 
 and  Gr.  psuchee,  which  we  call  soul,  hath  the 
 name  of  breathing  or  respiring,  and  is  there- 
 fore sometime  used  for  the  breath,  Job  xli. 
 12,  it  is  the  vital  spirit  that  all  quick  things 
 move  by ;  therefore  beasts,  birds,  fish,  and 
 creeping  things  are  called  in  Scripture, '  liv- 
 ing souls,'  Gen.  i.  20,  24.  And  this  soul  is 
 sometimes  called  the  blood,  Gen.  ix.  4,  be- 
 cause it  is  in  the  blood  of  all  quick  things. 
 Lev.  xvii.  11.  It  is  often  put  for  the  life  of 
 creatures;  as  '  keep  his  soul,'  Job  ii.  6,  that 
 is  spare  his  life:  '  a  righteous  man  regardeth 
 the  soul  of  his  beast,'  Prov.  xii.  10,  that  is,  the 
 life:  so  to  seek  the  soul,  is  to  seek  one's  life, 
 to  take  it  away,  Ps.  liv.  5;  Mat.  ii.  20.  It 
 is  also  many  times  used  for  one's  self  ;  as 
 Job  justified  his  soul,  that  is,  himself,  Job 
 xxxii.  2.  'Take  heed  to  your  souls,' that  is, 
 to  yourselves,  Deut.  iv.  15;  so  Gen.  xix.20; 
 Luke  xii.  19.  And  thus  it  is  put  for  the 
 person,  or  whole  man ;  as,  give  me  the  souls, 
 that  is  the  persons,  Gen.  xiv.  21,  so  '  an  hun- 
 gry soul',  Ps.  cvii.  9;  'a  full  soul,' Prov. 
 xxvii.  7;  'a  weary  soul,'  Prov.  xxv.  25; 
 'eight  souls,' 1  Pet.  iii.  20;  'seventy-five 
 souls,'  Acts  vii.  14,  and  many  the  like.  It  is 
 used  also  for  the  lust,  will,  or  desire,  as  Ps. 
 xli.  3;  Exod.  xv.  9,  for  '  the  afi'ections  of  the 
 heart,'  Ps.  xxv.  1,  for  the  body  of  man,  that 
 hath  life  and  sense,  Ps.  cv.  IS;  xxxv.  13; 
 and  finally,  it  is  sometimes  a  dead  body  or 
 corpse.  Num.  v.  2;  ix.  10;  xix.  11,  13, 
 though  this  be  figurative,  and  yi^ry  improper, 
 for  at  one's  death  the   soul  goeth  out.  Gen. 
 
 xxxv.  IS.     The  word  being  thus  largely  used, 
 is  to  be  weighed  according  to  the  matter  and        ! 
 circumstances  of  each  text.      For  this  here  in        1 
 the  psalm,  compare  it  with  the  like  in  other 
 places,   Ps.    xxx.  4  ;  cxvi.  8  ;  Ixxxix,   49  ;        j 
 Ixxxviii.  4;  xciv.  17.      Christ  gave  his  soul        | 
 for  the  ransom  of  the  world,  and  poured  it        I 
 out  unto  death.   Is.  liii.  12;    Mat.  xx.  2S  ; 
 John   x.  11,  15,  17;  xv.    13.       To  hell,] 
 Or,  in  hell,  in  death's  estate,  or  deadly  hell. 
 This  word  hell  properly  signifieth  deep,  whe- 
 ther it  be  high  or  low ;   and  though  by  cus-        ' 
 tom  it  is  usually  taken  for  the  place  of  devils       | 
 and  condemned  men :  yet  the  word  is  more       I 
 large ;  and  as  heaven  is  not  only  the  dwelling.        i 
 place  of  God  and  his  saints,  but  generally  all       \ 
 places  above  us,  where  the  stars,  the  clouds,        j 
 the  winds,  the  birds,  &c.  are,  as  is   showed, 
 Ps.  viii.  9,   so   hell  is  all    places    beneath,       \ 
 Wherefore  it  may  in  this  large  sense  serve  to 
 express  the  Heb.  viovdsheolhere  used;  which 
 sheol  is  '  a  deep  place,'  Job  xi.  8  ;    Prov.  ix. 
 18;  and  said  in  scripture  to  be  beneath,  Ps. 
 Ixxxvi.  13;  Deut.  xxxii.   22;  Is.  xiv.  9;  as 
 heaven  is  above,  and  it,  with   the   Gr.  word        | 
 hades,  is  opposed  to  heaven,  Ps.  cxxxix.  8  ;        ' 
 Amos  ix.  2;  Mat.  xi.  23.  It  cometh  of  fAaa/, 
 to  crave,  ask,  or  require,  because,  'itrequir- 
 eth  all  men  to  come  unto  it,  and  is  never  sa-        • 
 tisfied,'  Ps.  Ixxxix.  49  ;   Prov.  xxx.  15,  IG  ; 
 xxvii.  20.     It  is  a  place  or  estate  which  all        i 
 men,  even   the   best,  come   unto;  for  Jacob 
 made  account  to  go  thither.  Gen.  xxxvii.  35. 
 and  Job  desired  to  be  there.  Job  xiv.  13,  (for 
 he  knew  it  should  be  his  house.  Job  xvii. 13,)        j 
 and  our  Lord  Christ  was  there,  as  this  psalm,        I 
 with  Acts  ii.  31,  showeth  ;  andSolomon  tell-        ' 
 eth,thatall  go  thither, Eccl.  ix.  10.  It  is  usual- 
 ly joined  with  grave,  pit,  corruption,  destruc- 
 tion, and  the  like  words  pertaining  to  death,        I 
 with  which    sheol  or  hades  is  joined  as    a 
 companion  thereof,  Rev.  i.  18.;  vi.  8.     Da-        ! 
 than  and  Abiram,  when  the  earth  swallowed 
 them  up,  are  said  to  go  down  quick  iaio  sheol, 
 Num.  xvi.  30,  32,  33.    Jonas  in  the  whale's 
 belly,  was   in   the  belly  of  sheol,  Jon.  ii.  3, 
 and  other  holy  men  that  were  delivered  from 
 great  miseries  and  peiils  of  death  are  said  to 
 be  delivered  from  sheol  or  hell,  Ps.  Ixxxvi. 
 13;  xxx.  4;  xviii.  C;  cxvi.  3,  and  those  that 
 are  dead,  are  gone  to  sheol,  Ezek.  xxxii.  2I5         ' 
 27.      And  as  death  is  said  figuratively  to  have         ' 
 gates,  Ps.  ix.  14,  so  sheol,  hades,  hell,  hath  gates,         ! 
 Is.  xxxviii.  10;  Mat.  xvi.  18,  and  a  soul.  Is. 
 v.  14,  and  a  hand,  Ps.  xlix.  16;  Ixxxix.  49,         ] 
 and  a  mouth,  Ps.  cxli.  7;  and  a  sting,  which        | 
 
PSx\LM    XVII. 
 
 441 
 
 wilt  not  leave  my  soul  to  licll, 
 saint  to  see  corruption.     "  Thou 
 life  :  satiety  of  joys  before  thy 
 hand  to  perpetuity. 
 
 by  Christ  is  done  away,  1  Cor.  xv.  55,  so  that 
 as  he  was  not  left  to  sheol,  but  rose  from  death 
 (from  the  heart  of  the  earth,  Mat.  xii.  40.) 
 the  third  day  ;  so  al!  the  saints  shall  likewise 
 be  delivered  from  sheol,  or  hades,  Ps.  xlix. 
 16  ;  Hos.  xiii.  14,  and  it  with  death  shall  be 
 abolished,  Rev.  xx.  14.  So  by  the  Heb. 
 sheol,  the  Gr.  hades,  and  our  English  hell,  we 
 are  to  understand  the  place,  estate,  or  depth 
 of  death,  deadlibed.  See  the  annot.  on  Gen. 
 xxxvii.  35.  And  these  words/  thou  wilt  not 
 leave  my  soul  to  hell,'  teach  us  Christ's  re- 
 surrection; as  if  he  should  say,  thou  wilt  not 
 leave  me  to  the  power  of  death  or  grave  to  be 
 consumed,  but  wilt  raise  me  from  the  dead, 
 as  the  words  following,  and  the  apostle's  ex- 
 planation do  manifest,  Acts,  ii.  24,  31;  xiii. 
 34,  35.  Thou  wilt  not  give,]  l:iot  grant 
 or  suffer.  An  Heb.  phrase  often  used,  as  '  I 
 gave  thee  not  to  touch  her,'  Gen.  xx.  6. 
 God  '  gave  thee  not  to  hurt  me,'  Gen.  xxxi. 
 7;  '  he  will  not  give  you  to  go,'  Exod.  iii.  19. 
 So  Ps.  Iv.  23;  Ixvi.  9;  cxviii.  IS,  and  many 
 the  like.  To  see  corruption,]  That  is,  to 
 feel  corruption,  or  to  corrupt,  to  rot.  As  to 
 see  death,  is  to  die,  Ps.  Ixxxix.  49;  Luke  ii. 
 2G;  John  viii.  51,  52;  so,  to  'see  evil,'  Ps. 
 xc.  15,  and  to  'see  good,'  Ps.  xxxiv.  13,  is 
 to  feel  and  enjoy  it,  and  to  '  see  the  grave,' 
 Ps.  xlix.  10.  Cobruption,]  The  Heb. 
 shachath  properly  sign ifieth  corruption  or  rot- 
 tenness ;  and  is  so  to  be  taken  here,  as  the 
 
 thou  wilt  not  give  thy  gracious 
 wilt  make  me  know  the  way  of 
 face  ;  pleasures  are  at  thy  right 
 
 apostle  urgeth  the  force  of  the  word.  Act  xiii. 
 36,  37.  '  David  saw  corruption,  but  he 
 whom  God  raised  up,  saw  not  corruption.' 
 Yet  often  the  word  is  used  for  a  pit  or  ditch 
 wherein  carcasses  do  corrupt.  See  the  note 
 on  Ps.  vii.  16. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Thou  wilt  make  me  know,] 
 Or,  hast  made  me  know,  (as  Acts  ii.  28,)  that 
 is,  givest  me  experience  of.  The  way  of 
 life,]  journey  of  lives  :  the  way  or  course  to 
 life  from  death,  and  to  continue  in  life  eter- 
 nal ;  the  apcs'le  saith,  '  ways  of  life/  Acts  ii. 
 28.  And  hereby  life  in  heaven  with  (Jod 
 is  implied;  as,  'to  enter  into  life,'  Mat.xviii. 
 9,  is  to  enter  '  into  the  kingdom  of  God,' 
 Mark  ix.  47.  Before  thy  face,]  Or,  with 
 thy  face  :  that  is,  '  in  thy  presence,'  I  shall 
 have  'fulness  of  joys.'  "The  Gr..  which  the 
 apostle  followeth,  Acts  ii.  28.  saith,  'Thou 
 wilt  fill  me  with  joy,  with  thy  face.'  The 
 Heb.  eth  penei  and  liphnei,  '  with,'  or  '  be- 
 fore the  face,'  are  both  one,  and  sometimes 
 put  one  for  another;  as  1  Kings  xii.  C,  with 
 2  Chron.  x.  6.  God's  face  or  presence,  as 
 it  is  our  greatest  joy  in  this  life,  Exod.  xxxiii. 
 14 — 16,  so  shall  it  be  in  the  next,  Ps.  xvii. 
 15.  Wherefore  the  wicked  shall  then  be  pu- 
 nished, '  from  his  presence,'  2  Thess.  i,  9. 
 Pleasures,]  Or,  pleasantnesses,  (that  is, 
 pleasant  joys,)  at  thy  right  hand,  the  place 
 of  honour,  delights,  and  joys  eternal.  Mat. 
 XXV.  33,  34,  46. 
 
 PSALM    XVII. 
 
 1.  David  in  confidence  of  his  integrity,  craveth  defence  of  God  against 
 his  ejiemies.  10.  He  shewcth  their  pride,  craft  and  eagerness.  13.  He 
 prayeth  to  he  delivered  from  them  mho  have  their  portion  in  this  life  ; 
 hut  his  hope  is  for  the  life  to  come. 
 
 '  A  PRAYER  of  David. 
 Hear  thou  Jehovah,  justice ;  attend  to  my  shrill   cry:    hearken 
 to  my  prayer,  without  lips   of  deceit.      ^  From  before   thy   face, 
 
 Ver.  1. — Justice,]  That  is,  my  justice, 
 as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  "  my  just  cause  and 
 complaint."  The  Chald. saith,  "  accept,  Lord, 
 my  prayer  in  justice.  Shrill  cry,]  Or, 
 shouting,  that  is,  '  loud  complaint.'  See  Ps. 
 V.  12.  Without  lips,]  Or,  not  loith  lips 
 of  deceit,  that  is,  '  which  prayer  is  unfeigned, 
 not  uttered  with  guile. 
 
 Vol.  II  5 
 
 Ver.  2. — Come  forth,]  Or,  proceed, 
 that  is,  let  my  judgment  be  clearly  pro- 
 nounced and  executed.  Therefore  in  Hos. 
 vi.  5,  he  addeth  the  similitude  of  the  light  or 
 sun.  Righteousness,]  Or,  equities;  this  is 
 all  righteous  causes  and  persons,  or  my  most 
 righteous  cause. 
 
 Ver.  3.— Hast  tried,]  Or,  examined  me. 
 
442 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 let  my  judgment  come  forth ;  let  tliine  eyes  view  righteous- 
 nesses. '  Tliou  hast  proved  my  lieart,  liast  visited  by  night ; 
 thou  hast  tried  me,  but  hast  not  found  :  *  I  have  purposed  my 
 mouth  shall  not  transgress.  For  the  works  of  men  by  the  word 
 of  thy  lips,  I  liave  observed  the  paths  of  the  breaker  through. 
 *  Sustain  thou  my  steps  in  thy  beaten  paths,  that  my  footsteps  be 
 not  removed.  ^  I  call  upon  thee,  for  thou  wilt  answer  me,  O  God, 
 bow  thine  ear  to  me,  hear  my  saying.  '  Marvellously  separate  thy 
 mercies,  O  Saviour  of  them  tliat  hope  for  safety  :  from  them  that 
 raise  up  tliemselves  with  thy  right  hand.  ^  Keep  thou  me  as  the 
 black  of  the  apple  of  the  eye  ;  in  the  shadow  of  thy  wings  hide 
 thou  me.  ®  From  faces  of  the  wicked  that  waste  me,  my  enemies 
 in  soul,  that  environ  round  against  me.     '"  With  their  fat  they  liave 
 
 to  wit,  as  metal  iu  the  fire:  so  Ps.  Ixvi.  10. 
 Hast  not  found,]  Or,  shall  not  at  alljind, 
 to  wit,  any  dross  or  deceit;  or,  as  the  Chald. 
 addeth,  '  corruption.'  The  Gr.  translateth, 
 "iniquity  was  not  found  in  me."  Shall  not 
 TRANSGRESS,]  Or,  transgresscth  fiot,  that  is, 
 I  purposed  not  to  transgress  with  my  mouth, 
 by  murmuring  against  thy  fiery  trial  of  me  ; 
 or,  that  which  I  purposed,  my  mouth  trans- 
 gresscth not,  but  my  thoughts  and  words 
 agree.  The  Chald.  thus,  "  I  have  thought 
 evil,  it  hath  not  passed  my  mouth." 
 
 Ver.  4. — For  the  works,]  Or, concern- 
 ing the  works  of  men  :  Adam  is  here  used 
 for  all  earthly  men.  Have  observed,]  Or, 
 taken  heed  of,  to  wit,  lest  they  should  hurt 
 me,  or,  that  I  should  not  walk  in  them,  as 
 the  next  verse  sheweth  ;  otherwise  sometimes 
 to  observe  ways,  is  'to  walk  in  them,'  Ps. 
 xviii.  22.  The  BREAKER  throdgh,]  That 
 is,  (he  robber  or  thief,  as  this  word  is  ex- 
 pounded in  Gr.  Mat.  xxi.  13,  from  Jer.  vii. 
 11, one  that  hreaketh  bounds  or  limits, houses, 
 hedges,  laws,  &c.      So  Ezek.  xviii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Sustain,]  Hold  up,  or  contain  ; 
 this  is  spoken  prayer-wise  to  God,  as  the  next 
 verse  manifesteth ;  theGr.  turneth  it,  "make 
 perfect."  It  may  also  be  read,  '  sustaining;' 
 or  '  to  sustain  ;'  and  so  have  reference  to  the 
 former  verse,  'T  observed  the  robbers'  paths,' 
 not  to  walk  in  them,  but  to  'sustain  (or  sus- 
 taining,  holding  fast)  my  steps  in  thy  paths.' 
 The  Heb.  tamoch  may  be  Englished,  '  sus- 
 tain thou  ;'  as  zachor  is  '  remember  thou,' 
 Exod.  XX.  8;  shamor,  'observe  thou,' Dent. 
 V.  12,  haloc,  is  '  go  thou,'  2  Sam.  xxi  v.  12, 
 for  which  in  1  Chroii.  xxi.  10,  is  written  lee, 
 'go  thou.'  My  steps,]  Or,  my  steppings 
 foru-ard,  my  right-forth  steps.  So  Ps.  xxxvii. 
 31;  xl.  2.  Beaten  paths,]  Or,  round 
 paths;  properly  the  word  signifieth  paths 
 beaten  with  waggon  wheels  ;  here  used  gene- 
 rally for  strait,  direct,  and  beaten  ways.  So 
 Ps.  xxiii..S;  Ixv.  12;  cxl.  6. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Marvellously  separate,]  Or, 
 make  marvellous,  that  is,  in  wondrous  and 
 excellent  sort  show  me  thy  mercies,  which  are 
 common  unto  all,  let  them  now  peculiarly  be 
 bestowed  on  me.  See  Ps.  iv.  4.  The  Gr. 
 saith  "  make  marvellous."  When  Christ 
 cometh  he  '  will  be  made  marvellous  in  them 
 that  believe,'  2  Thess.  i.  10.  Hope  for 
 safety,]  Or,  trtist,  to  wit,  in  thee,  as  the 
 Gr.  explaineth  it,  or,  'in  thy  right  hand,'  as 
 is  after  expressed.  God  is  'Saviour  of  all 
 men,  specially  of  them  that  believe,'  I  Tim. 
 iv.  10.  With  thy  right  hand,]  This 
 seemeth  to  have  reference  to  the  first,  '  O  Sa- 
 viour (or  thou  which  savest)  with  thy  right 
 hand;' as  Ps.  cxxxviii.  7;  Ix.  7.  It  may 
 also  be  referred  to  the  second,  '  them  that 
 hope  in  thy  right  hand  ;'  or  to  the  last,  '  them 
 that  raise  up  themselves  against  thy  right 
 hand  ;'  and  thus  the  Gr.  turneth  it.  But 
 the  Chald.  otherwise,  "avenge  them  on 
 those  which  rise  up  against  them,  with  thy 
 right  hand. 
 
 Ver.  8. — The  black,]  That  is,  the  sight 
 in  the  midst  of  the  eye,  wherein  appeareth 
 the  resemblance  of  a  little  man;  and  there- 
 upon seemeth  to  be  called  in  Heb.  ishon,  of 
 ish^  which  is  a  man.  And  as  that  part  is 
 blackish,  so  this  word  is  also  used  for  other 
 black  things,  as  '  the  blackness  of  the  night," 
 Prov.  vii.  9,  and  '  blackness  of  darkness,' 
 Prov.  XX.  20.  Of  the  apple,]  So  we  call 
 that  which  the  Heb.  here  called  bath,  and  in 
 Zach.  ii.  8,  babath,  that  is,  the  little  image 
 appearing  in  the  eye,  as  before  is  noted. 
 The  word  bath  also  signifieth  a  daughter, 
 whereto  the  Gr.  cores  doth  agree.  By  this  is 
 meant  the  tender  care  of  God  for  his  people: 
 and  David  here  useth  both  words  for  more 
 vehemency  ;  whereas  elsewhere  one  of  them 
 only  is  used,  ishon,  the  black,  in  Deut.  xxxii. 
 10;  Prov.  vii.  2,  babath  and  bath,  the  apple, 
 in  Zach.  ii.  8  ;  Lam.  ii.  18.  Hide  thou 
 ME,]  Heb.  thou  shalt  hide,  or  keep  me  secret. 
 
PSALM    XVII. 
 
 443 
 
 closed  up,  with  tlieir  mouth  they  speak  in  pride.  "  In  our  steps 
 now  they  compass  us ;  their  eyes  tiiey  set  bending  down  into  the 
 earth.  '^  His  likeness  is  as  a  renting  lion  that  is  greedy  to  tear, 
 and  as  a  lurking  lion  sitting  in  secret  places.  '^  Rise  up,  Jehovah, 
 prevent  thou  his  face,  make  him  bow  down,  deliver  ray  soul  from  the 
 wicked  one  with  thy  sword.  "  From  mortal  men  with  thine  liand, 
 Jehovah,  from  mortal  men  of  the  transitory  world,  who  have  their 
 part  in  this  life,  and  their  belly  thou  fillest  with  tiiine  hid  treasures ; 
 satisfied  are  the  sons,  and  they  lay  up  their  overplus  for  their 
 babes.  '^  I,  in  justice  shall  view  thy  face,  shall  be  satisfied  wlien 
 /  awake  with  thine  image. 
 
 It  is  the  property  of  the  Heb.  tongue,  often 
 to  set  down  a  prayer  in  this  form,  especially 
 iu  the  end  of  a  sentence,  as  noting  some  as- 
 surai\ce  to  have  a  request  fulfilled.  So  in  Ps. 
 liv.  3;  lix.  2;  Ixiv.  2;  Job  vi.  23;  xxi.  3; 
 xl.  .5.      See  also  the  note  on  Ps.  x,  17. 
 
 Ver.  9.  — From  faces,]  Or,  because  of 
 the  ivicked.  Sae  Ps,  iii.  1.  Enemies  in 
 SOUL,]  Or,  for  the  soul;  meaning  deadly  ene- 
 mies, that  seek  the  soul  or  life.  See  Ps. 
 XXXV.  4.  Tlie  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  in 
 the  will  (or  desire)  of  their  soul." 
 
 V^ER.  10. — They  have  closed  up,]  To 
 wit,  their  face  or  body;  (much  like  that 
 speech  iu  Job  xv.  27,  '  he  hatli  covered  his 
 face  with  his  fatness,')  or,  their  fat  they  close 
 up,  meaning  that  they  pamper  and  harden 
 themselves.  In  pride,]  That  is,  proudly  or 
 haughtily. 
 
 Ver.  Jl. — In  cor  steps,]  Or,  in  our  go- 
 ing, that  is,  wlieresocver  we  go,  they  trace 
 our  footing,  they  compass  me  and  us:  the 
 Heb.  hath  both  these  readings,  meaning  Da- 
 vid, with  his  company.  They  set,]  To  wit, 
 upon  us.  Bending  down,]  To  wit,  them- 
 selves, that  they  be  not  espied:  as  Ps.  x.  10, 
 or  to  bend. down,  to  wit,  us,  to  overthrow  us, 
 or  to  set  down  their  nets  and  snares. 
 
 Ver.  12. — His  likeness,]  That  is,  tiie 
 likeness  (or  hue)  of  every  one  of  them  ;  or  he 
 may  intend  some  principal  one,  as  Saul. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Prevent  his  face,]  That  is, 
 first  come  to  help  me,  and  suddt;nly  and  ui\- 
 looked  for  come  upon  him,  and  disappoint 
 him.  With  thy  su'ord,]  That  is,  thy  judg- 
 ment and  vengeance,  for  all  means  of  destruc- 
 tion are  the  Lord's  sword,  Is.  Ixvi.  IG;  xxvii. 
 1  ;  Jer.  xlvii.  6;  Zeph.  ii.  12.  The  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it,  "  the  wicked  which  deserveth 
 to  be  killed  with  thy  sword,"  or  understand, 
 '  which  wicked  man  is  thy  sword,'  as  Ashur 
 is  called  the  '  rod  of  his  wrath.  Is.  x.  5,  and 
 so  in  the  verse  following,  'from  mortal  men, 
 which  are  thy  hand  ;'  or,  with  thy  hand,  that 
 is,  ihy  judgment  or  plague,  for  so  God's  hand 
 uftt-ii  siguifitlh,  Exod.  vii.  4;  Acts  xiii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Of  the  transitory  world,] 
 
 That  is,  worldlings,  as  they  of  the  city  are  ci- 
 tizens, Ps.  Ixxii.  16.  Tlie  word  cheled  is 
 used  also  for  the  short  time  of  man's  age  and 
 durance,  Ps.  xxxix.  6;  Ixxxix.  48.  Here 
 and  in  Ps.  xlix.  2,  it  is  the  world,  warned  of 
 the  transitoriness,  'for  the  fa'ihion  of  this 
 world  passeth  away,'  1  Cor.  vii.  31.  In  this 
 LIFE,]  According  to  Abraham's  speech, '  Son, 
 remember  that  thou  in  thy  lifetime  receivedst 
 thy  good  things,'  Luke  xvi.  25.  Of  the 
 wicked's  prosperity  here,  see  Job  xxi.  78, 
 &c.  The  sons,]  To  wit,  of  those  worldlings, 
 meaning  that  both  they  and  their  children 
 have  their  fill.  Or,  '  satisfied  are  they  with 
 sons,' as  iu  Job  xxi.  11,  'they  send  forth 
 their  children  like  a  flock.'  "Their  over- 
 PLHS,]  The  residue  of  their  store,  or  their  ex- 
 cellency. For  this  wovA  jether  is  used  some- 
 times for  overplus  in  quantity,  Exod.  xxiii. 
 11;  1  Kings  xi.  41:  sometimes  itnotethalso 
 the  excellency  or  dignity,  Gen.  xlix.  3. 
 
 Ver.  15. — In  justification,]  Meaning 
 in  the  justice  (or  righteousness,  which  is  '  of 
 God  by  faith'  in  Christ,  as  Phil.  iii.  9.  View 
 thy  face,]  That  is,  enjoy  thy  comfortable 
 favour,  as  Ps.  iv.  7;  xix.  11,  or  '  sliall  see 
 and  know  thee  plainly  and  perfectly,'  as  I 
 Cor.  xiii.  12;  2  Cor.  iii.  IS;  1  John  iii.  2. 
 Whom  I  awake,]  To  wit,  out  of  the  dust  of 
 the  earth,  '  from  the  sleep  of  death,'  as  Is. 
 xxvi.  19.  With  thy  image,]  To  wit,  / 
 shall  be  satisfied  with  it ;  so  meaning  by 
 image,  God's  glory,  or,  with  thy  image,  that 
 is,  having  it  upon  me:  for  '  as  we  have  borne 
 the  image  of  tlie  earthly  man,  so  shall  we 
 bear  the  image  of  the  heavenly,'  1  Cor.  xv. 
 49.  Compare  herewith  Ps.  Ixxiii.  20.  The 
 Heb.  doctors  expounded  this  "  in  justice,"  to 
 be  meant  of  the  garden  of  Edeu  (the  hea- 
 venly paradise)  called  justice,  "  and  that  in 
 the  world  to  come,  which  is  after  the  raising 
 of  the  dead  to  life;  it  is  in  the  light  stored 
 up,  called  the  image ;  and  this  is  that  (in  Ps. 
 xvii.)  "I  shall  be  satisfied  when  I  awake,  with 
 thine  image,"  saith  R.  Menachem  on  Deut. 
 iv.  But  the  same  rabbin  on  Lev.  x.  givetii 
 a  better  exposition  of  this  word  justice,  say- 
 
444 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 ing,  "  For  there  is  no  coming  before  the  most 
 high  and  blessed  king,  without  the  shecinah 
 (that  is,  the  divine  majesty  of  God  in  Christ) 
 
 to  signify  which  tiling  (it  is  said)  I  in  ju-itiie 
 shall  view  thy  face." 
 
 PSALM    XVIIL 
 
 1.  David  having  been  delivered  from  all  his  enemies,  profcsseth  his 
 love  unto  God  therefore.  5.  He  rememhereth  the  great  dangers  wherein 
 he  had  been,  7.  his  cries  unto  God,  8.  the  Lord's  rconderf id  judgments 
 upon  his  eyiemies,  17.  and  deliverance  of  David.  21.  He  showeth  his 
 integrity  of  life,  27.  Gods  justice  towards  all  men,  33.  the  victories  which 
 he  gave  unto  David,  44.  and  dominion  over  peoples.  50.  The  glory  of 
 God's  name  among  the  Gentiles,  for  his  salvation  of  Christ  (whom  David 
 figured)  and  of  all  nations  by  him. 
 
 *  To  the  Master  of  the  music,  a  Psalm  of  tlie  servant  of  Jeho- 
 vah, of  David,  which  spake  to  Jeliovah  the  words  of  this  song,  in 
 the  day  that  Jeliovah  had  delivered  him  from  the  hands  of  all  his 
 enemies,  and  from  the  hand  of  Saul.     And  he  said  ; 
 
 ^  I  WILL  dearly  love  thee,  Jehovah,  my  firm  strength.  ^  Jehovah, 
 my  Rock  and  my  fortress,  and  my  deliverer,  my  God,  my  Rock, 
 in  whom  I  hope  for  shelter,  my  shield,  and  horn  of  my  salvation, 
 mine  high  defence.  *  I  called  upon  the  praised  Jehovah,  and  from 
 mine  enemies  I  was  saved.     ^  The  pangs   of  death  compassed  me, 
 
 Ver.  L — The  servant  of  Jehovah,]  So 
 he  eiititleth  himself  here,  and  in  Ps.  xxxvi.  1, 
 for  his  service  in  administering  the  kingdom. 
 This  song  is  also  written  in  2  Sam.  xxii., 
 with  some  little  change  of  a  few  words  which 
 shall  be  observed.  Hand  of  Saul,]  which 
 iioteth  the  power  of  the  king,  above  that  which 
 is  noted  by  the  hand  or  palm  of  other  ene- 
 mies ;  yet  for  this  word  hand,  in  2  Sam.  xxii. 
 1,  is  tised  palm:  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it, 
 "  the  sword  of  Saul." 
 
 Ver.  2. — I  will  dearly  love,]  Or,  / 
 love  heartily  vith  my  inmost  bowels.  The 
 original  word  is  in  this  place  for  entire  love; 
 but  elsewhere  is  often  used  for  '  tender  mer- 
 cy,' or  '  bowels  of  compassion,'  Ps.  xxv.  C; 
 cii.  14;  ciii.  13.  This  verse  is  added  here, 
 more  than  in  1  Sam.  xxii. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Fortress,]  Or,  munitioti,  a 
 place  or  hold  to  flee  unto,  when  one  is  hunted 
 and  chased.  See  Ps.  xxxi.  3.  Rock,]  Two 
 names  of  a  rock  are  in  this  verse  ;  the  first, 
 selangh,  a  firm  stone,  rock  or  cliff;  the  latter, 
 tsiir,  a  strong  or  sharp  rock,  and  is  often  the 
 title  of  God  himself,  and  turned  in  Gr.  Theos, 
 that  is,  God,  as  in  32d  and  47lh  verses  of  this 
 
 Psalm,  Deut.  xxxii.  4,  18,  30,  31;  Ps.  Ixxi. 
 
 3,  and  in  many  other  places.     Horn  of  my 
 
 salvation,]  That  is,  the  hornthat  saveth  me. 
 
 A  liorn  signifieth  power  and  gl^ry,  Ps.  xcii. 
 
 11;  Amos  vi.  13;  Hab.  iii.  4:  therefore  horns 
 are  used  to  signify  kings,  Dan.  viii.  21;  Rev. 
 xvii.  12.  And  Christ  is  called  '  the  horn  of 
 salvation,*  Luke  i.  69.  High  defence,]  Or, 
 tower,  refuge.  See  Ps.  ix.  10.  In  2  Sam.  xxii. 
 3,  there  is  added  more,  '  and  my  refuge,  my 
 Saviour,  from  violent  wrong  thou  savest  me. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Praised,]  That  \s,  glorious,  e.v- 
 cellent,  praise-ivorthy ;  and  accordingly  for 
 his  mercies  usually  praised  of  his  people.  So 
 Ps.  xlviii.  2.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it, 
 "  with  a  praise  (or  hymn)  I  prayed  before  the 
 Lord."  And  the  Gr.  "  praising  I  will  call 
 upon  the  Lord." 
 
 Ver.  5. — The  VA^GS,,']Pains,  throes,  sor- 
 rows, as  of  a  woman  in  child-birth;  so  the 
 original  word  signifieth,  Hos.  xiii.  13  ;  Is. 
 xiii.  8;  Ixvi.  7;  and  so  the  Chald.  explaineth 
 it,  "  Anguish  compassed  me  as  of  a  woman 
 which  sitteth  in  the  birth,  and  hath  no 
 strength  to  bring  forth,  and  she  is  in  danger 
 of  death."  Or,  the  bands,  the  cords  (as  the 
 word  also  signifieth.  Job  xxxvi.  8;  Prov.  v. 
 12.)  For  this  in  2  Sam.  xxii.  5,  another 
 word  is  used,  that  signifieth  '  breaches;' 
 which  also  is  applied  'to  the  breaking  forth  of 
 children  at  the  birth,'  Hos.  xiii.  13;  Is. 
 xxxvii.  3,  and  '  to  the  billows  of  the  sea,"  Ps. 
 xiii.  8.  Streams,]  Or,  brooks,  bourns. 
 The  original  "ord  ?iachal  is  used  as  ourEng- 
 
PSALM    XVIII. 
 
 445 
 
 and  the  streams  of  Belial  frighted  me.  ^  The  pangs  of  hell  went 
 1  ound  about  me,  the  snares  of  deatli  prevented  me.  ^  In  the  dis- 
 tress npon  me,  I  called  upon  Jehovah,  and  unto  my  God  I  cried 
 out :  he  heard  my  voice  out  of  his  palace,  and  my  out-cry  before 
 him  entered  into  liis  ears.     ^  And  the  earth  shaked   and  quaked, 
 
 lish  bourn,  both  for  a  brook  or  stream  running 
 in  a  valley,  and  for  the  valley  itself,  1  Kings 
 xvii.  3,  4.  Waters  do  often  figure  out 
 afHiclions,  Ps.  Ixix.  2,  3,  bourns  or  streams 
 of  waters,  means  '  vehement  and  violent  af- 
 flictions,'Ps.  cxxiv.  4;  Jer.  xlvii.  2.  Belial,] 
 Oi-,  ungodliness.  The  Heb.  belijaghnal 
 (which  tlie  apostle  in  Gi'.  calletli  belial,  2 
 Cor.  vi.  15.)  is  used  to  denote  extreme  mis- 
 chief and  wickedness,  or  most  impious  and 
 mischievous  persons,  called  'sons  of  Belial,' 
 Deut.  xiii.  13;  'daughters  of  Belial,"  1 
 Sam.  i.  16,  'men  of  Belial,'  1  Sam.  xxv. 
 25,  and  sometimes  Belial  itself,  as  in  Nah. 
 i.  25,  '  Belial  shall  no  more  pass  through 
 thee;'  and  2  Sam.  xxiii.  6,  'Belial  shall  be 
 to  every  one  as  thorns  thrust  away;'  aud  Job 
 xxxiv.  IS,  'Wilt  thou  say  to  a  king,  Belial?' 
 It  is  also  applied  to  special  sins  and  sinners, 
 as  'a  witness  of  Belial,'  Prov.  xix.  28  ;  'a 
 counsellor  of  Belial ;'  Nah.  i.  15.  Also  to 
 mischievous  thoughts,  words,  or  things,  Deut. 
 XV.  9;  Ps.  xli.  9;  ci.  3.  The  apostle  oppos- 
 eth  Belial  to  Christ,  2  Cor.  vi.  15,  and  it 
 seemeth  to  be  put  for  the  devil  or  Satan,  (as 
 the  Syriac  and  Arabic  translations  there  ex- 
 plain Paul's  term:)  or  for  Antichrist;  for  so 
 Belial  is  opposed  toChiist  and  his  kingdom, 
 2  Sam.  xxiii.  6.  By  interpretation,  Belial 
 signifieth  '  an  unthrift,'  or  without  yoke,  law- 
 less ;  as  Antichrist  is  called  the  lawless  man, 
 2  Thess.  ii.  8,  and  in  this  Psalm  the  Gr. 
 transiateth  "  streams  of  lawlessness,"  or  ini- 
 quity: which  the  Chald.  paraphrast  calleth 
 "the  companyof  the  unrighteous."  Frighted 
 ME,]  Scared,  or  vexed  with  terror.  This 
 word  is  used  of  Saul's  '  vexation  by  an  evil 
 spirit,'  1  Sam.  xvi.  14,  15. 
 
 Ver.  6.  — Of  hell,]  Which  the  Chald. 
 expoundeth,  "  a  company  of  wicked  persons." 
 Sn..\res  oe  i>E.\Tn,]  Deadly  snares,  engines 
 set  for  by  death  ;  a  similitude  taken  from 
 '  fowler's  snares,'  Eccl.  ix.  12.  So  Prov.  xiii. 
 14;  xiv.  27.  The  Chald.  explaineth  it,  men 
 •'  armed  with  weapons  of  slaughter."  Pre- 
 VE.NTED  ME,]  Tliat  is,  were  ready  to  take 
 hold  on  me  suddenly  and  unawares. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Distress  upon  me,]  Or,  to  me, 
 that  is,  in  that  my  distress,  or  while  it  was 
 upon  me.  So  Ps.  xcvi.  13.  He  heard,] 
 The  Heb.  properly  is,  "  will  hear ;"  but  the 
 time  to  come  is  often  put  for  the  time  past  ; 
 therefore,  in  2  Sam.  xxii.  7,  it  is  plainly  writ- 
 ten, '  and  he  heard:'  so  after  in  the  12th  ver. 
 '  he  will  set,'  which   in  Samuel   is   written, 
 
 '  and  he  set:'  again,  in  the  14th  ver.  'thun- 
 dered ;'  for  which  in  Samuel  is  written,  '  will 
 thunder;'  the  like  may  be  observed  of  the 
 Heb.  phrase,  in  the  16th,  39th,  41st  and 
 44th  verses  of  this  Psalm,  compared  with  the 
 same  in  2  Sam.  xxii.  So  often  in  other 
 Scriptures,  which  the  Heb.  text  itself  some- 
 times showeth,  as  hikkihu,  they  smote  him, 
 2  Chron.  xxii.  6,  for  which  in  2  Kings  viii. 
 29,  is  written  jakkuhu.  See  also  the  note  on 
 Ps.  ii.  I.  His  palace,]  Or,  his  temple: 
 which  the  Chald.  explaineth  thus  ;  "  He  re- 
 ceiveth  my  prayer  from  the  palace  of  his 
 sanctuary  which  is  in  heaven.  Entered,] 
 Or,  came  into  ;  this  word  is  omitted  in  2  Sam. 
 xxii.  7;  supplied  here;  as  oftentimes  there 
 want  words,  which  are  to  be  understood.  So 
 ver.  29,  and  Ps.  Ixix.  11. 
 
 Ver.  S. — Foundations  of  the  mounts,] 
 That  is,  the  roots  and  bottoms  of  the  moun- 
 tains. By  those  and  the  words  following, 
 under  the  similitude  of  sore  tempestuous 
 weather,  God's  judgments  against  the  wicked 
 are  excellently  set  forth.  Compare  herewith 
 Ps.  Ixxxii.  5;  Deut.  xxxii.  21,  where  'the 
 foundations  of  the  mountains  are  set  on  fire.' 
 For  mountains  in  2  Sam.  xxii.  8,  is  written 
 heavens,  either  for  that  the  mountains  reach- 
 ing high,  seem  to  be  the  foundation,  and  as 
 they  are  called  in  Job  xxvi.  11,  'the  pillars 
 of  heaven ;'  or  in  a  mystical  sense,  as  the 
 shaking  of  heaven  and  earth,  signifieth  the 
 changing  of  civil  polities  and  of  religions,  Heb. 
 xii.  26,  27.  He  was  wroth,]  Or,  kindled 
 to  him  was  his  anger;  or  burn  with  his  nose: 
 for  in  the  Heb.  another  word  is  sometimes 
 added,  which  signifieth  anger  or  nose,  Deut, 
 vi.  15;  Exod.  xxxii.  11.  See  the  notes  on 
 Ps.  ii.  5,  and  the  note  following.  Tiie  Gr. 
 transiateth,  "for  God  was  angry  with  them." 
 
 Ver.  9. — In  his  anger,]  Or,  in  his  nose: 
 the  like  speech  is  in  Is.  Ixv.  5,  'these  are  a 
 smoke  in  my  anger,'  or,  '  for  those  a  smoke 
 is  in  my  nose:'  and  it  nuteth,  '  sore  indigna- 
 tion ;'  for  smoke  is  a  sign  of  '  vehement  an- 
 gei,'  Ps.  Ixxiv.  I;  Ixxx.  5;  Deut.  xxix.  20. 
 This  narration  here  may  be  compared  with 
 the  giving  of  the  law,  Exod.  xix.  IS,  &c. 
 where  was  smoke,  fire,  earthquake,  thunder, 
 lightning,  and  the  like.  For  these  with  the 
 speeches  following  of  clouds,  winds,  t'>mpests, 
 thunderbolts,  hail,  &c.  do  livelily  describe 
 God's  majesty,  appearing  in  his  works,  aud 
 for  punishment  of  his  enemies,  as  Exod.  ix. 
 23,24;  Jush.  x.  11;  Judg.  v.  20.  1  Sara,  ii. 
 
410 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 and  the  foundations  of  the  mountains  were  stirred,  and  tliey  shook 
 themselves,  because  he  was  wroth.  ^  Smoke  ascended  in  his  anger, 
 and  fire  out  of  Iiis  mouth  did  eat ;  coals  burned  from  it.  '"  And  lie 
 bowed  the  heavens  and  came  down,  and  gloomy  darkness  was  un- 
 der his  feet.  "  And  he  rode  upon  the  cherub,  and  did  fly ;  and  he 
 flew  swiftly  upon  the  wings  of  the  wind.  *-  He  set  darkness  his 
 secret  place,  round  about  him  his  pavilion,  darkness  of  waters,  thick 
 clouds  of  the  skies,  *^  From  the  brightness  that  was  before  him  liis 
 thick  clouds  passed  away,  hail,  and  coals  of  fire.  '^  And  Jehovali 
 timndered  in  the  heavens,  and  tlie  most  high  gave  his  voice,  hail 
 and  coals  of  fire.     "  And  he  sent  his  arrows,  and  scattered  them 
 
 10;  vii.  10,  xii.  17;  Rev.  xvi.  IS,  21.    Did 
 
 EAT,]  That  is,  consume.  See  Ps.  1.  3.  The 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "he  sent  his  wrath  like 
 buiiiing  fire,  coals  of  fire  were  kindled  at  his 
 woid." 
 
 Ver.  10. — He  bowed  the  heavens,] 
 This  was  for  the  help  of  David,  and  discom- 
 fiture of  his  enemies ;  therefore  the  prophet 
 prayeth  for  the  like  again,  Ps.  cxliv.  5,  6;  Is. 
 ixiv.  1,  2.  And  came  down,]  That  is,  as 
 the  Chald.  openeth  it,  "  his  glory  appeared." 
 Gloomy  darkness,]  Mirk  and  thick  dark- 
 ness ;  or  a  dark  cloud  :  as  2  Chron.  vi.  1  ; 
 Job  xxii.  13;  such  as  was  on  mount  Sinai, 
 when  God  came  down  on  it,  Deut.  iv.  11; 
 V.  22;  a  sign  of  terror,  as  the  apostle  sheweth, 
 Heb.  xii.  IS.     So  Ps.  xcvii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  11. — On  the  cherub,]  A  cherub, 
 and  the  plural  number,  cherubim,  is  a  name 
 given  to  the  angels.  Gen.  iii.  25,  and  to  the 
 golden  winged  images  which  were  in  the  ta- 
 bernacle and  the  temple,  Exod.  xxv.  18 — 
 20;  I  Kings  vi,  23—25,  29,  32.  The  liv- 
 ing creatures  also  which  Ezekiel  saw  in  vision, 
 Ezek.  i.  5,  are  called  cherubim,  Ezek.  xii. 
 1,  15.  Likewise  the  king  of  Tyre  is  called 
 an  anointed  and  a  covering  cherub,  Ezek. 
 xxviii.  14, 1(3.  The  Heb.  name  hath  afiiuity 
 with  rechub,  a  chariot,  used  in  I's.  civ.  3, 
 almost  in  like  sense  a*;  cherub  is  here  ;  and 
 the  cherubim  are  called  a  chariot,  1  Chron. 
 xxviii.  18,  and  God's  angels  are  his  chariots, 
 Ps.  Ixviii.  IS,  and  they  beem  to  be  meant  in 
 this  place ;  for  as  the  angels  are  said  to  fly, 
 Dan.  ix.  21,  so  the  cherubim  had  wings, 
 Exod.  xxv.  20,  and  are  of  the  apostle  called 
 '  cherubims  of  glory,'  Heb.  ix.  5.  In  Ps. 
 Ixxx.  2,  God  is  said  to  '  sit  on  the  cherubim;' 
 as  here  'to  ride:'  and  a  cherub  may  be  put 
 for  many,  or  all  the  cherubim  ;  as  chariot  for 
 chariots,  Ps.  Ixviii.  18.  See  the  note  on  Ps. 
 viii.  9.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth  thus ; 
 "  And  he  was  seen  in  his  strength  upon  the 
 light  cherubim,  and  brought  liis  power  upon 
 the  wings  of  the  whirlwind."  Flew  swiftly,] 
 Or,  glanced,  a  similitude  taken  from  eagles, 
 and    like   swift  fowls  that  fly  with  a  swing. 
 
 Deut.  xxviii.  49;  Jer.  xlviii.  40.  For  this  in 
 2  Sam.  xxii.  11,  is  written yera,  that  is,  he 
 was  seen  :  which  here  with  little  difTerence 
 of  one  letter  is  jede,  that  is,  he  flew  swiftly. 
 So  in  Ps.  civ.  3,  God  is  said  to  '  walk  upon 
 the  wings  of  the  wind,' 
 
 Ver.  12. — His  pavilion,]  Or,  covert,  ta- 
 bernacle.  In  the  Chald.  it  is  explained  thus, 
 "He  placed  his  divine  presence  in  the  dark- 
 ness, and  his  glory  was  compassed  with  clouds 
 as  a  pavilion:  he  made  rain  to  come  down 
 upon  his  people,  and  mighty  waters  from  the 
 moving  of  the  dark  clouds  upon  the  wicked, 
 from  the  height  of  the  world."  Darkness 
 OF  the  waters, ]That  is,  daik  black  waters: 
 meaning  watery  clouds,  as  Ps.  civ.  3;  xxix.  3. 
 In  2  Sam.  xxii.  12,  this  is  thus  set  down: 
 'and  he  set  darkness  round  about  him,  for 
 booths:  blackness  of  water,'  &c.  The  skies,] 
 That  is,  the  heavens,  named  in  Heb.  Shecha- 
 kim,  of  their  thin,  fine,  and  subtle  substance. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Passed  away,]  That  is,  va- 
 nished, for  God's  brightness  expelled  them. 
 So  passing  away  is  used  for  vanishing,  Is. 
 xxix.  5.  Hail  and  coals,]  That  is,  there 
 was,  or  there  came  hail,  to  wit,  from  his 
 brightness,  as  in  2  Sam.  xxii.  13,  it  is  writ- 
 ten, '  From  the  brightness  before  him  there 
 burned  coals  of  fire.'  Hail  and  fire  are  in- 
 struments of  God's  war  and  punishments. 
 Job  xxxviii.  22,  23;  Josh.  x.  11;  Rev.  xvi. 
 21;  Zach.  xii.  6;  Ezek.  x.  2. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Thundered.]  This  also  is  a 
 sign  of  God's  anger,  1  Sam.  ii.  10;  vii.  10; 
 Is.  xxix.  6,  and  of  his  '  power  and  gloiy,' Ps. 
 xxix.  3;  Ixxvii.  19;  Job  xxvi.  14;  xxxvii. 
 4,  5;  xl.  4.  Gave  his  voice,]  A  common 
 phrase  for  all  loud  and  high  speech,  cry, 
 noise,  thundering,  &c.,  Ps.  xlvi.  7;  Ixviii. 
 36  ;  Ixxvii.  18;  civ.  12  ;  Jer.  ii.  15;  Num. 
 xiv.  1  ;  2  Chron.  xxiv.  9;  Hah.  iii.  10.  The 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it  thus,  "  the  most  High 
 lifted  up  his  word,  he  cast  hail  and  coals  of 
 fire."  Coals  of  fire,]  That  is,  fiery  va- 
 pours, lightnings,  &c.  This  sentence  is 
 omitted  in  2  Sam.  xxii.  14,  and  is  wanting 
 also  in  the  Gr.  version  here. 
 
PSALM    XVMII. 
 
 447 
 
 asunder  :  and  lightnings  he  hurled  forth,  and  terribly  struck  them 
 down.  "  And  the  channels  of  waters  were  seen,  and  the  founda- 
 tions of  the  world  were  revealed :  at  thy  rebuke,  Jehovah,  at  the 
 breath  of  the  wind  of  thine  anger,  *^  He  sent  from  the  high  place, 
 he  took  me,  he  drew  me  out  of  many  waters.  '*  He  rid  me  from 
 my  strong  enemy,  and  from  my  liaters,  for  they  were  miglitier  than 
 I.  "  They  prevented  me  in  the  day  of  my  cloudy  calamity ;  and 
 Jehovah  was  for  a  staff  unto  me.  ^^  And  he  biought  me  forth  to  a 
 large  room  -.  he  released  me  because  he  delighted  in  me.  ^'  Jehovah 
 rewarded  me  according  to  my  justice  :  according  to  the  pureness 
 of  my  Iiands  rendered  he  unto  me.  ^^  Because  I  observed  the  ways 
 of  Jehovah,  and  did  not  wickedly  from  my  God.  "■'^  For  all  his 
 judgments  were  before  me,  and  his  decrees  I  did  not  turn  away  from 
 me.  ^*  And  I  was  perfect  with  him,  and  kept  myself  from  mine 
 iniquity.  ^'  And  Jehovah  rendered  to  me  according  to  my  justice, 
 according  to  the  pureness  of  my  hands  before  his   eyes.     "  With 
 
 Veb.  15.— His  arrows,]  The  instru- 
 ments of  his  wrath  and  judgments;  for  God 
 hath  'arrows  of  pestilence,'  Ps.  xci.  5;  'of 
 famine,'  Ezek.  v.  16,  and  other  arrows  to 
 wound  tiie  hearts  of  his  enemies,  Ps.  xlv.  6; 
 Ixiv.  8;  or  to  afflict  his  children,  Ps.  xxxviii. 
 3;  Job  vi.  4.  Here  and  in  Ps.  cxliv.  6,  'by 
 arrows,'  may  be  meant  thunder-bolts,  or  the 
 hailstones  forementioned;  as  the  nailstones 
 that  fell.  Josh.  x.  11,  are  called  arrows,  Hab. 
 iii.  11.  The  Chald.  saitli,  "he  sent  his 
 word  as  arrows."  He  hurled,]  Ov,  he  shot, 
 as  the  word  signifiieth,  Gen.  xlix.  23 ;  it  may 
 also  be  turned,  '  he  multiplied.'  This  is 
 omitted  in  2  Sam.  xxii.  15.  Terribly 
 STRUCK  THEM  DOWN,]  Discomfitted,  troubled 
 and  felled  them  down  with  di'ead,  noise,  and 
 tumult.  This  word  is  used  in  the  examples  of 
 his  wrath,  Exod.  xiv.  24;  Josh.  x.  10;  Judg. 
 iv.  15;  1  Sam.  vii.  10;  Deut.  vii.  23. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Ch.\nnels  of  water,]  That 
 is,  '  of  the  sea,'  2  Sam.  xxii.  16,  channels 
 signify  violent  currents,  or  forcible  streams, 
 running  rivers.  So  Ps.  xlii.  2 ;  cxxvi.  4. 
 The  Gr.  here  translateth  them,  "  fountains  of 
 %vaters."  Foundations  of  the  world,] 
 That  is,  the  deep  waters  and  main  seas, 
 whereon  the  world  is  founded,  Ps.  xxiv.  2. 
 Wind  of  thine  anger,]  Or,  of  thy  nose,  as 
 before,  verse  9,  meaning  a  blast,  storm  or 
 whirlwind  which  God  in  anger  sent  forth. 
 This  manner  of  speech  is  taken  from  Job 
 iv.  9. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Drew  me  out,  &c.]  This 
 hath  reference  to  Moses'  case,  who  was  drawn 
 out  of  the  water,  and  thereupon  called  Mo- 
 sheh,  Exod.  ii.  10,  that  word  mashah  is  used 
 here  by  David  and  no  where  else  in  scrip- 
 ture.     Waters   signify   troubles,  as  is  noted 
 
 verse  5,  and  sometimes  multitudes  of  people. 
 Rev.  xvii.  15;  so  the  Chald.  turneth  it  here, 
 "he  delivered  me  from  many  peoples." 
 
 Ver.  19. — Cloudy  calamity,]  The  Heb. 
 <sid  is  a  fog,  vapour,  or  misty  cloud,  Gen.  ii. 
 6;  Job  xxxvi.  27;  by  figure  it  is  put  for  ca- 
 lamity, or  '  misery  of  man,'  Deut.  xxxii.  35. 
 As  elsewhere,  the  'cloudy  and  dark  day,' 
 Ezek.  xxxiv.  12. 
 
 Ver,  22. — From  my  God,]  Meaning  by 
 swerving  or  turin'ng  away  from  him;  which 
 the  Chald.  expresseth  thus,  "I  walked  not 
 in  wickedness  before  my  God." 
 
 Ver.  23. — Not  turn  away  fro^i  me,] 
 III  2  Sam.  xxii.  23,  it  is,  '  turned  not  away 
 from  it,' that  is,  from  any  of  his  statutes.  The 
 Gr.  translateth,  "they  departed  not  fiom 
 me." 
 
 Ver.  24. — From  mine  iniquity,]  That  is, 
 fi'om  the  iniquity  that  I  am  prone  to  fall  into. 
 The  Heb.  word  signifieth  that  which  is  uii- 
 right,  unequal,  crooked  or  perverse;  opposed 
 to  that  which  is  right  ;  and  is  fitly  applied  to 
 sin,  and  so  translated  by  the  apostle,  Rom. 
 iv.  8,  from  Ps.  xxxii.  2.  In  this  estate  we 
 are  all  born,  Ps.  Ii.  7;  soitnoteth  the  vicious- 
 ness  or  crookedness  of  nature  and  original  sin, 
 which  the  apostle  called  '  the  sin  dwelling  in 
 him,'  Rom.  vii.  17;  and  he  that  was  first- 
 born, first  applied  this  word  to  himself.  Gen. 
 iv.  13.  It  is  figuratively  used  oftentimes  for 
 punishment  due  to  siii:  whereof  see  Ps. 
 xxxi.  11.  The  Chald.  openeth  this  verse 
 thus:  "  And  I  was  perfect  in  his  fear,  and  he 
 was  the  saviour  of  my  soul  from  sins." 
 
 Ver.  25. — Pureness  of  my  hands,]  In  2 
 Sam.  xxii.  25,  '  my  pureness.' 
 
 Ver.  26. — Gracious,]  Or,  merciful, 
 pio/is,   godly.     See   Ps.    iv.  4.     Man,]  Or, 
 
448 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 the  gracious  saint  thou  wilt  shew  tliyself  gracious ;  with  the 
 perfect  man  thou  wilt  shew  thyself  perfect.  ^'  With  tlie  pure 
 thou  wilt  show  thyself  pure  :  and  with  the  fro  ward  thou  wilt  shov/ 
 thyself  wry.  ^^  For  thou  wilt  save  the  poor  afflicted  people,  and 
 wilt  bring  low  tlie  lofty  eyes.  ^^  For  thou  hast  lighted  my  candle, 
 Jehovah  my  God  hath  briglitened  my  darkness.  ^°  For  by  thee  I 
 have  broken  tin-ougli  an  host,  and  by  my  God  I  have  leaped  over  a 
 wall.  ''  God  his  way  is  perfect,  the  saying  of  Jehovah  is  tried,  he 
 is  a  shield  to  all  that  liope  for  safety  in  him.  ^^  For  wlio  is  God 
 besides  Jehovali  ?  and  wlio  is  a  Rock  except  our  God  ?  ^^  God 
 that  girdeth  me  with  valour,  and  giveth  my  way  perfect.  ^*  He 
 matcheth  my  feet  as  hinds' ^ee^ ;  and  upon  my  higli  places  he  maketh 
 me  stand.     "  He  learnetli  my  hands  to  the  war,  and  a  bow  of  brass 
 
 mighty  one ;  called  geher,  of  his  strength, 
 valour,  and  superiority  ;  for  v/hich  in  2  Sam. 
 xxii.  2G,  is  put  gibbor,  that  is,  strong,  or 
 a  champion;  'a  mighty  man,'  Ps.  xix.  6; 
 xlv.  4.  With  the  froward  thod  wilt 
 SHOW  thyself  wry,]  a  like  speech  is  used 
 in  Moses,  Lev.  xxvi.  27,  28,  '  If  ye  walk 
 stubbornly  against  me,  I  will  walk  stubbornly 
 in  anger  against  you.'  But  here  David  useth 
 two  words,  whereof  the  first,  froward  or 
 crooked,  is  always  spoken  of  doing  evil  and 
 wrong;  the  latter  word  wry,  not  so,  but  is  a 
 similitude  taken  from  wrestlers,  and  noteth  a 
 writhing  of  one's  self  against  an  adversary, 
 The  Chald.  paraphrast  applieth  this  '  gracious 
 saint'  to  Abraham:  the  'perfect  man,'  to 
 Isaac  ;  the  '  pure,'  unto  Jacob  ;  and  the  'fro- 
 ward,' unto  Pharaoh  and  the  Egyptians. 
 
 Ver.  28. — The  lofty  eyes,]  In  2  Sam. 
 xxii.  28,  it  is  thus  set  down,  '  and  thine  eyes 
 are  upon  the  lofty,  that  thou  mayest  bring 
 them  low.' 
 
 Ver.  29. — Hast  lighted  my  candle,] 
 Or,  doest  lighten  my  lamp,  that  is  givest  me 
 comfort,  joy,  piosperity  a'ter  troubles  ;  as  on 
 the  contrary,  '  the  wicked's  candle  shall  be 
 put  out,'  Job  xviii.  G;  xxi.  17;  Prov.  xiii.  9; 
 xxiv.  20;  XX.  20.  In  2  Sam.  xxii.  29,  this 
 word  lighted,  is  left  out  to  be  understood,  as 
 before  in  the  7th  verse.  Sometimes  the  eye  is 
 called  the  candle  of  the  body.  Mat.  vi.  22, 
 and  Solomon  saith,  that  '  a  man's  mind  (or 
 soul)  is  the  candle  of  the  Lord,' Prov.  xx.  27; 
 sometimes  one's  child  succeeding  him  in  go- 
 vernment is  his  candle,  Ps.  cxxxii.  17  ;  1 
 Kings  xi.  36;  xv.  4;  Num.  xxi.  30.  All 
 these  in  David  were  lighted;  and  Christ  his 
 son  according  to  the  flesh,  is  '  the  candle  of 
 the  new  Jerusalem,'  Rev.  xxi.  23,  '  the  true 
 light,  which  lighteth  eveiy  man  that  cometh 
 into  the  world,'  John  i.  9,  Brightened 
 MY  darkness,]  That  is,  «  turned  my  grief 
 and  aflliction  into  joy  and  comfort,'  Jobxxix. 
 3;  Est.  viii.  IG;  Luke  i.  79. 
 
 Ver.  30. — Broken  through  an  host,] 
 Heb.  "  shall  break,  or  run  through  an  host," 
 or  troop.  This,  and  the  '  leaping  over  a  wall,' 
 which  followeth,  may  be  understood  both  of 
 escaping  danger  himself,  and  of  quelling  his 
 foes,  and  winning  their  walled  cities,  and 
 both  these  speedily.  The  Chald.  explaineth  . 
 it  thus  :  "  For  by  thy  word  I  shall  multiply 
 armies,  and  by  the  word  of  my  God  subdue 
 fenced  towers." 
 
 Ver.  3L— In  him,]  The  Chald.  saith,  in 
 his  tvord. 
 
 Ver.  32. — Who  is  a  rock,]  That  is,  '  a 
 mighty  Saviour  and  defender.'  The  Gr.  here 
 for  Rock,  hath  '  a  god  ;'  and  in  2  Sam.  xxii. 
 32,  'a  creator.'  And  this  hath  reference  to 
 the  words  of  Anna,  '  there  is  no  rock  like  our 
 God,'  1  Sam.  ii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  33. — That  girdeth  me,]  That  is, 
 prepareth  and  strengtheneth  me;  therefoie 
 in  2  Sam.  xxii.  33,  it  is  written,  'my 
 strength  :'  elsewhere  he  speaketh  of  being 
 '  girded  with  joy,'  P,--.  xxx.  12.  Valour,] 
 Or,  power,  force,  proivess.  And  this  word 
 is  used  both  for  valour,  activity,  and  courage 
 of  body  and  mind;  also  for  a  power,  or 
 army  of  men,  Ps.  xxxiii.  IG;  cxxxvi.  15;  and 
 also  for  wealth  gotten  by  industry,  whereby 
 men  are  able  to  do  much,  Ps.  xlix.  7,  11; 
 Ixii.  11.  And  giveth,]  That  is,  maketh  or 
 disposeth  my  way  to  be  perfect,  that  is,  with- 
 out impediment ;  or,  as  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 "  without  blemish.''  For  giveth,  in  2  Sam. 
 xxii.  is,  looseneth,  which  also  freeth  from 
 hinderance. 
 
 Ver.  34. — He  matcheth  my  feet  as 
 hinds,]  That  is,  maketh  me  swift  to  run  like 
 the  hinds,  and  so  to  escape  danger,  and  stand 
 safe  upon  my  high  places  ;  which  usually  de- 
 noteth  security,  honour,  and  prosperity.  Dent, 
 xxxii.  13;  xxxiii.  29;  Is.  Iviii.  14.  The  like 
 speech  Habakkuk  hath  iu  the  end  of  his  Song, 
 Hab.  iii.  19. 
 
 Ver.  35. — Bow  of  brass,]  Or,  of  steel. 
 
PSALM    XVIII. 
 
 449 
 
 is  broken  with  mine  arms.  ^'^  And  thou  hast  given  to  me  the  shield 
 of  thy  salvation  :  and  tliy  right  liand  hath  npheld  me,  and  tliy 
 meekness  hath  made  me  to  increase.  ^^  TJion  hast  widened  my  pas- 
 sage under  me  :  and  my  legs  have  not  staggered.  ^^  I  pursued  mine 
 enemies,  and  overtook  them,  and  turned  not  till  I  liad  consumed 
 them,  ^^  I  wounded  them  and  they  could  not  rise  up :  they  fell 
 rnider  my  feet.  ^^  And  thou  hast  girded  nie  with  valour  to  the  war : 
 them  that  rose  against  me  thou  hast  made  to  stoop  down  under 
 me.  ^'  And  thou  hast  given  to  me  the  neck  of  mine  enemies ;  and 
 them  tliat  hated  me,  I  have  suppressed.  ^'^  They  cried  out,  but  there 
 was  none  to  save  ;  unto  Jehovah,  but  he  answereth  tliem  not. 
 *^  And  I  did  beat  them  small  as  dust  before  the  wind  :  as 
 the  clay  of  the  streets  did  I  pour  them  out.  "  Thou  hast  deli- 
 vered me  from  the  contentions  of  the  people  :  thou  hast  put  me  for 
 tJie  head  of  tlie  heathen  -.  a  people  whotn  I  have  not  known  do 
 serve  me.  *'  At  the  hearing  of  the  ear  they  obey  me  :  the  sons  of 
 tlie  stranger  falsely  deny  unto  me.  ^'^  Tlie  sons  of  the  stranger  fade 
 away  and  shrink  for  fear,  out  of  their  closets.  "  Jehovah  liveth, 
 and  blessed  be  my  rock,  and  exalted  be  the  God  of  my  salvation. 
 
 and  this  is  observed  to  be  stronger  than  iron, 
 Job  XX.  24. 
 
 Ver.  26. — Thy  right  hand  hath  up- 
 held ME,]  Or,  firmly  stayed  (and  strength- 
 ened) me.  This  sentence  is  added  here,  more 
 than  in  2  Sam.  xxii.  36.  Thy  meekness,] 
 Or,  modesty,  lenity,  humility,  whereby  thou 
 abasest  thyself  to  regard  me,  and  deal  meekly 
 with  ine;  even  gently  chastising  and  nurtur- 
 ing me.  Wherefore  the  Gr.  turneth  it  thus, 
 "  thy  chastisement  hath  rectified  me."  The 
 Chald.  saith,  "  and  by  thy  word  thou  hast 
 made  me  to  increase." 
 
 Ver.  37. — Hast  widened  my  passage,] 
 Or,  enlarged  my  pass,  that  is,  given  me 
 room  to  walk  steadily  and  safe.  Contrary  to 
 tliat  which  is  said  of  the  wicked,  that  his 
 strong  (or  violent)  passages  are  straighten  id 
 (or  made  narrow),  Job  xviii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  38. — Overtook  them,]  And  con- 
 seqiiently  quelled,  or  cut  them  off,  as  is  ex- 
 pressed in  2  Sam.  xxii.  3S. 
 
 Ver.  39. — I  wounded  them,]  Or,  struck 
 through,  evib^ued  with  blood.  This  verse 
 in  2  Sam.  xxii.  39,  is  read  thus,  'And  I  con- 
 sumed them,  and  wounded  them,  and  they 
 rose  not,  but  fell  under  my  feet.' 
 
 Ver.  41. — The  neck  of  mine  enemies,] 
 That  is,  '  put  them  to  flight,  and  subdued 
 them,'  2  Chron.  xxix.6;  Gen.xlix.  8.  And 
 this  respecteth  God's  piomise,Exod.  xxiii.27. 
 
 Ver.   42 They    cried  out,]    For   an 
 
 helper,  as  the  Chald.  addeth.     For  this  in  2 
 Sam.  xxii.  42,  is,  '  they  looked,"     Answer- 
 ed,] In  Chald.  "they  prayed  to  the  Lord,  and 
 lie  received  not  their  praye;." 
 Vol..  II,  3 
 
 Ver.  43. — Poor  them  out,]  Or,  empty 
 them,  that  is,  tumble  them  down,  to  be  trod- 
 den ES  dirt  ;  '  I  spread  them  abroad,'  as  in  2 
 Sam.  xxii.  this  verso  is  written,  'And  I  did 
 beat  them  small  as  the  dust  of  the  earth:  as 
 the  clay  of  the  streets  I  pounded  them,  I 
 spread  them  abroad.' 
 
 Ver.  44.  — Of  the  people,]  In  2  Sam. 
 xxii.  it  is  'the  contentions  of  my  people,  thou 
 hast  kept  me  for  the  head,'  &c.,  and  hereby 
 Christ's  headship  over  the  church  of  the  Gen- 
 tiles is  signified,  and  the  contradiction  of  his 
 own  people  the  Jews,  Rom.  x.  20,  21.  See 
 after  in  ver.  60. 
 
 Ver.  45 At  the  hearing  of  the  ear,] 
 
 That  is,  speedily,  so  soon  as  they  hear,  with- 
 out further  ado  :  or,  by  the  hearing  of  the 
 ear,  that  is,  with  diligent  hearkening  and  at- 
 tendance. Sons  of  the  stranger,]  Of  the 
 alien,  or  of  alienation:  that  is,  aliens,  out- 
 landers,  strangers  from  the  commonwealth  of 
 Israel,  they  and  their  progenitors.  So  Ps. 
 cxliv.  7;  Is.  Ixii.  8.  Falsely  deny,]  Or, 
 dissemble.  In  the  Gr.  "they  lie:"  mean- 
 ing they  feignedly  submit  themselves,  for  fear 
 or  other  sinister  purposes,  against  their  will. 
 And  this  agreeth  with  the  last  promise  of 
 Moses,  Deut".  xxxiii.  29,  'thy  enemies  shall 
 falsely  deny  to  thee.'  The  original  word  is 
 used  both  for  denying.  Gen.  xviii.  15,  and  for 
 lying  or  falsifying,  1  Kings  xiii.  18.  See  after 
 Ps.  lix.  13;  Ixvi.  3. 
 
 Ver.  46. — Fade  away,]  Ov,  fall,  to  wit, 
 as  leaves  of  trees  that  wither. 
 
 Ver.  47. — My  rock,]  In  Gr.  my  God. 
 
 \^£R.  48. — That  giveth  vexgkancbs  to 
 L 
 
450 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 *^  Tlie  God  that  giveth  vengeance  to  me,  and  subdnetli  peoples  un- 
 der me.  ^'  My  deliverer  from  mine  enemies,  also  from  them  tliat 
 rose  up  against  me,  thou  hast  exalted  me,  from  the  man  of  violent 
 wrong  thou  hast  rid  me.  *"  Therefore  I  will  confess  thee  among  the 
 heathen,  Jehovah,  and  to  thy  name  I  will  sing  psalms.  *'  He  mak- 
 eth  great  the  salvations  of  his  king,  and  doth  mercy  to  his  an- 
 ointed :  to  David  and  to  his  seed  for  ever. 
 
 ME,]  That  is,  giveth  me  power  to  be  avenged 
 of  mi/ foes;  or,  giveth  vengeances  for  me, 
 that  is,  avengeth  and  punisheth  for  my  sake. 
 Whereupon  he  is  called  the  '  God  of  ven- 
 geance,'Ps.  xciv.  1.  So  to  give  vengeance  is 
 to  execute  it,  Num.  xxxi.  3.  Sdbdueth,] 
 Bringeth  into  good  order  and  subjection, 
 therefore  in  2  Sam.  xxii.  it  is  said,  '  subject- 
 eth' or  'bringeth  down.'  And  sometimes 
 this  word  signifieth,  a  subduing  by  overthrow 
 and  destruction  ;  as  2  Chron.  xxii.  10,  '  she 
 subdued;'  for  which  in  2  Kings  xi.  1,  is 
 written,  '  she  brought  to  perdition,'  or  des- 
 troyed. 
 
 VeB.  50. 1  WILL    CONFESS    THEE,]  That 
 
 is,  give  thee  public  and  solemn  praise  and 
 thatiks.  This  verse  is  applied  in  Rom.  xv. 
 9,  to  the  calling  of  the  Gentiles  unto  the 
 faith  of  Christ,  and  praise  unto  God  there- 
 fore. By  which  we  are  taught,  that  of  Christ 
 and  his  kingdom  this  Psalm  is  chiefly  in- 
 tended. 
 
 Ver.  51 He  maketh  great,]  Or,  mag- 
 
 nifieth  ;  he  is  the  magnifier  of  the  salvations, 
 
 that  is,  of  the  full  salvation  and  deliverance. 
 Instead  of  magdil,  that  is,  magnifier,  in  2 
 Sam.  xxii.  51,  there  is  migdol,  which  is  so 
 written,  as  by  the  vowels  signifieth  '  a  tower' 
 of  salvations,  and  by  the  consonants  '  a  mag- 
 nifier.' Hereupon  the  Heb.  doctors  (in  Mi- 
 dras  tillin  upon  this  place)  say,  "one  scrip- 
 ture saith,  magnifier,  and  another  saith, 
 tower :  and  wliat  tower  is  made  for  them  ? 
 The  king  Christ  is  as  a  tower,  as  it  is  said, 
 the  tower  of  salvations  ;  it  is  also  written.  The 
 name  of  the  Lord  is  a  strong  tower,"  &c. 
 Prov.  xviii.  10.  His  anointed,]  Or,  his 
 Messias,  his  Christ,  as  before  in  Ps.  ii.  2. 
 David  and  his  seed,]  This  may  be  referred 
 both  to  the  first  David  and  his  posterity,  on 
 whom  God  showed  great  meicy ;  and  also  to 
 our  Lord  Christ,  who  is  called  by  the  pro- 
 phets, '  David,'  Ezek.  xxxiv.  23,  24;  Hos. 
 iii.  5;  and  his  seed  are  '  his  disciples,  the 
 children  which  God  hath  given  him,'  Heb. 
 ii.  13,  or  himself  is  the  seed  here  mentioned. 
 Acts  xiii.  23;  Rom.  i.  3  ;  as  he  is  also  called 
 '  Abraham's  seed,'  Gal.  iii.  16. 
 
 PSALM    XIX. 
 
 2.  TJie  creatures  show  God's  glwy.  8.  The  lam  more  clearly  reveal- 
 eth  his  will.  13.  His  grace  cleanseih  and  sanctifieth  through  Christ  the 
 Redeemer. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music,  a  psalm  of  David. 
 ^  The  heavens  do  tell  the  glory  of  God,  and  the  out-spread  fir- 
 mament showeth  the  work  of  his  hands.     ^  Day  unto  day  uttereth 
 
 Ver!  2. — Do  tell,]  To  wit,  unto  men, 
 and  so  give  occasion  unto  them  to  tell;  as  the 
 Chald.  translateth,  "  They  that  look  upon  the 
 heavens  do  tell,"  &c.  The  glory,]  That  is, 
 'the  glorious  works;'  so  in  Exod.  xvi.  7; 
 Num.  xiv.  21,  22;  John  xi.  40.  The  out- 
 spread firmament,]  The  whole  cope  of 
 heaven,  with  the  air,  as  the  Chald.  saith, 
 "they  that  behold  the  air:"  which  though  it 
 be  soft  and  liquid,  and  spread  over  the  earth, 
 yet  is  it  fast  and  firm,  and  therefore  called  of 
 
 us  according  to  the  common  Gr.  version,  "  a 
 firmament:"  the  Holy  Spirit  expresseth  it  by 
 another  term,  '  mid-heaven,'  Rev.  viii.  13; 
 xiv.  6;  xix.  17.  This  out-spread  firma- 
 tnent,  or  expansion,  God  made  amidst  the 
 waters  fur  a  separation,  and  named  it 
 '  heavens,'  Gen.  i.  7,  8,  which  of  David  is 
 said  to  be  '  stretched  out  as  a  curtain  or 
 tent,'  Ps.  civ.  2,  and  elsewhere  is  said  to  be 
 firm,  as  molten  glass,  Job  xxxvii.  18.  So 
 under  this  na.me  firmametit,  be  comprised  the 
 
PSALM    XIX. 
 
 451 
 
 speech,  and  night  unto  night  manifesteth  knowledge.  *  There  is 
 no  speech  and  no  words ;  not  heard  is  their  voice.  ^  Through  all 
 the  earth  gone  out  is  their  line,  and  to  the  utmost  end  of  the  world 
 their  speakings ;  he  hath  put  a  tent  in  them  for  the  sun.  ^  And  he 
 is  as  a  bridegroom,  going  forth  out  of  his  privy  chamber ;  joyeth 
 as  a  mighty  man  to  run  a  race.  '  From  the  utmost  end  of  the 
 heavens  is  his  egress,  and  his  compassing  regress  is  unto  the  ut- 
 most ends  of  them,  and  none  is  hid  from  his  heat.  ^  The  law  of 
 Jehovah  is  perfect,  returning  the  soul :  the  testimony  of  Jehovah 
 
 orbs  of  the  heavens,  and  the  air,  and  the 
 whole  spacious  room  above  the  earth. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Day  unto  day,]  One  day  unto 
 and  after  another:  so  mifo  is  used  for  after, 
 in  Exod.  xvi.  1  ;  xix.  1.  Uttereth,]  Or 
 wellet/i  out,  as  a  fountain  continually  and 
 plenteously.  Manifesteth,]  Or  showeth 
 lively. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Not  heard  is  their  voice,] 
 That  is,  whose  voice  is  not  heard  or  under- 
 stood: meaning  that  they  are  no  mute  or  ob- 
 scure  speeches,  whereby  the  heavens  preach 
 to  the  world,  but  manifest  to  all,  as  the  next 
 verse  showeth,  and  Paul  plainly  confirmeth, 
 Rom.  i.  19,  20,  and  the  Gr.  version  here 
 leadeth  us  so  to  understand  this  sentence,  to- 
 gether with  the  apostle's  allegation,  Rom.  x. 
 19,  and  the  like  Hebraisms  are  usual,  as 
 Job  iii.  3,  '  Let  the  day  perish,  I  was  born 
 in  it,'  that  is,  wherein  I  was  I)orn:  and 
 hearing  is  often  put  for  understanding,  Gen. 
 xi.  7;  2  Kings  xviii.  26;  1  Cor.  xiv.  2. 
 Compare  also  herewith  the  Heb.  phrase  in 
 Jer.  xxxviii.  5.  Or  we  may  read  it  thus: 
 There  is  '  no  speech  nor  words:  not  heard  is 
 their  voice:'  that  is,  the  heavens  make  no 
 speech,  or  sermon,  nor  utter  any  reasonable 
 words,  no  nor  any  voice  (or  sound)  at  all  of 
 theirs  is  heard:  'but  their  line  is  gone  forth,' 
 &c.  Or,  (taking  '  words'  for  peoples  that 
 speak  them,)  there  is  no  speech  nor  words, 
 where  the  voice  of  the  heavens  is  not 
 heard. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Their  line,]  Or,  their  ride, 
 their  delineation  :  which  is  a  mean  to  teach 
 the  rude  and  simple;  as  Is.  xxviii.  10:  or  by 
 line  is  meant  a  building,  frame  or  edifice, 
 which  is  made  by  line  and  rule,  Zach.  i.  16; 
 Job  xxxviii.  5.  The  Gr.  translateth  it, 
 "their  sound;"  which  word  the  apostle  also 
 useth,  Rom.  x.  IS,  where  he  speaketh  of  the 
 preaching  of  the  gospel,  by  which  the  church 
 is  taught  and  edified.  Their  steakings,] 
 Or,  their  tvords :  but  this  is  used  sometime 
 generally  for  signification  of  any  manner  of 
 way:  as  Prov.  vi.  13,  '  he  speaketh'  (that  is, 
 signifieth)  '  witii  his  feet.'  And  taking  him 
 before  to  have  showed  how  the  heavens  have 
 
 no  speeches,  words  nor  voice ;  this  here  may 
 be  meant  of  their  significations,  by  the  won- 
 derful frame,  course,  order,  &c.  that  all  men 
 may  see  in  them.  He  hath  pot  a  tent,] 
 God  hath  put  (or  set)  in  the  heavens  a  taber- 
 nacle, that  is,  a  flitting  habitation:  for  that 
 the  sun  never  stayeth  in  one  place.  The  sun 
 is  in  Hebrew  called  Shemesh,  that  is,  a 
 minister  or  servant;  which  very  name 
 should  have  kept  the  nations  from  worship- 
 ping and  serving  it,  which  God  hath  distri- 
 buted to  all  people  under  the  whole  heaven; 
 as  Deut.  iv.  19. 
 
 Ver.  6. — As  a  bridegroom,]  The  Chald. 
 addeth,  "in  the  morning  as  a  bridegroom." 
 The  sun  when  he  riseth  is  gloriously  adorned 
 with  beautiful  rays,  and  seemeth  most  cheer- 
 ful; which  two  things  are  set  forth  by  simili- 
 tude of  a  bridegroom,  Is.  Ixi.  10;  Ixii.  5. 
 To  RUN  A  race,]  a  long  way,  journey,  or, 
 course.  The  swift  course  of  the  sun  is 
 joyfully  performed,  as  when  a  champion  run- 
 neth for  a  game. 
 
 Ver.  8. — The  law,]  Or  doctrinal:  an 
 orderly  manner  of  instruction,  an  institution, 
 OY disjKsition,  called  in  Heb.  Torah,  which  im- 
 plieth  both  doctrine,  and  an  orderly  disposi- 
 iio7i  of  the  same ;  therefoi'e,  where  one  pro- 
 phet relating  David's  words,  saith,  '  the  law 
 of  man,'  2  Sam.  vii.  19,  another  saith,  '  the 
 orderly  estate  (or  course)  of  man,'  1  Cor. 
 xvii.  17.  The  Holy  Spirit  in  Gr.  calleth  it 
 Notnos,  a  latv,  Heb.  viii.  10,  from  Jer.  xxxi. 
 33.  This  name  is  most  commonly  ascribed 
 to  the  precepts  given  by  Moses  at  mount 
 Sinai,  Deut.  xxxiii.  4;  Mai.  iv.  4 ;  John  i. 
 17;  vii.  19;  it  is  also  largely  used  for  all  his 
 writings.  For  the  history  of  Genesis  is  call- 
 ed law.  Gal.  iv.  21,  from  Gen.  xvi.  And 
 though  sometimes  the  law  be  distinguished 
 from  the  psalms  and  prophets,  Luke  xvi. 
 16;  xxiv.  44,  yet  the  other  prophets'  books 
 are  called  law,  1  Cor.  xiv.  21,  from  Is,  xxviii. 
 11,  the  psalms  are  also  thus  named,  John  x. 
 24;  XV.  25,  from  Ps.  Ixxxii.  6;  xxxv.  19. 
 Yea  one  psalm  is  called  a  law,  Ps.  Ixxviii.  1, 
 and  the  many  branches  of  Moses'  doctriue  ; 
 as  the  law  of  the  sin-of)ering,  &c.  Lev.  vi. 
 
452 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 is  faithful,  making  wise  the  simple,  '  The  precepts  of  Jehovali  are 
 right,  giving  joy  to  the  heart :  the  commandment  of  Jeliovah  is 
 pure,  giving  light  to  tlie  eyes.  '"  The  fear  of  Jehovah  is  clean, 
 standing  to  perpetual  aye  j  the  judgments  of  Jeliovah  are  truth ; 
 just  they  are  together.  "'  To  be  desired  more  than  gold,  and  tliau 
 much  fine  gold,  and  sweeter  than   honey  and  liquor   of  the  honey 
 
 25,  and  generally  it  is  used  for  any  doctrine  ; 
 a«,  the  law  of  works,  the  law  of  faith,  &c. 
 Rom.  iii.  27.  Is  perfect,]  Or,  is  a  per- 
 fect law.  The  word  before  is  again  under- 
 stood here  and  in  the  speeches  follow- 
 ing: as  sometimes  it  is  fully  expressed,  Ps. 
 xii.  7.  Returning  the  soul,]  Or,  re- 
 storing the  life.  To  '  return  the  soul '  is 
 sometimes  to  deliver  it  from  evils,  Ps.  xxxv. 
 17;  John  xxxiii.  30;  sometimes  to  refiesh  it 
 with  food  that  keepeth  in  life,  Lam.  i. 
 11,  19,  to  refresh  it  with  rest,  comfort,  and 
 the  like,  Ruth  iv.  15;  Ps.  xxiii.  3;  Prov. 
 XXV.  13.  All  which  may  be  found  in  the  law 
 of  God.  The  testijiony,]  God  called  the 
 two  tables  of  his  law,  '  the  testimony,'  Exod. 
 XXV.  16,  21;  xxxi.  IS;  and  the  ark  whereia 
 they  were  kept,  had  thereupon  the  like  name, 
 Num.  xvii.  4;  Exod.  xxv.  22  ;  and  so  the 
 tabernacle  wherein  the  ark  was,  Exod.  xxxviii. 
 21;  Rev.  xv.  5.  God's  law  hath  this  title  be- 
 cause of  the  testification,  contestation,  and 
 earnest  charge  which  he  and  his  prophets 
 gave  concerning  it,  as  Ps.  Ixxxi.  9;  2  Kings 
 xvii.  15;  Neh.  ix.  29,30;  Deut.  xxxi.  2S ; 
 xxxii.  4;  and  as  a  record  it  testifieth  what  is 
 God's  will  and  covenant,  John  v.  39.  And 
 as  the  law,  so  the  gospel  (yea,  Christ  himself) 
 is  called  'a  testimony,'  1  Cor.  ii.  1,  2; 
 Thess.  i.  10;  1  Tim.  ii.  C.  Faithful,] 
 Or,  a  faithful  testimony:  this  word  meaneth 
 also,  sure,  certain,  firm  and  constant ;  as 
 '  faithful  plagues,'  Deut.  xxviii.  59,  are  suie 
 and  durable:  a  '  faithful  house,'  2  Sam.  vii. 
 IG,  is  settled,  firm  and  stable,  &c.  God's 
 word  hath  like  commendations,  Ps.  xciii.  5; 
 cxi.  7.  The  si.Mi'LE,]  Or  s///y.  The  origi- 
 nal pethi,  meaneth  one  that  is  easily  per- 
 suaded, or  enticed,  credulous,  and  light  of 
 belief,  according  to  the  proverb,  jtfc</«j,  '  'I'he 
 simple  believeth  everything,'  Pruv.  xiv.  15. 
 Consequently  it  is  used  for  unskilful,  and  ap- 
 plied sometime  to  evil  foolish  persons,  Prov. 
 ix.  6;  xxii.  3;  sometimes  to  the  good  and 
 simple,  as  Ps.  cxvi.  G.  The  Gi'.  often  trans- 
 lateth  it,  "a  babe,"  and  so  Christ  calleth 
 such.  Matt.  xi.  25.  This  verse  and  the  two 
 next  following,  which  treat  of  God's  law,  are 
 in  Heb.  written  every  one  of  them  with  ten 
 w(irds,  according  to  the  number  of  the  ten 
 commandments,  which  are  called  '  ten 
 words,'  Exod.  xxxiv.  28. 
 
 Ver.  9. — The  precepts,]  Or  commis- 
 sio7is,  charges.  This  word  is  by  David  only 
 applied  to  God's  commandments,  called  vf 
 him  Pikkildim,  of  Pakad,  to  visit;  as  if  we 
 should  say  visitations,  or  precepts,  the  trans- 
 gressions whereof  God  hath  threatened  to 
 visit  or  punish;  as  Exod.  xx.  5;  xxxii.  34. 
 Or  oi  kip/ikid,  to  'commend  or  commit  unto 
 one's  charge  and  custody,'  because  these  are 
 committed  unto  men,  carefully  to  be  observ- 
 ed, as  it  is  written,  '  Tliou  hast  commanded 
 thy  precepts  to  be  kept  vehemently,'  Ps. 
 cxix.  4.  The  commandjient,]  That  is, 
 the  conunandments :  one  put  for  all;  ^s  judg- 
 ment, 2  Kings  xxv.  6,  for  '  judgments,'  Jer. 
 Iii.  9,  and  many  the  like. 
 
 Ver.  10. — The  fear,]  Or  reverence, 
 that  is,  the  religion  and  worsiiip  prescribed  of 
 God;  as  in  Matt.  xv.  9,  that  is  called  '  wor- 
 ship,' which  in  Is.  xxix.  13,  is  named  'fear;' 
 and  this  is  said  to  be  clean  from  all  filthiness, 
 because  he  requireth  to  be  worshipped  in  spirit 
 and  truth,  and  with  pure  hands,  John  iv.  24; 
 1  Tim.  ii.  8.  Or,  as  God  himself  is  called 
 '  fear,'  Ps.  Ixxvi.  12,  so  his  law  may  also 
 here  be  called  '  fear,'  for  that  it  was  given 
 with  fearful  majesty,  and  worketh  in  men  the 
 fear  and  reverence  of  God,  Exod.  xx.  18 — 
 20;  Deut.  v.  24—29.  Standing,]  Or 
 abiding,  continuing  firm, yet  and  perpetually. 
 JuDUiMENTS,]  Such  laws  as  were  annexed  to 
 the  ten  commandments,  for  punishing  the 
 otlenders,  have  this  title  prefixed ;  as  Exod. 
 xxi.  11.  'These  are  the  judgments  which 
 thou  shalt  set  before  them,'  &c.  And  as  de- 
 crees or  statutes  are  often  put  for  the  ordi- 
 nances of  God's  worship;  (as  is  noted  on  Ps. 
 ii.  7,)  instead  whereof  David  here  seemeth 
 to  use  the  former  word  '  fear;'  so  judgments 
 are  laws  and  rites  for  human  duties.  These 
 two  Moses  often  joiueth  together,  saying. 
 Hearken,  O  Israel  to  '  the  statutes  and  to  the 
 judgments,'  &c.  Deut.  iv.  1;  v.  8;  xiv. 
 45;  V.  1,  31;  vi.  ],  20;  vii.  11;  viii.  11, 
 8ic.  Just  TOGETHER,]  That  if,  all  of  thetn 
 together,  and  each  of  them  apait,  is  just  or 
 justijied. 
 
 Ver.  n.— Fine  gold,]  Or  solid  gold, 
 called  Paz,  which  hath  the  name  of  strength, 
 fastness,  or  solidity  :  such  gold  was  rare  and 
 precious.  Is.  xiii.  12;  Lam.  iv.  2.  The 
 Arabians  now  call  gold  Phes.     It  was  very 
 
PSALM   XX. 
 
 453 
 
 combs.  '^  Also  thy  servant  is  clearly  admonished  by  tliem  ;  in 
 keeping  of  them  there  is  mucli  reward.  "  Unadvised  errors  whc 
 doth  understand?  from  secret ya?/to  cleanse  thou  me.  ^' Also  from 
 presumptuous  sins  v,'ithhold  thou  thy  servant,  let  them  not  have 
 dominion  in  me,  then  shall  I  be  perfect  and  made  clean  from  much 
 trespass.  '^  Let  the  words  of  my  mouth,  and  tlie  meditation  of  my 
 lieart  before  thee,  be  to  favourable  acceptation,  Jeliovah  my  Rock 
 and  my  Redeemer. 
 
 fine:  therefore  when  one  prophet  calleth  it 
 gold  Maphaz,  2  Kings  x.  18,  another  calleth 
 it  tabor;  that  is,  'fine  or  clean  gold,'  2 
 Chron.  ix.  17.  Liquor  of  the  honey 
 COMBS,]  Or  liqtiid  honey  of  the  combs. 
 Each  of  these  vords  is  ustd  by  Solomon  for 
 'the  dropping  honey  comb,'  Prov.  v.  3;  xvi. 
 24;  and  both  are  joined  for  more  vehe- 
 mency. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Clearly  admonished,]  The 
 word  signifieth  illustrating,  making  bright 
 or  shining,  Dan.  xii.  3,  and  so  by  warning  or 
 information,  to  make  the  soul  'clear  and  cir- 
 cnmspect,'  Exod.  xviii.  20;  2  Kings  vi.  10; 
 Eccl.  iv.  13;  Ezek.  iii.  17 — 20.  Much  re- 
 WARD,]  Or  much  end:  that  is,  "great  pro- 
 fit  or  reward,"  as  the  Gr.  translateth  it. 
 The  Chald.  applielh  this  peculiarly  to  David, 
 saying,  "and  because  he  kept  them,  he  was 
 made  the  prince  of  Israel."  The  Hebrew 
 Ghnekeb,  signifying  the  heel  or  foot  sole,  is 
 used  figuratively  for  the  end  of  a  thing,  (as 
 the  head,  for  the  beginning,  Ps.  cxix.  ICO,) 
 and  so  for  the  success,  event  and  recompence 
 tliat  followeth  thereupon.  As  another  word, 
 acharith,  which  signifieth  end,  is  used  also 
 fur  'reward,'  Prov.  xxiii.  18;   1  Pet.  i.  9. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Unadvised  errors.]  Or, 
 Ignorant  faults,  univitting  tiud  inconsiderate 
 sins.  The  law  for  which  is  given,  Lev.  iv. 
 2,  &c.  Who  doth  understand]  Or,  fVho 
 can  discern?  meaning,  no  man  can.  So  Ps. 
 Ixxvii.    5.     'I    spake    not,    for   I    could  not 
 
 speak.'  See  the  annot.  there.  Cleanse 
 THOU  me,]  Or,  make  me  innocent,  free, 
 guiltless,  emfty.  The  woid  is  also  used  for 
 exempting,  or  absolving,  free  from  punishment 
 due  to  sin,  Exod.  xx.  6;  xxxiv.  7. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Be  to  favourable  accepta- 
 tion,] That  is,  be  acceptable  or  ivell-pleas- 
 ing;  or,  as  before,  they  shall  be  acceptable. 
 For  the  Heb.  will  bear  either  interpretation. 
 Therefore  also  in  the  Gr.,  these  two  phrases 
 are  used  as  one,  '  He  shall  be,'  Mark  x.  44, 
 and  '  Let  him  be,'  Matt.  xx.  27.  Of  the 
 word  '  acceptation,'  see  the  notes  on  Ps.  v. 
 13.  My  redeemer,]  Or  deliverer:  the 
 Heb.  Goel  is  interpreted  in  the  Gr.  hy  both 
 these,  Rom.  xi.  20,  from  Is.  lix.  20;  Acts 
 vii.  35.  The  word  is  of  large  use,  for  re- 
 deeming of  things  sold  or  mortgaged,  Lev. 
 XXV.  but  applied  to  redemption  or  deliverance 
 from  danger,  Ps.  Ixix.  19;  from  violence,  Ps. 
 Ixxii.  14;  from  corruption,  Ps.  ciii.  4;  from 
 the  enemy's  hand,  Ps.  cvi.  10;  from  death, 
 Hos.  xiii.  14;  and  from  all  evil,  Gen.  xlviii. 
 16.  And  in  special,  one  that  challengeth  or 
 redeemeth  any  person  or  thing  that  was  be- 
 fore alienated,  and  restoreth  it  to  the  first 
 estate,  by  right  of  kindred,  is  called  by  this 
 name,  1  Kings  xvi.  11 ;  Ruth  xxxix.  12,  13; 
 iv.  1,3,  &c.  Therefore  is  this  title  given  to 
 God  and  Christ,  who  is  our  redeemer,  and 
 allied  luito  us,  as  concerning  the  flesh,  Is. 
 xliii.  14;  xliv.  6;  xlvii.  4;  1  Thess.  i.  10; 
 Ileb.  ii.  14,  15. 
 
 PSALM    XX. 
 
 The  church  hlesseth  the  king  in  his  exploits:  6.  Promiseth  thankful- 
 ness, 7.  testifieth  confidence  in  God's  succour;  8.  and  triumpheth  by  faith 
 in  Christ. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music,  a  psalm  of  David. 
 
 Ver.    1. — Answer  thee,]   He,   O  king,       ver.  7.     And   this  sentence  is  set  down  in 
 whom  after  he  calleth  Messias,  or  anointed,       Jacob's  words,   Gen.   xxxv.    3,   as  after  ho 
 
454 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 *  Jehovah  answer  thee  in  day  of  distress,  the  name  of  the  God 
 of  Jacob  set  thee  on  high.  ^  Send  thy  help  from  the  sanctuary, 
 and  upliold  thee  out  of  Zion.  *  He  remember  all  thy  oblations, 
 and  thy  burnt -offering  he  turn  to  ashes,  Selah.  *  He  give  to  thee, 
 according  to  thy  lieart,  and  fulfil  all  thy  counsel.  ®  We  will  shout 
 in  thy  salvation,  and  in  the  name  of  our  God  set  up  the  banner, 
 Jehovah  fulfil  all  thy  petitions.  ^  Now  I  know  that  Jehovah  saveth 
 liis  anointed,  answeretli  him  out  of  the  heavens  of  his  holiness, 
 with  powers  the  salvation  of  his  right  hand.  *  These  (jnake  men- 
 tion) of  chariots,  and  tliese  of  horses :  but  we  make  mention  of  the 
 name  of  Jehovah  our  God.  ®  They  stoop  down  and  fall,  but  we 
 rise  up  and  stand  upright.  "  Jehovah  save  thou  the  king,  he  answer 
 us  in  the  day  we  call. 
 
 mentioneth  the  God  of  Jacob.  And  the 
 whole  psalm  is  a  prophecy  of  Christ's  suffer- 
 ings, and  his  deliverances  out  of  them,  for 
 wliich  the  church  with  him  triumpheth.  For 
 answer,  the  church  saith,  'accept  thy 
 prayer.'  Set  thee  on  high,]  In  a  high 
 refuge,  and  so  defend  and  Iteep  thee  safe: 
 see  Ps.  ix.  10.  As  God's  name,  even '  his  only, 
 is  advanced  high,'  Ps.  cxlviii.  13,  so  is  it  also 
 a  '  strong  tower  which  the  righteous  runneth 
 unto,  and  is  set  on  high,'  Prov.  xviii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  3. — From  the  sanctuary,]  Or 
 sanctity.  Thus  the  tabernacle  was  called, 
 Lev.  xvi.  2,  and  the  temple,  1  Kings  viii. 
 10,  as  being  the  place  of  'holiness,'  for  the 
 presence  of  God  there. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Remember  all  thy  obla- 
 tions,] This  hath  respect  to  the  law,  which 
 appointeth  part  of  the  oblation  (or  meat-of- 
 fering) to  be  burnt  on  the  altar  unto  God, 
 with  oil  and  incense  '  in-  a  memorial,'  Lev. 
 ii.  2.  The  Heb.  Minchah,  is  generally  a 
 gift  or  present  carried  to  any,  Ps.  xlv.  13; 
 ixxii.  10;  Gen.  xxxii.  13;  and  in  special,  'a 
 gift  or  oblation  '  presented  to  God,  Gen.  iv. 
 3 — 5;  Ps.  xcvi.  8;  most  specially  '  the  obla- 
 tion of  corn  or  flour,'  called  the  '  meat-of- 
 fering,' Lev.  ii.;  Num.  xxix.  The  apostle 
 in  Gr.  turneth  it  Prosphora,  an  oblation, 
 Heb.  X.  5,  8,  10,  from  I's.  xl.  6.  Burnt- 
 offering,]  Which  according  to  the  original 
 word  Ghnolah,  signifieth  an  ascension,  be- 
 cause this  kind  of  sacrifice  was  wholly  given 
 up  to  God  in  fire,  Lev.  i.  3 — 9,  13.  There- 
 fore in  Gr.  it  is  translated  holocaidoma,  that 
 is,  a  whole  hurnt -offering.  Turn  to 
 ASHES,]  That  is,  consume  to  ashes  with 
 heavenly  fire:  for  so  God  approved  and  ac- 
 cepted the  sacrifices  of  his  people,  Lev.  ix. 
 24,  1  Kings  xviii.  28. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Fulfil  all  thy  counsel,]  Or 
 accomplish  it:  Counsel  is  as  empty  if  it  be 
 not  efltjcled  and  accomplished ;  and  the  per- 
 
 formance is  as  the  filling  thereof.  So  to  fill 
 or  accomplish  petitions  in  the  verse  follow- 
 ing: to  fulfil  joy,  John  iii.  29;  xv.  11;  to 
 fultil  words,  is  to  confirm  them,  1  Kings  i. 
 14;  and  to  perform  or  effect  them,  I  Kings 
 ii.  27. 
 
 Ver.  6. — We  will  shout,]  Or,  that  we 
 may  shout,  or  shrill.  For  these  two  phrases 
 are  used  indifierently.  See  the  note  on  Ps. 
 xliii.  4.  Thy  salvation,]  Which  thou  (O 
 king)  hast  received;  or  which  thou  (O  God) 
 hast  given.  Set  up  the  banner,]  Or, dis- 
 play the  flag  or  ensign,  which  was  for  tii- 
 umph  and  victory,  to  honour  God,  and  to 
 terrify  the  enemies,  Song  vi.  3,  9. 
 
 Ver.  7. — His  anointed,]  Or  Messias, 
 that  is,  his  king,  verse  10;  Ps.  ii.  6.  With 
 Po\VERS  THE  salvation,]  That  is.  with  full 
 power  (or  puissance,)  even  with  the  salva- 
 tion of  his  right  hand.  For  God's  right 
 hand  is  of  wondrous  excellent  force,  and 
 doth  valiantly,  Exod.  xv.  6;  Ps.  cxviii.  16; 
 Ixxxix.  14. 
 
 Ver.  8. — These,]  That  is,  Some  mention 
 chariots  and  some  horses.  Chariot  is  used 
 for  chariots,  as  also  in  Ps.  Ixviii.  IS  ;  bird  for 
 birds,  Ps.  viii.  9  ;  angel  for  angels,  Ps. 
 xxxiv.  8.  Make  mention  of  the  name,] 
 Tliat  is,  make  it  to  be  known  and  to  be  re- 
 membered with  honour,  Ps.  xlv.  18;  Is.  xlix. 
 1  ;  2  Sam.  xviii.  18. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Stand  upright,]  Or,  set  our- 
 selves sure  to  continue  yet.  So  after  in  Ps. 
 cxlvi.  9;  cxlvii.  6. 
 
 Ver.  10.— The  king,  he  answer  us,] 
 By  the  king  here  seemeth  to  be  meant 
 Christ,  of  whom  this  whole  psalm  is  com- 
 posed: as  also  the  Chald.  paraphrast  under- 
 stood it,  and  therefore  explained  this  verse 
 thus;  'O  word  of  the  Lord,  redeem  us ;  O 
 mighty  king,  receive  our  prayer  in  the  day  of 
 our  invocation.'  But  the  seventy  (not  keeping 
 the  distinctions)  turn  it  in  Gr.  thus;  "Lord, 
 
PSALM    XXI. 
 
 455 
 
 PSALM    XXL 
 
 The  king  giveth  thanks  for  many  hlessijigs  received.  8.  He  profess- 
 eih  his  confidence  of  further  grace,  and  prophesieth  the  destruction  of 
 the  wicked. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music,  a  psalm  of  David. 
 
 ^  Jehovah,  in  thy  strength  the  king  shall  rejoice,  and  in  thy  sal- 
 vation how  vehement  glad  shall  he  be  1  ^  Thou  hast  given  to  liim 
 his  heart's  desire,  and  ihe  earnest  request  of  his  lips  thou  hast  not 
 kept  back,  Selah.  *  For  thou  preventest  him  witli  blessings  of 
 goodness,  tliou  settest  on  his  head  a  crown  of  fine  gold.  *  Life  lie 
 asked  of  thee,  tljou  gavest  it  liim ;  length  of  days,  ever  and  aye. 
 ''  Great  is  his  lionour  in  tliy  salvation ;  glorious  majesty  and  comely 
 honour  hast  thou  put  upon  him.  '  For  tliou  hast  set  him  to  be 
 blessings  to  perpetual  aye  ;  thou  hast  made  him  clieerful  with  joy, 
 with  thy  face.  '  For  the  king  trusteth  in  Jehovah,  and  through 
 tlie  mercy  of  the  most  high  he  shall  not  be  moved.  Thy  hand 
 sliall  find^  out  all  tliine  enemies ;  thy  right  hand  shall  find  out  them 
 that  liate  thee.  ""  Thou  wilt  set  them  as  an  oven  of  fire  at  the 
 time  of  thy  face ;  Jehovah  in  his  anger  will  swallow  them  up,  and 
 fire  shall  eat  them.     ^'  Their  fruit  from  the  earth  thou  wilt  destroy, 
 
 save  the  king,  and  hear  us  in  the  day  that  we 
 call  upon  thee." 
 
 Ver.  2. — In  thy  strength,]  Or,  for 
 thy  strength,  thy  kingdom,  strong  help 
 and  deliverance.  This  psalm,  as  the  for- 
 mer, congratulateth  the  victory  and  salva- 
 tion of  Christ,  and  is  by  the  Chald.  para- 
 phrast  applied  to  the  reign  of  king  Messias. 
 Also  the  Heb.  Isimach,  {shall  rejoice,) 
 hath  the  letters  (being  transplaced)  of  the 
 name  Mashiach,  Christ.  Shall  rejoice,] 
 Or,  ri'joiceth  continually. 
 
 Ver.  4 — A  crown,]  A  sign  of  glorious 
 victory,  and  of  the  kingdom. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Length  of  days,]  That  is,  a 
 long  continved  life  time,  Is.  liii.  10;  Job 
 xii.  12.  SoPs.  xxiii.  6;  xciii.  5;  xci.  16.  On 
 the  contrary,  'short  of  days,'  is  'shortlived,' 
 Job  xiv.  1.  Ever  and  aye,]  To  eternal 
 and  perpetual  aye.  Christ  being  raised 
 from  death,  dieth  no  more;  death  hath  no 
 more  dominion  over  him,  Rom.  vi.  9.  But 
 behold  he  is  alive  for  evermore.  Amen,  Rev. 
 i.  18,  and  ever  liveth  to  make  intercession 
 for  them  that  come  to  God  by  him,  Heb.  vii. 
 25. 
 
 Ver.  7.— Hast  set  him  blessings,]  That 
 is,  ynade  him  to  abound  with  all  manner  of 
 blessitigs  himself,  and  to  be  an  examfle  of, 
 or  to  impart  blessitigs  unto  others.  So  to 
 Abram  it  was  said,  '  be  thou  a  blessing/  Gen. 
 
 xii.  2,  the  like  promise  is  to  his  children, 
 Ezek.  xxiv.  36;  Is.  xix.  20.  With  thy 
 FACE,]  Or,  before  thy  face,  iti  thy  presence, 
 as  Ps.  xvi.  11. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Shall  find  odt  all  thy  ene- 
 mies,] To  wit,  to  puiiish  them,  as  the  like 
 phrase  importeth,  Is.  x.  10,  or, '  shall  find  for 
 all  that  is,  shall  be  enough  for  all  thy  foes,' 
 that  is,  '  sufficiently  able  to  overcome  them:' 
 so  '  finding  is  used  for  sufficiency,'  Num.  xi, 
 22;  Judg.  xxi.  14.  For  hand,  the  Chald. 
 saith,  "the  stroke  of  thine  hand." 
 
 Ver.  10 — Wilt  set  Ta-Et,i,~\OY,jnitihem 
 all  and  every  one,  as  is  noted  on  Ps.  ii.  3. 
 So  also  after  in  verse  11,  13.  An  oven  of 
 fire,]  a  fiery  furnace  ;  meaning  in 'great 
 affliction/  Lam.  v.  10.  The  time  of  thy 
 face,]  That  is,  of  thine  anger,  as  the 
 Chald.  paraphrast  explaineth  it;  for  the  face 
 showeth  forth  pleasure  or  displeasure,  favour 
 or  wrath:  so  face  is  used  for  anger,  Ps.  xxxiv. 
 17;  Lev.  xx,  6;  Gen.  xxxii.  20  ;  Lam.  iv. 
 16;  Jer.  iii.  12.  Swallow  them,]  That 
 is,  destroy  or  abolish  them:  so  Ps.  xxxv. 
 25;  Hi.  6;  Iv.  10.  Fire,]  The  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  "  the  fire  of  Gehenna,  (or  of 
 hell.)" 
 
 Ver.  11. — Their  frdit,]  That  is,  their 
 children,  called  the  '  fruit  of  the  body  and 
 womb,'  Ps.  cxxvii.  3;  cxxxii.  11;  Deut. 
 xxviii.  4;  or  their  labour,   and  that  which 
 
45  G 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 and  their  seed  from  the  sons  of  Adam.  '^  For  they  have  intended 
 evil  against  thee :  they  have  tliought  a  crafty  purpose,  bid  they 
 shall  not  be  able.  "  For  thou  wilt  set  them  as  a  butt,  with  thy 
 strings  tliou  wilt  make  ready  against  their  faces.  "  Be  thou 
 exalted  Jehovah  in  thy  strength,  we  will  sing  and  praise  with  psalm 
 thy  power. 
 
 comes  thereof;  as  Prov.  xxxi.  16,  31.  Their 
 SEED,]  That  is,  children  or  posterity,  Ps. 
 xxii.  24,  31;  xxxvii.  25;  Gen.  xvii.  7,  10. 
 Ver.  12. — Shall  not  re  able,]  To  wit, 
 to  establish,  (as  the  Gr.  explaineth)  or,  "  to 
 eflect  it."  After  this  word  can,  or  able, 
 there  often  wanteth  a  word  to  be  understood: 
 see  Ps.  ci.  5. 
 
 Ver.  13.— Butt,]  To  shoot  at,  Heb.  a 
 shoulder ;  because  the  earth  is  heaped  up 
 like  shouldeis.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth, 
 "thou  hast  set  them  to  thy  people  as  one 
 shoulder."  Make  ready,]  Or  fit,  namely 
 thine  arrows  against  their  faces.  The  Chald. 
 otherwise,  "in  the  cords  of  thy  tent  thou 
 wilt  order  thy  law  before  them. 
 
 .     PSALM    XXIL 
 
 David  as  a  figure  of  Christ  complaineth  of  his  many  afflictions; 
 \Q.  Prayeth  with  faith  for  deliverance;  \Z.  Foreshoweth  the  sundry 
 evils  which  the  wicked  would  do  unto  Christ  at  his  death.  23.  After 
 deliverance,  Christ  declareth  God's  name  and  praises  to  his  brethren; 
 27.  Communicateth  the  fruits  of  his  death  and  resurrection  to  the  ends 
 of  the  earth.  31.  TVhereupon  they  show  forth  their  obedience,  and 
 preach  his  justice. 
 
 '  To  tlie  master  of  the  music  concerning  tlie  hind  of  the  morn- 
 ing ;  a  psalm  of  David. 
 
 ^  My  God,  my  God,  wherefore  hast  thou  forsaken  me,  art  far  off 
 
 Ver.  1. — The  hind  of  the  morning,] 
 Meaning  Christ,  who  as  a  hind  was  by  Jews 
 and  Gentiles,  the  dogs,  verse  7,  hunted  and 
 worried  in  the  morning,  John  xviii.  28,  and 
 also  rose  from  death  the  third  day  early  in  the 
 morning,  John  xx.  1,  when  God  had  made 
 his  feet  like  hinds'  feet,  and  set  him  on  his 
 high  places,  Ps.  xviii.  34.  Compare  with 
 this.  Song  ii.  9,  17;  viii.  14,  where  Christ  is 
 also  likened  to  '  a  young  hart.'  And  in  Ps. 
 xlix.  15,  the  resurrection  is  called  the 
 morniiig;  for  then  thetiue  light  of  comfort 
 and  salvation  shall  appear.  A  hind  called  in 
 Heb.  Aijeleth,  hath  the  name  of  prowess  or 
 fortitude,  (as  in  the  20th  verse  of  this  psalm, 
 JEjaluth  is  fortitude,)  and  so  it  may  be 
 understood  'for  the  strength  (or  fortitude)  of 
 the  morning,'  that  is,  the  help  and  power  of 
 God  to  raise  up  Christ  from  the  dead ;  which 
 may  be  the  meaning  of  the  Gr.  translation, 
 "  for  the  morning  help."  Some  of  the  Jews 
 have  interpreted  it,  'the  morning  star;' 
 which  (although  the  word  be  no  where  else 
 
 found  in  scripture,  for  a  stai)  agreeth  also  to 
 our  Lord  Christ,  who  is  entitled,  'the  biighl 
 morning  star,'  Rev.  xx.  16.  Others  applying 
 this  title  to  tlie  music,  retain  the  Heb.  words 
 still;  Aijeleth  hashachar.  The  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  "  To  praise  (God)  for  the  mighty 
 Continual  sacrifice." 
 
 Ver.  2. — My  god,  my  god,  &c.]  Christ 
 speaketh  this  psalm  to  God  his  Father.  The 
 Heb.  is,  JFAi,  JEli,  lammah  ghnazabtuni, 
 which  words  our  Lord  uttered  on  the  cross, 
 Matt,  xxvii.  40",  (save  for  the  latter,  he  used 
 the  Syriac,  sahachtani,  of  the  same  significa- 
 tion.) At  which  the  prufane  Jews  mocked, 
 saying  that  he  called  for  Elias,  Matt,  xxvii. 
 47,  49.  Wherefore  hast  tiioit  forsaken 
 ME,]  Or,  tchy  Iravest  thou  me?  They  are 
 the  woi  ds  of  faith,  striving  in  temptation  and 
 do  imply  both  a  hope  of,  and  a  prayer  for 
 deliverance,  as  it  is  noted  on  Ps.  x.  1.  See  the 
 like  also  in  Ps.  xlii.  10;  xliii.  2.  My  roar- 
 ing,] This  argueth  great  grief  of  heart,  ut- 
 tered with  loud  complaint:  so  Vs..  xxxviii.  9. 
 
PSALM   XXII. 
 
 457 
 
 from  my  salvation,  from  tlie  words  of  my  roaring?  ^  My  God,  I 
 call  by  day,  and  tliou  answerest  not,  and  by  night,  and  there  is  no 
 silence  to  me,  *  And  thou  art  holy,  sitting,  the  praises  of  Israel. 
 *  In  tliee  our  fathers  trusted,  they  trusted,  and  thou  deliveredst 
 them.  ®  Unto  thee  they  cried  out,  and  were  safe  delivered  ;  in  thee 
 they  trusted,  and  were  not  abashed.  '  But  I  am  a  worm,  and  not 
 a  man;  the  reproach  of  men,  despised  of  the  people.  ^  All  they 
 that  see  me  do  scoff  at  me,  tliey  make  a  mow  with  the  lip,  they 
 wag  the  head.  ^  He  confidently  turned  unto  Jehovah,  let  him 
 deliver  liim,  let  him  ridhim^,  because  he  delighteth  in  him.  "  But 
 thou  art  the  drawer  of  me  forth  out  of  the  belly,  the  maker  of  me 
 to  trust,  even  at  my  mother's  breasts.  "  Upon  thee  I  liave  been 
 cast  from  the  womb;  from  my  mother's  belly,  thou  art  my  God. 
 '■'  Be  not  thou  gone  far  off  from  me,  for  distress  is  near ;  for  there 
 is  no  lielper.  '^  Many  bullocks  have  compassed  me  about ;  mighty 
 bulls  of  Bashan  have  environed  me.  "  They  have  wide  opened 
 upon  me  their  mouth,  as  a  renting  and  roaring  lion.  '*  I  am  poured 
 out  as  waters,  and  all  my  bones  dispart  themselves ;  my  heart  is 
 
 xxxii.  3 ;  Job  iii.  24.  And  Christ,  in  the 
 days  of  his  flesh,  offered  up  prayers,  with 
 strong  crying  and  tears,  to  him  that  was  able 
 to  save  him  from  death,  Heb.  v.  7. 
 
 VeR.  3 No  SILENCE  TO  ME,]   Or,   but  I 
 
 have  no  silence:  and  consequently,  no  rest 
 or  ease.     So  Job  xxx.  20,  27. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Sitting,]  Or  sittest,  that  is, 
 alidest  still  one  and  the  same;  as  Ps.  ix. 
 8;  Iv.  20;  cii,  13:  or 'sittest,' to  wit,  'still;' 
 as  Ruth  iii.  18,  that  is,  risest  not  up  to  help 
 me:  or  'sittest,'  that  is,  '  inhabitest,'  as  Ps. 
 ix.  12;  cxxxii.  15.  The  Chald.  translateth, 
 '  which  stablishest  the  world  for  the  praises  of 
 Israel.'  The  praises,]  In  Gr.,  "  the  praise 
 of  Israel;"  that  is,  "art  he  to  whom  Israel 
 singeth  all  praises  for  deliverances,  and  of 
 whom  Israel  gloiieth  in  all  time  of  need." 
 So  Moses  said  to  Israel,  '  he  is  thy  praise,' 
 Deut.  X.  21;  Jer.  xvii.  14. 
 
 Ver.  7 A  ivorm,]  That  is,  weak,  (as 
 
 the  Chald.  explaineth  it)  "wretched,  and 
 trodden  under  foot."  So  Job  xxv.  6;  Is. 
 xU.  14. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Make  a  mow,]  Make  an  open- 
 ing with  the  lip;  which  may  be  taken  both 
 for  mowing  or  thrusting  out  of  the  lip,  and 
 for  licentious  opening  thereof  to  speak  re- 
 proach. Wag  the  head,]  A  sign  also  of 
 scorn.  Is.  xxxvii.  22;  Matt,  xxvii.  39;  Job 
 xvi.  4;  Ps.  xliv.  15;  Lam.  ii.  15. 
 
 Ver.  9. — He  confidently  turned,]  Or 
 rolled;  that  is,  trusted,  as  in  the  New  Testa- 
 ment this  phrase  is  explained.  Matt,  xxvii. 
 43,  where  they  mock  at  Christ.  The  Heb. 
 applieth  this  word  roll  or  turn,  figuratively 
 
 Vol.  II.  3 
 
 to  a  confident  committing  of  one's  self,  ways, 
 or  actions  unto  another;  as  here,  so  in  Ps. 
 xxxvii.  5;  Prov.  xvi.  3;  and  Gol,  properly  is 
 '  Roll  thou,'  but  put  for  'he  rolled,  or  trusted,' 
 as  the  like  phrase,  'make  the  heart  of  this 
 people  fat,'  &c.  Is.  vi.  10,  is  thus  resolved, 
 '  this  people's  heart  is  waxed  fat,'  &c.  Matt, 
 xiii.  15;  or  it  is  the  indefinite,  'to  turn'  for 
 'he  turned;'  as  in  Esth.  ix.  15,  'to  stand,'  is 
 used  for  'they  stood. 
 
 Ver.  U. — Been  cast  from  the  womb,] 
 Tliat  is,  fro7n  my  infancy  conunitted  to  thy 
 care  aiid  custody.  So  elsewhere  he  saith, 
 '  The  Lord  hath  called  me  from  the  womb,' 
 &c.  Is.  xlix.  1.  Contrariwise,  '  the  wicked 
 are  estranged  from  the  womb,'  Ps.  Iviii.  4. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Bullocks,]  That  is,  strong 
 and  lusty  persons,  such  as  were  the  high 
 priests,  scribes,  &c.  that  set  against  Christ. 
 So  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  "peoples  like 
 pushing  bulls."  Mighty  bulls  of  bashan,] 
 Which  was  a  fertile  country,  good  to  feed 
 cattle,  Num.  xxxii.  4,  and  such  as  there  fed 
 were  fat  and  strong,  Deut.  xxxii.  14;  Ezek. 
 xxxix.  18.  The  Jews  were  the  bulls  of  Ba- 
 shan, as  the  prophets  foretold,  Deut.  xxxii 
 15;  Amos  iv.  1;  Hos.  iv.  16,  and  the  his- 
 tory showeth,  Matt,  xxvii.  Here  the  word 
 bulls  is  to  be  supplied  unto  the  word  mighty, 
 as  also  in  Ps.  1.  13;  Ixviii.  31.  See  the 
 notes  on  Ps.  x.  10. 
 
 Ver.  14.' — Wide  opened  ]  Or,  gaped; 
 and  this  also  is  a  sign  of  reproach  and  con- 
 tempt. Job  xvi.  10;  Lam.  iii.  46;  ii.  16. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Dispart  themselves,]  Or, 
 are  sundered,  that  is,  out  of  joint.  As 
 M 
 
458 
 
 S  A  L  M  S. 
 
 as  wax,  it  is  molten  in  the  midst  of  my  bowels.  '^  My  able  strength 
 is  dried  up  like  a  pot-sherd,  and  my  tongue  cleaveth  to  my  jaws, 
 and  thou  Iiast  brought  me  down  to  the  dust  of  death.  ''  For  dogs 
 have  compassed  me ;  the  assembly  of  evil  doers  have  enclosed  me, 
 t!iey  lion-like  pierced  my  hands  and  my  feet.  '^  I  may  tell  all  my 
 bones :  they  did  behold,  they  did  view  me.  '''  They  parted  my  gar- 
 ments among  them,  and  for  my  coat  they  cast  a  lot.  '^"And  thou  Jeho- 
 vah be  not  far  off :  my  fortitude,  liasten  to  my  lielp.  ^'  Rid  my 
 soul  from  the  sword,  a  lonely  soul  from  the  hand  of  the  dog. 
 '^^  Save  me  from  the  moutli  of  tlie  lion,  and  from  the  horns  of  uni- 
 corns, thou  hast  answered  me.  ^  I  will  tell  tliy  name  to  my  bre- 
 thren ;  in  the  midst  of  the  church  I  will  praise  tliee.  ^^  Ye  that 
 fear  Jehovah,  praise  him  ;  all  ye  seed  of  Jacob  honour  him ;  and  be 
 
 WAX,]  That  is,  tender,  and  melting  through 
 faintiiess,  and  fear,  Ps.  Ixviii.  3 ;  Ivii.  5. 
 Like  this  is  Job's  romplaint,  '  God  hath 
 softened  my  heart,'  Job  xxiii.  16.  So  the 
 word  following  molten,  noteth  '  fear  and  dis- 
 couragement,' Josh.  vii.  5;  xiv.  8;  Deut. 
 XX.  8.  The  Gr.  traiislateth,  "as  molten 
 wax." 
 
 Ver.  16.  Cleaveth,]  Or,  is  made  cleave 
 to  my  Jaws,  which  phrase  meaneth  inability 
 to  speak,  Ps.  cxxxvii.  6;  Job  xxix.  10; 
 Ezek.  iii.  25,  and  sometimes  extremity  of 
 thirst,  Lam.  iv.  4,  and  so  may  have  reference 
 here  to  that  thirst  which  our  Saviour  felt, 
 John  xix.  28.  Hast  brought  me  down,] 
 Or  set  and  bounded  me  in  the  dust  of  death, 
 meaning  death  itself,  or  the  grave  which 
 tumeth  men  to  dust,  Gen.  iii.  19,  the  Chaid. 
 turneth  it,  the  house  of  the  grave.  See  Ps. 
 vii.  6. 
 
 Ver.  17.— Dogs,]  The  Gr.  addeth, 
 "many  dogs,"  that  is,  "base  and  vile  per- 
 sons of  rancorous  disposition,"  Job  xxx.  1  ; 
 Prov.  xxvi.  11;  Rev.  xxii.  15;  Matt.  vii.  6; 
 Phil.  iii.  2;  Ps.  lix.  7,  15.  So  the  Chald. 
 paraphraseth,  "  a  company  of  wicked  sinners 
 which  are  like  to  many  dogs."  These  were 
 the  high  priests  and  rulers  of  Israel,  of  whom 
 it  is  said,  that  '  Pilate  knew  well  that  for 
 envy  they  had  delivered  Jesus,'  Matt,  xxvii. 
 18.  They  lion-like  pierced,]  The  origi- 
 nal hath  a  double  reading,  Caari,  like  a  lion, 
 aiid  Cam,  they  digged  or  pierced.  This 
 latter  the  Gr.  followeth:  but  the  Chald.  in 
 the  Masorites'  bible  keepeth  both  readings, 
 "  they  did  bite  like  a  lion."  This  was  ful- 
 filled in  the  nailing  of  our  Lord  to  the  cross, 
 by  his  feet  and  hands,  Matt,  xxvii.  35;  John 
 XX.  25. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Did  view  me,]  Or  see  in  me; 
 namely,  their  desire  or  lust;  or  the  affliction 
 upon  me,  they  saw  with  delight.  See  the 
 like  phrase,  Ps.  liv.  9;  lix.  11;  cxviii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  19. — For  my  coat,]  Or,  my  ves- 
 ture :  'The  soldiers,  when  they  had  crucified 
 Jesus,  took  his  garments  (and  made  four 
 parts,  to  every  soldier  a  part)  and  his  coat; 
 and  the  coat  was  without  seam,  woven  from 
 the  top  throughout.  Therefore  they  said  qne 
 to  another,  Let  us  not  divide  it,  but  cast  lots 
 for  it,  whose  it  shall  be,  that  the  scripture 
 might  be  fulfilled,'  &c.  John  xix.  23,  24. 
 
 Ver.  21. — From  the  sword,]  The 
 Chald.  saith,  "  from  them  that  kill  with  the 
 sword."  Mr  alonely  soul,]  Which  is 
 one  alone,  solitary,  and  desolate.  So  after 
 in  Ps.  xxxv.  17;  xxv.  16;  Ixviii.  7:  the 
 Chald.  expounds  it,  "  the  spirit  of  my  body." 
 Hand  of  the  dog,]  The  power  of  the  devil, 
 the  prince  of  this  world,  who  then  came 
 to  Christ,  but  had  nought  in  him,  John  xiv. 
 30.  Or  dog  is  put  for  dogs,  meaning  the  ma- 
 licious Jews  spoken  of  before,  verse  17,  and 
 hand  is  often  put  for  power:  see  Ps.  Ixiii, 
 11. 
 
 Ver.  22.— Mouth  of  the  lion,]  So  the 
 devil  is  named,  1  Pet.  v.  8,  and  wicked 
 rulers,  Prov.  xxviii.  15;  Jer.  1.  17.  The 
 Chald.  here  saith,  "  from  the  mouth  of 
 him  that  is  strong  as  a  lion,  and  from  kings 
 mighty  and  proud  like  tinicorns."  Horns 
 OF  unicorns,]  The  devil's  angels,  principal- 
 ities, powers,  worldly  governors,  princes  of 
 the  darkness  of  this  world,  &c.  Eph.  vi.  12. 
 The  unicorn  is  so  fierce,  and  wild,  that  he 
 will  not  be  tamed.  Job  xxxix.  12,  13,  &c. 
 and  his  strength  and  pride  is  in  his  horn. 
 See  Ps.  xcii.  11;  Num.  xxiii.  22;  Deut. 
 xxxiii.  17;  Is.  xxxiv.  7.  Thou  hast  an- 
 swered,] For  answer  thou  me;  a  speech  of 
 faith,  inserted  in  his  prayer;  therefore  next 
 followeth  thanksgiving.  Answering  is  here 
 used  for  safe  delivering  upon  prayer:  as  the 
 Chald.     translateth,     "  hast     accepted    my 
 
 prayer. 
 Ver. 
 
 23.— To  my  brethren,]  The  dis 
 
PSALM      XXII. 
 
 459 
 
 afraid  of  him  all  ye  seed  of  Israel,  '"  For  lie  hath  not  despised 
 nor  abhorred  the  affliction  of  the  poor  afflicted,  nor  hid  his  face 
 from  him,  and  wlien  he  cried  out  unto  him  he  heard.  ^^  Of  thee 
 shall  be  my  praise  in  the  great  church,  my  vows  I  will  pay  before 
 tliem  that  fear  him.  ^'  The  meek  shall  cat  and  be  satisfied,  they 
 shall  praise  Jehovah  that  seek  him,  your  heart  shall  live  to  per- 
 petual aye.  ^^  All  the  ends  of  the  earth  shall  remember  and  turn 
 unto  Jehovah,  and  all  families  of  tlie  heathens  shall  bow  down 
 themselves  before  thee.  ^^  For  to  Jeliovah  pertains  the  kingdom  -. 
 and  he  is  ruler  among  the  nations.  ^°  All  the  fat  ones  of  the  earth 
 sliall  eat  and  bow  down  themselves,  all  tliat  go  down  to  the  dust, 
 shall  bend  down  before  him :  and  he  that  quickeneth  not  his  soul. 
 ^'  A  seed  shall  serve  him,  it  shall  be  accounted  to   the   Lord  for  a 
 
 oiples  and  believers  of  Christ:  'for  he  that 
 Siiictififtlii  and  we  which  are  sanctified,  are 
 all  (if  one;  for  which  cause  he  is  not  ashamed  to 
 rail  us  biethreu,'  Heb.  ii.  1],  12;  John  xx. 
 17.  The  church,]  Or,  convocation,  assem- 
 bly, congregation. 
 
 Vkr.  2t>. — Of  thee,  my  praise,]  Or 
 from  tvith  thee,  shall  be  my  praise:  it  shall 
 begin  and  continue  of  thee,  thou  art  the  cause 
 and  ground  thereof.  The  great  church.] 
 Either  that  assembly  where  Christ  after  his 
 resurrection  personally  appeared  to  more  than 
 five  hundred  brethren  at  once,  1  Cor.  xv.  6, 
 or  the  great  church  of  the  Gentiles,  with 
 whom  Christ  is  spiritually  present,  Matt. 
 xxviii.  19,  20.     So  after  in  Ps.  xl.  10,  11. 
 
 Ver.  27 And  be  satisfied,]  It  was  a 
 
 curse  of  the  law,  that  men  should  '  eat  and 
 not  be  satisfied,'  Lev.  xxvi.  20;  Mic  vi.  14, 
 but  it  is  a  blessing  of  the  gospel,  that  '  the 
 meek  and  needy  shall  eat  and  have  enough,' 
 Ps.  cxxxii.  15.  '  God  filleth  the  hungry  with 
 good  things,  and  sends  away  the  rich  empty,' 
 Luke  i.  53.  The  meek  meaneth  the  regene- 
 rate, who  are  mortified  with  Christ,  and  their 
 fierce  nature  made  meek  and  humble.  Your 
 heart  shall  live,]  He  turneth  his  speech 
 to  the  meek  and  seekers  of  God,  who  should 
 eat  of  Christ's  flesh  that  was  given  for  the 
 life  of  the  world,  and  thereby  live  for  ever, 
 John  vi.  51.  The  living  of  the  heart,  im- 
 porteth  also  the  cheering  comfort  and  solace 
 of  the  same.  Gen.  xlv.  27,  the  contrary 
 whereof  is  in  the  'dying  of  the  heart,'  1 
 Sam.  XXV.  37.  See  also  the  like  promise, 
 Ps.  Ixix.  33.  The  Chald.  yieldeth  this 
 sense,  "The  spirit  of  prophecy  shall  rest  in 
 the  thougui?  of  their  heart  for  ever." 
 
 Ver.  2S. — All  the  ejjds,  &c.]  That  is, 
 the  dwellers  in  the  utmost  parts  and  ends 
 of  the  world.  A  prophesy  of  the  calling  of 
 the  Gentiles,  by  the  preaching  of  the  gospel, 
 Rom.  xvi.  26;   Eph.  ii.  1,  2,  &c.     Reme.m- 
 
 ber,]  The  Chald.  addeth,  "  remember  his 
 m.iracles."  Families  of  the  heathen,]  Or 
 kindreds  of  the  nations  ;  whereof  see  Gen. 
 X.  5,  IS,  20,  31,  32. 
 
 Ver.  29. — Ruler  among  the  heathen,] 
 To  reign  over  them  by  his  Word  and  Spirit, 
 and  so  to  be  God,  not  of  the  Jews  only, 
 but  also  of  the  Gentiles,  Rom.  iii.  29,  30. 
 
 Ver.  30. — All  the  fat  ones,]  That  is, 
 the  rich  and  mighty  personages,  fat  with 
 plenty,  Deut.  xxxi.  20.  For,  kings  and 
 queens,  and  men  of  authority  and  wealth, 
 are  also  called  to  the  participation  of  Christ's 
 grace  in  his  church.  Is.  Ix.  3,  5,  10;  Rev. 
 xxi.  24;  1  Tim.  ii.  1,2.  Sometimes  fatness 
 is  used  to  note  out  God's  spiritual  blessings, 
 Ps.  xxxvi.  9;  Ixiii.  6;  Ixv.  12;  xcii.  15; 
 Prov.  xxviii.  25.  All  that  go  down  to 
 the  dust,]  That  is,  the  poor  base  and 
 wretched  people,  which  for  their  misery  and 
 aflliction,  are  said  '  to  go  down  and  sit  in  the 
 dust,'  as  Ps.  cxiii.  7;  Is.  xlvii.;  xxix.  4; 
 Job  XXX.  19;  Lam.  iii.  29,  but  the  Chald. 
 expounds  it,  "  the  house  of  the  grave-  That 
 quickeneth  not,]  Or  cannot  quicken  ;  that 
 is,  the  poor  wretched  man,  that  doth  not,  (or 
 cannot,  as  Ps.  Ixxii.  5,)  '  keep  alive  his  soul, 
 that  cannot  nourish  himself,  he  shall  eat.' 
 So  to  keep  alive,  is  to  nourish,  Is.  vii.  21. 
 Or,  he  that  revived,  that  is,  cheered  not,  nor 
 refreshed  his  soul  with  comfort,  as  before, 
 verse  27,  or  he  that  cannot  keep  alive  his 
 soul,  that  is,  not  save  it  from  wrath  and  eter- 
 nal death,  by  his  own  works,  he  shall  live  by 
 faith  in  Christ.  So  this  phrase,  '  to  keep  the 
 soul  alive,'  is  used,  Ezek.  xviii.  27.  The 
 Chald.  giveth  this  sense,  "  and  he  will  not 
 keep  alive  the  soul  of  the  wicked." 
 
 Ver.  31. — A  seed,]  The  posterity  of 
 those  godly  forementioned,  for  God  chooseth 
 the  seed  with  the  parents,  Deut.  x.  15;  xxx. 
 6,  19;  Ps.  Ixix.  37;  cii.  29;  Is.  xliii.  5; 
 xliv.  3.     Or  the  seed  of  Christ,  the  children 
 
460 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 generation.     ^^  They  shall  come  and  shall  declare  his  justice  to  a 
 people  that  shall  be  born,  that  he  hath  done  this. 
 
 which  God  giveth  him,  as  Is.  liii.  10;  Heb. 
 ii.  13.  Or 'a  seed,' that  is  'a  small  rem- 
 nant,' as  Rom.  ix.  29,  the  Chald.  saith, 
 "  the  seed  of  Abraham."  For  a  genera- 
 tion,] A  race  of  God's  children,  as  Ps. 
 Ixxiii.  15;  xxiv.  6,  or,  '  to  generation,'  that 
 is,  '  for  ever,  through  all  ages.' 
 
 Ver.  32. — They  shall  come,]  The 
 Chald.  explaineth  it,  "Their  sons  shall 
 come."  His  justice,]  The  justice  of  God, 
 which  is  by  faith  in  Christ,  Ps.  Ixxi.  16,  16, 
 
 24;  Rom.  x.  3,  4.  People  that  shall  be 
 BORN,]  Hereafter  to  come;  or,  a  people  born, 
 that  is,  regenerate,  Ps.  Ixxxvii.  4,6;  John  i. 
 13;  1  Pet.  i.  33.  So  'a  people  created,' 
 Ps.  cii.  19.  That  he  hath  pone,]  Hatk 
 performed,  or  accomplished  that  justice, 
 and  all  things  appertaining  to  it.  The  Gr. 
 referreth  it  to  the  people,  "  whom  the  Lord 
 hath  made:"  the  Chald.,  to  the  "marvellous 
 works  which  he  hath  done." 
 
 PSALM  XXIIL 
 
 David,  under  the  similitude  of  a  shepherd,  shoiveth  God's  love  and 
 mercy  to  his  people,  whereby  their  faith  is  confirmed. 
 
 ^  A  psalm  of  David. 
 
 ^  Jehovah  feedeth  me,  I  shall  not  lack  ;  in  folds  of  budding  grass 
 he  maketh  me  lie  down  j  he  easily  leadetli  me  by  the  waters  of 
 rests.  ^  He  returneth  my  soul,  he  leadetli  me  in  the  beaten  paths 
 of  justice,  for  his  name  sake.  *  Yea,  though  I  should  walk  in  the 
 valley  of  the  shade  of  death,  I  will  not  fear  evil,  for  thou  wilt  be 
 
 Ver.  2. — Feedeth  me,]  Or,  ismy feeder, 
 my  pastor.  The  word  comprehendeth  all 
 duties  of  a  good  herd,  as  together  feeding, 
 guiding,  governing,  and  defending  his  flock. 
 Therefore  kings  also  have  this  title,  and  are 
 said  to  feed  their  people,  Ps.  Ixxviii.  71,  72; 
 2  Sam.  V.  2.  Hereupon  it  is  attributed  to 
 God,  and  to  Christ,  feeding  his  church,  as 
 the  shepherd  of  their  souls,  Ps.  Ixxx.  2; 
 Ezek.  xxxiv.  12,  14,  15;  Is.  xl.  11;  John 
 X.  11  ;  I  Pet.  ii.  26.  The  Chald.  referreth 
 this  to  a  former  work,  saying,  "The  Lord 
 fed  his  people  in  the  wilderness,  they  lacked 
 nothing." 
 
 Ver.  2.— Of  budding  grass,]  Pleasant 
 pastures  and  leas,  where  green  and  tender 
 herbs  do  spring.  He  maketh  we,]  Or, 
 will  make  me  to  lie  doivn,  to  wit,  for  rest 
 from  heat.  This  also  is  another  duty  of  a 
 good  herder,  as,  '  I  will  feed  my  flock,  and  I 
 will  make  them  lie  down,  saith  the  Lord,' 
 Ezek.  xxxiv.  15;  and  'Show  me,  O  thon, 
 whom  my  soul  loveth,  where  thou  feedest, 
 where  thou  makest  lie  down  at  noon,'  Song 
 i.  6.  Easily  leadkth,]  Or  comfortably 
 guideth  me;  it  noteth  a  soft  and  gentle  lead- 
 ing, with  sustaining  of  infirmity,  as  Gen. 
 xxxiii.    14;  Is.  xl.  11.     Therefore  the  Gr. 
 
 tiirneth  it,  "he  nourisheth  me."  So  Ps. 
 xxxi.  4.  By  waters,]  Or  unto  waters  of 
 rests,  that  is,  most  quiet  (or  calm)  waters, 
 and  such  as  give  rest  and  refreshing.  All 
 these  things  Christ  perforrneth  to  his  flock, 
 as  it  is  written,  '  They  shall  hunger  no  more, 
 neither  thirst  any  more,  neither  shall  the  sun 
 light  on  them,  nor  any  heat;  for  the  Lamb 
 which  is  in  the  midst  of  the  throne  shall  feed 
 them,  and  shall  lead  them  to  the  lively 
 fountains  of  waters,'  Rev.  vii.  16,  17. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Returneth  my  soul,]  Or,  will 
 return  or  restore  it,  and  consequently  give 
 it  rest.     See  Ps.  xix.  8. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Shade  of  death,]  That  is,  dark 
 and  dreadful  shadoiv;  and  in  a  manner,  the 
 very  state  of  death.  This  speech  denoteth 
 '  imminent  danger,'  Jer.  ii.  6,  '  sore  afflic- 
 tion,'Ps.  xliv.  20;  cvii.  10,  14,  'fear  and 
 terror,'  Job  xxiv.  17,  '  and  dreadful  dark- 
 ness,* Job  X.  21,  22,  whereto  spiritually  is 
 opposed  '  the  light  and  comfort  of  the  gospel 
 and  grace  of  Christ,'  Matt.  iv.  16;  Luke  i. 
 79.  Wilt  be  with  me,]  Or,  art  with  me  : 
 and  this  implieth  his  good  safety,  and  protec- 
 tion. As  when  God  said,  *  I  will  be  with 
 thee,'  Gen.  xxxi.  3.  Jacob  understood  it 
 thus,  '  I  will  do  thee   good,'  Gen.  xxxii.  9, 
 
PSALM   XXIV. 
 
 461 
 
 with  me ;  thy  rod  and  thy  staff,  tliey  shall  comfort  me.  ^  Thou 
 furnishest  before  me  a  table,  in  presence  of  my  distressers :  thou 
 makest  fat  my  head  with  oil,  my  cup  zs  abundant.  *  Doubtless, 
 goodness  and  mercy  shall  follow  me  all  the  days  of  my  life,  and  I 
 shall  converse  in  the  house  of  Jehovah  to  length  of  days. 
 
 for  God's  presence  is  a  singular  favour,  and 
 our  pre-eminence,  Exod.  xxxiii.  15,  16. 
 The  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  thy  word  shall 
 be  for  my  help."  Thy  rod,]  With  such 
 shepherds  use  to  guide  and  rule  their  flocks. 
 Lev.  xxvii.  32,  and  with  such  the  Lord 
 is  said  to  rule  his  people,  Ezek.  xx.  37. 
 Wherefore  the  prophet  prayeth,  '  feed  thy 
 people  with  thy  rod,'  Mic.  vii.  14.  The 
 '  rod  is  also  for  chastening  and  punishment,' 
 Ps.  Ixxxix.  33.  And  for  the  rebellious  God 
 hath  'a  rod  of  iron  and  indignation,'  Ps.  ii. 
 9  ;  Lam.  iii.  1.  Of  Christ's  rods  or  staves 
 wherewith  he  feeds  his  flock,  see  Zach.  xi.  7. 
 &c.  The  Chald.  translateth  "  thy  rod  and 
 thy  law." 
 
 Ver.  5. — Thou  furnishest,]  Or,  wilt 
 furnish,  and  make  ready  a  table.  This  and 
 the  things  following,  note  the  abundant  sup- 
 ply of  all  good  things  for  necessity  and  for 
 delight,  as  at  a  sumptuous  banquet,  Prov.  ix. 
 2,  &c.     So  by  Christ  the  good  Shepherd,  his 
 
 '  sheep  find  pasture,  have  life,  and  have  it  in 
 abundance,'  John  x.  9,  10.  In  presence,] 
 Or  before  them,  which  causeth  the  enemies 
 that  see,  to  grieve,  as  Ps.  cxii.  10.  Makest 
 FAT,]  That  is,  flenteously  moistenest  and 
 suppliest  with  oil  or  balsam.  In  those  coun- 
 tries they  used  to  welcome  and  cheer  their 
 guests  with  pouring  out  precious  sweet  oils 
 or  balsam  upon  their  heads,  Luke  vii.  46; 
 John  xii.  3.  It  signifieth  *joy,'  Eccl.  ix. 
 8;  Is.  Ixi.  3.  The  Chald.  applieth  it  to  the 
 priests  of  Israel,  "thou  hast  made  the  priests' 
 heads  fat  with  the  anointing  oil."  Is  abun- 
 dant,] To  wit,  with  liquor,  (as  the  word 
 importeth)/or  to  drink  my  fill. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Converse,]  Or,  quietly  repose, 
 myself,  and  dwell,  as  the  Gr.  translateth  it. 
 Likewise  the  Chald.,  saying,  "  I  shall  dwell 
 in  the  house  of  the  Lord's  sanctuary."  To 
 length  of  days,]  That  is,  a  long  lifetime, 
 ar  for  ever.     See  Ps.  xxi.  6;  xciii.  5. 
 
 PSALM    XXIV. 
 
 God^s  Im-dship  in  the  world.     3,  The  citizens  of 
 dom.     7.  An  exhortation  to  receive  him. 
 
 spiritual  Tiing- 
 
 A  psalm  of  David. 
 
 Ver.  1. — A  psalm  of  david,]  Unto 
 this  title  the  Gr.  addeth,  "  of  the  first  day  of 
 the  week:"  meaning  that  this  psalm  was 
 wont  to  be  sung  in  the  temple  every  first  day 
 of  the  week,  which  now  with  us  is  the  Lord's 
 day,  the  Christian  sabbath:  and  of  Christ  his 
 church  and  kingdom,  and  the  entertaining  of 
 his  gospel,  doth  this  psalm  treat.  In  Solo- 
 mon's temple  God  ordained  Levites  with 
 cymbals,  psalteries  and  harps,  and  priests 
 with  trumpets,  and  other  Levites  that  were 
 singers,  and  in  the  time  that  the  burnt-oft'er- 
 ing  began,  <  the  song  of  the  Lord  began  with 
 trumpets  and  instruments,  and  they  sang 
 praises  with  the  words  of  David,  and  of 
 Asaph,'  2  Chron.  xxix.  25—30.  The  Heb. 
 doctors  recording  their  daily  service  in  the 
 sanctuary,  write  thus ;  "  They  said  not  the 
 song,  but  over  the  burnt- oflerings  of  the  con- 
 gregation, and  the   sacrifices  of  their  peace- 
 
 ofltrings  that  are  spoken  of  in  the  law,  &c. 
 The  song  which  the  Levites  said  in  the  first 
 day,  was  (Ps.  xxiv.)  'The  earth  is  the  Lord's, 
 and  the  plenty  thereof.'  In  the  second  (day) 
 they  said  (the  xlviii.  Psalm.)  'Great  is  the 
 Lord,  and  praised  vehemently  in  the  city  of 
 our  God,'  &c.  In  the  third  they  said  (the 
 Ixxxii.  Psalm,)  '  God  standeth  in  the  as- 
 sembly of  God,  he  judgeth  in  the  midst  of 
 the  gods.'  In  the  fourth  they  said  (the  xciv. 
 Psalm,)  'O  God  of  vengeance,'  &c.  In  the 
 fifth  they  said  (the  Ixxxi.  Psalm,)  'Shout  joy- 
 fully unto  God  our  strength,'  &c.  In  the 
 sixth  they  said  (the  xciii.  Psalm,)  'The  Lord 
 reigneth,  is  clothed  with  high  Majesty,'  &c. 
 In  the  sabbath  they  said  (the  xcii.  Psalm,)  'A 
 psalm,  a  song  for  the  sabbath  day.' "  Maim, 
 in  Mis7ieh,  torn.  3,  in  Tatnidin,  (or  treat,  of 
 the  Daily  Sacrifices,)  chap.  vi.  sect.  7 — 9. 
 The  earth  is  Jehovah's,]  Or,  To  Jehovah 
 
462 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 The  earth  is  Jehovali's,  and  the  plenty  tliereof ;  the  world  and 
 tliey  that  sit  tlierein.  '■'  For  he  hath  founded  it  upon  the  seas,  and 
 establislied  it  upon  the  rivers.  ^  Who  shall  ascend  into  the  moun- 
 tain of  Jehovah,  and  who  shall  stand  in  the  place  of  his  holiness? 
 ■*  The  clean  in  hands,  and  pure  in  lieart,  wliich  lifteth  not  up  his 
 soul  to  false  vanity,  neither  sweareth  to  deceit.  *  He  shall  receive 
 a  blessing  from  Jeiiovah,  and  justice  from  the  God  of  his  salvation. 
 "  Tliis  is  the  generation  of  tliem  that  enquire  for  him,  of  them  that 
 seek  thy  face,  of  Jacob,  Selah.     '  Lift  up  ye  gates  your  heads,  and 
 
 the  earth  helongeth.  Of  him,  and  by  him, 
 and  for  him  are  all  things;  yet  in  special  he 
 hath  chosen  Jacob's  posterity  to  be  his  peo- 
 ple, ver.  6.  Thus  David  maketh  use  of  Mo- 
 ses' doctrine,  who  said,  '  Lo,  to  Jehovah  thy 
 God  pertain  the  heavens,  and  the  heavens  of 
 heavens,  the  earth  and  all  that  therein  is: 
 notwithstanding,  Jeiiovah  set  his  delight  in 
 thy  fathers  to  love  them,  and  did  choose  their 
 seed  after  them,  even  you  above  all  peoples, 
 as  appeareth  this  day,'  Dent.  x.  14,  15.  See 
 also  another  use  of  this  doctrine,  in  1  Cor. 
 X.  26,  28,  where  the  apostle  proveth,  that 
 every  cieature  in  the  earth  may  be  used  of 
 Christians  for  food,  or  otherwise,  because  all 
 is  the  Lord's,  and  in  Christ  ours.  Plenty,] 
 Or,  fulness,  that  is,  all  contained  therein,  as 
 the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  the  creatures 
 thereof."  So, '  the  plenty  of  the  sea,'  Is.  xlii. 
 10,  the  '  plenty  of  the  city,'  Amos  vi.  8,  and 
 sundry  the  like.  That  sit,]  That  is,  dxvell 
 or  inherit,  as  it  is  noted  on  Ps.  i.  1.  The 
 like  manner  of  speaking  the  Holy  Spirit 
 useth  also  in  Gr.,  Lev.  xxi.  35,  'on  all  them 
 that  sit  on  the  face  of  the  whole  earth.'  So 
 Ps.  Ixix.  36,  and  often  elsewhere. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Upon  the  seas,]  Or  above 
 them.  The  earth  is  said  to  be  founded  (or 
 fast  settled)  upon  the  seas,  (the  heaps  of  wa- 
 ters were  called  '  seas,'  Gen.  i.  10,)  because 
 the  waters  which  naturally  '  would  stand 
 above  the  high  mountains,'  Ps.  civ.  6,  are  by 
 the  word  of  God  gathered  together,  and 
 thrust  under  the  earth,  that  the  dry  land 
 might  appear  and  be  inhabited,  Excd.  xx.  4; 
 Gen.  i.  9.  And  these  which  may  seem  a 
 most  weak  and  flitting  foundation,  yet  are 
 '  firm  bases,  and  mighty  foundations,'  Ps.  civ. 
 6;  Mic.  vi.  2,  to  magnify  God's  power,  who 
 as  he  brought  light  out  of  darkness,  so  settl- 
 eth  he  the  solid  earth  on  the  liquid  waters; 
 yea,  '  hangeth  the  earth  upon  nothing,'  Job 
 xxvi.  7. 
 
 Ver,  3, — Who  shall  ascend,]  The 
 Chald.  paraphraseth,  "  Who  shall  be  worthy 
 to  ascend  unto  the  mountain  of  the  house  of 
 the  sanctuary  of  the  Lord  ? 
 
 Ver.  4. — The  clean  in  hands,]  He 
 whose  hands  or  palms  arc  clean,  or  free  of 
 
 evil.  So  Job  xvii.  9.  This  noteth  '  good 
 works,  as  pureness  of  heart  meaneth  holy 
 faith  and  aflections,'  Acts  xv.  9.  Not  lifted 
 DP  his  soul,]  Or,  my  soul.  The  Heb.  hath 
 two  readings  ;  by  the  letters  in  the  line,  'his 
 soul,'  and  in  the  margin,  '  my  soul;'  as  if  this 
 were  spoken  in  the  person  of  God,  and  of 
 him;  which  then  may  be  understood  of 
 swearing.  For  this  form  of  words  is  used  in 
 the  third  commandment,  Exod.  ii.  '  Thou 
 Shalt  not  lift  up  (or  take  up)  the  name  of  Je- 
 hovah thy  God  to  false  vanity.'  But  i'or 
 'name,'  here  is  put  'soul.'  And  God  is  said  to 
 swear  '  by  his  soul,'  that  is,  'by  himself,'  or 
 '  his  life,'  Jer.  li.  14:  Amos  vi.  8.  It  was 
 also  the  wont  in  Israel  to  take  an  oath  thus, 
 '  As  the  Lord  liveth,  and  as  thy  soul  liveth,' 
 1  Sam.  XX.  3;  2  Kings  ii.  2,  4,  6.  Also 
 concerning  a  man's  own  soul,  in  swearing  this 
 form  was  used,  '  I  call  God  for  a  record  against 
 my  soul,'  2  Cor.  i.  23.  And  thus  the 
 Chald.  expounds  it,  "  which  hath  not  sworn 
 in  vain  to  the  condemnation  of  his  soul." 
 Otherwise,  if  this  be  not  understood  of  vain 
 swearing,  the  meaning  is,  he  that  '  affecteth 
 not,'  or,  '  legardeth  not  vanity;'  for  so  the 
 lifting  up  of  the  soul  also  signilieth;  see  Ps. 
 xxv.  1,     To  DECEIT,]  Or,  deceitfully. 
 
 Ver.  5 He  shall  receive,]  Or  shall 
 
 take  up,  or  hear  away  a  blessing.  Jus- 
 tice,] Or,  righteousness;  whereot  see  Phil, 
 iii.  9;  Ps.  Ixix.  28.  Hereby  also  may  be 
 meant  a  benefit,  the  fruit  or  reward  of  righ- 
 teousness. The  Gr.  turneth  it  "  mercy,"  or 
 '•alms:"  and  by  justice,  mercies  and  bene- 
 fits are  sometimes  meant,  Judg.  v.  11;  Ps. 
 cxii.  9  ;  Dan.  iv.  24. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Of  Jacob,]  Understand,  this 
 is  the  generation  of  Jacob,}  or,  this  is  Ja- 
 cob;  these  are  true  Israelites,  whom  God  will 
 acknowledge  for  his,  John  i.  47;  Rom.  ix. 
 6.  Jacob  when  he  wrestled  with  an  angel, 
 saw  God  face  to  face,  and  called  the  place 
 Peniel,  that  is,  '  God's  face  '  or  '  presence ;' 
 there  he  wept  and  prayed,  and  bare  away  a 
 blessing,  Gen.  xxxii.  24,  26,  29,  30;  Hos. 
 xii.  4.      That  history  hath  use  here. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Lift  up  ye  gates,  &c.]  This 
 may  first  have  reference  to  the  gates  and 
 
PSALM    XXV. 
 
 463 
 
 be  lifted  up  ye  doors  of  eternity,  that  the  King  of  glory  may  come 
 in.     ®  Who  is  this  King  of  glory?  Jehovah,  strong  and  valiant ; 
 nf  in  Knfflo      »  £,ift  up  ye  gatcs  your  heads,  and  lift 
 
 Jehovah  valiant  in  battle.        ^.^^  ..j^  j^  ^^.^^  j^-"-  --^^^^, 
 
 up  ye  doors  of  eternity,  that  the  King  of  glory  may  come 
 '"  Who  is  he  this  King  of  glory  ?  Jehovah  of  hosts,  he  is  the  I 
 of  glory,  Selah 
 
 in. 
 King 
 
 doors  of  the  temple,  into  which  '  the  ark  (the 
 glory  of  Israel,'  1  Sam.iv.  21,)  should  enter; 
 oil  which  ark,  between  the  cherubims,  God  was 
 said  'to  dwell,'  1  Sam.  iv.  4 ;  1  Kings  viii.  1, 
 &c.  So  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  gates  of 
 the  house  of  the  sanctuary  ;"  though  in  the  9th. 
 verse  otherwise,  saying,  '  lift  up,  O  ye  gates 
 of  the  garden  of  Eden,  your  heads;'  secondly, 
 it  may  be  referred  to  Christians,  which  are 
 the  true  'temple  of  God,'  1  Cor.  iii.  17,  at 
 the  door  of  whose  hearts  he  knocketh  to  have 
 entrance,  Rev.  iii.  20.  Doors  of  eter- 
 nity,] That  is.  strong,  diirable,  everlast- 
 ing doors:  which  being  referred  to  the  doors 
 of  Solomon's  temple  note  '  the  perpetual 
 abiding  of  God's  ark  therein,'  as  1  Kings  ix. 
 3  ;  Ps.  cxxxii.  13,  14;  whereas  before  the  ark 
 was  removed  from  place  to  place,  1  Chron. 
 xvii.  5.     Or  being  applied  to  Christians,  it 
 
 noteth  the  '  eternal  duration  of  the  church.' 
 That  enter  may,]  Or,  and  enter  shall  the 
 King  of  glory,  that  is,  the  glorious  King; 
 So  Christ  is  called  the  '  Lord  of  glory,'  1 
 Cor.  ii.  8;  James  ii.  1,  and  the  '  opening  of 
 the  doors  before  him,'  signilieth  'his  entrance 
 into,  and  administration  of  the  kingdom,'  as 
 Is.  xlv.  1. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Jehovah  of  hosts,]  Or,  as 
 the  Heb.  is,  Jehovah  Tsebaoth,  for  so  the 
 word  is  used  liy  the  apostles,  untranslated  in 
 the  Gr.  Sabaoth,  Rom.  ix.  29;  James  v.  4. 
 It  signifieth  hosts  or  armies  standing  ready 
 in  martial  order,  and  in  battle  array,  and 
 comprehendeth  all  creatures  in  heaven  and 
 in  earth,  which  are  bound  to  do  the  will  of 
 God,  Gen.  ii.  1;  1  Kings  xxii.  19;  Exod. 
 xii.  41. 
 
 PSALM  XXV. 
 
 David's  desire  and  confideyice  in  God.  4.  He  pray eth  for  instruction; 
 7.  and  for  re/nission  of  sins.  8.  He  ceJehrateth  God's  goodness  and 
 mercy  to  such  as  fear  him.  15.  He  pray  eth  for  deliverance  out  of  his 
 afflictions,  and  for  the  redemption  of  Israel. 
 
 '  A  psalm  of  David. 
 
 Unto  thee  Jehovah,  lift  I  up  my  soul, 
 
 ^  My  God,  in  thee  do  I  trust,  let  me  not  abaslied :  let  not  my 
 enemies  show  gladness  over  me. 
 
 ^  Yea  all  that  earnestly  expect  thee,  sliall  not  be  abashed  ;  tliey 
 shall  be  abashed,  that  unfaithfully  transgress  in  vain. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Of  David,]  This  psalm  is 
 composed  after  the  order  of  the  Heb.  letters 
 or  alphabet :  which  care  denoteth  the  weight 
 and  excellency  of  the  matter  in  it.  The 
 same  is  to  be  observed  of  some  other  psalms, 
 as  the  xxxiv.  xxxvii.  cxi.  cxii.  cxix.  cxlv. 
 Lift  I  up  my  soul,]  The  Chald.  addeth, 
 "  in  prayer."  This  signifieth  an  earnest 
 desire,  with  delight  and  expectation  or  hope  to 
 have  what  he  would.  For  to  '  lift  up  the 
 soul,  is  to  '  desire,'  Jer.  xxii.  27;  xliv.  14; 
 and  a  like  phrase  in  Ezek.  xxiv.  25,  implieth 
 both  desire  and  delight;  and  in  Deut.  xxiv. 
 
 15,  the  poor  man  is  said  to  '  lift  up  his  soul' 
 unto  his  hire  or  wages,  hoping  by  it  to  have 
 his  life  sustained.  In  this  place,  every  of 
 these  hath  use,  and  so  in  Ps.  Ixxxvi.  4. 
 
 Ver.  2. — In  thee,]  The  Chald.  expound- 
 eth it,  "  In  thy  word:"  so  in  verse  3.  Not 
 BE  abashed,]  That  is,  not  disappointed  of 
 my  hope,  nor  vanquished  by  my  foes.  See 
 Ps.  vi.  11.  Show  gladness,]  Leap  up  or 
 triumph  for  joy,  as  having  got  the  victory, 
 2  Chron.  xx.  27. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Yea  all,]  Or,  Yea  any:  for, 
 '  whosoever  believeth  in  God,  shall  not  be 
 
464 
 
 PSALMS 
 
 *  Thy  ways,  Jehovah,  make  thou  me  to  know ;  learn  me  thy 
 paths. 
 
 *  Make  me  to  tread  in  tliy  truth,  and  learn  me,  for  thou  art  the 
 God  of  my  salvation ;  thee  do  I  earnestly  expect  all  the  day. 
 
 ^  Remember  thy  tender  mercies,  Jehovah,  and  thy  kind  mercies, 
 for  they  are  from  eternity. 
 
 '  The  sins  of  my  youth,  and  my  trespasses,  remember  thou  not : 
 according  to  tliy  mercy  do  thou  remember  me,  for  thy  goodness 
 sake,  Jehovali. 
 
 *  Good  and  righteous  Jehovah  is,  tlierefore  will  he  teach  sinners 
 in  the  way. 
 
 ®  He  will  make  the  meek  to  tread  in  judgment,  and  will  learn 
 the  meek  his  way. 
 
 "  All  the  paths  of  Jehovah  are  mercy  and  truth,  to  them  that 
 keep  his  covenant,  and  testimonies. 
 
 ashamed,'  Rom.  x.  10.  Earnestly  ex- 
 pect,] Or,  patiently  hope.  They  shall 
 BE,]  Or  prayer-wise,  let  them  be.  Un- 
 faithfully TRANSGRESS,]  That  deal  dis- 
 loyallt/,  contrary  to  duty,  promise,  and  trust 
 reposed  in  them.  So  elsewhere  he  prayeth, 
 that  '  no  grace  be  showed  to  such,  Ps.  lix.  6. 
 In  vain,]  Or  without  cause,  and  '  without 
 fruit,'  Ps.  vii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Thy  ways,]  That  is,  thy  true 
 faith  and  religion,  as  Acts,  xviii.  25,  26,  and 
 '  thy  guidance  of  me  therein.'  So  Moses 
 prayed,  Exod.  xxxiii.  13.  Learn  me  thy 
 paths, ]/HM»'e»2e  with  thy  paths,  ov  journeys. 
 Learning  implieth  use  and  exercise,  and 
 informing  by  customable  practise. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Make  me  to  tread,]  Or  to 
 go;  guide  my  way  in  thy  truth;  that  is,  in 
 thy  word,  for  that  is,  '  the  truth,'  John  xvii. 
 17;  3  John  iii.     So  after,  ver.  9. 
 
 Ver.  6 Tender  mercies,]  Or  bowels 
 
 of  compassion :  See  Ps.  xviii.  2.  This 
 word  noteth  the  inward  affections,  as  the 
 next,  kind  mercies,  imply  the  actions  or 
 effects  of  love.  From  eternity,]  Or,  from 
 ever.  This  in  human  alTairs  somitimes 
 meaneth  but  of  old,  or  a  long  while,  Gen.  vi. 
 4;  Is.  xlii.  14.  But  here  and  elsewhere  it 
 noteth  the  eternity  of  God's  love,  which  was 
 firm  unto  his  before  the  world  was,  2  Tim.  i. 
 9  ;  Eph,  i.  4 ;  so  showed  throughout  all  gene- 
 rations, and  is  in  like  sort  for  ever,  or  to 
 eternity,  Ps.  c.  5,  because  our  firm  happiness 
 shall  have  no  end,  Dan.  xii.  3;  1  Pet.  i.  4. 
 And  these  both  are  conjoined,  Ps.  ciii.  17. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Sins  of  my  youth,]  This 
 imagination  of  man's  heart  is  evil  from  his 
 youth.  Gen.  viii.  21,  and  of  all  man's  life, 
 youth  commonly  is  most  vain,  Eccl.  xi.  9, 
 10,   for  which   God   often  pmiisheth  men  in 
 
 their  age,  so  making  them  (as  Job  saith)  *  to 
 inherit  the  iniquities  of  their  youth,'  Jobxiii. 
 26;  Jer.  iii.  25. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Will  he  teach,]  Or  inform 
 with  the  law;  for  of  this  word  the  law  is 
 derived,  Ps.  xix.  8.  Sinners  in  the  way,] 
 That  is,  such  as  sin  and  miss  the  right  way, 
 God  will  teach  and  reduce  them:  thus  the 
 Gr.  interpreteth  it.  Or,  "  those  that  are 
 sinners  he  will  teach  and  inform  in  the  way 
 that  is  right,  or  in  his  way,"  as  verse  9. 
 
 Ver.  9. — To  tread  in  judgment,]  To 
 walk  judiciously ,  and  as  is  right  and  fit. 
 
 Ver.  10 — Mis  covenant,]  His  testa- 
 mental  bond  or  league,  called  in  Heb. 
 Berith,  which  hath  the  signification  of  bro- 
 therly or  friendly  parting,  and  of  explaining 
 the  conditions  of  agreement.  For  at  tlie 
 making  of  solemn  covenants,  '  beasts  were 
 killed  and  parted  asunder,  and  the  covenant 
 makers  went  between  the  parts,'  Gen.  xv.  9, 
 10,  17;  Jer.  xxxiv.  18.  Hereupon  is  the 
 phrase  of  '  cutting  (or  striking)  a  covenant,' 
 Ps.  1.  5;  Ixxxiii.  6;  Ixxxix.  4.  The  apos- 
 tles in  Gr.  call  it  diathekee,  a  testament,  a 
 testamental  covenant,  or  disposing  of  things, 
 Heb.  viii.  8,  from  Jer.  xxxi.  31.  And 
 there  be  two  principal  '  covenants  or  testa- 
 ments; the  first,  that  which  God  made  with 
 our  fathers,  when  he  brought  them  out  of 
 Egypt;  the  sum  whereof  was  contained  in 
 the  ten  commandments  written  by  the  finger 
 of  God,'  Deut.  iv.  13;  Exod.  xxiv.  28;  1 
 Kings  viii.  21,  'and  the  other  laws  written 
 by  Moses  in  a  book,'  called  '  the  book  of  the 
 covenant,'  2  Kings  xxiii.  2;  Exod.  xxiv.  4, 
 7.  The  second  covenant  is  '  that  new  testa- 
 mental  bond  which  God  hath  made  with  us  in 
 Christ,  established  upon  better  promises,  and 
 confirmed  by  the  blood   and  death  of  Christ 
 
PSALM   XXV. 
 
 465 
 
 "  For  tliy  name  sake,  Jehovah,  even  mercifully  pardon  wilt  thou 
 my  iniquity,  for  it  is  much. 
 
 '^  Wlio  is  tlie  man  that  feareth  Jeliovah  ?  he  will  teach  him  in 
 the  way  that  he  shall  choose. 
 
 "  His  soul  shall  lodge  in  good,  and  his  seed  shall  iiilierit  the 
 land. 
 
 "  TJie  secret  of  Jeliovah  is  to  them  that  fear  him,  and  liis  cove- 
 nant to  make  them  for  to  know. 
 
 '^  Mine  eyes  are  continually  unto  Jehovah,  for  he  will  bring- 
 forth  my  feet  out  of  the  net. 
 
 '*  Turn  the  face  unto  me,  and  be  gracious  to  me,  for  I  am  soli- 
 tary and  poor  afflicted, 
 
 "  TJie  distresses  of  my  heart  are  enlarged ;  bring  thou  me  forth 
 out  of  my  vexations. 
 
 '^  See  mine  affliction,  and  my  molestation,  and  forgive  all  my 
 sins. 
 
 the  testator,  as  the  fust  was  by  the  blood  and 
 death  of  beasts,'  Luke  xxii.  20;  Heb.  viii. 
 6,  8;  ix.  16—18,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Even  MERCiFULLy  pardon,] 
 Or,  therefore  thou  wilt  mercifully  forgive. 
 Tin's  David  taketh  from  Moses,  who  first 
 used  this  word  in  a  case  of  great  offence, 
 Exod.  xxxiv.  9,  and  it  betokeneth  to  spare 
 or  pardon  upon  pacification,  of  grace  and 
 mercy;  and  is  interpreted  by  the  apostle  in 
 Gr.,  "  to  be  merciful,  propitious  or  appeased," 
 Heb.  viii.  12,  from  Jer.  xxxi.  34.  Often 
 used  in  the  law,  for  forgiveness  upon  obla- 
 tion or  intercession  made  by  the  priest.  Lev. 
 iv.  20,  26,  31,  35;  v.  10,  13,  16,  IS,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  12 — Who  is  the  man,]  Or,  AVhat 
 manner  of  man  shall  he  be?  The  Hebrew 
 phrase  is,  "  Who  this  the  man  :"  which  also 
 may  be  resolved,  "  Whosoever  is  the  man." 
 He  shall  choose,]  That  is,  tvhich  he  shall 
 love  and  like:  or,  ivhich  he  loveth.  So 
 'chosen,'  Is.  xlii.  1,  is  translated  in  Gr., 
 "beloved,"  Matt.  xii.  18.  Or,  'which  he 
 shall  require  and  command ;'  for  so  choosing 
 sometimes  signifieth,  2  Sam.  xix.  38;  xv. 
 15. 
 
 Ver.  13, — Lodge  in  good,]  That  is, 
 continue  in  good  estate,  ease  and  prosperity. 
 So  lodging  is  for  continuance,  Job  xvii.  2; 
 Prov.  xix.  23  ;  and  for  good,  the  Chald.  saith, 
 "  the  blessedness  of  the  world  to  come:"  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  "in  good  things."  The 
 LAND,]  Meaning  '  Canaan,  the  land  promised 
 for  a  possession  to  Abraham  and  his  seed,' 
 Gen.  XV.  7;  xii.  7;  called  therefore  'the 
 land  of  promise,'  Heb.  xi.  9,  and  elsewhere, 
 'the  holy  laud,'  Ps.  x.  16,  the  '  land  of  Im- 
 manuel,'  that  is,  'of  Christ,'  Is.  viii.  8,  'a 
 land  flowing  with  milk   and  honey,  and   the 
 
 Vol.  H.  .  3 
 
 pleasantest  of  all  lands,'  Ezek.  xx.  6,  the 
 seat  of  God's  ancient  church,  and  figure  of 
 his  kingdom. 
 
 Ver.  14. — The  secret,]  Or,  the  mys- 
 tery of  the  Lord;  meaning  that  his  secret 
 favour  is  towards  them,  and  his  secret  coun- 
 sel and  mystery  of  the  faith  is  revealed  unto 
 them :  for  so  this  word  noteth,  as  when  Job 
 saith,  God's  secret  was  upon  his  tabernacle, 
 meaning  his  favour  and  providence.  Job 
 xxix.  4,  and  God's  secret  is  his 'counsel,' 
 Job  XV.  8;  Jer.  xxiii.  18,  22,  and  the  hid 
 things  of  Clirist  are  often  called  '  a  mystery,' 
 Rom.  xvi.  25;  1  Cor.  ii.  7;  iv.  1 ;  1  Tim. 
 iii.  9,  16;  Eph.  iii.  3,  4,9;  Col.  i.  26, 
 27.     So  Prov.  iii.  32. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Turn  the  face,]  Or,  have 
 respect  unto  me.  This  was  a  blessing  pro- 
 mised in  the  law.  Lev.  xxvi.  9.  '  I  will  turn 
 the  face  unto  you,  and  make  you  increase.' 
 Contrary  to  this  is  '  the  hiding  of  God's 
 face,'  Ps.  Ixix.  17,  18.  Solitary,]  Alone 
 or  desolate;  see  Ps.  xxii.  21. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Are  enlarged,]  Or,  do  in- 
 large  themselves,  do  make  wide  room.  He 
 showeth  his  heart  to  be  penned  in  with 
 straits  and  distressing  sorrows,  which  largely 
 spread  themselves  over  all.  Vexations,] 
 Or  anguishes,  tribulations,  which  press  and 
 wring. 
 
 Ver.  18. — See  my  affliction,]  This 
 phrase  is  taken  from  Deut.  xxvi.  7,  '  he  saw 
 our  affliction.'  And  it  here  meaneth,  '  a 
 seeing  and  regarding  with  compassion,'  and 
 so  '  a  redress  and  help,'  Gen.  xxix.  22;  Exod. 
 iii.  7,  8;  Ps.  xxxi.  8;  cxix.  153;  cvi.  44. 
 Sometimes  it  meaneth  otherwise,  as  in  the 
 next  verse,  '  See  my  enemies.'  Forgive,] 
 Or  lift  up,  take  away.  This  word  which 
 N 
 
466 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 ^^  See  mine  enemies,  for  tliey  are  multiplied,  and  with  hatred  of 
 violent  wrong  have  they  hated  me. 
 
 ^°  Keep  thou  my  soul,  and  deliver  me  ;  let  me  not  be  ashamed, 
 for  I  hope  for  safety  in  thee. 
 
 ^'  Let  perfection  and  righteousness  preserve  me,  for  I  earnestly 
 expect  thee. 
 
 '•^^  Redeem  Israel,  O  God,  from  all  his  distresses. 
 
 properly  signifieth  to  *  take  up  '  or  bear,  is 
 applied  to  forgiveness  of  sins,  Rom.  iv.  7, 
 from  Ps.  xxxii.  1,  and  the  phrase  hath  re- 
 ference to  Ciirist,  '  who  bare  and  took  away 
 the  sins  of  the  world,'  John  i.  29.  For 
 when  it  is  applied  to  a  man  himself,  bearing 
 his  own  sin,  it  meaneth  guilt  and  pmiish- 
 ment,  Num.  v.  .SI. 
 
 Ver.   19. — Of   violent  weong,]    That 
 is,  ?nost  violeni,  or  wrongful  haired. 
 
 Ver.  22. — His  distresses,]  Or  f/ieir 
 distresses,  for  Israel  being  put  for  the  whole 
 people,  may  have  with  it  a  word  singular  or 
 plural,  which  the  Heb.  text  also  often  useth ; 
 as,  'all  Edom  was,'  2  Sam.  viii.  14;  or,  <  all 
 Edom  were/  1  Chron.  xviii.  13.  The  like 
 is  in  2  Kings  xxiii.  30,  with  2  Chron.  xxxvi. 
 1.  'He  took,' or  '  they  took,"  speaking  of 
 the  people. 
 
 PSALM    XXVL 
 
 David  committeth  the  trial  of  himself  unto  God,  in  confidence  of  his 
 integrity)  and  good  conversation.  9.  He  pray eth  for  mercy,  \\.  and 
 pro7niseth  zipright  ivalking  and  thankfulness. 
 
 A  psalm  of  David. 
 
 '  Judge  me,  Jehovah,  for  I  walk  in  my  perfection,  and  do.  trust 
 in  Jehovah  I  shall  not  stagger.  ^  Prove  me,  Jehovah,  and  tempt 
 me  :  try  my  reins  and  my  heart,  ^  For  thy  mercy  is  before  mine 
 eyes,  and  I  walk  in  thy  truth.  *  I  do  not  sit  witli  mortal  men  of 
 false  vanity,  and  with  the  hidden  I  enter  not.  '  I  hate  the  church 
 of  evil-doers,  and  with  the  wicked  I  sit  not.  ^  I  will  wash  my 
 hands  with  cleanness,  and  compass  thme  altar,  Jehovah.     '   To 
 
 Ver.  !.■ — In  my  Perfection,]  Or,  in- 
 tegrity,  simplicity:  and  that  is,  when  a  man 
 meaneth  not,  nor  witteth  of  any  evil,  2  Sam. 
 XV.  11.  Such  a  walker  'walketh  confidently, 
 and  blessed  shall  be  his  children  after  him,' 
 Prov.  X.  9;  XX.  7.  In  Jehovah,]  Chald., 
 "  in  the  word  of  the  Lord." 
 
 Ver.  2. — Try  my  reins,]  Examine  as 
 in  the  fire  my  inmost  affections.  Tlius  Job 
 also  offered  himself  to  trial,  Job  xxxi.  6. 
 
 Ver.  3. — I  walk,]  To  wit,  continually, 
 (as  the  form  of  this  word  importeth,)  or  con- 
 verse. The  Gr.  saith,  "  I  have  pleased:"  so 
 to  '  walk  with  God,'  is  to  'please  God,'  Heb. 
 xi.  5. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Man  of  false  vanity,]  That 
 is,  vain  mortal  men,  or  false  persotis,  Job 
 xi.  11.     So  Jeremiah  saith,  'he   sat  not  in 
 
 the  secret  assembly  of  mockers,'  Jer.  xv.  17. 
 The  hidden,]  That  is,  hypocrites,  dissem- 
 blers, secret  evil  doers :  as  the  Chald.  saith, 
 "wilh  them  that  hide  themselves  to  do  evil." 
 1  enter  not,]  Or  come  not,  that  is,  have  no 
 company,  or  conversation.  So  the  word  is 
 also  used,  Josh,  xxiii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Church  of  evil  doers,]  The 
 malignant  church,  or  congregation. 
 
 Ver.  6. — My  hands  with  cleanness,] 
 Or  palms  of  innocency.  He  hath  respect 
 to  the  washing  which  God  appointed  for  such 
 as  came  to  his  altar,  Exod.  xl.  32.  Here- 
 upon we  are  willed  to  lift  up  pure  hands 
 when  we  pray  unto  God,  1  Tim.  ii.  8.  See 
 also  Is.  i.  15,  16. 
 
 Ver.  7. — To  cause  to  hear,]  That  is, 
 to  sound  forthi  or  proclaim  so  as  may  be 
 
PSALM    XXVII. 
 
 467 
 
 cause  to  hear  with  voice  of  confession  and  to  tell  all  thy  marvel- 
 lous works.  *  Jehovah,  I  love  tlie  mansion  of  thy  house,  and  the 
 place  of  the  habitation  of  thy  glory.  ®  Gather  not  my  soul  with 
 sinners,  and  my  life  with  men  of  bloods.  ^°  In  whose  hands  is  a 
 miscliievous  purpose,  and  their  right  hand  is  full  of  bribes.  "And 
 I  do  walk  in  my  perfection,  redeem  thou  me,  and  be  gracious  to 
 me.  ^'  My  foot  standeth  in  righteousness,  in  the  churches  I  will 
 bless  Jehovah. 
 
 heard.  So  Ps.  Ixvi.  8:  cvi.  2.  And  in  1 
 Chroii.  XV.  16.  David  appointed  Levites 
 with  instruments,  to  cause  to  hear,  or  to  re- 
 sound, lifting  up  the  voice  with  joy. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Mansion,]  Or  habitation. 
 This  name  is  given  to  the  tabernacle  which 
 Moses  made,  and  God  dwelt  in,  1  Sam.  ii. 
 29,  32  ;  and  afterwards  to  Solomon's  temple,  2 
 Chron.  xxxvi.  15.  And  heaven  itself  is  also 
 thus  called,  Deut.  xxvi.  15;  where  there 
 are  '  many  mansions,'  John  xiv.  2.  Of  the 
 HABITATION,]  Or  the  habitude,  the  taber- 
 nacle. The  tent  which  Moses  made  was 
 thus  called,  Exod.  xxvi.  1,  6,  and  Solomon's 
 house,  2  Chron.  xxix.  6.  In  Exod.  xl.  34, 
 35,  it  is  showed,  how  God's  glory  filled  that 
 tabernacle,  when  he  first  took  possession  of 
 it;  whereupon  it  is  here  called  the  habitacle 
 of  his  glory  (or  honour:)  and  elsewhere,  •  the 
 habitacle  of  the  Lord,'  Lev.  xvii.  4,  and  '  of 
 his  name,'  Ps.  Ixxiv.  7. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Gather  not  my  soul,]  Ga- 
 thering is  used  for  taking  away,  as  Jer.  xvi. 
 5;  Is,  iv.  1,  and  so  for  death,  Is.  Ivii.  1 ;  1 
 Sam.  XV.  6;  Ezek.  xxxiv.  29,  and  sometimes 
 is  expressed,  to  whom  they  are  gathered ;  as, 
 '  to  their  fathers,  to  their  people,  to  the 
 grave,'  2  Kings  xxii.  20  ;  Num.  xx.  24,  26; 
 and  what  is  gathered,  'the  soul,'  as  here;  or 
 'the  ghost,'  the  'spirit,'  as  Ps.  civ.  29.  So 
 David    here    desireth    '  that  God  would  not 
 
 take  away  his  life  among  sinners,'  that  is, 
 '  with  such  as  for  their  crimes  deserve  to  die :' 
 as  1  Kings  i.  21.  Contrariwise,  gathering  is 
 sometimes  used  for  gracious  receiving  or 
 '  succouring,'  as  Ps.  xxvii.  10.  Men  of 
 BLOODS,]  Blood-guilty  persons.  See  Ps.  v. 
 7.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it  "  with  men 
 that  shed  innocent  blood." 
 
 Ver.  10. — A  mischievous  purpose,] 
 Craftily  devised  evil.  The  Chald.  transla- 
 teth  it,  "counsel  of  sin;"  the  Gr.,  "iniqui- 
 ties." See  Ps.  X.  2.  This  word  is  gene- 
 rally used  for  'any  abominable  evil.'  Lev. 
 xviii.  17;  xix.  29;  xx.  14.  Full  of 
 bribes,]  And  consequently,  of  injustice; 
 for  '  bribes  cause  justice  to  be  perverted,' 
 Deut.  xvi.  19.  Contrariwise,  '  God's  right 
 hand  is  full  of  justice,'  Ps.  xlviii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  12. — In  righteousness,]  Or,  m  a 
 right,  even  and  plain  place,  as  the  word 
 signifieth,  Deut.  iii.  10;  Jer.  xxi.  13;  the 
 apostle  expresseth  the  word  by  '  righteous- 
 ness,' Heb.  i.  8,  from  Ps.  xlv.  7;  it  is  op- 
 posed to  '  crookedness,' Is.  xl.  4.  See  also 
 Ps.  xxvii.  11.  In  the  chckches,]  Or  con- 
 gregations, assemblies,  church-meetings, 
 called  in  Gr.  ecclesiais  ;  and  so  in  the  New 
 Testament,  1  Cor.  xiv.  34.  So  also  Ps. 
 Ixviii.  27.  The  Chald.  translateth,  "the 
 congregation  of  just  men." 
 
 PSALM    XXVIL 
 
 David  sustaineth  his  faith  hy  the  power  of  God:  4.  by  his  love  to  the 
 service  of  God:  9.  hy  prayer  for  God's  assistance  and  instruction.  13- 
 The  fruits  of  faith  and  patience. 
 
 '  A  psalm  of  David ;  Jehovah  is  my  light  and  my  salvation,  for 
 whom  should  I  fear  ?  Jehovah  is  the  strength  of  my  life,  for  whom 
 
 Ver.  1.— Of  David,]  The  Gr.  addeth, 
 "before  he  was  anointed."  My  light,] 
 That  is,  my  comfort,  joy,  &c.     So  God  and 
 
 Christ  are  often  called  the  light  or  illumina- 
 tion of  his  people,  Mic.  vii.  8;  Is.  xvi,  19, 
 20;  X.  17 ;  Luke  i.  79 ;  ii.  32 ;  Rev.  xxi. 
 
468 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 should  I  dread  ?  ^  When  evil  doers  made  battle  against  me  to  eat 
 my  flesh,  my  distressers  and  my  enemies  to  me ;  themselves  stum- 
 bled and  fell.  ^  If  a  pitched  host  shall  pitch  against  me,  my  heart 
 shall  not  fear :  if  war  shall  rise  up  against  me,  in  this  I  trust. 
 
 *  One  t/mig  I  have  asked  of  Jehovah,  tlie  same  I  will  request, 
 that  I  may  sit  in  the  house  of  Jehovah  all  the  days  of  my  life,  to 
 view  the  pleasantness  of  Jehovah,  and  to  enquire  in  his  palace. 
 ^  For  lie  will  keep  me  privily  in  his  pavilion,  in  the  day  of  evil :  he 
 will  keep  me  secret,  in  the  secret  place  of  his  tent ;  on  a  rock  lie 
 will  exalt  me.  ^  And  now  shall  mine  head  be  lifted  up  above  my 
 enemies  round  about  me ;  and  I  will  sacrifice  in  his  tent,  sacrifices 
 of  shouting  :  I  will  sing,  and  sing  psalms  to  Jehovah,  '  Hear,  Jelio- 
 vah,  my  voice  when  I  call,  and  be  gracious  to  me,  and  answer  me. 
 ^  To  thee  said  my  heart,  seek  ye  my  face  j  thy  face,  Jehovah,  I 
 do  seek.  '  Hide  thou  not  thy  face  from  me,  turn  not  aside  in  anger 
 thy  servant :  thou  hast  been  my  succour,  leave  me  not,  neither  for- 
 sake me,  O  God  of  my  salvation.  "  Though  my  father  and 
 my  mother  should    forsake   me,    yet  Jehovah   would  gather  me. 
 
 23;  John  i.  4;  viii.  12.  The  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  "The  word  of  the  Lord  is  my 
 light."  The  strength,]  Or  strong  fort, 
 fortification:  see  Ps.  xxviii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Made  battle,]  Or  came  near 
 against  me,  to  wit,  in  fight.  So  this  word 
 is  used  for  '  battle,'  Ps.  Iv.  19,  22.  My 
 ENEMIES  TO  WE,]  A  vehement  manner  of 
 speech,  (as  2  Sam.  xxii.  2  ;  '  my  deliverer  to 
 me:')  noting  against  whom  in  special  their 
 hatred  was  bent. 
 
 Ver.  3.. — If  war,]  That  is,  ivarriors  or 
 an  army,  as  the  word  is  used,  Josh.  viii.  11. 
 See  also  Ps.  Ixxvi.  4. 
 
 Ver.  4. — One  thing,]  Or  one  request, 
 as  is  expressed,  1  Kings  ii.  20;  1  Sam.  ii. 
 20.  For  such  want  of  words  to  be  supplied, 
 see  the  notes  on  Ps.  x.  10.  That  I  may 
 sit,]  That  is,  dwell,  or  abide.  To  view 
 the  pleasantness,]  Tosee  the  pleasantness, 
 or  amenity  of  Jehovah,  and  consequently  to 
 enjoy  it.  The  tabernacle  had  the  figure  and 
 pattern  of  heavenly  things  in  Christ,  Heb. 
 viii.  5,  which  David  in  spirit  here  desireth 
 to  contemplate.  The  Heb.  phrase  is,  view 
 in  the  pleasantness ;  and  after  in  the  13th. 
 verse  see  in  the  goodness,  which  signifieth, 
 to  have  the  fruition,  use,  and  enjoying  of 
 pleasure  and  goodness,  Eccl.  ii.  1.  And  as 
 to  'seek  in  Jehovah,'  2  Chron.  xxxiv.  26,  is 
 to  '  seek  Jehovah,'  2  Kings  xxii.  18,  so  to 
 '  see  in  the  good,'  is  '  to  see  the  good  and 
 enjoy  it.'  So  in  Ps.  cvi.  5;  cxxviii.  5;  1. 
 23.  To  enodire,]  Or  seek  early,  that  is, 
 diligently. 
 
 V^eh.  5 — Will  keei'  privily,]  Or  hide 
 
 me,  that  is,  keep  me  safe  as  in  the  most  holy 
 of  his  sanctuary,  into  which  none  might 
 enter.  Lev.  xvi.  2;  called  therefore  God's 
 'hidden  place,'  Ezek.  vii.  22;  and  his  saints 
 are  '  his  hidden  ones,'  Ps.  Ixxxiii.  4, 
 
 Ver.  6. — Sacrifices  of  shouting,]  Or 
 of  triumph,  of  joyful  sonnding  and  alarm. 
 This  hath  respect  to  the  law,  w  hich  appointed 
 over  the  sacrifices,  trumpets  to  be  sounded, 
 Num.  X.  10,  whose  chiel'est,  most  loud,  joy- 
 ful and  triumphant  sound  was  called  Trugh- 
 nah,  'triumph,  alarm  '  or  'jubilation,' Num. 
 X.  5 — 7.  So  to  other  instruments  this  tri- 
 umphant noise  is  adjoined,  Ps.  xxxiii.  3,  and 
 is  applied  sometimes  to  man's  voice  or  shout- 
 ing. Josh.  vi.  5:  1  Sam.  iv.  5;  Ezra  iii.  11. 
 See  also  Ps.  Ixxxix.  16;  xlvii.  6;  Ixxxi.  2; 
 c.  1. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Seek  ye  my  face,]  An  imper- 
 fect speech;  which  we  may  supply  and  ex- 
 plain thus,  (thou  saidst)  "  seek  ye  my  face;" 
 and  "this  thy  commandment  my  heart 
 minded,  and  spake  of  to  thee  in  my  tempta- 
 tions; and  I  made  it  a  ground  of  my  action 
 and  request  following."  See  a  much  like 
 defect  of  a  word,  in  1  Kings  xx.  34.  To  seek 
 the  face,  is  of  desire  to  see,  hear,  and  know, 
 1  Kings  X.  24;  and  to  pray  and  ask  counsel  in 
 doubts,  distresses,  &c.  2  Sam.  xxi.  1 ;  Hos. 
 V.  15.     So  Ps.  cv.  4. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Though  my  father,  &c. 
 should,]  See  the  like  in  Is.  xlix.  15.  Or, 
 '  For  my  father,  &c.  have  forsaken  me,  but 
 Jehovah  will  gather  me,'  that  is,  'receive  and 
 take  me  to  him.'  So  the  word  '  gathering'  is 
 also  used,  Judg.  xix.  15 ;  Josh.  xx.  4;  Matt. 
 
PSALM    XXVIII. 
 
 469 
 
 "  Teach  me,  Jehovah,  thy  way,  and  lead  me  in  the  path  of  righ- 
 teousness, because  of  my  enviers.  '^  Give  me  not  to  the  soul  of 
 my  distresscrs,  for  witnesses  of  falsehood  do  stand  up  against  me, 
 and  ]ie  that  breatheth  violent  wrong.  '^  Except  I  had  believed  to 
 see  the  goodness  of  Jehovah  in  the  land  of  the  living.  "  Earnestly 
 expect  thou  for  Jehovah,  be  confirmed,  and  let  thine  heart  wax 
 strong ;  and  earnestly  expect  thou  for  Jehovah. 
 
 xxiii.  37.  He  meaneth  '  God  would  be  a 
 Father  unto  him.' 
 
 Ver.  12.— To  the  soul,]  That  is.  to  the 
 ivill,  lust,  or  desire.  So  soul  is  for  will,  Ps. 
 xh'.  3,  5;  cv.  22;  Ezek.  xvi.  27;  and  for 
 'lustj'Ps.  Ixxviii.  18,  the  Chald.  expouiid- 
 eth  it  "  the  will."  That  breathkth,]  Or 
 pjifeth  out.     See  Ps.  x.  5. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Except  I  had  believed.]  An 
 imperfect  speech;  where  we  may  understand, 
 "  1  should  have  fainted,"  or  "  They  had 
 overthrown  me,  if  I  had  not  believed:"  but 
 the  Gr.  saith,  "  I  believe  to  see  the  good 
 things  of  the  Lord.  Land  of  the  living,] 
 That  is,  where  men  live  in  this  xvorld,  and 
 in  special,  the  land  of  Canaan,  the  seat  of 
 God's  church,  Ezek.  xxvi.  20,  So  Ps.  Hi. 
 7;  cxvi.  9;  cxlii.  6;  Job  xxviii.   13.     For 
 
 by  death  men  are  said  'to  be  cut  out  of  the 
 land  of  the  living,'  Is.  liii.  8;  xxxviii.  11; 
 Jer.  xi.  19;  but  the  Chald.  expounds  it, 
 "the  land  of  life  eternal:"  and  that  was 
 figured  by  the  land  of  Canaan. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Be  confirmed,]  Be  comfort- 
 able, hold  fast,  (as  the  Gr.  hath)  "  be  man- 
 ly," or  "  quit  thee  as  a  man;"  which  word 
 the  apostle  useth,  1  Cor.  xvi.  13.  These 
 are  the  words  of  encouragement  against  re- 
 missness, fear,  faintness  of  heart,  or  other 
 infirmities,  as  Deut.  xxxi.  6,  7;  Josh.  x. 
 25;   1  Chron.  xxii.  13;   Dan.  x.  19.     Let 
 
 THY      HEART      WAX    STRONG,]      So     also     the 
 
 Gr.  turneth  it:  or  we  may  read  it,  "  he 
 will  strengthen  thy  heart."  So  after  in  Ps. 
 xli.  25. 
 
 PSALM    XXVIII. 
 
 David  prayeth  for  deliverance  from  his  enemies.  6.  He  hless- 
 eth  God  for  hearing  and  helping  him.  9.  He  prayeth  for  the  Lord's 
 people. 
 
 '  A  psalm^of  David.  Unto  thee  Jehovah  do  I  call;  my  Rock, 
 cease  not  as  deaf  from  me,  lest  thou  be  silent  from  me,  and  I  be  made 
 like  to  them  that  go  down  into  the  pit.  ^  Hear  thou  the  voice  of  my 
 supplications  for  grace,  when  I  cry  out  imto  thee,  when  I  lift  up  my 
 hands  unto  tlie  oracle  of  thine  holiness.     ^  Draw  me  not  with  the 
 
 Ver.  1. — Cease  not,  &c.]  That  is,  cease 
 not  to  speak  unto  and  inisrcer  me,  be  not 
 silent  as  fumed  away  from  me:  so  the  like 
 phrase  meaneth,  Job  xiii.  13,  Jer.  xxxviii. 
 27;  or,  'cease  not  to  speak  for  me,'  as  the 
 phrase  also  importeth,  1  Sam.  vii.  8;  and  so 
 by  the  Rock  forementioned  he  may  mean 
 'Christ,'  1  Cor.  x.  4;  who  is  'our  advocate 
 with  the  Father,'  1  John  ii.  1.  And  to  be 
 silent  (or  still)  is  not  in  words  only,  but 
 deeds,  as  in  Judg,  xviii.  9 ;  1  Kings  xxii. 
 3. 
 
 Ver.  2.— Oracle  of  thy  holiness,]  Thy 
 holy  oracle:  The  inmost,  and  most  holy 
 place  of  the  temple  was  thus  named,  1  Kings 
 vi.  5,  16, 19,  20;  called  '  the  Holy  of  Holies,' 
 1  Kings  viii.  6 ;  and  tliat  which  one  prophet 
 calleth  'the  oracle,'  2  Kings  vi.  23;  another 
 calleth  '  the  house  of  the  Holy  of  Holies,'  2 
 Chron.  iii.  10.  The  Heb.  Dehir  hath  the 
 signification  of  speaking;  for  from  the  most 
 holy  place  God  spake  to  his  people,  Num.  vii. 
 89.  The  apostle  seemeth  to  express  it,  by 
 '  that  which  is  within  the  vail,'  Hub.  vi.  19. 
 
470 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 wicked,  and  with  the  workers  of  iniquity,  that  speak  peace  with  their 
 neiglibours,  and  malice  is  in  their  lieart.  *  Give  thou  to  them  accord- 
 ing to  their  work,  and  according  to  the  evil  of  their  practices ; 
 according  to  the  deed  of  their  hands  give  thou  to  them ;  render  their 
 reward  unto  them.  ^  Because  they  will  not  discreetly  attend  unto 
 the  works  of  Jehovah,  and  to  the  deed  of  his  liands,  he  will  break 
 them  down,  and  will  not  build  them  up.  ^  Blessed  be  Jehovah,  for 
 he  hath  heard  the  voice  of  my  supplications  for  grace.  ''  Jehovah 
 is  my  strength  and  my  shield,  m  him  my  heart  trusted,  and  I  was 
 holpen,  and  my  heart  showeth  gladsomeness ;  and  with  my  song 
 will  I  confess  him.  ^  Jehovali  is  a  strength  to  them,  and  he  is  the 
 strong  fort  of  the  salvations  of  liis  anointed.  ^  Save  thou  thy 
 people,  and  bless  thy  inheritance,  and  feed  them  and  advance  them 
 even  for  ever. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Draw  me  not,]  To  wit,  unto 
 death,  that  is,  destroy  me  not.  So  drawing 
 is  used,  Ezek.  xxxii.  20;  Job  xxi.33;  xxiv. 
 20;  an  example  whereof  see  in  Sisera,  Jiidg. 
 iv.  7. 
 
 Ver.  4. — The  evil  of  their  practices,] 
 This  hath  reference  to  tlie  curse  denounced 
 against  sinners,  Deut.  xxviii.  20. 
 
 Ver.  5 Not  discreetly  attend,]  Or 
 
 consider,  so  as  to  discern  and  understand 
 them.  The  like  sin  is  blamed,  Is.  v.  12. 
 Break  them  down,]  Or,  destroy:  opposed 
 to  building  up  or  edifying ;  and  applied 
 figuratively  to  men:  so  Jer.  i.  10;  xlii.  10; 
 2  Cor.  xiii.  10.  Build,]  That  is,  conserve, 
 exalt,  prosper  them.  See  the  like  phrase, 
 Job  xxii.  23;   Mai.  iii.  15;  Jer.  xii.  16. 
 
 Ver.  8.. — Strength  to  them,]  Or,  to  him, 
 as  Ps.  ii.  3,  meaning,  '  his  people,'  as  the  Gr. 
 expresseth)  "and  his  anointed  King:"  both 
 which  follow.  Or,  Jehovah  strength  is  his, 
 that  is,  kingdom  and  power  belong  to  him. 
 The  strong  fort,]  Or  fortification.  The 
 former  word  strength  is  in  Heb.  Ghnoz ;  and 
 
 and  this  strong  fort,  MagJinoz',  by  addition 
 of  a  letter,  adding  to  the  force  of  the  signifi- 
 cation. And  this  is  often  used  for  a  '  fortifi- 
 cation or  strong  defenced  place,'  Dan.  xi. 
 10;  Judg.  vi.  26.  Of  the  salvations  of 
 HIS  anointed,]  Or  of  the  deliverances  (the 
 victories)  of  his  Anointed,  that  is,  of  me  his 
 anointed  King.  This  sentence  may  also  be 
 turned  thus;  "  and  the  strong  fort  of  salva- 
 tions, his  Anointed  (Christ)  is;"  meaning, 
 "  that  the  Christ  of  God  is  the  saving  strength 
 of  his  people."  The  last  word  he  is  often 
 put  for  is,  sometimes  in  the  Heb.  text  itself, 
 as  is  noted  in  Ps.  xvi.  3. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Inheritance,]  That  is,  people 
 or  church,  Deut.  iv.  20 ;  xxxii.  9 ;  Ps. 
 xxxiii.  12;  xciv.  5;  1  Pet.  v.  3.  Some- 
 times it  is  the  land  where  they  dwelt,  Ps. 
 Ixxix.  1.  Advance  them,]  Or  bear  them 
 up,  relieve  them.  The  woi-d  is  used  for  *  ad- 
 vancing to  honour,'  Esth.  iii.  1;  ix.  3;  and 
 for  '  bearing  up,  supporting,  helping,'  as  1 
 Kings  ix.  11;  Ezra  i.  4;  viii.  36. 
 
 PSALM    XXIX. 
 
 David  exhorteth  princes  to  give  glory  to  God.  .3.  The  marvellous 
 effects  of  the  Lord's  voice.  10.  His  providence  at  the  flood,  11.  and 
 protection  of  his  people. 
 
 ^  A  psalm  of  David. 
 
 Give  ye  to  Jehovah,  sons  of  tlie  mighties,  give  ye  to  Jehovah 
 
 Ver.  1. — A  psalm  of  david,]  The  Gr. 
 addeth  to  this  title,  "  Exodiou  skenes,"  that 
 
 is,   "  of  the  solemn  assembly  of  the  taber- 
 nacle, (or  booth)"  for  the  solemn  assembly  at 
 
PSALM   XXIX. 
 
 471 
 
 glory  and  strength.  ^  Give  ye  to  Jehovah  tlie  glory  of  liis  name  : 
 bow  down  yourselves  to  Jehovah,  in  the  comely  honour  of  the 
 sanctuary.  ^  The  voice  of  Jehovah  is  upon  the  waters,  the  God 
 of  glory  thundereth:  Jehovah  upon  many  waters.  *  The  voice  of 
 Jehovah  is  with  able  power ;  the  voice  of  Jehovah  with  comely 
 lionour.  *  The  voice  of  Jehovah  breaketh  the  cedars ;  and  Jeho- 
 vah breaketli  asunder  the  cedars  of  Lebanon.  ^  And  he  maketh 
 them  leap  like  a  calf:  Lebanon  and  Shirjon  like  a  young  unicorn. 
 '  The  voice  of  Jehovah  striketh  flames  of  fire.  *  The  voice  of 
 Jehovah  maketh  the  wilderness  to  tremble  -.  Jehovah  maketh  the 
 wilderness  of  Kadesh  to  tremble.     ^  The  voice  of  Jehovali  maketh 
 
 the  feast  of  tabernacles,  mentioned  in  Lev. 
 xxiii.  36;  called  ia  Heb.  Ghnatsereth,  is 
 there  and  in  other  places  translated  in  Gr. 
 Exodion :  so  this  title  intimateth  that  this 
 psalm  was  sung  at  the  feast  of  tabernacles. 
 And  so  Maim,  in  Mianch,  torn.  3,  iu  Tami- 
 din,  chap.  x.  sect.  11,  saith  that  "every  day 
 of  the  days  of  that  feast,  they  said  a  peculiar 
 song  for  the  addition  of  the  day;  and  in  the 
 first  of  the  working  days  of  the  solemn 
 feast,"  they  said  (Psalm  xxxix.)  'Give 
 ye  unto  the  Lord,  sons  of  the  mighties,' 
 &c.  Sons  of  the  mighties,]  That  is,  ye 
 mighty  men,  or  potentates.  So  Ps.  Ixxxix. 
 7.  The  Chald.  refcrreth  it  to  the  "  com- 
 pany  of  angels."  Strength,]  Or  stro7ig 
 praise.     See  Ps.  iii.  8,  and  1  Tim.  vi.  16. 
 
 Ver.  2. — HoNonR  of  the  sanctuary,] 
 That  is,  the  honourable  sanctuary,  (as  the 
 Gr.  explaineth  it,  "  in  his  holy  court)  or  with 
 honour  of  sanctity,"  that  is,  "  with  holy  hon- 
 our. So  Ps.  xcvi.  9;  1  Chron.  xvi.  29. 
 This  phrase  is  sometimes  used  of  God's  '  holy 
 Majesty,'  2  Chron.  xx.  21. 
 
 Ver.  3. — The  voice,]  That  is,  the  thun- 
 der, as  Exod.  XX.  18;  called  'God's  voice,' 
 Exod.  ix.  28,  29.  Yet  voices  and  thun- 
 derings  are  sometimes  distinct,  as  Rev.  iv. 
 6;  viii.  6;  xi,  10;  xvi.  18.  This  word 
 voice  is  generally  used  for  all  'noise  or 
 sound,'  2  Kings  vii.  6;  1  Cor.  xiv.  10. 
 Upon  the  waters,]  Which  are  above  the 
 firmament,  Gen.  i.  7,  where  the  thunder  is 
 heard.  So  waters  mean  '  watery  clouds,'  in 
 Ps.  xviii.  12.  Or  '  above  the  waters,'  that 
 is,  '  a  louder  voice  than  the  roaring  of  the 
 waters:'  whereof  see  Ezek.  i.  24;  xliii.  2; 
 Rev.  i.  15;  xiv.  2;  xix.  6.  'God's  voice 
 shaketh  heavens  and  earth,'  Heb.  xii.  26. 
 Jehovah  upon,]  That  is,  thundereth  upon, 
 or  his  voice  is  above  many  waters, 
 
 Ver.  5. — Cedars  of  Lebanon,]  The 
 cedar  is  a  tree  tall,  strong  and  durable;  and 
 for  the  dryness  of  it,  the  timber  rotteth  not. 
 They  are  called  'cedars  of  God,'  Ps.  Ixxx. 
 11,'  and  by  him  planted,'  Ps.  civ.  16.    Leba- 
 
 non is  a  mountain  in  Canaan,  hi^h,  pleasant, 
 and  fruitful,  full  of  cedars  and  other  trees, 
 the  glory  of  that  mount,  2  Chron.  ii.  8;  Song 
 iii.  9;  v.  15;  Is.  Ix.  13;  Hos.  xiv.  6 — 8. 
 It  is  called  Lebanon,  of  whiteness,  for  the 
 snow  that  lieth  on  it,  Jer.  xviii.  14.  To  this 
 mount,  and  to  the  goodly  trees  thereon,  great 
 kingdoms  and  personages  are  compared, 
 Ezek.  xxxi.  3;  xvii.  3;  Jer.  xxii.  23; 
 Judg.  ix.  15;  2  Kings  xiv.  9.  And  the 
 just  man's  estate  in  special,  Ps.  xcii.  4. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Shirjon,]  That  is,  mount  Her- 
 man, called  of  the  Sidonians,  Shirjon,  and  of 
 the  Amorites,  Shenir,  Deut.  iii.  9  ;  and  by 
 another  name  Zion,  (not  Tsijon,  spoken  of  in 
 Ps.  ii.  6,)  Deut.  iv.  48,  for  this  Shirjon  or 
 Hermon,  lay  without  the  river  Jordan,  where 
 Og  reigned.  Josh.  xii.  1,  5;  1  Chron.  v.  23. 
 Here  also  grew  goodly  trees,  and  many  wild 
 beasts  were  kept  in  it,  Ezek.  xxvii.  5  ;  Song 
 iv.  8.  Of  Hermon  see  more  in  Ps.  Ixxxix. 
 13;  cxxxiii.  3;  xlii.  7.  A  young  uni- 
 corn,] A  fieice  untamed  beast ;  see  Ps. 
 xxii.  22,  The  Heb.  phrase  is,  "  son  of  the 
 unicorns;"  the  like  is  also  Ps.  cxiv.  4.  All 
 young  creatures,  and  things  that  come  of,  or 
 belong  to  another,  are  in  Heb.  called  "  sons:" 
 so  the  sons  of  the  coal,  are  '  sparks,'  Job  v.  7; 
 the  sons  of  the  quiver,  are  '  arrows,'  Lam.  iii. 
 13  ;  the  son  of  the  morn,  is  '  the  morning 
 star,'  Is.  xiv.  12 ;  the  sons  of  Zion,  are 
 '  the  citizens  there,'  Ps.  cxlix.  2 ;  the  sons  of 
 the  wedding  chamber,  are  '  the  bridegroom's 
 friends,'  Matt.  ix.  16  ;  and  many  the  like. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Striketh,]  Or  cutteth  flames, 
 as  the  flashes  of  lightning  with  the  thunder. 
 
 Ver.  8 — Maketh  tremble,]  Or  quake, 
 or  paineth  the  wilderness,  that  is,  the  wild 
 beasts  there,  which  being  frighted  by  God's 
 voice  or  thunder,  do  travail  and  bring  forth 
 her  young  with  pain  and  trembling.  Ka- 
 desh,] Called  also  Paran  and  Zin,  a  desert 
 through  which  the  Israelites  passed  from 
 Egypt  to  Canaan,  Num.  xiii.  27;  xxxiii.  36; 
 and  had  the  name  of  the  city  of  Kadesh  by 
 which  it  lay,  Num.  xx.  1,  16.     The  beasts 
 
472 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 the  hinds  tremblingly  to  travail,  and  maketh  bare  tlie  forests,  and  in 
 his  palace  every  one  saith  glory.  "  Jehovah  sat  at  tlie  flood,  and 
 Jehovah  shall  sit  King  for  ever.  "  Jehovah  will  give  strength  to 
 his  people  ;  Jehovah  will  bless  liis  people  with  peace. 
 
 of  the  wilderness  were  cruel,  Deut.  viii.  15; 
 xxxii.  10. 
 
 Vee.  9.' — The  hinds,]  Though  of  all 
 other  creatures  they  bring  forth  with  great 
 trouble,  '  bowing  themselves,  bruising  their 
 young,  and  casting  out  their  sorrows,'  Job 
 xxxix.  4,  6.  Maketh  bare,]  By  driving 
 the  beasts  with  the  thunder  into  their  dens  ; 
 as  the  Chald.  addeth,  "  the  beasts  of  the 
 forest;"  or,  by  beating  ofl"  the  leaves  and 
 fruits  of  the  trees.  So  the  fig-tree  is  said 
 'to  be  made  bare,'  Joel  i.  7.  Every  one,] 
 So  the  Gr.  turneth  it:  or  it  may  be  read, 
 "every  whit,"  or  "  all  of  it,"  meaning  "  of 
 his  people,"  ver.  11,  which  saith,  "glory  to 
 God,"  or  all  of  it,  that  is,  "of  his  gloiy,"  he 
 saith  (that  is,  God  declareth)  in  his  temple. 
 The  Chald.  saith,  "  and  in  the  temple  of  the 
 house  of  his  sanctuary  which  is  above,  all  his 
 ministers  do  say  his  glory." 
 
 Ver.    10. — At   the   flood,]    Meaning 
 
 'Noah's  flood,'  Gen.  vi.;  vii;  for  to  that  only 
 both  the  Heb.  and  Gr.  word  is  applied.  And 
 here  the  Chald.  paraphraseth  thus,  "  The 
 Lord  at  the  generation  of  the  flood  sat  on  the 
 seat  of  judgment,  to  take  vengeance  on  them : 
 he  sat  also  upon  the  seat  of  mercies,  and  de- 
 livered Noah,  and  reigneth  over  his  sons  for 
 ever  and  ever." 
 
 Ver.  11. — With  peace,]  Or  in  peace; 
 which  word  betokeneth  integrity,  perfection, 
 a  making  whole  and  absolute;  opposed  both  to 
 war  and  sword,  Ps.  cxx.  7;  Matt.  x.  34  ; 
 and  'to  division,  confusion,  and  tumultuous 
 disorder,'  Luke  xii.  51  ;  1  Cor.  xiv.  iJ3.  It 
 denoteth  all  prosperity,  safety,  and  welfare  of 
 soul  and  body,  and  specially  that  spoken  of  in 
 Eph.  ii.  14,  15;  where  '  Christ  is  our  peace, 
 which  hath  made  of  both  one,  and  hath 
 broken  the  stop  of  the  partition  wall,  &c.  t'c 
 make  of  twain  one  new  man  in  himself,  so 
 making  peace/ 
 
 PSALM   XXX. 
 
 David  praiseth  God  for  Ms  deliverance.  5.  He  exiiorteth  others  to 
 praise  hbn  by  example  of  God's  dealing  tvitli  Mm. 
 
 ^  A  psalm,  a  song  of  the  dedication  of  tlie  house  of  David.  ^  I  will 
 exalt  thee  Jeliovah,  for  thou  hast  drawn  up  me,  and  hast  not  made 
 my  enemies  to  rejoice  at  mc.     ^  Jehovah  my  God,  I  cried  out  unto 
 
 Ver.  1. — Dedication,]  Or  initiation, 
 which  is  when  a  new  thing  is  first  employed 
 and  put  to  that  use  for  which  it  was  made.  It 
 is  applied  to  houses,  as  here,  and  Deut.  xx. 
 5;  'to  altars,'  as  Num.  vii.  84,  88;  'to 
 walls,'  as  Neh.  xii.  27;  'to  images,'  as  Dan. 
 iii.  2;  '  and  to  men,'  and  then  it  meaneth 
 instruction,  or  '  training  up,'  as  Prov.  xxii. 
 6;  Gen.  xiv.  14.  It  is  recorded  by  the 
 Hebs.,  that  when  the  Israelites  brought  their 
 baskets  of  first-fruits  into  the  sanctuary,  ac- 
 cording to  the  law  in  Deut.  xxvi.  and  came 
 thither  in  companies,  as  their  manner  was, 
 they  sang  by  the  way  the  cxxii.  Psalm,  and 
 when  they  came  to  the  sanctuary,  with  every 
 man  his  basket  on  his  shoulder,  they  sang  the 
 clth.  Psalm;  and  when  they  were  come  into 
 
 the  court-yard,  the  Levites  said  this  xxxth. 
 Psalm,  '  I  will  exalt  thee,'  &c.  Maim,  in 
 Misneh,  tom.  3,  in  Bicmrim,  (or  treat,  of 
 First-fruits,)  chap.  iv.  sect.  17.  And  the 
 Chald.  expoundeth  this  title,  "  For  the  dedi- 
 cation of  the  house  of  the  sanctuary  an 
 hymn  of  David." 
 
 Ver.  2. —  Hast  drawn  up  mb,]  As  out 
 of  a  pit  of  waters  ;  for  this  Avord  is  used  for 
 '  drawing  of  waters,'  Exod.  ii.  16, 17;  waters 
 signifying  troubles.  At  me,]  Or  over  me, 
 for  my  ruin.  Or,  '  my  enemies  to  me,'  that 
 is,  'my  utter  enemies,'  as  Ps.  xxvii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  3.— Healedst  we,]  That  is,  help- 
 edst  me  ant  of  trouble  :  so  Ps,  xii.  5;  Ix.  4; 
 Hos.  vii.  1;  2  Chron.  vii.  14.  My  socl 
 FROM  HELL,]  Me,  Of,  my  Ifefrom  the  peril 
 
PSAI/M    XXX. 
 
 473 
 
 tliee,  and  thou  hcalcdst  me.  ''  Jehovah,  thou  hast  brouglit  up  my 
 soul  from  liell,  thou  hast  kept  me  alive  from  them  that  go  down 
 the  pit.  *  Sing  psalms  to  Jehovah,  ye  his  gracious  saints,  and 
 confess  ye  to  the  remembrance  of  his  holiness.  *  For  a  moment 
 is  in  his  anger,  life  in  his  favourable  acceptation ;  in  the  evening 
 lodgeth  weeping,  and  at  the  morning  shouting  joy.  '  And  I,  I  said 
 in  my  safe  quietness,  I  sliall  not  be  moved  for  ever.  "  Jehovah,  in 
 thy  favourable  acceptation  thou  hast  settled  strength  to  my  moun- 
 tain:  thou  didst  hide  thy  face,  I  was  suddenly  troubled.  ^  Unto 
 thee  Jehovali  I  called,  and  unto  Jehovah  supplicated  for  grace. 
 '"  Wliat  profit  is  in  my  blood,  when  1  go  down  unto  corruption  ? 
 shall  dust  confess  thee  ?  shall  it  show  forth  thy  truth  ?  "  Hear 
 tliou,  Jehovah,  and  be  gracious  to  me ;  Jehovah,  be  thou  an  helper 
 to  me.  '^  Thou  liast  turned  my  mourning  to  a  dance  to  me  :  tliou 
 Jiast  loosed  my  sackcloth,  and  hast  girded  me  with  joy.  '^  That 
 iny  glory  may  sing  psalms  to  tliee,  and  not  be  silenced  -.  Jeliovah 
 my  God,  I  will  confess  thee  for  ever. 
 
 and  estate  of  death.  So  Ps.  Ixxxvi.  13. 
 Jonah  meant  the  same,  when  he  said,  '  thou 
 hast  brought  out  my  life  from  the  pit,'  Jon. 
 ii.  6.  Of  'hell,'  see  Ps.  xvi.  10.  Them 
 THAT  GO  Dow.x,]  That  is,  which  die,  that  I 
 should  not  be  among  them  :  The  Heb.  also 
 hath  another  reading,  "that  I  should  not  go 
 down  the  pit."     The  meaning  is  the  same. 
 
 VeR.      5. —  To     THE    KEMEMBRANCE,]     Or 
 
 for  it,  that  is,  that  his  holiness  may  be  had 
 in  remembrance,  as  Is.  xxvi.  17.  So  Ps, 
 Ixvii.  12. 
 
 Ver.  6. — A  MOMENT,]  Or  little  tvhile. 
 'For  God's  anger  towards  his,  and  their 
 affliction,  is  short  and  momentary,'  as  Is.  liv. 
 7,  8;  2  Cor.  iv.  17.  Life,]  Or  lives,  mean- 
 ing a  blessing  and  the  continuance  of  it,  as 
 Ps.  cxxxiii.  3;  xxi.  5.  Life  is  here  opposed 
 to  '  a  moment.'  So  years  of  life,  mean 
 '  mp.ny  good  years,'  Prov.  iii.  2,  and  the 
 Chald.  here  for  life,  saith  "  life  eternal." 
 Lodgeth,]  That  is,  alideth  :  or  he  (meaning 
 God)  '  causeth  weeping  to  lodge,'  as  if  it 
 should  be  an  abiding  guest.  So  another  pro- 
 phet saith,  '  At  eventide  lo  there  is  trouble, 
 but  afore  the  morning  it  is  gone,'  Is.  xvii.  14. 
 Tl\e  Chald.  here  trans) ateth  the  latter  part 
 thus,  "  in  the   morning   he   raiseth   up  with 
 
 SOJlg." 
 
 Ver.  7. — In  my  safe  quietness,]  Or 
 tranquillity.  God's  children  have  so  great 
 infirmities,  that  in  prosperity  tliey  are  too 
 secure,  (as  David  showeth  here,  and  Job,  in 
 xxix.  18 — 20,)  and  in  adversity  they  are  too 
 fearful,  as  David  elsewhere  doth  confess,  Ps. 
 xxxi.  23;  cxvi.  II. 
 
 Ver.  8.— Settled,]  Or,  made  stand, 
 that  is,  reared  up,  constituted  and  stablished 
 sure.  So  this  phrase  importeth,  Ps.  cvii.  25; 
 xxxi.  9.  To  MY  BiouNTAiN,]  That  is, 
 mount  Zion,  where  David's  house  or  court 
 was :  or,  figuratively,  he  meaneih  '  his  king- 
 dom,'as  Is.  ii.  2;  Dan.  ii.  35,  44.  See 
 Ps.  Ixv.  7.  Thy  face,]  Thy  favourable 
 countenance;  the  Chald. calleth  it ''Shecinah," 
 the  divine  Majesty  of  God. 
 
 Ver.  10. — What  profit,]  Jrhat  gain, 
 (or  use)  will  there  be  '  in  my  blood;'  which 
 here  may  mean  '  his  violent  death,'  as  in  Ps. 
 Ixxii.  14.  Unto  corruption,]  The  grave, 
 or  place  where  the  body  rottcth.  See  Ps.  xvi. 
 10.  Shall  dust,]  That  is,  my  body  when 
 it  is  turned  to  dust.  The  Chald.  sailh, 
 "  they  that  lie  in  the  dust.  See  the  like  in 
 Ps.  vi.  6  ;  Ixxxviii.  11  j  cxv.  17  ;  Is.  xxxviii. 
 18. 
 
 Ver.  12 — To  a  dance,]  Which  is  a  sign 
 of  joy,  Jer.  xxxi.  4,  13;  therefore  the  Gr. 
 turneth  it  here,  "joy."  The  contrary  is  in 
 Lam.  v.  15;  where  their  'dance  is  turned 
 into  mourning.'  Loosed  my  sack,]  Or, 
 done  off  my  sackcloth  ;  which  was  wont  to 
 be  worn  in  time  of  sorrow,  Esth.  iv.  1  ;  Jon. 
 iii.  6;   Ps.  xxxv.  13. 
 
 Ver.  13. — My  glort,]  So  the  Gr.  put- 
 teth  to  the  word  n^y  ;  hy  glory,  meaning  the 
 tongue  or  soul:  see  Ps.  xvi.  9.  But  the 
 Chald.  translateth,  "  That  the  glorious  ones 
 of  the  world  may  praise  thee."  Silenced,] 
 Or  made  sileiit,  which  is,  u-heti  men  are  cut 
 off  by  death,  as  Ps.  xxxi.  18. 
 
 Vol.  II. 
 
 30 
 
474  P  S  A  L  M  S. 
 
 PSALM    XXXI. 
 
 1.  David  shewing  Ms  confidence  in  God,  craveth  his  help  ;  9-  rejoiceth 
 in  his  mercies,  ]  0.  prayeth  in  his  calamities,  20.  professeih  God's  good- 
 ness to  szich  as  fear  him  :  22.  hlesseth  him  for  the  mercies  that  he  had 
 found,  24.  and  encourageth  all  the  saints. 
 
 ^  To  the  master  of  the  music,  a  Psalm  of  David. 
 
 ^  In  tliee  JeJiovali  do  I  iiope  for  safety,  let  me  not  be  abashed 
 for  ever :  in  thy  justice  deliver  me.  ^  Bow  vmto  me  thine  ear, 
 speedily  rid  me  :  be  thou  to  me  for  a  rock  of  firm  strength,  for  a 
 liouse  of  fortresses,  to  save  me.  ^  For  thon  art  my  firm  rock  and 
 my  fortress,  and  for  thy  name's  sake  Avilt  guide  me  and  lead 
 me.  *  Thou  wilt  bring  me  forth  out  of  the  net  that  tlicy  have  hid 
 for  me,  for  thou  art  my  firm  strength.  **  Into  tliy  hand  do  I  com- 
 mit my  spirit ;  thou  hast  redeemed  me,  Jehovah,  God  of  truth.  ''  I 
 liave  hated  them  that  observe  vanities  of  vain  falsehood ;  and  1, 
 unto  Jehovah  do  I  trust.  *  I  will  be  glad  and  rejoice  in  thy  mercy, 
 which  hast  seen  my  affliction,  hast  known  my  soul  in  distresses. 
 ^And  hast  not  shut  me  up  in  the  hand  of  the  enemy,  hast  made  my 
 feet  stand  in  a  large  room.  '"Be  gracious  unto  me,  Jehovah,  for 
 distress  is  on  me ;  gnawn  is  with  indignation  mine  eye,  my  soul, 
 and  my  belly,  "  For  my  life  is  quite  spent  witli  pensiveness,  and 
 my  years  with  sighing  :  my  able  strength  is  decayed  with  my  ini- 
 quity ;  and  my  bones  are  gnawn.  '-  With  all  my  distressers  I  am 
 a  reproach,  and  to  my  neighbours  veliemently,  and  a  dread  to  my 
 
 Veb.   1. — In  thee,]  The  Chald.  saith  in  Ver.  8,— Hast  known  my  soul,]  That 
 
 thy  word.  is,  acknowledged,  care  for,  and  as  the  Gr. 
 
 Ver.  3. — A  house    of  fortresses,]  A  translateth,  "  saved  it."     See  Ps.  i.  6. 
 
 place  of  defences,  a  most  safe  hold.      David  Ver.  9. — Not  shut  me  up,]   Or,  closed 
 
 being  often  forced  to  take  such  forts  for  his  me,  tiiat  is,  not  given  me  unto  their  powtr : 
 
 safety,   did    not   make   them,    but    God  his  So  Ps.  Ixxviii,  48,  50,  62;  Deut.  xxiii.  15; 
 
 strength:  see  I  Sam.  xxii.  4;  xxiii.  14,  19;  xxxii.  30. 
 
 xxiv.  1,  23;  2  Sam.  v.  7,  9.  Ver.  10 — Gnawn,]  That  \'=.,  fretted ,  and 
 
 Ver.  6. — Commit  my  spirit,]  Or,  com-  consumed   as  with   worms:   in  Gi.,   "  trou- 
 
 mend,  dispose  of,    trust  to  be  kept.     Such  bled:''  see  Ps.  vi.  8. 
 
 words  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  uttered  on  the  Ver.  11. — Decayed,]   Or,  weakened,  so 
 
 cross  to  his  Father,  Luke  xxiii.  46.  as  one  stumbleth  and  fallelh  down  through 
 
 Ver.  7. — I  have  hated,]  In  Gr.    Thou  weakness,  Ps.  xxvii.  2.  SoPs.  cix.  24;  cv.l7. 
 
 hast  hated.    Compare  Ps.  cxxxix.  21.   Vani-  With  my    iniquity,]   Tliat  is,  punishment 
 
 ties  OF  VAIN  falsehood,]  That  is,  7?ioi<  wiVz,  due  for  iniquity;  so  the  word  is  often  used, 
 
 false,  and  lying  vanities.     The  word  vanity  Gen.  xix.  15;  2  Kings  vii.   9.     So  •  whorii- 
 
 (hebel)  here  used,  besides  vain  worldly  things  dom,'    for    the   punishment  of    whoredom/ 
 
 against  which  Solomon  writeth,  Eccl.  i.  &c.  Num.  xiv.  33. 
 
 meaneth  in  special  idolatry,  for  idols  are  often  Ver.  12. — Known  acquaintance,  j  That 
 
 called  vanities,  as  being  light,  vile,  and  things  is,  such  as  I  kneiv,  respected   and  favoured, 
 
 of  nought,   Deut.  xxxii.    21;    1  Kings  xvi.  and  to  whom  I  made  known  my  mind, estatu, 
 
 26;  2  Kings  xvii.  15;  Jer.  ii.  5;  viii.  19;  x,  &c.,  my  familiars. 
 
 15;  xiv.  22,  &c.     '  They  that  observe  lying  Ver.  13.— Out  of  heart,]  That  is,  out 
 
 vanities,    forsake    their  own    mercy,'  Jonah  of  mind,  or  7ncmory ;  for  the  remembrance 
 
 "•  8.  of  the  dead  is   forgotten,   Eccl.  ix.  5,  there- 
 
PSALM    XXXI. 
 
 475 
 
 known  acquaintance  ;  seeing  me  in  the  street  they  fled  from  me. 
 '^  I  am  forgotten,  as  a  dead  maji  out  of  heart;  I  am  as  a  vessel  of 
 perdition  '*  For  I  hear  the  infamy  of  many  ;  fcarfulness  from  every 
 side  ;  wlien  they  plot  together  against  me,  they  craftily  pnrpose  to 
 lake  my  soul.  '^  But  I,  unto  thee  do  I  trust,  Jehovah,  I  said  thou 
 art  my  God.  "*  In  thy  liand  are  my  times,  rid  tliou  mc  from  the 
 hand  of  my  enemies,  and  from  my  persecutors.  '^  Make  tliy  face 
 to  shine  upon  thy  servant ;  save  me  througli  tliy  mercy.  '*  Jeho- 
 vah, let  me  not  be  abashed,  for  I  do  call  upon  thee  ;  let  the  wicked 
 be  abashed,  let  them  be  silenced  to  hell.  '^  Let  the  lips  of  false- 
 hood be  mute,  tliat  speak  against  the  just  an  hard  ivord  in  liaughti- 
 ness  and  despight.  ^^  How  great  is  thy  goodness,  which  thou  liast 
 laid  up  for  tliem  that  fear  thee,  hast  wrought  for  them  that  hope 
 for  safety  in  thee  before  the  sons  of  Adam !  ^'  Thou  keepest  tliem 
 secret,  in  the  secret  of  thy  face,  from  the  rough  pride  of  man  ;  dost 
 lay  them  up  in  a  pavilion  from  the  strife  of  tongues.     ^^  Blessed  be 
 
 fore,  the  grave  is  'tlie  land  of  forgetfulness,' 
 Ps.  Ixxxviii.  13.  Vessel  of  perdition,] 
 That  is,  a  lost  or  broken  vessel  or  instrument. 
 SoPaulmeiitioneth  vessels  of  perdition,  Rom. 
 ix.  22.  Oi-,  a  vessel  perishing,  that  is, 
 ready  to  perish  and  be  lost ;  as  '  a  perishing 
 sheep,'  Ps.  cxix.  176. 
 
 Ver.  14.— The  infamy  of  many,]  Or 
 the  defamation  (the  ill  report)  of  mighty  men. 
 The  like  complaint  Jeremiah  maketh  in  his 
 troubles,  Jer.  xx.  10.  Fearfulness  from 
 EVERY  SIDE,]  Or,  terror  round  about.  In 
 Heb.  7nagor  missabib,  whicli  name  Jeremiah 
 gave  to  Pashur  the  priest,  signifying  that  he 
 'should  be  a  terror  to  himself,  and  to  all  his 
 friends,'  Jer.  xx.  3,  4.  This  phrase  Jere- 
 miah often  usetli,  Jer.  vi.  25;  xlvi.  5;  xlix. 
 29,  Lam.  ii.  22.  When  they  plot,]  Or, 
 while  they  consult.     See  Ps.  ii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  16. — My  times,]  Hereby  he  mean- 
 eth,  that  his  many  and  sundry  events,  trou- 
 bles, deliverances,  prosperities^  adversities, 
 life  and  death,  (for  all  things  have  their 
 appointed  time,  Eccl.  iii.  1,  2,)  were  in  the 
 hand  and  disposition  of  God.  Though  times 
 here,  as  days  in  Ps.  cxix.  84,  may  chiefly 
 be  mt'ant  of  his  troubles,  as  Ps.  ix.  lO;  x.  1; 
 but  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "the  times  of 
 my  redemption."  So  in  1  Chron.  xxix.  30. 
 mention  is  made  of  the  times  that  v/ent  ovtr 
 David,  and  over  Israel,  and  over  all  the 
 kingdoms  of  tlie  lands. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Make  thy  face  to  shine,] 
 That  is,  cause  thy  favourable  countenance 
 to  appear.  This  is  taken  from  the  bless- 
 ing prescribed,  Num.  vi.  25,  and  is  often 
 used  in  requests  for  grace.  See  Ps.  iv.  7; 
 Ixvii.  2;  Ixxx.  4,  8,  20;  cxix.  135. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Silenced,]  That  is,  through 
 shame  and  fear  be  confounded,  tamed,  quieted, 
 
 and  made  still.  The  word  is  sometimes  used 
 for  'cut  ofl",'  or  '  destroyed,'  and  so  may  here 
 be  taken.  So  Ps.  xlix.  13,  21.  The  Gr. 
 translateth,  "let  them  be  brought  down." 
 To  hell,]  Understand,  thrust  down  to  hell, 
 or,  to  the  grave  ;  as  the  Chald.  calleth  it, 
 "  the  house  (or  place)  of  burial." 
 
 Ver.  19. — An  haed  word,]  Or,  durable 
 speech;  a  reproach  which  lastelh  long,  to  a 
 man's  infamy.  The  Heb.  ghnuthak  signifi- 
 eth,  durance,  hardness,  and  antiquity,  Ps.  vi. 
 8,  and  respecteth  both  antique  things  long  ago, 
 1  Chron.  iv.  22,  and  things  lasting  or  durable 
 for  time  to  come,  Prov.  viii.  18;  Is.  xxiii. 
 18.  And  in  speeches,  it  is  put  for  an  '  old 
 said  saw,'  taken  up  and  applied  to  one's  re- 
 proach, and  so  during  long  ;  and  generally 
 for  any  hard  or  stout  speech,  1  Sam.  ii.  3; 
 Ps.  xciv.  4;  Ixxv.  6.  The  Gr.  here  ex- 
 poundeth it,  "iniquity." 
 
 Ver.  tl. — Thou  keepest  them  secret,  J 
 Or,  hidest  them  in  the  hiding  place  of  thy 
 presence,"  here  thou  always  lookest  unto  them, 
 in  secret  favour,  which  the  world  knoweth  not 
 of.  Rough  pride,]  Or  knots,  knobs,  rough 
 troubles.  The  Heb.  racas,  signifieth  knit- 
 ting or  binding  with  knots,  Exod.  xxviii.  28; 
 xxxix.  21,  from  which  a  word  is  derived,  iu 
 Is.  xl.  4,  signifying,  knotty,  knobby,  or 
 rough  places,  opposed  to  smooth  or  plain. 
 Hereby  David  useth  it  figuratively  for  rough 
 aflections  or  actions  of  men,  meaning  their 
 pride,  conspiracies,  or  molestations,  as  the 
 Gr.  translateth,  "  from  the  trouble  of  men." 
 Lay  them  up,]  Or,  hide  them.  Hereupon 
 God's  people  are  called  his  stored  or  hiddpn 
 ones,  Ps.  Ixxxiii.  4.  The  strife  ok 
 tongues,]  Plea,  or  contradiction,  as  the  Gr. 
 turneth  it,  and  the  apostle,  Jude  ver.  11. 
 
 Ver.    22. — Made    marvellously    his 
 
476 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 Jehovah,  for  he  Jiath  made  marvellous  his  mercy  to  me  in  a  city  of 
 strong  defence.  ^^  And  I  said  in  my  liastening  away,  I  am  cut 
 down  from  before  thine  eyes  ;  yet  certainly  thou  heardest  the  voice 
 of  my  supplications  for  grace,  when  I  cried  out  unto  thee.  ''^  Love  ye 
 Jehovah,  all  his  gracious  saints  ;  Jeliovah  keepetlithe  faithful,  and 
 repayeth  abundantly  khn  that  doth  haughtiness.  ^^  Be  ye  con- 
 firmed, and  let  your  heart  wax  strong,  all  that  hopefully  wait  for 
 Jehovah. 
 
 MERCY,]  Or,  marvellously  severed  it,  Ps.  iv. 
 4,  '  Showed  his  mercy  in  marvellous  and 
 liidden  manner.'  As  contrariwise  God 
 threatened  '  to  make  marvellous  the  plague 
 of  sinners,'  Dent,  xxviii.  59.  Of  strong 
 DEFENCE,]  Or,  of  siege,  that  is,  a  fortified, 
 defenced  city,  as  2  Chron.  viii.  5,  or  a  be- 
 sieged city,  as  2  Kings  xxiv.  10.  The  Heb. 
 matsor,  signifieth  both  a  fort  or  sconce,  and 
 a  siege  or  leager,  Deut.  xx.  20;  xxviii.  53. 
 Ver.  23. — My  hastening  away,]  Name- 
 ly, through  amazement  or  fear,  as  the  word 
 commonly  intendeth.  Dent.  xx.  3;  Ps.  xlviii. 
 6;  2  Sam.  iv.  8,  The  Gr.  calleth  it  an  ecs- 
 tacy  (or  trance.)  And  that  David  hastened 
 him  away  for  fear,  is  recorded  1  Sam.  xxiii. 
 26.  So  Ps.  cxvi.  11.  Cnx  down,]  Jonah 
 in  his  affliction  respected  this  speech  of  David, 
 and  changing  a  letter  for  nigrazti,  saith  ni- 
 grashti,  '  I  am  driven  away  from  before  ihy 
 face,'  &c.,  Jonah  ii.  4.  So  the  Gr.  licre 
 tianslateth  it,  "1  am  cast  awav." 
 
 Ver.  24. — The  faithful,]  Or,  keepeth 
 fidelities,  as  Is.  xxvi.  2.  The  original  word 
 signifieth  either  faithful  persons,  or  truths, 
 fidelities,'  as  Ps.  xii.  2.  The  Gr.  hath 
 "truths."  Payeth  abundantly,]  Or,  to 
 abundance,  with  surplusage.  That  doth 
 haughtiness,]  This  sense  the  Heb.  giveth. 
 The  Heb.  may  also  thus  be  Englished,  '  he 
 (that  is,  God)  doth  haughtiness,'  that  is  high 
 magnificent  acts.  For  the  original  word 
 gaavah  sometimes  noteth  God's  'high  magni- 
 ficence,' Ps.  Ixviii.  35,  sometimes  man's 
 '  haughty  pride,'  Ps.  x.  2. 
 
 Ver.  25. — "^ KSi  strong,]  Or,  he  ivill 
 strengthen.  See  Ps.  xxvii.  14.  Hopefully 
 WAIT,]  Or  persevere  with  hope  and  patience. 
 The  word  Jackal  implieth  both  a  patient  wait- 
 ing. Gen.  viii.  10,  and  a  hope  or  trusting,  as 
 the  Holy  Spirit  expoundeth  it,  Mat.  xii.  21, 
 from  Is.  xlii.  4.  For  Jehovah,]  Which 
 the  Cliald.  expoundeth,  "  the  word  of  the 
 Lord." 
 
 PSALM    XXXII. 
 
 1.  David  tcacheth  that  blessedness  consisteth  in  remissioti  of  sins.  3. 
 Hiding  of  sins  causeth  trouble,  hut  confession  givelJi  ease  to  the  con- 
 science. 8.  An  instruction  unto  voluntary  obedience.  10.  The  different 
 ends  of  the  wicked  and  of  the  just 
 
 '  An  instructing  Psalm  of  David. 
 
 O  BLESSED  he  ivhose  trespass  is  forgiven,  whose  sin  is  covered. 
 ^  O  blessed  is  the  man,  to  whom  Jeliovah  imputeth  not   iniquity, 
 
 Ver.  1. — An  instructing  psalm,]  Or,  a 
 psalm  that  maketh  prudent,  that  causeth  un- 
 derstanding. As  in  the  8th  verse  of  this 
 psalm,  he  saith,  '  I  will  make  thee  prudent,' 
 or  instruct  thee.  This  title  is  set  before  sun- 
 dry other  psalms.  Whose  sin  is  covered,] 
 meaning  'by  the  Lord,'  Ps.  Ixxxv.  3,  and  not 
 by  man  himself,  who  must  not  cover,  but 
 'acknowledge  sin,'  Ps.  xxxii.  5.  Other- 
 wise, « he  shall  not  prosper,'  Prov.    xxviii. 
 
 13.  Now  God  covereth  sins  wlieu  he  im- 
 puteth it  not,  as  the  verse  following  sheweth: 
 and  as  this  is  man's  happiness,  so  for  God  not 
 to  cover  it,  is  woe  and  misery,  Neil.  iv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Not  impute,]  Not  think,  count, 
 or  reckon.  And  this  is  an  effect  of  his  grace 
 in  Christ,  as  it  is  written,  'God  was  in 
 Christ,  and  reconciled  the  world  to  himself, 
 not  imputing  their  sins  unto  them,'  2  Cor.  v. 
 19.      And  hereunto  the  apostle  applieth  this 
 
PSx\LM    XXXII. 
 
 477 
 
 and  in  wliose  spirit  is  no  deceit.  '  Because  I  cease  speaking,  my 
 bones  wore  away  with  age  in  my  roaring  all  the  day.  *  For  day 
 and  niglit  tliy  hand  was  heavy  upon  me :  my  moisture  was  turned 
 into  the  droughts  of  summer,  Selah.  '  My  sin  I  acknowledged  to 
 tliee,  and  my  iniquity  1  covered  not ;  I  said  I  will  confess  against 
 me  my  trespasses  to  Jehovah :  and  thou  forgavest  the  iniquity  of 
 my  sin,  Selah.  ^  For  this  shall  every  gracious  saint  pray  unto 
 thee  at  the  time  of  finding  ;  surely  at  the  flood  of  many  waters, 
 unto  him  they  shall  not  reach.  '  Thou  art  a  secret  place  to  me, 
 from  distress  thou  wilt  preserve  me ;  with  shouting  songs  of  deli- 
 verance thou  wilt  compass  me,  Selah.  *  I  will  make  thee  prudent, 
 and  will  teach  thee  in  the  way  that  thou  shalt  go :  1  will  give 
 counsel,  mine  eye  shall  be  upon  thee.  '  Be  not  ye  as  the  liorse,  as 
 tlie  mule,  without  understanding,  whose  mouth  must  be  stopped 
 with  bit  and  bridle,  which  come  not  near  unto  thee.     '°  Many  pains 
 
 psalm  thus :  '  David  saith,  Blessedness  is  the 
 man's  unto  whom  God  imputeth  justness  with- 
 out works;'  saying,'  Blessed  are  they  whose 
 iniquities  are  forgiven,  and  whose  sins  are 
 covered.  Blessed  is  the  man  to  whom  the 
 Lord  shall  not  impute  sin,'  Rom.  iv.  6,  7,  S. 
 
 Ver.  3. —  Because  I  ceased  speaking,] 
 Or,  trhen  I  kepi  silence,  forbearing  to  con. 
 fess  my  sins,  as  after,  ver.  5.  Like  doctrine 
 Elihu  teaeheth,  Job  xxxiii.  19,  22. 
 
 Ver.  4.— Thy  hand,]  In  Chald.,  thi/ 
 jjlagiie.  Moisture,]  The  chief  sap,  or  ra- 
 dical moisture;  which  is  an  airy  and  oily  sub- 
 stance, dispread  through  the  body,  whereby 
 the  life  is  fostered,  and  which  being  spent 
 death  ensueth.  This  word  is  used  only  here 
 and  in  Num.  xi.  S,  where  it  is  applied  to 
 the  '  best  moisture  (or  cream)  of  oil.' 
 
 Ver.  5. — Confess,]  Confessing  of  sins  is 
 when  one  freely  manifesteth  them,  accusing 
 himself  and  praising  God's  mercy,  which  he 
 expecteth  in  faith.  See  Josli.  vii.  19. 
 Against  me  my  trespasses,]  Or,  concern- 
 ing my  trespasses,  but  both  the  Gr.  version 
 plainly  hath,  "  against  me,"  and  elsewhere 
 the  Hcb.  ghnalei,  (here  used)  seemeth  to  be 
 Y>\i\.  ioT  ghnalui,  as  Ps.  cviii.  10,  compared 
 with  Ps.  Ix.  10.  The  iniquity  of  my  sin,] 
 That  is,  the  guilt  and  punishment  of  it;  as 
 Ps.  xxxi.  11.  And  thus  '  he  that  confesseth 
 and  forsaketh  sin,  shall  have  mercy,'  Prov. 
 xxviii.  13,  for  'if  we  acknowledge  our  sins, 
 God  is  faithful  and  just  to  forgive  us  them,'  1 
 John  i.  9.     See  also  Job  xxxiii.  27,  28. 
 
 Ver.  6.  —  The  time  of  finding,]  Or, 
 time  to  find :  which  may  be  meant  of  the 
 time  when  afflictions  shall  find,  that  is  shall 
 come  upon  him  ;  as  Ps.  cxvi.  3,  4,  or  '  the 
 time  when  God  may  be  found,'  as  Is.  Iv.  6, 
 and  that  time  is,  '  when  he  is  sought  with  the 
 
 whole  heart,'  Deut.  iv.  29  ;  Jer.  xxix.  13; 
 2  Chron.  xv.  15.  To  this  latter  the  Chald. 
 applieth  it,  saying,  "  of  favour."  Flood,] 
 Or,  inundation.  As  waters  signify  afflic- 
 tions, Ps,  Ixix.  2,  so  a  'flood  of  waters'  de- 
 noteth  great  troubles  and  persecutions,  Dan. 
 ix.  26  ;  xi.  22;  Nah.  i.  8;  Is.  lix.  19;  Rev. 
 xii.  16,  16.  The  Chald.  paraphraselh,  "  in 
 the  time  when  many  peoples  come  as  waters, 
 thiy  shall  not  come  near  him  to  do  him 
 evil." 
 
 Ver.  7. — Shouting  songs  of  deliver- 
 ance,] Or  of  evasion,  that  is,  thou  vrilt  give 
 me  occasion,  by  deliverance  of  me,  to  slug 
 many  songs  of  praise  unto  thee. 
 
 Ver.  S. — Mine  eve  SHALL  BE  uponthek,] 
 Or,  mine  eye  I  unll  set  upon  thee,  that  is,  I 
 will  have  care  of,  and  look  well  unto  thee, 
 as  Jer.  xl.  4;  Ezra  v.  5;  Deut.  xi.  12  ; 
 Ps.  xxxiv.  16.  So  the  Chald.  explaineth  it, 
 "  I  will  counsel  thee,  and  set  mine  eye  upon 
 thee  for  good."  Or  thus,  "  I  will  give  counsel 
 unto  thee  with  mine  eye,"  that  is,  with  my 
 care  and  providence.  Thus  Christ  counselled 
 Peter  with  his  eye,  Luke  xxii.  61.  So  the 
 eye  is  said  'to  mock,'  Prov.  xxx.  17. 
 
 Ver.  9. — As  the  horse,  &c.,]  That  is, 
 be  not  fools  and  brutish,  so  as  ye  must  be 
 ruled  by  force  and  rigour,  not  by  reason.  For 
 '  unto  the  horse  belongs  a  whip,  unto  the  ass 
 a  bridle,  and  a  rod  to  the  fool's  back,'  Prov. 
 xxvi.  3.  Mouth  must  ke  stopped,]  Or, 
 Jaiv  is  to  be  tied,  Heb.  stop,  for  to  be  stopped: 
 active  for  passive,  as  after  Ps.  xxxvi.  3. 
 Which  come  not  near,]  That  is,  which 
 will  not  obey  or  do  thee  service,  unless  they 
 be  forced  and  ruled  by  the  bridle;  according 
 to  the  saying  of  the  apostle,  '  Behold  we  put 
 bits  into  the  horses'  mouths  that  they  should 
 obey  us,'  Jam.  iii.  3. 
 
478 
 
 P  iS  A  L  M  S. 
 
 are  for  the  wicked,  but  he  that  trusteth  in  Jehovah,  inercy  shall 
 compass  him.  "  Rejoice  ye  in  Jehovah,  and  be  glad  ye  just,  and 
 shout  joyfully  all  ye  upright  of  heart. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Many  pains,]  Or,  great  smarts      saith,  '  affliction  followeth  sinners,'  &c.  Prov. 
 (>  r  sores)  are  for  the   wicked:  So   Solomun      xiii.  21  ;  xlx.  29;  xxiv.  20. 
 
 PSALM    XXXIII. 
 
 I.  God  is  to  he  praised  for  Ins  goodness,  6.  for  his  powerful  works, 
 1 2.  and  for  his  providence.     20.  Confidence  is  to  he  placed  in  God. 
 
 '  Shout  joyfully  ye  just  in  Jeliovah,  praise  becometh  tlie  righ- 
 teous. *  Confess  ye  to  Jehovah  with  liarp,  with  psaltery,  and  with 
 ten-stringed  instrument,  sing  psalms  unto  him.  ^  Sing  ye  to  Iiim  a 
 new  song,  do  well  playing  on  the  instrument,  with  triumphant 
 noise.  ^  For  rigliteous  is  the  word  of  Jehovali,  and  all  liis  work  in 
 faith.  ^  He  lovetli  justice  and  judgment,  the  earth  is  full  of  the 
 mercy  of  Jehovah.  "^  By  the  word  of  Jehovah  the  heavens  were 
 made,  and  all  the  host  of  tliem  by  the  spirit  of  his  moutli.     '  He 
 
 Ver.  1 — Becometh,]  The  word  denotetli 
 a  fair  and  comely  grace, for  which  a  thing  is  to 
 '  be  liked  and  desired.'  So  Ps.  xciii.  5;  cxivii. 
 1.  The  apostle  expresseth  it  in  Gr.  hy  fair 
 or  beautiful,  Rom.  x.  15,  from  Is.  Hi.  7. 
 
 Ver.  2. — With  harp,]  Or,  with  sitterne; 
 in  Heb.  kinnor ;  a  musical  instrument  in- 
 vented by  Jiibal,  Gen.  iv.  21,  used  for  mirth 
 and  joy,  Ps.  cxxxvii.  1,  2;  Is.  xxiv.  8,  Gen. 
 xxxi.  27,  and  therefore  is  called  the  'plea- 
 sant harp,'  Ps.  Ixxxi.  3,  opposed  unto 
 •mourning,'  Job  xxx.  31;  in  skill  on  this 
 instrument  David  excelled,  1  Sam.  xvi.  16, 
 23,  and  with  this  and  others  they  used  in 
 Israel  to  celebrate  the  Lord  with  gladness,  1 
 Chron.  xiii.  8 ;  xv.  16,  28  ;  xxv.  1  ;  Neh. 
 xii.  27.  So  spiritually  in  the  New  Testa- 
 ment, Rev.  xiv.  2.  \Vitii  psaltery,]  Or, 
 lute  or  viol:  in  Heb.  ?iebel :  an  instrument 
 so  called  of  the  form,  which  (as  seemeth)  was 
 with  a  round  hollow  bulk,  much  like  a  bottle, 
 (lor  nebel  is  also  a  bottle  or  pitcher,  1  Sam. 
 X.  3  ;  Lam.  iv.  2,)  and  of  this  the  Greeks 
 and  Latins  had  their  instiuments  named  na- 
 ble,  nauloji,  nahlium.  The  Gr.  here  calleth 
 ilpsalterion.  Ten-stringed  instrument,^ 
 This  difl'ered  from  the  psaltery,  Ps.  xcii.  4, 
 therefore  the  word  tvith  is  here  supplied. 
 
 Veb.  3. — A  NEW  song,]  a  thing  is  said 
 to  be  new,  which  is  always  fresh,  renewed 
 upon  new  occasions,  and  so  permanent  ;  as 
 Job  saith,  '  my  glory  was  new  with  me.'  So 
 love  is  both  an  old  and  a  new  commandment, 
 
 1  John  ii.  7,8.  Or  these  new  songs  (men- 
 tioned here,  and  Ps.  xl.  4;  xcvi.  1;  xcviii.  1; 
 cxliv.  9;  Is.  xiii.  10,)  may  have  reference  to 
 the  state  of  things  under  the  gospel  where 
 there  is  a  '  new- covenant,'  Heb.  viii.  8,  13, 
 '  new  heavens  and  new  earth,'  Rev.  xxi.  1 ; 
 'a  new  man,'  Eph.  ii.  15;  iv.  24;  'a  new 
 Jerusalem,'  Rev.  xxi.  2;  '  and  all  things 
 new,'  2  Cor.  v.  17;  Rev.  xxi.  5.  See  also 
 Rev.  v.  9  ;  xiv.  3.  Do  well  playing,  &c.] 
 That  is,  make  good  music,  or  melody.  So  I 
 Sam.  xvi.  17,  18  ;  Is.  xxiii.  16.  And  this 
 melody  we  are  now  willing  'to  make  to  the 
 Lord  in  our  hearts,'  Eph.  v.  19.  The  Heb. 
 nagan,  (whereof  cometh  neginoth,  Ps.  iv.  I,) 
 properly  is  '  to  play  with  the  hand  upon  an 
 instrument,'  1  Sam.  xix.  9 
 
 Ver.  4. — In  faith,]  That  is,  faithful,  true 
 and  constant:  for  so  tliis  word  is  often  used, 
 as  Exod.  xvii.  12.  Moses'  hands  were  with 
 faith,  that  is,  steady,  firm,  constant. 
 
 Ver.  5. — The  earth  is  full,]  The  like 
 is  said,  Ps.  cxix.  64.  For  God  'doth  good 
 unto  all,  both  just  and  unjust,  Mat.  v.  45,  and 
 '  saveth  man  and  beast,'  Ps.  xxxvi.  7. 
 
 Ver.  6. — The  host  of  them,]  That  is, 
 the  many  creatures  in  them:  as  angels,  sun, 
 moon,  stars,  &c.,  Ps.  cxiviii.  I,  2,  3,  6  ; 
 Gen.  ii.  1.  So  mention  is  made  of  the 
 powers  or  hosts  of  heaven,  Mat.  xxiv.  29. 
 Spirit,]  Or,  breath  ;  thus  Jehovah,  his  word 
 and  his  Spirit  are  noted  to  be  the  maker  of 
 tiie  world,  as  in  Gen.  i. 
 
s  A  L  M  X  X.  X  r  I  r. 
 
 479 
 
 gathereth  together  as  an  heap  the  waters  of  tlie  sea  ;  he  giveth  the 
 deeps  into  treasuries.  ""  Let  all  the  earth  be  in  fear  of  Jehovali,  let 
 all  the  inhabitants  of  the  world  shrink  with  fear  for  him.  ^  For  he 
 said,  and  it  wasj  he  commanded,  and  it  stood.  '"  Jehovah  dissi- 
 pateth  the  counsel  of  the  nations,  he  bringeth  to  nought  the  cogita- 
 tions of  the  peoples.  "  Tlie  counsel  of  Jehovah  shall  stand  for 
 ever,  the  cogitations  of  liis  lieart  to  generation  and  generation. 
 ''  O  blessed  is  the  nation  whereof  Jeliovah  is  God,  the  people  t/mt 
 he  hath  chosen  for  a  possession  to  himself.  '^  From  the  heavens 
 Jehovah  doth  behold,  doth  see  all  tlie  sons  of  Adam.  ^*  From  the 
 firm  place  of  liis  dwelling  he  looketh  forth  unto  all  the  inliabitants 
 of  the  earth.  ''  He  formeth  altogether  tlieir  heart,  lie  discreetly 
 attendeth  unto  all  tlieir  works.  ""  The?-e  is  no  king  saved  by  mul- 
 titude of  a  power  ;  a  mighty  man  shall  not  be  delivered  by  multi- 
 tude of  able  strength.  ^'  A  liorse  is  falsehood  for  salvation  and 
 shall  not  deliver  by  luultitude  of  his  power.  ^®  Lo  the  eye  of  Jc- 
 hovali  is  unto  them  that  fear  him,  to  them  that  hopefully  wait  for 
 his  mercy.  "  To  rid  free  their  soul  from  death,  and  to  keep  tliem 
 alive  in  famine.  ^^  Our  soul  earnestly  waitetli  for  Jeliovah,  lie  is 
 our  help  and  our  shield,  ^'  For  in  him  our  heart  shall  rejoice,  for 
 in  the  name  of  his  holiness  do  v/e  trust.  ^^  Let  thy  mercy  Jehovah 
 be  upon  us,  even  as  we  hopefully  wait  for  thee. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Giveth  the  deeps,]  That  is, 
 putteth  or  disposeth  the  deep  waters  into 
 treasuries,  or,  in  cellars  and  secret  store- 
 houses, hidden  from  the  eye  of  man,  called 
 elsewhere  the  '  secret  loom  of  the  deep,'  Job 
 xxxviii.  IC.  So  God  is  said  to  have  'trea- 
 suries' or  'store-houses  of  wind,'  Ps.  cxxxv. 
 7  ;  '  of  snow  and  hail,'  Job  xxxviii.  22:  '  of 
 darkness,'  Is.  xlv.  3,  and  the  like.  The 
 Chald.  translateth,  "he  putteth  (the  waters) 
 into  the  treasuries  of  the  deep." 
 
 Ver.  9. — It  stood,]  Tiiat  is,  existed  firm 
 and  stable,  and  so  continued.  So  Ps.  cxix. 
 91. 
 
 Ver.  10. — DissiPATETH.]  That  is,  mak- 
 eth  frustrate,  undoeth,  abrogateth  :  a  word 
 opposed  to  ratifying,  confirming,  stablishing, 
 Is.  viii.  10;xix.  ;5.  Bringeth  to  nought,] 
 Annihilateth  and  breaketh. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Shall  stand,]  That  is,  con- 
 tinue, and  have  elieLt,  whatsoever  men  pur- 
 pose to  the  contrary.  See  Is.  xiv.  24,  27; 
 xlvi.  10;  Prov.  xix.  21. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Is  God,]  To  wit,  by  special 
 covenant  and  favour,  though  all  the  earth  be 
 his,  Gen.  xvii.  7;  Exod.  xix.  5;  and  this  is 
 by  the  new  covenant,  Heb.  viii.  10.  So  Ps, 
 cxliv.  15. 
 
 Ver.  15.' — Altogether,]  Or,  alone. 
 The  Heb.  yacAarf  sometimes  signifieth,  '  alone 
 without  others,'  Job  xxxiv.  29j  Ezra  iv.  3; 
 
 (and  so  the  Gr.  interpreters  took  it  here, 
 translating  it  kala  moiias,  alone,  or  by  him- 
 self:) sometimes  it  signifieth  '  wholly,'  or 
 'every  whit,'  Job  x.  S;  sometimes  'together,' 
 or  '  in  one,'  Ps.  ii.  2.  All  these  agree  well 
 here  ;  for  God  only  and  wholly  formeth  e\ary 
 man's  heart  and  spirit,  Zach.  xii.  1;  where- 
 upon he  is  called  'the  Father  of  spirits,'  Heb. 
 xii.  9;  and  'the  God  of  the  spirits  of  all 
 flesh,"  Num.  xvi.  22. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Of  a  power,]  That  is,  of  a7i 
 army  ;  so  called,  because  these  are  sti  oiig, 
 valiant,  and  active  men,  Ps,  cxxxvi.  15. 
 
 Ver.  17 A  horse  is  falsehood^  That 
 
 is, a  false  and  deceitful  help  ca.nnoi  save  a  man, 
 but  faileth  those  that  trust  in  him,  Zech.  x. 
 5;  Ps.  Ixxvi.  6.  The  horse  is  here  used  for 
 all  warlike  furniture;  this  being  above  other 
 creatures,  strong,  fierce,  and  courageous,  Job 
 xxxix.  22 — 2S,  and  '  therefore  is  prepared 
 for  the  day  of  battle,  but  salvation  is  of  the 
 Lord,'  Prov,  xxi.  31. 
 
 Ver.  18. — The  eye  of  jehovah,]  That 
 is,  his  care  and  providence  for  good,  as  the 
 next  verse  sheweth,  and  as  Ps,  xxxii.  8  ; 
 Zech.  xii.  4;  1  Pet.  iii.  12.  Sometimes  the 
 Lord's  eye  is  upon  all  men  for  evil,  Amos  ix, 
 4,8. 
 
 Ver,  20 — For  Jehovah,]  In  Chald., 
 "for  the  redemption  of  the  Lord." 
 
 Ver.  21 — In  HiM,]Chald.  ,  in  his  word." 
 
480 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    XXXIV. 
 
 1.  David  praiseih  God  for  his  deliverance,  and  exhorteth  others  thereto 
 by  his  experience.  9.  They  are  blessed  that  trust  in  God.  12.  He 
 exhorteth  to  the  fear  of  God.  The  privileges  of  the  righteous,  and  mise- 
 ries of  the  wicked. 
 
 ^  A  psalm  of  David,  when  he  had  changed  his  behaviour  before 
 Abimelech,  and  lie  had  driven  him  away,  and  he  was  gone. 
 
 *  I  WILL  bless  Jehovah  in  all  time,  continually  his  praise  shall  be 
 in  my  mouth. 
 
 ^  In  Jehovah  my  soul  sliall  glory,  the  meek  shall  hear  and 
 rejoice. 
 
 *  Magnify  ye  Jehovah  with  me,  and  let  us  extol  his  name  toge- 
 ther. 
 
 •''  I  sought  Jehovah,  and  he  answered  me,  and  rid  me  free  from 
 all  my  fears. 
 
 ^  They  looked  to  him  and  flowed,  and  their  faces  be  not  ashamed. 
 
 ^  This  poor  afflicted  man  called,  and  Jehovah  heard,  and  saved 
 Iiim  out  of  all  his  distresses. 
 
 ®  The  angel  of  Jehovah  pitcheth  a  camp  about  them  that  fear 
 him,  and  releaseth  them. 
 
 Ver.  1. — His  BEHAVIOUR,]  Or, hissense, 
 reason,  properly  the  taste,  as  in  verse  9,  Job 
 vi.  6,  and  often  elsewhere,  which  is  used  both 
 for  one's  inward  sense  or  reason,  and  outward 
 gesture  and  demeanour,  (as  the  Gr.  here 
 translateth  it,  "face,")  because  by  it  a  man 
 is  discerned  and  judged  to  be  wise  or  foolish, 
 as  meats  are  discerned  by  the  taste.  David 
 when  he  was  afraid  of  the  king  of  Gatli, 
 '  clianged  his  behaviour  before  them,  and 
 feigned  himself  mad  in  their  hands,  and 
 scrabbled  on  the  doors  of  the  gate,  and  let  his 
 spittle  fall  down  upon  his  beard,'  1  Sam.  xxi. 
 12,  13.  Abimelech,]  Whose  proper  name 
 was  Achish,  king  of  (iath,  a  city  of  the  Phi- 
 listines, 1  Sam.  xxi.  10,  and  as  every  king  of 
 Egypt  was  called  Pharaoh,  Gen.  xli.  1;  Exod. 
 V.  1;  1  Kings  xi.  18;  so  every  king  of  the 
 Philistines  was  called  Abimelech,  that  is, 
 '  Father  King,'  Gen.  xx.  2;  xxvi.  1.  Had 
 DRIVEN,]  Or,  expelled.  For  Achish  said  to 
 his  servants  which  had  taken  and  brought 
 David  to  him,  '  Lo,  ye  see  the  man  is  beside 
 himself,  wherefore  have  ye  brought  him  to 
 me  ?  have  I  need  of  madmen  ?  &c.  So 
 David  departed  thence,'  1  Sam.  xxi.  14,  15; 
 xxii.  1.      LTpon  that  he  made  this  Psalm. 
 
 Ver.  2. — In  all  time.]  Or,  in  every  sea- 
 son. See  Ps.  X.  5.  Tliis  Ps.  is  also  com- 
 posed according  to  the  order  of  the  Heb,  al- 
 phabet, as  is  observed  on  Ps.  xxv.  ], 
 
 Ver.  3. — Shall  glory,]  Or,  ju/fuUy 
 boast.  For  so  the  apostle  expoundeth  this 
 word,  which  properly  signifieth,  to  praise  one's 
 self,  I  Cor.  i.  31,  from  Jer.  ix.  23,  24,  So 
 in  Ps.  Hi.  3;  xcvii.  7  ;   cv.  3;  cvi.  5. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Magnify,]  Or  make  great,  to 
 wit,  by  praising.  So  Deut.  xxxii.  3,  'give  ye 
 greatness  unto  our  God. 
 
 Ver.  6. — They  looked,]  To  wit,  the 
 meek,  mentioned  before,  verse  3,  or  generally 
 they  that  look  and  flow  unto  him.  Flowed,] 
 Ranasariver;  the  like  similitude  is,  ls.ii.2; 
 Ix.  5;  Jer.  xxxi.  12;  li.  44.  Be  not 
 ASHAMED,]  Or,  shall  not  be  ashamed ;  which 
 word  in  the  original  signifietli  digging,  as  Ps. 
 XXXV.  7,  applied  to  shaine,  which  causeth  m.en 
 to  seek  to  hide  themselves,  as  is  livelily  des- 
 cribed, Rev    vi.  15,  16. 
 
 Ver.  8 — The  angel,]  That  is,  the  an- 
 gels ;  for  he  speaketh  of  an  host.  And  often 
 in  the  Heb.  one  is  put  for  a  multitude  ;  as 
 '  the  inhabitant,' for  the  '  inhabitants,'  2  Sam. 
 v.  6,  with  1  Chron.  xi.  4.  So,  '  frog,'  for 
 '  frogs,' Ps.  Ixxviii.  45;  'tree,'  for  'trees,' 
 '  quail,'  for  '  quails,'  Ps.  cv.  33,  40.  See 
 the  note  on  Ps.  viii.  9.  Pitcheth  a  camp,] 
 A  similitude  taken  from  wars;  as  Ps.  xxvii. 
 3.  So  Jacob,  when  the  angels  of  God  met 
 him,  said, '  this  is  God's  camp,'  or  host.  Gen. 
 xxxii.  1,  2.  Likewise  about  Elisha,  the 
 mountain  was  full  '  of  horses  and  chariots  of 
 
PSALM    XXXIV. 
 
 481 
 
 ^  Taste  ye  and  see,  that  Jehovah  is  good ;  O  blessed  is  the  man 
 that  hopeth  for  safety  in  him. 
 
 '"  Fear  Jehovah  ye  his  saints,  for  there  is  no  want  to  them  that 
 fear  him. 
 
 "  The  lions  are  impoverished  and  hungered,  but  they  that  seek 
 Jehovah  shall  not  want  any  good. 
 
 '^  Come  sons,  hearken  to  me,  I  will  learn  you  the  fear  of  Je- 
 hovah. 
 
 '^  Who  is  the  man  that  willeth  life,  that  loveth  days,  to  see  good  ? 
 
 "  Keep  thy  tongue  from  evil  and  thy  lips  from  speaking  guile. 
 
 "  Eschew  evil,  and  do  good  ;  seek  peace  and  pursue  it. 
 
 '"  The  eyes  of  Jehovah  are  unto  the  just,  and  his  ears  unto  their 
 outcry. 
 
 "  The  face  of  Jehovah  is  against  tliem  that  do  evil,  to  cut  off 
 their  memorial  from  the  earth. 
 
 ^^  TJiey  cried,  and  Jehovah  heard,  and  rid  them  free  out  of  all 
 their  distresses. 
 
 '^  Jehovah  is  near  to  the  broken  of  heart,  and  the  contrite  of 
 spirit  he  will  save. 
 
 ■'°  Many  are  the  evils  of  the  just,  and  out  of  them  all  Jehovah 
 will  rid  him  free. 
 
 fire,'  2  Kings  vi.  17.     See  also  Ps.  xci.  11, 
 12. 
 
 Ver  9. — Taste  and  see,]  That  is, make 
 trial  and  you  shall  find  that  God  is  good, 
 sweet  and  deleciable  :  and  you  will  the  more 
 desire  him.  Thus  the  apostle  applieth  these 
 words,  saying,  '  As  new-born  babes  desire  ye 
 the  sincere  milk  of  the  word,  that  ye  may 
 grow  thereby,  if  so  be  ye  have  tasted  that  the 
 Lord  is  good,'  1  Pet.  ii.  2,  3.  In  him,]  The 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  in  his  word." 
 
 Ver.  10. — Fear  Jehovah,]  Under  this 
 word  /ear,  is  comprehended  God's  whole 
 worship,  as  is  shewed  on  Ps.  xix.  10,  and  the 
 '  walking  in  his  ways,"  as  it  is  expounded  in 
 2  Chron.  vi.  31,  compared  with  1  Kings  viii. 
 40;  Ps.  cxxviii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  11. — L;oNs,]  Lurking  lions  (where- 
 of see  Ps.  vii.  3,)  which  are  lusty,  strong, 
 toothed,  fierce,  roaring,  ravenous,  as  appear- 
 eth  by  Ps.  Iviii.  7;  civ.  21  ;  Mic.  v.  8;  Eze. 
 xix.  3,  5 — 7;  Job  xxxix.  1,  2.  And  hereby 
 may  be  meant  the  rich  and  mighty  of  the 
 world,  whom  God  often  bringeth  to  misery; 
 and  so  the  Gr.  for  lions,  putteth  here  the  rich. 
 Tyrants  and  strong  men  are  sometimes  called 
 lions,  Jer.ii.  15;  1  Chron.  xi.  22;  Nah.  ii.l3; 
 see  Luke  i.  53.  Are  impoverished,]  Or, 
 suffered  penury.  See  Job  iv.  10,  II;  Prov. 
 X.  3.  That  seek  Jehovah,]  Chald.  "  that 
 seek  the  doctrine  of  the  Lord.'" 
 
 Ver.  13. — That  willeth,]  That  if-,  fain 
 would  have,  and  delightetli.      JJays  to  see 
 
 Vol.  II.  .  3 
 
 good,]  That  is,  to  enjoy  good  many  days, 
 which  the  apostle  (following  the  Seventy) 
 expresseth  thus, '  to  see  good  days,'  1  Pet.  iii. 
 10,  that  is,  days  of  prosperity,  pleasure,  com- 
 fort. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Keep  thy  tongce,]  To  wit, 
 by  restraining  and  making  it  cease  from  evil ; 
 as  the  apostle  teacheth,  1  Pet.  iii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Their  ootcry,]  Or,  their  de- 
 precation, their  prayer  for  need,  as  the  Gr. 
 (which  the  apostle  foUoweth)  expresseth  it. 
 
 Ver.  17. — The  face,]  That  is,  open 
 anger,  Lev.  xvii.  10.  So  the  Chald.  expoun- 
 deth it,  "The  face  of  the  Lord  is  angry 
 against  evil  doers.   See  Ps.  xxi.  10. 
 
 Ver.  18 — They  cried,]  That  is,  as  the 
 Gr.  saith,  "  the  just  cried  ;"  and  the  Chald. 
 "  the  just  prayed." 
 
 Ver.  19. — The  broken  of  heart,] 
 Them  that  have  their  hearts  broken,  and 
 their  spirits  contrite  (or  humble)  for  their 
 sins.  Seethe  like  speeches,  Ps.  li.  19;  cxlvii. 
 2;  Is.  Ivii.  15;  Ixi.  1 ;  Jer.  xxiij.  9;  Luke 
 iv.  18. 
 
 Ver.  20.— The  evils,]  That  is,  griefs 
 and  afflictions ;  as  Deut.  xxxi.  17  ;  Ps. 
 xxvii.  5;  Ixxxviii.  4;  Mat.  vi.  34,  the  word 
 also  may  import  sins  and  vices,  as  Ps.  xxviii. 
 3;   xciv.  23.     So  after  in  ver.  22. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Slay  the  wicked,]  Or,  do 
 him  die,  kill  him  ,•  because  he  shall  not  be 
 delivered  therefrom,  as  the  just  man  is,  ver. 
 20.     The  Gr.  and  Chald.  expound  it,  "  the 
 
482 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 ^^  He  keepeth  all  his  bones,  one  of  them  is  not  broken. 
 
 ^^  Evil  shall  slay  tlie  wicked,  and  they  that  hate  the  just  shall  be 
 condemned  as  guilty. 
 
 ^^  Jehovah  redeemeth  the  soul  of  his  servants,  and  tliey  shall 
 not  be  condemned  as  guilty,  all  that  hope  for  safety  in  him. 
 
 death  of  sinners    (of    the    vvioked)    is    evil.  Ver.  23. — All  that  hope, J  That  is,  a«^ 
 
 Condemned  as  guilty, J  And  consequently      one  of  them.     So   all  is  used    for   any,  Ps. 
 perish.     See  Ps.  v.  11.  cxlvii.  20. 
 
 PSALM   XXXV. 
 
 David  prayeth  for  Ms  own  safety  and  Ms  enemies'  confusion.  1 1 .  He 
 complaineth  of  their  yvrongful  dealing,  and  shemeth  Ms  contrary  car- 
 riage.    22.  Therefore  he  inciteth  God  against  them. 
 
 ^  A  Psalm  of  David. 
 
 Plead  thou  Jehovah,  with  tliem  that  plead  with  me,  war  thou 
 against  them  that  war  against  me.  ^  Lay  liold  on  the  shield  aiid 
 buckler,  and  stand  up  for  my  help.  ^  ^j^^j  draw  out  the  spear  and 
 sword  to  meet  with  my  persecutors  ;  say  to  my  soul,  I  atn  thy  sal- 
 vation. *  Let  them  be  abashed  and  ashamed  that  seek  my  soul,  let 
 them  be  turned  backward  and  confounded  tliat  think  mine  evil. 
 '  Let  them  be  as  chaff  before  tlie  wind,  and  the  angel  of  Jehovah 
 driving  them.     ^  Let  their  way  be  darkness  and  slipperinesses,  and 
 
 Ver.  1. — Plead,]  This  properly  is,  "  to 
 contend  or  debate  a  matterwith  many  words," 
 as  the  next  word,  7var,  m  fight,  i^imth  deeds. 
 But  God's  pleading  olttimes  is  in  action;  as 
 he  pleaded  David's  cause  against  Nabal,  when 
 he  slew  him,  1  Sam.  xxv.  39.  And  as  here 
 David  prayeth,  so  God  elsewhere  promiseth 
 to  '  plead  with  those  that  plead  with  his  peo- 
 ple,' Is.  xlix.  25.  War,]  Which  in  the  ori- 
 ginal tongue  hath  the  name  of  cutting,  biting, 
 or  devouring ;  for  wars  devour  and  consume 
 many.  So  the  sword  is  said  to  have  a  mouth, 
 that  is,  aa  edge.  Job  i.  15;  Heb.  xi.  24. 
 and  to  eat,  that  is,  to  '  kill  and  consume,'  2 
 Sam.  xi.  25. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Draw  out,]  Or,  as  the  Heb. 
 phrase  is,  empty,  that  is,  unsheathed  ;  the  like 
 is  of  the  sword,  Exod.  xv.  9  ;  Lev.  xxvi.  33. 
 Sword,]  Or,  close  tveapon,  as  the  name  sig- 
 nifieth.  This  interpretation  seemeth  best, 
 because  of  the  Heb.  pause,  which  joineth  this 
 word  with  the  former,  'spear:'  thus  also 
 these  two  weapons  of  oflence  are  answerable 
 to  the  former  two  of  defence,  '  the  shield  and 
 buckler:'  and  of  this  Heb.  namew^or,  the  Gr. 
 sagaris  (and  perhaps  the  Lat.  securis)  seem- 
 
 eth to  be  borrowed,  for  a  sword  or  ax.  And 
 in  Job  xxviii.  15,  this  word  is  used  for  a  close 
 treasure,  or  stored  gold ;  as  here  for  a  close 
 weapon.  Otherwise  we  may  read,  according 
 to  the  Gr.  and  other  versions,  "  close  thou,' 
 or  stop,  to  wit,  the  way  or  passage. 
 
 Ver.  4. — That  seek  my  soul,]  That  is, 
 w.y  life,  to  take  it  away  :  for  so  this  phrase 
 commonly  meaneth,  as  Ps.  xxxviii.  13;  liv. 
 
 6  ;  Ixx.  3  ;  Exod.  iv.  19  ;  Mat.  ii.  20,  and 
 sometimes  is  so  explained,  as  Ps.  Ixiii.  10. 
 1  Kings  xix.  10,  '  they  seek  my  soul  to  take 
 it  away.'  Yet  sometimes  this  phrase  intend- 
 eth  '  seeking  the  soul  for  one's  good,  as  Ps. 
 cxlii.  5.  Turned  backward,]  A  token  of 
 fear,  shame,  and  discomfiture  ;  as  Ps.  cxxix. 
 6;  xl.  15;  Ixx.  3;  ix.  4;  Is.  xlii.  17;  Jer. 
 xlvi.  5. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Darkness,  &c.]  That  is,  most 
 dark  and  slippery  :  meaning,  fearful,  danger- 
 ous, troublesome,  &c.  Nah.  i.  S;  Ps.  Ixxxviii. 
 
 7  ;  cvii.  9;  Prov.  iv.  19.  So  elsewhere  it  is 
 said,  'Their  way  shall  be  unto  them  as  slip- 
 perinesses in  the  darkness;  they  shall  be 
 driven  and  fall  therein,  Jer.  xxiii.  12. 
 
 Ver.  7. — The  corruption,  &c.]  That  is. 
 
PSALM    XXXV. 
 
 483 
 
 the  Angel  of  Jehovah  pursuing  them.  '  For  without  cause  they  have 
 hid  for  me  the  corruption  of  their  net,  without  cause  they  have 
 digged  for  my  soul.  ^  Let  tumultuous  ruin  come  on  him,  he  not 
 aware ;  and  let  his  net  which  he  liath  hidden  catch  him  ;  with  tu- 
 multuous ruin  let  him  fall  thereinto.  ^  And  my  soul  shall  be  glad 
 in  Jeliovah,  shall  joy  in  his  salvation.  '°  All  my  bones  shall  say, 
 Jehovali,  who  is  like  thee,  that  riddest  free  the  poor  afflicted  from 
 the  stronger  than  himself,  and  the  poor  afflicted  and  needy  from  the 
 spoiler  of  Jiim  ?  "  Witnesses  of  cruel  wrong  did  rise  up,  things  that 
 I  knew  not  they  did  ask  of  me.  ^^  They  repaid  evil  for  good, 
 tlie  bereaving  of  my  soul.  '^  And  I,  when  they  were  sick,  my 
 clotliing  was  sackcloth ;  I  afflicted  my  soul  with  fastmg,  and  my 
 prayer  returned  upon  my  bosom.  "  I  walked  as  if  he  had  been  a 
 fellow-friend,  as  if  he  had  been  a  brother  to  me  :  I  bowed  down  sad 
 as  he  that  bewaileth  his  motlier.     "  But  in  my  halting  they  re- 
 
 their  corrupting  pernicious  net:  or  their  en- 
 snaring corruption :  or  understanding  the  word 
 in,  we  may  read,  '  they  hid  their  net  for  me  in 
 a  pit,'  (or,  in  a  corrupting  ditch,)  as  Ps.  vii. 
 16.  Have  digged,]  To  wit,  a  pit  to  fall  in, 
 so  Job  vi.  27.  Or,  have  diligently  searched 
 and  laid  wait.  So  digging  is  used  for  seek- 
 ing, Job  iii.  21;  xxxix.  32. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Tumultuous  kuin,]  Calamity, 
 wasting  or  desolation,  that  is,  with  noise  and 
 sound  as  of  waters,  Is.  xvii.  12,  13.  So  Ps. 
 Ixiii.  10;  Prov.  i.  27. 
 
 Ver.  10. — My  bones,]  That  is,  wy 
 strong  and  solid  members  (as  the  Chald. 
 translateth  it  "  members,")  delivered  out  of 
 danger,  meaning  that  with  all  his  strength 
 he  would  praise  God.  So  the  bones  are  said 
 to  rejoice,  Ps.  li.  10;  the  loins  to  bless,  Job 
 xxxi.  20.  The  spoiler.]  Or  robber,  that  by 
 open  violence  taketh  away.  Compare  Job 
 V.  15. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Of  cruel  wrong,]  That  is, 
 cruel,  violent,  or  (as  the  Gr.  saith)  unjust 
 witnesses.  So  Exod.  xxiii.  1 ;  Deut.  xix. 
 16. 
 
 Ver.  12. — The  bereaving  of,]  That  is, 
 to  deprive,  bereave,  or  rob  me  of  my  soul  or 
 life;  or,  to  bereave  my  soul  of  comfort.  The 
 word  properly  signifieth  the  bereaving  or  loss 
 of  children. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Sackcloth,]  Used  to  be  worn 
 in  sign  of  sorrow,  Ps.  Ixix.  12;  Gen.  xxxvii. 
 34;  Mat.  xi.  21;  Rev.  xi.  3.  Here  we  are 
 to  understand  the  word  zvas  or  gave,  as  is 
 expressed,  Ps.  Ixix.  12,  even  as  the  word 
 afflicted,  here  expressed,  is  there  understood, 
 Ps.  Ixix.  11.  With  fasting,]  Another 
 sign  and  cause  of  sorrow:  wherefore  mourn- 
 ing aud  fasting  are  used  for  the  same,  Mat. 
 ix.  15,  with  Mark  ii.  19.     Returned  upon 
 
 MY  BOSOM,]  Or,  into  my  bosom.  The  mean- 
 ing may  be,  '  I  prayed  often  for  them, 
 secretly,  and  with  hearty  loving  aflec- 
 tion.'  For  the  returning  of  the  prayer  seem- 
 eth  to  mean  the  often  minding  and  re- 
 peating of  it;  the  bosom  signifieth  secresy, 
 Prov.  xxi.  14;  xvii.  23;  Ps.  Ixxxix.  51,  and 
 inward  aflection,  Num.  xi.  12;  John  i.  18. 
 Or  we  may  read  it  thus  :  'Let  my  prayer 
 return  unto  thy  bosom,  that  is,  I  wished  no 
 worse  to  them  than  to  myself,  let  me  receive 
 of  God  such  good  as  I  prayed  for  them.  See 
 Ps.  Ixxix.  12. 
 
 Ver.  14 — Sad,]  Or,  blach,  to  wit,  in 
 black  and  mournful  attire,  and  with  sad  and 
 heavy  countenance,  as  the  G  r.  here  translat- 
 eth it,  scuthropazon,  which  word  the  New 
 Testament  also  useth,  Mat.  vi.  16;  Luke 
 xxiv.  17.  So  after  in  Ps.  xxxviii.  7;  xlii. 
 10;  xliii.  2.  Bewaileth  his  mother,] 
 Mourneth  at  her  funeral.  In  this  case  the 
 atlections  are  most  strong.  Therefore  the 
 priests  were  permitted  to  mourn  for  such,  Lev. 
 xxi.  1 — 3. 
 
 Ver.  15. — My  halting,]  That  is,  my 
 calamity,  aud  infirmity,  whereby  I  seemed 
 ready  to  fall.  So  in  Ps.  xxxviii.  18;  Jer. 
 XX.  10.  The  smiters,]  That  smote  me 
 with  the  tongue,  as  Jer.  xviii.  IS,  and  as 
 here  followeth,  '  they  rent,'  &c.  The  Se- 
 venty in  Gr.  turn  it,  "scourges,"  alluding, 
 as  I  think,  to  the  '  scourge  of  the  tongue,  as 
 Job  V.  21,  and  another  Gr.  version  hath  j»&c. 
 tof,  smiters.  It  may  also  be  read,  'the  smit- 
 ten,' that  is,  abjects,  vile  persons.  Job  xxx. 
 8,  (as  the  Chald.  expresseth  it,  "  the  wick- 
 ed,") or  understand,  smitten  on  their  feet,  as 
 2  Sam.  iv.  4,  that  is,  'lame,'  so  feigning 
 themselves;  or  'smitten  in  spirit,'  as  Is. 
 Ixvi.  2,  that  is,  grieving  ia  outward  show. 
 
484 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 joiced,  and  were  gathered  together,  the  smiters  were  gathered  toge- 
 tlier  against  me,  and  I  knew  it  not  -.  they  rent  and  were  not  silent. 
 '*  With  hypocrites,  scoffers ^r  a  cake  of  bread,  gnashing  their  teeth 
 against  me.  '^  Lord,  how  long  wilt  thou  see  ?  return  my  soul  from 
 their  tumultuous  ruins,  my  lonely  soul  from  the  lions.  ^*  I  will 
 confess  thee  in  the  great  clmrcii,  I  will  praise  thee  among  a 
 mighty  people.  '^  Let  not  them  that  are  my  enemies  with  fal- 
 sity rejoice  at  me,  them  that  are  my  haters  without  cause  wuik 
 with  tlie  eye.  ^^  For  they  speak  not  peace,  and  against  the 
 quiet  ones  of  tlie  earth  they  imagine  words  of  deceits.  ^'  And 
 they  have  enlarged  their  mouth  against  me ;  they  have  said,  Aha, 
 aha,  our  eye  hath  seen.  ^  Jehovah  thou  hast  seen,  cease  not  as 
 deaf:  O  Lord,  be  not  far  off  from  me.  ^  Stir  up  and  awake  to  my 
 judgment,  my  God  and  my  Lord,  to  my  plea.  ^*  Judge  me  accord- 
 ing to  thy  justice,  Jeliovah  my  God,  and  let  them  not  rejoice  at 
 me.  ^*  Let  them  not  say  in  their  heart.  Aha  our  soul :  let  them  not 
 say.  We  liave  swallowed  him  up.   ^  Let  them  be  abashed  and  con- 
 
 They  rent,]  To  wit,  me  with  reproarhes, 
 as  Mat.  vii.  6;  or  'rent  their  garments,' 
 counterfeiting  sorrow  for  me.  Job  ii.  12. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Hypocrites,]  Or,close  dissem. 
 biers,  which  outwardly  cover  and  cloak  their 
 wickedness,  wherewith  inwardly  they  are  de- 
 filed,  Mat.  xxiii.  27,  2S;  or  'which  have  their 
 hearts  covered,'  Job  xxxvi.  13.  The  Gr. 
 also  (from  whence  our  English  word  hi/po- 
 crisy  is  borrowed)  signifieth  an  '  under  judg- 
 ment,* that  is  dissimulation.  Scoffers,] 
 Or,  of  scoffs,  that  is  men  that  make  scofls; 
 as  Ps.  xxxvi.  12,  pride  is  for  proud  persons. 
 For  a  cake  of  bread,]  That  is,  for  good 
 cheer  for  their  bellies  :  orat  their  belly  cheer, 
 at  banquets.  So  Solomon  speaketh  of  some 
 that  will  '  transgress  for  a  piece  of  bread,' 
 Prov.  xxviii.  21.  The  original  word  magh- 
 nog,  is,  a  cake,  1  Kings  xvii.  12;  and  as 
 bread  is  used  for  all  food,  Ps.  cxxxvi.  25,  so 
 a  cake  seemeth  to  be  used  for  all  juncates  or 
 dainty  meats  ;  as  in  Hos.  vii.,  Ephraim  is 
 likened  to  a  cake,  and  their  enemies  to  ban- 
 quetters  that  greedily  eat  them  tip,  verse  8, 
 9;  so  here  David  matcheth  his  adversaries 
 with  hypocritical  and  scoffing  parasites, 
 whose  god  was  their  belly,  as  Phil.  iii.  19. 
 Or  we  may  figuratively  take  this  woid  for  a 
 mock,  jest,  or  merriment,  and  so  read  it, 
 '  with  hypocritical  jesting  scoflerG;'  and  this 
 the  Gr.  favoureth,  saying,  "  they  mocked  me 
 with  mockage."  Gnashing,]  Or,  they  gnash- 
 ed:  Heh.,  "  to  gnash;"  hut  a  word  tlius  inde- 
 finite, following  another  with  person,  is  itself 
 of  the  same,  by  property  of  the  Heb.  tongue. 
 So  Ps.  xlix.  15.  Their  teeth,]  The  teeth 
 of  them  and  him,  that  is,  of  every  of  them. 
 See  Ps.  ii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Return,]  Or,  reduce,  restore, 
 slay  my  soul,  or  life.  So  Job  xxxiii.  30. 
 Lonely,]  Or,  solitary ,  desolate  soul.  See 
 Ps.  xxii.  21—23. 
 
 Ver.  18. — A  mighty  people,]  Or,  a 
 strong,  to  wit,  in  number,  that  is,  a  great 
 multitude.  The  word  ghnatsum,  as  it  is 
 'mighty  in  strength,'  Ps.  cxxxv.  10;  Prov. 
 XXX.  26;  so  is  it  '  many  in  number,'  Ps.  xl. 
 6,  13;  cv.  24;  cxxxvii.  17. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Enemies  with  falsity,]  That 
 i?,for  a  false  cause,  or,  as  the  Gr.  explain- 
 eth  it,  "  unjustly."  Wink,]  Make  secret 
 signs  by  the  winking  of  the  eye,  which  argu- 
 eth  both  privy  and  scornful  gesture,  therefore 
 this  always  is  a  sign  of  evil,  Prov.  x.  10;  vi. 
 13.  Not  peace,]  That  is,  not  peaceably,  or 
 friendly,  which  yet  some  hypocrites  do,  Ps. 
 xxviii.  3,  or,  '  not  speak  to  come  to  any  sound 
 composition,  or  peaceable  end,  which  one 
 may  trust  unto.'  But  '  God  speaketh  peace 
 to  his  people,'  Ps.  Ixxxv.  9.  Words  of 
 deceits,]  Deceitful  words  or  things. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Hath  seen,]  Or  seeth,  to  wit, 
 the  evil  of  David,  or  that  which  we  desired. 
 In  speeches  of  evil  cases,  often  the  Heb.  useth 
 silence.  So  after  in  Ps.  liv.  9;  lix.  11;  and 
 cxviii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  23. — To  my  judgment,]  That  is, 
 to  judge  and  avenge  me  of  mine  enemies:  so 
 after,  to  my  plea,  is,  '  to  plead  rey  cause,'  as 
 verse  1. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Aha,  our  soul,]  That  is,  aAo 
 ve  have  our  desire.  Soul  is  sometimes  put 
 for  desire,  Ps.  xli.  3. 
 
 Ver.26 Clothed  with  bashfulness,] 
 
 Meaning,  their  confusion  on  every  side,  when 
 nothing   but   their  shame   a])peareth  and   so 
 
PSALM    XXXVI.  485 
 
 founded  together  tliat rejoice  at  mine  evil;  let  them  be  clothed  with 
 bashfulness  and  shame  that  magnify  against  me.  '"''  Let  them  shout 
 joyfully  and  rejoice  that  delight  my  justice  ;  and  let  them  say  con- 
 tinually. Magnified  be  Jehovah,  that  delightetli  the  peace  of  his 
 servant.  ^^  And  my  tongue  shall  meditate  thy  justice,  all  the  day 
 thy  praise. 
 
 (Continued.     So  Ps.  cix.  29;  cxxxii.  18;  Job  as  the  Gr.  explaineth.  So  after  in  Ps.  xxxviii. 
 
 vi.   22.     That    magmfv,]    To    wit,    their  17;  Iv.  13.     Delight  my  justice,]  Whom 
 
 mouths,   as  is   expressed,  Ezek.  xxxv.    IS,  my  justice  and  iiiiiocency  pleaseth  or  deligiit- 
 
 that  is,  speak  great    things,  and  boastfully,  eth;  and  the  defence  thereof. 
 
 PSALM    XXXVI. 
 
 1.  The  grievous  estate  of  the  wicked.  6.  The  excellency  of  God's 
 mercies  to  such  as  trust  in  him.  11.  A  prayer  for  the  righteous,  13. 
 and  prophecy  of  the  wicked' s  fall. 
 
 '  To  the  Master  of  the  music,  a  Psalm  of  David,  the  servant  of 
 J  eho  vah. 
 
 2  The  trespass  of  tlie  wicked  assuredly  saith  in  the  inmost  of 
 my  heart.  No  dread  of  God  is  before  his  eyes.  ^  For  he  flattereth 
 himselfin  liis  own  eyes,  to  find  his  iniquity  which  he  ought  to  hate. 
 *  The  words  of  his  mouth  are  iniquity  and  deceit ;  he  hath  left  off 
 to  be  prudent,  to  do  good.  *  He  thinketh  iniquity  upon  his  bed, 
 he  setteth  himself  on  a  way  not  good,  he  refuseth  not  evil.  *  Je- 
 hovah, thy  mercy  is  in  the  heavens,  thy  faithfulness  unto  the  skies. 
 '  Thy  justice   as  the   mountains  of  God,  tliy  judgments  a  great 
 
 Veh.  2. — The   tresp-^ss  of  the  wick-  iv.  1.    Or,  to  find,  that  is,  to  invent  or  devise 
 
 ED,]  Or,  trespass  saith  to  the  wicked,  tiiRt  is,  new  mischiefs;    as   the   apostle  speaking   of 
 
 persuadetii,    emboldeneth,    hardeueth    him.  inventors  (or  finders  out)  ot  evil  things,  Rom. 
 
 Assuredly  saith,]  Or,  it  is  an  aMwred  joy-  i.  30.     Which    he    oi'ght    to    hate,]  Or, 
 
 ing,   a    faithful    affirmation.     This  word    is  which  is  to  be  hated,  is  odious.     So,  to  keep, 
 
 peculiar  to  the  oracles  of  God,  which  are  sure  Ps.  cxix.  4,  that  is,  to  be  kept;  '  to  stop,  Ps. 
 
 and  faithful,  (as   the  apostle  sometimes  men-  xxxii.  9  ,  for,  to  be  stop[)ed;   '  to  do,'  Esth. 
 
 tioneth  '  faithful  sayings,'  1  Tim.  i.  15;  iii.  vi.  6,  for,  is  to  be   done.     So  Ps.   xlix.  15; 
 
 1;  iv.  9.     In  the  New  Testament  it  is  inter-  Jos.  ii.  5.     See    also   the    verb  active    ex- 
 
 preted,  'said,'  Mat.  xxii.  44,  from  Ps.cx.  1.  pounded  passively,  by  the  apostle's  authority. 
 
 And  David  by  the  Spirit  here  testifieth,  that  Ps.  li.   6.     But  the   Chald.   expoundeth  it, 
 
 the  wicked  man's  trespass  is  such,  as  assur-  "he  hateth  doctrine." 
 
 edly  saith  (or  avoucheth)  even  in   his  heart  Ver.  5.— He  setteth  himself,]  Namely, 
 
 and  conscience,   that    he  dreadeth  not  God.  to   stand   or   walk    continually   in  a  way  not 
 
 In  the  inmost  of  jit  heart,]  In  the  midst,  good,  as  Is.  Ixv.  2;  or  he  standeth  still,  as 
 
 or  within  my  heart:   meaning,  that  he  cer-  Exod.  xiv.  13. 
 
 tainly  knew  it,  and  was  much  afiected  with  Ver.  6. — In  the  heavens,]  Elsewhere 
 
 it.  it  is  said,  '  unto  the  heavens,'  Ps.   Ivii.   II  ; 
 
 Ver.  3. — To  find,]  That  is,  to  perform,  so  here  in  may  be  used  for  unto.    Sometimes 
 
 or  accomplish  ;  as  to  find  the  will,  is  to  per-  it  is,  'above  the  heavens,'  as  Ps.  cviii.  5. 
 form  or  do  the  same,  Is.   Iviii.    13.     So  in  Ver.  7. — Mountains  of  god,]  That  is. 
 
 Rom.  vii.  18.     Or,  to  find,  that  is,  to  obtain  high,  mighty,  or  excellent   mountains.  The 
 
 and  git,  as  Gen.  vi.  8  ;  Mat.  xi.  29  ;   Rom.  Heb.  useth  to  note  excellent  things,  by  add- 
 
486 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 depth:  Jeliovah,  thou  savest  man  and  beast.  ^  How  precious  is 
 thy  mercy,  O  God,  and  the  sons  of  Adam  hope  for  safety  in  the 
 shadow  of  thy  wings.  ®  They  shall  be  plenteously  moistened  with 
 the  fatness  of  tliy  house,  and  tlie  stream  of  thy  pleasures  tliou  wilt 
 give  them  to  drink.  "  Because  with  thee  is  the  well  of  life  :  in 
 thy  light  we  see  light.  "  Extend  thy  mercy  to  them  that  know 
 thee,  and  thy  justice  to  the  right  of  heart.  '^  Let  not  the  foot  of 
 pride  come  on  me  ;  and  the  hand  of  the  wicked,  let  it  not  make  me 
 flee.  "  There  have  they  fallen,  that  work  painful  iniquity  :  they 
 liave  been  thrust  down,  and  have  not  been  able  to  rise. 
 
 iiig  the  name  of  God  ;  as  '  cedars  of  God,'  Ps. 
 Ixxx.  11;  'mount  of  God,'  Ps.  Ixviii.  16; 
 'river  of  God,'  Ps.  Ixv.  10;  'wrestlings  of 
 God,'  Gen.  XXX.  5;  '  harps  of  God,'  Rev.xv. 
 2,  and  sundry  the  like.  So  the  Chald.  here 
 saith,  ''high  as  the  strong  mountains." 
 
 Ver.8. — How  PRECiODS,]  That  is,honour- 
 able,  and  much  to  be  esteemed  ;  sometimes 
 the  word  signifieth  '  bright '  and  '  glorious,' 
 Jol)  xxxi.  26;  Zach.  xiv.  6,  which  also 
 agreeth  well  here.  And  the  sons,]  Or, 
 when,  or  therefore  the  sons.  Shadow  of 
 THY  WINGS,]  That  is,  thy  protection,  so  Ps. 
 Ixiii.  8;  xci.  4;  called  sometimes 'the  se- 
 cret of  God's  wings,*  Ps.  Ixi.  5. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Well  of  life,]  Or,  as  the 
 Chald.  translateth,  "well  of  living  waters," 
 that  is,  an  ever-springing  fountain,  from 
 whom  life  and  all  graces  spring  and  flow.  So 
 God  is  called  the  '  well  of  living  waters,'  .Jar. 
 ii.  13;  xvii.  13;  Song  iv.  15.  We  see 
 LIGHT,]  Or,  enjoy  light,  that  is,  knowledge, 
 
 comfort,  joy,  &c.  See  Job  xxix.  3;  Is.  ix. 
 2;  Jam.  i.  17;  Ps.  xxvii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Extend  thy  mercy,]  Or, 
 draxv  it,  meaning,  exercise  and  show  it;  as 
 Ps.  cix.  12;  also  prolong  or  continue  it,  as 
 Ps.  Ixxxv.  6;  Eccl.  ii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Foot  of  pride,]  Or,  oi  haugh- 
 tiness, that  is,  as  the  Chald.  translateth,  "  of 
 the  proud  man,"  as  Jer.  1.  31,  32,  the  thing 
 being  put  for  the  person  in  whom  it  is.  As 
 deceit,  for  a  deceitful  man,  Prov.  xii.  27;  po- 
 verty, for  poor  people,  2  Kings  xxiv.  14; 
 habitation,  for  inhabitants,  2  Sam.  ix.  12; 
 circumcision,  for  circumcised,  Rom.  ii.  26; 
 helpings,  governings,  for  helpers,  governors, 
 1  Cor.  xii.  28;  dreams,  for  dreamers,  Jer. 
 xxvii.  9;  sin,  for  sinner,  Prov.  xiii.  6,  and 
 many  the  like.  See  also  Ps.  v.  5  ;  xii.  9 ; 
 Iv.  21;  cix.  4;  Ixxviii.  31. 
 
 Ver.  13. — There,]  To  wit,  in  the  very 
 enterprise,  while  they  laboured  to  remove 
 me. 
 
 PSALM    XXXVI L 
 
 David  persuadeth  to  patience  and  confidence  in  God,  by  the  different 
 estate  of  the  godly  and  wicked. 
 
 ^  A  Psalm  of  David. 
 ^  Fret  not  thyself  for  the  evil  doer;  envy  not  for  them  that  do 
 injurious  evil.       For  they  shall  soon  be  cut  down  as  grass,  and  shall 
 fade  as  the  greenness  of  the  budding  lierb. 
 
 ^  Trust  thou  in  Jehovah,  and  do  good  ;  dwell  in  tlie  land,  and 
 
 This  is  the  third  Psalm  penned  alphabet 
 wise,  there  being  two  verses  allowed  to  every 
 letter  except  four,  in  verses  7,  20,  29,  34. 
 See  Ps.  XXV.  1. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Fret,]  Or,  inflame  not,  burn 
 not  thyself  with  anger  or  grief.  So  after, 
 verses  7  and  8;  Piov,   xxiv.    19.     Evil  do- 
 
 ers,] To  be  like  unto  them,  as  the  Chald. 
 addeth,  which  accordeth  with  verse  8.  Envy 
 not,]  Or,  have  not  envious  zeal  or  emu- 
 lation. Tliis  word  is  general  for  all  hot  and 
 fervent  zeal,  whether  good  or  evil,  emulation, 
 jealousy,  envy,  and  the  like;  Ps.  cvi.  16; 
 Ixix.  10. 
 
PSALM    XXXVII. 
 
 487 
 
 feed  on  faith.  ^  And  delight  thyself  in  Jehovali,  and  he  will  give 
 thee  the  petitions  of  thy  lieart. 
 
 ^  Turn  confidently  thy  way  upon  Jehovah,  and  trust  upon  him, 
 and  he  will  do.  "  And  will  bring  forth  thy  justice  as  the  light,  and 
 thy  judgment  as  the  noon  brightness. 
 
 '  Be  silent  for  Jehovah,  and  wait  still  patiently  for  him  ;  fret 
 not  thyself  for  him  that  prospereth  in  his  way,  for  the  man  that 
 effecteth  devices. 
 
 *  Surcease  from  anger  and  leave  off  wrath,  fret  not  thyself  also 
 to  do  evil.  ^  For  evil-doers  shall  be  cut  down,  and  they  that  ear- 
 nestly wait  on  Jehovah,  they  shall  inlierit  the  land. 
 
 "  And  yet  a  little  while,  and  the  wicked  shall  not  he  :  and  thou 
 shalt  consider  his  place,  and  he  shall  not  be.  "  And  the  meek  shall 
 inlierit  the  land,  and  shall  delight  themselves  in  the  multitude  of 
 peace. 
 
 '^  The  wicked  deviseth  against  the  just,  and  gnasheth  his  teeth 
 against  him.  '^  The  Lord  laugheth  at  him,  for  he  seeth  that  his 
 day  doth  come. 
 
 "  The  wicked  have  drawn  the  sword.     And  bent  their  bow,  to 
 
 Ver.  o. — Dwell  in  the  land,]  This 
 may  be  taken  either  for  a  commandment, 
 '  to  dwell  in  the  land  of  Canaan,'  which  God 
 had  given  them  to  possess,  Num.  xxxiii.  53, 
 though  troubles  and  wants  should  arise  therein, 
 as  did  the  patriarch's  by  faith,  Gen.  xxxvii. 
 1;  xxvi.  3,  12  ;  Heb.  xi.  9.  Or,  for  a  pro. 
 mise,  dwell,  that  is,  thou  shalt  dwell,  that  is, 
 abide  long,  as  after  in  verse  27.  So,  see,  for 
 '  thou  shalt  see,'  Ps.  cxxviii.  5,  6;  '  seek  me 
 and  live,'  Amos  v.  4,  that  is,  ye  shall  live. 
 Feed  on  faith,]  To  wit,  '  which  shall  grow 
 out  of  the  land,'  Ps.  Ixxxv.  12,  that  is,  of  the 
 fruits  which  the  land  truly  and  faithfully  bring- 
 eth  forth.  Or,  as  a  promise,  '  thou  shalt  feed  on 
 faith,'  that  is,  on  the  faithful,  constant  in- 
 crease; and  thus  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  "thou 
 shalt  be  fed  with  the  riches  thereof,"  meaning, 
 of  the  land.  Or,  '  feed  on  faith,'  that  is, 
 nourish  thyself  and  live  by  it;  for  'the  just 
 man  liveth  by  his  faith,'  Hab.  ii.  4,  '  and 
 walketh  by  it,  not  liy  sight,'  2  Cor.  v.  7. 
 The  Chald,  expoundeth  it,  "  study  (or  exer- 
 cise thyself)  in  the  faith."  Or  feed  in  faith, 
 that  is,  thou  shalt  be  fed  faithfully  and  assur- 
 edly. Contrary  hereunto  is  '  to  feed  on  the 
 wind,' Hos.  xii.  1,  and  'on  ashes,'  Is.  xliv. 
 20. 
 
 Vee.  4 — Delight  thyself,]  Or,  thou 
 shalt  delight,  or  solace  thee :  so  ver.  1 1 ;  Job 
 xxii.  26. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Turn  confidently,]  Commit 
 of  trust.  In  Heb.  "  roll,'  in  Chald.  "  reveal 
 before  the  Lord."  See  Ps.  xxii.  9.  So  Prov. 
 xvi.  3,  'roll  (or  commit)  thy  works  unto  Je- 
 
 hovah. Will  do,]  That  which  thou  desirest ; 
 or  will  execute,  to  wit,  thy  judgment,  as  the 
 next  verse  showelh,  and  as  elsewhere  is 
 expressed,  Mic.  vii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  6. — As  the  light,]  To  wit,  of  the 
 morning,  or  sun,  (for  so  light  sometimes  sig- 
 nifieth,  Nth.  viii.  3  ;  Job  xxxi.  26,)  that  is, 
 clearly,  manifestly.  So  Hos.  vi.  5.  Com- 
 pare also  Job  xi.  17. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Be  silent,]  Or,  be  still,  stay 
 and  tarry  silently.  See  Ps.  iv.  5.  The  Gr. 
 saith,  "be  subject."  Wait  still  patient- 
 ly,] Or,  pain  thi/self, Ihht  is,  set  thyself  with 
 earnestness  and  patience  to  wait  for. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Surcease,]  Or,  slack,  let  yo.  A 
 word  contrary  to  holding  fast,  applied  here  to 
 the  shaking  or  abating  of  anger ;  so  Judg. 
 viii.  3.  Also  to  do  ]  Or,  which  is  but  to 
 do;   or,  at  least  to  <!o  t  vil. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Inherit,]  Or,  possess.  So  Is. 
 Ivii.  13,  '  he  that  trusteth  in  me  (saith  the 
 Lord)  shall  inherit  the  land,  and  possess  my 
 holy  mountain. 
 
 Ver.  11. — And  the  meek,]  Or,  but  the 
 meek.  From  hence  our  Lord  saith,  '  blessed 
 are  the  meek,  for  they  shall  inherit  the  land,' 
 Mat.  v.  5. 
 
 Ver.  1 3. — His  day,]  That  is,  '  his  dismal 
 day,'  the  time  appointed  for  his  aflliction  and 
 destruction,  1  Sam.  xxvi.  10;  Ezek.  xxi. 
 25,  29.  So  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  "  the 
 day  of  his  calamity."  Day  is  often  used  for 
 the  time  of  punishment;  as  'the  posterity 
 shall  be  astonied  at  his  day,*  Job  xviii.  20. 
 '  Woe  unto  them  for  their  day  is  come,'  Jer. 
 
488 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 fell  down  the  poor  afflicted  and  needy  one,  to  slay  them  that  be 
 right  of  way.  ''  Their  sword  shall  enter  into  their  own  heart,  and 
 their  bows  shall  be  broken. 
 
 "  Better  is  the  little  of  a  just  man,  than  the  plenteous  mammon 
 of  many  wicked  men.  '^  For  tlie  arms  of  wicked  7nen  shall  be 
 broken,  but  Jehovah  upholdeth  the  just. 
 
 "*  Jehovah  knoweth  the  days  of  perfect  men,  and  their  inheritance 
 shall  be  for  ever.  '^  They  shall  not  be  abashed  in  time  of  evil,  and 
 in  tlie  days  of  famine  they  shall  have  enough, 
 
 ^^  But  tlie  wicked  shall  perisli,  and  the  enemies  of  Jehovah,  as 
 the  precious ^^  of  rams  :  they  are  consumed,  with  the  smoke  they 
 are  consumed. 
 
 ^'  The  wicked  borroweth  and  repayeth  not,  and  the  just  sheweth 
 grace  and  giveth.  ^^  For  his  blessed  ones  shall  inherit  the  land, 
 and  his  accursed  ones  shall  be  cut  off. 
 
 *^  By  Jehovah  the  steps  of  the  man  are  established,  and  his  way 
 he  delighteth.  ^*  When  he  shall  fall  he  shall  not  be  cast  off,  for 
 Jehovah  upholdeth  his  hand. 
 
 1.  27.  So  'the  day  of  Madian,'  Is  ix.  4; 
 *  the  day  of  Jezreel,'  Hos.  i.  11 ;  '  the  day  of 
 Jerusalem,'  Ps.  cxxxvii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Drawn,]  Heb.  opened,  or 
 loosed,  meaning  out  of  the  sheath.  A  like 
 phrase  is,  '  the  emptying  of  the  sword,"  Ps. 
 XXXV.  3. 
 
 Veb.  16. — The  little  of  a  just  man,] 
 Or,  a  'little  (a  small  portion)  to  the  just.'  See 
 Prov.  XV.  16;  xvi.  8.  Plenteous  mam- 
 mon,] The  Heb.  Ao?»o»  signifieth  multitude, 
 plenty  or  store,  of  riches,  or  any  other  thing. 
 Here  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  "  riches."  From 
 this  Heb.  word,  riches  are  called  mammon, 
 Luke  xvi.  9,  11,  13.  Many  wicked,)  Or, 
 great  (mighty)  wicked. 
 
 Vee.  17.— Arms,]  That  is,  power,  help, 
 &c.      See  Ps.  X.  15. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Knoweth,]  That  is,  acknow- 
 ledgeth  and  regardeth,  as  Ps.  i.  6.  The 
 DATS,]  That  is,  the  events,  good  or  evil  estates, 
 calamities  that  at  any  time  befall  them,  as 
 verse  13;  Ps.  cxvi.  2;  cxix.  84.  See  also 
 Ps.  xxxi.  16.  Shall  be  for  ever,]  Mean- 
 ing, that  they  and  their  seed  after  them 
 should  inherit  the  land,  Exod.  xxxii.  13;  Jos, 
 xiv.  J>;  1  Chron.  xxviii.  8;  Prov.  xiii.  22 ;  Is. 
 Ix.  21,  and  then  come  to  their  immortal 
 inheritance,  1  Pet.  i.  4. 
 
 Ver.  20. — The  precious  fat,]  That  which 
 is  precious  in  the  ram=,  the  best,  and  that 
 was  the  fat,  all  which  was  the  Lord's,  and 
 might  not  therefore  be  eaten  by  any  man,  but 
 was  burned  upon  the  altar,  and  so  consumed 
 away  in  smoke.  Lev.  iii.  15 — 17.  So,  'the 
 precious  fruit  of  the  earth,'  Jam.  v.  7.  The 
 Heb.  carirn,  elsewhere  used  for  fields  or  pas- 
 
 tures, Ps.  Ixv.  14,  is  here  <fat  pastured  rams^' 
 or  muttons:  so  Deut.   xxxii.   14;  Is.  xxxiv. 
 
 6;  Amos  vi,  4,  With  the  smoke,]  Which 
 vanished  in  the  air;  therefore  the  Gr.  saith, 
 "  as  the  smoke  :"  so  Ps.  cii.  4.  The  Chald, 
 paraphraseth,  "  they  shall  be  consumed  in 
 the  smoke  of  Gehenna,"  (or  of  hell). 
 
 Ver.  21. — Repayeth  not,]  Shall  not,  or 
 will  not  pay  again.  It  may  intend  both  his 
 inability,  that  he  cannot,  and  his  unconscion- 
 ableness,  that  he  will  not  pay.  Borrowing  in 
 the  law  is  noted  for  a  curse;  as  lending  for  a 
 blessing,  Deut.  xxviii.  12,  44,  '  for  the  bor- 
 rower is  servant  to  the  lender,'  Prov.  xxii.  7 
 Sheweth  grace,]  Or,  doth  graciously,  that 
 is,  is  liberal  and  bountiful.  So  the  apostle 
 calleth  liberality,  grace,  1  Cor.  xvi.  3;  ti 
 Cor.  viii.  4,  19. 
 
 Ver.  22.— His  blessed  ones,]  Or,  they 
 that  are  blessed  of  him,  that  is,  of  God.  The 
 Chald.  addeth,  "they  that  are  blessed  by  his 
 word:"  and  after,  "they  that  are  cursed  by 
 his  oath." 
 
 Ver.  23. — Steps  of  the  man,]  The  gate, 
 or  ways  of  such  a  man  as  is  before  spoken  of ;  or, 
 as  after  followeth,  whose  way  God  delighteth  -, 
 called  here  gebcr,  a  valiant  man.  A  like 
 phrase  is  in  Is.  Ix.  12;  the  nations,  that  is, 
 those  nations,  such  as  are  there  before  men- 
 tioned. Stablished,]  Or  firmly  diiected 
 and  perfected.  The  word  noteth  the  order- 
 ing, perfecting,  and  fast  stablishing  of  any- 
 thing. And  his  way,]  Or  thus,  to  wit, 
 whose  way  he  delighteth  (or  affecteth).  So 
 Gideon  and  his  house,  Judg.  viii.  27,  for  Gi- 
 deon, his  house. 
 
 Ver.   24.— Shall  fall,]    To   wit,    into 
 
PSALM    XXXVII.  489 
 
 "  I  have  been  joiing,  also  I  am  waxed  old,  and  I  have  not  seen 
 tlie  just  man  forsaken,  and  his  seed  seeking  bread.  ^^  All  the  day 
 lie  sheweth  grace  and  lendeth,  and  his  seed  are  in  the  blessing. 
 
 "  Eschew  evil  and  do  good,  and  dwell  for  ever.  ^^  For  Jehovah 
 loveth  judgment,  and  will  not  forsake  his  gracious  saints;  they  arc 
 kept  for  ever,  and  the  seed  of  the  wicked  is  cut  off. 
 
 '-'''Just  men  shall  inherit  the  land,  and  shall  dwell  therein  to  per- 
 petual aye. 
 
 ^^  The  mouth  of  the  just  will  utter  wisdom,  and  his  tongue  speak- 
 eth  judgment.  ^'  The  law  of  his  God  is  in  his  heart,  it  shall  not 
 stagger  in  his  steps. 
 
 ^-  The  wicked  spieth  for  the  just,  and  seeketh  to  work  his  death. 
 ^^  Jehovah  will  not  leave  him  in  his  liand,  nor  condemn  him  for 
 wicked  when  he  is  judged. 
 
 ^^  Wait  thou  earnestly  for  Jehovah,  and  keep  his  way,  and  he 
 will  exalt  thee  for  to  inherit  the  land  :  when  the  wicked  are  cut  off, 
 thou  shalt  see  it. 
 
 '"^  I  have  seen  the  wicked  daunting  terrible,  and  spreading  him- 
 self bare,  as  a  green  self- growing  laurel.  ^^  And  he  passed  away, 
 and  lo  he  was  not,  and  I  sought  him  and  he  was  not  found. 
 
 ^'  Observe  the  perfect  man,  and  see  the  righteous,  for  the  afier- 
 end  of  the  man  shall  be  peace,  ^'^  And  trespassers  shall  be  destroyed 
 together,  the  after  end  of  the  wicked  shall  be  cut  off. 
 
 ^'  And  the  salvation  of  just  men  is  of  Jehovah,  their  strength  in 
 time  of  distress. 
 
 sin,  by  occasion  or  infiimity.  Gal.  vi,  1,  or  Ver.  31.— In  his  heart,]  So  God  com- 
 
 '  into  affliction    and    trouble,'    Mic.    vii.  9.  manded,  Dent.  vi.  6,  and  there  hath  he  pro- 
 
 Thus  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  '  if  he  fail  mised  '  to  write  his  law,'  Heb.  viii.  10.  See 
 
 into  sickness,  he  shall  not  die."     For,   'the  also  Ps.  xl.  9;  Is.  li.  7.    It  shall  not  stag-' 
 
 just  man  falleth  seven  times  and  riseth  again,'  ger,]  Understand,  'his   foot'  shall  not   stag- 
 
 Prov.  sxiv.   16.      Upholdeth   his    hand,]  ger,    or   falter.  Job  xii.  5.      Or,  any  one  of 
 
 And    consequently  raiseth  him    up.     Alike  his  steps  (or  feet)  shall  not  stagger  or  slide, 
 
 phrase  is  of  '  strengthening  the  hand,' Is.  viii.  Ver.  33. — Condemn  him  for  wicked,] 
 
 II;  I  Sam.  xxiii.  16.  Make,   or    pronounce   him   wicked,   that  is, 
 
 Ver.  26. — His  seed,]  That  is, /zw  cA/Wrew  condemn  him.     Opposed  to  justifying.     So 
 
 or  posterity  are   in    the  blessing,  or  are  ap-  Ps.  xciv.  21;   Job  ix.  20. 
 
 pointed  to  the  blessing,  as  the  heirs  thereof,  Ver.  35. — Daunting  terrible,]  Sorely 
 
 Gen.  xxviii.  3;    1   Pet.  iii.  9,  and  have  still  dismaying    others    with   his  terrors:  in  Gi-., 
 
 abundance,  though  tliey  give  to  others  :   for,  "  lifted  very  high."  See  Ps.  x.  18.  Spread- 
 
 •  the  blessing  of  the  Lord  makelh  rich,' Prov.  ing  bare,]  Making  bare,  that  is,  thrusting 
 
 X.  22.     And,  '  there  is  that  scattereth,  and  forth   and  showing  himself.     Green,]  That 
 
 is  more  increased,'  Prov.  xi.  24.  is,  fresh  and  flourishing,  as  Dan.  iv.  1.       It 
 
 Ver.  27. — Dwell  for  ever,]  That  is,  is   not  meant  for  colour  only,  but  for  juice 
 
 'thou  shalt  dwell,' as  verse  3.    The  like  pro-  and  vigour.    SoPs.  Iii.  10.     Self-growing 
 
 mise  is  in  Jer.  vii.  5 — 7.  Iaorel,]  A  tree  that  groweth  in  his  natural 
 
 Ver.  28.— Is  cut  off,]  A  like  judgment  place,   which   commonly  sprouts  and  thrivo= 
 
 is  in  Job  xviii.  19,  '  He  shall  have  neither  better  than  such  as  are  removed  to  another 
 
 son  nor  nephew  among  his  people,  nor  any  soil ;  therefore  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  "  as  the 
 
 posterity  in  his  dwellings.'    See  also  Ps.  xxi.  cedars  of  Lebanon." 
 
 11;  cix.  13;  and  the  contrary,  Ps.  cii.  29.  Ver.  37. — The  after  end,]  Or,  the  last, 
 
 Ver.     :,0. — Will    meditate,]    usually  or  the  posterity.      This  word  is   sometimes 
 
 meditateth,  that  is,  resoundeth,  uttereth,  as  used  for  the  end,  as  Deut.  xi.  12;  xxxii.  20, 
 
 Ps.  XXXV.  28,  29;  Jer.  xxix.  U;  sometimes  for  '  posteiity 
 
 Vol.  II.             ■                                          3  Q 
 
490 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 *°  And  Jehovah  will  help  tliem,  and  deliver  them  :  he  will  deli- 
 ver them  from  the  wicked,  and  save  them,  because  they  hope  for 
 safety  in  him. 
 
 of  children  left  behind,'  as  Ps.  cix.  13,  Dan. 
 xi.  4.  And  thus  it  may  be  understood  here, 
 specially  in   the   verse  following.     The  Gr. 
 
 translateth,  "  there  is  a  remnant  to  thu  peace- 
 able man." 
 
 Ver.    40. — In  him,]  Cliald.  in  his  word. 
 
 PSALM   xxxvin. 
 
 David,  in  sore  afflictions,  entreateth  God  not  to  he  angry  with  him, 
 5.  complaineth  of  his  sins,  and  chastisements,  11.  of  his  own  weakness, 
 12.  of  his  friends  forsaking  him,  13.  and  his  enemies'  malice  ••  l6.  yet 
 his  faith  is  in  God,  whose  help  he  desireth. 
 
 '  A  Psalm  of  David,  for  to  record. 
 
 ^  Jehovah,  rebuke  me  not  in  thy  fervent  anger,  neitlier  chas- 
 tise me  in  thy  wrathful  heat.  ^  For  thy  arrows  are  stuck  in  me, 
 and  tliou  lettest  down  tliy  hand  upon  me.  *  No  soundness  is  in  my 
 flesh,  because  of  thy  angry  threat,  no  peace  is  in  my  bones,  because 
 of  my  sin.  ^  For  my  iniquities  are  gone  over  my  head  :  as  a 
 heavy  burden,  they  are  too  heavy  for  me.  *  My  stripes  do  stink, 
 and  are  putrified,  because  of  my  foolishness.  ^  I  am  crooked,  I  am 
 bov,red  down  very  vehemently;  all  the  day  I  walk  sad.     *  For  my 
 
 Ver.  1. — t<oR  TO  record,]  Or,  to  cause 
 remembrance  for  commemoration,  to  wit,  of 
 David's  troubles,  as  Ps.  cxxxii.  1  ;  and  of 
 God's  mercies,  deliverances,  and  prayers  for 
 the  same,  as  Is.  Ixiii.  7.  The  like  title  is  of 
 the  Ixx.  Ps.  David  appointed  before  the  ark 
 singers  of  the  Levites  '  for  to  record,  and  to 
 confess,  and  to  praise  Jehovah  the  God  of 
 Israel,'  I  Chron.  xvi.  4.  The  Gr.  addeth  to 
 the  title,  "a  Psalm  of  David  for  remembrance 
 concerning  the  Sabbath. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Neither,]  Heb.  and,  where 
 the  word  not  is  again  to  be  repeated,  as  is 
 noted,  Ps.  ix.  19;  and  as  is  expressed,  Ps.  vi. 
 2,  where  the  like  prayer  is  made. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Thy  -■irrows,]  So  Job  saith, 
 '  the  arrows  of  the  Almighty  are  in  me,  tlie 
 venom  whereof  drinketh  up  my  spirit,'  Job 
 vi.  4,  Arrows  are  sicknesses,  or  plagues  of 
 body  or  mind,  Ps.  xviii.  15  ;  xci.  5.  Thy 
 hand.]  In  Chald.,  "  the  stroke  of  thy  hand." 
 
 Ver.  4. — No  soundness,]  Or,  '  there  is 
 nothing  sound,'  or  'whole.'  So  Is.  i.  6.  An- 
 gry threat,]  Or,  detestation,  indignation. 
 Sue  Ps.  vii.  \2. 
 
 Ver. 6. — My  stripes,]  Or,  scars;  properly 
 such  soro  marks,  wounds,  or  stripes,  as 
 wherein  the  blood  and  humours  are  gathered. 
 
 and  do  appear  after  beating  ;  named  in  Eng- 
 lish, wails.  Foolishness,]  The  Heb.  juve- 
 leth,  meaneth  rash  and  unadvised  folly, 
 through  want  of  prudence.  Therefore,  though 
 commonly  in  Gr.  itisturned  imprudence,  yet 
 sometimes  it  is  called  '  unadvised  rashness,' 
 Prov.  xiv.  17,  and  Evil,  the  fool,  is  named, 
 rash  or  heady,  Prov.  x.  14.  And  by  foolish- 
 ness is  meant  usually  viciousness  or  sin,  and 
 is  so  expressed  by  the  Gr.,  Prov.  xiii.  16; 
 XV.  2;  XX vi.  11;  and  our  Saviour  numbereth 
 foolishness  among  '  other  evils  that  defile  a 
 man,'  Mark  vii.  22. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Sad,]  mournfully.  See  Ps. 
 XXXV.  14. 
 
 Ver.  S. — My  flanks,]  Or  loins.  Parch- 
 ing,] Or,  burning,  roasting.  So  elsewhere 
 he  complaineth  of  the  burning  of  his  bones, 
 Ps.  cii.  4,  and  so  the  Chald.  paraphrast  here 
 taketh  this  word,  which  may  also  be  translated, 
 vile  matter:  meaning  a  vile  or  loathsome  di- 
 sease, full  of  burning  pains.  The  Gr.  turn- 
 eth  it,  "  mockings." 
 
 Ver.  9. — The  groaning,]  Or,  rumbling, 
 roaring  noise. 
 
 Veb.  11. — Panteth,]  Throbbeth,  beateth 
 about,  through  trouble  and  distemperature. 
 Able  strength,]  Force  and  ability  that  is 
 
PSALM   XXXIX. 
 
 491 
 
 flanks  are  full  of  parching,  and  there  is  no  soundness  in  my  flesh. 
 '  I  am  weakened  and  crushed  very  sore,  I  roar  out  for  the  groan- 
 ing of  my  heart.  *"  Lord,  before  tliee  is  all  my  desire,  and  my 
 sighing  is  not  liid  from  thee.  "  My  heart  panteth,  my  able  strength 
 forsaketh  me,  and  the  light  of  mine  eyes  even  they  are  not  with  me. 
 '^  My  lovers  and  my  nearest  friends  stand  from  before  my  stroke, 
 and  my  neighbours  stand  afar  off".  "  And  they  that  seek  my  soul, 
 set  snares ;  and  they  that  seek  my  evil,  speak  woful  evils,  and  all 
 the  day  they  meditate  deceits.  '*  And  I  as  a  deaf  man  hear  not, 
 and  as  a  mute  man  openeth  not  his  mouth.  '^  And  I  am  as  a  man 
 which  heareth  not,  and  in  whose  mouth  are  no  reproofs.  '^  Be- 
 cause for  thee  Jehovah  I  do  hopefully  waitj  thou  wilt  answer,  O 
 Lord  my  God.  "  For  I  said,  lest  they  rejoice  at  me,  awe?  when  my 
 foot  is  moved  do  magnify  against  me.  ^^  For  I  am  ready  to  halt- 
 ing, and  my  pain  is  before  me  continually.  "  For  I  do  declare 
 my  iniquity,  I  am  careful  for  my  sin.  ^  And  my  enemies  are  alive, 
 mighty,  and  multiplied  are  they  that  hate  me  falsely.  ^^  And  they 
 that  repay  evil  for  good,  are  my  adversaries,  for  tliat  I  follow  good. 
 ^^  Forsake  me  not,  Jeliovah ;  my  God,  be  not  far  off  from  me. 
 "^  Hasten  to  my  lielp,  Lord,  my  salvation. 
 
 Ver.  18. — To  HALTING.]  To  show  my 
 infirmity  iti  my  trials  and  afflictions;  as 
 Jacob  halted,  after  liis  wrestling  with  God, 
 Gen.  xxxii.  31.  See  Ps.  xxxv.  15.  In 
 the  Gr.  "  I  am  ready  for  scourges,"  that 
 is,  to  suffer  correction  and  punishment  for 
 my  sins:  sotheChald.  sailh,  "  for  calamity." 
 
 Ver.  19. — Am  careful,]  Or,  will  shew 
 care,  taking  thought  as  for  fear  of  some  evil 
 or  danger  to  come.  So  the  original  word 
 importeth,  Josh.  xxii.  24;  1  Sam.  ix.  5;  x. 
 2;  Is.  Ivii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Are  alive,]  Or,  living,  that 
 is,  lively,  lusty,  cheerful,  hale,  and  sound, 
 or  rich,  as  the  word  seemeth  to  mean  ia 
 Eccl.  vi.  8.  Are  mighty,]  Or,  'strength- 
 ened, compacted,*  by  power,  riches,  number, 
 &c.  See  Ps.  xxxv.  18.  Falsely,]  Or,  in 
 falsity,  that  is,  for  a  false,  untrue,  and  unjust 
 cause,  Ps.  xxxv.  19.  So  the  Gr.  translateth 
 it,  "  unjustly." 
 
 Ver.  21. — My  adversaries,]  Or,  'are 
 adverse  to  me,  opposite,  to  let  and  hinder  me.' 
 The  Heb.  saian  is  hereupon  applied  to  the 
 devil,  who  is  an  adversary  to  hinder  all 
 goodness,  Zach.  iii.  1 ;  Mark  i.  13  ;  Rev. 
 xii.  9.  So  after,  Ps.  Ixxi.  13  ;  cix.  4,  6; 
 XX.  29. 
 
 in  the  heart  and  bowels;  as  elsewhere  he 
 saith,  'my  heart  forsaketh  me,  Ps,  xl.  13. 
 Are  not  with  me,]  That  is,  1  have  no  use 
 of  them ;  *  I  cannot  see,'  Ps.  xl.  13,  Through 
 faintness,  ofttimes  the  eye-sight  faileth,  1 
 Sam.  xiv.  28,  29;  Ps.  xiii.  4. 
 
 Vee.  12. — My  plague,]  Or,  stroke, 
 touch,  hurt.  The  Heb.  useth  touching,  for 
 striking,  or  hurting  any  manner  of  way,  Ps. 
 cv.  15. 
 
 Ver.  13 — Seek  my  soul,]  To  kill  me. 
 See  Ps.  xxxv.  4.  Woful  evils,]  In  Gr., 
 vanities,  in  Chald.,  falsehood. 
 
 Ver.  15. — No  rzprkhe^sions,]  No  argu- 
 ments, or  convictions. 
 
 Ver.  1G.  Thou  wilt  answer,]  Or,  'that 
 thou  make  answer,'  that  is,  hear  and  deliver 
 me.  Ps.  iii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  17. — I  said,  lest,]  '  I  say,  (I  think) 
 it  is  to  be  feared,  lest/  &c.  An  imperfect 
 speech  through  passion.  My  foot  is  mov- 
 ed,] That  is,  slip.  This  is  always  in  the 
 evil  part,  when  one's  state  is  changed  to 
 worse,  Deut.  xxxii.  35;  Ps.lxvi.  9;  xciv.  18; 
 cxxi.  3.  A  like  phrase  is  of  '  moving 
 of  the  hand,'  Lev.  xxv.  35.  Magnify,] 
 Vaunt  themselves:  in  Gr.,  "speak  great 
 things."     See  Ps.  xxxv.  26. 
 
 PSALM    XXXIX. 
 
 David's  care  of  his  words :  5.  his  consideration  of  the  brevity  and 
 vanity  of  life ;  8.  his  hope  in  God,  10.  patience  and  prayer  in  affliction. 
 
492 
 
 P  S  x\  L  M  S. 
 
 1 2.  He  confesseth  man's  weakness,  and  in  respect  of  his  short  pilgrimage 
 desireth  refreshing. 
 
 '  To  tlie  Master  of  the  music,  to  Jeduthun  ;  a  Psalm  of  David. 
 
 ^  I  SAID,  I  vail  take  heed  to  my  ways,  from  shining  with  my 
 tongue :  I  will  keep  a  bridle  on  my  mouth,  wliile  the  wicked  is 
 before  me.  ^  I  was  dumb  witli  stillness,  I  was  silent  from  good,  and 
 my  pain  was  troubled.  *  Mine  heart  was  hot  within  me,  in  my 
 meditation  the  fire  burned,  I  spake  with  my  tongue.  *  Jehovah, 
 make  me  to  know  mine  end,  and  the  measure  of  my  days,  what 
 it  is  :  let  me  know  how  soon  ceasing  I  am.  "^  Lo,  thou  hast  given 
 my  days  of  hand-breadths,  and  my  worldly  time  is  as  nothing 
 before  tliee ;  surely  all  vanity  is  every  man,  though  settled,  Selah. 
 '  Surely  in  an   image  walketh   each  man,  surely  in  vanity  do  they 
 
 Veb.  1. — To  Jedqthun,]  Or,  'for'  him  : 
 and  it  may  be  meant  not  only  for  his  person, 
 but  for  his  posterity,  as  Aaron  is  put  for  the 
 Aaronites,  1  Chron.  xii.  27.  This  Jeduthun 
 and  his  sons  were  singers  in  Israel  with  the 
 harp  :  he  prophesied  for  the  confessing  and 
 giving  praise  to  Jehovah,  1  Chron.  xxv.  3. 
 So  Ps.  Ixxvii.  1.  The  Chald.  addeth  to  the 
 title,  "  To  praise  for  the  keeping  of  the  house 
 of  the  sanctuary,  by  the  mouth  of  Jedu- 
 thun." 
 
 Ver.  2. — Take  heed,]  Or,  beware,  ob- 
 serve. The  like  speech  is  used,  1  Kings  ii. 
 4.  From  sinning,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr. 
 translatetl),  "  that  I  sin  not,"  or  miss  not. 
 '  If  any  man  sin  not  in  word,  he  is  a  perfect 
 man  and  able  to  bridle  all  the  body,'  Jam.  iii. 
 2.  A  BRIDLE,]  Or  muzzle.  The  Gr. 
 turneth  it  a  ward.  By  this  the  untamedness 
 of  the  tongue  is  noted,  which  must  by  force 
 and  watchfulness  be  restrained.  See  Jam. 
 iii.  3—8. 
 
 Ver.  3. — With  stillness,]  Or,  silent- 
 ness,  tamed  sul>jection,  as  the  word  often 
 signifieth,  Ps.  iv.  5.  Wherefore  the  Gr. 
 here  turneth  it,  "■  I  was  humbled.'  From 
 GOOD,]  In  Gr,,  "from  good  things,"  which 
 the  Chald.  explaiiieth,  "the  words  of  the 
 law."  My  pain  was  troubled,]  "My  sore 
 was  exulcerate,  renewed,"  as  the  Gr.  saith, 
 "  and  increased." 
 
 Ver..  4. — Fire  burned,]  With  this  speech 
 of  David  we  may  compare  that  of  Jeremiah, 
 '  And  I  said,  I  will  not  mention  him,  nor 
 speak  any  more  in  his  name:  but  it  was  in 
 my  heart  as  a  burning  fire  shut  up  in  my 
 bones,  and  I  was  weary  with  forbearing,  and 
 could  no  longer,'  Jcr.  xx.  9. 
 
 Ver.  5. — How  soon  ceasing,]  How  tem- 
 porary, frail,  brittle,  and  short-lived;  as  the 
 Cliald.  expoundeth  it,  "  when  I  shall  cease 
 out  of  the  world;"  or,  how  defective  I  am: 
 so  tlie  Gr.  saith,  "  what  I  lack,"  to  wit,  of 
 
 the  end  of  my  days ;  what  is  the  term  and 
 period  of  my  life. 
 
 Ver.  6 Of  hand-breadths,]  That  is, 
 
 thou  hast  exactly  measured  them  out,  and 
 they  are  but  short.  A  hand-breadth  is  a 
 short  measure,  the  breadth  of  four  fingers, 
 Mt  worldly  time,]  My  life-time,  my  tem- 
 porary age.  The  Gr.  translateth  it,  "  my 
 substance;"  the  Cliald.  "my  body."  The 
 llbh.cheled,  is  the  world,  Ps.  xvii.  14,  used 
 here  for  man's  life-time  in  this  world.  So 
 Ps.  Ixxxix.  48;  Job  xi.  17.  Surely,]  Or, 
 but  only.  All  V'ANITY,]  Or,  'a  mere  vapour, 
 all  manner  vanity,  and  nothing  else.'  What- 
 soever vanity  is  in  the  world,  may  all  be  seen 
 ill  man.  The  Ileb.  kebel  is  a  soon  vanishing 
 vapour,  as  the  breath  of  one's  mouth.  To  this 
 the  apostle  hath  reference,  saying,  '  What  is 
 your  life  ?  it  is  even  a  vapour,  that  appeareth 
 for  a  little  time,  and  afterwards  vanisheth 
 away,'  Jam.  iv.  14.  Every  man,]  Or,  all 
 mankind:  Heb.  "  all  Adam."  Adam  called 
 his  second  son  Hebel,  that  is,  vanity.  Gen. 
 iv.  2;  and  here  David  saith,  that '  all  Adam' 
 (every  man)  is  hebcl,  vanity.  Solomon  in 
 Ecclesiastes,  declareth  this  at  large.  See 
 also  Ps.  Ixii.  10.  Though  settled,]  Or, 
 'standing,  steadfast,' and  in  good  estate:  iuGr. 
 "living."  The  Chald.  saith,  "but  all  just 
 ones  live  for  ever." 
 
 Ver.  7. — Walketh  in  an  image,]  Or,  m 
 a  shadow,  that  is,  obscurely,  changeth  daily, 
 kadeth  an  imaginary  life,  rather  than  a  life  it- 
 self, and  so  soon  passeth  hence  ;  '  he  fleeth  as 
 a  shadow,  and  abideth  not,'  Job  xiv.  2.  So 
 Paul  saith,  '  the  fashion  (or  hue)  of  this  world 
 gocth  away,'  1  Cor.  vii.  31.  The  Chald. 
 oxplaineth  it  otherwise,  "  walketh  in  the 
 image  of  the  Lord."  Make  a  stir,]  Or,  a 
 tumult,  disquieting  themselves  and  one  ano- 
 ther. Heheapeth,]  That  is,  any  one  heapeth 
 up,  to  wit,  goods,  and  knows  not  who  shall 
 enjoy  them.     See  Eccl.  ii.  18,  19. 
 
PSALM   XL. 
 
 493 
 
 make  a  stir,  he  lieapetli  up,  and  kuowetli  not  who  shall  gather  tliem. 
 **  And  now  what  expect  I  Lord  ?  my  liopeful  expectation  it  is  for 
 thee,  ^  Deliver  me  from  all  my  trespasses,  put  me  not  the  reproach 
 of  the  fool.  "  I  am  dumb,  I  will  not  open  my  mouth,  because  thou 
 liast  done  it.  "  Turn  away  thy  plague  from  me ;  by  the  striking 
 of  thine  hand  I  am  consumed.  ^^  With  reproofs  for  iniquity  thou 
 chastisest  a  man,  and  makest  tliat  which  is  to  be  desired  of  his  to 
 melt  away  as  a  moth :  surely  vanity  is  every  man,  Selah.  '^  Hear 
 my  prayer,  J  ehovah,  and  mine  outcry,  give  ear  unto  my  tears ;  cease 
 not  as  deaf,  for  a  stranger  I  am  with  thee,  a  sojourner,  as  all  my 
 fathers.  "  Stay  from  me,  and  let  me  refresh  myself  before  I  go, 
 and  I  be  not. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Put  me  not,]  Or,  'expose,  make 
 me  not'  to  be  the  reproach  of  the  fool  of 
 Nabal  ;  whereof  see  Ps.xiv.  1. 
 
 Ver.  10. — I  AM  DUMB,]  Or, '  tongue-tied. 
 This  is  a  profession  of  his  patient  sufferance 
 of  the  things  laid  upon  liim  by  God.  And  so 
 did  David  carry  himself,  2  Sam.  xvi.  10  ; 
 and  Aaron,  Lev.  x.  3. 
 
 Ver.  11. — The  striking,]  Or,  buffeting: 
 this  noteth  the  greatness  and  oft  reiteration 
 of  his  trouble. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Melt,]  That  \s,  consume  away. 
 As  A  MOTH,]  To  wit,  asa  moth-worm  consum- 
 eth,  or  perisheth,  '.vhich  is  suddenly,  as  Job 
 iv.  19,  'they  are  destroyed  before  the  moth.' 
 Or,  as  the  moth  consumeth  garments,  so  thou 
 with  thy  rebukes  consumest  them,  as  Hos.  v. 
 12;  Job   xiii.    28;    Is.  1.   9;    li.   8.     That 
 
 WHICH    IS    TO    BE    DESIRED    OF    HIS,]      Or,     is 
 
 desirable  ;  meaning  his  beauteous  grace,  best 
 strength,  dignity,  and  every  whit  of  him  that 
 is  amiable,  to  be  desired,  or  liked:  which  the 
 
 Gr.  expoundethtobe  "his  soul  ;"  the  Chald. 
 "  his  body." 
 
 Ver.  13. — Unto  my  tears,]  Which  cry 
 unto  God,  (as  blood  is  said  to  cry,  Gen.  iv. 
 10,)  or,  which  are  joined  with  earnest 
 prayers,  as  Heb.  v.  7.  A  stranger  with 
 THEE,]  This  is  taken  from  the  law,  Lev.  xxv. 
 23,  '  The  land  is  mine,  ye  are  but  strangers, 
 and  sojourners  «ith  me.'  The  like  acknow- 
 ledgment is  also  in  1  Chron.  xxix.  15. 
 Hence  saith  the  apostle,  '  They  confessed 
 that  they  were  strangers  and  pilgrims  on  the 
 earth,'  and  '  they  that  say  such  things  declare 
 plainly  that  they  seek  a  country,'  to  wit,  '  an 
 heavenly,'  Heb.  xi.  13,  14,  16. 
 
 Ver.  14.— Stay,]  Or,  leave  off,  to  wit, 
 thine  anger,  or  affliction:  or  look  away,  shut 
 the  eye,  as  this  word  sometimes  signifieth, 
 Is.  vi.  10.  And  let  me  refresh,]  Or,  that  I 
 may  recover  strength.  This  speech  is  taken 
 from  Job  x.  20,  21.  I  go,]  To  wit,  unto 
 death.     See  Gen.  xv.  2;  and  xxv.  32;  v.  24. 
 
 PSALM    XL. 
 
 1.  David  propJiesieth  of  Christ's  afflictions  and  deliverance.  7.  The 
 aholishing  of  legal  sacrifices,  and  the  oblation  of  himself .  10.  Where- 
 upon the  righteousness  of  God  is  preached  unto  the  church.  13.  His 
 many  troubles  against  which  he  prayeth.  1 5.  The  confusion  of  his  ene- 
 mies, and  joy  of  those  that  love  his  salvation. 
 
 ^  To  the  Master  of  the  music,  David's  Psalm. 
 
 ^  Waiting,  I  waited  for  Jehovah,  and  he  bended  unto  me, 
 
 and 
 
 Ver.  ]. — David's  psalm,]  Or,  a  Psytlm 
 of  David;  but  David's  name  is  here  set  first, 
 which  elsewhere  commonly  is  last:  or,  a 
 Psalm  concerning  David,  that  is,  Christ,  who 
 is  called  David  in  tlie  prophets,  Hos.  iii,  5  ; 
 
 Jer.  XXX.  9;  Ezek.  xxxiv.  23;  xxxvii.  24, 
 Of  him  this  psalm  treateth,  as  the  apostle 
 teacheth,  Heb.  x.  5,  6,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Waiting,]  Or,  expecting  ;  the 
 doubling  of  this  word  noteth  earnestness,  con- 
 
494 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 heard  my  cry.  ^  And  lie  brought  me  up  out  of  the  pit  of  sounding 
 calamity,  out  of  the  mire  of  mud,  and  set  up  my  feet  upon  a  rock; 
 he  ordered  steadily  my  steps.  ^  And  he  hath  given  into  my  mouth 
 a  new  song,  a  praise  to  our  God :  many  shall  see  and  fear,  and 
 sliall  trust  in  Jeliovah.  ^  O  blessed  is  tlie  man  that  putteth  Jeho- 
 vali  liis  secure  trust,  and  respecteth  not  the  proud  and  them  that 
 turn  aside  unto  a  lie.  "^  Thou  Jehovah,  my  God,  hast  made  many 
 thy  marvellous  works;  and  thy  thoughts  towards  us  none  can  count 
 them  in  order  unto  thee  ;  would  I  declare  and  speak  of  them,  tliey 
 are  mightily  increased,  7nore  than  caw  be  told.  ^  Sacrifice  and  obla- 
 tion thou  wouldest  not ;  mine  ears  hast  thou  digged  open  :  burnt- 
 ofiering  and  sin-offering  thou  askedst  not.  ^  Then  said  I,  Lo  I  come, 
 
 stancy,  patience.  Bendkd,]  To  wit,  his  ear, 
 as  is  expressed  Ps.  xvii.  6. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Pit  of  sounding  calamity,] 
 Or,  'dungeon  of  tumultuous  desolation'  which 
 echoed  and  resounded  with  dreadful  noises, 
 denoting  thereby  the  greatness  of  Christ's 
 afflictions.  Mire  of  mud,]  That  is,  muddy 
 (or  dirty)  mire,  or  clay,  signifying  fast  cleav- 
 ing afflictions.  So  Ps.  Ixix.  3.  Set  up,]  Or, 
 stablished,  set  fast  my  feet  on  a  i-ock,  that  is, 
 on  firm  ground,  opposed  to  the  former  mud. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Respecteth  not,]  Or  turneth 
 not  the  face ;  which  implieth  liking,  or 
 inclination  of  the  mind  and  afl'ections.  Job 
 xxxvi.  21,  The  proud,]  Or  stout,  that  in 
 confidence  of  their  strength  carry  them- 
 selves insolently.  Turn  aside  to  a  lie,] 
 'Swerve,  or  revolt,  to  deceivable  falsehood  ;' 
 meaning  heretics  and  idolaters. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Thy  thoughts,]  Thi/  good 
 meanings,  or  purposes.  None  can  count  in 
 ORDER,]  Or,  they  cannot  be  orderly  counted, 
 or  propounded.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth, 
 "  it  is  not  possible  for  to  order  unto  thee  thy 
 praise."  Here  the  word  used  for  ordering  of 
 speech,  as  in  Job  xxxii.  14.  Sometimes  it 
 is  used  for  matching,  or  comparing.  So  the 
 Gr.  turneth  it  here,  "  in  thy  thoughts  there  is 
 ))ot  any  that  can  be  likened  to  thee. "  Would 
 T,]  Or,  'if  I  would  declare.'  Mightily 
 INCREASE,]  Or,  strong,  to  wit,  in  number 
 many;  so  after  in  verse  13;  see  Ps.  xxxv. 
 18.  Above  telling,]  That  is,  '  more  than  I 
 or  any  can  tell,'  or  more  that  can  be  told. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Thou  would  not,]  Or,  delight- 
 est  not;  Christ  'was  to  cause  the  sacrifice 
 and  oblation  to  cease,"  Dan.  ix.  27,  because 
 it  was  impossible  that  they  should  purge  sins, 
 Heb.  X.  4,  therefore  speaketh  he  thus  to  God 
 his  Father,  Heb.  x.  5.  Mine  ears,]  Or, 
 '  ears  to  me:'  see  Ps.  iii.  1.  Digged  open.] 
 Or,  pierced,  that  is,  thou  hast  made  me  obe- 
 dient to  thy  voice,  (contrary  to  which  is  the 
 stopping  of  the  ear,  Ps.  Iviii.  5,)  so  the  Chald. 
 
 explaineth  it,  "thou  hast  digged  open  mine 
 ears  to  hearken  unto  thy  commandments:  or, 
 mine  ears  hast  thou  bored,  as  thy  servant  for 
 ever  according  to  the  law,  Exod.  xxi.  6.  The 
 Gr.  interpreters,  to  make  the  sense  plainer, 
 say,  "  but  a  body  hast  thou  fitted  to  me  ; 
 meaning  that  his  body  was  ordained  and  fitted 
 to  be  a  sacrifice  for  the  sins  of  the  world, 
 when  the  other  legal  sacrifices  were  refused 
 as  unprofitable.  And  thus  the  apostle  alleg- 
 eth  the  words,  following  the  Gr.,  Heb.  x.  5, 
 10.  Burnt- offering,]  Sacrifice  that  goeth 
 all  up  in  fire.  See  Ps,  xx.  4,  Sin-offer- 
 ing,] Or,  e.rpiation,  oblation  for  sin,  as  the 
 apostle  calleih  it,  Heb.  x.  The  word  sin, 
 is  often  in  the  law  put  for  the  sin-oflering. 
 Lev.  iv.  24,  &c.;  Exod.  xxix.  14.  So  the 
 apostle  saith,  '  him  that  knew  no  sin,  he  made 
 sin  (that  is,  a  sin-oflering)  for  us,' 2  Cor.  v,2 1. 
 Ver.  8. — Lo  I  come,]  Or,  a?«  come,  to 
 wit,  into  the  world,  Heb.  x.  5,  and  particu- 
 larly, to  Jerusalem  to  give  myself  a  sacri- 
 fice for  sin.  See  Mark  x.  32—34.  The 
 Chald.,  not  understanding  this  mystery,  para- 
 phraseth, "  Lo,  I  enter  into  life  eternal,  when 
 
 I  have  studied  (or  exercised  myself)  in  the 
 roll  of  the  book  of  the  law,  which  is  written 
 for  me  :"  alluding,  as  it  seemeth,  to  Deut. 
 xvii.  18—20.  The  roll,]  Or,  volume  of 
 the  look,  that  is,  a  book  or  scroll  of  paper  or 
 parchment,  rolled  up.  The  like  phrase  is 
 used,  Jer.  xxxvi.  2,  &c.;  Ezek.  ii.  9,  &c. 
 The  Heb.  sepher,  book,  is  used  generally  for 
 any  writings,  evidences,  bills,  court-rolls,  &c. 
 Deut.  xxiv.  1;  2  Kings  v.  5,  6 ;  Jer.  xxxii. 
 
 II  ;  and  the  books  in  Israel  were  written  in 
 long  scrolls,  and  folded  and  wrapped  up. 
 Hence  is  that  phrase,  '  the  heavens  shall  be 
 folded  up  like  a  book,'  Is.  xxxiv.  4;  Rev.  vi. 
 14.  It  is  written,]  So  Christ  saith,  'the 
 Son  of  man  goeth  as  it  is  written  of  him,* 
 Mat.  xxvi.  24;  and  '  Moses  wrote  of  me,' 
 John  V.  46.  See  also  Luke  xxiv.  44,  46  ; 
 Acts  xiii.  29. 
 
PSALM   XL. 
 
 495 
 
 in  the  roll  of  the  book  it  is  written  of  me.  ^  My  God,  I  delight  to 
 do  thy  acceptable  will,  and  thy  law  is  within  my  bowels.  '"  I  have 
 preached  the  glad  tidings  of  justification  in  the  great  church;  lo,  I 
 close  not  up  my  lips,  Jehovah  thou  knowest.  "  Thy  justice  I  have 
 not  covered  within  my  heart,  thy  faith  and  thy  salvation  have  I 
 said  :  I  liave  not  concealed  thy  mercy  and  thy  truth  to  the  great 
 church.  ^^  Thou,  Jehovali,  close  not  up  thy  tender  mercies  from 
 me  :  let  thy  bounteous  mercy,  and  thy  truth,  continually  preserve 
 me.  "  For  innumerable  evils  have  assailed  me  round  about ;  my 
 iniquities  have  taken  Iiold  on  me,  and  I  am  not  able  to  see  ;  they 
 are  mightily  increased,  more  than  the  hairs  of  my  head  :  and  my 
 heart  forsaketh  me.  '^  Vouchsafe,  Jeliovah,  to  deliver  me-.  Jelio- 
 vah,  make  haste  to  my  help.  '^  Let  them  be  abashed  and  ashamed 
 together,  that  seek  my  soul  to  make  an  end  of  it  -.  let  tliem  be 
 turned  backward,  and  blush,  tliat  deliglit  mine  evil.  ^^  Let  them 
 be  made  desolate,  for  a  reward  of  their  shame,  that  say  to  me.  Aha, 
 aha.  '^  Let  all  that  seek  thee,  be  joyful  and  rejoice  in  thee ;  let 
 them  say  continually,  magnified  be  Jehovah ;  they  that  love  thy 
 salvation.  '^  And  I  poor  afflicted,  and  needy,  the  Lord  thinketh  on 
 me  :  thou  art  my  help,  and  my  deliverer  :  my  God,  delay  not. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Thy  acceptable  will,]  By  the 
 which  will  we  are  sanctified,  even  by  the 
 offering  of  the  body  of  Jesus  Christ  once,Heb. 
 X.  10.  See  also  John  vi.  38  ;   Luke  xxii.  42. 
 
 Ver.  10. — I  HAVE  preached  the  glad 
 TIDINGS  OF,]  Or,  'I  have  evangelised  justice  ;' 
 of  this  word,  the  Evangel  or  Gospel  hath  the 
 name,  the  Gr.  signifying,  "  good  tidings," 
 and  the  English  also  to  like  effect,  made  of 
 the  Saxon  godspell,  that  is,  a  good  speech. 
 And  the  justice  here  meant  is  thus  set  forth 
 by  the  apostle :' Now  is  the  justification  of 
 God  made  manifest  without  the  law,  having 
 witness  of  the  law  and  of  the  prophets; 
 namely,  the  justification  of  God,  by  the  faith 
 of  Jesus  Christ,  unto  all,  and  upon  all  that 
 believe,'  &c.,  Rom.  iii.  21,  22.  The  great 
 chorch,]  Or,  asxembbj,  congregation.  So 
 Ps.  xxii.  23.  Close  not  up,]  Restrain  not, 
 as  in  a  prison,  that  words  should  not  be 
 uttered,  Jer.  xxxii.  2,  3. 
 
 Ver.  H. — I  SAID,]  That  is,  mentioned,  and 
 spoke  of,  as  2  Sam.  vi.  22.  To  the  great 
 church,]  The  word  to  is  referred  to  God's 
 mercy  and  truth  extended  to  the  church. 
 The  Gr.  referreth  it  to  concealed,  and  trans- 
 lateth,  "  from  the  great  church."  And  the 
 Heb.  elsewhere  usually  speaketh,  Ps.  Ixix. 
 6  ;  Ixxviii.  4  ;  cxxxix.  15. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Iniquities,]  This  word  as  the 
 former,  evils,  is  sometimes  used  for  sin,  some- 
 times for  the  punishment  of  sin.  See  Ps. 
 xxxi.  11. 
 
 Ver.  14 — Vouchsafe,]  Or,  let  it  please 
 thee. 
 
 Ver.  15. — To  make  an  end  of  it,]  To 
 consume  or  destroy  it.  Compare  this  con- 
 clusion with  Ps.  Ixx. 
 
 Ver.  1 6. — Made  desolate,]  Or, '  wnnder- 
 ously  wasted,'  unto  amazedness  and  astonish- 
 ment. So  after  in  Ps.  xlvi.  9;  Ixix.  26; 
 Ixxiii.  19;  Ixxix.  7.  For  a  reward,]  Or, 
 an  end  of  their  shame,  that  they  would  bi  ing 
 upon  me.  End  is  used  for  reicard,  as  Ps. 
 xix.  12,  or,  for  because  of  their  shame.  The 
 Heb.  word  sometimes  signifieth  because.  Is. 
 V.  23  :  Gen.  xxii.  1 1 ;  Deut.  vii.  12.  Aha,] 
 The  Chald.  openeth  it  with  this  paraphrase, 
 "  we  are  glad  at  (his)  destruction." 
 
 Ver.  18. — Thinketh  on  me,]  In  Gr. 
 "  hatli  care  of  me;"  in  Chald.,  ''thinketh 
 good  for  me."  Delav  not,]  'Prolong  not 
 the  time  till  the  last,'  and  consequently  fail 
 not.  The  word  is  so  to  tarry  or  linger,  as  to 
 disappoint  one  of  his  expectation,  as  Hab.  ii. 
 3,  '  though  it  tarry,  wait  thou;  for  it  shall 
 surely  come,  and  shall  not  delay,'  that  is,  not 
 fail.  And  thus  may  we  understand  other 
 like  scriptures,  as  Deut.  vii.  10.  '  God  will 
 not  delay  (that  is,  not  fail)  to  reward  him  that 
 hateth  him,'  Deut.  xxiii.  21,  '  when  thou 
 vowest  a  vow  to  the  Lord,  thou  shalt  not  delay 
 (that  is,  not  fail)  to  pay  it.'  So  Exod.  xxii. 
 29,  and  sundry  the  like. 
 
496 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    XLL 
 
 David  prophesieth  of  Christ's  poverty  and  afflictions.  5.  His 
 prayer,  and  complaint  of  his  enejnies.  10.  Judas,  his  treachery.  11. 
 Christ's  resurrection  and  glory,  for  ivhich  lie  hlesseth  God. 
 
 '  To  the  Master  of  the  music,  a  Psalm  of  David. 
 
 *  O  BLESSED  is  he  that  prudently  attendeth  unto  the  poor  weak- 
 ling in  the  day  of  evil;  Jehovah  will  deliver  him.  ^  Jehovah  will 
 keep  liim  and  preserve  him  alive,  he  shall  be  made  blessed  in  the 
 earth ;  and  give  thou  liim  not  to  the  soul  of  his  enemies.  *  Jehovali 
 will  upliold  liim  on  tlie  bedstead  of  languishing  sorrow  ;  all  his  bed 
 thou  hast  turned  in  his  sickness.  ^  I  did  say,  Jehovah  be  gracious 
 to  me ;  heal  my  soul,  for  I  have  sinned  against  thee.  ''  My  ene- 
 mies said  evil  of  me  ;  wlien  shall  he  die,  and  his  name  perish  ? 
 ^  And  if  lie  come  to  see,  he  speaketh  false  vanity  in  his  heart,  he 
 ]ieapeth  up  painful  iniquity  to  himse^'.-  lie  goeth  forth,  abroad  he 
 speaketh  it.  ^  Together  against  me  whisper  do  all  that  hate 
 me  ;  against  me,  they  think  evil  to  me.  ®  A  miscliievous  thing  is 
 fastened  in  him,  and   he  tliat  lieth  down,  shall  no  more  rise  up. 
 
 Ver.  1. — That  prudently  attendeth,] 
 Or,  '  skilfully  carrieth  himself;'  it  implieth 
 both  a  skilful  minding  or  judging,  and  a  car- 
 riage according  in  word  and  deed  :  therefore 
 the  Chald.  paraphrase  tli,  "  attendeth  to  the 
 affairs  of  the  poor,  to  have  pity  on  him."  The 
 POOR  WEAKLING,]  The  Heb.  dal  hath  the 
 signification  of  drawing  out  or  emptying,  and 
 is  applied  to  the  weak,  lean,  sickly,  whose 
 flesh  and  health  is  spent.  Gen.  xli.  19;  2 
 Sam.  xiii.  4  ;  and  to  the  poor,  whose  wealth 
 is  wasted,  Ps.  Ixxii.  13;  cxiii.  7;  opposed  to 
 the  rich,  Exod.  xxx.  15.  And  as  the  poor 
 are  thus  called  weak,  thin,  or  lean,  so  rich  and 
 great  men,  are  called  thick  or  fat,  Ps.  Ixxviii. 
 31.  The  poor  weakling  treated  of  here,  was 
 David  and  his  son  Christ,  as  appeareth  by 
 the  10th  verse,  compared  with  John  xiii.  18. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Preserve  him  alive,]  Con- 
 serve his  life  and  health,  as  Deut.  xx.  16, 
 or  restore  to  him  health  from  sickness,  as 
 Hezekiah  is  said  to  live,  when  he  recovered 
 his  health.  Is,  xxxviii.  9,  21.  Give  thou 
 HIM  NOT,]  He  tnrneth  his  speech  to  the 
 Lord:  and  so  again  in  the  next  verse.  To 
 THE  SOUL,]  That  is,  to  the  lust  or  will,  as 
 Luke  xxiii.  25;  see  Ps.  xxvii.  12.  The  Gr, 
 saith,  "  into  the  hands  ;"  the  Chald.,  "  to 
 the  will." 
 
 Ver.  4.  — Languishing  sorrow,]  Or,  of 
 sickness,  feebleness.  The  Chald.  expound- 
 eih  it  thus  :  "  The  word  of  the  Lord  will 
 help  him  in  his  life,  and  will  appear  unto  him 
 on   the   bed  of  his  sickness."     Thou  hast 
 
 turned,]  Or,  hast  changed.  It  may  be 
 understood  either  of  making  his  bed  easy, 
 that  is,  comfortable,  in  his  sickness,  or  of 
 changing  his  estate  from  lying  sick,  to  sitting 
 up  in  health. 
 
 Ver.  5. — FIeal  my  soul,]  That  is,  heul 
 me,  who  now  am  sick:  or,  heal  my  soul,  oi 
 sins,  infirmities,  &c.,  so  God  healeth  the  peo- 
 ple, when  he  pardoned  their  uncleanness,  2 
 Chron.  xxx.  20,  and  '  healeth  the  broken 
 hearted,'  Ps.  cxlvii.  3.  And  that  which  the 
 prophet  speaketh  of  healing  of  the  people,  the 
 evangelist  expoundeth  of  •  forgiving  them 
 them  their  sins.  Is.  vi.  10;  Mark  iv.  12; 
 Mat.  xiii.  15. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Abroad,  Or,  «in  the  streets.' 
 
 Ver.  9. — A  mischievous  thing,]  Or, 
 'some  devilish  matter;'  Heb.  "a  word  of 
 Belial."  See  wordhx  thing,  in  Ps.  vii.  1, 
 and  Belial,  (which  the  Chald.  here  translat- 
 elh,  "perverse  and  wicked,")  in  Ps.  xviii. 
 5.  And  both  joined  as  here,  in  Ps.  ci.  3; 
 Deut.  XV.  9.  It  may  be  understood  of  some 
 odious  sin  and  wicked  vice,  or  of  some  griev- 
 ous punishment  for  the  same.  Is  fastened,] 
 Or,  is  'poured  into  him.  The  original  word 
 signifieth  both,  and  may  denote  the  greatness 
 and  fast-cleaving  of  his  sin,  and  likewise  of 
 his  punishment:  for  plagues  are  said  to  be 
 poured  out.  Rev.  xvi.  1,  &c.  Shall  no 
 MORE  RISE,]  Or,  'shall  not  add  to  rise.' 
 
 Ver.  10. — The  man  of  my  peace,]  That 
 is,  my  familiar  friend,  which  was  at  peace 
 with  me,    as  Judas,    Christ's  own   discipk. 
 
PSx\LM   XLII. 
 
 497 
 
 '"Also  the  man  of  my  peace,  Jie  whom  I  trusted  in,  that  eateth  my 
 bread,  he  hath  greatly  lifted  up  the  heel  against  me.  ^'  And  thou, 
 Jehovah,  be  gracious  to  me,  and  raise  me  up,  and  I  shall  repay 
 them.  ^^  By  this  I  know  that  thou  delightest  in  me,  because  my 
 enemy  shall  not  shout  triumphantly  over  me.  "  And  me,  thou 
 hast  sustained  me  in  mine  integrity,  and  hast  settled  me  before  thy 
 face  for  ever.  '^  Blessed  is  Jehovali,  the  God  of  Israel,  from  eter- 
 nity, and  unto  eternity  :     Amen,  and  Amen. 
 
 The  Chalcl.  expoundeth  it,  "the  man  that 
 should  have  sought  my  peace."  Greatly 
 LIFTED  UP,]  Or,  magnified  the  heel,  or  the 
 foot-sole;  that  is,  hath  insolently  and  con- 
 tumeliously  abused  me,  seeking  my  overthrow. 
 And  this  Christ  applied  to  himself,  John 
 xiii.  18,  '  He  that  eateth  bread  with  me,  hath 
 lifted  up  the  heel  against  me.' 
 
 Ver.  12. — Shout  triujiphantly,]  This 
 word  noteth  any  loud  sound  with  voice  or 
 trumpet,  as  Josh.  vi.  3,  20;  Num.  x.  7; 
 sometimes  a  sorrowful  crying  out,  as  Jer. 
 XX.  16  ;  but  commonly  joyfully  shouting,  as 
 here,  and  after,  Ps.  Ixxxi.  2;  xlvii.  2; 
 Ixvi.  1. 
 
 Ver.  13. — And  I,]  Or,  as  for  me. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Amen,]  Or,  as  the  Gr.  transia- 
 teth,  "  so  be  it."  But  the  Heb.  word  Amen  is 
 used  in  the  Greek,  English  and  all  other  lan- 
 guages, to  betoken  unity  of  faith  and  spirit: 
 
 and  it  implieth  both  a  wishing  of  the  thing  so 
 to  be,  and  a  persuasion  in  faith,  that  so  it  shall 
 be,  when  it  is  added  to  the  end  of  blessings, 
 prayers,  or  imprecations,  Num.  v.  22; 
 Deut  xxvii.  15,  &c. ;  Mat.  vi.  13;  1  Cor. 
 xiv.  16.  It  is  used  also  in  the  beginning  of 
 speeches,  and  then  it  is  an  earnest  assevera- 
 tion, as  John  vi.  26,  'Amen,  amen,'  that  is, 
 verily, verily.  Forsoelsewhere,  when  one  evan- 
 gelist saith  'amen,'  Mat.  xxiv.  47  ;  another 
 speaking  of  the  same  thing  saith,  '  verily,'  or 
 truly,  Luke  xii.  44.  Sometimes  it  is  the 
 title  of  God  himself.  Is.  Ixv.  16,  and  of 
 Christ,  Rev.  iii.  14,  because  of  his  faithful- 
 ness and  truth  in  performing  all  promises. 
 The  Chald.  paraphraseth  upon  this  verse, 
 thus:  "  Blessed  be  the  name  of  the  Lord,  the 
 God  of  Israel,  from  this  world,  and  unto  the 
 world  to  come  :  and  let  the  just  say.  Amen 
 and  Amen." 
 
 THE   SECOND   BOOK. 
 
 PSALM    XLII. 
 
 The  prophet  showeth  his  desire  to  appear  hefore  God;  4.  Ms  tears 
 for  his  absence;  6.  he  checketh  himself  for  his  weakness,  8.  complaineth 
 of  his  troubles,  12.  and  encourageth  his  soul  to  trust  in  God. 
 
 ^  To  the  Master  of  the  music,  an  instructing  Psalm  to  the  sons  of 
 Korah. 
 
 The  second  book,]  To  wit,  of  Psalms- 
 For  though  they  be  all  compiled  in  one  vol- 
 ume (as  were  also  the  small  prophets,)  which 
 thereupon  is  called  '  The  book  of  the  Psalms,' 
 Acts  i.  20,  (as,  '  The  book  of  the  prophets,' 
 Acts  vii.  42,)  yet  in  the  Heb.  there  are  five 
 books;  the  first  reacheth  to  the  end  of  the 
 xlist.  psalm  foregoing,  which  is  concluded 
 with  Amen  and  Amen.  The  second,  to  the 
 Ixxii.    Psalm,    concluded    also    with    Amen, 
 
 Vol.  H.  3 
 
 Amen,  and  the  end  of  David's  prayers. 
 The  third  reacheth  to  the  Ixxxix.  Psalm, 
 concluded  likewise  with  Amen  and  Amen. 
 The  fourth  unto  the  cvi.  Psalm,  whose  con- 
 clusion is  Amen,  Hallelujah.  The  fifth,  unto 
 the  clth.  Psalm,  ended  with  Hallelujah. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Korah,]  This  was  the  Levite 
 that  rose  up  and  rebelled  against  Moses  and 
 Aaron,  for  which  God  destroyed  him  and  his 
 family,  and  all  that  took  part  with  him,  Num. 
 R 
 
498 
 
 P  S  A  L  M  S. 
 
 *  As  tlie  liind  desirously  brayeth  for  the  streams  of  water :  so  my 
 soul  desirously  brayeth  unto  thee,  O  God.  ^  My  soul  tliirsteth  for 
 God,  for  the  living  God:  wlien  sliall  I  come  and  appear  before  the 
 face  of  God  ?  ^  My  tears  have  been  to  me  bread  day  and  night, 
 while  they  say  unto  me  all  the  day,  WJiere  is  thy  God?  ^  These 
 things  I  remember,  and  pour  out  upon  me,  my  soul,  because  I  had 
 passed  with  the  throng,  had  resorted  with  them  unto  the  liouse  of 
 God,  with  voice  of  shouting  and  confession,  a  multitude  keeping 
 festivity.  ^  Why  bo  west  thou  down  thyself,  my  soul,  and  makest 
 thou  a  tumultuous  stir  within  me  ?  wait  hopefully  for  God,  for  yet 
 
 xvi.  Howbeit,  there  were  '  of  his  sons  that 
 died  not,'  Num.  xxvi.  11;  departing  (as  it 
 seemeth)  from  their  lathers'  tents,  as  all  were 
 counselled,  Num.  xvi.  24,  26.  Of  his  race 
 came  Samuel  the  prophet,  and  Heman  his 
 nephew  was  a  singer,  1  Chron.  vi.  o3.  To 
 those  sons  of  Korah,  this  and  sundry  othei" 
 psalms  are  commended,  which  for  the  most 
 part  are  songs  of  comfort,  against  afflictions 
 and  sonovvs.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  the 
 title  thus,  "  To  laud  with  good  understanding 
 by  the  hands  of  the  sons  of  Korah." 
 
 Ver.  2. — As  THE  HIND,]  Or  the  hart, 
 a  beast  thirsty  by  nature,  and  whose  thirst  is 
 increased  when  she  is  hunted.  The  hind, 
 the  female,  is  here  meant,  as  the  word  an- 
 nexed, she  Irayeth,  and  the  Gr.  article  he 
 elaphos,  manifest.  And  in  females  the  pas- 
 sions are  stronger  than  in  males.  Desirous- 
 ly BRAYETH,]  In  Gr.,  "desireth."  This 
 word  is  used  but  here,  and  in  Joel  i.  20.  O 
 Lord,  '  the  beasts  of  the  field  bray  also  unto 
 thee.' 
 
 Ver.  3. — Thirsteth,]  That  is,  earnest- 
 ly desireth:  so  Ps.  Ixiii.  2.  Of  thirst  for 
 God's  grace  and  Spirit,  see  Is.  Iv.  1;  John  vii. 
 37 ;  Rev.  xxii.  17.  The  living  God,]  So 
 called  here,  because  '  he  is  the  well  of  living' 
 (that  is,  '  of  continual  springing)  waters,' 
 Jer.  xvii.  13;  'abundantly  refreshing  those 
 that  come  to  liim.'  Or,  living  is  opposed  to 
 '  the  dead,'  that  is,  '  false  gods,'  Ps.  cvi.  28; 
 1  Thess.  i.  9;  'ye  turned  from  idols  to  serve 
 the  living  and  true  God.'  Or,  '  living,'  that 
 is,  'lively,  powerful,  effectual;'  as  Ps.  xxxviii. 
 20;  Heb.  xiii.  31;  the  Chald.  saith,  'living 
 and  permanent.'  Before  the  face  of 
 God,]  That  is,  before  his  ark  or  tabernacle 
 wherein  he  dwelt  among  men.  So  that 
 which  in  1  Chron.  xiii.  10,  is  '  before  God;' 
 in  2  Sam.  vi.  7 ;  is  '  with  the  ark  of  God.' 
 And  there  all  men  were  bound  to  appear  (or 
 be  seen)  before  God  three  times  a-year, 
 Exod.  xxiii.  17;  xxxiv.  23,24.  And  here 
 the  word  before  or  unto,  is  to  be  understood, 
 as  often  in  the  Heb.,  which  sometimes  is 
 supplied;  as  may  be  seen  by    comparing  2 
 
 Sam.  X.  2,  with  1  Chron.  xix.  2 ;  1  Kings 
 xxii.  29,  with  2  Chron.  xviii.  2S.  The  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it,  "  when  shall  I  go  in  to  see 
 the  brightness  of  the  Majesty  (or  Divine 
 presence)  of  the  Lord.?" 
 
 Ver.  4. — To  we  bread,]  That  is,  my 
 bread,  my  food.  So,  '  bread  of  tears,'  Ps. 
 Ixxx.  6.  They  say,]  My  foes,  as  ver.  11 ; 
 or  '  while  it  is  said."  All  the  day,]  Or, 
 every  day,  as  the  Gr.  turneth  it 
 
 Ver.  5. — These  things,]  Namely,  my 
 absence  fjom  God's  face,  ver.  3;  and  my 
 adversaries'  reproach,  ver.  4.  The  Chald. 
 addeth,  "  These  signs  I  remember."  Pour 
 out  upon  me,]  Or  shed  within  me,  or  by 
 myself  This  noteth  exceeding  sorrow,  or 
 fainting,  like  that  in  Job  xxx.  16.  'And 
 now  my  soul  poureth  out  itself  upon  me,  and 
 the  days  of  aflliction  have  took  hold  on  me.' 
 So  1  Sam.  i.  15;  Lament,  ii.  12.  Throng,] 
 j4  ?nultitude  pressing  to  go  before  God:  the 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it  "  a  shadow,"  saying, 
 "  When  shall  I  go  under  the  shadow,  shall  I 
 together  be  strengthened  in  the  tents  of  the 
 just,  in  the  house  of  the  sanctuary  of  the 
 Lord,  &c.  Keeping  festivity,]  Or,  with 
 a  juiiltitude  dancing,  or  keeping  a  feast. 
 For  at  their  solemn  assemblies  they  kept 
 feasts,  Exod.  xxiii.  14,  with  'dancing,  eat- 
 ing, di'inking  and  joy,'  Exod.  xxxii.  5, 
 6,  19;  Judg.  xxi.  19,  21;  Deut.  xvi.  14. 
 15. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Why  bo  west  thou  down?]  To 
 wit,  with  sorrow;  and  therefore  the  Gr. 
 turneth  it,  "  why  art  thou  sorrowful?"  For 
 sorrow  or  care  in  a  man's  heart  '  boweth  it 
 down,  but  a  good  word  rejoiceth  it,'  Prov, 
 xii.  25,  The  salvations,]  Understand, 
 and,  or  for  the  salvations,  that  is,  the  full 
 salvation,  or  perfect  deliverance :  So  the 
 Chald.  saith,  "  for  tiie  redemption  which  is 
 from  his  face.  Of  his  face,]  That  is, 
 which  his  face,  favour,  and  gracious  pre- 
 sence giveth  unto  me.  The  Gr.  readeth 
 thus ;  "the  salvation  of  my  face  and  my  God  ;" 
 transplacing  the  Heb.  letters,  as  in  the  last 
 verse.     Compare  Ps.  lix.  10,  IS. 
 
PSALM   XLII. 
 
 499 
 
 I  sliall  confess  liim :  the  salvations  of  his  face.  ^  My  God,  within 
 me  my  soul  boweth  down  itself,  for  that  I  remember  thee  from  the 
 land  of  Jordan  and  Hermonim,  from  the  little  mountain.  ^  Deep 
 unto  deep  calletli,  at  the  voice  of  thy  water -spouts ;  all  thy  billows 
 and  thy  waves  do  pass  over  me.  ^  By  day,  Jehovah  will  command 
 his  mercy,  and  in  the  night  his  song  with  me  ;  a  prayer  to  the  God 
 of  my  life.  '"  I  will  say  to  God  my  rock.  Why  hast  thou  forgotten 
 me?  why  go  I  sad  for  the  oppression  of  the  enemy  ?  "  With  a 
 murdering  iveapo7i  in  my  bones,  my  distressers  do  reproach  me ; 
 when  they  say  unto  me  all  the  day.  Where  is  thy  God?  ^^  Why 
 bo  west  thou  down  thyself,  my  soul ;  and  why  makest  thou  a 
 tumultuous  stir  witliin  me  ?  wait  hopefully  for  God,  for  yet  I  shall 
 confess  him ;  the  salvations  of  my  face,  and  my  God. 
 
 Ver.  7. — For  that  I  remember,]  And 
 cannot  come  before  thee;  a?,  ver.  3,  or, 
 *  therefore  I  will  mind  thee,'  seeing  I  have  no 
 way  else  to  comfort  me  in  my  absence  from 
 thee.  The  Chald.  referreth  it  to  others, 
 "  therefore  they  remember  thee  which  dwell 
 on  the  other  side  of  Jordan."  The  land  of 
 JORDAN,]  \yhich  lay  eastward  from  Jerusa- 
 lem, where  God's  sanctuary  was.  And 
 Hekmonim,]  That  is,  f/ie  inhabitants,  (or 
 the  mountains  of  Herman,  which  was  a  high 
 mount  in  the  north  parts  of  the  land,  called 
 also  '  mount  Shirjon :'  see  Ps.  xxix.  6.  The 
 LITTLE  MOUNT,]  So  is  the  Gr. :  others  make 
 it  a  proper  name,  "  mount  INIitsar."  He  may 
 mean  '  the  southern  mountains,  that  were 
 small  in  respect  of  Hermon.'  Mount  being 
 put  for  mounts,  as  chariot,  for  chariots,  Ps. 
 XX.  8.  But  the  Chald.  much  ditfereth,  say- 
 ing, "and  the  people  which  received  tlie 
 law  at  mount  Sinai  (which  is)  low  and 
 little."  But  that  seemeth  not  to  be  meant 
 here. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Deep  unto  deep  calleth,] 
 That  is,  one  affliction  (or  temptation)  follow- 
 eth  and  occasioneth  another,  without  inter- 
 mission of  trouble.  A  deep,  abism,  or  gulf, 
 is  a  place  of  many  waters,  signifying  'great 
 afflictions,'  Ezek.  xxvi.  19;  Jon.  ii.  5.  The 
 Chald.  translateth,  "the  higher  deep  calleth 
 the  lower  deep."  Billows,]  Such  are  most 
 dangerous  to  drown:  they  have  their  name  of 
 breaking,  as  the  next  word  waves,  of  wallow- 
 
 ing or  tumbling;  both  signify  '  afflictions.' 
 So  Ps.  Ixxxviii.  8;  Jon.  ii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Command  his  mercy,]  That 
 is,  appoint,  or  send  it  ivith  speed,  power, 
 and  authority:  a  phrase  taken  from  the  law, 
 and  often  u;ed  for  more  vehemency;  or  be- 
 cause God  by  his  angels  procureth  good  to  his 
 people,  Deut.  xxviii.  8;  Lev.  xxv.  21;  2 
 Sam.  xvii.  14.  So  after,  in  Ps.  xliv.  5; 
 cxxxiii.  3;  Ixxi.  3;  Ixviii.  29;  vii.  7;  xci. 
 11.  His  SONG,]  That  is,  catise  and  mat- 
 ter for  me  to  sing  him  praise.  So  God  is 
 said  to  '  give  songs  in  the  night,'  Job  xxxv. 
 10.  See  also,  Is.  xxx.  29.  A  prayer,] 
 To  wit,  /  shall  inakc  a  prayer.  And  some 
 Psalms  are  entitled  '  prayers,'  as  Ps.  xvii.  1 ; 
 xc.  1  ;  cii.  1  ;  cxlii.  I;  Hab.  iii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Sad,]  mournful.  See  Ps. 
 xxxv.  14. 
 
 Ver.  11 With  a  murdering  weapon,] 
 
 Retsach,  murder,  seemeth  here  to  be  a  sword, 
 or  weapon  of  murdering  ;  (as  pride  is  a  proud 
 person,  Ps.  xxxvi.  12;)  meaning  that  his 
 adversaries'  words  did  sorely  afflict  and  grieve 
 him,  as  if  a  dagger  had  been  thrust  into  his 
 bones.  For,  )-eproachful  words  are  '  pierciog 
 like  sword?,'  Ps.  Ivii.  5;  lix.  8. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Salvations  of  my  face,] 
 That  is,  he  which  giveth  me  full,  manifest,  and 
 apparent  salvation,  or  present  deliverance. 
 See  before,  verse  6,  according  to  which  the 
 Chald.  translateth  it  here,  "  for  the  redemp- 
 tion which  is  from  his  face." 
 
500  PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM   XLIIL 
 
 He  prayeth  to  be  delivered  from  the  wicTicd,  and  restored  to  God's 
 sanctuary.     5.  He  encourageth  Ms  soul  to  trust  in  God. 
 
 ^  Judge  me  O  God,  and  plead  my  plea,  from  the  nation  unmer- 
 ciful, from  the  man  of  deceit,  and  injurious  evil,  do  thou  deliver 
 me.  ^  For  tliou  art  the  God  of  my  strength,  wliy  thrustest  thou 
 me  away  -.  Avhy  go  I  still  sad,  for  the  oppression  of  the  enemy  ? 
 ^  Send  thy  liglit  and  tliy  truth,  let  them  lead  me,  let  them  bring 
 me  unto  the  mountain  of  thy  lioliness,  and  unto  thy  dwelling 
 places.  *  And  I  will  come  unto  the  altar  of  God ;  unto  God, 
 the  joy  of  my  gladness ;  and  confess  thee  with  harp,  O  God  my 
 God.  ^  Why  bowest  thou  down  thyself,  my  soul,  and  why  makest 
 thou  a  tumultuous  stir  within  me  ?  wait  hopefully  for  God,  for  yet 
 I  shall  confess  him ;  the  salvation  of  my  face,  and  my  God. 
 
 Ver.   1. — JcDGE   ME,]  This  meaneth  an  Ps,  cxxxii.  5.     See  also  Ps.  xlvi.  5;  Ixxxiv. 
 
 examination    of  the  cause,  giving  sentence,  2.     The  Chald.  explaineth  the  former  to  be 
 
 and     executing    of    it,     by    delivering    the  "  the  mount  of  the  house  of  thy  sanctuary ;" 
 
 oppressed:  so  judging  is  used  for  '  delivering,'  and  these  latter,  "  the  schools  of  the  house  of 
 
 1   Sam.    xxiv.    15;  2   Sam.  xviii.   16,  31;  thy  divine   Majesty."     By  schools,  meaning 
 
 Judg.  iii.  10.     Pleading  also  one's  plea  is  of  such  places  abotit  the  sanctuary  as  the  doctoi-s 
 
 like  meaning:  sec  Ps.  xxxv.  1.     The  Chald.  sat  in,  Luke  ii.  46. 
 
 paraphraseth,    "Judge    me,   O    God,    with  Ver.  4. — And  I  will  come,]  Or,  That 
 
 judgment  of  truth,  for  it  is  thy  part  to  plead  /  may  come,  for  so  the   Heb.   phrase  may 
 
 my  plea."  often  be  resolved:  and  the  New   Testament 
 
 Ver.  2. — Mr  strength,]  Or,  my  stro7ig  useth  both  indifTerently  in  the  Gr.,  as  Luke 
 
 fort,  as  Ps.  xxviii.  S;  for  which  in  Ps.  xlii.  vi.   37,   'and    ye  shall   not  be  judged;'  for 
 
 10,  he  useth  the  word  rock.  which  in  Matt.  vii.  I,  it  is,  '  that  ye  be  not 
 
 Ver.    3. — Dwelling   places,]   Meaning  judged.'     To  the  altae,]  Chald.,  "  to  ofli^r 
 
 the  holy  tabernacle  or  sanctuary,  which  had  an  offering  upon  the  altar."     The  jot  of  mt 
 
 several  rooms,  holy  and  most  holy,  parted  by  gladness,]     Tliat    is,    auttior  of  my  glad- 
 
 vails  ;   as  also  the  apostle  observeth,  Heb.  ix.  S07ne  joy,    meaning   inward  joy,    outwardly 
 
 2,  3,  6,  7,  or,  the  high  place  at  Gibeon  where  showing  itself  in  gladsome  gesture, 
 the  tabernacle  was,  and  in  Jerusalem  where  Ver.  5. — Wnr  bowest,  &c  ]  This  verse 
 
 the   ark   was,  2   Chron.  ii.  3,   4,  for  in  both  is  the  same  with  Ps.  xlii.  12.     Of  my  face,] 
 
 those  places  God  dwelt,  and  was  worshipped.  The  Chald.  explaineth  it,   "  for  the  redemp- 
 
 But  the  first  seemeth  most  proper,  because  of  tiun  which  is  from  his  face,  for  he  is  myGod." 
 
 PSALM    XLIV. 
 
 The  church  in  memory  of  former  favours  when  they  inherited  the 
 land,  10.  complaineth  of  her  present  evils,  being  subject  to  persecutors. 
 18.  Professing  her  integrity  in  greatest  affiictions,  24.  she  fervently 
 prayeth  for  succour. 
 
 ^  To  tlie  Master  of  the  music,  to  the  sons  of  Korali,  an  instruct- 
 ing Psalm. 
 
 ^  O  God,  with  our  ears  we  have  heard,  our  fathers  have  told  to 
 us  tlie  work  thou  wroughtest  in  tlieir  days,  in  days  of  old.  ^  Thou 
 luith  thy  hand  didst  dispossess  the  heatlicn,  and  didst  plant  them  j 
 
 Ver.  3.— Dispossess,]  Or,  disinherit  the  haud  didst  cast  out  the  people  of  Canaan,  and 
 nations,  meaning  the  Canaanites,  as  the  plantedst  the  house  of  Israel.  See  examples 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it:   "  Thou  by  thy  strong       hereof  in  the  Amorites,  Num.  xxi,  32;  and 
 
PSALM    XLIV. 
 
 501 
 
 thou  didst  evil  to  the  peoples,  and  didst  propagate  them.  ^  For, 
 not  by  their  own  sword  inherited  they  the  land,  and  their  arm  saved 
 them  not ;  but  thy  right  liand,  and  thy  arm,  and  the  light  of  thy 
 face,  because  iliou  didst  favour  them.  ^  Thou  art  he  my  King,  O 
 God  ;  command  the  salvation  of  Jacob.  ®  In  thee  we  shall  push 
 with  tlie  horn  our  distressers,  in  thy  name  we  shall  tread  down 
 tliem  that  rise  up  against  us.  '  For  I  will  not  trust  in  my  bow, 
 and  my  sword  sliall  not  save  me.  *  For  thou  liast  saved  us  from 
 our  distressers,  and  our  haters  thou  didst  make  ashamed.  ^  In  God 
 we  praised  all  the  day,  and  thy  name  for  ever  we  will  confess. 
 Selah. 
 
 "  But  now  thou  thrustest  away,  and  makest  us  ashamed,  and 
 goest  not  fortli  with  our  armies.  "  Thou  makest  us  turn  backward 
 from  the  distresser,  and  they  that  hate  us  do  spoil  for  themselves. 
 '^  Thou  givest  us  as  sheep  for  meat,  and  fannest  us  in  the  nations. 
 "  Thou  sellest  thy  people  for  no  wealth,  and  increasest  not  by  the 
 price  of  them.  "  Thou  exposest  us  a  reproach  to  our  neighbours, 
 a  scoff  and  a  scorn  to  tliem  that  be  round  about  us.  '^  Thou  puttest 
 wsfor  a  parable  among  tlie  heathen,  a  nodding  of  the  head  among 
 the  nations.     *"  All  tlie  day  my  ignominy  is  before  me,  and  the 
 
 the  other  kings  of  Canaan,  Josh.  xii.  seven 
 nations  greater  and  mightier  than  Israel, 
 Deut.  vii.  1.  Plantedst  them,]  To  wit, 
 our  fathers,  the  Israelites,  as  Exod.  xv.  17; 
 a  figure  taken  from  '  the  planting  of  vines,' 
 whereof  see  Ps.  Ixxx.  9,  &c.  The  peoples,] 
 That  dwelt  before  in  Canaan.  So  Ps.  cvi. 
 34.  Didst  propagate,]  Or,  send  forth, 
 make  spread,  as  the  vine  sendeth  out  or 
 dispreadeth  the  branches,  Ps.  Ixxx.  12;  Ezek. 
 xvii.  6. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Light  of  tht  face,]  Thy 
 favourahle  countenance  in  Christ:  See  the 
 note  on  Ps.  iv.  7  ;  Ixxxix.  16. 
 
 Ver.  5 — Thou  art  he,]  That  is.  Thou 
 art  the  same,  my  king,  (as  the  Gr.  express- 
 eth  it:)  this  noteth  God's  unchangeableness. 
 See  Ps.  cii.  2S.  Command,]  Procure  by 
 thy  commandment.  See  Ps.  xlii.  9.  Sal- 
 vation OF  Jacob,]  That  is,  the  full  salva- 
 tion, (the  absolute  deliverance)  of  thy  weak 
 people  the  posterity  of  Jacob.   See  Ps.  xiv.  7. 
 
 Ver.  6 — Push  with  the  horn,]  A 
 speech  taken  from  Moses,  Ueut.  xxxiii.  17, 
 and  meaneth  'a  vanq\iishing'  or  'subduing,' 
 1  Kings  xxii.  11;  Dan.  viii.  4.  Tread 
 down,]  Or,  tread  under  foot,  which  signifi- 
 eth  both  a  subduing  or  destroying,  2  Chron. 
 xxii.  7,  and  '  a  contempt '  or  '  setting  them 
 at  nought,'  Prov.  xvii.  7,  and  so  the  Gr.  here 
 translateth  it,  "  we  shall  set  at  no\ight."  So 
 alter  in  Ps.  Ix.  14;  cviii.  14. 
 
 Ver.  9. — In  God,  we  praised,]  To  wit, 
 his   actions,   salvations,    &c.     See    a    like 
 
 phrase  in  Ps,  Ivi.  5,  11,  and  Ps.  Ixxi.  6.  Or 
 understand,  '  we  praised  ourselves,'  that  is, 
 '  gloried,  triumphed.'  And  thus  the  Gr., 
 "  In  God  we  shall  be  praised ;  the  Chald. 
 saith,  "  in  the  word  of  our  God." 
 
 Ver.  12. — Sheep  for  me.\t,]  Or,  of 
 meat,  that  is,  to  be  eaten.  So  after,  ver.  23, 
 '  sheep  of  slaughter,'  that  is,  '  to  be  slain.' 
 Fannest,]  Or,  dispersest,  strowest  abroad, 
 as  the  fan  that  winnoweth,  Jer.  iv.  11 ;  li.  2. 
 Su  after  in  Ps.  cvi.  27. 
 
 Ver.  13. — For  no  wealth,]  That  is, 
 for  a  vile  price  without  gain.  God  is  said 
 to  sell  his  people,  when  he  delivereth  them 
 into  their  enemies'  hands,  as  out  of  his  own 
 posses'^ion.  So  Deut.  xxxii.  30.  Likewise 
 in  Is.  lii.  3,  the  Lord  saith,  'ye  have  been 
 sold  for  nought,  and  ye  shall  be  redeemed 
 without  money.'  Increasest  not,]  Or 
 gainest  not  by  the  prices  of  them;  takest  no 
 other  people  in  their  stead;  or  'increasest,' 
 that  is,  '  iieightenest  not  their  price.' 
 
 Ver.  15. — A  parable,]  A  by-word,  or 
 proverb.  This  is  often  used  for  grave,  wise, 
 and  princely  sentences ;  as  Ps.  xlix.  5,  here 
 in  the  ill  part  for  a  by-word,  reproach  and 
 fable:  So  Ps.  Ixix.  12;  Job  xvii.  G.  And 
 thus  is  fulfilled  that  which  was  dreamed, 
 Deut.  xxviii.  37;  1  Kings  ix  7;  Jer.  xxiv. 
 9.  Nodding  of  the  head,]  That  is,  a 
 mockage,  Ps.  xxii.  8,  9. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Taunter,]  Or,  blasphemer. 
 Num.  xv.  30. 
 
 Ver.  20.— Of   Dr.^gons.]  Or,  of  ivliale 
 
502 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 abashing  of  my  face  covereth  me.  "  For  the  voice  of  tlie  reproacher 
 and  taunter,  for  the  face  of  the  enemy  and  self-avenger.  '*  All 
 this  is  come  on  us,  and  we  have  not  forgotten  thee,  nor  dealt  falsely 
 against  thy  covenant.  '^  Our  heart  hath  not  turned  backward,  nor 
 our  stepping  swerved  from  thy  path.  ^"  Thougli  tliou  hast  crushed 
 us  in  the  place  of  dragons,  and  hast  covered  over  us  with  the  shadow 
 of  death,  ^^  If  we  have  forgotten  the  name  of  our  God,  and  spread 
 out  our  liands  to  a  strange  god.  '^'^  Shall  not  God  search  out  this? 
 for  lie  knowetli  tlie  liid  things  of  the  heart.  ^  But  for  thee  we  are 
 killed  all  the  day,  are  counted  as  sheep  of  slaughter.  ^*  Stir  up, 
 why  sleepest  thou.  Lord  ?  awake,  thrust  not  away  for  ever. 
 ®'  WJierefore  liidest  thou  thy  face,  forgettest  thou  our  affliction  and 
 our  oppression  ?  '^^  For  our  soul  is  bowed  down  to  the  dust,  our 
 belly  cleaveth  unto  the  earth.  '^'  Rise  vi^,for  an  helpfulness  to  us, 
 and  redeem  us  for  thy  mercy  sake. 
 
 fishes.  For  the  Heb.  word  is  common  both 
 for  'land  and  water-dragons'  or  'whales:'  so 
 Ps.  cxlviii.  7.  And  hereby  is  meant  the 
 place  of  desolation  and  affliction,  as  the  Gr. 
 here  translateth  it:  See  Mai.  i.  3;  Is.  xxxiv. 
 13  ;  Jer.  ix.  11;  x.  22  ;  Job  xxx.  29.  With 
 THESHADE,]Or,  in  the  shade:  see  Ps.  xxiii.4. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Spread  out  our  hands,]  Or 
 our  palms,  that  is,  have  frayed  unto  :  for  in 
 prayer  they  spread  out  the  palms  of  their 
 hands,  as  to  receive  a  blessing  from  God,  1 
 Kings  viii.  22;  Exod.  ix.  29;  Ps.  cxliii.  6. 
 So  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  "  spread  out  onr 
 hands  in  prayer,  to  the  idols  of  other  people." 
 
 Ver.  23. — But  for  thee,]  Or,  For,  for 
 thy  sake,  that  is,  so  far  we  be  from  following 
 strange  gods,  as  that  for  thy  sake  we  are  killed 
 
 daily.  And  this  also  is  a  comfort  in  afflic- 
 tion.    See  Rom.  viii.  36. 
 
 Ver.  24.— Stir  up,]  To  wit,  thyself. 
 These  things  are  spoken  of  God  after  the 
 manner  of  men,  for  properly,  he  that  keep- 
 eth  '  Israel,  slumbereth  not,  nor  sleepeth,' 
 Ps.  cxxi.  4. 
 
 Ver.  26. — To  the  dust,]  This  noteth  a 
 base  and  abject  state,  Ps.  cxiii.  7;  like  this  is 
 'the  soul  cleaving  to  the  dust,'  Ps.  cxix.  25, 
 and  '  putting  the  mouth  in  the  dust,'  Lam, 
 iii.  29. 
 
 Ver.  27. — An  helpfulness,]  That  is,  a 
 full  help.  The  Heb.  hath  a  letter  more  than 
 ordinary,  to  increase  the  signification.  So 
 Ps.  Ixiii.  S  ;  xciv,  17.  See  the  notes  on  Ps. 
 iii.  3. 
 
 PSALM    XLV. 
 
 The  majesty  and  grace  of  Christ  and  his  Mngdom.     IL  The  duty  of 
 the  churchy  and  the  benefits  thereof.     14.  The  glory  of  Christians. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music  upon   Shoshannim,  to  tlie  sons  of 
 Korah,  an  instructing  psalm ;  a  song  of  the  well-beloved  virgins. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Shoshannim,]  That  is.  Six- 
 stringed  instruments  :  for  so  by  compaiison 
 with  other  titles  it  seemeth  here  to  be  meant 
 of  musical  instruments:  as  '  Shalishim,'  be 
 '  three-stringed  instruments,'  1  Sam.  xviii. 
 6.       Elsewhere     it     signifieth     '  six-leaved 
 
 I  owers,'  that  is,  '  lilies,'  as  Song  ii.  6,  which 
 
 II  ay  also  be  minded  here.  The  Heb.  word 
 is  derived  of  Shesh,  that  is,  six.  Like  title 
 is    in    Ps.    Ixix.    1  ;    Ixxx.  I.     The  Chald. 
 
 expoundeth  it,  "for  them  that  sit  in  the 
 synedrion  (or  council)  of  Moses,  which  was 
 spoken  in  prophesy  by  the  sons  of  Korah." 
 Of  the  well-beloved  virgins,]  King's 
 daughters  and  other  honourable  daughters 
 attending  upon  and  coming  with  the  queen  ; 
 the  friends  of  the  bridegroom  and  bride,  ver. 
 10,  15;  who  should  sing  this  marriage  song 
 in  praise  of  them.  Therefore  this  hymn 
 settetli    forth    Christ   in    his   glory,  and  his 
 
PSALM    XLV. 
 
 503 
 
 2  Mine  heart  hath  boiled  a  good  word  ;  I  do  say  my  works  to 
 the  king,  my  tongue  the  pen  of  a  speedy  writer.  ^  Thou  art  much 
 fairer  than  the  sons  of  Adam ;  grace  is  poured  out  in  thy  lips, 
 therefore  God  hath  blessed  tliee  for  ever.  *  Gird  thy  sword  upon 
 the  thigh,  O  mighty  one,  thy  glorious  majesty  and  thy  comely 
 honour.  ^  And  in  thy  comely  honour,  prosper  ride  on  word  of 
 truth,  and  of  meekness  and  of  justice :  and   thy  right  hand  shall 
 
 spouse  the  church  in  her  beauty.  For  Christ 
 is  the  bridegroom,  and  Jerusalem  the  bride, 
 John  iii.  29;  Rev.  xxi.  9,  10;  all  true 
 Christians  are  virgins,  for  their  spiritual 
 chastity,  Rev.  xiv.  1,  4;  following  and  lov- 
 ing the  Lamb,  for  the  sweet  odour  of  his 
 name  or  gospel,  Song  i.  2  ;  and  are  beloved 
 of  him,  and  have  this  new  song  of  praise  put 
 into  their  mouths.  Of  him  is  this  Psalm  as 
 the  apostle  expoimdeth  it,'  Heb,  i.  8. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Hath  boiled,]  Or,  frieth, 
 boileth  as  in  a  frying  pan,  that  is,  hath 
 studied  and  prepared  by  fervent  meditation. 
 A  similitude  taken  Irom  the  Mincah  or 
 '  meat-oflering  '  in  the  law,  wliich  was  dress- 
 ed in  the  frying-pan,  Lev.  vii.  9  ;  and  there 
 boiled  in  oil,  being  made  of  fine  flour  un- 
 leavened, mingled  with  oil,  Lev.  ii.  5  ;  and 
 after  was  presented  to  the  Lord  by  the  priest, 
 verse  8,  &c.  Here  the  matter  of  this  Psalm 
 is  as  the  Mincah  or  oblation,  which  with  the 
 oil,  the  grace  of  the  Spirit,  was  boiled  and 
 prepared  in  the  prophet's  heart,  and  now  pre- 
 sented. So  P>\  cxli.  is  likewise  compared 
 to  the  Mincah  or  oblation  presented  at 
 evening,  Ps.  cxli.  2.  This  word  is  not  else- 
 where read  in  the  scripture.  A  good  word,] 
 An  excellent,  sweet,  and  pleasant  matter. 
 A  word  is  used  often  for  a  thing  or  matter, 
 Ps.  xli.  9  ;  here  it  is  for  the  whole  argument 
 of  this  Psalm.  I  do  say,]  Or,  /  am  saying, 
 that  which  fervently  boileth  in  me.  For  of 
 the  abundance  of  the  heart  the  mouth  speak- 
 eth.  Mv  WORKS  TO  the  king,]  My  poems 
 of  the  king ;  that  i--,  of  Christ;  concerning 
 him,  and  dedicated  to  hirn  in  this  psalm  or 
 ditty.  My  tongue,  the  pen,]  Understand, 
 it  is  as  the  pen  ;  or  prayerwise,  be  it  as  the 
 pen.  The  Chald.  addeth,  "  my  tongue  shall 
 speak  swiftly,  as  the  pen,"  &c.  Of  a 
 SPEEDY  WRITER,]  Or  of  a  swift  («  ready) 
 scribe.  So  Ezra  was  called  not  only  for  writ- 
 ing, but  also  for  interpreting  the  law,  Ezra 
 vii.  6  ;  scribes  were  both  scriveners  or  nota- 
 ries, 2  Kings  xii.  10  ;  xxii.  3  ;  '  and  exposi- 
 tors of  the  law,'  or  '  counsellors,'  Matt,  xxiii. 
 2;   1  Chron.  xxvii.  32. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Thod  art  much  fairer,]  The 
 Heb.  word  is  of  double  form,  to  note  out 
 double,  that  is,  very  excellent  beauty.  This 
 fairness  is  not  of  body  only,  but  of  mind,  in 
 
 wisdom,  holiness,  &c.  as  in  Ezek.  xxvii i.  7  ; 
 there  is  mentioned  '  beauty  of  wisdom  ' 
 Here  the  psalmist  beginneth  his  speech  to 
 Christ  and  of  his  praises:  which  the  Chald. 
 paraphrast  explaineth  thus;  "  thy  faiiness,  O 
 King  Christ,  exceedetli  the  sons  of  men." 
 See  the  description  of  Christ's  spiritual 
 beauty  in  Song  v.  10 — 16.  Grace  is 
 POURED  OUT  IN  THY  LIPS,]  That  IS,  thou 
 speakest  gracious  words  abundantly.  Christ's 
 lips  were  like  'lilies  dropping  down  pure 
 myrrh,'  Song  v.  13  ;  all  that  heard  him  speak, 
 *  wondered  at  the  words  of  grace  that  pro- 
 ceeded out  of  his  mouth,'  Luke  iv.  22.  The 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  The  spirit  of  pro- 
 phesy is  given  into  thy  lips."  Therefore,] 
 To  the  end  that  thou  shouldest  pour  out  thy 
 gracious  words  to  men:  or  because  God  hatli 
 blessed  thee. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Gird  thy  sword,]  That  is, 
 make  ready  to  the  fight,  Exod.  xxxii.  27 ;  1 
 Sam.  XXV.  13;  Song  iii.  8.  The  spiritual 
 '  sword  is  the  word  of  God,'  Eph.  vi.  17. 
 Therefore  Christ's  sword  properly  cometh 
 'out  of  his  mouth,'  Rev.  i.  10;  and  'with 
 the  breath  of  his  lips  shall  he  slay  the  wicked,' 
 Is.  xi.  4.  Upon  the  thigh,]  Understand, 
 thy  thigh.  The  Heb.  often  omitteth  words 
 of  this  sort  easy  to  be  understood  ;  so  the  Gr. 
 in  the  New  Testament,  as  '  mending  the 
 nets,'  Mark  i.  19;  or  'mending  their  net*,' 
 Matt.  iv.  21;  'to  put  away,'  Mark  x.  4; 
 for,  'to  put  her  away,'  Matt.  xix.  7;  and 
 many  the  like.  O  mighty  one,]  Or,  cham- 
 pion; Heb.,  Gibhor,  one  of  the  titles  of 
 Christ,  Is.  ix.  6.  The  Chald.  paraphrasetb, 
 "  as  a  mighty  one  to  kill  kings  and  rulers." 
 Thy  glorious  majesty,]  This  showeth  of 
 what  manner  of  sword  he  speaketh,  called 
 glory  and  comeliness,  or  magnificence,  be- 
 cause of  the  poweiful  efiects.  Of  these  words, 
 see  Ps.  viii.  2.  6. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Prosper  ride,]  That  is,  ride 
 prospei-ousiy :  see  the  like  phrase,  Ps.  li.  4. 
 The  Chald.  openeth  it  thus  ;  "  Thine  honour 
 is  great,  therefore  thou  shalt  prosper,  to  ride 
 upon  the  throne  of  the  kingdom.  On  word 
 of  truth,]  Which  is  the  'gospel  of  our  sal- 
 vation/ Eph.  i.  13;  the  'white  horse' 
 whereon  Christ  rideth,  Rev.  xix.  11;  or 
 '  because  of  truth ;  for  the  truth's  sake.'    The 
 
504 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 teach  thee  fearful  things.  ^  Tliy  arrows  are  sharp,  peoples  shall 
 fall  mider  tliee,  in  the  lieart  of  the  king's  enemies.  '  Thy  throne, 
 O  God,  is  ever  and  perpetual,  the  sceptre  of  thy  kingdom  is  a 
 sceptre  of  righteousness.  ^  Thou  lovest  justice,  and  hatest  wicked- 
 ness, therefore  God  tliy  God  hath  anointed  thee  with  oil  of  joyful- 
 ness  above  thy  fellows,  ®  Myrrli  and  aloes  cassia  all  thy  garments, 
 out  of  the  ivory  palaces,  more  than  they  that  make  thee  joyful, 
 "  King's  daughters  are  among  thy  precious  ones,  set  is   the  queen 
 
 Heb.  al  debar  is  often  used  for  '  because,'  Ps. 
 Ixxix.  9;  Gen.  xliii.  IS;  Deut.  xxii.  24; 
 and  so  the  Gr,  version  hath  it  here.  Of  meek- 
 ness,] So  Christ  came  '  riding  meek,'  Matt. 
 xxi.  5;  and  his  word  is  both  to  be  taught  and 
 to  be  received  with  meekness,  2 Tim.  ii.  25; 
 James  i.  21.  And  of  justice,]  Or,  meek- 
 ness of  justice,  that  is,  justice  meekly  admin- 
 istered :  but  the  Gr.  supplieth  the  word  "  and." 
 Shall  teach  thee,]  Or,  let  it  teach  thee 
 fearful  things.  In  tlie  Gr.  it  is,  "  thy 
 right  hand  will  guide  thee  marvellously." 
 
 Ver.  6.— Thy  arrows,]  That  is,  thy 
 words  whereby  thou  convincest  and  beatest 
 down  sin  and  sinners.  So  the  rider  on  the 
 white  horse  hath  a  bow  when  he  goeth  to 
 conquer,  Rev.  vi.  2.  'Arrows  are  words,' 
 Ps.  Ixiv,  4;  or  'judgments,'  Deut.  xxxii.  23; 
 and  the  Chald.  here  addeth,  "  Thine  arrows 
 are  drawn  out  to  kill  multitudes,"  In  the 
 HEART,]  Understand,  they  pierce  the  heart 
 of  the  king's  enemies.  And  this  notcth  the 
 efficacy  of  these  words  or  judgments,  as  else- 
 where he  saith,  '  I  will  send  all  my  plagues 
 upon  their  heart,'  Exod.  ix.  14;  also  their 
 inward  operation  which  is  '  mighty,  dividing 
 asunder  the  soul  and  the  spirit,  discerning  the 
 intents  of  the  heart,  casting  down  imagina- 
 tions, and  bringing  into  captivity  every 
 thought,'  Heb.  iv.  12 ;  2  Cor,  x.  4,  5. 
 
 Ver.  7.— Thy  throne  O  God,]  The 
 Chald.  addeth,  "  in  heaven."  Here  Christ 
 our  King  is  magnified  as  God  above  the 
 angels,  as  the  apostle  showeth,  Heb.  i.  8. 
 '  But  unto  the  Son  he  saith.  Thy  throne,  O 
 God,  is  for  ever,'  &c.  Hereby  also  is  meant 
 the  perpetuity  of  Christ's  kingdom.  So  1 
 Chron.  xxii.  10;  2  Sam.  vii.  16.  A  scep- 
 tre OF  righteousness,]  Or,  a  rod,  (a 
 mace)  of  equity,  plain  and  righteous  in  admin- 
 istration. Hath  anointed  thee,]  Of  this 
 Heb.  Mashach, '  hiiXh  anointed,'  cur  Lord  is 
 called  Mashiach  or  '  Messias,'  and  in  Gr. 
 "  Christ,"  that  is,  '  anointed:'  see  Ps.  ii.  2. 
 Oil  of  joy,]  The  Holy  Spirit,  which  joyeth 
 the  heart,  Luke  iv.  18 ;  1  Thess.  i.  6. 
 Above  thy  fellows,]  That  is,  above  all 
 Christians  who  are  thy  fellows,  consorts,  and 
 partners  in  the  anointing,  1  John  ii.  20,  27; 
 who  are  also  '  made  kings  and  priests,'  Rom. 
 
 V.  10;  and  with  whom  thou  hast  taken  pait 
 of  flesh  and  blood,  Heb.  ii.  14.  Or  by  fel- 
 lows, may  be  meant  all  kings  and  potentates 
 whom  he  excelleth,  Ps.  Ixxxix.  28. 
 
 Ver.  9.— Myrrh,]  Named  of  the  Heb. 
 word  Mor,  and  is  the  gum  or  liquor  of  a  tree, 
 in  taste  bitter,  in  smell  odoriferous  ;  there- 
 fore it  was  used  in  the  precious  ointment  of 
 the  high  priest,  and  tabernacle,  Exod.  xxx. 
 21  ;  and  in  other  sweet  perfumes  ;  Esth.  ii. 
 12;  Prov.  vii.  17.  See  Song  iv.  14;  v.  1, 
 13.  Aloes,]  Of  the  Heb.  name  Jhaloth, 
 a  sweet  wood  wherewith  perfumes  were  also 
 made,  Num.  xxi.  7  ;  Song  iv.  14.  The 
 Arabians  call  it,  tsandal.  Cassia,]  Or 
 cassies,  also  of  the  Heb.  Ketsioth,  else- 
 where it  is  not  found  in  scripture.  It  seem- 
 eth  to  be  the  barks  or  skins  of  that  sweet 
 shrub  cassia  mentioned  in  Pliny,  lib.  12, 
 cap.  20.  All  tht  garments,]  That  is, 
 they  be  of  them,  or  smell  of  them,  or  are 
 anointed  with  them:  or,  as  the  Chald.  para- 
 phraseth,  "are  perfected  "  with  them.  Out 
 OF  the  noRY  palaces.]  Or  palaces  of  ele- 
 phant's tooth;  as  the  Chald.  here  addeth  the 
 name  of  the  elephant,  meaning  that  either  the 
 king  Cometh  out  of  them,  or,  the  garments 
 were  taken  out  of  such  palaces  or  cofl'ers. 
 King's  palaces  were  sometimes  made  of 
 ivory  or  tooth,  2   Kings  xxii.    39,     More 
 
 THAN  THEY  THAT  MAKE  THEE  JOYFUL,]  Or, 
 
 than  theirs  that  make  thee  glad:  that  is,  thy 
 garments  are  more  odoriferous  than  the  gar- 
 ments of  thy  fellows,  forementioned  verse  8, 
 For  though  the  spouse  or  church  hath  the 
 savour  of  her  odours,  '  better  than  all  spices,' 
 and  the  smell  of  her  garments  '  as  the  odour 
 of  Lebanon,'  she  being  perfumed  '  with 
 myrrh,  and  incense,  and  all  spices  of  the 
 merchant,'  Song  iv.  10,  11  ;  iii,  C;  yet 
 Christ  himself  is  more  odoriferous,  even 
 wholly  detectable,  for  '  God  hath  not  given 
 him  the  Spirit  by  measure,' Song  i.  ii;  v.  16; 
 John  iii,  34.  And  the  saints  are  said  to 
 make  Christ  joyful,  for  all  '  his  delight  is  in 
 them,'  Ps.  xvi.  3;  Song  vii.  6. 
 
 Ver.  10, — King's  daughters,]  These  the 
 Chald.  interpreteth  "  countries  of  kingdoms." 
 A  MONO  THY  precious  ONES,]  Tliatis,  with  thy 
 honourable  womtn:  or,  in  thy  preciousness,  that 
 
PSALM     XLV. 
 
 505 
 
 at  thy  riglit  hand,  in  fine  gold  of  Opliir.  "  Hear,  O  daughter,  and 
 see  and  bend  thine  ear,  and  forget  tliy  people  and  thy  father's  house. 
 '-  i\nd  the  king  will  covet  thy  beauty,  for  he  is  thy  Lord,  and  bow 
 down  thyself  to  him.  '*  And  the  daughter  of  Tyrus  with  oblation 
 shall  earnestly  beseech  thy  face,  even  the  rich  of  the  people. 
 '*  TJie  king's  daughter  is  all  glorious   within,  her  clothing  is  of 
 
 is,  are  in  thy  precious  honourable  ornaments, 
 or  palaces.  Set  is  the  queen.]  Or,  mar- 
 ried queen,  (the  wife)  is  placed  at  thy  right 
 ha7id,  that  is,  in  the  most  honourable  place, 
 1  Kings  ii.  19.  The  Chaid.  referreth  this  to 
 the  "  book  of  the  law,"  at  the  right  hand  of 
 the  king.  The  word  Shegal  is  used  here, 
 and  Neh.  ii.  6  ;  Dan.  v.  5j3  ;  for  the  king's 
 wife,  the  queen.  In  fine  gold,]  That  is, 
 as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  "cloth  of  fine  (or 
 glistering)  gold/'  called  Cethem ;  a  special 
 name  for  '  the  most  pure  and  splendent  gold,' 
 Job  xxviii.  16,  19;  xxxi.  24  ;  Song  v.  11  ; 
 Dan.  X.  5.  Hereof  is  Mictam,  Ps.  xvi.  1. 
 Of  Ophir,]  That  is,  out  of  the  land  of 
 Ophir,  who  was  the  son  of  Jetkan,  the  son 
 of  Shem,  the  son  of  Noah,  Gen.  x.  29 ;  who 
 dwelt  in  a  part  of  India,  and  of  him  the 
 country  was  called  Ophir;  from  thence  was 
 much  Cethem  or  fine  gold  brought  to  Judea 
 and  other  coasts  ;  as  appeareth  1  Kings  ix, 
 28;  x.  11  ;  xxii.  48;  1  Chron.  xxix.  4. 
 The  gold  itself  was  called  by  his  name  Ophir, 
 Job  xxii.  24. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Hear,  O  daughter,]  He 
 speaketh  to  the  queen  forementioned,  figuring 
 the  church,  or  'heavenly  Jerusalem,  the 
 Lamb's  wife,'  Rev.  xxi.  9,  10,  &c.  And  so 
 the  Chald.  paraphraseth,  "  Hear,  O  congre- 
 gation of  Israel,  the  law  of  his  mouth,  and 
 see  his  marvellous  works:  and  bow  thine  ear 
 to  the  words  of  the  law,  and  forget  the  evil 
 works  of  the  wicked  of  thy  people,  and  the 
 house  of  idols  whom  thou  servedst  in  thy 
 father's  house."  And  thy  father's  house,] 
 As  man  and  wife  must  leave  their  parents,  to 
 cleave  each  to  other,  Gen.  iv.  24  ;  xxxi.  14  ; 
 so  must  we  leave  all,  to  cleave  unto  Christ, 
 Matt.  X.  37;  Luke  xiv.  20. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Will  covet  thy  beauty,] 
 fVill  delight  himself  in  thy  fairness,  (thy 
 sanctity  ;)  set  fortli  in  Song  i.  14  ;  ii.  14;  iv. 
 1,  &c.  So  'the  king  is  tied  in  the  rafters,' 
 Song  vii.  5.  And  bow  down,]  Or,  there- 
 fore worship  thou  him. 
 
 Ver.  13. — The  daughter  of  Tyrus,] 
 That  is,  the  people,  or  commonwealth  of 
 Tyre  ;  as  '  daughter  of  Zion,'  Ps.  ix.  15. 
 So  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  They  that 
 dwell  in  the  fort  of  Tyrus."  Tyre  or  Tyrus 
 (in  Heb.  Tsor,  which  signifieth  a  rock  or 
 fortress  ;)  was  a  strong  city  appertaining  to 
 
 Vol.  II.  3 
 
 the  tribe  of  Aser,  Josh.  xix.  29,  but 
 ed  still  by  the  heathen,  whose  king  Hiram 
 became  friend  to  David,  2  Sam.  v.  11,  and 
 to  Solomon  his  son,  1  Kings  v.  1,  2,  &c.  yet 
 afterwards  Tyrus  remembered  not  the  bro- 
 therly covenant,  Amos  i.  9,  but  rejoiced  at 
 the  desolation  of  Jerusalem,  Ezek.  xxvi.  2; 
 banded  itself  with  other  enemies  against 
 Israel,  Ps.  Ixxxiii.  S ;  and  was  wasted  of 
 Nebuchadnezzar  king  of  Babel,  by  God's 
 judgment,  seventy  years,  Is.  xxiii.  15;  Ezek. 
 xxvi.  7.  It  continued  under  idols  till  the 
 Maccabees'  times,  and  then  had  still  Hercules 
 for  their  chief  god,  2  Mac.  iv.  18,  19.  This 
 one  city  Tyre  is  here  named  instead  of  other 
 nations,  because  it  was  the  chief  city  of  traf- 
 fic in  the  world,  being  an  isle  in  the  sea, 
 whose  merchandise  and  magnificence  the 
 prophet  largely  describeth,  Ezek.  xxvii.  •  her 
 merchants  were  princes,  her  chapmen  the 
 nobles  of  the  world,'  Is.  xxiii.  S;  '  she  heaped 
 up  silver  as  dust,  and  gold  as  the  mire  of  the 
 streets,'  Zach.  ix.  3.  Of  the  subjection  here 
 prophesied  which  they  should  yield  unto  the 
 church,  we  may  see  it  fulfilled  in  the  New 
 Testament,  where  many  that  dwelt  about 
 Tyre  and  Sidon  flocked  after  Christ,  Mark 
 iii.  8  ;  and  he  resorted  into  their  borders, 
 Mark  vii.  24;  and  by  their  readiness,  he 
 upbraided  the  backwardness  of  the  Jews, 
 Matt.  xi.  20,  21;  and  afterwards  in  the 
 apostles'  days  there  was  a  church  of  zealous 
 Christians  in  that  city.  Acts  xxi.  3 — 5,  &c. 
 See  also  Ps.  Ixxxvii.  4.  Earnestly  beseech 
 thy  face,]  'Shall  instantly  pray  (or  sue) 
 unto  thee'  O  queen.  The  original  word 
 naturally  signifieth  to  '  make  sick'  or  'sorry,' 
 and  being  joined  with  the  word  face  (which 
 oft  is  used  for  anger)  it  meaneth,  to  abate  the 
 anger  by  importunate  prayer  and  by  humble 
 suit  to  prevail.  So  after,  Ps.  cxix.  58. 
 Rich  of  the  people,]  The  wealthy  among 
 them,  meaning  of  the  Tyrians,  which  were  a 
 wealthy  nation,  and  generally  other  people. 
 See  Is.  Ix.  1,  3,  5,  11  ;  xlix.  23;  Rev.  xxi. 
 24,  26;  where  '  the  riches  and  honour  of  the 
 Gentiles  are  brought  to  the  church.' 
 
 Ver.  14. — Glorio:;s  within,]  Or  hon- 
 ourable imvard,  in  the  heart  adorned  with 
 faith,  hope,  love,  &c.  or  in  the  inner  man,  as 
 Eph.  iii.  16.  Here  the  Chald.  maketh  this 
 paraphrase ;    "  Every   thing    that    is  praise- 
 
500 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 purled  works  of  gold.  In  embroideries  she  shall  be  led  along  to 
 the  king,  virgins  after  her,  lier  fellow-friends  brouglit  in  to  thee. 
 '®  Tliey  shall  be  led  along  with  joys  and  gladness,  they  shall  enter 
 into  the  king's  palace.  "  Instead  of  thy  fathers  shall  be  thy  sons, 
 thou  slialt  put  them  for  princes  in  all  the  earth.  '^  I  will  make 
 memory  of  thy  name  in  every  generation  and  generation,  there- 
 fore peoples  shall  confess  thee  for  ever  and  aye. 
 
 worthy,  fair  and  to  be  desired,  the  wealth  of 
 rountiies  and  treasuries  of  kings,  which  are 
 I  aid  up  within,  shall  they  offer  for  oblations 
 before  the  king,  and  gifts  unto  the  priests, 
 w  hose  garments  are  woven  with  fine  gold." 
 PoRLED  WORKS,]  Or  grouncl  closures  of 
 (joldf  such  as  precious  stones  are  set  in, 
 Exod.  xxviii.  1],  14.  Compare  also  here- 
 with, Ezek.  xvi.  13. 
 
 Ver.  15. — In  embroideries,]  fFith 
 broidered  (or  needle  wrought)  gawnents. 
 Hereby  is  meant  the  variety  of  graces,  and 
 embroidery  of  the  Spirit.  So  Ezek.  xvi.  10. 
 Ver.  17. — Instead  of  thy  fathers,] 
 Here  the  Heb.  is  of  the  masculine  gender: 
 so  these  words  are  spoken  to  the  king. 
 Though  sometimes  the  masculine  is  used  in 
 speech  of  women,  as  Num.  xxvii.  7.  So 
 lahem,  1  Kings  xxii.  17;  lahen,  2  Chron. 
 xviii.  16.  Shall  be  thy  sons,]  Thy  chil- 
 dren shall  succeed,  meaning  either  all 
 Christians^  that  by  the  immortal  seed  of  the 
 word  are  begotten  to  Christ  and  his  church, 
 he  being  the  father,  this  the  mother  of  us  all, 
 Is.  ix.  6;  Gal.  iv.  26;  or  in  special,  the 
 apostles  may  be  intended.  See  Heb.  ii.  13. 
 Shalt  put  them,]  Shall  place,  co7istitute,  or 
 appoint  them  for  princes :  as  all  Christians 
 
 are  called  '  kings,'  Rev.  i.  6;  v.  10.  Or  in 
 special,  by  '  the  fathers,'  may  be  meant  the 
 twelve  patriarchs  ;  by  the  sons,  the  twelve 
 apostles  succeeding  them  as  the  heavenly 
 •Jerusalem  hath  at  the  twelve  gates  the  names 
 of  the  twelve  tribes,  and  in  the  foundations 
 of  the  wall  the  names  of  the  Lamb's  twelve 
 apostles.  Rev.  xxi.  12,  14;  which  apostles 
 were  sent  into  all  the  nations  of  the  world, 
 Matt,  xxviii.  19  ;  to  go  and  bring  forth  fruit, 
 and  their  fruit  to  remain,  John  xv.  16.  Like 
 this  is  the  promise  made  for  Sarah,  that 
 kings  of  peoples  should  come  of  her.  Gen. 
 xvii.  16. 
 
 Ver.  is. — I  will  make  memory,]  /Fill 
 tnention  and  7}ia/ce  to  be  remembered.  The 
 inditer  of  this  psalm  speaketh  this  to  Christ, 
 and  of  his  eternal  kingdom  and  glory.  Shall 
 confess  thee,]  Shall  celebrate,  or  praise 
 thee.  The  Heb.  is  Jehodu,  of  it  Jehuda 
 had  his  name.  Gen.  xxix.  35,  from  which 
 name  his  blessing  was  derived;  thou  ait  Ju- 
 dah,  thy  brethren  (.Todu)  shall  confess  thee. 
 Gen.  xlix.  8.  This  here  is  fitly  applied 
 to  Christ  '  the  Lion  of  the  tribe  Judah,* 
 Rev.  v.  5.  And  aye,]  Or,  and  to  per- 
 petuity. 
 
 PSALM  XLVL 
 
 The  confidence  which  the  church  hath  in  God.  5.  Tlie  river  that 
 maketh  glad  the  city  of  God.  6.  His  presence  and  help  from  enemies. 
 9.  An  exhortation  to  behold  his  works. 
 
 ^  To  the  master  of  the  music,  to  the  sons  of  Korah,  npon  Ala- 
 moth,  a  song. 
 
 Ver.  1. — On  Alamoth,]  This  seemeth 
 to  be  some  '  musical  instrument,'  or  '  tune,' 
 1  Chron.  xv.  20.  We  may  call  it  Virginals, 
 or  Virgin  tunes,  having  high  and  shrill  voices 
 or  notes:  for  Alamoth  signifieth  also  '  Vir- 
 gins,' Song  i.  2.  The  original  word  Alam 
 signifieth  '  hid:'  whereupon  the  Gr.  trans- 
 latcth  it  here,  kruphioon,  "  hidden  ones,"  or 
 
 "hid  things."  And  the  Chald.  after  men- 
 tion of  the  sons  of  Korah,  addeth,  "By  their 
 hand  was  it  spoken  in  prophecy,  at  what  time 
 their  father  was  hidden  from  them,  but  they 
 were  delivered  and  said  this  song."  If  it  be 
 not  referred  to  the  music,  it  seemeth  rather 
 to  intend  the  hid  counsels  of  God  appertain- 
 ing to  his  church  in  Christ. 
 
PSALM   XLVI. 
 
 507 
 
 *  God  will  be  to  us  an  liopeful  shelter  and  a  strength,  a  help  in 
 distresses  we  shall  find  very  great.  ^  Therefore  we  will  not  fear 
 though  the  earth  change,  and  though  the  mountains  be  moved  into 
 the  heart  of  the  seas.  *  Though  the  waters  thereof  make  a  noise, 
 be  muddy,  though  tlie  mountains  quake  for  the  hauglitiness  thereof, 
 Selah.  ^  A  river,  the  streams  thereof  sliall  make  glad  the  city  of 
 God,  the  holy,  the  dwelling-places  of  the  Most  High.  ^  God  in  the 
 midst  of  it,  shall  not  be  moved,  God  will  help  it  at  the  looking 
 forth  of  the  morning.  '  The  nations  made  a  noise,  the  kingdoms 
 were  moved,  he  gave  his  voice,  the  earth  melted.  *  Jehovah  of  hosts 
 is  with  us,  tlie  God  of  Jacob  a  high  refuge  for  us,  Selah.  ^  Come 
 on,  behold  the  works  of  Jehovah,  who  putteth  wondrous  desola- 
 tions in  the  earth.  "  He  maketh  wars  to  cease  unto  the  utmost 
 end  of  the  earth,  he  breaketh  the  bow  and  cutteth  the  spear,  the 
 chariots  he  burnetii  in  fire.  "  Surcease  and  know  that  I  am  God  : 
 I  will  be  exalted  in  the  nations,  I  will  be  exalted  in  the  earth. 
 
 Ver.  2. — We  shall  find,]  To  wit,  an 
 help:  or  in  distresses  that  we  shall  find;  as 
 in  Ps.  cxvi.  3,  '  distress  and  sorrow  I  did 
 find  ;'  that  is,  '  did  feel,'  or  '  fall  into.'  And 
 thus  the  Gr.  saith  here,  "  in  tribulations  that 
 have  found  us  vehemently.''  Or  we  may 
 translate  it,  "he  is  found,"  that  is,  God  is 
 present,  at  hand;  as  in  Gen.  xix.  15;  'thy 
 daughters  which  are  found,'  that  is,  '  which 
 are  present.'  Very  great,]  Or  very  mighty, 
 vehement. 
 
 Veb.  3. — Though  the  earth,]  Or  xvheii 
 the  earth  change,  to  wit,  her  place.  By 
 the  changing  of  the  earth,  and  removing  of 
 the  mounts,  are  often  meant  the  alteration  of 
 states  and  polities,  Hag.  ii.  22,  23;  Rev.  vi. 
 14 ;  Jer.  li.  25.  Heart  of  the  seas,]  That 
 is,  the  midst,  or  deepest  bottoms  of  them ;  as 
 the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  the  gulf  of  the 
 great  sea."  The  like  phrase  is  in  Exod.  xv. 
 8  ;  Jonah  ii.  3;  Prov.  xxiii.  34. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Be  muddy,]  Or,  cast  up  mud, 
 that  is,  rage  or  be  troubled,  as  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth  it.  "Waters,"  are  "peoples,"  Rev. 
 xvii.  15;  Jer.  xlvii.  2;  and  their  restless 
 stir  is  likened  to  the  seas  *  that  cast  up  mire 
 aud  dirt,'  and  '  foam  out  their  own  shame,' 
 Is.  Ivii.  20;  Jude  verse  13.  For  the 
 HAUGHTINESS,]  The  proud  swelling  rage  and 
 surges. 
 
 Ver.  5. — A  river,  the  streams  there- 
 of,] Or,  There  is  'a  flood,  whose  riverets'  (or 
 streams.)  In  the  earthly  Jerusalem  this  may 
 be  meant  of  the  '  river  Kidron,'  2  Sam.  xv. 
 23  ;  Job  xviii.  1  ;  and  the  streams  or  lesser 
 rivers  of  Gihon  aud  Shiloh,  2  Chron.  xxxii. 
 4,  30;  Is.  viii.  6.  In  the  heavenly  Jerusa- 
 lem, there  is  '  a  pure  river  of  the  water  of 
 life,  proceeding  out  of  the  throne  of  God  and 
 
 of  the  Lamb,*  Rev.  xxii.  1 ;  Ezek.  xlvii.  1, 
 &c.  See  also  Joel  iii.  18;  Gen.  ii.  10;  Ps. 
 Ixv.  10.  But  as  waters  sometimes  signify 
 '  peoples,'  so  here  the  Chald.  paraphraseth, 
 "  people  as  floods,  and  the  streams  of  them 
 shall  come  and  make  glad  the  city  of  God, 
 and  shall  pray  in  the  house  of  the  sanctuary 
 of  the  Lord,  in  the  tabernacles  of  the  most 
 High."  The  city  of  God,]  That  is,  Jerti- 
 salem;  called  also  '  the  city  of  the  great 
 King,'  Ps.  xlviii.  3;  'the  city  of  Jehovah,' 
 Is.  Ix.  14  ;  '  the  holy  city,'  Is.  Iii.  1;  Matt. 
 iv.  5.  The  holy,]  Meaning  the  holy  place 
 Zion,  or  the  sanctuary  there.  Dwelling 
 places,]  Or  habitacles ;  see  Ps.  xliii.  3; 
 Is.  iv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  6.  — At  the  looking  forth  of 
 THE  morning,]  That  is,  as  the  Gr.  explain- 
 eth  it,  "  very  early,"  when  the  morning 
 peereth  or  showeth  the  face.  The  like  phrase 
 is  in  Exod.  xiv.  27  ;  Judg.  xix.  2G  ;  and  so 
 of  '  the  looking  forth  of  the  evening,'  Geu. 
 xxiv.  G3;  Deut.  xxiii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Gave  his  voice,]  That  is, 
 spake  aloud,  or  thundered ;  see  Ps.  xviii. 
 14  ;  or,  '  gave  with  his  voice:'  but  the  word 
 with  or  in,  seemeth  to  be  superfluous  in  the 
 Heb.,  as  elsewhere,  Jer.  xii.  8;  Ps.  Ixviii. 
 34.  So  to  '  seek  in  Jehovah,'  2  Chron. 
 xxxiv.  27  ;  is  to  '  seek  Jehovah,'  2  Kings 
 xxii.  18.  The  Chald.  referreth  it  to  God's 
 voice  on  mount  Sinai  ;  "  when  he  gava  the 
 law  to  his  people,  the  nations  were  troubled, 
 the  kingdoms  trembled."  Melted]  That  is, 
 was  dismayed  with  fear.  So  Ps.  Ixxv.  4  ;  evii. 
 2(5,  Exod.  XV.  15;  Amos  ix.  5,  13  ;  Josh, 
 ii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Chariots,]  Or  round  shields, 
 as  both   the  Gr.  and   Chald.  paraphrast  here 
 
508 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 Jehovah  of  hosts  is  with  us,  the  God  of  Jacob,  a  high  refuge  for 
 us,  Selah. 
 
 taketh  it:  but  elsewhere  it  is  not  so  found,      see  Ps.  xxxvii.  8.     The  Cliald.  expounds  it 
 but  for  ivaggons  very  often.  of  surceasing  from  wars. 
 
 Ver.    11. — Sdrcease,]    Or,    leave   off: 
 
 PSALM    XLVIL 
 
 The  nations  are  exhorted  cheerfully  to  entertain  the  kingdom  of 
 Christ. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music,  to  the  sons  of  Korali,  a  psalm. 
 
 ^  All  peoples  clap  ye  hands,  shout  triumphantly  to  God  with 
 voice  of  shrilling.  ^  For  Jehovah  is  high,  fearful,  a  great  king 
 over  all  the  earth.  *  He  hath  subdued  peoples  under  us,  and 
 nations  under  our  feet.  ^  He  hath  chosen  for  us  our  inheritance,  the 
 high  excellency  of  Jacob,  whom  he  lovetli,  Selah.  ^  God  is  gone 
 up  with  triumpli,  Jehovah  with  voice  of  trumpet.  '  Sing  psalms  to 
 God,  sing  psalms  ;  sing  psalms  to  our  King,  sing  psalms.  ®  For  God 
 is  King  of  all  the  earth  ;  sing  an  instructing  psalm.  ^  God  reign- 
 eth  over  the  heathen,  God  sitteth  on  tlie  throne  of  his  holiness. 
 "  The  bounteous  princes  of  the  peoples  are  gathered,  the  people  of 
 the  God  of  Abraham,  for  the  shields  of  the  earth  are  God's ;  velie- 
 mently  is  he  exalted. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Clap  hands,]  Or,  the  palms; 
 Heb.,  the  palm:  a  sign  of  joyful  approbation, 
 used  as  at  other  times,  so  at  the  coronation  of 
 kings,  2  Kings  xi.  12.  So  after  Ps.  xcviii. 
 8.  Voice  of  shrilling,]  That  is,  a  shrill 
 voice  and  joyful.  See  the  notes  on  Ps.  v. 
 12:xli.  12. 
 
 Ver.  4. — He  hath  subdued,]  fFill  sub- 
 due. So  in  the  next  verse, '  He  will  choose;' 
 but  the  time  to  come  is  often  used  for  the 
 time  past  or  continued.  And  here  it  seem- 
 eth  to  be  spoken  of  the  subduing  of  tlie 
 Canaanites,  and  the  future  subduing  of  nations 
 to  Christ,  by  preaching  of  the  gospel;  see  Ps. 
 xviii.48;  the  Chald.  here  translateth  it, "kill." 
 
 Ver.  5. — Our  inheritance,]  The  land 
 of  Canaan,  Ps.  lxxviii.55;  and  '  that  immor- 
 tal undefiled  heritage  reserved  in  heaven  for 
 us,'  I  Pet.  i.  4.  High  excellency,]  Or 
 glorious  highness;  meaning  the  kingdom, 
 priesthood,  temple,  &c.  (as  the  Chald.  men- 
 tioneth,  "the  house  of  the  sanctuary:") 
 whereby  Jacob's  posterity  excelled,  Ezek. 
 xxiv.  21;  Amos  vi.  8;  viii.  7;  Nah,  ii.  2; 
 and  all  the  heavenly  promises  given  to  the 
 church  iu  Christ. 
 
 Ver.  6. — God  is  gone  up,]  As  when  the 
 ark  went  up  from  Kirjath-jearim  to  Jerusa- 
 lem, 2  Sam.  vi.  15;  1  Chron.  xiii.  8;  xv. 
 28  ;  when  the  ark  was  carried  by  Solomon 
 into  the  temple,  2  Chron.  v.  when  Christ 
 ascended  with  triumph  into  heaven,  Luke 
 xxiv.  51,  52;  and  with  like  glory  shall  he 
 come  again,  1  Thess.  iv.  16;  Acts  i.  9,  11. 
 The  Chald.  referreth  this  going  up,  to  the 
 "  exalting  of  God's  name." 
 
 Veb.  7. — An  instructing  psalw,]  Mas- 
 chil,  the  title  of  Ps.  xxxii.  and  many  others, 
 here  used  in  like  sense  for  'a  psalm  to  give 
 instruction;'  or,  as  in  Ps.  xiv.  2;  for  a 
 '  prudent  undeistauding  person  ;'  in  this 
 sense,  'sing  psalms  every  one  that  is  pru- 
 dent;' or,  HS  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  "sing 
 prudently  ;"  the  Chald.,  "  with  good  under, 
 standing." 
 
 Ver.  9. — Throne  of  his  holiness,]  Gr., 
 "  his  holy  throne."  See  Ps.  ix.  6;  Rev.  iv, 
 2.  The  Chald.  calleth  it,  "  the  throne  of  his 
 glory." 
 
 Ver.  10 The  bounteous  princes,]  Or, 
 
 the  voluntaries,  nobles.  A  name  given  *o 
 the   '  liberal  and  free-hearted,'  Is.  xxxii. 
 
PSALM    XL  VII  I. 
 
 509 
 
 8;  Exod.  XXXV.  21,  29;  and  to  princes  or 
 nobles.  Num.  xxi.  18;  Ps.  cxiii.  8  ;  cxviii. 
 8;  Job  xii.  21.  So  here  the  Gr.  hath 
 "princes."  Are  God's,]  Or,  to  God 
 (belong)  the  shields  of  the  earth.    He  is  the 
 
 great  conqueror  and  protector  of  all.  Gen.  xv. 
 1.  Shields  also  are  magistrates  and  gover- 
 nors, that  protect  the  common  weal,  Hos.  iv. 
 IS;  Ps.  Ixxxix.  19.  So  the  Gr.  here  hath, 
 "  the  strong  men  of  the  earth." 
 
 PSALM   XLVIIL 
 
 God  is  magnified  for  the  ornaments,  privileges,  and  protection  of  the 
 church. 
 
 ^  A  song,  a  psalm,  to  the  sons  of  Korali. 
 
 ^  Great  is  Jehovah,  praised  vehemently  in  the  city  of  our  God, 
 the  mountain  of  his  lioliness.  ^  Fair  in  situation,  the  joy  of  all 
 the  eartli  is  mount  Zion,  in  the  sides  of  the  north ;  it  is  the  city  of 
 the  great  king.  *  God  in  the  lofty  places  thereof,  known  lie  is  for 
 an  high  refuge.  ^  For  lo  the  kings  were  assembled,  they  went 
 together.  ^  Themselves  saw,  so  they  wondered ;  they  were  sud- 
 denly troubled,  they  were  frighted  away.  '  Trembling  took  hold 
 on  them  there ;  pain,  as  of  her  that  travaileth  with  child.  ^  With 
 an  east  wind  tJiou  wilt  break  asunder  the  ships  of  Tarshisli.  ^  Even 
 as  we  have  heard,  so  have  we  seen ;  in  the  city  of  Jehovah  of 
 hosts,  in  the  city  of  our  God ;  God  will  establish  it  for  ever,  Selah. 
 '"  We   have  quietly  minded  thy  mercy,  O  God,  in  midst  of  thy 
 
 Ver.  1. — Sons  of  Korah,]  See  the 
 notes  on  Ps.  xlii.  1.  Here  the  Gr. 
 addeth,  "  for  the  second  (day)  of  the  week," 
 that  this  psalm  was  then  to  be  sung  in  the 
 temple,  as  is  before  noted  on  Ps.  xxi  v.  1. 
 
 Ver.  2 The    mountain,]  In  the  Gr., 
 
 "  his  holy  mountain ;"  in  Chald.,  "  the 
 mount  of  the  house  of  his  sanctuary."  This 
 was  '  mount  Zion,'  verse  3,  a  figure  of  the 
 church  of  Christ,  Heb.  xii.  22  ;  Rev.  xiv.  1. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Fair  in  sitc.\tion,]  Or,  beauti- 
 ful of  coast,  or  climate;  situate  in  a  fair 
 climate  or  region.  The  Chald.  expounds  it, 
 "  Fair  as  a  bridegroom,  the  joy  of  all  that 
 dwell  on  the  earth."  The  sides  of  the 
 north,]  The  place  where  the  temple  was 
 builded.  So  Is.  xiv.  13.  Of  the  great 
 King,]  That  is,  of  God,  who  dwelt  in  this 
 city,  verse  9 ;  Zach.  viii.  3.  Hereupon 
 Christ  said,  '  Swear  not  by  Jerusalem,  for  it 
 is  the  city  of  the  great  king,'  Matt.  v.  35. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Lofty  palaces,]  Or  high 
 bowers,  or  steeples.  So  verse  14,  and  Ps. 
 cxxii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  5. — The  kings,]  We  may  refer 
 this  either  to  the  kings  of  Moab  and  Ammon 
 in  the  days  of  Jehosaphat,  2  Chron,  xx.  or 
 lo  Senacherib  and  his  captains  in  the  days  of 
 
 Hezekiah,  2  Kings  xviii.  19;  or  to  the 
 Philestian  princes,  2  Sam.  v.  Were 
 assembled,]  Or,  carne  together,  to  wit,  by 
 agreement  at  an  appointed  time  and  place; 
 so  the  original  word  importeth. 
 
 Ver.  7. — That  travaileth  with  child,] 
 Or,  that  bringeth  forth.  And  this  pain  is 
 great,  and  sudden,  and  inevitable.  See  Mic. 
 iv.  9;  1  Thess.  v.  3. 
 
 Ver.  8. — An  east-wind,]  Which  is 
 strong  and  boisterous  ;  also  dry  and  parching. 
 Is.  xxvii.  8  ;  Jer.  xviii.  17  ;  Exod.  xiv.  21; 
 X.  13;  Gen.  xii.  7  ;  Ezek.  xix.  12  ;  Jonah 
 iv.  8.  Hereupon  the  Gr.  translateth  it, 
 "violent  wind;"  and  the  Chald.,  "a  strong 
 east-wind  as  a  fire  from  before  the  Lord." 
 Of  Tarshish,]  Or,  of  the  ocean  sea. 
 Tarshish  was  the  name  of  the  son  of  Javan, 
 the  son  of  Japheth,  the  son  of  Noah,  Gen. 
 X.  4;  of  whom  Tarsus  (mentioned  in  Acts 
 xxi.  34,)  the  chief  city  of  Cilicia  in  Syria 
 had  the  name.  From  thence  they  went  by 
 shipping  into  far  countries,  Africa,  India, 
 Ophir,  &c.  1  Kings  xxii.  48  ;  x.  22.  Here- 
 upon that  sea  was  called  Tarshish ;  and  gene- 
 rally the  name  is  applied  to  every  ocean,  or 
 main  sea. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Wk  have  quibtly  minded,] 
 
)10 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 palace.  "  As  thy  name,  O  God,  so  thy  praise  is  unto  the  ends  of 
 the  earth ;  thy  right  hand  is  full  of  justice.  '^  Let  mount  Sion  rejoice, 
 let  the  daughters  of  Judah  be  glad,  because  of  thy  judgments. 
 "  Compass  ye  Zion,  and  go  round  about  it ;  tell  the  towers  there- 
 of. "  Set  your  heart  on  the  fort  thereof,  distinctly  view  the  lofty 
 palaces  thereof,  that  ye  may  tell  to  the  generation  after.  '^  That 
 this  God  is  our  God,  ever  and  aye  ;  he  will  guide  us  until  death. 
 
 Or,  in  silence  thought  upon,  and  conse- 
 quently, wailed/or. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Daughter  of  Jddah,]  The 
 lesser  cities  of  that  tribe,  which  were  as 
 daughters  to  the  mother  city  Jerusalem,  as 
 the  lesser  cities  of  the  Ammonites  were 
 daughters  to  Rabbah,  Jer.  xlix.  3.  So 
 '  Ekrou  with  her  daughters,'  Josh.  xv.  45  ; 
 and  many  the  like.     So  Ps.  xcvii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Tell  the  towers,]  Nu7nler, 
 count  them.  These  things  seem  to  intend 
 not  only  a  taking  notice,  but  also  a  care  and 
 fortification  of  Jerusalem  against  all  ene- 
 mies.    See  Is.  xxxiii.  18. 
 
 Vee.  14 — Set  your  heart,]  Mind 
 earnestly,  set  your  affections  on,  as  Ps.  Ixii. 
 11.  The  fort,]  Or  strong  frontier, 
 skonce,  rampart,  made  for  strength  and 
 safeguard  of  the  city,  1  Kings  xxi.  23 ;  2 
 Sam.  XX.  15.  So  Ps.  cxxii.  7.  TheChald. 
 understands  it  of  the  strength  of  people,  the 
 multitude.     Distinctly  view,]  Or  lift  up. 
 
 meaning  the  eyes  to  behold,  or  rear  up  the 
 banks  or  buildings.  The  Heb.  Pasgu  is 
 here  only  used  ;  of  it  is  Pisgah,  the  name  of 
 an  hill  or  mount,  Num.  xxi.  20 ;  xxiii.  14  ; 
 Deut.  iii.  17;  xxxiv.  1.  Tne  Gr.  transla- 
 teth  here,  "distinguish"  or  "distribute," 
 following  the  Chald.  Passeg,  which  is  to 
 "  distribute  or  divide." 
 
 Ver.  15. — Ever  and  aye.]  Ever  and  yet, 
 to  eternity  and  peipetuity.  Will  guide  us,] 
 Or  lead  us,  to  wit,  as  a  flock  of  sheep,  Ps. 
 Ixxviii.  52,  72,  therefore  the  Gr.  turneth  it, 
 poima7iei,  he  "  will  feed,"  or  rule  as  a 
 shepherd.  A  like  phrase  is  also  used  in 
 speech  of  defence  from  enemies,  2  Chrori. 
 xxxii.  22.  Until  death,]  In  Gr.,  "  for 
 ever."  The  Chald.  paraphraseth  thus,  "For 
 this  God  is  our  God,  his  divine  Majesty  is 
 within  it,  and  his  dwelling  is  in  the  heavens 
 for  ever  and  ever ;  he  will  lead  us  in  the  days 
 of  our  youth." 
 
 PSALM    XLIX. 
 
 All  are  exhorted  to  hear  Christ's  ivisdom  and  parahles.  7.  To  build 
 the  faith  of  resurrection  from  the  dead,  not  on  worldly  power,  hut  on 
 God.  17.  Tf^orldly  prosperity  is  not  to  he  admired,  for  man  without 
 understanding  perisheth  like  the  heast. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music,  to  the  sons  of  Korah,  a  psalm, 
 ^  Hear  ye  this,  all  peoples;  hearken,  all  ye  inhabitants  of  the 
 transitory  world.     ^  Both  sons  of  base  man,  and  sons  of  noble  man, 
 together  ricli  and  poor.     *  My  mouth  shall  speak  wisdom ;  and  the 
 
 Ver.  ?. — The  transitory  world.]  Ste 
 Ps.  xvii.  14. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Base  man,]  In  Heb.  Adam, 
 who  was  so  called  of  "  Adamah  the  earth," 
 whereupon  this  title  is  given  "  to  the  baser 
 sort  of  people."  The  Gr.  translateth  it  here 
 "earth-bom."  So  the  apostle  saith,  'the 
 first  man  of  the  earth,  earthly,'  1  Cor.  xv. 
 47.  Noble  .man,]  In  Heb.  Ish,  which  is 
 the  name  of  man  in  respect   of  "heat,  valour, 
 
 nobleness  and  dignity,"  whereby  man  is, 
 "and  excelleth;"  and  in  opposition  to  the 
 former  word  Adam,  it  meaneth  "  the  great 
 or  nobler  sort  of  people."  The  Chald.  para- 
 phraseth thus,  "  Both  sons  of  Adam  the  first, 
 and  sons  of  Jacob,  together  righteous  and 
 sinner." 
 
 Ver.  4. — Wisdom,]  That  is,  excellent, 
 and  manifold  wisdom;  so  after,  prudence, 
 for    very  excellent  prudence,  and  of  sundry 
 
PSALM   XLIX. 
 
 511 
 
 meditations  of  my  heart,  prudence.  *  I  will  incline  mine  ear  to  a 
 parable,  I  will  open  with  harp  mine  hidden  matter.  ^  Why  should 
 I  fear  in  the  days  of  evil,  when  the  iniquity  of  my  footsteps  shall 
 compass  me  ?  '  They  that  trust  in  their  wealthy  power,  and  glory 
 in  the  multitude  of  their  riches.  ^  A  man  shall  not  redeeming 
 redeem  his  brother,  shall  not  give  to  God  his  ransom.  '  So  pre- 
 cious shall  be  tlie  redemption  of  their  soul,  and  it  shall  cease  for 
 ever.  "  That  he  may  live  yet  to  continual  aye,  may  not  see  the  pit 
 of  corruption.  "  For  lie  seeth  the  wise  do  die,  together  the  uncon- 
 stant  fool  and  brutish  do  perish,  and  leave  to  others  their  wealthy 
 power.  '^  Their  inward  thought  is,  that  their  liouses  shall  be  for 
 ever,  their  dwelling-/?/aces  to  generation  and  generation ;  they  pro- 
 
 sorts.  So  Solomon  calleth  the  chief  and  most 
 excellent  wisdom,  '  wisdoms,'  Prov.  i.  20  ; 
 ix.  1. 
 
 Ver.  5. — A  PARABLE,]  Or  a  proverb, 
 ill  Heb.  Mashal,  which  denoteth  •  rule, 
 superiority,  or  excellency,'  because  such 
 speeches  prevail  much  in  the  minds  of  men, 
 and  are  in  esteem.  The  New  Testament  in 
 Gr.  translateth  it,  "  a  parable,"  Matt.  xiii. 
 35;  from  Ps.  Ixxviii.  2;  of  the  Lat.,  we 
 name  it  a  "proverb:"  in  old  English  or 
 Saxon,  it  was  called  a  "  big-spel."  Some- 
 times it  is  used  in  the  evil  part,  for  '  a  by- 
 word,' Ps,  xliv.  13;  Ixix.  12.  Mine  hid- 
 den MATTER,]  My  dark  question,  or  grave 
 doctrme,  my  riddle.  The  Heb.  Chidah, 
 riddle,  hath  the  name  of  sharpness,  as  pro- 
 ceeding from  a  sharp  wit,  and  needing  the 
 like  to  expound  it.  See  Judg.  xiv.  12,  18; 
 Num.  xii.  8;  1  Kings  x.  1;  Prov.  i.  C.  The 
 Holy  Spirit  expresseth  it  in  Gr.  by  "  hidden 
 things,"  Matt.  xiii.  35;  from  Ps.  Ixxviii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Why  should  I  fear,]  This  is 
 the  hidden  doctrine  or  riddle,  which  the  pro- 
 phet propoundeth  as  in  his  own  name,  and 
 therefore  also  called  '  a  parable.'  By  '  fear,' 
 he  meaneth  *  dismay,'  or  '  discouragement.' 
 See  verse  17.  The  iniquity,]  That  is, 
 punishment  or  death,  which  is  the  wages  of 
 sin;  see  Ps.  xxxi.  1 1 ;  and  by  foot-steps  or 
 foot-soles,  he  meaneth  his  '  ways  '  or  'works.' 
 Or,  he  may  call  death  the  punishment  of  his 
 heels  or  feet,  because  the  serpent  bruiseth 
 Christ  and  his  people  but  in  the  '  heel,'  Gen. 
 iii.  15;  the  sting  of  death  being  done  away, 
 and  it  made  a  passage  into  life  and  glory,  1 
 Cor.  XV.  65,  57. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Their  wealthy  power,] 
 Their  riches  ;  which  are  thus  called,  because 
 they  are  gotten  '  by  power  given  of  God,' 
 Deut.  viii.  18  ;  with  labour  and  industry  ; 
 and  to  the  rich,  their  goods  are  '  their  strong 
 city,'  Prov.  x.  15;  therefore  here  they  are 
 said  to  '  trust  in   them,'  contrary  to   1   Tim. 
 
 vi.  17;  Job  xxxi.  24 ;  Mark  x.  24.  Glory,] 
 Or  praise  themselves,  vaunt,  contrary  to 
 Jer.  ix.  23. 
 
 Ver.  S. — Not  redeeming  redeem,] 
 That  is,  shall  in  no  u-ise,  or  not  at  all 
 redeem.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "a 
 wicked  man  cannot  redeeming  redeem  his 
 captived  brother." 
 
 Ver.  9. — So  precious  shall  be,]  Or, 
 And  dear  {costly)  is:  and  consequently  rare 
 and  hard  to  obtain,  as  Dan.  ii.  U;  1  Sam. 
 iii.  1.  Of  their  soul,]  That  is,  of  their 
 life.  So  Exod.  xxi.  30.  Cease  for  ever,] 
 That  is,  it  shall  never  be  accomplished.  So 
 ceasing  is  used  for  '  the  not  doing  of  a  thing,' 
 Deut.  xxiii.  22;  Zach.  xi.  12 
 
 Ver.  10. — That  he  may  live,]  This  is 
 referred  to  the  end  of  the  8th  verse,  '  not 
 give  his  ransom,  and  so  live.*  And  is  here 
 for  That;  see  Ps.  xliii.  4.  The  Chald. 
 expoundeth  "live,"  to  be  the  "  life  eternal;" 
 and  "the  pit,"  to  be  "the  judgment  of 
 Gehenna  (or  hell.)" 
 
 Ver.  11. — The  wise,]  The  Chald.  saith, 
 "  For  he  shall  see  wicked  wise  men  that  die 
 the  second  death,  and  are  adjudged  to 
 Gehenna."  Unconstant  fool  and  brut- 
 ish,] These  two  names  are  olten  joined 
 together,  as  Ps.  xcii.  7  ;  xciv.  8 ;  the  one  noting 
 'fickleness  and  mutability,'  called  Cesil, 
 which  is  both  the  name  of  a  fool,  and  of  a 
 star  that  causeth  change  of  weather  and  tem- 
 pests: whereupon  Solomon  speaketh  of  the 
 restlessness  of  this  kind  of  'lolly,'  Eccl.  vii. 
 27 ;  and  of  the  '  tumultuousness  and  light 
 behaviour  of  such  fools,'  as  having  their  eyes 
 wandering  '  unto  the  ends  of  the  earth,' 
 Prov.  ix.  13;  xvii.  24;  the  other,  noting 
 '  want  of  discretion,  as  brute  beasts  led  with 
 sensuality,  and  carried  with  ardent  furious 
 aflections,'  2  Pet.  ii.  12  ;  Jude  x.  See  Ps. 
 Ixxiii.  22. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Their  inward  thought,]  Or, 
 their  meaning,  purpose.     This  word  sigtii- 
 
512 
 
 P  SA  L  M  S. 
 
 claim  their  names  on  lands.  '^  But  man  in  honour  doth  not  lodge 
 a  night ;  he  is  likened  to  beasts  tliat  are  silenced.  '*  This  their  way 
 is  inconstant  folly  to  them,  and  their  posterity  like  well  of  their 
 mouth,  Selah.  '^  As  sheep  they  are  put  in  liell,  death  shall  feed 
 tliem,  and  righteous  men  shall  have  rule  over  them  at  the  morning. 
 
 fietli  '  the  nearest  and  most  secret  thought  or 
 purpose,  of  the  heart.'  See  Ps.  v.  10;  Iv.  5; 
 Ixiv.  7.  Their  houses  for  ever,]  To  wit, 
 shall  continue:  by  houses,  meaning  their 
 children  or  posterity,  as  Ps.  cxv.  12:  which 
 they  that  want,  are  said  '  to  be  barren  of 
 house,'  Ps.  cxiii.  9.  They  proclaimed 
 THEIR  NAMES  ON  LANDS,]  Or,  they  Call  lands, 
 (their  lands,  as  Gr.  explaineth  it,)  "  by  their 
 own  names."  As  the  land  of  Canaan,  of 
 Mitsraim,  (tliat  is,  Egypt)  of  Ashur,  &c. 
 So  Absalom  called  his  pillar  by  'his  own 
 name,'  2  Sam.  xviii.  18.  Cain,  his  city  by 
 '  his  son's  name,'  Gen.  iv.  17;  thus  thinking 
 to  make  their  memory  everlasting.  Or, 
 they  proclaim  their  names  (seeking  to  be 
 famous)  throughout  the  lands  or  countries. 
 The  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  '•  they  were  proud, 
 and  got  themselves  an  evil  name  on  earth." 
 
 Ver.  13. — But  man,]  Or  And  Jdam: 
 and  this  may  be  minded  both  for  the  first 
 man  Adam,  who  continued  not  in  his  dig- 
 nity, and  so  for  all  his  children:  as  the  Chald. 
 saith,  "And  the  son  of  man  a  sinner,  abideth 
 not  in  honour."  In  honour,]  Being  in  hon- 
 our, dignity,  or  estimation.  Not  lodge  a 
 NIGHT,]  Or,  not  continue.  The  word, 
 though  it  properly  signifieth  a  '  night's  lodg- 
 ing,' or  abiding,'  Gen.  xxviii.  11;  Exod. 
 xxiii.  18,  yet  is  used  also  for  longer  con- 
 tinuance, Ps.  xxv.  13;  Iv.  8;  Zach.  v.  4. 
 The  Gr.  translateth,  •' understandeth  not," 
 as  the  Heb.  also  in  verse  21.  Are  silenc- 
 ed,] That  is,  are  cut  off,  die,  or  perish : 
 the  Gr.  translateth,  "are  like  unto  them." 
 The  Heb.  word  signifieth  '  silence'  or  '  still- 
 ness,'not  only  in  speech, but  in  motion:  as, the 
 sun  was  still,  or  silent,  when  'it  moved  not,' 
 Josh.  X.  12,  13;  and  people  destroyed,  are 
 said  to  be  '  silenced,'  Is.  xv.  1;  and  '  the 
 grave  or  death  is  called  '  silence,'  Ps.  cxv. 
 17;  and  things  without  life  are  in  the  Heb. 
 phrase,  "dumb,"  or  silent,"  Hab.  ii.  19; 
 Exod.  XV.  16. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Unconstant  folly  to  them, 
 That  is,  is  their  folly:  or  a  constant  hope  to 
 them,  that  is,  is  their  confidence.  The  ori- 
 ginal word  hath  contrary  significations: 
 '  unconstant  folly,'  Eccl.  vii.  27;  and  '  con- 
 stant hope,'  Ps.  Ixxviii.  7;  Job  xxxi.  24; 
 both  ways  it  may  here  be  taken:  'confident 
 hope,'  iu  their  own  conceit,  but  indeed  folly. 
 The  Gr.  turneth  it  "  a  scandal  (or  stumbling- 
 
 biock.  )"       To  THEM  AND  TO    THEIR    POSTER- 
 
 ITY,] Oi-,  yet  those  after  them,  their  succes- 
 sors. Their  mouth,]  That  is,  their  tvords, 
 doctrine,  counsel,  precepts.  The  mouth  is 
 figuratively  used  for  whatsoever  cometh  out  of 
 the  same;  as  words,  or  commandment,  1 
 Sam.  xii.  15;  Job  xxxix.  30;  Num.  ix.  20; 
 Deut.  i.  26;  Matt,  xviii.  16;  Luke  xix.  22. 
 The  Chald.  here  differeth  much,  saying, 
 "This  their  way  occasioneth  folly  to  them, 
 and  in  their  end  with  their  mouth  they  shall 
 manifest  their  sons  to  the  world  that  is  to 
 come." 
 
 Ver.  15. — They  are  put,]  Or  laid:  or, 
 they  put,  that  is,  men  put  them.  An  Heb. 
 phrase,  as  Luke  xii.  20,  "  they  shall  fetch 
 away  thy  soul,"  that  is,  "  it  shall  be  fetched 
 away."  The  like  is  often  used,  Ps.  cv.  28 ; 
 cxli.  6.  The  Heb.  text  itself  sometimes 
 explaineth  this;  as,  'they  had  anointed 
 David,'  2  Sam.  v.  17,  that  is,  *  David  was 
 anointed,'  1  Chron.  xiv.  8.  Howbeit  the 
 Chald.  taketh  actively,  saying,  "  Like  sheep 
 they  put  the  just  to  death  and  kill  them,  and 
 crush  the  saints,"  &c.  In  hell,]  Into  a 
 ditch:  to  the  lowest  grave  or  state  of  death, 
 called  Sheol.  See  the  notes  on  Ps.  xvi.  10. 
 Death  shall  feed  them,]  As  a  shepherd 
 shall  feed  and  rule  them,  as  Ps.  Ixxviii .  72;  or 
 '  death  shall  feed  on  them  to  devour  them,' 
 as  Jer.  1.  19.  At  the  morning,]  The  last 
 day  of  judgment,  for  then  all  that  sleep  in 
 the  dust  of  the  earth  shall  awake  and  rise, 
 and  the  new  day  of  eternal  life  shall  begin. 
 Their  form.]  Their  figure,  shape,  or  image, 
 with  all  their  beauty  and  proportion:  or 
 their  rock,  that  is,  their  strength,  or,  (as  the 
 Gr.  saith,)  "  their  help,"  that  wherein  they 
 trust:  in  Chald.,  "their  body."  The  Heb. 
 Tsur  is  usually  "  a  rock;"  here  it  seemeth  to 
 be  all  one  with  Tsurah,  a  "form"  or 
 "  figure:"  and  this  is  confirmed  by  the  writ- 
 ing, for  though  by  the  vowels  and  reading  it 
 is  Tsiir,  yet  by  the  letters  it  is  Tsir,  which  is 
 •an  image,'  Is.  xlv.  16.  And  Tsuratn,  is 
 for  Tsuratham,  as  tebimam,  is  for  tebuna- 
 tham,  in  Hos.  xiii.  2.  Wear  away  in 
 hell,]  Or,  ivax  old  in  the  grave;  under- 
 standing the  word  in,  which  is  expressed  in 
 the  Gr.:  or  without  it  thus,  "Hell  (the 
 grave)  shall  wear  away  (shall  consume)  theii 
 form."  The  Heb.  leballoth,  being  indefi- 
 nite, "  to  wear  out  with  age,"  is  here  of  like 
 signification  as  that  which  went  before,  "shall 
 have  rule."     The  like  Hebraism  is  in  Jer. 
 
PSALM    XLIX. 
 
 513 
 
 and  their  form  wear  away  in  hell,  from  his  dwelling-p/«ce.  *®  But  God 
 will  redeem  my  soul  from  the  hand  of  hell,  for  he  will  receive  me, 
 Selah.  "  Fear  thou  not  when  a  man  shall  grow  rich,  v.^lien  tlie 
 glory  of  his  house  sliall  be  multiplied.  ^®  For  he  shall  not  when  he 
 die  take  anything,  his  glory  shall  not  descend  after  him.  "  Though 
 in  his  life  lie  blesseth  his  soul,  and  they  will  confess  thee,  when 
 thou  doest  good  to  tliyself.  ^^  It  shall  come  unto  the  generation  of 
 liis  fathers,  unto  continual  aye,  they  shall  not  see  the  light.  ^^  Man 
 in  honour,  and  imderstandeth  not,  he  is  likened  to  beasts  that  are 
 silenced. 
 
 xiv.  5;  Zach.  xii.  10;  Hi.  4.  See  also  Ps. 
 Ixv.  11;  Ivi.  14;  and  by  this  their  affliction 
 in  hell  is  meant,  as  that  which  one  prophet 
 calleth  '  wearing  out  (or  wasting,)'  1  Chron. 
 xvii.  9;  another  calleth' afflicting,'  ISam.  vii. 
 10.  From  his  dwelling-place,]  That  is, 
 every  of  them,  coming  from  (or  being  thrust 
 out  of)  his  dwelling,  or  home:  as  the  Gr. 
 saith,  "they  are  tlirust  from  their  glory." 
 It  may  also  be  Englished,  '  for  his  dwelling- 
 place;'  and  so  the  Chald.  understood  it,  say- 
 ing, "  Therefore  their  bodies  shall  wax  old  in 
 Gehenna,  because  they  stretched  out  their 
 hand,  and  destroyed  the  dwelling-place  of  the 
 house  of  his  divine  Majesty. 
 
 Ver.  16 From  the  hand  of  hell,] 
 
 That  is,  from  the  power  of  the  grave,  death, 
 and  datnnation.  So  of  all  the  faithful  he 
 saith,  '  I  will  redeem  them  from  the  hand  of 
 hell,'  Hos.  xiii.  14;  but  'so  can  no  man 
 redeem  himself,'  Ps.  Ixxxix.  49.  Hand  is 
 put  '  for  power,' as  Ps.  xxii.  21.  And  this 
 is  meant  '  of  the  resurrection  and  redemption 
 of  body  and  soul  from  damnation  by  Christ.' 
 For  he  will  receive  me,]  Or,  when  he 
 shall  receive,  or  take  vie:  meaning,  '  up  into 
 heaven,  where  God  himself  is,'  1  Thess.  iv. 
 14;  John  xiv.  3.  This  manner  of  speech  is 
 used  in  Gen.  v.  24.  '  Enoch  «as  no  more, 
 for  God  rei^eived  him.'  The  Chald.  explaineth 
 this  verse  thus,  "  But  God  will  redeem  my 
 soul  from  Gehenna,  for  he  will  teach  me  his 
 law,  and  will  lead  me  to  his  portion  iu  the 
 world  to  come." 
 
 Ver.  17. — Fear  thoo  not,]  That  is,  be 
 not  dismayed,  or  overcome  loith  fear.  The 
 Heb.  phrase  usually  when  it  counselleth  or 
 prayeth  against  a  thing,  meaneth  the  height 
 and  full  measure  of  it.  So  '  fear  not,'  Gen. 
 1.  19;  and  'grieve  not,'  Gen.  xiv.  5;  that  is, 
 '  be  not  overcome  with  grief.'  So,  '  lead  us 
 not  into  temptation,'  Matt.  vi.  13;  that  is, 
 '  let  us  not  be  overcome  with  temptation,'  1 
 Cor.  X.  13.  Therefore  that  which  one 
 evangelist  writeth,  '  Fear  not,'  Matt,  xxviii. 
 S,  another  writeth,  '  be  not  astonished,' 
 Mark  xvi.  6,  noting  '  the  excess  of  fear.' 
 
 Vol.  n.  3 
 
 Ver.  18. — Take  any  thing,]  Heb. 
 "  take  of  all ;"  that  is,  ought  of  all  that  he 
 hath.  '  For  we  brought  nothing  into  the 
 world,  and  it  is  certain  that  we  can  carry 
 nothing  out,'  1  Tim.  vi.  7;  Job  i.  21 
 
 Ver.  19. — Though  in  his  life,]  That  is, 
 while  he  liveth.  So  Ps.  Ixiii.  5;  civ.  33; 
 cxlvi.  2.  He  blesseth  his  socl,]  That  is, 
 himself:  as  it  is  written,  '  Soul,  thou  hast 
 much  goods  laid  up  for  many  years,  live  at 
 ease,  eat,  drink,  and  take '  thy  pastime,' 
 Luke  xii.  19.  Will  confess  thee,]  fVill 
 commend,  laud,  and  celebrate  thee.  Doest 
 good  to  thyself,]  That  is,  viakest  much 
 of,  cherishest,  pamperest  thyself.  So  '  good ' 
 is  used  for  '  worldly  pleasure  and  emolu- 
 ments,' Ps.  iv.  7. 
 
 Ver.  20. — It  shall  come,]  To  wit,  the 
 soul,  forespoken  of,  or  the  person:  or,  'Thou 
 shalt  come.'  To  the  generation  of  his 
 fathers,]  That  is,  to  his  wicked  predeces- 
 sors that  are  dead  and  gone;  as  the  godly  also 
 at  their  death  '  are  gathered  to  their  fathers 
 and  people,'  Judg.  ii.  10;  Deut.  xxxii.  50. 
 Or,  '  to  the  habitation  of  his  fathers,  their 
 house  or  lodge;'  foi-  so  Dor  is  used  for  an 
 'habitation,  Is.  xxxviii.  12.  The  Chald. 
 applieth  this  first  branch  to  the  just,  the  lat- 
 ter to  the  wicked.  "  The  memory  of  the 
 just  shall  come  to  the  generation  of  the 
 fathers,  but  the  wicked  for  ever  and  ever  shall 
 not  see  the  light."  To  continual  aye 
 they  shall  not  see,]  Or,  which  for  ever 
 shall  not  see  the  light,  to  wit,  the  light  of 
 the  living  here  on  earth,  as  Ps.  Ivi.  14;  Job 
 xxxiii.  28,  30;  nor  the  light  of  joy  in  the 
 world  to  come,  being  cast  out  into  '  the  utter 
 darkness,'  Matt.  viii.  12. 
 
 Ver.    21 Understandeth    not,]   Or, 
 
 discerneth  not,  wanting  prudence.  A  repe- 
 tition of  the  13th  verse  with  a  little  change  of 
 jalin,  lodgeth,  into  jabin,  understandeth ; 
 which  the  Chald.  openeth  thus;  "  A  man,  a 
 sinner,  when  he  is  in  honour,  and  understand- 
 eth not;  when  his  honour  is  taken  away,  he 
 is  like  a  beast  and  brought  to  nothing." 
 
514 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    L. 
 
 1 .  The  majesty  of  Godin  the  church.  5.  His  order  to  gather  saints. 
 7.  The  pleasure  of  God  is  not  iti  legal  sacrifices  ;  1 3.  hut  in  sincerity  of 
 obedience.  16.  The  micTced  are  shut  out  from  God's  covenant.  21. 
 They  abuse  God's  patie7ice  to  their  destrtiction,  23.  but  the  godly  shall 
 see  his  salvation. 
 
 '  A  Psalm  of  Asaph. 
 '^  The  God  of  gods,  Jehovah  speaketh  and  calleth  the  earth,  from 
 the  rising  up  of  the  sun,  unto  the  going  down  thereof.  Out  of 
 Zion,  the  whole  perfection  of  beauty,  God  shineth  clearly.  ^  Our 
 God  come  and  not  keep  silence,  a  fire  shall  eat  before  him,  and 
 round  about  liim  shall  a  storm  be  moved  veliemently.  *  He  will 
 call  to  the  heavens  from  above,  and  to  the  earth  to  judge  his  peo- 
 ple. *  Gather  ye  to  me  my  gracious  saints,  tliat  have  stricken  my 
 covenant  with  sacrifice.  ^  And  the  heavens  shall  openly  shew  his 
 justice,  for  God  he  ^■s  judge,  Selali.     ^  Hear,  O  my  people,  and  I 
 
 Ver.  1. — A  PSALM  OF  Asaph,]  That  is, 
 made  by  him,  as  the  Chald,  saith,  "  an  hymn 
 by  the  hand  of  Asaph,"  or  "to  Asaph,"  that  is, 
 committed  unto  him  to  sing.  For  Asaph  was 
 a  seer  or  prophet,  which  made  psalms  as  did 
 David,  2  Chron.  xxix.  30.  Also  he  and  his 
 sons  were  singers  ill  Israel,  1  Chron.  xxv.  2. 
 The  God  of  gods,]  That  is,  God  of  all  angels, 
 judges  and  rulers  of  the  world:  or,  as  the 
 Chald.  saith,  "  the  mighty  (God)  the  God  of 
 Jehovah.''  Three  titles  of  God  here  used 
 together,  JEl,  ^lohiw,  Jehovah.  So  in  Jos. 
 xxli.  22.  The  going  down,]  That  is,  the 
 west,  where  the  sun  setteth,  or  (after  the 
 Heb.  phrase)  goeth  in,  as  at  the  rising,  it  is 
 said  to  go  out,  or  come  forth,  Gen.  xix.  23. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Out  of  Zion,]  The  state  of  the 
 church  under  the  gospel,  Heb.  xii.  18,  22  ; 
 Ps.  ii.  G  ;  therefore  in  this  Psalm,  the  legal 
 sacrifices  appointed  at  mount  Sinai,  are 
 reproved,  and  the  worship  of  God  in  spirit 
 and  truth  commended.  The  whole  per- 
 fection,] Or  the  universality  of  beauty,  that 
 is,  which  is  holy  and  perfectly  beautiful.  See 
 the  like  praise  of  Zion,  Ps.  xlviii.  3;  Lam. 
 ii.  15.  Shineth  clearly,]  As  the  sun 
 shineth  in  his  strength,  that  is,  appeareth  in 
 glorious  majesty.  This  also  is  a  sign  of 
 favour.  Job  x.  3;  Ps.  Ixxx.  2.  So  'God 
 shiued  from  mount  Paran,'  Deut.  xxxiii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Our  God  is  come,]  A  prayer 
 to  hasten  his  coming,  as  in  Rev.  xxii.  20;  or 
 as  the  former,  'our  God  will  come.'  So  the 
 Chald.  paraphraseth,  "the  just  shall  say.  In 
 the  day  of  the  great  judgment,  our  God  will 
 come,  and  not  be  silent,  to  execute  the  ven- 
 geance of  his  people."     Fire  shall  eat,] 
 
 That  is,  consume,  devour.  So  God  is  called 
 an  '  eating  fire,'  Deut.  iv.  24,  that  is,  as  the 
 apostle  expoundeth  it,  a  '  consuming  fire,' 
 Heb.  xii.  29,  and  the  sight  of  his  glory  on 
 mount  Sinai,  was  like  '  eating  (consuming) 
 fire,'  Exod.  xxiv.  17;  and  '  fire  out  of  his 
 mouth  eateth,'  Ps.  xviii.  9.  A  storm  be 
 MOVED,]  A  tempest  raised;  which  maketh 
 fire  the  more  fierce  and  forcible.  And  these 
 things  signify  Christ's  judgments  against 
 hypocritical  carnal  worshippers:  see  Mai.  iii. 
 1—3;  Mat.  iii.  12. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Call  to  the  heavens,  &c.,] 
 That  heaven, and  earth  may  bear  record  ;  as 
 in  Deut.  xxxi.  28;  xxxii.  1.  The  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it,  "  he  will  call  the  high  angels- 
 from  above,  and  the  just  of  the  earth  from 
 beneath." 
 
 Ver.  5.' — Have  stricken  my  covenant,] 
 Or,  have  cut,  that  is,  made  covenant  with  me 
 with  sacrifice.  For  at  holy  covenants  the 
 sacrifices  were  cut  asunder,  and  they  went 
 between  the  parts,  Gen.xv,  10,  J3,  18;  Jer. 
 xxxiv.  18.  See  Ps.  xxv.  10.  See  also  a 
 covenant  between  God  and  his  peo(>le  with 
 sacrifice,  Exod.  xxiv.  4 — 8.  The  Chald. 
 openeth  it  thus:  "  which  have  stricken  the 
 covenant,  and  confirmed  the  law,  and  been 
 busied  in  prayer,  which  is  like  to  sacrifices. 
 
 Ver.  C. — And  the  heavens,]  Hereby 
 may  be  meant  the  heavenly  angels,  as  in  Job 
 XV.  15,  and  so  the  Chald.  translateth,  "high 
 angels,"  or  the  meteors  in  the  air,  thunder, 
 lightning,  &c.,  Exod.  xix.  16,  18.  See  also 
 Ps.  xcvii.6;  Ixxxix.  6.  He  is  judge,]  Him- 
 self ill  his  own  person,  and  not  by  his  servants 
 only  as  aforetime,  Heb.  i.  1,  2;  2  Tim.  iv.  J. 
 
PSALM   L. 
 
 515 
 
 will  speak,  O  Israel,  and  I  will  testify  to  thee  ;  I  am  God  thy  God. 
 ^  I  will  not  reprove  thee  for  thy  sacrifices,  for  thy  bnrnt-offerings 
 are  before  me  continually.  ^  I  will  not  take  a  bullock  out  of  thine 
 house  ;  goat-bucks  out  of  thy  folds.  "  For  every  wild  beast  of 
 the  wood  is  mine ;  the  beasts  that  he  on  a  thousand  mountains. 
 *'  I  know  all  the  fowl  of  the  mountains,  and  the  store  of  beasts  of 
 the  field  is  with  me.  '"^  If  I  were  liungry  I  would  not  tell  it  thee,  for 
 mine  is  the  world,  and  the  plenty  thereof.  '^  Will  I  eat  the  flesh 
 of  mighty  hulls  and  drink  the  blood  of  goat-bucks  ?  "  Sacrifice  thou 
 to  God  a  confession,  and  pay  thy  vows  to  the  most  higli.  '^  And 
 call  on  me  in  day  of  distress,  I  will  release  thee,  and  thou  shalt 
 glorify  me.  '^  But  to  the  wicked  saith  God,  What  hast  tliou  to  do 
 to  tell  my  statutes,  and  that  thou  shouldest  take  up  my  covenant 
 on  thy  mouth.  "  And  thou  hatest  nurture,  and  castest  my  words 
 beliind  thee.  '*  If  thou  seest  a  thief,  then  thou  runnest  with  him, 
 and  thy  part  is  with  the  adulterers.  ^^  Tliy  mouth  thou  sendest  out 
 in  evil,  and  thy  tongue  joineth  together  deceit.  ^"  Thou  sittest, 
 thou  speakest  against  thy  brother,  against  thy  mother's  son  thou 
 gavest   ill   report.     ^'  These    things   thou   hast   done,  and  I  kept 
 
 Ver.  7. — Testify  to  thee,]  That  is,  give 
 thee  contestations,  admonitions,  charges,  &c., 
 to  cause  the  more  obedience,  as  Neh.  ix.  29; 
 2  Kings  xvii.  15;  Exod.  xix.  21,  23;  or, 
 ttstify  against  thee,  (as  this  phrase  sometimes 
 signifieth,  Deut.  iv.  2G;  xxxi.  28,)  tliat  is, 
 convince  thee  of  disobedience.  Both  these 
 are  done  in  this  Ps.j  verses,  14^  16,  18, 
 ]9,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  8. — For  thy  sacrifices,]  So  else- 
 wheie  he  saith,  '  I  spake  not  to  your  fathers, 
 &c.,  concerning  sacrifices,'  Jer.  vii.  22. 
 Are  before  me,]  So  tlie  Gr.  explaineth  it, 
 and  so  Israel  used  to  weary  God  with  out- 
 ward offering?.  Is.  i.  11,  14;  Mic.  vi.  6,  7; 
 Amos  iv.  4,  5. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Goat-bucks,]  'Y\i&he- goats',  such 
 with  bullocks,  were  principal  in  the  sacrifices. 
 Num.  vii.  17,23,  &c.;  Ps.  Ixvi.  15. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Store  of  beasts,]  All  sorts  of 
 beasts  that  range  about.     So  Ps.  Ixxx.  14. 
 
 Ver.  12. — If  I  were  hungry,]  This  the 
 Chald.  expoundeth,  "  If  the  time  come  of  the 
 continual  sacrifice,  I  will  not  tell  thee."  So 
 it  may  be  a  prophecy  of  Christ's  abolishing  the 
 daily  sacrifice,  as  in  Dan.  ix.  27. 
 
 Ver.  14.— A  confession,]  A  thank-offer- 
 ing. There  was  an  oblation  in  the  law  thus 
 called.  Lev.  vii.  12,  15,  mentioned  also  in 
 Ps.  cxvi.  17;  cvii.  22-,  which  the  apostle 
 openeth,  exhorting  to  ofler  '  the  sacrifice  of 
 praise  continually  to  God,  that  is,  the  fruitof 
 the  lips,  confessing  to  his  name,'  Heb.  xiii. 
 15.  See  also  Ps.  xcv.  2.  The  Chald.  saith, 
 "  Subdue  evil  concupiscence,  and  it  shall  be 
 counted  before  the  Lord  as  a  sacrifice  of  con- 
 
 fession. Vows  TO  THE  MOST  HiGH,]  That 
 is,  to  God,  Gen.  xiv.  18;  so  lie  that  in  Luke 
 vi.  35,  is  « the  most  High,"  in  Mat.  v.  45,  is 
 'our  Father  which  is  in  heaven.'  To  him 
 vows  were  made  with  prayers,  Gen.  xxviii. 
 20;  Ps.  Ixi.  6;  and  paid  with  thanksgiving, 
 Ps.  Ixv.  2;  and  Ixvi.  13,  14;  and  bylaw 
 their  payment  was  required,  Deut.  xxiii.  23; 
 Eccl.  V.  5;  Ps.  Ixxvi.  12  ;  and  there  were 
 sacrifices  for  vows.  Lev.  vii.  16.  But  the 
 Chald.  referrelh  this  here  to  the  vow  which 
 they  made  at  '  mount  Sinai,  to  confirm  the 
 commandments,'  (Exod.  xix.) 
 
 Ver.  16. — What  hast  thou  to  do,] 
 The  Heb.  phrase  is  "  what  to  thee  ?"  The 
 Gr.,  "  therefore  dost  thou  ?" 
 
 Ver.  17 — Nurture,]  Or,  restraint,  chas- 
 tisement;  which  is  'the  way  of  life,'  Prov. 
 vi.  23;  xii.  1.  The  Chald.  addeth,  'nurture 
 of  wise  men.'  Behind  thee,]  Or,  after  thee. 
 See  a  like  speech,  Neh.  ix.  26. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Then  thou,]  Heb.  and  thou 
 rurmest,  or  readily  consentest,  takest  plea- 
 sure, .^nd  may  be  omitted  in  cur  English ; 
 it  serveth  to  increase  the  readiness  and  ear- 
 nestness of  the  affections.  '  He  that  partaketh 
 with  a  thief  hateth  his  soul,'  Prov.  xxix.  24, 
 
 Ver.  19. — Thou  sendest  out,]  That  is, 
 usest  and  appliest.  Thy  tongue  joineth,] 
 Or,  with  thy  tongue  thou  joinest,  framest, 
 compactest. 
 
 Ver.  20. — ^III  report,]  Or,  infamy,  offen- 
 sive  scandalous  speech  ;  (as  the  Gr.  turneth 
 it,  '  scandal,")  a  word  not  found  but  in  this 
 place. 
 
 Ver.  21. — I  was  surely,]  Heb.  I  being, 
 
516 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 silence,  thou  didst  think  that  I  was  surely  like  thee  ;  1  will  reprove 
 thee  and  set  in  order  to  thine  eyes.  ^^  O  now  consider  this  ye  that 
 forget  God,  lest  I  tear,  and  there  be  no  rescuer.  ^^  He  that  sacrificetli 
 confession,  honoureth  me,  and  he  that  disposeth  his  way,  I  will 
 cause  liim  to  see  the  salvation  of  God. 
 
 had  been,  or  was.  Set  in  order,]  To  wit, 
 thy  faults;  as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  "  I  will 
 set  thy  sins  before  thy  face."  The  Chald.giv. 
 eth  this  paraphrase,  "  Thou  thoughtest  to  be 
 for  ever  ;  thou  saidst  in  thy  heart,  I  shall  be 
 like  God  :  but  I  in  powerful  wrath  will  take 
 vengeance  on  thee,  I  will  rebuke  thee  in  this 
 world,  and  order  the  judgment  of  Gehenna  in 
 the  world  to  come,  before  thee. 
 
 Veb.  22. — No  RESCDER,]  Or,  wo  deliverer. 
 A  similitude  taken  from  lions,  which  catch 
 and  tear  their  prey,  from  whose  jaws  none  can 
 rescue.     See  the  like  in  Hos.  v.  1 4. 
 
 Veb.  23. — He  that  sacrificeth  con- 
 fession J  That  is,  which  giveth  confession, 
 or  thanks,  as  a  sacrifice  ;  the  Gr.  translateth 
 "the  saoifice  of  praise  shall  glorify  me  ,''''the 
 Chald.  "  He  that  slayeth  evil  concupiscence, 
 and  subdueth  it,  it  shall  be  counted  to  him  as  a 
 sacrifice  of  confession."  Disposeth  his  way,] 
 Composeth  and  ordereth  it  according  to  these 
 directions  :  or,  he  that  putteth  this  way  be- 
 fore him.  To  SEE  the  salvation,]  That 
 is,  to  enjoy  it;  or,  I  will  show  it  him.  In 
 Heb.  tlie  word  in  redoundeth.  See  Ps.  xxvii. 
 4.     So  Ps.  xci.  16 ;  Ixxxv.  8. 
 
 PSALM    LL 
 
 1 .  David  pray  eth  for  remission  of  sins,  whereof  he  maJceth  a  deep  con- 
 fession. 8.  lie  pray  eth  for  sanctification.  18.  God  delighteth  not  in 
 sacrifice^  hut  in  a  broken  spirit.     20.  A  prayer  for  tlie  Church. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music,  a  Psalm  of  David.  ^  Wlien  Nathan 
 tlie  propliet  came  unto  him  after  lie  had  gone  in  unto  Bathsheba. 
 
 -  Be  gracious  to  me,  O  God,  according  to  thy  kind  mercy, 
 according  to  the  multitude  of  tliy  tender  mercies  wipe  away  my 
 trespasses.  *  Much  wash  me  from  my  iniquity,  and  cleanse  me  from 
 my  sins.     ^  For   I  know  my  trespasses,  and  my  sin  is  before  me 
 
 Ver.  2. — He  had  gone  in,]  To  wit,  into 
 the  chamber,  as  Judg.  xv.  1,  that  is,  had  lien 
 with,  as  the  phrase  importeth,  Gen.  vi. 
 4,  and  is  expressed,  2  Sam.  xi.  4.  Bath- 
 sheba,] The  daughter  of  Eliam,  2  Sam.  xi. 
 3,  called  also  Bathshua,  daughter  of  Ammiel, 
 1  Chron.  iil.  5.  She  was  wife  to  captain 
 Urijah  the  Hittite,  and  while  her  husband 
 was  at  the  leaguer  of  Rahbab,  David  lay  with 
 her;  and  she  being  with  child,  he  first  sought 
 to  cover  his  fault  by  sending  for  Urijah  home, 
 that  he  might  be  esteemed  the  father;  which 
 not  succeeding,  he  sent  liim  back  with  private 
 letters  to  Joab  the  general  to  procure  his 
 death.  Which  being  done,  David  married 
 his  wife  Bathsheba,  so  thinking  to  cover  his 
 sin.  But  God  was  displeased,  and  sent  Na- 
 than to  reprove  David ;  whereupon  he  re- 
 pented and  niadu  this  Psalm,  for  an  example 
 
 unto,  and  comfort  of  sinners.  See  the  his- 
 tory at  large,  2  Sam  xi.  and  xii. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Much  wash  me,]  Or,  multiply 
 loash  me,  that  is,  thoroughly  wash  me  again 
 and  again.  He  applieth  the  washings  used 
 in  the  law,  (Lev.  xi.  25,  32 ;  Exod.  xix. 
 10;  Num.  xix.  19.)  to  the  spiritual  washing 
 from  sin  in  the  blood  of  Christ,  Rev.  vii.  14; 
 John  i.  7.  So  after  in  ver.  9,  and  Jer.  iv.  14. 
 The  Heb.  hereb  (or  harbeh)  multiply,  is  used 
 for  much,  as  2  Kings  x.  18,  where  it  is 
 opposed  to  little.  And  that  which  in  one 
 place  is  written  harbeh,  multiply  ;  in  another 
 is  la-rob,  and  rabbah,  much  as  1  Kings  x. 
 10,  with  2  Chron.  ix.  9,  2  Sam.  viii.  8,  wiih 
 1  Chron.  xviii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  6. — I  know,]  Or,  acknowledge.  Sj 
 Is.  lix.  12  ;  Jor.  iii.  13. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Against  thee,]  Or,  unto  thee 
 
PSALM   LI. 
 
 517 
 
 continually.  ®  Against  thee,  against  thee  only  have  I  s'nned,  and 
 liave  done  that  which  is  evil  in  thine  eyes,  that  thou  mayest  be  just 
 Avhen  thou  speakest,  mayest  be  pure  when  thou  judgest,  '  Lo  in 
 iniquity  was  I  painfully  brought  forth,  and  in  sin  my  mother  con- 
 ceived me.  ®  Lo  the  truth  thou  delightest  in  the  inward  parts,  and 
 in  the  secret  thou  hast  made  me  know  wisdom.  9  Thou  wilt  purge 
 me  from  sin  witli  liyssop,  and  I  shall  be  clean,  wilt  wash  me  and  I 
 shall  be  whiter  than  snow.  ^°  Thou  wilt  make  me  to  hear  joy  and 
 gladness,  the  bones  that  thou  hast  crushed,  shall  be  gladsome. 
 ''  Hide  thy  face  from  my  sins,  and  wipe  away  all  my  iniquities. 
 
 only.  This  is  either  because  he  concealed 
 his  sins  from  men,  but  could  not  from  God, 
 2  Sam.  xii.  12:  or,  that  only  God  could 
 remit  the  punishment  of  his  sin,  Is.  xliii.  25. 
 So  Ps.  xli.  5.  I  HAVE  SINNED,]  And  so  am 
 deprived  of  the  glory  of  God,  as  Rom.  iii. 
 23.  That  which  is  evil,  &c.]  Which  dis- 
 pleaseth  thee.  This  hath  reference  to  2  Sam. 
 xi.  9  ;  xi.  27.  That  thou  mayest  be  just,] 
 That  is,  *  thou  hast  suffered  me  to  fall 
 into  sin,  that  thou  mayest  be  just  (or  justi- 
 fied) in  whatsoever  thou  hast  spoken  for  the 
 salvation  of  thy  servant,  or  punishment  of  my 
 sin,'  2  Sam.  xii.  10.  For  the  injustice  of 
 man  commendeth  the  justice  of  God,  Rom. 
 iii.  4,  5,  or  it  may  have  reference  to  the  for- 
 mer words,  '  I  know  (and  acknowledge)  my 
 sin,  thiit  thou  mayest  be  just.'  When  thou 
 SPEAKEST,]  Or,  in  thy  speaking,  that  is,  in  thy 
 words,  as  Rom.  iii.  4,  so  after,  in  'in  thy 
 judging.'  Mayest  be  pure,]  Or,  clear, sin- 
 cere, unreprovable,  and  consequently  mayest 
 win  the  victory  in  judgment :  whereupon  the 
 apostle  (according  to  the  Gr.  version,)  saith, 
 "  mayest  overcome,"  Rom.  iii.  4.  The  Heb. 
 zacah  also  in  the  Syriac  tongue,  is  used  for 
 "  overcoming." 
 
 Ver.7. — In  iniquity,]  The  perversenessor 
 viciosity  of  nature,  commonly  called  original, 
 and  by  the  apostle,  '  inhabiting  sin,'  Rom. 
 vii.  17,  whereby  all  men  are  carnal,  sold 
 under  sin,  John  iii.  C  ;  Rom.  vii,  14.  The 
 Chald.  calleth  it,  "  the  sin  of  evil  concu- 
 piscence." This  David  maketh  the  foun- 
 tain of  all  his  actual  sins.  Painfully 
 BROUGHT  forth,]  Bom  with  sorrow.  The 
 Heb.  signifieth,  "  the  painful  travail  of  child- 
 birth," Is.  xxvi.  17,  18;  li.  2;  Ps.  xxix.  9. 
 Conceived,]  Or,  was  warm  in  heat,  as  Gen. 
 XXX.  38,  39,  41. 
 
 Ver.  8. — The  inward  parts,]  Or,  the 
 covered  parts,  '  the  heart  roots  where  wisdom 
 is  seated  of  God,'  Job  xxxviii.  36,  named  in 
 Heb.  of  'covering,'  'plaistering,'  or  'par- 
 getting.' The  secret,]  Or,  the  dosed  place 
 which  being  referred  to  the  person,  meaneth 
 the  heart,  which  God  reneweth,  Ezek.  xxxvi. 
 20,  and  wherein  '  he  writeth  his  laws,'  Heb. 
 
 viii.  10.  And  thus  the  Chald.  expoundeth 
 it,  "  the  close  place  of  the  heart,"  which  the 
 apostle  calleth  the  '  hidden  man  of  the  heart,' 
 1  Pet.  iii.  4,  or  if  it  be  referred  to  the  thing, 
 it  meaneth  the  '  secrets  of  wisdom,'  Job  xi. 
 6;  'the  wisdom  of  God  in  a  mystery,'  the 
 hidden  wisdom  manifested  by  the  gospel,  1 
 Cor.  ii.7.  And  thus  the  Gr.  applieth  it,  "  say- 
 ing, "  the  nnmanifest  and  hidden  things  of 
 wisdom  then  hast  manifested  to  me."  Hast 
 MADE,]  Or,  zvilt  make  me  know,  thus  he 
 riseth  by  faith  out  of  his  sin,  being  taught 
 wisdom  of  God. 
 
 Ver. 9. — Thou  wilt  purge  mefrom  sin,] 
 Or  prayerwise,  '  purge  thou  me  from  sin,' 
 or  make  me  sinless,  expiate  or  purify  my  sins. 
 Prayers  are  often  made  in  this  manner,  as 
 with  assurance  that  they  shall  be  performed. 
 See  the  note  on  Ps.  xvii.  8.  Eizop,]  Or, 
 hyssop,  of  the  Heb.  exoh,  and  Gr.  hyssopos, 
 an  herb  or  tree  growing  out  of  the  wall,  1 
 Kings  iv.  33,  appointed  in  the  law  for  to 
 sprinkle  and  cleanse  with,  Exod.  xii.  22  ; 
 Num.  xix,  6,  18;  Lev.  xiv.  4,  6,  49;  Heb. 
 ix.  19  ;  and  the  sprinkling  with  it,  was  the 
 last  part  of  the  purification  of  the  unclean, 
 here  used  to  signify  the  full  cleansing  from 
 sin  liy  the  blood  of  Christ,  Heb.  ix.  13,  14, 
 whether  it  were  that  herb  which  we  now  call 
 Eizop,  or  no,  is  uncertain.  The  Chald, 
 paraphraseth,  'Thou  wilt  sprinkle  me  like  a 
 piiest,  which  sprinkleth  the  unclean  with  the 
 purifying  waters,  with  hyssop,  with  the  ashes 
 of  an  heifer,  and  I  shall  be  clean.  Wash 
 ME,]  Another  legal  rite  for  purifying  the 
 unclean.  Lev.  xiv.  8;  xxv.  5,  8,  13,22; 
 figuring  our  sanctification,  Heb.  x,  22;  Tit. 
 iii.  5;  Is.  iv.  4. 
 
 Ver.  10.— To  hear  joy,]  The  joyful  tid- 
 ings of  the  forgiveness  of  my  sin=.  Bones 
 that  thou  hast  crushed,]  Or,  brayed; 
 noting  hereby  the  greatness  of  his  grief  and 
 affliction.  Job  ii.  2,  5  ;  xxx.  17;  xxxiii.  19, 
 21  ;   Ps.  xxxviii.  4. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Hide  thy  face,]  That  is, 
 regard  not  my  sins,  to  visit  them  on  me. 
 Sue  the  contrary,  Ps.  xc.  5  ;  cix.  14,  15  , 
 Jcr.  xvi.  17. 
 
518 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 '^  A  clean  heart  create  thou  to  me,  O  God,  and  a  firm  spirit  renew 
 thou  within  me.  '^  Cast  me  not  from  thy  face,  and  take  not  from 
 me  thy  spirit  of  holiness.  "  Restore  to  me  the  joy  of  my  salvation, 
 and  firmly  sustain  me  with  a  free  spirit.  '*  I  will  teach  trespassers 
 thy  ways,  and  sinners  shall  convert  unto  thee,  '*  Deliver  me  from 
 bloods,  O  God,  the  God  of  my  salvation,  my  tongue  shall  shout  thy 
 justice.  "  Lord,  thou  shalt  open  my  lips,  and  my  mouth  shall  shew 
 forth  thy  praise.  '*  For  thou  delightest  not  sacrifice,  else  would  I 
 give  it ;  burnt- offering  thou  wilt  not  contentedly  accept.  '**  The 
 sacrifices  of  God  are  a  broken  spirit;  a  heart  broken  and  contrite, 
 O  God,  thou  wilt  not  despise.  ^"  Do  well  in  thy  good  pleasure  unto 
 Zion,  build    thou    the    walls    of  Jerusalem.     ^^  Tlien  shalt   thou 
 
 Ver.  12. — Firm  spirit,]  A  spirit  ready, 
 prepared,  stedfast,  and  certain.  The  lilie 
 is  applied  to  the  heart,  Ps.  cxii.  7;  Ivii.  S. 
 
 Ver.  13 From  thy   face,]  Or,  frojn 
 
 thy  presence  :  this  was  au  eflect  of  God's 
 utmost  anger  against  sinners,  2  Kings  xxiv. 
 20;  Jer.  vii.  15;  lii.  3,  Gen.  iv.  16.  Thy 
 SPIRIT  OF  HOLINESS,]  Thy  Holy  Spirit:  which 
 the  Chald.  expoundeth,  "thy  Holy  Spiritof 
 prophecy." 
 
 Ver.  14. — The  jov  of  thy  salvation.] 
 The  joy  which  proceedelh  from  thy  salva- 
 tion and  deliveiance  of  me  from  sin.  A  free 
 SPIRIT,]  A  voluntary,  free,  willing  spirit, 
 or  "a  princely  ruling  spirit,"  as  the  Gr. 
 turneth  it.  See  this  word,  Ps.  xlvii.  10,  by 
 a  free  or  princely  spirit,  he  moaneth  a  spirit 
 not  in  bondage  to  sin,  called  elsewhere  'the 
 spirit  of  adoption,'  Rom.  viii.  15,  1(3,  where- 
 by a  man  is  made  willing  to  obey  the  Lord, 
 as  Exod.  XXXV.  21. 
 
 Ver.  16.  —  From  bloods,]  That  is,  from 
 the  guilt  of  my  murder  in  shedding  the  blood 
 of  Urijah:  as  the  Chald.  saith,  "from  the 
 judgment  of  murder:"  or,  from  my  native 
 corruption.  See  the  note  on  Ps.  v.  7.  Shall 
 shoot,]  Or,  shrill,  sing  joyfully,  and  pro- 
 claim thy  justification ;  such  as  Paul  speaketh 
 of,  Phil.  iii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Shalt  open  my  lips,]  Shall 
 give  me  occasion  to  speak  freely  and  boldly  : 
 the  Chald.  addeth,  "  in  thy  law."  This 
 phrase  is  used  Job  xi.  5;  xxxii.  20. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Else  I  would  give  it,]  Or, 
 fur  else  I  tcould  give  it.  As  the  Greek  turn- 
 eth it,  "  if  thou  wouldest  sacrifice,  I  had 
 given  it." 
 
 Ver.  19. — The  sacrifices  of  God,]  That 
 IS,  which  please  God;  or,  as  the  Chald.  saith, 
 "  holy  to  God."  So  '  the  works  of  God,' 
 John  vi.  28.  Heart  broken,]  To  wit,  with 
 sorrow  for  sin.  So  Is.  Ixi.  1  ;  Luke  iv.  IS. 
 Compare  with  this,  Uom.  xii.  1;  also  Is. 
 Ivii.  15;  Ixvi.  2. 
 
 Ver.  20.— Do  well,]  Or,  do  good,  deal 
 bounteously:     it    comprehendeth    all    things 
 
 needful,  for  profit  or  pleasure.  Unto  Zion,] 
 The  church  and  place  of  public  worship.  See 
 Ps.  ii.  6.  Walls  of  Jerusalem,]  Or,  of 
 Jerushalaivi,  as  the  Heb.  writeth  it  in  the 
 dual  form,  as  it  were  the  double  Jerusalem, 
 to  wit,  the  higher  and  the  lower;  from  which 
 the  apostle  gathereth  an  allegory,  Gal.  iv.  25. 
 26.  This  city  was  first  called  Salem,  that 
 is,  peace,  where  Melchisedeck  was  kingi 
 Gen.  xiv.  IS;  Heb.  vii.  2.  It  was  named 
 also  Jebus,  Judg.  xix.  10,  of  one  Jebusi  son 
 of  Canaan,  Gen.  x.  16,  and  was  possessed  by 
 his  seed  the  Jebusites,  who  held  therein  the 
 fort  of  Zion,  till  David  won  it  from  them,  1 
 Chron.  xi.  4,  5,  7.  Here  also  was  the  mount 
 Morijah,  whereon  Solomon  built  the  temple, 
 2  Chron.  iii.  1,  where  Abraham  oflered  his 
 son  Isaac,  Gen.  xxii.  2.  And  because  there 
 God's  providence  was  seen, he  named  the  place 
 '  Jehovah-jireh,' Gen.  xxii.  14,  which,  Jireh 
 put  to  the  former  name  Salem,  maketh  it 
 Jerusalem,  where  peace  is  seen:  and  as  the 
 city  was  enlarged  by  taking  in  mount  Jireh, 
 or  Morijah,  so  is  the  name:  yet  sometimes, 
 (though  very  rare)  it  is  called  by  the 
 first  name  Salem,  as  Ps.  Ixxvi.  3.  This  city 
 God  chose  to  be  the  place  of  his  public  wor- 
 ship, and  there  to  dwell,  2  Chron.  vii.  12; 
 Ps.  cxxxii.  13, 14,  and  honourable  things  are 
 spoken  of  this  city,  Ps.lxxxvii.  3,  and  of  the 
 walls  thereof,  which  in  the  Jerusalem  from 
 above  are  of  jasper  stone,  with  twelve  foun- 
 dations, garnished  with  all  manner  of  precious 
 stones,  and  having  the  names  of  the  Lamb's 
 twelve  apostles,  Rev.  xxi.  11,  14,  18,  19, 
 &c.  ;  the  walls  are  called  Salvation,  and  the 
 gates  Praise,  and  they  '  are  ever  in  God's 
 sight,'  Is.  Ix.  IS;  xlix.  16.  For  the  building 
 up  of  these  doth  David  here  pray. 
 
 Ver.  21.' — Then  shalt  thou  accept,] 
 When  the  place  is  builded  which  thou  hast 
 chosen  ;  for  he  forbade  his  people  to  ofler  '  in 
 every  place,'  Li  v.  xvii.  5,  S,  9;  Deut.  xii. 
 11,  13,  and  promised  to  accept  their  sacri- 
 fices on  his  holy  mountain,  Ezek.  xx.  40. 
 Therefore  Israel  was  in  great  aiHiction  and 
 
PSALM    LII. 
 
 519 
 
 delightfully  accept  tlie  sacrifices  of  justice,  the  burnt-offering  and 
 the  wliole  oblation :  then  shall  they  offer  up  bullocks  upon  thine 
 altar. 
 
 reproach,  when  the  walls  of  Jerusalem  were 
 unbuilded,  Neh.  i.  3,  and  the  people's  negli- 
 gence in  building  God's  house  was  sharply 
 blamed,  Hag.  i.  2,  4,  8,  9;  ii.  15,  &c.  Of 
 JUSTiFiCATJox,]  That  is,  sacrifices  offered  in 
 faith,  and  according  to  the  will  of  God.  See 
 Ps.  iv.  6.  The  whole  oblation,]  The 
 Calil :  a  kind  of  oblation  that  was  wholly  and 
 
 every  whit  given  up  in  fire  unto  God  :  and 
 didered  from  the  ghnola,  or  burnt-otier- 
 ing,  which  was  only  of  '  beasts  or  birds,'  Lev. 
 i.,  whereas  the  calil  was  also  of  flour,  called 
 the  meat-offering,  but  burned  altogether, 
 which  the  common  meat-oflerings  were  not. 
 Lev.  vi.  20,  22,  23.  It  was  also  of  beasts, 
 1  Sam.  vii.  9. 
 
 PSALM  LIL 
 
 David  condemning  the  spitefulness  of  Doeg,  prophesieth  his  destruc- 
 tion; %.  at  which  the  just  shall  rejoice.  10.  David  upon  confidence  of 
 God's  mercy,  giveth  thanks. 
 
 *  To  the  master  of  the  music,  an  instructing  psalm  of  David. 
 2  When  Doeg  the  Edomite  came  and  showed  to  Saul,  and  said  to  him, 
 David  came  into  the  house  of  Abimelech. 
 
 ^  Why  boastest  thou  in  evil,  O  miglity  man  ?  the  mercy  of  God 
 endureth  all  the  day.  *  Thy  tongue  thinketh  wofiil  evils,  as  a  sharp 
 razor  doing  deceit.  ^  Thou  lovest  evil  more  than  good  ;  falsehood 
 more  than  to  speak  justice,  Selah.  ^  Thou  lovest  all  words  of 
 swallowing,  the  tongue  of  deceit.  ^  x\lso  God  will  destroy  thee  to 
 perpetuity,  he  will  pull  thee  away  and  pluck  thee  out  of  the  tent. 
 
 Ver.  2 Doeg,]  A  servant  of  king  Saul, 
 
 and  master  of  his  herdmen,  1  Sam.  xxi.  7. 
 The  Edomite,]  That  is,  an  Mdomile,  or, 
 Idumean,&s  the  Gr.  here  translateth:  or  a 
 man  of  "  Adamah,"  a  city  of  the  tribe  of 
 Naphtali,  Josh.  xix.  36.  Of  Abimelech,] 
 David  flying  from  Saul's  tyranny,  came  for 
 comfort  to  the  house  of  God  in  Nob,  where 
 Abimelech  the  priest  administered.  He  gave 
 unto  David  and  his  company  the  shew-bread 
 to  eat,  armed  him  with  the  sword  of  Goliath 
 the  Philistine,  and  asked  counsel  of  the  Lord 
 for  him.  Doeg  saw  this,  and  told  king  Saul, 
 and  after  (when  no  other  man  would)  him.- 
 self  at  the  king's  commandment  ran  upon 
 Abimelech  and  the  priests,  and  killed  eighty- 
 five  persons:  and  Nob  the  city  of  the  priests 
 he  smote  with  the  edge  of  the  sword,  both 
 man,  woman,  child,  and  beast.  ButAbiathar, 
 Abiraelech's  son,  escaped  unto  David, 
 and  told  him,  who  thereupon  made  this 
 psalm.  See  1  Sam.  xxi.;  xxii.;  Matt.  xii. 
 3,4. 
 
 Ver.  3. — In  evil,]  The  Chald.  expound- 
 
 eth  it,  "  in  an  evil  tongue."  O  mighty 
 MAN,]  Or,  potentate,  Doeg  is  thus  named, 
 for  his  chief  place  over  king  Saul's  herdmen, 
 1  Sam.  xxi.  7;  and  his  killing  of  so  many 
 priests  of  the  Lord,  1  Sam.  xxii.  18,  19;  in 
 which  mischievous  prowess  he  vaunted  him- 
 self. 
 
 Ver.  4.' — Thinketh,]  Or  understand, 
 JFky  thinketh  thy  tongue?  that  is,  uttereth 
 the  evils  thought  and  premeditated.  Doing 
 DECEIT,]  That  is,  as  a  razor  which  instead  of 
 cutting  the  hair,  cutteth  the  throat.  Or  it 
 may  be  referred  to  the  man,  "  O  doer  of 
 deceit,"  as  the  Gr.  saitli,  "thou  hast  done 
 deceit." 
 
 Ver.  5. — Justice,]  That  is,  truth  or 
 faithfulness. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Words  of  swallowing,]  Or 
 of  devouring,  of  pemiciousness,  that  is, 
 perajcious  words  which  cause  destruction. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Destroy,]  Ot pull  thee  down: 
 a  similitude  taken  from  buildings  pulled 
 down.  Lev.  xiv.  45;  applied  here  to  man's 
 overthrow.     So  Job   xix.    10.     Pull  thee 
 
520 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 and  will  root  thee  up,  out  of  the  land  of  the  living,  Selah.  ^  And 
 the  just  shall  see  and  fear,  and  shall  laugh  at  him.  ^  Behold  the 
 man  that  put  not  God^r  his  strength,  but  trusted  in  the  multitude 
 of  his  riches ;  he  was  strong  in  his  woful  evil.  ^°  But  I,  as  a  green 
 olive  in  the  house  of  God,  I  trust  in  the  mercy  of  God  ever  and 
 aye.  "  I  will  confess  thee  for  ever,  for  thou  hast  done  this;  and 
 will  patiently  expect  thy  name,  for  it  is  good  before  thy  gracious 
 saints. 
 
 AWAY,]  Or  take  thee  hence,  as  a  coal  of  fire 
 is  taken  with  the  tongs,  Is.  xxx.  4.  Pluck 
 THEE,]  As  the  stakes  are  plucked  up  when 
 the  tent  is  removed.  This  is  applied  to 
 expulsion  out  of  one's  settled  place;  and  is 
 opposed  to  stablishing,  Deut.  xxviii.  6.3  ; 
 Prov.  ii.  22  ;  xv.  25.  Root  thee  up,]  As 
 a  tree  plucked  up  by  the  routs,  Jude  12.  So 
 Job  xxxi.  12.  Land  of  the  living,]  That 
 is,  t/iis  world.     See  Ps.  xxvii.  13. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Shall  see,]  The  Chald.  para- 
 phraseth,  "shall  see  thy  punishment,  and  fear 
 i)efore  the  Lord." 
 
 Ver.  9. — The  man,]  The  viighty  man. 
 It  hath  reference  to  verse  3.  He  was 
 strong,]  Or,  u'ould  be  strong,  and  pre- 
 vail; as  Ps.  ix.  20;  or  *  strengthened  and 
 hardened  himself.'  His  woful  evil,]  Or, 
 in  that  he  hath,  that  is,  his  substance;  the 
 Gr.  saith,  "in  his  vanity." 
 
 Ver.  10. — Green  olive,]  Always  fresh 
 and  flourishing.  See  Ps.  xxxvii.  35;  Jer. 
 xi.  16.     Aye,]  Continually  :  see  Ps.  ix  6. 
 
 Ver.  11.— Hast  done,]  The  Chald. 
 addeth,  "  hast  done  the  vengeance  of  my 
 judgment." 
 
 PSALM    LIIL 
 
 David  describeth  the  corruption  of  a  natural  man,  5.  and  convincetJt 
 them  by  the  light  of  their  consciences.  7.  He  glorieth  in  the  salvation 
 of  God. 
 
 *  To  the  master  of  the  music  on  Machalatli,  an  instructing  psalm 
 of  David. 
 
 ^  The  fool  saith  in  his  heart  there  is  no  God  -.  they  have  cor^ 
 rupted,  and  have  made  themselves  abominable  ivith  injurious  evil ; 
 there  is  none  that  doth  good.  ^  God  from  the  heavens  looked  down 
 upon  the  sons  of  Adam,  to  see  if  there  were  any  that  understand- 
 eth,  that  seeketh  God.  *  Every  one  is  gone  back,  together  they 
 are  become  unprofitable :  there  is  none  tliat  doth  good,  none,  not 
 one.  *  Do  they  not  know,  that  work  painful  iniquity,  that  eat  my 
 people  as  they  eat  bread,  they  call  not  upon  God.  ^  There  they 
 dreaded  a  dread  where  no  dread  was,  for  God  hath  scattered  the 
 
 Ver.  1. — Machalath,]  This  seemeth  to 
 be  a  kind  of  instrument  much  like  Nechiloth, 
 Ps.  V.  1.  It  may  also  be  interpreted  '  sick- 
 ness' or  'infirmity.'  So  in  the  title  of  Ps. 
 Ixxxviii.  An  instructing  psalm,]  Maskil: 
 see  Ps.  xxxii.  1.  This  psalm  is  the  same  in 
 effect,  and  almost  in  words,  with  the  xivth 
 Psalm,  some  few  things  changed.  See  the 
 notes  there. 
 
 Ver.  2. — With  injurious  evil,]  So  the 
 Gr.  saith,  "  with  iniquities  they  are  made 
 abominable."  Or,  we  may  read,  "they  have 
 done  abominable  iniquity." 
 
 Ver.  4. — Every  one  is  gone  back,] 
 Heb,  "All  he,"  that  is,  "Each  one,"  or 
 whosoever  he  be,  in  particular.  In  Ps.  xiv. 
 3;  he  speaketh  generally,  'all  is  departed.' 
 
 Ver.  6. — Whkrb  no  dread  wasJ  That 
 
PSALM    LIV. 
 
 521 
 
 bones  of  him  that  besiege th  thee  ;  thou  hast  made  them  abashed, 
 for  God  liath  contemptuously  cast  them  ojfif.  ^  Wiio  will  give  out 
 of  Zion  the  salvations  of  Israel  ?  when  God  returneth  the  captivity 
 of  his  people,  Jacob  shall  be  glad,  Israel  shall  rejoice. 
 
 is,  no  catise  of  dread.  God  giveth  to  the 
 wicked  '  a  trembling  heart,'  Deut.  xxviii. 
 65;  and  '  a  sound  of  fear  is  in  their  ears,' 
 Job  XV.  21 ;  yea  '  the  sound  of  a  leaf  chaseth 
 them,  and  they  flee  when  none  pursueth,' 
 Lev.  xxvi.  36;  Prov.  xxviii.  1.  Of  him 
 THAT  BESiEGETH  THEE,]  Or,  that  pitcheth 
 ca7?ip  against  thee,  speaking  to  the  godly 
 man.  The  Gr.  turneth  it,  "of  men-plea- 
 sers."     Hast   made  them  abashedJ  Or; 
 
 shall  make  abashed,  (for  it  is  a  promise,  but 
 set  down  as  already  performed,  for  the  more 
 assurance)  or,  '  shall  put  to  confusion,'  to 
 wit,  them,  'or  'their  counsel,'  as  they 
 would  have  confounded  thine.  See  Ps.  xiv. 
 6. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Who  will  give,]  A  wish:  O 
 that  there  were  given,  &c.  See  the  notes 
 on  Ps.  xiv.  7.  Salvations,]  That  is,  full 
 salvation,  health  or  deliverance. 
 
 PSALM    LIV. 
 
 David  complaining  of  the  Ziphiins,  prayeth  for  salvation.  6.  Upon 
 his  confidence  in  God's  help  he  promiseth  sacrifice. 
 
 ^  To  the  master  of  the  music  on  Neginotli,  an  instructing  psalm 
 of  David.  ^  When  tlie  Ziphims  came  and  said  unto  Saul,  Dotli  not 
 David  hide  himself  with  us? 
 
 ^  O  God,  in  thy  name  save  me,  and  in  thy  power  judge  me. 
 *0  God,  hear  my  prayer,  hearken  to  the  words  of  my  mouth. 
 *  For  strangers  are  risen  up  against  me,  and  daunting  tyrants  seek 
 my  soul,  they  have  not  set  God  before  them,  Selah.  *  Lo,  God  is 
 mine  helper,  the  Lord  is  with  them  tliat  uphold  my  soul.  '  He  will 
 turn  the  evil  to  my  enviers :  in  thy  truth  suppress  thou  them. 
 ^  With  voluntariness  I  will  sacrifice  unto  thee,  I  will  confess  thy 
 
 Ver.  2. — Ziphims,]  Or  Zipheans,  the 
 inhabitants  of  Ziph,  a  city  in  the  tribe  of 
 Judah,  Josh.  xv.  24  ;  by  which  there  was  a 
 wilderness  and  wood,  wherein  David  hid 
 himself  when  he  fled  from  Keilah  for  fear  of 
 king  Saul,  and  was  betrayed  by  these  Ziph- 
 ims unto  the  king,  once  and  the  second  time, 
 whereupon  he  made  this  psalm.  See  the 
 history,  1  Sam.  xxiii.  14,  15,  19,  &c.;  xxvi. 
 1,2. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Strangers,]  The  Ziphims, 
 estranged  from  God,  and  alienated  from  his 
 people,  Ps.  Iviii.  4;  Is.  i.  4.  So  wicked  men 
 are  called  '  heathens,'  Ps.  lix.  6.  In  Ps. 
 Ixxxvi.  14;  this  is  repeated  by  David:  but 
 for  Zarim,  strangers,  there  he  calleth  them 
 Zedim,  proud.  Daunting  tyrants,]  Ter- 
 rible dismayers,  as  Saul  and  his  retinue, 
 whose  terror  daunted  many.     See  Ps.  x,  18. 
 
 Voi.  II.  3 
 
 Seek   my   soul,]  My  life,  to  take  it  away: 
 see  the  note  on  Ps.  xxxv.  4. 
 
 Ver.  6. — With  them  that  uphold,]  Or, 
 a7nong  the  upholders,  the  valiant  soldiers 
 that  helped  David  in  his  battles,  as  1  Chron. 
 xii.  1;  &c.  a  like  manner  of  speech  is,  Judg. 
 xi.  35;  'thou  art  among  them  that  trouble 
 me.' 
 
 Vek.  7. — Return  the  evil,]  To  wit, 
 which  they  intend  against  me.  For  '  the 
 righteous  escapeth  out  of  trouble,  and  the 
 wicked  shall  come  in  his  stead,'  Prov. 
 xi.  8.  Suppress  them,]  Restrain  them, 
 or  cut  them  off.  Compare  Ps.  cxliii. 
 12. 
 
 Ver.    8. — With   voluntariness,]   Or, 
 In  freeness,   that  is,  freely,   liberally,  of  a 
 willing  miod.     Such  sacrifices  the  law  men. 
 tionethi  Lev.  vii.  16. 
 U 
 
522  PSALMS. 
 
 name  Jeliovah,  because  it  is  good.     '  For  he  hath  freely  rid  me 
 out  of  all  distress,  and  mine  eye  hath  seen  on  mine  enemies. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Eye  hath  seen,]   To   wit,   the  xci.  S;  but  often  this  word  is  concealed,  as 
 
 work,    or    reward  of  God;  in  Chald.    "the  Ps.  xxxv.  21;  xcii.  12;  or  hath  viewed  them 
 
 vengeance    on   mine   enemies,"    mentioned  with  delight:  see  Ps.  xxii.  18. 
 before  in  verse  7,  and  as  is  expressed  in  Ps. 
 
 PSALM    LV. 
 
 1 .  David  in  his  prayer  complaineth  of  his  fearful  case.  1 0.  He  pray 
 eth  against  his  enemies,  of  whose  wickedjiess  and  treachery  he  complain- 
 eth. 1 7.  He  comforteth  himself  hi  God's  preservation  of  him,  and  con- 
 fusion of  his  enemies. 
 
 '  To  the  Master  of  the  tnusic,  on  Neginoth,  an  instructing  Psalm 
 of  David. 
 
 ^  Hear  thou,  O  God,  my  prayer,  and  hide  not  thyself  from  my 
 supplication  for  grace.  '  Attend  to  me,  and  answer  me ;  I  mourn 
 in  my  meditation,  and  make  a  troubled  noise.  *  For  the  voice  of 
 the  enemy,  because  of  the  vexation  of  the  wicked  :  for  they  bring 
 upon  me  painful  iniquity,  and  in  anger  they  spitefully  hate  me. 
 *  My  heart  is  pained  within  me,  and  the  terrors  of  death  are  fallen 
 upon  me.  '"  Fear  and  trembling  are  come  into  me,  and  horror  liath 
 covered  me.  '  So  that  I  say,  Wlio  will  give  me  a  wing  as  a  dove, 
 that  I  might  fly  and  dwell.  **  Lo,  I  would  make  far  off  7)iy  wander- 
 ing flight,  I  would  lodge  in  tlie  wilderness,  Selah.  ^  I  would 
 hasten  my  safe  escaping  from  tlie  wind  of  driving  forward,  from  tlie 
 
 "Ver.  3. — I  mourn,]   As  one  cast  down  Ver.  7. — Who  will  give,]  A  wish,  'O 
 
 with  sorrow,  making  a  doleful  noise.     Medi-  that  I  had,' or,  'O    that  some  would  give.' 
 
 TATION,]  Or  discoursing,  talk,  prayer,  com-  See  Ps.  xiv.  7.     Wing  as  a  dove,]  Which 
 
 plaint.      The  Heb.  siach,  signifieth  any  large  being  a  fearful  bird,  flieth  fast  to  deserts  and 
 
 discourse  or  exercise  of  the  mind  or  mouth,  rocks  to  hide  itself,  Jer.  xlviii.  2S;  tvitig  is 
 
 by  busy  musing,  talking,   praying,  commun-  Ytut  ior  wiriffs,  n'i  fowl  for  fowls,    Ps.  viii.  9. 
 
 ing  with  one's  self  or  others.  That  I  might  fly,]  Or,  <  I  would  fly  and 
 
 Ver.  4. — They  bring,]  They  make  move,  dwell,' to  wit,  'somewhere,  where  I  can  find 
 
 or  turn   upon   me   iniquity;   both  by  unjust  safety;' but  no   place  is  named,  to  note  the 
 
 imputation  of  evil,  and  inflicting  of  punish-  more  uncertainty. 
 
 ment.     For   the  word  is  used  both  for  ini-  Ver.  8. — In  the  wilderness,]  The  place 
 
 quity  and  the  punishment  thereof,  as  is  noted  whither  '  the  woman  (the  church)  also  flieth' 
 
 Ps.  V.  6.     The   Chald.    saith,    '  they  testify  in  her  persecution,  Rev.  xii.  6,  14. 
 
 a  falsehood  against  me."     Spitefully  hate  Ver.  9. — Hasten  safe  escaping,  &c.,] 
 
 ME,]  Or,  bear  me  a  private  grudge,  with  a  Or,  /  would  speed  my  evasion,  hasten  my 
 
 purpose  to  avenge,   as  the   word  signifieth,  deliverance.     So  David  'hastened  his  flight 
 
 Gen.  xxvii.  41;  1.  15.  from  Absalom,'  2  Sam.  xv.  14,  &c.     From 
 
 Ver.  5. — Is  pained,]  Or,  tremhleth  with  wind  of  driving  forward,]  That  is,  from 
 
 pain.     The  word  usually  meaneth  such  pains  tlie  driving  {sto)-my)  tvind,   that  beareth  all 
 
 as  a  woman  feeleth  in  her  travail.  things  away  before  it:  meaning  the  storm  of 
 
 Ver.  6. — Horror,]  Or,  amazed  quaking,  persecution,   which  forced  him  to  fly.     The 
 
 when  the  senses  are  smitten  with  astonish-  Gr.  turneth  it,  "  from  pusillanimity  (or  fee- 
 
 ment.     Therefore  the  Gr.  turneth  it,  " dark-  bleness   of  spirit):"  intimating   his   inmost 
 
 ness."  fears  driving  him  to  this  flight. 
 
PSALM  LV. 
 
 523 
 
 tempest.  "  Swallow  them,  Lord,  divide  their  tongue,  for  I  see 
 violent  wrong  and  strife  in  the  cit^^  "  Day  and  night  tliey  com- 
 pass it  upon  the  walls  thereof,  and  painful  iniquity  and  molestation 
 are  within  it.  '^  Woeful  evils  are  within  it,  and  fraud  and  guile 
 departeth  not  from  the  street  thereof.  '^  For  not  an  enemy 
 reproached  me,  for  I  could  bear  it .-  not  my  hater  magnified  against 
 me,  for  I  could  be  hidden  from  him.  '*  But  it  was  thou,  O  man 
 esteemed  of  as  myself,  my  guide,  and  my  known  acquaintance.  "  We 
 wliich  together  made  sweet  secret  counsel,  went  unto  God's  house 
 with  the  society.  '^  Let  death  seize  upon  them,  let  them  go  down 
 quick  to  hell ;  for  evil  are  in  their  dwelling-/?/ace  in  their  inmost 
 part.  "  I  will  call  unto  God,  and  Jehovah  will  save  me.  '^  Even- 
 ing, and  morning,  and  at  noon,  will  I  meditate  and  make  a  noise. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Swallow,]  That  is,  destroy/. 
 It  hath  respect  to  Dathan  and  Abiram's  death, 
 who  with  their  company  were  swallowed  alive 
 into  the  earth,  Num.  xvi.  32;  as  after  in 
 the  16th  verse  here  is  explained.  Divide 
 THEIR  TONGUE,]  For,  their  tongues,  that  is, 
 their  language,  counsels,  plots,  &c.  As  at 
 Babel,  tongues  were  confounded,  Gen.  xi.  7, 
 so  tongues  of  Absalom's  counsellors  (that  per- 
 secuted David)  were  divided,  2  Sam.  xvii. 
 1—14. 
 
 Ver.  II. — They  compass  it,]  To  wit, 
 violent  ivrong  and  strife,  before  mentioned, 
 which  were  as  walls  about  the  town:  or  they, 
 that  is,  those  wicked  persons. 
 
 Ver.  13. — For  not  an  enemy,]  Or, 
 because  it  was  no  enemy  that  reproached  me. 
 The  Gr.  turneth  it  thus,  "  for  if  an  enemy 
 reproached  me,  I  could  suffer  it,"  &c.  For 
 I  could  bear,]  Heb.,  and  I  could  bear  it: 
 and  being  instead  of  for,  or  otherivise,  as  ia 
 Ps.  Ix.  13;  li.  18.  Magnified,]  That  is, 
 speak  great  and  boastful  words.  See  before 
 Ps.  XXXV.  26. 
 
 Ver.  14. — But  thou,]  Heb.  and  thou  ,• 
 and  is  often  used  for  but,  as  Gen.  xlii.  10  ; 
 Is.  X.  20.  So  in  Gr.,  Rom.  i.  13,  and  often 
 in  the  Psalms.  The  Chald.  addeth,  "But 
 thou  Ahitophel  a  man  like  to  me,  &c. 
 Esteemed  of  as  mvself,]  Or,  according  to 
 mine  order,  or  estimation,  that  is,  my  very 
 equal,  my  peer:  of  as  much  regard  and  worth 
 as  myself.  The  Gr.  turneth  it,  "like 
 minded:"  a  word  which  the  apostle  useth, 
 Phil.  ii.  20.  My  guide,]  Or,  my  duke,  my 
 chieftain,  or  master.  So  the  Heb.  alluph  is 
 used  generally  for  a  duke  or  chief  governor. 
 Gen.  XXX vi.  15,  &c.,  and  so  the  Gr.  turneth 
 it  here.  It  is  also  used  in  special  for  '  a  chief 
 friend,'  Prov.  xvi.  28:  xvii.  9;  Mic  vii.  5, 
 which  sense  is  good  in  this  place.  Ahitophel 
 may  be  the  man  here  aimed  at,  as  the  Chald. 
 iiameth  him,  who  was  one  of  David's  princes 
 and   friends,  even    his  chief  counsellor,  and 
 
 became  a  traitor,  2  Sam.  xv.  12,  31 ;  xvi. 
 23.  My  known  acquaintance,]  Or,  'my 
 familiar  whom  I  acquainted  with  my  coun- 
 sels, purposes,'  &c.  as  Ps.  xxxi.  12. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Made  sweet  secret  counsel, 
 sweetly  communicated  our  secret  affairs  each 
 to  other,  or  the  mystery  of  godliness,  whereof 
 see  Ps.  XXV.  14.  These  were  fulfilled 
 between  David  and  Ahitophel,  Christ  and 
 Judas  the  traitor.  With  the  society,]  Or, 
 in  the  concourse,  company,  that  is,  the  mul- 
 titude that  rim  together,  frequenting  the  pub- 
 lic assemblies.  And  this  was  done  with  out- 
 ward haste  and  counselling  together,  and  with 
 concordant  minds :  wherefore  the  Gr.  here 
 turneth  it  "  unanimity,"  or  concord.  This 
 word  is  after  used  for  a  company  or  concourse, 
 Ps.  Ixiv.  3,  and  hath  the  name  of  '  tumultu- 
 ous running  together,'  Ps.  ii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  16.— Let  death  seize,]  Or,  death 
 shall  seize,  exact  his  due  as  a  creditor  on 
 his  debtor.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "let 
 sentence  of  death  make  them  guilty.  Upon 
 them,]  And,  on  him,  as  the  Heb.  form  not- 
 eth,  that  is,  on  every  of  them.  To  hell,] 
 To  the  place  and  state  of  death,  Ps.  xvi.  10, 
 as  the  conspirators  with  Korah  '  went  down 
 quickly  unto  hell,'  Num.  xvi.  30,  33.  In 
 THEIR  dwelling  PLACE,]  Or,  in  thcir 
 sojourning  place  ;  for  this  lite  is  a  pilgrimage, 
 where  men  are  but  guests.  In  their  in.must 
 PART,]  Or,  withiti  them  hi  the  midst  of  them, 
 meaning  their  heart. 
 
 Ver.  18.— And  at  noon,]  These  three 
 times  in  the  day  they  used  to  pray  in  Israel, 
 as  David  here  practised,  and  Daniel  after- 
 wards, Dan.  vi.  10,  and  '  at  the  sixth  hour 
 (which  was  their  noon-tide)  Peter  went  to 
 pray,'  Acts  x.  9.  Though  the  day  was  then 
 divided  into  twelve  hours,  as  John  xi.  9,  yet 
 of  old  they  had  but  these  three  times  or  hours. 
 Meditate,]  Or,  pray  ;  see  note  on  ver.  3, 
 and  Ps.  Ixxvii.  4. 
 
52-1 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 and  he  lieard  my  voice.  '^  He  nath  redeemed  my  soul  in  peace 
 from  the  battle  against  me,  for  with  many  were  they  with  me- 
 ^^  God  will  liear  and  afflict  them,  even  lie  that  sitteth^om  antiquity, 
 Selali,  for  that  they  liave  no  changes,  neither  fear  they  God.  ^'  He 
 sent  for  til  his  hand  on  his  ipeaceablejriejids,  he  profaned  his  cove- 
 nant. ^-  The  words  of  his  mouth  were  smoother  than  butter,  but 
 battle  was  in  his  heart ;  his  words  were  softer  than  oil,  but  they 
 were  drawn  swords.  ^^  Cast  thou  thy  careful  burden  upon  Jeho- 
 vah, and  he  will  sustain  thee  ;  he  will  not  give  the  just  ma7i  for 
 ever  to  be  moved.  ^*  But  thou,  O  God,  wilt  make  them  go  down 
 to  the  pit  of  corruption  ;  men  of  bloods  and  of  deceit  shall  not  live 
 half  their  days,  but  I  will  trust  in  thee. 
 
 Ver.  19. — From  the  battle  against 
 ME,]  From  the  nearfght  (the  conflict)  ivith 
 me.  The  Gr.  saith,  ''  from  them  that  draw 
 near  to  me:"  meaning  his  foes;  as  Ps.  xxvii. 
 2.  With  many,]  Or,  in  many  ivere  they 
 tvith  me.  This  is  doubtful  whether  it  be 
 meant  of  foes  or  friends.  If  of  foes,  it  may- 
 be resolved  thus,  '  for  with  many  (with  a 
 great  multitude)  they  were  fighters  with  me.' 
 If  of  friends,  it  may  be  understood  of  God's 
 angels  that  '  in  a  great  number  were  with 
 him,'  pitching  camp  for  his  aid,  Ps.  xxxiv. 
 8 ;  as  Elisha  said,  *  many  more  are  with  us 
 than  with  them,  2  Kings  vi.  16,  17.  The 
 Chald.  explaineth  it,  "for  in  many  afflictions 
 his  word  was  for  my  help." 
 
 Ver.  20. — Even  hethatsitteth,]  That 
 is,  the  eternal,  that  abideth  one  and  the  same 
 in  counsel,  power,  &c.  No  changes,]  Or, 
 alterations  from  evil  to  good,  and  are  not 
 bettered.  Thus  the  Chald.  paraphrast  taketh 
 it,  of  "  sinners  which  change  not  their  evil 
 way.'"  It  may  also  be  meant  no  alterations 
 of  their  good  estate,  that  is,  no  adversities,  as 
 Job  X.  17. 
 
 Ver.  21. — He  sent  forth  his  hand,] 
 That  is,  laid  violent  hands,  as  Neh.  xiii.  21. 
 His  peaceable  friends,]  Or  them  that 
 were  at  peace  with  him. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Drawn  swords,]  That  is, 
 wounding  deadly.  A  like  similitude  Solo- 
 mon useth,  Prov.  xii.  18,  '  There  is  that 
 speaketh  words  like  the  pricking  of  a  sword,' 
 See  also  Ps.  Ivii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Thy  careful  burden,]  Or, 
 thy  gift,  that  is,  whatsoever  thou  art  careful 
 to  have  given  thee  in  all  thy  wants  and  need', 
 or  whatsoever  he  giveth  thee,  to  exercise  thy 
 faith  and  patience,  by  adversities.  The  Gr. 
 well  turneth  it,  "  thy  care;"  which  phrase, 
 the  apostle  useth,  1  Pet.  v.  7,  '  cast  all  your 
 care  upon  him,'  &c.  The  Chald.  saith,  "  cast 
 thy  hope  on  the  Lord."  Compare  also  here- 
 with Matt.  vi.  25;  Lul_e  xii.  22;  Ps.  xxxvii. 
 5.  Sustain  thee,]  Or,  foster  and  nourish 
 thee,  with  food  and  all  other  necessaries. 
 The  word,  though  it  be  general,  yet  is  often 
 used  for  nourishing,  Gen.  xlv.  11;  xlvii.  12; 
 Kings  xviii.  4.  So  the  Gr.  also  turneth  it 
 here.  Not  give,]  That  is,  not  suffer,  as 
 Ps.  xvi.  10. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Pit  of  corruption,]  The 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  the  deep  Gehenna." 
 Men  of  bloods,  &c.]  That  is,  bloody  men, 
 as  Ps.  V.  7.  Not  live  half,]  Heb.  "  not 
 half  their  days,''  that  is,  not  come  to  half  the 
 days  of  their  life,  but  be  cut  ofl"  by  untimely 
 death.     So  Job  xv.  32. 
 
PSALM  LVI. 
 PSALM    LVL 
 
 525 
 
 1.  David  praying  to  God  in  confidence  of  his  word,  complaineth  of  Ms 
 enemies.  10.  He  professeth  his  confidence  in  God's  word,  and promis- 
 eth  to  praise  him. 
 
 ^  To  tlie  Master  of  the  music,  concerning  the  dumb  dove  in  far 
 places,  Michtam  of  David,  when  the  Philistines  took  him  in  Gath. 
 
 ^  Be  gracious  to  me,  O  God,  for  sorry  man  would  swallow  .me 
 up ;  all  the  day  warring  he  oppresseth  me.  ^  Mine  enviers  would 
 swallow  me  up  all  the  day,  for  many  do  war  with  me,  O  most  high. 
 ■•  In  the  day  I  shall  fear,  I  will  trust  unto  thee.  *  In  God,  I  will 
 praise  his  word  ;  in  God  do  I  trust,  I  will  not  fear  what  flesh  can 
 do  unto  me.  ^  All  the  day  my  words  they  grievously  wrest ;  against 
 me  all  their  thoughts  be  for  evil.  '  They  draw  together,  they  keep 
 close  themselves,  they  do  observe  my  steps,  because  they  earnestly 
 expect  my  soul.  ^  For  painful  iniquity  shall  they  escape  safe  ?  in 
 anger  cast  down  the  people,  O  God.    ^  Thou  hast  counted  my  wan- 
 
 highly,  (proudly)  they  war  against  me.  But 
 '  marom'  height,  is  sometimes  God's  attri- 
 bute, as  Mic.  vi.  6;  Ps.  xcii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  4. — In  the  day,]  Or,  what  day, 
 that  is,  whensoever  I  shall  be  afraid. 
 
 Ver.  5. — What  flesh  can  do,]  Or 
 question-wise,  '  what  can  flesh  do  unto  me  ?' 
 by  flesh,  meaning  corrupt  and  weak  man,  as 
 is  expressed,  verse  12.  The  like  title  is  given 
 to  men,  in  Ps.  Ixxviii.  39  ;  Gen.  vi.  3  ;  Is. 
 xl.  6. 
 
 Ver.  6. — They  grievously  wrest,] 
 They  painfully  form,  and  frame  my  words 
 (or  my  matters:)  perverting  them,  and  giv- 
 ing them  another  figure  or  fashion.  So  the 
 Heb.  word  is  used  for  fashioning,  Job  x,  8. 
 It  signifieth  also,  grieving,  Is.  Ixiii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  7. — They  draw  together,]  Or, 
 gather,  that  is,  convene  and  combine  toge- 
 ther, or,  gather  wars,  as  is  expressed,  Ps. 
 cxl.  3.  So  Ps.  lix.  4.  My  steps,]  Or,  my 
 heels,  or  foot-soles,  after  the  manner  of  that 
 old  serpent,  Gen.  iii.  15. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Cast  down,]  Or,  make  descend, 
 to  wit,  to  the  pit  of  corruption,  as  Ps.  Iv.  24, 
 or  '  nether  parts  of  the  earth,'  as  Ezek.  xxxii. 
 18. 
 
 Vee.  9.' — My  wandering,]  My  flitting  to 
 and  fro,  as  from  Saul's  presence  to  Gath,  I 
 Sam.  xxi.  10  ;  from  thence  to  the  cave  of 
 AduUam,  1  Sam.  xxii.  1  ;  from  thence  to 
 Mispeh  in  Moab,  ver.  3,  then  to  the  forest 
 of  Horeth  in  Judah,  ver.  5 ;  then  to  Keilah, 
 1  Sam.  xxiii.  5;  thence  to  the  wilderness  of 
 Ziph,  ver.  14;  thence  to  the  wilderness -of 
 Maon,    ver.    25;  then   to   Engedi,  1  Sam. 
 
 ''  Ver.  1. — Concerning  the  dumb  dove,] 
 Or,  after  the  Heb.  phrase,  "  the  dove  of 
 dumbness  ;"  thus  David  speaketh  of  himself, 
 as  of  a  dove  subject  to  vexation  among  the 
 ravenous  kites,  the  Philistines,  which  were 
 far  disjoined  from  God's  people  in  faith, 
 though  near  in  habitation;  as  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth  it,  "the  people  far  off'  from  the  saints. 
 Or,  celem,  interpreted  dumbness,  may  also 
 be  turned,  '  a  congregation,'  as  in  Ps.  Iviii. 
 2  ;  and  so  the  meaning  is,  '  the  dove  of  the 
 congregation  of  them  that  be  far  ofl/  that  is, 
 of  the  Philistines.  And  thus  the  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it,  "  To  praise  for  the  congrega- 
 tion, which  is  like  to  a  silent  dove,  in  the 
 time  when  they  are  driven  far  from  their 
 cities,"  &c.  Michtam,]  A  jewel,  or  golden 
 ysalm  :  See  Ps.  xvi.  1.  Took  him  in  Gath,] 
 Pavid  fieeing  from  Saul  to  Achish  king  of 
 Gath,  and  being  there  known,  changed  his 
 behaviour,  and  feigned  himself  foolish,  and 
 was  so  dismissed,  1  Sam.  xxi.  10,  &c.  where- 
 upon he  made  the  xxxivth.  Ps.  After  that 
 he  fled  again  to  king  Achish,  and  dwelt  there 
 with  him,  he  and  his  company,  1  Sam.  xxvii. 
 1—3,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Would  swallow  me  up,]  Or, 
 breatheth  after  me,  to  take  and  devour  me, 
 This  word  shaaph  is  used  for  sooping  in  of 
 drink,  Job  v.  6,  also  '  of  the  wind  or  breath,' 
 Jer.  ii.  24;  xiv.  6  ;  and  so  for  breathing  after 
 any  thing  to  come  thereto.  Job  vii.  2;  Eccl. 
 i.  5.  So  after  in  Ps.  Ivii.  4;  cxix.  131.  O 
 MOST  HIGH,]  0  high  God,  as  the  Gr.  explain- 
 eth  it.  The  Gr.  saith,  "  from  the  height;" 
 we  may  also  translate  it,  '  in  height,'  that  is. 
 
52G 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 dering;  put  thou  my  tears  in  thy  bottle  :  are  they  not  in  thy  register  ? 
 "  Tlien  shall  mine  enemies  turn  back  in  the  day  that  I  eall ;  this  I 
 know  that  God  will  be  forme.  ''  In  God,  I  will  praise  the  word;  in 
 Jehovah,  I  will  praise  the  word.  ^^  In  God  do  I  trust,  I  will  not 
 fear  what  earthly  man  can  do  unto  me.  ^^  Thy  vows  are  upon  me, 
 O  God  ;  I  will  pay  confessions  unto  thee.  '*  For  tliou  hast  delivered 
 my  soul  from  death  ;  hast  thou  not  also  my  feet  from  sliding  ?  for 
 to  walk  on,  before  God,  in  the  light  of  the  living. 
 
 xxiv,  1,  2;  and  so  from  place  to  place,  as  a 
 partridge  on  the  mountains:  in  all  which 
 David  acknowledged  God's  care  and  provi- 
 dence towards  him.  In  thy  bottle,]  That 
 is,  reserve  them  diligently.  Bottles  were 
 used  to  put  in  milk  and  wine,  Judg.  iv.  19  ; 
 1  Sam.  xvi.  20.  In  the  Heb.  there  is  an 
 allusion  to  the  former  word  wandering,  called 
 nod,  a  bottle  being  also  in  that  tongue  called 
 nod,  having  difference  in  writing,  but  none 
 in  sound.  Are  they  not  in  thy  register?] 
 Or,  in  thy  book  and  reckoning  ?  meaning, 
 doubtless  they  are.  A  question  is  often  used 
 for  an  earnest  affirmation  or  denial.  As  when 
 one  evangelist  saith,  '  do  ye  not  err  ?'  Mark 
 xii.  24,  another  saith,  '  ye  do  err,'  Matt. 
 xxii.  29. 
 
 Ver.  10. — That  God  will  be  for  me,] 
 Or,  with  vie,  or  that  God  is  mine  :  as  the  Gr. 
 saith,  "  thou  ait  my  God." 
 
 Ver.  13. — Thy  vows  are  upon  me,] 
 That  is,  I  have  thank-ofterings  ready,  where- 
 with to  pay  my  vows  which  I  made  unto  thee. 
 A  like  phrase  is  in  Prov.  vii.  14,  '  upon  me 
 are  peace-offerings.'  See  also  how  vows  were 
 paid  with  peace  or  thank-offerings,  Lev.  vii. 
 15,  16;  Ps.  Ixvi.  13.  Or,  'they  are  upon 
 me,'  that  is,  I  am  bound  to  pay  them,  or,  do 
 now  bind  myself,  and  lake  them  upon  me. 
 
 The  Chald.  saith,  "  on  me  I  have  received, 
 
 0  God,  thy  vows."  Confessions,]  That  is, 
 as  the  Chald.  saith,  "  sacrifices  of  con- 
 fession," or  thanks  :  wliich  were  distin- 
 guished from  vows,  Lev.  vii.  12,  15,  16. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Hast  thou  not  also,]  Mean- 
 ing, surely  thou  hast,  as  before  in  ver.  9,  and 
 Ps.  cxvi.  9.  From  sliding,]  Or,from  driv- 
 ing, from  thrust,  that  is,  from  sliding  by  the 
 thrust  of  my  enemies.  To  walk  on,]  Or, 
 converse :  it  noteth  a  continual  and  pleasing 
 carriage  of  one's  self  acceptable  to  God  : 
 therefore  the  Gr.  explaineth  it  by  "  well- 
 pleasing  ;"  and  the  apostle  followeth  the  same, 
 in  Heb.  xi.5,  fromGen.v.24.  SoinPs.  cxii.9. 
 The  meaning  also  of  the  phrase  here  is,  '  that 
 
 1  may  walk  ;'  as  that  which  one  prophet  saith, 
 lashabeth,  to  dwell,  1  Chron.  xvii.  4;  ano- 
 ther saith,  leshibti,  '  that  I  may  dwell,'  2 
 Sam.  vii.  5.  The  light  of  the  living,] 
 Or,  light  of  life  :  meaning  the  vital  of  lively 
 light  which  men  here  on  earth  do  enjoy  ;  and 
 therefore  in  Job  xxxiii.  28,  SO,  this  is 
 opposed  to  the  pit  or  grave;  and  in  Ps.  cxvi. 
 9,  it  is  called  '  the  laud  of  the  living :'  whereof 
 see  Ps.  xxvii.  13.  This  also  respecteth  the 
 better  light  of  life,  mentioned  by  our  Saviour, 
 John  viii.  12. 
 
 PSALM    LVII. 
 
 1  .David  in  prayer  flying  unto  God,  complaineth  of  his  dangerous  case. 
 8.  He  encourageth  himself  to  pra' se  God. 
 
 ^  To  the  Master  of  the  music,  corrupt  not,  Michtam  of  David, 
 when  he  fled  from  the  face  of  Saul  into  the  cave. 
 
 Ver.  1.— Corrupt  not,]  Or,  bring  not  to 
 corruption,  or  pardition.  This  word  some- 
 times importeth  corruption  of  faith  and  man- 
 ners, by  sin,  as  is  noted  on  Ps.  xiv.  Ij 
 sometimes  perdition  or  utter  destruction,  the 
 punishmentof  sin,  Ps.lxxviii.  38,  45;  Gen. 
 vi.  13:  ix.   11,  15;  it  is  a  more  vclitment 
 
 word  than  killing,  Ezek.  ix.  6,  8.  This 
 word  is  also  in  the  title  of  Iviiith,  lixth,  and 
 Ixxvth  Psalms.  Michtam,]  A  golden  song. 
 See  Ps.  xvi.  1.  From  face,]  Or,  for  fear 
 of  Saul.  See  Ps.  iii.  1.  Into  the  cave,] 
 Saul  sought  David  in  the  wilderness  oi  En- 
 gedi,  upon  the  rocks,  among  the  wild  goats, 
 
PSALM  LVII. 
 
 527 
 
 ^  Be  gracious  to  me,  O  God,  be  gracious  to  me,  for  in  thee  my 
 soul  liopetli  for  safety,  and  in  the  shadow  of  tliy  wings  will  I  liope 
 for  safety,  till  the  woeful  evils  passeth  over.  ^  I  will  call  unto 
 God  most  higli,  to  the  God  that  perfectly  accomplisheth  towards 
 me.  He  will  send  from  heaven,  and  save  me ;  he  hath  put 
 to  reproach  him  that  would  swallow  me  up,  Selah  :  God  will  send 
 his  mercy  and  his  truth.  ^  My  soul  is  among  lions ;  I  lie  among 
 inflamers,  the  sons  of  Adam ;  their  teeth  are  spears  and  arrows, 
 and  their  tongue  a  sharp  sword.  ^  Be  exalted  over  the  heavens,  O 
 God,  over  all  the  earth  he  thy  glory,  '  They  prepared  a  net  for 
 my  steps,  he  bowed  down  my  soul ;  they  digged  a  pit  before  me ; 
 they  are  fallen  mto  the  midst  of  it,  Selah.  *  Firmly  prepared  is 
 my  heart,  O  God,  firmly  prepared  is  my  heart ;  I  will  sing  and 
 praise  with  Psalm.  ^  Raise  up  my  glory,  raise  up  psaltery  and 
 harp,  I  will  raise  up  at  the  day  dawning.  "  I  will  confess  thee 
 among  the  people,  O  Lord,  I  will  praise  thee  witli  psalms  among 
 the  nations.  *'  That  thy  mercy  is  great  unto  the  heavens,  and  tliy 
 truth  unto  tlie  skies.  '^  Be  exalted  over  the  heavens,  O  God,  over 
 all  the  earth  be  thy  glory. 
 
 and  being  there  in  a  cave,  David  cut  off  the 
 lap  of  Saul's  coat,  and  would  not  kill  him. 
 Which  when  Saul  afterwards  perceived,  his 
 heart  relented  for  David's  kindness  and  he 
 wepti  acknowledging  his  fault.  And  taking 
 an  oath  of  David  that  he  should  not  destroy 
 his  seed,  he  ceased  his  persecuting  for  a 
 time,  1  Sam.  xxiv.  David  in  that  distress 
 made  this  psalm. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Evils  passeth,]  That  is,  ^^zxy 
 evil;  or,  the  whole  heap  of  evils  passeth. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Perfectly  accomplish,]  Or, 
 performetl,  to  wit,  his  grace,  or  his  promise; 
 or  my  affairs,  bringing  them  to  a  full  end  and 
 stay.  So  Ps.  cxxxviii.  8.  A  like  speech  the 
 apostle  useth,  Phil.  i.  6. 
 
 Ver.  4.— He  will  send,]  Or,  usually 
 sendeth,  to  wit,  '  his  hand,'  Ps.  cxliv.  7;  or, 
 
 *  his  angels,'  as  Dan.  iii.  27;  and  so  the 
 Chald.  explaineth  it;  or,  'his  mercy  and 
 truth,"  as  after  foUoweth.  Swallow  me,] 
 Or,  breatheth  after  me.      See  Ps.  Ivi.  2. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Lions,]  Called  here  ^eiam,  hearty, 
 stout,  courageous  lions  ;  of  leb,  that  is,  heart, 
 courage.  As  there  be  sundry  sorts  of  lions, 
 so  have  they  sundry  names;  see  Ps.  vii.  3. 
 Lions  are  mentioned  in  the  scriptures  for  the 
 
 *  stoutness  of  their  heart,'  2  Sam.  xxvii.  10; 
 '  boldness,'  Prov.  xxviii.  1;  and  '  grimness 
 of  their  countenance,'  1  Chron.  xii.  8.     Saul 
 
 and  his  courtiers  are  here  lions  to  David,  as 
 were  the  kings  of  Ashur  and  Babel  after  unto 
 Israel,  Jer.  1.  17;  the  Roman  emperor  to 
 Paul,  2  Tim.  iv.  17;  and  all  wicked  rulers 
 over  the  poor  people,  Prov.  xxviii.  15. 
 l^FhAMERs,]Boute/eus,  meaning  fiery,  fierce, 
 and  raging  persons,  that  flamed  with  wrath 
 and  envy,  and  inflamed  others.  Of  such 
 David  did  complain  to  Saul,  1  Sam.  xxiv. 
 40.  Spears,]  Heb.  the  spear;  as  chariot 
 for  chariots,  Ps.  Ixviii.  18.  So  Agur  speak- 
 eth  of  a  generation  whose  teeth  are  swords, 
 and  their  jaws  knives,  to  eat  up  the  aftiicted 
 out  of  the  earth,'  Prov.  xxx.  14.  See  also 
 Ps.  Iv.  22;  lix.  8. 
 
 Ver.    6 Over    the    heavens,]    The 
 
 Chald.  expoundelh  it,  "over  the  angels  of 
 heaven  :  so  in  verse  12. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Raise  up,]  Or,  stir  up,  to  wit, 
 thyself,  or  awake.  A  word  of  exciting, 
 Judg.  v.  12.  Compare  this  with  Ps.  cviil. 
 2,  3,  &c.  Mr  glory,]  My  tongue  or  soul. 
 See  Ps.  xvi.  9;  xxx.  13.  At  the  day 
 dawning,]  I  will  rouse  up  myself  with  my 
 instruments.  Or,  *  I  will  raise  up  the  day 
 dawning,  that  is,  I  will  prevent  the  early 
 morning,  and  be  up  before  it,  and  so  stir  it 
 up.     A  figurative  speech. 
 
 Ver.  11.— That  thy  mercy,]  Or,  for  thy 
 mercy  is  great,  &c.     Compare  Ps.  xxxvi.  6. 
 
528 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    LVIIL 
 
 descriheth  the  nature  of  the 
 11.  whereat  the  just 
 
 David  reproveth  wicJced  Judges  :      4 
 T&icJced ;    7.  devoteth  them  to  God's  ju 
 shall  rejoice. 
 
 ^  To  the  Master  of  the  music.  Corrupt  not;  Michtam  of  David, 
 ^  Indeed,  O  assembly,  speak  ye  justice  ?  judge  ye  righteous- 
 ness, O  sons  of  Adam  ?  ^  Yea,  in  heart  ye  work  injurious  evils  in 
 the  land,  ye  weigh  the  violent  wrong  of  your  hands.  *  The 
 wicked  are  estranged  from  the  womb,  they  err  from  the  belly, 
 speaking  a  lie.  *  Hot  poison  they  have,  like  as  the  hot  poison  of 
 a  serpent,  as  of  tlie  deaf  asp,  ^Aa^  stoppeth  liis  ear.  ^  Which  will 
 not  hear  the  voice  of  charmers,  of  liim  that  enchanteth,  enchant- 
 
 Ver.  1.— Corrupt  not,]  Bring  not  to 
 perdition,  &c.     See  Ps.  Ivii.  1;  xvi.  1. 
 
 Ver.  2.' — O  ASSEMBLY,]  0  band,  company 
 or  congregation.  Tlie  Heb.  alem,  which 
 hath  the  signification  of  binding  as  a  sheaf  or 
 bundle,  seemeth  here  to  be  a  company  that  are 
 combined,  and  confederate.  Or,  it  may  be 
 taken  for  the  binding  of  the  tongue,  that  is, 
 dumbness,  (as  before  in  Ps.  Ivi.  1,)  and  be 
 read  thus ;  '  Of  a  truth,  do  ye  speak  dumb 
 justice  ?'  or  '  muteness  of  justice?'  As 
 blaming  them  for  speaking  and  boasting  of 
 justice,  when  indeed  justice  was  dumb,  and 
 opened  not  her  mouth,  but  they  gave  most 
 unjust  sentence.  Righteousness,]  Or, 
 equities,  that  is,  righteous,  plain,  and  equal 
 things.  Judges  are  called  gods,  Ps.  Ixxxii.  C, 
 and  therefore  should  imitate  God,  who  saith, 
 •  I  do  speak  justice,  and  declare  righteous- 
 ness,' Is.  xlv.  19. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Ye  weigh,]  Or,  ye  balass,  (of 
 the  Heb.  palas,)  ye  poise.  A  similitude 
 taken  from  the  weighing  of  things  which 
 should  be  in  even  poise  and  proportion,  Prov. 
 xvi.  11,  so  justice  should  weigh  all  words  and 
 works  in  equity,  and  reward  them  accord- 
 ingly: but  these  'weighed  out  wrong  for 
 right.' 
 
 Ver.  4. — From  the  womb,]  That  is, 
 even  from  their  mother's  womb,  the  wicked 
 are  estranged,  (do  alienate  themselves)  from 
 God,  justice,  and  virtue.  This  noteth  man's 
 natural  corruption.     So  in  Is.  xlviii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  5 — Hot  poison  they  have,]  Or, 
 hot  wrath  is  to  them.  The  Heb.  ckamath  sig- 
 nifieth  both  poison  and  rage  or  fury,  each  of 
 them  being  hot.  The  Gr  here  turneth  it 
 "rage;"  the  similitude  of  a  serpent  rather 
 giveth  it  to  be  poison,  as  Ps.  cxl.  3;  Rom.  iii. 
 13;  Deut.  xxxii.  24.  Though  both  are  fitly 
 applied  to  the  wicked,  who  like  serpents  in 
 
 fury  spit  out  their  venom  and  malice.  Like 
 as,]  Or,  according  to  the  likeness.  It  mean- 
 eth  an  exact  comparison,  as  no  whit  inferior 
 to  the  serpent,  which  was  the  instrument  to 
 poison  mankind.  Gen.  iii.  Serpent,]  Or, 
 snake,  called  in  Heb.  nachash,  of  expertness, 
 for  it  was,  '  more  subtle  than  any  beast  of  the 
 field,'  Gen.  iii.  1.  Deaf  asp,]  Or,  cocka- 
 trice, or  the  serpent  Python,  called  in  Heb. 
 Pethen,  which  name  noteth  (by  the  contrary  ) 
 the  unpersuadedness  which  this  psalm  show- 
 eth  to  be  natural  in  that  beast.  And  so  the 
 wicked  have  the  title  of  Apeitheis,  unper- 
 suaded,  or  disobedient,  Tit.  i.  16;  Eph.  ii. 
 2.  Stoppeth,]  Heb.  tvill  stop,  that  is, 
 usually  stoppeth  his  ears  with  his  tail,  (as 
 human  writers  report,)  while  the  other  he 
 layeth  on  the  ground ;  or,  is  naturally  deaf 
 of  it. 
 
 Ver.  6. — The  voice  of  charmers,] 
 Which  with  words  used  to  charm  serpents, 
 that  they  can  neither  bite  nor  sting,  as  may 
 be  gathered  both  by  this  place,  and  by  Eccl. 
 X.  11;  Jer.  viii.  17.  And  these  charmers 
 have  their  name  in  Heb.  of  'whispering,'  or 
 soft,  sweet,  and  eloquent  speaking,  Ps.  xli. 
 8;  Is.  iii.  3.  Of  him  that  exchanteth,]  Or, 
 that  conjureth,  conjoineth,  associatetb.  En- 
 chanters have  this  title  here,  and  in  Deut. 
 xviii.  11,  either  because  by  sorcery  they 
 associate  serpents,  making  them  tame  and 
 familiar,  that  they  hurt  not;  or  because  such 
 persons  used  to  bind  and  tie  bands  or  other 
 things  about  the  body,  to  heal  or  hurt  by  sor- 
 cery ;  or  because  by  their  conjuring  art,  they 
 have  society  and  fellowship  with  devils.  And 
 that  these  evil  arts  are  not  here  approved,  the 
 law  showeth,  Deut.  xviii.  Only  similitudes 
 are  taken  from  them,  as  elsewhere  from  the 
 thief,  Rev.  xvi.  15,  'the  unrighteous  judge,' 
 Luke  xviii.  1,  2,  C,  7  ;  'the  unjust  steward,' 
 
PSALM   LVIII. 
 
 529 
 
 ments  of  him  that  is  made  wise.  ^  O  God,  break  their  teeth  in 
 their  mouth ;  burst  out  the  lion's  tusks,  O  Jehovah.  ^  Let  them 
 be  refused  as  watei's  that  pass  away  :  bend  he  liis  arrows,  be  they 
 as  cut  off.  ^  As  a  snail  that  melteth,  let  him  go  away  ;  as  the 
 untimely  birth  of  a  woman  ;  as  they  that  have  not  seen  the  sun. 
 '"  Ere  that  they  shall  perceive  your  thorns  of  tlie  bramble ;  even 
 alive,  even  in  wrath,  lie  will  tempestuously  wliirl  it  away.  "  The 
 just  shall  rejoice  when  Jie  seeth  the  vengeance ;  he  shall  wash  his 
 feet  in  tlie  blood  of  tlie  wicked.  '^  And  earthly  man  shall  say. 
 Surely  there  is  fruit  for  the  just  j  surely  there  is  a  God  that  judg- 
 eth  in  the  earth. 
 
 Luke  xvi.  &c.  Of  him  that  is  made  wise,] 
 Of  the  tvised,  that  is,  the  learned,  expert,  the 
 cumiing  magi. 
 
 Ver.  S. — Refused  as  waters,]  That  is, 
 (as  the  Gr.  explaineth,)  "  set  at  nought," 
 nothing  esteemed  ;  as  waters  that  pass  away, 
 and  are  not  regarded.  Bend  he  his  arrows,] 
 Or,  '  liis  arrow,'  lor  the  Heb.  hath  a  double 
 reading;  that  is,  "  every  of  his  arrows."  And 
 this  may  be  meant  of  the  wicked  man,  whose 
 arrows  bent  at  the  just,  shall  be  broken;  or, 
 of  God,  who  shooteth  at  the  wicked,  and  cut- 
 ttth  them  off.  Be  they  as  cdt  off,]  Or, 
 let  them  be  '  as  if  they  were  cut  off,'  or  '  even 
 as  straws  ;'  meaning  it  of  the  wicked's  arrows: 
 or  if  of  their  own  persons,  '  let  them  be  even 
 cut  off,"  as  the  Gr.  sayeth,  "Until  they  be 
 weakened." 
 
 Ver.  9. — Snail  that  melteth,]  Or, 
 snail  of  melting,  that  is,  '  a  consuming  snail ;' 
 which  creeping  out  of  the  shell,  casteth  her 
 moistures,  and  so  wasteth  to  death.  Also 
 with  salt,  a  snail  melteth  into  water.  Let 
 HIM  GO  AWAY,]  Or,  walk;  meaning,  'let 
 him  die.'  So  where  one  prophet  sayeth,  'to 
 go  with  thy  fathers,'  1  Chron.  xvii.  11,  ano- 
 ther saith  for  it,  '  sleep,'  that  is,  '  die,'  2 
 Sam.  vii.  12.  The  untimely  birth,]  Or, 
 fallen  birth,  meaning  fallen  before  due  time. 
 So  Job  ill.  19;  Eccl.  vi.  .3,  5. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Ere  that  they  shall  per- 
 ceive,] Or,  'before  men  shall  understand.' 
 He  speaketh  to  the  wicked  of  their  sudden 
 destruction.  The  meaning  seemeth  to  be 
 this:  '  Ere  men  shall  perceive  (or  feel)  the 
 pricking  of  your  thorns,  which  are  thorns 
 of  the  bramble,  God  will  as  with  a  whirlwind 
 destroy  all  of  them.'  The  bramble  or  brier 
 (meniioned  also  in  Jotham's  parable,  Judg. 
 ix.  14,  15,)  hath  strong  and  sharp  thorns,  fit 
 to  resemble  the  evil  counsels  and  deeds  of  the 
 wicked.     The  Heb.  Sir  is  used  both  for  a 
 
 thorn,  and  ^pot:  wherefore  some  here  trans- 
 late pots,  yet  yielding  the  same  sense.  The 
 Gr.  turneth  it  thorns.  As  alive,]  Or, even 
 quick;  which  noteth  sudden  destruction,  as 
 Ps.  Iv.  16,  '  let  them  go  down  to  hell  alive  :' 
 or  their  '  lively  vigour,'  which  made  them 
 fear  no  destruction,  as  Ps.  xxxviii.  20,  '  my 
 enemies  are  alive,  are  mighty.'  This  word 
 is  sometimes  used  for  '  raw  flesh,'  1  Sam.  ii. 
 15,  which  some  that  translate  the  foimer 
 \yoxApots,  retain  also  here.  Even  in  wrath,] 
 Or,  '  as  with  burning  anger.'  We  may  also 
 understand  the  word  thorn  thus  :  as  well  the 
 living  thorn,  that  is,  fresh  and  green,  as  the 
 thorn  of  burning  :  that  is  the  burnt  or  sere 
 thorn:  because  on  the  bramble  some  of  the 
 thorns  are  parched  and  dry,  when  other  are 
 young  and  green.  He  will  tempestuously 
 whirl  it  away,]  God  '  will  take  away,'  or 
 scare  away  it,  that  is,  every  thorn,  as  with  a 
 whirlwind  or  tempest.  For,  '  as  with  a 
 whirlwind  that  passeth,  the  wicked  is  no  more,' 
 Prov.  X.  25. 
 
 Ver.  11. — His  feet  in  blood,]  This 
 noteth  both  the  greatness  of  the  slaughter,  and 
 comfortable  use  which  the  just  shall  make 
 hereof.  Compare  Ps.  Ixviii.  24  ;  Is.  Ixiii.  3; 
 Rev.  xiv.  20. 
 
 Ver.  12 — Earthly  man,]  Heb.  ^daruy 
 put  here  for  men  in  general,  as  son  for  sons, 
 2  Kings  xxi.  G,  with  2  Chron.  xxxiii,  6.  See 
 also  Ps.  viii.  9.  Fruit,]  That  is,  'a  com- 
 fortable reward,'  after  their  labours  and  trou- 
 bles. As  Heb.  xii.  11;  Jam.  iii.  18.  So  the 
 Chald.  translateth  it,  "  a  good  reward."  God 
 that  judgeth,]  Or  'God's  judging,'a  mystery 
 of  the  holy  trinity,  used  sundry  times  in  the 
 scripture,  as,  *  God  caused  me  wander,'  Gen. 
 XX.  13 ;  '  he  is  holy  gods,'  Jos.  xxiv.  19;  '  he 
 is  living  gods,'  Jer.  x.  10;  though  most  com- 
 monly it  is  otherwise.  See  the  note  on  Ps. 
 iii.  3. 
 
 Vol.  II. 
 
 3X 
 
530 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    LIX. 
 
 David  prayeth  to  he  delivered  from  his  enemies.  7  He  complaineih  of 
 their  cruelty.  9.  HetrustethinGod.  12.  He proyeth  against  them.  17. 
 He  praiseth  God. 
 
 '  To  the  Master  of  the  music,  corrupt  not ;  Miclitam  of  David, 
 when  Saul  sent,  and  they  kept  the  house  for  to  kill  liim. 
 
 ^  Deliver  me  from  mine  enemies,  O  my  God,  from  them  that 
 rise  up  against  me,  set  thou  me  on  high.  ^  Deliver  me  from  the 
 workers  of  painful  iniquity,  and  save  thou  me  from  the  men  of 
 bloods.  *  For  lo  they  lay  wait  for  my  soul,  tlie  strong  do  draw 
 together  against  me  :  not^r  my  trespass,  nov  for  my  sin,  Jehovah. 
 *  Without  iniquity  in  me,  they  run  and  make  ready  :  raise  thee  up  to 
 meet  me,  and  see.  ^  And  thou  Jehovah  God  of  hosts,  God  of  Israel, 
 awake  to  visit  all  the  heathen  :  be  not  gracious  to  any  that  unfaith- 
 fully work  iniquity,  Selah.  '  They  return  at  evening,  they  make 
 noise  as  a  dog,  and  compass  the  city.  *  Lo,  tliey  utter  with  their 
 mouth  ;  swords  are  in  their  lips ;  for  who  heareth  ?  '  But  thou 
 Jehovah  wilt  laugh  at  them,  thou  wilt  mock  at  all  the  heathen. 
 *"  His   strengtli,  unto  thee  will  I  take  heed,  for  God  is  mine  high 
 
 Ver.  1. — Corrupt  not,]  Or  brijig  not  to 
 perdition.  See  Ps.  Ivii.  1.  Michtam,]  'a 
 notable  song:'  see  Ps.  xvi.  1.  To  kill  him,] 
 or  to  do  hi7n  die.  Saul  having  cast  his  spear 
 at  David,  and  missed  him,  sent  messengers 
 after  unto  David's  house,  for  to  keep  (or  watch) 
 him,  and  to  kill  him.  But  his  wife  'Michal' 
 (Saul's  daughter)  discovered  the  matter,  let 
 David  down  at  a  window,  and  so  he  escaped, 
 1  Sam.  ix.  10 — 12.  Hereupon  he  made 
 this  Psalm. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Set  me  on  high,]  Set  me  aloft, 
 where  I  may  be  safe,  that  my  foes  may  reach 
 not  me. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Nor  for  my  trespass,]  To  wit, 
 against  them;  as  elsewhere  David  professeth, 
 1  Sam.  xxiv.  10,  12. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Without  iniquity,]  To  wit,  of 
 me  OTon  my  part,  understanding  it  of  sin,  as 
 in  the  former  verse ;  or  without  pj/nishment 
 (understanding  it  of  the  enemies)  iheg  ruji, 
 &c.  Iniquity  is  often  used  for  punishment: 
 see  Ps.  Ixix.  28.  Or,  without  iniquity,  [tvith- 
 out  blame)  in  their  own  conceit;  as  in  Jer. 
 1.  7;  'their  enemies  said  we  offend  not, 
 because  they  have  sinned,  &c.  To  meet  me,] 
 Meanin g /or  ^ooc?,  that  is,  to  assist  me.  For 
 sometimes  meeting  is  to  '  oppose  and  resist, ' 
 Ps.  XXXV.  3. 
 
 VsR.  6— To  visit,]  Namely,  with  punish- 
 ment, as  Ex.  XX.  5.  So  otherwise,  in  Ps. 
 viii.  5.  The  heathen,]  That  is,  the  wicked, 
 
 mine  enemies,  called  here  'heathen,'  as  else 
 where  'strangers,'  Ps.  liv.  5.  Unfaith- 
 fully work,]  Or,  disloyally  cowmit.  See  this 
 word,  Ps.  XXV.  3. 
 
 Ver.  7.  — They  return  at  evening,] 
 The  enemies,  like  hungry  dogs,  come  at 
 evening,  secretly  to  surprise  and  devour  me. 
 So  wicked  persecutors  are  likened  to  dogs, 
 Ps.  xxii.  17  ;  or  it  may  be  a  prophecy  of  their 
 extreme  poverty,  that  when  others  goto  rest, 
 they  go  ahout  howling  for  meat.  Make  noise 
 AS  a  dog,]  Barking,  grinning,  howling,  as  a 
 dog  for  his  meat ;  as  after,  ver.  15,  16  ;  there- 
 fore the  Gr.  turneth  it,  "they  are  hungry." 
 
 Ver.  S. — Utter,]  Or  well  out,  as  from  & 
 fountain ;  belch  or  babble,  as  Prov.  xv.  2,  28. 
 This  similitude  is  explained,  Jer.  vi.  7. 
 'As  the  fountain  casteth  out  her  waters,  so 
 she  casteth  out  her  malice.  Swords,  &c.,] 
 That  is,  they  speak  sharp  devout  ing  words.  So 
 the  Chald.  interpreteth  it,  "words  that  are 
 sharp  like  a  sword."  See  Ps.  Ivii.  5.  Who 
 heareth,]  These  are  the  adversaries'  words, 
 who  thought  that  none  did  hear,  or  (as  the 
 Chald.  addeth)  would  punish  them. 
 
 Ver.  10. — His  strength,]  Understand, 
 0  God,  that  art  his  strength :  and,  may  be 
 meant  of  himself,  though  he  speak  as  of 
 another:  1.  Because  in  the  Heb.  there  is 
 sometimes  a  sudden  change  of  the  person,  as 
 Dan.  ix.  4.  'thou  keepest  covenant  towards 
 them  which  love  him,'  that  is,  rvhick  love 
 
PSALM   LIX. 
 
 531 
 
 defence.  "  The  God  of  my  mercy  will  prevent  me,  God  will  let 
 me  see  on  mine  enviers.  '*  Slay  them  not,  lest  my  people  forget ; 
 make  them  wander  abroad  in  thy  power,  and  bring  them  down,  our 
 shield.  Lord.  "  The  sin  of  their  mouth,  the  word  of  tlieir  lips  ; 
 when  tliey  shall  be  taken  in  their  haughtiness ;  and  of  cursing,  and  of 
 false  denial,  let  them  tell.  '*  Consume  in  wrath,  consume  and  let 
 them  be  no  more ;  and  let  them  know  that  God  ruleth  in  Jacob,  to 
 the  ends  of  the  earth,  Selah.  '^  And  they  shall  return  at  evening, 
 make  noise  as  a  dog,  and  compass  tlie  city.  ^^  They  shall  wander 
 abroad  for  to  eat,  and  shall  howl  if  they  be  not  satisfied.  "  But  I  will 
 sing  thy  strength,  and  will  shout  at  mornhig  thy  mercy  ;  for  tliou 
 hast  been  an  high  defence  to  me,  and  a  refuge  in  day  of  my  distress. 
 '^  My  strength,  unto  thee  will  I  sing  Psalms,  for  God  is  mine  high 
 defence,  the  God  of  my  mercy. 
 
 </i(?e,  Deut.  V.  10.  'that  love  me,  and  keep 
 his  commaudments,'  for  'my  commands,' 
 Mic.  i.  2.  'Hear  ye  people  all  they,'  for 
 'all  ye.'  2.  Because  in  the  last  verse  of  this 
 Ps.  it  is  repeated,  '  my  strength.'  3.  Also  in 
 this  place,  both  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  turn  it 
 "  my  strength."  4.  Because  in  the  next 
 verse,  it  is  written  in  the  Heb.  text  letters, 
 'his  mercy,  '  but  by  the  vowels  and  margin, 
 read,  'my  mercy;'  which  giveth  occasion  to 
 suppose  the  like  meaning  here.  Howbeit 
 the  sense  is  good,  if  we  understand  it  of  the 
 enemy  Saul,  thus;  O  God  that  art  'his 
 strength,  and  hast  given  him  the  kingdom, 
 and  this  power.*  For  even  wicked  rulers  have 
 no  power,  except  it  be  given  them  from 
 above,  John  xix.  II.  And  David  much 
 respected  Saul,  as  'God's  anointed,'  1  §am. 
 xxvi.  11  ;  2  Sam.  i.  14.  I  take  heed,] 
 or,  will  I  Jteep,  observe,  that  is,  wait  upon 
 thee,  or  keep  thanks  and  praises  for  thee,  as 
 verse  18. 
 
 Ver.  11. — God  of  my  mercy,]  Or,  of  his 
 mercy,  (as  is  observed  in  the  former  verse;) 
 or,  my  God  of  mercy,  that  is,  my  merciful 
 God.  Prevent  me,]  To  wit,  with  mercy,  or 
 blessings,  as  Ps.  xxi.  4.  Let  me  see,]  to 
 wit,  '  vengeance,'  Ps.  liv.  9.  as  the  Chald. 
 also  here  explaineth  it. 
 
 Ver.  12.— People  forget,]  To  wit,  their 
 sin  and  punishment  for  the  same.  Dead 
 men  are  forgotten,  Ps.  xxxi.  13  ;  Eccl.  ix.  6. 
 so  their  punishment  while  they  live,  is  the 
 more  memorable.  Make  them  wander,] 
 To  wit,  as  vagabonds.  The  word  hath  refer- 
 ence to  Cain's  judgment,  who  was  not  killed, 
 but  marked  for  a  vagabond,  Gen.  iv.  14,  15. 
 Some  punishments  are  less  tolerable  than 
 death  itself.  Rev.  ix.  6. 
 
 Ver.  13. — The  sin  of  their  mouth, 
 &c.]   This  sentence  is  difficult;  for,   1.   It 
 
 may  have  reference  to  the  former,  'that  my 
 people  forget  not'  their  sins  and  punishment?, 
 but  may  tell  of  them  :  or,  2.  It  may  respect 
 themselves;  'let  them  tell'  (or  confess) 
 their  own  sins  and  punishments,  as  did  Cain, 
 Judas,  &c.  Gen.  iv.  13,  14;  Mat.  xxvii.  4. 
 Or,  3.  It  may  show  the  cause  of  their  judg- 
 ments, for  'the  sin  of  their  mouth,'  &(•.  and 
 so  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it.  When  they 
 SHALL,]  Or,  and  let  them  betaken.  And  of 
 CURSING,]  Or,  for  the  curse,  (tlie  execration,) 
 which  may  be  understood  of  '  the  sin,'  accord- 
 ing to  Ps.  X.  7 ;  or,  of  the  punishment  Hiereof, 
 as  Deut.  xxx.  7.  Of  false  denial,]  Of 
 their  lying,  or  of  their  leanness.  The  orig- 
 inal signifieth  either,  and  may  also  be  meant 
 of  sin,  or  the  punishment  thereof.  Let 
 THEM  tell,]  Or,  they  skull  tell,  speaking  of 
 his  people,  or  of  the  wicked  themselves. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Consume,]  To  wit,  them,  as 
 loose,  Mat.  xxi.  2.  for,  'loose  him,'  Mark 
 xi.  2. 
 
 Ver.  15. — And  theyshall  return,]  Or, 
 '  let  them  return,'  &c.  a  prophecy  of,  or 
 prayer  for  their  punishment,  answerable  to 
 their  sin,  as  before  verse  7. 
 
 Ver.  16. — They  shall  wander,]  Or 
 make  themselves  wander,  scatter  themselves 
 abroad.  The  Heb.  hath  a  double  reading,  to 
 include  both  these  :  so  2  Sam.  xv.  20.  See  a 
 like  punishment  of  the  wicked,  Job  xv.  23. 
 The  Chald.  addeth,  "  They  shall  wander 
 abroad,  that  they  may  take  a  prey  for  to  eat. 
 Shall  howl,]  Or,  shall  tarry  all  night,  to 
 wit,  hungry  and  unsatisfied.  The  Heb.  sig- 
 nifieth either  of  these  :  but  the  Gr.  chooseth 
 the  former,  '  they  shall  murmur,'  howling 
 for  hunger. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Sing  thv  strength,]  That  is, 
 praise  with  song  thy  strength,  who  canst 
 defeat  my  foes,  and  protect  me. 
 
632 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    LX. 
 
 David  complaineth  to  God  of  former  afflictions,  now  upon  better  hope, 
 prayethfor  deliverance.  8.  Comforting  himself  in  God's  promises,  he 
 craveth  that  help  wherein  he  trusteth. 
 
 ^  To  tlie  master  of  the  music,  upon  Shushan  eduth,  Michtam  of 
 David,  for  to  teach.  '^  When  he  fought  with  Aram  of  Mesopota- 
 mia, and  with  Aram  of  Zobah :  and  Joab  turned  and  smote  Edom 
 in  the  valley  of  Salt,  twelve  thousand. 
 
 ^  O  God,  thou  didst  cast  us  away,  thou  didst  break  us,  thou  wast 
 angry;  turn  again  unto  us.  *  Thou  didst  make  the  land  to  quake, 
 didst  rive  it;  heal  thou  the  breaches  thereof,  for  it  is  moved, 
 ^  Thou  didst  sliow  thy  people  a  hard  thing  ;  thou  didst  give  us  to 
 drink  the  wine  of  astonishing  horror.  "  Thou  hast  given  to  them 
 that  fear  thee,  a  banner  to  be  highly  displayed,  because  of  the  cer- 
 tain trutli,  Selah.  '  That  thy  beloved  may  be  delivered,  save  thou 
 with  thy  right  hand,  and  answer  me.  *  God  spake  by  his  holiness, . 
 I  will  be  glad :  I  shall  divide  Shechem,  and  measure  the  valley  of 
 
 Ver.  1. — Shushan,]  That  is,  the  six- 
 stringed  instrument,  (or  Lily.')  See  Ps. 
 xlv.  1.  Edqth,]  That  is,  the  testimony: 
 which  here  either  beloiigeth  to  tlie  music 
 now  unknown  to  us,  or  meaneth  tiie  psalm  to 
 be  a  testimony  of  David's  faith  and  thank- 
 fuhiess;  or  to  be  sung  by  the  priests  before 
 the  ark  of  God  in  the  sanctuary ;  which  ark 
 and  tables  of  the  covenant  in  it,  was  called 
 •  the  testimony,'  Exod.  xl.  5,  20.  Mich- 
 tam,] j4  golden  sotig  :  see  Ps,  xvi.  1. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Aram,]  That  is,  the  Aramites, 
 or  Syrians;  tlie  posterity  of  Aram,  the  son 
 of  Shem,  the  sou  of  Noah,  Gen.  x.  22. 
 Mesopotamia,]  A  country  so  commonly 
 called  of  the  Gr.,  Acts  vii.  2;  in  Hub. 
 Naharajim,  that  is,  of  (or  between)  the  two 
 rivers,  meaning  Tigris  and  Euphrates, 
 between  which  this  laud  lay.  So  the  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it,  "  Aram  which  is  by  Euphra- 
 tes." Zobah,]  A  country  near  the  other, 
 called  of  Greek  writers  "Syria  Saphena." 
 Edom  in  the  valley  of  salt,]  That  is,  the 
 Edomites,  or  Idumeans  in  the  salt  valley, 
 a  place  in  that  country,  whereof  mention  is 
 also  made,  2  Kings  xiv.  7.  Twelve  thou- 
 sand,] III  the  history,  2  Sam.  viii.  13,  this 
 victory  is  ascribed  to  David;  in  1  Chron. 
 xviii.  12,  it  is  ascribed  to  Abishai,  Joab's 
 brother,  and  there  also  the  number  is  eigh- 
 teen thousand.  It  seemeth  that  captain 
 Abishai  first  set  on  them,  and  slew  6000;  after 
 him  followed   Joab,  and  slew    12000  more. 
 
 here  mentioned.  And  to  David  is  this  vic- 
 tory attributed,  because  he  was  king. 
 
 Ver.  3.— Cast  us  away,]  This  com- 
 plaint seemeth  to  have  reference  unto  that 
 miserable  state  wherein  Israel  was,  1  Sam. 
 xiii.  19,  &c;  xxxi.  7.  Turn,]  The  Chald. 
 addeth,  "  turn  thy  glory  to  us." 
 
 Ver.  4. — The  land  quake,]  That  is, 
 change  the  state  thereof;  as  Hag.  ii,  7; 
 compared  with  Heb.  xii.  26 — 28  ;  also  Ezek. 
 xxxi.  16.  This  land  the  Chald.  expoundeth 
 "the  land  of  Israel."  Rive  it,]  As  at 
 earthquakes  rifts  and  chinks  appear.  This 
 word  is  not  elsewhere  used  in  Scripture. 
 Heal,]  Tliat  is,  repair:  See  the  like  phrase, 
 2  Chron.  vii.  14. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Astonishing  horror,]  Or  reel- 
 ing, giddiness  :  meaning  they  were  drunken 
 with  afflictions,  which  caused  horror,  as 
 drunkeimess  with  wine  causeth  giddiness. 
 This  word  is  also  used,  Is.  li.  17,  20—22. 
 
 Ver.  6. — A  banner,]  Or,  ensign.  This 
 word  is  applied  to  the  flag  or  ensign  of  the 
 gospel.  Is.  xi.  12;  xlix.  22;  Ixii.  10;  here, 
 to  David  and  his  victory.  To  be  high  dis- 
 played,] Or,  to  use  for  a  ba?iner,  which 
 hath  the  name  of  lifting  high.  The  cer- 
 tain truth,]  Of  thy  promises. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Answer  me,]  Or  us,  me  and 
 my  people.  The  Heb.  hath  both  readings. 
 The  Chald.  explaineth  it,  "  Receive  my 
 prayer." 
 
 Ver.  8 Shall  divideJ  This  meaneth  a 
 
PSALM  LX. 
 
 533 
 
 Succoth.  '  Gilead  shall  be  mine,  and  Manasseh  mine,  and  Ephraim 
 the  strength  of  mine  head ;  Jehudah  shall  be  my  lawgiver. 
 "  Moab  my  washing  pot :  over  Edom  I  shall  cast  my  shoe :  Pales- 
 tina  shout  thou  over  me.  "  Who  will  lead  me  along  to  the  city 
 of  strong  defence,  who  will  lead  me  unto  Edom  ?  '^  Is  it  not  thou, 
 O  God,  that  hadst  cast  us  away,  and  wouldest  not  go  forth,  O  God, 
 in  our  hosts  ?  '^  O  give  thou  us  help  from  distress,  for  vain  false- 
 hood is  the  salvation  of  eartlily  man.  ^*  Through  God  we  shall  do 
 valiantness,  and  he  will  tread  down  our  distressers. 
 
 full  possession  after  conquest,  Josh,  vi.;  xiii. 
 7.  Shechem,]  a  city  in  the  tribe  of 
 Ephraim,  not  far  from  Samaria,  Gen.  xxxiii. 
 16;  Josh.  XX.  7.  Succoth,]  A  city  in  the 
 tribe  of  Gad,  beyond  the  river  Jordan,  Josh, 
 xiii.  27. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Gilead,]  And  Manasseh  : 
 These  were  the  utmost  borders  of  the  land  of 
 Canaan  without  Jordan:  which  howsoever  for 
 a  time  they  resisted  David,  and  clave  to 
 Ishbosheth  Saul's  son,  2  Sam.  ii.  8,  9,  &c. 
 yet  were  by  God's  promise  to  be  subjected 
 unto  David.  Strength  of  my  head,]  That 
 is,  my  horns  wherewith  I  shall  smite  the  peo- 
 ple together,  according  to  that  promised  bless- 
 ing, Deut.  xxxiii.  17;  or  by  head,  may  be 
 meant  'headship,  kingdom,' or  'principality.' 
 Lawgiver,]  Or  statute-maker,  a  title  of 
 authority;  therefore  the  Gr.  translate th  here 
 "  King."  This  also  accordeth  to  the  pro- 
 mise made  to  Judah,  Gen.  xlix.  10;  1  Chron. 
 V.  2. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Moab,]  The  land  or  people  oi 
 the  Moabites,  near  to  the  land  of  Israel;  these 
 were  the  posterity  of  Lot,  Abraham's  nephew, 
 begotten  by  Lot  in  his  drunkenness,  of  his 
 own  daugliters.  Gen.  xix.  33,  36,  37;  they 
 had  now  forsaken  the  true  God,  and  wor- 
 shipped Baal-pehor  and  Chemosh,  Num. 
 XXV.  1,  3;  xxi.  29;  were  enemies  to  Israel, 
 Num.  xxii.;  Judg.  iii.  12;  and  subdued  by 
 David,  2  Sam.  viii.  2.  Washing  pot,] 
 That  is,  \ised  for  base  services,  as  a  vessel  to 
 wash  my  feet  in.  Over  Edom  shall  I 
 CAST  MY  SHOE,]  That  is,  I  shall  walk 
 through,  possess,  and  tread  down  the  land  of 
 Edom  (or  Idumea)  whose  inhabitants  were 
 Edomites,  the  posterity  of  Edom,  that  is, 
 Esau  the  elder  brother  of  Jacob,  who  pro- 
 fanely selling  his  birth-right  for  a  mess  of 
 red  pottage,  (called  in  Heb.  Edom,')  had  his 
 name  theiefore  Edom,  to  the  perpetual  shame 
 of  him  and  his  seed,  Gen.  xxv.  30;  xxxvi.  8, 
 9;  Heb.  xii.  16,  as  Jacob  by  faith  obtained 
 the  glorious  name  of  Israel;  see  Ps.  xiv.  7. 
 Palestina  shout  thou,]  For  this,  in  Ps, 
 cviii.  10,  it  is  said,   '  over  Palestina  I  will 
 
 shout.'  So  here  it  seemeth  to  be  spoken  in 
 mockery;  intimating,  that  howsoever  the 
 Philistines  domineered  and  triumphed  for  a 
 while,  (as  appeareth,  Judg.  x.  7;  xiii.  1;  1 
 Sam.  iv.  10;  xxxi.  1,)  yet  should  they  by 
 David  be  subdued ;  as  came  to  pass,  2  Sam. 
 viii.  1.  Therefore  the  Gr.  turneth  it,  "  the 
 aliens  are  subject  to  me:"  the  Chald.  thus, 
 *'  concerning  the  Philistines,  shout  and  be 
 strong,  O  congregation  of  Israel."  Pales- 
 tina,] (called  ill  Heb.  Pelesheth,)  was  a  part 
 of  the  land  of  Canaan,  westward  by  the  sea, 
 inhabited  by  the  Philistines  which  came  of 
 the  Castuhims,  nephews  'of  Mizraim  the  son 
 of  Cham,  the  son  of  Noah,  Gen.  x.  14. 
 These  with  the  Caphtorims,  first  inhabited 
 Caphtor,  and  from  thence  came  to  Palestina, 
 Amos  ix.  7 ;  where  they  drove  out  the 
 A  vims,  (the  ancient  inhabitants  of  the  land,) 
 and  dwelt  in  their  stead,  Deut.  ii.  23.  And 
 this  seemeth  to  be  the  reason  why  usually  the 
 Philistines  are  called  in  Gr.  Allophyloi, 
 aliens,  (of  another  tribe  or  nation;)  because 
 they  were  not  the  first  natural  inhabitants. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Who  will  lead,]  It  is  a 
 kind  of  wish,  as  Ps.  xiv.  7,  yet  implying  also 
 some  difficulty,  as  the  next  verse  here  show- 
 eth.  Of  strong  defence,]  That  is,  defenc' 
 ed  or  fortified:  see  Ps.  xxxi.  22.  This 
 may  be  meant  generally  of  all  strong  cities 
 that  resisted  David ;  or  specially  of  Rabbah, 
 the  chief  city  of  the  Ammonites,  whereof 
 see  2  Sam.  xii.  26,  29,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  13. — From  distress,]  Or  from  the 
 distresser,  the  adversary.  For  vain]  Heb. 
 and  vain:  but  and  is  often  used  for  because, 
 or  for;  as  2  Sam.  xxii.  28,  with  Ps.  xviii. 
 28;  sols.  Ixiv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Do  valiantness,]  Or  valour, 
 that  is,  valiant  acts:  according  to  the  pro- 
 phecy. Num.  xxiv.  19;  or  '  make  a  power,' 
 that  is,  '  gather  an  army,'  as  the  phrase  is 
 used,  1  Sam.  xiv.  48,  and  in  Ezek.  xxviii. 
 4,  it  used  for  '  gathering  of  wealth.'  See 
 the  notes  on  Ps.  xviii.  S3.  Will  tread 
 down,]  In  Gr.,  "  will  set  at  nought,"  or 
 "  contemn." 
 
534 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM  LXL 
 
 David  jlieth  to  God  upon  his  former  experience.  5.  He  vorveth  per- 
 petual service  unto  him,  because  of  his  promises. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music,  upon  Neginath,  a  psalm  of  David. 
 
 "^  Hear  thou,  O  God,  my  shouting,  attend  to  my  prayer.  ^  From 
 the  end  of  the  land  unto  thee  do  I  call  when  my  heart  is  over- 
 whelmed :  lead  thou  me  unto  the  rock  that  is  higher  than  I.  *  For 
 thou  hast  been  a  safe  hope  to  me,  a  tower  of  strength  from  the  face 
 of  the  enemy.  *  I  will  sojourn  in  thy  tenter  ever,  I  will  hope  for 
 safety  in  the  secret  of  thy  wings,  Selah.  ^  For  thou,  O  God,  hast 
 heard  my  vows,  hast  given  inheritance  to  them  tliat  fear  thy  name. 
 '  Thou  wilt  add  days  unto  the  days  of  the  king,  his  years  shall  be 
 as  generation  and  generation.  ®  He  shall  sit  for  ever  before  God  ; 
 prepare  thou  mercy  and  truth,  which  may  keep  liim.  "  So  will  I 
 sing  psalms  to  thy  name,  unto  perpetuity,  that  I  may  pay  my  vows 
 day  by  day. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Upon  Neginath,]  Or  with 
 neginath,  that  is,  the  playing  on  the  strings 
 of  the  instrument:  meaning  tliat  this  psalm 
 ■was  to  be  sung  with  music  of  stringed  instru- 
 ments.    See  Ps.  iv.  1. 
 
 Ver.  3. — End  of  the  land,]  Theiitmost 
 border  of  the  land  of  Canaan,  where  David 
 sometimes  was  driven  to  abide,  2  Sam.  xvii. 
 24 ;  or,  '  end  of  the  earth.'  Is  over- 
 whelmed,] Or  covered  over,  viz.,  with 
 grief,  (as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it)  whereby  it 
 "  iainteth,  opprest  with  sorrow,"  So  Ps. 
 cii.  1;  Ixxvii.  4;  cvii.  5;  cxlii.  4.  Lead 
 THoa,]  Or,  thou  wilt  lead:  a  speech  of 
 faitli,  from  former  deliverances,  as  the  next 
 verse  showelh.  Higher  than  I,]  Which 
 I  cannot  get  upon,  unless  thou  lead  me. 
 
 Ver.  4. — A  safe  hope,]  Or,  shrouding 
 place,  where  he  hoped  for,  and  had  found 
 safe  shelter. 
 
 Ver.  5 I  will  sojourn,]  Or,  shall  abide. 
 
 See  Ps.  XV.  1.  In  the  secret,]  Or,  the 
 hiding  place,  called  elsewhere  '  the  shadow 
 of  his  wings,'  Ps.  xxxvi.  8;  Ixiii.  8.  See 
 Ps.  xci.  1—4. 
 
 Ver.  6 My  vows,]  That  \s,  my  prayers 
 
 made  with  vows,  as  the  saints  used.  Gen. 
 xxviii.  20;  Judg.  xi.  30,  31.  Hereupon, 
 prayer  is  called  in  Gr.  proseuche,  of  pouring 
 out  vows  to  God.  Inheritance  to  them,] 
 So  the  Gr.  also  hath  it;  or,  "  given  me  the 
 
 inheritance  of  them ;  that  is,  such  a  blessing 
 as  usually  thou  bestowest  on  such  as  fear  thee. 
 The  Chald.  paraphraseth,  thou  hast  given  an 
 inheritance  in  the  world  to  come  to  them 
 that  fear  thy  name." 
 
 Ver.  7. — Thou  wilt  add,]  Or  prayer- 
 wise,  add  thou,  &c.  so  the  rest.  Days  unto 
 days,]  Or,  iipon  days,  that  is,  a  long  life. 
 Of  the  King,]  Meam'ng  himself,  and  spe- 
 cially Christ,  who  was  to  be  his  sou  after  the 
 flesh.  So  the  Chald.  saith,  "  of  the  King 
 Christ."  See  Ps.  Ixxii. ;  Ixxxix.  21,  30,  37, 
 38. 
 
 Ver.  8. — He  shall  sit,]  viz.,  on  the 
 throne,  that  is,  reigii,  or  sit,  that  is,  dwell, 
 or  abide,  as  Ps.  cxl.  14.  Prepare,]  Or, 
 appoint,  as  his  due  and  ready  portion.  The 
 Heb.  is  man,  a  name  whereliy  that  prepared 
 meat  was  called,  which  God  gave  his  people 
 from  heaven,  Ps.  Ixxviii.  24. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Day  by  day,]  Or  day  and  day, 
 that  is,  daily.  The  Hebs.  usual  phrase  is, 
 "  day  day;"  so  Ps.  Ixviii.  2S ;  Gen.  xxxix. 
 10;  Is.  Iviii.  2;  Exod.  xvi.  5;  sometimes 
 '  day  and  day,'  as  Esth.  iii.  4;  2  Cor.  iv.  16. 
 So  '  two  two,'  Mark  vi.  7,  for,  '  two  and 
 two.'  The  Chald.  maketh  this  paraphrase, 
 *'  when  I  pay  my  vows  in  the  day  of  the 
 redemption  of  Israel,  and  in  the  day  when 
 the  King  Christ  shall  be  anointed  to 
 reign." 
 
PSALM  LXII. 
 
 535 
 
 PSALM    LXIL 
 
 David  professing  his  confidence  in  God,  discourageth  his  ene77iies,  6. 
 repeateth  his  assured  confidence;  9.  Teacheth  the  people  to  trust  in  God, 
 not  in  worldly  things.     1 2.  Porver  and  mercy  belong  to  God. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music  over  Jeduthun,  a  psalm  of  David. 
 
 ^  Yet  surely  unto  God  my  soul  keepeth  silence ;  from  him  is  my 
 salvation.  ^  Surely  he  is  my  rock,  and  my  salvation,  mine  high 
 defence,  I  shall  not  be  moved  much.  *  How  long  will  ye  endea- 
 vour mischief  against  a  man  ?  ye  shall  be  killed  all  of  you,  ye  shall 
 be  a  bowed  wall,  as  a  fence  that  is  shoved  at.  °  Surely  they  con- 
 salt  to  thrust  him  down  from  his  liigh  dignity,  they  delight  in  a 
 lie :  with  his  mouth  each  of  them  blesseth,  and  with  their  inward 
 part  they  curse,  SelaJi.  ^  Yet  unto  God,  my  soul  keep  thou  silence  : 
 for  from  him  is  my  expectation.  '  Surely  he  is  my  rock  and  my 
 salvation  ;  mine  high  defence,  I  shall  not  be  moved.  *  In  God  is 
 my  salvation  and  my  glory ;  the  rock  of  my  strength,  my  safe 
 hope,  is  in  God.  ^  Trust  ye  in  liim  in  all  time,  O  people ;  pour 
 out  your  heart  before   him ;  God  is  a  safe   hope  for  us,  Selah. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Over  Jeduthun,]  That  is, 
 over  Jeduthuii's  posterity,  who  was  a  singer 
 ill  Israel,  1  Chroii.  xxv.  3;  or,  'to  Jedu- 
 thun.' See  also  Ps.  xxxix.  1. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Yet  sorely,]  Or,  07ily.  It  is 
 an  earnest  affirmation,  against  some  contrary 
 temptation  or  speech,  and  exchideth  all  other 
 things.  So  verse  3,  5,  6,  7,  10.  Keepeth 
 SILENCE,]  Or  is  silent,  or  still,  that  is,  quiet, 
 submissive,  and  (as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it)  sub- 
 ject; the  rebellious  aii'ections  being  tamed 
 and  subdued.     See  also  Ps.  iv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Moved  much,]  Or,  moved  with 
 a  great  inoving.  '  Persecuted,  but  not  for- 
 saken; cast  down,  but  I  perish  not,'  as  2  Cor. 
 iv.  9;  for  God  '  giveth  the  issue  with  the 
 temptation,'  1  Cor.  x.  13.  The  Chald. 
 expounds  it,  "I  shall  not  be  moved  in  the  day 
 of  great  affliction." 
 
 Ver.  4. — Endeavour  mischief,]  This 
 word  is  not  fourid  elsewhere  in  the  scripture. 
 It  denoteth  both  '  a  purpose  in  mind,  and  a 
 thrusting  forward  in  act  of  any  mischievous 
 deed."  Ac-vinst  a  man,]  In  Chald., 
 •'  against  a  gracious  man."  So  man  here  is 
 used  as  in  Jer.  v.  1;  '  if  ye  can  find  a  man,' 
 that  is,  a  just  and  godly  man.  Ye  shall  be 
 killed,]  Or  will  ye  be  murdered?  violently 
 killed.  Some  Heb.  copies  varying  a  point  or 
 vowel,  give  it  an  active  signification,  "  will 
 ye  murder?  This  the  Gr.  followeth;  but  the 
 former  sense  here  fitteth  best.     A  fence,] 
 
 fFall  or  mure,  another  word  than  the  for. 
 mer.  Shoved  at,]  Or,  thrust,  namely,  /or 
 to  fall,  as  is  expressed,  Ps.  cxviii.  13. 
 Hereby  is  meant  a  great  and  sudden  ruin,  as 
 Is.  XXX.  13;   Ezek.  xiii.  13,  14. 
 
 Ver.  5. — From  his  high  dignity,]  Or 
 excellency,  whereunto  he  was  exalted  of  God 
 David  speaketh  this  of  himself,  (therefore  the 
 Gr.  hath,  "mine  honour;)"  and  blameth 
 them  here  for  oppugning  his  dignity,  as  he 
 did  before  in  Ps.  iv.  3.  Th2Y  delight,]  Or 
 readily  like  of,  and  accept  of  a  deceiveable 
 lie.  Each  of  them  blesseth,]  Heb., 
 "they  Mess-"  but  his  mouth  leadeth  us  to 
 mind  it  of  all  in  general,  and  every  one  in 
 particular.  Compare  Ps.  v.  10,  Blessing  is 
 used  for  '  fair  words,'  and  sometimes  '  flat- 
 tery,' Rom.  xvi.  IS. 
 
 Ver.  6, — My  expectation,]  That  is, 
 my  salvation  expected,  and  hoped  for,  as 
 verse  2. 
 
 Ver.  9.- — In  all  time,]  That  is,  always: 
 See  Ps.  xxxiv.  2.  Pour  out  your  heart,] 
 That  is,  the  desires  of  your  heart,  your 
 prayers  with  tears.  A  similitude  taken  from 
 pouring  out  of  waters,  as  is  expressed.  Lam. 
 ii.  19;  'pour  out  thy  heart  like  water  before 
 the  face  of  the  Lord.'  This  was  practised  in 
 Israel  when  they  drew  water  (from  tneir 
 heart)  and  poured  it  out  (by  their  eyes)  before 
 the  Lord,  1  Sam.  vii.  6.  A  like  phrase  is 
 '  pouring  out  the  soul,'  Ps.  xlii.  5;  1  Sam.  i. 
 
53G 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 '°  Surely  the  sons  of  base  man  are  vanity,  the  sons  of  noble  man  are 
 a  lie  :  in  balances  to  mount  up,  they  together  are  lighter  tlian 
 vanity.  "  Trust  not  ye  in  oppression,  and  in  robbery  become  not 
 vain  :  if  powerful  wealth  do  increase,  set  not  the  heart  thereon. 
 '^  Once  did  God  speak,  twice  heard  I  this  same  :  that  strength  per- 
 taineth  to  God.  '^  And  to  thee,  O  Lord,  mercy,  for  thou  wilt  pay  to 
 man  according  to  his  work. 
 
 15.  The  Chald.  maketh  this  paraphrase, 
 "  Cast  down  before  him  the  pride  of  your 
 heart,  and  pray  before  him  with  all  your  heart, 
 and  say,  God  is  our  hope  for  ever." 
 
 Veh.  10. — Noble  man,]  Hereby  is  meant 
 men  of  all  degrees,  high  and  low.  See  the 
 notes  on  Ps.  xlix.  3.  In  balances  to 
 MOUNT  UP,]  Or,  to  ascend:  meaning  that  all 
 men  together,  if  they  be  put  in  one  balance, 
 and  vanity  in  another,  they  will  mount  up, 
 that  is,  be  lighter  than  vanity  itself.  And 
 the  word  hebel,  vanity,  here  used,  denoteth 
 '  a  vain  light  thing,'  as  the  breath  of  one's 
 mouth,  or  bubble  on  the  water. 
 
 Ver.  11. — In  oppression,]  That  is,  in 
 goods  gotten  by  oppression,  extortion,  or 
 fraudtdent  injury:  this  word  importeth 
 'guileful  wrong,'  as  the  next,  more  'open 
 violent  robberies.'  See  also  Is.  xxx.  12. 
 Become  not  vain,]  That  is,  foolish  and  vile 
 in  respect  of  others,  and  deceiving  yourselves. 
 For  to  '  make  vain,'  is  to  '  deceive,'  Jer.  xxiii. 
 16;  and  to  'wax  vain,'  is  to  be  'vile  and 
 come  to  nothing,'  Job  xxvii.  12;  Jer.  ii.  6; 
 Rom.  i.  21.     This   instruction   which  con- 
 
 cerneth  all  men,  David  applieth  to  his  sol- 
 diers, that  they  should  not  give  themselves  to 
 the  spoil.  Compare  Luke  iii.  14.  Power- 
 ful wealth,]  Riches;  see  Ps.  xlix.  7. 
 Set  not  the  heart,]  That  is,  do  not 
 affect  it,  or  carefully  regard  it,  but  'use  this 
 world  as  though  you  used  it  not,'  1  Cor.  vii. 
 31.  So,  to  'set  the  heart,'  is  to  regard  or 
 '  care  for  a  thing,'  1  Sam.  iv.  20;  ix.  20;  2 
 Sam.  xviii.  3;  Exod.  xxvii.  23;  Prov.  xxii. 
 17. 
 
 Ver.  12. —  Once,]  Heb.  one,  meaning 
 one  time,  as  Exod.  xxx.  10;  and  as  is  express- 
 ed, Josh.  vi.  3.  So  twice,  or  two  times.' 
 Though  it  may  also  be  interpreted  one  thing, 
 two  things  (as  achathh  one  thing,  Ps.  xxvii. 
 4.)  The  Gr.  here  saith,  "  Once  spake  God, 
 these  two  things  have  I  heard." 
 
 Ver.  13. — To  man,]  That  is,  to  every 
 one,  as  this  phrase  is  opened,  Matt.  xvi.  27 ; 
 Rom.  ii,  6;  Rev.  xxii.  12.  To  his  work,] 
 Whether  it  be  good  or  evil.  See  the  like  in 
 Prov.  xxiv.  12;  Jer.  xxxii.  19;  Job  xxxiv. 
 11;  Ezek.  vii.  27;  2  Cor.  v.  10;  Eph.  vi.8; 
 Col.  iii.  25;   1  Pet.  i.  17. 
 
 '  PSALMLXIII. 
 
 David  under  persecution  shorveth  Ms  thirst  for  God,  and  comforts 
 that  he  had  found  in  him.  1 0.  His  confidence  of  his  enemies'  destruc- 
 tion., and  his  own  safety. 
 
 \  A  psalm  of  David,  when  he  was  in  the  wilderness  of  Judah. 
 0  God,  thou  art  my  God,  early  will  I  seek  thee ;  my  soul 
 
 Ver.  1, — Wilderness  of  Judah,]  The 
 forest  of  Hareth,  1  Sam.  xxii.  6 :  or,  '  the 
 wilderness  of  Ziph,'  1  Sam.  xxiii.  14;  both 
 which  were  in  the  tribe  of  Judah. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Early,]  This  noteth  care  and 
 diligence,  Job  viii.  5;  Hos.  v.  15;  Ps.  Ixxviii. 
 34;  Prov.  i.  28;  Luke  xxi.  38.  Longeth 
 ardently,]  This  word  (which  is  only  found 
 here)  seemeth  to  denote  an  earnest  or  hot 
 
 appetite  for  meat,  as  the  former  thirst  is  for 
 drink.  Land  of  drought,]  That  is,  dry 
 land,  for  so  the  wilds  or  deserts  were  usually 
 'waterless,'  Ps.  cvii.  33,  35;  Exod.  xvii.  1 ; 
 Num.  XX.  1,  2;  Jer.  ii.  6.  Weary,]  And 
 consequently  '  thirsty,'  which  is  caused  by 
 'weariness.'  So  Ps.  cxliii.  6.  Or  weari- 
 some to  travel,  as  the  Gr.  translateth  it, 
 "  wayless,"  which  none  can  go  in. 
 
PSALM  LXIII. 
 
 537 
 
 lliirstetli  for  thee,  my  flesh  longetli  ardently  for  thee  in  a  land  of 
 drought,  and  weary  without  waters.  ^  So  as  I  did  view  thee  in  the 
 sanctuary,  for  to  see  thy  strength,  and  thy  glory.  ^  Because  thy 
 mercy  is  better  than  life,  my  lips  shall  celebrate  thee.  ^  So  will  I 
 bless  tliee  in  my  life,  in  tliy  name  will  I  lift  up  my  palms.  *  My 
 soul  shall  be  satisfied  as  with  fat  and  fatness,  and  my  mouth  shall 
 praise  tvith  lips  of  shouting  joy.  '  When  I  remember  thee  on  my 
 bed,  meditate  on  thee  in  the  night  watches.  ^  That  thou  hast  been 
 a  helpfulness  to  me,  and  in  tlie  shadow  of  thy  wings  I  shouted.  ^  My 
 soul  cleaveth  after  thee,  thy  right  hand  upholdeth  me.  '"  But  they 
 that  seek  my  soul  for  tumultuous  ruin,  shall  go  into  the  lower  parts 
 of  the  earth.     ^'  They  shall  make  him  run  out  by  the  hands  of  the 
 
 Ver.  3.-  The  sanctcary,]  Or,  the  sane 
 fiti/,  the  holy  place,  so  called  for  the  more 
 reverence,  and  because  '  holiness  became  that 
 house,'  Ps.  xciii.  5.  For  to  see,]  Tliis 
 may  be  meant  of  his  present  desire  to  behold 
 it  as  in  time  past:  or  as  a  continued  speerli 
 of  his  passed  comfort,  '  when  I  did  behold 
 thy  strength.'  Thy  strength  and  thy 
 CLOKY,]  Both  these  were  seen  in  the  '  ark  of 
 the  testimony,'  whence  God's  oracles  were 
 uttered,  Exod.  xxv.  22;  Num.  vii.  89;  called 
 therefore  the  '  ark  of  God's  strength,'  Ps. 
 cxxxii.  S;  and  also  his  glory,  1  Sam.  iv.  21, 
 22.     See  also  Ps.  Ixxviii.  61;  cv.  4. 
 
 Veb.  4 — Celebrate,]  Lmid,  or  glorify 
 thee.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth  on  this  verse 
 thus:  "because  thy  mercy  which  thou  wilt 
 do  to  the  just  in  the  world  to  come,  is  better 
 than  the  life  which  thou  hast  given  to  the 
 wicked  in  this  world,  therefore  my  lips  shall 
 laud  thee." 
 
 Ver.  5. — So  will  I  bless  thee,]  To  wit, 
 when  thou  restorest  tne  again  into  thy  sanc- 
 tuary :  therefore  also  it  may  be  taken  for  a 
 prayer,  '  So  let  me  bless  thee.'  In  my  life,] 
 That  is,  whiles  I  live  here  on  earth:  as  the 
 Chald.  saith,  "  in  my  life  in  this  world."  So 
 Ps.  xlix.  19;  civ.  33;  cxlvi.  2.  Lift  up 
 MY  HANDS,]  That  is,  pray:  which  was  with 
 his  gesture  of  holding  up  the  palms  of  the 
 hands  towards  heaven,  as  looking  to  receive  a 
 blessing.  So  Job  xi.  13;  Lam.  ii.  19;  iii. 
 41;  Ps.  cxii.  2.  It  is  called  also  '  the  lifting 
 up  of  the  hands,'  Ps.  xxviii.  2;  and  'spread- 
 ing out  of  the  palms,'  Ps.  xliv.  21;  Ixxxviii. 
 10. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Fat,]  Or  sewet  and  fatiicss. 
 Both  words  in  the  original  i\g^n^y  fatness: 
 and  hereby  is  meant  '  satiety  of  pleasures;'  so 
 Jer.  xxxi.  14  ;  Ps.  xxxvi.  9.  The  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it,  "  satisfied  with  thy  law." 
 
 Ver.  7. —  When  I  remember,]  Or,  if  I 
 
 remember,  that  is,  so  oft  as.   The  Iltb  i?n,  if. 
 
 Vol  II  3 
 
 is  here  used  for  when;  as  also  1  Sam,  xv.  17. 
 So  in  Gr.,  ean,  if,  Matt.  vi.  22 ;  is  hofan 
 when  Luke  xi.  34.  Watches,]  Or  custodies, 
 observations,  which  were  '  in  the  night,'  as 
 is  expressed,  Ps.  xc.  4.  See  the  notes 
 there. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Helpfulness,]  That  is,  a  full 
 help,  as  Ps,  xliv,  27.  Of  thy  wings,] 
 Wliich  the  Chald.  translateth,  "  of  thy 
 divine  Majesty."     So  Ps.  Ivii    2. 
 
 Ver.  9.— Cleaveth  after  thee,]  This 
 notttli  love,  constancy,  and  humility  and 
 union  in  the  spirit:  for  as  man  and  wife 
 cleaving  together,  are  one  flesh,  Gen.  ii.  24 ; 
 so  *  he  that  cleaveth  to  the  Lord,  is  one 
 spirit,'  1  Cor.  vi.  17.  And  this  union  com- 
 eth  of  the  Lord,  who  saith  by  the  prophet, 
 '  as  the  girdle  cleaveth  to  the  loins  of  a  man, 
 so  have  I  tied  to  me  the  whole  house  of 
 Israel,  that  they  might  be  my  people,'  Jer. 
 xiii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  10. — For  tumultuous  rdin.]  That 
 is,  to  bring  my  soul  mito  destruction,  or 
 rui7i.     See  this  word,  Ps.  xxxv.  8. 
 
 Ver.  II. — They  shall  make  him  run 
 out,]  Or,  they  (the  enemies)  shall  pour 
 out  him,  meaning  some  principal,  as  Said,  or 
 every  of  his  foes:  or  he  (everyone  that  seeks 
 my  soul)  'shall  be  made  run  out,'  that  is, 
 '  his  blood  shall  be  shed,'  as  waters,  Ps.  Ixxix. 
 3.  A  like  phrase  is  used  Jer.  xviii.  21 ; 
 Ezek.  xxxv.  5.  The  Gr.  translateth,  "They 
 shall  be  delivered  unto  the  hands  of  the 
 sword."  Hands,]  That  is,  the  edge,  or 
 force  of  the  sword,  as  Job  v.  20;  Jer.  xviii. 
 21.  Portion  of  foxes,]  That  is,  left 
 unhuried,  for  foxes  and  other  wild  beasts  to 
 prey  upon  and  devour.  So  Saul's  blood  flow- 
 ed out  by  the  sword,  and  his  company  slain 
 on  mount  Gilhoa,  lay  for  a  prey  to  the  beasts, 
 1  Sam.  xxxi.  So  Christ's  enemies  slain  with 
 the  sword  are  eaten  of  ravenous  fowls.  Rev. 
 xix.  21. 
 Y 
 
538 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 sword,  tliey  shall  be  the  portion  of  foxes.  ''  But  tlie  king  shall 
 rejoice  in  God ;  every  one  that  sweareth  by  him  shall  glory,  but 
 stopped  shall  be  the  mouth  of  them  that  speak  a  lie. 
 
 Ver.  12. — BaT  THE  King,]  That  is,  / 
 who  am  King  by  God's  anointing,  1  Sam. 
 xvi.  12,  13;  and  Christ  tiie  son  of  David. 
 Sweareth  by  him,]  That  is,  by  God;  the 
 Chald.  saith,  "by  his  word:"  by  swearing, 
 meauing    God's    whole     worship,     whereof 
 
 swearing  was  a  part,  Deut.  vi.  13;  Is.  x!v. 
 23;  Ixv.  16;  Jer.  iv.  2.  Therefore  that 
 which  the  prophet  calleth  '  swearing,'  Is.  xlv, 
 23;  the  apostle  calleth  '  confessing  to  God,' 
 Rom.  xiv.  11. 
 
 PSALM    LXIV. 
 
 David  prayeth  for  deliverayice,  complaining  of  his  e7icmies. 
 prophesieth  their  destruction,  whereat  all  men  shall  fear. 
 
 8.  He 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music,  a  psalm  of  David. 
 
 ^  Hear  my  voice,  O  God,  in  my  prayer ;  preserve  my  life  from 
 dread  of  the  enemy.  ^  Hide  me  from  the  secret  of  evil  doers,  from 
 the  tumultuous  rage  of  them  that  work  painful  iniquity.  *  Which 
 have  whetted  their  tongue  as  a  sword,  have  bent  their  arrow,  even 
 a  bitter  word.  ^  To  shoot  in  secret  places  at  the  perfect;  suddenly 
 will  they  shoot  at  him,  and  fear  not.  ^  Tliey  confirm  to  themselves 
 an  evil  word ;  they  tell  to  hide  snares :  they  say.  Who  shall  see 
 them  ?  '  They  search  out  injurious  evils,  they  accomplish  an 
 exquisite  search,  even  tlie  inmost  of  each  man,  and  the  deep  heart. 
 *  But  God  hath  shot  at  them  an  arrow,  suddenly  their  strokes  have 
 been.    ^And  when  they  have  caused  them  everyone  to  fall  upon  tliem- 
 
 Vee.  2. — Prayer,]  Or  meditation:  see 
 Ps.  Iv.  3;  the  Gr.  saith,  "  when  I  pray  unto 
 thee." 
 
 Ver.  3.— The  secret,]  Or  secrecy, 
 mystery,  that  is,  council,  or  assembly  of  evil 
 doers,  that  is,  the  malignant  church,  as  the 
 holy  church  is  called  '  the  secrecy  '  (or  'mys- 
 tery) of  the  righteous,'  Ps.  cxi.  1. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Bent  their  arrow,]  That  is, 
 laid  their  arrow  ready  on  their  bended  bow. 
 The  like  phrase  was  in  Ps.  Iviii.  8.  See  also 
 Ps.  xi.  2.  Bitter  word,]  Or,  bitter  thing, 
 as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it.  So  after  in  verse 
 C;  'an  evil  word,'  or  '  thing.'  See  the  notes 
 on  Ps.  vii.  1.  'A  bitter  word  '  is  here  call- 
 ed au  /arrow;'  and  in  Jer.  ix.  3;  their 
 *  tongue'  is  called  their  '  bow.' 
 
 Ver.  6. — They  tell  to  hide,]  Or,  of 
 hiding,  that  is,  impart  their  counsel  one  to 
 iinoilier,  how  to  hide  snares.  They  accOiM- 
 PLiSH  AN  EXQUISITE  SEARCH,]  Or,  «  scarck 
 fearched  out,    that   is,   a   curious  diligent 
 
 search.  The  Gr.  translateth,  "they  are 
 consumed  searching  out  searches:"  meaning 
 that  they  spend  both  their  time  and  them- 
 selves, in  searching  ont  evils  against  the  just. 
 It  may  also  be  read,  '  we  are  consumed  by 
 the  search  searched  out,'  meaning  that  in 
 their  judgment  we  cannot  escape  tiieir  snares. 
 Even  the  inmost,]  Heb.  atid  the  inmost, 
 that  is,  whatsoever  any  man's  wit  and  deep 
 heart  can  find  out:  or,  '  So  deep  (is)  the 
 inward  part  and  heart  of  man.' 
 
 Ver.  8.— Have  been,]  Or,  assuredly 
 shall  be:  the  time  past  being  used  for  more 
 certainty,  as  in  Is.  ix.  C.  And  by  havebeen, 
 is  meant  the  sure  event  and  accomplishment 
 of  God's  judgments  on  them,  with  the  con- 
 tinuance of  the  same.  As  the  Heb.  word  of 
 ♦  being,'  signifieth  '  to  come  to  pass,'  or  have 
 event,'  1  Sam.  iv.  1 ;  Job  xxxvii.  6 ;  and  to 
 'continue  to  be,'  Dan.  i.  21  ;  Is.  Ixvi.  2; 
 Ruth  i.  2. 
 
 Ver.    9. — They    have    caused    them 
 
PSALM  LXV.  539 
 
 selves  hy  their  own  tongue,  they  shall  betake  themselves  to  flight, 
 whosoever  seeth  them.  '"  And  all  men  shall  tear,  and  declare  the 
 work  of  God,  and  prudently  consider  his  deed.  "  The  just  man 
 shall  rejoice  in  Jeliovah,  and  hope  for  safety  in  him,  and  glory 
 shall  all  the  upright  of  lieart. 
 
 EVERY  ONE,]  Heb.  cttusecl  him:  which  being 
 spoken  of  many,  as  in  this  place,  meaneth 
 them  all  severally,  to  one  man.  To  fall, 
 &c.]  Or  to  sfumble  doivn:  signifieth,  that 
 God's  strokes  should  have  eflect  to  overthrow 
 them  by  their  owu  devices.     Betake  them- 
 
 selves TO  FLIGHT,]  Or,  shall  tvantler  about 
 in  their  flight;  which  noteth  grt-at  fear  and 
 unstayedness,  (which  the  Gr.  therefore  tuiii- 
 eth,  "  are  troubled,"  and  is  meant  of  the 
 wicked,  their  favourites. 
 
 PSALM    LXV. 
 
 GocTs  praises  in  Z'lon  for  hearing  prayer,  4.  for  pardoning  sins,  6. 
 /or  his  just  adnmiistralion  in  the  world,  10.  and  for  his  manifold  bless- 
 ings upon  his  land  and  people. 
 
 ^  To  the  master  of  the  music,  a  psalm,  a  song  of  David. 
 
 2  Praise,  silent,  waiteth  for  thee,  O  God,  in  Zion ;  and  to  thee 
 shall  the  vow  be  paid.  ^  Thou  hearcst  prayer,  unto  thee  all  flesli 
 shall  come.  ^  Words  of  iniquities  have  prevailed  against  me ;  our 
 trespasses,  thou  wilt  mercifully  cover  them.  ^  O  blessed  is  he  whom 
 thou  choosest  and  takest  near,  that  he  may  dwell  in  thy  courts  j 
 we  shall  be  satisfied  with  tlie  good  things  of  thine  house,  with  the 
 
 Ver.  2. — Praise,  SILENT,  avaiteth,]  Or, 
 is  silent,  that  is,  submissively  and  quietly 
 ex'pecteth  thee:  see  Ps.  Ixii.  2;  or,  'Unto 
 tliee  there  is  silence  and  praise,'  that  is, 
 silence  looking  to  receive  mercies,  and  praise 
 for  them  being  received.  The  Gr.  saith, 
 "praise  becometh  thee."  The  Heb.  also 
 may  imply  the  same,  though  it  be  more  sig- 
 nificant. The  Chald.  paraphraseth  thus, 
 "  The  praise  of  the  angels  is  counted  as 
 silence  before  thee,  O  God,  whose  Majesty 
 (is)  in  Zion." 
 
 Ver.  3. — Thou  hearest,]  Or,  O  thou 
 that  hearest,  or,  he  that  heareth:  see  after 
 in  verse  7.  All  flesh,]  That  is,  all  sorts 
 of  men;  as  Gen.  vi.  12;  Ps.  cxlv.  21  ;  Acts 
 ii.  17.  This  is  a  prophecy  of  all  nations 
 converted  unto  Christ. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Words  of  iniquities,]  Or,  of 
 perversities,  that  is,  perverse  things,  or 
 words,  unrighteous  deeds.  Words  are  often 
 put  for  '  things,'  as  Ps.  vii.  1.  Mercikully 
 COVER,]  Or  expiate,  propitiate,  purge  away. 
 
 and  so  cover,  and  forgive.  Of  the  Heb. 
 Caphar,  which  signifieth  to  "  cover,"  the 
 "cover  of  the  ark"  was  called  Caporeth, 
 Exod.  XXV.  17;  in  Gr.  hilasterion,  that  is, 
 the  '  propitiatory,'  or  meicy-scat,  Heb.  ix.  5; 
 which  name  Paul  giveth  to  Christ,  Rom.  iii. 
 25;  who  is  the  true  '  propitiation  for  our 
 sins,'  I  John  ii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Takest  near,]  Or,  causest  to 
 approach,  to  "it,  unto  thyself;  the  Gr. 
 saith,  "  takest  unto  thee."  Thy  courts,] 
 Or  court-yards,  the  open  places  of  the  taber- 
 nacle and  temple.  There  was  an  '  inner 
 court'  and  'an  outward,'  1  Kings  vii.  12; 
 one  for  '  the  priests,'  and  another  for  '  the 
 people,'  called  '  the  great  court,'  2  Chron.  iv. 
 9;  2  Kings  xxi.  5.  Good  things,]  So  the 
 Gr.  explaineth  it  well:  the  Heb.  speaking  of 
 the  good  thing  in  general,  comprehending  the 
 whole  store  of  pleasures  and  commodities;  as 
 Deut.  vi.  11 ;  Gen.  xlv.  23.  The  like  here 
 foUoweth,  '  holy,'  for  all  '  holy  thiugs.'  And 
 among  •  good  things,'  understand  the  princi- 
 
540 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 holy  tilings  of  thy  palace.  ^  Fearful  things  m  justice  thou  wilt 
 answer  us,  O  God  of  our  salvation,  the  hope  of  all  the  ends  of  the 
 eartJi,  and  of  those  far  off  by  sea.  '  O  he  tliat  stablisheth  tlie 
 mountains  by  his  able  might,  is  girded  about  with  strengtli. 
 ^  Which  appeaseth  the  noise  of  tlie  seas,  the  noise  of  their  waves, 
 and  the  tumultuous  noise  of  the  people.  ^  And  fear  do  they  that 
 dwell  in  the  utmost  parts,  for  thy  signs ;  the  out-goings  of  morn- 
 ing and  evening,  thou  makest  shout.  '"  Thou  visitest  the  land,  and 
 plenteously  moistenest  it ;  very  much  thou  enri chest  it,  ivith  the 
 stream  of  God  full  of  waters;  thou  preparest  their  corn,  when  thou 
 hast  so  ordained  it.  ^'  Thou  waterest  abundantly  the  ridges  of  it, 
 thou  settlest  the  furrov/s  of  it,  thou  makest  it  soft   with  showers. 
 
 pal,  the  gift  of  the  '  Holy  Spirit:'  as  that 
 which  in  Matt.  vii.  11.  is  'good  things,'  in 
 Luke  xi.  13.  is  called  '  the  Holy  Spirit.' 
 
 Ver.  6. — Fearful  things,  &c.]  God  out 
 of  his  tabernacle  gave  oracles  and  answers  to 
 his  people,  Num.  vii.  89  ;  and  from  heaven 
 he  answered  to  their  prayers  against  their 
 adversaries,  Ps.  iii.  5;  he  answered  always 
 things  '  reverend  '  and  '  fearful.'  Thosk 
 FAR  OFF  BT  SEA,]  Whereby  is  meant,  not 
 only  those  upon  the  sea,  whose  hope  God  is, 
 Ps.  cvii.  23,  28,  &c.  but  those  also  that 
 dwell  far  asunder  disjoined  by  the  sea,  as  in 
 islands,  which  '  wait  for  his  law,'  Is.  xlii.  4. 
 So  the  Chald.  interpreteth  it,  "and  of  the 
 isles  of  the  sea  which  are  disjoined  from  the 
 diy  land  (or  continent.)" 
 
 VkR.  7 O   HE  THAT  STABLISHETH,]    Or, 
 
 which  setteth  fast:  it  is  a  continued  speech 
 to  God,  as  the  words  before  and  after  mani- 
 fest, but  the  person  changed  for  more  passion, 
 like  that  in  Job  xviii.  4.  '  O  he  that  teareth 
 his  soul,'  for,  '  O  thou  that  tearest  thy  soul.' 
 See  the  notes  on  Ps.  lix.  10.  Mountains,] 
 Hereby  is  often  meant  '  kingdoms,  polities,' 
 and  '  commonwealths,'  Jer.  li.  25.  See  Ps. 
 XXX.  8.  The  Chald.  understands  it  here  of 
 God's  "  preparing  food  for  the  wild  goats  of 
 the  mountains." 
 
 Ver.  S. — Of  the  seas,]  Waters  signify 
 peoples,  Rev.  xvii.  15;  and  seas  are  the 
 huge  'armies  of  peoples,'  Jer.  li.  42;  Is. 
 xvii.  12,  13.  All  such,  as  well  as  the  natural 
 sea's,  God  assuageth;  see  also  Ps.  xlvi.  7. 
 
 Ver  9. — And  they,]  Or,  fFhen  they 
 fear.  Utmost  parts,]  Or,  borders,  to  wit, 
 of  the  earth,  as  is  expressed,  I?,  xli.  5. 
 The  out-goings  of  morning,  &c.]  This  may 
 be  meant  both  of  tlie  successive  course  of  day 
 and  niglit,  and  of  them  that  go  out  at  morn- 
 ing and  evening,  which  be  men  to  their 
 labour,  and  beasts  for  their  prey,  as  is  showed 
 
 Ps.  civ.  20 — 23;  and  of  people,  inhabiting 
 the  east  and  west  parts  of  the  world. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Plenteously  moistenest  it,] 
 This  sense  the  Gr.  yieldeth:  the  Heb.  also 
 may  be  turned,  "  when  thou  hadst  made  it  to 
 desire  rain:"  or,  "and  givest  it  the  desire 
 thereof."  These  things  are  spoken  first  of 
 '  the  land  of  Canaan,"  (as  the  Chald.  expound- 
 eth,  "  thou  rememberest  the  land  of  Israel;)" 
 which  God  visited  and  blessed  continually,  as 
 Moses  telleth,  Deut.  xi.  12;  and  spiritually 
 are  meant  of  Christ's  church,  Ezek.  xxxvi. 
 8,  9,  &e.  Very  jiuch,]  Or,  with  multitude, 
 to  wit,  of  riches,  or  good  things.  The 
 stream,]  Or,  brook,  riveret.  See  Ps.  i.  3  ; 
 xlvi.  5.  The  Chald  paraphraseth,  "  from  the 
 fountain  of  God  which  is  in  heaven,  which  is 
 full  of  the  showers  of  blessing."  Of  God,] 
 That  is,  with  heavenly,  sweet,  and  wholesome 
 streams  of  waters,  not  as  Egypt,  watered 
 with  man's  labour,  but  '  drinking  waters  of 
 the  rain  of  heaven,"  Deut.  xi.  10,  11.  The 
 sti  eam  of  God  may  be  here  taken  for  '  an 
 excellent  stream,'  as  '  mountains  of  God,' 
 Ps.  xxxvi.  7;  and  the  word  ivith  is  to  be  sup- 
 plied. Compare  herewith  Joel  iii.  18;  Rev. 
 xxii.  1 ;  where  '  a  fountain,  and  pure  river  of 
 water  of  life,'  come  forth  from  the  Loid's 
 house  and  throne.  Thei  r  corn,  ]  Theirs 
 that  dwell  in  thy  land,  and  house:  after  thnt 
 thou  hast  thus  prepared  the  land,  and  watered 
 it,  thou  makest  it  fruitful. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Settlest  the  furrows,]  Or, 
 the  clods,  that  is,  with  rain  thou  causest  the 
 clods  to  lie  close  to  cover  the  seed.  The 
 Heb.  words  being  indefinite,  "to  settle,"  &c. 
 have  like  signification  with  the  former.  See 
 Ps.  xlix.  15;  Ixxvii.  2;  ciii.  20.  Makest 
 it  soft,]  Or  ?neltest,  resolvest,  makest  «> 
 moist,  with  drops  of  rain,  that  fall  many. 
 See  Ps.  Ixxii.  6.  The  bod,]  Or  branch, 
 that  which  springeth   up  out   of  the  earth 
 
PSALM  LXVI. 
 
 nil 
 
 thou  blessest  tlie  bud  of  it.  '^  Thou  crownest  the  year  of  thy 
 goodness,  and  thy  paths  drop  fatness.  '^  Tliey  drop  on  tlie  pastures 
 of  tiie  wilderness,  and  the  hills  are  girded  about  with  gladness. 
 "  TJie  pastures  are  clad  with  sheep,  and  the  valleys  are  covered  with 
 corn ;  they  shout,  they  also  sing. 
 
 This  name  is  given  to  Christ  himself,  Is.  iv. 
 2;   Zach.  iii.  8;  vi.  12. 
 
 Ver.  12 — Year  of  thy  goodness,]  That 
 is,  thy  good  year,  which  thou  honourest  with 
 singular  blessings.  So  God  commanding  the 
 sabbath  year,  promised  to  bless  the  sixth  year, 
 that  it  should  bring  forth  fruit  for  thrte  years, 
 Lev.  XXV.  20,  21.  But  'the  good  year'  is 
 that  '  acceptable  year  of  the  Lord,'  which 
 Christ  preached,  Is.  Ixi.  2;  Luke  iv.  19. 
 Thv  paths  drop,]  The  ciouds  which  are 
 God's  chariot,  Ps.  civ.  3;  in  which  water  is 
 bound,  Job  xxvi.  S;  and  from  which  rain  is 
 dropped,  to  cause  the  earth  to  fructify.  Job 
 xxxvi.  2S;  xxxviii.  26,27.  And />a^A*  here 
 are  properly  such  tracks  as  are  made  by 
 chariot  wheels. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Of  the  wilderness,]  Where 
 
 there  is  no  man,  Job  xxxviii.  26;  that  grass 
 may  grow  for  beasts,  Ps.  civ.  14.  Though 
 sometimes  shepherds  there  feed  their  flocks, 
 Exod.  iii.  1.  Girded  m-ith  gladness,] 
 Rejoicing  for  the  store  of  grass  that  grow  on 
 them  on  every  side.  Things  are  figuratively 
 said  to  be  glad,  when  they  attain  unto  and 
 abide  in  their  natural  perfection:  so  light  is 
 said  to  rejoice  when  it  shineth  clear  and  con- 
 tinually, Prov.  xiii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  14. — The  pastdres,]  Or,  fields,  are 
 clothed,  that  is,  covered,  abundantly  stored 
 with  flocks  of  sheep.  For  "  fields,"  the  Gr. 
 putteth  "rams  of  the  sheep:"  the  Heb. 
 Carim  signifieth  both,  Is.  xxx.  23;  xxxiv.  6; 
 but  the  grammatical  construciion  and  cohe- 
 rence here  showeth  it  rather  to  be  'fields'  or 
 '  pastures.' 
 
 PSALM    LXVL 
 
 ^n  exliortation  to  praise  God,  5.  to  observe  his  works,  8.  to  bless  him 
 for  his  (/7'acious  benefits.  13.  The  prophet  voiveth  religious  service  to 
 God.     16.  He  declareth  God's  special  goodness  to  himself. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music,  a  song,  a  psalm. 
 
 ^  Shout  ye  unto  God,  all  the  eartli.  With  psalm  sing  the  glory 
 of  his  name,  put  glory  to  his  praise.  ^  Say  unto  God,  How  fearful 
 is  every  of  thy  works !  through  the  greatness  of  thy  strength  thine 
 enemies  shall  falsely  deny  to  thee.  *  Let  all  the  earth  bow  down 
 themselves  to  tliee,  and  sing  psalm  to  thee  ;  let  them  sing  psalm 
 to  thy  name,  Selah.  *  Come  and  see  the  works  of  God  :  he  is  fear- 
 ful in  his  doing  toward  the  sons  of  Adam.  ®  He  turned  sea  to  dry 
 land,  they  passed  through  the  river  on  foot,  there  did  we  rejoice  in 
 
 Ver.  1. — Shout,]  To  wit,  with  ajoyfnl  or 
 trium'phant  noise:  see  Ps.  xli.  12.  All 
 THE  earth,]  Or,  all  the  land,  that  is,  the 
 inhabitants  thereof,  as  the  Chald.  explainetb. 
 So  verse  4,  and  Ps.  xcviii.  4;  and  c.  1 ;  aud 
 often  in  scripture. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Pdt  glory,]  In  Gr.,  "give 
 glory  to  his  praise,"  that  is,  "  make  his 
 praise  glorious  and  honourable."  A  like 
 phrase  is  in  Josh.  vii.  19;  '  put  glory  to  Jeho- 
 vah,' that  is,  give  him  glory. 
 
 Ver.  3.  —  Fearful  in  every,  &c.]  Or, 
 fearful  art  thou  in  thy  works.  One  word 
 singular,  and  another  plural,  meaneth  exactly 
 '  all  and  c\^xy  one,'  as  Ps.  Ivii.  2;  Ixii.  5. 
 Falsely  deny,]  Or,  lie,  that  is,  feignedly 
 submit:   see  Ps.  xviii.  45. 
 
 Ver.  4.— Let  all,]  Or,  All  shall. 
 
 Ver.  5. — In  his  doing,]  Or,  in  practice} 
 the  Gr.  iranslateth,  "  in  counsels;"  see  Ps. 
 ix.  12. 
 
 Ver.  G. — Sea  to  dry  land,]  The  red sra 
 
542 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 liini,  '  He  ruletli  with  his  power ^r  ever,  iiis  eyes  espy  among  tlie 
 nations ;  tiie  rebellious,  let  them  not  exalt  tliemselves,  Selali.  "*  Ye 
 people,  bless  our  God,  and  make  tlie  voice  of  his  praise  to  be  heard. 
 "  That  putteth  our  soul  in  life,  and  hath  not  given  our  foot  to  be 
 moved.  '°  For  thou,  O  God,  hast  proved  us,  thou  hast  tried  us  as 
 silver  is  tried.  ^'  Thou  liast  brought  us  into  the  net,  thou  hast  laid 
 straitness  on  our  loins.  '^  Thou  hast  caused  men  to  ride  upon  our 
 liead,  we  came  into  fire  and  into  waters,  and  thou  hast  brought  us 
 out  to  an  abundant  place.  '^  I  will  come  into  thine  house  with 
 burnt- offerings,  I  will  pay  to  tliee  my  vows.  "  Which  my  lips 
 have  uttered,  and  my  mouth  hath  spoken  in  the  distress  upon  me. 
 ''  Burnt-offerings  of  marrowed  rams  I  will  offer  up   to   thee   with 
 
 God  turned  to  dry  land  by  a  strong  east 
 wind,  dividing  the  waters,  that  Israel  might 
 go  through  it,  Exod.  xiv.  21,  22.  Throdgh 
 THE  RIVER,]  Jordan,  when  the  banks 
 thereof  were  full,  was  dried ;  the  waters 
 stood  still  on  an  heap  till  all  the  people  went 
 through  it,  Josh,  iii,  13,  14—17.  So  the 
 Cliald.  explaineth  it,  "  through  the  river 
 .Jordan  the  sons  of  Israel  went  on  their  feet." 
 There  did  we  rejoice,]  He  teacheth  them 
 to  apply  tlieir  fathers'  deliverances  to  them- 
 selves: for  all  things  fore-written  are  for  our 
 learning  and  use,  Rom.  xv.  4.  A  like 
 speech  another  prophet  useth,  '  he  found  him 
 in  Bethel,  and  there  he  spake  with  us,'  Hos. 
 xii.  4.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth,  "  I  will 
 lead  them  to  the  mount  of  the  house  of  the 
 sanctuary  there  we  will  rejoice  in  In's  word." 
 
 Ver.  7. — Espv,]  That  is,  ivatchfully  vieiv 
 in  the  nations,  that  is,  (as  Solomon  expound- 
 eth  it)  '  in  every  place,  both  the  evil  (per- 
 sons) and  the  good,'  Prov.  xv.  3.  "The 
 REHELLious,]  Or,  the  off-fallen, froward  &i\d 
 refractory  persons,  which  exasperate  and  pro- 
 voke the  Lord  to  bitterness,  as  the  Gr.  here 
 translateth.  Exalt,]  Or,  be  exalted  {puft 
 up)  in  themselves. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Pe  iples,]  Tribes  of  Israel, 
 called  a.]so  peoples,  Acts  iv.  27.  Make  to  be 
 HEARD,]  Or,  ca?ise  {men)  to  hear,  sound 
 forth  audibly:  see  Ps.  xxvi.  7. 
 
 Ver.  9. — That  putteth  our  soul  in 
 LIFE,]  That  is,  first  giveth,  then  preserveth 
 life^  and  finally  restoreth  our  dead  souls  unto 
 life.  Saving  from  dangers  of  death,  Ps.  xxx. 
 4,  '  quickening  them  that  were  dead  in  sins,' 
 Eph.  ji.  1.  The  Chald.  expounds  it,  "the 
 life  of  the  world  to  come."  Given  our 
 FOOT  to  be  moved,]  That  is,  suffered  our 
 estate  to  be  changed  to  our  ruin:  so  Ps. 
 xxxviii.  17;  cxxi.  3.      See  Ps.  xv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  10. — As  silver  is  tried,]  Ileb. 
 as  to  try  silver;  and  this  meaneth  sore  afflic- 
 tions, as  at  large  is  showedj  Ezek.  xxii.  19 — 
 
 22,  wherefore  when  God  mentioneth  lesser 
 trials,  he  saith,  '  Lo,  I  have  tried  thee,  but 
 not  as  silver,'  Is.  xlviii.  10.  Hereby  also  is 
 meant  a  purifying  from  dross  and  corruption 
 by  afflictions.  See  Mai.  iii.  3;  Zach.  xiii. 
 9 ;  1  Pet.  i.  7. 
 
 Ver.  1). — Straitness,]  Or,  affliction, 
 as  the  Gr.  also  turneth  it;  but  hereby  a  strait 
 chain  or  wringing  girt  may  be  meant,  such  as 
 burthens  are  tied  with  to  the  back  of  beasts. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Upon  our  head,]  To  use  us 
 as  beasts  for  to  carry  them ;  it  meaneth  ser- 
 vile subjection:  see  the  like  in  Is.  li.  23. 
 Came  into  fire  and  into  waters,]  That 
 is,  passed  through  aflliction  of  sundry  sorts;  Ps. 
 xxxii.  6 ;  Ezek.  xv.  C,  7.   Also  in  Num.  xxxi. 
 
 23,  those  things  are  said  '  to  come  into  or  pass 
 thiough  fire,'  which  would  abide  the  same 
 without  being  consumed,  as  metals.  That 
 sense  hath  also  use  here,  as  after  is  showed. 
 An  abundant  place,]  Or,  a  moist,  a  ivcll 
 watered  land,  where  we  may  drink  our  fill. 
 The  Gr.  calleth  it  "a  refreshing;"  which 
 well  fitteth  with  the  comforts  of  the  gospel,  as 
 Acts  iii.  29. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Opened,]  That  is,  uttered,  or 
 promised  distinctly  and  seriously,  as  the  Gr. 
 saith,  "distinguished:"  for  the  mouth  being 
 opened  in  vows,  sigiiilleth  that  they  may  not 
 be  called  back,  Judg.  xi.  35,  36.  Distress 
 UPON  me,]  Or,  in  my  distress:  so  Ps.  xviii. 
 7;  lix.  17. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Marrowed  rams,]  That,  is, 
 fat  and  lusty.  The  word  '  rams'  is  in  Ileb. 
 set  after  the  word  'incense:'  which  may 
 therefore  be  read,  '  the  incense  (or  perfume) 
 of  rams,'  meaning  the  fat  which  was  burned 
 on  the  altar.  And  so  it  may  intend  'peace- 
 offerings,'  as  before  he  mentioned  '  burnt- 
 offerings :'  see  Lev.  iii.  9 — 11,  compared 
 with  Lev.  i.  10—13.  The  Chald.expoundeth 
 it,  "incense  of  spices,  and  sacrifices  ol  rams.' 
 Make  ready,]  Or,  offer,  as  the  Gr.  inter- 
 pietetli  it.     The  Hub!  word  to  make  or  do, 
 
PSALM    LXVII. 
 
 543 
 
 incense  ;  I  will  make  ready  beeves,  with  goat^bucks,  Selah.  '^  Come 
 hear  ye  and  I  will  tell,  all  ye  that  fear  God,  wliat  he  doth  done  to 
 my  soul.  "  Unto  him  I  called  with  my  mouth,  and  he  was  extolled 
 under  my  tongue.  ^^If  I  had  seen  in  my  heart  painful  ijiiquity,  the 
 Lord  would  not  have  heard.  ^°  But  surely  God  hath  heard,  hath 
 attended  to  the  voice  of  my  prayer.  ^°  Blessed  he  God,  which  hatli 
 not  turned  away  my  prayer  and  liis  mercy  from  me. 
 
 VeR.  18.— If   I  HAD  SEEN    IN  MY  HEART,] 
 
 That  is,  liad  regarded  with  it:  so  to  'see,' 
 is  to  '  behold  '  with  a  corrupt  afi'ectioii,  Job 
 xxxi.  26.  Thus  God  '  cannot  see  evil,'  Hab. 
 i.  13.  Would  not  have  heard,]  For, 
 '  God  heareth  not  sinners,'  John  ix.  31;  nor 
 '  hypocrites,'  Job  xxvii.  8,  9;  Prov.  xv.  29, 
 The  Gr.  maketh  it  a  wish,  "  Let  not  the 
 Lord  hear  me.'' 
 
 is  nsed  for  '  dressing  '  or  *  making  ready  '  of 
 meat,  or  sacrifices,  Gen.  xviii.  8;  Judg.  vi. 
 19;  Exod.  X.  25;  xxix.  3C ;  Lev.  xvi.  24; 
 xxii.  23.  Beeves,]  The  Heb.  bakar  is  the 
 beef  generally;  one  for  many,  as  in  Ps.  viii. 
 9.  These  were  the  principal  sacrifices.  Lev. 
 i.  2,  10. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Under  my  tongue,]  That  is, 
 with  7ny  tongJie  :  or  it  may  be  meant  of  the 
 heart  and  inward  parts,  which  are  under  the 
 tongue. 
 
 PSALM    LXVIL 
 
 j4  pray 67'  for  the  enlargement  of  God's  Mngdom,  to  the  joy  of  all 
 •peoples,  and  increase  of  God's  blessings. 
 
 ^  To  tlie  master  of  the  music,  on  Neginoth,  a  psalm,  a  song. 
 
 ^  God  be  gracious  unto  us,  and  bless  us,  he  make  his  face  to 
 shine  witli  us,  Selah.  ^  That  they  may  know  in  tlie  eartli  thy  way, 
 thy  salvation  among  all  the  lieathens.  *  Peoples  shall  confess  thee, 
 O  God,  people  all  of  them  sliall  confess  thee.  '  Tlie  nations  sliall 
 rejoice  and  shout,  for  tliou  wilt  judge  the  people  z^jzYA  righteousness, 
 and  the  nations  in  the  earth,  thou  wilt  guide  tliem,  Selah.  ^  Peo- 
 ples shall  confess  thee,  O  God,  people  all  of  them  shall  confess 
 tliee.  '  Tlie  earth  yieideth  her  increase,  God  our  God  will  bless 
 us.  God  will  bless  us,  and  all  the  ends  of  the  earth  siiall  fear 
 him. 
 
 Ver.  2 — Face  to  shine,]  Or,  to  be  light, 
 that  is,  cheerful  and  favourable.  See  P.-;.  iv. 
 7;  xxxi.  17. 
 
 Ver.  3. — That  they  may  knoiv,] 
 Meaning  »«eM,  indefinitely:  or,  i\\z.tthy  way 
 may  be  known.  God's  way  is  generally  his 
 administration  in  the  world,  specially  his 
 gospel,'  Acts  xviii.  25,  26;  as  his  salvation 
 is  Christ,  Luke  ii.  30. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Shall  confess,]  Or,  let  them 
 confess :  and  so  after. 
 
 Ver.  7.— The  earth,]  Or,  land  of 
 Canaan,  (as  the  Chald.  explains  it,  "the  land 
 of  Israel)"  the  seat  of  God's  church;  whose 
 fruitful  increase  God  promised  in  the  law, 
 Lev.  XXV.  19;  xxvi.  4;  and  the  prophets 
 apply  it  to  the  spiritual  graces  of  the  gospel, 
 Ezek.  xxxiv.  27;  Zach.  viii.  12;  Is.  xlv.  8; 
 and  our  land  or  earth  is  our  hearts  regenerate, 
 to  bear  fruits  to  the  Lord,  Matt.  xiii.  19 — 
 23;  Heb.  vi.  7. 
 
544 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    LXVIIL 
 
 A  'prayer  at  the  removmg  of  the  arlc,  with  a  prophecy  of  Christ's 
 resurrection.  5.  An  exhortation  to  praise  God  for  his  mercies,  8.  and 
 for  his  care  of  the  church.  19-  A  prophecy  of  Chrisfs  ascension  and 
 benefits  following.,  for  which  God  is  to  he  blessed;  32.  and  of  the  con- 
 version of  the  Gentiles  unto  his  further  praise. 
 
 '  To  the  Master  of  the  Music,  a  psalm,  a  song  of  David. 
 
 ^  Let  God  arise,  let  his  enemies  be  scattered,  and  they  that  hate 
 him  flee  from  his  face.  '"  As  smoke  is  driven  away,  so  drive  thon 
 them  away  ;  as  wax  is  melted  at  tlie  face  of  fire,  so  let  tlie  wicked 
 perish  from  the  face  of  God.  *  And  let  the  just  rejoice,  let  them 
 shew  gladsomeness  before  the  face  of  God,  and  let  them  joy  witli 
 rejoicing.  *  Sing  ye  to  God,  sing  psalms  to  his  name ;  make  an 
 high  way  for  him  that  rideth  in  the  deserts,  in  Jah  his  name,  and 
 shew  gladness  before  his  face.  ^  He  is  a  father  of  the  father- 
 less, and  a  Judge  of  the  widows  ;  even  God,  in  the  mansion  of  liis, 
 
 Ver.  1. — Let  god  arise,]  Or,  stand  up. 
 By  God  here  is  meant  Christ  our  Lord;  for 
 of  him  is  this  psalm  interpreted  by  the 
 apostle,  Eph.  iv.  8 — 10.  This  entrance  is 
 taken  from  Moses,  Num.  x.  35;  were  when 
 the  host  of  Israel  rose  up  from  mount  Sinai 
 to  journey  towards  Canaan,  the  '  ark  of  the 
 covenant  of  the  Lord  went  before  them  three 
 days'  journey  to  search  out  a  resting-place  for 
 them.'  And  when  the  ark  went  forward, 
 Moses  said,  '  Rise  up  Jehovah,  and  let  thine 
 enemies  be  scattered,'  &c.  where  Moses 
 respected  not  only  the  ark,  (the  figure  of 
 Christ)  but  the  promise  of  God :  '  Behold  I 
 send  an  angel  before  thee,  to  keep  thee  in  the 
 way,  and  to  bring  thee  to  the  place  which  I 
 have  prepared  ;  beware  of  him  and  hear  his 
 voice,'  &c.  '  fur  my  name  is  in  him,'  &c.  Ex. 
 xxiii.  20,  21.  This  was  the  'angel  of  the 
 covenant,'  Mai.  iii.  1  ;  the  '  angel  of  God's 
 face'  or  '  presence,'  which  saved  the  people, 
 Isa.  Ixiii.  9;  even  Christ,  whom  they  '  tempt- 
 ed' in  the  wilderness,  1  Cor.  x.  9;  in  whom 
 'God  was,'  2  Cor.  v.  19,  and  who  himself  is 
 '  God  over  all,  blessed  for  ever,  Amen,'  Rom. 
 ix.  5  ;  David  applieth  these  things  to  his 
 own  time  and  action  of  '  bringing  home  the 
 ark,'  I  Chron.  xiii.  and  prophesieth  also  of 
 things  to  come,  as  Acts  ii.  30,  31. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Let  them  joy,]  To  wit,  in- 
 wardly, with  delight,  (as  the  Gr.  explaineth 
 it)  as  the  former  word  signifieth,  "outward 
 joyful  carriage  and  exultation." 
 
 Ver.  5. — Make  an  high  way,]  Or,  exalt: 
 but  that  this  is  meant  of  u  way,  or  causey, 
 
 fir^t  the  Heb.  word  sollu  naturally  beareth, 
 as  Isa.  Ixii.  10;  Ivii.  14;  secondly,  the  Gr. 
 version  hodopoiefate ,  "make  way,"  confirmeth 
 it;  thirdly,  the  scope  of  this  place  showeth  it, 
 compared  with  Isa.  xl.  3;  where  the  'voice 
 in  the  wilderness'  crieth  to  '  prepare  the  way 
 of  the  Lord  Christ,'  Mat.  iii.  2.  Deserts,] 
 Places  where  things  are  mi.red  and  confused, 
 as  the  \ymA  (jhnarahoth  properly  signifieth. 
 ?>o  gnarabah  isa  'desert'  or  'wilderness,' 
 Isa.  xl.  2 ;  and  there  is  a  declaration  of  this 
 place,  that '  valleys'  should  be  'exalted,  moun- 
 tains debased,  crooked  things  made  straight,  and 
 rough  places  smooth,'  Isa.  xl.  3  ;  Luke  iii.  5. 
 The  Gr.  version  here,  epi  dusmoon,  meaneth 
 also  the  same :  for  though  the  word  be 
 ambiguous,  and  signifieth  the  'west  parts,'  yet 
 it  is  often  used  ior  the  '  deserts,'  or  '  plains 
 of  the  wilderness,' Num.  xxxiii.  48,  50;  xxxvi. 
 13;  Deut.  i.  1  ;  Josh.  v.  10;  2  Sam.  iv.  7. 
 In  Jah  his  name,]  Or  by  'Jah  his  name,'  to 
 wit  'sing'  and  'praise  him.'  Jah  is  the 
 proper  name  of  God  in  respect  of  'being'  or 
 'existence,' for  he  'is' of  himself,  Ex.  iii.  14. 
 'giveth'  to  all  'life  and  breath,  and  all 
 things,'  and  'in  him  we  live,  and  move,  and 
 have  our  being,'  Acts  xvii.  25 — 28.  It 
 is  the  same  in  eflect  with  'Jehovah,'  but 
 more  seldom  used:  of  which  see  Ps.  Ixxxiii. 
 19. 
 
 Ver.  6. — A  judge,]  That  is,  a  defence 
 and  avenger  of  their  wrongs:  see  Ex.  xxii. 
 22 — 24;  Isa.  i.  17;  Jam.  i.  27.  Mansion 
 OF  HIS  HOLINESS,]  Or,  'his  holy  mansion,' 
 whereof  see  Ps.  xxvi.  8. 
 
PSALM    LXVIII. 
 
 545 
 
 holiness.  '  God  scateth  the  solitary  in  houses,  bringeth  forth  those 
 that  are  bound  in  chains ;  but  the  rebellious  dwell  in  a  dry  land. 
 «  O  God  when  thou  wentest  forth  before  thy  people,  when  tliou 
 marchedst  in  the  wilderness,  Selah.  ^  The  eartli  quaked,  also  the 
 lieavens  dropped,  at  the  face  of  God:  Sinai  itself  at  the  face  of  God, 
 the  God  of  Israel.  '"  A  rain  of  liberalities  thou  didst  shake  ont, 
 O  God ;  thine  inheritance  when  it  was  wearied,  thou  didst  confirm 
 it.  '^  Thy  company  do  dwell  in  it,  thou  dost  prepare  in  thy 
 goodness  for  the  poor  afflicted,  O  God.     '*  The  Lord  will  give  the 
 
 Ver.  7. — The  solitary,]  Them  which 
 are  alone,  or  desolate,  meaning  without 
 children.  In  Hotj->E,]  That  is  'giveth  tliem 
 ohildien  :'  see  Ps. cxiii.  9.  In  chains,]  Or, 
 in  conveniences,  that  is,  i?i  conveiiient  and 
 commodious  sort ;  or  into  fit  (and  commod- 
 ious) places.  The  Gr.  saith,  "  in  fortitude." 
 The  Chald.  thus,  "he  brought  forth  the  sons 
 of  Israel,  which  were  bound  in  Egypt." 
 Dry  land,]  Or,  barren  ground,  named  in  the 
 original  of  the  blackness  or  whiteness,  as 
 ■whereon  nothing  groweth.  This  the  Chald. 
 referreth  to  "Pharaoh  and  his  host,"  which 
 were  obstinate,  and  would  not  'send  away 
 Israel,'  that  they  'dwelt  in  a  dry  land.' 
 
 Ver.  9. — Sinai  itself,]  Or,  this  Sinai, 
 to  wit,  'quaked,' when  God  came  down  upon 
 it  to  give  his  law:  see  Ex.  xix.  16,  18; 
 Heb.  xii.  18.  The  Chald.  saith,  "Sinai,  the 
 smoke  thereof  ascended  like  the  smoke  of  a 
 lurnace,  because  the  majesty  of  God,  the  God 
 of  Israel,  was  revealed  upon  it."  These 
 words  David  borrowed  from  *  Deborah's  song,' 
 Judg.  V.  4,  5.  Sinai  is  a  mountain  in 
 Aiabia,  Gal.  iv.  25;  in  the  wilderness, 
 through  which  Israel  passed,  Ex.  xix.  1.  It 
 was  called  also  Horeb :  see  Ps.  cvi.  19. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Rain  of  liberalities,]  That  is, 
 a  liberal,  plentiful,  free  and  bountiful  rain 
 proceeding  of  God's  free  grace.  So  elsewhere 
 is  mentioned  the  'rain  of  blessing,'  Ezek. 
 xxxiv.  26;  spiritually  this  meaneth  the  doc- 
 trine of  the  gospel,  Deut.  xxxii.  2  ;  Isa.  xlv. 
 S;  Hos.  xiv.  6,7;  vi.  3 ;  Heb.  vi.  7;  see 
 Ps.  Ixv.  10.  Shake  out,  J  or,  shed  and 
 sprinkle  abroad,  as  with  the  waving  of  the 
 hand;  the  Gr.  turneth  it,  "separate."  God 
 'divideth  the  spouts  for  the  rain,'  Job  xxxviii. 
 25 — 2S;  xxxvii.  6.  When  it,  &c.]  Heb. 
 and  tvearied,  that  is,  dry,  fainting  for  want 
 of  water,  as  Ps.  Ixiii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  U. — Thy  company,]  The  host  of 
 Israel,  seated  in  Caiman.  The  Heb.  word 
 Chejah  signifying  "life,"  is  used  for  all  'liv- 
 ing creatures,"  commonly  '  beasts,'  and 
 among  them  '  wild  beasts,'  in  which  most  life 
 appeareth,  Gen.  i.  24, 25,  &c.  also  for  '  fishes,' 
 Ps.  civ.  25.  Applied  to  men,  it  meaneth  a 
 Vol.  II. 
 
 3Z 
 
 company  or  society,  either  good,  as  in  this 
 place,  or  evil,  as  after  in  ver.  31.  It  is  used 
 for  an  host  of  men,  as  2  Sam.  xxiii.  13; 
 instead  whereof,  in  1  Chron.  xi.  15;  is  written 
 Machaneh,  a  'camp  or  leaguer.'  The  Gr. 
 here  turneth  it  Zoa,  "  living  wights  :"  which 
 word  is  used  in  Rev.  xlvi.  5 — 9;  where 
 mystical  speech  is  of  Christ's  church. 
 Prepare,]  To  wit,  thine  inheritance  {or, fruit- 
 ful blessing  therein)  for  the  poor  (or  afflicted) 
 that  is,  the  church.  This  e\eYy  man  was  to 
 acknowledge  when  he  brought  the  first-fruits 
 unto  God :  see  Deut.  xxvi.  5 — 10.  The 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  thou  preparedst  the 
 hosts  of  the  companies  of  angels  for  to  do 
 good  to  the  poor  afflicted." 
 
 Ver.  12. — Will  give  the  speech,]  Or, 
 give  the  word;  but  it  may  be  taken  for  a  pro- 
 phecy. AnA  hy  giving  the  speech  (or  word) 
 is  meant  either  the  ■ministering  of  matter  and 
 speech  unto  them,  or  the  confirming  and  per- 
 forming of  that  which  they  have  spoken.  So 
 Paul  desired  the  prayers  of  the  churches, 
 'that  speech  might  be  given  him,'  Eph.  vi. 
 19;  Col.  iv.  3.  But  the^Chald.  referreth  this 
 to  the  law,  "the  word  of  God  gave  the  words 
 of  the  law  to  his  people."  Of  those  that 
 publish  glad  tidings,]  Or,  (applying  it  to 
 Christ's  time)  of  the  evangelists,  of  the  souls 
 that  preach  the  gospel,  or  'carry  good  news.' 
 Such  are  in  armies,  they  that  carry  tidings  of 
 victory,  as  2  Sam.  xviii.  19.  '  Such  in  Christ's 
 army  are  the  preachers  of  the  gospel,  Rom.  x. 
 15.  The  original  word  here  mebassroth,  is  of 
 the  feminine  gender,  usually  understood  there- 
 fore of  women,  such  as  sung  songs  of  victory, 
 as  Ex.  XV.  20;  1  Sam.  xviii.  6,  7;  but  the 
 scripture  no  where  calleth  such  the  '  publish- 
 ers of  glad  tidings  :  '  we  niay  therefore  under- 
 stand it  of  men;  for,  1.  As  Solomon  called 
 himself  Koheleth,  that  is,  a  preacher,  (in  the 
 feminine  gender)  or  '  a  preaching  soul,'  Eccl. 
 i.  1 ;  so  may  any  evangelist  in  like  sort  be 
 called  Mcbassereth.  2.  Also  the  Gr.  version 
 maketh  it  the  masculine,  "the  Loid  will  give 
 the  word"  {tois  Euaggelizom^nois)  "to  the 
 men  that  evangelize."  3.  And  in  Isa.  si.  9; 
 such  are  spoken  to  in  this  sort  r.nd  form  as  did 
 
)4G 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 speech  of  those  that  publish  glad  tidings  to  the  great  army.  '^  The 
 kings  of  the  armies  shall  flee,  and  slie  that  remaineth  in  the  house 
 shall  divide  tlie  spoil.  '*  Though  ye  lie  between  the  pot  ranges,  ye 
 shall  be  as  the  whigs  of  a  dove,  which  is  decked  with  silver,  and 
 her  feathers  witli  yellow  gold.  '*  When  the  Almighty  scattereth 
 abroad  kings  in  it,  it  shall  be  snow  wiiite  in  Salmon.  '^  A  moun- 
 tain of  God  mount  Bashan  is,  an  hilly  mountain  mount  Bashan. 
 "  WJiy  leap  ye,  O  hilly  mountains  ?    this   is    tlie  mountain   God 
 
 'preach  good  tidings  to  Zion  and  Jerusalem  ; ' 
 which  seemeth  to  be  principally  meant  of  the 
 apostles.  4.  The  Chald.  paraphrast  also 
 applieth  it  to  men,  though  past,  as  to  Moses 
 and  Aaron,  which  evangelized  the  word  of 
 God  to  the  many  companies  of  Israel.  To 
 THE  GREAT  ARMY,]  Meaning  the  church,  of 
 whose  ivarfare  see  Isa.  xl.  2;  Rev.  xix.  14; 
 2  Cor.  X.  4 ;  or  if  we  refer  it  to  the  evangelists, 
 there  is  a  great  host  of  them  :  or  to  the  tidings 
 that  they  tell,  it  is  of  much  war.  The 
 Chald.  refers  it  to  Moses  and  Aaron,  "that 
 evangelized  God's  word  to  the  great  hosts  of 
 Israel." 
 
 Ver.  13.. — Shall  flee,]  This  is  meant  of 
 Christ's  enemies,  as  in  ver.  2;  though  here 
 is  another  word,  signifying  a  'wandering 
 flight,'  seeking  where  to  hide  them,  as  Rev. 
 vi.  15.  So  '  five  kings  '  fled  from  Joshua  and 
 hid  them  in  a  cave,  Jos.  x.  16.  See  also  Jos. 
 xi.  1,  4,  5,  8.  She  THAT  remaineth,]  Heb. 
 the  mansion  (or  habitation)  that  is,  the  woman 
 or  ivom£n,  who  go  not  out  to  war,  but  'keep  at 
 home,'  as  Judg.  v.  24;  Tit.  ii.  5.  As  the 
 church  is  sometimes  likened  to  a  woman, 
 Rev.  xii.  1 ;  so  the  Chald.  applieth  this  here 
 to  tlie  "congregation  of  Israel,"  that  "divided 
 the  spoil  from  heaven."  Divide  the  spoil,] 
 This  is  a  blessing,  Isa.  liii.  12;  done  after 
 victory,  Judg.  v.  30;  Luke  xi.  22.  and  '  with 
 joy,'  Isa.  ix.  3.  For  spoils  are  used  to  denote 
 riches,  Prov.  i.  13;  xxxi.  11  ;   xvi.  19. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Between  the  pot-ranges,] 
 Or,  between  the  two  banks  or  roivs,  to  wit,  of 
 stones  made  to  hang  pots  and  kettles  on  in 
 the  camp  or  leaguer  :  places  where  scullions 
 lie,  and  so  are  black ;  meaning  here  hy  affliction 
 and  misery ;  as  on  the  contrary,  by  'the  dove's 
 silver  wings'  is  meKut  prosperity.  Or,  we 
 may  understand  it  of  the  two  bounds  and  limits 
 of  the  enemies,  where  they  are  continually 
 assailed  and  endangered.  And  this  the  Gr. 
 seemeth  to  favour,  turning  it,  "  [ana  meson 
 toon  cleroon]"  amidst  (or  between)  the  inher- 
 itances ;  even  as  they  also  translate  the  ttvo 
 burthens  or  limits  between  which  '  Issachar 
 couched,'  Gen.  xlix.  14.  which  tribe  had  the 
 Philistines  at  one  end,  the  Ammonites  on  the 
 other,that  vexed  them.  The  Chald.  giveththis 
 paraphrase,  "  The  God  of  Israel  said,  Though 
 
 ye  kings  lie  (or  sleep)  between  the  curtains, 
 behold  the  church  of  Israel,  which  is  like  unio 
 a  dove,  covered  with  clouds  of  glory,  divideth 
 the  spoil  of  the  Egyptians."  With  yellow 
 GOLD,]  Understand  again,  '  decked  with 
 yellow  '  (or  greenish)  '  gold,'  that  is,  of  a 
 golden  colour  and  green,  as  the  original  woid 
 importeth.  Lev.  xiii.  49  ;  xiv.  37. 
 
 Ver.  15.— The  almighty,]  Or,  All-snffi- 
 cient,  that  is,  God,  named  in  Heb.  "Shaddai, 
 of  his  power  and  sufficiency  to  go  through 
 with  all  things,  and  for  u-asting  and  destroyiiig 
 his  enemies,  as  at  tlie  drowning  of  the  world. 
 To  this  the  prophets  have  reference,  saying, 
 that  'shod  (destruction)'  shall  come  'from 
 Shaddai  '  (the  'Almighty')  Isa.  xiii.  6;  Joel 
 i.  15.  Scattereth,]  Or,  i/jrearfe^AaSrofff^, 
 having  discomfited  '  the  kings,'  his  enemies, 
 in  that  his  inheritance,  verse  10,  11.  So 
 Spreading  is  used  for  scattering,  Zach.  ii.  6. 
 It  shall  be  snow-white,]  Or, '  thou  shalt  be 
 snowy,*  speaking  to  the  church,  or  of  it. 
 JVhiteness  denoteth  '  victory,  ^  joy,  gloiy,* 
 Rev.  ii.  17,  37;  Luke  ix.  29.  and  tvhiteness 
 as  snow,  isa  resemblance  of  'purifying  from 
 sin,'  Ps.  Ii.  9;  Isa.  i.  18.  Salmon,]  Iu 
 Gr.  "  Selmon,"  a  mount  of  Samaria,  in  the 
 tribe  of  Ephraim,  near  tlie  city  '  Sichem,'  as 
 appeareth,  Judg.  ix.  47,  48.  situated  in  the 
 heart  of  the  country.  Tsalmon  signifieth 
 shady,  or  dark,  and  so  it  seemeth  this 
 mount  was  with  caves,  gliniis,  and  trees 
 that  grew  thereon  ;  but  with  snow  upon  it 
 was  made  lightsome.  So  to  be  '  snow  white 
 in  Salmon,'  is  to  have  light  in  darkness,  joy 
 in  tribulation. 
 
 Ver.  16. — A  mocnt  of  god,]  That  is,  high, 
 large,  and  full  of  divine  blessings ;  for  '  Bashan' 
 was  a  fat  and  fruitful  mountain:  see  Ps.  xxii. 
 13;  xxxvi.  7.  An  hilly  mount,]  Or,  a 
 mount  of  hillocks  or  knobs,  having  many  tops. 
 This  seemeth  to  be  a  comparison ;  Bashan  is 
 a  goodly  large  mountain,  but  this  Zion  doth 
 excel  it,  for  here  God  dwelleth  with  his 
 angels,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Leap  ye,]  Instdt  ye^rom\\y,OT 
 lay  ye  wait  for.  The  original  'ratsad  '  is  no 
 where  to  be  found  in  Heb.  but  here  only.  In 
 Arabic  it  signifieth  to  espy  and  lie  in  wait  for 
 the  hurt  of  others,  which  agreeth  well  with  the 
 
PSALM   LXVIII. 
 
 547 
 
 desireth  for  his  seat ;  yea,  Jehovah  will  dwell  m  it  to  perpetual 
 aye.  '*  God's  chariot,  twice  ten  thousand  tliousands  of  angels  ; 
 tlie  Lord  is  with  them  as  in  Sinai  in  the  sanctuary.  ^^  TJiou  art 
 ascended  on  high,  tliou  hast  led  captive  a  captivity,  thou  hast  taken 
 gifts  unto  men,  and  also  the  rebellious  to  dwell,  O  Jali  God. 
 *"  Blessed  be  the  Lord,  which  day  by  day  loadeth  us :  the  God  our 
 
 argument  here.  For  his  seat,]  To  dtoell  in 
 it.  The  Lord  chose  ZioD,  and  desired  it  for 
 his  seat :  '  this  shall  be  my  rest  for  ever,'  Ps. 
 cxxxii.  13,  14.  So,  'the  Lamb  Christ  is  on 
 mount  Zion,'  Rev.  xiv.  1.  But  the  Chald. 
 referreth  this  also  to  mount  '  Sinai,'  upon 
 which  the  word  of  God  desired  to  place  his 
 divine  presence. 
 
 Ver.  is — God's  chariot,]  Which  he  useth 
 for  his  own  service,  for  defence  of  his  church, 
 and  destruction  of  his  foes:  see  Ps.  xviii.  11. 
 'Chariot'  is  put    for  'chariots'  (as  'ship,' 
 
 1  Kings.  X.  22  for  'ships,'  2  Chron.  ix.  21) 
 or  to  note  out  the  joint  service  of  all  the 
 angels,  as  of  one.  Twice  ten  thousand,] 
 Oi-,  double  myriads,  that  is,  innumerable;  in 
 the  Gr.  "  ten  thousand  fold ; "  meaning, 
 innumerable.  Angels,]  The  Ileb.  "shinan," 
 translated  '  angels,'  is  not  elsewhere  found  in 
 scripture.  It  seemeth  to  come  of  Shanah,  to 
 second,  as  being  second  or  next  to  God  the 
 'chief  princes,'  Dan.  x.  13;  as  those  in  place 
 next  kings  are  called  the  second  unto  them, 
 
 2  Chron.  xxviii.  7;  Est.  x.3.  If  we  refer  it  to 
 the  number,  we  may  turn  it  redoubled  or 
 manifold.  If  to  the  '  chariots,'  and  derive 
 it  of  '  Shanan,'  to  '  sharpen,'  it  may  note  a 
 kind  of  chariot  with  sharp  hooks  used  in  wars, 
 as  many  human  writers  record,  2  Mac.  xiii. 
 2.  "Slatius,  lib.  10."  "Thebaid.  Macrobius, 
 &c."  However  the  word  be  doubtful,  the 
 meaning  seemeth  to  be  of  a«^c/.f  (as  the  Chald. 
 plainly  expresseth)  which  the  Gr.  here  trans- 
 late "  cheerful  ones,"  as  of  the  Heb.  "  Shaan," 
 to  be  in  tranquiHity  and  joy :  and  the  apostle 
 seemeth  to  have  reference  to  this  place,  where 
 he  meutioneth  'mount  Zion,'  'the  celestial 
 Jerusalem,  and  the  company  of  ten  thousands 
 of  angels,'  which  now  we  are  come  unto  in 
 Chi-ist,  Heb.  xii.  22;  and  'angels'  having 
 appeared  like  '  fiery  chariots,'  2  Kings  vi.  17. 
 With  them,]  Or, in  them.  As  in  Sinai,]  As 
 God  was  in  Sinai,  '  with  ten  thousand  of  holy 
 ones,*  when  he  gave  the  fiery  law,  Deut. 
 xxxiii.  2;  so  is  he  in  'Zion  with  ten  thousands 
 of  angels,*  Heb.  xii.  22.  Here  the  words  as 
 in,  seem  necessarily  to  be  supplied;  or  the 
 word  Lord,  as  the  '  Lord  of  Sinai,'  with  like 
 meaning  as  before. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Thou  art  ascended,&c.]  Thou 
 (Lord  Jesus)  'art  gone  up  to  the  highest 
 litaven,'  'having  first  descended  to  the  lowest 
 
 earth.*  So  the  apostle  teacheth  us  to  under- 
 stand this  place,  Eph.  iv.  8,  9.  To  on  high,] 
 01-  (o  the  high  place :  see  Ps.  vii.  8.  The 
 Chald  translateth  it,  "  to  the  firmament.  Led 
 captive,]  Oi',  captived  a  captivity,  that  is,  a 
 company  of  captives,  a  prey  of  people  taken  in 
 war.  See  the  like  phrase,  2  Chron.  xxviii.  5, 
 11:  Jndg.  v.  12;  Num.  xxi.  1;  Deut.  xxi. 
 10.  So  '  poverty'  is  used  for  a  company  of 
 poor  people,  2  Kings  xxiv.  14.  Christ's 
 enemies,  Satan,  sin,  death,  hell,  &c.  were  by 
 him  subdued,  Col.  ii.  15.  his  elect  captived 
 by  satan,  were  of  him  redeemed ;  of  whom 
 also  this  may  be  meant,  as  Ps.  cxxvi.  1 — 4. 
 Hast  taken  gifts  unto,]  That  is,  hast  given 
 (and  distriliited)  '  gifts  among  men.*  An 
 Heb.  phrase  often  used,  as,  '  take  me  a  sword, 
 1  Kings  iii.  24 ;  that  is,  give  or  bring  it  me. 
 '  Take  her  me  to  wife,'  Judg.  xiv.  2.  '  Take 
 me  an  oflering,'  Ex.  xxv.  2.  '  Take  me  a 
 little  water,'  1  Kings  xvii.  10;  that  is,  give. 
 Giving  also  is  sometimes  used  for  taking,  as 
 Gen.  xlii.  30.  'he  gave*  (that  is,  took)  us 
 for  spies.  Rightly  therefore  doth  tlie  apostle 
 turn  this  in  Gr,,  "given,"  Eph.  iv.  8  ;  and 
 the  next  words  ba-jidam,  is  '  unto  men,'  as 
 Paul  explaineth  it,  or  '  among  men,'  as  Jer. 
 xlix.  15.  And  the  'gifts'  are  the  'ministers 
 of  the  gospel,' given  for  the  good  of  the  church, 
 Eph.  iv.  11,  12.  So  the  Chald.  here  addeth, 
 "  thou  hast  taught  the  words  of  the  law^  hast 
 given  gifts  to  the  sons  of  men.''  And  also 
 the  rebelliods,]  Or,  disobedient,  to  wit, 
 '  thou  hast  led  captive.'  They  that  continue 
 rebellious  are  subdued  to  destruction,  Ps.  ii. 
 9;  Isa.  xi.  4;  others  by  conversion,  as  Saul, 
 '  breathing  out  threatenings  and  slaughter,'  was 
 by  Christ  subdued.  Acts  ix.  And  alter  spake 
 of  himself  and  others,  'we  ourselves  were  in 
 times  past  unwise,  disobedient,  &c.  but  when 
 the  bountifulness  and  love  of  God  our  Saviour 
 towards  man  appeared,  he  saved  us,'  &c. 
 Tit.  iii.  3 — 5.  "To  dwell,]  Understand,  'in 
 God's  mount,'  as  verse  17;  or,  'with  Jah 
 God,'  meaning  it  of  the  captives.  Or,  '  that 
 thou,  O  Jah  God,  mayest  dwell,'  to  wit,  '  in 
 men's  hearts  by  faith,'  Eph.  iii.  17;  or  in  the 
 church,  which  by  those  thy  gifts  (the  minis- 
 ters) is  builded  as  a  spiritual  house  for  God  to 
 dwell  in,  1  Cor.  iii.  9,  10,  16;  1  Pet.  ii.  5. 
 So  God  dwelt  among  the  Israelites,  Num.  v. 
 3 ;  XXXV.  34. 
 
548 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 salvation,  Selah.  ^'  Our  God  is  a  God  of  salvation,  and  to  Jehovali 
 the  Lord  beh7ig  the  issues  of  death.  ^^  But  surely  God  will  wound 
 the  head  of  his  enemies,  the  hairy  scalp  of  liim  that  goeth  on  in 
 liis  guiltiness.  "  The  Lord  hath  said,  I  will  bring  again  from 
 Bashan  :  I  will  bring  again  from  the  gulfs  of  the  sea.  **  That  thy 
 foot  may  imbrue  itself  in  blood,  the  tongue  of  thy  dogs  in  blood  of 
 thine  enemies,  even  of  every  of  them.  ^^  They  have  seen  thy  goings, 
 O  God,  the  goings  of  my  God,  my  King,  in  the  sanctuary.  '^^  The 
 singers  went  before,  tlie  players  on  instruments  after  -.  amongst 
 tlie?n  the  damsels  beating  on  timbrels.     ^'  In  the  churches  bless  ye 
 
 Ver.  20. — Day  by  day,]  or  daily:  see 
 Ps.  Ixi.  9.  LoADETii  us,]  To  wit,  ivith  his 
 blessings  or  gifts,  verse  19;  or  'with  aftlic- 
 tjoiis,"  wlierewith  the  faints  areburdeneil,  and 
 yet  bless  him  for  his  comforts  in  them,  2  Lor. 
 V.  4;  i.  3,  4,  8;  vi.  4—6.  The  Chald.  un- 
 derstandeth  it  of  such  'loading'  as  is  by 
 "  adding  precept  upon  precept." 
 
 Veil  21.— Our  god,  &c.,]  Or, '  God  to  us 
 is  a  God  '  for  salvation,  that  is,  all  manner  of 
 health,  help,&\^A  deliverance  ih&i fully  saveth. 
 Jehovah,]  So  the  name  of  God  is  written 
 usually,  wtien  Adonai,  Lord,  next  followeth 
 it,  as  here  and  Ps.  cix.  21;  or  goeth  before  it, 
 as  Gen.  xv.  2.  having  the  vowels  of  .lElohim, 
 God,  and  so  is  by  the  Jews  pronounced;  as 
 other  times  having  the  vowels  of  Adouai,  it 
 is  so  pronounced.  Lord.  So,  for  '  Adonai, 
 Jehovah,'  2  Sam.  vii.  IS;  is  written,  '  Jeho- 
 vah iElohim,'  1  Chron.  xvii.  16;  see  Ps. 
 Ixxxiii.  19.  Issues,]  Or  passages,  that  is, 
 ways  and  means  of  death,  or  to  death : 
 meaning  that  he  hath  many  ways  to  bring  his 
 enemies  to  death,  and  to  deliver  his  people 
 out  of  it.  For,  '  he  hath  the  keys  of  death,' 
 Rev.  i.  18;  'he  killeth  and  giveth  life, 
 woundelh  and  healeth,  and  none  can  deliver 
 out  of  his  hand,'  Deut.  xxxii.  39.  So  'issues 
 of  life,'  Prov.  iv.  23. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Hairy  scalp,]  Heb.  the 
 crown  (or  scalp)  of  hair,  meaning  open  and 
 inevitable  judgment  on  the  chiefest  and  most 
 fierce  enemies.  Guiltinesses,]  Guilty  sins, 
 impieties;  so  Ps.  Ixix.  6. 
 
 Ver.  23 — I  will  bring  again,]  Or,  will 
 return,  reduce,  to  wit,  thee  my  people,  as  I 
 brought  thee  from  the  peril  of  'Og  in 
 Bashan,'  Num.  xxi.  23 — 35;  and  'of  Phar- 
 aoh at  the  Red  sea,'  Ex.  xiv.  22,  23;  xviii. 
 29.  Former  deliverances  are  often  by  the 
 prophets  applied  to  the  times  and  works  of 
 Christ  :  see  Is.  xi.  1,  11,  15,  16  ;  li,  10,  11. 
 Gulfs,]  Or,  dee-ps,  bottoms  ;  see  Ps.  Ixix.  3. 
 
 Ver.  24. — That  thy  foot  may 
 imbrue,]  That  is,  be  imbrued,  or,  '  that 
 thou    mayest   imbrue    thy  foot.'     It    is    the 
 
 same  word  which  before  in  ver.  22.  is  Eng- 
 lished wound,  and  signifieth,  to  make  gore 
 bloody;  and  is  here  by  consequence  put  for 
 imbruing  or  dipping  in  gore  blood;  as  the 
 Gr.  turneth  it,  "  that  thy  foot  may  be  dipped." 
 And  this  noteth  a  great  slaughter  of  the 
 enemies ;  as  '  the  dipping  of  the  foot  in 
 oil,'  Deut.  xxxiii.  24.  meaneth  abu7ida?ice 
 thereof.  In  blood  of  thine  enemies,]  Or, 
 which  fioweth  from  thine  enemies  from  him, . 
 that  is,  fro7)i  each  of  them,  or  from  the 
 greatest  of  them,  antichrist  :  or,  of  the  same 
 blood.  Compare  herewith  the  slaughter  of 
 Chiist's  enemies,  Rev.  xix.  17,  IS,  21. 
 
 Ver.  25. — They  have  seen,]  That  is, 
 men  have  seen  (not  naming  any  special 
 persons)  '  thy  goings,'  or  ways,  and  adminis- 
 tration. The  Chald.  saith,  "the  house  of 
 Israel  have  seen  the  goings  of  thy  majesty 
 upon  the  sea,  O  God."  In  thee,]  That  is, 
 which  art  in  the  sanctuary,  or  into  the 
 sanctuary,veiei  ring  it  to  David's  carrying  of 
 the  ark  into  the  holy  tent,  1  Chron.  xiii.  6, 
 8;   XV.  28. 
 
 Ver.  26. — Beating  on  timbrels,]  Or, 
 on  tubers,  to  wit,  with  the  hand  ;  so  in  the 
 triumph  at  the  Red  sea,  '  Mary  the  sister  of 
 Aaron,  and  all  the  women  after  her,  with 
 timbrels  and  pipes,'  singing  praise  to  God, 
 Ex.  XV.  20,  21 ;  unto  that  the  Chald.  here 
 referreth  it:  so  at  the  slaughter  of  the  Philis- 
 tines, 1  Sam.  xviii.  6,7  ;  and  at  the  slaughter 
 of  the  Ammonites,  Judg.  xi.  34.  A  timbrel 
 (or  taber)  is  in  Heb.  named  "  toph,"  of 
 the  like  sound  that  it  maketh  when  it  is 
 stricken. 
 
 Ver.  27. — In  the  churches,]  Or,  congre- 
 gations: see  Ps.  xxvi.  12.  Ye  of  the 
 fountain,]  That  come  out  of  '  Israel,'  as 
 out  of  a  well  or  fountain  ;  a  phrase  taken  from 
 Deut.  xxxiii.  28.  Isaiah  hath  also  one  much 
 like  it.  Is.  xlviii,  1.  It  seemeth  to  be 
 meant  of  the  people,  though  it  may  also  be 
 referred  to  Christ;  bless  •  the  Lord,'  who  is 
 'of  the  fountain  of  Israel.'  For,  'of  the 
 Israelites,  concerning  the  flesh,  Christ'  camp. 
 
P  SA  L  M  L  X  V 1 1 1. 
 
 549 
 
 God,  even  the  Lord,  ye  of  the  fountain  of  Israel.  ^*  Tliere  little 
 Benjamin  with  their  ruler,  the  princes  of  Judah  with  their  assembly, 
 the  princes  of  Zebulun,  the  princes  of  Naphtali.  '"  Thy  God  hath 
 commanded  thy  strength ;  strengthen,  O  God,  that  thou  hast 
 wrought  for  us.  ^^  For  thy  palace  in  Jerusalem,  kings  shall  bring 
 tliee  a  present.  ^^  Rebuke  the  company  of  spear-men,  the  congre- 
 gation of  mighty  bulls,  with  the  calves  of  tlie  people,  and  him  that 
 submitteth  himself  with  pieces  of  silver  :  he  hath  scattered  abroad 
 the  people  that  delight  in  war.  ^'^  Princely  ambassadors  shall 
 come  out  of  Egypt :  J^thiopia  sliall  hastily  stretch  her  hands  unto 
 God.     ^^  Sing  unto  God,  ye  kingdoms  of  the  earth  :  sing  psalms  to 
 
 '  who  is  God  over  all,  blessed  for  ever.  Amen,' 
 Kom.  ix.  5. 
 
 Ver.  28. — There,]  In  the  churches  be 
 'little  Benjamin,'  the  'tribe'  or  'posterity 
 of  Benjamin,'  who  was  himself  '  little,'  that 
 is,  youngest  of  all  Israel's  children;  and  his 
 tribe  •  little,"  that  is,  few  in  mimber,  being 
 almost  all  destroyed  for  the  sin  of  Gibea, 
 Judg.  XX. 1,  &c.  Their  ruler,]  The  prince 
 of  that  tribe.  The  Or.  version  saitli,  "  in  a 
 trance  ;"  taking  the  Heb.  "  rodem  "  to  be  of 
 radam,  thongh  it  be  not  found  elsewhere  in 
 this  form ;  yet  rare  words  but  once  used,  are 
 sundry  times  found  in  this  and  other  Ps. 
 These  things  applied  to  Christ's  times  and 
 after,  are  very  mystical.  Benjamin  the  least 
 is  here  put  first ;  so  in  the  heavenly  Jeru- 
 salem, the  '  first  foundation  is  a  jasper,' 
 Rev.  xxi.  19,  which  was  the  last  precious 
 stone  in  'Aaron's  breast-plate,'  on  which 
 '  Benjamin's  '  name  was  graven,  Ex.  xxviii. 
 10,  20,  21.  In  this  tribe  Paul  excelled  as  a 
 prince  of  God,  though  one  of  the  last  apostles, 
 1  Cor.  XV.  8 — 10;  who  was  converted  in  a 
 trance  or  extasy,  Acts  ix.  3,  4,  &c.  and  in 
 extasies  he  and  other  apostles  saw  the  mys- 
 teries of  Christ's  kingdom,  Acts  x.  10,  11, 
 &c.  2  Cor.  xii.  1 — 4.  Their  assembly,] 
 in  Gr.  "  their  governors  ;  "  the  Heb.  word 
 "Regamah"  but  once  used,  causeth  this 
 ambiguity:  for  coming  of  ragani,  to  'throw 
 an  heap  of  stones,'  Lev,  xxiv.  14.  may  either 
 be  taken  for  '  an  heap  '  or  '  assembly,'  or  for 
 'a  stone,'  that  is,  a  'ruler;'  as  elsewhere 
 'a  stone'  signifieth,  Gen.  xlix.  24.  Of  this 
 tribe  of  Judah  were  the  apostles  James,  and 
 other  of  our  Lord's  brethren,  Gal.  i.  19;  Acts 
 i.  14.  Zebulun,  Naphtali,]  These  tribes 
 were  situated  in  the  farthest  parts  of  Canaan, 
 as  Judah  and  Benjamin  were  in  the  first  and 
 chiefest  parts;  meaning  by  these  ievr,  all 
 other  tribes  gathered  to  praise  God.  In  these 
 coasts  Christ  called  to  the  apostleship  Simon 
 Peter,  Andrew,  &c.  fishers  of  Galilee. 
 
 VfiB.  29. — Commanded  thy  strength,] 
 
 that  is,  powerfully  appointed  it,  speaking  to 
 the  church.  See  the  like  phrase,  Ps.  cxxxiii. 
 3;  xlv.  5.  By 'strength' also,  kingdofn  is 
 often  meant.  Strength,]  The  Chald.  para- 
 phraseth,  "dwell  in  this  house  of  the  sanc- 
 tuary which  thou  hast  made  fur  us." 
 
 Ver.  30. — For  thy  i'alace,]  Or,  temple, 
 which  was  after  David's  days  to  be  built  :  in 
 the  heavenly  'Jerusalem,'  the  '  Lord  '  and 
 the  '  Lamb  are  the  temple  of  it,'  Rev.  xxi. 
 22.  Bring  a  present,]  Or,  lead  alo?ig  a 
 gift,  that  is,  'gifts'  or  'presents.'  So  Ps. 
 Ixxvi.  12,  which  presents  are  sometimes  of 
 the  persons  of  men.  See  Is.  xviii.  7;  Ixvi. 
 20;  Rom.  xv.  16;  xii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  31. — Rebuke,]  That  is,  destroy. 
 See  Ps.  ix.  6.  Co-mpany  of  spear-men,] 
 Or,  of  archers,  '  the  lout  (or  crue)  of  the 
 caue,'  that  is,  such  as  use  canes  or  reeds 
 whereof  spears  or  anows  were  made.  Of 
 this  «ord  'company,'  see  before,  ver.  11. 
 It  may  also  be  read,  '  the  wild  beasts  of  the 
 reed>,'  meaning  the  savage  wicked  people.  So 
 the  Chald.  turneth  it,  "  the  armies  of 
 sinners."  JMighty  bulls,]  The  'high  priests' 
 and  'great  personages:'  see  Ps.  xxii.  13. 
 That  subihtteth,]  That  is,  the  hypocrite 
 which  feigneth  subjection  (as  the  former  were 
 professed  enemies)  or  '  till  he  (that  is,  every 
 one)  'submit,'  as  Deut.  xxxiii.  29.  The 
 word  signifieth  such  submission,  as  when  one 
 casts  down  himself  at  the  feet,  as  to  be  trodden 
 on:  so  Prov.  vi.  3.  He  hath  scattered,] 
 This  is  spoken  to  the  church  of  God.  The  Gr. 
 turneth  it  as  the  former,  "scatter  thou." 
 
 Ver.  32. — Princely  ambassadors,]  Heb. 
 Chashmannim,  a  word  not  used  but  here. 
 The  Gr.  saith,  "  Presbeis,  ambassadors." 
 Egypt,]  In  Heb.  call  Mitsrajim,,  the  name  of 
 the  sou  of  Cham,  the  son  of  Noah,  Gen.  x.  6, 
 who  called  the  country  where  he  and  his  pos- 
 terity dwelt  by  his  own  name.  In  Gr.,  and 
 in  the  New  Testament,  it  is  always  called 
 "Egypt."  This  is  a  prophecy  of  the  calling 
 of  the  Gentiles  to  the  faith,  as  the  Chald.  saith, 
 
550 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 the  Lord,  Selah.  '*  To  Mm  that  rideth  in  the  heavens  of  heavens 
 of  antiquity  :  lo,  he  will  give  liis  voice  a  voice  of  strength.  ^^  Give 
 the  strength  to  God,  his  high  Majesty  is  upon  Israel,  and  his 
 strength  in  tlie  skies.  ^^  Fearful  art  thou,  O  God,  out  of  thy 
 sanctuaries :  tlie  God  of  Israel  he  giveth  strength  and  forces  to  the 
 people ;  blessed  be  God. 
 
 "that  they  may  be  made  proselytes.  Ethi- 
 opia,] 111  Heb.  Cush,  another  son  of  Cham, 
 brother  to  Misraim  and  Canaan,  Gen.  x.  6; 
 the  country  where  he  and  his  children  dwelt, 
 is  called  byhis  nameCush,in  Gr.  "Ethiopia" 
 The  people  we  call  lilack  Moors.  Hastily 
 STRETCH,]  Heb  "make  run:"  noting  the 
 readiness  of  that  nation  to  ofler  gifts  and  sac- 
 rifices, (or  as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  to 
 spread  out  "their  hands  iu  prayer")  and  to 
 receive  the  gospel;  see  Acts  viii.  27,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  34. — Of  heavens  of  antiquity,] 
 That  is,  the  most  ancient  and  highest 
 heavens,  which  were  since  the  world  began, 
 noting  hereby  God's  powerful  majesty  and 
 help  to  his  chuirh,  as  Deut.  xxxiii.  26. 
 Will  give,]  Or,  giveth  asunWy  his  voice,  that 
 is,  Speaks  aloud,'  or  '  thundereth : '  see  the 
 
 notes  on  Ps.  xlvi.  7.;  xxix.  3.  Some 
 apostles  were  called  'sons  of  thunder,'  Mark 
 iii.  17,  and  Christ's  powerful  voice  raiseth  the 
 dead,  John  v.  25. 
 
 Ver.  35. — Give  the  strength,]  That  is, 
 strong  praise,  and  the  glory  of  the  kingdom: 
 see  Ps.  viii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  36. — Sanctuaries,]  The  holy  and 
 most  holy  places  of  the  tabernacle,  and 
 heaven  itself :  see  Ps.  xliii.  3.  The  people,] 
 that  is,  as  the  Gr.  explaineth  "his  people." 
 So  'the  soul,'  Ps.  Ixix.  2,  for  'my  soul :'  see 
 Ps.  xlv.  4.  Blessed  be  god,]  Hereupon  God 
 was  called  in  Israel  the  'blessed  one,'  as 
 Mark  xiv.  61.  'Art  thou  Christ,  the  son  of 
 the  blessed  ! '  that  is,  '  the  son  of  God,  Matt.  • 
 xxvi.  63. 
 
 PSALM    LXIX. 
 
 David  {the  father  and  type  of  Christ)  complaineth  of  his  great 
 afflictions.  14.  He  prayeth  for  deliverance.  23.  He  devoteth  his 
 enemies  to  destructioyi.  31.  He  praiseth  God  for  the  salcation  of  his 
 church. 
 
 '  To  the  Master  of  the  music,  upon  Sliosliannim,  a  psalm  of 
 David. 
 
 ^  Save  me,  O  God,  for  waters  are  entered  even  to  the  soul.  ^  I 
 sink  down  in  the  mud  of  the  gulf,  where  no  standing  is ;  I  am 
 entered  into  the  depths  of  waters,  and  the  streaming  flood  over- 
 
 Veb.  1. — Shoshannim,]  That  is,  six- 
 itrinyed  instruments,  or,  lilies;  see  Ps.  xlv.  1. 
 
 Vek..2. — Save  me,  &c.,]  David  in  his 
 troubles,  being  a  figure  of  Christ,  prayeth  for 
 deliverance  from  temptations  and  persecu. 
 tions,  under  the  similitude  of  'waters,  mud, 
 mire,  pit,  deeps,  streams,'  &c.,  and  that  this 
 psalm  had  accomplishment  in  Christ,  the 
 evangelists  show.  Matt,  xxvii.  48;  Johnxix. 
 29  ;  that  the  use  hereof  is  for  us,  the  apostle 
 showeth,  Rom.  xv.  3,  4,  'that  we  through 
 patience  and  comfort  of  the  scriptures  might 
 have  hope.'  Waters,]  The  Chald.  expound- 
 eth  these,  ''armies  of  sinners,"  wWch  beset 
 
 him  like  "waters."  The  sool,]  To  wit,  of 
 vie,  as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  that  is,  "are 
 ready  to  drown  and  choke  me."  So  Jon.  ii, 
 5.     Sie  also  Ps.  xlv.  4. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Mud  of  the  golf,]  Or,  of  the 
 deep,i\\i.i  is,  'the  deep,' or  'gulfy  mud,'  in  the 
 bottoms  of  the  sea,  as  Ps.  Ixviii.  23  ;  Jon.  ii. 
 4;  another  sign  of  great  calamity,  as  also  in 
 Ps.  Ixxxviii.  7,  wherefore  'Babylon'  that 
 held  captive  God's  people,  is  called  a  'gulf 
 or  'deep,'  Is.  xliv.  27.  No  standing,]  No 
 stay  or  ground,  but  I  sink  more  and  more. 
 Deeps  of  waters,]  In  Gr.  "depths  of  the 
 sea." 
 
PSALM   LXIX. 
 
 551 
 
 floweth  me.  *  I  am  weary  with  my  crying ;  my  throat  is  burnt,  mine 
 e3'es  fail,  /  attentively  waiting  for  my  God.  *  Many  are  more  than 
 the  hairs  of  my  head,  they  that  hate  me  without  cause ;  mighty  are 
 they  that  would  suppress  me,  mine  enemies  falsely :  that  whicii  I  took 
 not  away,  then  I  restored.  ^  O  God,  thou  knowest  my  foolislmcss, 
 and  my  guiltinesses  are  not  concealed  from  thee.  '  Let  not  them  be 
 abaslied  for  me  that  hopefully  expect  thee.  Lord  Jehovah  of  hosts ; 
 let  them  not  be  ashamed  for  me  that  seek  thee,  O  God  of  Israel. 
 ®  For,  for  thy  sake  do  I  bear  reproach,  shame  covereth  my  face. 
 ^  I  am  become  a  stranger  to  my  brethren,  and  a  foreigner  to  my 
 mother's  sons.  '°  For  the  zeal  of  thine  house  hath  eateii  me  up : 
 and  the  reproaclies  of  them  that  reproached  thee  are  fallen 
 upon  me.  "And  I  wept,  with  fasting  quieted  my  soul,  and  it  was 
 for  reproaches  to  me.     ^-  And  I  made  my  raiment  sack-cZo^A,  and 
 
 Ver.  4. — Is  BURNT,]  That  is,  -parched, 
 dried,  or  as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,)  "lioaise." 
 Eyes  fail,]  Or,  are  consumed,  to  wit, 
 with  tears  and  earnest  expectation,  as 
 Lam.  ii.  11;  iv,  17.  This  was  a  'curse 
 of  the  law,'  Lev.  xxvi.  16;  Deut.  xxviii.  65, 
 but  Clirist  'became  a  curse  for  us,'  Gal.  iii. 
 13.     So  after  Ps.  cxix.  82. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Falsely,]  In  Gr.  "unjustly." 
 Took  not  away,]  Or,  irhich  I  rob  not, 
 took  not  by  force  and  rapine.  This  thougii 
 it  may  be  taken  for  all  unjust  criminations, 
 wherefore  David  and  Christ  were  innocent, 
 yet  in  special  it  was  verified  in  Christ,  who, 
 'being  in  the  form  of  God,  thought  it  no 
 robbery  to  be  equal  with  God,'  Phil.  ii. 
 6.  Notwithitanding  for  witnessing  him- 
 self to  be  the  Son  of  God,  he  was  put  to  death 
 by  the  Jews,  John  xix.  7. 
 
 Ver.  6. — My  foolishness,]  That  is,  viy 
 sin.  See  the  note  on  Ps.  xxxviii.  6.  In 
 David  were  sins  properly;  in  Christ,  by 
 imputation;  for  God  'made  him  sin  for  us 
 who  knew  no  sin,'  2  Cor.  v.  21.  Or  this 
 may  be  meant  of  false  imputation,  'O  God, 
 thou  knowest  my  foolishness,'  if  any  such 
 be,  as  my  foes  cliarge  me  with.  So  Ps.  vii. 
 4,  5. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Abashed  for  me,]  For  my 
 sake,  to  wit,  if  I  be  not  delivered.  So  of 
 Christ,  his  disciples  hoped  that  he  should  be 
 the  Saviour  of  Israel;  but  when  he  was  killed, 
 they  began  to  doubt  and  fear  Satan,  winnow  - 
 ing  their  faith  to  make  them  ashamed  ;  but 
 Christ  prayed  for  their  confii-mation,  Luke 
 xxiv.  20,  21;  xxii.  31,  32.  So  great  are 
 Christ's  afflictions,  that  blessed  is  he  that 
 is  not  offended  in  him,  Matt.  xi.  (i.  Jeho- 
 vah,] Or  God,  it  hath  the  vowels  oH  JElohim. 
 See  Ps.  Ixviii.  21. 
 
 Ver.  8 — Be-^r  reproach,]  That  is,  are 
 reproached ;   contrary  hereunto    is  to    bear 
 
 grace  and  favour,  that  is,  to  be  'favoured 
 and  well  liked,'  Eslh.  ii.  15,  17.  Compare 
 herewith  Ps.  xliv.  16,  23. 
 
 Ver.  9 Foreigner,]  To  wit,  in  their 
 
 estimation  and  carriage  towards  me.  This 
 also  was  the  case  of  Job  and  others.  Job  xix. 
 13;  Gen.  xxxi.  15  ;  and  of  Christ  the  Jews 
 said,  'they  knew  not  whence  he  was,'  John 
 ix.  29;  and  his  brethren  'believed  not  in 
 him,'  John  vii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Zeal  of  thine  house,]  Or, 
 jealoiisy,  indignation  fur  the  polluting  of  thine 
 house,  and  studious  fervent  care  to  have  it 
 conserved  holy.  See  this  performed  by 
 Christ,  when  he  whipped  the  buyers  and 
 sellers  out  of  the  temple,  John  ii.  15,  IG,  1  7. 
 Eaten  me  up,]  Devoured,  or  consumed. 
 For  love  and  jealousy  are  a  fire  and  vehemtiit 
 flame,  Song  viii.  C.  See  also  Ps.  cxix.  i;i9. 
 Abe  fallen  on  me,]  That  is,  I  have  taktn 
 them  on  me,  and  willingly  bear  them,  as  the 
 apostle  gathered  from  these  words,  that 
 'Christ  pleased  not  himself,'  (tliat  is,  sought 
 not  his  own  pleasure  or  profit,)  but  for  his 
 Father's  sake,  and  his  brethren's  did  bear  all 
 things;  and  this  is  an  example  for  us  to  do 
 the  like.     See  Rom.  xv.  1—4. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Afflicted  my  soul,]  The  word 
 afflicted  is  here  supplied  from  Ps.  xxxv.  13; 
 lor  often  there  is  want  of  a  word  to  be  under- 
 stood, which  the  Hebrew  text  sometimes 
 showeth;  as  2  Chron.  x.  1),  14.  'I  with 
 scorpions,'  for  which  in  1  Kings  xii.  11,  14, 
 is  written,  'I  will  chastise  you  with  scorpions.' 
 See  the  notes  on  Ps.  xviii.  7,  29;  ii.  7.  It 
 WAS  FOR,]  Or,  it  was  turned  to  reproaches, 
 that  is,  to  much  reproach  and  opprobrium. 
 So  John's  fasting  turned  to  his  reproach ; 
 '  they  said  he  had  a  devil,'  Luke  vii.  33. 
 
 Ver.  12, — And  I  made,]  Or,  when  1 
 gave,  that  is,  made  or  put  on.  So  giving  is 
 iov putting,  Vs.  viii.  2. 
 
552 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 I  was  to  tliem  for  a  proverb.  '^  They  tliat  sit  in  tlie  gate  spake 
 against  me,  and  they  that  drink  strong  drink  made  melodies.  "  And 
 I,  my  prayer  is  to  thee,  Jehovah,  in  time  of  acceptation ;  O  God,  in 
 multitude  of  thy  mercy  answer  tliou  me,  in  the  trutli  of  thy  salva- 
 tion, '^  Deliver  me  out  of  the  mire,  and  let  me  not  sink  down :  let 
 me  be  delivered  from  my  haters,  and  out  of  the  deeps  of  waters. 
 '^Let  not  the  streaming  flood  of  waters  overflow  me,  neitlier  let  the 
 gulf  swallow  me ;  neither  let  the  pit  shut  lier  mouth  upon  me. 
 "^  Answer  me,  Jeliovah,  for  thy  kind  mercy  is  good;  according  to  the 
 multitude  of  thy  tender  mercies  turn  the  face  unto  me.  '^  And  hide 
 not  thy  face  from  thy  servant,  for  distress  is  on  me  ;  make  haste, 
 answer  me.  "Draw  near  to  my  soul  ;  redeem  it;  because  of  mine 
 enemies,  ransom  thou  me.  ^^  Thou  hast  known  my  reproach,  and 
 my  shame,  and  my  dishonour  ;  before  thee  are  all  my  distressers. 
 ^^  Reproach  hath  Jbroken  my  heart,  and  I  am  full  of  heaviness ;  and 
 I  looked  for  some  to  moan  me,  but  none  came  ;  and  for  comforters, 
 but  I  found  none.  ^^  But  they  gave  me  gall  for  my  meat,  and  in 
 my  thirst  they  gave  me  vinegar  to  drink.     ^  Let  their  table  be 
 
 Ver.  13.— That  sit  in  the  gate,]  That 
 is,  great  men  in  the  public  assemblies;  the 
 rulers  of  the  Jews,  Deut.  xxv.  7;  Ruth  iv. 
 1,  2,  &c.  Spake,]  Or  talked  and  medi- 
 tated, communed  how  to  wurk  me  evil,  Luke 
 xxii.  2,  4.  Strong  drink,]  Heb.  sheker, 
 which  is  all  manner  of  strong  drink,  which 
 will  make  drunken,  as  ale,  beer,  wine,  cidui', 
 vietheglin,  &(,-.  The  Gr.  here  turneth  it 
 "wine."  Melodies,]  Or  songs  sung  with 
 instruments  of  music  of  me.  So  Job  also 
 complaineth,  Job  xxx.  9. 
 
 Ver.  14— And  I,]  That  is.  And  (or  hut) 
 as  for  vie.  Time  of  acceptation,]  That 
 is,  an  acceptable  tmie,  as  the  apostle  inter- 
 preteth  this  phrase,  2  Cor.  vi.  2;  from  Is. 
 xlix.  8.  In  truth  of  thy  salvation,] 
 That  is,  for  t/ti/  saving  truth's  sake,  or 
 fait/ifnl  salvation, 
 
 Ver.  15.— Mire,]  The  Chald.  expoundeth 
 it,  "captivity,  which  is  like  unto  mire." 
 
 Ver.  16. — Shut  her  mouth,]  So  that  I 
 cannot  get  out  of  misery  ;  as  Dathan,  Abiram, 
 &c.,  went  down  alive  into  the  pit,  'and  tlie 
 earth  covered  over  them,'  that  no  hope  was 
 left  of  their  return.  Num.  xvi.  33.  But 
 Christ  in  all  troubles  had  comfort;  even  in 
 the  grave  '  his  flesh  rested  in  hope,'  Ps.  xvi. 
 9,  10.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  this  verse 
 thus,  "Let  not  the  strong  king,  which  is 
 like  a  flood  of  waters,  captivate  me,  neither 
 let  the  mighty  prince  swallow  me,''  &c. 
 
 Veh.  17.— Turn  the  face,]  Or,  respect, 
 regard  me  with  favour.  See  Ps.  xxv. 
 16. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Dishonour,]  Or,  tgnoyniny, 
 slander,  calumny.     See  Ps.  iv.  3. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Full  of  heaviness,]  Or, 
 sick,  sorroivful;  of  this  word  in  Heb,  man 
 hath  his  name  Mnosh  :  see  Ps.  viii.  5.  To 
 woAN,]  To  pity,  and  solace  me,  or,  to  show 
 compassion  :  so  Job  xlii.  11.  Found  none,] 
 In  Christ's  greatest  need,  'all  his  disciples 
 forsook  him  and  fled,'  Matt.  xxvi.  56;  and 
 'all  his  acquaintance  stood  afar  oil,' Luke 
 xxiii.  49. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Gall,]  In  Heb.  "rosh,"  an 
 hei'b  bitter  as  worm-wood,  with  which  it  is 
 often  joined,  Deut.  xxix.  18;  Amos  vi.  12; 
 Lam.  iii.  19.  It  groweth  in  corn  fields, 
 Hos.  X.  4 ;  the  zvater  or  Juice  hereof  signi- 
 fieth  bitter  affliction,  Jer.  ix.  15.  These 
 things  were  also  actually  done  to  Christ, whom 
 the  Jews  refreshed  with  gall  and  vinegar, 
 Matt,  xxvii.  34;  John  xix.  28—30. 
 
 Ver.  23. — And  for  recompences,]  That 
 is,  'and  for  a  full  recompence  of  that  which 
 they  did  to  me  (let  their  table  be)  a  trap  unto 
 them.'  Or,  'and  for  peace,'  that  is,  'and 
 the  things  which  they  expect  peace  and  wel- 
 fare by,  let  become  a  trap  unto  them.'  But 
 the  first  sense  agreeth  with  the  apostle's 
 interpretation,  Rom.  xi.  9.  These  are 
 David's  imprecations  against  the  Jews,  and 
 prophecies  of  their  rejection,  as  the  apostle 
 showeth;  and  by  their  table  we  are  to  under- 
 stand all  means  of  comfort  and  refreshing  both 
 of  body  and  soul,  which  turn  to  the  ruin  of  the 
 wicked,  even  'an  odour  of  death  unto  death,* 
 2  Cor.  ii.  15,  16. 
 
PSALM    LXIX. 
 
 553 
 
 before  them  for  a  snare,  and  for  recompences  for  a  trap-fall.  ^^Let 
 their  eyes  be  darkened  that  they  see  not,  and  make  their  loins  to 
 shake  continually.  "  Pour  out  upon  them  thy  detesting  ire,  and 
 let  the  burning  wrath  of  thine  anger  take  them.  '^^  Let  tlicir  castle 
 be  desolate  ;  within  their  tents  let  there  not  be  a  dweller.  "  For  they 
 persecute  hun  whom  thou  hast  smitten,  and  they  tell  of  tlie  sor- 
 row of  thy  wounded  ones.  ^^  Give  thou  iniquity  unto  their  iniquity, 
 and  let  them  not  come  into  thy  justice.  ^  Let  them  be  wiped  out 
 of  the  book  of  the  living,  and  let  them  not  be  written  with  the 
 just.  ^''  And  I,  poor  afflicted  and  sorrowing,  let  thy  salvation,  O 
 God,  lift  me  up.  ^^  I  will  praise  the  name  of  God  with  a  song,  and 
 magnify  him  witli  confession.  ^^  And  it  shall  be  better  to 
 Jehovah,  than  a  young  bull  that  hath  horns,  that  parteth  the 
 lioof.  ^^  The  meek  shall  see  it,  they  shall  rejoice ;  the  seekers  of 
 God,  and  your  heart  shall  live.     ^'  For  Jehovah  heareth  the  needy, 
 
 Ver.  24. — That  they  see  not,]  So  the 
 apostle  explaineth  the  Heb.  phrase,  "from 
 seeing,"  Rom.  xi.  10.  The  like  is  in  Is. 
 xliv.  18.  And  hereby  is  meant  the  '  eyes  of 
 their  understanding,'  that  seeing  they  see 
 and  perceive  not,  because  a  vail  is  over  their 
 hearts,  John  xii.  39,  40;  Acts  xxviii.  26,  27; 
 2  Cor.  iii.  14,  15.  Make  their  loins  to 
 SHAKE,]  Botv  doicn  their  backs,  saith  the 
 apostle,  Rom.  xi.  10;  and  this  meaneth 
 '  bondage  and  misery,'  as  appeareth  by  the 
 contrary  blessing  of  'going  upright;'  which 
 God  once  vouchsafed  unto  that  people,  Lev. 
 xxvi.  13. 
 
 Ver.  26. — Their  castle,]  Or,  their 
 tower,  palace,  habitation,  fair  and  orderly 
 builded,  Gen.  XXV.  16;  Num.  xxxi.  10;  Song 
 viii,  9.  This  which  David  speaketh  of  all 
 Christ's  enemies,  Peter  applieth  to  Judas 
 that  betrayed  him,  'Let  his  habitation  be 
 desert,'  Acts  i.  20;  but  Christ  threateneth 
 the  like  to  them  all,  Matt,  xxiii.  38.  Castle 
 here  is  for  castles  or  palaces,  as  chariot  for 
 chariots,  Ps.  Ixviii.  IS. 
 
 Ver.  27. — Whom  thou  hast  smitten,] 
 Christ  the  shepherd,  who  was  '  smitten  of 
 God,  and  wounded  for  our  sins,'  Is.  liii.  4,  5; 
 Matt.  xxvi.  31.  They  tell  of  the  sor- 
 row,] That  is,  tell  one  another  vauntingly, 
 of  the  sorrow  (smart  or  pain)  of  thy  wounded, 
 thy  servants  who  are  wounded  for  thy  sake  ; 
 or,  they  preach  hereof:  see  the  like  phrase, 
 Ps.  ii.  7;  or,  they  tell  to  the  sorrow,  that  is, 
 add  unto  and  increase  it,  as  theGr.  turneth  it. 
 
 Ver.  28. — Give  thoo  iniquity,  &c.,] 
 That  is,  add  sin  unto  their  sin,  give  them 
 over  to  a  reprobate  mind,  which  was  God's 
 heavy  judgment  first  on  the  Gentiles,  Rom. 
 i.  24,  28;  afterwards  on  the  Jews,  who  fulfilled 
 their  sins  when  wrath  came  on  them  to  the 
 Vol.  II.  i 
 
 utmost,  1  Thes.  ii.  16;  Rom.  xi.  8;  Matt. 
 xxiii.  32.  Or  by  iniquity,  may  be  understood 
 punishmentfor  it,asPs.  xxxi.  II.  Not  come 
 into  thy  justice,]  That  is,  not  believe  thy 
 gospel,  and  so  enjoy  the  justification  of  God, 
 which  is  by  faith  ;  as  the  scriptures  show, 
 Rom.  X.  3,  &e.;  Phil.  iii.  9;  John  xii.  39, 
 40.  The  Chaid.  expounds  it,  "  h-t  them 
 not  enter  into  the  church  of  thy  just  ones. 
 
 Ver.  29. — Book  of  the  living,]  Or, 
 Book  of  life,  wherein  the  just  that  live  by 
 faith  are  written,  that  is,  let  them  be  cut  off' 
 from  being  any  longer  counted  thy  people,  or 
 registered  in  the  writing  of  the  house  of 
 Israel,  as  Ezek.  xiii.  9;  Rom.  xi.  20;  Phil, 
 iii.  2,  3;  Ps.  Ixxxvii.  6. 
 
 Ver.  so. — Lift  me  up,]  Or,  set  me  on 
 a  high  place,  that  is,  safely  defend  me. 
 
 Ver.  32. — Better  to,]  That  is,  more 
 pleasing  and  acceptable.  A  young  bull,] 
 So  the  Gr.  explaineth  the  Heb.  phrase,  "a 
 bull,  a  bullock,"  that  is,  a  bull  which  is  but 
 young,  or  a  bullock.  So  Judg.  vi.  25;  where 
 the  order  is  changed,  'take  the  bullock  of  the 
 bull,'  that  i=,  'the  young  bull  or  bullock.' 
 Some  understand  it  here  of  two,  '  better  than 
 bull  or  l)ullock.'  That  hath  horns,]  Heb. 
 "horneth,"  that  is,  'brings  forth  or  beareth 
 horns,  and  parteth  the  hoof,'  for  such  were 
 fittest  for  sacrifice;  but  confession  and  thanks 
 a:e  more  pleasing  to  God,  specially  Christ's 
 obedience  ;  see  Ps.  1.  13 — 15;  xl.  7. 
 
 Ver.  33. — The  seekers,]  Oi-,  ye  seekers 
 of  God,  to  wit,  '  shall  see  it,  and  your  heart 
 shall  live;'  ye  shall  have  inward  life,  joy,  and 
 consolation:  see  Ps.  xxii.  27. 
 
 Ver.  34.—  His  prisoners,]  Such  as  are 
 persecuted  and  bound  in  prisons  for  his  truth. 
 Thus  Paul  calleth  himself  •  the  prisoner  cf 
 Clu-ist,'  Eph.  iii.  1. 
 
554 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 and  despiseth  not  his  prisoners.  "  Praise  him  let  heavens  and  earth, 
 seas,  and  all  that  creepeth  in  them.  ^^  For  God  will  save  Sion,  and 
 build  the  cities  of  Judah ;  and  they  shall  dwell  there,  and  liave  it 
 for  inheritance.  ^'  And  the  seed  of  his  servants  shall  possess  it: 
 and  tliey  tliat  love  his  name  shall  dwell  therein. 
 
 Ver.  35.— Heavens,]  The  Chald.  saith, 
 "  angels  of  heaven,  and  the  inhabitants  of  the 
 earth." 
 
 Ver.  36.— Save  Zion,]  That  is,  His 
 church,  figured  out  by  Zion  and  Judah ;  see 
 
 Ps.  ii.  6;  and  this  building  of  Judah's  cities 
 is  by  preaching  of  the  gospel,  1  Cor.  iii.  9, 
 10;  a  figure  of  this  work  was  done  by  Jehos- 
 haphat,  2  Chron.  xvii.  9,  12,  13;  and  Isaiah 
 prophesieth  the  like,  Is.  xliv.  26. 
 
 PSALM   LXX. 
 
 David  pray eth  for  speedy  help,  to  the  shame  of  the  wicked,  and  joy 
 of  the  godly. 
 
 '  To  the  Master  of  the  music,  a  psalm  of  David  for  to  record. 
 
 ^  O  God,  for  to  deliver  me ;  Jehovah,  to  mine  help  make  haste. 
 ^  Let  them  be  abashed  and  ashamed  that  seek  my  soul ;  let  them  be 
 turned  backward  and  blush  that  deliglit  in  mine  evil.  *  Let  them  turn 
 back  for  a  reward  of  their  shame,  that  say.  Alia,  alia.  ^  Let  all  that 
 seek  thee  be  joyful,  and  rejoice  in  thee ;  and  let  them  say  continu, 
 ally.  Magnified  be  God ;  they  that  love  thy  salvation.  '  And  I, 
 poor  afflicted  and  needy,  O  God,  make  haste  to  me ;  thou  art  mine 
 help  and  deliverer ;  Jehovah,  delay  not. 
 
 Ver.I. — To  ^v.co^]i,']Ov , to  cause  remem- 
 brance: see  Ps.  xxxviii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  2. — ^To  deli  ver,  ]0r,  to  rid  me  free: 
 understand,  make  haste,  or  vouchsafe,  as  is 
 expressed  in  Ps.  xl.  14;  for  this  psalm  is  the 
 same  in  substance,  and  almost  in  words  with  the 
 end  of  that  psalm;  see  the  annotations  there. 
 
 Ver.  3. — That  seek  my  soul,]  To  make 
 an  end  of  it,  as  Ps.  xl.  15. 
 
 Ver. 4. — Torn  back,]  Desolate  or  wasted, 
 as  Ps.  xl.  16. 
 
 Ver.  5.— Be  God,]  In  Ps.  xl.  17,  it  is 
 written,  'be  Jehovah.' 
 
 Ver.  6. — O  God,  make  haste  to  me,] 
 For  this  in  Ps.  xl.  18,  is,  'the  Lord  thinketh 
 on  me.'  Jehovah,]  In  Ps.  xl.  18,  '  my 
 God.' 
 
 PSALM    LXXL 
 
 The  psalmist  in  confidence  of  faith  and  experience  of  God's  favour, 
 pray  eth  both  for  himself  and  against  the  enemies  of  his  soul.  14.  He 
 promiseth  constancy,  11.  Prayeth  for  perseverance.  19.  Praiseth  God 
 and  promiseth  to  do  it  cheerfully. 
 
 '  In  Jehovah  do  I  hope  for  safety,  let  me  not  be  abashed  for 
 ever.     *  In  thy  justice  rid  thou  me,  and  deliver  me ;  incline  thine 
 
PSALM   LXX. 
 
 555 
 
 par  unto  me,  and  save  me.  ^  Be  thou  to  me  for  a  rock  of  liabitatiou 
 to  enter  continually ;  thou  hast  commanded  to  save  me,  for  thou 
 art  my  rock  and  my  munition.  *  My  God,  deliver  me  of  the  hand 
 of  the  wicked,  out  of  the  palm  of  the  evil-doer  and  the  leavened. 
 *  For  thou  art  mine  expectation,  Lord  Jehovali,  my  confidence 
 from  my  childhood.  ^  By  thee  have  been  I  holden  up  from  the 
 womb ;  from  my  mother's  bowels  thou  tookest  me  ;  of  thee  is  my 
 praise  continually.  ^As  a  wonder  I  am  unto  many,  but  tliou  art 
 my  strong  hope.  ^  Let  my  mouth  be  filled  with  thy  praise,  all  tlie 
 day  with  thy  glory.  ^  Cast  me  not  away  at  the  time  of  old  age, 
 when  mine  able  strength  faileth,  forsake  thou  not  me.  "  For  mine 
 enemies  speak  of  me,  and  they  that  observe  my  soul  consult  together, 
 "  Saying,  God  hath  forsaken  him;  pursue  and  take  liim,  for  there 
 is  none  to  rescue.  '^  O  God,  be  not  thou  far  away  from  me ;  my 
 God,  make  liaste  to  mine  help.  '^  Let  them  be  abashed  and  con- 
 sumed that  are  adversaries  of  my  soul :  let  them  be  covered  with 
 reproach  and  dishonour  that  seek  mine  evil.  '*  And  I  will  patiently 
 wait  continually,  and  add  unto  all  thy  praise.  "  My  mouth  sliall 
 tell  thy  justice,  all  the  day  thy  salvation,  though  I  know  not  tlie 
 
 VeR.  1 — Tn  thee,]  Cliald.  "in  the  word 
 of  the  Lord."  This  psalm,  which  hath  no 
 title  in  the  Huh.  is  in  Gr.  thus  iiititled  :  "of 
 David  a  psalm  of  the  sons  of  Joiiadab,  and  of 
 them  that  were  first  carried  captives. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Deliver,]  Or,tnake  me  to  escape 
 safe. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Of  habitation,]  Or,  of  man- 
 sion, a  rock  whereto  I  may  fly  and  there 
 dwell  safe.  Gud  is  often  called  a  '  Rock,' 
 Fs.  xviii.  3 ;  and  a  mansion  (or  habitation) 
 to  his  people,  Ps.  xc.  1.  The  Gr.  here  makes 
 it  plain  thus,  "  be  to  me  for  a  God  protector.'' 
 Hast  commanded,]  To  wit,  thine  angels, 
 as  xci.  11;  or,  'hast  effectually  appointed;' 
 see  Ps.  xliv.  6. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Evil-doer,]  Or,  injurious, 
 wrong  doer.  The  leavened,]  That  is,  the 
 niulicioiis:  for  maliciousness  and  wickedness 
 is  likened  to  leaven,  1  Cor.  v.  8.  The  Heb. 
 "chomets,"  properly  signifieth  that  which  is 
 leavened  or  sour,  Exod.  xii.  39;  here  used 
 for  the  malicious  or  violent  cruel  man,  as  the 
 Gr.turiieth  it,  "the  injurious," or  "chomets" 
 may  be  used  for  Chomes,  the  violent. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Jehovah,]  Or,  God,  for  it  hath 
 the  vowels  of  jiElohim :  so  after  ver.  16.  See 
 Ps.  Ixviii.  21. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Tookest  me,]  Or,  didst  rid 
 me,  to  wit,  from  danger.  Compare  this 
 with  Ps.  xxii.  10,  11. 
 
 Of  thee,]  Or,  «m  thee;  but  in  is  often  used 
 for  of,  as  P;.  Ixiii.  7;  Ixxxvii.  3.  See  the 
 i.otes  there. 
 
 VbE.  7 A    WONDER    TO    MANY,]    Or,    O 
 
 monster  to  the  mighty:  a  sign  whom  the 
 many  (or  mighty)  do  gaze  upon,  speak  of, 
 and  show  to  others,  and  wonder  at.  A  won- 
 der and  a  sign  are  sometimes  used  as  one,  2 
 Chron.  xxxii.  24;  2  Kings  xx.  8,  9.  So  Christ 
 and  his  disciples  were  as  signs  and  wonders 
 in  Israel,  Is.  viii.  18;  Heb.  ii.  13.  Jeho- 
 shuah  and  his  fellows  were  monstrous  per- 
 sons, Zech.  iii.  8;  the  apostles  «a  gazing- 
 stock  to  the  world,'  1  Cor.  iv.  9.  Hope^,] 
 Or  refuge,  a  place  where  one  hopeth  foi 
 safety. 
 
 Ver.  8 — With  thy  glory,]  Or,  glori. 
 of  thee,  that  is,  with  glorifying  thee,  hoii 
 ouriiig,  beautifying,  and  commending  thj 
 majesty. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Speak  of,]  Or,  say  of  me, 
 that  God  hath  forsaken  me,  ver.  11.  Or, 
 'they  speak  against  me.  Observe,]  That  is, 
 lay  limit  for  ;  it  is  meant  here  for  evil,  as  is 
 the  observing  of  the  steps,  Ps.  Ivi.  7;  iiut 
 often  this  phrase  is  used  for  good,  to  keep, 
 regard,  and  preserve  the  soul  or  life,  Ps. 
 xcvii.  10;  cxxi.  7;  Prov.  xxii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  14 — Add  unto  all  thy  praise,] 
 That  is,  increase  it;  I  will  praise  thee  more 
 than  I  have  done,  or,  more  than  others  do, 
 as  2  Chron.  x.  11.  'I  will  add  unto  your 
 yoke,'  that  is,  'increase  it.' 
 
 Ver.  15. — Though  I  know  not,]  Or, 
 for  I  knotv  not  the  numbers,  to  wit,  of 
 them.  God's  justice  and  salvation  is  in 
 innumerable  ways  administered,  which  are  to 
 be  celebrated,  but  cannot  be  reckoned,  Ps. 
 xl.  6. 
 
556 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 numbers.  '"  I  will  enter  in  tlie  powers  of  the  Lord  Jehovah;  I  will 
 record  thy  justice,  tliine  only.  ''  O  God,  thou  hast  learned  me 
 from  my  cliildhood,  and  hitherto  have  I  showed  thy  marvellous 
 works.  '*  And  also  unto  old  age  and  hoaviness,  O  God,  forsake  me 
 not ;  until  I  show  thine  arm  to  this  generation,  thy  power  to  every 
 one  that  shall  come.  '^  And  thy  justice,  O  God,  which  is  on  high, 
 which  hast  done  great  things;  O  God,  who  is  like  thee?  ^"Which 
 didst  make  me  to  see  distresses  many  and  evil,  didst  return  and 
 quicken  me ;  and  from  the  deeps  of  the  earth  didst  return  and  bring 
 me  up.  ^'  Thou  didst  much  increase  my  greatness,  and  didst  turn 
 about  and  comfort  me.  ^^  Also  I  will  confess  thee  with  the  instru- 
 ment of  psaltery,  even  thy  faithfulness,  my  God  ;  I  will  sing  psalms 
 to  tliee  with  liarp,  O  Holy  One  of  Israel.  ^My  lips  shall  sliout 
 wlien  I  sing  psalms  unto  thee,  and  my  soul  which  thou  hasfc 
 redeemed.  ^^  Also,  my  tongue  shall  talk  of  thy  justice  all  the  day, 
 for  they  are  abashed,  for  they  are  ashamed  that  seek  mine  evil. 
 
 Ver.  16. — I  WILL  ENTER,]  To  wit,  into 
 this  work  of  praising  God  in  his  power,  not 
 mine  own;  or,  'I  will  enter,'  that  is,  begin 
 with  his  powerful  works  to  praise  them;  or, 
 'I  will  enter,'  that  i?,  go  in  hand,  or  go  for- 
 ward with  my  business  through  his  power. 
 
 Ver.  is. — Unto  old  age,]  Or,  irhile 
 old  age  is  upon  me,  as  ver.  9.  So  elsewhere 
 God  saith,  that  he  had  home  'Israel  from  the 
 womb  and  birth,'  and  would  bear  them  '  still 
 unto  old  age  and  the  hoary  hairs,'  Is.  xlvi. 
 3,  4.  Thine  arm,]  That  is,  strength,  help, 
 salvation.  So  Ps.  Ixxvii.  16  ;  Is.  li.  5  ;  liii. 
 1 ;  Dent,  xxxiii.  27.  This  generation,] 
 The  men  of  this  age.  The  word  this  (or 
 present)  is  understood  by  that  which  follow- 
 eth  :  see  also  Ps.  xlv.  4. 
 
 Ver.  19. — And  thy  justice,  O  God, 
 WHICH  IS  ON  high,]  That  is,  which  reacheth 
 up  to  heaven,  viz.,  'I  will  show  it.'  Thus 
 the  Gr.  understandeth  it.  We  may  also 
 translate,  'for  thy  justice  is  unto  the  high 
 place,'  that  is,  'to  heaven,'  incomprehensible, 
 as  Ps.  xxxvi.  6,  7.  And  may  be  instead 
 oi  for,  as  Ps.  Ix.  13;  and  the  'high  place' 
 is  by  the  Chald.  expounded  the  "high  hea- 
 Tens;"  so  Ps.  xciii.  4;  Matt.  xxi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Didst  make  me  see,]  Or  us 
 see;  showedst  me  and  us;  for  the  Heh.  hath 
 a  double  reading,  meaning  David  in  special, 
 and  other  of  God's  people  with  him ;  so  after, 
 
 it  is  read  in  the  margin,  "quicken  me,  bring 
 me  up,"  (as  also  the  Gr.  hath  it)  but  written  . 
 in  the  line,  "  quicken  us,  bring  us  up."  By 
 making  see,  is  also  meant  experience  and 
 feeling,  asPs.  xlix.lO.  And  evil,]  Or,  evils, 
 that  is,  calamities.  Didst  return,  J  That 
 is,  didst  again  quicken,  or,  wilt  again 
 quicken  me.  So  after.  But  the  Gr.  turn- 
 eth  it  in  the  time  past.  Deeps,]  Abysses 
 of  the  earth,  gulfs  of  affliction  and  death, 
 elsewhere  called  the  lowest  parts,  Ps.  Ixxxviii. 
 7;  such  Christ  in  his  humanity,  sorrows,  and 
 death,  went  down  unto  and  returned,  Eph. 
 iv.  9;  Rom.  x.  7. 
 
 Ver.  21. — My  greatness,]  Or  magni- 
 ficence, rnajesty,  honour;  for  Christ  after 
 afflictions  entered  into  his  glory,  Luke  xxiv. 
 26;  1  Pet.  i.  11 ;  Phil.  ii.  8,  9;  and  the  godly 
 must  sutler  with  him,  Rom.  viii.  17. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Psaltery,]  Or,  lute:  see  Ps. 
 xxxiii.  2.  Even  thy  faith,]  Or,  for  thy 
 faithful  truth.  Holy  one,]  Or,  saint  of 
 Israel;  God  is  so  called,  both  for  that  he  is 
 holiness  itself,  and  sanctifieth  his  people. 
 Lev.  XX.  8,  26;  and  again  is  sanctified,  that 
 is,  holily  praised  and  honoured  of  them.  Is. 
 viii.  13.     So  Ps.  Ixxvii.  41;  Ixxxix.  i.  19. 
 
 Ver.  24 — Talk  of,]  Or,  meditate,  that  is, 
 speak  advisedly,  and  after  due  meditation; 
 see  Ps.  i.  2.  For  they,]  Or,  when  they  are 
 abashed,  that  is,  destroyed:  see  Ps.  vi.  11. 
 
PSALM    LXXir. 
 
 557 
 
 PSALM    LXXII. 
 
 David  pray'mg  for  Solomon,  sheweth  the  goodmess  and  glory  of  his 
 type,  and  in  truth  of  Christ's  kingdom.     18.  He  hlesseth  God. 
 
 Vov  Solomon. 
 
 ^  O  God,  give  thy  judgments  to  the  king,  and  thy  justice  to  the 
 king's  son.  ^  That  he  may  jndge  thy  people  with  justice,  and  thy 
 poor  aiflicted  ones  with  judgment.  ^  TJie  mountains  sliall  bring 
 fortli  peace  to  the  people,  and  the  liills  with  justice.  *  He  shall 
 judge  the  poor  afflicted  of  the  people,  he  shall  save  the  sons  of  the 
 needy,  and  shall  break  down  the  fraudulent  oppressor.  *  Tliey 
 shall  fear  thee  witli  the  sun,  and  before  the  moon,  to  generation  of 
 generations.     ^  He  sliall  come  down  like  the  rain  upon  the  mown 
 
 Ver.  1. — For  Solomon.]  The  Gr.  addeth, 
 "a  psalm  of  David  for  Solomon;"  and  the 
 last  verse  showeth  it  to  be  made  by  David, 
 and  it  concerneth  Christ  and  his  kingdom, 
 figured  by  Solomon,  Song  iii.  11;  and  there- 
 fore called  by  his  name,  as  elsewhere  he  is 
 called  David,  Hos.  iii.  5;  such  also  is  the 
 title  of  the  cxxvii.  Psalm.  King's  son,]  To 
 whom  the  right  of  the  kingdom  belongeth  by 
 birth  and  inheritance.  So  Christ  was  king 
 David's  son,  and  'born  king  of  the  Jews,' 
 Mark  xi.  10;  Matt.  ii.  2  ;  xxii.  42;  to  him 
 'the  Father  gave  all  judgment,'  John  v.  22. 
 The  Chald.  expoinideth  the  king  to  be  Christ, 
 and  the  king's  son  to  be  "king  David's  son." 
 
 Ver.  2. — That  he  may,]  Or,  let  /ihn 
 Judge,  that  is,  govern  'thy  people  in  justice,' 
 that  is,  Justly,  wherefore  he  is  named  Mel- 
 chizedek,  that  is,  'king  of  justice,'  Heb  vii, 
 2,  of  whom  it  was  prophesied,  'behold  a  king 
 shall  reign  injustice,'  Is.  xxxii.  I. 
 
 Ver.  3. — The  mountains  shall  bring 
 FORTH  ]  Or,  shall  dear,  to  wit,  'as  their 
 fruit; '  for  so  this  phrase  importeth,  Job  xl.  15. 
 This  and  the  i-est  that  follow,  may  also  be 
 read  prayer-wise,  'let  the  mountains  bear,'  &c. 
 The  Cliald  paraphraseth,  "the  dwellers  on 
 the  mountains  shall  bring  peace  to  the  people 
 of  the  house  of  Israel.  Peace,]  That  is,  pros- 
 perity, plenty  of  fruits,  which  should  be 
 enjoyed  with  peace,  as  all  Solomon's  days 
 *  Israel  dwelt  without  fear,  every  man  under 
 his  vine  and  fig-tree,'  1  Kings  iv.  25.  And 
 under  Christ,  'the  work  and  efiect  of  justice, 
 is  peace,  quietness,  and  assurance  for  ever,' 
 I';,  xxxiii.  17;  Rom.  v.  1,  'the  mountains 
 drop  down  new  wine,  and  the  hills  flow 
 with  milk,'  Joel  iii.  IS;  Amos  ix.  13. 
 Hills  with  justice,]  That  is,  'the  hills' 
 also  shall  bear  peace  with  justice;  both  peace 
 
 and  justice,  as  these  two  are  said  'to  kiss' 
 each  other,  Ps.  Iviii.  11,  and  Christ  is  king 
 both  of 'justice  and  peace,'  Heb.  vii.  2;  his 
 kingdom  'is  justice,  peace,  and  joy,'  Rom. 
 xiv.  17.     It  may  also  he  re&d  for  Justice. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Shall  judge,]  That  is,  shall 
 deliver  ;  see  the  notes  on  Ps.  xliii.  1.  Save 
 the  sons  of  the  needy,]  Tliat  is,  the  needy 
 ptrsons ;  in  Chald.  "shall  redeem  the  sons 
 of  misery,"  that  is,  such  as  are  in  wretched 
 case.  The  fraudulent  oppressor,]  Whom 
 the  Gr.  here  calleth  "sycophant;  which  word 
 is  used  for  'injuring  by  forged  cavillation.' 
 Luke  xix.  18;  iii.  14;  see  before  in  Vs. 
 Ixii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  5 Thet  shall  fear,]  Men  shall 
 
 reverejice,  that  is,  'worship,'  and  'serve  thee.' 
 So  'fear' is  used  for  'worship,'  Is.  xxix.  13; 
 Mat.  XV.  9.  W^iTH  THE  SUN,]  Or,  be/ore  the 
 sun,  as  is  after  expressed,  verse  17 ;  and  as 
 the  Heb  "ghnim,"  tvith,  is  elsewhere  used 
 for  before,  Est.  vii.  8  ;  and  'before  the  sun 
 and  moon,'  meaneth  continually,  so  long  as 
 they  shine  on  the  earth,  which  is  so  long  as 
 the  world  endureth,  Gen.  viii.  32;Ps.  Ixxxix. 
 37,  38.  The  Chald.  interpreteth  it,  "with 
 the  rising  of  the  snn,  and  in  the  light  of  the 
 moon,"  that  is,  at  morning  and  evening,  day 
 and  night;  as  the  twelve  tribes  are  said  so 
 'instantly  to  serve,'  Acts  xxvi.  7. 
 
 Ver.  6. — The  mown  grass,]  The 
 meadow,  which  being  mown  in  the  beginning 
 of  summer,  craveth  rain  that  it  may  grow 
 again.  The  original  word  signifieth  also  a 
 'shorn  fleece'  of  wool;  vyhich  sense  some 
 keep  here,  and  refer  it  to  the  dew  that  fell  on 
 '  Gideon's  fleece,'  when  the  land  was  dry,  and 
 again  on  the  land  when  the  fleece  was  dry, 
 Judg.  vi.  37—40.  Solomon  s.nd  Christ  are 
 here  said  to  '  come  down  as  rain,'  in  respect 
 
558 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 grass;  as  the  showers,  the  dispersed  moisture  of  the  eartli.  '  In  his 
 days  shall  the  just  man  flourish,  and  multitude  of  peace,  until  the 
 moon  he  not.  **  And  he  shall  have  dominion  from  sea  unto  sea,  and 
 from  the  river  unto  the  ends  of  the  land.  "  They  that  dwell  in  dry 
 places  shall  kneel  before  him,  and  his  enemies  shall  lick  the  dust. 
 "  TJie  kings  of  Tharshish  and  of  tlie  isles  shall  render  an  oblation ; 
 the  kings  of  Sheba  and  Seba  shall  offer  a  present.  ''  And  all  kings 
 shall  worship  him,  all  nations  shall  serve  him,  '^  For  he  shall 
 deliver  the  needy  that  crieth  out,  and  the  poor  afflicted,  and  him 
 that  hath  no  helper.  "  He  shall  mercifully  spare  the  poor  and 
 needy,  and  shall  save  the  souls  of  the  needy.  "  He  shall  redeem 
 their  soul  from  fraud  and  violent  wrong,  and  precious  shall  tlieir 
 blood  be  in  his  eyes.  ^'  And  he  shall  live,  and  he  shall  give  to  him 
 of  tlie  gold  of  Sheba,  and  shall  pray  for  him  continually,  shall 
 
 of  the  doctrine  and  administration  of  judg- 
 ment by  them.  So  Moses  said,  'My  doctrine 
 shall  drop  as  the  rain,'  &c.  Deut.  xxxii.2; 
 and  Job  said,  'they  waited  for  me  as  for  the 
 rain,*  &c.  Job  xxix.  23;  and  'the  Lord  shall 
 come  unto  us  as  the  rain,'  &c.  Hos.  vi.  3. 
 The  dispersed  moisture,]  Understand, 
 rvhich  are  the  moisture,  that  is,  which 
 showers  do  moisten  the  earth.  "Zarziph," 
 the  Heb.  word  used  only  in  this  place,  hath 
 the  signification  of  dispersing  moisture  or 
 tvater,  as  by  showers,  God  having  'divided 
 spouts  for  the  rain,'  whereby  it  is  strewed 
 abroad  upon  the  earth,  Job  xxxviii.  25. 
 Wherefore  the  former  word  'showers,*  im- 
 plieth  'rain  that  falleth  with  manifold'  (or 
 'millions  of)  drops,' as  Ps.  Ixv.  11. 
 
 VeR.   7. MOLTITCDE  OF  PEACE,]   To  wit, 
 
 shall  be,  or  shall  flourish:  and  this  'Shalom, 
 peace,'  may  respect  the  name  of  Shelomoh  or 
 Solomon,  which  signifieth  peaceable,  as  was 
 promised  to  David,  "  Behold,  a  son  is  born  to 
 thee  which  shall  be  a  man  of  rest,  for  I  will 
 give  him  rest  from  all  his  enemies  round 
 about,  therefore  liis  name  is  Solomon,  and 
 I  will  send(Salom)  peace  and  quietness,  upon 
 Israel  in  his  days,'  1  Chron.  xxii.  9.  Moon  be 
 NOT,]  Or,  be  taken  away,  as  the  Gr.  ex- 
 plaineth  it,  that  is,  "  till  the  world's  end,"  as 
 before,  verse  8. 
 
 Ver..  8. — From  sea  to  sea,]  From  the 
 salt  sea,  ('the  lake  of  Sodom,'  Gen.  xiv.  3.) 
 '  to  the  main  sea,'  see  Num.  xxxiv.  3 — G,  &c. 
 where  the  limits  of  the  land  are  described. 
 From  the  river]  The  'great  river  Euphra- 
 tes,'Gen.  XV.  IS;  Deut.  xi.  24.  In  Solo- 
 mon this  was  accomplished,  when  'he  reigned 
 over  all  kingdoms,  from  the  river  to  the  land 
 of  the  Philistines,  and  to  the  border  of  Egypt,' 
 1  Kings  iv.  21  ;  iu  Christ,  when  all  nations 
 were  brought  into  his  subjection  by  the  gospel, 
 
 as  Mat.  xxviii.  18,  19;  Acts  i.  8;  Col.  i.  5, 
 6  ;  Rev.  xi.  15. 
 
 Ver.  9. — In  dry  places,]  Or,  in  deserts, 
 which  the  Gr.  explaineth,  "  theiEthiopians." 
 The  Heb.  "Tsijim"  signifieth  here,  and  Ps; 
 Ixxiv.  14,  'people  that  dwell  in  dry  desert 
 places : '  sometimes  it  is  used  for  '  wild 
 beasts'  that  haunt  such  deserts,  as  Is.  xxxiv. 
 14;  xiii.  21;  Jer.  1.  39.  Lick  the  dust,] 
 'Like  a  serpent,'  as  is  expressed  in  Mic.  vii. 
 16,  noting  hereby  '  great  fear  and  subjection, 
 testified  by  bowing  down  their  faces  to  the 
 ground,  as  is  the  manner  in  the  Eastern 
 countries.  In  Is.  xlix.  23,  a  like  promise  is 
 made  to  the  church  of  Christ. 
 
 Ver.  10, — Of  Tharshish,]  Or,  of  the 
 ocean,  that  dwell  by  the  'main  sea.'  See  the 
 Note  on  Ps.  xlviii,  8.  Sheba  and  Seba,] 
 that  is,  of  ^Ethiopia  and  of  Arabia,  far 
 southern  countries,  inhabited  by  the  posterity 
 of  Sheba  and  Seba,  the  nephew  and  son  of 
 Cush,  the  son  of  Cham,  the  son  of  Noah, 
 Gen.  X.  7.  The  'queen  of  Sheba'  (or  'of 
 the  South')  came  from  the  utmost  parts  of 
 the  earth  to  hear  the  wisdom  of  Solomon,  and 
 gave  him  much  gold,  sweet  odours,  and  pre- 
 cious stones,  1  Kings  X.  1 — 10;  Mat.  xii.41. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Hath  no  helper,]  Or,  'to 
 whom  no  helper.'  See  the  like  by  Job,  .Job 
 xxix.  12. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Precious  shall  their  blood 
 BE,]  that  is,  their  death,  meaning,  that  he 
 regarded  their  life,  and  will  not  easily  sufler 
 them  to  be  killed,  for  that  it  is  precious  and 
 dear  unto  him:  as  on  the  contrary  Paul  said, 
 'his  life  was  not  dear  unto  himself,'  when  he 
 was  willing  and  ready  to  lose  it  for  Christ's 
 cause,  Acts  XX.  24;  see  Ps.  cxvi.  15. 
 
 Ver.  15. — He  shall  give,]  Meaning 
 man  in  general,  or  each  one  brought  in  sub- 
 jection, as  the   Gr.   saith,   "  to  him  shall  be 
 
PSALM  LXXIII. 
 
 559 
 
 bless  him  all  the  day.  "  There  shall  be  a  parcel  of  corn  in  the 
 land,  in  the  top  of  the  mountains;  the  fruit  thereof  shall  shake 
 like  Lebanon,  and  flourish  sliall  they  of  the  city  as  the  herb  out  of 
 the  earth.  ''  His  name  shall  be  for  ever,  his  name  shall  be  con- 
 tinued before  the  sun,  and  they  shall  bless  themselves  in  him ;  all 
 nations  shall  call  him  blessed.  *^  Blessed  be  Jeliovah  God,  the  God 
 of  Israel,  wliich  doth  marvellous  things  himself  alone.  '*  And 
 blessed  be  tlie  name  of  his  glory  for  ever ;  and  let  all  the  earth  be 
 filled  with  his  glory ;  Amen,  and  Amen. 
 
 ^^  Ended  are  the  prayers  of  David  son  of  Jesse. 
 
 given,"  meaning  to  Solomon.  Gold  of 
 SHEBA,]  the  Gr.  saith  of  "  Arabia  : "  see 
 verse  10.     All  the  day,]  Or,  daily. 
 
 Ver.  16. — There  shall  be  a  parcel, 
 &c.]  where  a  handful  of  corn  shall  be  sown  on 
 the  top  of  the  mountains  (the  most  barren 
 places)  there  shall  be  such  increase  that  the 
 fruit  shall  shake,  and  make  a  noise  like  the 
 trees  of  Lebanon.  Shake,]  Or,  stir  with  noise, 
 rustle.  Lebanon,]  That  is,  '  trees  of  Leba- 
 non;* as  'the  earth,'  for  'the  inhabitants  of 
 the  earth,  Ps.  Ixvi.  1.  Of  this  mount  see  Note 
 on  Ps.  xxix.  5.  They  of  the  city,]  That 
 is,  i/ie  citizens,  as,  *  they  of  the  world  are 
 worldlings,  Ps.  xvii.  14,  'ye  of  the  heavens,' 
 Ps.  cxlviii.  1,  are  'the  inhabitants  there.' 
 The  Chald.  addeth,  "  of  the  city  Jerusalem." 
 Compare  herewith  Is.  xxvii.  6. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Continued,]  To  wit,  as  a  son 
 contimieth  his  father's  name,  for  the  original 
 jinnon  (or  janiii)  cometh  of  Niu,  which  is 
 0  son  :  the  Gr.  also  turneth  it,  '  his  name 
 eontinueth,'  and  Christ's  name  is  continued 
 in  us  that  believe  in  him,  called  '  Christians,' 
 Acts  xi.  26,  and  'his  children,'  Heb.  ii.  13, 
 14.   Before  the  sun,]  That  is,  so  long  as  it 
 
 endureth,  as  verse  5 ;  so  Ps.  cii.  29.  They 
 shall  bless,]  To  wit,  men  of  all  nations  shall 
 count  and  speak  of  their  blessedness  in  him ;  so 
 Gen.  xxii.  18.  Call  him  blessed,]  Or, 
 happy,  shall  beautify  him. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Name  of  his  glory,]  That  is, 
 his  glorious  (or  honourable)  name.  So  'Lord 
 of  glory,"  James  ii.  1,  for  '  glorious  Lord.' 
 Filled  with  his  glory,]  That  is,  with  the 
 manifestation  of  his  glorious  works,  and  prais- 
 ing him  for  the  same.  See  the  like  speeches. 
 Num.  xiv.  21 ;  Is.  vi.  3  ;  Rev.  xviii.  1 ;  Ezek. 
 xliii.  2.  Amen,]  So  be  it.  The  second  book 
 of  Psalms  is  concluded  with  twice  'Amen,'  as 
 was  the  former:  see  Ps.  xli.  14. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Ended.]  Or,  complete  are, 
 meaning  that  this  Psalm  was  the  last  of  David's 
 prayers  or  hymns  (as  the  Gr.  translateth  it) 
 howsoever  it  is  not  set  last  in  order  as  neither 
 other  be.  Or,  that  this  matter  touching 
 Christ's  kingdom  is  the  last  thing  wheieof 
 David  prophesied,  and  for  which  he  prayed,  as 
 ]  Pet.  i.  10,  11.  Jesse,]  Or  Jishai,  as  the 
 Heb.  soundeth,  it  and  sometimes  Ishai,  1 
 Chron.  ii.  12,  13,  which  name  signifieth 
 strength  and  manhood;  as  David,  amiable. 
 
 THE   THIRD  BOOK. 
 
 PSALM    LXXIIL 
 
 The  prophet  prevailing  in  a  temptation,  showeth  the  occasion  thereof, 
 the  prosperity  of  the  nicked.  13.  The  wound  given  thereby,  diffidence. 
 15.  The  victory  over  it,  Tinowledge  of  God's  purpose  in  destroying  of  the 
 wicked,  and  sustaining  the  righteous. 
 
 1  A  psalm  of  Asaph. 
 
 Yet  surely  God  is  good  to  Israel,  to  them  that  are  pure  in  heart. 
 
 The    third   book,]  To  wit,  of  psalms.  Ver.  1. — Of  Asaph,]  Or,  fo  ^jopA,  who 
 
 See  the  note  on  Ps.  xlii.  was  both  « a  prophet '  and  '  a  singer;'  see  Ps. 
 
560 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 And  I,  my  feet  almost  swerved  aside ;  my  steps  had  well-nigh 
 slipped  out.  ^  For  I  envied  at  vain-glorious  fools,  when  I  saw  the 
 peace  of  the  wicked.  *  For  there  are  no  bands  in  their  death,  and 
 lusty  is  their  strength.  ^  They  are  not  in  the  molestation  of  sorry 
 man,  and  with  earthly  man  they  are  not  plagued.  ^  Therefore 
 pride  compasseth  them  about  as  a  chain,  violence  covereth  them  as 
 a  garment.  ''  Their  eyes  stand  out  with  fatness,  they  pass  the 
 imaginations  of  the  heart.  ^  They  do  corrupt  and  speak  with 
 maliciousness  of  oppression,  they  speak  from  aloft.  ^  They  set 
 their  mouth  against  the  heavens,  and  their  tongue  walketh  through 
 the  earth.     "  Therefore  his  people  turneth  hither,  and  waters  of  a 
 
 1.  I.  The  like  title  is  of  the  ten  Psalms 
 following.  These  are  for  the  most  part  com- 
 plaints and  meditations  of  the  troubles  of 
 God's  people. 
 
 Veb.  2. — Almost,]  Or,  a  very  little 
 lacked,  but  '  my  feet  have  swerved  ;'  so  after, 
 '  well  nigh,'  or,  '  almost  nothing  '  lacked,  but 
 'my  steps  have  been  shed:'  noting  hereby 
 his  great  danger  to  have  fallen  through  his 
 infirmity,  had  not  faith  in  God  sustained  him. 
 Swerved,]  Or  turned,  declined.  This  and 
 the  next  word  '  slipped  '  have  a  double  read- 
 ing in  tlie  Hub.  by  the  vowels,  "  they  had 
 swerved,  they  had  slipped;"  by  the  conso- 
 nants, "it  had  swerved,  it  had  slipped;" 
 meaning  "  each  of  his  feet,"  and  "  every  of 
 his  steps,"  to  his  utter  ruin.  Slipped  out,] 
 Or,  been  poured  out,  to  wit,  as  water,  and 
 so  I  had  been  lost. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Envied,]  Or,  was  jealous,  had 
 envious  zeal:  See  Ps.  xxxvii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Bands,]  Or,  knots,  that  is, 
 '  pains,  sores,  diseases,'  &c.  In  their 
 DEATH,]  Or,  till  their  death,  meaning  that 
 they  live  long  in  pleasure,  and  die  at  ease,  as  is 
 explained,  Job  xxi.  13.  '  They  spend  their 
 days  in  wealth,  and  suddenly  they  go  down 
 to  the  grave.'  The  Chald.  saith,  "For 
 they  are  not  terrified  or  troubled  for  the  day 
 of  their  death."  But  lusty,]  Or,  and  fat 
 is  their  fortitude  (their  firm  strength  of 
 body)  as  Job  saith,  '  one  dieth  in  his  full 
 strength,  being  in  all  ease  and  prosperity;  his 
 breasts  are  full  of  milk,  and  his  bones  run  full 
 of  marrow,'  Job  xxi.  23,  24 
 
 Vke.  6. — Molestation  of  sorrt  man,] 
 That  is,  such  turmoil  as  other  miserable  men 
 endure.  See  the  like  phrase  in  2  Sam.  vii.  14. 
 .iEnosh  and  Adam  are  here  the  names  of  all 
 wretched  mankind.  See  Ps.  viii.  5.  The 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  They  labour  not  in 
 the  labour  of  men  that  study  in  the  law,  and 
 with  just  men,"  &c 
 
 Ver.  6. — Compasseth,  &c.]  Or,  is  a 
 chain  to  them  and  to  him,  that  is,  '  every  of 
 
 them;'  as  a  collar  that  is  hanged  for  an  orna- 
 ment about  the  neck.  And  of  this  word 
 Anak,  to  '  hang  a  chain,'  that  giant  Anak 
 had  his  name,  whose  children  were  called 
 •  Anakims,'  men  great  of  stature,  proud  and 
 cruel.  See  Num.  xiii.  23,  34  ;  Josh.  xv. 
 13,  14.  A  garment,]  a  set  habit  or  07-na' 
 ment,  finely  fitted  to  the  body ;  such  was 
 '  the  harlot's  habit,'  Prov.  vii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Eye  standeth,]  That  is, 
 Each  eye  standeth  or  '  starteth  out  of  the 
 hole  for  fatness.'  In  Chald,,  "  The  simili- 
 tude of  their  faces  is  changed  for  fatness." 
 So  in  Job  XV.  27,  '  he  hath  covered  his  face 
 with  his  fatness.  They  pass  the  imagina- 
 tions, &c.]  That  is,  they  exceed  in  prosper- 
 ity above  that  they  could  imagine  or  think  ;  or 
 they  surpass  in  wickedness  above  that  which 
 man's  heart  can  think,  according  to  that 
 which  here  foUoweth,  and  as  in  Jer.  v.  28, 
 it  is  said  '  they  are  waxen  fat  and  shining, 
 they  do  pass  the  words  (or  deeds)  of  the 
 wicked.' 
 
 Ver.  8. — They  do  corrupt,]  Or  cow- 
 sume,  dissolve  or  make  dissolute  by  their 
 wicked  speeches,  and  by  their  oppression  of 
 men.  It  may  be  understood  of  '  corrupting,' 
 or  '  making  rotten  '  with  sin  themselves  or 
 others;  or  consuming  and  wasting  with 
 oppression.  With  maliciousness,]  Or,  in 
 evil,  that  is,  -maliciously  or  jnalignantly. 
 From  aloft,]  That  is,  loftily.  Or  'o/  the 
 Most  High,'  that  is,  of  God,  as  in  the  next 
 verse:  but  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  of  the 
 highness  of  their  heart." 
 
 Ver.  9. — Agalnst  Heavens,]  That  is, 
 against  God  and  his  saints  whom  they  blas- 
 pheme, as  it  is  written,  'he  opened  his  mouth 
 unto  blasphemy  against  God,  to  blaspheme 
 his  name  and  his  tabernacle,  and  them  that 
 dwell  in  heaven,'  Rev.  xiii.  6.  So  else- 
 where '  heavens  '  are  used  for  '  God,'  Dan. 
 iv.  23;  Luke  xv.  18. 
 
 Ver.  10. — His  people,]  God's  o^vn  peo- 
 ple are  i)y  this  afflicted,     therefore  the  Gr. 
 
PSALM    LXXIII. 
 
 561 
 
 full  cup  are  wrung  out  to  them.  "  And  tliey  say,  How  dotli  God 
 know,  and  is  there  knowledge  in  the  Most  High  ?  '^  Lo,  these  are 
 the  wicked,  and  in  tranquillity  ever ;  they  increase  wealthy  power. 
 '^  Surely  in  vain  have  1  cleansed  mine  heart,  and  washed  my  hands 
 in  innocency,  "  And  am  plagued  all  the  day,  and  my  rebuke  is  in 
 the  mornings.  "  If  I  say,  I  will  tell  thus  ;  lo,  I  unfaitlifully  wrong 
 the  generation  of  thy  sons.  '^  And  I  thought  to  know  this,  but  it 
 was  a  painful  thing  in  mine  eyes.  "  Until  I  entered  into  tlie  sanc- 
 tuaries of  God,  did  prudently  attend  to  their  last  end.  '^  Surely 
 thou  dost  set  them  in  slippery  places,  dost  make  them  fall  to  deso- 
 lations. '^  How  are  they  brought  to  wondrous  desolation  as  i?i  a 
 moment  ?  are  they  at  an  end,  arc  tliey  consumed  with  troublesome 
 frights?  ^^  Asa  dream  after  oue  awaketh ;  O  Lord,  when  thou 
 raisest  up,  thou  wilt  despise  their  image.     ^'  Surely  mine  heart  was 
 
 saitli  "my  people;"  the  psalmist,  speaking  of 
 tiis  brethren,  as  after  of  liimself,  verse  13. 
 Hither,]  To  these  thoughts  and  tempta- 
 tions, which  follow  in  the  next  verses.  A 
 FULL,]  The  word  cup  or  bason  is  here  to  be 
 understood;  as  'strong,'  tor  'strong  paws,' 
 Ps.  X.  9.  See  the  Note  there.  By  '  waters 
 of  a  full  cup'  are  meant  '  abundance  ot  tears,' 
 which  they  must  drink,  that  is,  'of  afBictiuns' 
 and  '  temptations' which  they  suffer;  as  in 
 Ps.  Ixxx.  6.  So  the  Chald.  explaineth  it, 
 "  and  tears  as  many  waters  shall  flow 
 from  them."  Wrung  odt  to  them,] 
 Or,  drunk  {sucked  up)  by  them,  as  in  Ps. 
 Ixxv.  9. 
 
 Ver.  12. — In  tranquillity,]  Or,  quiet, 
 safe,  wealthy,  at  ease.  Compare  herewith 
 Jer.  xii.  1,  2.  Wealthy  power,]  Ability 
 by  riches  :  see  Ps.  xlix.  7. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Cleansed,]  That  is,  laboured 
 to  cleanse  andpurge,  by  faith  and  continual 
 sanctification,  Acts  xv.  9,  1;  John  iii.  3; 
 otherwise,  '  who  can  say,  I  have  made  mine 
 hi-art  dean,'  Prov.  xx.  9.  Innocency,]  Or, 
 cleanliness:  see  Ps.  xxvi.  6;  xxiv.  4. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Am  plagued,]  Or,  touched 
 \vith  afBiction,  '  punished,"  which  the  wicked 
 are  not,  ver.  5.  My  rebuke,]  Oi",  blame, 
 to  wit,  '  I  bear  the  chastisement'  for  my  sins. 
 In  the  mornings,]  Tliat  is,  every  morning, 
 or  early:  the  like  phrase  is  Ps.  ci.  8  ;  Job 
 vii.  18;   Lam.  iii.  23;  Is.  xxxiii.  2. 
 
 Vek.  15. — I  WILL  tell  thus,]  That  is, 
 if  these  temptations  prevail  against  me,  so 
 that  I  should  tell  and  declare  for  truth  these 
 my  carnal  thoughts.  Telling  is  often  used 
 ior  publishing  and  preaching  to  others.  See 
 Ps.  ii.  7.  Unfaithfully  wrong,]  Or, 
 faithlessly  transgress  against  the  generation 
 of  thy  sons,  (O  God)  that  is,  '  of  thy  people,' 
 
 Vol.  II.  4 
 
 called  'the  sons  of  God,'  Deut.   xiv.    1;   1 
 John  iii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Prudently  attend  to,]  Or, 
 consider  their  latter  end.  A  like  speech 
 Moses  useth,  Deut.  xxxii.  29. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Slippery  place,]  Whereby 
 suddenly  fall  to  perdition.  The  Chald.  saith, 
 "  in  dark"  places. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Wondrous  desolation,] 
 Such  as  astonisheth  the  biholders.  Such 
 sudden  stiange  desolation  God  brought  on 
 Babylon  of  old,  Jer.  li.  37,  41  ;  and  will 
 again,  Rev.  xviii.  10,  17. 
 
 Ver.  20.— As  a  dream,]  To  wit,  so 
 they  are;  or,  so  va7iisheth  their  prosperity  ; 
 which  when  one  awaketh,  is  gone,  as  is 
 plainly  set  forth  in  Is.  xxix.  7,  8.  So  else- 
 where it  is  said,  'he  shall  flee  away  as  a 
 dream,  and  not  be  found,  and  shall  pass  away 
 a<:  a  vision  of  the  night:  the  eye  which  saw 
 him  shall  do  so  no  more,'  &c.  Jub  xx.  8,  9. 
 The  Chald.  explaineth  it,  "  as  the  dream  of 
 a  druidven  man."  Thou  raisest  up,]  To 
 wit,  thyself,  that  is,  raisest  up  to  punish 
 them,  as  Ps.  xxxv.  23 ;  or  '  raisest  up,'  to 
 wit,  'them,'  at  the  last  day  of  judgment. 
 So  the  Chald.  paraphrast  turneth  it,  saying, 
 "  in  the  day  of  the  great  judgment,  they  shall 
 rise  up  out  of  the  house  of  the  grave,  in 
 wrath  thou  wilt  despise  their  image."  The 
 Gr.  saith,  "  in  thy  city  thou  wilt  despise  their 
 image:"  the  Heb.  word  baghnir  being  ambi- 
 guous. In  this  sense  compare  herewith 
 Ecrl.  viii.  10.  De-^phe  their  image,]  Or, 
 their  shadow,  that  is,  '  destroy  their  transi- 
 tory estate  ;'  for  man  '  walketh  in  an  image,' 
 Ps.  xxxix.  7.  Or,  referring  it  to  the  last 
 judgment,  their  'image'  may  mean  their 
 'corrupt  sinful  state,  Gen.  v.  3;  and  the 
 'despising'  of  it,  is  their  utter  rejection;  for 
 
562 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 leavened,  and  I  was  pricked  in  my  reins.  ^  And  I  was  brutish  and 
 knew  not ;  as  the  beasts  was  I  with  thee.  ^  Yet  I  continually  was 
 with  thee,  thou  hast  holden  me  fast  by  my  right  hand.  ^*  Thou 
 wilt  guide  me  with  thy  counsel,  and  after  wilt  receive  me  to  glory. 
 "  Whom  liave  I  in  the  heavens  ?  and  with  thee  I  delight  not  any 
 in  earth.  ^®  Wliolly  consumed  is  my  flesh  and  my  heart  j  the  Rock 
 of  my  heart  and  my  portion  is  God  for  ever,  ^'  For  lo,  they  that 
 are  gone  far  from  thee  shall  perisli,  thou  suppressest  every  one  that 
 goeth  a  wlioring  from  thee.  ^^  And  I,  to  draw  nigh  to  God  is  good 
 for  me ;  I  have  set  my  hope  for  safety  in  the  Lord  Jehovah,  for 
 to  tell  all  thy  works. 
 
 then  they  shall  rise  '  to  shame  and  contempt 
 eternal,'  Dan.  xii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Was  leavkned,]  Or  leavened 
 itself,  that  is,  '  was  vexed,  grieved,  swelled, 
 was  sour  as  leaven,'  with  my  fretting  grief 
 and  anger.  1  was  pricked,]  Or  sharpened 
 {pricked)  myself,  that  is,  'felt  sharp  pains,' 
 to  wit,  with  my  fretting  thoughts  and 
 desires. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Brutish,]  That  is,  foolish, 
 sensual,  like  a  brute  beast,  not  having  the 
 understanding  of  a  man  in  me:  as  is 
 explained,  Prov.  xxx.  2.  See  also  Ps.  xlix. 
 11.  As  THE  BEAST,]  That  is,  as  owe  of 
 them,  or  '  a  great  beast,'  Heb.  behemoth ; 
 which  is  used  for  the  vast  '  elephant,'  Job 
 xl.  10.  The  Gr.  here  turneth  it,  "bestial," 
 or  "  brutish." 
 
 Ver.  24. — To  glory,]  Or,  with  glory, 
 that  is,  "  gloriously,  honourably.  See  1 
 Tim.  iii.  16;  Phil.  iii.  21  ;  Heb.  ii.  10;  1 
 Pet.  v.  1,  4.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth, 
 "  Thou  wilt  guide  me  with  thy  counsel  in 
 this  world  ;  and  after  that  the  glory  is  accom- 
 plished, which  thou  hast  said  thou  wilt  bring 
 upon  me,  thou  wilt  receive  me." 
 
 Ver.  25. — Whom  have  I,]  Or,  who  Is 
 for  me,  but  thee  to  trust  in,  or  call  upon. 
 
 Delight  not,]  Or,  take  no  pleasure,  in  any 
 person,  or  thing. 
 
 Ver.  26— The  rock,]  That  is,  the 
 strength  and  hope ;  the  Gr.  saith,  "the  God 
 of  my  heart." 
 
 Ver.  27.— Gone  far,]  That  is,  the 
 wicked  who  are  here  said  to  be  '  far  from 
 God;'  and  in  Ps.  cxix.  150;  are  'far  from 
 his  law,'  and  therefore  '  salvation  is  far  from 
 them,'  Ps.  cxix.  155;  as  here  they  perish,, 
 whereas  the  righteous  are  '  a  people  near  God,' 
 Ps.  cxlviii.  14.  That  goeth  a  whoring 
 FROM  thee,]  That  is,  goeth  after  idols, 
 departing  from  the  trtie  God,  as  Hos.  i.  2; 
 for  idolatry  or  '  breach  of  God's  covenant,'  is 
 often  called  'whoredom'  or  'fornication,' 
 Jer.  iii.  9,  20;  Ezek.  xxiii.  3,  6,  7,  &c.  Ps. 
 cvi.  39. 
 
 Ver.  28. — To  draw  nigh,]  So  both  the 
 Gr.  and  Chald.  do  explain  the  Heb.  phrase 
 "the  drawing  near  of  God;"  and  thus  it  is 
 also  used  in  Is.  Iviii.  2,  and  is  done  by  the 
 faith  of  the  gospel,  Heb.  vii.  19.  Jeho- 
 vah,] Or,  God:  see  Ps.  Ixviii.  21.  The 
 Chald.  saith.  "in  the  word  of  God."  To 
 tell,]  That  1  may  tell,  or  declare,  as  the 
 Gr.  explaineth  it. 
 
 PSALM  LXXIV. 
 
 2.  The  prophet  compldineth  of  the  desolation  of  the  sanctuary.  lO* 
 He  moveth  God  to  help,  in  consideration  of  his  power,  18.  of  his 
 reproachful  enemies,  of  his  children,  and  of  his  covenant. 
 
 An  instructing  psalm  of  Asaph. 
 
 ^  Wherefore,  O  God,  hast  thou  cast  us  off  to  perpetuity :  shall 
 
 Ver.  1.— Of  Asaph,]  Or,  to  Asaph,  in  1.  If  Asaph  (who  lived  in  David's  days) 
 Chald.,  "by  the  hands  of  Asaph:"  see  Ps.  1.       made    this    psalm,    it    was    a    prophesy   of 
 
PSALM  LXXIV. 
 
 5G3 
 
 tliine  anger  smoke  against  the  sheep  of  tliy  pasture?  ^  Remember 
 tliy  congregation,  which  thou  hast  purchased  of  old,  tlie  rod  of 
 thine  inheritance,  which  thou  liast  redeemed,  tliis  mount  Zion 
 wherein  thou  hast  dwelt.  ^  Lift  up  tliy  feet  to  the  desolations  of 
 perpetuily  ihe  enemy  hath  done  evil  to  all  things  in  the  sanctuary. 
 *  Thy  -listressers  roar  in  the  midst  of  thy  synagogues  ;  they  have 
 set  their  signs  for  signs.  *  He  was  known,  as  lie  lifted  on  liigh 
 axes  against  the  thicket  of  the  wood.  ®  And  now  the  carved  works 
 thereof  all  together  they  have  beat  down  with  beetle  and  mallets. 
 '  They  have  cast  into  the  fire  thy  sanctuaries,  to  tlie  earth  they 
 have  profaned  the  dwelling-place  of  thy  name.  ®  Tliey  said  in 
 tlieir  lieart,  Let  us  make  spoil  of  them  altogether ;  they  liave  burned 
 all  tlie  synagogues  of  God  in  the  land.     ^  We  see  not  our  signs. 
 
 troubles  to  come.  If  some  other  prophet 
 made  it  when  calamities  were  on  Israel,  then 
 was  it  committed  to  'Asaph's  posterity,'  the 
 singers,  called  by  their  father's  name;  as 
 •Aaron's  posterity,'  are  called  'Aaron,'  1 
 Chron.  xii.  27.  Thine  anger  smoke,]  Or, 
 thy  nose  smoke,  that  is,  burn,  as  was  threat- 
 ened, Deut.  xxix.  20.  A  manifestation  of  sore 
 displeasure:  see  Ps.  xviii.  9  ;  Ixxx.  5. 
 Sheep,]  Ot,  flock,  that  is,  us  thy  people,  as 
 Ps.  Ixxix.  13.  The  flock  comprehendeth 
 'sheep  and  goats,'  Lev.  i.  10. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Purchased  of  old,]  Or,  bought 
 of  yore,  when  thou  broughtest  them  out  of 
 Egypt,  Exod.  XV.  16;  or  understand  that 
 thou  hast  purchased  it,  hast  redeemed,  &c. 
 The  rod  of  thine  inheritance,]  That  is, 
 Israel,  Jer.  x.  16;  called  elsewheie  '  the  line 
 of  God's  inheritance,'  Deut.  xxxii.  9,  which 
 he  measured  out  lor  himself  as  land  is  meted 
 with  a  '  rod'  or  'line.'  It  may  also  be  read 
 'the  sceptre'  or  '  the  tribe  of  thine  inheri- 
 tance,' as  Is.  Ixiii.  17,  for  the  Heb.  shebet, 
 which  properly  is  a  '  rod '  or  '  staff,'  is  some- 
 times a  '  sceptre,  Ps.  xlv.  7  ;  sometimes  a 
 '  tribe,'  Ps.  Ixxviii.  67. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Lift  up  tht  feet;]  Or,  thy 
 hummers,  that  is,  '  thy  strokes,'  to  '  stamp  or 
 '  beat  down  '  the  enemy  '  unto  perpetual  deso- 
 lations. Thus  the  '  feet '  are  used  to  '  tread 
 down  with,'  Is.  xxvi.  6,  and  so  the  Gr. 
 taketh  it  here,  changing  the  metaphor,  and 
 translating  it,  "  thy  hands,'  which  are  also 
 instruments  to  strike  down  with.  Or,  '  lift 
 up  thy  feet,'  that  is,  come  quickly  to  see  'the 
 perpetual  desolations  '  which  the  enemy  hath 
 made.  Hath  done  evil,]  That  is,  broken, 
 robbed,  burned,  wasted  all  things;  as  did 
 Nebuchadnezzar  in  the  temple,  2Kingsxxiv. 
 13;  XXV.  9,  13,  14,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Thy  synagogues,]  Or  assem- 
 blies, either  t.hG  'coiuts'and  'places  about 
 the  temple,  where   the  people  assembled,  or 
 
 the  other  synagogues  in  Jerusalem,  as  after, 
 verse  8,  he  speaketh  of  '  all  the  synagogues 
 in  the  land,'  places  where  prayers  and  lec- 
 tures of  the  law  were  used,  Acts  xvi.  13; 
 XV.  21.  The  'assembly'  of  Christians  is 
 called  also  by  this  name  'synagogue,'  James 
 ii.  2.  Their  signs,]  Or,  banners,  which 
 are  signs  of  victory,  or  of  idolatry.  See 
 after,  verse  9. 
 
 Ver.  5. — He  was  known,]  He,  that  is, 
 a  man,  or  <  every  one '  of  the  enemies,  '  was 
 known,'  that  is,  'renowned,'  or  'famous,'  as 
 having  done  some  notable  act.  Ashe  lifted 
 on  high.]  Or,  as  he  that  bringcth  aloft,  that 
 is,  as  a  man  brings  the  axe  aloft  over  his 
 head,  to  fell  down  the  thick  wood  with  might 
 and  main.  They  cut  down  the  wood  of  the 
 temple,  as  men  do  trees  in  a  forest.  Thicket 
 of  the  wood.]  That  is,  the  thick  wood  or 
 tree,  whose  boughs  are  wrapped  one  in 
 another :  or,  (if  we  understand  it  of  the 
 v/ood-work  in  the  temple)  '  the  infolded 
 graven  wood,' which  he  that  did  most  eagerly 
 cut  down,  was  most  renowned. 
 
 Ver.  6.  — And  now,]  Or,  And  then, 
 at  the  same  time.  So  Ps.  xxvii.  6.  Car- 
 ved works,]  Gratings,  or,  (as  the  Heb. 
 phrase  is)  '  openings,'  used  for  '  graven  *  or 
 'carved  works,'  Exod.  xxviii.  11.  The  Gr. 
 here  tumeth  it,  "  doors,  which  also  have 
 their  name  of  "  opening." 
 
 Ver.  7. — Thy  sanctuaries,]  The  tem- 
 ple (which  had  divers  holy  places)  '  was 
 burned '  by  Nehuzar-adan,  2  Kings  xxv.  9. 
 To  THE  earth,]  To  wit,  burning  or 'rasing 
 down  to  the  ground.' 
 
 Ver.  8.^ — Let  us  make  spoil,]  Or,  we 
 will  oppress,  prey  upon  them.  Of  this  Heb. 
 root,  the  dcve  hath  her  name  in  that  tongue, 
 as  being  subject  to  the  prey  and  spoil  of 
 hawks,  &c.;  therefore  in  verse  19  he  calleth 
 the  church  a  '  turtle-dove.' 
 
 Ver.  9  — Oor  signs,]  The  testimoniesof 
 
5G4 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 there  is  not  any  prophet  more,  nor  any  wilh  us  that  knowetli  how 
 long,  '°  How  long,  O  God,  shall  the  distresser  reproach  ?  shall  the 
 enemy  blaspheme  thy  name  to  perpetuity  ?  ^'  Wherefore  tnrnest 
 thou  away  thine  hand,  even  thy  right  hand  ?  draw  it  out  of  the 
 midst  of  thy  bosom,  make  a  full  end.  '^  For  God  is  my  King  from 
 ancient  times;  he  worketh  salvation  in  the  midst  of  the  earth. 
 "  Thou  didst  break  asunder  the  sea  by  thy  strength,  didst  break  in 
 pieces  the  heads  of  the  dragons  in  the  waters.  "  Thou  didst  quite 
 burst  the  heads  of  leviathan,  didst  give  Mwafor  meat  to  the  people 
 that  dwell  in  dry  deserts.  '"  Thou  didst  cleave  the  fountain  and  the 
 stream,  thou  didst  dry  up  the  rivers  of  strength.  "'The  day  is 
 thine,  the  night  also  is  thine ;  thou  hast  prepared  the  light  and  the 
 sun.  "  Tliou  hast  coustituted  all  the  borders  of  the  earth,  the 
 summer  and  the  winter,  them  hast  thou  formed.  '^  Remember  this, 
 the  enemy  reproacheth  Jehovah,  and  the  foolish  people  blaspheme 
 thy  name.     "  Give  not  the  soul  of  thy  turtle-dove  to  the  wild  com- 
 
 God's  presence  and  favour,  extraordinary  or 
 ordinary,  as  the  sacrifices,  &e.  Dan.  xi.  31. 
 So  'circumcision,'  the  '  passover,'  the  '  Sab- 
 bath,' &c.  were  for  signs  to  Israel,  Gen.  xvii. 
 11;  Exod.  xii.  13;  xxxi.  13;  or,  as  the 
 Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  the  signs  which  the 
 prophets  gave  us."  Any  prophet,]  That 
 could  see  and  foretell  by  the  Spirit  an  end  of 
 these  troubles.  Lam.  ii.  9.  A  'prophet 
 (Nabi) '  is  one  that  from  the  inward  counsel 
 of  God  uttereth  oracles.  In  old  time  he  was 
 called  'a  seer,'  1  Sam.  ix.  9;  Amos  vii. 
 12.  How  LONG,]  To  wit,  this  affliction 
 shall  endure.  The  like  speech  is  in  Ps.  vi. 
 4. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Draw  it,  &c.]  This  word,  or 
 some  such,  seemeth  here  to  be  understood,  as 
 often  in  the  Heb.:  see  Ps.  Ixix.  II.  The 
 drawing  the  hand  out  of  the  besom  denoteth 
 a  performance  of  the  work  wi^hont  slackness, 
 as  we  may  see  by  the  contrary,  Prov.  xxvi. 
 15.  FoLL  END,]  By  consuming  our  ene- 
 mies, and  accomplishing  our  deliverance. 
 
 Ver.  13.  — The  se.\,]  In  Chald.,  "the 
 waters  of  the  Red  sea."  Of  the  dragons,] 
 Or,  whales,  meaning  'the  noble  men  of 
 Egypt,'  who  pursuing  the  Israelites,  were 
 drowned  in  the  Red  sea,  Exod.  xiv.  28.  For 
 great  persons  are  likened  to  '  dragons '  or 
 '  whale-fishes,'  as  Ezek.  xxix.  3. 
 
 Ver.  14.— The  heads,]  That  is,  the 
 head,  as  the  Gr.  translateth  it;  called  "heads" 
 for  the  excellency  and  principality.  Of 
 Leviathan,]  Or,  of  (he  whale,  meaning 
 Pharaoh  king  of  Egypt,  who  was  drowned 
 with  his  princes,  Ps.  cxxxvi.  15.  Leviathan 
 is    the   name    of  the    great    '  whale-fish,'  or 
 
 '  sea  dragon,'  so  called  of  the  fast-joining 
 together  of  his  scale,  as  he  is  described,  Job. 
 xl.  20  ;  xli.  6,  &c.;  and  is  used  to  resemble 
 great  tyrants,  here,  and  in  Is.  xxvii.  3.  So 
 the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  the  heads  of 
 Pharaoh's  mighty  men."  In  dry  deserts,] 
 That  is,  to  the  wild  beasts  of  the  icilder- 
 }iess,  which  might  devour  the  Egyptians  after 
 they  were  drowned,  and  cast  upon  the  shore, 
 Exod.  xiv.  30.  The  beasts  may  be  called 
 'a  people,'  as  conies,  pismires,  locusts, 
 &c.  are  called  '  peoples  '  and  '  nations,"  Prov. 
 XXX.  25,  26  ;  Joel  i.  6.  See  also  the  notes 
 on  Ps.  Ixxii.  9,  unless  by  these  'dwellers  in 
 dry  places,'  we  understand  the  Israelites  in 
 the  wilderness,  to  whom  the  spoil  of  the 
 Egyptians  was  as  '  meat  ;'  as  elsewhere  they 
 said  of  the  Canaanites,  '  they  are  bread  for 
 us,'  Num.  xiv.  9.  This  the  Cliald.  favourelh. 
 
 Ver.  15.. — Didst  cleave  the  foun- 
 tain,] Bringing  a  well  and  stream  of  water 
 to  thy  people  out  of  the  rocks,  Exod.  xvii. 
 6;  Num.  XX.  11;  Is.  xlviii.  21;  Ps.  cv. 
 41.  Rivers  of  strength,]  That  is,  strong, 
 rough,  or  vehement  rivers,  as  the  waters  of 
 Jordan  were  dried  up,  that  Israel  might  go 
 through.  Josh.  iii.  15 — 17.  The  Chald. 
 paraphrast  addeth  also  the  rivers  Arnon  and 
 Jabok  ;  whereof  see  Num.  xxi.  14 ;  Deut. 
 ii.  37, 
 
 Ver.  16.— The  light,]  The  Heb.  Maor 
 is  properly  '  a  lightsome  body,'  as  is  the  '  sun, 
 moon,  stars,  &c.  Gen.  i.  14,  15;  and  here 
 m  .y  he  meant  of  the  'moon,'  as  the  Chald, 
 translateth  it,  for  the  '  sun  '  next  followeth. 
 For  these  God  is  elsewhere  also  celebrated, 
 Ps.  1.  6—9. 
 
PSALM    LXXV. 
 
 565 
 
 pany ;  the  company  of  thy  poor  afflicted  forget  not  to  perpetuity. 
 ^°  Have  respect  unto  the  covenant,  for  full  are  tlie  darknesses  of  the 
 earth,  of  the  habitations  of  violent  wrong.  ^'  Let  not  the  oppressed 
 return  asliamed  ;  let  the  poor  afflicted  and  needy  praise  thy  name. 
 '■^'^  Rise  up,  O  God,  plead  thou  thy  plea,  remember  thy  reproach 
 from  the  fool  all  the  day.  ^^  Forget  not  the  voice  of  tliy  distress- 
 crs;  the  tumultuous  noise  of  them  that  rise  up  against  thee 
 ascendeth  continually. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Soul  of  thy  turtle-dove,] 
 That  is,  the  life  of  thy  church,  called  a 
 turtle-dove,  for  their  danger  to  be  perched 
 upon  by  the  wicked,  as  before,  verse  S,  being 
 of  themselves  weak,  mournful,  and  timorous; 
 also  for  their  faith  and  loyalty  towards  God, 
 and  innocency  of  life.  In  these  respects  are 
 'doves'  mentioned,  Hos.  xi.  11  ;  Ezek.  vii. 
 16;  Is.  xxxviii.  14;  lix.  11;  Song  iv.  1; 
 vi.  8;  Matt.  x.  16.  So  the  Chald.  explain- 
 eth  it,  "  Give  not  the  souls  of  them  that  teach 
 thy  law,  to  the  people  which  are  like  wild 
 beasts.'"  Wild  company.]  Or  wild  beasts,  as 
 the  Gr.  translateth  it,  meaning  the  cruel 
 "  people  like  wild  beasts,"  as  the  Cliald.  saith. 
 The  same  word  straightway  followeth  for  the 
 church,  or  '  lively  flock  '  of  Christ.  See  the 
 notes  on  Ps.  Ixviii.  11,  31. 
 
 Ver.  20. — The  covenant,]  Which  thou 
 didst  make  with  our  fathers,  (as  the  Chald. 
 addeth  to  explain  it)  it  may  be  meant  of  the 
 covenant  with  Abraham  and  his  seed,  as  is 
 expressed,  Ps.  cv.  8 — 10  ;  or,  which  was 
 made  with  Noah,  that  the  world  should  no 
 more  be  drowned,  as  once  it  was,  when  it  was 
 
 full  of  cruelty,  Gen.  vi.  13,  17,  IS  ;  viii.  21, 
 22,  which  covenant  the  prophets  apply  to  the 
 church  after,  Is.  liv.  9.  The  darknesses,] 
 That  is,  dark  places,  as  in  Ps.  Ixxxviii.  7  ; 
 cxliii.  3,  he  meaneth  that  the  base  obscure 
 places  were  full  of  violence,  even  folds  or 
 habitations  of  cruelty;  no  cottage  being  free 
 from  the  rapine  of  the  enemies.  '  Dark 
 places  '  may  be  put  for  base  or  '  mean:'  as  in 
 Prov.  xxii.  29,  '  dark  '  or  '  obscure  persons,' 
 are  the  '  base  sort.'  The  Gr.  here  also  trans- 
 lateth it  "  dark  persons,"  meaning  the  vile 
 graceless  enemies. 
 
 Ver.  22. — Plead  thy  plea,]  Defend 
 thine  own  cause:  see  Ps.  xxxv,  1.  Froji 
 the  fool,]  Understand,  '  which  thou  suffer- 
 est  from  the  fool,'  or  '  impious,  Nabal,'  whicli 
 word  was  also  before,  verse  18;  whereof  see 
 Ps.  xiv.  1.  The  Chald.  paraphrasetb, 
 "from  the  foolish  king." 
 
 Ver.  23. — Ascendeth,]  That  is,  cometft 
 up  unto  thee,  it  is  so  great;  as  Jonah  i.  2; 
 or,  '  it  iiu'reaseth,'  as  the  battle  is  said  to 
 *  ascend  '  when  it  '  increased,'  1  Kings  xxii. 
 35. 
 
 PSALM    LXXV. 
 
 A  confession  to  God,  and  promise  to  judge  uprightly.     5.  A  rebuTie 
 of  the  proud,  hy  consideration  of  God's  providence. 
 
 '  To  the  Master  of  the  music,  Corrupt  not:  a  Psalm  of  Asapli, 
 a  Song. 
 
 We  confess  to  thee,  O  God,  we  confess,  and  near  is  thy  name ; 
 
 Ver.  1. — Corrupt  not,]  Or,  Destroy 
 not;  see  Ps.  Ivii.  1.  The  Chald.  addeth, 
 "in  the  time  when  David  said.  Destroy  not 
 the  people."  Of  Asaph,]  Or,  to  Asaph;  in 
 Chald.  "by  the  hand  of  Asaph  :"  see  Ps.  1. 
 1. 
 
 Ver.  2. — And  near  is,]  To  wit,  near  in 
 
 our  mouths  and  hearts  to  celebrate  it.  Thus 
 God's  tvord  is  said  to  be  near,  Rom.  x.  8. 
 and,  '  thou  art  near  in  their  mouth,'  Jer.  xii. 
 2.  In  this  sense  tlie  Gr.  also  explaineth  if, 
 "  and  we  will  call  on  thy  name,"  Thet 
 tell,]  That  is,  I  and  others  with  me  :  so  the 
 Gr.  saith,  "  I  will  tell." 
 
566 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 they  tell  thy  wondrous  works.  ^  When  I  shall  receive  the  appoint- 
 ment, I  will  judge  righteousnesses.  *  Dissolved  is  the  earth  and 
 all  the  inhabitants  thereof;  Uiave  set  sure  the  pillars  thereof,  Selah. 
 ^  I  said  to  the  vain-glorious  fools,  be  not  vain-gloriously  foolish, 
 and  to  the  wicked,  lift  not  up  the  horn.  *  Lift  not  up  your  horn 
 on  high  nor  speak  with  a  stiff  neck. 
 
 ^  For  not  from  tlie  east,  or  from  the  west,  neither  from  the 
 desert  cometh  promotion. 
 
 ^  But  God  is  the  judge,  he  abaseth  one,  and  exalteth  anotlier.  *  For 
 a  cup  is  in  the  hand  of  Jeliovah,  and  the  wine  is  red,  it  is  full  of  mix- 
 ture, and  lie  poureth  out  of  tlie  same ;  but  the  dregs  thereof  wring 
 out  and  drink  shall  all  the  wicked  of  tlie  earth.     '"  And  I  will  shew 
 
 Ver.  3. — Receive  the  appointment,] 
 Or,  (ake  the  appointed  thing,  (or  time,  as  the 
 Chald.  translateth  it;  that  is,  "the  office 
 appointed,"  and  promised.  They  seem  to  be 
 the  words  of  tlie  Psalmist  (as  appeareth  more 
 plainly  by  verse  10,  11,)  in  person  of  Christ, 
 to  whom  the  kingdom  of  Israel  was  appointed 
 in  due  time  ;  of  whom  David  was  a  figure, 
 in  taking  and  administering  the  kingdom 
 when  it  was  distracted  with  troubles.  See 
 2  Sam.  iii.  17,  19  ;  v.  1 — 3.  Righteous- 
 nesses,] That  is,  most  righteously, 
 
 Ver.  4. — Dissolvep,]  Or,  7nelted,  that  is, 
 '  faint  with  troubles,  fears,' &c.  as  Josh.  ii.  9. 
 Set  sure,]  Or,  will  fitly  fasten,  artificially 
 stablish,  as  by  line  and  measure,  that  they 
 fall  not.  Pillars,]  The  mountains,  which 
 may  also  mean  governors ;  for  great  person- 
 ages are  likened  to  '  pillars,'  Gal.  ii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  5. — The  hokn,]  The  sign  of  power 
 and  glory,  Ps.  cxii.  9;  Ixxxix.  18 — 25; 
 Luke  i.  G9.  In  1  Chron.  xxv.  5.  mention  is 
 made  of  prophesies,  '  to  lift  up  the  horn.' 
 
 Veb.  6. — To  ON  high,]  that  is,  aloft,  or 
 against  the  high  God.  With  a  stiff  neck,] 
 Like  untamed  oxen  shaking  off"  the  yoke  of 
 obedience.  Or,  '  speak  not  a  hard  thing'  (as 
 Ps.  xxxi.  \Q.)with  a  neck  stretched  out,  that 
 is,  arrogantly,  or  ivith  one  neck,  that  is, 
 with  joint  force  :  as  '  heart,'  in  Ps.  Ixxxiii. 
 6.  is  for  one  heart. 
 
 Ver.  7. — The  desert,]  That  is,  the 
 south  or  north:  for  deserts  were  on  both 
 ends  of  the  land  of  Canaan.  Promotion,] 
 Or  exaltation;  or  as  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 "  desert  of  the  mountains,"  that  is,  the 
 mountainotis  desert,  meaning  that  preferment 
 or  deliverance  comes  not  from  any  of  the 
 nations  round  about.  The  Heb.  '  Harim,' 
 is  ambiguous,  signifying  both  exaltation,  and 
 mountains.  The  Chald.  maketh  this  para- 
 phrase, "  For  there  is  none  besides  me,  from 
 tast  to  west,  from  the  north  the  place  of  the 
 
 desert,  or  from  the  south  the  place  of  the 
 mountains." 
 
 Ver.  8. — Abaseth  one,]  Heb.  'this' 
 man.  Another,]  Heb.  'this'  man.  It 
 may  also  be  read,  He  {this  God,)  '  abaseth, 
 and  he  advanceth." 
 
 Ver.  9. — A  cup,]  To  measure  out  afflic- 
 tions; as  Ps.  ii.  6.  a  similitude  often  used; 
 see  Hab.  ii.  16;  Ezek.  xxiii.  31,  32;  Jer 
 xxv,  28.  The  Chald.  saith,  "  a  cup  of  curse." 
 Wine,]  That  is,  tvrath  or  indignation,  as  is 
 expressed,  Jer.  xxv.  15;  Job  xxi.  20;  Rev. 
 xiv.  10.  Red,]  Or,  thick,  troubled,  jmiddy, 
 noWng  fierce  indignation.  The  Gr.  tnrneth 
 it,  "acratou  merou,"  meaning  strong  ivine, 
 not  allayed.  So  in  Rev.  xiv.  10.  where 
 mere,  or  pure  wine,  meaneth  great  afflic- 
 tions. The  Gr.  there  is  taken  from  this  psalm. 
 Of  biixture,]  That  is,  of  liguor  mixed, 
 ready  to  be  drunk  :  as  ivisdom  is  said  to  have 
 mixed  her  ivine,  Prov.  ix.  2.  that  is,  '  tem- 
 pered it  ready.'  So  Rev.  xiv.  10.  The 
 Chald.  addeth,  '"mixture  of  bitterness." 
 He  poureth  out,]  To  wit,  unto  his  own 
 people,  abiding  them,  as  is  expressed,  Jer. 
 xxv.  17,  18,  28,  29.  The  dregs,]  The 
 most  grievous  afflictions,  as  Isa.  Ii.  17 — 22. 
 Wring  out,]  Or,  suck  up,  that  k,  feel  and 
 be  aff'ected  with  it.  So  Ez.  xxiii.  34;  Isa. 
 Ii.  17. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Will  shew,]  To  wit,  thiswork 
 of  God,  his  mercy  and  judgment.  The 
 Chald.  explaineth  it,  '  will  shew  thy  mira- 
 cles." Horns  of  the  wicked,]  Their 
 power,  dominion,  and  pride,  whereby  they 
 afflict  and  scatter  God"s  people,  Jer.xlviii.  25; 
 Lam.  ii.  3;  Zach.  i.  21;  Rev.  xvii.  12,  13. 
 as  by  '  horns  of  the  just  man,'  is  meant  his 
 'power,  dominion,  glory,'  Ps.  cxxxii.  17; 
 xcii.  11;  cxlviii.  14;  1  Sam.  ii.  10.  So 
 the  Chald.  openeth  it,  "  And  I  will  humble 
 all  kingdoms,  the  high  strength  of  the 
 wicked." 
 
PSALM  LXXVI. 
 
 567 
 
 for  ever,  will  sing  psalms  to  the  God  of  Jacob.  "  And  will  hew 
 off  all  the  horns  of  the  wicked;  the  horns  of  the  just  man  shall  be 
 advanced. 
 
 PSALMLXXVI. 
 
 A  declaration  of  God's  majesty  iJi  the  church,  against  her  enemies. 
 1 2.  An  exhortation  to  serve  him  reverently. 
 
 ^  To  the  master  of  the  music  on  Neginoth,  a  Psalm  of  Asaph, 
 a  Song. 
 
 "^  God  is  known  in  Judah,  liis  name  is  great  in  Israel.  ''  And  in 
 Shalem  is  his  tabernacle,  and  his  dwelling  in  Sion.  *  There  brake 
 he  the  burning  arrows  of  the  bow,  the  shield  and  the  sword,  and 
 the  war,  Selah.  *  Bright,  wondrous  excellent  art  thou,  more  than 
 the  mountains  of  prey.  *  The  mighty  of  lieart  have  yielded  them- 
 selves to  the  spoil ;  they  have  slumbered  their  sleep,  and  none  of 
 the  men  of  power  have  found  their  hands.     '  At  thy  rebuke,  O  God 
 
 Ver.  1. — On  neginoth,]  Or,with  stringed 
 instruments:  see  Ps,  iv.  1.  Of  Asaph,]  Or, 
 to  Asaph:  seePs.  1.  1. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Shalem,]  Or  Salem,  the  city  of 
 Melchisedek,  Geii.  xiv.  IS,  afterwards  called 
 Jerusalem  ;  whereof  see  the  notes  on  Ps.  li. 
 20.  The  Gr.  translateth  it,  "  in  peace," 
 which  is  the  interpretation  of  the  name  Salem, 
 as  the  apostle  showeth,  Heb.  vii.  2.  The 
 Chald.  paraphrase  saith,  <'  Jerusalem."  His 
 tabernacle,]  Or,  tent,  pavilion,  which  is  both 
 a  mean  dwelling,  and  a  movable.  Lev.  xxiii. 
 42;  43;  Heb.  xi.  9,  10.  For  both  Moses' 
 tabernacle  and  Solomon's  temple  were  mean 
 cottages  in  respect  of  God's  glory,  1  Kings 
 viii.  27. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Burning  arrows,]  Or,  fiery 
 darts,  (as  the  apostle  calleth  the  temptations 
 of  that  wicked  one,  Eph.  vi.  16.)  The  Heb, 
 "  Rishphei,"  is  properly  burning  coals, 
 Song  viii.  6,  figuratively  here  '  the  glistering 
 brass-headed  arrows,'  elsewhere  the  'fiery 
 thunder-bolts,'  Ps.  Ixxviii.  48;  and  '  burning 
 plague,'  Deut.  xxxii.  24;  Hab.  iii.  5;  likened 
 to  '  arrows,'  Ps.  xci.  5.  Here  it  may  lead 
 us  to  mind  this  psalm,  to  celebrate  the  victories 
 against  Satan,  figured  by  the  vanouishing  of 
 the  Assyrians,  and  other  enemies,  2  Kings 
 xix.  35.  The  Chald.  explaineth  it  thus, 
 "  When  the  house  of  Israel  did  his  will,  he 
 placed  his  divine  majesty  among  them;  there 
 brake  he  the  arrows  and  bows  of  people  that 
 warred ;  shield,  and  sword,  and  battle-array, 
 destroyed  he  for  ever."    Ani>   the  war,] 
 
 That  is,  the  army  of  v-arriors,  the  battle- 
 array.  See  Ps.  xxvii.  3.  And  thus  Shalem, 
 or  peace,  is  maintained  by  breaking  all  war- 
 like instruments  :  as  Is.  ii.  4, 
 
 Ver.  5. — Bright,]  Made  light,  that  is, 
 glorious  :  speaking  to  God,  as  ver.  7. 
 Wondrous  excellent,]  Magnificent :  see 
 Ps.  viii.  2.  Mounts  of  prey,]  The 
 mountains  of  the  lions  and  leopards.  Song 
 iv.  8,  meaning  the  kingdoms  of  this  world, 
 which  make  prey  and  spoil  one  another 
 like  wild  beasts,  Dan.  vii.  4 — 7,  whom  the 
 Lamb  on  mount  Zion  excelleth  in  power  and 
 glory.  Rev.  xiv.  1;  xvii.  14.  Or,  from  the 
 mounts  of  prey,  that  is,  when  thou  comest 
 from  conquering  the  enemy,  which  lie  in  the 
 mountains  to  make  prey  of  thy  people. 
 
 Ver.  G. — Mighty  of  heart,]  Or,  stotit, 
 stubborn- hearted;  a  title  of  the  wicked  that 
 are  far  from  justice.  Is.  xlvi.  12,  called  here 
 in  Gr.  "unwise  in  heart."  Their  sleep,] 
 Their  eternal  sleep,  Jer.  li.  39,  57,  'the 
 sleep  of  death,'  Ps.  xiii.  4.  So  in  the  next 
 verse.  None  of,]  Heb.  "all"  (or  "any) 
 have  not  found,"  that  is,  no7ie  found.  So  1 
 John  iii.  15,  'every  man-slayer  hath  not,' 
 that  is,  nojie  hath  life.  See  also  Ps.  cxliii.  2. 
 Men  of  power,]  Able  men,  for  strength, 
 courage,  and  riches,  (in  which  last  sense  the 
 Gr.  taketh  it  here)  these  did  not  resist,  or 
 cotdd  not,  as  Ps.  Ixxvii.  5.  They  were  not 
 able  (as  the  Chald.  saith)  "  to  take  their 
 weapons  in  their  hands. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Tht  rebuke,]  That  is,  puntsh' 
 
568 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 of  Jacob,  botli  cliariot  and  liorse  liatli  been  cast  asleep.  ^  Thou, 
 thou  art  feai-ful,  and  who  shall  stand  before  thee  when  thou  art 
 angry  ?  ^  From  the  heavens  tliou  causedst  judgment  to  be  heard ; 
 the  cartli  feared,  and  was  still.  '°  Wlien  God  arose  to  judgment 
 to  save  all  the  meek  of  the  earth,  Selah.  "  Surely  the  wrathful 
 lieat  of  men  shall  confess  thee,  the  remnant  of  the  wrathful  heats, 
 thou  wilt  gird.  '■'  Vow  ye,  and  pay  to  Jeliovah  your  God :  all  they 
 that  be  round  about  him,  let  them  bring  a  present  to  the  Fear. 
 "  To  him  that  gathereth  as  grapes  the  spirit  of  the  governors,  that 
 is  fearful  to  the  kings  of  tlie  earth. 
 
 ment,  destruction:  see  Ps.  ix.  6.  ChaRxM,] 
 That  is,  priiu-es  and  captains  riding  on 
 cliariots  and  horses,  on  which  they  were  wont 
 of  old  to  fight,  Judg.  iv.  3  ;  1  Kings  xxii. 
 31,  34.  These  by  God's  rebuke  have  been 
 slain,  as  in  the  camp  of  Asshur,  2  Kings  xix. 
 35,  and  the  host  of  antichrist,  Rev.  xix.  18, 
 —21. 
 
 Ver.  8. — When  tho0  art  anghy,]  Heb. 
 "  from  then  "  (that  is,  from  the  time  of)  thine 
 anger,  after  thine  anger  is  once  kindled. 
 
 Ver.  9. — The  earth,]  Or,  the  land; 
 which  the  Chald.  understandeth  thus  ;  "  the 
 land  of  the  heathens  feared,  the  land  of  Israel 
 was  quiet." 
 
 Ver.  11. — Shall  confess  thee,]  That 
 is,  shall  turn  to  thy  praise,  when  thy  people 
 are  delivered  from  the  rage  of  their  foes. 
 The  RE.MNAiNT,]  Or,  the  remainder,  that  is, 
 thy  people  '  which  remain  '  and  perish  not  in 
 the  jages  of  the  wicked.  Thou  wilt  gird,] 
 To  wit,  tvithjoyf Illness,  that  they  shall  sing 
 praise  to  thee;  as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it, 
 "  shall  keep  a  feast  to  thee."  As  in  Joel.  i. 
 13,  'Gird  ye,'  there  is  understood,  tvith 
 sorrow,  or  sack-cloth :  so  here  seemeth  to  be 
 understood  Joy  or  gladness,  wherewith 
 persons  (or  tilings)  are  said  to  be  '  girded,' 
 Ps.  XXX,  12;  Ixv.  13,  or,  'thou  wilt  gird' 
 with  strength,  as  Ps.  xviii.  40.  Or  if  we 
 refer  it  to  the  hot  rage  of  the  wicked,  "the 
 residue  thereof  thou  wilt  gird,"  that  is,  blitid 
 or  restrain  from  attempting  further  evil. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Vow  ye,]  Men  in  danger,  or 
 delivered  from  it,  were  wont  to  make  vows 
 unto  God,  Gen.  xxviii.  20  ;  Jonah  i.  IC;  Ps. 
 Ixvi.  13,  14.  RouKD  ABOUT  HiJi,]  A  des- 
 cription of  his  people,  as  the  twelve  tribes 
 pitched  round  about  the  tabernacle,  Num. 
 ii.  2,  and  the  four  and  twenty  elders  were 
 round  about  God's  throne,  lie  v.  iv.  4.  So 
 the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "ye  that  dwell 
 about  his  sanctuary.  To  the  fear,]  That  is, 
 the  most  fearful  God,  called  Fear  or  Terror, 
 for  more  reverence  and  excellency, nntowhom 
 all  fear  is  due,  as  Is.  viii.  12,  13;  Mai.  i.  6. 
 So  Jacob  called  God  '  the  Fear  of  his  father 
 Isaac,'  Gen.  xxxi.  53.  And  this  was  per- 
 formed when  after  Asshur's  overthrow,  '  many 
 brought  offerings  to  the  Lord,'  2  Chron.  xxxii. 
 21,  23. 
 
 Ver.  13. — To  him  that  gathereth,]  So 
 the  Gr.  "  to  him  that  taketh  away:  "  or  we 
 may  read,  He  gathereth,  (or  cutteth  off  as  in 
 vintage ;)  a  similitude  from  grape-gatherers; 
 w  hich  cut  oti'  the  dusters  of  the  vines ;  applied 
 here  to  the  cutting  off  the  lives  of  men.  The 
 like  is  in  Ilev.  xiv.  18—20,  also  in  Judg.  xx. 
 45.  The  Chald.  explaineth  it,  "  To  him 
 that  represseth  the  pride  of  the  spirit  of 
 governors;  God,  to  be  feared  above  all  kings 
 of  the  earth."  Governors,]  Or  Princes, 
 captains,  that  lead  and  go  before  the  people. 
 So  God's  angel  destioyed  all  the  valiant  men, 
 and  princes,  and  captains  in  the  camp  of  the 
 king  of  Assyria,  2  Chron.  xxxii.  21. 
 
PSALM  L  X  X  V  1 1. 
 
 569 
 
 PSALM    LXXVIL 
 
 The  Psalmist  showeth  rchat  fierce  combat  he  had  with  difiidence. 
 1 1 .  The  victory  which  he  had  by  consideration  of  God's  great  and 
 gracious  works  done  of  old. 
 
 '  To  the  Master  of  the  music,  to  Jeduthun,  a  Psalm  of  Asaph. 
 
 ^  My  voice  was  to  God,  and  I  cried  out :  my  voice  was  to  God, 
 and  lie  gave  ear  unto  me,  ^  In  day  of  my  distress  I  sought  the 
 Lord,  my  hand  by  night  stretched  out  and  ceased  not,  my  soul 
 refused  to  be  comforted.  *  I  remembered  God,  and  made  a  troubled 
 noise  ;  I  meditated,  and  my  spirit  was  overwhelmed,  Selah.  ^  Thou 
 hcldest  the  watches  of  mine  eyes,  I  was  stricken  amazed  and  could 
 not  speak.  °  I  recounted  tlie  days  of  antiquity,  the  years  of  ancient 
 times.  '  I  remembered  my  melody  in  the  niglit ;  with  my  heart  I 
 meditated,  and  my  spirit  searched  diligently.  ^  Will  the  Lord  cast 
 off  to  eternity,  and  not  add  favourably  to  accept  any  more  ?  ^  Is 
 his  mercy  ceased  to  perpetuity ;  is  his  word  ended  to  generation 
 and  generation  ?  '"  Hatli  God  forgotten  to  be  gracious ;  hatli  he 
 shut  up  in  anger  his  tender  mercy,  Selah  ?  "  And  I  said,  Doth  tliis 
 make  me  sick,  the  change  of  tlie  right  hand  of  the  Most  High  ?  ''^  I 
 will  record  the  actions  of  Jah  ;  surely,  I  will  remember  thy  miracle 
 
 Ver.  1. — To  Jeduthun,]  Or,  for  him  : 
 see  Ps.  xxxix.  1  ;  Ixii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  2.— He  gave  ear.]  So  the  Gr. 
 explaiiieth  the  Heb.  phrase  "to  give  ear:" 
 see  the  like  Ps.  Ixv.  ]  1. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Sought  the  Lord,]  In  Chald. 
 "  sought  instruction  fiom  before  the  Lord,  and 
 the  spirit  of  prophecy  rested  upon  me." 
 Stretched  out,]  Or,  Jloived,  was  poured  out, 
 that  is, '  was  stretched  out'  in  prayer:  (a  vehe- 
 ment figurative  speecli,  like  that  of  'pouring 
 out  the  heart,'  Ps.  Ixii.  9),  or,  was  wet  with 
 continual  wiping  of  mine  eyes:  or  by  '  hand  ' 
 may  be  meant  'plague 'or  'soi-e'  (as  in  Job 
 xxiii.  2),  which  continually  ran.  The  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it,  "  by  night  mine  eye  dropped 
 tears,  and  ceased  not." 
 
 Ver.  4. — Meditated,]  Or,  prayed.  See 
 Ps.  Iv.  3,  18.  Overwhelmed,]  Or,  eoz;erefi? 
 itself,  that  is,  'swooned'  or  'fainted'  with 
 sorrow;  so  Ps.  cxlii.  4;  cxliii.  4;  cvii.  5; 
 Lam.  ii.  12. 
 
 Ver.  5. — The  watches,]  Or,  the  ivards, 
 custodies,  (that  is,  as  the  Chald.  explaiiieth 
 it,  "the  lids)  of  mine  eyes,"  so  that  Icainiot 
 sleep.  Stricken  amazed,]  Beaten  with 
 terror,  '  as  with  a  hammer  ; '  or,  as  the  Gr. 
 saith,  "troubled."  So  Dan.  ii.  1,  3;  Gen. 
 xli.  S.  CoDLD  NOT  SPEAK,]  So  the  Heb. 
 phrase"  speak  not,"  is  sometimes  to  be  inter- 
 
 VoL,  II.  4 
 
 preted:  as,  'who  shall  judge,' 2  Chron.  i. 
 10,  for  which  in  1  Kings  iii.  9,  is  written, 
 ♦  who  can  (or,  is  able  to)  judge.'  So  Ps. 
 Ixxviii.  20. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Of  ancient  times,]  Or,  of 
 etertiities,  that  is,  '  of  ages '  past.  Tin's  he. 
 did  according  to  the  commandment,  Deut. 
 xxxii.  7  ;  for  former  histories  are  written  for 
 our  learning,  Rom.  xv.  4  ;  1  Cor.  x.  11. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Mr  melody,]  Or,  musical  play, 
 to  wit,  how  I  had  beforetime  played,  and 
 sung  songs  of  praise  for  thy  benefits  ;  (see  P^:. 
 xxxiii.  2,  3),  or,  'I  remembered  my  music,' 
 and  took  my  instrument,  and  thus  I  sung. 
 Spirit  searched,]  In  Chald.  "the  know- 
 ledge of  my  spirit  searched  marvellous  things." 
 
 Ver.  11.  — Doth  this  make  me  sick.] 
 Doth  it  grieve  and  weaken  me,  that  the  right, 
 hand  (the  administration)  of  God  is  changed, 
 and  he  keepeth  not  one  constant  course  in  his 
 works?  The  prophet  seemethto  check  him- 
 self, for  his  infirmity.  Or,  (taking  it  not  for  a 
 question)  '  it  maketh  me  sick;  '  or,  'this  is 
 my  infirmity.'  The  change,]  Or,  that 
 changed  is ;  for  so  the  Heb.  phrase,  "  to 
 change,"  may  be  resolved. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Will  v.ts.cord,]  f Fill  remember 
 
 for  myself,  and  mention  to  others.  The  Heb. 
 
 implieth  both  these,    by    a    double   reading. 
 
 Miracle,]  That  is, '  miracles '  or  "  wondrous 
 
 C 
 
570 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 from  antiquity.  "  And  I  will  meditate  of  all  thy  work,  and  will 
 discourse  of  thy  practices,  "  O  God,  thy  way  is  in  the  sanctuary ; 
 who  is  so  great  a  God  as  God?  '*  Tliou  art  the  God  that  doest  a 
 marvellous  work,  thou  hast  made  known  thy  strength  among  the 
 people.  '^  Thou  hast  redeemed  thy  people  with  arm,  the  sons  of 
 Jacob  and  of  Joseph,  Selah,  "  The  waters  saw  thee,  O  God,  tlie 
 waters  saw  thee,  they  trembled,  also  the  deeps  were  stirred.  '*  The 
 clouds  streamed  down  waters,  the  skies  gave  out  a  voice,  also  thine 
 arrows  walked  about.  ^^  The  voice  of  thy  thunder  was  in  the  round 
 air;  lightnings  illuminated  the  v/orld,  the  eartli  was  stirred,  and 
 quaked.  ^'^  Thy  way  was  in  the  sea,  and  thy  paths  in  tlie  many 
 waters,  and  thy  footsteps  were  not  known.  ^'  Thou  didst  lead  thy 
 people  like  a  flock,  by  the  hand  of  Moses  and  Aaron. 
 
 works  "  (as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it)  all  and 
 every  of  them,  done  of  old.  So  after  in 
 verse  15. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Discourse,]  Or,  meditate, 
 intreat  of,  both  ia  mind  and  talk. 
 
 Ver.  14. — In  the  sanctuary,]  Or,  in 
 sanctity,  in  the  holy  place,  as  the  Greek 
 turneth  it:  meaning,  it  is  most  holy,  and 
 secret,  hidden  from  the  eyes  of  the  world,  as 
 holy  things  were  hidden  in  the  sanctuary, 
 especially  the  ark  and  cherubims  where  God 
 sat.  So  as  it  was  not  lawful  for  people  or 
 priests  to  see  them, Num.  iv.  6, 7, 15, 20;  Lev. 
 xvi.  2.  Compare  also  herewith,  Ps.  Ixxiii. 
 16,  17.  TheChald.  translateth,"0  God,  how 
 holy  are  thy  ways."  A  God,]  Or,  a  mighty 
 One,  a  Potentate:  Heb.  uEl.  So  in  the  next 
 verse.  As  God,]  In  Gr.,  "  as  our  God  :  " 
 in  Chald.  "  as  the  God  of  Israel." 
 
 Ver.  15. — Marvellous  work,]  That  is, 
 works,  wonders.  This  is  taken  from  Exod. 
 XV.  11. 
 
 Ver.  16. — With  arm,]  That  is,  with 
 power:  an  arm  stretched  out,  as  Exod.  vi. 
 6,  in  Gr.,  "  with  thine  arm."  Of  Jacob,] 
 That  is,  Me  tribes  of  Israel,  born  of  him. 
 Of  Joseph,]  Tliis  may  be  meant  (as  the 
 Chald.  paraphrast  taketh  it)  of  all  the  Israel- 
 ites whom  Joseph  nourished.  Gen.  xlv.  10, 
 1 1  ;  1.  21  ;  called  therefore  his  sons ;  or  in 
 special  of  the  tribes  of  Ephraim  and  Manasses, 
 the  sons  of  Joseph,  noted  from  the  rest,  for 
 more  honour.  Compare  also  herewith  Ps. 
 Ixxx.  2,  3. 
 
 Ver.  17. — The  waters,]  Of  the  Red 
 sea,  Exod.  xiv.  21;  Ps.  cxiv.  3.  The 
 Chald.  paraphraseth,  "  They  saw  thy  divine 
 
 Majesty  from  the  midst  of  the  sea,  O  God." 
 Trembled,]  Or  were  pained,  as  a  woman  in 
 travail.     So  Ps.  xxix.  8;  xcvii.  4. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Streamed,]  Or,  gushed  with 
 a  tempest.  These  things  were  when  the 
 Lord  looked  unto  the  host  of  the  Egyptians 
 out  of  the  fiery  and  cloudy  pillar,  and  so  feared 
 and  hindered  them  with  stormy  tempests,  that 
 their  chariot  wheels  fell  ofij  &c.  Exod.  xiv. 
 24,  25.  And  thus  Israel  'was  baptized  in 
 the  cloud  and  in  the  sea,'  1  Cor.  x.  1,  2. 
 Thine  arrows,]  Meaning  hail-stones.  See 
 Ps.  xviii.  15  ;  Jos.  x.  11. 
 
 Ver.  19. — In  the  round  air,]  In  the 
 sphere  or  globe.  The  air  is  so  called  of  the 
 round  form,  which  it  (with  all  the  heavens) 
 hath.  Of  the  thunder  in  the  air,  see  Job 
 xxxvii.  2-5;  Ps.  xxix. 
 
 Ver.  20. —  Thy  way,]  Wherein  thou 
 wentest,  and  leddest  thy  people;  confounding 
 thy  foes,  Exod.  xiv.  19,  20,  22  ;  Neh.  ix.  11. 
 So  elsewhere,  'his  way'  is  'in  the  whirlwind,* 
 Nah.  i.  3.  Were  not  known,]  To  wit, 
 before  that  time ;  nor  after,  for  'the  waters 
 returned  to  their  force,  and  drowned  the 
 Egyptians:'  Exod.  xiv.  27.  So  his  other 
 ways  'are  past  finding  out,'  Rom.  xi.  S3,  that 
 men  must  '  walk  by  faith,  not  by  sight,  2 
 Cor.  v.  7. 
 
 Ver.  23.' — Lead  thy  people,]  Through 
 the  sea,  and  after  through  the  wilderness 
 towards  Canaan,  Moses  being  their  king, 
 and  Aaron  their  priest.  The  memory  of 
 which  mercy  is  often  celebrated,  Deut.  viii. 
 2 — 5, 15;  xxxii.  10;  Jer.  ii.  2,  6;  Amos.  ii. 
 10;  Mic,  vi.  4 J  Ps.  cxxxvi.  16  j  Acts  vii. 
 35,  36. 
 
PSALM    LXXVIII.  571 
 
 PSALM    LXXVIIL 
 
 An  exhortation  hoth  to  learn  and  to  preach  the  law  of  God.  9.  The 
 story  of  God^s  wrath  against  the  incredulous  and  disobedient  Israelites. 
 67.  Ephraim  being  refused,  God  chose  Judah,  Zion,  and  David. 
 
 '  An  instructing  psalm  of  Asaph. 
 
 Give  ear,  my  people,  to  my  law,  incline  your  ear  to  the  words  of 
 my  mouth.  ^  I  will  open  my  mouth  in  a  parable,  I  will  utter  hid 
 things  of  antiquity.  ^  Which  we  have  heard,  and  have  known  them, 
 and  our  fathers  have  told  us.  *  We  will  not  hide  from  their  sons, 
 to  the  generation  after,  telling  the  praises  of  Jehovah  -.  his  power 
 also,  and  his  marvel  which  he  hath  done.  *  How  he  established  a 
 testimony  in  Jacob,  and  put  a  law  in  Israel,  which  he  commanded 
 our  fathers,  to  make  them  known  to  their  sons.  ^  That  the  gene- 
 ration after,  sons  that  should  be  born,  might  know,  might  rise  up 
 and  tell  tlieir  sons.  '  And  they  might  put  their  constant  hope  in 
 God,  and  not  forget  the  acts  of  God,  and  might  keep  his  command- 
 ments. 8  And  not  be  as  their  fathers,  a  generation  perverse  and 
 rebellious:  a  generation  that  prepared  not  aright  their  heart,  and 
 whose  spirit  was  not  faithful  with  God,  ^  The  sons  of  Ephraim 
 armed  shooting  with  bow,  turned  back  in  tlie  day  of  battle.  "  They 
 keep  not  the  covenant  of  God,  and  in  his  law  they  refused  to  walk. 
 "  And  forgat  liis  actions,  and  his  marvellous  works  which  he  had 
 sliewed  them.     '^  Before  their  fathers,  he  had  done  a  miracle  in  the 
 
 Ver.  1. — Mt  law,]  Or,  doctrine,  for  of  Veb.  5. — Stablished,]    Or,  reared  up. 
 
 it  the  law  hath  the  name  in  Heb.;  see  Ps.  Testimony,]    Or,  witness,     meaning     the 
 
 xix.  8.     '  Christ' speaketh  in  this  psalm  to  'covenant:'    see    Ps.    xix.    S.      In    Jacob,] 
 
 his  people,  as  the  next  verse  shovveth.     So  Among  the  Israelites,  the  children  of  Jacob. 
 
 Isa.  li.  4.  To  THEIR  SONS,]  All  their  posterity,  as  Deut. 
 
 Ver.  2. — In  a  parable,]   That    is,    in,  iv.  9,   '  teach  them  thy   sons,  and  thy  sons' 
 
 (or  with)  parables,  as  the  Holy  Spirit  ex-  sons.'     So  Deut.  vi.  6,  7,  21. 
 
 poundeth,  Mat.  xiii.    34,  35.      '  All    these  Ver.  8 — Perverse,]  0\-,frori'ard,  stub- 
 
 things  Jesus  spake  to  the  multitude  in  para-  born.     So  Israel  is  noted  to  be,  Ex.  xxxii.  9, 
 
 bles,  &c.  that  it  might  be  fulfilled  which  was  Deut.  xxxi.  27. 
 
 spoken  by  the  prophet,  saying,  I  will  open  Ver.   9. — Ephraim,]  The   ten    tribes    of 
 
 my  mouth  in  parables.'  &c.'     Here  the  narra-  Israel,  of  which  Ephraim  was  chief,  though 
 
 tion    and    applying   of  ancient    histories   are  they  were  valiant  warriors,  yet  for  their  sins 
 
 called     parables,    because     all    these     things  fell  before  their  enemies,  1  Kings  xvii.  Hos. 
 
 came   unto  our   fathers   as   types,  and    were  x.    II — 14.      Some    understand    it    of    that 
 
 written  to  admonish  us,'  I  Cor.  X.  11.    What  slaughter    of   Ephraim's  sons  mentioned,    1 
 
 a 'parable'  meaneth,  see  Ps.  xlix.  5.     Will  Chron.   vii.  21—23.  which  was  while  their 
 
 utter,]  Or,  well  out,  as  from   a  spring  or  father  lived  in  Egypt. 
 
 fountain.     HiD  things,]  So  the  Holy  Spirit  Ver.    10. — Refused    to    walk,]    As    2 
 
 expoundeth  it  in  Gr.  Mat.  xiii.  35.;  the  Heb.  Kings  xvii.  14,    15,  'they  would  not  obey 
 
 word   signifying  sharp  or  obscure  speeches,  but  hardened  their  necks,  &c.  and  refused  his 
 
 or  riddles  :  see  Ps.  xlix.  5.     Of  antiquity,]  statutes  and  his   covenant,  which    he  made 
 
 understand,  which  are  of  antiquity,  that  is,  with  their  fathers,'  &c. 
 
 ancient  Vnmgs  'since  the  foundation  of  the  Ver.  12. — A  miracle,]  That  is,  mira- 
 
 world,'  Mat.  xiii.  35.  cles,  marvels,  as  in  verse  2.  parable  is  for 
 
572 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 land  of  Egypt,  the  field  of  Tsoan,  '^  He  cleft  tlie  sea  and  made 
 thorn  pass  tlirough,  and  made  the  waters  to  stand  as  an  heap. 
 '^  And  led  them  with  a  cloud  by  day,  and  all  tlie  night  with  a  light 
 of  fire.  '^  He  clave  the  rock  in  tlie  wilderness,  and  gave  drink  as 
 out  of  the  great  deeps.  "*  And  brought  forth  streams  out  of  the 
 rock,  and  made  waters  descend  like  rivers.  "  And  they  added  yet  sin 
 to  sin  against  him,  to  provoke  bitterly  the  Most  High  in  the  dry 
 desert.  '^  And  tempted  God  in  their  heart,  asking  meat  for  tlieir 
 soul.  "^  And  they  spake,  against  God  they  said.  Can  God  furnish 
 a  table  in  the  wilderness  ?  ""  Lo  he  smote  tlie  rock,  and  waters 
 gushed  out,  and  streams  overflowed  -.  can  he  also  give  bread ;  or 
 can  he  prepare  flesh  for  his  people  ?  ^'  Therefore  Jehovah  heard, 
 and  was  exceeding  angry,  and  fire  was  kindled  against  Jacob  j 
 and  also  anger  came  up  against  Israel.  ^^  Because  they  believed 
 not  in  God,  and  trusted  not  in  liis  salvation.  '■^'^  Though  he  had 
 commanded  the  skies  from  above,  and  opened  the  doors  of  heaven. 
 ^*  And  rained  upon  them  manna  to  eat,  and  the  wlieat  of  heaven 
 he  gave  to  them.     ^'  Man  did  eat  the  bread  of  the  mighties,  he  sent 
 
 parables.  Of  tsoan,]  Or  of  Tunis,  as  the 
 Gr.  and  Chald.  calleth  it.  It  was  a  cliief 
 city  in  "  Egy|)f,"  and  the  king's  court  or 
 palace^  and  a  place  of  great  antiquity,  Isa.  xxx. 
 3,  4;  Num.  xiii,  23.  And  'tlie  field  of 
 Tsoan,'  is  the  country  or  territories  of  that 
 city,  as  '  the  field  of  Edom,'  Gen.  xxxii.  3, 
 'the  field  of  Moab,'  Gen.  xxxvi.  35;  Num. 
 xxi.  20.     So  after,  verse  43. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Cleft  the  sea,]  The  Red  sea, 
 where  the  Israelites  were  baptized,  Ex.  xiv, 
 1  Cor.  X.  2. 
 
 Ver.  14. — A  cloud,]  To  shadow  them 
 from  the  sun;  and  to  guide  them  in  their 
 journeys  :  a  figure  of  God's  protection  over 
 liis  churcii,  and  guidance  of  ihe  same,  Ex. 
 xiii.  21  ;  xl.  38;  Num.  ix.  17—22  ;  Neh. 
 ix.  19 ;  Isa.  iv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  15. — The  rocks,]  Once  at  Horeb. 
 Ex.  xvii.  6.  and  again  at  Cadesh,  Num.  xx. 
 J,  11.  Tiie 'Rock' was  spiritually 'Christ,' 
 1  Cor.  X.  4.  Great  deeps,]  That  is,  the 
 great  deep,  as  the  Gr.  turneth  it:  the  phrase 
 is  taken  from  Gen.  vii.  11,  though  here  deeps 
 is  put  for  deep,  for  the  more  vehemency,  or, 
 for  every  of  the  great  deeps.  Or  we  may 
 turn  it,  as  in  deeps  very  much,  to  wit,  drink. 
 
 Ver.  17. — To  provoke  bitterly,]  By 
 rebellion,  exasperating  and  causing  wratli 
 and  bitterness,  as  botii  the  Heb.  and  Gr. 
 words  signify,  Ps.  v.  11;  Heb.  iii.  16. 
 
 Ver.  18. — For  their  soul,]  That  is, 
 '  their  lust,  their  appetite:'  see  Ps.  xxvii.  12. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Bread,]  That  is  generally, 
 food,  Ps.  cxxxvi.  25,  and  particularly  '  flesh,' 
 as  after  is  explained,  and  the  Heb.  'lechem' 
 
 sometimes  signifieth.  Lev.  iii.  1 1 ;  Num.  ' 
 xxviii.  2.  Of  this  their  lusting,  see  Num. 
 xi.  4,  &c.  Can  he  prepare,]  Ihe  word  can 
 is  again  to  be  repeated  from  the  former  sen- 
 tence.     See  also  the  note  on  Ps.  Ixxvii.  5. 
 
 Vee.  21. — Ascended,]  That  is,  burned: 
 ioY fire  mounteth  upward:  so  verse  31. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Manna,]  Or  as  in  Heb.  man, 
 a  small  round  thing  like  coriander  seed,  col- 
 oured like  hdeilium,  (that  is,  like  wax,  and 
 clear,  but  white)  liard,  to  be  ground  in  mills, 
 or  pounded  ;  of  it  cakes  were  made,  whose 
 taste  was  like  the  best  fresh  oil,  and  like 
 wafers  made  with  honey.  When  the  dew 
 fell  on  the  host  by  night,  the  manna  fell  with 
 it;  when  the  dew  was  ascended,  the  manna 
 appeai'ed  like  the  hoar  frost  on  the  earth  ; 
 then  the  people  gathered  it,  for  when  the 
 heat  of  the  sun  came,  it  was  melted.  It  was 
 a  meat  which  they  knew  not,  nor  their  fathers  : 
 when  they  saw  it,  tiiey  said,  '  It  is  manna,' 
 (that  \<,  a  ready  meat,  or  What  is  this  ?)  for 
 they  wist  not  what  it  was  :  and  Moses  said, 
 '  This  is  the  bread  which  the  Lord  hath  given 
 you  to  eat,'  Num.  xi.  7 — 9  ;  Ex.  xvi.  14,  15, 
 31  ;  Deut.  viii.  3.  Of  this  they  had  to  eat 
 forty  years  in  the  wilderness,  till  they  came 
 into  CanaaJi,  Ex.  xvi.  35;  Josh.  v.  12.  It 
 was  a  figure  of  Christ  and  his  spiritual  graces, 
 John  vi.  31—33;   Rev.  ii.  17. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Man  did  eat,]  Or,  Every  one 
 did  eat.  Bread  of  the  mighties,]  That 
 is,  "  vi  the  angels,"  (as  the  Chald.  and  Gr. 
 explaineth  it)  whicli  are  '  mighty  in  strength,' 
 Ps.  ciii.  20,  and  manna  is  ca.\\ed  their  bread, 
 either  because  by  their  ministry  God  sent  it, 
 
PSALM   LXXVIII. 
 
 573 
 
 them  meat  to  satiety.  '^^  He  made  an  east-wind  to  pass  forth  in  the 
 lieavens,  and  brought  on  a  sonth-wind  by  bis  strength.  ^'  And 
 rained  flesli  upon  them  as  dust ;  and  feathered  fowl,  as  the  sand  of 
 the  seas.  ^^  And  made  it  fall  in  the  midst  of  his  camp,  round  about 
 his  dwelling-places.  ""  And  they  did  eat  and  were  filled  vehe- 
 mently, and  their  desire  lie  brought  unto  them.  ^^  They  were  not 
 estranged  from  their  desire,  their  meat  laas  yet  in  their  mouth. 
 ^'  When  the  anger  of  God  came  up  against  tliem,  and  slew  of  the 
 fat  of  tliem,  and  smote  down  the  choice  young  men  of  Israel. 
 ^'  For  all  this  they  sinned  yet,  and  believed  not  for  his  marvellous 
 works.  ^^  And  he  consumed  their  days  in  vanity,  and  their  years 
 in  hasty  terror.  ^*  When  he  slew  them,  then  they  sought  him,  and 
 returned,  and  souglit  God  early.  ^'  And  remembered  that  God  was 
 their  Rock,  and  the  most  high  God  their  Redeemer.  ^'^  But  they 
 flatteringly  allured  him  with  their  mouth,  and  with  their  tongue 
 they  lied  to  him.  "  For  their  heart  was  not  firmly  prepared  with 
 him,  neither  were  they  faithful  in  his  covenant.     ^®  And  lie  beinff 
 
 or  because  it  came  from  heaven,  "  the  habita- 
 tion of  angels,"  as  the  Chald.  paraphraseth, 
 or  because  it  was  excellent,  so  as  the  angels, 
 (if  they  needed  any  food)  miglit  eat  it.  So  the 
 '  tongue  of  angels  ;'  1  Cor.  xiii.  1,  is  the 
 most  sweet  and  excellent  tongue.  Or  by 
 'mighties,'  we  may  understand  the  mighty 
 heavens.  Meat,]  The  Heb.  "  tsedah," 
 properly  sigiiifieth  veidson,  that  is,  meat 
 caught  tvith  hunting ;  but  generally  is  used 
 for  all  food.  So  Ps.  cxxxii.  15.  To  sati- 
 ety,] Or  enough  :  for  every  man  liad  an 
 omer  full  (tiiat  is,  the  tenth  part  of  an 
 ephah  or  bushel')  of  manna  for  a  day,  Ex. 
 xvi.  16,  36.;  and  of  flesh  they  had  store,  till 
 it  came  out  at  their  nostrils,  and  was  loatli- 
 some  unto  them,  Num.  xi.  19,  20. 
 
 Ver.  26. — Brought  on,]  Led  or  drove 
 forward;  as  Num.  xi.  31.  'Then  there 
 went  forth  a  wind  from  the  Lord,  and  brought 
 quails  from  the  sea,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  27. — Flesh  as  dust,]  That  is,  quails 
 in  great  abundance  ;  so  that  he  that  gathered 
 least,  gathered  ten  omers  full,  (that  is,  one 
 ephah  or  bushel :)  for  '  one  ephah'  con- 
 tained '  ten  omers,'  Num.  xi.  32  ;  E::ek. 
 xlv.  11. 
 
 Ver.  2S. — l\iAT)E  IT  FALL,]  The  flesh, 
 tlie  quails,  being  fat  and  heavy  fowl,  and  by 
 the  moist  south-east  wind  made  more  heavy, 
 fell  upon  the  camp  a  day 'sjonrney  on  each  side, 
 round  about  the  host,  and  they  were  about 
 two  cubits  above  the  earth,  Num.  xi.  31. 
 His  camp,]  The  Lord's,  because  he  dwelt 
 among  them,  Num.  v.  3,  called  elsewhere 
 '  the  hosts  of  the  Lord,'  Ex.  xii.  41,  or  '  his,' 
 that  is,  'Israel's:'  so  verse  63,  64. 
 
 Ver.  30 — They  were  not  estranged,] 
 That  is  (as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it)  "  they  were 
 not  deprived,"  their  desired  meat  was  not 
 taken  away  from  them;  as  it  is  written, 
 '  The  flesh  was  yet  between  their  teeth,  it 
 was  not  yet  cut  off  :'  (that  is, taken  from  them, 
 as  Joel  i.  5,)  '  and  the  wrath  of  the  Lord  was 
 kindled  against  the  people,'  Num.  xi.  33; 
 or  it  may  be  understood  of  their  afi'ections, 
 and  lust,  not  yet  changed- 
 
 Ver.  31. — i^scExNOEP,]  That  is,  burned, 
 as  verse  21.  Tin's  is  meant  of  the  plague 
 wherewith  God  smote  the  people.  Num.  xi. 
 33,  34.  Fat,]  That  is,  '  the  chief  and 
 strongest,'  as  Judg.  iii.  29.  So  weak,  poor, 
 or  base  men,  are  called  'lean'  or  'thin,'  Ps. 
 xli.  2.  Fat,  (or  fatnesses)  is  here  figura. 
 lively  put  ior  fat  persons.  See  the  notes  on 
 Ps.  xxxvi.  12,  cvi.  15.  Choice  yodng 
 MEN,]  Young  men  are  called  chosen,  because 
 they  are  selected  for  wars,  and  other  service- 
 able aflairs,  when  ancient  men  are  let  rest, 
 Num.  i.  3;  viii.  24 — 26;  Ex.  xxiv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  33. — Hasty  teerorJ  Or,  '  a  sud- 
 den plague,'  as  was  threatened,  Lev.  xxvi.  16. 
 
 Ver.  36. — Flatteringly  allubed,] 
 Or  deceived,  that  is,  went  about  to  deceive, 
 by  persuading  flattering  words. 
 
 Ver.  37. — Firmly  prepared,]  '  Aright 
 settled,  ready  and  stable,'  as  is  the  heart  of 
 the  godly,  Ps.  cxi.7;  Ivii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  3S. — Mercifully  covered,]  i1/«(/e 
 expiation,  and  forgave  :  sol's.  Ixv.  4;  Ixxix. 
 9.  CoRRUPTEP,]  That  is,  'destroyed 
 utterly:'  so  Deut.  iv.  31.  Multiplied  to 
 TURN,]  That  is,  much  and  oft^.n  turned atvay 
 his  anger. 
 
574 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 compassionate,  mercifully  covered  iniquity  and  corrupted  not,  but 
 multiplied  to  turn  away  his  anger,  and  did  not  stir  up  all  his  wrath- 
 ful heat.  ^^  For  he  remembered  that  they  were  flesh,  a  wind  that 
 goeth  and  shall  not  return.  ^"  How  oft  did  they  bitterly  provoke 
 him  in  the  wilderness,  grieve  him  in  the  desert !  ""^  For  they 
 returned  and  tempted  God,  and  limited  the  holy  One  of  Israel. 
 "^  Tliey  remembered  not  his  hand,  nor  the  day  in  which  he  had 
 redeemed  them  from  the  distresser.  ^^  When  he  put  his  signs  in 
 Egypt,  and  his  wonders  in  the  field  of  Tsoan.  "  And  turned  their 
 rivers  into  blood,  and  tlieir  streams,  that  they  could  not  drink. 
 ^'  He  sent  among  them  a  mixed  swarm  which  did  eat  them,  and  the 
 frog  which  corrupted  them.  ^*  And  lie  gave  their  fruit  to  the 
 caterpillar,  and  their  labour  to  the  locust.  "  He  killed  their  vine 
 with  hail,   and  their  wild  fig-trees  with   the  blasting  hailstone. 
 
 Ver.  39. — Flesh,]  That  is,  weak  and 
 corrupt.  See  Ps.  Ivi.  5.  A  wind,]  Man's 
 life  is  '  a  vapour  that  appeareth  for  a  little 
 time,  and  afterwards  vanisheth  away,'  Jam. 
 iv.  14. 
 
 Ver.  40. — How  oft,]  Ten  times  (as  the 
 Lord  said,  Num.  xiv.  22.)  this  people 
 tempted  him,  and  obeyed  not  his  voice.  1.  At 
 the  Red  sea,  for  fear  of  the  Egyptians,  Ex. 
 xiv.  11,  12.  2.  At  Marah,  where  they 
 wanted  drink,  Ex.  xv.  23,  24.  3.  In  the 
 wilderness  of  Sin,  where  they  wanted  meat, 
 Ex.  xvi.  2.  4.  In  keeping  manna  till  the 
 morrow,  which  God  had  forbidden,  Ex.  xvi. 
 20.  5.  In  going  out  for  manna  on  the  Sab- 
 bath day,  Ex.  xvi.  27,28.  6.  At  'Rephi- 
 dim,'  murmuring  for  lack  of  water,  Ex.  xvii. 
 1 — 3.  7.  At  Horeb,  where  they  made  the 
 golden  calf,  Ex.  xxxii.  8.  In  Taberah, 
 murmuring  for  tediousness  of  their  way, 
 Num.  xi.  1.  9  At  Kibroth-hataavah, 
 where  they  lusted  for  flesh.  Num.  xi.  4. 
 10.  In  Paran,  where  they  refused  the  land 
 of  Canaan,  being  discouraged  by  their  spies, 
 Num.  xiv.  1,  2,  &c.  And  after  this  they 
 sinned  seven  times;  as  1.  In  pressing  to  go 
 fight,  when  God  forbade  them,  Num.  xiv. 
 44,  45.  2-  In  the  rebellion  of  Korah, 
 Dathan  and  Abiram,  Num.  xvi.  1,  &c.  3. 
 In  the  murmuring  for  the  death  of  Korah  and 
 his  company.  Num.  xvi.  41,  &c.  4.  At 
 Meribah,  murmuring  for  lack  of  water, 
 Num.  XX.  2,  3,  &c.  5.  For  grief  of  their 
 way,  murmuring  and  loathing  manna,  Num. 
 xxi.  4,  5,  &c.  At  '  Shitlim,'  committing 
 whoredom  with  the  daughters  of  Moab.  7. 
 And  in  the  same  place,  coupling  themselves 
 to  Baal-peor,  and  eating  tlie  sacrifices  of  the 
 dead.  Num.  xxv.  I — 3,  &c. 
 
 V^R.  41. — Returned  and  tempted,] 
 That  is,  eftsoones,  again  and  again  tempted; 
 
 contrary  to  the  Law,  Dent.  vi.  16.  Limi- 
 ted,] Prescribed  limits,  bound  or  marks;  as 
 before,  verse  20. 
 
 Ver.  44.— To  blood,]  The  first  of  the 
 ten  plagues,  wherewith  God  smote  the . 
 Egyptians,  which  had  drowned  his  children 
 in  their  rivers,  Ex.  vii.  19 — 21  ;  i.  22; 
 whereto  agreeth  the  third  vial  of  wrath  poured 
 out  on  Antichrist's  kingdom,  spiritually  called 
 Egypt,  Rev.  xvi.  4,  6  ;  xi.  8. 
 
 Ver.  45. — A  mixed  sw.^rm,]  ^  mixture, 
 sundry  sorts  of  flies,  vermin,  or  hurtful 
 beasts:  by  the  Gr.  they  were  "flies;"  by 
 the  Chald.  "  mixtures  of  wild  beasts."  It 
 was  the  fourth  plague  of  Egypt :  see  Ex.  viii. 
 24.  The  frog,]  That  is,  frogs,  (as  after- 
 ward caterpillar,  locust,  for  locusts,  &c.) 
 The  second  plague  of  Egypt,  Ex.  viii.  6. 
 figures  of  '  unclean  spirits,  which  gather  the 
 kings  of  the  world  to  the  battle  of  the  great 
 day  of  God,'  Rev.  xvi.  13,  14.  Corrupted,] 
 That  is,  marred  and  destroyed. 
 
 Ver.  46.— Their  fruit,]  All  that  grows 
 out  of  the  earth.  Caterpillar,]  ^  ?/;o»7n 
 that  consumeth  and  spoileth  grass  and  fruits, 
 Joel  i.  4.  IjOcvm:, "]  Or,  grasshopper,  {yih\c\i 
 have  their  name  of  their  multitude,  for  they 
 fly  many  together,  Prov.  xxx.  27;  Nah.  iii. 
 15;  Judg.  vi.  5.)  Locusts  in  those  coun- 
 tries fly  in  the  air  multitudes  together  ;  and 
 wheresoever  they  fall,  they  devour  every 
 green  thing.  This  was  the  eighth  plague  of 
 Egypt,  whereby  all  herbs  and  fruits  were 
 consumed,  Ex.  x.  14,  15.  Figures  of 
 Antichrist's  ministers,  Rev.  ix.  3,  4, 
 &c. 
 
 Ver.  47. — Blasting  hailstone,]  A  word 
 no  where  found  but  in  this  place.  The 
 seventh  plague  of  Egypt  was  grievous  hail 
 mixed  with  fire,  that  killed  '  men,  beasts, 
 herbs  and  trees,'  Ex.  ix.  24,  25.   So  in  Rev. 
 
PSALM   LXXVIII. 
 
 575 
 
 **  And  lie  shut  up  their  cattle  to  the  hail,  and  their  flocks  of  cattle 
 to  the  lightnings.  ^^  He  sent  among  them  the  burning  of  his  anger, 
 exceeding  wrath,  and  indignation,  and  distress,  by  the  sending  of 
 the  messengers  of  evOs.  '"  He  weigiied  out  a  path  to  his  anger,  he 
 withheld  not  their  soul  from  deatli,  and  their  wild  beast  lie  shut  up 
 to  the  pestilence.  *'  And  smote  all  the  first-born  in  Egypt,  the 
 beginning  of  strengths  in  the  tents  of  Cham.  ^^  And  he  made  his 
 people  pass  through  as  sheep,  and  led  them  on  as  a  flock  in  the 
 wilderness.  "  And  led  them  in  confident  safety,  and  they  dreaded 
 not,  and  the  sea  covered  their  enemies.  "  And  he  brought  fhem 
 to  the  border  of  his  holiness :  this  mountain,  which  his  right  banc 
 purchased.  ^'  And  he  cast  out  the  heathen  from  their  faces,  and 
 made  them  fall  in  the  line  of  possession,  and  made  the  tribes  of  Is- 
 rael to  dwell  in  their  tents.  *^  And  they  tempted  and  bitterly  pro- 
 voked the  most  high  God,  and  kept  not  his  testimonies.     "  But 
 
 xvi.  21,  'hail  of  talent-weight'  falleth  on 
 blasphamers. 
 
 Ver.  4S. — He  shut  cp,]  That  is,  gave: 
 see  P.--.  xxxi.  6,  so  verse  50.  Lightnings,] 
 Or,  the  flying  fire-coals,  thunderbolts  :  see 
 this  word,  Ps.  Ixx.  4.  The  Gr.  tuineth  it, 
 "  fire." 
 
 Vbr.  49. — Messengers,]  Or,  Angels  of 
 evils,  or  as  the  Gr.  saith,  "evil  angels:" 
 such  indeed  God  useth  to  punish  men  by, 
 Job  i.  12,  16,  &c.  The  Chald.  also  trans- 
 lateth,  "  sent  by  the  hand  of  them  that  do 
 evil."  But  hereby  may  be  meant  Moses  and 
 Aaron,  whom  the  Lord  sent  to  denounce 
 these  plagues  before  they  came,  and  by  their 
 hand  brotght  them  on  Egypt,  Ex.  vii.  12, 
 19;  viii.  1,  2,  5,  16,  21;  ix.  14,  15,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  50. — He  weighed,]  To  wit,  making 
 his  punishments  proportionable  to  their  sins 
 and  obstinacy  :  for  as  men  increase  sin,  so  doth 
 God  judgment,  Lev.  xxvi.  21,  23,  24,27,28. 
 Wild  beast,]  That  is,  beasts,  which  have 
 their  name  of  'liveliness'  (as  is  noted,  Ps. 
 Ixviii.  11,)  therefore  some  turn  it  here,  life, 
 but  the  Gr.  plainly  saith  "  cattle."  The  fifth 
 plague  of  Egypt  was  the  pest  or  murrain  of 
 all  beasts  and  rattle,  Ex,  ix.  3. 
 
 Vkr.  51. — The  first-born,]  The  tenth 
 and  last  plague  was  the  death  of  all  the  first- 
 lings of  Egypt,  in  the  night  that  Israel  kept 
 the  passover,  and  departed  the  land,  Ex.  xii. 
 27 — 30.  The  'first-born'  usually  ministered 
 to  God  :  but  God  smote  all  such  idolatrous 
 ministers  in  Egypt,  and  upon  their  gods 
 also  he  did  execution,  Num.  xxxiii.  4, 
 but  spared  the  first-boru  of  Israel,  by  the 
 blood  of  the  Lamb ;  and  after  chose  the  tribe 
 of  Levi  to  minister  in  their  stead.  Num.  iii. 
 40,  41,  45;  viii.  16 — 19.  Beginning  of 
 STRENGTH,]  Or,  chief  est  of  painful  mights: 
 
 so  the  eldest  child  is  named,  Gen.  xlix.  3; 
 Deut.  xxi.  17.  Therefore  were  they  to  be 
 given  to  the  Lord.  Tents  of  Cham,]  Or 
 Shem,  the  dwellings  of  the  Egyptians,  which 
 were  the  posterity  of  Cham,  the  son  of  Noah, 
 Gen.  X.  6.     See  the  Note  on  Ps.  Ixviii.  32. 
 
 Ver.  52 — His  people  pass  forth,]  The 
 Israelites  took  their  journeys  from  Rameses, 
 Ex.  xii.  37,  see  Ps.  Ixxvii.  21. 
 
 Ver.  54. — Border  of  his  holiness,] 
 His  holy  border;  meaning  the  land  of 
 Canaan,  sanctified  to  be  the  possession  of 
 his  people,  and  limited  in  all  the  borders  of 
 it,asNum.  xxxiv.  2,3 — 12,  or,  border  of  his 
 sanctuary.  This  mountain,]  That  is, 
 mountainous  country,  Canaan,  called  '  a 
 land  of  mountains'  and  'valleys,'  Deut.  xi. 
 11.  So  Ex.  XV.  17.  Or  in  special  he  may 
 mean  mount  Zion  :  whereof  after  in  verse  68. 
 
 Ver.  55. — The  heathens,]  The  seven 
 mighty  nations  of  Canaan,  where  Joshua 
 and  Israel  killed  one  and  thirty  kings,  Deut. 
 vii.  I ;  Josh.  xii.  7 — 24.  Made  them  fall 
 in  the  line,]  That  is,  made  their  country 
 fall  out  by  line  and  measure,  to  be  the  inhe- 
 ritance of  Israel,  Josh.  xv.  xvi.  xvii. 
 Tribes,]  The  posterity  of  the  twelve  sons  of 
 '  Israel,'  called  tribes,  after  the  Roman  name, 
 where  at  first  the  whole  multitude  was  divided 
 into  three  parts,  called  thereof  tribes :  but  the 
 Heb.  namesignifieth  "staves"  or  ''rods,"  as 
 growing  out  of  one  stock  or  tree,  and  these 
 were  twelve,  Num.  xiii.  3,  5 — 16. 
 
 Ver.  56. — And  they  tempted,]  The 
 Israelites,  notwithstanding  all  former  mercies, 
 tempted  God  and  sinned  in  Canaan  their 
 possession,  as  is  manifested  in  the  book  of 
 Judges. 
 
 Ver.  57. — Like  their  fathers,]  Whose 
 carcasses  fell  in  the  wilderness.     For  of  six 
 
576 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 turned  back  and  unfaithfully  transgressed  like  their  fatliers ;  they 
 were  turned  like  a  warping  bow.  "  And  provoked  him  to  anger  by 
 tlieir  higli  places,  and  by  their  graven  idols  they  stirred  Inni  to 
 jealousy.  *"  God  heard,  and  was  exceeding  wroth,  and  vehemently 
 abhorred  Israel.  ^'^  And  he  forsook  the  dwelling-place  of  Sliiloh, 
 tlie  tent  he  liad  placed  for  a  dwelling  among  earthly  men.  ^^  And 
 gave  his  strength  into  captivity,  and  liis  beauteous  glory  into  the 
 hand  of  tlie  distresser.  ^^  And  shut  up  his  people  to  the  sword,  and 
 was  exceeding  wroth  with  his  inheritance.  "  The  fire  did  eat  their 
 choice  young  men,  and  their  virgins  were  not  praised.  "  Tlieir 
 priests  fell  by  the  sword,  and  their  widows  wept  not.  ®'  And  the 
 Lord  awaked  as  one  out  of  sleep,  as  a  mighty  one  shouting  after 
 wine.  *'*  And  smote  his  distressers  behind,  he  gave  them  eternal 
 reproach.     "  And  he  refused  the  tent  of  Joseph,  and  chose  not  the 
 
 hundred  thou=;and  men  that  came  out  of  Egypt, 
 not  anyone  that  came  into  Canaan, save  Caleb 
 and  Joshua,  Ex.  xxxviii.  26:  Num.  xiv.  29, 
 30;  xxvi.  64,  65.  A  w.vrping  bow,]  Or, 
 Bow  of  deceit,  tliat  shooteth  awry,  and  so 
 deceiveth;  so  Flos.  vii.  16. 
 
 Ver.  6S. — High  PLACES,]  Temples,  chapels, 
 and  consecrated  places  on  mountains,  where 
 the  nations  used  to  sacrifice,  and  Israel  imi- 
 tated them.  Num.  xxxiii.  52;  Deut.  xii.  2; 
 1  Kings  xi.  7;  xii.  31,  32;  xiv.  23.  To 
 jEALOnsr,]  To  jealous  anger,  for  which  '  a 
 man  will  not  spare  in  the  day  of  vengeance, 
 nor  can  bear  the  sight  of  any  ransom,'  Prov.  vi. 
 34,  35;  unto  this,  God  is  moved  by  idolatry, 
 which  is  spiritual  '  fornication,'  Ex.  xx.  4,  5  ; 
 Deut.  xxxi.  16,  17;  xxxii.  21. 
 
 Ver.  69. — Abhorred,]  Or,  refused,  with 
 loathsomeness  and  contempt;  so  after,  verse 
 G7. 
 
 Ver.  60. — The  dwelling-place,]  The 
 tabernacle  set  in  Shiloh,  1  Sam.  i.  3. 
 There  God  dwelt  among  men,  Ex.  xxix.  44, 
 45—16. 
 
 Ver.  61. — His  strength,]  The  Ark  of 
 his  covenant,  (called  'the  ark  of  his  strength,' 
 Ps.  cxxxii.  S.)  this  was  taken  captive  by  the 
 Philistines,  1  Sam.  iv.  11.  The  Chald. 
 translateth  it,  "  his  law."  Beauteous 
 GLORY.]  Or  fairness,  magnificence;  meaning 
 the  ark  foiementioned,  as  Phinehas'  wife 
 said,  '  the  glory  is  departed  from  Israel  ;  for 
 the  ark  of  God  is  taken,'  1  Sam.  iv.  20,  22. 
 
 Ver.  62.— Shot  up]  That  is,  '  delivered 
 his  people  to  the  sword  of  the  Philistines,  who 
 killed  thirty  thousand  Israelites,'  1  Sam.  iv. 
 10. 
 
 Ver.  63.— The  fire,]  That  is,  God's 
 wrath,  by  the  sword  of  the  Philistines,  as 
 verse  21.  So  in  Ez.  xxx.  8,  afire  in  Egypt, 
 signifleth  (as  the  Chald.  there  expoundeth  ifi 
 
 "a  people  strong  like  fire."  Were  not 
 praised,]  By  hymns,  and  songs,  as  was 
 used  at  their  espousals  and  marriages;  that 
 is,  they  ivere  not  married. 
 
 Ver.  64. — Their  priests,]  Hophni  and 
 Phinehas,  1  Sam.  iv.  11.  The  Heb.  is  sin-  ■ 
 gulaily,  "his  priests,"  and  so  before  and 
 after,  his  choice  young  men,  &c.  meaning 
 Israel,  who  is  spoken  of,  as  of  one  man.  But 
 the  scripture  useth  these  phrases  inditfer- 
 ently;  as,  '  all  Edom  was  servants,'  2  Sam. 
 viii.  14,  for  in  1  Chron.  xviii.  13,  is  wiitten, 
 '  all  Edom  were  servants.'  Of  this  name  the 
 priests,  see  Ps.  xcix.  6.  Wept  not,]  That 
 is,  lamented  not  at  their  funeral,  for  Phinehas' 
 wi!'e  herself  died  in  travail,  1  Sam.  iv.  19, 
 20. 
 
 Ver.  65. — Awaked,]  '  Stirred  up  himself 
 to  punish  the  Philistines,  whereas  before  he 
 seemed  to  sleep,'  as  Ps.  xliv.  24.  After 
 WINE,]  Or,  by  reason  of  wine ^  that  is,  when 
 he  hath  drunk  wine,  which  cheereth  and 
 encourageth  the  heart;  so  did  God  behave 
 himself. 
 
 Ver.  66. — Behind,]  that  is,  in  the  hinder 
 secret  parts:  (as  the  Chald.  addeth,  "with 
 emerods  in  their  hinder  parts:")  for  so  God 
 smote  the  Philistines  with  piles  or  hemorrhoids 
 for  abusing  his  ark,  1  Sam.  v.  1,  6,  9,  12. 
 Eternal  reproach,]  By  this  punishment, 
 and  the  monuments  thereof;  for  the  Philis- 
 tines were  forced  to  make  similitudes  of  the 
 hemorrhoids  and  secret  parts,  of  gold,  and  send 
 with  the  ark  home  to  Israel,  as  an  ol)latiou 
 for  their  sin,  1  Sam.  vi.  4,  5,  11,  15,  17. 
 
 Ver.  67. — He  refused,]  Or,  abhorred, 
 despised,  as  ver.  59.  The  tent  of  Joseph,] 
 That  is,  the  tribe  of  Ephraim,  the  son  of 
 Joseph,  where  the  tabernacle  and  ark  had 
 remained  manyyears  in  Shiloh  :  God  returned 
 not  the  ark  thither,  but  to  Bethshemesh  and 
 
PSALM    LXXIX. 
 
 577 
 
 tribe  of  Ephraim.  *^  But  he  chose  tlie  tribe  of  Judali,  the  mouiit 
 Zion  wliich  he  loved.  *'  And  builded  liis  sanctuary  like  high 
 places,  like  the  earth  which  he  founded  for  ever.  '°  And  he  chose 
 David  his  servant,  and  took  him  from  the  folds  of  sheep.  ^'  From 
 after  the  ewes  with  young  brought  he  liim,  to  feed  Jacob  his  peo- 
 ple, and  Israel  his  possession.  '^  And  he  fed  them  according  to 
 the  perfection  of  his  heart,  and  by  the  discretion  of  Iiis  hands  led 
 he  them. 
 
 Kirjath-jearim,  cities  of  Judah,  1  Sam.  vi. 
 12;  vii.  1,  2.  Wherefore  Shiloh  is  used 
 after  for  an  example  of  judgment,  Jer.  vii. 
 12,  14;  xxvi.  6,  9.  Or  this  may  be  meant 
 of  the  ten  tribes  of  Israel,  (of  whom  Ephraim 
 of  Joseph  was  chieO  which  were  cast  off  for 
 idolatry,  and  taken  captive  by  the  Assyrians, 
 2  Kings  xvii, 
 
 Ver.  69. — Bdilded  the  sanctuary,] 
 The  glorious  temple  by  Solomon,  son  of  David, 
 1  Kings  vi.  1,  2,  3,  &c.  Like  high  places,] 
 King's  palaces  or  towers.  The  Gr.  and  Chald. 
 turn  it,  "unicorns,"  whose  horns  are  high, 
 Ps.  xcii.  11.  For  ra?n?>w,  high  places,  they 
 read  remim,  unicorns. 
 
 Ver.  70. — From  the  fold  of  sheep,] 
 That  is,  from  base  estate.  For  David  keep- 
 ing his  father's  sheep,  was  by  Samuel  anointed 
 king  over  Israel,  1  Sam.  xvi.  11,13;  2  Sam. 
 vii.  8.     So  Amos  vii.  14,  15. 
 
 Ver.  71.' — To  feed  Jacob,]  So  the  Gr. 
 well  explaineth  the  Heb.  phrase,  "  to  feed  in 
 Jacob;"  where  in  is  to  be  omitted  in  English, 
 as  the  like  phrase  showeth,  1  Sam.  xvi.  1 1 ; 
 xvii.  34,  and  the  Heb.  itself  often  omit- 
 teth  it,  as  2  Sam.  v.  2;  vii.  7.  So  here  in 
 the  former  verse  he  chose  in  David,  that  is, 
 he  chose  David.  Kings  are  said  to  feed 
 their  people,  because  their  office  is  like  to  the 
 good  shepherds,  in  guiding  and  governing. 
 See  Ps.  xxiii.  1.  And  pastors  are  princes, 
 Jer.  vi.  3;  xii.  10. 
 
 Ver. 72. — Discretion  of  his  hands,]  Or, 
 prudencies  of  his  palms,  that  is,  with  most 
 prudent  and  discreet  administration  managed 
 he  them;  figuring  Christ  herein,  who  is 
 called  David,  and  the  great  and  good  pastor 
 of  his  flock,  Eze.  xxxiv.  23;  John  x.  11; 
 Heb.  xiii.  20. 
 
 PSALM    LXXIX. 
 
 The  Psalmist  complaineth  of  the  desolation  of  Jerusalem, 
 prayethfor  deliveratice;  13.  and promiseth  thanJcficlness. 
 
 8.  He 
 
 ^  A  psalm  of  Asaph. 
 O  God,  the  lieathen  are  come  into  thine  inheritance,  they  liave 
 defiled  the  palace  of  thine  holiness,  they  have  laid  Jerusalem  on 
 heaps.  ^  They  have  given  the  carcase  of  thy  servants, ^r  meat, 
 to  the  fowl  of  the  heavens ;  the  flesh  of  thy  gracious  saints  to  the 
 wild  beast  of  the  earth.  ^  They  have  shed  their  blood  like  waters 
 round  about  Jerusalem,  and  there  was  none  to  bury  them.  *  We 
 are  a  reproach  to  our  neighbours,  a  scoff  and  a  derision  to  tliem 
 that  are  round  about  us.     ^  How  long,  Jehovah,  wilt  thou  be  angry 
 
 Ver.  2. — Carcase,]  For  carcases,  as 
 after  'beast,'  for  'beasts;'  and  'prisoner,' 
 verse  11,  for  '  prisoners,'  see  Ps.  xxxiv.  8, 
 
 Ver.  3. — None  to  bory,]  Which  is  a 
 thing  most  dishonourable,  Eccl.  vi.  3.  Com- 
 pare herewith  Rev.  xi.  2,  9. 
 
 Of  Asaph,]  Or,^o  Am,  see  Ps.l.  1 ;  Thine 
 inheritance,]  Or,  possession;  the  land  of 
 Canaan  invaded  by  the  Gentiles,  Exod.  xv. 
 17  ;  2  Sam.  xx.  19  ;  Jer.  1.  10, 11  ;  Lam.  i. 
 10.  Heaps  ]  That  is,  ruins,  Mic.  i.  6  ; 
 iii.  12. 
 
 Vol.  IL 
 
 4D 
 
578 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 to  perpetuity ;  shall  thy  jealousy  burn  as  fire  ?  "  Pour  out  thy 
 wrathful  heat  upon  tlie  heathen  which  know  thee  not,  and  upon 
 the  kingdoms  which  call  not  on  thy  name.  '  For  he  liath  eaten 
 up  Jacob,  and  liis  habitation  they  have  wondrously  desolated. 
 ®  Remember  not  against  us  former  iniquities,  make  haste,  let  thy 
 tender  mercies  prevent  us,  for  we  are  brought  very  low.  *  Help 
 us,  O  God  of  our  salvation,  because  of  tlie  glory  of  thy  name,  and 
 rid  us  free,  and  mercifully  cover  our  sins  for  thy  name's  sake. 
 "  Wliy  shall  the  lieathens  say,  Wliere  is  their  God  ?  known  be  among 
 the  heathens  before  our  eyes,  the  vengeance  of  the  blood  of  thy 
 servants  that  is  shed.  ^'  Let  the  sighing  of  the  prisoner  come 
 before  thy  face :  according  to  tlie  greatness  of  thine  arm,  reserve 
 tliou  the  sons  of  death.  '^  And  render  to  our  neighbours  seven- 
 fold into  their  bosom  their  reproacli,  wherewith  they  have  ro- 
 proached  thee,  O  Lord.  '^  And  we  thy  people,  and  sheep  of  thy 
 pasture,  will  confess  to  thee  for  ever ;  to  generation  and  generation, 
 we  will  tell  thy  praise. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Jealousy,]  That  is,  let  ivrath 
 bjirn,a.s  Ps.  Ixxxix.  47.  SoEzek.  xxxvi.  5. 
 Elsewhere  it  is  said  to  smoke,  Deut.  xxix.  19, 
 this  '  fire  is  the  flame  of  Jah,'  Song  viii.  6. 
 
 Ver.  6 Which  call  not,  &c.]  A  note 
 
 of  profaneness,  Ps.  xiv.  4.  This  sentence 
 Jeremiah  useth,  Jer.  x.  25. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Former  iniooities,]  Iniquities 
 of  former  times  or  persons ;  done  by  us  or 
 our  fathers,  as  Ps.  xxv.  7;  both  are  joined 
 together.  Lev.  xxvi.  40;  Lam.  v.  7.  Former 
 and  iniquities,  difier  in  gender,  yet  many 
 times  such  are  coupled,  the  sense  being  re- 
 garded more  than  strict  form  of  words;  which 
 the  Heb.  text  sometimes  manifesteth,  as 
 '  tabo,'  2  Sam.  viii.  5,  for  which  in  1  Cliron. 
 xviii.  5,  is  'jabo  ;'  '  lahen,'  2  Chron.  xviii. 
 16,  'lahem,'  1  Kings  xxii.  17.  So  again  in 
 this  Psalm,  verse  10.  Brought  low,]  Or, 
 weakened,  emptied,  impoverished.  See  this 
 word,  Ps.  xli.  2;  cxvi.  6. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Known  be,]  To  wit,  the  ven- 
 geance, let  be  open  and  manifest.  The 
 Chald.   translateth,   "  Let  him  be  revealed 
 
 among  the  people,  that  we  may  see  the  ven- 
 geance of  thy  servants'  blood  that  is  shed." 
 Here  again  the  words  difier  in  gender,  (as 
 was  noted  before,  verse  8,)  wherefore  some 
 turn  it,  '  let  him,'  that  is  God,  '  be  known  by 
 the  vengeance,'  &c.  Compare  herewith 
 Deut.  xxxii.  42,  43 ;  Jer.  li.  36,  37. 
 
 Ver.  11. — The  sighing,]  Or,  the  groan- 
 ing mournful  cry,  so  Ps.  cii.  21.  Reserve,] 
 Or,  77iake  to  remain,  that  is,  keep  alive  from 
 destruction;  which  if  God  had  not  done,  they 
 had  been  as  Gomorrah,  Isa.  i.  9.  And  this 
 God  promised  to  do,  Eze.  vi.  7.  8 ;  xii.  16. 
 Sons  of  death,]  That  is,  persons  appointed 
 to  die,  or  worthy  of  death;  in  Chald.  "  de- 
 livered to  death,"  as  1  Sam.  xx.  31;  Deut. 
 xxv.  2.  So  Ps.  cii.  21,  and,  '  Son  of  perdi- 
 tion,' 2  Thes.  ii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  12.— Seven-fold,]  That  is,  fully, 
 and  abundantly;  see  Ps.  xii.  7.  Into  their 
 BOSOM,]  That  is,  largely,  and  that  it  may 
 afiect,  and  cleave  unto  them;  so  Isa.  Ixv.  7; 
 Jer.  xxxii.  18.     See  also  Luke  vi.  38. 
 
 PSALM    LXXX. 
 
 The  Psalmist  complainetJi  of  the  miseries  of  the  church.     9.  God's  for- 
 mer favours  are  turned  into  judgments.  \6.He  pray eth  for  deliverance. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music,  on  Shoshannim,  Eduth,  a  psalm  of 
 Asaph. 
 
 Shoshanim,]  That  is,  six-stringedinstru-      That  is,  a  testimony,  or  ortiament.     An  ex- 
 ments,  or  lilies,  see  Ps.  xlv.  1.     Eduth,]      cellent  testimonial  of  the  faith  of  God  s  people 
 
PSALM   LXXX. 
 
 579 
 
 ^  O  thou  that  feedest  Israel,  give  ear;  thou  that  leadest  Joseph 
 as  a  flock,  thou  that  sittest  on  the  cherubims,  sliine  bright.  ^  Be- 
 fore Ephraim,  and  Benjamin,  and  Manasseh,  stir  up  thy  strength, 
 and  come  for  salvation  to  us.  *  O  God,  return  us,  and  cause  tliy 
 face  to  shine,  and  we  shall  be  saved. 
 
 *  Jehovah  God  of  hosts,  how  long  wilt  thou  smoke  against  the 
 prayer  of  thy  people  ?  ®  TJiou  makest  them  eat  the  bread  of  tears, 
 and  makest  them  drink  of  tears  a  great  measure.  '  Thou  puttest 
 us  a  strife  to  our  neighbours,  and  our  enemies  mock  among  them- 
 selves. ^  O  God  of  hosts  return  us,  and  cause  thy  face  to  shine, 
 and  we  shall  be  saved. 
 
 "  Thou  reniovedst  a  vine  out  of  Egypt,  thou  drovest  out  the 
 
 in  afflictions.  The  Chald.  applieth  it  to 
 them  "  that  sat  in  the  Saiihediim,  that  studied 
 ia  the  testimony  of  the  law."  See  also  Vs. 
 Ix.  1. 
 
 Ver.  2.— Feedest  Israel,]  0  God, pastor 
 of  the  Israelites,  see  Ps.  xxiii.  1.  Joseph,] 
 The  posterity  of  Joseph,  and  with  them  the 
 other  tribes.  Joseph  is  named  as  principal, 
 the  first  birthright  being  taken  from  Reuben, 
 and  given  to  him,  I  Chron.  v.  1,2.  So  Ps. 
 Ixxvii.  16,  21.  On  the  cherubim,]  Which 
 were  upon  the  ark  of  the  covenant,  in  the 
 sanctuary,  from  whence  God  gave  oracles  to 
 his  people,  when  they  sought  unto  him,  Exod. 
 XXV.  22  ;  Num.  vii.  89  ;  1  Sam,  iv.  4;  2 
 Sam.  vi.  2;  2  Ki.  xix.  15.  Of  these 
 cherubs,  see  the  note  on  Ps.  xviii.  11. 
 Shine  bright,]  That  is,  sheiv  thy  glory  &i\A 
 thy  favour  to  us,  as  Ps.  1.  2  ;  Job  x.  3, 
 where  '  shining '  is  'favour.'  This  is  taken 
 from  Deut.  xxxiii.  2.  So  after  in  Ps. 
 xciv.  1. 
 
 Ver.  3.' — Ephraim,  Benjamin,  and  Ma- 
 nasseh,] That  is,  the  tribes,  or  posterity  of 
 these  three  patriarchs,  which  were  all  joined 
 together  in  one  quarter,  on  the  west  side  of 
 God's  tabernacle,  and  when  it  removed,  they 
 went  next  after  it,  Nu.  ii.  17,  18,  20,  22  ; 
 X.  21 — 24.  After  the  captivity  of  Babylon 
 also,  the  remnants  of  these  tribes  dwelt  in 
 Jerusalem,  for  which  they  were  thanked  by 
 the  people,  1  Chron.  ix.  3;  Neh.  xi.  2.  A 
 salvation,]  Oi,  full  salvation  and  deliver- 
 ance. By  adding  a  letter,  ihe  signification 
 is  increased,  as  in  Ps.  iii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Return  us,]  Or,  restore  us,  to 
 wit,  from  sorrow  to  joy,  from  captivity  to 
 liberty,  &c.,  Ps.  cxxvi.  I ;  xxiii.  3.  So  the 
 Chald.  saith,  "  return  us  from  our  captivity." 
 Face  to  shine,]  Or,  to  be  light,  that  is, 
 cheerful,  comfortable,  see  Ps.  iv.  7  ;  xxxi. 
 17  ;  Ixvii.  2;  Dan.  ix.  17.  And  we  shall,] 
 Or,  that  we  may  he  saved,  as  Ps.  xliii.  4jso 
 verse  8,  20. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Smoke.]  Be  very  angry  against 
 the  prayer,  that  is,  not  hear,  but  shut  it  out, 
 as  Hab.  i.  2;  Lam.  iii.  8.  So  the  Chald. 
 expoimdeth  it,  "  wilt  thou  not  receive  the 
 prayer."  See  'smoke'  for  'anger,'  Ps. 
 Ixxiv.  1. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Bbead  of  tears,]  Bread  steept 
 in  tears,  as  the  Chald.  saith,  or  '  tears  in- 
 stead of  bread,'  as  Ps.  xlii.  4,  meaning 
 « great  afflictions.'  A  great  measure,] 
 The  Heb.  shalish  is  the  name  of  a  measure, 
 so  called  of  '  three,'  as  containing  a  '  third 
 part  of  the  greatest  measure,'  four  times  as 
 big  as  the  usual  cup  to  drink  in. 
 
 Ver.  7. — A  strife,]  Contention,  or  com- 
 tradictio7i,  that  our  neighbours  contend  and 
 speak  against  us,  or  strive  who  shall  vanquish 
 and  possess  us.  Among  themselves,]  For 
 their  pleasure ;  or,  jyiock  at  them,  as  Ps.  ii. 
 4,  that  is,  '  at  thy  people,'  as  verse  6;  that  is, 
 "at-us,"  as  the  Greek  translateth  it.  Th:s 
 may  be  the  meaning,  though  us  went 
 before ;  for  the  Heb.  sometimes  changeth  the 
 person,  though  it  mean  the  same,  as  Deut. 
 v,  10,  '  that  love  me,  and  keep  his,'  that  is, 
 'my  commandments.'  See  also  Ps.  lix.  10; 
 Ixv.  7;  cxv.  9. 
 
 Ver.    8 And  we  shall,]  Or,  that  tee 
 
 may  be  saved.  This  verse  is  the  same  with 
 the  fourth,  save  that  there  was  only  '  God;' 
 here  is  added,  'God  of  hosts;'  and  in  verse 
 20,  where  it  is  the  third  time  repeated,  is 
 added,  '  Jehovah,  God  of  hosts  ;'  thus  in- 
 creasing faith  and  earnestness  in  their  prayers. 
 
 Ver.  9 Removedst  a  vine,]  That  is, 
 
 a  church,  the  commonwealth  of  Israel;  as 
 it  is  written,  '  The  vineyard  of  the  Lord  of 
 hosts  is  the  house  of  Israel,  and  the  men  of 
 Judah  are  his  pleasant  plant,'  Isa.  v.  7;  Jer. 
 ii.  21.  So  the  Chald.  paraphrastth,  the 
 "  house  of  Israel,  which  is  likened  to  a  vine." 
 And  '  removing  '  or  '  translating,'  is  the  word 
 so  often  used  in  Num.  xxxiii.  where  all  the 
 journeys  of  Israel  are  rehearsed.     The  hea- 
 
580 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 heathen  and  plantest  it.  "  Thou  preparest  the  way  before  it,  and 
 rootest  in  the  roots  of  it,  and  it  filled  the  land.  "  The  mountains 
 were  covered  with  tJie  shadow  of  it,  and  the  boughs  of  it  were  like 
 the  cedars  of  God.  ^^  It  sent  out  the  branches  thereof  unto  the 
 sea,  and  the  sucking  sprigs  thereof  unto  the  river.  '^  Why  hast 
 thou  burst  down  the  hedges  of  it,  so  that  all  which  pass  by  the 
 way  have  plucked  it  ?  '*  The  boar  out  of  the  wood  hath  rooted  it 
 up,  and  the  store  of  beasts  of  the  field  have  fed  it  up.  ^^  O  God 
 of  hosts  return,  O  now  ;  behold  from  heaven  and  see,  and  visit  this 
 vine.  '^  And  the  stock  which  thy  right  hand  planted,  and  the 
 son  whom  thou  madest  strong  for  thyself.  "  It  is  burned  with  fire, 
 it  is  cut  down,  at  the  rebuke  of  thy  face  they  perish.  ^^  Let  thy 
 hand  be  upon  the  man  of  thy  riglit  hand,  upon  the  son  of  Adam, 
 whom  thou  madest  strong  for  thyself.  "  And  we  will  not  go  back 
 from  thee,  quicken  thou  us,  and  we  will  call  on  thy  name.  ^^  Je- 
 hovah God  of  hosts  return  us ;  cause  thy  face  to  shine,  and  we  shall 
 be  saved. 
 
 THEN,]  The  seven  nations  of  Canaan.  See 
 Ps.  Ixxviii.  55. 
 
 Veb.  10. — Preparedst,]  Or,  madest 
 aioay :  so  this  word  is  translated  in  Gr. 
 Matt.  iii.  3,  from  Isa.  xl.  3;  Matt.  xi.  10; 
 from  Mai.  iii.  1,  where  the  word  way  is  ex- 
 pressed, and  here  also  the  Gr,  saith,  "  thou 
 madest  way  ;"  properly  it  signifieth  '  to  take 
 away  all  impediments,  that  the  plain  way 
 may  appear,'  The  Chald.  explaineth  it, 
 "thou  removedst  the  Canaanites  from  before 
 it."  RooTEDST  IN,]  That  is,  madest  to  take 
 deep  root. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Cedars  of  god,]  That  is,  the 
 great  and  goodly  cedars,  as  Ps.  xxxvi.  7,  or, 
 '  cedars  planted  of  God,'  as  Ps.  civ.  16. 
 These  the  Chald.  expoundeth  to  be  "  teachers 
 (of  the  law)  likened  to  strong  cedars." 
 
 Ver.  12. — Hii^  RWERtI  Euphrates.  See 
 the  Notes  on  Ps.  Ixxii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  13. — The  hedges,]  The  fences  ; 
 whereupon  the  spoil  of  it  followeth,  as  Isa.  v. 
 5.     So  after,  Ps.  Ixxxix.  41,  42. 
 
 Ver.  14 — Boar,]  Beastly  tyrants,  like 
 sivine  ;  as  the  Assyrians,  Babylonians,  &r., 
 which  wasted  the  land  of  Canaan,  2  Ki.  xvii. 
 6;  XXV.  1,  2,  &c.  Store  of  beasts,]  As 
 Ps.  1.  11.  So  the  law  threatened,  'I  will 
 send  wild  beasts  upon  you,  which  shall  spoil 
 you,'  &c.,  Lev.  xxvi.  22.  But  here  beasts 
 are  wicked  people. 
 
 Ver.  16. — The  stock,]  Or,  vineyard: 
 the  base  or  place  uhich  beareth  up  the  vine 
 branches.  And  the  son,]  Or,  branch  :  uu-  . 
 derstand  again,  visit  him,  or  look  upon  him. 
 By  '  the  son'  maybe  meant  Christ,  as  the 
 Chald.  paraphrast  plainly  saith,  "  The  king 
 Messias,"  called  in  verse  IS,  'the  son  of 
 man,'  and  so  here  also  in  the  Greek  version, 
 who  is  '  the  true  vine,'  his  '  Father  the 
 husbandman,'  his  disciples  'the  branches,' 
 John  XV.  1,  5,  who  taketh  part  with  the 
 afflictions  of  his  people,  was  himself  'called 
 out  of  Egypt,'  Matt.  ii.  15,  and  when  his 
 servants  are  vexed,  it  is  done  unto  him.  Acts 
 ix.  4.  Otherwise  by  the  son  may  be  under- 
 stood '  a  young  vine,'  or  '  branch,'  as  else- 
 where boughs  are  called  '  daughters,'  Gen. 
 xlix.  22.  And  so  by  the  son  be  meant 
 Israel,  as  Exod.  iv.  22,  the  Lord's  plant, 
 Isa.  V.  7. 
 
 Ver.    18 Man  of  thy  right  hand,] 
 
 whom  thou  lovest,  honourest,  and  powerfully 
 helpest.  So  Jacob  called  the  son  whom  he 
 loved,  Benjamin,  that  is,  'the  son  of  the 
 right  hand,'  Gen.  xxxv.  18.  Hereby  also 
 is  meant  Christ,  called  '  the  son  of  God's 
 love,'  Col.  i.  13,  and  the  church  his  body, 
 translated  into  his  kingdom.  The  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it,  "  the  man  to  whom  thou  hait 
 sworn  by  thy  right  hand." 
 
PSALM  LXXXI. 
 
 )81 
 
 PSALM  LXXXI. 
 
 An  exhortation  to  a  solemn  praising  of  God.  5.  God  challengeth 
 that  duty  by  reason  of  his  benefits.  9-  Exhorting  to  obedience,  conijplain- 
 eth  of  their  disobedience,  which  turneth  to  their  hurt. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music  upon  Gittith,  a  psalm  of  Asaph. 
 
 ^  Shout  Joyfully  unto  God  our  strength,  shout  triumphantly  unto 
 the  God  of  Jacob.  ^  Take  up  a  psahn  and  give  tlie  timbrel,  the 
 pleasant  harp  with  the  psaltery.  *  Blow  up  the  trumpet  in  the  new 
 moon,  in  the  appointed  time,  at  the  day  of  our  feast.  ^  For  it  is  a 
 statute  to  Israel,  a  judgment  due  to  the  God  of  Jacob.  ®  He  put  it 
 into  Josepli  for  a  testimony,  when  lie  went  forth  from  the  land  of 
 Egypt,  where  I  heard  a  language  that  I  knew  not.  '  I  removed  his 
 slioulder  from  the  burden ;  his  hands  passed  from  the  basket. 
 ®  Thou  calledst  in  distress,  and  I  released  thee  -.  1  answered  thee  in 
 the  secret  place  of  thunder,  I  proved  thee  at  the  waters  of  Meribah, 
 
 GiTTiTH,]  See  the  Note  on  Ps.  viii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Take  up,]  To  wit,  in  your 
 mouths,  or  lift  up  your  voice  witli  psalm  or 
 song.  So  in  Isa.  xlii.  2,  '  to  lift  up,'  is 
 meant  the  voice.  Give,]  That  is,  '  bring  the 
 timbrel,'  &c.  Of  these  instruments,  see  Ps. 
 Ixviii.  26;  xxxiii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Blow  the  trumpet,]  Or,  the 
 cornet  (whereof  see  Ps.  xcviii.  6.)  This  was 
 done  both  to  proclaim  the  solemnity  unto  men, 
 and  to  be  a  memorial  for  them  before  God. 
 Lev.  xxiii.  4;  Num.  x.  10,  for  in  their  public 
 worship  the  Israelitesused  trumpets,  with  other 
 musical  instruments,  2  Chron.  v.  12,  13;  xxix. 
 27.  The  new  MOON,]  When  a  solemn  feast  with 
 special  worship  was  appointed  of  God,  Num. 
 xxviii.  11,  14,  and  at  these  times,  (as  on  the 
 sabbaths,)  they  used  to  assemble  to  worship, 
 and  hear  God's  word,  2  Kings  iv.  23  ;  Eze. 
 xlvi.  3;  Isa.  Ixvi.  23,  these  feasts  were  a 
 shadow  of  things  to  come,  but  the  body  is  in 
 Christ,  Col.  ii.  16,  17.  The  appointed 
 TIME,]  Or,  the  solemnity,  solemn  feast, 
 which  was  thrice  in  the  year,  1st.  at  the  pass- 
 over,  2nd.  at  Pentecost,  and  3d.  at  the  feast  of 
 tabernacles,  Dent.  xvi.  26,  of  «hich  last,  some 
 understand  this  festivity,  Ceseh,  as  having 
 the  name  of  covering  in  booths  ;  others  of  the 
 covering,  that  is,  the  '  change  of  the  moon,' 
 when  it  is  hid  by  the  sun.  Feast,]  Or, 
 dance,  see  Ps.  xlii.  5.  This  may  be  meant 
 of  all  feasts;  or  in  special  of  the  feast  of 
 blowing  trumpets,  in  the  first  day  of  the 
 seventh  month,  Lev.  xxiii.  24,  or  of  the 
 passover,  as  after  verse  6. 
 
 Ver.  5. — A  judgment,]  That  is,  a  rite. 
 
 or  ordinance,  made  by  God,  and  a  duty  to 
 be  performed  to  him.  So  judgment  is  for 
 duty,  Deut.  xviii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  6. — In  Joseph,]  Among  the  pos- 
 terity oiJoseph,&ai  the  other  tribes  of  Israel. 
 Joseph  is  named  as  principal,  having  the 
 birthright,  1  Chron.  v.  1,  2.  So  Ps.  Ixxx. 
 2.  From  the  land,]  So  the  Gr.  turneth 
 it,  the  Heb.  ghnal,  being  here  for  meghnal, 
 the  same  as  min,  from,  as  2  Chron.  xxxiii. 
 8,  with  2  Kings  xxi.  8;  Zee.  iv.  3.  At 
 their  going  out  of  Egypt,  '  the  feast  of  the 
 passover '  was  appointed,  Exod.  xii.;  after,  in 
 the  wilderness,  the  other  feasts,  Lev.  xxiii. 
 or  we  may  read  it, '  against  the  land,'  namely, 
 to  destroy  it,  and  the  first-born,  Exod.  xi.  4, 
 5.  The  Chald.  applieth  this  to  Joseph 
 when  he  went  out  of  prison,  and  ruled  over 
 the  land  of  Egypt.  I  heard  a  language,] 
 Heb.  a  lip,  used  for  the  speech  or  language, 
 as  Gen.  xi.  1. 
 
 Ver.  7. — From  the  burden,]  That  is, 
 burdens,  wherewith  they  were  vexed  in 
 Egypt,  making  bricks,  building  cities,  Exod. 
 i.  11;  V.  4,5,7,8.  Basket,]  Or,pct :  in  such 
 vessels  they  carried  straw,  mortar,  brick,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  S. — Tnou  calledst,]  /srae/ having 
 left  Egypf,  Pharaoh  with  his  host  pursued 
 them,  and  they  were  sore  afraid  and  cried  to 
 the  Lord,  Exod.  xiv.  10, 15.  Secret  place 
 OF  thunder,]  Out  of  the  black  cloud,  where- 
 with God  guided  and  protected  Israel,  but 
 with  thunder,  rain,  &c.,  dismayed  the  Egyp- 
 tians, Exod.  xiv.  19,  20,  24,  25.  See  also 
 Ps.  Ixxvii.  18,  19.  Of  merihah,]  That  is, 
 of  strife,    so   named    because    Israel    there 
 
582 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 Selah.  '  Hear,  O  my  people,  and  I  will  testify  unto  thee,  O  Israel, 
 if  thou  wilt  liearken  to  me.  '"  Jf  there  shall  not  be  in  tliee  a  foreign 
 God,  neither  thou  bow  down  thyself  to  a  strange  god.  ^^  I  am 
 Jehovah  thy  God,  which  brought  thee  up  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt, 
 open  wide  thy  mouth,  and  I  will  fill  it.  '^  But  my  people  hearken- 
 ed not  to  my  voice,  and  Israel  was  not  well  affected  to  me.  '^  And 
 I  sent  him  away  in  the  perverse  intendment  of  their  own  lieart,  let 
 them  walk  in  their  own  counsels.  '*  O  that  my  people  had  been 
 obedient  to  me,  that  Israel  had  walked  in  my  ways.  ^^  Even  soon 
 would  1  have  humbled  their  enemies,  and  turned  my  hand  upon 
 their  distressers.  "^  Tlie  haters  of  Jehovah  should  have  falsely  denied 
 to  him,  and  their  time  should  have  been  for  ever.  "  And  he  would 
 have  fed  him  with  tlie  fat  of  wheat,  and  out  of  the  rock,  with  honey 
 would  I  liave  sufficed  thee. 
 
 stubborn  opinion,  tvrithing  and  obstinate  in- 
 tention, which  they  looked  after  in  their 
 erroneous  heart.  This  word  is  taken  from 
 Deut.  xxix.  19,  and  after  often  objected  to 
 them  by  Jeremiah,  Jer.  iii.  17;  vii.  24 ;  ix. 
 24;  xi.  8.  And  this  is  noted  for  a  judgment 
 of  God,  when  he  suffereth  people  to  walk  in 
 their  own  ways,  Acts  xiv.  16. 
 
 "Ver.  15. — Humbled,]  And  so  have  given 
 them  rest  from  their  enemies,  as  in  1  Chrou. 
 xvii.  10,  compared  with  2  Sam.  vii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Falsely  DENiED,]0r,/e2g-?ie(f/y 
 submitted:  see  Ps.  xviii.  45;  Ixvi.  3.  TuEia 
 TIME,]  If  this  be  referred  to  the  enemies,  it 
 is  meant  their  time  of  distress,  as  Ps.  x.  1 ; 
 xxxi.  16  ;  so  time  is  used,  Jer.  xxvii.  7  ;  Isa. 
 xiii.  22;  if  to  God's  people,  it  meaneth  their 
 continued  settled  state,  which  the  Chald. 
 translateth,  "  their  strength." 
 
 Ver.  17. — Feu  him,]  That  is,  his  people, 
 verse  14.  Fat  of  wheat,]  The  principal,  or 
 flour  of  corn:  so  Deut.  xxxii.  14;  Ps. 
 cxlvii.  14.  Out  of  the  rock,]  Out  of 
 which  God  had  made  his  people  suck  honey 
 and  oil,  Deut.  xxxii.  13.  Spiritually,  the 
 rock  is  Christ,  1  Cor.  x.  4,  the  hcney  is  the 
 gracious  words  that  flow  from  him  ; '  sweetness 
 to  the  soul,  and  health  to  the  bones,'  Prov. 
 xvi.  24;  Ps.  xix.  11;  Song  iv.  11. 
 
 '  strove  with  Moses,  and  almost  astonished 
 him,'  Exod.  xvii.  1 — 7.  There  God  proved 
 them,  to  know  what  was  in  their  heart, 
 whether  they  would  keep  his  commandments 
 or  not,  Deut.  viii.  2;  Exod.  xv.  25,  and 
 there  they  proved  God,  Ps.  xcv.  9. 
 
 Ver.  9 Testify,]  Or,  protest,  take  to 
 
 witness,  namely,  the  heavens  and  earth,  &c., 
 as  Deut.  xxxi.  28;  xxxii.  1,  46;  xxx.  19, 
 and  deeply  charge  thee.  Compare  herewith 
 Exod.  xix.  3—5,  &c. ;  xx.  22,  23;  Jer.  xi. 
 7—9. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Open  wide,]  That  is,  speak 
 and  ask  freely.  This  sentence  our  Saviour 
 openeth  thus,  '  If  ye  abide  in  me,  and  my 
 words  abide  in  you,  ask  what  ye  will,  and  it 
 shall  be  done  to  you,'  John  xv.  7,  and  the 
 apostle  thus,  'Whatsoever  we  ask  of  God, 
 we  receive  of  him,  because  we  keep  his  com- 
 mandments,' &c.,  1  John  iii.  22.  The  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it,  "  open  thy  mouth  to  the  words 
 of  the  law,  and  I  will  fill  it  with  all  good." 
 
 Ver.  12. — Not  well  affected,]  Had 
 no  will,  or  good  2?iclination :  which  they 
 showed  presently  after  the  giving  of  the  law, 
 by  making  themselves  gods  of  gold,  and  by 
 their  continual  rebellions  afterwards,  Exod. 
 xxxii.  1,  31. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Perverse  intendment,]  Or, 
 
 PSALM  LXXXII 
 
 An  exhortation  to  the  judges,  and  reproof  of  their  negligence, 
 
 '  A  Psalm  of  Asapli. 
 God  standeth  in  the  assembly  of  God,  he  judgeth  in  the  midst 
 
 The  assemblyof  GoD,]Thatis,/Aea.v«ze,       ordinance  of  God,'  Rom.  xiii.  I,  2;  Deut. 
 rsession,of7nagistrates;  whose  office  is' the      xvi.   18,  and   who  are  to  execute  not  the 
 
PSALM   LXXXIII. 
 
 583 
 
 of  the  gods.  *  How  long  will  yc  judge  injurious  evil,  and  accept 
 the  faces  of  the  wicked,  Selali  ?  ^  Judge  ye  the  poor  weakling 
 and  the  fatherless :  justify  the  afflicted  and  the  poor.  ^  Deliver  the 
 poor  weakling  and  the  needy,  rid  free  out  of  the  hand  of  the 
 wicked.  ^  They  know  not,  neither  will  they  understand;  they 
 will  walk  on  in  darkness,  moved  shall  be  all  the  foundations  of  the 
 earth.  ®  I  liave  said.  Ye  are  gods,  and  ye  all  are  sons  of  the  most 
 high.  ^  But  surely  ye  shall  die  as  men,  and  as  one  of  the  princes 
 shall  ye  fall.  ^  Rise  up,  O  God,  judge  tliou  the  earth,  for  thou 
 shalt  inherit  in  all  nations. 
 
 judgments  of  man,  but  of  the  Lord,  who  is 
 with  them  in  the  cause  and  judgment,  2 
 Chron.  xix.  6;  Dent.  i.  17.  In  the  midst 
 OF  THE  G011S,]  That  is,  among  the  judges, 
 as  the  Chald.  tianslateth,  or  magistrates, 
 ver.  6,  who  in  the  law  are  called  '  gods,' 
 Ex.  xxii.  8,  9,  28,  because  the  word  of  • 
 God  was  given  to  them,  John  x.  34,  35. 
 
 Ver.  2. — How  long,  &c,  Thus  God  by 
 his  prophet  judgeth  and  reproveth  the  gods, 
 or  judges,  for  unrighteous  judgment.  The 
 Chald.  addeth,  "  How  long,  ye  wicked,  will 
 ye  judge,''  &c.  Accept  the  faces.]  Res- 
 pect the  persons,  lift  up,  admire,  honour  or 
 favour  the  face;  a  thing  forbidden  both  con- 
 cerning  rich  and  poor,  Deut.  i.  17;  xvi.  19  ; 
 Lev.  xix.  15  ;  Prov.  xviii.  5 ;  Lam.  ii. 
 1—9. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Judge  ye,]  That  is,  defend,  de- 
 liver; see  Ps.  xliii.  1 ;  Isa.  iv.  17.  Justify,] 
 That  is,  do  justice,  as  2  Sam.  xv.  1 ,  and 
 acquit  or  absulve  him,  his  cause  being  right, 
 Deut.  XXV.  1;  Jer.  xxii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  5. — They  know  not,]  The  judges 
 are  ignorant  of  their  duty,  Mic.  iii.  1  ;  Jer. 
 X.  21 ;  Prov.  xxix.  7.  The  Chald.  paraphras- 
 eth,  "  They  are  not  wise  to  do  good,  and 
 they  understand  not  the  law."     They  will 
 
 WALK  ON,]  That  is,  continue  wilfully  ignor- 
 ant, and  sinful  in  perverting  justice,  Mic.  iii. 
 9.  To  walk  in  '  darkness, '  is  to  live  in  sin, 
 1  John  i.  6  ;  Eph.  iv.  17,  IS  ;  v.  8.  Moved 
 SHALL  BE,]  To  wit,  therefore  moved,  as  the 
 Chald.  explaineth  it;  or  though  "moved  be 
 all  the  foundations;"  though  all  laws  and 
 orders  be  violated,  all  estates  disturbed,  and 
 strongest  helps  come  to  ruin,  Isa.  xxiv.  18, 
 19. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Sons  of  the  most  high,]  The 
 Chald.  paraphraseth,  "as  the  angels  of  the 
 high."  And  magistrates  should  be  as  angels 
 for  wisdom,  2  Sam.  xiv.  20. 
 
 Ver.  7. — As  earthly  men,]  as  Adam, 
 that  is,  as  any  other  mortal  man :  so  after, 
 as  one  of  the  princes,  that  is,  of  the  other 
 princes  of  the  world:  see  the  like  in  Judg, 
 xvi.  7,  11,  17  ;  Gen.  xlix.  16;  for  this  psalm 
 was  spoken  to  the  magistrates  of  Israel:  for 
 '  whatsoever  the  law  saith,  it  saith  it  to  them 
 that  are  under  the  law,'  Rom.  iii.  19. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Inherit,]  That  is,  have  sover- 
 eignty and  doyninion.  So  this  word  meaneth, 
 Lev.  XXV.  45,  4G ;  Jer.  xlix.  2.  And  Christ 
 is  called  'heir,'  that  is.  Lord  of  all,  Heb.  i. 
 2;  see  Ps.  ii.  8. 
 
 PSALM   LXXXIIL 
 
 A  complaint  to  God  of  the  enemies'  conspiracy.    10.  A  prayer  against 
 them  that  oppress  the  church. 
 
 '  A  Song,  a  Psalm  of  Asapli. 
 
 "^  O  God,  keep  not  thou  silence,  cease  not  as  deaf,  and  be  not 
 still,  O  God.     ^  For  lo,  thine  enemies  make  a  tumultuous  noise. 
 
 Ver.  2 — Keep  not  silence,  &c.,]  Heb. 
 '  let  not  silence  (or  stillness)  be  to  thee,'  that 
 is,  sit  not  still,  but  stir  up  thyself  to  help  and 
 
 avenge  us  on  our  enemies.    So  silence  is  used 
 for  'sitting  still,'  Judg.  xviii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Lift  dp  the  head  ]  Insolently 
 
584 
 
 PSALMS 
 
 and  thy  haters  lift  up  the  liead.  *  Against  tliy  people  have  they 
 craftily  taken  secret  counsel,  and  consulted  against  thine  hidden 
 ones.  ^  They  have  said,  Come  and  let  us  cut  them  off  from  being 
 a  nation,  that  the  name  of  Israel  may  be  remembered  no  more. 
 ^For  they  have  consulted  in  heart  together,  against  thee  they  have 
 stricken  a  covenant.  ^  The  tents  of  Edom  and  the  Ishmaelites ; 
 Moab  and  the  Hagarens.  ^  Gebal,  and  Ammon,  and  Amalek  -.  the 
 PJiilistines,  with  them  that  dwell  in  Tyrus.  ^  Also  Asshur  is  joined 
 with  them ;  they  have  been  an  arm  to  the  sons  of  Lot,  Selah.  "  Do 
 
 and  boldly,  vaunting  themselves,  and  warring 
 against  us.  So  Judg.  viii.  28.  On  the  con- 
 trary, God's  people  shall  'lift  up  their  heads,' 
 that  is,  be  of  good  comfort  and  courage,  when 
 their  redemption  draweth  near,  Luke  xxi.  28. 
 
 Ver.  4, — Thine  hidden  ones,]  That  is, 
 as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  "  thy  saints,"  which 
 are  hidden  of  God  in  his  tabernacle  in  the  day 
 of  evil,  from  the  strife  of  tongues,  Ps.  xxvii. 
 5;  xxxi.  21 ;  whose  life  is  '  hid  with  Christ  in 
 God,'  Col.  iii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  5. — From  being,]  Or  'that  they  be 
 no  more  a  nation  ;'  Moab  and  others  consult 
 thus  against  Israel  ;  after,  the  like  is  against 
 Moab,  and  etl'ected,  Jer.  xlviii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  6. —  In  heart  together,]  This 
 noteth  their  earnestness,  craftiness,  and  joint 
 consent  in  evil. 
 
 Ver.  7. — The  tents,]  That  is,  arinies, 
 with  their  kings  and  captains,  Judg.  vii.  13, 
 15;  2  Kings  vii.  7,  10,  Jer.  vi.  3  ;  Hab.  iii. 
 7.  Edom,]  The  Edomites,  or  Idicmeans, 
 which  were  the  sons  of  Esau,  named  MAom: 
 the  brother  of  Israel;  seethe  notes  onPs.lx.lO. 
 The  Ishmaelites,]  The  children  of  Ishmael, 
 the  son  of  Abraham ;  who  was  (with  the 
 bond-woman  Hagar,  his  mother,)  cast  out  of 
 his  father's  house  for  persecuting  his  brother 
 Isaac,  in  whose  evil  ways  his  children  here 
 walk.  Gen.  xvi.  1,  15;  xxi.  9,  10,  14;  Gal. 
 iv.  22,  29,  30.  Moab,]  The  Moabites,  the 
 posterity  of  Lot;  see  Ps.  Ix.  10.  The  Ha- 
 garens,] The  Chald.  Paraphrast  calleth  them 
 Hungarians.  They  were  the  posterity  of  Jetur, 
 Maphish,  and  other  like  children  of  Ishmael, 
 son  of  Hagar,  of  whom  came  twelve  princes 
 of  their  nations.  Gen.  xxv.  12,  15,  16;  some 
 of  which  were  called  by  their  father's  name, 
 Ishmaelites,  (as  before)  some  by  their  grand- 
 mother's name  Hagarens,  and  dwelt  in  Ara- 
 bia, eastward  from  Gilead,  near  to  the 
 Israelites,  1  Chron.  y.  10,  19.  The  word 
 Hagarirns,  s\gr\\Relh  fugitives,  or  strangers, 
 (as  the  Gr.  tumeth  \.\\em,  paroikous,  1  Chron. 
 V.  10,)  they  were  after  called  Saracens,  which 
 in  the  Arabic  tongue  is  thieves. 
 
 Ver.  8.— Gebal,]  That  is,  the  Gebalites, 
 or  Gibleans,  that  dwelt  in  the  province  or  city 
 
 Gebal,  (or  Gabalae)  in  Phenicia,  near  Sidon, 
 whence  Solomon  had  masons,  or  stone-hewers, 
 1  Kings  v.  IS;  Ezek.  xxvii.  9.  Ammon,] 
 The  Ammonites,  that  came  of  Lot,  as  did  the 
 Moabites,  Gen.  xix.  37,  38.  These  nations 
 which  were  nearest  allied  unto  Israel,  and 
 whom  God  would  not  sufler  the  Israelites  to 
 molest,  when  they  came  out  of  Egypt,  Deut. 
 ii.  4,  5,  9,  19;  combine  here  together  against 
 Israel,  to  cast  them  out  of  God's  inheritance, 
 so  evil  did  they  reward  them,  as  king  Jehosh- 
 aphat  complained,  2  Chron.  xx.  10 — 12. 
 Amalek,]  The  Amalekites,  which  were  of 
 Eliphaz,  the  son  of  Esau,  the  brother  of  Israel, 
 Gen.  xxxvi.  12,  IG;  they  dwelt  in  the  south 
 country,  near  Canaan,  Num.  xiii.  30;  were 
 the  first  that  fought  against  Israel,  Exod. 
 xvii.  8,  &c.,  for  which  God  would  have  their 
 remembrance  put  out  from  under  heaven, 
 Deut.  xxv.  17 — 19;  and  king  Saul  was  sent 
 to  perform  it,  but  did  it  not  fully,  1  Sam.  xv. 
 2,  3,  9;  xxviii.  18;  and  was  himself  slain  by 
 an  Amalekite,  2  Sam.  i.  8 — 10.  The  Philis- 
 tines,] Or  Palistina  ;  see  the  Note  on  Ps. 
 Ix.  10.  Tyrus,]  The  Tyrians,  which  remem- 
 bered not  the  brotherly  covenant  that  had  been 
 between  them  and  Israel,  Amos  i.  9.  See 
 the  note  on  Ps.  xlv.  13. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Ashub,]  The  Assyrians,  the  pos- 
 terity of  Shem  the  son  of  Noah,  Gen.  x.  22. 
 This  nation  was  the  rod  of  God's  wrath  against 
 Israel,  who  in  the  end  captived  ten  tribes 
 Isa.  X.  5.  6;  2  Kings  xv.  29;  xviii.  9,  11, 
 13,  &c.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth,  "  Sena- 
 cherib  also  the  king  of  Ashur,"  &c.  An 
 arm,]  that  is,  an  help,  as  the  Gr.  saith,  and  a 
 strength  to  Lot's  sons,  the  Moabites  and  Am- 
 monites. Thus  were  here  ten  people,  confe- 
 derates against  God  and  his  people.  So  in 
 Gen.  XV.  19—21,  there  are  ten  wicked  na- 
 tions whose  land  is  given  upon  conquest  to 
 Abraham's  seed. 
 
 Ver.  10. — As  to  Midian,]  The  Midian- 
 ites,  the  posterity  of  Abraham,  by  his  concu- 
 bine Keturah,  1  Chron.  i.  32;  who  being 
 turned  idolaters,  drew  Israel  to  sin  in  the 
 wilderness,  for  which  Moses  revenged  the 
 Israelites  of  them, by  the  slaughter  of  all  their 
 
PSALM    LXXXIir. 
 
 585 
 
 thou  to  them  as  to  Midian,  as  to  Sisera,  as  to  Jabin,  at  tlie  brook 
 of  Kishon.  "  Which  were  abolished  in  Endor,  they  became  dung 
 for  the  earth.  '^  Put  them  even  their  nobles,  as  Oreb,  and  as  Zeob, 
 and  as  Zebach,  and  as  Salmunnah,  all  their  authorized  princes. 
 '^  Who  said,  Let  us  posse&s  to  onvselves  tlie  liabitations  of  God. 
 "  My  God,  set  them  as  a  rolling  thing,  as  stubble  before  the  wind. 
 '^  As  the  fire  burneth  a  wood,  and  as  the  flame  seareth  the  moun- 
 tains ;  ^^  So  pursue  them  with  thy  tempest,  and  suddenly  trouble 
 tliem  with  thy  storm.  ^'  Fill  their  faces  with  shame,  that  they  may 
 ?eek  thy  name,  Jehovah.  '^  Let  them  be  abashed  and  suddenly 
 troubled  unto  perpetuity ;    and  let  them   be  ashamed  and  perish. 
 
 males,  and  their  five  kings,  and  a  wonderful 
 great  spoil,  Num.  xxxi.  1,  7,  8,  16,  32,&c..; 
 but  after  that  recovering  and  oppressing  Israel 
 in  their  own  land,  were  by  Gideon  and  three 
 hundred  men,  vanquished,  when  they  lay  ia 
 the  valley,  like  grasshoppers  in  multitude, 
 Judg.  vi.  1;  vii.  7,  12,  22,  &c.,  and  to  this 
 victory  hath  the  psalmist  here  reference.  As 
 TO  SiSEBA,]  the  captain  of  the  host  of  Jabin, 
 king  of  the  Canaanites,  he  had  nine  hundred 
 chariots  of  iron,  and  vexed  Israel  sore,  but  by 
 Deborah  a  prophetess,  and  Barak  a  captain  uf 
 Naphtali,  the  Lord  destroyed  Sisera,  with  all 
 his  host  and  chariots;  there  was  not  a  man 
 left,  and  Sisera  flying,  was  killed  by  Jael,  He- 
 ber's  wife,  who  drove  a  nail  into  the  temples 
 of  his  head,  Judg.  iv.  2,  3,  21.  Jabin,]  The 
 king  of  Canaan,  who,  upon  the  death  of  his 
 captain,  Sisera,  forementioned,  was  subdued 
 and  destroyed  before  the  Israelites,  Judg.  iv. 
 23,  24.  At  the  brook,]  Or  in  the  bourne, 
 th..t  is,  the  valley  of  Kishon:  the  Heb.  nachal 
 (as  our  English  bourne) signifieth  both  a  valley 
 and  a  river  running  in  it.  Kishon  was 
 a  river  at  the  foot  of  mount  Carmel  ;  by  it 
 Sisera  and  the  kings  of  Canaan  fought,  and 
 were  vantjuibhed ;  and  'the  bourne  Kishon 
 swept  them  away,'  Judg.  iv.  13;  v.  19,  21. 
 Endor,  j  A  city  by  Kishon,  near  unto  Taan- 
 ach  and  Megiddo,  where  the  Canaanites 
 perished.  Josh.  xvii.  11;  Judg.  v.  19. 
 Dong  for  the  e.^rth,]  That  is,  lay  rotting 
 above  ground  unburied,  as  is  explained,  Jer. 
 viii.  2  ;  xvi.4. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Pot  them,]  Or  him,  that  is, 
 every  one  of  their  nobles,  and  all  jointly.  See 
 the  Notes  on  Ps.  ii.  3.  Oreb  and  Zeeb,] 
 Two  princes  of  the  Madianites  whom  Gideoa 
 Siew,  Judg.  vii.  25.  Zebach  and  Salmon- 
 NAH,]  Twokings  of  the  Madianites,  whom 
 Gideon  also  pursued  and  killed,  Judg.  viii. 
 12,  21.  AoTHORiSED,]  Or,  anointed ,V[\?i\,  is, 
 princes,  as  the  Gr.  expresseth,  and  the  Chald. 
 translateth  them  kings.  See  the  uotes  on  Ps. 
 
 Vol.  IX. 
 
 4£ 
 
 Ver.  14. — As  a  rolling  thing,]  Or, 
 wheel  i  but  here  is  meant  a  light  thing,  as 
 chaff  or  straw,  that  rolleth  or  turneth  round 
 before  the  whirlwind,  as  the  next  words  show, 
 and  a  like  speech  in  Is.  xvii.  13,  plainly 
 manifests.  Elsewhere  the  word  signifieth  also 
 a  ivhecl.  Is.  xxviii.  28,  and  the  sphere  or 
 round  orb  of  the  air,  Ps.  Ixxvii.  19. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Sear,]  Or,  burn  up.  See  the 
 like  similitude,  Deut.  xxxii.  22. 
 
 Ver.  17.' — With  shame,]  Or,  dishonour, 
 contempt:  the  Heb.  word  properly  signifieth 
 lightness,  as  the  contrary,  honour,  is  so  called 
 oi  iveightiness,  Ps.  iii.  4.  That  they  mav 
 seek,]  Or,  'and  let  them  seek:'  it  may  be 
 meant  of  the  enemies  forementioned,  forced  to 
 seek  and  call  on  God,  as  Ps.  xviii.  42,  or 
 indefinitely,  that  men  may  seek.  So  after  in 
 ver.  19. 
 
 Ver.  19.— Jehovah,]  This  is  the  chiefest 
 name  of  the  eternal  and  most  blessed  God,  so 
 called  of  his  essence,  being,  or  existence, 
 which  is  simply  one,  Deut.  vi.  4.  The  force 
 of  this  name  the  Huly  Spirit  openeth  by  '  He 
 that  is,  that  was,  and  that  will  he,'  or  '  is  to 
 come,*  Rev.  i.  4,  8;  iv.  8;  xi.  17;  xvi.  5; 
 and  the  form  of  the  Heb.  name  implieth  so 
 much :  Je  being  a  sign  of  the  time  to  come, 
 'Jehovah,  he  will  be;'  ho,  of  the  time  pre- 
 sent, Hovch,  'he  that  is;'  and  vah,  of  the 
 time  past,  liavah,  'he  was.'  It  importeth 
 that  God  is,  and  hath  his  being  of  himself 
 from  before  all  worlds.  Is.  xliv.  C;  that  he 
 giveth  being  or  existence  unto  all  things,  and 
 in  him  all  are  and  consist.  Acts  xvii.  25;  that 
 he  givelh  being  unto  his  word,  efiecting  what- 
 soever he  hath  spoken,  whether  promises, 
 Exod.  vi.  3;  Is.  xlv.  2,  3;  or  threatenings, 
 Ezek.  v.  17;  vii.  27.  It  is  in  eflect  the 
 same  that  Ehjeh,  '  I  will  be,'  or  '  I  am,'  as 
 God  calleth  himself,  Exod.  iii.  14.  Of  this 
 the  Gentiles  named  the  greatest  god,  '  Jove  ' 
 and  '  Jupiter,'  that  is,  Jah,  '  father,'  (of  the 
 shorter  name  Jah,  mentioned  Ps.  Ixvjii.  5,) 
 and  Varro  the  most  learned  of  the  Romans 
 
586 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 "  Tlmt  they  may  know  tliat  thou  whose  name  is  Jehovah,  only 
 thou  art  the  most  Iiigh  over  all  the  earth. 
 
 tliought  Jove  to  be  the  God  of  the  Jews. 
 ^ngtist.  I.  1.  deconsens.  evan.  c.  22.  Here- 
 of also  in  Gr.  writers  he  is  called  Jao.  Dio- 
 dor.  Sictil.  1.  ii.  c.  5  ;  Clem.  Alex,  strom.  l.v. ; 
 Mac-rob.  1.  i.  Saturnal,  c.  18.  But  in  the 
 Gr.  tongue  the  name  Jehovah  cannot  rightly 
 be  pronounced  ;  and  for  it  the  Gr.  bibles 
 have  Lord,  which  the  New  Testament  follow- 
 eth,  as  Mark  xii.  29,  from  Deut.  vi.  4,  and 
 elsewhere  usually;  as  the  Heb.  text  some- 
 times putteth  Adonai,  Lord,  or  JElohim,  God 
 ior  Jehovah;  as  Ps.  Ivii.  10,  compared  with 
 Ps.  cviii.  4;  2  Chron.  xxv.  14,  with  2  Kings 
 xiv.  14.  When  .(^rfywaz,iyor</,  is  joined  with 
 it,  it  is  written  Jehovih,  as  Ps.  Ixviii.  21  ; 
 then  the  Jews  read  it,  jElohim,  God,  as  at 
 other  times  they  read  it  Adonai,  Lord,  and 
 pronounce  not  Jehovah  at  all  at  this  day, 
 though  in    ancient  days   it  appeareth  to  be 
 
 otherwise.  The  Gr.  history  of  Baruch  seem- 
 eth  to  use  instead  of  it  Aionios,  that  is,  the 
 'eternal^'  or  'everlasting,'  Bar.  iv.  10,  14^ 
 20,  32,  34,  35;  v.  2.  See  the  annot.  on 
 Gen.  ii.  4.  Only  thou,]  Or,  only  thine, 
 that  is,  which  only  hast  Jehovah  for  tliy  name; 
 for  the  true  God  hath  only  being,  and  idols  are 
 'nothing  in  the  world,'  1  Cor.  viii.  4;  and 
 angels  and  magistrates  are  called  Elohim, 
 gods,  Ps.  viii.  and  Ixxxii.  but  Jehovah  is 
 peculiar  to  very  God  alone.  And  this  is  that 
 name,  I  suppose,  which  the  author  of  the  Book 
 of  Wisdom  calleth  '  Incommunicable,'  Wisd. 
 xiv.  21.  Yet  this  is  the  name  of  Christ, 
 called  '  Jehovah  our  justice,*  Jer.  xxiii.  6.  for 
 'God's  name  is  in  him,'  Exod.  xxiii.  21, and 
 '  he  is  \ery  God,  and  eternal  life,'  1  John 
 V.  20. 
 
 PSALM    LXXXIV. 
 
 The  prophet  longing  for  the  communion  of  the  sanctuary,  showeth 
 how  blessed  they  are  that  dwell  therein.  9.  He  prayeth  to  he  restored 
 unto  it. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music  upon  Gittith,  a  Psalm  to  the  sons  of 
 Korah. 
 
 ^  How  amiable  are  thy  dwelling-places,  O  Jehovah  of  hosts ! 
 ^  My  soul  longeth,  and  also  fainteth  for  the  courts  of  Jehovah  ;  my 
 heart  and  my  flesh  do  shout  unto  the  living  God.  *  Yea  the  spar- 
 row findeth  a  house,  and  the  swallow  a  nest  for  lier,  where  she  lay- 
 eth  her  young :  thine  altars,  Jehovali  of  hosts,  my  King  and  my 
 God.  *  O  blessed  are  they  that  abide  in  thine  house,  still  they 
 shall  praise  thee,  Selah.     ^  O  blessed  is  the  man  whose  strength  is 
 
 Ver.  l.^GiTTiTH,]  See  Ps.  viii.  1. 
 
 Vee.  2. — Dwelling-places,  ]  Or,  habitu- 
 des, see  the  Notes  on  Ps.  xliii.  3. 
 
 Vee.  3. — Foe  the  courts,]  That  I  may 
 come  into  them  :  for  the  priests  only  went 
 into  the  temple,  the  people  stood  in  the  court- 
 yards which  were  two,  2  Kings  xxi.  5.  See 
 Ps.  Ixv.  5.  Shout,]  To  wit,  for  desire  to 
 come  unto  God. 
 
 Ver.  4. — The  sparrow,]  Or,  bird:  in 
 Chald.^Ae  dove;  the  Heb.  Tsippor  is  generally 
 any  bird,  Ps.  xi.  1;  Gen.  vii.  14;  specially 
 the  sparrow,  when  other  birds  are  named,  as 
 here,  and  Ps.  cii.  8,  for  such  haunt  men's 
 houses.    Swallow,]  Or,  free  bird,  called  in 
 
 Heb.  dror,  of  liberty,  which  this  bird  seemeth 
 to  have  above  others,  flying  boldly  and  nestling 
 about  houses  ;  so  Prov.  xxvi.  2.  The  Gr. 
 takes  it  here  for  the  turtle  dove,  (which  hath 
 in  Heb.  another  name,  Ps.  Ixxiv.  19)  so  also 
 doth  the  Chald.,  adding  this  reason,  "  because 
 her  young  are  lawful  to  be  offered  on  thine 
 altar."  Thine  altars,]  To  wit,  are  the 
 places  where  the  birds  nestle  near  unto  them, 
 in  houses  or  trees,  which  sometimes  were  by 
 God's  tabernacle,  Jos.  xxiv.  26,  or  under- 
 stand as  before,  '  (I  long  for)  thine  altars.' 
 
 Ver.  6. — The  highways,]  Or  causeys, 
 namely,  which  lead  to  thy  house:  that  is, 
 they  which   affect   heartily,  long   after,  and 
 
PSALM    LXXXIV. 
 
 587 
 
 in  thee,  tliey  in  whose  heart  are  the  high-ways.  '  They  that  pass- 
 ing through  the  vale  of  Baca,  put  him yor  a  well-spring,  also  with 
 blessings  the  rain  covereth.  ®  They  shall  go  from  power  to  power, 
 he  shall  appear  unto  God  in  Sion.  ^  Jehovah  God  of  hosts,  hear 
 thou  my  prayer  :  give  ear,  O  God  of  Jacob,  Selali.  '"See  thou,  O 
 God,  our  shield,  and  look  upon  the  face  of  the  Anointed.  "  For, 
 better  is  a  day  in  "thy  courts  than  a  thousand  :  I  have  chosen  to  sit 
 at  the  threshold  in  the  house  of  my  God,  rather  than  to  remain  in 
 the  tents  of  wickedness.  '^  For  Jehovah  God  is  a  sun  and  a  shield, 
 Jehovah  will  give  grace  and  glory,  he  will  not  withhold  good  from 
 them  that  walk  in  perfection.  '^  Jehovah  of  hosts,  O  blessed  is  the 
 man  that  trusteth  in  thee. 
 
 delight  to  go  up  to  thy  house.  Spiritually 
 these  ways  or  paths  are  made  by  preaching  of 
 the  gospel,  Is.  xl.  3;   xxxv.  S ;  xi.  16. 
 
 VeR.   7. —  TheV  THAT    PASSING,]    Or,   'of 
 
 them  that  pass.'  Of  Baca,]  that  is,  of  viul- 
 berry  trees  ;  which  use  to  grow  in  dry  places. 
 The  Gr.  saith,  vales  of  tears.  Both  mean, 
 that  through  wants  and  afflictions  we  must 
 come  into  the  kingdom  of  God.  This  valley 
 was  near  unto  Jerusalem,  as  may  be  gathered 
 by  2  Sam.  v.  22, 23 ;  Jos.  xv.  8.  Put  him,] 
 Or,  set  him,  that  is,  God,  making  him  by 
 faith  a  well  of  life  unto  them,  for  he  is  '  the 
 fountain  of  living  ivaters,'  Jer.  ii.  13.  Or, 
 set  it,  that  is,  the  valley,  making  it  a  fountain 
 by  digging  wells  therein.  And  this  may  be 
 an  allusion  to  that  well  digged  by  the  princes 
 and  captains  of  Israel,  Num.  xxi.  16,  18. 
 Also  with  blessings,  &c.,]  That  is,  boun- 
 tifully, and  abundantly  the  rain  shall  cover 
 tnem.  Rain  figureth  out  the  doctrine  of  the 
 gospel,  Deut.  xxxii.  2  ;  Is.  xlv.  8;  Joel  ii. 
 23 ;  Rev.  xi.  6  ;  the  rain  of  blessings  is  a 
 bountiful  abundant  rain,  Ezek.  xxxiv.  26,  (as 
 to  '  sow  with  blessings,'  2  Cor.  ix.  6,  is  to 
 sow  abundantly,  or  liberally;  and  blessing  is 
 liberality,  2  Cor.  ix.  5;  Prov.  xi.  25.)  So 
 God  would  cause  a  bountiful  rain  of  grace  and 
 comfort,  to  cover  them  that  go  up  to  his  house 
 in  Jerusalem:  as  elsewhere  he  is  said  to 
 refresh  his  inheritance  with  the  rain  of  liber- 
 alities strewed  upon  it,  Ps.  Ixviii.lO;  whereas 
 on  the  contrary,  '  whoso  will  not  go  up  to 
 Jerusalem,  to  worship  the  King  the  Lord  of 
 hosts,  upon  them  shall  come  no  rain,'  Zach. 
 xiv.  17.  The  Gr.  turneth  this  sentence 
 thus,  "  the  law-giver  (or  teacher)  shall  give 
 blessings ;"  the  original,  Moreh,  being  ambi- 
 guous, sometimes  signifying  '  a  teacher,'  Job 
 xxxvi.  22.  Sometimes  'rain,'  Joel  ii.  23; 
 Is.  XXX.  20;  so  that  from  the  Heb.  it  may 
 also  be  interpreted,  "  with  blessings  the 
 teacher  shall  cover  them ;"  the  meaning  much 
 like  the  former;  the  teacher   being  God  or 
 
 Christ,  in  whom  we  are  blessed  with  all  spi- 
 ritual blessings  in  heavenly  things,  Eph.  i.  3. 
 The  Chald.  expounds  it,  "  with  blessings  he 
 will  cover  them  that  continue  in  the  doctrine 
 of  his  law."  Some  understand  bracoth, 
 blessings,  to  be  here  as  brecoth,  pools  so  dig- 
 ged and  filled  with  rain.  Both  mean  one 
 thing. 
 
 Veb.  8. — From  power  to  power,]  That 
 is,  increasing  their  power,  or  strength,  daily 
 more  and  more;  as  the  apostle  saith,  we  are 
 changed  unto  God's  image  '  from  glory  to 
 glory,'  2  Cor.  iii,  18,  and  God's  justice  is 
 revealed  '  from  faith  to  faith,'  Rom.  i.  17; 
 our  faith  and  glory  increasing  more  and  more, 
 Prov.  iv.  18.  Or  'from  army  to  army,'  (from 
 troop  to  troop),  respecting  tlie  troops  of  Israel, 
 which  went  all  the  males  thrice  every  year  to 
 appear  before  the  Lord,  Exod.  xxiii.  14 — 17. 
 ■The  Heb.  chajil,  power,  is  used  sometimes 
 for  an  army  of  men,  Ps.  xxxiii.  16,  and  some- 
 times for  riches,  Ps.  xxxix.  7,  which  also 
 may  be  implied  here.  He  shall  appear,] 
 Or,  till  he,  that  is,  every  one  of  them  appears; 
 according  to  the  law,  Exod.  xxxiv.  23;  Zach. 
 xiv.  16. 
 
 Ver.  10 Of  thine  anointed,]  Or,  Mes- 
 siah, our  Lord  Christ,  in  whom  God  respect- 
 eth  us ;  or  David,  his  figure,  and  father  in  the 
 flesh,  called  also  '  God's  anointed,'  2  Sam. 
 xxiii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  11. — ^Than  a  thousand,]  To  wit,  in 
 any  other  place.  Sit  at  the  threshold,] 
 That  is,  be  in  the  lowest  room  and  basest 
 estate  ;  as  the  Gr.  saith,  "  be  cast  down,"  or 
 an  abject.  And  by  God's  house  may  be 
 meant  his  tabernacle  ;  as  Luke  xi.  51,  with 
 Mat.  xxiii.  35.  To  remain,]  Or,  abide  my 
 whole  life  long. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Is  a  scn,]  Or,  will  be  a  sun, 
 that  is,  '  a  light,'  Is.  Ix.  19;  Rev.  xxi.  23, 
 understanding  hereby  all  blessings  and  com- 
 forts, by  Christ  '  the  Sun  of  righteousness,' 
 MaL  iv.  2. 
 
588 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSxALM    LXXXV. 
 
 The  Psalmist,  from  the  experience  of  former  mercies,  pray  eth  for  the 
 continuance  thereof.  9-  He  promiseth  to  wait  thereon  out  of  confidence 
 of  God's  goodness. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music,  a  Psalm  to  the  sons  of  Korah. 
 
 ^  Thou  hast  been  favourable  to  thy  land,  O  Jehovah;  thou  hast 
 returned  the  captivity  of  Jacob.  ^  Thou  hast  forgiven  the  iniquity 
 of  thy  people,  thou  hast  covered  all  their  sins,  Selah.  *  Thou  hast 
 gathered  away  all  thine  exceeding  anger,  thou  hast  turned  from  the 
 fervency  of  thine  anger.  *  Turn  thou  us,  O  God  of  our  salvation, 
 and  cause  tliine  indignation  against  us  to  cease.  '^  Wilt  thou  be 
 angry  with  us  for  ever  ?  wilt  thou  draw  out  tliine  anger  to  gene- 
 ration and  generation  ?  ^  Wilt  not  thou  turn  and  revive  us,  that 
 thy  people  may  rejoice  in  thee?  *  Shew  us,  Jehovah,  thy  mercy, 
 and  give  us  thy  salvation.  "  1  will  hear  what  God  Jehovah  will 
 speak,  for  he  will  speak  peace  unto  liis  people,  and  unto  his 
 gracious  saints ;  and  let  them  not  return  to  unconstant  folly. 
 "  Surely  his  salvation  is  near  to  tliem  that  fear  him,  that  glory  may 
 dwell  in  our  land.  "  Mercy  and  truth  are  met,  justice  and  peace 
 have  kissed.     '^  Faithfulness  springeth  out  of  the  earth,  and  justice 
 
 Ver.  1. — To  THE  SONS,]  Or,  of  them.  See 
 Ps.  xlii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Hast  been  favourable  to,]  Or, 
 hast  favourably  accepted,  been  well  pleaded, 
 to  wit,  in  times  past.  This  also  respecteth 
 the  promise,  Lev.  xxvi.  42.  CAPTiviTi',] 
 That  is,  the  company  of  captives,  or  prisoners ; 
 as  Ps.  Ixviii.  19.     See  also  Ps.  xiv  7. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Gathered  away,]  That  is,  rvith- 
 drawn,  ceased,  or  assuaged,  as  the  Gr.  inter- 
 preteth  it.  So  in  Joel  ii.  10,  the  stars 
 'gather  away,'  (that  is,  withdraw)  their 
 shining. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Tcen  us,]  To  our  former  estate. 
 Cause  to  ceaseJ  Or,  dissipate,  Ps.  xxxiii. 
 10. 
 
 Ver.  6.— Wilt  thou  draw,]  That  is, 
 continue:  see  Ps.  xxxvi.  11. 
 
 Ver.  I.- — Wilt  not  thou  turn  and 
 revive,]  That  is,  '  again  revive  us.'  See  Ps. 
 Ixxi.  20.  The  Gr.  sailh,  "  O  God,  thou 
 turning  wilt  revive  us."  For  halo,  they  read 
 ha-el,  the  letters  transplaced. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Shew  us,]  Or,  Let  its  see,  that 
 is  enjoy.     So  Ps.  1.  23. 
 
 Ver.  9. — The  God.]  Or,  the  Jlmighty, 
 Ml.  And  let  them  not,]  Or,  that  they 
 turn  not  to  folly,  that  is,  to  sin:  see  Ps.  cxxv. 
 3.  The  Gr.  saith,  "and  to  them  that  turn 
 the  heart  to  him.' 
 
 Ver.  10. — That  glorv  may  dwell,]  Or, 
 glory  shall  dwell:  meaning  that  glory  of  God, 
 which  we  are  destitute  of  by  sin,  Rom.  iii. 
 23,  shall  be  restored  by  grace  in  Christ,  and 
 God  will  dwell  among  men,  and  communi- 
 cate with  them  his  glory.  Rev.  xxi.  3,  II ; 
 Is.  Ix.  1  ;  and  they  are  changed  into  tlie 
 same  image,  from  glory  to  glory,  as  by  the 
 Spirit  of  the  Lord,  2  Cor.  iii.  IS.  Or,  by 
 glory  is  meant,  Christ  the  salvation  of  God, 
 who  dwelt  in  our  land,  when  the  word  was 
 made  flesh,  and  men  saw  the  glory  thereof  as 
 the  glory  of  the  only  begotten  of  the  Father, 
 full  of  grace  and  truth,  John  i.  14. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Are  met,]  That  is,  come  toge- 
 ther, which  before  seemed  asunder  ;  an?!  they 
 have  mutual  society  ;  (so  meeting  importetli, 
 Prov.  xxii.  2;  Is.  xxxiv.  14).  The  truth  of 
 God's  promises  are  in  Christ  fulfilled,  Luke 
 i.  6S,  C9,  &c.;  Acts  xiii.  32,  34.  Have 
 kissed,]  As  friends  use  when  they  meet, 
 Exod.  i  v.  27  :  xviii.  7  ;  a  sign  of  concord,  love, 
 and  joy.  So  Christ  is  king  of  justice,  and  of 
 peace,  Heh.  vii.  2;  arjd  the  work  of  justice  by 
 him  is  peace.  Is.  xxxii.  17;  for,  being  jus- 
 tified  by  faith,  men  have  peace  towards  God, 
 Rom.  v.  1 ;   Luke  ii.  14. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Faithfulness  springeth,] 
 Or,  "  truth  buddeth  out  of  the  earth,"  (or 
 land',  that  is,  the  land  bringeth  forth  faithful 
 
PSALM   LXXXVI. 
 
 589 
 
 Jooketh  down  from  heaven.  "  Also  Jehovah  will  give  the  good, 
 and  our  land  shall  give  lier  fruit.  "  Justice  shall  go  before  his  face, 
 and  he  will  put  her  footsteps  in  the  way. 
 
 increase,  answerable  to  God's  blessings  upon 
 it.  The  land  figuring  the  minds  of  men, 
 Heb.  vi.  6 — 8,  which  by  faith  apprehend 
 God's  mercy  in  Christ.  From  heaven,] 
 The  justice  of  God  through  faith,  not  our 
 own  justice,  which  is  of  the  law,  Phil.  iii.  9. 
 Ver.  13. — The  good,]  Or  good  things, 
 that  is,  the  good  gift  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  to 
 sanctify  his  people,  as  Luke  xi.  13,  compared 
 with  Mat.  vii.  11.    See  also  the  Note  ou  Ps, 
 
 Ixv.  5.  Our  land,]  Our  earthly  nature 
 sanctified,  brings  forth  good  fruits  in  Christ, 
 Mat.  xiii.  23.      See  Ps.  Ixvii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Justice  shall  go,]  Or,  "he 
 will  cause  justice  to  fi;o  before  him."  Will 
 PUT  HER  FOOTSTEPS,]  Or,  "  will  set  (her)  in 
 the  way  of  his  fooi-steps  :"  which  seemeth  to 
 mean  a  settled  course  of  walking  in  virtue. 
 Or,  when  he  shall  put  his  foot-steps  into  the 
 way. 
 
 PSALM    LXXXVL 
 
 David  stre7igthe?ieth  his  prayer  hy  the  convictions  of  his  religion,  5,  hy 
 tlie  goodness  and  power  of  God.  1 1 .  He  desireth  the  continuance  of 
 former  grace.  1  4.  Complaining  of  the  proud,  he  craveth  some  token  of 
 God's  goodness. 
 
 '  A  Prayer  of  David. 
 Bow  down  thine  ear,  Jehovah,  answer  me,  for  I  am  poor, 
 afflicted,  and  needy.  ^  Keep  my  soul,  for  I  am  merciful ;  thou  my 
 God  save  thy  servant,  that  trustctli  unto  thee.  ^  Be  gracious  unto 
 me,  Jeliovah  ;  for  unto  thee  do  I  call  all  the  day.  ^  Rejoice  tlie 
 soul  of  thy  servant,  for  unto  thee.  Lord,  lift  I  up  my  soul.  *  For 
 thou  Jehovah  art  good,  and  mercifully  pardonest,  and  art  full  of 
 mercy  to  all  that  call  upon  thee.  ^  Give  ear,  Jehovah,  to  my 
 prayer,  and  attend  to  the  voice  of  my  supplications  for  grace.  '  In 
 the  day  of  my  distress  will  I  call  unto  thee,  for  thou  wilt  answer 
 me.  ®  There  is  none  like  thee  among  the  gods,  O  Lord,  and  none 
 like  thy  works.  ^  All  nations  whom  thou  iiast  made,  shall  come 
 and  bow  down  themselves  before  thee,  O  Lord,  and  sliall  glorify  thy 
 name.  "  For  great  art  thou,  and  dost  marvellous  things  ;  thou  art 
 God  thyself  alone.     ^'  Teach  me,  O  Jehovah,  thy  way,  I  will  walk 
 
 Ver.  1. — A  prayer,]  The  like  title  is  of 
 Ps.  xvii.  To  Christ  may  this  psalm  fitly  be 
 applied. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Merciful,]  Or,  a  gracious 
 saint,  pious,  holy.  See  Ps.  iv.  4.  This  title 
 God  taketh  to  himself,  Jer.  iii.  12. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Lift  I  up,]  See  the  Notes  on  Ps. 
 XXV.  1.  The  Chald.  saith,  "lift  I  up  my 
 soul  in  prayer." 
 
 Ver.  5. — Mercifully  pardonest,]  Or, 
 art  propitious,  a  forgiver:  the  Chald.  addeth, 
 "  of  them  which  turn  to  the  law."     See  Ps. 
 
 XXV.   11. 
 
 Ver.  8 Among  the  cods,]    '  Though 
 
 there  be  that  are  called  gods,  whether  in 
 heaven  or  in  earth,  (as  there  be  many  gods, 
 and  many  lords,)  yet  unto  us  there  is  but 
 one  God,'  &c.  1  Cor.  viii.  5,  6;  '  All  the  gods 
 of  the  peoples  are  idols,'  Ps.  xcvi.  5.  Or,  by 
 gods  may  be  meant  angels,  as  the  Chald.  here 
 explaineth  it,  and  the  princes  of  the  world. 
 And  none,] To  wit,  cati  do  works  like  thine; 
 or,  'no  works  are  like  thy  works,'  Ps. 
 cxxxvi.  4. 
 
 Ver.  II. — Unite  wy  heaet,]  Apply  and 
 
590 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 in  thy  truth  ;  unite  my  heart  to  fear  thy  name.  '^  I  will  confess 
 thee,  O  Lord  my  God,  with  all  my  heart,  and  will  glorify  thy  name 
 for  ever.  '^  For  thy  mercy  is  great  toward  me,  and  thou  hast  deli- 
 vered my  soul  from  the  lowest  hell.  '^  O  God,  the  proud  are  risen 
 up  against  me,  and  the  assembly  of  violent  men  seek  my  soul,  and 
 they  have  not  set  thee  before  them.  '^  But  thou  Lord  art  a  God,  piti- 
 ful and  gracious,  long-suffering,  and  much  of  mercy  and  trutli,  "^Turn 
 the  face  unto  me,  and  be  gracious  to  me ;  give  thy  strength  to  thy 
 servant,  and  save  the  son  of  thine  handmaid.  "  Do  with  me  a  sign 
 for  good,  and  let  my  haters  see  and  be  abashed,  because  thou,  Jeho- 
 vah, hast  holpen  me,  and  comforted  me. 
 
 knit  it  to  thy  fear  only,  and  that  with  sim- 
 plicity. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Hell,]  Or,  grave,  the  state  of 
 death:  see  Ps.  xvi.  10. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Be  proud,]  Compare  this  with 
 Ps.  iiv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  15.— Pitiful,]  Or,  '  full  of  truth, 
 mercy,  and  tender  love.'  When  God's  name 
 was  proclaimed  before  Moses,  this  title  with 
 others  was  in  it,  Exod.  xxxiv.  v.  6.  Long- 
 suffering,]  Heb.  long  of  nostrils,  that  is, 
 of  anger  ;  long  ere  thou  be  angry.  The  nose 
 and  anger  have  one  name  in  Hebrew.  See 
 Ps.  ii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Son  of  thine  iiandm.-vid,] 
 That  is,  born  thy  servant,  of  godly  parents, 
 that  were  thy  servitors.  Of  Christ,  this  also 
 was  true,  the  son  of  Mary  the  Virgin,  the 
 handmaid  of  the  Lord,  Luke  i.  48.  See  the 
 like  speech,  Ps.  cxvi.  16. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Do  with  me  a  sign,]  Or,  sheio 
 it  me ;  that  is,  so  deal  with  me,  in  my  deli- 
 verance, and  preservation,  that  I  may  have 
 myself,  and  may  be  to  others  a  sign,  for  good.' 
 Korah  and  his  company  were  for  a  sign  to  the 
 Israelites;  Num.  xvi.  38;  xxvi.  10;  Jonah  a 
 sign  of  the  Ninevites,  and  Chi'ist  to  the  Jews, 
 Luke  xi.  30. 
 
 PSALM    LXXXVII. 
 
 The  nature  and  glory  of  the  church, 
 comfort  of  the  members  thereof 
 
 4.  The  increase,  honour,  ana 
 
 '  To  the  sons  of  Kora^   a  Psalm,  a  Song. 
 His  foundation  among  the  mountains  of    holiness.     ^  Jehovah 
 loveth  the  gates  of  Zion  above  all  the  dwelling-places  of  Jacob. 
 ^  Glorious  things  spoken  are  of  thee,  O  city  of  God,  Selah.    *  I  will 
 
 Ver.  1. — His  foundation,]  Or,  the  foun- 
 dation thereof,  God's  ground-work  of  the 
 temple,  which  was  built  upon  the  mountains, 
 Morijah  and  Zion,  2  Chron.  iii.  1;  Ps  ii.  6. 
 Some  refer  it  to  the  psalm,  the  foundation  (or 
 argument)  whereof  is  of  the  cliurch  of  Christ. 
 The  Cliald.  saith,  "  by  the  bands  of  the  sons 
 of  Korah  the  psalm  was  said,  and  the  song 
 founded  in  the  mouth  of  the  ancient  fathers. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Gates  of  Zion,]  The  public 
 assemblies  of  the  people.  See  the  notes  on 
 Ps.  ix.  15.  The  law  was  to  come  out  of 
 Zion,  Mic.  iv.  2,  and  the  sceptre  of  Christ's 
 kingdom,  Ps.  ex.  2.  Dwelling-places,] 
 These  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  "  Synagogues 
 
 of  the  house  of  Jacob,"  which  were  in  all  the 
 cities  of  Israel. 
 
 Ver.  3.— Spoken  is,]  That  is,  are  ■parti- 
 cularly spoken,  all  and  every  of  them.  Of 
 the  citt  of  God,]  That  is,  Jerusalem.  So 
 called  also,  Ps.  xlvi.  5;  xhiii.  2;  a  figure  of 
 the  church.  What  honourable  things  are 
 spoken  of  this  city,  see  Is.  Iiv.  Ix.  Ixii.  Ixv. ; 
 Rev.  xxi.  xxii.  The  Heb.  phrase,  in  thee, 
 is  rightly  turned  according  to  the  Gr.  of  thee, 
 or  coiicerning  thee:  which  many  times  hath 
 such  signification,  as  Ps.  Ixiii.  7  ;  Ixxi.  6; 
 cxix.  46;  1  Sam.  xix.  4;  so  also  in  the  Gr. 
 as  Rom.  xi.  2. 
 
 Ver.  4.— Rahab,]  Tliat  is,  as  the  Chald. 
 
PSALM    LXXXVII. 
 
 »91 
 
 make  mention  of  Rahab  and  Babel,  to  them  that  know  me  $  lo 
 Palestina  and  Tyrus  witli  Cush,  this  man  was  born  there.  *  And 
 of  Zion  it  shall  be  said,  man  and  man  was  born  in  her,  and  he  the 
 most  High  shall  establish  her.  ^  Jehovah  will  recount  when  he  writ- 
 eth  tlie  people  ;  tliis  man  was  born  there,  Selah.  '  And  singers,  as 
 players  on  flutes  ;  all  my  well-springs  in  thee. 
 
 paraphrast  saith,  "  the  Egyptians."  So  Egypt 
 is  called  Rahab,  in  Ps.  Ixxxix.  11;  Is.  li.9; 
 either  for  the  strength  and  pride  of  Egypt, 
 (which  the  word  rahab  signifieth,)  or  of  some 
 chief  city  so  named  ;  as  elsewhere  tsoan,  Ps. 
 Ixxviii.  12.  The  calling  of  Egypt  to  the  fel- 
 lowship of  the  church  is  also  prophesied,  Is. 
 xix.  19,  21,  25.  And  for  '  I  will  mention,' 
 the  Chald.  translateth,  "  the  Egyptians  and 
 Babylonians,  they  shall  mention  thy  praises." 
 Babel,]  The  Babyloyiiaiis :  see  Ps.  cxxxvii. 
 1,  their  chief  city  was  Babel.  Of  a  Christian 
 church  there,  mention  is  made,  1  Pet.  v.  13. 
 To  THEM,]  Or,  among  them  that  know  me, 
 to  wit,  my  familiars.  Palestine,]  The  Phi- 
 listines. See  Ps.  Ix.  10.  TvRus,]  The 
 Tyrians.  See  Ps.  xlv.  13.  Of  them  were 
 Christian  disciples.  Acts  xxi.  3,  4.  Cush,] 
 The  Ethiopians,  as  the  Gr.  translateth.  See 
 Ps.  Ixviii.  32.  This  man,]  That  is,  as  the 
 Gr.  saith,  these  men  ;  meaning  all  before 
 mentioned.  So  the  Heb.  often  speaketh  of  a 
 whole  nation,  as  of  one  man.  See  Ps.  xxv. 
 22;  cxxx.  8.  But  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it, 
 "  where  this  kingdom  is  born."  Was  born,] 
 In  the  city  of  God  aforesaid.  There,  of  im- 
 mortal seed  by  the  word  and  Spirit  of  God, 
 are  men  born  anew,  1  Pet.  i.  23;  Jam.  i.  18. 
 A  thing  to  come  is  here  set  down  as  already 
 done:  so  in  Ps.  ix.  6. 
 
 Ver.  5 Man  and  man,]  So  the  Gr.  also 
 
 expresseth  the  Hebraism.  Hereby  seemeth 
 to  be  meant,  every  man  successively,  as  Hist. 
 I.  8.  For  Jerusalem  is  the  mother  of  us  all. 
 Gal.  iv.  26.  (So  'day  and  day,'  is  every  day, 
 Esth.  iii,  4;  Ps.  Ixi.  9.)  Or,  '  man  and  man' 
 is 'many  men,' of  this  and  that  nation,  of 
 each  estate  and  degree.  Stablish  her,] 
 That '  the  gates  of  hell  shall  not  prevail  against 
 her,'  Mat.  xvi.  18.  Therefore  this  city  lieth 
 four-square,  settled  in  all  changes,  Rev.  xxi. 
 16;  Ezek.  xlviii,   15—20.     It  may  also  be 
 
 read,  '  and  he  will  stablish  her  on  high:'  and 
 so  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it;  and  Jerusalem 
 is  said  to  be  above.  Gal.  iv.  26. 
 
 Ver.  6 Writing  the  people,]  In  '  the 
 
 writing  of  the  house  of  Israel,'  that  is,  the 
 church,  Ezek.  xiii.  9;   Is.  iv.  3. 
 
 Ver.  7. — And  singers,]  Or,  andsingiiig 
 are,  &c.  This  may  have  reference  to  the 
 solemn  worship  of  God  used  in  the  church  of 
 Isiael,  where  singers  and  players  on  instru- 
 ments had  in  charge  continually  to  laud  the 
 Lord,  &c.,  1  Chron.  ix.  33;  xxv.  1,  2,  &c., 
 and  dances  were  used  at  their  holy  feasts,  to 
 honour  him  with,  Judg.  xxi.  19,  21.  So 
 Christ  the  Lamb  hath  harpers  with  him  on 
 Mount  Zion,  that  sing  as  it  were  a  new  song 
 before  the  throne.  Rev.  xiv.  1 — 3.  Or  it 
 may  respect  that  which  followeth,  '  all  my 
 springs  in  thee  (or  of  thee)  are  singing  (that 
 is,  do  sing)  as  also  dance,  (or  as  they  that 
 dance),'  that  is,  'shew  joyfulness.'  Players 
 ON  FLUTES,]  Or  dancers,  for  so  this  word  may 
 also  be  taken  for  dancing,  to  wit,  at  the  sound 
 of  the  flute  or  pipe  ;  as  Judg.  xxi.  21.  Com- 
 pare herewith.  Is.  xxx.  29.  The  Gr.  here 
 turneth  it,  rejoicers  :  and  it  may  foretell  the 
 joy  that  should  be  in  the  world  for  the  conver- 
 sion of  the  Gentiles.  My  well-springs,] 
 Or,  fountains,  streams  of  water,  as  Ps.  civ. 
 10,  that  is,  all  gifts  and  graces,  which  the 
 Scripture  noteth  by  lively  fountains  of  waters, 
 wherewith  they  are  refreshed  that  serve  God 
 in  his  temple  day  and  night,  Rev.  vii.  15, 
 17,  and  'well-springs  of  salvation,' Is.  xii.  3. 
 And  as  Christ  is  called  ^fountain,  so  is  his 
 church.  Song  iv.  15,  12.  In  thee,]  For 
 now,  *  unto  priucipalities  and  powers  in  hea- 
 venly places,  is  known  by  the  church  the 
 manifold  wisdom  of  God,'  Eph.  iii.  10;  1  Pet. 
 i.  12.  Or  we  may  read  it,  as  before  in  the 
 third  verse,  'of  thee  all  my  springs  do 
 sing,'  &c. 
 
592 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    LXXXVIIL 
 
 A  Prayer,  containing  a  grievous  complaint  of  manifold  miseries. 
 
 '  A  Song,  a  Psalm  to  the  sons  of  Korali :  to  tlie  master  of  the 
 music,  on  Machalatli  leannotli,  an  instructing  psalm,  of  Heman 
 the  Ezrachite, 
 
 ^O  Jehovah,  God  of  my  salvation,  by  day  I  cry  out,  and  in  the 
 night  before  thee.  ^  Let  my  prayer  come  before  thee ;  bow  thine 
 ear  to  my  shrill  cry.  *  For  my  soul  is  filled  with  evils,  and  my 
 life  drawetli  near  to  Iiell.  *  I  am  counted  with  them  that  go  down 
 tlie  pit ;  I  am  as  a  man  that  hath  no  strength.  ®  Among  tlie  dead, 
 free  like  the  slain,  that  lie  in  the  grave,  whom  thou  rememberest 
 no  more  ;  and  tliey  are  cut  away  from  thine  hand.  ''  Thou  hast 
 put  me  in  the  pit  of  the  lowest  places  ;  in  darkness  in  the  deep 
 places.  ^  Thy  wrathful  lieat  stayeth  upon  me  ;  and  with  all  tliy 
 billows  tliou  afflictest  me,  Selah.  ^  My  known  acquaintance  thou 
 hast  put  far  away  from  me,  liast  set  me /or  abominations  to  them  ; 
 I  am  shut  up  and  cannot  get  out.  ^°  Mine  eye  languisheth  through' 
 mine  affliction;  I  call  on  thee,  Jeliovah,  all  the  day.     I  spread  out 
 
 Ver.  1. — Machalath,]  a  kind  of  wind 
 iDstrument;  or,  hy  iuterpretation,  infirmity. 
 See  Ps.  liii.  1.  Leannoth,]  Or,  to  sing  by 
 turns,  which  is  when  one  part  answereth 
 another  in  singing  ;  it  may  also  be  interpreted 
 to  afflict,  or  humble.  This  song  is  the  most 
 doleful  of  all  the  bible,  full  of  complaints  even 
 to  the  end.  Heman  the  Ezrachite,]  So 
 the  next  psalm  is  entitled  of  Ethan  the  Ezra- 
 chite: there  were  two  of  this  name,  Heman 
 and  Ethan,  sons  of  Zerach  the  son  of  Judah 
 the  patriarch,  1  Chron.  ii.  4,  6,  men  renowned 
 for  their  wisdom,  1  Kin.  iv.  31;  also  Heman 
 and  Ethan,  singers  and  musicians  of  the  pos- 
 terity of  Levi  the  patriarch,  1  Chron.  xv. 
 17,  19;  xvi.  42.  Heman  being  the  son  of 
 Joel  the  son  of  Samuel  the  prophet,  1  Sam. 
 vi.  33,  himself  being  also  a  seer  or  prophet  in 
 king  David's  days,  1  Chron.  xxv.  5.  And  of 
 the  kingdom  promised  to  David  doth  Ethan 
 intreat,  Ps.  Ixxxix.  4,  &c.  Christ's  afflic- 
 tions and  kingdom  are  in  these  psalms  fore- 
 told ;  he  was  the  true  David.  Hos.  iii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Draweth  near,]  Or,  toucheth 
 hell,  or  the  grave.  So,  'to  touch  (or  come 
 near  to)  the  gates  of  death,'  Ps.  cvii.  IS. 
 
 Ver.  5. — A  man,]  Heb.  geber,  that  is,  a 
 strong  man;  but  without  ability  or  power  to 
 help  myself,  as  the  Gr.  saith,  helpless. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Free,]  That  is,  acquitted,  or 
 diitharged    from    the  troubles  and  affairs  of 
 
 this  life;  for  in  death  'the  prisoners  rest 
 together,  and  the  servant  is  iree  from  his 
 master,'  Job  iii.  18,  19,  or  free,  that  is, 
 sequestered,  apart  from  others;  as  king  Aza- 
 riah  being  leprous,  dwelt  in  a  house  of  free- 
 dom, that  is,  alone,  apart  from  other  men, 
 2  Kin.  XV.  5.  From  thine  hand,]  That  is, 
 from  thy  care,  help,  guidance,  &c.,  as  king 
 Azariah  before  said,  was  '  cut  off'  from  the 
 house  of  the  Lord,'  2  Chron.  xxvi.  21,  or  by 
 thine  hand;  and  so  understand  'from  the 
 land  of  the  living,'  as  Is.  liii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Pit  of  the  lowest  places,] 
 The  nethermost  pit,  as  the  Gr.  saith;  which 
 the  Chald.  paraphraseth  thus:  "in  captivity, 
 which  is  like  to  the  nether  pit."  Darkness,] 
 Or,  dark  places.  So  Ps.  cxliii,  3.  Deep 
 PLACES,]  Or,  gulfs.     See  Ps.  Ixix.  3. 
 
 Ver.  8.  — StatetHjJ  Or,  is  imposed,  and 
 lieth  hard.  Billows,]  Breakiiig  waves  of 
 the  sea.     See  Ps.  xlii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Set  me  abominations,]  That 
 is,  *  made  me  most  abominable  (or  loathsome) 
 to  every  of  them.'  Cannot  get  our,]  So 
 Lam.  iii.  7;  Job  xix.  8.  Of  this  phrase  see 
 the  note  on  Ps.  Ixxvii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Languisheth,]  Or,  pineth 
 away,  the  Chald.  saith,  "  droppeth  tears." 
 Compare  herewith,  Lev.  xxvi.  16. 
 
 Ver.  11. — The  deceased,]  Heb.  Be- 
 phaim:  dead  men   are  so  called,  as  being 
 
PSALM    LXXXIX.  593 
 
 my  hands  imto  thee.  "  Wilt  thou  do  a  miraculous  work  to  the 
 dead,  or  shall  the  deceased  rise  up,  shall  they  confess  thee,  Selah  ? 
 '^  Shall  thy  mercy  be  told  in  the  grave,  thy  faithfulness  in  perdi- 
 tion ?  ^^  Shall  thy  miraculous  ivork  be  known  in  the  darkness,  and 
 thy  justice  in  the  land  of  oblivion  ?  "  But  I,  unto  thee,  Jehovah, 
 do  I  cry  out,  and  in  the  morning  my  prayer  shall  prevent  thee. 
 '*  Wherefore,  Jehovah,  dost  thou  reject  my  soul ;  dost  thou  hide 
 thy  face  from  me  ?  '^  I  am  poor,  afflicted,  and  breathing  out  the 
 ghost  from  my  youtli ;  I  bear  tliine  affrightings,  I  am  doubtfully 
 troubled.  '^  Thy  wraths  pass  over  me,  thy  terrors  do  dismay  me. 
 "  They  compass  me  about  as  waters,  all  the  day  j  they  are  gone 
 about  against  me  together.  '^  Thou  hast  put  far  away  from  me 
 lover  and  fellow-friend,  my  known  acquaintance  are  in  darkness. 
 
 incurable  or  unrecoverable  to  life;  so  Is.  xiv.  I'rom  my  youth."     From  the  youth,]  Or, 
 
 9;  XXV).  14,  19;  Prov.  ii.    18;  ix.  18;  xxi.  for  the  shaking  off,  that  is,  the   'affliction.' 
 
 16.     See  also   Ps.   vi.  6.     Tlie  Chald.  ex-  Am  doubtfully  troubled,]  Or,  distracted 
 
 pouQdeth,  "shall  the  bodies  which  are  deli-  for  fear  le'^t  evil  should  befal  me. 
 
 vered  to  the  dust  rise  up  ?"  Ver.  17. — Dismay,]  Suppress,  or  cut  me 
 
 Ver.  12. — Perdition,]  Heb.  abaddon,  the  off.     The  Heb.  word  is  larger  than  usual,  to 
 
 grave  where  bodies  perish,  and  seem  to  be  lost.  increase  the  signification.     The  Gr.  turneth 
 
 So  Job  xxviii.  22;  xxvi.  6.  il  trouble. 
 
 Ver.  1,3. — DARK>fEss,]  That  is,  '  the  place  Vhr.  19. — My  known  acquaintance  are 
 
 and   state  of  the  dead,'  called  '  the  land  of  in  darkness,]  That   is,  withdraw  and    hide 
 
 darkness,  and  shadow  of  death,'  Job  x.  21,  them  from  my  sight;  and,  as  Job  complain- 
 
 22.     So  Eccl.  vi.  4.     Note  here  the  sundry  eth,  '  are  strangers  unto  me.'     See  Job  xix. 
 
 titles  given  to  the  state  of  death.     Land  of  13,  14.     Or  as  the  Gr.  referreth  it  to  the 
 
 oblivion,]  Where  dead  men  are,  as  is  before  former,  "  and  my  known  friends  (to  wit,  then 
 
 noted;  which  also  '  are  forgotten  out  of  mind,'  hast  put  far)  from  calamity ;"  or  fur  the  cala- 
 
 Ps.  xxxi.  13  ;  Eccl.  viii.  10;  ix,  5.  mity  that  is  upon  me.     Or,   as  the   Chald. 
 
 Ver.   16. — Breathing  out  the  ghost,]  paraphraseth,    "and    to   my  known    friends, 
 
 That  is,  ready  to  die,  expiring,  through  con-  dark  I  am  in  their  sight." 
 tinual  miseries.     The  Gr.  saith;  "in labours 
 
 PSALM    LXXXIX. 
 
 The  Fsahnist  praiseth  God  for  his  covenant,  6,  for  his  wonderful 
 power,  16,  for  the  care  of  his  church,  20,  and  for  his  favour  to  the 
 kingdom  of  David.  39-  He  complained  of  contrary  events,  47  expostu- 
 lateth,  prayeth,  and  blesseth  God. 
 
 ^  An  instructing  psalm  of  Ethan  the  Ezrachite. 
 ^  I  WILL  sing  the  mercies  of  Jehovah ^r  ever,  to  generation  and 
 generation  will  I  make  known  thy  faithfulness  with  my  mouth. 
 ^  For  I  said,  mercy  shall  be  built  up  for  ever  ;  the  heavens,  thou 
 
 Ver.  1 Of  Ethan,]  See  the  Note  on  Ps.  translateth,   "thou  (Lord)  saidst."      Built 
 
 Ixxxviii.  1.  up,]  That  is,  conserwrf,  propagated,  increased 
 
 Ver.  3 I  said,]  To  wit,  by  thy  Spirit,  continually.     In  them,]  Or,  with  them,  that 
 
 therefore  the  Gr.   changeth  the  person,  and  so  long  as  the  heavens  endure,  thy  faithfulness 
 
 Vol.  II.                                                     4  F 
 
594 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 wilt  stablisli  tliy  faithfulness  in  them.  "  I  liave  stricken  a  cove 
 nant  with  my  chosen,  I  have  sworn  to  David  my  servant.  *  I  will 
 stablish  thy  seed  unto  eternity  j  to  generation  and  generation  will 
 I  build  up  thy  throne,  Selah.  **  And  tiie  heavens  shall  confess  thy 
 marvellous  work,  Jehovah,  also  tliy  faithfulness  in  the  church  of 
 the  saints.  '  For  who  in  the  sky  may  be  compared  to  Jehovah, 
 may  be  likened  to  Jehovali  among  the  sons  of  the  mighties  ?  *  God 
 is  daunting  terrible  in  the  secret  of  the  saints,  very  much ;  and 
 fearful  over  all  round  about  him.  ^  Jehovah,  God  of  hosts,  who  is 
 like  thee,  mighty  Jah  ?  and  thy  faithfulness  is  round  about  thee. 
 "  Thou  rulest  over  the  swelling  of  the  sea  ?  when  the  waves  thereof 
 rise  high,  thou  stillest  them.  ^'  Thou  hast  beaten  down  Rahab  as  a 
 wounded  man,  tliou  hast  scattered  thine  enemies  with  the  arm  of 
 thy  strength.  '^  Thine  are  the  lieavens,  thine  also  is  the  earth  ;  the 
 world  and  plenty  thereof,  thou  liast  founded  them.  '^  The  north 
 and  the  right  side,  thou  createdst  them  ;  Tabor  and  Hermon,  in 
 
 shall  continue;  as  ver.  30,  37,  3S;  Ps.  Ixxii. 
 5;  cxix.  89;  or  hy  heavens  may  spiritually 
 be  meant  the  church,  called  often  'heaven,' 
 and  '  the  kingdom  of  heaven,'  Is.  Ixvi.  22; 
 Rev.  iv.  1,  2  ;  xii.  1  ;  xv.  1  ;  Mat.  iii.  2; 
 xiii.  24,  31 ;  and  the  planting  of  the  church  is 
 called  the  '  planting  of  the  heavens,'  Is.li.16. 
 
 Ver.  4. — My  cuos,-e^ ,']  Mine  elect  people. 
 Therefore  the  Gr.  changelh  the  number,  "  my 
 chosen  ones:"  but  the  Chald.  tran^lateth, 
 "With  Abraham  my  chosen."  David,] 
 The  figure  and  father  of  Christ,  according  to 
 the  flesh;  who  also  is  called  David,  Ezek. 
 xxxiv.  23;  Jer.  xxx.  9;  Hos.  iii.  5;  of  him 
 is  this  and  other  psalms  chiefly  to  be  under- 
 stood, Acts  ii.  30;  xiii.  .'56,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Thy  seed,  ]  Christ  and  Chris- 
 tians, the  children  ofClirist  the  son  of  David, 
 Heb.  ii.  13;  Rev.  xxii.  16.  Thy  throne,] 
 The  kingdom  of  Christ,  unto  whom  God  gave 
 the  'throne  of  his  father  David,  to  r^ign  over 
 the  house  of  Jacob  for  ever,'  Luke  i.  32,  33, 
 69;  'Jerusalem  is  this  throne,'  Jer.  iii.  17; 
 wliich  is  continually  builded  'of  God,'  Ps. 
 cxlvii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  6 — The  he.wens,]  The  heavenly 
 creatures,  angels  and  godly  men,  Luke  ii. 
 13,  14;  Phil.  iii.  20;  Rev.  vii.  9— 12.  So 
 the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  the  angels  of 
 heaven."  See  also  Ps.  1.  6.  In  the  church,] 
 Or,  in  the  congregation,  to  wit,  shall  be  con- 
 fessed or  celebrated. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Sons  of  the  mighties,]  Or,  of 
 the  gods,  that  is,  princes  of  the  world.  See 
 Ps.  xxix.  1;  Ixxxii.  1,  6.  Tiie  Gr.  saith, 
 "sons  of  God,''  whereby  also  angels  may  be 
 meant,  as  Job  i.  6 ;  and  so  the  Chald.  here 
 paraphraseth. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Daunting  terrible,]  In   Gr., 
 
 glorified.  See  Ps.  x.  18.  The  secret,]  Or 
 mystery;  or,  as  the  Gr.  turneth  it,  council ; 
 meam'ng  the  church  or  congregation,  where 
 the  secrets  or  mysteries  of  God's  kingdom  are 
 manifested,  Mat.  xiii.  11;  Rom.  xvi.  25;  1 
 Cor.  iv.  1;  Eph.  iii.  4.  This  word  is  sundry 
 times  used  for  a  'council'  or  'congregation,' 
 Ps.  cxi.  1 ;  Ezek.  xiii.  9;  Jer.  vi.  11;  xv. 
 17;  or  it  may  here  be  understood  of  'the 
 company  of  ani;els,'  as  1  Kin.  xxii.  19. 
 Very  much,]  To  wit,  terrible:  or,  referring 
 it  to  tlie  latter,  '  in  the  great  secret  council.' 
 Over  all.]  Or,  above  all.  See  Ps.  Ixxvi. 
 12.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth,  "above  all  the 
 angels  which  stand  round  about  him." 
 
 Ver.  11.— Rahab,]  In  Gr.  the  proud; 
 hereby  may  be  meant  the  Egyptians,  as  Ps. 
 Ixxxvii.  4,  (and  so  the  Cliald.  expoundeth  it 
 of  "Pharaoh  the  wicked  ;")  or,'  the  proud  sea,' 
 as  Job  xxvi.  12.  Both  were  subdued  when 
 Israel  came  out  of  Egypt,  Exod.  xiv.  xv.  See 
 Is.  Ii.  9.  The  '  raging  sea,'  and  'swelling 
 waters,'  do  also  signify  wicked  enemies  of 
 God  and  his  people.  Is.  Ivii.  20;  Jude  13. 
 Ps.  cxxiv.  4,  5.  Thine,]  Or,  to  thee  the 
 earth,  to  wit,  belongeth.      See  Ps.  xxiv.  1,2. 
 
 Ver.  13.— The  north,]  Which  God  hath 
 '  stretched  out  over  the  empty  place,'  Job 
 xxvi.  7.  The  right  side,]  That  is,  the 
 south,  as  the  Chald.  paraphrast  explaineth,  so 
 called,  because  a  man  standing  with  his  face 
 to  the  east,  as  they  were  wont  when  they 
 prayed,  the  south  is  on  his  right  hand.  So 
 the  east  is  called  kedem,  before ;  and  the  west, 
 achor,  that  is,  behind.  Job  xxiii.  8;  Is.  ix. 
 12.  It  seemeth  that  this  turned  to  supersti- 
 tion and  idolatry,  that  men  prayed  towards 
 the  east,  therefore  God  so  ordered  his  taber- 
 nacle and  temple,  that  all  'vorshipped  there, 
 
PSALM    LXXXIX. 
 
 }d5 
 
 thy  name  tliey  shall  shout.  '*  Thou  liast  an  arm  with  might;  strong 
 is  thy  hand,  exalted  is  thy  right  hand.  ^*  Justice  and  judgment  are 
 the  prepared  place  of  thy  throne  ;  mercy  and  trutli  go  before  thy 
 face.  '*  O  blessed  are  the  people  that  know  the  shouting  sound  ; 
 Jehovah,  in  the  light  of  thy  face  they  shall  walk  on.  "  In  thy 
 name  they  shall  be  glad  all  the  day,  and  in  thy  justice  shall  they 
 be  exalted.  '*  For  thou  art  the  glory  of  their  strength  ;  and  in  thy 
 favourable  acceptation  our  horn  shall  be  exalted.  '^  For  of  Jeho- 
 vah is  our  shield,  and  of  the  holy  one  of  Israel  our  king.  ^''  Then 
 spakest  thou  in  a  vision  to  thy  gracious  saint ;  and  saidst,  I 
 have  put  help  upon  a  mighty  one,  I  liave  exalted  owe  chosen 
 out  of  the  people.  ^'  I  have  found  David  my  servant;  with 
 oil  of  mine  holiness  have  I  anointed  him.  ^'  With  whom 
 mine  hand  shall  be  established  ;  also  mine  arm  shall  strengthen 
 him.  ^^  The  enemy  shall  not  exact  upon  him,  and  the  son  of 
 injurious  evils  shall  not  afflict  him.  ^*  And  his  distressers  I 
 will  beat  down  from  his  face,  and  them  that  hate  him  I  will  plague. 
 ^  And  my  faithfulness  and  my  mercy  shall  be  with  him,  and  in  my 
 
 with  their  faces  to  the  west,  Ezek.  viii.  16  ; 
 Exod.  xxvii;  Num.  iii.  Tabor,]  A  goodly 
 mountain  in  Galilee,  Jos.  xix.  22;  Judg.  iv. 
 6,  12.  Hermon',]  Another  fair  mountain 
 eastward  without  Jordan,  called  also  Shirion : 
 see  Ps.  xlii.  7;  xxix.  6;  by  these  are  meant 
 the  east  and  west  parts,  answerable  to  the 
 former  north  and  south;  as  tlie  Chald,  para- 
 phrast  saith,  "  Tabor  in  the  west  and  Chermon 
 that  is  in  the  east." 
 
 Ver.  15. — The  prepared  place,]  Es(a- 
 blish7nent,  or  base,  on  which  the  throne  is 
 settled  ;  so  the  word  sometimes  signifieth,  as 
 Ezra  iii.  3;  Ps.  civ.  5.  So  Ps.  xcvii.  2. 
 Go  BEFORE,]  Or,  come  before,  prevent,  as 
 pressed  and  ready  at  hand. 
 
 Ver.16. — The  SHOUTING  sound,]  Or,  the 
 alarm,  the  shrill  clanging  soimd  of  the  trum- 
 pet, which  was  blown  at  the  wars,  journeys, 
 assemblies,  solemn  feasts,  and  over  the  sacri- 
 fices of  Israel,  Ps.  Ixxxi.  4;  xvii.  6;  Num.x. 
 3,  9,  10;  Joel  ii.  1,  15;  or  the  shouting,  the 
 jubilation,  to  wit,  '  of  the  king  that  is  among 
 his  people,'  as  Num.  xxiii.  21 ;  who  by  the 
 sound  of  his  word,  as  of  a  trumpet,  warneth, 
 informeth,  and  guideth  his  people,  Is.  Iviii.  1. 
 Ezek.  xxxiii.  3 — 7,  S;  Hos.  viii.  1;  Jer.  vi. 
 17  ;  2  Chron.  xiii.  12,  15;  Zac.  ix.  14; 
 Rev.  i.  10;  iv.  1.  Light  of  thy  face,]  Tlie 
 favour  of  God  shining  in  the  gospel,  and  '  light 
 of  the  knowledge  of  the  glory  of  God  in  the 
 face  of  Jesus  Christ,'  John  xii.  ;S5;  2  Cor.  iv. 
 6.     See  also  the  Notes  on  Ps.  iv.  7;  xliv.  4. 
 
 Ver.  18. — The  glory,]  Or,  beauty,  by 
 whom  they  conquer  and  triumph  over  their 
 enemies.     Oca    horn,]   a   sign   of  honour, 
 
 strength,  kingdom,  glory,  and  salvation,  Ps. 
 cxii.  9;  xcii.  11;  cxlviii.  14;  1  Chron.  xxv. 
 5;   Luke  i.  69.      So  after,  in  ver.  25. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Of  Jehovah,]  Or,  to  him,  to 
 wit,  pertaineth.  Or  shield,]  That  is,  our 
 protectioti,  or  protector,  meaning  David  and 
 Christ.     See  Ps.  xlvii.  10. 
 
 Vee.  20. — In  a  vision,]  By  the  Spirit  of 
 prophesy.  Is.  i.  1;  Lam.  ii.  9.  To  thy 
 gracious  salnt,]  Tiiat  is,  saints,  (for  so  the 
 Gr.  changeth  the  number)  meaning  the  pro- 
 phets, Samuel  and  Nathan,  tlie  one  of  which 
 anointed  David,  the  other  foretold  of  the 
 perpetuity  of  his  kingdom,  1  Sam.  xvi;  2 
 Sam.  vii.  4,  5,  &c.  Put  help,]  The  Chald. 
 addeth,  for  my  people.  Upon  a  mighty 
 ONE,]  Or,  a  worthy,  a  champion,  meaning 
 David,  who  helped  God's  people  in  fighting 
 the  battles  of  the  Lord,  1  Sam.  xviii.  13,  14, 
 30.  But  chiefly  these  things  are  meant  of 
 Christ.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  cue 
 mighty  ill  the  law."  Chosen,]  And  conse- 
 quently beloved,  as  Matt.  xii.  18,  from  Is. 
 xlii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Oil  of  mine  holiness,]  That 
 is,  mine  holy  oil,  poured  on  David  by  Sa- 
 muel, on  Christ  the  Holy  Spirit,  1  Sam.  xvi. 
 1,  13;  Luke  iv.  IS,  21;  John  iii.  34. 
 
 Ver.  23. — The  enemies  shall  not  ex- 
 act,] Or,  not  seize,  as  a  creditor  doth  on  the 
 debtor.  Satan  and  death  prevailed  not  against 
 Christ,  though  he  became  surety  for  our 
 debts,  John  xiv.  30;  I  Cor.  15,  26;  Heb.  ii. 
 14.  See  this  word,  Ps.  Iv.  16.  Son  of 
 injurious  evil,]  That  is,  the  injurious, 
 ivicked  person :  this  promise  is  in  2  Sam. 
 
596 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 name  shall  his  horn  be  exalted.  ^^  And  I  will  set  his  hand  in  the 
 sea,  and  his  right  hand  in  the  rivers.  ^'  He  shall  call  on  me,  my 
 father  thou  ;  my  God  and  rock  of  my  salvation.  ^*  I  also  will  give 
 him  to  he  the  first-born,  high  above  the  kings  of  the  earth.  ^^  For 
 ever  will  I  keep  for  him  my  mercy,  and  my  covenant  shall  be 
 faithful  to  him.  ^°  And  liis  seed  I  will  put  to  perpetuity,  and  his 
 throne  in  the  days  of  heavens.  *'  If  liis  sons  shall  leave  my  law, 
 and  shall  not  walk  in  my  judgments.  ''"*  If  they  shall  profane  my 
 statutes,  and  not  keep  my  commandments.  ^  Then  will  I  visit  their 
 trespass  with  the  rod,  and  their  iniquity  witli  stripes.  '*  But  my 
 mercy  I  will  not  make  frustrate  from  with  him,  nor  deal  falsely 
 against  my  faithfulness.  '^  I  will  not  profane  my  covenant,  and  that 
 which  lias  gone  out  of  my  lips,  I  will  not  change.  '*  Once  I  have 
 sworn  by  my  holiness,  if  I  lie  unto  David.  '^  His  seed  shall  be  for 
 ever,  and  his  throne  as  the  sun  before  me.     ^^  As  the  moon  it  shall 
 
 TJi.  10,  applied  in  this  phrase  to  all  God's 
 people.  A  son  of  evil  is  one  addicted  and  given 
 over  to  it,  Deut.  xiii.  13.  So  'sons  of  death,' 
 Ps.  Ixxix;  'son  of  perdition,'  2  Thess.  ii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  26. — Set  his  hand,]  That  is,  give 
 him  power  and  dominion  over  them  that  dwell 
 by  the  sea  and  rivers;  whereof  see  the  notes 
 on  Ps.  vii. 
 
 Ver.  27. — My  father,]  So  God  pro- 
 mised, '1  will  be  his  father,  and  he  shall  be 
 my  son,'  2  Sam.  vii.  14.  The  apostle  appli- 
 eth  this  to  Christ,  and  proveth  hereby  that  he 
 is  greater  than  the  angels,  Heb.  i.  4,  5. 
 
 Ver. 28. — First-born,]  Or,  first  begotten, 
 that  is,  the  principal,  as  is  after  explained. 
 For  the  first-born  liad  three  prerogatives,  '  a 
 double  portion  of  goods,'  Deut.  xxi.  17;  'the 
 government  or  chiefty,  2  Chron.  xxi.  3 ;  and 
 'the  priesthood,'  Num.  viii.  14 — 17;  Mai.  ii. 
 5 — 7;  iii.  3.  See  the  Notes  on  Ps.  Ixxviii. 
 61.  This  honour  is  peculiar  to  Christ,  who 
 is  said  to  be  '  the  first-born  of  every  creature, 
 and  '  the  first-born  of  the  dead,'  '  that  in  all 
 things  he  might  have  the  pre-eminence,'  Col. 
 ii.  15,  18;  '  to  be  worshipped  therefore  of  all 
 the  angels  of  God,'  Heb.  i.  6,  and  'prince  of 
 the  kings  of  the  earth.  Rev.  i.  5.  The  Chald. 
 addeth,  "the  first  born  of  the  kings  of  the 
 house  of  Judah." 
 
 Ver.  30. — His  seed,]  Christians  born  of 
 God,  are  called  Christ's  seed  and  children,  Is. 
 liii.  10;  Heb.  ii.  13;  and  Christ  is  called  the 
 •  everlasting  Father,'  Is.  ix.  6.  His  throne,] 
 That  is,  kingdom,  which  shall  be  perpetual,  i 
 Sam.  vii.  13;  Heb.  i.  8;  Dan.  ii.  44;  vii. 
 14.  The  accomplishment  of  these  promises 
 cannot  be  found  in  Solomon,  whose  seed  and 
 throne  was  overthrown,  Jer.  xxii.  30;  Ezek. 
 xxi.  25—27. 
 
 Ver.  3i — If  his  sons,  &c.]  This  explain- 
 eth  the  promise,  'if  he  sin,'  6ic.  2  Sam.  vii. 
 
 14,  15,  for  being  understood  of  Christ,  he  pro- 
 perly sinned  not,  1  Pet.  ii.  22,  but  was  made 
 sin  for  us,  2  Cor.  v.  21  ;  and  the  sins  of  his 
 sons  or  people  are  counted  his,  for  '  God  laid 
 on  him  the  iniquity  of  us  all,'  Isa.  liii.  6. 
 
 Ver.  311. — With  the  rod,]  The  rod  of 
 men,  2  Sam.  vii.  14,  that  is,  with  moderate 
 correction,  and  for  their  profit,  that  they  may 
 be  partakers  of  my  holiness,  Heb.  xii.  6,  10. 
 
 Ver.  34. — Not  make  frustrate,]  Noi 
 break  off,  or  cea^e,  (as  Ps.  Ixxxv.  5,)  that  is, 
 not  utterly  take  ;  for,  the  mountains  shall 
 sooner  remove.  Is.  liv.  V  ;  and  no  afflictions 
 can  *  separate  us  from  the  love  of  God  which 
 is  in  Christ  Jesus  our  Lord,'  Rom.  viii.  35 
 — 39.  See  the  fulfilling  of  this  touching 
 David,  in  1  Kin.  xi.  6,  12,  13,  36,  39. 
 
 Ver.  36. — Once,]  Or  one  time.  See  Ps. 
 Ixii.  12.  Bt  my  holiness,]  By  myself,  who 
 am  the  holy  God,  Gen.  xxii.  IC;  Is.  v.  16. 
 •  Because  he  hath  no  greater  to  swear  by, 
 God  sweareth  by  himself,  and  willing  more 
 abundantly  to  show  the  heirs  of  promise  the 
 stableness  of  his  counsel,  bindeth  himstlf  with 
 an  oath,'  Heb.  vi.  13,  17,  18.  If  I  lie,]  That 
 is,  surely  /  will  not  lie ;  for  so  the  Heb. 
 phrase  is  sometimes  explained,  as  Mark  viii. 
 1'2,'  if  a  sign  be  given  to  this  generation,'  for 
 which  in  Mat.  xvi.  4,  is  written,  'a  sign  shall 
 not  be  given.'  So,  'if  they  shall  enter  into 
 my  rest,'  Ps.  xcv.  11;  Heb.  iii.  11,  which 
 the  apostle  openeth  thus,  'he  sware  that  they 
 should  not  enter,'  Heb.  iii.  18.  An  oath 
 usually  impliitth  an  imprecation,  which  for  the 
 most  part  is  concealed.  See  1  Sam.  xiv.  44; 
 1  Kin.  XX.  10. 
 
 Ver.  37. — As  the  sun,]  That  is,  perpe- 
 tual and  glorious,  as  the  Chald.  explaiiieth  it, 
 "shall  shine  as  the  sun."     See  Vs.  Ixxii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  38. — It  shall  be  stablisheh,]  Or, 
 which  is  stable,  referring  it,  as  doth  the  Gr., 
 
PSVLM    LXXXIX. 
 
 597 
 
 be  stablished  for  ever,  and  a  witness  in  the  sky  faithful,  Selah. 
 ^'  But  thou  hast  cast  off  and  refused,  hast  been  exceeding  wroth 
 with  thine  anointed.  ^"  Hast  abolished  the  covenant  of  thy  servant, 
 hast  profaned  Jiis  crown  to  the  earth.  "  Hast  burst  down  all  his 
 hedges,  hast  put  his  fortresses  a  ruin.  ^^  All  that  pass  by  the  way 
 rob  him,  he  is  a  reproach  to  his  neighbours.  "'  Thou  hast  exalted 
 the  right  hand  of  Iiis  distressers,  hast  rejoiced  all  his  enemies. 
 "  Also  thou  hast  turned  the  edge  of  his  sword,  and  hast  not  made 
 him  to  stand  in  the  battle.  **  Thou  hast  made  his  brightness  to 
 cease,  and  his  throne  thou  hast  cast  down  to  the  earth.  ^®  Thou 
 liast  shortened  the  days  of  his  youth,  hast  enwrapped  him  with 
 shame,  Selah.  "  How  long,  Jehovah,  wilt  thou  hide  thyself  to 
 perpetuity  ?  shall  thy  hot  wrath  burn  like  the  fire  ?  ^*  Remember 
 how  transitor_y  I  am  ;  unto  what  vanity  thou  hast  created  all  the 
 sons  of  Adam.  ^^  What  strong  man  shall  live  and  not  see  death  ; 
 shall  deliver  his  soul  from  the  hand  of  hell,  Selah  ? 
 
 '"  Wliere  be  those  thy  former  mercies,  Lord,  tliou  swarest  to 
 David  by  thy  faithfulness. 
 
 *'  Remember,  Lord,  the  reproach  of  thy  servants,  that  I  bear  in 
 my  bosom,  of  all  great  peoples.     ^^  Wherewith  thine  enemies,  Jeho- 
 
 to  the  7noon,  which,  although  it  sometimes 
 waxeth  and  waneth,  and  seemeth  to  be  gone, 
 yet  is  continually  renewed,  and  so  stable ;  a  fit 
 resemblance  of  the  throne  or  church  of  Christ, 
 which  hath  not  always  one  face  or  appearance 
 in  the  world,  though  it  be  perpetual.  And 
 A  WITNESS,]  The  moon  and  perpetuity  of  it, 
 with  the  successive  course  of  night  and  day, 
 is  made  a  witness  of  God's  faithfulness  in  his 
 covenant,  ,Jer.  xxxiii.  20,  21.  Christ  also 
 himself  is  called  'a  faithful  witness,'  Rev.  i. 
 5  ;  Is.  Iv.  4 ;  and  faithful  meaneth  stedfast, 
 as  2  Sam.  vii.  16,  compared  with  1  Chron. 
 xvii.  14,  and  that  '  lieth  not,'  Prov.  xiv.  5. 
 
 Veb.  39 — Box  THOo,]  Or,  and  thou,  a 
 word  of  grief  and  indignation,  as  Ps.  ii.  6. 
 iEthan  complaineth  of  the  miseries  of  the 
 church,  whereby  all  the  former  promises 
 seem  to  be  frustrated. 
 
 Veb.  40. — His  crown,]  Or,  diadem,  "pro- 
 faned  by  casting  '  to  the  ground.'  Nezer,  a 
 separation,  is  figuratively  used  for  a  crown  or 
 garland,  such  as  kings  wore,  2  Sam.  i.  10, 
 and  high  priests,  Ex.  xxix.  6,  as  being  a 
 sign  of  their  separation  from  others,  in  respect 
 of  some  dignity  or  holiness  ;  and  hereof  the 
 Nazarites  had  their  name,  Num.  ,vi.  2,  5,  7. 
 So  Ps.  cxxxii.  18. 
 
 Vkr.  42. —  Rob,]  Or,  rifle  him,  meaning 
 Christ  in  his  members  ;  for  that  which  is 
 done  to  any  one  of  them,  is  done  unto  him, 
 Acts  ix.  4  ;  Matt.  xxv.  40,  45. 
 
 Veb.  45. — His  brightness,]  Or,  ptirily, 
 
 that  is,  the  resplendent  glory  and  dignity  of 
 the  kingdom,  defiled  and  profaned  by  the 
 enemies. 
 
 Ver.  46. — Days  of  his  youth,]  Of  his 
 strength  and  vigour,  hastening  old  age  and 
 misery  upon  him,  Hos.  vii.  9.  See  the  con- 
 trary, Ps.  ciii.  5  ;  Job  xxxiii.  25. 
 
 Ver.  4S. — How  transitory,]  Or,  of 
 what  worldly  time,  of  what  short  durance  : 
 see  Ps.  xxxix.  6.  The  Gr.  turneth  it, 
 "  what  my  substance  is."  Compare  herewith 
 Job  x.  9,  10,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  49. — See  death,]  That  is,  die. 
 So  Luke  ii.  26  ;  Ps.  xvi.  10.  The  Chald. 
 saith,  "  see  the  angel  of  death."  The  hand 
 of  hell,]  Tlie  power  of  the  grave,  or  of 
 death.      See  Ps.  xlix,  16,  19. 
 
 Ver.  51. — Of  all  great  people,]  Or, 
 of  all  the  many  {the  multitudes  of)  people. 
 
 Ver.  52. — The  foot-steps,]  Or,  foot- 
 soles,  that  is,  the  ways,  life,  actions,  and  suf- 
 ferings, Ps.  Ivi.  7  ;  xlix.  6.  This  referred 
 to  Christ,  respecteth  the  oracle,  Gen.  iii.  15, 
 that  the  serpent  should  bruise  the  foot-sole  of 
 the  woman's  seed.  Referred  to  Christians, 
 which  follow  his  footsteps,  in  suffering  and 
 dying  with  him,  that  we  may  be  glorified 
 with  him,  1  Pet.  ii.  21 ;  Rom.  viii.  17.  It 
 noteth  the  scandal  of  the  cross  of  Christ;  to 
 'the  Jews  a  stumbling-block,  and  to  the  Greeks 
 foolishness,'  1  Cor.  i.  23;  1  Pet.  iv.  13,  14. 
 The  Chald.  understands  it  of  "  the  slack- 
 ness of  the  foot-steps." 
 
59£  PSALMS. 
 
 vah,  do   reproach;  wherewith  they  do  reproach  the  footsteps  of 
 thine  Anointed.     "  Blessed  be  Jehovah  for  ever.  Amen,  and  Amen. 
 
 Ver.  53.— Blessed  be,]  These  be  words  3,  4,  &c.     And  amen,]  Thus  is  this  third 
 
 of  faith  and  joy,  as  finding  an  issue  out  of  book  of  the  Psalms  also  conchided.     See  the 
 
 the  temptation,  and  rejoicing  in  the  midst  of  notes  on  Ps.  xli.  14  ;  Ixxii.  19. 
 tribulation,  as  Rom.  vii.  24,  25 ;  2  Cor.  i. 
 
 THE    FOURTH    BOOK. 
 
 PSALM    XC. 
 
 Moses  setting  forth  God's  providence :  3.  Complaineth  of  human 
 fragility:  7.  Divine  chastisements:  \0.  And  brevity  of  life  :  12.  He 
 prayeth  for  the  knowledge  and  sensible  experience  of  God's  good  provi- 
 dence. 
 
 '  A  prayer  of  Moses  the  man  of  God. 
 
 Lord,  thou  hast  been  to  us  an  habitation  in  generation  and  gen- 
 eration. 
 
 ^  Before  the  mountains  were  born,  and  thou  hadst  brought  forth 
 the  earth  and  the  world  ;  even  from  eternity  unto  eternity  thou  art 
 God.  ^  Thou  turnest  sorry  man  unto  contrition ;  and  say  est,  Return 
 ye  sons  of  Adam.  *  For  a  thousand  years,  in  thine  eyes,  are  as 
 yesterday  when  it  is  past,  and  as  a  watch  in  tlie  night,  *  Thou 
 carriest  them  away  with  a  flood,  they  are  as  a  sleep  in  the  morn- 
 ing, as  the  grass  that  is  changed,  ^  In  the  morning  it  flourisheth 
 and  is  changed ;  at  the  evening  it  is  cut  down  and  withereth. 
 
 Ver.  1. — The  man  of  god,]  That  is,  the  Ver.  4. — A  watch,]  A  ward  or  custody, 
 prophet,  as  Deut.  xxxiii.  1.  For  a  prophet,  which  is  about  three  hours  space  ;  for  the 
 a  seer,  and  a  man  of  God,  were  all  one,  I  Jews  divided  the  day  into  twelve  hours,  John 
 Sam.  ix.  6,  8,  9,  lO,  11.  The  Chald.  para-  xi.  9,  and  so  the  night,  which  they  subdivided 
 phrast  showeth  it  here,  saying,  "  A  prayer  into  four  watches,  Matt.  xiv.  15,  named  the 
 tliat  Moses  the  prophet  of  the  Lnrd  prayed,  evening,  midnight,  cock-crowing,  and  dawn- 
 when  the  people  of  the  house  of  Israel  had  ing,  Mark  xiii.  35  ;  Luke  xii.  38,  39  ;  Matt, 
 sinned  in  the  wilderness."  This  Psalm  hath  xxiv.  43.  See  also  Ex,  xiv.  24  ;  1  Sam. 
 reference  to  that  history  in  Num.  xiv.     An  xi.  11. 
 
 HABITATION,]  Or,  mansioti,  in  all  our  travels  Ver.  5. — A   sleep,]    The   Chald.    para- 
 
 in  this  terrible  wilderness,  Ex.  xxxiii.  14;  phraseth,  "If  thty  turn  not,  thou  wilt   bring 
 
 Deut.  i.  15;   xxxiii.  27.  death  upon  them,  which  is  like  a  sleep  unto 
 
 Ver.  2. — Were  born,]  This  and  the  next  them,    and    in    the    world    to    come    they 
 
 word,   brought  forth,  are    similitudes    taken  shall   be  changed,  as  the  grass  which  is  cut 
 
 from  procreation   of  children,  to   signify  the  down. 
 
 creation  of  the  world.  Like  speeches  are  in  Job  Ver.  6. — Is  changed,]  Or,  changeth,  to 
 
 xxxviii.  28,29,  of  the  rain,  dew,  ice, and  frost.  wit,  the  estate  thereof,  that   is,  sprouteth  or 
 
 Ver.  3. — Unto  contrition,]  Till  he  be  groweth,  as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it.     And 
 
 contrite,  or  broken,  that  is,   even   to  death  ;  so   the    Heb.    (which    generally  signifieth  a 
 
 as  tlie  Chald.  explaineth  it,  "  Thou  turnest  change,  passage,   or  shifting),   is  sometimes 
 
 man  for  his  sin  unto  death.     Return,]  The  used  for  the  better,  '  to  sprout,'  Job  xiv.  7. 
 
 bodg  to  the  earth,  Ps.  cxlvi.  4,  and  the  spirit  So  the  'change  the  strength,' Is.  xl.  31,  is  to 
 
 to  God,  Eccl.  xii.  7.  '  renew,'  or'  increase  it.* 
 
PSALM   XC. 
 
 599 
 
 '  For  we  are  consumed  in  thine  anger,  and  in  thy  wrathful  heat 
 we  are  suddenly  troubled,  ^  Thou  hast  set  our  iniquities  before 
 thee,  our  hidden  sins  to  the  light  of  thy  face. 
 
 ^  For  all  our  days  do  turn  away  in  thine  exceeding  wratli ;  we 
 have  consumed  our  years  as  a  thought.  '°  The  days  of  our  years, 
 in  them  are  threescore  and  ten  years ;  and  if  theT/  be  in  strengths, 
 fourscore  years ;  and  their  pride  is  molestation  and  painful  ini- 
 quity ;  for  it  is  cut  down  speedily,  and  we  fly  away.  "  Who 
 knoweth  the  strengtli  of  thine  anger,  and  according  to  tliy  fear, 
 thine  exceeding  wrath  ?  ^^  To  number  our  days,  so  make  thou  us 
 to  know,  that  we  may  apply  the  lieart  to  wisdom.  ''  Return, 
 Jehovah,  liow  long  !  and  let  it  repent  thee  concerning  thy  servants. 
 "  Satisfy  us  in  the  morning  with  thy  mercy,  that  we  may  shout 
 and  rejoice  in  all  our  days.  '*  Make  thou  us  rejoice,  according  to 
 the  days  tliou  hast  afflicted  us,  the  years  wherein  we  have  seen  evil. 
 '^  Let  thy  work  appear  unto  thy  servants,  and   thy  comely  lionour 
 
 Ver.  8. — Our  hidden  sins,]  Or,  sins  of 
 our  youth,  as  the  Chald.  here  taketh  it.  The 
 Heb,  wdrd  will  bear  both  ;  so  also  the  sense, 
 for  we  have  both  'secret  sins,'  Ps.  xix.  13, 
 and  'sins  of  our  youth,'  Ps.  xxv.  7,  which 
 God  often  punisheth  us  for.  Job  xx.  11.  To 
 THE  LIGHT  OF  THY  FACE,]  That  is,  knowing, 
 rememberiug,  manifesting,  and  punishing 
 them,  Jer.  xvi.  17;  Ps.  cix.  14,  15.  'For 
 the  Lord  lighteneth  things  that  are  hid  in 
 darkness,  and  maketh  the  counsels  of  the 
 heart  manifest,'  1  Cor.  iv.  5.  '  He  is  of 
 pure  eyes,  and  cannot  see  evil,'  Hab.  i.  13; 
 therefore  David  prayeth,  '  hide  thy  face  from 
 my  sins,'  Ps.  li.  10. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Do  turn  away,]  Or,  turn  the 
 face,  decline,  as  the  day  drawing  to  an  end, 
 Jer.  vi.  4.  As  a  thought,]  Or.a*  a  word, 
 a  sound,  that  passeth  out  of  the  mouth,  as 
 Job  xxxvii.  2 ;  'as  a  tale  that  is  told,'  for 
 man's  life  is  '  a  breath,'  or  '  vapour,'  Ps. 
 xxxix.  6 ;  James  iv.  14,  and  so  the  Chald. 
 translateth  it,  "  as  the  breath  of  the  mouth  in 
 winter."  Moses  bewaileth  the  decaying  of  the 
 people  in  the  wilderness,  for  they  came  out 
 of  Egypt  '  six  hundred  thousand  men,  Ex.xii. 
 37,  and  '  not  one  feeble  among  them,'  Ps.  cv. 
 37,  and  being  mustered  at  Mount  Sinai,  from 
 twentyyears old  and  above.they  were  603,550 
 men,  besides  the  '  tribe  of  Levi,' Num.  i.  46, 
 47  ;  but  for  their  sin  at  Kadesh,  God  sware 
 their  carcases  should  fall  in  the  wilderness. 
 Num.  xiv.  28,  29,  which  came  so  to  pass. 
 For  being  mustered  about  thirty-eight  years 
 after,  there  was  of  all  that  army  not  left  a 
 man  alive,  save  '  Caleb  and  Joshua,'  Num. 
 xxvi.  63,  64,  65. 
 
 Ver.  10. — If  they,]  The  years  be  in 
 strengths,  that  is,  most  strong  aud  valid :  or, 
 
 if  by  reason  of  great  strength.  Their  pride,] 
 Or,  prowess,  that  is,  the  excellency  or  lusty- 
 head  of  those  years,  the  bravest  of  them  is 
 but  misery.  Painful  iniquity,]  Pain  and 
 misery,  the  puin'shment  of  sin.  Iniquity  is 
 often  put  for  the  punishment  of  it,  Ps. 
 xxxii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  11. — According  to  thy  fear,]  Or, 
 as  thy  fear,  that  is,  who  knoweth,  or  acknow- 
 ledgeth,  thy  wrath,  so  as  thy  fear,  teacheth 
 men  to  do ;  meaning  by  fear,  either  God's 
 law,  as  Ps.  xix.  10,  or  his  fearful  judgments 
 upon  sinners,  which  should  strike  a  fear  into 
 men's  hearts,  Deut,  xiii.  11 ;  Ps.  cxix.  120; 
 Jonah  i.  16.  Or,  as  thy  fear,  that  is,  so  as  to 
 fear  thee  for  thy  wrath,  and  by  it  to  depart 
 from  evil,  as  Prov.  xvi.  6 ;  2  Cor.  v.  10,  1 1 ; 
 or  '  even  according  to  thy  fear,  so  is  thy 
 wrath.'  The  Chald,  paraphraseth,  "  Who 
 knoweth  to  turn  away  the  strength  of  thine 
 anger,  but  the  just  which  fear  thee,  appeasing 
 thy  wrath." 
 
 Ver.  12. — May  apply,]  Or,  may  bring, 
 may  make  come.  To  wisdom,]  Or,  may  get 
 a  heart  of  wisdom,  that  is,  a  wise  heart;  and 
 so  may  bring  it  to  thee,  when  we  shall  come 
 to  judgment, 
 
 Ver.  13. — How  long  ?]  TFili  thou  afflict 
 us  ?  as  the  Chald.  paraphraseth  ;  or,  '  wilt 
 thou  defer  to  help  us  ?'  see  Ps.  vi.  4.  Repent 
 THEE,]  To  wit,  of  the  evil  intended  or  inflicted 
 upon  thy  servants,  as  Deut.  xxxii.  36  ;  Joel 
 ii.  13  ;   Jonah  iii.  10;  Jer,  xviii.  S. 
 
 Ver.  14. — In  the  morning,]  That  is, 
 early,  after  the  dark  night  of  afflictions.  See 
 Ps.  v.  4  ;  XXX,  6. 
 
 Ver.  15. — The  years,  &c.,]  That  is,  as 
 we  have  been  many  days  and  years  afflicted, 
 so  let  us  have  many  years  of  comfort. 
 
600 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 unto  their  sons.  "  And  let  the  pleasantness  of  Jehovah  our  God, 
 be  upon  us,  and  the  work  of  our  Iiands  establish  thou  upon  us ; 
 yea,  tlie  work  of  our  liands,  establish  thou  it. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Tny  comely  honour,]  Or, 
 7nagnificence,  in  releusiiig  us  i'lom  trouble, 
 aiiH  refreshing  us  with  mercy. 
 
 Ver.)  7. THEPLEASANTNESS,]Or,^ea«<y, 
 
 that  is,  the  accomplishments  of  thy  covenant 
 and  promise  to  our  fathers,  let  now  be  seen 
 upon  us.  So  the  stafl',  beauty,  (or  pleasant- 
 ness) in  the  Lord's  hand,  signified  his  cove- 
 
 nant with  them,  Zach.  xi.  7,  10,  or  generally 
 it  meaneth God's  'amiable  grace  and  favour.' 
 See  Ps.  xxvii.  4.  The  Chald.  expounds  it, 
 "  the  pleasantness  of  paradise."  Stablish,] 
 Or,  direct,  firm,  and  sure.  For  the  Lord 
 '  worketh  all  our  actions  for  us,'  Is.  xxvi.  12; 
 and  <  without  him  we  can  do  nothing,'  John 
 XV.  5. 
 
 PSALM    XCL 
 
 The  state  of  the  godly  .-     3.  Their  safety  :     9-   Their  habitation  : 
 11.  Their  keepers ;    14.  Their  friend,  with  the  effects  of  them  all. 
 
 ^  He  that  sitteth  in  the  secret  of  the  Most  High,  shall  lodge  him- 
 self in  the  shadow  of  the  Almighty.  ^  I  will  say,  of  Jehovah,  my 
 safe  hope  and  my  fortress,  my  God,  in  him  will  I  trust :  ^  For  he 
 will  deliver  thee  from  the  snare  of  the  fowler,  from  the  woful  pes- 
 tilence. *  He  will  cover  thee  with  his  wing,  and  under  his  feathers 
 thou  shalt  hope  for  safety ;  his  truth  shall  be  a  buckler  and  a  shield. 
 '  Thou  shalt  not  fear  for  the  dread  of  the  night,  for  the  arrow  that 
 flieth  by  day.  *  For  the  pestilence  that  walketh  in  the  darkness ; 
 for  the  stinging  plague  that  wasteth  at  noon-day.  '  A  thousand 
 shall  fall  at  thy  side,  and  ten  thousand  at  thy  riglit  hand ;  unto 
 thee  it  shall  not  come  near.  ^  Only  with  thine  eyes  shalt  tliou 
 behold,  and  shalt  see  the  reward  of  the  wicked.  ®  Because  thou 
 Jehovah,  my  safe  hope,  the  Most  High,  thou  hast  put^r  thy  man- 
 
 Ver.  1. — Secret,]  In  Gr.  help.  Shall 
 LODGE,]  Or,  that  lodge,  abideth.  Shadow,] 
 That  is,  defence,  as  Num.  xiv.  9.  So  the 
 Gr.  saith,  "  protection;"  the  Chald.  addeth, 
 "  shadow  of  the  clouds  of  the  glory  of  the 
 Almighty." 
 
 Ver.  2 I  will  say,]  Or, do  say,  namely, 
 
 to  that  man,  for  his  further  comfort  and  assur- 
 ance, as  ver.  3,  &c. ;  or,  in  his  name,  putting 
 myself  for  an  example.  The  Gr.  for  more 
 plainness  changeth  the  person  thus,  "  He 
 shall  say  to  the  Lord,  thou  art  mine  helper," 
 &e.  The  Chald.  addeth, «'  David  said,  I  will 
 say,  &c.  Of  Jehovah,]  Or,  to  him,  that  he 
 is  my  safe  hope,  or  my  shelter. 
 
 Ver. 3. — Of  the  fowler,]  As  Ps.  exxiv. 
 7,  or  hunter,  meaning  the  devil,  that  hath 
 the  power  of  death,  and  seeketh  to  destroy, 
 Heb.  ii.  14;  1  Pet.  v.  8.  The  wofql 
 PESTILENCE,]  Heb.,  the  pest  of  woful  evils. 
 
 that  is,  the  most  woful,  noisome,  and  con- 
 tagious pest. 
 
 Ver.  5. — The  dread  of  the  night,]  The 
 dreadful  evil  that  terrifieth  in  the  night, 
 Prov.  iii.  25 ;  Song  iii.  4.  Arrow,]  So  the 
 pestilence  is  called,  Deut.  xxxii.  ;  Ezek.  v. 
 16.  The  Chald.  calleth  it,  <'The  arrow  of  the 
 angel  of  death." 
 
 Ver.  e.. — The  stinging  plague,]  The 
 murrain,  or  pest,  that  suddenly  pricketh  and 
 destroyeth,  Deut.  xxxii.  24.  The  apostle  in 
 Gr.  calleth  it  '  a  sting,'  or  <  prick,'  1  Cor.  xv. 
 65,  from  Hosea  xiii.  14,  as  there  the  Seventy 
 turned  it.  The  Chald.  here  expounds  it, 
 "  the  company  of  devils."  At  noon-dat,] 
 That  is,  openly.     So  Jer.  xv.  8. 
 
 Ver.    8 Shalt    thou    behold,]    Or, 
 
 regard,  consider,  as  the  Gr.  turneth  it. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Because  thou  Jehovah,]  An 
 imperfect  speech,  as   in  ver.  2  understand. 
 
PSALM    XCII. 
 
 001 
 
 sion.  "  There  shall  not  befal  unto  thee  any  evil,  and  the  plague 
 shall  not  come  nigh  thy  tent,  "  For  his  angels  will  he  command 
 for  thee,  to  keep  thee  in  all  thy  ways.  '^  Upon  their  hands  shall 
 they  bear  thee  up,  lest  thou  dash  thy  foot  against  a  stone.  '^  Thou 
 shalt  tread  upon  the  fierce  lion  and  the  asp,  thou  shalt  tread  down 
 the  lurking  lion  and  the  dragon.  '*  Because  he  cleaveth  unto  me, 
 therefore  will  I  deliver  him  :  I  will  set  him  on  high,  because  he 
 knoweth  my  name.  '*  He  shall  call  on  me,  and  I  will  answer  him  ; 
 with  him  will  I  be  in  distress  ;  I  will  release  him,  and  will  honour 
 liim.  '®  With  length,  of  days  will  I  satisfy  him,  and  will  make  him 
 to  see  my  salvation. 
 
 '  Because  thou  sayest,'  *  thou  Jehovah  art,' 
 &c.,  or, '  Because  thou  hast  put  Jehovah  who 
 is  my  covert  :  even  the  Most  High  hast  thou 
 put  for  thy  mansion,  or  dwelling  place.' 
 
 Ver.  10.  Befal  unto  thee,]  Or,  occa. 
 sionally  be  sent,  be  thrust  upon  thee,  or 
 caused  to  come  unto  thee.     So  Prov.  xii.  21. 
 
 Ver.  12.  Upon  their  hands,]  Or,  their 
 palms,  which  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  "  their 
 strength."  This  scripture  the  devil  alleged, 
 when  he  tempted  Christ  to  throw  down  him- 
 self headlong,  Matt.  iv.  6  ;  Luke  iv.  10,  11; 
 but  some  of  these  words  are  there  omitted. 
 Lest  thou  dash,]  Or,  that  thou  dash  (or 
 hurt)  not.  •  The  angels  are  all  ministering 
 spirits,  sent  forth  to  minister  for  their  sakes 
 which  shall  be  heirs  of  salvation,'  Heb.  i,  14 ; 
 see  also  Ps.  xxxiv.  8.  A  stone,  J  The  Chald. 
 interprets  it,  "  evil  concupiscence,  which  is 
 like  unto  a  stone." 
 
 Ver.  13.  The  fierce  lion,]  Or,  libbard, 
 in  Heb.  "  shachal."  Of  lions  there  be  divers 
 kinds.  See  Ps.  vii.  3.  Asp,]  Or,  cockatrice, 
 basilisk,  as  the  Gr.  here  turneth  it.  See  Ps. 
 Iviii.  5.  Under  these  names  are  meant  all 
 other  things  dangerous,  or  adverse  to  the  life 
 
 of  man,  which  by  faith  are  overcome, as  Mark 
 xvi.  17,  IS  ;   Heb.  xi.  33,  34. 
 
 Ver.  14. — He  cleaveth  to  me,]  Or,  is 
 fastened,  that  is,  ati'ected  to  me,  in  faith, 
 hope,  love,  delight,  &c.  The  Chald.  expounds 
 it,  "  to  my  word."  '  God  cleaveth  in  love  to 
 his  people,'  Deut.  vii.  7 ;  so  they  also  unto 
 him.  The  Gr.  here  turueth  it,  "  he  hoped 
 in  me."  Elsewhere  it  is  commonly  used  for 
 fast  love  and  pleasure.  Gen,  xxxiv.  8  ;  Is. 
 xxxviii.  17;  Deut.  xxi.  11,  Set  him  on 
 HIGH,]  To  wit,  in  a  safe  defenced  place,  as 
 the  word  importeth.  Therefore  the  Gr.saith, 
 "  I  will  protect  him."  See  the  notes  on  Ps. 
 XX.  2. 
 
 Ver.  15. Honour  him,]  CjVe  him  honour 
 
 or  glory.  Elsewhere  his  people  are  said  to 
 honour  or  glorify  him,  Ps.  1.  13 ;  see  1  Sam. 
 ii,  30. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Satisfy,]  Or,  ^2i;e  him  his  Jill. 
 So  Abraham,  Isaac,  David,  Job,  &c.  are  said 
 to  be  full  or  satisfied  with  days,  Gen.  xxv.  8; 
 XXXV,  29;  1  Chron.  xxiii.  1  ;  Job  xlii.  17. 
 Make  him  to  see,]  That  is,  to  enjoy,  or 
 show  him.     See  Ps.  1.  23. 
 
 PSALM    XCIL 
 
 The  prophet  teacheth  how  good  it  is  to  praise  God,  5  for  his  great 
 works,  7  for  his  judgments  on  the  nicTxed,  1 1  and  for  his  goodness  to 
 the  godly. 
 
 '  A  Psalm,  a  song  for  the  day  of  Sabbath. 
 
 ^  It  is  good  to  confess  to  Jehovah,  and  to  sing  psalms  to  thy 
 
 Ver.  1. — Of  Sabbath,]  That  is,  of  ces- 
 sation, or  resting,  to  wit,  from  our  own 
 works,  u'ills,  ways,  and  tvords,  Ex.  xx,  10; 
 Is.  Iviii.  13  ;  Heb.  iv.  10;  which  day  was 
 the  seventh  from  the  creation,  wherein  God 
 rested  from  all  his  work,  and  blessed  and 
 
 Vol.  II.  4  G 
 
 sanctified  it,  and  commanded  it  to  be  kept 
 holy  unto  him,'  Gen.  ii,  2,  3;  Exod.  xx. 
 8,  which  was  a  token  of  his  mercy  unto, 
 and  sanctification  of  his  people,  Neh.  ix.  14; 
 Ex.  xxxi.  13,  14.  This  day  was  sanctified 
 by  an  holy  convocation  or  assembly   of  the 
 
602 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 name,  O  Most  High.  ^  To  show  forth  thy  mercy  in  the  morning, 
 and  thy  faithfuhiess  in  the  night.  *  Upon  the  ten-stringed  instru- 
 ment, and  upon  tlie  psaltery,  with  meditation  upon  tlie  liarp. 
 *  For  thou  liast  rejoiced  me,  O  Jehovah,  Avith  thy  work ;  in  tlie  acts 
 of  thy  hands  will  I  shout.  ®  How  great  are  tliine  acts  Jehovah  ! 
 very  deep  are  tliy  thoughts.  '  A  brutish  man  knoweth  not,  aud 
 an  unconstant  fool  understandeth  not  this.  ^  When  wicked  men 
 spring  up  as  tlie  grass,  and  all  that  Avork  iniquity  do  flourish ;  tliat 
 they  sliall  be  abolished  unto  perpetuity.  ^  But  thou  art  high  for 
 ever,  Jehovah.  "  For  lo  thine  enemies  Jehovah ;  for  lo  thine 
 enemies  shall  perish  -.  tliey  shall  be  scattered,  all  that  work  ini- 
 quity. '^  And  my  liorn  sliall  be  exalted  as  the  unicorns ;  mine  old 
 age  shall  be  anointed  with  fresh  oil.  '^  And  mine  eye  shall  behold 
 on  mine  enviers  :  of  evil  doers  that  rise  up  against  me,  mine  ears 
 shall  hear.  "  The  just,  he  shall  spring  up  as  a  palm  tree,  as  a 
 cedar  in  Lebanon  shall  he  grow.  "  They  that  are  planted  in  the 
 house  of  Jehovah,  in  the  courts  of  our  God  shall  they  flourish. 
 "  Yet  shall  they  sprout  in  grayness :  they  shall  be  fat  and  green. 
 
 people,  Lev.  xxiii.  3;  offering  of  sacrifices, 
 Num.  xxviii.  9,  10  ;  singing  of  psalms,  as 
 this  title  showeth;  with  2  Chron.  xxix.  26, 
 27;  reading  and  expounding  the  scriptures, 
 Acts  xiii.  15  ;  xv.  21;  "  praying,"  Acts  xvi. 
 13;  disputing,  conferring,  meditating  of  God's 
 word  and  works.  Acts  xvii.  2  ;  xviii.  4;  and 
 doing  works  of  mercy  to  them  that  were  in 
 need,  Mat.  xii.  2—7,8,  U,  12.  The  Chald. 
 paraphraseth  thus,"  An  hymn,  a  song  which 
 the  first  mail  Adam  said  for  the  Sabbath 
 day." 
 
 Ver.  3 In  the  nights,]  See  Ps.  cxxxiv. 
 
 Ver.  4. — With  meditation,]  Or,  medi- 
 tated song,  or  upon  Higgajon  ivith  the  harp. 
 The  word  signifieth  meditation,  as  Ps.  ix.  17. 
 Here  some  think  it  to  be  the  name  of  an 
 instrument,  or  a  solemti  sound.  The  Gr. 
 turneth  it  "  a  song." 
 
 Ver.  5. — With  thy  work,]  Which  is, 
 all  done  well  and  perfectly,  Gen.  i.  31  ;  ii. 
 2,  3  ;   Dent,  xxxii.  4. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Shall  be  scattered,]  Or, 
 shall  disperse  themselves.  The  Chald.  par- 
 aphrast  saith,  "shall  be  separated  from  the 
 congregation  of  the  just  in  the  world  to 
 come." 
 
 Ver.  11. — Shall  be  exalted,]  Or,  thou 
 wilt  exalt  as  the  unicorns,  therewith  to 
 smite  mine  enemies,  as  Dent,  xxxiii.  17. 
 The  horyi  signifieth  kingdom,  and  strength, 
 and  glory ;  and  the  Chald.  here  translateth 
 it  "  strength,"  see  Ps,  Ixxv.  5,  11 ;  Ps.  xxii. 
 22.  Mine  old  age,]  So  also  the  Gr.  trans- 
 Uteth  it :  or,  when  /  am  old.      After  which 
 
 seemeth  to  be  understood,  shall  he  anointed 
 (or,  as  before,  shall  he  exalted')  with  oil. 
 Oftentimes  words  are  not  expressed,  which 
 are  understood  ;  as  is  observed  on  Ps.  Ixix. 
 11  ;  xviii.  7,  29.  Others,  for  mine  old  age, 
 do  turn  it,  '  I  shall  be  anointed.'  Fresh,] 
 Or,  green  oil. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Mine  eye  shall  view,]  To 
 wit,  evil ;  or  "  destruction,"  as  the  Chald. 
 explaiaeth  ;  or,  the  reward  of  my  foes,  see 
 Ps.  liv.  9;  xci.  8.  Shall  hear,]  The 
 Chald.  addeth,  "  the  voice  of  their  break- 
 ings." 
 
 Ver.  13. — Palm  tree,]  Or,  date  tree, 
 which  groweth  not  in  these  cold  parts  :  it  is 
 a  tree  of  tall  and  upright  stature,  whereto 
 the  Scripture  hath  reference.  Song  vii.  7,, 
 '  the  branches  fair  and  green,  wherewith  they 
 made  booths  at  their  solemn  feasts,'  Lev. 
 xxiii.  40;  '  the  fruit  pleasant  to  eat,'  Song 
 vii.  8 ;  Ex.  xv.  27.  This  tree,  though  laden 
 and  pressed,  yet  endureth  and  prospereth  ; 
 therefore  the  branches  carried  in  the  hand, 
 or  worn  in  garlands,  were  signs  of  victory, 
 Rev.  vii.  9.  With  such  graven  trees,  the 
 walls  of  God's  house  and  other  holy  things 
 were  beautified,  1  Kings  vi.  29  ;  vii.  36  ; 
 figures  of  the  flourishing  estate  of  the  godly 
 always,  as  this  Psalm  sheweth,  with  Ezek.  xl. 
 16,  26,  31;  xli.  18,  19,  20;  whereas  the 
 wicked's  prosperity  is  momentary, '  as  grass,' 
 ver.  8.  A  cedar,]  See  the  Note  on  Ps. 
 xxix.  5. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Sprout,]  Or,  grow,  waxing 
 in  stature  and  fruitfulness,  through  the  bless- 
 ing of  God,  in  whose  house  they  are  planted. 
 
PSALM  XCIII. 
 
 603 
 
 "  To  show  that  Jehovah  is  righteous  ;  my  Rock,  and  no  injurious 
 evil  is  in  him. 
 
 1  Cor.  iii.  6.  Unto  this  are  all  God's  people 
 exhorted,  Eph.  iv.  15,  16;  Col.  i.  10.  The 
 Chald.  paraphraseth,  "  Yet,  as  their  fathers 
 shall  they  procreate  children."  In  grayness,] 
 Or,  koary  age,  when  natural  strength  decay- 
 eth  ;  God  ministereth  vigour  above  nature. 
 See  Ps.  Ixxi.  9,  IS  ;  Is.  Ixv.  22 ;  Heb.  xi. 
 11,  12. 
 
 Ver.  16. — No  INJURIOUS  EVIL,]  No  man- 
 ner of  injustice,  for  the  Heb.  hath  a  letter 
 more  than  ordinary  to  increase  the  significa- 
 tion, as  Ps.  iii.  3  ;  exxv.  3.  And  this 
 respecteth  Moses'  speech,  Deu\  xxxii.  4, 
 where  injurious  evil  is  opposed  to  God's 
 faithfulness  in  liis  administration. 
 
 PSALM   XCIIL 
 
 The  majesty,  power,  and  holiness  of  Christ's  kingdom. 
 
 '  Jehovah  reigneth,  is  clothed  with  high  majesty  j  clothed  is 
 Jehovah,  hath  girded  himself  with  strength :  the  world  also  is 
 established,  it  shall  not  be  moved.  ^  Stable  is  thy  throne  from 
 then,  thou  art  from  eternity.  ^  The  floods  have  lifted  up,  O  Jeho- 
 vah, the  floods  Jiave  lifted  up  their  voice,  the  floods  lift  up  their 
 dashing  noise.  *  Than  the  voices  of  many  waters,  the  wondrous 
 strong  billows  of  the  sea ;  more  wondrous  strong  is  Jehovah  in  tlie 
 Iiigh  place.  ^  Thy  testimonies  are  very  faithful ;  holiness  becometh 
 thine  house,  Jehovah,  to  length  of  days. 
 
 Vkr.  1. — Is  CLOTHED,]  Or,  hath  'put  on, 
 to  wit,  as  an  ornament,  and  iu  abundant 
 measure  ;  for  so  '  clothing  '  doth  signify,  Ps. 
 Ixv.  14.  Girded  himself,]  That  is,  'is  in 
 a  readiness  to  perform  his  work,'  Is.  viii.  9; 
 Luke  xii.  35. 
 
 Ver.  2. — From  then,]  That  is,  from  the 
 time  that  thou  hast  been;  which  is,  'from 
 eternity;  or,  before  then,  which  the  Chald. 
 expoundeth,  "the  beginning."  This  phrase 
 spoken  of  God  or  Christ  meaneth  '  eter- 
 nity,' Prov.  viii.  12.  In  respect  of  the  crea- 
 tures, it  is  the  '  beginning  of  time,'  Is. 
 xliv.  8. 
 
 Ver.  3. — The  floods,]  These  are  often 
 put  for  '  the  tumultuous  rage  and  tyranny  of 
 people,'  Ps.  Ixv.  8  ;  xviii.  5  ;  Is.  xvii.  12, 
 13.  But  here  the  Chald.  explaineth  it  of 
 their  "  lifting  up  their  voice  with  song." 
 
 Ver.  4. — Wondrous  strong,]  Excellent, 
 or,  magnificent  billows.  This  phrase  is 
 taken  from  Exod.  xv.  10.  See  also  this 
 word,  Ps.  viii.  2.  The  high  place,]  Or, 
 height,  that  is,  heaven.     So  Ps.  Ixxi.  19. 
 
 Ver.  o. — Faithful.]  Or,  ynade  sure, 
 constant.  See  the  note  on  Ps.  xix.  8.  To 
 length  of  days,]  That  is,  for  ever.  See 
 Ps.  xxi.  5 ;  xxiii.  6, 
 
604  PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    XCIV. 
 
 The  prophet  calling  for  justice,  complaineth  of  tyranny  and  impiety  > 
 8.  He  teacheth  God's  providence.  1 2.  He  sJioweth  the  blessedness  of 
 chastisement.     1 6.  God  is  the  defender  of  the  afflicted. 
 
 *  O  God  of  vengeance,  Jehovah ;  O  God  of  vengeance,  shine 
 thou  clearly.  ^  Be  thou  lifted  up,  O  Judge  of  the  earth ;  render  a 
 reward  unto  the  proud.  ^  How  long  shall  the  wicked,  O  Jehovali ; 
 how  long  shall  tlie  wicked  show  gladness  ?  ^  Sliall  they  utter, 
 shall  they  speak  a  hard  word ;  shall  they  boast  tliemselves,  all  that 
 work  iniquity  ?  ^  Thy  people,  Jehovah,  tliey  bruise  in  pieces,  and 
 afflict  tliine  heritage,  ^  They  slay  the  widow  and  the  stranger,  and 
 murder  the  fatlierless.  '  And  say,  Jah  sliall  not  see,  nor  Jacob's 
 God  understand.  *  Understand,  ye  brutisli  among  the  people  ;  and 
 unconstant  fools,  when  will  ye  be  prudent  ?  *  He  that  planted  the 
 ear,  shall  not  he  hear  ?  or  he  tliat  formed  the  eye,  shall  not  he  see  ? 
 '"He  that  cliastiseth  tlie  heathen,  shall  not  he  rebuke?  he  that 
 teacheth  man  knowledge  ?  "  Jehovah  knoweth  the  thoughts  of 
 man,  that  they  are  vanity.  '^  O  blessed  is  the  man,  he  whom  thou 
 chastenest,  O  Jah,  and  teachest  him  out  of  thy  law.  '^  To  give 
 him  quietness  from  the  days  of  evil,  until  a  pit  of  corruption  be 
 digged  for  the  wicked.  "  For  Jehovah  will  not  leave  his  people, 
 and  will  not  forsake  his  inheritance.     '^  But  judgment  shall  return 
 
 Ver.  1. — God  of  vengeance,]  To  whom  Ver.  11. — The  thoughts  of  men,]  The 
 
 vengeance  belongeth,  as  Deut.  xxxii.  35,  and  inward  decepiations  and  reasonings  of  all 
 
 which  punishest  evils.     So  elsewhere  he  is  Tnen,  even  the   wisest.     This  sentence  Paul 
 
 called  '  the  God  of  recompenses,'  Jei.  li.  56.  allegeth  against  the  wisdom  of  the  world,  1 
 
 Shine  clear,]  To  our  comfort,  and  our  foes'  Cor.  iii.  20,  and  as  an  expositor,  instead  of 
 
 terror.     See  Ps.  1.  2;   Ixxx.  2.  men,  he  putteth  the  wise. 
 
 Ver.  2, — Be  lifted  up,]  On  thy  throne,  Ver.    12. — The  man,]   Heb.   geler,  the 
 
 and  in  thy  just  judgment.     So  Ps.  vii.  7,  8.  mighty.      Chastenest,]  Or,  nurturest,  in- 
 
 Ver.  4. — Utter,]  Or,  talk  lavishly,  well  structest,  as  this  word  is  Englished,  Deut.  iv. 
 
 out  as  a  fountain.     See  Ps.  xix.  3  ;    James  36,  which  this  place  seemeth  to  have  refer- 
 
 iil.  11.      A  HAV.n  WQKV>,~\  Hard  things,  diir-  ence  unto.      Y or  chastisement  or  restraint   is 
 
 able  reproaches.    See  Ps.  xxxi.  19.    Boast,]  by  word  or  deed.     And  here  the  doctrine  of 
 
 Or.c.valt  themselves  with  speaking  and  apply-  God's  law  is  opposed  to  all  wise  men's  cogi- 
 
 iiig  things   to  their  own  praise.     This  word  tations. 
 
 is  used  in  the  good  part,  Is.  Ixi.  6.  Ver.  14. — Not  leave  his  people,]  Nut 
 
 Vrr.  9. — That  planted  the  ear,]  That  give  them  over,  or  reject  them,  as  the  Gr.  turn- 
 is,  made  and  set  it  in  the  body.  So  in  Is.  eth  it,  to  wit,  those  whom  he  hath  foreknown 
 li.  16,  lie  is  said  '  to  plant  the  heavens.'  and  chosen,'  because  it  hath  pleased  the  Lord 
 
 Ver.  10.. — Man  knowledge,]  Here  is  to  to  make  them  his  people,' as  1  Sam.  xii.  22; 
 
 be   understood,  shall  not  he   know?     Such  Rom.  xi.  1,  2,  &c 
 
 imperfect  speeches,  through  passion  of  mind,  Ver.  15. — Judgment  shall  return  to 
 
 are  often  in  Scripture,  Ps.  vi.  4  ;  2  Sam.  v.  justice,]  That   is,    severity  to  mercy;   the 
 
 S  ;  supplied  in  1  Chron.  xi.  6.      The  Chald.  rigour  of  the  law  changed  to  the  clemency  of 
 
 rr.aketh  this  paraphrase,  "  Is  it  possible  that  the  gospel.     So  judgment  is  often   used   for 
 
 he  hath  given  the  law  to  his  people,  and  they  sentence  of  'punishment,  as  Jer.  Hi.  9,  and 
 
 not  be  rebuked  when  they  sin?    Did  not  God  justice  ior  grace  and  mercy.      See  Ps.  xxiv. 
 
 teach  the  first  man  knowledge  ?  "  5.     Or,  judgment,  which,  in  the  affliction  of 
 
PSALM   XCV.  605 
 
 unto  justice ;  and  after  it,  all  the  upright  in  heart.  '*  Wlio  will 
 rise  up  for  me  against  evil  doers  ?  who  will  stand  up  for  me  against 
 the  workers  of  iniquity  ?  ^''  Unless  Jehovah  had  been  an  helpful- 
 ness unto  me,  my  soul  had  almost  dwelt  in  silence.  "  When  I  said. 
 My  foot  is  moved,  thy  mercy,  Jehovah,  stayed  me  up.  '^  When 
 many  were  my  cogitations  within  me,  thy  consolations  delighted 
 my  soul.  ^°  Shall  the  throne  of  woful  evils  have  fellowship  with 
 thee,  which  frameth  molestation  by  a  decree  ?  ^'  They  run  by 
 troops  against  tlie  soul  of  the  just,  and  condemn  as  wicked  the 
 innocent  blood.  ^^  But  Jehovah  is  to  me  for  an  high  refuge  ;  and 
 my  God,  for  the  rock  of  my  safe  hope.  '"*'  And  he  will  return  upon 
 them  their  iniquity,  and  in  their  malice  he  will  suppress  them  : 
 Jehovah  our  God  wiU  suppress  them. 
 
 God's    people,    and    the     prosperity    of  the  branches  of  a  tree,  (for  so  the  word  properly 
 
 wicked,  seemeth  to  be  parted  from  Justice,  sigiiifieth),  therefore  the  Gr.  tumeth  it  "sor- 
 
 shall  return  unto  it,  when  the  godly  are  deli-  rows."     So  Ps.  cxxxix.  23. 
 
 vered,  and  the  wicked  punished.    After  it,]  Veh.  20. — Of  woful  evils,]  Or,  ofmis- 
 
 So  the  Gr.  turneth  it ;  or,  after  Mm,  mean-  chiefs,  the  mischievous  tyrannical  throne  of 
 
 iug  God.  the  unrighteous  judge,  shall  it  have  fellow- 
 
 Ver.  16. — Who  will  rise  dp,]  Or,  who  ship  (or  be  joined)  with  thee  (O  God),  mean- 
 
 standeth  up,  namely,  to  assist  me?  meaning,  ing,  it  shall  not,  as,  '  Shalt  thou  build?'  2 
 
 no  man  doth.  Sam.  vii.  5,   is,  '  Thou   shalt   not   build,'  1 
 
 Veb.  17.— An  helpfulness,]  That  is,  a  Chron.  xvii.  4.     See  also  Ps.  v.  5.     Which 
 
 full  help.  See  Ps.  xliv.  17.   In  silence,]  The  fr.-vmeth,]  Or,  he  that  frameth,  or  formeth. 
 
 place  of  stillness  and   silence,   that  is,  the  Bv  a  d-ecre^,']  Or,  for  a  statute,  a  law. 
 
 grave,  as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it.     So  Ps.  cxv.  Ver.  21. — Run  by  troops,]  Combine  and 
 
 17.     See  also  Ps.  xlix.  13.  gathered  together  as  banded  to  fight.     In  Gr. 
 
 Ver.  18. — Is  moved,]  Or,  slippeth.    See  thet/  hunt  for. 
 
 Ps.  xxxviii.  17.  Veb. 23. — Will  TVR^,']lleh.  hath  turned, 
 
 Veb.  19. — My  cogitations,]  My  care-  that  is,  will  assuredly  turn.     In  their  mal- 
 
 ful    troubled     thoughts,    perplexed    as    the  ice,]  Or,  for  their  evil. 
 
 PSALM    XCV. 
 
 An  exhortation  to  praise  God,  3  for  Ms  greatness,  6  and  for  Ms  good- 
 ness. 8.  A  roaming  not  to  harden  the  heart  against  God's  word,  as 
 Israel  had  done,  who  therefore  entered  not  into  his  rest. 
 
 '  Come,  let  us  shout  joyfully  to  Jehovah,  let  us  shout  triumph- 
 antly to  the  Rock  of  our  salvation.  ^  Let  us  prevent  his  face  with 
 confession,  with  psalms  let  us  sliout  triumphantly  to  him,  ^  For 
 Jehovah  is  a  great  God,  and  a  great  King  above   all  gods.       *  In 
 
 Ver.  1. — Come.J   Or,  go  to.      The  holy  Veb.    2.— Prevent,]    Come   first,   and 
 
 Spirit  by  David  thus  exhorteth  Israel  to  laud  speedily. 
 
 the    Lord,    and   obey  his  voice.       For    he  Ver.  3. — Great  Gi.)n,]  Or,  great  poten- 
 
 penned  this  psalm,  Hel).  iii.  7  ;  iv.  7.     The  fate,  Ml.     So  Christ  is  also  entitled,  Tit.  ii. 
 
 Rock,]  Meaning  CAm^,  as  the  apostle  show..  13.     All  gods,'\  Angels,  princes,  ot  false 
 
 eth,  Heb.  iii.  6,  7.     The  Gr.  translateth  it,  gods,  Ps.  viii.  6;  Ixxxii.  6  ;  xcvi.  4,  5. 
 
 '•  God  our  Savioui."  Ver.  4. — Deep  places,]  Or,  deep  closets. 
 
006 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 whose  hands  are  the  deep  places  of  the  earth,  and  the  strong 
 heights  of  tlie  mountains  are  his.  ^  Whose  tlie  sea  is,  for  he  made 
 it,  and  the  dry  land  liis  hands  have  formed.  "  Come,  let  us  bow 
 down  ourselves,  and  bend  :  let  us  kneel  before  Jehovah  our  maker. 
 'For  he  is  our  God,  and  we  are  tlie  people  of  his  pasture,  and  sheep 
 of  his  hand,  to-day  if  ye  will  hear  his  voice  :  ®  Harden  not  your 
 heart,  as  in  Meribah,  as  in  the  day  of  Massah  in  the  wilderness. 
 "  Where  your  fathers  tempted  me,  proved  me,  also  saw  my  work. 
 ^^  Forty  years  I  was  grieved  with  that  generation,  and  said,  they 
 are  a  people  erring  in  heart,  and  they  know  not  my  ways.  "  So 
 that  I  sware  in  mine  anger,  if  they  shall  enter  into  my  rest. 
 
 rieb.  "searchings,"  that  is,  deep  secret 
 places  for  which  search  is  made,  Job  xxviii. 
 1,  2,  &c.,  and  which  cannot  by  man's  search 
 be  found,  Job  xxxviii.  4,  5,  6,  IS.  Strong 
 HEIGHTS,]  Or,  u-earisome  heigtds,  high 
 mounts  which  weary  men  to  climb  them  ; 
 but  the  word  hath  also  a  signification  of  strong, 
 and  not  being  wearied,  Num.  xxiii.  22. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Of  his  hand,]  That  is,  of  his 
 guidance,  Ps.  Ixxvii.  21;  see  also  Ps.  c.  3. 
 To-DAT,]  Hereby  is  meant  the  whole  time 
 wherein  Christ  speaketh  by  his  gospel,  Heb. 
 iii.  7,  13,  15;  iv.  7,  8. 
 
 Ver.  8.— In  Meribah,]  That  is,  in  the 
 contention,  {or  provocation,  as  the  Gr.  turn- 
 eth  it.)  The  name  of  a  place  in  the  wilder- 
 ness, where  Israel  '  contended  with  Moses, 
 and  tempted  the  Lord  saying.  Is  the  Lord 
 among  us  or  no  ?  because  there  was  no  water 
 for  the  people  to  drink.  Therefore  he  called 
 the  place  Massah  (temptation)  and  Meribah 
 (contention),'  Ex.  xvii.  1,  2 — 7.  Also  an- 
 other place,  where  again  '  they  contended 
 with  Moses,  and  with  the  Lord,'  Num.  xx.  1, 
 3,  13.  Day  of  Massah,]  That  is,  of  temp- 
 tation ;  by  day  again  we  may  understand 
 the  tuhole  space  wherein  they  tempted  God 
 ten  times,  as  is  said.  Num.  xiv.  22.  So  the 
 '  flay  of  salvation,'  2  Cor.  vi.  2,  is  the  time 
 theieof.     Yet  there   was  a  special  day  and 
 
 place  of  temptation  named  '  Massah,'  Ex. 
 xvii.  2,  7,  whereupon  Moses  warned  the 
 people,  '  Ye  shall  not  tempt  the  Lord  your 
 God,  as  ye  tempted  him  in  Massah,' Deut.vi. 
 16. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Tempted  me,]  Hereupon  the 
 apostle  saith,  '  they  tempted  Christ,'  1  Cor. 
 X.  9.  My  work,]  That  is,  zuorks,  Heb.  iii. 
 9,  both  in  miraculous  mercies  giving  them 
 bread  from  heaven,  and  waters  out  of  the 
 rock,  &c.,  Ps.  Ixxviii.  15  ;  xxiii.  &c.,  and 
 in  punishments  for  their  rebellions,  Ps. 
 Ixxviii.  31,  33,  &c.;  Heb.  iii.  17.  For 
 works  sometimes  signifieth  reward,  Ps.  cix. 
 20;  Job  vii.  2;   Lev.  xix.  13. 
 
 Ver.  11, — If  they  shall  enter,]  That 
 is,  they  shall  not  enter,  Heb.  iii.  11,  18,  a 
 part  of  the  oath  is  not  uttered;  see  Ps.  Ixxxix. 
 36.  This  oath  was  made  at  Kadesh,  where 
 the  people  through  unbelief  refused  to  enter 
 the  promised  land,  Num.  xiv.  21,  22,  23,30, 
 32;  Heb.  iii.  17,  19.  My  rest,]  The  land 
 of  Canaan,  Deut.  xii.  9  ;  1  Chron.  xxiii.  25, 
 a  figure  of  a  better  rest  which  we  that  have 
 believed  the  word  do  enter  into,  Heb.  iv.  3  ; 
 for  if  that  land  (wherein  now  they  were)  had 
 been  their  rest,  David  would  not  have  spoken 
 of  another.  '  There  remaineth  therefore  a 
 rest  for  the  people  of  God  ;'  let  us  study  to 
 enter  into  it,'  Heb.  iv.  8,  9,  11. 
 
 PSALM    XCVL 
 
 An  exhortation  to  praise  God  for  his  greatness.  5.  The  vanity  of 
 idols.  8.  God  only  is  to  be  served.  9.  His  re'ign  and  judgment  is  to  he 
 showed  to  the  Gentiles. 
 
 ^  SiNG  ye  to  Jehovah  a  new  song,  sing  ye  to  Jehovah  all  the 
 earth,     ^  Sing  ye  to  Jehovah,  bless  ye  his  name,  preach  the  good 
 
 Ver.I. — Anew  song,&c.]  SeePs 
 3.     This  Psalm  is  a  part  of  that  song 
 
 xxxiii. 
 
 where- 
 
 with God  was  celebrated  when  the  ark  of  his 
 covenant  was  brought  with  joy  into  David's 
 
PSALM    XCVI. 
 
 607 
 
 tidings  of  his  salvation  from  day  to  day.  ^  Tell  among  the  nations 
 his  glory,  among  all  people  his  marvellous  works.  *  For  great  is 
 Jehovah,  and  praised  vehemently,  fearful  he  is  above  all  gods. 
 *  For  all  the  gods  of  the  people  are  vain  idols,  but  Jehovah  made 
 the  heavens.  ®  Glorious  majesty  and  comely  lionour  are  before 
 liim,  strength  and  beauteous  glory  in  his  sanctuary.  '  Give  to 
 Jeliovah,  ye  kindreds  of  the  people,  give  to  Jehovah  glory  and 
 strength.  "  Give  to  Jehovah  the  glory  of  his  name  ;  take  up  an 
 oblation,  and  come  into  his  courts.  ^  Bow  down  yourselves  to 
 Jehovah  in  the  comely  honour  of  the  sanctuary,  tremble  ye  at  liis 
 feet  all  the  eartli.  "  Say  ye  among  the  nations,  Jehovali  reigneth, 
 the  world  also  shall  be  stablished,  it  shall  not  be  moved,  he  will 
 judge  the  people  with  righteousnesses.  "  Let  the  heavens  rejoice, 
 and  the  earth  be  glad :  roar  let  the  sea,  and  the  plenty  thereof. 
 ^^  Let  the  fields  show  gladness,  and  all  that  therein  is :  tlien  let  all 
 the  trees  of  the  wood  shout  joyfully.  '^  Before  Jehovah,  for  he 
 Cometh,  or  he  cometh  to  judge  the  earth :  lie  will  judge  the  world 
 with  justice,  and  the  people  with  his  faithfulness. 
 
 city  from  Obed-edom's  house,  1  Chron.  xvi. 
 23,  &c.  And  it  containeth  a  prophecy  of 
 Christ's  kingdom,  and  of  the  calling  of  the 
 Gentiles  from  idols  to  serve  and  praise  the 
 living  God. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Preach  the  good  tidings,]  Or, 
 evayigelize  •  see  Ps.  xl.  10. 
 
 Veb.  4. — Praised,]  And  praiseworthy  ; 
 see  Ps.  xviii.  4. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Vain  idols,]  Or,  things  of 
 nought,  as  the  apostle  openeth  this  word,  say- 
 ing, '  we  know  that  an  idol  is  nothing  in  the 
 world,'  1  Cor.  viii.  4.  Elim  and  Elohim, 
 in  Heb.  are  Gods.  Of  strength,]  Elilim, 
 idols ;  as  being  Al-Etim  not  gods,  without 
 strength.  So  elsewhere  they  are  plainly 
 called  Lo-Elohim,  no  gods,  2  Chron.  xiii.  9, 
 U7iable  to  do  good  or  evil,  and  unprofitable, 
 Jer.  X.  5  ;  Is.  xliv.  9,  10.  And  as  the 
 name  of  God  is  joined  with  things  to  show 
 their  excellency,  Ps.  xxxvi.  7;  so  is  this  con- 
 trariwise, to  show  their  vanity  ;  as  of  '  phy- 
 sicians,' Job  xiii.  4;  of  'shepherds,'  Zach. 
 xi.  17  ;  of  false  doctrine,'  Jer.  xiv.  14.  The 
 
 Or.  here  turneth  it  daimonia,  devils,  by 
 which  name  idols  are  railed,  I  Cor.  x.  19,20; 
 Rev.  ix.  20;  2  Chron.  xi.  15. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Beauteous  glory.]  For  this  in 
 1  Chro.  xvi.  27  is  written  Joyfulness. 
 
 Ver.  7.— Give,  &c.,]  Compare  Ps.  xxix. 
 1,  2.  The  Chald.  expoundeth  it.  "  Bring  a 
 new  song  to  God." 
 
 Ver.  S. — To  his  courts,]  To  his  face,  or 
 presence,  as  1  Chron.  xvi.  29. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Of  the  sanctuary,]  Or,  of 
 sanctity;  see  Ps.  xxix.  2.  Tremble,]  Or, 
 be  pained,  as  in  travail  of  child-birth. 
 
 Ver. 10. — With  righteousnesses,]  That 
 is,  most  righteously. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Let  rejoice,]  Or,  shall 
 rejoice  ;  and  so  the  rest.  So  Ps.  xcviii.  7,  S, 
 9.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth,  "  Let  the 
 hosts  of  heaven  rejoice,  and  the  just  of  the 
 earth  be  glad." 
 
 Ver.  13. — With  justice,]  Ot,  in  justice, 
 that  is,  justly  :  so  Rev.  xix.  11  ;  Acts  xvii. 
 31  ;  Ps.  xcix. 
 
608 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    XCVIL 
 
 The  % 
 judgments 
 ness. 
 
 of  God's  kingdom.     7.  The  Church  rejoiceth  at  Gods 
 idolaters.     10.  An  exhortation  to  godliness  and  glad- 
 
 '  Jehovah  reigneth,  let  the  earth  be  glad,  let  the  many  isles 
 rejoice.  ^  Cloud  and  gloomy  darkness  are  round  about  him,  justice 
 and  judgment  are  the  stable-place  of  his  throne.  ^  Fire  goeth 
 before  him,  and  flameth  round  about  his  distressers.  ^  His  light- 
 nings illuminate  the  world,  the  earth  seeth  and  trembleth.  *  The 
 mountains  like  wax  melt  at  the  presence  of  Jehovah,  at  the  pre- 
 sence of  the  Lord  of  all  the  earth.  ^  The  heavens  declare  his  jus- 
 tice, and  all  people  see  his  glory.  ^  Abashed  be  all  tliey  that  serve 
 a  graven  thing,  that  gloriously  boast  themselves  in  vain  idols ;  bow 
 down  yourselves  to  him  all  ye  gods.  ^  Zion  heareth  and  rejoiceth,  • 
 and  glad  are  the  daughters  of  Judah,  because  of  thy  judgments, 
 Jehovah.  "  For  thou  Jehovah  art  higli  above  all  the  earth,  vehe- 
 mently art  thou  exalted  above  all  gods.  '°  Ye  lovers  of  Jeho- 
 vah, hate  evil ;  he  keepeth  the  souls  of  liis  gracious  saints,  he 
 will   deliver   them   from   the   hand   of  the  wicked.      "  Light  is 
 
 Ver.  1. — Jehovah,]  That  is,  Christ, 
 called  'Jehovah  our  justice,' Jer.  xxiii,  6,  6. 
 Of  him  and  his  reign  is  this  Psalm,  as  verse  7 
 manifesteth.  The  many  isles,]  That  is, 
 nations  or  Gentiles  A\ye\\\ng  in  the  isles;  as, 
 '  the  isles  shall  wait  for  his  law,'  Is.  xlii.  4, 
 which  is  expounded  thus,  'the  Gentiles  shall 
 trust  in  his  name,'  Mat.  xii.  21 :  so  Is. 
 Ix.  9. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Gloomy  darkness,]  See  Ps. 
 xviii.  10.  Tliis  iioteth  the  terror  of  his  doc- 
 trine and  administration,  Mai.  iii.  2  ;  Mat. 
 iii.  12;  as  at  the  law  giving,  Deut.  iv. 
 II.  The  Chald.  saith,  "A  cloud  of 
 glory  and  gloomy  darkness."  Stable- 
 place,]  Establishment,  or  base  ;  see  Ps. 
 Ixxxix.  15. 
 
 Ver,  3. — Fire,]  Severe  judgments  for 
 Christ's  enemies,  as  Is.  xlii.  25  ;  Ixvi.  15, 
 16  ;  Ps.  1.  3. 
 
 Ver.  4, — Illuminate,]  Or,  have  illum,- 
 ined;  as  at  the  giving  of  the  law  there  were 
 'thunders,  lightnings,  voices,  earthquakes,' 
 Sec,  Ex.  xix.,  so  the  like  proceed  from 
 the  throne  of  Christ,  Rev.  iv.  5.  Trem- 
 bleth,] Or,  is  pained  ;  see  Ps.  Ixxvii. 
 17. 
 
 Ver.  5. — At  the  presence,]  Or,  from 
 the  face. 
 
 Ver.  6. — The  heavens,]  Heavenly  crea- 
 tures, as  thunder,  lightning,  tempest,  &c., 
 or  "  the  angels,"  as  the  Chald.  interpreteth. 
 See  Ps.  1.  6. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Vain  idols.]  See  Ps.  xcvi.  5. 
 All  ye  gods,]  That  i^,  as  the  Gr.  saith, 
 "  all  ye  his  angels  ;"  see  Ps.  viii.  6.  Unto 
 this  the  apostle  seemeth  to  have  reference, 
 saying, '  When  he  bringeth  in  his  first  begot- 
 ten into  the  world,  he  saith.  And  let  all  the 
 angels  of  God  worship  him,'  Heb.  i.  6.  Al- 
 though the  very  words  of  the  apostle  are 
 found  in  the  version  of  Deut.  xxxii.  43,  but 
 the  Heb.  there  hath  none  such.  See  the 
 fulfilling  of  this,  Luke  ii.  13,  14  ;  Mark  i. 
 13  ;  Rev.  v.  11,  12, 
 
 Ver,  8. — Daughters,]  That  is  cities  of 
 Judah,  the  Christian  churches  ;  see  Ps. 
 xlviii.  12, 
 
 Ver.  11. — Light  is  sown,]  That  is,  com- 
 fort and  joy  is  reserved  after  trouble,  as  Esth 
 viii.  16,  but  hidden  for  the  present,  as  seed 
 in  the  ground  ;  for  '  we  are  dead,  and  our 
 lives  are  hid  with  Christ  in  God,'  Col.  iii. 
 
PSALM    X  evil  I.  609 
 
 sown  for  tlie  just,  and  joy  for  the  right  of  licart.  ''^  Rejoice, 
 ye  just,  in  Jehovali,  and  confess  to  the  remembrance  of  his  holi- 
 ness. 
 
 3,4,  and  'it  doth  not  yet  appear  what  we  Ver.  12. — Confess   to,]  Tl.at  is,  cole- 
 
 shall  be,'  1  John  iii.  2.  bratc  it.     See  Ps.  xxx.  5. 
 
 PSALM    XCVIIL 
 
 The  psalmist  exliorteth  the  Jews,  4  The  Gentiles,  7  and  all  creatures 
 to  praise  God  for  his  salvation  by  Christ. 
 
 A  Psalm. 
 ^  Sing  ye  to  Jehovah  a  new  song,  for  lie  hath  done  marvellous 
 things  :  his  right  hand  hath  saved  him,  and  tlie  arm  of  his  lioliness. 
 ^Jehovah  hath  made  known  his  salvation,  to  tlie  cities  of  the 
 nations  lie  hath  revealed  his  justice.  ^  He  hath  remembered  his 
 mercy,  and  his  faithfulness  to  the  house  of  Israel ;  all  the  ends  of  the 
 earth  have  seen  the  salvation  of  our  God.  *  Shout  triumphantly 
 to  Jehovah,  all  tlie  earth  shout  cheerfully,  and  shout  joyfully,  and 
 sing  psalms.  '  Sing  psalms  to  Jehovah  with  harp,  witli  harp  and 
 voice  of  a  psalm.  ^  With  trumpets,  and  voice  of  the  cornet,  shout 
 triumphantly  before  the  King  Jehovah.  '  Let  the  sea  roar,  and 
 the  plenty  thereof,  tlie  world,  and  they  that  sit  therein.  ^  Let  the 
 rivers  clap  the  hands  together,  let  the  mountains  shout  joyfully, 
 *  Before  Jehovah,  for  he  is  come  to  judge  the  earth  ;  he  will  judge 
 the  world  in  justice,  and  the  people  in  righteousness. 
 
 Ver.  1 — A  new  song,]  See  Ps.  xxxiii.  Ver.   6. — Voice  of  the  cornet,]  Or, 
 
 3.     Saved  HIM,']  Or,  got  hifn  salvation,  znd  sound  of  the  tntmpet  :    for   here  are    two 
 
 victory  over  all  his  enemies  :  see  Is.  lis.  16;  several  words  for  trumpets,   some   of  which 
 
 Ixiii.  6.  were  made  of  metal,  as  silver,  &c.,  Num.  x. 
 
 Ver.  2. — His  salvation,]  The  redetnp-  2;  some  of  horns,  Jos.  vi.  4  :  and  thes^were 
 
 Hon  by  Clirist,  %s   Luke   ii.  30,  31,  32,   so  used  both  in  wars  and  in  the  worship  of  God ; 
 
 '  iiis  justice   is  that  which   is    by  faith   in  see  Ps.  Ixxxi. 
 
 Christ,'  Rom.  x.  3,  4,  6,  10.  Ver.  8. — Clap  the  hands,]   Or,  clap 
 
 Ver.    3. — Remembered,]    And    conse-  palms,  a  sign  of  joy  j    as  Is.  iv.   12  ;     Ps. 
 
 ({M^nWy  performed  his  mercy ,   &c. ;  so  Luke  xlvii.  2. 
 
 i.  54,  55,  72 — 74.      All  the  ends,]  That  Ver.  9.— In  justice,]  That  is,  justly; 
 
 is,  the  dwellers  in  the  ends  of  the  earth;  so  Ps.  xcvi.  13.     In  righteousness,]  That 
 
 so  Is.  iii.  10.  is,  most  righteously  ;  so  Ps.  ix.  9. 
 
 Vol.  II 
 
610 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    XCIX. 
 
 The  prophet  setting  forth  the  kingdom  of  God  in  Zion,  5  Exhorteth 
 all  by  the  example  of  forefathers,  to  worship  God  at  his  holy  moun- 
 tain. 
 
 'Jehovah  reigneth,  the  people  are  stirred:  he  sitteth  on  the 
 cherubim,  the  earth  is  moved.  ^  Jeliovah  is  great  in  Zion,  and 
 high  he  is  above  all  the  people.  ^  Let  them  confess  tliy  name, 
 great  and  fearful,  holy  it  is.  *  And  the  strengtli  of  the  Kingloveth 
 judgment :  tliou  liast  established  righteousness,  tliou  hast  done  in 
 Jacob  judgment  and  justice.  ^  Exalt  ye  Jehovali  our  (Tod,  and  bow 
 down  yourselves  at  the  footstool  of  his  feet,  holy  he  is.  ®  Moses 
 and  Aaron,  witli  his  priests,  and  Samuel,  witli  tliem  tliat  call  on 
 Ids  name  :  they  called  upon  Jehovah,  and  he  answered  them.  ^  In 
 tlie  pillar  of  a  cloud  he  spake  unto  themj  they  kept  Jiis  testimonies 
 and  the  decree  lie  gave  them.  *  Jeliovali  our  God,  thou  answeredst 
 them,  a  God  forgiving  thou  wast  unto  them,  and  taking  vengeance 
 on  tlieir  practices.  ^  Exalt  ye  Jeliovah  our  God,  and  bow  down' 
 yourselves  at  the  mountain  of  his  holiness,  for  Jehovah  our  God 
 is  holy. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Are  stirred,]  Or,  though  they 
 be  stirred,  to  wit,  with,  anger,  as  the  Gr. 
 traiislateth,  '  be  angry.'  See  Ps.  iv.  5.  This 
 is  opened  in  Rev.  xi.  17,  18,  '  Thou  (Lord) 
 reigiiest,  and  the  nations  are  angry.'  Thus 
 the  wicked  are  affected,  but  the  godly  do 
 rejoice,  Ps.  xcvii.  i.  He  sitteth,]  Or, even 
 he  that  sitteth  on  the  cheruUm,  reigneth  ; 
 see  Ps.  Ixxx.  2.  Is  moved,]  With  indigna- 
 tion, stirred  up  to  resist,  as  Ads  xvii.  13. 
 
 Ver.  4 The  strength,]  This  is  joined 
 
 with  God's  wrath,  Ezr.  viii.  22,  and  here 
 seemeth  to  have  like  meaning,  that  God  is 
 strong  to  punish  in  judgment  the  rebellious, 
 and  defend  his  people. 
 
 Ver.  5. — At  the  footstool,]  Or,  toward 
 it,  meaning  the  sanctuary  and  ark  there,  Is. 
 Ixvi.  13;  1  Chron.  xxviii.  2  ;  Lam.  ii.  1 ;  Ps. 
 cxxxii.  7  ;  Ez.  xliii.  7.  He  is,]  As  is 
 expressed,  ver.  8,  or  it  (the  temple)  is 
 holy. 
 
 Ver.  6 With  his  priests,]  Or,  among 
 
 his  principal  officers  ;  see  the  like  phrase  in 
 Ps.  liv.  G.  The  Heb.  Cohen,  which  we  call 
 a  priest  or  sacrificer,  is  the  name  of  the 
 king's  chief  officer,  as  in  2  Sam.  viii.  18. 
 David's  sons  were  Cohens,  {chief  rulers, 
 aularchai,  as  the  Gr.  termeth  them),  which 
 is  expounded  in  1  Chron.  xviii.  17,  to  be 
 '  the  first  (or  chief)  at  the  king's  hand.'  It 
 liath  the  name  of  '  ministration,'  Is.  Ixi.  6, 
 10,  and  was  a  title  specially  given   to  Aaron 
 
 and  his  sons,  that  ministered  unto  God  in 
 the  sanctuary,  Ex.  xxviii.  3,4,41.  C.-^lleu,] 
 Or,  were  callitiy,  that  is,  prayed  for  the 
 people,  as  Ex.  xxxii.  11,  etc.;  Num.  xii. 
 17,  19;  xvi.  22,  46  ;  I  Sam.  vii.  9;  xii. 
 19,  23.  Hereupon  Moses  and  Samuel  were 
 noted  for  chief  intercessors  with  God,  Jer. 
 XV.  1.  So  the  Chald.  here  expounds  it,  "  His 
 priests  which  gave  their  lives  for  the  Lord's 
 people  ;  and  Samuel  prayed  to  the  Lord  for 
 them,  as  the  fathers  of  old,  which  prayed  in 
 his  name. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Of  a  cloud,]  As  Ex.  xxxiii.  9; 
 Num.  xvi.  42,  and  this  noteth  God's  favour, 
 but  with  some  obscurity  ;  and  so  is  inferior 
 to  the  mediation  of  Christ,  who  hath  without 
 clouds  or  shadows  obtained  eternal  redemp- 
 tion for  us,  that  we  may  go  boldly  to  the 
 throne  of  grace,  for  to  receive  mercy  and 
 find  grace  to  help  in  time  of  need,  Heb.  iv. 
 14,  16;   vii.  25  ;  ix.  11,  12. 
 
 Ver.  8. — A  god  forgiving,]  yl  mighty 
 God  that  pardonest  or  tookest  away,  to  wit, 
 the  punishment  of  their  sin  ;  see  Ps.  xxv.  IS. 
 And  t.^king,]  Or,  though  thou  tookest  ven- 
 geance. On  their  i>r.^ctices,]  Theirs,  that 
 is,  the  people's,  for  whom  Moses  prayed,  as 
 Num.  xiv.  20,  21,  23  ;  Ex.  xxxii.  14,  34, 
 35  ;  or  theirs,  that  is,  Moses  and  Aaron's 
 sins,  which  God  punished,  and  would  not  be 
 intreated,  as  Num.  xx.  12  ;  Deut.  iii.  23 
 —26. 
 
PSALMS    C,   Cr.  611 
 
 PSALM    C. 
 
 An  exiwrtation  to  praise  God  cheerfully  for  his  grace,  goodness,  and 
 fidelity. 
 
 '  A  Psalm  for  confession. 
 
 Shout  ye  triumphantly  to  Jeliovali,  all  the  earth.  ^  Serve  ye 
 Jehovah  with  gladness,  come  before  him  with  singing  joy.  ^  Know 
 ye  tliat  Jehovah  he  is  God,  he  made  us,  and  not  we,  his  people,  and 
 sheep  of  his  pasture.  I  Enter  ye  his  gates  with  confession,  his 
 courts  with  praise  ;  confess  ye  to  him,  bless  ye  his  name.  ^  For 
 Jehovah  is  good,  his  mercy  is  for  ever,  and  his  faith  unto  genera- 
 tion and  generation. 
 
 Ver.    1 — For   confession,]    For  the  ii.  10.     And  not  we,]  Or,  and  his  tve  are, 
 
 public   praise    of   God,  with   thanks   for  his  as  the  Heb.  in  the  margin  reideth  it.      Both 
 
 mercies.      All    the   earth,]   That  is,   as  senses  are  good,  and  the  Chald.  keepetli  this 
 
 the  Chald.  translateth  '-all  inhabitants  of  the  latter,    his   we  are.      Sheep,]    Or,    Flock, 
 
 earth."  which  he  feedeth.    See  Ezek.  xxxiv.  30,  31 ; 
 
 Ver.  2 — Singing,]  Or,  shrilling,  shout-  Ps.  xcv.  7. 
 
 ing  mirth.  Ver.  4. — Confession,]   The  sacrifice  of 
 
 Ver.  3. — Made  ns,]  This  word  is  used  thanks  was  thus  named  ;    2  Chron.  xxix.  31 ; 
 
 both  for  our  first  creation  in  nature,Gen.  i.26,  Jer.  xvii.  26. 
 
 and  for  the  making  of  us  high  and  excellent  Ver.  5. — Faith,]  Or,  Faithfulness;  truth 
 
 with  graces  and  blessings,  as  1   Sam.  xii.  6;  in  performing  his  promises. 
 Deut.  xxxii.  6  ;  Is.  xlii.  7;    xxix.  23  ;  Eph. 
 
 PSALM    CL 
 
 David  maJceth  a  profession  of  godliness  touching  his  own  person,  his 
 house,  and  the  city  of  God,  in  cherishing  the  good,  and  suppressing 
 the  wicked. 
 
 A  Psalm  of  David. 
 
 ^  Mercy  and  judgment  I  will  sing  to  thee,  Jehovah,  will  I  sing 
 psalms.  *  I  will  do  wisely  in  the  perfect  way,  wlieii  wilt  thou  come 
 unto  me  ?    I  will  walk  in  the  perfection  of  mine  heart,  in  tlie  midst 
 
 Ver.  1.— Mercy  and  judgment,]  This          Ver.  2. — Do   wisely,]    Behave   myself 
 
 may  be  understood  to  refer  to   David's  own  prudently,  as  David  is  said    to  do,  1  Sam. 
 
 administration;     howbeit    the    Chald.  un-  xviii.l4.   When  wilt  thou  cohie,]  Namely, 
 
 derstandeth    it   of  God's,   saying,    "  If  thou  when  wilt  thou  come  to  assist  me  in  the  per- 
 
 dealest  mercifully  with    me,    if   thou  dost  formance  hereof ;  or,  tvhen  thou  shalt  come, 
 
 judgment   with   me,   for    all,     I    will  sing  namely,  to  call  me  unto  an  account  of  my 
 
 praise."  life,  &c. 
 
612  PSALMS. 
 
 of  mine  house.  '  I  will  not  set  before  mine  eyes  any  word  of  Belial: 
 I  hate  the  doing  of  them  that  turn  aside,  it  shall  not  cleave  unto 
 me.  *A  froward  heart  shall  depart  from  me,  I  will  know  none  evil. 
 '  He  that  in  secret  hurteth  with  tongue  liis  fellow  friend,  him  will 
 I  suppress  :  the  hauglity  of  eyes,  and  large  of  heart,  him  I  cannot 
 suffer.  ^  Mine  eyes  shall  be  on  the  faithful  of  the  land,  for  to  sit 
 with  me  ;  he  tliat  walketh  in  the  perfect  way,  he  shall  minister  to 
 me.  '  He  shall  not  sit  within  my  house  tliat  doth  deceit,  he 
 that  speaketh  lies  shall  not  be  established  ,  before  mine  eyes. 
 ^  In  the  mornings  I  will  suppress  all  the  wicked  of  the  land, 
 for  to  cut  off  from  the  city  of  Jehovah  all  the  workers  of  ini- 
 quity. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Of  BELIAL,]  That  is,  mischiev-  receiver   of  his   tale  whom    he    corrupteth. 
 
 ous  (or  wicked)   word  or  thing.       See  Ps.  Hereupon  is  that  saying  of  Ben  Syrach,  '  A 
 
 xli.  9.  third  tongue  hath  disquieted   many,'  Ecchs. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Know,]  Or,  acknowledge,   that  xxviii.  15,  and  'a  third  tongue  hath  cast  out 
 
 is,  regard  or  approve.      So  Ps.  i.  6.  virtuous  women,'  Eccl.  xxviii.   15,  meaning 
 
 Ver.  5. — Hdrteth  with  tongue,]  That  the  backbiter  or  tale-bearer.     See  the  Annot. 
 
 traduceth,   or  (as    the    Heb.  phrase    is)  be-  on  Lev.  xix.  16.     Large,]  Ov,  wide,  hro&A 
 
 tongueth.  Hereupon  a  man  of  tongue,  is  for  a  of  heart,  meaning  proud,  as  Prov.  xxi.  4.     So 
 
 prattler  or  calumniator,  Ps.  cxl.  12.      The  large  of  soul,  Prov    xxviii.  25,  is   proud  in' 
 
 Chald.  paraphiaseth,  "  He  that  speaketh  with  mind.     I  cannot,]  Here  the  word  hear  or 
 
 a  third  (or  threefold)  tongue  against  his  neigh-  sw^r,  is  to  be  understood,  as   is  expressed, 
 
 hour  ;"  meaning  a  backbiter  or  calumniator,  Prov.  xxx.  21  ;  so  John  xxxi.  23  ;  and  in 
 
 which  is  said  of  the  Heb.  doctors  to  have  a  Gr.  1  Cor.  iii.  2. 
 
 threefold  tongue,   because  he  hurteth  three  VeR.8. — In  THEMORNiNG,]That  is,every 
 
 herewith  ;    both  himself  by  his  sin,  and  his  morning,  or  early  in  the  morning.     See  Ps. 
 
 neighbour  whom    he    backbiteth,    and    the  Ixxiii.  14. 
 
 PSALM    CIL 
 
 The  prophet  in  his  prayer  complaineth  of  his  miseries.  1 3.  He  tdketh 
 comfort  in  the  eternity  and  mercy  of  God,  19.  The  record  hereof  is  for 
 posterity.  24.  He  sustaineth  his  iveaTiness  by  the  unchangeableness  of 
 Christ. 
 
 ^  A  prayer  for  the  poor  afflicted,  when  he  shall  be  overwhelmed, 
 and  shall  pour  forth  his  meditation  before  Jehovah. 
 
 *  Jehovah,  hear  my  prayer,  and  let  my  cry  come  unto  thee. 
 '  Hide  not  thy  face  from  me  in  the  day  of  distress  upon  me,  incline 
 thine  ear  unto  me  ;  in  the  day  I  call,  make  haste,  answer  me, 
 *  For  my  days  are  consumed  as  smoke,  and  my  bones  are  burnt  as 
 
 Ver.   1. — For  the   poor,]   Agi-eeing  in  Ver.  4. — As&N0K-E,']Or,  ivith  the  smoke, 
 
 his  estate;  or,  o//A(?/>oor.    Overwhelmed,]  vanishing  in  the  air;  so  Ps.  xxxvii.  20.   The 
 
 With  fears,  cares,  sorrows,    &c.       See    Ps-  Heb.  beth,  with,  and  caph,  as,  are  one  like 
 
 Ixi.  3.  another,  and  sometimes  put  one  for  another. 
 
PSALM    CIT. 
 
 613 
 
 an  hearth.  ^  Mine  heart  is  smitten  as  grass  and  withered,  tliat  I  for- 
 get to  eat  my  bread.  s  For  the  voice  of  my  groaning,  my  bone 
 cleaveth  to  my  flesli.  ^  I  am  like  a  pelican  of  the  wilderness  ;  I 
 am  as  an  ov/1  of  the  deserts.  *  I  watch  and  am  as  a  sparrow,  soli- 
 tary upon  tlie  house  roof.  ^  All  the  days  muie  enemies  do  reproach 
 me  ;  tliey  tliat  rage  against  me,  have  sworn  against  me.  '"  For  I 
 eat  ashes  as  bread,  and  mingle  my  drink  with  weeping.  "  Because 
 of  thine  angry  threat,  and  tiiy  fervent  wrath,  for  thou  hast  heaved 
 me  up,  and  cast  me  down.  '"  My  days  are  as  a  sliadow  declined, 
 and  I  am  withered  as  grass.  '^  And  thou  Jeliovah  sittest  for  ever, 
 and  thy  memorial  to  generation  and  generation.  '*  Tliou  wilt  arise, 
 wilt  have  tender  mercy  upon  Sion,  for  the  time  to  be  gracious  unto 
 it,  for  the  appointed  time  is  come.  '^  For  thy  servants  delight  in 
 the  stones  thereof,  and  do  pity  the  dust  thereof.  "  And  the  liea- 
 thens  shall  fear  tlie  name  of  Jehovali,  and  all  the  kings  of  the 
 earth  thy  glory.  '^  When  Jeliovali  shall  build  up  Sion,  shall  appear 
 in  liis  glory.  "*  Shall  turn  unto  the  prayer  of  tlie  lowly,  and  not 
 despise  their  prayer.  '^  Tliis  shall  be  written  for  the  generation 
 after,  and  the  people  created  shall  praise  Jah.      ^^  For  he  hath 
 
 as  2  Sam.  v.  24,  with  1  Chron.  xiv.  15.  An 
 HEARTH,]  The  place  whereon  fire  bunieth. 
 Compare  Job  xxx.  30. 
 
 Ver.  5. — As  GRASS,]  Or,  as  the  herbs, 
 smitten  with  hlastiiig,  Amos  iv.  9.  To  eat 
 wr  BREAD,]  The  Cliald.  applieth  this  to  the 
 bread  of  the  soul,  "  the  law  of  God." 
 
 Ver.  G. — To  my  flesh,]  That  is,  my 
 skin,  as  Job  xix.  20,  so  elsewhere  skin  is 
 \>\x\.  ior  flesh,  Job  xviii.  13  ;  see  also  Lara, 
 iv.  8. 
 
 Ver.  7. — A  pelican,]  A  bird  living  in 
 wild  and  desolate  places,  Zeph.  ii.  14  ;  Is. 
 xxxiv.  11.  It  seemeth  to  have  the  name  in 
 Heb.  of  "  votniting,"  and  to  be  that  fowl 
 which  we  call  the  shovelard,  which  svvallow- 
 eth  shell-fishes,  and  after  vomiteth  them  to 
 get  the  fish.  It  was  a  bird  unclean  by  the 
 law,  Lev.  xi.  13.  Some  think  it  to  be 
 the  bittern,  which  maketh  a  loud  and  doleful 
 noise.     Compare  Job  xxx.  29. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Rage  against  me,]  Or,  vaunt 
 against ;  or,  "would  make  a  fuol  of  me." 
 The  Gr.  saith,  "that  praise  me,"  meaning 
 feignedly.  The  word  sigiiifieth,  '  to  lift  up 
 with  praise  and  glory  ;'  and  also  insloriously 
 to  vaunt,  rage,  or  be  mad.  See  Ps.  v.  C  ; 
 Ixxv.  5.  The  word  '  against '  is  iiere  to  be 
 understood,  as  in  Prov.  viii.  35,  'he  that 
 sinneth  against  me.'  An  example  of  such  rag- 
 ing madness,  see  against  Christ,  Luke  vi.  II. 
 
 Veil  12. — Declined,]  Or,  stretched  out, 
 as  the  shadow  of  the  sun,  when  it  is  near 
 down,  which,  though  it  seems  longer,  yet 
 soon  passeth  away.  So  Ps.  cix.  23  ;  cxliv.  4. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Sittest,]  That  is,  continuest, 
 as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it,  for  sitting  and 
 standing  (as  after  in  ver.  27)  are  often  used 
 for  '  sure  and  settled  abiding.'  The  Chald. 
 addeth,  "  sittest  for  ever  in  heaven."  Thy 
 Memorial,]  Or,  remembrance  of  thee ;  so 
 Ps.  cxxxv.  13  ;  Ex.  iii.  15. 
 
 Ver.  14. — The  appointed  time,]  Pro- 
 mised for  restoration  of  the  Church,  as  Dan. 
 ix.  2,  24,  25,  &c.;  Jer.  xxix.  10. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Delight,]  Or,  do  favour  the 
 stones,  though  ruinous,  as  Neh.  ii.  13,  &c.; 
 iv.  2  ;  Zach.  i.  12. 
 
 Ver.  18. — The  lowlv,]  So  the  Gr.  here 
 turnetli  it,  which  elsewhere  we  call  '  heath,' 
 that  groweth  in  the  wilderness,  Jer.  xvii.  G; 
 xlviii.  6.  By  the  name  in  Heb.  it  seemeth 
 to  be  some  "  naked  shrub,"  and  so  a  fit 
 resemblance  of  God's  afflicted  people,  made 
 low,  naked,  and  desolate  by  their  enemies. 
 Or  we  may  turn  it,  '  the  broken  down,'  or 
 '  ruined,'  from  Jer.  Ii.  58. 
 
 Ver.  19. — This  shall  be,]  Or,  Let  this 
 be  ivrittcn,  to  wit,  for  remembrance  to  ages 
 after,  as  Ex.  xvii.  14  ;  Deut.  xxxi.  19,  21. 
 This  showeth  these  to  be  prophecies  for  our 
 times.  Created,]  Tliat  is,  restored  and 
 made  anew,  as  Ps.  civ.  30 ;  Is.  Ixv.  18  ; 
 '  created  in  Christ  Jesus  unto  good  works,' 
 Eph.  ii.  10.  So,  '  a  people  born,'  Ps.  xxii. 
 32. 
 
 Ver.  20. — The  height  of  his  holiness,] 
 That  is,  his  holy  high  place,  or  his  high 
 sanctuary,  meaning  'heaven.'  This  is 
 taken  from  Deut.  xxvi.  15. 
 
614  PSALMS. 
 
 looked  down  from  the  height  of  liis  holiness,  Jehovah  tiom  me 
 lieavens  did  behold  tlie  earth,  '■*'  To  hear  the  groaning  of  tlie  pri- 
 soner, to  loose  the  sons  of  death.  ^^  To  tell  in  Sion  tlie  name  of 
 Jeliovah,  and  his  praise  in  Jerusalem.  ^^  WJien  tlie  people  shall  be 
 gatliered  together,  and  tlie  kingdoms  to  serve  Jehovah.  ^^  He  hath 
 afflicted  my  strength  in  the  way,  he  hath  shortened  my  days.  ^  I 
 said,  O  my  God,  take  me  not  away  in  tlie  midst  of  my  days,  tliy 
 years  are  through  generation  of  generations.  ^^  Kiox^-time  thou 
 liast  fomided  the  earth,  and  the  heavens  are  the  work  of  thine  liands. 
 ^^  They  shall  perish,  but  thou  slialt  stand  ;  and  they  all  shall  wax 
 old  as  a  garment,  as  a  vesture  shalt  thou  change  them,  and  they 
 shall  be  changed.  ^*  But  thou  art  tJie  same,  and  thy  years  shall 
 not  be  ended.  ^^  The  sons  of  thy  servants  shall  dwell,  and  their 
 seed  shall  be  established  before  thee. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Groaning,]  Or,  mournfully  Ver.27. — Shalt  stand,]  That  is,  e?u/«re, 
 
 cry  I  so  Ps.  Ixxix.  11.      Sons  of  death,]  or  continue,  as  the  Gr.  expresseth   it,  Heb. 
 
 Appointed  to  die,  as  Ps.  Ixxix.  11.  i.  11.     Change  them,]  By  folding  them  up, 
 
 Ver.  24 — In  the  way,]  hi  the  course  as  the  Gr.  explaineth,  Heb.   i.  12,  for  the 
 
 of  my  life.     SeePs.  ii.  12.     '  He  respecteth  heavens,  when  they  are   changed,  'shall  be 
 
 tlie  affliction  of  Israel, 'in  the  waythatGod  led  folded  like  a  book,'  Is.  xxxiv.  4. 
 them  through  the  wilderness,  Deut.viii. 2, 3.  Ver.  2S. — Art  the  same,]  Or,  art  he, 
 
 Ver.   25. — Take   me  not  away,]    Or,  that   is,  unchangeable,   Mai.  iii.   6  ;  James 
 
 make  me  not  ascend.     See   John  xii.   32.  i.  17. 
 
 The  Chald.  addeth,  "  Take  me  not  away  out  Ver.   29. — Shall  dwell,]   To   wit,  in 
 
 of  this  world,  bring  me  unto  the  world  that  Zion,  ver.  14,  22,  as  is  also  expressed,  Ps. 
 
 is  to  come."  Ixix.  36,  37.     Before  thee,]  That  is,  so 
 
 Ver.  26. — Afore  time,]  That  is,  at  the  long  as  thou  dost  dure,  meaning  "  for  ever," 
 
 beginning,  Heb.  i.  10,  where  these  things  as  the  Gr.  well  explaineth  it.     So,  '  before 
 
 spoken  to  God  are  applied  to  Christ,  to  prove  the   moon   and  sun,'  Ps.   Ixxii.  5,  17,  is  so 
 
 his  Godhead.  long  as  the  moon  and  sun  endure. 
 
 PSALM    CIIL 
 
 David  stirreth  tip  Ms  soul  to  bless  God  for  Ms  mercies.  6.  He  remem- 
 Tjcreth  God's  former  actions  to  his  people.  8.  His  pity,  9  patience,  10 
 clemencij,  15  man's  frailty,  17  God^s  constancy  in  his  graces,  for  which 
 all  are  to  bless  him. 
 
 ^  A  Psalm  of  David. 
 My  soul,  bless  thou  Jehovah,  and  all  my  inward  parts  the  name 
 of  his  holiness.     "  My  soul,  bless  thou  Jehovah,  and  forget  not  all 
 his  rewards.     ^  That  mercifully  pardoneth  all  thine  iniquities,  that 
 
 Ver.  2. — All  his   rewards,]  That  is,  and  punishments   in   soul   or  body,  (and  spi- 
 
 any  of  his  benefits.     All  is   often  used  for  ritually  sitis)  are  meant  by  the  word  <■  sick- 
 
 atiy,  Ps.  cxlvii.   20  :  1  Kings  x.  20  ;  and  nesses,'  Ex.  xv.  26  ;   Deut.  xxviii.  59,  61 ; 
 
 '  rewards  for  benefits.'     See  Ps.  xiii.  6.  Is.   xxxiii.  24.       See   also    Psalm    xli.  5  j 
 
 Ver.o. — Sicknesses,]  All  diseases,  griefs,  cxlvii.  3. 
 
PSx\LM  CIII. 
 
 G15 
 
 liealeth  all  thy  sicknesses.  *  Tliat  redeemeth  thy  life  from  the  pit 
 of  corruption,  that  crovvneth  thee  with  mercies  and  tender  pities. 
 *  That  satiateth  thy  month  with  good  things,  thy  youth  is  renewed 
 as  an  eagle's.  «  Jehovah  doth  justices  and  judgment  to  all  oppressed. 
 '  He  made  known  his  ways  to  Moses,  his  actions  to  the  sons  of 
 Israel.  "Jehovah  ^■5  pitiful  and  gracious,  long  suffering,  and  full 
 of  mercy.  ^  He  will  not  contend  to  continually,  neither  keep  (Jiis 
 aiigef)  for  ever.  "  He  hath  not  done  to  us  according  to  our  sins, 
 nor  rewarded  us  according  to  our  iniquities.  "  But  as  is  the  height 
 of  the  heavens  above  the  earth,  so  strong  is  his  mercy  over  them 
 that  fear  him.  '^ As  far  remote  as  the  east  is  from  the  west,  so  far 
 hath  he  removed  our  trespasses  from  us.  "  As  a  father  hath  pity 
 on  his  sons,  Jeliovah  hath  pity  on  them  that  fear  him.  "  For  he 
 knoweth  our  forming,  remembering  that  we  are  dust,  ^^  Sorry-man, 
 his  days  are  as  grass,  as  a  flower  of  the  field  so  flourisheth  he. 
 "^  For  a  wind  passeth  over  it,  and  it  is  not,  and  tlie  place  thereof 
 shall  not  know  it  any  more.  "  But  the  mercy  of  Jehovah  endureth 
 from  eternity,  and  unto  eternity,  upon  them  that  fear  him,  and  his 
 justice  to  the  children's  children.  "^  To  them  that  keep  his  cove- 
 nant, and  that  remember  liis  precepts  for  to  do  them.      "  Jehovah 
 
 Ver.  4. — Pit  of  corruption.]  Death  and 
 the  grave.  The  Chald.  saith,  'from  geheiina 
 (or  hell),*  whither  men  hasten  by  their  sins, 
 till  God  by  chastisement  bringeth  them  to 
 repentance,  and  then  spareth  them.  See 
 this  at  large  handled,  Job  xxxiii.  19,  23,  24, 
 27,  28,  SO. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Good  things,]  Heb.  the  good 
 tilings.  See  the  Notes  on  Ps.  Ixv.  5.  Is 
 RENEWED,]  Or,  thou  renewest  thyself  as  an 
 eagle,  as  '  thy  youth ;'  thy  flesh  being  '  fresher 
 than  in  childhood;'  thou  returning  'to  the 
 days  of  thy  youth,'  as  is  said,  Job  xxxiii.  25. 
 Tills  change  is  'by  the  renewing  of  the  mind,' 
 Rom.  xii.  2,  wrought  by  the  Holy  Spirit, 
 Titus  iii.  5.  The  Chald.  applieth  it  to 
 "  renewing  in  the  world  to  come."  As  an 
 e.igle's,]  Which  casteth  her  feathers  yearly, 
 and  new  grow  up,  whereby  she  seemetli  fresh 
 and  young,  fleeth  high,  and  liveth  long. 
 Compare  Is.  xl.  31. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Justices,]  That  is,  all  manner 
 of  justice,  and  that  which  is  chiefest.  Things 
 are  often  spoken  of  plurally  for  their  excel- 
 lency.     So  '  ivisdoms,'  Prov.  ix.  1. 
 
 Ver.  7 — His  ways,]  Wherein  men  ought 
 to  walk,  as  Ex.  xviii.  20  ;  Ps.  xxv.  4,  5  ; 
 or,  wherein  himself  walketh,  his  administra- 
 tion, his  works,  as  Ps.  Ixxvii.  20  ;  Job  xl. 
 14.  This  latter  seemeth  most  meant  here 
 by  comparing  it  with  Ex.  xxxiii.  13;  xxxiv. 
 6,  7. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Long-suffering,]  Or,  slow  to 
 anger.     See  Ps.  Ixxxvi.  15. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Contend,]  Or,  chide.  Com- 
 pare Is.  Ivii.  16.  Keep,]  Understand  liis 
 anger,  as  both  Gr.  and  Chald.  do  explain  it; 
 sometimes  the  Heb.  itself  manifesteth  the 
 defect,  as  'he  set,'  1  Chron,  xviii.  C  ;  that 
 is,  'he  set  garrisons,*  2  Sam.  viii.  6.  This 
 phrase  is  taken  from  the  law.  Lev.  xix.  IS. 
 So  Jer.  iii.  5;  Nah.  i.  2;  see  also  Ps.  cix.21. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Jehovah  hath  pity,]  The 
 Chald.  expounds  it,  "The  word  of  the  Lord 
 hath  pity."  So  in  ver.  19,  for  «  Jehovah  is 
 the  word  of  the  Lord.' 
 
 Ver.  14. — Our  forming,]  That  is,  our 
 formed  nature  and  condition,  our  matter  and 
 form,  the  original  word  properly  is  '  a  formed 
 vessel '  of  earth,  applied  to  our  frail  estate, 
 Rom.  ix.  20,  21.  Sometimes  this  is  spoken 
 of  our  '  fictions  and  sinful  imaginations,  Gen. 
 vi.  5  ;  Dent.  xxxi.  21  ;  and  so  the  Chald. 
 interpreteth  it  here,"  Our  evil  concupiscence 
 which  carrieth  us  into  error." 
 
 Ver.  15-— As  the  grass,  &c.]  That  is, 
 few  and  transitory,  though  making  a  fair 
 show.  Compare  Ps.  xc.  5,  6  ;  Job  xiv.  1, 
 2:  James  i.  10,  11;  1  Pet.  i.  24. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Not  know  it,]  Or,  knoiv  hint, 
 that  is,  he  shall  have  no  more  place  here;  so 
 Job  vii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  18. — To  do  them,]  This  noteth  the 
 outward  practice  and  operation  of  the  law, 
 whereas  '  keeping  '  or  '  observing  '  is  with 
 the  heart  and  spirit  of  man,  Prov.  iii.  1,3  ; 
 iv,  4,  21  ;  Ps.  Ixxviii.  S. 
 
 Ver.  19.— Prepared  his,  throne,]  Oi, 
 
616 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 hath  firmly  prepared  his  throne  in  the  heavens,  and  his  kingdom 
 ruleth  over  all.  ^^  Bless  Jehovah,  ye  his  angels ;  mighty  of 
 strength  doing  his  word,  hearkening  to  the  voice  of  his  word. 
 ^'  Bless  Jehovah,  all  ye  his  hosts,  his  ministers,  doing  his  pleasure. 
 "^  Bless  Jeliovah,  all  ye  his  works,  in  all  places  of  his  domination, 
 my  soul,  bless  thou  Jeliovah. 
 
 established  it,  a  sign  of  dominion  and  govern- 
 inent  to  be  administered  in  heaven,  whereby 
 '  the  Church  '  is  figured,  Rev.  iv.  1,  2.  See 
 also  Ps.  ix.  5,  8,  9;  xi.  4. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Hearkening,]  Or,  to  hear- 
 ken, to  obey,  arid  tliis  noteth  a  willing  and 
 ready  mind  in  the  angels  ;  and  our  Lord 
 teacheth  us  to  pray  for  the  like,  Matt.  vi.  10. 
 The  Heb.  phrase  'to  obey,' may  be  Englished 
 'obeying,'  as  the  like  in  Ps.  civ.  15,  21  ; 
 cv.  11.     See  also  Ps.  xlix.  15  ;  Ixv.  11. 
 
 Ver.  21. — His  hosts,]  Or,  armies,  the 
 thrones,  principalities,  poivers,  &C.  that  are 
 iti  the  heavenly  places,  Eph.  iii.  10  ;  Col.  i. 
 16  ;  for  they  are  '  his  hosts,'  1  Kings  xxii. 
 19  ;  Gen.  xxxii.  2  ;  and  generally  all  crea- 
 tures are  'his  hosts.'  See  Ps.  xxiv.  10. 
 Ministers,]  Theangels  which  minister  unto 
 him,  Ps.  civ.  4  ;  Dan.  vii.  10.  The  same 
 title  is  given  also  to  men,  as  will  be  seen  in 
 Is.  Ld.  6. 
 
 PSALMCIV. 
 
 A  meditation  upon  God's  powerful  morhs,  and  wonderful  providence, 
 in  creating  and  governing  the  world  and  creatures  therein.  31.  God's 
 glory  is  eternal.     33.  The  prophet  voweth  p)erpetically  to  praise  him. 
 
 ^  My  soul,  bless  thou  Jehovah;  Jehovah,  my  God,  thou  art 
 vehemently  great :  thou  arrayest  thyself  with  majesty  and  comely 
 honour.  '^  Decking  himself  yvith.  light  as  with  a  garment,  stretching 
 out  the  heavens  as  a  curtain.  ^  Planchering  his  lofts  in  the  waters, 
 making  the  clouds  his  chariot,  walking  upon  the  wings  of  the  wind. 
 *  Making  his  angels  spirits,  his  ministers  a  flaming  fire.        He  hath 
 
 Ver.  1. — And  comely  honour,]  That 
 IS,  showest  thyself  by  all  thy  works  to  be 
 God  over  all,  to  whom  glory  and  honour  is 
 due.  Therefore  God  challengeth  Job,  (and 
 so  ail  men)  to  do  thus  if  they  can,  and  they 
 shall  be  celebrated  of  him,  Job  xl.  4,  5 — 9. 
 Of  these  words,  see  Ps.  viii.  2 — 6. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Decking,]  Or,  clothing,  or  he 
 clotheth,  to  wit,  'himself  with  light,  dwell- 
 ing in  the  light  that  none  can  attain  unto,'  1 
 Tim.  vi.  16,  and  at  first  commanding  '  the 
 light  to  shine  out  of  darkness,'  wherewith  he 
 decked  the  world.  Gen.  i.  3  ;  2  Cor.  iv.  G. 
 As  A  CURTAIN',]  That  is,  as  a  canopy,  or 
 tent.  Song  i.  6  ;  Jer.  xlix.  29  ;  when  he 
 spread  out  the  firmament  by  himself  alone, 
 Gen.  i.  6;  Is.  xliv.  24;  li.  13  ;  Job  xxxvii. 
 18. 
 
 Veb.  3. — Planchering,]  He  plucketh  or 
 plancherefh  his  lots,   for  upper  chambers) 
 
 that  is,  the  clouds  aloft  or  upper  regions  of 
 the  air,  as  after  in  ver.  13.  In  the  waters,] 
 Among  them,  or  with  waters,  which  are 
 above  in  the  firmament.  Gen.  i.  7,  where 
 'God  bindeth  the  waters  in  the  clouds,  and 
 the  cloud  is  not  broken  under  them,'  Job 
 xxvi.  S.  Making,]  Or,  putting,  that  is, 
 disposing  them  his  chariot  to  sit  and  ride 
 on,  as  Is.  xix.  1  Rev,  xiv.  14.  Compare 
 Ps.  xviii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Spirits,]  That  is,  spiritual  sub- 
 stances, so  differing  from  Christ,  who  is  no 
 made  or  created  spirit,  but  the  maker  of  all 
 things,  Ps.  cii.  26,  and  from  men  made  of 
 flesh  and  blood,  Luke  xxiv.  39.  The  origi- 
 nal word  also  signifieth  winds,  and  angels  by 
 interpretation  are  messengers  :  whereupon 
 some  translate,  "  he  maketh  the  winds  his 
 messengers ;"  but  the  Holy  Spirit  in  Heb.  i. 
 7,  showeth  this  to  be   spoken  of  angels  pre 
 
PSALM    CI  V. 
 
 017 
 
 founded  the  earth  npon  her  bases,  it  shall  not  be  moved  for  ever 
 and  aye.  ^  Thou  coveredst  it  with  the  deep  as  with  a  raiment,  the 
 waters  stood  above  the  mountains.  '  At  thy  rebuke  they  fled,  at 
 the  voice  of  thy  tlmnder  they  hasted  away.  ®  The  mountains  tiiey 
 went  up,  tlie  valleys  they  went  down  to  the  place  whicli  thou 
 foundest  for  tliem.  ^  Thou  didst  set  a  bound,  they  shall  not  pass, 
 they  shall  not  return  to  cover  the  earth.  '"  Tliat  sendeth  well- 
 springs  in  the  valleys,  they  walk  between  the  mountains.  ''  Tliey 
 give  drink  to  all  the  wild  beasts  of  tlie  field,  the  wild  asses  break 
 their  thirst.  '"  By  them  the  fowl  of  tlie  heaven  dwelleth,  from 
 between  the  branches  they  give  the  voice.  '^  Tliat  watcreth  tlie 
 mountains  from  his  lofts,  the  earth  is  filled  witli  the  fruit  of  thy 
 works.  "  That  maketh  grass  to  grow  for  the  cattle,  and  the  herb 
 for  the  use  of  man,  bringing  forth  bread  out  of  tlie  earth.  '^  And 
 wine  that  rejoiccth  the  heart  of  sorry  man,  making  the  face  cheer- 
 fnl  with  oil  ;  and  bread  that  upholdeth  the  heart  of  sorry  man. 
 ^*^  Filled  are  the  trees  of  Jehovah,  the  cedars  of  Lebanon  whicli  he 
 planted,  ''  That  there  the  birds  may  make  their  nest ;  the  stork, 
 the  fir-trees  are  her  house.     '*  The   hiuh  mountains   for   the  wild 
 
 perly,  who  are  named  also  '  miiiisteiinn; 
 spirits,'  Heb.  i.  14,  Flaming  fire,] 
 Eliiictual  ill  tl.eir  administration,  the  angels 
 therefore  have  appeared  '  like  horses  and 
 chariots  of  fire,'  2  Kings  vi.  17;  ii.  11, 
 
 Ver.  5. — Bases,]  Firm  and  established. 
 See  Ps.  xxiv,  2  ;  Ixxviii.  69 ;  Job  xxxviii. 
 46. 
 
 Vkr.  6. — The  deep,]  Or,  depth  of  waters, 
 which  hid  all  the  earth  till  God  separated 
 them,  Gen.  i.  2,  9. 
 
 Ver.  S. — They  went  up,]  That  is,  the 
 mounts  showed  themselves  on  high,  when 
 tlie  waters  of  the  deep  were  gathered  into 
 the  channels  of  the  sea,  Gen.  i.  9  ;  viii.  5, 
 &c.  Or,  they  (that  is,  the  waters)  went  up 
 the  mount  and  down  the  dales,  when  they 
 were  parted  from  the  dry  land,  as  if  that 
 thing  were  affected  by  thunder,  wind,  and 
 tempest,  called  here  God's  '  rebuke  driving 
 the  waters,'  ver.  7.     See  Ps,  xviii    16. 
 
 Ver.  9. — A  bound,]  Or,  limit,  shutting 
 up  the  sea  with  doors  and  bars,  saying, 
 '  Hitherto  shall  thou  come,  but  no  further, 
 and  here  shall  it  stay  thy  proud  waves,'  as 
 Job  xxxviii.  S,  10,  11  ;   so  Ps.  cxlviii.  6. 
 
 Ver.  10. — That  sendeth,]  Or,  He 
 sendeth,  so  after.  Well  springs,]  Or, 
 fountains,  meaning  rivers  finwing  from 
 such,  as  the  next  words  show.  Thev  walk,] 
 That  is,  run.     So  Ps.  cv.  41. 
 
 Ver,  11. — Break,]  That  is,  Slahe,  or 
 quench  their  thirst.  So  we  may  say,  "  to 
 break  one's  fast." 
 
 Ver.  is.— Give  the  voice,]  The  Chald. 
 
 Vol.  II. 
 
 addeth,  "  The  voice  of  singing,"  that  is, 
 sing  loud  and  cheerfully.     See  Ps.  Ixviii.  34. 
 
 Ver.  13. — His  lofts,]  Or,  his  high 
 chambers,  the  skies  that  give  rain.  The 
 fruit,]  That  is,  the  rain  which  God  only 
 giveth,  Jer,  xiv,  22  ;  x.  13  ;  and  conse- 
 quently the  corn  and  herbs  that  grow  after 
 rain.  Compare  Job  xxxviii.  26 — 28  ; 
 Deut.  xi.  14,  15. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Tms.vs^,']  Or, service.  Bring- 
 ing,] Or,  to  bring,  but  this  is  referred  still 
 to  God  ;  so  after,  to  make,  that  is,  making 
 faces,  &c.  See  Ps.  ciii.  20.  Bread,]  That 
 is,  bread  corn.  See  Is.  xxviii.  28  ;  xxx. 
 23  ;  Job  xxviii.  5  ;  Eccl.  xi.  1. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Cheerful,]  Or,  merry;  so 
 tbe  Gr.  turneth  it,  so  also  the  Heb.  signi- 
 fieth,  as  Est.  viii.  15,  or,  to  shine.  With 
 OIL.]  Wlierewith  they  used  to  anoint  them, 
 Ps.  xxiii.  5,  or,  more  than  oil,  that  is,  wine 
 makes  the  face  seem  more  cheerful  than  if  it 
 were  anointed.  Upholdeth,]  That  is,  com- 
 fortcth.     So  Gen.  xviii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Trees  of  Jehovah,]  That  is 
 after  expounded,  ivhich  he  planted.  So  the 
 Chald.  expoundeth,  "  Trees  which  the  Lord 
 created." 
 
 Ver.  17. — The  stork,]  A  bird  somewhat 
 like  a  crane,  named  in  Heb.  chasidnh,  of 
 mercy  or  kindness,  wliich  is  said  to  be  in 
 this  fowl,  that  the  young  will  nourish  their 
 dams  when  they  are  old. 
 
 Ver.  is. — Wild  goats,]  Or,  roc*,  named 
 of  climbing  rocks,  for  they  haunt  high  hills 
 and  rocks,  where  they  are  safe  from  dogs  that 
 4T 
 
618 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 goats,  the  rocks  a  shelter  for  the  conies.  '^  He  made  the  moon  for 
 appointed  times,  tlie  sun  knoweth  his  going  down.  ^^  Thou  puttest 
 darkness  and  it  is  night,  in  it  do  creep  forth  all  wild  beasts  of  the 
 wood.  ^'  The  lurking  lions  roaring  for  the  prey,  and  seeking  their 
 meat  of  God.  ^''  The  sun  riseth,  they  gather  them  away,  and  couch 
 down  in  their  dens.  ^^  Out  goeth  man  unto  liis  work,  and  to  his 
 labour  till  evening,  ^*  How  many  are  thy  works,  Jehovah !  all  of 
 them  hast  thou  done  in  wisdom,  the  earth  is  full  of  thy  riches. 
 ^*  Tliis  sea  great  and  wide  of  spaces,  there  are  creeping  things  even 
 innumerable,  small  wild  beasts  with  great.     ^^  Tliere  go  the  ships, 
 
 leviathan  whom  thou  hast  formed  to  play  thereii 
 
 They  all 
 
 look  attentively  unto  thee,  to  give  them  their  food  in  his  time. 
 **  Tliou  givest  it  to  them,  tliey  gather  it,  thou  openest  thine  hand, 
 they  are  filled  with  good.  ^^  Thou  hidcst  thy  face,  they  are  sud- 
 denly troubled  ;  thou  gatherest  their  spirit,  tliey  breathe  out  the 
 ghost,  and  return  unto  their  dust.  ^"  Thou  sendest  forth  tliy  Spirit, 
 they  are  created,  and  thou  renewest  the  face  of  the  earth.  ^'  The 
 glory  of  Jehovah  be  for  ever,  rejoice  let  Jehovah  in  his  deeds. 
 ^^  He  looketli  upon  the  eartli  and  it  trembleth,  lie  toucheth  the 
 mountains  and  they  smoke.  "  I  will  sing  to  Jehovali  in  myself ; 
 I  will  sing  psalms  to  my  God  while  I  am.  ^*  Sweet  shall  my  medi- 
 tation be  of  liim  ;  I  will  rejoice  in  Jehovali.     ^'  Consumed  be  sin- 
 
 hunt  them,  1  Sam.  xxiv.  3  ■  Job  xxxix.  4. 
 Conies,]  Commended  for  wisdom,  '  that 
 being  a  people  not  mighty,  they  make  their 
 houses  in  the  rock,'  Piov.  xxx,  24,  26. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Appointed  times,]  Seasons  of 
 the  year,  as  the  Chald.  paraphraseth,  "  For 
 times  to  be  counted  by  it,"  or,  "  certain 
 times,"  ioY  that  tlie  moon  is  not  always 
 seen.  Knoweth,]  To  wit,  by  God's  com- 
 mandment the  time  and  place  to  sit  and 
 rise.     See  Job  xxxviii.  12. 
 
 Ver.  21.' — For  the  prey,]  Or,  a^  «V.  See 
 Is.  xxxi.  4  ;  Job  iv.  11  ;  xxxix.  I,  2. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Labour,]  Or,  his  tilth  service, 
 husbandry,  as  Gen.  ii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Riches,]  Or,  possessions. 
 
 Ver.  25.— Wide  of  spaces,]  Or,  of 
 hands,  that  is,  broad  and  spacious,  reaching 
 out  his  arms  on  every  side,  Job  xi.  9.  A 
 like  phrase  is  of  other  spacious  things.  Gen. 
 xxxiv.  21  ;  Neh.  vii.  4;  Is.  xxxiii.  21. 
 
 Ver.  26. — Leviathan,]  Or,  the  whale, 
 or  the  sea  dragon.  See  Ps.  Ixxiv.  14  ;  Job 
 xl.  20,  &c.  To  play,]  Or,  playing  in  it, 
 as  '  Behemoth  and  the  beasts  are  said  to  play 
 on  the  mountains,'  Job  xl.  15,  which  word 
 is  also  used  for  conflict  or  fight,  2  Sam.  ii. 
 14. 
 
 Ver.  27. — Look  attentively,]  Or,  ti;«2< 
 ivith  hope,  so  Ps.  cxlv.  15.  In  his  time,] 
 That  is,  in  due  season.     See  Ps.  1.  3. 
 
 Ver.  28 — Openest,  &c.]  That  it,  givest 
 freely,  as  Deut.  xv.  11. 
 
 Vek.  29. — Gatherest,]  That  is,  takest 
 away.  See  Ps.  xxx.  9.  To  their  dust,] 
 Their  earth  whereof  they  were  made,  Gen. 
 1.  24  ;  iii.  19  ;  Ps.  cxlvi.  4.  This  is  taken 
 from  Job  xxxiv.  14,  15. 
 
 Ver.  30. — Renewest,]  By  causing  new 
 creatures  to  come  in  place  of  the  old,  Eccl. 
 i.  4,  and  restoring  the  estate  of  things 
 decayed,   Ezek.  xxxvii. 
 
 Ver.  31. — Be,]  Or,  shall  he  Jor  ever. 
 Rejoice,]  In  beholding  the  holy  order  and 
 obedience  of  his  creatures,  and  not  repent  or 
 be  sorry  for  the  work  of  his  hands,  and  destroy 
 them.  Is.  Ixv.  19  ;  Gen.  vi.  5,  6. 
 
 Ver.  32.— They  smoke,]  A  sign  of  fear, 
 Ex.  xix.  18.     So  Ps.  cxliv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  33. — In  mt  life,]  So  long  as  I 
 live.      So  Ps.  Ixiii.  5;  cxlvi.  2. 
 
 Vep.  34.. — Sweet  shall  be,]  That  is, 
 delightful  to  vie,  or,  be  it  sweet,  that  is, 
 acceptable  to  God. 
 
 Ver.  35. — Consumed  be  sinners,]  Or, 
 they  shall  be  consumed  ;  by  sinners  meaning 
 men  given  to  sin.  See  Ps.  i.  1.  Hallelu- 
 jah,] That  is,  praise  ye  Jah,  an  Heb. 
 phrase  kept  in  the  Gr.,  Rev.  xix.  3,  6,  and 
 in  other  languages  set  sometimes  in  the 
 beginning,  someti mes  in  the  end  of  psalms, but 
 first  used  in  this  place ;  where  consuming  of 
 
PSALM    CV. 
 
 619 
 
 ners  out  of  the  earth,  and  wicked  men  he  they  no  more ;  my  soul, 
 bless  thou  Jehovah,  Hallelujah. 
 
 sinners  is  mentioned,  as  in  the  New  Testa-      destruction  of  Autidnist,  the  man  of  sin,  is 
 meat,  it  is  first  usod  in  Rev.xix.,  where  the      foretold. 
 
 PSALM   CV. 
 
 An  exhortalion  to  praise  God,  and  to  i,eek  out  his  worAs.  7.  The 
 story  of  God's  providence  over  Abraham  ;  l6.  Over  Joseph  ;  23.  Over 
 Jacob  in  Egypt ;  26.  Over  Moses  delivering  the  Israelites  ;  37.  Over  the 
 Israelites  brought  out  of  Egypt,  fed  in  the  wilderness,  and  planted  in 
 Canaan. 
 
 ^  Confess  ye  to  Jehovah,  call  on  his  name,  make  known  his 
 actions  among  the  people.  ^  Sing  ye  to  him,  sing  psalms  to  him, 
 discourse  of  all  his  marvellous  works.  ^  Glory  ye  in  the  name  of 
 liis  holiness,  let  tlie  heart  pf  them  that  seek  Jehovah  rejoice.  ^  Seek 
 Jehovah  and  his  strength,  seek  ye  his  face  continually.  *  Remem- 
 ber ye  his  marvellous  works  that  he  hath  done,  his  wonders,  and 
 the  judgments  of  his  mouth.  ®  Seed  of  Abraham  his  servant,  sons 
 of  Jacob  his  chosen  ones.  '^  He  is  Jehovah  our  God,  his  judgments 
 are  in  all  the  earth.  ^  He  remembereth  his  covenant  for  ever,  the 
 word  that  lie  commanded  to  the  thousandth  generation.  ^  Which 
 he  struck  with  Abraham,  and  his  oath  unto  Isaac.  '°  And  stab- 
 lished  it  to  Jacob  for  a  decree,  to  Israel ^r  a  covenant  of  eternity. 
 "  Saying,  To  thee  will  I  give  the  land  of  Canaan,  the  line  of  your 
 
 Ver.  1. — Call  on  his  name,]  Or,  fro- 
 claim,  that  is,  preach  his  name.  The  first 
 part  of  this  Ps.  is  part  of  that  which  David 
 appointed  to  laud  the  Lord  with,  when  his 
 ark  was  seated  in  Jerusalem,  1  Cluon.  xvi. 
 7,  8—22. 
 
 Veh.  'I. — Discourse,]  Or,  talk,  meditate. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Glort,]  Or,  praise  yourselves; 
 see  Ps.  xxxiv.  3. 
 
 Ver.  4. — His  strength,]  That  is,  his 
 ar/&,  from  whence  God  gave  his  oracles,  Num. 
 vii.89;  see  Ps.  Ixxviii.  61.  The  Chald.  para- 
 phraseth  thus,  "  Seek  ye  the  doctrine  of  the 
 Lord  and  his  law."  His  face,]  His  counsel 
 and  oracle.     See  the  notes  on  Ps.  xxvii.  8. 
 
 Ver. 6. — Of  Abraham,]  In  1  Chron.  xvi. 
 ]3,  it  is  'of  Israel.'  His  servant,]  This  is 
 meant  of  the  seed  as  well  as  of  Abraham,  as 
 the  next  words  show ;  therefore  the  Gr. 
 tnrneth  it,  "servants." 
 
 Ver.  8. — He  bemembereth,]  Therefore 
 also  remember  ye,  as  it  is  written,  1  Chron. 
 xvi.  15.  The  word,]  Or,  the  matter,  the 
 conditions  of  the  covenant,  and  so  the  pro- 
 
 mises which  for  the  more  certainty  are  said 
 to  be  'commanded,'  as  in  Ps.  cxxxiii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Land  of  Canaan,]  The  son 
 of  Cham,  the  son  of  Noah,  who  was  cursed 
 by  his  grandfather,  and  made  a  servant  to  his 
 brethren,  Gen.  ix.  18,  22,  25.  This  Canaan 
 had  eleven  sons,  heads  of  their  families,  Gen. 
 X.  15,  20,  they  seated  in  the  lesser  Asia  in 
 a  goodly  country,  having  the  great  sea  west- 
 ward, the  river  Jordan,  Syria,  and  Arabia, 
 eastward,  the  wilderness  on  the  south,  and 
 the  mounts  of  Lebanon  on  the  north.  It  was 
 the  pleasantest  of  all  lands,  and  flowed  with 
 milk  and  honey,  Ezek.  xx.  6.  It  had  store  of 
 rivers  and  fountains,  of  corn,  and  wine,  and 
 oil,  and  mines  ;  of  mountains  and  valleys, 
 watered  with  the  rain  of  heaven,  and  cared 
 for  of  God  continually,  Deut.  viii.  7,  8,  9  ; 
 xi.  10 — 12.  This  land  God  promised 
 Abraham  to  give  unto  his  seed,  Gen.  xii.  6, 
 7  ;  xiii.  15,  17.  See  also  the  Notes  on  Ps. 
 XXV.  13.  The  line,]  That  is,  the  portion 
 of  your  patrimony  measured  as  by  line.  See 
 Ps.  xvi.  6. 
 
620 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 inlieritance.  '^  When  they  were  men  (^few)  of  number,  very  few, 
 and  strangers  in  it.  '^  And  walked  about  from  nation  to  nation, 
 from  one  kingdom  to  another  people.  "  He  suffered  not  any  man 
 to  do  them  wrong,  but  reproved  kings  for  them.  '^  Touch  not 
 mine  anointed,  and  to  my  prophets  do  no  evil.  '^  And  he  called  a 
 famine  upon  the  land,  he  brake  all  the  staff  of  bread.  "  He  sent 
 before  them  a  man,  Joseph  was  sold  for  a  servant.  ^^  They  afflic- 
 ted liis  feet  with  fetters,  liis  soul  entered  tlie  iron.  ^^  Until  the 
 time  liis  word  came,  the  saying  of  Jehovah  tried  him.  ^°  The  king 
 sent  and  loosed  him,  the  ruler  of  the  people,  and  released  him. 
 ^'  He  put  him  lord  of  his  house,  and  ruler  of  all  his  possession. 
 "  To  bind  his  princes  to  his  soul,  and  make  wise  his  elders.  ^^  And 
 Israel  came  into  Egypt,  and  Jacob  sojourned  in  the  land  of  Cham. 
 ^*  And  he  increased  liis  people  greatly,  and  made  them  stronger 
 tlian  their  distressers.     '^^  He  turned  their  heart  to  hate  Iiis  people. 
 
 Ver.  12. — When  they  were,]  [n  1 
 Chron.  xvi.  19  it  is,  v-hen  ye  were.  Men 
 OF  NUMBER,]  Tliat  is,  u  few  men,  soon  num- 
 bered ;  so  Gen.  xxxiv.  30;  Deut.  iv.  27. 
 Tlie  contrary  is,  without  number,  or  innu- 
 merable, Ps.  cxlvii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  13. — From  nation  to  nation,]  Up 
 and  down  in  tlie  land  of  Canaan,  where  were 
 seven  mighty  nations,  Deut.  vii.  1.  How 
 there  the  patriarchs  walked  as  strangers,  see 
 Gen.  xii.  8 — 10;  xiii.  18;  xx.  I;  xxiii. 
 4:  xxvi.  1,23  ;  xxxiii.  19;  xxxv.  1,  &c. 
 Ileb.  xi.  9,  13. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Wrong,]  Or,  to  oppress  them. 
 Reproved  kings,]  Plaguing  Pharoah,  Gen. 
 xii.  17,  threatening  Abimelech,  Gen.  xx.  3. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Anointed,]  Men  consecrated 
 to  me  by  the  oil  of  the  Spirit.  See  1  John 
 ii.  20,  27.  Prophets,]  So  Abraham  is 
 called,  Gen.  xx.  7.     See  Ps.  Ixxiv.  9. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Called  famine,]  That  is, 
 eflectually  brought  it;  so  2  Kings  viii.  1. 
 The  contrary  hereof  is,  '  to  call  for  corn,' 
 Ezek.  xxxvi.  29.  The  land,]  Of  Canaan, 
 Egypt,  and  other  countries,  Gen  xii.  54,  &c. 
 Staff,]  Or,  stay,  stabiliment,  so  bread  is 
 called,  Lev.  xxvi.  26;  Ezek.  iv.  IG;  for  '  it 
 upholdeth  man's  heart,'  Ps.  civ.  15. 
 
 Ver.  17. — A  man,]  Heb.  Isk.a  nobleman. 
 See  Ps.  xlix.  3.  The  Chald.  saith,  "  a  wise 
 man."  For  a  servant,]  For  a  slave,  by 
 his  brethren  to  the  Ishmaelites,  and  by  them 
 to  the  Egyptians,  Gen.  xxxvii.  28,  36. 
 
 Ver.  is. — His  soul  entered,]  Or,  as  the 
 Gr.  saith,  passed  through  the  iron,  that  is, 
 he  (his  body)  was  laid  in  irons  when  he  was 
 cast  into  prison  most  unjustly,  Gen.  xxxix. 
 20,  and  there  he  was  in  peril  of  his  life.  Of 
 soul,]  See  Ps.  xvi.  10. 
 
 Veb.  19. — Hi3  WORD  came,]  That  is,  the 
 
 word  spoken  of  him  was  fulfilled,  which  God 
 had  showed  Joseph  in  a  dream  touching  his 
 advancement.  Gen.    xxxvi.    5 — 10  ;     xlii, 
 
 9.  So  coining  is  ior  fulfilling ,  Jer.  xvii.  15; 
 1  Sam.   ix.   6  ;    Job   vi.  8.       Tried,]  Or, 
 
 fined  him,  by  trying  as  in  fire  his  laith  and 
 patience  in  afflictions,  as  1  Pet.  i.  7.  See 
 Ps.  xii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  20. — The  king,]  Pharaoh  (for  that 
 Joseph  interpreted  his  dreams)  set  him  out 
 of  prison,  a  ruler  over  the  land.  See  Gen. 
 xii.  14,  &c. ;  xlv.  8. 
 
 Ver.  22. — To  bind,]  That  is,  inform  and 
 govern  as  subjects.  See  Ps.  ii.  3.  To  his 
 soul,]  To  his  will  or  pleasure,  see  Vs.  xxvii. 
 12,  so  as  without  him  '  no  man  shall  lift  up 
 his  hand  or  his  foot  (that  is,  attempt  to  do 
 any  thing)  in  all  the  land  of  Egypt,'  Gen. 
 xii.  40,  44.  Or,  "with  his  soul,"  that  is, 
 "with  himself,"  as  the  Gr.  expoundeth  it, 
 "  to  nurture  his  princes  as  himself,"  which 
 may  mean  to  inform  them  in  virtue,  wisdom, 
 &c.,  wherein  himself  excelled,  Gen.  xii.  38, 
 39.  IFith  is  sometimes  used  for  as,  Ps.  cii. 
 4,  and  the  soul  for  one's  self.     See  Ps.  xvi. 
 
 10.  The  words  following  seem  to  favour 
 this  exposition.  His  elders,]  Or,  sewa^or*, 
 the  king's  nobles  and  counsellors,  Gen.  1.  7. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Came  into  Egypt,]  Being 
 sent  for  bv  Pharanh,  and  encouraged  thereto 
 by  God  himself,  Gen.  xlv.  17—20  ;  xlvi.  3, 
 4.  Of  Cham,]  The  father  of  Mizraim  or 
 Egypt,     See  Ps.  Ixxviii.  61. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Increased,]  Made  them  fruc- 
 tify, that  the  land  was  soon  full  of  them,  Ex. 
 i.  7,  9. 
 
 Ver.  25. — To  deal  craftily,]  Or,  con- 
 spire guilefidly  for  their  destruction,  as  Gen. 
 xxxvii.  18.  Pharaoh  and  his  people  fretting 
 at  Israel's  prosperity,  thought  to  work  wisely 
 
PSALM    C  V. 
 
 621 
 
 to  deal  craftily  with  his  servants.  '^  He  sent  Moses  his  servant, 
 Aaron  whom  he  liad  chosen.  ^'  They  put  among  them  tlie  words 
 of  his  signs  and  wonders  in  the  land  of  Cham.  ^^  He  sent  dark- 
 ness and  made  it  dark,  and  they  turned  not  rebellious  against  his 
 word.  ^^  He  turned  tlieir  waters  to  blood,  and  slew  their  fish. 
 ^°  Their  land  abundantly  brouglit  forth  frogs,  in  the  privy  cham- 
 bers of  their  kings.  ^^  He  said,  and  tliere  came  a  mixed'  swarm, 
 lice  in  all  their  border.  ^^  He  gave  their  showers  to  be  hail,  fire  of 
 flames  in  their  land.  ^'  And  smote  their  vine  and  tlieir  fig-tree, 
 and  brake  the  trees  of  their  border.  ^^  He  said,  and  the  grass- 
 hopper came,  and  the  caterpillar,  even  without  number.  ^*  And 
 did  eat  up  all  tlie  herbs  in  tlieir  land,  and  did  cat  up  the  fruit  of 
 their  ground.  ^^  And  he  smote  all  the  first-born  in  tlieir  land,  the 
 beginning  of  all  tlieir  strength.  '^  And  he  brought  forth  them  with 
 silver  and  gold,  and  none  among  their  tribes  ivas  feeble.  ^^  Egypt 
 rejoiced  when  they  went  out,  for  the  dread  of  them  had-fallen  upon 
 tliem.  ^^  He  spread  a  cloud  for  a  covering,  and  a  fire  to  enlighten 
 the  night.  ^°  TJiey  asked,  and  he  brought  the  quail,  and  with  the 
 bread  of  lieaven  lie  satisfied  them.  *'  He  opened  the  rock,  and  the 
 waters  flowed  out,  tliey  went  in  dry  places  like  a  river.  ^^  For  lie 
 remembered  the  word  of  his  holiness  to  Abraham  his  servant. 
 "  And  brought  forth  his  people  with  joy,  his  chosen  with  shouting 
 
 with  them  when  th  y  plot'td  their  ruiu,  Ex. 
 i.  9—12,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  26. — Had  chosen,]  To  be  Moses' 
 moiitli  to  the  people,  and  prophet  to  Pharaoh, 
 Ex.  iv.  12,  14,  16;  vii.  1,  2,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  27. — Words  of  his  signs,]  The 
 signs  which  he  spake  and  commanded,  toge- 
 ther with  the  doctrine  and  use  of  them  for 
 letting  of  Israel  go.  See  Ex.  vii.  1 — 3,  &c. 
 Or,  words  of  signs,  as  words  of  song,  Ps. 
 cxxxvii.  3, are  signs  and  songs;  so  Ps.cxlv.5. 
 
 Vee.  2S. — Darkness,]  The  ninth  plague 
 of  Egypt,  where  was  blaciv  darkness  in  all  tiie 
 land  for  '  three  days,  that  no  man  baw  ano- 
 ther, nor  rose  from  the  place  where  he  was, 
 Ex.  X.  22,23.  Turned  not  REBELLions,] 
 Or,  they  disobeyed  not,  (see  Ps.  v.  ]  I )  that 
 is,  his  words  (or  word)  were  not  disobeyed  or 
 changed,  but  effected  as  God  had  spoken. 
 See  a  like  phrase  noted  on  Ps.  xlix.  15.  Or, 
 they  may  be  referred  to  Moses  and  Aaron, 
 who  performed  the  things  commanded  them, 
 though  with  danger  to  them 
 
 Ver.  29.— To  blood,]  The  first  of  the 
 ten  plagues,  Ex.  vii.        See  Ps.  ixxviii.  44. 
 
 Ver.  30. — Frogs,]  The  second  plague, 
 Ex.  viii.  3,  6;  Ps.  Ixxviii. '45.  Kings,] 
 Pharaoh  and  his  piinces  ;  so  Is.  xix.  2 
 
 Ver.  31. — Swarm,]  Of  flies  or  beasts. 
 See  Ps.  Ixxviii.  45.  This  was  the  fourth 
 plague,  Ex.   viii.    24.      Lice,]    The  third 
 
 plague.     '  All  the  dust  of  the  land  was  lice, 
 and  went  upon  man  and  beast,'  Ex.  viii.  17. 
 
 Ver.  32. — Showers,]  Of  rain,  instead 
 whereof  they  had  hail,  tlie  seventh  plague, 
 Ex.  ix.  See  Ps.  Ixxviii.  47.  Of  flames,] 
 That  is,  sorely  flaming  and  blasting;  never 
 was  the  like  there  seen,  Ex.  ix.  24. 
 
 Ver.  33. — Tree,]  For  trees,  so  after  ver. 
 34,  40,  and  often.     See  Ps.  xxxiv.  8, 
 
 Ver.  34. — Grasshopper,]  Or,  locust,  the 
 eighth  plague,  Ex.  x.     See  Ps.  Ixxviii.  4(5. 
 
 Ver.  36. — The  first  born,]  The  tenth 
 plague,  whereof  see  Ps.  Ixxviii.  51. 
 
 Ver.  37 — Feeble,]  Jieady  to  fall 
 through  weakness,  there  being  an  army  of 
 six  hundred  thousand  men,  Ex.  xii.  37;  xiii. 
 IS.  A  like  promise  is  made  to  the  Church, 
 Is.  xxxiii.  24. 
 
 Ver.  38. — Dread  of  them,]  That  is,  of 
 death  for  their  sakes,  so  that  they  forced 
 them  out,  and  gave  them  treasures,  Ex.  xii. 
 33,  35.  See  the  like  speech,  Esth.  viii,  17; 
 ix.  2. 
 
 Ver.  39. — A  fire,]  That  they  might  tra- 
 vel night  and  day  towards  the  promised  land, 
 Ex.  xiii.  21;  Ps.  Ixxviii.  14. 
 
 Ver.  40. — Quail,]  That  is,  quails  which 
 for  their  lust  he  gave  them.  Num.  xi.  Com- 
 pare Ps.  Ixxviii.  27,  2>i.  Bread,]  3Ianna, 
 whereof  see  Ps.  Ixxviii.  24,  25  ;  Ex.  xvi. 
 
 Ver.  41.— The  Rock,]     At  Rephidim, 
 
622 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 joy.  "  And  gave  to  them  the  lands  of  the  heathen,  and  they  pos- 
 sessed the  labour  of  the  people.  *'  That  they  might  observe  his 
 statutes  and  keep  his  laws,  Hallelu-jah. 
 
 Ex.  xvii.,  and  at  Kadesh,  Num.  xx.  A 
 RIVER.]  So  that  '  the  people  and  their  beasts 
 drank,'  Num.  xx.  11  ;  and  for  this  the  wild 
 beasts,  dragons,  ostriches,  honoured  God,  Is. 
 xliii.  20.  This  mercy  is  applied  to  other 
 times,  Is.  xlviii.  21. 
 
 Ver.  44. — Heathen,]  The  seven  nations, 
 whereof  see  Ps.  Ixxviii.  55. 
 
 Ver,  45. — Keep  his  laws,]  The  end  of 
 all  God's  mercies  was,  that  he  might  be  glo- 
 rified in  his  people's  obedience.  See  Ex, 
 xix.  4 — G;  Deut.  xli.  40;  vi,  21 — 25. 
 
 PSALM   CVI. 
 
 The  psalmist  exhorteth  to  praise  God.  4.  He  prayeth  for  pardon  of 
 sin,  as  God  did  with  the  fathers.  7.  The  story  of  the  people's  rebellion, 
 and  God's  mercies.     47.  He  concludeth  with  prayer  and  praise. 
 
 '  Hallelu-jah  ;  coiifess  ye  to  Jehovah,  for  he  is  good,  for  his 
 mercy  endureth  for  ever.  ^  Who  can  express  the  powers  of  Jeho- 
 vah, can  cause  to  hear  all  his  praise  ?  ^  O  blessed  are  they  tliat 
 keep  judgment,  is  he  that  doth  justice  in  all  time.  *  Remember  me, 
 Jehovah,  with  the  favourable  acceptation  of  thy  people  ;  visit  me 
 witli  thy  salvation,  '  To  see  the  good  of  thy  chosen,  to  rejoice 
 with  the  joy  of  thy  nation,  to  glory  with  thy  inheritance,  ^  We 
 have  sinned  with  our  fatliers,  we  have  done  crookedly,  we  have 
 done  wickedly. 
 
 '  Our  fathers  in  Egypt  did  not  prudently  mind  tliy  marvellous 
 works;  they  remembered  not  the  multitude  of  thy  mercies,  but 
 turned  rebellious  at  the  sea,  at  the  Red  sea.  ^  Yet  he  saved  them 
 for  his  name's  sake,  to  make  known  his  power.  ^  And  he  rebuked 
 the  Red  sea,  and  it  was  dried  up  ;  and  he  led  them  in  the  deeps 
 
 Ver.  2.— The  powers,]  That  is,  the 
 powerful  works,  such  as  after  follow,  ver.  8, 
 &c.  Thus  also  were  Christ's  miracles  named, 
 Matt.  xi.  20,21.  Sd  after,  jorawe  i'or  praise - 
 worthy  acts.  Cause  to  hear,]  That  is, 
 sound  forth,  or  display,  so  as  it  may  be  heard, 
 so  Ps.  xxvi.  7. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Visit  me,]  That  is,  come  and 
 bestow  thy  salvation,  (help  or  deliverance) 
 upon  me.  See  Ps.  viii.  5,  and  compare 
 herewith  Luke  i.  G8,  69. 
 
 Ver.  5. — To  see,]  That  I  may  see  or 
 enjoy.  See  the  Notes  on  Ps.  xxvii.  4.  To 
 glory,]  Or,  boast  joyfully.  See  Ps.  xxxiv, 
 3.  Thy  inheritance,]  That  is,  the  people 
 whom  thou  inheiitest.      See  Ps.  xxviii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Sinned  with  our  fathers,] 
 This  confession  agreeth  with  the  law,  Lev. 
 
 xxvi,  40,  and  with   the   practices   of  other 
 godly,  Jer.  iii.  25  ;  Dan.  ix.  5. 
 
 Ver,  7. — Turned  rebellious,]  The  Gr, 
 sai th,  ^rouo*e(^  to  bitterness.  See  Ps.  v.  11. 
 By  the  Red  sea  the  Israelites  distrusted  God, 
 and  murmured  against  Moses,  Ex.  xiv.  11, 
 12,  yet  there  he  saved  them,  ver.  15,  16, 
 &c.  The  Red  sea,]  So  the  New  Testament 
 calleth  it  in  Gr.,  Heb.  xi.  29  ;  but  the  Heb- 
 rew is  the  "  sea  sulph,"  that  is,  "  the  sea 
 of  sedge,"  or  "  sea  weeds,"  which  grew 
 therein. 
 
 Ver.  9. — He  rebuked,]  That  is,  power- 
 fully repressed  the  waves,  &o.  See  the  like, 
 Nah.  i.  4  ;  Is.  1.  2  ;  Matt,  viii.  26  ;  Ps. 
 xviii.  16.  In  the  deeps,]  Israel  went  in 
 the  bottom  of  the  Red  sea  on  dry  ground,  the 
 deep  waters  being  as  walls  on  each  hand  of 
 
PSALM    CVI. 
 
 G2^ 
 
 as  in  the  wilderness.  ^^  And  lie  saved  them  from  the  hand  of  tlie 
 liater,  and  redeemed  them  from  the  hand  of  the  enemy.  "  And 
 the  waters  covered  their  distressers,  one  of  them  was  not  left. 
 '^  And  they  believed  in  his  words,  they  sang  his  praise. 
 
 '*  They  made  haste,  they  forgat  his  works,  they  waited  not  for 
 his  counsel.  "  But  lusted  with  lust  in  the  wilderness,  and  tempted 
 God  in  the  desert.  '*  And  he  gave  to  them  tlieir  request,  and  sent 
 leanness  into  their  soul. 
 
 '^  And  they  envied  at  Moses  in  the  camp,  at  Aaron  tlie  holy  one 
 of  Jehovah.  "  The  earth  opened  and  swallowed  up  Dathan,  and 
 covered  over  the  congregation  of  Abiram.  '"  And  a  fire  burned  in 
 their  congregation,  aflame  burnt  up  the  wicked. 
 
 "  They  made  a  calf  in  Horeb,  and  bowed  themselves  to  a  molten 
 idol.  ^^  And  turned  their  glory  into  the  form  of  an  ox  that  eateth 
 grass.  ^'  They  forgat  God  tlieir  Saviour,  tliat  did  great  things  in 
 Egypt.  ^^  Marvellous  works  in  the  land  of  Cliam,  fearful  things  by 
 tlie  Red  sea.  ^^  And  he  said  to  abolish  them  ;  had  not  Moses,  his 
 chosen,  stood  in  the  breach  before  him,  to  turn  his  wrathful  heat 
 from  destroying  them. 
 
 '^'  And  they  contemptuously  refused  the  land  of  desire,  they 
 believed  not  his  word.  ^^  But  murmured  in  their  tents,  they  heard 
 not  tlie  voice  of  Jehovah.     ^  And  he  lifted  up  his  hand  to  them. 
 
 them,  Ex.  xiv.  21,  22,  29.    See  also  Is.  Ixjii. 
 11—13. 
 
 Ver.  10. — The  hater,]  Pharaoh  and  his 
 host  that  pursued  them,  Ex.  xiv.  23,  24,  30. 
 Ver.  12. — They  sang,]  As  is  expressed, 
 Ex.  XV. 
 
 Ver.  14. — With  ldst,]  That  is,  greedily, 
 even  weeping  lor  desire  of  flesh  to  eat,  and 
 loathing  manna,  Num.  xi.  4,  6. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Leanness,]  A  sudden  plague, 
 whereby  the  souls  or  lives  of  the  fattest  of 
 them  were  taken  away.  See  Ps.  Ixxviii.  30, 
 31 ;  also  Is.  x.  IC. 
 
 Vee.  16. — The  holy  one,]  Sanctified  of 
 the  Lord  to  the  worlt  of  the  priesthood,  Ex. 
 xxix.  44  ;  Lev.  viii.  12,  &c.,  which  Korah 
 with  other  Levites  envied,  opposing  their 
 own  holiness,  Num.  xvi.  ],  3,  5. 
 
 Ver.17. — Dathan  ]  And  Abiram, princes, 
 with  their  families  and  all  their  goods  went 
 down  alive  into  hell,  Num.  xvi.  32,  33. 
 
 Ver.  18. — The  wicked,]  Two  hundred 
 and  fifty  men  that  would  burn  incense  to  the 
 Lord,  were  burnt  with  fire  from  the  Lord, 
 Num.  xvi.  35.  Korah  was  the  chief  of 
 them. 
 
 Ver.  19. — In  Horeb,]  A  mount  in  the 
 wilderness  called  •  the  mountain  of  God,'  Ex. 
 iii.  1  ;  1  Kings  xix.  8  ;  for  there  God  gave 
 his  law,  and  made  a  covenant  with  them, 
 Deut.  iv.  10  ;  v.  2  ;  but  while  Moses  was 
 with  God  in   the  mount,  they  made    them- 
 
 selves *a  god  of  gold,'  Deut.  ix.  8,  9 — 12  ; 
 Ex.  xxxii.  1,  4,  31.  It  was  called  also 
 'Sinai,'  Ps.  Ixviii.  9,  of  bushes  that  there 
 grew,  and  Horeb  of  the  dryness,  for  it  was  a 
 waterless  desert,  Deut.  viii,  15. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Their  glory,]  That  is,  their 
 God.  Su  Jer.  ii.  U.  Thus  did  they  like 
 the  heathens,  Rom.  i.23.  Form]  Pattern, 
 structure,  or  type,  as  the  apostle  calletli  it  in 
 Gr.,  Heb.  viii.  5,  from  Ex.  xxv.  40. 
 
 Ver.  23. — To  abolish,]  Or,  that  he 
 would  destroy  them,  and  put  out  their  name 
 from  under  heaven,  as  is  expressed,  Deut.  ix. 
 13,  14.  In  the  breach,]  In  the  gap  \yh'ich 
 their  sin  had  opened  for  God  as  an  enemy 
 to  enter  and  destroy  them.  A  similitude 
 taken  from  war,  when  by  a  breach  in  the  wall, 
 the  enemy  entereth  the  city.  So  Ezek.  xiii. 
 5;  xxii.  30.  But  Moses'  earnest  prayer 
 stopped  this  breach,  Ex.  xxxii.  11 — 14. 
 Destroying,]  Heb.  corrupting,  that  is,  con- 
 suming tJiem.     See  Ps.  Ivii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Land  of  desirk,]  The  pleas- 
 atit  land  of  Canaan,  which  was  to  be  desired 
 for  the  pleasures  and  profits  of  it  above  all 
 other  countries,  Ezek.  xx.  6 ;  Deut.  xi.  1 1,  22. 
 Tins  land  they  through  unbelief  refused  to 
 take  possession  of.  Num.  xiv.  1,  2,  3,  &r.  ; 
 Heb.  iii.  19.  So  '  meat  of  desire '  is  '  dainty 
 meat,'  Job  xxxiii.  20. 
 
 Ver.  26. — His  hand,]  That  vi,sware,  (as 
 the  Chald.  explaineth)  for   so  'lifting  up  the 
 
624 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 to  fell  them  in  tne  wilderness.  ^^  And  to  fell  their  seed  among  the 
 heathen,  and  to  fan  them  in  the  land. 
 
 ^^  And  they  were  joined  to  Bal-pehor,  and  did  eat  the  sacrifices 
 of  the  dead.  '^^  And  moved  indignation  by  their  actions,  and  the 
 plague  brake  in  upon  them.  ^^  And  Phineas  stood  and  executed 
 judgment,  and  the  plague  was  restrained.  ^'  And  it  was  counted  to 
 liim  for  justice  to  generation  and  generation  for  ever. 
 
 ^^  And  tliey  caused  fervent  wrath  at  tlie  waters  of  Meribah,  and 
 evil  was  to  Moses  for  their  sake.  ^'  For  they  bitterly  provoked 
 his  Spirit,  and  he  pronounced  it  with  his  lips.  ^*  They  abolished 
 not  the  people  which  Jehovah  had  said  unto  them.  ^^  But  mixed 
 themselves  among  the  heathen,  and  learned  their  works.  ^^  And 
 served  their  idols,  and  tliey  were  to  them  for  a  snare.  ^^  And  they 
 sacrificed  their  sons  and  their  daughters  to  devils.  ^^  And  shed 
 innocent  blood,  the  blood  of  their  sons  and  of  their  daughters, 
 whom  they  sacrificed  to  the  idols  of  Canaan  ;    and  the  land  was 
 
 hand '  often  signifieth,as  Gen.  xiv.  22  ;  Rev. 
 X.  5,  6  ;  Deut.  xxxii.  40  ;  Neh.  ix.  15. 
 How  God  snare  against  this  people,  see  Num. 
 xiv.  21,  23;  Ps.  xcv.  11. 
 
 Ver.  27. — To  FAN,]  Tliat  is,  scatter.  See 
 Ps.  xliv.  12  ;   Ezek.  xx.  2:i 
 
 Ver.  28. — Were  joined,]  Or,  coupled, 
 yoked  unequally  with  infidels,  which  the 
 apostle  forhiddeth,  2  Cor.  vi.  14.  Baal- 
 PEHOR,]  The  God  of  Moab  and  Madian,  to 
 whom  by  Balaam's  counsel  Israel  joined, 
 Num.  XXV.  3;  xxxi.  16;  Rev.  ii.  14.  Baal 
 signifieth  a  lord,  master,  husband,  or  patron. 
 Pelior  was  the  name  of  a  mountain  where 
 this  god  was  worshipped,  and  had  a  temple 
 named  Beth-pehor,  Num.  xxiii.  28  ;  Deut. 
 iii.  29.  Baal  was  a  common  name  whereby 
 the  heathens  called  their  gods,  2  Kings  i.  2; 
 Judges  viii.  33  ;  and  so  Israel  also  called  the 
 true  God,  Hos.  ii.  16  ;  but  for  the  shameful 
 abuse  of  God's  worship,  the  scriptures  turn 
 Baal,  a  lord,  into  bosheth,  a  shame,  as  Jerub- 
 bosheth,  2  Sam.  xi.  21,  for  Jerub-baal,  (or 
 Gedeon)  Judges  viii.  35  ;  ix.  1.  Ish-bosh- 
 ETH,]  2  Sam.  ii.  10,  or  Esh-baal,  1  Chron. 
 viii.  33.  Mephi-bosheth,]  2  Sam.  ix.  10, 
 or  Merib-baal,  1  Chron.  viii.  34.  So  the 
 Gr.  in  1  Kings  xviii.  25,  for  Baal  hath 
 aischunes,  that  is,  shame.  Hereupon  the 
 prophet  saith,  '  they  went  to  Baal-pehor,  and 
 separated  themselves  unto  that  shame  (bosh- 
 eth),' Hos.  ix.  10;  and  so  Jeremiah  calleth 
 the  idols  '  shame,'  or  '  confusion,'  Jer. 
 iii.  24;  xi.  13.  The  dead,]  Idols  that  have 
 no  life  or  breath,  and  so  are  opposed  to  the 
 living  God,  Jer.  x.  5,  ID  ;   1  Thess.  i.  9. 
 
 Ver.  29. — Brake  in,]  With  violence 
 killing  24,000  men.  Num.  xxv.  9. 
 
 Ver.   30. — Phineas,]   Nephew  of  Aaron 
 
 the  priest,  he  being  zealous  for  the  Lord, 
 thrust  through  with  a  spear  Zimri  and  Cozbi, 
 that  wrought  abomination.  Num.  xxv.  7,  8, 
 &c. 
 
 Ver.  31. — For  justice,]  For  a  just  action, 
 though  done  without  ordinary  authority,  and 
 God  rewarded  him  for  it,  Num.  xxv.  II,  12, 
 13. 
 
 Ver.  32. — Meribah,]  That  is,  contention, 
 where  '  they  strove  with  the  Lord,'  Num.  xx. 
 13.  See  Ps.  xcv.  8.  Evil  was,]  God's 
 displeasure  towards  Moses,  who  uttering  his 
 anger,  was  for  it  deprived  of  coming  into  the 
 land  of  Canaan,  Num.  xx.  12  ;  Deut.  iii. 
 25.  26. 
 
 Ver.  34. — The  peoples,]  The  heathen 
 in  Canaan,  as  is  noted.  Judges  i.  21,  27,  29, 
 — 31,  33,  though  God  commanded  them, 
 Ex.  xxiii.  32,  33. 
 
 Ver.  36. — Idols,]  Or,  images,  named 
 in  Heb.  of  the  curious  labour  spent  in  fram- 
 ing and  serving  them,  Jer.  x.  9  ;  Is.  xliv. 
 9,  12,  13,  15,  or  of  sorrows  that  they  bring 
 to  such  as  worship  them,  Ps.  xvi.  4.  Some- 
 times they  are  called  gods,  2  Sam.  v.  21, 
 compared  with  1  Chron.  xiv.  12.  A  snare,] 
 A  scandal,  (as  the  Gr.  saith)  whereby  they 
 fe  into  miseries,  Judges  ii.  12 — 15;  Ex. 
 xxiii.  33. 
 
 Ver.  37. — Devils,]  The  idols  fore-men- 
 tioned, whereby  devils  are  worshipped  and 
 not  God,  as  1  Cor.  x.  19,  20  ;  Rev.  ix.  20; 
 2  Chron.  xi.  15  ;  Deut.  xxxii.  17  ;  Lev. 
 xvii.  7.  Devils  here  are  called  shedim, 
 wasters,  in  opposition  to  Shaddai,  God  Al- 
 mighty, Ps.  Ixviii.  15. 
 
 Ver.  38. — With  bloods,]  That  is,  with 
 bloodshed  as  the  Chald.  expounds  it,  «'  with 
 sin  of  murder." 
 
PSALM   CVII.  625 
 
 impiously  distained  witli  blood.  ^^  And  they  defiled  themselves  by 
 tlieir  works,  and  whored  by  their  practices.  ^°  And  the  anger  of 
 Jehovah  was  kindled  against  his  people,  and  he  abhorred  his  inheri- 
 tance. *'  And  he  gave  them  into  tlie  liand  of  the  heathens,  and 
 their  haters  ruled  over  them.  ^'^  And  their  enemies  oppressed  them, 
 and  they  were  humbled  under  their  hand.  ^^Many  times  did  he 
 deliver  them,  and  they  bitterly  provoked  by  their  counsel ;  and 
 were  brought  down  by  their  iniquity.  ^*  Yet  he  saw  when  distress 
 was  on  them,  when  he  heard  their  cry.  ^'And  he  remembered  toward 
 them  his  covenant,  and  repented  according  to  the  multitude  of  his 
 mercies.  *''  And  gave  them  tender  mercies,  before  all  that  led 
 them  captives. 
 
 ■*'  Save  thou  us,  Jehovah  our  God,  and  gather  us  from  tlie 
 heathen,  for  to  confess  unto  the  name  of  thine  holiness,  to  glory 
 in  thy  praise.  ^^  Blessed  be  Jehovah,  God  of  Israel,  from  eternity 
 and  unto  eternity ;  and  let  all  the  people  say.  Amen,  Hallelu-jah. 
 
 Ver.  o9. — Whored,]  Committed  spiritual  their   counsel.]    That    is,    purposely   and 
 
 whoredom,  that  is,  idolatry.     See  Ps.  Ixxiii.  advisedly,  as  I  Chron.  xii.  19. 
 27;  Judges  ii.  17;  Ezek.  xxiii.  7,  37.  Ver.    46.— Gave   them,]  That  is,  pro- 
 
 Ver.  42. — Their  h.^ters,]  The  heathen  cured  mercy  (or  favour)  towards  them, 
 round  about,  as  was  prophesied,   Lev.  xxvi.  Ver.  47. — From  the  he.wens,]  Among 
 
 17,  and  fulfilled,  Judges  iii.  8,  14;  iv.  2  ;  whom   diverse    Israelites  were   scattered  by 
 
 vi.  1 ;  X.  7 — 9  ;  xiii.  1.  reason  of  their  often  troubles  at  home.     So  I 
 
 Ver.43.— Many  times,]  By  Ehud,  Barak,  Chron.  xvi.  35,  36.      To  glory,]  That  we 
 
 Gideon,  Jephtah,  Samson,  &c.  Judges  iii. ;  may  glory  or  commend  ourselves. 
 iv.;  vii.;  xi.;  xv.;  Neh.  ix.   28,  30.       By 
 
 THE   FIFTH  BOOK. 
 
 PSALM    CVII. 
 
 The  psalmist  exhorteth  the  redeemed,  in  praising  God,  to  observe  his 
 manifold  'providence,  4  over  travellers,  10  over  captives,  17  over  sick 
 men,  23  over  seamen,  33  and  in  divers  varieties  of  life. 
 
 ^  Confess  ye  to  Jehovah,  for  he  is  good  ;  for  hi?,  vacx cy  endureth 
 for  ever.  ^  Let  the  redeemed  of  Jehovah  say  it,  wliom  he  hath 
 redeemed  from  the  hand  of  the  distresser,  ^  And  gathered  them 
 out  of  the  lands,  from  east  and  from  west,  from  north  and  from  the 
 
 The  fifth  book,]  See  Ps.  xlii.l.  where  the  Red  sea  was  situated  from  Judea, 
 
 Ver.  2. — Whom  he  hath,]  Or,  that  he  (as  the  Chald.  explaiiieth  it,  "the  southern 
 hath  redeemed  them.  Of  the  distresser,]  sea,")  for  the  main  sea  was  westward,  Jos. 
 Or,  of  distress.  xxiii.  4,  and  so  is  often  used  for  the  west. 
 
 Ver.  3 — The  sea,]   That  is,  the  south. 
 
 Vol.  II.  4  K 
 
626  PSALMS. 
 
 sea.  *  They  wandered  in  the  wilderness,  in  the  desert  without  way; 
 they  found  not  a  dwelling  city.  ^  Hungry  and  also  thirsty,  their 
 soul  was  overwhelmed  in  them.  *  And  they  cried  unto  Jehovah 
 in  their  distress  ;  he  rid  them  free  out  of  their  anguish.  ^  And  he 
 led  them  in  a  right  way,  for  to  come  unto  a  dwelling  city.  ^  Let 
 them  confess  to  Jehovah  his  mercy,  and  his  marvellous  works  to 
 the  sons  of  Adam.  ^  For  he  hath  satisfied  the  thirsty  soul,  and 
 filled  the  hungry  soul  with  good. 
 
 '"  They  tliat  sit  in  darkness  and  the  shadow  of  death,  bound  in 
 affliction  and  iron.  "  Because  they  turned  rebellious  against  the 
 words  of  God,  and  despised  the  counsel  of  the  Most  High.  '^  And 
 he  humbled  their  heart  with  molestation  ;  they  stumbled  down,  and 
 there  was  no  helper.  '^  And  they  cried  unto  Jehovali  in  their  dis- 
 tress ;  lie  saved  them  out  of  their  anguish.  '*  He  brought  them 
 forth  from  darkness,  and  shadow  of  death,  and  brake  their  bands. 
 "  Let  them  confess  to  Jehovah  his  mercy,  and  his  marvellous  works 
 to  the  sons  of  Adam.  '^  For  lie  hath  broken  the  doors  of  brass, 
 and  liewed  asunder  the  bars  of  iron. 
 
 '''  Fools,  for  the  way  of  their  trespass,  and  for  their  iniquities 
 are  afflicted.  '^  Their  soul  abhorreth  all  meat,  and  they  approach 
 to  the  gates  of  death.  '"  And  they  cry  unto  Jehovah  in  their  dis- 
 tress ;  he  saveth  them  out  of  their  anguish.  ^"  He  sendeth  his 
 word  and  liealeth  them,  and  delivereth  from  their  corruptions. 
 ^'  Let  tliem  confess  to  Jehovah  his  mercy,  and  his  marvellous 
 works  to  the  sons  of  Adam.  ^^  And  let  them  sacrifice  the  sacrifices 
 of  confession,  and  tell  his  works  with  shouting. 
 
 ^^  They  that  go  down  to  the  sea  in  ships,  that  do  their  labour  in 
 
 Ver.  4 Desert  way]  Heb.  desert  of         Ver.  16 — Bars,]  That  is,  all  the  most 
 
 tvay,  meaning,  wAere  no  wai/ was,  &s  ver.  strong  hindrances.     So  Is.  xlv.  2. 
 
 40.     See  also  Isa.  xliii.    19.       This  estate  Ver.  17.— Fools,]  Evil  disposed  persons, 
 
 figureth  out  men's  dispersion  among  the  peo-  so  named  of  their  unadvised  rashness.       See 
 
 pie  of  the  world,  Ezek.  xx.  35,  :^6,  when  men  Ps.  xxxviii.  6.     Are  afflicted,]  Or,  brincf 
 
 are  without  the  law,  Rom.  ii.  14.  Dwelling  affliction  on  themselves. 
 
 ciTr,]  Hah.  city  of  habitation  or  seating,  so  Ver.  18 — Sodl,]  That  is,  appetite.  See 
 
 ver.  7,  36,  that  is,  no  harbour  or  place  of  the  like  in  Job  xxxiii.  20,  and  the  contrary 
 
 refreshing,  for  wild  and  venomous  beasts  only  in  Ps.  Ixxviii.  18.      Gates,]  That  is,  immi- 
 
 haunted    there,  Jer.    ii.   6;  Deut.  viii.  15.  nent   peril  of  death.      See   Ps.  ix.  14;  Job 
 
 Compare  also  Eccl.  x.  15  ;  Gen.  xxi.  14 —  Ifi.  xxxiii.  22. 
 
 Ver.  5.— Overwhelmed,]  Fainted.  See  Ver.  20. — Healeth  them,]  Example  in 
 
 Ps.  Ixi.  3.  Hezekiah,  2  Kings  xx.  i.  4,  5,  7,   and  the 
 
 Ver.  7 — City,]  This  the  Chald.  expound-  contrary  in  Asa,  2  Chron.  xvi.    12,  J  3,  for 
 
 eth  of  "  Jerusalem."  God  '  woundeth  and  healeth,'  Deut.  xxii.  39; 
 
 Ver.  9. — With  good,]  Or,  good  things,  Hos.  vi.  1  ;  Job  xxxiii.  19,  24.      Corrup- 
 
 as  the  Gr.  explaineth   it.      .See  Ps.  Ixv.  5  ;  ■noii?,,']'\:\\i.y  i-i,  corrupting  diseases,  or  cor- 
 
 Luke  i.  53.  rupting  graves,  whereinto  they  are   ready  to 
 
 Ver,   10. — Shadow  of  death,]  That  is,  come.       See    Ps.   vii.  16  ;  Job  xxxiii.  28, 
 
 terrible  darkness,  meaning  hereby  sore  afflic-  30. 
 
 tions  in   body  and  soul.       See  Ps.  xxiii.  4  ;  Ver.    22. — Of    confession,]    That    is. 
 
 Is.  xlix.   9  ;  ix.  2  ;  Matt.  iv.  15  ;   Luke  i.  thank-off'erings.     See  Ps.  1.  14. 
 79.     Affliction.]  As  with  cords  and  fet-  Ver.* 23.— Do  labour,]  That  is,  occupy 
 
 ters.     See  Job  xxxvi.  8,  9,  &c.  or  get  their  living.     So  Rev.  xviii.  17. 
 
PSALM    CVII. 
 
 627 
 
 the  many  waters  ;  ''  TJiey  do  see  the  works  of  Jehovah,  and  his 
 marvellous  acts  in  the  deep.  ^  For  he  saith,  and  raiseth  lap  the 
 stormy  wind  ;  and  it  lifteth  up  the  waves  thereof.  "  They  mount 
 up  to  the  heavens,  they  go  down  to  the  deeps  ;  their  soul  in  evil 
 meltetli  away.  ^'  They  reel  and  stagger  like  a  drunken  man,  and 
 all  their  wisdom  is  swallowed  up.  ^^  And  tliey  cry  unto  Jehovah 
 in  their  distress,  and  he  bringeth  them  out  from  their  anguish. 
 ^^  He  setteth  the  storm  to  a  silent  calm,  and  the  waves  thereof  are 
 quiet.  ™  And  they  rejoice  because  they  are  stilled,  and  he  leads 
 them  into  the  haven  of  their  desire.  ^^  Let  them  confess  to  Jeho- 
 vah his  mercy,  and  his  marvellous  works  to  the  sons  of  Adam. 
 ^^  And  let  them  exalt  him  in  the  church  of  the  people,  and  praise 
 liim  in  the  sitting  of  the  elders.  ^^  He  putteth  rivers  to  a  wilder- 
 ness, and  issues  of  waters  to  a  thirstiness.  "  A  land  of  fruit  to  salt- 
 ness,  for  the  evil  of  them  tliat  dwell  therein.  ^^  He  putteth  the 
 wilderness  to  a  pool  of  waters,  and  the  land  of  drought  to  issues  of 
 waters.  ^^  And  seatetli  there  the  Imngry,  and  they  firmly  prepare 
 a  dwelling  city,  "  And  sow  the  fields,  and  plant  vineyards  ;  and 
 they  yield  fruitful  revenue.  ^^  And  he  blesseth  them,  and  they  are 
 multiplied  greatly  ;  and  their  cattle  he  diminisheth  not.  ^'  And 
 tliey  are  diminished  and  bowed  down,  by  restraint,  evil,  and  sor- 
 row. *°  He  poureth  contempt  on  bounteous  princes,  and  maketh 
 them  err  in  deformed  wilderness  without  way.     "  And  raiseth  up 
 
 Ver.  25. — Raiseth  up,]  Or,  inaketh 
 stand,  which  noteth  also  the  oontiiiuance  of 
 the  storm.     See  an  example,  Jon.  i.  4. 
 
 Ver.  29.— He  setteth,]  Or,  restoreth 
 firm.     See  Matt.  viii.  26  ;  John  i.  15. 
 
 Ver.  30. — Because  they,]  Or,  when 
 they,  that  is,  the  loaves. 
 
 Ver.  32. — The  sitting,]  Or,  the  assize, 
 (session)  of  the  elders  or  senators,  the  govei- 
 nors  of  the  people,  whom  the  Chald.  calleth 
 '  wise  men.'  And  from  this  psalm,  and  this 
 verse  of  it,  the  Heb.  have  this  canon,  "  Four 
 must  confess,"  (unto  God)  ;  "  the  sick  when 
 he  is  healed,  the  prisoner  when  he  is  released 
 out  of  bonds ;  they  that  go  down  to  sea,  when 
 they  are  come  up  (to  land) ;  and  wayfaring  men. 
 when  they  are  come  to  the  inhabited  land. 
 And  they  must  make  confession  before  ten 
 men,  and  two  of  them  wise  men,  (Ps.  cvii. 
 32.)  And  the  manner  of  confessing  and 
 blessing  is  thus  :  He  standeth  among  them, 
 and  blesseth  the  Lord,  the  King  eternal,  that 
 bounteously  rewardeth  good  things  unto  sin- 
 ners," &c.  Maimony  in  Misneh,  Treat,  of 
 Blessings,  chap.  x.  sect.  8. 
 
 Ver.  33. — He  pdtteth  rivers,]  That  is, 
 he  tuineth  watery  fruitful  places  to  a  dry 
 barren  desert.  Rivers  here  (as  waters  in  Is. 
 xxxii.  20 ;  Eccl.  xi.  1)  are  put  for  most  fer- 
 tile grounds,  as  wilderness  for  a  dry  barren 
 
 ground,  Deut.  viii.  15.  Issues,]  That  is, 
 places  where  water-springs  are.  Thirsti- 
 ness,] That  is,  a  thirsty  dry  land. 
 
 Ver.  34. — Saltness,]  That  is,  a  salt  bar- 
 ren land.  So  Jer.  xvii.  6  ;  Job  xxxix.  (j ; 
 for  salt  causeth  barrenness,  Deut.  xxix.  23  ; 
 Judges  ix.  45.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth, 
 "  The  fruitful  land  of  Israel  he  layeth  waste 
 like  Sodom,  which  was  overthrown  for  the 
 evil  of  them  that  dwelt  therein. 
 
 Ver.  35.. — Land  of  drought,]  That  is, 
 a  dry  barren  land.     Compare  Is.  xli.  18. 
 
 Ver.  37. — Yield  fruitful  revente,] 
 Heb.  make  fruit  of  revenue,  or  increase. 
 See  Ps.  i.  3. 
 
 Ver.  39. — And  they  are,]  That  is,  and 
 again,  when  he  curseth  them,  they  are  min- 
 ished,  &c.  The  contrary  to  the  former,  bless- 
 eth. is  to  be  understood,  as  in  the  law,  Deut. 
 xxviii.  4,  18.  Or,  as  the  Chald.  expoundt- th 
 it,  "  And  when  they  sin,  they  are  dimin- 
 ished." Restraint,]  Either  of  liberty  by 
 imprisonment,  as  Is.  liii.  8,  or  of  any  blessing. 
 
 Ver.  40. — Contempt,]  A  base  contemp- 
 table  estate.  So  Job  xii.  21.  Deformed 
 wilderness,]  Or,  wild  ground,  unordered. 
 So  Job  xii.  24. 
 
 Ver.  41. — Raiseth  up,]  Or,  setteth  in  a 
 high  place  safely.  So  1  Sam.  ii.  8;  Ps. 
 cxiii.  7,  8. 
 
628  PSALMS. 
 
 the  needy  from  afflicting  poverty,  andputteth  his  families  as  a  flock. 
 ^'  The  righteous  shall  see  and  rejoice,  and  all  injurious  evil  stop 
 lier  mouth.  "  Who  is  wise  and  will  observe  these  things  ;  and  they 
 shall  understand  the  mercies  of  Jeliovah. 
 
 Ver.   42. — All  injuriocs   evil,]  That  how  few  there  be  that  mark  these  things,  and 
 
 is,  all  evil  persons  that  deny  God's  providence,  an  intimation  that  every  wise  man  will  ob- 
 
 or  blame  his  administration,  shall  have  their  serve  them.     So  Hos.  xiv.  10;  Jer.  ix.  12. 
 
 mouths  stopped.    So  Job  v.  16  ;  and  so  pride  And  they  shall,]  Or,  as  before,  who  will 
 
 is  ior  proud  persons,  Ps.  xxxvi.  12.  understand. 
 
 Ver.  43. — Who  is  wise  .?]  A  complaint 
 
 PSALM    CVIIL 
 
 David  cncourageth  himself  to  praise  God.     6.  He  prayeth  for  God's 
 assistance  according  to  his  promise.      1 1 .  His  confidence  in  God's  help. 
 
 '  A  song,  a  psalm  of  David. 
 ^  O  God,  mine  heart  is  firmly  prepared  ;  I  will  sing  and  sing 
 psalms,  yea,  with  my  glory.  ^  Raise  up  psaltery  and  harp  ;  I  will 
 raise  up  at  the  day  dawning.  *  I  will  confess  thee  among  the  peo- 
 ple, O  Jehovali,  and  will  sing  psalms  to  thee  among  the  nations. 
 ^  That  thy  mercy  is  great  above  the  heavens,  and  thy  trutli  unto 
 the  skies.  ^  Be  tliou  exalted  over  the  heavens,  O  God,  and  over  all 
 the  earth  thy  glory.  '  Tliat  thy  beloved  may  be  delivered ;  save 
 thou  with  thy  riglit  hand,  and  answer  me.  ^  God  spake  by  his 
 holiness,  I  will  be  glad ;  I  shall  divide  Shechem,  and  measure  the 
 valley  of  Succoth.  ^  Gilead  shall  be  mine,  Manasseh  mine,  and 
 Ephraim  the  strength  of  mine  head ;  Judah  shall  be  my  law-giver. 
 '"  Moab  my  washing-pot,  over  Edora  I  shall  cast  my  shoe,  over 
 Palestina  I  will  shout.  "  Who  will  lead  me  along  to  the  city  of 
 strong  defence  ?  who  will  conduct  me  into  Edom  ?  '-  Wilt  not  thou, 
 O  God,  which  hadst  cast  us  away ;  and  wouldst  not  go  forth,  O 
 God,  in  our  hosts?  '^  O  give  tliou  us  help  from  distress,  for  false 
 vanity  is  tlie  salvation  of  man.  "  Tlirough  God  we  shall  do  valiant- 
 ness ;  and  lie  will  tread  doNvn  our  distressers. 
 
 Ver.  2.— Yea,  with  my  glory,]  That  is,  Ver.  7. — Answer  .me,]  Or,  us.     See  Ps. 
 
 ivith  my  soul  and  tongue,  (as  Ps.  xvi.  9)  or,  Ix.  7,  &c. 
 
 yea,  my  glory  to  wit,  shall  sing.  This  psalm  Ver.  14. — Valiantness,]  That  is,  vali- 
 
 is  composed  of  the  fifty-seventh  psalm,  from  antly,  and  so  prevail,  as  Balaam  prophesied, 
 
 the  eighth  verse  to  the  end,  and   of  the  six-  Num.  xxiv.  IS. 
 tieth  psalm,  from  the   seventh  verse  to  the 
 end.     See  the  Annot.  there. 
 
PSALM    CIX.  629 
 
 PSALM    CIX. 
 
 iJavid,  complaining  of  his  slanderous  enemies,  under  the  person  of 
 Judas,  devoteth  them.  16.  He  showeth  their  sin.  21.  Complaming  of 
 his  own  misery,  he  prayethfor  help.     29.  He  promiseth  thankfulness. 
 
 '  To  tlie  master  of  the  music,  a  Psalm  of  David. 
 O  God  of  my  praise,  cease  not  as  deaf.  '^  For  the  mouth  of  the 
 wicked  one,  and  the  mouth  of  deceit  are  opened  against  me  ;  they 
 have  spoken  with  me  with  a  tongue  of  falsehood.  ^  And  with 
 words  of  hatred  have  they  compassed  me  about,  and  warred  against 
 me  without  cause.  ^  For  my  love  they  are  adversaries  to  me,  and 
 I  (jcjive  myself  to')  prayer.  ^  And  they  put  npon  me  evil  for  good, 
 and  hatred  for  my  love.  ^  Set  in  office  over  him  the  wicked  one, 
 and  let  the  adversary  stand  at  his  right  hand.  "'  When  lie  shall  be 
 judged,  let  him  go  forth  wicked,  and  his  prayer  be  to  sin.  ^  Let 
 liis  days  be  few,  his  office  let  another  take.  ^  Let  his  sons  be 
 fatherless,  and  his  wife  a  widow.  ^^  And  let  his  sons  wander- 
 ing wander  and  beg,  and  seek  out  of  their  desolate  places. 
 "  Let  the  creditor  insnare  all  tliat  he  hath,  and  let  strangers  make 
 spoil  of  his  labour.  '^  Let  there  be  none  extending  mercy  to  him, 
 and  let  there  be  none  shewing  favour  to  his  fatherless  children. 
 '^  Let  his  posterity  be  (appointed')  to  cutting  off:  in  the  generation 
 next  after  let  his  name  be  wiped  out.  "  Let  the  iniquity  of  liis 
 fathers  be  remembered  of  Jehovah,  and  the  sin  of  his  mother  be  not 
 wiped  out.     '^  Let  them  be  before  Jehovah  continually,  and  he  cut 
 
 Ver.  1. — Of  MY  PRAISE,]  That  is,  wA/c/i  Ver.    7. — Wicked.]    That    is,    (as    the 
 
 are  praised  of  me,  as  Ps.  xxii.  4,  or,  which  Gr.  saith)  condemned.       See  the  Notes  on 
 
 piaisest  and  justifiest  me  against  the  calum-  Ps.    i.    1.       To   sin,]    That    is,    turned  to 
 
 nies  of  mine  enemies,  2  Cor.  X.  18;  Rom.  ii.  sin,    and  so  abominable,    Prov.    xxviii.    9; 
 
 29  :  Num.  xii.  7,  8.      Ce.^se  not,]  Or,  be  xv.  8. 
 
 not  silent.     See  Ps.  xxviii.  1.    Of  deceit,]  Ver.  8. — His  office,]  Or,  charge,  visi- 
 
 That    is,  the    deceitful    men,  as    the    Gr.  tation,   bishopric,  (Episcopee) ;    and  this  is 
 
 explaineth  it.     So  pride  for  proud  person,  applied  to   Judas,  whose  office  was  given  to 
 
 Ps.  XXX vi.  12.      Are,]  Or,  have  opened,  to  Matthias,  Acts  i.  16,  20,  20.     A  bishop  and 
 
 wit,  themselves.  bishop's  charge  (so  called  of  visitation)  is  a 
 
 Ver.  4. — A.\d  I  prayer,]To  wit, /»iaf/e  common  name  to  all  overseers  and   offices, 
 
 ov  gave  myself  to  prayer,  (as  the  Gr.    and  Num.  iv.  16;  xxxi.  14;  Ezek.  xliv.  11  ;  2 
 
 Chald.  saith)  "  I  prayed,"  or,  "  I  am  a  man  Kings  xi.  15  ;  2  Chron.  xxxiv.  12,  17  ;  Neh. 
 
 of  prayer."     So  '1  peace,'  Ps.  cxx.  7.  xi.  9. 
 
 Ver.    G. — Set   in   oFFiCE,]   Or,     make  Ver.     9. — Fatherless,]    Or,    orphans, 
 
 visiter,   or    overseer.       See    ver.    8.      The  and  this  is  a  curse  of  the  law,  Ex.  xxii.  24  ; 
 
 wicked  one]  The  devil,  as  1  John  ii.  13,  Jer.  xviii.  21. 
 
 14;  iii.   12;  v.  18;  or,  generally,  wicked  Ver.  10. — Wander,]   Rogue    about    as 
 
 rulers.     The  adversary,]  In  Heb.  Satan;  vagabonds.  Gen.  iv.  12. 
 
 in  Gr.  the  Devil,  who   is   an  adversary  to  Ver.   11. — The  creditor,]  He  to  whom 
 
 mankind,  1  Pet.  v.  8;  Rev.  xii.  9.      At  his  he  is  indebted,  or,  the  extortioner,  let  him 
 
 right  hand,]  To  resist  and  overcome  him,  seize  on  all  his  goods.     His  labour,]  Goods 
 
 Zach.  iii.  1,  and  this  is  spoken  of  all  his  fues  gotten  by  his  labour. 
 
 as  of  one  man,  or  of  some  one  special,  as  Doeg  Ver.   13. — Posterity,]  Or,  his  last  end. 
 
 enemy  to  David,  I  Sam.  xxii.  9,  &r.  Judas  See  Ps.  xxxvii.  37.     To  cutting  off,]  Or, 
 
 to  Christ,  John  xiii.  2.     But  God  is  at  the  appointed  to  be    cut   oti;  to   perdition  or  to 
 
 right  hand  of  the  poor,  ver.  31  ;  Ps.  xvi.   8  destruction,  as  the  Gr.  explaineth.    The  verb 
 
630 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 off  the  memory  of  them  from  the  earth.  '®  Because  that  he 
 remembered  not  to  do  mercy,  but  persecuted  the  poor  afflicted  and 
 needy  man,  and  the  smitten  in  heart,  to  slay  him.  "And  he  loved 
 cursing,  and  let  it  come  unto  him  ;  and  lie  delighted  not  in  bless- 
 ing, and  let  it  be  far  from  him.  '^  And  he  clothed  himself  with 
 cursing  as  his  raiment,  and  let  it  enter  as  waters  into  his  inward 
 part,  and  as  oil  into  liis  bones.  '^  Let  it  be  to  him  as  a  garment 
 wherewith  lie  may  cover  himself,  and  for  a  girdle  wheiQwith  he  may 
 gird  Amse//"  continually.  ^"  This  be  the  work  of  mine  adversaries 
 from  Jeliovah,  and  of  them  that  speak  evil  against  my  soul.  ^'  And 
 thou,  Jehovah,  Lord,  do  with  me  for  thy  name  sake,  for  good  is 
 tliy  mercy,  deliver  thou  me.  ^'''  For  I  am  poor  afflicted  and  needy, 
 and  mine  heart  is  wounded  within  me,  ^*  As  a  shadow  when  it 
 declineth  I  am  gone  away,  I  am  tossed  as  the  grasshopper.  **  My 
 knees  are  feeble  through  fasting,  and  my  flesh  is  lean  for  fatness. 
 ^'^  And  I  was  a  reproach  to  them;  they  saw  me,  they  shaked  their 
 head.  '®  Help  thou  me  Jehovah,  my  God ;  save  me  according  to 
 tliy  mercy.  ^'  And  let  them  know  that  this  is  thine  hand,  thou 
 Jehovah  hast  done  it.  ^^  Let  them  curse,  and  do  thou  bless  ;  risQ 
 they  up  and  be  abashed,  and  let  thy  servant  rejoice.  ^^  Let  mine 
 adversaries  be  clothed  with  ignominy,  and  let  them  cover  them- 
 selves with  tlieir  shame  as  with  a  cloak.  ^'^  I  will  confess  Jehovah 
 vehemently  with  my  mouth,  and  in  the  midst  of  many  will  I  praise 
 liim.  ^'  For  he  will  stand  at  the  right  hand  of  the  needy,  to  save 
 him  from  them  that  judge  his  soul. 
 
 active  is  of  passive  signification,  as Ps.  xxxii. 
 y  :  xxxvi.  y. 
 
 Ver.  15.— Memory,]  Or,  memorial,  Ps. 
 xxxiv.  17  ;  Job  xviii.  17. 
 
 Ver.  16.— Smitten,]  With  grief,  that  is, 
 sorrowful,  or  as  the  Gr.  saith,  "  pricked  in 
 heart."  So  ver.  22;  see  Ps.  cii.  5 ;  xxxiv.  19. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Let  it  come,]  Or,  it  shall 
 come,  and  so  after. 
 
 Ver.  18. — His  raiment,]  Or,  a  mantle. 
 Let  :t  enter,]  Or,  it  entered.  It  may  be 
 understood  of  his  delight  in  cursing,  which 
 pleased  him  as  water  and  oil,  or  of  the  efll- 
 cacy  of  the  curse  that  should  pierce  his  own 
 bowels  and  bones,  as  Num.  v.  22. 
 
 Ver.  20. — The  work,]  That  is,  the  umge 
 or  reward  due  for  his  wor/cs.  So  Lev.  xix. 
 13  ;  Is.  xlix.  4  ;  Job  vii.  2;  Ezek.  xxix.  20. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Jehovah,]  The  name  of  God. 
 See  Ps.  Ixviii.  21.  Do,]  To  wit,  mercy,  as 
 the  next  words  show,  and  is  expressed,  Ps. 
 xviii.  51.  See  also  Ps.  ciii.  9,  where  the 
 word  anger  is  omitted. 
 
 Ver.  23. — I  am  gone,]  Or,  am  made  to 
 go,  (or  depart),  namely,  towards  my  grave, 
 as  Ps.  Iviii.  9.  See  also  Ps.  cii.  12;  1  Chron. 
 xvii.  11.    Tossed  as  the  grasshopper,] 
 
 Or,  shaken  off  as  the  locust,  which  hath  no 
 nest  or  biding  place,  but  is  driven  to  and  fro, 
 being  a  fearful  creature,  Nah.  iii.  17  ;  Job 
 xxxix.  23 ;  or  which  is  carried  away  with 
 the  wind,  Ex.  x.  19. 
 
 Ver.    24 Feeble,]   Or,    loosened,     so 
 
 that  I  am  ready  to  stumble  and  fall.  So  Paul 
 calleth  them  '  loose,'  or  '  feeble  knees,'  Heb. 
 xii.  12,  from  Is.  xxxv.  4.  FoR  fatness,] 
 Or,  for  oil,  that  U,  for  want  of  fat  or  oil ;  as 
 'for  the  fruit?,' is  'for  want  of  the  fruits,' Lam. 
 iv.  9.  '  For  five,'  is  '  for  want  of  five,'  Gen. 
 xviii.  28.  '  For  fornication,'  1  Cor.  vii.  2, 
 is,  '  for  to  avoid  fornication.'  Or,  we  may 
 turn  it,  '  without  fat,'  for  the  Heb.  min, 
 sometimes  signifieth  without.  Job  xxi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Shared,]  Or,  wagged,  a  sign 
 of  scorn,  Ps  xxii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  27. — Thine  hand,]  That  is,  thy 
 handy  work. 
 
 Ver.  28. — Rise  they  up,]  To  wit,  against 
 me,  (as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it),  and  be  they 
 abashed,  as  disappointed  of  their  purpose. 
 
 Ver.  30.— Of  many,]  Or, of  the  migMies, 
 of  great  men,  as  the  Chald.  saith,  "of  wise 
 men  ;"  but  the  Gr.  translateth  it,"  of  many." 
 
 Ver.  31. — At  the  right  hand,]  To  assist, 
 
PSALM    ex. 
 
 631 
 
 PSALM    ex. 
 
 David prophesieth  of  Christ' i 
 conquest^  7  and  his 
 
 kingdom,  4  his  eternal  priesthood,  5  his 
 
 ^  A  Psalm  of  David. 
 
 Jehovah  assuredly  said  unto  my  Lord,  Sit  thou  at  my  right  hand 
 
 until  I  put  thine  enemies  the  footstool  of  thy  feet.     ^  Jehovah  will 
 
 send  out  of  Zion  the  rod  of  thy  strength ;   rule  thou  in  the  midst 
 
 of  thine  enemies.     ^  Thy  people  shall  be  voluntaries  in  the  day  of 
 
 contrary  to  Satan,  ver.  6.  That  judge,] 
 That  is,  condemn  and  persecute  him  to  death. 
 Vkr.  1. — Jehovah,]  That  is,  God  the 
 Father.  Assuredly  said,]  See  Ps.  xxxvi. 
 2.  To  MY  Lord,]  That  is,  (o  Christ,  whom 
 David  here  calieth  his  Lord,  though  he  was 
 also  his  son  according  to  the  flesh,  Matt.  xxii. 
 42,  45  ;  Rom.  i.  3  ;  Acts  ii.  34.  So  the 
 Chald.,  "  The  Lord  said  unto  his  Word," 
 meaning  Christ,  John  i.  1.  Sit  at  my  right 
 hand,]  Sitting  noteth  reigning  with  contin- 
 uance, 1  Cor.  XV.  25  ;  Hei).  x.  12,  13.  So 
 sitting  on  his  throne,  1  Kings  iii.  6,  is  ex- 
 pounded, '  reigning  in  his  stead,'  2  Chron. 
 i.  8.  God's  right  hand  meaneth  his  power 
 and  majesty  in  the  heavens,  Luke  xxii.  69; 
 Mark  xvi.  19  ;  Heb.  i.  3  ;  viii.  1  ;  and  this 
 above  all  angels,  Heb.  i.  13.  Think  ene- 
 mies,] Even  all  of  them,  the  last  whereof  is 
 death,  1  Cor.  xv,  25,  26.  Of  this  place  the 
 apostle  giveth  this  exposition,  '  Every  priest 
 standeth  daily  ministering,  and  ofttimes 
 oflering  the  same  sacrifices,  which  can  never 
 take  away  sins  :  but  this  man  having  offered 
 one  sacrifice  for  sin,  sitteth  for  ever  at  God's 
 right  hand,  henceforth  expecting  till  his  ene- 
 mies be  put  the  footstool  of  his  feet,'  Heb.  x. 
 11—13. 
 
 Ver.  2. — The  rod,]  Or,  staff,  {sceptre) 
 of  thy  strength  ;  thy  strong  staff',  (O  Christ), 
 that  is,  the  powerful  word  of  thy  kingdom,  Is. 
 xi.  4  ;  Matt.  xiii.  19  ;  which  was  to  come 
 out  of  Zion  and  Jerusalem,  Is,  ii.  3  ;  Luke 
 xxiv.  49  ;  Acts  i.  4  ;  ii.  1,  2,  &c.  For  iu 
 Zion  Christ  reigneth,  Ps.  ii.  6  ;  Rev.  xiv.  1. 
 Rule  thoo,]  That  is,  thou  shalt  surely  rule 
 or  have  dominion.  See  the  Notes  on  Ps. 
 xxxvii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Voluntaries,]  A  people  of 
 voluntarinesses,  or  of  liberalities,  (as  Ps.  Ixviii. 
 10)  that  is,  shall  most  freely,  willingly,  and 
 liberally  present  themselves  and  their  obla- 
 tions to  thee,  as  Judges  v.  9  ;  Acts  ii.  41  ; 
 Ex.  XXV.  2 ;  Rom.  xii.  1 ;  Ps.  xlvii.  10 ;  cxix. 
 108;  Song  vi.  11.  Of  thy  power,]  Or, 
 army,  (as  Ps.  xxxiii.  16)  that  is,  when  tliou 
 
 sendest  forth  thy  powerful  gospel  and  preach- 
 ers of  the  same  to  conquer  the  world,  Rom. 
 i.  16  ;  2  Cor.  x,  4,  5  ;  Rev.  vi.  2  ;  Ps.  xlv. 
 
 4 6.       In  the    beauties  of  holiness,] 
 
 Or,  in  the  comely  hotiotirs  of  the  sanctuary: 
 meaning  either  the  comely  (or  honourable) 
 places  of  holiness  (or  of  the  sanctuary),  as  Ps. 
 xxix.  2,  that  is,  the  church  ;  or  rather,  in 
 the  beautiful  ornaments  of  holiness,  that  is, 
 holy  graces  and  virtues,  wherewith  Christ  and 
 his  people  are  adorned,  as  the  priests  and 
 Levites  of  old,  with  Urim,  Thummim,  and 
 holy  garments,  Ex.  xxviii.  2,  40  ;  Is.  Hi.  1. 
 So,  the  warriors  in  heaven  are  clothed  with  fine 
 linen,  white  and  pure,  the  righteousness  of 
 the  saints,  Rev.  xix.  8,  14.  Of  the  womb, 
 &c.]  This  place  is  difficult,  and  may  divei-sely 
 be  understood  either  of  Christ  himself,  or  of 
 his  people  ;  and  again,  if  of  Christ,  either  in 
 respect  of  his  Godhead  or  of  his  manhood. 
 Of  his  Godhead,  that  the  Father  saith  unto 
 him,  of  the  womb,  (that  is,  of  mine  own 
 essence)  before  the  early  morning,  (that  is, 
 before  the  world  was),  to  thee  was  (or  thou 
 hadst)  the  dew  of  thy  youth,  (or  birth)  ;  so 
 noting  the  eternal  generation  of  Christ  before 
 all  worlds,  as  is  showed,  Prov.  viii.  22 — 
 25.  And  this  sense  the  seventy  Greek 
 interpreters  seem  to  follow,  translating,  "  Of 
 the  womb  before  the  morning  star  begat  I 
 thee."  If  it  be  meant  of  Christ's  manhood, 
 we  may  take  it  thus,  '  Of  the  womb  of  the 
 dark  morning  (or  of  the  obscure  womb  of  the 
 virgin)  thou  hadst  the  dew  of  thy  birth.'  If 
 of  Christ's  people  before  mentioned,  it  may 
 thus  be  read,  '  Of  the  womb  of  the  morning 
 to  thee  shall  be  (or  shall  come)  the  dew  of 
 thy  youth,'  that  is,  thy  youth  (thy  young  or 
 new  born  people)  shall  be  to  thee  as  the 
 morning  dew,  which  falleth  secretly  from 
 heaven,  and  abundantly  covereth  the  earth  ; 
 for  so  the  dew  is  sometimes  used,  2  Sam.  xvii. 
 12,  and  unto  rain,  dew,  ice,  &c.,  the  scripture 
 applieth  the  names  of  womb  and  begetting, 
 Job  xxxviii.  28,  29,  and  the  increase  of  the 
 Church  is  by  this  figure  described  as,  '  The 
 
032 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 thy  power ;  in  the  beauty  of  lioliness,  of  the  womb  of  the  early 
 morning ;  to  thee  the  dew  of  thy  youth.  *  Jehovah  sware,  and 
 will  not  repent,  thou  art  a  priest  for  ever,  according  to  the 
 order  of  Melchisedek.  ^  The  Lord  at  tliy  right  hand,  he  liath 
 wounded  kings  in  the  day  of  his  wrath.  ^  He  shall  jndge  among 
 the  heathen ;  he  hath  filled  with  corpses,  he  hath  wounded  the  head 
 over  a  great  land.  '  Of  the  brook  in  the  way  shall  he  drink,  there- 
 fore he  shall  lift  up  the  liead. 
 
 remnant  of  Jacob  shall  be  among  many  peo- 
 ple,' as  '  a  dew  from  the  Lord,  as  flowers  upon 
 the  grass,  that  waiteth  not  for  man,'  &c'. 
 Micah  V.  7.  This  last  sense  accordeth  best 
 with  the  beginning  of  the  verse.  Of  the 
 woMB,]Or,/ro/n  the  womb  of  the  morning.  Of 
 THE  EARLY  MORNING,]  Or,  before  the  dawn- 
 ing ;  the  morning,  or  day  dawning,  in  Heb. 
 Mishchar,  is  named  of  the  blackness  or  dark- 
 ness, which  also  the  scripture  showeth,  John 
 XX.  1;  and  the  letter  M  is  either  a  preposi- 
 tion signifyingyro;«  or  before,  as  Is.  \liii.  13, 
 or  but  a  part  of  the  word,  here  meaning  of. 
 To  THEE,]  Understand  was,  or  shall  be,  that  is, 
 thou  hast,orshalt  have.  Dew  of  thy  youth,] 
 Or,  of  thy  birth,  that  is,  thy  youth,  which 
 like  the  dew.  Youth  or  nativity  may  either 
 be  taken  properly  for  young  age,  as  Eccl.  xi. 
 9,  or  figuratively,  for  young  persons,  meaning 
 the  regenerate,  which  are  '  as  new  born 
 babe?,'  John  i.  13  ;  iii.  3  ;  I  Pet.  ii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  4.— Sware,]  Forasmuch  (saith  the 
 apostle)  as  it  is  not  without  an  oath,  &c.,  by 
 so  much  is  Jesus  made  surety  of  a  better 
 testament,  Heb.  vii.  20,  22.  A  priest,]  Or, 
 sacrijicer.  SeePs.xcix.G.  For  ever,]  Among 
 the  Levites,  '  many  were  made  priests,  be- 
 cause they  were  not  sutTered  to  endure  by 
 reason  of  death  :  but  this  man,  because  he 
 endureth  ever,  hath  an  everlasting  priesthood. 
 Wherefore  he  is  able  also  perfectly  to  save 
 them  tliut  come  unto  God  by  him,  seeing  he 
 ever  liveth  to  make  intercession  for  them,' 
 Heb.  vii.  23 — 25.  To  the  order,]  Or, 
 according  to  my  speech.  Both  these  inter- 
 pretations are  good,  the  one  from  the  apostle's 
 authority,  Heb.  vii.  17,  the  other  from  the 
 Heb.  propriety  dibrathi,  as  Job  v.  8,  meaning 
 the  manner  and  order  of  Melchisedek,  as 
 God  speaketh  of  him  in  the  history,  where  he 
 is  brought  in  '  without  father,  mother,  kindred, 
 beginning  of  days,  or  end  of  life,  continuing 
 a  priest  for  ever,'  as  the  apostle  gathereth, 
 Heb.  vii.  1,  3,  from  the  narration.  Gen.  xiv. 
 18,  &c.     Of  Melchisedek,]  '  The  King  of 
 
 Salem,  and  priest  of  the  most  high  God,' 
 whose  name  and  office  is  opened,  Heb.  vii,  1, 
 2,  &c.,from  which  he  inferreth,  '  If  perfec- 
 tion had  been  by  the  priesthood  of  the  Levites, 
 &c.,  what  needed  it  that  another  priest  should 
 rise  after  the  order  of  Melchisedek,  and  not 
 to  be  called  after  the  order  of  Aaron  ?'  Heb. 
 vii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  5. — The  Lord,]  Christ,  as  in  ver. 
 1,  which  the  Chald.  calleth  Shechinah,  (the 
 divine  presence)  of  the  Lord.  At  thy  right 
 hand,]  This  may  be  spoken  to  God  the 
 Father,  at  whose  right  hand  Christ  sitteth, 
 as  ver.  1,  or  to  the  people  of  God,  at  whoso 
 right  hand  he  standeth,as  Ps.  cix.  31.  Hath 
 wonNDED,]  Or,  shall  wound,  or  im.brue  in 
 blood,  as  Ps.  Ixviii.  22,  24,  a  prophecy 
 spoken  as  of  a  thing  done.  So  usually  in  the 
 prophets.  Is.  ix.  6;  liii.  4,  5,  &c.  See  this 
 fulfilled.  Rev.  xix.  18. 
 
 Ver.  6 — Hath  filled,]  Or,  shall  fill, 
 to  wit,  all  places  with  dead  bodies,  slain  and 
 unburied,  as  Jer.  xvi.  4.  So  the  Chald. 
 paraphraseth,  "  He  hath  filled  the  land  with 
 carcases  of  the  wicked  which  are  slain." 
 The  head,]  Antichrist,  the  man  of  sin,  whom 
 the  Lord  shall  consume  with  the  spirit  of  his 
 mouth,  2  Thess.  ii.  3,  8,  or  head  for  heads, 
 and  la7id  for  lands,  that  is,  all  wicked  gover- 
 nors wheresoever. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Of  the  brook,]  Or,  stream,  to 
 wit,  of  afflictions,  as  waters  usually  signify, 
 Ps.  xviii.  5.  Christ  was  to  drink,  that  is, 
 to  sufler,  and  so  to  enter  into  his  glory.  Matt. 
 xxvi.  39,  42  ;  Luke  xxiv.  26  ;  1  Pet.  i.  11; 
 Phil.  ii.  8,  9.  Or,  drinking  of  the  brook  in 
 the  way,  maymean  a  short  refreshing  of  him- 
 self, and  then  a  hot  pursuit  of  his  enemies 
 without  delay,  till  he  hath  got  a  full  conquest 
 of  them.  Compare  herewith  the  history  of 
 Gideon's  soldiers.  Judges  vii.  4 — 6,  &c. 
 As  waters  sometimes  signify  doctrine,  so  the 
 Chald.  here  expoundeth  it,  "  From  the  mouth 
 of  the  prophet  he  shall  receive  doctrine  in  the 
 way." 
 
PSALM    CXI.  G33 
 
 PSALMCXI. 
 
 The  praises  of  God  for  his  glorious  and  gracious  n-orks. 
 
 '  Hallelu-jah. 
 
 I  WILL  confess  Jehovah,  with  all  the  heart :  in  tlie  secret  of  the 
 righteous,  and  assembly. 
 
 ^  Great  are  the  actions  of  Jehovah,  souglit  out  of  all  that  delight 
 in  them. 
 
 ^  Glorious  majesty,  and  comely  honour  is  his  work,  and  his  jus- 
 tice standeth  to  perpetual  aye. 
 
 *  He  hath  made  a  memorial  of  his  marvellous  works  ;  gracious 
 and  pitiful  is  Jehovah, 
 
 '  He  hath  given  a  prey  to  them  that  fear  him  -.  lie  will  remember 
 liis  covenant  for  ever. 
 
 ®  He  hath  showed  to  his  people  the  able  power  of  his  actions, 
 in  giving  to  them  the  inheritance  of  the  heathen. 
 
 '  The  actions  of  liis  hands  are  truth  and  judgment ;  faithful  are 
 all  his  precepts. 
 
 *  Stablished  they  are  for  aye  for  ever,  done  in  truth  and  riglite 
 ousness. 
 
 ^  He  sent  redemption  to  his  people,  he  hath  commanded  his 
 covenant  for  ever ;  holy  and  fearful  is  his  name. 
 
 '"  The  beginning  of  wisdom  is  the  fear  of  Jehovah  ;  good  pru- 
 dency  have  all  they  that  do  them ;  his  praise  standeth  to  per- 
 petual aye. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Hallelu-jah,]  Praise  ye  Jah.  meat,  or  food,  a^  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  explain 
 
 This  psalm  setteth  forth  the  praises  of  God,  it      So  Piov.  xxxi.  15  ;  Mai.  iii.  10. 
 
 and  is  composed  after  the  order  of  the  Heb.  Ver.  6. — In  giving,]   Or,   to  give  unto 
 
 alphabet,    every  sentence  beginning    with  a  thein. 
 
 several  letter.     So  also  the  psalm  following.  Ver.  7. — Faithful,]  Or,  sure,  constant. 
 
 See  Ps.  XXV.  1.     The  secret,]  Or,  counsel.  See  Ps.  six.  8. 
 
 See  Ps.  Ixiv.  3  ;  Ixxxix.  8.  Ver.  9. — Redemption,]  Or,  deliverance, 
 
 Ver.   2, — Sought  out,]  That  is,  regarded  which  meaneth  both  a  riddance  from  the  evils 
 
 and  cared  for.       So  Is.   Ixii.   12.       'A  city  wherein  they  have  been,  Deut.  vii.   8  ;  xv. 
 
 sought  out,'  that   is,  cared   for,  as  Deut.  xi.  15  ;   Ps.  xxv.  22;  cxxx.  8  ;  and  a  preserva- 
 
 12.     Or,  sought  out,  that  is,  found  or  mani-  tiou  from  the  evils  whereinto  the  wicked  fall, 
 
 fested  unto,  as  Is.  Ixv.  1,  compared  with  Rom.  Ex.  viii.  23  ;  Ps.  xlix.  7,  16;  cxix.  134. 
 
 X.  20.       Or,  sought,  that   is,  worthy  to  be  Ver.    10. — Beginning,]  The  first,  chief, 
 
 sought,  as    praised,  Ps.  xviii.  4,  for  praise-  and  principal  either  in  time  or  dignity.      So, 
 
 worthy.      Of  all  that    delight,]  Or, /or  the  first,  Alark   xii.  28,  for  the   great  com- 
 
 all   their  delights,   that  is,  the  delights  and  mandment,    Matt.    xxii.  36.       Prudency,] 
 
 pUasures  of  God's  works  are  such,  as  they  Understanding,  or  success  a.nd  iK\\c\iy,\y\nch 
 
 are  worthy  to  be  sought  into.      The  original  commonly  foUuweth  prudenry,   Prov.  iii.   4. 
 
 may  bear  either  sense.  Have  all,]  Or,  shall  be  to  all.     Do  the.m,] 
 
 Ver.  3. — Majesty,]  That  is,  most  majes-  The    precepts  mentioned,  ver.  7  ;    or,  these 
 
 tical  and  honourable.     Standeth,]  That  is,  things  generally.     The  Gr.  saith,  "  do  it, 
 
 contintteth,  or  abideth  firm,  as  1   Sam.  xvi.  meaning  the  covenant,  ver.  9.       His,]  That 
 
 22;  Ps.  cii.   27;  xxxiii.    11  ;  2  Cor.   ix.  9  ;  is,  God's  praise,  of  whom  this  p;alm  is  com- 
 
 from  Ps.  cxii.  9.  posed,   ver.    1,  &c.      Standeth,]  That   is, 
 
 Ver.    5. — A  prey,]  That  is,  a  portion  jf  abideth  or  continucth,  as  ver.  3. 
 
 Vol.  II.                                                     4  L 
 
634 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    CXII. 
 
 The  praises  of  the  godly  man,  who  hath  the  promises  of  this  life,  and 
 of  that  which  is  to  come.  His  prosperity  sh  II  be  an  eye-sore  to  the 
 wicked. 
 
 Hallelu-jah. 
 
 '  O  BLESSED  is  the  man  that  feareth  Jeliovah  ,•  that  delighteth 
 greatly  in  his  commandments. 
 
 ^  His  seed  shall  be  miglity  in  tlie  earth :  the  generation  of  the 
 righteous  shall  be  blessed, 
 
 ^  Wealthy  store  and  riches  shall  be  in  his  house  :  and  his  justice 
 standeth  to  perpetual  aye. 
 
 ^  Unto  the  righteous  light  ariseth  in  darkness ;  gracious,  and 
 pitiful,  and  just, 
 
 *  A  good  man  doth  graciously  and  lendeth  :  he  will  moderate  liis 
 words  in  judgment. 
 
 *  Surely  he  shall  not  be  moved  for  ever ;  the  just  man  shall  be 
 to  everlasting  memory, 
 
 ^  He  will  not  fear  for  evil  hearsay  :  his  heart  is  fixed,  trusting 
 in  Jehovah. 
 
 His  heart  is  stablished,  he  will  not  fear ;  until  he  see,  upon  his 
 distresses. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Hallelu-jah,]  Or,  Praise  ye 
 the  Lord.  This  psalm  setteth  forth  the 
 praises  of  the  godly  man,  and  is  composed 
 after  the  order  of  the  Heb.  alphabet,  even  as 
 the  former,  Ps.  cxi.,  with  which  in  many 
 things  it  is  to  be  compared. 
 
 Ver.  2.— His  seed,]  His  children,  as  Ps. 
 xxi.  11  ;  Lev.  xxi.  17.  So  the  Chald.  saith, 
 "  His  sons  shall  be  miglity  in  the  law."  The 
 generation,]  Their  progeny,  as  Deut.  xxix, 
 22  ;  Job  xlii.  16 ;  or,  '  the  nation  (the  mul- 
 titude) of  righteous  men.'  See  Psalm  xii.  8  ; 
 xiv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Wealth,]  Or,  store  of  riches, 
 sufficiency  of  wealth  gathered  with  labour  and 
 industry.  The  Heb.  ho7i  signifieth  also  suf- 
 ficiency, Prov,  XXX.  15.  Standeth,  J  That 
 is,  continueth,  abideth,  as  Ps.  cxi.  3,  where 
 the  very  same  is  spoken  of  God.  So  after, 
 ver.  9. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Light  ariseth.]  Or,  springeth 
 ttp,  properly  as  the  sun  riseth,  Mai.  iv.  2, 
 Light  signifieth  comfort,  peace,  joy,  &c,,  as 
 darkness,  affliction.  Job  xxx.  26  ;  Esth.  viii. 
 16;  Ps.  cvii.  10  ;  Lam.  iii.  2.  And  so  in 
 religion.  Acts  xxvi.  18,23;  Rom.  ii.  19; 
 2  Cor.  iv.  6.  Compare  this  sentence  with 
 Is.  Iviii.  10;  Ex,  x.  23  ;  and  the  contrary, 
 Job  xxxviii.  15.     Gracious,]  This  may  be 
 
 understood  of  God,  thus,  *  from  him  that  is 
 gracious,'  &c.,  as  Ps,  cxi.  4  ;  or  of  the  godly 
 man,  'that  he  is  gracious,'  &c.,  as  the  next 
 verse  showeth  ;  or  of  the  light,  that  'it  is 
 gracious,'  "&r.,  meaning  it  of  God,  who  is 
 our  light,  as  Ps.  xxvii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Will  moderate,]  Or,  measure 
 out,  or  carry  and  dispense  them,  as  the  Gr, 
 explaineth  it,  by  the  similitude  of  a  steward. 
 His  WORDS,]  Or,  affairs,  matters.  In  judg- 
 ment,] Or,  with  discretion,  as  is  fit  and 
 right,  or  requisite,  Ps.  xxv.  9;  Ezek.  xxxiv. 
 16. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Surely,]  Or,  for.  Compare 
 Ps.  XV.  5. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Hearsay,]  Or,  hearing,  that 
 is,  tidings,  fame,  rumoui-,  or  report,  which  he 
 heareth,  as  the  word  signifieth,  Rom.  x.  16, 
 17.  So  that  which  one  evangelist  calleth 
 akoe,  hearing,  Mark  i,  28,  another  calleth 
 echos,  a  sound,  or  echo,  Luke  iv.  37,  both 
 meaning  fame  or  rumour.  See  the  contrary 
 to  this  in  the  wicked,  Jer.  xlix.  23.  Fixed,] 
 Or,  firmly  prepared,  not  to  be  moved  with 
 ill  tidings. 
 
 Ver.  8, — He  see,]  To  wit,  God's  woik  or 
 reward.  See  Ps.  liv.  9.  The  Chald.  other- 
 wise,  thus,  "till  he  see  redemption  in  dis- 
 tress." 
 
PSALM    CXIII. 
 
 635 
 
 "  He  hath  scattered  abroad,  he  hath  given  to  the  poor;  Jiis  jus- 
 tice standeth  to  perpetual  aye  :  his  horn  shall  be  exalted  with 
 honour. 
 
 "  Tlie  wicked  shall  see,  and  be  angry  ;  he  shall  gnasli  witli  his 
 teeth,  and  melt  away  :  the  desire  of  the  wicked  sliall  perish. 
 
 Vee.  9.— Scattered,]  To  wit,  his  riches, 
 (as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it),  that  is,  given 
 and  lent  it  freely,  without  looking  for  any 
 thing  thereof,  as  Luke  vi.  35 ;  though  thereby 
 he  is  more  increased,  Prov.  xi.  24  ;  see  2 
 Cor.  ix.  9.  Justice,]  This  generally  is  all 
 righteousness,   sometimes    alms.        See  Ps. 
 
 xxiv.  5,  His  horn,]  That  is,  power  and 
 glory.  So  the  Chald.  saith,  "  his  strength." 
 See  Ps.  Ixxv.  5,  11  ;  xcii.  11  ;  Ixxxix.  18, 
 25;  1  Sam.  ii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  10.— The  desire,] That  is,  the  thing 
 that  he  desireth  shall  not  be  granted  him. 
 Compare  Prov,  x.  24,  28;  xiii.  12. 
 
 PSALM    CXIII. 
 
 An  exhortation  to  praise  God  for  his  excellency,  6  for  his  mere?/. 
 
 ^  Hallelu-jah. 
 Praise  ye  servants  of  Jehovah  :  praise  ye  the  name  of  Jehovah. 
 ^  Blessed  be  the  name  of  Jehovah,  from  this  time,  and  for  ever. 
 ^  From  tlie  rising  of  tlie  sun,  unto  the  going  in  of  the  same  :  praised 
 be  the  name  of  Jehovah.  *  Jehovah  is  high,  above  all  nations  :  his 
 glory  is  above  tlie  lieavens.  *  Who  is  like  Jeliovah  our  God,  tliat 
 lifteth  himself  high,  to  sit?  ®  That  debaseth  himself  low  to  see,  in 
 tlie  heavens,  and  in  the  earth.  ^  He  raiseth  the  poor  from  the  dust : 
 he  lifteth  up  the  needy  from  the  dunghill.  *  To  set  hiiu  witli  boun- 
 teous princes,  with  the  bounteous  princes  of  Jiis  people.  ^  He  mak- 
 eth  the  barren  of  house  to  dwell,  a  joyful  mother  of  children ;  Hal- 
 lelu-jah. 
 
 Veu.  2. — From  this  time,]  Or,  from 
 now,  henceforth.  So  Ps.  cxv.  J8;  cxxi.  8; 
 cxxxi.  3. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Rising,]  That  is,  the  east  part 
 of  the  world,  as  Ps.  eiii.  12.  Going  in,] 
 Or,  going  down,  that  is,  the  west,  where  the 
 sun  is  said  to  go  in,  as  when  it  riseth  to  come 
 out,  Gen.  xix.  23  ;  meaning  by  east  and 
 west,  all  the  world  over.     So  Mai.  i.  11. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Lifteth  high  to  sit,]  Or,  to 
 dwell,  that  is,  (as  the  Gr.  explaineth  it), 
 "  dwelleth  on  high."  And  so  after,  "  seeth 
 the  things  below." 
 
 Ver.  7. —  From  the  dust,]  That  is,  from 
 
 base  estate,  as  1  Kings  xvi.  2.  So  after, 
 '  from  dunghill,' as  Lam.  iv.  5.  This  speech 
 is  taken  from  1  Sam.  ii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  9. — The  barren  of  house,]  That 
 is,  the  woman  which  never  had  children ;  as, 
 on  the  contrary,  fruitful  women  are  said  to 
 build  their  husband's  houses,  Ruth  iv.  11. 
 So  house  is  used  for  children  or  posterity,  Ps. 
 cxv.  10,  12  ;  Ex.  i.  21  ;  see  also  Ps.  Ixviii. 
 7.  The  scriptures  apply  this  to  the  Church 
 of  the  Gentiles;  as,  '  Rejoice,  O  barren,  that 
 didst  not  bear,  break  forth  into  singing,  and 
 cry  aloud,'  &c.,  Isaiah  liv.  1 ;  Gal.  iv.  26, 
 27. 
 
636 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM   CXIV. 
 
 The  deliverance  of  Israel  out  of  Bgijpi  affected  the  dumb  creatures  : 
 all  the  earth  are  thereupon  exhorted  to  fear  God. 
 
 ^  When  Israel  went  out  from  Egypt,  the  house  of  Jacob  from 
 the  people  of  a  barbarous  speech  ;  ^  Judah  was  for  his  sanctuary, 
 Israel  liis  dominions.  ^  The  sea  saw,  and  fled :  the  Jordan  turned 
 about  backward.  *  The  mountains  leaped  like  rams  :  the  hOls  like 
 younglings  of  the  flock.  *  Wliat  ailed  thee,  O  sea,  that  thou  fled- 
 dest ;  O  Jordan,  that  thou  tnrnedst  about  backward?  "  O  moun- 
 tains, that  ye  leaped  like  rams  :  ye  hills  like  younglings  of  the 
 flock  ?  ''  lA  the  presence  of  the  Lord  tremble  thou  earth  ;  at 
 tlie  presence  of  the  God  of  Jacob.  ^  That  turneth  the  rock  to  a 
 lake  of  waters,  the  flint  to  a  fountain  of  waters. 
 
 Ver.  1. — BABBARons  SPEECH,]  Ot,  Speak- 
 ing barbarously,  of  a  strange.,  rude,  uncouth 
 language.  Tliis  word  is  here  only  used,  and 
 meaneth  all  speech  that  was  not  understood 
 of  God's  people,  which  he  that  speaketh,  is 
 callea  of  the  apostle  '  a  barbarian,'  that  is,  a 
 stranger,  1  Cor.  xiv.  11,  even  as  here  also 
 the  Cliald.  tmiieth  it.  Spiritually  it  mean- 
 eth such  as  speak  against  the  faith,  '  the  lan- 
 guage of  Canaan,'  Is.  xix.  IS. 
 
 Ver.  2 — Judah,]  That  is,  the  congrega- 
 tion of  that  tribe,  which  was  principal.  Num. 
 ii.  3  ;  vii.  12  ;  x.  14.  Was,]  Or,  became: 
 and  it  is  of  the  feminine  gender,  to  signify 
 '  the  congregation,'  usually  named  '  a  daugh- 
 ter,' as  Ps.  ix.  15.  His  san'ctuarv,]  Sanc- 
 tity or  sanctification,  which  God  had  sanctified 
 to  dwell  among  them.  Lev.  xix.  2  ;  xx.  7, 
 26  ;  xxvi.  11,  12  ;  2  Cor.  vi.  16.  The 
 Chald.  explaineth  it  thus,  «'  The  church  of 
 the  house  of  Judah  was  united  to  his  holiness; 
 Israel  to  his  dominions.  Dominions,]  Or, 
 dominations,  (seignoiies),  ruling  over  the 
 tribes  by  his  laws  and  spiiit. 
 
 Ver. 3. — The  sea,]  The  Red sea,\.\\ro\x^\ 
 which  Israel  passed,  Ex.  xiv.  21 ;  Ps.  Ixxvii. 
 17;  Ixxviii.  13;  Ixvi.  6;  cxxxvi.  13.  The 
 Jordan,]  Tlio  g  eat    and   celebrated    river 
 
 h)  the  land  of  Canaan,  Jos.  iii. ;  Psalm 
 Ixvi.  6. 
 
 Ver.  4. — The  mountains,]  Sinai,  Horeb, 
 and  other  hills  in  the  wilderness  quaked,  Ex. 
 xix.  18;  Hab.  iii.  6,  10;  Ps.  Ixviii.  9.  Sj 
 leaping  is  used  also  in  Ps.  xxix.  6.  The 
 Chald.  paraphraseth,  "  When  he  gave  hi; 
 law  to  his  people,  the  mountains  leaped,"  &c. 
 Younglings,]  Heb.  sons,  meaning  lambs. 
 So  ver.  6. 
 
 Ver.  5. — What  ailed  thee,]  Or,  %chat 
 was  to  thee  ? 
 
 Ver.  7. — At  the  presence,]  Or,  at  the 
 face,  or  before  the  Lord.  For  these  phrases 
 are  used  indifllrently  ;  as,  Milliphnei,  at  the 
 presence,  1  Chron.  xvi.  33,  is  Liphnei,  he- 
 fore, Vs..  xcvi.  13.  So  Milliphnei,  before,  or 
 from  the  face,  1  Chron.  xix.  18,  fur  which  in 
 2  Sam.  x.  18,  is  Miphnei,  before.  Tremble 
 THOU,]  With  pain,  as  a  woman  in  travail. 
 See  Ps.  xxix.  8.  It  is  an  answer  to  the 
 former  question,  and  therefore  may  also  be 
 turned,  '  The  earth  trembled,'  (as  the  like  is 
 observed  in  Ps.  xxii.  9),  and  so  the  Gr.  here 
 translateth,  "  The  earth  was  shaken." 
 
 Ver.  S.— The  flint]  That  is,  hard  flinty 
 rock,  as  is  explained,  Deut.  viii.  15.  Com. 
 pare  Is.  xli.  18. 
 
PSALM    ex  V.  637 
 
 PSALM    CXV. 
 
 Because  God  is  truly  glorious,  and  idols  are  vanity,  9  he  exhort- 
 eth  to  confidence  in  God,  who  is  to  he  blessed  for  his  blessings. 
 
 1  Not  unto  us,  Jehovah,  not  unto  us,  but  unto  thy  name  give  the 
 glory,  for  thy  mercy,  for  thy  truth.  *  Wherefore  should  the  hea- 
 thens say.  Where  is  now  their  God  ?  ^  And  our  God  is  in  the 
 heavens  :  whatsoever  pleaseth  him,  he  dotli.  *  Their  idols  are  silver 
 and  gold,  the  work  of  men's  hands.  *  A  mouth  they  have,  and 
 speak  not ;  eyes  they  have,  and  see  not.  ®  Ears  they  have,  and 
 liear  not ;  a  nose  they  have,  and  smell  not.  '  Hands  they  have, 
 and  feel  not :  feet  they  have,  and  walk  not :  they  make  no  sound 
 with  their  throat.  ^  Like  them  be  they  that  make  them  :  every 
 one  that  trusteth  in  them.  "  O  Israel,  trust  thou  in  Jehovah  :  lie 
 is  their  help  and  their  shield.  '°  O  house  of  Aaron,  trust  ye  in 
 Jehovah  :  he  is  their  help  and  their  shield.  ^'  Ye  that  fear  Jeho- 
 vah, trust  in  Jeliovah  :  lie  is  their  help  and  their  shield. 
 '^  Jehovah  hath  remembered  us,  he  will  bless  us :  he  will  bless 
 the  house  of  Israel,  he  will  bless  the  house  of  Aaron.  "  He 
 will  bless  them  that  fear  Jehovah  ;  tlie  small  with  the  great. 
 "  Jehovah  will  add  unto  you  :  unto  you,  and  unto  youi*  sons. 
 ^'  Blessed  shall  you  be  of  Jehovah,  which  made  the  heavens  and 
 earth.  "  The  heavens  are  Jehovah's ;  and  tlie  earth  he  hath 
 given  to  the  sons  of  Adam.      ''  Not  the  dead  shall  praise  Jah ; 
 
 Ver.  1. — Not  to  us,]  Or,  for  us.      The  help,]  To  wit,  which  trust  in  him.     Or,  it 
 
 Chaldaddeth,"not  for  our  desert."  This  psalm  may  be,  for  your  help.     One  person   put  for 
 
 the  Gr.  joineth  with  the  former,  and  maketh  another,  as  often  is.     See  Ps.  lix.  7,  10,  65; 
 
 it  a  part  of  Ps.  cxiv.     See  the  Notes  on  Ps.  Ixxx.  7. 
 
 X.  1.  Ver.   10. — Hotjse,]  That  is,  children  or 
 
 Ver.  2. — Now,]  Or,  I  pray.     A  word  of  posterity.     See  Ps.  cxiii.  9 
 
 entreating,  but  used  here  in  mockery.       See  Ver.    12.— Hath    remembered,]    The 
 
 Ps.  Ixxix.  10.  Chald.  explaineth  it,  "  The  word  of  the  Lord 
 
 Ver.  3. — And,]  Or,  hit  our  God.     It  is  hath  remembered  us  for  good."  Will  bless,] 
 
 a  sinn  of  indignation,  as  Ps.  ii.  6.  To  wit,  us;  as    the  Gr.   tuineth    it,  "being 
 
 Ver.  5 They  have.]  Heh.  is  to  them.  mindful  of  us,  hath  blessed  us."    See  the  like 
 
 Speak  not,]  Or,  cannot  speak,  as  Ps.  Ixxvii.  want,  in  Ps.  lix.  14  ;  Ixix.  2  ;  xlv.  4. 
 
 5,  and  so  the  rest.     Compare  herewith  Jer.  Ver.  13. — Small,]  Or,  little,  in  age  rr 
 
 X.  3—5,  9,  &c.     Deut.  iv.  28.  degree.     So  Rev.  xi.  18. 
 
 Ver.  7.— Sound,]  Or,  7wz<«er,  meditate.  Ver.    14.— Will    add  unto,]   Or,  add 
 
 See  Ps.  i.  2.  upon  you,  that  is,  increase  you,  as  Deut.  i. 
 
 Ver.   9.— Israel,]  The  Church    is  here  11  ;  Is.  xxvi.  15;  or,  add  his  blessings, 
 
 distinguished  into  three  parts  : — 1.  Israel,  or  Ver.    15.— Shall  you  be  of,]  Or,  are 
 
 the  body  of  the  commonwealth.      2.  Aaron's  you  to  Jehovah,  that  is,  by  him.      See  the 
 
 house,  the  ministers.      And,  3.  The  fearers  like  phrase,  Gen.  xiv.  19;  i  Sam.  ii.  5. 
 
 of  Jehovah,  that  is,  strangers,  converts  of  all  Ver.   Ifi. — He  hath  given,]  Or  under- 
 
 nations.  Acts  ii.  5;  x.  35.     So  after  in  verses  stand,  which  he  hath  given  ;  for  the  earth  also 
 
 12,  13  ;  Ps.  cxviii.  2 — 4.       Trust  thou,]  is  his,  Ps.  xxiv.  1,  though  heaven  properly  is 
 
 The  Gr.  saith,  hath  trusted,  md  so  the  rest.  his  dwelling-place,    yet   not  able  to  contain 
 
 See  the  Notes  on  Ps.  xxii.  9;  cxiv.  7.  TnE':{  him,  1  Kings  viii.  27,  30 
 
638 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 neither  any  that  go  down  to  silence, 
 this  time,  and  for  ever ;  Hallelu-jah. 
 
 But  we  will  bless  Jah,  from 
 
 Ver.   17. — To  SILENCE.]  The  grave,  the      pouiidetli   it, 
 place  of  silence  and  quietness,  as  Job  iii.  17,       earth." 
 18  ;  see  Ps.  xciv.  17.       So  the  Chald.  ex- 
 
 The   place   of  burial  in  the 
 
 PSALM    CXVI. 
 
 The  psalmist  prof esseth  his  love  and  duty  to  God  for  his  deliverance. 
 12.  He  studieth  to  he  thankful. 
 
 ^  I  LOVE,  because  Jehovah  heareth  my  voice,  my  supplications. 
 ^  Because  he  bowed  his  ear  unto  me,  and  in  my  days  I  will  call. 
 ^  The  pangs  of  death  compassed  me,  and  the  binding  afflictions  of 
 hell  found  me  :  I  found  distress  and  sorrow.  *  And  1  called  on  the 
 name  of  Jehovah ;  O  Jehovah,  deliver  my  soul.  ^  Gracious  is 
 Jehovah,  and  just :  and  our  God  is  merciful.  ^  Jehovah  keepeth' 
 the  simple  ;  I  was  brought  low,  and  he  saved  me.  '  Return,  O  my 
 soul,  unto  thy  rest,  for  Jehovah  liath  bounteously  rewarded  unto 
 thee.  *  Because  thou  hast  released  my  soul  from  deatli,  mine  eye 
 from  tears,  my  foot  from  sliding.  ^  I  will  walk  on  before  Jehovah, 
 in  the  lands  of  the  living.  "  I  believed,  therefore  did  I  speak ;  I 
 was  afflicted  vehemently.     ^^  I  did  say  in  my  hastening  away,  every 
 
 Ver.  1 . — 1  LOVE,]  To  wit,  the  Lord,  or, 
 I  am  lovingly  aflected,  and  well  pleased.  The 
 Gr.  here  beginneth  Ps.  cxiv.  See  the 
 Note  on  Ps.  X.  1,  and  after  ver.  10.  Hear- 
 eth,] Or,  V ill  hear,  to  wit,  continually. 
 
 Ver.  2. — And,]  That  is,  therefore  will 
 I  call,  or,  when  I  did  call.  Mr  dais,]  That 
 is,  whiles  I  live,  or  days  of  affliction,  as  Job 
 XXX.  IC.  See  also  Psalm  cxix.  84  ;  xxxvii. 
 12. 
 
 Ver.  3.  Pangs,]  Or,  pains.  Compare 
 Ps.  xviii.  5,  &c.  Hell,]  The  state  of  death, 
 or  grave.  See  Ps.  xvi.  10.  Found,]  That 
 is,  came  upon  me.  So  1  Chi  on.  x.  3  ;  Neh. 
 ix.  32  ;   Esth.  viii.  6  ;   Ps.  cxix.  143. 
 
 Ver,  5, — Oh,]  Or,  /  beseech  thee,  O  noiv ! 
 The  Heb.  Jlnna  and  Na,  are  words  of  en- 
 treating ;  as  the  Gr.  Nai,  Phil.  i.  20  ;  Rev. 
 i.  7. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Brought  low,^  Drawn  dry, 
 ti^eakened,  and  afflicted.  See  Ps.  xli.  2  ; 
 Ixxix.  8. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Thy  rest,]  Tliy  quiet  comfort- 
 able estate  in  God,  without  trouble  of  con- 
 science. This  Christ  giveth.  Matt.  xi.  29  ; 
 but  sin  taketh  away,  Ueut.  xxxviii.  (J5.   Re- 
 
 warded,] Or,  as  the  Gr.  saith,  "  been  bene- 
 ficial." The  Chald.  explaineth  it,  "  The 
 word  of  the  Lord  hath  rewarded  good  unto 
 thee."     See  Ps.  xiii.  6. 
 
 Ver.  8.— Sliding,]  Or,  ^/»-w5<,/a//.  See 
 Ps.  Ivi.  14-,    1  Sam.  ii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Walk  on,]  To  wit,  pleasingly, 
 as  the  Gr.  explaineth,  or,  pleasingly  admin- 
 ister. So  1  Sam.  ii.  30,  35  ;  Ps.  Ixxxvi. 
 14.  The  living,]  In  this  world.  See  Ps. 
 xxvii.  13. 
 
 Ver.  10.— Therefore,]  The  Gr.  Ki, 
 for,  is  here  used  for  therefore,  as  the  Gr. 
 translateth,  and  the  apostle  alloweth,  2  Cor. 
 iv.  13.  So  may  it  also  be  taken,  1  Sam.  ii. 
 21  ;  so  the  Gr.  hoti ;  as  Luke  vii.  47.  For 
 she  loved,  that  is,  therefore  she  loved  much. 
 Ht-re  the  Gr.  version  beginneth  Ps.  cxv. 
 
 Ver.  11. — My  hastening,]  Through 
 fear.  In  Gr.  "my  ecstacy,"(or  drawee.)  See 
 Ps.  xxxi.  23.  Hereto  is  opposed  his  quiet- 
 ness, Ps.  xxx.  7.  Every  man,]  Even  the 
 prophets,  which  have  promised  me  the  king- 
 dom, &c.,  and  thus  it  might  be  David's  in- 
 firmity ;  or,  indeed,  every  man,  in  respect 
 of  God,  is  a  liar,  and  unable  to  help  in  time 
 
PSALM    CXVII. 
 
 639 
 
 man  is  a  liar.  ^^  What  shall  I  render  to  Jehovali,^r  all  his  bowi- 
 tiful  rewards  unto  me  ?  '^  I  will  take  up  the  cup  of  salvation,  and 
 will  call  on  the  name  of  Jehovah.  ''  My  vows  to  Jehovali  I  will 
 pay,  in  the  presence  now  of  all  his  people.  ^*  Precious  in  tlie  eyes 
 of  Jehovah  is  the  death  of  his  gracious  saints.  '"  O  Jehovah, 
 surely  I  am  thy  servant,  I  am  thy  servant,  the  son  of  tliine  hand- 
 maid ;  tliou  hast  unloosed  my  bands.  "  To  thee  will  I  sacrifice  a 
 sacrifice  of  confession,  and  will  call  on  the  name  of  Jehovah. 
 '^  My  vows  to  Jehovah  will  I  pay,  in  the  presence  now  of  all  his 
 people.  "  In  the  courts  of  the  house  of  Jehovah;  in  the  midst  of 
 thee,  O  Jerusalem ;  Hallelu-jah. 
 
 of  need;  Num.  xxiii.  19;   Rom.  iii.  4;   Ps. 
 xxxiii.  17. 
 
 Ver.  12. — For  all,]  So  the  Gr.  supplieth 
 the  word /or;  and  by  rewards,  he  meaneth 
 benefits,  as  ver.  7.  Compare  1  Thess.  iii.  9; 
 2  Chron.  xxxii.  25. 
 
 Ver.  13. — The  cup  of  salvation,]  Or, 
 of  health,  that  is,  of  thanksgiving  for  God's 
 KHving  health  and  deliverance  for  me.  For 
 mercies  received,  the  Israelites  used  to  ofier 
 peace  or  thank-oflerings ;  whereof  they  did 
 eat,  and  rejoice  before  the  Lord ;  and  at  their 
 banquets  took  up  the  cup  of  wine  in  their 
 hands,  and  blessed  God  :  called  thereupon 
 '  the  cup  of  blessing,'  1  Cor.  x.  16.  So  our 
 Lord  at  the  feast  of  the  passover,  '  took  the 
 
 cup,  and  gave  thanks,'  Luke  xxii.  17.  Call 
 ON,]  That  is,  prayand  praise  God,  or,  call  in, 
 that  is,  proclaim  and  preach  God's  mercies. 
 So  ver.  17. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Precious,  &c.]  That  is,  God 
 will  not  easily  sufler  his  saints  to  be  slain. 
 See  Ps.  Ixxii.  14.  So  the  soul  is  said  to  be 
 precious,  when  the  life  is  spared,  1  Sam. 
 xxvi.  31  ;  2  Kings  i.  13. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Handmaid,]  Born  thy  servant 
 in  thy  house.  See  Ps.  Ixxxvi.  16.  Bands.] 
 That  is,  hast  set  me  at  liberty,as  Job  xxxix. 
 8,  from  afflictions,  Is.  xxviii.  22  ;  a  simili- 
 tude taken  from  captives,  Is.  Hi.  2. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Confession,]  That  is,  a  thank- 
 offering.     See  Ps.  1.  14. 
 
 PSALM    CXVIL 
 
 The  Gentiles  are  exhorted  to  praise  God  for  his  mercy  and  truth. 
 
 1  Praise  Jehovah,  all  ye  Gentiles ;  laud  him,  all  ye  people.  ^  For 
 his  mercy  is  mighty  towards  us  ;  and  the  faithfulness  of  Jehovah 
 endureth  for  ever  ;  Hallelu-jah. 
 
 Ver.  1.— Gentiles,]  Or,  nations  ;  all  us  into  the  glory  of  God  ;|  as  the  apostle 
 which  are  exhorted  to  glorify  God,  for  ob-  showeth  from  this  scripture,'  Rom.  xv.  7— 
 taining  mercy  by  Christ,  who  '  hatli  received 
 
 11. 
 
640 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM   CXVIIL 
 
 An  exhortation  to  praise  God  for  his  mercy.  5.  The  psalmist,  hj  h.'s 
 experience,  shometh  Iwrv  good  it  is  to  trust  in  God.  1 9.  Under  the 
 type  of  the  psalmist,  the  coming  of  Christ  in  his  kingdom  is  expressed. 
 
 ^  Confess  ye  to  Jehovah,  for  he  is  good,  for  his  mercy  endureth 
 for  ever.  ^  Let  Israel  now  say,  that  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever, 
 ^  Let  the  house  of  Aaron  now  say,  that  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever. 
 *  Let  them  that  fear  Jehovah  now  say,  that  his  mercy  endureth  for 
 ever.  *  Out  of  strait  affliction  I  called  on  Jah  ;  Jah  answered 
 me  with  a  large  room.  ^  Jehovali  is  for  me,  I  will  not  fear  what 
 man  can  do  unto  me.  '  Jeliovah  is  for  me  witli  them  that  lielp  me, 
 and  I  shall  see  on  them  that  hate  me.  *  It  is  better  to  hope  for 
 safety  in  Jehovah,  than  to  trust  in  man.  ^  It  is  better  to  hope 
 for  safety  in  Jehovah,  than  to  trust  in  bounteous  princes.  '"All 
 nations  compassed  me,  but  in  the  name  of  Jehovah  I  cut  them 
 off.  ^'  They  compassed  me,  yea,  they  compassed  me,  but  in 
 tlie  name  of  Jehovah  I  cut  them  off.  '^  They  compassed  me  as 
 bees,  they  were  quenched  as  a  fire  of  thorns  ;  but  in  the  name 
 of  Jehovah  I  cut  them  off.  "  Thrusting  thou  thrustedst  me 
 to  fall,  and  Jehovah  holp  me.  "  Jah  is  my  strength  and  song, 
 and  he  hath  been  to  me  for  a  salvation.  '^  A  voice  of  shout- 
 ing and  of  salvation  is  in  the  tents  of  the  just ;  the  riglit  hand  of 
 Jehovah  doth  valiantness.  '^The  riffht  hand  of  Jehovah  is  exalted  ; 
 
 Ver.  1. — For  He,]  Or,  thai  he  is  good. 
 So  verse  29. 
 
 Ver.  4 That   fear,]   Strangers  of  all 
 
 nations,  as  before  he  mentioned  the  church 
 and  ministers.     See  Ps.  cxv.  9. 
 
 Ver.  5. — With  a  large  room,]  That 
 is,  by  bringing  me  into  it,  as  is  expressed, 
 P.-!.  xviii.  20;   iv.  2. 
 
 Ver.  6. — For  me,]  To  wit,  an  helper, 
 a^  the  Gr.  explaineth  ;  which  the  apostle 
 f(illoweth,  Heb.  xiii.  6.  So  the  Chald.  saith, 
 "  The  word  of  tlie  Lord  is  for  mine  help." 
 So  in  ver.  7.     See  also  Ps.  Ivi.  5,  12. 
 
 Ver.  7. — With  them  that  help  me,] 
 Instead  of  all  helpers .  See  a  lilie  phrase. 
 Ps.  liv.  G.  The  Gr.  saith,  "mine  helper." 
 See  on  them,]  To  vi\\,,their  retvard,oi-  ven- 
 geance, as  the  Chald.  explaineth.  See  Ps. 
 liv.  9;   xci.  8. 
 
 Ver.  10. — But  in,  &c.]  Or,  in  the  name 
 of  Jehovah,  (I  trust)  that  I  shall  cut  them 
 off.  The  Gr.  agreeth  with  the  formt;r  ;  the 
 Chald.  with  this  latter  ;  and  so  in  the  verses 
 following. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Were  quenched,]  Or,  (on  the 
 contrary)  were  kindled,  as  both   the  Gr.  and 
 
 Chald.  do  translate  it.  Sundry  words  signify 
 contraries,  a?  barac  to  bless.,  and  to  curse, 
 1  Kings  xxi.  13.  The  fire  of  thorns  is  both 
 soon  kindled  and  soon  quenched.  So  Chi  isl's 
 enemies.     For,]  Or,  but  in  the  name.  Sic. 
 
 Ver.  13. — TnRUSTiiNG,  &c.]  That  is, 
 thou  didst  sorely  thrust,  speaking  to  the 
 enemy.  T.ie  Chald.  explaineth  it,  "  My  sins 
 thrust  me  to  fall."  Thrusting  thrust  is  an 
 Hebraism  often  used;  as  after,  ver.  18.  So 
 '  cutting  shall  be  cut  off,'  Num.  xv.  30  ;  that 
 is,  '  shall  die  without  mercy,'  Heb.  x.  28. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Song,]  Or,  melody,  that  is, 
 whom  I  sing  laud  unto.  This  is  taken  from 
 Ex.  x  V.  2 ;  so  Is.  xii.  2.  For  a  salvation,] 
 Oi-,  a  salvation,  that  is,  hath  saved  or  rescued 
 me  against  mine  enemies,  as  2  Sam.  x.  11, 
 where  the  like  phrase  is  used  ;  so  after,  ver. 
 21,  the  word  for  may  be  omitted,  as  some- 
 times in  the  Htb.  itself,  2  Chron.  xviii.  21, 
 compared  with  1  Kings  xxii.  22. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Salvation,]  That  is,  victory, 
 as  Ps.  xcviii.  1  :  or,  thanks  for  salvation, 
 as  Ps.  cxvi.  13.  See  Rev.  xix.  1.  Tents,] 
 That  is,  dwelling-places  ;  but  spoken  of  as  in 
 wars,  or  for  short  continuance,  as  Heb.  xi.  9. 
 
PSALM    CXVIII. 
 
 Gil 
 
 the  right  hand  of  Jehovah  doth  valiantness.  "  I  shall  not  die  but 
 live,  and  shall  tell  the  works  of  Jah.  Jah  chastising  chastised 
 
 me,  and  gave  me  not  to  the  death.  '*  Open  ye  unto  me  the  gates 
 of  justice,  that  I  may  enter  into  them,  may  confess  Jah.  -"  Tiiis 
 gate  of  Jehovali,  into  which  the  just  shall  enter.  ^*  I  will  confess 
 thee  because  thou  hast  answered  me,  and  hast  been  to  me  for  a 
 salvation.  "  The  stone  which  the  builders  refused,  is  become  for 
 head  of  the  corner.  ^^  This  was  of  Jehovah  ;  it  is  marvellous  in 
 our  eyes.  **  Tliis  is  the  day  Jeliovah  made,  let  us  be  glad  and 
 rejoice  in  it.  ^^  O  Jehovah,  save  now  ;  O  Jehovah,  prosper  now. 
 *''  Blessed  he  he  that  cometh  in  the  name  of  Jehovah  ;  we  bless  you 
 out  of  the  house  of  Jehovah.  *'  God  is  Jehovah,  and  hath  given 
 light  unto  us ;  bind  ye  the  ieast-offerings  with  cords,  unto  the  horns 
 of  the  altar.  ^^  Tliou  art  my  God,  and  I  will  confess  thee ;  my 
 God,  I  will  exalt  thee.  ^^  Confess  ye  to  Jehovah,  for  he  is  good, 
 for  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever. 
 
 So  '  tents  of  the  saints,'  Rev.  xx.  9.  See  also 
 2  Chron.  xxxi.  2. 
 
 Ver.  18.— Gave,]  Or,  delivered.  So 
 Ezek.  xxxi.  14. 
 
 Ver.  19. — Gates  of  jcstice,]  That  is, 
 of  God's  sanctuary,  the  gates  whereof  were  to 
 be  opened  by  the  piiests  and  Levites,  for  men 
 to  come  and  serve  the  Lord,  1  Sam.  iii.  15  ; 
 called  gates  of  justice,  because  only  the  just 
 and  cltau  might  enter  into  them,  as  ver.  20; 
 Is.  xxvi.  2;  2Chron.xxiii.  19;  Rev.xxi.  27. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Gate  of  .Tehovah,]  This  the 
 Chald.  expoundeth,  "  The  gate  of  the  sanc- 
 tuary of  the  Lord." 
 
 Ver.  22. — The  stone,  &c.]  By  this 
 stone  is  meant  David  himself,  and  his  son 
 Christ  ;  by  the  builders  are  meant  the  chief 
 men  of  Israel,  that  lefused  David  and  Christ 
 to -.reign  over  them.  Mat.  xxi.  42  ;  Acts  iv. 
 II.  Of  David,  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it, 
 "  The  builders  despised  the  young  man, 
 which  among  the  sons  of  Jesse  was  wortliy 
 to  be  made  king  and  ruler."  For  head,] 
 That  is,  the  chief  corner  stone,  which  cou- 
 pleth  and  fasteneth  the  building.  See  also 
 Is.  xxviii.  16  ;  1  Pet.  ii.  6—8  ;  Eph.  ii. 
 20,  21. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Made,]  That  is,  preferred  in 
 honour  above  others  ;  so  making  sometimes 
 signifieth,  as  1  Sam.  xii.  6  ;  and  the  making 
 of  a  day,  is  the  sanctifying  and  observing  of 
 it,  Deut.  V.  15  ;  Ex.  xxxiv.  21.  Also  day 
 is  the  whole  time  of  grace  in  Christ,  2  Cor. 
 vi.  2. 
 
 Ver.  25. — Save  now,]  Or,  I  beseech  thee 
 save.     In  Heb.   Hoshiah-na,   or  Hosanna, 
 
 as  it  is  sounded  in  Or.,  Mat.  xxi.  9,  15  ; 
 where  the  people  and  children  welcome  Christ 
 into  Jerusalem,  singing, '  Hosanna  the  son  of 
 David,'  that  is,  praying  God  most  high  to 
 save  the  king  (Christ),  who  then  '  came  in 
 the  name  of  the  Lord.' 
 
 Ver.  26. — He  that  cometh,]  That  is, 
 the  king  (Christ)  that  cometh  in  the  name 
 (power  and  authority)  of  the  Lord,  Luke  xix. 
 38.  We  bless  you,]  These  seem  to  be  the 
 priests' words,  whose  office  was  to  bless  God's 
 people  in  his  house,  Num.  vi.  23 ;  Deut.  x. 
 8;   1  Chron.  xxiii.  13. 
 
 Ver.  27. — The  feast-offerings,]  Or, 
 festivity.  This  word  is  often  used  for  a  fes- 
 tival day,  as  Ps.  Ixxxi.  4  ;  is  sometimes 
 figuratively  used  for  the  sacrifices  offered  at 
 those  feasts,  as  Ex.  xxiii.  18;  Is.  xxix.  1  ; 
 and  so  the  Chald.  explaineth  it  here.  Thus 
 Christ  is  called  oicr  passover,  1  Cor.  v.  7  ; 
 that  is,  our  paschal  lamb.  \Vith  cords,] 
 This  word  is  sometimes  used  for  thick  twisted 
 cords,  Judges  xv.  13  ;  sometimes  for  thick 
 branches  of  trees  used  at  some  feasts,  Ezek. 
 xix.  11;  Lev.  xxiii.  40.  Hereupon  this 
 sentence  may  two  ways  be  read  ;  '  bind  the 
 feast  with  thick  branches,'  or  '  bind  the  sacri- 
 fices with  cords  ;'  both  mean  one  thing,  that 
 men  should  keep  the  festivity  with  joy  and 
 thanks  to  God,  as  Israel  used  at  their  solem- 
 nities. Unto  the  horns,]  That  is,  all  the 
 court  over,  until  you  come  even  to  the  horns 
 of  the  altar;  intending  herel)y  many  sacri- 
 fices or  boughs.  The  Chald.  interpreteth  it, 
 "  Till  he  have  offered  him,  and  poured  the 
 blood  at  the  horns  of  the  altar." 
 
 Vol.  II. 
 
 4M 
 
642  PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    CXIX, 
 
 This  psalm  containeih  manifold  praises  of  the  lam  of  God,  and 
 effects  of  the  same ;  with  sundry  prayers,  and  professions  of  obedience. 
 
 '  O  BLESSED  are  they  that  are  perfect  in  way,  they  that  walk  in 
 the  law  of  Jehovah.  ^  O  blessed  are  they  that  keep  his  testimonies, 
 they  that  seek  him  with  all  the  heart.  '  Also,  they  that  work  not 
 iniquity,  hut  walk  in  his  ways.  *  Thou  hast  commanded  thy  pre- 
 cepts to  be  observed  vehemently.  ^  Oh  that  my  ways  were  directed 
 to  observe  thy  statutes.  ^  Then  shall  I  not  be  ashamed,  when  I 
 have  respect  unto  all  thy  commandments.  '  I  will  confess  thee 
 with  righteousness  of  heart,  wlien  I  shall  learn  the  judgments  of 
 thy  justice.  ®  I  will  observe  tliy  statutes,  forsake  thou  me  not 
 very  much. 
 
 ^  Where witli  shall  a  young  man  cleanse  his  way  ?  by  taking 
 heed,  according  to  thy  word.  ^°With  all  my  heart  have  I  sought 
 thee,  let  me  not  wander  from  thy  commandments.  ''  In  mine  heart 
 have  I  hid  thy  sayings,  tliat  I  might  not  sin  against  thee.  ^''Blessed' 
 art  thou,  Jehovah,  learn  me  thy  statutes.  "  With  my  lips  have  I 
 told  all  the  judgments  of  thy  mouth,  "  In  the  way  of  thy  testi- 
 monies have  I  joyed,  as  above  all  store  of  riches.  '*  In  thy  pre- 
 cepts will  I  meditate,  and  will  have  respect  unto  tliy  ways.  "  In 
 thy  statutes  will  I  delight  myself,  I  will  not  forget  tliy  words. 
 
 "  Bounteously  reward  unto  thy  servant,  that  I  may  live  and 
 observe  thy  word.  ^*  Uncover  mine  eyes,  that  I  may  see  the  mar- 
 vellous things  of  thy  law.  "  A  stranger  I  am  in  the  eartli,  liide 
 not  thou  from  me  tliy  commandments.  '''"  My  soul  is  broken  small 
 with  desire  unto  thy  judgments  in  all  time.  ^'  Thou  hast  rebuked 
 the  proud  accursed,  that  wander  from  thy  commandments.     ^'  Turn 
 
 Veb.   1 . — Perfect  in  way,]  Entire,  (or  prayer  is  against  God's  anger,  Is.  Ixiv.  9.   Or 
 
 unblemished)  in  their  state  or  conversation.  it  may  here  have  reference  to  the  former, 
 
 See  Ezek.  xxviii.  15  ;  Ps.  i.  1.  "I  will  keep  thy  statutes  with  vehemency,  if 
 
 Ver.    2. — Seek    him,]    With   hope    and  thou  forsake  me  not." 
 
 trust,  as  the  word  also  importeth,  Is.  xi.  10  ;  Ver.    10. — Let  me  not  wander,]  Or, 
 
 with  Rom.  XV.  12.     See  also  Deut.  iv.  29;  make  me  not  to  err.       In  Gr.,  "repel  me 
 
 Jer.  xxix.  13  ;  2  Chron.  xv.  15.  The  Chald.  not." 
 
 translateth,  "  seek  his  doctrine."  Ver.    14. — As  above,]  As  that  which  is 
 
 Ver.  3 Also  they,  &c.]  The  Gr.turn-  superior  to  all  riches  ;  or,  as  for  all  abundant 
 
 eth  it   thus,  "  For,  not  they  that  work  ini-  wealth. 
 
 quity,  do  walk  in  his  ways."  Ver.  16.— Delight,]  Or,  solace,  recre- 
 
 Ver.  4. — To  BE  observed,]  Or,  for  men  ate  myself. 
 
 to    observe.       See    the    Notes     on     Psalm  Ver.    IS. — Uncover,]  Or,  unveil.  That 
 
 xxxvl.  3.  I  may,]  Or,  and  I  shall.  So  after  in  this  and 
 
 Ver.  5. — O  that,]  Or,  my  wishes  are  other  psalms  often.     See  Ps.  xliii.  4. 
 
 that,  &c.      The  Chald.  expounds  it,  "  It  is  Ver.  19. — In   the  earth,]   Or,  in  the 
 
 good  for  me  that  I  have  directed  my  ways."  land.     See  Ps.  xxxix.  13. 
 
 Ver,  8. — Very  much,]  Or,  unto  vehe-  Ver.  20.     For  desire,]  Or,  with  desir- 
 
 mency,  vehemently,  that  is,  utterly.     A  like  ing,   or,  to  desirt,  as  the  Gr,  saith,  "My 
 
PSALM   ex  IX.  643 
 
 thou  from  me  reproach  and  contempt,  for  I  have  kept  thy  testi- 
 monies. ^^  Princes  also  did  sit,  they  spake  against  me,  thy  servant 
 meditateth  in  thy  statutes,  "*  Also  tliy  testimonies  are  my  deliglits; 
 the  men  of  my  counsel. 
 
 '"  My  soul  cleaveth  to  the  dust,  quicken  thou  me  according  to 
 tJiy  word.  ^^  I  told  my  ways,  and  tliou  answeredst  me  ;  teach  me 
 tliy  statutes.  ^'  Make  me  to  understand  the  way  of  thy  precepts, 
 and  I  will  meditate  on  tliy  marvellous  works.  '''^  My  soul  droppeth 
 for  lieaviness  ;  raise  thou  me  up,  according  to  thy  word,  "  Take 
 away  from  me  the  way  of  falsehood,  and  graciously  give  me  tliy 
 law.  ^°  The  way  of  faithfulness  I  have  chosen,  thy  judgments  I 
 have  proposed.  '^  I  have  cleaved  to  thy  testimonies;  Jeliovah, let 
 me  not  be  abashed.  '^  I  will  run  the  way  of  thy  commandments, 
 when  thou  shalt  enlarge  mine  heart. 
 
 ^'  Teach  me,  O  Jehovali,  the  way  of  thy  statutes,  that  I  may 
 keep  it  unto  the  end.  '*  Make  me  to  understand,  that  I  may  keep 
 thy  law,  and  observe  it  with  all  the  heart.  ^^  Make  me  to  tread 
 in  the  path  of  thy  commandments,  for  in  it  I  take  pleasure. 
 ^•^  Incline  mine  heart  unto  thy  testimonies,  and  not  unto  covetous- 
 ness.  ''  Turn  away  mine  eyes  from  seeing  false  vanity  j  quicken 
 me  in  thy  ways.  ^^  Confirm  to  thy  servant  thy  saying,  which  is 
 given  to  the  fear  of  thee.  ^'  Turn  away  my  reproach,  wliich  I  am 
 afraid  of,  for  thy  judgments  are  good.  ^"Lo,  I  have  a  desire  to  thy 
 precepts  ;  in  thy  justice  quicken  thou  me. 
 
 ^'  And  let  thy  mercies  come  to  me,  O  Jehovah;  thy  salvation, 
 according  to  thy  saying.    ^^  And  I  shall  answer  hira  that  reproach - 
 
 soul  coveteth  to  desire."     A  like  form  of  the  ix.  4),  or  with  comfort,  as  Is.  Ix.  5  ;  or  love, 
 
 Heb.  word  is  in  Jer  xxxi.  12.  as  2  Cor.  vi.  11. 
 
 Ver.   23.— Spake,]   Or,   talked  of  me  ;  Ver.  33.— To  the  end,]  Gr.   continu- 
 
 spake  largely  and  freely.     See  the  word  in  ally  ;  some  turn  it,  for  rewards,  as  after  the 
 
 this  form,  Ezek.  xxxiii.  30.  Gr.  doth,  ver.    112.      The  Heb.  properly  is 
 
 Ver.  24. — Men  of  my  counsel,]  That  the  heel  or  foot-sole,  figuratively  the  end,  and 
 
 is,  my  counsellors,  they  with  whom  I  con-  sometimes  reward.     See  Ps.  xix.  12.     That 
 
 s\ilt.     So  in  Is.  xl.  13,  man  of  his  counsel,  I  may,]  Or,  a7id,  I  shall  keep,  &c.     So  ver. 
 
 is   turned  in  Gr,  su77tboulos,  Rom.  xi.  34  ;  34. 
 
 that  is,  counsellor.  Ver.  37.— Torn  away,]  Or,  jnake  pass, 
 
 Ver.  25. — Quicken  me,]  Or,  spare  my  transfer.     So  ver.  39.     From  seeing,]  Or, 
 
 life,  as  Jos.  ix.  15.  tkat  they  see  not,  Ps.  Ixix.  24  ;   Ixvi.  18. 
 
 Ver.  26. Answeredst  me,]  Which  the  Ver.  38.— Confirm,]  Or,  raise  up,  that 
 
 Chald.  expoundeth,  "  acceptedst  my  prayer."  is,  perform  and  do  it,  as  2  Sam.  vii.  25,  and 
 
 Ver.  27. And  I  will,""  Or,  <Aa<  /  jwa^;  that   continually,   as   Deut.  xxvii.  26,  with 
 
 as  verses  18  and  .S3.  Gal.  iii.  10.     So, 'to  confirm  words,' 2  Kings 
 
 Ver     28. Droppeth,]    To   wit,   tears,  xxiii.  3,  is  '  to  do  them,' 2  Chron.  xxxiv.  31. 
 
 that  is,  weep'eth,  as  Job  xvi.  20.    Raise  up,]  Which,]  That  is,  which  servant  is  given  (or 
 
 Or,  co7ifirm,  stablish,  as  verses  38  and  106.  addicted)  to  thy  fear,  or  which  word  is  given 
 
 Ver.  30— Of  faithfulness,]   Or,  faith,  for   the   fear  of  thee,   that    thou  mayest  be 
 
 that  is,  a  sure  and  faithful  way.     Proposed,]  feared. 
 
 To  wit,  before  i7ie,  as  Ps.  xvi.  8.  VeR.  41  .-Come,]  That  is,  be  perfo7-77ied, 
 
 Ver.  32.— Enlarge,]   That  is,    amplify  as  Judg.  xiii.  12. 
 
 :nd  increase  with  wisdom, as  1  Kings  iv.  29,  Ver.  42.— Answer,]  Heb.  answer  him 
 
 (as  to  want  an  heart,  is  to  be  foolish,  Prov.  %vord,  that   is,  return   him  answer,  as  this 
 
644 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 eth  me,  because  I  have  trusted  in  thy  word.  ^^  And  pull  not  thou 
 out  of  my  mouth  the  word  of  truth  very  mucli,  because  I  have 
 liopefully  waited  for  thy  judgments.  "  And  I  will  observe  thy  law 
 continually,  for  ever  and  perpetual  aye.  "  And  I  shall  walk  in  a 
 large  room,  because  I  have  sought  thy  precepts.  '"'  And  I  will  speak 
 of  thy  testimonies  in  the  presence  of  kings,  and  not  be  ashamed. 
 *'  And  I  will  delight  myself  in  tliy  commandments,  which  I  have 
 loved.  ^'^  And  I  will  lift  up  my  hands  to  tliy  commandments  which 
 I  have  loved,  and  will  meditate  on  thy  statutes. 
 
 ■"  Remember  the  word  of  thy  servant,  for  which  thou  hast  made 
 me  hopefully  to  wait.  ^^  This  is  my  comfort  in  mine  affliction, 
 that  thy  saying  quickeneth  me.  "  The  proud  have  scorned  me 
 very  greatly  ;  from  tliy  law  I  have  not  declined.  ^^  I  remembered 
 thy  judgments  of  old,  O  Jehovah,  and  comforted  myself.  ^' A  burn- 
 ing horror  hath  taken  hold  on  me  for  the  wicked,  the  forsakers  of 
 tliy  law.  ^*  Thy  statutes  have  been  songs  to  me  in  the  house  of  my 
 pilgrimage.  "  I  remembered  in  the  night  thy  name,  O  Jehovah,  and 
 observed  thy  law,     *^  This  was  to  me,  because  I  kept  thy  precepts. 
 
 "  My  portion,  Jehovah,  I  have  said,  to  observe  thy  words.  ^^  I 
 have  earnestly  besought  thy  face  with  all  the  heart ;  be  gracious 
 to  me  according  to  thy  saying.  ^^  I  thought  upon  my  ways,  and 
 turned  my  feet  unto  thy  testimonies.  ^^  I  made  haste,  and  delayed 
 not,  to  observe  thy  commandments.  "  Bands  of  the  wicked  have 
 robbed  me;  thy  law  I  have  not  forgotten.  ^'^  At  midnight  will  I 
 rise  to  confess  unto  thee,  for  the  judgments  of  thy  justice.  "^^I  am 
 a  companion  to  all  that  fear  thee,  and  that  observe  thy  precepts. 
 "  The  earth  is  full  of  thy  mercy,  Jehovah  ;  learn  me  thy 
 statutes. 
 
 phrase  importeth,  2  Sam.  xxiv.  13;  I  Kings 
 XX.  9  ;  xii.  16.  So  Prov.  xxvii.  11.  Or, 
 answer  him  the  matter. 
 
 Ver.  43. — Vehy  much,]  Or,  unto  vehe- 
 mency,  vehemently,  as  ver.  8  ;  aiid  it  may 
 be  referred  to  the  word,  vehemently  true  ; 
 or,  to  the  former,  pxdl  not  utterly. 
 
 Ver.  45. — In  a  large  room,]  Or,  in 
 ifideness,  that  is,  at  liberty,  cheerfully,  free 
 from  fears,  distresses,  &c.,  Ps.  iv.  2;  xviii. 
 22  ;   cxviii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  48. — Lift  my  hands,]  That  is,  put 
 my  hands  to  the  practice  of  thy  law  with 
 earnestness. 
 
 Ver.  53. — A  burning  horror,]  A  storm 
 of  terror  and  dismay,  as  the  Gr.  saith, 
 "  swooning,"  or  "fainting."'  See  Ps.  xi.  6. 
 For,]  Or,  from  the  wicked i  a  storm  of 
 trouble  raised  by  them. 
 
 Ver.  54. — Songs,]  Themes,  or  arguments 
 of  singing.  The  house,]  The  earthly  house 
 of  this  tabernacle,  where  man  sojourneth  in 
 
 his  body  ;  as  2  Cor.  v.  1,  &e.;  in  Gr.  "the 
 place,"  that  is,  wheresoever  I  sojourn. 
 
 Veb.  56. — This  was,]  Thus  ordered  I  the 
 course  of  my  life;  or,  this  variety  of  estate, 
 persecution,  consolation,  &c.,  befel  me. 
 
 Ver.   57 Mt  portion,]  That  is,  as  the 
 
 Gr.  explaineth,  "O  Lord,  thou  art  my  por- 
 tion," as  Ps.  cxlii.  6;  xvi.  5;  Jer.  x.  16; 
 or,  "  My  portion,  O  Lord,  shall  be  to  keep 
 thy  words." 
 
 Ver.  5S. — 'Besovg^t ,~\0y ,intreated.  See 
 Ps.  xlv.  13. 
 
 Ver.  59. — Thought  upon,]  Considered 
 upon  and  counted;  the  Cbald.  saith,  "I 
 thought  to  make  good  my  ways." 
 
 Ver.  60. — Delayed  not,]  Or,  distracted 
 not  myself,  to  wit,  with  worldly  cares,  fears, 
 pleasures,  &e. 
 
 Ver.  61.— Bands,]  Or,  cords,  as  the  Gr. 
 also  turneth  it,  or  "companies," as  the  Chald. 
 explaineth  it;  so  '  a  band  of  prophets, 'for 
 a  company  of  tliem,    I  Sam.  x.  10. 
 
PSALM   CXIX,  645 
 
 **  Thou  hast  done  good  witli  tliy  servant,  Jehovah,  according  to 
 thy  word.  ^^  Learn  me  goodness  of  reason  and  knowledge,  for  I 
 have  beheved  in  thy  commandments.  "  Before  I  was  afflicted,  I 
 was  astray  ;  but  now  I  observe  thy  saying.  ^  Good  art  thou,  and 
 doest  good  ;  learn  me  thy  statutes.  ^*  The  proud  have  forged 
 against  me  falsehood  ;  I,  with  all  the  heart,  do  keep  thy  precepts. 
 ^^  Their  heart  is  gross  as  fat ;  I  in  tliy  law  have  delighted  myself. 
 '^  It  is  good  for  me  that  I  was  afflicted,  that  I  may  learn  thy  sta- 
 tutes. '^  The  law  of  thy  mouth  is  better  to  me  than  thousands  of 
 gold  aud  silver. 
 
 "  Thine  hands  have  made  me,  and  fasJiioned  me ;  make  me  to 
 understand,  that  I  may  learn  thy  commandments.  ''*  They  tliat 
 fear  thee,  shall  see  me  and  rejoice,  because  I  liave  hopefully  waited 
 for  thy  word,  ^^  I  know,  Jehovah,  that  thy  judgments  are  justice, 
 and  with  faithfulness  thou  hast  afflicted  me.  "  O  let  thy  mercy  be 
 to  comfort  me,  according  to  thy  saying  unto  thy  servant.  "  Let 
 thy  tender  mercies  come  to  me,  that  I  may  live,  for  thy  law  is  my 
 delights.  "  Let  the  proud  be  abashed,  for  with  falsehood  they  have 
 depraved  me  :  I  do  meditate  in  thy  precepts.  "  Let  those  turn  to 
 me  that  fear  thee,  and  that  know  thy  testimonies.  ^°  Let  my  lieart 
 le  perfect  in  thy  statutes,  that  I  be  not  abashed. 
 
 "  My  soul  fainteth  for  thy  salvation,  I  hopefully  wait  for  thy 
 word.  *^  Mine  eyes  fail  for  thy  word,  saying,  When  wilt  tliou 
 comfort  me  ?  ®^  Though  I  am  like  a  bottle  in  the  smoke,  I  have 
 not  forgotten  thy  statutes.  ^^  How  many  are  the  days  of  thy  ser- 
 vant? When  wilt  thou  do  judgment  on  my  persecutors  ?  ^'  The 
 proud  have  digged  for  me  pits  of  corruption,  which  are  not  accor- 
 ding to  thy  law.  ®'  All  thy  commandments  are  faithfulness  ;  with 
 falsehood  do  they  persecute  me  ;  help  thou  me.  *'  Almost  they  had 
 consumed  me  in  the  eartli,  but  I  have  not  forsaken  thy  precepts. 
 
 Ver.  66 — Reason,]  Or,  behaviour.  Heb.  Ver.TS. — 'D¥.vnAVEVi,]Perverted,wronged 
 
 "  taste,"  or  "  savour."     See  Ps.  xxxiv.  1.  tne,  dealt  perversely  with  me;  or,  would  per- 
 
 Ver.    67. — Afflicted,]    Or,  answered,  vert  me  from  the  right  way. 
 
 cried,  to  wit,  for  my  affliction.  Ver.  79. — Turn  to  me,]  InChald.  "turn 
 
 V^ER.  69.— Forged,]  Or,  composed,    ad-  to  my  doctrine." 
 
 joined.     So  Job  xiii.  4.  Ver.  SO. — Perfect,]   Sincere.      In  Gr., 
 
 V^ER.    70. — Gross,]    Congealed,    and    so  "  without  spot,  uiil)leniislied,"   as  ver.  1. 
 made  hard  and  senseless.     In  Gr.  "curdled  Ver.  81. — Fainteth,]  Faileth,  or  is  con- 
 as  milk."     Compare  Acts  xxviii.  27  ;    Eph.  sumed,  to  wit,  with  desire.       So  Ps.  Ixxxiv. 
 iv.  18.  2.     Fail,]  Or,  are  constimed,  as  before,  and 
 
 Ver.  72.— Thousands,]  To  wit,  of  pieces,  ver.  123.     See  Ps.  Ixix.  4  ;   1  Sam.  ii.  33. 
 
 as  is  expressed,  Ps.  Ixviii.  31.      The  Chald.  Ver.  83. — In  the  smoke,]  That  is,  dry 
 
 expoundeth  it,  "of  talents."  and  wrinkled.   Compare  Ps.  xx\ii.  4;  cii.  4. 
 
 Ver.  73. — Fashio.ved.]  Or,  fitted,  com-  Ver.  84. — Days,]  To  wit,   of  affliction, 
 
 posed.     Compare  Job  x.  8.  See  Ps.  xxxvii.  12  ;  cxvi.  2. 
 
 Ver.  75 With  faithfulness,]  Or,  m  Ver.  83. — Digged  pits,]   To  take  away 
 
 faith,  or  truth.     God  is   faithful,  which  will  my  life,  Ps.  xxxv.  7.     The  Gr.  saith,  "  told 
 
 not  suffer  us  to  be  tempted  above  that  we  are  me  tales,  to  entrap  me  with  erroi-s." 
 
 able,  but  will  give  the  issue  with  the  tempta-  Ver.     S6. —  Faithfulness,]    Or,    faith, 
 
 tion,  &c.,  1  Cor.  x.  13.  that  is,  faithful,  true. 
 
646  P  SA  L  M  S. 
 
 ^  x\ccording  to  thy  mercy  quicken  tliou  me,  and  I  will  observe 
 the  testimony  of  thy  moutli. 
 
 *^  For  ever,  O  Jehovah,  thy  word  is  stedfast  in  the  heavens. 
 '"  Thy  faitlifulness  is  to  generation  and  generation  ;  thou  liast  sta- 
 blislied  the  earth,  and  it  shall  stand,  '"  To  thy  judgments  they 
 stand  this  day,  for  they  all  are  thy  servants.  ^^  Unless  thy  law 
 had  been  my  delights,  then  had  I  perished  in  mine  affliction.  ®'  For 
 ever  I  will  not  forget  thy  precepts,  for  by  them  thou  hast  quickened 
 me.  ^^  I  atn  thine,  save  thou  me,  for  I  have  sought  thy  precepts. 
 "'^  The  wicked  have  waited  for  me  to  destroy  me :  I  consider  thy 
 testimonies.  ^^  Of  all  perfection  I  have  seen  an  end  ;  large  is  thy 
 commandment  vehemently. 
 
 ''  O  how  I  love  thy  law !  all  the  day  it  is  my  meditation.  °^  Thou 
 makest  me  wiser  than  mine  enemies,  by  thy  commandments  ;  for, 
 for  ever  it  is  witli  me.  *^  I  am  more  prudent  than  all  my  teachers, 
 for  thy  testimonies  are  my  meditation.  '°°  I  am  of  more  under- 
 standing tlian  the  elders,  because  I  have  kept  thy  precepts.  "'  I 
 have  restrained  my  feet  from  every  evil  way,  that  I  may  observe 
 thy  word.  '°^  I  have  not  departed  from  thy  judgments,  for  thou 
 hast  tauglit  me.  '°^  How  sweet  are  thy  sayings  to  my  palate  !  more 
 than  honey  to  my  mouth.  '"*  By  thy  precepts  have  I  gotten  un- 
 derstanding, tlierefore  I  hate  every  path  of  falsehood. 
 
 '°^  Thy  word  is  a  lamp  to  my  foot,  and  a  light  to  my  path. 
 ""^  I  liave  sworn,  and  will  ratify  it,  to  observe  the  judgments  of 
 thy  justice.  '"  1  am  afflicted  very  vehemently  ;  Jehovah  quicken 
 thou  me  according  to  thy  word.  '°*  Tlie  iree-offerings  of  my  mouth, 
 favourably  accept  thou,  oh  Jehovah;  and  learn  me  tliy judgments. 
 lua  My  soul  is  in  my  hand  continually,  and  thy  law  I  have  not  for- 
 gotten. ''"  The  wicked  have  laid  a  snare  for  me,  and  from  thy 
 precepts  I  have  not  strayed.  '"  I  possess  for  heritage  thy  testi- 
 monies for  ever,  for  they  are  the  joy  of  mine  heart.  "^  I  have 
 inclined  mine  lieart  to  do  tliy  statutes,  for  ever  to  the  end. 
 
 Ver.  89. — Is  STEDFAST,]   Or,    standeth  Ver.  103. — My  palate,]  That   is,   my 
 
 fast,  abideth.     Compare  Is.  xl.  S.  taste. 
 
 Ver.  90.. — Stablished,]  Or,  fitly  settled.         Ver.  105. —  A  lamp,]  Or,  a  candle,  lan- 
 
 See  Ectl.  i.  4.  tern.     So  Prov.  vi.  23  ;  compare  Job  xix.  8. 
 
 Ver.  91. — To  thy,]  That  is,  according  to  Ver.  106. — Sworn,]  Making  covenant  to 
 thy  ordinations  ;  or,  for  thy  judgments;  in  walk  in  tliy  law,  Neh.  x.  29.  Ratify,]  Fer- 
 tile   manner    and    to     the     ends    that    thou  form  or  stablish. 
 
 appointedst  them,  they  stand  and  continue,  Ver.  IDS. — Free-offerings,]  Or,  voluti- 
 ns Ps.  xxxiii.  9.  taries.     See  Ps.  liv.  8. 
 
 Ver.    96. — Of   all    perfection,]    Or,  Ver.  109. — In  my  hand,]  Or,  ;?a//w,  that 
 
 consummation,  that  is,  of  every  most  perfect  is,  I  go  in  danger  of  my  life.     See   the  like 
 
 thing.      Large,]  Or,  broad,  wide,  meaning  phrase,  Judges  xii.  3  ;  1  Sam.  xix.  5  ;  xxviii. 
 
 infinite.  21.     Su  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  "  My  soul 
 
 Ver.  9S.. — Tnon  makest,]  Or,  it  maketh.  is  in  danger,  as  if  it  were  upon  my  hand  " 
 It  is  with  me,]  Or,  it  is  mine,  that  is,  thy  Ver    112. — To  the  end,]  As  verse  33. 
 
 law  (or  every  one  of  thy  commandmeuts)  are  Here  the  Gr.  turneth  it,  "  for   reward,"  re 
 
 mine.  spectin ^  the  end  and  reward  of  faith  and  obe- 
 
PSALM    ex  IX.  G47 
 
 ^'^  I  hate  vai7i  tlioiiglits,  and  I  love  thy  law,  "*  Tliou  art  my 
 secret  place,  and  my  shield,  I  liopefully  wait  for  thy  word.  "*  De- 
 part from  me,  ye  evil  doers,  that  I  may  keep  the  commandments  of 
 my  God. 
 
 "^  Uphold  me  according  to  thy  saying,  that  I  may  live  ;  and  let 
 me  not  be  abashed  for  my  hope.  '"  Sustain  me,  and  1  shall  be 
 saved,  and  I  will  delight  in  thy  statutes  continually.  "^  Tliou  liast 
 trodden  down  all  them  that  stray  from  thy  statutes,  for  their 
 deceit  is  falsehood.  ''^  Like  dross  thou  makest  cease  all  the  wicked 
 of  the  earth,  therefore  I  love  thy  testimonies.  '^"  My  flesh  feeleth 
 horror  for  dread  of  thee,  and  I  fear  for  thy  judgments. 
 
 ^^'  I  have  done  judgment  and  justice,  leave  me  not  to  mine 
 oppressors.  '^^  Be  surety  for  thy  servant,  for  good ;  let  not  tlie 
 proud  oppress  me.  '"Mine  eyes  fail  for  thj  salvation,  and  for  the 
 sayings  of  thy  justice.  ^^*  Do  with  thy  servant  according  to  tliy 
 mercy,  and  learn  me  ihy  statutes.  '^^  I  m  tliy  servant,  give  me 
 understanding,  that  I  may  know  thy  testimonies. 
 
 '^®  It  is  time  for  Jehovah  to  do,  they  liave  made  frustrate  thy 
 law.  '-''  Therefore  I  love  thy  commandments  above  gold,  and 
 above  fine  gold.  '^^  Therefore,  all  thy  precepts  of  every  thing  I 
 hold  righteous ;  I  hate  every  way  of  falsehood. 
 
 '^'  Marvellous  are  thy  testimonies,  therefore  doth  my  soul  keep 
 them.  ""  The  opening  of  thy  words  giveth  light,  giving  under- 
 btanding  to  tlie  simple.  '^^  I  opened  wide  my  mouth  and  panted , 
 for  I  longed  for  thy  commandments.  ^^^  Turn  the  face  unto  me, 
 and  be  gracious  to  me,  according  to  the  judgment  towards  those 
 tliat  love  thy  name.  *^^  Firmly  direct  my  steps  in  thy  saying,  and 
 let  not  any  iniquity  have  dominion  over  me.  '^*  Redeem  me  from 
 the  oppression  of  men,  and  I  will  observe  thy  precepts.  '^^  Make 
 thy  face  to  shine  upon  thy  servant,  and  learn  me   thy  statutes. 
 
 dience,  as  Ps.  xix.  12;  Heb.  xi.  26  ;  1  Pet.  Ver.  121. — Be  sdrety,]  Answering  for, 
 
 i.  8,  9.  and  defending  him.      Or,  give  sweetness  (or 
 
 Ver.  1J3. — Vain  thoughts,]  Or,  ?^j«f-  delight)  unto  him. 
 
 ering  cogitations,   or  vain   thiniters,  as  the  Ver.    126. — To  do,]  Or,  work,  showing 
 
 Chald.  explaineth  it ;  the  Gr.  also  turning  it,  his    power.      The   Chald.  otherwise,  "  It  is 
 
 "  transgressors  of  law."     It  hath  the  name  of  time  to  do  the  will   of  the   Lord."       Made 
 
 top  branches  of  trees,  figuratively  applied  to  frustkate,]  Of  none  effect,  or  dissipated. 
 
 the  thoughts  or  opinions  of  the  mind,  waver-  See  Ps.  xxxiii.  10. 
 
 ing  and  uncertain,  as  1   Kings  xviii.  21  ;  or,  Ver.  128. — Hold  RiGHTEoas,]  Or,  make 
 
 persons  distracted  with  their  own  cogitations.  righteous,  that  is,  do  esteem   and  defend  to 
 
 Ver.  117. — Delight,]  Or,  have  respect,  be  most  right,  and  do  rightly  use  them, 
 
 or  contemplate,  meditate  delightfully.  Ver.  130.. — The  opening,]  Or,  door,  that 
 
 Ver.  119. — Like  dross,]  Consumed  with  is,  the  declaration  (as  the  Gr.  interpreteth  it); 
 
 the  fire  of  thy  wrath.     See  Ezek.  xxii.  18 —  or,  the  first  entrance  into  them. 
 
 22  ;  Prov.  xxv.  4,  5.    Makest  CEASE,]That  Ver.    132.. — According    to  the  judg- 
 
 is,  removest,  or  takest  aivay.  ment,]  That  is,  as  is  right  and   meet,  and 
 
 Ver.  120. — Feeleth  horror,]  As  when  behoveth  ;  or,  after  the  manner,  wont,  and 
 
 the  hair  stands  up  for  fear,  and  by  flesh  may  custom  that  thou  usest.     ^o  judgment  is  for 
 
 be  meant  the  hair  of  his  flesh,  as  is  expressed,  mannerox  custom,  Gen.  xl.  13  ;  Jos.  vi.  15; 
 
 Job  ir.  15.  1  Sam.  ii.  13;  xxvii.  11, 
 
648  PSALMS. 
 
 "®  Rivers  of  waters  run  down  mine  eyes,  because  tliey  observe  not 
 thy  law. 
 
 ^"  Just  art  tliou,  Jeliovali,  and  righteous  thy  judgments.  "^  Thou 
 hast  commanded  the  justice  of  thy  testimonies,  and  faithfulness 
 vehemently.  "®  My  zeal  suppresseth  me,  because  my  distressers 
 liave  forgotten  thy  words.  ""  Thy  saying  is  fined  vehemently,  and 
 thy  servant  loveth  it. 
 
 '"  I  am  small  and  despised,  thy  precepts  I  have  not  forgotten. 
 "^  Thy  justice  is  a  justice  for  ever,  and  thy  law  is  the  truth. 
 "^  Distress  and  anguish  have  found  me,  thy  commandments  are 
 my  delights.  "*  The  justice  of  thy  testimonies  is  for  ever ;  make 
 me  to  understand,  that  I  may  live. 
 
 "'  I  have  called  with  the  whole  heart :  answer  me,  Jehovah ;  I 
 will  keep  thy  statutes.  '''^  I  have  called  upon  thee,  save  thou  me, 
 and  I  will  observe  thy  testimonies.  '^'^  I  have  prevented  in  the 
 twilight,  and  cried  ;  I  liopefuUy  waited  for  thy  word.  '^^  Mine 
 eyes  have  prevented  the  n?^A^- watches,  to  meditate  in  thy  saying. 
 "^  Hear  my  voice,  according  to  thy  mercy,  Jehovah  ;  according  to 
 thy  judgment  quicken  thou  me.  '^''  They  draw  near  that  follow 
 after  a  mischievous  purpose,  they  are  far  off  from  thy  law. 
 
 '*'  Near  art  thou,  Jehovah,  and  all  thy  commandments  are  truth. 
 '^^  Of  old  I  Jiave  known  of  thy  testimonies,  that  thou  hast  founded 
 them  for  ever. 
 
 "^  See  mine  affliction,  and  release  me,  for  I  have  not  forgotten 
 thy  law.  '"  Plead  my  plea  and  redeem  me,  according  to  thy  say- 
 ing quicken  thou  me.  '"  Salvation  is  far  from  the  wicked,  because 
 they  seek  not  tliy  statutes.  ^^^  Thy  tender  mercies  are  many,  O 
 Jehovah  ;  according  to  tliy  judgments  quicken  thou  me.  '"  Many 
 are  my  persecutors,  and  my  distressers  ;  from  thy  testimonies  I 
 have  not  declined.  '^^  I  saw  unfaithful  transgressors,  and  was 
 grieved yor  that  they  observed  not  my  saying.  '**  See,  that  I  love 
 thy  precepts  :  Jehovah,  according  to  thy  mercy  quicken  thou  me. 
 "°  The  beginning  of  thy  word  is  truth,  and  for  ever  is  every  judg- 
 ment of  thy  justice. 
 
 Ver.    136 They,]  Men  in  general,  or  Ver.  143. — Found,]  That  is,  come  upon 
 
 the  wicked  ;   as  after,  ver.  15S.  me,  as  Ps.  cxvi.  3. 
 
 Ver.  137. — Righteous,]  To  wit,  is  every  Ver.   144.— Justice   of,   &c.,]  Or,    thy 
 
 of  thy  judgments;  or,  upright  art  thou  iu  thy  testimonies  are  just,  &c 
 
 judgments.  Ver.   147. — Prevented,]  To  wit,  thee, 
 
 Ver.  13S. — Justice  of  thy  testimonies,]  with   prayer,  as  Ps.   Ixxxviii.   14;  xcv.  2. 
 
 That  is,  tliy  just  and  very  faithful   testimo-  Twilight,]  The  dawning  of  the  morning,  as 
 
 nies  ;  or,  justice,  thy  testimonies  and  faith.  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  and  the  Heb.  soine- 
 
 Ver.   J  39. — Suppresseth,]    Or,    cutteth  times  signifieth,  Job  vii.  4. 
 
 off,  that  is,  consumeth.      Compare  Ps.  Ixix.  Ver.  148.— Watches,]  See  Ps.  Ixiii.  6  ; 
 
 10.  xc.  4.       The  Chald.   saith,   "  The  morning 
 
 Ver.  140. — Fined,]  Purified  as  in  fire,  and  evening  watches." 
 
 fs.  xii.  7.  Ver.    149. — Judgment,]  Equity,  or  cus- 
 
 Ver.  142. — For  ever,]  That  is,  weWa*^-  tom,  as  ver.  132. 
 
 ing.     So  ver.  144.  Ver.    160. — The   beginning,]   Or,   the 
 
PSALM   ex X.  649 
 
 '^'  Princes  have  persecuted  me  without  cause,  and  for  thy  word 
 mine  heart  doth  stand  in  awe.  "^'  I  am  joyful  for  tliy  saying,  as 
 one  that  findeth  much  spoil.  ^^  Falsehood  I  hate,  and  I  abhor ; 
 thy  law  I  do  love.  ^"  Jr-'even  times  in  a  day  do  I  praise  thee,  for 
 tlie  judgments  of  thy  justice, 
 
 ^^^  Much  peace  is  to  them  that  love  tliy  law,  and  to  them  is  no 
 stumbling-block.  "^  I  have  hoped  for  thy  salvation,  Jehovah,  and 
 have  done  thy  commandments.  "^  My  soul  hath  observed  thy 
 testimonies,  and  I  love  them  vehemently,  '^^  I  have  observed  thy 
 precepts  and  thy  testimonies,  for  all  my  ways  are  before  tliee. 
 
 ^^^  Let  my  shouting  cry  come  near  before  thee,  Jehovah  ;  accor- 
 ding to  thy  word  give  thou  me  understanding,  ''"  Let  my  suppli- 
 cation for  grace  come  before  thee  ;  according  to  tliy  saying, 
 deliver  thou  me, 
 
 '^'  My  lips  shall  utter  praise,  when  thou  hast  learned  me  thy 
 statutes.  *"  My  tongue  shall  resound  thy  saying,  for  all  thy  com- 
 mandments are  justice,  ''^  Let  thine  hand  be  to  help  me,  for  I  have 
 chosen  tliy  precepts, 
 
 '"  I  have  longed  for  thy  salvation,  Jehovah,  and  thy  law  is  my 
 delights.  '"  Let  my  soul  live,  that  it  may  praise  thee  ;  and  let  thy 
 judgments  help  me.  ''^  I  have  strayed  like  a  lost  sheep ;  seek  thou 
 thy  servant,  for  I  have  not  forgotten  thy  commandments, 
 
 head,  but  the  Gr.  and  Chald,  do  explain  it,  is  no  scandal  in  him.'    He  walks  without  fear 
 
 "  From  the  beginning  thy  word  is  truth;"  of  falling. 
 
 and  so  for  ever.     Or,  taking  head  for  excel-  Ver.  172.— Resound,]  Or,  sing.     Heb. 
 
 lency,  thy  most  excellent  word  is  truth.  '  answer, 
 
 Ver.  164,— Seven  times.]  That  is,  often;  Ver.  175.— Let  Mr  soul  live,]  That  is, 
 
 for  seven  is  used  for  many,  as   Lev.  xxvi.  let  me  wholly  live  ;   as,  on  the  contrary,  '  let 
 
 18  ;    Prov.   xxiv,   16  ;  xxvi.    25  ;    1  Sam.  my  soul  die,"  Judg.  xvi.  .30. 
 
 ji.  5.  Ver.  176. — A  lost  sheep,]  A  sheep  of 
 
 Ver.  165.— Is  no  stumbling  block,]  Or,  perdition,  or  perishing,  that  is,  ready  to  per- 
 
 they  have  no  offence  (or  scandal).       So  in  1  ish.     '  All  we  like  sheep  have  gone  astray,' 
 
 John  ii,  10, '  he  that  loveth  his  brother,  there  Is,  liii,  6, 
 
 PSALM   CXX. 
 
 The  prophet  prayeth  against,  and  reproveth  the  evil  tongue  ;  5.  and 
 complaineth  of  his  necessary  conversation  with  the  wicTced. 
 
 '  A  song  of  degrees. 
 Unto  Jehovah,  in  my  distressedness,  I  cried,  and  he  answered 
 me,     "^  Jehovah,  deliver  thou  my  soul  from  the  lip  of  falsehood, 
 
 Ver.  1.— Of  degrees,]  Or,  of  ascensions,  voice  on  high,'  (Heb.  le  mah-lah),  2  Chron. 
 ofheiohts.  Heb.  kam-mahaloth,  that  is,  a  xx.  19.  Or,  this  title  noteth  the  excellency 
 psalm  to  be  sung  with  an  high  voice ;  as  the  of  the  song,  for  short,  grave,  and  pithy  sen- 
 Levites  are  said  to  praise  God  '  with  a  great      tences;  as  Adam  ham-mahalah,  is  a  7nan  of 
 
 Vol.  II.  4  N 
 
650 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 from  the  tongue  of  deceit.  ^  What  shall  it  give  thee,  and  wiiac 
 shall  it  add  to  thee,  tongue  of  deceit.  *  Sharp  arrows  of  a  mighty- 
 one,  with  coals  of  juniper.  *  VVo  is  me  that  I  sojourn  with  Meshec, 
 dwell  with  the  tents  of  Kedar.  ^  My  soul  it  hatli  much  dwelt  witli 
 him  that  hateth  peace.  '  I  am  for  peace,  and  when  I  speak,  they 
 are  for  war. 
 
 eminence,  or  of  high  degree,  1  Chron.  xvii. 
 J  7.  Sundry  other  ways  is  this  title  under- 
 stood as  of  the  stairs  that  went  up  to  the  house 
 of  the  Lord, whereon  the  fingers  should  stand; 
 and  this  the  Chald.  favoureth.  Also  of  the 
 coming  up  from  Babylon,  (called  maha-lah, 
 an  ascension,  Ezr.  vii.  9),  &e.  Fifteen 
 psalms  together  have  this  title  prefixed. 
 DisTRESSEDNBss,]  That  is,  sore  distress. 
 The  Heb.  addetli  a  letter  to  increase  the  sig- 
 nification; so,  helpfulness  for  full  help,  Vs. 
 xliv.  27.  Cried,]  In  Chald.,  "  prayed,  and  he 
 received  my  prayer." 
 
 Ver.  3. — What  shall  it  give,]  Or,  as 
 the  Gr.  hath,  xvhat  shall  be  given,  that  is, 
 what  good  or  profit  shalt  thou  get?  meaning, 
 none  at  all.  The  verb  active  is  often  used 
 passively.  See  Ps.  xxxii.  9;  xxxvi.  3.  Or, 
 what  shall  he  (meaning  God,  or  any  one)  give 
 to  thee,  O  deceitful  tongue  ?  It  add,]  Or, 
 be  added,  to  wit,  as  good  or  advantage.  So 
 Ps.  cxv.  14.  ToxGUE,]  This  may  also  be 
 read,  what  shall  the  tongue  of  deceit  give  to 
 thee,  that  is,  profit  thee,  speaking  to  the  cal- 
 umniator. 
 
 Ver.  4 — Arrows,  &c.,]  This  may  note 
 out  the  hurt  of  a  guileful  tongue,  whose  evil 
 words  are  like  arrows,  Ps.  Ixiv.  4  ;  Prov. 
 XXV.  IS  ;  or,  the  reward  which  God  will  give 
 the  deceitful  tongue,  his  plagues.  '  Like 
 arrows,'  Ps.  xliv.  (3 ;  Deut.  xxxii.  23  ;  Ezek. 
 V.  16.  Coals  of  juniper,]  Which  wood  in 
 burning  smelleth  sweet,  but  the  coals  thereof 
 
 burn  extremely,  and  last  long ;  so  that  under 
 the  ashes  the  glowing  coals  may  be  kept  (as 
 some  write)  a  year  long.  So  it  fitly  noteth 
 the  long  lasting  infamy  of  an  evil  tongue. 
 Or,  if  we  refer  it  to  God's  judgments,  they 
 are  severe  and  durable,  as  Deut.  xxviii.  59; 
 Ps.  xviii.  9;  cxl.  11. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Sojourn,]  Or,  am  a  pilgrim,  a 
 stranger.  With  Meshec,]  That  is,  with  a 
 profane  and  barbarous  people,  like  the  poste- 
 rity of  Meshec  and  Kedar,  mentioned  in  Gen. 
 X.  2;  xxi.  13.  Meshac  signifieth  length  or 
 protraction,  and  so  may  here  be  taken  for  no 
 proper  name,  but  I  sojourn  so  long  ;  and  thiu 
 the  Gr.  turneth  it,"  My  peregrination  is  pro- 
 longed." Tents  of  Kedar,]  The  son  of 
 Ishmael,  Gen.  xxv.  13,  whose  children  dweH 
 in  Arabia,  Is.  xxi.  13 — 17;  therefore  the 
 Chald.  here  turneth  it,  "  Arabians."  They 
 dwelt  in  tents  or  cottages  in  the  wilderness, 
 as  shepherds.  See  also  Is.  xlii.  11;  Jer. 
 xlix.  28,  29  ;   Ezek.  xxvii.  21. 
 
 Ver.  6. — It  hath  much,]  Or,  to  itself 
 (in  its  own  seeming)  hath  long  dwelt.  So 
 Ps.  cxxiii.  4. 
 
 Ver.  7. — For  peace,]  Or,  to  peace,  as 
 after_/br  or  to  war,  that  is,  addicted  thereto; 
 or  understand,  a  man  of  peace,  that  is,  peace- 
 ful, as  the  Gr.  expoundeth  it.  So  Job  v.  24; 
 xxi.  9  ;  2  Sam.  xvii.  3.  See  the  like  phrase, 
 Ps.  cix.  4.  Also  in  Ob.  7,  thy  bread,  for 
 men  of  thy  bread. 
 
 PSALM    CXXL 
 
 The  great  safety  of  those  tlmt  trust  in  God's  protection. 
 
 '  A  song  of  degrees. 
 I  lift  up  mine  eyes  unto  the  mountains,  from  whence  shall  come 
 mine  help.     *  Mine  help  cometh  from  Jehovah,  which  made  heavens 
 
 Ver.  1. — Of  degrees,]  Or,  for  degrees, 
 or,  ascensions.  See  the  first  Note  on  the 
 former  psalm.  The  mountains,]  Zion  and 
 Morijah,  where  was  the  sanctuary  of  God,  who 
 had    his  foundations  in  the  holy  mountains, 
 
 Ps.  Ixxxvii.  1,  which  was  a  figure  of  the 
 heavens,  Heb.  ix.  24  ;  and  sometimes  moun- 
 tains and  heavens  are  used  for  the  same,  as 
 Ps.  xviii.  8,  with  2  Sam.  xxii.  8.  So  the 
 meaning  is,  that  when  he  looked   up  to   God 
 
PSALM    CXXII. 
 
 651 
 
 and  earth.  ^  Let  him  not  give  thy  foot  to  be  moved,  let  liim  not 
 slumber  that  keepeth  thee.  *  Lo,  he  will  not  slumber  nor  sleep,  that 
 keepeth  Israel.  *  Jehovah  is  thy  keeper,  Jehovah  thy  shadow  upon 
 thy  right  hand.  ^'  The  sun  shall  not  smite  thee  by  day,  nor  the 
 moon  by  night.  '  Jehovah  will  keep  thee  from  all  evil :  he  will 
 keep  tliy  soul.  ®  Jehovah  will  keep  thy  going  out  and  thy  coming 
 in,  from  this  time  and  for  ever. 
 
 for  help,  he  received  it.  Or,  we  may  read  it 
 thus,  '  Shall  I  lift  up  mine  eyes  to  the  moun- 
 tains ?'  that  is,  to  the  place  where  idols  are 
 worshipped,  Deut.  xii.  2,  as  if  he  should  say, 
 Far  be  it  from  me.  '  For  in  vain  is  help  ex- 
 petted  from  the  hills,  or  the  multitude  of  the 
 mountains  ;  but  in  Jehovah  our  God  is  the 
 salvation  of  Israel,"  Jer.  iii.  23.  The  lifting 
 up  of  the  eyes  singifieth  hope  and  expecta- 
 tion, Ezek.  xviii.  6  ;  so  Ps.  cxxiii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  3. — To  BE  MOVED,]  O)',  to  sHde,  or, 
 to  commotion,  which  meaneth  a  fallitig  into 
 evil.  See  Ps.  xxxviii.  17.  Not  slomber,] 
 That  is,  not  neglect  any  care  or  diligence  for 
 thy  good,  Ps.  exxxii.  4  ;  Prov.  vi.  4;  Is.  v. 
 27. 
 
 Ver.  5.— Shadow,]  That  is,  protection, 
 roml'iirt,  and  refreshing  from  heat,  Is.  xxv.  4 ; 
 iv.  C;  Num.  xiv.  9;  see  also  Ps.  cix.  31. 
 
 Ver.  C. — The  sun,]  Which  annoyeth 
 with  heat,  as  the  moon  doth  with  cold  va- 
 pours, John  iv.  8  ;  Gen.  xxxi.  40.  And  the 
 sun  and  moon  being  rulers  of  day  and  uight, 
 Ps.  cxxxvi.  8,  9,  imply  all  other  things  what- 
 soever. But  this  hath  reference  to  God's 
 protection  of  Israel  in  the  wilderness,  Ex. 
 xiii.  21 ;   Is.  iv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Thy  going  out  and  coming  in,] 
 That  is,  all  thy  administiation,  aliairs,  and 
 actions.  See  the  like  phrase,  Deut.  xxviii. 
 6  ;  2  Chron.  i.  10  ;  2  Sam.  iii.  25  j  Acts  i. 
 21  :  ix.  28. 
 
 PSALM  CXXIL 
 
 David's  joy  for  the  church,  and  prayer  for  the  peace  thereof 
 
 '  A  song  of  degrees,  of  David. 
 I  REJOICED  in  them  that  said  imto  me.  We  will  go  into  tlie  house 
 of  Jehovah.  ^  Our  feet  have  been  standing  in  thy  gates,  O  Jeru- 
 salem, ^  Jerusalem  builded  as  a  city  that  is  joined  to  itself  toge- 
 ther. *  Whither  the  tribes  go  up,  the  tribes  of  Jah,  to  the  testi- 
 mony of  Israel,  to  confess  unto  the  name  of  Jehovah.  ^  For  there 
 are  set  thrones  for  judgment,  thrones  for  the  house  of  David. 
 °  Ask  ye  the  peace  of  Jerusalem ;  safe  quietness  have  they  tliat 
 
 Ver.  1. — In  them,]  Or, /or  them.  Gr., 
 "  For  the  things  that  were  said."  We  will,] 
 Or,  let  us  go,  exhorting  one  another,  as  Deut. 
 xxxiii.  19.  House,]  Which  ihe  Chald.  ex- 
 poundeth  "  House  of  the  sanctuary  of  the 
 Lord." 
 
 Ver.  3. — Joined  itself,]  Compact,  fitly 
 framed  and  builded  together  for  an  habitation 
 of  God  through  the  Spirit,  Eph.  ii.  21,  22. 
 So  the  curtains  of  the  tabernacle  were  con- 
 joined, Ex.  xxvi.  3. 
 
 Ver.  4. — To  the  testimony,]  That  is, 
 the  ark,  wherein  were  the  tables  of  testimony, 
 and  from  whence  God  testified  his  presence 
 
 by  oracle,  Ex.  xxv.  21,  22.  Or,  by  the  tes- 
 timony to  Israel,  that  is,  according  to  the 
 charge  given  foi  their  coming  thither,  Deut. 
 xvi.  16,  17. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Are  set,]  Or,  set  thrones,  that 
 is,  they  stand,  or  remain  still,  or  are  set, 
 active  for  passive,  as  Ps.  xxxvi.  3.  Of  the 
 house,]  Or,  for  the  house,  that  is,  the  pos- 
 terity, as  Ps.  cxv.  10.  The  Chald.  saith, 
 •'  For  the  kings  of  the  house  of  David." 
 
 Ver.  6.— Ask,]  That  is,  desire,  or  pray 
 for  the  peace.  In  Gr.,  "  The  things  that 
 belong  to  the  peace."  See  the  like  speech, 
 Luke  xix.  42  ;  Jcr.  xv.  5.     Safe  quiet 
 
(552 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 love  thee.  '  Peace  be  in  thy  fort,  safe  quietness  in  thy  palaces. 
 ^  Because  of  my  brethren  and  my  neighbours,  I  will  speak,  O  peace 
 be  in  thee.  '*  Because  of  the  Iiouse  of  Jehovah  our  God,  I  will  seek 
 good  for  thee. 
 
 NESS  HAVE,]  Or,  they  shall  have  safe  ease, 
 or,  tranquillity,  prosperity.  The  word  mean- 
 eth  both  quietness  from  troubles,  and  abun- 
 dance of  welfare.    So  Ps.  xxx.  7;  Ixxiii.  12. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Fort,]  Or,  rampart,  frontiers, 
 whereof  he  speaketh  in  Lam.  ii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Good  for  thee,]  Or,  thy  good. 
 See  Neh.  ii.  10. 
 
 PSALM   CXXIIL 
 
 A  profession  of  patient  confidence  in  God,  and  prayer  to  he  deli- 
 vered from  contempt. 
 
 *  A  song  of  degrees. 
 Unto  thee  lift  I  vip  mine  eyes,  O  thou  that  sittest  in  the  hea- 
 vens. ^  Lo,  as  the  eyes  of  servants  are  unto  the  hand  of  their 
 masters ;  as  the  eyes  of  a  maiden  unto  the  hand  of  her  mistress ;, 
 so  our  eyes  unto  Jehovah  our  God,  until  that  he  be  gracious  to  us. 
 ^  Be  gracious  to  us  Jehovah,  be  gracious  to  us ;  for  we  are  very 
 much  filled  with  contempt.  ^  Our  soul  it  is  very  much  filled  with 
 the  scorning  of  those  that  are  at  ease,  the  contempt  of  the  proud. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Sittest,]  That  is,  reignest, 
 governest,  judgest ;  lor  heaven  is  God's 
 ihrone.  Is.  Ixvi.  J. 
 
 Ver.  2. — That  he  be  gracious,]  Or, 
 show  mercy.  This  noteth  continual  prayer 
 without  fainting,  as  Luke  xviii.  1 — 7. 
 
 Ver.  4. — It  is,]  Or,  to  itself,  as  Ps.  cxx. 
 6.  Of  the  proud,]  Or,  be  to  the  proud;  as 
 a  prayer  that  the  evil  may  turn  upon  them- 
 selves. 
 
 PSALM   CXXIV. 
 
 David  teacheth  Israel  to  bless  God  for  their  delicerance. 
 
 '  A  song  of  degrees,  of  David. 
 Except  Jehovah,  he  had  been" for  us,  now  let  Israel  say  :  ^  Ex- 
 cept Jehovah  had  been  for  us,  wlien  men  rose  up  against  us  :  ^Then 
 they  had  swallowed  us  up  alive,  when  their  anger  was  kindled 
 against  us.  *  Tlien  the  waters  had  overflowed  us,  the  stream  had 
 passed  over  our  soul.     ^  Tlien  the  proud  waters  had  passed  over  our 
 
 Ver.  1. — Except  Jehoyah,]  Or,  but  for 
 Jehovah  who  was.  The  Chald.  saith,  "  Ex- 
 cept the  word  of  the  Lord,"  &c. 
 
 Ver.  2.— Men,]  la  Chaldee,  "sinful 
 men."' 
 
 Ver.  4. — ^Waters,]  That  is,  a  sinful  peo- 
 ple, as  Is.  lix.  19;   Rev.  xvii.  15. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Proud  waters,]  The  Chald. 
 exponndeth  it,  "  The  King  whose  camp  is 
 like  the  high  waters  of  the  sea."  ' 
 
PSALMS    CXXV.,    CXXVI. 
 
 653 
 
 soul.  ^  Blessed  be  Jehovah,  who  hath  not  given  us/or  a  prey  unto 
 their  teeth.  '  Our  soul,  as  a  bird,  is  escaped  out  of  tlie  snare  of  the 
 fowlers  ;  the  snare  is  broken,  and  we  are  escaped.  *Our  help  is  in 
 the  name  of  Jehovah,  the  maker  of  heavens  and  earth. 
 
 PSALM   CXXV. 
 
 The  safety  of  such  as  trust  in  God.     4.  A  prayer  for  the  godly  ^  and 
 against  the  tvicked. 
 
 '  A  song  of  degrees. 
 They  that  trust  in  Jehovah,  shall  be  as  Mount  Zion,  which  is 
 not  moved,  but  remaineth  for  ever.  ^  Jerusalem,  the  mountains  are 
 round  about  it,  and  Jehovah  is  round  about  his  people,  from  this 
 time  and  for  ever.  '  For  the  rod  of  wickedness  shall  not  rest  upon 
 the  lot  of  the  just ;  that  the  just  put  not  forth  their  hands  unto 
 any  injurious  evil.  *  Do  good,  O  Jehovah,  unto  the  good,  and  to 
 the  righteous  in  their  hearts.  ^  But  tliey  that  turn  aside  to  tlicir 
 crookednesses,  Jehovah  will  lead  them  away  with  the  workers 
 of  painful  iniquity :  Peace  shall  be  upon  Israel. 
 
 Ver.  1. — ^They  that  tkust,]  The  Chald. 
 explaineth  it,  "  The  just  which  trust  in  the 
 word  of  the  Lord." 
 
 Ver.  2. — And  Jehovah,]  That  is,  and 
 so  Jehovah,  which  the  Chald.  expoundeth, 
 "  The  divine  presence  (or  majesty)  of  the 
 Lord." 
 
 Ver.  3. — Of  wickedness,]  That  is,  of  the 
 wicked,  h.s  pride,  for  proud  men,  Ps.  xxxvi. 
 12  ;  and  their  rod  meaneth  their  dominion 
 
 or  poioer,  as  Ps.  ii.  9.  Lot,]  That  is,  in- 
 heritance, as  is  expressed  in  Jos.  xviii.  11  ; 
 1  Pet.  V.  3. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Crookednesses,]  Crooked vays 
 or  vices.  Lead  them  away,]  Or,  make 
 them  go  away,  that  is,  to  die,  as  1  Chion. 
 xvii.  11,  compared  with  2  Sam.  vii.  12.  So 
 the  Chald.  paraphraseth,  "Will  lead  them  to 
 hell,  and  their  part  shall  be  with  the  workers 
 of  iniquity." 
 
 PSALM   CXXVI. 
 
 The  church,  celebrating  her  incredible  return  out  of  captivity,  pray 
 ethfor,  and  prophesieth  the  good  success  thereof 
 
 ^  A  song  of  degrees. 
 When  Jehovah  returned  the  captivity  of  Zion,  we   were  like 
 
 Ver.  1 . — ^The  cAPxrviTY,]  Or,  the  rever- 
 sion, that  is,  the  multitude  of  captives  return- 
 ing from  bondage.  See  Ps.  xiv.  7  ;  Ixviii. 
 19;  Deut.  xxx.  3.  The  return  from  Babel's 
 bondage  figured  our  redemption  by  Christ, 
 Is.  X.  21,  22;  Rom.  ix.  27.  And  to  return 
 the  captivity,  sometimes  is  to  restore  all  that 
 
 was  lost.  Job  xlii.  10.  That  dream,]  That 
 felt  jiiy  and  comfort  incredible,  which  we 
 doubted  whether  it  were  true  or  not ;  as  did 
 the  apostle  Peter,  Acts  xii.  9  ;  see  also 
 Is.  xxix.  7,  8.  The  Chald.  expoundeth 
 it,  "  Like  sleepers  which  wake  from  their 
 dreams." 
 
654 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 tliern  that  dream.  *  Then  was  our  mouth  filled  with  laughter,  and 
 our  tongue  with  joyful  shouting ;  then  said  they  among  the  hea- 
 then, Jehovah  hath  done  very  great  things  with  them.  ^  Jehovah 
 hath  done  very  great  things  with  us,  we  are  joyful.  *  Turn  thou, 
 O  Jehovah,  our  captivity,  as  the  streams  in  the  south.  *  They  that 
 sow  with  tears,  shall  reap  with  joyful  shouting.  *•  He  going  goeth, 
 and  weepeth,  bearing  the  sowing  seed  :  he  coming  cometh  with 
 joyful  shouting,  bearing  his  sheaves. 
 
 Ver.  2. — JoYFaL  SHOUT,]  Or,  song,  or 
 shrill  singing.  So  ver.  5,  6.  Compare  Job 
 viii.  21.  Done  very  great  things,]  Or, 
 done  magnificently,  or  magnified  his  doings, 
 as  tlie  Gr.  traiislateth  this  phrase,  in  Joel  ii. 
 20,  the  Heb.  being,  "He  hath  magnified  to 
 do,"  like  that  in  2  Chron.  xxxiii.  6,  '  Man- 
 a?seh  multiplied  to  do,'  that  is,  did  much 
 evil.     With  them,]  Or,  tvith  these  men. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Our  captivity,]  That  is,  the 
 rest  of  the  captives  which  remain  yet  behind, 
 bring  them  also.  So  captivity  is  for  captives, 
 Ezek.  xi.  24,  25.  In  the  south,]  That  is, 
 in  tJie  dry  ground;  for  so  the  Heb.  word 
 signifieth,  and  so  south  lands  were  waterless, 
 Judg.  i.  15.  Here  we  may  understand, '  This 
 shall  be  to  us  as  rivers  in  the  south.'      The 
 
 Chald.  paraphraseth,  "As  the  land  is  turned 
 when  water-springs  break  forth  into  it,  in  time 
 of  drought." 
 
 Ver.  5. — Shall  reap.]  Or,  let  them  reap, 
 as  continuing  the  former  piayer,  so  after. 
 
 Ver.  6. — He  going  goeth, ]That  is,  wer_y 
 sower,  forementioned  ;  therefore  the  Gr.saith, 
 "  They  did  going  go,"  which  phrase  meaneth 
 a  continual  and  diligent  going.  The  sowing 
 seed,]  The  seed  to  be  soivn.  Heb.,  "  The 
 drawing  of  the  seed,"  that  is,  the  seed  of 
 drawing,  or,  of  sowing,  as  this  phrase  mean- 
 eth, Amos  ix.  13  ;  or,  the  dray  of  seed,  that 
 is,  the  seed  basket.  Sometimes  drawing  is 
 purchasing,  as  Job  xxviii.  18,  which  may 
 also  be  minded  here,  the  purchased,  (that  is, 
 precious)  seed. 
 
 PSALM   CXXVIL 
 
 The  virtue  of  God's  lless'mgs  'm  all  estates.  3.  God's  children  are  his 
 gift. 
 
 '  A  song  of  degrees  for  Solomon. 
 
 If  Jeliovah  build  not  the  house,  in  vain  do  the  builders  thereof 
 labour  tJierein  -,  if  Jehovah  keep  not  the  city,  in  vain  doth  the  keeper 
 wake.  ^  It  is  vain  for  you  to  rise  up  early,  to  sit  up  late,  to  eat 
 tlie  bread  of  sorrows  ;  so  he  will  give  liis  beloved  sleep. 
 
 ^  Lo,  sons  are  an  heritage  of  Jeliovah ;  the  fruit  of  the  womb. 
 
 Ver.  1 — For  Solomon,]  As  Ps.  Ixxii.  1, 
 or,  of  Solomon.  The  City,]  In  Chald.,  "  The 
 city  Jerusalem." 
 
 Ver.  2. — To  rise  uPEARLY,]Or,  ^oiecar/y 
 in  rising,  to  he  late  in  sitting,  eating,  &c. 
 Of  sorrows,]  That  is,  gotten  with  much 
 sorrower  pains;  as  bread  of  wickedness,  Prov. 
 iv.  17,  is  that  which  is  wickedly  gotten  ;  or 
 bread  of  sorrows  may  mean  coarse  meat,  as 
 bread  of  pleasures,  Dan.  x.  3,  is  dainty  fine 
 meat.  So,]  By  building,  keeping,  and  bless- 
 ing their  labours  without  sorrow  ;  or,  surely 
 he  will  give.     His  beloved)]  Or,  darling; 
 
 the  Heb.  Jedid  hath  reference  to  Solomon's 
 name  Jedidjah,  2  Sam.  xii.  25,  that  is, 
 beloved  of . /ah  ;  but  the  Gr.  turneth  it  plu- 
 rally,  "  His  beloved  ones."  Sleep,]  Quiet 
 rest  without  carking  care  and  sorrow.  There- 
 fore also  the  Heb.  word  shenais  written  with 
 S  a  quiet  dumb  letter,  (otherwise  than  usual) 
 to  denote  the  more  quietness. 
 
 Ver.  3. — An  heritage,]  That  is,  a 
 reward  or  blessing  given  of  the  Lord.  So 
 Job  XX.  29;  Is.  liv.  17;  Ps.  Ixi.  6.  Wages,] 
 Or,  reward,  which  sometimes  is  of  debt  for 
 service,  Num.   xviii.  31 ;     Gen.  xxx.   28. 
 
PSALM   CXXVIII. 
 
 G55 
 
 lis  wages.  *  As  arrows  in  tlie  hand  of  a  mighty  man,  so  are  sons 
 of  the  youth.  *  O  blessed  is  the  man  that  hath  filled  his  quiver 
 with  them  ;  they  shall  not  be  abashed,  wlien  they  shall  speak  witli 
 tlie  enemies  in  the  gate. 
 
 Sometimes  of  favour,  Rom.  iv,  4,  as  God's 
 rewards  to  his  servants,  Gen.  xv.  1  ;  Is.  Ixii. 
 11. 
 
 Ver,  4. — Sons  of  youth,]  That  is,  young 
 men,  who  are  a  help  to  their  parents  against 
 the  enemy,  as  arrows  in  the  battle.  Com- 
 pare 1  John  ii.  14  ;  Prov.  xx.  29. 
 
 Ver.  5. — His  quiver  with  them,]  That 
 
 is,  his  hotise  fiill  of  children.  When  they 
 SHALL  SPEAK,]  That  is,  plead  in  judgment, 
 which  was  at  the  city  gates.  See  the  con- 
 trary. Job  V.  4.  It  may  also  be  read,  '  But 
 they  shall  subdue  the  enemies  in  the  gate.' 
 The  Gr.  giveth  the  first  interpretation.  The 
 Chald.saith,  "  When  they  contend  with  their 
 adversaries  in  the  gate  of  the  judgment  hall.'' 
 
 PSaLM   CXXVIII. 
 
 The  sundry  blessings  which  follow  them  that  fear  God. 
 
 ^  A  song  of  degrees. 
 
 O  HAPPY  is  every  one  that  feareth  Jehovah,  that  walketh  in  his 
 ways. 
 
 ^  When  thou  slialt  eat  the  labour  of  tliy  liands,  O  happy  thou, 
 and  good  shall  it  he  imto  thee.  ^  Thy  wife  shall  be  as  a  fruitful 
 vine  by  the  sides  of  thine  house,  thy  sons  as  olive  plants  round 
 about  thy  table. 
 
 *  Lo  surely  thus  shall  the  man  be  blessed  that  feareth  Jehovah. 
 ^  Bless  thee  will  Jehovah  out  of  Zion,  and  see  tliou  the  good  of 
 Jerusalem,  all  the  days  of  thy  life.  ®  And  see  thou  thy  son's  sons  ; 
 peace  upon  Israel. 
 
 Ver.  1. — O  HAPPY,]  Or,  blessed,  as  Ps. 
 i.  1. 
 
 Ver.  2. — When  thou,]  Or,  For  (surely) 
 thou  shall  eat.  The  labour,]  That  is, 
 things  got  with  labour,  according  to  the  law. 
 Gen.  iii.  19  ;  and  this  is  of  God's  hand,  Eccl. 
 ii.  24  ;  the  contrary  whereof  is  a  curse,  Deut. 
 xxviii.  30,  31,  33.  Good,]  Profitable  and 
 pleasing,  as  Deut.  xxiii.  1(5.  The  Chald. 
 explaineth  it,  "  Happy  thou  in  this  world, 
 and  good  (shall  it  be)  unto  thee  in  the  world 
 to  come." 
 
 Ver.  3. — Fruitful,]  Or,  fructifying. 
 See  also  this  similitude,  Ezek.  xix.  10:  Gen. 
 
 xlix.  22.  Olive  plants,]  Always  green, 
 Ps.  Hi.  10,  and  legitimate,  as  the  olive  ad- 
 mitteth  no  other  grass. 
 
 Ver.  5 Will  Jehovah,]  Or,  prayer- 
 wise,  (as  the  Gr.  hath  it)  Jehovah  bless  thee. 
 See  thou,]  Or,  thori  shalt  see,  that  is, 
 enjoy.  Look  the  Notes  on  Ps.  xxvii.  4  ; 
 xxxvii.  3.  The  good,]  That  is,  the  good 
 things,  as  the  Gr.  hath  it.     See  Ps.  Ixv.  5. 
 
 Ver.  6.— Thy  son's  sons,]  Or,  sons  to 
 (or  of)  thy  sons.  See  this  fulfilled  in  Jol) 
 xlii.  16,  where  Job  *  saw  his  sons,  and  his 
 son's  sons,  even  four  generations." 
 
656  PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    CXXIX. 
 
 Many  are  the  offlictioyis  of  Israel,  hut  God  delivereth  them.    5.  Their 
 haters  are  cursed. 
 
 '  A  song  of  degrees. 
 Often  have  they  afflicted  me  from  my  youth,  may  Israel  now 
 say.  *  Often  have  they  afflicted  me  from  my  youtli,  yet  have  they 
 not  prevailed  against  me.  ^  The  ploughers  ploughed  upon  my  back, 
 they  made  long  their  furrow.  *  Jehovah  just,  he  hatli  cut  asunder 
 the  cord  of  the  wicked.  *  Let  them  be  abashed  and  turned  back, 
 all  that  liate  Zion.  ^  Let  tliem  be  as  the  grass  of  the  house  tops, 
 which  afore  one  pulleth  it  off,  is  witliered.  "'  Wherewith  he  that 
 moweth,  filleth  not  his  hand ;  or  he  that  bindeth  sheaves,  his 
 bosom.  ^  Neither  do  tliey  that  pass  by  say.  The  blessing  of  Jeho- 
 vah be  upon  you,  we  bless  you  in  the  name  of  Jehovah, 
 
 Ver.  !.■ — Oytk^,']  Or,  much,  vehemently.  Ver.  5. — Let  them,]  Or,  they  shall  le 
 
 From  my  youth,]  My  first  constitution  in  abashed. 
 
 Egypt,  Ezek.  xxiii.  3.      Not  prevailed,]  Ver.  6. — Pulleth  it  off,]  Or,  pw/Ze^A // 
 
 In  Chald.,  "  They  could  not  do  me  evil."  out,  namely,  the  book  to  cut  it.     The  Chald. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Ploughers,]  That  plough   ini-  explains  it,  "  Which  before  it  flourisheth,  an  . 
 
 quity,  Job  iv.  8.     The  Gr.  saith,  "sinners."  east  wind  cometh  and  bloweth  on  it,  and  it 
 
 Furrow,]  A.r\dfurrows,  that  is,every  of  them,  withereth." 
 
 (for  the  Heb.  hath  both  readings),  meaning  Vkr.   7. — His  bosom,]  His  arms,  as  Is. 
 
 tlieir  injuries,  or  iniquity,  as  the  Gr.  turn-  xlix.  22  ;  or,  lap. 
 
 eth  it.  Ver.    8.— We   bless  you,]  The  Chald. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Cord,]  For  corrfs  or  ro;Bes ;  one  addeth,  "  And   they  answer   them   not,  we 
 
 put  for  many.      See  Ps.   viii.   9  ;  by  cords,  bless  you,"  &c.,  taking  this  latter  branch  to 
 
 meaning  counsels  and  enterprises,  wherewith  be    the   harvestmen's   answer,    as   in    Ruth 
 
 they  drew  the  plough  of  their  iniquity.  Is.  v.  ii.  4. 
 18. 
 
 PSALM    CXXX. 
 
 The  psalmist  praying  out  of  deep  afflictions,  professeih  his  hope  and 
 patience,  and  exhorteth  Israel  to  the  like. 
 
 ^  A  song  of  degrees, 
 ■  Out  of  the  deeps  do  I  call  unto  tliee,  Jehovah.  ^  Lord,  hear 
 my  voice,  let  thine  ears  be  attentive  to  the  voice  of  my  supplica- 
 tions for  grace.  ^  If  thou  shouldest  observe  iniquities,  O  Jali,  Lord, 
 who  shall  stand  ?  *  But  with  thee  is  forgiveness,  that  thou  may  est 
 be  feared.  *  I  earnestly  expect  Jehovah,  my  soul  earnestly  expect- 
 eth,  and  for  his  word  do  I  hopefully  wait.       ®  My  soul  for  the 
 
 Ver.  1 — Deeps,]  Or,  low  places,  ih&i  \s,  Ver.   3. — Shall   stand,]  Or,  can  s  b- 
 
 great  calamities,  Ps,  Ixix.  3,  15,  with  hearty      sist,  meaning,  that  no  man,  under  such  cir- 
 deep  afl'ections,  and  lowliness  of  mind.  oumstances,  can. 
 
PSALMS    CXXXI.,  CXXXII. 
 
 657 
 
 Lord,  tnore  than  watchmen  for  tlie  morning,  watclimen  for  the 
 morning.  '^  Let  Israel  hopefully  wait  for  Jehovah,  for  with  Jeliovah 
 there  is  mercy,  and  witli  him  is  much  redemption.  ^  And  he  will 
 redeem  Israel  from  all  his  iniquities. 
 
 Vee.  6. — Watchmen,]  Or,  warders, 
 keepers.  Which  the  Chald.  explaineth  tlms, 
 ••  More  than  they  which  observe  the  morning 
 watch,  which  they  observe  that  they  may  ofl'er 
 
 the   morning   sacrifice.       For,]  Or,   to  the 
 morning. 
 
 Ver.  8.— His,]  Or,  their  iniquities.  See 
 the  Note  on  Ps.  xxv.  22. 
 
 PSALM    CXXXL 
 
 David  professeth  his  humility,  and  exhorteth  Israel  to  hope  in  God. 
 
 '  A  song  of  degrees  of  David. 
 Jehovah,  mine  heart  is  not  haughty,  neither  are  mine  eyes 
 lofty,  neither  walk  I  in  great  matters,  and  too  marvellous  for  me. 
 '^  If  I  have  not  composed  and  stilled  my  soul,  as  a  weaned  child 
 with  his  mother  ;  as  a  weaned  child  with  me  is  my  soul.  ^  Let 
 Israel  hopefully  wait  for  Jehovah,  from  this  time  and  for  ever. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Haughty,]  Or,  lifted  up,  with 
 pride.  See  Deut.  xvii.  20  ;  Prov.  xvi.  5  ; 
 2  Chron.  xxxii.  25,  26  ;  Ps,  ci.  5.  Mar- 
 vellous,] That  is,  too  hard  for  me,  high  and 
 above  my  reach,  as  Ps.  cxxxix.  6. 
 
 Ver.  2. — If  I  have  not,]  That  is,  surely 
 I  have  ;  an  oath,  whereof  part  is  concealed. 
 See  Ps.  xcv.  II,  Jer.  xlix.  20.  Composed,] 
 Or,  put  fit  and  in  order.     The  Chald.  ex- 
 
 poundeth  it,  "  If  I  have  not  put  my  hand  on 
 my  mouth,  and  silenced  my  soul,  till  it  might 
 hear  the  words  of  the  law,  as  a  weaned  child 
 on  his  mother's  breast,"  &p.  Stilled,]  Or, 
 made  silent,  refraining  it  from  noisome  lusts. 
 As  a  weaned  child,]  That  is,  meek,  mo- 
 dest, humble,  submissive,  simple,  &c.  See 
 Matt,  xviii.  1—4. 
 
 PSALM    CXXXII. 
 
 David's  care  to  bring  home  the  ark  of  God.  8.  His  prayer  at  the 
 removing  thereof.  11.  The  Lord's  oath  and  promises  to  David  and  to 
 the  church. 
 
 '  A  song  of  degrees, 
 Jehovah,  remember  unto  David  all  his  affliction. 
 
 How  he 
 
 Ver.  1. — Unto  David,]  Or,  for  him, 
 that  is,  for  good  unto  him  ;  or,  David  with 
 all  his  afflictions.  So  Ps.  cxxxvii.  7.  Af- 
 fliction,] Or,  humiliation,  afflicting  care, 
 for  to  have  the  ark  brought  home  unto  him, 
 1  Chron.  xiii.  1,  2,  3,  12  ;  xv.  1,  2,  &c.  ; 
 or,  to  build  God  an  house,  2  Sam.  vii.  I,  2. 
 
 Vol.  II.  4 
 
 Ver.  2. — The  Mighty  One,]  In  Gr,  the 
 God  of  Jacob,  so  called  first  by  Jacob  him- 
 self, Gen,  xlix.  24.  This  title  is  also  given 
 to  other  things,  as  Ps.  Ixxviii.  25  ;  xxii.  13. 
 
 Ver.  3. — If  I  enter,]  That  is,  surely  J 
 will  not  enter.  See  Ps.  xcv.  11;  Ixxxix. 
 36.     Compare  this  care  of  David  with  the 
 
658 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 sware  unto  Jehovali,  vowed  unto  tlie  Mighty  One  of  Jacob.  ^  If 
 I  enter  into  the  tent  of  mine  house  ;  if  I  go  up  upon  the  pallet  of 
 my  beds.  *  If  I  give  sleep  to  mine  eyes,  slumber  to  mine  eye-lids. 
 ^  Until  I  find  a  place  for  Jehovah,  dwelling -jo/aces  for  the  Mighty 
 One  of  Jacob.  *  Lo,  we  heard  it  was  in  Ephrathali,  we  found  it  in 
 the  fields  of  the  woods.  ^  We  will  go  into  his  dwelling-places  ;  we 
 will  bow  down  ourselves  at  the  footstool  of  his  feet.  *Arise,  Jehovah, 
 to  thy  rest,  thou,  and  the  ark  of  thy  strength.  '  Let  thy  priests  be 
 clothed  witli  justice,  and  let  thy  gracious  saints  joyfully  shout. 
 '"  For  thy  servant  David's  sake,  turn  not  away  the  face  of  thine 
 anointed.  "  Jehovah  sware  unto  David  truth ;  he  will  not  turn 
 from  it  ;  of  the  fruit  of  thy  womb  will  I  set  upon  thy  throne. 
 '^  If  tliy  sons  keep  my  covenant,  and  my  testimony  that  I  shall 
 teach  them,  also  their  sons  even  to  perpetuity,  shall  sit  upon  thy 
 throne.  "  For  Jehovah  hath  chosen  Zion,  liath  desired  it  for  his 
 seat.  "  This  is  my  rest  even  to  perpetuity,  here  will  I  sit,  for  I 
 have  desii'ed  it.  '^  Her  victuals  I  will  blessing  bless,  her  poor  I 
 will  satisfy  with  bread.     '^  And  her  priests  I  will  clothe  with  salva- 
 
 contraiy  negligence  of  the  people,  Hag.  i.  4 ; 
 2  Sam.  vii.  1,  2.  Mine  hodsk,]  Mentioned, 
 
 1  Chion.  XV.  1. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Find,]  That  is,  prepare  or  build; 
 so  Acts  vii.  46 ;  also  in  Ps.  xxxvi.  3.  Find- 
 ing is  accomplishing.  For  Jehovah,]  That 
 h,  for  his  ark  to  rest  in,  which  the  Chald. 
 explaineth,  "  A  place  for  the  house  of  the 
 Lord's  sanctuary."  Dwelling-places,]  Or, 
 habitacles.     See  Ps.  xliii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  6.- It,]  God's  ark,  ver.  S.  Eph- 
 RATHAH,]  The  country  of  Ephraim,  the  city 
 Shiioh,  nliere  God's  house  and  ark  had  long 
 continued,  Judg.  xviii.31  ;  xxi.  19  ;  1  Sam. 
 i.  3.  Therefore  an  Ephraimite  is  called  an 
 Ephrathite,  Judg.  xii.  5.  The  fields  of 
 THE  WOOD,]  In  the  city  of  Kirjalh-jearim, 
 that  is,  the  city  of  the  woods,  where  the  ark 
 was  twenty  ve^rs,  afier  it  came  home  from 
 the  Philistines,  1  Sam.  vi.  21 ;  vii.  1,  2.  It 
 was  also  called  Baal  (the  plains)  of  Judah,  2 
 Sam.  vi.  2. 
 
 Ver.  7.  At  the  footstool,]  Or, towards 
 it,  meaning  the  sanctuary,     See  Ps.  xcix.  5. 
 
 Ver.  8.  Thy  best,]  The  sanctuary 
 buildyd  for  thy  name,  as   I  Chrou.  xxviii.  2; 
 
 2  Chron.  vi.  41.  Ark,]  Or,  chest,  coffer, 
 which  was  made  of  shittim  or  cedar  wood, 
 overlaid  with  plates  of  gold,  whose  cover, 
 called  the  mercy-seat,  was  also  of  pure  gold, 
 on  which  were  two  glorious  cherubs  of  gold, 
 from  whence  God  gave  his  oracle,  Ex.  xxxvii. 
 1 — 7  ;  Num.  vii.  89.  In  this  ark  were  the 
 two  tables  of  the  law  or  testimony,  written 
 with  the  finger  of  God,  Deut.  x.  3—5.  This 
 ark  is  called  God's  strength  and  glory,   Ps. 
 
 Ixxviii.  61.  For  'ark  of  thy  strength,'  the 
 Chald.  saith,  "  The  ark  wherein  thy  law 
 is." 
 
 Ver.  9. — Clothed  with  justice,]  That 
 is,  let  them  justly  and  holily  administer  their 
 priest's  office.  So  Job,  speaking  of  his  just 
 administration,  saith,  '  I  put  on  justice,  and 
 it  clothed  me,  my  judgment  was  as  a  robe 
 and  crown,"  Jub  xxix.  14.  Therefore  the 
 priests  had  holy  garments  to  minister  in,  Ex. 
 xxviii.  2,  3.  In  2  Chron.  vi.  41,  and  after 
 here  in  ver.  16,  '  the  priests  are  clothed  with 
 salvation."  So  Christ  and  his  people.,  Is. 
 Ixi.  10  ;  Rev.  i.  13  ;  xix.  8.  Thy  saints,] 
 The  people  of  Israel,  1  Chron.  xv.  28,  and 
 specially  the  Levites  which  were  singers  in 
 God's  sanctuary.  So  the  Chald.  paraphras- 
 eth,  "Let  thy  priests  be  clothed  with  the 
 garments  of  justice,  and  let  the  Levites,  thy 
 saints,  say  praises  for  the  oblations." 
 
 Ver.  10. — David's  sake,]  For  the  pro- 
 mises made  to  David  ;  or,  for  Christ's  sake, 
 called  often  David.  See  Ps.  xviii.  51. 
 Turn  not  away  thy  face,]  That  is,  deny 
 not  the  request,  as  1  Kings  ii.  16,  17,  20. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Truth,]  That  is,  a  true  oath, 
 a  faithful  promise.  Fruit  of  thy  woiMB,] 
 Or,  belly,  that  is,  thy  children.  See  2  Sam. 
 vii.  12.  And  this  prophecy  respecteth  Christ, 
 Acts  ii.  30. 
 
 Ver.  13. — His  seat,]  Or,  dwelling-place, 
 See  Ps.  Ixviii.  17. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Victuals,]  Or,  meat.  See 
 Ps.  Ixxviii.  25.  Blessing  bless,]  This  not- 
 eth  certainty  and  abundance  of  blessing. 
 
 Ver.  16. — With  salvation,]  The  min- 
 
PSALM    CXXXIII. 
 
 659 
 
 tion,  and  her  gracious  saints  shall  shouting  shout  jot/fully.  "There 
 will  I  make  the  horn  of  David  to  bud ;  I  have  ordained  a  lamp  for 
 mine  anointed.  '^  His  enemies  will  I  clothe  with  shame,  and  on 
 liim  his  crown  shall  flourish. 
 
 istration  of  the  word,  whereby  they  save  them- 
 selves and  those  that  hear  tliem,l)eut.  xxxiii. 
 10;  1  Tim.  iv.  16.  So  God's  ministers  are 
 called  saviours,  Obad.  21.  See  before,  ver. 
 9.  The  Chald.  translateth,  "  VVitli  garments 
 of  salvation,"  or  of  redemption. 
 
 Ver.  17.  The  horn  to  bod,]  Or,  fogrow, 
 that  is,  the  kingdom  and  power  to  increase, 
 as  the  Chald.  saith,  "I  will  make  a  glorious 
 king  to  bud  in  the  house  of  David."  See  Ps. 
 Ixxv.  5  ;  Ixxxix.  18,  25.  So  Christ  is  called 
 the  horn  of  salvation,  Luke  i.  69.    Ordained 
 
 A  LAMP,]  Or,  prepared  a  candle,  the  bright 
 glory  of  the  kingdom  by  a  successor,  as  1 
 Kings  xi.  36  ;  xv.  4  ;  2  Kings  viii.  19;  see 
 Ps.  xviii.  V9. 
 
 Ver.  is. — Clothe  with  shame,]  The 
 Chald.  saith,  "  With  garments  of  shame." 
 He  meaneth  they  shall  be  disappointed  and 
 confounded  in  all  their  enterprises.  So  Ps. 
 xxxv.  26  ;  cix.  29.  Crown,]  Or,  diadem, 
 a  sign  of  government  and  sanctity.  There- 
 fore the  Gr.  turueth  it,  "  sanctification."  See 
 Ps.  Ixxxix.  40. 
 
 PSALM    CXXXIIL 
 
 The  benefit  of  the  communion  of  saints. 
 
 '  A  song  of  degrees  of  David. 
 Behold  how  good  and  how  pleasant  it  is,  for  brethren  to  dwell 
 even  together.  ^  Like  the  good  oil  upon  the  head,  which  went 
 down  upon  the  beard,  the  beard  of  Aaron,  which  went  down  upon 
 the  collar  of  his  garments.  ^  Like  the  dew  of  Hermon  Avhich 
 descendeth  upon  tlie  mountains  of  Zion  ;  for  there  Jehovali  hath 
 commanded  the  blessing,  life  unto  eternity. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Together,]  In  unity  and  con- 
 cord. The  Chald.  paraphraseth,  "To  dwell 
 in  Zion  and  Jerusalem,  like  two  brethren 
 together." 
 
 Ver.  2. — The  good  oil,]  The  balsam,  or 
 oil  of  holy  ointment,  made  of  the  principal 
 spices,  for  the  Lord's  tabernacle  and  minis- 
 ters. See  Ex.  xxx.  23,  25,  26—30.  The 
 collar,]  Heb.,  the  mouth,  that  is,  the  edge, 
 the  upper  hole  or  border  which  was  bound 
 
 about  that  it  should  not  rent,  Exod.  xxix. 
 23. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Hermon,]  An  high  and  fertile 
 mount  without  Jordan,  watered  with  the  dew 
 of  heaven.  It  was  called  also  Shirion.  See 
 Ps.  xxix.  6.  Which  descendeth,]  Understand 
 here  again,  'and  as  the  dew  that  descended,' 
 for  Hermon  and  Zion  were  far  asunder. 
 There,]  Where  brethren  dwell  in  unity. 
 Commanded,]  Appointed,  sent  effectually. 
 
660 
 
 PSALMS. 
 PSALM  CXXXIV. 
 
 An  exhortation  to  lless  God. 
 
 ^  A  song  of  degrees. 
 Behold,  bless  ye  Jehovah,  all  ye  servants  of  Jehovah,  that  stand 
 in  the  house  of  Jehovah  in  the  nights.     "  Lift  up  youi*  hands  in  the 
 sanctuary,  and  bless  Jehovah.     ^  Jehovah  bless  thee  out  of  Zion  : 
 he  that  made  heavens  and  earth. 
 
 Ver.  1. — That  stand,]  That  is,  serve 
 or  minister,  as,  which  stood  before  the  king, 
 Jer.  li.  12,  for  which  is  written,  in  2  Kings 
 XXV.  8,  '  servant  of  the  king.'  Here  is  meant 
 chiefly  the  priests  and  Levites,  whose  office 
 was  to  stand  and  minister,  Deut.  x.  8;  xvii. 
 12;  Ezek.  xliv.  11,  15.  So  Neh.  xii.  44, 
 the  priests  and  Levites  that  stood,  that  is, 
 served.  See  also  Ps.  xiii.  5.  The  Chald. 
 expoundeth  it,  '  That  stand  in  the  watches 
 of  the  house  of  the  sanctuary  of  the  Lord, 
 and  do  praise  in  the  night.'     In  the  night,] 
 
 Keeping  the  watch  of  the  Lord.  See  Lev. 
 viii.  35;  1  Chron.  ix.  33. 
 
 Ver.  2. — In  the  sanctuaky,]  Or,  to- 
 zvards  the  holiness,  that  is,  the  most  holy 
 p!ace,  where  God  dwelt  between  the  cheru- 
 bims;  or,  in  holiness,  that  is,  holily. 
 
 Vbr.  3. — Bless,]  Or,  will  bless  thee, 
 speaking  to  God's  people.  Compare  Numb. 
 vi.  24 ;  Ps.  cxxviii.  5  ;  and  the  promise, 
 Ex.  XX.  24,  '  In  all  places  wheie  I  put  the 
 memory  of  my  name,  I  will  come  unto  thee, 
 and  bless  thee.' 
 
 PSALM  CXXXV. 
 
 God's  servants  are  exhorted  to  praise  him  for  his  mercies  to  Israel. 
 5.  His  porcer.  8.  His  Judgments  on  their  enemies.  15.  The  vanity  of 
 idols.     ]9.  An  exhortation  to  bless  God. 
 
 '  Hallelujah. 
 Praise  ye  the  name  of  Jehovah,  praise  him,  O  ye  servants  of 
 Jehovah.  '^  That  stand  in  the  house  of  Jehovah,  in  the  courts  of 
 the  house  of  our  God.  ^  Praise  ye  Jah,  for  Jehovah  is  good ;  sing 
 psalms  to  his  name,  for  it  is  pleasant.  *  For  Jah  hath  chosen  to 
 him-5e{/"  Jacob,  Israel  for  his  peculiar  treasure.  *  For  I  do  know 
 tliat  Jehovah  is  great,  and  our  Lord  is  above  all  gods.  ^  All  that 
 pleaseth  Jehovah  he  doth,  in  the  heavens,  and  in  the  earth,  in  the 
 seas,  and  all  deep /(/aces.     ^  He  causeth  vapours  to  ascend  from  the 
 
 Ver.  1. — HALLELUjAn,]  That  is,  praise 
 or  glorify  ye  Jah.  It  is  a  word  of  joyful 
 exhortation  to  sing  praises  to  the  Lord  for  his 
 mercies,  and  in  the  end  of  psalms  is  added 
 as  Amen,  for  a  cheerful  acclamation.  See 
 Ps.  civ.  35;  cvi.  48;  also  Rev.  xix.  1,  3, 
 C. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Peculiar  treasure,]  Or, 
 precious  and  singular  possession,  property. 
 So  Deut.  vii.  6.  This  was  promised  by  the 
 law,  Ex.  xix.  5,  but  performed  by  Christ,  his 
 
 redeeming  and   purifying  of  his  people.  Tit. 
 ii.  14;  1  Pet.  ii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Vapours,]  Or,  elevations.  In 
 Or.,  "  clouds;"  for  by  vapours  clouds  drawn 
 from  the  end  of  the  earth  or  sea,  cometh 
 rain,  as  it  is  said,  '  He  calleth  for  the  waters 
 of  the  sea,  and  poureth  them  out  on  the  face 
 of  the  earth,'  Amos  v.  8  ;  so  Jer.  x.  13;  li. 
 16.  With  the  rain  ]  Or,  to  the  rain;  so 
 fire  and  water  are  mixed  in  one  cloud, 
 Treasuries^]  Or,  coffers,  store-houses. 
 
PSALM    CXXXVI. 
 
 661 
 
 end  of  the  eartli ;  he  maketh  lightnings  with  the  rain ;  he  bringeth 
 forth  the  wind  out  of  his  treasuries.  ®  Who  smote  the  first-born  of 
 Egypt,  from  man  unto  beast.  ^  Sent  signs  and  wonders  in  midst  of 
 thee,  O  Egypt,  on  Pharaoh,  and  on  all  his  servants.  "  Who  smote 
 many  nations,  and  slew  mighty  kings.  "  Sihon,  king  of  the  Amor- 
 ites,  and  Og,  king  of  Bashan,  and  all  the  kingdoms  of  Canaan. 
 "  And  gave  their  land ^or  a  possession,  a  possession  to  Israel  his 
 people.  '^  Jehovah,  thy  name  is  for  ever;  Jehovah,  thy  memory 
 is  to  generation  and  generation.  "  For  Jehovah  will  judge  his 
 people,  and  for  his  servants  he  will  repent  himself.  '^  The  idols  of 
 the  heathens  are  silver  and  gold,  the  work  of  the  hands  of  men. 
 *^  A  mouth  they  have  and  speak  not,  eyes  they  have  and  see  not. 
 "  Ears  they  have,  and  hear  not,  also  there  is  no  breath  in  their 
 mouth.  '®  Like  them  be  they  that  make  them,  every  one  that 
 trusteth  in  them.  '^  O  house  of  Israel,  bless  ye  Jehovah  j  O  liouse 
 of  xAaron,  bless  ye  Jehovah.  ^°  O  house  of  Levi,  bless  ye  Jehovah; 
 ye  that  fear  Jehovah,  bless  Jehovah.  ^'  Blessed  be  Jehovah  out  of 
 Zion,  which  dwelleth  in  Jerusalem  ;  Hallelujah. 
 
 Ver.  8. — From  man,  &c.]  That  is,  both 
 men  and  beasts.  See  Ps.  Ixxviii.  50,  51 ; 
 Ex.  xii.  12,  29. 
 
 Vkr.  9. — Pharaoh,]  The  king  who  was 
 plagued  first  in  Egypt,  and  after  drowned  in 
 the  Red  st-a,  Ex.  vii.;  viii.;  ix, ;  x. ;  xiv. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Many,]  Or,  ample,  great 
 nations,  the  Amorites,  Canaanites,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Og,]  A  giant  whose  bedstead 
 was  of  iron,  nine  cubits  long,  and  four  broad. 
 See  Numb.  xxi.  23 — 35;  Deut.  iii.  11. 
 Kingdoms,]  Tliirty  and  one,  as  is  reckoned, 
 Jos.  xii.  9—24. 
 
 Ver.  12. — A  possession,]  Or,  heritage, 
 See  Ps.  Ixxviii.  55. 
 
 Ver.  14. — For,]  Or,  concerning  his  ser- 
 Tants ;  that  is  taken  from  Deut.  xxxii. 
 30. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Idols,]  Compare  this  that  fol- 
 loweth  with  Ps.  cxv.  4,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  19. — House  of  Israel,]  That  is, 
 the  posterity  of  Israel,  so  after.  Of  Aaron,] 
 To  whom  the  priesthood  was  committed,  Ex. 
 xxviii.  1. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Of  Levi,]  Which  were  taken 
 from  among  the  sons  of  Israel,  and  given  and 
 joined  with  the  priests  to  minister  unto  them, 
 Numb,  xviii.  2,  6.  Ye  that  fear,]  All 
 strangers,  converts,  proseljftes,  Acts  ii.  5; 
 X.  35. 
 
 PSALM    CXXXVL 
 
 '  An  exhortation  to  confess  GocTs  goodness,  power,  and  wisdom,  showed 
 in  the  creation  of  the  world,  the  deliverance  of  Israel  out  of  Egypt,  and 
 many  other  mercies. 
 
 '  Confess  ye  to  Jehovah,  for  he  is  good,  for  his  mercy  endureth 
 for  ever.     ^  Confess  ye  to  the  God  of  gods,  for  his  mercy  endureth 
 
 Ver.  1 . — Mercy,]  The  Heb.  chesed  signi- 
 fieth  a  sacred  afFection  of  mercy,  piety,  grace, 
 benignity,  and  bountiful  good  will  towards  any 
 without  respect  of  merit.  In  man  sometimes 
 it  is  the  pious  benign  afTection  wherewith  he 
 doeth  good  ;  sometimes  the  mercy  or  bounty 
 
 which  he  receiveth ;  as  in  Is.  xl.  6,  it  is  the 
 glorious  grace  which  man  hath  from  God, 
 called  by  the  Holy  Ghost  in  Gr.  dojua,  glory, 
 1  Pet.  i.  24  ;  usually  the  Gr.  version  hath  for 
 it  cleos,  mercy,  which  the  New  Testament 
 alloweth.   Mat.    ix.    13,   from    Hos.    vi.   6. 
 
662  PSALMS. 
 
 for  ever.  ^  Confess  ye  to  the  Lord  of  lords,  for  liis  mercy  endur- 
 eth  ever.  *  To  him  that  doth  wondrous  great  things  himself  alone, 
 for  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever.  *  To  him  that  made  the  heavens 
 with  prudency,  for  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever.  ®  To  him  that 
 spread  out  the  earth  above  the  waters,  for  his  mercy  endureth  for 
 ever.  '  To  him  tliat  made  the  great  lights,  for  his  mercy  endureth 
 for  ever.  ^  The  sun  for  dominion  by  day,  for  his  mercy  endureth 
 for  ever.  '  The  moon  and  stars  for  the  dominions  by  night,  for 
 his  mercy  endureth  for  ever.  '°  To  him  that  smote  Egypt  in  their 
 first-born,  for  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever.  ''  And  brought  forth 
 Israel  from  midst  of  them,  for  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever.  '^  With 
 a  strong  hand,  and  with  a  stretched  out  arm,  for  his  mercy  endur- 
 eth for  ever.  '^  To  him  that  parted  the  Red  sea  into  parts,  for  liis 
 mercy  endureth  for  ever.  "  And  made  Israel  to  pass  through  the 
 midst  of  it,  for  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever.  ^^  And  shook  off 
 PJiaraoli  and  his  power  into  the  Red  sea,  for  his  mercy  endureth 
 for  ever.  '"  To  liim  which  led  liis  people  in  the  wilderness,  for  his 
 mercy  endureth  for  ever.  '^  To  him  which  smote  great  kings,  for 
 his  mercy  endureth  for  ever.  '^  And  killed  magnificent  kings,  for 
 liis  mercy  endureth  for  ever..  "  Sihon,  king  of  the  Amorites,  for 
 his  mercy  endureth  for  ever.  '"'  And  Og,  tlie  king  of  Bashan,  for 
 his  mercy  endureth  for  ever.  ^'  And  gave  their  land  for  a  posses- 
 sion, for  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever,  '^"^  A  possession  to  Israel  his 
 servant,  for  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever.  '^  Which  remembered  us 
 in  our  base  estate,  for  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever.  ^*  And  liath 
 redeemed  us  from  our  distressers,  for  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever, 
 "  Which  giveth  bread  to  all  flesh,  for  his  mercy  endureth  for  ever. 
 '^  Confess  ye  to  the  God  of  heaven,  for  his  mercy  endureth  for 
 ever. 
 
 Hereof  a  godly  man  is  called  chasid,   gia-  Ver.    18. — Magnificent,]  Mighty  and 
 
 cious,  or  merciful.     See  Ps.  iv.  4.  excellent,  mentioned  after  ;  and   Ps.  cxxxv. 
 
 Vek.    8. — Dominion,]    Or,  rule,  sover-  10 — 12. 
 
 eignty.     See  Gen,  i.  16.  Ver.    24. — Redeemed]    Or,  delivered, 
 
 Ver.   10. — Egypt,]   Or,  the  Egyptians.  broken  off  and  pulled   away,  as   by  violence  ; 
 
 See  Ps.  Ixxviii.  43 — 51.  for  so  also  the  word  signifieth,  Ps.  vii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Parts,]    Or,    divisions.      By  Ver.  25 Bread,]  That  is, /oorf.   Bread 
 
 the  Jews'  tradition,  the   Red   sea  was  parted  is  used  for  all  meats  ;  so  in  the  Gr.,  "  to  buy 
 
 into  twelve  several  parts,  for  ty&ry  one  of  the  bread,"  Mark  vi.  36,  is,  '  to  buy  meat,'  (or 
 
 twelve  tribes  to  go  through.  victuals).    Mat.    xiv.    15.       Therefore    this 
 
 Ver.   15. — Shook  off,]  That  is,  over-  word  is   used  also   for   beasts'  food,   Psalra 
 
 threii'i  Ex.  xiv.  27.  cxlvii.  9. 
 
PSALM    CXXXVII. 
 
 663 
 
 PSALM   CXXXVIL 
 
 The  Jews'  tears  in  the  captivity  of  Bahel.  Their  constancy  in  God, 
 and  love  to  Jerusalem.     7.  A  curse  on  Edotn  and  Babel. 
 
 ^  By  the  rivers  of  Babel  there  we  sat,  yea,  we  wept,  when  we 
 remembered  Zion.  ^  Upon  the  willows  in  the  midst  thereof,  we 
 hanged  our  harps.  ^  For  there  they  that  led  us  captive  asked  of 
 us  the  words  of  a  song  ;  and  they  that  threw  us  on  heaps,  mirtli ; 
 sing  unto  us  of  the  song  of  Zion.  *  How  sliall  we  slug  Jehovah's 
 song,  in  the  land  of  a  stranger  ?  ^  If  I  forget  thee,  O  Jerusalem, 
 let  my  right  hand  forget.  ®  Let  my  tongue  cleave  to  my  palate,  if 
 I  do  not  remember  thee,  if  I  prefer  not  Jerusalem  above  the  head 
 of  my  joy.  '  Remember  Jeliovah  unto  the  sons  of  Edom,  the  day 
 of  Jerusalem;  who  said.  Rase, rase,  even  to  the  foundation  thereof. 
 *  Daughter  of  Babel  wasted,  O  blessed  shall  he  be  that  repay eth 
 unto  thee  thy  reward  which  thou  hast  rewarded  unto  us.  ^  O  blessed 
 shall  he  be,  that  taketh  and  dasheth  in  pieces  thy  babes,  against 
 the  rock. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Babel,]  Or,  Babylon,  the 
 chief  city  in  Clialdea  or  land  of  Shiuar,  where 
 Nimrod,  that  mighty  hunter,  (the  son  of 
 Ciish,  the  son  of  fJam),  began  his  reign, 
 called  therefore  his  land,  Gen.  x.  9,  10  ; 
 Mieah  v.  6.  There  in  a  plain  the  peo- 
 ple were  building  a  city  and  tower,  whose 
 top  might  reach  to  heaven  ;  but  God  con- 
 founded their  language,  so  the  building 
 ceased,  ^^  hereupon  it  was  called  Babel,  that 
 is,  confusion.  See  Gen.  xi.  1,  2,  4,  8,  9. 
 Afterwards  when  Nebuchadnezzar  reigned 
 there,  it  was  the  chief  city  in  the  world  for 
 luxury,  cruelty,  idolatry,  and  other  sins,  (so 
 that  Shinar  is  noted  for  the  land  and  seat  of 
 wickedness,  Zach.  v.  S,  11;  and  Babylon  is 
 a  type  of  the  city  and  seat  of  Antichrist,  Rev. 
 xvii.  1 — 5.)  In  this  city  and  country  were 
 the  Jews  captive  seventy  years,  Jer.  xxv. 
 11,  12,  Jerusalem  and  the  temple  being 
 burned,  2  Kings  xxv.  8 — 1 1.  In  that  cap- 
 tivity they  lamented,  as  in  the  psalm  is 
 showed. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Words  of  song,]  That  is, 
 songs.  So  '  words  of  marvels,'  Ps.  cxlv.  5. 
 Mirth,]  Understand  again,  '  they  asked  of 
 us  mirth,'  or,  words  of  merriment. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Land  of  a  stranger,]  Or,  land 
 of  alienation,  that  i?,  a  strange  laud  ;  or,  of  a 
 strange  god  or  people. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Hand  forget,]  To  wit,  her 
 cunning.  Some  such  word  is  often  under- 
 stood in  defective  passionate  speeches.  See 
 Ps.  ciii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  6 To  my  palate,]  Or,  to  the  roof 
 
 of  my  mouth,  that  is,  let  me  be  speechless, 
 as  Ezek.  iii.  26  ;  Job  xxix.  10.  Prefer,] 
 Or,  make  to  ascend.  The  head,]  That  is, 
 the  chiefest. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Unto  the  Sons  of  ED0M,]That 
 is,  against  the  Edoinites.  See  the  like  speech 
 in  a  contrary  sense,  Ps.  cxxxii.  1.  Of  Edom, 
 see  Ps.  Ix.  10;  Ixxxiii.  7.  The  day,]  That 
 is,  the  calamitous  time.  See  the  Notes  on 
 Ps.  xxxvii.  13.  So  the  Chald.  expoundeth 
 it,  "  The  day  wherein  they  destroyed  Jeru- 
 salem." Rase,]  Or,  pour  out  empty,  as  the 
 Gr.  also  turneth  it,  that  is,  destroy  and  leave 
 it  bare.  See  this  word,  Ps.  cxli.  8.  The 
 Edomites  being  always  enemies  to  their  bro- 
 ther Israel,  rejoiced  at  his  ruin,  and  helped 
 forward  his  destruction,  for  which  they  are 
 menaced  by  the  prophet  Obad.  i.  12 — 14,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Daughter,  )  That  is,  congre- 
 gation, or  commonrveulth.  See  Ps.  ix.  15. 
 Wasted,]  Tliat  i=,  worthy  to  be  wasted ;  as 
 praised,  Ps.  wiii.  4,  is  praise-worthy.  Or, 
 that  shall  be  wasted  ;  a«,  is  horn,  I^.  ix.  6, 
 for,  shall  be  born,  because  God  had  so  cer- 
 tainly promised,  Jer.  1.  li. ;  oi',  the  waster, 
 to  wit,  of  others.  Tht  reward.]  Thy  evil 
 deed.  See  Ps.  xiii.  6,  where  it  is  con- 
 trarily  used  for  a  good  deed.  Compare  here- 
 with, Jer.  1.  29  :   Rev.  xviii.  e,. 
 
 Ver,  9. — The  rock,]  That  is,  rock  or 
 stone;  so  the  rock,  Luke  viii.  6,  is,  rocky  or 
 stony  places,  Mat,  xiii,  3.  Compare  Is. 
 xiii.  16. 
 
664 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    CXXXVIII. 
 
 David  praiseth  God  for  the  truth  of  his  word.  4.  He  prophesieth 
 that  the  kings  of  the  earth  shall  praise  God.  7.  He  professeth  his  con- 
 fidence in  God. 
 
 '  A  psalm  of  David. 
 I  WILL  confess  thee  with  all  my  heart,  before  the  gods  will  I 
 sing  psalms  unto  thee.  ^  I  will  bow  me  down  towards  the  palace 
 of  thine  holiness,  and  confess  thy  name,  for  thy  mercy  and  for 
 thy  truth ;  for  thou  hast  magnified  above  all  tliy  name  thy  word. 
 ^  In  the  day  that  I  cried,  then  thou  answeredst  me,  thou  hast  made 
 me  courageous  in  my  soul  with  strength.  *  All  the  kings  of  tlie 
 earth  shall  confess  thee,  Jehovah,  when  they  hear  the  words  of 
 thy  mouth.  ^  And  they  shall  sing  in  the  ways  of  Jehovali,  for  great 
 is  the  glory  of  Jehovah.  ^  For  Jehovah  is  high,  yet  he  seeth  the 
 lowly,  and  tlie  haughty  he  knoweth  afar  off.  '  If  I  walk  in  the  midst 
 of  distress,  thou  revivest  me ;  against  the  anger  of  mine  enemies 
 thou  sendest  forth  thine  hand,  and  thy  right  hand  saveth  me; 
 *  Jehovah  will  perfectly  accomplish  for  me ;  Jehovah,  thy  mercy 
 is  for  ever,  slack  not  the  works  of  thine  hands. 
 
 Ver.  1. — The  gods,]  The  kings  and 
 princes  of  tiie  earth,  as  ver.  4,  called  gods, 
 Ps.  Ixxxii.  1,  6.  Before  such  David  used  to 
 confess  the  Lord,  Ps.  cxix.  6.  The  Gr.  here 
 for  gods  saith  atigels,  as  Ps.  viii.  6,  which 
 also  behold  God's  holy  things  in  his  church, 
 1  Cor.  xi.  10  ;  1  Pet.  i.  12  ;  Eph.  iii.  10  ; 
 but  the  Chald.  translateth,  "  Before  the 
 judges." 
 
 Ver.  2. — Thy  word,]  Or,  thr/  saying, 
 thy  promise  in  Christ  concerning  thy  people, 
 is  greater  than  all  other  things  whereby  thou 
 hast  made  thyself  known. 
 
 Ver.  3. — With  strength,]  Which  I 
 have  from  thee  ;  as  the  Gr.  saith,  "  With 
 thy  might,  strengthened  by  God's  Spirit  in 
 the  inner  man,"  as  Ejih.  iii.  16,  20. 
 
 Ver.  5. — In  the  ways,]  Or,  of  the  ways, 
 whereof  see  Ps.  ciii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  6.— For,]  Or,  though.  The 
 HAUGHTY,]  The  proud  person.  In  Gr."The 
 high    things."      The    Chald.    paraphraseth, 
 
 "  The  proud  from  the  heavens  far  ofT  he 
 will  depress."  Afar  off,]  Or,  aloof,  not 
 near,  or  familiarly,  but  in  wrath  to  punish 
 them. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Revivest,]  Or,  wilt  revive  and 
 keep  me  alive ;  so  after.  Against  the 
 ANGER,]  To  repress  it,  or,  on  the  nose  (the 
 face)  to  smite  it  with  thy  hand.  The  Heb. 
 signifieth  both  aiirjer  and  nose,  Ps.  ii.  5;  but 
 the  Gr.  saith,  "  anger." 
 
 Ver.  8. — Perfectly  accomplish,]  Or, 
 perform,  to  wit,  his  work  begun  against  my 
 foes,  and  his  mercy  concerning  me.  So  the 
 Gr.  turneth  it,  "  He  vvill  recompense  for  me ;" 
 and  the  Chald.  "  He  will  recompense  them 
 evil  for  me."  See  Ps.  Ivii.  3.  Slack  not,] 
 Or,  leave  not  off.  It  is  properly  to  leave  oft 
 work  by  unloosing  the  hand,  Neli.  vi.  3.  So 
 David  prayeth,  that  God  which  had  begun  a 
 good  work  for  him,  would  not  give  it  over, 
 but  perform  it  unto  the  day  of  Jesus  Christ, 
 as  Phil.  ii.  6. 
 
PSALM    CXXXIX. 
 
 GG.5 
 
 PSALM    CXXXIX. 
 
 David  praiseth  God  for  his  all-seeing  providence,  17,  and  for  his  infi- 
 nite mercies.     19-  He  defi^th  the  wicked,  23,  and  pray eth  for  sincerity. 
 
 ^  To  the  master  of  the  music,  David's  psalm. 
 Jehovah,  thou  hast  searched  me  and  known.  ^Thou  knowest 
 my  sitting  and  my  rising,  tliou  understandest  my  familiar  thought 
 afar  off.  ^  Thou  tannest  my  path  and  my  lying  down,  and  art 
 accustomed  to  all  my  ways,  ■*  VVlien  tlie  speech  is  not  yet  in  my 
 tongue,  lo,  Jehovali,  thou  knowest  it  all.  *  Thou  dost  beset  me 
 beliind  and  before,  and  puttest  tliy  hand  upon  me.  ®  A  knowledge 
 too  marvellous  for  me  ;  it  is  liigh,  I  cannot  attain  to  it.  '  Whitlier 
 shall  I  go  from  thy  Spirit  ?  and  whither  shall  I  flee  from  tliy  pre- 
 sence? ^  If  I  ascend  up  the  heavens,  thou  art  there;  and  if  I 
 make  my  bed  in  hell,  lo,  thou  art  there.  ^  Take  I  the  wings  of  the 
 morning,  dwell  I  in  tlie  uttermost  part  of  the  sea.  '"  There  also 
 thy  liand  will  lead  me,  and  thy  right  hand  hold  me.  "  And  if  I 
 say.  But  surely  the  darkness  shall  shroud  me,  then  the  night  is  liglit 
 about  me.  "^  Yea,  darkness  darkeneth  not  from  thee,  but  night 
 givetli  light  as  the  day ;  as  is  tlie  darkness,  so  is  the  light.  "  For 
 thou  hast  possessed  my  reins,  liast  covered  me  in  my  mother's 
 womb.  '^  I  will  confess  thee,  for  that  fearfully,  marvellously  made 
 am  I ;  marvellous  are  tliy  works,  and  my  soul  knoweth   it  very 
 
 Ver.  1 . — David's  psalm,]  See  the  Notes 
 on  Ps.  xl.  1. 
 
 Ver.    2 My   familiar    thoitght,]  In 
 
 Cir.  "  My  reasoning  (or  disputing)  thouglits." 
 In  Cliald.  "  My  fellowship  in  the  church." 
 The  Heb.  hath  the  signification  of  friendship 
 and  familiarity,  used  here  and  in  ver.  17,  for 
 thoughts  or  cogitations. 
 
 Ver.  3 — Fannest,]  Or,  loinnowesi,  or 
 compassest,  that  is,  discussest  and  triest  out 
 to  the  utmost,  even  tracing  tlie  footsteps,  as 
 the  Gr.  sigiiifieth.  Compare  Job  xxxi.  4. 
 Accustomed  to,]  And  so  acquainted  with. 
 The  Gr.  saith  "  foreseest." 
 
 Ver.  4. — When  the  speech,  Ac]  Or, 
 for  there  is  not  a  word  in  my  tongue,  hut  lo, 
 &c.,  which  the  Chald.  expouudeth,  "  A  lying 
 word  in  my  tongue." 
 
 Ver.  5. — Beset,]  Straitly  besiege  and 
 inclose,  holdest  straight,  or  hast  formed  me. 
 '1'hy  hand,]  Or,  palm,  that  I  cannot  break 
 away.  The  like  phrase  is  in  Job  xl.  27. 
 The  Chald.  interpreteth  it,  "  The  stroke  of 
 thine  hands." 
 
 Ver.  6.  —  A  knowledge,]  Or,  this  know- 
 ledge, namely,  "  of  thee,"  as  the  Gr.  addeth. 
 It  is  high,]  Or,  set  on  a  high  place,  as  Ps. 
 
 Vol.  II.  4  P 
 
 lix.  2.     Attain  to  it,']  Or,  prevail  against 
 it,  as  Ps.  cxxix.  2. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Thy  presence,]  Or,  thy  face. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Make  mt  bed,]  Or,  spread  my 
 couch.  In Gi.  "  descend."  Compare  Amos 
 ix.  2. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Wings  of  the  morning,]  Or, 
 day-dawning,  which  is  said  to  have  wings, 
 for  tliat  it  speedily  flieth  over  all  the  air. 
 Of  the  sea,]  Meaning  the  furtherest  parts 
 of  the  world,  for  so  the  sea  often  signifieth, 
 Ps.  Ixv.  6  ;   Ixxii.  8  ;   Is.  xxiv.  14. 
 
 Ver.  II.— Shrodd,]  Overdim  me,  as 
 with  the  dark  twilight;  or,  shall  bruise,  shall 
 CI  ush  me  down,  as  Gen.  iii.  15.  So  the  Gr. 
 "  Shall  tread  me  down." 
 
 Ver.  12.— Darkeneth,]  That  is,  hideth. 
 Compare  Job  xxxiv.  22;  Jer.  xxiii.24.  As 
 IS,  &c.]  Oi-,  like  darkness,  like  light,  that  is, 
 they  are  equal,  as  that  which  in  Mat.  xxii. 
 3(1,  is  like,  in  Luke  xx.  36,  is  equal. 
 
 Ver.  13.— Covered,]  That  is,  safely 
 kept  and  protected,  as  theGr.  saith,  "  Hplpeii 
 me,"  or,  covered  me  with  skin  and  flesh,  &c. 
 as  Job  X.  11. 
 
 Ver.  14. — Fearfully,]  Or,  in  fearful 
 sorts,  lo  wit,  I  am  made  ;  or,  these  are  fear 
 
666 
 
 P  S  A  L  M  S. 
 
 well.  '*  My  bone  was  not  hid  from  thee,  when  I  was  made  in  a 
 secret  place,  was  embroidered  in  the  netlier  places  of  the  earth. 
 ^®  Mine  unformed  substance  tliine  eyes  did  see,  and  in  thy  book  all 
 of  tliem  were  written,  in  the  days  they  were  formed,  and  when  not 
 one  of  tliem  was.  "  And  to  me  how  precious  are  thy  thoughts,  O 
 God,  how  mightily  increased  are  the  sums  of  them?  '*  Would  I 
 tell  them,  tliey  will  be  more  tlian  the  sand  ;  I  awake,  and  still  I 
 am  witli  thee.  ^^  If  thou  wouldst  slay  the  wicked,  O  God  ;  and 
 men  of  bloods,  depart  ye  from  me,     ^°  Which  speak  of  thee  to  a 
 
 ful  things.  The  Chald.  saith,  "  Thou  hast 
 done  fearful  things.  Marvellodslt  made,] 
 Or,  excellently  made  ;  elsewhere  this  word  is 
 u^ed  iar  separating  from, s.i\A  excelling  others, 
 
 S.  e  Ps.  iv.  4. 
 
 Ver.  15.  My  BONE,]  That  is,  bones,  any 
 of  tliem  ;  or,  my  sub>tance  or  strength  ;  for 
 thereof  the  bone  is  named.  Embrhdered,] 
 That  is,  cunningly  wrought,  with  nerves, 
 sinews,  veins,  and  variety  of  limbs.  A  simi- 
 litude taken  from  broidered  work,  Ps.  xlv. 
 15.  Nether  places  of  the  earth,]  So  he 
 calleth  his  mother's  womb,  because  of  God's 
 Secret  and  unknown  making  of  men  there, 
 Ecd.  xi.  5  ;  and  thus  may  the  like  phrase, 
 Eph.  iv.  9,  be  understood  of  Christ's  incar- 
 nation. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Mv  unformed  substance,] 
 Or,  mine  embryo,  which  is  the  body  in  the 
 wciinb  be'bre  it  hath  peifect  shape,  or,  "  un- 
 "■rought  up,"  as  the  Gr.  here  traiislateth  it. 
 The  Heb.  name  is  of  wrapping  or  winding  up 
 like  a  bottom,"  My  wound-up  mass  or  body." 
 All  of  them,]  All  my  members  wound  up 
 in  that  my  embryo  or  unperfected  substance. 
 Or  generally,  all  men.  The  Chald.  saith, 
 "  All  my  days  were  written  in  the  book  of 
 thy  memorial,"  Were  written,]  Heb. 
 "Shall  be  written,''  which  meaneth  a  con- 
 tinual act.  See  Ps.  ii.  1.  So  after,  shall  be 
 formed.  In  the  days  they  avere  forked,] 
 Or,  ivhat  days  they  should  be  formed,  mean- 
 ing, that  all  his  members,  in  the  days  that 
 they  were  in  fashioning  in  his  mother's  womb, 
 were  written  down  of  God ;  or,  that  the  days 
 of  their  forming  were  written.  The  Chald. 
 saith,  "  In  the  day  when  the  world  was 
 created,''  &c.  And  when  not  one,]  Heb., 
 and  not  one  of  them,  or  in  them.  Meaning 
 that  God  had  written  down  all  parts  of  his 
 body,  not  only  when  they  were  in  forming, 
 hut  long  before.  So  commending  his  provi- 
 dence, '  Who  calleth  things  which  be  not  as 
 thouoh  they  were,'  Rom.  iv.  17, 
 
 Ver.  17.— How  precious  are,]  That  is, 
 how  rare  are  thy  thoughts  to  me,  how  few  of 
 them  can  I  speak  of,  how  incomprehensible 
 are  thy  cogitations  !      The  words  following 
 
 show  this  to  be  the  meaning.  Compare  Job 
 XX vi.  14.  And  a  thing  is  said  to  be  precious 
 which  cannot  be  attained  unto  or  efl'ected. 
 SeePs.  xlix.9.  Otherwise  we  may  take  it  thus, 
 thy  thoughts,  that  is,  the  thoughts  that  I  have 
 of  thee,  how  precious,  of  how  much  esteem 
 and  worth  are  they  to  me  ?  So  precious  is 
 u^ed,  Ps.  xxxvi.  8.  The  Chald.  expoundeth 
 it,  "  How  honourable  are  they  that  love  thee, 
 
 0  God,  and  how  are  their  princes  fortified." 
 Mightily  increased,]  Many  and  strong. 
 See  Ps.  xl.  5.  The  sums,]  Heb.,  headsi 
 used  for  sums, and  so  the  Gr.  'archee,'  Num. 
 i.  2  ;  xxvi.  6.  I  awake  and,]  Or,  tvhen  I 
 awake,  I  am  still  with  thee,  tliat  is,  still 
 meditating  of  thee.  The  Chald.  referreth 
 this  to  the  last  resurrection,  thus,  "  I  shall 
 rise  again  in  the  world  to  come,  and  shall  be 
 still  with  thee."     See  Ps.  xvii.  15. 
 
 Ver.  19. — If  thod  wodldst,]  Or,  Othat 
 thou  wouldst,  for  it  seemeth  here  to  be  a 
 wish,  as  also  in  the  Gr.  of  the  New  Testament, 
 Luke  xii.  49  ;  '  What  will  I,  if  it  were  (that 
 is,  O  that   it  were)  already  kindled.'     So  in 
 
 1  Chron.  iv.  10,  '  If  thou  wilt  bless  me,*  that 
 is,  O  that  thou  wouldst  bless.  Or,  surely 
 thou  wilt  slay,  &c.  And  men,  &c.]  This 
 may  also  be  referred  to  God  thus,  and  wouldst 
 say,  '  Ye  bloody  men,  depart  from  me  ;  or, 
 to  David,  who  saith,  '  Depart  ye  from  me,' 
 The  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "  And  let  the 
 men  addicted  to  the  judgment  of  death  depart 
 from  me." 
 
 V^er.  20  — Speak  of  thee,]  Or,  against 
 thee,  as  the  like  Hebraism  meaneth,  1  Kings 
 xxi.  13,  '  Witnessed  of  (or  against)  him.* 
 See  the  Notes  on  P^.  v,  5.  Or,  say  thee, 
 that  is,  mention  or  speak  of,  as  Ps.  xl.  1 1  ;  2 
 Sam,  vi.  22.  The  Chald,  understands  it  of 
 swearing,  "  Which  swear  in  thy  name  de- 
 ceitfully." To  A  mischievous  purpose,]  Or, 
 with  a  crafty  intent,  that  is,  craFiily, 
 wickedly.  See  Ps.  x.  2.  Lift  up  do  tht 
 foes,  &c.]  Or,  thy  foes  take  up  thy  name  to 
 vanity.  This  sense  the  Chald.  paraphrase 
 giveth,  and  the  phrase  is  taken  from  Ex.  xx. 
 7,  the  word  name  being  understood,  (as  in 
 Lev.  xxiv.  11,  the  word  Lord  is  undeistood); 
 
PSALM   CXL. 
 
 667 
 
 mischievous  purpose  ;  lift  up  do  thy  foes  unto  false  vanity.  ^'  Do 
 not  I  hate  them,  O  Jehovah,  that  hate  thee  j  and  am  not  I  grieved 
 for  those  that  rise  up  against  thee  ?  ^^  With  perfection  of  hatred 
 do  I  hate  them,  they  are  to  me  for  enemies.  ^  Search  me,  O  God, 
 and  know  my  heart ;  prove  me,  and  know  my  cogitations.  "  And 
 see  if  the  way  of  sorrow  be  in  me,  and  lead  me  in  the  way  of 
 eternity. 
 
 or,  'thy  foes  lift  up  their  head,'  as  is  expressed, 
 Ps.  Ixxxiii.  2  ;  in  vain,  that  is,  they  are  vainly 
 proud  and  insolent.  Often  limes  words 
 wanting  are  to  be  supplied.  See  the  Notes 
 on  Ps.  ciii.  9.  Or,  '  they  lift  up  thy  foes  in 
 vain,'  that  is.  the  wicked  (which  speak  evil  of 
 thee)  do  vainly  extol  thine  enemies.  To 
 FALSE  VANixr,]  Or,  in  vain.  See  Ps.  xii.  3; 
 xxiv.  4. 
 
 Ver.  21. — Am  not  I  grieved,]  Or,  grieve 
 (irk)  myself.  So  Ps.  cxix.  15S.  Cunijiare 
 also  2  Chron.  xix.  2  ;   Prov.  xxix.  27. 
 
 Ver.  23. — Prove,]  Or,  try  me.  Com- 
 pare Ps.  xxvi.  2. 
 
 Ver.  24. — Way  of  sorrow,]  Or,  of 
 grief,  that  is,  wicked  way,  purposes,  or  ac- 
 tions, which  are  grievous  to  God  and  men  ; 
 and  in  special,  the  way  of  idolatry,  for  of  this 
 word  idols  have  their  name.  See  Ps.  xvi. 
 4.  So  '  a  word  of  grief,'  Prov.  xv.  1,  is  that 
 which  grieveth  him  to  whom  it  is  spoken. 
 Wat  of  ETERNrxv,]  Or,  of  antiquity,  the 
 old  way,  as  Jer.  vi.  16,  meaning,  the  way  of 
 faith  and  godliness,  which  God  taught  from 
 the  beginning,  and  which  continneth  for  ever, 
 contrary  to  the  way  of  the  wicked,  which 
 perisheth,  Ps.  i.  6. 
 
 PSALM    CXL. 
 
 D(w'id  prayeth  for  deliverance  from  the  wicked.  9-  B^e  prayeth 
 against  them.     13  He  comforteth  himself  by  confidence  in  God. 
 
 '  To  the  master  of  the  music,  a  psalm  of  David. 
 
 ^  Release  me,  O  Jehovah,  from  the  evil  man;  from  the  man 
 of  violent  wrongs  preserve  thou  me.  ^  Which  think  evil  things  in 
 heart ;  every  day  tliey  gatlier  wars.  ■*  They  sharpen  their  tongue 
 like  a  serpent  ;  the  hot  poison  of  the  asp  is  under  their  lips. 
 Selah. 
 
 *  Keep  me,  O  Jehovah,  from  tlie  hands  of  the  wicked ;  from  the 
 man  of  violent  wrongs  preserve  thou  me,  which  think  to  thrust 
 away  my  feet.  ^  The  proud  liave  hid  a  snare  for  me,  and  cords  ; 
 they  have  spread  a  net  by  the  path's  side,  they  have  set  gins  for 
 me.     Selah. 
 
 '  I  said  to  Jehovah,  Tliou  art  my  God  ;  hear.  O  Jehovah,  the 
 voice  of  my  supplications  for  grace.     *  Jehovah,  Lord,  the  strength 
 
 Ver.  3. — They  gather  wars,]  Or,  are 
 gathered  to  wars,  getting  themselves  and 
 others  together.  The  active  is  often  used 
 passively,  Ps.  xxxii.  9;  cix.  13. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Of  the  asp,]  Or,  viper.  Gr. 
 "of  asps."  So  Rom.  iii.  13  ;  compare  Ps. 
 Iviii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  5. — To  thrust  away  my  feet,] 
 Or,  to  overthrow  my  footsteps. 
 
 Ver.  6 — By  the  path's  side,]  Or,  fast 
 ly  my  path.  Heb.,  "at  the  hand  of  the 
 path."  Compare  Ps.  cxlii.  4  ;  Jer.  xviii. 
 22  ;  Prov.  xxix.  5. 
 
 Ver.  8.— Jehovah,]  Or,  God.  See  Ps. 
 Ixviii.  21.  Of  arms,]  Or,  of  armour,  that 
 is,  of  battle,  as  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  when 
 men  harness  themselves.  This  is  that  hel- 
 met, salvation,  Eph.  vi.  17. 
 
668  PSALM  S. 
 
 of  my  salvation,  thou  Jiast  covered  my  head  in  the  day  of  arms. 
 ^  Grant  not,  O  Jehovah,  the  desires  of  the  wicked  ;  further  not  his 
 crafty  device,  lest  they  exalt  themselves.     Selah. 
 
 '"  The  head  of  those  that  compass  me  about,  the  molestation  of 
 their  lips  shall  cover  them.  "  TJiey  shall  bring  upon  them  coals  ; 
 he  shall  fell  them  into  the  fire,  into  deep  pits,  that  they  rise  not 
 up.  '^  An  ill  tongued  man  shall  not  be  established  in  the  earth  ;  a 
 man  of  violent  wrong,  evil  shall  hunt  him  to  a  sudden  overthrow. 
 "  I  know  that  Jehovah  will  do  the  judgment  of  the  poor  afflicted  ; 
 the  doom  of  the  needy.  "  Surely  the  just  shall  confess  to  thy 
 name,  the  righteous  shall  sit  before  thy  face. 
 
 Veb.  9. — Further  not,]  Or,  britig  not 
 to  pass.  Lest  they,]  Or,  they  will  exalt 
 themselves,  that  is,  he  proud  or  lofty.  Com- 
 paie  Deut.  xxxii.  27. 
 
 Ver.  10. — The  head,]  That  is,  as  for 
 the  head,  the  chief  of  those,  &c.  An  liead 
 sometimes  signifieth  a  company  of  chief  men, 
 1  Chron.  iv.  42,  though  here  perhaps  some  one 
 man  is  meant,  as  the  Chald.  nameth  "  Ahi- 
 tophel."  It  is  also  used  for  a  band  of  men, 
 as  Job  i.  17.  Sometimes  the  Heb.  word 
 signifieth  gall,  as  Ps.  Ixix.  22,  which  sense 
 also  is  not  amiss  here.  Shall  cover,]  Or, 
 prayer-wise,  let  it  cover  them  and  him,  as 
 Ps.  ii.  3,  that  is,  every  of  them. 
 
 Ver,  U. — They  shall  brlng  ]  Oy,7nake 
 move,  as  Ps.  Iv.  4,  upon  themselves  ;  or 
 coals  shall  be  moved,  that  is,  thrown,  upon 
 them.  The  Heb.  hath  a  double  reading, 
 yielding  both  these  senses;  their  judgments 
 to  be  from  God,  but  procured  by  themselves. 
 
 He,]  That  is,  God  shall  fell  them,  or  inde- 
 finitely, they  shall  be  felled,  or  cast.  Deep 
 PITS,]  Or,  sudden  sorrows.  The  Gr.  saith, 
 "calamities."  The  Chald.  "The  fire  of 
 Gehenna." 
 
 Ver.  12.— An  ill  tongued  man,]  Heb. 
 a  man  of  tongue,  that  is,  a  prattler,  or  evil 
 speaker,  tbat  hath  tongue  at  will  to  use  and 
 abuse  at  his  lust,  and  to  smite  therewith,  as 
 Jer.  xviii.  18.  So  a  man  of  lips.  Job  xi.  g, 
 is  one  talkative  ;  a  man  of  words,  Ex.  iv.  10, 
 is  one  eloquent  ;  a  man  of  arm,  Job  xxii.  8, 
 is  one  mighty  ;  and  sundry  the  like.  To  a 
 SUDDEN  overthrow,]  Or,  his  utter  ruin 
 and  misery.  Heb.  "  To  (or  with)  thrusting, 
 down."  The  Chald.  paraphraseth,  "  The 
 angel  of  deatli  shall  hunt  him,  and  thrust  him 
 down  into  hell." 
 
 Ver.  14. — Sit  before  thy  face,]  Or, 
 dwell  with  thy  face,  that  is,  in  thy  presence. 
 See  Ps.  xvi.  11  :  Ixi.  8. 
 
 PSALM    CXLL 
 
 David  pray eth  that  his  suit  may  he  acceptable,  his  conscience  sincere, 
 and  his  life  safe  from  snares. 
 
 '  A  psalm  of  David. 
 Jehovah,  T  call  upon  thee,  make  liaste  unto  me,  give  ear  to  my 
 voice  when  I  call  unto  thee.     ^  Let  my  prayer  be  firmly  directed 
 
 Vek.  2.  —  Kk  firmly  directed,]  Oi', 
 prepared;  and  so  acceplable.  As  incense,] 
 Or,  pe»/M7«e,  which  was  a  confection  of  sweet 
 spices,  made  after  the  art  of  the  apothecary, 
 pure  and  holy,  and  was  by  the  priests  burned 
 upon  the  golden  altar  every  morning  before 
 the  Lord,  Ex.  xxx.  34 — 38  ;  a  figure  of  the 
 prayers  of  the  saints,  acceptable  to  God  through 
 Christ's  mediation,   as  this   place  shcweth, 
 
 compared  with  Rev.  viii.  3.  My  hands,] 
 Or,  palms,  lifted  up  in  prayer.  See  Ps. 
 Ixiii.  5.  Evening  oblation.]  The  Minchah 
 propeily  was  the  meat-oliering,  (which  was 
 fine  flour  mingled  with  oil),  otlered  together 
 with  the  lamb  every  evening  before  the  Lord 
 continually,  as  Ex.  xxix.  39 — 42;  Num. 
 xxviii.  2,  3 — 8.  Here  it  is  taken  for  the 
 whole  oblation,    at  the   time  of  the   oflering 
 
PSALM    CXLI. 
 
 GG9 
 
 as  incense  before  thee ;  the  lifting  up  of  my  liands  as  the  eveiniii: 
 oblation.  ^  Set  thou,  Jehovah,  a  watch  before  my  mouth,  keep  the 
 door  of  my  lips.  *  Incline  not  my  heart  to  an  evil  thing  ;  to  pre- 
 tend pretences  in  wickedness,  with  men  tliat  work  painful  iniquity  ; 
 and  let  me  not  eat  their  dainties.  ^  Let  the  just  man  smite  me,  it 
 shall  be  a  kindness,  and  let  him  reprove  me ;  the  head  oil,  let  it  not 
 break  mine  head  ;  for  yet  my  prayer  also  shall  be  in  their  evils. 
 ^  Their  judges  are  thrown  down  by  the  rock  sides  ;  and  they  shall 
 hear  my  sayings,  for  they  are  pleasant.  '  As  when  one  cutteth 
 and  cleaveth  on  the  eartli,  our  bones  are  scattered  at  tlie  mouth  of 
 hell.  "But  mine  eyes  are  unto  thee,  Jehovah  Lord;  in  thee  I  hope 
 for  safety :  pour  not  out  my  soul.     ^  Keep  me  from   hands  of  the 
 
 whereof  the  godly  used  to  pray,  Ex.  ix.  5  ; 
 Dan.  ix.  21  ;  it  was  at  the  ninth  hour  of  the 
 day,  (about  three  of  the  clock  in  the  after- 
 noon) called  '  the  hour  of  prayer,'  Ads  iii.  1. 
 Ver.  3. — A  WATCH,]  Or,  a  ward,  custody, 
 to  keep  me  from  speaking  amiss.  Keep,] 
 Or,  observe  thou,  or,  an  observation,  befure 
 the  door.  The  door,]  Or,  gate  of  my  lips, 
 by  which  my  words  pass  out  as  at  a  door  ;  so 
 '  the  doors  of  the  womb,'  Job  iii.  10.  The 
 original,  dal,  is  contracted  for  deleth,  a  door, 
 though  this  be  rare ;  yet  the  Heb.  text  some- 
 times doth  the  like,  as  chaji,  2  Sam.  xxiii. 
 23,  for  chajil,  1  Chron.  xi.  22. 
 
 Ver.  4 Incline  not,]  To  wit,  by  Satan 
 
 or  mine  own  coriuption  ;  for  God  properly 
 tempteth  no  man  to  evil,  but  the  devil,  and 
 man's  own  concupiscence,  James  i.  13,  14  ; 
 ]  Cor.  vii.  5  ;  and  by  Satan  God  moveth 
 men's  minds,  as  appeareth,  I  Chron.  xxi.  1  ; 
 with  2  Sam.  xxiv.  1.  So  Mat.  vi.  13.  Fail 
 THING,]  Or,  wij7-d.  See  Ps.  vii.  1.  To 
 PRETEND  pretences,]  Or,excuscs  ;  thus  the 
 Gr.  turneth  it ;  the  Heb.  also  signifieth  "  oc- 
 casions pretended,''  as  Dent.  xxii.  14,  17. 
 Or,  we  may  read  it,  "  to  practise  practices  in 
 wickedness."  With  men  that  work,]  Or, 
 with  men  wor/cers,  that  is,  such  as  stoutly, 
 boldly,  and  manfully  work  ininuily.  Their 
 DAINT1E<,]  The  CIihUI.  expoundeth  it,  "  Of 
 their  songs  at  banquets." 
 
 Ver.  5. — S.mite,]  Or,  beat  me ;  the  word 
 propeily  signifieth,  '  beating  with  a  hammer,' 
 Ps.  Ixxiv,  C  ;  Judg.  v.  2(),  applied  to  sharp 
 rebukes.  So  Prov.  xxiii.  35.  Compare  also 
 Prov.  ix.  8;  xxv.  12  ;  xxviii.  23;  Zach. 
 xiii.  6.  It  shall  be  a  kindness,]  ^  mercy, 
 or,  with  kindness,  that  is,  let  him  smite  me 
 kindly,  and  reprove  me.  The  head  oil,] 
 That  is,  the  chief  ov  precious  oil,  (as  head 
 spices  are  chief  and  principal,  Ex.  xxx.  23); 
 or,  oil  of  the  head,  which  is  to  anoint  the 
 head  with.  Or,  by  head,  understand  the 
 chiefest  of  his  adversaries,  as  before  Ps.  cxl. 
 10;  for  this  seemeth  to  be  an  opposition  to 
 
 the  former,  thus  ;  '  let  the  just  smite  me,  but 
 let  not  the  precious  oil  (or  the  oil  of  the  head) 
 of  the  wicked  break  mine  head  ;  and  this  the 
 Gr.  favoureth,  saying,  "  Rut  let  not  the  oil 
 of  the  sinner  supple  mine  head."  By  oil, 
 meaning  flattering  words,  as  Ps.  Iv.  22. 
 Otherwise  we  may  refer  it  to  the  former  just 
 man's  reproof;  '  it  shall  be  a  precious  oil,  lit 
 him  not  make  it  fail  my  head.'  Tlie  Chald. 
 otherwise  expoundeth  it,  "  And  let  the  priest 
 reprove  me,  anointing  me  with  the  anointing 
 oil  of  the  sanctuary  ;  but  let  him  not  take  thu 
 crown  of  the  kingdom  from  mine  head."  I.,et 
 it  not  break  wy  head,]  Not  distract  or 
 dazzle  my  wits,  not  overcome  me.  The  Heb. 
 signifieth  breaking  and  bringing  to  nought, 
 Ps.xxxiii.  10,  and  is  applied  to  the  breaking  of 
 the  heart  by  discouragement.  Numb,  xxxii. 
 7,  and  here  to  the  breaking  of  the  head,  or 
 bringing  to  nought  of  counsels,  purposes,  &c. 
 by  flattery.  Or,  if  it  be  understood  of  the 
 just,  we  may  read  it,  '  let  him  not  make  it 
 fail  mine  head,'  that  is,  let  the  oil  of  his 
 reproof  not  be  wanting  upon  mine  head.  In 
 their  evils,]  Or,  against  their  evils,  which 
 may  be  applied  to  the  evil  deeds  of  the 
 wicked,  or  calamities  of  the  just  ;  and  here 
 understand,  is  or  shall  be  in  their  evils  ;  vr, 
 as  the  Chald.  explaineth  it,  "  Is  ordeied 
 against  their  evil." 
 
 Ver.  8. — Their  judges,]  The  princes  of 
 mine  adversaries.  Are  thrown  down.] 
 Or,  throiv  down  themselves,  tliat  is,  secretly 
 pursue  and  beset  me  in  the  rocks  and  n.oun- 
 taiiis  whither  I  am  forced  to  flee,  1  Sam. 
 xxiv.  3 ;  xxiii.  20.  The  word  may  also 
 bear  their  throwing  down  to  destruction,  as  1 
 Chron.  xxv.  \2.  By  the  rock  sides,]  Or, 
 in  rocky  places.  1Kb.,  "In  the  hands  of 
 the  rock,"  as  I's.  cxl.  6.  And  they  shall, 
 hear,]  Or,  though  they  have  heard. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Cotteth  and  cleaveth,]  To 
 wit,  wood,  or  the  giound  with  the  plough. 
 Ov  Hv.hi.,']  0\;  the  grave.  Compare  Ezek. 
 xxvii.  I,  11,  12.    Jehovah,]  Or,  Corf.    See 
 
670 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 snare,  which  they  liave  laid  for  me,  and  the  gins  of  them  that  work 
 painful  iniquity.  '°  Let  the  wicked  fall  into  his  net,  whiles  I 
 altogetlier  pass  over. 
 
 Ps.  Ixviii,  21.  Pour  not  out  my  soul,] 
 To  wit,  unto  death,  as  Is.  liii.  12  ;  that  is, 
 kill  me  not,  or,  make  not  my  soul  bare,  that 
 is,  leave  it  not  destitute  and  helpless. 
 
 Ver.    10. — Let  the  wicked  fall,]   Or, 
 they  shall  fall.     Into    his   net,]   That    is, 
 
 every  one  of  them  into  his  own  net  or  Jlue. 
 Together.]  Namely,  with  their  fall,  or  toge- 
 ther with  them  that  are  with  me  ;  or,  alto- 
 gether (wholly)  pass  over,  and  escape.  The 
 Gr.  saith,  "Alone  I  am,  until  I  pass  over." 
 See  this  word,  Ps.  xxxiii.  15. 
 
 PSALM    CXLIL 
 
 David  showeih  that  in  his  troubles,  when  his  own  heart,  and  all  otiier 
 lielp  failed  him,  all  his  comfort  was  in  faith  and  prayer  unto  God. 
 
 ^  An  instructing  psalm  of  David  :  a  prayer  when  he  was  in  the 
 cave. 
 
 ^  With  my  voice  unto  Jehovah  did  I  cry,  with  my  voice  unto 
 Jehovah  did  I  supplicate  for  grace.  '  I  poured  out  before  him  my 
 meditation,  my  distress  I  did  shew  before  him.  *  When  my  spirit 
 was  overwhelmed  within  me,  then  tliou  knewest  my  path :  in  the 
 way  that  I  walked  they  privily  laid  a  snare  for  me.  ^  I  did  look 
 on  the  right  liand  and  see,  and  no  man  acknowledged  me ;  refuge 
 is  perished  from  me,  no  man  seeketh  for  my  soul.  ^  I  cried  unto 
 thee,  Jehovah  ;  I  said,  thou  art  my  hope  for  safety,  my  portion  in 
 the  land  of  the  living.  '  Attend  unto  my  shouting,  for  I  am 
 brought  very  low ;  deliver  me  from  my  persecutors,  for  they  are 
 stronger  than  I.  *  Bring  forth  my  soul  out  of  the  close  prison,  to 
 confess  tliy  name  ;  the  just  shall  environ  me  about,  for  thou  wilt 
 hounteo2isly  reward  me. 
 
 Ver.  1. — In  the  cave,]  Fled  thither 
 from  the  persecution  of  Saul,  1  Sam.  xxiv. 
 4,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Was  overwhelmed,]  Or, 
 swooned,  fainted.  See  Ps.  Ixxvii.  4.  Then 
 thou,]  Heb.  and  thou.  So,  'And  he  saith,' 
 Mark  xiv.  34,  is  expounded,'  Then  he  saith,' 
 Mat.  xxvi.  38. 
 
 Ver.  5. — I  did  look,]  Or,  look  thou, 
 &c.,  continuing  his  complaint  to  God.  But 
 the  Gr.  tuineth  it,  "  I  considered  ;"  and  the 
 Heb.  "  Look  thou,"  or,  to  look,  is  often  re- 
 solved by  other  definite  persons.  See  the 
 Notes  on  Ps.  xxii.  9  ;  xlix.  15  ;  Ixv.  11  ; 
 Ixxvii.  2;  eiii.  20.  And  see,]  Or,  a7id 
 behold,  to  wit,  on  the  left  hand.  Refuge,] 
 Ov,  flight.     Is  perished  from  me, J  That 
 
 is,  faileth  me  ;  I  have  no  place  to  fly  unto 
 and  escape.  So  Job  xi.  20  ;  Amos  ii.  14. 
 Seeketh,]  That  is,  careth  for.  So  Prov. 
 xxix.  10,  usually  to  seek  the  soul,  is  in  the 
 ill  part  to  destroy  it.      See  Ps.  xxxv.  4. 
 
 Ver,  7. — Brought  low,]  Or,  weakened. 
 See  cxvi.  6. 
 
 Ver.  8. — The  prison,]  The  cave  wherein 
 I  am  shut  up  close.  Environ,]  Compass,  as 
 Ps.  xxii.  13.  Or,  expect,  as  Job  xxxvi.  2  ; 
 and  so  the  Gr.  translateth,  "  The  just  shall 
 wait  for  me,  until  thou  reward  me."  See 
 Ps.  xiii.  6.  The  Chald.  saith,  "  For  my 
 sake  the  just  shall  make  thee  a  crown  of 
 praise,  because  thou  wilt  render  a  good  reward 
 to  me." 
 
PSALM    CXLIIL  671 
 
 PSALM    CXLIIL 
 
 David  prayeth  for  favour  in  judgment.  3.  He  complaineth  of  his 
 griefs.  5.  He  strengtheneth  his  faith  by  meditation  and  prayer.  7.  He 
 prayeth  for  grace,  9,  for  deliverance,  10,  for  sanctification,  12,  for 
 destruction  of  his  enemies. 
 
 '  A  psalm  of  David. 
 Jehovah,  hear  my  prayer,  give  ear  to  my  supplications  for 
 grace  ;  in  thy  faithfulness  answer  me  in  tliy  justice.  *  And  enter 
 not  into  judgment  with  thy  servant,  for  before  thee  sliall  not  any 
 living  be  justified.  ^  For  the  enemy  persecuteth  my  soul,  smiteth 
 down  my  life  to  the  earth,  maketh  me  sit  in  darknesses,  as  the  dead 
 for  ever.  *  And  my  spirit  is  overwhelmed  in  me,  in  midst  of  me 
 my  heart  is  wondrously  amazed.  ^  I  remember  the  days  of  old,  I 
 meditate  on  all  thy  work,  I  muse  on  the  action  of  thy  hands.  ®  I 
 spread  out  my  hands  unto  thee ;  my  soul,  as  a  weary  land,  thirsteth 
 for  thee,  Selah.  '  Make  speed,  answer  me  Jehovah,  my  spirit  fail- 
 eth ;  hide  not  thy  face  from  me,  for  I  shall  be  made  like  to  them 
 that  go  down  the  pit.  ^  Cause  me  to  liear  thy  mercy  in  the  morn- 
 ing, for  in  thee  do  I  trust ;  cause  me  to  know  the  way  that  I  should 
 walk,  for  unto  thee  do  I  lift  up  my  soul.  '  Deliver  me  from  mine 
 enemies,  O  Jehovah ;  unto  thee  I  fly  for  covert.  *"  Learn  me  to 
 do  thine  acceptable  will,  for  thou  art  my  God,  thy  good  Spirit  shall 
 lead  me  in  the  land  of  righteousness.  "  For  thy  name's  sake, 
 Jehovali,  thou  wilt  quicken  me,  in  thy  justice  wilt  bring  forth  my 
 
 Ver.    2. — And  enter  not  into  judg-  Ver.  5. — Of  old,]  Or,  of  antiquity.     So 
 
 MENT,]  Or,  but  go  not  to  law  with  me  ;  by  Ps.  Ixxvii.  6. 
 
 the  ti«eds  whereof  no  flesh  sliall  be  justified  in  Ver.    6. — Spread  out,]  That  is,  pray  ; 
 
 thy  sight,  Rom.  iii.  20  ;  so  Jub  xxii.  4  ;  xiv.  as   the  Chald.  saith,  "  Spread  out  my  liands 
 
 3  ;  Is.  iii.  14.     In  Chald.,  "  Go  not  into  the  in  prayer."   See  Ps.  xliv.  21.  Weary,]  That 
 
 judgment  hall,"  namely,  to  judge  with  seve-  is,  dry  a.nd  thirsty.     In  Gr.,  waterless.  See 
 
 rity.     Not  anv,]  Or,  tiot  all,  that  is,  none  Ps.  Ixiii.  2. 
 
 living.     So  Mat.  xxiv.  22,  «»<«//,  that  is,  no  Ver.  7 — For  1,]  Or,  lest  I.     Heb.,  and 
 
 flesh,  1  John  ii.  21  ;  every  lie  is  not,  that  is,  /,  which  may  be  supplied  thus,  *  Lest  I  per- 
 
 no  lie  is  of  the  truth.      So  2  Pet.  i.  20  ;   Ps.  ish,  and  be  made  like,'  &c.     See  Ps.  xxviii. 
 
 Ixxvi.  6.  1. 
 
 Ver.  3. — My   life,]    Or,   my  co?npany.  Ver.  8. — In   the    morning,]    Speedily. 
 
 The  Heb.  signifieth  both,  Job  xxxiii.  18,  2Ji;  So  Ps.  xc.  14. 
 
 Ps.lxviii.  11.  DARKyK-sFA,'\Or,  dark  places.  Ver.  9. — I  fly  for  covert,]  Or,  I  cover 
 
 Su   Ps.  Ixxxviii.   7,    19;    Ixxiv.    20.       For  (I  hide)  myself,  flying  unto  thee  ;  or,  to  thee  I 
 
 EVER.]  Or,  of  eternity,  of  old,  meaning  dead  covertly  fly,  secretly  disclosing  to  thee  tliat 
 
 long  since,  and    fur   ever  after.       The  word  which  I  would  hide  from  others.     So  the  Gr. 
 
 respecteth  time  past,  and  to  come.     So  Lam.  "I  fly  to  thee."     The  Chald.  expoundeth  it, 
 
 iii.  6.  "  I  have  made  thy  word  my  redeemer.'' 
 
 Ver.  4 — Overwhelmed,]  Fainteth,  or,  Ver.  10. — Thy  good  Spirit  shall  lead 
 
 is  perplexed.      See   Ps.  Ixxvii.    4.       VVon-  me,]  So  the  Gr.  translateth  this,  and  the  rest, 
 
 DROCSLY  K'i\\z%\i^  Astonished,  QX  desolate.  as  assured.    We  may  also  read  it  prayer-wise, 
 
 Gr.  troubled.       See   this   word,    Is.  lix.  16  ;  'let  tay  good  Spirit  lead  me;'or, '  thy  Spirit  is 
 
 ^iii.  5  ;  Dan.  viii.  27;   Ps.  \1.  16.  good,  let  it  lead  me,'  &c.  ;  and   so  the  rest- 
 
672  PSALMS. 
 
 soul  out  of  distress.  "'  And  in  thy  mercy  wilt  suppress  mine  ene- 
 mies, and  destroy  all  them  that  afflict  my  soul,  for  I  am  tliy  ser- 
 vant. 
 
 Compare  Neh.  ix.  20.  In  the  land,]  Or,  even)  ground.  See  Ps.  xxvi.  12  ;  Is.  xxvi 
 into  the  land  of  rigliteousiiess  ;  in  a  plain  (or       10. 
 
 PSALM    CXLIV. 
 
 David  hlesseth  God  for  his  mere?/  in  helping  him  in  his  rvars.  3-  He 
 confesseth  man's  misery  arid  unworthiness .  5.  Prayeth  that  God  mould 
 IwiverfuUy  deliver  him  from  his  enetnies.  9.  He  promise th  to  ^^raise 
 God.  11.  He  shorceth  the  vanity  of  worldly  felicity  ;  15,  arid  happi- 
 ness of  God's  people. 
 
 '  A  psalm  of  David. 
 Blessed  he  Jeliovah,  my  rock,  which  learneth  my  hands  to  the 
 battle,  my  fingers  to  the  war.  ^  My  mercy  and  my  fortress,  my 
 high  tower,  and  my  deliverer  for  me  ;  my  shield,  and  lie  in  whom 
 I  hope  for  safety,  that  subjecteth  my  people  under  me.  ^  Jehovah; 
 what  is  earthly  man,  that  thou  takest  knowledge  of  liim ;  the  son 
 of  wretched  man,  that  thou  makest  account  of  him  ?  *  Earthly 
 man  is  like  to  vanity,  his  days  are  as  a  shadow  that  passeth  away. 
 *  Jeliovah,  bow  thy  heavens  and  come  down,  touch  the  mountains 
 and  they  shall  smoke.  ^  Lighten  the  lightning,  and  scatter  them 
 asunder ;  send  thine  arrows  and  disturb  them,  '  Send  thy  liands 
 from  the  high  place;  release  me,  and  deliver  me  from  the  many 
 waters,  from  the  liand  of  the  sons  of  the  stranger.  ®  Whose  mouth 
 speaketh  false  vanity,  and  their  right  hand  is  a  right  hand  of  false- 
 hood. ^  O  God,  I  will  sing  unto  thee  a  new  song ;  with  psaltery 
 and  ten -stringed  instrument  I  will  sing  psalms  to  thee.  '"  That 
 giveth  salvation  unto  kings,  that  releaseth  David  his  servant 
 from  the  evil  sword.  "  Release  me  and  deliver  me  from  tlie 
 hand  of  the  sons  of  the  stranger,  whose  mouth  speaketh  false  vanity, 
 
 Ver.  1. — My  rock,]  In  Gr.  my  God.  See  word    also   orcurs    in    Ex.    xix.    24  ;  xxiii. 
 
 Ps.  xviii.  3.  27. 
 
 Vkr.  3 Takest  knowledge,]  Or,  ac-  Ver.  7. — The  high  place,]  That  is,  the 
 
 knowledgest,  carest  for.     Compare  Ps.  viii.  heaven.     Compare    Ps.   xviii.   17.      Many 
 
 5  ;  i.  G  ;  xxxi.  8.     Makest  account,]  Or,  waters,]     Which   the    Chald.    expoundeth, 
 
 ihiiikest  on  liim.  "  Armies,  like  to  many  waters."     Sons  of 
 
 Ver.  4 Passeth  avvat,]  Or,  vanisketh.  the  stranger,]  Of  a  strange  god  or  people. 
 
 Compare  Ps.  cii.  12  ;  Eccl.  vii.  2.  as  Ps.  cxxxvii.  4  ;  born  aliens.      See  Psalm 
 
 Ver.  5. — Come  down^]  For  my  help,  and  xviii.  45. 
 my  foes'  ruin.      See  P.-.   xviii.    10.       And  Ver.  9. — New  song,]  Of  triumph.     See 
 
 thev  shall,]    Or,   that   they  may  smoke.  the  Notes  on  Ps.  xxxiii.  2,  3. 
 See  Ps.  civ.  32.  Ver.10. — That  giveth,]  Understand,  'O 
 
 Ver.  6.— Lighten,]  That  is,  cast  forth.  he  that  giveth,'  that  is,  O  thou  that  givest, 
 
 Compare    Ps.   xviii.    15.       Distorb,]   Or,  &c.     See  the  like  phrase  in  Ps.  lii.  10  ;  Ixv. 
 
 iro?<J/e,  that  is,  discomfit  and  destroy.     This  7.     Or,  ♦  it  is  he  that  giveth.' 
 
PSALM  C  XL  V.  678 
 
 and  their  right  hand  is  a  right  hand  of  falsehood.  '*  That  our 
 sons  as  plants  grown  great  in  their  youth,  our  daughters  as  cor- 
 ner-stones, cut  after  the  similitude  of  a  palace.  "  Our  garners 
 full,  affording  from  meat  to  meat ;  our  flocks  bringing  forth  thou- 
 sands, increased  by  ten  thousands  in  our  streets.  '*  Our  oxen  laden, 
 no  breaking  in,  and  none  going  out,  and  no  out-cry  in  our  streets. 
 '^  O  blessed  is  the  people  whose  state  is  such  ;  O  blessed  is  the  peo- 
 ple whose  God  is  Jehovah. 
 
 Ver.  12. — As  PLANTS,]  Understand,  'are  Ver.  13. — Garners,]  Or,  corners, chatn- 
 as  plants;'  for  this  seemeth  to  be  an  imitation  hers,  cellars^  places  of  store  and  provision, 
 or  expressing  of  the  vain  words  of  the  wicked  made  usually  in  nooks  and  corners  of 
 fore-mentioned,  which  say,  '  our  sons  are  as  houses.  From  meat  to  meat,]  Or,  from, 
 plants/  &c.  whose  boasting  continiieth  till  the  sort  to  sort,  that  is,  all  sorts  and  store  of  vie- 
 last    clause,    which    is    opposed    to  all  their  tuals. 
 
 worldly  felicity.       The    Gr,,    to    make    this  Ver.    14. — Laden,]    That    is,     fat    and 
 
 plainer,    changeth    person,    and     translateth,  fleshly,  or  able  to  bear  loads ;   or,   big  with 
 
 "  Whose  sons  (or,  of  whom  their  sons)  are  as  young.     No  breach,]  In  the  walls,  for  the 
 
 new  plants,"  &c.       So   elsewhere    the    Gr.  enemy  to  enter  the  town.    None  going  out,] 
 
 useth  the  like  change  of  person,  as   in  Gen.  No  cattle  driven  away  by  the  enemy. 
 xxvi.  7.     Or,  understanding  it  of  the  godly,  Ver.    15. — Whose  state  is  such,]  As  is 
 
 supply, 'may  be  as  plants,' &c.,  and  so  it  hath  before    mentioned.       The    Gr.    turneth    it, 
 
 respect  to  the  outward  blessings  of  the  law,  "  They  count  that  people  blessed  which  hath 
 
 Deut.  xxviii.  4,  &c.     In  this  latter  sense  the  these  things."    Whose  God,]  This  sentence 
 
 Chald.   taketh   it.     Cot,]    That   is,   hewn,  is  opposed  to  all  the  other  worldly  wealth. 
 carved,  polished. 
 
 PSALM   CXLV. 
 
 David  praiseth  God  for  his  greatness,  power,  glory,  and  fearful  acts. 
 7.  Hhi  goodnes :,  justice,  mercy.  11.  His  kingdom  and  gracious  provi- 
 dence unto  all,  18.  His  special  mercies  to  those  that  call  upon  him, 
 that  fear  and  love  him. 
 
 '  A  hymn  of  David. 
 
 I  WILL  extol  thee  my  God,  O  King,  and  bless  thy  name  for  ever 
 and  aye. 
 
 '^  In  every  day  will  I  bless  thee,  and  praise  thy  name  for  ever 
 and  aye. 
 
 '  Great  is  Jehovah,  and  praised  vehemently,  and  of  his  greatness 
 there  is  no  search. 
 
 ^  Generation  to  generation  sliall  laud  thy  works,  and  they  shall 
 shew  thy  powers. 
 
 Ver.    1.— An   hymn,]  Or,   praise,   and  Ver.  3. — Praised,]  See  Ps.  xviii.  4.  No 
 
 hereof  the  whole  book  in  Heb.  is  called  the  search,]  That  is,  it  is  past  finding  out.     Of 
 
 book  of  hymns.       This   hymn  is  composed  greatness.     See  Ps.  cl.  2. 
 after  the  order  of  the  Heb.  alphabet,  only  one  Ver.    4. — Powers,]    That    is,    powerful 
 
 letter  wanting.     See  Ps.  xxv.  1.    AyE,]  Or,  (or  mighty)  acts.      So  ver.  xii ;  Mat.  xiii. 
 
 perpetually.     See  Ps.  ix.  6.  58. 
 
 Vol.  II.  4  Q 
 
614=  PSALMS. 
 
 *  The  comely  honour  of  the  glory  of  thy  majesty,  and  tlie  words 
 of  thy  marvels  will  I  talk  of. 
 
 ®  And  the  strength  of  thy  fearful  acts  they  shall  speak  of,  .aid 
 thy  greatness,  it  will  I  declare. 
 
 ^  The  memory  of  the  multitude  of  thy  goodness  they  shall  utter, 
 and  thy  justice  they  shall  shout. 
 
 "  Gracious  and  pitiful  is  Jehovah  ;  long  suffering,  and  great  in 
 mercy. 
 
 ^  God  is  Jehovah  unto  all  :  and  his  tender  mercies  are  over  all 
 his  works. 
 
 ^''  All  thy  works  shall  confess  thee,  Jehovah,  and  thy  gracious 
 saints  bless  thee. 
 
 "  They  shall  tell  the  glory  of  thy  kingdom,  and  speak  of  thy 
 power. 
 
 '^  To  make  known  to  the  sons  of  Adam  his  powers,  and  the 
 glory  of  the  comely  honour  of  his  kingdom. 
 
 "  Thy  kingdom  is  a  kingdom  of  all  eternities,  and  thy  dominion 
 in  every  generation  and  generation. 
 
 "Jehovah  upholdeth  all  that  fall,  and  upright  setteth  all  that  are 
 crooked. 
 
 ^*  The  eyes  of  all  look  attentively  unto  thee,  and  thou  givest  to 
 them  their  meat  in  his  time. 
 
 "^  Openest  thine  hand,  and  satisfiest  the  desire  of  every  living 
 thing. 
 
 "  Just  is  Jehovah  in  all  his  ways,  and  merciful  in  all  his 
 works. 
 
 '*  Near  is  Jehovah  to  all  that  call  upon  him,  to  all  that  call 
 upon  him  in  truth. 
 
 ^^  He  will  do  the  desire  of  them  that  fear  him  j  and  will  hear 
 their  cry,  and  will  save  them. 
 
 ■'"'Jehovah  preservetli  all  them  that  love  him,  and  all  the  wicked 
 he  will  abolish. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Honour  of  the  glory,]  Or,  Ver.  15. — In  his  time,]  That  is,  in  due 
 
 glorious  honour,  or  comeliness.     Words  of  season,  or  at  the  time  appointed.     See  Ps.  i. 
 
 THY  MARVELS,]  That  is,  thtf  miracles,  thy  3  ;  civ.  27. 
 
 marvellous  words  or  things.     So,  '  words  of  Veb.  16.— The  desire,]  Or,  pleasure,  or 
 
 song,'  Ps.  cxxxvii.  3.    Talk,]  Discourse  of,  with  contentment,  contentedly,  acceptably  ; 
 
 or  meditate.  with  that  which   seemeth   good   to  tliee,  and 
 
 Ver.  8. — Pitiful,]   Or,  compassionate,  pleaseth  (or  contenteth)  them. 
 
 Compare  Ps.  ciii.  8  ;  Ex.  xxxiv.  6.     Long-  Ver.    18. — In  truth,]  This  word  impH- 
 
 suffering,]  Or,  slow  to  anger.      See  Ps.  eth   faith,  sincerity,   earnestness,    and    con- 
 
 Ixxxvi.  15.  stancy.       Compare   Deut.   iv.  7;    John  iv. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Shall  confess,]  Or,  let  them  24. 
 
 confess,  &c.  Ver.  19. — The  desire,]  Or,  the  will,  the 
 
 Ver.    II. — Tell,]    Talk  of,  or  preach.  pleasure,  and  contentment,  as  ver.  16.     We 
 
 Heb.  say.  are  to  desire  that  God's  will    may  be  done, 
 
 Ver. 14. — Upright  setteth,]  Lj/i'e^/ing'A^  Mat.  vi.  10.     Here   he    doth   his   servant's 
 
 wp.ormaketh  straight  all  that  are  bended  down  will ;  so  he  honoureth  them  that  honour  him, 
 
 or  bowed  together.     So  Ps.  cxlvi.  8.  1  Sara.  ii.  30. 
 
PSALM    CXLVI. 
 
 675 
 
 '"  My  mouth  shall  speak  the  praise  of  Jehovah,  and  let  all  flesh 
 bless  the  name  of  his  holiness,  for  ever  and  aye. 
 
 Ver.   21. — Shall  speak,]  Or,    let  my      people,  all  classes  and  condition  of  men.    See 
 mouth  speak.      All   flesh,]   All  sorts  of      Ps.  Ixv.  3. 
 
 PSALM    CXLVI. 
 
 Th£  psalmist  voweth  perpetual  praises  to  God.  3.  He  exhorteth  not 
 to  trust  in  man.  5.  God,  for  his  power,  justice,  mercy,  and  kingdom, 
 is  only  worthy  to  be  trusted  in,  and  celebrated. 
 
 '  Hallelu-jah. 
 My  soul,  praise  thou  Jehovah.  "  I  will  praise  Jehovah  in  my 
 life,  I  will  sing  psalms  to  my  God  while  I  am.  ^  Trust  not  ye  in 
 bounteous  princes  ;  in  son  of  Adam,  with  whom  is  no  salvation. 
 '  His  spirit  goeth  forth,  he  returneth  to  his  earth,  in  that  day  his 
 thouglits  perish.  *  O  blessed  is  he,  in  whose  help  the  God  of  Jacob 
 is  ;  whose  hope  is  in  Jeliovali  his  God.  ^  Which  made  heavens 
 and  earth,  the  sea,  and  all  that  in  them  is  ;  whicli  keepeth  truth 
 for  ever.  ^  Which  doth  judgment  to  the  oppressed,  giveth  bread 
 to  the  hungry  ;  Jehovah  looseth  the  bound.  ®  Jehovali  openetli 
 the  eyes  of  the  blind  j  Jehovah  upright  setteth  the  crooked ;  Jeliovah 
 loveth  the  just.  ^  Jehovah  keepeth  tlie  stranger,  setteth  upright 
 the  fatherless  and  the  widow,  and  overthroweth  the  way  of  the 
 wicked.  '"  Jehovah  shall  reign  for  ever ;  thy  God,  O  Sion,  to 
 generation  and  generation.     Hallelu-jah. 
 
 Ver.  1.' — Hallelu-jah,]  That  is,  praise 
 ye  Jah.     See  Ps.  exxxv.  1. 
 
 Ver.  2. — In  my  life,]  So  long  as  I  live. 
 So  Ps.  civ.  33. 
 
 Ver.  4. — His  spirit,]  Man's  ghost.  So 
 the  soul  is  said  to  go  forth,  Gen.  xxxv.  18. 
 To  HIS  EARTH,]  Whereof  he  was  made;  earth 
 is  in  Heb.  adamah.  Hereof  man  was  called 
 Adam,  earthly.  Compare  Gen.  ii.  7 ;  iii. 
 19;  Ps.  civ.  29.  His  thoughts,]  Or, 
 purposes,  the  most  excellent  etlects  of  the 
 mind  or  spirit  of  man. 
 
 Ver.  7. — The  bound,]  Or,  prisoners;  but 
 here  it  may  be  meant  more  largely ;  for  sick- 
 
 nesses also  are  Satan's  bonds,  which  our  Lord 
 Christ  loosed,  Luke  xiii.  16.  See  also  Is. 
 Ixi.  1. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Openeth  the  eyes,]  Or,  giv- 
 eth sight  to.  Compare  Mat.  ix.  29,  30  ; 
 John  ix.  6,  7,  32.  Upright  setteth,]  Or, 
 maketh  straight,  as  Ps.  cxlv.  14.  See  this 
 fulfilled,  Luke  xiii.  13. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Setteth  upright,]  Maketh  to 
 continue  sure.  So  Ps.  xx.  9  ;  cxlvii.  6, 
 Compare  Deut.  x.  18  ;  xxvii.  19  ;  Exod. 
 xxii.  22 — 24;  Ps.  Ixviii.  6.  Overthrow- 
 eth,] Or,  turneth  upside  down.  So  Job 
 xix.  C  ;  see  also  Ps.  i.  6. 
 
676 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 PSALM    CXLVII. 
 
 The  prophet  exhorteih  to  praise  God  for  his  care  of  the  church,  rois- 
 dom,  power,  mercy,  and  providence  unto  all.  12.  To  praise  him  for  his 
 blessings  upon  the  kingdom.  15.  For  his  works  in  nature.  19-  And 
 for  his  gracious  word  and  ordinances  given  to  his  people. 
 
 '  Praise  ye  Jali,  for  it  is  good  to  sing  psalms  to  our  God,  tor  it 
 is  pleasant,  praise  is  comely.  ^  Jehovah  buildeth  Jerusalem,  ga- 
 thereth  together  the  outcasts  of  Israel.  ^  He  healeth  up  the  broken 
 in  heart,  and  bindetli  up  tlieir  griefs.  *  Counteth  the  number  of 
 the  stars,  calleth  them  all  by  names.  ^  Great  is  our  Lord,  and 
 much  in  able  might  ;  of  his  understanding  the7'e  is  no  number. 
 ®  Jehovah  setteth  upright  tlie  meek,  debaseth  the  wicked  unto  the 
 earth.  '  Sing  ye  to  Jehovah  with  confession,  sing  psalms  to  our 
 God  with  tlie  harp.  ^  That  covereth  the  heavens  with  clouds,  that 
 prepareth  rain  for  the  earth,  that  maketh  the  mountains  to  bud 
 forth  grass.  *  That  giveth  to  the  beast  his  food,  to  the  young 
 ravens  whicli  cry.  "  He  delighteth  not  in  the  strength  of  tlie 
 horse,  he  taketh  not  pleasure  in  the  legs  of  man.  "  Jehovah  taketh 
 pleasure  in  them  that  fear  him,  that  patiently  hope  for  his  mercy. 
 '^  Laud  Jehovah,  O  Jerusalem  ;  praise  thy  God,  O  Sion.  "  For  he 
 strengtheneth  the  bars  of  thy  gates,  he  blesseth  thy  sons  within 
 thee,  '''  He  putteth  in  thy  border  peace  :  he  satisfieth  thee  with 
 the  fat  of  wheat.  '^  He  sendeth  his  edict  upon  earth,  his  word  run- 
 neth very  swiftly.     "  He  giveth  snow  like  wool,  the  hoar  frost  he 
 
 Ver.  2. — Outcasts,]  Or,  driven  out  /  in 
 Gr.  "the  dispersions,"  (that  is,  the  dispersed) 
 which  word  the  apostle  useth,  1  Pet.  i.  1  ; 
 James  i.  1.  Compare  Deut.  xxx.  4  ;  Is.  xi. 
 12;  Ivi.  8  ;  John  xi.  52. 
 
 Ver.  3. — Bindeth  up  their  griefs,] 
 That  is,  healeth  their  ivounds,  as  Luke  iv. 
 IS  ;   with  Is.  Ixi.  1.       Compare   also  Ezek. 
 
 XXMV.   16. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Counteth,]  Or,  telleth,  num- 
 bereth,  which  to  man  is  impossible.  See 
 Gen.  XV.  6;   Jer.  xxxiii.  22;  Is  xl.  26. 
 
 ViR.  5. — No  NUMBER,]  Nor  searching  out. 
 Is.  xl.  28. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Setteth  upright,]  Conserveth, 
 to  continue  yet.     See  Ps.  cxlvi.  9. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Sing,]  Or,  a?istver,  that  is,  sing 
 by  turns,  one  aftir  another,  as  Ex.  xv.  21. 
 
 Ver.  8. — With  clouds,]  As  in  Elias' 
 time,  I  Kings  xviii.  45.  The  mountains,] 
 And  deserts  wliere  no  man  is,  as  Job  xxxviii. 
 26,  27  ;  Ps.  civ.  14, 
 
 Ver.  9. — Food,]  Heb.  bread,  that  is,  the 
 beasts  their  food,  as  the  Gr.  hath  it.      Young 
 
 ravens,]  Heb.  sons  (that  is,  younglings)  of 
 the  ravens.  So  in  Job  xxxix.  3,  '  Who  pre- 
 pareth for  the  raven  his  meat,  when  his 
 young  ones  call  unto  God,  wandering  for  lack 
 of  meat  ?' 
 
 Ver.  13. — Strengtheneth,]  Or,  hath 
 made  strong,  a  sign  of  God's  favour  and 
 Zion's  safety.  See  the  contrary.  Lam.  ii.  9; 
 Jer.  li.  30 ;  Amos  i.  5  ;  Ps.  cvii.  16  ;  Is. 
 xlv.  2.  These  graces  are  to  be  referred  unto 
 the  church  under  the  gospel,  called  the  hea- 
 venly  Jerusalem,  Rev.  xxi.  2,  and  which  is 
 above,  Gal.  iv.  26.  So  the  Heb.  doctors 
 say,  "  It  is  written,  Laud  the  Lord,  O  Jeru- 
 salem, and  the  scripture  speaketh  of  the  Jeru- 
 salem that  is  above."  R.  Menachem  on  Gen. 
 iii. 
 
 Ver.  14 — Putteth  in,]  Ot,  putteth  thy 
 border,  &c.,  that  is,  maketh  peace  in  thy 
 holders.  Compare  Is.  Ix.  17,  18  ;  Jer.  xii. 
 12  ;  XV.  13;  xvii.  3.  Fat,]  That  is,  fine 
 flour.     So  Ps.  Ixxxi.  17. 
 
 Ver.  15. — His  edict,]  Or,  saying,  that 
 is,  commandment. 
 
PSALM    CXLVIII. 
 
 677 
 
 Bcattereth  abroad  like  ashes.  "  He  casteth  forth  his  ice  like  mor- 
 sels ;  who  can  stand  before  his  cold  ?  "*  He  sendeth  his  word  and 
 melteth  them,  he  causeth  his  wind  to  blow,  the  waters  flow.  "  He 
 sheweth  his  words  imto  Jacob,  his  statutes  and  his  judgments  unto 
 Israel.  ^^  He  hath  not  dealt  so  with  any  nation,  and  judgments 
 they  have  not  known  them.     Hallelu-jah. 
 
 Ver.  17.' — Ice,]  Or,  frost,  the  frozen 
 hail-stones.  Can  stand,]  That  is,  endure  it. 
 See  the  same  word  in  Prov.  xxvii.  4  ;  Neh. 
 i.  6. 
 
 Ver.  19. — His  words,]  The  ten  com- 
 mandments, or  moral  law,  Ex.  xx.  1,  called 
 the  ten  words,  Deut.  x.  4  ;  statutes,  decrees, 
 and  constitutions  of  God's  worship.  See  the 
 Note  on  Ps.  ii.  7.     Judgment,]  The  judicial 
 
 laws  for  punishing  offenders,  Ex.  xxi.  1 ;  Ps. 
 xix.  10. 
 
 Ver.  20. — Any,]  Or,  every;  but  in  Heb, 
 all  is  often  used  for  any.  See  Ps.  ciii.  2  ; 
 cxliii.  2.  Judgments,]  The  Gr.  saith,  ''  His 
 judgments  he  hath  not  manifested  to  them  ;" 
 which  sense  the  Heb.  also  may  bear,  "He 
 hath  not  made  known  to  them."  as  the  Chald. 
 also  interpreteth  it. 
 
 PSALM   CXLVIIL 
 
 The  psalmist  exliorteth   all   the  heavenly^  7,  the  earthly,  11,  and 
 tlie  reasonable  creatures  to  praise  God. 
 
 '  Hallelu-jah. 
 Praise  ye  Jehovah  from  the  heavens,  praise  ye  him  in  the  high 
 places.  ^  Praise  ye  him  all  his  angels,  praise  ye  him  all  his  hosts. 
 "  Praise  ye  him  sun  and  moon,  praise  ye  him  all  stars  of  light. 
 *  Praise  ye  liim  heavens  of  heavens,  and  the  waters  that  be  above 
 the  heavens.  *  Let  them  praise  the  name  of  Jehovah,  for  he  com- 
 manded, and  they  were  created.  *  And  he  stablished  them  for  aye 
 for  ever ;  a  statute  he  gave,  and  it  shall  not  pass.  ^  Praise  ye 
 Jehovah  from  the  earth,  dragons  and  all  deeps,      ^  Fire  and  hail. 
 
 Ver.  1. — From  the  heavens,]  Ye  hea- 
 venly creatures  ;  as  the  Chald.,  "  Ye  holy 
 creatures  of  heaven."  So  after,  from  the 
 earth,  ver.  7,  is  earthly  creatures.  Compare 
 Rev.  V.  13.  In  the  high  places,]  Which 
 the  Chald.  expoundeth,  "High  angels." 
 
 Ver.  3. — Stars  of  light.]  Bright  shining 
 stars,  which  praised  God  together.  Job 
 xxxviii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Above  the  heavens,].  In  the 
 clouds  of  the  air.  Gen.  i.  7 ;  Job  xxvi.  8  ; 
 xxxvii.  11. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Stablished,]  Or,  jnade  them 
 stand,  Ps.  cxix.  91.  A  statute,]  That  is, 
 statutes  or  decrees,  rules,  ordinances,  whereby 
 every  creature  is  bounded  to  his  set  time  and 
 place,  as  Job  xiv.  5,  13  j    xxvi.   10,  where- 
 
 upon mention  is  made  of  the  statutes  or  ordi- 
 nances of  heaven,  of  the  moon  and  stars,  &c. 
 Job  xxxviii.  33  ;  Jer.  xxxi.  35  ;  xxxiii.  25. 
 It  shall  not  pass,]  That  is,  not  any  of  the 
 things  fore-mentioned  shall  pass  the  statute 
 (or  bound)  set  of  God  ;  or  it,  the  statute,  shall 
 not  pass  away  or  fail,  or  not  be  altered,  as 
 Esth.  i.  19;  ix.  27,  28. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Dragons,]  Or,  whale-fisnes. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Vapour,]  Or,  smoke,  exhala- 
 tion, damp.  As  these  and  all  other  creatures 
 are  here  stirred  up  to  praise  the  Lord,  so,  for 
 our  sakes  are  these  things  written,  that  we 
 should  learn  by  them  to  praise  the  Creator. 
 And  it  is  a  rule  in  the  Heb.  canons,  "  That 
 for  winds  when  they  blow  tempestuously,  and 
 for  lightuing  and  thunder,  &c.,  for  lights  in 
 
678 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 snow  and  vapour,  stormy  wind,  doing  his  word.  ^  Mountains  and 
 all  hills  ;  fruitful  trees  and  all  cedars.  '"  The  wild  beast  and  all 
 cattle,  creeping  thing  and  feathered  fowl.  ^^  Kings  of  tlie  earth 
 and  all  people,  princes  and  all  judges  of  the  earth.  '^  Young  men 
 and  also  maidens,  old  men  with  children.  '^  Let  them  praise  the 
 name  of  Jehovah,  for  high  advanced  is  his  name,  even  his  alone  ; 
 his  glorious  majesty  is  above  earth  and  lieavens.  "  And  lie  hath 
 exalted  the  horn  of  his  people,  the  praise  of  all  his  gracious  saints^ 
 the  sons  of  Israel,  a  people  near  him.     Hallelu-jah. 
 
 the  air  which  seem  to  be  stars  that  fall,  or 
 run  from  place  to  place,  or  blazing  stars, 
 comets,  &c. ;  when  a  man  seeth  any  of  these, 
 he  is  to  bless  God  who  hath  filled  the  world 
 with  his  power  and  might.  Also,  he  that 
 seeth  the  beautiful  creatures,  as  going  out 
 into  the  fields  or  gardens  in  the  spring  time, 
 seeth  the  trees  sprouting  and  blossoming,  he 
 is  to  bless  God,  who  hath  not  let  his  world 
 lack  anything,  but  hath  created  in  it  goodly 
 creatures  and  fair  trees,  &c.  for  the  use  of  the 
 sons  of  Adam.  So,  for  mountains  and  hills, 
 seas  and  deserts,  rivers,  &c.,  if  he  see  any  of 
 them  from  three  days  to  three  days,  he  is  to 
 bless  the  Creator  of  the  world."  Maimony 
 in  Misneh,  in  Beracoth,chap.  x.  sect.  13 — 15. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Feathered  fowl,] Or,  winged 
 bird.     Heb.  "  Bird  of  wing." 
 
 Ver.  13. — High  advanced,]  Or,  set  on 
 
 high.  So  Is.  xii.  4.  It  is  a  strong  tower, 
 into  which  the  righteous  runneth,  and  is  also 
 set  on  high  in  safety,  Prov.  xviii.  10. 
 
 Ver.  14 The   horn,]  The  power  and 
 
 glory,  as  the  Chald.  saith  ;  the  glory  of  the 
 kingdom  of  his  people.  See  Ps.  Ixxv.  10. 
 This  is  accomplished  in  Christ,  the  horn  of 
 salvation,  Luke  i.  69.  The  praise,]  Un- 
 derstand, which  is  the  praise  of  his  saints, 
 that  is,  their  glory,  or  an  argument  of  praise 
 to  them.  Near  him,]  God's  people  are  said 
 to  be  near  unto  him,  in  respect  of  his  cove- 
 nant with  them  in  Christ,  Eph.  ii.  13;  their 
 service  of  him,  Lev.  x.  3  ;  and  spiritual  alli- 
 ance in  Christ,  John  xx.  17 ;  1  John  iii.  1. 
 For  this  word  nigh  is  used  for  kindred,  Lev. 
 xxi.  3.  Christ  diaweth  near  unto  God  for 
 them,  Jer,  xxx.  21,  and  they  by  him,  Heb. 
 X.  19,  22. 
 
 PSALM    CXLIX. 
 
 God  is  piiblicly   to  he  praised  for  his  graces  to  his  church,  and 
 power  given  to  her. 
 
 '  Hallelu-jah. 
 
 Sing  ye  to  Jehovah  a  new  song,  his  praise  in  the  Church  of 
 
 gracious  saints.     "''  Let  Israel  rejoice  in  his  Makers,  let  the  sons  of 
 
 Zion  be  glad  in  their  King.    ^  Let  them  praise  his  name  with  flute ; 
 
 with  timbrel  and  harp,  let  them  sing  psalms  unto  him.     *  For  Je- 
 
 Ver.  2.— His  Makers,]  The  Father,  the 
 Word,  and  the  Holy  Spirit,  which  three  are 
 one,  1  John  v.  7.  The  mystery  of  the  Trinity 
 is  in  the  Heb.  phrase  ;  and  so  in  many  others, 
 as,  '  let  us  make  man  in  our  image,'  Gen.  i. 
 26.  *  Where  is  God  my  makers  T  Job  xxxv. 
 10.  'Thy  makers  is  thine  husbands,'  Is. liv. 
 5.  "  Remember  thy  Creators,'  Eccl.  xii.  1; 
 and  sundry  the  like.     God  also  is  our  Maker 
 
 both  in  nature  and  grace.  See  Ps.c.  3.  Their 
 King,]  Christ,  as  Mat.  xxi.  5;  Song  xiv. 
 
 Ver.  3. — With  flute,]  As  Ps.  cl.  4;  or, 
 in  a  dance,  as  Jer.  xxxi.  4j  13;  Ps.  xxx.  12. 
 One  name  is  given  both  to  the  dance  and  the 
 pipe  whereto  they  danced. 
 
 Vkr.  4. — Beautify.]  Or,  adorn,  make 
 glorioles.  So  Is.  Ix.  7,  9,  13.  The  Greek 
 saith,  exalt. 
 
PSALM    CL. 
 
 679 
 
 liovali  taketli  pleasure  in  his  people,  he  will  beautify  the  meek 
 wit]i  salvation.  '  The  gracious  saints  shall  be  gladsome  in  glory, 
 shall  shout  Joyfully  upon  their  beds.  ®  The  exaltations  of  God  in 
 their  throat,  and  a  two-edged  sword  in  their  hand.  '  To  do  ven- 
 geance on  the  heathens,  reproof's  in  the  nations.  *  To  bind  their 
 kings  in  chains,  and  their  nobles  in  fetters  of  iron.  ^  To  do  on 
 them  the  judgments  written,  this  comely  honour  is  to  all  his  gra- 
 cious saints.     Hallelu-jah. 
 
 Ver.  6.— The  exaltations,]  That  is, 
 exalting  songs,  high  acts,  high  praises,  or 
 lifting  up  of  the  voice,  preachings.  In  their 
 THROAT,]  That  is,  aloud  spoken  of,  and  pro- 
 claimed. So  Is.  Iviii.  1,'cry  with  the  throat,* 
 is, '  cry  aloud.'  Two-edged,]  Heb.,  a  sword 
 of  mouths,  that  is,  of  two  mouths,  as  is  ex- 
 pressed, Judg.  iii.  16;  in  Gr.,  two  mouthed, 
 that  is,  two-edged,  biting  or  cutting  two 
 ways.  This  sword  is  God's  word,  and  Com- 
 eth out  of  Christ's  mouth,  Eph.  vi.  6,  17  ; 
 Heb.  iv.  12 ;  Rev.  i.  16. 
 
 V^ER.  7. — On  the  heathens,]  By  preach- 
 ing against  their  idolatries.  Acts  xiv.  15  ; 
 xvii.  16,  17,  22,  &c.     Compare  2  Cor.  iv. 
 
 5,  6  ;  Is.  xli.  15.  Reproofs,]  For  sin,  as 
 John  xvi.  8,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  8. — To  bind  their  kings,]  Re- 
 straining their  vices,  and  bringing  them  under 
 the  bonds  and  subjection  of  the  gospel.  See 
 Ps.  ii.  3  ;  Mark  vi.  20  ;  Acts  xxiv.  26  ; 
 Rev.  xxi.  24;  Is.  xlv.  14;  a  figure  of 
 captivity,  Nah.  iii.  10;  2  Cor.  x.  4 — 6;  Mat. 
 xvi.  19.     Nobles,]  Or,  honourable. 
 
 Veb.  9. — Written,]  In  the  book  of  God. 
 See  1  Cor.  iv.  6;  Rev.  xxii.  18.  So  the 
 Chald.  paraphraseth,  "  Written  in  the  law." 
 And  this  may  have  reference  to  that  law, 
 Deut.  vii.  1,  2,  &c.  Honour  is,]  Or,  this 
 shall  be  the  honour  of  all  his  saints. 
 
 PSALM    CL. 
 
 ^n  exiiortation  to  praise  God's  holiness,  power,  and  goodness,  with 
 all  kifids  of  instruments,  and  all  breath. 
 
 Hallelu-jah. 
 
 '  Praise  ye  God  in  his  sanctity,  praise  him  in  the  firmament  of 
 
 his  strength.     ^  Praise  him  in  his  powers,  praise  him  according  to 
 
 the  multitude  of  his  greatness.     ^  Praise  him  with  the  sound  of  the 
 
 trumpet,  praise  him  with  the  psaltery  and  harp.     *  Praise  him  with 
 
 Ver.  1 — In  his  sanctity,]  Or,  for  his 
 holiness,  his  most  holy  being,  Is.  vi.  3.  ;  the 
 first  argument  of  praise  from  God's  holy 
 essence  in  himself  ;  or,  in  his  sanctity  (his 
 sanctity)  his  holy  place,  meaning  heaven.  In 
 the  firmament  of  his  strength,]  That  is, 
 for  his  strong  firmament,  (called  heaven.  Gen. 
 i.  8),  the  second  argument  of  praise,  from 
 the  frame  of  the  world,  whereof  heaven  is 
 chiefest.  See  Ps.  xix.  2.  Or,  for  the  out- 
 spreading of  his  strength,  that  is,  for  his 
 strength  spread  out  as  the  firmament. 
 
 Ver,  2. — In  his  powers,]  Or,  for  his 
 potoerful  acts,  as  Ps.  cxlv.  4 ;  the  third  argu- 
 
 ment of  praise  from  God's  mighty  adminis- 
 tration of  all  things  since  the  creation.  Of 
 his  greatness,]  Or,  majesty,  in  special 
 mercy  towards  his  own  people,  and  against 
 their  enemies,  which  is  the  fourth  argument 
 of  his  praise.  Compare  Deut.  iii.  24  ;  ix. 
 26;  xxxii.  3;  Ex.  xv.  16;  1  Chron.  xvii. 
 19;  Luke  i.  46,49,58;  Acts  ii.  11  ;  Ps. 
 Ixxix.  11  ;  cxlv.  3,  6.  Majesty  hath  the 
 name  of  greatness,  and  is  applied  to  the 
 greatest  state  of  policies  or  commonwealths, 
 which  is  to  be  minded  here. 
 
 Ver.  4 — Flute,]  Or,  dance,  Ps.  cxlix.  3. 
 Virginals,]  Or,  stringed  instruments.  This 
 
680 
 
 PSALMS. 
 
 the  timbrel  and  flute,  praise  him  witli  virginals  and  organ.  *  Praise 
 him  with  well-sounding  cymbals,  praise  him  with  loud-sounding 
 cymbals.     *  Let  all  breath  praise  Jah.     Hallelu-jah. 
 
 word  is  not  elsewhere  in  scripture.  Organ,] 
 Or,  the  organon,  as  the  Gr.  translateth  it. 
 The  Heb.  name  signifieth  "  a  lovely  or  de- 
 lightful instrument."  It  is  one  of  the  ancient- 
 est  of  the  world,  invented  by  Jubal,  Gen. 
 iv.  21,  and  an  instrument  of  joy.  Job  xxi. 
 12  ;  XXX.  31.  Well-sounding  cymbals,] 
 Heb.  cymbals  of  hearing,  that  is,  easy  or 
 delightful  to  be  heard,  which  the  Gr.  trans- 
 lateth tvell-sounding.  The  cymbals  were  of 
 metal,  as  bells,  and  have  their  name  of  their 
 shrill  tinkling  sound.  Loud-sounding,]  Or, 
 joyfully  sounding ,  or  tinkling,  as  1  Cor.  xiii. 
 1.  Heb.,  cymbals  of  shouting  sound. 
 Ver.  C. — All  breath,]  Or,  every  breath, 
 
 that  is,  every  thing  that  hath  breath.  This 
 word  is  used  for  the  breath  that  God  inspired 
 into  man,  Gen.  ii.  7;  and  for  the  man's  mind 
 or  immortal  soul,  Is.  Ivii.  16  ;  and  usually  is 
 applied  to  man,  and  to  the  breath  of  God,  Ps. 
 xviii.  16 ;  but  in  Gen.  vii.  22,  it  seemeth  to 
 be  spoken  of  all  living  things.  Compare  Rev. 
 V.  l.S,  where  '  Every  creature  which  is  in 
 heaven,  and  on  the  earth,  and  under  the 
 earth,  and  such  as  are  in  the  sea,  and  all  that 
 are  in  them,  were  heard,  saying.  Unto  him 
 that  sitteth  upon  the  throne,  and  unto  the 
 Lamb,  be  blessing,  and  honour,  and  glory, 
 and  power,  for  ever  and  ever.     Amen.' 
 
SONG    OF    SONGS. 
 
 CHAPTER    I. 
 
 '  The  Song  of  Songs,  which  is  Solomon's. 
 Let  him  kiss  me  with  the  kisses  of  his  mouth,  for  tliy  loves  are 
 
 Ver.  1. — ^The  song  of  songs,]  Songs  and 
 psalms  are  for  the  most  part  arguments  of  joy 
 and  gladness  in  thera  that  sing,  and  of  their 
 praises,  whom  the  songs  concern,  James  v. 
 13  ;  Eph.  V.  19  ;  Ex.  xv. ;  Judg.  v.;  Is. 
 xxvi.  i  2  Sam.  xxii. ;  Ps.  Ixvi.  1 — 3,  &c. 
 So  this  book,  treating  of  man's  reconciliation 
 unto  God,  and  peace  by  Jesus  Christ,  with 
 joy  in  the  Holy  Spirit,  is  called  a  Song  : 
 which,  therefore,  the  faithful  should  learn  to 
 sing  with  understanding,  making  melody  in 
 their  hearts  to  the  Lord,  when  they  feel  them- 
 selves made  partakers  of  his  joy.  And  it  is 
 entitled  the  Song  of  Songs,  that  is,  the  chief- 
 est  and  most  excellent  song;  asChrist,  whom 
 it  concerneth,  is  called  the  King  of  Kings, 
 and  Lord  of  Lords,  Rev.  xix.  16;  xvii.  14; 
 that  is,  the  most  high  and  mighty  king,  and 
 supreme  Lord  of  all.  Solomon  made  a  thou- 
 sand songs  and  five,  1  Kings  iv.  32,  of  all 
 which  this  was  most  excellent;  yea,  and  of  all 
 the  songs  in  the  scriptures;  for  this  celebrat- 
 eth  the  mysteries  of  Christ  and  his  Church, 
 and  the  communion  between  them,  more 
 amply  and  excellently  than  any  other.  Which 
 IS  Solomon's,]  '  It  is  better  to  hear  the 
 rebuke  of  the  w  ise,  than  for  a  man  to  hear  the 
 song  of  fools,'  Eccl.  vii.  5;  but  Solomon,  who 
 made  this  song  in  praise  of  Christ,  and  of  his 
 Church,  'surpassed  all  the  kings  of  the  earth 
 in  riches  and  wisdom,"  2  Chron.  ix.  22.  'He 
 was  wiser  than  all  men  ;  for  God  gave  him 
 wisdom  and  understanding  exceeding  much, 
 and  largeness  of  heart,  even  as  the  sand  that 
 is  on  the  sea  shore,'  1  Kings  iv.  29,  31, 'and 
 all  the  earth  sought  the  face  of  Solomon,  to 
 hear  his  wisdom,  which  God  had  put  in  his 
 heart,'  1  Kings  x.  24.  'There  was  none  like 
 him  before  him,  neither  after  him  shall  any 
 arise  like  unto  him,'  1  Kings  iii.  12.  It  may 
 also  be  interpreted,  which  belongeth  to  (or 
 concernetli)  Solomon  ;  understanding  hereby 
 Christ  himself,  whom  Solomon  prefigured  in 
 
 Vol.  II.  4 
 
 his  kingdom,  wisdom,  and  glory.  And  Solomon 
 (called  in  Heb.  Shelomoh,  but  after  the  Gr., 
 Solomon,  Mat.  i.  6),  had  his  name  of  peace, 
 because  he  was  a  man  of  rest ;  and  God  said 
 of  him,  '  Solomon  shall  be  his  name,  and  I 
 will  give  {salom,  that  is)  peace  and  quietness 
 unto  Israel  in  his  days,'  1  Chron.  xxii.  9,  10. 
 So,  '  he  had  peace  on  all  sides  round  about 
 him,'  1  Kings  iv.  24.  Now  Christ  is  our 
 peace,  Eph.  ii.  14,  even  the  Prince  of  peace. 
 Is.  ix.  6;  and  he  is  called  Solomon  in  this 
 song,  chap.  iii.  1 1  ;  and  David,  prophesying 
 of  Christ's  kingdom,  entitled  his  psalm, '  For 
 Solomon,'  Ps.  Ixxii.  Thus  the  penman  of 
 this  book,  being  the  wisest  of  all  the  prophets, 
 and  Christ  whom  it  concerneth,  being  the 
 very  wisdom  of  God,  1  Cor.  i.  24,  and  greater 
 than  Solomon,  Mat.  xii.  42,  this  song  is  com- 
 mended unto  us  by  the  Holy  Spirit  in  the 
 highest  degree  of  excellency.  The  Chald. 
 paraphraseth  on  this  title  thus,  "  Songs  and 
 hymns,  which  Solomon  the  prophet,  the  king 
 of  Israel,  uttered  by  the  spirit  of  prophfcy, 
 before  the  Lord,  the  Lord  of  all  the  world." 
 
 Ver.  2.— Let  him  kiss  me,]  As  the  scrip- 
 ture mentioneth  the  bride,  the  bridegroom, 
 and  the  friends  of  ihem  both,  the  children  of 
 the  bride  chamber,  John  iii.  29;  Mat.  ix.  15  ; 
 so  in  this  song  all  these,  (especially  the  two 
 former)  are  biouglit  in  as  speakers,  every  one 
 of,  and  unto  another,  so  declaring  their  mu- 
 tual desires,  loves,  and  aflections.  The  bride 
 is  the  church  espoused  to  Christ,  and  calltd 
 'the  wife  of  the  Lamb,'  Rev.  xxi.  9,  to  whom 
 she  is  to  be  presented  '  a  chaste  virgin,' 2  Cor. 
 xi.  2  ;  and  this  church  '  Chiist  loved,  and  gave 
 himself  for  it,  that  he  might  sanctify  and 
 cleanse  it  with  the  washing  of  water,  by  the 
 Word  ;  that  he  might  present  it  to  himself  a 
 glorious  church,  not  having  spot  or  wrinkle, 
 or  any  such  thing;  but  that  it  should  be  holy, 
 and  without  blemish,'  Eph.  v.  25 — 27.  How 
 beit  before  Christ  came  in  our  humanity,  th. 
 
682 
 
 SONG   OF    SONGS. 
 
 Church  (according  to  the  economical  dispen- 
 sation of  God)  was  as  a  child  in  her  non-age, 
 '  under  tutors  and  governors,  until  the  time 
 appointed  of  the  father,' Gal.  iv.  1,  2  ;  'kept 
 under  the  law,  shut  up  unto  the  faith,  which 
 should  afterwards  be  revealed  ;  which  law 
 was  a  schoolmaster  imto  Christ,'  Gal.  iii.  23, 
 24.  In  this  estate  she  continued  till  faith 
 came,  and  then,  she  being  dead  to  the  law  by 
 the  body  of  Christ,  was  to  be  married  unto 
 another, '  even  to  him  who  is  raised  from  the 
 dead,  that  she  might  bring  forth  fiuit  unto 
 Gcd,'  Rom.  vii.  1 — 4.  So,  though  our  godly 
 forefathers  in  the  days  of  the  prophets,  saw  the 
 promises  afar  off,  and  were  persuaded  of  them, 
 and  embraced  them,  and  did  all  obtain  testi- 
 mony (and  were  glorious)  through  faith  ;  yet 
 they  'received  not  the  promise,  God  having 
 provided  some  better  thing  for  us,  that  they 
 without  us  should  not  be  perfected,'  Heb.  xi. 
 13,  39,  40.  Now,  in  Solomon's  days,  the 
 church  before  Christ's  coming  had  greatest 
 glory,  having  the  temple  builded, living  under 
 that  most  wise,  rich,  and  peaceable  king;  the 
 '  Israelites  being  many,  as  the  sand  which  is 
 by  the  sea  in  multitude  ;  eating  and  drink- 
 ing, and  making  merry;  and  dwelling  safely, 
 e\ery  man  under  his  vine,  and  under  his  fig 
 tree,'  1  Kings  iv.  20,  25.  Notwithstanding 
 Solomon  being  a  prophet,  foresaw  the  ruin  of 
 his  house  and  kingdom,  and  in  his  book  of 
 Ecelesiastes  proclaimed  all  things  under  the 
 sun  to  be  vanity  ;  and  in  this  song  prophe- 
 sieth  of  the  church  and  kingdom  of  Christ. 
 And  as  he,  with  many  other  prophets,  and 
 kings,  and  righteous  men,  desired  to  see 
 Christ,  and  to  hear  his  words,  but  did  not, 
 Luke  X.  24  ;  Mat.  xiii.  17  ;  so  here  he  ma- 
 nifesteth  the  desire  of  himself,  and  of  all  the 
 faithful,  to  enjoy  the  blessings  and  graces  of 
 Christ,  saying,  '  Let  him  kiss  me.'  Whereby 
 the  church  desireth  to  have  Christ  manifested 
 in  the  flesh,  and  to  have  the  loving  and  com- 
 fortable doctrines  of  his  gospel  applied  unto  her 
 conscience  ;  that  she  might  not  be  always 
 under  the  schoolmaster  of  the  law,  (which 
 worketh  wrath,  Rom.  iv.  15),  but  might  be 
 prevented  with  the  grace  of  Christ,  be  recon- 
 ciled unto  God,  united  unto  Christ,  and  have 
 the  feeling  of  his  love  towards  her.  For, 
 kissing  is  a  token  of  love,  1  Pet.  v.  14 ;  Luke 
 vii.  45  ;  was  used  at  the  meeting  and  salu- 
 tation of  friends,  Ex.  iv.  27  ;  xviii.  7  ;  I 
 Thess.  v.  26  ;  and  David  kissed  Absalom  in 
 sign  of  favour  and  reconciliation,  2  Sam.  xiv. 
 33.  And  as  we  are  willed  '  to  kiss  the  Son,' 
 Ps.  ii.  12,  that  is,  lovingly  and  gladly  to  sub- 
 mit unto  and  obey  his  'commandments  ;  so 
 the  church  here  prayeth  first,  that  the  Son 
 would  kiss  her,  that  is,  in  love  and  kindness 
 teach  and  apply  unto  her  the  grace  of  his 
 gospel.     For,  '  Herein  is  love,  not  that  we 
 
 loved  God,  but  that  he  loved  us,  and  sent  his 
 Son  to  be  the  propitiation  for  our  sins,' IJohn 
 iv.  10.  Afterward,  'We  love  him,  because 
 he  first  loved  us,'  1  John  iv.  19  ;  and  '  We 
 kiss  him,'  Song  viii.  I.  The  Heb.  exposi- 
 tors,  as  the  Chald.  paraphrast  and  others  do 
 for  the  most  part,  apply  these  things  to  the 
 giving  of  the  law  by  Moses  :  "  For  they  being 
 ignorant  of  the  righteousness  of  God,  have 
 gone  about  to  establish  their  own  righteous- 
 ness," Rom.  X.  3.  Howbeit,  some  of  them 
 in  ancient  time  saw  better,  as  appeareth  by 
 their  Midrash,  (an  Heb.  commentary  on  this 
 book)  which  here  saith,  '-Moses  taught  them 
 the  law,  and  whatsoever  they  learned,  they 
 forgat  again.  Then  they  said  unto  Moses,  O 
 that  God  would  show  himself  again,  and  kiss 
 us  with  the  kisses  of  his  mouth,  that  his  doc- 
 trines might  be  fastened  in  our  hearts.  Moses 
 said  unto  them,  This  cannot  be  done  now, 
 but  it  shall  be  in  the  days  of  Christ ;  as  it  is 
 said,  I  will  put  my  law  in  their  inward  parts, 
 and  write  it  in  their  hearts,"  Jer.  xxxi.  33. 
 Kisses  of  his  mouth,]  His  own  lovely  and 
 gracious  doctrines,  as  in  Prov.  xxvii.  C,  the 
 wounds  of  a  friend  signify  sharp  reproofs,  and 
 are  opposed  to  the  deceitful  kisses,  that  is, 
 the  flattering  speeches  of  an  enemy;  so  here 
 the  kisses  desired  of  this  friend,  are  the  com- 
 fortable words  of  the  doctrine  of  salvation  ; 
 opposed  to  the  severe  rebukes  which  the  law 
 giveth  fur  our  sins,  condemning  and  cursing 
 '  every  one  that  cor\tinueth  not  in  all  things 
 which  are  written  in  the  book  of  the  law  to 
 do  them,' Gal.  iii.  10.  But  Christ,  (into 
 whose  lips  grace  is  poured,  Ps.  xlv.  3)  open- 
 eth  his  mouth,  and  uttereth  blessings,  Mat.  v. 
 2,  3,  &c.  For  thy  loves,]  She  turneth  her 
 speech  unto  Christ,  and  showeth  a  reason  of 
 her  former  desire.  By  loves  are  meant  graces, 
 and  the  fruits  of  them,  liere  first  from  Christ 
 to  his  church,  afterward  from  her  unto  Christ; 
 which  he  acknowledgeth,  saying,  'How  much 
 better  are  thy  loves  than  wine  !'  Song  iv.  10. 
 These  she  perceiveth  from  Christ,  by  the 
 works  of  adoption,  redemption,  justification, 
 and  sanctification  through  Christ  and  his 
 Spirit,  as  in  1  John  iii.  1,  16;  iv.  9,  10  ; 
 John  XV.  13;  Rom.  v.  1,  5;  Eph.  v.  25— 27. 
 So,  in  the  contrary.  Antichrist's  allurements 
 to  communion  with  his  impiety,  are  with 
 these  words,  '  Come,  let  us  take  our  fill  of 
 loves  until  the  morning,'  Prov.  vii.  IS  ;  and 
 Israel's  communiim  with  Babylon's  idolatry 
 is  Ihus  showed,  '  The  sons  of  Babylon  came 
 to  her  into  the  bed  of  loves,'  Ezek.  xxiii.  17. 
 Better  than  wine, J  Or,  good  more  than 
 wine.  The  word  good  is  of  large  use,  for 
 profitable,  pleasing,  sweet,  comfortable,  joyful, 
 &c.,  as  is  noted  on  Gen.  i.  4.  Wine  is  one 
 of  the  most  comfortable  creatures,  rejoicing 
 the  heart  of  man,  Ps.  civ.  16,  and  wine  maketh 
 
CHAPTER  I. 
 
 683 
 
 better  than  wiiie,     ^  For  the  savour  of  thy  good  ointments  ;  thy 
 name  is  an  ointment  poured  forth  -.  therefore  the  virgins  love  thee. 
 
 the  life  (or  living)  joyful,  Eccl.  x.  19  ;  it 
 causeth  to  forget  affliction,  poverty,  misery, 
 Prov.  xxxi.  6,  7.  It  was  also  used  in  the 
 legal  sacrifices  and  service  of  God,  Num.  xv. 
 5 ;  Hos.  ix.  4.  But  the  graces  of  Christ, 
 arid  comfort  of  his  Spirit,  (wherewith  the 
 saints  are  to  be  filled,  Eph.  v.  18),  do  far 
 excel  all  worldly  pleasure,  and  do  cause  such 
 as  drink  of  them  to  forget  their  bitterness, 
 poverty,  sorrows,  which  by  the  terrors  of  the 
 law,  and  guilt  of  conscience  for  sin,  did  be- 
 fore afflict  them,  Rom.  vii.  10,  15,  18,  24, 
 25  ;  viii.  2.  And  the  service  of  God  now 
 in  spirit  and  truth,  John  iv.  23,  24, and  con- 
 solatioR  which  aboundeth  by  Christ,  2  Cor.  i. 
 5,  is  much  more  comfortable  than  were  all 
 the  ordinances  of  divine  service  in  the  worldly 
 sanctuary,  which  '  could  not  make  him  that 
 did  the  service  perfect,  as  pertaining  to  the 
 conscience,'  Heb.  ix.  1 — 9  ;  x.  1 — 4. 
 
 Vkr.  3. — For  the  savour,]  Or,  for  thy 
 odour  {smell)  of  thy  good  ointments.  By 
 savour  or  smell  is  meant  knowledge,  under- 
 standing, sense,  or  feeling,  as  the  apostle  ex- 
 poundeth  it,  'the  savour  of  his  knowledge,' 
 2  Cor.  ii.  14.  So  a  tree  is  said  to  bud 
 through  the  smell  or  scent  of  water.  Job  xiv. 
 9  ;  and  tow  is  broken  *  when  it  smelleth 
 the  fire,'  that  is,  feeleth  it,  Judg.  xvi.  9. 
 Good  ointments,  or  good  oils,  are  precious 
 and  sweet  ointments,  wherewith  special 
 persons  were  anointed  of  old,  as  the  holy 
 anointing  oil  made  of  principal  spices,  Ex. 
 XXX.  23,  25,  is  called  the  good  ointment,  Ps. 
 cxxxiii.  2  ;  and  of  the  precious  things  which 
 king  Hezekiah  showed  to  the  ambassadors  of 
 the  king  of  Babylon,  the  good  ointment  was 
 one,  2  Kings  xx.  13;  and  with  such  they 
 were  wont  to  be  anointed  at  feasts;  Amos  vi. 
 6  ;  Luke  vii.  36,  46  ;  and  it  was  a  sign  of 
 joy  and  cheerfulness,  Eccl,  ix.  7,  8,  for  sweet 
 odours  revive  and  comfort  the  spirits  in  man, 
 when  they  are  dulled  with  sorrow  or  much 
 meditation  ;  wherefore  it  is  said,  '  Ointment 
 and  perfume  rejoice  the  heart,'  Prov.  xxvii. 
 9.  But  in  fasting  or  mourning,  they  used 
 not  to  anoint  themselves,  Dan.  x.  3;  2  Sam. 
 xiv.  2.  By  this  similitude  the  church  here 
 commendeth  the  graces  of  Christ,  which  he 
 had,  being  full  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  for  his 
 God  had  *  anointed  him  with  the  oil  of  glad- 
 ness above  his  fellows,'  Heb.  i.  9  ;  and  of 
 him  it  is  said,  '  The  Spirit  of  the  Lord  is 
 upon  me,  because  he  hath  anointed  me  to 
 preach  the  gospel,'  &c.,  Luke  iv.  18;  Is.  Ixi. 
 1.  And  the  odour  of  these  graces  is  smelt, 
 when  the  gospel  preached  is  by  sense  or 
 judgment  perceived,  Phil.  i.  9 ;  Luke  ix. 
 45 ;  Heb.  v.  14.   Thy  name  15  an  ointment 
 
 poDRED  FORTH,]  As  Messias  and  Christ  is  by 
 interpretation  anoi7ited,  and  he  is  called  the  oil 
 or  ointment  in  Is.  x.  27  ;  so  by  his  name  is 
 meant  his  law,  the  doctrine  of  grace,  or  law  of 
 faith,  Rom.  iii.  27,  as  it  is  written, '  The  isles 
 shall  wait  for  his  law,'  Is.  xlii.  4,  which  is 
 expounded,  'The  Gentiles  shall  trust  in  his 
 name,'  Mat.  xii.  21 ;  and  the  preaching  of 
 that  grace  is  called  the  bearing  of  Christ's 
 name  before  the  Gentiles,  Acts  ix.  15;  and 
 as  a  good  name  is  better  than  a  good  oint- 
 ment, Eccl.  vii.  ],  so  the  name  and  doctrine 
 of  Christ  excelleth  all  other,  that  '  at  the 
 name  of  Jesus  every  knee  should  bow,'  Phil, 
 ii.  10.  This  name  is  as  a  precious  ointment 
 poured  forth  by  the  preaching  of  the  gospel, 
 and  by  the  miracles  confirming  the  same  ; 
 accomplished  not  only  by  Chiist  himself,  (a 
 man  approved  of  God  among  the  Israelites  bjr 
 miracles,  wonders,  and  signs,  which  God  did 
 by  him.  Acts  ii.  22  ;  so  that  '  there  went  out 
 a  fame  of  him  through  all  the  region  round 
 about,  and  he  taught  in  their  synagogues, 
 being  glorified  of  all,' Luke  iv.  14,  15);  but 
 also  by  his  apostles,  who  were  to  preach  on  the 
 house  tops  that  which  they  heard  in  the  ear, 
 Mat.  x.  27,  which  also  they  performed,  Rom. 
 XV.  19;  xvi.  25,  26;  and  therein  rejoiced,  and 
 said, 'Now  thanks  be  unto  God,  which  always 
 causeth  us  to  triumph  in  Christ,  and  maketh 
 manifest  the  favour  of  his  knowledge  by  us, 
 in  every  place.  For  we  are  unto  God  a  sweet 
 savour  in  Chiist,  in  them  that  are  saved,  and 
 in  them  that  perish  :  to  the  one  the  savour  of 
 death  unto  death;  and  to  the  other,  the  savour 
 of  life  unto  life,'  2  Cor.  ii.  2,  14—16. 
 And  as  the  box  of  ointment,  when  it  was 
 broken  and  poured  forth  on  Christ's  head,  the 
 house  was  filled  with  the  savour  of  it,  Mark 
 xiv.  3;  John  xii.  3  ;  so  when  his  name  and 
 gospel  is  preached  abroad,  it  giveth  the  odour 
 thereof  into  all  Christian  hearts  ;  so  that  by 
 the  preaching  of  faith  they  also  receive  the 
 Spirit,  Gal.  iii.  2,5,  and  are  anointed  of  God, 
 2  Cor.  i.  21,  and  have  an  unction  from  the 
 holy  One,  and  know  all  things,  1  John  ii.  20; 
 that  whereas  before  they  mourned  from  their 
 sins  and  miseries,  they  now  are  comforted, 
 and  have  the  oil  of  joy  given  unto  them,  Is. 
 Ixi.  3.  The  virgins  love  thee,]  These  are 
 the  fellow-friends  of  the  spouse,  Ps.  xiv.  15. 
 By  virgins  are  meant  all  such  as  are  chosen 
 and  called  of  God,  and  faithful,  (whether  whole 
 churches,  as  2  Cor.  xi.  2,  or  particular  per- 
 sons), who  with  chaste  and  pure  minds  serve 
 the  Lord  only,  and  worship  him  in  spirit  and 
 truth,  and  stand  with  Christ  on  the  mount 
 Zion,  '  having  his  father's  name  written  in 
 their  foreheads  ;'  of  whom  it  is  said,  'These 
 
684 
 
 SONG   OF    SONGS. 
 
 *  Draw  me,  we  will  run  after  thee  :  the  king  hath  brought  me  into 
 his  chambers,  we  will  be  glad,  and  rejoice  in  thee,  we  will  remem- 
 ber thy  loves  more  than  wine ;  the  upright  love  thee. 
 
 are  they  which  were  not  defiled  with  women, 
 for  they  are  virgins  ;  these  are  they  which 
 follow  the  Lamb  whithersoever  he  goeth:  these 
 were  bought  from  among  men,  being  the  first 
 fruits  unto  God  and  to  the  Lamb ;  and  in 
 their  mouth  was  found  no  guile,  for  they  are 
 without  fault  before  the  throne  of  God,'  Rev, 
 xiv.  1,  4,  3.  And  these  love  the  Lord  for 
 the  odour  of  his  good  ointments,  which  they 
 perceive  by  his  Word  and  Spirit,  though  they 
 see  him  not,  1  Pet.  i.  8  ;  they  love  him, 
 because  he  first  loved  them,  1  John  iv.  19; 
 and  hath  shed  abroad  his  love  in  their  hearts, 
 by  the  Holy  Spirit  which  is  given  unto  them, 
 Rom.  v.  5  ;  and  this  is  love,  that  they  walk 
 after  his  commandments,  and  keep  them,  2 
 John  V.  6;  John  xiv.  15. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Draw  me,]  A  second  request  of 
 the  Spouse  unto  Christ,  that  he  would  not 
 only  call  her  outwardly,  by  the  voice  of  his 
 gospel,  but  (forasmuch  as  the  word  preached 
 profiteth  not,  if  it  be  not  mixed  with  faith  iu 
 them  that  hear  it,  Heb.  iv.  2;  and  faith  is 
 not  of  ourselves,  it  is  the  gift  of  God,  Eph.  ii. 
 8,  who  vvorUeth  in  us  both  to  will  and  to  do 
 of  his  good  pleasure,  Phil.  ii.  13),  that  he 
 would  also  open  her  heart.  Acts  xvi.  14, 
 effectually  work  in  her  by  his  Spirit,  and  con- 
 tinue and  increase  his  grace  towards  her. 
 For  d>awi?ig  implieth  power  in  him  that 
 drawelh  ;  as,  '  He  draweth  the  mighty  with 
 his  power,'  Job  xxiv.  22  ;  and  when  it  is 
 unto  good,  it  argueth  grace  and  good  will ; 
 as,  '  I  drew  them  with  cords  of  a  man,  with 
 bands  of  love,'  Hos.  xi.  4,  and  continu- 
 ance of  grace  ;  as  '  O  draw  (that  is,  continue) 
 thy  loving-kindness  to  them  that  know  thee,' 
 Ps.  XXX vi.  10;  and  in  them  that  are  drawn 
 it  is  a  sign  of  infirmity  ;  as,  '  No  man  can 
 come  unto  me,  except  the  Father  which  hath 
 sent  me  draw  him,'  John  vi.  44.  And  this 
 is  a  fruit  and  efiect  of  Christ's  death,  as  him- 
 self saith,  '  And  I,  if  I  be  lifted  up  (or  taken 
 away)  from  the  earth,  will  draw  all  men  unto 
 me,'  John  xii.  32.  This  drawing  is  by  being 
 effectually  taught  of  God,  as  again  he  saith, 
 •  It  is  written  in  the  prophets.  And  they  shall 
 be  all  taught  of  God  :  every  man  therefore 
 that  hath  heard  and  hath  learned  of  the  Fa- 
 ther, Cometh  to  me/  John  vi.  45  ;  and  is  a 
 sign  of  God's  everlasting  love  towards  such, 
 as  it  was  said  unto  Israel,  'Yea,  I  have  loved 
 thee  with  an  everlasting  love,  therefore  with 
 loving-kindness  have  1  drawn  thee,'Jer.  xxxi. 
 3.  We  will  run,]  /,  and  the  virgins  fore- 
 mentioned,  will  run  after  thee  ;  for  they 
 'follow  the   Lamb  whithersoever   he   goeth,' 
 
 Rev.  xiv.  4.  Christ  is  our  fore-runner,  gone 
 before  us  into  heaven,  Heb.  vi.  20.  Our 
 Christian  conversation  is  called  a  running, 
 Gal.  ii.  2 ;  V.  7 ;  and  our  life  is  likened  to  a 
 course  (or  race),  which  is  run,  as  '  John  ful- 
 filled his  course,' (or  race).  Acts  xiii.  25;  and 
 Paul  saith, 'I  have  finished  my  course,' 2  Tim. 
 iv.  7.  Running  signifieth  readiness  of  afiec- 
 tion,  and  speedy  performance  in  action,  Hag. 
 i.  9  ;  1  Kings  xix.  19,  20;  Ps.  cxlvii.  15; 
 it  argueth  also  strength  in  the  runner,  Dan. 
 viii.  6,  all  which  are  here  implied  as  an  eflect 
 of  Christ's  grace  drawing  her,  according  to 
 the  prophecy  ;  *  Behold,  thou  shalt  call  a 
 nation  that  thou  knewest  not,  and  nations  that 
 knew  not  thee  shall  run  unto  thee,'  &c..  Is. 
 Iv.  5.  And  again,  '  They  that  wait  on  the 
 Lord  shall  renew  strength,  &c.,  they  shall  run 
 and  not  be  weary,  they  shall  walk  and  not 
 faint,'  Is.  xl.  31.  Now  the  way  which  we 
 are  to  run,  is  his  commandments,  of  which 
 David  saith, '  I  will  run  the  way  of  thy  com- 
 mandments, when  thou  shalt  enlarge  my 
 heart,'  Ps.  cxix.  32.  Under  this  promise  of 
 the  church,  is  contained  also  the  constant 
 suffering  of  afflictions,  for  and  with  Christ ; 
 who  being  our  fore-runner,  and  being  conse- 
 crated through  sufferings,  aiid  so  entering 
 into  his  glory,  Heb.  ii.  9,  10 ;  Luke  xxiv. 
 26  ;  hath  herein  left  us  an  example,  that  we 
 should  follow  his  steps,  1  Pet.  ii.  21,  and  hath 
 said, '  If  any  man  will  come  after  me,  let  him 
 deny  himself,  and  take  up  his  cross  daily  and 
 follow  me,'  Luke  ix.  23.  Therefore  it  is 
 written,  '  Let  us  lay  aside  every  weight,  and 
 the  sin  which  doth  so  easily  beset  us;  and  let 
 us  run  with  patience  the  race  that  is  set  be- 
 fore us  ;  looking  unto  Jesus,  the  author  and 
 finisher  of  our  faith,'  Heb.  xii.  1,  2.  Into 
 HIS  CHAMBERS,]  This  showeth  the  benefits 
 which  they  find  that  follow  Christ ;  they  are 
 brought  not  only  into  the  king's  palace,  as  in 
 Ps.  xiv.  IG,  but  into  his  privy  chambers,  the 
 most  secret,  safe,  and  quiet  rooms  of  his  pal- 
 ace. Chambers  are  places  of  great  secrecy, 
 2  Kings  vi.  12  ;  Luke  xii.  3  ;  Mat.  vi.  6 ; 
 and  of  most  safety.  Dent,  xxxii.  25 ;  Ezek. 
 xxi.  14  ;  and  in  such  the  bridegroom  and 
 bride  used  to  rejoice  together,  Joel  Ixvi.  2  ; 
 Judg.  XV.  1.  Hereby  is  signified  the  reve- 
 lation of  the  mystery  of  the  gospel,  the  secret 
 of  the  Lord,  which  is  revealed  to  them  that 
 fear  him,  Ps.  xxv.  14  ;  and  the  spiritual 
 comforts  which  they  reap  thereby  ;  for,  '  Eye 
 hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  neither  have 
 entered  into  the  heart  of  man,  the  things 
 which  God  hath  prepared  for  them  that  love 
 
CHAPTER   I. 
 
 685 
 
 him  ;  but  God  hath  levealed  them  unto  us  by 
 his  Spirit  :  for  the  Spirit  searchethall  things, 
 yea  the  deep  things  of  God;'  and  thus,  '  We 
 have  the  mind  of  Christ,'  1  Cor.ii.9,  10,  16; 
 and  are  brouglit  into  such  chambers,  as  '  By 
 knowledge  are  filled  with  all  precious  and 
 pleasant  riches,'  Proi'.  xxiv.  4.  Into  them 
 Paul  (as  a  friend  of  ihe  bridegroom)  endea- 
 voured with  great  strife  to  bring  the  church; 
 that  their  '  hearts  might  be  comforted,  being 
 knit  together  in  love,  and  unto  all  riches  of 
 the  fulness  of  understanding  ;  to  the  acknow- 
 ledgment of  the  mystery  of  God,  aud  of  the 
 Father,  and  of  Christ  ;  in  whom  are  hid  all 
 the  treasures  of  wisdom  and  knowledge,'  Col. 
 ii.  1 — 3.  In  these  chambers,  also,  the  saints 
 are  kept  safe  from  evil,  Ps.  xxvii.5,  delivered 
 from  the  wrath  and  judgments  of  God  due  for 
 their  sins,  and  comforted  by  the  words  of 
 Christ  against  the  persecution  of  men  ;  that 
 in  him  they  may  have  peace,  though  in  the 
 woild  they  have  tribulation,  John  xvi.  33. 
 Therefore  unto  them  he  saith,  '  Come  my 
 people,  enter  thou  into  thy  chambers,  and 
 shut  thy  doors  about  thee  ;  hide  thyself  for  a 
 very  little  moment,  until  the  iudignatiou  be 
 overpast,'  Is.  xxvi.  20.  Be  glad  and  re- 
 joice,] Be  glad  inwardly,  and  rejoice  out- 
 wardly ;  these  comforts  they  find  in  the  king's 
 chambers,  whose  kingdom  is  not  meat  and 
 drink,  but  righteousness,  and  peace,  and  joy 
 in  the  Holy  Spirit,  Rom.  xiv.  17.  Where- 
 fore they  say,  '  I  will  greatly  rejoice  in  the 
 Lord,  my  soul  shall  be  joyful  in  my  God  ;  for 
 he  hath  clothed  me  with  the  garments  of  sal- 
 vation, he  hath  covered  me  with  the  robe  of 
 righteousness  ;  as  a  bridegroom  decketh  him- 
 self  with  ornaments,  and  as  a  bride  adorneth 
 herself  with  jewels,'  Is,  Ixi.  10;  and  thus 
 '  they  rejoice  with  joy  unspeakable,  and  full 
 of  glory,' receiving  the  end  of  their  faith,  even 
 the  salvation  of  their  souls,'  1  Pet.  i.  8,  9. 
 Will  remember  thy  loves,]  Or,  tvill  re- 
 cord, rehearse,  make  mention  of  thy  loves, 
 more  than  wine ;  or,  which  are  better  than 
 wine,  as  in  ver.  2.  The  foresaid  joy  of  the 
 saints  redourideih  to  the  praise  and  glory  of 
 Christ,  whose  loves,  manifested  by  his  suffer- 
 ings, death,  resurrection,  ascension,  and  the 
 graces  and  benefits  flowing  from  them  to  his 
 church,  are  remembered  inwardly,  recorded 
 aud  mentioned  outwardly.  For  they  who  with 
 joy,  draw  water  out  of  the  wel.'s  of  salva- 
 tion, do  say  in  that  day,  '  Praise  the  Lord, 
 call  upon  his  name,  declare  his  doings  among 
 the  people  ;  make  mention,  that  liis  name 
 is  exalted,' Is.  xii.  3,  4.  '  I  will  mention 
 the  loving-kindnesses  of  the  Lord,  the  praises 
 of  the  Lord,  according  to  all  that  the  Lord 
 hath  bestowed  on  us  ;  and  the  great  goodness 
 towards  the  house  of  Israel,  which  he  bath 
 bestowed  on  them,  according  to  his  mercies, 
 
 and  according  to  the  multitude  of  his  loving, 
 kindnesses,'  Is.  Ixiii.  7.  '  I  will  make  men- 
 tion of  thy  righteousness,  even  of  thine  only,' 
 Ps.  Ixxi.  16.  '  I  will  make  thy  name  to  be 
 remembered  in  every  generation  and  genera- 
 tion :  therefore  peoples  shall  confess  thee,  for 
 ever  and  aye,'  Ps.  xlv.  18.  The  upright  love 
 THEE,]  Heb.  uprightnesses  (or  rigkfeous- 
 7iesses)  love  thee;  whereby  righteous  orupright 
 persons  are  meant  (the  virgins  forementioned 
 in  ver.  3)  who  have  upright  hearts,  and 
 righteous  conversation  ;  as  jsWrfe,  in  Jer.  1.31, 
 is  for  a  proud  person  ;  */w,  in  Prov.  xiii.  6, 
 is  for  a  sinner  ;  thanksgivings,  in  Neh.  xii. 
 31,  for  companies  of  thanksgivers  ;  and  many 
 the  like.  So  this  fruit  cometh  by  remembering 
 and  mentioning  Christ's  loves,  that  the  righte- 
 ous are  confirmed  and  increasedin  lovetowards 
 him  more  and  more  ;  as  the  apostle  wrote  to 
 them  that  believed  on  the  name  of  the  son  of 
 God,  that  they  might  believe  on  the  name  of 
 the  Son  of  God  ;  that  is,  might  be  confirmed, 
 continued,  and  increased  in  their  belief,  1 
 John  V.  13.  The  Hebrews,  ignorant  of  Christ, 
 have  applied  these  things  unto  God's  ancient 
 mercies  towards  them  in  the  giving  of  his 
 law,  as  the  Chald.  paraphrast  saith,  "  When 
 the  people  of  the  house  of  Israel  was  come 
 out  of  Egypt,  the  divine  presence  of  the  Lord 
 of  the  world  was  their  guide,  by  the  pillar  of 
 a  cloud  by  day,  and  by  the  pillar  of  fire  by 
 night.  The  just  men  of  that  generation  said ; 
 O  Lord  of  all  the  world,  draw  us  after  thee, 
 and  we  will  run  after  the  way  of  thy  good- 
 ness ;  and  bring  us  near  to  the  bottom  of  tlie 
 mount  Sinai,  and  give  us  thy  law  out  of  thy 
 treasure  house  which  is  in  the  firmament;  and 
 we  will  be  glad  and  rejoice  in  the  twenty-two 
 letters  with  which  it  is  written  :  and  we  will 
 remember  them,  and  will  love  thy  Godhead, 
 and  will  depart  from  after  the  idols  of  the 
 people  ;  and  all  just  men  who  do  that  which 
 is  right  before  thee,  shall  fear  thee,  and  love 
 thy  commandments."  But  the  law,  being 
 the  ministration  of  death,  though  it  was  glori- 
 ous, hath  no  glory  in  respect  of  the  ministra. 
 tion  of  the  Spirit,  and  of  righteousness,  which 
 exceedeth  in  glory,  2  Cor.  iii.  7 — 10.  There- 
 fore tlie  New  Testament  being  now  confirmed 
 in  Christ,  those  former  things,  which  were 
 figures  and  shadows,  are  no  more  remembered, 
 as  was  prophesied  in  Jer.  iii.  16. 
 
 Ver.  5. — I  am  black,]  Hitherto  hath  been 
 the  church's  first  speech  unto  Christ,  testify- 
 ing her  faith  and  love  ;  now  follow  her  words 
 to  tlie  daughters  of  Jerusalem,  against  tiie 
 scandals  and  offences  that  might  arise  for  the 
 church's  afflictions  and  infirmities  which 
 appear  in  this  life.  Blackness  signifieth  tri- 
 bulation, as  Job  complaineth  ;  '  My  skin  is 
 bltck  upon  me,  and  my  bones  are  burnt  with 
 liei-t,'  Job  XXX.  30;  and  Jeremiah  lamei.teth 
 
SONG   OF    SONGS. 
 
 *  I  am  black  and  comely,  O  ye  daughters  of  Jerusalem :  as  the 
 tents  of  Kedar,  as  the  curtains  of  Solomon.  ®  Look  not  upon  me, 
 because  I  am  blackish;  because  the  sun  hath  looked  down  upon 
 
 instructed  in  the  way  of  the  Lord  ;  as  may 
 be  gathered  by  Song  v.  8,  9;  vi.  1.  As  the 
 villages  belonging  to  a  city  are  usually  called 
 the  daughters  of  that  city,  1  Chroii.  vii.  28  ; 
 Num.xxi.  25;  so  Jerusalem,  which  is  above,  is 
 '  the  mother  of  us  all,'  Gal.  iv.  26;  whose 
 daughters  are  the  particular  churches  and 
 Christians  called  virgins,  2  Cor.  xi.  2  ;  Rev. 
 xjv.  4.  And  Sodom  and  Samaria  are  pro- 
 phesied of,  that  they  should  be  given  to  Jer- 
 usalem for  daughters,  Ezek.  xvi.  61.  And 
 thus  in  Ps.  xlv.  13,  14,  the  king's  daughter 
 (the  church)  is  brought  unto  the  king  in  rai- 
 ment of  needle-work  ;  and  virgins  her  friends 
 after  her.  Such  are  here  comforted  against 
 the  scandal  of  the  cross,  and  infirmities  which 
 accompany  the  church  in  this  world.  Tents  \ 
 OF  Kedar,]  Kedar  was  the  second  son  of  Ish-  \ 
 niael.  Gen.  xxv.  13.  His  posterity  (which 
 were  still  called  by  his  name)  dwelt  in  tents 
 in  the  deserts  of  Arabia  ;  fed  cattle,  and  were 
 given  to  their  bow,  and  wars.  See  Is.  xxi.  ' 
 13—17;  xlii.  11  ;  Ezek.  xxvii.  21.  And 
 the  psalmist  laraenteth  his  state, that  he  dwelt 
 '  with  the  tents  of  Kedar;'  which  he  after  ex- 
 plaineth,  '  with  him  that  hateth  peace,'  Ps. 
 cxx.  5,  6.  And  Kedar  by  interpretation 
 signifielh  black;  and  the  Kedarens  that  dwelt 
 in  tents  had  thereof  their  name  Scenites,  (as 
 if  we  should  say  Tentaries),  and  their  tents 
 were  of  hair- cloth,  made  of  goats'  hair,  and 
 in  them  they  dwelt, '  and  had  no  other  house,' 
 as  is  reported  by  Pliny,  lib.  vi.  cap.  28  ;  and 
 Solinus  Polyhist,  in  cap.  36.  Here  therefore 
 the  church,  (which  is  called  '  the  tents  of 
 Jacob,'  Jer.  xxx.  IS  ;  and  'the  tents  of  Ju- 
 dah,'  Zach.  xii.  7),  is  for  her  affliction?,  per- 
 secutions, pilgrimages,  and  many  infirmities; 
 in  outward  view  of  the  world,  like  to  the  black 
 and  hairy  tents  of  Kedar,  or  such  as  dwelt  in 
 them.  Curtains  of  Soi-omon,]  These  are 
 to  set  forth  her  comeliness,  as  Kedar's  tents 
 did  her  blackness.  And  though  curtains 
 sometimes  signify  tents,  as  the  ark  of  the 
 Lord  remained  under  curtains,!  Chron.  xvii. 
 1  ;  and  '  Enlarge  the  place  of  thy  tents,  and 
 let  them  stretch  forth  thy  curtains,'  Is.  liv.  8; 
 yet  Solomon's  curtains  here  seem  rather  to 
 mean  the  goodly  hangings  that  were  in  his 
 house,  and  about  his  bed.  For  Solomon  dwelt 
 not  in  tents,  but  having  riches,  and  wealth, 
 and  honour,  such  as  no  kings  had,  2  Chron. 
 i.  12,  builded  him  house?,  Eccl.  ii.  4,  and  one 
 which  was  thirteen  years  in  building,  1  Kings 
 vii.  1 ;  and  for  his  queen,  Pharaoh's  daugh- 
 ter, he  builded  an  house,  1  Kings  ix.  24.  So 
 though   the  church  be  outwardly  black  like 
 
 the  blackness  of  the  Nazarites'  visage.  Lam. 
 iv.  8.  And  here,  in  the  following  verse,  the 
 church  showeth  her  blackness  to  be  because  the 
 sun  had  looked  down  upon  her  ;  and  the 
 scorching  of  the  sun  is  by  our  Saviour  ex- 
 pounded tribulation  or  persecution  arising 
 because  of  the  word.  Matt.  xiii.  6,  20,  21. 
 It  may  also  imply  her  blackness  by  sin,  in 
 respect  of  her  own  negligence,  which  she 
 acknowledgeth  in  the  end  of  ver.  6;  and  in 
 respect  of  both,  her  blackness  by  sorrow  and 
 mourning  for  her  present  miseries  ;  as  black 
 colour  was  the  habit  of  mourners  :  '  For  the 
 hurt  of  the  daughter  of  my  people  am  I  hurt ; 
 I  am  black  :  astonishment  hath  taken  hold  on 
 me,'  Jer.  viii.  21.  Thus  the  church  is  par- 
 taker of  the  afflictions  of  Christ,  at  whom 
 many  were  astonished,  '  his  visage  was  so 
 marred  more  than  any  man  ;  and  his  form 
 more  than  the  sons  of  men,'  Is.  lii.  14.  And 
 COMELY,]  Or,  but  comely ;  and  is  here  by 
 way  of  opposition  :  though  I  am  black,  yet  am 
 I  comely  also.  The  Heb,  navah,  signifieth 
 ••omely,  beautiful,  amiable,  and  to  be  desired. 
 The  Gr.  here  translateth  it,  goodly  or  /air, 
 and  in  ver.  \0,  beautiful.  So  the  apostle,  in 
 Rom.  X.  15,  expoundeth  it  beautiful,  from 
 Is.  lii.  7.  This  comeliness  of  the  spouse  is 
 afterwards  showed  to  be  both  in  her  sight  or 
 countenance,  Song  ii,  14,  and  in  her  speech, 
 Song  iv.  3.  And  as  blackness  is  in  the  co- 
 lour and  skin  ;  so  comeliness  is  in  the  parts, 
 features,  and  proportion  of  the  body,  which 
 the  church  hath  by  her  creation  or  new  birth, 
 as  she  is  the  workmanship  of  God,  '  created 
 in  Christ  Jesus  unto  good  works,' Eph.  ii.  10. 
 Thus  was  she  black  in  herself,  but  comely  in 
 Christ ;  for  God's  '  strength  is  made  perf.  ct 
 in  weakness  ;'  therefore  the  apostle  said, '  Most 
 gladly  will  I  rather  glory  in  my  infirmities, 
 that  the  power  of  Christ  may  rest  upon  me, 
 (or  dwell  in  me)  ;  therefore  I  take  pleasure 
 in  infirmities,  in  reproaches,  in  necessities, 
 in  persecutions,  in  distresses  forChrist's  sake, 
 for  when  I  am.  weak,  then  am  I  strong,' 2  Cor. 
 xii.  9,  10.  And  again,  '  We  are  troubled  on 
 every  side,  yet  not  distressed  ;  perplexed,  but 
 not  id  despair;  persecuted,  but  not  forsaken; 
 cast  down,  but  not  destroyed  ;  always  bearing 
 about  in  the  body  the  dying  of  the  Lord 
 Jesus,  that  the  life  also  of  the  Lord  Jesus 
 mi'^ht  be  made  manifest  in  our  body,'  2 
 Cor.  iv.  8 — 10.  Daughters  of  Jerusa- 
 lem,] To  these  she  speaketh  again  in  chap, 
 ii.  7  ;  iii.  5,  10  ;  v.  8,  16  ;  viii.  4.  So 
 they  were  the  friends  of  Christ  and  his  church, 
 the  elect   of  God,  though   not  yet   perfectly 
 
CHAPTER    I. 
 
 687 
 
 me  :  the  sons  of  my  mother  have  been  angry  with  me ;  they  made 
 me  the  keeper  of  the  vmeyards,  my  vineyard  which  is  mine,  I  have 
 not  kept. 
 
 Kedar's  tents,  yet  is  she  inwardly  beautiful 
 as  Solomon's  curtains  ;  for,  '  The  king's 
 daughter  is  all  glorious  within,'  Ps.  xlv.  14. 
 The  Chald.  paraphraseth  on  this  verse  thus  ; 
 •  When  the  house  of  Israel  made  the  calf,  (Ex. 
 xxxii.)  their  faces  were  black,  like  the  sons 
 of  Cash  (the  Ethiopians)  which  remain  in  the 
 tabernacles  of  Kedar ;  and  when  they  turned 
 by  repentance,  and  were  forgiven,  the  bright- 
 ness of  the  glory  of  their  faces  was  increased, 
 like  the  angels;  for  that  they  made  the  cur- 
 '  tains  for  the  tabernacle,  and  the  divine  ma- 
 jesty dwelt  among  them  ;  and  Moses  their 
 master  went  up  to  the  firmament,  and  made 
 peace  between  them  and  their  king." 
 
 Ver.  6. — Look  not  upon  me,  J  Or,  Be- 
 hold me  not,  to  wit,  with  contempt  for  my 
 blackness  ;  that  is,  despise  me  not,  as  in  Job 
 xli.  34.  '  He  beholdeth  all  high  things,'  that 
 is,  despiseth  them.  Or,  look  not  upon  7ne, 
 with  delight  and  gladness  for  my  affliction  ; 
 as  in  Obad.  v.  12,  *  Thou  shouldst  not  have 
 looked  on  the  day  of  thy  brother.'  Or,  look 
 not  upon  me  with  astonishment,  as  the  apos- 
 tle teacheth,  '  That  no  man  should  be  moved 
 for  these  afflictions  ;  for  yourselves  know  that 
 we  are  appointed  thereunto,'  1  Thess.  iii.  3. 
 Blackish,]  Or,  somewhat  black ;  in  Gr., 
 "  made  black."  The  old  Latin  version  trans- 
 lateth  it,  "  brown."  The  form  of  the  Heb. 
 word  here  differing  from  the  former,  seemeth 
 to  diminish  the  signification  ;  as  in  Lev.  xiii. 
 19,  a  word  in  the  like  form  meaneth,  some- 
 what reddish.  By  this  she  would  teach  not 
 to  judge  of  her  estate  by  her  skin,  by  the  out- 
 ward appearance,  where  afflictions  and  infir- 
 mities only  are  to  be  seen.  The  sun  hath 
 LOOKED  DOWN,]  Hereby  afflictions  and  per- 
 secutions are  meant,  as  that  in  the  parable, 
 '  When  the  sun  was  up,  they  were  scorched ;' 
 is  expounded,  '  When  tribulation  or  persecu- 
 tion ariseth,  because  of  the  word,  they  are 
 offended,' Matt.  xiii.  6,  21.  Soshe  signifieth 
 that  this  her  black  hue  was  not  her  proper 
 colour,  who  is  fair  in  Christ  her  beloved, 
 Song  i.  8,  15,  but  by  accident ;  God  from 
 heaven  thus  chastising  her  sins,  and  exercis- 
 ing her  faith  and  patience;  Lam.  i.  6,  13,  14, 
 &c.  The  sons  of  my  mother,]  That  is, 
 either  the  children  of  the  church,  false  breth- 
 ren, false  prophets,  and  deceivers  ;  or,  inor- 
 dinate lusts, and  sins  which  dwelt  in  her,  and 
 were  conceived  within  her  in  the  womb  ;  for 
 with  both  these  is  the  spouse  of  Christ 
 afflicted.  Of  the  first,  David  complaineth, 
 '  I  am  become  a  stranger  unto  my  brethren, 
 and  an  alien  unto  my  mother's  sons,*Ps.lxix. 
 
 9.  And  the  apostle  saith,  'Of  your  own  selves 
 shall  men  arise,  speaking  perverse  things,  to 
 draw  away  disciples  after  them,'  Acts  xx.  30. 
 '  Such  are  called  by  the  name  of  Israel,  and 
 are  come  forth  out  of  the  waters  of  Judah, 
 which  sware  by  the  name  of  the  Lord,  and 
 make  mention  of  the  God  of  Israel,  but  not 
 in  truth,  nor  in  righteousness,  for  they  call 
 themselves  of  the  holy  city,'  Is.  xlviii.  1,  2, 
 Such  might  be  called  the  children  of  her  mo- 
 ther (though  not  of  her  father), false  brethren, 
 among  whom  the  saints  are  often  in  peril. 
 Gal.  ii.  4  ;  2  Cor.  xi.  26 ;  who,  pretending 
 faith  and  godliness,  do  dangerously  oppose  the 
 same  ;  as  the  true  church,  prophets,  Christ 
 himself,  and  his  disciples,  have  found  in  all 
 ages.  Of  the  second,  the  apostles  tell  us  of 
 '  lusts  that  war  in  our  members,'  Jam.  iv.  1, 
 •  of  fleshly  lusts,  which  war  against  the  soul,' 
 1  Pet.  ii.  11;  and  these  may  be  called  our  mo- 
 ther's children,  because  in  sin  and  in  iniquity 
 we  have  been  conceived  and  brouglit  forth, 
 Ps.  Ii.  7  ;  which  sin  reviveth  in  us  when  the 
 commandment  of  God  cometb,  deceiveth  us, 
 and  slayeth  us,  and  under  it  we  are  sold  ;  so 
 that  the  good  which  we  would,  that  do  we  not ; 
 but  the  evil  which  we  would  not,  that  do  we, 
 Rom.  vii.  9,  11, 14,  19.  Angry  with  me,] 
 Or,  incensed  against  me,  or,  inflamed  in  me, 
 to  wit,  with  wrath  ;  to  resist,  fight,  and  war 
 in  me  and  against  me,  as  the  Gr.  version 
 saith,  "  fought  in  me,"  or  against  me.  So 
 this  phrase  is  used  in  Is.  xli.  11:'  All  they 
 that  were  incensed  against  thee  shall  be 
 ashamed,'  &c.;  and  in  Is.  xlv.  24,  '  All  that 
 are  incensed  against  the  Lord  shall  be 
 ashamed  ;'  which  being  spoken  there  of  out- 
 ward enemies,  may  also  be  applied  to  our  in- 
 ward lusts,  as  in  Jam.  iv.  1;  1  Pet.  ii.  11. 
 They  made  me,]  Or,  set,  put,  assigned  me. 
 The  keeper  of  the  vineyards,]  Where 
 the  sua  hath  burnt  me;  as  in  Mat.  xx.  1,12, 
 they  that  labour  in  the  vineyards  do  complain 
 how  '  they  have  borne  the  burden  and  heat  of 
 the  day.'  So,  in  the  captivity  of  Babylon, 
 the  poor  of  the  land  of  Israel  were  left  to  be 
 vine  dressers  and  husbandmen,  2  Kings  xxv. 
 12.  And  spiritually  it  is  said  unto  the  church, 
 '  The  sons  of  the  aliens  shall  be  your  plough- 
 men and  your  vine  dressers,  Is.  Ixi.  5  ;  and 
 the  kingdom  of  God  committed  into  the  hands 
 of  the  Jews,  is  like  unto  a  vineyard  let  out 
 unto  husbandmen,  Mark  xxi.  33,  34  ;  and  ia 
 Song  viii.  11;  'Solomon  let  out  the  vine- 
 yard unto  keepers.'  But  here  the  vineyard, 
 opposed  to  her  own  vineyard,  seems  to  mean 
 false  churches,  and  in  them  the  corruption  of 
 
688 
 
 SONG   OF    SONGS. 
 
 ^  Tell  me,  0  thou,  whom  my  soul  loveth,  where  tliou  feedest, 
 where  thou  makest  to  rest  at  noon  :  for  why  sliould  I  be  as  one 
 that  turneth  aside  unto  the  flocks  of  thy  companions  ? 
 
 religion,  whereunto  her  mother's  son  sought 
 to  draw  her;  setting  her  to  observe  the  ordi- 
 uaiices  and  traditions  of  men,  or  otherwise 
 to  undergo  their  cruelty  and  wrath.  Thus  the 
 Pharisees  made  the  word  of  God  of  none 
 eflect  through  their  tradition  which  they  de- 
 livered, Mark  vii.  13;  and  bound  'heavy 
 burdens,  and  grievous  to  be  borne,  and  laid 
 them  on  men's  shoulders,'  Mat.  xxiii.  4  ; 
 and  so  did  false  teachers  in  the  Christian 
 churches.  Acts  xv.  1,  10  ;  Gal.  vi.  12,  13  ; 
 Col.  ii.  20 — 23.  Myvinevard  which  is 
 JUNE,]  Or,  jvhich  appertaineth  to  me  :  the 
 keeping  whereof  is  committed  to  me  of  God. 
 This  phrase  is  again  used  in  Song  viii.  12, 
 '  My  vineyard,  which  is  mine,  is  before  me.' 
 Spiritually  the  vineyard  is  the  church,  as  in 
 Is.  V.  7,  '  The  vineyard  of  the  Lord  of  hosts, 
 is  the  house  of  Israel,  and  the  men  of  Judah 
 his  pleasant  plant  ;'  the  keeping  of,  or  labour- 
 ing in  this  vineyard,  is  the  performing  of  the 
 charge  and  duty  which  God  hath  laid  upon 
 every  one  therein  ;  that  so  they  may  yield 
 unto  him  the  fruits  of  his  own  graces.  Mat. 
 xxi.  33,  34  ;  Is.  v.  2,  7.  I  HaVE  not  kept,] 
 Either  through  her  own  infirmity  or  negli- 
 gence, or  other's  tyranny,  or  both.  For,  as 
 the  apostle  complaineth,  that  he  did  not 
 what  he  would,  but  what  he  hated  ;  and 
 found  not  how  '  to  perform  that  which  is  good,' 
 Rom.  vii.  15,  IS.  So  of  the  slothful  man, 
 Solomon  showeth,  how  he  went  'by  the  vine- 
 yards of  the  man  void  of  understanding,  and 
 lo  it  was  all  grown  over  with  thorns,  nettles 
 had  covered  the  face  thereof,'  &c.  Prov.  xxiv. 
 30,  31.  And  by  outward  violence  and  per- 
 secution, the  church  maybe  scattered  abroad, 
 Acts  viii.  1  ;  and  when  Judah  was  carried 
 captive,  '  the  solemn  feasts  and  sabbaths 
 were  forgotten  in  Zion,'  &c.,  Lam.  ii.  G,  &c. 
 And  oftentimes  for  the  sins  of  his  peopleGod 
 sendeth  persecution  and  afflictions  upon  them. 
 Is.  v.  2,  5,  6  ;  Lam.  i.  14,  18,  22.  The 
 Chald.  paraphrase  expoundeth  this  verse  thus: 
 "  The  congregation  of  Israel  said  before  the 
 peoples.  Despise  me  not  because  I  am  blacker 
 than  you,  because  I  have  done  works  like 
 yours,  and  have  worshipped  the  sun  and 
 moon  ;  for  false  prophets  they  have  been  the 
 cause  that  the  fierce  wrath  of  the  Lord  hath 
 come  down  upon  me  ;  and  they  learned  me 
 to  serve  your  idols,  and  to  walk  in  your  sta- 
 tutes ;  but  the  Lord  of  the  world,  who  is  my 
 God,  him  have  I  not  served,  nor  walked  in 
 his  statutes,  neither  have  I  kept  his  precepts 
 and  his  law." 
 Ver.  7 — Tell  ME,]Or,  shotv,  declare  unto 
 
 me.  A  third  request  which  the  church  maketh 
 unto  Christ,  for  instruction  in  the  administra- 
 tion of  his  kingdom  here  on  earth  ;  that  as  he 
 had  formerly  made  her  partakerof  his  heavenly 
 calling,  so  he  would  direct  her  further  into 
 the  place  where,  and  maimer  how,  he  feedeth 
 his  flock,  in  his  public  assembly  the  church, 
 (whereunto  the  Lord  addeth  daily  such  as 
 shall  be  saved,  Acts  ii.  47);  that  there  she 
 may  be  under  his  government,  enjoy  his 
 ordinances,  increase  in  knowledge,  faith,  and 
 all  other  graces  ;  may  be  strengthened  against 
 temptations  and  afflictions.  So  men  are 
 commanded, '  Seek  the  Lord  and  his  strength; 
 seek  his  face  continiially,'  Ps.  cv.  4  ;  and 
 '  Unto  the  place  which  the  Lord  your  God 
 shall  choose  out  of  all  your  tribes,  to  put  his 
 name  there  ;  even  unto  his  habitation  shall 
 ye  seek,  and  thither  thou  shalt  come,'  &c., 
 Deut.  xii.  5.  That  place  is  not  always  easy 
 to  be  discerned  ;  for  many  will  falsely  say, 
 '  Lo  here  is  Christ,  or  lo  he  is  there,'  Mark 
 xiii.  21,  22;  and  sometimes  Christ,  for  men's 
 sins,  withdraweth  himself,  chap.  v.  6.  God 
 hideth  his  face,  Deut.  xxxii.  20,  and  saith, 
 '  I  will  not  feed  you,'  Zach.  xi.  9.  Some- 
 times the  woman  is  forced  '  to  fly  into  the 
 wilderness,'  where  she  is  nourished  of  God 
 many  days.  Rev.  xii.  14;  and  sometimes  the 
 state  of  the  church  is  such,  as  that  it  doth  not 
 enjoy  for  the  present  the  pastors  that  should 
 feed  and  guide  thesame,Actsxiv.21 — 23;  Tit. 
 i.  5.  My  SOUL  loveth,]  This  signifleth  un-- 
 feigned  and  fervent  love,  with  a  longing  de- 
 sire to  enjoy  the  fellowship  of  her  beloved  ; 
 therefore  she  useth  this  phrase  again,  when 
 in  the  absence  of  Christ,  she  earnestly  seek- 
 eth  for  him  in  chap.  iii.  1 — 4.  Like  it  is 
 the  affecting  or  longing  of  the  soul,  in  Gen. 
 xxxiv.  8  ;  the  knitting  of  the  soul,  1  Sam. 
 xviii.  1  ;  the  delighting  of  the  soul,  Is.  xlii. 
 1 ;  and  sundry  the  like.  Where  thou  feed- 
 est,] Or,  how  thou  feedest ;  hoxu  thou  mttk- 
 est  to  rest,  Feedest,]  Heb  ,  wilt  feed, 
 that  is,  art  wont  to  feed,  or  usually  and  con- 
 tinually feedest,  to  wit,  thy  flock  ;  which 
 word  (as  being  easy  to  be  understood)  is  often 
 omitted,  as  in  Gen.  xxxvii.  16  ;  xxix.  7. 
 Feeding  implieth  all  the  duties  of  a  pastor  or 
 herder,  as  to  lead  in  and  out,  to  give  pasture 
 and  water  to  govern  with  the  rod  and  staff, 
 &c.,  Ps.  xxiii.  Wherefore  kings  are  said  to 
 feed  as  pastors,  Ps.  Ixxviii.  70 — 72.  So 
 Christ,  as  king  and  great  pastor  of  the  sheep, 
 Heb.  xiii.  20,  doth  by  his  ministry,  with  his 
 Spirit,  word,  seals,  censures,  &c.,  feed  his 
 people  ;  for  whom  he  laid  down  his  life  ;    he 
 
CHAPTER    I. 
 
 689 
 
 ^  If  thou  know  not,  0  thou  fairest  among  women  :   go  thy  way 
 forth  by  the  footsteps  of  the  flock,  and  feed  thy  kids   beside    thy 
 
 calleth  them  by  name,  leadeth  them  out,  go- 
 eth  before  them,  saveth  them  from  wolves 
 that  would  devour,  giveth  tliem  eternal  life, 
 and  tliey  shall  never  perish,  John  x.  Of 
 him  it  is  prophesied,  '  He  shall  feed  his  flock 
 like  a  shepherd  ;  he  shall  gather  the  lambs 
 with  his  arm,  and  carry  them  in  his  bosom  ; 
 he  shall  gently  lead  those  that  are  with 
 young,'  Is.  xl.  11.  Therefore  she  desireth 
 to  be  under  his  guidance,  and  in  his  fold,  tliat 
 lie  feeding  her  she  may  not  lack  ;  or  desireth 
 to  know  the  manner  how  Christ  feedeth,  that 
 she  likewise  may  so  feed  her  kids,  as  ver.  8. 
 Makest  to  rest,]  Or,  t)iakeii  to  lie  doivn, 
 and  so  givest  rest  to  thy  flock.  Both  these 
 works  of  grace  God  promiseth  to  his  people, 
 with  other  the  like,  saying,  '  I  will  both 
 search  my  sheep,  and  seek  them  out ;  I  will 
 feed  them  in  a  good  pasture ;  I  will  feed 
 my  flock,  and  I  will  cause  them  to  lie 
 down,  saith  the  Lord  God  ;  I  will  seek  that 
 which  was  lost,  and  bring  again  that  which 
 was  driven  away,  and  will  bind  up  that  which 
 was  broken,  and  will  strengthen  that  which 
 was  sick  ;  but  I  will  destroy  the  fat  and  the 
 strong,  and  will  feed  them  with  judgment,' 
 Ezek.  xxxiv.  11,  14  — 16.  At  noon,]  la 
 the  heat  of  the  day  ;  signifying  the  heat  of 
 persecution,  tribulation,  temptation  ;  and 
 whatsoever  may  cause  the  disquiet  and  grief 
 of  his  flock.  In  the  midst  whereof  Christ 
 giveth  safe  repose  unto  his  sheep,  which  have 
 peace  in  him,  though  in  the  world  they  have 
 affliction,  for  he  hath  overcome  the  world, 
 John  xvi.  33.  '  They  shall  not  hunger  nor 
 thirst,  neither  shall  the  heat  nor  sun  smite 
 them  ,  for  he  that  hath  mercy  on  them,  shall 
 lead  them,  even  by  the  springs  of  water  shall 
 he  guide  them,'  Is.  xlix.  10.  That  turn- 
 ETH  ASIDE,]  Or,  as  one  that  iynvrappeth,  ov, 
 that  covereth  herself,  or,  that  is  covered  or 
 veiled.  This  latter  sense  the  Gr.  version 
 giveth,  according  to  the  usual  signification  of 
 the  Heb.  word.  And  this  covering  either  is 
 a  sign  of  sorrow  and  shame,  as  mourners  used 
 to  cover  their  faces,  Ezek.  xxiv.  17  ;  or,  of 
 lightness  and  dishonesty,  as  Thamar  was 
 thought  *  to  be  an  harlot,  because  she  had 
 covered  her  face,'  Gen.  xxxviii.  14,  15.  So 
 here  the  spouse  desireth  to  ki\ow  where  Christ 
 feedeth,  lest  she  should  wander  about  and 
 seek  him  with  sorrow,  and  be  by  others  re- 
 puted an  harlot,  for  she  would  eschew  all 
 appearance  of  evil.  Or,  by  saying,  '  as  one 
 that  turneth  aside,'  she  intimateth  her  peril, 
 lest  through  want  of  him  whom  she  loveth, 
 she  fall  into  the  hands  of  others,  which  boast 
 to  be  Christ's  compaaious,  and  so  in  her  faith 
 Vol.  II.  4 
 
 and  manners  be  corrupted  ;  as  were  the 
 churches  of  Galatia,  Gal.  i.  6,  7.  For  when 
 men  have  not  their  abiding  in  the  Lord's  in- 
 heritance, they  are  in  danger  to  be  drawn 
 unto  the  service  of  other  gods,  as  David 
 acknowledgeth  in  1  Sam.  xxvi.  19.  Flocks 
 OF  Tiiy  COMPANIONS,]  Or,  herds  of  thy  fel- 
 lows, iov  gneder  is  both  n  fiock  and  an  herd, 
 Joel  i.  IS.  It  seemeth  here  to  mean  the 
 congregations  of  false  Chrisls,  and  false  pro- 
 phets, which  come  in  his  name,  'saying,  I 
 am  Christ,  and  do  deceive  many,'  Mat.  xxiv. 
 5,  24;  2  Pet.  ii.  1,  2.  But  Christ's  sheep 
 '  follow  him,  for  they  know  his  voice,  and  a 
 stranger  they  will  not  follow,  but  will  flee 
 from  him,  for  they  know  not  the  voice  of 
 strangers,'  John  x.  4,  5  ;  but  they  all  have 
 one  shepherd,  Ezek.  xxxvii.  24.  And  as 
 other  shepherds  are  not  to  be  followed,  so 
 neither  other  flocks  or  herds  ;  for  God's  elect 
 shall  inherit  his  mountain,  and  his  servants 
 shall  dwell  there.  Is.  Ixv.  9.  In  Jer.  vi.  2, 
 3,  '  the  daughter  of  Zion  is  likened  to  a 
 comely  and  delicate  woman:'  her  enemies  are 
 likened  to  '  shepherds  with  their  flocks.'  Of 
 the  Hebs.,  Solomon  Jarchi  expoundeth  this 
 passage  thus,  "  Tell  me,  O  thou  whom  my 
 soul  loveth;  now  the  Holy  Spirit  turneth  and 
 likeneth  her  to  a  flock,  lovingly  affected  unto 
 the  pastor.  The  congregation  of  Israel  saith 
 before  him,  as  a  woman  to  her  husband,  Tell 
 me,  O  thou  whom  my  soul  loveth,  wheie  thou 
 feedest  thy  flock,  among  these  wolves  amidst 
 whom  theyare ;  and  where  thou  makest  them  to 
 rest  at  noon,  in  this  captivity, which  is  a  time  of 
 tribulation  unto  them,  as  tlie  noon-tide  which 
 is  a  time  of  tribulation  unto  the  flock.  And 
 if  thou  sayest,  Why  art  thou  so  careful  ?  This 
 is  not  for  thine  honour,  that  I  should  be  like 
 a  mourner,  covering  the  lip,  weeping  for  my 
 flock,  by  the  flocks  of  other  shepherds,  whicli 
 feed  their  flocks  as  thou  dost;  as  if  she  should 
 say,  Among  the  troops  of  the  people  that  are 
 joined  to  othergods,  and  have  kingsaiid  princes 
 that  manage  or  govern  them."  The  Chald. 
 paraphrast  explaineth  it  thus  :  "  When  the 
 time  was  come,  that  Moses  the  prophet 
 should  he  dissolved  out  of  the  world,  he  said 
 before  the  Lord,  I  know  that  this  people  will 
 sin,  and  shall  go  into  captivity  ;  now  show 
 thou  unto  me,  how  they  shall  be  governed, 
 and  dwell  among  the  people,  whose  decrees 
 are  grievous,  as  the  heat  and  scorching  of  the 
 sun  at  noon  in  the  midst  of  summer.  And 
 why  shall  they  wander  up  and  down  among 
 the  flocks  of  the  sons  of  Esau  and  Ishmael, 
 which  do  associate  unto  thee  their  errors 
 (their  idols)  for  companions  ?" 
 S 
 
690 
 
 SONG  OF   SONGS. 
 
 Ver.  8. — If  thou  know  not,]  Tliat  is, 
 forasmuch  as,  or  seeing  that  thou  knowest 
 not  ;  as  in  Num.  xxii.  20,  if  the  men  he 
 come  to  call  thee,  that  is,  forasmuch  as  they 
 are  come.  Here  Christ  beginnetii  to  speak 
 unto  his  people  with  words  of  comfort  and 
 instruction  ;  and  alter  proeeedeth  to  show  the 
 power  and  glory  of  the  church  adorned  with 
 j*  I  his  graces.  Solomon  Jarchi  saith,  "  This  is 
 <  jthe  answer  of  the  pastor."  Thou  k\ow  not,] 
 Or,  thou  thyself  knowest  not.  Heb.,  "  If 
 thou  know  not  to  thee; ''or, for  thyself;  which 
 latter  words  are  thought  to  be  redundant,  and 
 are  therefore  omitted  in  most  translations, 
 though  here  it  may  have  a  commodious  sense, 
 to  signify  the  ignorance  which  she  hath  ia 
 herself,  upon  acknowledgment  whereof  Christ 
 informeth  her.  Solomon  Jarclii  expoundeth 
 it,  "  If  thou  know  not  whether  thou  shouldst 
 go  to  feed  thy  flock,  thou  fairest  among  wo- 
 men, because  the  pastor  he  hath  ceased  to 
 \  govern  or  manage  them."  Fairest,]  Heb., 
 fair  or  beautiful  among  iromen,  whereby  is 
 meant,  more  fair  than  other  women,  or  fair- 
 est of  woman  kind,  as  the  mother  of  our  Lord 
 is  called,  '  Blessed  among  women,'  Luke  i. 
 28,  42  ;  that  is,  most  blessed,  or  more 
 blessed  than  other  women.  So  the  lion  is 
 said  to  be  strong  among  beasts,  that  is, 
 strongest, Piov.  xxx.  30.  The  Ucb.Japhah, 
 signifieth/azVor  beautiful,  not  only  in  colour, 
 but  in  comely  proportion  and  elegance,  such 
 as  draweth  love  and  liking;  for  the  same  word 
 is  attributed  sometimes  to  cattle,  Gen.  xli.  2; 
 to  trees,  Jer.  xi.  16;  and  to  every  thing  that 
 God  made,  Eccl.  ii.  11.  And  the  church  is 
 here  called  by  Christ,  (and  after  by  her  friends, 
 Song  V.  9;  vi.  1),  'the  fairest  among  wo- 
 men, by  reason  oJ  the  graces,  the  spiritual 
 beauty  of  faith,  hope,  love,  patience,  &c. , 
 wherewith  God  in  Christ  hath  beautified  her, 
 who  by  nature  was  deformed  and  loathesome, 
 as  is  showed  in  Ezek.  xvi.,  where  her  nati- 
 vity was  of  the  land  of  Canaan,  of  Amorites 
 and  Hittites,  ver.  3  ;  she  was  cast  out  to  the 
 loathing  of  her  person,  in  the  day  that  she 
 was  born,  ver.  5  ;  she  was  polluted  in  her 
 own  blood,  ver.  6,  till  God  gave  her  life,  and 
 excellent  ornaments,  ver.  7,  covered  her 
 nakedness,  ver.  S,  washed  away  her  bloods, 
 ver.  9,  clothed,  girded,  decked  her  with  orna- 
 ments, chains,  jewels,  &c. ;  and  so  she  became 
 exceeding  beautiful,  verses  10,  13.  She 
 being  privy  to  her  own  infirmities,  called  her- 
 self black,  ver.  5  ;  but  Christ  here  calleth 
 her  fair,  and  magnifieth  her  beauty  in  ver. 
 15,  and  often  in  this  song  ;  because  he  hath 
 sanctified  and  cleansed  her, 'with  the  washing 
 of  water  by  the  word,  that  he  might  present 
 her  to  himself  a  glorious  church,  not  having 
 spot  or  wrinkle,  or  any  such  thing,'  but  that 
 she   should  be  'holy  and  without  blemish,' 
 
 Eph.  V.  26,  27.     Thus,  if  we  will  condemn  ' 
 
 ourselves,  God  will  justify  us  ;  and  when  we 
 are  weak,  then  are  we  strong,  2  Cor.  xii.  10.  ] 
 
 And  as  we  increase   in   obedience  and  sane-  : 
 
 tification,  so  doth  the  love  of  Christ  increase  1 
 
 towards  us,  Ps   xlv.  II,  12.      Go  thy  way  ' 
 
 roRTH,]Ov,  yet  thee  out,  go  forth  thou.   Heb.  ' 
 
 go  out  for  thee,  or  go  forth  for  thyself.  As 
 God  said  to  Abram,  yo  thou,  or  for  thyself. 
 Gen.  xii.  1  ;  so  here  Christ  calleth  forth  his  ' 
 
 church  from  sitting  still  in  her  mournful 
 estate,  that  she  should  not  only  wish  and 
 desire,  but  endeavour  and  put  forth  herself 
 to  do  the  works  of  her  calling,  to  feed  her 
 kids,  and  to  go  out  to  meet  the  bridegroom. 
 Mat.  XXV.  6.  '  For,  not  every  one  that  saith 
 unto  Christ,  Lord,  Lord,  shall  enter  into  the 
 kingdom  of  heaven  ;  but  he  that  doth  the 
 will  of  his  Father  which  is  in  heaven,'  Mat. 
 vii.  21.  By  the  footsteps  of  the  flock,] 
 Or,  in  the  footsteps  of  the  sheep,  that  is,  go 
 in  those  ways,  and  do  those  works,  which  the 
 sheep  or  flock  of  Christ  have  gone  in  and 
 done  before  thee.  Footsteps  are  the  print  of  j 
 the  feet  in  the  way  that  is  trodden  before  us ;  I 
 
 and  as  Christ  himself  hath  left  us  an  example,  | 
 
 in  his  doings  and  sufferings,  '  that  we  should  j 
 
 follow  his  footsteps,'  1  Pet.  ii.  21  ;  and  we  are 
 to  be  imitators  or  follower$  of  God,  Eph.  v.  1,  ' 
 
 so  should  we  be  of  the   flock  of  God,  and  of         j 
 godly  pastors,  in  ihat  faith  and  order  which 
 they  have  walked  in  before  us  ;  as  it  is  said,  ] 
 
 '  Be  ye  imitators  of  me,  even  as  I  also  am  of 
 Christ,'  1  Cor.  xi.  1  ;  and  '  Remember  your 
 guides,  who  have  spoken  unto  you  the  word  of 
 God  :  whose   faith,  imitate  ye  ;   considering         | 
 the  issue  of  their  conversation,'  Heb.  xiii.  7. 
 So  likewise   of  the  flock  of  Christ,  as  it  is 
 said,  '  Ye  brethren  became   imitators  of  the 
 churches  of  God,'  &c.,  1  Thess.  ii.  14  ;  and         \ 
 '  we  desire,  &c.,  that  ye   be  not  slothful,  but         I 
 imitators  of  them  who  through   faith  and  pa-  j 
 
 tience  inherit  the  promises,'  Heb.  vi.ll,  12.  j 
 
 The   flock   here    spoken    of,  seemeth    to    be         ' 
 opposed  unto  the  flocks  or  herds  in  ver.  7,  as         j 
 Christ  is  to  his  companions  or  fellows  there         ' 
 mentioned  ;   who,  as  he  is  the  one  great  pas- 
 tor, so  hath  he   generally  one  fold  and  flock, 
 John  X.  16  ;   Ezek.  xxxiv.  22,  23  ;  which  is 
 his  church,  as  he   saith,  'And   ye  my  flock,         | 
 the    flock  of  my   pasture,  are    men,'   Ezek. 
 xxxiv.  31.    Their  footsteps  are  their  faith  and 
 works  set  forth  in  the  scriptures ;  as  wt  are         , 
 taught  to  '  walk  in  the  footsteps  of  the   faith         j 
 of  our  father  Abraham,' Rom.  iv.  12  ;  and  so         ; 
 of  all  other  our  godly  predecessors,  Heb.  xi.  1, 
 2 — 40  ;   xii.  1  ;   after  whom  we  should  walk 
 '  in  the  same  spirit,  in  the  same  footsteps,*  2 
 Cor. xii.  IS.      And  thus  the  Heb.  also  under-         ] 
 stand   this    place,  as   Jarchi   explaineth    it  ;         ' 
 "  Consider  the  ways  of  thy  first  fathers,  which         i 
 received   my  law,  and   kept  my  charge,  and 
 
CHAPTER    T. 
 
 691 
 
 shepherd's  tents.     ^  I  have  compared  thee,  O  my  love,  to  the  com- 
 pany of  horses  in  the  cliariots  of  Pharaoh.      '"  Thy    checks  are 
 
 my  commandments  ;  and  walk  thou  in  their 
 j    ways."       Likewise    the    Chald.    paraphrast 
 !   saith,  "  The  congregation  which  is  like  to  a 
 i   fair  damsel,  and   whom   my  soul  loveth,  let 
 !   her  walk  in   the  ways   of  the  just  men,  and 
 J   order  her  prayer  by  tlie  mouth  of  her  gover- 
 I  nors,  and  Jet  lier  lead  her  posterity,  and  learn 
 i   her  children  which  are  like  to  tlie  kids  of  the 
 ':   goats,  to  go  unto  the  synagogue,  and  unto  the 
 school,"  &c.      Feed  thy  kids,]   The  flock 
 in     scripture     usually    comprehendeth    both 
 siieep  and  goats,  as  in  Lev.  i.  10;  and  though 
 goats  sometimes  being  opposed  to  sheep,  sig- 
 nify the  wicked  reprobates,  Mat.xxv.  32,33, 
 &c.,    yet  usually  they  figured,  in   the    law. 
 Christian?  given  up  as  sacrifices  to  God ;  and 
 Christ  himself  was  figured  by  goats  and  kids, 
 by  the  apostle's  exposition,  Heb.  ix.  12 — 14; 
 1  Cor.  V.  7,  compared  with  Ex.  xii.  5.      So 
 here  the  kids  signify  young  and  tender  Chris- 
 tians, which   are  to  be   fed  with  the  sincere 
 milk  of  the  word,  that  they  may  grow  there- 
 by, 1  Pet.  ii.  2.   And  soChrist  giveth  charge, 
 '  Feed  my  lambs,  feed  my  sheep,'  John   xxi. 
 15,  16.     And  this  is  the  end  why  the  fairest 
 among  women  is  willed   to  go  out,  that  she 
 may  find  pasture  for  her  kids,  following  herein 
 the  example  of  Christ,  who  leadeth  out  his 
 sheep,  and  putteth  them  forth,  that  they  may 
 find  pasture,  John  x.  3,  4,  9.     Besides  the 
 TENTS,]  Or,  bi/  the  tabernacles  {the  diveUmg- 
 places)  of  the  shepherds.      By  which  those 
 companions  of  Clnist,  ver.  7, seem  here  to  be 
 meant,  such  as  are  'transformed  like  the  min- 
 isters of  righteousness,'  2  Cor.  xi.  15  :   and 
 their  flock  like  the  flock   of  Christ ;  beside 
 their  tents,  (or,  as  may  be  translated,  above 
 them),  are  the  kids  of  Christ  to  be  fed,  whom 
 he  graciously  preserveth  even  in  the  midst  of 
 wolves.     Thus  Solomon  Jarchi    expoundeth 
 i  it,  "  By  other  peoples."      Otherwise  it  may 
 '  be  understood  (as  the  former  sentence)  of  the 
 good  shepherd's  tents,  which  of  old  fed  the 
 flock  of  God  in  faith  and  love,  as  their  footsteps 
 are  left  recorded  in  the  scriptures,  Ps.  Ixxvii. 
 21 :  Ixxviii.  70—72;  Is.  Ixiii.  1 ;  Heb.  xiii.  7. 
 Ver.  9. — I  have  compared,]  Or,  I  have 
 li/ce?ied,  thought  thee  to  be  like.     The  order 
 of  the  words  in  the   Heb.  is  thus  :   "To  the 
 company  of  horses  in  the  cliariots  of  Pharaoh 
 I    have   compared  thee,  O  my  love."       My 
 LOVE,]  Or,  my  fellow  friend ,  my  companion, 
 familiar.    So  named  of  feeding  and  convers- 
 ing together,  and  so  partaking  each  of  others 
 good  or  evil.     In  Gr.  my  neighbotir  or  next. 
 This  title  Christ  giveth  to  his  spouse,  often 
 in  this  Song,  as  after  in  ver.  15  ;  chap.  ii.  2, 
 10  13;  iv.  1,  7;  V.  2;  vi.  4;  and  showeth  the 
 
 reason  on  both  parties  to  his  disciples,  sayingi 
 '  I  have  called  you  friends,  (not  servants)  for 
 all  things  that  I  have  heard  of  my  Father,  I 
 have  made  known  unto  you.'     And, '  Ye  are 
 my  friends,  if  ye  do  whatsoever  I  command 
 you,'  John  xv.  14,  15.      Sometimes  a  husband 
 is  called   by  this  name  friend,  as  in    Jer.  iii. 
 20;    Hos.    iii.    1.       To   the   company  of 
 HORSES,]  Or,  to  7ny  company  of  horses.  Tlie 
 woid  *?<«a/j,  which  being  the  feminine  oi  sus, 
 a  horse,  may  in  propriety  signify  a  mare ;  is 
 here  usually  taken  of  Chi  istian  interpreters, 
 and  of  the  Hebs.,  to  signify  a  company,  or 
 troop  of  horses;  and  so  the  Gr.  ('whidi  also 
 is  tee  hippo  in  the  feminine  gender)  is  some- 
 times used  in  Gr.  authors  for  a  cornpany  of 
 horses.      And   in  the  scripture  phrase,  tlie 
 names  of  beasts,  birds,  &c.,  are  often   used 
 collectively,  as  in  Ex.  xv.  1,  '  the  horse  and 
 his  rider,' for 'the  horses  and  their  riders.' 
 The  Heb.  letter  yod,  which  usually  signifieth 
 mine,  is  sometimes  added  in  tlie  end  of  words 
 without  signification,  as  in  Lam.  i.  1.   How- 
 beit  the  Gr.  version  here  translateth  it,  "  My 
 company  of  horses  ;"  and   it  may  have  good 
 use.     The  horse   is  a  warlike   beast,  as  God 
 describeth  him  in   Job  xxxix.  19 — 25  ;  and 
 Solomon  saith,  'The  horse  is  prepared  against 
 the   day  of  battle,' Prov.   xxi.   31.     In  the 
 CHARIOTS  OF  Pharaoh,]  Pharaoh's  horses  and 
 chariots  were  of  most  request,  as  the  scrip- 
 tures  often    showeth ;    and   therefore    were 
 sought  after  by  Solomon  in  his  trading  with 
 Egypt,  2  Chron.  i.  16,  17.     And  the  prophet 
 saith,  '  Wo  to  them  that  go  down  to  Egypt 
 for   help,   and    stay  on    horses,  and   trust  in 
 chariots  because  they  are  many,'&c.,Is.  xxxi. 
 1  ;  and  in  Ezek.  xvii.  15,  the  king  of  Judah 
 '  sent  his  ambassadors  into   Egypt,  that  they 
 might  give   him  horses,  and   much  people." 
 For  the  meaning  of  this  speech,  it  seemeth  to 
 be  this  :  the  church  being  sent  forth  by  Christ 
 into  the  footsteps  of  the  flock  to  feed  her  kids 
 besides  the  tents  ordwellings  of  the  shepherds; 
 was  presently  to  look   for  troubles  in  itself. 
 Acts  XX.  29,  30  ;  and  opposition  at  the  hands 
 of  those  companions,  forementioned  in  ver.  7, 
 and  their  flocks  ;  as  the  scripture  often  speak- 
 eth  of  contention  among  shepherds,  about  the 
 feeding  and  watering  of  their  flock?.   Gen. 
 xiii.  6,  7;  xxvi.  14,  15,20,21;  Ex.  ii.  16, 
 17;  and  when  God  threateneth  wars  against 
 the  daughter  of  Zion,  he   saith,  '  The  shep- 
 herds with  their  flocks  shall  come  unto  her, 
 they  shall  pitch  their  tents  against  her  round 
 about,'  &c.,  Jer.  vi.  2 — 4.     To  comfort  her, 
 therefore,  against    such   troubles,    the    Lord 
 compareth  her  to  the  troop  of  horses  in  Pha- 
 
692 
 
 SONG    OF   SONGS. 
 
 raoh's  chariots,  under  this  similitude  promis- 
 ing her  victory;  as  in  Zech  x.  3,  he  saith,  by 
 a  like  simile,  *  Mine  anger  was  kindled 
 against  the  shepherds,  and  I  punished  the 
 goats;  for  the  Lord  of  hosts  hath  visited  his 
 flock  the  house  of  Judah,  and  hath  made  them 
 as  his  goodly  horse  in  the  battle,  &c.  And 
 they  shall  be  as  mighty  men,  which  tread 
 down  (their  enemies)in  the  mire  of  the  streets 
 in  the  battle  ;  and  they  shall  fight,  because 
 the  Lord  is  with  them,'  &c.,  ver.  5,  And  if 
 we  read  it,  '  my  company  of  horses,'  it  accord- 
 eth  with  Zech.  x.  30,  where  the  Lord  lik- 
 eneth  them  to  '  his  goodly  horse  ,  and  of  the 
 /Hebs.  Solomon  Jarchi  compareth  it  with  the 
 /  history  in  Ex.  xiv.,  where  God  by  his  power, 
 \  as  with  horses,  gave  Israel  the  victory  over 
 Pharaoh's  liorses  and  chariots  ;  as  the  pro- 
 phet, speaking  of  that,  saith  unto  God,  'Thou 
 didst  walk  through  the  sea  with  thine  horses, 
 through  the  deep  of  great  waters,  Hab.  iii.  15. 
 See  also  Rev.  xix.  11,  14,  where  in  the  war 
 against  antichrist,  Christ,  the  Word  of  God, 
 '  sitteth  on  a  white  horse,  and  the  armies  in 
 heaven,  (his  church,  whose  conversation  is 
 heavenly)  followed  him  upon  white  horses.' 
 
 Ver.  10. — Thy  cheeks  are  comely,]  Or, 
 are  desirable,  gracious,  beautiful.  The 
 Gr.  traiislateth,  "  How  beautiful  are  tliy 
 cheeks  !"  Tliese  words  are  continued  unto 
 the  bride  or  church,  from  Christ,  showing 
 how  she  is  decked  with  his  ordinances  and 
 graces  ;  as  his  cheeks  are  afterwards  likened 
 to  a  bed  of  spices,  Song  v.  13.  But  wliether 
 she  be  still  compared  hereby  to  '  a  company 
 of  horses,'  as  in  ver.  9,  or  to  a  woman,  (as  she 
 was  a  shepherdess,  in  ver.  8),  is  doubtful,  for 
 both  similitudes  do  agree  to  the  things  here 
 spoken  of.  Tlie  word  cheeks  is  used  some- 
 times for  the  cheeks  or  jaws  of  beasts,  and  of 
 horses,  whose  bridles  are  often  adorned  with 
 rows,  especially  in  king's  chariots,  as  in  Is. 
 XXX.  28,  there  shall  be  '  a  bridle  in  the  jaws 
 or  cheeks  of  the  people.'  Also  the  next 
 words,  '  thy  neck  with  chains,'  may  have  like 
 reference ;  for  the  kings  of  Midian,  when 
 they  Went  to  war,  had  '  chains  about  their 
 camels'  necks,'  Judg.  viii.  26.  Taking  it 
 thus,  the  church  compared  to  the  Lord's 
 'company  of  horses,'  is  said  to  have  her 
 cheeks  comely,  with  rows  of  jewels,  or  orna- 
 ments upon  her  bridle,  wherewith  the  Lord 
 manageth  and  guideth  her,  as  his  '  goodly 
 horse  in  the  battle,'  Zech.  x.  3.  Or,  retain- 
 ing the  similitude  of  a  woman,  it  is  meant  of 
 ear-rings  and  jewels  which  hang  down  and 
 adorn  the  face  and  cheeks,  as  it  is  written, 
 '  I  decked  thee  with  ornaments,  and  I  put 
 bracelets  upon  thine  hands,  and  a  chain  on 
 thy  neck,  and  I  put  a  jewel  on  thy  forehead, 
 and  ear-rings  in  thine  ears,  and  a  beautiful 
 crown    upon    thine    liead ;     thus    wast    thou 
 
 decked  with  gold  and  silver,  Ezek,  xvi.  II — 
 13.  The  spiritual  signification,  according  to 
 either  similitude,  is  one  and  the  same,  as 
 after  shall  be  showed.  Rows,]  Li  Heb.  tor- 
 im  :  Mhich  being  of  the  singular  <or,  signi- 
 fieth  a  disposition,  row,  or  orderly  course  of 
 things  ;  and  hath  affinity  with  toruh,  which 
 hath  the  name  of  the  law,  in  Heb. ;  and  tlie 
 one  is  put  as  ao  explanation  of  the  other,  ss 
 David  said,  '  Is  this  the  law  of  man,  O  Lor^l 
 God  ?'  2  Sam.  vii.  19;  which  another  prophe' 
 relateth  thus,  'Thou  hast  regarded  me,  accor 
 ding  to  the  order  (disposition  or  estate)  of  a 
 man  of  high  degree,  O  Lord  God,'  1  Chron, 
 xvii.  17.  And  indeed,  the  law  of  God,  in 
 his  ordinance,  or  orderly  disposition  of  his 
 precepts,  the  rules  and  canons  of  our  life. 
 The  same  word  tor,  is  also  used  for  a  turtle- 
 dove, and  torim  are  turtles,  as  in  the  law  of 
 sacrifices,  Lev.  xii.  ;  which  some  therefore 
 take  here  to  be  jewels,  or  ornaments  that  had 
 the  figures  of  turtle  doves.  And  so  the  Gr. 
 version  here  translateth,  "  How  beautiful  are 
 thy  cheeks,  as  of  a  turtle  dove."  But  in  the 
 verse  following,  where  the  same  word  is  again 
 used,  the  Gr.  translateth,  "  We  will  make 
 for  thee  similitudes  of  gold."  Chains,]  In 
 Heb.  charuzim,  a  word  not  found  but  in  this 
 one  place ;  translated  in  Greek  collars  or 
 chains  ;  and  is  interpreted  by  the  Heb.  doc- 
 tors chains  or  jewels  hanged  on  a  string  like 
 chains  to  put  about  the  neck.  These  rows 
 and  chains  signify  the  laws  and  ordinances  of 
 God,  wherewith  he  adorneth  the  face  and  neck 
 of  his  church,  that  in  her  profession,  practice, 
 and  obedience,  she  may  be  comely  and  gra- 
 cious in  the  sight  of  God  and  his  people;  and 
 being  guided  by  them,  may  vanquish  her 
 enemies.  Thus  Solomon  elsewhere  saith, 
 '  There  is  gold  and  a  multitude  of  rubies;  but 
 the  lips  of  knowledge  are  a  precious  jewel,' 
 Prov.  XX.  15  ;  and  again,  '  My  sor,  hear  the 
 instruction  of  thy  father,  and  forsake  not  the 
 law  of  thy  mother  ;  for  they  shall  be  an  orna- 
 ment of  grace  unto  thine  head,  and  cliains 
 about  thy  neck,'  Prov.  i.  8,  9.  They  mean 
 also  the  gracious  effects  which  the  law  and 
 doctrine  of  God  worketh  in  his  people,  of 
 humility,  reverence,  and  other  virtues,  as  on 
 the  contrary,  pride,  and  other  like  vices,  are 
 said  to  compass  evil  men  about  as  a  chain, 
 and  violence  to  cover  them  as  a  garment, Ps. 
 Ixxiii.  6.  Likewise  holy  persons,  that  teach, 
 instruct,  reprove  ;  and  such  as  receive  doc- 
 trine and  repioof,  Prov.  xxv.  12  ;  and  re- 
 proofs themselves  are  pearls,  Mat.  vii.  Thus 
 also  the  ILbs.  understood  this  scripture,  as 
 theClialtl.  paraphrase  here  saith,  "When  (the 
 Israelites)  went  forth  into  the  wilderness,  the 
 Lord  said  unto  Moses,  How  fair  is  this  peo- 
 ple, that  the  woids  of  the  law  should  be  given/ 
 unto   them,  that  they  may  be  as   bridles  in| 
 
CHAPTER    I. 
 
 693 
 
 comely  with  rows,  thy  neck  with   chains.      "  We  will  make  for 
 thee  rows  of  gold,  with  specks  of  silver. 
 
 *^  While  the  king  siiteth  at  his  round  table,  my  spikenard  giveth 
 
 (  ,  Iheii-  jaws,  that  they  depart  not  out  of  the  good 
 I  '  way;  as  a  horse  g' eth  not   aside  that  hath  a 
 
 i''      bridle  in  his  jaws  ;  and  how  fair  is  their  neck 
 to  bear  the   yoke  of  my  precepts ;  that  they 
 may  be  upon  them  as  a  yoke  on  the  neck  of 
 \     a  bullock  that   plougheth  in  the   field,   and 
 feedeth  both  itself  and  the  master  thereof." 
 
 Ver.  U. — We  will  make  for  thee,] 
 A  promise  of  increase  of  graces  to  the  church; 
 by  tve  is  understood  the  mystery  of  the  Trin- 
 ity, :.s  in  Gen.  i.  26,  '  Let  us  make  man.' 
 So  in  Rev.  i.  4,  5,  grace  and  peace  is  wished 
 from  the  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Spirit ;  and 
 in  1  Cor.  xii.  4 — (i,  the  diversities  of  gifts 
 are  noted  to  be  of  the  Spirit ;  the  diversities 
 of  ministeries,  whereby  those  gifts  are  admin- 
 istered to  he  of  the  Lord  Christ ;  and  the 
 diversities  of  operations,  efl'ecled  by  the  gifts 
 and  ministries,  to  be  of  God  the  Father.  The 
 t  Hebs.  also,  as  Solomon  Jarchi  here  interprets 
 j  it,  "  I  and  my  judgment-hall."  By  which 
 phrase  the  Trinity  of  old  was  implied,  though 
 now  the  faithless  deny  the  same.  For  a 
 judgment-hall  in  Israel  consisted  of  three  at 
 the  least,  which  in  their  close  manner  of 
 speech  they  applied  unto  God  ;  but  their  pos- 
 terity understood  it  not.  Christ  here  teach- 
 eth  his  church,  that  every  grace  and  good  gift 
 is  from  God,  as  also  the  increase  thereof,  Jam. 
 i.  17  ;  Eph.  iii.  16  ;  that  the  spiritual  orna- 
 ments are  of  his  making,  who  *  worketh  in  ns 
 both  to  will  and  to  do  of  his  good  pleasure,* 
 Phil.  ii.  13.  Also  that  to  him  that  hath  shall 
 be  given,  and  he  shall  have  more  abundance. 
 Mat.  xiii.  12.  As  in  our  bodies  we  come 
 naked  into  this  world,  without  clothes  or  or- 
 naments, 80  is  the  estate  of  our  souls  by 
 nature,  naked  and  bare,  Ezek.  xvi.  4,  7,  till 
 Christ  of  his  grace,  by  his  Spirit,  clotheth 
 and  adorneth  us.  Rev.  iii.  IS.  Rows  of 
 GOLD,]  He  spake  before  of  rows  simply,  now 
 he  addeth,  of  gold,  either  to  signify  more 
 excellent  ordinances  and  graces  under  the 
 gospel  than  \nider  the  law,  as  he  promiseth, 
 '  For  brass  I  will  bring  gold,  and  for  iron  I 
 will  bring  silver,'  &c..  Is.  Ix.  17;  that  should 
 proceed  from  faith  and  love,  and  not  from 
 fear,  as  when  she  was  under  the  bridle  of  the 
 law  ;  for  we  should  not  be  like  horse  and 
 mule,  whose  jaw  must  be  bound  with  bit  and 
 bridle,  Ps.  xxxii.  9,  and  yield  obedience  by 
 constraint  ;  or,  it  meaneth  a  new  supply  of 
 graces,  so  that  we  are  changed  into  the  image 
 of  God,  '  from  glory  to  gloiy,  even  as  by  the 
 Spirit  of  the  Lord,'  2  Cor.  iii.  18.  These 
 promises  may  respect  both  the  rules,  ordi- 
 nances, gifts,  and   graces   bestowed   on    his 
 
 people,  Prov.  xx.  15  ;  and  the  persons  them- 
 selves that  are  furnished  with  those  graces  ; 
 as  the  <  precious  sons  of  Zion  '  are  said  to  be 
 'comparable  to  fine  gold,' Lam. iv.  1.  Specks 
 OF  SILVER.]  In  Gr.  marks  of  silver  ;  which 
 word  marks  (^stigmata)  Paul  useth  in  Gal.  vi. 
 17,  speaking  of  '  the  marks  of  the  Lord 
 Jesus,'  by  suflering  for  his  gospel.  Here  it 
 meaneth  variety  of  graces,  in  the  comra\inion 
 of  the  saints,  for  their  mutual  help,  comfort, 
 and  delight;  as  is  opened  in  Prov.  xxv.  11, 
 12,  'A  word  fitly  spoken  is  like  apples  of 
 gold,  with  pictures  of  silver.  As  an  ear-ring 
 of  gold,  and  an  ornament  of  fine  gold  ;  so  is  a 
 wise  reprover  upon  an  obedient  ear.'  Where 
 we  are  taught,  that  both  instructions  and  re- 
 proofs are  the  ornaments  of  the  saints;  when 
 they  are  prudently  uttered,  and  obediently 
 received.  Neither  of  which  can  be,  without 
 the  special  grace  of  God,  who  both  maketh 
 these  ornaments  for  us,  and  maketh  us  fit  to 
 receive  and  put  them  on  ;  for,  '  The  hearing 
 ear,  and  the  seeing  eye,  the  Lord  hath  made 
 even  both  of  them,'  Prov.  xx.  12-  The 
 Chald.  paraphrast  expoundeth  this  verse,  of 
 the  law  which  God  gave  unto  Israel  on  the 
 two  tables,  by  the  hand  of  Moses.  But  though 
 the  ordinances  of  the  law  were  likened  to  gold 
 and  silver,  wherewith  the  church  then  was 
 decked,  as  God  telleth  them  in  Ezek.  xvi. 
 13  ;  and  the  law  of  his  mouth  was  better  to 
 his  people  'than  thousands  of  gold  and  silver,' 
 Ps.  cxix.  72  ;  yet  the  doctrine  of  faith,  and 
 ordinances  of  the  gospel,  with  the  graces 
 accompanying  them,  (here  promised)  are 
 much  more  excellent  and  lorious,'  2  Cor. 
 iii.  7—11. 
 
 Ver.  12. — While  the  king,]  Here  the 
 church  speaketh  of  the  fruits  and  efl'ects  of 
 Christ's  former  graces  ;  how  in  her,  and  from 
 her,  so  adorned  by  her  beloved,  the  odour  of 
 the  Spirit  of  God  in  her,  flowed  forth  and 
 spread  abroad  to  the  delight  of  herself  and 
 others.  By  the  king  is  meant  Christ,  as  in 
 ver.  4,  by  his  round  table,  (which  the  Gr. 
 translateth,  'his  sitting  down,'  which  was 
 wont  to  be  in  a  round,  or, as  in  a  ring,  1  Sam, 
 xvi.  11),  may  he  understood  the  spiritual 
 banquet  of  Christ  with  his  church,  feeding 
 her  with  his  word  and  graces  ;  as  '  the  table 
 of  the  Lord,'  in  Mai.  i.  12;  1  Cor.  x.  21  ; 
 signifies  the  communion  between  him  and 
 his  people,  as  doth  also  the  supping  one  with 
 another.  Rev.  iii.  20.  The  spikenard  is  one  of 
 the  pleasant  fruits  in  the  garden  of  the  church. 
 Song  iv.  13,  14  ;  but  here  it  seemeth  to  be 
 the  oil  or  ointment  made  of  spikenard,  which 
 
694 
 
 SONG   OF    SONGS. 
 
 forth  the  smell  thereof.  "  A  bundle  of  myrrh  is  my  well-beloved 
 unto  me  :  he  shall  lie  all  night  betwixt  my  breasts.  "  A  cluster  of 
 cypress  is  my  well-beloved  unto  me,  in  the  vineyards  of  Engedi. 
 
 is  very  precious,  which  they  used  to  pour  out, 
 and  anoint  men  with  ;  such  as  Mary  anointed 
 our  Lord  Jesus  with,  as  '  he  sat  at  table  with 
 his  friends,  and  the  house  was  filled  with  the 
 fragrance  (or  odour)  of  the  ointment,'  John 
 xii.  1 — 3.  Spiritually  it  signifieth  the  sweet- 
 smelling  fruits  of  repentance,  faith,  love, 
 prayer,  thanksgiving,  &c.,  which  the  church 
 showeth  forth  by  the  communion  of  Christ 
 with  her;  and  in  special  of  mortification,  and 
 communion  with  Christ's  death,  burial,  and 
 resurrection,  Rom.  vi.  3 — 5,  &c.  ;  as  that 
 which  Mary  did  unto  Christ,  was  to  anoint 
 his  body  to  the  burying,  Mark  xiv.  8  ;  John 
 xii.  7. 
 
 Ver.  13. — A  BUNDLE,]  Or,  ^  bag  of 
 myrrh.  By  myrrh  is  meant  the  sweet  gum 
 that  issueth  from  the  myrrh  tree,  which  is 
 gathered  and  bound  up  in  bags.  It  was  the 
 first  of  the  chief  spices,  whereof  the  holy 
 anointing  oil  in  the  sanctuary  was  made,  Ex. 
 XXX.  23 ;  and  that  holy  ointment  figured  the 
 graces  of  the  Spirit,  poured  out  upon  Christ, 
 and  by  him  upon  his  church,  Is.  Ixi,  1  ;  Ps, 
 xlv.  8  ;  1  John  ii.  20.  See  the  Notes  on 
 Ex.  XXX.  26.  With  myrrh  and  aloes,  the 
 dead  body  of  our  Lord  Jesus  was  embalmed, 
 John  xix.  39  ;  and  with  it  the  wise  men  hon- 
 oured him  at  his  birth,  Mat.  ii.  Hereby 
 the  church  professeth  her  spiritual  comfort 
 which  she  had  in  Christ,  taking  our  huma- 
 nity, filled  with  the  Spirit  of  God  without 
 measure,  dying  for  her  sins,  and  rising  again 
 for  her  justification  ;  the  feeling  whereof  is 
 as  a  sweet  odour  unto  the  believing  heart. 
 ^1  kindle  or  bag  is  for  to  keep  safe  things 
 that  are  of  worth  ;  as,  '  The  soul  of  my  Lord 
 shall  be  bound  in  the  bundle  of  life  with  Je- 
 hovah thy  God,'  1  Sam.  xxv.  29.  So  by 
 this  bag  of  myrrh,  she  signifieth  her  care  to 
 enjoy  and  possess  the  benefits  of  Christ,  and 
 of  his  death,  to  the  remission  of  her  sins, 
 which  for  his  sake  are  all  cast '  into  the  depths 
 of  the  sea,'  Micah  vii.  19,  which  otherwise 
 without  him  should  be  '  sealed  up  in  a  bag,' 
 and  reserved  against  her  for  punishment,  Job 
 xiv.  17.  My  well-beloved,]  That  is, 
 Christ ;  whom  she  thus  calleth,  not  because 
 she  loved  him,  but  he  loved  her,  and  gave 
 himself  to  be  the  propitiation  for  her  sins  ; 
 whereupon  she  again  loveth  him,  because  he 
 loved  her  first,  1  John  iv.  10,  19.  So  she 
 glorieth  not  in  her  own  righteousness,  but  in 
 that  which  her  beloved  is  unto  her  ;  who  of 
 God  is  made  unto  her  '  wisdom  and  righte- 
 ousness, and  sanctification,  and  ndemption,' 
 1  Cor.  i.  30.      Well-beloved,]  In  Ileb., 
 
 Dod,  is  written  with  the  same  letters  as 
 David,  whose  name  also  signified  beloved. 
 He  was  a  figure  of  Christ,  and  his  father  after 
 the  flesh,  Rom.  i.  3  ;  and  Christ  is  often 
 called  David,  as  in  Jer.  xxx.  9  ;  Ezek.  xxxiv. 
 23;  xxxvii.  24  ;  Hos.  iii.  6.  Unto  me,] 
 A  speech  of  faith,  applying  the  promises  and 
 graces  of  Christ  unto  her  own  soul,  as  the 
 apostle  also  teacheth  by  his  own  example, Gal. 
 ii.  19,  20.  He  shall  lie  all  night,]  Or, 
 he  shall  lodge,  shall  abide.  The  night  usu- 
 ally signifieth  llie  time  of  darkness  and  afflic- 
 tion ;  wherefore  she  meaneth  that  Christ  with 
 his  consolations  should  be  her  continual  joy 
 and  comfort,  whom  she  would  hold  fast  by 
 faith,  against  all  temptations  and  troubles  o'' 
 this  present  life,  and  solace  herself  in  him. 
 Bethixt  my  breasts,]  Dwelling  in  my 
 heart  by  faith,  Eph.  iii.  17.  The  breasts 
 signify  also  the  ministry  of  the  church,  feed- 
 ing the  saints  with  the  sincere  milk  of  t}ie 
 word,  that  they  may  grow  thereby,  1  Pet.  ii. 
 2;  whereupon  the  prophet  saith, '  Rejoice  ye 
 with  Jerusalem,  &c. ,  that  ye  may  suck  and 
 be  satisfied  with  the  breasts  of  her  consola- 
 tions, that  ye  may  milk  out,  and  be  delighted 
 with  the  abundance  of  her  glory,'  Is.  Ixvi.  10, 
 
 Ver.  14. — A  cluster  of  cypress,]  Or, 
 of  camphire ;  which  is  a  sweet  gum  ;  but 
 cypress  is  a  tree  whose  fruit  groweth  in  clus- 
 teis,  and  is  also  sweet.  The  Heb.  name 
 copher  (from  which  caphura  or  camphire,  as 
 also  the  cypress  tree,  seemeth  to  be  derived) 
 usually  signifieth  atonement,  propitiation,  or 
 redemption;  according  to  which  interpreta- 
 tion, the  Holy  Spirit  here  may  have  reference 
 to  the  work  and  fruit  of  Christ's  death, 
 whereby  he  became  '  a  cluster  of  redemption  ' 
 unto  his  church,  being  '  a  propitiation  for  the 
 sins  of  the  whole  world,'  1  John  ii.  2  ;  the 
 sweetness  whereof  is  resembled  by  a  cluster, 
 (which  is  of  many  berries  compact  together), 
 of  the  sweet  cypress,  for  that  '  his  blood 
 cleanseth  us  from  all  sin,'  1  John  i.  7  ;  and 
 is  accompanied  with  all  other  graces.  En- 
 gedi,] The  name  of  a  place  in  the  land  of 
 Canaan,  which  fell  to  the  tribe  of  Judah  ;  and 
 being  near  the  sea,  and  watered  with  springs, 
 was  a  fruitful  soil  for  gardens  and  vineyards. 
 Josh.  V.  62  ;  Ezek.  xlvii.  10;  it  was  called 
 also  Hazazon  Tamar,  2  Chron.  xx.  2,  where 
 the  enemies  coming  against  Jehoshaphat,  he 
 prayed  unto  God,  and  was  delivered.  Which 
 victory  may  also  be  respected  heie  as  a  figure 
 of  the  victories  which  the  church  obtaineth  by 
 faith  in  Christ. 
 
CHAPTER    I. 
 
 695 
 
 '^  Behold  thou  art  fair,  my  love ;  behold  thnu  art  fair,  tJiine  eyes 
 are  as  doves. 
 
 '^  Behold  thou  art  fair,  my  beloved,  yea  pleasant  j  also  oar  bed 
 
 Ver.  15. — Thou  art  fair,]  Christ  here 
 speaketh  to  his  church,  commending  her 
 beauty,  which  she  hath  by  his  sanctification 
 and  cleansing,  '  w  th  the  washing  of  the  water 
 by  the  word,'  Eph.  v.  26,  27  ;  as  also  by 
 her  constitution  and  order,  as  mount  Zion 
 was  '  beautiful  for  situation,'  Ps.  xlviii.  2. 
 Of  Tyrus,  a  city  of  merchandise,  it  is  said, 
 '  Thy  builders  have  perfected  thy  beauty,' 
 Ezek.  xxvii.  4  ;  and  of  her  ancients,  wise 
 men,  mariners,  merchants,  men  of  war,  &c., 
 it  is  likewise  said,  '  They  have  made  thy 
 beauty  perfect,'  Ezek.  xxvii.  9 — 1 1  ;  and  in 
 Ezek.  xxviii.  7,  lie  mentioneth  the  'beauty of 
 wisdom.'  So  the  city  and  church  of  God, 
 being  builded  by  the  doctrine  of  the  gospel, 
 furnished  with  mea  of  gifts  and  graces, 
 artd  endued  with  wisdom  from  on  high,  is 
 truly  fair  and  beautiful  in  the  eyes  of  Christ; 
 and  when  she  oheyeth  the  voice  of  God,  and 
 forgetteth  and  forsaketh  her  own  natural  cor- 
 ruption=,  he  taketh  delight  in  her  beauty,  as 
 it  is  said,  '  Hearken,  O  daughter,  and  con- 
 sider, and  incline  thine  ear;  forget  also  thine 
 own  people,  and  thy  father's  house ,  so  shall 
 the  king  greatly  desire  thy  beauty,'  &c.,  Ps. 
 xlv.  10,  11.  Thus  is  the  prophecy  fulfilled, 
 '  With  the  joy  of  the  bridegroom  over  the 
 bride,  thy  God  will  rejoice  over  thee,'  Is. 
 Ixii.  5.  Doves,]  So  in  chap.  iv.  1.  These 
 doves'  eyes  whei  ewith  the  spouse  is  beautified, 
 do  set  forth  the  simplicity,  sincerity,  humi- 
 lity, meekness,  but  especially  the  spiritual 
 chastity  of  the  church  ;  whose  eyes  are  unto 
 Christ  alone,  looking  unto  him  for  life  and 
 salvation,  Mat.  x.  IG  ;  Ps.  cxxiii.  ;  Phil.  iii. 
 7— 10 ;  Is.  xvii.  7,  8 ;  Ezek.  xviii.  6  ;  xx.  7; 
 observing  his  ways,  Prov.  xxiii.  26;  not  be- 
 holding evil,  nor  looking  on  iniquity,  Hab.  i. 
 13.  Contrary  to  which  are  the  lofty  eyes, 
 Prov.  XXX.  13  ;  eyes  after  idols,  Ezek.  xx. 
 24;  eyes  full  of  adultery,  2  Pet.  ii.  14;  eyes 
 beholding  strange  women,  Prov.  xxiii.  33  ; 
 and  the  like. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Thou  art  fair,]  The  spouse 
 returneth  the  praise  of  beauty  unto  her  be- 
 loved, who  is  'much  fairer  than  the  sons  of 
 Adam,'  Ps.  xlv.  2,  3,  from  whom  all  her 
 fairness  is  derived  ;  so  that  the  praise  thereof 
 belongeth  not  to  her,  but  unto  him,  Ps.  cxv. 
 1  ;  as  the  apostle  saith,  '  I  live  ;  yet  not  I, 
 but  Christ  liveth  in  me  ;  and  the  life  which 
 I  now  live  in  the  flesh,  I  live  by  the  faith  of 
 the  Son  of  God,  who  loved  me,  and  gave  him- 
 self for  me,'  Gal.  ii.  20.  Howbeit,  though 
 Christ  be  raost  fair,  and  beauty  itself,  yet 
 such  was  his  baseness  and  sufferings  in  the 
 
 flesh,  '  As  his  visage  was  marred  more  than 
 any  man,  and  his  form  more  than  the  sons  of 
 men,'  Is.  Iii.  14;  liii.  2,  3;  and  such  he 
 often  appeareth  unto  the  world,  to  be  in  the 
 church  partaker  of  his  afflictions.  But  the 
 eye  of  faith  beholdeth  his  spiritual  beauty 
 tlu'ough  all  tribulations,  and  glorieth  therein, 
 Rom.  viii.  35—39  ;  1  Pet.  i.  5,  6  ;  iv.  12 
 — 14  ;  and  when  the  mysteries  of  the  gospel 
 are  opened,  and  the  ordinances  of  Christ 
 faithfully  taught  and  practised,  then  doth  the 
 spouse  behold  '  the  king  in  his  beauty,'  I-. 
 xxxiii.  17.  '  And  of  his  fulness  we  have  all 
 received,  and  grace  for  grace,'  John  i.  16. 
 Yea  pleasant,]  Or,  also  pleasant,  amiable, 
 delightful,  beautiful.  This  is  an  addition 
 unto  the  beauty  of  Christ,  in  respect  of  his 
 pleasant  and  gracious  administration  of  his 
 covenant,  doctrines,  reproofs,  &c.  For  the 
 Lord's  staff  called  beauty  or  pleasantnesn, 
 sigiiifieth  his  covenant  made  with  the  people, 
 Zech.  xi.  10;  and  David  desired  to  remain  in 
 the  Lord's  house  all  the  days  of  his  life,  that 
 he  might  'behold  the  pleasantness  (or  beauty) 
 of  the  Lord,'  Ps.  xxvii.  4  ;  and  Moses  desir- 
 eth  that  the  pleasantness  of  the  Lord  might 
 be  iipon  them, in  the  performance  of  his  cove- 
 nant and  promises,  Ps.  xc.  17.  And  Solo- 
 mon showeth  that  pleasantness  shall  be  unto 
 them  that  rebuke  the  wicked,  Prov.  xxiv.  24, 
 25.  All  which,  and  the  like,  have  their 
 accomplishment  in  Christ,  teaching,  admon- 
 ishing, reproving,  comforting  his  people,  with 
 words  of  grace,  whose  '  pleasant  words  are  as 
 an  honey  comb,  sweet  to  the  soul,  and  health 
 to  the  hones,'  Prov.  xvi.  24.  Our  bed,]  Or, 
 our  bed-stead.  Beds  were  used  either  to 
 rest  and  sleep  upon,  as  Ps.  cxxii.  3,  4,  or  to 
 sit  upon  when  they  did  eat  and  banquet,  as 
 we  do  at  tables,  Esth.  i.  5,  6  ;  Amos  vi.  4; 
 Ezek.  xxiii.  41.  And  figuratively  the  place 
 of  oflijring  sacrifices  is  called  a  bed.  Is.  Ivii. 
 7.  Green,]  Or,  flourishing  and  fruitful  ;  for 
 it  is  not  meant  so  much  of  colour,  as  of  flour- 
 ishing growth,  and  increase.  This  word 
 applied  unto  men,  meaneth  prosperous  and 
 flourishing  estate,  as  Nebuchadnezzar  said,  '  I 
 was  at  rest  in  my  house,  and  green  (or  flour- 
 ishing) in  my  palace,'  Dan.  iv.  4.  And  David 
 likeneth  himself  to 'a  green  (or  flourishing) 
 olive  tree  in  the  house  of  God,'  Ps.  Iii.  10; 
 where  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  ''a  fruitful  olive." 
 Hereby  then  the  church  signifieth,  that  by 
 her  communion  with  Christ,  (whether  by  the 
 similitude  of  bed  or  board)  she  became  flour- 
 ishing and  fruitful,  as  it  is  said  of  them  that 
 are  planted  in  the  Lord's  house,  '  They  shall 
 
698 
 
 SONG    OF    SONGS. 
 
 is  green.     Tlie  beams  of  our  houses  are  cedars ;  our  galleries  of 
 brutine^ree. 
 
 still  bring  foitli  fiuit  in  hoary  age,  they  shall 
 be  fat  and  green,'  Ps.  xcii.  13,  J  4.  And 
 this  is  the  nature  of  the  gospel,  where  it  is 
 received  by  faith,  that  it  '  bringeth  forth 
 fruit,'  and  maketh  men  '  fruitful  in  every 
 good  work,  and  inrreasing  in  the  knowledge 
 of  God,'  Col.  i.  (3,  10.  It  may  here  also  sig- 
 nify the  increase  of  the  children  of  the  church, 
 which  are  begotten  by  the  immortal  seed  of 
 the  word,  through  the  power  of  Christ,  giving 
 a  blessing  to  the  ministry  of  the  same.  The 
 Chald.  paraphrast  expouiideth  this  speech 
 thus  :  "  The  congregation  of  Israel  answered 
 before  the  Lord  of  the  world,  How  fair  is  the 
 majesty  of  thy  holiness  ;  in  the  time  that 
 thou  dwellest  amongst  us,  and  in  favourable 
 acceptation  receivest  our  prayers  ;  and  in  the 
 time  that  thou  dwellest  in  our  beloved  bed, 
 and  our  children  are  multiplied  on  the  earth; 
 and  we  do  grow  and  multiply  like  a  tree  that 
 is  planted  by  a  spring  of  waters,  whose  leaf  is 
 fair,  and  whose  fruit  is  abundant." 
 
 Ver.  17. — The  beams,]  Or,  the  rafters. 
 It  meaneth  the  timber  whereof  beams  or 
 rafters  are  made,  which  are  called  l)y  this 
 name,  when  they  are  cut  down  in  the  wood, 
 as  in  2  Kings  vi.  2,  5.  Houses,]  Or,  edi- 
 fices ;  so  named  of  building,  Such  figured 
 the  churches  of  Christ,  as  in  1  Tim.  iii.  15  ; 
 '  the  house  of  God  '  is  expounded  '  the  church 
 of  the  living  God  ;'  and  the  faithful  Hebs. 
 were  '  the  house  of  Christ,'  Heb.  iii.  6. 
 Cedars,]  Trees,  strong,  tall,  and  durable, 
 the  timber  whereof  is  of  sweet  smell,  and  it 
 rotteth  not.  To  such  cedars  the  saints  of 
 God  are  compared,  Ps.  xcii.  13;  and  'the 
 tabernacles  of  Israel,'  are  by  Balaam  likened 
 unto  such  for  gocdliness.  Num.  xxiv.  5,  C. 
 This  wood  was  used  in  Solomon's  temple,  1 
 Kings  vi.  9,  36  ;  vii.  12  ;  and  he  made  it 
 common  in  Israel :  '  He  made  cedars  like  the 
 sycamore  trees  which  are  in  the  vale,  for 
 abundance,'  1  Kings  x.  27;  prefiguring  the 
 graces  which  should  abound  under  Christ. 
 Galleries,]  Walking  places,  named  of  run- 
 
 ning,  because  they  run  along  by  the  house 
 sides.  Elsewhere  the  word  is  used  for  gut- 
 ters wherein  waters  run,  Gen.  xxx.  33,  41  ; 
 Ex.  ii.  16  ;  which  may  also  have  use  here, 
 to  signify  the  pipi  s  and  conduits  of  God's 
 graces,  through  which  the  waters  of  his  Spirit 
 are  conveyed  into  their  hearts.  But  because 
 she  spake  of  houses,  this  may  rather  be  un- 
 derstood of  galleries,  signifying  the  means  of 
 conversing  with  Christ,  in  the  communion 
 of  his  graces.  See  the  Notes  on  chap, 
 vii.  5.  Brutine  trees,]  Or,  Boratine  trees. 
 The  Heb.  'brothim,'  is  found  only  in  this 
 place,  and  seemeth  to  he  that  which  in  Latin 
 is  called  '  brute,'  which  is  a  tree  like  cypress, 
 and  of  a  pleasant  smell  like  cedar,  as  Pliny 
 showeth,  in  Nat.  Hist.  lib.  12,  chap.  17. 
 Hereupon  the  Gr.  translateth  it,  "  cypress- 
 trees;"  but  Aquilla,  an  exact  Gr.  translator, 
 turneth  it,  "boratine,"  as  being  of  the  tree 
 named  in  Gr.  "  boraton,"  which  hath  also 
 affinity  with  the  Heb.  name,  and  is  a  tree 
 growing  in  Arabia,  Diodor.  Sicul.  Biblioth. 
 lib.  2.  These  cedar  and  brutine  trees  may 
 be  applied  both  to  the  persons  of  men,  as  is 
 foreshowed,  and  to  the  doctrines  wherewith 
 the  church  is  builded  upon  the  foundation, 
 Christ,  1  Cor.  iii.  9—12.  All  which,  set 
 forth  by  these  similitudes,  are  strong  and 
 firm,  and  of  sweet  odour  unto  the  comfort  of 
 the  saints,  and  glory  of  Chiist.  So  the  holy 
 persons  and  graces  wherewith  the  church 
 should  be  adorned,  are  by  the  prophets 
 likened  to  goodly  trees,  in  Is.  xli.  19;  Iv.  13 ; 
 Ix.  13.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth  on  this 
 verse  thus:  "  Solomon  the  prophet  said, How 
 fair  is  the  house  of  the  sanctuary  of  the  Lord, 
 which  is  builded  by  mine  hands,  of  cedar 
 wood  ;  but  fairer  shall  be  the  house  of  the 
 sanctuary  which  shall  be  builded  in  the  days 
 of  the  king  Christ,  the  beams  whereof  shall 
 be  of  the  cedars  of  the  garden  of  Eden,  (or, 
 of  paradise),  and  the  galleries  thereof  shall 
 be  of  brutine  trees,"  &c. 
 
 CHAPTER   II. 
 
 *  I  AM  the  rose  of  Sharon ;  the  lily  of  the  valleys. 
 ^  As  the  lily  among    the  thorns  ;    so    is  my  love  among 
 daughters. 
 
 the 
 
 Ver.  1. — I,]  This  is  thought  by  some  to  be 
 the  speech  of  Christ ;  of  others,  to  be  spoken 
 
 by  the  church ;    which   seemeth  most   pro- 
 bable,  and  is  so  expounded  by  the  Chald. 
 
CHAPTER    II. 
 
 697 
 
 "  As  the  apple  tree  among  the  trees  of  the  wood ;  so  is  my  be- 
 loved among  the  sons  ;  in  his  shadow  I  desired,  and  sat  down  ;  and 
 
 paraphrast.  If  we  understand  it  of  Christ, 
 it  signifieth  tlie  excellency  of  graces  in  him- 
 self, which  he  readily  communicateth  with 
 his  people  ;  if  of  the  chiircii,  it  showeth  her 
 graces  received  from  Christ,  whereby  she  is 
 lovely  and  delightful,  for  sweet  odour  and 
 beauty,  Hos.  xiv.  7.  The  rose  of  Sharon,] 
 In  Gr.  "  the  flower  of  the  field  ;"  but  Sharon 
 is  the  name  of  a  place  or  plain,  which  was 
 very  fruitful,  wherein  king  David's  herd  of 
 caltle  were  fed,  1  Chron.  xxvii.  29  ;  and  the 
 prophet  mentioneth  '  the  excellency  of  Car- 
 mel  and  Sharon,'  Is.  xxxv.  2  :  and  when  he 
 threatenetli  desolation,  he  saith,  '  Sharon  is 
 like  a  wilderness,'  Is.  xxxiii.  9  ;  hut,  pro- 
 mising mercy  to  his  people,  he  saith, '  Sharon 
 shall  be  a  like  a  fold  of  flocks,'  Is.  Ixv.  10. 
 The  rose  is  the  queen  of  flowers,  most  com- 
 mendable for  sweetness  and  beauty  ;  so  the 
 lily,  after  mentioned,  is  glorious  and  amiable, 
 '  even  Solomon  in  all  his  glory,  was  not 
 arrayed  like  one  of  these,'  Mat.  vi.  29.  "The 
 lily  is  next  in  nobility  to  the  rose,"  saith 
 Pliny;  Hist.  lib.  21,  chap.  5.  Op  the  v.-^l- 
 LEYS,  ]  Or,  of  the  low  (or  deep)  places.  These 
 also  were  fruitful  places,  where  the  king's 
 herds  were  fed,  1  Chron.  xxvii.  29.  And, 
 as  roses  and  lilies,  growing  in  Sharon  and 
 these  valleys,  had  more  moisture  than  those 
 that  grew  on  hills  and  mountains  ;  so  hereby 
 it  sigiiified  the  blessed  estate  of  the  church  in 
 Christ,  by  whose  grace  it  is  in  low  and  base 
 estate  made  sweet  and  amiable  like  the  rose 
 and  lily,  as  the  prophet  saith,  '  The  wilder- 
 ness and  the  dry  place  shall  be  glad  for  them  ; 
 and  the  desert  shall  rejoice  and  blossom  as 
 the  rose,'  Is.  xxxv.  1.  And  the  Lord  saith, 
 '  I  will  be  as  the  dew  unto  Israel  ;  he  shall 
 blossom  as  the  lily,  and  strike  forth  his  roots 
 as  Lebanon,'  Hos.  xiv.  5.  But  as  here  is 
 mentioned  the  plain  of  Sharon,  and  the  valleys, 
 which  were  open  places  where  cattle  fed,  and 
 not  inclosed  gardens  ;  so  by  it  may  be  signi- 
 fied how  the  church  is  exposed  to  persecu- 
 tion, to  be  plucked  of  all  that  pass  by  the 
 way,  and  trodden  down,  and  eaten  of  beasts. 
 And  this  the  words  following  do  more  con- 
 firm. The  Chald.  openeth  these  words  thu'!: 
 "  The  congregation  of  Israel  said.  When  the 
 ruler  of  the  world  causeth  his  divine  majesty 
 to  dwell  in  the  midst  of  me.  I  am  like  to  a 
 moist  (or  green)  lily  out  of  the  garden  of 
 Eden  ;  and  my  woiks  are  fair  as  the  rose, 
 which  is  in  the  plain  of  the  garden  of  Eden." 
 
 Ver.  2. — Among  the  thorns,]  These 
 are  the  words  of  Christ  concerning  his  love 
 to  the  church,  where  he  coufirmeth  and  am- 
 plifieth  the  former  speech  ;    preferring  her 
 
 Vol.  II.  4  T 
 
 above  other  people,  as  the  lily  is  above  thorns 
 and  thistles  :  and  withal  signifying  how  she 
 is  afllicted  and  pricked  with  them  as  with 
 thorns.  This  similitude  the  scripture  often 
 useth,  as, '  If  ye  will  not  drive  out  the  inhabi- 
 tants, &c.,  those  which  ye  let  remain  of  them, 
 shall  be  pricks  in  your  eyes,  and  thorns  in  your 
 sides,  and  shall  vex  you  in  the  land  wherein 
 ye  dwell,'  Num.  xxxiii.  55.  And  again, 
 '  There  shall  be  no  more  a  pricking  briar  unto 
 the  house  of  Israel,  nor  any  grieving  thorn, 
 of  all  that  are  round  about  them,  that  despised 
 them,'  Ezek.  xxviii.  24.  This  similitude 
 showeth  also  what  the  church  ought  to  be, 
 harmless  as  lilies  among  thorns ;  innocent  as 
 sheep  among  wolves;  as  doves  among  raven- 
 ous birds,  Mat.  x.  16.  '  The  lily  among 
 thorns,'  may  also  in  special  be  understood  of 
 that  which  we  call  the  ivood-bine,  which 
 groweth  and  flourisheth  in  hedges  and  thorns. 
 Mv  love,]  Oi-,  my  fellow -friend,  my  com- 
 panion ;  as  in  chap.  i.  9.  The  daughters,] 
 The  congregations  of  people  ;  as  the  scriptures 
 mention,  '  the  daughter  of  Babylon,'  Ps. 
 cxxxvii  ,■  *  the  daughter  of  Tyrus,'  Ps.  xiv.  ; 
 and  many  the  like. 
 
 Ver.  3. — The  apple  tree,]  The  church 
 setteth  forth  the  excellency  of  Christ  by  the 
 similitude  of  an  apple  tree,  which  the  scrip- 
 ture commendeth  for  three  things,  comfort- 
 able shadow,  pleasant  fruit,  (both  noted  in  this 
 place),  and  sweet  smell,  Song  vii.  8.  And 
 as  the  apple  tree  hath  more  variety  of  fruits, 
 than  any  other  tree  that  groweth  ;  (that  it  is 
 not  easy  to  reckon  up  the  many  sorts  of  apples 
 of  different  taste);  so  Christ  excelleth  in  va- 
 riety of  graces,  which  he  bestoweth  on  his 
 church.  The  Chald.  paraphrast  expoundetli  1 
 this  of  the  "  pomecitron-tree  ;"  but  for  the  ! 
 cause  aforesaid,  I  would  not  restrain  it  to  any 
 one  kind,  that  the  fulness  of  grace  and  truth 
 which  was  in  Christ  might  here  be  observed; 
 of  whose  '  fulness,  all  we  have  received,  and 
 grace  for  grace,'  John  i.  14,  16.  Of  the 
 wood,]  Or,  of  the  forest  or  grove  ;  which  are 
 wild  trees,  and  without  culture,  bearing 
 either  none,  or  sour,  bitter,  and  unsavoury 
 fruits.  Such  is  the  state  of  all  the  sons  of 
 men  by  nature,  Rom.  xi.  24,  whom  Christ 
 far  excelleth  in  beauty,  fruit,  and  comfort,  .. 
 Ps.  xiv.  3  ;  Johnxv.  l,&c.  Mv  beloved,] 
 That  is,  Christ ;  in  Heb.  Dad,  the  same  in 
 signification  with  David.  See  the  Notes  on 
 chap.  i.  13.  The  sons,]  Of  Adam,  all 
 whom  Christ  far  exceirefri,  Ps.  xiv.  3.  The 
 Cliald.  expoundetli  it  of  "angels,"  which 
 the  sons  of  God,  John  i.  6.  But  though  it 
 be  true  that  Christ  excelleth  them  also,  Heb. 
 
 all 
 
698  SONG    OF    SONGS. 
 
 his  fruit  was  sweet  to  my  palate.     ^  He  brought  me  in  the  house  of 
 wine,  and  his  banner  over  me  was  love.     ^  Stay  me  with  flagons : 
 
 i.  ;  yet  tYie  former  similitude  of '  the  trees  ot 
 the  wood,'  leadeth  us  rather  to  understand  it 
 here  of  earthly  creatures,  as  the  kings  and 
 potentates,  and  wise  men  of  the  world,  called 
 sons  in  comparison  with  their  people,  before 
 called  daughters,  in  ver.  2.  So  in  Rev.  i.  5, 
 Christ  is  'the  prince  of  the  kings  of  the  earth.' 
 In  Ezek.  xxxi.  3,  6,  the  king  of  Assyria  is 
 likened  to  'a  cedar  in  Lebanon,'  under  whose 
 'shadow  dwelt  all  great  nations.'  In  Dan. 
 iv.  20 — 22,  Nebuchadnezzar  is  likened  to  a 
 tree,  strong  and  high,  under  whirli  the  beasts 
 of  the  field  dwelt,  &c. ;  and  Josias,  king  of 
 Judah,  under  whose  shadow  the  Jews  hoped 
 to  live.  Lam.  iv.  20,  and  others.  In  his 
 SHADOW,]  That  is,  in  his  protection  and  de- 
 fence. The  tree  shadoweth  from  the  heat  of 
 the  sun,  and  Christ  from  the  heat  of  the 
 wrath  of  God,  and  from  the  persecutions  of 
 the  world;  as  it  is  written,  '  There  shall  be  a 
 tabernacle  for  a  shadow  in  the  day  time  from 
 the  heat,'  &c.,  Is.  iv.  6;  and,  'Thou  (Lord) 
 hast  been  a  strength  to  the  poor,  a  strength  to 
 the  needy  in  his  distress  ;  a  refuge  from  the 
 storm,  a  shadow  from  the  heat  ;  when  the 
 blast  of  the  terrible  ones  is  as  a  storm  against 
 the  wall,'  Is.  xxv.  4.  So  'the  shadow  of 
 Egypt,'  Is.  XXX.  2;  '  the  shadow  of  Heshbon,' 
 Jer.  xlviii.  45,  signify  the  defence  wherein 
 men  trusted ;  while  the  faithful  repose  in  God 
 and  Christ  alone,  as  in  Ps.  xxxvi.  8;  Ivii.  2; 
 xvii.  8  ;  Ixili.  8;  xc.  1.  And  they  that  trust 
 in  him  shall  be  safe  from  evil ;  as,  <  Jehovah 
 is  thy  shadow  upon  thy  right  hand  ;  the  sun 
 shall  not  smite  thee  by  day,  nor  the  moon  by 
 night  ;  Jehovah  will  keep  thee  from  all  evil,' 
 
 Ps.  CXXi.  5 7.        I    DESIRED  AND  SAT,]  Or, 
 
 /  much  desired  that  I  might  sit.  The  form 
 of  the  Heb.  word  incieaseth  the  signification, 
 as  noting  '  a  continual  and  fervent  desire,'  of 
 that  which  is  pleasing,  delightful,  or  profit- 
 able ;  and  by  sitting  is  meant  abiding  and 
 resting,  as  in  Ps.  xci.  1.  The  church  there, 
 fore  being  by  sin  under  wrath  revealed  by  the 
 law;  and  being  maligned  by  the  world,  'as  a 
 lily  among  thorns,'  acknowledgeth  her  faith, 
 hope,  love,  and  delight,  to  be  in  Christ  Jesus, 
 '  who  hath  delivered  us  from  the  wrath  to 
 come,"  1  Thess.  i.  10  ;  through  whom  '  we 
 have  peace  with  God,*  Rom.  v.  1 ;  and  peace 
 in  him,  though  in  the  world  we  have  tribu- 
 lation, 1  John  xvi.  33.  His  fkuit,]  Another 
 benefit  which  the  church  reapeth  by  Christ, 
 that  she  is  not  only  delivered  from  evil,  but 
 made  partaker  of  his  goodness  ;  in  that  the 
 works  of  his  prophecy,  priesthood,  and  king- 
 dom,— his  death,  resurrection,  and  all  fruits  of 
 them,   are   communicated    unto  her   by  the 
 
 gospel,  which  she  feedeth  upon  by  faith,  to 
 the  refreshing  and  life  of  her  soul.  Fruits 
 signify  graces  and  good  works,  which  Eie  to 
 the  benefit  of  ourselves  and  others.  Mat.  iii. 
 8,  10 ;  Gal.  v.  22,  &c. ;  and  is  also  applied 
 to  the  doctrine  of  the  gospel,  John  xv.  IC; 
 and  signifieth  a  comfortable  reward,  Ps.  Iviii. 
 12;  Prov.  xxvii.  18.  The  Hebs.  referthese 
 things  to  the  law,  which  should  better  be 
 applied  to  the  gospel  ;  for  the  Chald.  para- 
 phrast  here  saith,  "  As  the  pomecitron  tree 
 is  fair  and  commendable  among  the  unfruit- 
 ful trees,  and  all  the  world  knoweth  it ;  so  the 
 Lord  of  the  world  was  fair  and  commendable 
 among  the  angels,  when  he  was  revealed  upon 
 mount  Sinai,  at  the  time  that  he  gave  the 
 law  unto  his  people  :  at  that  time  I  desired 
 to  sit  in  tlie  shadow  of  his  divine  majesty, and 
 the  words  of  his  law  were  sweet  to  my  palate, 
 and  the  reward  of  his  precepts  is  reserved  for 
 me,  in  the  world  that  is  to  come." 
 
 Ver.  4. — The  house  of  wine,]  That  is, 
 either  the  wine  cellar,  the  place  where  wiiie 
 is  kept ;  or  rather  the  banquetting  house, 
 where  wine  is  drunk.  For  cellars  are  called 
 the  treasuries  or  store-houses  of  ivine,  in  1 
 Cluon.  xxvii.  27.  Wine,  besides  that  it 
 slaketh  thirst,  cheereth  aho  the  heart  of  man, 
 Ps.  civ.  15  ;  causeth  him  to  forget  his  sor- 
 row and  misery,  Prov.  xxxi.  C,  7;  comfoit- 
 eth  the  sick,  by  cherishing  and  augmenting 
 the  vital  spirits.  By  this  the  church  signi- 
 fieth increase  of  grace  from  Christ,  as  the 
 fruit  of  the  vine  excelleth  the  fruit  of  the 
 apple-tree,  and  is  more  comfortable  unto  the 
 heart.  And  as  her  troubles  and  temptations 
 were  increased,  so  was  his  grace  towards  her, 
 for  spiritual  consolations;  'for  as  the  suffer- 
 ings of  Christ  abound  in  us,  so  our  consola- 
 tion also  aboundeth  by  Christ,  2  Cor.  i.  5. 
 This  house  of  wine,  is  like  that  in  Prov.  ix. 
 1 — 5,  where  wisdom  having  '  builded  her 
 house,'  &c.,  inviteth  the  simple  to  come  and 
 eat  of  her  bread,  and  drink  of  the  wine  which 
 she  hath  mingled.  Of  the  Heb.,  Jarchi  ' 
 expoundeth  this  wine-house  to  be  "  the  taber-  ■ 
 nacle  of  the  congiegation,  where  the  inter- 
 pretation and  explanation  of  the  law  is  given:" 
 answerable  to  which  now,  is  the  assembly  of 
 the  saints,  though  it  may  also  be  understood 
 of  God's  book  or  scripture,  the  true  wine- 
 cellar  that  affordeth  spiritual  comforts.  His 
 banner,]  Or,  his  standard,  a  flag  or  ensign 
 spread  abroad,  a  warlike  sign,  as  in  chap, 
 vi.  4,  10,  the  church  is  said  to  be  '  terrible 
 as  an  army  with  banners.'  And  the  banner 
 lifted  up,  is  a  sign  of  fighting  with  joy  and 
 victory,    as  in   Ps.   xx,  6,  '  We  will  shout 
 
CHAPTER    II. 
 
 699 
 
 joyfully  in  thy  salvation,  and  in  the  name  of 
 our  God,  we  will  set  up  the  banner.'  So 
 Christ's  banner  over  her,  signified  his  defence 
 and  the  victory  which  he  giveth  over  all  her 
 enemies,  sin,  Satan,  and  the  world  :  also  tlie 
 sign,  that  as  all  soldiers  do  camp  under  their 
 own  standards,  Num.  ii.  2,  so  she  under  the 
 gospel,  the  ensign  of  Christ's  love  towards 
 her.  Love,]  That  wherewith  Christ  has 
 loved  us,  1  John  iv.  10;  wherefore  some 
 read  it  thus,  '  his  standard  was  love  toward 
 me.'  By  love  the  church  is  redeemed,  Eph. 
 V.  25 ;  by  it,  '  everlasting  consolation  is 
 given  us,  and  good  hope  through  grace,'  2 
 Thess.  ii.  16.  '  And  hope  maketh  not 
 ashamed,  because  the  love  of  God  is  shed 
 abroad  in  our  hearts,  by  the  Holy  Spirit 
 which  is  given  unto  us,'  Rom.  v.  6. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Stay,]  Or,  sustain,  strengthen, 
 uphold  ye  me.  The  church  in  her  soul- 
 sickness  speaketh  to  her  friends,  (the  minis- 
 ters of  Christ,  and  other  Christians)  that 
 they,  with  the  comfortable  doctrines  and  pro- 
 mises of  the  go'pel  applied  unto  her  con- 
 science, would  stay  and  uphold  her  ready  to 
 fall  as  into  a  swoon,  through  trouble  of  mind, 
 because  of  her  own  infirmities,  and  want  of 
 feeling  of  Christ's  grace  and  blessing.  Thus 
 in  figure,  when  Isaac  had  blessed  Jacob,  he 
 saith,  '  With  corn  and  wine  I  have  sustained 
 him,'  Gen.  xxvii.  37.  Spiritually  we  are 
 sustained  and  strengthened  by  the  words  and 
 promises  of  Christ,  which  comfoit  the  heart, 
 quicken  the  spirit,  and  strengthen  faith  when 
 it  is  weak;  as  it  is  said,  'Be  ye  also  patient, 
 stablish,  (or  strengthen)  your  hearts;  for  the 
 coming  of  the  Lord  draweth  nigh,'  Jam.  v. 
 8;  and,  '  I  long  to  see  you,  that  I  may  impart 
 unto  you  some  spiritual  gift,  to  the  end  you 
 may  be  established,'  Rom.  i.  11.  An 
 example  may  be  seen  in  Judah,  when  Heze- 
 kiah  spake  unto  their  heart,  and  said,  '  Be 
 strong  and  courageous,  &c.,  for  there  be  more 
 with  us  than  with  him:  with  him  is  an  arm 
 of  flesh,  but  with  us  is  Jehovah  our  God  to 
 help  us,  and  to  fight  our  battles.  And  the 
 people  stayed  (or  rested)  themselves  upon 
 the  words  of  Hezekiah  king  of  Judah,'  2 
 Chron.  xxxii.  G — 8.  Likewise  in  the 
 apostles,  who  preaching  the  gospel,  confirmed 
 (or  stablished)  the  souls  of  the  disciples. 
 Acts  xiv.  21,  22;  xviii.  23.  With 
 FLAGONS,]  To  wit,  of  wine,  which  at  ban- 
 qiiets  was  wont  to  be  distributed  by  flagons. 
 M'hen  David  had  brought  the  ark  of  God 
 into  his  place,  and  had  oU'ered  burnt- offerings 
 and  peace-offerings,  and  blessed  the  people, 
 •  He  dealt  to  every  one  of  Israel,  both  man 
 and  woman,  to  every  one  a  loaf  of  bread,  and 
 a  good  piece  of  flesh,  and  a  flagon,'  1  Chron. 
 xvi.  1—3,  meaning  a  flagon  (or  pot)  of 
 wine;    as    'flagons    of  grapes'  (that    is,  of 
 
 wine  made  of  grapes)  are  mentioned  in  Hos. 
 iii.  1.  So  here,  with  flagons  of  the  wine  of 
 grace  and  consolation,  which  God's  people 
 have  distributed  among  them  in  the  spiritual 
 banquet  of  the  gospel,  doth  the  church  desire 
 to  be  sustained.  Flagons  are  named  for  the 
 wine  in  thern,  as  the  ciip  for  the  wine 
 therein,  Luke  xxii.  20.  The  Hebs.  after 
 their  wonted  manner,  apply  tliis  to  the  doc- 
 trine of  the  law;  as  the  Chaldee  paraphrast  , 
 heie  saith,  "  Receive  ye  (O  Moses  and  i 
 Aaron)  the  voice  of  the  words  of  the  Lord,  } 
 out  of  the  midst  of  the  fire,  and  bring  me  I 
 into  the  house  of  doctrine,  and  sustain  me  | 
 with  the  words  of  the  law,  wherewith  the  [ 
 world  is  delighted."  But  it  is  the  law  which  ' 
 causeth  the  sickness  of  the  soul,  as  the  apos- 
 tle showeth  in  Rom.  vii.,  and  the  gospel  of 
 Christ  lualeth  it,  Luke  iv.  18.  Strow  me 
 A  BED,]  Or,  spread  me,  make  me  a  couch, 
 holster  me  up.  The  original,  Raphad,  sig- 
 nitleth  properly  to  spread  abroad,  as  a  bed  to 
 lie  on,  Job  xvii.  13;  and  so  it  is  translated 
 by  the  Gr.  Sloibasate,  which  is  to  strew  a 
 bed,  as  they  were  wont,  with  herbs ;  or  to  stufl 
 and  bolster  up.  Thus  it  is  of  like  meaning 
 with  the  former  word,  for  they  used  beds  and 
 couches  at  banquets,  Amos  vi.  4;  Esth.  i. 
 5,  6;  or  it  further  signifieth  her  falling  down 
 as  into  a  swoon ;  and  as  one  not  able  to 
 stand,  is  to  lie  down  on  her  couch  which  she 
 desireth  may  be  made  and  bolstered  with  'the 
 apples,'  the  comfortable  doctrines  and  fruits 
 of  Chiist,  forementioned  in  ver.  3,  which  the  \ 
 Chald.  explaineth,  "  The  interpretation  of 
 the  holy  words,  which  are  sweet  like  the 
 apples  of  the  gaiden  of  Eden."  Sick  of 
 LOVE,]  In  languishing  with  desire  to  enjoy 
 the  comforts  of  my  beloved.  The  Gr.  tians- 
 lateth  it,  "  wounded  of  love."  The  original 
 word  signifieth  also  weakness,  as  in  Judg. 
 xvi.  7,  11.  This  speech  implieth  a  want  of 
 feeling  and  enjoying  the  presence  and  com- 
 forts of  Christ,  as  by  her  after  speech  is  mani- 
 fest, when  she  saith,  '  I  adjure  you,  O  daugh- 
 ters of  Jerusalem,  if  ye  find  my  beloved,  that 
 ye  tell  him  that  I  am  sick  of  love,'  chap.  v. 
 8.  And  that  such  is  the  church's  estate 
 sometimes,  appeareth  by  chap.  iii.  1,  2,  &c. ; 
 v.  6.  And  as  love  is  one  of  the  strongest 
 affections,  chap.  viii.  6,  7,  so  the  sickness 
 which  Cometh  of  it  doth  sore  afflict  and 
 weaken  the  person;  as  may  be  seen  in  that 
 evil  example  of  Amnon,  sick  of  love  for  his 
 sister  Tamar,  2  Sam.  xiii.  J,  2,  4.  This 
 sickness  ariseth  in  the  heart,  by  feeling  the 
 wrath  of  God  due  to  us  for  sin,  and  curse  of 
 his  law,  Ps.  xc  8;  xxxviii.  3,  5,  7;  Dan. 
 ix.  11 ;  Rom.  vii.  24  ;  (whereupon  it  is  said, 
 '  The  inhabitant  shall  not  say  I  am  sick ;  the 
 people  that  dwell  therein  shall  be  forgiven 
 their   iniquity,'  Is.  xxxiii.  24;)  and  afHic- 
 
700 
 
 SONG   OF    SONGS. 
 
 stiow  me  a  bed  with  apples:    for  I  am   sick    of  love.     *  His  left 
 hand  under  mine  head;  and  his  right  hand  embrace  me.     '  I  adjure 
 
 tious  laid  upon  us  for  our  humiliation,  Mic. 
 vi.  13;  Job  vii.  18;  xxx.  15,  1  ;  x.  6;  Lam. 
 iii.  17,  18;  Amos  vi.  6;  in  which  Christ 
 sometimes,  as  it  were,  hideth  himself  from 
 us,  Job  xiii.  24;  Ps.  Ixxvii.  6 — S;  Ixxx.  3, 
 7,  19.  The  church  feeling  and  acknowledg- 
 ing herself  sick,  seeking  for  the  physician, 
 and  is  in  the  way  to  health:  for  'they  that 
 are  whole  need  not  a  physician,  but  they  that 
 are  sick,'  Mat.  ix.  12.  And  such  as  feel 
 not  their  death  in  sin,  will  not  come  unto 
 Christ,  that  they  may  have  life,  John  v.  40, 
 who  healeth  all  our  sicknesses,  Ps.  ciii.  3,  as 
 he  himself  was  '  a  man  of  sorrows,  and 
 acquainted  with  sickness,'  Is.  liii.  3. 
 
 Ver.  6. — His  left  hand,]  Understand, 
 is  under  my  head:  or  prayerwise,  let  it  be 
 under  mine  head.  The  church  by  faith 
 beholdeth  the  help  of  Christ  himself,  in  the 
 ministry  of  his  word  and  Spirit  sustaining 
 her,  outwardly  and  inwardly,  as  with  the  left 
 and  right  hand ;  upholding  her  head,  folding 
 about  and  comforting  her  heart,  as  a  loving 
 husband  doth  his  wife  in  her  sorrow  and  sick- 
 ness; as  the  apostle  saith,  the  Lord  doth 
 '  nourish  and  cherish'  his  church,  Eph.  v.  29. 
 The  like  speech  is  repeated  in  chap.  viii.  3. 
 Under  my  head,]  As  a  pillow  to  rest  upon. 
 By  sins  and  afflictions,  '  the  whole  head  is 
 sick,  and  the  whole  heart  faint,'  Is.  i.  5.  By 
 the  righteousness  of  Christ,  and  consolations 
 of  his  Spirit,  our  sins  are  forgiven,  and  our 
 consciences  comfoited,  1  John  ii.  12;  iii.  24; 
 Rom.  xiv.  17.  This  grace  is  felt,  when  by 
 the  ministration  of  the  word,  the  fiagons  and 
 apples  forementioned  (in  ver.  5.)  are  applied 
 to  the  repentant  believing  sinner  :  who  saith, 
 when  his  flesh  and  his  heart  is  consumed  and 
 faileth,  'The  Rock  of  my  heart,  and  my 
 portion,  is  God  for  ever,'  Ps.  Ixxiii.  26.  His 
 RIGHT  HAND,]  Which  teacheth  him  fearful 
 things,  Ps.  xlv.  5,  so  both  his  hands,  even  all 
 that  Chriht  is,  his  Godhead  and  manhood,  his 
 life,  death,  resurrection,  ascension;  his  weak- 
 ness, power,  and  glory,  are  employed  for  the 
 comfort  and  salvation  of  his  church.  Doth 
 EMBRACE  ME,]  Or,  let  embrace  me,  or,  will 
 embrace  me :  it  is  a  speech  of  faith,  or  prayer, 
 (as  in  chap.  i.  2,  '  Let  him  kiss  me,')  con- 
 cerning the  fruition  of  Christ's  love  and 
 graces.  For  to  embrace  or  fold  the  arms 
 about  one,  is  (as  kissing)  a  sign  of  love.  Gen. 
 xxix.  13;  xlviii.  10.  In  this  sense  we  are 
 counselled  to  embrace  the  wisdom  of  God, 
 Piov.  iv.  7,  8.  This  commendeth  the  love 
 of  Christ,  that  leaveth  not  his  church  in  her 
 sickness,  sins,  and  infirmities;  but  cometh 
 to  her,  comforteth  and  sustaineth  her  with 
 his  own  hands,  in  manifestation  of  all  love. 
 
 compassion,  and  kindness;  and  joyeth  in  her, 
 as  '  the  bridegroom  rejoiceth  over  the  bride,' 
 Is.  Ixii.  6,  and  keepeth  her  safe  from  evil. 
 It  setteth  foith  also  the  church's  faith  and 
 thankfulness,  which  seeth  Chri>t  pi-esent  in 
 his  doctrine  and  ordinances,  and  his  minis- 
 try, as  if  he  were  crucified  before  her.  Gal. 
 iii.  1,  and  rejoiceth  before  others  for  his  love 
 and  help,  2  Cor.  i.  3—5,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  7.  — I  adjure  von,]  That  is,  / 
 earnestly  charge  you  with  an  oath,  for  which 
 if  you  break  it,  you  shall  be  guilty  of  punish- 
 ment. This  seemeth  to  be  the  speech  of  the 
 church  here,  as  it  is  also  after  in  chap.  iii. 
 5;  viii.  4,  to  the  daughters  of  Jerusalem,  her 
 friends,  of  whom  see  chap.  i.  5.  An  adjura- 
 tion, and  a  curse,  are  much  of  like  nature, 
 and  one  is  sometimes  put  for  another;  see 
 Gen.  xxiv.  8,  41;  Josh.  vi.  26;  1  Sam.  xiv. 
 24,  27,  28.  So  it  showeth  the  weightiness 
 of  this  speech.  By  the  roes,]  Here  may 
 be  tinderstood,  ye  that  are  by  the  roes :  ye 
 which  feed  your  flocks  al)road  iu  the  fields, 
 where  the  roes  and  hinds  run;  or,  abide 
 with  the  roes,  or  with  the  hinds  of  the  field. 
 Some  take  it  as  if  the  oath  were  by  them ; 
 which  cannot  be  but  improper  and  figurative, 
 seeing  oaths  and  adjurations  are  by  the  name 
 of  God  only,  Deut.  vi.  13;  Gen.  xxiv.  3. 
 The  roes  and  hinds  are  wild  beasts  of  the 
 field,  and  have  the  notation  of  their  names, 
 of  armies  and  powers;  and  by  wild  beasts, 
 the  nations  of  the  world  are  often  signified, 
 which  were  not  of  the  Lord's  fold,  among  his 
 sheep:  so  that  the  daughters  of  Jerusalem 
 (God's  elect)  being  with  and  among  them, 
 are  charged  (and  it  may  be  figuratively  by 
 them,  as  the  instruments  by  whom  Gud 
 would  punish  them  if  they  kept  not  this 
 charge)  to  beware  that  they  troubled  not  her 
 love.  Moreover,  the  me  and  the  hind  are 
 set  forth  in  scripture  for  examples  of  swift- 
 ness of  foot,  as  in  2  Sam.  ii.  IS;  xxii.  34, 
 which  being  referred  to  the  punishment  for 
 breaking  this  adjuration,  may  signify  the 
 swiftness  of  God'?  judgments  on  them  that 
 should  so  do.  These  creatures  are  also  men- 
 tioned when  speech  is  of  love  between  man 
 and  wife,  as  in  Prov.  v.  19,  '  Let  her  be  as 
 the  hiving  hind,  and  as  the  pleasant  roe,'&c, 
 that  as  the  males  and  females  of  these  beasts 
 do  dearly  love  one  another,  so  is  the 
 unfeigned  love  between  man  and  wife,  and 
 between  Christ  and  his  church.  And  here- 
 unto this  speech  may  have  respect :  the 
 rather  for  that  after  in  ver.  9,  she  likeneth 
 Christ  to  '  a  roe,  or  a  young  hart.'  And  as 
 the  heavens,  earth,  stones,  &c.  are  called  to 
 witness  against  men  if  they  sin,  Deut.  xxx. 
 
CHAPTER    II. 
 
 701 
 
 you,  O  daughters  of  Jerusalem,  by  the  roes;   or   by  the  hinds  of 
 the  field :  if  ye  stir,  and  if  ye  stir  up  the  love,  until  it  please. 
 **  Tile  voice  of  my  beloved!  behold  he  cometh :  leaping  upon 
 
 19;  Josh.  xxiv.  27,  so  the  roes  and  hinds 
 shall  rise  up  and  condemn  such  as  breait  their 
 faith  and  love  unto  Christ.  If  ye  stir,  and 
 IF  YE  STIR  UP,]  Or,  if  ye  atvake,  and  if  ye 
 wake  up:  they  are  both  words  of  one  sig- 
 nification, save  that  they  diti'er  in  form;  and 
 being  both  referred  to  the  love  after  men- 
 tioned, they  mean  a  stirring  up  or  disquiet- 
 ing much  or  little.  But  the  former  may  have 
 reference  to  the  daughters  of  Jerusalem,  that 
 they  themselves  stir  not  in  this  peace  and 
 quietness  of  Christ  and  his  church  :  the  lat- 
 ter, if  ye  stir  up,  is  referred  to  the  love,  that 
 it  be  not  disquieted.  And  the  word  if,  used 
 in  oaths  and  adjuratiun?,  is  a  prohibition 
 upon  penalty,  '  see  that  ye  stir  not,'  as  in 
 Gen.  xxi.  23,  '  swear  unto  me  here  by  Gud, 
 if  thou  shalt  lie  unto  me;  that  is,  that  thou 
 wilt  not  lie:  and  in  Mark  viii.  12,  '  if  a 
 sign  be  given  :  which  is  explained  in  Mat. 
 xvi.  4,  'a  sign  shall  not  be  given.  Stirring, 
 is  opposed  unto  quietness  or  sitting  still,  and 
 unto  sleep  and  rest,  Ps.  Ixxx.  3;  xxxv.  23; 
 Dan.  xi.  25;  Zach.  ii.  13;  iv.  1;  and  the 
 Lord  is  said  then  to  siir  up,  or  awake,  when 
 he  delivereth  his  church  out  of  trouble,  Ps. 
 Ixxviii.  C5,  66,  and  the  church  then  stirreth 
 up  the  Lord,  when  it  earnestly  prayeth  for 
 ,  such  deliverance,  Ps.  xliv.  24,  25.  The 
 \  Chald.  paraphrast  and  other  Hebs.  under- 
 j  stand  it  so  here;  but  apply  it  to  the  deliver- 
 I  ance  of  Israel  out  of  Egypt,  which  might  not 
 \  be  until  the  time  appointed  of  God:  and  if 
 we  take  it  in  this  sense,  the  daughters  of 
 Jerusalem  are  charged  to  suffer  affliction,  for 
 and  with  Christ,  in  faith  and  patience,  unto 
 the  coming  of  the  Lord,  Jam.  v.  7 ;  1  Pet. 
 V.  6,  7,  and  not  to  provoke  him  by  murmur- 
 ing, or  otherwise,  through  fear  and  unbelief: 
 a  figure  whereof  may  be  seen  in  Christ's 
 sleeping  in  the  storm,  and  the  disciples 
 waking  him,  Mark  iv.  37 — 40.  But  it  may 
 be  applied  unto  the  stirring  and  provoking  of 
 Christ  by  sin,  for  which  he  often  departeth 
 from  his  people,  and  chasteneth  their  trans- 
 gressions, Ex.  xxiii.  20,  21 ;  Is.  lix.  2;  Ixiii. 
 10,  that  they  should  by  no  means  grieve  the 
 Holy  Spirit  of  God,  Eph.  iv.  30.  The 
 LOVE,]  Understand  my  love,  meaning  Ciirist 
 her  beloved ;  who  is  called  love,  for  excel- 
 lency sake  (as  in  chap.  i.  4,  '  righteousnesses" 
 were  righteous  persons :)  because  '  God  is 
 love,'  1  John  iv.  8,  most  worthy  to  be  loved, 
 and  loving  his  most  dearly.  So  '  loves  '  for 
 '  lovers,'  in  Hos.  viii.  9.  Afterward  the 
 spouse  herself  is  called  by  this  name  love,  in 
 chap.  vii.  6.     Until  it  plkase,]  Or,  U7itil 
 
 he  please,  speaking  of  Christ;  and  being 
 understood  of  stirring  or  provoking  him  by 
 sin,  it  meaneth  never;  for  so  the  word  imtil 
 often  sigtiifieth:  as  Michal  had  no  child 
 '  until  the  day  of  her  death,'  2  Sam.  vi.  23  ; 
 that  is,  she  never  had  any:  and  this  iniquity 
 shall  not  be  purged  from  you,  'till  ye  die,' 
 Is.  xxii.  1  4,  and,  I  will  not  leave  thee,  •  until 
 I  have  done  that  which  I  have  spoken  unto 
 thee,'  Gen.  xxviii.  15;  and  sundry  the  like. 
 Ver.  8. — The  voice,]  Here  the  spouse 
 breaketh  out  and  rejoicelh  to  hear  the  bride- 
 groom's voice,  and  signifieth  to  her  friends 
 the  comforts  that  she  had  thereby  ;  as  it  was 
 her  soul's  sickness  and  grief  when  he  with- 
 drew himself,  and  kept  silence.  By  '  the 
 voice,'  is  meant  the  word  of  his  grace,  the 
 preaching  of  the  gosjiel  ;  which  she  knowetli 
 to  be  his,  and  receiveth  with  jo)',  as  Christ's 
 sheep  are  said  to  hear  and  to  know  the  voice 
 of  the  shepherd,  and  not  a  stranger,  John  x. 
 3,  4,  &c.  In  this  sense,  he  said  before  Pil- 
 ate, '  Every  one  that  is  of  the  truth,  hearelh 
 my  voice,'  John  xviii.  37  ;  and  they  knew 
 not  '  the  voices  of  the  prophets,'  Acts  xiii.  27, 
 that  is,  their  doctrines  ;  and  '  To-day,  if  ye 
 shall  hear  his  voice,  harden  not  your  hearts,' 
 &c.,  Heb.  iii.  7.  This  voice  is  heard  before 
 his  coming,  to  prepare  the  hearers  to  receive 
 him  ;  as  John  the  Baptist,  who  prepared  the 
 way  before  Christ,  is  called  '  the  voice  of  a 
 crier,'  &c.,  Mark  i.  2,  3.  Behold,  He 
 COMETH,]  A  further  degree  of  grace  from 
 him,  and  comfort  in  her,  that  she  not  only 
 heareth  his  voice,  but  seeth  him  coming  to 
 save  her,  as  is  promised  in  Is.  xxxv.  4.  By 
 the  preaching  of  the  gospel,  received  witli 
 faith,  Christ  himself  cometh,  and  is  preserl 
 with  his  people,  John  xiii.  20  ;  Gal.  iii.  1. 
 And  as  the  church  was  '  sick  of  love,'  ver.  5, 
 so  Christ  here  answereth  to  her  desire,  ful. 
 filling  that  which  he  promised,  '  If  a  man 
 love  me,  he  will  keep  my  words ;  and  my 
 Father  will  love  him;  and  we  will  come  unto 
 him,  and  make  our  abode  with  him,'  John 
 xiv.  23.  Leaping,]  A  similitude  taken 
 from  the  roes  and  harts,  (whereunto  Christ  is 
 likened  in  ver.  9),  which  are  swift  iu  run- 
 ning, and  skip  upon  mounts,  hills,  and  rocks, 
 as  in  Is.  xxxv.  6;  'the  lame  man  shall  leap 
 as  an  hart.'  Hereby  therefore  Christ's  speed 
 and  readiness  to  help  is  signified.  Upon  the 
 MOUNTAINS,]  That  is,  openly  and  apparently 
 to  the  eye  ol  faith,  as  in  Nah.  i.  15,  '  Behold 
 ujion  the  mountains,  the  feet  of  him  that 
 bringeth  good  tidings,'  &c.  Spiritually  by 
 the  mountains  and  hills  may  be  meant  the 
 
702 
 
 SONG   OF    SONGS. 
 
 the  mountains ;  skipping  upon  the  hills.  ®  My  beloved  is  like  a 
 roe,  or  a  fawn  of  the  hinds  :  behold  he  is  standing  behind  our  wall, 
 looking  forth  througli  the  windows,  flourishing  through  the  lattices. 
 
 kingdoms  and  nations  of  the  woild,  su'idued 
 unto  Christ  by  the  preaching  of  the  gospel, 
 Rev.  xi.  15.  Or,  it  may  be  translated, 
 'over  the  mountains,  and  over  the  hills;' 
 passing  over  all  impediments  which  might 
 seem  to  hinder  him;  as  the  sins  of  his  people, 
 the  opposition  of  the  world,  and  the  like.  So 
 the  adversaries  of  the  church  are  likened  to 
 a  mountain,  in  Zach.  iv.  7,  '  Who  art  thou, 
 O  great  mountain  ?  before  Zerubbabel  thou 
 shall  become  a  plain.'  And  by  the  preach- 
 ing of  the  gospel,  '  every  mountain  and  hill 
 shall  be  made  low,'  Is.  xl.  4.  See  also  Is. 
 xli.  15;  xlii.  15  :  Hab.  iii.  6. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Like  a  roe,]  For  swiftness,  2 
 Sam.  ii.  18  ;  and  for  pleasantness,  Prov.  v. 
 19.  The  same  is  meant  by  the  next  simili- 
 tude of  the  fawn  or  young  hart,  2  Sam.  xxii. 
 34  ;  Prov.  V.  19.  Fawn  of  the  hinds,]  Or, 
 oft/ie  hart,  (for  the  original  word  implieth 
 both  males  and  females),  and  she  speaketh  in 
 the  plural  number,  either  because  the  fawn  is 
 engendered  of  both  male  and  female,  which 
 delight  each  in  other;  or,  for  excellency,  as 
 Solomon  Jarchi  expoundeth  it,  "The  fawn  of 
 a  choice  hind,"  or  hart.  Here  the  church 
 showeth  the  readiness  of  Christ  to  help  her  ; 
 as  in  ver.  8,  she  saw  him  come  leaping  and 
 skipping,  so  by  these  two  creatures,  most 
 swift  of  foot,  she  signifieth  the  speed  he  mak- 
 eth,  as  in  chap.  viii.  14  ;  and  the  mutual  love 
 and  delight  between  them,  according  to  Prov. 
 V.  19.  Behind  our  wall,]  This  signifieth  a 
 more  near  communion  with  Christ,  than  when 
 he  was  farther  off,  leaping  on  the  mountains  ; 
 and  yet  not  so  near,  but  there  was  still  a  wall 
 between  her  and  him,  which  parted  them;  so 
 the  degrees  of  graces  are  here  meant,  whereby 
 Christ  manifesteth  his  love  to  his  church,  not 
 wholly  at  once,  but  as  he  seeth  good  for  us  ; 
 that  by  beholding  and  delighting  in  his  good, 
 ness,  we  may  be  drawn  to  loUovv  him,  calling 
 us  after  him,  ver.  10.  His  'standing  behind 
 our  wall,'  if  it  be  referred  to  Clnist  himself, 
 may  be  understood  of  his  incarnation,  when 
 he  dwelt  in  our  house  of  clay,  (as  it  is  called 
 in  Job  iv.  19),  and  in  our  flesh,  appeared, 
 pieached,  suffered,  &c.,  to  draw  us  after  him 
 into  the  kingdom  of  his  Father,  as  John  i.  14, 
 'The  word  was  made  flesh, and  dwelt  amongst 
 11-;,  and  we  beheld  his  glory,  the  glory  as  of 
 the  only  begotten  of  the  Father,  full  of  grace 
 and  truth.'  If  it  be  referred  to  the  wall 
 which  God  hath  made  for  his  church,  it  may 
 mean  his  holy  ordinances,  (which,  in  the  time 
 of  the  law,  were  '  a  middle  wall  of  partition,' 
 as  Paul  uameth  them,  Eph.  ii.  24),  behind 
 
 whicli  Christ  standeth,  speaketh,  and   show-  i 
 
 eth  himself,  though  more  obscurely.     But  we         ! 
 may  best  apply  it  to  our  own  wall,  meaning 
 of  the  heart,  (as  the  prophet  speaketh  of  '  the  j 
 
 walls  of  his  heart,'  Jer.  iv.  19,  which  the  Or. 
 here  translateth,  "the  senses  of  his  heart,")  ' 
 
 and  it  agreeth  with  that  saying,  '  Behold,  I  > 
 
 stand  at  the  door  and  knock,'  &c..  Rev.  iii.  , 
 
 20.      For  the  natural  senses  and  understand- 
 ing  of  our  hearts  are  as  a  wall  to  hinder  us 
 from  Christ,  till  they  be    pulled  down,    and 
 reformed  according  to  the  knowledge  of  God. 
 And   so  it  is  prophesied  of  Christ,  that  he 
 should   '  unwall  (or  cast  down   the  walls  of) 
 all  the  sons  of  Seth,'  Num.  xxiv.  17;  that  is, 
 (as  the  apostle  openeth)  should  by  the  preach- 
 ing of  the  gospel,  '  pull  down  strong-holds, 
 cast  down  imaginations,  and  every  high  thing 
 that  exalteth  itself  against  the  knowledge  of 
 God  ;  and  bring  into  captivity  every  thought 
 to  the  obedience  of  Christ,'  2  Cor.  x.  4,  5. 
 Looking  through,]  Or,  looking  in   at  the 
 windows.     This  word,  used    only  here,  and 
 in  Ps.  xxxiii.  14  ;  Is.  xiv.  IG  ;    signifieth  a 
 looking  narrowly,  and  an  attentive   observa- 
 tion of  that  which  is    done    or    suffered  by  I 
 others.     So  it  noteth  Christ's  providence  and  1 
 care  of  his  church,  and  all  her  ways  ;   to  see  I 
 how  she  would  accept  of  him  and  his   word. 
 Flourishing,]  Or,  blossoming,  that  is,  show-  | 
 ing  himself  as  a  flower,  sweet,  pleasant,  ami- 
 able ;   to  teach  that  Christ  cometh  not  unto 
 his,  without  profit  and  comfort  to  their  souls. 
 For  as  he   is  all   gracious,  so  he  profferetli 
 grace  to  his  church.      The  Gr.  translateth  it, 
 "  looking  in ;"  agreeable  to  the  former  word. 
 Lattices,]   A  word   not  elsewhere   used  in  j 
 the  Heb. ;  but  the  Chald.  useth  it  for  windows,  1 
 as  in  Jos.  ii.  21.     And  as  windows   and  lat-  | 
 tices  do  both  serve  to  let  in  light  into  the  j 
 house  ;   so,  according  to  the  former  interpre-          | 
 tation,  they  may  here  be   applied  to  Christ,           i 
 through   whom   grace   shined   in   his  human 
 nature  ;  or  to  his  ordinances,  through  which 
 the  light  of  grace  shineth  unto  us,  as  by  his 
 word,  seals  of  the  covenant,    &c.,  or  to  the 
 hearts  of  his  people,  into  which  he  conveyeth 
 heavenly  light.       But  his  looking  in  to  his  ; 
 spouse  through    these,    betokeneth    also    his           j 
 secret  observation  of  her,  and  all  her  doings  ;           I 
 for  things  which  one  doth  secretly  unspied,           j 
 are  said  to  be  by  looking  out  at  the  window,           j 
 as  in  Prov.  vii.  6,  &c.;  Gen.  xxvi.  8.      And  I 
 as  for  her  she  seeth  him  not  plainly,  but  as 
 through  windows  and   lattices  ;    for  in  this 
 life  we  know  but  in  part  ;  and  '  now  we  see           j 
 through  a  glass  darkly,'  1  Cor.  xiii.  12.  The          I 
 
CHAPTER    II. 
 
 703 
 
 '"  My  beloved  answered,  and  said  unto  me,  Rise  up  thou,  my  love, 
 my  fair  one,  and  come  thou  away.  "  For  lo,  the  winter  is  past ; 
 tlie  rain  is  over,  it  is  gone  away.  ^^  The  flowers  appear  on  tlic 
 earth,  the  time  of  the  singing  (of  birds)  is  come :  and  the  voice  of 
 
 Chald.  referreth  this  speech  to  God's  respect 
 of  his  people,  when  they  kept  the  passover  in 
 Egypt,  Ex.  xii.,  which  was  a  figure  of  'Christ 
 our  passover  sacrificed  for  ns,'  1  Cor.  v.  7. 
 
 Ver.  10. — Answered,  I  Or,  spake.  She 
 telleth  here  the  end  and  fruit  of  Christ's  swift 
 coming,  to  call  her  by  his  Word  and  Spirit, 
 from  her  present  estate  and  place  of  afHiction 
 unto  a  better  ;  or  from  that  sloth  or  security 
 wherein  she  lay,  to  follow  him  in  the  faith 
 and  love  of  his  gospel  ;  for  when  we  with 
 open  face  behold  as  in  a  glass  the  glory  of  the 
 Lord, we  have  also  this  grace  added,  that  'we 
 are  changed  into  the  same  image,  from  glory 
 to  gloi'y,  even  as  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord,' 
 2  Cor.  iii.  18.  Rise  up  thou,]  Or,  rise  up 
 for  thyself,  and  for  thy  good.  So  after,  coine 
 away  for  thyself.  Sitting  or  lying  still,  fltt- 
 eth  not  with  a  Christian  in  this  life,  who  is 
 called  to  run  the  way  of  God's  command- 
 ments, Ps.  cxix.  32  ;  and  to  follow  the  Lamb 
 whithersoever  he  goeth.  Rev.  \iv.  4.  By 
 our  own  default  and  negligence,  we  want  the 
 comfoits  of  Christ  and  his  communion  ;  but 
 this  our  sin  is  reproved  and  made  manifest  by 
 the  light.  '  Wherefore  he  saith,  Awake  thou 
 that  sleepest,  and  arise  from  the  dead  ;  and 
 Christ  shall  give  thee  light,'  Eph.  v.  13,  14. 
 Hereunto  Ciirist  calleth  us,  with  words  of 
 love  and  kindness.  Coime  thou  away,]  Or, 
 go  thou,  or,  get  thou  away.  Such  words 
 God  used  to  Abraham,  «hen  he  called  him 
 out  of  his  country.  Gen.  xii. 
 
 Ver.  1 1 — Winter,]  A  time  of  cold,  hard- 
 ness, stoim,  and  tempest ;  wherein  flowers 
 and  fruits  are  consumed,  travel  is  difficult  ; 
 for  then  God  '  casteth  forth  his  ice  like  mor- 
 sels ;  who  can  stand  before  his  cold  ? '  Ps. 
 cxlvii.  17.  Therefore  Christ  saith,  'Pray 
 that  your  flight  be  not  in  the  winter,'  Mat. 
 xxiv.  20.  Rain  is  over,]  Or,  is  changed, 
 that  is,  past  away,  and  fair  weather  come  in 
 the  place.  Rain  in  winter  is  a  hindrance  of 
 travel  or  going  abroad,  as  appeareth  also  by 
 Ezra  X.  9,  13.  These  things  maybe  applied 
 to  outward  tro\ibles  and  grievances  in  this 
 life,  by  the  malice  of  the  world  ;  as  when 
 Israel  was  in  the  bondage  of  Egypt,  and  of 
 Babylon,  and  after  were  released.  Likewise 
 to  the  spiritual  winter,  rain  and  rage  of  Anti- 
 christ, after  which  the  graces  and  fruits  of  the 
 gospel  began  to  flourish  again.  May  also 
 signify  the  afflictions  of  soul,  wherein  fears 
 and  sorrows  are  stirred  up  like  tempests,  by 
 the  wrath  of  God,  caused  by  sin,  discovered 
 
 and  stirred  up  by  the  law,  Rom.  iii.  20  ;  iv. 
 15  ;  vii.  5,  8,  23,24.  All  which  byChiisfs 
 coming  are  done  away,  Rom.  vii.  25.  For 
 that  man  is  '  an  hiding  place  from  the  wind, 
 and  a  coveit  from  the  tempest,'  Is.  xxxii.  2; 
 and  through  him, '  we  being  justified  by  faith, 
 have  peace  with  God,'  Rom.  v.  1.  ;  and  his 
 tabernacle  is  '  for  a  place  of  refuge,  and  for  a 
 covert  from  storm  and  from  rain,'  Is.  iv.  6. 
 The  same  thing  is  elsewhere  signified  by  the 
 scorching  heatof  the  summer,  Rev.  vii.  16, 17. 
 Ver.  12. — The  flowers,]  Or,  the  flour, 
 ishing  thitigs  (or  flowerings)  appear.  A 
 description  of  a  pleasant  and  fruitful  spring, 
 after  a  doleful  winter;  signifying  Christ's 
 gracious  and  comfortable  gifts,  for  the  delight 
 and  benefit  of  his  church,  after  the  removal  of 
 the  former  evils.  These  flowers  may  be 
 understood  both  of  the  saints  themselves,  who 
 now  begin  to  hold  up  their  heads ;  and  of  the 
 graces  of  the  Spirit  wherewith  they  are 
 adorned,  for  their  mutual  comfort;  whiles  the 
 joyful  tidings  of  the  gospel  are  discovered  unto 
 the  consciences  of  afflicted  sinners,  to  assure 
 them  of  the  favour  of  God.  Thus,  unto  Pha- 
 raoh's butler  in  prison  was  signified  his  re- 
 storing to  his  former  good  estate,  by  a  dream 
 of  vine  branches  that  budded,  blossomed,  and 
 brought  forth  grapes,  Gen.  xl.  9,  10 — 13. 
 And  when  God  promiseth  grace  to  his  people, 
 he  saith,  '  Israel  shall  blossom  and  bud,  and 
 fill  the  face  of  the  world  with  fruit,'  Is.  xxvii. 
 6 ;  and  '  they  of  the  city  shall  flourish  like 
 grass  of  the  earth, 'Ps.  Ixxii.  16.  The  earth,] 
 Which  being  naturally  dry  and  barren,  (and 
 cursed  for  man's  sin,  Gen.  iii),  is  by  the 
 blessing  of  God,  and  by  means  of  the  rain  and 
 dew  of  heaven,  made  fruitful  ;  and  this  is 
 applied  unto  our  sinful  barren  nature,  made 
 fruitful  by  the  blessing  and  gospel  of  Christ, 
 Heb.  vi.  !• — 9.  So  God  promising  to  heal 
 the  backsliding  of  his  people,  and  to  love 
 them  freely,  after  his  anger  is  turned  away, 
 saith,  '  I  will  be  as  the  dew  unto  Israel,  he 
 shall  grow  as  the  lily,  and  cast  forth  his  roots 
 as  Lebanon  ;  his  branches  shall  spread,  and 
 his  beauty  shall  be  as  the  olive  tree,'  &c., 
 Hos.  xiv.  4 — 6.  The  Chald.  paraphrast  ap- 
 plieth  these  flowers  to  Moses  and  Aaron,  "who 
 were  like  unto  palm-tree  branches,  and  ap- 
 peared to- do  miracles  in  the  land  of  Egypt." 
 Singing,]  To  wit,  of  birds,  as  after  in  spe- 
 cial he  nameth  the  turtle  dove.  This  is  both 
 a  sign  and  an  effect  of  the  spring  time,  which 
 cheereth  all  creatures,  and  causeth  them  in 
 
704 
 
 SONG    OF    SONGS. 
 
 the  turtle  is  heard  in  our  land.  '^  The  fig-tree  putteth  forth  her 
 green  figs  ;  and  the  vines  with  tlie  tender  grape  give  a  smell.  Rise 
 lip  tlion,  my  love,  my  fair  one,  and  come  thou  away.  "  My  dove, 
 thai  art  in  the  clefts  of  the  rock,  in  the  secret  place  of  the  stairs ; 
 
 their  kind  to  sing  praises  untoGod  ;  and  these 
 birds  and  turtles  signify  tlie  saints,  who  feel- 
 ing the  comfoits  of  God's  Word  and  Spirit, 
 do  sing  his  piaise  ;  and  with  psalms,  and 
 hymns,  and  spiritual  songs,  do  sing  and  make 
 melody  in  their  hearts  to  the  Lord,  Eph.  v. 
 19.  As  it  is  written,  'They  shall  lilt  up 
 their  voice,  they  shall  sing  for  the  majesty  of 
 the  Lord,  &c.  From  the  utmost  part  of  the 
 earth  have  we  heard  songs,  Glory  to  the 
 righteous,'  Is.  xxiv.  14, 16.  Of  the  turtle,] 
 The  church  itself  is  sometimes  meant  by  the 
 turtle,  Ps.  Ixxiv.  19:  and  the  dove,  chap.  il. 
 14;  V,  2;  sometimes  the  Holy  Spirit  with 
 his  graces  is  resembled  by  a  dove,  as  at  our 
 I  Lord's  baptism.  Mat.  iii.  16;  and  thus  the 
 .  Chald.  expoundeth  it  here,  "The  voice  of 
 the  Holy  Spirit."  So  it  signifieth  the  voice 
 of  the  Spirit,  in  the  people  of  Christ  mutually 
 comforting  one  another,  and  jointly  praising 
 God  with  and  for  his  graces.  The  turtle 
 dove,  casting  her  feathers,  is  said  to  hide  her- 
 self in  winter  in  holes  of  trees,  her  voice 
 therefore  being  now  heard,  signifieth  that  sum- 
 mer was  come. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Her  green  figs,]  Or,  her  un- 
 ripe Jigs ;  such  as  the  fig-tree  thrusteth  out 
 instead  of  flowers  which  appear  on  other  trees. 
 A  sign  not  only  of  the  spring,  but  of  a  fruit- 
 ful year.  Our  Saviour  saith,  '  Learn  a  par- 
 able of  the  fig-tree.  When  her  branch  is  yet 
 tender  and  putteth  forth  leaves,  ye  know  that 
 summer  is  nigh,'  Mat.  xxiv.  32.  And  the 
 blessing  of  God  upon  his  church,  is  hereby 
 signified,  as,  on  the  contrary,  when  he  threat- 
 eneth  to  consume  the  same,  he  sailh,  there 
 shall  be  '  no  grapes  on  the  vine,  nor  figs  on 
 the  fig-tree,'  &c.,  Jer.  viii.  13.  Tender 
 GRAPE,]  Or,  young  smalt  grape,  called  in 
 Heb.  smadar,  a  word  used  only  in  this  Song 
 here,  and  in  ver.  15,  and  chap.  vii.  ver.  12. 
 By  this  variety  of  fruits  is  figured  the  variety 
 of  graces,  the  good  work  and  sweet  odour  of 
 them,  which  appear  in  the  saints  after  they 
 are  reconciled  to  God  by  Jesus  Christ;  who  is 
 '  the  true  vine,'  the  faithful '  are  the  branches,' 
 who,  when  they  bear  much  fruit,  the  Father 
 is  glorified,  John  xv.  1,  5,  8.  The  people  of 
 God  themselves  are  also  likened  tograpes  and 
 figs,  as,  '  I  found  Israel  like  grapes  in  the 
 wilderness  ;  I  saw  your  fathers,  as  the  first 
 ripe  in  the  fig-tree,'  &c.,  Hos.  ix.  10.  Rise 
 UP  THOU,]  Or,  rise  up  for  thyself,  as  in  ver. 
 10,  which  exhortation  is  here  again  repeated. 
 Ver.  14.— Mr  dove,]  So  Christ  calleth 
 
 here  his  church.  The  dove  is  mournful, 
 sociable,  harmless,  chaste,  fearful,  &c.,  as, 
 '  I  did  mourn  as  a  dove,'  Is.  xxxviii.  14 ;  and 
 'we  mourn  sore  like  doves,'  Is.  lix.  11. 
 Again,  who  are  these  that  fly  '  as  the  doves  to 
 their  windows,'  or  lockers,  Is.  Ix.  8  ;  and  in 
 Ezek.  vii.  16,  'They  that  escape  of  them, 
 shall  escape,  and  shall  be  on  the  mountains 
 like  doves  of  the  valleys,  all  of  them  mourn- 
 ing every  one  for  his  iniquity.'  And  in  Hos. 
 xi.  11,  '  They  shall  tremble  as  a  dove,  out  of 
 the  land  of  Assyria  ;'  Mat.  x.  16,  '  be  harm- 
 less as  doves.'  All  which  properties  agree 
 with  the  church  in  this  her  estate;  especially 
 fearfulness  and  mourning  for  her  iniquities, 
 whereby  she  became  sick  of  love,  ver.  5.  The 
 CLEFTS  OF  THE  ROCK,]  Hidden  there  for  fear 
 of  enemies,  as  it  is  written,  '  O  ye  that  dwell 
 in  Moab,  leave  the  cities,  and  dwell  in  the 
 rock  ;  and  he  like  the  dove,  that  maktth  her 
 nest  in  the  sides  of  the  holes'  mouth,'  Jer. 
 xlviii.  28.  The  rock  whither  this  dove,  the 
 church,  was  now  fled,  seemeth  most  properly 
 to  mean  faith  in  Christ,  as  Mat.  xvi.  18  ; 
 wherein  she  hid  herself,  for  fear  of  God's 
 wrath  for  her  sin,  and  yet  durst  not  show  her- 
 self; or,  the  election  of  God,  which,  as  a  sure 
 and  rocky  foundation,  abideth  for  ever. 
 Herewith  compare  Ex.  xxxii.  22,  where 
 Moses  was  put  in  a  clift  of  the  rock,  and 
 covered  with  God's  hand,  while  he  passed  by. 
 Secret  place,]  Or,  hiding  place.  Thus, 
 David  often  calleth  God  his  secret  or  hiding 
 place,  as  in  Ps.  xxxii.  7,  '  Thou  art  a  secret 
 place  to  me,  from  distress  thou  wilt  preserve 
 me,'  &c.  See  also  Ps.  Ixi.  5;  xci.  1.  Stairs,] 
 Heb.  stair,  or  steep  place.  This,  as  the  rock 
 aforesaid,  may  signify  Christ ;  by  faith  in 
 him,  we  ascend  unto  God  by  degrees,  as  by 
 stairs,  he  being  the  ladder  which  Jacob  saw 
 in  a  vision,  upon  whom  the  angels  of  God 
 ascended  and  descended.  Gen.  xxviii.  12  : 
 John  i.  51.  Let  me  see  thy  counten- 
 ance,] Or,  cause  me  to  see  thy  personage, 
 thy  visage,  thy  form,  fashion,  siylit,  shape, 
 or-  appearance.  See  chap,  v,  15  ;  that  is, 
 stir  up  thy  faith,  and  hold  up  thy  face  with 
 comfort,  come  unto  me,  walk  before  me,  and 
 be  upright,  as  Gen.  xvii.  I.  Piesent  thy 
 body  as  a  living  sacrifice,  holy,  &c.,  Rom. 
 xii.  1.  So  the  Chald.  expoundeth  it,  "Shew 
 me  thy  countenance,  and  thy  righteous 
 works."  Hear  thy  voice,]  "That  is,  thy 
 prayers,  praises,  songs,  thanksgivings,  &c., 
 Ps.  V.  3  ;  xxvi.  7;  xxviii.  2;   xlii.  6  ;   call 
 
CHAPTER    II. 
 
 705 
 
 let  me  see  thy  countenance,  let  me  hear  thy  voice  :  for  thy  voice 
 is  sweet,  and  thy  countenance  is  comely.  '^  Take  ye  for  us  the 
 foxes,  the  little  foxes,  that  corrupt  the  vineyards ;  for  our  vine- 
 yards have  tender  grapes. 
 
 upon  me  in  all  thy  fears  and  troubles,  as  in 
 Ps.  1.  15, '  Call  on  me  in  the  day  of  distress,' 
 &c.  By  these  words  Cluist  both  showeth 
 her  the  cause  of  her  soul's  sickness,  to  be  her 
 own  infirmities,  and  negligence  in  prayer, 
 and  other  holy  duties,  as  also  comforteth  her 
 against  her  fears,  and  the  consciL-nce  of  her 
 infirmities.  Thus  the  Chald.  also  explaineth 
 it,  "  Let  me  hear  thy  voice,  for  thy  voice  is 
 sweet  in  prayer,  in  the  house  of  the  little 
 sanctuary,  and  thy  countenance  fair  in  good 
 works."  Is  SWEET,]  That  is,  pleasing  and 
 acceptable,  being  uttered  in  faith,  and  accor- 
 ding to  the  will  of  God,  as  it  is  written, 
 '  Then  shall  the  offerings  of  Judah  and  Jeru- 
 salem he  sweet  (that  is,  pleasing)  unto  the 
 Loid,'  Mai.  iii.  4  ;  but  unto  the  transgressors 
 he  saith,  *  Your  burnt-oti'erings  are  not  accep- 
 table, nor  your  sacrifices  sweet  unto  me,'  Jer. 
 vi.  20.  Comely,]  Or,  to  be  desired,  beau- 
 tiful, as  in  chap.  i.  4.  These  praises  of  the 
 church  are  spiritual,  and  according  to  the 
 esteem  of  God,  not  of  men.  For  even  Christ 
 himself,  in  respect  of  worldly  reputation,  had 
 his  visage  and  form  so  marred,  ihat  many 
 were  astonished  at  him.  He  had  no  form  nor 
 comeliness,  Is.  lii.  14;  liii.  2. 
 
 Ver.  15.  — T.\ke  ye  for  us  the  foxes,] 
 It  is  uncertain  whether  these  U'ords  be  spoken 
 by  Christ,  or  by  tlie  church,  or  both;  but  they 
 seem  rather  to  he  Christ's  words,  directed 
 chiefly  to  the  watchmen  and  ministers  of  the 
 church.  By  foxes  are  meant  false  prophets 
 and  heretics,  as  in  Ezek.  xiii.  4,  '  O  Israel, 
 thy  prophets  are  like  the  foxes  in  the  deserts.' 
 Such  are  by  Christ  likened  to  wolves.  Mat. 
 vii.  12.  And  the  apostle  to  the  elders  of 
 Ephesus  giveth  warning  of  such,  Acts  xx. 
 28,  29,  &c.  ;  and  all  Christians  are  to  mark 
 and  espy  such,  Horn.  xvi.  17.  The  taking, 
 or  apprehending  and  holding  fast,  of  these 
 foxes,  is  the  discovering  and  refuting  of  their 
 errors,  the  judging,  censm-ing,  and  casting 
 them  cut  of  the  church,  1  Tim.  i.  3,  18—20; 
 or  avoiding  them,  if  they  be  none  of  the 
 church,  2  John  10.  And  because  the  vine- 
 keepers  knowing  the  malignity  of  foxes,  would 
 destroy  them,  but  by  reason  of  their  subtilty, 
 they  often  escape,  and  are  not  taken  ;  there- 
 fore he  saith,'  take  ;'  meaning  by  consequence 
 the  rooting  of  them  out.  And  as  the  fox  is  fam- 
 ous for  his  craft  and  subtilty;  so  are  false  teach- 
 ers called  therefore  '  deceitful  workers,  trans- 
 forming themselves  into  the  apostles  of  Christ,' 
 2  Cor.  xi.  13.     And  not  thev  only,  but  crafty 
 
 Vol.  II.  4 
 
 tyrants,  and  other  like  enemies,  may  be  meant 
 by  I'oxes  ;  as  Christ  called  Herod  a  fox,  Luke 
 xiii.  32  ;  also  sins  of  all  sorts,  may  by  reason 
 of  their  deceitfulness  (Heb.  iii.  13)  be  here 
 implied  under  the  name  of  foxes,  whose  pro- 
 perty is  to  have  holes  in  the  earth,  Mat.  viii. 
 10,  as  sins  are  hidden  in  the  fraudulent  hearts 
 of  men.  The  little  foxes,]  The  lesser 
 sort  of  sins,  enors,  false  teachers,  &c.,  even 
 in  their  beginning  and  first  bud,  when  they 
 may  seem  to  be  less  hurtful,  as  is  said  of 
 Babylon,  '  Happy  shall  he  be  that  taketh  and 
 dasheth  thy  little  ones  against  the  rock,'  Ps. 
 cxxxvii.  9.  Corrupt  the  vineyards,]  By 
 devouring  the  grapes,  the  foxes  corrupt,  mar, 
 and  destioy  vines  and  vineyards ;  so  sins, 
 sinners,  and  heretics,  destroy  the  faith,  doc- 
 trine, and  churches  ;  making  'shipwreck  of 
 faith,'  1  Tim.  1.  19;  their  word  'eatetb  as 
 doth  a  canker,'  2  Tim.  ii.  17 ;  they  are 
 '  vain  talkers,  and  deceivers  of  minds ;  who 
 subvert  whole  houses,'  Tit.  i.  10,  11  ;  they 
 '  privily  bring  in  heresies  of  perdition,  being 
 as  natural  brute  beasts,  made  to  be  taken  and 
 destroyed,'  2  Pet.  ii.  1,  12.  Of  such,  the 
 Lord  complaineth,  'Many  pastors  have  cor- 
 rupted my  vineyard,'  Jer.  xii.  10,  For,] 
 Heb.  and  ;  which  word  is  often  used  instead 
 of/or,  as  in  Ps.  Ix.  13;  Is.  Ixiv.  7  ;  Gen. 
 xii.  19.  H.-iVE  TENDER  grapes,]  Or,  bring 
 forth  the  tender  grape.  This  reason  show- 
 eth the  love  and  care  of  God  towards  his 
 church  and  people  that  are  fruitful.  If  they 
 bear  wild  grapes  instead  of  wholesome  fruit, 
 he  will  '  take  away  the  hedge  of  his  vine- 
 yard, and  it  shall  be  eaten  up,'  Is.  v.  4,  5. 
 Every  branch  in  Christ  that  beareth  not  fruit, 
 his  Father,  the  husbandman,  taketh  it  away  ; 
 and  every  branch  that  beareth  fruit,  he  purg- 
 eth  it,  that  it  may  biing  forth  more  fruit, 
 John  XV.  1,2;  and  when  the  fruit  is  young 
 and  tender,  he  hath  care  to  preserve  and 
 cherish  the  same. 
 
 Ver.  1G. — Is  mine,]  Here  the  spouse  prc- 
 fesseth  the  joyful  communion  between  Christ 
 and  her,  which  she  now  feeleth  renewed  after 
 her  soul  sickness.  Christ  is  ours,  when  by 
 faith  we  apply  him  and  all  his  graces,  his 
 death,  resurrection,  ascension,  intercession, 
 <fec.  unto  ourselves,  as  our  own.  '  Because 
 we  thus  judge,  that  if  one  died  for  all,  then 
 are  all  dead,'  1  Cor.  v.  14.  'I  am  cruci- 
 fied with  Christ.  Nevertheless  I  live,  yet 
 not  I,  but  Christ  liveth  in  me,  &c.  Gal.  ii. 
 20.     '  And  we  have  known  and  believed  the 
 
706 
 
 SONG    OF   SONGS. 
 
 "^  My  beloved  is  mine,  and  I  am  his;  he  feedeth  among  the 
 lilies.  "  Until  the  day  dawn,  and  the  shadows  flee  away:  turn 
 about,  and  be  thou  like,  O  my  beloved,  to  a  roe;  or  to  a  fawn  of 
 the  liinds,  upon  the  mountains  of  Bether. 
 
 love  that  God  hath  to  us,'  I  John  iv.  16. 
 And  I  HIS,]  By  the  covenant  of  his  grace : 
 as  it  is  written,  *  I  entered  into  covenant 
 with  thee,  saith  the  Lord  God,  and  thou 
 becamest  mine,'  Ezek.  xvi.  8.  Or,  as  the 
 former  branch  signified  her  faith  to  justifica- 
 tion, so  this  latter,  her  sanctification;  while 
 by  holiness  of  life,  she  giveth  herself  to  Christ 
 in  all  obedience  to  do  his  will,  Rom.  vi. 
 And,  '  hereby  we  know  that  we  dwell  in 
 him,  and  he  in  us,  because  he  hath  given  us 
 of  his  Spirit,'  1  John  iv.  13.  Feedeth 
 AMONG  THE  LILIES,]  This  signifieth  the  con- 
 tinuance and  increase  of  grace ;  for  that  faith 
 and  holiness  might  be  increased  daily,  Christ 
 by  his  Spirit,  and  by  the  ministry  of  his 
 word,  feedeth  his  flock  among  the  fair,  sweet, 
 and  comfortable  lilies  of  the  scriptures ;  and 
 in  the  communion  of  the  saints,  which  are 
 like  '  lilies  among  thorns,'  ver.  2. 
 
 Ver.  17. — Until  the  day  dawn,]  Or, 
 until  the  day  blow,  or  breathe  forth,  to  wit, 
 light :  as  appeareth  by  that  which  followeth, 
 the  fleeing  of  shadows.  Although  it  may 
 have  reference  to  the  blowing  of  the  wind  at 
 the  break  of  the  day.  The  like  speech  is 
 used  again  in  chap.  iv.  6.  The  shadows 
 fly,]  That  is,  the  darkness  of  the  night  flee: 
 as  on  the  contrary,  when  '  the  day  goeth 
 away,  the  shadows  of  the  evening '  are  said  to 
 be  '  stretched  out,'  Jer.  vi.  4.  Torn  abodt,] 
 To  wit,  unto  me,  have  respect  unto,  and  care 
 of  me  ;  it  is  a  request  of  comfort  from  Christ, 
 as  David  saith,  'Thou  didst  much  increase 
 my  greatness,  and  didst  turn  about  and  com- 
 fort me/  Ps.  Ixxi.  21.  The  spouse  here  in 
 the  night  and  darkness  of  her  tribulation  and 
 
 temptation,  desireth  Christ  to  lie  ready  at 
 hand  for  her  help,  by  the  comfort  of  his  word 
 and  Spirit.  The  night  and  shadows  thereof 
 do  signify  either  the  darkness  of  ignorance 
 and  sill,  when  the  truth  and  way  of  God  is 
 not  known,  Eph.  v.  8;  1  John  i.  6;  Mic. 
 iii.  6;  or  the  time  of  trouble  and  persecution. 
 Lam.  iii.  1,2;  the  day  is  the  time  of  know- 
 ledge, holiness,  comfort,  peace,  and  joy,  1 
 Thess.  v.  5,  Rom.  xiii.  12,  13;  Esth.  viii. 
 16.  The  dawning  or  break  of  this  day,  is 
 the  sense  and  feeling  of  inward  joy  and  com- 
 fort by  the  word  and  Spirit;  as  the  apostle 
 exhorteth  us  to  take  heed  unto  the  sure  word 
 of  prophecy,  as  unto  a  light  that  shineth  in  a 
 dark  place,  '  until  the  day  dawn,  and  the 
 day-star  arise  in  our  hearts,'  2  Pet.  i.  19;  the 
 fleeing  of  the  shadows  is  the  removing  away 
 of  blindness,  ignorance,  sinfulness,  misery, 
 and  trouble,  which  God  beginneth  to  his 
 people  in  this  life,  and  conlinueth  to  the  end, 
 when  '  the  day  of  the  Lord,'  and  '  the  day  of 
 Christ'  shall  appear,  1  Thess.  v.  2;  2  Thess. 
 ii.  2,  when  there  shall  be  eternity  of  light, 
 and  joy  to  the  faithful.  To  a  roe,]  For 
 swiftness  to  help  me,  and  pleasantness  to 
 delight  me :  see  the  notes  on  ver.  9.  Fawn 
 OF  THE  HINDS,]  Or,  of  the  harts,  that  is,  a 
 young  hart:  see  ver.  9.  Of  Bether,]  Or, 
 (by  interpretation)  of  division,  of  partition. 
 This  seemeth  to  be  the  place  called  also 
 Bithron,  which  was  on  the  outside  of  Jordan, 
 2  Sam.  ii.  29 ;  called  partition,  because  it 
 was  parted  by  the  river  Jordan  from  the  land 
 of  Judea.  And  on  those  mountains  (as  by 
 this  scripture  appeareth)  harts  and  roes  used 
 to  run,  from  which  the  similitude  is  taken. 
 
 CHAPTER    III. 
 
 '  Upon  my  bed,  in  the    night,  I  sought   him  whom  my  soul 
 loveth :  I  sought  him,  but  I  found  him  not.     ^  I   will  rise  now. 
 
 Ver.  1. — Upon  my  bed,]  The  church 
 now  showeth  greater  afflictions  into  which  she 
 fell,  through  want  of  feeling  the  presence  and 
 comforts  of  Christ.  While  she  thought  her- 
 self sure  of  her  beloved,  and  laid  her  down  as 
 on  the  bed  of  ease,  supposing  him  to  be  with 
 her,  she  misseth  his  company,  and  seeking 
 him   by  solitary  meditation,  found  him  not. 
 
 Thus  may  we  understand  this  place,  compar- 
 ing it  with  chap.  v.  2,  3,  &c.  The  bed 
 sometime  signifieth  tribulation,  as  in  Rev.  ii. 
 22,  which  may  be  also  implied  here;  that 
 the  church  sought  and  waited  for  the  Lord, 
 in  the  way  of  his  judgments,  as  in  Is.  xxvi. 
 8.  The  night,]  The  time  of  solitary  and 
 earnest  meditation,  as  also  of  affliction,  are 
 
CHAPTER    III. 
 
 707 
 
 and  go  about  in  the  city,  in  the  streets,  and  in  the  broad  places,  I 
 will  seek  him  whom  my  soul  loveth :  I  sought  him,  but  I  found 
 him  not.  ^  The  watchmen  that  go  about  in  the  city  found  me: 
 Saw  ye  him  whom  my  soul  lovetli  ?  *  It  icas  but  a  little  that  I 
 liad  passed  from  them,  but  I  found  him  whom  my  soul  loveth  :   I 
 
 signified  by  'the  night:'  as  in  Ps.  Ixiii.  7; 
 cxix.  55;  Ixxvii.  3,  4,  7,  &c.  So  in  Is. 
 xxvi.  9,  '  With  my  soul  have  I  desired  thee 
 in  the  night;  yea,  with  my  spirit  within  me, 
 will  I  seek  thee  early.'  I  sought,]  By 
 prayer,  study,  meditation;  upon  repentance 
 of  sins  and  negligences,  in  faith  of  God's 
 promises,  &c.  See  Mat.  vii.  7,  8;  Hos.  iii. 
 5;  V.  15;  Jer.  1.  4;  Zeph.  ii.  3;  Deut.  iv. 
 29.  My  sotJL  LOVETH,]  Christ,  whom 
 before  she  called  her  beloved,  is  here  the  love 
 of  her  soul ;  for  by  withdrawing  the  light  of 
 his  face,  and  afflicting  the  conscience,  the 
 love,  zeal,  and  affections  of  the  Christian 
 heart  are  kindled  and  increased,  '  When  he 
 slew  them,  then  they  sought  him;  and 
 returned  and  sought  God  early,'  &c.  Ps. 
 Ixxviii.  34,  35.  I  found  him  not,]  To  wit, 
 presently,  till  afterward,  ver.  4.  For  neglect 
 of  taking  hold  on  grace  when  it  is  offered,  or 
 not  keeping  it  when  it  is  received,  God  often 
 withdraweth  the  light  of  his  countenance,  to 
 stir  up  zeal  and  fervency  in  his  children, 
 Prov.  i.  24,  28  ;   Mic.  iii.  4  ;  Jer.  xi.  10,  1 1. 
 
 Ver.  2 I  will  rise  now,]  Or,  Let  me 
 
 rise  now.  This  signifieth  a  stirring  up  of 
 grace  in  her,  an  increase  of  faith,  love,  zeal, 
 and  fervency  in  spirit,  Neh.  ii.  12,  18;  Lam. 
 ii.  19;  Ps.  Ivii.  6.  Thus  afflictions  are 
 profitable,  that  we  may  learn  God's  statutes, 
 Ps.  cxix.  17.  Go  about  in  the  city,]  A 
 sign  of  earnest  desire  to  obtain  that  which 
 one  seeketh,  whether  it  be  for  evil,  as  in  Ps. 
 Iv.  11;  lix.  7,  15;  or  for  good,  as  in  this 
 place.  See  also  Is.  xxiii.  16.  By  'the  city,' 
 understand  Jerusalem  the  holy  city,  where 
 Christ  dwelt  amongst  men,  and  had  seated 
 his  temple,  and  the  practice  of  his- ordinances, 
 whither  all  Israel  repaired  thrice  every  year; 
 which  was  a  figure  of  the  church,  Eccl.  x.  15 ; 
 Is.  xxvi.  1.  So  amongst  the  people  of  God, 
 in  his  word  and  ordinances,  she  sought  Christ 
 for  the  comfort  of  her  soul.  Streets  and 
 BROAD  places,]  Or,  narrow  streets,  and 
 broad  streets,  for  both  words  are  used  for 
 streets  of  a  city;  and  the  latter,  for  such 
 broad  places  as  oftentimes  people  met  together 
 in,  as  in  2  Chron.  xxxii.  6;  Neh.  viii.  1,  3, 
 16;  Job  xxix.  7.  So  this  noteth  an  exqui. 
 site  search,  as  in  another  case  it  is  said, 
 '  Run  ye  to  and  fro  through  the  streets  of 
 Jerusalem,  and  see  now  and  know,  and  seek 
 in  the  broad  places  thereof,  if  ye  can  find  a 
 man,  if  there   be  any  that  execute th  judg- 
 
 ment,* &c.  Jer.  V.  1.  And  she  thereforo 
 seeketh  him  in  the  streets,  because  there 
 'wisdom  uttereth  her  voice,'  Prov.  i.  20,  21, 
 there  Christ  teacheth,  Luke  xiii.  26,  yet  now 
 in  them  she  cannot  find  him. 
 
 Ver.  3. — The  watchman,]  Or,  the  keep- 
 ers,  warders.  These  signify  the  officers  or 
 ministers  of  the  church  and  city  of  God  :  for/; 
 the  priests  and  levites  kept  of  old  the  watcl^/ 
 or  charge  of  the  Lord,  Num.  iii.  7,  8.  So  iijf 
 Is.  Ixii.  6,  it  is  said,  '/  have  set  watchmet^ 
 upon  thy  walls,  O  Jerusalem,  which  shalt< 
 never  hold  their  peace,  day  nor  night,'  &c. ) 
 Found  me]  It  is  not  said  she  sought  them, 
 but  they  found  her;  which  phrase  signifieth 
 diligence  rather  on  their  part,  and  a  thing 
 unlocked  for  on  hers.  So  God  is  said  to  find 
 his  people  in  the  wilderness,  Deut.  xxxii.  10, 
 and  afflictions  do  find  men,  as  Ps.  cxvi.  3, 
 18.  And  this  accordeth  with  the  watchmen's 
 duty,  to  find  out  such  as  wander  about  the 
 city  in  the  nights.  After  she  speaketh  of  the 
 like  and  more,  that  the  watchmen  found  her, 
 and  smote  her,  &c.  chap.  v.  7.  Saw  ye  him,] 
 She  inquireth  of  them  for  Christ,  but  here  is 
 no  mention  of  any  thing  they  said  to  her 
 before  ;  nor  of  any  answer  they  gave  to  her 
 demand  after.  It  is  probable  by  this  their 
 silence,  and  her  words  following,  that  they 
 told  her  no  tidings  of  her  beloved.  Whether 
 the  fault  were  in  them,  that  they  were  such 
 as  are  spoken  of  in  Is.  Ivi.  10,  '  blind  watch- 
 men,' and  'dumb  dogs'  that  could  not  bark  : 
 or  in  herself,  that  could  not  by  the  doctrine 
 of  the  ministers,  apprehend  and  apply  Christ 
 unto  her  conscience  and  comfort. 
 
 Ver.  4. — But  a  little,]  Or,  a  very 
 little  :  meaning  either  time,  or  distance  of 
 place.  Passed  from  them,]  So  she  stayed 
 not  with  them  because  her  beloved  was  not 
 among  them  :  but  continued  seeking  else- 
 where. For  neither  the  society  of  brethren, 
 or  church,  or  ministers,  can  comfort  the 
 afflicted  conscience,  unless  Christ  himself  be 
 apprehended  by  faith.  But  I  found,]  Or, 
 imtil  I  found:  here,  after  much  seeking, 
 without  fainting  or  discouragement,  when 
 means  fail,  she  findeth  Christ  to  the  comfort 
 of  her  conscience.  Thus  the  promise  is  ful- 
 filled, •  Seek  and  ye  shall  find,'  Mat.  vii.  7. 
 Not  let  him  go,]  Or,  not  leave  him;  show- 
 ing herein  Jacob's  faith  when  he  wrestled 
 with  the  angel,  Gen.  xxxii.  26.  '  I  will  not 
 let  thee  go,  except  thou  bless  me.'     This  is 
 
"08 
 
 SONG    OF    SONGS. 
 
 lield  him,  and  would  not  let  liim  go,  until  I  had  brought  him  into 
 my  mother's  liouse,  and  into  the  chamber  of  her  that  conceived 
 me.  *  I  adjare  you,  O  daughters  of  Jerusalem,  by  the  roes,  or 
 by  the  hinds  of  the  field  -.  if  ye  stir,  and  if  ye  stir  up  my  love, 
 until  he  please. 
 
 ^  Wlio  is  this  that  cometli  up  out  of  the  wilderness  like  pillars 
 
 done,  when  the  doctrines  and  promises  of  the 
 gospel  are  by  faith  retained ;  as  it  is  said, 
 '  Take  fast  hold  of  instruction,  let  her  not  go,' 
 Prov.  iv.  13.  My  mother's  house,]  Hereby, 
 any  chief  city,  polity,  or  solemn  place  of 
 assembly  is  signified,  2  Sam.  xx.  19;  Is.  1.  1, 
 Jer.  1.  12;  Eztk.  xix.  10.  The  mother  is 
 Jerusalem  which  is  above,  the  mother  of  us 
 all;  which  is  figured  by  Sarah  the  free- 
 woman,  and  signifieth  the  New  Testament  or 
 covenant  of  grace.  Gal.  iv.  24 — 26.  The 
 house  and  chamber  wherein  she  conceiveth 
 us  by  the  preaching  of  the  gospel,  is  outwardly 
 the  church,  1  Tim.  iii.  5  ;  inwardly,  the 
 heart  and  conscience,  where  faith  dwelleth, 
 Rom.  x.lO;  Gal.  iv.  19.  Thus  by  the  Spirit, 
 she  getteth  unto  herself  more  constant  assu- 
 rance of  her  election  and  salvation  by  Christ, 
 and  by  his  presence  through  his  word  and 
 oidinances,  her  state  and  church  polity  is  set 
 up  and  stablislied.      So  after  in  cliap.  viii.  2. 
 
 Vkr.  6 — I  ADJURE  YOu,&c.]  She  having 
 obtained  Christ  again,  with  constant  purpose 
 of  heart  to  retain  him,  reneweth  her  contes- 
 tation and  ciiarge  of  sanctificalion  of  life,  such 
 as  bucometh  the  gospel ;  and  of  patient  suf- 
 fering adversity  for  his  name:  that  Christ  be 
 not  provoked  by  sin  to  leave  his  people.  For, 
 as  Moses  said  unto  Israel,  'If  ye  turn  away 
 from  after  him,  he  will  yet  again  leave  them 
 in  the  wilderness,  and  ye  shall  destioy  all 
 this  people,'  Num.  xxxii.  15.  See  the 
 Annot.  on  chap.  ii.  7,  where  this  charge  was 
 first  given  in  these  same  words. 
 
 Ver.  6 — Who  is  this,]  This  woman, 
 speaking  of  the  church,  by  the  example  of 
 Israel,  who  went  up  from  the  wilderness  to 
 Canaan  the  promised  inheritance.  Num.  x. 
 33,  &c.  This  seemeth  to  imply  a  new  com- 
 pany or  state  of  a  church  rising  up  in  the 
 world  :  or  it  is  the  speech  of  strangers,  admir- 
 ing the  glory  of  the  spouse  of  Christ,  who  was 
 seen  before  of  Christ  by  her  fuiih,  and  is  now 
 beholden  of  others  by  her  order,  (the  two 
 things  most  respected  in  the  church  of  God, 
 Col.  ii.  5;)  in  which  she  marchelh  through 
 the  wilderness  of  this  world,  towards  her  hea- 
 venly rest.  So  when  Christ  came  riding  into 
 '  Jerusalem,  all  the  city  was  moved,  saying. 
 Who  is  this?'  Mat.  xxi.  10.  Cometh  up,] 
 Or,  ascendeth,  as  the  going  into  Egypt,  is 
 called  a  descending,  or  going  down,  Gen. 
 xlii.  2;  xlvi.   3,   4;  so  the  going  out  from 
 
 thence,  is  called  ascending,  or  going  up,  Ex. 
 xiii.  IS;    xxxiii.   3;    Deut.  ix.  23.      'The 
 
 way  of  life  is  above  to  the  wise,  that  he  may 
 depart  from  hell  beneath,'  Prov.  xv.  24. 
 From  the  wilderness,]  The  wilderness  of 
 the  land  of  Egypt  was  a  figure  of  the  world  ; 
 as  the  projjhet  teacheth  us  when  he  mention- 
 eth  'the  wilderness  of  people,'  Ezek.  xx.  35, 
 36.  So  Christians  are  '  not  of  the  world,' 
 but  he  hath  chosen  them  '  out  of  the  world,' 
 John  xv.  19.  Pillars  of  smoke,]  Or, 
 vapours  of  smoke,  as  the  Holy  Spirit  trans- 
 latetb  it  in  Gr.,  Acts  ii.  19,  from  Joel  ii.  30. 
 In  Heb.  it  hath  the  name  of  palm-trees, 
 (such  as  the  stature  of  the  church  is  likened 
 unto  in  chap.  vii.  7,)  which  are  upright  and 
 tall  like  pillars;  and  smoky  vapours  mounting, 
 upright,  are  so  called  by  similitude.  The 
 spouse  of  Christ  is  here  likened  to  '  pillars  of 
 smoke,'  because  her  journey  tendeth  right 
 upward  to  heaven,  moved  by  the  fire  of  God's 
 Spirit.  And  whereas  in  Joel  ii.  SO,  and 
 Acts  ii.  19,  blood,  and  fire,  and  pillars  of 
 smoke,  are  signs  of  God's  wrath  against  the 
 contemners  of  his  word  and  church,  (and 
 smoke  in  the  scriptures  is  usually  a  sign  of 
 anger,)  here  also  the  like  may  be  implied. 
 Again,  as  smoke  is  dark  and  hindereth  from 
 seeing,  and  the  cloudy  pillar  was  dark  to  the 
 Egyptians,  Ex.  xiv.  20,  so  is  the  church  and 
 gloiy  thereof,  obscure  unto  the  world,  by 
 reason  of  her  afllictions  in  this  life,  which 
 were  resembled  unto  Abraham  by  a  'smoking 
 oven,'  Gei\.  xv.  17.  But  chiefly  this  seemeth 
 to  denote  the  sanctification  of  the  churdi, 
 who  as  a  spiritual  sacrifice,  ascendeth  up  to 
 God,  on  the  altar  Chri-t,  by  the  fire  of  the 
 Spirit,  resolving  the  earthly  matter  to  ashes 
 remaining  beneath,  and  the  other  unto  smoke 
 mounting  up  unto  God.  Perfumed,]  Or, 
 becensed  uith  myrrh',  the  chuich  is  per- 
 fumed and  made  of  sweet  odour  by  Christ 
 (the  bag  of  myrrh  that  lodgeth  between  her 
 breasts,  chap.  i.  11  ),  whose  death  was  like 
 myrrh,  bitter  in  taste,  but  of  sweet  smell : 
 with  this  she  was  perfumed  by  knoiving  'him, 
 and  the  power  of  his  resurrection,  and  the 
 fellowship  of  his  suiTerings,  being  made  con- 
 formable unto  his  death,'  Phil.  iii.  10.  And 
 with  the  cdour  of  this  incense  she  is  com- 
 forted;  according  to  the  proverb,  'Ointment 
 and  perfume  rejoice  the  heart,'  Prov.  xxvii. 
 9.     And   frankincense,]  Myrrh   was  used 
 
CHAPTER    III. 
 
 709 
 
 of  smoke,  perfumed  with  myrrli,  and  frankincense,  with  all  powder 
 of  the  merchant  ? 
 
 '  Beliold,  his  bed  which  is  Solomon's;  threescore  miglity  ones 
 are  about  it,  of  the  miglity  ones  of  Israel.  *  They  all  hold  the 
 sword;  being  expert  in  war,  every  man  hath  liis  sword  upon  his 
 tliigh,  because  of  fear  in  the  night. 
 
 in  the  holy  anointing  oil,  and  frankincense  in 
 the  sweet  perfume,  Ex.  xxx. ;  which  per- 
 fume figured  the  mediation  of  Christ,  the 
 angel  which  oflereth  much  incense  with  the 
 prayers  of  all  saints,  Rev.  viii.  3.  So 
 through  his  death  and  intercession,  the 
 church  hath  her  sweet  smell,  and  all  her 
 garments  are  mynh,  aloes,  and  ca'ssia,  Ps. 
 xlv.  With  all  powder,]  Or,  above  all 
 potvder  (that  is,  powders  or  spices)  of  the 
 merchant.  That  is,  with  all  other  graces 
 that  Christ  hath  bestowed  upon  her  by  the 
 preaching  of  his  gospel.  Or,  those  forenamed 
 mynh  and  frankincense  wliich  she  hath  from 
 Christ,  are  above  all  other  graces  and  gifts 
 which  can  be  attained  to  in  this  worki.  Of 
 THE  MERCHANT,]  Or,  of  the  spice  merchant, 
 as  the  word  is  Englished  in  1  Kings  x.  15. 
 But  the  Gr.  interpreteth  it  "  apothecary,"  or 
 "  ointment-maker."  Such  were  of  the 
 priests  under  the  law,  which  '  made  the  oint- 
 ment of  the  spices,'  1  Chron.  ix.  30;  and 
 such  now  are  the  ministers  of  the  gospel, 
 uttering  the  word  and  graces  of  the  Spirit. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Behold  his  bed,  which  is 
 Solomon's,]  An  Heb.  manner  of  speech, 
 explained  thus  in  Gr.,  "  Behold  the  bed  of 
 Solomon."  Some  understand  here,  his  bed 
 like  that  which  Wds  Solomon's:  others,  above 
 (or  better  than)  that  which  tvas  Solomon's. 
 The  Spirit  here  calleth  us  to  behold  the 
 guard  which  was  about  Solomon's  bed,  for 
 his  safety  and  security  from  fear.  Solomon 
 in  his  name,  kingly  office,  wisdom,  and 
 royalty,  was  a  figure  of  Christ,  (who  is 
 greater  than  Solomon,  Mat.  xii.  42);  and 
 his  bed  is  above  Solomon's.  Christ's  bed 
 here  seemeth  to  mean  the  hearts  of  the  elect, 
 (as  in  chap.  i.  13,  the  spouse  said,  he  should 
 lodge  betwixt  her  breasts,)  in  whose  hearts 
 Christ  dwelleth  'by  faith,'  Eph.  iii.  17,  and 
 there  taketh  his  repose  and  icst.  And  this 
 habitation  or  lodging  was  figured  by  the 
 tabernacle  and  temple  of  Solomon,  1  Cor.  vi. 
 19.  Therefore  the  Chal.l.  j^araphrast  (who 
 saw  not  Christ  but  in  shadows)  apply  this  bed 
 to  the  temple  which  Solomon  built.  SiXTv 
 MIGHTY  ONE^,]  Or,  sio^ti/  vallunts,  strong 
 men.  Solomon's  bed  was  guarded  with  sixty 
 of  the  valiants,  or  mighty  men  of  Israel,  that 
 he  might  be  safe  from  peril,  figuring  the  safe 
 guarding  and  keeping  of  the  hearts  and  minus 
 of  God's  elect,   both  by  their  own   diligent 
 
 watch  over  their  hearts  and  ways;  (as  it  is 
 written,  '  Above  all  observation  keep  thy 
 heart :  for  out  of  it  are  the  issues  of  life,* 
 Prov.  iv.  23;  wherein  while  they  keep  sound 
 wisdom  and  discretion,  when  they  lie  down 
 they  shall  not  be  afraid  ;  yea,  tliey  lie  down, 
 and  their  sleep  is  sweet,  Prov.  iii.  21,  24;) 
 as  also  by  the  safe  keeping  and  protection  of 
 God,  by  whose  power  the  saints  are  guarded 
 (or  kept)  through  faith  unto  salvation,  1  Pet. 
 i.  5;  so  that  they  are  not  afraid  for  'the 
 terror  of  tlie  night,  or  for  the  arrow  that  flieth 
 by  day,'  Ps.  xci.  1,5;  and  the  peace  of  God, 
 which  passeth  all  understanding,  doth  keep 
 (or  guard)  their  hearts  and  minds  through 
 Christ  Jesus,  Phil.  iv.  7.  And  in  special, 
 this  is  done  by  the  ministers  of  Christ,  that 
 watch  and  wake  for  the  souls  of  his  people, 
 Heb.  xiii.  17;  Acts  xx.  28—31;  as  his 
 servants  of  old  did  *  stand  in  the  hotise  of  the 
 Lord  in  the  nights,'  Ps.  cxxxiv.  1.  Mightv 
 ONES  OF  Israel,]  AVhat  mighty  valiants 
 were  in  Israel,  appeareth  by  David's  wor- 
 thies, which  helped  him  in  his  wars,  and  are 
 mentioned  in  1  Chron.  xi.  10 — 47;  xii.  1 — 
 38.  They  figured  such  strong  men  as  have 
 the  word  of  God  abiding  in  them,  and  do 
 overcome  the  wicked  one,  1  John  ii.  14. 
 
 Ver.  S. — Hold  the  sword,]  Or,  holden 
 {apprehended)  of  the  sivord,  that  is,  girded 
 therewith  '  Tiie  word  of  God  is  the  sword 
 of  the  Spirit,*  Eph.  vi.  17;  which  men  do 
 then  hold  when  they  hold  forth  '  the  word  of 
 life,'  Phil,  ii*  16;  and  therewith  resist  Satan 
 and  all  enemies,  and  by  faith  do  overcome,  1 
 John  ii.  14;  v.  4.  Expert,]  O)',  learned, 
 tauffht,  (as  the  Gr.  translateth  it,)  being 
 taught  of  God,  who  teacheth  the  hands  of  his 
 people  to  war,  2  Sam.  xxii.  35 ;  so  that  they 
 fight  the  good  fight  of  faith,  1  Tim.  vi.  12; 
 and  by  long  custom  are  inured  and  skilful  iji 
 the  Loid's  battles,  and  '  have  their  senses 
 exercised  to  disiern  good  and  evil,'  Heb.  v. 
 14.  Such  in  figure  were  the  sons  of  Reuben, 
 Gad,  and  Manasses,  1  Chron.  v.  18.  His 
 SWORD  on  his  thigh,]  By  his  side  prepared, 
 and  ready  to  fight,  as  Kx.  xxxii.  27.  So 
 unto  Christ  it  is  said,  '  Gird  thy  swoid  upon 
 thy  thigh,  0  mighty  One,'  Ps.  xlv.  4.  Fear 
 IN  the  night,]  Or,  dread  (terror)  in  the 
 night,  the  dreadful  evils  that  are  secret  and 
 unseen,  and  every  night  do  endanger.  For 
 thefts,  murders,  treasons,  and  other  mischiefs. 
 
710 
 
 SONG    OF    SONGS. 
 
 3  King  Solomon  made  himself  a  chariot  of  the  wood  of  Leba- 
 non. '"  He  made  the  pillars  thereof  of  silver ;  the  bottom  thereof 
 c/gold  ;   tlie  covering  tliereof  o/"  purple :   the   midst   thereof  6eiw^ 
 
 are  often  done  in  the  night;  as  experience 
 and  the  scriptures  testify,  Job  xxiv.  14;  Jer. 
 vi.  5;  Neh.  vi.  JO;  Dan.  v.  30;  1  Cor.  xi. 
 23;  Mat.  xiii.  25;  Prov.  vii.  9,  22;  and 
 then  it  i^  needful  to  wat^ch,  and  stand  ready 
 armed,  Neh.  iv.  22;  Mat.  xxiv.  43;  xxvi. 
 31,  41.  So  CJiristians  which  are  to  wrestle 
 against  manifold  temptations,  and  '  against 
 the  rulers  of  the  darkness  of  this  world, 
 against  spiritual  wickedness  in  high  places  ;' 
 are  willed  to  take  unto  them  'the  whole 
 armour  of  God  :'  and  to  stand,  having  their 
 '  loins  girded,'  &c.,  Eph.  vi.  12—14. 
 
 Veh.  9. — A  CHARIOT,]  The  Heb.  apirjon 
 is  not  found  but  in  this  one  place,  translated 
 in  the  Gr.  lihoreion,  which  is  a  thing  to 
 carry  upon,  as  a  chariot,  litter,  or  the  like; 
 but  after  the  Heb.  it  hath  the  name  of  fair- 
 ness or  gloriousness,  and  of  fiuitfulness. 
 Some  take  it  to  be  a  throne,  some  a  palace, 
 some  a  bed.  Sol.  Jarchi  expounds  it  "  a 
 secret  chamber  for  honour,"  to  wit,  such  as 
 is  made  for  the  bride  and  bridegroom.  The 
 1  Chald.  expoundeth  this  of  the  temple  which 
 I  Solomon  made  of  the  wood  of  Lebanon,  but 
 that  temple  was  a  figure  of  Christ  and  of  his 
 church:  to  which  we  may  better  refer  it.  Of 
 Christ,  it  may  be  meant,  in  respect  of  his 
 human  nature,  which  was  all  glorious,  with- 
 out spot  of  sin  :  which  humam'ty  he  made 
 and  assumed  to  himself  with  all  the  glorious 
 graces  of  the  Spirit,  for  tlie  salvation  of  his 
 elect,  the  daughters  of  Jerusalem.  Of  the 
 ministers  of  Christ,  or  the  church  (his  mysti- 
 cal body)  it  may  (as  I  think)  rather  here  be 
 spoken ;  which  by  the  preaching,  profession, 
 and  practice  of  the  gnspel,  carrieth  Christ  as 
 a  chariot,  holding  forth  the  word  of  truth, 
 and  of  salvation,  in  the  midst  whereof  Christ 
 sitteth,  teaching,  governing,  and  triumphing. 
 So  the  former  similitude  of  the  bed,  signifieth 
 the  more  secret  state  of  the  church  in  times 
 of  danger  ;  this  of  the  chariot  butokeneth  the 
 more  open  glory  of  the  same  by  the  publish- 
 ing and  practising  of  the  gospel.  M'ooD,] 
 Or,  trees  of  Lebanon,  that  is,  of  cedar  wood 
 that  grew  on  Lebanon,  figuring  the  saints, 
 liiiened  to  cidars  in  Lebanon,  Ps.  xcii.  12, 
 13;  of  which,  as  of  the  matter,  Christ  maketh 
 his  church,  Rom.  i.  7;  1  Cor.  i.  2. 
 
 Ver.  10.— The  pillars,]  This,  if  it  be 
 referred  to  persons,  meaneth  the  ministers, 
 who  by  the  doctrine  of  the  gospel  sustained 
 the  church;  'as  Jame;^,  Cephas,  and  John 
 seemed  to  be  pillars,'  Gal.  ii.  9.  If  unto 
 other   things,   it   may  be   understood  of    the 
 
 words  of  God,  (likened  unto  fined  silver  in 
 Ps.  xii.)  with  whose  oracles,  as  with  pillars, 
 the  chariot  of  the  church  is  sustained.  So 
 Prov.  ix.  Wisdom  builded  her  house,  and 
 hewed  out  her  '  seven  pillars.'  A  pillar  sig- 
 nifieth constancy  and  stability,  Rev.  iii.  12. 
 The  bottom,]  Or,  the  seat  on  which  Solo- 
 mon sitteth,  resteth,  or  lieth  in  his  chariot : 
 so  the  Gr.  translateth  it  anacliton,  that 
 which  one  sitteth  or  lieth  down  upon.  This 
 bottom  or  seat  of  gold  seemeth  to  have  refer- 
 ence to  the  golden  mercy-seat  over  the  ark 
 in  the  temple,  on  which  God  is  said  to  'sit,' 
 Ps.  Ixxx.  3.  And  it  signifieth  the  covenant 
 of  grace,  apprehended  by  faith,  (which  is 
 nnich  more  precious  than  gold  that  perisheth, 
 1  Pet.  i.  7;)  and  the  doctrines  of  the  law  by 
 faith,  which  are  better  than  thousands  of  gold 
 and  silver,  Ps.  cxix.  72.  The  covering,] 
 The  top  and  hangings,  which  have  the  name 
 here  of  riding,  because  it  seemed  as  it  were! 
 to  ride  upon  the  chariot :  so  the  Gr.  calleth 
 it  epibasis,  of  ascending.  It  seemeth  to 
 signify  the  outward  conversation  and  clothing 
 of  the  church,  which  being  purple,  is  not 
 only  a  princely  colour,  denoting  heavenly 
 life,  but  hath  special  reference  to  the  blood 
 and  death  of  Christ,  whereof  the  church  is 
 made  partaker,  both  for  justification  and 
 sanctification,  Rev.  i.  5,  6;  vii.  14;  Rom. 
 vi.  3,  4.  And  so  the  hope  of  heavenly  glory 
 is  here  also  applied,  and  protection  from 
 Christ,  till  we  come  unto  his  glory.  The 
 MIDST,]  Or,  the  inmoit  thereof,  being  paved 
 with  love :  or  he  made  a  pavement  of  love. 
 This,  in  respect  of  Christ,  signifieth  his 
 inmost  and  fervent  love  towards  us,  even 
 givnig  his  life  for  us,  and  liaving  us  as  it 
 were  written  in  his  heart :  in  respect  of  his 
 people,  it  signifieth  the  sense  and  feeling  of 
 Christ's  love  towards  them,  as  also  their  love 
 unto  Christ,  and  one  to  another.  So  the 
 seat,  the  covering,  and  the  pavement,  are 
 answerable  to  those  three  graces,  faith,  hope, 
 and  love,  spoken  of  in  1  Cor.  xiii.  Of  the 
 DAUGHTERS  OF  Jerusalem,]  These  are  the 
 elect  of  Gud,  the  children  of  Jerusalem  ('the 
 mother  oi  us  all,'  Gal.  iv.  26),  which  being 
 loved  of  Christ,  are  '  graven  on  the  palms  of 
 his  hands,'  Is.  xlix.  16;  yea,  carried  upon 
 his  heart,  as  the  high-priest  bare  'the  names 
 of  the  children  of  Israel,  in  the  breast-plate 
 of  judgment,  upon  his  heart,'  Ex.  xxviii.  29. 
 And  so  of  his  ministers,  as  it  is  said,  *  Ye 
 are  our  epistle  written  in  our  hearts,*  2  Cor, 
 iii.  2:  and  'you   are  in  our  heaits,  to  die 
 
CHAPTER    IV. 
 
 li 
 
 paved  with  love,  of  the  daughters  of  Jerusalem.  "  Go  foitli,  O 
 ye  daughters  of  Zioii,  and  see  King  Solomon  with  the  crown 
 wherewith  liis  mother  crowned  liim  in  tlie  day  of  his  espousals, 
 and  in  the  day  of  the  gladness  of  liis  heart.  . 
 
 and  live  with  you,'  2  Cor.  vii.  3.  Such, 
 therefore,  as  the  love  of  Christ,  are  the  pave- 
 ment of  his  coach. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Daughters  of  Zion,]  Zion 
 was  a  mount  in  Jerusalem,  and  as  that  was 
 called  '  the  holy  city,'  Is.  lii.  1,  so  Zion  is 
 called  the  Lord's  '  holy  mountain,'  Joel  iii. 
 17,  because  of  his  temple  there.  The  daugh- 
 ters of  Zion  were  the  women  dwelling  therein, 
 or  belonging  thereto.  Is.  iii.  16,  17;  iv.  4. 
 But  under  the  name  daughters,  all  the  inha- 
 bitants, men  and  women,  are  comprised  ;  and 
 all  towns  and  cities  of  Israel  which  were 
 daughters  (in  scripture  phrase)  to  the  mother 
 Zion:  and  so  the  Chald.  here  expoundeth  it, 
 "  Inhabitants  of  the  provinces  of  the  land  of 
 Israel."  This  mount  Zion  figured  the  Chris- 
 tian church,  Heb.  xii.  22;  the  daughters 
 figured  Christians,  either  persons  or  churches, 
 Is.  xlix.  14,  22,  which  are  therefore  said  to 
 be  virgins-  and  to  follow  the  Lamb  Christ, 
 who  standeth  upon   '  mount  Zion,'  Rev.  xiv. 
 
 1,  4.  These  are  called  forth  by  the  preach- 
 ing of  the  gospel,  to  behold  Christ  (the  true 
 Solomon)  with  his  crown.      So  in  Ps,  cxlix. 
 
 2,  '  Let  the  sons  of  Zion  be  glad  in  their 
 King:'  and  in  Mat.  xxi.  5,  'Tell  ye  the 
 daughter  of  Zion,  behold  thy  King  comelh,' 
 &c.  See' King  Solomon,]  The  faithful  are 
 called  out  of  their  former  state,  to  a  further 
 degree  of  knowledge,  to  see  Christ  (whom 
 Solomon  figured  in  his  kingdom)  crowned 
 with  glory  and  honour  in  his  church.  So 
 unto  John  it  was  said,  '  Come  and  see,'  Rev. 
 vi.  1,  3,  5,  7.  His  mother  crowned  him,] 
 By  the  mother,  seemeth  to  be  meant  the  con- 
 
 gregation of  the  faithful,  (as  also  the  Chald. 
 here  expoundeth  it,  "  the  people  of  the  house 
 of  Israel,")  called  '  his  mother,'  because  by 
 the  doctrine  of  faith,  they  spiritually  do  con- 
 ceive and  bring  forth  Christ,  Gal.  iv.  19;  and 
 doing  the  will  of  his  Father  they  are  esteemed 
 and  loved  of  him,  as  his  '  sister  and  mother,' 
 Mat.  xii.  50.  The  crown  is  a  sign  of  king- 
 dom, dominion,  and  victoiy,  Ps.  xxi.  ;  and 
 Christ  warring  against  his  enemies,  and  over- 
 coming, hath  '  on  his  head  many  crowns  (or 
 diadems),'  Rev.  xix.  11,  12,  &c. ;  vi.  2. 
 And  the  kingdoms  of  this  world,  after  the 
 tyranny  of  antichrist,  do  become  the  kingdoms 
 '  of  our  Lord,  and  of  his  Christ,'  Rev.  xi.  15. 
 When  Christ  therefore  ruleth  in  his  church 
 by  the  sceptre  of  his  word,  and  his  people 
 submit  unto  his  law  and  government,  then 
 set  they  the  crown  upon  his  head,  acknow- 
 ledging  his  sovereignty.  Dat  of  his 
 espousals,]  When  he  was  espoused  unto  his 
 bride  the  church ;  this  is  the  day  of  the  cove- 
 nant made  between  Christ  and  his  people, 
 Ezek.  xvi.  8,  &c. ;  as  he  saith  to  Jerusalem, 
 '  I  remember  thee,  the  kindness  of  thy  youth, 
 the  love  of  thine  espousals,  when  thou  went- 
 est  after  me  in  the  wilderness,'  &c.  Jer.  ii. 
 2.  For  when  a  people  are  by  the  gospel  won 
 unto  the  faith,  and  settled  in  the  order  of 
 Christ,  they  are  '  espoused '  unto  him  as  to  a 
 'husband,'  2  Cor.  xi.  2.  And  this  is  after 
 called  '  the  day  of  the  gladness  of  his  heart,' 
 because  '  as  the  bridegroom  rejoiceth  over  the 
 bride,'  so  God  rejoiceth  over  his  people.  Is. 
 Ixii.  5. 
 
 CHAPTER    IV. 
 
 ^  Behold,  thou  art  fair,  my  love,  behold  thou  art  fair :  thine 
 eyes  (are  as)   doves  within  thy  locks;  thy  hair  is  as  a  flock  of 
 
 Ver.  1. — Thou  ART  fair,]  As  the  church  be- 
 fore set  forth  the  glory  of  Christ,  by  the  simili- 
 tudes of  the  guard  about  Solomon's  bed,  his  cha- 
 riot and  his  crown :  so  here  Christ  setteth  forth 
 the  graces  of  his  church,  not  by  her  ornaments 
 only  (as  before  in  chap.  i.  10.)  but  by  the 
 parts  and  features  of  her  body.  And  first 
 he  commendelh  in  general  her  spiritual 
 beauty  (which  she  had  from  him,  Ezek.  x.  1 4.) 
 through  her  perfect  constitution,  faith,  and 
 holiness;    see   the   Notes   on    chap.    i.    15. 
 
 Eyes,]  He  mentioneth  seven  particulars,  the 
 eyes,  hair,  teeth,  lips,  temples,  7ieck  and 
 breasts:  that  as  seven  is  often  the  number  of 
 perfection,  (Christ  himself  being  likened  to 
 '  a  Lamb  with  seven  horns,  and  seven  eyes, 
 which  are  the  seven  spirits  of  God,'  Rev.  v. 
 6.)  so  by  these,  the  manifold  graces  bestowed 
 on  the  church,  might  be  signified;  'that  in 
 every  thing  she  is  enriched  by  him,  and 
 cometh  behind  in  no  gift:'  as  1  Cor.  i.  5,  7. 
 As  doves,]  The  word  as,  is  after  supplied. 
 
712 
 
 SONG   OF    SONGS. 
 
 goats ;  that  appear,  from  mount  Gilead,  ^  Thy  teetli,  are  like  a 
 llock  {of  sheep)  even  (shorn)  which  come  up  from  tlie  washing  : 
 which  all  of  them  bear  twins,  and  none  among  them  is  bereaved  of 
 the  young.        Thy  lips,  are  like  a  thread  of  scarlet,  and  thy  speech 
 
 in  chap.  v.  12.  and  it  meaneth,  as  doves'  eyes, 
 that  is,  fair,  full,  clear,  chaste;  to  see  by 
 faith  'him  who  is  iuvisible,'  Heb.  xi.  27. 
 and  having  •  the  eyes  of  her  understanding 
 enlightened,  to  know  what  is  the  hope  of  his 
 calling,'  Eph.  i.  18.  so  that  'she  lifteth  not 
 up  her  eyes  unto  idols,'  Ezek.  xviii.  6.  but  to 
 'the  Holy  One  of  Israel,'  Isa.  xvii.  7.  and 
 '  her  eyes  observe  his  ways,'  Prov.  xxiii.  26. 
 See  the  Notes  on  chap.  i.  15;  vii.  4.  where 
 her  eyes  are  like  pools.  Within  thy  locks,] 
 Or,  from  within  (or  through)  thy  locks; 
 whicti  are  named  in  the  original  of  binding 
 or  restraining;  because  a  woman's  locks  are 
 modestly  and  seemly  tied  up  and  covered  :  so 
 that  it  was  a  sign  of  sorrow,  misery,  and  cap- 
 tivity, to  have  such  locks  uncovered,  Isa. 
 xlvii.  2.  But  the  spouse  of  Christ,  freed  by 
 him  from  Satan's  bondage,  isde(^ently  dressed 
 and  covered,  in  sign  of  her  subjection  (as  1 
 Cor.  xi.)  and  of  her  chaste  affection  to  him. 
 So  after  in  ver.  3.  chap.  vi.  7.  Hair,] 
 This  is  the  ornament  and  covering  of  the 
 head,  proceeding  from  moisture  and  strength 
 of  nature;  likened  here  to  the  hair  of  a  flock 
 of  goats,  fed  in  pasture,  as  on  mount  Gilead; 
 whose  hair  is  long,  rank,  and  smooth:  figur- 
 ing the  thoughts,  purposes,  devices,  &c. 
 which  are  ordered  and  composed  aright, 
 according  unto  God  (as  thoughts  on  the  bed, 
 and  visions  of  the  head  are  mentioned  in  Dan. 
 iv  5;  vii.  15;  Job  iv.  13.)  or  if  we  apply 
 this  unto  persons,  by  hair  may  be  meant  the 
 multitude  of  believers,  (as  by  the  hair,  the 
 people  of  Israel  was  signified,  Ezek.  v.  1,  2, 
 12,)  and  by  the  eyes,  the  guides  of  the 
 church,  as  in  Num.  x.  31.  'Thou  mayest 
 be  to  us  instead  of  eyes.'  And  thus  the 
 Chaid.  paraphraseth  here,  by  the  eyes,  under- 
 standeth  the  princes  and  wise  men  of  Israel  ; 
 and  by  ih&hair,  the  other  people  of  the  land. 
 Other  Hebs.  expound  the  eyes  to  mean  the 
 prophets,  called  seers,  (1  Sam.  ix.  9,)  and 
 the  hair  the  Nazarites,  which  were  to 
 let  their  hair  grow,  Num.  vi.  5.  That; 
 APPEAR,]  Or,  '  that  appear  smooth,'  that]  : 
 'glister;'  as  the  hair  of  fat  cattle  is  smooth^ 
 and  shining.  The  Heb.  word  Galash  is  not 
 used  but  in  this  place,  and  again  (in  like 
 sense)  in  chap.  vi.  4.  The  Gr.  here  trans- 
 lateth  it,  "are  revealed"  or  *' appear,"  but 
 there,  do  come-up.  Gilead,]  A  mountain 
 which  bare  good  pasture  for  cattle,  as  appear- 
 eth  by  Num.  xxxii.  1;  Jer.  xxii.  6;  1.  19. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Of  (sheep)  even  shorn,]  Or, 
 of  sheep)  made  even,  or  equal,  of  the  same 
 
 size.  The  word  sheep  (or  ewes)  is  after 
 expiessed  in  chap.  vi.  6,  and  is  to  be  imder- 
 stood  here.      This   is  the   first  praise  of  tlie  j 
 
 teeth  of  the  church,  that  they  are  cut  of  equal 
 lieiglit;   not  one   longer  than  another,  which  \ 
 
 w  onld  both  be  unseemly.and  an  hinderance  to  the 
 well  eating  and  chewing  of  her  spiritual  food. 
 From  the  washing,]  Tiie  second  praise  of 
 her  teeth,  that  they  are  white  and  clean,  as 
 washed  sheep :  which  seemeth  to  respect 
 (besides  comeliness)  the  purity  of  the  spiritual 
 meat  wherewith  she  is  fed;  as  it  is  a  part  of  i 
 
 Judah's  blessing,  that  '  his  teeth  should  be  •  1 
 white  with  milk,'  Gen.  xlix.  12.  Bear'  i 
 TWINS,]  As  fruitful  ewes  bring  forth  twins  of 
 equal  bigness,  so  the  teeth  are  set  in  double 
 ranks,  one  answerable  to  another:  which  is 
 the  third  property  for  which  they  are  praised. 
 Bereaved  of  the  young,]  Or,  robbed  of 
 the  young,  by  miscarrying,  or  any  other  acci- 
 dent.     Barren   is   that    which    beareth   not,  j 
 
 Isa.  liv.  1,  but  tlie  woid  here  used,  signifieth  j 
 
 either  miscarrying  in  the  birth,  or  loss  of  that 
 which  is  brought  forth,  by  robbery,  death,  or  j 
 
 the  like:  so  this  denoteth  the  stedl'astness  of  j 
 
 every  tooth  in  his   place,  alter  it  is  brought  | 
 
 forth,   against  the   inconveniences  fore-men- 
 tioned.    These  teeth  of  the   church,  which  j 
 chiefly  serve  to  eat  with,  may  here  mean  her 
 courage  and  strength  against  her  enemies,  as  \ 
 is  prophesied  of  '  Israel  he  shall  eat  up  the 
 nations  his  enemii  s,'  Num.  xxiv.  8,  or  rather, 
 her    judging,     discerning,     esteeming,    and 
 applying  of  the  word  of  God  and  seals  of  his 
 covenant,  the  comfort  and  nourishing  of  her           ! 
 soul;   so  chewing  the   cud,   and   feeding   by  i 
 faith  upon  the  promises  of  God  ;  which  are          ' 
 often    made   under    the   similitude  of  eating  j 
 and  drinking;   as  in  Ps.  xxii.  26  ;  Prov.   ix.  j 
 5;  Isa.  lxv.~13;  John  vi.  41,  60,  51.    Some  ! 
 referring  this  to  persons,  understand  by  the 
 teeth  the  ministers  of  the  word,  that  break, 
 and  as  it  were,  chew  the  bread  of  life  unto 
 and  for  the  people.     So  the  Chald.  expoun-^       ^ 
 delh  these  teeth,  to  be  the  priests  and  levites, 
 that    did    offer    and     eat    the    sacrifices    ia 
 Israel. 
 
 Ver.  3. — A  thread,]  Or,  a  lace,  a  line,  j 
 
 (a  ribband)  of  scarlet:  that  is,  thin  in  sub-  j 
 
 stance,  red  of  colour,  as  scarlet  double-dyed:  ' 
 
 which  two  things  are  the  grace  of  the  lips.  ; 
 
 Here  by  the  lips  of  the  church  are  commen- 
 ded, her  doctrines,  reproofs,  prayers,  praises,  , 
 &c.      For  the  lips  are  the  instruments  where-           | 
 with  words  are  uttered,   whether  in  prayer,           \ 
 as  Zeph.  iii.    9;  Ps.    xxi.  2,  or  praise  and  ' 
 
CHAPTER    IV. 
 
 713 
 
 is  comely  :  thy  temples  are  like  a  piece  of  a  pomegranate,  within 
 thy  locks.  *  Thy  neck,  is  like  the  tower  of  David,  builded  for  an 
 armoury  :  a  thousand  bucklers  hang  thereon;  all,  shields  of  mighty 
 men.     *  Thy  two  breasts,  are  like  two  fawns,  twins  of  the  roe; 
 
 her  warfare,  which  are  not  carnal  but  mighty 
 for  God,'  2  Cor.  x.  4,  she  staiideth,  and  with- 
 standeth  in  the  evil  day,  taking  '  the  shield 
 of  faith,  the  sword  of  the  Spirit,  which  is  the 
 word  of  God,'  and  other  like  armour,  where- 
 with she  defendeth  herself,  and  discomfiteth 
 all  her  enemies,  Eph.  vi.  11,  17,  so  that  her 
 neck  is  like  the  horse's  clothed  with  thunder 
 (and  terror)  Job  xxxix.  19.  The  contrary 
 state  of  the  church  was  figured  by  the  capti- 
 vity of  Babylon,  when  her  neck  was  under 
 persecution,  and  her  transgressions  (as  a 
 yoke)  were  wreathed,  and  come  up  upon  her 
 neck,  Lam.  v.  5;  i.  14.  See  after,  in  chap, 
 vii.  4.  The  Hebs.  in  their  Chald.  para-  \ 
 phrase,  expound  this  neck  to  mean  the  chief' 
 of  the  session  (or  great  council)  in  Israel.  1 
 For  an  armoury,]  To  hang  swords  on,  and 
 other  like  weapons  of  war.  The  Heb.  word 
 talpijoth  (used  only  in  this  place)  is  by  the 
 Gr.  left  uninterpreted  ^/ia/j9«o</i:  and  seemelli 
 to  be  derived  of  thalah  to  hang,  and  pijuth 
 two-edged  swords;  meaning  all  instruments 
 to  oflend  or  wound  the  enemy :  as  the  buck- 
 lers and  shields  after  mentioned,  were  to 
 defend  herself.  Bdcklers  hang,]  Or,  are 
 hanged:  a  buckler  hath  the  name  in  the  ori- 
 ginal of  protection  or  defence  :  the  word  fol- 
 lowing, shields  (which  seemeth  to  be  bor- 
 rowed from  the  Ueb.  shiltei)  hath  the  signi- 
 fication of  power  or  dominion,  as  being  used 
 of  great  and  mighty  men.  Such  bucklers  and 
 shields  of  David,  were  sometimes  kept  in  the 
 house  of  God,  2  Chron.  xxiii.  9,  ai\d  as  the 
 taking  away  of  shields  from  the  enemy  was  a 
 sign  of  victory,  2  Sam.  viii.  7,  so  the  hang- 
 ing of  them  up  on  walls  was  a  sign  of  glory, 
 Ez.  xxvii.  11.  Of  mighty  men,]  This 
 hath  reference  to  David's  worthies  or  mighty 
 men,  '  who  held  strongly  with  him  in  his 
 kingdom,  and  with  all  Israel,  to  make  him 
 king,'  whose  names  and  heroic  deeds  are 
 recorded  in  1  Chron.  xi.  10,  47.  Their 
 shields  hanged  up  in  David's  tower  for  monu- 
 ments are  here  taken  for  figures  and  exam- 
 ples of  all  the  mighty  men  of  God,  which  by 
 the  shield  of  faith  (in  God  and  Christ  the 
 shield  of  his  people)  have  done  many  great 
 and  mighty  works ;  as  the  apostle  bringeth  a 
 cloud  of  witnesses,  in  Heb.  xi.  with  all  which 
 the  spouse  of  Christ  is  adorned,  whiles  with 
 courage  and  comfort  she  foUoweth  the  foot- 
 steps of  their  faith  and  works;  and  abideth 
 constant,  sustained  by  the  promises  of  God. 
 
 Ver.  5.i — Thy  two  breasts,]  These  are 
 both  for  ornament  and  for  use,  as  experience 
 X 
 
 thanks,  as  Ps.  Ixvi.  3;  Heb.  xiii.  15,  or 
 vows,  as  Ps.  Ixvi.  l.'i,  14,  or  doctrine,  Mai. 
 ii.  6,  7;  Ps.  cxix.  13,  or  pleading,  as  Job 
 xiii.  6,  or  comfort,  as  Job  xvi.  5,  or  any 
 other  speech.  All  these  she  uttereth  not 
 with  swelling  words  of  vanity,  or  taught  by 
 human  wisdom  hut  by  the  Spirit  of  God, 
 (who  hath  poured  grace  into  her  lips)  and  by 
 faith  in  the  blood  of  Christ,  wherein  her  doc- 
 trines, prayers,  comforts  are  all  dyed  and 
 coloured,  1  Cor.  ii.  4,  12,  13;  i.  17,  18.  Or 
 these  things  applied  to  persons,  signify  the 
 ministers  of  the  word  and  prayer:  as  the 
 Chald.  paraphrast  applieth  it  (o  the  high 
 priest  in  Israel,  and  his  prayers  for  the  recon- 
 ciliation of  the  church  on  atonement-day. 
 Lev.  xvi.  Other  of  the  Jews  expound  it  of 
 the  singers  in  Israel.  Comely,]  Gracious, 
 and  to  be  desired:  see  the  Notes  on  cliap.  i. 
 5.  So  our  praises  of  God  are  said  to  be 
 pleasant,  and  comely;  Ps.  cxivii.  1,  and  we 
 are  commanded  that  our  'speech  be  alway 
 with  grace,'  Col.  iv.  6.  Thy  temples,] 
 Heb.  thy  temple,  that  is,  each  of  the  tem- 
 ples of  thine  head  :  here  by  the  cheeks  also 
 may  be  meant  (as  the  Gr.  version  here  hath 
 it)  which  are  adjoined  to  the  temples,  whose 
 red  colour  (like  a  piece  of  pomegranate  when 
 it  is  cut)  are  a  part  of  the  beauty  of  the  face, 
 and  a  sign  of  modesty  and  shamefacedness. 
 So  here  in  the  church  it  betokeneth  her  reve- 
 rend and  modest  countenance  ;  as  fearing  and 
 taking  heed  lest  she  should  speak  or  do  amiss; 
 or  blushing  if  she  had  failed.  Some  do 
 explain  this  to  signify  the  governors  of  the 
 church,  and  the  similitude  of  the  pomegran- 
 ate to  denote  the  fruit  and  benefit  that  cometh 
 by  such.  The  Chald.  also  expoundeth  it  of 
 the  "  king  in  Israel,  and  the  locks"  (after 
 mentioned)  of  the  governors  urder  him. 
 
 Ver.  4. — Like  the  tower  of  david,] 
 Whereof  mention  is  made  in  Neh.  iii.  19,  25, 
 or  the  fort  of  Zion,  which  David  took,  and 
 builded,  2  Sam.  v.  7,  9.  Hereby  is  meant 
 that  her  neck  was  upright,  high  and  strong: 
 for  the  neck  is  named  in  Heb.  Tsavvaar, 
 of  firmness  and  strength;  a  tower  (migdal) 
 is  a  building  great  and  high,  Isa.  ii.  15. 
 This  signifieth  the  magnanimity,  and  cour- 
 age, the  sure  hope,  the  bold  and  comfortable 
 carriage  of  the  church,  while  she  being  by 
 faith  united  unto  Christ  her  head,  doth  no 
 longer  bow  down  her  neck  to  bear  the  yoke  of 
 her  enemies,  to  serve  Satan  and  sin  any 
 more,  or  to  be  a  servant  unto  men,  Rom.  vi. 
 17,  18;  1  Cor.  vii.  23,  but  by  'the  weapons  of 
 
 VoL.ir.  4 
 
714 
 
 SONG    OF    SOxNG 
 
 which  feed  among  the  lilies.      *  Until  the  day  dawn,  and  the  sha 
 dows  flee  away ;  I  will  get  me  to  the  mountain  of  myrrh,  and  to 
 tlie  hill  of  frankincense.     '  Thou  art  all  fair,  my  love ;  and  there 
 is  no  blemish  in  thee.     ®  Come  with  me  from  Lebanon,  my  spouse, 
 with  me  from  Lebanon  -.  look  from  tlie  top  of  Amanah,  from  tlie 
 
 iu  nature,  and  the  scriptures  show ;  for  God 
 saith  to  his  church,  '  thou  art  come  to  excel- 
 lent ornament;  thy  breasts  are  fashioned,  &c.' 
 Ezek.  xvi.  7,  and  showeth  the  use  of  them, 
 that  her  children  and  lovers  '  may  suck  and 
 be  satisfied  with  the  breasts  of  her  consola- 
 tions,' &c.  Isa.  Ixvi.  11.  So  here  the 
 breasts  of  Christ's  spouse,  are  likened  to  roes 
 for  pleasantness,  to  fawns,  or  young  roes,  for 
 smallness,  to  ttvins  for  equalizing;  and  to 
 roes  feeding  among  lilies,  as  in  fat  and  sweet 
 pasture.  Hereby  is  signified  how  the  church 
 is  fruitful  in  good  works,  and  comfortable 
 words,  and  communication  of  all  God's  bles- 
 sings: so  that  by  her  loving  afTection,  whole- 
 some doctrines,  sweet  consolations,  and  gra- 
 cious beneficence;  her  children  are  delighted; 
 and  sucking  'the  sincere  milk  of  the  word 
 do  grow  thereby,'  Isa.  Ixvi.  11;  1  Pet.  ii.  2. 
 Feed  among  the  lilies,]  In  fat,  sweet,  and 
 wholesome  pasture.  Hereby  is  signified, 
 that  the  breasts  of  the  church,  (that  is,  her 
 doctrines,  exhortations,  and  consolations 
 wherewith  she  nourisheth  her  children,)  are 
 fed  and  filled  not  with  human  traditions,  but 
 with  the  doctrine  of  Christ;  whose  lips  are 
 likened  unto  'lilies,  dropping  sweet-smelling 
 myrrh;'  chap.  v.  13.  So  when  the  soul  of 
 the  priests  is  satiate  with  fatness ;  the  Lord's 
 people  are  satisfied  with  goodness;  as  he  pro- 
 mised, Jer.  xxxi.  14. 
 
 Ver.  6.— Until  the  d.\y  dawn,]  Or 
 blow:  see  before  on  chap.  ii.  17.  Shadows,] 
 That  is,  darkness;  meaning  ignorance,  infir- 
 mities, troubles,  miseries,  &e.  as  chap.  ii. 
 17.  I  WILL  get  me,]  Or,  /  tvill  go  for 
 viyself.  It  is  not  evident,  whether  these  be 
 the  words  of  Christ,  withdrawing  himself  for 
 a  time,  or  of  his  spouse,  betaking  herself  to 
 the  mountain.  Compariug  this  place  with 
 the  former,  chap.  ii.  17.  I  understand  it  of 
 the  latter:  that  as  the  spouse  there  requested 
 speedy  help  of  Christ  in  the  time  of  her  sor- 
 row; so  here,  in  like  temptation,  she  fleeth 
 for  refuge  to  the  mount  of  myrrh,  and  hill  of 
 frankincense,  where  she  hopeth  for  comfort. 
 The  speech  hath  reference  to  mount  Moriah, 
 whereon  the  temple  wasbuilded,  2  Chron.  iii. 
 1,  in  which  temple  was  the  holy  anointing  oil 
 made  of  pure  myrrh  and  other  chief  spices; 
 as  also  the  incense  made  of  pure  frankincense 
 and  other  sweet  spices;  which  were  to  anoint 
 and  sanctify  the  holy  things  and  persons  ;  and 
 to  bum  upon  the  golden  altar  daily ;    Exod. 
 
 XXX.  23,  34  ;  1  Chron.  ix.  29,  30.  On  which  . 
 mount,  Abraham  long  before,  did  olier  his  ] 
 son  Isaac  for  a  sacrifice;  and  upon  experience 
 of  God's  grace  and  providence,  this  proverb 
 was  used,  '  in  the  mountain  of  Jehovah,  it 
 shall  be  seen:'  Gen.  xxii.  2 — 14.  To  the 
 kingdom  of  Christ,  figured  by  this  mountain, 
 people  should  flow;  for  God's  law  and  word 
 was  to  proceed  from  it,  Mic.  iv.  1,  2.  The 
 church  therefore  in  the  darkness  of  her  temp- 
 tations, fleeth  to  the  Lord's  mountain  by 
 faith  in  Christ,  meditation  in  his  promises, 
 consolation  by  his  graces,  prayer,  reading  of 
 the  scriptures,  and  other  like  spiritual  exer- 
 cises, confirming  by  faith  and  hope,  and  wait- 
 ing with  patience,  till  the  day  should  dawn, 
 and  the  day-star  arise  in  her  heart,  as  the 
 apostle  speaketh,  2  Pet.  i.  19.  So  Christ 
 himself,  in  the  days  of  his  flesh,  used  to  go 
 up  into  mountains  to  pray,  and  spent  the 
 whole  night  in  prayer  to  God,  Luke  vi.  12; 
 ix.  28,  and  preached  the  gospel  in  such  places. 
 Mat.  v.  1,  2.  &c. 
 
 Ver.  7. — All  fair,]  The  spouse  was 
 chWedfair  before  in  ver.  1,  and  chap.  i.  15; 
 now  Christ  saith,  she  is  all  fair,  whereby  he 
 comforteth  her  against  her  fears  and  infirmi- 
 ties, that  in  him  she  hath  perfect  beauty;  for 
 he  loved  her,  and  gave  himself  for  her,  that 
 he  might  sanctify  and  cleanse  her,  '  with  the 
 washing  of  water  by  the  word  ;  that  he  might 
 present  her  to  himself  '  glorious,  a  church 
 not  having  spot  or  wrinkle,  or  any  such  thing,' 
 but  that  she  should  be  'holy  and  without 
 blemish,'  Eph.  v.  25 — 27.  No  blemish,] 
 Or,  no  spot,  no  fault,  no  blameworthy  thing ; 
 called  in  Heb.  mum,  and  thereof  in  Gr. 
 momos,  which  meaneth  first  any  blemish  in 
 the  body,  as  blind,  lame,  or  deformed  in  any 
 limb  or  part.  Lev.  xxi.  18—21 ;  Deut.  xv. 
 21;  xvii.  ]  ;  so  is  applied  to  blemishes  in 
 the  soul,  that  is,  to  sins  and  vices,  from  which 
 Christ  purgeth  his  people,  that  being  recon- 
 ciled unto  God,  '  in  the  body  of  his  Hesh, 
 through  death,'  he  might  present  them  'holy, 
 and  without  blemish,  and  unreproveable  in 
 his  sight,'  Col.  i.  21.  22.  Tlius  the  hun- 
 dred and  forty-four  thousand  that  stand  with 
 the  Lamb  on  mount  Zion,  &c.,  are  said  to 
 be  '  without  blemish  before  the  throne  of  God,' 
 Rev.  xiv.  1 — 5. 
 
 Ver.  8. — Come  with  me,]  Or,  Thou 
 shalt  come  tvith  me.  Here  Christ  (having 
 cleansed  his  spouse  by  his  death)  calleth  her 
 
CHAPTER   IV. 
 
 715 
 
 top  of  Shenir  and  Hermon ;  from  the  dens  of  the  lions,  from  tlie 
 mountains  of  the  leopards.  '  Thou  hast  ravished  my  heart,  my 
 sister,  my  spouse-,  thou  hast  ravished  my  heart  with  one  of  tliine 
 eyes,  with  one  cham  of  thy  neck.     '"  How  fair  are  thy  loves,  my 
 
 to  follow  him,  from  the  mountains  of  wild 
 beasts,  from  the  false  churches  and  societies 
 of  wicked  people ;  that  forsaking  all  corrup- 
 tion in  herself  and  others,  she  may  walk  with 
 him  in  newness  and  holiness  of  life,  behold- 
 ing and  acknowledging  God's  mercy  iu  her 
 deliverance,  Rom.  vi.  6,  13,  22;  1  Pet.  ii. 
 21—24;  iv.  1—3;  2  Pet.  i.  3,  4.  Leba- 
 non,] In  Gr.  Libanus,  a  mountain  in  the 
 north  part  of  tlie  land  of  Canaan,  possessed 
 of  old  by  the  Hivites,  Judg.  iii.  3;  afterward 
 by  the  Israelites  :  on  it  grew  many  cedar 
 trees,  chap.  iii.  9;  but  in  comparison  with 
 other  places  it  was  a  forest  or  wilderness,  Is. 
 xxix.  17;  and  so  the  haunt  of  wild  beasts, 
 2  Kings  xiv.  9;  which  is  respected  here,  as 
 the  end  of  the  verse  manifesteth.  Sometimes 
 in  respect  of  the  largeness  of  the  mount,  and 
 goodly  trees  thereon,  it  is  used  to  signify 
 glorious  things,  as  in  chap.  v.  15;  iii.  9; 
 Deut.  iii.  25.  Mv  spouse,]  Or,  my  bride; 
 named  in  Heb.  callah,  (of  the  perfection  of 
 her  attire,  ornaments,  and  beauty,  Jer.  ii. 
 32,)  in  Gr.  nymphee,  which  name  the  Holy 
 Spirit  giveth  to  the  church,  calling  her  '  the 
 nymph,  (or  bride,)  the  Lamb's  wife;'  who 
 is  *  prepared  as  a  bride  adorned  for  her  hus- 
 band,' Rev.  xxi.  9,  2.  Christ  before  had 
 called  her  his  'love*  or  'friend;'  now  when 
 she  is  '  all  fair,'  and  without  blemish,  he 
 calleth  her  •  spouse ; '  and  in  ver.  9.  both 
 'sister'  and  'spouse.*  Look,]  Or,  thou 
 Shalt  look,  shalt  see,  mark  and  observe.  Top 
 OF  Amanah,]  Or,  head  of  Amanah,  which 
 was  a  mountain  in  Syria,  the  valley  and  river 
 in  it  was  also  called  Amanah  and  Abanah, 
 in  2  Kings  V.  12;  and  so  the  Chald.  here 
 expoundeth  it,  "the  heads,"  that  is,  "the 
 princes  of  the  people  that  dwell  by  the  river 
 of  Amanah,  shall  offer  a  gift  unto  thee." 
 Human  writers  testify  that  Amanus  was  "a 
 mountain  forcibly  possessed  by  many  tyrants," 
 &c;,  Strabo,  1.  14.  So  the  Holy  Spirit  here 
 calleth  these  places  'dens  of  lions,'  and 
 '  mountains  of  leopards.'  Shenir  and  Her- 
 mon,] This  Hermon  was  a  goodly  mountain 
 possessed  of  old  by  Og  king  of  Bashan,  taken 
 from  him  by  the  Israelites  :  and  the  Amor- 
 ites  called  it  Shenir,  the  Sidonians  Shirion, 
 as  Moses  telleth  in  Deut.  iii.  9.  Uens  of 
 LIONS,]  This  openeth  the  former,  and  sliow- 
 eth  the  danger  wherein  Christ's  spouse  was, 
 dwelling  as  among  lions  and  leopards,  that  is, 
 among  savage,  beastly,  and  idolatrous  peo- 
 ple,   (as   David    coniplainethj    '  my  soul    is 
 
 among  lions,'  Ps.  Ivii.  4,)  from  which  estate 
 Christ  calleth  and  delivereth  his  chosen : 
 who  being  delivered  do  see  and  observe  tlie 
 perils  wherein  they  were,  and  safe  estate 
 whereiuto  the  Lord  had  brought  them.  So 
 the  apostle  writing  to  the  converted  Gentiles 
 saith,  *  Such  were  some  of  you ;  but  ye  are 
 washed,  but  ye  are  sanctified,  but  ye  are  jus- 
 tified in  the  name  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  and  by 
 the  Spirit  of  our  God,'  1  Cor.  vi.  9—11. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Hast  ravished  mine  heart,] 
 Or,  hast  taken  away,  or  hast  pierced  {hast 
 wounded)  my  heart :  the  original  is  but  one 
 word,  and  used  only  in  this  place  twice;  and 
 meaneth  the  ravishing  or  drawing  of  the 
 heart  with  love  and  delight.  The  Chald.  | 
 expoundeth  it,  "  Thy  love  is  fixed  in  the  table  ; 
 of  mine  heart."  Christ  speaketh  here  to  his  • 
 spouse,  as  a  man  overcome  with  love  :  as  it  , 
 is  said,  'With  the  joy  of  the  bridegroom  over  | 
 the  bride,  thy  God  will  rejoice  over  thee,'  Is.  | 
 Ixii.  5.  Mv  sister,]  So  he  calleth  her  out 
 of  his  love,  in  respect  of  her  adoption  and 
 regeneration  (being  born  of  God)  and  of  her 
 sanctifications;  as  it  is  written,  'Both  he 
 that  sanctifieth,  and  they  that  are  sanctified, 
 are  all  of,  one;  for  which  cause  he  is  not 
 ashamed  to  call  them  brethren,'  Heb.  ii.  11. 
 And,  ♦  whosoever  shall  do  the  will  of  my 
 Father  which  is  in  heaven  :  the  same  is  my 
 brother,  and  sister,  and  mother,'  Mat.  xii. 
 50.  One  of  thine  eyes,]  Or,  one  look 
 from  thine  eyes;  which  eyes  were  in  ver.  1, 
 likened  to  doves,  simple,  chaste,  pure  :  and 
 mean  here  her  faith,  and  the  fruits  thereof, 
 as  prayer,  &c.,  wherewith  Christ  is  greatly 
 affected  and  delighted.  Chain  of  tht  neck,] 
 Heb.  of  thy  necks;  that  is,  which  hangeth 
 on  both  sides  of  thy  neck.  The  eye  is  a 
 natural  part  of  the  body;  the  chain  is  an 
 adjoint  and  ornament  of  the  body,  figuring 
 God's  laws  and  ordinances,  Prov.  x.  9,  as 
 also  the  graces  of  his  Spirit  in  his  people. 
 See  the  Notes  on  chap.  i.  10. 
 
 Ver.  10. — How  fair,]  Or,  how  beauti- 
 ful: and  consequently,  hotv  gracious,  how 
 lovely  and  delightful  are  thy  loves!  By  loves 
 are  meant  not  only  the  affections,  but  the 
 actions  also  and  fruits  of  love,  which  the 
 church  manifesteth  towards  Christ,  by  her 
 '  work  of  faith,  and  labour  of  love,  and 
 patience  of  hope;'  and  by  keeping  '  his  com- 
 mandments,' 1  Thess  i.  3;  1  John  v.  3; 
 and  these  are  fair  and  goodly  in  the  eyes  of 
 Christ, causing  him  to  covet  her  'beauty,'  Ps. 
 
716 
 
 SONG   OF   SONGS. 
 
 sister,  my  spouse!  how  much  better  are  thy  loves  than  wine,  and 
 the  savour  of  thine  ointments  than  all  spices.  "  Thy  lips  drop 
 the  honey-comb,  O  spouse-,  lioney  and  milk  are  under  thy  tongue; 
 and  the  savour  of  thy  garments  is  as  the  savour  of  Lebanon.  *^  A 
 garden  locked,  my  sister,  my  spouse-,  a  spring  locked,  a  fountain 
 
 Xlv.  11,  12.  How  MUCH  BETTER,]  Or,  how 
 good  are  thy  loves,  better  than  wine:  the 
 meaning  of  this  speech  is  opened  in  chap.  i.  2 ; 
 there  the  church  preferreth  Christ's  love 
 above  wine;  here,  he  doth  the  like  of  her 
 loves  towards  him,  signifying  how  pleasant 
 and  acceptable  the  fruit  of  his  own  graces  are 
 in  his  church;  so  that  the  Lord  her  God 
 'delighteth'  in  her,  and  'rejoiceth'  over  her. 
 Is.  Ixii.  4,  5.  Savour  of  thine  ointments,] 
 That  is,  of  the  graces  of  the  Spirit  wherewith 
 thou  art  anointed  :  see  the  Aniiot.  on  chap. 
 ii.  3,  where  the  church  extoUeth  the  savour 
 of  Christ's  ointments,  as  here  he  doth  hers. 
 Spices,]  Sweet  odours,  or  sweet-smelling 
 spices  :  for  of  such  the  holy  anointing  oil  was 
 made,  Ex.  xxx.  23;  and  with  such  some- 
 times women  were  purified,  Esth.  ii.  12;  and 
 the  dead  embalmed,  2  Chron.  xvi.  14  ;  they 
 were  a  present  for  a  king,  2  Chron.  ix.  1,  9. 
 Ver.  11.. — Drop  the  honey-comb,] 
 That  is,  utter  sweet  words:  hereby  the  doc- 
 trines and  prayers  of  the  church  are  com- 
 mended as  sweet  and  pleasant  to  the  hearers, 
 like  honey  to  the  taste.  By  this  similitude 
 the  words  of  God  are  praised  in  Ps.  cxix.  10, 
 103.  As  'grace  is  poured' into  the  lips  of 
 Christ,  Ps.  xlv.  2,  so  by  communication  of 
 his  grace,  the  speech  of  his  people  is  '  with 
 grace,'  Col.  iv.  6.  Honey  and  milk  under 
 thy  tongue,]  Honey  and  milk,  both  of  them 
 mean  the  sweet,  easy,  comfortable,  and  nour- 
 ishing words  of  faith,  love,  holiness,  &c.; 
 '  the  sincere  milk  of  the  word,'  whereby  the 
 babes  in  Christ  may  grow,  1  Pet.  ii.  2.  And 
 plenty  of  grace  is  promised  in  Emmanuel's 
 days,  under  the  similitude  of  '  abundance  of 
 milk,' so  that  everyone  should  'eat  butter 
 and  honey,'  Is.  vii.  22.  'By  tinder  the  ton giie, 
 seemeth  to  be  meant  the  secret  and  inward 
 parts,  as  the  heart  and  mind,  (as  David 
 exalted  God  under  his  tongue,  Ps.  Ixvi.  17;) 
 to  show  her  sincerity  and  difference  hereby 
 from  the  lewd  woman,  whose  '  lips  also  drop 
 the  honey-comb,  but  her  end  is  bitter  as 
 wormwood,'  Prov.  v.  3,  4.  For  some,  'by 
 good  words  and  fair  speeches,  deceive  tiie 
 hearts  of  the  simple,'  Rom.  xvi.  18;  the 
 words  of  her  mouth  are  '  smoother  than  but- 
 ter, but  war  is  in  her  heart,'  Ps.  Iv.  21  ;  and 
 '  adders'  poison  is  under  their  lips,  Ps.  cxl.  3. 
 The  savour,]  Or,  the  smell,  (the  odour)  of 
 thy  garments :  tliese  are  *  the  beautiful  gar- 
 ments of  Zion,' Is.  Hi.  1;    the  '  fine  linen. 
 
 clean  and  bright,  the  righteousness  of  the 
 saints,'  Rev.  xix.  8;  who  have  'put  on  the 
 Lord  Jesus  Christ,'  Rom.  xiii.  14;  Gal.  iii, 
 27;  and  in  their  faith,  doctrine,  conversation, 
 and  administration,  are  holy,  just,  and 
 righteous,  and  clothed  with  salvation,  Ps. 
 cxxxii.  9,  16;  so  that  the  savour,  the  fame 
 and  good  report  hereof,  is  sweet,  like  the 
 smell  of  Lebanon,  where  pleasant  and  odori- 
 ferous trees,  herbs  and  spices,  grew  in  abun- 
 dance. God  '  maketh  manifest  the  savour  of 
 his  knowledge  by  them  in  every  place ; '  for 
 they  are  '  unto  God  a  sweet  savour  in  Christ,' 
 2  Cor.  ii.  14,  15.  Thus  God  promised  unto 
 Israel,  that  'smell '  should  be  'as  Lebanon,* 
 through  the  dew  of  his  grace,  Hos.  xiv.  5 — 
 7;  as  when  he  first  received  the  blessing, 
 the  smell  of  his  garments  was  such,  that  his 
 father  compared  the  smell  of  his  son  to  '  the 
 smell  of  a  field '  which  the  Lord  had  blessed, 
 Gen.  xxvii.  27. 
 
 Ver.  12. — A  garden,]  Understand  from 
 the  verses  before  and  after.  Thou  art  a  gar- 
 den; which  is  (by  signification)  a  place  closed 
 and  fenced,  and  is  sown  and  planted  with 
 herbs  and  trees  for  use  and  pleasure.  So  in 
 Is.  v.,  the  church  of  Israel  is  likened  to  a 
 fenced  vineyard.  Locked,]  Or,  barred: 
 that  is,  close  shut;  as  the  Gr.  translatelh  it 
 shut:  which  is  for  safety  and  defence,  that 
 no  evil  should  come  thereon,  no  enemies 
 should  enter.  For  walls,  doors,  locks,  bars, 
 &c.  are  means  to  preserve,  secure,  and  save; 
 so  in  figure,  when  the  walls  of  Jerusalem 
 were  repaired,  they  were  fortified  with  'doors, 
 locks,  and  bars,'  Neh.  iii.  3,  13.  But  when 
 such  fences  are  wanting,  or  broken  down,  all 
 things  lie  open  to  the  spoil.  Is.  v.  5  ;  Ps. 
 Ixxx.  12.  Hereby  is  signified  on  God's  part, 
 the  protection  of  his  church,  for  he  is  unto 
 '  Jerusalem  a  wall  of  fire  round  about,'  Zech. 
 ii.  5;  and  streiigthenelh  'the  bars  of  her 
 gates,'  Ps.  cxlvii.  13;  he  keepeth  his  vine- 
 yard, and  watereth  it  every  moment,  '  lest 
 any  hurt  it,'  he  keepeth  it  'night  and  day,' 
 Is.  xxvii.  3.  Again,  on  the  church's  part  it 
 signifieth  her  care  to  keep  herself  and  all  her 
 plants  and  fruits  holy,  chaste,  and  pure  unto 
 her  beloved  only ;  opening  the  gates,  '  that 
 the  righteous  nation  which  keepeth  the  truths 
 may  enter  in,'  Is.  xxvi.  2;  but  keeping 
 watch  lest  the  enemies  should  invade,  lest 
 the  unclean  or  any  thing  that  defileth  should 
 enter   thcreintOi_2  Chron.  xxiii.    19;    Rev, 
 
CHAPTER    IV. 
 
 717 
 
 sealed.  "  Thy  plants  are  an  orchard  of  pomegranates;  with  fruit 
 of  precious  things :  cypress  with  spikenard.  "  Spikenard,  and  saf- 
 fron, calamus  and  cinnamon;  with  all  trees  of  frankincense  :  myrrli 
 and  aloes,  with  all  tlie  chief  spices. 
 
 ''  Fountain   of  gardens,   well   of  living  waters :  and  streammg 
 
 xxi.  27.  As,  on  the  cootrary,  secure  and 
 careless  people  are  said  to  dwell  without 
 walls,  bars,  or  gates,  Ezek.  xxxviii.  11 ;  Jer. 
 xlix.  31.  A  SPRING,]  To  wit,  a  water- 
 spring,  in  Heb.  gal,  so  named  of  the  rolling 
 and  waving  of  the  waters  that  flow  therefrom. 
 This  is  to  signify  that  the  garden  of  Christ's 
 church  is  watered  with  his  graces,  and  so 
 made  fruitful  and  joyful,  Ezek.  xxxi.  4,  5; 
 John  vii.  3S,  39;  Is.  xliv.  3,  4 ;  as  it  is  pro- 
 mised, the  Lord  'will  satisfy  thy  soul  in 
 droughts,  and  make  fat  thy  bones,  and  thou 
 shalt  be  like  a  watered  garden,  and  like  a 
 spring  of  water,  whose  waters  fail  not,'  Is. 
 Iviii.  II.  Locked,]  Or,  barred,  that  is, 
 kept  close  from  enemies,  that  the  waters  of 
 grace  may  be  thine  only.  This  signifielh 
 (as  before)  God's  special  favour  and  protection 
 for  his  church,  and  her  care  to  keep  herself 
 and  hers  pure  to  the  Lord.  Wherefore  Solo- 
 mon to  teach  spiritual  chastity,  uscth  this 
 parable,  '  Drink  water  out  of  thine  own  cis- 
 tern, and  running  waters  out  of  thine  own 
 well.  Let  thy  fountains  be  dispersed  abroad, 
 and  rivers  of  waters  in  the  streets.  Let  them 
 be  only  thiue  own,  and  not  strangers  with 
 thee.  Let  thy  fountain  be  blessed,  and 
 rejoice  with  the  wife  of  thy  youth,'  &c.,  Prov. 
 V.  15 — 18.  Sealed,]  Hereby  is  figured 
 the  confirmation  of  grace  to  Christ's  people, 
 as  sealing  meaneth  in  Jer.  xxxii.  20;  John 
 iii.  33;  2  Cor.  i.  22;  Eph.  i.  13;  and  the 
 reserving  of  this  grace  to  them  only,  as  that 
 which  is  sealed  is  rot  communicated  with 
 others,  nor  known  unto  them.  Is.  xxix.  11; 
 Dan.  xiii.  4,  9;  and  so  it  is  said,  '  Bind  up 
 the  testimony,  seal  the  law,  among  my  dis- 
 ciples,' Is.  viii.  16. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Thy  plants,]  Or,  thy  shoots  : 
 the  Heb.  and  Gr.  woids  have  both  of  them 
 the  name  of  "  sending  forth,"  that  is,  of 
 shooting  or  growing,  and  so  of  bringing  forth 
 leaves,  flowers,  and  fruits.  Hereby  the 
 members  of  the  church  are  meant,  planted 
 and  made  fruitful  by  Christ  :  and  here  the 
 garden  of  the  church,  is  like  the  garden  of 
 Eden :  out  of  which  ground,  the  Lord  God 
 made  to  grow  every  thing  pleasant  to  sight, 
 and  good  for  food.  Gen.  ii.  8,  9.  And  this 
 is  the  second  blessing  of  the  church,  that  it 
 is  replenished  with  wholesome,  sweet,  and 
 precious  plants.  An  orchard,]  Or,  a  para- 
 dise, so  called  of  the  Heb.  pardes,  and  Gr. 
 paradoisos :    a  place  set  with   trees,  as  ap- 
 
 peareth  by  Eccl.  ii.  5.  and  is  therefore  some- 
 times used  for  a  park,  or  forest,  Neh.  ii.  8. 
 Pomegranates,]  Or,  Pomegranate-trees, 
 granat-apples,  so  named  because  they  are 
 full  of  granes  or  kernals :  hereupon  the  Chald. 
 paraphraseth,  "  The  young  men  are  filled 
 with  thy  precepts,"  (or  as  Jarchi  explaineth  . 
 it,"  full  of  good  works")  "  like  pomegranates."  j 
 Precious  things,]  Or,  dainties,  pleasant 
 things  :  with  store  of  these,  the  land  of  Jo- 
 seph was  blessed,  Deut.  xxxiii.  13 — 16.  The 
 Holy  Spirit  seemeth  to  have  respect  unto  this 
 name  in  Rev.  xviii.  14.  fruits  (or  apples,  in 
 Gr.  opord)  that  thy  soul  lustedafter.  C  ypress,] 
 Cypress  clusters,  (for  the  word  is  of  the  plural 
 number)  or  caviphire  fruits  :  see  the  Notes 
 on  chap.  i.  14.  Spikenard,]  This  is  also  in 
 the  form  plural  spikenards,  or  jiards  ;  which 
 is  framed  of  the  Heb.  name  nerd,  whence 
 the  Gr.  nardos,  and  Latin  nardus  is  also 
 borrowed.  And  it  is  here  used  plurally 
 (whereas  in  the  next  verse  it  is  singular) 
 either  to  imply  all  sorts  of  nard,  (for  there  be 
 divers  kinds)  or,  the  ears  and  leaves  of  nard, 
 both  which  are  in  use  for  sweet  smell.  The 
 herb  which  we  call  lavender,  is  wimeA pseudo- 
 nard,  as  being  a  base  kind  of  nard,  but 
 nothing  so  sweet  or  precious  as  the  true :  see 
 the  Notes  on  chap.  i.  12 
 
 Ver.  14 — Saffron,]  In  Heb.  carcom  : 
 we  call  it  safl'ron,  of  the  Arabic  tsaphran 
 (or  zafran)  so  named  of  the  yellow  colour  :  it 
 is  not  mentioned  in  scripture,  but  in  this  one 
 place.  Cal.\mus,]  Or,  siveet  cane,  or  sweet 
 reed  :  this  with  the  cinnavion  following,  were 
 used  in  the  composition  ot  the  holy  anointing 
 oil,  Ex.  XXX.  23.  see  the  Annot.  there. 
 Frankincense,]  This  uas  used  iu  the  holy 
 incense;  as  the  myrrh  (following)  was  in  the 
 anointing  oil  ;  see  Ex..  xxx.  34,  23. 
 
 Aloes,]  Or,  Lign. aloes:  it  was  used  also  to 
 perfume  with,  for  the  sweet  smell  thereof : 
 see  Num.  xxiv.  6  ;  Ps.  xlv.  9;  Prov.  vii.  17. 
 Chief  spices,]  Or,  heads  of  spices :  see  Ex. 
 xxx.  23.  By  these  fruits  are  signified  the 
 manifold  graces  in  Christians,  which  are 
 precious  and  sweet  before  God  and  all  good 
 people  :  such  are  the  fruits  of  the  Spirit, 
 mentioned  in  Gal.  v.  22,  23.  Contrary  to 
 these,  are  the  roots  of  bitterness,  that  bear 
 gall  and  wormwood  ;  which  are  diligently  to 
 be  looked  unto,  lest  they  spring  up,  and  so 
 trouble  and  defile  the  garden  of  the  church; 
 Heb.  xii.  15;  Deut.  xxix.  18. 
 
718 
 
 SONG   OF   SONGS. 
 
 from  Lebanon.  ^*  Stir  up,  thou  nortli  wind,  and  come  thou  south, 
 blow  upon  my  garden,  that  the  spices  thereof  may  flow  out:  let  my 
 beloved  come  into  his  garden,  and  eat  the  fruit  of  his  precious 
 things. 
 
 Ver.  15. — Fountain  of  the  gardens,] 
 This  seemeth  to  be  the  speech  of  the  spouse 
 unto  Christ,  'O  thou  the  Fountain,' &c.  where- 
 by she  acknowledgeth  a  third  blessing  to  make 
 herfruilful,  abundance  of  water,  and  that  all  the 
 former  graces  which  he  so  praised  her  for,  do 
 proceed  from  him  who  is  the  fountain  that 
 watereth  all  the  gardens  (His  churches)  as 
 in  Jer.  ii.  13.  God  calleth  himself 'the  foun- 
 tain of  living  waters.'  From  the  fountain, 
 rivers  do  run,  (as  in  Ps.  civ.  10.)  which 
 water  the  gardens  and  plants  in  them,  so 
 making  them  green  and  fruitful,  as  in  Ezek. 
 xxxi.  4,  5.  'The  waters  made  him  great; 
 the  deep  set  him  up  on  high,  with  her  rivers 
 running  about  his  plants,'  &c.  But  when  the 
 desolation  of  the  church  is  threatened,  it  is 
 likened  to  a  garden  that  hath  no  water.  Is. 
 i.  80.  Here  Christ  by  his  doctrine  and  spirit- 
 ual graces,  refresheth  his  churches,  and  all 
 their  plaints,  satisfieth  their  soul  in  drought, 
 and  maketh  fat  their  bones  ;  that  their  soul  is 
 '  like  a  watered  garden,  and  they  shall  not 
 sorrow  any  more  at  all,'  Jer.  xxxi.  12  ;  Isa. 
 Iviii.  11.  Living  WATERS,]  That  is, spring- 
 ing and  running  waters,  which  dry  not  up 
 with  heat,  nor  putrify:  but  are  always  whole- 
 some, and  give  life.  So  Christ  giveth  living 
 water,  of  which  whosoever  drinketh,  it  shall 
 be  '  in  him  a  well  of  water,  springing  up  into 
 everlasting  life,'  John  iv.  10 — 14.  and  saith, 
 '  Htj  tliat  believeth  on  me,  &c.  out  of  his  belly 
 shall  flow  rivers  of  living  water,'  speaking  'of 
 the  Spirit,  which  they  that  believe  on  him 
 should  receive,'  John  vii.  3S,  39.  Stream- 
 I  ING,]  Running,  flowing  '  or,  streams  from 
 Lebanon.  It  hath  reference  to  the  stream  of 
 <  Jordan,  which  river  began  at  the  foot  of 
 1  mount  Lebanon,  and  ran  along  through  the 
 i  holy  land,  watering  the  same.  This  simili- 
 I  tude  is  amplified  in  Ezek.  xlvii.  6 — 10.  where 
 I  waters  issuing  out  of  the  sanctuary  (which 
 :  was  built  of  the  cedars  of  Lebanon)  ran  along 
 Galilee,  and  to  the  plain,  and  into  the  sea, 
 &c.  and  every  living  thing  that  moveth 
 whithei-soever  the  rivers  come,  shall  live,  &c. 
 and  '  evtry  thing  shall  live,  whither  the  river 
 cometh,'  so  in  Rev.  xxii.  1 , '  out  of  the  throne 
 of  God,  and  of  the  Lamb  '  (Christ)  '  a  pure 
 river  of  water  of  life  '  proceedeth. 
 
 Ver.  16. — Stir  up,]  Or,  raise  up  (thy- 
 self) thou  jiorth  ivind,  A  fourth  blessing  upon 
 the  garden  of  Christ's  church,  that  it  is  blown 
 up  by  the  winds,  to  refresh  it,  to  cleanse  the 
 air  of  it,  and  to  make  it  more  fruitful.     And 
 
 though  the  north  and  south  winds  be  of  con- 
 trary qualities,  as  cold  and  hot,  moist  and  dry, 
 yet  are  they  both  fitting  for  her  estate,  which 
 sometimes  needeth  sharp  reproof  and  some- 
 times calm  and  gentle  consolation.  But  he 
 mentioneth  not  the  east  wind ;  because  that  is 
 often  used  in  sign  of  wrath,  to  blast,  burn,  and 
 destroy  the  fruits;  as  Ezek.xvii.  10  ;  xix.  12. 
 Hos.  xiii.  15  ;  Gen.  xli.  6.  Blow  upon 
 MV  GARDEN,]  The  garden  being  Christ's  (as 
 the  words  following  manifest)  the  Lord,  who 
 '  bringeth  forth  the  wind  out  of  his  treasures; ' 
 Ps.  xiii.  5.  7,  speaketh  unto  it  to  blow:  sig- 
 nifying hereby  the  ministration  of  his  word 
 and  Spirit  bestowed  on  his  people  for  their  fur- 
 ther good,  that  they  have  not  only  the  waters 
 of  holy  Scripture,  but  the  lively  graces  also  of 
 God's  Spirit  to  quicken  them.  So  in  Ezek. 
 xxxvii.  9.  the  prophet  was  enjoined  to  'pro- 
 phesy unto  the  wind '  and  say  thereunto, 
 '  Come  from  the  four  wind?,  O  wind,  and 
 blow  upon  these  slain,  that  they  may  live.' 
 And  the  efficacy  of  the  Spirit  of  God  is  re- 
 sembled by  the  wind,  in  John  iii.  8.  and  doc- 
 trines are  winds,  in  Eph.  iv.  14,  and  the  re- 
 straint of  God's  graces  by  wholesome  doctrine, 
 is  signified  by  four  angels  holding  the  fc\n- 
 winds  of  the  earth,  '  that  the  wind  should  not 
 blow  on  the  earth,  nor  on  the  sea,  nor  on  any 
 tree,'  Rev.  vii.  1.  Spices  thereof  may 
 FLOW,]  That  is,  the  fruits  may  ripen,  and  be 
 abundant:  for  by  the  giacious  gifts  of  the 
 Spirit,  breathing  upon  the  church,  corruption 
 is  purged  away,  the  souls  are  refreshed, 
 quickened,  comforted,  and  all  graces  do 
 increase,  1  Cor.  ii.  Come  into  his  garden 
 AND  EAT,]  The  faithful  acknowledging  both 
 themselves  and  theirs  to  be  Christ's,  do  desire 
 that  he  would  come  and  accept  the  fruits  and 
 graces  of  his  own  Spirit ;  with  which,  and 
 for  which  he  is  to  be  honoured.  So  the  oHer- 
 ings  unto  God,  are  called  his  '  bread;'  Num. 
 xxviii.  2.  the  good  works  of  Christians  are 
 called  '  friiits,'  John  xv.  ;  his  acceptation  of 
 those  fruits,  and  communication  of  further 
 grace,  is  signified  by  mutual  supping  together. 
 Rev.  iii.  20,  and  thus  the  Lord  rejoiceth  '  in 
 his  works,'  Ps.  civ.  31.  Fruit  of  his  pre- 
 cious THINGS,]  That  is,  the  fruit  of  his  pre- 
 cious graces  ;  or,  his  precious  fruits :  so  that 
 now  the  church  is  not  like  Israel  of  old,  '  an 
 empty  vine,'  which  brought  forth  '  fruit  unto 
 himself,'  Hos.  x.  1.  or  l)are  'wild  grapes,' 
 even  '  grapes  of  gall,  and  bitter  clusters,'  Isa. 
 v.  2;   Deut.xxxii.  32.  but  is  'filled  with  the 
 
CHAPTER    V 
 
 719 
 
 fruits  of  righteousness,' Phil.  1. 11,  and  walketh 
 •worthy  of  the  Lord  unto  all  pleasing,  heiiig 
 fruitful  in  eveiy  good  work,'  Col.  i.  10,  and 
 hath  her  '  fruit  unto  holiness,  and  tlie  end 
 everlasiing  life,'  Rom.  vi.  22.     The  Chald. 
 
 paraphrast  applieth  this  to  the  service  of  God 
 under  the  law,  saying:  "Let  the  beloved 
 God  come  into  the  house  of  the  sanctuary, 
 and  accept  with  favour  the  oblations  of  his 
 people." 
 
 CHAPTER    V. 
 
 '  I  AM  come  to  my  garden,  my  sister,  my  spouse  :  I  have 
 gathered  my  myrrh  with  my  spice,  I  have  eaten  my  honei/-comh 
 with  my  honey,  I  have  drunk  my  wine  with  my  milk:  eat,  O 
 friends,  drink,  and  drink  abundantly,  O  beloved. 
 
 *  I  sleep,  and  my  heart  waketh :  it  is  the  voice  of  my  beloved 
 
 Ver.  1. — I  AM  COME,]  Or,  /  have  come: 
 but  the  time  passed  is  often  used  for  the 
 present.  Here  Christ  answereth  to  the 
 prayer  of  the  spouse,  being  ready  to  '  fulfil 
 the  desire  of  them  that  fear  him,'  Ps.  cxiv. 
 19.  God  is  said  to  'come'  unto  men  when 
 he  manifesteth  his  presence  by  his  works, 
 either  of  mercy  or  judgment,  Ex.  iii.  7,  8j 
 Gen.  ii.  5,  7.  Here  he  cometh  to  the  gar- 
 den of  his  church  with  grace,  acceptation, 
 comfort,  and  blessing,  to  keep  a  spiritual 
 banquet  there:  as  he  promised,  'In  every 
 place  where  I  shall  make  the  memorial  of 
 my  name,  I  will  come  unto  thee,  and  I  will 
 bless  thee,'  Ex.  xx.  24.  My  sister,  spouse,] 
 See  the  Notes  on  ver.  8,  9;  chap.  i.  4.  Myrrh 
 WITH  MY  SPICE,]  That  is,  with  my  other 
 spices  or  aromatic  fruits  :  for  myrrh  was  one 
 of  the  chief  spices  used  in  composition  of 
 sweet  ointments,  Ex.  xxx.  23;  with  such 
 ointments  they  anointed  them  and  their 
 friends  at  feasts;  see  the  Anuot.  on  chap.  i. 
 3.  I  HAVE  EATBN,]  Or,  /  do  eat,  for  the 
 words  following  show  this  to  be  spoken  as  at 
 5  a  banquet.  My  honey-comb,]  As  the  word 
 {and  doctrine  of  Christ  is  likened  to  'honey' 
 and  the  'honey-comb,'  to  'wine  and  milk,' 
 yPs.  xix.  11;  cxix.  103;  Is,  Iv.  1;  1  Pet.ii. 
 2,  because  it  is  sweet,  comfortable,  and  whole- 
 some, to  nourish  the  soul  as  these  things  do 
 the  body:  so  here  the  manifold  fruits  and 
 graces  which  that  word,  by  the  Spirit,  bring- 
 eth  forth  in  Christians,  are  likened  also  to 
 such  things ;  whereof  Christ  is  said  to  eat, 
 that  is,  graciously  to  accept  and  delight  in 
 them.  On  the  contrary,  the  evil  fruits  of 
 sinners  are  likened  to  '  grapes  of  gall,'  and 
 their  wine  to  the  '  poison  of  dragons,'  Deut. 
 xxxii.  32,  33.  Eat,  O  friends,]  Or,  O 
 neighbours.  Christ  speaketh  as  at  a  feast, 
 cheering  up  his  friends,  as  partakers  with 
 him  of  his  graces,  and  comforts  aforesaid. 
 
 They   that   do    his    commandments    are  his  ■ 
 '  friends,'  John  xv.  14,  (as  Abraham  is  called  | 
 the  friend  of  God,  Is.  xli.  S;   Jam,  ii.  23;)  ( 
 and  these  desire  and  delight  to  be  partakers 
 of  the  fruits  of  the  saints,  and  rejoice  in  their 
 obedience,  Phil.   i.    9—11;    xli.   17,18;  2 
 John  4;   o  John  3,  4.     The  angels  also  are 
 made  joyful  at  the  conversion,  sanctity,  and 
 salvation  of  sinners  by  Christ,  Luke  xv.   7, 
 10;    ii.   13,  14.      The   Chald.    expoundeth 
 this  of  God's  acceptation  of  his  church's  ser.    j 
 vice   under  the   law :  thus,  "  The  holy  and   j 
 blessed  (God)  said  to  his  people  the   house  of 
 Israel,  I  am  come  to   the  house  of  my  sanc- 
 tuary, which  thou  huildest  for  me,  my  sister, 
 
 0  congregation  of  Israel,  which  art  likened 
 to  an  honest  spouse,  and  have  caused  my 
 divine  presence  to  dwell  in  the  midst  of  thee: 
 
 1  accept  thy  incense  of  spices,  which  thou 
 madest  for  my  name :  I  have  sent  fire  from 
 heaven,  and  it  hath  eaten  the  burnt-ofl'erings, 
 and  sacrifice  of  peace-oflerings :  accepted 
 with  favour  before  me  is  the  drink-oifering of 
 red  wine  and  of  white  wine  which  the  priests 
 have  poured  out  upon  mine  altar.  Now 
 come  ye  priests  that  love  my  precepts,  eat 
 that  which  is  left  of  the  oblations,  and  delight 
 yourselves  in  the  good  that  is  prepared  for 
 you.''  Drink  abundantly,  O  beloved,] 
 Or,  be  drunken,  (that  is,  be  plenteously 
 filled)  with  loves.  By  beloved,  he  meaneth 
 his  friends  aforesaid  ;  or,  by  loves  (for  so  the 
 word  may  be  interpreted)  he  meaneth  the 
 fruits  of  love  which  his  spouse  had  brought 
 forth  unto  him,  which  loves,  he  said,  were 
 much  'better  than  wine,'  chap.  iv.  10.  In 
 Is.  xxv.  6,  it  is  prophesied  how  the  Lord  of 
 hosts  would  make  (in  the  mountain  of  his 
 church)  unto  all  people,  a  feast  of  fat  things, 
 a  feast  of  wine  on  the  lees,  &c. 
 
 Ver.  2 — I  sleep,]  Or,  /    sleeping,  and 
 my  heart  tuaking.      The   spouse    of   Christ 
 
 \       \ 
 
720 
 
 SONG    OF    SONGS. 
 
 that  knocketh:  open  to  me,  my  sister,  my  love,  my  dove,  my  per- 
 fect one :  for  my  head  is  filled  with  dew,  my  locks  with  the  drops 
 of  the  night. 
 
 liere  telleth  of  a  new  and  greater  trouble  that 
 befell  her  through  her  own  negligence,  and 
 how  she  got  out  thereof.  In  chap,  iii.,  she 
 had  a  much  like  temptation,  but  not  so  heavy 
 as  this:  for  there  she  slept  not,  but  upon  her 
 bed  in  the  night  sought  her  beloved  ;  here 
 she  slei'peth,  her  beloved  seeketh  her,  knock- 
 eth, provoketh,  but  she  maketh  excuses  for  a 
 while.  There  the  watchmen,  though  they 
 tell  lier  no  tidings  of  her  beloved,  yet  they 
 do  her  no  farther  harm:  here  they  smite, 
 wound,  and  unveil  her.  There  she  soon 
 findeth  him  after  she  was  past  the  watchmen: 
 here  she  findeth  him  not  so  soon,  but  lan- 
 guisheth  with  love,  and  complaineth  to  her 
 friends,  who  (upon  report  of  his  praises)  do 
 help  to  seek  him  with  her.  Sleep  is  the 
 rest  or  ceasing  of  the  creature  from  use  of 
 the  outward  senses  and  from  action;  it  is 
 caused  by  vapour  in  the  head,  that  arise  from 
 meat,  drink,  &c.,  which  stop  the  passages  of 
 the  spirits,  and  bind  the  senses.  This  sleep, 
 as  it  is  a  refreshing,  is  sometimes  used  in  a 
 good  sense,  for  the  repose  and  rest  that  the 
 faithful  have  in  God,  Ps.  iii.  5;  iv.  8 ;  Prov. 
 iii.  24.  But  oftener  it  is  applied  to  the 
 neglect  of  holy  duties,  and  a  sinful  kind  of 
 life.  Is.  Ivi.  10;  Rom.  xiii.  II;  1  Thess.  v. 
 6,  7;  and  this  sleep  is  caused  sometimes 
 through  sorrow,  Luke  xxii.  45 ;  sometimes 
 through  weariness,  Is.  v.  27;  sometimes 
 through  'slothfulness,'  and  then  it  causeth 
 spiritual  beggary,  Prov.  xix.  15;  xx.  13. 
 The  spouse  here,  having  eaten  and  drank 
 largely  of  the  blessings  of  Christ,  beginneth 
 to  remit  lier  zeal,  and  neglect  the  works  of 
 faith  and  love,  wanting  the  presence  of  her 
 beloved,  and  being  pressed  with  the  remnants 
 of  the  flesh,  so  she  gave  place  to  carnal  ease 
 and  security.  Occasioned  further  hereunto 
 by  the  time,  the  night;  and  by  the  weather, 
 which  was  rainy:  that  is,  by  ignorance  and 
 error  prevailing,  and  by  the  opposition  and 
 persecution  of  enemies.  And  my  heart 
 WAKETH,]  Or,  but  my  heart  watcheth,  or  is 
 aivake.  The  heart  meaneth  the  inner  man, 
 the  spirit,  or  man  as  he  is  regenerate,  opposed 
 to  the  flesh  or  outward  man,  Rom.  ii.  28,  29; 
 and  the  'flesh  and  spirit'  (even  in  God's 
 children)  do  lust  one  against  another,  that  we 
 cannot  do  the  things  that  we  would,  Gal.  v. 
 17  ;  and  when  '  the  spirit  is  willing  (to  watch, 
 pray,  &c.)  the  flesh  is  weak,'  Mat.  xxvi.  41. 
 Whereas  therefore  her  heart  waked  while  she 
 slept,  it  signified  that  she  gave  not  herself 
 wholly  to  this  negligence  ;  but  as  the  wise 
 virgins   had  their  lamps   burning  while  all 
 
 slumbered  and  slept,  when  the  lamps  of  the 
 foolish  were  gone  out.  Mat.  xxv.  4,  5,  8,  so 
 she  now  had  given  herself  to  fleshly  ease,  but 
 had  her  heart  and  spirit  otherwise  disposed. 
 For  when  the  whole  man  addicted  itself  to 
 any  thing,  the  heart  also  is  adjoined  ;  as 
 Solomon  saith,  '  I  compassed  about,  I  and  my 
 heart,  to  search  and  to  seik  out  wisdom,' 
 Eccl.  vii.  25.  That  knocketh,]  Or,  that 
 beateth,  to  wit,  at  the  door.  She  telleth  the 
 love  and  care  of  her  beloved,  who  would  not 
 let  her  rest  in  the  bed  of  worldly  ease,  but 
 exciteth  her  to  holy  duties  by  receiving  him 
 and  the  spirit  of  his  grace.  Christ's  voice  is 
 uttered  by  preaching  his  go-pel,  calling  to 
 repentance,  faith,  and  obedience,  Heb.  iii. 
 7,  8,  15;  iv.  2.  His  knocking  signifieth  a 
 more  earnest  provocation  and  desire  to  be 
 let  in.  Mat.  vii.  7;  Luke  xiii.  25;  and  it 
 may  imply  his  chastisements  also  whereby 
 he  would  call  her  to  repentance  ;  as  he  saith 
 to  the  church  in  Laodicea,  (when  it  was 
 fallen  to  be  neither  cold  nor  hot,)  'As  many 
 as  I  love  I  rebuke  and  chasten,  be  zealous, 
 therefore,  and  repent.  Behold,  I  stand  at 
 the  door  and  knock,'  Rev.  iii.  19,  20.  Open 
 TO  ME,]  God  •  openeth  doors'  to  us  when  he 
 bestoweth  his  blessings  on  us,  Ps.  Ixxviii.  23, 
 24;  Is.  xlv.  1 — 3;  and  spiritually,  when 
 giveth  grace  to  utter  his  word,  and  to  believe 
 the  same,  Col.  iv.  3;  Acts  xiv.  27.  So  we 
 open  the  door  unto  him  when  we  give  him 
 entrance  into  our  hearts,  he  calling  upon  us 
 by  his  word  and  works;  when  we  repent, 
 believe,  and  accept  Christ  with  his  graces,  j 
 
 &c.,  Rev.  iii.  20.     My  sister,  mv  love,  I 
 
 &c.]  These  titles  given  unto  the  church,  even  ! 
 
 in  her  infirmity,  show  what  aflection  he  bare  I 
 
 unto  her,  and  how  he  esteemed  her,  iiotwith-  j 
 
 standing  her  sins;  which  he  imputeth  not,  ' 
 
 but  luoketh   upon   her   graces  wliich  he  had  i 
 
 endued  her  with,  as  if  she  were  perfect  and  j 
 
 undefiled.  Filled  with  dew,]  Or,  full  of 
 deiv.  This  head  of  Christ  (which  in  ver.  11, 
 is  likened  to  '  most  fine  gold,')  here  '  filled 
 with  dew,'  seemeth  to  mean  his  manifold 
 troubles  which  he  suffered  for  her  sake,  not 
 only  in  his  own  person  while  he  was  on  earth, 
 but  in   his  servants  and   ministers,  who  are  j 
 
 often    '  troubled    on    every   side,   perplexed,  i 
 
 persecuted,  cast  down,  always  bearing  about 
 in  the  body  the  dying  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  &c., 
 2  Cor.   iv.  8 — 10.      Thus  Christ  cometh  in  j 
 
 the  dark  night  of  affliction  to  awake  her,  and 
 to  communicate  himself  and  his  graces  with  j 
 
 her.     For  a  man   to  be  '  wet  with  the  dew^^j 
 of  heaven  '  is  a  sign  of  misery,  Dan.  iv.  25;^/f  • 
 
 he  } 
 23,  I 
 he  I 
 
CHAPTER    V 
 
 r21 
 
 ^  I  have  put  off  my  coat,  how  shall  I  put  it  on  ?    I  luive  washed 
 my  feet,  how  shall  I  defile  them  ? 
 
 *  My  beloved  put  in  his  hand  by  the  hole  (of  the  door;^  and  my 
 
 so  is  'rain'  where  there  is  no  covert,  Is.  iv. 
 6;  and  'drops'  (or  droppings)  lii<e\vise  sig- 
 nify troubles,  Amos  vi.  11.  But  'dew  and 
 rain'  upon  the  land  maketh  it  fruitful:  so  is 
 Christ  by  his  doctrine  to  his  church,  Ps.  Ixxii. 
 6;  Hos.  xiv.  5;  Deut.  xxxii.  2.  And  in 
 this  sense    some    take    it   here,  as  if  Chiist 
 
 ■  came  unto  her  full  of  the  dew  of  blessings  to 
 enrich  her.  The  Chald.  paraphrast  applieth 
 this  verse  to  the  Jews'  captivity,  and  God's 
 calling  them  to  repentance:  thus,  "After  all 
 these  words,  the  people  of  the  house  of  Israel 
 sinned,  and  he  delivered  them  into  the  hand 
 of  Nebuchadnezzar  king  of  Babylon,  who  led 
 them  into  captivity:  and  in  the  captivity 
 they  were  like  to  a  man  asleep,  that  cannot 
 wake  out  of  his  sleep.  And  the  voice  of  the 
 Holy  Spirit  admonished  them  by  the  hand  of 
 the  prophets,  and  stirred  them  up  from  the 
 sleep  of  their  heart.  The  Lord  of  all  the 
 world  spake,  and  thus  he  said.  Turn  by 
 repentance,  open  thy  mouth  and  make  request, 
 and  laud  me,  my  sister,  my  love,  the  congre- 
 gation of  Israel,  which  art  like  a  dove  in  per- 
 fection of  thy  works:  for  the  hair  of  my  head 
 is  filled  with  thy  tears,  as  a  man  whose  hair 
 of  his  head  is  wet  with  the  dew  of  heaven  ; 
 and  my  hairy  locks  are  filled  with  the  drops 
 of  thine  eyes,  as  a  mail  whose  hairy  locks 
 are  full  with  the  diops  of  lain  that  descend 
 in  the  night." 
 
 Ver.   3.  — How   shall  I    pot   it  on?] 
 That  is,  /  cannot  put  it  on  without  trouble 
 
 ■  and  reluctation  of  my  flesh.  The  like  phrase 
 ''  God  used  in  Hos.  xi.  8.  '  How  shall  I  give 
 j  thee  up,  Ephraim,'  &c.  '  how  shall  1  make 
 ;'  thee  as  Admah? '  &c.  that  is,  I  cannot  utterly 
 /   destroy  thee,  as  I  did  those  cities,  such  is  my 
 
 compassion  towards  thee.  The  spouse  here 
 telleth  her  answer  to  Christ,  how  she  made 
 excuses  and  delays,  and  that  she  could  not 
 presently  admit  him  :  as  the  friend  answereth 
 (in  Luke  xi.  7.)  '  Trouble  me  not,  the  door 
 is  now  shut,  and  my  children  are  with  me  in 
 bed  :  I  cannot  rise  and  give  thee.'  The 
 keeping  on  of  clothes  is  a  sign  of  care  and 
 watchfulness,  Neh.  iv.  23.  so  she  now  (in  the 
 absenceof  her  Lord) should  have  had  her  'loins 
 girded  about,'  her  'light  burning,'  herself 
 waiting  for  his  return  ;  that  when  he  came 
 and  knocked,  she  might  '  open  to  him  im- 
 mediately," Luke  xii.  35,  36.  But  she  had 
 not  only  ungirded,  but  put  ofl"  her  coat,  and 
 washed  her  feet,  so  composing  herself  to  a  set- 
 tled rest  in  her  bed  ;  and  instead  of  watching, 
 sleepeth  ;  instead  of  opening  the  door,  driveth 
 him  away  through  her  neglect  and  skitli. 
 Vol.  11.  4 
 
 Washed  my  feet,]  Another  sign  that  she  had 
 betaken  herself  to  rest:  for  in  those  hot 
 countries(where  usually  they  went  bare-footed) 
 they  washed  their  feet  from  soil  and  sweat 
 after  travel  :  which  she  now  having  done, 
 could  not  (as  she  pretended)  without  soiling 
 them  again,  open  to  her  beloved.  Such 
 worthless  excuses  doth  our  flesh  allege  ;  the 
 time  is  unseasonable,  the  night  is  cold  and 
 damp,  the  weather  wet,  we  cannot  rise  to 
 entertain  Christ,  without  trouble  and  detri- 
 ment. So  the  people  that  dwelt  in  their 
 'ceiled  houses,'  said,  'the  time  is'  not  come 
 'that  the  Lord's  house  should  be  built,'  Hag.  i, 
 4,  2.  '  The  slothful  saith,  A  lion  is  in  the  way, 
 a  lion  is  in  the  streets,'  Prov.  xxvi.  3.  and 
 '  The  sluggard  will  not  plow,  by  reason  of  the 
 cold,'  Prov.  XX.  4.  The  Chald.  here  para- 
 phraseth  thus,  "  The  congregation  of  Israel 
 answered  before  the  prophets,  Lo  now  I  have 
 put  ofl  from  me  the  yoke  of  his  precepts,  and 
 liave  served  the  erroneous  idols  of  the  peoples: 
 and  how  can  I  have  the  face  to  turn  again 
 unto  him  ?  The  Lord  of  the  world  answered 
 them  by  the  hand  of  the  prophets;  and  I  also, 
 lo  now  ]  have  taken  away  my  divine-presence 
 from  midst  of  thee  ;  and  how  shall  I  return  ? 
 And  thou  hast  done  evil  works,  and  I  have 
 sanctified  my  feet  from  thy  uncleanness  ;  and 
 how  shall  I  defile  them  in  the  midst  of  thee, 
 by  thy  evil  works  ?  " 
 
 Ver.  4. — Putin,]  Heb.  sent  his  hand,  or, 
 put  it  forth.  By  the  holes,]  Or,  from  the 
 hole,  to  wit,  of  the  door,  where  he  knocked, 
 which  some  understand  to  be  a  withdrawing 
 of  the  hand  as  purposing  to  leave  ofT  his  call- 
 ing of  her:  but  the  Gr.  translateth  "by  the 
 hole  ;"  and  the  putting  forth  the  hand  usually 
 meaneth  the  enterprising  of  a  work,  rather 
 than  the  leaving  of  it  ofl',  as  in  Gen.  iii.  22  ; 
 xxii.  10—12  ;  xlviii.  14;  Ex.  iii.  20;  I 
 Chron.  xiii.  9.  and  the  effects  following,  that 
 her  'bowels'  were  'moved,'  that  she  'rose 
 up,'  &c.  seem  to  confirm  this.  And  an  hole 
 is  a  mean  either  to  look  in,  or  to  put  in  the 
 hand,  or  to  make  a  wider  entrance,  Ezek.  viii. 
 7,  8,  9.  The  spouse  of  Chi  ist  here  signifieth, 
 that  though  the  door  was  shut  against  him, 
 that  her  beloved  could  not  enter;  and  though 
 his  voice  (by  the  outward  ministry  of  his  word, 
 could  not  cause  her  to  arise  ;  yet  he  put  forth 
 his  hand  (by  the  inward  working  of  his  Spirit) 
 and  wrought  more  eflectually  in  her.  For, 
 as  'the  finger  of  God'  (in  Luke  xi.  20,) 
 meaneth  '  the  Sjiirit  of  God,'  Mat.  xii.  28,  so 
 doth  his  'hand.'  Wherefore  the  disciples 
 outwardly  '  preaching  the  word  ; '  it  is  said. 
 
722 
 
 SONG    OF    SONGS. 
 
 bowels  made  a  troubled  noise  for  him.  '  I  rose  up,  to  open  to  mj 
 beloved:  and  my  hands  dropped  myrrh,  and  my  fingers  passing- 
 myrrh,  upon  the  handles  of  the  lock.  ^  I  opened  to  my  beloved, 
 and  my  beloved  had  withdrawn  himself,  was  passed  away ;  my  soul 
 went  forth  because  of  his  speech.    I  sought  liim,  and  I  found  him 
 
 *  the  hand  of  the  Lord  was  with  them,  and  a 
 great  number  believed,  and  turned  to  the 
 Lord,' Acts  xi.  19 — 21.  My  bowels  wade 
 A  TRODBLED  NOISE,]  Or,  my  hoicels  sounded, 
 rumbled.  Hereby  she  signifieth  her  dis- 
 quietness,  hearty  sorrow,  and  repentance,  for 
 her  beloved,  who  had  suffered  so  many  things 
 for  her  sake,  and  whom  she  had  so  neglected 
 and  put  from  her,  when  he  desired  to  come  in. 
 So  the  prophet  (to  show  his  sorrow  for  Moab's 
 calamity)  saith,  '  My  bowels  shall  sound  '  (or 
 make  a  noise)  Mike  an  harp  for  Moab,'  Isa. 
 xvi.  11,  and  for  the  Jews  another  saith,  'My 
 bowels,  my  bowels,  I  am  pained  at  my  very 
 heart ;  my  heart  maketh  a  noise  '  (or  a  troubled 
 sound)  'I  cannot  hold  my  peace,' Jer.  iv.  19. 
 Yea  God  himself,  in  commiseration  of  Eph- 
 raim's  misery,  saith,  'My  bowels  sound'  (or 
 make  a  troubled  noise)  '  for  him,  I  will  surrly 
 have  mercy  on  him, saith  the  Lord,' Jer.  xxxi. 
 20.  So  here  the  spouse,  by  the  sounding  of  her 
 bowels,  showeth  the  grief  of  her  heart,  which 
 is  one  (and  the  chiefest)  of  the  bowels,  as  is 
 after  noted  on  ver.  14. 
 
 Ver.  5. — I  ROSE  UP,]  Or,  I  my  self  rose  up. 
 Unto  her  inward  grief,  she  addeth  outward  acts 
 of  amendment,  (fruits  meet  for  repentance) 
 rising,opening,seeking,  calling  for  her  beloved, 
 now  departed  from  her  door, 'through  her  former 
 negligence.  Dropped  myrrh,]  That  is,  oil 
 of  myrrh.  Passing  myrrh,]  That  is,  pure 
 myrrh,  which  isof  bitter  taste,  and  sweet-smell- 
 ing savour  :  or  current  myrrh,  such  as  passeth 
 from  one  to  another,  vendible  to  merchants, 
 because  it  is  good :  a.s passing  money  \scurrent 
 ♦wowe^  with  merchants.  Gen.  xxiii.  16.  'Pass- 
 ing myrrh 'dropping  from  Christ's  lips,  (chap. 
 V.  13.) signifieth  thesweet  odourof  his  doctrine; 
 so  the  like  here  dropping  from  the  hands  and 
 fingers  of  his  spouse,  seemeth  to  denote  the  sweet 
 odour  of  herworks;  that  her  godly  sorrow,  with 
 faith  and  love  unfeigned,  might  be  acceptable 
 to  her  beloved,  and  of  sweet  smell  in  his 
 nostrils.  In  those  countries,  women  (before 
 they  were  brought  to  kings)  were  purified  with 
 •oil  of  myrrh,'  and  'sweet  odors,'  Esth.  ii. 
 12.  and  the  '  garments  '  of  Christ's  spouse  do 
 smell  of  '  myrrh,'  &c.  Ps.  xlv.  9.  Here  her 
 hands,  that  is,  her  actions,  are  anointed  with 
 oil  of  myrrh,  that  is,  the  grace  of  God's  Spirit, 
 as  the  holy  oil  in  the  sanctuary  (figuring  grace) 
 was  made  of  '  pure  myrrh,'  and  other  chief 
 spices,  Ex.  XXX.  23,  &c.  Otherwise  we  may 
 understand  it  of  the  grace  of  Christ,  which  he 
 
 left  behind  him  as  a  sweet  odour  to  allure  her, 
 when  he  put  in  his  hand  at  the  hole  of  the 
 door;  which  he  perceived  now  when  she  was 
 risen  from  her  bed  of  carnal  pecurifj'. 
 Handles  of  the  lock,]  These  handles  (nr 
 hands)  of  the  lock,  were  those  that  kept  out 
 Christ  from  entering  ;  which  now  she  anoint- 
 eth  with  oil  of  myrrh,  that  her  heart  being 
 anointed  and  supplied  with  grace,  all  bars  and 
 lets  being  removed,  he  might  freely  enter  to 
 reap  the  fruit  of  his  own  grace  in  her. 
 
 Ver.  6. — I  opened,]  Or,  I  myself  opened: 
 this  noteth  a  further  degree  of  grace  in  her, 
 who  after  she  had  risen,  openeth  the  dours, 
 (putting  away  all  excuses,  delays,  hinderances, 
 admitting  the  word  and  work  of  Christ  into 
 her  heart,)  that  the  King  of  glory  might  come 
 in.  Withdrawn  himself,]  Or,  turned- 
 atvay.  Was  passed  away,]  This  doubling 
 of  the  complaint  for  his  departure,  showeth 
 her  passion  and  grief,  in  that  she  enjoyed  not 
 his  presence  and  favour,  as  in  time  past. 
 But  the  narration  telleth  how  even  '  the 
 righteous  are '  (for  their  sins)  '  recompensed 
 in  the  earth,'  and  scarcely  saved  ; '  Prov.  xi. 
 31  ;  1  Pet.  iv.  18,  if  we  refuse  the  grace  of 
 God  proffered,  he  will  hide  his  face  from  us, 
 Mic.  iii.  4  ;  Hos.  v.  5.  My  soul  went 
 FORTH,]  Or,  tvas  gone,  departed;  that  is, 
 failed,  fainted.  I  was  even  a  dead  woman, 
 through  fear  and  grief :  for  death  is  the  de- 
 parting of  the  soul  from  the  body,  Gen.  xxxv. 
 18,  and  as  the  heart  is  said  to  go  forth  when 
 men  are  astonished  with  fear,  or  the  like 
 passions,  Gen.  xlii.  28,  so  here  the  soul  is 
 said  to  '  go  forth  '  for  like  cause.  Because 
 OF  his  speech,]  For  his  words,  which  he 
 had  used,  when  so  lovingly  he  intreateth  me, 
 in  ver.  2.  The  word  spoken  does  not  always 
 presently  take  efTect  in  the  hearers,  but  after, 
 when  they  fall  into  temptation,  the  Spirit  of 
 God  often  bringelh  things  to  their  remem- 
 brance, that  they  do  better  understand  and 
 make  use  of  that  they  heard,  John  xiv.  26  ; 
 Mat.  xxvi.  75.  He  answered  me  not,J 
 This  is  one  of  the  greatest  temptations,  that 
 God  seemeth  not  to  hear  the  prayers  of  his 
 people,  though  they  call  day  and  night,  Ps. 
 xxii.  3.  '  He  shutteth  out  their  prayer,'  Lam. 
 iii.  8.  But  here  the  spouse  hath  measure 
 for  measure;  because  lie  called  and  she 
 would  not  obey,  she  also  calleth  and  hath 
 no  answer.  Howbeit  '  his  ear  is  not  heavy, 
 that  it  cannot  hear: '  but  (as  it  is  written) '  Y  uur 
 
CHAPTER    V.  723 
 
 not;  I  called  him,  and  he  answered  me  not.  '  Tlie  watchman  that 
 went  about  tlie  city,  found  me,  they  smote  me,  they  wounded  me  : 
 the  watchman  of  the  walls  took  my  veil  from  on  me.  ^  I  adjure 
 you,  O  daughters  of  Jerusalem:  if  ye  find  my  beloved,  wliat  shall 
 ye  tell  him  V  that  I  am  sick  of  love. 
 
 ^  W]lat^■s  thy  beloved  more  than  another  beloved,  O  thou  fairest 
 
 iniquities  have  separated  between  you  and 
 your  God  ;  and  your  sins  have  hid  his  face 
 from  you,  that  he  will  not  hear  ;'  Isa.  lix.  1, 
 2.  The  Hebs.  (in  their  Chald.  paraphrase) 
 apply  the  affliction  here  prophesied  of,  to  the 
 sins  and  captivity  of  Israel,  mentioned  in 
 1  Chron.  v.  25,  2t) ;  2  Kings  xvii.  6  ;  at  what 
 lime  though  the  priests  (as  they  say)  offered 
 I  oblations  and  burnt  incense,  yet  were  they  not 
 '  accepted. 
 
 Ver.  7. — The  watchmen,]  Or,  keepers 
 that  keep  watch  and  ward  in  the  city  by  night: 
 meaning  the  officers  of  the  church ;  see  before 
 on  chap.  iii.  3.  Found  me,]  By  this  it  ap- 
 peareth,  that  she  went  not  only  to  the  door  of 
 lier  house  to  seek  Christ,  but  did  '  go  about  the 
 the  city,  in  the  streets,  &c.  as  before  in  chap, 
 ii.  3.  They  smote  me,]  Smiting  is  not  only 
 with  the  hand,  or  other  like  Instrument,  but 
 with  the  '  tongue,' as  in  Jer.  xviii.  18.  'Come 
 and  let  us  smite  him  with  the  tongue  : '  and 
 generally  to  '  smite,'  is  to  afflict  by  what 
 means  soever,  Isa.  liii.  4;  Ps.  Ixix.  27.  Here 
 llie  watchmen  are  more  injurious  than  before 
 in  chap.  iii.  neither  inquireth  she  of  these  for 
 htr  beloved ;  but  being  by  them  found  out  of 
 the  common  course,  is  smitten  and  wounded 
 as  an  evil  doer,  judged  as  a  dishonest  woman, 
 whose  feet  would  not  abide  in  her  house,  no 
 not  by  night,  is  rebuked,  censured,  &c. 
 WoDNDED  me,]  Drew  blood  of  me,  for  it  is  a 
 further  degree  of  hurl  than  smiting,  I  Kings 
 XX.  37  ;  Ex.  xxi.  25.  So  the  husbandmen 
 wounded  the  lord's  servants,  Luke  xx.  17. 
 Watchmen  of  the  walls,]  Watchmen  in 
 the  city  are  to  see  that  order  and  peace  be 
 kept  of  those  that  are  within  ;  watchmen  on 
 the  walls,  are  to  look  to  enemies  without,  that 
 they  break  not  in,  and  to  warn  tlie  city  if  foes 
 approach:  so  these  were  other  than  the  former, 
 from  whom  she  escaping  with  stripes  and 
 wounds  passeth  from  the  streets  to  the  walls 
 to  seek  Christ,  but  is  there  as  evil  entreated. 
 These  are  in  name  the  ministers  of  Christ, 
 supplying  the  place  of  such  as  are  mentioned 
 in  Is.  Ixii.  6.  but  of  another  kind,  not  making 
 mention  of  the  Lord  but  persecuting  those 
 that  seek  him.  Took  my  veil,]  Or,  wy 
 scarf;  it  hath  the  name  in  the  original,  of 
 sjireadhig,  as  being  spread  over  her  head  to 
 cover  her  :  such  veils  were  worn  of  women, 
 partly  for  ornament,  as  appeared  by  Isa.  iii. 
 
 23.  partly  for  modesty,  and  in  sign  of  subjec- 
 tion to  men,  especially  their  husbands,  1  Cor. 
 xi.  6 — 10.  and  an  liusband  to  the  wife  '  a 
 covering  of  the  eyes,'  Gen.  xx.  16.  The 
 taking  away  therefore  of  her  veil,  seemeth  to 
 be  a  note  of  infamy  ;  disloyalty  or  dishonesty 
 imputed  unto  her:  as  of  idolatry,  heresy, 
 schism,  and  the  like;  so  she  was  spoiled  of 
 her  good  name  and  reputation  ;  and  counted 
 among  the  light  and  lewd  women.  For 
 it  appeareth  by  Ezek.  xxiii.  25,  26,  that  they 
 used  to  entreat  dishonest  women  so;  disfigur- 
 ing their  faces,  stripping  them  out  of  tlieir 
 clothes,  and  taking  away  their  fair  jewels. 
 
 Ver.  8. — I  adjure  vou,]  I  charge  youby 
 oath  ;  here  the  spouse  (having  with  much  ado 
 escaped  from  the  watchmen)  meeteth  with 
 her  friends  the  '  daughters  of  Jerusalem;  'of 
 whom,  see  the  Notes  on  chap.  ii.  7;  i.  5. 
 where  also  she  adjured  them  upon  other 
 weightycause.  What  shall  ye  tell  him  ?] 
 This  is  an  earnest  and  passionate  kind  of 
 speech,  showing  her  great  afl'ectiou  ;  and 
 stirring  up  their  care  and  diligence;  that  if 
 they  who  had  not  for  the  present  the  know- 
 ledge of  Christ  by  his  graces  clearly  manifested 
 unto  them,  (as  appeareth  by  their  answer  in 
 ver.  9;  chap.  vi.  1.)  should  find  him  by  being 
 made  partakers  of  his  mercy  through  the  reve- 
 lation of  his  gospel,  (as  in  Rom.  x.  20.)  tiien 
 they  should  tell  (or  show)  unto  him  in  their 
 prayers,  the  state  of  this  his  afflicted  spouse. 
 Sick  of  love,]  In  Gr.  wounded  with  love: 
 languishing  with  desire  of  his  mercy,  of  the 
 forgiveness  of  my  sins,  of  reconciliation,  &c. 
 See  the  Notes  on  chap.  ii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  9. — More  than  another  be- 
 loved,]  When  God  and  Christ  is  preached, 
 the  wicked  take  occasion  to  mention  and 
 magnify  other  false  gods,  and  erroneous  ser- 
 vices, Isa.  xxxvi.  18,  20;  Acts  xix.  26,  28, 
 but  they  that  belong  to  the  heavenly  Jerusa- 
 lem desire  to  be  informed  further  in  the 
 truth,  and  to  know  the  difference  betweeu 
 true  and  false  Christs,  worship,  ordinances, 
 &c.  as  these  here,  and  so  in  Acts  xvii.  18, 
 19,  34,  &c. ;  xxviii.  22—24.  Fairest 
 AMONG  women,]  See  chap.  i.  8.  Here  the 
 spouse  of  Christ,  though  in  her  sorrows  and 
 miseries,  though  persecuted  and  abused  by 
 wicked  watchmen,  though  in  the  dark  night 
 of   tribulation,  is  notwithstanding  discerned 
 
724 
 
 SONG    OF    SONGS. 
 
 among  women  ?     What  is  thy  beloved  more  tlian  another  beloved, 
 that  thou  dost  so  adjure  us? 
 
 '"  My  beloved  is  white  and  ruddy  ;  having  the  banner  above  ten- 
 thousand.     "  His   head,  tlie  fine  gold,  the  solid  gold:   liis  locks 
 
 and  professed  to  be  fair  and  glorious;  by  such 
 as  belong  unto  Christ,  Heb.  xi.  24—26  ;  1 
 Thes.  i.  5,  6. 
 
 Ver.  10. — White  and  ruddy,]  She 
 duscribeth  Christ  unto  them  in  his  beauty,  to 
 stir  up  both  her  own  and  their  afVections,  and 
 to  draw  them  after  him.  For  as  the  out- 
 ward show  of  idolaters,  allureth  the  unwise  to 
 aHect  and  follow  them,  Ezek.  xxiii.  5,  6,  12, 
 14 — 16,  so  the  true  knowledge  of  Christ 
 with  his  graces  draweth  the  elect  to  seek 
 and  embrace  him,  Acts  ii.  22,  37,  41;  iii. 
 12,  13,  &c.;  iv.  4;  xvii.  11,  12,  and  by  the 
 gospel  preached,  Christ  with  his  sufferings  is 
 evidently  set  forth,  Gal.  iii.  1.  Here  as  a 
 goodly  young  man,  he  is  as  in  an  image 
 ponrtrayed  by  his  visible  qualities,  his  col- 
 ours, and  by  the  parts  of  his  body.  White 
 and  red,  as  they  show  the  best  temperature 
 of  man,  so  here  they  may  signify  in  Christ ; 
 first,  his  Godhead  and  manhood ;  for  God  in 
 vision  hath  appeared  all  '  white  as  snow,  and 
 as  pure  wool,'  Dan.  vii.  9,  and  Christ  in  his 
 glory  had  '  his  face  shining  as  the  sun,  and 
 liis  raiment  white  as  the  light,'  Mat.  xvii.  2, 
 and  '  in  him  dwelleth  all  the  fulness  of  the 
 Godhead  bodily,'  Col.  ii.  9.  Man  had  his 
 name  Adam,  of  Adamah,  the  red  mould  of 
 the  eai  th  out  of  which  he  was  taken,  Gen. 
 ii,  7,  and  Christ  (who  here  \s  Adorn,  red,)  is 
 *  the  last  Adam,'  1  Cor.  xv.  45,  and  '  was 
 partaker  with  his  children  of  flesh  and  blood,' 
 Heb.  ii.  14.  Secondly,  white  denoteth  his 
 innocence  in  himself,  without  spot  of  sin: 
 red,  his  sinful  case  by  imputation,  for  '  God 
 made  him,  who  knew  no  sin,  to  be  sin  for 
 us,  that  we  might  be  made  the  righteousness 
 of  God  in  him,'  2  Cor.  v.  21,  and  so  these 
 two  colours  are  used  to  signify  sinfulness  and 
 innocence,  Isa.  i.  18.  And  consequently 
 red  betokeneth  his  sufferings  to  the  shedding 
 of  his  blood,  as  white  doth  his  victory,  peace, 
 joy  and  comfort  in  God,  Rev.  vii.  9,  13 — 
 17;  Eccl.  ix.  8.  And  in  respect  of  his 
 administration,  white  setteth  forth  his  grace 
 and  mercy  to  repenting  and  believing  sin- 
 ners, whom  he  justifieth,  sanctifieth,  and  will 
 bring  into  glory  ;  who  therefore  are  said  to  be 
 clothed  in  '  linen  white  and  clean,  which  is 
 the  righteousness  of  the  saints,'  Rev.  xix.  8, 
 14,  and  red,  his  justice  in  punishing  and 
 doing  vengeance  oa  his  enemies,  in  token 
 whereof  his  garments  are  said  to  '  be  red, 
 dyed  and  dipt  in  blood;'  Isa.  Ixiii.  1 — 3; 
 Rev.    xix.    13.       Having    thk    banner, 
 
 ABOVE  TEN  THOUSAND,]  Or,  having  banners, 
 of  ten-thousand :  Heb.  bannered,  above  (or 
 of,  or  with)  ten  thousand.  Meaning  either 
 that  he  was  the  chief,  most  valiant  and  most 
 excellent  of  all ;  or,  that  he  had  many  ban- 
 ners and  companies  of  warriors  with  him. 
 In  the  first  sense  the  Gr.  interpreteth  it, 
 the  chosen  (or  choicest)  of  ten  thousands  :  in 
 the  latter,  theChald.  paraphraseth,  and  other 
 Heb.  expositors,  apply  it  to  the  ten  thousands 
 of  angels  that  minister  before  him,  (as  in 
 Dan.  vii.  10.)  The  banner  (or  standard)  is 
 a  warlike  sign;  and  he  that  beareth  it,  is 
 of  the  chiefest ;  and  by  it,  other  warriors  do 
 encamp,  as  appeareth  in  the  armies  of  Israel, 
 Num.  ii.  And  there  Judah  was  chief  stand- 
 ard-bearer, and  had  mider  his  banner  the 
 greatest  number  of  warriors  :  so  here  Christ 
 ('  the  lion  of  the  tribe  of  Judah,'  Rev.  v.  5.)  , 
 is  chief  among  many,  yea  above  all;  for  he 
 standeth  '  for  an  ensign  of  the  people,'  Isa. 
 xi.  10,  (that  is,  '  ruleth  over  the  Gentiles,' 
 Rom.  XV.  12.)  and  unto  him  both  the  angels 
 do  minister,  and  worship  him.  Mat.  iv.  11; 
 Heb.  i.  6,  and  many  ten  thousands  of  peo-' 
 pie  do  believe  in  him,  Acts  xxi.  20;  Rev. 
 vii.  9,  and  (in  his  wars  against  his  enemies) 
 '  the  armies  in  heaven  do  follow  him,'  Rev. 
 xix.  11,  14. 
 
 Ver.  11. — The  fine  gold,  the  solid 
 GOLD,]  Understand  fine  gold  and  solid  gold, 
 for  this  word  and  is  sometime  not  expressed 
 in  the  Heb.  though  it  be  meant ;  as  is  noted 
 on  Ex.  xxii.  30;  Deut.  xxiv.  17.  Two 
 names  of  the  best  gold  are  here  joined, 
 Cethem,  and  Paz  (or  Phaz ;)  the  first  is 
 fine,  notable  and  shining  ;  the  latter,  solid, 
 strong,  and  fast  gold,  or  Fesse  gold :  (accord- 
 ing to  the  Heb.  name.)  Fine  gold  is  in 
 Arabic  called  Fes;  and  the  land  of  Fess 
 seemeth  to  be  so  named  of  such  gold  there. 
 Both  these  together,  set  forth  the  glory  of 
 Christ's  head  here  :  which  being  taken  either 
 properly,  or  figuratively  for  the  crown  or 
 ornament  of  the  head  ;  (as  by  the  feet  are 
 implied  the  '  shoes  on  the  feet,'  Deut.  viii. 
 4;  xxix.  5,)  seemeth  to  denote  his  headship, 
 dignity,  or  regiment;  that  his  kingdom  is 
 most  glorious  (like  fine  or  splendent  gold) 
 because  it  is  spiritual  and  heavenly ;  and 
 most  firm  and  durable  (like  pure  solid  gold) 
 because  it  is  eternal :  John  xviii.  36,  37  ; 
 Luke  xvii.  20,  21  ;  Dan.  vii.  13,  14.  For 
 the  spouse  calleth  her  beloved  king,  in  chap, 
 i.  4,  and   David  piais'ng  GoJ,  saith,    '  tliou 
 
CHAPTER    V. 
 
 725 
 
 curled,  black  as  a  raven.  '^  His  eyes  as  doves,  by  the  streams 
 of  water  :  washing  in  milk,  sitting  in  fulness.  '^  His  clieeks,  as  a 
 bed  of  spice,  flowers  of  sweet-odours  :  his  lips  lilies ;  dropping  pass- 
 
 hast  set  on  his  head,  a  crown  of  fine  gold,' 
 Ps.  xxi.  4.  And  as  Christ  is  here  described, 
 so  is  he  in  the  administration  and  govern- 
 ment of  his  church:  that  when  his  kingdom 
 is  powerful  and  glorious,  and  of  large  extent, 
 it  is  like  a  golden  head,  as  in  Dan.  ii.  37, 
 38,  and  when  it  is  administered  according 
 to  his  laws  and  judgments,  (which  'are  more 
 to  be  desired  than  much  fine  solid  gold,'  Ps. 
 xix.  11.)  then  is  '  the  street  of  Jerusalem' 
 (the  law  wherein  men  walk)  'pure  gold,'  as  in 
 Rev.  xxi.  21.  Hereby  also  his  rich  grace,  and 
 bountifulness  unto  men,  may  be  implied. 
 His  locks,]  His  hairy-locks,  of  which  before 
 he  complaineth  in  verse  2,  that  they  were 
 filled  with  drops  of  the  night.  Curled,] 
 Or,  heaps,  that  is,  are  like  heaps,  curled  and 
 bushy.  Black,]  In  Rev.  i.  14,  Christ 
 appeareth  as  an  ancient,  with  his  '  hair 
 white  as  wool;'  here  he  is  described  as  a 
 goodly  young  man,  with  curled  locks,  black 
 as  a  raven :  that  white  colour  showed  him 
 to  be  the  '  ancient  of  days,'  Dan.  vii.  9,  full 
 of  gi-avity,  wisdom,  justice,  &c.  but  black 
 and  curled  locks,  as  they  are  signs  of  heat 
 and  strength  in  nature,  so  here  they  seem  to 
 denote  strength  and  vigour  spiritual,  as  also 
 the  hidden  mystery  of  his  counsels,  thoughts, 
 and  purposes  unsearchable.  According  to 
 the  variety  of  times,  causes,  and  administra- 
 tions, so  things  are  spoken  diversely  of  God 
 and  of  Christ :  as  in  1  Tim.  vi.  16,  he 
 'dwelleth  in  the  light  vvhich  none  can 
 approach  unto;'  in  2  Chron.  vi.  1,  he  '  dwell- 
 eth in  the  thick  darkness:'  his  administra- 
 tion of  mercy  by  the  preaching  of  the  gospel 
 is  signified  by  '  a  white  horse,'  his  judgments 
 by  '  a  black  horse,'  Rev.  vi.  2,  5.  And  if 
 we  refer  this  here  to  Christ's  administration, 
 it  may  denote  both  his  counsels  unsearchable, 
 and  in  special  his  judgments  decreed  for  his 
 enemies. 
 
 Ver.  12. — As  DOVES,]  In  Rev.  i.  14, 
 '  his  eyes  are  as  a  flame  of  fire,' and  in  Dan. 
 X.  6,  as  '  lamps  of  fire ;'  to  search  and  try  all 
 men's  vvays,  and  to  set  men's  secret  sins  to 
 the  light  of  his  countenance,  Jer.  xvi.  17; 
 Ps.  xc.  8;  xi.  4.  Here,  he  hath  doves'  eyes, 
 to  show  that  he  is  '  of  purer  eyes  than  to 
 behold  evil,  and  cannot  look  on  iniquity,' 
 Hab.  i.  13,  that  he  graciously  beholdeth  his 
 people  with  mercy,  and  commiseration  of 
 tlieir  misery,  Deut.  xi.  12;  Ps.  xxxiv.  16; 
 xxxiii.  18,  19,  and  that  he  faithfully  looketh 
 to  his  covenant  with  his  people  ;  as  the  spouse 
 for  her  faith  and  loyalty  is  said  also  to  have 
 doi.es'  eyeSiCh&^A.  15;  iv.  1.  By  streams,] 
 
 Or,  by  currents  (rivers)  of  water  that  run 
 violently:  such  waters  are  pure  and  clear, 
 where  doves  delight  to  be.  Washing,]  To 
 wet  themselves ;  which  the  Gr.  translateth, 
 "  washed  in  milk.''  As  doves  washing  tliem- 
 selves  in  milk-white  water  are  cleansed  from 
 dust  and  soil:  so  the  eyes  of  Christ  are  pure 
 and  clean,  beholding  his  people  in  grace. 
 Sitting  in  fulness,]  If  the  similitude  of 
 waters  be  continued,  then  it  meaneth  full 
 channels  of  water,  by  which  doves  delight  to 
 sit:  or,  if  of  the  doves,  it  may  be  understood  of 
 sitting  in  their  lockers,  and  so  applied  to  the 
 eyes  in  the  holes  of  the  head  with  fit  and  due 
 proportion,  neither  sunk  in, nor  starting  out; 
 but  as  the  precious  filling  stones,  Ex.  xxv. 
 7,  were  embossed  and  fitly  set  in  the  hollow 
 places  of  the  golden  ephod  :  so  were  these 
 pure  and  gracious  eyes  in  the  head  of 
 Christ. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Bed  of  spice,]  Meaning  a 
 garden-bed,  wherein  spice  aromatic  is  set; 
 as  after  in  chap.  vi.  2.  Flowers,]  Or, 
 grown  plants,  so  named  of  being  grown 
 great:  the  word  also  may  be  translated 
 towers ,  y/\nc\\  have  their  names  of  greatness. 
 The  cheeks  (which  are  both  sides  of  the 
 face)  are  likened  here  to  a  garden-bed  of 
 sweet  spice;  not  barren  or  faded,  but  sprout- 
 ing and  grown  up  to  blade  and  flower  of 
 sweet  odours ;  whereby  the  beard  also  that 
 groweth  out  of  the  cheeks  or  jaws,  Isa.  1.  6,) 
 may  be  meant.  These  cheeks  of  Christ 
 thus  adorned,  signify  his  manliness  and 
 comeliness  to  all  that  by  faith  behold  him, 
 and  the  sweetness  of  the  graces  that  flow 
 from  his  heavenly  countenance  ;  while  being 
 as  a  man  grown  up  to  years  of  discretion,  he 
 administereth  all  things  discreetly,  justly, 
 and  comfortably  to  his  people.  The  Hebs. 
 in  the  ChaUl.  paraphrase  on  this  book,  under- 
 stand the  head,  the  law  of  God,  which  is  to 
 be  desired  more  than  gold :  by  the  locks  of 
 hair,  the  interpretation  of  the  words  therein 
 heaped  together,  which  are  black  to  those 
 that  keep  them  not :  by  the  eyes,  his  provi- 
 dence to  behold  and  bless  his  people,  by 
 means  of  counsellors,  teachers,  judges,  &c.  by 
 the  cheeks,  the  two  tables  of  stone,  written  with 
 lines  as  with  rows  of  a  garden  of  spices ;  and 
 yielding  acute  and  sweet  senses.  Passing 
 MYRRH,]  That  is,  oil  of  myrrh  of  sweet 
 favour,  which  passeth  current  and  is  vendible 
 among  merchants  (as  before  in  ver.  5.)  This 
 signifieth  that  grace,  (or  words  of  grace, 
 Luke  iv.  22.)  which  was  poured  out  in  the 
 lips  of  Christ,  Ps.  xlv.  3,  which  set  forth  by 
 
726 
 
 SONG    OF    SONGS. 
 
 ing  myrrh.  "  His  hands  rings  of  gold,  filled  with  the  chrysolite; 
 liis  bowels,  bright  ivory,  overlaid  with  sapphires.  '^  His  legs  pillars 
 of  marble,  founded  upon  sockets  of  solid  gold :  his  countenance  as 
 Lebanon,  choice  as  the  cedars.     '®  His  palate,  sweetness;  and  he  is 
 
 similitude  of  the  pleasant  lily  and  sweet 
 myrrh- oil  do  denote  the  comfort  and  sweet- 
 ness of  the  gospel,  in  the  hearts  of  them  that 
 believe. 
 
 Ver.    14 The   chrysolite,]  In  Heb. 
 
 tharshish;  it  is  a  precious  stone  of  a  golden 
 sea-green  ciilour :  see  Exod.  xxviii.  20. 
 These  hands  of  Christ,  likened  unto,  or 
 adorned  with  gold  rings,  whose  hollow  place 
 or  foil  is  set  and  filled  with  the  chrysolite, 
 signify  his  precious,  piu-e,  and  religious  woriis  ; 
 acceptable  and  honourable  before  God  and 
 men.  His  bowels,]  That  is,  his  breast  and 
 bell^,  for  in  them  the  bowels  are  contained, 
 as  the  heart,  liver,  &c.  but  he  nameth  borv- 
 els,  to  denote  his  inward  affections  outwardly 
 manifested.  So  the  heart  is  said  to  be 
 among  the  bowels,  in  Ps.  xxii.  15,  and  the 
 liver  is  joined  therewith  in  Lam.  ii.  11, 
 where  also  the  bowels  are  in  Gr.  translated 
 the  heart.  See  bei'oie  on  verse  4.  Bright 
 IVORY,]  Heb.  brightness  of  ivory ;  meaning, 
 most  bright,  polished,  fair,  and  glorious. 
 Overlaid,]  Or,  which  is  covered,  and  so 
 adorned  7/;«//i  sapphires :  for  in  Gen.  xxxviii. 
 14,  this  word  is  used  for  covered,  where  the 
 Gr.  and  Chald.  expound  it  "adorned." 
 These  bowels  of  Christ,  like  burnished  ivory 
 decked  with  sapphires  (which  are  precious 
 stones  of  a  sea  blue,  or  heavenly  colour),  sig- 
 nify his  hearty  and  heavenly  afTections,  love, 
 mercy,  commiseration,  &c.  towards  God,  his 
 law,  and  his  people;  as  he  saith  (in  Ps.  xl. 
 9,)  thy  law  is  within  my  bowels;  and  bow- 
 els are  inward  aflections  in  2  Cor.  vii.  15, 
 and  joined  with  mercies  in  Phil.  ii.  1,  and 
 used  for  tender-mercy  in  Luke  i.  78,  and 
 Paul's  great  longing  after  the  saints,  is  said 
 to  be  '  in  the  bowels  of  Jesus  Christ,'  Phil. 
 i.  8.  The  Chald.  paraphrast  applieth  these 
 to  the  body  of  the  church  of  Israel,  the 
 twelve  tribes,  who  shined  (as  he  saith)  like 
 lamps,  were  polished  in  their  works  like  ele- 
 phants' tooth  (or  ivory)  and  shone  like 
 sapphires. 
 
 Ver.  15. — His  legs  pillars  of  marble,] 
 Under  the  name  legs,  the  thighs  also  are 
 comprehended,  and  all  down  to  the  feet: 
 which  are  the  instruments  to  bear,  sustain, 
 and  remove  the  body  from  place  to  place  :  so 
 the  legs  of  a  man  and  the  strength  of  an 
 horse  are  mentioned  (iu  Ps.  cxlvii.  10,)  to 
 signify  man's  might  and  swiftness.  And  as 
 iron  legs  denoted  a  strong  kingdom,  Dan.  ii. 
 33,  40,  so  the  strength  of  Christ  in  his  ways 
 
 and  government,  is  resembled  by  marble  pil- 
 lars, and  the  uprightness  and  purity  thereof,  | 
 by  the  colour  of  white  marble,  or  alabaster.  ' 
 Founded,]   Or,  grounded,  set  fast  as  on  a  ' 
 foundation.     Sockets  of  solid  gold,]  That 
 is,  Christ's  feet,  on  which  his  legs  are  set, 
 (as  pillars  on  their  sockets  to  sustain  and  stay 
 them  up)  are  of  solid  gold ;  firm  and  stable,  j 
 pure  and  glorious:  so  that  his  '  way  is  perfect'  i 
 'hisancles  slip  not,'  2  Sam.  xxii.  33,  37  ;  his  \ 
 '  foot  standeth  in   righteousness,'    Ps.   xxvi.  i 
 12;  'he  walketh  safely  in  his  way,  and  his  1 
 foot  stumbleth  not,'  Prov.  iii.  23  ;  with  these  \ 
 feet  in  justice  he  treadeth  down  his  enemies,  j 
 Ps.  ex.  1 ;  Isa.  xxvi.  6  ;  2  Sam.  xxii.  39,  43;  j 
 but  '  bringeth  good  tidings   of  peace  to  his  ; 
 people,'  Nah.  i.  15,  that  '  all  they  are  blessed  ; 
 which  trust  in  him,'  Ps.  ii.  12;  whereas  'con- 
 fidence in  an  unfaithful  man  in  the  day  of 
 trouble  is  like  a  foot  out  of  joint,' Prov,  xxv.  ■  j 
 19.       His    countenance.]    Or,   his   sight,  j 
 appearance,  fonn;  that  is,  his  personage:  for  ] 
 this  word  mianeth  not  his  face  only,  hut  his  i 
 whole  person :  for  behold  he  is  like  Lebanon,  j 
 goodly,  great,  high,  glorious.     So  in  2  Sam.  ] 
 xxiii.  21,  'a  man  of  countenance,'  (that  is,  a  i 
 goodly  personable  man)  is  by  another  prophet 
 called   'a  man  of  measure,'  (that  is,  of  great 
 and  goodly  stature)  1  Chron.  xi.  23.     Leba-  I 
 NON,J  A  goodly  mountain  in  the  north  part 
 of  the  land  of  Canaan,  see  chap.  iv.  8.     As  \ 
 Christ's  largfi,  glorious,  and  everlasting  king- 
 dom was  signified  by  a  stone,  that  'became  a  | 
 great  mountain  and  filled  the  whole  earth,'  ! 
 Dan.  ii.  35,  44,  and  other  kingdoms  also  are 
 figured  by  mountains,  Jer.  Ii.  25,  so  the  large- 
 ness, eminence,  and   glory  of  Christ  in  his  ; 
 kingdom,  is  here  figured  by  moiuit  Lebanon. 
 Choice,]    That    is,    goodly,    excellent,    for  ; 
 things  that  excel  are  chosen  before  others : 
 and  these  words,  choice  and  good  (or  goodly)  ; 
 are  joined  together  in  the  praise  of  men  (as  j 
 in  1  Sam.  ix.  2,)  or  of  trees,  Ezek.  xxxi.  16,  j 
 and  choice  cedars  are  mentioned  in  Jer.  xxii.  j 
 7,  so  here  Christ  is  choice  as    the    cedars,  i 
 meaning  goodly,  excellent,  flourishing,   and  j 
 continuing  in  vigour:  'the  just  man  groweth  ' 
 as  a  cedar  in  Lebanon,'  Ps.  xcii.  13.  1 
 Ver.    16.— His  palate,]  Or,  the  roof  of  ^ 
 his  mouth,  which,  as  the  tongue  and  lips,  is  ; 
 the  instrument  of  speaking  ;  and   so   figura-  i 
 tively  used  for  speech  or  words,  Prov.  v.  3.  j 
 Sweetnesses,]    Or,  sweets,  sweet  things,  ] 
 ivhich  properly  is  meant  of  sweet  meats  and 
 drinks,  as  in  Neh.  viii.  10;  Prov.  xxiv.  13;  l 
 
CHAPTER    VI. 
 
 727 
 
 altogether  desires.    This  is  my  beloved,  and  this  is  my  friend,  O 
 daughters  of  Jerusalem. 
 
 but  applied  to  the  words  of  God,  which  are 
 sweet  to  the  soul,  as  honey,  or  other  sweets, 
 to  tlie  taste,  Ps.  xix.  10  ;  cxix.  103.  Here 
 the  palate  or  mouth  of  Christ  being  likened  to 
 sweet  things,  signified  his  words,  doctrines, 
 promises,  comforts,  proceeding  from  his 
 Spirit,  and  being  plainly  and  powerfully 
 uttered,  to  be  pleasant,  wholesome,  comfort- 
 able to  the  souls  of  such  as  do  discern  and 
 believe  them  ;  as  the  spouse  before  said,  'His 
 fruit  was  sweet  unto  her  palate,'  or  taste, 
 chap.  ii.  3.  So  the  wisdom  of  God  saith  in 
 Prov.  viii.  7, '  My  palate  (that  is,  my  mouth) 
 shall  speak  the  truth.'  And  the  Chald.  here 
 paraphraseth,  "  The  words  of  his  palate  are 
 sweet  as  honey."  He  is  altogether,]  Or, 
 all  {every  whit)  of  him  is  desires  ;  that  is, 
 much  to  be  desired,  he  is  wholly  amiable  : 
 which  the  Chald.  expoundeth,  "All  his  com- 
 mandments are  to  be  desired."     Thus  Christ 
 
 is  both  generally  and  in  particulars  com- 
 mended and  magnified  by  the  tongue  of  his 
 spouse,  unto  the  daughters  of  Jerusalem,  as 
 by  the  tongue  of  Paul  he  was  crucified  among 
 the  Galatians,  Gal.  iii.  1,  when  his  sufferings 
 were  declared.  But  as  he  is  '  the  power  of 
 God,  and  the  wisdom  of  God,  unto  them  which 
 are  called,'  when  to  others  he  is  '  a  stumbling 
 block  and  foolishness,'  1  Cor.  i.  23,  24.  So 
 here  he  is  to  the  spouse  and  her  friend  glori- 
 ous and  beautiful ;  but  to  the  world  he  is  base 
 and  ignominious ;  '  a  worm,  and  not  a  man, 
 the  reproach  of  men,  and  contemned  of  the 
 people,'  Ps.  xxii.  7  ;  '  his  visage  marred  more 
 than  any  man,  and  his  form  more  than  the 
 sons  of  men  ;  growing  up  as  a  root  out  of  a 
 dry  ground  ;  having  no  form  nor  comeliness ; 
 no  beauty  that  we  should  desire  him,'  h.  Iii. 
 14;  liii.  2. 
 
 CHAPTER   VI. 
 
 '  Whither  is  thy  beloved  gone,  O  thou  fairest  among  women  : 
 whither  is  thy  beloved  turned  aside,  that  we  may  seek  him  with 
 thee  ? 
 
 ^  My  beloved  is  gone  down  to  his  garden  to  the  beds  of  spice  ; 
 
 Ver.  1. ^Turned  aside,]  Or,  hath  he 
 turned  his  face,  to  -.vit,  from  thee  to  others  ; 
 or,  to  another  place.  That  we  may  seek,] 
 Or,  and  we  will  seek  him.  The  daughters 
 of  Jerusalem  (God's  elect)  having  heard  from 
 his  spouse  the  praises  of  Christ,  are  moved 
 earnestly  to  inquire  after  him,  and  promise 
 (if  they  knew  where)  to  seek  him  with  her, 
 that  they  might  be  made  partakers  of  his 
 grace  and  blessings.  Such  is  the  effect  of 
 the  preaching  of  the  gospel  in  the  hearts  of 
 the  chosen.  Acts  ii.  37;  iv.  4;  xi.  20,  21. 
 But  the  watchmen  forementioned,  (chap.  iii. 
 3  ;  V.  7),  had  no  such  affection  ;  that  in 
 them  the  saying  was  fulfilled,  '  The  pastors 
 are  become  brutish,  and  have  not  sought  the 
 Lord  ;  therefore  they  shall  not  prosper^  Jer. 
 X.  21. 
 
 Ver.  2. — Is  gone  down  to  his  garden,] 
 The  garden  ofChrist  is  his  church,  as  in  chap, 
 iv.  16  ;  v.  1.  The  spouse  which  before  missed 
 and  sought  him,  hath  now  intelligence,  and 
 iaformeth  others  where  he  is  :  so  that  this 
 
 respecteth  another  time  and  state,  and  the 
 promise  is  fulfilled, '  Seek,  and  ye  shall  find,' 
 Mat.  vii.  7.  '  If  from  thence  thou  shalt  seek 
 the  Lord  thy  God,  thou  shalt  find  him  ;  if 
 thou  seek  him  with  all  thine  heart,  and  with 
 all  thy  soul,'  Deut.  iv.  29.  Bed  of  spice,] 
 Ranks,  rows,  or  beds,  wherein  spices  were 
 sown  ;  which  seemeth  to  mean  companies  of 
 believers,  in  whose  hearts,  as  in  good  earth, 
 the  sweet  and  precious  word  of  the  gospel  was 
 sown.  Mat.  xiii.  8,  23.  For  these  beds  are 
 by  Aquilla,  a  Greek  interpreter,  translated 
 prassai,  which  word  is  used  in  Mark  vi.  40, 
 for  ranks  of  people  sitting  down  to  be  fed  of 
 Christ.  To  feed,]  To  associate  himself,  aisd 
 communicate  with  the  graces  of  his  peojjle, 
 eating  his  pleasant  fruits,  as  in  chap.  iv.  i6  ; 
 as  also  to  feed  his  friends,  and  impart  unto 
 them  the  graces  of  his  Spirit  in  the  gardens, 
 his  particular  churches,  as  in  chap.  v.  1.  To 
 gather  lilies,]  To  accept  the  sweet-smell- 
 ing fruits  of  his  own  graces  growing  in  his 
 churches  ;  or  to  gather  unto  him  his  faithful 
 
728 
 
 SONG   OF    SONGS. 
 
 to  feed  in  the  gardens,  and  to  gather  lilies,     ^  I  am  my  beloved's, 
 and  my  beloved  is  mine  :  he  feedeth  among  the  lilies. 
 
 *  Thou  art  fair,  O  my  love,  as  Tirzah,  comely  as  Jerusalem  -. 
 terrible  as  armies  with  banners.  *  Turn  about  tliine  eyes  over 
 against  me  :  for  they  liave  lifted  me  up  :  thy  hair  is  as  a  flock  of 
 goats  that  appear  from  Gilead.  ^  Thy  teeth  are  as  a  flock  of  sheep, 
 wliich  come  up  from  the  washing  :  which  all  of  them  bear  twins, 
 and  none  among  them  is  bereaved  of  their  young.  '  As  a  piece  (  f 
 a  pomegranate  are  tliy   temples,  within  thy  locks.      '  There  are 
 
 people,  which  are  as  lilies  among  thorn?, 
 chap.  ii.  2.  The  Hebs.  in  their  Chald.  para- 
 phrase, apply  this  to  God's  returning  of  liis 
 people  from  the  captivity  of  Babylon  by  Cy- 
 rus, Ezra,  Nehemiah,  Zorobabel,  &c.,  and  the 
 restoring  of  his  worship  in  the  temple,  re-edi- 
 fied, and  accepting  their  service,  and  nour- 
 ishing them  with  dainties;  'and  as  a  man 
 that  gathereth  lilies  out  of  the  valleys,  so 
 gathereth  he  them  out  of  Babylon.' 
 
 Ver.  3. — I  AM  MY  beloved's,]  The  spouse 
 here  glorieth  in  the  peace  renewed  between 
 Christ  and  her,  and  their  mutual  commum'on 
 by  his  Spirit  and  her  faith,  notwithstanding 
 her  former  infirmities  and  afflictions.  The 
 same  word,  but  in  other  order,  she  used  be- 
 fore, in  chap.  ii.  1(5.     See  the  Notes  there. 
 
 Ver.  4 Tho0  art  fair,]   The  spouse 
 
 having  found,  and  being  reconciled  toClirist, 
 is  here  commended  by  him  for  her  manifold 
 graces  wherewith  she  was  beautified.  Com- 
 pare these  her  graces  w  ith  the  former,  in  chap, 
 iv.  1,  &c.  As  Tirzah,]  This  was  a  city  in 
 Canaan,  not  far  from  Samaria,  wherein  one 
 of  the  tiiirty-one  kings  whom  Joshua  con- 
 quered did  dwell.  Josh.  xii.  24.  Afterwards 
 the  kings  of  Israel  kept  their  courts  in  it,  I 
 Kings  xiv.  17;  xv.  21,  33;  xvi.  6,  8,  23. 
 By  interpretation  Tirzah  signifieth  grateful, 
 well-pleasing,  or  acceptable,  and  so  the  Gr. 
 here  trauslateth  it,  good  pleasure,  or  favour- 
 able acceptatioti,  wliich  showeth  it  to  be  a 
 goodly  pleasant  place,  such  as  kings  delight  to 
 dwell  in.  A  like  beauty  is  here  ascribed  to 
 the  spouse  being  made  fair  and  acceptable  by 
 Clirist  her  bi-loved,  as  Eph.  i.  6  ;  v.  27. 
 Jerusalem,]  A  city  renowned  for  glory, 
 especially  because  God  himself  chose  to  dwell 
 in  it,  having  his  temple  built  there  on  mount 
 Zion.  It  was 'fair  in  situation,  the  jny  of 
 all  the  earth,  the  city  of  the  great  king,'  Ps. 
 xlviii.  2,  3,  &c.  Hereupon  the  church  under 
 the  gospel,  the  spouse  and  wife  of  the  Lamb 
 Christ,  is  called  Jerusalem,  holy  and  heavenly, 
 whose  glory  from  God,  and  excellent  orna- 
 ments, are  described  at  large,  in  Rev.  xxi. 
 2,  9 — 11,  &c.  Jerusalem  by  interpretation 
 is  the  sight  of  peace.  As  armies  with 
 BANNERS,]  Oi-,  as  bannered  hosts  ;  as  armies 
 
 ordered  under  their  banners  and  ensigns, 
 wliicii  are  terrible  to  their  enemies.  So  again 
 in  ver.  10.  This  showeth  tlie  peace  of  the 
 spouse  to  be  in  Christ,  but  from  the  world 
 she  is  to  look  for  affliction,  and  is  to  fight  the 
 good  fight  of  faith,  in  the  order  appointed  her 
 of  God.  Thus  when  Israel  abode  'in  his  tents, 
 according  to  their  tribes,'  encamping  in  the 
 wilderness,  his  tents  were  goodly,  his  strength 
 was  as  an  unicorn's,  he  couched  as  a  courage- 
 ous lion,  whom  none  durst  stir  up,  Num. 
 xxiv.  2,  5,  S,  9. 
 
 Ver. 5 — Torn  about  thine  eyes,]  This' 
 word  is  used  sometimes  for  turnittg  towards, 
 as  in  1  Chron.  xii.  23  ;  sometimes  for  turn- 
 ing  aivay,  as  in  Ezek.  vii.  22.  Here  it 
 seemeth  to  be  meant  in  the  first  sense,  that 
 the  eyes  of  the  spouse,  which  were  like  doves, 
 chap.  iv.  1,  should  now,  in  her  beloved's  ab- 
 sence, be  turned  to  him  by  faith,  that  he 
 thereby  might  be  encouraged  and  cheered  in 
 her  love.  Over  against  me,]  Towards  me, 
 though  afar  ofT.  So  the  word  is  used  sundry 
 times,  as  is  noted  on  Num.  ii.  2.  It  may 
 also  be  Englished  from  me,  or  from  before 
 me.  For  they  have  lifted  me  up,]  Or, 
 that  they  may  lift  me  up,  to  wit,  with  cour- 
 age,  strength,  comfort,  &c.,  as  in  Psalm  . 
 cxxxviii.  3,  thou  hast  encouraged  (or  lifted 
 up,  strengthened)  me.  In  this  sense  the  Gr. 
 here  trauslateth  figuratively,  "  For  they  have 
 lifted  me  up  on  wing,"  or,  have  made  me  fly; 
 that  is,  encouraged,  cheered  me.  The  Hebs.  y 
 also,  in  their  Chald.  paraphrase,  apply  this  to 
 the  restoring  of  the  high  council  or  senate  in 
 Jerusalem,  after  their  return  from  Babylon. 
 Thy  hair,]  Thy  thoughts,  counsels,  purposes, 
 &c.,  are  orderly  composed,  like  the  hair  of 
 fat  goats.     See  the  Notes  on  chap.  iv.  1. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Teeth,]  Wherewith  she  eateth 
 the  spiritual  food  of  the  word,  &c.,  or  devour- 
 eth  her  eni^mies.  See  chap.  iv.  2.  Fro.m 
 the  washing,]  And  so  are  white  and  clean. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Temples,]  Signifying  her  mo- 
 desty, shamefacedness,  &c.  See  chap.  iv.  3. 
 Ver.  8. — There  are  threescore 
 queens,]  Heb.  sixty,  they  queens,  and  eighty 
 concubines,  which  may  be  understood  eitiier 
 affirmatively,  "  There  are  sixty,"  as  the  Gr 
 
CHAPTER    Vr. 
 
 729 
 
 tlireescore  queens,  and  fourscore  concubines  :  and  virgins  with- 
 out number.  My  dove,  my  perfect  one,  she  is  one,  she  is  tiie  ou/i/ 
 one  of  her  mother  ;  she  is  the  choice  one  of  her  that  bare  her.  The 
 daugliters  saw  her,  and  they  blessed  her;  the  queens  and  the  concu- 
 bines, and  praised  her.     "*  Who  is  she  that  looketh  forth  as  (he 
 
 also  translateth,  or  by  supposition,  be  (here 
 sixty  queens,  that  is,  tliough  there  were 
 sixty,  &c.,  yet  one  is  my  dove.  And  for  the 
 numbers  threescore  &\\d  fourscore,  it  is  un- 
 certain whether  the  allusion  be  to  Solomon's 
 wives  and  concubines  which  he  took  at  first, 
 before  he  increased  them  to  seven  hundred 
 wive'',  and  tliree  hundred  concul)ines,  1 
 Kings  xi.  3,  (as  before  we  heard  of  threescore 
 valiant  men  about  Solomon's  bed.chap.  iii.  7), 
 or,  as  the  Hebs.  conjecture,  to  the  sons  of 
 Noah,  Ahraliam,  Esau,&c. ;  or  rather  whether 
 a  certain  number  be  not  put  for  an  uncertain  ; 
 meaning  many  queens,  more  concubines,  and 
 innumerable  damsels, as,  'seven  shepherds  and 
 eight  princes,'  in  Micah  v.  5,  signify  many, 
 and  no  definite  number.  So  'six  troubles 
 and  seven,'  in  Job  v.  19,  and  others  the  like. 
 Concubines,]  These  were  secondary  wives, 
 taken  for  propagation  of  children,  but  they 
 bare  no  rule  in  the  family  as  wives,  neither 
 had  their  children  such  right  to  inherit  as 
 had  the  others,  but  were  sent  away  with  gifts, 
 as  Abraham's  practice  showeth.  Gen.  xxv.  1, 
 5,  6.  See  the  Notes  on  Gen.  xxii.  24. 
 Virgins,]  Or,  maideris,  damsels.  Such  as 
 are  nut  married  at  all,  but  accompany  and 
 attend  upon  queens,  and  other  great  women, 
 as  in  Ps.  xlv.  15  ;  Esth.  ii.  9. 
 
 Ver.  9.— She  is  one,]  Or,  there  is  (but) 
 one,  my  dove,  &c.  So  this  one  only  is 
 opposed  to  the  many  queens,  concubines,  &c. 
 forementioned.  Here  the  spouse  of  Christ, 
 which  is  hut  one,  (as  there  is  '  one  body,  and 
 one  Spirit,  one  hope,  one  Lord,  one  faith,' 
 &c.,  Eph.  iv.  45),  is  preferred  before  the 
 multitude  of  others,  which,  in  their  own  and 
 the  world's  esteem,  are  queens,  ladies,  &c.. 
 Rev.  xviii.  7  ;  Is.  xlvii.  7.  Thus  was  it 
 said  of  Israel,  'And  who  is  like  thy  people, 
 like  Israel  ;  one  nation  in  the  earth,  whom 
 God  went  to  redeem  for  a  people  to  himself,' 
 &c.,  2  Sam.  vii.  23.  And  when  God  entered 
 \vXo  covenant  with  them,  he  said,  '  If  ye  will 
 obey  my  voice  indeed,  and  keep  my  cove- 
 nant ;  then  ye  shall  be  a  peculiar  treasure 
 unto  me  above  all  peoples  :  for  all  the  earth 
 is  mine,'  Ex.  xix.  5.  The  only  one  of 
 HER  mother,]  Or,  one  she  is  to  her  mother, 
 meaning  by  mother,  Jerusalem,  '  which  is 
 above,  which  is  the  mother  of  us  all,'  Gal.  iv. 
 26 ;  which  was  prefigured  by  Sarah  the  free- 
 woman,  the  only  wife  of  Abraham,  of  whom 
 he  had  his  only  son  Isaac,  the  child  of  pro- 
 VoL.  II.  4 
 
 mise,  though  he  had  by  Agar  and  Keturah, 
 his  concubines,  other  children  also,  to  whom 
 '  he  gave  gifts,  and  sent  them  away  ;  but 
 gave  all  that  he  had  unto  Isaac,'  Gen.  xxv. 
 5,  C,  And  Sarah  was  a  type  of  the  New 
 Testament,  and  Isaac,  in  whom  Ahiaham's 
 seed  was  called,  of  the  children  of  promise, 
 which  by  faith  in  Christ  are  made  heirs  of 
 salvation,  Rom.  ix.  7 — 9;  Gal.  iv.  22,  31. 
 But  here  the  holy  seed  is  likened  to  a  daugh- 
 ter, espoused  unto  Christ,  belonging  to  the 
 heavenly  Jerusalem,  the  mother  of  the  faith. 
 ful  only.  The  choice  one,]  Or,  the  clear 
 {the  pure)  one,  as  after  i[i  ver.  10,  'clear  as 
 the  sun.'  The  Heb.  burah  signifieth  pure 
 and  clean  from  filthiness,  purged,  polished, 
 severed  and  select  from  others  ;  and  so  the 
 Gr.  here  expoundeth  it  elect  or  chosen  ;  and 
 the  word  is  used  for  choice,  in  1  Chron.  vii. 
 40;  Neh.  v.  18,  and  elsewhere;  as  also  for 
 purged  by  trials  and  afflictions,  Dan.  xi.  35; 
 xii.  10;  which  signification  hath  use  in  this 
 place.  The  daughter,]  Tlie  virgins  or 
 damsels  forementioned  in  ver,  8,  and  such  as 
 were  spoken  of  in  cha|).  ii.  2.  They  blessed 
 her,]  Or,  they  called  her  blessed,  they 
 counted  her  happy,  as  in  Jam.  v.  11.  'We 
 count  them  happy  which  endure.'  Praised 
 her,]  The  spouse  here,  as  Israel  of  old,  is 
 praised  and  counted  happy  for  the  great  bless- 
 ings of  God  upon  her,  whom  he  hath  made 
 'high  above  all  nations  which  he  hath  made, 
 in  praise  and  in  name  and  in  honour,'  Dent, 
 xxvi.  19.  So  Moses  said,  '  This  is  yourwis- 
 dom  and  your  understanding,  in  the  eyes  of 
 the  people  ;  which  shall  hear  all  these  sta- 
 tutes, and  say.  Surely  this  great  nation  is  a 
 wise  and  understanding  people,'  Deut.  iv.  6. 
 So  the  people  magnified  Christians,  Acts  v. 
 13. 
 
 Ver  10. — Who  is  she,]  Or,  who  is  this, 
 that  i,  what  manner  of  one  is  this,  as  tis, 
 who  in  Mark  iv.  41,  is  potapos,  what  man- 
 ner of  man,  iu  Mat.  viii.  27.  So,  whose 
 S071,  that  is,  what  manner  of  marCs  son  is 
 this  youth?  I  Sam.  xvii.  55.  Here  the 
 praises  already  spoken  of  are  set  forth  most 
 most  gloriously,  or  a  new  state  of  the  church 
 is  described.  As  the  morning,]  That  is, 
 lightsome,  bright,  cheerful  ;  as  the  morning 
 after  the  dark  night,  so  the  spouse  after  the 
 darkness  of  affliction,  error,  ignorance,  aris- 
 eth  to  her  own  and  others'  comfort.  Thus  it 
 is  said  to  the  church,  '  Arise,  shine,  for  thy 
 
730 
 
 SONG    OF    SONGS. 
 
 morning  ;  fair  as  the  moon,  clear  as  the  sun,  terrible  as  armies  with 
 banners  ? 
 
 "  I  went  down  to  the  nut  garden,  to  see  the  fruits  of  the  valley: 
 to  see  whether  the  vine  flourished,  whether  the  pomegranates  blos- 
 somed. '^  I  knew  not ;  my  soul  put  me,  the  cliariots  of  my  willing 
 people. 
 
 light  i-;  come,  and  the  glory  of  the  Lord  is 
 risen  upon  thee;  and  the  Gentiles  shall  come 
 to  thy  light,  and  kings  to  the  brightness  of 
 thy  rising,'  Is.  Ix.  1,  3.  And  to  such  as 
 amend  their  ways,  he  promiseth,  '  Then  shall 
 thy  light  break  forth  as  the  morning,'  &n.,  Is. 
 Iviii.  8.  Fair  as  the  moon,]  Which  is 
 called  in  Heb.  lebanah  of  her  whiteness  and 
 bright  shining.  When  glory  and  prosperity 
 is  promised,  God  saith,  '  Thy  sun  shall  no 
 more  go  down,  neither  shall  thy  moon  with- 
 draw itself,'  Is.  Ix.  20  ;  <  The  light  of  the 
 moon  shall  be  as  the  light  of  the  sun  ;  and  the 
 light  of  the  sun  shall  be  sevenfold,'  Is.  xxx. 
 26 ;  but  when  affliction  is  threatened,  he 
 saith,  *  The  sun  and  the  moon  shall  be  dark- 
 ened,' &c,,  Joel  iii.  15  ;  Ezek.  xxxii.  7,  8. 
 Here  therefore  the  glorious  state  of  the  spouse 
 is  signified,  to  the  admiration  of  others,  as  it 
 is  said,  '  Thy  renown  went  forth  among  the 
 heathen  for  thy  beauty  ;  for  it  was  perfect 
 through  my  comeliness  which  I  had  put  upon 
 thee,  saith  the  Lord  God,'  Ezek.  xvi.  14. 
 Clear  as  the  sun,]  Or,  pure.  In  Gr.  choice 
 as  ike  sun,  as  ver.  ix.  Christ  himself  is  the 
 Sttn  of  righteonsne^s,  Mai.  iv.  2  ;  the  ivo- 
 man  [his  spouse)  is  clothed  with  the  sun, 
 llev.  xii.  I,  because  by  faith  she  hath  put  on 
 Christ,  Gal.  iii,  27;  by  whose  righteousness 
 imputed,  she  is  purged  from  all  sin,  and  so 
 is  made  glorious.  Here  also  we  may  observe 
 in  her  the  degrees  of  grace,  her  first  light 
 being  like  the  morning  or  day  dawning  ;  her 
 second  beauty  like  the  moon  ;  her  third  degree 
 like  the  sun  itself  in  brightness.  And  so  it 
 is  said,  '  The  path  of  the  just  is  as  the  shin- 
 ing  light;  that  shineth  more  and  more  unto 
 the  perfect  day,'  Prov.  iv.  18.  Terrible,] 
 To  the  enemies  with  whom  she  is  to  fight 
 under  the  banner  of  Christ's  gospel  and  love, 
 chap.  ii.  4  ;  having  the  weapons  of  her  war- 
 fare, '  not  carnal  but  mighty  through  God  to 
 the  pulling  down  of  strongholds,'  &c.,2  Cor. 
 X.  4.  So  Israel  was  '  a  people  saved  by  the 
 Lord,  the  shield  of  their  help,  and  who  was 
 the  sword  of  their  excellency,'  Deut.  xxxiii. 
 29.  God  did  put  the  dread  of  them,  and  the 
 fear  of  them  upon  the  nations,  under  the  whole 
 heaven,  who  heard  the  report  of  them,  and 
 trembled,  Deut.  ii.  25.  The  peoples  heard, 
 and  were  afraid ;  sorrow  took  hold  on  the 
 MihabitaDts  of  Palestina;  the  dukes  of  Edom 
 
 were  amazed,  the  mighty  men  of  Moab 
 trembling  took  hold  upon  them  ;  all  the  in- 
 habitants of  Canaan  melted  away  ;  fear  and 
 dread  fell  upon  them,  &c.,  Exod.  xv.  14 — 
 16  -.  Ps.  xlviii.  5,  6.     See  before  on  ver.  4. 
 
 Ver.  11. — I  went  down,]  The  words  of 
 Christ,  showing  how  he  went  to  visit  the 
 garden  of  his  church.  Not  garden.]  The 
 original  word  egoz  is  not  found  lint  in  this 
 one  place.  The  Gr.  translateth  it  the  nut, 
 and  most  interpreters.  The  Arabic  also 
 agreeth,  in  which  tongue  nuts  are  called 
 geuz.  It  meaneth  aromatical  trees  and  fruits, 
 such  as  Christ's  gardens  are  planted  with, 
 chap.  iv.  12 — 14  ;  and  so  is  to  be  understood 
 of  that  fruit  which  we  call  nutmegs,  and  the  , 
 like.  The  Chald.  paraphrast  applieth  this  \  \ 
 nut-garden  to  the  second  temple,  builded  by  {  \ 
 Cyrus'  commandment,  and  the  state  of  the  I  i 
 church  then  ;  but  these  prophecies  seem  ' 
 lather  to  mean  the  times  under  the  gospel, 
 as  before  is  showed.  The  fruits  of  the 
 valley,]  Fruits  here  properly  mean  the  new, 
 green,  or  first  ripe  fruits,  such  as  are  tidy  and 
 forward  in  the  beginning  of  the  year.  So, 
 alter  the  winter  of  tribulation  and  wrath, 
 Cometh  the  cheerful  spring  of  grace  in  the 
 garden  of  the  church,  situate  low  and  base  as 
 in  a  valley  or  bourne,  where  it  is  watered 
 with  God's  word  and  Spirit,  and  made  fruit- 
 ful. The  Gr.  translateth  it,  "fruits  of  the 
 bourne,"  or  stream.  In  hot  countries,  gar- 
 dens and  orchards  were  wont  to  be  planted 
 near  bournes,  streams,  and  pools  of  water,  to 
 make  them  fruitful,  Eccl.  ii.  6  ;  Ezek.  xxxi. 
 4,  5,  7.  The  pomegranates,]  Or,  po7ne- 
 granate  trees.  By  these  and  the  former  vines 
 are  meant  the  people  called  of  God,  and 
 planted  in  the  garden  of  his  church,  which, 
 when  they  flourish  in  a  good  profession,  do 
 after  bring  forth  the  fruits  of  good  works,  to 
 the  glory  of  Christ.  The  Chald.  expoundeth 
 these  of  the  wise  men  of  Israel,  likened  to  a 
 vine,  and  their  plenty  of  good  works,  as  the 
 pomegranate  is  full  of  juice  and  kernels.  So 
 in  chap.  vii.  12. 
 
 Ver.  12. — I  know  not,]  These  words 
 seem  to  be  the  continued  speech  of  Christ, 
 (though  some  think  them  spoken  by  his 
 spouse),  and  by  saying,  '  I  know  not,'  he 
 meaneth  experimental  knowledge  or  perceiv- 
 ing ;  for  things  are  spoken  of  God  after  the 
 
CHAPTER    VI. 
 
 731 
 
 "  Return,  return,  O  Shulammitess  ;  return^  return,  that  we  may 
 look  upon  thee.  What  shall  we  see  in  the  Shulammitess  ?  As  the 
 company  of  two  armies. 
 
 manner  of  men,  as  in  Gen.  xviii.  21,  '  I  will 
 go  down  now  and  see  whether  they  have  done 
 altogether  according  to  the  cry  of  it,  which 
 is  come  unto  me  ;  and  if  not,  (that)  I  may 
 know.'  See  also  Exod.  xxxiii.  5;  Gen. 
 xxii.  12.  Now  that  which  Christ  here  knew 
 not  may  be  understood  of  the  former  things, 
 that  he  perceived  not  the  vines  to  flourish,  or 
 the  pomegranate  to  blossom,  and  therefore 
 calleth  upon  the  Shulammitess  (in  ver.  13) 
 to  return  ;  or,  that  he  knew  not,  neither  was 
 aware  of  the  frowardness  of  his  people,  which 
 was  beyond  man's  expectation  ;  and  there- 
 fore he  furthered  them  as  with  chariots,  to 
 help  and  hasten  them  forward  ;  For,  '  Who- 
 soever hath,  to  him  shall  be  given  ;  and  he 
 shall  have  more  abundance,'  Mat.  xiii.  12. 
 My  soul  put  me,]  That  is,  /  put  myself ; 
 but  the  manner  of  s-peech  noteth  an  earnest 
 desire  and  hearty  afiectiou;  as,  *  my  soul  seek- 
 eth,'  Eccl.  vii.  28  ;  '  my  soul  loveth,'  chap, 
 i.  7  ;  '  my  soul  is  troubled,'  Ps.  vi.  4 ;  '  my 
 soul  hateth,'  Is.  i.  14  ;  '  my  soul  is  joyful/ 
 Is.  Ixi.  10  ;  and  many  the  like.  The  cha- 
 riots OF    MV    WILLING    PEOPLE,]  Or,  of  my 
 
 princely  (or  noble)  people.  In  Heb.  ammi- 
 nadab,  that  is,  my  voluntary,  free,  botmteous, 
 or  noble  people.  The  Gr.  pulteth  both  words 
 in  one,  make  it  a  proper  name,  "  The  cha- 
 riots of  Aminadab."  It  rather  denoteth  the 
 people  of  Christ,  which  are  voluntaries  in  the 
 day  of  his  power,  Ps.  ex.  3  ;  sustained  with 
 a  free  or  princely  spirit,  Ps.  li.  14  ;  and  re- 
 ceiving the  word  with  all  readiness  or  willing- 
 ness of  mind,  as  Acts  xvii.  II  ;  ii.  41.  To 
 such  Christ  is  as  chariots,  by  the  ministry  of 
 the  word,  to  help  and  hasten  them  forward  in 
 grace,  and  to  defend  them  from  theirenemies. 
 For  chariots  were  used  in  wars,  Jos.  xi.  4  ; 
 1  Sam.  xiii.  5  ;  and  when  God  threateneth 
 vengeance  unto  the  wicked,  he  saith,  '  He 
 will  come  with  his  chariots  like  a  whirlwind, 
 to  render  his  anger,'  <fec.,  Is.  Ixvi.  15.  And 
 as  the  prophets  of  old  were  the  chariots  and 
 horsemen  of  Israel,  2  Kings  ii.  12  ;  xiii.  14; 
 and  people's  conversion  unto  Christ  is  called  a 
 bringing  of  them  '  upon  horses  and  in  chariots, 
 for  an  offering  to  the  Lord,'  Is.  Ixvi.  20.  So 
 the  ministers  of  the  New  Testament  did  so 
 minister  the  gospel  of  God,  'that  the  oflering 
 up  of  the  Gentiles  might  be  acceptable,'  Rom. 
 XV.  16  ;  in  which  sen?e  Christ  here  is  by 
 his  servants,  as  chariots,  for  his  voluntaiy  and 
 free  people  to  be  brought  as  an  oblation  to  the 
 Lord.  The  Chald.  paraphraseth  on  these 
 words  thus  :  «  I  consulted  with  my  soul  to  do 
 
 them  good,  and  to  put  them  high  in  the  cha- 
 riots of  kings,"  &c. 
 
 Ver.  l."^. — O  Shul.^mmitess,]  As  Solo- 
 mon  (named  in  Heb.  Shelomoh)  had  his  name 
 of 'peace,'  I  Chron.  xxii.  9;  and  Jerusalem 
 was  also  called  'Shalem'  (or  Salem),  Ps. 
 Ixxvi.  3,  which  signifieth  peace,  Heb.  vii.  2; 
 so  here  the  church  or  people  called  upon  to 
 return  is  named  '  Shulammitess,'  (in  Heb. 
 Shulamith,)  of  her  peace  and  perfection  with 
 God  in  Christ;  and  so  in  one  Gr.  version  it 
 is  interpreted  eirenevousa,  as  being  at  peace. 
 It  may  also  have  reference  to  Jerusalem,  as 
 being  a  daughter  to  that  mother  of  us  aU. 
 And  this  name  hath  occasioned  some  proba- 
 bly to  apply  this  unto  the  recalling  of  the 
 Jews,  as  was  foretold,  Rom.  xi.  25,  &c., 
 which  is  yet  to  be  fulfilled.  Return, 
 RETURN,]  This  doubling  of  the  word,  and 
 that  twice,  showeth  the  earnest  desire  of  her 
 conversion  with  the  certainty  thereof.  That 
 we  may  look  upon  THEE,]  Or,  let  us  see 
 (or  vieiu)  thee,  and  properly  it  meaneth  a 
 looking  upon  with  delight.  This  seemeth  to 
 be  spoken  by  her  friends,  desirous  to  see  the 
 graces  in  this  Shulammitess  returned.  For 
 even  'the  angels  desire  to  look  into'  the 
 things  that  are  imparted  to  the  church  by  the 
 gospel,  1  Pet.  i.  12;  and  it  was  David's  one 
 request  that  he  might  '  view  the  pleasantness 
 of  the  Lord'  in  his  house  or  temple,  Ps. 
 xxvii.  4.  And  the  prophet  foretold  how  the 
 watchmen  should  sing  with  a  high  voice,  for 
 that  they  should  '  see  eye  to  eye  when  the 
 Lord  returned  Zion,'  Is.  lii.  8.  The  Chald. 
 paraphrast  explaineth  the  words  thus,  "Re- 
 turn unto  me,  O  congregation  of  Israel  ; 
 return  unto  Jerusalem  ;  return  unto  the  house 
 of  the  doctrine  of  my  law;  return  to  receive 
 prophecy  from  my  prophets,  which  prophesy 
 in  the  name  of  the  word  of  the  Lord."  What 
 
 SHALL  TE  SEE  IN  THE  ShuLAMMITKSS  ?]  Of, 
 
 Why  look  ye  (or  ii-ould  ye  look)  upon  the 
 Sulammitess  ?  The  question  (which  seem- 
 eth to  be  demanded  by  Christ)  is  to  stir  up 
 attention  and  affection  in  the  hearers.  As 
 THE  COMPANY,]  Or,  OS  the  dance;  that  is,  a 
 company  of  dancers  that  rejoice  together,  as 
 they  were  wont  after  victories,  Ex.  xv.  20. 
 And  prophesying  of  the  spiritual  joy  at  the 
 restoring  of  his  people,  God  saith,  '  O  virgin 
 of  Israel,  &c.  thou  shalt  go  forth  in  the  dances 
 of  them  that  make  merry:'  and,  'Then  shall 
 the  virgin  rejoice  in  the  dance,'  Jer.  xxxi. 
 4,  13.  And  at  the  return  of  the  prodigal 
 son  there  were   'music  and  dances'  in  his 
 
732 
 
 SONG   OF    SONGS. 
 
 father's  house,  Luke  xv.  25.  This  answer 
 seemeth  to  be  made  by  Christ  liimself  that 
 asked  them,  or  it  may  be  the  question  con. 
 tinued :  thus,  '  what  look  ye  upon  the  Shu- 
 lammitess,  wliich  is  like  the  company  (or 
 dance)  of  two  armies  ?  '  Of  T\ro  armies,] 
 Or,  of  two  camps  (tivo  hosts),  in  Heb.  Ma- 
 chanaim:  by  which  name  the  place  was 
 called  where  an  host  (or  troop)  of  angels  met 
 Jacob  with  his  troop  at  his  return  out  of  ser- 
 
 vitude, Gen.  xxxi).  1,  2.  Hereby  is  signi- 
 fied both  the  deliverance  of  the  Shulammitess 
 out  of  her  miseries,  and  the  joy  of  men  and 
 angels  for  her  victory.  For  '  there  is  joy 
 also  in  the  presence  of  the  angels  of  God 
 over  one  sinner  that  repenteth,'  Luke  xv. 
 10;  and  they  pitch  their  camps  about  them 
 that  fear  the  Lord   for  to  deliver  them,  Ps. 
 
 CHAPTER    VI  I. 
 
 '  How  beautiful  are  thy  feet  with  shoes,  O  bounteous  prince's 
 daughter  !  the  joints  of  tliy  thighs  are  like  jewels,  the  work  of 
 tlie  hands  of  an  artificer.     ^  Thy  navel  is  like  a  round   goblet ;  let 
 
 VeR.      1.1 How     BEAUTIFUL     ARE,]      The 
 
 Shulammitess  or  spouse  of  Christ  is  liere 
 admired  and  praised  for  her  graces  where- 
 with God  had  furnished  her,  and  adorned  her 
 whole  body :  the  particulars  whereof  are 
 described  in  other  order  than  before  in  chap. 
 iv.  vi.,  for  here  her  feet  are  first  mentioned, 
 and  then  other  parts  upward  unto  lier  head. 
 This  description  seemeth  to  be  made  by  her 
 friends,  that  called  upon  her  to  '  return,' 
 chap.  vi.  13.  For  Solomon  (or  Christ)  is 
 spoken  of  as  another  or  third  person  after  in 
 ver.  5,  9.  Feet  with  shoes,]  Or,  steps 
 {going)  i?i  shoes:  hereby  is  mtant  her  obe- 
 dient walking  in  the  faith  and  gospel  of 
 Christ,  whereby  she,  being  freed  from  the 
 misery  and  bondage  of  sin,  made  free  by  the 
 truth  (as  John  viii.  32,)  stood  fast,  and 
 walked  steadily  in  the  liberty  and  grace  of 
 Christ,  Gal.  v.  1 ;  not  going  barefooted,  as 
 was  the  manner  of  captives  and  others  in 
 misery.  Is.  xx.  4;  2  Sam.  xv.  30;  but  as 
 God  rehearsing  his  blessings  upon  his  cburch, 
 saith,  '  I  shod  thee  with  Tachash  skin/  Ezek. 
 xvi.  10,  so  here  the  feet  of  his  spouse  are 
 '  shod  with  the  preparation  (or  stability)  of 
 the  gospel  of  peace,'  Eph.  vi.  15;  with  the 
 knowledge,  profession,  and  obedience  whereof 
 she  being  firmly  settled  and  defenced,  her 
 feet  and  steps  were  now  beautiful,  as  the  feet 
 also  '  of  them  that  preach  the  gospel  of  peace ' 
 are  said  to  be  beautiful,  Rom.  x.  15.  Boun- 
 teous prince's  DAUGHTER,]  Heb.  hath 
 Nadib,  that  is,  daughter  of  the  bountiful,  (or 
 vf  the  prince,  the  noble,')  for  princes  were 
 styled  '  bountiful  or  benefactors,*  Luke  xxii. 
 25,  as  being  free,  liberal,  and  willing  to  do 
 good  unto  others:  hereby  is  signified  that  she 
 was  of  noble  race  and  ingenuous  disposition, 
 ready  and  willing  to  serve  the  Lord,  and  pro- 
 pagate the  grace  of  his  gospel  unto  others  ;  as 
 
 before  Chri!^t  calieth  them  his  '  willing  (or 
 noble)  people,  cliap.  vi.  12.  And  as  '  a  son 
 or  daughter  of  Belial'  meanethone  of  wicked 
 disposition,  Deut.  xiii.  13;  1  Sam.  i.  16; 
 and  for  a  king  to  be  the  '  son  of  nobles,'  Ecd. 
 X.  17,  is  to  be  of  an  ingenuous  and  noble  dis- 
 position; so  to  be  a  'daughter  of  Nadib,'  is 
 to  be  nobly  and  bounteously  affected.  This 
 title  belongeth  to  such  only  as  believe  in 
 Christ,  'which  are  bom  not  of  blood,  nor  of 
 the  will  of  the  flesh,  nor  of  the  will  of  man, 
 but  of  God,'  John  i.  13.  Wherefore  when 
 Christ  was  promised  to  '  reign  in  ju-tice,'  it 
 was  said  that  then  Nabal  (the  fool  or  vile 
 person)  should  no  more  be  called  (Nadib) 
 liberal,  noble,  or  bountiful.  Is.  xxxii.  1,  5. 
 Joints,]  The  original  word,  used  only  in  this 
 place,  hath  the  signification  of  turning  or 
 going  about,  and  seemeth  to  mean  the  bones 
 that  turn  and  move  in  the  hollow  of  the 
 thighs:  these  are  likened  to  'jewels  or  orna- 
 ments, signifying  the  firm,  upright,  goodly, 
 and  glorious  stature,  gesture,  walking,  and 
 conversation  of  this  prince's  daughter,  well 
 beseeming  the  gospel  which  she  professeth: 
 being  in  fit,  orderly,  and  due  proportion,  as 
 the  Gr.  version  also  implieth.  Artificer,] 
 Or,  faithful  craftsman,  in  Heb.  a  man  of 
 fidelity  and  skilfulness  in  his  workmanship: 
 meaning  here  God  or  Christ,  for  he  is  the 
 artificer  in  heavenly  things,  Heb.  xi.  10; 
 and  the  church  with  her  gracious  blessings  is 
 '  the  work  of  his  hands,'  Is.  Ix.  21. 
 
 Ver.  2. — A  round  goblet,]  Or,  a  goblet 
 (or  cup)  of  roundiiess.  The  spouse  being 
 praised  before  fur  her  ready  receiving  of,  and 
 iioly,  stedfast  walking  in  the  gospel  of  Christ, 
 is  now  fuither  commended  for  her  propagat- 
 ing the  truth  unto  others ;  likened  to  a  mother 
 conceiving  and  nrurishing  herchildien.  Foi 
 Zion  or   Jerusalem  (named    here    the  Slra- 
 
CHAPTER    VIT. 
 
 733 
 
 there  not  want  mixture  :  thy  belly  is  like  an  heap  of  wheat  set 
 about  with  lilies.  ^  Thy  two  breasts  are  like  two  fawns,  twins  of 
 the  roe.      *  Thy  neck  is  like  a  tower  of  ivory ;  thine  eyes  like  the 
 
 lammitess,  chap.  vi.  ]3,)  likened  to  a  woman 
 with  child,  travailing,  bringing  forth  children 
 (or  a  man-child),  and  after  nursing  them 
 with  the  lireasts  of  her  consolation.  Is.  Ixvi. 
 7 — 11.  So  here  first  the  navel  (by  which 
 the  child  is  nourished  in  the  womb)  is  com- 
 mended for  the  form,  'round  as  a  goblet;' 
 and  for  the  nourishment,  which  is  as  mixed 
 liquor  without  scarcity,  wherewith  the  goblet 
 is  full;  and  after  her  breasts  (with  which  the 
 child  is  nourished  after  it  is  brought  forth) 
 are  praised  in  ver.  3.  Thus  Paul  preaching 
 the  gospel  to  the  churches  is  likened  some- 
 times to  a  father  that  begetteth,  sometimes 
 to  a  mother  travailing  in  childbirth,  some- 
 times to  a  nurse  cherishing  her  children, 
 1  Cor.  iv.  15;  Gal.  iv.  19;  1  Thess.  ii.  7. 
 Let  there  not  want,]  Or,  there  wantefh 
 not,  or  shall  not  want:  but  the  former  is 
 more  pathetical,  as  wishing  a  continual  sup- 
 ply of  grace  for  nourishment  of  the  children 
 of  Cln-ist,  though  a  promise  also  is  hei-ewith 
 implied.  Mixture,]  That  is,  liquor  mixed 
 and  tempered,  and  so  made  fit  to  refi  eih  and 
 nourish.  For  they  used  to  temper  and  mix 
 their  wine,  either  with  water  or  milk,  to 
 allay  the  heat;  or  with  spices  to  make  it 
 more  comfortable.  So  the  wisdom  of  God  is 
 said  to  have  '  mingled  her  wine,'  Prov.  ix.  2; 
 Christ  drank  his  wine  with  his  milk,  chap. 
 V.  1;  and  after  here  is  mentioned  'spiced 
 wine,'  chap.  viii.  '2;  and  '  mixture'  (or  mixed 
 wine)  was  sought  for  of  drunkards,  Prov. 
 xxiii.  29,  30;  Is.  v.  22.  The  navel  there- 
 fore, not  wanting  mixture,  signifieth  the 
 juice  of  grace  abundantly  supplied  of  God  for 
 the  nourishing  and  cherishing  of  his  young 
 children  in  the  body  of  his  church,  so  that 
 both  mother  and  infant  are  in  health  and  good 
 plight,  not  destitute  of  any  good  :  even  as  to 
 them  that  remember  and  keep  God's  law  it 
 is  promised  that  health  shall  be  to  their  navel, 
 and  marrow  (or  moistening)  to  their  bones, 
 Prov.  iv.  1,  S.  An  heap  of  wheat,] 
 Tiie  supply  and  growth  of  grace  is  here  fur- 
 ther commended  by  likening  her  'belly  to  an 
 heap  of  wheat;'  for  in  their  harvest  they 
 gathered  their  corn  into  floors,  where  it  was 
 stacked  upon  heaps,  and  after  threshed, 
 Ruth  iii.  7;  Hag.  ii.  16.  To  such  a  stack 
 or  heap  is  her  belly  resembled ;  signifying 
 that  her  spiritual  harvest  being  come,  she 
 was  ready  to  bring  forth  store  of  good  issue, 
 es  wheat  fit  for  the  Lord's  granary.  Set 
 about  with  lilies,]  As  the  corn-floors  in 
 Israel,  being  in  the  open  fields,  were  hedged 
 
 about  for  safe  defence ;  so  the  belly  of  Christ's 
 spouse,  big  and  ready  to  bring  forth  fruit  unto 
 him,  is  beset  as  with  an  hedge   of  lilies  for 
 her  fuither  comfort  and  glory.     So  that  her 
 way  was  not  hedged  up  with  thorns  as  was 
 the  harlot's,  Hos.  ii.  5,  6,  but  set  about  with 
 lilies,    denoting    the    graces  wherewith    the 
 spouse    herself    and    those    about    her    are 
 environed.     The  Jews  applying  these  things 
 to  their  church  estate  in  their  Chald.  para- 
 phrase, understand   by  the  '  navel '  the  chief     i 
 of  their  synedrion  or  high  council,  governing     \ 
 all  as  the  child  is  nourished   by  the  navel  in     j 
 the   mother's  womb;  the  'round   goblet'  to      \ 
 signify  his  clear  doctrine  of  the  law  as  the      ; 
 round  moon  :  so  that  the  words  of  the  law  are      j 
 not  wanting  from  his  mouth,  as   the  waters      ( 
 of  the  great  river  running  out  of  Eden  do  not      [ 
 fail;    by    the    'belly'    they    understand    the      ? 
 seventy  wise  men  or  councillors  that  sat  about     \ 
 liim  as  a  round  floor,  whose  cellars  are  full      \ 
 of  tithes,    sanctified    things,    &c.;     and    by      ' 
 '  lilies'  the  men  of  the  great  congregation,  as      ' 
 Ezra,  Zerubbabel,  Neheniiah,  Joshua,  and  the      ,; 
 like,  who  had  their   employment  in  the  law      ■ 
 day  and  night. 
 
 Ver.  3.— Breasts,]  That  minister  sweet 
 consolations  to  the  children,  sucking  out  of 
 them  the  sincere  milk  of  the  word.  Is.  Ixvi. 
 11;  1  Pet.  ii.  2.  See  the  Notes  on  chap, 
 iv.  5,  where  this  resemblance  was  formerly 
 used 
 
 Ver.  4. — Tower  of  ivory,]  Fair,  strong, 
 and  upright.  In  chap.  iv.  4,  the  neck  of 
 the  spouse  was  likened  to  '  the  towers  of 
 David  builded  for  an  armory:'  here  it  is 
 likened  to  '  a  tower  of  ivory  '  (or  of  elephant's 
 tooth),  which  the  Chald.  paraphrast  expound- 
 eth  "  the  ivory  tower  that  king  Solomon 
 made."  But  we  read  of  no  such  tower  made 
 by  him,  unless  it  be  meant  of  that  '  great 
 throne  of  ivory'  which  he  made,  2  Chron.  ix. 
 17,  and  that  may  well  be  called  a  tower  ;  even 
 as  the  pulpit  uliich  was  made  for  Ezra  and 
 others  to  stand  upon  when  they  read  and 
 expounded  the  law  unto  the  people  is  called 
 in  Heb.  '  a  tower,'  Neh.  viii.  4.  Thus  the 
 neck  of  the  Shulammitess,  likened  to  Solo- 
 mon's ivory  throne,  deiioteth  the  power  and 
 glory  of  the  church  in  her  clear  doctrine  and 
 upright  judgments,  whereby  her  children  are 
 guided  and  governed  peaceably ;  freed  from 
 the  servitude  of  men,  of  sin,  Satan,  and  all 
 enemies,  1  Cor.  vii.  23;  Rom.  vi.  6;  Heb, 
 ii.  14,  15;  so  that  now,  Jerusalem  is  loosed 
 from  the  bauds  of  her  neck,  as  was  promised 
 
734 
 
 SONG   OF    SONGS. 
 
 pools  in  Heshbon,  by  the  gate  of  Bath-rabbim ;  thy  nose   is  like 
 the  tower  of  Lebanon,  looking   toward  Damascus.     *  Thine  head 
 
 in  Is.  lii.  2,  and  is  made  to  '  inherit  the 
 throne  of  glory,'  I  Sam.  ii.  8.  See  the  Notes 
 on  chap.  iv.  4.  The  Chald.  also  by  the  neck 
 here  understandeth  the  judge  of  Israel.  The 
 vooi.s  IN  Heshbon,]  Or  Cheshbon;  in  Gr. 
 the  lakes  in  Essebon.  As  before  iier  eyes 
 were  like  '  doves,'  chap.  iv.  1,  so  here  they 
 are  like  water  pools,  char  to  see  the  truth, 
 and  to  look  unto  the  ways  and  actions  of  her- 
 self and  others.  It  also  may  intend  her 
 watery  eyes,  weejjing  for  her  former  sins;  as 
 Jeremiah  lamenting  the  sins  of  his  people, 
 wishing  that  hiseyes  were  'a  fountain  of  tears,' 
 Jer.  ix.  1 ;  and  prophesying  their  conver- 
 sion, he  saith  '  they  shall  come  with  weeping,' 
 &c.,  Jer.  xxxi.  9.  Heshbon  was  a  city 
 where  king  Sihon  sometimes  dwelt,  Num. 
 xxi.  26;  it  was  situated  in  a  goodly  fertile 
 country,  which  the  Reubenites  possessed. 
 Num.  xxxii.  34,  37;  so  it  seemeth  to  have 
 in  it  fair  and  clear  pools  or  ponds  of  water, 
 which  beautified  it  as  eyes  do  the  body. 
 The  Heb.  expositors  understand  by  these 
 eyes  the  prophets,  or  (as  the  Chald.  para- 
 phrast  saith)  scribes,  lleshbon  by  interpre- 
 tation signifieth  a  count,  computation,  or 
 artificial  device;  and  thus  some  expound  it 
 here,  pools  artificially  made:  and  pools  have 
 their  name  of  blessing,  either  because  tliey 
 were  esteemed  great  blessings  in  those  hot 
 and  dry  countries,  Judg.  i.  15,  or  because 
 they  were  filled  with  rain  the  blessing  of 
 God,  Ezek.  xxxiv.  26.  Bath  rabbim,]  Or, 
 (as  the  Gr.  interpreteth  it)  daughter  of  many: 
 so  that  it  was  a  gate  frequented  of  many,  and 
 it  may  be  a  gate  where  the  judges  sat ;  for 
 public  judgments  and  assemblies  were  at  the 
 gates,  Ruth  iv.  1;  2  Sam.  xix.  8;  Lam.  v. 
 14 ;  wherefore  if  Heshbon  be  not  the  proper 
 name  of  a  city,  these  pools  may  be  thought 
 to  be  at  some  gate  of  Jerusalem  where  many 
 people  assembled,  as  in  Neh.  viii.  3.  The 
 Chald.  applieth  it  to  the  governors  that  sat 
 "in  the  gate  of  the  house  of  the  great  coun- 
 cil.'' Thy  nose  ]  This  is  a  principal  orna- 
 ment of  the  face,  the  instrument  of  smelling 
 and  of  drawing  breath;  sometimes  it  is  used 
 for  the  whole  face,  and  oftentimes  for  anger, 
 which  appeared  by  the  face  and  breath. 
 Here  it  seemetli  to  denote  her  spiritual  cour- 
 age and  bold  carriage  against  her  enemies, 
 because  her  nose  is  likened  to  the  '  tower  of 
 Lebanon,'  which  was  high  and  lofty.  For  as 
 in  speech  of  the  wicked,  the  'loftiness  of  liis 
 nose,'  (or  countenance,)  in  Ps.  x.  4,  signifieth 
 his  lofty,  stout,  and  proud  carriage :  so  here, 
 contrariwise,  it  being  spoken  for  praise  in 
 the  godly,  her  nose  like  an  high  tower,  noteth 
 
 her  courage  and  magnanimity  for  the  truth, 
 manifested  in  her  countenance  and  behaviour, 
 so  that  she  discomfiteth  all  her  enemies.  On 
 the  contrary,  when  God  threateneth  the  over- 
 throw of  Jerusalem  for  her  adulteries,  he 
 saith  that  her  lovers  (turned  to  be  her  ene- 
 mies) should  '  take  away  her  nose,  and  her 
 ears,'  &c.,  Ezek.  xxiii.  25.  Tower  of 
 Lebanon,]  Or,  of  Libanus,  which  was  a 
 mountain  in  the  north  paits  of  the  land.  It 
 may  here  be  understood  of  the  tower  of  the 
 house,  called  '  the  house  of  the  forest  of 
 Lebanon,'  which  Solomon  built  very  stately, 
 
 1  Kings  vii.  2,  in  which  he  put  '  two  hun- 
 dred targets  and  three  hundred  shields  made 
 of  beaten  gold,'  1  Kings  x.  17.  Looking 
 TOWARDS  Damascus,]  Or,  espying,  watch- 
 ing, beholding  the  face  of  Damascus  }  which 
 was  the  chief  city  in  Syria,  Is.  vii.  8;  called 
 in  Heb.  Dammesek,  sometimes  Darmesek, 
 as   in  1  Chron.   xviii.  5;  and  Dummesek,  as 
 
 2  Kings  xvi.  10;  in  the  Gr.  and  in  the  New 
 Testament  Damascus,  Acts  ix.  2 ;  it  lay 
 northward  from  mount  Lebanon  aforesaid, 
 was  a  goodly  city  'of  praise  and  of  joy,'  Jer. 
 xlix.  24,  25.  The  inhabitants  were  cora- 
 monly  enemies  to  Israel,  and  often  wars  were 
 between  God's  people  and  Ihem,  as  the  story 
 of  scripture  showeth,  1  Chron.  xviii.  5,  6, 
 I  Kings  xi.  24,  25;  Is.  vii.  5,  8;  Amos  i. 
 3.  Wherefore  '  the  tower  of  Lebanon,  look- 
 ing (or  espying,  watching)  towards  Damascus, 
 may  intimate  here,  besides  the  courage,  the 
 care  also  of  the  spouse,  for  the  safeguard  of 
 herself  and  lier  children  against  the  enemy. 
 For  in  times  of  danger,  they  set  on  towers 
 and  high  places  watchmen  or  spies  to  give 
 warning  of  what  they  saw.  Is.  xxi.  6,  9; 
 Ezek.  xxxiii.  2,  6;  2  Sam.  xviii.  24,  25. 
 
 Ver.  5 Thine  head  upon  thee,]  This 
 
 may  be  understood  properly  of  her  head  itself, 
 likened  to  mount  Carmel,  or  of  the  ornament 
 upon  her  head.  Like  Carmel]  Or,  like 
 crimson;  but  both  the  Gr.  and  Chald.  para- 
 phrase expound  it  Carmel,  the  name  of  a 
 mountain  where  Elias  killed  the  Baalists  and 
 prayed  for  rain,  1  Kings  xviii.  19 — 42. 
 Carmel  also  was  a  place  inhabited  by  Nabal, 
 1  Sam.  XXV.  2,  5.  It  seemeth  to  have  been 
 very  fertile,  Nah.  i.  4 ;  for  a  fruitful  place  is 
 called  Carmel,  opposed  to  a  barren  wilder- 
 ness. Is.  xxxii.  15;  xxix.  17;  xxxiii.  9; 
 Jer.  iv.  2G.  Thus  her  head  likened  to  Car- 
 mel, may  signify  her  mind  filled  with  the 
 knowledge  of  God,  and  fruitful  in  giace:  so 
 God  promising  the  restoration  of  his  church, 
 saith,  '  Israel  shall  feed  on  Carmel  and 
 Bashan,'  &c.,  Jer.  1.  19;   and  foretelling  the 
 
CHAPTER    VII. 
 
 735 
 
 upon  thee  is  like  Carmel,  and  the  liair  of  thine  liead  like  purple : 
 the  king  is  bound  in  the  galleries.  '  How  fair  art  thou,  and  how 
 pleasant  art  thou,  O  love,  for  delights  !       This  thy  stature  is  like 
 
 glory  of  Christ's  kingdom,  saitli,  *  the  glory 
 of  Lebanon  shall  be  given  unto  it,  the  excel- 
 lency of  Carmel  and  Sharon,'  &c.,  I^.  xxxv. 
 2.  The  Heb.  Carmil  is  also  used  for  crim- 
 son or  scarlet  colour,  2  Chron.  iii.  14;  which 
 may  also  be  meant  here,  seeing  after  her  hair 
 is  likened  to  purple:  and  these  were  colours 
 worn  of  princes  and  great  personages,  and  so 
 meet  for  this  'prince's  daughter,"  (ver.  1,) 
 and  for  the  attire  of  her  head,  on  which  she 
 weareth  '  the  hope  of  salvation  (through  the 
 blood  of  Christ,  which  these  colours  also  pre- 
 figured) for  an  helmet,'  1  Thess.  v.  8.  Hair,] 
 The  original  word  dallath  is  no  where  used 
 for  hair  but  in  this  one  place,  as  the  Gr.  also 
 interpreteth  it:  properly  it  signifieth  slender- 
 ness  or  tenuity,  and  so  meaneth  small  and 
 slender  hair.  Some  take  it  for  a  small  lace 
 or  head  band  wherewith  the  attire  of  the 
 head  was  tied.  This  her  '  hair  like  purple,' 
 denoteth  her  cogitations  and  purposes  to  be 
 holy,  heavenly,  and  as  dyed  in  the  blood  of 
 Christ.  The  Chald.  paraphrase  applieth  the 
 head  here  spoken  of  to  the  king,  the  chief 
 governor  in  Israel;  and  the  'slender  hair,'  to 
 the  'poor  of  the  people,'  which  should  be  clad 
 in  purple,  as  was  Daniel,  Mordecai,  &c. 
 See  the  Notes  on  chap.  iv.  1,  where  the 
 spouse's  hair  was  likened  to  '  a  flock  of  goats:' 
 that  description  diflering  from  this  seemeth 
 to  imply  a  variety  of  estate,  for  God's  peo- 
 ple are  not  always  of  like  condition  in  this 
 world,  though  ever  glorious  in  his  eyes. 
 The  king  is  bound  in  the  galleries,]  By 
 the  kitig  in  this  song  is  meant  Solomon,  that 
 is,  Christ.  Rehatim,  which  the  Gr.  here 
 likewise  translateth  galleries,  is  in  Gen.  xxx. 
 38,  41;  Ex.  ii.  16,  gutters  wherein  waters 
 run  for  the  flock  to  drink,  ujito  which  some 
 think  this  place  hath  reference:  but  in  chap. 
 i.  17,  rahitim  are  galleries  that  run  along  the 
 house  sides,  and  so  it  seemeth  to  mean  here. 
 To  be  '  bound  in  the  galleries  '  is  to  have  a 
 fixed  habitation  in  the  house  of  his  church, 
 vrhere  the  king  is  retained,  and  as  it  were 
 tied  with  the  bands  of  love  towards  his  spouse 
 so  excellent  in  all  her  parts;  that  now  is  ful- 
 filled that  which  is  elsewhere  said  unto  her, 
 •  The  king  will  covet  thy  beauty,'  Ps.  xlv. 
 12;  and  that  which  is  spoken  of  the  lewd 
 woman,  'her  hands  are  as  bands,'  Eccl.  vii. 
 26,  may  have  use  here  of  the  chaste  woman, 
 that  her  graces  are  such  as  do  not  only 
 delight  the  king,  but  hold  him  fast  bound 
 unto  her  in  the  bands  of  spiritual  wedlock, 
 no  more  to  leave  her,  but  to  abide  with  her 
 
 for  ever.  For  so  he  hath  promised,  '  I  will 
 betroth  thee  unto  me  for  ever,'  Hos.  ii.  19  ; 
 '  the  Lord  delighteth  in  thee,  and  thy  land 
 shall  be  married,'  Is.  Ixii.  4;  '  my  servant 
 David  shall  be  their  prince  forever;  and  I 
 will  set  my  sanctuary  in  the  midst  of  them 
 for  evermore :  and  the  name  of  the  city  from 
 that  day  shall  be,  The  Lord  is  there,'  Ezek. 
 xxxvii.  25,  26;  xlviii.  33.  '  The  throne  of 
 God  and  of  the  Lamb  shall  be  in  it,  and  his 
 servants  shall  serve  him:  and  they  shall  reign 
 for  ever  and  ever,'  Rev.  xxii.  3,  5. 
 
 Ver.  6. — And  how  pleasant,]  This 
 admiration  of  her  beauty  and  pleasantness,  in 
 all  her  parts,  carriage  and  administration, 
 showeth  the  reason  of  the  former  speech,  why 
 'the  king  was  bound  in  the  galleries;'  for 
 that  he  was  delighted,  and  as  it  were  ravished 
 with  her  heavenly  graces;  as  before  in  chap, 
 iv.  9,  10.  And  as  she  admired  Christ  for 
 his  fairness  and  pleasantness;  so  now  she  is 
 magnified  for  the  like:  see  the  Notes  on 
 chap.  i.  15,  16.  O  love,]  That  is,  O  thou 
 that  art  dearly  loved  :  thus  they  call  her,  to 
 signify  Christ's  great  aflection  towards  her: 
 for  it  is  another  and  more  forcible  word  thau 
 was  used  before  in  chap.  i.  9,  15;  ii.  2;  iv. 
 1,  7;  V.  2;  vi.  4,  that,  betokening  loving 
 society  and  outward  friendship;  this,  signify- 
 ing inward  charity  and  loving  afTection, 
 which  is  strong  and  fervent,  chap.  viii.  6,  7. 
 For  delights,]  Or,  delicacies,  or,  with  plea- 
 sures; meaning  full  delight,  all  manner  of 
 pleasure :  so  that  all  that  love  her  may  rejoice 
 with  her,  and  delight  themselves  in  the 
 brightness  of  her  glory,  as  Isa.  Ixvi.  10,  11. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Thy  statutes,]  Or,  thy  height: 
 in  Gr,  thy  greatness.  A  palm-tree,]  Or, 
 a  date  tree,  called  in  Heb.  thamar^  in  Gr. 
 phcenix;  it  is  of  tall  and  upright  stature, 
 always  green  and  flourishing,  bearing  pleasant 
 fruit.  Wherefore  the  just  man's  state  is  lik- 
 ened to  this  tree,  Ps.  xcii.  13,  and  figures  of 
 palm-trees  (signifying  heavenly  graces)  were 
 made  in  the  temple,  1  Kings  vi.  29;  vii.  36; 
 and  foretold  to  be  also  in  the  spiritual  temple 
 under  the  gospel,  Ezek.  xli.  18, 19,  and  palm- 
 branches  carried  in  the  hand,  or  on  the  head, 
 were  signs  of  victory:  wherefore  the  saints 
 (that  by  faith  overcome  the  world)  appeared 
 with  palm-branches  in  their  hands;  Rev.  vii. 
 9.  And  the  palm-tree  is  said  to  be  of  such 
 a  nature,  that  it  will  not  bow  downward  or 
 grow  crooked,  though  heavy  weights  be  laid 
 upon  it,  but  groweth  still  upright.  So  this 
 stature  of  the  spouse  likened  to  a  palm-tree. 
 
736 
 
 SONG    OF    SONG 
 
 to  a  palm-tree ;  and  thy  breasts  to  clusters.  ®  I  said,  I  will  go  up 
 to  the  palm-tree,  I  will  take  hold  of  the  boughs  thereof:  and  now 
 let  thy  breasts  be  as  clusters  of  the  vine :  and  the  smell  of  thy 
 nose  like  apples.     '  And  thy  palate  like  the  good  wine,  tliat  goetli 
 
 showeth  her  spiritual  growth  in  the  faith 
 (notwithstanding  all  her  tribulations)  tend- 
 ing always  upward  towards  heaven,  till  she 
 attain  unto  'the  measure  of  the  stature  of  the 
 fulness  of  Christ,'  Eph.  iv.  13.  For  God 
 hath  now  broken  the  staves  of  her  yoke,  and 
 made  her  go  upright;  Lev.  xxvi.  13.  So  the 
 kingdom  of  Israel  (while  it  flourished)  is 
 likened  to  a  tree,  whose  '  stature  was  exalted 
 among  the  thick  branches,'  &c.  Ezek.  xix.  11. 
 Clusters,]  To  wit,  of  the  vine,  as  in  ver. 
 8,  signifying  hereby  that  her  breasts  were 
 not  only  fashioned,  as  in  Ezek.  xvi.  7,  but  full 
 of  milk  to  nourish  her  children,  and  of  the 
 wine  of  heavenly  consolations,  which  they 
 that  love  her,  may  'suck  and  be  satisfied,'  as 
 Isa.  Ixvi.  11.  So  that  now  the  state  of  the 
 church  is  not  as  when  complaint  was  made, 
 there  is  '  no  cluster  to  eat,'  Mic.  vii.  1,  but 
 as  when  '  new  wine  was  found  in  the  clus- 
 ter :'  and  he  said,  '  destroy  it  not,  for  a  bless- 
 ing is  in  it,'  Isa.  Ixv.  8. 
 
 Ver.  S. — I  WILL  go  dp  to,]  Or,  I  will 
 climb  up  on  the  palm-tree,  meaning  to  gather 
 the  fruit  tliereof.  This  purpose  and  promise, 
 if  it  be  spoken  in  the  person  of  Christ,  impli- 
 eth  his  acceptation  of  the  fruits  of  the  Spirit 
 in  his  spouse,  as  is  noted  on  chap.  v.  1.  But 
 it  seemeth  (by  that  which  followeth)  to  be  the 
 speech  of  her  friends  already  noted  speaking 
 collectively  as  one  person,  to  mark  their  unity 
 and  joint  consent  to  communicate  with  her 
 graces,  as  in  Isa.  Ixvi.  15,  11.  For  things 
 of  this  sort,  are  spoken  both  of  God,  and  of 
 his  people.  Isa.  Ixii.  5.  The  boughs 
 THEREOF,]  Or,  the  branches  of  it:  the  Heb. 
 sansinnim  is  no  where  used  but  in  this  place: 
 the  Gr.  translateth  it  "  the  heights  thereof," 
 meaning  the  branches  which  are  on  high,  and 
 which  bear  the  fruit  for  the  palm-tree  though 
 it  be  very  tall,  hath  no  boughs  growing  out 
 by  the  sides  of  the  body,  as  other  trees ;  but 
 ou  the  very  top,  the  leaves  (which  are  long 
 like  swords)  spread  abroad  pleasant  to  behold ; 
 and  the  fruit  groweth  not  among  the  leaves, 
 but  on  the  top  of  the  branches ;  as  historians 
 do  record,  Pliny,  50.  13  ;  chap.  5.  So  Christ 
 (if  it  be  understood  of  him)  going  up  and 
 taking  hold  of  the  boughs,  both  signifieth  it 
 to  be  his  own  possession,  and  showeth  his 
 care  and  love  to  look  unto  it,  and  to  purge 
 the  branches  that  they  may  bear  more  fruit, 
 (as  the  Father  doth  the  fruitful  branches  of 
 the  vine,  John  xv.  1,  2,)  and  likewise  to 
 enjiy  and  accept  of  the  gracious  fruits  of  his 
 
 spouse,  with  whom  he  will  now  continue. 
 Or,  taking  it  (as  before)  for  the  speech  of  the 
 faithful  company,  it  meaneth  their  purpose 
 and  endeavour  to  partake  of  the  heavenly 
 fruits  which  this  church  bringeth  forth.  Be 
 AS  CLUSTERS,]  Or.  shall  be  as  clusters;  and 
 thus  it  is  an  assurance  or  promise  of  blessing 
 to  her  from  the  Lord,  filling  her  with  the 
 juice  of  grace,  that  she  shall  '  neither  be  idle 
 nor  unfruitful  in  the  knowledge  of  Christ,* 
 2  Pet.  i.  8,  but  as  is  promised,  '  he  will  cause 
 them  that  come  out  ot  Jacob,  to  take  root; 
 Israel  shall  blossom  and  bud,  and  fill  the  face 
 of  the  world  with  fruit,'  Isa.  xxvii.  6.  But 
 it  may  be  taken  also  as  a  wish,  'and  let  thy 
 breasts,  I  pray  thee,  be  as  clusters  of  the  vine  ;' 
 that  is,  have  not  thou  '  a  miscarrying  womb, 
 and  dry  breasts'  (as  Hos.  ix.  14,)  '  but  grow 
 ill  grace  and  in  knowledge;  be  not  an  empty 
 vine,  as  Israel  was  of  old,  Hos.  x.  I.  Leave  ■ 
 not  thy  wine,  'which  cheereth  God  and  man,' 
 Judg.  xiii.  'but  be  filled  with  the  Spirit ;'  that 
 we  may  '  suck  and  be  satisfied  with  the  breasts 
 of  thy   consolations,'    Isa.    Ixvi.    11.     The 
 
 SMELL    OF     THY     NOSE,    LIKE     APPLES,]    Her 
 
 7iose,  commended  for  the  form,  in  ver.  4, 
 denoted  her  good  carriage,  and  courage  for 
 the  truth.  The  smell,  odour,  or  scent  thereof, 
 meaneth  the  good  report  and  fame  thereof 
 spread  abroad:  which  is  comfortable  as  a  sweet 
 odour.  Or,  by  the  smell  of  hev  nose,  may  be 
 understood  the  breath  coming  out  of  her  nos- 
 tril, that  it  should  be  sweet.  And  so  not 
 only  her  outward  behaviour  should  be  com- 
 mendable, but  the  hidden  man  of  the  heart, 
 uncorrupted :  that  the  breath  or  spirit  pro- 
 ceeding from  within,  be  pure;  and  God  may 
 '  manifest  the  smell  (or  savour)  of  his  know- 
 ledge by  her  in  every  place,'  2  Cor.  ii.  14, 
 as  the  favour  of  life  unto  life;  and  like  the 
 favour  of  apples,  which  refresh  those  that 
 languish  and  are  sick  of  the  love  of  Christ; 
 as  chap.  ii.  5. 
 
 Ver.  9. — Thy  palate,]  Or,  the  roof  of 
 thy  mouth:  in  Gr.  thy  throat.  The  palate 
 for  one's  own  tise  is  to  taste  and  discern,  as  iu 
 Job  xxxiv.  3,  '  the  palate  tasteth  meat ;'  but 
 for  others  it  is  the  instrument  of  speech,  as 
 in  Prov.  viii.  7,  '  my  palate  shall  speak  truth.' 
 This  latter  use  seemeth  here  to  be  meant,  that 
 her  palate,  to  wit,  her  speech  and  doctrine, 
 should  be  like  good  wine,  to  comfort  and 
 revive  bitter  and  heavy  hearts,  Prov.  xxxi.  6. 
 The  good  wine,]  That  is,  the  best,  most 
 excellent,  sweet  and  wholesome  wine;  as  'the 
 
CHAPTER    VII. 
 
 737 
 
 to  my  beloved,  to  righteousness  ;  causing  to  speak  the  lips  of  those 
 tliat  are  asleep. 
 
 '"  I  am  my  beloved's;  and  his  desire  is  towards  me.     *'  Come  my 
 
 good  oil,'  (Ps.  cxxxiii.  2,)  is  the  best,  sweet- 
 est, and  most  precious  oil.  The  comfoi  table 
 doctrines  of  the  gospel  are  likened  to  wine, 
 Isa.  Iv.  1 — 3;  Prov.  ix.  2,  5.  See  the  Notes 
 on  chap.  1,  2.  That  goeth  to  my  be- 
 loved,] A  commendation  of  the  good  wine, 
 from  the  ell'ects:  that  it  is  pleasing  unto  God, 
 and  profitable  unto  men.  For  by  the  beloved, 
 usually  ill  this  chap,  is  meant  Christ :  by 
 going  to  righteousness  (or  according  to  right- 
 eousness) that  is,  going  aright,  straightly  or 
 directly,  is  signified  the  nature  of  pure  wine, 
 manifesting  the  goodness  by  the  moving  and 
 springing  in  the  cup,  whereby  it  is  discerned 
 to  be  the  right  and  natural  wine,  and  is  pleas- 
 ing to  them  that  drink  it.  The  like  phrase 
 Solomon  used  in  Prov.  xxiii.31.  '  Look  not 
 on  the  wine  when  it  is  red,  when  it  giveth 
 liis  colour  in  the  cup,  when  it  goeth  (or 
 walkeih,  that  is,  moveth  itself)  in  righteous- 
 ness:' as  there,  the  nature  of  the  most  pure 
 and  generous  wine  is  described,  whereby  men 
 are  allured  to  drink  thereof;  so  here  the  right 
 wine,  the  pure  and  wholesome  doctrine  out  of 
 the  moutli  of  the  spouse,  is  declared  by  the 
 company  of  believers,  to  be  pleasing  and  right 
 in  the  eyes  of  Christ  their  beloved.  It  may 
 also  intimate,  how  the  spouse  (filled  with  the 
 Spirit,  rather  than  with  wine,  Eph.  v.  18,) 
 her  speeches  should  tend  to  lead  all  unto 
 Christ,  and  unto  righteousness:  that  is,  faith 
 ill  him,  and  righteous  works  which  he  requir- 
 eth  us  to  walk  in.  Causing  to  speak,] 
 That  maketh  to  speak,  or  giveth  utterance, 
 to  the  lips  of  those  that  are  asleep :  or  speak- 
 ing in  the  lips,  &c.  This  is  the  other  effect 
 of  the  Spirit,  that  as  wine  maketh  men  talk- 
 ative, Prov.  xxiii.  29,  so  the  Spirit  maketh 
 men  to  utter  the  mysteries  of  God  :  as  the 
 disciples  (when  some  thought  they  were  '  full 
 of  new  wine')  prophesied  and  spake  with 
 other  tongues,  the  great  works  of  God,  *  as 
 the  Spirit  gave  them  utterance,'  Acts  ii.  4, 
 11,  13,  &c.  By  sleepers  here  are  meant 
 sinners,  awaked  and  quickened  by  the  word 
 preached,  as  it  is  said,  'awake  thou  that 
 sleepest,  and  arise  from  the  dead ;  and  Christ 
 shall  give  thee  light,'  Eph.  v.  14.  And  so 
 it  was  promised,  '  thy  dead  men  shall  live, 
 my  dead  bodies  shall  arise:  awake  and  sing, 
 ye  that  dwell  in  dust,'  Isa.  xxvi.  19.  And 
 Ezekiel,  by  prophesying,  raised  to  life  the  dead 
 t  '  bones  of  the  house  of  Israel,  Ezek.  xxxvii. 
 I  I  which  also  the  Chald.  paraphrast  allegeth  in 
 I  opening  this  place.  And  not  only  dead  men, 
 (which  are  said  to  be  asleep,  Dan.  xii.  2,) 
 Vol.  II  S 
 
 but  others  also  that  live,  and  through  negli- 
 gence or  security  fall  asleep  (as  the  spouse 
 acknowledgeth  of  herself,  in  chap.  v.  2,)  are 
 enabled  by  this  spiritual  wine  to  speak  :  for 
 having  drunk  thereof,  they  forget  their 
 poverty,  and  remember  their  misery  no  more, 
 as  Prov.  xxxi.  6,  7.  So  God  promising  to 
 restore  comforts  unto  Israel,  and  to  his  mour- 
 ners, saith  that  he  createth  '  the  fruit  of  the 
 lips,  peace,  peace,'  Isa.  Ivii.  18,  19. 
 
 Ver.  10. — I  AM  MY  beloved's,]  Here  the 
 spouse,  as  full  of  the  wine  of  grace  and  con- 
 solation from  the  Lord,  testifieth  her  assur- 
 ance by  faith  that  she  is  Christ's,  and  so  an 
 heir  to  salvation  by  '  promise ;'  Gal.  iii.  29  ; 
 see  before  in  chap.  ii.  16;  vi.  3.  His  desire,] 
 His  desirous  affection,  the  Gr.  interpreteth 
 it,  '•  his  conversion"  (or  turning)  is  "  towards 
 me."  This  manner  of  speech  was  used  before, 
 when  God  chastening  the  woman  for  her  sin, 
 said  '  thy  desire  shall  be  unto  thy  husband,' 
 Gen.  iii.  16.  but  now  this  woman  being 
 renewed  by  grace,  and  espoused  unto  Christ, 
 as  to  an  husband,  2  Cor.  xi.  2.  rejoiceth  that 
 'his  desire  is  unto  her."  And  this  appeareth 
 by  the  whole  scope  of  this  Song,  and  especially 
 by  those  words  in  chap.  ii.  14  ;  iv.  9,  10; 
 vii.  5.  So  contrary  each  to  other  are  our 
 natural  sinful  state,  and  our  estate  by  grace  in 
 Christ. 
 
 Ver.  11. — Into  the  field,]  Or,  into  tfie 
 country,  a  place  of  corn,  vines,  fig-trees, 
 pomegranate -trees,  &c.  as  Joel  xi.  12.  In 
 THE  villages,]  Or,  by  the  cypress-trees ; 
 for  the  Heb.  "  Cepharim  "  may  signify  both  : 
 but  the  Gr.  also  interpreteth  it  "  villages," 
 and  such  country  villages,  are  distinguished 
 from  '  fenced  cities,'  1  Sam.  vi.  18  ;  1  Chron. 
 xxvji.  25.  The  spouse  here  desireth  of  Christ, 
 that  they  may  go  together  into  the  field  and 
 villages,  to  look  unto  their  husbandry,  how  it 
 prospered,  and  whether  the  trees  there  planted 
 did  flourish  and  fructify,  as  the  next  words 
 manifest.  Hereby  their  desire  and  care  is 
 signified,  for  the  increase  and  propagation  of 
 the  gospel  abroad  in  the  world,  (for  the  field 
 in  the  parable  is  '  the  world,'  Mat.  xiii.  38.) 
 And  as  Christ  himself  in  the  days  of  his  flesh 
 'wentabout  all  the  cities  and  villages,'  preach- 
 ing the  gospel,  Mat  ix.  35;  Mark  vi.  6.  and 
 his  disciples  went  abroad  to  '  teach  all  nations,' 
 Mat.  xxviii,  19.  so  afterward  both  he  in  spirit 
 walked  among  the  golden  candlesticks  of  his 
 churches,  looking  to  their  ways,  Rev.  ii.  iii. 
 and  his  apostles  went  again  to  visit  their 
 brethren  in  every  city  where  they  had  preach- 
 A 
 
738 
 
 SONG   OF    SONGS. 
 
 Beloved,  let  us  go  forth  into  the  field  ;  let  us  lodge  in  the  villages. 
 '^  Let  us  get  up  early  to  the  vineyards  ;  let  us  see  whether  the 
 vine  flourish,  the  tender  grape  open  itself,  whether  the  pomegran- 
 ates blossom  :  there  will  I  give  my  loves  to  thee.  '^  The  man- 
 drakes give  a  smell,  and  at  our  doors  are  all  precious  things,  new 
 and  old  :  O  my  beloved,  I  have  laid  them  up  for  thee. 
 
 ed  the  word  of  the  Lord,  and  to  see  how  they 
 did,  Acts  XV.  36.  such  a  care  is  here  inti- 
 mated, that  the  Lord's  field  might  be  visited, 
 where  he  had  (like  a  wise  husbandman)  pre- 
 pared and  fitted  his  work,  Prov.  xxiv.  27. 
 
 Ver.  12. — Let  us  get  up  early,]  Or, 
 Let  us  rise  betimes  in  the  viorning ;  another 
 act  of  diligence  and  care,  Ps.  cxxvii.  2.  such 
 as  God  performed  to  Israel  of  old,  when  he 
 rose  up  early  and  sent  his  prophets  unto  them, 
 because  he  had  compassion  on  them:  and  the 
 prophets  rose  early  and  spake  unto  them,  2 
 Chron.  xxxvi.  15:  Jer.  xxv.  3, 4.  To  the 
 VINEYARDS.]  That  IS,  the  churches,  or  places 
 where  the  gospel  had  been  planted :  so  the 
 house  of  Israel,  was  the  Lord's  '  vineyard,' 
 Isa.  V.  7.  The  Chald.  also  expoundeth  this 
 of  the  house  (or  place)  of  assembly,  for  learn- 
 ing God's  law.  The  tender  grape,]  The 
 first  small-grape;  of  this  see  chap.  ii.  13,  15. 
 Open  itself,]  That  is,  appear  and  so  give  a 
 sweet  smell  ;  the  Gr.  interpreteth  it, 
 "flourish  :"  it  meaiieth  the  first  appearance  of 
 fruit  before  the  grapes  be  anything  near  ripe, 
 a  token  that  the  spring  is  come,  and  that 
 summer  is  nigh,  as  chap.  ii.  12,  13.  The 
 Chald.  paraphrast  applieth  it  to  the  time  of 
 Israel's  redemption.  Pomegranates,]  Or, 
 pomegranate. trees,  such  do  signify  the  par- 
 ticular persons  in  the  churches,  full  of  grace 
 and  good  works:  see  chap.  iv.  13.  There 
 WILL  I  GIVE  MY  LOVES,]  Thespouse  promiseth 
 to  give  unto  Christ  the  fruition  of  her  graces 
 and  fruits  of  her  faith,  confession,  thanks,  good 
 works,  &c.  'there'  in  the  vineyards  of  the 
 churches,  in  the  society  of  the  saints  :  for  the 
 Lord  keepeth  his  vineyard  and  watereth  it 
 every  moment;  he  '  causeth  them  that  come 
 of  Jacob  to  take  root,  Israel  shall  blossom  and 
 bud,  and  fill  the  face  of  the  world  with  fruit,' 
 Isa.  xxvii.  3,  6.  'And  I  will  bring  forth 
 (saith  the  Lord)  a  seed  out  of  Jacob,  and  out 
 of  Judah  an  inheritor  of  my  mountains;  and 
 mine  elect  shall  inherit  it,  and  my  servants 
 shall  dwell  there.  There  shall  the  house  of 
 Israel  all  of  them  in  the  land  serve  me ;  there 
 will  I  accept  them,  and  there  will  I  require 
 your  offerings,  and  the  first-fruits  of  your  ob- 
 lations, with  all  your  holy  things,  I  will  accept 
 
 you  with  your  sweet  savour,'  &c.  Isa.  Ixv.  9 ; 
 Ezek.  XX.  40,  41. 
 
 Ver.  13. — The  mandrakes,]  Dudaim, 
 (wln'ch  the  Gr.  also  called  "  Mandragoraes  '' 
 or  "  Mandrakes  ")  have  allusion  in  name  to 
 Bodim,  loves,  already  mentioned  :  and  Dod, 
 that  is,  '  beloved,'  as  she  after  calleth  Christ. 
 Mandrakes  grew  in  the  field,  and  were 
 found  '  in  the  days  of  wheat  harvest,'  as  the 
 history  showeth  in  Gen.  xxx.  14,  &c.  It 
 appeareth  by  Rachel's  desire  there  of  them, 
 and  by  the  smell  that  here  they  are  said  to 
 give,  that  they  were  very  lovely  and  pleasant, 
 (differing  from  the  mandrakes  that  grow  in 
 these  parts.)  The  Chald.  paraphrast  calleth  it 
 "  Balsemon,  Balsam."  Give  a  smell,]  Or, 
 an  odour,  that  is,  are  fragrant  and  yield  a 
 pleasant  savour:  so  the  vines  as  said  before  'to 
 give  a  smell,'  chap.  ii.  13.  and  the  '  spikenard' 
 of  the  spouse,  chap.  i.  12.  At  our  doors,] 
 Or,  by  our  doors :  which  seemeth  to  be  op- 
 posed unto  the  fields  where  mandrakes  grew 
 (as  after  new  fruits  are  opposed  unto  the  old  ;) 
 signifying  that  both  at  home  and  abroad,  near 
 and  far,  the  fame  and  odour  of  graces  in  God's 
 people  spread  itself.  For  a  tiling  is  said  to 
 be  '  at  the  doors,'  when  it  is  nigh  at  hand, 
 Mat.  xxiv.  S3.  Precious  things,]  Or, 
 dainties, pleasafit  fruits,  and  delightful  graces, 
 see  Notes  on  chap.  iv.  13 — 16.  New  and 
 old,]  Signifying  hereby,  variety  and  plenty, 
 Lev.  xxvi.  10;  and  old  fruits  are  oft-times 
 better  than  new,  as  Luke  v.  39.  So  now 
 the  state  of  the  church  (instructed  unto  the 
 kingdom  of  heaven)  is  like  the  householder 
 '  which  bringeth  forth  out  of  his  treasure 
 things  new  and  old,'  Mat.  xiii.  62.  Laid 
 them  up,]  Or,  hidden,  treasured,  stored  up, 
 to  be  reserved  and  safely  kept.  The  Chald. 
 paraphraseth  thus,  "  Now  rise,  (O  King 
 Christ,)  receive  the  kingdom  which  I  have 
 laid  up  for  thee."  As  the  goodness  of  God 
 is  great  which  he  hath  laid  up  for  them  that 
 fear  him,  Ps.  xxxi.  20,  so  all  the  goodness 
 and  fruits  of  grace  that  flow  from  his  people 
 are  unto  his  honour  and  praise,  con.^ecrated 
 unto  him.  '  For  of  him,  and  through  him 
 and  to  him  are  all  things:  to  him  be  glory 
 for  ever.     Amen,'  Rom.  xi.  36 
 
CHAPTER    VIII. 
 
 739 
 
 CHAPTER    VIII. 
 
 '  Who  will  give  thee  as  a  brother  to  me,  sucking  the  breasts  of 
 my  mother  :  I  would  find  thee  without,  I  would  kiss  thee ;  also 
 
 Ver.  1. — Who  will  give  thee,]  That 
 is,  O  if  some  would  give  thee  ;  or,  0  that  thou 
 tvert:  a  form  of  wishing  often  used  in  the 
 scripture;  see  Deut.  v.  29;  Ps.  xiv.  7.  The 
 faithful  here  desire  the  brotherhood,  love,  and 
 communion  of  Cluist  for  their  further  com- 
 fort, and  that  they  might  manifest  their  love 
 and  obedience  unto  him.  As  a  brother,] 
 Loving,  affected,  conjoined,  familiar,  and 
 conversant  with  me.  Brotherhood  signifieth 
 near  conjunction  and  consociation,  whether 
 by  bond  of  nature,  or  otherwise  by  agreement 
 sad  covenant,  Zech.  xi.  14.  Wherefore 
 things  without  life,  coupled  together,  are 
 called  '  man  and  his  brother,'  or  *  woman  and 
 her  sister,'  Ex.  xxv.  20;  xxvi.  3;  and  they 
 that  are  companions  in  like  estate  (though  dif- 
 fering in  nature)  are  brethren,  as  Job  was  a 
 *  brother  to  dragons,  and  a  companion  to  owls,' 
 XXX.  29;  and  a  man  in  quality,  condition, 
 or  action,  like  another,  is  called  his  brother, 
 Prov.  xviii.  9;  Gen.  xlix.  5;  and  when 
 Solomon  persuadeth  his  son  to  affect,  love, 
 and  associate  himself  unto  wisdom,  he  biddeth 
 him  say  unto  her,  '  Thou  art  my  sister,'  Prov. 
 vii.  4.  Although  therefoi-e  Christ  in  his 
 humanity  was  the  brother  of  his  people, 
 taking  part  of  the  same  flesh  and  blood  with 
 them,  Heb.  ii.  14,  yet  is  he  chiefly  called 
 our  brother,  because  we  are  all  of  one  Father 
 by  the  Spirit  of  sanctification,  Heb.  ii.  11, 
 12;  Mat.  xii.  50.  And  this  seemeth  to  be 
 the  desire  of  the  godly  here,  that  Christ 
 would  vouchsafe  to  enter  into  covenant  with 
 them  by  his  word  and  Spirit,  and  to  accom- 
 pany them  with  his  grace  for  their  mutual 
 comfort  and  fruition  each  of  other's  love; 
 that  he  would  show  himself  as  a  brother, 
 lovingly-aflectioned,  merciful,  and  compas- 
 sionate in  their  troubles  and  miseiies;  as  'a 
 brother  is  born  for  adversity,'  Prov.  xvii.  13. 
 Sucking,]  Or  that  sucked  the  breasts  of  my 
 mother,  that  is,  every  way  most  nearly  con- 
 joined, as  having  both  one  father  and  one 
 mother,  for  so  the  band  or  kindred  is  more 
 near  than  if  they  had  one  father  only,  as 
 Abraham  said,  '  She  is  the  daughter  of  my 
 father,  but  not  the  daughter  of  my  mother,' 
 Gen.  XX.  12.  Wherefore  the  child  followed 
 the  mother ;  if  she  were  a  free  or  a  bond- 
 woman, the  child  was  likewise,  Ex.  xxi.  4; 
 Gal.  iv.  22,  ,30.  And  between  brethren  of 
 the  same  mother  the  aflections  and  love  are 
 most  vehement,  as  Joseph's  carriage  towards 
 Benjamin    manifesteth,  Gen.   xliii.   29,  30, 
 
 34.  The  mother  here  is  Jerusalem  which  is 
 '  above,  which  is  the  mother  of  us  all,'  and 
 signifieth  the  New  Testament  or  covenant  of 
 grace  and  freedom.  Gal.  iv.  26,  24.  To 
 '  suck  the  breasts '  of  this  mother  is  to  par- 
 ticipate of  her  grace  and  consolations,  Is.  Ixvi. 
 10,  II;  Ix.  16;  and  Christ  is  then  said  to 
 suck  these  breasts  when  the  covenant  or  tes- 
 tament is  by  him  confirmed  and  stablished  to 
 and  with  his  people,  openly  professed,  and 
 the  communion  of  graces  mutually  doth 
 grow.  Which  communion  is  figuratively 
 signified  by  eating,  drinking,  sucking,  sup- 
 ping together,  and  the  like,  chap.  v.  1;  Luke 
 xxii.  15,  16;  John  vi.  51;  Rev.  iii.  20. 
 The  Hebs.  in  their  Chald.  paraphrase  give 
 this  exposition,  "  In  that  time  the  king 
 Christ  shall  be  revealed  unto  the  congregation 
 of  Israel;  and  the  sons  of  Israel  shall  say 
 unto  him,  Come,  be  thou  with  us  for  a 
 brother,  and  let  us  go  up  to  Jerusalem,  and 
 we  will  s\ick  with  thee  the  senses  (or  mean- 
 ings) of  the  law,  as  a  sucking  child  sucketh 
 the  breasts  of  his  mother."  It  may  also  be 
 observed,  that  things  are  sometimes  said  to 
 be  done  unto  Christ,  which  are  done  unto  his 
 people,  Mat.  xxv.  35,  40;  Acts  ix.  4,  6; 
 Col.  i.  24.  As  therefore  Christians,  when 
 they  are  begotten  or  converted  unto  Christ 
 by  the  gospel,  have  'Christ  formed'  in  them. 
 Gal.  iv.  19,  so  when  such  are  nourished  with 
 '  the  sincere  milk  of  the  word,'  (as  1  Pet.  ii. 
 2,)  it  may  be  said  that  Christ  himself  is 
 nourished  in  them ;  for  he  and  his  people  are 
 one  body,  and  mystically  called  Christ,  I  Cor. 
 xii.  12.  Thus  the  things  here  spoken  of,  as 
 to  be  done  unto  Christ,  may  be  fulfilled  by 
 the  begetting,  nourishing,  and  cherishing  of 
 the  elect,  when  the  covenant  of  life  and  peace 
 is  made,  continued,  and  confirmed  among 
 them.  I  WOULD  find  thee  without,]  Her 
 fervent  love  and  desire  of  Christ's  com- 
 munion and  brotherly  grace  is  here  accom- 
 panied with  a  promise  of  all  careful  and 
 loving  duty,  acceptation,  and  obedience  oil 
 her  part.  For  to  find  him  without  (or  in  the 
 street)  where  the  wisdom  of  God  crieth  and 
 teacheth,  Prov.  i.  20;  Luke  xiii.  26,  signi- 
 fieth her  ready  mind  to  go  forth  to  meet  him 
 (as  the  virgins  should  to  the  bridegroom, 
 Mat.  xxv.  6,)  and  both  lovingly  and  boldly 
 to  entertain  and  welcome  him  by  receiving 
 and  obeying  his  gospel,  as  the  sequel  show- 
 eth.  See  also  chap.  iii.  2,  4.  Would  kiss 
 thee,]  A  sign  of  love,  honour,  and  of  obu- 
 
740 
 
 SONG    OF    SONGS. 
 
 tliey  should  not  despise  me.  ^  I  would  lead  thee,  I  would  bring 
 thee  into  my  mother's  house,  thou  shouldest  instruct  me  :  I  would 
 cause  thee  to  drink  of  spiced  wine,  of  the  juice  of  my  pome- 
 granate. ^  His  left  hand  under  mine  head,  and  liis  right  hand 
 embrace  me. 
 
 *  I  adjure  you,  O  daughters  of  Jerusalem,  why  should  ye  stir, 
 and  why  should  ye  stir  up  my  love,  until  it  please  2 
 
 dience;  as  all  are  exhorted  to  '  kiss  the  Son,' 
 Ps.  ii.  12.  See  chap.  i.  2.  Thet  should 
 NOT  DESPISE  ME,]  That  is,  men  should  not, 
 or,  I  should  not  be  despised;  for  so  this  man- 
 ner of  speech  often  importeth,  as  is  noted  on 
 Gen.  xvi.  4.  Persons  are  despised  or  con- 
 temned, when  either  they  do,  or  are  thought 
 to  do,  that  which  is  not  honest  or  comely, 
 Gen.  xxxviii.  23;  2  Sam.  vi.  16;  or  wheii 
 they  miss  of  their  purpose,  and  are  laughed 
 to  scorn  with  contempt,  Is.  xxxvii.  22. 
 Neither  of  these  should  befall  her,  doing  but 
 her  duty  in  seemly  and  modest  sort,  and 
 obtaining  Christ  whom  her  soul  desired. 
 What  the  state  of  a  people  is  without  Christ, 
 and  how  subject  they  are  to  shame  and 
 reproach,  the  Lord  himself  showeth  in  Is. 
 liv.  1,  4,  6.  But  them  that  honour  God  he 
 will  honour,  and  they  that  despise  him  shall 
 be  lightly  esteemed,  1  Sam.  ii.  30;  and  if 
 any  man  serve  Christ,  him  will  the  Father 
 honour,  John  xii.  26. 
 
 VeR.    2. 1  WOULD  LEAD    THEE,]  To  wit, 
 
 with  honour  and  solemnity,  with  joy  and 
 gladness:  for  kings  and  great  personages  are 
 said  to  be  led  and  brought  along,  Is.  Ix.  11; 
 Ps.  xlv.  15,  16.  Here  that  which  the  faith- 
 ful desire  and  receive  of  God  and  of  Christ, 
 to  be  led  and  to  be  brought  to  his  holy  moun- 
 tain, Ps.  xliii.  3,  they  promise  to  do  unto 
 Christ:  but  the  Lord  doth  it  by  the  light  of 
 his  word  and  Spirit,  Is.  Ixiii.  14;  Ps.  cxliii. 
 10;  they  do  it  unto  him  by  earnest  prayers, 
 stirring  up  themselves  to  take  hold  on  him, 
 Is.  Ixiv.  1,  7.  My  mother's  house,]  The 
 state  of  ecclesiastical  policy  and  public  assem- 
 bly, figured  by  the  house  or  temple  of  God  in 
 Jerusalem  of  old,  (unto  which  the  Chald. 
 paraphrase  here  referreth  it,)  but  is  fulfilled 
 in  Christian  churches,  which  are  God's  house 
 and  temple  now,  Heb.  iii.  6;  2  Cor.  vi.  16; 
 especially  in  that  Jerusalem,  which  is  '  the 
 mother  of  us  all,'  Gal.  iv.  26.  See  chap,  iii. 
 4.  Thoo  should  instruct  me,]  Or,  shalt 
 teach,  shalt  learn  mc,  speaking  to  Christ, 
 whose  instruction  she  would  gladly  receive. 
 Thus  also  the  Gr.  iiiterpreteth  it,  '•  thou 
 shalt  teach  me;"  and  the  Ciiald.,  ''thou 
 shalt  teach  me  to  fear  before  the  Lord."  It 
 may  also  be  referred  to  the  mother  aforesaid, 
 she    that    instructeth    her ;    but    the    former 
 
 seemeth  most  agreeable,  and  showeth  both 
 her  desire  and  the  end  of  bringing  Christ 
 unto  her  home,  that  she  might  be  further 
 taught  and  builded  up  by  the  doctrine  of  his 
 gospel.  And  thus  it  is  prophesied  how  in 
 the  last  days  many  people  should  say,  'Come 
 and  let  us  go  up  to  the  house  of  the  God  of 
 Jacob;  and  he  will  teach  us  of  his  ways,  and 
 we  will  walk  in  his  paths,'  &c.,  Is.  ii.  2,  3; 
 Mic.  iv.  1,  2.  Of  spiced  wine,]  Wine 
 sweetened  with  a  mixture  or  confection  of 
 spices;  such  (in  the  law)  were  put  info  the 
 holy  incense  and  oil,  Ex.  xxx.  34,  35,  23, 
 25 ;  such  were  also  used  at  the  burial  of  the 
 dead,  2  Chron.  xvi.  14,  and  for  hanquetting, 
 as  this  place  showeth.  The  juice,]  Or,  the 
 neiv  liquor,  the  sweet  wine,  which  hath  the 
 name  of  treading  or  pressing  out  of  the  pome- 
 granates or  grapes.  Hereby  she  signifieth 
 that  the  word  should  not  be  fruitless  in  her, 
 but  that  she  would  honour  Christ  with  her 
 graces,  and  render  unto  him  such  fruits  of 
 faith  as  should  he  sweetened  and  spiced  with 
 his  own  Spirit  in  her,  and  wrung  out  of  her 
 by  the  same  while  she  hath  fellowship  in  his 
 afflictions.  For  when  Christ  administcreth 
 the  comforts  of  his  word  and  Spirit,  he  giveth 
 us  wine  to  diink,  Prov.  ix.  1,  5;  Is.  Iv.  1,3; 
 and  when  we  bring  forth  the  fruits  of  his 
 Spirit,  and  with  them  do  glorify  him  and 
 edify  our  brethren,  he  counteth  himself 
 refreshed  as  with  wine,  and  taketh  pleasure 
 in  his  people;  see  chap.  iv.  10;  v.  1.  This 
 juice  and  wine,  spiced  with  the  truth,  faith, 
 grace,  and  Spirit  of  the  Lord,  is  contrary  to 
 that  cup  in  the  woman's  hand  'full  of  abomi- 
 nations and  filthiness  of  her  fornication,'  the 
 heresies,  idolatries,  and  other  fruits  of  the 
 flesh,  with  which  wine  the  inhabitants  of 
 the  earth,  were  made  drunk.  Rev.  xvii.  2,  4. 
 Ver.  3. — Under  mine  head,]  Understand 
 it  prayerwise  as  before,  let  it  be  under;  or, 
 should  be  under  my  head.  The  spouse,  piivy 
 to  her  own  infirmities,  and  desirous  of 
 strength  and  comfort  from  CInist,  prayeth 
 that  she  may  be  sustained  by  him,  and  find 
 rest  to  her  soul  in  the  feeling  of  his  love, 
 whose  '  grace  is  sufficient  '  for  her,  whose 
 '  strength  is  made  perfect  in  weakness,'  2 
 Cor.  xii.  9.  See  before  in  chap.  ii.  6,  where 
 the  like  words  are  used. 
 
CHAPTER    VIII. 
 
 741 
 
 ^  Wlio  is  this  tliat  cometh  up  out  of  tlie  Avilderness,  that  leanetli 
 upon  her  beloved  ?  Under  the  apple-tree  I  stirred  up  ;  there  thy 
 motlier  painfully  brought  thee  fortli,  tliere  she  painfully  brouglit 
 forth  that  bare  thee.     ^  Set  me  as  a  seal  upon  thme  heart,  as  a 
 
 Ver.  4. — I  ADJURE  YOU,]  Or,  /  charge 
 you  by  an  oath.  The  spouse  here  enjoying 
 Christ,  desireth  the  continuance  of  his  grace, 
 and  chargeth  her  friends  that  they  should  by 
 no  means  disquiet,  provoke,  or  grieve  him; 
 as  she  had  adjured  them  twice  before,  chap, 
 ii.  7;  iii.  5.  See  the  Annot.  there.  Why 
 SHOULD  YE  STIR,]  That  is,  do  not  stir,  for  it 
 will  not  be  for  your  profit:  before  it  was  said, 
 if  ye  stir,  in  the  like  sense,  and  there  in 
 chap.  ii.  7;  iii.  5,  'the  i-oes,'  and  'hinds  of 
 the  field'  were  mentioned  which  are  not 
 here. 
 
 Ver.  5. — Who  is  this,]  This  woman. 
 This  either  implieth  the  springing  up  of  a 
 new  church,  conducted  by  Christ  through 
 the  wilderness  of  this  world :  or,  if  it  be 
 understood  of  the  formei",  it  showeth  the 
 admiration  of  the  daughters  of  Jerusalem  at 
 her  increase,  strong  faith,  patience,  holy 
 order,  &c.,  while  she  followeth  and  relieth 
 npon  Christ.  So  before  in  chap.  iii.  6.  The 
 wilderness,]  The  people  of  this  world,  out 
 of  which  the  people  of  God  are  chosen  and 
 called,  Ezek.  xx.  35;  John  xv.  19.  It  sig- 
 nifieth  also  her  former  misery,  under  perse- 
 cution, or  under  the  bondage  of  sin  and  Satan, 
 from  which  she  escapeth  by  Christ;  for  the 
 wilderness  was  a  dry  and  thirsty  land,  a  land 
 of  drought  and  of  the  shadow  of  death,  Ezek. 
 xix.  13;  Jer.  ii.  6.  That  leaneth,]  Or, 
 leaning,  cleaving  to,  adjoining,  associating 
 herself:  it  is  a  word  not  elsewhere  used  in 
 scripture,  and  is  borrowed  from  the  Arabian 
 language;  the  Gr.  translateth  it  confirming 
 or  strengthening  herself.  It  signifieth  her 
 weakness  in  herself,  unable  to  sustain  her 
 steps;  but  her  strength  in  Christ  her  beloved, 
 on  whom  she  leaneth  by  faith,  is  confirmed 
 against  all  doubts,  fears,  dangers,  difficulties, 
 temptations,  and  by  her  union  with  him  is 
 made  partaker  of  all  grace  and  comfort;  for 
 '  he  that  is  joined  to  the  Lord  is  one  spirit,' 
 1  Cor.  vi.  17;  and  is  by  him  made  perfect, 
 stablished,  strengthened,  settled,  as  1  Pet.  v. 
 10.  This  grace  is  foretold  by  the  prophet, 
 according  to  God's  first  dealing  with  Israel, 
 when  he  'put  his  Holy  Spirit'  within  his 
 people,  and  '  led  tliem  through  the  deep  as  an 
 iiorse  in  the  wilderness;  they  stumbled  not. 
 As  a  beast  goeth  down  into  the  valley,  the 
 Spirit  of  the  Lord  quietly  led  him:  so  didst 
 tnou  lead  thy  people  to  make  thyself  a  glori- 
 ous name,'  Is.  Ixiii.  11,  13,  14,  I  stirred 
 THEE  UP,]  Or,  /  raised  thee  up.     They  by 
 
 the  words  of  the  spouse  speaking  again  to  her 
 beloved,  whom  she  stirred  or  raised  up  as  out 
 of  sleep  by  her  earnest  prayers,  as  in  Ps.  xliv. 
 24,  '  Stir  up,  why  sleepest  thou.  Lord?' 
 And  they  that  give  themselves  to  prayer  are 
 said  also  to  'stir  up'  themselves,  Is.  Ixiv.  7. 
 Tills  raising  up  was  '  under  the  apple-tree,' 
 the  tree  of  life  and  grace,  whose  shadow  and 
 fruit  had  been  delightful  and  sweet  unto  her; 
 and  to  which  tree  Christ  himself  was  likened, 
 chap.  ii.  3.  So  she  by  faith  taking  hold  on 
 the  covenant  of  grace  and  promises  of  like  in 
 Christ,  called  on  his  name  in  her  sorrows, 
 and  stirred  him  up  for  her  help  and  comfort. 
 There,]  Under  the  apple-tree,  the  faith  and 
 hope  of  salvation  and  life.  Thy  mother,] 
 The  faithful  company, or  the  primitive  church, 
 who  brought  forth  Christ  into  the  world  by 
 preaching,  professing,  practising,  and  sufTer- 
 ing  for  his  gospel.  Painfully  brought 
 thee  forth,]  Travailed  of  thee  with  sorrow. 
 The  bringing  forth  of  Christ  into  the  world 
 by  the  preaching  and  witnessing  of  the  gos- 
 pel, (that  the  child  might  be  '  born  unto  us,' 
 Is.  ix.  6,)  is  set  forth  by  the  similitude  of  a 
 woman  in  her  painful  travail.  Rev.  xii.  1,  2; 
 Gal.  iv.  19.  For  as  child-birth  is  accom- 
 panied with  many  pangs  and  sorrows,  like 
 bands  that  constrain  forcibly  ;  so  is  the  bring- 
 ing forth  of  Christ  iuto  the  hearts  and  minds 
 of  men  that  they  may  believe  in  him,  per- 
 formed with  much  labour,  sorrow,  and  diffi- 
 culty ;  'In  much  patience,  in  afflictions,  in 
 necessities,  in  distresses,  in  stripes,  in  impri- 
 sonments, in  tossings  to  and  fro,  in  labours, 
 in  watchings,  in  fastings,'  &c.,  2  Cor.  vi.  4, 
 5;  iv.  8,  11.  Wherefore  the  church  signi- 
 fying her  sorrows  for  the  deliverance  and  sal- 
 vation of  her  children,  saith,  '  Like  as  a 
 woman  with  child,  that  draweth  near  the 
 time  of  her  delivery,  is  in  pain,  crieth  out 
 .in  her  pangs;  so  have  we  been  in  thy  sight, 
 O  Lord.  We  have  been  with  child,  we  have 
 been  in  pain,  we  have  as  it  were  brought 
 forth  wind  ;  we  iiave  not  wrought  any  deliv- 
 erance in  the  earth,'  &c..  Is.  xxvi.  17,  18. 
 
 Ver.  6. — Set  me,]  Or,  put  me  as  a  seal 
 upon  thine  heart.  The  spouse  desireth  of 
 Christ  assurance  and  confirmation  of  his  love 
 towards  her,  that  she  may  be  graven  as  the 
 engraving  of  a  seal  or  signet  upon  his  heart. 
 This  hath  reference  to  the  high  priest  of  old, 
 who  having  the  names  of  the  twelve  tiibes  of 
 Isiael  graven  upon  twelve  precious  stones, 
 like  the  engravings  of  a  signet  or  seal,  is  said 
 
742 
 
 SONG   OF    SONGS. 
 
 seal  upon  thine  arm  :  for  love  is  strong  as  death ;  zeal  is  hard  as 
 hell :  the  coals  thereof  are  coals  of  fire,  the  flame  of  Jah.  ^  Many 
 waters  cannot  quench  love,  neither  can  the  floods  drown  it :  if  a 
 man  would  give  all  the  substance  of  his  house  for  love ;  contemn- 
 ing they  would  contemn  it. 
 
 to  '  bear  the  names  of  the  sons  of  Israel,  in 
 the  breast-plate  of  judgment  upon  his  heart, 
 for  a  memorial  before  the  Lord  continually,' 
 Ex.  xxviii.  21,  29.  So  she  desireth  Christ 
 to  be  her  '  merciful  and  faithful  high  priest, 
 in  things  pertaining  to  God,*  Heb.  ii.  17; 
 that  he  would  have  a  continual  care  of  her 
 salvation,  mindful  of  her  liimself,  and  mak- 
 ing a  memorial  of  her  before  God  his  Father; 
 and  that  this  affection  of  love  might  not 
 vanish  away,  but  be  as  a  deep  impression  on 
 his  heart  for  ever.  For  a  seal  is  used  for  a 
 ratifying  and  confirming  that  which  is  spoken, 
 that  it  may  not  be  disannulled,  Neh.  ix.  38  ; 
 Rom.  iv.  11.  And  this  God  signified  to 
 Zenibbabel,  saying, '  I  will  set  thee  as  a  seal  ; 
 for  I  liave  chosen  thee,'  Hag.  ii.  23 ;  and 
 again  it  is  said,  'The  foundatioa  of  God 
 standeth  sure,  having  this  seal  ;  the  Lord 
 knoweth  them  that  are  his,'  2  Tim.  ii.  19. 
 A  SEAL  CPON  THINE  ARM,]  The  high  priest 
 bare  the  names  of  the  tribes  not  only  upon 
 his  heart,  but  tlie  same  names  he  also  bare 
 engraven  like  a  seal  upon  his  shoulders  before 
 the  Lord  for  a  memorial,  Ex.  xxviii.  11,12. 
 And  the  Lord  promising  the  daughter  of 
 Zion,  that  he  would  not  forget  her  to  have 
 compassion  on  her,  saith,  '  Behold,  I  have 
 graven  thee  upon  the  palms  of  my  hands;  thy 
 walls  are  continually  before  me,'  Is.  xlix.  15, 
 16.  But  as  the  heart  signifieth  inward  love, 
 so  the  arm  of  Christ  signifieth  his  outward 
 manifestation  of  love,  by  helping,  bearing,  and 
 supporting  her  in  all  her  infirmities,  through 
 his  power  ;  wherefore  it  is  said,  '  Thou 
 redeemest  thy  people  with  the  arm.'Ps.Ixxvii. 
 16;  and  'thou  hast  scattered  thine  enemies 
 with  the  arm  of  thy  strength,' Ps.  Ixxxix.  11; 
 and  unto  Jerusalem  he  saith,  '  Behold  the 
 Lord  will  come  with  strong  hand,  and  his 
 arm  shall  rule  for  him  :  he  will  feed  his  flock 
 like  a  shepherd,  he  will  gather  the  lambs  with 
 his  arms,  and  carry  them  in  his  bosom,'  Is. 
 xl.  10,  11.  Love  is  strong  as  death,]  As 
 death  is  strong,  and  overcometh  the  strongest 
 man,  Ps.  Ixxxix.  48,  so  the  love  which  I  bear 
 towards  thee,  desiring  to  be  united  unto  thee, 
 is  a  strong  affection  which  cannot  be  subdued 
 in  me  by  any  trouble  or  temptation.  Zeal,] 
 Or,  jealous  zeal,  is  love  inflamed  and  fer- 
 vent, and  is  used  sometimes  in  good  part,  as 
 John  ii.  17  ;  sometimes  in  the  evil,  called 
 bitter  zeal  or  envying.  Jam.  iii.  14  ;  so  is 
 jealousy,  2  Cor.  xi.  2.     Here  it  seemeth  to 
 
 be  meant  of  godly  zeal  or  jealousy,  wherewith 
 her  heart  was  also  affected  towards  Christ. 
 Hard  as  hell,]  Cruel,  fierce,  and  inexor- 
 able as  is  hell  itself,  that  is,  the  grave  or  state 
 of  death,  whereof  see  the  Notes  on  Gen. 
 xxxvii.  35  ;  that  as  death  and  the  grave  de- 
 voureth  all,  so  love  and  jealous  zeal  consum- 
 eth  and  eateth  up,  not  sparing  ;  for  '  the  love 
 of  Christ  constraineth,'  2  Cor.  v.  14  ;  and  the 
 zeal  for  his  glory  eateth  up  the  godly,  Ps  Ixix. 
 9.  The  coals,]  The  fiery  coals,  arrows, 
 or  Jiery  darts ;  properly  the  word  signifieth 
 that  which  flieth  and  burneth  ;  and  is  applied 
 sometimes  to  plagues  and  judgments,  Deut. 
 xxxii.  24  ;  sometimes  to  arrows,  Ps.  Ixxvi.  3  ; 
 here  to  burning  coals  or  darts  of  love,  that 
 pierce  and  inflame  tlie  heart,  and  cannot  be 
 quenched.  Flame  of  Jah,]  The  consum- 
 ing flame  of  God.  Shalhebeth-jah  noteth  a 
 vehement  or  consuming  flame  of  Jah,  the 
 Lord,  as  the  piercing  and  devouring  light- 
 ning ;  but  meaneth  the  fire  of  his  Spirit, 
 which  is  compared  unto  fire,  Mat.  iii.  11 ;  for 
 the  power  and  efficacy  thereof  in  the  hearts 
 of  the  children  of  God. 
 
 Ver.  7. — Many  waters,]  By  waters  and 
 floods  are  often  meant  afflictions,  troubles, 
 wars,  persecutions,  temptations,  wherewith 
 the  faith,  love,  and  patience  of  Christ's  peo- 
 ple are  exercised  and  tried,  Ps.  Ixix.  2  ;  Is. 
 viii.  7.  8;  lix.  19;  Dan.  ix.  26;  xi.  12. 
 So  here  is  signified  that  the  love  of  Christ 
 wherewith  the  minds  of  his  people  are  in- 
 flamed, is  such  as  cannot  be  quenclied  with 
 any  calamities.  And  thus  it  is  said,  '  Who 
 shall  separate  us  from  the  love  of  Christ? 
 shall  tribulation,  or  distress,  or  persecution, 
 or  famine,  or  nakedness,  or  peril,  or  sword  ? 
 (as  it  is  written,  for  tliy  sake  we  are  killed 
 all  the  day  long,  we  are  accounted  as  sbieep 
 of  slaughter  :)  nay,  in  all  these  things  we  are 
 more  than  conquerors  through  him  thatl  ved 
 us.  For  I  am  persuaded  that  neither  d  ath, 
 nor  life,  nor  angels,  nor  principalities,  nor 
 powers,  nor  things  present,  nor  things  to  come, 
 nor  height,  nor  depth,  nor  any  other  creature, 
 shall  be  able  to  separate  us  from  the  love  of 
 God,  which  is  in  Christ  Jesus  our  Lord,' 
 Rom.  viii.  35,  39.  All  the  substa  ce,] 
 Oi',  all  the  riches,  wealth,  as  silver,  gold  &c. 
 that  is  iu  his  house.  Contemning  they 
 WOULD  contemn  it,]  That  is,  it  would 
 utterly  or  altogether  be  contemned ;  or,  he 
 would  wholly  be  contemned.      As  tl.e  love 
 
CHAPTER    VIII. 
 
 743 
 
 *  We  have  a  little  sister,  and  she  hath  no  breasts :  what  shall  we 
 do  for  our  sister,  in  the  day  when  she  shall  be  spoken  of?  ''If  she 
 be  a  wall,  we  will  build  upon  her  a  palace  of  silver  :  and  if  she  be 
 a  door,  we  will  enclose  her  with  boards  of  cedar.  '"  I  am  a  wall, 
 and  my  breasts  as  towers  :  then  was  I  in  his  eyes  as  one  that  find- 
 eth  peace. 
 
 between  Christ  and  his  church  cannot  be 
 separated,  being  united  by  the  Holy  Spirit  ; 
 so  neither  can  love,  nor  other  graces  of  God 
 be  bought  for  money,  but  is  the  free  gift  of 
 God  bestowed  on  whom  he  pleaseth,  Acts  viii. 
 18—20;  Rom.  ix.  11—16.  So  wisdom 
 cannot  be  gotten  for  gold,  neither  shall  silver 
 be  weighed  for  the  price  thereof,  &c.,  John 
 xxviii.  15,  19;   Prov.  viii.  11,  19. 
 
 Veb.  8. — We  have  a  little  sister,] 
 The  godly  here  consult  about  a  new  church 
 arising,  whom  they  call  a  sister,  in  respect  of 
 the  unity  of  faith  ;  little  or  small,  as  being 
 young,  newly  converted,  and  nothing  popu- 
 lous ;  without  breasts,  as  having  yet  no  esta- 
 blished ministry,  (for  such  is  the  state  of  the 
 churches  in  their  beginning,  as  appeareth  by 
 Acts  xiv.  23  ;  Tit.  i.  5)  ;  so  that  her  chil- 
 dren could  not  suck  out  the  sincere  milk  of 
 the  word,  and  be  satisfied  with  the  breasts  of 
 her  consolations,  1  Pet.  ii.  2;  Is.  Ixvi.  11; 
 for  she  was  not  yet  come  to  the  estate  of 
 Israel,  whose  breasts  were  fashioned,  and  the 
 Lord  eutered  into  covenant  with  her,  and  she 
 became  his,  Ezek.  xvi.  7,  8.  When  she 
 SHALL  BE  SPOKEN  OF,]  Or,  lohevein  speech 
 shall  be  of  her  ;  when  the  fame  of  her  call- 
 ing and  conversion  shall  come  abroad,  what 
 furtherance  shall  we  yield,  to  increase,  settle, 
 stablish  her  in  the  truth.  This  showeth  the 
 duty  of  love  from  one  church  to  another,  in 
 communicating  their  graces  one  to  another, 
 and  praying  one  for  another.  See  an  ex- 
 ample in  Acts  xi.  19 — 23.  This  Heb.  phrase 
 of  speech  to  be  had  of  her,  or  in  her,  may  be 
 be  understood  two  ways,ybr  or  against  her  ; 
 for  her,  when  treaty  shall  be  of  her  espousals 
 unto  Christ ;  thus  '  David  sent  and  spake  of 
 (or  with)  Abigail,  to  take  her  to  him  to  wife, 
 1  Sam.  XXV.  39  ;  against  her,  as  'the  people 
 spake  against  God,  and  against  Moses,'  Num. 
 xxi.  5  ;  and  '  princes  spake  against  me,'  Ps. 
 cxix.  23.  For  no  sooner  do  a  people  turn  to 
 the  Lord,  but  the  v/icked  do  oppose  in  word 
 and  work.  And  thus  the  Hebs.  in  their  Chald. 
 paraphrase  expound  it  here,  "  What  shall  we 
 do  for  our  sister,  in  the  day  when  the  nations 
 shall  speak  to  go  up  against  her  unto  war  ?" 
 
 Ver.  9. — If  she  be  a  wall,]  The  answer 
 to  the  thing  proposed,  made  (as  some  think) 
 by  Christ,  to  which  the  Chald.  paraphrast 
 agreeth,  saying,  "  Michael  the  prince  of 
 Israel  will  say."     Or,    by  other  her  sister 
 
 chuithes,  desirous  to  procure  her  good.  A 
 WALL,]  That  is,  strong  and  well  grounded  in 
 the  truth,  and  so  become  a  city,  which  is 
 often  described  by  walls,  gates,  bars,  &c.,  2 
 Chron.  viii.  5  ;  xiv.  7  ;  Rev.  xxi.  12. 
 Spiritually  it  meaneth  her  faith  and  hope  of 
 salvation  in  Christ,  grounded  on  the  doctrine 
 of  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel,  and  twelve 
 apostles  of  Christ,  Rev.  xxi.  14,  19  ;  as, 
 '  Thou  shalt  call  thy  walls  salvation,'  Is.  Ixvi. 
 18  ;  and  '  we  have  a  strong  city,  salvation 
 will  God  appoint  for  wall  and  bulwarks,'  Is. 
 >.xvi.  1.  Moreover,  when  God  signified  the 
 strength  and  courage  of  his  prophet  against 
 their  enemies,  he  saith,  '  I  will  make  thee 
 unto  this  people  a  fenced  brazen  wall  ;  and 
 they  shall  fight  against  thee,  but  shall  not 
 prevail,'  Jer.  xv.  20.  We  will  build,] 
 Here  by  we,  may  be  implied  the  Trinity  in 
 the  Godhead,  as  Gen.  i.  26  ;  Song  i.  11 ;  or, 
 we  may  mean  Christ  inwardly  and  effectually 
 by  his  grace,  and  his  people  (her  sister)  out- 
 wardly and  ministerially  by  the  word  of  the 
 gospel.  A  PALACE,]  Or,  a  castle,  a  tower, 
 a  fair  and  orderly  building;  such  as  were 
 wont  oft-times  to  be  set  on  strong  walls  of 
 cities  ;  and  this  being  of  silver,  noteth  the 
 purity,  excellency,  and  durableness  of  this 
 palace,  adorned  with  the  graces  of  God's 
 word  and  Spirit,  that  so  she  might  be  builded 
 'for  an  habitation  of  God  through  the  Spirit,' 
 Eph.  ii.  22  ;  and  be  able  to  resist  the  forces 
 of  her  enemies.  And  if  she  be  a  door,] 
 If  she  go  forward  in  the  faith  and  practice  of 
 the  gospel,  that  she  be  not  only  built  up  as  a 
 wall,  but  as  a  gate  and  door,  fully  edified  ;  as 
 at  the  repairing  of  Jerusalem,  when  they 
 sanctified  the  gates,  and  set  up  the  doors  of 
 it,  Nell.  iii. ;  which  gates,  doors,  bars,  &c., 
 were  for  the  safeguard  of  the  inhabitants,  and 
 showed  their  care  to  resist  and  keep  out  the 
 enemies,  (as  appeareth  by  the  contrary  in  Jer. 
 xlix.  31);  as  also  to  'open,  that  the  righte- 
 ous nation  which  keepeth  the  truth  may  enter 
 in,'  Is.  xxvi.  2;  Ps.  cxviii.  20.  Therefore 
 angels  are  at  the  gates  of  the  heavenly  city, 
 to  conduct  God's  people  into  it,  Rev.  xxi. 
 12,  27  :  xxii.  14.  We  will  inclose  her,] 
 Or,  we  ivill  fence  her  about  with  hoards  of 
 cedar,  which  is  fair,  strong,  durable,  and  of 
 sweet  savour.  Of  such  the  temple  was 
 builded,  1  Kings  vi.  15,  18. 
 
 Ver.  10. — I  AM  A  wall,]  Or,  /  became 
 
744 
 
 SONG   OF    SONGS. 
 
 "  Solomon  had  a  vineyard  in  Baalhamon;  lie  gave  the  vineyard 
 to  keepers,  every  man  shall  bring  for  tlie  fruit  tliereof,  a  thousand 
 (shekels)  of  silver.  '-  My  vineyard  which  is  mine,  is  before  me : 
 the  thousands  to  thee,  O  Solomon ;  and  two  livnidred  to  those  that 
 keep  the  fruits  thereof. 
 
 a  wall;  that  is,  I  grew  up  and  waxed  strong 
 in  the  faith  and  love  of  Christ.  The  little 
 sister  showeth  her  readiness  to  receive  and 
 increase  in  the  doctrine  of  the  gospel.  My 
 BREASTS  AS  TOWERS,]  My  breasts  are  fashion- 
 ed, Ezek.  xvi.  7  ;  the  ministry  of  the  word 
 established  in  me,  to  nourish  upchildren  unto 
 Clnist.  The  similitude  of  towers  noteth  also 
 the  strength,  power,  and  glory  of  the  admin- 
 istration of  the  gospel ;  and  the  open  preach- 
 ing of  it  out  of  pulpits  or  high  places,  that  all 
 may  hear.  For  migdal,  a  lower,  is  used  for 
 a  pulpit,  in  Neh.  viii.  4.  In  his  eyes,]  In 
 Christ's  sight.  Findeth  peace,]  We  all  in 
 our  natural  corruption  are  enemies  to  God, 
 Rom.  V.  10;  but,  'being  justified  by  faith, 
 we  have  peace  with  God  through  our  Lord 
 Jesus  Christ,'  Rom.  v.  1  ;  for  '  the  work  of 
 righteousness  is  peace,  and  the  effect  of 
 righteousness,  quietness  and  assurance  for 
 ever,' Is.  xxxii.  17;  and  this  peace  is  enjoyed 
 by  the  Holy  Spirit,  Rom.  viii.  6,  9;  and  it 
 is  opposed  to  all  the  troubles,  temptations, 
 persecutions,  and  afflictions  in  this  life  and 
 world,  John  xvi.  .33  ;  and  is  that  which 
 guardeth  'our  hearts  and  minds,  through 
 Christ  Jesus,'  Phil.  iv.  7. 
 
 Ver.  11 Solomon  had  a   vineyard, 
 
 &c.]  These  words  maybe  understood  as  spoken 
 by  Christ,  or  by  his  spouse.  If  by  Christ, 
 then  it  is  a  comparison  between  Solomon 
 with  his  vineyard,  and  Christ  with  his.  That 
 Solomon  (as  his  father  David,  1  Chron.  xxvii. 
 27)  could  not  himself  look  to  his  vineyards, 
 but  appointed  officers  to  look  unto  them,  who 
 yielded  him  a  yearly  tribute,  and  had  them- 
 selves a  part  of  the  profit  for  their  labours  ; 
 but  Christ  (who  is  always  with  his  church, 
 Mat.  xxviil.  20,  and  '  walketh  in  the  midst 
 of  the  seveii  golden  candlesticks,"  Rev.  ii.  1) 
 looketh  to  his  vineyard  himself,  that  unto  him 
 all  the  fruitand  benefit  thereof  alonebelongeth. 
 If  it  be  spoken  by  his  spouse,  which  I  rather 
 incline  to,  then  it  showeth  a  greater  care  and 
 diligence  in  her  now  than  in  former  times, 
 when  she  confessed  that  she  kept  not  the 
 vineyard  which  was  hers;  that  is,  which  was 
 committed  to  her  custody,  chap.  i.  6.  So  by 
 Solmnon  she  meaneth  Christ ;  by  the  vine- 
 yard, his  church  in  general  ;  for  the  house  of 
 Israel  was  the  Lord's  vineyard.  Is.  v.  7. 
 Baalhamon,]  That  is,  by  interpretation, 
 the  master  or  oivner  of  a  multitude;  mean- 
 ing hereby,  either  the  world,  among  the  mul- 
 
 titudes whereof  Christ  hath  his  church  ;  or, 
 in  respect  of  the  much  fruit  which  it  yielded 
 unto  God,  or  should  yield,  being  situate  in  a 
 fertile  place,  which  he  had  blessed  with  his 
 grace.  Such  as  in  Is.  v.  1,  is  called  'the 
 horn  of  the  son  of  oil,'  that  is,  a  very  fruitful 
 hill.  He  gave  the  vineyard,]  That  is,  he 
 let  it  out  i>i/arm  ;  as  it  is  said,  '  There  was 
 a  certain  houstholder,  which  planted  a  vine- 
 yard, &c.,  and  let  it  out  to  husbandmen,  and 
 went  into  a  far  country,'  Mat.  xxi.  33.  Thus 
 the  apostle  saith  to  tiie  church  of  Corinth, 
 '  We  are  labourers  together  to  God  ;  ye  are 
 God's  husbandry,'  1  Cor.  iii.  9.  A  thou- 
 sand SHEKELS  OF  SILVER,]  Or,  «  thousand 
 silverlings,  meaning  silver  shekels;  signify- 
 ing hereby  the  great  fei  tility  of  this  vineyard, 
 that  afl"orded  so  much  to  the  owner,  besides 
 the  labourers'  reward.  So  in  Is.  vii.  23,' 
 threatening  to  make  the  most  fruitful  place 
 desolate,  he  saith,'  Where  there  were  a  thou- 
 sand vines,  at  a  thousand  silverlings  (or  silver 
 shekels),  it  shall  be  for  briars  and  thorns.' 
 
 Ver.  12. — My  vineyard  which  is  mine,] 
 That  is,  understanding  it  to  be  spoken  by  the 
 spouse,  as  in  chap.  i.  0,  which  is  committed 
 to  my  care  and  keeping.  Is  before  me,] 
 That  is,  I  always  look  unto  it,  caie  for  it, 
 and  am  diligent  to  manure  and  dress  it.  As, 
 '  all  his  judgments  were  before  me,  and  his 
 statutes  I  departed  not  from  them,'  2  Sam. 
 xxii.  23.  To  thee,  O  Solomon,]  That  is, 
 thou  shalt  have  thy  full  due  for  the  fruit  of 
 thy  vineyard,  which  is  one  thousand  silver- 
 lings, ver.  1 1.  See  Mat.  xxi.  41.  Two 
 hundred  to  those  that  keep  the  fruit,] 
 That  is,  thy  labourers  shall  receive  also 
 according  to  the  agreement,  every  one  for 
 his  works.  See  Mat.  xx.  1,  2,  &c.  So  the 
 apostle  saith,  '  Every  man  shall  receive  his 
 own  reward,  according  to  his  own  labour,'  1 
 Cor.  iii.  8. 
 
 Ver.  13. — Thou  that  dwellest,]  Or, 
 0  inhabitress.  Christ  speaketh  to  his  spouse 
 dwelling  in  the  gardens,  that  is,  in  the 
 churches ;  teaching  her  continual  duty,  both 
 to  her  neighbours,  in  constant  witnessing  of 
 the  truth;  and  to  himself,  in  prayer  and 
 thanksgiving.  The  companions  attend- 
 ing,] Or,  do  attend  to  thy  voice.  By  com- 
 panions, he  seemeth  to  mean  her  fellow 
 Christians,  partakers  of  the  same  faith,  and 
 Spirit,  and  grace,  2  Pet.  i.  1.  By  voice,  he 
 understandeth    the  doctrine  of  the  church, 
 
CHAPTER    VIII. 
 
 745 
 
 '^Thou  that  dwellest  in  the  gardens,  the  companions  attending 
 to  thy  voice  cause  thou  me  to  hear. 
 
 '*Flee  my  beloved,  and  be  thou  like  to  a  roe,  or  to  a  fawn  of  the 
 harts,  upon  tlie  mountains  of  spices. 
 
 whereunto  all  ought  to  attend.  Cause  thou 
 ME  TO  HEAR,]  To  wit,  thy  voice;  as  he  ex- 
 pressed before,  in  chap.  ii.  14,  '  Let  me  hear 
 thy  voice;'  that  is,  thy  prayers,  praises,  and 
 thanksgivings  ;  teaching  her  to  call  upon  and 
 to  serve  him  continually.  Or,  cause  to  hear 
 me,  that  is,  preach  me  to  thy  companions  that 
 attend  to  thy  voice  ;  let  thy  doctrines  be  my 
 gospel,  not  men's  traditions.  These  are  the 
 two  main  and  permanent  duties  of  all  God's 
 churches  ;  that  their  doctrine  be  the  true  and 
 incorrupt  word  of  Christ ;  and  their  prayers 
 and  service  be  directed  to  him  alone,  who  is 
 ready  to  hear  and  help  in  all  time  of  need. 
 To  these  two,  prayer  and  the  ministry  of  the 
 word,  the  apostles  gave  themselves  continu- 
 ally, Acts  vi.  4. 
 
 Ver.    14.' — Flee    my    beloved,]    The 
 prayer  of  the  spouse  unto  Christ,  desiring  the 
 end  of  his  kingdom  in  this  world,  where  he 
 with  his  people  are  persecuted  and  afflicted  ; 
 and  the  translating  thereof  into  the  highest 
 heavens.      For  Christ  now  reigneth  in  the 
 midst  of  his  enemies,  Ps.  ex.  2,  and  so  must 
 reign,  till  he  hath  put  all  his  enemies  under 
 his  feet ;   and  at  the  end  he  shall  deliver  up 
 the  kingdom  to  God,  even  the  Father,  1  Cor. 
 XV.  24,  25.     Then  the  dead  in  Christ  arising 
 first,  they  also  that  live  and  remain,  shall  be 
 caught  up  together  with  them  in  the  clouds, 
 to  meet  the  Lord  in  the  air;  and  so  shall  we 
 ever  be  with  the  Lord,  1  Thess.  iv.  16,  17. 
 This  day  she  desireth  with  speed  ;  for  though 
 it  be  usually  called   the  day  of  Christ's  com- 
 ing or  appearing,  yet   because   he   shall  not 
 come  here  to  remain,  but  to  carry  his  elect 
 away  out  of  this  world,   she   useth  the  word 
 9   flee,  or  depai't  away.     The   Htbs.  in  their 
 /    Chald.  paraphrast,  tliough  they  apply  not  this 
 i     to  the  end  of  the  world,  yet  so  speak  as  be- 
 I     lieving  that  Christ  should  ascend  into  heaven, 
 »     and  from  thence  succour  his  church  on  earth. 
 
 saying,  "  At  that  time  shall  the  elders  of  the 
 congregation  of  Israel  say,  Flee  thou,  O  my 
 beloved,  the  Lord  of  the  world,  from  this 
 unclean  earth,  and  let  thy  Majesty  dwell  in 
 the  highest  heavens  ;  and  in  time  of  tribula- 
 tion when  we  shall  pray  before  thee,  be  like  a 
 roe,  &c.,  or  like  a  fawn  of  the  harts,  whicli 
 when  it  fleeth  looketh  behind  it  ;  so  look  thou 
 upon  us,  and  have  respect  to  our  tribulation 
 and  our  affliction  from  the  highest  heavens, 
 until  the  time  that  thou  shalt  take  pleasure  in 
 us,  and  redeem  us,  and  bring  us  unto  the 
 mountain  of  Jerusalem  ;  and  there  the  priests 
 shall  burn  before  thee  the  incense  of  sweet 
 spices."  Be  thou  like,]  Or,  liken  {resem- 
 ble) thyself  to  a  roe ;  that  is,  be  swift  and 
 make  haste  to  flee  away.  See  the  Notes  on 
 chap.  ii.  9,  17.  Fawn  of  the  harts,]  That 
 is,  a  young  hart.  On  the  mountains  of 
 spices,]  This  referred  to  the  roe  or  hart, 
 showeth  that  they  used  to  flee  for  their  suc- 
 cour to  mountains  where  spices  grew  ;  as  in 
 chap.  ii.  17,  she  mentioned  '  the  mountains  of 
 Bether.  Or,  referring  it  to  Christ  himself, 
 it  may  mean  the  very  heavens,  called  moun- 
 tains  of  spices  for  the  height  and  pleasures 
 which  are  there  at  the  right  hand  of  God  for 
 ever.  And  it  may  be  interpreted,  '  O  thou 
 that  art  on  the  mountains  of  spices,'  that  is, 
 in  heaven ;  as,  '  Hosanna  in  the  highest,' 
 Mat.  xxi.  9  ;  that  is,  thou  which  art  in  the 
 highest  heavens.  Thus  as  tliis  Song  began 
 with  desire  of  Christ's  first  coming  to  kiss 
 her  with  '  the  kisses  of  his  mouth,'  by  preach- 
 ing his  gospel  ;  so  it  endeth  with  desire  of 
 his  second  coming,  to  remove  his  church  out 
 of  all  misery  into  the  place  of  endless  and 
 incomprehensible  glory:  'And  the  Spirit  and 
 the  bride  say.  Come  ;  and  let  him  that  hear 
 eth,  say.  Come  ;  and  Christ  himself  saith. 
 Surely  I  come  quickly.  Amen.  Even  so, 
 Come,  Lord  Jesus,*  Rev.  xxii.  17,  20. 
 
 Vol.  IL 
 
 GI-AsUUW  ;     W.  G.   BLACKIE  AND  CO.,  PRINTERS. 
 
NEW  WORKS  AND  NEW  EDITIONS 
 
 PUBLISHED  BY 
 
 GLASGOW,   EDINBURGH,  AND   LONDON. 
 
 To  be  completed  in  about  Twenty-slv  Farts,  ^s.  Gd.  each. 
 
 THE     IMPERIAL    DICTIONARY, 
 
 ENGLISH,  TECHNOlOGICAl,  AND  SCIENTIFIC. 
 
 Adapted  to  the  Present  State  of  Literatiire,  Science,  and  Art,  on  the  Basis  of  Webster's  Enqlisii 
 Dictionary  ;  with  tlie  addition  of  many  Tliousand  AVords  and  Phrases  from  the  other  Standard 
 Dictionaries  and  Encyclopedias,  and  from  numerous  other  sources ;  comprising  all  "Wouds  pusely 
 English,  and  the  principal  and  most  generally  used  Technical  and  Scientific  Terms,  together  with 
 their  Etymologies,  and  their  Pronunciation,  according  to  the  best  authorities. 
 
 Illnstratclr  fia  about  ffiiDo  Cfjoussntr  iSngrabings  on  SSSIootr. 
 
 For  a  nuinher  of  years  past,  a  great  revolution  has  been  going  on  in  the  English  Language.  The 
 rapid  strides  made  in  numerous  departments  of  inquiry,  the  more  extensive  application  of  science  to 
 
 the  various  branches  of  industry,  the  popularization  of  knowledge,  and  its  diffusion  among  the  masses 
 of  tlie  people,  have  all  contributed  to  bring  about  tliis  result,  by  adding  new  significations  tofamihar 
 words,  and  by  introducing  into  our  language  a  host  of  terms  newly  called  into  existence. 
 
 Besides  the  introduction  of  new  words,  the  extensive  applications  of  science  have  ^ven  rise  to  the 
 familiar  use,  in  ordinary  literary  and  non-scientific  works,  of  many  words  which  were  formerly  only  to 
 be  met  with  in  works  of  a  purely  scientific  character.  The  ordinary  reader  must  remain  in  utter 
 ignorance  of  the  meaning  of  many  of  these  terms,  imless  he  be  possessed  of  a  library  of  Dictionaries 
 of  llie  various  departments  of  human  knowledge,  and  even  with  that  advantage  he  will  be  frequently 
 at  fault,  there  being  many  terms  hitherto  uncatalogued. 
 
 Tliis  revolution  which  is  taking  place  in  the  language,  led  to  the  projection  of  "  The  Imperial 
 Dictionary,"  which  is  intended  to  supply  a  desideratum  at  present  much  felt  by  the  reading 
 community,  namely,  a  Word-Boox,  coutainiug  all  the  terms  commonly  in  use.  Generally  speaking, 
 "The  Imperial  Dictionary"  aims  at  containing  allpurely  English  words,  and  all  words  not  Eng- 
 lish in  ordinary  use,  together  with  the  principal  technical  and  scientific  terms,  and  such  as  ai-e  to 
 be  met  with  in  works  not  purely  scientific.  It  •niU  thus  contain  many  thousand  words  not  usually 
 found  in  Dictionaries,  including  many  Foreign  Terms  fi-equently  met  with  in  the  works  of  EngUsh 
 authors. 
 
 The  Scientific  Terms  have  been  revised  by  mdi\'iduals  of  liigh  standing  in  various  departments  of 
 science  and  ait,  and  where  a  sufficiently  clear  explanation  of  a  term  could  not  be  conveyed  in  words, 
 an  illustrative  diagram  or  wood-cut  has  been  given. 
 
 *^*  See  Literary  and  other  opinions  of  this  Work  in  Part  I. 
 
 Complete  in  Tioenty  Farts,  \s.  each. 
 
 IllusfrattU  toftf)  fTtocntu  i3ortrafts. 
 
 THE    POPES    OF    ROME, 
 
 THEIR  CnURCn  A^D  STATE  IN  THE  SIXTEENTH  AND  SEVENTEENTH  CENTURIES. 
 
 By  LEOPOLD  KANKE, 
 
 Professor  Extraordinary  of  History  in  the  University  of  Berlin. 
 
 Translated  from  the  last  German  edition ;  with  numerous  Notes,  by  D.  D.  Scott,  Esq.;  and  an 
 
 Introductory  Essay,  by  the  Ker.  J.  H.  Merle  D'Aubigne,  D.D. 
 Ti'anslations  of  the  Author's  Notes,  and  the  whole  of  the  Original  Documents  appended  to  the 
 work,  are  given  in  this  edition. 
 One  of  the  most  valuable  contributions  that  have  been  made  to  history  within  the  current  century.— .VonWZy  Mag. 
 
 Small  Seo.  Price  ^s.  Cd. 
 THE 
 
 RISE  &  PROGRESS  OF    LITERATURE, 
 
 ANCIENT  AND   MODERN. 
 
 By  sir  DANIEL  K.  SANDFORD,  D.C.L.,  Professor  of  Greek  in  the  University  of  Glasgow. 
 
 This  fonns  one  of  the  series  of  Essays  on  Literature,  Science,  and  Art,  prefixed  to  the  Popular 
 Encyclopedia. 
 
WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 
 
 In  one  Magmficeyit  Voluvie,  Morocco  embossed,  pnce  £6  10^. ;  or  in  Thirty-eight  Parts,  2*.  &d.  each, 
 
 THE   IMPERIAL   FAMILY   BIBLE; 
 
 Containing  the  Old  and  New  Testaments,  according  to  the  most  eoiTect  copies  of  the  Authorized 
 Version.  With  many  thousand  Critical,  Explanatoiy,  and  Practical  Notes.  Also,  Eeferences,  Read- 
 ings, Clironological  Tables,  and  Indexes. 
 
 ILLUSTRATED  BY 
 
 ^  SUPERB  SERIES  OF  ENGRAVmCS,  FROM  THE  OLD  MASTERS, 
 
 AND  FROM  ORIGINAL  DESIGNS,  BY  JOHN  MARTIN,  K.L. 
 A  noble  and  beautiful  edition  of  the  Sacred  Volume.    No  copy  has  ever  been  placed  before  us  diBtinguished  by  60 
 many  excellencies.—^  rt  Union. 
 
 Two  Vohimes,  8i-o,  Zos. ;  or  in  Twenty-for.r  Parts,  \s.  each, 
 
 HISTORY  OF  THE   REFORMATION 
 
 ra  THE  SIXTEENTH  CENTURY. 
 
 Ti-anslated  from  the  French  with  Notes,  by  David  Dundas  Scott,  Esq. 
 
 Elliistralrli  h)tt5  iiuiucroitc  19oitrait6. 
 
 Tlie  FOURTH  VOLUME  of  the  Original,  from  the  Authorized  Translation  (forming  the  Third 
 Volume  of  this  edition),  witli  numerous  important  Notes,  and  Five  Portraits,  is  now  pubhshing  in 
 Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 ALSO,  THE  SAME  WORK, 
 
 THE   ElVfERALD   EDITION. 
 
 THE  FOUR  VOLS.  COMPLETE,  SEWED,  6s.;  BOUND  IN  CLOTH,  6s. 
 
 To  he  completed  in  Twenty  Parts,  'is.  Gd.  each, 
 
 ITALY, 
 
 CLASSICAL,  HISTORICAL,  AND  PICTURESQUE. 
 
 ILLUSTRATED  IN  A  SERIES  OF  VIEWS  FROM  DRAWINGS 
 By  Stanfield,  R.A..  Roberts,  R.A.,  Harding,  Prout,  LEiTcn,  Brockbdon,  Barnard,  kr.  &c 
 With  DESCRirTiONS  of  the  Scenes.    Preceded  by  an  Introductort  Es.sat,  developing  the  Recent 
 History  and  Present  Condition  of  Italy  and  the  Itanaus.    By  Camillo  Mai'EI,  D.D.,  formerly  Canon 
 of  the  Cathedral  of  Penne,  and  Graduate  of  the  College  San  Apollinare  in  Rome. 
 
 To  he  completed  in  ahonl  Twenfy-s'x    Parts,  imperial  4lo,  Zs.  Gd.  each, 
 THE 
 
 ENGINEER  &  MACHINISTS  ASSISTANT. 
 
 BEING 
 
 A  Series  of  Plans,  Sections,  and  Elevations  of  Steam  Engines,  Spinning  Macliines,  Mills  for  Grinding, 
 Tools,  &c.,  taken  fi-om  Machines  of  the  most  approved  constiiiction  at  present  in  operation ;  -nith  Descrip- 
 tions and  Instructions  for  Drawing  Machinery.  Also,  Essays  on  various  departments  of  Macliinery. 
 %*  This  Work  has  been  already  jMtronised  by  a  large  number  of  the  most  eminent  Engineers  and  Ma- 
 chinists of  Great  Britain,  and  loill  befonnd  very  valuable  to  all  classes  engaged  in  the  Mechanical  Arts 
 
 Complete  in  14  Half  Vols.  lis.  each,  or  28  Divisions,  Zs.  each. 
 
 THE   POPULAR   ENCYCLOPEDIA, 
 
 Or,  CONYEESATIONS  LEXICON. 
 
 Being  a  General  Dictionary  of  Ai'ts,  Sciences,  Literatiu-e,  Biography,  History,  Ethics,  and  Political 
 Economy;  ^vith  Dissertations  on  the  Progress  of  Science,  Literature,  and  the  Fine  Ai'ts,  by  Thomas 
 Thomson,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  &c.,  Regius  Professor  of  Chemistry,  University  of  Glasgow;  Sir  Daniel  K. 
 Sandfobd,  D.C.L,,  Professor  of  Greek,  University  of  Glasgow;  and  Allan  Cunningham,  Esq. 
 autlior  of-"  Lives  of  British  Painters,"  &c. 
 
 ILLUSTRATED  BY  MANY  HUNDRED  PLANS  AND  DIAGRAMS. 
 
 This  celebrated  work  is  one  of  the  best  Encyclopedi: 
 For  a  book  of  reference,  we  know  of  none  equal  to  i 
 This  work  has  solid,  lasting  merit. — TaWs  Magazin 
 
BLACKIE  AND  SON,  GLASGOW. 
 
 Aikman. — History  of  Scotland; 
 
 From  the  Earliest  Period,  to  the  Regency  of  the  Earl  of  Moray.    By  George  Bu- 
 chanan.   With  Notes,  and  a  Continuation  to  1792,  by  James  Airman,  Esq.    With 
 26  Portrait  and  Landscape  lilustratious.     6  Vols.  8vo,  £2  14s.;  or  in  51  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 This  is  the  only  work  embracing  the  entire  range  of  Scottish  history  from  the  earliest 
 times  to  the  end  of  last  century. 
 
 Ainsworth. — Annotations  on  the  Pentateuch, 
 
 Or  the  FIVE  BOOKS  of  MOSES;  the  PSALMS  of  DAVID;  and  SONG  of  SOLO- 
 MON.   By  Henry  Ainsworth.    In  22  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 f  ciir  Puritan  fathers  have  bequeathed  U9,  and  is  not  sup- 
 leclio  Jieview. 
 
 Andrew. — Cyclopedia    of    Domestic    Medicine    and 
 
 SURGERY;  being  an  Alphabetical  Account  of  the  various  Diseases  incident  to  the 
 Human  Frame;  with  Durections  for  their  Treatment,  and  for  performing  the  more  simple 
 Operations  of  Surgery;  also,  Instructions  for  Administering  the  various  Substances  used 
 ia  Medicine ;  for  the  Regulation  of  Diet  and  Regimen ;  and  the  Management  of  the 
 Diseases  of  Women  and  Children.  By  Thomas  Andrew,  M.D.  Illustrated  with  En- 
 gravings on  Wood  and  Steel.    In  17  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 Of  much  utility  as  a  ready  and  simple  guide  in  medical  practice.— Zi'ecrpooZ  Courier. 
 
 We  strongly  recommend  this  work  to  all  who  are  entrusted  with  the  management  of  a  taxnWj.— Bristol  Times. 
 
 Baird. — Religion  in  the  United  States  of  America; 
 
 Or,  An  Account  of  the  Origin,  Progress,  Relations  to  the  State,  and  Present  Condition 
 of  the  Evangelical  Churches  in  the  United  States;  with  Notices  of  the  Unevangelical 
 Denominations.    By  the  Rev.  Robert  Baird,  D.D.    With  Maps.    In  10  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 He  has  laboured  to  produce  a  volume  of  permanent  value  to  the  Christian  Church ;  and  we  are  happy  to  say  that  hid 
 success  has  been  equal  to  his  wishes. — Evangelical  Matiazine. 
 
 The  publicatiou  is  at  this  moment  peculiarly  seasonable.  —Baptist  Magazine. 
 
 Barnes. — Notes  on  the  New  Testament. 
 
 Illustrated  and  Jnnotated  Edition.  Matthkw  to  Hkbrkws.  With  numerous  additional  Notes, 
 Maps,  and  beautiful  EngTavuigs  of  Scenery  identified  wth  Scripture,  fi'om  Origiual  Drawings  by 
 W.  L.  Leitcii.    Post  8vo,  cloth,  9  Vols.,  3s.  each ;  or  in  25  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 Barnes. — Notes  on  the  Old  Testament. 
 
 Job,  with  Prefatoi-y  Introduction  by  the  Eilitor  of  the  Notes  on  the  Epistles,  in  3  Vols.    Illus- 
 trated with  Eu^raviags.    Price  63.    Isaiah,  in  2  Vols.,  Re\dsed  and  LUustrated,  in  the  Press. 
 This  Edition  of  Barnes'  Notes  is  recommeuded  as  superior  to  all  others  by  the  follo\ving  among 
 other  Ministers  :- 
 
 Rev.  Jamks  Hamilton,  London. 
 Rev.  Dr.  Pim  S-mith.  Homerton  Collei 
 Rev.  RoBT.PHiLip.Dalston,  nearLondon 
 Rev.  Dr.  Thos.Beoivn,  Glasgow 
 
 Prof.  N.  JI'MiCHAEL,  Dunfermline. 
 Rev.  Dr.  HcTHERiNOTON,  St.  Andrews. 
 Rev.  Wii.i.iAM  BnocK,  Norwich. 
 Rev.  Dr.  HE.vDERSox,Highbury,London, 
 
 Barnes. — Questions  on  the  New  Testament. 
 
 Designed  for  Bible  Classes  and  Sunday  Schools.    Part  I.  Matthew— Mark.    Pai-t  II.  Luke— John. 
 Part  III.  Acts.    Price  9d.  each.    Komans,  6d.    Or  in  one  Vol.  Cloth,  3s. 
 This  \y\X\  be  found  an  admirable  manual  for  Sunday  School  Teachers  and  Heads  of  Families. 
 
 Baxter. — The   Select   Practical   Works   of  Richard 
 
 BAXTER,  including  the  whole  of  his  Treatises  on  Conversion;  The  Divine  Life;  Dying 
 Thoughts;  and  the  Saints'  Everlasting  Rest.  Carefully  Revised,  and  preceded  by  a 
 Memoir  of  the  Author,  and  Portrait.    In  12  Parts,  2s.  each. 
 
 Mr.  Wilberforce,  bearing  testimony  to  the  excellence  of  Mr.  Baxter's  writings,  says— "With  liis  controversial  writ- 
 ings, I  am  little  acquainted;  but  his  practical  writings  are  a  treasury  of  Christian  wisdom.  It  would  be  a  most  valuable 
 service  to  manUind,  to  revise  them,  to  render  them  suitable  to  the  taste  of  modern  readers." 
 
 Baxter. — The  Saints'  Everlasting  Rest; 
 
 The  Divine  Life  ;  and  Dying  Thoughts  ;  a  Call  to  the  Unconverted;  and  Now  or  Never. 
 By  Richard  Baxter.  Carefully  revised,  and  preceded  by  a  Memoir  of  the  Author, 
 21  Nos.,  6d.  each. 
 
 Bible. — Brown's  Self-Interpreting  Bible. 
 
 To  this  Edition  are  annexed.  Two  Thousand  Critical  and  Explanatory  Notes,  numerous 
 References  and  Readings  ;  also,  a  Memoir  of  the  Author,  by  his  Grandson ;  and  a  com- 
 plete Index  and  concise  Dictionary,  by  the  Rev.  John  Barr,  Glasgow.  With  Historical 
 and  Landscape  Illustrations,  Family  Register,  &c.     Complete  in  32  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 gible. See  HAWEIS. 
 
 Bible. — The  Imperial  Family  Bible ;    see  page  2. 
 
WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 
 
 Bible. — Brown's  Self-Interpreting  Bible  (Cooke's). 
 
 With  an  Introduction,  copious  Marginal  References,  and  Notes  Explanatory  and  Practical 
 With  several  thousand  additional  Notes,  explaining  difficult  texts,  and  reconciling  seeming 
 contradictions,  by  the  Rev.  Henry  Cooke,  D.D.,  LL.D.,  Belfast.  Illustrated  with 
 Engravings.     Complete  in  22  Parts,  royal  4to,  2s.  each. 
 
 Dr.  C.  in  hi3  preface  says,  "  As  the  chief  means  adopted  by  those  who  '  lie  in  wait  to  deceive,'  is  the  allegation  of  inex- 
 plicable difficulties  and  irreconcilable  contradictions,  so,  in  tho  following  Notes,  I  have  chi^-fly  laboured  to  resolve  the 
 alleged  difficulties,  and  reconcile  the  apparent  contradictions  of  the  Divine  Word.  That,  in  this  attempt,  I  have  always 
 been  successful,  I  do  not  mean  to  insinuate ;  but  I  can  say  with  all  sincerity,  that,  so  far  as  my  purpose  was,  and  n-s 
 memory  serves,  I  am  not  aware  that  I  have  passed  over  any  thin^  that  appeared  a  real  diiKculty,  or  had  ever  been  alleged 
 as  a  serious  contradiction,  without,  at  least,  atteraptinj?  the  solution  of  the  one,  or  the  reconciliation  of  the  other.  Th.it 
 instances  of  both  may  have  been  overlooked,  I  can  scarcely  doubt;  but  wherever  sueii  oversight  may  have  occurred,  1 
 can  truly  say  it  was  not  intentional." 
 
 Bible.— The  Illustrated  Pocket  Bible ; 
 
 containing  the  Old  and  New  Testaments,  according  to  the  authorized  version. 
 With  nearly  9000  Critical  and  Explanatory  Notes,  and  80,000  References  and  Readings. 
 Embellished  by  25  exquisite  Engravings,  from  the  Ancient  and  Modern  Masters,  ami 
 5  Maps,  including  the  recent  discoveries  and  corrections  of  Robinson  and  others.  Com- 
 plete in  26  Nos.  6d.  each. 
 
 For  Companion  Volume  see  COMilON  PRA.YER. 
 
 Book  of  Scottish  Song ; 
 
 A  Collection  of  the  Best  and  most  Approved  Songs  of  Scotland,  Ancient  and  Modern ; 
 with  Critical  and  Historical  Notices  regarding  them  and  their  authors,  and  an  Essay  on 
 Scottish  Song.  With  Engraved  Frontispiece  and  Title.  In  16  Nos.  6d.  each ;  or  hand- 
 somely bound  in  cloth,  gdt  edges,  9s.    Morocco  elegant,  lis. 
 
 The  work  is  quite  a  pQTn.—Fifeshire  Journal. 
 
 Laden  with  the  choicest  productions  of  the  Scottish  lyrical  writers  in  ancient  and  modern  times.— Ca!.  Here. 
 
 For  variety,  elegance,  and  choice  of  select  and  original  pieces,  it  has  no  equal.— ifcimSHrsrft  ^doertisor. 
 
 Book  of  Scottish  Ballads ; 
 
 A  Comprehensive  Collection  of  the  Ballads  of  Scotland,  with  Numerous  Illustrative 
 Notes,  by  the  Editor  of  "  The  Book  of  Scottish  Song."  With  Engraved  Frontispiece  and 
 Title.  In  15  Nos.  6d.  each  ;  or  handsomely  bound  in  cloth,  93.  Morocco  elegant,  lis. 
 •The  Book  of  Scottish  Ballads"  embraces  the  whole  of  Scott's  Minstrelsy  of  the  Scottish 
 Border,  the  whole  of  Jamieson's  Northern  Ballads,  the  most  of  Motherwell's  Ballads, 
 and  many  others  within  its  absorbing  pages  ;  it  also  embraces  the  best  modern  imitations 
 of  the  olden  ballad. 
 
 i  wanted  to  maUe  the  former  national  work  (Book  of  Scotti<h  Song) 
 
 Brown's  Dictionary  of  the  Bible, 
 
 (Pictorial  Edition),  corrected  and  improved  according  to  the  advanced  state  of 
 knowledge  at  the  present  day.  By  the  Rev.  James  Smith,  A.M.  With  Illustrative 
 Notes,  by  the  Rev.  H.  Cooke,  D.D.,  LL.D.  Illustrated  by  several  hundred  Engravings 
 on  Wood  and  Steel,  in  about  20  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 Burns. — Works  of  Robert  Burns ; 
 
 Complete  Illustrated  Edition,  Literary  and  Pictorial,  consisting  of  a  Complete  Collection 
 of  his  Poems,  Songs,  and  Correspondence  ;  arranged  Chronologically,  and  accompanied  by 
 numerous  Notes  and  Annotations.  Tlie  whole  preceded  by  Professor  Wilson's 
 Celebrated  Essay  "On  the  Genius  and  Character  of  Burns,"  and  Dr.  Currie's  Memoir 
 of  the  Poet.  Embellished  by  Eighty-Two  Portrait  and  Landscape  Illustrations. 
 In  2  Vols.,  elegantly  bound  in  cloth,  46s. ;  or  21  Parts,  royal  8vo,  2s.  each. 
 
 Burns. — Land  of  Burns; 
 
 A  Series  of  LANDSCAPES  rendered  Classical  by  the  Writings  of  the  Scottish  Poet, 
 froni  Paintings  made  expressly  for  the  Work,  by  D.  O.  Hill,  R.S.A.  Also,  PORTRAITS 
 of  the  Poet,  his  Friends,  and  Subjects  of  his  Muse;  with  Descriptions  of  the  Scenes,  and 
 Biographical  Notices,  by  Robert  Chambers,  Esq.;  and  an  Essay  on  the  Genius  and 
 Character  of  Burns,  by  Professor  Wilson,  of  Edinburgh.  In  23  Parts,  23  each. 
 A  few  copies  of  this  work  on  Imperial  4to,  with  India  proof  impressions  of  the  plates,  are 
 still  on  hand,  price  £5. 
 
 Bunyan's  Pilgrim's  Progress ; 
 
 With  Mason's  Explanatory  Notes,  The  World  to  Come,  Heart's  Ease,  and  Divine  Em- 
 blems.   With  Illustrations,  13s.  cloth  ;  or  in  24  Nos.  6d.  each. 
 
 Casquet  of  Literary  Gems. 
 
 Edited  by  A.  Whitelaw.  'This  work  contains  upwards  of  Seven  Hundred  Extracts 
 in  Poetry  and  Prose,  exhibiting  specimens  of  nearly  Three  Hundred  different  Authors, 
 and  is  Illustrated  by  Twenty-live  Illustrative  Engravings,  from  Orisrinal  Drawings,  chiefly 
 by  Members  of  the  Royal  Scottish  Academy.    In  24  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
BLACKIE  AND  SON,  GLASGOW. 
 
 Chambers. — Lives  of  Illustrious  and  Distinguished 
 
 SCOTSMEN,  forming  a  complete  Scottish  Biographical  Dictionary.  By  Robert  CiiAjr- 
 BERS,  author  of  "  The  Picture  of  Scotland,"  editor  of  "  Chambers'  Journal,"  &c.  "\\ith  72 
 Portraits,  iu  8  Half  Vols.,  83.  6cl.  each. 
 
 Christian's  Daily  Companion ; 
 
 Presenting  an  Entire  View  of  Divine  Truth,  iu  a  Series  of  Meditations,  or  Short  Practical 
 Discourses  for  every  JMorning  and  Evening  throughout  the  Year.  Eor  Family  and  Pri- 
 vate Reading.  By  Thirty-One  Cleruymen  of  the  Church  of  Scotland.  In  10 
 Parts,  2s.  each,  or  in  40  Nos.  Gd.  each. 
 
 Common   Prayer. — The   Illustrated   Pocket  Prayer- 
 
 BOOK.  The  Book  of  Common  Prayer,  according  to  the  use  of  the  United  Clnirch  of 
 England  and  Ireland ;  together  with  the  Psalter  or  Psalms  of  David.  With  Notes, 
 compiled  from  the  Writings  of  the  most  eminent  Commentators.  Illustrated  by  19 
 Engravings,  chiefly  from  the  Old  Masters.  In  Morocco  embossed,  12s.  Gd.;  gilt.  13s.  6d. ; 
 Morocco  super-extra  flexible,  15s. ;  or  in  18  Nos.  6d.  each. 
 
 D'Aubigne. — History  of  the  Reformation  in  the  Six- 
 teenth CENTURY.  Translated  from  the  French,  with  Notes,  by  David  Dundas 
 Scott,  Esq.    Illustrated  with  numerous  Portraits.    In  24  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 The  FOUR,TH  VOLUME  of  the  original,  from  the  authorized  translation  (forming  the 
 Third  Volume  of  this  edition,)  with  numerous  important  Notes,  and  Five  Portraits, 
 is  now  publishing  in  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 D'Aubigne. — History  of  the  Reformation. 
 
 Emerald  Edition.  The  Four  Volumes  complete,  sewed,  Ss.  6d. ;  bound  in  cloth, 
 Gs.  Tliis,  the  cheapest  and  the  most  unique  of  the  small  reprints,  is  embellished 
 with  full-length  PORTRAIT  of  LUTHER  in  his  STUDY,  and  a  VIEW  of  the  FOR- 
 TRESS of  WARTBURG,  iu  which  Luther  was  confined,  and  where  he  completed  his 
 translation  of  the  New  Testament. 
 
 Dictionary. — The  Imperial  Dictionary,  see  page  i. 
 D  wight. — A  System  of  Theology; 
 
 Or  COMPLETE  BODY  OF  DIVINITY ;  in  a  Series  of  Sermons,  containing  a  System 
 of  Doctrines ;  a  System  of  Duties  ;  and  a  System  of  Dispensations,  consequent  on  tlie 
 State  of  Probation.  By  Timothy  Dwight,  D.D.  To  which  is  prefixed.  An  Essay  on 
 the  Inspiration  of  the  Holy  Scriptures.    In  10  Parts,  2s.  each. 
 
 Engineer  and  Machinist's  Assistant ; 
 
 Being  a  Series  of  Plans,  Sections,  and  Elevations  of  Steam  Engines,  Spinning  Machines, 
 Mills  for  Grinding  Tools,  &c.,  taken  from  Machines  of  the  most  approved  construction  at 
 present  in  operation  ;  with  Descriptions  and  Instructions  for  Drawing  Machinery.  Also, 
 Essays  on  various  Departments  of  Machinery.  To  be  completed  in  about  26  Parts, 
 imperial  4to,  2s.  Gd.  each. 
 
 Encyclopedia. — The  Popular  Encyclopedia  ; 
 
 Or  CONVERSATIONS  LEXICON ;  being  a  General  Dictionary  of  Arts,  Sciences, 
 Literature,  Biography,  History,  Ethics,  and  Political  Economy;  with  Dissertations  on 
 the  Progress  of  Science,  Literature,  and  the  Fine  Arts.  By  Thomas  Thomson,  M.D., 
 F.R.S.,  &c.,  Regius  Professor  of  Chemistry,  University  of  Glasgow;  Sir  Daniel  K. 
 Sandford,  D.C.L.,  Professor  of  Greek,  University  of  Glasgow;  and  Allan  Cunning- 
 ham, Esq.,  author  of  "  Lives  of  British  Painters,"  &e.  Illustrated  by  nianv  Hundred 
 Plates  and  Diagrams.    In  14  Half  Vols.,  lis.;  28  Divisions,  .5s.;  or  56  Parts,  23.  6d. 
 
 Erskine. — Beauties  of  Ebenezer  Ersldne ; 
 
 AVith  copious  Notes  from  other  eminent  Authors.     1  Vol.  10s.  6d.;  or  iu  20  Nos.  Gd.  each. 
 
 Family  Worship. 
 
 A  Series  of  Prayers,  with  Doctrinal  and  Practical  Remavks  ou  Passages  of  Sacred  Scrip- 
 ture, for  every  Morning  and  Evening  throughout  the  Year;  adapted  to  the  Services  of 
 Domestic  Worship.    By  180  Clergymen  of  the  Church  of  Scotland.     In  10  Parts,  2s.  each. 
 A  Volume  produced  by  the  collective  talent  of  the  modern  divines  of  Scotland. 
 
 Fleetwood. — Life    of  our  Lord   and   Saviour  Jesus 
 
 CHRIST;  with  the  Lives  of  the  Apostles  and  Evangelists.  By  the  Rev.  John  Fleet- 
 wood, D.D.  Also,  the  Lives  of  the  most  Eminent  Fathers  and  Martyrs,  and  the  His- 
 tory of  Primitive  Christianity.  By  William  Cave,  D.D.  With  an  Essay  on  the  Evi- 
 dences of  Christianity,  and  numerous  Notes  not  to  be  found  in  any  other  edition.  To 
 v.hich  is  subjoined,  a  Concise  History  of  the  Christian  Church.  By  the  Rev.  Thomas 
 Sims,  M.A.    Beautifully  Illustrated;  or  in  I65  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 
 
 Foxe. — Book  of  Martyrs. 
 
 By  John  Foxe.  With  an  Introductory  Essay  and  Notes,  by  the  Rev.  John  Kennedy, 
 Aberdeen.    With  Plates.    Complete  in  20^  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 Gazetteer. — The   Compreheiisive  Gazetteer  of  Scot- 
 
 LAND;  being  a  Complete  Geographical,  Historical,  and  Statistical  Account  of  the  Coun- 
 ties, Parishes,  Cities,  Mountains,  Rivers,  Lakes,  Islands,  Tables  of  the  Pojjulation,  &c. 
 &c.,  from  the  Latest  and  most  Authentic  Sources.  With  a  Map,  and  Fifteen  Illustra- 
 tions of  the  Picturesque  Scenery  of  Scotland.     In  14  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 Gibson. — The  Inability  of  Man, 
 
 both  Natural  and  Moral,  to  receive  the  Testimony  of  God;  with  its  relation  to  Gospel 
 Doctrine  and  Moral  Responsibility.    By  the  Rev.  J.  Gibson,  A.M.,  Glasgow.    Cloth,  5s. 
 
 Goldsmith. — A  History  of  the  Earth  and  Animated 
 
 NATURE.  By  Oliver  Goldsmith.  With  Numerous  Notes  from  the  Works  of 
 the  most  distinguished  British  and  Foreign  Naturalists,  imbodying  the  latest  discoveries 
 in  Natural  History.  Illustrated  by  nearly  2,000  Figures,  from  Drawings  by  Harvey, 
 Stewart,  and  Capt.  Thomas  Brown,  F.L.S.,  &c.    In  16^  Parts,  2s.  each;  or  33  Parts  at  is. 
 
 Goldsmith.— Miscellaneous  Works  of  Oliver  Goldsmith, 
 
 Comprising  Citizen  of  the  World,  Vicar  of  Wakefield,  Poetical  Works,  Comedies,  Miscel- 
 laneous Essays,  &c.  With  37  exquisite  Engravings  on  Wood,  by  Branston,  Wright, 
 Orrin  Smith,  and  W.  Linton;  from  Designs  by  W.  Harvey  and  W.  B.  Scott.   10  Parts  at  Is. 
 
 Grier's  Mechanic's  Calculator ; 
 
 Comprehending  Principles,  Rules,  and  Tables,  in  the  Various  departments  of  Mathe- 
 matics and  Mechanics,  useful  to  Students,  Engineers,  and  Artisans  in  general;  and 
 
 Grier's  Mechanic's  Pocket  Dictionary; 
 
 being  a  complete  Note  Book  of  Technical  Terms,  Rules,  and  Tables,  useful  in  the  Me- 
 chanical Arts.  Illustrated  by  Engravings  of  Machinery,  and  nearly  200  Cuts  and  Diagrams. 
 In  cloth.  Calculator,  5s.  6d.;  Dictionary,  93.;  or  in  27  Nos.  6d.  each. 
 
 Hall's  Contemplations 
 
 On  the  Historical  Passages  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments.  With  Essay  by  the  Rev. 
 Ralph  Wakdlaw,  D.D.  and  Portrait  of  the  author.    In  3-1  Nos.  6d.  each. 
 
 Halyburton. — Works  of  Thomas  Halyburton, 
 
 Professor  of  Diviiuty  in  the  University  of  St.  Andrews.  With  an  Essay  on  his  Life  and 
 Writings,  by  Dr.  Burns  of  Toronto.    In  30  Nos.  6d.  each. 
 
 Haweis. — The  Family  Exjjositor ; 
 
 Or,  a  Commentary  on  the  Holy  Bible.  With  Brown's  Introduction,  Marginal  Refer- 
 ences, and  Readings,  and  a  Complete  Index  and  concise  Dictionary,  by  the  Rev.  John 
 Barr,  Glasgow.    With  Maps,  Plans,  aud  other  Engravings.    In  65  Parts,  at  Is.  each. 
 
 Haweis. — Commentary  on  the  New  Testament. 
 
 Complete  with  Plates,  in  40  Nos.  6d.,  or  10  Parts,  2s.  each. 
 
 HojTfg. — The  Ettrick  Shepherd's  Works. 
 
 With  Illustrations  by  D.  O.  Hill,  Esq.,  R.S.A.  POETICAL  WORKS,  wth  Autobio- 
 graphy, and  Reminiscences  of  his  Contemporaries.  5  Vols,  small  8vo,  5s.  each.  TALES  and 
 SKETCHES,  including  several  Pieces  not  before  published.     6  vols,  small  8vo.  5s.  each. 
 
 Italy,  Classical,  Historical,  and  Picturesque ; 
 
 Illustrated  in  a  Series  of  Views  from  Drawings  by  Stanfield,  R  A.,  Roberts,  R.A., 
 Harding,  Prout,  Leitch,  Brockedon,  Barnard,  &c.  &c.  With  Descriptions 
 of  the  Scenes.  Preceded  by  an  Introductory  Essay,  developing  the  Recent  History 
 and  Present  Condition  of  Italy  and  the  Italians.  By  Camillo  Mapei,  D.D.,  formerly 
 Canon  of  the  Cathedral  of  Penne.— To  be  completed  "in  20  Parts,  2s.  6d.  each. 
 
 Josephus. — The  Works  of  Flavins  Josephus. 
 
 With  Maps  and  other  Illustrations.    In  22*  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 Knox. — The  History  of  the  Reformation  in  Scotland. 
 
 By  John  Knox.    With  a  Historical  Introduction  and  Notes.    By  Wm.  M'Gavin,  Esq., 
 
 author  of  "  The  Protestant."    Portraits.     1  Vol.  cloth,  12s. 
 
 To  the  present  edition  have  been  added.  The  First  Book  of  Discipline ;  Quentin  Kennedy, 
 Abbot  of  Crossraguel's  Oration  in  favour  of  the  Mass,  and  against  Knox  and  the  Reformation ; 
 the  Disputation  betwixt  Knox  and  the  Abbot  of  Crossraguel,  at  Maybole,  1562.  These 
 scarce  tracts  alone  have  hitherto  cost  more  than  is  now  charged  for  the  entire  work. 
 
BLACKIE  AND  SON,  GLASGOW. 
 
 Murphy. — A  Treatise  on  the  Art  of  Weaving, 
 
 Illustrated  by  nearly  260  Figures,  \\itli  Warp,  Weft,  and  Yaru  Tables.  Tor  the  Use  of 
 Manufacturers.    By  John  Murpiiy.    Third  edition.    Li  16  Nos.  Is.  each. 
 
 M' Gavin. — The  Protestant ; 
 
 A  Series  of  Essays  on  the  Characteristic  Features,  the  Errors  and  Superstitions  of  the 
 Church  of  Rome.    By  Wm.  M'Gavin.    In  16^  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 Napoleon  Bonaparte  and  His  Times. 
 
 Illustrated  with  Portrait,  aud  Plans  of  the  various  Campai^s.     10s.  6d.  cloth. 
 
 Peddie's  Practical  Measurer ; 
 
 Or,  Tradesman  and  Wood-Merchant's  Assistant.  With  Plates.  Bound  in  roan,  6s.  6d. ; 
 or  in  12  Nos.  6d.  each. 
 
 Ranke.^ — ^The  Popes  of  Rome  ; 
 
 Their  Church  and  State  in  the  Sixteenth  and  Seventeenth  Centuries.  By  Leopold 
 Ranke,  Professor  Extraordinary  of  History  in  the  University  of  Berlin.  Translated 
 from  the  last  German  edition ;  with  numerous  Notes,  by  D.  D.  Scott,  Esq. ;  and  an 
 Introductory  Essay,  by  the  Rev.  J.  H.  Merle  D'Aubigne,  D.D.  Illustrated  with  20 
 Portraits.  To  be  completed  in  20  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 Translations  of  the  Author's  Notes,  and  the  whole  of  the  Original  Documents  appended  to 
 the  work,  are  given  in  this  edition. 
 
 Reid. — Treatise  on  Clock  and  Watch-making; 
 
 Theoretical  and  Practical.  By  Thomas  Reid,  Ediubiirgh.  Illustrated  with  20  Folding 
 Plates,  and  a  Vignette  Title-Pagc.    In  10  parts,  23.  each. 
 
 Republic  of  Letters, 
 
 A  Selection  in  Poetry  and  Prose,  from  the  Works  of  the  most  Eminent  Writer3,  with 
 many  Original  Pieces.  By  the  Editor  of  the  "Casquet  of  Literary  Gems."  With  25 
 Illustrations,  after  the  most  admired  Artists.    In  24  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 Rhind. — A  History  of  the  Vegetable  Kingdom; 
 
 Embracing  the  Physiology,  Classification,  and  Culture  of  Plants;  with  their  various  uses 
 to  Man  and  the  Lower  Animals;  and  their  application  in  the  Arts,  Manufactures,  and 
 Domestic  Economy.  Illustrated  with  550  Engravings  on  Wood  and  Steel.  In  9  Parts, 
 2s.  each;  or  in  18  Parts  at  Is.  each. 
 
 RoUin's  Ancient  History. 
 
 With  Extensive  Notes,  Geographical,  Topographical,  Historical,  and  Critical,  and  a  Life 
 of  the  author.    By  James  Bell,  Esq.,  author  of  "  A  System  of  Geography,"  &c.    With 
 Numerous  Illustrations.    In  24  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 ROLLIN. — Arts  and  Sciences  of  the  Ancients,  with  numerous  Notes  and  Supplements,  by 
 Jas.  Bell,  Esq.,  forming  the  Third  Volume  of  the  Ancient  History.    In  10  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 This  ia  the  only  complete  and  re-ei3ited  edition  of  Eollin  now  before  the  public 
 
 Scots  Worthies ; 
 
 Originally  compiled  by  John  Howie,  of  Lochgoin;  including  their  Testimonies,  which 
 are  appended  to  each  Life.  Revised  and  corrected  by  James  Howie,  A.M.  With  an 
 Historical  Introduction,  by  the  Rev.  Robert  Buchanan,  D.D.,  Glasgow;  with  nume- 
 rous Engravings  on  Steel  and  Wood.     Complete  in  17  Parts,  Is.  each. 
 
 Stackhouse's  History  of  the  Bible, 
 
 From  the  Beginning  of  the  World  to  the  Establishment  of  Christianity  ;  and  a  Connec- 
 tion of  Profane  with  Sacred  History.  Also,  numerous  Notes,  explaining  Difficult  Texts, 
 rectifying  Mistranslations,  and  reconciling  seeming  Contradictions.  To  which  are  now 
 added,  an  Introduction,  copious  Additional  Notes  from  recent  Commentators,  Critics, 
 and  Eastern  Travellers,  Dissertations,  and  Complete  Indexes.  Illustrated  with  17  highly- 
 finished  Engravings,  principally  after  tlie  Old  Masters.     Tn  16  Parts,  2s.  each. 
 
 Watson's  Body  of  Practical  Divinity, 
 
 In  a  Series  of  Sermons  on  the  Shorter  Catechism  of  the  Westminster  Assembly.    To  which 
 is  appended.  Select  Sermons  on  Various  subjects,  together  with  the  Art  of  Divine  Con- 
 tentment, and  Christ's  Various  Fulness.    The  whole  revised  and  corrected,  with  numerous 
 Notes  from  approved  authors.    In  29  Nos.  6d.  each. 
 WilliSOn'S   Practical  Works;    with  an  Essay  on  his  Life  and  Times, 
 By  the  Rev.  W.  M.  Hetherington,  LL.D.,  St.  Andrews.    In  10  Parts,  2s.  each, 
 
 Wodrow's  History  of  the  Sufferings  of  the  Church  of 
 
 SCOTLAND,  edited  by  the  Rev.  K  Burns,  D.D.,F.  AS.  E.  Portraits.  In  3.3  Parts  at  Is. 
 
WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY  BLACKIE  AND  SON,  GLASGOW. 
 
 CLASS  BOOKS  AND  OTHER  WORKS. 
 
 -Handbook  for  Popular  Use  in 
 
 By  the  Kev.  John 
 
 Adam's  Roman  Antiquities. 
 
 Eiiiteii  by  Jambs  Botd,  LL.D.,  one  of  the  Musters  of  the 
 Hi^h  School,  Edinburgh.  100  Illustrations.  Price  63. 6(i. 
 in  cloth;  or  with  Questions,  79.  cloth.  The  Questions 
 separately.  Is.  cd. 
 
 Allan.- 
 
 Testins  the  Doctrines  of  Unitarif\' 
 Allan,  Aberdeen.    Cloth,3s.6d. 
 
 Barnes. — Questions  on  the  New  Tes- 
 tament. Designed  for  Bible  Classes  and  Sundny  Schools. 
 Pari  I.  Matthew-MarU.  Part  II.  I>ulte— John.  Price  9d. 
 ench.  P.irt  III.  Acts,  91.  Part  IV.  Komans,  fid.  Tne 
 Four  Parts  in  one  vol.,  cloth,  3s. 
 
 Barr. — Catechetical    Instructions   on 
 
 Infant  Baptism ;  with  An  Address  to  Young  Parents. 
 13th  Edition.    Price  6d. 
 
 BaiT. — Cateclietical  Instructions  for 
 
 Young  Communicants,  designed  to  Assist  them  in  form- 
 ing Scriptural  Views  of  the  Lord's  Supper;  with  an  Ad- 
 dress to  Young  Persons  not  yet  Communicants.  £3d 
 Edition.    Price  6d. 
 
 Barr. — Help  to  Professing  Christians 
 
 in  Judging  their  Spiritual  State  and  Growth  in  Grace.  2d 
 Edition,  smull  8vo,3s.  cloth. 
 
 Barr. — Scripture  Student's  Assistant. 
 
 Being  a  complete  Index  and  concise  Dictionary  of  the 
 Bible.    Bth  Edition,  fcap.  8vo,  3s.  6d. 
 
 BcU.— Life  of  Henry  BeU. 
 
 T!ie  Practie.-il  Introducer  of  the  Steam  Boat  into  Great 
 Britain  and  Irelan  I.  By  EnwAnn  Morris.  With  Por- 
 trait and  Vignette  Title.    Cloth,  2s.  fi.i. 
 
 Bro\VTi's  Concordance  to  the  Bible. 
 
 Small  18mo,  Is.  fid.  cloth,  gilt  edges. 
 
 Commercial  Hand-Book ; 
 
 I  for  tl^  Trader, 
 
 D'Aubigne. — ^Luther  and  Calvin ; 
 
 Or,  The  True  Spirit  of  the  Reformed  Church.  Price  6d. 
 stitched. 
 
 D'xVubigne. — Banke's  History  of  the 
 
 Popes  in  tlie  lOth  and  17th  Centuries.  With  an  Intro- 
 ductorv  Essay,  by  the  Rev.  J.  H.  Merle  D'Aubione,  D.D. 
 To  he  completed  in  20  Parts  at  Is.  Illustrated  with  £0 
 Portraits. 
 
 Davidson. — A  Treatise  on  Diet ; 
 
 comprising  the  Natural  History,  Properties,  Composi- 
 tion, Adulteration,  and  Uses,  of  the  Vegetables,  Animals, 
 Fishes,  Birds,  &c.  used  as  Food.  By  Wm.  Davidson, 
 jr.D.,  M.R.S.E.    Price  4s.,  cloth. 
 
 Ferguson's  Interest  Tables, 
 
 'rom  a  Quarter  to  Six  pel 
 1  and  Brokerage.  Ro.an,5s 
 
 Hartley's  Oratorical  Class  Book. 
 
 Cth  Edition,  bound,  35. 
 
 Lam-ie. — ^Mercantile  Arithmetic. 
 
 Adapted  to  the  Imperial  Weights  and  Measures,  with 
 a  Brief  View  of  the  Nature,  Use,  and  Negotiation  of  Bills 
 of  Exchange.  By  Gavi.v  Lawbu'-  2d  Edition.  In  Two 
 Parts,  bound  in  roan,  with  Key,  3s. :  or  Parts  I.  and  II. 
 in  cloth.  Is.  Sd.  each.   Key,  separately.  Is. 
 
 Lays  and  Laments  for  Israel ; 
 
 Poems  on  the  Present  State  and  Future  Prospects  of  the 
 Jews.  Original  and  St'lected.  With  an  Introductory Essav, 
 by  the  Rev.  John  A-vd'^rpon,  Helensburgh.  Eleg.antiy 
 bound  in  cloth,  gilt,  with  Frontispiece.    Price  3s. 
 
 Maver.— Johnson's  English  Dictionary, 
 
 With  the  addition  of  several  Thousand  Words,  and  ths 
 Pronunciation  on  the  basis  of  Walkerj  a  concise  Heathen 
 Mythology ; 
 
 Mosheim.- 
 
 Ancie 
 
 M'CuUoeh. 
 
 -An  Ecclesiastical  History, 
 
 and  Modern,  from  the  Birth  of  Christ  to  the  Be- 
 of  the  Eighteenth  Century.  By  John  Lawrence 
 J,  D.D.     1  Vol.  Bvo.  10s.  cloth. 
 
 -The    Land    Measui'er's 
 
 Ready  Reckoner ;  being  Tables  for  ascertaining  atsigiit 
 the  Contents  nf  any  Field  or  Piece  of  Land.  By  Neil 
 M'CuLLOOH.    3d  Edition,  2s.  bound. 
 
 New  Testament  in  French. 
 
 Beautifully  printed  in  demy  48tno.      Frontispiece  nn;l 
 
 Potter's  Antiquities  of  Greece ; 
 
 With  numerous  Notes  and  enlarged  Indices.  By  James 
 Boyd,  LL.D.,  one  of  the  Masters  of  the  High  School, 
 Edinburgh,  and  Editor  of  "Adam's  Roman  Antiquities," 
 &c.  Willi  a  Sketch  of  the  Literature  of  Greece,  by  Sir 
 D.  K.  SiNDEORD ;  and  150  Illustrations,  73.  Cd.  cloth. 
 
 Psalms  of  David 
 
 In  Metre,  with  Notes  and  an  Introduction,  containing  an 
 Account  of  the  Scottish  Version.  Eoan,  embossed,  gilt 
 edges,  8d. 
 
 Silver. — A  Practical  Treatise  on  the 
 
 Chimneys.     By  Groncir. 
 
 Sims. — Christian  Records ; 
 
 Or  a  Short  and  Plain  History  of  the  Church  of  Christ,  con. 
 
 the  Sufferings  of  the  Martyrs,  and 
 
 "  r  the  Rev.  Thomas  Si.119, 
 
 Smith's  Essay  on  the  Construction  of 
 
 ■  Specifications,  Details,  and  Estimates, 
 uiotn,  M. 
 
 Smith. — Treatise  on  the  Management 
 
 and  Cultivation  of  Forest  Trees.  By  John  Smith,  Gar- 
 dinner  and  Forester  to  tiie  Most  Noble  the  Marquis  of 
 Bute,  &c.  &c.    Cloth,  5s. 
 
 Stow. — The  Training  System, 
 
 Established  in  the  Glasgow  Noj-mal  Seminary  and  its 
 Model  Schools.  By  David  Stow,  Esq.,  Honorary  Secretary 
 to  the  Glasgow  Educational  Society,  author  of  "Moral 
 Training,"  &c.  New  Edition.'illustrated  by  Plates,  Plana 
 lof  Schools,  &e.    Cloth,  63. 
 
 Stow. — Bible  Training  for   Sabbath 
 
 Schools  and  WeeU-Day  Schools.  With  Illustrations.  By 
 David  Stow,  Esq.    8th  Edition,  cloth,  enlarged,  2p. 
 
 Wafer's  Dictionary  and  Key, 
 
 With  a  Portrait  of  the  Author.  Small  Sv'o,  roan,  5s.  fi.l. 
 The  Key  to  the  Pronunciation  of  Proper  Names,  sepa- 
 
 rately 
 
 ifid. 
 
 Webb's  Farmer's  Guide ; 
 
 A  Treatise  on  the  Diseases  of  Horses  .and  Blaclt  Cattle ; 
 with  Instructions  for  the  Manasement  of  Breeding  Blares 
 and  Cows.    Cloth,  33.  Cd. 
 
 WUlison's  Afflicted  Man's  Companion. 
 
 Boards,  L's. 
 
 Wodrow. — The    Past    History    and 
 
 Future  Destiny  of  Israel,  as  unfolded  in  the  Rth  and 
 succeeding  Chapters  of  the  Book  of  Daniel.  By  the  lata 
 Robert  Wodrow,  Esq.  With  an  Introduction  by  the 
 Rev.  J.  6.  LoRiMEE.     Small  8vo,  3s.  Cd.  cloth. 
 
 All  the  Works  in  tliis  Catalogue  viinj  he 
 
 Glasgow, 38,  Queen  Street; 
 
 Aberdken, 40,  Broad  Street; 
 
 Belfast, 28,  Arthur  Street; 
 
 Birmingham,...  85, Great  Hampton  Strcvt; 
 
 Bristol, 78,  Stokes  Croft; 
 
 Carlisle, 8,  Chapel  Street; 
 
 Dublin, Ci,  Marlljorongli  Street. 
 
 Dundee, 7,  Cricliton  Street; 
 
 Edinburgh, 5,  Soutli  College  Street; 
 
 Iml  at  the  Warehouses  of  the  Publishers: 
 
 IN^T,nNESs, 25,  Gilbert  Street; 
 
 Lk.eds, 5,  Bond  Place,  Infirmary  St 
 
 LrvERPooL, 115,  Richmond  Row; 
 
 London, 11,  Warwick  Square: 
 
 Londonderry,..  41,  WiUiam  Street; 
 
 Newcastle, Els\vick  Coiu't; 
 
 Norwich, 48,  Upper  St.  Giles  Slrect ; 
 
 Nottingham,  ...        Mansfield  Road; 
 Plymouth, 54,  York  Street. 
 
BS1225  .A297  1846  v.2 
 Annotations  on  the  Pentateuch  or  the 
 
 Princeton  Theological  Seminary-Speer  Library 
 
 1012  00038  9199 
 
 DATE  DUE 
 
 GAYLORD 
 
 #3523PI        Printed  in  USA